m i w ■m .<,: \- v>'..\'v ■■>■■ ■.^■;>l:'^'r;;',V-i.■■ J{'r':'-'!\'^'';r,v!'-:■'•■'•'•'V■'■'•> ■■';•• ■■''■'."': S^r-',v.-'v-':i'^V.,,^>rMi<,/,'.f-v.,,:'.'v: ■'■' MVJ*i';;;:H^,S,i'::':'!;'-- '''■ft'\"A■ -''' • • 7V'' .'V'" '■ ■■• £'$k-k:>y'"■.■" y.'-v■'■''. • > ■^ •'I'^lt* v^'i'1 ■;5'S#^-:-: ■ vr, •■. ti.V r v «'■'■:•-*• ■>V'\i''*,i"■';.v?'>■■■...•■' > ■•'■' ' W b'&'itt■",',' '.'■'• »&«& ■ . " > ;!\,;i^#,i'; ' ■•■■ V,lC-'M";r...'-'f??i': ■•#':,%:: 'ai-.;i: ....;:-■,■; :^£. •;."J-. n *;■■$'.'■• ■;-.■ ;;■■■■■)'..-■' :-: >v.v.'.i-/.'.'. vi- . i.v ' '' i-' " ! V-" n'v- v- 7\;:-:Ki.vO-'"-i:;.;feW^-:;:' 'v;;^■^^:;;;;^;v^•:;•;,^if^^>;S^:;: ■>■■.*.-■ ., iiwnwun vi^apj'.^'ji UNITED STATES OF AMERICA WASHINGTON, D. C. B19574 imgiimu. mmwi§§ INDEX-CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE SURGEON GENERAL'S OFFICE UNITED STATES ARMY (ARMY MEDICAL LIBRARY) AUTHORS AND SUBJECTS FOURTH SERIES VOL. II BAADE-BZOWSKI UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1937 For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. Price $3.00 (cloth) Arch. Z G75. M4 :pi. 4 V, 2 19 37 c. 2 LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL War Department, Army Medical Library, May 11, 1937. Major General Charles R. Reynolds, The Surgeon General, United States Army. General: I have the honor to report the completion of the Second Volume of the Fourth Series of the Index Catalogue of the Library of the Surgeon General's Office. The work of the preparation and printing of the Index Catalogue has gone on steadily ever since it was taken over from my predecessor, who completed Volume 1 last May. The present work consists of 1,104 pages as compared with 897 pages in the previous volume. With the existing staff and the facilities for printing and setting the complicated type of this most elaborate work, approximately one year is required to complete a volume the size of the one just issued. As scientific contributions to medicine have become increasingly complicated, the work of classification has become much more laborious. While at times it seems as if the Catalogue, which goes on in an unending cycle, should be printed somewhat more rapidly, it may be said that there is no royal road to this end and it is only by the most painstaking care and attention to detail that its continued enviable reputation and success can be assured. At the time that the books of the First Volume of the Fourth Series were ready for distribution a letter was included with each one sent out, inviting constructive criticism which might make advisable still further changes in the format. The result of the criticisms received has been to cause certain changes in the type used for the authors' names in journal references, which will be inaugurated in Volume 3 of the Series. This change of type will afford better contrast and will be much easier on the eyes of those using the Catalogue. The Library now contains 400,299 volumes, of which 349,000 are bound, and 568,590 pamphlets; in all, 968,889 volumes and pamphlets. The following table shows the number of titles in the Index Catalogue, as far as published: Author titles Subject titles Books Journal articles First Series (16 volumes)___ Second Series (21 volumes).. Third Series (10 volumes)... Fourth Series, Volume One. Fourth Series, Volume Two Total to date.......... 176,364 169,812 88,876 2,779 8,892 168,537 136,405 57,034 4,454 3,631 446,723 366,430 511,112 645,557 603,600 71,168 79,874 1,911,311 On pages [1]—[98], will be found a check-list of abbreviated titles of journals, which have been currently received and indexed in the Library since 1919, and to which references can be found in the Fourth Series of the Index Catalogue. The in IV LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL check-list also includes the synopsis of style and the rules observed by the Library in abbreviating the titles of the periodicals. A list of the commoner abbreviated words to be used throughout the Fourth Series precedes the check-Kst of journals. An analytical descriptive catalogue of. all periodical publications possessed by the Library will appear in a subsequent volume of the Index Catalogue. Since the publication of Volume 1 of the Fourth Series the Library has acquired by gift and purchase 14,670 items (books, pamphlets and theses) on medicine and allied sciences. Approximately 62 percent of these are works in English, 20 percent in German; 9 percent in French; 7 percent in Italian; and the remainder 2 percent in miscellaneous languages. The number of journals which the Library receives is 1,825. It will probably be advisable to increase this list somewhat, as other journals are found to contain matter which is worthy of being listed in the Index Catalogue. In this respect the Library endeavors to err on the side of liberality and subscribes even to journals which seldom contain anything of medical value, rather than to miss the occasional article which should be listed. At the present time the Library is engaged in having a limited number of bibliofilms made of some representative books, both old and new, including a com- plete reproduction of Volume 1 of the Fourth Series. It is hoped that in the future it will be possible to supply libraries throughout the country with photographic reproductions of rare books which are ordinarily unavailable. The edition of the Catalogue is limited by Congressional appropriation to one thousand copies. These are distributed both in this country and abroad to insti- tutions which maintain medical libraries, to universities, medical schools, medical societies, etc., which furnish facilities to medical men desirous of using the Index Catalogue. It is also supplied to large institutions and facilities of the United States Army, Navy, Public Health Service, Veterans' Administration and the numer- ous Government institutions and Departments. The geographic distribution of the Catalogue is a matter of some importance, and it is always desired to place it in many different points so as to afford access to the largest number of professional men possible. The demands made for the free distribution of the Catalogue are very considerable and these include many individuals who often wish to secure a private library of their own. It is not possible for the Library to favorably accede to these latter requests, but every effort is made to have the Catalogue available to those who wish to use it. Unfortunately the edition of sale copies of Volume 1 of the Fourth Series was so limited that the complete edition was sold out almost immediately. The Library has been informed that 200 sale copies of the Second Volume are available at the Government Printing Office, and that 300 of the Third and subsequent Volumes will be available. On November 16, 1936, the one hundredth anniversary of the foundation of the Library was celebrated at the Library before an assemblage of more than five hundred distinguished guests. This celebration marked, as has been said, an important milestone in the life of the Library. The outstanding feature of the celebration was the oration delivered by Sir Humphry Rolleston, Bart., G. C. V. O., formerly Regius Professor of Physic at Cambridge University, who came from England for the purpose. A complete account of the celebration ceremonies has been compiled in a bound volume which will shortly be ready for distribution. Very respectfully, Harold W. Jones, Colonel, Med. Corps, U. S. Army, The Librarian, Army Medical Library. SYNOPSIS OF STYLE WITH A LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS FOR SERIAL PUBLICATIONS INDEXED IN THE FOURTH SERIES OF THE INDEX - CATALOGUE * To be a guide for medical research is the primary object of the Index-Catalogue. The Library, which issues it, and the Government which appropriates money for the expenses of this national institution and its publication, are fully aware of the international importance of this catalogue. In forty-nine volumes, on 46,768 pages, the Index-Catalogue lists almost two and one-half million books and journal articles related to medicine and allied sciences, which are published in many countries of the world. This vast amount of medical bibliographical material has accumulated chiefly during the last sixty years. Without a guide-book and without a proper classification of these literary products it is impossible for any medical research worker to penetrate his subject thoroughly or to avoid repetitions in his investigations. To serve as an inventory for the Army Medical Library is the secondary aim of the Index-Catalogue. The Library has now grown up and has reached a point where it can easily consider itself the greatest center of documentation in the field of medicine, since all the two and one-half million journal articles and books listed in the Index- Catalogue are in its possession. With so great a treasure as a basis for its under- takings, the Library is now in a position to make further plans for the development of medical bibliography and reference work. As an index to the medical literature, past and present, the Index-Catalogue refers to books and journals, to chapters in books and to articles in journals, the exact number of the volumes, parts and supplements of these publications, and, finally, to the pages on which the needed information is to be found. As a catalogue of the Library the Index-Catalogue hsts books and pamphlets under the names of their respective authors, serial publications under the names of corporate bodies or under their titles, with the necessary collation and imprint. Both the Index and the Catalogue are arranged in a single alphabet of authors and subjects. Its double purpose caused the Index-Catalogue to develop a style of its own for the cataloging of books, for the references to books and journals, and for the differ- •For abbreviations formerly used, see Series 1, Volume 16, Series 2, Volume 21, and the lists given in the volumes of the Third Series of the Index-Catalogue. [2] entiation of that portion relating to cataloging from that devoted to references only. This is accomplished by various types of printing. Since 1880, when the very first volume of the Index-Catalogue was published, our ideas on book cataloging and bibliographical reference work have been changed considerably, and it was natural that the Index-Catalogue changed its style from time to time. The following pages briefly describe the style of author entries and references, the arbitrary rules for making abbreviations for journal titles and for other single words, the use of numbers in dates and paginations, the punctuation, capital and small letters, and the style of printing of the Fourth Series of the Index-Catalogue. The Synopsis of Style is followed by three lists: (1) Dictionary of abbreviated and contracted words; (2) Abbreviations of titles of serial publications; (3) Index to abbreviations of publications of corporate bodies. All three hsts are alphabetically arranged. The dictionary contains the most commonly used abbreviated words occurring in the Index-Catalogue. It is intended to be for the use of the Library staff. The list of abbreviated titles includes all serial publications which have been current in the Library since 1919. Its purpose is solely to be an explanation of the abbreviated titles, and unnecessary data have been therefore omitted. The list shows the abbreviation, the short title of the corresponding journal, and the place of publication (or the place where the journal is entered as a second-class matter). The third list includes corporate bodies as authors, whose name is an intimate part of the journal title. The numbers in this list refer to the list of abbreviated titles in which the entries are numbered consecutively. SYNOPSIS OF STYLE All matter is arranged in alphabetical order. Authors, l. Alphabetical and j^le entries, geographical names and subjects of the same chronological arrange- , . xl , ,. -, TT , , ment. name are arranged m the order mentioned. Hyphenated words, compound words, and compound proper names are treated as one word. Author names with names of joint authors are considered as one word. In title entries, articles, prepositions, and conjunctions are not taken into account in the alphabetical arrangement. Several works of one author are chronologically arranged in the author entries with the exception that the works of authors dead before 1880 are alphabetized. "Opera omnia" precede editions of single works, and single works precede anthologies. Subsequent editions immediately follow the main entry in chronological order. They are printed in one paragraph. Translations are next, in new paragraphs beginning with the note "The same" and containing the translated title. Incase of incunabula, or where the title of a subsequent edition greatly differs from the main entry, each edition is entered in a separate paragraph. Under subject headings, the various divisions of the subject are in alphabetical order. Within a division, the book references are first alphabetized, each having a separate paragraph. Journal entries follow, arranged in a single paragraph in the alphabetical order of authors. Several articles of the same author are chrono- logically arranged, the oldest publication being listed first. Articles published in the same year by one author are printed in the alphabetical order of the journals. Author entries begin with the family name of the author followed by the full Christian names, which are not abbre- viated unless the full name could not be ascertained. Surnames with prefixes are treated according to the library method of the author's home country. In general, [3] the French "de" without the article, and the German "von" are placed after the Christian names. Otherwise, the international rules of cataloging are ob- served. The author's name is occasionally followed by epithets or other necessary additions. The name proper, including the Christian names, is printed in the same style of type, and whenever it could be ascertained, the date of birth and death is added to the author's name, e. g., STANLEY, Sir Henry M[orton] 1875-1922. Corporate bodies as authors are entered chiefly under names of countries, states, cities, towns, etc., when such geographical names (nouns or adjectives) form part of their titles, or when the corporate body is strictly bound to some locality. Inter- nationally known institutions whose name begins with a proper noun (or adjective) are entered under the first word of their names. References are made for all other names by which the corporate body is known. If the name of an association or institution is not preceded by a geographical noun it is printed in (Case 130)f the first word capitalized throughout. The author's name is followed by the list of his books lately acquired by the library. The title of a book is always given in the original language; if necessary, the English equivalent of the title is added in brackets. For books translated from foreign languages the original title of the work is added in brackets, if it could be ascertained. Particular care is taken to preserve the archaic forms in titles of old books. The title of a book is followed by a statement specifying the edition, in the language of the book. The collation is in English in the following order: volumes, paging, illustrations, size. Paging is shown only for works of less than three volumes. Illustrations are counted in the following order: illustrations, plates, photographs, portraits, maps, plans, facsimiles, tables, diagrams. If there is but one portrait, plate or other matter included in the collation the number is omitted. The size, at present, is in the old style of designation by 8°, 4°, fol., etc. This will eventually be replaced by giving the height of book in centimeters. The imprint follows the collation. It includes the place of publication given always in the vernacular, the name of the publisher, and the date. Abbreviations and omissions are made in the collation and imprint whenever feasible. In a separate paragraph, printed in 6-point, various notes are sometimes added, or the volumes of a serial publication are enumerated by their short titles and individual authors. In all 8-point author entries additional editions of a publication by the same author are printed in the paragraph of the original work, with the exception specified under 1. The new edition is separated from the main entry by the word Also set in capital and small capital letters. Under the name of an author, following the list of his works, but before his works with joint authors, references relating to his biography and literary activity are printed in a separate 6-point paragraph: books first, then the journal references pre- ceded by a dash and the words "See also." The biographical paragraph is sometimes preceded by a separate 6-point paragraph of references to other author entries. Book entries under subject headings differ but slightly headings.Un Ct SU JCC from the main author entries. The author's name carries only the initials of the Christian name, the subtitle of the book being omitted. The edition as well as the volume, paging, and size are indi- cated. The illustrations and the name of the publisher are not mentioned. The f This and similar expressions in the Synopsis of Style refer to the United States Government Printing Office Type Book (Washington, 1931). The bold-faced type used in the Index-Catalogue is known as "Century Bold". Case 129 of this type is 6-point, Case 130 8-point, Case 13110-point. [4] name oflthe author (personal or corporate) or, in case of anonymous books and journals, the full title is printed in 8-point capitals and small capitals. 4 References to book "^ re^erence to a book contains all the parts of a subject book entry. If the reference is made from an author to the work of another author, it is introduced by a "See" or "See also." The reference is printed in a 6-point separate paragraph, with the initials of the author's Christian name in Roman letters, while the surname is in bold-face type. If the reference is made to chapters of a book under a subject heading, the author's name is given first, then the title of the chapter, the title of the book preceded by "In" and followed by the name of the author of the book in parenthesis, the statement of edition, place of publication, date, volume number followed by a colon, number of part or supplement, and pagination. If the author of the chapter and that of the book are the same an introductory "In his" before the title of the book is all that is needed. The title of the book may be shortened. A reference to a journal article contains the surname of articles?6 S ° J0urna the author with his initials and occasional prefixes, the full title of the article in the original or in translation, the abbreviated title of the journal or serial publication, the place of publication if necessary, the year, volume number in bold-face type followed by a colon, statements on parts or divisions of the journal, the pagination, and the number of illustrations. This may be followed by reference to discussion, to two other journals at which the article was published, and to reprints if they are available at the Library. In articles published in a series, the subtitle of the series often differs greatly from the main title. Since the article is classified according to its subtitle, results of a serial investigation are widely scattered in the catalogue. If they happen to come under the same subheading, the main title is mentioned only once. In general, titles in English, French, German, Spanish, and other Roman lan- guages are given in original; others are usually translated. In transactions of soci- eties the abbreviated title of the journal is immediately followed by the date of the meeting, if this is different from the date of publication. In subsequent references the title of the journal, the place, year and volume number may be omitted if they are the same as found in the preceding reference. The repetition is indicated by "Ibid." References and author entries in a printed catalogue 6. Abbreviations, con- rnust necessarily have many words shortened bv abbreviation, tractions, and ommis- J. . . _,, . , , sions. contraction, or omission. Ihere are certam words and phrases frequently occurring in the collation, imprint, or journal references, which if printed in full, would needlessly encumber the catalogue. Economy also demands the use of shortened words and symbols. Words can be shortened by abbreviation, contraction, and omission, the difference between them being that a contracted word always includes the first and the last letter of its original. Contracted words, therefore, do not need any period after them. "Ztg" is the contraction for "Zeitung"; "Bd" for "Board"; "Erganzbd" for "Er- ganzungsband"; "Cie" for "compagnie." Abbreviated words always carry a period, and contain only part of the first half of the original. Some of them are simple abbreviations; others are abbreviations combined with contractions. "Facs." is a simple abbreviation for "facsimile"; "ed." for "edition" or "editor" or "edited"; "Gior." for "Giornale". "Sitzber." is a contracted and abbreviated form of "Sit- zungsberichte"; "Zschr." of "Zeitschrift". Omission is used to shorten names com- posed of several units; thus, the name of Rio de Janeiro is shortened to "Rio". [5] Not only words but consecutive numbers can be contracted in dates or in pag- inations as 1843-90; 1917-18; 1920-21; 10-2; 1996-9. Such contractions, however, are impossible in cases like 978-1002 or 1999-2000. The general principle of shortening words is that the artificially created word should be selfexplanatory either alone or in its relations. Another rule which should govern the composition of shortened words for an international catalogue is that cognate words in all languages should be reduced to the same form, if this is possible with due consideration for the linguistic and orthographic characteristics of foreign words. International words are very common in medical nomenclature, and it is quite simple to reduce them, in the case of many languages, to their common root. Some words can be abbreviated more than others without any misunderstanding. This depends upon the particular place in the catalogue where the abbreviation is used. Single-letter abbreviations are very clear in the collation of books, or at the head of short titles of journals. Where pagination or volume is expected, "p." or "v." are easily understood; where the word "Journal" is expected, "J." will be found entirely adequate. Generally, the abbreviated word contains more than a single letter, and it usually ends with a consonant. No attention is paid to grammatical endings, suffixes, or signs of declination of a word. Abbreviations, therefore, are grammarless, and can- not be read without a certain knowledge of languages. Except in very rare cases, an abbreviation or contraction is used only for one word, and a word is abbreviated to the same short form. Titles of journals are shortened by abbreviation, con- serial publications? ° traction, or omission of words. The general principles of these methods are described under 6. The leading rule is to shorten the title only to such an extent that the country of publication is easily recognized without the addition of the place of publication; that the subject of the journal stands out; and that the journal cannot be confused with others. Geo- graphical nouns occurring in the title of the journal are, therefore, not abbreviated except United States to "U. S.", United Kingdom to "U. K.", and the first half of compound geographical names as New York to N. York, or North Carolina to N. Carolina. These abbreviations differ from those used for names of cities as places of publication. Certain journal titles are not abbreviated: (a) single-word titles, (6) titles in Asiatic languages unless such journals carry also an international title, (c) short titles consisting of 2 or 3 words in unusual relation to each other as in Animal Defender, or Contact Point. The shortened title is made from the main title of the journal, except in periodicals for which a well-known short title is generally accepted. The abbreviated title maintains the same sequence of words as the original with the exception of words that can be omitted. In publications of corporate authors the abbreviated title usually begins with the generic name of the periodical regardless of its position on the title page of the serial publication. Certain words are omitted from the shortened title. Conjunctions are generally disregarded, except in the few cases where they connect two equally important nouns of a title. Phrases equivalent to a genitive, unessential titular adjectives, nouns denoting administrative divisions, unless parts of a name, all prepositions, definite and indefinite articles are omitted. Long titles are curtailed, and the second half of the title is partly or entirely disregarded, especially if it consists of words expressing [6] subjects closely related to the first part of the title. "Archives des maladies du coeur, des vaisseaux et du sang" is shortened to "Arch. mal. coeur". In periodicals with two or more generic names connected with a conjunction only the first of these names is included in the shortened title, e. g., "Acta et commentationes . . ." as "Acta"; "Bulletins et memoires . . ." as "Bull." 8. Omission of the place ^ne two reasons of adding the place of publication to a of publication in jour- shortened journal title in references are, (a) to recognize the nal references. country of origin and the language of the journal, (6) to avoid confusion with journals of an equal or very similar shortened title. When the journal title in its abbreviated form contains geographical nouns or adjectives, unique proper names, or words characteristic of a definite language, the place of publication is not added to the reference. The language of the journal can be sometimes easily recognized from the shortened title, and it is assumed that journals with English titles are published in the United States, those with Russian terms come from Russia, those with French words are printed in France, and so on. If a journal is published elsewhere than in the country which its language would reveal, or if the journal is the publication of a local society or a local corporation, the place of publication is added to the shortened title unless a geo- graphical noun or adjective, or a unique proper word in the title makes the place of publication superfluous in the reference. If the shortened title of a journal is readable in more than one language, if the origin of the journal is revealed only by a single accent of an abbreviated word, or if there are several journals with similar titles, the place of publication is added to the reference. No place of publication is needed in references to journals with shortened titles like Acta med. scand., Am. J. Hyg.f Arch. fr. belg. chir., Arch. fr. path, gen., Arch. ital. anat., Bol. As. med. argent., Bull. Soc. zool. France, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., J. Maine M. Ass., Med. ibera, Norsk mag. laegevid., Nurs. J. China, Philippine J. Sc, Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, Pub. Colorado Coll., Rev. m6d. Barcelona, Romania med., which all contain a geographical noun or adjective of the country or city where they are published. The occurrence of a unique proper name makes the place of publication super- fluous in references to journals like Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, Aichi J. Exp. M., Arch. Julius Klaus Stift., Bull. Moses Taylor Hosp., J. Ayurveda, J. R. Army M. Corps, Linacre Q., Sind M. J., Sudhoffs Arch., and similar others. [7] No place of publication is generally added to journal references beginning with Abh., Atti, Boll., Beitr., C. rend., Erg., Gazz., Gior., Rass., Riv., Wschr., Zbl., Zschr., Ztg or containing tschr., tskr., and other words characteristic of a definite language as Abh. Geburtsh., Aerztl. Rdsch., Allatorv. lap., Annee biol., Biol. Zbl., Borba s tuberk., Cas. lek. cesk., Cervello, Erdball, Gazz. mternaz. med. chir., and so on. The place of publication is an important part of the reference to journals like Acta aerophysiol., Hamb., Acta biol. exp., Warsz., Aerztl. Prax., Wien, An. Direcc. san. nac, Caracas, Ann. ocul., Par., Arch, biol., Genova, Arch. M. Hydr., Lond., Bol. Asist. pub. nac, Montev., Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., Cellule, Louvain, Dent. Bull., Wash., Fol. med., Nap., Fed. Counc. Bull., N. Y., Heart, Lond., Hyg. scol., Par., J. Med., Cincin., J. Psychol. Neur., Lpz., J. psikhol. nevr., Moskva, Jap. Zschr. Naturwiss., Jena, Kyklos, Lpz., Progr. m£d., Par., Progr. Med., Phila., Rass. mens., Tor., Rev. m6d., Par., Rev. med., Puebla, and so on. In author entries, the surname of the author is in capital letters. In compound names of authors not connected with a hyphen and in title entries only the first word is fully capitalized. Capitaliza- tion of other words follows the custom of the various countries; thus, German nouns are capitalized. In capitalization of botanical and zoological terms the international rules are observed. In journal references the abbreviated words are always capitalized for short titles of journals in the English language. In German abbreviated journal titles the nouns are capitalized. In other languages only the first word, single-letter abbrevia- tions, personal and geographical nouns, and the first word of the name of a corporate author are capitalized. Abbreviations for places of publication are printed in capital letters. 10. Punctuation. Double punctuation is avoided as much as possible, and a bracket or parenthesis, where it occurs, will eliminate a comma or semicolon, even a period, where this is not a sign of abbreviation. In author entries a comma separates the surname or initial from the Christian name, the Christian name from the epithet, the epithet from the date, the Roman numbers from the Arabic numerals in the collation, the place of publication from the publisher's name, and the publisher from the date of the imprint. In case of joint authors the comma is used for separation except before an ampersand (&) preceded by a surname when the Christian name is omitted or preceded by a [8] dash. In journal references the title of the journal, the place of publication, the year and the volume are separated from each other by commas. The period is used after all abbreviations, but not after contractions. It sepa- rates the name of the author, or authors, from the title unless the author's name is followed by the year of birth alone with a dash. In such cases a 3-em quad is between the dash and the book title. The title of a publication is usually followed by a period, sometimes by a question mark. A period shows the end of the entry or of the reference. The semicolon is used before subtitles, between different paginations or pagina- tions of different volumes. A semicolon separates statements as to foreword, com- mentaries, etc., from the book title proper. The colon is used after volume numbers in references, and, like the number itself, is printed in bold-face type. Parentheses are used wherever they occur in the original title of a publication. Also the name of an author is in parentheses when it occurs after the title of a book in references. Brackets are used, either in the title or in the references, for matter supplied by the Library. In subject headings brackets include synonyms and other matter related to the heading. Hyphens are omitted from French Christian names, and capital letters are not accented in any language. n D , To avoid repetition of names, a 2-em dash is used for author or authors in 8-point text, and a 3-em dash in the 6-point paragraph, if the authors are the same as in the preceding entry; an en- dash is used to connect different numbers in references and dates. If any change occurs in the names of the next entry, all author names are repeated, unless the name of a joint-author can be added to the dash with an ampersand (&) sign. A flush 2-em half-blunt dash is used before subdivisions of subjects. It replaces the main heading of the subject. A 3-em dash separates different editions of the same work printed in one paragraph with the main entry. An em dash is used to separate journal entries; this dash should never begin a fine. Subject headings and author names in author entries leads,yquads.Gn 10nS' beginning a column are set in 10-point {Case 131) capitals, flush in the folio fine above each column. This is also done where a subject or the works of an author continue from the preceding column. Subject headings are set flush, first word in 10-point (Case 131) capitals; subheadings are set in 8-point (Case 130) and overruns are indented 1-em. In author entries or when the subject is a person's name, the name is set in 8-point (Case 130) with a 1-em indention. Excepting subject headings, everything else is set in shorter or longer paragraphs, 16-pica measure. Paragraph indentions are 1-em. If the biographical date of an author-entry contains only the year of birth, a 3-em quad is placed after the dash and before the title of the book. When this occurs with the first of joint authors, a 2-em quad will be used in place of the missing date. A 2-em quad replaces also the missing date of birth when only the year of death is given. A 6-point slug above, and a 2-point lead below flush headings and 8-point (Case 130) subheadings are used. No lead is needed after "See also" references. Six-point annotations are separated from 6-point journal entries by a 2-point lead, which is used also when a 6-point paragraph is followed by 8-point text. [9] The abbreviations "p." (page) and "v." (volume) always bump with figures they precede or follow. The volume numbers are set in bold-face type in all cases. Roman numbers when they indicate volumes are changed into Arabic numerals. Various reasons make it necessary to transliterate 13. Transliteration of names of authors and journals in Slavic characters as simply names in Slavic ., . _. J . ,,..., , . ,. , letters. as possible. Therefore, the use of diacritical marks is entirely avoided, and no attempt is made toward a graphical transcrip- tion of the many shades of Slavic pronounciation. In general, the rules of the United States Geographical Board are followed with the exception that both H and H are transcribed as "i"; }K as "zh",sometimes "j"; LI as "y"; K> as "iu";fl as "ia;" HH as "y" in endings; and HH as "ia". Names of non-Russian authors occurring in Russian journals are re transliterated to their original forms. Foreign transliter- ations of Russian names, especially those in French and German, are changed into English spelling, e. g., Tchebotarevitch(fr.), or Tschebotarewitsch(germ.) as Chebota- revich; Chicobaloff(fr.) or Schichobalow (germ.) as Shikhobalov. Part 1.—DICTIONARY OF ABBREVIATED AND CONTRACTED WORDS* Aarsber... Abh_____ Abschn... Abstamm. Abstr____ Abt______ Acad____ Accad_ Accid.. Acta.. Actas_. Actin._ actual. A. D__ Admin. Advance___ Advis_____ Aerzte_____ Aerztl., arztl. afd_________ afh_________ Afr__.....__ Agr-------- Akad_______ akush______ al__________ Alcohol_________ aliment_________ Allatorv________ Allergv_________ allg__:--------- Allrn.......____ Aim____________ Alumni (or alum- nae) Am__________ Ambul________ amer_________ Amst_________ An___________ Anaesth., Anesth. analyt___________ Anat____________ angew. Anh... anim_. Ann... Ann Arb. Annee___ Annot___ Arinuaire. Annual.. aarsberetning Abhandlung Abschnitt Abstammungslehre Abstract Abteilung academia; academie; acad- emy accademia accident (not abbreviated) (not abbreviated) actinology actualite Anno Domini administration, administra- tive advancement advisory (not abbreviated) arztlich afdeling afhandling African agriculture Akademie akusherka; akusherstvo alii alcoholism alimentaire; alimentazione allatorvos; allatorvosi (not abbreviated) allgemein allman almanac (not abbreviated) American ambulant americano (in titles other than English) Amsterdam anais; anales anaesthesia; anaesthetics analyticus8 Anatomie; anatomy; ana- tomical; anatomisch angewandt Anhang animal; animale annaes; annales; annali; an- nals Ann Arbor (not abbreviated) annotatio; annotation (not abbreviated) (not abbreviated) anon____________anonymous anorm___________anormalo Anst____________Anstalt Anthrop_________ Anthropologie; anthropolo- gist; anthropology; an- thropological antrop___________antropologia Anz_____________Anzeiger apl______________aplicado Apoth___________Apotheker app_____________appendix; appendice (not in journal titles) app_____________apparato; appareil Appl____________applied Arb_____________Arbeiten Arch____________Archiv; archives; archivio; archivos; archivum argent___________argentino Arkh____________arkhiv Arq_____________arquivo as_______________asociaci6n asambl__________asamblea Asiat. ,__________asiatic Asist____________asistencia Ass_____________association Assist___________assistenza Assur___________assurance Attivita_________(not abbreviated) Attorn. Gen______attorney-general Attual___________attualita Augenh__________Augenheilkunde Aufl_____________Auflage Augsb___________Augsburg Ausg____________Ausgabe Austral__________Australian Australas________Australasian Autoriass________autoriassunti avance__________avancement Avenir__________ (not abbreviated) Aviat....._...... aviation B B_______________book; Buch b_______________biology or biologie (only at end of abbreviated com- pound words as Mikrob., Bassenb.) b._______________burg or berg (at end of geographic names) Bact____________bacteriologic; b acteriology B. Air___________Buenos Aires Bain____________balneology Bait_____________Baltimore Barcel___________Barcelona Barth___________Bartholemew batt_____________batteriologia B. C____________Before Christ (in dates) Bd (no period)___Band (never in journal titles) * The first column of the list gives the abbreviated word in a form as it occurs somewhere in the Index-Catalogue. Only the letters of the abbreviation are invariable, while their accents and capitalization will vary according to the rules set forth on the preceding pages. The second column includes only a few selected samples of the many equivalent cognate words, and their grammatical modifications. [H] [12] Bd (no period)___board (in journal titles usu- ally preceded or followed by "health", "regents", "visitors" and alike) bearb__________bearbeitet Behandl________Behandlung Behav__________behavior Beih___________Beiheft (never in abbreviated journal titles) Beiheft_________ (not abbreviated when part of title) Beil____________ Beilage Beitr___________Beitrag (mostly for Bei- trage) Bekampf________ Bekampfung Belg___________beiges (in fr. "belg.") beige___________ (not abbreviated) Benef__________beneficencia Ber____________Bericht; beretning; berat- telse Berl____________ Berlin; Berliner Bevolk_________ Bevolkerung bezopass________bezopassnost Bibl____________Bibliothek; bibliotek Bibliogr_________bibliography Bijdr___________Bijdrag Bimonth________bimonthly Biochem________biochemical; Biochemie; bio- chemistry biochim_________biochimico Biogr___________biography Biol____________biology; Biologie Biophysics______(not abbreviated) Birm___________Birmingham Bl......________ Blatt; blad Bol____________boletim; boletin bolez___________boleznei Boll____________bollettino Bologna________(not abbreviated) Bord___________Bordeaux Bost___________Boston Bot____________botany Br_____________branch brasil___________brasileiro Bratisl__________Bratislava Bresl___________Breslau Brit____________British Brnschw________Braunschweig Bron chose_______bronchoscopic Brux___________ Bruxelles Bucur__________Bucurest Budap__________Budapest Bui____________buletinul Bull____________bulletin Bur.___________bureau burgerl_________burgerlijk C Cah____________cahier calam__________calamity Calc___________Calcutta Cambr_________Cambridge Canad_____.....Canadian Cancer_________ (not abbreviated) Card___________cardiology Cas____________ casopis Cdted__________ c&tedra Cath___________catholic gech____________cechoslovakisch CelluL__________cellular Cens___________census Cent___________century Centr__________central Certif__________certified cesk____________cesky ch_____________ chart Charakt________ Charakterologie Chem__________ chemical; chemistry Chemother______chemotherapy Chic___________Chicago Child___________children Childh__________childhood Chin___________ Chinese China _______ (not abbreviated) Chir___________chirurgical; chirurgie; Chi- rurgie; chirurgicus 3 Chiropod________chiropodist Chron__________chronique cienc___________ciencia Cincin__________Cincinnati Cinemat________cinematography cir _ _ cirugia (only when combined with "med.") Circ____________circular cirug _ ___- cirugia (only when not com- bined with "med".) CI_____________class; classe Clevel__________Cleveland Clim___________climatologia Clin___________clinical; clinica Co_____________county (usually preceded by a proper name; in names of publishers it indicates Company) col_____________colored; column (never in journal abbreviations) col_____________colonial (in journal abbrevia- tions) Col____________ Colegio (always with capital letter) Coll____________college Collect_________ collected; collection Colt____________coltura Com___________ comisi6n; commission; com- missioner; committee Commun________communication Comp__________comparative Conf___________conference; conferencia Congr__________ congress; congres; congresso, etc. Cons___________consejo Conserv________conservation cont___________ continuation; continued contemp--------contemporanea Contr__________contribution Contracept______contraception Convent________convention cost------------costituzionale Counc----------council couron---------couronnes C. rend---------compte rendu Crim-----------criminal; criminology crit------------critical; crftica Cron-----------cronica; cr6nica Cult___________cultura; culture Cut------------cutaneous czas------------czasopis D d------........dorf (at end of geographical names as Dusseld.) Darmst---------Darmstadt decad----------decadaire demogr---------demography; demografia Denkschr-------Denkschrif t Dent-----------dental; dentistry [13] Dentist_________ (not abbreviated) Dep----------- Department derm-----------dermatologicus 3 Desinfekt-------- Desinfektion; Desinfektor Detr_____________ Detroit detsk____________ detsky Deut------------deutsch Develop---------development diiit-------------diatetisch Diagn----------- diagnosis; diagnostics diagr------------diagram diergeneesk------diergeneeskunde Diet------------- dietary; dietetic diger------------digerente Digest----------- (noun; not abbreviated) Digest-----------digestive Dir--------------director Direcc----------- direccion Direct-----------direction Dis--------------disease Diss-------------dissertation Div-------------division dosw------------doswiadczalny; doswiadczanie Dr (no period)___Doctor Dresd___________ Dresden Druggist_________ (not abbreviated) Dubl____________ Dublin Diisseld__________ Dusseldorf E East------------- (not abbreviated) Eclect___________eclectic Econom_________economic Ed., ed---------- edition; editor; edition Edinb___________ Edinburgh Educ------------ education Egy., or egy------egyesulet; egylet Egypt-----------Egyptian eidg_____________eidgenossisch ejerc____________ejercito eksp_____________eksperimentalyny electr____________electricite Electron_________electronic Electrother______electrotherapy Embryol_________embryology Endocr__________endocrine; endocrinology Endow__________endowment enf______________enfant Engin___________engineer; engineering Engl_____________ English enl______________enlarged Entom___________entomology Entw____________ Entwicklung Entwmech_______Entwicklungsmechanik Epidem__________ Epidemiology Episc____________ episcopalian Erdk____________ Erdkunde Erg_____________Ergebnis (mostly Ergeb- nisse) Erganzbd________Erganzungsband Ergiinzh_________Erganzungsheft ert______________ertesito esc______________escuela esot_____________ esotico espan____________espafiol espec____________especialidad eston____________estonianus 3 estud_____________ estudio et________________ etude [(;t al.]____________et alii (indicates names of other authors omitted) Ethnogr__________ethnography 21767—vol. 2, 4th series---II Ethnol----------Ethnologie etnol------------etnologia eugen-----------eugenia; eugenics; Eugenik Evolut----------evolution exact------------exactes Exam-----------examination exot-------------exotic exp-------------experimental; experimentalis Exterm__________ extermination F Fac-------------f acultad facs-------------facsimile Fak_____________ Fakultat falsif------------falsification farm------------f armacologia fasc-------------fascicule; fasciculo; fascicul Fed., fed_________federal; federated; federa- tion; federation ferrov-----------f erro viaria fig--------------figure Filip------------Filipino Fin_____________finska fiorent___________fiorentino Fir______________Firenze fis--------------- fisico Fish_____________fishery fisiocr-----------fisiocritico fisiol------------fisiologia forh-------------forhandlingar fol--------------folio (not in journal abbre- viations) Fol______________Folia; folha f oren____________f orening Forh____________forhandlingar form____________formes Forsch___________Forschung (also at end of compound words as Zell- forsch.) Fortbild_________Fortbildung Fortsch__________Fortschritt Found___________foundation fr---------------francais f r.-belg__________franco-beige Frankf__________Frankfurt Fratern__________fraternity Freib. i. B_______Freiburg in Brisgau f reniat___________f reniatria front------------frontispiece furs-------------fursorge (at end of abbre- viated compound German words) G Gac_____________gaceta Gard____________ garden Gastroenter______gastroenterology Gaz_____________gazeta; gazette Gazz____________gazzetta Geburtsh________Geburtshilfe Gemeindebl______Gemeindeblatt Gen_____________general gen_____________general geneesh__________geneesheeren geneesk__________geneeskunde Genet___________genetic Geneve__________ (not abbreviated) Genitourin_______genitourinary genoot___________genootschap Genova__________ (not abbreviated) geogr------------geography geol_____________geology [14] gerichtl_________gerichtlich Germ__________German Ges____________ Gesellschaft (always capi- talized) ges____________ gesamt (always in the lower case) Gesch__________ Geschichte; geschiedenis Geschl__________ Geschlecht Geschlkr________ Geschlechtskrankheit Geschl.leb_______ Geschlechtsleben Gesundh________ Gesundheit Gig____________gigiena gin____________ginecologia Gior___________giornale Glasg__________ Glasgow glasn___________glasnik; glasnykh Gott___________Gottingen Gr. Britain______ Great Britain Gravenh________'s Gravenhage Grenzfr_________ Grenzfragen Grenzgeb_______Grenzgebiet Guard__________guardian Gyn___________gynecologies gynecology; gynecologicus 3 Gy6gysz________gy6gyszeresz; gy6gyszere- szet (and adjectives) H H_____________Heft (only when not part of journal title) h______________Heilkunde (only at end of abbreviated German com- pound words as Kinderh.) Haag, Hague____der Haag; The Hague H alfte__________ (not abbreviated) halsov__________halsovard haemat_________haematologia Halbmhef te_____Halbmonatshef te hand___________handlingar Handb_________handbook; Handbuch Health_________ (not abbreviated) Heat___________heating Hebam_________Hebamme hebd___________hebdomadaire (usually dis- carded from abbreviated title) Heer. San__;____Heeressanitatswesen Hefte__________ (not abbreviated when part of journal title) Heilk__________Heilkunde (if not part of a compound word, or if preceded by "&c") Heilpad________ Heilpadagogie hellen__________hellenique Helminth_______helminthology Helsin__________Helsinki helvet__________helveticus 3 Hemat_________hematology Herb___________Herbarium Hered__________heredity hetil___________ hetilap hig____________higiene hisp. amer______hispano-americano Hist___________histoire; history Histol__________histology H. M__________ His Majesty Homoeop_______homoeopathy hondur_________hondurefia hop____________hopital horticult_____,-- horticulture Hosp___________hospital; hospitalano Hrsg_T_________Herausgeber; herausgegeben humain_________humaines humaine________ (not abbreviated) humane________ (not abbreviated) Hydr___________ hydrology Hydrob_________ hydrobiology Hyg___________hygiene I iber. amer_______ ibero-americano ibid____________ ibidem (indicates that the article was published in the same journal as the preceding one; if the ab- breviation ibid, is fol- lowed only by a reference to pages, the volume and year are also the same as in the preceding entry) ident___________identificacao idr_____________idrologia idroclim________idroclimatologia igiene__________ (not abbreviated) Ilium__________illuminating Illust__________illustration; illustrazione; illustrated Immun_________immunology Immunforsch.___Immunitatsforschung Inc____________ incorporated Ind____________Indian Indep__________independance Individ_________individual indukt_________induktive Indust_________industrial; industry Inebr__________inebriety InefHc__________inefficiency inf_____________infancia; infant; infantile Infect__________infectious Infekt__________Infektion Infirm__________infirmiere Inform_________informateur; information inf ortun________inf ortunistica ingegn__________ingegneria inn____________inner Insan__________insanity Inst____________institute Instr___________instruction; instructor Instrum________instrument Insur___________insurance Int____________internal Int____________ intozet (only in Hungarian publications) internac________internacional Internat________international Intraven________ intravenous Invest__________investigation issled___________ issledovatelsky 1st_____________istituto ital____________ Italian; italiano izuch___________izuchenie Izv____________ izviest J J______________journal Jahr___________ (not abbreviated) Jahrb__________Jahrbuch Jahrber_________ Jahresbericht Jahrg__________Jahrgang Jahrkurs________Jahreskurse Jap------------Japanese; Japonensis jegyzokve_______jegyzokonyve Jena-----------Jenaer; Jenaisch jugend_________jugendlich jur...-----------juristisch Juven__________juvenile; juventud [15] K k______________kunde (at end of abbre- viated German compound words as Schadlingsk.) kavkaz_________kavkazky Kbh___________ K0benhavn kiad___________kiadas; kiadvany Kinderh________Kinderheilkunde Kindesalt_______Kindesalter Kir____________ kirurgie Kl_____________Klasse Klim___________Klimatologie Klin___________Klinik; klinisch konyvt_________konyvtar Kozegeszs_______ kozegeszseg; kozegeszsegiigyi Kozl___________kozlemenyek; kozlony Kolloid_________kolloidchemisch Konf___________Konferenz Kongr__________Kongress Konst__________Konstitution; Konstitutions- lehre Konstpath______Konstitutionspathologie Korbl__________Korrespondenzblatt k6rt____________ k6rtan Kr_____________ Krankheit (at end of abbre- viated German words) Krim___________ Kriminologie Kriminalb______Kriminalbiologie kron___________kronika Knit___________ Kultur L 1______________ leaf; leaves Lab____________laboratory Labor__________ (not abbreviated) laegeforen_______laegef orening laegevid________laegevidenskap lak____________lakare Lane___________Lancaster lap____________lapok Lar. Otol_______laryngology and otology laring__________laringologia (when the only subject noun in the abbre- viated title) Laryng_________laryngology (when the only subject noun in the abbre- viated title) Lat.____________Latin lat. amer________latino-americano Latv___________Latvija lav_____________lavoro; lavori (if it means "transactions," "studies") lavoro__________ (not abbreviated if it means labor) leaflet__________ (not abbreviated) league__________ (not abbreviated) Learn__________learned Lect___________ lecture Leg____________legal leg_____________legal lek_____________ lekarski; lekarstwo; lekarz lek_____________lekaf; lekdxnik; lekarsky; lekafstvi Lett___________ letter Lfg____________ Lieferung Libr___________library lijkverbr________ lijkverbranding Lisb___________ Lisboa Liter___________literature Liverp__________ Liverpool livr____________ livraison lombard________lombardo Lond___________London Los Ang________ Los Angeles Lpz____________ Leipzig M M_____________medicine; medical (only in English titles, but never at head of title). Madr__________ Madrid Mag___________magazine Magy__________magyar mal____________maladie; malattia Malariol________malariologia Mammal_______mammalogy Manic__________manicomio Manuf_________manufacturer Marb__________ Marburg Mat___________ maternity Mater__________material Math__________ mathematics Mber__________ maandbericht; Monatsbe- richt Mbl___________ Monatsblatt; Monatsblatter Med___________ medicina; medicine; Medizin; medizinisch; medicinalis2; medicus 3; (always in Eng- lish words when at head of title) med____________medecine; medico. Medbeamte_____ Medizinalbeanite Med. Chir_______ Medico-Chirurgical med. chir_______ medico-chirurgico Medded________meddedelser Meded_________mededeeling(en) Med. Leg_______medico-legal Medverwalt_____ Medizinalverwaltung Meet__________meeting Melb___________ Melbourne Mem_________memoirs; memorandum; me- morial (in all languages) mens___________ mensuel menschl________menschlich Ment__________mental Mess___________message; messenger Metab_________metabolic Metallurgy______ (not abbreviated) Meth__________method Metrop_________ Metropolitan mex____________ Mexicano Mex___________Mexico Mhefte(noperiod). Monatshefte Micr___________microscopic; microscopy microb_________microbiologicus 3 Mikrob_________ mikrobiologia; Mikrobiologie Mil____________militaire; military milan___________milanese Milano_________ (not abbreviated) Min___________ Minister; ministerium minor.__________ minorenni Minutes________ (not abbreviated) Misc___________ miscellaneous Mitt___________ Mitteilung mod___________modern Mod___________ Modena (always as place of publication) M. Off_________medical officer Monit__________ Monitore Monogr________monography Montev________ Montevideo Month_________monthly Montpel________ Montpellier morf___________morfologia Morph_________morphology Mosk__________ moskovski mo vim_________ movimento [16] MS___________manuscript M. & S_________medical and surgical; medi- cine and surgery (in this combination always to be used) Mschr___________maandschrift; Monatsschrift Munch__________ Miinchen; Miinchener Mun____________municipal Mus____________ museum mutil___________mutilato N N_______________new (only in compound English proper names as N. England) N_______________ north (only when followed by geographical names-of continents or states) nac_____________nacional Nachr___________Nachricht nap_____________napoletano Nap____________ Napoli Nat_____________national Natur___________natural; naturalist; naturel Naturgesch______Naturgeschichte Naturwiss_______ Naturwissenschaft nauch___________nauchny Nav____________naval Navy___________ (not abbreviated) naz_____________nazionale n. d_____________no date Ned____________ Nederlandsch neerl____________neerlandais Nervenh________ Nervenheilkunde Nervenleb_______Nervenleben Neur____________ Neurologie; neurologist; neu- rologia; neurologicus 3 Neiirob__________neurobiologia; Neurobiologie Neuropath_______Neuropathology nevropat________nevropatologia News___________ (not abbreviated) n. F____________neue Folge nipiol___________ nipiologia No_____________number; numero; nummer nord____________nordisk North___________northern nouv____________nouveau; nouvelle Nov____________novaia Novit___________novitas (-ates) n. p_____________no place of publication n. ser___________new series Niirnb__________ Niirnberg numism_________numismatics Nurs____________nurses; nursing Nutrit__________nutrition N. Y__________ New York O Observ________observador Obst____________ obstetrics; obstetricus 3 obzor___________ (not abbreviated) Occas___________occasional Oceup___________occupational Oceanogr________oceanographic ocul_____________ oculistica; oculistique Odes____________odessky odont___________odoiHoiatry; odontology off______________offentlich osszehas_________6sszehasonlit<5 Oesterr., or osterr. osterreicher Of______________Oficina Off______________ Officer; Office; official oft______________ oftalmologia Ohr Ohren- (usually followed by &c.) okhr__ ________ okhrana opht_~~~________ophtalmologie Ophth___________ophthalmology; ophthalmo- logicus 3 Optic___________ optical Optics___________ (not abbreviated) Optometr________optometrist ord_____________ ordine oreille___________ (not abbreviated) org_____________ organ; organization Organother______ Organotherapy orient___________orientalis 2 Orsz____________ orsz&gos Orthodont_______orthodontist orthop__________ orthopaedicus3; orthopadisch Orthopsychiat____orthopsychiatry ortop___________ ortopedia orv_____________ orvos; orvosi Osp_____________ ospedale Osteopath_______ osteopathic ostet____________ostetricia Otol____________ otologia; otology otolar___________ otolaryngologic; otolaryngo- logic^ 3 otoneur_________ otoneuro-oculistique otorinolar_______otorinolaringologia ottalm__________ ottalmologia Oxf_____________ Oxford P P_______________page padag___________padagogisch paediat__________paediatricus 3 Pal_____________ Palermo Paleont., paleont— paleontology; paleontology Pamphl_________pamphlet panamer_________panamericano Papers__________ (not abbreviated) Par_____________Paris paracels_________Paracelsicus3 Parasit__________parasitology pat_____________patologia Path____________Pathology; pathologicus3 paul____________paulista (referring to S. Paulo) Pediat__________pediatry pedol___________pedologia pellagr__________pellagrologica Periodont________periodontology pfalz____________pfalzisch pfl--------------pflege (at end of compound words) Pharm----------pharmacy; pharmacology; Pharmacopoeia; Pharma- kologie pharm. dyn______pharmacodynamic pharm. ther______pharmaco therapeutisch Phila------------ Philadelphia philanthrop______philanthropique philomath_______philomathique Philos___________philosophy Phonet., phonet.. phonetics; phonetique Photogr---------photography phtisiol----------phtisiologie Phys------------physics; physical; physika- lisch; physique Physician-------- (not abbreviated) Physiol----------physiology Pittsb___________ Pittsburgh pi--------------- plate p. 1-------------preliminary leaves plast____________plastique [1 7] polit___________politica polon__________Polonais Pop____________popular Port___________ Portuguese portr___________portrait posit___________positive; positiva Postgrad________postgraduate Pract__________practice; practitioner Prakt__________ Prakti ker; prak tisch prat___________pratica; pratique Prax___________ Praxis Presid__________president Press, Presse_____ (not abbreviated) Preuss__________preussisch prev___________preventive previd__________previdenza Probl__________problems Proc___________proceedings Proct__________proctology Profes__________professional profil___________profilaktichesky Progr__________progress; progressive Promot_________promotion Prophyl________prophylactic: prophylaxis protec__________protecci6n Protistenk______Protistenkunde przegl__________przeglad przy rod_________przyrodniczy; przyrodoznaw- stwo; przyrodzenie pseud__________pseudonym psikhiat________psikhiatria psikhol_________psikhologia psiquiat________psiquiatria Psychiat________ Psychiatrie; psychiatricus3 Psychic_________psychical Psychoanal______ Psychoanalysis Psychol_________psychology; psychologicus 3 Psychopath_____psychopathology Psych other______ Psychotherapie psicol__________psicologia psicoped________psicopedag6gico pt (no period)---part Pub____________public; publication Pubb___________pubblicazione puericult________puericultura pur____________pures P. verb_________proces-verbaux Q Q______________ quarterly Quarant________quarantine Quest__________question quir____________quirurgiea R R______________ royal r°______________recto (right-hand page) Radiol__________radiology; radiologicus3 Radiother_______radiotherapy- Radium________ (not abbreviated) Railw__________railway rak____________raksti ran____________ ranny; rano Rapp___________ rapport Rass___________rassegna Rassenb________Rassenbiologie Rdsch__________ Rundschau Rec____________record; recueil Ref____________referati reflex___________ reflexologia Reg____________register Region_________regional Rehabil_________rehabilitation Reichsanst______Reichsanstalt Reichsgesundh- amt__________Reichsgesundheitsamt Rel____________releases rend___________rendu Rendic_________rendiconto rentg___________rentgenologia Rep____________report Repert., repert___repertorio; repertoire Repr___________reprint repub__________republica Res____________research resp____________respiratoire; respiratoria Resumpt_______resumptio rev____________revised (only in book titles) Rev____________review; revue; revista rheumat________rheumaticus 3 Rhinol_________rhinology Ricer__________ricerche Rio____________ Rio de Janeiro Riv____________rivista Roentg_________ Roentgen; roentgenology rom____________romande roumain________ roumaine; roumaines rozhl___________rozhledy rozpr___________rozprawy Russ___________Russian; russky S S______________saint, san, sao (in compound proper names) south (with geographical names) surgery (only in the combi- nation: M. & S.) S. Franc________San Francisco S. Paulo________Sao Paulo Sachverst_______Sachverstandig sachs___________ sachsisch sail____________sallskapet Siiugl__________ Saugling sal_____________salude Samml_________ Sammlung san____________sanidad; sanitario; sanitary Sanat__________sanatorium Sanit___________sanitarium Sborn__________sbornik Sc_____________science; scientific; scand__________ Scandinavicus 3 Schles__________Schlesisch Schl. Holstein___Schleswig-Holstein Schola__________ (not abbreviated) school__________ (not abbreviated) Schr___________ Schrift Schweiz________ schweizerisch scol____________scolaire Seer___________Secretaria; secretary Sect___________section Sekret__________Sekretion Sekt___________ Sektion Sem___________semana; semaine Ser., ser________series Serother________Serotherapy Serv___________ service sess____________sessuale Sex____________ sexology; sexual Sexf orsch_______Sexualf orschung Sez____________ sezione sezda__________ (not abbreviated) sicil____________siciliano sieroter_________sieroterapico sif_____________sifilologia sig_____________signature Sightsav________sightsaving 18] Sitz-------------- Sitzung Sitzber----------- Sitzungsbericht Skand----------- Skandinavisch slav-------------slavicus 3 Smithson-------- Smithsonian Soc-------------- society; societas; societa; sociedad; sociedade; socie- tat; societe, etc. Social------------ (not abbreviated) bociol------------ sociology South------------ southern Southwest------- Southwestern Sovet------------ sovetsky Soz-------------- Sozietat sozial------------soziale Spec------------- speciality; special sper------------- sperimentale Spnngf----------Springfield sred------------- sredne st---------------stiintelor st-----------------stadt (occurs in geographi- cal names ending in -stadt as Darmst.) Sta-------------- station Staatsinst-------- Staatsinstitut Stand------------ standard State------------ (not abbreviated, but mostly omitted from journal titles') Statist-----------statistics; Statistik; statis- tisch statiszt----------statisztika Stift------------- Stiftung Stockh----------- Stockholm Stomat----------stomatology stor-------------- storia Strasb----------- Strasbourg Stud------------- Studv; studio; Studien Stuttg----------- Stuttgart Sudeb-----------sudebno Suggest----------suggestive Suggestion------- (not abbreviated) suiss-------------suisses Summary-------- (not abbreviated) sundh------------sundhed Sunti------------ (not abbreviated) Suppl------------supplement Surg-------------Surgerv (but M. & S.) Surgeon---------- (not abbreviated) Surg. Gen-------- Surgeon-general Surv------------- survey Sven------------ svensk synd-------------syndicat Syph------------ Syphilis; syphilology szemle----------- (not abbreviated) T T---------------- Teil; tome tab______________ table Tagl-------------taglich tandheelk________tandheelkunde tehee------------tchccoslovaque Teach-----------teacher Techn-----------Technic; technology teen_____________ tecnica Terr-------------territorial theor-------------theoretical; theoretisch ther--------------therapeutic; therapist; Ther apy therm____________thermale Thorac-----------thoracic tidn_____________tidning tierarztl----------tierarztlich Tierh____________ Tierheilkunde tilst______________tilstand tisiol_____________tisiologia Tor______________Torino tp_______________ title-page Tr_______________transactions; trudi; travaux; trabajos Training_________ (not abbreviated) transl____________translated; translation Traumat_________traumatology travmat_________travmatologia trent____________trentino trimest__________trimestral Trop____________tropical truda____________ (not abbreviated) tschr_____________tijdschrift Tsentr___________tsentralniy tskr_____________tidsskrift Tuberc---------- tuberculosis; tuberculoseus'■ Tuberk---------- Tuberkulosis; tuberkulez Tub_____________ Tubingen tunis------------tunisienne U udg--------------udve; udgaver; udgivet ubers____________ iibersetzt Uff--------------ufficio ugeskr___________ugeskrift uitg-------------uitgaaf ujs ------------ujsag U. K---------- United Kingdom ultraviol_________ultravioletto Unfallchir-------- Unfallchirurgie Ungar-----------ungarisch Unit------------- United (other than United States) Univ------------- Universitat; university; uni- versita; universidad Untersuch-------Untersuchung (even in com- pound words) untersuch---------untersuchung Upps------------ Uppsala Urol------------- urology urug-------------uruguavano U. S---------- United"States usov----------usovershenstvovanie Uzhn--------- uzhny V V------------ volume v°-------------- verso (left-hand page) valenc----------- valenciano vaterl------------vaterlandisch vener------------venerologicus 3 ven6r------------ venerien venet------------ veneto Venez------------Venezia venezol----------venezolano ventil------------ ventilating veracruz---------veracruzano verb-------------verbessert Verdauungskr----Verdauungskrankheit \ ereen-----------Vereeniging Verem----------- Vereinigung; Vereines (or other modification of T, , Verein) Vererb----------- Vererbung vGr h1------------- vergleichend Verh ------------verhandeling; Verhandlung verlosk----------verloskunde 8 verm-------------vermehrt Veroff------------Veroffentlichung Versl-------------Verslag vervalsch--------vervalsching vest----------__ yestnik 19 Vet_____________veterinary; Veterinar Veteran_________ (not abbreviated) Visit____________visitor vist_____________vistnik Vjschr___________ Vierteljahrsschrift Vocat___________vocational Voen____________ voenno voj______________ vojenske volksgezondh_____volksgezondheid vopr____________voprosi Vorschr__________ Vorschrift vozr_____________ vozrast; vozrastanie v. p_____________various paging; various places (of publication) vrach___________vrachebny; vrachebanie; vrachebatcly; vrach (other than nominative) vseross__________vserossy isky W Warf____________ warfare Warsz___________ Warszawa; warszawski Wash___________Washington Wbl____________ Wochenblatt wbl____________weekblad Week___________weekly Welf___________welfare -wes_____________-wesen (at end of abbrevi- ated German words as Rettungswes.) West____________ (not abbreviated if at head of title) West____________western wet_____________wetenschap wewn___________wewnetrzny Wien____________Wiener Wiesb___________Wiesbaden Wiss____________ Wissenschaft; wissenschaft- lich wojsk___________wojsko; wojskowos\5; woj- skowy Work___________workers Wschr___________ Wochenschrift Wiirzb__________Wiirzburg; wiirzburger Wwe (no period) _ _ Witwe wydz____________wydziat Y Z_______________zurnal (Latvian) Zahnh___________ Zahnheilkunde Zbl_____________Zentralblatt zdorov__________zdorovia zdravot__________zdravotnicke Zentr. Org_______Zcntralorgan Zentr. Ztg_______Zentralzeitung zhen____________zhensky Zool____________zoology Zootechn________zootechnics zootehn_________zootehnic Zschr___________ Zeitschrift Ztg (no period)___Zeitung Ziir_____________Zurich zver_____________zverolekaf Zwischenst______zwischenstufe SYMBOLS &______________and, e, es, et, og, y, (and so on) &c______________and so on; et cetera; und so weiter; s a tobbi; (indicates omitted words; in refer- ences to abbreviated book titles it is always in brack- ets; if without brackets, it is in the original title) 4°_______________quarto 8°_______________octavo 16°______________sedecimo *_______________indicates dissertations (Aca- demische afhandling; In- augural- Dissertation Proefschrift; these, etc.) [ ]_____________ (1) in author entries the brackets indicate addi- tions, omissions or other changes; after the title of a dissertation the name of the university at which the work was written is in brackets; (2) they also in- dicate that the title has been translated into Eng- lish, or otherwise modified. Yearb yearbook Part 2.—ABBREVIATIONS OF TITLES OF SERIAL PUBLICATIONS* Aarsber. sundhtilst. K0benhavn Abh. Augenh. Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. Abh. Geburtsh. Abh. Gesch. Vetmed. Abh. inn. Sekret., Budap. jur. med. Grenzgeb., Wien Kinderh. Abh. Abh. Abh. klin. Zahnh. Abh. Med. Fak. Sun Yatsen Univ. Abh. Neur. Psychiat. Abh. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Abh. Psychother. Abh. Sexforsch. Abh. theor. Biol. Abstr. Papers Fever Conf. Abstr. Proc. America Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. Abstr. Proc U. S. Pharm. Convent. Abstr. Theses Univ. Aberdeen Abstr. Theses Univ. Chicago Accid. Bull. Acta aerophysiol., Hamb. Acta biol. exp., Warsz. Acta brevia neerl. Acta chir. scand. Acta derm., Kyoto Acta derm, vener., Acta gyn. scand. Acta leiden. Stockh. Acta med. Acta med. , Kharkov Keijo Acta med. scand. 1. Aarsberetning angaaende sundhedstilstanden i K0ben- havn. K0benhavn. 3. Abhandlungen aus der Augenheilkunde und ihren Grenzgebieten. Berlin. 4. Abhandlungen der Bayerischen Akademie der Wis- senschaften. Miinchen. 5. Abhandlungen aus der Geburtshulfe und Gynakologic und ihren Grenzgebieten. Berlin. 6. Abhandlungen aus der Geschichte der Veterinarmedizin. Leipzig. 7. Abhandlungen aus den Grenzgebieten der inneren Sekretion. Budapest. 8. Abhandlungen aus dem juristisch-medizinischen Grenz- gebiete. Wien. 9. Abhandlungen aus der Kinderheilkunde und ihren Grenzgebieten. Berlin. 10. Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der klinischen Zahnheilkunde. Berlin. 11. Abhandlungen der Medizinischen Fakultat der Sun Yatsen-Universitat. Canton. 12. Abhandlungen aus der Neurologie, Psychiatrie, Psy- chologie und ihren Grenzgebieten. Berlin. 13. Abhandlungen der Preussischen Akademie der Wis- senschaften. Berlin. 14. Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Psychotherapie und medizinischen Psychologie. Stuttgart. 15. Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Sexualforschung. Berlin. 16. Abhandlungen zur theoretischen Biologie. Berlin. 17. Abstracts of papers and discussions ... annual Fever Conference [U. S.; at various places] 18. Abstract of the proceedings of the ... annual meeting of the Association of Life Insurance Medical Directors of America [various places] 19. Abstracts of proceedings; United States Pharma- copoeial Convention. Washington. 20. Abstracts of theses accepted by the University for higher degrees. Aberdeen. 21. Abstracts of theses submitted to the Graduate Faculty of the University of Chicago for the degree of doctor of philosophy. Chicago. 22. Accident bulletin [at head of tp.: Interstate Commerce Commission] Washington. 23. Acta aerophysiologica. Hamburg. 24. Acta biologiae experimentalis. Warszawa. 25. Acta brevia neerlandica de physiologia, pharmacologia, microbiologia, e. a. Amsterdam. 26. Acta chirurgica Scandinavica. Stockholm. 27. Acta dermatologica. Kyoto. 28. Acta dermato-venereologica. Stockholm. 29. Acta gynecologica Scandinavica. Helsingfors. 30. Acta leidensia (Mededeelingen uit het Instituut voor tropische geneeskunde. Leiden) Leiden. 31. Acta medica. Kharkov. 32. Acta medicinalia in Keijo. Keijo, Jap. [See also No. 1594] 33. Acta medica Scandinavica. Stockholm. * Since 1932, when the printing of the Fourth Series of the Index-Catalogue started, repeated attempts have been made to pro- duce a list of abbreviations handy for both the Library and the Public Printer. The present list, the result of experience gained in editing and printing the first and second volumes, makes the abbreviations standard for future issues of the Index-Catalogue. [21] [22] Acta obst. gyn. scand. Acta ophth., Kbh. Acta orthop. scand. Acta otolar., Stockh. Acta paediat., Upps. Acta paracels., Munch. Acta path, microb. scand. Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh. Acta psychol., Hague Acta radiol., Stockh. Acta rheumat., Rotterdam Actas asambl. med. Filipinas Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kioto Actas Conf. lat. amer. neur. Actas Conf. panamer. dir. nac. san. Actas Conf. panamer. eugen. Actas Conf. san. internac. repub. amer. Actas Conf. san. panamer. Actas Congr. nac. med., Rosario Acta Soc. med. Duodecim Acta tuberc. scand. Acta Univ. Latv. Acta Univ. Lund. Acta Univ. Tartu. Actinoterapia, Nap. Action med., Par. Admin. Rep. Surg. Gen., Trinidad AerzM. Mission Aerztl. Mitt., Lpz. Aerztl. Mitt. Baden Aerztl. Mschr. Aerztl. Prakt. Aerztl. Prax., Wien Aerztl. Rdsch. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg Aesculape, Par. Agr. News, Wilmington Aichi J. Exp. M. Air Corps Inform. Circ. Air Corps News Lett. Air Serv. Inform. Circ. Alabama Childhood Albany M. Ann. Alienist & Neur. Alkoholfrage Allatorv. lap. Allg. Deut. Hebam. Ztg Allg. med. Zentr. Ztg Allg. statist. Arch. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat. Allm. sven. lak. tidn. Alumnae J., Wash. Alumni Bull. Univ. Virginia Alumni Reg. Univ. Pennsylvania Am. Anat. Mem, 34. Acta obstetricia et gynecologica Scandinavica. Stock- holm. 35. Acta ophthalmologica. K0benhavn. 36. Acta orthopaedica Scandinavica. K0benhavn. 37. Acta oto-laryngologica. Stockholm. 38. Acta paediatrica. Uppsala. 39. Acta Paracclsica. Munchen. 40. Acta pathologica et microbiologica Scandinavica. Kobenhavn. 41. Acta psychiatrica et neurologica. Iv0benhavn. 42. Acta psychologica. The Hague. 43. Acta radiologica. Stockholm. 44. Acta rheumatologica. Rotterdam. 45. Actas, memorias y comunicaciones de la asamblea regional de medicos y farmaceuticos de Filipinas. Manila. 46. Acta Scholae medicinalis Universitatis Inipenahs in Kioto. Kioto. 47. Actas de la Conferencia latino-americana de neuro- logia, psiquiatria y medicina legal [various places] 47a. Actas de la .". Conferencia panamericana de direc- tores nacionales de sanidad. Washington. 48. Actas de la Conferencia panamericana de la eugenesia y homicultura de las repiiblicas americanas [various places] 49. Actas de la Conferencia sanitaria internacional de las repiiblicas americanas [various places] 50. Actas de la . . . Conferencia sanitaria panamericana [various places] 51. Actas . . . Congreso nacional de medicina. Rosario. 52. Acta Societatis medicorum Fennicae Duodecim. Helsinki. 53. Acta tuberculosea Scandinavica. K0benhavn. 54. Acta Universitatis Latviensis. Riga. 55. Acta Universitatis Lundensis. Lund. 56. Acta et commentationes Universitatis Tartuensis (Dorpatensis) Tartu. 57. Actinoterapia (L') Napoli. 58. Action (L') mcdicale. Paris. 59. Administration report of the Surgeon-General. Trin- idad. 60. Aerztliche Mission. Gutersloh. 61. Aerztliche Mitteilungen nebst Anzeiger. Leipzig. 62. Aerztliche Mitteilungen aus und fiir Baden. Karls- ruhe. 63. Aerztliche Monatschrift. Berlin. 64. Aerztlicher Praktiker. Frankfurt a. Main. 65. Aerztliche Praxis. Wien. 66. Aerztliche Rundschau; Monatschrift fiir die gesainte Heilkunde. Munchen. 67. Aerztliche Sachverstandigenzeitung. Berlin. 68. Aesculape. Paris. 69. Agricultural news. Wilmington, Del. 70. Aichi journal of experimental medicine. Nagoya. 71. Air corps information circular. Washington. 71a. Air Corps news letter. Washington. 72. Air service information circular. Washington. 73. Alabama childhood. Montgomery, Ala. 74. Albany medical annals. Albany, N. Y. 75. Alienist and neurologist. S. Louis. 76. Alkoholfrage (Die) Berlin-Dahlem. 77. Allatorvosi lapok [Veterinary leaves] Budapest. 78. Allgemeine deutsche Hebammenzeitung. Berlin. 79. Allgemeine medizinische Zentralzeitung. Berlin. 80. Allgemeines statistisches Archiv [Germany; various places] 81. Allgemeine Zeitschrift fiir Psychiatrie und psychisch- gerichtliche Medizin. Berlin. 82. Allmannasvenskalakartidningen. Stockholm. 83. Alumnae journal (Alumnae Association of the Army School of Nursing) Washington. 84. Alumni bulletin of the University of Virginia. Char- lottesville, Va. 85. Alumni Register; University of Pennsylvania. Phila- delphia, Pa. 86, American anatomical memoirs, Philadelphia. 23] Am. Ann. Deaf Am. Anthrop. Am. Atlas Stereoroentg. Amazon, med. Am. Breeders Mag. Am. Child Am. Dent. Surgeon Am. Druggist Am. Food J. Am. Heart J. Am. Interne Am. J. Anat. Am. J. Cancer Am. J. Clin. M. Am. J. Clin. Path. Am. J. Digest. Dis. Am. J. Dis. Child. Am. J. Electrother. Am J. Hyg. Am. J. Insan. Am. J. M. Sc Am. J. Numism. Am. J. Nurs. Am. J. Obst. Am. J. Ophth. Am. J. Orthopsychiat. Am. J. Path. Am. J. Pharm. Am. J. Phys. Ambul. Ther. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop. Am. J. Physiol. Am. J. Physiol. Optics Am. J. Phys. Ther. Am. J. Police Sc. Am. J. Psychiat. Am. J. Psychol. Am. J. Pub. Health Am. J. Roentg. Am. J. Sc. Am. J. School Hyg. Am. J. Sociol. Am. J. Stomat. Am. J. Surg. Am. J. Syph. Am. J. Trop. M. Am. J. Urol. Sex. Am. J. Vet. M. A. M. M., Mex. Am. M. Ass. Bull. Am. Med. Am. M. Press Am. Mus. Novit., N. Y. Am. Natur. Am. Phys. Educ Rev. Am. Physician Am. Rev. Tuberc. An. Acad, cienc. med. Habana An. Acad. med. Medellin Lancaster, Pa. Utica, N. Y. medical sciences. 87. American annals of the deaf. Menasha, Wis. 88. American anthropologist. Menasha, Wis. 89. American atlas of stereoroentgenology. Troy, N. Y. 90. Amazonas medico. Manaos. 91. American breeders' magazine. Washington, D. C. 92. American (The) child. New York. 93. American (The) dental surgeon. Chicago. 94. American druggist and pharmaceutical record. New York. 95. American food journal. Chicago. 96. American (The) heart journal. S. Louis. 96a. American (The) interne. New York. 97. American (The) journal of anatomy. Philadelphia. 98. American (The) journal of cancer. Lancaster, Pa. 99. American journal of clinical medicine. Chicago. 100. American (The) journal of clinical pathology. Balti- more. 101. American journal of digestive diseases and nutrition. Huntington, Ind. 102. American journal of diseases of children. Chicago. 103. American journal of electrotherapeutics and radiol- ogy. New York. 104. American (The) journal of hygiene. 105. American (The) journal of insanity. 106. American (The) journal of the Philadelphia. 107. American journal of numismatics. New York. 108. American (The) journal of nursing. Concord, N. H. 109. American (The) journal of obstetrics and gynecology. S. Louis. 110. American journal of ophthalmology. Menasha, Wis. 111. American (The) journal of orthopsychiatry. Mena- sha, Wis. 112. American (The) journal of pathology. Boston. 113. American journal of pharmacy. Philadelphia. 114. American (The) journal of physical and ambulant therapy. Chicago. 115. American journal of physical anthropology. Phila- delphia. 116. American (The) journal of physiology. Baltimore. 117. American journal of physiological optics. South- bridge, Mass. 118. American journal of physical therapy. Chicago. 119. American journal of police science. Chicago. 120. American (The) journal of psychiatry. Baltimore. 121. American (The) journal of psychology. Ithaca, N. Y. 122. American journal of public health and The Nation's health. Albany, N. Y. 123. American (The) journal of roentgenology and radium therapy. Springfield, 111. 124. American journal of science. New Haven. 125. American journal of school hygiene. Worcester, Mass. 126. American (The) journal of sociology. Chicago. 127. American journal of stomatology. New York. 128. American (The) journal of surgery. New York. 129. American journal of syphilis, gonorrhea, and venereal diseases. S. Louis. 130. American (The) journal of tropical medicine. Balti- more. 131. American journal of urology and sexology. New York. 132. American journal of veterinary medicine. 132a. A[sociaci6n] m[edica] m[exicana] Mexico. See Bull. Am. M. Ass. 133. American medicine. New York. 134. American medical press [See Ther. Diet. Age] 135. American museum novitates. New York. 136. American (The) naturalist. New Y'ork. 137. American physical education review. Springfield. 138. American physician. Philadelphia. 139. American (The) review of tuberculosis. Baltimore. 140. Anales de la Academia de ciencias medicas, fisicas y naturales de la Habana. La Habana, Cuba. 141. Anales de la Academia de medicina de Medellin. Medellin. [24] An. Acad. nac. med., Madr. Analyst, Lond. Anat. Anz. Anat. Hefte Anat. Rec. An. drug., Habana An. clin. Hosp. Juarez, Mex. An. Dep. nac. hig., B. Air. An. Direcc san. nac., Caracas An. Esc. vet. Uruguay An. Fac med., Montev. An. Fac. med. Lima An. Fac. med. Porto Angle Orthodont. An. hosp., Lima An. Hosp. S. Cruz, Barcel. An. Hosp. S. Jose, Madr. Animals Defender, Lond. An. Inst. clin. med., B. Air. An. Inst. nac. parasit., Asuncion Ann. anat. path., Par. Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond. Ann. Clin. M. Ann. clin. med., Pal. Ann. Clin, odont., Roma Ann. Congr. brasil. hyg. Ann. derm, syph., Par. Annee biol. Ann. Entom. Soc. America Ann. Eugen., Cambr. Ann. Fac. med. S. Paulo Ann. falsif., Par. Ann. hyg., Par. Ann. igiene Ann. Inst, actin., Par. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles Ann. Inst, hydr., Par. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par. Ann. Int. M. Ann. 1st. Maragliano Ann. ital. chir. Ann. Lab. Clin, Par. Ann. laring., Tor. Ann. mal. oreille Ann. mal. vener. Ann. Manic. Catanzaro Ann. Manic. Perugia Ann. Med., Hagerst. Ann. med., Par. Ann. med. chir., Beograd Ann. med. haiti. Ann. med. leg. Ann. med. nav., Roma 145. 146. 147. 148. 141a. Anales de la Academia nacional de medicina. Madrid. 142. Analyst (The) London. 143. Anatomischer Anzeiger. Jena. 144. Anatomische Hefte [See Zschr. Anat. .bntw.J Anatomical record. Philadelphia. Anales de cirugia. La Habana. . Anales de clinica del Hospital Juarez. Mexico. Anales del Departmento nacional de higiene. Buenoa 149. Anales de la Direccion de sanidad nacional. Caracas. 150. Anales de la Escuela veterinaria del Uruguay. Mon- tevideo. . . ,, , . , 151. Anales de la Facultad de medicina. Montevideo. 152. Anales de la Facultad de medicina de Lima. Lima. 153. Anais scientificos da Facultade de medicina do Porto. Porto. 154. Angle orthodontist. Brooklyn, N. Y. 155. Anales hospitalarios. Lima. „ _.. 156. Anales del Hospital de la Santa Cruz y San Pablo. Barcelona. ■,,<-■ . i , ir^ 157. Anales del Hospital de San Jose y Santa Adela (Cruz Roja) Madrid. 158 Animals' defender and zoophilist. London. 159. Anales del Instituto modelo de clinica medica. Buenos Aires. 160. Anales del Instituto nacional de parasitology. Asunci6n. . 161. Annales d'anatomie pathologique medico-chirurgicale. 162. Annals of applied biology. London. 163. Annals of clinical medicine. Baltimore. 164. Annali di clinica medica e di medicina sperimentale. Palermo. . 165. Annali di clinica odontoiatrica e dell Istituto supe- riore George Eastman. Roma. 166. Annaes do Congresso brasileiro de hygiene. Bello Horizonte. 167. Annales de dermatologie et de syphiligraphie. Paris. 168. Annee (L') biologique. Paris. 169. Annals of the Entomological Society of America. Columbus, Ohio. 170. Annals of eugenics. Cambridge, Engl. 171. Annaes da Faculdade de medicina de Sao Paulo. Sao Paulo. 172. Annales des falsifications et des fraudes. Paris. 173. Annales d'hygiene publique, industrielle et sociale. Paris. 174. Annali d'igiene. Roma. 175. Annales de l'Institut d'actinologie. Paris. 176. Annales de l'Institut chirurgical de Bruxelles. Bruxelles. 177. Annales de l'Institut d'hydrologie et de climatologie. Paris. 178. Annales de 1' Institut Pasteur. Paris. 179. Annals of internal medicine. Lancaster, Pa. 180. Annali dell' Istituto Maragliano per lo studio c la cura della tubercolosi. Genova. 181. Annali italiani di chirurgia. Napoli. 182. Annales des Laboratoires Clin. Paris. 183. Annali di laringologia, otologia, rinologia, faringo- logia. Torino. 185. Annales des maladies de l'oreille, du larynx, du nez et du pharynx. Paris. 186. Annales des maladies veneriennes. Paris. 187. Annali del Manicomio provinciale di Catanzaro. Palermo. 188. Annali del Manicomio provinciale di Perugia. Pe- rugia. 189. Annals of medicine. Hagerstown, Md. 190. Annales de medecine. Paris. 191. Annales de medecine et de chirurgie. Beograd. 192. Annales (Les) de medecine haitienne. Port-au- Prince. 193. Annales de medecine legale. Paris. 194. Annali di medicina navale e coloniale. Roma. [25] Ann. med. pharm. col., Par. Ann. med. phys., Anvers Ann. med. psychol., Par. Ann. M. Hist. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. Ann. neur., Nap. Ann. ocul., Par. Ann. Osp. psichiat. Perugia Ann. ostet. gin. Ann. otolar., Par. Ann. Otol. Rhinol. Ann. ottalm. , Annot. zool. jap. Ann. parasit., Par. Ann. paul. med. cir. Ann. physiol., Par. Ann. Pickett Thomson Lab. Ann. radio]., Bologna Ann. roentg., Par. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop. Ann. Soc. hydr. med. Paris Ann. Soc. med. chir. Liege Ann. Soc. med. Gand Ann. Soc. sc Bruxelles Ann. Soc. sc med. natur. Bruxelles Ann. Surg. Ann. Tomarkin Found. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp. Annuaire statist., Strasb. Annual Meet. Am. Soc Orthodont. Annual M. Health Rep. Fiji Annual M. San. Rep. Nyasaland Annual Rep. Am. Hist. Ass. Annual Rep. Bd Health N. Hampshire Annual Rep. Bd Regents Smithson. Inst. Annual Rep. Bd Visit. S. Elizabeth Hosp., Wash. Annual Rep. Bombay Pub. Health Annual Rep. Boston City Hosp. Annual Rep. Calcutta School Trop. M. Annual Rep. Chief M. Off. Min. Health, Lond. Annual Rep. Dir. Philippine Gen. Hosp. Annual Rep. Dir. U. S. Cens. Bur. Annual Rep. Dir. Vet. Serv., Pre- toria Annual Rep. Div. Lab. N. York State Dep. Health Annual Rep. Fed. Malay States M. Dep. 195. Annales de medecine et de pharmacie coloniales. Paris. 196. Annales de medecine physique et de physio-biologie. Anvers. 197. Annales medico-psychologiques. Paris. 197a. Annals of medical history. New York. 198. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden. S. Louis. 199. Annali di neurologia. Napoli. 200. Annales d'oculistique. Paris. 201. Annali dell' Ospedale psichiatrico di Perugia. Pe- rugia. 202. Annali di ostetricia e ginecologia. Milano. 203. Annales d'oto-laryngologie. Paris. 204. Annals of otology, rhinology and laryngology. S. Louis. 205. Annali di oftalmologia e clinica oculistica. Roma. 206. Annotationes zoologicae japonenses. Tokyo. 207. Annales de parasitologic humaine et comparee. Paris. 208. Annaes paulistas de medicina e cirurgia. Sao Paulo. 209. Annales de physiologie et de physicochimie biologique. Paris. 210. Annals of the Pickett-Thomson Research Laboratory. London. 211. Annali di radiologia e fisica medica. Bologna. 212. Annales de roentgenology et radiologic Paris. 213. Annales de la Societe beige de medecine tropicale. Bruxelles. 214. Annales de la Societe" d'hydrologie medicale de Paris. Paris. 215. Annales de la Societe medico-chirurgicale de Liege. Liege. 216. Annales et bulletin de la Societe royale de medecine de Gand. Gand. 217. Annales de la Societe scientifique de Bruxelles. Lou vain. 218. Annales de la Societe royale des sciences mcdicales et naturelles de Bruxelles. Bruxelles. 219. Annals of surgery. Philadelphia. 220. Annalen der Tomarkin-Foundation. Locarno. 221. Annals of tropical medicine and parasitology. Liver- pool. 222. Annuaire statistique; Office municipal de statistique de Strasbourg. Strasbourg. 223. Annual meeting; American Society of Orthodontists [various places] 224. Annual medical and health report, Fiji. Suva. 225. Annual medical and sanitary report. Zomba, Nyasaland. 226. Annual report of the American Historical Associa- tion. 227. Annual reports of the State Board of Health of New Hampshire. Concord. 228. Annual report of the Board of regents (Smithsonian Institution) Washington, D. C. 229. Annual reports of the Board of visitors and superin- tendent of S. Elizabeth's Hospital. Washington, D. C. 229a. Annual report of the Director of Public Health for the Government of Bombay. Bombay. 230. Annual reports of the Boston City Hospital. Boston. 231. Annual report of the Calcutta School of Tropical Medicine. Atipore, Bengal. 232. Annual report of the Chief Medical Officer of the Ministry of Health. London. 233. Annual report of the Director of the Philippine General Hospital. Manila, P. I. 234. Annual report of the Director of [U. S.] Census Bureau. Washington, D. C. 235. Annual report of the Director of Veterinary Serv- ices. Pretoria. 236. Annual report; Division of Laboratories and Re- search; New York State Department of Health; Albany, N. Y. 237. Annual report of the Federated Malay States, Medi- cal Department. Kuala Lumpur. [26] Annual Rep. Giza Ophth. Lab. Annual Rep. Health, Islington Annual Rep. Internat. Health Bd. Annual Rep. King Edward Sanat., Midhurst Annual Rep. Libr. Congr. Annual Rep. London Co. Counc Annual Rep. Manchester Rivers Dep. Annual Rep. Massachusetts Dep. Pub. Welf. Annual Rep. Michigan Dep. Health Annual Rep. M. Off. Health, Cardiff Annual Rep. M. Off. Health N. Castle Annual Rep. Mysore Dep. Health Annual Rep. Nat. Res. Counc., Ottawa Annual Rep. N. York State Dep. Health Annual Rep. Pasteur Inst., Shillong Annual Rep. Rockefeller Found. Annual Rep. S. Africa Dep. Pub. Health Annual Rep. Saito Ho On Kai Annual Rep. Seer. U. S. Navy Annual Rep. Superint. U. S. Mil. Acad. Annual Rep. Surg. Freedmen Hosp., Wash. Annual Rep. Surg. Gen. U. S. Army Annual Rep. Surg. Gen. U. S. Navy Annual Rep. Surg. Gen. U. S. Pub. Health Annual Rep. U. S. Attorn. Gen. Annual Rep. U. S. Com. Educ Annual Rep. U. S. Indian Off. Annual Rep. U. S. Interst. Commerce Com. Annual Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus. Annual Rep. U. S. Seer. War Annual Rep. Virginia Dep. Health Annual Rev. Biochem. Anomalo, Nap. An. otorinolar. Uruguay An. radiol., Habana An. Sanat. Valdes An. Soc. med. quir. Guayas An. Soc. mex. oft. Anthrop. Anz. Anthropologic Par. Anthropologic Praha 238. Annual report; Giza Ophthalmic Laboratory, Cairo. Cairo, Egvpt 239. Annual report of health. Islington, Engl. 240. Annual report of the International Health tfoara. New York. . ,,.,, , 241. Annual report; King Edward Sanatorium, Midhurst, Engl. _, . 242. Annual report of the librarian (Library of Congress) Washington, D. C. „ .. 243. Annual report of the London County Council. London. , 244. Annual report; Manchester Rivers Department. Manchester, Engl. 245. Annual report of the Massachusetts Department of Public Welfare. Boston. 246. Annual report of the Commissioner of the Michigan Department of Health. Lansing. 247. Annual report of the Medical Officer of Health. Cardiff. TT 1A1_ ^T 248. Annual report; Medical Officer of Health, New Castle-upon-Tyne. Newcastle-upon-Tyne. 249. Annual report; Mysore State Department of Health. Bangalore. 250. Annual report of the National Research Council. Ottawa, Can. 251. Annual report of the New York State Department of Health. Albany, N. Y. 252. Annual report of the King Edward VII Memorial Pasteur Institute and Medical Research Institute. Shillong. 253. Annual Report of the Rockefeller Foundation. New York. 254. Annual report of the South Africa Department of Public Health. Pretoria. 255. Annual report; Saito Ho-On Kai. Sendai, Jap. 256. Annual Report of the Secretary of the [U. S.] Navy. Washington, D. C. 257. Annual report of the Superintendent of the [U. S.J Military Academy. West Point. 258. Annual report of the Surgeon in Chief of Freedmen's Hospital. Washington, D. C. 259. Annual report of the Surgeon-general of the [U. S.] Army. Washington, D. C. 260. Annual report of the Surgeon-general of the [U. S.] Navy. Washington, D. C. 261. Annual report of the Surgeon-general of the [U. S.] Public Health Service. 262. Annual reports of the [U. S.] Attorney-general of the Department of Justice. Washington, D. C. 263. Annual report of the [U. S.] Commissioner of Educa- tion. Washington, D. C. 264. Annual reports of the [U. S.] Indian Affairs Office. Washington, D. C. 265. Annual reports of the [U. S.] Interstate Commerce Commission. Washington, D. C. 266. Annual reports of the [U. S.] National Museum. Washington, D. C. 267. Annual report of the [U. S.] Secretary of War. Washington, D. C. 268. Annual report of the Virginia Department of Health. Richmond, Va. 269. Annual review of biochemistry, Stanford University. Palo Alto. 270. Anomalo. Napoli. 271. Anales de oto-rino-laringologia del Uruguay. Mon- tevideo. 272. Anales de radiologia. La Habana. 273. Anales del Sanatorio Valdes. Mexico. 274. Anales de la Sociedad medico-quirurgica del Guayas. Guayaquil, Ecuador. 275. Anales de la Sociedad mexicana de oftalmologia y otorinolaringologia. Mexico. 276. Anthropologischer Anzeiger. Stuttgart. 277. Anthropologic (L') Paris. 278. Anthropologic Praha. [27] Anthropos, Modling Anthrop. Papers Am. Mus. Natur. Hist. Anthrop. Rep., Melb. Antiseptic, Edinb. Antrop. J., Moskva An. vias digest., Habana An. zool. apl., Santiago Anz. Schadlingsk. Apollonian, Bost. Apothecary Apothekerzeitung Arb. Anat. Inst. Univ. Sendai Arb. angew. Psychiat. Arb. Biol. Reichsanst. Arbeiterschutz Arbeitsphysiologie Arbeitsschutz Arb. exp. Biol. Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien. Arb. Path. anat. Inst. Tubingen Arb. Path. Inst. Helsingfors Arb. Pharm. Inst. Berlin Arb. Physiol. Lab. Wiirzburg. Arb. Reichsgesundhamt. Arb. Staatsinst. exp. Ther. Arch. amer. med., B. Air. Arch, anat., Strasb. Arch. anat. micr., Par. Arch. Anat. Rontgenbild. Arch. Anthrop., Brnschw. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor. Arch, antrop. etnol., Fir. Arch, argent, neur. Arch, argent, pediat. Arch. Augenh. Arch'. Bain. med. Klim. Arch, biol., Genova Arch, biol., Par. Arch, brasil. med. Arch. card, hemat., Madr. Arch. chir. oris, Bologna Arch. Clin. Cancer Res. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic Arch. Diagn., N. Y. Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond. Archeion, Roma Arch, electr. med. Arch. Entwmech. Arch, espan. pediat. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz. Arch. exp. Zellforsch. Arch. Fac. cienc. med.. Quito 279. Anthropos. S. Gabriel-Modling. 280. Anthropological papers of the American Museum of Natural History. New York. 281. Anthropological report. Melbourne, Australia. 282. Antiseptic. Edinburgh and Madras. 283. Antropologichesky jurnal. Moskva. 284. Anales de vias digestivas, sangre y nutrici6n. La Habana. 285. Anales de zoologia aplicada. Santiago de Chile. 286. Anzeiger fiir Schadlingskunde. Berlin. 287. Apollonian (The) Boston, Mass. 288. Apothecary. Boston, Mass. 289. Apotheker-Zeitung. Berlin. 290. Arbeiten aus dem Anatomischen Institut der Kaiser- lich-Japanischen Universitat zu Sendai. Tokyo. 291. Arbeiten zur angewandten Psychiatric Leipzig. 292. Arbeiten aus der Biologischen Reichsanstalt fiir Land- und Forstwirtschaft. Berlin. 293. Arbeiterschutz. Berlin. 294. Arbeitsphysiologie. Berlin. 295. Arbeitsschutz. Berlin. 296. Arbeiten aus dem Gebiete der experimentellen Biolo- gie. Berlin. 297. Arbeiten aus dem Neurologischen Institut an der Wiener Universitat. Wien. 298. Arbeiten auf dem Gebiete der pathologischen Ana- tomie und Bakteriologie aus dem Pathologisch-anato- mischen Institut zu Tubingen. Leipzig. 299. Arbeiten aus dem Pathologischen Institut der Uni- versitat Helsingfors. Helsinki. 300. Arbeiten aus dem Pharmazeutischen Institut der Universitat Berlin. Berlin. 301. Arbeiten aus dem Physiologischen Laboratorium der Wurzburger Hochschule. Wiirzburg. 302. Arbeiten aus dem Reichsgesundheitsamte. Berlin. 303. Arbeiten aus dem Staatsinstitut fiir experimentelle Therapie und dem Georg Speyer-Hause zu Frankfurt a. M. Jena. 304. Archivos americanos de medicina. Buenos Aires. 305. Archives d'anatomie, d'histologie et d'embryologie. Strasbourg. 306. Archives d'anatomie microscopique. Paris. 307. Archiv und Atlas der normalen und pathologischen Anatomie in typischen Rontgenbildern [See Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl.] 308. Archiv fiir Anthropologie. Braunschweig. 309. Archivio di antropologia criminale, psichiatria e medicina legale. Torino. 310. Archivio per l'antropologia e la etnologia. Firenze. 311. Archivos argentinos de neurologia. Buenos Aires. 312. Archivos argentinos de pediatria. Buenos Aires. 313. Archiv fiir Augenheilkunde. Munchen. 314. Archiv fiir Balneologie und medizinische Klimato- logie. Berlin. 315. Archivi di biologia applicata alia patologia. alia clinica e all' igiene. Genova. 316. Archives de biologie. Paris. 317. Archivos brasileiros de medicina. Rio de Janeiro. 318. Archivos de cardiologia y hematologia. Madrid. 319. Archivum chirurgiae oris. Bologna. 320. Archives of clinical cancer research. New York. 321. Archiv fiir Dermatologie und Syphilis. Berlin. 322. Archives of dermatology and syphilology. Chicago. 323. Archives of diagnosis. New Yrork. 324. Archives of disease in childhood. London. 325. Archeion; archivio di storiadella scienza. Roma. 326. Archives d'electricite medicale. Bordeaux. 327. Archiv fiir Entwicklungsmechanik der Organismen. Berlin. 328. Archivos espanoles de pediatria. Madrid. 329. Archiv fiir experimentelle Pathologie und Pharmako- logie. Leipzig. 330. Archiv fiir experimentelle Zellforschung, besonders Gewebezuchtung. Jena. 331. Archivos de la Facultad de ciencias meVlicas. Quito. [28] Arch. farm. sper. Arch, fascista med. polit. Arch, fisiol., Fir. Arch. Frauenk. Arch. Frauenk. Eugen. Arch. fr. belg. chir. Arch. fr. path. gen. Arch. gen. neur., Nocera Arch. Gesch. Math. Naturwiss. Arch. Gesch. Med. Arch. Gesch. Naturwiss. Arch. ges. Physiol. Arch. ges. Psychol. Arch. Gewerbepath. Arch. Gyn., Berl. Arch, hosp., Habana Arch. Hosp. mun. Habana Arch. Hyg., Munch. Arch, hyg., Rio Arch. Inst. med. leg. Lisboa Arch. Inst, paleont. humaine, Par. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Afrique Nord Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie Arch. Inst. Pasteur hellen. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Indochine Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis Arch. Inst, prophyl., Par. Arch. Inst. Vital Brasil Arch, internac hidatid., Montev. Arch, internat. laryng., Par. Arch, internat. med. exp., Par. Arch, internat. neur., Par. Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Par. Arch. Int. M. Arch. 1st. biochim. ital. Arch. ital. anat. Arch. ital. anat. pat. Arch. ital. biol. Arch. ital. chir. Arch. ital. derm. Arch. ital. laring. Arch. ital. mal. app. diger. Arch, itab otol. Arch. ital. pediat. Arch. ital. psicol. Arch. ital. sc farm. Arch. ital. sc med. col. Arch. ital. urol. Arch. Julius Klaus Stift. 332. Archivio di farmacologia sperimentale e scienze affini. Roma. . 333. Archivio fascista di medicina politica. Parma. 334. Archivio di fisiologia. Firenze. 335. Archiv fur Frauenkunde und Konstitutionsforschung. Leipzig. r> i- 336. Archiv fiir Frauenkunde und Eugenetik. Berlin. 337. Archives franco-beiges de chirurgie. Bruxelles. 338. Archives franchises de pathologie generale et ex- perimentale et d'anatomie pathologique. Paris. 339. Archivio generale di neurologia, psichiatna, e psicoanalisi. Nocera Inferiore. 340. Archiv fur Geschichte der Mathematik, der Naturwis- senschaf ten und der Technik. Leipzig. 341. Archiv (Sudhoff's) fiir Geschichte der Medizin. Leipzig. . 342. Archiv fiir die Geschichte der Naturwissenschaften und der Technik. Leipzig. 343. Archiv [Pfliiger's] fur die gesamte Physiologie des Menschen und der Tiere. Berlin. 344. Archiv fur die gesamle Psychologic Leipzig. 345. Archiv fiir Gewerbepathologie und Gewerbehygiene. Berlin. 346. Archiv fur Gynakologie. Berlin. 347. Archivio y revista de hospitales. La Habana. 34S. Archivos del Hospital municipal de la Habana. La Habana. 349. Archiv fur Hygiene und Bakteriologie. Munchen. 350. Archivos de hygiene. Rio de Janeiro. 351. Archivos do Instituto de medicina legal de Lisboa. Lisboa. 352. Archives de l'Institut de paleontologie humaine. Paris. 353. Archives des Instituts Pasteur de l'Afrique du Nord. Algerie. 354. Archives de l'Institut Pasteur d'Algerie. Algerie. 355. Archives de l'Institut Pasteur hellenique. Athenai. 356. Archives des Instituts Pasteur dTndochine. Saigon. 357. Archives de l'Institut Pasteur de Tunis. Tunis. 358. Archives de l'Institut prophylactique. Paris. 359. Archivos do Instituto Vital Brasil. Niteroi. 361. Archivos internacionales de la hidatidosis. Monte- video. 362. Archives internationales de laryngologie, otologie, rhinologie et broncho-esophagoscopie. Paris. 363. Archives internationales de medecine experimentale. Paris. 364. Archives internationales de neurologie. Paris. 365. Archives internationales de pharmacodynamic et de therapie. Paris. 365a. Archives of internal medicine. Chicago. 366. Archivio dello Istituto biochimico italiano. Milano. 367. Archivio italiano di anatomia e di embriologia. Firenze. 368. Archivio italiano di anatomia e istologia patologica. Bologna. 369. Archives italiennes de biologie. Pisa. 370. Archivio italiano di chirurgia. Bologna. 371. Archivio italiano di dermatologia, sifilografia e venereologia. Bologna. 372. Archivii italiani di laringologia. Napoli. 373. Archivio italiano delle malattie dell' apparato digerente. Bologna. 374. Archivio italiano di otologia, rinologia e laringologia. Milano. 375. Archivio italiano di pediatria e puericoltura. Bologna. 376. Archivio italiano di psicologia. Torino. 377. Archivio italiano di scienze farmacologiche. Milano. 37S. Archivio italiano di scienze mediche coloniali e di parassitologia. Modena. 379. Archivio italiano di urologia. Bologna. 380. Archiv der Julius Klaus-Stiftung fiir Vererbungs- forschung, Sozialanthropologie und Rassenhygiene. Zurich. [29] Arch. Kinderh. Arch. klin. Chir. Arch. Krim. Arch. Lar. Rhinol., Berl. Arch. lat. amer. pediat., B. Air. Arch, lepra, Bogota Arch. mal. app. digest., Par. Arch. mal. coeur Arch. mal. reins Arch. McClintock Found. Arch, med., Madr. Arch. med. Angers Arch. med. beiges Arch. med. chir. app. resp., Par. Arch. med. chir. province Arch. med. enf. Arch. med. exp., Par. Arch. med. int., Habana Arch. med. pharm. mil. Arch. med. pharm. nav. Arch. M. Hydr., Lond. Arch. mikr. Anat. Entwmech. Arch. Mikrob., Berl. Arch, morph. gen., Par. Arch. Mus. nac. Rio de Janeiro Arch. Naturgesch. Arch, neerl. phonet. Arch, neerl. physiol. Arch, neerl. sc exact. Arch, neurob., Madr. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Lond. Arch. Occup. Ther. Arch. oft. hisp. amer. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk. Arch, opht., Par. Arch. Ophth., Berl. Arch. Ophth., Chic Arch, orthop. Unfallchir. Arch. Arch. Arch. Arch. Arch. Arch. Arch. Arch. Arch. ortop., Milano ostet. gin. Otolar., Chic. ottalm. pat., Bologna Path., Chic. Pediat., N. Y. pediat. Uruguay Pharm., Berl. Arch, pharm., Kbh. Arch. phys. biol., Par. Arch. phys. diiit. Ther. Arch. Fhys. Ther. 381. Archiv fiir Kinderheilkunde. Stuttgart. 382. Archiv fiir klinische Chirurgie. Berlin. 383. Archiv fiir Kriminologie. Berlin. 384. Archiv fiir Laryngologie und Rhinologie. Berlin. 385. Archivos latino-americanos de pediatria. Buenos Aires. 386. Archivos de lepra. Bogota. 387. Archives des maladies de l'appareil digestif et des maladies de la nutrition. Paris. 388. Archives des maladies du coeur, des vaisseaux et du sang. Paris. 389. Archives des maladies du reins et des organes genito- urinaires. Paris. 390. Archives of the Andrew McClintock Memorial Foundation for the Diseases of the Alimentary Canal. Wilkes-Barre. 391. Archivos de medicina, cirugia y especialidades. Madrid. 392. Archives medicales d'Angers. Angers. 393. Archives medicales beiges. Bruxelles. 394. Archives medico-chirurgicales de l'appareil respira- toire. Paris. 395. Archives medico-chirurgicales de province. Tours. 396. Archives de medecine des enfants. Paris. 397. Archives de medecine experimentale et d'anatomie pathologique. Paris. 398. Archivos de medicina interna. La Habana. 399. Archives de medecine et de pharmacie militaires. Paris. 400. Archives de medecine et pharmacie navales. Paris. 401. Archives of medical hydrology. London. 402. Archiv fiir mikroskopische Anatomie und Entwick- lungsmechanik. Berlin [See Arch. Entwmech.] 403. Archiv fiir Mikrobiologie. Berlin. 404. Archives de morphologie generale et experimentale. Paris. 405. Archivos do Museu nacional do Rio de Janeiro. Rio de Janeiro. 406. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte [See Zschr. wiss. Zool.] 407. Archives neerlandaises de phonetique experimentale [See Arch, neerl. sc. exact.] 408. Archives neerlandaises de physiologie de l'homme et des animaux. La Haye. 409. Archives neerlandaises des sciences exactes et naturelles. La Haye. 410. Archivos de neurobiologia. Madrid. 411. Archives of neurology and psychiatry. Chicago. 412. Archives of neurology and psychiatry. London. 413. Archives of occupational therapy. Baltimore. 414. Archivos de oftalmologia hispano-americanos. Bar- celona. 415. Archiv fiir Ohren-, Nasen- und Kehlkopfheilkunde. Berlin. 416. Archives d'ophtalmologie. Paris. 417. Archiv [Graefe's] fiir Ophthalmologic. Berlin. 418. Archives of ophthalmology. Chicago. 419. Archiv fiir orthopadische und Unfall-Chirurgie. Berlin. 420. Archivio di ortopedia. Milano. 421. Archivio di ostetricia e ginecologia. Napoli. 422. Archives of otolaryngology. Chicago. 423. Archivio di oftalmologia. Pisa. 424. Archivio di patologia e clinica medica. Bologna. 425. Archives of pathology. Chicago. 426. Archives of pediatrics. New York. 427. Archivos de pediatria del Uruguay. Montevideo. 428. Archiv der Pharmazie und Berichte der Deutschen pharmazeutischen Gesellschaft. Berlin. 429. Archiv for pharmaci og chemi. K0benhavn. 430. Archives de physique biologique. Paris. 431. Archiv fiir physikalisch-diatetische Therapie in der arztlichen Praxis. Berlin. 432. Archives of physical therapy, X-ray, radium. Chicago. 21767—vol. 2, 4th series- -III [30] Arch. Protistenk. Arch. Psychiat., Berl. Arch. Psychoanal., Stamford Arch, psychol., Geneve Arch, radiol.. Nap. Arch. Radiol. Electrother., Lond. Arch. Rassenb. Arch. Rettungswes. Arch, rio grand, med. Arch, roumain. path., Par. Arch. sc. biol., Bologna Arch. sc. biol., Moskva Arch Schiffs Tropenhyg. Arch. sc. med., Tor. Arch. Soc. clin. Habana Arch. Soc. ital. chir. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier Arch, sozial. Hyg. Arch. Sozialwiss. Arch. stor. sc. Arch. stud, fisiopat. ricambio Arch, suiss. anthrop. Arch. Surg. Arch. Ther., N. Y. Arch. urol. Necker Arch. urug. med. Arch. Verdauungskr. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh. Arch. Zeeuwsch genoot. wet. Arch. Zellforsch. Arch. zool. exp., Par. Arch. zool. ital. Arizona Pub. Health News Arkh. biol. nauk Arkh. klin. eksp. med. Arkh. med. nauk Army M. Bull. Arq. anat. Arq. Esc. med. cir. Nova Goa Arq. hig. pat. exot. Arq. indoport. med. Arq. Inst. bact. Camara Pestana Arq. med. leg. ident., Rio Arq. pat. Ars medica, Barcel. Ars medici, Wien Arte ostet. Arzt als Erzieher Asistencia, Mex. 433. Archiv fiir Protistenkunde. Jena. 434. Archiv fiir Psychiatrie und Nervenkrankheiten. Berlin. 435. Archives of psychoanalysis. Stamford, Conn. 436. Archives de psychologie. Geneve. 437. Archivio di radiologia. Napoli. 438. Archives of radiology and electrotherapy. London. 439. Archiv fur Rassen- und Gesellschaftsbiologie ein- schliesslich Rassen- und Gesellschaftshygiene. Munchen. 440. Archiv fiir Rettungswesen und erste arztliche Hilfe. Berlin. 441. Archivos rio-grandenses de medicina. Porto Alegre. 442. Archives roumaines de pathologi'e experimentale et de microbiologic Paris. 443. Archivio di scienze biologiche. Bologna. 444. Archives des sciences biologiques. Moskva [See Arkh. biol. nauk] 445. Archiv fiir Schiffs- und Tropenhygiene, Pathologie und Therapie exotischer Krankheiten. Leipzig. 446. Archivio per le scienze mediche. Torino. 447. Archivos de la Sociedad de estudios clinicos de la Habana. La Habana. 448. Archivio de Societa italiana di chirurgia. Roma. 449. Archives de la Societe des sciences medicales et biologiques de Montpellier et du Languedoc mediterra- nean. Montpellier. 450. Archiv fiir soziale Hygiene und Demographie [Leipzig] 451. Archiv fiir Sozialwissenschaft und Sozialpolitik. Tubingen. 452. Archivio di storia della scienza. Roma [See Archeion] 453. Archivio per lo studio della fisiopatologia e clinica del ricambio. Milano. 454. Archives suisses d'anthropologie generale. Geneve. 455. Archives of surgery. Chicago. 456. Archives of therapeutics. New Y^ork [See Med. Rev. of Rev.] 457. Archives urologiques de la Clinique de Necker. Paris. 458. Archivos uruguayos de medicina, cirugia y especia- lidades. Montevideo. 459. Archiv [Boas'] fiir Verdauungskrankheiten, Stoff- wechselpathologie und Diatetik. Berlin. 460. Archiv fiir wissenschaftliche und praktische Tier- heilkunde. Berlin. 461. Archief van het Zeeuwsch genootschap der weten- schappen. Middleburg. 462. Archiv fiir Zellforschung. Leipzig [See Zschr. Zellforsch.] 463. Archives de zoologie experimentale et generale Paris. 464. Archivio zoologico italiano. Torino. 465. Arizona public health news. Phoenix, Ariz. 466. Arkhiv biologicheskikh nauk. Leningrad. 467. Arkhiv klinicheskoi i eksperimentalnoi meditsin. Moskva. 468. Arkhiv meditsinskikh nauk. Moskva. 469. Army medical bulletin. Carlisle Barracks, Pa. 470. Arquivo de anatomia e antropologia. Lisboa. 471. Arquivos da Escola medico-cirurgica de Nova Goa. Nova Goa. 472. Arquivos de higiene e patologia exoticas. Lisboa. 473. Arquivos indoportugueses de medicina e historia natural. Nova Goa [See Arq. Esc. med. cir. Nova Goa] 474. Arquivos do Instituto bacteriologico Camara Pestana. Lisboa. 475. Arquivos de medicina legal e identificacao. Rio de Janeiro. 476. Arquivio de patologia. Lisboa. 477. Ars medica. Barcelona. 478. Ars medici. Wien. 479. Arte ostetrica. Milano. 480. Arzt als Erzieher. Munchen. 481. Asistencia. Mexico. [31] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi Assist, minor, anorm., Roma Assist, sociale, Roma Athena, Roma Atlantic M. J. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena Atti Accad. med. chir. Napoli Atti Accad. med. fis. fiorent. Atti Accad. naz. Lincei Atti. Accad. sc. med. natur. Ferrara Atti Accad. sc. med. Palermo Atti Clin, otorin. Roma Atti Congr. internaz. elettroradiob. Atti Congr. ital. radiol. Atti Congr. naz. microb. Atti 1st. lombard. sc. Atti Lab. Mosso Atti Soc. ital. anat. Atti Soc. ital. taring. Atti Soc. ital. ortop. Atti Soc. ital. ostet. Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med. Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari Atti vita med. ital. Attualita med. Australas. Nurs. J. Australas. N. Zealand J. Surg. Austral. J. Dent. Austral. J. Exp. Biol. Austral. Sc. Abstr. Autoriass. ital. med. int. Avenir med., Par. 482. Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi [Military sanitary review! Istambul. 483. Assistenza dei minorenni anormali. Roma. 484. Assistenza(L') sociale. Roma. 485. Athena; rassegna mensile di biologia, clinica e terapia. Roma. 486. Atlantic medical journal. Harrisburg, Pa. [See Pennsylvania M. J.] 487. Atti della R. Accademia dei fisiocritici di Siena. Siena. 488. Atti della R. Accademia medico-chirurgica di Na- poli. Napoli. 489. Atti dell' Accademia medico-fisica fiorentina. Firenze. 490. Atti della R. Accademia nazionale dei Lincei. Roma. 491. Atti dell' Accademia delle scienze mediche e naturali in Ferrara. Ferrara. 492. Atti della R. Accademia delle scienze mediche in Palermo. Palermo 493. Atti della Clinica oto-rino-laringoiatrica della R. Universita di Roma. Roma. 493a. Atti del .. . Congresso internazionale di elettroradio- biologia. Bologna. 494. Atti del Congresso italiano di radiologia medica [v. p.] 495. Atti del Congresso nazionale di microbiologia [v. p.] 496. Atti del R. Istituto lombardo di scienze, lettere ed arte. Milano. 497. Atti dei Laboratori scientifici Angelo Mosso sul Monte Rosa della R. Universita di Torino. Monte Rosa. 498. Atti della Societa italiana di anatomia [v. p.] 499. Atti del congresso della Societa italiana di laringo- logia, d'otologia e di rinologia [v. p.] 500. Atti del Congresso della Societa italiana di ortopedia [v. p.] _ 501. Atti della Societa italiana di ostetricia e ginecologia. Roma. 502. Atti della Societa lombarda di scienze mediche e biologiche. Milano. 503. Atti della Societa fra i cultori delle scienze mediche e naturali in Cagliari. Cagliari. 504. Attivita medica italiana. Pisa. 505. Attualita medica. Milano. 506. Australasian nurses' journal. Sydney. 507. Australasian and New Zealand journal of surgery. Sydney. 508. Australian journal of dentistry. Melbourne. 509. Australian journal of experimental biology and med- ical science. Adelaide. 510. Australian science abstracts. Sydney. 511. Autoriassunti e riviste dei lavori italiani di medicina interna. Milano. 512. Avenir medical. Paris. B Bact. Ther., Detr. Baglivi Balneologe Baltimore Health News Behav. Monogr. Beitr. Anat. Ohr. Beitr. Biol. Pflanz. Beitr. gerichtl. Med., Wien Beitr. Heilk. Beitr. klin. Chir. Beitr. Klin. Infektkr. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk. 513. Bacterial therapist. Detroit. 514. Baglivi (II) giornale italiano di medicina e Chirurgia. Firenze. 515. Balneologe. Berlin. 516. Baltimore health news. Baltimore. 517. Behavior monographs. Cambridge, Mass. 518. Beitrage zur Anatomie, Physiologie, Pathologie und Therapie des Ohres, der Nase und des Halses. Berlin. 519. Beitrage zur Biologie der Pflanzen. Breslau. 520. Beitrage zur gerichtlichen Medizin. Wien. 521. Beitrage zur Heilkunde. Berlin. 522. Beitrage (Bruns) zur klinischen Chirurgie. Berlin. 523. Beitrage zur Klinik der Infektionskrankheiten und zur Immunitatsforschung. Wiirzburg. 524. Beitrage zur Klinik der Tuberkulose und spezifischen Tuberkuloseforschung. Berlin. [32] Beitr. path. Anat. Beitr. Physiol. Beitr. prakt. theor. Hals &c Keilk. Belaruss. med. dumka Belaruss. med. misl. Bengal Pub. Health Rep. Ber. Deut. Ges. Sprach Stimmh. Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges. Ber. Deut. pharm. Ges. Ber. ges. Biol. Ber. ges. Gyn. Ber. ges. Physiol. Ber. Kongr. Heilpad. Berl. Klin. Berl. klin. Wschr. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr. Berl. Wirtschaftsber. Ber. Oberhess. Ges. Natur Heilk. Ber. Oesterr. Konf. Schwachsinnfurs. Ber. Sachs. Ges. Wiss. Ber. Ungar. physiol. Ges. Ber. Vereen. lijkverbr. Ber. Vetwes. Sachsen Ber. wiss. Biol. Better Eyesight P!b'iogr. genet., Gravenh. Bibl. laeger Bienn. Rep. Bd Health, Wilmington Bienn. Rep. Michigan Stream Control Com. Bienn. Rep. N. Carolina Bd Charities Bienn. Rep. Texas Dep. Health Bijdr. gesch. geneesk. Bimonth. Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. Biochem. J., Lond. Biochem. Zschr. Biochim. ter. sper. Biodynamica, Normandy Biogr. med., Par. Biol. Abstr., Bait. Biol. Bull. Biol, gen., Wien. Biol. J., Moskva. Biol. Lect. Biol, med., Milano Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc. Biol, spisy zver. lek. Bio!. Untersuch., Stockh. Biol. Zbl. Biometrika, Cambr. Birmingham M. Rev. Birth Control Rev. Biull. Sredne Aziat. Gosud. Univ. Tashkent 525. Beitrage (Zieglers) zur pathologischen Anatomie und zur allgemeinen Pathologie. Jena. 526. Beitrage zur Phvsiologie. Berlin. 527. Beitrage zur pfaktischen und theoretischen ±iais-, Nasen- und Ohrenheilkunde. Berlin. 528. Belarusskaia medichnaia dumka. Mensk. 529. Belarusskaia medichnaia misl. Mensk. 530. Bengal public health report. Alipore, Bengal. 531. Bericht iiber die Versammlung der Deutschen Gesellschaft fur Sprach- und Stimmheilkunde [v. p.J 532. Bericht iiber die Versammlung der Deutschen ophthalmologischen Gesellschaft [v. p.] 533. Bericht der Deutschen pharmazeutischen Gesell- schaft [v. p.] 534. Bericht iiber die gesamte Biologie. Berlin 535. Berichte iiber die gesamte Gynakologie und Geburts- hilfe. Berlin. 536. Berichte iiber die gesamte Physiologie und experi- mentelle Pharmakologic Berlin. 537. Bericht iiber den Kongress fiir Heilpadagogik [v. p.] 538. Berliner Klinik. Berlin. 539. Berliner klinische Wochenschrift. Berlin. _ 540. Berliner tierarztliche Wochenschrift. Berlin. 541. Berliner Wirtschaftsberichte. Berlin. 542. Bericht der Oberhessischen Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde. Giessen. 543. Bericht der Oesterreichischen Konferenz der Schwach- sinnigenfiirsorge. Wien. 544. Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen der Sachsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Leipzig. 545. Berichte der Ungarischen physiologischen Gesell- schaft. Budapest. 546. Berichten en mededeelingen der Vereeniging voor facultatieve lijkverbranding. 547. Berichte iiber das Veterinarwesen im Konigreich Sachsen. Dresden. 548. Berichte iiber die wissenschaftliche Biologie. Berlin. 549. Better eyesight. New York. 550. Bibliographia genetica. 's Gravenhage. 551. Bibliotek for laeger. K0benhavn. 552. Biennial report of the Board of Health. Wilmington, Del. 553. Biennial report; Michigan Stream Control Commis- sion. Lansing, Mich. 554. Biennial report of The North Carolina State Board of Charities and Public Welfare. Raleigh, N. C. 554a. Biennial report of Texas State Department of Health. Austin, Tex. 555. Bijdragen tot de geschiedenis der geneeskunde. Amsterdam. 556. Bimonthly bulletin of the Ohio Agricultural Experi- ment Station. Wooster, Ohio [See Bull. Ohio Agr Exp. Sta.] 557. Biochemical journal. London. 558. Biochemische Zeitschrift. Berlin. 559. Biochimica e terapia sperimentale. Milano. 560. Biodynamica. Normandy, Mo. 561. Biographies (Les) medicales. Paris. 562. Biological abstracts. Baltimore. 563. Biological (The) bulletin. Lancaster, Pa. 564. Biologia generalis. Wien & Baltimore. 565. Biologichesky jurnal. Moskva 566. Biological lectures. Boston [See Biol. Bull.] 567. Biologia medica. Milano. 568. Biological reviews of the Cambridge Philosophical Society. Cambridge. 569. Biologicke spisy Vysoke skoly zverolekafske. Brno. 570. Biologische Untersuchungen. Stockholm. 571. Biologisches Zentralblatt. Leipzig. 572. Biometrika. Cambridge, Engl. 573. Birmingham (The) medical review. Birmingham 574. Birth control review. New York. Biulleten Sredne-Aziatskovo Gosudarstvennovo Univer- siteta. Tashkent [See Bull. Univ. Asie centr., Tash- kent] [33] Bl. Gesundhfiirs. Bl. Sauglingsfiirs. BI. Volkgesundhpfl. Boas' Archiv Bol. Acad. nac. med., Rio Bol. Asist. pub. nac, Montev. Bol. As. med. argent. Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico Bol. assist, med. indig., Luanda Bol. Com. tabard., Mex. Bol. Cons. nac. hig., Montev. Bol. Cons. sal. pub., Montev. Bol. ejerc Habana Bol. farm, mil., Madr. Bol. hosp., Caracas Bol. Hosp. S. Juan, Quito Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air. Bol. Inst, hig., Mex. Bol. Inst. hig. S. Paulo Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air. Bol. Inst, protec inf., Montev. Bol. Inst. Vital Brasil Bol. Liga cancer, Habana Bol. odont. mex. Bol. Of. san. panamer. Bol. panamer. san. Bol. san., B. Air. Bol. san., Rio Bol. Seer, agr., Mex. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires Bol. Soc. cir. Chile Bol. Soc. med. cir. mil., Rio Bol. Soc. med. cir. S. Paulo Bol. Soc. mex. electroradiol. Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires Bol. Uniao panamer. Boll. Accad. med. Genova Boll. Accad. med. Perugia Boll. Accad. med. Roma Boll. Ass. ital. piante med. Boll. Ass. med. trident. Boll. chim. farm. Boll, clin., Milano Boll. Fed. naz. mil. mutil. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan. Poll, 1st. stor, ital, san, 575. Blatter fiir Gesundheitsfursorge. Munchen. 576. Blatter fiir Sauglings- and Kleinkinderfiirsorge. Munchen. 577. Blatter fiir Volksgesundheitspflege. Velten. See Arch. Verdauungskr. 578. Boletim da Academia nacional de medicina. Rio de Janeiro. 579. Boletin de la Asistencia piiblica nacional. Monte- video. 580. Boletin de la Asociacion medica argentina. Buenos Aires. 581. Boletin de la Asociaci6n medica de Puerto Rico. San Juan. 582. Boletim da assistencia medica aos indigenas e da luta contra a molestia do sono. Luanda, Angola. 583. Boletin de la Comision central para el estudio del tabardillo. Mexico. 584. Boletin del Consejo nacional de higiene. Monte- video. 5S5. Boletin del Consejo de salud piiblica. Montevideo. 5S6. Boletin del ejercito. La Habana. 587. Boletin de farmacia militar. Madrid. 588. Boletin de los hospitales. Caracas. 589. Boletin del Hospital civil de San Juan de Dios. Quito. 590. Boletin del Instituto de clinica quiriirgica. Buenos Aires. 591. Boletin del Instituto de higiene' Mexico. 592. Boletim [at head of tp: Instituto de higiene de S. Paulo] Sao Paulo. 593. Boletin de Instituto de medicina experimental para el estudio y tratamiento del cancer. Buenos Aires. 594. Boletin del Instituto internacional americano de protecci6n a la infancia. Montevideo. 595. Boletim do Instituto Vital Brazil. Niteroi. 596. Boletin de la Liga contra el cancer. La Habana. 597. Boletin odontol6gico mexicano. Mexico. 598. Boletin de la Oficina sanitaria panamericana. Wash- ington. 599. Boletin panamericano de sanidad. Washington. 599a. Boletin sanitario. Buenos Aires. 600. Boletim sanitario. Rio de Janeiro. 601. Boletin oficial de la Secretarfa de agricultura y fomento. Mexico. 602. Boletines y trabajos de la Sociedad de cirugia de Buenos Aires. Buenos Aires. 603. Boletin de la Sociedad de cirugia de Chile. Santiago. 604. Boletim da Sociedade medico-cirurgica militar. Rio de Janeiro. 605. Boletim da Sociedade de medicina e cirurgia de Sao Paulo. Sao Paulo. 606. Boletin de la Sociedad mexicana de e!ectroradiologia. Mexico. 607. Boletin de la Sociedad de obstetricia y ginecologfa de Buenos Aires. Buenos Aires. Boletim da Un'ao pan-americana. Washington [See Bull. Panamer. Union.] 608. Bollettino della R. Accademia medica di Genova. Genova. 609. Bollettino della Accademia medica di Perugia. Perugia. 610. Bollettino e atti della R. Accademia medica di Roma. Roma. 611. Bollettino della Associazione italiana pro piante medicinale, aromatiche ed altre utili. Milano. 612. Bollettino dell' Associazione medica tridentina. Trento. 613. Bollettino chimico-farmaceutico. Milano. 614. Bollettino delle cliniche. Milano. 615. Bollettino della Federazione nazionale dei comitati di assistenza ai militari ciechi, storpi, mutilati. Roma. 616. Bollettino dell Istituto sieroterapico milanese. Mi- lano. 617. Bollettino dell' Istituto storico italiano dell' arte sanitarie. Roma, [34] Boll. 1st. zool. Roma Boll, malariol. Boll. mal. orecchio. Boll. med. trent. Boll. mus. zool. Torino Boll. ocul. Boll. ord. med. Lombardia Boll. ord. med. Milano Boll. Poliamb. Giuseppe Ronzoni Boll. san. tre Venezie Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb. Boll. sez. reg. Soc. ital. derm. Boll. Soc. biol. sper. Boll. Soc. eustach. Boll. Soc. ital. aliment. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia Boll. Soc. med. chir. Modena Boll. Soc. med. Parma Boll. Soc. natur. Napoli Boll. Soc. zool. ital. Boll. spec. med. chir. Boll. Uff. lavoro Torino Borba s tuberk. Boston M. & S. J. Bot. Abstr. Brain, Lond. Brasil med. Bratisl. lek. listy Bristol Med. Chir. J. Brit. Dent. J. Brit. Food J. Brit. Guiana M. Annual Brit. Homceop. J. Brit. J. Actinother. Brit. J. Anaesth. Brit. J. Child. Dis. Brit. J. Dent. Sc. Brit. J. Derm. Syph. Brit. J. Exp. Biol. Brit. J. Exp. Path. Brit. J. Inebr. Brit. J. Ophth. Brit. J. M. Psychol. Brit. J. Nurs. Brit. J. Phys. M. Brit. J. Psychol. Brit. J. Radiol. Brit. J. Surg. Brit. J. Tuberc Brit. J. Urol, 618. Bollettino dell' Istituto zoologico della R. Universita di Roma. Roma. 619. Bollettino malariologico. Roma. 620. Bollettino delle malattie dell' orecchio, della gola, del naso, di tracheo-bronco-esofagoscopia e di lonetica. Firenze. 621. Bollettino medico trentino. Trento. 622. Bollettino dei musei di zoologia e di anatomia com- parata della R. Universita di Torino. Torino. 623. Bollettino di oculistica. Firenze. 624. Bollettino degli ordini dei medici di Lombardia. Milano. . . ,. 625. Bollettino dell' ordine dei medici della provincia di Milano. Milano. 626. Bollettino di Opera Pia Poliambulanza Giuseppe Ronzoni. Milano. 627. Bollettino sanitario delle tre Venezie. Verona. 628. Bollettino della Sezione italiana; Societa mternazio- nale de microbiologia. Milano. *•.■,- j- 629. Bollettino delle sezione regionali; Societa italiana di dermatologia e sifilografia. Milano. 630. Bollettino della Societa di biologia spenmentale. Napoli. 631. Bollettino della Societa Eustachiana. Camenno. 632. Bollettino della Societa italiana per lo studio del- l'alimentazione. Firenze. 633. Bollettino della Societa italiana di biologia spen- mentale. Napoli. . 634. Bollettino della Societa medico-chirurgiea. Pavia. 635. Bollettino della Societa medico-chirurgiea di Modena. Modena. 636. Bollettino della Societa medica di Parma. Parma. 637. Bollettino della Societa dei naturalisti in Napoli. Napoli. 638. Bollettino della Societa zoologica italiana. Roma. 639. Bollettino delle speciality medico-chirurgiche. Mi- lano. . . 640. Bollettino dell' Ufficio del lavoro e della statistica, Citta di Torino. Torino. 641. Borba s tuberkulezom. Moskva. 642. Boston (The) medical and surgical journal. Boston. 643. Botanical abstracts. Baltimore. 644. Brain; a journal of neurology. London. 645. Brasil-medico. Rio de Janeiro. 646. Bratislavske lekarske listy. Bratislava. 647. Bristol (The) medico-chirurgical journal. Bristol, Engl. 648. British dental journal. London. 649. British food journal and hygiene review. London. 650. British Guiana medical annual and hospital reports. Demerara. 651. British homoeopathic journal. London. 652. British journal of actinotherapy. London. 653. British journal of anaesthesia. Manchester, Engl. 654. British (The) journal of children's diseases. London. 655. British journal of dental science [and prosthetics] London. 656. British (The) journal of dermatology and syphilis. London. 657. British (The) journal of experimental biology. Edinburgh. 658. British (The) journal of experimental pathology. London. 659. British (The) journal of inebriety. London. 660. British (The) journal of ophthalmology. London. 661. British (The) journal of medical psychology. Lon- don. 662. British (The) journal of nursing. London. 663. British (The) journal of physical medicine. London. 664. British (The) journal of psychology. London. 665. British (The) journal of radiology. London. 666. British (The) journal of surgery. Bristol, Engl. 667. British (The) journal of tuberculosis. London. 668, British (The) journal of urology. London. [35] Brit. J. Vener. Dis. Brit. M. J. Broad Way, Lond. Brompton Hosp. Rep., Lond. Bruns Beitr. Bruxelles med. Budapesti Orvosegy. ertes. Budapesti orv. ujs. Bui. Direct, zootechn., Bucur. Bui. Min. agr., Bucur. Bull. Acad. Belgique Bull. Acad. M. Cleveland Bull. Acad, med., Par. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique Bull. Acad. med. Roumaine Bull. Acad. M. Toronto Bull. Acad, roumain. Bull. Acad. sc. Montpellier Bull. Acad. vet. France Bull. Accad. med. Roma Bull. Admin, hyg., Brux. Bull. Am. Acad. M. Bull. Ambul. Proct. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons Bull. Am. Counc. Learn. Soc. Bull. Am. Hosp. Ass. Bull. Am. M. Ass. Bull. Am. Mus. Natur. Hist. Bull. Am. Soc. Cancer Bull. Am. Soc. Clin. Lab. Techn. Bull. Antivenin Inst. America Bull. Ass. Am. M. Coll. Bull. Ass. beige med. sociale Bull. Ass. fr. avance. sc. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer Bull. Ayer Clin. Lab. Bull. Battle Creek Sanit. Bull. Bd Health Kentucky Bull. Bd Health Wisconsin Bull, beige sc mil. Bull. biol. France Bull. Buffalo Gen. Hosp. Bull. California Bd Health Bull. Canad. Com. Ment. Hyg. 669. British (The) journal of venereal diseases. London. 670. British (The) medical journal. London. 671. Broad (The) way; or, Westminster Hospital gazette. London. 672. Brompton Hospital reports. London. See Beitrage zur klinischen Chirurgie. 673. Bruxelles-mcdical. Bruxelles. 674. Budapesti Kir. Orvosegyesulet ertesitoje. Budapest. 675. Budapesti orvosi ujsag. Budapest. 676. Buletinul Directiunii generale zootechnice si sanitare veterinare. Bucuresti. 677. Buletinul Ministerului agriculturii [etc.] Bucuresti. 678. Bulletin de la classe des sciences [at head of tp.] Academie royale de Belgique. Bruxelles. 678a. Bulletin (The) of the Academy of Medicine of Cleve- land. Cleveland, Ohio. 679. Bulletin de l'Academie de medecine. Paris. 680. Bulletin de l'Academie de medecine de Belgique. Bruxelles. 681. Bulletin de l'Academie de medecine de Roumaine. Paris. 683. Bulletin of the Academy of Medicine, Toronto. Toronto, Can. 684. Bulletin de la section scientifique [at head of tp.] Academie roumaine. Bucuresti. 685. Bulletin de l'Academie des sciences et lettres de Montpellier. Montpellier. 686. Bulletin de l'Academie v6terinaire de France. Paris. See Boll. Accad. med. Roma. 687. Bulletin de l'Administration de l'hygiene. Bruxelles. 688. Bulletin of the American Academy of Medicine. Easton, Pa. 688a. Bulletin (The) of ambulant proctology. Youngs- town, Ohio. 689. Bulletin of the American College of Surgeons. Chicago. 690. Bulletin of the American Council of Learned Societies. Washington. 691. Bulletin (The) of the American Hospital Association. Chicago. 692. [Bulletin] American Medical Association bulletin. Chicago. 693. Bulletin of The American Museum of Natural His- tory. New York. 694. Bulletin of the American Society for the Control of Cancer. New York. 695. Bulletin (The) of the American Society of Clinical Laboratory Technicians. Detroit. 696. Bulletin of the Antivenin Institute of America. Philadelphia. 697. Bulletin of the Association of American Medical Colleges. Chicago. 698. Bulletin de l'Association beige de medecine sociale. Bruxelles. 699. Bulletin de l'Association frangaise pour l'avance- ment des sciences. Paris. 700. Bulletin de l'Association frangaise pour l'etude du cancer. Paris. 701. Bulletin of the Ayer Clinical Laboratory of the Pennsylvania Hospital. Philadelphia. 702. Bulletin (The) of the Battle Creek Sanitarium and Hospital Clinic. Battle Creek, Mich. 703. Bulletin of the State Board of Health of Kentucky. Louisville, Ky. 704. [Bulletin] State Board of Health bulletin; State of Wisconsin. Madison, Wis. 705. Bulletin beige des sciences militaires. Bruxelles. 706. Bulletin biologique de la France et de la Belgique. Paris. 707. Bulletin of the Buffalo General Hospital. Buffalo, N. Y. 708. Bulletin [monthly] California State Board of Health. Sacramento. 709. Bulletin (The) official organ of the Canadian National Committee for Mental Hygiene. Toronto. [36] Bull. Canad. Dent. Res. Found. Bull. Canad. Tuberc Ass. Bull. Carmichael M. Coll. Bull. Centr. M. Counc. Brooklyn Bull. Chicago M. Soc. Bull. Chicago School San. Instr. Bull. Chicago Tuberc. Sanit. Bull. Colorado Dent. Ass. Bull. Com. internat. sclerome, Sofia Bull. Com. nat. tuberc., Par. Bull. Crawford W. Long Hosp. Bull. Cumberland M. Ass. Bull. Davis Fischer Sanat. Bull, decad. statist, num., Par. Bull. Dep. Health Kentucky Bull. Dep. Health Maine Bull. Dep. Health Puerto Rico Bull. Dep. Health Seattle Bull. Detroit Coll. M. & S. Bull. Eidg. Gesundhamt. Bull. Entom. Res., Lond. Bull. Eugen. Rec Off. Bull. Fed. dent, internat., Brux. Bull. Fed. internat. pharm., Amst. Bull. Fellowship M., Lond. Bull. Fulton Co. M. Soc. Bull. gen. ther. Bull. Georgia M. Soc. Bull. Grace Hosp., Detr. Bull. Guthrie Clin. Bull. Harvard M. Alumni Bull, histol. appl., Lyon Bull. Howe Lab. Ophth. Bull. Hyg., Lond. Bull, hyg., Montreal Bull. Hyg. Lab., Wash. Bull. Illinois Dent. Soc. Bull. Inst. gen. psychol., Par. Bull. Inst. Hist. M., Bait. Bull. Inst, internat. statist,, Haye Bull. Inst. M. Res. Malay Bull. Inst, Pasteur, Par, 710. Bulletin; Canadian Dental Research Foundation. Toronto. , . . ... 711. Bulletin of the Canadian Tuberculosis Association. Ottawa. ,__.,. „ . 712. Bulletin of the Carmichael Medical College. Bel- gachia, Calcutta. .., ,. . 713. Bulletin (The) official journal of the Central Medical Council of Brooklyn. Brooklyn, N. Y. _ 714. [Bulletin] Chicago Medical Society. Chicago. 715. Bulletin; Chicago School of Sanitary Instruction; Department of Health. Chicago. . . 716. Bulletin [at head of title] City of Chicago Municipal Tuberculosis Sanitarium. Chicago. _ 717. Bulletin of the Colorado State Dental Association. 718. Bulletin du Comite international pour l'etude du sclerome. Sofia. 719. Bulletin du Comite national de defense contre la 720. Bulletin; Crawford W. Long Memorial Hospital. 721. Bulletin (The) of the Cumberland Valley Medical Association. Scotland, Pa. 722. Bulletin (The) of the Davis-Fischer Sanatorium (Atlanta, Ga.) Baltimore, Md. 723. Bulletin decadaire de statistique municipale. Paris. 724. Bulletin of the Department of Health; Common- wealth of Kentucky. Louisville, Ky. 725. Bulletin of the State Department of Health of Maine. Augusta, Me. 725a. Bulletin of the Department of Health; Government of Puerto Rico. San Juan, P. R. 726. Bulletin; Department of Health and Sanitation, Seattle, Wash. Seattle. 727. Bulletin; Detroit College of Medicine and Surgery. Detroit. 728. Bulletin des Eidgenossischen Gesundheitsamtes. Bern. 729. Bulletin of entomological research. London. Spring Harbor, N. Y. 730. [Bulletin] Eugenics Record Office bulletin. Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y. 731. Bulletin [at head of tp.: Federation dentaire inter- nationale] Bruxelles. 732. Bulletin de la Federation internationale pharma- ceutique. Amsterdam. 733. Bulletin of the fellowship of medicine. London. 734. Bulletin (The) of the Fulton County Medical Society. Atlanta, Ga. 735. Bulletin general de thcrapeutique. Paris. 736. Bulletin of the Georgia Medical Society. Savannah, Ga. See Grace Hosp. Bull., Detr. See Guthrie Clin. Bull. 737. Bulletin of the Harvard Medical School Alumni Association. Boston, Mass. 738. Bulletin d'histologie appliquee a la physiologie et a la pathologie et de technique microscopique. Lyon. 739. Bulletin of the Howe Laboratory of Ophthalmology; Harvard Medical School. Cambridge, Mass. 740. Bulletin of hygene. London. 741. Bulletin d'hygiene. Montreal. 742. Bulletin of the Hvgenic Laboratorv. Washington. [See Bull. U. S. Nat. Inst. Health] 743. Bulletin of the Illinois State Dental Society [See Illinois Dent. J.] 744. Bulletin de l'Institut general psychologique. Paris. 744a. Bulletin of the Institute of the Historv of Medicine; The Johns Hopkins University. Baltimore. 745. Bulletin de l'lnstitute international de statistique. La Haye. 746. Bulletins from The Institute for Medical Research, Federated Malay States. Kuala Lumpur. 747. Bulletin de l'lnstitute Pasteur. Paris. [37] Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc. Bull, internat. Acad. sc. Cracovie Bull. Internat. Ass. M. Mus., Montreal Bull. Internat. Dent. Fed., Brux. Bull, internr.'. Serv. sante, Liege Bull. John D. Archbold Hosp. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull. Kansas Bd Health Bull. League Red Cross Soc. Bull. Lederle Lab. Bull. Los Angeles Co. M. Ass. Bull. Los Angeles Neur. Soc. Bull. Lying-in Hosp. N. York Bull. Mary Fletcher Hosp. Bull. Maryland Dep. Health Bull. Massachusetts Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. Massachusetts Coll. Pharm. Bull. Massachusetts Dep. Ment. Dis. Bull. M. Coll. Virginia Bull, med., Par. Bull. Med. Chir. Fac. Maryland Bull. med. Quebec Bull. Mem. Hosp. Cancer, N. Y. Bull. Menninger Clin. Bull. Milwaukee Health Dep. Bull. Min. san. pub., Beograd Bull. M. Libr. Ass. Bull. Moses Taylor Hosp. Bull. M. Soc. Co. Kings Bull. M. Soc. District of Columbia Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Bull. M. Women Nat. Ass. Bull. Nat. Res. Counc. Philippine Islands Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo Bull. N. Carolina Bd Charities Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York Bull. Nevada Bd Health Bull. N. York Acad. M. Bull. N. York Tuberc. Ass. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par. 748. Bulletin international de l'Academie polonaise des sciences et lettres. Krakow. 749. Bulletin international de l'Academie des sciences de Cracovie. Krakow. 750. Bulletin of the International Association of Medical Museums. Montreal & Washington. 751. Bulletin of the International Dental Federation. Bruxelles. 752. Bulletin international des Services de Sante des armees de terre [etc.] Liege. 753. Bulletin; John D. Archbold Memorial Hospital. Thomasville, Ga. 754. Bulletin of the Johns Hopkins Hospital. Baltimore. 755. Bulletin of the Kansas State Board of Health. Topeka, Kansas. 756. Bulletin [Monthly] [at head of tp.] League of Red Cross Societies. Paris. 757. Bulletin of Lederle Laboratories. New York. 758. Bulletin (The) of the Los Angeles County Medical Association. Los Angeles. 758a. Bulletin of the Los Angeles Neurological Society. Los Angeles. 759. Bulletin of the Lying-in Hospital of the City of New York. New York. 760. Bulletin [at head of tp.] The Mary Fletcher Hospital. Burlington, Vt. 761. Bulletin (Monthly) [at head of tp.] Maryland State Department of Health. Baltimore. 762. Bulletin (Technical) [at head of tp.] Massachusetts Agricultural Experiment Station. Amherst, Mass. 763. Bulletin of the Massachusetts College of Pharmacy. Boston, Mass. 764. Bulletin of the Massachusetts Department of Mental Diseases. East Gardner, Mass. 765. Bulletin; Medical College of Virginia. Richmond, Va. 766. Bulletin (Le) medical. Paris. 767. Bulletin of the Medical and Chirurgical Faculty of the State of Maryland. Baltimore. 768. Bulletin (Le) medical de Quebec. Quebec, Can. 769. Bulletin of the Memorial Hospital for the Treatment of Cancer and Allied Diseases. New York. 769a. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic. Topeka, Kans. 770. Bulletin of the Milwaukee Health Department. Milwaukee, Wis. 771. Bulletin mensuel du Ministere de la sante publique. Beograd. 772. Bulletin of the Medical Library Association. Cleve- land. 773. Bulletin (The) of The Moses Taylor Hospital. Scranton, Pa. 774. Bulletin (The) of the Medical Society of the County of Kings and Academy of Medicine of Brooklyn. Brooklyn, N. Y. 775. Bulletin; The Medical Society of the District of Columbia. Washington, D. C. 776. Bulletin'Tof the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College. Cambridge, Mass. 777. Bulletin (Quarterly) of the Medical Women's Nation- al Association. Oak Park, 111. 777a. Bullet n; National Research Council of the Philippine Islands. Mani a, P. I. 77S. Bulletin of the Naval Medical Association. Tokyo. 779. Bulletin; North Carolina State Board of Charities and Public Welfare. Raleigh, N. C. 780. Bulletin of the Neurological Institute of New York. New York. 781. Bulletin of the Nevada State Board of Health. Carson City, Nevada. 782. Bulletin of the New York Academy of Medicine. New York. 783. Bulletin [at head of tp.] New York Tuberculosis and Health Association. New York. 784. Bulletin mensuel [at head] Office international d/hygiene publique. Paris, [38] Bull. Off. Pract. Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. Oklahoma Dent. Soc. Bull. Ophth. Soc. Egypt Bull. Otolar. Clin. Beth Israel Hosp. Bull, otorhin., Par. Bull. Panamer. Union Bull. Pennsylvania Dep. Agr. Bull. Philadelphia Coll. Pharm. Bull. Philippine Dep. Off. Surg. Bull. Pract. Ophth., S. Franc. Bull. Rhode Island Bd Health Bull, san., Montreal Bull. san. Algerie Bull. S. Anthony Hosp., Okla. Bull. School M. Univ. Maryland Bull. Schweiz. Gesundhamt. Bull. Schweiz. Verein. Krebsbekampf. Bull. sc. med., Bologna Bull. sc. pharm., Par. Bull. Scripps Inst. Oceanogr. Bull. S. Juan Hosp. Manila Bull. Soc. anat. Paris Bull. Soc. anthrop. Paris Bull. Soc. beige opht. Bull. Soc. centr. med. vet., Par. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par. Bull. Soc. chim. France Bull. Soc. chir. Paris Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment., Par. Bull. Soc. form, humain., Par. Bull. Soc. fr. derm. syph. Bull. Soc. fr. hist. med. Bull. Soc. fr. urol. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris Bull. Soc med. hop. Quebec Bull. Soc med. mil. fr. Bull. Soc. med. Paris 785. Bulletin (The) of office practice. Youngstown Ohio. 786. Bulletin; Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station. Wooster, Ohio. „, -^ , , 787. Bulletin (The) of the Oklahoma State Dental Society. Perry, Okla. . , „ , 788. Bulletin of the Ophthalmological Society oi £,gypt. 789. Bulletin of the Oto-Laryngological Clinics of the Beth Israel Hospital. New York. 790. Bulletin d'oto-rhino-laryngo'ogie et de Droncno- oesophagoscopie. Paris. _ . 791. Bulletin of the Panamerican Union. Washington. 792. Bulletin; Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture. Harrisburg, Pa. ^ „ . „, 793. Bulletin of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science. Philadelphia. . 794. Bulletin [at head of tp.] Headquarters Philippine Department; Office of the Surgeon. Manila, P. I. 794a. Bulletin of practical ophthalmology (Greens ivye Hospital) San Francisco. 795. Bulletin of Rhode Island State Board of Health. Providence. 796. Bulletin sanitaire. Montreal. 797. Bulletin sanitaire de 1'Algerie. Alger. 798. Bulletin of S. Anthony's Hospital. Oklahoma City, Okla. 799. Bulletin of the School of Medicine; University of Marvland. Baltimore. 800. Bulletin des Schweizerischen Gesundheitsamtes. Bern. 801. Bulletin der Schweizerischen Vereinigung fiir Krebs- bekampfung. Bern. 802. Bullettino delle scienze mediche. Bologna. 803. Bulletin des sciences pharmacologiques. Paris. 804. Bulletin of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography, La Jolla, Calif. Berkelev, Calif. 805. Bulletin (The) of the San Juan de Dios Hospital of Manila. Manila. 806. Bulletins et memoires de la Societe anatomique de Paris. Paris. 807. Bulletins et memoires de la Societe d'anthropologie de Paris. Paris. 808. Bulletin de la Societebelge d'ophtalmologie. Bru- xelles. 809. Bulletin de la Societe centrale de medecine veteri- naire. Paris. 810. Bulletin de la Societe de chimie biologique. Paris. 811. Bulletin de la Societe chimique de France. Paris. 812. Bulletins et memoires de la Societe des chirurgiens de Paris. Paris. 813. Bulletin de la Societe clinique de medecine mentale. Paris. 814. Bulletin de la Societe d'etude des formes humaines. Paris. 815. Bulletin de la Societe frangaise de dermatologie et de syphiligraphie. Paris. 816. Bulletin de la Societe frangaise d'histoire de la medecine. Paris. 817. Bulletin de la Societe frangaise d'urologie. Paris. 818. Bulletin de la Societe des sciences m6dicales et biologiques de Montpellier et du Languedoc mediter- ranean. Montpellier. 819. Bulletins et memoires de la Societe de medecine et de chirurgie de Bordeaux. Bordeaux. 820. Bulletins et memoires de la Societe medicale des hopitaux de Bucarest. Bucuresti. 821. Bulletins et memoires de la Societe medicale des hopitaux de Paris. Paris. 822. Bulletin de la Societe medicale des hopitaux uni- versitaires de Quebec. Quebec, Can. 823. Bulletin mensuel; Societe de m6decine militaire frangaise. Paris. 824. Bulletins et m6moires de la Societe de medicine de Paris. Paris, [39] Bull. Soc med. S. Luc, Bourges Bull. Soc med. Vienne Bull. Soc. M. Hist. Chicago Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par. Bull. Soc obst. gyn. Paris Bull. Soc. opht. Egypte Bull. Soc. opht. Paris Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris Bull. Soc philomath. Paris Bull. Soc radiol. med. France Bull. Soc. sc hyg. aliment., Par. Bull. Soc sc med. ouest Bull. Soc zool. France Bull. South. Pacific Gen. Hosp. Bull, statist., Brux. Bull, statist., Sofia Bull, statist. Strasbourg Bull. Synd. gen. med. stomat. fr. Bull. Texas Dep. Health Bull. Truesdale Hosp. Bull. Union internat. tuberc, Par. Bull. Univ. Asie centr., Tashkent Bull. Univ. Maryland School M. Bull. U. S. Bur. Cens. Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish. Bull. U. S. Bur. Labor Statist. Bull. U. S. Bur. Mines Bull. U. S. Bur. Stand. Bull. U. S. Fed. Bd Vocat. Educ. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. U. S. Labor Stand. Bull. U. S. Nat. Inst. Health Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Bull. U. S. Navy Dep. Div. Prev. M. Bull. U. S. Off. Educ Bull. Virginia Dent. Ass. Bull. Virginia State Libr. Bull. Washington Univ. 825. Bulletin de la Societe medicale de Saint Luc, Saint Come et Saint Damien. Bourges. 826. Bulletin de la Societe de medecine de la Vienne. Poitiers. 827. Bulletin of the Society of Medical History of Chicago. Chicago. 828. Bulletins et memoires de la Societe nationale de chirurgie. Paris. 829. Bulletin de la Societe d'obstetrique et de gynecologic de Paris. Paris. de la Societe d'ophtalmologie d'Egypte. Societe d'ophtalmologie de Paris. de la Societe de pathologie exotique. 830. Bulletin Cairo. 831. Bulletin de la 832. Bulletin Paris. 833. Bulletins de la Societe de pcdiatrie de Paris. Paris. 834. Bulletin de la Societe1 philomathique de Paris. Paris. 835. Bulletins et memoires de la Societe' de radiologic medicale de France. Paris. 836. Bulletin de la Societe scientifique d'hygiene alimen- taire et d'alimentation rationnelle de l'homme. Paris. 837. Bulletin de la Societe scientifique et medicale de l'Ouest. Rennes. 838. Bulletin de la Societe zoologique de France. Paris. 839. Bulletin (The) of the Southern Pacific General Hos- pital, San Francisco. 840. Bulletin de statistique. Bruxelles. 841. Bulletin mensuel de la Direction general de la statistique. Sofia, Bulgaria. 842. Bulletin statistique mensuel de la Ville de Stras- bourg. Strasbourg. 843. Bulletin officiel du Syndicat general des medecins stomatologistes frangais. Paris. 844. Bulletin (The) of the Texas State Department of Health. Austin, Tex. 845. Bulletin of the Truesdale Hospital and Earle P. Charlton Surgery. Fall River, Mass. 846. Bulletin de 1'Union internationale contre la tuber- culosc Paris. 847. Bulletin de l'Universite de l'Asie centrale. Tash- kent. 848. Bulletin of the School of Medicine; University of Maryland. Baltimore. 849. Bulletin; U. S. Bureau of Census. Washington. 850. Bulletin of the United States Bureau of Fisheries. Washington. 851. Bulletin; United States Department of Labor; Bu- reau of Labor Statistics. Washington, D. C. 852. Bulletin; Department of Commerce; Bureau of Mines. Washington, D. C. 853. Bulletin of the Bureau of Standards [at head of tp.] Department of Commerce. Washington, D. C. 854. Bulletin; Federal Board for Vocational Education. Washington, D. C. 855. Bulletin (Geological Survey) [at head of tp. United States Department df the Interior] Washington, D. C. 856. Bulletin; United States; Department of Labor; Division of Labor Standards. Washington. 857. Bulletin [at head of tp.] National Institute of Health. Washington, D. C. 858. Bulletin; United States National Museum. Wash- ington, D. C. 859. Bulletin of the National Research Council. Wash- ington, D. C. 860. Bulletin of the United States Navy Department; Division of preventive medicine. Washington, D. C. 861. Bulletin; Office of Education. Washington, D. C. 862. Bulletin (The) of the Virginia State Dental Asso- ciation. 863. Bulletin of the Virginia State Library. Richmond, Va. 864. Bulletin of Washington University. Saint Louis, Mo. [40] Bull. West. Reserve Univ. Bull. Wistar Inst. 865. Bulletin [at head of tp.] Western Reserve University. Cleveland, Ohio. „. ,.. , ,. A „+„m„ „„h 866. Bulletin of the Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology. Philadelphia, Pa. Caducee Cah. gastroenter. Cah. radiol. Cairo Sc J. Calcutta M. J. Caledon. M. J. Calendar Pharm. Soc. Gr. Britain. California Bd. Health Month. Bull. California Eclect. M. J. California J. M. California West. M. Camp. Notes (Cancer) Canada Lancet Canada Lancet Pract. Canad. J. Ment. Hyg. Canad. J. M. & S. Canad. J. Res. Canad. M. Ass. J. Canad. M. Month. Canad. Nurse Canad. Pharm. J. Canad. Pract. Canad. Pub. Health J. Cancer, Brux. Cancer, N. Y. Cancer Rev., Brist. Cancro, Tor. Capita zool., Gravenh. Case Rec Massachusetts Gen. Hosp. Cas. lek. cesk. Cath. M. Guard., Lond. Cellule, Louvain Centaur, Menasha Centralblatt Certif. Milk Cervello Cesalpino Cesk. derm. Ceylon J. Sc Character & Personality Charlotte M. J. Chemie der Zelle Chem. Metallurg. Engin. Chem. News, Lond. Chem. Warf. Chem. Warf. Bull. Chicago Health Chicago M. Rec Child, Lond. Child Develop. Child Health Bull. Child Health Mag. Child Labor Bull, 867. Paris. Caducee (Le) Paris. . Cahiers (Les) de gastro-enterologic Cahiers (Les) de radiologie. _ Paris. Cairo scientific journal. Cairo. Calcutta medical journal. Calcutta. Caledonian (The) medical journal. Glasgow. Calendar (The) of the Pharmaceutical Society Great Britain. London. See Bull. California Bd. Health. ,. , . , T 874. California (The) eclectic medical journal. .Los Angeles. . 875. California State journal of medicine 869 870 871 872 873 of San Fran- 876. California and western medicine. San Francisco. 877. Campaign notes; American Society for the Control ot Cancer. New York. 878. Canada (The) lancet. Toronto. 879. Canada (The) lancet and practitioner, loronto. 880. Canadian journal of mental hygiene. Montreal. 881. Canadian (The) journal of medicine and surgery. Toronto. 882. Canadian journal of research. Ottawa. 883. Canadian (The) Medical Association journal. Mont- 884. Canadian medical monthly. Toronto. 885. Canadian (The) nurse. Ottawa, Can. 886. Canadian pharmaceutical journal. Whitby. 887. Canadian (The) practitioner [and review] Toronto. 888. Canadian public health journal. Toronto. 889. Cancer (Le) Bruxelles. 890. Cancer. New York. 891. Cancer (The) review; a journal of abstracts. Bristol, Engl. 892. Cancro (II) Torino. 893. Capita zoologica. 's Gravenhage. 894. Case records of the Massachusetts General Hospital. Boston. 895. Casopis lekafu ceskych. Praha. 896. Catholic (The) medical guardian. London. 897. Cellule (La) Louvain. 898. Centaur (The) of Alpha Kappa Kappa. Menasha, Wis. See Zentralblatt. 899. Certified milk. (v. p. of U. S.) 900. Cervello (II) Napoli. 901. Cesalpino (II) Arezzo. 902. Ceska dermatologic Praha. 903. Ceylon journal of science; Sect. D. Medical science. Colombo. 904. Character and personality. Durham, N. C. 905. Charlotte (The new) medical journal. Charlotte, N. C. 906. Chemie der Zelle und Gewebe. Leipzig. 907. Chemical and metallurgical engineering. New York. 908. Chemical news and journal of industrial science. London. 909. Chemical warfare. Edgewood Arsenal, Md. 910. Chemical warfare bulletin. Washington, D. C, 911. Chicago's health. Chicago. 912. Chicago (The) medical recorder. Chicago. 913. Child (The) London. 914. Child development. Baltimore, 915. Child health bulletin. New York. 916. Child health magazine. Washington. 917, Child (The) labor bulletin. New York. [41] Child Res. Clin. Ser. Chimica, Milano China M. J. Chin. J. Physiol. Chin. M. J. Chir. ernia Chir. org. movim. Chirurg Chron. med. Cincinnati J. M. Cir. cirujan., Mex. Cleanliness J. Cleveland Clin. Q. Clifton M. Bull. Clin, chir., Milano Clin, igiene inf. Clinique, Chic. Clinique, Montreal Clinique, Par. Clin. J., Lond. Clin. J. Chiropody Clin, lab., Zaragoza Clin. Med. Clin. med. ital. Clin. M. & S. Clin, opht., Par. Clin, ostet. Clin, pediat., Mod. Clin, per tutti Clin, psicoped., B. Air. Clin. Rev. Pittsburgh Clin. Sc, Lond. Clin, vet., Milano Cluj. med. Collect. Papers Austral. Inst. Trop. M. Collect. Papers Hall Inst. Res. Path. Melb. Collect. Papers Henry Ford Hosp. Collect. Papers Inst. Biol. Johns Hop- kins Collect Papers Marquette Univ. Collect. Papers Mayo Clin. Collect. Repr. Montefiore Hosp. N. York Collect. Repr. Williams Hooper Found. Collect. Stud. Chicago Mun. Tuberc. Sanit. Colonial J., Lond. Colorado M. Columbia Alumni News Columbia Univ. Bull. Inform. Comment. Owensby Clin. Commonhealth, Bost. Commun. Inst, serother. Danois Compend M. & S. Comp. Psychol. Monogr. Conf. Bull., Cincin. Conf. M. Res. Workers Calcutta Conf. prat, urol., Milano Congr. argent, cir. 918. Child Research Clinic series. Langhorne, Pa. 919. Chimica (La) e la medicina moderna. Milano. 920. China medical journal. Shanghai. 921. Chinese (The) journal of physiology. Peiping. 922. Chinese medical journal. Peiping. 923. Chirurgia (La) dell' ernia e dell' addome. Napoli. 924. Chirurgia (La) degli organi di movimento. Bologna. 925. Chirurg (Der) Berlin. 926. Chronique (La) medicale. Asnieres. 927. Cincinnati (The) journal of medicine. Cincinnati, Ohio. 928. Cirugia y cirujanos. Mexico, D. F. 929. Cleanliness (The) journal. New York. 930. Cleveland Clinic quarterlv. Cleveland, Ohio. 931. Clifton (The) medical bulletin. Clifton Springs, N. Y. 932. Clinica (La) chirurgica. Milano. 933. Clinica e igiene infantile. Torino. 934. Clinique (The) Chicago. 935. Clinique (La) Montreal. 936. Clinique (La) Paris. 937. Clinical (The) journal. London. 938. Clinical journal of chiropody, pediatry and pedic surgery. Chicago. 939. Clinica y laboratorio. Zaragoza. 940. Clinical medicine. Chicago. 941. Clinica (La) medica italiana. Milano. 942. Clinical medicine and surgery. Waukegan, 111. 943. Clinique (La) ophtalmologique. Paris. 944. Clinica (La) ostetrica. Roma. 945. Clinica (La) pediatrica. Modena. 946. Clinica (La) per tutti. Roma. 947. Clinica (La) psicopedag6gica. Buenos Aires. 948. Clinical reviews of the Pittsburgh Diagnostic Clinic. Pittsburgh, Pa. 949. Clinical science. London. 950. Clinica (La) veterinaria. Milano. 951. Clujul medical. Cluj, Romania. 952. Collected papers [at head of tp.] The Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine. Townsville, Australia. 954. Collected papers [at head of tp.] The Walter & Eliza Hall Institute of Research in Pathology and Medicine. Melbourne. 955. Collected papers by the Staff of the Henry Ford Hospital. New York. 956. Collected Papers from The Institute for Biological Research of The Johns Hopkins University. Balti- more. 957. Collected papers of the Marquette University School of Medicine. Milwaukee, Wis. 958. Collected Papers of the Mayo Clinic. Rochester, Minn. 959. Collected reprints; Montefiore Hospital for Chronic Diseases, New York. New Y'ork. 960. Collected reprints from the George Williams Hooper Foundation; University of California. San Francisco. 961. Collected Studies from the Chicago Municipal Tuberculosis Sanitarium. Chicago, 111. 962. Colonial (The) journal. London. 963. Colorado medicine. Denver. 964. Columbia alumni news. New York. 965. Columbia University bulletin of information. New York. 965a. Commentator of the Owensby Clinic, Atlanta, Ga. 966. Commonhealth (The) Boston. 967. Communications de l'Institut serotherapique de PEtat Danois. K0benhavn. 968. Compend (The) of medicine and surgery. San Francisco. 969. Comparative psychology monographs. Baltimore. 970. Conference (The) bulletin. Cincinnati, Ohio. 971. Conference of medical research workers held at the School of Tropical Medicine, Calcutta. Simla, Calcutta. 972. Conferenze pratiche d'urologie. Milano. 973. Congreso argentino de cirugia [v. p.] [42] Congr. brazil, hyg. Congr. med. cir. nav. mil. Chile Congr. nac. cir., Valparaiso Connecticut Health Bull. Contact Point Contr. Bermuda Biol. Sta. Contr. Dep. Pub. Health Yale Contr. Embryol. Carnegie Inst. Contr. Inst. Physiol. Nat. Acad. Peiping Contr. Lab. Vertebr. Genet. Univ. Michigan Contr. Peking Union M. Coll. Contr. Penrose Res. Lab. Contr. Tuberc. Nat. Jew. Hosp., Den- ver Cornell Univ. M. Bull. Cornell Vet. Correspondenzblatt C. rend. Acad. sc. C. rend. Congr. internat. lith. biliaire C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop. C. rend. Congr. med. leg. fr. C. rend. Convent, serv. san. Quebec C. rend. Fed. dent, internat., Brux. C. rend. Lab. Carlsberg C. rend. Soc. biol. Crippled Child Cron. Clin. med. Genova Cron. med., Lima Cron. med. mex. Cron. med. quir. Habana Crouse Irving Bull. Crusader Cruz roja Cult. med. mod., Pal. Cuore & circol. Current Leg. Thought Current Res. Anesth. 974. Congresso brasileiro de hygiene. Rio de Janeiro. [See also Ann. Congr. brasil. hyg.] 975. Congreso de medicina y cirugia naval y militar de 976. Congreso nacional de cirugia. Valparaiso, Chile. 977. Connecticut health bulletin. Hartford, Conn. 978. Contact point. San Francisco. _ 979. Contributions from the Bermuda Biological Station for Research. Cambridge, Mass. 980. Contributions from the Anna M. R. Lauder Depart- ment of Public Health; Yale University; School ot Medicine. New Haven, Conn. 981. Contributions to embryology; Carnegie Institution of Washington. Washington. . 982. Contributions from the Institute of Physiology; National Academy of Peiping. Peiping. 983. Contributions from the Laboratory of Vertebrate Genetics; University of Michigan. Ann Arbor. 984. Contributions from the Peking Union Medical Col- lege. Peiping. 984a. Contributions from the Penrose Research Labora- tory. Philadelphia. 985. Contributions to the study of tuberculosis by the Research Department; National Jewish Hospital for Consumptives. Denver, Colo. 986. Cornell University medical bulletin. New York. 987. Cornell (The) veterinarian. Ithaca. See Korrespondenzblatt. 988. Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des seances de l'Academie des sciences. Paris. 989. Comptes rendus [Rapports] Congres international de la lithiase biliaire, Vichy. Paris. 990. Comptes rendus; Congres international de medecine tropicale et d'hygiene. [v. p.] 991. Compte rendu; Congres de medecine legale de langue frangaise. Paris. 992. Compte rendu [at head of tp.] Convention annuelle des services sanitaires de la province de Quebec. Quebec. 993. Compte rendu de la Federation dentaire internatio- nale. Bruxelles. 994. Comptes rendus des travaux du Laboratoire Carls- berg. K0benhavn. 995. Comptes rendus des seances de la Societe de biologie. 996. Crippled (The) Child. Lorain, Ohio. 997. Cronaca della Clinica medica di Genova. Genova. 998. Cr6nica (La) medica. Lima. 999. Cr6nica medica mexicana. Mexico. 1000. Cr6nica medico-quirurgica de la Habana. La Habana. 1001. Crouse-Irving (The) bulletin. Syracuse, N. Y. 1002. Crusader (The) of the Wisconsin Antituberculosis Association. Milwaukee, Wis. 1003. Cruz (La) roja. Madrid. 1004. Cultura (La) medica moderna. Palermo. 1005. Cuore e circolazione. Roma. 1006. Current legal thought. New York. 1007. Current researches in anesthesia and analgesia. Elmira, N. Y. D Dairen Hosp. Dallas M. J. Dansk. derm, selsk. forh. Dauphin M. Acad. Delaware M. J. Dementia Praecox Stud. 1008. Dairen hospital. Dairen. 1009. Dallas medical journal. Dallas, Tex. 1010. Dansk dermatologisk selskabs forhandlinger. K0- benhavn [Supplement of Hospitalstidende] 1011. Dauphin (The) medical academician. Harrisburg, Pa. 1012. Delaware State medical journal. Wilmington, Del. 1013. Dementia praecox studies. Chicago. [43] Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien Dent. Bull., Carlisle Dent. Cosmos Dent. Craftsman Dent. Digest Dent. Facts Dent. Forum Dent. Items Dent. J. Australia Dent. News Dentoscope Bull., Wash. Dent. Rec, Lond. Dent. Reg. Dent. Rev. Dent. Summary Dent. Surv. Dermosifilografo Derm. Wschr. Derm. Zbl. Derm. Zschr. Detroit M. J. Detsk. bolez. Deut. Aerzte Ztg Deut. Arch. klin. Med. Deut. Dent. Deut. Heilpflanze Deut. Kriippelhilfe Deut. med. Wschr. Deut. mil. arztl. Zschr. Deut. Militararzt Deut. Mschr. Zahnh. Deut. Rev. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr. Deut. Tuberk. Bl. Deut. Vjschr. Zahnchir. Deut. Zahnh. Deut. Zahn &c Heilk. Deut. Zschr. Chir. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh. Deut. Zschr. off. Gesundhpfl. Diabetes, N. Y. Diagnosi Diagn. teen, lab., Nap. Diagn. ther. Irrtiim. Dia med., B. Air. Dia med. urug. Diet. Admin. Ther. Difesa med. leg. lavoro Difesa sociale Digest Phys. Ther. Diplomate Diritto vet. Dis. Chest Discovery, Lond. Dnipropetr. med. J. Dominion Dent. J. Dominion M. Month. Dresd. Statist. Drug Trade Week. Dublin J. M. Sc. 1014. Denkschriften [at head of tp.] Akademie der Wissen- schaften in Wien; mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche Klasse. Wien. 1015. Dental bulletin. Carlisle Barracks, Pa. 1016. Dental (The) cosmos. Philadelphia. 1016a. Dental (The) craftsman. Chicago. 1017. Dental (The) digest. Pittsburgh, Pa. 1018. Dental facts. Chicago. 1019. Dental (The) forum. Pittsburgh, Pa. 1020. Dental items of interest. Brooklyn, N. Y. 1020a. Dental (The) journal of Australia. Sydney. 1021. Dental news. Minneapolis, Minn. 1022. Dentoscope (The) [at head of tp.: Howard Uni- versity Bulletin] Washington, D. C. 1023. Dental (The) record. London. Dental (The) register. Cincinnati. Dental (The) review. Chicago. Dental (The) summary. Toledo, Ohio. Dental survey. Minneapolis. Dermosifilografo (II) Torino. Dermatologische Wochenschrift. Leipzig. Dermatologisches Centralblatt. Berlin. Dermatologische Zeitschrift. Berlin. Detroit (The) medical journal. Detroit, Mich. Detskikh boleznei. .Leningrad. Deutsche Aerzte-Zeitung. Berlin. Deutsches Archiv fiir klinische Medizin. Berlin. Deutsche (Der) Dentist. Berlin. Deutsche (Die) Heilpflanze. Munchen. Deutsche Kriippelhilfe; Erganzungshefte der Zeit- schrift fiir Kriippelfursorge. Leipzig. 1039. Deutsche medizinische Wochenschrift. Leipzig. Deutsche militararztliche Zeitschrift. Berlin. Deutsche (Der) Militararzt. Berlin. Deutsche Monatsschrift fiir Zahnheilkunde. Berlin. Deutsche Revue. Stuttgart. Deutsche tierarztliche Wochenschrift. Hannover. Deutsches Tuberkulose-Blatt. Leipzig. Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift fiir Zahnchirurgie. Munchen. 1047. Deutsche Zahnheilkunde. Leipzig. 1048. Deutsche Zahn-, Mund- und Kieferheilkunde. Leipzig. 1049. Deutsche Zeitschrift fiir Chirurgie. Berlin. 1050. Deutsche Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte gerichtliche Medizin. Berlin. 1051. Deutsche Zeitschrift fiir Nervenheilkunde. Berlin. 1052. Deutsche Zeitschrift fiir offentliche Gesundheits- pflege [Berlin] 1053. Diabetes. New York. 1054. Diagnosi (La) Bologna. 1055. Diagnostica e tecnica di laboratorio. Napoli. 1056. Diagnostische und therapeutische Irrtumer und deren Verhutung. Leipzig. 1057. Dia (El) medico. Buenos Aires. 1058. Dia medico uruguayo. Montevideo. 1059. Dietary administration and therapy. Cleveland, Ohio. 1060. Difesa (La) medico-legale del lavoro. Torino. 1061. Difesa sociale. Roma. 1062. Digest of physical therapy. Battle Creek, Mich. 1063. Diplomate (The) Philadelphia. 1064. Diritto veterinario. Torino. 1065. Diseases of the chest. El Paso, Tex. 1066. Discovery. London. 1067. Dnipropetrovsky medichiny jurnal. Dniprope- trovsk. 1068. Dominion dental journal. Toronto, Can. 1069. Dominion medical monthly. Toronto, Can. 1070. Dresdner Statistik. Dresden. 1071. Drug trade weekly. New York. 1072. Dublin (The) journal of medical science. Dublin. 1024. 1025. 1026. 1027. 1028. 1029. 1030. 1031. 1032. 1033. 1034. 1035. 1036. 1037. 1038. 1040. 1041. 1042. 1043. 1044. 1045. 1046. [44] E East Afr. M. J. Eating Your Way to Health Echo med. nord Eclect. M. J. Econom. Proc. R. Dublin Soc Edinburgh M. J. Emory M. Rev. Encephale Endocrinology Endocr. pat. cost., Bologna Endokrinologie Engin. & Contracting Eos, Wien Erdball Erg. allg. Path. Erg. Biol. Erg. Chir. Orthop. Erg. Enzymforsch. Erg. ges. Med. Erg. ges. Tuberkforsch. Erg. ges. Zahnh. Erg. Hyg. Bakt. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh. Erg. med. Strahlenforsch. Erg. Physiol. Erg. cozial. Hyg. Erkrank. Beweg. App., Wien Ethnographie, Par. Ethnol. Anz. Etschland. Aerztebl. Eugenik, Berl. Eugen. News Eugen. Rev., Lond. Everybody's Health Evolut. med. chir. Evolut. ther. Exp. Sta. Rec, Wash. Extens. Serv. News, Ithaca. Eye Ear &c Month. Eye Sight Conserv. Bull. 1073. East African medical journal. Nairobi, Kenya. 1074. Eating your way to health. Oakland, Calit. 1075. Echo (L') medical du nord. Lille. . 1076. Eclectic (The) medical journal. Cincinnati, Uh10- 1077. Economic (The) proceedings of the Royal Dublin Society. Dublin. 1078. Edinburgh medical journal. Edinburgh 1079. Emory (The) medical review. Atlanta, Ga. 1080. Encephale. Paris. 1081. Endocrinology. Los Angeles, Calif. 1082. Endocrinologia e patologia costituzionale. Bologna. 1083. Endokrinologie. Leipzig. 1084. Engineering and contracting. Chicago. 1085. Eos; Zeitschrift fiir die Erkenntnis und Behandlung jugendlicher Abnormer. Wien. 1086. Erdball (Die) Berlin-Lichterfelde. 1087. Ergebnisse der allgemeinen Pathologie und patho- logischen Anatomie des Menschen und der Tiere Munchen. 1088. Ergebnisse der Biologie. Berlin. 1089. Ergebnisse der Chirurgie und Orthopadie. Berlin. 1090. Ergebnisse der Enzymforschung. Leipzig. 1091. Ergebnisse der gesamten Medizin. Berlin. 1092. Ergebnisse der gesamten Tuberkuloseforschung. Leipzig. 1093. Ergebnisse der gesamten Zahnheilkunde. Munchen. 1094. Ergebnisse der Hygiene, Bakteriologie, Immuni- tatsforschung und experimentellen Therapie. Berlin. 1095. Ergebnisse der inneren Medizin und Kinderheilkunde. Berlin. 1096. Ergebnisse der medizinischen Strahlenforschung. Leipzig. 1097. Ergebnisse der Physiologie, biologischen Chemie und experimentellen Pharmakologie. Munchen. 1098. Ergebnisse der sozialen Hygiene und Gesundheits- fiirsorge. Leipzig. 1099. Erkrankungen (Die) Wien. 1100. Ethnographie. Paris. 1101. Ethnologischer Anzeiger. 1102. Etschlander Aerzteblatt. 1103. Eugenik. Berlin. 1104. Eugenical news. Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y. 1105. Eugenics (The) review. London. 1106. Everybody's health. Chicago. 1107. Evolution (L') medico-chirurgicale. Paris. 1108. Evolution (L') therapeutique. Paris. 1109. Experiment station record [at head of tp.: Department of Agriculture] Washington, D. C. 1110. Extension service news. Ithaca, N. Y. 1111. Eye (The) ear, nose and throat monthly. Chicago. 1112. Eye sight conservation bulletin. New York. des Bewegungsapparates. Stuttgart. Bolzano. U. S. Fabriksfeuerwehr, Wien Farmers Bull. Fed. Bull., Chic. Fermentforschung Feuerwehr, Wien Field Mus. Natur. Hist. Filip. Nurse Financ Statist. Cities Financ Statist. States Fin. lak. sail. hand. Firenze (Rass.) U. S. Department 1113. Fabriksfeuerwehr. Wien. 1114. Farmers' bulletin [at head of tp.: of Agriculture] Washington, D. C. 1115. Federation bulletin. Chicago. 1116. Fermentforschung. Berlin. 1117. Feuerwehr (Die) Wien [See Fabriksfeuerwehr] 1118. Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago [See also Pub. Field Mus. Natur. Hist.] 1119. Filipino (The) nurse. Manila, P. I. 1120. Financial statistics of the cities. Washington, D. C. 1121. Financial statistics of the states. Washington, D. C. 1122. Finska lakaresallskapets handlingar [Helsingfors] 1123. Firenze; rassegna mensile del comune. Firenze. [45] Fisiol. & med., Roma Fol. anat. jap. Fol. anat. Univ. Conimbr. Fol. biol., B. Air. Fol. clin. chim., Bologna Fol. gyn., Genova Fol. gyn. demogr., Genova Fol. haemat., Lpz. Folklore, Lond. Fol. med., B. Air. Fol. med., Rio Fol. med., Nap. Fol. med. int. orient. Fol. neurochir., Tartu Fol. neuropath, eston. Fol. ophth. orient. Fol. otolar., Lpz. Fol. otolar. orient. Fol. pharm. jap. Food Res. Forh. Nord. derm, foren. Fortsch. Gesundhfiirs. Fortsch. Med. Fortsch. Psychol. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl. Fortsch. Sexwiss. Psychanal., Wien Fortsch. Ther. Fortsch. Zahnh. Frankf. Zschr. Path. Frauenarzt Freedmen Hosp. Bull. French M. Rev., Par. Fukuoka acta med. 1124. Fisiologia e medicina. Roma. 1125. Folia anatomica japonica. Tokyo. 1126. Folia anatomica Universitatis Conimbrigensis. Coimbra. 1127. Folia biologica. Buenos Aires. 1128. Folia clinica, chimica et microscopica. Bologna. 1129. Folia gynaecologica. Genova. 1130. Folia gynaecologica demographica. 1131. Folia haematologica. Leipzig. 1132. Folklore. London. Folha (A) medica. Buenos Aires. Folha (A) medica. Rio de Janeiro. Folia medica. Napoli. Folia medicinse internae orientalia. 1137. Folia neuro-chirurgica. Tartu. 1138. Folia neuropathologica Estoniana. Folia ophthalmologica orientalia. Folia oto-laryngologica. Leipzig. Folia oto-laryngologica orientalia. Folia pharmacologica japonica. Food research. Champaign, 111. Forhandlinger ved Nordisk dermatologisk fore- nings. Oslo. 1145. Fortschritte der Gesundheitsfiirsorge. 1146. Fortschritte der Medizin. Berlin. 1147. Fortschritte der Psychologie und ihrer Anwendungen. Leipzig. 1148. Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete der Rontgenstrahlen. Leipzig. 1149. Fortschritte der Sexualwissenschaft und Psychana- lyse. Leipzig & Wien. 1150. Fortschritte der Therapie. Leipzig. 1151. Fortschritte (Die) der Zahnheilkunde. Leipzig. 1152. Frankfurter Zeitschrift fiir Pathologie. Munchen. 1153. Frauenarzt (Der) Leipzig. 1154. Freedmen's Hospital bulletin. Washington, D. C. 1155. French (The) medical review. Paris. 1156. Fukuoka acta medica [Fukuoka-Ikwadaigaku-Zas- shil Fukuoka. 1133. 1134. 1135. 1136. 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 Genova. Jerusalem. Tartu. Jerusalem. Jerusalem. Kioto. Berlin. Gac med. Caracas Gac. med. Mexico Gac. med. mil., Mex. Gann, Tokyo Gaz. clin., S. Paulo Gaz. eaux Gaz. hop. Gaz. med. Gaz. med. France Gaz. med. orient Gaz. med. Strasbourg Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux Gazz. internaz. med. chir. Gazz. med. ital. Gazz. med. lombarda Gazz. med. nap. Gazz. med. Roma Gazz. med. sicil. Gazz. osp. Gegenbaurs morph. Jahrb. Geneesk. bl. Geneesk. gids Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie 217G7—vol. 2, 4th series- 1157. Gaceta medica de Caracas. Caracas, Venezuela. 1158. Gaceta medica de Mexico. Mexico. 1159. Gaceta medico militar. Mexico, D. F. 1160. Gann; the Japanese journal of cancer research. Tokyo. 1161. Gazeta clinica. Sao Paulo. 1162. Gazette des eaux. Paris. 1163. Gazette des hopitaux [civils et militaires] Paris. 1164. Gazettes (Les) medicales. Paris. 1165. Gazette medicale de France et des pays de langue frangaise. Paris. 1166. Gazette medicale d'Orient. Pera. 1167. Gazette medicale de Strasbourg. Strasbourg. 1168. Gazette hebdomaire des sciences medicales de Bordeaux. Bordeaux. 1169. Gazzetta internazionale di medicina e chirurgia. Napoli. 1170. Gazzetta medica italiana. Torino. 1171. Gazzetta medica lombarda. Milano. 1172. Gazzetta medica napoletana. Napoli. 1173. Gazzetta medica di Roma [at head of tp.: Malpighi] Roma. 1174. Gazzetta medica siciliana. Catania. 1175. Gazzetta degli ospedali e delle cliniche. Milano. 1176. Gegenbaurs morphologisches Jahrbuch. Leipzig. 1177. Geneeskundige bladen uit kliniek en laboratorium voor de praktijk. Haarlem. 1178. Geneeskundige gids. Den Haag. 1179. Geneeskundig tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indie. Batavia. -IV [46] Genesis, Roma Genetica, Gravenh. Genetics Genet. Psychol. Monogr. Georgia Health Gesunde Stadt Gesundheitslehrer Gesundh. & Erzieh. Gesundhfiirs. Kindesalt. Gesundh. Ingenieur Gig. bezopas. pat. truda Gig. epidem. Gig. sotsial. zdrav. Gior. Accad. med. Torino Gior. batt. immun. Gior. biol. appl. Gior. biol. indust. Gior. biol. med. sper. Gior. clin. med. Gior. ital. clin. trop. Gior. ital. derm. sif. Gior. ital. mal. esot. Gior. ital. mal. vener. Gior. med. Alto Adige Gior. med. ferrov. Gior. med. mil. Gior. med. prat. Gior. med. vet. Gior. morf. Gior. ocul. Gior. psichiat. Gior. Soc. ital. igiene Gior. ter. oft. Gior. tisiol. Glasgow M. J. Good Health Good Health Clin. Grace Hosp. Bull., Detr. Grenzfr. Nervenleb. Groene & witte kruis Guerra, Madr. Gun idan zasshi Guthrie Clin. Bull. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond. Gynecologie Gyn. obst., Par. Gyogyaszat Gyogysz. hetil. Worcester, Mass. A-B. Berlin. Moskva. di medicina di sperimentale. Napoli. e sirilologia. 1180. Genesis; rassegna di studi sessuali, demografia ed 1181gG^tica;01Nederlandsch tijdschrift voor erfelijk- heids- en afstammingsleer. 's Gravenhage. 1182. Genetics. Menasha, Wise. 1183. Genetic psychology monographs. 1184. Georgia's health. Atlanta, Ga. 1185. Gesunde (Die) Stadt. Leipzig. 1186. Gesundheitslehrer; Zeitschrift gegen Misstande im Heilwesen fur Aerzte und Behorden. Ausgabe Berlin. . 1187. Gesundheit und Erziehung. Leipzig. 1188. Gesundheitsfursorge fur das Kindesalter. 1189. Gesundheits-lngenieur. Munchen 1190. Gigiena bezopasnost i patologia truda. 1191. Gigiena i epidemiologia. Moskva. 1192 Gigiena i sotsialisticheskoe zdravookhraneme. 1193. Giornale della R. Accademia di medicir Torino. Cirie. ^ . 1194. Giornale di batteriologia e nnmunologia. lonno. 1195. Giornale di biologia applicata alia industria chi- mica ed alimentare. Bologna. . 1196. Giornale di biologia industnale, agraria ed ali- mentare. Bologna. 1197. Giornale di biologia e medicina Torino. 1198. Giornale di clinica medica. Parma. 1198a. Giornale italiano di clinica tropicale. 1199. Giornale italiano di dermatologia Milano. , . ,. 1200. Giornale italiano di malattie esotiche e tropicali ed igiene coloniale. Torino. 1201. Giornale italiano delle malattie veneree e della pelle. Milano. 1202. Giornale medico dell' Alto Adige. Torino. Giornale di medicina ferroviaria. Prato & Firenze. Giornale di medicina militare. Roma. Giornale del medico pratico. Napoli. Giornale di medicina veterinaria. Torino. Giornale per la morfologia dell' uomo e dei primati. Pavia. 1208. Giornale di oculistica. Napoli. 1209. Giornale di psichiatria e di neuropatologia. Ferrara. 1210. Giornale della R. Societa italiana d' igiene [etc.] Milano. 1211. Giornale di terapia oftalmologica. Napoli. Giornale (II) di tisiologia. Napoli. Glasgow (The) medical journal. Glasgow. Good health. Battle Creek, Mich. Good-health (The) clinic. Syracuse, N. Y. Grace (The) Hospital bulletin. Detroit, Mich. Grenzfragen des Nerven-und Seelenlebens. Munchen. Groene (Het) en het witte kruis. Utrecht. Guerra (La) y su preparaci6n. Madrid. Gun' idan-zasshi. Tokyo. 1221. Guthrie (The) Clinic bulletin. Sayre, Pa. 1222. Guy's Hospital gazette. London. 1223. Guy's Hospital reports. London. 1224. Gynecologie (La). Paris. 1225. Gynecologie et obstetrique. Paris. 1226. Gy6gyaszat. Budapest. 1227. Gy6gyszereszi hetilap. Budapest. 1203. 1204. 1205. 1206. 1207. 1212. 1213. 1214. 1215. 1216. 1217. 1218. 1219. 1220. H Haematologica, Pavia Hahneman. Month. Hals &c Arzt Hamburgs Verwalt. Hamburg. Wschr. Aerzte 1228. Haematologica; archivio. Pavia. 1229. Hahnemannian (The) monthly. Philadelphia. 1230. Hals- (Der) Nasen- und Ohrenarzt. Leipzig. 1231. (Aus) Hamburgs Verwaltung und Wirtschaft. Hamburg. 1232. Hamburger Wochenschrift fiir Aerzte und Zahnarzte. Hamburg. 47] Harefuah, Tel Aviv Harper Hosp. Bull., Detr. Harvard M. Alumni Bull. Health, Canberra Health, Chic. Health Health Health Health Health Health Health Health Health Health , Concord. , N. Haven , Toronto Bull., Biookline Bull., Melb. Bull., Newark Bull., Raleigh Bur., Rochester Cult., N. Y. Educ, Wash. Health Exam., N. Y. Health & Happiness Health News, Albany Health Notes, Jacksonville Health Off. Bull., Alb. Health Shoe Digest Healthy Home Q., Athol Heart, Lond. Heating Piping Hebrew Physician, N. Y. Hefte Unfallh. Helvet. med. acta Herald of Health, N. Y. Hereditas, Lund. Hippokrates, Stuttg. Homoeop. Rec. Hopital Hoppe Seyler Zschr. Hormones, Lond. Hornsby Hosp. Mag. Hosp. Corps Q. Hosp. gen., Mex. Hosp. & Health Rev., Lond. Hospital, Lond. Hospitals Hospital stidende Hosp. Management Hosp. News, Wash. Hosp. Progr. Hosp. Social Serv. Hosp. World, Toronto Howard M. News Hudson Co. Health Rec. Human Biol. Hygeia, Chic. Hygiea, Stockh. Hyg. ment., Par. Hyg. Rdsch. Hyg. scol., Par. 1233. Harefuah; the medical journal of the Palestine Jewish Medical Association. Tel-Aviv. 1234. Harper Hospital bulletin. Detroit. 1235. Harvard medical alumni bulletin. Boston, Mass. 1236. Health. Canberra, Australia. 1237. Health; a national magazine for home, school and industry. Chicago. 1238. Health. Concord, N. H. 1239. Health. New Haven, Conn. 1239a. Health. Toronto, Can. 1240. Health bulletin. Brookline, Mass. 1241. Health bulletin. Melbourne. 1242. Health bulletin. Newark, N. J. 1243. Health (The) bulletin. Raleigh, N. C. 1244. Health bureau. Rochester, N. Y. 1245. Health culture. New York. 1246. Health education [U. S.] Bureau of Education. Washington. 1247. Health (The) examiner. New York. 1248. Health and happiness. San Antonio, Tex. 1249. Health news. Albany, N. Y. 1250. Health notes. Jacksonville, Fla. 1251. Health officers' bulletin. Albany, N. Y. 1252. Health shoe digest. Boston, Mass. 1253. Healthy (The) home quarterly. Athol, Mass. 1254. Heart. London. 1255. Heating, piping and air conditioning. Chicago. 1256. Hebrew (The) physician. New York. 1257. Hefte zur Unf'allheilkunde. Berlin. 1258. Helvetica medica acta. Basel. 1259. Herald of health and naturopath. New York. 1260. Hereditas; genetiskt arkiv. Lund. 1261. Hippokrates; Zeitschrift fur Einheitsbestrebungen in der Medizin. Stuttgart. 1262. Homoeopathic (The) recorder. Glendale, Calif. 1263. Hopital (L') Paris. 1264. Hoppe-Seyler's Zeitschrift fiir physiologische Che- mie. Berlin. 1265. Hormones. London. 1266. Hornsby's hospital magazine. Chicago. 1267. Hospital (The) Corps quarterly. Washington. 1268. Hospital general; revista mexicana de ciencias medicas. Mexico. 1269. Hospital (The) and health review. London. 1270. Hospital (The) London. 1271. Hospitals. Chicago. 1272. Hospitalstidende. K0benhavn. 1273. Hospital management. Chicago. 1274. Hospital news. Washington, D. C. 1275. Hospital progress. Milwaukee. 1276. Hospital social service. New York. 1277. Hospital (The) world. Toronto, Can. 1278. Howard (The) medical news. Washington. 1279. Hudson County health record. Jersey City, N. J. 1280. Human biology. Baltimore. 1281. Hygeia. Chicago. 1282. Hygiea. Stockholm. 1283. -Hygiene (L') mentale. Paris. 1284. Hygienische Rundschau. Berlin. 1285. Hygiene (L') scolaire. Paris. I. C. N., Geneve Idr. clim. Igiene della scuola Igiene mod. Igiene & vita Iji shinbun Illinois Arrow [International Council of Nurses] la climatologia e la terapia fisica. 1286. I. (The) C. N Geneve. 1287. Idrologia (L') Pisa. 1288. Igiene (L') della scuola. Genova. 1289. Igiene (L') moderna. Genova. 1290. Igiene (L') e la vita. Torino. 1291. Iji-Shinbun (La) Tokyo. 1292. Illinois (The) arrow. Springfield, 111 [48] Illinois Biol. Monogr. Illinois Dent. J. Illinois Health Mess. Illinois Health News Illinois Health Q. Illinois M. J. Illust. med. ital. Imago, Wien Incurabili Index analyt. cancer., Par. Ind. Homeop. Rev. Indianapolis M. J. Individ. Psychol. M. Pamphl., Lond. Ind. J. M. Ind. J. M. Res. Ind. M. Gaz. Ind. M. Rec. Ind. M. Res. Mem. Indust. Engin. Chem. Indust. Hyg. Bull. Indust. M. Inf. anorm., Milano Infirm, fr. Inform, alienist. Inform, bull., Par. Inform, med., Valladolid Insecutor, Wash. Institution Q., Springf. Internat. Arch. Ethnogr., Leiden Internat. Clin. Internat. J. Gastroenter. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila Internat. J. M. & S. Internat. J. Orthodont. Internat. J. Psychoanal., Lond. Internat. J. Pub. Health, Geneve Internat. J. S. Internat. Nurs. Rev., Geneve Internat. Rev. Agr. Econom., Roma Internat. Rev. Educ. Cinemat., Roma Internat. Rev. Hydrob., Lpz. Internat. Rev. Sc. Agr., Roma Internat. Zbl. exp. Phonet. Internat. Zbl. Laryng. Internat. Zbl. Ohrenh. Internat. Zbl. Tuberkforsch. Internat. Zschr. Individpsychol., Wien Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., Wien Iowa Dent. Bull. Iowa Pub. Health Bull. Ipek, Par. Irish J. M. Sc. Irrt. allg. Diagn. 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313. 1319. 1320. 1321. 1322. 1323. 1293. Illinois biological monographs [at head of tp: Uni- versity of Illinois bulletin] Urbana, 111. 1294. Illinois (The) dental journal. Chicago 1295. Illinois health messenger. Springfield, 111. 1296. Illinois health news. Springfield, 111. 1297. Illinois health quarterly. Springfield, 111. 1298. Illinois medical journal. Oak Park, 111. 1299. Illustrazione (L') medica italiana. Genova 1300. Imago; Zeitschrift fur Anwendung der Psycho- analyse. Wien. 1301. Incurabili (Gli'). Napoli. 1302. Index analyticus cancerologiae. Pans. 1303. Indian (The) homeopathic review. Calcutta. 1304. Indianapolis medical journal. Indianapolis. Individual psychology medical pamphlets. London. Indian (The) journal of medicine. Calcutta. Indian (The) journal of medical research. Calcutta. Indian (The) medical gazette. Calcutta. Indian medical record. Calcutta. Indian medical research memoirs. Calcutta. Industrial and engineering chemistry. Easton, Pa. Industrial hygiene bulletin. Albany, N. Y. Industrial medicine. Beloit, Wise. 1314. Infanzia (L') anormale. Milano. 1315. Infirmiere (L') frangaise. Paris. 1316. Informateur des alienistes et des neurologistes. 1317. Information bulletin [at head of tp.: League of Red Cross Societies] Paris. 1318. Informaci6n medica. Valladolid. Insecutor inscitise menstruus. Washington, D. C. Institution (The) quarterly. Springfield, 111. Internationales Archiv fiir Ethnographie. Leiden. International clinics. Philadelphia. International journal of gastroenterology. New York. 1324. International journal of leprosy. Manila, P. I. 1325. International journal of medicine and surgery. New York. 1326. International journal of orthodontia and oral surgery. S. Louis, Mo. 1327. International (The) journal of psycho-analysis. London. 1328. International journal of public health. Geneve. 1329. International journal of surgery. New Y'ork [See Internat. J. M. & S.] 1330. International (The) nursing revue. Geneve. 1331. International review of agricultural economics. Roma. 1332. International review of educational cinematography. Roma. 1333. Internationale Revue der gesamten Hydrobiologie und Hydrographie. Leipzig. 1334. International review of the science and practice of agriculture. Roma. 1335. Internationales Zentralblatt fiir experimentelle Pho- netik. Berlin. 1336. Internationales Centralblatt fiir Laryngologie, Rhi- nologie, und verwandte Wissenschaft. Berlin. 1337. Internationales Zentralblatt fiir Ohrenheilkunde und Rhinolaryngologie. Leipzig [pt 2 of Folia oto- laryngologica] 1338. Internationales Centralblatt fiir die gesamte Tuber- kuloseforschung [See Zbl. ges. Tuberkforsch.] 1339. Internationale Zeitschrift fiir Individualpsycho- logie. Wien. 1340. Internationale Zeitshcrift fiir Psychoanalyse. Wien. 1341. Iowa dental bulletin. Cedar Rapids, Iowa. 1342. Iowa public health bulletin. Des Moines, Iowa. 1343. Ipek; annuaire d'art prehistorique et ethnogra- phique. Paris. 1344. Irish (The) journal of medical science. Dublin. 1345. Irrtumer der allgemeinen Diagnostik und Therapie sowie deren Verhtitung. Leipzig. [49] Isis, Bruges 1346. Isis. Bruges. Italia med. 1347. Italia medica. Pisa. Italia san. 1348. Italia (L') sanitaria. Roma. Izv. Tomsk, univ. 1349. Izvestia [Imperatorskovo] Tomskovo Universiteta. Tomsk. J. Abnorm. Psychol. Jackson Co. M. J. J. Agr. Res. Jahrb. Charakt. Jahrb. Diss. Med. Fak. Tubingen Jahrber. Ges. Natur. Heilk. Dresden Jahrber. Schles. Ges. vaterl. Cult. Jahrber. Vet. Med. Jahrb. ges. Krankenhauswes. Jahrb. Kinderh. Jahrb. Morph. mikr. Anat. Jahrb. Psychiat. Neur.,'Wien Jahrb. sex. Zwischenst. Jahrb. wiss. prakt. Tierzucht Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild. J. akush. J. Allergy Jamaica Pub. Health J. Am. Ass. Med. Phys. Res. J. Am. Ass. Promot. Hyg. J. Am. Chem. Soc J. Am. Coll. Dent. J. Am. Coll. Proct. J. Am. Dent. Ass. J. Am. Diet. Ass. J. Am. Electron. Res. Ass. J. Am. Folklore J. Am. Inst. Crim. J. Am. Inst. Homeop. J. Am. M. Ass. J. Am. M. Ed. Ass. J. Am. M. Hydr. J. Am. Optometr. Ass. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass. J. Am. Pharm. Ass. J. Am. Soc. Heat. Ventil. Engin. J. Am. Statist. Ass. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass. 1350. Journal (The) of abnormal and social psychology. Albany, N.Y. 1351. Jackson County medical journal. Kansas City, Mo. 1352. Journal of agricultural research. Washington, D.C. 1353. Jahrbuch der Charakterologie. Berlin. 1354. Jahrbuch der Ausziige aus den Dissertationen der Medizinischen Fakultat zu Tubingen. Tubingen. 1355. Jahresbericht der Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde in Dresden. Dresden. 1356. Jahresbericht der Schlesischen Gesellschaft fiir vaterlandische Cultur. Breslau. 1357. Jahresbericht Veterinar-Medizin. Berlin. 1358. Jahrbuch fur das gesamte Krankenhauswesen. Berlin. 1359. Jahrbuch fiir Kinderheilkunde. Berlin. 1360. Jahrbuch fur Morphologie und mikroskopische Anatomic Leipzig. 1361. Jahrbucher fiir Psychiatrie und Neurologie. Wien. 1362. Jahrbuch fiir sexuelle Zwischenstufen. Leipzig. 1363. Jahrbuch fiir wissenschaftliche und praktische Tierzucht. Hannover. 1364. Jahreskurse fiir arztliche Fortbildung. Munchen. 1365. Jurnal akusherstva i zhenskikh boleznei. Leningrad. 1366. Journal (The) of allergy. S. Louis. 1367. Jamaica public health. Kingston. 1368. Journal (The) of the American Association for Medico-physical Research. Lewistown, Pa. 1369. Journal of the American Association for Promoting Hygiene and Public Baths [v. p.] 1370. Journal of the American Chemical Society. Easton, Pa. 1371. Journal (The) of the American College of Dentists. Baltimore, Md. 1371a. Journal (The) of the American College of Proc- tology. Los Angeles. 1372. Journal (The) of the American Dental Association and The dental cosmos. Chicago, 111. 1373. Journal of The American Dietetic Association. Baltimore. 1374. Journal (The) of the American Electronic Research Association. Indianapolis, Ind. 1375. Journal (The) of American folk-lore. New York. 1376. Journal of the American Institute of Criminal Law and Criminology. Chicago, 111. 1377. Journal (The) of the American Institute of Homeo- pathy. New York. 1378. Journal (The) of the American Medical Association. Chicago. 1379. Journal (The) of the American Medical Editors Association. New York. 1380. Journal of American medical hydrology. Chicago. 1381. Journal (The) of the American Optometric Associ- ation. Faribault, Minn. 1382. Journal (The) of the American Osteopathic Associa- tion. Chicago, 111. 1383. Journal of the American Pharmaceutical Associa- tion. Easton, Pa. 1384. Journal of the American Society of Heating and Ventilating Engineers. Easton, Pa. 1385. Journal of the American Statistical Association. Menasha, Wis. 1386. Journal of the American Veterinary Medical Associa- tion. Chicago. [50] J. Anat., Lond. J. Anthrop. Soc. Bombay Janus, Leiden Japan Mag. Japan M. World Japan Times Jap. centrarev. med. Jap. J. Derm. Urol. Jap. J. Exp. M. Jap. J. Gastroenter. Jap. J. Math. Jap. J. M. Sc Jap. J. Obst. Jap. J. Zool. Jap. M. Liter., Shanghai J. Appl. Psychol. Jap. Zschr. Derm. Urol. Jap. Zschr. Krebsforsch. Jap. Zschr. Naturwiss., Jena Jap. Zschr. Verdauungskr. J. Arkansas M. Soc. J. Ass. Am. M. Coll. J. Aviat. M. J. Ayurveda J. Bact., Bait. J. beige neur. psychiat. J. Biochem., Tokyo J. Biol. Chem. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass. J. Biophysics, Tokyo J. Bone Surg. J. California Dent. Ass. J. Canad. Dent. Ass. J. Cancer, Dubl. J. Cancer Res. J. Cancer Res. Com. Univ. Sydney J. Cellul. Physiol. J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass. J. Chem. Educ. J. Chemother. J. chim. phys., Par. J. chir., Brux. J. chir., Par. J. Chosen M. Ass, J. clin., Rio. J. Clin. Invest, J. Coll. Surgeons Australasia J. Colorado Dent. Ass, J. Comp. Neur, 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 Tokyo. Shanghai. psychology. Athens, 1387. Journal of anatomy. London. ,.,„., . 1388. Journal (The) of the Anthropological Society of Bombay. Bombay. 1389 Janus. Leiden. Japan magazine. Tokyo. Japan (The) medical world, lokyo. Japan (The) times. Tokyo. . Japana centrarevuo medicina. lokio. Japanese (The) journal of dermatology and urology. Tokyo. . , , ... 1395. Japanese (The) journal of experimental medicine. 1396° Japanese (The) journal of gastroenterology. Kyoto. 1397. Japanese journal of mathematics [at head ot tp.: National Research Council of Japan] Tokyo. 1398. Japanese journal of medical sciences, lokyo [issued in several sections] 1399. Japanese journal of obstetrics and gynecology. Kyoto. 1400. Japanese journal of zoology. 1401. Japanese medical literature. 1402. Journal (The) of applied 1403. Japanische Zeitschrift fiir Dermatologie und Uro- logie. Tokio. 1404. Japanische Zeitschrift fiir Krebsforschung. Tokio. 1405. Japanische Zeitschrift fiir Naturwissenschaft. Jena. 1406. Japanische Zeitschrift fiir Verdauungs-Krankheiten. 1407. Journal (The) of the Arkansas Medical Society. Little Rock, Ark. 1408. Journal'of the Association of American Medical Colleges. Chicago, 111. 1409. Journal (The) of aviation medicine. S. Paul, Minn. 1410. Journal (The) of Ayurveda or the Hindu system of medicine. Calcutta. 1411. Journal of bacteriology. Baltimore. 1412. Journal beige de neurologie et de psychiatric Bruxelles. 1413. Journal (The) of biochemistry. Tokyo. 1414. Journal (The) of biological chemistry. Baltimore. 1415. Journal (The) of the Biological Photographic Asso- ciation. Baltimore. 1416. Journal (The) of biophysics. Tokyo. 1417. Journal (The) of bone and joint surgery. Boston. 1418. Journal (The) of the California State Dental Association. San Francisco. 1419. Journal (The) of the Canadian Dental Association. Toronto, Can. 1420. Journal (The) of cancer. Dublin. 1421. Journal (The) of cancer research. Lancaster, Pa. 1422. Journal (The) of the Cancer Research Committee of the University of Sydney. Sydney. 1423. Journal of cellular and comparative physiology. Philadelphia. 1424. Journal (The) of the Ceylon Branch of the British Medical Association. Colombo. 1424a. Journal of chemical education. Easton, Pa. 1425. Journal of chemotherapy and advanced thera- peutics. North Chicago, 111. 1426. Journal de chimie physique et revue generale des colloides. Paris. 1427. Journal de chirurgie. Bruxelles. 1428. Journal de chirurgie. Paris. 1429. Journal (The) of the Chosen Medical Association. Keijo, Chosen. 1430. Jornal dos clinicos. Rio de Janeiro. 1431. Journal (The) of clinical investigation. Lancaster, Pa. 1432. Journal (The) of the College of Surgeons of Aus- tralasia. Sydney. 1433. Journal of the Colorado Dental Association. Denver. 1434. Journal (The) of comparative neurology. Phila« delphia. [51] J. Comp. Path., Lond. J. Comp. Psychol. J. Connecticut M. Soc. J. Contracept. J. Counc. Sc. Indust. Res., Melb. J. Crim., Chic. J. Dairy Sc. J. Delinq. J. dent, beige J. Dent. Hyg. Ass. N. York J. Dent. Res. J. Dep. Agr., Pretoria J. Detroit Coll. M. & S. J. detsk. bolez. J. Econ. Entom. J. Educ. Psychol. J. Egypt. M. Ass. J. eksp. biol. J. Elisha Mitchell Sc. Soc. Jena. med. hist. Beitr. Jena. Zschr. Naturwiss. J. epidem. mikrob., Moskva J. Exp. Biol., Lond. J. Exp. M. J. Exp. Psychol. J. Exp. Ther., Tokyo J. Exp. Zool. J. Fac. Sc. Univ. Tokyo J. Florida M. Ass. J. Franklin Inst. J. Genet., Cambr. J. Gen. Physiol. J. Gen. Psychol. J. Health Phys. Educ. J. Helminth., S. Albans. J. Hered. J. Home Econom. J. Hotel-Dieu Montreal J. Hyg., Lond. J. Illinois Hist. Soc. J. Immun., Bait. J. Indiana M. Ass. J. Ind. M. Ass. J. Indust. Chem. J. Indust. Hyg. J. Infect. Dis. J. Inst. Actuaries, Lond. J. Intraven. Ther. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1435. Journal (The) of comparative pathology and therapeutics. London. 1436. Journal (The) of comparative psychology. Balti- more. 1437. Journal of The Connecticut State Medical Society. New Haven, Conn. 1438. Journal (The) of contraception. New York. 1439. Journal of The Council for Scientific and Industrial Research. Melbourne. 1440. Journal (The) of criminal law and criminology. Chicago. ** 1441. Journal of dairy science. Baltimore. 1442. Journal (The) of delinquency. Whittier, Calif. 1443. Journal (Le) dentaire beige. Bruxelles. 1444. Journal of the Dental Hygienists Association of the City of New Y'ork. New Y^ork. 1445. Journal (The) of dental research. New York. 1446. Journal of the Department of Agriculture. Pre- toria, S. Afr. 1447. Journal of the Detroit College of Medicine and Surgery. Detroit. 1448. Jurnal detskikh boleznei. Leningrad. 1449. Journal of economic entomology. Geneva, N. Y. 1450. Journal (The) of educational psychology. Balti- more. 1451. Journal (The) of the Egyptian Medical Association. Cairo. 1452. Jurnal eksperimentalnoi biology i meditsiny. Moskva. 1453. Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society. Chapel Hill, N. C. 1454. Jenaer medizin-historische Beitrage. Jena. 1455. Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir Naturwissenschaft. Jena. 1456. Jurnal epidemiology i mikrobiology. Moskva. 1457. Journal (The) of experimental biology. London. 1458. Journal (The) of experimental medicine. Balti- more, Md. 1459. Journal of experimental psychology. Lancaster, Pa. 1460. Journal of experimental therapeutics. Tokyo. 1461. Journal of experimental zoology. Philadelphia. 1462. Journal of the Faculty of Science; Imperial Univer- sity of Tokyo [several sections] Tokyo. 1463. Journal (The) of the Florida Medical Association. Jacksonville, Fla. 1464. Journal of the Franklin Institute, Philadelphia. Lancaster, Pa. 1465. Journal of genetics. Cambridge, Engl. 1466. Journal (The) of general phvsiology. Baltimore, Md. 1467. Journal of general psychology. Worcester, Mass. 1468. Journal (The) of health and physical education. Ann Arbor, Mich. 1469. Journal of helminthology. S. Albans, Engl. 1470. Journal (The) of heredity. Baltimore, Md. 1470a. Journal of home economics (American Home Eco- nomics Association) Baltimore. 1471. Journal (Le)de l'Hotel-Dieude Montreal. Montreal. 1472. Journal (The) of hygiene. London. 1473. Journal of the Illinois Historical Society. Spring- field, 111. 1474. Journal (The) of immunology. Baltimore. 1475. Journal (The) of the Indiana State Medical Associ- ation. Indianapolis, Ind. 1476. Journal of the Indian Medical Association. Cal- cutta. 1477. Journal of industrial and engineering chemistry. Easton, Pa. 1478. Journal (The) of industrial hygiene and toxicology. Baltimore, Md. 1479. Journal (The) of infectious diseases. Chicago. 1480. Journal of the Institute of Actuaries. London. 1481. Journal of intravenous therapy. New York. 1482. Journal (The) of the Iowa State Medical Society. Des Moines, Iowa. [52] J. izuch. rann. detsk. vozr. J. Jap. Soc. Vet. Sc. J. Juven. Res. J. Kansas M. Soc. J. Lab. Clin. M. J. Lancet J. Lar. Otol., Lond. J. Maine M. Ass. J. Mammal. J. Marine Biol. Ass. U. K. J. M. Ass. Alabama J. M. Ass. Georgia J. M. Ass. S. Africa J. M. Coll. Keijo J. Med., Cincin. J. med., Kiev J. med. biol., Moskva J. med. Bordeaux J. med. chir., Par. med. fr. med. Lyon med. Paris Med. Pract. Med. Res. Ment. Sc, Lond. Metab. Res. J. Michigan M. Soc. mikrob., Moskva mikrob., Moskva J. Missouri M. Ass. J. Morph. J. Morph. Physiol. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York J. M. Soc N. Jersey J. Nat. Ass. Chiropod. J. Nat. M. Ass., N. Y. J. N. England Water Works Ass. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis. J. neur. psychiat., Brux. J. Neur. Psychopath., Lond. J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva J. Nippon Dent. Ass. J. Nutrit. J. N. York Acad. Dent. J. obst. gyn., Lille J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire J. Ohio Dent. Soc izuchenia rannevo detskovo vozrasta. research. Claremont, Medical Society. Kiev Moskva. Bordeaux et du Sud- 1483. Jurnal AT osk va 1484. Journal of the Japanese Society of Veterinary Science. Tokvo. 1485. Journal (The) of juvenile Calif. 1486. Journal (The) of the Kansas Topeka, Kan. , ,. . . ... 1487. Journal (The) of laboratory and clinical medicine. S. Louis. 1488. Journal lancet (The) Minneapolis. 1489. Journal (The) of laryngology and otology. London. 1490. Journal (The) of the Maine Medical Association. Portland, Me. ... 1491. Journal of mammalogy. Baltimore, Md. 1942. Journal of the Marine Biological Association ot the United Kingdom. Plymouth, Engl. 1493. Journal (The) of The Medical Association of the State of Alabama. Montgomery. 1494. Journal (The) of the Medical Association of Georgia. Atlanta. . 1495. Journal of the Medical association of South Africa. Cape Town. .. 1496. Journal (The) of Medical College in Keijo. Journal (The) of medicine. Cincinnati. Journal medical [Russian] Journal medico-biologique. Journal de medecine de Ouest. Bordeaux. 1501. Journal de medecine et de chirurgie pratiques. Paris. 1502. Journal (Le) medical frangais. Paris. Journal de medecine de Lyon. Lyon. Journal de medecine de Paris. Paris. Journal (The) of medical practice. Philadelphia. Journal (The) of medical research. Boston. Journal (The) of mental science. London. Journal (The) of metabolic research. Morristown, N.J. 1509. Journal (The) Society. S. Paul. 1510. Jurnal mikrobiology i immunobiology. Moskva. 1511. Jurnal mikrobiology, patology i infektsionnykh boleznei. Moskva. 1512. Journal (The) of the Missouri State Medical Asso- ciation. Fulton, Mo. 1513. Journal of morphology. Philadelphia. 1514. Journal of morphology and physiology. Philadel- phia. 1515. Journal of The Mount Sinai Hospital, New Y'ork. New Y'ork. 1516. Journal (The) of the Medical Society of New Jersey. Orange, N. J. 1517. Journal (The) of the National Association of Chiropodists. New York, N. Y. 1518. Journal of the National Medical Association. New Y'ork. 1519. Journal of the New England Water Works Associa- tion. Boston, Mass. 1520. Journal (The) of nervous and mental diseases. Richmond, Va. 1521. Journal de neurologie et de psichiatrie. Bruxelles. 1522. Journal (The) of neurology and psyehopathology. London. 1523. Jurnal nevropatology i psikhiatry. Moskva. 1524. Journal (The) of the Nippon Dental Association. Tokyo, Japan. 1525. Journal (The) of nutrition. Philadelphia, Pa. 1526. Journal of the New Y'ork Academy of Dentistry. Albany, N. Y'. 1527. Journal d'obstetrique et de gynecologie pratiques. Lille. 1528. Journal (The) of obstetrics and gynaecology of the British Empire. Manchester. 1529. Journal of the Ohio Dental Society. 1497. 1498. 1499. 1500. 1503. 1504. 1505. 1506. 1507. 1508. of the Michigan State Medical [53] Johns Hopkins Alumni Mag. Johns Hopkins Nurs. Alumnae Mag. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ. J. Oklahoma M. Ass. J. Ophth. Otol. J. Optic. Soc. America J. Organother. J. Orient. M., Dairen J. Orthop. Surg. J. Outdoor Life J. Parasit., Lancaster J. Path. Bact., Lond. J. Pediat., S. Louis J. Periodont. J. Personnel Res. J. pharm. chim., Par. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass. J. Philos. J. Phys. Chem. J. Phys. Educ. J. Physiol., Lond. J. physiol. path. gen. J. phys. radium, Par. J. prat., Par. J. Prev. M. J. Psychol. Neur., Lpz. J. psychol. neur., Moskva J. psychol. norm, path., Par. J. Quekett Micr. Club J. Radiol. J. radiol. electr. J. rann. detsk. vozr. J. R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain J. R. Army M. Corps J. R. Army Vet. Corps J. R. Asiat. Soc. Gr. Britain J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond. J. R. Nav. M. Serv. J. Rdntg. Soc, Lond. J. R. San. Inst. J. R. Soc. N. S. Wales J. R. Statist. Soc, Lond. J. R. Unit. Serv. Inst. J. S. Afr. Vet. M. Ass. J. S. Carolina M. Ass. J. Sc. Hiroshima Univ. J. Severance Union M. Coll. (The) 1530. Johns more. 1531. Johns Baltimore 1532. Johns (The) more. 1533. Journal Association. 1534. Journal laryngology Hopkins alumni magazine. Balti- (The) Hopkins nurses alumnae magazine. Hopkins university circular. Balti- (The) of the Oklahoma State Medical McAlester, Okla. (The) of ophthalmology, otology and New York. 1535. Journal of the Optical Society of America. Lan- caster, Pa. 1536. Journal (The) of organotherapy. New York. 1537. Journal (The) of oriental medicine. Dairen. 1538. Journal (The) of orthopaedic surgery. Lincoln Neb. 1539. Journal of the outdoor life. Camden, N. J. 1540. Journal (The) of parasitology. Lancaster, Pa. 1541. Journal (The) of pathology and bacteriology. London. 1542. Journal (The) of pediatrics. S. Louis. 1543. Journal of (The) periodontology. Birmingham, Mich. 1544. Journal of personnel research. Baltimore. 1545. Journal de pharmacie et de chimie. Paris. 1546. Journal (The) of pharmacology and experimental therapeutics. Baltimore. 1547. Journal (The) of the Philippine Islands Medical Association. Manila. 1548. Journal (The) of philosophy. Lancaster, Pa. 1549. Journal (The) of physical chemistry. Baltimore. 1550. Journal of physical education. New York. 1551. Journal (The) of physiology. London. 1552. Journal de physiologie et de pathologie generale. Paris. 1553. Journal (Le) de physique et le radium. Paris. 1553a. Journal des praticiens [at head of tp.: Revue gene- rate de clinique et de therapeutique] Paris. 1554. Journal (The) of preventive medicine. Baltimore. 1555. Journal fiir Psychologie und Neurologie. Leipzig. 1556. Journal de psychologie, de neurologie el de medecine mentale. Moskva [Russian] 1557. Journal de psychologie normale et pathologique. Paris. 1558. Journal (The) of the Quekett Microscopical Club. London. 1559. Journal (The) of radiology. Omaha, Neb. 1560. Journal de radiologic et d'electrologie. Paris. 1561. Journal po rannemu detskomu vozrastu. Moskva. 1562. Journal (The) of the Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland. London. 1563. Journal of the Royal Army Medical Corps. London. 1564. Journal (The) of the Royal Army Veterinary Corps. London. 1565. Journal (The) of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. London. 1566. Journal of the Royal Microscopic Society. London. 1567. Journal of the Royal Naval Medical Service. London. 1568. Journal (The) of the Rontgen Society. London. 1569. Journal of The Royal Sanitary Institute. London. 1570. Journal and proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales. Sydney. 1571. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society. London. 1572. Journal of the Royal United Service Institution. London. 1573. Journal (The) of the South African Veterinary Medical Association. Pretoria. 1574. Journal (The) of the South Carolina Medical Asso- ciation. Greenville, S. C. 1575. Journal of science of the Hiroshima University. Hiroshima, Japan. 1576. Journal (The) of Severance Union Medical College. Seoul. [54 J. Sex. Psychanal. J. Soc. Chem. Indust., Lond. J. Social Hyg. J. Soc. nat. horticult. France J. State M., Lond. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto J. Tennessee M. Ass. J. teor. prakt. med. J. Thorac Surg. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond. J. Urol., Bait. J. urol. med., Par. J. usov. vrach. Juven. med. Guatemala J. Washington Acad. Sc. New Lon- 1577. Journal of sexology and psychanalysis. York. 1578. Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry. don. 1579. Journal of social hvgiene. Albany, N. Y. 1580. Journal de la Societe nationale d'horticulture de Fr&ixcG Pfliris 1581. Journal (The) of State medicine. London. 1582. Journal of technical methods and bulletin of the International Association of Medical Museums. Toronto, Ont. 1583. Journal (The) of the Tennessee State Medical Association. Nashville, Term. 1584. Jurnal teoreticheskoi i prakticheskoi meditsiny. Baku. 1585. Journal (The) of thoracic surgery. S. Louis, Mo. 1586. Journal (The) of tropical medicine and hygiene. London. 1587. Journal (The) of urology. Baltimore. 1588. Journal d'urologie medicale et chirurgicalc Paris. 1589. Jurnal dlya usovershenstvovania vrachei. Lenin- 1590. Juventud (La) meclica. Guatemala, C. A. 1591. Journal of the Washington Academy of Science. Washington, D. C.—Menasha, Wise K Kampf gegen Geschlkr. Kazan, med. J. Keijt) J. M. Keio Rontgenarch. Kekkaku Kentucky M. J. Kenya East Afr. M. J. Key Reporter Kinderarzt). Prax. Kinderarzt Kindertuberkulose Kinki fujinka gakkai zasshi Kitasato Arch. Klin. Fortbild. Klin. J. Saratov Klin. Mbl. Augenh. Klin, med., Moskva Klin. ther. Wschr. Wien Klin. Wschr. Kozl. osszehas. elet & kort. Kolloid Beihefte Kolloid Zschr. Komplex Biochemie Kongrzbl. inn. Med. Korbl. Allg. arztl. Verein Thiiringen Korbl. Verein. Aerzte Reichenberg Korbl. Zahnarzte Krankenfreund Krankheitsforschung Krebsbekampfung Kuban, nauch. med. J. Kuban, nauch. med. vest. Kyklos, Lpz, 1592. Kampf gegen die Geschlechtskrankheiten. Berlin. 1593. Kazansky meditsinsky jurnal. Kazan. 1594. Keijo (The) journal of medicine. Keijo, Chosen. 1595. Keio-Rontgenarchiv. Tokyo. 1596. Kekkaku [Tuberculosis] Tokyo. 1597. Kentucky medical journal. Bowling Green, Ky. 1598. Kenya and East African medical journal. Nairobi. 1598a. Key (The) reporter; the Phi Beta Kappa news magazine. Concord, N. H. 1599. Kinderarztliche Praxis. Leipzig. 1600. Kinderarzt. Berlin. 1601. Kindertuberkulose. Munchen. 1602. Kinki fujinka gakkai zasshi. Kyoto. 1603. Kitasato (The) archives of experimental medicine. Tokyo. 1604. Klinische Fortbildung. Berlin. 1605. Klinichesky jurnal Saratovskovo Universiteta. Saratov. 1606. Klinische Monatsblatter fiir Augenheilkunde und fiir augenarztliche Fortbildung. Stuttgart. 1607. Klinicheskaia meditsina. Moskva. 1608. Klinisch-therapeutische Wochenschrift in Wien. 1609. Klinische Wochenschrift. Berlin. 1610. Kozlemenyek az 6sszehasonlit6 elet- es k6rtan k6re"bol [Publications of comparative biology and pathology] Budapest. 1611. Kolloid-Beihefte. Dresden. 1612. Kolloid-Zeitschrift. Dresden. 1613. Komplex-Biochemie (Die) Berlin. 1614. Kongresszentralblatt fur die gesamte innere Medizin und ihre Grenzgebiete. Berlin. 1615. Korrespondenz-Blatter des Allgemeinen arztlichen Vereins von Thiiringen. Berlin. 1616. Correspondenzblatt des Vereins deutscher Aerzte in Reichenberg und Umgebung [Reichenberg] 1617. Korrespondenzblatt fiir Zahnarzte. Berlin. 1618. Kranken-Freund. Karlsruhe. 1619. Krankheitsforschung. Leipzig. 1620. Krebsbekampfung. Leipzig. 1621. Kubansky nauchno-meditsinsky jurnal. Krasno- dar. 1622. Kubansky nauchno-meditsinsky vestnik. Kras- nodar. 1623. Kyklos; Jahrbuch des Instituts fiir Geschichte der Medizin an der Universitat Leipzig. Leipzig. [55] Labor med., Mex. Lab. Stud. Mem. Hosp., N. Y. Lancet, Lond. Laryngoscope Lattante Latv. arstu Z. Latv. Univ. rak. Laval med. Lav. 1st. anat. pat. Univ. Catania Lav. Lab. fisiol. Univ. Padova Lavoro Leech, Cardiff Legge dei simili Lek. wojsk. Leprosy Rev., Lond. Lettura oft. Lichtheilgriisse Liege med. Life & Health, Wash. Lilly Sc. Bull. Linacre Q. Lisboa med. Listening Post Liverpool Med. Chir. J. Living Tissue Loire med. Long Island M. J. Lotta tuberc. Luftfahrtmedizin Lues, Kyoto Lunds lak. sail. forh. Lyon chir. Lyon med. Memorial Hospital. Latv.] 1623a. Labor medica. Mexico. 1624. Laboratory studies of the New Y'ork. 1625. Lancet (The) London. 1626. Laryngoscope (The) S. Louis. 1627. Lattante (II) Parma. 1628. Latvijas arstu zurnals. Riga. Latvijas universitates raksti [See Acta Univ. 1629. Laval medical. Quebec. 1630. Lavori degli istituti di anatomia patologica delle Regi Universita di Catania e di Palermo [Palermo] 1631. Lavori del Laboratorio di fisiologia; R. Universita di Padova [Padova] 1632. Lavoro. Milano. 1633. Leech. Cardiff, Wales. 1634. Legge (La) dei simili. Arezzo. 1635. Lekarz wojskowy. Warszawa. 1635a. Leprosy review. (British Empire Leprosy Relief Association) London. 1636. Lettura oftalmologica. Verona. 1637. Lichtheilgriisse. Hamburg. 1638. Liege medical. Liege. 1638a. Life and health. Washington. 1639. Lilly scientific bulletin. Indianapolis. 1640. Linacre quarterly. New York. 1641. Lisbca medica. Lisboa. 1642. Listening post. Harrisburg, Pa. 1643. Liverpool (The) medico-chirurgical journal. Liver- Boston. Lyon. Liverpool (The pool. 1644. Living tissue. 1645. Loire medicale 1646. Long Island medical journal 1647. Lotta contro la tubercolosi 1647a. Luftfahrtmedizin. Berlin. 1648. Lues. Kyoto. 1649. Lunds lakaresallskap forhandlingar 1650. Lyon chirurgical. Paris. 1651. Lyon medical. Lyon. Brooklyn. Roma. Gottenborg. M Madras M. J. Mag. London School M. Women Magy. orv. arch. Magy. orv. nagyhet jegyzokve Magy. rontg. kozl. Magy. statiszt. szemle Maimonides Bull. Maimonides Month. Maine M. J. Malariologia, Nap. Malay. M. J. Mal. cuore Malthusian, Lond. Man, Lond. Manicomio Manitoba M. Ass. Rev. Manitoba M. Bull. Marinearztl. Kriegserfahr. Marriage Hyg., Bombay Marseille med. Mary Fletcher Hosp. Bull. Maryland Psychiat. Q. Mask, Menasha 1652. Madras (The) medical journal. Madras. 1653. Magazine (The) of the London Royal Free Hospital School of Medicine for Women. London. 1654. Magyar orvosi archivum. Budapest. 1655. Magyar (A) orvosi nagyhet ... jegyzokonyve. Budapest. 1656. Magyar rontgen kozlonv. Budapest. 1657. Magyar statisztikai szemle. Budapest. 1658. Maimonides bulletin. Detroit. 1659. Maimonides monthly. Detroit. 1660. Maine medical journal. Portland. 1661. Malariologia. Napoli. 1662. Malayan (The) medical journal. Singapore. 1663. Malattie del cuore. Roma. 1664. Malthusian. London. 1665. Man. London. 1666. Manicomio (II) Nocera Inferiorc 1667. Manitoba Medical Association review. Winnipeg, Can. 1668. Manitoba medical bulletin. Winnipeg, Can. 1669. Marinearztliche Kriegserfahrungen. Jena. 1670. Marriage hygiene. Bombay. 1671. Marseille medical. Marseille. 1672. Mary (The) Fletcher Hospital bulletin. Burlington. Vt. 1673. Maryland psychiatric quarterly. Baltimore. 1674. Mask (The) Kappa Psi Pharmaceutical Fraternity. Menasha, Wise 56 f Massachusetts Gen. Hosp. News Massachusetts Health J. Mat. & Child Welf., Lond. Mater, et. calam., Geneve Mber. Bur. statist. Amsterdam Mber. Statist. Amt. Breslau Mber. Statist. Amt. Dresden Mbl. Gesundhpfl. Mbl. vervalsch. Med. Ann. District of Columbia Med. Arts Med. biol. J., Leningr. Med. Brief Med. Bull., N. Y. Med. Bull., Wichita Med. Bull. Univ. Cincinnati Med. Bull. Veterans Admin. Med. chir., Nap. Med. Clin. N. America Med. Comment Med. contemp., Lisb. Med. Counc, Phila. Med. Critic Medd. Gr0nland Med. dosw. Medecine, Par. Med. Econom. Meded. Burgerl. geneesk. dienst Ned. Indie Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie Meded. Geneesk. lab. Weltevreden Meded. Rijks Inst, pharm. ther. onder- zoek Med. fenn. Med. Herald Med. ibera Medicina, Kaunas Medicina, Mex. Medicine, Bait. Med. inf., Par. Med. inf., Roma Med. Insur. Med. internat., Par. Med. ital. Med. J., Moskva Med. J. Australia Med. J. & Rec. Med. J. S. Africa Med. J. Siam. Red Cross Med. Klin., Berl. Med. Korbl. Wiirttemberg Med. kron. lek., Warsz. Med. lavoro Med. Leg. J., N. Y. Med. Life Med. Liter., Lpz. Med. Mentor Med. Mil. Rev., Wash. Med. misl, Rostov Med. mis), Tashkent Med. ninos Med. nuova 1675. 1676. 1677. 1678. 1679. Massachusetts General Hospital news. Boston. Massachusetts health journal. Boston. Maternity and child welfare. London. Materiaux pour l'etude des calamites. Geneve. Maandbericht van het Bureau van statistiek der gemeente Amsterdam [Amsterdam] 1680. Monatsberichte des Statistischen Amts der Stadt 1681. Monatsberichte des Statistischen Amts der Stadt Dresden. Dresden. 1682. Monatsblatt fiir Gesundheitspflege. Braunschweig. 1683. Maanblad tegen de vervalschingen. Amsterdam. 1684. Medical annals of the District of Columbia. Balti- more, Md. 1685. Medical arts; Indianapolis medical journal. Indi- anapolis. 1686. Mediko-biologichesky jurnal. Leningrad. 1687. Medical brief. S. Louis. 1688. Medical bulletin. New York. 1689. Medical bulletin. Wichita, Kan. 1690. Medical bulletin; University of Cincinnati. Cin- cinnati. 1691. Medical (The) bulletin of the Veterans' Adminis- tration. Washington, D. C. 1692. Medicina e chirurgia del medico pratico. Napoli. 1693. Medical clinics of North America. Philadelphia. 1694. Medical comment. Johnstown. 1695. Medicina (A) contemporanea. Lisboa. 1696. Medical council. Philadelphia. 1697. Medical (The) critic and guide. New York. 1698. Meddelelserom Gr0nland. K0benhavn. 1699. Medycyna d6swiadczalna i spoleczna. Warszawa. 1700. Medecine (La) Paris. 1701. Medical economics. Rutherford, N. J. 1702. Mededeelingen van den Burgerlijken geneeskundigen dienst in Nederlandsch-Indie Batavia. 1703. Mededeelingen van den dienst der volksgezondheid in Nederlandsch-Indie. Batavia. 1704. Mededeelingen uit het Geneeskundig laboratorium te Weltevreden. Batavia. 1705. Mededeelingen van het Rijks-Instituut voor phar- maco-therapeutisch onderzoek [Leiden] 1706. Medicina fennica. Helsinki. 1707. Medical herald. Portland, Oreg. 1708. Medicina (La) ibera. Madrid. 1709. Medicina. Kaunas. 1710. Medicina. Mexico, D. F. 1711. Medicine. Baltimore. 1712. Medecine (La) infantile. Paris. 1713. Medicina infantile. Roma. 1714. Medical insurance. Austin, Tex. 1715. Medecine (La) internationale. Paris. 1716. Medicina italiana. Milano. 1717. Meditsinsky jurnal. Moskva. 1718. Medical (The) journal of Australia. Sydney. 1719. Medical journal and record. New Y'ork. 1720. Medical journal of South Africa. Johannesburg. 1721. Medical journal of the Siamese Red Cross; Chula- lonkorn Memorial Hospital. Bangkok. 1722. Medizinische Klinik [at head of tp.: Wochenschrift fiir praktische Aerzte] Berlin. 1723. Medizinisches Korrespondenzblatt fiir Wiirttem- berg. Stuttgart. 1724. Medycyna i kronika lekarska. Warszawa. 1725. Medicina (La) del lavoro. Milano. 1726. Medico-legal (The) journal. New York. 1727. Medical life. New Y'ork. 1728. Medizinische Literatur. Leipzig. 1729. Medical mentor. Baltimore. 1730. Medico-military review. Washington, D. C. 1731. Meditzinskaia misl. Rostov na Donu. 1732. Meditzinskaia misl uzbekistana i turkmenistana. Tashkent. 1733. Medicina (La) de los ninos. Barcelona. 1734. Medicina nuova. Roma. [57] Med. Off., Lond. Med. parazit., Moskva Med. Pickwick Med. prat., Nap. Med. prat., Par. Med. Press & Circ, Lond. Med. prev., Tor. Med. Progr., Louisv. Med. Rec, Houston Med. Rec, N. Y. Med. rev., Bergen Med. Rev., Lond. Med. Rev. of Rev. Med. San. Rep., Hong Kong Med. Sc. Abstr., Lond. Med. sc Arch. Adelaide Hosp. Med. scol., Par. Med. Searchlight Med. Sentinel Med. sociale, Nap. Med. Soc. Rep., Scranton Med. Stand. Med. statist. Mitt. Reichsgesundhamt Med. statist. Nachr., Berl. Med. stomat., Par. Med. Students Mag. Med. Suggestions Med. Summary Med. Surg. Suggestions, Madras Med. Times, N.Y. Med. Times, Lond. Med. trabajo Med. wbl. Nederland Med. Welt Med. Woman J. Med. World Melbourne Hosp. Clin. Rep. Mem. Acad. Belgique Mem. Acad, chir., Par. Mem. Acad, cienc. Barcelona Mem. Acad. nac. cienc. Antonio Alzate Mem. Acad, polon. sc. Mem. Acad. sc. Montpellier Mem. Accad. Italia Mem. Accad. sc. 1st. Bologna Mem. Am. Anthrop. Ass. Mem. Congr. venezol. med. Mem. couron. Acad. med. Belgique Mem. Inst. Butantan Mem. Inst. Egypte Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz Mem. 1st. venet. sc. Mem. Liverpool School Trop. M. 1754. 1755. 1756. 1757. 1759. 1760. 1761. 1762. 1735. Medical (The) officer. London. 1736. Meditsinskaia parazitologia i parazitarnie bolezni (also English title) [Medical parasitology and parasitic diseases] Moskva. 1737. Medical pickwick. S. Louis. 1738. Medicina pratica. Napoli. 1739. Medecine pratique. Paris. 1740. Medical press and circular. London. 1741. Medicina preventiva. Torino. 1742. Medical progress. Louisville, Ky. 1743. Medical record and annals. Houston, Tex. 1744. Medical record. New Y'ork. 1745. Medicinsk revue. Bergen. 1746. Medical review. London. 1747. Medical review of reviews. New York. 1748. Medical and sanitary report, Medical Department. Hong Kong. 1749. Medical science, abstracts and reviews (Medical research council) London. 1750. Medical (The) and scientific archives of the Ade- laide Hospital. Adelaide. 1751. Medicine scolaire. Paris. 1752. Medical (The) searchlight and science bulletin. Philadelphia. 1753. Medical sentinel. Portland, Oreg. Medicina (La) sociale. Napoli. Medical society reporter. Scranton, Pa. Medical standard. Chicago. Medizinal-statistische Mitteilungen aus dem Reichs- gesundheitsamte. Berlin. 1758. Medizinalstatistische Nachrichten. Berlin. Medecin stomatologiste. Paris. Medical students magazine. Kansas City. Medical suggestions. S. Louis. Medical summary. Philadelphia. 1763. Medico-surgical suggestions. Madras. 1764. Medical times. East Stroudsburg, Pa. 1765. Medical (The) times. London. 1766. Medicina del trabajo e higiene industrial. Madrid. 1767. Medisch weekblad voor Noord- en Zuid-Nederland. 1768. Medizinische (Die) Welt. Berlin. 1769. Medical woman's journal. Cincinnati. 1770. Medical (The) world. Philadelphia. 1771. R. Melbourne Hospital clinical reports. Mel- bourne. 1772. Memoires; Academie royale de Belgique. Bruxelles. 1773. Memoires de l'Academie de chirurgie. Paris. 1774. Memorias de la Academia de ciencias y artes de Barcelona. Barcelona. 1776. Memorias y revista de la Academia nacional de ciencias Antonio Alzate. Mexico. 1777. Memoires de l'Academie polonaise des sciences et des lettres. Krakow. 1779. Memoires; Academie des sciences et lettres de Montpellier. Montpellier, France. 1779a. Memorie della R. Accademia dTtalia. Classe di scienze fisiche, matematiche e naturali. Roma. 1779b. Memorie della R. Accademia delle scienze del- l'lstituto di Bologna. Bologna. 1780. Memoirs of the American Anthropological Associa- tion. Menasha, Wis. 1781. Memoria; Congreso venezolano de medicina [v. p.] 1782. Memoires couronnes et autres memoires; Academie royale de medecine de Belgique. Bruxelles. 1783. Memorias do Instituto de Butantan. Sao Paulo. 1784. Memoires presented a l'Institut d'Egypte. Le Caire. 1785. Memorias do Instituto Oswaldo Cruz. Rio de Janeiro. 1786. Memorie del R. Istituto veneto di scienze, lettere ed arti. Venezia. 1787. Memoir; Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine. Liverpool. [58] Mem. London School Hyg. Mem. Nat. Acad. Sc U.S. Memphis M. J. Memphis M. Month. Mem. Soc. Antonio Alzate Mem. Soc. sc. Bordeaux Mem. Soc. sc. natur. med. Seine-et- Oise Mem. Univ. Michigan Mus. Paleont. Ment. Health, Toronto Ment. Health Bull., Danville Ment. Hyg., Alb. Ment. Hyg., Concord Ment. Welf., Lond. Merck Rep. Messenger Metabolist Meth. M. Educ Metron, Rovigo Mhefte prakt. Tierh. Michigan Out of Doors Michigan Pub. Health Middlesex Hosp. J. Midland Druggist Midland M. J., Birm. Mikrobiologia, Moskva. Mikrob. J., Leningr. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg. Mil. Dent. J. Mil. Engin. Mil. geneesk. tschr. Militaerlaegen Mil. spectator, Haag Mil. Surgeon Mil. Wbl., Berl. Mil. wiss. Mitt., Wien Mind, Lond. Minerva med., Tor. Minnesota M. Minutes Am. Roentg. Soc. Misc. Contr. Com. Costs M. Care Misc. Pub. Univ. Michigan Mus. Zool. Mississippi Valley M. J. Mitt. allg. Path., Sendai Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien Mitt. Biochem. Mitt. Deut. Ges. Bekampf. Geschlkr. Mitt. Deut. Ges. Naturk. Ostasiens, Tokyo Mitt. Gesch. Med. Naturwiss. Mitt. Ges. inn. Med. Wien Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir. Mitt. Inst. Radiumforsch., Wien Mitt. Justus Perthes Anst. Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch., Bern 'An- 1800. 1801. 1802. 1803. 1788. Memoir- London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine. London. , ,, 1789. Memoirs of the National Academy of Sciences ot the United States. Washington. . 1790. Memphis medical journal. Memphis, lenn. 1791. Memphis medical monthly. Memphis, lenn. 1792. Memorias y revista de la Sociedad cientihca tonio Alzate". Mexico. _ . , 1793. Memoires de la Societe des sciences physiques et naturelles de Bordeaux. Bordeaux. _ 1794. Memoires de la Societe des sciences naturales et medicales de Seine-et-Oise. Versailles. 1795. Memoirs of the University of Michigan Museums, Museum of Paleontology. Ann Arbor. 1796. Mental health. Toronto, Can. 1797. Mental health bulletin. Danville, Pa. 1798. Mental hygiene. Albany, N. Y. 1799. Mental hygiene. Concord, N. H. Mental welfare. London. Merck (The) report. Rahway, N. J. Messenger. New York. .. Metabolist. New York. 1804. Methods and problems of medical education. New York/ 1805. Metron. Rovigo. 1806. Monatshefte der praktischen Tierheilkunde. Stutt- gart. 1807. Michigan out-of-doors. Ann Arbor. 1808. Michigan public health. Lansing. 1809. Middlesex Hospital journal. London. 1810. Midland druggist and pharmaceutical review. Columbus, Ohio. 1811. Midland medical journal. Birmingham, Eng. 1812. Mikrobiologia. Moskva. 1813. Mikrobiologichesky jurnal. Leningrad. 1814. Mikrokosmos. Stuttgart. 1815. Military dental journal. Washington, D. C. 1816. Military engineer. Washington, D. C. 1817. Militair-geneeskundig tijdschrift. Haarlem. 1818. Militaerlaegen. K0benhavn. 1819. Militaire (De) spectator. Den Haag. 1820. Military (The) surgeon. Washington, D. C. 1821. Militar-Wochenblatt. Berlin. 1822. Militarwissenschaftliche Mitteilungen. Wien. 1823. Mind. London. 1824. Minerva medica. Torino. 1825. Minnesota medicine. Minneapolis. 1826. Minutes of the American Roentgen Ray Society. Chicago, 111. 1827. Miscellaneous contributions of the Committee on the Costs of Medical Care. New York. 1828. Miscellaneous publications; University of Michigan, Museum of zoology. Ann Arbor. 1829. Mississippi Valley medical journal. Louisville, Ky. 1830. Mitteilungen iiber allgemeine Pathologie und pathologische Anatomie. Sendai, Japan. 1831. Mitteilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien. Wien. 1832. Mitteilungen iiber Biochemie. Lage. 1833. Mitteilungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft zur Be- kampfung der Geschlechtskrankheiten. Leipzig. 1834. Mitteilungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Volkerkunde Ostasiens. Tokyo. 1835. Mitteilungen zur Geschichte der Medizin und der Naturwissenschaften. Leipzig. 1836. Mitteilungen der Gesellschaft fiir innere Medizin in Wien. Wien. 1837. Mitteilungen aus den Grenzgebieten der Medizin und Chirurgie. Jena. 1838. Mitteilungen des Institutes fiir Radiumforschung. Wien. 1839. Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes' geographischer Anstalt. Gotha. 1840. Mitteilungen aus dem Gebiete der Lebensmittel- untersuchung und Hygiene. Bern. [59] Mitt. Med. Akad. Keijo Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto Mitt. Med. Fak. Univ. Kyushu Mitt. Med. Fak. Univ. Tokyo Mitt. Med. Ges. Osaka Mitt. Med. Ges. Tokyo Mitt. Oesterr. Ges. Bevolkpolit. Mitt. Path. Inst. Univ. Sendai Mitt. Statist. Staatsamt. Cech. Mitt. Verein. Aerzte Steiermark Mitt. Verein. badisch. Tierarzte Mitt. Verein. Erdk. Dresden Mitt. Volksgesundhamt., Wien Mitt. Wiss. Kom. Kreislaufstor. Mod. Concepts Card. Dis. Mod. Hosp. Mod. Med., Chic. Monde med. Mondo med. Monist, Chic. Monit. endocr. Monit. ostet. gin. Monit. zool. ital. Monogr. act. derm., Kyoto Monogr. Frauenk. Monogr. Inst, hig., Popotla Monogr. Neur. Psychiat., Berl. Monogr. Rockefeller Inst. M. Res. Month. Bull. Alberta Dep. Health Month. Bull. Bd Health California Month. Bull. Bd Health Indiana Month. Bull. Dep. Health City N. York. Month. Bull. Dep. Health N. Haven Month. Bull. Indiana Div. Pub. Health Month. Bull. Kansas City Clin. Soc. Month. Bull. Maryland Dep. Health Month. Bull. N. York State Dep. Health Month. Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. Month. Bull. Philadelphia Dep. Pub. Health Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv. Month. Bull. Truesdale Hosp. 1841. Mitteilungen der Medizinischen Akademie in Keijo. Keijo. 1842. Mitteilungen aus der Medizinischen Akademie zu Kioto. Kioto. 1843. Mitteilungen aus der Medizinischen Fakultat der K. Universitat zu Kyushu. Fukuoka. 1844. Mitteilungen aus der Medizinischen Fakultat der kaiserlichen Universitat zu Tokyo. Tokyo. 1845. Mitteilungen der Medizinischen Gesellschaft zu Osaka. Osaka. 1846. Mitteilungen der Medizinischen Gesellschaft zu Tokyo. Tokyo. 1847. Mitteiluhgen der Oesterreichischen Gesellschaft fiir Bevolkerungspolitik und Fiirsorgewesen. Wien. 1848. Mitteilungen aus dem Pathologischen Institut der Universitat zu Sendai. Sendai. 1849. Mitteilungen des Statistischen Staatsamtes der Cechoslovakischen Republik. Praha. 1850. Mitteilungen des Vereins der Aerzte in Steiermark. Graz. 1851. Mitteilungen des Vereins badiseher Tierarzte. Karlsruhe. 1852. Mitteilungen des Vereins fiir Erdkunde zu Dresden. Dresden. 1853. Mitteilungen des Volksgesundheitsamtes im Bundes- ministerium fiir soziale Verwaltung. Wien. 1854. Mitteilungen des Wissenschaftlichen Komitees zur Erforschung und Bekampfung der Kreislaufstorungen. Dresden. 1855. Modern concepts of cardiovascular disease. New York, N. Y. 1856. Modern hospital. Chicago. 1857. Modern medicine. Chicago. 1858. Monde medical. Paris. 1859. Mondo medico. Roma. 1860. Monist. Chicago. 1861. Monitore di endocrinologia per il medico pratico. Roma. 1862. Monitore ostetrico-ginecologico. Bologna. 1863. Monitore zoologico italiano. Firenze. 1864. Monographiae actorum dermatologicorum. Kyoto. 1865. Monographien zur Frauenkunde und Eugenetik, Sexualbiologie und Vererbungslehre. Leipzig. 1866. Monografias del Instituto de higiene. Popotla. 1867. Monographien aus dem Gesamtgebiete der Neu- rologie und Psychiatric Berlin. 1868. Monographs of the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research. New York. 1869. Monthly bulletin; Alberta Department of Health. Alberta. 1870. Monthly bulletin of the State Board of Health of California. Sacramento, Calif. 1871. Monthly bulletin of the State Board of Health of Indiana. Indianapolis. 1872. Monthly bulletin of the Department of Health for the City of New York. New York. 1873. Monthly bulletin of the Department of Health of New Haven. New Haven, Conn. 1874. Monthly bulletin; Indiana Division of Public Health. Indianapolis, Ind. 1875. Monthly bulletin of the Kansas City Southwest Clinical Society. Kansas City. 1876. Monthly bulletin; Maryland Department of Health. Baltimore. 1877. Monthly bulletin [New York] State Department of Health. Albany, N. Y. 1878. Monthly bulletin of the Ohio Agricultural Experi- ment Station. Wooster, Ohio. 1879. Monthly bulletin; Philadelphia Department of Public Health. Philadelphia, Pa. 1880. Monthly bulletin of the Philippine Health Service. Manila, P. I. 1881. Monthly bulletin of The Truesdale Hospital and Earle P. Charlton Surgery. Fall River, Mass. [60] Month. Digest Nat. Health Counc. Month. Epidem. Rep. League of Nat. Month. Labor Rev. Month. News Lett. Suffolk Co. M. Soc. Month. Rel. Com. Nurs. Schools Month. Summary Internat. Labor Org. Month. Summary League of Nat. Month. Vit. Statist. Rev., Alb. Month. Weather Rev., Wash. Montpellier med. Morgagni Morph. Jahrb. Mort. Statist. U. S. Bur. Cens. Mosk. med. J. Mother & Child Mschr. Elektr. Compl. Homoop. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn. Mschr. Harnkr. sex. Hyg. Mschr. kindergeneesk. Mschr. Kinderh. Mschr. Krebsbekampf. Mschr. Kriminalb. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien Mschr. Psychiat. Mschr. Unfallh. Mschr. ungar. Med. M. & S. Rep. Episc. Hosp., Phila. M. & S. Yearb. Physicians Hosp. Pittsburgh Munch, med. Wschr. Munch, tierarztl. Wschr. Mun. Engin., Lond. Mun. Facts, Denver Mus. Work, Provid. Mycologia, Lancaster 1882. Monthly digest of the National Health Council. New York. „ . , 1S83. Monthly epidemiological report of the Wealth sec- tion of the' Secretariat. League of Nations. Geneve. 1SS4. Monthly labor review. Washington DC. 1885. Monthly news letter of the Suffolk County Medical Society. Riverhead. 1886. Monthly releases of the Committee on Grading ot Nursing Schools. New Y'ork. _ 1887. Monthly summary of the International Labour Organization. Geneve. 1888. Monthly summary of the League of Nations. Geneve. 1889. Monthly vital statistics review. Albany. 1890. Monthly weather review; U. S. Weather Bureau. Washington, D. C. 1891. Montpellier medical. Montpellier, France. 1892. Morgagni. Milano. 1893. Morphologisches Jahrbuch. Leipzig. 1894. Mortality statistics of the U. S. Bureau of Census. Washington. 1895. Moskovsky meditsinsky jurnal. Moskva. 1896. Mother and child. Baltimore. 1897. Monatsschrift fiir Elektro-Komplex-Homoopathie. Regensburg. 1898. Monatsschrift fur Geburtshtilfe und Gynakologie. Berlin. 1899. Monatsschrift fiir Harnkrankheiten und sexuelle Hygiene. Stuttgart. 1900. Maandschrift voor kindergeneeskunde. Leiden. 1901. Monatsschrift fur Kinderheilkunde. Berlin. 1902. Monatsschrift fiir Krebsbekampfung. Munchen. 1903. Monatsschrift fiir Kriminalbiologie und Strafrechts- reform. Munchen. 1904. Monatsschrift fiir Ohrenheilkunde und Laryngo- Rhinologie. Wien. 1905. Monatsschrift fiir Psychiatrie und Neurologie. Berlin. 1906. Monatsschrift fur Unfallheilkunde und Versiche- rungsmedizin. Berlin. 1907. Monatsschrift ungarischer Mediziner. Budapest. 1908. Medical and surgical reports of the Episcopal Hos- pital. Philadelphia. 1909. Medical and surgical year-book of the Physicians Hospital, Plattsburgh. Plattsburgh, N. Y. 1910. Munchener medizinische Wochenschrift. Mun- chen. 1912. Munchener tierarztliche Wochenschrift. Munchen. 1911. Municipal engineering and sanitary record. London. 1913. Municipal facts. Denver, Colo. 1914. Museum work. Providence, R. I. 1915. Mycologia. Lancaster, Pa. N Naar het voile leven Nachrbl. Reichsaussch Volksbelehr. Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen hyg. Nagoya J. M. Sc. N. Albany M. Herald Nark. & Anesth., Berl. Nat. Bd Bull., Phila. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass. Q. Nat. Health Counc. Nat. Health Rev., Ottawa Nat. Humane Rev. Nation's Health, Chic. Native M. Pract., Suva Nat. M. J. China 1916. Naar het voile leven. Amsterdam. 1917. Nachrichtenblatt des Reichsausschusses fiir hygie- nische Volksbelehrung [etc.] Dresden. 1918. Nachrichten von der Gesellschaft der Wissen- schaften zu Gottingen. Berlin. 1919. Nagoya [The] journal of medical science. Nagoya. 1920. New Albany medical herald. New Albany, Ind. 1921. Narkose und Anasthesie. Berlin. 1922. National Board bulletin. Philadelphia. 1923. National (The) Eclectic Medical Association quar- terly. Cincinnati, Ohio. 1924. National Health Council. New York. 1925. National health review. Ottawa, Can. 1926. National humane review. Albany, N.Y'. 1927. Nation's health. Chicago. 1928. Native (The) medical practitioner. Suva. 1929. National (The) medical journal of China. Peiping. [61] Nat. Negro Health News Nat. Provisioner Nat. Red Cross, Bangkok Nat. Safety News Natur, Lpz. Natura dux, Gravenh. Naturarztl. Rdsch. Nature, Lond. Nature, Par. Nature's Path Naturopath, N.Y. Natur wissenschaften Nat. Vet. M. Ass. Gr. Britain N. Charlotte M. J. Nebraska Dent. News Nebraska M. J. Ned. mschr. geneesk. Ned. mschr. verlosk. Ned. tschr. geneesk. Ned. tschr. hyg. microb. Ned. tschr. natuurk. Ned. tschr. verlosk. N. England J. M. Neoplasmes Nervenarzt Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr. Neue Generation Neur. Bull., N. Y. Neurologica, Nap. Neurotherapie, Amst. Neur. Zbl. Newcastle M. J. New Generation, Lond. New Philos., Lancaster News Lett. (Blindness) N. Y. News Lett. (Ment. Hyg.) N. Y. News Lett. Suffolk Co. M. Soc News Rel. Indiana M. Ass. Nipiologia, Nap. Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi. Nippon no ikai sha N. Jersey J. Pharm. Nord. hyg. tskr. N. Orleans M. & S. J. Normandie med. Norsk mag. laegevid. Norsk tskr. mil. med. North Am. J. Homeop. North Am. Vet. Northwest M. Nosokomeion, Stuttg. Nosokomos, Amst. Note psichiat., Pesaro Nourrisson Nov. khir., Moskva Nov. khir. arkh. Nuntius radiol., Siena 21767—vol. 2, 4th seriks- 1930. National negro health news. Washington, D. C. 1931. National provisioner. Chicago, 111. 1932. National Red Cross. Bangkok. 1933. National safety news. Chicago, 111. 1934. Natur. Leipzig. 1935. Natura dux. 's Gravenhage. 1936. Naturarztliche Rundschau. Stuttgart. 1937. Nature. London. 1938. Nature. Paris. 1939. Nature's path. New York. 1940. Naturopath. New Y'ork. 1941. Naturwissenschaften (Die) Berlin. 1942. National Veterinary Medical Association of Great Britain and Ireland. 1943. New Charlotte medical journal. Charlotte, N.C. 1944. Nebraska dental news. Lincoln, Nebr. 1945. Nebraska (The) State medical journal. Norfolk, Nebr. 1946. Nederlandsch maandschrift voor geneeskunde. Lei- den. 1947. Nederlandsch maandschrift voor verloskunde en vrouwenziekten en voor kindergeneeskunde. Leiden. 1948. Nederlandsch tijdschrift voor geneeskunde. Am- sterdam. 1949. Nederlandsch tijdschrift voor hygiene, microbiolo- gic en serologie. Leiden. 1950. Nederlandsch tijdschrift voor natuurkunde. 's- Gravenhage. 1951. Nederlandsch tijdschrift voor verloskunde en gynaecologie. Haarlem. 1952. New (The) England journal of medicine. Boston. 1953. Neoplasmes. Paris. 1954. Nervenarzt (Der) Berlin. 1955. Nervous and mental disease monograph series. New York. 1956. Neue (Die) Generation Berlin.. 1957. Neurological bulletin. New York. 1958. Neurologica. Napoli. 1959. Neurotherapie. Amsterdam. 1960. Neurologisches Centralblatt. Leipzig. 1961. Newcastle (The) medical journal. Newcastle-upon- Tyne. 1962. New generation. London. 1963. New philosophy. Lancaster, Pa. 1964. News letter (Committee for the Prevention of Blindness) New York. 1965. News letter (National Committee for Mental Hygiene) New York. 1966. News letter of the Suffolk County Medical Society. Port Jefferson. 1967. News release; Indiana Medical Association. In- dianapolis. 1968. Nipiologia. Napoli. 1969. Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi. Tokyo. 1970. Nippon no ikai sha [See Japan M. World] 1971. New (The) Jersey journal of pharmacy. Sommer- ville, N. J. 1972. Nordisk hygienisk tidsskrift. Lund. 1973. New Orleans medical and surgical journal. New Orleans, La. 1974. Normandie medicale. Rouen. 1975. Norsk magasin for l83gevidenskapen. Oslo. 1976. Norsk tidsskrift for militsermedicin. Oslo. 1977. North American journal of homeopathy. New York. 1978. North (The) American veterinarian. Chicago, 111. 1979. Northwest medicine. Seattle, Wash. 1980. Nosokomeion. Stuttgart. 1981. Nosokomos. Amsterdam. 1982. Note e riviste di psichiatria. Pesaro. 1983. Nourrisson (Le) Paris. 1984. Novaia khirurgia. Moskva. 1985. Novy khirurgichesky arkhiv. Dnepropetrovsk. 1986. Nuntius radiologicus. Siena. [62] Nuova riv. clin. psichiat. Nuovo ercolani Nurs. J. China Nurs. J. India Nurs. Mirror, Lond. Nurs. Times, Lond. Nutrition, Par. N. York J. Dent. N. York J. Pharm. N. York M. J. N. York State Dep. Health Q. N. York State J. M. N. Zealand M. J. 1987. Nuova rivista di clinica ed assistenza psichiatrica e di terapia applicata [at head of tp.: Villa Russo [etc.] Milano (Napoli) 1988. Nuovo ercolani. Torino. 1989. Nursing (The) journal of China. Nanking. 1990. Nursing journal of India. Kilpauk, Madras. 1991. Nursing mirror and midwives journal. London. 1992. Nursing (The) times. London. 1993. Nutrition. Paris. 1994. New (The) York journal of dentistry. Brooklyn, N. Y. 1995. New York journal of pharmacy. New Y'ork. 1996. New York medical journal. New York. 1997. New York State Department of Health quarterly. Albany, N. Y. 199^. New York State journal of medicine. Albany, N. Y. 1999. New (The) Zealand medical journal. Wellington. o Observ. med., Mex. Occas. Papers Univ. Michigan Mus. Zool. Occup. Ther. Rehabil. Odess. med. J. Odontologie, Par. Odont. stomat., Moskva Oeff. Gesundhdienst Oeff. Gesundhpfl. Off. Army Reg. Off. Bull. Chicago M. Soc. Off. Yearb. Union S. Africa Ohio Health News Ohio M. J. Ohio Pub. Health J. Ohrenh. Gegenwart Okayama igakkai zasshi Okayama igaku kvai zasshi Okhr. zdorov. diet. Omsky med. J. Onderstepoort J. Vet. Sc. Ons mbl. Ontario J. Neuropsychiat. Ophth. Liter., Denver Ophth. Rec, Chic. Ophth. Yearb. Opinion med., Zaragoza Optic J., N. Y. Optometr. Week. Oral Health, Toronto Oral Hyg., Pittsb. Orient. J. Dis. Inf., Kyoto Orsz. Kozegeszs. Int. kozl. Ortop. travmat. Orv. hetil. Orvoskepzes Osp. maggiore, Milano Osp. maggiore Novara Osp. psichiat., Nap. Osteopath. J. Osteopath. Mag. Osteopath. Phys. Ther. 2000. Observador medico. Mexico. 2001. Occasional papers of the Museum of Zoology, Uni- versity of Michigan. Ann Arbor. 2002. Occupational therapy and rehabilitation. Balti- more. 2003. Odessky meditsinsky jurnal. Odessa. 2004. Odontologie (L') Paris. 2005. Odontologia i stomatologia. Moskva. 2006. Oeffentliche (Der) Gesundheitsdienst. Leipzig. 2007. Oeffentliche Gesundheitspflege. Braunschweig. 2008. Official army register. Washington. 2009. Official bulletin of the Chicago Medical Society. Chicago. 2010. Official year book of the Union of South Africa. Pretoria. 2011. Ohio health news. Columbus. 2012. Ohio (The) state medical journal. Columbus. 2013. Ohio public health journal. Columbus. 2014. Ohrenheilkunde der Gegenwart und ihre Grenz- gebiete. Munchen. 2015. Okayama igakkai zasshi. Okayama. 2016. Okayama igaku kvai zasshi. Okayama. 2017. Okhrana zdorovia dietei i podrostkov. Moskva. 2018. Omsky meditsinsky jurnal. Omsk. 2019. Onderstepoort journal of veterinary sciences and animal industry. Pretoria. 2020. Ons maanblad. Amsterdam. 2021. Ontario (The) journal of neuro-psychiatry. Tor- onto, Can. 2022. Ophthalmic literature. Denver. 2023. Ophthalmic record. Chicago. 2024. Ophthalmic yearbook. Denver. 2025. Opini6n medica. Zaragoza. 2026. Optical journal and review of optometry. New York. 2027. Optometric weekly. Chicago. 2028. Oral health. Toronto, Can. 2029. Oral hygiene. Pittsburgh. 2030. Oriental journal of diseases of infants. Kyoto. 2031. M. Kir. Orszagos Kozegeszsegugyi Intezet ossze- gyujtott kozlemenyei. Budapest. 2032. Ortopedia i travmatologia. Kharkov. 2033. Orvosi hetilap. Budapest. 2034. Orvoskepzes. Budapest. 2035. Ospedale (L') maggiore. Milano. 2036. Ospedale (L') maggiore di Novara. Novara. 2037. Ospedale (L') psichiatrico. Napoli. 2038. Osteopathic journal of laboratory diagnosis Los Angeles, Calif. 2039. Osteopathic magazine. Chicago. 2040. Osteopathic (The) physical therapeutist. Upper Darby, Pa. [63] Otolar. slav., Praha Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon Otorinolar. ital. Outlook for Blind 2041. Otolaryngologic slavica. Praha. 2042. Oto-rhino-laryngologie (L') Internationale. Lyon. 2043. Oto-rino-laringologia (L') italiana. Bologna. 2044. Outlook for the blind Camden, N. J. Pacific Coast J. Homoeop.. Pacific Coast J. Nurs. Pacific Coast M. Pacific Dent. Gaz. Pamphl. M. Field Serv. School Panama Canal Rec. Pantherapist, Chic Papers Dep. Marine Biol. Carnegie Inst. Papers Internat. Vet. Congr. Papers James MacKenzie Inst., S. Andrews Papers Mayo Found. Papers Michigan Acad. Sc. Papers Tortugas Lab., Wash. Paradentium, Berl. Parasitology, Lond. Paris chir. Paris med. Passow-Schaefer Beitr. Pathologica, Genova Pediat. Bull. Pediat. espaii. Pediat. med. prat., Tor. Pediat. prat., Mod. Pediat. prat., S. Paulo Pediatria, Moskva Pediatria (Arch.) Nap. Pediatria (Riv.) Pennsylvania Health Pennsylvania M. J. Pensiero med. Periodical, Oxf. Perm. med. J. Personnel J. Petermanns Mitt. Pfliigers Arch. Pharm. Advance Pharm. Era Pharm. J., Lond. Pharm. wbl., Amst. Phi Chi Q., Menasha Phi Lambda Kappa Q. Philippine J. Sc. Philippine Statist. Rev. Philos. Tr. R. Soc. London Phys. Clin. M., S. Franc. Physiatrie, Berl. Physicians Times Mag. Physiol. Abstr., Lond. Physiol. Rev. Washington, D. C. die Grenzfragen der 2045. Pacific Coast journal of homoeopathy. Berkeley, Calif. 2046. Pacific Coast journal of nursing San Francisco, Calif. 2047. Pacific Coast medicine. San Francisco, Calif. 2048. Pacific dental gazette. San Francisco, Calif. 2049. Pamphlets of the Medical Field Service School. Carlisle Barracks, Pa. 2050. Panama Canal record. Balboa Heights, C. Z. 2051. Pantherapist. Chicago. 2052. Papers from the Department of Marine Biology of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. Washington, D. C. 2053. Papers of the International Veterinary Congress [v. p.] 2054. Papers from the weekly staff meetings [at head of tp.: The James MacKenzie Institute for Clinical Research] S. Andrews. 2054a. Papers of the Mayo Foundation. Philadelphia. 2055. Papers of the Michigan Academy of Science, Arts and Letters. Ann Arbor. 2056. Papers; Tortugas Laboratory. 2057. Paradentium; Zeitschrift fiir Medizin und Odontologie. Berlin. 2058. Parasitology. London. 2059. Paris chirurgical. Paris. 2060. Paris medical. Paris. 2061. Passow-Schaefer Beitrage zur Anatomie, Physiologie, &c. [See Beitr. Anat. Ohr.] 2062. Pathologica. Genova. 2063. Pediatric bulletin. Baltimore. 2064. Pediatria espafiola. Madrid. 2065. Pediatria (La) del medico pratico. Torino. 2066. Pediatria pratica. Modena. 2067. Pediatria pratica. Sao Paulo. 2068. Pediatria. Moskva. 2069. Pediatria. Archivio di pathologia e clinica pedia- tria. Napoli. 2070. Pediatria. Rivista quindicinale d'igiene, medicina e chirurgia dell' infanzia. Napoli. 2071. Pennsylvania's health. Harrisburg. 2072. Pennsylvania (The) medical journal. Harrisburg. 2073. Pensiero medico. Milano. 2074. Periodical. Oxford. 2075. Permsky meditsinsky jurnal. Perm. 2076. Personnel journal. "Baltimore. 2977. Petermanns Mitteilungen. Gotha. 2078. Pfliigers Archiv fiir die gesamte Physiologie des Menschen und der Tiere. [See Arch. ges. Physiol.] 2079. Pharmacal advance. New York. 2080. Pharmaceutical era. New York. 2081. Pharmaceutical (The) journal. London. 2082. Pharmaceutisch weekblad. Amsterdam. 2083. Phi Chi Quarterly. Menasha. 2084. Phi Lambda Kappa quarterly. Philadelphia. 2085. Philippine (The) journal of science. Manila. 2086. Philippine statistical review. Manila. 2087. Philosophical transactions of the Royal Society of London. London. 2088. Physico-clinical medicine and clinics of Dr Albert Abrams. San Francisco. 2089. Physiatrie. Naturarztliche Rundschau. Berlin. 2090. Physicians times magazine. Bridgeport, Conn. 2091. Physiological abstracts. London. 2092. Physiological review. Baltimore. 164) Physiol. Zool. Physiother. Rev. Phys. Ther. Phys. Ther. Electrosurg. Digest Phys. Training Phytopathology Piedmont Hosp. Bull. Pittsburgh M. Bull. Plumber & Steam Fitter Policlinico Polit. anthrop. Mschr. Polska gaz. lek. Polski przegl. radjol. Polskie arch. med. wewn. Polyclin. Dairen Pop. Health Dent. Suppl. Pop. Health Dent. Surv. Pop. Health Mag. Porto Rico Health Rev. Porto Rico J. Pub. Health Porto Rico Rev. Pub. Health Portsmouth Health Rep. Postgrad. M. J., Lond. Practitioner, Lond. Pract. Med., Delhi Pract. M. & S. Prag. Arch. Tiermed. Prag. tierarztl. Arch. Prakt. Arzt Prakt. Arztfrau Prakt. Desinfekt. Prakt. Erg. Geburtsh. Prakt. med., Leningr. Prat, chir., Arezzo Prat. med. fr. Prat, pediat., Milano Praxis, Bern Prensa med., Habana Prensa med. argent. Prescriber, Edinb. Presse med. Presse therm, dim. Priroda, Leningr. Probl. aliment., Roma Probl. nutriz., Roma Probl. tuberk., Moskva Proc. Acad. Natur. Sc. Philadelphia Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam Proc All-India Ophth. Soc Proc. Alumni Ass. M. School Univ. Oregon Proc Am. Acad. Art. Sc. Proc. Am. Ass. Coll. Pharm. Proc. Am. Ass. Dent. Schools Proc. Am. Ass. Instr. Blind Proc Am. Ass. Med. Phys. Res. 2093. 2094. 2095. 2096. Wis 2097. 2098. 2099. 2100. 2101. 2102. 2103. 2104. 2105. 2106. Physiological zoology. Chicago. Physiotherapy (The) review. Chicago. Physical therapeutics. Elmira, N. Y. Physical therapy and electrosurgery digest. Milton, Physical training. New York. Phytopathology. Lancaster, Pa. Piedmont Hospital bulletin. Baltimore Pittsburgh medical bulletin. Pittsburgh. Plumber and steam fitter. New York. Policlinico (II) Roma. . . Politisch-anthropologische Monatsschrift. Leipzig. Polska gazeta lekarska. Lwow. Polski przeglad radjologiczny. Warszawa. Polskie archiwum medycyny wewnetrzej. War- 2115. 2116. 2117. 2118. 2119. 2121. 2122. 2123. 2124. szawa. 2107. Poly clinica Dairen. Dairen. 2108. Popular health dental supplement. Minneapolis. 2109. Popular health dental survey. Minneapolis. 2110. Popular health magazine and child welfare. Min- neapolis. 2111. Porto Rico health review. San Juan. 2112. Porto Rico journal of public health and tropical medicine. San Juan. 2113. Porto Rico review of public health and tropical medicine. San Juan. 2114. Portsmouth health report. Portsmouth. Post-graduate medical journal. London. Practitioner (The) London. Practical medicine. Delhi, India. Practical medicine and surgery. Austin. Prager Archiv fiir Tiermedizin und vergleichende Pathologie. Praha. 2120. Prager tierarztliches Archiv. Prag. Praktische (Der) Arzt. Berlin. Praktische Arztfrau. Berlin. Praktische (Der) Desinfektor. Dresden. Praktische Ergebnisse der Geburtshilfe und Gy- nakologie. Munchen. 2125. Prakticheskaia meditsina. Leningrad. 2126. Pratica (La) chirurgica e delle discipline affini. Arezzo. 2127. Pratique (La) medicale frangaise. Paris. 2128. Pratica (La) pediatrica. Milano. 2129. Praxis. Bern. 2130. Prensa medica. La Habana. 2131. Prensa (La) medica argentina. Buenos Aires. 2132. Prescriber. Edinburgh. 2133. Presse (La) m6dicale. Paris. 2134. Presse (La) thermale et climatique. Paris. 2135. Priroda. Leningrad. 2136. Problema (II) alimentarc Roma. 2137. Problemi della nutrizione. Roma. 2138. Problemy tuberkuleza. Moskva. 2139. Proceedings of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 2140. Proceedings of the section of sciences. Koninklijke Akademie van wetenschappen te Amsterdam. Am- sterdam. 2141. Proceedings of the All-India Ophthalmological Society. Madras. 2142. Proceedings of the ... annual meeting of the Alumni Association; Medical School; University of Oregon. Portland, Ore. 2143. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Boston. 2144. Proceedings of the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy. 2145. Proceedings of the ... annual meeting of the American Association of Dental Schools [v. p.] 2146. [Proceedings] ... Biennial convention [at head of tp.: American Association of Instructors of the Blind] [v. p.] 2147. Proceedings of the American Association for Medico-Physical Research [v. p.] [65] Proc Am. Conf. Pharm. Proc. Am. Drug. Manuf. Ass. Proc. Am. Fed. Hard of Hearing Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem. Proc. Antimalar. Advis. Com. Proc. Ass. Am. M. Coll. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. Pres. Proc. Ass. Res. Nerv. Ment. Dis. Proc. California Acad. M. Proc. Conf. Health Author. N. America Proc. Congr. M. Educ. Proc. Connecticut M. Soc. Proc. Helminth. Soc. Washington Proc. Inst. M. Chicago Proc. Internat. Conf. Health Trop. America Proc. Internat. Conf. Women Physi- cians Proc. Internat. Congr. Alcohol. Proc. Internat. Congr. Genet. Proc. Internat. Congr. Ment. Hyg. Proc. Internat. Congr. Plant. Sc Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America Proc. Iowa Conf. Child Health Proc. Liverpool Biol. Soc. Proc. Maryland-Delaware Water Sewer Ass. Proc. M. Ass. Canal Zone Proc. Mayo Clin. Proc. Missouri Pharm. Ass. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work Proc. Nat. Congr. Tuberc, Manila Proc. Nat. Safety Counc. Proc. N. Jersey Mosquito Exterm. Ass. Proc. Nova Scot. Inst. Sc. Proc. N. York Indust. Safety Congr. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sc Proc. Panpacific Sc Congr. 2148. Proceedings of the American Conference of Phar- maceutical Faculties. 2149. Proceedings of the annual meeting of the American Drug Manufacturers Association. 2150. Proceedings of the ... annual meeting of the Ameri- can Federation of Organizations for the Hard of Hearing. Washington. 2151. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society [etc.] Philadelphia. 2152. Proceedings of the American Society of Biological Chemists [v. p.] 2153. Proceedings of the Antimalarial Advisory Com- mission. 2154. Proceedings of the Association of American Medical Colleges. 2155. Proceedings of ... annual convention of The Associa- tion of Life Insurance Presidents [v. p.] 2156. Proceedings of the Association for Research in Nervous and Mental Diseases. Baltimore. 2157. Proceedings of the California Academy of Medicine. Stanford University. 2158. Proceedings of the ... annual meeting of the Con- ference of State and Provincial Health Authorities of North America [v. p.] 2159. Proceedings of the Congress on Medical Education. 2160. Proceedings of the Connecticut State Medical Society. 2161. Proceedings of The Helminthological Society of Washington. Washington. 2162. Proceedings of The Institute of Medicine of Chicago. Chicago. 2163. Proceedings of the International Conference on Health Problems in Tropical America. 2164. Proceedings of the International Conference of [v. p' the International Congress on the International Congress of Women Physicians 2165. Proceedings of Alcoholism [v. p.] 2166. Proceedings of the ... International Congress of Genetics [v. p.] 2167. Proceedings of Mental Hygiene. 2168. Proceedings of the International Congress of Plant Sciences. 2169. Proceedings of the International Assembly of the Inter-State Postgraduate Medical Association of North America. 2170 Proceedings of the Iowa White House Conference of Child Health. Des Moines. _ 2171. Proceedings and transactions of the Liverpool Biological Society. Liverpool. 2172. Proceedings of the Maryland-Delaware Water and Sewer Association. 2173. Proceedings of The Medical Association of the Isthmian Canal Zone. Mount Hope, C. Z. 2174. Proceedings of the staff meetings of the Mayo Clinic. Rochester, Minnesota. 2175. Proceedings; Missouri Pharmaceutical Association. 2176. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America. Easton, Pa. 2177. Proceedings of the National Conference of Social Workers. 2178. Proceedings of the ... National Congress on Tuber- culosis [at head of tp.: Philippine Islands Anti- tuberculosis Society] Manila. 2179. Proceedings of the National Safety Council. Chicago. 2180. Proceedings; New Jersey Mosquito Extermination Association. 2181. Proceedings of the Nova Scotian Institute of Science. Halifax, N. S. 2182. Proceedings of the New York State Industrial Safety Congress. 2183. Proceedings of the New York Pathological Society. 2184. Proceedings of the Oklahoma Academy of Science. 2185. Proceedings of the Pan-Pacific Science Congress. [66] Proc Path. Soc Philadelphia Proc R. Inst. Gr. Britain Proc R. Irish Acad. Proc. R. Philos. Soc. Glasgow Proc R. Soc, Lond. Proc. R. Soc. Canada Proc. R. Soc. Edinburgh Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y. Proc. Soc. Psychic. Res., Lond. Proc. South. Sociol. Congr. Proc. U. S. Nat. Immigr. Conf. Proc. U. S. Nat. League Nurs. Educ. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc. U. S. Nav. Inst. Proc. Zool. Soc. London Profess. Papers U. S. Geol. Surv. Profess, pat. gig. Profilassi Profil. med., Kharkov Progr. clin., Madr. Progr. med., Par. Progr. Med., Phila. Prophyl. antivener., Par. Protoplasma, Lpz. Przegl. derm., Warsz. Psyche, Lond. Psyche & Eros, N. Y. Psyche J. Entom. Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst. Psychiat. neur. jap. Psychiat. neur. Wschr. Psychiat. Q. Psychic Res. Q., Lond. Psychoanal. Rev. Psychobiology Psychol. Abstr. Psychol. Arb. Psychol. Bull. Psychol. Clin., Lane. Psychol. Forsch. Psychol. Index Psychol. & Med., Stuttg. Psychol. Monogr., Princeton Psychol. Rev. Psychother. Prax., Wien Pub. biol. Ec. vet., Brno Pubb. Lab. chim. biol. Univ. Padova Pubb. Staz. zool. Napoli Pub. Clark Univ. Libr. Pub. Colorado Coll. 2186. Proceedings of the Pathological Society of Philadel- phia. Philadelphia. ,.,.,.. c n „+ 2187. Proceedings of The Royal Institution of Great Britain. London. . , _. , ,. 2188. Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Dublin. 2189. Proceedings of the Royal Philosophical Society ot Glasgow. Glasgow. . 2190. Proceedings of The Royal Society. London. 2191. Proceedings and transactions of the Royal feociety of Canada. .__,,. , , 2192. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Edinburgh. „ . , , ... ,. . 2193. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Medicine. London. ^ . , . „. . 2194. Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine. Utica, N. Y. „,.,-,, , 2195. Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research. London. . rTT c , 2196. [Proceedings] Southern Sociological Congress [U. b.J 2198. Proceedings of the [U. S.] National Immigration Conference. 2199. Proceedings of the ... Annual convention of the [U. S.] National League of Nursing Education [v. p.] 2200. Proceedings of the United States National Museum. Washington. . 2200a. Proceedings; United States Naval Institute. An- napolis, Md. 2201. Proceedings of the general meetings for scientific business of the Zoological Society of London. London. 2202. Professional papers of the [U. S.] Geological Survey. Washington. 2203. Professionalnaia patologia i gigiena. Moskva. 2204. Profilassi. Milano. Profilakticheskaia meditsina. Kharkov. Progresos de la clinica. Madrid. Progres (Le) medical. Paris. Progressive medicine. Philadelphia. Prophylaxie (La) antivenerienne. Paris. Protoplasma. Internationale Zeitschrift ftir physi- kalische Chemie des Protoplasten. Leipzig. 2211. Przeglad dermatologji. Warszawa. Psyche. London. Psyche and eros. New Y'ork. Psyche; a journal of entomology. Boston. Psychiatrische en neurologische bladen. Amster- dam. 2216. Psychiatria et neurologia japonica. Tokio. 2217. Psychiatrisch-neurologische Wochenschrift. Halle a. S. 2218. Psychiatric (The) quarterly. Utica, N. Y. 2219. Psychic research quarterly. London. 2220. Psychoanalytic (The) review. Albany. 2221. Psychobiology. Baltimore 2222. Psychological abstracts. Princeton, N. J. 2223. Psychologische Arbeiten. Berlin. 2224. Psychological bulletin. Princeton, N. J. 2225. Psychological (The) clinic. Lancaster, Pa. 2226. Psychologische Forschung. Zeitschrift fiir Psycholo- gie und ihre Grenzwissenschaften. Berlin. 2227. Psychological index. Princeton, N. J. 2228. Psychologie und Medizin. Stuttgart. 2229. Psychological monographs. Princeton, N. J. 2230. Psychological review. Lancaster, Pa. 2231. Psychotherapeutische Praxis. Vierteljahresschrift fiir praktische arztliche Psychotherapie. Wien. 2232. Publications biologiques de I'Ecole des hautes etudes veterinaires. Brno. 2233. Pubblicazioni del Laboratorio di chimica biologica della R. Universita di Padova. Padova. 2234. Pubblicazioni della Stazione zoologica di Napoli. Roma. 2235. Publications of the Clark University Library. Worcester, Mass. 2236. Publications of the Colorado College. Colorado Springs. 2205. 2206. 2207. 2208. 2209. 2210. 2212. 2213. 2214. 2215. [67] Pub. Com. Costs M. Care Pub. Cornell Univ. Anat. Pub. Dep. Pediat. Univ. Toronto Pub. Dep. Surg. Univ. Pennsylvania Pub. Egypt. Univ. Fac. M. Pub. Field Mus. Natur. Hist. Pub. Health, Lond. Pub. Health Bull., Bost. Pub. Health Bull., Wash. Pub. Health J., Toronto Pub. Health Michigan Pub. Health News, Trenton Pub. Health Nurs. Pub. Health Rep., Wash. Pub. Health Rev., Ann Arb. Pub. Inst. Neur. Northwestern Univ. Pub. Macausland Orthop. Clin. Pub. McGill Univ. Pub. Nat. Quarant. Serv., Shanghai Pub. S. Afr. Inst. M. Res. Pub. Smithson. Inst. Pub. Univ. Pittsburgh School M. Pub. Wellcome Chem. Res. Lab. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir. P. verb. Congr. internat. gastroenter. P. verb. Soc. sc. phys. natur. Bordeaux 2237. Publications of the Committee on the Costs of Med- ical Care. New York. 2238. Publications of Cornell University Medical College; Studies from the Department of Anatomy. New York. 2239. Publications. Department of Pediatrics. Univer- sity of Toronto. Toronto, Can. 2240. Publications of the Department of Surgery; Univer- sity of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia. 2241. Publications of the Egyptian University, Faculty of Medicine. Cairo. 2242. Publication (at head of tp.) Field Museum of Nat- ural History [Anthropological series; Botanical series; Report series; Anthropology, Memoires.] Chicago. 2243. Public health. London. 2244. Public health bulletin. Boston. 2245. Public health bulletin. Washington. 2246. Public health journal. Toronto, Can. 2247. Public health, Michigan. Lansing, Mich. 2248. Public health news. Trenton, N. J. 2249. Public health nursing. Utica, N. Y. 2250. Public health reports. Washington. 2251. Public health reviews. Ann Arbor. 2252. Publications; Institute of Neurology; Northwestern University. Chicago. 2252a. Publications of the Macausland Orthopedic Clinic. New York. 2253. Publications of the McGill University. Montreal, Can. 2254. Publications of the National Quarantine Service. Shanghai. 2255. Publications of The South African Institute for Medical Research. Johannesburg. 2256. Publication; Smithsonian Institution. Washington. 2257. Publications from The University of Pittsburgh; School of Medicine. 2258._ Publications; Wellcome Chemical Research Labora- tories. London. 2259. Proces-verbaux. Congres frangais de chirurgie. 2260. Proces-verbaux. Congres international de gastro- enterologie. 2261. Proces-verbaux des seances de la Societe des sciences physiques et naturelles de Bordeaux. Bordeaux. Q Q. Bull. Bd Health N. Hampshire Q. Bull. California Bd Health Q. Bull. Health Org. League of Nat. Q. Bull. Kansas City Clin. Soc. Q. Bull. Louisiana Bd Health Q. Bull. Michigan Agr. Coll. Q. Bull. Milbank Mem. Fund Q. Bull. M. Women Nat. Ass. Q. Bull. N. York Dep. Health Q. Bull. N. York Hist. Soc Q. Bull. Rockefeller Found. Q. Bull. Sea View Hosp., N. Y. Q. Bull. S. Louis Coll. Pharm. Q. Bull. Univ. Hawaii 2262. Quarterly bulletin of the State Board of Health of New Hampshire. Concord. 2263. Quarterly bulletin California State Board of Health. Sacramento. 2264. Quarterly bulletin of the health organization of the League of Nations. Geneve. 2265. Quarterly bulletin of the Kansas City Clinical Society. Kansas City. 2266. Quarterly bulletin. Louisiana State Board of Health. New Orleans, La. 2267. Quarterly bulletin. Michigan Agricultural College. East Lansing. 2268. Quarterly bulletin. Milbank Memorial Fund. New York. 2269. Quarterly bulletin of the Medical Women's National Association. Oak Park, 111. 2270. Quarterly bulletin; New York Department of Health. New York. 2271. Quarterly bulletin of the New York Historical Society. 2272. Quarterly bulletin [at head of tp.] The Rockefeller Foundation. New York. 2273. Quarterly (The) bulletin of Sea View Hospital. New York. 2274. Quarterly bulletin of the S. Louis College of Phar- macy. S. Louis. 2275. Quarterly bulletin. University of Hawaii. Hono- lulu. 68 Q. J. Chin. Nurs. Q. J. Exp. Physiol., Lond. Q. J. Med., Oxf. Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond. Q. J. Pharm., Lond. Q. Phi Beta Pi M. Fratern. Q. psichiat., Genova Q. Pub. Am. Statist. Ass. Q. Rev. Biol. Queens Nurs. Mag., Lond. Quelle Quellen Gesch. Naturwiss. Med. Quest, med. actual., Par. Quincy M. Bull. 2276. Quarterly journal for Chinese nurses. Hankow. 2277. Quarterly journal of experimental physiology. London. 2278. Quarterly (The) journal of medicine. Oxford. 2279. Quarterly (The) journal of microscopical science. London. 2280. Quarterly journal of pharmacy and pharmacology. London. 2281. Quarterly of the Phi Beta Pi Medical Fraternity. 2282. Quaderni di psichiatria. Genova. 2283. Quarterly publications of the American Statistical 2284. Quarterly (The) review of biology. Baltimore. 2285. Queen's nurses' magazine. London. 2286. Quelle. Monatsschrift fiir Korper und Geistespflege. Hamburg. 2287. Quellen und Studien zur Geschichte der Naturwissen- schaften und der Medizin. Berlin. 2288. Questions medicales d'actualite. Paris. 2289. Quincy medical bulletin. Quincy, 111. R Radiobiologia, Venez. Radiochirurgia, Nap. Radiography, Lond. Radiogr. Clin. Photogr. Radiol, med., Milano Radiology Radiol. Rdsch. Radiol. Rev. Radium, Pittsb. Radium Rep. Mem. Hosp., N. Y. Radium Ther.. Denver Raggi ultraviol. Railw. Surg. J. Rapp. Conf. internat. rhumat. chron. Rapp. Congr. internat. asthme Rapp. Congr. Soc. internat. chir. Rass. clin. sc Rass. clin. ter. Rass. internaz. clin. ter. Rass. internaz. otorinolar. Rass. 1st. med. prev., Tor. Rass. ital. otorinolar. Rass. ital. ottalm. Rass. med. lavoro indust. Rass. med. sarda Rass. mens., Tor. Rass. ostet. Rass. previd. sociale Rass. sc biol. Rass. Soc. ital. igiene Rass. stud, psichiat. Rass. stud. sess. Rass. ter. pat. clin. Rec. Canterbury Mus. Rec. Malaria Surv. India Rec. med. vet. 2290. Radiobiologia. Venezia. 2291. Radiochirurgia. Napoli. 2292. Radiography. London. 2293. Radiography and clinical photography. Rochester, N. Y. 2294. Radiologia (La) medica. Milano. 2295. Radiology [v. p.] 2296. Radiologische Rundschau; Rontgen, Radium, Licht Berlin. 2297. Radiologic review & Mississippi Valley medical journal. Quincv, 111. 2298. Radium. Pittsburgh. 2299. Radium report of the Memorial Hospital. New York. 2300. Radium therapist. Denver. 2301. Raggi ultravioletti. Milano. 2302. Railway surgical journal. Chicago. 2303. Rapports. Conference scientifique internationale du rhumatisme chronique, progressif, generalise. 2304. Rapport de la Congres international de l'asthmc 2305. Rapports de la Congres de la Societe internationale de chirurgie. 2306. Rassegna clinico-scientifica. Milano. 2307. Rassegna (La) di clinica terapia e scienze affini. Roma. 2308. Rassegna internazionale di clinica e terapia. Napoli. 2309. Rassegna internazionale di oto-rino-laringologia. Roma. 2310. Rassegna dell' Istituto di medicina preventiva. Torino. 2311. Rassegna italiana di oto-rino-laringologia. Napoli. 2312. Rassegna italiana d'ottalmologia. Torino. 2313. Rassegna di medicina applicata al lavoro industriale. Torino. 2314. Rassegna medica sarda. Cagliari. 2315. Rassegna mensile. Torino. 2316. Rassegna (La) d'ostetricia e ginecologia. Napoli. 2317. Rassegna della previdenza sociale. Roma. 2318. Rassegna delle scienze biologiche. Firenze. 2318a. Rassegna della Reale Societa italiana d'igiene Milano. 2319. Rassegna di studi psichiatrici. Siena. 2320. Rassegna di studi sessuali, demografia ed eugenica. Roma. 2321. Rassegna di terapia e patologia clinica. Napoli. 2322. Records of the Canterbury Museum Christ Church, N. Z. 2323. Records of the Malaria Survey of India. Calcutta 2324. Recueil de medecine veterinaire. Paris." [69] Rec med. vet. exot. Rec. Oceanogr. Works Japan Rec. spec, accid. trav. Red Cross Bull. Red Cross Courier Red Cross Mag. Reddingwezen Ref. J. klin. med., Moskva Reforma med., Lima Reg. Kentucky Hist. Soc Reichsgesundhbl. Rel. Com. Nurs. Schools Rendic. Accad. sc. 1st. Bologna Rep. Austral. Cancer Conf. Rep. Bd Health, Cambr. Rep. Bd Health Kentucky Rep. Bd Health Michigan Rep. Bd Health N. Jersey Rep. Bd Health Ohio Rep. Bd Health Rhode Island Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc. Rep. Chief U. S. Weather Bur. Rep. Columbia Inst. Deaf, Wash. Rep. Connecticut Bd Health Rep. Dep. Health Iowa Rep. Dep. Health Maine Rep. Dep. Health Maryland Rep. Dep. Health Montreal Rep. Dep. Pub. Health Illinois Rep. Dir. Pub. Health N. S. Wales Rep. Dir. Vet. Educ. Pretoria Repert. med. cir., Bogota Repert. pharm. Rep. Hackney M. Oft*. Health Rep. Health of Army, Lond. Rep. Health Manchester Rep. Henry Phipps Inst. Tuberc. Rep. Inst. Sc. Labour, Kurasiki Rep. Internat. Conf. Goiter Rep. Internat. Congr. Mil. M. Pharm. Rep. Internat. Neomalthus. Conf. Rep. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Rep. Kansas Bd Health Rep. Lahey Clin. Rep. Lancashire Tuberc. Off. Rep. Massachusetts Gen. Hosp. 2325. Recueil de medecine veterinaire exotiquc Paris. 2326. Records of Oceanographic Works in Japan. Tokyo. 2327. Recueil special des accidents du travail. Paris. 2328. Red Cross bulletin. Washington. 2329. Red Cross courier. Washington. 2330. Rec Cross magazine. Washington. 2331. Reddingwezen. Amsterdam. 2332. Referati jurnala klinicheskaia meditsina. Moskva. 2332a. Reforma (La) medica. Lima. 2333. Register of the Kentucky Historical Society. Frankfort, Ky. 2334. Reichs-Gesundheitsblatt. Berlin. 2335. Releases of Committee on the Grading of Nursing Schools. New York. 2336. Rendiconto delle sessioni della R. Accademia delle scienze dell' Istituto di Bologna. Bologna. 2337. Report of the Australian Cancer Conference. 2338. Report of the Board of Health. Cambridge. 2339. Reports of the State Board of Health of Kentucky. Bowling Green. 2340. Reports of the State Board of Health of Michigan. Lansing. 2341. Reports of the Board of Health of the State of New Jersey. Trenton. 2342. Reports of the State Board of Health of Ohio. Columbus. 2343. Reports of the State Board of Health of Rhode Island. Providence. 2344. Report of the meetings of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. London. 2345. Report of the Chief of the Weather Bureau. U. S. Department of Agriculture. Washington. 2346. Report of the Columbia Institute for the Deaf. Washington, D. C. 2347. Report of the Connecticut State Board of Health. New Haven. 2348. Reports of the State Department of health of Iowa. Des Moi,'nes. 2349. Reports of the State Department of Health of Maine. Augusta, Me. 2350. Reports of the State Department of Health of Mary- land. Annapolis, Md. 2351. Report of the Department of Health of Montreal. Montreal. 2352. Reports of the Department of Public Health of Illinois. Springfield. 2353. Report of the Director-General of Public Health. N. S. Wales. 2354. Reports of the Director of Veterinary Education and Research [Pretoria] 2355. Repertorio de medicina y cirugia. Bogota. 2356. Repertoire de pharmacie. Paris. 2357. Report of the Hackney Medical Officer of Health. Hackney, Engl. 2358. Report on the health of the Army. London. 2359. Report on the health of the City of Manchester. Manchester, Engl. 2360. Report of the Henry Phipps Institute for the Study ... of Tuberculosis. Philadelphia. 2361. Report of the Institute of Science and Labour. Kurasiki, Japan. 2362. Report of the International Conference on Goiter in Berne. 2363. Report on International Congress of Military Medicine and Pharmacy. 2364. Report of the International Neo-Malthusian and Birth Control Conference. 2365 Report of the Johns Hopkins Hospital. Baltimore. 2366. Reports of Kansas State Board of Health. Topeka. 2367. Report of the Lahey Clinic. Boston. 2368. Report of the Lancashire Central Tuberculosis Officer of the Lancashire County Council. Liverpool. 2369. Reports (Annual) of the Massachusetts General Hospital. Boston. [70] Rep. Mat. Hosp. Manchester Rep. Michigan Acad. Sc Rep. M. Off. Health Glasgow Rep. M. Res. Counc, Lond. Rep. Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S. Rep. Nat. Quarant. Serv. China Rep. Nat. Res. Counc. Japan Rep. N. Carolina Bd Health Rep. North Manchur. Plague Prev. Serv. Rep. N. York State Dep. Health Rep. N. York State Woman Hosp. Rep. Peter Bent Brigham Hosp. Rep. Philadelphia Gen. Hosp. Rep. Proc. Am. Soc. San. Engin. Rep. Pub. Health, Lond. Rep. Rhode Island Health Com. Repr. Michigan Dep. Health Repr. Nat. Res. Counc, Wash. Repr. Presbyter. Hosp. N. York Rep. S. Andrews Inst. Clin. Res., Lond. Rep. S. Barth. Hosp., Lond. Rep. Seer. U. S. Dep. Agr. Rep. Seer. U. S. Dep. Int. Rep. Seer. U. S. Navy Rep. S. Thomas Hosp., Lond. Rep. Superint. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Rep. Surg. Staff Woman Hosp., S. Louis Rep. Surg. Staff Woman Hosp. State N. York Rep. Ther. Res. Com. Am. M. Ass. Rep. U. S. Fed. Bd Vocat. Educ. Rep. Wayne Co. M. Soc. Res. Bull. Univ. Missouri Agr. Exp. Sta. Res. London Hosp. Res. Q. Am. Phys. Educ. Ass. Resumpt. genet., Gravenh. Rev. actin., Par. Rev. anthrop., Par. Rev. Appl. Entom., Lond. Rev. argent, derm. sif. 2370. Report of the Maternity Hospital, Manchester. Manchester, Engl. . 2371. Report of the Michigan Academy of Science. 2372. Report of the Medical Officer of Health, City of Glasgow. Glasgow. 2373. Report of the Medical Research Council. London. 2374. Reports of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America. Washington. # 2375. Reports of the National Quarantine Service; Repub- lic of China. T 2376. Report; National Research Council of Japan. Tokyo. , TT 2377. Reports of the North Carolina Board of Health. Raleigh. 2378. Report of the North Manchurian Plague Prevention Service. Tientsin. 2379. Report of the State Department of Health of New Yrork. Albany. 2380. Reports of the New York State Woman s Hospital. New York. TT 2381. Reports of the Peter Bent Brigham Hospital. Cambridge, Mass. 2382. Reports of the Philadelphia General Hospital. Philadelphia. 2383. Report of proceedings of American Society of Sani- tary Engineering. 2384. Reports on public health and medical subjects. London. 2385. Reports (Biennial) of the Rhode Island Health Com- mission. Providence. 2386. Reprint series. Michigan Department of Health. Lansing. 2387. Reprint and circular series of the National Research Council. Washington. 2388. Reprints from medical and surgical report of the Presbyterian Hospital in the City of New York. New York. 2389. Report of the S. Andrews Institute for clinical research. London. 2390. Reports of S. Bartholomew's Hospital. London. 2391. Report of the Secretary of the [U. S.] Department of Agriculture. Washington. 2392. Report of the Secretary of the [U. S.] Department of Interior. Washington. 2393. Reports of the Secretary of [U. S.] Navy. Washing- ton. 2394. Reports of the S. Thomas Hospital. London. 2395. Report of the Superintendent of Johns Hopkins Hospital. Baltimore. 2396. Report of the surgical staff of the Woman's Hospital. S. Louis. 2397. Report (A) on the Scientific Work of the Surgical Staff of the Woman's Hospital in the State of New Y'ork. New .York. 2398. Report of the investigation of the Therapeutic Research Committee of the Council on Pharmacy and Chemistry of the American Medical Association. Chicago. 2399. Reports of the [U. S.] Federal Board for Vocational Education. Washington. 2400. Report of the Wayne County (Mich.) Medical Society. Ann Arbor. 2401. Research bulletin. University of Missouri. Col- lege of Agriculture. Agricultural Experiment Station. Columbus, Mo. 2402. Researches of the London Hospital. London. 2403. Research quarterly of the American Physical Education Association. 2404. Resumptio genetica. 's Gravenhage. 2405. Revue d'actinologie et de physiotherapie. Paris. 2406. Revue anthropologique. Paris. 2407. Review of applied entomology. London. 2408. Revista argentina de dermatosifilologia.' Buenos Aires. [71] Rev. argent, neur. psiquiat. Rev. As. med. argent. Rev. As. med. mex. Rev. Ass. paul. med. Rev. beige sc med. Rev. biol., S. Paulo Rev. brasil. med. farm. Rev. chir., Bucur. Rev. chir., Par. Rev. chir. plast., Brux. Rev. chir. struct., Brux. Rev. cienc. med., B. Air. Rev. cienc. med., Mex. Rev. cir., B. Air. Rev. cir. Barcelona Rev. Circ. med. argent. Rev. Circ med. Cordoba Rev. Circ. mil., S. Salvador Rev. cir. Hosp. Juarez, Mex. Rev. Clin. Stomat. Rev. Col. farm. Habana Rev. Rev. Rev. Rev. Rev. crim., B. Air. crit. path., Par. cubana obst. cubana oft. cubana oft. otolar. Rev. cubana otoneuroft. Rev. derm., B. Air. Rev. derm, argent. Rev. espan. med. cir. Rev. espan. obst. Rev. espec, B. Air. Rev. estud. mil., Madr. Rev. filip. med. Rev. fr. derm, vener. Rev. fr. endocr. Rev. fr. gyn. obst. Rev. fr. pediat. Rev. fr. psychanal. Rev. Gastroenter. Rev. gen. clin. ther. Rev. gen. med. vet. Rev. gen. opth., Geneve Rev. gen. sc. pur. Rev. gyn. obst., Rio Rev. hig., Bogota Rev. hig. tuberc, Valencia Rev. hyg., Par. Rev. hyg. prophyl. social. Rev. hyg. social. Strasbourg Rev. iber. amer. cienc. med. Rev. immun., Par. Rev. interall. mutil. guerre Rev. internat. Croix Rouge Rev. internat. hyg. pub., Geneve 2409. Revista argentina de neurologfa, psiquiatria y medicina legal. Buenos Aires. 2410. Revista de la Asociaci6n medica argentina. Buenos Aires. 2411. Revista de la Asociaci6n mddica mexicana. Mexico. 2412. Revista da Associacao paulista de medicina. Sao Paulo. 2413. Revue beige des sciences medicales. Louvain. 2414. Revista de biologia e hygiene. Sao Paulo. 2415. Revista brasileira de medicina e farmacia. Rio de Janeiro. 2416. Revista de chirurgie. Bucuresti. 2417. Revue de chirurgie. Paris. 2418. Revue de chirurgie plastique. Bruxelles. 2419. Revue de chirurgie structive. Bruxelles. 2420. Revista de ciencias medicas. Buenos Aires. 2421. Revista de ciencias medicas. Mexico. 2422. Revista de cirugia. Buenos Aires. 2423. Revista de cirugia de Barcelona. Barcelona. 2424. Revista del Circulo medico argentino y Centro de estudiantes de medicina. Buenos Aires. 2425. Revista del Circulo medico de C6rdoba. C6rdoba. 2426. Revista del Circulo militar. S. Salvador. 2427. Revista de cirugia; Hospital Juarez. Mexico. 2428. Review of clinical stomatology. New York. 2429. Revista del Colegio farmaceutico de la Habana. La Habana. 2430. Revista de criminologfa, psiquiatria y medicina legal. Buenos Aires. 2431. Revue critique de pathologie et de therapeutiquc Paris. 2432. Revista cubana de obstetricia y ginecologia. La Habana. 2433. Revista cubana de oftalmologia. La Habana. 2434. Revista cubana de oftalmologia y oto-rino-larin- gologia. La Habana. 2435. Revista cubana de oto-neuro-oftalmiatria. La Habana. 2436. Revista dermatologica. Buenos Aires. 2437. Revista dermatol6gica argentina. Buenos Aires. 2438. Revista espanola de medicina y cirugia. Barcelona. 2439. Revista espanola de obstetricia y ginecologia. Valladolid. 2440. Revista de especialidades. Buenos Aires. 2441. Revista de estudios militares. Madrid. 2442. Revista filipina de medicina y farmacia. Manila. 2443. Revue francaise de dermatologie et de venereologic. Paris. 2444. Revue francaise d'endocrinologic Paris. 2445. Revue francaise de gynecologie et obstetrique. Paris. 2446. Revue francaise de pediatrie. Paris. 2447. Revue francaise de psychanalyse. Paris. 2448. Review (The) gastroenterology. New York. 2449. Revue generale de* clinique et de therapeutiquc Paris [See J. prat., Par.] 2450. Revue generale de medecine v£terinaire. Toulouse. 2451. Revue generale d'ophtalmologie. Geneve. 2452. Revue generale des sciences pures et appliquees. Paris. 2453. Revista de gynecologia e d'obstetricia. Rio de Janeiro. 2454. Revista de higiene. Bogotd. 2455. Revista de higiene y de tuberculosis. Valencia. 2456. Revue d'hygiene [et de medecine preventive] Paris 2457. Revue d'hygiene et de prophylaxie sociales. Paris. 2458. Revue d'hygiene sociale de Strasbourg. Strasbourg. 2459. Revista ibero-americana de ciencias medicas. Ma- drid. 2460. Revue d'immunologic Paris. 2461. Revue interallied pour l'etude des questions interes- sant les mutilcs de la guerre. Paris. 2462. Revue internationale de la Croix-rouge. Geneve. 2463. Revue internationale d'hygiene publique. Geneve. [72] Rev. internat. med. chir. Rev. internat. trachome Rev. laryng., Bord. Rev. med. Rev. med. Rev. med. Rev. med. Rev. med. Rev. med. Rev. med. Rev. med. Rev. med. Rev. med. Rev. med. Rev. med. Rev. med. Rev. med. , Louvain , Managua , Par. , Puebla , Rosario , S. Jose , S. Paulo Angola Bahia Barcelona Bogota centr. ouest Chile chir. mal. foie Rev. med. cir., Caracas Rev. med. cir. Brasil Rev. med. cir. Habana Rev. med. cir. mil., Rio Rev. med. Colombia Rev. med. cubana Rev. med. est Rev. med. fr. Rev. med. germ. iber. amer. Rev. med. Hamburgo Rev. med. hondur. Rev. med. hyg. mil., Rio Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par. Rev. med. lat. amer., B. Air. Rev. med. leg. Cuba Rev. med. Malaga Rev. med. mil., Rio Rev. med. Nancy Rev. med. profes., Bar eel. Rev. med. quir., Tegucigalpa Rev. med. quir. hosp., Bogota Rev. med. Rosario Rev. med. roumain Rev. med. Suisse rom. Rev. med. trop., Bogota Rev. med. Uruguay Rev. med. veracruz Rev. med. vet., B. Air. Rev. med. Yucatan Rev. mex. biol. Rev. mex. cir. Rev. mex. puericult. Rev. mil., B. Air. Rev. mil., La Paz Rev. mil. gen., Strasb. Rev. neur., Par. Rev. neuropath., Praha Rev. neuropsychopath., Praha Rev. neur. Psychiat., Praha Rev. odont., Par. Rev. orthop., Par. Rev. otoneur., B. Air. Rev. otoneur., Par. Rev. philanthrop., Par. Rev. philos. France Rev. phtisiol., Par. Rev. prat. biol. appl., Par. 2464. Revue internationale de mddecine et de chirurgie 2465. Revue internationale du trachome. Paris. 2466. Revue de laryngologie, otologie, rhmologie. Bor- deaux. 2467. Revue medicale Louvain. 2468. Revista medica. Managua. 2469. Revue de medicine. Paris. 2470. Revista medica. Puebla. 2471. Revista de medicina. Rosario de Santa Fc 2472. Revista medica. San Jos6, Costa Rica. 2473. Revista de medicina. Sao Paulo. 2474. Revista medica de Angola. Loanda. 2474a. Revista medica da Bahia. Bahia. 2475. Revista medica de Barcelona. Barcelona. 2476. Revista medica de Bogota. Bogota. 2477. Revue medicale du Centre-Ouest. Poitiers. 2478. Revista medica de Chile. Santiago. 2479. Revue medico-chirurgicale des maladies du foie, du pancreas et de la rate. Paris. 2480. Revista de medicina y cirugia. Caracas. 2481. Revista medico-cirurgica do Brasil. Rio de Janeiro. 2482. Revista de medicina y cirugia de la Habana. La Habana. 2483. Revista medico-cirurgica militar. Rio de Janeiro. 2484. Revista medica de Colombia. Bogota. 2485. Revista medica cubana. La Habana. 2486. Revue medicale de l'Est. Nancy. 2487. Revue medicale frangaise. Paris. 2488. Revista medica germano-ibero-americana. Leipzig. 2489. Revista medica de Hamburgo. Hamburg. 2490. Revista medica hondurena. Tegucigalpa. 2491. Revista de medicina e hygiene militar. Rio de Janeiro. 2492. Revue de medecine et d'hygiene tropicales. Paris. 2493. Revista medica latino-americana. Buenos Aires. 2494. Revista de medicina legal de Cuba. La Habana. 2495. Revista medica de Malaga. Malaga. 2496. Revista de medicina militar 2497. Revue medicale de Nancy. 2498. Revista medico-profesional. Rio de Janeiro. Nancy. Barcelona. Tegucigalpa. 2500. Revista medico-quiriirgica de los hospitales. Bogotd. 2501. Revista medica del Rosario. Rosario de Santa Fe. 2502. Revue medicale roumaine. Bucure§ti. 2503. Revue medicale de la Suisse romande. Lausanne. 2504. Revista de medicina tropical. Bogota. 2505. Revista medica del Uruguay. Montevideo. 2506. Revista medica veracruzana. Veracruz, 2507. Revista de medicina veterinaria. Buenos Aires. 2508. Revista (La) medica de Yucatan. ■ Merida. 2509. Revista mexicana de biologia. Mexico. 2510. Revista mexicana de cirugia, ginecologia y cancer. Mexico. 2511. Revista mexicana de puericultura. Mexico. 2512. Revista militar. Buenos Aires. 2513. Revista militar. La Paz, Bolivia. 2514. Revue militaire generale. Strasbourg. 2515. Revue neurologique. Paris. 2516. Revue. Neuropathologie, psychiatric, therapie, lekarstui socialni. Praha. 2517. Revue. Neuropsychopathologie [etc.] Praha. 251S. Revue v neurologii a psychiatrii. Praha. 2519. Revue odontologique Paris. 2520. Revue d'orthopedie [et de chirurgie de l'appareil moteur] Paris. 2521. Revista oto-neuro-oftalmol6gica [y de cirugia neu- rol6gica) sud-americana. Buenos Aires. 2522. Revue d'oto-neuro-ophtalmologie. Paris. 2523. Revue philanthropique. Paris. 2524. Revue philosophique [de la France et de l'etranger] Paris. 2525. Revue de phtisiologie medico-sociale. Paris. 2526. Revue pratique de biologie appliquee [a la clinique et a la therapeutique] Paris, [73] Rev. prat, hyg., mun., Nancy Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds Rev. psiquiat. Neur., Habana Rev. psychol. appl., Par. Rev. radiol., Berl. Rev. radiol. fisioter., Chic. Rev. san. mil., Asuncion Rev. san. mil., B. Air. Rev. san. mil., Bucur. Rev. san. mil. (Chile) Rev. san. mil., Lima Rev. san. mil., Madr. Rev. sc, Par. Rev. Sc. Instrum. Rev. Serv. san. mil., Par. Rev. Soc. argent, biol. Rev. Soc. argent, neur. Rev. Soc. argent, nipiol. Rev. Soc. argent, oft. Rev. Soc. argent, otorrinolar. Rev. Soc. argent, radio electr. Rev. Soc. argent, tisiol. Rev. Soc. argent, urol. Rev. Soc. hig. microb., B. Air. Rev. Soc med. int., B. Air. Rev. Soc. med. quir. Zulia Rev. st. med., Bucur. Rev. stomat., Par. Rev. sudamer. endocr., B. Air. Rev. sudamer. med., Par. Rev. Rev. Rev. Rev. Rev. Rev. techn. chir., Par. trachome, Par. tuberc, Par. tuberc Uruguay tunis. sc. med. Univ. B. Aires Rev. Univ. Rio Rev. valenc. cienc. med. Rev. vet. mil., Bucur. Rev. vet. mil., Par. Rev. vet. slave, Brno Rev. zootecn., B. Air. Rhode Island M. J. Ricer. morf. Ricer. morf. biol. anim. Riforma med. Rinasc med. Rinsho shika Riv. antrop. Riv. biol. Riv. chir., Como Riv. chir., Nap. Riv. chir., Roma Riv. chir., S. Onofrio Riv. clin. med. Riv. clin. pediat. 2527. Revue pratique d'hygiene municipale urbaine et rurale. Nancy. 2528. Revue pratique des maladies des pays chauds. Paris. 2529. Revista de psiquiatria y neurologia. La Habana. 2530. Revue de psychologie appliquee. Paris. 2531. Revista de radiologia. Berlin. 2532. Revista de radiologia y fisioterapia. Chicago. 2533. Revista de sanidad militar. Asunci6n, Paragua}'. 2534. Revista de la sanidad militar. Buenos Aires. 2535. Revista sanitara militara. Bucuresti. 2535a. Revista de la sanidad militar. Santiago de Chile. 2536. Revista de sanidad militar. Lima. Revista de sanidad militar. Madrid. Revue scientifique. Paris. Review (The) of scientific instruments. Lancaster, 2537. 2538. 2539. Pa. 2540. 2541. Revue du Service de Sante militaire. Paris. Revista de la Sociedad argentina de biologia. Buenos Aires. 2542. Revista de la Sociedad argentina de neurologia y psichiatria. Buenos Aires. 2543. Revista de la Sociedad argentina de nipiologia. Buenos Aires. 2544. Revista de la Sociedad argentina de oftalmologia. Buenos Aires. 2545. Revista de la Sociedad argentina de otorrinola- ringologfa. Buenos Aires. 2546. Revista de la Sociedad argentina de radio- y elec- trologia. Buenos Aires. 2547. Revista de la Sociedad argentina de tisiologia. Buenos Aires. 2548. Revista de la Sociedad argentina de urologia. Bue- nos Aires. 2549. Revista de la Sociedad de higiene y microbiologia. Buenos Aires. 2550. Revista de la Sociedad de medicina interna y de Sociedad de tisiologia. Buenos Aires. 2551. Revista de la Sociedad medico-quirurgica del Zulia. Maracaibo. 2552. Revista §tiintelor medicale. Bucure§ti. 2553. Revue (La) de stomatologic Paris. 2554. Revista sudamericana de endocrinologia, immu- nologia y quimioterapia. Buenos Aires. 2555. Revue sud-americaine de medecine et de chirurgie. Paris. 2556. Revue de la technique chirurgicale. Paris. 2457. Revue de trachome. Paris. 2558. Revue de la tuberculose. Paris. 2559. Revista de tuberculosis del Uruguay. Montevideo. 2560. Revue tunisienne des sciences medicales. Tunis. 2561. Revista de la Universidad de Buenos Aires. Buenos Aires. 2562. Revista do Universidade do Rio de Janeiro. Rio de Janeiro. 2563. Revista valenciana de ciencias medicas. Valencia. 2564. Revista veterinara militara. Bucure§ti 2565. Revue veterinaire militaire. Paris. 2566. Revue veterinaire slave. Brno. 2567. Revista zootecnica. Buenos Aires. 2568. Rhode Island (The) medical journal. Providence, R. I. Ricerche de morfologia. Roma. Ricerche di morfologia e biologia animale. Riforma (La) medica. Napoli. Rinascenza medica. Napoli. Rinsho shika. Osaka, Japan. Rivista di antropologia. Roma. Rivista di biologia. Perugia. Como. Napoli. Roma. Saint Onofrio. 2569. 2570. 2571. 2572. 2573. 2574. 2575. 2576. Rivista di chirurgia 2577. Rivista di chirurgia. 2578. Rivista di chirurgia. 2579. Rivista di chirurgia. 2580. Rivista di clinica medica. Firenze. 2581. Rivista di clinica pediatrica. Firenze Napoli. [74] Riv. crit. clin. med. Riv. crit. lavoro Riv. idr. clim. Riv. idroclim. Riv. immun. Riv. ingegn. san. Riv. internaz. ingegn. san. Riv. internaz. san. pubb., Geneve Riv. ital. actin. Riv. ital. gin. Riv. ital. neuropat. Riv. ital. stomat. Riv. malariol. Riv. med. Riv. med. leg. Riv. med. social, tuberc. Riv. mens, mun., Tor. Riv. neur., Nap. Riv. nipiol. Riv. osp. Riv. ostet. gin. Riv. otoneur. Riv. pat. app. resp. Riv. pat. clin. tuberc. Riv. pat. nerv. Riv. pat. sper. Riv. pellagr. ital. Riv. psicol. Riv. radiol. > Riv. sicil. ostet. Riv. sper. freniat. Riv. stor. sc med. Rontgenpraxis Romania med. Roosevelt Wild Life Ann. Roosevelt Wild Life Bull. Rotes Kreuz Roux' Arch. Rozpr. wydz. mat. przyrod. Polska Akad. Russ. arkh. anat. Russ. J. trop. med. Russ. klin. 2582. Rivista critica di clinica medica. Firenze. 2583. Rivista critica [del diritto del lavoro e della res- ponsabilita civile] Milano. 2584. Rivista di idrologia, climatologia e terapia fisica. Milano. 2585. Rivista di idroclimatologia, talassologia e terapia fisica. Milano. 2586. Rivista di immunologia e scienze affini. Milano. 2587. Rivista di ingegneria sanitaria. Torino. 2588. Rivista internazionale di ingegneria sanitaria ed urbanistica. Milano. 2589. Rivista internazionale di sanita pubblica. Geneve. 2590. Rivista italiana di actinologia. Milano. 2591. Rivista italiana di ginecologia. Bologna. 2592. Rivista italiana di neuropatologia, psichiatria ed elettroterapia. Catania. 2593. Rivista italiana di stomatologia. Parma. 2594. Rivista di malariologia. Roma. 2595. Rivista (La) medica. Milano. 2596. Rivista di medicina legale e di giurisprudenza medica. Siena. 2597. Rivista medico-sociale della tubercolosi. Palermo. 2598. Rivista mensile municipale. Torino. 2599. Rivista neurologia. Napoli. 2600. Rivista di nipiologia. Napoli. 2601. Rivista ospedaliera. Roma. 2602. Rivista d'ostetricia e ginecologia pratica. Milano. 2603. Rivista oto-neuro-oftalmologica. Bologna. 2604. Rivista di patologia dell' apparato respiratorio. Arco. 2605. Rivista di patologia e clinica della tubercolosi. Bologna. 2606. Rivista di patologia nervosa e mentalc Siena. 2607. Rivista di patologia sperimentale. Torino. 2608. Rivista pellagrologica italiana [etc.] Udine. 2609. Rivista di psicologia. Bologna. 2610. Rivista di radiologia e fisica medica. Bologna. 2611. Rivista siciliana d'ostetricia e ginecologia pratica. Palermo. 2612. Rivista sperimentale di freniatria [e medicina legale delle alienazioni mentali] Reggio Emilia. 2613. Rivista di storia delle scienze mediche e naturali. Siena. 2614. Rontgenpraxis. Leipzig. 2615. Romania medicaid. Bucuresti. 2616. Roosevelt wild life annals. Syracuse. 2617. Roosevelt wild life bulletin. Syracuse. 2618. Rote (Das) Kreuz. Berlin. 2619. Wilhelm Roux' Archiv fiir Entwicklungsmechanik der Organismen. Berlin [See Archiv fiir Entwick- lungsmechanik der Organismen.] 2620. Rozprawy wydzialu matematyczno-przyrodniczego (at head of tp.) Polska Akademja umiejet nosci. Krakow. 2621. Russky arkhiv anatomy gistology i embriology. Leningrad. 2622. Russky jurnal tropichesskoy meditsiny. Moskva. 2623. Russkaia klinika. Moskva. Sachs. Hebam. Ztg Safety Engin. S. Afr. J. M. Sc S. Afr. M. J. S. Afr. M. Rec. S. Afr. Nurs. Rec Saito Ho On Kai Monogr. Ser. Salubridad, Mex. Samml. Derm. 2624. Sachsische Hebammen-Zeitung. Dresden. 2625. Safety engineering. New York. 2626. South (The) African journal of medical sciences. Johannesburg, S. Africa. 2627. South African medical journal. Cape Town. 2628. South African medical record. Cape Town. 2629. South African nursing record. E. London, S. Africa. 2630. Saito ho-on Kai monograph series. Sendai 2631. Salubridad. Mexico. 2632. Sammlung zwangloser Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Dermatologie und Syphilidologic Halle. [75] Samml. Nervenkr. Samml. Verdauungskr. Sanatorium, Denver San. & benef., Habana Sang, Par. San. mil., Habana San. Rec, Lond. Savoir, Par. S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond. Sborn. lek. Scalpel, Brux. Scalpel, N. Ori. Sc American Sc Am. Month. Schizofrenie Schmerz Schmidts Jahrb. School Health News School Health Stud. School Hyg., Lond. School Hyg. Rev. School Life School Physicians Bull. , School & Soc. Schr. Konigsberg. gelehrt. Ges. Schr. Naturwiss. Verein. Schl. Hol- stein Schulzahnpflege Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat. Schweiz. Arch. Tierh. Schweiz. med. Wschr. Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh. Schweiz. Rdsch. Med. Schweiz. Vjschr. Zahnh. Schwester Science Science Leaflet Science News Lett. Science Progr., Lond. Sciences, Par. Sciencia med., Rio Scientia, Bologna Sc Month. Sc Proc. R. Dublin Soc. Sc. Rep. Cancer Res. Fund, Lond. Sc Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis., Tokyo Sc. Rep. Tohoku Univ. Sc. Ther., Lewist. Scuola posit. Seattle Health Sei i kwai Sem. hop. Paris Sem. med., B. Air. Serv. Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish. Serv. Pub. Dept. Health Melbourne Serv. Pub. Indust. Hyg., Melb. Serv. Pub. Trop. Div., Melb. Seuchenbekampfung, Wien 2633. Sammlung zwangloser Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Nerven- und Geisteskrankheiten. Halle. 2634. Sammlung zwangloser Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Verdauungs- und Stoffwechsel-Krankheiten. Halle. 2635. Sanatorium. Denver. 2636. Sanidad y beneficencia. La Habana. 2637. Sang (Le) biologie et pathologie. Paris. 2638. Sanidad militar. Habana. 2639. Sanitary record. London. 2640. Savoir. Paris. 2C41. S. Bartholomew's Hospital journal. London. 2642. Sbornik lekafsky. Praha. 2643. Scalpel. Bruxelles. 2644. Scalpel. New Orleans, La. 2645. Scientific American. New York. 2646. Scientific American monthly. New York. 2647. Schizofrenie. Torino. 2648. Schmerz, Narkose-Anaesthesie. Leipzig. 2649. Schmidt's Jahrbucher der in- und ausliindischen gesamten Medizin. Leipzig. 2650. School health news. New York. 2651. School health studies. Washington. 2652. School hygiene. London. 2653. School hygiene review. Worcester, Mass. 2654. School life. Washington. 2654a. School physicians' bulletin. Albany, N. Y. 2655. School and society. New York. 2656. Schriften der Konigsberger gelehrten Gesellschaft. Konigsberg. 2657. Schriften des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins fiir Schleswig-Holstein. Kiel. 2658. Schulzahnpflege. Berlin. 2659. Schweizer Archiv fiir Neurologie und Psychiatric Zurich. 2660. Schweizer Archiv fiir Tierheilkunde. Zurich. 2661. Schweizerische medizinische Wochenschrift. Basel. 2662. Schweizerische Monatsschrift fiir Zahnheilkunde. Zurich. 2663. Schweizerische Rundschau fiir Medizin. Bern. 2664. Schweizerische Vierteljahrsschrift fiir Zahnheilkunde. Geneve. 2665. Schwester. Berlin. 2666. Science. Lancaster, Pa. 2667. Science leaflet. Lancaster, Pa. 2668. Science news letter. Washington. 2669. Science progress. London. 2670. Sciences; revue de l'Association francaise pour l'avancement des sciences. Paris. 2671. Sciencia medica. Rio de Janeiro. 2672. Scientia. Bologna. 2673. Scientific monthly. Lancaster, Pa. 2674. Scientific proceedings of the Royal Dublin Society. Dublin. 2675. Scientific report on the investigations of the Im- perial Cancer Research Fund. London. 2676. Scientific reports from the Government Institute for Infectious Diseases. Tokyo Imperial University. Tokyo. 2677. Science (The) reports of the Tohoku Imperial Uni- versity. Sendai, Japan. 2678. Scientific therapy and practical research. Lewis- town, Pa. 2679. Scuola (La) positiva. Milano. 2680. Seattle health and sanitation. Seattle. 2681. Sei i kwai medical journal. Tokyo. 2682. Semaine (La) des hopitaux de Paris. Paris. 2683. Semana (La) medica. Buenos Aires. 2684. Service bulletins of the [U. S.] Bureau of Fisheries. Washington. 2685. Service publications of the Department of Health of Melbourne. Melbourne. 2686. Service publication [Division of industrial hygiene] Melbourne. 2687. Service publication [Tropical division] Melbourne. 2688. Seuchenbekampfung. Wien. [76] Sexology Shield, Lond. Shikwa gakuho Sierra Leone R. Gaz. Sightsav. Rev. Siglo med. Sigma Xi Q. Signal Corps Bull. Sind M. J. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien Sitzber. Ges. Morph. Munchen Sitzber. Ges. Naturwiss. Marburg Sitzber. Heidelberg. Akad. Wiss. Sitzber. math, naturwiss. Abt. Bayer, Akad. Wiss. Sitzber. Otolar. Ges. Berlin Sitzber. Phys. med. Soz. Erlangen Sitzber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl. S. Mary Hosp. Gaz., Lond. S. Michael Hosp. M. Bull., Toronto Smithson. Misc. Collect. S. M. S., Par. Soc. fr. prophyl. san. Social Hyg. Bull. Sociologus, Stuttg. South. California Pract. South. Hosp. Rec, Atlanta South. M. J. South. M. & S. South. Surgeon Southwest J. M. & S. Southwest. M. Southwest Texas M. Sovet. khir. Sovet. klin. Sovet. med. Sibiri Sovet. nevropat. Sovet. psikhonevr. Sovet. stomat. Sovet. vest. oft. Sovet. vest, vener. Sovet. vrach. gaz. Sovet. vrach. J. Sovrem. psikhonevr. Soziale Prax. Spec Bull. Dep. Health Montana Spec. Rep. M. Res. Counc, Lond. Sperimentale Spisy Lek. Fak. Masaryk. Univ. Spitalul Sportmedizin Squibb Mem. Stain Techn. Stanford Univ. Pub. Starry Cross State Bd Health Bull. Wisconsin State Hosp. Q., Utica Freetown. Philadelphia. Wash- 2689. Sexology. New York. 2690. Shield. London. 2691. Shikwa gakuho. Tokyo. 2692. Sierra Leone royal gazette. 2693. Sight-saving (The) review. 2694. Siglo (El) medico. Madrid. 2694a. Sigma Xi quarterly. Burlington, Vt. 2695. Signal corps bulletins (War Department) ington. 2696. Sind (The) medical journal. Karachi. 2697. Sitzungsberichte der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien. Wien. 2698. Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft fiir Morphologie und Physiologie in Munchen. Munchen. 2699. Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesamten Naturwissenschaften zu Marburg. Berlin. 2700. Sitzungsberichte der Heidelberger Akademie der Wissenschaften. Heidelberg. 2701. Sitzungsberichte der mathematisch-naturwissen- schaftlichen Abteilung der Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Munchen. Munchen. 2702. Sitzungsberichte der Oto-laryngologischen Gesell- schaft zu Berlin. Leipzig. 2703. Sitzungsberichte der Physikalisch-medizinischen So- zietat zu Erlangen. Erlangen. 2704. Sitzungsberichte der Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Berlin. 2705. Skandinavisches Archil fiir Physiologie. Berlin. 2706. S. Mary's Hospital gazette. London. 2707. S. Michael's Hospital medical bulletin. Toronto. 2708. Smithsonian miscellaneous collections. Washing- ton, D. C. 2709. S. M. S. (Syndicat des medecins de la Seine) Paris. 2710. Societe frangaise de prophylaxie sanitaire et morale. Paris. 2711. Social hygiene bulletin. New York. 2712. Sociologus. Stuttgart. 2713. Southern California practitioner. Los Angeles. 2714. Southern Hospital record. Atlanta, Ga. 2715. Southern medical journal. Birmingham, Ala. 2716. Southern medicine and surgery. Charlotte, N. C. 2717. Southern (The) surgeon. Atlanta, Ga. 2718. Southwest journal of medicine and surgery. Reno, Okla. 2719. Southwestern medicine. Phoenix, Ariz. 2720. Southwest Texas medicine. San Antonio, Texas. 2721. Sovetskaia khirurgia. Moskva. 2722. Sovetskaia klinika. Moskva. 2723. Sovetskaia meditsina vostochnoi Sibiri. 2724. Sovetskaia nevropatologia, psikhiatria, giena. Moskva. 2725. Sovetskaia psikhonevrologia. Kharkov. 2726. Sovetskaia stomatologia. Moskva. 2727. Sovetsky vestnik oftalmology. Moskva. 2728. Sovetsky vestnik venerology i dermatology. Moskva. 2729. Sovetsky vrachebny gazeta. Leningrad. 2730. Sovetsky vrachebny jurnal. Leningrad. 2731. Sovremennaia psikhonevrologia. Moskva. 2732. Soziale Praxis. Jena. 2733. Special bulletin; Department of Health of Mon- tana. Helena, Mont. 2734. Special report series; Medical Research Council London. 2735. Sperimentale. Firenze. 2736. Spisy Lekafske Fakulty Masarykova Universita Brno. 2737. Spitalul. Bucuresti. 2738. Sportmedizin. Halle. 2739. Squibb memoranda. New York. 2740. Stain technology. Geneva, N. Y. 2741. Stanford University publications. versity, Calif. 2742. Starry cross. Philadelphia. See Bull. Bd Health Wisconsin. 2743. State Hospital quarterly. Utica N El Irkutsk. psikhogi- Stanford Uni- [77] Statist. Bull. Metrop. Life Insur. Statist, obzor Stethoscope, Bristol S. Texas M. Rec. S. Thomas Hosp. Gaz., Lond. S. Thomas Hosp. Rep., Lond. Stomaco Stomatologia, Mod. Strahlentherapie Strasbourg med. Stud. Connaught Lab. Stud. Dep. Anat. Cornell Univ. Stud. Dep. Path. Columbia Univ. Stud. Dep. Path. Cornell Univ. Stud. Dep. Path. Univ. Pennsylvania Stud. Dep. Pediat. Washington Univ. School M. Stud. Div. Lab. N. York State Dep. Health Stud. Lab. Philadelphia Gen. Hosp. Stud. Ment. Ineffic, Lond. Stud. Path. Entw. Stud. Psychol. Cath. Univ. America Stud. Rockefeller Inst. M. Res. Stud. S. Louis Child. Hosp. Studium, Nap. Sudeb. med. ekspertiza Sudhoffs Arch. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol. Surg. Clin. Chicago Surg. Clin. N. America Surg. Gyn. Obst. Surg. J. Surgery Survey Surv. Graphic Sven. farm. tskr. Sven. lak. sail. forh. Sven. lak. sail. hand. Sven. lak. tidn. Sydney Univ. Repr. 2744. Statistical bulletin of the Metropolitan Life In- surance Co. New York. 2745. Statisticky obzor. Praha. 2746. Stethoscope. Bristol. 2747. South Texas medical record. Houston, Tex. 2748. S. Thomas's Hospital gazette. London. 2748a. S. Thomas's Hospital reports. London. 2749. Stomaco. Napoli. 2750. Stomatologia (La) Modena. 2751. Strahlentherapie. Berlin. 2752. Strasbourg medical. Strasbourg. 2753. Studies from the research division of the Connaught Antitoxin Laboratories. University of Toronto. Tor- onto. 2754. Studies from the department of anatomy (at head of tp.) Publication of Cornell University Medical Col- lege. New York. 2755. Studies from the Department of Pathology of the College of Physicians and Surgeons. Columbia Uni- versity. New York. 2756. Studies from the departments of pathology, bac- teriology, hygiene [at head of tp.] Publications of Cornell University Medical College. New York. 2757. Studies from The Department of Pathology; Uni- versity of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia. 2758. Studies from the Department of Pediatrics of the Washington University School of Medicine and S. Louis Children's Hospital. S. Louis. 2759. Studies from the Division of Laboratories and Re- search of the New York State Department of Health. Albany, N. Y. 2760. Studies from the laboratories of the Philadelphia General Hospital. Philadelphia. 2761. Studies in mental inefficiency. London. 27(i2. Studien zur Pathologie der Entwicklung. Jena. 2763. Studies in psychology and psychiatry from the Cath- olic University of America, Washington. Baltimore. 2764. Studies from the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research. New York. 2765. Studies from the S. Louis Children's Hospital. S. Louis. 2766. Studium. Napoli. 2767. Studebno-meditsinskaia ekspertiza. Moskva. 2768. Sudhoffs Archiv fiir Geschichte der Medizin. Leipzig. 2769. Sunti; Congresso internazionale di fisiologia. Roma. 2770. Surgical clinics of Chicago. Philadelphia. 2771. Surgical clinics of North America. Philadelphia. 2772. Surgery, gynecology and obstetrics. Chicago. 2773. Surgical journal. Chicago. 2773a. Surgery. S. Louis. 2774. Survey. New York. 2775. Survey graphic. Concord, N. H. 2776. Svensk farmaceutisk tidskrift. Stockholm. 2777. Svenska lakaresiillskapets forhandlingar. Stock- holm. 2778. Svenska lararesallskapets handlingar. Stockholm. 2779. Svenska lakartidningen. Stockholm. 2780. Sydney University reprints. Sydney. Tabulae biol., Berl. Tabulae biol., Haag Tagl. Prax., Wien Taiwan igakkai zasshi Techn. Bull. U. S. Dep. Agr. Techn. chir., Par. Techn. Gemeindebl. Techn. Papers U. S. Dep. Commerce 217G7—vol. 2, 4th series---VI 2781. Tabulae biologicae. Berlin. 2782. Tabulae biologicae periodicae. Den Haag. Wien. Formosa, Japan. the [U. S.] Department of 2783. Tagliche (Die) Praxis 2784. Taiwan igakkai zasshi. 2785. Technical bulletins of Agriculture. Washington. 2786. Technique chirurgicale. Paris. 2787. Technisches Gemeindeblatt. Berlin. 2788. Technical papers of the [U. S.J Department of Com merce (Bureau of Mines) Washington. [78] Techn. san. mun., Par. Tegen de tuberculose Temperance Cause Terapia, Milano Ter. arkh. Texas J. M. Ther. Diet. Age Ther. Gaz., Detr. Ther. Gegenwart Ther. Halbmhefte Ther. Notes, Detr. Tohoku J. Exp. M. Tohoku Univ. Sc. Rep. Tokyo med. Wschr. Toledo City J. Torino (Riv.) Tr. Acad. M. Toronto Trained Nurse Training School Bull. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar. Tr. Am. Acad. Optometry Tr. Am. Acad. Pediat. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. Tr. Am. Bronchosc. Soc. Tr. Am. Child Health Ass. Tr. Am. Child Hyg. Ass. Tr. Am. Clim. Clin. Ass. Tr. Am. Coll. Proct. Tr. Am. Dent. Ass. Tr. Am. Gastroenter. Ass. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc. Tr. Am. Hosp. Ass. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass. Tr. Am. M. Ass. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc. Tr. Am. Proct. Soc. Tr. Am. Soc. Heat. Ventil. Engin. Tr. Am. Soc. Region. Anesth. Tr. Am. Soc. Trop. M. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass. Tr. Am. Ther. Soc. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians 27x9. Technique (La) sanitaire et municipale. Paris. 2790. Tegen de tuberculose. Den Haag. 2791. Temperance cause. Boston. 2792. Terapia. Milano. 2793. Terapevtichesky arkhiv. Moskva. 2794. Texas State journal of medicine. Fort Worth, Tex. 2795. Therapeutic and dietetic age. Elmira, N. Y. 2796. Therapeutic gazette. Detroit. 2797. Therapie der Gegenwart. Berlin. 2798. Therapeutische Halbmonatshefte. Leipzig. 2799. Therapeutic notes. Detroit. 2S00. Tohoku journal of experimental medicine. Sendai, Japan. Tohoku Imperial University; science reports [See Sc. Rep. Tohoku Univ.] 2801. Tokyoer medizinische Wochenschrift. Takaki. 2802. Toledo City journal. Toledo City, Ohio. 2803. Torino; Rivista mensile municipale. Torino. 2804. Transactions of the Academy of Me Heine, Toronto. 2805. Trained (The) nurse and hospital review. East Stroudsburg, Pa. 2806. Training school bulletin. Vineland, N. J. 2808. Transactions of the American Academy of Ophthal- mology and Otolaryngology. 2809. Transactions of the American Academy of Optom- etry. 2M0. Transactions of the American Academy of Pedi- atrics. 2811. Transactions of the American Association of Genito-urinary Surgeons. 2812. Transactions of the American Association of Ob- stetricians and Gynecologists. 2813. Transactions of the American Bronchoscope Society. 2814. Transactions of the American Child Health Asso- ciation. 2815. Transactions of the American Child Hygiene Association. 2816. Transactions of the American Climatological and Clinical Association. 2817. Transactions of the American College of Proctology. 2818. Transactions of the American Dental Association. 2819. Transactions of the American Gastroenterological Association. 2820. Transactions of the American Gynecological Society. 2821. Transactions of the American Hospital Association. 2822. Transactions of the American Laryngological, Rhino logical, and Otological Society. 2823. Transactions of the American Laryngological Asso- ciation. 2824. Transactions of the American Medical Association. Chicago. 2825. Transactions of the American Microscopical Society. Menasha, Wis. 2826. Transactions of the American Neurological Associa- tion. Philadelphia. 2827. Transactions of the American Ophthalmologic^ Society. 2828. Transactions of the American Otological Society. 2829. Transactions of the American Pediatric Society. 2X30. Transactions of the American Proctologic Society. 2831. Transactions of the American Society of Heating and Ventilating Engineers. 2X32. Transactions of the American Society of Regional Anesthesia. 2S33. Transactions of the American Society of Tropical Medicine. ^ooi" transactions of the American Surgical Association. 2835. Transactions of the American Therapeutic Society 2S36. Transactions of the American Urological Associa- tion. 2837 Transactions of the Association of American Physicians. Philadelphia. [79] Tr. Ass. Am. Teach. Dis. Child. Tr. Ass. Physicians Mayo Clin. Tr. Assur. M. Soc, Lond. Tr. Australas. M. Congr. Tr. Azerbaid. inst. mikrob. Tr. Bibiiogr. Soc, Lond. Tr. Canad. Soc Dis. Child. Tr. Gated, hist. crit. med., Madr. Tr. Centr. States Pediat. Soc Tr. Chicago Path. Soc Tr. Chicago Urol. Soc. Tr. Clin. Escudero, B. Air. Tr. Clin. Soc. Univ. Michigan Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia Tr. Conf. State Terr. Health Off. Tr. Congr. Am. Physicians Tr. Dent. Soc. State N. York Tr. Edinburgh Obst. Soc. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M. Tr. Fiziol. lab. Pavlova Tr. Hawaii M. Ass. Tribuna med., Rio Tr. Ilium. Engin. Soc. Tr. Indiana Acad. Ophth. Otolar. Tr. Inst. Civil Engin. Ireland Tr. Inst. eksp. vet. med., Moskva Tr. Inst, fisiol. Barcelona Tr. Inst. hyg. pub. tehee Tr. Inst. med. social, Lima Tr. Inst, prophyl., Par. Tr. Inst, ther., Brux. Tr. Internat. Union Tuberc Tr. Ital. M. Soc, N. Y. Tristate M. J. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc. Tr. Kansas City Acad. M. Tr. Lab. pat. vet., Lisb. Tr. Lab. physiol. Inst. Solvay Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc. Tr. Maimonides Soc. Tr. Massachusetts Med. Leg. Soc Tr. M. Ass. Alabama 2838. Transactions of the Association of American Teachers of the Diseases of Children. 2839. Transactions of the Association of Resident and Ex-resident Physicians of the Mayo Clinic 2840. Transactions of the Assurance Medical Society. London. 2841. Transactions of the Australasian Medical Congress. 2841a. Trudi Azerbaidzhanskovo instituta mikrobiology i gigieny. Baku. 2842. Transactions of the Bibliographical Society. Lon- don. 2843. Transactions of the Canadian Society for the Study of Diseases of Children. Toronto. 2844. Trabajos de la Cdtedra de historia critica de la medicina. Madrid. 2X45. Transactions of the Central States Pediatric Society [v. p., U. S.) 2X46. Transactions of the Chicago Patliologiel Society. 2847. Transactions of the Chicago Urological Society. 2848. Trabajos y publicaciones de la Clinica del profesor Pedro Escudero. Buenos Aires. 2849. Transactions of the Clinical Society of the Univer- sity of Michigan. 2850. Transactions of the College of Physicians of Phila- delphia. Philadelphia. 2851. Transactions of the annual conference of State and Territorial Health Officers with the United States Public Health Service. 2852. Transactions of the Congress of American Physi- cians, and Surgeons. 2853. Transactions of the Dental Society of the State of New York. 2854. Transactions of the Edinburgh Obstetrical Society. 2855. Transactions of the Far Eastern Association of Tropical Medicine. 2856. Trudy Fiziologicheskikh laboratory akademika I. P. Pavlova. Leningrad. 2X57. Transactions of the annual meeting of the Hawaii Territorial Medical Association. Honolulu. 2858. Tribuna (A) medica. Rio de Janeiro. 2859. Transactions of the Illuminating Engineering Society. Baltimore, Md. 2860. Transactions of the Indiana Academy of Ophthal- mology and Otolaryngology. 2861. Transactions of the Institution of Civil Engineers of Ireland. 2862. Trudi Gossudarsstvennovo instituta eksperimen- talnoi veterinary i meditsiny. Moskva. 2863. Trabajos; Instituto de fisiologia; Universidad de Barcelona; Facultad de medicina. Barcelona. 2864. Travaux (Les) de l'Institut d'hygiene publique de l'Etat tchecoslovaque. Praha. 2865. Trabajos del Instituto de medicina social. Lima. 2866. Travaux et publications de l'Institut prophylactique. Paris. 2867. Travaux de l'Institut de therapeutique. Bruxelles. 2868. Transactions of the International Union against Tuberculosis. 2869. Transactions and annual reports [at head of tp.: Italian Medical Society] New York. 2870. Tri-State medical journal. Shreveport, La. 2871. Transactions of the Japanese Pathological Society. 2872. Transactions of the Kansas City Academy of Medi- cine. Kansas City, Mo. 2873. Trabalhos [Repositorio de] do Laboratorio de patologia veterinaria. Lisboa. 2874. Travaux de Laboratoire de physiologie [at head of tp.] Instituts Solvay. Bruxelles. 2875. Transactions of the Luzerne County Medical Society. Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 2876. Transactions; Maimonides Medical Society. Detroit. 2877. Transactions of the Massachusetts Medico-legal Society. Boston, Mass. 2878. Transactions of the Medical Association of the State of Alabama. Birmingham, Ala. [80] Tr. Med. Chir. Fac. Maryland Tr. Med. Chir. Soc. Edinburgh Tr. Med. Leg. Soc, Lond. Tr. M. Soc Hawaii Tr. M. Soc. London Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina Tr. M. Soc. Virginia Tr. Nat. Ass. Prev. Tuberc, Lond. Tr. Nat. Dent. Ass. Tr. Nat. Safety Counc Tr. Nat. Tuberc. Ass., N. Y. Tr. N. England Surg. Soc. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc. Tr. Nippon Dent. Ass. Tr. North Centr. Am. Urol. Ass. Tr. N. York N. England Ass. Railw. Surgeons Tr. obsh. nevropat. Saratov Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K. Trop. med. vet., Moskva Trop. natuur Trop. Vet. Bull., Lond. Tr. Pacific Coast Soc. Obst. Tr. Pacific Coast Surg. Ass. Tr. Panama Pacific Dent. Congr. Tr. Philadelphia Acad. Surg. Tr. R. Acad. M. Ireland Tr. R. Med. Chir. Soc. Glasgow Tr. R. Soc. Canada Tr. R. Soc. Edinburgh Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond. Tr. Sc. Chem. Pharm. Inst., Moskva Tr. sc. Clin. inf. Univ. Varsovie Tr. sc. Univ. Rennes Tr. Sev. kavkaz. ass. nauch. issled. inst. Tr. Sezda bakt. epidem. san. vrach. Tr. Sezda detsk. vrach. Tr. Sezda fizioter. Tr. Soc. biol., Barcel. Tr. Soc. path. jap. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. Tr. Sovet. tuberk. Inst., Moskva 2879. Transactions of the Medical and Chirurgical Faculty of the State of Maryland. Baltimore. 2880. Transactions of the Medico-chirurgical Society of Edinburgh. Edinburgh. 2881. Transactions of the Medico-legal Society. London. 2882. Transactions of the annual meeting of the Medical Society of Hawaii. Honolulu. 2883. Transactions of the Medical Society of London. London. 2884. Transactions of the Medical Society of North Caro- lina. 2885. Transactions of the Medical Society of Virginia. Richmond, Va. 2886. Transactions of the National Association for the Prevention of Tuberculosis. London. 2887. Transactions of the National Dental Association. Philadelphia. 2888. Transactions of the National Safety Council. Chicago. 2889. Transactions of the annual meeting; National Tuberculosis Association. New York. 2890. Transactions of the New England Surgical Society. Boston, Mass. 2891. Transactions of the New Hampshire Medical Society. Concord, N. H. 2892. Transactions of the Nippon Dental Association. Tokyo. 2893. Transactions of the North Central Branch of the American Urological Association. Cleveland. 2894. Transactions of the New York and New England Association of Railway Surgeons. 2895. Trudy Obshchestva nevropatologov i psikhiatrov Saratovskovo Universiteta. Saratov. 2896. Tropical diseases bulletin. London. 2897. Transactions of the Ophthalmological Society of the United Kingdom. 2S98. Tropicheskaia meditsina i veterinaria. Moskva. 2X99. Tropische natuur. Batavia. 2900. Tropical veterinary bulletin. London. 2901. Transactions of the Pacific Coast Society of Ob- stetrics and Gynecology. 2902. Transactions of the Pacific Coast Surgical Associa- tion. 2903. Transactions of the Panama-Pacific Dental Con- gress. 2904. Transactions of the Philadelphia Academy of Sur- gery. Philadelphia. 2905. Transactions of the Royal Academy of Medicine in Ireland. Dublin. 2906. Transactions of the Roval Medico-Chirurgical So- ciety of Glasgow. Glasgow. 2907 Transactions of The Royal Society of Canada. Ottawa. 2908. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh Edinburgh. " 2909. Transactions of The Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene. London. 2910 Transactions of the Scientific Chemical-pharma- ceutical Institute. Moskva. 2911 Travaux scientifiques de la Clinique infantile de 1 Umversite de Varsovie. Warszawa 2912. Travaux scientifiques de l'Universite de Rennes. Kennes. 2913. Trudi Severo-kavkazkoi assossiazy nauehno issle- dovatelskykh mstitutov. 2914. Trudi sezda bakteriologov, epidemiologov, i sani- tamykh vrachei. B ' 2915. Trudi Sezda detskykh vrachei 2916. Trudi Sezda fizioterapevtov mil' Treballs de la Societal, de biologia. Barcelona 2918.kTransactiones Societatis path'ologicae japonicae. 2919. Transactions of the Southern Surgical Wnr-i^nn ''Moskva"1 PerVUV° S°VetSkOV° ^berkl.Ko^titJrta: [81] Tr. Ulster M. Soc. Tr. Univ. Michigan Pediat. Infect. Dis. Soc Tr. Vseross. sezda glazn. vrach. Tr. Vsesoiuz. sezda fizioter. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. Tschr. diergeneesk. Tschr. prakt. verlosk. Tschr. sociale hyg. Tschr. tandheelk. Tschr. Vereen. homeop. geneesh. Tsentr. med. J. Tskr. mil. halsov. Tskr. Norsk, laegeforen. Tuberc. Abstr., Newark Tubercle, Lond. Tubercolosi Tuberculosis, Habana Tuberk. Bibl., Lpz. Tuberkulose, Munch. Tumori, Milano Tungchi med. Mschr. Tunis, med. 2921. Transactions of the Ulster Medical Society. Bel- fast, Ireland. 2922. Transactions of the University of Michigan Pediatric and Infectious Disease Society. 2923. Trudi Pervovo vserossyskovo sezda glaznykh vrachei. 2924. Trudi ... Vsesoiuznovo sezda fizioterapevtov. 2925. Transactions of the Western Branch Society of the American Urological Association. 2926. Transactions of the Western Surgical Association. 2927. Tijdschrift voor diergeneeskunde. Utrecht. 292S. Tijdschrift voor praktische verloskunde. Amster- dam. 2929. Tijdschrift voor sociale hygiene. Zwolle. 2930. Tijdschrift voor tandheelkunde. Utrecht. 2931. Tijdschrift van de Vereeniging van homeopathische geneesheeren in Nederland. 2932. Tsentralny meditsinsky jurnal. Moskva. 2933. Tidskrift i militar halsovard. Lund. 2934. Tidsskrift for den Norske laegeforening. Kristiania. 2935. Tuberculosis abstracts. Newark, N. J. 2936. Tubercle. London. 2937. Tubercolosi. Roma. 2938. Tuberculosis. La Habana. 2939. Tuberkulose-Bibliothek; Beihefte zur Zeitschrift fiir Tuberkulose. Leipzig. 2940. Tuberkulose (Die) Munchen. 2941. Tumori. Milano. 2942. Tung-chi medizinische Monatsschrift. Shanghai. 2943. Tunisie (La) medicale. Tunis. u Ucheb. detsk. bolez. Uchen. zapiski Saratov. Univ. Ugeskr. laeger Ukrain. med. arkh. Ukrain. med. vist. Ulster M. J. Umbria med. Umschau Union med. Canada Union med. nord-est Univ. California Pub. Univ. Cincinnati Rec. Univ. Durham Coll. M. Gaz. Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb. Univ. Illinois Bull. Univ. Iowa Monogr. Univ. Iowa Stud. Univ. Nebraska Stud. Univ. Oregon Pub. Univ. Pennsylvania Lect. Univ. Pittsburgh Bull. School M. Univ. Toronto M. J. Univ. Toronto Stud. Univ. Washington Pub. Biol. Upsala liik. foren. forh. Urol. Cut. Rev. Urologia, Moskva U. S. Nav. M. Bull. U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull. Uzhny med. J, 2944. Uchebnik detskykh boleznei. Moskva. 2945. Uchenia zapiski Saratovskovo Universiteta. Sara- tov. 2946. Ugeskrift for laeger. K^benhavn. 2947. Ukrainsky medichny arkhiv. Kharkov. 294S. Ukrainski medichnil vistnik. Kiev. 2949. Ulster (The) medical journal. Belfast, Ireland. 2950. Umbria (L') medica. Terni. Umschau. Frankfurt a. M. Union (L') medicale du Canada. Montreal. Union medicale du nord-est. Reims. University of California publications. University of Cincinnati record. Cincinnati. University of Durham College of Medicine gazette. Newcastle-upon-Tyne. 2957. University Hospital bulletin. Ann Arbor. 2958. University of Illinois bulletin. Urbana. 2959. University of Iowa monographs. Iowa City. 2960. University of Iowa studies. Iowa City, University of Nebraska studies. Lincoln, Nebr. University of Oregon publication. Eugene, Oreg. University of Pennsylvania lectures. Philadelphia, University of Pittsburgh bulletin. School of medi- cine. Pittsburgh. . 2966. University (The) of Toronto medical journal. Tor- onto, Can. 2967. University of Toronto studies. Toronto, Can. 2968. University of Washington publications in biology. Seattle, Wash. 2969. Upsala lakareforenings forhandlingar. Upsala. 2970. Urologic (The) and cutaneous review. S. Louis, Mo. 2971. Urologia. Moskva. 2972. United States naval medical bulletin. Washington. 2973. United States Veterans' Bureau medical bulletin. Washington. 2974. Uzhny meditsinsky jurnal. Odessa, 2951. 2952. 2953. 2954. 2955. 2956. 2961 2962 2963 2964 [82] Valsalva Vener. derm., Moskva Vener. Dis. Inform. Vereinsbl. pfalz. Aerzte Vererb. & Geschlleben Verh. Akad. wet. Amsterdam Verh. Anat. Ges. Verh. Berl. med. Ges. Verh. Deut. derm. Ges. Verh. Deut. Ges. Chir. Vehr. Deut. Ges. gerichtl. Med. Verh. Deut. Ges. Gyn. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch. Verh. Deut. Ges. Unfallh. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. Verh. Deut. Kongr. inn. Med. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. Verh. Deut. path. Ges. Verh. Deut. Rontg. Ges. Verh. Deut. Zool. Ges. Verh. Ges. deut. Hals &c. Aerzte Verh. Ges. deut. Naturforsch. Verh. Ges. phys. Anthrop. Verh. Ges. Verdauungskr. Verh. Internat. Kongr. Sexforsch. Verh. Jap. chir. Ges. Verh. Jap. path. Ges. Verh. Naturhist. med. Verein. Hei- delberg Verh. Nord. Kongr. inn. Med. Verh. Ophth. Ges., Berl. Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wiirzburg Verh. ungar. arztl. Ges. Veroff. Bain. Veroff. Deut. Ges. Rheumabekampf. Veroff. Gewerbepath. Veroff. Heer. San. 2975. Valsalva (II) Roma. 2976. Venerologia i dermatologia. Moskva. 2977. Venereal disease information. Washington. 2978. Vereinsblatt der pfalzischen Aerzte. Frankenthal. 2979. Vererbung und Geschlechtsleben. Dresden. 2980. Verhandelingen der K. Akademie van wetenschap- pen te Amsterdam. 2981. Verhandlungen der Anatomischen Gesellschaft. Jena. 2982. Verhandlungen der Berliner medizinischen Gesell- schaft. Leipzig. 2983. Verhandlungen der Deutschen dermatologischen Gesellschaft. Berlin. 2984. Verhandlungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir Chirurgie. Berlin. 2985. Verhandlungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir ge- richtliche und soziale Medizin. 2986. Verhandlungen Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir Gyna- kologie. Leipzig. 2987. Verhandlungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir innere Medizin. Munchen. 2988. Verhandlungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir Kreislaufforschung. Dresden. 2989. Verhandlungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir Un- fallheilkunde, Vcrsicherungs- und Versorgungsmedizin. 2990. Verhandlungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir Urologie. Berlin. 2991. Verhandlungen des Deutschen Kongresses fiir innere Medizin. Wiesbaden. 2992. Verhandlungen der Deutschen orthopadischen Ge- sellschaft. Stuttgart. 2993. Verhandlungen der Deutschen pathologischen Ge- sellschaft. Jena. 2994. Verhandlungen der Deutschen Rontgen-Gesellschaft. Hamburg. 2995. Verhandlungen der Deutschen zoologischen Gesell- schaft. Leipzig. 2996. Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft deutschcr Hals-, Nasen-und Ohrenarztc 2997. Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft dcutscher Natur- forscher und Aerzte. Leipzig. 2998. Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft fiir physische An- thropologic. Stuttgart. 2999. Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft fur Verdauungs- und Stoffwechselkrankheiten. 3000. Verhandlungen des Internationalen Kongrcsses fiir Sexualforschung. 3001. Verhandlung der Japanischen chirurgisehen Gesell- schaft. Tokyo. 3002. Verhandlungen der Japanischen pathologischen Gesellschaft. Tokyo. 3003. Verhandlungen des Naturhistorisch-mcdizinischen Vereins zu Heidelberg. Heidelberg. 3004. Verhandlungen des Nordischen Kongresses fiir innere Medizin. 3005. Verhandlungen der ausserordentlichen Tagung der Ophthallmologischen Gesellschaft. Berlin 3006. Verhandlungen der Physikaliseh-medizinischen Gesellschaft zu Wiirzburg. Wiirzburg. 3007 Verhandlungen der ungarischen arztlichen Gesell- schaften. Budapest. 30CJ8. Veroffentlichungen der Zentralstelle fiir Balneologie. 3009. Veroffentlichungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft fur Rheumabekampfung. Berlin. 3010. Veroffentlichungen aus der Gewerbe- und Konstitu- tionspathologie. Jena. 3011. Veroffentlichungen aus dem Gebiete des Hccres- sanitatswescns. Berlin. [83] Veroff. Kriegs Konstpath. Veroff. Marine San. Veroff. Medverwalt. Veroff. Mil. San. Veroff. Reichsgesundhamt. Veroff. Tierarzte Preussens Veroff. Volksgesundhamt., Wien Veroff. volksgesundhdienst. Versl. Akad. wet. Amsterdam Versl. volksgezondh. Vest. cesk. lek. Vest. khir. Vest, mikrob. Vest, rentg. Vest, sovet. otorinolar. Vet. Bull., Lond. Vet. Bull., Wash. Vet. hist. Jahrb. Vet. hist. Mitt. Vet. J., Lond. Vet. Med., Chic Vet. Pract., Evanston Vet. Rec, Lond. Vet. Rev., Edinb. Vjschr. gerichtl. Med. Vjschr. Zahnh. Victorian Yearb. Vida nueva, Habana Vie med. Virchows Arch. Virginia Health Bull. Virginia M. Month. Visual Educ. Vocat. Summary Voen. med. J., Moskva Voen. san. delo Voj. rozhl. Voj. san. glasnik Voj. zdrav. listy Volk & Rasse Volkswohlfahrt Volta Rev. Vopr. genet, reflex. Vopr. pediat. Vopr. pedol. Vopr. tuberk. Vorschr. sachs. Vet. Vorschr. Vet. Bayern Vox, Berl. Vox medicorum, Utr. Vrach. delo Vrach. gaz. 3012. Veroffentlichungen aus dem Gebiete der Kriegs- und Konstitutionspathologic Jena. 3013. Veroffentlichungen aus dem Gebiete des Marine- Sanitatswesens. Berlin. 3014. Veroffentlichungen aus dem Gebiete der Medizinal- verwaltung. Berlin. 3015. Veroffentlichungen aus dem Gebiete des Militar- sanitatswesens. Berlin. 3016. Veroffentlichungen des Reichsgesundheitsamts. Berlin. 3017. Veroffentlichungen aus den Jahres-Veterinarberich- ten der beamteten Tierarzte Preussens. Berlin. 3018. Veroffentlichungen des Volksgesundheitsamtcs im Deutsch-osterreichischen Staatsamt fiir soziale Verwal- tung. Wien. 3019. Veroffentlichungen aus dem Gebiete des Volks- gesundheitsdienstes. Berlin. 3020. Verslagen; Koninklijke Akademie van wetenschap- pen te Amsterdam. Amsterdam. 3021. Verslagen en mededeelingen betreffende de volks- gezondheid. 's Gravenhage. 3022. Vestnik ceskoslovenskych lekaru. Praha. 3023. Vestnik khirurgy. Leningrad. 3024. Vestnik mikrobiology, epidemiology i parasitology. Saratov. 3025. Vestnik rentgenology i radiology. Leningrad. 3026. Vestnik sovetskoi oto-rino-laringology. Moskva. 3027. Veterinary bulletin. London. 3028. Veterinary bulletin. Washington. 3029. Veterinarhistorisches Jahrbuch. Leipzig. 3030. Veterinarhistorische Mitteilungen. Hannover. 3031. Veterinary (The) journal. London. 3032. Veterinary medicine. Chicago. 3033. Veterinary practice. Evanston, 111. 3034. Veterinary (The) record. London. 3035. Veterinary review. Edinburgh. 3036. Vierteljahrsschrift fiir gerichtliche Medizin und offentliches Sanitatswesen [Berlin] 3037. Vierteljahrsschrift fiir Zahnheilkunde. Berlin. 3038. Victorian yearbook. Melbourne. 3039. Vida nueva. Habana. 3040. Vie (La) medicale. Paris. 3041. Virchows Archiv fiir pathologische Anatomie und Physiologie und fiir klinische Medizin. Berlin. 3042. Virginia health bulletin. Richmond, Va. 3043. Virginia medical monthly. Richmond, Va. 3044. Visual education. Chicago. 3045. Vocational summary. Washington. 3046. Voenno-meditsinski jurnal. Moskva. 3047. Voenno-sanitarnoe delo. Moskva. 3048. Vojenske rozhledy. Praha. 3049. Vojno-sanitetski glasnik. Beograd. 3050. Vojenske zdravotnicke listy. Praha. 3051. Volk und Rasse. Munchen. 3052. Volkswohlfahrt. Berlin. 3053. Volta (The) review. Washington. 3054. Voprosi geneticheskoi reflexology i pedology mladen- chestva. Leningrad. 3055. Voprosi pediatry, pedology i okhrany materinstva i detstva. Leningrad. 3056. Voprosi pedology i detskoi psikhonevrology. Moskva. 3057. Voprosi tuberkuloza. Moskva. 3058. Vorschriften fiir das Siichsische Veteriniirwesen. Dresden. 3059. Vorschriften fiir das Veterinarwesen in Bayern. Munchen. 3060. Vox; Internationales Zentralblatt fiir experimentelle Phonetik. Berlin. 3061. Vox medicorum. Utrecht. 3062. Vrachcbnoe delo. Kharkov. 3063. Vrachcbnae gazeta. Leningrad. [84] W War Med., Par. Warsz. czas. lek. Washington M. Ann. Water Bodem Lucht Water Supply Papers Week. Bull. Bd Health California Week. Bull. California Dep. Pub. Health Week. Bull. Chicago Dep. Health Week. Bull. Dep. Health City N. York Week. Bull. Jackson Co. M. Soc. Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc. Week. Health Index Week. Pub. Health Rep., Wash. Week. Roster, Phila. Welf. Bull., Springf. Welf. Mag., Pontiac West Afr. M. J. Westchester M. Bull. Westdeut. Aerzte Ztg West. Hosp. Rev. West. J. Surg. West London M. J. Westminster Hosp. Rep., Lond. West. M. Rev. West. M. Times West Virginia M. J. Wien. Arch. inn. Med. Wien. klin. Wschr. Wien. med. Wschr. Wien. tierarztl. Mschr. Wisconsin M. J. Without the Camp, Lond. Women in Med. Woodlawn Hosp. Clin. Q. World Peace Found. Pamphl. World Health, Par. Wschr. Ther. Hyg. Auges Wiirzb. Abh. Med. 3064. War medicine Paris. 3065. Warszawskie czasopismo lekarskic Warszaw. 3066. Washington medical annals. Washington. 3067. Water, Bodem, Lucht. Amsterdam. 3068. Water supply papers of the [U. S.] Geological survey. Washington. 3069. Weekly bulletin of the State Board of Health of California. Sacramento. 3070. Weekly bulletin; California Department of Public Health. Sacramento, Calif. 3071. Weekly bulletin; Chicago Department of Health. Chicago. 3072. Weekly bulletin of the Department of Health, City of N. Y'ork. New York. 3073. Weekly bulletin of the Jackson County Medical Society. Kansas City. 3074. Weekly bulletin of the S. Louis Medical Society. S. Louis. 3075. Weekly health index of the [U. S.] Bureau of Census. Washington. 3076. Weekly public health reports. Washington, D. C. 3077. Weekly roster and medical digest. Philadelphia. 3078. Welfare bulletin. Springfield, 111. 3079. Welfare magazine. Pontiac, 111. 3080. West (The) African medical journal. Lagos. 3081. Westchester medical bulletin. White Plains, N. Y. 3082. Westdeutsche Aerzte-Zeitung fiir Standesfragen und soziale Medizin. Frankfurt a. M. 3083. Western hospital review. San Francisco. 3084. Western journal of surgery, obstetrics and gyne- cology. Portland, Oreg. 3085. West London medical journal. London. 3086. Westminster Hospital reports. London. 3087. Western medical review. Omaha, Nebr. 3088. Western medical times. Denver, Colo. 3089. West (The) Virginia medical journal. Charleston, W. Va. 3090. Wiener Archiv fiir innere Medizin. Wien. 3091. Wiener klinische Wochenschrift. Wien. 3092. Wiener medizinische Wochenschrift. Wien. 3093. Wiener tierarztliche Monatsschrift. Wien. 3094. Wisconsin (The) medical journal. Milwaukee, Wis. 3095. Without the camp, London. 3096. Women in medicine. Oak Park, 111. Woodlawn Hospital clinical quarterly 3097. 111. 3098. 3099. 3100. World Peace Foundation pamphlets. World's (The) health. Paris. Wochenschrift fiir Therapie und Auges. Dresden. 3101. Wurzburger Abhandlungen aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Medizin. Leipzig. Chicago, Boston, Mass. Hygiene des Yale J. Biol. Yearb. M. Ass. Gr. N. York Yearb. N. York N. England Ass. Railw. Surg. Yearb. U. S. Dep. Agr. 3102. Yale (The) journal of biology and medicine. New xlaven. 3103. Yearbook Medical Association of Greater City of New York. New Y ork. J 3104. Year book of the New York and New England Association of Railway Surgeons WasSrgto0n°k °f ^ CU- S'] DePartment of Agriculture. [85] Z Zacchia Zbl. allg. Path. Zbl. Bakt. Zbl. Biochem. Zbl. Chir. Zbl. ges. Hyg. Zbl. ges. Kinderh. Zbl. ges. Neur. Psychiat. Zbl. ges. Ophth. Zbl. ges. Radiol. Zbl. ges. Tuberkforsch. Zbl. Gewerbehyg. Zbl. Gyn. Zbl. Hals &c Heilk. Zbl. Haut Geschlkr. Zbl. Herz Gefasskr. Zbl. inn. Med. Zbl. Neurochir. Zbl. Physiol., Wien Zbl. Psychother. Zellstimulationsforschungen Zentr. org. ges. Chir. Ziekenhuis Zool. Ann., Wiirzb. Zool. Anz. Zool. Jahrb. Zoologica, N. Y. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild. Zschr. allg. Physiol. Zschr. Anat. Entw. Zschr. angew. Anat. Konst. Zschr. angew. Entom. Zschr. angew. Psychol. Zschr. Augenh. Zschr. Bahnarzte Zschr. Behandl. Anomal. Zschr. Behandl. Schwachsinn. Zschr. Bekampf. Geschlkr. Zschr. Bevolkpolit. Zschr. Biol. Zschr. Desinfekt. Zschr. Ernahrung Zschr. Ethnol. Zschr. exp. Path. Ther. Zschr. Fleisch Milchhyg. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn. Zschr. ges. Anat. Zschr. ges. exp. Med. 3106. Zacchia. Roma. 3107. Zentralblatt fiir allgemeine Pathologie und patho- logische Anatomie. Jena. 3108. Zentralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, Parasitenkunde und Infektionskrankenheiten. Jena. 3109. Zentralblatt fiir Biochemie und Biophysik mit Einschluss der theoretrschen Immunitatsforschung. Leipzig. 3110. Zentralblatt fiir Chirurgie. Leipzig. 3111. Zentralblatt fiir die gesamte Hygiene. Berlin. 3112. Zentralblatt fiir die gesamte Kinderheilkunde. Berlin. 3113. Zentralblatt fiir die gesamte Neurologie und Psychiatrie. Berlin. 3114. Zentralblatt fiir die gesamte Ophthalmologic und ihre Grenzgebietc Berlin. 3115. Zentralblatt fiir die gesamte Radiologie. Berlin. 3116. Zentralblatt fiir die gesamte Tuberkuloseforschung. Berlin. 3117. Zentralblatt fiir Gewerbehygiene und Unfallver- hutung. Berlin. 3118. Zentralblatt firr Gynakologie. Leipzig. 3119. Zentralblatt fiir Hals-, Nasen- und Ohrenheilkunde sowie deren Grenzgebiete. Berlin. 3120. Zentralblatt fiir Haut- und Geschlechtskrankheiten sowie deren Grenzgebiete. Berlin. 3121. Zentralblatt fiir Herz- und Gefasskrankheiten. Dresden. 3122. Zentralblatt fiir innere Medizin. Leipzig. 3123. Zentralblatt fiir Neurochirurgie. Leipzig. 3124. Zentralblatt fiir Physiologie. Wien. 3125. Zentralblatt fiir Psychotherapic Leipzig. 3126. Zellstimulationsforschungen. Berlin. 3127. Zentralorgan fiir die gesamte Chirurgie und iher Grenzgebiete. Berlin. 3128. Ziekenhuis. Amsterdam. 3129. Zoologische Annalen. Wiirzburg. 3130. Zoologischer Anzeiger. Leipzig. 3131. Zoologische Jahrbiicher. Jena. 3132. Zoologica. New York. 3133. Zeitschrift fiir arztliche Fortbildung. Jena. 3134. Zeitschrift fiir allgemeine Physiologic Jena. 3135. Zeitschrift fiir Anatomie und Entwicklungs- geschichte. Berlin. 3136. Zeitschrift fiir angewandte Anatoinie und Kon- stitutionslehre. Berlin. 3137. Zeitschrift fiir angewandte Entomologie. Berlin. 3138. Zeitschrift fiir angewandte Psychologie und Charakterkunde. Leipzig. 3139. Zeitschrift fiir Augenheilkunde. Berlin. 3140. Zeitschrift fiir Bahnarzte. Leipzig. 3141. Zeitschrift fiir die Behandlung Anomaler. Halle a. S. 3142. Zeitschrift fiir die Behandlung Schwachsinninger. Halle a. S. 3143. Zeitschrift fiir Bekampfung der Geschlechtskrank- heiten. Leipzig. 3144. Zeitschrift fiir Bevolkerungspolitik und Sauglings- fiirsorge. Leipzig. 3145. Zeitschrift fiir Biologie. Munchen. 3146. Zeitschrift fiir Desinfektions- und Gesundheits- wesen. Dresden. 3147. Zeitschrift fiir Ernahrung. Leipzig. 3148. Zeitschrift fur Ethnologic Berlin. 3149. Zeitschrift fiir experimentelle Pathologie und Therapie. Berlin. 3150. Zeitschrift fiir Fleisch- und Milchhygiene. Berlin. 3151. Zeitschrift fiir Geburtshiilfe und Gynakologie. Stuttgart. 3152. Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte Anatomie. Berlin. 3153. Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte experimentelle Medizin. Berlin. [86] Zschr. ges. Krankenhauswes. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther. Zschr. Gesundhfurs. Zschr. Gesundhtechn. Zschr. Gesundhverwalt. Zschr. Gewerbehyg., Wien Zschr. gyn. Urol. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk. Zschr. Heilpadag., Wien Zschr. Hyg. Zschr. hyg. Zool. Zschr. Immunforsch. Zschr. indukt. Abstamm. Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere Zschr. jugend. Schwachsinn. Zschr. Kinderforsch. Zschr. Kinderh. Zschr. Kinderpsychiat., Basel Zschr. Kinderschutz, Wien Zschr. klin. Med. Zschr. Krankenanst. Zschr. Krankenpfl. Zschr. Krebsforsch. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch. Zschr. Kriippelfiirs. Zschr. Laryng. Zschr. Medbeamte Zschr. Menschenk. Zschr. menschl. Vererb. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch. Zschr. Militararzte, Tokyo Zschr. Morph. Anthrop. Zschr. Ohrenh. Zschr. ophth. Optik Zschr. Orthop. Zschr. orthop. Chir. Zschr. Otorinolar., Tokyo Zschr. padag. Psychol. Zschr. Parapsychol. Zschr. Parasitenk. Zschr. Pflanzenkr. Zschr. phys. Chem. Zschr. phys. diat. Ther. Zschr. physiol. Chem. Zschr. Preuss. statist. Landamt. 3154. Zeitschrift fiir das gesainte Krankenhauswesen. Berlin. . . . 3155. Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte Neurologie und 1 sychia- trie. Berlin. 3156. Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte physikahsche lherapic Berlin. 3157. Zeitschrift der Gesundheitsfursorge [etc] Berlin 3158. Zeitschrift fiir Gesundheitstechnik und Stadte- hygiene. Dresden. 3159. Zeitschrift fiir Gesundheitsverwaltung und Gesund- heitsfursorge. Berlin. 3160. Zeitschrift fiir Gcwerbehygiene und Unfallver- hiitung. Wien. . 3161. Zeitschrift fur gvnakologische Urologic Leipzig. 3162. Zeitschrift fiir Hals-, Nasen- und Ohrenheilkunde. Berlin. 3163. Zeitschrift fiir Heilpadagogik. Wien. 3164. Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene und Infektionskrankheiten. Berlin. 3165. Zeitschrift fiir hygienische Zoologie und Schadlings- bekampfung. Berlin. 3166. Zeitschrift fur Immunitatsforschung und experi- mentelle Therapie. Jena. 3167. Zeitschrift fiir induktive Abstammungs- und Vererbungslehre. Leipzig. 3168. Zeitschrift fiir Infektionskrankheiten, parasitare Krankheiten und Hygiene der Haustiere. Berlin. 3169. Zeitschrift fiir die Erforschung und Behandlung des jugendlichen Schwachsinns auf wissenschaftlicher Grundlage. Jena. 3170. Zeitschrift fur Kinderforschung. Berlin. 3171. Zeitschrift fur Kinderheilkundc Berlin. 3172. Zeitschrift fiir Kinderpsychiatrie. Basel. 3173. Zeitschrift fiir Kinderschutz, Familien und Berufs- fiirsorge. Wien. 3174. Zeitschrift fiir klinische Medizin. Berlin. 3175. Zeitschrift fiir Krankenanstalten. Leipzig. 3176. Zeitschrift fiir Krankenpflege. Berlin. 3177. Zeitschrift fiir Krebsforschung. Berlin. 3178. Zeitschrift fiir Kreislaufforschung. Dresden. 3179. Zeitschrift fiir Kriippelfiirsorge. Leipzig. 3180. Zeitschrift fiir Laryngologie, Rhinologie [Otologie] und ihre Grenzgebiete. Leipzig. 3181. Zeitschrift fiir Medizinalbeamte. Leipzig. 3182. Zeitschrift fiir Menschenkundc [und Zentralblatt fiir Graphologie] Leipzig. 3183. Zeitschrift fiir menschliche Vererbungs- und Kon- stitutionslehre. Berlin. 3184. Zeitschrift fiir mikroskopisch-anatomische For- schung. Leipzig. 3185. Zeitschrift fiir Militararzte. Tokyo. 3186. Zeitschrift fiir Morphologie und Anthropologic Stuttgart. 3187. Zeitschrift fiir Ohrenheilkunde und fiir die Krankheiten der Luftw egc Wiesbaden. 3188. Zeitschrift fiir ophthalmologische Optik mit Einschluss der Instrumentenkunde. Berlin. 3189. Zeitschrift fur Orthopadie und ihre Grenzgebiete. Stuttgart. 3190. Zeitschrift fiir orthopadische Chirurgie einschliesslich der Heilgymnastik und Massage. Stuttgart. 3191. Zeitschrift fiir Oto-, Rhino- und Laryngologie. Tokyo. 3192. Zeitschrift fiir padagogische Psychologie, experi- mentelle Padagogik. Leipzig. 3193. Zeitschrift fiir Parapsychologie. Leipzig 3194. Zeitschrift fiir Parasitenkunde. Berlin. 3195. Zeitschrift fiir Pflanzenkrankheiten und Pflanzen- schutz. Stuttgart. 3196. Zeitschrift fiir physikahsche Chemie. Leipzig 3197. Zeitschrift fur physikahsche und diiitetische Thera- pie. Leipzig. 3198. Zeitschrift fur physiologischc Chemie (Hoppe- Seylers) Leipzig. 3199. Zeitschrift des desamts. Berlin. Preussischen statistischen Lan- [87] Zschr. psych. Hyg. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg. Zschr. Psychother. Zschr. Rassenphysiol. Zschr. Sauglingsschutz Zschr. Schadlingsbekampf. Zschr. Schulgesundh. Zschr. Sexwiss. Zschr. Stomat., Wien Zschr. Tuberk. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt. Zschr. Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt. Zschr. Urol. Zschr. urol. Chir. Zschr. vergl. Physiol. Zschr. Veterinark. Zschr. Vblkerpsychol. Zschr. wiss. Baderk. Zschr. wiss. Biol. Zschr. wiss. lnsektb. Zschr. wiss. Mikr. Zschr. wiss. Zool. Zschr. Zellforsch. Zymologica, Bologna 3200. Zeitschrift fiir psychische Hygiene. Berlin. 3201. Zeitschrift fiir Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane. Leipzig. 3202. Zeitschrift fiir Psychotherapie und medizinische Psychologie. Stuttgart. 3203. Zeitschrift fiir Rassenphysiologie. Munchen. 3204. Zeitschrift fiir Sauglihgs- unci Kleinkinderschutz. Berlin. 3205. Zeitschrift fiir Schadlingsbekampfung. Berlin. 3206. Zeitschrift fiir Schulgesundheitspflege und soziale Hygiene. Hamburg. 3207. Zeitschrift fiir Sexualwissenschaft. Berlin. 3208. Zeitschrift fiir Stomatologic Wien. 3209. Zeitschrift fiir Tuberkulose. Leipzig. 3210. Zeitschrift fiir Untersuchung der Lebensmittel. Berlin. 3211. Zeitschrift fiir Untersuchung der Nahrungs- und Genussmittel. Berlin. 3212. Zeitschrift fiir Urologic Leipzig. 3213. Zeitschrift fiir urologische Chirurgie und Gynako- logie. Berlin. 3214. Zeitschrift fiir \ ergleichende Physiologie. Berlin. 3215. Zeitschrift fiir Veterinarkunde. Berlin. 3216. Zeitschrift fur Volkerpsychologie und Soziologic Berlin. 3217. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Baderkunde. Berlin. 3218. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Biologie. Berlin. 3219. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Insektenbiologic Berlin. 3220. Zeitschrift fur wissenschaftliche Mikroskopie und fiir mikroskopische Technik. Leipzig. 3221. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologic Leipzig. 3222. Zeitschrift fiir Zellforschung und mikroskopische Anatomie. Berlin. 3223. Zymologica, chimica dei colloidi e degli zuccheri. Bologna. Part 3.—INDEX TO ABBREVIATIONS OF PUBLICATIONS OF CORPORATE BODIES Aberdeen, University of. 20. Adelaide Hospital. 1750. Alabama, Medical Association of the State of. 1493, 2878. Alberta Department of Health. 1869. Algerie, Institut Pasteur d'. 354. America, Antivenin Institute of. 696. America, Association of Life Insurance Medical Directors of. 18. [America] Association of Life Insurance Presi- dents. 2155. [America] Association for Research in Nervous and Mental Diseases. 2156. America, Catholic University of. 2763. [America] Committee on Grading of Nursing Schools. 1886, 2335. [America] Congress on Medical Education. 2159. America, Entomological Society of. 169. [America] Federation of State Medical Boards. 1115. [America] Medical Women's National Associa- tion. 777, 2269. [America] National Association of Chiropodists. 1517. [America] National Conference of Social Workers. 2177. [America] National Dental Association. 2887. [America] National Health Council. 1882. [America] National League of Nursing Educa- tion. 2199. [America] National Medical Association. 1518. [America] National Safety Council. 2179, 2888. [America] National Tuberculosis Association. 2889. America, Optical Society of. 1535. American Academy of Arts and Sciences. 2143. American Academy of Medicine. 688. American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology. ' 2808. American Academy of Optometry. 2809. American Academy of Pediatrics. 2810. American Anthropological Association. 1780. American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy. 2144. American Association of Dental Schools. 2145. American Association of Genito-urinary Sur- geons. 2811. American Association of Instructors of the Blind. 2146. American Association for Medico-Physical Re- search. 1368, 2147. American Association of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. 2812. American Association for Promoting Hygiene. 1369. American Bronchoscopic Society. 2813. American Chemical Society. 1370. American Child Health Association. 2814. American Child Hygiene Association. 2815. American Climatological and Clinical Associa- tion. 2X16. American College of Dentists. 1371. American College of Proctology. 2817, 1371a. American College of Surgeons. 689. American Conference of Pharmaceutical Facul- ties. 2148. American Council of Learned Societies. 690. American Dental Association. 1372, 2818. American Dietetic Association. 1373. American Drug Manufacturers Association. 2149. American Electronic Research Association. 1374. American Federation of Organizations for the Hard of Hearing. 2150. American Gastroenterological Association. 2819. American Gynecological Association. 2820. American Historical Association. 226. American Hospital Association. 691, 2821. American Institute of Criminal Law. 1376. American Institute of Homeopathy. 1377. American Laryngological Association. 2823. American Laryngological, Rhinological and Oto- logical Society. 2822. American Medical Association. 692, 1378, 2824. American Medical Association, Therapeutic Research Committee of the Council on Pharmacy and Chemistry of the. 2398. American Medical Colleges, Association of. 697, 1408, 2154. American Medical Editors Association. 1379. American Microscopical Society. 2825. American Museum of Natural History. 280, 693. American Neurological Association. 2826. American Ophthalmological Society. 2827. American Optometric Association. 1381. American Osteopathic Association. 13X2. American Otological Society. 2828. American Pediatric Society. 2829. American Pharmaceutic Association. 1383. American Philosophical Society. 2151. American Physical Education Association. 2403. American Physicians, Association of. 2837. American Physicians and Surgeons, Congress of. 2852. American Proctologic Society. 2830. American Roentgen Ray Society. 1826. American Society of Biological Chemists. 2152. American Society of Clinical Laboratory Tech- nicians. 695. American Society for the Control of Cancer. 694. American Society of Heating and Ventilating Engineers. 13*84, 2831. American Society of Orthodontists. 223. American Society of Regional Anesthesia. 2832. American Society of Sanitary Engineering. 2383. American Society of Tropical Medicine. 2833. American Statistical Association. 1385, 2283. American Surgical Association. 2834. American Teachers of the Diseases of Children, Association of. 283X. >] [89 [90] American Therapeutic Society. 2835. American Urological Association. 2836, 2893 2925. American Veterinary Medical Association. 1386. Amsterdam, Bureau van statistiek der gemeente. 1679. Amsterdam, Koninklijke Akademie van weten- schappen te. 2140, 2980, 3020. Antimalaria Advisory Commission. 2153. Antonio Alzate, Sociedad cientifica. 1775, 1792. [Argentina] Asociaci6n medica argentina. 580, 2410. [Argentina] Circulo medico argentino. 2424. [Argentina] Congreso argentino de cirugia. 973. [Argentina] Congreso nacional de medicina. Rosario. 51. [Argentina] Departamento nacional de higiene. 148. [Argentina] Sociedad argentina de biologia. 2541. [Argentina] Sociedad argentina de neurologia [&c] 2542. [Argentina] Sociedad argentina de nipiologia. 2543. [Argentina] Sociedad argentina de oftalmologia. 2544. [Argentina] Sociedad argentina de otorrinola- ringologia. 2545. [Argentina] Sociedad argentina de radio-electro- logia. 2546. [Argentina] Sociedad argentina de tisiologia. 2547. [Argentina] Sociedad argentina de urologia. 2548. [Argentina] Sociedad de higiene y microbiologia. 2549. [Argentina] Sociedad de medicina interna. 2550. Arkansas Medical Society. 1407. Australasia, College of Surgeons of. 1432. Australasian Medical Congress. 2841.. Australian Cancer Conference. 2337. Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine. 952. [Austria] Volksgesundheitsamt. 1853, 3019. Ayer Clinical Laboratory of the Pennsylvania Hospital. 701. Azerbaidzhansky institut mikrobiology. 2841a. [Baden] Verein badischer Tierarzte. 1851. [Baltimore] Institute of the History of Medicine. 744a. Barcelona, Academia de ciencias y artes de. 1774. [Barcelona] Hospital de la Santa Cruz y San Pablo. 156. [Barcelona] Societat de biologia. 2917. Barcelona, Universidad de; Instituto de fisio- logia. 2863. Battle Creek Sanitarium. 702. Baverisehe Akademie der Wissenschaften. 4, 2701. Belgique, Academie royale de. 678, 1772. Belgique, Academie royale de medecine de. 1782. [Belgium] Association beige de medecine sociale. 698. [Belgium] Service de sante des armees [etc.] 752. [Belgium] Societe beige de medecine tropicale. 213. Berliner medicinische Gesellschaft. 2982. [Berlin] Ophthalmologische Gesellschaft. 3005. Berlin, Oto-laryngologische Gesellschaft zu. 2702. Berlin, Pharmazeutisches Institut der Universi- tat. 300. [Berlin] Zentralstelle fur Balneologic 300S. Bermuda Biological Station for Research. 979. Beth Israel Hospital, Otolaryngological Clinics of the. 789. Biological Photographic Association. 1415. Bologna, R. Accademia delle scienze dell' Isti- tuto di. 1779b, 2336. Bombay, Anthropological Society of. 1388. [Bombay] Director of Public Health. 229a. Bordeaux, Societe de medecine et de chirurgie de. 819. Bordeaux, Societe des sciences physiques et natu- relles de. 1793, 2261. Boston City Hospital. 230. [Bourges] Societe medicale de Saint Luc [&c] 825. [Brazil] Academia nacional de medicina. 578.' [Brazil] Congresso brasileiro de hygiene. 166, 974. Brazil, Instituto Vital. 359, 595. Breslau, Statistisches Amt der Stadt. 1680. British Association for the Advancement of Science. 2344. [Brno] Vysoka skola zvgrolekafska. 569, 2232. Brooklyn, Central Medical Council of. 713. [Bruxelles] Administration de l'hygiene. 687. Bruxelles, Institut chirurgical de. 176. [Bruxelles] Institut de therapeutique. 2X67. Bruxelles, Societe royale des sciences medicales et naturelles de. 218. Bruxelles, Societe scientifique de. 217. Bucarest, Societe medicale des hopitaux de. S20. [Buenos Aires] Instituto de clinica quiriirgica. 590. [Buenos Aires] Instituto de medicina experi- mental para el estudio ... del cancer. 593. [Buenos Aires] Instituto modelo de clinica medica. 159. Buenos Aires, Sociedad de cirugia de. 602. Buenos Aires, Sociedad de obstetricia y gine- cologia de. 607. Buenos Aires, Universidad de. 2561. Buffalo General Hospital. 707. [Bulgaria] Direction geneYale de la statistique. 841. Butantan, Istituto de. 1783. Cagliari, Societa fra i cultori delle scienze medi- che in. 503. Calcutta School of Tropical Medicine. 231. California Academy of Medicine. 2157. California State Dental Association. 1418. California [State] Board of Health. 708, 1870, 2263, 3069, 3070. California, University of. 2954. Camara Pestana, Instituto bacteriologico. 474. [Cambridge] Board of Health. 2338. Cambridge Philosophical Society. 568. [Canada] National Research Council. 250. Canada, Royal Society of. 2191, 2907. Canadian Dental Association. 1419. Canadian Dental Research Foundation. 710. Canadian National Committee for Mental Hygiene. 709. Canadian Society for the Study of Diseases of Children. 2843. Canadian Tuberculosis Association. 711. Canal Zone, Medical Association of the Isth- mian. 2173. Canterbury Museum. 2322. [Cardiff, Engl.] Medical Officer of Health. 247. Carlsberg, Laboratoire. 994. Carmichael Medical College. 712. Carnegie Institution of Washington. 981, 2052. [91] Catania, Universita di; Istituto di anatomia patologica. 1630. Catanzaro, Manicomio provinciale di. 187. Central States Pediatric Society. 2845. Ceylon Branch of the British Medical Associ- ation. 1424. Chicago Department of Health. 3071. Chicago, Institute of Medicine of. 2162. Chicago Medical Society. 714, 2009. Chicago Municipal Tuberculosis Sanitarium. 716, 961. Chicago Pathological Society. 2846. Chicago School of Sanitary Instruction. 715. Chicago, Society of Medical History of. S27. Chicago, University of. 21. Chicago Urological Society. 2847. Chile, Congreso de medicina y cirugia naval y militar de. 975. [Chile] Congreso nacional de cirugia. 976. Chile, Sociedad de cirugia de. 603. [China] National Quarantine Service. 2254, 2375. Chosen Medical Association. 1429. Cincinnati, University of. 1690, 2955. Clark University Library. 2235. Cleveland, Academy of Medicine of. 678a. [Ooimbra] Universidad. 1126. Colorado College. 2236. Colorado Dental Association. 1433. Colorado State Dental Association. 717. Columbia Institute for the Deaf. 2346. Columbia University; Department of Pathology. 2755. Conferencia latino-americana de neurologia [etc.]. 47. Connaught Antitoxin Laboratories. 2753. Connecticut State Board of Health. 2347. Connecticut State Medical Society. 1437, 2160. Cordoba, Circulo medico de. 2425. Cornell University Medical College. Depart- ment of Anatomy. 2238, 2754. Cornell University Medical College. Depart- ment of Pathology. 2756. Costs of Medical Care, Committee on the. 1827, 2237. Crawford W. Long Memorial Hospital, Atlanta, Ga. 720. Croix-rouge. 2462. Cumberland Valley Medical Association. 721. [Czechoslovakia] Institut d'hygiene publique de l'etat. 2S64. [Czechoslovakia] Statistisches Staatsamt. 1X49. Davis-Fischer Sanatorium. 722. [Denmark] Institut serotherapique de l'Etat Danois. 967. [Denver] National Jewish Hospital for Con- sumptives. Research Department. 985. Detroit College of Medicine and Surgerv. 727, 1447. Deutsche dermatologische Gesellschaft. 2983. Deutsche Gesellschaft zur Bekampfung der Geschlechtskrankheiten. 1833. Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir Chirurgie. 2984. Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir gerichtliche und soziale Medizin. 2985. Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir Gynakologie. 2986. Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir innere Medizin. 2987. Deutsche Gesellshaft fiir Kreislaufforschung. 2988. Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Volker- kunde Ostasiens. 1834. Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir Rheumabekampfung. 3009. Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir Sprach- und Stimm- heilkunde. 531. Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir Unfallheilkundc 2989. Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir Urologie. 2990. Deutsche (r) Hals-, Nasen- und Ohrenarzte, Gesellschaft. 2996. Deutscher Kongress fiir innere Medizin. 2991. Deutsche(r) Naturforscher und Aerzte, Gesell- schaft. 2997. Deutsche ophthalmologische Gesellschaft. 532. Deutsche orthopadische Gesellschaft. 2992. Deutsche pathologische Gesellschaft. 2993. Deutsche pharmazeutische Gesellschaft. 533. Deutsche Rontgen-Gesellschaft. 2994. Deutsche zoologische Gesellschaft. 2995. District of Columbia, Medical Society of. 775. Dresden, Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heil- kunde in. 1355. Dresden, Statistisches Amt der Stadt. 1681. Dresden, Verein fiir Erdkunde zu. 1852. [Dublin] Royal Dublin Society. 1077, 2674. Durham, University of; College of Medicine. 2956. Edinburgh, Medico-chirurgical Society of. 2880. Edinburgh Obstetrical Society. 2854. Edinburgh, Royal Society of." 2192, 2908. Egypte, Institute d'. 1784. Egypt, Ophthalmological Society of. 788, 830. Egyptian Medical Association. 1451. Egyptian University; Facultv of Medicine. 2241. Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society. 1453. Erlangen, Physikalisch-medizinische Sozietat zu. 2703. Escudero, Clinica del profesor Pedro. 2848. Eugenics Record Office. 730. Eustachiana, Societa. 631. Experimental Biology and Medicine, Society for. 2194. Far Eastern Association of Tropical Medicine. 2855. Federation internationale pharmaceutique. 732. Ferrara, Accademia delle scienze mediche e naturali in. 491. Fever Conference [U. S. A.] 17. Field Museum of Natural History. 2242. [Firenze] Accademia medicofisica fiorentina. 489. Florida Medical Association. 1463. France, Academie veterinaire de. 686. [France] Association francaise pour l'avance- ment des sciences. 699. [France] Association francaise pour l'etude du cancer. 700. [France] Comite national de defense contre la tuberculose. 719. [France] Congres francaise de chirurgie. 2259. [France] Congres de medecine legale de la langue francaise. 991. [France] Service de Sante militaire. 2540. France, Societe chimique de. 811. [France] Societe francaise de dermatologie et de syphiligraphic 815. [Fiance] Societe francaise d'histoire de la medecine. 816. [France] Societe frangaise de prophvlaxie sani- taire. 2710. [France] Societe frangaise d'urologie. 817. [France] Societe de medecine militaire fran- caise. 823. [PYance] Societe nationale de chirurgie. 828. [92] France, Societe nationale d'horticulture de. 1580. France, Societe de radiologie medicale de. 835. France, Societe zoologique de. 838. [France] Syndicat general des medecins stoma- tologistes francais. 843. Franklin Institute. 1464. Fulton County Medical Society. 734. Gand, Societe royale de medicine de. 216. Genova, Accademia medica di. 608. [Genova] Instituto Maragliano. 180. Georgia, Medical Association of. 1494. Georgia Medical Society. 736. [Germany] Biologische Reichsanstalt. 292. [Germany] Reichsausschuss fiir hygienische Volksbelehrung. 1917. [Germany] Reichsgesundheitsamt. 302, 1757, 3016. [Germany] Staatsinstitut fiir experimentelle Therapie. 303. Gesellschaft fiir Verdauungs- und Stoffwech- selkrankheiten. 2999. Giza Ophthalmic Laboratory. 238. Glasgow, Medical Officer of Health, City of. 2372. Glasgow, Royal Medico-chirurgical Society of. 2906. Glasgow, Royal Philosophical Society of. 2189. Gottingen, Gessellschaft der Wissenschaften zu. 1918. [Great Britain] Chief Medical Officer of the Ministry of Health. 232. [Great Britain] Imperial Cancer Research Fund. 2675. [Great Britain] Medical Research Council. 2373, 2734. [Great Britain] National Association for the Prevention of Tuberculosis. 2886. Great Britain, National Veterinary Medical Association of. 1942. Great Britain, Pharmaceutical Society of. 873. Great Britain, Royal Anthropological Institute of. 1562. [Great Britain] Royal Army Medical Corps. 1563. [Great Britain] Royal Army Veterinary Corps. 1564. Great Britain, Royal Asiatic Society of. 1565. Great Britain, Royal Institution of. 2187. [Great Britain] Royal Naval Medical Service. 1567. [Great Britain] Royal Sanitary Institute. 1569. [Great Britain] Royal United Service Institu- tion. 1572. [Greece] Institut Pasteur hellenique. 355. Guayas, Sociedad medico-quirurgica del. 274. Hackney Medical Officer of Health. 2357. Hall (W. & H.) Institute of Research in Pathology and Medicine. 954. Harvard College. Museum of Comparative Zoology. 776. Harvard Medical School Alumni Association. 737. Hawaii Territorial Medical Association. Medical Society. 2857, 2882. Hawaii, University of. 2275. Heidelberger Akademie der Wissenschaften. 2700. Heidelberg, Naturhistorisch-medizinischer Verein zu. 3003. Helsingfors, Pathologisches Institut der Univer- sitat. 299. [Helsinki] Societas medicorum fennica Duo- decim. 52. Henry Ford Hospital. 955. Henry Phipps Institute for the Study ... ot Tuberculosis. 2360. Hiroshima University. 1575. Howard University. 1022. Howe Laboratory of Ophthalmology. 739. [Hungary] Ungarische physiologische Gesell- schaft. 545. Illinois, Department of Public Health of. 2352. Illinois Historical Society. 1473. Illinois State Dental Society. 743, 1294. Illinois, University of. 2958. Illuminating Engineering Society. 2859. Indiana Academy of Ophthalmology and Oto- laryngology. 2860. Indiana Division of Public Health. 1874. Indiana, State Board of Health of. 1874. Indiana State Medical Association. 1475, 1967. Indian Medical Association. 1476. Indian (All-) Ophthalmological Society. 2141. Indochine, Institut Pasteur d'. 356. International Association of Medical Museums. 750, 1582. [International] Comite international pour l'etude du sclerome. 718. International Conference on goiter. 2362. International Conference on Health Problems in Tropical America. 2163. [International] Conference scientifique inter- nationale du rhumatisme. 2303. International Conference of Women Physicians. 2164. [International] Conferencia sanitaria interna- cional de las repiiblicas americanas. 49. [International] Congres international de l'asthme. 2304. [International] Congres international de gastro- enterologie. 2260. [International] Congres international de la lithiase biliaire. 989. [International] Congres international de mede- cine tropicale. 990. International Congress on Alcoholism. 2165. International Congress of Genetics. 2166. International Congress of Mental Hygiene. 2167. International Congress of Military Medicine and Pharmacy. 2363. International Congress of Plant Sciences. 2168. [International] Congresso internazionale di elet- troradiobiologia. 493a. [International] Congresso internazionale di fisio- logia. 2769. International Council of Nurses. 1286. International Dental Federation. 731, 751, 993. International Health Board. 240. [International] Institute international de sta- tistique. 745. [International] Instituto internacional americano de protecci6n a la infancia. 594. Internationaler Kongress fiir Sexualforschune 3000. B International Labor Organization. 1887. International Neo-Malthusian and Birth Control Conference. 2364. [International] Office international d'hygiene publique. 784. [International] Society internationale de chirurgie 2305. International Union against Tuberculosis. 864, 2868. [93] International Veterinary Congress. 2053. Iowa, State Department of Health of. 2348. Iowa State Medical Society. 1482. Iowa, University of. 2959, 2960. Iowa White House Conference of Child Health. 2170. Ireland, Institution of Civil Engineers of. 2861. Ireland, Royal Academy of Medicine in. 2905. Irish (Royal) Academy. 2188. Islington, Engl. Medical Officer of Health. 239. Italia, R. Accademia d'. 1779a. [Italy] Accademia nazionale dei Lincei. 490. [Italy] Associazione italiana pro piante medi- cinali [etc.] 611. [Italy] Congresso italiano di radiologia medica. 494. [Italy] Congresso nazionale di microbiologia. 495. [Italy] Federazione nazionale dei comitati di Assistenza ai militari ciechi [etc.] 615. [Italy] Istituto biochimico italiano, Milano. 366. [Italy] Istituto storico italiano dell'arte sani- tarie. 617. [Italy] Reale Societa italiana d'igiene. 2318a. [Italy] Sezione italiana; Societa internazionale de microbiologia. 628. [Italy] Sezioni regionali; Societa italiana di der- matologia e sifilografia. 629. [Italy] Societa italiana di anatomia. 498. [Italy] Societa italiana di biologia sperimentale 633. [Italy] Societa italiana di chirurgia. 448. [Italy] Societa italiana d'igiene. 1210, 2318a. [Italy] Societa italiana di laringologia. 499. [Italy] Societa italiana di ortopedia. 500. [Italy] Societa italiana di ostetricia. 501. [Italy] Societa italiana per lo studio dell' alimen- tazione. 632. [Italy] Societa zoologica italiana. 638. Jackson County Medical Society. 3073. James Mackenzie Institute for Clinical Research. 2054. Japan, National Research Council of. 2376. [Japan] Naval Medical Association. 778. [Japan] Societas pathologica japonica. 2918. Japanese Pathological Society. 2871, 2918. Japanese Society of Veterinary Science. 1484. Japanische chirurgische Gesellschaft. 3001. Japanische pathologische Gesellschaft. 3002. [Jena] Anatomische Gesellschaft. 2981. John D. Archbold Memorial Hospital, Thomas- ville, Ga. 753. Johns Hopkins Hospital. 754, 2365, 2395. Johns Hopkins University; Institute for Biology. 956. Ju&rez, Hospital. 2427. Julius Klaus Stiftung. 380. Justus Perthes' geographische Anstalt. 1839. Kansas City Academy of Medicine. 2872. Kansas City Southwest Clinical Society. 1875, 2265. Kansas Medical Society. 1486. Kansas State Board of Health. 755, 2366. Kappa Psi Pharmaceutical Fraternity. 16(74. Keijo, Medical College in. 1496. Keijo, Medizinische Akademie in. 1841. Kentucky Historical Society. 2333. Kentucky, State Board of Health of. 703, 724, 2339. Kings, County of; Medical Society of the. 774. Konigsberger gelehrte Gesellschaft. 2656. Kongress fiir Heilpadagogik. 537. [Krak6w] Academie des sciences de Cracovie. 749. [Kurasiki] Institute of Science and Labor. 2361. Kyoto, Imperial University, School of Medicine in. 46. Kyoto, Medizinische Akademie zu. 1842. Kyushu, Medizinische Fakultat der K. Univer- sitat zu. 1843. Laboratori scientific Angelo Mosso. 497. La Habana, Academia de ciencias medicas, fisicas y naturales de. 140. La Habana, Colegio farmaceutico de. 2429. La Habana, Hospital municipal de. 348. [La Habana] Liga contra el cancer. 596. La Habana, Sociedad de estudios clfnicos de. 447. Lahey Clinic. 2367. Lancashire Central Tuberculosis Officer. 2368. [Latvia] Universitas Latviensis. 54. League of Nations. 1883, 1888, 2264. Lederle Laboratory, N. Y. 757. [Leiden] Instituut voor tropische geneeskunde 30. Library of Congress. Librarian. 242. Liege, Societe medico-chirurgicale de. 215. Lima, Facultad de medicina de. 152. [Lima] Instituto de medicina social. 2865. Lisboa, Instituto de medicina legal de. 351. [Lisboa] Laborat6rio de patologia veterindxia. 2873. Liverpool Biological Society. 2171. Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine. 1787. [Lombardia] Istituto lombardo di scienze [etc.]. 496. Lombardia, Ordini dei medici di. 624. [Lombardia] Societa lombarda di scienze mediche. 502. [London] Assurance Medical Society. 2840. [London] Bibliographical Society. 2842. London County Council. 243. London Hospital. 2402. [London] Institute of Actuaries. 1480. London, Medical Society of. 2883. [London] Medico-legal Society. 2881. [London] Rontgen Society. 1568. London Royal Free Hospital School of Medicine for Women. 1653. [London] Roval Microscopical Society. 1566. London, Royal Society of. 2087, 2190. [London] Royal Society of Medicine. 2193. [London] Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene. 2909. [London] Royal Statistical Society. 1571. [London] Saint Bartholomew's Hospital. 2390, 2641. [London] Saint Mary's Hospital. 2706. [London] Saint Thomas Hospital. 2394, 2748, 2748a. London School of Hvgiene and Tropical Medi- cine. 1788. [London] Society of Chemical Industry. 1578. [London] Society for Psychical Research. 2195. [London] Westminster Hospital. 671. London, Zoological Society of. 2201. Los Angeles County Medical Association. 758. Los Angeles Neurological Society. 758a. Louisiana State Board of Health. 2266. [Lund] Kungl. Karolinska Universitetet. 55. Luzern County Medical Society. 2875. 21767—vol. 2, 4th seuies——VII [94] Macausland Orthopedic Clinic. 2252a. McClintock Memorial Foundation for the Dis- eases of the Alimentary Tract. 390. McGill University. 2253. [Madrid] Hospital de San Jose v Santa Adela. 157. [Madrid; Universidad] Catedra de historia critica de la medicina. 2845. Maimonides Medical Society. 2876. Maine Medical Association. 1490. Maine, State Department of Health of. 725, 2349. [Malay States, Federated] Institute for Medical Research. 746. Malay States (Federated) Medical Department. 237. Manchester, Maternity Hospital. 2370. Manchester Rivers Department. 244. Manila, San Juan de Dios Hospital of. 805. Marburg, Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesamten Naturwissenschaften zu. 2699. Marquette University School of Medicine. 957. Mary Fletcher Hospital. 760. Maryland-Delaware Water and Sewer Associ- ation. 2172. Maryland, Medical and Chirurgical Faculty of the State of. 767, 2879. Maryland State Department of Health. 761, 1876, 2350. Maryland, University of; School of Medicine. 799, 848. Masarykova Universita. 2736. Massachusetts Agricultural Experiment Station. 762. Massachusetts College of Pharmacy. 763. Massachusetts Department of Mental Diseases. 764. Massachusetts Department of Public Welfare. 245. Massachusetts General Hospital. 894, 2369. Massachusetts Medico-legal Society. 2877. Mayo Clinic. 958, 2174, 2839. Mayo Foundation. Philadelphia. 2054a. Medellin, Academia de medicina de. 141. Medical Library Association. 772. [Melbourne] Council for Scientific and Industrial Research. 1439. Melbourne, Department of Health of. 2685, 2686, 2687. Menninger Clinic. Topeka, Kans. 769a. Metropolitan Life Insurance Company. 2744. [Mexico] Academia nacional de ciencias Antonio Alzate. 1776, 1792. [Mexico] Asociacion medica mexicana. 132a, 2411. [Mexico] Comisi6n central para el estudio del tabardillo. 583. [Mexico] Instituto de higiene. 591. [Mexico] Secretaria de agricultura v fomento. 601. [Mexico] Sociedad mexicana de electroradiologia. 606. [Mexico] Sociedad mexicana de oftalmologia. 275. Michigan Academy of Science [&c] 2055, 2371. Michigan Agricultural College. 2267. Michigan, Clinical Society of the University of. 2849. Michigan Department of Health. 246, 2340, 2386. Michigan (University of) Pediatric and Infec- tious Disease Society. 2922. Michigan State Medical Society. 1509. Michigan Stream Control Commission. 553. Michigan, University of; Laboratory of Verte- brate Genetics. 983. Michigan, University of; Museum of Paleon- tology. 1795. Michigan, University of; Museum of Zoology. 1828 2001 [Midhurst, Engl.] King Edward Sanatorium. 241. [Milano] Istituto sieroterapico milanese. 616. [Milano] Opera Pia Poliambulanza Giuseppe Ronzoni. 626. Milano, Ordine dei medici di. 625. Milbank Memorial Fund. 2268. Milwaukee Health Department. 770. Missouri Botanical Garden. 198. Missouri Pharmaceutical Association. 2175. Missouri State Medical Association. 1512. Missouri, University of; Agricultural Experiment Station. 2401. Modena, Societa medico-chirurgiea di. 635. Montana, Department of Health of. 2733. Montefiore Hospital for Chronic Diseases. 959. [Montevideo] Facultad de medicina. 151. Montpellier, Academie des sciences de. 685, 1779. Montpellier, Societe des sciences medicales [etc.] 449, 818. Montreal, Department of Health of. 2351. Montreal, Hotel-Dieu de. 1471. Moses Taylor Hospital. 773. [Moskva] Scientific Chemical-Pharmaceutical Institute. 2910. Mount Sinai Hospital. 1515. Munchen, Gesellschaft fiir Morphologie und Physiologie in. 2698. Mysore State Department of Health. 249. Napoli, Accademia medico-chirurgiea di. 488. [Napoli] Societa di biologia sperimentale. 630. Napoli, Societa dei naturalisti in. 637. Napoli, Stazione zoologica di. 2234. Nebraska, University of. 2961, 2965. Necker, Clinique de. 457. Nederland, Vereeniging van homeopathische geneesheeren in. 2931. Nederlandsch-Indie, Burgerlijk geneeskundige dienst in. 1702. [Netherlands] Rijks-Instituut voor pharmaco- therapeutisch onderzoek. 1705. [Netherlands] Vereeniging voor facultatieve lijk- verbranding. 546. Nevada, State Board of Health. 781. New Castle on T., Medical Officer of Health. 248. New England Surgical Society. 2890. New England Water Works Association. 1519. New Hampshire Medical Society. 2891. New Hampshire, State Board of Health of. 227, 2262. New Haven, Department of Health of. 1873. New Jersey, Board of Health of the State of. 2341. New Jersey, Medical Society of. 1516. New Jersey Mosquito Extermination Associa- tion. 2180. [New South Wales] Director-General of Public Health. 2353. New South Wales, Royal Society of. 1570. New York Academy of Dentistry. 1526. New York Academy of Medicine. 782. New York, Dental Hygienists Association of the City of. 1444. New York, Dental Society of the State of. 2853. New York, Department of Health for the Citv of. 1872, 3072. New York Historical Society. 2271. [New York] Italian Medical Society. 2869. [95] New York, Lying-in Hospital of the City of. 759. New York, Medical Association of Greater City of. 3103. [New York] Memorial Hospital for the treat- ment of Cancer [etc.] 769, 1624, 2299. New York, Neurological Institute of. 780. New York and New England Association of Rail- way Surgeons. 2894, 3104. New York Pathological Society. 2183. New York, Presbyterian Hospital in the City of. 2388. New York State Department of Health. 251, 1877, 1997, 2270, 2379. New York State Department of Health. Divi- sion of Laboratories and Research. 236, 2759. New York State Industrial Safety Congress. 2182. New York State Woman's Hospital. 2380, 2397. New York Tuberculosis and Health Association. 783. Nippon Dental Association. 1524, 2892. Nordischer Kongress fiir innere Medizin. 3004. Nordisk dermatologisk forening. 1144. Norske laegeforening. 2934. [North Africa] Instituts Pasteur de l'Afrique du Nord. 353. North America, Conference of State and Pro- vincial Health Authorities of. 2158. North America, Interstate Postgraduate Medi- cal Association of. 2169. North Carolina Board of Health. 2377. North Carolina, Medical Society of. 2884. North Carolina State Board of Charities. 554, 779. North Manchurian Plague Prevention Service. 2378. Northwestern University; Institute of Neurology. 2252. Nova Goa, Escola medico-cirurgica de. 471. Nova Scotian Institute of Science. 2181. Oberhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heil- kunde. 542. Oesterreichische Gesellschaft fiir Bevolkerungs- politik. 1847. Oesterreichische Konferenz der Schwachsinni- genfursorge. 543. Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station. 556, 786, 1878. Ohio Dental Society. 1529. Ohio, State Board of Health of. 2342. Oklahoma Academy of Science. 2184. [Oklahoma City] Saint Anthony's Hospital. 698. Oklahoma State Dental Society. 787. Oklahoma State Medical Association. 1533. Opera Pia Poliambulanza Giuseppe Ronzoni. 626. Oregon, University of. 2962. Oregon, University of; Medical School; Alumni Association. 2142. Osaka, Medizinische Gesellschaft zu. 1845. Oswaldo Cruz, Instituto. 1785. [Ouest] Societe scientifique et medicale de l'Ouest. 837. Pacific Coast Society of Obstetrics and Gyne- cology. 2901. Pacific Coast Surgical Association. 2902. [Pacific] Panpacific Science Congress. 2185. [Pacific] Southern Pacific General Hospital. 839. Padova, Laboratorio di chimica biologica della Universita di. 2233. Padova, Universita di; Laboratorio di fisiologia. 1631. Palermo, Accademia delle scienze mediche in. 492. Panama-Pacific Dental Congress. 2903. [Panamerican] Conferencia panamericana de la eugenesia [etc.] 48. [Panamerican] Conferencia Panamericana de directores nacionales de sanidad. Washing- ton. 47a. [Panamerican] Conferencia Sanitaria paname- ricana. 50. [Panamerican] Oficina sanitaria panamericana. 598. Panamerican Union. 791. Paracelsus Gesellschaft. 39. [Paraguay] Instituto nacional de parasitologia. 160. [Paris] Academie de chirurgie. 1773. [Paris] Academie de medecine. 679. [Paris] Academie des sciences. 998. [Paris] Institut d'actinologic 175. [Paris] Institut general psychologique. 744. [Paris] Institut d'hydrologic 177. [Paris] Institut de paleontologie humaine. 352. [Paris] Institut Pasteur. 178, 747. [Paris] Institut prophylactique. 358, 2866. [Paris] Laboratoires Clin. 182. Paris, Societe anatomique de. 806. Paris, Societe d'anthropologie de. 807. [Paris] Societe de biologie. 995. [Paris] Societe centrale de medecine veterinaire. 809. [Paris] Societe de chimie biologique. 810. Paris, Societe des chirurgiens de. 812. [Paris] Societe clinique de medecine mentalc 813. [Paris] Societe d'etude des formes humaines. 814. Paris, Societe d'hydrologie medicale de. 214. Paris, Societe de medecine de. 824. Paris, Societe medicale des hopitaux de. 821. Paris, Societe d'obstetrique et de gynecologie de. 829. Paris, Societe d'ophtalmologie de. 831. [Paris] Societe de pathologie exotique. 832. Paris, Soci6te de pediatric de. 833. Paris, Society philomathique de. 834. [Paris] Societe scientifique d'hygiene alimen- taire [&c] 836. Parma, Societa medica di. 636. [Pavia] Societa medico-chirurgiea. 634. Pavlov's Physiological Laboratory. 2856. Peiping, National Academy of; Institute of Physiology. 982. Peking Union Medical College. 984. Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture. 792. Pennsylvania, University of. 85, 2963. Pennsylvania, University of; Department of Pathology. 2757. Pennsylvania, University of; Department of Surgery. 2240. Penrose Research Laboratory. 984a. Perugia, Academia medica di. 609. Perugia, Manicomio provinciale di. 188. Perugia, Ospedale psichiatrico di. 201. Peter Bent Brigham Hospital. 2381. Phi Beta Pi Medical Fraternity. 2281. Philadelphia, The Academy of Natural Sciences of. 2139. Philadelphia Academy of Surgery. 2904. [96] Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science 793. Philadelphia, College of Physicians of. 2850. Philadelphia Department of Public Health 1879. [Philadelphia] Episcopal Hospital. 1908. Philadelphia General Hospital. 2382, 2760. Philadelphia, Pathological Society of. 2186. Philippine Department; Office of the Surgeon 794. Philippine General Hospital; Director. 233. Philippine Health Service. 1880. [Philippine Islands] Asamblea regional de medicos y farmaceuticos de Filipinas. 45. Philippine Islands Medical Association. 1547. [Philippine Islands] National Congress on Tuber- culosis. 2178. Philippine Islands, National Research Council of. 777a. Pickett-Thomson Research Laboratory. 210. Pittsburgh Diagnostic Clinic 948. Pittsburgh, University of; School of Medicine. 2257, 2964. Plattsburgh, Physicians Hospital. 1909. [Poland] Academie polonaise des sciences. 748, 749, 1777, 2620. [Popotla] Instituto de higiene. 1866. Porto, Faeuldade de Medicina do. 153. [Pretoria] Department of Agriculture. 1446. [Pretoria] Director of Veterinary Education 2354. [Pretoria] Veterinary Services. Director. 235. Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften. 13, 2704. Preussisches statistisches Landesamt. 3199. Puerto Rico, Asociaci6n medica de. 581. Quebec, Convention annuelle des Services sani- taires, de la province de. 992. Quebec, Societe medicale des hopitaux univer- sitaires de. 822. Quekett Microscopical Club. 1558. [Quito] Facultad de ciencias medicas. 331. [Quito] Hospital civil de San Juan de Dios. 589. Red Cross Societies, League of. 756, 1317. Reichenberg, Verein deutscher Aerzte in. 1616. Rennes, Universite de. 2912. Rhode Island Health Commission. 2385. Rhode Island, State Board of Health of. 795, 2343. Rio de Janeiro, Museo nacional do. 405. [Rio de Janeiro] Sociedade medico-cirurgica militar. 604. Rio de Janeiro, Universidade do. 2562. Rockefeller Foundation. 253, 2272. Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research. 1868, 2764. Roma, Accademia medica di. 610. Roma, Clinica otorinolaringoiatrica della R. Universita di. 493. Roma, Instituto zoologico della R. Universita di. 618. Roumanie, Academie de medecine de. 681. [Rumania] Acaddmie roumaine. 684. [Rumania] Directie general zootehnica. 676. [Rumania] Ministerul de agricultura. 677. Sachsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. 544. Saint Andrews Institute for Clinical Research. 2389. Saint Louis Children's Hospital. 2765. Saint Louis College of Pharmacy. 2274. Saint Louis Medical Society. 3074. [Saint Louis] Woman's Hospital. 2396. [Saint Luc] Societe medicale de Saint Luc [&c] 825. Saito ho-on Kai. 255. [San Salvador] Circulo militar. 2426. [Sao Paulo] Associacao paulista de medicina. 2412. Sao Paulo, Faeuldade de medicina de. 171. Sao Paulo, Instituto de higiene de. 592. Sao Paulo, Sociedade de medicina e cirurgia de. 605. Saratov. Universitet. 1605, 2895, 2945. Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir vaterlandische Kul- tur. 1356. Schleswig-Holstein, Naturwissenschaftliches Ver- ein fur. 2657. Schweizerisches Gesundheitsamt. 800. Schweizerische Vereinigung fiir Krebsbekam- pfung. 801. Scripps Institution of Oceanography. 804. Seattle, Department of Health. 726. Sea View Hospital. 2273. Seine, Syndicat des m^decins de la. 2709. Seine-et-Oise, Societe- des sciences naturales et medicales de. 1794. Sendai, Universitat. Anatomisches Institut. 290. Sendai, Universitat. Pathologisches Institut. 1848. Severance Union Medical College. 1576. [Shillong] King Edward VII Memorial Pasteur Institute. 252. Siamese Red Cross. 1721. Siena, Accademia dei fisiocritici di. 487. Smithsonian Institution. 2256, 2708. Smithsonian Institution. Board of Regents. 228. Societas medicorum fennica Duodecim. 52. Solvay, Instituts; Laboratoire de physiologie 2874. South Africa Department of Public Health. 254. South Africa, Medical Association of. 1495. South Africa, Union of. 2010. South African Institute for Medical Research. 2255. South African Veterinary Medical Association. 1573. South Carolina Medical Association. 1574. Southern Sociological Congress. 2196. Southern Surgical Association. 2919. Sovetsky tuberkulezny institut. 2920. [Spain] Academia nacional de medicina. 141a. Steiermark, Verein der Aerzte in. 1850. Strasbourg, Office municipal de statistique de. 222. [Stuttgart] Gesellschaft fiir physische Anthro- pologic 2998. Suffolk County Medical Society. 1885, 1966. Sun Yatsen Universitat; Medizinische Fakultat. [Switzerland] Eidgenossisches Gesundheitsamt. 728. Sydney, Cancer Research Committee of the Uni- versity of. 1422. Tartu, E. W. Tartu Ulikool. 56. Tashkent. Sredne-Aziatsky gosudarstvenny uni- versitet. 847. Tennessee State Medical Association. 1583. Texas State Department of Health. 554a, 844 Thiiringen, Allgemeiner arztliche Verein von. 1615. Tohoku Imperial University. 2677. [97] [Tokyo] Government Institute for Infectious Diseases. 2676. Tokyo, Imperial University of; Faculty of Science. 1462. Tokyo, K. Universitat zu; Medizinische Fakul- tat. 1844. Tokyo, Medizinische Gesellschaft zu. 1846. Tomarkin-Foundation. 220. Tomsk, Universitet. 1349. Torino, Accademia di medicina di. 1193. [Torino] Instituto di medicina preventiva. 2310. Torino, Musei di zoologia [etc.] della R. Univer- sita di. 622. [Torino] Ufficio del laboro e della statistica. 640. Toronto, Academy of Medicine. 683, 2804. [Toronto] Saint Michael's Hospital. 2707. Toronto, University of. 2239, 2966, 2967. Tortugas Laboratory. 2056. [Trento] Associazione medica tridentina. 612. Trinidad. Surgeon-General. 59. Truesdale Hospital. 845, 1881. Tubingen, Pathologisch-anatomisches Institut zu. 298. Tunis, Institut Pasteur de. 357. Ulster Medical Society. 2921. United Kingdom, Marine Biological Association of the. 1492. United Kingdom, Ophthalmological Society of the. 2897. United States. Bureau of Census. 234, 849, 1894, 3075. United States. Bureau of Fisheries. 850, 2684. United States. Bureau of Labor Statistics. 851. United States. Bureau of Mines. 852. United States. Bureau of Standards. 853. United States. Commissioner of Education. 263. United States. Department of Agriculture. 1109, 1114, 2785, 3105. United States. Department of Agriculture; Sec- retary. 2391. United States. Department of Commerce. 2788. United States. Department of Interior; Secre- tary. 2392. United States. Department of Justice. Attor- ney-General. 262. United States. Department of Labor. Division of Labor Standards. 856. United States. Federal Board of Vocational Education. 854, 2399. United States. Geological Survey. 855, 2202, 3068. United States. Indian Affairs Office. 264. United States. Interstate Commerce Commis- sion. 22, 265. United States. Military Academy, Superintend- ent. 257. United States. National Immigration Confer- ence. 2198. United States. National Academy of Sciences of. 1789, 2176, 2374. United States. National Institute of Health. 857. United States. National Museum. 266, 858, 2200. United States. National Research Council. 859, 2387 United States Naval Institute. 2200a. United States. Navy Department. Division of Preventive Medicine. 860. United States. Navy Department. Secretary of the Navy. 256, 2393. United States. Navy Department. Surgeon- General. 260. United States. Office of Education. 861. United States Pharmacopoeial Convention. 19. United States Public Health Service, Conference of State and Territorial Health Officers with the. 2851. United States Public Health Service. Surgeon General. 261. United States. Veterans' Administration. 1691, 2973. United States. War Department. Medical Field Service School. 2049. United States. War Department. Secretary of War. 267. United States. War Department. Surgeon- General. 259. United States. Weather Bureau. 1890, 2345. [Uruguay] Asistencia ptiblica nacional. 579. [Uruguay] Consejo nacional de higiene. 584. [Uruguay] Consejo de salud ptiblica. 585. Uruguay, Escuela veterinaria del. 150. [U. S. S. R.] Institut eksperimentalnoi vete- rinary i meditsiny. 2862. Valdes, Sanatorio. 273. [Venezia] Istituto veneto di scienze (&c). 1786. [Venezuela] Congreso venezolano de medicina. 1781. [Venezuela] Direction de sanidad nacional. 149. Vienne, Societe de medecine de la. 826. Virginia Department of Health. 268. Virginia, Medical College of. 765. Virginia, Medical Society of. 2885. Virginia State Dental Association. 862. Virginia State Library. 863. Virginia, University of. 84. [Warszawa] Universite de Varsovie, Clinique infantile de. 2911. Washington Academy of Science. 1591. [Washington] Freedmen's Hospital. Surgeon in Chief. 258. Washington, Helminthological Society of. 2161. [Washington] S. Elizabeths Hospital. Board of Visitors. 229. Washington University, S. Louis. 864. Washington University School of Medicine; Department of Pediatrics. 2758. Washington, University of. 2968. Wayne County Medical Society. 2400. Wellcome Chemical Research Laboratories. 2258. Weltevreden, Geneeskundig laboratorium te. 1704. Western Reserve University. 865. Western Surgical Association. 2926. Wien, Akademie der Wissenschaften in. 1014, 2697. Wien, Anthropologische Gesellschaft in. 1831. Wien, Gesellschaft fiir innere Medizin in. 1836. [Wien] Institut fiir Radiumforschung. 1838. [Wien] Neurologisches Institut an der Wiener Universitat. 297. Williams Hooper Foundation. 960. [Wilmington, Del.] Board of Health. 552. Wisconsin Antituberculosis Association. 1002. Wisconsin State Board of Health. 1704. Wissenschaftliches Komitee zur Erforschung der Kreislaufstorungen. 1854. Wistar Institute. 866. 21767—vol. 2, 4th series----VIII [98] Wiirzburg, Physikalisch-medizinische Gesell- schaft zu. 3006. [Wiirzburg] Physiologisches Laboratorium. 301. Yale University; Anna M. R. Lauder Department of Public Health. 980. [Yugoslavia] Ministere de la sant6 publique. 771. Zeeuwsch genootschap der wetenschappen. 461. Zulia, Sociedad medico-quiriirgica del. 2551. CATALOGUE BAADE BAB BAADE, Konrad. *Untersuchungen fiber die Abhangigkeit der Giftwirkungen vom physika- lisch-chemischen Zustand der Zellen. 32p. 8! Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1926. BAADE, Wilhelm Otto Franz, 1898- *Untersuchungen fiber den Einfluss verschiede- ner Zuckerarten auf die Pilzflora des Kiises und der Milch [Kiel] p.375-406. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. BAADER, Ernst Wilhelm, 1892- *Die Arsentherapie der Syphilis bis zur Salvarsanara. 83p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1918. ---- GewTerbekrankheiten; klinische Grund- lagen der 22 meldepflichtigen Berufskrankheiten. 4p.l. 144p. 8pl. 21illus. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1931. ---- & HOLSTEIN, Ernst. Das Quecksilber; seine Gewinnung, technische Verwendung und Giftwirkung; mit eingehender Darstellung der gewerblichen Quecksilbervergiftung, nebst The- rapie und Prophylaxe. p.l. 239p. illus. pi. 8? Berl., R. Schoetz, 1933. BAADER, Hugo leo, 1892- *Ovarial- kystom und Graviditat [Leipzig] 8p. 8? Darmst., H. Lautz, 1922. BAAG0E, Kaj. *Bidrag til studier af asthma, sserlig hos b0rn [Contribution to the study of asthma, especially in children] 284p. 8? Kbh., Levin & Munksgaard, 1926. BAAR, Gustav, 1872- Die Indicanamie; ihre Bedeutung als Nierenfunktionsprobe. 4p.l. 148p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1922. BAAR, H. Pathogenese und Therapie ali- mentarer Kleinkinderanamien mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der sogen. Ziegenmilchanamie. 44p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1927. Forms H. 16 of Abh. Kinderh. BAARHS, Otto, 1897- *Hypoplasien des Zahnschmelzes als Folge von Kindertetanie und Rachitis; Prophylaxe und Therapie dieser Krank- heiten unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Vitaminlehre und -behandlung. 19p. 8? Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1930. BAART de la Faille, Johan Marcus, 1867- Biography. Geneesk. gids, 1935, 13: 671, port. BAASHUUS-JESSEN, J. Arctic nervous dis- eases. p.310-45. 8? Oslo, J. Dybwad, 1935. Forms no. 28 of Medd. Norg. Svalbard &c. unders., 1935. BAATARD, Jean. *La barriere h6mato-ence- phalique dans quelques conditions pathologiqucs experimentales [Geneve] 97p. 8? Par., 1924. BAATZ, Hans, 1906- *Erfolge mit Chi- ninstoss bei febrilem Abort unter Verwendung der an der Giessener Universitats-Frauenklinik in den Jahren 1924-29 zur Beobachtung gelang- ten Falle [Giessen] 17p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1931. BAATZ, Max August Gotthard, 1895- *Therapeutische Versuche mit Sozojodol-Zincum in der Veterinar-Chirurgie [Leipzig] 18p. 8? Treptow a.R., M. Radel, 1922. 21767—vol. 2, 4th series——1 BAB, Werner, 1893- *Ueber die Ruptur der Chorioidea als Kriegsverletzung des Auges. 29p. 8? Berl., Hanewacker & Co., 1917. ----Die Ophthalmologie des praktischen Arztes. 60p. 8? Berl., H. Kornfeld, 1929. Forms H. 406-7, v. 36 of Berl. Klin. BABAIANTZ, Babaeff Leon. *La granuloma- tose maligne (lymphogranulome) etude anatomo- clinique; etude therapeutique spe'cialement du point de vue de la roentgentherapic 176p. ch. 6pl. 8? Geneve, 1928. BABAK, Edward, 1873-1926. Suk, V. [Obituary] Anthropologic, Praha, 1927, 5: 1-3, pi. BABAIIAN, Leon, 1889- *Des reten- tions biliaires latentes dans la syphilis. 103p. 8? Par., 1921. BABB, Charles, 1881- *L'arsenotherapie en medecine canine par le sulfars^nol [Alfort] 84p. 8? Par., 1926. BABBE, Peter, 1898- *Einfiuss der Diin- gung mit MgO-Salzen auf den Ertrag und die stoffliche Zusammensetzung der Kartoffelpflanze. 48p. 8? Kiel, 1930. BABBITT, Adeline E. Castle Nursery School outline for parents meetings. 8p.; 12p. 8? [Honolulu] 1931. English and Japanese texts. BABBITT, Harold Eaton, 1888- Sewer- age and sewage treatment. 2.ed. xv, 516p. 8? N.Y., J. Wiley & Sons, 1925. ---- Also 3. ed. xv, 545p. Lond., Chapman & Hall, 1928. BABBITZ, Albert L. *Spinal anaesthesia [Marquette Univ.] 20p. 4? La Crosse, Wis., 1931. BABCOCK, Harriet, 1877- Dementia praecox; a psychological study. 167p. 8? N.Y., 1933. BABCOCK, James Woods, 1856-1922. Obituary. Boston M.&S.J., 1922, 186: 440. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78: 911. BABCOCK, Marjorie Elizabeth, 1899- *Applications of clinical psychology in Hawaii [Univ. Hawaii] 82p. 8? Honolulu, Mercantile Press, 1927. ---- *A comparison of delinquent and non- delinquent boys by objective measures of per- sonality [Columbia Univ.] 74p. 8? N.Y., 1932. See also Porteus, S. D., & Babcock, M. E. Temperament and race. 464p. 8? Bost. [1926] BABCOCK, Robert Hall, 1851- Your heart and how to take care of it. xiii, 235p. 8! N.Y., D. Appleton & Co., 1924. BABCOCK, Warren La Verne, 1873- , & DELONG, Delia. Group nursing; lowered cost of hospitalization through group nursing; for the patient of moderate means, 3 years' experience. 7p. illus. 8? Detr., Grace Hospital, 1931. BABCOCK, William Wayne, 1872- Text- book of surgery for students and physicians. 2p.l. 1367p. 9pls. 8? Phila., W. A. Saunders Co., 1928. ---- Also 2. ed. 1312p. illus. pi. 1935. (D BABER 2 BABESIA BABER, William Lafayette, 1873-1921. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1921, 77: 2078. BABES, Victor, 1854-1926. Vie (La) et l'ceuvre de Victor Babes. Hommage offert par ses collaborateurs, ses eleves et etudiants. 2p.l. 192p. 2port. 4? Bucur., Imp. Cartea Med., 1924. Bar. Necrologie. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1926, 3.ser., 96: 178.—Mbllers, B. Nekrolog. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 527. BABESIA. See also Babesiasis; Piroplasmidea. Babes, V. Bemerkungen iiber die Entdeckung des Parasiten der seuchenhaften Hamoglobinurie des Rindes (Texasfieber, Tristeza &c.) und des Carceag des Schafes. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1903, 33: 449-58.—Davis, L. J. On a piroplasm of the Sudanese wild cat (Felis ocreata) Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1928-29, 22: 523-34, 2pl.—Galli-Valerio, B. Smithia talpae n.sp. (Piroplasmidae) chez Talpa europaea L. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1914,73: Orig., 142.—Hoare, C. A. On a new piroplasm from an African shrew. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1930-31, 24: 245-50.—Hornby, H. E. Classification of Piroplasma of domestic mammals. Papers Internat. Vet. Congr., 1934, 12: no.53.— Sergent, E., Donatien, A. [et al.] Des piroplasmes bovins du sous-genre Babesiella; description d'une nouvelle espece Babe- siella major (origine: France) Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1926, 40: 582-94. —— Au sujet de la classification des piroplasmes du boeuf; le genre Piroplasma et son sous-genre Babesiella. J. Comp. Path., Lond., 1935, 48: 261-6, ch — Thomson, J. G., & Hall, G. N. The occurrence of Babesia motasi Wenyon, 1926, in sheep in northern Nigeria, with a discussion on the classification of the piroplasms. Ibid., 218-31.—Vrijburg, A. Babesiose en babesiaparasieten in Nederland. Tschr. diergeneesk., 1918, 45: 563-78.—Yakimov, W. L. Zur Frage iiber die Arten der Babe- siellen in Russland. Arch. Protistenk., 1927-28, 60: 449-54. ----- Ueber Kreuzformen der Babesiellen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1927-28, 105: 250-2. ----- Ueber die Grosse der Piro- plasmen, iiber die Piroplasmaformel und den Piroplasmaindex. Ibid., 1930, 126: 161-8. ----- Zur Revision der Gattung Piro- plasma. Arch. Protistenk., 1931, 74: 372-400. -----■ & Bela- wine, W. S. La nouvelle espece du sous-genre Babesiella Mesnil en Russie (U.S.S.R.) Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927, 103: 315-20, pi. ---- bigemina. See also Babesiasis—in cattle. Legg, J. Can the cattle tick Haemaphysalis bispinosa act as the carrier of Piroplasmosis (Piroplasma bigeminum)? an experimental inquiry. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1926, 3: 203- 16.—Rosenbusch, F. Estudios sobre la tristeza; evolucion del Piroplasma bigeminum en la garrapata (Boophilus microplus Can. Lah.) nota preliminar. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1927, 3: 347-51, 9pl.—Sergent, E., Donatien, A. [et al.] Transmission ner6ditaire de Piroplasma bigeminum chez Rhipicephalus bursa; persistance du parasite chez des tiques nourries sur des chevaux. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1931,24:195-8.—Vrijburg, A. Einige Untersuchungen iiber Babesia bigemina. Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1913, 13: 180-6— Yakimov, W. L. Zur Frage iiber Piroplasma bigeminum in Russland. Arch. Protistenk., 1930, 70: 119-30, 3pl. ---- cab alii and equi. See also Babesiasis—in horse. Barboni, E. Forme a rosetta o a mora (corpi di De Gasperi) e forme anaplasmoidi nel ciclo di evoluzione di Nuttallia equi. Riv. biol., 1935,18:85-9.—Donatien, A., & Lestoquard, F. Trans- mission experimentale de Piroplasma caballi a l'ane. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1926, 19: 546. -----[et al.] Transmission de Piroplasma caballi de la mere au foetus. Ibid., 1934, 27: 433-5.— Donatien, A., Lestoquard, F., & Bourguet, A. Nouveau cas de transmission de Piroplasma caballi de la mere au foetus. Ibid., 1935, 28:422.—Martsinovski, E.J. O kulturakh Piroplasma equi. Med. obozr., 1909, 71: 735-40, pi—Nuttall, G. H. F., & Strickland, C. Die Parasiten der Pferdepiroplasmose resp. der Biliary fever. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1910, 56: Orig., 524— Sassuchin, D. Nuttallia minor n.sp. neuer Blutparasit der Pferde. Arch. Protistenk., 1933, 79:277-82, pi.—Yakimov, W. L., Matikaschwili, I. I., & Lewkowitsch, F. E. N. Zur Frage der Nuttallia equi. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1933, 49: 258-60.—Zassukhin, D. N. [Nuttallia minor n.sp., new blood parasite in horses] Vest. mikrob., 1932, 11: 181-5. cams. See also Babesiasis—in dog. Eggebrecht. Piroplasma canis. Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1908-9, 5: 129-32, 3pl.—Knuth & Richters. Ueber die Vermeh- rung von Piroplasma canis in vitro. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1913, 29: 211.—Nuttall, G. F. H., & Graham-Smith, G. S. Canine piroplasmosis; studies on the morphology and life history of the parasite. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1907, 7: 232-72, 3pl. Also repr.— Rau, M. A. N. Experimental infection of the jackal (Canis aureus) with Piroplasma canis, Prana and Galli-Valerio, 1895. Ind. J.M. Res., 1926-27,14: 243.—Regendanz, P. Untersuchun- gen iiber das Hundepiroplasma (Babesia canis) in der Zecke. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1932, 40: 745-8. ---- gibsoni. Leger, M., & Bedier, E. Piroplasme du renard d'Afrique, Fennecus-dorsalis Gray. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 87: 934 — Patton, W. S. Preliminary report on a new piroplasm (Piro- plasma gibsoni sp.nov.) found in the blood of the hounds of the Madras hunt and subsequently discovered in the blood of the jackal: Canis aureus. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1910, 3: 274-81.—Rao, M. A. N. Piroplasma gibsoni Patton, 1910. Ind. J.M. Res., 1927, 14: 785-800, 2pl. ---- mutans. Markov, A. A. [Granate bodies in the peripheral blood of sheep in gonderiosis] Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1931,9:241.— Schwetz, J., & Collart, A. Notes protozoologiques; Spirochetes sanguicoles chez Cobus vardoni et Gonderia mutans chez Cobus ellipsiprymnus et chez Ourebia bastata. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1929, 22: 651-6.—Schwetz, J., & Storck, N. Gonderia (Thei- leria-babesia) mutans des bovides et des ovides de Stanleyville (Congo beige) Ann. parasit., Par., 1930, 8: 113-21—Sergent, E., Donatien, A. [et al.] Sur l'existence de corps en grenade dans le cycle evolutif de Gonderia mutans. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1929, 22: 542-4.—Turnbull, D. O. Tropical piroplasmosis in the Fort Jameson District of North-Eastern Rhodesia; with plasma bodies representing developmental stages of a parasite morphologically similar to Gonderia mutans. J. Comp. Path., Lond., 1926, 39: 307-11. BABESIASIS. See also Malaria—in animals; Piroplasmosis; Tick. Dementyev [Piroplasmosis in hogs] Vest. obsh. vet., 1911, 23: 845-9.—Franca, C. Sur une piroplasmose nouvelle chez une mangouste. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1908, 1: 410-2.— Franchini, G. Piroplasmose chez un petit loir (Myoxus avella- narius) Ibid., 1924,17: 881-4.—Yakimov, V. I. [Mites and piro- plasma of hedge-hogs] Arkh. vet. nauk, 1909, 39: 781-7. ----- [Piroplasmosis of hedge-hogs and field mice] Vet. obozr., 1908, 10: 620. ----- Le trypanobleu agit-il sur les babesielloses? Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1926, 19: 783-5. —--- in cattle. Graybil, H. W. Studies on the biology of the Texas fever tick. 42p. 8? Wash., 1911. Forms no. 120, Bull. U.S. Bur. Animal Indust. Jobling, J. W., & Wooley, P. G. Texas fever in the Phillipine Islands and Far East. 6p. 8? Manila, 1904. Forms no. 14, Dep. Int. Bur. Gov. Lab., Serum Lab., Ma- nila, 5-11, 14pl., 1904. Mohler, I. R. Texas fever (otherwise known as tick fever, splenetic fever or southern cattle fever) with methods for its prevention. 48p. 8? Wash., 1905. Forms no. 78, Bull. U.S. Bur. Animal Indust. Schmidt, A. *Die Zeckenkrankheit der Rinder; Haemoglobinaemia ixodioplasmatica bourn in Deutsch-, Englisch-Ostafrika und Uganda [Giessen] 62p. 8? Berl., 1904. Schroeder, E. C, & Cotton, W. E. Notes on cattle tick and Texas fever; persistence of Texas fever organism in blood of southern cattle, p.49- 78. 8? [Wash.] [1905] In Rep-. U.S. Bur. Animal Indust., 1905, v.22. United States. Bureau of Animal In- dustry [Map indicating the area quarantined on account of Texas fever of cattle, April 15, 19121 Fold. map. ' J Belawine, W. S. Traitement de la piroplasmose a Piroplasma bigeminum, au nord du Caucase. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1926, 19: 786-91— Bevan, 1. E. W. Bovine piroplasmosis (red water) in Great Britain. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1927, 7: 1088-90 — Bird, W. N. D. History of the Texas fever quarantine line. Am Vet. Rev., 1903-4, 27: 850-6.-Bugge. Beitrag zur Schutz- lmpfung gegen die Hamoglobinurie des Rindes. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1909, 25: 919.—Carmin, A. O febre do Texas Tri- buna med., Rio, 1908, 14: 317; 333; 353.—Cernaianu, C.' Piro- plasmose bovine a Babesiella bovis en Bessarabie. C rend Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 1580. ----- Essais de traitement de la babesiellose bovine par l'hexamethylenetetramine. Ibid 1582 —— Rinderbabesiellose in Bessarabien und ihre erfolgreiche Behandlung mit Hexamethylentetramin. Berl. tierarztl Wschr 1927 43: 343-5. -----Radef, I., & Radescu I S pnne dans le traitement de la piroplasmose bovine vraie des bovides due a Piroplasma bigeminum (Smith et Kilborne) Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par 1935, 28: 804-6.-Charbonnel. De la ^b^iell2,se bov.me en Vendee. Rec. med. vet., 1930 106- 409-13.-Cocu. A propos de l'hemoglobinurie; deux succes de BABESIASIS 3 BABESIASIS la methode Weichel; un fait acquis: l'hemoglobinurie chez le boeuf. Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1930, 3: 348-54.—Cotrim, T. A febre do Texas ou tristeza do gado. Tribuna med., Rio, 1909, 15: 27; 59; 84.—Dairymple, W. H. [Southern cattle fever] N. Orleans M.&S.J., 1903, 56: 226—De Leidi, G. Della emoglobi- nuria o piscia sangue dei bovini sulle montagne del Lago di Como. Clin, vet., Milano, 1935, 58: 916-8.—Dodd, S. Experi- ments in connection with the treatment of cattle affected with red water, with trypanblue, and trypanred. Vet. J., Lond., 1910, n.s., 17: 394-411—Dzhunkovski, E., & Lus, I. [Piro- plasmosis of cattle! Vest. obsh. vet., 1903, 15: 769-72.—Elmanov, N. W. Infektionsversuche an Rindern mit dem Virus der nordi- schen Piroplasmose (Babesiella bovis) Zschr. Infektkr. Haus- tiere, 1932-33, 43: 89-92.—Ergebnisse der Schutzimpfungen gegen die Hamoglobinurie der Rinder. Arch. deut. Landwirtsch., 1910, 34: 372-88. Also repr.—Evers. Das Resultat meiner Behandlung des Blutharnens der Rinder (Weiderot) mit Dam- holid im Jahre 1905. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1906, 364. ----- Behandlung des Rotwassers des Rindes mit Asuntol. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1926, 34: 556.—Giltner, W. Observations on Texas fever. Am. Vet. Rev., 1907-8, 32: 596-602.—Harvey, F. T. Redwater and immunity. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1901-2, 14: 765. ---— Some aspects of red-water in cattle. Ibid., 1935, 1015- 28.—Hughes, D. A. The advantages of the splenetic or Texas fever quarantine to stockmen: the work of the Federal Govern- ment against the disease. Am. Vet. Rev., 1905-6, 29: 1162-75. ----- The fight against Texas fever: a review of the work being attempted in the South for the control and eradication of the disease. Ibid., 1309-40.—Knuth, P. Erwiderung auf den Arti- kel des Herrn Prof. Dr Miessner: die Milzruptur bzw. perakute Form der Hamoglobinurie des Rindes. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1911-12, 61: Orig., 557.—Krageriid, A. Hamoglobinurie beim Rinde. Zschr. Tiermed., 1901, 5: 284-90—Mayo, N. S. Trans- mission of Texas fever. Rep. U. S. Bur. Animal Indust., 1899, 15: 481.—Miessner, H. Dis Milzruptur bzw. perakute Form der Hamoglobinurie des Rindes. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1911, 60: Orig., 246-50; 1912, 62: 471-5—Moussu. Contribution a l'etudede l'hemoglobinurie bovine observeeen France. Bull. Soc. centr. med. vet., 1904, 58: 414-6.—Pricolo, A. Piroplasmosi tipo parvum nei bovini. Clin, vet., Milano, 1915, 38: 638.— Rayen, W. C. Texas fever and its relation to the live-stock in- terests of Tennessee. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., 1902, 23: 625-30.—Ruggeri, G. L'ematinuria da piroplasma bigeminum nei bovini svizzeri importati nell' Agro romano. Nuovo erco- lani, 1908, 13: 417; 434.—Schein, H. Observations sur la piro- plasmose des bovides d'Indo-Chine et constatation de piro- plasmose chez les buffles. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1908, 22: 1005-12.—Sergent, E., Donatien, A. [et al.] Les piroplasmoses bovines dues aux Babesiella; etude d'ensemble, avec description d'une espece nouvelle: B. major, originaire de France. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1926, 4: 318-39, pi.—Simon. Einiges iiber das Blutharnen. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1903, 51.—Simpson, J. F. Haemoglobinuria. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1902-3, 15: 382-5.— Spilman, J. [Enzootic-piroplasmotic haemoglobinuria; on the time of genesis of this disease] Przegl. wet., 1912, 27: 369-73.— Stockman, S. Red water and rinderpest in cattle. Ind. M. Gaz., 1903, 38: 282-6. ----- Red-water in England and its carriers. J. Comp. Path., Lond., 1908, 21: 225-32. Also Vet. J., Lond., 1908, 64: .r>38-48. Also Vet. Rec, Lond., 1908-9, 21: 391-401.—Texasfieber (Das) Gutachten der Technischen Depu- tation fiir das Veterinarwesen. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1901, 27: 41-85.—W., A. Hsemoglobinuria. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1902-3, 15: 374.—Wellington, A. R. Notes on case of Piroplasma bige- minum. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1909, 12: 207.—Yakimov, W. L. L'ichtargan dans le traitement de la babesiellose bovine du nord-ouest de la Russie. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1926, 19:16-8. ----- Der dritte Erreger der Rinderhamoglobinurie im Nord-Kaukasus (Francaiella colchica n. sp.) Arch. Pro- tistenk., 1928, 62: 105-18, pi. ----- L'agent de l'hemoglobi- nurie des bovidfis dans les regions prealpines. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1932, 13: 418-25. -----Kedrinsky, A. F. [et al.] Le traitement de la babesiellose des bovides par les sels d'argent. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1926, 19: 887-90.—Yakimov, W. L., Khmelnitzky, W. Z. [et al.] Piroplasmosis (Babesiellosis, red- water) of the cattle in the northwest of Russia. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1926-27, 100: 224-58—Yakimov, W. L., Markov-Petra- schevsky, E. N. [et al.] L'arrhenal dans le traitement de la babesiellose bovine. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1926, 19: 554-7. ----- Contribution a l'6tude de 1'immunisation vis-a- vis de la piroplasmose (Babesiellose) des bovides. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1928, 42:282-319. -----& loukianov, W. A. A propos de 1'immunisation des bovides vis-a-vis de Babesiella bovis en Russie. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1926, 19: 550-4.— Yakimov, W. I., Markov-Petraschevsky, E. N., & Rastegaiev, E. F. Sur l'hemoglobinurie au cours de la babesiellose bovine. Ibid., 1927, 20: 415-8.----- Ueber die Bedeutung der Poly- chromatophilie und der getiipfelten Erythrozyten bei der Babesiellosis des Rindes. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1927, 35: 712-4. ----- Zur Frage iiber die Hamoglobinurie bei Rinder- babesiellosis. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1927,43:601. ----- Ueber die Bedeutung des Alters und der Blutinfektion bei Babesiellosis des Rindes. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927-28, 105: 413-6—Yakimov, W. 1., & Rastegaiev, E. F. L'essai de l'infection des bovides avec le Francaiella colchica par les tiques. Ibid., 1929, 112: 69-73.—Yakimov, W. L., & Weintraub, A. M. Zur Frage der Behandlung der Rinderbabesiellosis mit Albargin. Berl. tier- arztl. Wschr., 1935, 51: 130-3—Yakimov, W. I., & Woizekhovsky, A.M. La resistance des erythrocytes au cours de la babesiellose bovine. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1926,19: 548. ---- in cattle: Alger. Rampon, I. Acces aigu de piroplasmose bovine du a une association de Babesiella berbera et de Theileria dispar. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1931, 9: 596. ----- Piroplasmose alge- riennes et gonacrine. Ibid., 1933, 11: 570-87.-----■ La gona- crine dans le traitement des piroplasmes algoriennes. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1933, 26: 1002-4.—Sergent. E., Donatien, A. [et al.] Etudes experimentales sur les piroplasmoses bovines d'Algerie. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1927, 41: 721; 1175-88. Also Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie 1924, 2: 1-147; 1927, 5: 245-468, 7pl. ----- Tiques et piroplasmoses bovines d'Algerie. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1928, 21: 846-9.----- La premunition contre les piroplasmoses bovines dans l'Afrique du nord. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1931, 47: 62-72. ----- Cinquieme, sixieme et septieme campagnes de premunition contre les piro- plasmoses bovines dans l'Afrique du nord. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1931, 9: 193-237. ----- Huitieme et neuvieme cam- pagnes de premunition contre les piroplasmoses bovines dans l'Afrique du nord (1930-32) Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1933, 51: 284-9. Also Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1933, 11: 177-82.— Sergent, E., & Lheritier, A. Etudes sur les piroplasmoses en Algerie: infection piroplasmique intense chez des bovides ne presentant aucun symptome morbide. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1913, 6: 622. -----& Boquet, A. Infection par les piro- plasmes de bovins arrivant de France en Algene, pendant l'hiver. Ibid., 1914, 7: 699—Soulie, H., & Roig, G. Sur un piro- plasmose bacilliforme observee sur les bovins des environs d'Al- ger. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1908, 146: 148; 192; 1909, 148: 952-4.— Velu, H., Zottner, G., & Ipousteguy, P. Piroplasmoses Nord Africaine et chimiotherapie. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1933, 26: 67-83. ---- in dog. Alquier, H. E. E. *Contribution a l'etude de la piroplasmose canine et a son traitement [Alfort] 59p. 8? Par., 1933. Belitzer, A. V., & Markov, A. A. [Carriers of piroplasmosis of dogs in middle latitudes of S.S.R.] Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1930, 8: 51-3. ----- L'agent vecteur de la piroplasmose canine dans les regions centrales de l'U.R.S.S. Ann. parasit., Par., 1930, 8: 598-601.—Branford, R. Trypan blue in the treatment of canine piroplasmosis as occurring in India. Vet. J., Lond., 1912, 68: 643—Breinl, A., & Annett, H. E. Short note on the mechanism of haemolysis in piroplasmosis canis. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1908-9, 2: 383-5.—Carmichael, J. A note on the treatment of canine babesiasis. Vet. J., Lond., 1935, 91: 449.—Contis, G. Beitrag zur Hundepiroplasmose in Griechen- land. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1926, 42: 314-6.—Domagk, G., & Kikuth, W. Die Behandlung der Hundepiroplasmose mit Trypaflavin. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1930, 118: 401-6.—Levaditi, C, & Nattan-Larrier, L. La reaction des lipoides dans la piro- plasmose canine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1909, 66: 157-9.—Levaditi, C, & Urbain, A. Essais de chimiotherapie dans la piroplas- mose canine experimentale. Rec. med. vet., 1928, 104: 395-7.— Lyubinetski, I. A. [Three cases of piroplasmosis of dogs] Arch. | vet. nauk, 1909, 39: 694-705.—Machado, A. La piroplasmose canine et son traitement. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 477.— Miklosi, M. [Piroplasmosis of dog] Allatorv. lap., 1932, 55: 75-7.—Navrotski, N. N. [Piroplasmosis infection of dogs through the mucosa of the gastro-intestinal tract] Sborn. rabot pam. I. M. Sadovskavo, S. Peterb., 1912, pt2, 73-80. ----- [Sal- varsan in piroplasmosis of dogs] Vest. obsh. vet., 1912, 24: . 1097-105. ----- & Bekenski, P. V. [Piroplasmosis of dogs] Arch. biol. nauk, 1911-12,17: 51-78. Also transl., Arch. sc. biol., S.Petersb., 1912, 17: 31-60—Nuttall, G. H. F., & Hadwen, S. Further experiment upon the drug treatment of canine piro- plasmosis. Parasitology, Lond., 1909, 2: 229-35.—Pericaud. Recherches sur la specifieite d'un piroplasme dans l'anemie des meutes. Bull. Soc. centr. med. vet., 1904, 58: 513-5.—Sabrazes, J., & Boudeaud, A. Notes sur quelques cas de piroplasmose canine observe dans le sud-ouest de la France. Gaz. sc. med Bordeaux, 1913, 34: 490.—Symons, T. H. Tick-fever due to Piroplasma gibsoni Patton in a kennel of foxhounds in India. Ind. J.M. Res., 1926-27, 16: 293-315. ---- in horse. Hoerauf, W. *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der afrikanischen Pferdesterbe [Bern] 119p. 8° Bad Wildungen, 1910. Alasheyev, I. M. [Piroplasmosis of horses in the Ural Ter- ritory] Vest. obsh. vet., 1910, 22: 519-22.—Amanschulov, S. A., Arbusov, P. N., & Schurawlev, A. Versuch der Behandlung der Pferdepiroplasmose mit dem Praparat 270. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1929, 60: 562-4. Also Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1930, 8: 36-8.—Arzt, I., & Loucka, V. Ueber Pferdepiroplasmose in Sudost-Albanien. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1918, 31: 1086.—Bach- mann, A., Dios, R. L., & Oyarzabal, J. Sur la presence de Nuttallia equi chez les chevaux de Chaco. C. rend. Soc biol., 1923, 89: 740. Also Rev. As. med. argent., 1923, 36: sect. Soc. biol., 82.—Baruchello, A., & Pricolo, A. La piroplasmosi equina in Sardegna. Ann. igiene, 1908, n.s., 18: 307-13, pi.—Basset, J. & Auger, L. Piroplasmose vraie du cheval (P. caballi) dans le Sud-Est. C. rend. Soc biol., 1931, 107: 629-31.—Bassewitz, E. von. A sanguesuga Haementeria offlc. transmissora da piro- plasmose equina sul-americana, mal de cadeiras. Brasil med., BABESIASIS 4 BABESIASIS 1920, 34: 283-5—Belitser, A. V. [Investigation of equine piro- plasmosis in 1908 in the Ryazan Government] Arch. vet. nauk, 1909, 39: pt2, 1-36; 1910, 40: 922-37. ----- [Epizootology of piroplasmosis of horses in Russial Sborn. rabot pam. I M. Sadovskavo, S. Peterb., 1912, 2.pt, 86-92. ----- [Application of Trypanblau in the piroplasmosis of horses] Vest. obsh. vet., 1910, 22: 460. ----- [Virulence of the blood of horses who had suffered from piroplasmosis] Ibid., 968. -----• [Experiments of immunisation of horses against piroplasmosis] Ibid., 1912,24: 479-81. ----- [Piroplasmosis of horses in Russia] Ibid., 1914, 26: 27-34. ----- & Martsinovski, Y. I. [Investigation of the piroplasmosis of horses in 1907 in Ryazan Government] Arch. vet. nauk, 1908, 38: pt2, 123; 235; diag., 6pl. ----- [Piro- plasmosis of horses in Russia, and the role of the mite in its dis- tribution] Vet. obozr., 1908, 10: 41-56.—Beloglazov, G. I. [Epizootic of piroplasmosis of horses in the Government of Tobolsk] Arch. vet. nauk, 1913, 44: 2.pt, 45-56.—Bergthal, A. Contribution to the symptomatology and therapy of Piroplasma caballi. Vet. J., Lond., 1932, 88: 303-6.—Biryukov, V. V. [Piro- plasmosis of horses in Kazan Government] Vest. obsh. vet., 1911, 23: 995-1001.—Carpano, M. Piroplasmosi equina; tipi parassitari. Ann. igiene, 1913, n.s., 23: 445-83, 2pl— Carpen- tier, G. Les piroplasmoses des equides, en particulier dans la metropole. Rev. vet. mil., Par., 1934, 18: 277-300.—Carre, H., & Richard. La piroplasmose vraie du cheval dans la Nievre. Rec. med. vet., 1934, 110: 663-8.—Cernaianu, C. Sur la piro- plasmose vraie du cheval et son traitement specifique par une petite dose de trypanobleu. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1932, 25: 18-20. ----- Piroplasme vraie du cheval et pirobleu. Ibid., 1933, 26:1258-60. -----& Gluhovschi, N. Ueber Trypa- flavinbehandlung der durch Piroplasma caballi verursachten echten Pferdepiroplasmose in Bessarabien. Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1934, 46: 59-64. Also Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 796-801.—Dale, T. H. Piroplasmosis of the donkey. Vet. J., Lond., 1904, n.s., 9: 293-300.—Feinschmidt, D. I. [Equine piroplasmosis in the Government of Astrakhan] Vest. obsh. vet., 1908, 15: 16-8.—Froehner. Pferdepiroplasmose in Nordfrankreich. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1919, 27: 153.— Gardon. La piroplasmose equine a l'armee du Levant. Rev. vet. mil., Par., 1927,11: 384-6.—Goussev, W. F. Prophylaxe der Pferdepiroplasmose mit Trypanblau. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1935, 5i: 213.—Holness, H. J. The incidence of equine piroplas- mosis. J.R. Army Vet. Corps, 1934, 5: 71-4.—Kowalewsky, I. Deux cas interessants de piroplasmose du cheval. J. m6d. vet. zootech., Lyon, 1912, 5.ser., 16: 385.—Kiibitz, H. Ein Fall von Pferde -Piroplasmose in Bulgarien. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1916, 20: 336.—Lichtenstern, G. Die Therapie der enzootischen Hamoglobinurie des Pferdes mittels Polymyositin 4 Bengen. Munch, tierarztl. Wschr., 1928, 79: 585-9. —— Grass disease in horses und die enzootische Hamoglobinurie des Pferdes. Ibid., 1929, 80: 81-5. ----- Die Fruhdiagnose der enzooti- schen Hamoglobinurie des Pferdes. Ibid., 1931, 82: 105-7.— Log6, G., & Guilhon, J. Traitement de la piroplasmose equine vraie par la gonacrine. Bull. Acad. vfit. France, 1935 ,8: 172-7 — Michin, N. A., & Yakimov, W. L. Die Piroplasmose der Pferde in Sudrussland. Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1909, 6: 265-9.— Mori, N. A propos d'une experience d'isopatinotherapie de la piroplasmose equine. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1931, 3: 207-9.—Obolanyev, A. A. [Piroplasmosis in horses and dogs in western Siberia] Vest. obsh. vet., 1910, 22: 969 — Perrucci, P. Beobachtungen iiber die Malaria der Pferde (Piroplasmose) Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1907, 44: Orig., 424-34.— Pricolo, A. Typhoid fever of the horse: a piroplasmosis. Vet. J., Lond., 1908, n.s., 15: 490-4. ----- Ancora della relazione tra febbre tifoide del cavallo e piroplasmosi. Nuovo ercolani, 1910, 15: 151; 167.—Schein, H. Piroplasmose du cheval dans le Sud Annam. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1917, 10: 871-3 — Stolnikov, V. I. [Piroplasmosis of horses] Arch. vet. nauk, 1913, 48: pt2, 275-80.—Stylianopoulos, M., apeutique infantile. 2p.l. [vii]-xii, 508p. illus. map. 8? Par., Masson et cie, 1932. See also Nobecourt, P., & Babonneix, L. Trait§ de medecine des enfants. 5v. 8? Par., 1934. ----AZERAD, E. [et al.] Actualites infantiles; lecons faites a l'Hopital Saint Louis, annexe Grancher. 288p. illus. 8? Par., Masson et cie, 1932. BABOR, Joseph Albert, 1895- , ESTA- BROOKE, William Ludlow, & LEHRMAN, Alexan- der. Laboratory manual in elements of general chemistry, ix, 420 1. 8? N.Y., T. Y. Crowell Co. [1931] BABOVITCH, Michel. *Etudes experimentales sur l'anaphylaxie renfoxc6e. 23p. 12? Lau- sanne, 1922. BABROWSKI, Sigrid, 1905- *Die Be- handlung der Aktinomykose mit Jodoform- glycerin. 40p. 8? Berl., 1931. BABTIE, William, 1859-1920. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1920,2:494. Also Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1920, n.s., 110: 234. BABUNSKY, Natalija, 1904- Contribu- tion a l'etude du traitement de la neurosyphilis par la malaria et le stovarsol. 50p. 8? Par., 1931. BABY Saving League. See British Guiana in 4.ser. BABYLONIA and Assyria. Jastrow, M., jr. The civilization of Baby- lonia and Assyria; its remains, language, history, religion, commerce, law, art, and literature. 515p. roy.8? Phila., 1915. King, L. W. A history of Sumer and Akkad; an account of the early races of Babylonia from prehistoric times to the foundation of the Baby- lonian monarchy. 380p. 4? Lond., 1916. Spence, L. Myths and legends of Babylonia and Assyria. 411p. 8? N.Y., 1916. Hein, H. Das Urbild der babylonischen Tempeltiirme. Arch. Anthrop., Brnschw., 1923-25, n.F., 20: 147-53.—Langdon, S. Gesture in Sumerian and Babylonian prayer; a study in Babylonian and Assyrian archaeology. J.R. Asiat. Soc, Gr. Britain, 1919, pt.4, 531-56, pi.—Teloni, G. C. L'ecriture babylo- nienne et assyrienne. Scientia, Bologna, 1920, 28: 165-200. ---- Medicine. Dawson, W. R. The beginnings, Egypt and Assyria. 86p. 16? N.Y., 1930. Eilers, W. Ein verkannter medizinischer Keilschrifttext. Sudhoff's Arch., 1933, 26: 318-28.—Heller, J. Modernes und unmodernes aus assyrischen Keilschriftbriefen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1911, 37: 603.—Jastrow, M., jr. An Assyrian medical tablet in the possession of the College of Physicians. Tr. Coll. Physicians, Phila., 1913, 3.ser., 35: 365-400. ----- The medi- cine of the Babylonians and the Assyrians. Proc R. Soc. Med.. Lond., 1913-14,7: sect. hist, med., 109-76.—L6tienne, A. La me- decine au vingtieme siecle avant notre ere (le code de Ham- mourab) Presse med., 1906,14: 273-5.—Meissner, B. Ein neuba- bylonisches Zuckungsbuch. Sitzber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1921, 319-24.—Muller, R. Die Sagalla- und die Kabartukrankheit der Keilschriften, Filaria medinensis und Mycetoma pedis. Arch. Gesch. Med., 1926, 18: 189-92—Pensuti, V. Babylone et la medecine hippocratique. Bull. Soc fr. hist, med., 1913, 12: 491-5. Also Riv. stor. sc. med., 1914, 5:186; 221.—Petrology and parturition. Lancet, Lond., 1918, 1: 893.—Raulin, L. Notes de medecine protohistorique. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, BABYLONIA 6 BACH 1911, 32: 366-8.—Some cuneiform charms and exorcisms. Diet. Hyg. Gaz.; 1910, 26: 616-8.—Thompson, R. C. Assyrian medical texts. Proc. R. Soc. Med., Lond., 1923-24,17: sect. hist, med., 1-34; 1925-26, 19: 29-78. BAC, Auguste Adolphe, 1887- *Contri- bution a l'6tude de l'hypertension arterielle; revue clinique et therapeutiquc 62p. 8? Par., 1915. BAC, Henri Francois, 1897- *Le traite- ment rationnel des fistules vesico-intestinales non neoplasiques. 95p. 8? Par., 1924. BAC, Nine, 1900- *La survie dans les ruptures de l'aorte abdominale. 62p. 8? Par., 1927. BAC ALU, Isac, 1904- Contribution a la pathogenie des paralysies faciales d'origine bucco- dentaire. 39p. 8? Par., 1931. BACCARANI, Umberto. Lezioni di clinica medica ospitaliera [con prefazione del Ettore Marchiafava] viii, 314p. 8? Bologna, L. Cappelli [1920] For biography see Med. ital., 1921, 2: 809-11 (A. Plessi) BACCELLI, Guido, 1832-1916. Maragliano, E. Guido Baccelli nell' opera sua. Riforma med., 1931, 47: 635-42.—Pittaluga, G. Necrologia. Siglo med., 1916, 63: 51-3. BACCHARIS. Marsh, C. D., Clawson, A. B., & Eggleston, W. W. Baccharis pteronioides as a poisonous plant in the Southwest. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1920-21, 57: 430-4. BACCHINI, Amato. La vita e le opere di Gio- vanni Maria Lancisi (1654-1720) 115p. lOillus. 7pl. 8? Roma, Stabil. Sansaini, 1920. BACELLAR Antunes, Odorico Carlos. *Tracta- mento do tetano. 32p. 8? Bahia, E. Pedrosa, 1865. BACH, Alexius Nikolajevich, 1856- Dworetzky, A. [Biography] Munch, med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 776. BACH, Aloys, 1893- *Ueber therapeu- tische Verwendung des Silberkolloids Dispargen in der Veterinarmedizin unter besonderer Beruck- sichtigung einer kritischen Betrachtung der Hypothesen seines Wirkungsmechanismus [Leip- zig] 32p. 8? Rosenheim, 1920. BACH, Edward, & WHEELER, C[harles ]E[dwin] 1868- Chronic disease, a working hy- pothesis, vii, 142p. xi. 8? Lond., H. K. Lewis & Co., 1925. BACH, Elisabeth, 1899- *Diabete et fonction de reproduction; 6*tude du traitement par l'insuline. 113p. 8? Par., 1928. BACH, Ernst, 1888- *Ueber die morpho- logische Bedeutung des Regens. 81p. 8? Er- langen, Junge & Sohn, 1915. BACH, Francis. Rheumatism, its significance in youth and middle age; Chadwick lecture, 1930, together with part of a paper entitled On acute rheumatism as a manifestation of rheumatic fever. 68p. 8? Lond., P. & S. King & Son, 1930. BACH, Fritz Werner, 1887- Untersuchun- gen iiber die Lebensmittelrationierung im Kriege und ihre physiologisch-hygienische Bedeutung auf Grund der Lebensmittelversorgung in Bonn wahrend der Zeit v. 1. Juli 1916 bis 28. Dez. 1918. 184p. 8tab. 8? Munch. G.D.W. Callwey [1920] ---- Leitfaden zur Untersuchung auf die parasitischen Protozoen des menschlichen Darm- Kanales. viii, 140p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1929. BACH, Hugo, 1859- Anleitung und Indi- kationen fiir Bestrahlungen mit der Quarzlampe kiinstliche Hohensonne. 12.-13.Aufl. 2p.l., 191p. roy 8° Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1925. ---- Also 20-21. Aufl. 2p.l.,220p. 1929. ---- Also 22- 23.Aufl. 21., 259p. 41illus. 1931. ____ The same. Ultra-violet light, by means of the Alpine sun lamp; treatment and indica- tions; transl. from the German by M. E. Jutte. 114p. 8? N.Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1916. BACH, Julius. Die Grundlagen der operativen Zahnbehandlung in 18 Vortragen. x, 32lp. bpl. 8? Berl., H. Meusser, 1922. ____ Einfuhrung in die Zahntechnik, em Lehr- und Unterrichtsbuch fiir Lehrhnge und Anfangstechniker. 5.-6. Aufl. xvi, 223p. 8. Berl., H. Meusser, 1922. BACH, Karl, 1906- *Ueber Thrombose- bereitschaft bei Polycythemia vera [Leipzig] 19p 8? Zeulenroda-Thur., A. Oberreuter, 1934. BACH [Karl] Helmut, 1910- *Zur Patho- logie und Chirurgie der Unterkiefererkrankungen auf der Basis der Ostitis fibrosa und des Wurzel- granuloms. 25p. 8? Halle, C. Nieft, 1934. BACH, Kurt Erich, 1905- *Zur Diagnose und Differentia]diagnose des Morbus Basedowi. 22p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1930. BACH, Ludwig, 1865-1912, & SEEFELDER, Richard. Atlas zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des menschlichen Auges. Pt3. iv, p.[75]-148. 16pl. 4? Lpz., W. Engelmann, 1914. BACH, Wilhelm [Paul Adolf] 1901- *Histologische Untersuchung der Gebarmutter- wand nach mehrmals ausgefuhrtem Kaiser- schnitt; ein Beitrag zum Studium der Wund- heilungsvorgange an der Gebarmutter [Breslau] lip. 8? Stuttg., 1928. Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1928, 93: 453-62. BACHE, Franklin, 1792-1864. La wall, C. H. [Biography] J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1931, 20: 478. BACHE [Karl Georg] Martin, 1886- *Stoff- wechsel-Versuche bei Herabsetzung des Sauer- stoff-Partialdruckes in der Respirationsluf t. 35p. 8? Halle, C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1913. BACHE, Louise Franklin. Health education in an American city; an account of a 5-year program in Svracuse, New York. 2p.l. ix-xip. 31. 116p. illus." pi. 8? Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, Doran & Co., 1934. BACHELIER, Jean, 1898- Contribution a l'etude de l'ectromelie; l'absence congenitale de l'humerus. 65p. 2pl. 8? Par., 1928. BACHELIN, Guy Marie Leon, 1898- *La cryotherapie en dermatologie par le procede du melange neige acetone en application directe. 64p. 8? Par., 1926. BACHEM, Albert. Principles of X-ray and radium dosage. 274p. 8? Chic. [1923] BACHEM, Carl, 1880- Sparsame Arz- neiverordnung. 22p. 8? Berl., H. Kornfeld, 1925. Forms H.351, of Berl. Klin. ---- Arzneitherapie des praktischen Arztes; ein klinischer Leitfaden. 6.Aufl. xiv, 377p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1931. BACHEM, Max Josef, 1883- *Die thera- peutische Verwendbarkeit der Rontgenstrahlen [Munchen] 53p. fol. Hamb.,L. Grafe &Sillem, 1909. BACHENHEIMER, Max, 1891- *Ueber die Kalktherapie bei Spasmophilic [Gottingen] 27p. 8? Briinn, R. M. Rohrer, 1917. BACHER, Franz, 1890- *Beitrag zur Frage des kiinstlichen Abortes bei Tuberkulose. 45p. 8? Bresl., 1915. ---- & FRETWURST, F. [et al.l Allgemeine chemische Methoden. xv, p.[1139]-2148. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1929. Forms Abt. 1/2, 11 of Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abder- halden) Berl., 1929. BACHER 7 BACHOFER BACHER, Paul, 1882- *Die Verletzungen am Streckapparat des Kniegelenks. 30p. 8? Heidelb., J. Horning, 1917. BACHER, Robert Fox, 1905- , & GOUD- SMIT, Samuel. Atomic energy states as derived from the analyses of optical aspects, xiii, 562p. tables. 8? N.Y., McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1932. BACHERER, Hellmut. Innere Sekretion und Zahnheilkunde; das polyglandular Syndrom der inneren Sekretion und seine Beziehungen zur Mundhohle. 92p. 8? Berl., Berl. Verb, 1923. BACHLECHNER, Karl, 1889- *Ueber Ha- matoporphyrie [Erlangen] 16p. 8? Munch., R. Miiller & Steinicke, 1914. BACHLER, Kurt, 1886- *Zur Kasuistik der metastatischen Chorioiditis. 33p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1914. BACHMACHNICOV, Nessia, 1886- *Les myelites pneumococciques. 67p. 8? Par., 1914. BACHMANN, Albert. *Ueber die Indikationen des kunstlichen Abortus [Bern] 68p. 3tab. 8? Aarau, 1905. BACHMANN, Egon, 1909- *Zur herdfor- migen Leberverfettung des Rindes und ihrer Pathogenese. 45p. 8? Lpz., 1934. BACHMANN, Elisabeth [Mathilde] 1900- *Beitrage zur Frage der fehlerhaften Gastroen- terostomie. 33p. 8? Erlangen, Hofer & Lim- mert, 1927. BACHMANN, Fritz. Ueber kongenitale Wort- blindheit (angeborene Leseschwache) 72p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1927. Forms H.40 of Abh. Neur. Psychiat. BACHMANN, Gerd [Ferdinand Ernst Adolf Arno] 1900- *Die sozial-medizinischen Auf- gaben der Kleinkinderfursorge [Gottingen] 29p. 8? Hamb., F. Brunnler, 1925. BACHMANN [Jean] George, 1877- , & BLISS, A. Richard. The essentials of physiology, including the pharmacodynamics of the impor- tant typical drugs, xiii, 343p. roy.8? Phila., P. Blakiston's Son & Co. [1924] ---- Also 2.rev.ed. xv, 365p. [1926] BACHMANN, Johanna, 1906- *Das Zahn- granulom als Infektionsquelle: eine literarische Umschau seiner Bewertung im Rahmen der Lehre von der oralen Sepsis. 23p. 8? Tub., E. Gobel, 1931. BACHMANN, Margarete, 1893- *Ein Fall von Appendicitis traumatica mit postopera- tiver Lymphorrhoe. 43p. 8? Lpz., E. Leh- mann, 1917. BACHMANN, Otto, 1905- *Vergleichende Gesamtsterin- und Ergosterinbestimmungen in Kuhmilch verschiedener Herkunft [Munchen] p.744-54. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 71: BACHMANN, Reinhold, 1893- *Ueber die Stomatitis ulcero-membranosa [Leipzig] 23p. 8? Zeulenroda, A. Oberreuter, 1921. BACHMANN, Werner [Otto] 1890- *Das Aeronom: ein neuer Apparat zur Bestimmung des Kohlensauregehaltes der Luft [Leipzig] 15p. 8? Berl., W. de Gruyter & Co., 1919. BACHMANN, Wilhelm, BECHHOLD, Heinrich [et al.] Methoden der Kolloidforschung. xx, 875p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1929. Forms Abt.III, Teil B, of Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Berl., 1929. BACHMANN, Willi. *Beziehungen zwischen den Resorptionsverhaltnissen der Haut und der Tuberkulinreaction [Geneve] 45p. 8? Zur., Leemann & Co., 1933. BACHOFER, Albert, 1905- *Die Frucht- barkeit landlicher Ehen der Vor- und Nach- kriegszeit in Wurttemberg [Tubingen] 32p. 8? Nurtingen, J. G. Senner, 1935. BACHRACH, Armand, 1889- *Etude sur l'etiologie des troubles emotionnels dans les psy- chonevroses de guerre. 104p. 8? Lyon, 1918. BACHRACH, Bertha, 1898- *Beitrag zur Differenzial diagnose der Chiasmaerkrankungen des Sehnerven. 26p. 21. 8? Lpz., 1925. BACHRACH, Joseph, 1890- *Lochiometra und Koprostase [Berlin] 12p. 8? Hamb., Schacht & Westerich, 1918. BACHRACH, Moritz, 1888- *Die Assimi- lationsbecken der Heidelberger Univcrsitats- Frauenklinik [Heidelberg] 45p. 8? Stuttg., Union Deutsche Verb, 1913. BACHRACH, R., BOEMINGHAUS, H. [et al.] Spezielle Urologie. 2.Teil. x, 910p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. Forms pt2, 4.Bd, of Handb. Urol, (vori Lichtenberg, A. [et al.]) 1927. BACHUS, Arthur C. *Multiple sclerosis and treatment with typhoid vaccine [Marquette Univ.] 28p. 8? Wauwatosa, Wis., 1932. BACIGALUPO, Jerome Leon, 1889- *Le diagnostic de la tuberculose chez les carnivores domestiques [Alfort] 72p. 8? Par., 1928. BACILIERI, Luciano. *Ueber kongenitale Luxationen im Kniegelenk [Bern] p.5-26, 3pl. 8? Wiesb., J. F. Bergmann, 1905. Also Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1905, 3: BACILLACEAE. See Bacillus (genus) Clostridium. BACILLUS. See Bacteria; also under specific names of pathogenic germs as Bacillus (genus); Brucella; Clostridium; also with names of specific diseases as Botulism; Tetanus bacillus, &c. BACILLUS (genus) Breed, R. S., & S. John-Brooks, R. Relative to the conversa- tion of Bacillus as a bacterial generic name, fixing of the type species and of the type or standard culture. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1935,92: 481-90. ---- anthracis. See Anthrax bacillus. ---- asterosporus. Venturelli, G. Sopra un bacillo del gruppo del B. asterospo- rus. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1923, 3: 29-33. ---- coagulans. Sandelin, A. E. Untersuchung eines aus Rahm isolierten saure-labbildenden Bazillus (Bacillus coagulans n.sp.) Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1919, 49: 115-30. ---- lactimorbus. Perkins, R. G., & Shen, J. K. Presence of Bacillus lactimor- bus in the throats of cats. J. Infect. Dis., 1922, 30: 505-7. ---- megatherium. Adolph, E. F., & Bayne-Jones, S. Growth in size of micro- organisms measured from motion pictures; Bacillus megathe- rium. J. Cellul. Physiol., 1932, 1: 409-27—Barrett, F. R. A note on Bacillus anthracoides in imitation badger hair. Health, Melb., 1935,13: 27.—Bayne-Jones, S., & Petrilli, A. Cytological changes during the formation of the endospore in Bacillus mega- therium. J. Bact., Bait., 1933, 25: 261-74, pi.—Bunyea, H. A souring of beef caused by Bacillus megatherium. J. Agr. Res., 1921-22, 21: 689-98.—Grierson, A. M. M. Bacillus anthracoides; a study of its biological characters and relationships and its pathogenic properties under experimental conditions. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1927-28, 27: 306-20.—Haag, F. E. Sphaerotilus natans Sack und Bac. viridiglaucescens Sack; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Variabilitat des Bac. megatherium. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1926-27, 69: 4-14,2pl— Henrici, A. T. Influence of age parent culture on size of cells of Bacillus megatherium. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., BACILLUS 8 BACILLUS N.Y., 1923-24, 21: 343-5—Hollande, A. C, & Hollande, G. Cyto- logic des Bacillus megatherium (de Bary) et Bacillus mycoides (Fliigge) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 803-6.—Knaysi, G. Morphological and cultural studies of Bacillus megatherium, with special reference to dissociation. J. Bact., Bait., 1933, 26: 623-44. ----- Further observations on certain variants of Bacil- lus megatherium. Ibid., 1935, 29: 389. -----& Dutky, S. R. The growth of Bacillus megatherium in relation to the oxidation- reduction potential and the oxygen content of the medium. Ibid., 1934, 27: 109-19—Petschenko, B. F. [Study of not well known forms of Bacillus megatherium de Bary] Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, s.B 1,1929,141-74, 4pl.—Rettger, F., & Gillespie, H. B. Bacterial variation: an inquiry into the underlying prin- ciples governing the cell morphology of Bacillus megatherium. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 29:13-5; 30: 213-32, 2pl—Sarti, C. Ricerche sui bacilli pseudo-carbonchiosi. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1921, 2: 113-24. ---- megatherium: Bacteriophage. Dooren de Jong, I. E. den [The bacteriophage of Bacillus megatherium a product of the living bacterial cell] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1929-30, 4: 255-62, 2pl. Also Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1930, 33: ptl, 51-5. ----- [Research on the mega- therium bacteriophage] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1930-31, 5: 259-62, pi. ----- Ueber Bacillus megatherium und den darin anwesenden Bakteriophagen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 120: 1-23. ---- mesentericus. Bahrmann, E. Der Formenkreislauf eines Bacillus mesen- tericus und des Tuberkelbazillus. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1935, 114: 63-74, 2pl.—Bergh, V. H. van den [Bacillus mesentericus niger, Lunt] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1927-28, 2: 195-202 — Flynn, C. S., & Rettger, L. F. Variation and filtrability studies on B. mesentericus and B. vulgatus. J. Bact., Bait., 1934, 28:1- 18, pi.—Kerckhov, H. Studien iiber die Variability des Bacillus mesentericus. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1927, 72: 353-67, pi.—le- moigne, M. Production d'acide et de lactides 0-oxybutyriques par Bacillus mesentericus vulgatus. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926 94:1291.—lunt, J. On Bacillus mesentericus niger (anewpotatc bacillus) Zbl. Bact., 2.Abt., 1896, 2: 572—Minkevich, I. E„ & Zuckerman, I. A. [Characteristics of hemotoxin in Bac. mesen- tericus vulgatus] Arch. biol. nauk, 1925,25:261-6.—Muschel, A. Zur Chemie der Schwarzfarbung kohlenhydrathaltiger Nahr- boden durch den Bacillus mesentericus var. niger. Biochem. Zschr., 1922, 131: 570-90. ---- mycoides. Boez, I., Kehlstadt, A., & Schreiber, J. Les bacteriemies ana£- robies a Bacillus ramosus (sept observations) Ann. med., Par., 1928, 23: 340-7.—Brunstetter, B. C, & Magoon, C. A. Studies on bacterial spores; a contribution to the physiology of spore pro- duction in Bacillus mycoides. J. Bact., Bait., 1932, 24: 85.— Dooren de Jon, I. E. den [Bacillus mycoides and pleomorphism] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1932-33, 7: 212-20, pi. Also Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1933,4:36-53.—Gersbach, A. Ueber die Wendig- keit der Kolonieauslaufer des Bacillus mycoides (Isomerie bei Bakterien) Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922, 88: Orig., 97-103—Glinka- Tcharnomtskaya, E. L. [Biology of Bacillus mycoides] Mikrob. J., Leningr., 1928, 7: 123; 228-33. -----■ Ueber den Stickstoff- umsatz bei Bacillus mycoides; iiber den Einfluss des Nahrbo- dens auf Wachstum und Stickstoffumsatz bei Bacillus mycoides. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 206: 301-7. ----- Proteolytische Fer- mente. Ibid., 308-13. ----- Ueber Ausnutzung verschiede- ner Stickstoflquellen durch den Bacillus mycoides. Ibid., 1933, 263: 144-8.—Grundmann, E. Beitrage zur Oekologie von Bacil- lus mycoides (Fliigge) (nach Untersuchungen im Hochgebirge) Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1934, 5: 57-83— Kimmelstiel, P. Ueber eine biologische Eigenschaft eines Wurzelbazillus. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922-23, 89: Orig., 113-5.-----Weitere Versuche fiber die bakteriolytischen Fahigkeiten des Bazillus mycoides Much. Med. Klin., Berl., 1924,20:419-21—Kushnarev, M. A. [Certain laws of individual variability of B. mycoides and B. mesenteri- cus] Mikrobiologiya, Moskva, 1933, 2: 118-27— Lewis, I. M. Dissociation and life cycle of Bacillus mycoides. J. Bact., Bait., 1932, 24: 381-420, pi. ----- Secondary colonies of bacteria, with special reference to Bacillus mycoides. Ibid., 1933,25:359-86, pi. ----- Cell inclusions and endospore formation in Bacillus mycoides. Ibid., 1934, 28: 133-44—Much, H„ & Sartorius, F. Ueber die neuartigen Lysine des Mycoides Much. Med. Klin., Berl., 1924, 20: 347-50.—Nakano, T. Ueber das Hamolysin des Bacillus mycoides. Fukuoka ikwadaigaku zasshi, 1928, 21: 108.—Nyberg, C. On the biology of Bacillus mycoides. Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1929-30, 12: fasc.2, no.3-4, 1; 18, 6pl. ----- Ueber einige fermentahnliche Sekretionsprodukte des Bacillus mycoides. Ibid., 1930-31,13: fasc.3, no.9,1-18.—Oesterle, P., & Stahl, C. A. Untersuchungen iiber den Formenwechsel und die Entwicklungsformen bei Bacillus mycoides. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1929, 79: 1-25, 3pl—Perlberger, J. Ueber die fermenta- tive Wirkung der Gruppe des Bacillus mycoides und seiner nachsten Verwandten auf Kohlehydrate nebst einigen Bemer- kungen iiber die Morphologie dieser Gruppe. Ibid., 1924, 62: 1-15.—Pringsheim, E. G., & langer, J. Zur Entwicklungs- physiologie der Kolonien des Bacillus mycoides Fliigge. Ibid., 61: 225-46, pi.—Sartorius. Neuartige Lysine bei Mycoidesbak- terien. Ibid., l.Abt., 1924, 93: Orig., 162-7.—Schubert, J. Fett- sauren und Mycoides-Lysin. Ibid., 1928,108:151-4.—Stapp, C.' terien. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1931, 2. 493 odo. ---- pseudotetanicus. Forsyth, W. I., & Salam A. A. Bacillus pseudotetanicus anthracoides. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1935, 38. 306, 2pl. ---- ramosus. See Bacillus, mycoides. subtilis. Aubel, E. Influence de la nature de l'aliment carbone sur l'utilisation de 1'azote par le Bacillus subtilis. C. rend. Acad. ^1920 171-478-80----- Oxydation de la glycerine par le Bacillus subtilis. C. rend. Soc. biol. 1921, 84: 574-6.-Bais, W J. A case of pathogenicity of Bacillus subtilis. J. Infect. Dis 1927, 40: 313-5.-Berthelot, A., & Ossart, E. Influence des milieux bilies sur la composition chimique du Bacillus subtilis. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1924, 6: 770-2.-Blank, I. H., & Ar- nold W The action of radiation in the extreme ultra-violet on Bacillus subtilis spores. J. Bact., Bait., 1935 30:503-6. ——- The inhibition of growth of Bacillus subtilis by ultra-violet irradiated carbohydrates. Ibid., 507-lL-Blank, I. H., & Kersten, H. The inhibition of growth of Bacillus subtilis on a modified extract agar by ,X-radiation of the medium. Ibid., 1935 29 • 21-32.—Brooks, M.'M. Comparative studies on respira- tion; the effect of ether on the respiration and growth of Bacillus subtilis. J. Gen. Physiol., 1918, 1: 193-201. -----. The respi- ration of Bacillus subtilis in relation to antagonism. Ibid., 1919-20,2:5-15. Also repr. Also J. Exp. Med., 1919, 29: 193- 201. ----- Toxic and antagonistic effects of magnesium in relation to the respiration of Bacillus subtilis. J. Gen. Physiol., 1920, 2: 331-6. Also repr.—Cardia, A. Contributo alia cono- scenza delle infezioni da Bacillus subtilis. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1935, 60: 59-68.—Chambers, S. O., & Weidman, F. D. A fungi- static strain of Bacillus subtilis isolated from normal toes. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1928, 18: 568-72.—Cheftel, H. Destruction du Bacillus subtilis par la chaleur en milieux natu*ls acidifies. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 482-4.—Conn, H. J. The identity of Bacillus subtilis. J. Infect. Dis., 1930, 46: 341-50— Cook, R. P. Some factors influencing spore formation in B. subtilis and the metabolism of its spores. Zbl. Bakt., 1 .Abt., 1931,122: 329-35.— Dienes, L. Morphologic elements in the halo of subtilis colonies. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 31: 1211-4—Fleischer, W. No- tiz iiber Teilung und Kettenbildung der Faden von Bacillus sub- tilis. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1922, 91: 291.—Fleischner, R. Un- tersuchungen fiber krankmachende Heubazillen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1926, 99: 546-58.—Frendzlowa, J., & Szymanowski, Z. Sur la variability du Bacillus subtilis. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 1149-51.—Graham, N. C. Observations on the variants of B. subtilis and their relation to the somatic and flagellar anti- gens. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1930, 33: 665-73, pi—Hall, I. C. Selective elimination of hay bacillus from the cultures of obli- gate anaerobes. J. Am. M. Ass., 1919, 72: 274. Also repr — Hardt, A. Eine biologische Reaktion im Serum durch Heuba- zillen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1923-24, 38: Orig., 527-35.—Itano, A., & Neill, J. Influence of temperature and hydrogen ion con- centration upon the spore cycle of Bacillus subtilis. J. Gen. Physiol., 1918-19,1:421-8. Also repr.—Knaysi, G. The cell struc- ture and cell division of Bacillus subtilis. J. Bact., Bait., 1930, 19:113-5.—lignieres, J. Sobre un bacilo subtilis facilmente con- fundible con el bacilo del carbunclo. Rev. zootecn., B. Air., 1923,10: 65-7.—lindberg, G. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Bacillus subtilis als Krankheitserreger beim Menschen. Zbl. Bakt. l.Abt., 1916, 78: Orig., 302-9.—MacFadyen, D. A. The nuclease activity of Bacillus subtilis. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 107: 297-308. Also repr.—Marguliyes, M. N. O hemolizinye Bacillus subtilis (Subtilolysin) Arch. biol. nauk, 1911-12, 17: 443-52. Also transl.: Arch. sc. biol., S. Petersb., 1912-13, 17: 433-42.—Mellon, R. R., & Anderson, L. M. Immunologic disparities of spore and vegetative stages of B. subtilis. J. Immun., Bait., 1919, 4: 203- 8.—Peirson, O., & Dienes, L. Conditions of the halo formation around subtilis colonies and growth of halo transplants. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 31: 1208-11— Roberts, J. L. Endo- spore formation by Bacillus subtilis in a synthetic medium. Sci- ence, 1934, 79: 432,—Robyn, C. Deux races asporogenes du Bacil- lus subtilis. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929,100: 749-51.—Sanderson, D. D. Bacillus subtilis in pure culture complicating mastoiditis and Soc. Exp. Biol., 1934, 31: 1208-11.—Roberts, J. I. Endospore formation by Bacillus subtilis in a synthetic medium. Science, 1934, 79: 432.—Robyn, C. Deux races asporogenes du Bacillus subtilis. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929,100: 749-51.—Sanderson, D. D. Bacillus subtilis in pure culture complicating mastoiditis and meningitis. Nebraska M.J., 1926, 11: 318.—Soule, M. H. Iden- tity of Bacillus subtilis, Cohn 1872. J. Infect. Dis., 1932, 51: 191-215. Also repr. ----- & Pinner, M. A pathogenic sub- tilis bacillus from a patient with chronic tuberculosis. Ibid., 1925,37:340-3. Also repr—Timm, C. Zur Milchsaureaktivie- rung. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1922, 34: Orig., 71-4.—Williams, O. B. Studies on the heat resistance of spores of B. subtilis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 95-7.—Wyckoff, R. W. G., & Ter Louw, A. I. Some ultraviolet photomicrographs of B. subtilis. J. Exp. Med., 1931, 54: 449-51, 3pl. Also repr. ---- subtilis: Bacteriophage. Adant. Bacteriophages actifs pour des bacilles du groups subtilis. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928,99:1246. ----- Provenance BACILLUS 9 BACILLUS-CARRIER du bacteriophage anti-subtilis et anti-mesentericus. Ibid., 1929, 100: 449. ----- Le bacteriophage du Bacillus subtilis et du Bacillus mesentericus. Arch, internat. med. exp., Liege, 1929- 30, 5: 219-35. ----- Le bacteriophage du Bacillus subtilis sporule. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111: 1055.—Jadin, J. L'action oligodynamique du cuivre sur le bacteriophage anti-subtilis. Ibid., 1933, 113: 938.—Wollman, E., & Wollman, E. Bacterio- phage spontanee et dissociation du Bacillus subtilis. Ibid., 1930, 105: 248-50. ---- vulgatus. Wahlin, J. G. Dissociation of organism resembling Bacillus vulgatus. J. Infect. Dis., 1930, 46:253-9. Also repr. BACILLUS-CARRIER. See also Communicable diseases, Transmis- sion; also names of specific bacteria as Diphtheria bacillus, Carriers; Typhoid bacillus, Carriers, &c. Ledingham, J. C. G., & Arkwright, J. A. The carrier problem in infectious diseases. 319p. 8? Lond., 1912. Aldershoff, H. [The problem of carriers of infectious diseases] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1922, 66: ptl, 1680-8.—Arnold, I., & Nedzel, A. J. Intermittent fecal elimination of bacteria in chronic biliary carriers. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1930, 13: 227.—Bloom- field, A. L. The mechanism of the bacillus carrier; with special reference to the Friedlander bacillus. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1920-21, 4: 847-55.—Brillantes, C. The disease-carrier problem in the Philippine Islands. Philippine J. Sc, 1920, 17: 109-17 — Bumke, E. Beobachtungen an Bazillentragern im Kriege. Zschr. Hyg., 1925, 105: 342-401.—Craig, C. F. Unrecognized infections in production of carriers of pathogenic organisms. J. Am. M. Ass., 1921, 77: 827-33—Dold, H. Ein Vorschlag, die Be- zeichnungen Bazillentrager und Dauerausscheider durch die Be- zeichnungen Kontrakttrager und Rekonvaleszenztrager zu erset- zen. Munch, med. Wschr., 1919, 66: 1052.—Escomel, E. Les he- moparasitismes et les hemoporteurs de germes; procede rapide et sur pour l'examen des leucocytes et des parasites dans le sang. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1921, 14: 291-9.—Fleischhauer, N. Untersuchungen iiber Bazillentrager in einer Irrenstalt. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1920, 76: 240-7.—Flexner, S. Aspects of the carrier problem. Month. Bull. N.York State Dep. Health, 1919, n.s., 14: 312-5.—Fornet, W. Les intoxications alimentaires et les Bacillentraeger. Hyg. viande, Evreux, 1907, 1: 67 — Frankel, E. Ueber ruhende Infektion und Keimtrager. Schmidts Jahrb., 1921, 333: 1-4. -----& Kuttner, H. P. Chro- nischer Infekt und Keimtrager. Erg. ges. Med., 1926, 9: 41- 59.—Gaehtgens, W. Ueber Krankheitsiibertragung durch Ge- sunde. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1919. 16: 185-91. Also repr — Gamlin, R. The carrier problem on demobilisation. Pub. Health, Lond., 1918-19, 32: 76-9.—Granville, A. Rapport con- cernant des experiences sur les porteurs de vibrions classiques. Bull. mens. Ofl.internat. hyg., 1921, 13: 247-55.—Gutfeld, F. von. Bazillentrager und Dauerausscheider. Bl. Volksgesundhpfl., 1928, 28: 102-5.—Hoch. Keimtrager und Gesetzgebung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 995.—Kuster. Ueber Bazillentrager. Ibid., 1916, 42: 1148.—Kuster, E. Ueber Bazillentrager. Schmidts Jahrb., 1916, 324: 216-24—leggat, G. I. The carrier problem in disease. J.R. San. Inst., 1921-22, 42: 340-6 — Lima, C. Portadores de germes. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1924, 15: 270-3.—Moritz, H. Bazillentrager in der Anstalt. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1929, 91:433-42.—Novy, F. G. Disease carriers. Science, 1912, n.s., 36: 1-10.—Padua, R. G. Carriers and their significance. Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1931, 11: 196-203.—Scarpellini, A. Nuove basi alia dottrina dei batteriferi (applioazione alia epidemiologia, delle conoscenze sulle selezioni batteriche) Ann. igiene, 1925, 35:845-57.—Schrader, E. Neuere epidemiologische Erfahrungen auf dem Gebiete der Typhus- und Diphtherieverbreitung durch den bazillenausscheidenden Menschen. Erg. Hyg. Bakt., 1919, 3: 43-112—See, P. Les porteurs de bacille apres les infections du tube digestif. Bull. gen. ther., 1922, 173: 281-312—Sehiirer, J. Ueber die Patho- genese der Dauerausscheider und Bazillentrager. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1920, 57:106-8— Silberschmidt, W. Die Bedeutung der Bazillentrager bei der endemischen Genickstarre, der Diph- therie und dem Abdominaltyphus. Kor.-Bl. schweiz. Aerzte, 1918, 48: 209-20.—Sollazzo, G. A proposito di contagio latente; i portatori di germi. Gior. Soc. ital. igiene, 1930, 52: 68-76.— Vas, B. Ueber Bazillentrager. Seuchenbekampfung, Wien, 1925,2:36-44.—Verge, J. Les porteurs de germes; etude generale. Rev. vet. mil., Par., 1931, 15: 325. ---- Treatment. Abrand, A. Disinfection du naso-pharynx chez les porteurs de germes. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1920, 18: 37-9.—Adelheim, R. [Bacillus carriers; prevention in Riga] Latv. arstu Z., 1927, no.1-2, 6-22.—Belli, C. M. Disinfezione del portatori di germi. Rinasc. med., 1930, 7: 532.—Kabeshima, T. Therapie experi- mentale des porteurs de germes. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1920, 170: 71.—Khreninger Guggenberger, J. von. Experimentelle Beein- flussung von Infektion und Bazillentragertum durch Rbntgen- strahlen. Strahlentherapie, 1933, 48: 103-9—Kuster, E., & Giinzler, H. Zur Behandlung von Meningokokken- und Diph- theriebazillentragern. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1916, 78: Orig., 442-74.—lentz, O. Bedeutung und Behandlung der Keim- trager. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1918, 15: 474-81. Also Klin. ther. Wschr., 1919, 26: 72.—Nolf, P. La sterilisation par la vaccinotherapie des porteurs de germes dans la fievre typho'ide, la dysenterie bacillaire, la diphterie et la bacterurie. Bull. Acad, med. Belgique, 1919, 4.ser., 29: 1239-46.—Roily, F. Bazillen- trager, ihre Entstehung und Bekampfung. Munch, med. Wschr., 1916, 63: 1217-9.—Sonnenschein, C. Versuche der Ent- keimung von Dauerausscheidern mittels Bakteriophagen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1926, 38. Kongr., 419-23.—Spaet, F. Die von Keimtragern (Bazillentragern) ausgehenden ge- sundheitlichen Gefahren und die Massnahmen zu deren Be- kampfung. Oeff. Gesundhpfl., 1916, 1: 635; 689.—Thomsen, O., & Wulff, F. [A safe method for obtaining cultures from and treating the nasopharynx of dangerous bacillus carriers] Hos- pitalstidende, 1919, 62: 519-22. BACILLUS (Clostridium) welchii. For synonyms see in 3. ser. Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus Welch; Bacillus enteritidis; see also Gas gangrene; Intestines, Bacteriology; Feces, Bacteriology. Buchaly, J. F. * Ueber Varianten des Bacillus phlegmonisemphvsematosae [Wiirzburg] p.444- 55. 8? Jena, 1931. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 119: Thieulin, R. Contribution a l'etude des proprietes bio-chimiques du bacille perfringens. 34p. 8? Par., 1919. Albus, W. R. A strain of Clostridium welchii causing ab- normal gassy fermentations in Emmenthal or Swiss cheese. J. Bact., Bait., 1928, 15: 203-6.—Andrews, E., Rewbridge, A. G., & Hrdina, L. Causation of Bacillus welchii infection in dogs with sterile liver extract and bile salts. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1930-31, 28: 136. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 53: 176-81.—Boez, L. Bacteriemie a Bacillus perfringens dans un cas d'erytheme polymorphe. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1927, 34: 820-5. ----- & Schreiber, J. Les bacteriemies a bacillus perfringens. Presse med., 1927, 35: 1122-4.—Borthwick, G. R. Ueber die antigenen Eigenschaften der Gifte der zur Gruppe des Welch-Fraenkel- schen Gasbdembazillus gehorenden Mikroorganismen, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die experimentelle Erzeugung enterogener Anaerobeninfektionen bei Schafen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1935, 134: 289-302.—Bosworth, T. J., & Glover, R. E. A differential char- acter of Clostridium welchii type D. Proc R. Soc. Med., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 1004-6.—Bower, J. O., & Clark, J. Bacillus welchii (perfringens) antitoxin; its therapeutic value; a preliminary report based on the treatment of 25 cases. Am. J.M. Sc, 1928, 176: 97-102.—Buchaly, J. F. Ueber Varianten des Bacillus phlegmonis emphysematosae. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1930-31, 119: 444-55, pi.—Buckley, C. D. M., & Taylor, G. F. Notes on a case of septicaemia caused by infection with Bacillus welchii. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1928, 51: 210-2.—Bull, C. G. Resume des resultats d'experiences faites avec des bacilles de Welch. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1918, 70: 198-200.—Caulfield, A. H. W. Bacillus perfringens; toxin and antitoxin production. Stud. Connaught Lab., 1917-22, 1: 35-48. Also J. Infect. Dis., 1920, 27: 151-64.—Chapman, G. H. The isolation and estimation of Clos- tridium welchii. J. Bact., Bait., 1928, 16: 49-56.—Christiansen, M. [Bacillus phlegmonis emphysematosae (Fraenkel) (Welch- Fraenkel bacillus) its presence in spontaneous putrefaction] Bibl. laeger, 1919, 111: 30-69—Copher, G. H., Stone, C. S„ & Hildreth, H. R. The use of Bacillus welchii (perfringens) anti- toxin in experimental general peritonitis and intestinal obstruc- tion. Ann. Surg., 1929, 88: 641-6.—Dalling, T., Glenny, A. T. [et al.] The testing and standardization of Bacillus welchii (per- fringens) antitoxin. Brit.J. Exp. Path., 1927-28,9:43-8— Dorner, W., & Hellinger, E. Studies on the Voges-Proskauer test. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 29:16—Esty, J. R. The biology of Clostridium welchii. Ibid., 1920, 5: 375-429.—Farago, F. [The antigenic nature of Bacillus Frankel-Welchii] Magy. orv. arch., 1934, 35: 182-8. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1934-35,133: 139-48—Fechner, G Ueber Variation eines Aerogenes-Stammes. Ibid., 1935-36,135: 487-92.—Fellinger, K., & Pfleger, R. Ueber experimentelle Anamien durch Gasbrandtoxin und ihr Verhalten gegeniiber der pernizibsen Anamie des Menschen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1935, 96: 121-8.—Fleming, W. I., & Neill, J. M. Studies on bac- terial enzymes; the carbohydrases and lipase of the Welch bacillus. J. Exp. Med., 1927, 45: 947-59—Fraenkel, E. Die blut- schadigende Wirkung des Fraenkelschen Gasbazillus. Deut. med. Wschr., 1919, 45: 317-20—Glenny, A. T., Barr, M. [et al.] Multiple toxins produced by some organisms of the Clostridium welchii group. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1933,37:53-74.—Glotowa, E. W., & Grodko, N. S. Ueber den Gaserreger Bacillus perfringens in Mischkulturen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1935-36, 135: 402-14.— Grantham, S. A., jr. Gas gangrene; a clinical study of the Welch bacillus (Clostridium welchii) J. Missouri M. Ass., 1935, 32: 273-5.—Habs, H., & Mohr, W. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Variationsformen des Fraenkelschen Gasbrandbazillus. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1934-35, 133: 129-39—Hall, I. C, & Randall, S. B. The acid production of Bacillus welchii. J. Infect. Dis., 1922, 31: 320-33— Henry, H. On Bacillus welchii haemotoxin and its neutralisation with antitoxin. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1922, 25: 1-18. ----- On the composition of Bacillus welchii toxin. Ibid., 1923, 26: 497-506. -----& Lacey, M. The pre- BACILLUS WELCHII 10 BACILLUS WELCHII cipitation of Bacillus welchii toxin. Ibid., 1919-20, 23: 273-80.— Hirayama, F. Chemismus of the toxin produced by the Wclch- Fraenkel'sbacilli. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1924, 2:105—Howard, A. Races serologiques du Bacillus perfringens. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1928, 42: 1403-19. Also C. rend. Soc biol., 1928, 99: 133; 135.—Hoyt, A. A rapid method for the identification of Clostridium welchii. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1933,30:875 — Jablons, B. Studies on pathogenic anaerobes; biology of Bacil- lus welchii. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1919-20, 5: 374-83—Kendall, A. I. Action of formaldehyde upon physiologically active, histamine-like substance produced by gas bacillus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1926-27, 24: 316. -----Day, A. A., & Walker, A. W. Metabolism of Bacillus welchii. J. Infect. Dis., 1922, 30: 141-54.—Killian, J. A., Patterson, M. B., & Kast, I. Experi- mental anemia produced by Clostridium welchii; chemical analysis of the blood. Arch. Int. M., 1928, 41: 370-84.—Klein, A. The proportion of viable cells in broth cultures of the anaerobes; Bacillus phlegmonis emphysematosae Welch- Fraenkel. Acta brevia neerl., 1932, 2: 72.—Kleinschmidt, H. Der Fraenkelsche Gasbacillus im Darm des Sauglings. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 1823-5.—Kojima, K. Ueber den Chemis- mus der Toxinbildung durch den Bacillus phlegmonis emphy- sematosae Frankel. Biochem. Zschr., 1922, 128: 519-33 — Landau, H. Untersuchungen fiber Gasbrand- und Rausch- brandbazillen, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung ihres serologi- schen Verhaltenund ihrer Veranderlichkeit. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1916-17, 79: Orig., 417-25.—Lamer, H. B. Bacillus welchii in a public water supply; as a possible cause of intestinal disease. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78: 276-9.—Lautier, M., & Lautier, R. Influence du salicylate de soude sur le polymorphisme du bacille d'Achalme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 25.—Lavergne, V. de, Kissel, P. [et al.] Bacillus perfringens et bile. Ibid., 1933, 112: 1366-8.—Livesay, H. R. Dissociation of Clostridium welchii. J. Infect. Dis., 1933, 53:. 125-37. Also repr.—Lynch, L. C, & Clark, P. F. Endogenous infections by Clostridium welchii. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 29: 36.—McGaughey, C. A. The separation from Clostridium welchii of variants which differ in toxicity and antigenic structure. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1933,36: 263-72, 2pl — Mclver, M. A., White, J. C, & Lawson, G. M. The role of the Bacillus welchii in acute intestinal obstruction, with ligation of the veins to the obstructed loop. Ann. Surg., 1929, 88: 647-57.— Marotta, G. Contributo alia biologia del bacillo perfringens (B. Welch-Frankel, B. di Achalme) Gior. batt. immun., 1928, 3: 107-13.—Marshall, H. T., & Brumfield, T. F. Jaundice in gas bacillus infection, Clostridium welchii. Virginia M. Month., 1928-29, 55: 730.—Matthews, H. B. Report of a case of Bacillus welchii blood serum infection of uterine origin. Am. J. Obst., 1922, 3: 307-11.—Mirone, G., & Reitani, U. Sul valore dell' associazione microbica e tossica del Bacillus perfringens con bacilli dissenterici e metadissenterici. Minerva med., Tor., 1929, 9. pt2, 560-3—Neill, J. M. Studies on the oxidation and reduction of immunological substances; the hemotoxin of the Welch bacillus. J. Exp. Med., 1926, 44: 215-26—Nerb, L. A method of promptly identifying Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus (B. welchii) Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 1021-5.—Howlin, P., & Hipp, E. R. Bacillus welchii infection. J. Am. M. Ass., 3933, 100: 114.—Orr, J. H., Campbell, W. A., & Reed, G. B. A comparison of the action of Bacillus welchii toxin, with other haemotoxins on human and rabbit red cells in vitro. Canad. J. Res., 1930, 2: 91-100—Orr, J. H., Josephson, J. E. [et al.] Variation in Clostridium welchii. Ibid., 1933, 9: 350-9, pi.— Orr, J. H., & Reed, G. B. Influence of cysteine on the produc- tion of haemotoxin of Clostridium welchii. Ibid., 1934, 11: 622-7.—Patterson, M. B., & Kast, L. Experimental toxic anemia produced with Bacillus welchii. Proc N. York Path. Soc, 1926, 26: 17-20—Pinolini, P. Recherches sur la Bacillus per- fringens. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1930, 2: 437.— Prati M. Sur la presence de la toxine du perfringens dans le contenu de l'intestin normal et oblitere. Ibid., 1929, 1: 64 Also Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1929, 8: 165-75.—Reed, G. B., & Orr, J. H. The influence of Bacillus welchii toxin on erythro- cytes in vivo and in vitro. Pub. Health J., Toronto, 1925-26,17: 412. ----- & Burleigh, C. H. Blood changes in rabbits re- sembling those in pernicious anaemia accompanying Bacillus welchii infections. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1926, 16: 525-31.—Reed, G. B., Orr, J. H., & Campbell, W. A. Action of hemotoxins on oxygenated and reduced blood; Bacillus welchii toxin. J. Infect. Dis., 1927, 41: 434-8— Reed, G. B., & Spence, M. The duration of immunity to Bacillus welchii toxin in rabbits. Ibid., 428-33.— Robertson, M. Notes on the vaccination of guinea-pigs with Bacillus perfringens. Lancet, Lond., 1916, 2: 516-8. Also repr.—Schlingman, A. S. Notes on Bacillus welchii. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1931, 16: 1175-84.—Schnayerson, A. F., & Samuels, S. L. The relationship of 2 hemotoxic antigens in Bacillus welchii growth products. J. Immun., Bait., 1930, 18: 141-51.— Selevinskaja, S. A. Ueber die Immunitat der Meerschweinchen gegen Gasbrand (Bacillus perfringens) Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1935, 134: 250-4.—Sordelli, A., & Ferrari, J. Les antigenes de Bacillus perfringens. Fol. biol., B. Air., 1932,11. ----- Lapluralidad de antigenos de Bacillus perfringens. Ibid., 10. ----- & Prado, M. Variaciones del Bacillus perfringens. Ibid., 58-60.— S evens, F. A. The dissociation of Clostridium welchii. J. In- fect. Dis., 1935, 57: 275-85.—Svartz, N. Some experiments with implantation of the Welch-Fraenkel gas-gangrene bacillus in the intestinal tract. Acta med. scand., 1934, suppl. 59, 401-9, pi. -----& Brodd, C. A. Recherches sur les proprifites hemoly- tiques du bacille de Welch-Fraenkel obtenu par culture du con- tenu intestinal. Ibid., 1931, 75: 450-63. ----- On the ques- tion of the toxicity of the Welch-Frankel gas-phlegmon bacillus in the intestine. Ibid., 1932, 79: suppl.50, 371-80.—Teissier, P. Les septicemics a Bacillus perfringens. Bull, med., Par., 1926, 40:895-900—Torrey, J. C, & Kahn, M. C. A progressive anemia following a single intra-marrow injection of Bacillus welchii toxins. Am. J. Path., 1929, 5: 117-40, 2pl.-----& Salinger, M. H. The influence of H-ion concentration on the sporulation of Bacillus welchii. J. Bact., Bait., 1930, 20: 85-98—Tunmchff, E. A. A strain of Clostridium welchii producing fatal dysentery in lambs. J. Infect. Dis., 1933, 52: 407-12— TJchino, H. On the attitude of Welch bacillus to surgical diseases. Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo, 1935, 24: 5.—Vera, P. Estudio sobre el bacilo de welchii, aislado del intestine Rev. mex. biol., 1934, 15: 105-8.— Verder, E. Rough and smooth variants of Clostridium welchii. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 30: 547—Walbum, L. E., & Reymann, C. G. The production of toxins by Clostridium wel- chii. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1933, 36: 469-83. ----- Investiga- tions into the nature of the gelatin-melting enzymes formed by the gas-gangrene bacteria. Ibid., 1934, 39: 669-79—Weinberg. Bacillus perfringens: travaux recents. Bull. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1929, 27: 529; 577. ----- Lesions hemorragiques et anemie expe- rimentales causees par le Bacillus perfringens. Sang, Par., 1933, 7: 139-52. -----& Barotte, J. Toxines du Bacillus perfringens et serums anti-perfringens. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 733 — Weinberg, M., & Combiesco, N. Lesions hemorragiques causees par le Bacillus perfringens. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1930, 45: 547-80. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 1091-4. ----- & Prevot, A. R. Bacillus egens (Stoddard 1919) est une race de Bacillus perfringens. Ibid., 1927, 97: 223-5. 1879- , & EDWARDS, A. viii, 480p. 12? Lond., J. & A. BACK, Ivor, Tudor. Surgery. Churchill, 1921. BACK. See also Back-ache; Lumbosacral region; Scapula; Shoulder; Spine. Gutierrez, A. Notas anatdmicas sobrelos musculos del dorso. Rev. cir., B. Air., 1930, 9: 101-7.—Jackson, F. S. Dorso-epi- trochlear muscle. Pub. McGill Univ., 1917, s.ll, no.5.— Kusnitzky, E. H. Bemerkungen iiber die Innervation derlangen Riickenmuskulatur. Anat. Anz., 1921, 54: 274-80.—O'Reilly, A. Abnormalities of the lower part of the back. J. Am. M Ass., 1927, 89: 1128-31.—Sjomuschkin, N. R. Zur Morphologie der Riickenstreckmuskeln des Trampeltieres. Anat. Anz., 1933-34, 77: 193-210. ---- Diseases. See also Back-ache; Rheumatism. Malherbe, H. Localisation rare du syphilome primaire. Ann. mal. venfir., 1922, 17: 605-7.—Pierangeli, W. Di una rara localizzazione di sifiloma iniziale. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1924, 5: 435.—Viola, F. Sopra un caso di flemmone del dorso scambiato per molto tempo con un reumatismo muscolare. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. prat., 645-7. ■--- Injuries. See also Back-ache—occupational; lumbo- sacral region, Injuries; Spine, Fractures; Ver- tebrae, lumbar: Fractures. Billington, R. W., & Cunningham, R. S. Applied anatomy of the back in relation to injury. South. M.J., 1929, 22: 643-8.— Brandis, W. Sturz auf Rucken, nach 6wochiger Arbeit; Tod. Med. Klin., Berl., 1930, 26: 1717—Carter, R. M. Minor back injuries. Wisconsin M.J., 1927, 26: 450-5.—Cotton, F. J. Back injuries. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 60: 557.—Dickson, F. D. Low back injuries, with particular reference to the part played by congenital abnormalities. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1932, 25: 415.—Ellis, G. E. D. An unusual case of injury to the back. J.R. Nav. M. Serv., 1922, 8: 60.—Evans, E. T. The role of the soft tissues in the diagnosis and treatment of back in- juries. Minnesota Med., 1934, 17: 118-21.—Fay, O. J. The lesser injuries to the back and their industrial significance. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1921) 1922, 31: 71-83— Gocher, T. E. P. Minor back injuries. California West. M., 1934, 40: 234-8.—Gonzalez Sanchez, C. Un caso de gran derrame de Morel-Lavallee. An. Hosp. S. Jose, 1933-34, 5: 171-4—Harney, L. G. Alleged back injuries. Illinois M.J., 1926, 50: 483-7. Also Surg. J.t 1925-26, 32: 81-3.—Kuhn, L. P. Final disposition of back-injury cases, with a summary of 1,000 compensation accidents. Bull. U.S. Bur. Labor Statist., 1934, no.602, 117-34, 5pl— Kummel, M. Medicolegal aspects of low back injuries. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey 1930, 27: 785-8— Lasher, W. W. Acute back injuries. Am J Surg., 1934, 23: 297-304. Also repr.—Leahy, J. D. Injuries to the back. Wisconsin M.J., 1933, 32: 761-3.—McCammon, J. W. Case report; severe injury of the back with misleading symp- toms. Cincinnati J.M., 1924-25, 5: 190.—Magnuson, P. B. & Coulter, J. S. Focal infection complicating back iniurv Internat. Clin., 1920, 30.ser., 3: 127-30— Mock, H. E. Back in- juries. WestVirginiaM.J., 1933,29:383-93.—Moffat, B W Back injuries. Internat. J.M.&S., 1935, 48: 26.—Moore, J T Back injuries. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1931, 24: 311.—Moorhead, J. J. . Traumatic back in- }™le,s0 an?h ^ ?:, 13,55—Rogers, J. F. Bacteria in hard times; a modern Aladdin s lamp. Hygeia, Chic, 1935, 13: 1126—Selasin, S. I. Our friends, the bacteria. Pub. Health News, Trenton, 1934,18: 11-6—Sangiorgi, G. Le azioni microbiche utili e la loro impor- tanza per la vita e per l'igiene. Igiene & vita. 1925, 8: 153-7.— Schaudinn, F. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Bakterien und ver- wandter Organismen; Bacillus butschlii n.sp. In Schaudinn. *., Arbeiten, Hamb. & Lpz., 1911, 277; 317.—Schntirer, J. Der Mensch und die Bakterien. Wien. tierarztl. Mschr., 1924, 11: BACTERIA 15 BACTERIA ---- acid-fast. See also Mycobacterium; also names of acid- fast bacteria as Tuberculosis bacillus, &c. Advier & Peirier. Mode d'action des huiles de Caloncoba et de leurs derives sur les bacillus acido-resistants. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1930, 23: 767-72.—Almeida Magalhaes, E. de. Contribuicao ao estudo de um micrococcus acido-resistente. Brasil med., 1931, 45: 1068-71.—Boquet, A. Caracteres d'un bacille acido-resistant isole d'un cobaye inocule avec un liquide pathologique d'origine humaine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 659-61. ----- Remarques a propos d'un bacille acido-resis- tant. Ibid., 662-4.—Braun, H., Stamatelakis, A., & Hondo, S. Der Verwendungsstoffwechsel saurefester Bakterien. Biochem. Zschr., 1924, 145: 381-97.—Bruner, D. W. Influence of nutritive conditions on acid-fastness of bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., 1934, 55: 26-38.—Bugge, G., & Kiesig, W. Ueber saurefeste Bazillen an Runkelrtiben. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1919, 27: 231; 243 — Campbell, L. K. On the production of acid-fastness in non- acid-fast bacilli. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1925-26, 11: 450.—Chargav, E. Zur Chemie der Bakterien; tiber die Lipoidverteilung in saurefesten Bakterien. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1931,201:198-207, -----& lederer, E. Sur les pigments carot6noides de deux bac- teries acido-resistantes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1935,54: 383-8 — Colvee.P. Ciclogeniadelosbacilos acido-resistentes. Rev.hig. tuberc, Valencia, 1934,27:113-8—Cooper, F. B. The filtrability of the acid-fast group. J. Infect. Dis., 1934, 54: 236-49.—Corone. Formes acido-resistantes remarquables trouvees dans l'expecto- ration et les tissus pulmonaires de deux malades; observations avec autopsies. Rev. tuberc, Par., 1921, 3.ser., 2: 67-70 — Courmont, P., & Gate, & Papacostas. Conservation de l'acido- resistance des bacilles apres action de l'extrait de Javel. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 90: 223.—Cummins, S. L., & Williams, E. M. Cutaneous sensitivity to acid-fast bacilli in suspension. Brit. M.J., 1934, 1: 702.—Damon, S. D. Acid-fast bacteria as a source of vitamin B. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1924, 27: 163-9.—Deinse, F. van. Sur une souche de bacilles acido-resistants, isolee de 3 cobayes inocules avec 1'ultra-virus tubereuleux et traites a l'extrait acetonique de bacilles de Koch. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 669-72.—Denes, G. Recherches sur l'acidorCsistance des germes. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1933, 5: 119-22.—Eichbaum, F. Erfahrungen und Beobachtungen an saurefesten Stabchen (Wasserbakterien, Leprabazillen, Tuber- kelbazillen) Zschr. Immunforsch., 1932,74:31-55. ----- Die tuberkelbacillen-ahnlichen, saurefesten Saprophyten. Erg. Hyg. Bakt., 1933, 14: 82-138—Forsyth, W. I. The ubiquitous acid-fast bacillus. Brit. M.J., 1934, 1: 1097—Frey, C. A., & Hagan, W. A. The distribution of acid-fast bacteria in soils. J. Infect. Dis., 1931,. 49: 497-506.—Furth, J. On the serological relationship of acid-fast bacteria. J. Immun., Bait., 1926,12:273- 92. -----& Aronson, J.D. On the specificity of the alcohol sol- uble substances of acid-fast bacteria. Ibid., 1927, 13: 265-71 — Gaiginsky, A. Presence de bacilles acido-resistants saprophytes sur la peau des cobayes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 13 ----- Sur la presence de bacilles acido-resistants dans les organcs des jeunes cobayes. Ibid., 116: 733.—Gildemeister, E. Ueber Variabilitatserscheinungen bei saurefesten Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1921, 86: Orig., 513-6—Gloyne, S. R. A note on the viability of acid-fast bacilli. Tubercle, Lond., 1920-21, 2: 12.—Greenway, D. Bacilos acido-resistentes. Rev. As. med. argent., 1932, 44: 587-692.—Heymann, B., & Strauss, W. Zur Frage der Virulenzsteigerung saurefester Saprophyten durch Tierpassagen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48: 999—Hibma, A. M. Einiges uber die Saure- und Alkalifestigkeit der Bak- terien. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1921, 29: 43. Also Tschr. dier- geneesk., 1921, 48: 53-5—Hisamochi. Y. Early tissue reactions in the lungs of rabbits after intravenous injections of acid-fast bacilli. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1935,22: 65-71—Igersheimer, J., & Schlossberger, H. Zur Pathogenitat der saurefesten Bakterien, im besonderen der Passagestamme saurefester Bazillen (nach Untersuchungen am Auge) Deut. med. Wschr., 1921, 47: 526 — Jaffe, R. Ueber die durch saurefeste Bakterien im Saugetieror- ganismus erzeugten histologischen Veranderungen. Arb. Staatsinst. exp. Ther., 1921, H.15, 1-27, pi. Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1921, 47: 734. ----- Histologische Untersuchungen tiber die Wirkung saurefester Bazillen. Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1921, 18: 133-5.—Karwacki, I., & Bogacka-Gutentag, E. [Study of acid-fastness of bacteria] Polska gaz. lek., 1926, 5: 658 — Kedrovsky, W. I. Variability des microbes du groupe acido- resistant. Rev. tuberc, Par., 1930, 3.ser., 11: 893-906, 2pl — Kendall, A. I., Walker, A. W., & Day, A. A. A comparison of the curves of lipolytic activity and proteolysis of certain acid-fast bacilli in nutrient broths; studies in acid-fast bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., 1914, 15: 467-71. Also repr.—Koizumi, T. Ueber das Verschwinden von saurefesten Bazillen aus der Blutbahn. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1924, 41: 504-7.—Korff-Petersen, A. Untersuchungen tiber saurefeste Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922, 73: Ref., 433-7. ----- Ueber das Verhalten verschiede- ner Stnmme von saurefesten Bakterien in der Bauchhohle des Meerschweinchens. Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 1022. Also Zschr. Hyg., 1922, 96: 273-90, pi.—lange, B. Ueber einige den Tuber- kelbaen verzillwandte saurefeste Saprophyten. Deut. med. Wschr , 1920, 46: 763. Also Klin. Wschr., 1921, 58: 36-8. Also Zschr. Hyg., 1921, 93: 43-73. ----- Zur Frage der Virulenz- steigerung saurefester Saprophyten durch Tierpassage. Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48: 1000.—liese & Weigmann. Bestimmte Zellinhaltsstoffe der Saurefesten und ihr antigener Charakter. Mtinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 1435.—Lindenberg, A., & Pe- stana, B. R. Chemotherapeutische Versuche mit Fetten an Kulturen saurefester Bacillen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1921, 32: Orig., 66-86. ----- Ensaiosdechimioterapia sobre os germens acido-resistentes. Brasil med., 1920, 34: 603-9.—Long, E. R. The nutrition of acid-fast bacteria. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1921-22, 5:857-69. ----- Lipin-protein in relation to the acid-fastness ■ of bacteria. Ibid., 1922, 6: 642-8. ----- & Campbell, I. K. The lipin content of acid-fast bacilli. Ibid., 636-41.—long, E. R., & Major, A. I. A method of following reaction changes in cultures of acid-fast bacteria. Ibid., 1921-22, 5: 715-22.—long, E. R., & Vorwald, A. J. A comparison of tissue reactions to testicular inoculation of acid-fast bacilli. Ibid., 1932, 25: 614- 33.—McCarter, J., & Hastings, E. G. The relation between the oxidation-reduction potential of the medium and the dissocia- tion of an acid-fast organism. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 29: 15.— Maher, S. J. Some sources of acid-fast bacilli. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1929, 19: 376-91, 6pl— Maie, S. Experimentelle Ver- suche bei Goldfischen (Carassius auratus) mit saurefesten Ba- zillen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922, 88: Orig., 28-38— Marchoux, E. Une nouvelle maladie a bacilles acido-resistants qui n'est ni la tuberculose, ni la lepre. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1921, 3.ser., 85: 317-9.—Model, I. M. [Biochemistry of acid-fast bacilli] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1928, 5: 274-85—Mudd, S. A study by new methods of the surfaces of normal and sensitized acid-fast bac- teria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1925-26, 23: 569-72. ----- & Mudd, E. B. H. On the mechanism of the serum sensitiza- tion ofacid-fast bacteria. J. Exp. M., 1927, 46: 173-95. Also repr.—Muzzarelli, G. L'uso del borace nella colorazione dei bacilli sporigeni ed acido-resistenti. Ann. igiene, 1924, 34: 583-8.—Pacheco, G., Maciel, J., & Penha, A. Sobre a coloracao dos bacillos achroresistentes (acido-resistentes) Brasil med., 1931, 45: 1042-4.—Petresco, J., & Gaiginski, A. Caracteres de deux bacilles acido-resistants isoles des organes de cobaye. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 1282— Petrov, S. A., & Steenken, W. Biological studies of the acid-fast organism. Bull. Johns Hop- kins Hosp., 1931, 48: 390. Also J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 21: 11 — Pfannenstiel, W. Vergleichende Untersuchungen, tiber die Extrahierbarkeit verschiedener saurefester Bakterien mit Aether-Acetongemischen. Zschr. Hyg., 1922, 95: 87-99 — Pinner, M. Atypical acid-fast microorganisms; chromogenic acid-fast bacilli from human beings. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1935, 32: 424-39.—Prigge, R. Ueber die Carcinophilio und Neuro- tropic von saurefesten Bacillen. Zschr. Krebsforsch., 1931-32, 35: 402-6.—Putzolu, F. Su l'acidoresistenza del bacillo tuberco- lare e leproso (contributo istopatologico e batterioscopico) Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1933, 39: pt2, 534-52.—Racchiusa, S. Sulla differente resistenza agli acidi dei bacilli tubercolari e dei pseudo- tubercolari. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1931, 6: 149-51.—Reed, G. B., & Rice, C. E. The influence of iron on the pigmentation ofacid-fast bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 17: 407-11.—Richard- son, H. B., loebel, R. O., & Shorr, E. The metabolism of acid- fast bacteria in relation to pathogenicity. Tr. Nat. Tuberc. Ass., 1934, 29: 161-4.—Rockwell, G. E., & Highberger, J. H. Carbon dioxide as a factor in the growth of the tubercle bacillus and of other acidfast organisms. J. Infect. Dis., 1926, 38: 92- 100.—Rondoni, P., & Testoni, P. L'azione patogena di alcuni stipiti bacillari acido-resistenti. Gior. biol. med. sper., 1923-24, 1: 85.—Saenz, A., Costil, 1., & Sadettin, M. Douze souches ap- partenant a divers types de bacilles acido-resistants isolees de l'organisme de cobaye neufs. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 643-5. ----- Etude des proprietes biologiques des souches de bacilles acido-resistants isolees de l'organisme de cobaye neufs. Ibid., 645-8. ----- Deux types de bacilles acido- resistants isoles des organes de cobayes inocules avec des pro- duits non tubereuleux. Ibid., 1935, 119: 1285-90— Sanfelice, F. Delle mutazioni che presentano i bacilli acido-resistenti nei passaggio attraverso gli animali. Ann. igiene, 1920, 30: 1-7. ----- Sul pleomorfismo dei micro-organismi acido-resistenti. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1923-24, 3: 355-60, pi—Schachsuwarly, M., & Woldrich, A. Das Verhalten saurefester Bazillen in Mischkulturen mit Saccharomyces albicans, Bacillus mesen- tericus und Sarcina tetragena. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 113: 93-6.—Schaefer, W. Sur un type particulier de bacilles acido- resistants isoles de l'organisme du cobaye; identification sero- logique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 961-3. ----- Carac- teres culturaux et biologiques. Ibid., 1086-8. ----- Sur la classification de certaines souches dites lisses de bacilles acido- resistants. Ibid., 120: 590-2.—Seitz, A. Zur Differenzlerung saurefester Bakterien nach Untersuchungen am Auge. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1921, 33: Orig., 431-42.—Smithburn, K. C, & Sabin, F. R. The cellular reactions to lipoid fractions from acid- fast bacilli. J. Exp. M., 1932, 56: 867-91, 3 pi. Also repr.— Strauss, W. Zur Frage der Virulenzsteigerung saurefester Saprophyten durch Tierpassagen. Zschr. Hyg., 1922, 98: 243- 72 —Sweanv, H. C. The regeneration of acid-fastness by animal passage. P'roc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1927-28, 25: 452-4.— Thomson, H. M. Studies on saprophytic acid-fast bacteria. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1932, 26: 162-78—Tiedemann, H. J. Ueber einen neuen aus dem Blut geztichteten saurefesten Keim. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 122: 483-95—Twort, C. C, Todd, E. W., & Perkins, R. J. Studies on the group specificity of some anti- gens derived from acid-fast bacilli. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1924-25, 5:171-4.—Tyabji, A. Die Biochemie der saurefesten Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1935, 118: 241-59— White, W. C. Acid- fast bacteria; their relation to disease and the need for more knowledge. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1931, 48: 143-61— Yun Chan Sun, Ishii, O., & loeb, L. Intra-uterine injection of acid-fast bacilli in the guinea-pig. J. Infect. Dis., 1925, 37: 528-37. BACTERIA 16 BACTERIA ---- acid-fast: Identification. Kamprath, E. G. *Unterscheidung von sapro- phytischen und pathogenen saurefesten Bazillen durch die Fiirbung. 14p. 8? Lpz., 1923. Barnhart, R. L„ & Eberson, F. A note on the microscopic diagnosis of acid-fast organisms. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1930-31 16: 421—Burke, V., Dickson, R., & Philips, S. Differential stain for acid-fast bacteria and spores. Stain Techn., 1932, 7: 21-4.— Burke, V., & Dunning, M. A new method of staining acid-fast bacteria and spores. J. Infect. Dis., 1924, 24: 105-9—Fielding, J. W. The staining of acid-fast bacilli; the effects of fixatives and H-ion concentration on acid-fastness. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1934, 12: 1-5.—Fontes, A. Propriedade impediente de determi- nados oleos sobre as culturas de acido-resistentes. Brasil med., 1921, 35: 95-8.—Haendel, L., lange, I., & Heuer, G. Beitrag zur Differenzierung saurefester Bakterien durch die Komple- mentablenkung. Arb. Reichsgesundhamt., 1926, 57: 716-24.— Hager, B. H„ & Dersch, R. An improved procedure for the staining of acid-fast organisms in tissue. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 80: 460.—Harris, M. M., & Lange, L. B. A note on the preserva- tion of acid-fast bacteria in vacuo. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1933, 18: 1066.—Ishimori, K. Ueber den Einfluss der Wasserstoffionen- konzentration des Nahrbodens auf das Wachstum der saure- festen Bakterien. Zschr. Hyg., 1924,102: 329-38.—Karwacki, L. Influence du temps sur la vitalite des cultures des bacilles acido- resistants. C. rend. Soc biol., 1928, 99: 1150-2. ----- & Bocacka-Gutentag, E. Perte de la faculte acido-resistante chez certains saprophytes apres traitement a l'antiformine. Ibid., 1926, 94: 1089.—Knieschek, O. Zur Unterscheidung saurefester pathogener von apathogenen Stabchen durch Oxydation, Koch- festigkeit und durch das Leuchtbildverfahren nach Hoffmann in Kultur- und Organausstrichen. Wien. tierarztl. Mschr., 1923, 10: 442-53.—Kondo, S. Der Verwendungsstoffwechsel saure- fester Bakterien; tiber den Einfluss der Wasserstoffionenkonzen- tration auf das Wachstum der saurefesten Bakterien in ein- fachen kunstliehen Nahrboden. Biochem. Zschr., 1925, 162: 171-80.—Long, E. R. Cultural differences among acid-fast organisms. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1919-22, 11: 266-74.— Mach, R. S., & Mach, E. Hernoculture de bacilles acido-resis- tants par la methode de Loewenstein. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 722-4—McKinley, E. B., & Verder, E. Egg-oyster media for the cultivation of acid-fast bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 30: 661.—Mayer, A. Untersuchungen iiber das Wachstum Saurefester in Mikrokulturen. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk. 1933-34, 84: 335-57, 2pl.—Nakamura, K. Untersuchungen tiber die Antiforminfestigkeit der saurefesten Bakterien. Zschr. Hyg., 1924,102: 408-16—Ninni, C, & Bretey, J. Resultats de la recherche des bacilles acido-resistants dans les organes de co- bayes par la culture des organes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 249-51.—Nyren, T. Ueber die Einwirkung von Lipoidlbsungen auf das Wachstum saurefester Bacillen. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk., 1929-30, 73: 238-50.—Ohmichi, N. Differenzierende Farbung der saurefesten Bazillen. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1928, 40: 1765.—Pachego, G., Maciel, J., & Penha, A. Sur la coloration des bacilles acido-r£sistants. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 650-2.—Pinner, M. Atypical acid-fast organisms; some obser- vations on filtration experiments. J. Bact., Bait., 1933, 25: 576-9.—Reed, G. B., & Rice, C. E. The behaviour of acid-fast bacteria in oil and water systems. Ibid., 1931, 22: 239-47.— Sairaiji, S. Kulturelle Befunde saurefester Bazillen aus Harn- sedimenten und Smegma auf Petragnanischem Nahrboden. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1933, 34: 4.—Saisho, I. A new defatting method of acidfast bacilli. Kekkaku, 1929, 7: 23; 28; 31.— Schlossberger, H., & Pfannenstiel, W. Ueber Versuche zur Differenzierung der sogenannten saurefesten Bakterien mittels Komplementbindung. Zschr. Hyg., 1922, 95: 77-86.—Schloss- berger, H. & Prigge, R. Versuche zur kulturellen Differenzie- rung der saurefesten Bakterien. Ibid., 1923, 99: 186-92.— Schniirer. Ueber Veranderungen saurefester Bakterien in Kul- turen auf Saponin-haltigen Nahrboden. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922-23, 89: Orig., 150-4.—Schubert, J. Ueber die Vergriinung des Sauton-Nahrbodens durch saurefeste Bacillen. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk., 1933, 83: 220-4.—Simmons, J. S., & Steves, E. J. A comparison of the Schulte-Tigges and Ziehl-Neelsen methods for staining acid-fast bacteria. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1926, 14: 102-5. Also repr.—Toda, T. Studies on the biology of acid-fast bacilli; on the resistance of acid-fast bacilli to oil emulsion. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1927, 7:91-105—Wade, H.W. Remarks on the mor- phology and staining of acid-fast bacilli. Proc. Nat. Congr. Tuberc, 1926, 1: 355-9.—Wycokoff, R. W. G. Growth charac- teristics of rough and smooth acid-fast bacteria living in micro- culture. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 30: 1026-8. ---- Agglutination. See also Agglutination. Kotting, H. *Ueber Mitagglutinationen. 25p. 8? Rostock, 1917. Andrewes, F. W. Studies in group agglutination. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1925, 28: 345.—Aoki, K. Ueber die agglutinatori- sche Analyse von Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1926, 98: 273-8. ----- Ueber das Wesen der Mitagglutination. Ibid., 1927-28, 105: 459-62. ----- Ueber die Koktstabilitat speziflscher und unspezifischer Hauptrezeptoren bei verschiedenen Bakterien. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1932, 76:126. -----& Kondo, N. Ueber die Koktstabilitat der Mitagglutinine. Ibid., 1934-35, 84: 21-5.—Aoki, K., & Konno, T. Studien iiber die Beziehung zwischenderHaupt-und Mitagglutination. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1921, 86: Orig., 330-6.—Aoki, K., & Kuroda, M. Ueber die Rezeptorenanalyse der bei Immunisierung mit speziflscher Kultur hervorgerufenen Mitagglutination. Zschr. Immun- forsch., 1930, 68: 318-21—Avellone, L. Ricerche sulle aggluti- nine da batteri normali e denaturati. Ann. clin. med., Pal., 1921,11:304-12.—Bisceglie, V. Sulla paragglutinazione; ricerche sperimentali. Gior. batt. immun., 1929, 4: 773-84.—Bocchi, L. Contributo sperimentale alio studio della agglutinazione batte- rica specifica; ricerche sull' eventuale rapporto fra la durata d'azione della agglutinina sull' antigene e la stabilita del legame fra l'uno e l'altra. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1931, 10: 470-80.— Boissevain, C. H. Agglutination speeifique p3r des antigenes charges d'anticorps normaux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 87: 1255-7.—Brunkman, C. Investigations on the effect of culture media on agglutination. Acta path, microb. scand., 1926, 3: 593-632, 2pl., port.—Brutsaert, P.- L'agglutination des microbes rfisistants. C. rend. Sec biol., 1924, 90: 615.—Bull, C. G., & McKee, C. M. The relation of blood platelets to the in-vivo agglutination of bacteria and their disappearance from the blood stream. Am. J. Hyg., 1922, 2: 208-24, pi—Busacca, A. Sulle modiflcazioni determinate da vari agenti chimici sulla agglu- tinabilita dei batteri e sulla capacita agglutinante dei sieri. Ann. clin. med., Pal., 1921, 11: 407-26.—Capone, G. Sul feno- meno di coagglutinazione alio stato nascente. Sperimentale, 1918, 72: 429-40. ----- Osservazione sull' agglutinabilita di alcuni microorganismi coltivati in terreni acidi ed alcalini. Ibid., 1919, 73: 385-94—Chiari, H., & Lbmer, E. Ueber die Hemmungszone bei der Agglutination mit frischem Serum. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1924, 37: 361-1.—Ciaccio, C. Contributi di serologia; mutamenti che si veriflcano nella reazione del mezzo durante l'agglutinazione batterica. Rifcrma med., 1920, 36: 164.—De Mare, N. Attivazione del potere di agglutinabilita dei batteri del gruppo tifo, paratifo, coli e del meiitense mediante l'influenza della bile. Riv. pat. sper., 1926, 1: 266-75.—Eisler, M., & Silberstein, F. Beitrage zur Bakterienagglutination. Zschr. Hyg., 1921, 93: 267-347—Fabry, P. Sur l'agglutinabilite des microbes attenues. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1920, 83: 201. ----- &Malvoz, E. Sur 1'agglutinaticn des microbes attenuifs. Ibid., 1921, 85: 237—Falk, I. S. Theories of the mechanism of bac- terial agglutination. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1923-25, 12: 129.— Fleming, A. On the influence of temperature on the rate of agglutination of bacteria. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1928, 9: 231-5.— Frendzel, J., & Szymanowski, Z. Recherches experimentales sur la para-agglutination. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 99: 1149.— Also Med. dosw., 1928, 9: 203-18.—Gaeh'gsns, W. Ueber die Beziehungen der Bakterienprazipitine zu den Agglutininen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1909-10, 4: 559-74.—Goyle, A. N. The effect of heat on the agglutination of bacterial emulsions. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1927, 3J: 331-44.—Guardabassi, M. Le modiflcazioni di agglutinabilita di bacteri dopo il contatto con virus scarlattinoso e morbilloso. Diagnosi, 1929, 9: 65-79.— Haku, H. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Bakterienpracipi- tation und Agglutination. Okayama igakkai zasslii, 1929, 41: 91.—Hamburger, F., & C2irkeli, H. Ueber indirekte Agglutina- tionsverwandtschaft. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1924, 37: 10.— Hansen, M. E. Para-agglutinaticn and para-herelity. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 441.—Hddelbsrger, M., & Kabat, E. A. Chemical stualjs in bacterial azglutination. Ibid., 1934, 31: 595-8. Also J. Exp. M., 1934, 60: 643-53. Also repr.—Hirsch, E. F. Hydrogen-ion changes with the agglutina- tion of bacteria by immune serum. Tr. Chicago Path Soc 1919-22, 11: 289. Also J. Inf, ct. Dis., 1S2', 3): 651-7.-Hirszf \d, L., & Seydel, J. Sur les formes d'agglutination des souches typhiques, paratyphiques et de Proteus et sur leurs proprietes physiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 1314-7—Ichikawa. A. Leber den Konzentrationseinfluss der verschiedemn neutralen ™5elJauIdie Agglutininavidit ;t bei den Bakterien. Sei i kwai, 1927 46: no.8,1-8—Ivanovics, G. Ueber den Mechanismus der Bakteriumagglutininbindung; die quantitativen Verhaitnisse der Agglutininbindung lebender Bakterien. Zscnr. Immun- forsch., 1933 80: 209-21 ----- Agglutininbindung der durch Hitzeeinwirkupg mod;nzierten Bakterien. Ibid., 1933-34, 81: 518-28.—Joanniaes, G. S. Recherches experimentales sur les serums agglutraants et sur l'agglutination microbienne. Arch. Inst. Pasteur hellen., 1923 26, 1: 297-310.-Jones, F. S. The effect of subsequent agglutination of the exposure of bacteria to heated antiserum. J. Exp. M., 1928, 47: 24£-'4 & Little, R. B. Changes in bacterial volume as the result of specific agglutination. Ibid., 1933, 57: 721-7. Also repr.-Jones, F? S., »„„?*?• V ' Th? Prozone Phenomenon in specific bacterial agglutination. J Immun., Bait., 1934, 27: 215-33.-Kuhn, P fqn *l !%iV9n dCi P?ra^luti°ation. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1917, 86: 151-211, pl.-Lasseur, P. Phenomene de Charrin et PffirW Wr°ni,&rI?S? ,2es Tmi<*obes) In Livres "ubfl (Roger, G. H.) Par , 1932, 127-32.—Lazzarini, L. Brevi conside- raziom sul comportamento di un germe de gruppo tifo coli di 921 !<)mm? aff^tinante anticolerico. Boll. Soc. eustach 1921, 19: 25-31 -Liebermann, L. von, & Acel, D. Ueber Agglu- 7^0nTh0molofger uund heterologer Antigene durch Immunslra Zschr Immunforsch., 1918, 27: Orig., 325-32 -Mackie T J Variation m agglutinability of bacteria associated withVariation of cultura characters. Brit. J. Exp. Path.. 192^-2 lTl3-7- Sr7oanTfenom&P.A„nHrianSS;- Su-"a ™sidetta costante di equi- HDrio nei fenomeno di agglutinazione batterica Atti Accad sc med.nnatur. Ferrara, 1920-21, 95: 13-26; 1922; 96: 3-8; xxix' anH^J « • co.sldetta tegge di npartizione nelle reazioni tra antigene e siero immune; ricerche sul coefflciente di riDartizione e sulla cosidetta costante di equilibrio nei fenomeno di aggluti BACTERIA 17 BACTERIA nazione batterica. Haematologica, Pavia, 1921, 2: 311-22.— Meneghini, T. Sulla presenza di agglutinine batteriche normali in ostetricia e ginecologia. Gior. batt. immun., 1932, 8: 632-43.— Mudd, S., Nugent, R. L„ & Bullock, L. T. The physical chem- istry of bacterial agglutination and its relation to colloidal theory. J. Phys. Chem., 1932, 36: 229-58— Munter, H. Ueber die Abspaltung von Antikorpern bei agglutininbeladenen Bak- terien. Zschr. Hyg., 1921, 93: 25-34.—Nelson, J. B. The re- moval of agglutinin from sensitized motile bacteria. J. Exp. M., 1928, 48: 825-36. Also repr.—Nizza, M. Sulla presenza di agglutinine batteriche normali nei siero di sangue materno e fetale. Gior. batt. immun., 1928, 3: 832-7.—Northrop, J. H., & De Kruif, P. H. The stability of bacterial suspensions; agglu- tination in the presence of proteins, normal serum, and immune serum. J. Gen. Physiol., 1921-22, 4: 655-67.—Ogata, M. Stu- dien tiber die Bakterienagglutinine. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1924, 39: Orig., 270-81—Pergola, M. La sero-agglutination avec des antigenes bacteriens tues et colores moyennant le tellurite de potasse. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1929, 1: 177-9.— Porges, 0. Ueber die Agglutinabilitat der Bakterien und ihre physikalisch-chemischen Grundlagen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 749— Shibley, G. S. The importance of changes in electrical charge in specific bacterial agglutination. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1924-25, 22: 276-8. ----- Studies in agglu- tination; the relationship of reduction of electrical charge to specific bacterial agglutination. J. Exp. M., 1924, 40: 453-66. ----- On the mechanism of the agglutination of bacteria by specific agglutinating serum. Ibid., 1926, 44: 667-81.—Skrop, F. [Contributions to the electric charge of agglutinated bacteria] Magy. orv. arch., 1926. 27: 87.—Sterling-Okunievski, S. Ueber Dysagglutination und ihre Bedeutung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1918-19, 82: Orig., 475-7.—Stevens, J. W. Can all strains of a specific organism be recognized by agglutination? J. Infect. Dis., 1923, 33: 557-66.—Suzuki, C, & Hirata, K. Ueber die wechselseitigen Beziehungen zwischen der die Agglutinierung der Bakterienkorper hemmenden Wirkung des normalen Blut- serums, der Sensibilisierung der Bakterienkorper, und der bak- teriziden Reaktion des Serums. Taiwan igakkai zasshi, 1930, 40-2.—Topley, W. W. C, Wilson, J., & Duncan, J. T. The mode of formation of aggregates in bacterial agglutination. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1935, 16: 116-20, pi—Trambusti, B. Ricerche sulle possibili reciprocita di carica elettrica tra batteri ed agglutinine specifiche. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1927, 6: 183-99.—Tulloch, W. J. A critical review of the present position of bacterial agglutination. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1927, 48: 96; 192; 267; 358; 435.—Volk, R. Ueber die quantitativen Grundlagen der Bindungsverhaltnisses zwischen Agglutinin und Bakterien. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 748.—Vorschutz, J. Untersu- chungen tiber Agglutination und Sedimentierung von Bak- terien. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1921, 186: 290-8. ----- Die Bakterienagglutination im erkrankten Blute. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922, 88: Orig., 394-401—Walker, E. W. A. Studies in bacterial variability; on the occurrence and development of dys-agglutinable, eu-agglutinable, and hyper-agglutinable forms of certain bacteria. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1921-22, s.B, 93: 54-68.—Watanabe, Y. On the so-called panagglutination. Japan M. World, 1922,2: 196-9. ---- Agglutination, non-specific. Fischer, B. *Ueber die Saureagglutination von Influenza-, Keuchhusten- und Koch-Weeks- Bazillen [Breslau] p.417-25. 8? Jena, 1928. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1928, 106: Aoki, K. Ueber die Beziehung der unspezifischen Aggluti- nation zur Mitagglutination. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1931-32, 73: 159-65.—Assis, A. de. Sobre o comportamento do toluol na agglutinacao bactDriana qualitativa. Brasil med., 1934, 48: 1063.—Brossa, G. A. Ueber die Agglutination von Bakterien durch Farbstoffe. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1923,37: Orig., 221-7 — Durand, P., Anderson, C, & Lumbroso, U. Bacille de Weeks, bacille de Pfeiffer et agglutination acide. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1926, 15: 93-100. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 18- 20.—Eisenberg, P. Ueber Saureagglutination von Bakterien und tiber chemische Agglutination im allgemeinen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1919, 83: Orig., 70; passim. Also Wien. klin. Wschr. 1919, 32: 222-5.—Formicola, P. II fenomeno dell' agglutinazione in soluzione glucosata; influenza di vari agenti chimici sull' agglu- tinabilita dei batteri. Morgagni, 1930, 72: 2319-30— Jacobitz, E. Bakterienagglutination in Zuckerlosungen (biologische Saure- agglutination) Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1924, 92: Orig., 443-64.— La Rosa, G. L'agglutinazione aspeciflca a mezzo dell' acido lattico, quale criterio per la diagnosi differenziale di alcuni germi simili. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1928, 7: 177-85.—Las- seur, P., & Ranaux, M. A. Agglutination de differentes bac- teries par le sue de citron. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934,199:1454-6.— Michaelis, L. Technik der Saureagglutination. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden) Berl., 1933, Abt.13, Teil2 ptl, 287-300.—Minute electric charges on bacteria and their role in causing agglutination are subject of research. Science News Lett., 1934, 26: 227—Northrop, J. H. The stability of bacterial suspensions; the influence of the concentration of the suspension on the concentration of salt required to cause complete agglu- tination. J. Gen. Physiol., 1922-23, 6: 605-9. ----- & De Kruif, P. H. The stability of bacterial suspensions; the aggluti- nation of the bacillus of rabbit septicemia and of Bacillus typho- sus by electrolytes. Ibid., 1921-22, 4: 639-54.—Rubenstein, H., & Windholz, F. Zur Kenntnis der Ausflockung von Bakterien durch Farbstoffe. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1926, 49: 102-20.— x 21767—VOL. 2, 4th series-----2 Sierakovski, S., & Milejkovska, F. Agglutination alcaline, homogeneisation et eclaircissement des cultures bacteriennes dans des solutions alcalines. C. rend. Soc biol., 1924, 91: 716.— Suzuki, Y. Studies on the nature of agglutination of organism grown on the media added with electrolites, specially metallic salts. Sei i kwai, 1927, 46: no.2, 9.—Verdina, C. Ricerche su alcuni fattori che determinano l'agglutinazione aspeciflca dei batteri e loro azione sulle agglutinine specifiche. Gior. batt. immun., 1926,1:461-77—Webster, L. T. The acid agglutination of mixtures of oppositely charged bacterial cells. J. Gen. Phy- siol., 1924-25, 7: 513-5. ----■ Agglutination, spontaneous. Berlin, A. L. [Spontaneous agglutination of bacteria] Vest. microb., 1930, 9: 291-318.—Gardenghi, G. Di un ceppo spon- taneamente agglutinabile di meningococco e del fenomeno della agglutinazione spontanea in generale. Igiene mod., 1927, 20: 229-34— Mellon, R. R. Spontaneous agglutinability of bacteria in relation to the antagonistic action of certain cations. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1921-22. 19: 247. ----- Spontaneous agglutination of bacteria in relation to variability and to the action of equilibrated solutions in electrolytes. J. Med. Res., 1922, 43: 345-57, pi. -----Hastings, W. S., & Anastasia, C. On the nature of the cohesive factor in spontaneous agglutination of bacteria, especially considering the interfacial surface tension. J. Immun., Bait., 1924, 9:365-81.—Popov [Auto-agglutination] Sudeb. med. ekspertiza, 1928, no.10, 8-10.—Suzuki, Y. Colloid- chemical studies on the nature and mechanism of the spon- taneous agglutination. Sei i kwai, 1926, 45: no.6, 23-8.—White, P. B. On the relation of the alcohol-soluble constituents of bac- teria to their spontaneous agglutination. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1927, 30: 113-32. "------ Notes on spontaneous agglutination of bacteria. Ibid., 1928, 31: 423-33. ---- anaerobic. See Anaerobes. ---- Antagonism. Echinoz. *Recherches experimentales sur l'antagonisme du bacille. pyocyanique et du vibrion cholerique. 42p. 8? Par., 1913. Alivisatos, G. P. Ueber Antagonismus zwischen Pneumo- kokken und Staphylokokken. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925 94: Orig., 66-73.—Arnaudi, C, Kopaczevski, W., & Rosnovski, m! Etudes sur les phenomenes electrocapillaires; les antagonismes physico-chimiques des microbes. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan 1927, 6: 313-28, 6pl., 2ch. Also C. rend. Acad, sc, 1927, 185: 153-6.—Berdnikov, A. Les milieux de culture aits vaccines et l'antagonisme des microbes in vitro. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924 91: 859-61.—Cantani, F. Sulle antibiosi microbiche. Ann! igiene, 1930, 40: 257-71.—Duliscouet, R. Action probiotique et antibiotique des staphylocoques chez les porteurs de germes diphteriques. C. rend Soc biol., 1935, 118: 1277-80.—Etinger- Tulczynska, R. Ueber Bakterienantagonismus. Zschr Hyg 1931-32, 113: 762-80—Fabris, A. Ricerche sull' antagonismo fra B. anthracis e B. piocianeo. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1927 6: 81-91.—GatS, J., & Papacostas, G. Antagonisme biologique entre le bacille de Loftier et le pneumobacille de Friedlander C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 859-61. ----- Recherches experi- mentales sur les antagonismes microbiens; existe-t-il un antago- nisme entre le bacille de Loftier et le staphylocoque? Ibid 1923, 88: 795.—Gratia, A. Sur un remarquable exemple d'an- tagonisme entre deux souches de colibacille. Ibid., 1925, 93: 1040.—Gundel, M. Ueber den Antagonismus von Coli-Bak- terien auf Milzbrandbazillen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927, 104: 463-73, pi. ----- & Himstedt, H. Ueber den Antagonismus zwischen Bakterien in ktinstlichen Nahrmedien. Munch med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 1674-6.—Isabolinski, M. P., & Sobolewa! R. M. Ueber den Antagonismus der Bakterien. Zbl Bakt l.Abt., 1934-35, 133: 107-10.—Jordan, E. O., & Dack, G. M. The effect of Clostridium sporogenes on Clostridium botulinum J Infect. Dis., 1924, 35: 576-80— Krol, M. E. [Research work on mixed cultures of streptococci and Shiga-Kruse's bacillus] Mikrob. J., Leningr., 1928, 7: 115-22.—Kuhn. Die Parasiten der Bakterien. Munch, med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 652—Matsu- mura, T. Experimentelle Studien zur Bekampfung der Bak- terientrager mittelst der antagonistischen Wirkung anderer Bakterien; Versuche tiber die antagonistische Wirkung des Natto-Bazillus gegen die Typhusbazillengruppe im Tierkoroer Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1934, 12: 1384-6—Mohr, W. Weitere Untersuchungen tiber den Bakterienantagonismus. Arch Hyg., Munch., 1933-34, 111: 197-213.—Muller, L. Du role des aldehydes dans les phenomenes d'antagonisme microbien. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 90: 944.—Mutual antagonism of bacterial variants. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934,103: 494.—Neufeld, F. Neuere Untersuchungen tiber Bakterien-Antagonismus. Schweiz med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 538. -----& Kuhn, H. Untersuchun- gen tiber direkten Bakterienantagonismus. Zschr. Hyg., 1934, 116: 95-110.—Nizzoli, C. Sulla lotta fra batteri patogeni e non patogeni. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Modena, 1926, 27: no.2, 9-16.— Otsubo, I. Untersuchung der Antibiose unter Bakterienarten, besonders in Bezug auf die proteolytischen Fermenten dersel- ben. Kitasato Arch., 1926-27, 7: 1-28.—Papacostas, G., & Gate, J. A propos de l'antagonisme entre le bacille diphterique et le pneumobacille; son explication par le role empSchant de la toxine pneumobacillaire vis-a-vis de la secretion de la toxine diphte- iq ue. C.rend. Soc.biol., 1921,85:1033-40. ----- Recherches BACTERIA 18 BACTERIA experimentales sur les antagonismes microbiens; action du bacille de Loftier sur le pneumobacille. Ibid., 1923, 88: 797.— Pringsheim, E. G. Ueber die gegenseitige Schadigung und Forderung von Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt,, 2.Abt., 1920, 51: 72- 85.—Regnier, J., & Lambin, S. Etu^e dun cas d'antago- nisme microbien. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 199: 16X2-1. Reis, van der. Der Antagonismus zwischen Koli- und Diphtherie- bacillen und der Versuch einer praktischen Nutzanwendung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1922, 30: 1-41.—Reploh, H. Die Bedeu- tung des Bakterienantagonismus fiir die Klinik. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 409-11.—Schiller, U. G. [On forced antagonisms in bac- teria] Vrach. dielo, 1923, 6: 562-5. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 152. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1923-24, 91: Orig., 68-72; 1924, 92: 124-9; 1927, 103: 304-14.— Schilling, C. Antagonismus bei Bakterien. Ibid., 1032-33, 127: 276-9. ----- & Califa- no, L. Antagonismus der Bakterienarten. Ibid., 1930-31, 119: 244-6.—Spada, C. Antagonismos microbianos; carbunclo y estafilococo. Rev. sudamer. endocr., B. Air., 1919, 2: 149-55.— Tsukerman, I. A., & Minkevich, I. E. [Bacterial antagonism] Vrach. dielo, 1925, 8: 574-8.—Tumansky, V. M. [Study of an- tagonism in microorganisms] Vest, mikrob., 1935, 14: 115-20.— Vignati, J. Antagonisme entre le Bacille typhique et le B. coli. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 212.—Zavagli, V. Sur l'antagonisme microbien in vitro. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1929, 43: 537-46. ---- Autolysis. See Bacteriophagy. ---- Biology. Almqtjist, E. B. Biologische . Forschungen iiber die Bakterien: Variation, Entwickelungs- zvklen, Sexualitat, Artbildung, Lebenserhaltung, Epidemien. 70p. 8? Stockh., 1925. Buchanan, R. E., & Fulmer, E. I. Physi- ologv and biochemistry of bacteria. 3v. 8? Bait., 1928-30. Henrici, A. T. The biology of bacteria; an introduction to general microbiology. 472p. 8? Bost. [1934] Rahn, O. Phvsiologv of bacteria. 438p. 8? Phila. [1932] Schluteb, K. * Ueber die Aufnahme von Farbstoffen aus Nahrboden durch Bakterien. 24p. 8? Rostock, 1914. Churchman, J. W. The communal activity of bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21, 18: 22. Also J. Exp. M., 1921, 33: 583-91, 3pl—Clerici, A. La biologia dei batterii. Gazz. osp., 1928, 49: 849-51,—Fiessinger, N. La traversee inapparente des bacteries. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1934, 48: 465-71.—Glaser, R. W. Biological studies on intracellular bacteria. Biol. Bull., 1920, 38: 133-45.—Kaiserling. Mitteilungen tiber das Verhalten von Bakterien im Lumineszenz-Mikroskop. Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1921, 18: 91-4.—Kopelov, N., & Morse, S. Studies on at- mospheric requirements of bacteria; water vapor tension. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21, 18: 308-10.—Lagrange, E. Sur la technique des actions a distance intermicrobiennes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 255; 335-7.—Lbhnis, F. Zur Morphologie und Biologie der Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1922-23, 56: 529-44, 2pl.—Mellon, R. R. Certain theoretic and practical aspects of the newer biology of the bacteria. In Contrib. Med. Sc. (A. S. Warthin) Ann Arb., 1927, 271-82.—Mudd, S., & Mudd, E. B. H. Certain interfacial tension relations and the be- havior of bacteria in films. J. Exp. M., 1924, 40: 647-60 — Pascher, A. Zur Morphologie und Biologie einer kolonialen, in der Gallerte einer Alge lebenden Bakterie. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1931, 83: 174-83.—Puntoni, V. La sopravvivenza dei microbi asporigeni. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. prat., 219-21.—Stearn, E. W., & Stearn, A. E. The chemical mechanism of bacterial behavior. J. Bact., Bait., 1924, 9: 463; 479; 491. ---- Capsule. Bach, F. W. Zur ftirberischen Darstellung der Kapselbak- terien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922, 88: Orig., 510—Baker, S. L. Technique for the demonstration of the capsules of bacteria. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1920-21,1:127.—Borin, P. Miseen evidence des capsules microbiennes par une nouvelle methode a l'encre de Chine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 406-8—Churchman, J. W., & Emelianov, N. V. A new method for staining bacterial capsules. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1932, 29: 514. ----- Presence of capsules onnon-capsulated microorganisms. Ibid., 515. ----- A study of the bacterial capsule by new methods. J. Exp. M., 1933, 57: 485-510, 3pl—Drobotko, V. G. [Cultural properties of capsulated bacteria] Mikrob. J., Leningr., 1928, 7:234-42. ----- [Staining of bacterial capsule] Mikrobiolo- giya. Moskva, 1934. 3: 75-8.—Edwards, P. R. The relation of encapsulated bacilli found in metritis in mares to encapsulated bacilli from human sources. J. Bact., Bait., 1928, 15: 245-66.— Elbert, B. J. Ueber die Agar-Mikroskopie von Kapselbak- terien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 113: 209-14. -----& Gerkess, W. M. Ueber den Rezeptorapparat der Kapselbakterien. Ibid., 112:116-35. Also Acta path, microb. scand., 1930, suppl.3, 97-118.—Etinger-Tulczynska, R. Bakterienkapseln und Quel- lungsreaktion. Zschr. Hyg., 1932-33, 114: 7i;«.i SO.- -Fiorito, G. La capsula batterica ed il suo signifirato. Aim. med. nav., Roma, 1921, 1: 3-22.—Hadley, P. The action of the htic prin- ciple on capsulated bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.. N.Y., 1925-26,23:109-11.—Hagan, W. A. The Gins method of demon- strating capsules of bacteria. Science, 1927, 66: 1,3.—Kramar, E. Untersuchungen tiber die chemische Beschaffenheit der Kapselsubstanz einiger Kapselbakterien. Zbl Bakt., l.Abt., 1921-22, 87: Orig., 101-6.—Lieb, F. Ein Beiti'Mi: zur Diagnostik gramnegativer Kapselbakterien. Ibid., 1931, 122: 495.-----■ Ueber Untersuchungsmethoden von Kapselbakterien. Ibid., 1933, 129: 233-7—Marbais, S. Bacilles encapsules et indol, artichaut et rouge neutre. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 48 — Plasaj, S. Ueber das Wesen der Bakterienkapseln. Zbl. Bakt , l.Abt., 1923-24, 91: Orig., 353-5.—Prica, M. Studien tiber Kap- selbakterien. Ibid., 1929-30, 115: 334-45.—Reichenbach. Die Bedeutung der Bakterienkapseln fiir die Virulenz. Deut. med. Wschr., 1916, 42: 1055.—Riemsdijk, M. van [New method of demonstrating the capsules of bacteria] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1921, 65: 823-36. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1921, 86: Orig., 177- 96.—Sabatucci, M. Un metodo semplice e sicuro per mettere in evidenza le capsule batteriche. Ann. igiene, 1931, 41: 77-9, pi.—Thompson, R. An organism with a transverse capsule. J. Bact., Bait., 1934,28: 41, pi.—Toenniessen. E. Untersuchungen iiber die Kapsel (Gummihiille) der pathogenen Bakterien; die chemische Beschaffenheit der Kapsel und ihr dadurch bedingtes Verhalten gegeniiber der Fixierung und Farbung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1920, 85: Orig., 225-37. ---- Catalase. See also Bacteria, Enzymes. Hagihara, J. Ueber Bakterienkatalase. Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 140: 171-4.—Jacoby, M. Ueber Bakterien-Katalase. Ibid., 1918, 92: 129-38.—Kirchner, O. Weitere Untersuchungen zur bioskopischen Reduktionsmethode als Mittel zum Studium der Lebensvorgiinge der Bakterien; die Abhangigkelt der Restre- duktion und des Katalasegehalts der Bakterien von bestimmten Faktoren. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1927, 52: 108-24.—Ohtsubo, I. On katalase of bacteria. Kitasato Arch., 1923-24. 6: 61-81.— Schlunk, F. Der Zweck der Katalase bei den Bakterien und ihre Bewertung als Ferment. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1924, 92: Orig., 116-24.— Virtanen, A. I., & Karstrom, H. Quantitative Enzymbestimmungen an Mikroorganismen; der Katalasegehalt des Bakterien. Biochem. Zschr., 1925,161: 9-46.—Virtanen, A. I., & Winter, A. 0. Ueber die Einwirkung einiger Faktoren auf den Katalasegehalt der Bakterien. Ibid., 1928, 197: 210-21. ---- Chemical composition. Angerer, K. von. Ueber die aktuelle Reaktion im Tnnern der Bakterienzelle. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1920, 89: 327-40.—Barber, C. Etude comparative des cendres de certaines especes micro- biennes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 982; 10S: 317-9.—Benton, A. G. Studies on quantitative determination of fat in micro- organisms. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1922-23, 20: 512.— Boivin, A., & Mesrobeanu, L. Contribution a l'etude de la composition chimique des bacteries; substances azotees et phosphorees acido-solubles. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 76-9. ----- Les substances phosphorees au cours de l'autolyse bac- terienne. Ibid., 611-3. —— Action des electrolytes sur l'equilibre des substances phosphorees de la cellule bacterienne. Ibid., 1009-11. ----- Contribution a l'etude de la composition chimique des bacteries: les corps puriques microbiens. Ibid., 114: 302-4. —---Les derives de l'acide nvro-phosphorique dans la cellule microbienne. Ibid., 305-7 Also Arch roumain path., Par., 1934, 7: 95-133.—Bradley, H. C, & Nichols, M. S. Nitrogen content of bacterial cells; method. J. Biol. Chem , 1918, 33: 525-9. Also repr.—Callow, A. B., & Robinson, M. E. The nitroprussule reaiiion of bacteria. Biochem. J., Lond., 1925,10:19-24.—Castellani, A. Biochemical characters of certain bacteria. Brit. M.J., 1925. 2: 734.-Damboviceanu, A., & Bar- ber, C. Contribution a IViude de la composition chimique (cendres) des bacteries. Arch, roumain. path., Par., 1931, 4: 5-40.—Damon, S. R. Some observations in regard to growth- promoting substances of bacterial origin. J. Biol. Chem , 1923, 56: 895-902—Eisler, M., & Gulacsy, Z. Ueber wnsserlosliche Phosphatide aus Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt, 1 Abt 1930 117- 500-5.—Fildes, P. Medical bacterial chemistry. Lancet] Uond., 1934, 2: 8,3— Freund, J. Alcohol soluble specific sub- stances of B. diphtheria and of Streptothrix. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol.. NY., 1920-27 24: 30-2.-Gore, S. N. Protein reactions of bacteria (a plea for their routine use and intensive study) Ind. M Gaz 1930, 65: 261-73, pl.-Guillemin, M. A study of the relation between the fixed and free salts of bacteria. In Papers Mayo Found (1921-22) Phila., 1923, 2: 583. -±- & Larson t Tnf«.t ™« no'S? £,etTlenJhe-?xed and free salts of bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., 1922, 31: 349-55.—Gundel, M. Ueber Bikterien- hpoide. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abl.. 1930, 116: 81-9.-Hecht, EZur Frage des Stenngehaltes von Bakterien, insbesondere des Tuber- kelbacihus zugleich ein methodischer Beitrag zum Nachweis des Cholestenns. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1935, 231 ■ S-38 - Hopkms E. W., Peterson, W. H., & Fred. E. B. The composition of the cells of certain bacteria, with special reference to their carbon and their nitrogen content. J Biol Chem 1929-30 85: 21-,.-Johnson. T. B. The chemical study of bacteria-the development of a systematic analytical method for the omrara tivestudy of bacterial cells. Am. Rev. Tuberc 1926 14?64^71 burialTtnaTvsi;?flu^ln/* ^development of- aT technique of Dactenai anal>sis. Tr. Nat. Tuberc. Ass., 1929, 25: 201-5.— BACTERIA 19 BACTERIA Landsteiner, K., & Furth, J. Extraction of precipitable sub- stances of bacilli, with dilute alcohol. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1926-27, 24: 379.—Larson, L. W., & Larson, W. P. Factors governing the fat content of bacteria and the influence of fat on pellicle formation. J. Infect. Dis., 1922, 31: 407-15— Lustig, A. I nucleoproteidi bacterid. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1925, 4: 113-21.—Makrino, I. A. [Use of microchemical analysis in bac- teriological examinations] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1929, 29: 27-9.— Nelson, C. I. The intracellular proteins of bacteria; globulins. J. Infect. Dis., 1926, 38: 371-7; 1927, 40: 412-22. Also repr — Pfeffer, W. Ueber die lockere Bindung von Sauerstoff in gewis- sen Bacterien. Ber. Sachs. Ges. Wiss., math.-phys. Kl., 1896, 48: 379-83.—Schaffer, A. J., Folkov, C, & Bayne-Jones, S. On the presence of nucleic acid in bacteria. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1922, 33: 151.—Shaughnessy, H. J., & Winslow, C. E. A. The diffusion products of bacterial cells as influenced by the presence of various electrolytes. J. Bact., Bait., 1927,14:69-99.— Solarino, G. Ricerche sui corpi creatinici dei batteri. Gior. batt. immun., 1936, 16: 33-48.—Stephenson, M. The chemistry of the bacteria. Annual Rev. Biochem., 1932, 1: 637-54; 1933, 2: 485-502; 1934, 3: 519-34; 1935, 4: 593-614.—Tajima, J. Ueber die Fette der Bakterien; iiber ihre Beziehungen zu den Arten des Niihrbodens, zur Dauer und Temperatur der Ziichtung. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1935, 25: 456-60—Toenniessen, E. Ueber die chemische Beschaffenheit der Bakterienhtillen und iiber die Gewinnung der Eiweissubstanzen aus dem Inneren der Bakte- rienzelle. Miinch. med. Wschr.. 1919, 66: 1412—Trillat, A. Sur les proprietes differentes des liquides. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1923, 176: 144-6—Welker, W. H., Fetersen, W. F. [et al.] Bac- terial proteins. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.. N.Y., 1925-26,23:451-3 — Winslow, C. E. A., & Shaughnessy, H. J. The alkaline isopoten- tial point of the bacterial cell: preliminary note. Ibid., 1923- 24, 21: 437. ---- chromogenic. See also under names of bacteria as Pseudo- monas; Serratia, &c. Angerer, von. Ueber das Irisieren von Bakterienkolonien. Sitzber. Ges. Morph. Munchen, l9'->"\ 36: 90-2.—Buchbinder, S.I. [Formation of pigment in colorless bacteria] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1918, 21: 91-100.—Carpano, M. Su di un batterio cromo- geno con particolare disposizione a rosetta (Bacterium asteroidis) Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1923-24. 3: 241-7, pi.—Chatton, E., & Chatton, M. Sur le pouvoir cytolytique immediat des cultures de quelques bacteries chromogenes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 289-92.—Cunningham, J., & Raghavachari, T. N. S. Note on the appearance of a violet producing organism in certain water sup- plies of the Madras Presidency. Ind. J.M. Res., 1923-24, 11: 1285-9.—Dhere, C, & Rapetti, L. Les fluorescences bacte- riennes etudiees au moyen de 1'analyse spectrale; bacilles de la tuberculose et de la diphterie. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1935, 3.ser., 114: 96-103.—Dmitrievskaya, N. A. [Formation of pig- ment as a differential sien in determination of microbes] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1929, 29: 217-20. Also Zbl. Bakt., 2,Abt., 1929, 78: 352-4.—Fukumoto, K. Pigment-production of B. pyocyaneus and B. prodigiosus on agar media composed of mackerel or bean- cake. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1934, 21: 17—Gasperini, C. G. Su di una nuova schizofita cromogena. Riv. idr. clim., 1931, 42: 40H —Grimes, M. An aerobic capsulated bacterium chromo- genic on sugar media. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1927, 72: 367 — Lantzsch, K. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Fluorescens-Gruppe. Ibid., 1921-22, 87: Orig., 81-95.—Lawrynovicz, A., & Stankowska, M. [Use of coagulated egg white in examination of chromogenic properties of microbes] Med. dosw., 1934,18: 229-31.—Mazzetti, G. Tipi dissociati di un germe cromogeno saprofita. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena. 1932, lO.ser., 7: 801-5. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1932, 7:1401-5.—Mildenberg, H. Ueber einen blauen Farbstoff bildenden Bacillus aus der Luft und seine Beziehun- gen zum Bacillus der blauen Milch. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1922-23, 56: 309-2*.— Morgenthaler, O. Ein farbstoffbildender Bacillus aus Bienenlarven. Ibid., 1916, 46: 444-50, pi—Pangalos, G. Sur un bacille chromogene isole par hemoculture. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 1097.—Pulvertaft, R. J. V. Bacterial fluorescence with ultra-violet light. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1934, 38: 355-62.— Reader, V. A note on the lipochromes present in certain bac- teria. Biochem. J., Lond., 1925, 19: 1039-46.—Sack, J. Eine griine Bakterie. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1925, 65:113-6—Sartory, A., Sartory, R., & Meyer, J. Etude d'une substance chromogene produite par une bacterie nouvelle. C rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 40-3.—Seppilli, A. Influenza di calcio sulla produzione dei pigmenti batterici. Atti Congr. naz. microb., 1931, 155-8. Also Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1931, 3: 178-81.— Testa, E. Sul gruppo di batteri a pigmento rosso coltivati in terreni zuccherati." Gior. ital. mal. esot. trop., 1930, 3: 246-51.— Thomson, D., & Thomson, R. The classification and identi- fication of certain chromogenic bacteria by microphotography. Ann. Pickett Thomson Lab., 1925-26,2: 21-8, 6pl— Utermohl, H. Phaeobakterien (Bakterien mit braunen Farbstoffen) Biol. Zbl., 1923-24, 43: 605-9. ---- Classification. See also Bacteria, Variability. Bergey, D. H. Bergey's manual of determi- native bacteriology; a key for the identification of organisms of the class Schizomycetes. 442p. 8? Bait., 1923. ---- ALso2.ed. 462p., 1925. ---- ALso3.ed. 589p., 1930. ---- ALso4.ed. 664p., 1934. Enlows, E. M. A. The generic names of bac- teria. 115p. 8? Wash., 1920. Forms Bull. 121 of U.S. Pub. Health Serv. Hyg. Lab. Pribram, E. Klassifikation der Schizomyce- ten (Bakterien) Versuch einer wissenschaftlichen Klassifikation der Bakterien auf botanischer Grundlage. 143p. 8? Lpz., 1933. Adami, J. G. Standardization in bacteriology.. J. State M., Lond., 1921, 39: 05-73.—Buchanan, R. E. Studies in the classifi- cation and nomenclature of the bacteria; subgroups and genera of the Myxobacteriales and Spirochaetales. J. Bact., Bait., 191 s, 3: 541-5. ----- The present status of bacterial taxonomy and nomenclature. Proc. Internat. Congr. Plant Sc. (1926) 1929, 1: 195-201.-----Breed, R. S., & Rettger, L. F. A diagram- matic summary of various bacterial classifications. J. Bact., Bait., 1928, 16: 387-96.—Ehrismann, 0. Der Begriff des Typus in der Bakteriologie. Klin. Wschr.. 1935, 14: 625-7.—Families (The) and genera of the bacteria; final report of the Committee of the Society of American Bacteriologists on characterization and classification of bacterial types. J. Bact., Bait., 1920, 5: 191-229.—Fleck, L. [Idea of species in bacteriology] Polska eaz. lek., 1931, 10: 522-4.—Hall, I. C. Some fallacious tendencies in bacteriologic taxonomy. J. Bact., Bait., 1927, 13: 245^53.— Haupt, H. Der gegenwartige Stand der Systematik und Benen- nung der Bakterien und ihre Anwendung in der medizinischen Bakteriologie. Erg. Hyg. Bakt., 1932, 13: 641-85.—Hoder, F. Die Stellung der Bakterien in der Gruppe der Mikroorranismen. Aerztl. Prakt., 1931-32, 2: 191.—Holmquist, R. Zur'Kenntnis von Bacillus Brunkman. Acta path, microb. scand., 1926, 3: 633-6.—Janke, A. Zur Systematik der Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1925-26, 66: 481-9; 1930, 80: 481-92. -----& Lacroix, H. Entwurf eines natiirlichen Systems der Bakterien und einer Klassifizierung der biochemischen Mikrobenleistungen. Ibid., 1929, 79: 161-7.—Kelser, R. A. The new classification of bac- teria. Vet. Bull., Wash.. 1924, 13: suppl., 5 9— Lavier, G., & Hauduroy, P. Sur un bacille isole d'abces sous-cutanes chez un triton (Molge alpestris) C. rend. Soc. biol.. 1925, 92: 1272.— Loghem, J. J. van [An American classification of bacteria] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1920, 64: pt2, 2541-5.—M'Leod, J. W., & Gordon, J. Catalase production and sensitiveness to hydrogen peroxide amongst bacteria; with a scheme of classification based on those properties. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1923, 26: 326-31.— Macy, H. Chart of the families and genera of the bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1921. 6: 575.—Mesnil, F. Families et genre de bacteries d'aprts les recents travaux americains. Bull. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1923, 21: 945-53.—Monias, B. L. Classification of Bacterium alcaligenes. pyocvaneum, and fluorescens. J. Infect. Dis., 1928, 43: 330-4. Also repr.—Neufeld. Die Tvpen- frage in der Bakteriologie. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931,122:104^11.— Orla-Jensen, S. The main lines of the natural bacterial system. J. Bact., Bait., 1921, 6: 263-73— Perkins, R. G. Classification of spore-free gram-negative, aerobic rods; with special reference to fermentation and proteolysis. J. Infect. Dis., 1925, 37: 232-55.— Phillips, C. The new nomenclature in bacteriology. South. M.J., 1925.18: 787-90.— Pribram, E. A contribution to the classi- fication of microorganisms treating the orders Eubacteriales and Actinomycetales. J. Bact., Bait., 1929,17: 8; 18: 361-94. ----- Pathogenicity and classification of microorganisms. Ibid., 1931, 22: 427-32.—Rahn, O. Statistische Studien tiber die Systeme der Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1916, 46: 4-19. ----- Die Ursachen der mangelhaften Systematik. Ibid., 1920, 50: 273-93. ----- Contributions to the classification of bacteria. Ibid., 1929, 78: 1-21.—Redman, T. The classification of some lactose- fermenting organisms isolated from cheeses, waters, and milk. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1922, 25: 63-76—Thomson, D., & Thomson, R. The classification and identification of germs bv micropho- tography. Ann. Pickett Thomson Lab., 1924, 1: 195-200, 7pl.— Van Eseltine, G. P. The gender of 'generic names of bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1933, 26: 569-71—Zettnow, E. Einigeneue Bak- terien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1915-16, 77: Orig., 209-34, 2pl. ---- Conservation. Dikomeit, B. G. *Ueber ein einfaches Ver- fahren zur Konservierung lebender Bakterien- kulturen [Freiburg i. Br.] p.290-304. 8? Jena, 1926. Also Zbl. Bakt., 1926, l.Abt., 101: Abt, G., & Blanc, G. Culture et conservation des microbes sur les milieux a la levure autolysee. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 84: 452. Also Arch. Inst. Pasteur hellen., 1923-26, 1: 18 — Assis, A. de. Meio simples de conservar as culturas micro- bianas. Arch. Inst. Vital Brasil, 1925, 3: 127-9—Baudot, E. A. R. F. Eine praktische Methode, die Virulenz der Bak- terien zu erhalten und deren Lebensdauer auf ktinstlichem Nahrboden zu verlangern. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1920, 28: 623.—Burky, E. L. Use of Eberson yeast agar medium for preser- vation of strains of meningococcus, gonococcus, pneumococcus, B. influenzae, and B. pertussis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 83: 999 — Cuboni, E. Metodo per la preparazione di culture da museo. Bull. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1933, 12: 68-70— Daranyi, J. Beitrag zur Konservierung von Bakterienkulturen mit Paraffin. Zblr Bakt., l.Abt., 1928, 108: 160-2.—Dikomeit, B. Ueber ein ein- BACTERIA 20 BACTERIA faches Verfahren zur Konservierung lebender Bakterienkultu- ren. Ibid., 1926-27, 101: 290-304—Dmitrievskaya, N. A. [Pres- ervation of live microbe cultures] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1930, 30: 345-52.—Heise, H. A. Simple methods of preserving culture media. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1929-30, 15: 1025—Hewitt, J. H. A method for making permanent mounts of cultures of bacteria. Bull. Internat. Ass. M. Mus., 1915, no.5, 119-21, pi.—Jones, F. B. Note on the preservation of cultures for exhibition pur- poses. Ibid., 1922, 8: 132-4.—Kirschner, L. Lasting conserva- tion of bacteria and of fixed rabies-virus. Meded. burgerl. geneesk. dienst Ned.Indie, 1924, pt3, 294-301, pi.—Kurokawa, A. Ein Beitrag zur Konservierung lebender Bakterien. To- hoku J. Exp. M., 1927, 9: 70-2.—Manoussakis, E. L'animal- etude, procede de conservation et de transport des germes peris- sables. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 1160—Otten, L. [Con- servation of pathogenic bacteria by drying] Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned.Indie, 1929, 18: 367-81. Also Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1930, 2: 89-95. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1930, 116: 199-210.—Pergher, G. La conservazione dei microbi asporigeni in sangue. Ann. igiene, 1927, 37: 438-45.—Petragnani, G. La lunga conservazione degli stipiti batterici nei sangue di cavia. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1926, lO.ser., 18: 173-6. Also Gior. batt. immun., 1926, 1: 364-7.—Puntoni, V. Sopravvivenza de- cennale di alcuni microbi del gruppo tifo-coli conservati in liquidi organici. Ann. igiene, 1923, 33: 165-8.—Sette, N. Metodo sem- plice per la conservazione di ceppi batterici. Ibid., 1927, 37: 542-4.—Swift, H. F. Preservation of stock culture of bacteria by freezing and drying. J. Exp. M., 1921, 33: 69-75. Also Bull. Internat. Ass. M. Mus., 1922, 8: 128-32.—Truche, C. Moyen simple et pratique de conservation des germes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1924, 38: 516-9.—Ungermann, E. Eine einfache Methode zur Gewinnung von Dauerkulturen empfindlicher Bakterienarten und zur Erhaltung der Virulenz tierpatho- gener Keime. Arb. Gesundhamt., 1918, 51: 180-99.—Winslow, C. E. A. The importance of preserving the original types of newly described species of bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1921,6: 133. ---- Cultivation [and growth] American type culture collection: cata- logue of cultures. 96p. 8? Bait., 1927. Great Britain. Medical Research Coun- cil. Catalogue of the national collection of type cultures maintained at the Lister Institute of preventive medicine, Chelsea Gardens, London. 40p. 8? Lond., 1922. Forms no.64 of Special report series. Sarnowiec, L. *Le milieu de culture et le microbe; recherches sur leurs influences recipro- ques [Alfort] 64p. 8? Par., 1925. Sergent, A. L. *Les facteurs de croissance des microbes sur milieux artificiels. 182p. 8? Par., 1928. Ahuja, M. L. A preliminary note on certain factors influenc- ing bacterial growth. Ind. J.M. Res., 1929-30, 17: 231-8.— Andervont, H., & Simon, C E. On the origin of the so-called pellucid areas which develop on agar cultures of certain spore- bearing bacteria. Am. J. Hyg., 1924, 4: 386-92, pi.—Angerer, K. von. Ueber die Bedingungen der Entwicklung von Ober- flachenkolonien. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1925, 96: 231-6.— Benton, A. G. Some observations on pellicle formation. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1922-23,20: 513.—Berdnikow, A. Limite du developpement des microbes dans les milieux artificiels. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 90:1305.—Berthelot, A., Ramon, G. [et al.] Sur quelques particularites des cultures de bacteries et de cham- pignons inferieurs en milieux bilifis. Ibid., 1927, 96: 963-5.— Besson, A., Ranque, A., & Senez, C. Sur la vie des microbes dans les milieux liquides sucres. Ibid., 1919, 82: 107-9—Bes- sonov, N. Erscheinungen beim Wachstum von Mikroorganis- men auf stark rohrzuckerhaltigen Nahrboden und die Chon- driomfrage. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1920, 50: 444-64, pi.—Broom, J. C The exhaustion of media in bacterial culture. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1929, 10: 71-83.—Burgvits, G. K., & Vladimirskaya, N. N. [Changes of cultural characteristics of certain bacteria in relation to growth on various species of potatoes] Mikrobio- logiya, Moskva, 1932, 1: 429-38.—Carra, J. Modiflcazioni bio- logiche dei germi in rapporto al loro accrescimento sui terreni sintetici. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Modena, 1923-24, 24-25:105-11. Also Ann. igiene, 1925,35:127-31.—Chistjakov, F. M. [Influence of solid phases in the development of acetonbutylic bacteria on liquid media] Mikrobiologiya, Moskva, 1932, 1: 19-29.— Churchman, J. W. The effect of repeated re-inoculations of gentian violet agar, with gentian positive organisms. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21, 18: 20.—Clark, P. F., & Ruehl, W. H. Morphological changes during the growth of bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1919,4: 615-29.—Cohen, B. The bacterial culture as an electrical half-cell. Ibid., 1931, 21: 18—Dal Collo, P. G. Osservazioni sulle sostanze autoinibitrici nelle colture bacte- riche. Clin. med. ital., 1924, 55: 281-7—Dimitrijevic-Speth, V., & Magovtschevic-Schneider, D. Der Schwarmradius und die Schwarmeigenhemmung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1930-31, 119: 144-7.—Dyson, C. B. The primary organism in cultures. Brit. M.J., 1921, 1: 932.—Eisler, M. von. Ueber das Wachstum von Bakterien auf ihren arteigenen und fremden Leibesbestandtei- len. Zbl. Bakt., 1918, l.Abt., 81: Orig., 196-203.—Estor. W. Quantitative Untersuchungen fiber die Beziehungen zwischen dem Wachstum von Bakterien und Pilzen und der Konzentra- tion einiger Neutralsalze. Ibid., 2.Abt., 1927, 72: 411-43.— Felton, L. D. A study of the growth of certain microorganisms on reinoculated media. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1923, 34: 313-6.—Florence, G., & Lafay, G. Contribution a l'etude des variations des milieux de culture sous l'influence des micro- organismes. Arch. phys. biol., Par., 1935, 12: 37-55.—Florence, L. Spiral bodies in bacterial cultures. J. Bact., Bait., 1921, 6: 371-7.—Gartokh, O. O., & Kanevskaya, M. I. [Growth of bac- teria] Soviet, vrach. gaz., 1932, 36: 393—Gladstone, G. P., Fildes, P., & Richardson, G. M. Carbon dioxide as an essential factor in the growth of bacteria. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1935, 16: 335-48.—Gorini, C. La cultura ascendente nelle ricerche batte- riologiche. Rendic. 1st. Lombard, sc. lett., 2.ser., 1916, 49: 986-93.—Graham-Smith, G. S. The behaviour of bacteria in fluid cultures as indicated by daily estimates of the numbers of living organisms. J. Hyg., Lond., 1920-21, 19: 133-204.—Habs, H., & Blau, N. Ueber den Einfluss des Stickstoffgehaltes des N&hrmediums auf die Zusammensetzung der Bakterien. Zschr. Hyg., 1933,115:358-69.—Haj6s, K. Beitr&ge zur Frage der wachs- tumshemmenden Wirkung von Bouillonkulturen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922, 88: Orig., 583-5.—Hansen, M., Breuer, H., & Haag, F. E. Ueber die Vermehrung der Spaltpilze nach der Einsaat in fltissige Nahrmittel. Ibid., 1934, 131: 469-77.—Henrici, A. T. Morphological variation and the rate of growth of bacteria. Proc. Internat. Congr. Plant Sc. (1926) 1929,1:185-94.—Herring- ton, B. L. A note regarding the lag period. J. Bact., Bait., 1934, 28: 177-9.—Hoder, F. Die M-Konzentration. Fortsch. Med., 1928, 46: 744.—Hbfer, P. A. Ueber die Verwendbarkeit physikalischer Methoden zur Untersuchung des Bakterien- wachstums und der dabei auftretenden Veriinderungen in fltis- sigen Nahrboden. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922, 88: Orig., 171-4.— Hueper, W. C, & Russell, M. A. Calcium precipitations and alkalinization in aerobic tissue cultures. Am. J.M.Sc, 1933, 186: 383-90, 2pl.—Hulton-Frankel, F., Barber, H., & Pyle, E. Studies on synthetic mediums; study of the characteristics of some bacteria on a simple synthetic medium. J. Infect. Dis., 1919,24: 9-16; 19-21. Alsorepr.—Ilzhbfer, H., & Angerer, K. von. Ueber die Bedeutung der Diffusionsvorgange fiir das Kolonie- wachstum. Arch. Hyg.. Munch., 1925, 96: 237-50.—Isaacs, M. L. Factors which influence tests of bacterial survival; the effect of varying periods of incubation of the survival test culture. J. Bact., Bait., 1930, 20: 161-74—Jensen, P. B. Ueber Wachs- tumsregiilatoren bei Bakterien. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 236: 205-10.—Jermoljeva, Z., & Bujanovskaja, I. Ueber die gegen- seitige Beeinflussung der kulturellen Eigenschaften der Mikro- ben bei gemeinsamer Ztichtung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927,104: 507-10.—Johansen, A. H. [On the dependence of the growth of bacteria on the reaction of the medium] Hospitalstidende, 1920, 63: 777-85.—Katzu, S. Ueber die M-Konzentration salzbil- dender Bakterien. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1925, 95: 101-20.— Kelly, C. D , & Rahn, O. The growth rate of individual bac- terial cells. J. Bact., Bait., 1932, 23: 147-53.—Koga, G., & Otsubo, G. Spirochete-like spiral bodies in bacterial cultures. J. Infect. Dis., 1919, 24: 56-62. Also repr.—Kofinek, J. Zur Biologie der Bakterienkolonie. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1934-35, 91: 184-95.—Koser, S. A., & Saunders, F. Growth factors in relation to development of certain fastidious bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 1267-9— Kuhn, P., & Sternberg, K. Ueber Bakterien und Pettenkoferien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 121: 113-61, 15pl— Laborderie, J. Une etude a cultures. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1918, 32: 636— Laidlaw, P. P. On structures which develop in certain culture media and resemble colonies of micro-organisms. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1925-26, 6: 36-9, pi.— Larson, W. P., & Evans, R. D. Changes in the surface tension of broth produced by the growth of bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.. N.Y., 1923-24, 21: 133.—Legroux, R. L'ectolyse bacte- rienne. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 373-5. -----& Magrou, J. Etat organise des colonies bacteriennes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1920, 34: 417-31.—Leichtentritt, B. Die Bedeutung akzes- sorischer Nahrstoffe fiir das Bakterienwaehstum. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1921, 58: 631-4.—Lemon, C. G. An interpretation of bacterial growth-rate curves. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1933, 33: 495 — Levaditi, C, & Dimancesco-Nicolau, O. Formations asteroTdes autour des dep6ts telluriques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 531-3— Lbhr. Ueber die Bedeutung des Milieus fiir das Bak- terienwaehstum, zugleich ein Beitrag tiber eine Immunisierung gegen Streptokokken und Staphylokokken. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 187.—Lbhr, W. Ueber die Bedeutung des Milieus fur das Wachstum und die Pathogenitat der Bakterien; eine experimentelle Studie. Arch. klin. Chir., 1926, 143: 331-83 — Mason, M. M. A comparison of the maximal growth rates of various bacteria under optimal conditions. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 29: 103-10.—MoUo, L. Ricerche sul potere di localizzazione dei germi. Gior. batt. immun., 1934, 12: 471-80—Mueller, J. H. rnS.^o^S ^itural requirements of bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1922, 7: 309; 325-38.-Nicolle, M., & Cesart, E. Influence des im- munserums specifiques sur la culture des microbes pathogenes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1926, 40: 43-8.-Nielsen, N., & Har- tehus, V. Ueber die Bildung eines Wuchsstoffes (Gruppe B) auf chemischem Wege. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 256-2-10 — ?• 78^7enn»;ei• I?0t?T°? mi,xed cultures. Lancet, Lond., 1920, TAKr^o/noA1-- u0e,berBaktenenreinztichtung. Zbl.Bakt. l.Abt., 1924 92: Orig 312-5.-Ostroumov, A. Ueber den Wachs- tumsyerlauf der mehrzelligen Organismen und der Mikroben- £0l0me& }°f- An?" 1925> 63: H3-30.-Pierret, R. Contribu- dot" P^„UvdFdeS^,lle»UX ™™*s. ,C-rend- Soc' ^v 1921 84: 903.-Pinoy, E., & Lantz. Cultures de diverses bacteries path©- BACTERIA 21 BACTERIA genes en milieu mineral. Ibid., 1933,113: 1446—Piatt, B. S. A note on the significance of gelatin for bacterial growth. Bio- chem. J., Lond., 1927, 21: 16-8.—Pringsheim, E. Ueber Kolo- nien mit Wachstum in einseitswendigen Spiralen. Zbl. Bakt., 1918,48: 513-5.—Rahn, 0. Ueber den Einfluss der Stoffwechsel- produkte auf das Wachstum der Bakterien. Ibid., 2. Abt., 1906, 16: 417; 609.—Rogers, L. A. The American type culture collec- tion. J. Bact., Bait., 1932, 23: 193; 1934, 27: 486. ----- & Greenbank, G. R. The intermittent growth of bacterial cultures. Ibid., 1930, 19: 181-90.—Scarpellini, A. Le colture rampicanti. Riv. biol., 1925, 7: 39-45.—Schachner, J. Die Bolzen- Oder Zapfenform von Bakterien- und Hefekolonien. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1928,76:328-83,4pl— Schafer, H. Beziehungen zwischen lebenden und abgetoteten Bakterien (Impfstoffen) Versuche in vitro. Ibid., l.Abt., 1930, 118: 388-99.—Schmalhausen, I., & Bordzilowskaja, N. Studien tiber Wachstum und Differenzie- rung; die individuelle Wachstumskurve der Bakterien. Arch. Entwmech., 1926, 107: 672-8. ----- Das individuelle Wachs- tum der Bakterien und Hefe. Ibid., 1930, 121: 726-54.—Schu- bert, O. Ueber Koloniebildung der Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1920, 84: Orig., 1-12.—Scudder, S. A. The precipitation of magnesium ammonium phosphate crystals during the growth of bacteria in media containing nitrogenous substances. J. Bact., Bait., 1928, 16: 157-61.—Sherman, J. M., & Albus, W. R. The function of lag in bacterial cultures. Ibid., 1924, 9:303-5.— Shwartzman, G. The mechanism of shortening of the lag period in bacterial cultures containing certain food accessory substances. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1924-25, 22: 178-82.—SUber, L. A., & Nikolskaj'a, S. I. Ueber gemischte Bakterienkulturen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929,112: 451-4.—Stockmayer, W. Vergleichende Untersuchungen tiber die Vermehrungsfahigkeit geschwachter Keime in ktinstlichen Nahrboden und im Tierkorper. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1925, 95: 79-87.—Stranski, I. N., & Totomanov, D. Keimbildungsgeschwindigkeit und Ostwaldsche Stufen- regel. Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt.A, 1932-33, 163: 399-408 — Telegdy-Kovats, L. The growth and respiration of bacteria in sand cultures in the presence and absence of protozoa. Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond., 1932.19:65-86—Topley, W. W. C, & Fielden, H. A. The succession of dominant species in a mixed bacterial culture in a fluid medium. Lancet, Lond., 1922, 2: 1164.— Trillat, A. Influence de l'etat de division des gouttelettes micro- biennes sur l'ensemencement des terrains de culture. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1921, 172: 339-41. Also Rev. hyg., Par., 1921, 43: 121-4.—Volpino, G. Su alcune proprieta fisiche delle colonie batteriche nei terreni affumicati. Ann. igiene, 1928, 38: 357- 63, pi.—Walker, H. H. Numbers, size, and optical density at various phases of the bacterial culture cycle. J. Bact., Bait., 1935,31:17. -----Winslow, C. E. A. [et al.] The physiological youth of a bacterial culture as evidenced by cell metabolism. Ibid., 1934, 27: 303-24.—Wolff, L. K. Ueber Hemmung von Bakterienwachstum im Menschenserum. Zschr. Immun- forsch., 1928, 56: 279-87.—Wyckoff, R. W. G. Bacterial growth and multiplication as disclosed by micro motion pictures. J. Exp. M., 1934, 59: 381-92, 4pl. Also repr.—Zikes, H. Ueber abnorme Kolonienbildungen bei Hefen und Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1916, 46: 1-4. ---- Cultivation: Culture media. See also Bacteria, Hydrogen-ion concentration. Berger, F. *Ueber die Verwendung von Kalbsmilznahrboden in der Bakteriologie [Bres- lau] 45p. 8? Borna-Lpz., 1926. Brandl, M. *Ueber die Brauchbarkeit pflanzlicher Ersatzmittel des Fleischwassers zur Herstellung von Bakteriennahrboden. 6p. 8? Munch., 1921. Burchardt, H. [P.] *Ueber die Verwendung von Tierkorpermehl als Bakteriennahrboden [Bern] 56p. 8? Berl., 1910. Great Britain. Medical Research Com- mittee. Reports of the special committee upon pathological methods; the reaction of media. 16p. 8? Oxford, 1919. Forms no.35, Spec. Rep. Ser. Kloble, A. *Ueber den polytropen Nahr- boden nach L. Lange [Tubingen] 18p. 8° Schramberg (Wiirtt.) 1931. Legrand, G. *Contribution a l'etude d'une methode pratique d'adjustement des milieux de culture. 57p. 8? Par., 1930. Levine, M., & Schoenlein, H. W. A com- pilation of culture media for the cultivation of microorganisms. 969p. 8? Bait., 1930. Ludewig, M. *Ueber das Verhalten der Bak- terien auf Nahrboden mit Metalloidverbindun- gen. 24p. 8? Rostock, 1913. Manual of dehydrated culture media and reagents. 2.ed. 144p. 12? Detr., 1929. ---- Also 5.ed. 207p. 8? Detr., 1935. Sauerzapfe, E. *Ueber die Brauchbarkeit der mikroskopischen und kulturellen Methoden zur Bestimmung der Keimdichte in festen und fliissigen Nahrboden (unter besonderer Beruck- sichtigung des Verhaltnisses der Gesamtzahl der gezahlten Mikroben zur Anzahl der wachstums- fahigen Keime) [Bonn] 35p. 8? Koln, 1930. Vorstman, N. J. M. *De reactie van bacte- riologische voedingsbodems [Amsterdam] 70p. 8? Enschede, 1922. Zeug, M. F. *Aequilibrierte Salzlosungen als indifferente Suspensionsfliissigkeiten fiir Bak- terien. 19p. 8? Munch., 1920. Acgl, D. Ueber Kongorot-Nahrboden. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1915-16, 77: Orig., 204-7—Ahuja, M. L. Germicidal filtration and its application in the manufacture of media. Ind. J.M. Res., 1929-30, 17: 247.—Alesh, G. Tl terreno grano-fermentato Petragnani nella pratica batteriologica. Igiene mod., 1923, 16: 574-81.—Allison, F. E., & Hoover, S. R. An accessory factor for legume nodule bacteria; sources and activity. J. Bact., Bait., 1934, 27: 561-81.—Angerer, K. von. Ueber die Regeneration von Drigalskiagar; eino kolloid-chemische Studie. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1918, 87: 316-47. ----- Versuche mit der Ver- dauungsbrtihe nach Hottinger. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1921, 86: Orig., 60-83.—Aoi, K. Ueber eine neue Agarzersetzende Boden- bakterienart. Ibid., 2.Abt., 1924-25, 63: 30-2.—Arnaud Agate, H. S., & Arnaud Agate, L. S. The standardisation of a base culture medium. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1922, 38: 163-70 — Asheshov, I. N. Sur un mode avantageux de preparation des milieux de culture. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 360.— Avery, P. M., Mellon, R. R., & Acree, S. E. On the ionization constants of glycerophosphoric acid and the use of carbohydrate phosphates as buffers and nutrients, especially in culture media. Science, 1920, n.s., 52: 613.—Ayers, S. H., Mudge, C S., & Rupp, P. The use of washed agar in culture media. J. Bact., Bait., 1920, 5: 589-96.—Ayers, S. H., & Rupp, P. Extracts of pure rye yeast for culture media. Ibid., 89-98.—Bailey, S. F., & Lacy, G.R. AmodificationoftheKliglerleadacetatemedium. Ibid., 1927,13:183-9.—Barthel, C [The effect of fungi on the cultiva- tion of bacteria in sour milk] Nord. hyg. tskr., 1924, 5: 177- 84.—Baumgarten. Demonstration eines Dahlia-Nahrbodens. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1921, 58: 1418.—Belin. Utilisation de la suspension de gelose alp. 1,000 en technique bacteriologique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929,101: 516-8.—Belkin, K. K. [Placenta as basis of culture mediums] J. epidem. mikrob., Moskva, 1933, 2: SO.—Berczeller, A. Milieu nutritif simple. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 1097.—Berdnikov, A. Des cultures en milieu a ecoulement constant. Ibid., 1923,89:885-7.—Berger, F. Ueber die Verwendung von Kalbsmilznahrboden in der Bakteriologie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 171.—Berthelot, A. Remarques sur 1'emploi des milieux synthgtiques. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1926, 40: 440-6. ----- Amoureux, G., & Chaduc, M. Sur la tension superficielle des milieux bilies. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1927, 9: 851-3.—Berthelot, A., Amoureux, G., & Ramon, G. Sur les avantages du bouillon de rate comme milieu de culture. Ibid., 1926, 8: 934.—Berthelot, A., Amoureux, G., & Van Deinse, F. Sur 1'emploi des crosnes dans la preparation des milieux de culture. Ibid., 1934, 16: 1568-70—Berthelot, A., & Ramon, G. Sur 1'emploi du tapioca dans les milieux de culture. C. rend. Soc biol., 1925, 93:896.—Bezssonov, A. A. [Various phenomena connected with the preparation of acid agar media] Vest. microb., 1929,8:325.—Bickert, F. W. Eine verbesserte Methode zur raschen Herstellung von Agar-Nahrboden. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1932, 124: 100-12— Bitter, L. Tropon als brauchbarer Ersatz von Pepton zur Bereitung von Bakteriennahrboden. Deut. med. Wschr., 1920, 46: 830.—Boissevain, C. H. Replace- ment of potassium by other elements in culture mediums. J. Infect. Dis., 1928, 43: 194-9.—Boiteux, R. Description d'une conserve a bouillon sterile non scellee a la lampe. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1924, 38: 873-8.—Bojanovsky, R. Zweckmassige Neuerungen fiir die Herstellung eines Kieselsaure-Nahrbodens und einige Beitrage zur Physiologie aerober Zelluloseloser. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1925, 64: 222-33, pi—Boor, A. K., & Miller, C. P. Hydrolysate of proteins as the basis for a bacteriological culture medium. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1930-31, 28: 370.—Boyd, E. M., & Reed, G. B. Gas-metal electrode potentials in sterile culture media for bacteria. Canad. J. Res., 1931, 4: 54-68.—Bramigk, F. Peptonselbstbereitung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1921, 86: Orig., 427-32.—Brandl, M. Ueber die Brauchbarkeit pflanzlicher Ersatzmittel des Fleischwassers zur Herstellung von Bakteriennahrboden. Mtinch. med. Wschr., 1921, 68- 143.— Bronfenbrenner, J., De Bord, G. G., & Orr, P. F. Comparative buffering value of American peptones. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1921-22, 19: 16.—Brown, H. C. Observations on the use of citrated media. Lancet, Lond., 1921, 1: 22.—Brown, J. H. Hydrogen ions, titration and the buffer index of bacteriological media. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21, 18: 285. Also J. Bact., Bait., 1921, 6: 555-70. ----- The formol titration of bacteriological media. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1922-23, 20:29-32. Also J. Bact., Bait., 1923, 8: 245-67.—Brunhtibner, G. Ein neues Verfahren zur Herstellung von Bakteriennahrboden. Deut. med. Wschr., 1921, 47: 139.—Bruhns, C. Einige Bemer- kungen tiber verschiedene Pilzarten und Pilznahrboden (Grtitz- Agar, Pollacci-Agar) Derm. Zschr., 1928, 53: 104-12.—Busson, I B. Sterilisierung und Konservierung voo Aszitesnussigkeit zur BACTERIA 22 BACTERIA Xahrbodenbereitung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1926-27, 101: 282 — Caldarola, P. Terreni nutritivi idonei alia coltura., Ann. igiene, 1922, 32: 27-31.—Cambier, R.. & Aubel, C Culture de bacteries en milieu chimiquement defini a base d'acide pyru- vique; degradation de l'acide pyruvique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1922, 175: 71-3.—Cantani, F., & Procaccini, L. Su di un nuovo terreno di cultura. Gior. ital. mal. esot. trop., 1935, 8: 14—7.— Carpenter, H. M., & Long, P. H. Experiments with Kendall's medium. J. Bact., Bait., 1933, 25: 241—4.—Cascelli, G. II latte di soja nella tecnica batteriologica in sostituzione del latte animale. Clin. med. ital., 1926, 57: 559-65.—Castellani, A. The advisability of using in laboratory work sugars tested by microbiological methods. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1933, 36: 1H5. — Cianci, V. Riattivazione di terreni vaccinati. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 712-4—Clark, G. W. A modified procedure for the preparation of testicular infusion agar. J. Bact., Bait., 1920, 5: 99-101—Clauberg, K. W. Ein neuer Ap- parat zur Trocknung von Agarplatten im bakteriologischen Grossbetrieb. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929-30,115:483-6—Condrea, P., & Roth, H. ProcMfe d'election pour la sterilisation des mi- lieux de culture glucoses. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1933,112:1497-9 — Cox, W. C, & Wood, C. B. Elementary chemical and bacterio- logical aspects of the true reaction of culture media. Mil. Sur- geon, 1920, 47: 621-52.—Czaplewski, E. Ueber neue Serum- nahrboden. Deut. med. Wschr., 1920, 46: 829—Dagys, J. Wuchsstoffe der Mikroorganismen in embryonalen Geweben und im Blutungssafte. Protoplasma, Lpz., 1935, 24: 14-91 — Dainelli, M. L'azione del glucosio nei terreni di cultura (nota preventiva) Boll. Accad. med. Perugia, 1925, no.5, 2-4.— Davis, L. Some important factors in the preparation of culture media. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1920, 10: 250-4.—De Angelis, G. Substrati putridi nella coltura di batteri; effetti esaltanti sulla loro virulenza. Gior. batt. immun., 1934, 12: 1206-16.—Deines, G., & Kleinschmit, R. Mikrobiologische oder physiko-chemi- sche Griinde fiir die Schwankung der Sauregradzahlen ?p„) in Bbden? Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1933, 4: 271-9—Delcourt-Ber- nard, E. Filtration rapide du bouillon gelose. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 216.—De Tomasi, A. Un latte trasparente come mezzo culturale. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1926, 5: 323-7.— Dietel, G. Tierkohle als Ersatz fiir Eiereiweiss zur Kliirung von Bakteriennahrboden. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1916-17, 79: Orig., 183.—Distl, G., & Muhry, G. Ueber Bakterienziichtung auf kunstlic'ien Nahrboden. Zschr. Fleisch. Milchhyg., 1927-28, 38: 172-5.—Di Macco, G. Sulla efficacia del nutrosio nei terreno nutritivo di Drigalski-Conradi. Sperimentale, 1920, 74: 71-5.— Dimitrijevic-Speth, V. Weitsre Erfahrun»en mit Agargelatine und ihre verschiedene Durchla^sigkeit far Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 112: 17-25. ----- Der Einfluss von Salzen und Nahrzusaizen auf die Festigkeit von Agarnahrboden. Ibid., 1931, HI: 217-54.—Djichenbo, S. S. Pfianzenmedien und ihre Be^euting in der Bakteriolsgie. Kita=ato Arch., 1935, 12: 338-54.—Dres 1, E. G. Wachstums:emmende Veranderung der Nabrbouillon durch Adsorhent.ien. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 789-91.—Dubos, R. Observations on the oxidation-reduction properties of sterile bpcteriological media. J. Exp. M., 1929, 49: 507-23.—Dupray. M. Coagvdat'on and sterilization of Loeffler's melium in tha autoclave. J. Bact., Bait., 1924, 9: 179-81.—Ebelirg, A. H. Milieu de culture a base de fibrinogene. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, P4: *37. Also J. Exp. M., 1921, 33: 641-6.—Farago, F. [Xitrogm-free agsr-agsr, a producer of sero- toxin] Mai^y. orv. arch., 1931, 32: 325-7.—Fennel, E. A., & Fisher, M. B. Adjustment of reaction of culture mediums. J. Infect. Dis., 1919, 55: 444-51. Also repr.- Fetscher, R., & Zirk- ler, H. Ueer ktinstliche Bakteriennahrboden. Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 1262.—Fiihet, M. Sur 1'emploi des serums the- rapeutiques pf rimes pour la preparation des milieux de culture. C. rend. Sec biol., 1922. 87: 2C9— Foster, L. F., & Randall, S. B. A study of the variations in hydroeenion concentration of broth media. J. Bact., Bait., 1921, 6: 143-60 — Franssen, R. Nicht erhitzte Molke als Bakteriennahrboden. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 114: '.53-7.—Feieb-r, W. Ueber Selbstbereitung von bak- teriologiscber Peptonlosung und iiber Trypsinbouillon zur Pruning auf indolbildende Bakterien. Ibid., 1921, 86: Orig., 424-6.—Fruitman, H. L. Bacteriostatic action of irradiated dye media. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 610-2 — Furhmann,F. Eine neue Plattengussvorrichtung. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1931-32,3: 397-400— Fulmer, E. I., Williams, A. L., & Werk- man, C.H. Theeffect of sterilization ofmedia upon theirgrowth promoting properties toward bacteria J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 21: 299-303.—Gaehtgens, W. Ueber die Verwendung von Kartoffel- wasser zur Herstellung fester Bakteriennahrboden. Zbl. Bakt., 1 .Abt., 1916, 78: Orig., 45-8.—Gassner, G. Hefewassernahrboden und ihre Bewertung. Ibid., l.Abt., 1916-17, 79: Orig., 308-17. ----- Einige Versuche tiber Drigalski-Agar. Ibid., 1918, 81: Orig.. 353-9. ----- Eine Bemerkung zum Kindborgschcn Saurefuchsinagar. Ibid., 1919, 83: Orig., 301-4.—Genung, E. F., & Thompson, L. E. Color diffusion in Endo agar. J. Bact., Bait , 1927, 14: 139-56.—Germain, S. An instrument for the rapid preparation of potato cylinders for diagnostic culture purposes. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1933, 18: 853-5— Gilbert, R., & Humphreys, E. M. The use of potassium tellurite in differential media. J. Bact., Bait., 1926, 11: 141-51.—Gildemeister, E. Ueber Ersatz der Nutrcse in Bakteriendifferentialn'ihrboden. Zbl. Bakt.. l.Abt., 1921-22, 87: Orig., 75.—Gomez, P. pa deter- mination de la reaction acidez, o alcalinidad. Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1930, 21: 394-406.—Gorini, C. Laits dvsgenesiques. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1927, 185: 970-2—Grace, L. G. A method for preparing bacteriologie media containing ascites fluid. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1919-20, 6: 253.-----& Highberger, F. Variations in the hydrogen-ion concentration in uninoculated culture medium. J. Infect. Dis., 1920, 26: 457-62.—Gubitosi, M. Sul comportamento di alcuni germi messi a coltivare in presenza di urea. Pathologica, (lenova, 1925, 17: 613-6.—Hall, H. H., & Lothrop, R. E. The use of clarified honey in culture media. J. Bact., Bait., 1934, 27: 349-55.—Hall, I. C. The early history of litmus in bacteriology. Science, 1921, n.s., 53: 388. ---— The titrimetric adjustment of the hydrogen ion concentration of bacteriologie culture media. J. Bact., Bait., 1923, 8: 387-92.— Hall, I. W. Indicators for culture media containing varying acids and buffers. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1922-23, 3: 182-6.— Hall, M. W., & Lacv, G. R. The mechanism of the Russell double sugar tube. J. Infect. Dis., 1926, 38: 14-23— Hamilton, H. W. Powdered litmus milk; a product of constant quality and color which can be made in any laboratory. J. Bact., Bait., 1921, 6: 43.—Harde, E., & Hauser, A. Milieux de cultures au poisson. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1919,82:1259.—Harris, N. MacL. Theprepa- rntion of Endo's medium. Mil Surgeon, 1925, 57: 280-5.— Harvey, W. F., & Iyengar, K. R. K. Desiccated nutrient media. Ind. J.M. Res., 1921-22, 9: 364- 8—Hauptmann, W. Zur Gram- Elektivitat farbstoffhaltiger Nahrboden; Veranderungen nach Zusatz vom Serum. Zbl. Bakt. l.Abt., 1930, 118: 373-88 — Healy, D.J. The exudate from nutrient agar slants; the so-called water of condensation. J. Bact., Bait., 1926, 12: 179.—Heicken, K. Ueber die Veranderung der Wasserstoffionenkonzentrntion von unbeimpfter Nahrbouillon beim Sterilisieren und Lagern. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1935-36, 135: 513-21—Henriques, 0. M. Sur la determination de la concentration en ions hydrogene dans les milieux de culture geloses. C.rend. Soc.biol., 1922,87: 1220-2.— Henry, L. D., & Marshall. M. S. The stability of carbohvdrate mediums. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1926 27, 12: 474-7—Hirsch-Kauff- mann, H., & Heimann-Trosien, A. Bakterienwaehstum auf dem Bltit diabetischer Kinder. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 1922-4 — Hitchens, A. P. Advantages of culture mediums containing small percentages of agar. J. Infect. Dis., 1921, 29: 390-407.— Hoernin?, M. Ueber Ersatzmittel des Fleischwassers und des Peptons fiir Bakteriennahrboden. Zbl. Bakt. l.Abt., 1925, 96: Orig., 73-80.—Holman, W. L. The value of a cooked meat medium for routine and special bacteriology. J. Bact., Bait., 1919,4:149-55. ----- Device for tubing cooked meat medium. Ibid., 1923, 8: 47.—Hopkins, E. F. Note on the hydrogen-ion concentration of potato dextrose agar and a titration curve of this medium with lactic acid. Phytopathology, 1921, 11: 491-4.—Hruszek, H. Bakterienkulturversuche auf neuen und vereinfachten Nahrboden. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1935,134: 119-22. Also Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 1855-7.—Huss, H. Ein vorteil- hafter Schutz der Nahrboden gegen Austrocknung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 111: 498— James, W. E. A basal medium for the primary isolation of pathogens; a quickly prepared medium, including accessory growth factors from fish roe or quahaugs. J. Bact., Bait., 1934, 28: 323-8, 4pl—Jenkins, C. E. Tomato extract as a culture medium. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1923, 26: 116-8.— Jotten, K. W. Untersuchungen iiber Hefenahrboden. Arb. Reichsgesundhamt., 1920. 52: 339-74.—Johnston, E. S. A method of studying the absorption-transpiration ratio in nu- trient media. Science, 1920, n.s., 52: 517.—Jones, F. B. Clari- fication of culture media without egg albumen. Bull. Internat. Ass. M. Mus.. 1922, 8: 134-6— Jones, H. N. Note on cello- bios as a differentiating sugar for certain bacteria. Science, 1924, n.s., 60: 455.—Kanevskaya, M. I., & Kotliarova, K. S. [Method of quick preparation of Dioudonne's medium] Soviet. vrach. gaz., 1933, 37: 964-6— Karrer, J. L., & Webb, R. W, Titration curves of certain liquid culture media. Ann. Missouri Bot, Card., 1920, 7: 299-305.—Kausch, E., & Weiss, P. Soja- bohnenmehl, ein vollwertiger Ersatz des Nahrbodenfleisches; gleichzeitige Versuche mit Brotnahrbbden. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1934-35, 133: 124-8—Keim, P. Ein Ersatz fiir Nahrbodendex- trose. Munch, med. Wschr.. 1923, 70: 603— Kelser, R. A. The preparation of culture media from whole blood. J. B".ct., Bait., 1916, 1: 615-7—Kendall, A. I., & Ryan, M. A double sugar medium; for the cultural diagnosis of intestinal and other bac- teria. J. Infect. Dis., 1919, 24: 400-4. Also repr—Klein, F., & Melka, .T. [Simple arrangement for filtering gelatine and agar] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1927, 6: 429-31.—Kleinsorgen, W., Forthmann, M., & Backhaus, I. Milchblut ein durch beliebie langes Kochen sicher sterilisierbares, nicht gerinnendes, fiir Blulnahrboden optimales Blutgemisch und seine Verwendung als Milchblut- agar. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1932, 124: 224-7.—Kleinsorgen, W., & Jusatz H Empfehlung eines 3proz. Rindergallezusatzes zum Endo-Nahrboden zwecks Verhtitung einer Ueberwucherung der Kulturen durch Bact. proteus auf Grund einjahriger nraktis'cher Bewahrung Ibid.. 1927,104: 439-43.-Kligler, I. J. Yeast auto- lysate as a culture medium for bacteria. 1 Bact., Bait , 1919 4: 183-8.- Kbdnizky, N. N. Milieux colloidaux pour la culture'de microbes Ann. Inst, Pasteur, Par., 1935, 55: 486-90.-Kloster- mann. Ueber eiweissfreien Agar-Agar. Zschr. Hyg., 1921, 94: ro; i7 n°rK' M" xTGev.hle?' W' Die I-etetungsfahfekeit der Benzidmprobe zum Nachweis der Blutperoxydasen in bakterio- logischen Nahrmitteln. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1924. 94:136-42 - SlEJ. '£h «e^r einzeI$i?e Sterilisation von Oelatinenahr- boden Arb. Reichsgesundhamt., 1933. 66: 593-6.-Korobkov, E. mikrob Simo qa%mT *T SolLd „culture ™diums] Vest. mikrob., 1930, 9: 501-6—Koser, S. A., & Saunders, F The separation from veal infusion of factors essential to the growth of bacteriological nutrient media. Brit. J. Exp.Path.? 1925-26^ BACTERIA 23 BACTERIA 6: 291-9.—Kronenberg, M., & Tenenbaum, N. [Practical value of vegetable extracts to be used as bacteriologie mediums] Med. dosw., 1928, 8: 412-8.—Kuo?ynski, M. H., & Ferner, W. Praxis der Bakteriennahrboden. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 826-9— Kuffe- rath, H. Sur la forme et la culture du Bacterium coli et d'autres microbes sur gelose min£ralisee lactosee. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1920, 8.3: 1408-10.—Kurokawa, A. Ueber einige neue Bakterien- nahrboden. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927, 103: 157-72—Lagrange, E. Action des metaux sur le milieu d'Endo. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 419-21—Lanken, K., & Meyer, M. Ueber d'ed Pilz- nahrboden Much-Pinner. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1921, 86: Orig., 510-2.—La Rosa, G. Sopra un terreno nutritivo per microrga- ■ nismi a base di lichen islandicus (nota di tecnica batteriologica) Gior. batt. immun., 1927, 2: 164-71.—Laterza, E. Contributo alio studio dei terreni vaccinati. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1930, 36: 2S'J-95.—Le Blanc. Die Verwendung 10%iger Peptonbouil- lon als Nahrboden fiir aerobe und anaerobe Bakterien zur Ver- besserung der bakteriologischen Untersuchung des Blutes. Med. Klin., Berl., 1921, 17: 353-6.—Lecoq. R. Un milieu vita- mine de preparation simple et rapide pour la culture des mi- crobes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 105: 636-8—Legg, A. T. l^he preparation of silica jellv for use as a bacteriological medium. Biochem. J., Lond., 1919, 13: 107-10.—Legroux, R. Succedane du liquide d'ascite pour quelques cultures bactcriennes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1920, 83: 466.—Lehmann, R. Caragheen als Nahrboden fiir Bakterien und Pilze an Stelle von Agar. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1919, 49: 425—Leonard, L. T.., & Marsh, F. W. The isolation of certain culture media. J. Bact., Bait,, 1928, 15: 195-201.—Lepper, E., & Martin, C. J. The oxidation-reduction potential of cooked meat media. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1929-30, 11: 137; 140-5.—Leuchs, J. Ueber Ersatz der Nutrose in Bak- teriendifferentialnahrboden. Deut. med. Wschr., 1920, 46: 1415.—Leusden, F. P. Gekochter Aszites als steriler Nahr- bodenzusatz; ein Beitrag tiber das Verhalten von Eiweisslosun- gen beim Kochen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1932, 126: 460-1 — Levine, M. A simplified fuchsin sulphite (endo) agar. Am. J . Pub. Health, 1918, 8: 864.—Lichtenstein, S. Hefenahrbbden aus einem Hefepraparat der Fabrik Cenovis in Mtinchen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1923, 90: Orig., 389-91—Lin, F. C. A soybean digest medium for diagnostic work. China M.J., 1934, 48: 571-6.—Loghem, J. J. van, & Nieuwenhuijse, J. Paraffmum liquidum zur Erhaltung von Dieudonnes Blnt-Alkali-Mischung. Zbl. Bakt,, l.Abt., 1917-18. 80: Orig., 383—Lotze, H. Ueber die Verwendbarkeit des polytropen Nahrbodens nach L. Lange in der Untersuchungsamtspraxis. Ibid., 1930, 116: 527.—Lovre- kovich, S. Ein praktisches Verfahren zur Herstellung zucker- haltiser Nahrboden zum Nachweis von < las- und Saurebildung. Ibid., 1929-30,115: 481-3.—McCartney, J. E. Nahrbodenbehalter mit Schraubkappenverschluss (ihre Anwendung fiir die aerobe und anaerobe Znchtung, sowie fiir die Blutkultur) Ibid., 1935, 134: 486-8.—Mcintosh, J. The determination of the reaction of bacteriological culture media. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1920-21, 1: 9-30. ----- A litmus solution suitable for bacteriological purposes. Ibid., 70. ----- & Smart, W. A. M. The adjust- ment of the reaction of bacteriological media. Lancet, Lond., 1919, 2: 723-6.—Mack, L. M., & Coffey, J. M. A comparative study of the efficiency of dehvdrated Endo's agar and Krum- wiede's triple-sugar agar. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1927-28, 13: 1146- 50.—McKendr;ck, A. G. The bleeding of healthy rabbits. Ind. J.M. Res., 1920, Congr. no., 58.—Mackey, G. Note on the Variation in results obtained with bacteriological sugars. Ibid., 55-7.—MacLachlan, I. F. Some chemical analysis of medium cultured in large amounts and in small amounts. J. Lab. Clin. M., 19:8-29, 14: 945-9.—McNutt, S. H., & Purwin, P. Nutrose medium. J. Infect. Dis., 1930, 47: 9"»-9.—MacPherson, D. A., & Brooks, F. P. Amino-nitrogen determination in bacteriologie media. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1928-29, 14: 860-8.—Magee, M. C, & Smith, H. G. A study of methods for the estimation of reducing sugar in bacteriological media. J. Bact,, Bait., 1930, 19: 125- 32.—Marshall, M. S. Surface tension of culture n eliums. J. Infect. Dis., 1924, 35: 526-36.—Martin, C. de C. Note on the preparation of mutton broth with papain. Tr. Far Kast. Ass. Trop. M., 1928, 7: pt2, 484-6.—Marx, E., & Eichholz, W. Untersuchungen tiber vere'nfachte Nahrbodendar-ielluriK ( Dri- galski-Agar und Barsikov-Nahrboden) Munch, med. Wschr., 1920, 67:933.—Masucci, P., & Ewe, G. E. The selection of sugars for bacteriologie work. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1919-20, 5: 609-13 — Mayer, O. Ein Differentialnahrboden sowohl fiir die Typhus- Koli wie auch fiir die Dysenttriebazillemruppe. Munch, med. Wschr., 1919, £6: 245—Mazzeo, M. Sui t rreni di coltura a 1 as? di lievito. Gior. ital. mal. esot. trop., 1928, 1: 113-7.—Mazzetti, 6. Terreno al sangue emolizzato. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1926, lO.ser., 1: 349-53. Also Pat'nokgica, Uenova, 1926, 18: 484— Meacham, M. R., Hopfield, J. H., & Acree, S. F. Prelim- inary note on the use of some mixed buffer rraterials for regulat- ing the hydrogen-ion concentrations of culture media and of standard buffer solutions. J. Bact., Bait., 1920, 5: 491-9 — Merlini, A. L'agar tapioca per la cokura di alcuni micror- ganismi natogeni. Pathologica, Genova, 1926, 18: 321.—Meyer, K. Uefce- AESkulinnahrbbden. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt.. 1928, 109: 350-2.—Michaelis, L. Die Priifung der Alkalitat in Nahrboden. Zscr. Immun'orsch., 1921, 32: Or:?., 194-203—Modern, F., & Al;ssandro, N. V. de. Preparation (iu milieu de Besredka au jaune d'eeuf. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1427— Mood, G. M. An adaptation of sand filtration to the rapid clearing of heavy bae'erial culture meiia. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1933, 19: 195—Moro, E., A- Keller, W. Ueber die Glycerinbouillon Hbchst. Klin. W c r., 1927, 6: 2086-8—Much, H., & Pinner, M. Bakte- riennahrboden ohne Fleisch und Pepton. Med. Klin., Berl., 1921,17:476.—Mueller, J. H. Growth-determining substances in bacteriological culture media. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21, 18: 225-8.—Muller, L. Recherches sur le mecanisme de la reaction d'Endo; de la production, par eertaines bacteries, de substances ft reaction aldehydique. C. rend. Soc biol., 1924, 90: 653-5.—Nand, L. There-use of media. Ind. J.M.Res., 1920-21, 8: 731; 1923-24, 11: 441-3—Neill, J. M„ Sugg, J. Y. [et al.] The use of culture media made from commercial dried yeast as a routine substitute for meat infusion peptone media. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 17: 329-37.—Neri, F. Mezza di cultura all' uovo pel meningococco e pel bacillo difterico. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1918, 7.ser., 10: 43-51—Nikanorov, S. M. [New principle in the construction of colored differential medium] Vest, mikrob., 1927, 6:280-2—Noble, R.E.,& White, J. L. The relative produc- tivity of various fermentation media as compared with standard lactose broth by the Butterfield-Hoskins method. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 29: 23.—Norris, D. The preparation of a culture medium suitable for the growth of organisms used as vaccines. Ind. J.M. Res., 1919-20, 7: 536-44. ----- The preparation of a simplified culture medium for field workers. Ibid., 704-9.—Nor- ton, J. F. Notes on the reactions of bacteriologie media. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1919, 9: 190-3—Nungester, W. J. A method for determining the hardness of nutrient agar. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 457.—Nuovi terreni di cultura per bat- teriologia. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1934, 5: 853-6.—Oerskov, J. Proeedfe pour la culture a l'etat de purete d'un element unique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 221.—Olitzki, L. Ueber die Ver- wendung von Nitroantrachinon-Nahrbbden zur Differenzierung von Stammen der Typhus-Coli-Gruppe. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 113: 492-8.—Otabe, S. Wheat culture-media. Lancet, Lond., 1919, 2: 576. ----- A bacteriological investigation on rice, wheat, and barley juice culture media. Sei i kwai, 1923, 42: no.4, 12; 1925, 44: no.l, 18—Ouchi, T., & Yano, T. On an application of shell-fish meat for bacteriological culture media. Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis., Tokyo, 1927, 6: 89-96— Pacaud, A. Cultures en milieux synthetiques. Bull. Ass. fr. avance. sc, 1935, no.126, 15-26.—Pane, N. Coltivazione di batteri in terreni preparati di semi di leguminose; attenuazione della tossina difte- rica nei brodo di fagioli. Riforma med., 1922, 38: 745.—Pellizari, C. R., & Nardelli, E. Su di un nuovo terreno solido di cultura per batteriologia. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1933, 4: 389-93, pi.— Pergola, M. Uso del latte condensato e del latte in polvere Drvco nella tecnica batteriologica in sostituzione del latte fresco. Pathologica, Genova, 1921, 13: 476-83. ----- Prepa- ration des solutions de tellurite de potasse pour le S.U.T. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1931, 3: 337-42. ----- Agar-Ascite-Tellurite (Clauberg) et serum-ceuf-tellurite (Per- gola) Ibid., 627-32.—Petragnani, G. Nuovi terreni culturali per batteriologia. Sperimentale, 1922, 76: 219-24. -----& Costanti, E. Sul particolare valore della feeola nella diagnostica bat- teriologica. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933. 8: 1682-4.—Pfeiler, W. Zur Herstellung von Bakteriennahrboden mittels Dr. Eichloffs Extrakt aus Magermilch. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt,, 1919, 83: Orig., 298. -----& Becker. Einfluss vergaster Kapffscher Sauren auf bakteriologische Nahrboden und menschliche Nahrungsmittel. Ibid., 1931,122: 545-56— Pick, F. Der Trich- teragar; eine neue Anwendungsweise der gebrauchlichen Agar- niihrboden. Ibid., 1927-28, 105: 209-11.—Pijper, A., & Kraan, G. J. Syneresis of agar. Med. J.S. Africa, 1920-21, 16: 221-8.— Plotz, H. Transport d'oxygene dans les cultures de microbes aerobies au moyen de solutions de glucides evoluees. C. rend. Soc. biol.. 1930, 103: 314.—Proca, G. Milieux de cultures sim- plifies. Ibid., 1924, 90:1164.—Puntoni, V. Aggiustamento della reazione nei mezzi nutritivi per batteriologia. Ann. igiene. 1921, 31 ■ 555-68.—Quiroga, R. Diferenciacion de gfrmenes por el estudio de su nutrition v metabolismo en medios sinteticos. Rev. m6d.lat.amer., B. Air., 1933-34, 19: 717-45—Quiroga, S. S. Exneriencias sobre un medio de cultivo de orisen vegetal. Rev. zootecn., B. Air., 1023, 10: 161-5.—R., D. Trois milieux de culture pour votre formulaire. Rev. hyg., Par., 1923, 45: 337- 40.—Randall, S. B., & Hall, I. C. The use of B. welchii in the preparation of sugar-free culture medium. J. Infect. Dis., 1921, 29: 344-58.—Reader, V. The relation of the growth of certain microorganisms to the composition of the medium; the syn- thetic culture medium. Biochem. J., Lond., 1927, 21: 901-7 — Reitstotter, J. Bemerkungen iiber die Alkalitat von Nahr- bouillon und Nahrboden, sowie Bestimmung derselben durch Titration unter Verwendung von Indikatoren. Zschr. Hvg., 1920, 90: 218-26.—Remy, E. Vergleichende Untersuchungen'der Pn-Bestimmungen in Nahrboden mittels des Keilkolorimeters nach Bjerum-Arrhenius, des Hellige Universalkolorimeters sowie des Hellige Komparators bei Verwendune zwei- und ein- farbiger Indikatoren. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929-30, 115: 391-5 — Rhein, M. Ein cinfaches Verfahren zum sterilen Trocknen von Agarplatten. Ibid., 1916, 78: Orig., 557-60.—Roguski, J. Modi- fication apportee a la preparation du milieu nutritif de Petroff. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 962.—Rosenfeld, E. F. [Indicator CR as substitute for litmus in colored nutritive media] Vrach. gaz., 1931,35:1023.—Rcther, W. Ueber Klarung von Nahrbruhe mit Speichel. Zbl. Bakt.; l.Abt., 1923, 90: Orig., 20.----- Ueber den Zuckergehalt von Niihrmitteln. Ibid., 1925,94: Orig., 77-80.—Sanborn, J. R. Physiological studies of accessory and stimulating factors in certain media. J. Bact., Bait., 1926, 12: 1-11.—Santangelo, G. Sul possibile impiego dei mezzi nutritivi alia soia come terreno di elezione per alcuni microrganismi patogeni. Gior. batt. immun., 1928, 3: 631-7.—Sartory, A., & Sartory, R. Les nouvelles methodes de neutralisation des mi- lieux de culture en bacteriologie Progr. mfid., Par., 1926, 41: 603.—Satta, E, II valore culturale di un terreno vitaminato sotto* BACTERIA 24 BACTERIA posto a sterilizzazione meccanica e fisica. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1930, 9: 291-302.—Scaglione, S. II meconio come sub- strato batterico nutritivo. Rass. ostet., 1920, 29: 114-22.— Scales, F. M. A new method of precipitating cellulose for cellu- lose agar. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1915-16, 44: 661-3—Schaub. Ein neuer Fortschritt in der Herstellung bakteriologischer Nahrbo- den . Hamburg med. Ueberseehefte, 1914-15,1:183-5.—Schmidt, C. F. Determination of carbohydrates in bacteriological culture media. J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 22: 31-48—Schmidt, F. Die Ver- wendbarkeit der Chinhydronelektrode zur Bestimmung der Wasserstoffionenkonzentration in den Nahrboden. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925,96: Orig., 262-9.—Schbbl, 0., & Komatsu, T. Ueber die Vorteile des Eosin-Methylenblau-NShrbodens und seine theoretische und praktische Anwendungsmoglichkeiten. Kita- sato Arch., 1934, 11: 194-214.—Schumm, K. A. Versuche mit Walther Levinthals Nahrboden mit neuer, verbesserter Fleisch- ausnutzung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1932, 126: 456-60.—Shafran, A. S. [Use of soya for culture medium] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1932, 9: 288-92.—Shaw, F. W. Sterilization of cystine culture medium under steam pressure. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1930-31, 16: 294.—Silhol, J. A propos de la discussion sur les bouillons Delbet; streptocoque et pyocyanique. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1920, 46: 316-9.—Smith, M. L. The effect of heat on" sugar solu- tions used for culture media. Biochem. J., Lond., 1932, 26: 1467-72.—Sodogurskaja Palevici, M. Sui fattori che determinano l'esaurimento del terreno nella coltivazione dei batteri. Gior. batt. immun., 1927, 2: 721-5.—Souleyre, M. Methode rapide de preparation desilico-gel pour cultures bacteriologiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 306.—Spencer, S. C. An apparatus for tubing semi-solid media. J. Bact., Bait., 1923, 8: 551-4.—Spray, R. S. A blood-clot digest medium for cultivation of hemophilic and other bacteria. Ibid., 1927, 13: 14.—Stensing, Z. Ueber Her- stellung des Peptons ftir bakteriologische Zwecke. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1919, 32: 858-61.—Strb'szner, E. Ueber die Regenerie- rung von Nahrboden. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1917-18, 80: Orig., 222-4.—Strong, L. J. Preparation of mediums; a new hydrogen- ion concentration method. J. Am. M. Ass., 1919, 72: 413. Also repr.—Suranyi, L. [Culture media with lipoids for the cultivation of susceptible bacteria] Magy. orv. arch., 1927, 28: 560-3. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927-28, 105: 303-5—Szelyes, L. Kartoffelzucker enthaltende Blutkuchenbouillon als Bakterien- nahrboden. Ibid., 1929, 113: 491.—Takemura, T. Ueber den Wert des Natriumnitrates als Salz im fliissigen Nahrboden. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1935, 15: 314.—Tamaki, S. Ueber den Wert des Kombu-Extrakts als Nahrboden. Fukuoka acta Med., 1927, 20: 91.—Thilo, K. Ein neues Material zur Herstel- lung von Bakteriennahrboden. Deut. med. Wschir., 1922, 48: 868.—Thjotta, T., & Avery, O. T. Growth accessory substances in the nutrition of bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920- 21, 18: 197-9.—Thompson, L. The value of vegetable extracts in culture media. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 17:4; 379-86—Thom- son, D., & Thomson, R. The preparation of high-class nutrient media for the cultivation of germs which are very difficult to grow. Ann. Pickett Thomson Lab., 1924-25, 1: 217-28 — Tobiasek, S. [New fixation of vegetable culture media, impreg- nated with nutritive liquids, for bacteriological purposes] Cas. lek. cesk., 1926, 65: 621-3.—Turner, R. H. A differential plating medium for lipase-producing bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1927-28, 25: 318-20.—Van Saceghem, R. Milieu de culture a la gomme arabique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 968 — Vardon, A. C. Desiccated nutrient media. Ind. J.M. Res., 1923-24, 11: 429-32.—Vial, 3. Le nucleate de soude, milieu de culture. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 209-11—Vierling, K. Lackmusmolke aus Magermilchpulver. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922, 88: Orig., 93.—Vitale, L. I semi di soia quale terreno di cultura per microrganismi (nota di tecnica batteriologica) Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1927, 8: 474-9—Wada, O. T. Ueber die Qualitat der bei der Bakterienuntersuchung verwendeten Mal- tose. Gun'idan zasshi, 1933, 237: 5—Wang, C. Y. A new cul- ture medium. Lancet, Lond., 1928, 2: 446—Weidman, F. D. Identification of culture media by the use of variously colored glass beads. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1927-28, 13: 882—Weinberg, M„ & Goy, P. Emploi de milieux a extrait alcoolique de foie pour les cultures microbiennes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 58 — Weissenbach, R. J. Milieux de culture a base de sang total citrate laque par l'ether. Paris med., 1920, 37: 363—Wethmar. Demonstration eines neuen Nahrbodens (Blut-Rbst-Platte) Zbl Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 110: H.6-8, Beih., 190-2—White, G. F. Unheated egg-yolk media. Science, 1919, n.s., 49: 362—Wiegert, E. Ueber die Verwendung von Pilzextrakt an Stelle von Fleischextrakt beziehungsweise Fleischwasser zur Herstellung von Bakteriennahrboden. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922-23, 89: H.4-5, Orig., 109.—Wolf, C. G. L. The comparative influence of pure and commercial sugars and of combined and separate sterilisation of bacterial metabolism. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1921-22, 2: 266-75. ----- The influence of the quality of the meat used upon the reaction curve of a nutrient medium. Ibid., 1922-23, 3: 295-8— Wolf, F. A., & Shunk, I. V. Solid culture media with a wide range of hydrogen or hydroxyl-ion concen- tration. J. Bsct, Bait., 1921, 6: 325-30—Wolff, L. K. [Culti- vation of bacteria (staphylococcus and streptococcus) in human serum] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71: pt2, 917-24.—Worth, MCA culture medium for the maintenance of stock cultures of bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1918, 4: 603-8—Wright, H. D. The preparation of nutrient agar, with special reference to pneumo- cocci, streptococci, and other gram-positive organisms. J. Path Bact., Lond., 1934, 39: 359-73—Wyant, Z. N. Bouillon cubes as a substitute for beef extract or meat in nutrient media. J. Bact., Bait., 1920, 5; 189—Young, C. C., & Marshall, M. S. Endo's medium. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1924-25,10: 532-5.-Zeissler, f.&"SSSerfo. Ein Erneuerungsverfahren fur gebrauchten Metachromgelb-Wasserblau-Dreifarbennahrboden. ^I-Bakt., 1 Abt 1917-18 80- Orig.. 253-8—Zelikin, M. A., Konevsfcy, MI & Pavlov,'ET. [Improvised lactose medium of the Endo type Soviet vrach. gaz!^ 1932, 36: 303.-Zheltenkov, A. I. Sterilization and conservation of blood serum and ascitic fluid for nutrient medium Vest, mikrob., 1927, 6. 342-5.— Zimmermann, E., & Remy, E. Ueber die Zusammensetzung verschiedencr Gelatinefabrikate und ^re Brauchbarkeit zur Niihrbodenbereitung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929-30 115-396-8- Zipfel, H. Die Wiedergewinnung von gebrauchten gef arb ten Agarnahrboden auf kaltem Wege ohne Filtration. Ibid., 1917- 18 80: Orig., 472-80—Zotier, V. Sur les temtures de tournesol sucrees utilisees en bacteriologie. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1919, 7.ser., 20: 115-8.-Zycha, H. Sauerstoffoptimum und Nahr- boden aerober Bakterien. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1931-32, 3: 194-204. ---- Cultivation: Methods. See also Anaerobes, Cultivation and isolation; Bacteria, acid-fast; Bacteria, Conservation; Bac- teria, Identification; Bacteria, Isolation; Bac- teriology, Methods. Berndt, H. *Untersuchungen iiber das Wachs- tum verschiedener Bakterien im Meerschwein- chenblut nach der Wright'schen Kapillarme- thode. p.342-9. 8? Bresl., 1931. Also Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1931, 121: Borggardt, A. J. *Ueber die Bakterien- platten. 47p. 8? Bern, 1912. Brehmer, W. * Untersuchungen iiber das Wachstum von Streptokokken und Pneumokok- ken im Meerschweinchen-, Kaninchen-, Mause-, Hammel- und Menschenblut nach der Kapillar- methode von Wright. 32p. 8? Bresl., 1933. Friel, A. R. Piantication and anapiantica- tion. 8p. 8? Johannesb., 1915. Forms no.5 of Pub. S. Afr. Inst. Med. Res. ----& Lister, F. S. Further observations on piantication. 14p. 8? Johannesb., 1917. Forms no.9 of Pub. S. Afr. Inst. M. Res. Sghottmtjller, H. Leitfaden fiir die klinisch- bakteriologischen Kulturmethoden. 96p. 8° Berl., 1923. Society of American Bacteriologists. Manual of methods for pure culture study of bac- teria for use with the descriptive chart of the Society. 45p. 8? Geneva, 1926. Adelmann, L. Tuschekulturmethode und TeilungsvorgSnge bei Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922, 88: Orig., 401-17.— Barnewitz, J. Die Tuschekulturmethode als Verfahren zur Untersuchung entwicklungshemmender und entwicklungsfor- dernder Mittel. Zschr. Hyg., 1925,104:81-90.—Berlin, A. L., & Berdnikov, V. A. [New principle of cultivation of micro- organisms in semipermeable membranes with nutritive medium capable of passing the mem brane] Vest. mikrob., 1930, 9:483-98, pi.—Bibb, L. B. Long tube method of cultivating microorganisms, with observation on mobile colonies in liquid medium. J. Bact., Bait., 1925, 10: 561-7—Borrel, A. Cultures cellulaires etalfies dans un plan unique en couche mince, sur paroi de verre. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 364-6— Bory, S. I. [Tests in study- ing comparative dynamics of growth of the S and R forms of certain bacteria] Vest, mikrob., 1932, 11: 135.—Brudny, V. Der Reinzuchtapparat Type. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1922-23, 56: £65-8.—Burger, B. Verwendung von Nahrboden mit honem Gelatinegehalt: ein neues Plattenverfahren zum zahlenmassigen Nachweis vereinzelter speziflscher Keime in grosseren Flussig- keitsmengen, insbesondere bei Desinfektions- und Filterver- suchen. Ibid., l.Abt., 1916-17, 79: Orig., 462-80, 3pl.—Castelli, G. D., & Franco, M. Lo sviluppo microbico nei terreni preparati per digestione pancreatinica della carne. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1934, 5: 295-304.—Churchman, J. W. Relation of the gen- tian violet reaction to dilution of implanted suspension. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21, 18: 20. ----- Purification of cultures of bacteria by means of reverse selective bacteriostatic properties of aniline dyes. Ibid., 1925-26, 23: 530-4.—Cosper, H. J., & Cohn, M. L. Maintaining water and air balance during prolonged incubation; experiences gained from growing tubercle bacilli. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934,19:899-904.—Darling, S.T. The use of bismuth salts in media to detect the formation of sulphur bodies of bacterial origin. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1913, 3: 233-5. Also repr.—Demeter, K. J., & Mossel, H. Ueber die Brauch- barkeit von Cholodny mikroskopischer Aufwuchsplatten- methode bei mikrobiologischen Boden-Untersuchungen. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1933,88: 384-93, 2pl.—Denecke. Techniscb.es und Kritisches zur Schilfsackchenmethode. Ibid., l.Abt., 1933,130: 459-62.—Dimitrijevic-Speth, V. Stichkultur in brutschrank« BACTERIA 25 BACTERIA fliissigem NShrmittel und Agardurchdringung. Ibid., 1924,93: Orig., 486-8. ----- Die Schwarmkultur und ihre Anwendung zum Anreicherungsverfahren und zur Auslese. Ibid., 1929, 113: 524-7. ----- Die Schwarmkultur, insbesondere Schwarm- hemmung, Antagonismus und Farbindikatoren. Ibid., 1930, 116: 332-8.—Fried, H. Technic for sealing bacteriologie medi- ums. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 2100.—Garrod, L. P. A review of methods proposed for bacterial cultivation which utilize differential inhibition. S. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1933, 66: 203-52.—Gilbert, R. The broader aspects of routine cultural examinations. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1932, 17: 507-9.—Gorini, C. Die Methode Milch-auf-Agarkultur zur Untersuchung der chymasischen und proteasischen Wirksamkeit der Mikro- organismen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1935-36, 135: 275-87.—Greene, R. A. A mass culture apparatus for securing bacterial cells for analysis. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 977.—Grossfeld, H. Culture combinee. C. rend. Soc biol., 1931,108: 846.—Halvor- son, H. O., & Ziegler, N. R. Application of statistics to prob- lems in bacteriology; a consideration of the accuracy of dilution data obtained by using a single dilution. J. Bact., Bait., 1933, 26: 331-9.—Hauduroy, P. Techniques de culture des formes flltrantes invisibles des microbes visibles. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 1392-4.—Hill, J. H„ & White, E. C. The use of sodium chloride in culture media for the separation of certain gram- positive cocci from gram-negative bacilli. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 17: 47.—Ivanic, S. Z., & Dimitrijevic-Speth, V. Ein einfacher Indikator ftir den Eintritt des Wachstums in Blut-Gallekul- turen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1930, 116: 339-41. ----- Die Haft- kultur im Gegensatz zur Schwarmkultur und die durch Eigen- produkte verhinderte Beweglichkeit scheinbar unbeweglicher Arten yon Mikroorganismen. Ibid., 1930-31, 119: 271-82.— Kayashima, K. Lange fortgesetzte Kultur von Coli communis, Paratyphusbazillen A-Typus und Ruhrbazillen Y-Typus. Taiwan igakkai zasshi, 1934, 33: 49.—Klinckowstrbm, A. von. Objekttragerkulturen zum Studium der feineren Vorgange bei der Keimung der Sporiten. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1929, 77: 215.— Legroux, R. Tubes plats pour separation et culture massive des microbes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1921, 35: 232-6.—Leiner, C. Ueber einige Versuche einer intravitalen Ztichtung von Bakte- rien in Kantharidenblasen und tiber die Konservierung von pathogenen Keimen in Blutegeln. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 1733-5. Also Mschr. Kinderh., 1928, 38: 1-4.—Lohmann, R. Manometrische Untersuchungen tiber Stoffwechsel und Wachs- tum von Bakterien unter dem Einfluss von ultraviolettem Licht und unter den Bedingungen der Entztindung. Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 1112-6.—Marbais, S. Culture des bacilles en- capsules dans l'urine normale, chauffee a 120° et additionnee de leucocytes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 133.—Mattei, A. Lo studio di alcuni germi patogeni sotto il punto di vista dissocia- tivo in vivo col metodo dei sacchetti di collodion. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1935, 41: 1935, 41: 287-308.—Mestre, H. Optical density as a criterion of growth in suspensions of bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 31: 16.—Moyer, H. V. A continuous method of culturing bacteria for chemical study. Ibid., 1929, 18: 59-67.— Muench, H. The efficiency of polling for sterility cultures. Am. J. Hyg., 1935, 22: 302-6.—Orskov, J. Experimental method for the cultivation of microbes in agar cylinders in the peritoneal cavity of animals. J. Bact., Bait., 1924, 9: 427-35.—Pezzali, G. Contributo alio studio della vaccinazione dei terreni eulturali. Arch, biol., Genova, 1925, 2: 39-46.—Pichler, F. Apparat zum Impfen von Massennahrboden. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1927, 71: 498.—Putter, E. Ein neues Gefass ftir Massenkulturen. Ibid., l.Abt., 1927, 104: 447-9—Rahn, O., & Mason, M. M. A pro- tractor for computing the growth rate of bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1935,29:99-102.—Riddle, A. R. The mechanics of securing even distributions of bacteria on agar surfaces. J. Counc. Sc. Indust. Res., Melb., 1935, 8: 225-7.—Rockwell, G. E. A study of the gaseous requirements for the growth of various bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., 1921,28: 352-6, pi. -----& Highberger, J. H. The necessity of carbon dioxide for the growth of bacteria, yeasts, and molds. Ibid., 1927, 40: 438-46—Rogers, L. A., & Whittier, E. O. The growth of bacteria in a continuous flow of broth. J. Bact., Bait., 1930, 20: 127-37.—Savini, E., & Garofeano, M. Essais de cultures microbiennes sur milieux d'organes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 87: 746-8.—Schubert, J. Das Ztichtungs verfahren mit dem Kugelrohr. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1930, 116: 22-5 — Sierakovski, S., Modrzevska, Z. [et al.] Recherches sur les milieux de culture; influence de differents agents sur la croissance des bacteries pathogenes dans les milieux geloses. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 1386-9.—Sierakovski, S., & Zajdel, R. Ueter die Rolle des KohlensSureanhydrids in Bakterien- kulturen. Biochem. Zschr., 1924, 152: 111-5. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 90: 1108-10.—Solis-Cohen, M. Accentuating pathogenic organisms in culture by utilizing the inhibitory influence of whole blood. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1927, 8: 149-54.— Spencer, R. R. A technique which completely excludes air con- tamination of bacterial cultures. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1935, fO: no.47,1656.—Stern, E. A. [Simple method of uniformly dispersing non-pathogenic bacteria by sedimentation of the pulverized material on the nutritive substance] Mikrobiolo- giya, Moskva, 1932, 1: 439-41.—Tamiya, H. A new apparatus for intermittent observations of physiological changes in cultures of microorganisms. J. Bact., Balt7 1926,12: 125-32.—Thjptta, T. [Photography of bacterial colonies in transillumination] Norsk. mag. laegevid., 1933, 94: 731-3.—Thompson, R. A device to facilitate and accelerate the uniform distribution of inoculum over the surface of poured plates. J. Bact., Bait., 1933, 26: 539-41.—Timner, G. Ztichtungs- und Anreicherungsverfahren von Bakterien zur mikroskopischen Untersuchung. Mikro- kosmos, Stuttg., 1922-23,16:11-3—Truffi,G. Sullecondizionidi sviluppo di germi patogeni su tessuti morti. Gior. ital. derm. sif., 1932, 73: 839; 1612-24—Waksman, S. A., & Carey, C. The use of the silica gel plate for demonstrating the occurrence and abundance of cellulose-decomposing bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1926, 12: 87-95—Welch, F. V. A new method of cultivating micro-organisms. J.R. Micr. Soc, 1926, 46: 262-4. pi.—Wele- minsky, F., & Butschowitz, E. Ein Apparat zur Zuchtung von Mikroorganismen in stromenden Nahrboden (Cirkulator) Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927, 104: 443-7. ---- Cytology. Mtjir, R. Bacteriological atlas; a series of colored plates illustrating the morphological characters of pathogenic micro-organisms. 134p. 8? Edinb., 1927. Nowak, J. Documenta mikrobiologica; Mi- krophotographischer Atlas der Bakterien, der Pilze und der Protozoen. l.Teil: Bakterien. 162p. roy.8? Jena, 1927. Stich, G. *Untersuchungen iiber Bakterien- kerne. 33p. 8? Lpz., 1927. Alexiev, A. Sur la structure des bacteries; les mitochondries et les grains metachromatiques chez les bacteries et quelques autres protistes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 728-30. ----- Sur la question du noyau chez les bacteries (contribution a l'Stude des mitochondries et des grains metachromatiques) Arch. Protistenk., 1924, 49: 396-432, 2pl— Angerer, K. von. Ueber das optische Verhalten der Bakterien. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1923, 93: 14-25.—Arnbeck, O. Haben die Bakterien einen Zellkern? Mikrokosmos, Stuttg., 1925-26, 19: 214.— Bergstrand, H. On the structure of bacteria. Acta med. scand., 1921, 55: 529-50, 2pl. Also J. Bact.. Bait., 1923, 8: 365-72, pi.— Bessubetz, S. K. Zur Frage vom Vorhandensein der Kerne bei den Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925, 96: Orig., 177-81.— Bucciante, L. Qualche ricerca di fine morfologia bacterica. Gior. batt. immun., 1926,1: 564-77, pi.—David, H. Beitrage zur Morphologie der Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1927, 70: 1-29, pi.—Dufrenoy, J. Sur le vacuome des bacteries. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 617—Eisenberg, K. B. Die Sichtbar- machung von Innenstrukturen von Bakterien und anderen Mikroorganismen. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1930, 1: 252-70, pi.— Ellis, D. The intimate structure of the bacterial cell. Brit. M.J., 1922,2:731-3.—Fortner, J. Die Mikroskopie des lebenden, ungefarbten Bakteriums. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1932, 40: 465, pi.—Guilliermond, A. Sur la structure des bacteries. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 194: 2322-4. ----- Nouvelles observa- tions sur la structure des bacteries. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 1095-100.—Gutstein, M. Ueber den Kern und den allge- meinen Bau der Bakterien (zugleich ein Beitrag zur Theorie der Lipoidfarbungen) Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925, 95: Orig., 357-89, pi.—Henrici, A. T. On cytomorphosis in bacteria. Science, 1925, 61: 644-7.—Hollande, A. C. Contribution a l'etude cytolo- gique des microbes (Coccus, Bacillus, Vibrio, Spirillum, Spiro- chaeta) Arch. Protistenk., 1934, 83: 465-608, 8pl.—Kirchen- steins, A. Sur la structure et le mode de developpement des bacteries. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 787; 1923, 88: 716.— Kitaev, F. Y. [Methods of studying the structure of bacteria] Vest, mikrob., 1926, 5: 161-4.—Kolpakov, T. A. [Certain factors in formation of bacterial nucleus] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1925, 25: 100-10.—Kuhn, P. Morphologische Studien an Bakterien. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1921, 58: 296-9.—Legroux, R. L'ectoplasme bacterien; la capsule. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1925, 39: 382-5.—Leontjev, J. Recherches sur la densite des microbes. Arch. phys. biol., Par., 1927-28, 6: 287-97—Lindegren, C. C. Genetical studies of bacteria; problem of the bacterial nucleus. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1935, 92: 40-7.—McDonald, J. F., Little, J. T., & Ruckensteiner, E. A study in bacterial morphology. J. Bact., Bait., 1927, 13: 255-67.—Mary, A., & Mary, A. Observa- ciones patologicas y morfologicas sobre algunas especies micro- bianas (Bacillus serpens, neumobacilo, cocobacilo de Pfeiffer) Gac. med. Catalan., 1916, 49: 161-4, pi.—Merling-Eisenberg, K. B. Internal structure of bacterial cells. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1935, 16: 388-93, pi.—Meyn, A. Neuere Anschauungen in der Morphologie und Biologie der Bakterien. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1930, 38: 618-20.—Paravicini, E. Zur Frage des Zell- kernes der Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., 1918, 48: 337-40.—Petit, A. Sur la cytologie de deux bacteries. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1921,173: 1480-2. ----- Remarques sur la structure de quelques bac- teries. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Afrique Nord, 1923, 3: 71-81, pi.— Pijper, A. Diffraction in biological structures. S. Afr. M. Rec, 1925, 23: 222; 453-63.—Schumacher, J. Ueber den Nach- weis des Bakterienkerns. Derm. Wschr., 1918, 66: 17; 38, pi Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925-26, 97: 81-104, 2pl.—Sherman, J. M.,&Albus, W. R. Physiological youth in bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1923, 8: 127-39— Stark, N„ & Stark, P. Physiological difference between young and old bacterial cells. Ibid., 1929, 17: 2.—Staub, W. Zur Technik der photographischen und kinematographischen Wiedergabe von Bakterien. Zschr. wiss Mikr., 1929, 46: 1-10.—Wallin, I. E. A note on the morphology of bacteria symbiotic in the tissues of higher organisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1922, 7:471-4—Wamoscher, L. Versuche fiber die Struktur der Bakterienzelle. Zschr. Hyg., 1930, 111: 422-60, 4pl.—Zettnov. Kleine Beitrage zur Morphologie der Bakterien. Ibid., 1918, 85: 17-32, 2 pi. BACTERIA 26 BACTERIA Differentiation. See Bacteria, Identification. — Dissociation. See Bacteria, Variability. — Effect—of chemical agents. See also Antiseptics; Disinfection; Dyes, Ef- fects; and similar headings. Bastos Netto, F. de. *Experimentelle Un- tersuchungen iiber den Einfluss von Alkalien und Sauren auf die Entwicklung verschiedener Bak- terienarten [Zurich] 23p. 8? Lpz., 1919. Blassl, K. L. *Das Wachstum von Bakterien auf magnesiahaltigen Nahrboden. 20p. 8? Rostock, 1914. Gltjck, G. *Ueber die hemmende und totende Wirkung von Silbernitrat in Nahrboden und Elektrolvten. p.38-60. 8? Lpz., 1933. Also Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1933, 110: Hering, R. B. E. *Inwieweit hemmen und reizen Salze das Wachstum von Bakterien (Aus- zug) 8p. 8? Lpz., 1923. Kuhn, H. * Ueber die Beeinflussung von Streptokokken, Pneumokokken und Typhus- bazillen durch Chemikalien in der Blutkultur nach Wright, 31p. 8? Bresl., 1932. Meier, A. *Ueber die hemmende Wirkung von Zucker und Kochsalz auf verschiedene Krankheitserreger in vitro und in vivo [Zurich] 21p. 8? Basel, 1924. Michel, F. J. *Ueber den wachstumfordern- den und wachstumhindernden Einfluss des Koch- salzes, Glvcerins, Peptons und Rohrzuckers auf Bakterien. 23p. 8? Giessen, 1914. Schnellmann, A. *Die Wirkung aetherischer Oele auf Bakterien [Zurich] 26p. 8? [Zolli- kon-Ziir.] 1928. Seuderling, Y. *On the continuous oligo- dvnamic effect of elements on bacteria. Il9p. 8? Helsinki, 1933. Also Acta Soc. med. Duodecim., 1933,16: ser.A, fasc.2,1-125. Amstsr, S., & Meyer, P. S. Der Einfluss von Adstringentien auf die Lichtempfindlichkeit von Bakterien. Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 2C98.—Andresen, P. H. L'eber den Einfluss von Metall- salzen auf die Entwicklung der Bakterien; Silbersalze. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927-28, 105: 444-55.—Ara, F. Intorno all' azione di alcuni sali di bismuto, piombo, rame e mereurio sullo sviluppo del bacillo del tifo e del Bacterium coli. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. spfr., 1931, 6: 406-9.—Arloing, F., & Sempe. Proprietes em- p6ch antes des eaux du Rhone et de la Saone sur le developpement de certaines bscteries. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 667-9 — Ballantyne, E. N. On certain factors influencing the survival of bacteria in water and in saline solutions. J. Bact., Bait., 19?0, 19: H03-C0.—Bauer, K. Die Einwirkung ein'ger Diuretika auf Bakt rien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1923, 90: Orig., 42-8 — Erciil, F. I eber das Verhalten grampositiver und gramnega- tiver Bakterien u den Halogenm. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1920, 29: Orig., S43-8.—Biihrmann, I. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der oligcdynamischen Wirkung, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der In- und Reaktivierung von Silber. Zschr. Hyg., 1933, 115: 241-58.—Burrows, W. Growth-stimulating properties of cystine and tryptophan. J. Infect. Dis., 1934, 54: 164-70.—Carpenter, P. I., Fulton, M., & Stuart, C. A. Stimulation of bacterial growth rate by methyl germanic oxide. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 30: 137- 42.—Chambsrs, W. H. Sludies in the physiology of the fungi; bacterial inhibition by metabolic products. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard., 1920, 7: 249-89— Cobet, R., & Reis, V. van der. Ueber den Einfluss der arsenigen Saure auf das Bakterienwachs- ium (nebst Bemerkungen iiber Randwulstbildungen durch sogenannte oligodynpmische Metallwirkung) Biochem. Zschr., 1952, 129: 73-88— Colella, C. Influenza della concentrazione in acidi organici e in saccirosio sullo sviluppo dei microrganisme. Oirr. batt. immun., 1933, 11: 70-8—Coyne, F. P. The effect of carbcn dioxide on b cterial growth. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1933, s.B, 113:196-217,—Cramarossa, S. Sulla vitalita di alcune specie microbic'ie in soluzione fisiologica ed in acqua bidistillata. Pathologica, Genova, 1927, 19: 15-21.—Cramer, W., & Gye, W. E. A note on defence rupture and the action of electrolytes. J Hyg., Cambr., 1919-20, 18: 463.—Curbelo, A., Insua, G., & Toyos, V. Influencia de los agentes quimicos sobre las bacterias. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1936, 41: 36-49.— Danila, T. Sur les substances reductrices des cultures bacteriennes et de quelques substances organiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1909, 67: 302-4.— Dmitrievska, N. A., & Chebotarevich, M. F. [Effect of the chemical composition of media on the biologic Properties of microorganisms] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1930, 30: 215-2|-Dold H Beitriige zur Frage der Wirkung des Harnstoffes auf Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1923-24, 91: Orig., 268-72-Dymov DK. [Effect of Ascaris fluid on certain bacteria] Trop. med. \et Moskva, 1930, 8: 45-7.-Fabian, F. W., & Winslow, C. E. A. The influence upon bacterial viability of various anions in combina- tion with sodium. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 18: 265-91,.ch.-Fioram- Gallotta, P. L. Modiflcazioni colturah e morfologictie di alcuni stipiti batterici negli estratti di mais. Igiene mod. 1922, 15: 161-5.-Fujita, K. Ueber die Wirkung von W irbejtierhormonen auf das Bakterienwachstum. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925-26 97: 31-8 —Gliick, G. Ueber die hemmende und totende \\ irkung von Silbernitrat in Nahrboden und Elektrolyten Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1933, 110: 38-60—Gordon, J., & M Leod, J. W. Inhi- bition of bacterial growth by some ammo-acids and its bearing on the use of trvptic digests as culture media. J. Fath. Bact., Lond , 1926, 29:' 13-25—Grandi, D. Sul meccamsmo d assuefa- zione dei germi ai tossici. Gior. batt. immun., 1932, 8: 254-73 — Haag, F. E. Ueber die Bedeutung von Doppelbmdungen im Paraffin des Handels fur das Wachstum von Bakterien Arch Hyg Miinch., 1926, 97: 28-46.—Helbronner, A., & Rudolfs, W. L'attaque des minerals par les bacteries; oxydation de la blende. C rend Acad, sc, 1922, 174: 1378-80—Herrold, R. D., & Ewert, E E The influence of the reaction of urine on the growth of bacteria. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1932, 14: 62.—Hoeden, J. van der [Effect of tetrathionate on the growth of Coli- and typhoid bacteria in bouillon] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1931-32, 6: 247-64.—Holm, G. E., & Sherman, J. M. Salt effects in bacterial growths; preliminary paper. J. Bact., Bait., 1921, 6: 511-9.— Hotchkiss, M. Studies on salt action: the stimulating and in- hibitive effect of certain cations upon bacterial growth. Ibid., 1923, 8:141-62.—Howard, A. F. Ueber den Einfluss von Chloro- phyll auf das Bakterienwachstum. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 122: 335-7.—Jones, H. M. Effect of carbohydrate on amino-acid utilization of certain bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., 1920, 27: 169-72.— Karsmark, K. A. [Effect of saponins on the microhemolytic growth on blood gelatin] Sven. farm, tskr., 1932, 36: 277-83.— Kinyoun, J. J. The action of glycerine on bacteria in the presence of cell exudates. J. Exp. M., 1905, 7: 725-32. Also repr.—Kobayashi, R., & Nishikawa, E. On the influence of the amino-acids for the growth of gonococcus, streptococcus, pneu- mococcus, and meningococcus in culture media. Japan M. World, 1921, 1: 11.—Kolle, W. Ueber die oligodynamische Ein- wirkung dampffbrmiger Stoffe auf Gewebekulturen und Bakte- rienkulturen. In Probleme Bakt. (Kolle, W.) Lpz., 1935, 1-12.—Krauspe, C. Ueber die Einwirkung des Cholesterins auf Wachstum und biologische Fahigkeiten verschiedener Bak- terien. Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1925, 20: 140-3.—Lagrange, E., & Lagrange, M. T. Sur la diversity d'action de la lanoline et du tapioca sur quelques germes pathogenes. C.rend. Soc. biol., 193f', 129: 390.—Loele, W. Ueber den Einfluss von Aminosauren auf Nahrboden und Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1935-36, 135: 386-91.—Malone, R. H. A method of estimating the degree of solubility of micro-organisms in bile and bile salt solutions. Ind. J.M. Res., 1922-23, 10: 1144-6.—Meader, P. D., & Feirer, W. A. Drug-fastness in its relation to the resistance of certain organisms toward familiar germicides. J. Infect. Dis., 1926, 39: 237-49. Also repr.—Mezzadroli, G., & Sgarzi, I. Azione di alcuni alcaloidi sui microorganismi del terreno azotofissatori. Gior. biol. appl., 1934, 4: 162-74.—Mitolo, M. Azione dei vapori delle essenze vegetali e degli aromi animali sullo sviluppo di alcuni microrganismi. Fisiol. med., Roma, 1932, 3: 634.— Morgenroth, J., & Schnitzer, R. Kritisches Sammelreferat iiber die spezifische Arzneifestigkeit der Bakterien. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 675.—Muroo, S. Ueber den Einfluss verschie- dener Aminosiiuren auf die Entwicklung der Bakterien. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1935, 14: 669.—Mylius, K., & Sartorius, F. Weitere Mitteilungen iiber den Einfluss physiologischer Ver- dauungssafte auf Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1926, 99: 565-8.—Olivi, G. Resistenza di protofiti patogeni in soluzioni isotoniche. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1921, 1: 137-42.—Oroflno, A. Hanno le orine potere inibente sull' attivita batterica? Fol. med., Nap., 1933, 19: 1141-8.—Pana, C. Presenza e valore dei cristalli di ossalato di calcio nelle culture batteriche. Gior. batt. immun., 1930, 5: 1190-200— Paneth, L. Ueber experi- mentelle Veranderungen der chemischen Resistenz von Bak- terien. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 1603-6.—Panisset, L., Verge, J., & Carneiro, V. Action comparee de l'eau distillee et du serum physiologique sur la vitalite de quelques microbes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1925, 39: 80-5.—Pesch, K., & Strelow, K. Der Einfluss der Nebennierenbestandteile auf das Wachstum von Bakterien und deren Toxinbildung. Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 140: 353-5.—Petrov, E. K. [Microbes that multiply in saline culture medium] Mikrob. J., Leningr., 1929,9: 125-31.—Phe- lon, H. V., Duthie, G. M., & M'Leod, J. W. The rapid death of the meningococcus and gonococcus in oxygenated cultures; the part played by the development of an unduly alkaline reaction. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1927, 30: 133-49— Pondman, A. [Influ- ence of glycerin on bacteria and flltrable viruses] Xed. tschr. hyg. microb., 1930-31, 5; 203-14, 3ch.—Quastel, J. H. On a possible role of pyruvic acid in bacterial growth. Biochem. J., Lond., 1925, 19: 641-4. -----& Wooldridge, W. R. The effects of chemical and physical changes in environment on resting bacteria. Ibid., 1927, 21: 148-68—Rieger, H., & Trawner, R. Ueber die Wirkung des Wasserstoffsuperoxyds auf aerobe Sporenbildner. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1927, 98: 176-91.—Rock- well, G. E. The influence of carbon dioxide on the growth of bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., 1923, 32: 98-104.—Rouquier A , & BACTERIA 27 BACTERIA Tricoire, R. Action de Tether sur certains microbes pathogenes ou non pathogenes pour l'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1919, 82: 1160-2.—Ruggerini, G. Influenza dell' aggiunta di amino- acidi al terreno di coltura sopra lo sviluppo e la produzione di tossina del bacillo del tetano e del perfringens. Biochim. ter. sper., 1933, 20: 280-96.—Schmidt, H. Zur Frage der Einwirkung von Kochsalzlbsung auf Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1923-24, 91: Orig., 510-2.—Schbnfelder, H. Die Abhangigkeit des Bak- terienwachstums von Bestandteilen des Urins. Ibid., 1936, 136: 66-72.—Shearer. C. Studies on the action of electrolvtes on bacteria. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1919-20,18: 337; 1922-23, 21: 77, pi — Sierakovski, S., & Milejkovska, F. Capacity de neutralisation des acides et des bases par les milieux bacteriens et par les li- quides physiologiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 90: 704-6 — Smirnov, P. P. Der Einfluss von Chlornatrium auf die Bildung von Volutin in den Zellen sporenbildender Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1927, 70: 29-36.—Spat, W. Untersuchungen iiber die oligodynamische Fernwirkung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1920, 33: 509-11.—Stoye, W. Ueber Einwirkung von Fettsaureestern auf Bakterien. Zschr. Hyg., 1924, 103: 97-105.—Siipfle. Ueber das sogenannte Arndt-Schulzsche biologische Grundgesetz. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt.. 1922-23, 89: Orig., 112-7—Swearing-en, J. S., & Lewis, I. M. The nature of the effect of CO2 under pressure upon bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1933, 26: 201-10—Valley, G., & Rettger, L. F. The influence of carbon dioxide on bacteria. Ibid., 1927, 14: 101-37— Watkins, J. H., & Winslow, C. E. A. Factors determining the rate of mortality of bacteria exposed to alkalinity and heat. Ibid., 1932, 24: 243—Winslow, C. E. A., & Dolloff, A. F. Relative importance of additive and antagonistic effects of cations upon bacterial viability. Ibid., 1928, 15: 67-92.—Winslow, C. E. A., & Haywood, E. T. The specific potencv of certain cations, with reference to their effect on bac- terial viability. Ibid., 1931, 22: 49-69— Winslow, C. E. A., Walker, H.H., & Sutermeister, M. The influence of aeration and of sodium chloride upon the growth curve of bacteria in various media. Ibid., 1932, 24: 185.—Yaoi, H. On the influence of acids upon the viability of bacteria. Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis., Tokyo, 1923, 2: 335-55. Also J. Lab. Clin. M., 1924-25, 10: 735-51.—Ziegler, K., & Dbrle, M. Bakterienschutz gegen Metallsalze durch Gewohnung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 72:178-96. ----- Bakterien, Chemotherapeutica und Milieu. Ibid., 197-210. ---- Effect—of physical factors. See also Bacteria, Filtration; Light, Effects; Radium, Effects; Roentgen ray, Effects. Isexberg, E. *Versuche zur Frage der Re- sistenz der Diphtheria- und Tvphusbazillen gegen Austrocknen. 22p. 8? Bresl., 1930. Bacteria being killed by magnetic fields. Sc. American, 1921, 125: 221.—Basset, J., & Macheboeuf, M. A. Etude sur les effets biologiques des ultra-pressions: resistance des bacteries, des diastases et des toxines aux pressions tres elevfies. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 195: 1431-3—Beguet. Hypotheses sur le role de la pression osmotique dans les phenomenes microbiens. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1927, 5: 25-31.—Bushnell, L. D. Influence of vacuum upon growth of some aerobic spore-bearing bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1922, 7: 283-300.—Cluver, E. H., & Mavrogordato, A. The influence of the presence of dust upon the growth, in vitro, of certain micro-organisms. Med. J.S.Africa, 1921-22, 17: 26.—Davis, N. Interfacial tension and bacterial growth. J. Bact., Bait., 1927,13: 381-6—Dognon, A. La resistance des bac- teries aux basses pressions; possibility d'etude biologique des rayonnements tres peu penetrants. C. rend. Soc. biol.. 1930, 103: 886.—Fabian, F. W., & Graham, H. T. Influence of high- frequency displacement currents on bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., 1933, 53: 76-88. Also repr.—Fritz, H. Ueber den Einfluss elek- trischer Wechsel-Strome niedriger und hoher Frequenz auf das Wac stum verschiedener Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1929, 78: 386-403.—Frobisher, J. Relations of surface tension to bacterial phenomena. J. Infect. Dis., 1926, 38: 66-91.—Gibbs, W. M., Batchelor, H. W., & Sickels, T. N. Surface tension and bacterial growth. J. Bact., Bait., 1926, 11: 393- 4C6.—Haase, W., & Schliephake, E. Versuche iiber den Einfluss kurrer elektrischer Wellen auf das Wachstum von Bakterien. Strjhleatherapie, 1931, 40: 133-58.—Horowitz-Wlassowa, L. ML, & Grinberg, L. D. Zur Frage iiber psychrophile Mikroben. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1933, 89: 54^62.—Kanevska, M. I. [Effect of rrechanical trauma on microb&s] Soviet, vrach. gaz., 1932, 36: 1118-233.—Karsner, H. T., Brit^ingham, H. H., & Richardson, M. L. Influence of high partial pressures of oxygen upon bac- terial cultures. J. Med. Res., 1923-24, 44: 83-8— Kopeloff, N., & Morse, S. What are the atmospheric moisture requirements of bacteria? J. Lab. Clin. M., 1921-22, 7:555-60— Kraus, K. von. B kterien im elektrischen Kraftfeld. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1932, 124:64-77.—Kfizenecky, J. Eine Berichtigungzurmeiner Arbeit en Beitrag zum Studium der Bedeutung osmotischer Verhalt- niss3 des Mediums fiir Organismen. Arch. ges. Physio!., 19 6-17, 163: 144.—Larson, W. P. The influence of the surface tension of the culture medium on bacterial growth. Proc. Soc. E p. Biol., N.Y., 1921-22, 19:. 62. ----- Cantwell, W. F., & Hsr zell, T. B. The influence of the surface tension of the culture medium on the growth of bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., 1919, 25: 41-6.—Larson, W. P., Hartzell, T. B., & Diehl, H. S. The effect ofh'gh pressures on bacteria. Ibid., 1918,22: 271-9. Alsorepr — Lasreur, P., Vernier, P. [et al.] Influence de la variation experi- mentale de la tension superficielle sur la vie des bacteries culti- vees en milieu synthfitique et en solution peptonee. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1931-32, 3: 561-79.—Lentze, F. A. Gibt es eine elektrische Schiidigung von Bakterien und Protozoen durch Ultra-Kurzwellen? Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1932, 126: 508-17 — Liebesny, P., & Wertheim, H. Ueber Beeinflussung des Wachs- tums von Mikroorganismen durch Bestrahlung mit Hertzschen Kurzwellen. Radiobiologia, Venez., 1932-33, 1: no.3, 43-65 — Mastroianni, A. La resistenza al disseccamento di alcuni batteri patogeni e il loro potere immunizzante. Riforma med., 1923, 39: 1033.—Milian, G. Biotropisme microbien par agents phy- siques. Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1927, 30: 362-6.—Mudge, C. S~., & Smith, F. R. Effect of agitation upon bacterial growth. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 31: 154. Also J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 31: 11.—Nicastro, G. Azione della corrente elettrica sui comuni piogeni e sulle ferite infette degli animali da esperi- mento. Cult. med. mod., 1923, 2: 42-7.—Pels Leusden, F. Elektrische und magnetische Wirkungen auf Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 111: 321-5— Pizarro, 0. R. The relation of surface tension to bacterial development. J. Bact., Bait., 1927, 13: 387-408.—Raichel, B. Ueber den Einfluss osmotisch wirk- samer Mittel auf die Bakterienzelle. Arch. Protistenk., 1928, 63: 333-61, pi .—Reader, V. The relation of the growth of certain microorganisms to the composition of the medium; the effect of changes of surface tension on growth. Biochem. J., Lond., 1927, 21: 908-12— Schieblicb, M., & Schulze, M. Beitrage zur Ein- wirkung des elektrischen Stromes auf Bakterien. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 168: 192-202— Stark, C. N., & Herrington, B. L. The drying of bacteria and the viability of drv bacterial cells. J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 21: 13—Sugiyama, S. On the effect of the electric discharge at high voltage on bacteria. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1928-29, 11: 365-72.—Wolf, C. G. L. The influence of surface tension on the growth of bacteria. Biochem. J., Lond., 1923, 17: 813-26—Yaoi, H., & Nakahara, W. Effect of short exposure to supersonic waves on vaccine virus and some bacteria. Jap. J. Exp. M., 1934,12: 131-5.—Yen, A. C. H., & liu, S. Effect of supersonic waves on bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 31: 1250-2. ----- Further studies on the ef- fect of supersonic waves on bacteria. Ibid., 1934-35, 32: 485-8.— Zoond, A. The interpretation of changes in electrical resistance accompanying the death of bacterial cells. J. Bact., Bait., 1927, 14: 279-86. ---- Effect—of temperature. See also Bacteria, thermophilic; Disinfection; Sterilization. Allen, P. W. The attenuation of bacteria due to temperature shock. J. Bact., Bait., 1923, 8: 555-66.—Arai, H. The viability of bacteria in the cold store of the Mamiya, a provision deport boat. Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo, 1931, 20: 2—Bishop, F. W., Carpenter, C. M., & Warren, S. L. Studies on the physiological effects of fever temperatures; a description of a series of constant temperature water baths for the determination of the thermal death time of bacteria. J. Exp. M., 1932, 56: 719-23.—Casman, E. P., & Rettger, L. F. Some factors limiting bacterial growth at higher temperatures. J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 21: 27; 1933, 26: 77-123.—Esty, J. R., & Williams, C. C. Heat resistance studies; a new method for the determination of heat resistance of bac- terial spores. J. Infect. Dis., 1924, 34: 516-28—Ficrani-Gallotta, P. L. Ricerche sperimentali sulla resistenza di alcuni germi patogeni ai processi di fabbricazione di formaggi lavorati a debole riscaldamento. Igiene mod., 1982, 25: 8-15.—Gildemeister, E. Ueber den Einfluss erhohter Temperaturen auf die Oberflachen- spannung von Bakterienaufschwemmungen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1919, 83: Orig., 497-507—Haines. R. B. The minimum temperatures of growth of some bacteria. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1934, 34: 277-82.—Hampil, B. The influence of temperature on the life processes and death of bacteria. Q. Rev. Biol., 1932, 7: 172-96.—Hirszfeld, E., & Zajdel, J. Sur la variabilite des bac- teries sous l'influence des conditions thermiques defavorables. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 90: 1104—Mischustin, E. Untersu- chungen iiber die Temperaturbedingungen fiir bakterielle Pro- zesse im Boden in Verbindung mit der Anpassungsfahigkeit der Bakterien an das Klima. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt.. 1925-26, 66: 328-44.—Muller, L. De l'adaptation de certaines bacteries banales a des optima thermiques anormaux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 639-41.—Rivers, T. M. Effect of repeated freezing ( —185°C.) and thawing on colon bacilli, virus III, vaccine virus, herpesvirus, bacteriophage, complement, and trypsin. J. Exp. M., 1927, 45: 11-39.—Roubal, J. [Nephelometric changes in bac- terial emulsion produced t>\ the action of heat and chemical means] Spisy lek. Fak. Masaryk. Univ., 1927, 5: no.2, 1-20 — Stassano, H. Action nuisible du chauffage prolong? sur les microbes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 1385-7. ----- Dena- turation des toxines et des antigenes microbiens en general par le chauffage usuelau bain-marie. Ibid., 1387.—Tinti, M. Der Ein- fluss der Temperaturerhohungen auf die Oberflachenspannung bei verschiedenen Bakterienarten. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1923, 36: Orig., 337-47—Tumansky, V. M., Muller, M. A. [et al.] [Observations on the growth of B. pestis and B. pseudotuber- culosis rod. Pfeiffer on agar and bouillon mediums at various temperatures] Vest, mikrob., 1935, 14: 121-9. ---- Electric charge. Brown, H. C, & Broom, J. C. Observations upon electric charge in certain bacteriological problems. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1929, 10: 219-25—Buggs, C. W., & Green, R. G. Electrophoretic phenomena of bacteria; the electrophoretic velocity of bacteria BACTERIA 28 BACTERIA in relation to growth, senescence, and death. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 30: 453-63.—Comandon, J. Transport electrique des microbes. Arch, electr. med., 1913, 23: 49-58, pi.—Falk, I. S. Studies on electrophoresis of bacteria. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1923-24, 5: 57-9—Good, H. D. The electrical properties of bac- teria. In Papers Mayo Found., 1921-22, Phila., 1923, 2: 577 — Green, R. G., & Larsen, W. P. Conductivity of bacterial cells. J. Infect. Dis., 1922, 30: 550-8—Herraiz Ballestero, L. Conside- raciones sobre la carga electrica de los germenes y su determina- tion. Arch, med., Madr., 1935, 38: 393-6.—MacDougall, F. H., & Green, R. G. Theory of electrical conductance of suspensions. J. Infect. Dis., 1924, 24: 192-202.—Puschel, E. Untersuchungen iiber die Aenderung der elektrischen Ladung von Bakterienauf- schwemmungen. Krankheitsforschung, 1931, 9: 43-51.—Putter, E. Untersuchungen fiber Bakterienkataphorese. Zschr. Im- munforsch., 1921, 32: Orig., 538-57.—Shearer, C. Studies on the action of electrolytes on bacteria; the action of monovalent and divalent salts on the conductivity of bacterial emulsion. J. Hyg;, Cambr., 1919, 18: 337-60. Also Contr. Med. & Biol. Res. . . . (Osier, W.) N.Y., 1919, 1: 250-60.—Sierakovski, S., & Leczycka, E. Aenderungen der elektrischen Leitfahigkeit in Bakterienkulturen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1932-33, 127: 486-92.— Skrop, F. [About the electrophoresis of virulent and avirulent bacteria] Magy. orv. arch., 1927, 28: 246-8.—Soru, E. Re- cherches sur le signe de la charge Electrique des bacteries et des cellules defensives a etat normal et dans l'immunitS. Arch. roumain. path., Par., 1928, 1: 485-501. ----- Signe de la charge electrique des bacilles typhiques et du Bacillus tume- faciens normaux et sensibilises ainsi que de leurs agglutinines specifiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 904.—Tomita, K, On the cataphoresis of bacteria. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1925-26, 8: 369-96, pi—Winslow, C. E. A., Falk, I. S., & Caulfleld, M. F. The influence of certain electrolytes upon the electrical charge of bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1922- 23, 20: 428-30. ----- Electrophoresis of bacteria as influenced by hydrogen-ion concentration and the presence of sodium and calcium salts. J. Gen. Physiol., 1923-24, 6: 177-200.—Winslow, C. E. A., & Upton, M. F. The electrophoretic migration of vari- ous types of vegetable cells. J. Bact., Bait., 1926, 11: 367-92. ---- Emulsions. See Vaccines, Preparation and standardiza- tion. ---- Enumeration. See also Nephelometry; Vaccines, Preparation and standardization. Dichtl, G. *Ueber die Bestimmung der Keimzahl in Bakterienreinkulturen. 18p. 8? Munch., 1919. Lapidas, H. *Ueber die Bedeutung der Was- serstofnonenkonzentration, des osmotischen Druckes und der Anionen- und Kationenzusam- mensetzung einer Aufschwemmungsflussigkeit fiir die kulturelle Bestimmung der Bakterienzahl. 21p. 8? Bonn, 1932. Alper, T., & Sterne, M. The measurement of the opacity of bacterial cultures with a photo-electric cell. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1933, 33: 497-509.—Anderson, E. H., & Stuart, C. A. A quantita- tive differential method for counting mixed cultures of bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 30: 207-9—Briedigan, F. T., & Chang, T. M. A micromethod for the enumeration of microcolonies. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1924-25, 10: 931-3.—Buck, T. C, & Swenarton, J. C. An improved colony counting apparatus. Ibid., 1925-26, 11: 1095-7.—Bujwid, O. Eine neue Methode der Bestimmung von Bakterienmengen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1915-16, 77: Orig., 286-8.—Butterfield, C. T. Comparison of the enumeration of bacteria by means of solid and liquid media. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1933, 48: 1292-7.—Coombs, H. I., & Stephenson, M. The gravimetric estimation of bacteria and yeast. Biochem. J., Lond., 1926, 20: 998-1002.—Cunningham, J., & Timothy, B. A comparison between the numerical content of certain bacterial suspensions obtained by the hsemocytometer method and Brown's opacity tubes. Ind. J.M. Res., 1923-24, 11: 1253-6, ch.—Dichtl, G. Ueber die Bestimmung der Keimzahl in Bak- terien-Reinkulturen. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1920, 89: 47-62.— Feher, D. Die Verwendung der elektrometrischen pB-Messung zur quantitativen Ermittlung der Keimzahl der Boden. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1933, 4: 257-70—Fildes, P., & Smart, W. A. M. Volumetric measurement by drops in bacteriological technique. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1926-27, 7: 68-79.—Fisher, R. A., Thornton, H. G., & Mackenzie, W. A. The accuracy of the plating method of estimating the density of bacterial populations: with particu- lar reference to. the use of Thornton's agar medium with soil samples. Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond., 1922,9:325-59.—Fries, K. A. Eine einfache Methode zur genauen Bestimmung der Bakterien- mengen in Bakteriensuspension. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1921, 86: Orig., 90-6.—Garcia, C. M. Metodos standard de la Asociacion de salubridad publica y de la Asociacion de qufmicos agricolas de Washington; conteo macroscopico de las colonias por el mfetodo de la placa de Petri. Cron. med. quir. Habana, 1933, 59: 414- 26.—Gartner, S., & Pater, J. Bakterienzahlung in Aufschwem- mungen auf photometrischem Wege. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 120: 139-43.-Goldin, M. [New method in quantitative deter- mination of micro-organisms] Mikrobiologiya Moskva 1934, 3: 274-6. Also Soviet, vrach. gaz., .1934, 38:i1683-9•-^rfein, L. N. [Methods of counting bacteria] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1930, 30 • 529-48 —Gutfeld, F. Zahlfolien zum Zahlen von Bakterien- kolonien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 121: 518.-Haddon, E H. A standard opacity unit for measurement of bacterial suspen- sions. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1929-30, 23: 205.— Halvorson, H. O., & Ziegler, N. R. Application of statistics to problems in bacteriology; a means of determining bacteria population by the dilution method. J. Bact., Bait, 1933, 25. l01_2i ----- a consideration of the accuracy of dilution data obtained by using several dilutions. Ibid., 26: 559-67—Harvey, W F. Measurement of bacterial content in fluid suspension. Ind. J.M. Res., 1919-20, 7: 352-63.-Heckscher, H. Methode pour la numeration microscopique des bacteries. G. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 84: 1039. ----- Determination nephelometrique des emulsions bacteriennes. Ibid., 1921, 85: 378-81. Nouvelle methode pour la numeration des bacilles vivants con- tenus dans une emulsion. Ibid., 612—Henrici, A. T. Differen- tial counting of living and dead cells of bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1922-23, 20: 293-5.-Hennques, O. M. Tech- nique de la numeration des bacteries. C. rend. Soc. biol., 19.23, 88. 819—Horvath, D. Ein einfaches Verfahren fur Bakterien- zahlung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1930, 118: 238.-Janke, A. Die Anwendung variationsstatistischer Methoden auf die Mikro- benmessung. Ibid., 2.Abt., 1928, 74: 26-44—Kaukov, N. I. [Differentiation of dead and live bacteria and methods of direct counting in their application to food stuffs] Mikrobiologiya, Moskva, 1934, 3: 110-9.—Koch, K. Ein neuer Apparat zum Zahlen von Kolonien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925, 96: Orig., 454-6—Konrich, F. Zur Vereinfachung der kulturellen Keim- zahlbestimmung; die Notwendigkeit, die Autoklavtempera- turen zu kontrollieren; Hohlnadel fiir Blutpunktion und Ge- websiiberimpfung. Ibid., 1929-30, 115: 108-12—Krombholz, E. Ueber Keimzahlung mittels fliissiger Nahrboden mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Kolititerverfahren. Arch.Hyg., Miinch,, 1915-16, 85:117-37;1919, 88:241-73. -----& Lorenz, W. Ueber eine exakte Methode der mikrobiellen Titerbestimmung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927,104: 277-81; 1929,114: 138-53—Krueger, A. P. A method for the quantitative estimation of bacteria in suspen- sions. J. Gen. Physiol., 1929-30, 13: 553-6— Kuhn, P. Weitere Mitteilungen iiber Bakterien und Pettenkoferien. Med. Klin., Berl., 1930, 26: 739.—Lambert, Vies, & Watteville, de. Sur un opacimetre destine aux dosages bacteriens. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1919, 168: 797-9.—Legroux, R., & Eliava, G. Sur un liquide ou se maintient invariable le nombre de bacteries des cultures. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1921, 35: 713-7.—Matuszevski, T. [Certain bacteriological problems that can be solved by methods of sta- tistics] Med. dosw., 1934, 18: 313-28.—Medina, F. Considera- ciones sobre cuenta de bacterias. Rev. mex. biol., 1925, 5: 313-20.—Mestre, H. A precision photometer for the study of suspensions of bacteria and other microorganisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 30: 335-58.—Mudge, C. S., & Lawler, B. M. Is the statistical method applicable to the bacterial plate count? Ibid., 1928, 15: 207-21.—Mueller, J. H. Studies on cultural re- quirements of bacteria; quantitative estimation of bacterial growth. Ibid., 1935, 29: 383-7.—Muller, P. T. Ueber bakterio- logische Massenuntersuchungen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1916, 63: 766.—Muntner, S. Ueber Bakterienzahlung und -grossen- messung in Aufschwemmungen (insbesondere Vaccinen) mit- tels des Kleinmannschen Nephelometers. Zschr. Hyg., 1926, 106: 50-64.—Muntsch, O. Ein Beitrag zur kulturellen Keim- zahlmethode. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 114: 438-45— Pulver- taft, R. J. V., & Lemon, C. G. The application of photo-electricity to the determination of bacterial growth rate. Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond., 1933, 20: 245-51—Regnier, J., & Lambin, S. [et al.] Contribution a l'etude des methodes de numeration des mi- crobes. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1934, 41: 7; passim.—Regnier, J., Neipp, L., & Tiffeneau, M. Essais comparatifs de deux m§- thodes microscopiques de numeration des microbes; methode du comte microbes et methode de Wright. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 40-2.—Reyniers, J. A. Mechanising the viable count. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1935, 40: 437-54, pi.—Richards, O. W„ & Jahn, T. L. A photoelectric nephelometer for estimating the population density of microorganisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1933, 26: 385-91.—Robertson, A. H. Averaging bacterial counts. Ibid., 1932, 23: 123-34—Schacht, F. L., & Robertson, A. H. Observed variations in bacterial counts on the same plate. Ibid., 1931, 21: 22.—Schmidt, H. Ein Verfahren, die maximalen und mini- malen Keimzahlwerte von Bakteriensuspensionen zu bestim- men. Zschr. Hyg., 1926,116:314-26. -----& Fischer, E. Die Bestimmung der Keimzahl von Bakteriensuspensionen mittels des Capillarzentrifugierverfahrens. Ibid., 1930, 111: 542-53 — Skar, O. Mikroskopische Zahlung und Bestimmung des Ge- samtkubikinhalts und der Gesamtoberflache je Kubikeinheit des Objekts von Mikroorganismen und anderen mikroskopi- schen und ultravisiblen Korpern. Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1934, 46:110-58.—Smorodintzev, A. A. [Determination of num- ber of bacteria in a bacterial emulsion from their vital activity] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1928, 28: 383-97.—Steiner, M. Ein Beitrag zur Methodik der direkten Keimzahlermittlung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929,113:306-12.—Strauss, W. Objektive Nephelometrie mittels des Mollschen Triibungsmessers, demonstriert am Bei- spiel der Bakterienzahlung. Ibid., 1929-30,115: 228-35—Supin- ska, J. [Comparison of the methods of precision in determining the number of microorganisms in a unit of volume] Med. dosw., 1934, 18: 401-12.—Thornton, H. G. On the development of a standardised agar medium for counting soil bacteria, with BACTERIA 29 BACTERIA especial regard to the repression of spreading colonies. Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond., 1922, 9: 241-74.—Trbster, C. Verfahren zum Zahlen abgetoteter Bakterien in Aufschwemmungen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922, 88: Orig., 252-4— Varney, P. L. An auto- matically recording colony counting apparatus. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1935-36,21:207-10.—Vies, F. Sur la signification des dosages bacteriens. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1919, 82: 373-5.—Wamoscher, L. Bakterienzahlung im Dunkelfeld. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 2139.—Wells, P. V„ & Wells, W. F. On the dilution method of counting bacteria. J. Washington Acad. Sc, 1921, 11: 265-72 — Wohlfeil, T. Zur Kritik einiger Methoden der Bakterienzah- lung; vergleichende Untersuchungen zwischen der mikroskopi- schen Auszahlung im Dunkelfeld, dem Plattengussverfahren und der Trockensubstanzbestimmung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1932-33, 127: 492-4. ■-----& Sauerzapfe, E. Die Genauigkeit der mikroskopischen Bakterienzahlung im Dunkelfeld. Ibid., 495-7.—Zeleny, C. The tabulation of factorial values. Am. Natur., 1920, 54: 358-62.—Ziegler, N. R., & Halvorson, H. 0. Application of statistics to problems in bacteriology; experi- mental comparison of the dilution method, the plate count, and the direct count for the determination of bacterial population. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 29: 609-34. ---- Enzymes. See also Bacteria, Catalase; Bacteria, Metabo- lism. Dernby, K. G. Ueber einige extracellular wirkende Bakte- rienproteasen. Biochem. Zschr., 1922, 126: 105-8—Diehl, H. S. The specificity of bacterial proteolytic enzymes and their formation. J. Infect. Dis., 1919, 24: 347-61. Also J. Nat. Dent. Ass., 1919, 6: 643-52.—Gorini, C. Un metodo per svelare la produzione chimasica presso i batteri. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1933, 4: 123-30.—Haines, R. B. The formation of bacterial pro- teases, especially in synthetic media. Biochem. J., Lond., 1931, 25: 1851-9, ch.—Jones, L. R. Studies on the nature of bacterial hemolysin and proteolysin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 732-4.—Kirchner, O., & Nagell, H. Die Verwend- barkeit der Methoden zur quantitativen Katalase- und Peroxy- dasebestimmung fiir Untersuchungen ah Bakterien. Biochem. Zschr., 1926,174: 167-81.—Lagrange, E, Les diastases du Bacil- lus sinicus. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 484-6.—Schierge, M. Die Gewinnung proteolytischer Bakterienenzyme aus fliissigen Bakterienkulturen mit Hilfe der Mastixfallung. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 179: 248-51—Stapp, C. Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Bakterienfermente; iiber Katalase und Peroxydase bei Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1924, 92: Orig., 161-93 — Virtanen, A. I. On the enzymes of bacteria and bacterial metabolism. J. Bact., Bait., 1934, 28: 447-60.—Waksman, S. A. Enzymes of microorganisms. Abstr. Bact., Bait., 1922, 6: 265; 331. ---- Fermentation and gas production. See also Bacteria, Metabolism. Atkinson, N. Synergic gas production by bacteria. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1935, 13: 67-73.—Barthel, C. Kulturen von Ga- rungsorganismen in sterilisierter Erde. Zbl. Bakt., 1918, 48: 340-9, pi.—Besson, A., Ranque, A., & Senez, C. Les pheno- menes de fermentation et de reduction dans leur application au diagnostic bacteriologique. Paris med., 1919, 31: 140-3.— Brown, J. H. The vaseline tube and syringe method of micro- gas analysis of bacterial cultures. J. Exp. M., 1922, 35: 667-84, 3pl.—Browne, W. W. The fallacy of reading accurately gas percentages in the fermentation of lactose peptone bile and lac- tose broth. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1917, 7: 663— Cranston, J. A. Studies on gas production by bacteria; apparatus for the meas- urement of the rate of gas production. Biochem. J., Lond., 1930, 24: 525-8.—Dutton, L. O. A note on certain limitations of the use of solid media for the detection of gas production by bacteria. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1923-24, 9: 863. -----& Ruther- ford, V. M. A note on the use of solid media for the detection of gas production by bacteria. Ibid., 1925-26, 11: 81—Fiallos, J. M. Observations on Castellani's fermentation phenomenon. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1925, 28: 426-8.—Fleming, A., & Clemenger, F. J. A simple method of recording automatically the gas produced by bacteria in culture and of the oxygen ab- sorbed by aerobic non-gas-forming bacteria. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1920-21, 1: 66-9.—Fred, E. B., Peterson, W. H., & Mul- vania, M. The effect of lactic acid bacteria on the acetone- butyl alcohol fermentation. J. Bact., Bait., 1926, 11: 323-43 — Garcia, O. A pleomorphic and gas-forming bipolar bacillus iso- lated from the lymph glands of slaughtered cattle. Philippine J. Sc, 1927, 33: 331-45, 2pl— Graaff, J. de [Influence of the kind of peptones on the fermentation test of Eijkman] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1928-29, 3: 22-38—Grey, E. C. The latent fer- menting powers of bacteria. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1924-25, s.B, 96: 156-70—Holman, W. L., & Meekison, D. M. Gas pro- duction by bacterial synergism. J. Infect. Dis., 1926, 39: 145-72.—Hoytema, A. J. van [How can the fermentation test of Eijkman be improved?] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1928-29, 3: 165-78.—Huss, H. Die Eijkmansche Garprobe. Zbl. Bakt., 1918, 48: 295-321.—Ishikawa, M. Gas production by bacterial symbiosis, with special reference to the influence of nitrogenous substances. J. Infect. Dis., 1927,41: 238-56.----- Chemical and bacterial inhibition of gas formation in bacterial cultures. Ibid., 1928, 43: 311-20. Also repr.—Kay, H. D. Notes on the variation in the end-results of bacterial fermentation resulting from increased combined oxygen in the substance. Biochem. J., Lond., 1926, 25: 321-9.—Klieneberger, E. Die Gasbildung in Zuckeragar (hohe Schicht) Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925, 96: Orig., 181-213, pi.—Ledingham, J. C. G. A reversion phenomenon in bacterial fermentation. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1918-19, 17: 409-14.— Lloyd, B., & Cranston, J. A. Studies on gas production by bac- teria; denitrification and bacterial growth phases. Biochem. J., Lond., 1930, 24: 529-48—Morishima, K. Phenol-Red-China- Blue as an indicator in fermentation tests of bacterial cultures. J. Infect. Dis., 1920, 26: 43—Novak, J. [The influence of vari- ous substances, especially formic acid, on the fermentation of bacteria, Bacteria coli, in particular] Spisy lek. Fak. Masaryk. Univ., 1927, 5: no.4, 1-21.—Peruzzi, M. Sul fenomeno fermen- tativo di Castellani; ricerche sperimentali. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1926, 1: 201-4.—Sears, H. J., & Putnam, J. J. Gas pro- duction by bacteria in symbiosis. J. Infect. Dis., 1923, 32: 270-9.—Singer, G. Ueber Schadigung der Bakterien durch die Giirung. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1917, 86: 274-307— Wells, W. F. An improved fermentation tube battery. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1918,8: 904. ---- Filtration and nitrates. See also Antivirus; Bacteria, Effect—of physi- cal factors; Filter. Erismann, H. *Beitrage zur Theorie der Bakterienfiltration [Zurich] 31p. 8? Jena, 1922. Paulin, J. J. *Etude sur les formes filtrantes de quelques bacteries morphologiquement con- nues. 135p. 8? Par., 1928. Sacktjr, H. *Untersuchungen mit dem Seitz- Filter (Modell Manteufel) 34p. 8? Bresl., 1925. Abba, G. C. L'ultrafiltrabilita delle sostanze di origine bat- terica fluidificanti la gelatina. Pathologica, Genova, 1934, 26: 538-5.—Ascione, G. Contributo alio studio delle forme flltranti dei batteri. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1932, 7: 605.—Bronfen- brenner, J., & Muckenfuss, R. On the filtrability of bacteria. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1926-27, 24: 371.—Buchanan, G. Bacterial filtrates and their mode of action. J.M. Ass. S. Africa, 1931,5:702-4. Alsorepr.—Burnet, E. Sur la recherche de forme filtrantes des bacteries. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 1142-4.— Cristau, X. M. Les formes invisibles des microbes visibles. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1929, 91: 33-88— Dimitrijevic-Speth, V., & Hempt, H. Agarmembranfiltration von Bakterien und An- wendungsmoglichkeiten zur Anreicherung und Trennung von Bakterienarten, unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Stuhl- kultur. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1934, 131: 115-27.—Fiorito, G. Ri- cerche sulla reazione emorragica da filtrati batterici (fenomeno di Shwartzman) Gior. batt. immun., 1933, 11: 616-20.—Frola, G. Sulla migrazione dei germi attraverso gli ultrafiltri. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1933, 12: 685-91— Gartokh, O. O., & Yoffe, V. I. [The mode of action of bacterial filtrates, on local infectious processes] Vrach. dielo, 1928,11:1501-7—Goiffon, R., & Jaubert, A. Procede rapide pour obtenir les filtrats microbiens. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 1206.—Goldie, H. Absorption et destruction des substances inhibitrices de filtrats microbiens. Ibid., 1931,108:762-4. ---— Mesure de substances antihemo- lytiques des filtrats bacteriens. Ibid., 1932, 109: 7-9. -----& Veinberg, S. Effet des filtrats bacteriens in vivo compare a leurs caracteres in vitro. Ibid., 110: 893.—Hadley, P. Investi- gations on the nature of the filtrable forms of bacteria. Tr. Univ. Michigan Pediat. Infect. Dis. Soc, 1929, 74-81. ----- Delves, E., & Klimek, J. The filtrable forms of bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 21: 7-9.—Hauduroy, P. Les formes filtrantes des microbes non filtrants (bacille tubereuleux excepte) Mede- cine, Par., 1929, 10: no.3, suppl., 1-54.—Herrold, R. D., & Traut, E F. Skin reactions with pneumococcal and other bacterial filtrates and extracts. J. Infect. Dis., 1927, 40: 619-28—Johlin, J. M., & Avery, R. C. The extraction of the cell content of micro- organisms by percussion of the frozen cells. J. Exp. M., 1930, 52: 417-20.—Kelley, O. R. An unsuccessful attempt to demon- strate filtrable forms of bacteria with K medium. J. Infecti Dis., 1934,54:360-3.—Kendall, A.I. Filtrable bacteria. South. M.&S., 1931,93:799-803. ----- Observations upon the filtera- bility of bacteria, including a filterable organism obtained from cases of influenza; studies in bacterial metabolism. Science, 1931 74: 129-39. ----- The filtration of bacteria; studies in bacterial metabolism. Ibid., 1932, 75: 295-301. ----- Fil- terable forms of bacteria and their significance. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1932, 47: 100-8. Also J. Pediat., 1933, 2: 336-46. Also Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 337-41.—Le Guyon, R. Recherches sur I'ultrafiltration en bacteriologie. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1933,51:377-406.—Mudd, S. The penetration of bacteria through capillary spaces; motility and size as influencing filtrability through Berkefeld candles. J. Bact., Bait;, 1923, 8: 459-78, 2pi. -----& Mudd, E. B. H. Transport through Berkefeld filters by electroendosmotic streaming. Ibid., 1924, 9: 151-67.— Ninni, C, & Molinari, G. L'aspecificita del metodo vaccinale e curativo coi filtrati batterici. Ann. igiene, 1928, 38: 196-217.— Novogrudsky, D. M. [Visible and unvisible forms of bacteri.i] Mikrobiologiya, Moskva, 1932, 2: 377-402.—Otsubo, I. On the aggressive action of the filtrates of bacterial cultural media. Japan M. World, 1921,1: no.5, 7-11.—Petragnani, G. La migra- tion a travers la bougie filtrante comme excitant des phenomenes BACTERIA 30 BACTERIA de dissociation. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1932, 4: ■165-9.—Pijper, A. On differential filtration. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1927, 30: sect, sc, pt2, 1062-8.—Potocki & Fisch. Remarques sur le mode d'emploi des filtrates micro- biens en application locales. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1924, 13: 483-8.—Pulvertaft, R. J. V. Filter-passers. Discovery, Lond., 1923, 4: 101-3.—Rice, T. B. Filtrable forms of the com- monly known bacteria. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1932, 25: 1-5 — Seastone, C. V., & Lawrence, M. B. Attempt to confirm exist- ence of a filtrable cycle of bacteria by use of K medium. J. Infect. Dis., 1933, 52: 20-6. Also repr.—Shwartzman, G. Spon- taneous and acquired active immunity to the phenomenon of local skin reactivity to bacterial filtrates. J. Exp. M., 1932, 55: 889-902. ----- Further studies on the nature of the phe- nomenon of local skin reactivity to bacterial filtrates: toxic fac- tors derived from the blood serum. Ibid., 56: 291-305.—Varney, P. L., & Bronfenbrenner, J. Effects of K medium on the filterabilitv of bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1932, 29: 804-6.—Warren, S., & Mudd, S. The penetration of bacteria through capillary spaces; migration through sand. J. Bact., Bait., 1924, 9: 143-9.—Wokes, F. An improved bacteria-proof filter. Pharm. J., Lond., 1936, 82: 313. ---- Flagellum. See also Bacteria, Motility. Abet, H. Zur Technik der Geisseldarstellung nach Gray. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1934-35, 133: 465-7—Arnbeck, 0. Die Geis- ssln der Bakterien. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg., 1921-22, 15: 227 — Bailey, H. D. A flagella and capsule stain for bacteria. Proc. Soc/Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 111.—Craigie, J. A method of staining bacterial flagella. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1928, 9: 55. -----The demonstration of bacterial flagella. J.R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1929, 49: 9-13, pi.—Curbelo Hernandez, A., Insua Cartaya, G., & Toyos Gomez, V. Tecnica electiva para coloration de flagelos bacterianos. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1935, 40: 558- 60.—David, H. Ueber ein einfaches und sicheres Verfahren zur Geisseldarstellung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1934, 132: 240-3.— Ficker, M. Ueber die Beobachtung yon Bakteriengeisseln im Dunkelfeld. Deut. med. Wschr., 1921, 47: 286.—Inouye, Z. A new method of staining flagella and observation on the morpho- logical changes of flagella, depending upon the age of bacteria. Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis., Tokyo, 1924, 3: 11-5, pi.—Jensen, V. Eine einfache Methode, Geisseln zu Fiirben. Acta path. microb. scand., 1931, 8: 314.—John, K. Beobachtungen an Bak- tsrien-Geisseln. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1933, 89: 143.—Krijgsman, B. J. Beitrage zum Problem der Geisselbewegung. Arch. Protistenk., 1925, 52: 478-88.—Kuroi, C. A new method of staining flagella using specific immune serum as mordants. Japan M. World, 1928, 8: 270.—Lancelin, Seguy, & Dubreuil. Technique de coloration des tils microbiens. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 556.—Lancereaux, E. Methode de coloration des tils microbiens; modification des procedfe de Zettnov et de Van Ermenghen. Presse med., 1919, 27: 565.—Leifson, E. A method of staining bacterial flagella and capsules together with a study of the origin of flagella. J. Bact., Bait., 1930, 20: 203-11. ----- Development of flagella on germinating spores. Ibid., 1931, 21: 357-9..—Maneval, W. E. The staining of flagella of bacteria, with special reference to mordants. Ibid., 1931, 21: 313-21.—Massi, U. Le ciglia batteriche ser- vono solo al movimento? Igiene mod., 1921, 14: 41.—Neu- mann, F. Die Sichtbarmachung von Bakteriengeisseln am lebenden Objekt im Dunkelfeld. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925, 96: Orig., 250-62, 4pl.; 1928, 109: 143-80, 7pl. Also Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 1851. Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1460. ----- Die Griinde der Sicht- beziehungsweise Unsichtbarkeit der Bakteriengeisseln im Dunkelfeld (mit kinematographischen Demonstrationen verschiedener Mikroorganismen) Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 110: H.6-8, Beihft, 192-4.—Neumiiller. Bemer- kung zu der Arbeit von Dr Neumann: die Sichtbarmachung von Bakteriengeisseln am lebenden Objekt im Dunkelfeld. Ibid., 1927, 102: 90-2, pi.—Noguchi, H. Abnormal bacteria flagella in cultures, their resemblance to spirochetes. J. Am. M, Ass., 1926, 86: 1327-9.—Ogura, K.. Ueber eine Modifikation der Geisselfiirbung und die Geisselform der Bakterien. J. Jap. Soc. Vet. Sc, 1927, 6: no.2,162-6, pi.—Pacifico, A. Technique simple pour la coloration des cils des bacteries. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 679.—Petragnani, G. Per colorare le ciglia dei batteri (con dimostrazione di speciali altri prolungamenti del corpo batte- rico) Policlinico, 1922, 29: sez. med., 30-42.—Pijper, A. Begeis- selung von Tvphus- und Proteusbazillen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1930, 118: 113-21, 4pl— Plimmer, H. G., & Paine, S. G. A new method for the staining of bacterial flagella. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1921, 24: 286-8, pi—Safford, C. E., & Fleisher, M. S. Method for staining bacterial flagella. Stain Techn., 1931, 6: 43-5.—Shunk, I. V. Notes on the flagellation of the nodule bacteria of leguminosae. J. Bact., Bait., 1921, 6: 239-46, pi — Spehl, P. Impregnation des cils des bacteries par le nitrate d'argent. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1920, 83: 1224—Tron, G. Sull' im- piego degli arsenobenzoli per la dimostrazione delle ciglia dei batteri. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1923-24, 3: 387—Weiss, E. Method of staining flagella. J. Infect. Dis., 1928, 43: 228-31.— Yokota, K. Methode de coloration des cils. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 90: 1303. ----- Neue Untersuchungen zur Kenntnis der Bakteriengeisseln; iiber die Beziehung zwischen Bakteriengeis- seln und Bakterienagglutination. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925, 95: Orig., 261-78, pi.—Zettnow. Ueber Schleimgeisseln. Zschr. Hvg., 1918, 86: 25-34, 2pl— Zikes. Die Geisselfiirbung. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1930, 81: 161-6. ---- Fluorescence. See Bacteria, chromogenic. ---- Gas production. See Bacteria, Fermentation. ---- Gelatin liquefaction. Mairet, E. J. *Le controle de la liquefaction de la gelatine determinee par les bacteries. 24p. 8? Lausanne, 1923. Gorini, C. Sulla diffusione della proprieta acidoproteolitica fra i batteri patogeni. Gior. batt. immun., 1928, 3: 26-37.— Haines, R. B. The influence of the medium on the production of bacterial gelatinase. Biochem. J., Lond., 1932, 26: 323-38.— Levine, M., & Carpenter, D. C. Gelatin liquefaction by bacte- ria. J. Bact., Bait., 1923, 8: 297-306— Levine, M., & Shaw, F. W. Further observations on liquefaction of gelatin by bac- teria. Ibid., 1921, 9: 225-34.—Loghem, J. J. van. Identity of the blood-digestive and gelatine-liquefying bacterial actions. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1921, 23: sect, sc, 115-20.— Nichols, A. A. An agar liquefying bacterium. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1933, 88: 177-82.—Rush, J. E., & Palmer, G. A. On decreasing the exposure necessary for the gelatin determination. J. Bact., Bait., 1921, 6: 571-4.—Shaw, F. W. The Ostwald vis- cosimeter for the determination of the liquefaction of gelatin by bacteria. Ibid., 1924, 9: 315-20. ----- Gelatin liquefaction by bacteria (viscosity-conductivity studies) Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 121: 481-8. ---- Genetics. See also Bacteria, Reproduction. Dunbar, W. P. Zur Frage der Stellung der Bakterien, Hefen und Schimmelpilze in System; die Entstehung von Bakterien, Hefen und Schim- melpilzen aus Algenzellen. oOp. 8? Miinch., 1907. Almquist, E. Investigations on bacterial hybrids. J. Infect. Dis., 1924, 35: 341-6, pi—Cardot, H., & Laugier, H. Gontribu- tion a l'gtude de l'accoutumahce de la selection et de la trans- mission des caracteres acquis chez les microbes. Ann. physiol., Par., 1925, 1: 105-22.—Lindegren, C. C. Genetical studies of bacteria; origin of G-type colonies by transgenation. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1935-36, 93: 389-400.—Mellon, R. R. Observations on primitive form of sexuality (zygo-spore formation) in the colon- typhoid group. J. Bact., Bait., 1925, 10: 481-501, 5pl. ----- The biogenic law of Haeckel and the origin of heterogeneity within pure lines of bacteria. Ibid., 1926, 40: 203-28, 2pl.—Mul- loy, D. The theory of the origin of bacteria. Practitioner, Lond., 1921, 106: 435-9.—Sakharov, N. Wie kann das Problem der Urzeugung gelbst werden? Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1921, 53: 311.—Stewart, F. H. Mendelism in bacteriology. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1926, 72: 582-7—Wallin, A. E. Bacteria and the origin of species. Science, 1926, 64: 173-5.—Wollman, E., & Wollman, E. Sur la transmission parahereditaire de caracteres chez les bacteries. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 1568. ---- halophilic. Browne, W. W. Halophilic bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1921-22, 19: 321.—Golikov, S. M. Eine Gruppe von obligat halophilen Bakterien, geziichtet in Substraten mit hohem Na-Cl-Gehalt. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1930, 80: 35-41.— Holm, G. E., & Sherman, J. M. Salt effects in bacterial growth; the physical nature of bacterial growth in various concentrations of neutral salts. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1923-24, 21: 311-5.—LeFevre, E., & Round, L. A. A preliminary report upon some halophilic bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1919, 4: 177-82.— Saslavsky, A. S. Ueber eine obligat halophile Thionsiiure- baktene. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1927, 72: 236-42. -----& Harz- stein, N. Ueber die Einwirkung gewisser Salze auf obligat- halophile Thionsaure-Bakterien. Ibid., 1930, 80: 165-9 — Schoop, G. Obligat halophile Mikroben. Ibid., l.Abt., 1935, 134: 14-26. hemophilic. See also Hemophilus. Fischgold, H. *Aktive Eisenverbindungen in der Kultur hamophiler Bakterien. p 491-9. 8? Berl., 1929. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 66: Kristexsen, M. Investigations into the oc- currence and classification of the hamioglobino- philic bacteria. 272p. 8? Kbh 1922 bacteria, based upon their relation to blood-pigment and to the BACTERIA 31 BACTERIA vitamine factor. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1923-24, 4: 265-71.—Greko- witz, G. Ueber einen auf Blutnahrbbden pneumokokkeniihn- lich wachsenden Saprophyten. Wien. med. Wschr., 1929, 79: 440.—Hartman, F. W., & Jackson, E. A recently isolated bacillus of the hemophilic group. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1929-30,15: 323-31 — Kammerer, H. Bakterien und Blutfarbstoff. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1920, 88: 247-86, 3 pi.—Kristensen, M. [Investigations into the occurrence and classification of the haemoglobinophilic bacteria] Bibl. laeger, 1923,115: 212-26. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1923. 90: Orig., 182-90.—Maitland, H. B., & Cameron, G. C. A study of the hsemoglobinophilic bacteria by agglutination and agglutinin absorption. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1921-22, 2: 283-8 — Mever, K. Zur Biologie der hamophilen Bakterien; tiber die Natur des V-Faktors. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1934,131: 289. ----- Ueber die Inaktivierung des V-Faktors durch Blutkbrperchen- stromata. Ibid., 291-300.—Mulder, J., & Ubbink, J. [Bac- teriology of hemoglobinophilic bacteria] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 4447-54, pi.—Rivers, T. M. Bacterial nutrition; growth of a hemophilic bacillus on media containing only an autoclave- stable substance as an accessory factor. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1922, 33: 149-51.—Spray, R. S. Heated blood and blood derivatives for cultivation of the hemoglobinophilic organisms. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1930-31, 16: 166-8—Thjbtta, T., & Avery, 0. T. Studies on bacterial nutrition; growth accessory substances in the cultivation of hemophilic bacilli. J. Exp. M., 1921, 34: 97-114.—Valentine, F. C. O., & Rivers, T. M. Further observa- tions concerning growth requirements of hemophilic bacilli. Ibid., 1927, 45: 993-1002. ---- Heat production. Bayne-Jones, S. Bacterial calorimetry; general considera- tions; description of differential microcalorimeter. J. Bact., Bait., 1929,17:105-22. -----& Rhees, H.S. Bacterial calorim- etry. Ibid., 3. ---— Relationship of heat production to phases of growth of bacteria. Ibid., 123-40.—James, L. H., Rettger, L. F., & Thorn, C. Microbial thermogenesis; heat pro- duction in moist organic materials, with special reference to the part played by microorganisms. Ibid., 1928, 15: 117—41.— Wetzel, N. C. A note on the application of Buchanan's formula to heat production in bacterial cultures. Ibid., 1929, 18: 117-32. —■—■ On the motion of growth; energetics of bacterial growth and heat production. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1932, 30: 360-5. ---- Hydrogen-ion concentration, Acklin, 0. Ueber die Bestimmung der Pa-Werte in der bakteriologischen Technik. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1923-24, 91: Orig.. 538-52.—Adam, A. Ueber die Bedeutung der Eigen- wasserstoffzahl (des H-Ionenoptimum) der Bakterien. Ibid., 1921-22, 87: Orig., 481-6. Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48: 82.—Balint, M. Ein Beweis fiir die Konstanz der pH der leben- den Bakterienzelle. Biochem. Zschr., 1924, 152: 92.—Berridge, E. M. The influence of hydrogen-ion concentration on the growth of certain bacterial plant parasites and saprophytes. Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond., 1924, 11: 73-85—Brooks, M. M. The effect of hydrogen-ion concentration on the production of carbon dioxide by Bacillus butvricus and Bacillus subtilis. J. Gen. Physiol., 1921-22, 4: 177-86.—Cluzet, J., Rochaix, A., & Kofman, T. Variations de la concentration en ions hydrogene dans une culture microbienne. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 1039. ----- Concentration limite en ions hydrogene, compatible avec le developpement des cultures microbiennes. Ibid., 1040. Also C. rend. Acad, sc, 1924, 178: 1638—Cohen, B., & Clark, W. M. The growth of certain bacteria in media of different hydrogen ion concentrations. J. Bact., Bait., 1919, 4: 409-27.—Dernby, K. G., & Naslund, C. Die Beziehung der Wachstumkurven einiger Mikroorganismen der Dysenterie-Coli-Gruppe zur Wasserstoflionenkonzentration. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1922,35: Orig., 450-4.—Dominici, A. Sull' energia di riduzione e concen- trazione in ioni H delle coltura, in rapporto alia virulenza ed alio sviluppo dei batteri. Biochim. ter. sper., 1925,12: 339-49.— Falk, I. S. Studies on salt action; the effect of hydrogen ion concentration upon salt action. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1919-20, 17: 210. ---— & Harrison, R. W. The influence of hvdrogen-ion concentration upon the viscosity of bacterial suspensions. J. Bact., Bait., 1926, 12: 97-123—Geilinger, H., & Schweizer, K. Ueber das Wesen der Neutralrotreaktion in Bakterienkulturen. Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 138: 72; 92-118. Also Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch., 1923, 14: 241-9—Gillespie, L. J. Color standards for the colorimetric measurement of H-ion concentration. J. Bact., Bait., 1921, 6: 399-405—Gutstein, M. L'eber die p„-Zahl der Bakterien. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1933, 4: 241-7.—Hall, I. W., & Fraser, A. D. The action of dilute acids upon bacterial growth in optimum hydrogen-ion concentration. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1922, 25: 19-25—Helmholz, H. F., & Millikan, F. The effect of change of reaction on the growth of Bacillus coli and Staphylococcus aureus. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1925, 29: 78-85.—Jones, H. M. A rapid hydrogen electrode method for determination of hydrogen ion concentrations in bacterial cultures or in other turbid or colored solutions. J. Infect. Dis., 1919, 25: 262-8.—Kojima, S. Beitrage zur Kenntnis iiber die Beziehung der Wasserstofnonkonzentration mit den Bakterien in zuckerhaltigen Nahrboden. Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis., Tokyo, 1923, 2: 305-28. ----- Pri la optima hidrogen- ion-koncentracio por la kreskigo de Tifo-, Paratifo-Disenterio- kaj Holerobaciloj. Ibid., 329-34.—Lasseur, P., Dupaix, A., & Grojean, M. Variations de quelques constantes physico-chi- miques des suspensions bacteriennes en fonction du pa; influence de l'anion. Gior. batt. immun., 1932, 9: 1-13.—Medalia, L. S. Color standards for the colorimetric measurements of H-ion con- centration p„ 1.2 to p„ 9.8. J. Bact., Bait., 1920, 5: 441-68.— Peragallo, I. Sul comportamento cronologico del pH nelle brodoculture di germi patogeni. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1935, 14: 34-9.—Quirk, A. J., & Fawcett, E. H. Hydrogen-ion concen- tration vs. titratable acidity in culture mediums. J. Infect. Dis., 1923, 33: 1-59, pi—Radzimovska, W. W., & Jazimirska, M. C. Ueber die Bestimmung der Wasserstoflionenkonzentra- tion in einzelnen Bakterienkolonien. Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 72.—Schlossberger, H., & Bonacorsi, L. L'influenza della rea- zione dei terreni di cultura sul potere delle sostanze chimiche di impedire lo sviluppo dei germi. Gior. clin. med., 1923, 4: 41-9.—Scolari, E. Considerazioni ed esperienze sull' importanza del pH dei terreni di coltura. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1931, 72: 323-60, pi.—Shwartzman, G. Food accessory substances in bac- terial growth; the iniluence of initial hydrogen-ion concentration of media on the growth promoting effect of tomato extract. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1924-25, 22: 7-9—Sierakowski, S. Variations et nature des concentrations en ions H dans des cultures bacteriennes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 1371-3. Also Biochem. Zschr., 1924, 151: 15-26— Stearn, E. W., & Stsarn, A. E. The effect of the reaction of the medium on the charac- teristics of bacteria; general presentation of the problem, and results obtained with Bacillus coli-communior, Salmonella enteritidis, and Pseudomonas pyocyanea. J. Bact., Bait., 1933, 26: 9-35, 37-55. ----- Behavior of Bacillus cereus. Ibid., 57-75.—Stickdorn. Die Alkalitat der Nahrboden gemessen nach der Michaelis'schen Indikatorenmethode, in ihren Beziehungen zum Bakterienwachstum. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1921, 33: Orig., 576-80.—Tekelenburg, F. [Influence of hydrogen-ions on undissociated molecules of bacteria] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1927-28, 2: 176-94.—Winslow, C. E. A., & Shaughnessy, H.J. The alkaline isopotential point of the bacterial cell. J. Gen. Physiol., 1923-24, 6: 697-701. ---- Identification. See also Bacteria, Cultivation; Bacteria, Staining. Bedford, R. H. A rapid method for obtaining the Voges- Proskauer reaction. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 18: 93—Besron, A., Ranque, A., & Senez, C. Variations dans la reduction du rouge- neutre par les microbes; utilisation pour le diagnostic. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1918, 81: 928-30—Bibb, L. B. Differentiation of in- testinal organisms by means of semifluid sugar media. J. Bact., Bait., 1927, 13: 123-8.—Brown, H. C, Duncan, J. T., & Henry, T. A. The fermentation of salts of organic acids as an aid to the differentiation of bacterial types. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1924-25, 23: 1-22, 2pl— Bujwid, 0. Differenzierung von Bakterien- kulturen mit H2O2. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1915-16, 77: Orig., 440.—Castellani, A. An amoebo-test as a possible additional test in the differentiation of certain bacteria. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1931, 34: 83, pi.—Cattaneo, L. Sulla possibilita d'impie- gare terreni affumicati per la differenziazione di alcuni micror- ganismi. Arch. 1st. biochim ital., 1929, 1: 385-92.—Cevolotto. Diagnosi dei batteri patogeni. Gazz. osp., 1923, 44: 1129-31.— Cipriani, C, & Fanzio, L. II fenomeno della salita capillare nella differenziazione dei bacteri. Policlinico, 1922, 29: sez. med., 426-34.—Colella, C. Terreni culturali con carotina quale mezzo di differenziazione dei batteri. Gior. med. vet., 1929, 78: 693; 717.—Cunningham, J., & Raghavachari, T. N. S. Recent meth- ods of differentiating lactose-fermenting organisms as applied to Indian conditions. Ind. J.M. Res., 1926-27, 14: 41-5.—Dandob, E. M. Sulle colture in agar all' acetato neutro di piombo, come mezzo differenziale tra batteri affini. Riforma med., 1924, 40: 942.—Danielsen, E. Zur Unterscheidung von Bakterienkul- turen mit Hilfe der Quarzlampe. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929-30, 115: 225-8.—Dessy, G. Sulla possible differenziazione dei pro- tozoi dai protofiti per mezzo del NaCN (cianuro di sodio) Rev. sudamer. endocr., B. Air., 1923, 6: 541-50.—Domingo, P., & Vidal, J. Identification de la bacteria de ataque de Ravetllat- Pla. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1925, 2.ser., 4: 96.—Gasul, P. Y., & Zholkevich, A. Y. [Differentiation of bacteria with Wood's rays] Vest, rentg., 1927, 5: 385-90. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927, 104: 503-7.—Gore, S. N. A simple method for the classification of aerobic bacilli growing well on ordinary laboratory media and a key for the provisional identification of certain aerobic non-spore producing intestinal bacilli and vibrios. Ind. J.M. Res., 1924- 25, 12: 161-77.—Grossmann, H. Ueber die Bedeutung der bak- teriologischen Typendifferenzierung und deren Beziehungen zur Praxis. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 998-1000.—Grumbach, A. Bakteriendifferenzierung (Art, Typ und Phase) Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65:303-5.—Hill, J. H., & White, E. C. Sodium chloride media for the separation of certain gram-positive cocci from gram-negative bacilli. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 18: 43-57 — Kendall, A. I., & Ryan, M. A double sugar medium for the cultural diagnosis of intestinal and other bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., 1919, 24: 400-1. -Kitchin, J. A key for the identification of bacteria. J.R. Micr. Soc, 1921, pt4, 378-80—Klieneberger, E. Die Erzeugung von Modifikationen durch spezifischen Reiz als Mittel der Artcharakterisierung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927, 104: 456-9.—Kollath, W., & Lubinski, H. Zur Differential- diagnose zwischen Vibrionen und Bacillus faecalis alcaligenes. Ibid., 1923-24, 91: Orig., 455-9.—Lacassagne, A., & Paulin, A. Separation de certains microbes aerobies grace a leur difference de sensibilitc au rayonnement 0. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 333.—Lacy, G. R. Some of the difficulties encountered in differ- entiating lactose nonfermenting gram-negative bacilli. J. BACTERIA 32 BACTERIA Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1924, 4: 264-7.—Lindemann, G. Zur Vereinfachung der Diagnostik der Typhus-, Paratyphus-, Enteritis- und Colibazillen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 120: 218-23—Murray, T. J., & Skinner, C. E. Differentiation of B. aerogenes and B. coli of non-fecal origin from B. coli of fecal origin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1925-26, 23: 104-6 — Nicolle, M., & C§sari, E. Comment on diagnostique un microbe pathogene. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1923, 37: 329-41—Orla- Jensen, A. D. About the application of aesculin for the identi- fication of bacteria. Acta path, microb. scand., 1933-34, 11: 312-22.—Pietra, P. Sulla differenziazione del vari germi con i terreni culturali. Igiene mod., 1922, 15: 75-9.—Saelhof, C. C. The concentration of bacteria, including tubercle bacilli, by the use of aluminium hydroxide cream. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1924-25, 9: 97.—Sander, F. Spaltung anorganischer Komplexsalze durch Bakterien und Verwendung dieser Salze zu Differentialfarb- nahrboden. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1934, 132: 465-70.—Schneider, F. Vergleichende Untersuchungen fiber den Koch-Weeksschen Bazillus und das Pfeiffersche Influenzastabchen. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1923, 93: 26-42.—Seppilli, A. La diagnosi di fase nelle colture dei batteri parassiti facoltativi. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1934, 5: 550-60.—Sierakowski, S. Micro-methode rapide pom- la determination et l'isolement des bacteries pathogenes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 1002-6.—Simmons, J. S. A culture medium for differentiating organisms of typhoid-colon aerogenes groups and for isolation of certain fungi: J. Infect. Dis., 1926, 39: 209-14, 2pl—Skinner, C. E., & Murray, T. J. Medium for inhibition of spreaders and differentiation of B. coli and B. aerogenes. Ibid., 1924, 34: 585-91—Smith, H. W. The bio- chemical differentiation of bacteria. Am. J. Hyg., 1922, 2: 607-55.—Stearn, E. W., & Stearn, A. E. A study of the chem- ical differentiation of bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1925, 10: 13- 23.—Thomson, D., & Thomson, R. The classification and identification of germs by microphotography. Ann. Pickett Thomson Lab., 1924-25, 1: 263-74, 7pl— Vercellana, G. Sulla differenziazione delle colture di alcuni germi per mezzo dell' ema- tossilina. Igiene mod., 1923, 16: 18-21.—Werkman, C. H. An improved technic for the Voges-Proskauer test. J. Bact., Bait., 1930, 20: 121-5.—Wood, D. R. Recent advances in the differen- tiation of lactose-fermenting (gas-producing) bacilli, with special reference to the examination of water and food products. J. Hyg., Lond., 1919, 18: 46-58— Yakimov, W. L. Note sur la technique bacteriologique: procSde d'Orticoni. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1923, 16: 226. ---- Isolation. Society of American Bacteriologists. Manual of methods for pui'eculture study of bac- teria, v.p. 8? Geneva, N.Y., 1930. Avery, R. C, & Leland, S. J. A simple method for the isola- tion of pure cultures from single bacterial cells. J. Exp. M., 1927, 45: 1003-7.—Barnard, J. E. Cultures from single cells. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1925-26, 6: 39.—Blodgett, F. H. Isolation cultures with small aquaria. Science, 1917, n.s., 46: 386 — Chambers, R. New micromanipulator and methods for the iso- lation of a single bacterium and the manipulation of living cells. J. Infect. Dis., 1922, 31: 334-43.—Churchman, J. W. The iso- lation of gentian positive individuals from a suspension of a gentian negative organism (B. coli) Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21,18:19—Conn, H. J., Atkins, K. N. [et al.] Report on methods of pure culture study. J. Bact., Bait., 1922, 7: 519-28.—Conn, H. J., & Harding, H. A. [et al.] Methods of pure culture study; progress report for 1918 of the committee on the descriptive chart of the Society of American Bacteriologists. Ibid., 1919, 4: 107-32.—Dickinson, S. A method of isolating and handling individual spores and bacteria. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1925-26, 19: sect, path., 1-4.—Duff, D. C. B. A modifi- cation of the Orskov single-cell technic. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1929-30,15:186-8.—Felton, L. D. Oxydase activity and isolation of pure cultures of bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., 1924, 34: 407-13.— Hanks, J. H., & Weintraub, R. W. The preparation and prop- erties of silicic acid jellies for the pure culture isolation of bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 31: 29—Hort, E. C. The cultivation of aerobic bacteria from single cells. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1919-20, 18: 361-8.—Kahn, M. C. Chambers' manipulator for the isola- tion of a single bacterium. J. Infect. Dis., 1922, 31: 344-8.— Klix, H. C. A simple method of isolating bacteria from patho- logic material. J. Lab. Clin.M., 1920-21, 6: 104.—Levinthal, W. Das Ein-Zell-Kulturverfahren mit der Objekttragerwanne; Nachtrag zu der Arbeit Studien an Diphtheriebacillen. Zschr. Hyg., 1927, 107: 380-6. ----- Kolonieentwicklung aus einer Mikrobenzelle (mikrokinematographische Filme) Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 110: H.6-8, Beih., 194.—Malone, R. H. A simple apparatus for isolating singlo organisms. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1918-19,22:222.—Melnik, M. [Method of isolating pure cultures from single cells] Profil. med., Kharkov, 1927, 6: no.5, 25-33.— Mutch, N. The isolation of the single bacterial cell. J.R. Micr. Soc, 1919,221-4.—Orskov, J. [A method of isolating single bacterial strain] Hospitalstidende, 1922, 65: 86-98. Also J. Bact., Bait., 1922, 7: 537-49.—Paine, S. G. A practical method of culture from a single bacterial cell. Ibid., 1927, 14: 441-3. -----& Ramchandani, J. C. An improved method of culture from a single bacterial cell. Ibid., 1929, 17: 377—Peterfi, T., & Wamoscher, L. Die Isolierung von Bakterien im Dunkelfeld: Ein-Zell-Kulturen und Tierimpfung mit einem einzelnen Bac- terium. Zschr. Hyg., 1926,106:191-201— Sachs, A. A medium for the primary isolation and subsequent subculture of gonococci, pneumococci, and other delicate organisms. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1929, 52:452— Solis-Cohen, M., & Rubenstone, A. I. The technic of the pathogen-selective method of culture. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1925-26, 11: 881-6—Topley, W. W. C, Barnard, J. E., & Wilson, G. S. A new method of obtaining cultures from single bacterial cells. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1921-22, 20: 221-6, pi—Tros- sarelli, L. Suggerimenti tecnici per l'isolamento dei germi patogeni da focolari morbosi. Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 7: 414-21.—Varney, P. L. A new spiral streak plate method of isolating bacteria by means of an inoculating machine. J. Infect. Dis., 1927, 41: 190-6—Wright, W. H., & McCoy, E. F. An acces- sory to the Chambers apparatus for the isolation of single bac- terial cells. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1926-27, 12: 795-800— Wright, W. H., & Nakajima, H. The growing of pure cultures from single cells of non-spore forming bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1929,17:, 10. life cycle. Lohnis, F. Studies upon the life cycles of the bacteria; review of the literature 1838-1918. 252p. 4? Wash., 1921. Forms 2. Mem. U. S. Nat. Acad. Sc, Wash., 1921,16: Evans, A. C. Life cycles in bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 17: 63-77.—Fontes, A. Sobre o cyclo vital das bacterias: contri- bui^ao ao estudo da forma granular. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1925, 18: 163-209, 3pl.—Lipman, C. B. Further evidence on the amazing longevity of bacteria. Science, 1934, 79: 230.— Mellon, R. R. Life-cycles of the bacteria and their possible relation to pathology. Am. J.M.Sc, 1920, 159: 874-82 — Niessen, von. Bakteriogenetisches. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1925- 26, 66: 321-8, pi.—Rahn, O. The size of bacteria as the cause of the logarithmic order of death. J. Gen. Physiol., 1929-30, 13: 179-205. Also repr. ----- The non-logarithmic order of death of some bacteria. Ibid., 395-407. Also repr.—Rimpau. Theorien fiber einen Entwicklungs-Kreislauf bei Bakterien, Miinch. med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 2124-6.—Stewart, F. H. The life- cycle of bacteria; alternate asexual and autogamic phases. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1927-28, 27: 379-95. ---- luminous. See also names of luminous bacteria as Micro- spira; Photobacterium, &c. Schubert, H. *Beobachtungen an Leucht- bakterien. 17p. 8? Rostock, 1934. Berthelot, A., & Amoureux, G. Influence du pyruvate de sodium sur les bacteries phosphorescentes. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1924, 6: 336.—Cruickshank, J. A study of a luminous organism in relation to nutrition on agar. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1934,39:141-8, 2pl— Egorov, A. A. Leuchtbakterien im Schwar- zen und im Asowschen Meere. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1929, 79: 168-73.—Harrison, F. C, & Sadler, W. Discoloration of halibut. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 17: 29.—Harvey, E. N. The total luminous efficiency of luminous bacteria. J. Gen. Physiol., 1925, 8: no.2, 89-108. -----■ Luminous bacteria, the smallest lamps in the world. Sc. American, 1926, 135: 414-6. ----- The oxygen consumption of luminous bacteria. J. Gen. Physiol., 1927-28, 11: 469-75. ----- A preliminary study of the reducing in- tensity of luminous bacteria. Ibid., 1929-30, 13: 13-20. & Loomis, A. L. The destruction of luminous bacteria by high- frequency sound waves. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 17: 373-6.— Harvey, E. N., & Morrison, T. F. The minimum concentration of oxygen for luminescence by luminous bacteria. J. Gen. Physiol., 1923-24, 6: 13-9.—Hill, S. E. The penetration of lumi- nous bacteria by the ammonium salts of the lower fatty acids; general outline of the problem, and the effects of strong acids and alkalies. Ibid., 1928-29, 12: 863-72. ----- The effects of ammonia, of the fatty acids, and of their salts, on the lumi- nescence of Bacillus fischeri. J. Cellul. Physiol., 1932,1:145-59. ----- & Shoup, C. S. Observations on luminous bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 18: 95-9—Inman, O. L. A pathogenic lumi- nescent bacterium. Biol. Bull., 1927, 53: 197-200.—Johnson, F. H. Oxidation of carbohydrates and polyhydric alcohols by luminous bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 1263-5.—Kishitani, T. Studien fiber Leuchtsymbiose von japanischen Sepien. Fol. anat. jap., 1932, 10: 315-418, 8pl — Korr, I. M. The relations between cell integrity and bacterial luminescence. Biol. Bull., 1935, 68:347-54.—Majima, R. Studies on luminous bacteria; a study on photogenic bacteria establish- ing their saprophytic abode in flatfish procured in the market. Sei i kwai, 1931, 50: no.3, 1, pi.—Meissner, G. Bakteriologische Untersuchungen fiber die symbiontischen Leuchtbakterien von Sepien aus dem Golf von Neapel. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1926, 67: 194-236, 4pl. Also Biol. Zbl., 1926, 46: 527-42—Mortara, S. Sulla biofotogenesi e su alcuni batteri fotogeni. Riv. biol., 1924, 6: 323-42, pi.—Richter, O. Natrium ein notwendiges Nahrelement fiir eine marine mikroarophile Leuchtbakterie. Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, math, natur. Kl., 1928, 101: 261- 92, 2pl— Root, C. W. The relation between respiration and light intensity of luminous bacteria, with special reference to tempera- ture; temperature and light intensity. J. Cellul. Physiol.. 1932, 1: 195-208.—Shapiro, H. The light intensity of luminous bacteria as a function of oxygen pressure. Ibid., 1934, 4: 313- „~?no,up* C- s- The respiration of luminous bacteria and the enect of oxygen tension upon oxygen consumption. J. Gen. Physiol., 1929-30, 13: 27-45.-Taylor, G. W. The effect of nar- cotics on respiration and luminescence in bacteria, with special reference to the relation between the two processes J Cellul Physiol., 1934, 4: 329-55.-Utiyama, K. Physiological studies BACTERIA 33 BACTERIA on the luminous organism; the influence of the electrical stimu- lation on the luminous bacteria. Sei i kwai, 1927, 46: no.9, 4. ----- The photodynamic action of some fluorescent dyestuffs on the luminous bacteria. Ibid., 5.—Zirpolo, G. I batteri foto- geni degli organi luminosi di Sepiola intermedia Naef (Bacillus pierantonii n.sp.) Boll. Soc natur. Napoli, 1917, 2.ser., 10: 206-20, pi. ----- Studi sulla bioluminescenza batterica; azione dei raggi emanati dal bromuro di radio. Ibid. (1920) 1922, 2.ser., 13: 75-81. ----- Azione degl'ipnotici. Riv. biol., 1920,2:52-9. ----- Azione del nitratodicerio[Ce(N03)36H20] ricerche. Boll. Soc. natur. Napoli (1921-22) 1923, 2.ser., 14: 47-9. ----- Azione dei sali di potassio. Ibid. (1923) 1924, 2.ser., 15: 245-7. - - Ancora sui batteri luminosi (risposta a V. Puntoni e S. Skowron) Riv. biol., 1926, 8: 245-8. Azione delle basse temperature. Boll. Soc. natur. Napoli, 1930, 41:137-51,9pl. ----- Batteri luminosi ed AnellidiLiesegang. Ibid., 1932, 44: 221-8. ----- Azione dell' idrogeno (—253°C.) e delP elio liquido (—269° Ca —271°, 25) Ibid., 229-35. ---- Lysis. See Bacteriolysis; Bacteriophage; Immunol- ogy; Lysin; Serology; and under names of patho- genic bacteria as Streptococcus, Lysin, &c. See also Water, Bacteriology. Burke, V. Interchange of bacteria between the fresh water and the sea. J. Bact., Bait., 1934, 27: 201-5. -----& Baird, L. A. Fate of fresh-water bacteria in the sea. Ibid., 1931, 21: 287-98.—Holden, H. S. A suggested scheme for the investigation of marine bacteria. J. Marine Biol. Ass., Plymouth, 1919, n.s., 12: 136-40.—Lundestad, J. Ueber einige an der norwegischen Kiiste isolierte agarspaltende Arten von Meerbakterien. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1928, 75: 321-44.—Waksman, S. A., Hotchkiss, M., & Carey, C. L. Marine bacteria and their role in the cycle of life in the sea; bacteria concerned in the cycle of nitrogen in the sea. Biol. Bull., 1933, 65: 137-67. ---- Metabolism. Pringsheim, H. Stoffwechseluntersuchung an Bakterien, Nachweis ihrer Stoffwechselprodukte. p.1-102. 8? Berl., 1925. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1925, Abt.12, Teil 1. Stephenson, M. Bacterial metabolism. 320p. 8? Lond., 1930. Zimmermann, E. *Ueber die Stoffwechsel- regulation der Bakterien [Freiburg i. Br.] p.451-6. 8? Jena, 1927. Also Zbl. Bakt., 1927, l.Abt., 104: Angerer, von. Ueber die Arbeitsleistung eigenbeweglicher Bakterien. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1919, 88: 139-45.—Baas- Becking, L. G. M., & Parks, G. S. Energy relations in the metabolism of autotrophic bacteria. Physiol. Rev., 1927, 7: 85-106.—Bidault, C, & Blaignan, S. Sur un microbe des sau- mures produisant du butyrate d'ethyle. C. rend. Soc biol., 1925,92:416.—Boucher, H. La nutrition des bacteries. Nutri- tion, Par., 1934, 4: 95-9.—Braun, H. Ueber die Wirkung der Unterernahrung auf Bakterien; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Einflusses von Hunger auf die lebendige Substanz. Zschr. allg. Physiol., 1921, 19: 1-8. ----- Allgemeines fiber den Verwen- dungsstoffwechsel pathogener Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1924, 93: Orig., 183-8. ----- Einige Ergebnisse des Studiums des Verwendungsstoffwechsels der Bakterien. Krankheits- forschung, 1925, 1: 251-6. ----- Allgemeines fiber den Ver- wendungsstoffwechsel krankheitserregender Bakterien. Natur- wissenschaften, 1931, 19: 409-13. ----- Zur Assimilation und Dissimilation bei Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931,122:5-31. -----& Cahn-Bronner, C. E. Der Verwendungsstoffwechsel pathogener Bakterien. Biochem. Zschr., 1922,131: 220; 272-314. Also Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1:1824-6. ----- Ueber die syntheti- schen Fahigkeiten pathogener Bakterien und ihr biologisches Verhalten unter einfachen Ernahrungsbedingungen; die syn- thetischen Fahigkeiten verschiedener Bakterienarten. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1921,86: Orig., 196-211, pi—Braun, H., & Schmidt, H. Zur Methodik der Untersuchung des Verwendungsstoff- wechsels der Bakterien auf festen Bbden. Ibid., 1929-30, 115: 441-3.—Friedlein, F. Der quantitative Verwendungsstoffwech- sel des Paratyphus-B-Bazillus, des Bacterium coli und des Bacillus pyocyaneus. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 194: 273-91 — Fujita, A., & Kodama, T. Untersuchungen fiber Atmung und Garung pathogener Bakterien; Bestimmung der Stoffwechsel- quotienten pathogener Bakterien. Ibid., 1934, 269: 367-74.— Gilbert, I., & Frobisher, M. The hydrolysis of sodium hippurate by various bacteria. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1930, 47: 55-60.—Hartoch, O. O., & Muratov, S. P. [Observations of inani- tion of bacteria] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1926, 26: no.1-3, 3-15.— Hirsch, J. Die allgemeinen energetischen und chemischen Grundlagen der bakteriellen Assimilation und Dissimilation. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 122: 32-50—Kendall, A. I. Studies in bacterial metabolism; the relation of bacterial metabolism to internal medicine. Boston M.&S.J., 1913, 168: 825-33. Also 21767—vol. 2, 4th series---3 repr. 438-55. Bacterial metabolism. Physiol. Rev., 1923, 3: The effect of insulin upon the metabolism of certain bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1925-26, 23: 62-4. -----. Nonglucose-fermenting bacteria and insulin; studies in bacterial metabolism. J. Infect. Dis., 1925, 37: 329-32. ----- The anaphylactic reaction in smooth muscle; studies in bacterial metabolism. Ibid., 1930-31, 47: 284-91. ----- Alexander, H. L., & Holmes, J. A. The effects of formaldehyde on smooth muscle contraction in anaphylaxis; studies in bacterial metabo- Ijsm Ibid., 1927, 41: 137-42.—Kendall, A. I., & Farmer, C. J. Studies in bacterial metabolism. J. Biol. Chem., 1912-13, 12: ^Vu1?'- Kendall> A- !•> Friedemann, T. E., & Ishikawa, M. Methods for the study of resting bacteria; studies in bacterial metabolism. J. Infect. Dis., 1930-31, 47:186-93. ----- Quan- titative observations on the chemical activity of resting Bacillus alcaligenes. Ibid., 206-12. ----- Quantitative observations tk-h ofo omical activity of resting Bacillus pyogenes-foetidus. ibid., 213-8. ----- Quantitative observations on the chemical activity of resting vibrio H/61. Ibid., 219-22.—Kendall, A. I., & S? jer',?- C- Bacillus bifidus; studies in bacterial metabolism. Ibid., 1924, 35: 77-88.—Kendall, A. I., & Ishikawa, M. Effect pi insulin on bacterial metabolism; studies in bacterial metabo- lism Ibid., 1925, 37:337-9. ----- The significance of certain reactions induced by resting bacteria; studies in bacterial metabolism. Ibid., 1929, 44:282-91.—Kendall, A. I., & Shumate, *. O. The quantitative response of intestine from sensitized guinea-pigs to homologous protein and to histamine; studies in bacterial metabolism. Ibid., 1930-31, 47: 267-83. Alsorepr.— Ku-chner, O. Bioskopische Reduktionsmethoden; verglei- chende Untersuchungen mit der Nitro- und der Methylenblau- Reduktionsmethode und ihre Verwendbarkeit fiir Stoffwechsel- untersuchungen an Bakterien. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1925, 96: 195-226.—Loew, O. Ueber die Ernahrung der autotrophen Bakterien. Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 140: 324—Magheru, G. [Nutrition of pathogenic bacteria] Rev. st. med., Bucur , 1929 18: 1000-20.—Mueller, J. H. Observations on bacterial metabo- lism Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21, 18: 14-7.—Nicolai, H. W. Ueber den Fermentstoffwechsel der Bakterien. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1926, 179: 86-103—Parsons, L. B., & Sturges, W. S. The possibilities of the conductivity method as applied to studies of bacterial metabolism. J. Bact., Bait., 1926, 40: 177-88.— Pisu, I. II digiuno studiato su alcune specie batteriche. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1930, 9: 282-90.-Seiser, A. Beitrage zum Stoffwechsel der Bakterien. Sitzber. Ges. Morph. Munchen, 1925,36:99-103— Seppilli,A. Regimeparassitarioeregimeauto- nomo nei batteri parassiti facoltativi. Gior. batt. immun 1934, 12: 127-50—Stoklasa, J. Ueber den Einfluss des Radiums auf den Metabolismus der Bakterien, welche sich am Kreislaufe des Stickstoffes im Haushalte der Natur beteiligen. Zbl Bakti 2 Abt., 1928, 74: 161-83.—Tausson, V. O. [Destruction of stable* chemical compounds by microorganisms] Mikrobiologiya Moskva, 1932,1:49-82.—Uhrovits, A. Versuche fiber Bakterien- stoffwechsel mit dem Apparat nach Haldene. Zbl. Bakt l.Abt., 1932-33, 127: 254-63.—Verzar, F., & Bogel, J. Weitere Untersuchungen fiber Stoffwechselregulierung bei Bakterien Biochem. Zschr., 1920, 108: 207-19.—Waksman, S. A. Energy utilization and carbon assimilation of autotrophic bacteria Proc. Internat. Congr. Plant Sc (1926) 1929, 1: 203-10. ------ & Bavendamm, W. On the decomposition of agar-agar by an aerobic bacterium. J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 22: 91-102.—Waksman, S. A„ & Starkey, R. L. Carbon assimilation and respiration of autotrophic bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1922-23, 20: 9-14.—Walker. H. H. An aeration train for the study of products of bacterial metabolism. J. Bact., Bait., 1932, 24: 169 _____ & Winslow, C. E. A. Metabolic activity of the bacterial cell at various phases of the population cycle. Ibid., 209-41.—White- head, H.R. Studies in bacterial nutrition. Biochem. J., Lond 1923, 17: 742-6; 1924, 18: 829-32.—Williams, O. B., & Morrow! M. B. The bacterial destruction of acetyl-methyl-carbinol j' Bact., Bait., 1928, 16: 43-8.—Wolf, C. G. L. The influence of the reaction of media and presence of buffer salts on the metabolism of bacteria. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1920-21, 1: 288-309. ---- Metabolism: Acid production. Allen, L. A., & Harrison, J. A note on the method of esti- mating volatile acids in bacterial cultures. Biochem. J Lond 1935, 29: 2471-6— Cook, R. P. Pyruvic acid in bacterial metabo- lism; with an account of the methods used for the detection and determination of pyruvic acid. Ibid., 1930,24:1526-37.—Fischer, A. Acid production graphically registered as an indicator of the vital processes in the cultivation of bacteria. J. Exp M 1918,28:529-45, pi. Alsorepr.—Haehn, H., & Engel, M. Ueber die Bildung von Milchsaure durch Bacterium xylinum; Milch- sauregarung durch Kombucha. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1929, 79: 182-5.—Knudsen, S., & Sorensen, A. Beitrage zur Bakteriologie der Saurewecker. Ibid., 75-85.—Lavialle, P., & Bohn, P. H. L'acide lactique dans les milieux de culture des microorganismes Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1933, 40: 20-2.—Maze, P. L'oxydation de l'acide lactique par les bacteries avec formation d'acide pyru- vique et de composes cetoniques. C. rend. Soc biol., 1918, 81- 1150-2.—Pederson, C. S., Peterson, W. H., & Fred, E. B. The fornis of lactic acid produced by pure and mixed cultures of bacteria. J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 68:151-64.—Seitz, E. Ueber die Bedeutung der Saurebildung durch Bakterien fiir einige Pro- bleme der physiologischen Chemie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med 1921, 25: 66-72—Waksman, S. A„ & Joffe, J. S. Acid produc- tion by a new sulphur-oxidizing bacterium. Science, 1921, n.s 53: 216. BACTERIA 34 BACTERIA ---- Metabolism, carbohydrate. See also Bacteria, Fermentation. Allen, E. R. On carbohydrate consumption by Azotobacter chroococcum. Ann. Missouri Bot. uard., 1920, 7: 75-9.— Andresen, P. H. [Sudden changes in the fermentation power of bacteria in the presence of several carbohydrates independent of them; researches on the fermentation power of B. prodigiosus] Uospitalstidende, 1920, 63: 649-57.—Berry, F. Studies on lactose fermenting bacteria. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1926, 16: 590; 700-5. ----- & Ey, L. F. Studies on lactose fermenting bacteria. Ibid., 494-9.—Besson, A., Ranque, A., & Sencz, C. Action bio- chimique des microbes sur les sucreset les alcools. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1918, 81: 930-3.—Birkinshaw, J. H., Charles, J. H. V., & Clutterbuck, P. W. Quantitative examination by the carbon balance sheet method of the types of products formed from glucose by species of bacteria. Biochem. J., Lond., 1931, 25: 1522-39.—Bronfenbrenner, J., & Schlesinger, M. J. A rapid method for t;io identification of bacteria fermenting carbohy- drates. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1918, 8: 922.----- Carbo- hydrate fermentation bv bacteria as influenced bv the composi- tion of the medium. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1918-19, 16: 44-6.—Cardot, H., A Richet, C. Heredite, accoutumance et variability dans la fermentation lactique. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1919, 33: 575-615.—Castellani, A. Sur un bacille determi- nant la fermentation du rhamnose. Ibid., 1931, 47: 297-305. ----- & Mackenzie, D. Fermentation gazeuse de l'firythritol (erythrite) par des bacteries vivant en symbiose; recherche du gaz produit. Ibid.. 300-10.—Cunningham, J., & Raghavachari, T. N. S. Recent methods of differentiating lactose fermenting organisms, as applied to Indian conditions. Ind. J.M. Res., 1924-25, 12: 75-81.—Dienes, L. Certain properties of bacterial mucus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 31: 388-92— Douglas, M. The bactericidal effects produced by the growth of intestinal bacilli in peptone water containing glueose and other sugars. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1929, 32:101-5.—Fernbach, A.,Schoen, M., & Hagiwara, S. Quelques observations sur la formation des gommes par les bacteries. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 1418.— Fred, E. B., Peterson, W. H., & Anderson, J. A. The character- istics of certain pentose-destroying bacteria, especially as con- cerns their action on arabinose and xylose. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 48: 385-412, 2pl.-----■ The fermentation of arabinose and xylose by certain aerobic bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1923, 8: 277-86.—Fred, E. B., Peterson, W. H., & Davenport, A. Fer- mentation characteristics of certain pentose-destroying bacteria. J. Biol. Chem., 1920, 42: 175-89. Also repr.—Hamilton, W. B. Gum production by Azotobacter chroococcum of Beijerinck and its composition. J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 22: 249-54.—Hermann, S. Ueber die Bildung von Gluconsaure und Keto-gluconsaure durch Bacterium gluconicum, Bacterium xylinum und Bac- terium xylinoides. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 214: 357-67—Hulton- Frankel, F., & Barber, H. Studies on synthetic mediums; sugar fermentations in synthetic mediums. J. Infect. Dis., 1919, 24:17. Alsorepr.—Judowicz, Z. [Ubiquity of micro-organisms that decompose cellulose in aerobic conditions] Med. dosw., 1935, 2i): 280-4.—Kendall, A. I. Carbohydrate identification by bacterial procedures; studies in bacterial metabolism. J. Infect. Dis., 1923, 32: 362-8. ----- & Bly, R. Carbohydrate con- figuration and bacterial utilization. Ibid., 377-83.—Kendall, A. I., & Gross, C. E. The utilization of certain substituted car- bohydrates by bacteria. Ibid., 1930-31, 47:249-60. Alsorepr — Kendall, A. I., & Yoshida, S. The estimation of small amounts of carbohydrates by bacterial procedures. J. Infect. Dis., 1923, 32: 355-61. ----- The measurement of carbohydrate mixtures by bacterial procedures. Ibid., 369-76.—Klein, B. Kohle- hydratuntersuchungen auf bakteriologischem Wege. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 112: 447-50.—Koser, S. A. Cellobiose fer- mentation by coli-aerogenes group. J. Infect. Dis., 1926, 38: 506-10. -----& Saunders, F. The utilization of certain sugars and their derivatives by bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1933, 26: 475-88.—Makrinov, I. A., & Chizhov, A. M. [Characteristics of the fermentation agent of pectin substances during soaking of Kenaf (Hibiscus cannabinus)] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1929, 29: 49-59.—Owen, W. L. A study of the formation of gum levan from sucrose. J. Bact., Bait., 1923, 8: 421-45.—Peterson, W. H., & Fred, E. B. The role of pentose-fermenting bacteria in the production of corn silage. J. Biol. Chem., 1920, 41: 181-6. Also repr.—Rona, P., Nachmansohn, D., & Nicolai, H. W. Ueber den Fermentstoffwechsel der Bakterien; Anwendung der biolo- gischen Glucosebestimmung. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 187: 328-43.—Roussy, G., & Craciun, E. C. Glycogenic des cultures in vitro. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1827-9.—Sack, J. Zellulose angreifende Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1924, 62: 77-80 — Segale, M. Sulla produzione da parte di alcuni bacteri di acetil- metilcarbinolo con differenti carboidrati. Pathologica, Genova, 1919, 11: 495-8— Slanetz, C. A., & Rettger, L. F. Bacterial metabolism; the influence of phosphate buffer in sugar-free and in glucose-containing media. J. Bact., Bait., 1927, 13: 10. ----- The influence of phosphate buffer in carbohydrate-free and in glucose-containing media. Ibid., 1928, 15: 297-317 — Snieszko, S. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Zellulose zersetzenden Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1929, 78: 375-80, pi—Stiles, H. R., Peterson, W. H., & Fred, E. B. Fermentation products of certain mannitol-forming bacteria. J. Biol. Chem., 1925, 64: 643-54.—Tarr, H. L. A. The hydrolysis of certain polysaccha- rides and proteins by the endospores of aerobic bacilli. 1* iochem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 391-3—Truffaut, G., & Bezssonoff, N. In- fluence de la concentration en sucre des milieux sur l'activite des bacteries fixatrices d'azote. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1923, 177: 649-52.-Tuorila, P. Zellulose als Energwquelle fur freilebende stickstolTbindende Mikroorganismen Zbl. Bakt 2.ADt iws, 75. 17s_81> _wedum, A. G. Delayed sugar utilization by bac- teria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 30: 693-5. ---- Metabolism, fat. Berry, J. A. Detection of microbial lipase 1 .y copper soap formation. J. Bact., Bait., 1933, 25: 433.-Colhns, H. A , & Ham- mer, B. W. The action of certain bacteria on some simple trigly- cerides and natural fats, as shown by rules-blue sulphate. J. Bact! Bait., 1934, 27: 473-85,-Di Macco, G. . Sulla termostabilita della lipasi tributirrinolitica dei batten. Riv. pat sper., 926 1: 297-302 -Michaelis, L., & Nakahara, Y Die fettspaltenden Fermente der Bakterien. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1923, 3b: Orig., 449-63 -Stephenson, M., & Whetham, M. D. Studies in the fat metabolism of the timothy grass bacillus; the carbon balance- sheet and respiratory quotient. Proc. R. boa, Lond., 1923-24,s.B, 95 ■ 200-6 —Turner, R. H. The action of bacteria on fat; relative merits of various differential plating mediums for lipase-pro- ducing organisms. J. Infect. Dis., 1929, 44: 126-34. -----A microscopic study of emulsion of oil in an agar medium. Ibid., 134-41, pi. ---- Metabolism: Indol and phenol production. Ambeck, 0. Untersuchungen fiber den Einfluss der Er- nahrungsbedingungen auf die Gelatineverflussigung und die Indolbildung durch Bakterien. Biochem. Zschr., 1922, 132: 457-79 —Barthel, C. Note on the indol test in tryptophane solution. J. Bact., Bait., 1921, 6: 85-8— Bell, W. H. A method for the detection of phenols produced by bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., 1921, 29: 424-8—Fellers, C. R., & Clough, R. W. Indol and skatol determination in bacterial cultures. J. Bact., Bait., 1925, 10- 105-33.—Frieber, W. Zum Nachweis von Phenol in Bak- terienkulturen, Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1921, 86: Orig., 58-60 — Groenewege, J. The nitrosoindol test. Meded. burgerl. geneesk. dienst. Ned. Indie, 1919, 8: 61-77. Also Meded. ge- neesk. lab. Weltevreden, 1919, 3.S.A, 177-93—JoUes, B. Sopra l'impiego dell' orto-nitrobenzaldeide per la ricerca dell' indolo nelle culture batteriche. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1934, 5: 8-14.—Kluyver, A. J. [Bacteria that oxidize indol into indigo] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1928-29, 3: 308-13, pi—Lapinski, A. Methoden zum Indolnachweis in Bakterienkulturen. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1929, 102: 179-82.—Macchia, E. Su di un nuovo metodo per dosare l'indolo nelle cultureb atteriche. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1935, 6: 752-7.—Morelli, E. Indolo e terreni glucosati. Biochim. ter. sper., 1919, 6: 256-8.—Neisser, M. Ueber Indol- und Phenolbildung durch Bakterien. Munch. med. Wschr., 1921, 68: 1384—Omelianski, V. L. Aroma-pro- ducing microorganisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1923, 8: 393-419.— Pringsheim, E. Zur Verbilligung und Verscharfung der Indol- reaktion. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1918, 82: Orig., 318-20—Salus, G. Zur Phenol- und Indolbildung durch Bakterien und zum Nach- weis dieser Kbrper in Kulturen. Ibid., 1922, 88: Orig., 103-7 — Sieke, F. Phenolbildung durch Bakterien. Zschr. Hyg., 1921, 94: 214-23.—Thoemke, G. Zur Brauchbarkeit des Indolnach- weises nach Kovacs. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 113: 520-3 — Zdansky, E. Untersuchungen fiber den Stoffwechsel der Bak- terien; die Bedeutung freier Aminosauren, demonstriert an der Indolreaktion. Ibid., 1922-23, 89: Orig., H.4-5, 1-3. ---- Metabolism, mineral. Bojanovsky, R. Ueber eisenbediirftige zellulosezerstorende Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1933, 88: 1-16.—Brussov, A. Ueber ein kalkspeicherndes Bakterium und die von ihm gebil- deten Kristalle. Arcb. Mikrob., Bed., 1933, 4:170-88.—Distaso, A. Sur les microbes cuprophiles. C. rend. Soc biol., 1924, 90: 1224.—Gordon, J., & Marshall, P. G. A study of the phosphorus distribution in bacterial cultures. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1929-30, 11: 173-81.—Koser, S. A. Utilization of the salts of organic acids by the colon-aerogenes group. J. Bact., Bait., 1923, 8: 493-520 — Mallmann, W. LeR., & Gallo, F. The influence of phosphates on the metabolism of bacteria. Papers Michigan Acad. Sc, 1930, 14: 617-40.—Naumanu, E. Die eisenspeichernden Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1929, 78: 512-5—Pozerski, E., & Levy, M. M. Sur l'excretion de composes phosphorus par les microbes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 259; 89: 27; 1924, 91: 1004— Siera- kovski, S. [Crystals in bacterial cultures] Lek. wojsk., 1934, 24: 88-95. .---- Metabolism, nitrogen. See also Bacteria, nitrifying and denitrifying. Mennekixg, U. *Ueber den Abbau von Serumeiweiss durch einige pathogene und apatho- gene Bakterien. 18p. 8? Bonn, 1932. Barritt, N. W. The liberation of elementary nitrogen by bacteria. Biochem. J., Lond., 1931, 25: 1965-72.—Benton, A. G. Studies in the nitrogen metabolism of bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., 1919, 25: 231-47— Berdnikov, A. Metabolisme azote de quel- ques bacteries et degre de vaccination des milieux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 278—Berthelot, A., & Amoureux, G. Sur l'auto-elimination de l'ammoniaque dans les cultures micro- biennes. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1927, 9: 932-4.—Binet, L., & Jeramec, C. Nutrition des bacteries aux depens des albumines cuites, crues ou digerees. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933,113: 1105-7.— Bleyer, L. Ueber die Aenderung der Pufferung und die Amino- BACTERIA 35 BACTERIA stickstoffzunahme in einigen Nahrsubstraten durch bakterielle Einwirkung. Biochem. Zschr., 1925, 157: 220-8.—Carra, J. L'utilizzazione degli amino-acidi come sorgente di azoto nelle culture batteriche. Ann. igiene, 1924, 34: 397-405.—De Bord, G. G. Certain phases of nitrogenous metabolism in bacterial cultuies. J. Bact., Bait., 1923, 8: 7-45.—Dooren de Jong, L. E. den. Ueber protaminophage Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1927, 71: 193-232.—Gorini, C. Sul metabolismo degli acidopro- teoliti. Arch. sc. biol., Nap., 1928, 12: 322-8—Hucker, G. J., & Carpenter, D. C. The relation of hydrolytic decomposition products of proteins to bacterial growth. J. Infect. Dis., 1927, 40: 485-96.—Hunter, 0. W. Protein synthesis by Azotobacter. J. Agr. Res., 1923-24, 24: 263-74—Kendall, A. I. The signifi- cance and quantitative measurement of the nitrogenous metab- olism of bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., 1922, 30: 211-24. ----- Friedemann, T. E., & Ishikawa, M. The glyoxalase-like action of certain resting bacteria. Ibid., 1930-31, 47: 237-48.—Kendall, A. I., & Gebauer, E. The production of histamine by certain strains of the gas bacillus; studies in bacterial metabolism. Ibid., 261-6—Kisch, B. Die Verwertbarkeit verschiedener chemischer Verbindungen als Stickstoffnanrung fiir einige pa- thogene Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1918, 82: Orig., 28-47.— Koch, A., & Oelsner, A. Ueber Nucleoproteid spaltende Bak- terien und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Erschliessung des Phosphor- kapitals im Ackerboden. Biochem. Zschr., 1922-23, 134: 76- 96.—Koser, S. A., & Rettger, L. F. Studies on bacterial nutri- tion; the utilization of nitrogenous compounds of definite chemi- cal composition. J. Infect. Dis., 1919, 24: 301-21.—Kostychev, S„ & Shelumov, A. Die Stickstoffbindung und die Ammoniak- produktion durch Azotobacter. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1931, 198: 105-14.—Lamson, R. W. The Van Slyke method for the determination of amino-acid nitrogen as applied to the study of bacterial cultures. J. Bact., Bait., 1924, 9: 307-13 — Lemoigne, M., & Desveaux, R. Influence de l'origine des souches microbiennes sur le bilan de l'azote dosable par la methode de Kjeldahl dans les cultures aerobies. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1933, 197: 1697-9. Also Bull. Soc chim. biol., Par., 1934, 16: 18; 538; 1935, 17: 210-8.—Lemoigne, M., & Dopter, P. L. Sur les pertes d'azote provoquees par les bacteries du sol en cultures pures. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1926,183: 160-2.—Morel, A., & Bay. I. Essais de culture de quelques microorganismes aux depens d'un corps azote defini, la cyclo-glycyl-glycine, provenant de 1'enchainement 2.5-dioxopiperazinique d'un amino-acide. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 474-7—Parsons, L. B., & Sturges, W. S. The magnitude of the error due to ammonia and its salts in the Van Slyke amino-nitrogen procedure as commonly applied in studies of bacterial metabolism. J. Bact., Bait., 1926, 40: 165-75.—Quastel, J. H., & Woolf, B. The equilibrium between 1-aspartic acid, fumaric acid, and ammonia in presence of resting bacteria. Biochem. J., Lond., 1926, 20: 545-55.—Raistrick, H. Studies on the cycloclastic power of bacteria; quantitative study of the aerobic decomposition of histidine by bacteria. Ibid., 1919, 13: 446-58.-----& Clark, A. B. A quantitative study of the aerobic decomposition of tryptophan and tyrosine by bacteria. Ibid., 1921, 15: 76-82.—Reimer, K. Ueber charak- teristische Unterschiede in der gerinnungsbeeinflussenden und nbrinauflbsenden Wirkung lebender Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1936, 136: 84-94.—Rettger, L. F. The influence of carbo- hydrate on the nitrogen metabolism of bacteria. Abstr. Bact., Bait 1921,5:3.—Schroder, M. Die Assimilation des Luftstick- stoffs'durch einige Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1931-32, 85: 177-212.—Stapp, C. Botanische Untersuchung einiger neuer Bakterienspezies, welche mit reiner Harnsaure Oder Hippur- saure als alleinigem organischen Nahrstoff auskommen. Ibid.. 1920, 51:1-71, pi.—Thompson, L. G. Nitrogen changes produced in certain nitrogenous compounds by Azotobacter and the nitrogen fixed in the presence of these compounds. J. Agr. Res. 1932, 45: 149.—Virtanen, A. I., Hausen, S. von, & Karstrbm, H. Untersuchungen fiber die Leguminose-Bakterien und -Pflanzen; die Ausnutzung der aus den Wurzelknollchen der Leguminosen herausdiffundierten Stickstoffverbindungen durch Nichtlegu- minosen. Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 258: 106-17—Werkman, C. H., & Gillen, G. F. Bacteria producing trimethylene glycol. J. Bact., Bait., 1932, 23: 167-82. ---- Metabolism: Oxidation and reduction [respiration] Braun, H. Ueber die synthetischen Fahigkeiten pathogener Bakterien und ihr biologisches Verhalten unter einfachen Er- nahrungsbedingungen; die Bedeutung des Sloffwechsels fiir die Entbehrlichkeit oder Unentbehrlichkeit des Sauerstoffes. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1921, 86: Orig., 380-93, pi. -----& Guggenheim, K. Ueber Atmungstypen bei fakultativ aeroben pathogenen Bakterien. Ibid., 1932-33, 127: 97-104 [Discussion] 142-6 — Callow, A. B. The oxygen uptake of bacteria. Biochem. J., Lond. 1924,18:507-18. ----- The heat-stable peroxidase of bacteria. Ibid., 1926, 20: 247-52.—Edwards, O. F., & Rettger, L. F. The relationship of certain respiratory enzymes to the maximum growth temperatures of bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1936 31: 12-4.—Felton, L. D. Oxidase reaction of various groups of bacteria. J. Exp. M., 1923, 38: 291-307. ----- Anew indicator for testing reducing power of bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., 1924, 34: 414-9.—Frei, W. Zur Chemie der Bakterienatmung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 152-4. -----Riedmiiller, L., & Almasy, F. Ueber Cvtochrom und das Atmungssystem der Bakterien. Biochem. Zschr., 1934, 274: 253-67—Friedheim, E. A. H. La fonction respiratoire du pigment du Bacillus vio- laceus. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 353-6— Gozony, L., & Kramar, E. Reduktionsversuche mit Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922-23, 89: Orig., 193-209—Green, B. S. The oxygen content of mediums in relation to surface tension and bacterial growth. In Papers Mayo Found., Phila., 1923, 2: 578.—Groh- mann, G. Zur Kenntnis Wasserstoffoxydierender Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1924, 61: 256-71.—Hegarty, C. P. Oxygen consumption by bacterial cultures. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 31: 18.—Knight, B. C. J. G. Oxidation-reduction studies in relation to bacterial growth; the oxidation-reduction potential of sterile meat broth. Biochem. J., Lond., 1930, 24: 1066-74. —--- A method of poising the oxidation-reduction potential of bacterio- logical culture media. Ibid., 1075-9.—Levine, V. E., & Jahr, H. M. The reducing action of micro-organisms on ammonium molybdate. Abstr. Bact, Bait., 1921, 5: 4.—Liebert, F. Redu- zieren Mikroben Phosphate? Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1927, 72: 369-74.—Locke, A., & Main, E. R. The respiratory catalysts of the disease-producing bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., 1930, 46: 393- 404.—Lbffler, E., & Rigler, R. Ueber die Atmung der Bakterien durch Methylenblaureduktion; Versuche an der Typhus-Coli- Gruppe. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1926, 99: 1-16—Lundquist, C. W., & Rylander, G. Mfithode perfectionnee pour l'etude du pouvoir reducteur des bacteries. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 1516. ----- [The power of bacteria of reducing methylene blue and an improved method of its study] Hygiea, Stockh., 1927, 89: 750-63.—M'Leod, J. W., & Gordon, J. The relations between the reducing powers of bacteria and their capacity for forming peroxide. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1925, 28: 155-04.—Meyerhof, 0. Untersuchungen fiber den Atmungsvorgang nitrifizierender Bakterien. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1916, 164: 353-427; 1916-17, 166: 240-80.-----Beeinflussungen der Atmung des Nitratbild- ners durch chemische Substanzen. Ibid., 165: 229-84.—Molden- hauer Brooks, M. Comparative studies on respiration; toxic and antagonistic effects of magnesium in relation to the respira- tion of Bacillus subtilis. J. Gen. Physiol., 1919-20, 2: 331-6 — Neuberg, C, & Simon, E. Die Verwirklichung der phyto- chemischen Reduktionen durch Bakterien. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 190: 226-31.—Nishibe, M. Oxidase reaction in bacteria. Tr Jap. Path. Soc, 1926, 16: 151-5. Also Japan M. World, 1927, 7:128-30, 2pl— Novy, F. G., Roehm, H. R., &Soule, M. H. Micro- bic respiration. J. Infect. Dis., 1925, 36: 109; 168; 245; 343 — Novy, F. G., & Soule, M. H. Respiration of the tubercle bacillus. Ibid., 168-232.—Ong Sian Gwan, Essais sur des cultures aerobies strides dans le milieu anaerobic C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111: 500-2.—Putter, A. Die Atmung der Planktonbak- terien. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1924, 204: 94-126.—Quastel, J. H. Dehydrogenations produced by resting bacteria; a theory of the mechanism of oxidations and reductions in vivo. Biochem. J., Lond., 1926, 20: 166-94. ■-----& Whetham, M. D. Dehydro- genations produced by resting bacteria. Ibid., 1925, 19: 645- 51.—Quastel, J. H., & Wooldridge, W. R. Dehydrogenations produced by resting bacteria. Ibid., 652-9.—Tarr, H. L. A, Some observations on the respiratory catalysts present in the spores and vegetative cells of certain aerobic bacilli. Ibid., 1933, 27: 136-45.—Wilson, W. J. Reduction of sulphites by certain bacteria in media containing a fermentable carbohvdrate and metallic salts. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1922-23, 21: 392-8.— Wohlfsil, T. Beitrags zur Erforschung des oxybiotischen Oas- stoffwechsels; fiber die Abhangigkeit der Atmungsinjensitat atmender Bakterienaufschwemmungen von der Bakterienzahl. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1930,117: 202-12. ----- Ueber die Moglich- keiten einer Bakteriendifferenzierung und indirekten Kalori- metrie auf Grund der Bakterienatmung. Ibid., 212-9.----- & Ewig, W. Ueber Atmung und Garung und ihre Abhangigkeit von der Bakterienzahl. Ibid., 1934-35, 133: 419-24—Wood, W. B. jr., Wood, M. L., & Baldwin, I. L. The relation of oxida- tion-reduction potential to the growth of an aerobic microor- ganism. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 30: 593-602—Yaoi, H., & Tamiya, H. On the respiratory pigment, cytochrome, in bacteria. Japan M. World, 1929, 9: 41-3—Yudkin, J. The reduction potentials of bacterial suspensions. Biochem. J., Lond., 1935, 29: 1130-8. ---- Metabolism, sulphur. Almy, L. H., & James, L. H. A method for the study of the formation of volatile sulfur compounds by bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1926, 12: 319-31—Fellers, C. R., Shostrom, 0. E., & Clark, E. D. Hydrogen sulfide determination in bacterial cultures and in certain canned foods. Ibid., 1924, 9: 235-41.—Gordon, J. Cystine in bacterial metabolism. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1924, 27: 123.—Gronchi, V. Ricerche sul metabolismo dello zolfo nei batteri. Sperimentale, 1931, 85: 545-60—McLeod, J. W., & Gordon, J. The production of organic compounds of sulphur in bacterial cultures, with special reference to glutathione. Biochem. J., Lond., 1924, 18: 937-40.—Pacheco, G., & Toledo Mello, J. Sur un procede de determination de l'hydroeene sulfure dans les cultures bacteriennes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 131— Rubentshik, L. Ueber Sulfatreduktion durch Bak- terien bei Zellulosegarungsprodukten als Energiequelle. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1928, 73: 483-96— Thompson, L. S. The group of hydrogen sulphide producing bacteria. J. Med. Res., 1920-21, 42: 383-9.—Tilley, F. W. Variations in hydrogen sulphide pro- duction by bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1923, 8: 115-20. ----- The relation between chemical composition of peptones and hydrogen sulphide production by bacteria. Ibid., 287-95 — Yaoi, H. On the sulphur-containing gas production by bac- teria. Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis., Tokyo, 1925, 4: 129-40. Also Japan M. World, 1926, 6: 139-44. BACTERIA 36 BACTERIA ---- Metabolism: Vitamin requirement. Heyden, C. von. *Ueber die Beeinflussung von Bakterienwachstum durch akzessorische Nahrstoffe. 30p. 8? Heidelb., 1926. Avery, 0. T., & Morgan, H. J. The effect of the accessory substances of plant tissue upon growth of bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1921-22, 19: 113.—Dominici, A. Vitamine ed estratti abiuretici riguardo alio sviluppo del B. difterico e del B. dell' influenza (ricerche sperimentali) Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1928, 7: 137-43.—Dooren de Jong, L. E. den. Ueber Micrococcus eykmanii n.spec, ein Bakterium, welches ftir sein Wachstum vitaminartige Stoffe braucht. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1934, 5: 1-13.—Fiorito, G. II fattore vitamine nella biologia di alcuni germi. Studium, Nap., 1925, 15: 110.—Freedman, L., & Funk, C. The vitamine requirements of certain yeasts and bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1921-22, 19: 198-201— Goy, P. Microbes et vitamines. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1925, 39: 183-95.—Hosoya, S., & Kuroya, M. Water-soluble vitamine and bacterial growth. Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis., Tokyo, 1923, 2: 233-64.—Jimenez, J. Las vitaminas en los medios de cultivo y su influencia en el desarrollo de ciertos microorganismos. Siglo med., 1921, 68: 310; 339— Kollath, W. Die Bezie- hungen der Phosphatide und der Eisensalze zum Vitaminbedarf der Bakterien. Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 1545. Also Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 13-6.—Legroux, R., & Mesnard, J. Vitamines pour la culture des bacteries. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1920, 170: 901-4.—Leichtentritt, B., & Zielaskovski, M. Weitere Unter- suchungen fiber die Bedeutung der akzessorischen Nahrstoffe fiir das Bakterienwachstum. Mschr. Kinderh., 1923, 26: 232- 42.—Murray, T. J. Food accessory substances and the nitrate bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1922-23, 20: 301-3 — M'Leod, J. W., & Wyon, G. A. The supposed importance of vitamins in promoting bacterial growth. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1921, 24: 205-10.—Milacek, P. [Action of vitamines on bacteria] Cas. lek. 5esk., 1923, 62: 875-83—Morgan, H. J., & Avery, 0. T. Studies on bacterial nutrition; effect of plant tissue upon growth of pneumococcus and streptococcus. J. Exp. M., 1923, 38: 207-17.—Robertson, R. C. Food accessory factors (vitamins) in bacterial growth; relation of substances formed by B. coli to the growth of yeast. J. Infect. Dis., 1924, 34: 395-9. -----Growth of several common bacteria in a synthetic medium and relation of substances formed by them to growth of yeast. Ibid., 35: 311-4. -----& Davis, D. J. Food accessory factors (vitamins) in bacterial growth; observations on the ultimate source of accessory growth substances for yeast. Ibid., 1923, 32: 153-8 — Schubert, J. Ueber das Wachstum von Bakterien auf Nahr- boden, denen bestrahlte und unbestrahlte chlorophyll- und anthocyanhaltige Pflanzenauszfige zugesetzt sind. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 111: 305-7.—Shwartzman, G. Food accessory sub- stances in bacterial growth. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1925, 22: 7; 42; 44.—Tallo, F. Virulenza e altre propriety batteriche in terreni avitaminati. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1925, 4: 48. ----- Influenza dei succhi di vegetali freschi (vitamine vegetali) sullo sviluppo batterico : nota preventiva. Policlinico, 1925, 32: sez. prat., 979-81. -----& Cassata, C. Influenza delle vitamine di alcuni succhi vegetali sullo sviluppo batterico. Boll. 1st. siero- ter. milan., 1925, 4: 331-42. 2pl.—Tinti, M. Einfluss von Vita- minen auf das Wachstum einiger Bakterienarten. Zbl. Bakt., 1 Abt , 1923, 90: Orig., 401-7.—Wyon, G. A. Vitamins and bac- terial growth. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1923, 26: 441-5. ---- Motility and penetration. See also Bacteria, Flagellum. Arkwright, J. A. The importance of motility of bacteria in classification and diagnosis, with special reference to B. pseudo- tuberculosis rodentium. Lancet, Lond., 1927, 1: 13—Col- quhoun, D. B., & Kirkpatrick, J. The isolation of motile or- ganisms from apparently non-motile cultures of B. typhosus, B proteus, B. pestis, B. melitensis, &c. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1932, 35: 367-71.—David, H. Ueber die Beeinflussung der Bew'egungsgeschwindigkeit von Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925 96: Orig., 81-91.—Gutfeld, F. von, & Gurwitz, J. Versuche fiber das Durchdringen von Bakterien durch kolloide Medien (Agargel) Zschr. Immunforsch., 1930, 67: 341-52—Hodi, R. [Active bacterial motility in culture media of low agar concen- tration] Kozl. osszehas. elet. & kort., 1931, 24: 502-8.—Jordan, E. O., Caldwell, M. E., & Reiter, D. Bacterial motility. J. Bact, Bait., 1934, 27: 165-74.—KUnger, R. Ueber die Ursache des verschiedenen Steigvermbgens der Bakterien in Filtrierpapier. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1920, 67: 74.—Levinthal, W. Eine neue Technik der Beweglichkeitsprfifung an lebenden Bakterien. Zschr. Hyg., 1930, 111: 140-2— Mudd, S.( & Mudd, E. B. H. The penetration of bacteria through capillary spaces. J. Exp. M. 1924, 40: 633-45, 2pl— Petschenko, B. F., & Wroblevski, W.' Vergleichende Morphologie der lokomotorischen Organe des Bacillus pyocyaneus (Gessard) und des Bacillus fluorescens (Fliigge) Bull, internat. Acad. sc. Cracovie, 1927, 981-92, pi.— Putter, E. Untersuchungen fiber das kapillare Steigvermogen der Bakterien in Filtrierpapier. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1920, 89: 71-100.—Reed, G., & MacLeod, D. J. The motility of bacteria as effected by hydrogen-ion concentration. J. Bact., Bait., 1924, 9: 119-22.—Rosen, P., & Sajeva, S. Ueber das Durch- dringen von Mikroben durch feste kolloide Medien (Gele) Zschr. Immunforsch., 1929, 61: 410-21.—Rosen, P., & Zaeva, S. [Penetration of bacteria of compact medium (gelatin)] Mikrob. J., Leningr., 1928, 7; 200-6.—Rovida, G. Nuovo tubo a sabbia per lo studio della mobilita dei batteri; nota di tecnica. Sperimentale, 1925, 79: 1053-7.-Tittsler, R. P & SandhoLser, l; A. The use of semi-solid agar for the detection of bacterial motility. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 29: 15. nitrifying and denitrifying See also Azotobacter; Bacteria, Metabolism, nitrogen. J. ., .„ . . Bolties, T. Y. K. Untersuchungen fiber die nitriflzierenden Bakterien. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1935, 6: 79-138—Bonazzi, A. On nitrification; the mechanism of ammonia oxidation. J. Bact., Bait., 1923, 8: 343-63— Bronfenbrenner, J., & Schlesinger, M.J. A study of nitrate reduction by bacteria. Abstr. Bact., Bait, 1920, 4: 2.—Castelli, T. Developpement symbiotique d'azotobacteries et de clostrides azotoflxateurs sur les plaques de terre modelee. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1931, 3- 359 — Christensen, H. R. Versuche und Untersuchungen betreffend verschiedene Impfmittel fiir Leguminosen, mit besonderer Rucksicht auf des Verhaltnis zwischen der Irnpf- wirkung und der Bodenbeschaffenheit. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1916, 46: 282-303.—Christiansen-Weniger, F. Der Energiebedarf der Stickstoffbindung durch die Knollchenbakterien im Ver- gleich zu anderen Stickstoffbindungsmbglichkeiten und erste Versuche zur Ermittlung desselben. Ibid., 1923, 58: 41-66.— Conn, H. J., & Breed, R. S. The use of the nitrate-reduction test in characterizing bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1919, 4: 267-90.— Cutler, D. W., & Crump, L. M. Some aspects of the physiology of certain nitrite-forming bacteria. Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond., 1933, 20: 291-6.—Cutler, D. W., & Mukerji, B. K. Nitrite forma- tion by soil bacteria, other than Nitrosomonas. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1931, 108: s.B, 384-94.—Fischer, H. Ueber qualitative und quantitative Leistungen stickstoffsammelnder Bakterien im Wasser und im Boden unter Wasserbedeckung. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1916, 46: 304-20.—Gainey, P. L. Effect of carbon disul- phid and toluol upon nitrogen-fixing and nitrifying organisms. J. Agr. Res;, 1919, 16: 601-14. ----- Influence of the absolute reaction of a soil upon its azotobacter flora and nitrogen fixing ability. Ibid., 1923-24, 24: 907-38. -----& Batchelor, H. W. Influence of the hydrogen-ion concentration on the growth and fixation of nitrogen by cultures of Azotobacter. Ibid., 759-67.— Gowda, R. N. Nitrification and the nitrifying organisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1924, 9: 251-72.—Gregorio Rocasolano, A. de. Ueber die Beeinflussung der Tatigkeit von stickstoffbindenden Bak- terien durch Mangan, Salze und Graphit. Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen (1923-24) 1924, 75-80—Hansen, R., & Tanner, F. W. The nodule bacteria of the Leguminosae, with special reference to the mechanism of inoculation. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1931-32, 85: 129-52.—Hucker, G. J., & Wall, W. A. The use of agar slants in detecting ammonia production and its relation to the reduction of nitrates. J. Bact., Bait., 1922, 7: 515-8.—Iwasaki, K. Weitere Untersuchungen zur Fixation des Luftstickstoffs durch Azotobakter. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 226: 32-46 — Kayser, E., & Delaval, H. Radioactivity et flxateurs d'azote. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1924, 179: 110-2.—Korsakov, M. P. [Nitrate reduction by bacteria] Mikrob. J., Leningr., 1929, 9: 108-13 — Luchetti, G. Sur la methode de determination du pouvoir nitrifiant du terrain. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc internaz. microb., 1934, 6: 263-9.—Meek, C. S., & Lipman, C. B. The relation of the reaction and of salt content of the medium on nitrifying bacteria. J. Gen. Physiol., 1922-23, 5: 195-204.—Milovidov, P. F. Ein neuer Leguminosenknbllchenmikrob (Bacterium radicicola forma Carmichaeliana) Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1928, 73: 58-69, 2p'.—Mockeridge, F. A. The occurrence of nucleic acid derivatives in nitrogen-fixing bacteria. Biochem. J., Lond., 1924, 18: 550-4.—Muller, A., & Stapp, C. Beitrage zur Biologie der Leguminosenknollchenbakterien mit besonderer Beruck- sichtigung ihrer Artverschiedenheit. Arb. Biol. Reichsanst., 1925-26,14: 455-554,4pl.—Niklevski, B. Ueber die Verbreitung der Nitrifikationsbakterien in verschiedenen Stallmistsorten. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1934, 90: 193-212—Pfeiffer, H. Die Stick- stoffsammlung und die aus ihr zu ziehenden Rfickschliisse auf die Formumgestaltung der Knollchenbakterien. Ibid., 1928, 73: 28-57.—Pringsheim, H. Neuere Untersuchungen fiber Bodenbakteriologie und die den Luftstickstoff assimilierenden Bakterien. Med. Klin., Berl., 1922, 18: 1383—Sakharov, T. M. Die Abhangigkeit der Denitriflkationsgeschwindigkeit von der Reaktion des Mediums. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1925-26,65:15-35 — Sack, J. Nitratbildende Bakterien. Ibid., 1924, 62: 15-24, pi.; 1925, 64: 32; 37-9.—Selim, M. Nitrogen-fixing bacteria in soils. Ibid., 1931, 83: 311-25.—Stiehr, G. Beitrag zur Stickstoffsamm- lungsfrage der Knollchenbakterien bei der Fortziichtung auf einem kunstlichen Nahrsubstrat (Agar-Agar) Ibid., 1927, 71: 265-7.—Tiulpanov-Mossevich, M. V. [Denitrification in non- organic media] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1930, 30: 203-14.—Truffaut, G., & Bezssonov, N. Un nouveau bacille flxateur d'azote. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1922, 175: 544-6.—Vogel, J., & Zipfel. Beitrage zur Frage der Verwandtschaftsverhaitnisse der Leguminosen- Knollchenbakterien und deren Artbestimmung mittels serologi- scher Untersuchungsmethoden. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1921, 54: 13-34.—Weltmann, O., Bsteh, O., & Neumayer, K. Ueber den Einfluss von aktivem und inaktivem Serum auf die bakterielle Nitritbildung. Zschr. Hyg., 1927, 197: 126-9—Winogradsky, S. Sur la pretendue transformation du ferment nitrique en espece saprophyte. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1922, 175: 301-4. ----- Mi- crobes de la nitrification; travaux recents. Bull. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1930, 28: 681-7. Zucker, F. Versuche mit dem Boden- impfstoff Nitrofer (Azotobacter-Mischkulturen) Zbl. Bakt.. 2.Abt., 1928, 74: 208-13. BACTERIA 37 BACTERIA ---- Nucleus. See Bacteria, Cytology. ---- pathogenic. See also Infection. Almquist, E. Studien tiber die Sexualitat pathogener Bak- terien. Zschr. Hyg., 1923, 101: 15-21—Bail, O. Die Infektiosi- tat von Bakterien. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 50: 11-25.— Bilancioni, G. Saprofiti e patogeni. Riv. biol., 1920, 2:469-73 — Bloomfield, A. L., & Felty, A. R. The relation of vegetative activity of bacteria to pathogenicity. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1924, 39: 325.—Crofton, W. M. Criteria necessary for the identi- fication of a microbe as pathogenic. J. State M., Lond., 1925, 33: 478-80.—Dold, H. Das Verhalten der wichtigsten aeroben menschenpathogenen Bakterien in der Haut des Meerschwein- chens (Nachweis toxischer Staphylokokken-, Streptokokken-, Coli- und Proteus-Typen durch den Intrakutanversuch) Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927, 102: 1-9, 3ch. ----- Das gewebsbiolo- gische Verhalten der Bakterien; das Verhalten der wichtigsten aeroben menschenpathogenen Bakterien in der Haut des Kanin- chens. Ibid., 257-63—Felty, A. R., & Bloomfield, A. L. The relation of vegetative activity of bacteria to pathogenicity. J. Exp. M., 1924, 40: 703-17.—Foggini, A. Sulla persistenza dei microrganismi patogeni nei midollo delle ossa lunghe degli animali morti di infezione. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1925, 4: 257-61.—Fuchs, J. Ueber das Verhalten apathogener Bakterien im Tierkorper unter der Einwirkung von Milch (Ameisen-)saure. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1923, 36: Orig., 122-32.—Fujita, A., & Kodama, T. Studies on the energy producing functions of patho- genic bacteria. Kitasato Arch., 1934, 11: 64; 87-131—Gold- schmidt, J. The known pathogenic bacteria and the question of their prospective successes. Med. Rev. of Rev., 1921, 27: 8-11—Gybrffy, I. Mechanism of conglutination of bacteria and blood-cells. Magy. orv. arch., 1934, 35: 58-63.—Hofmeier, K. Individualismus bei pathogenen Bakterien. Mschr. Kinderh., 1925-26, 31: 446-50.—Kellert, E. Pathogenicity of organisms commonly regarded as saprophytes. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1922-23, 8:176-80.—Khgler, I.J. Growth accessory substances for patho- genic bacteria in animal tissues. J. Exp. M., 1919, 30: 31-44.— Le Fevre de Arric, M. L'observation du phenomene d'accole- ment des microbes aux leucocytes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 671-3. ----- Sur le facteur microbe dans le phenomene d'ac- colement des microbes aux leucocytes. Ibid., 673. ----- Les proprietes adhesives des leucocytes et de leurs extraits, dans le phenomene d'accolement des microbes a ces cellules. Ibid., 675.—Miehe, H. Betrachtungen fiber die Standorte der Mikro- organismen in der Natur, speziell fiber die der Krankheitser- reger. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1906, 46: 430-8— Nobecourt, P. Inoculations d'une bacterie phytopathogene a des grenouilles. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 1041.—Pinkard, J. A. Physiological studies of several pathogenic bacteria that induce cell stimula- tion in plants. J. Agr. Res., 1935, 50: 933-52.—Richey, deW. G. The significance of regional bacteriologie flora. Atlantic M.J., 1926-27, 30: 494-7.—Rondoni, P. Adattamenti dei microrga- nismi patogeni nell' organismo. Riforma med., 1919, 35: 599- 601.—Smith, T. Some problems in the life-history of pathogenic micro-organisms. Internat. Congr. Arts & Sc, 1908, 9: 219-38.— Zlatogorov, S. I. [Microbes de sortie and their importance in pathology] Klin, med., Moskva, 1929, 7: 122-35. ---- Population. Bail, O. Versuche an Bakterienpopulationen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1924, 50: 1289. ----- Bakterienkultur als Hilfsmittel experimenteller Populationsforschung. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1929, 102: 71-6.—Cleary, J. P., Beard, P. J., & Clifton, C. E. Studies of certain factors influencing the size of bacterial popula- tions. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 29:205-13.—Jennison, M. W. Some quantitative relationships in bacterial population cycles. Ibid., 30: 603-23. Also repr.—Korobkov, E., & Mitina, E. [Effect of certain conditions of the culture medium on the density of bacterial population] Vest, mikrob., 1935, 14: 105-14.—Penfold, W. J. An experiment to illustrate the effect of size of population on the rate of selection of new bacterial races. Brit. M.J., 1913, 1: 17-9.—Wikullil, L. Wachstumsverhaltnisse in Bakterien- mischpopulationen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1932, 45: 1128. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1932, 126: 488-508. ---- Reproduction. See also Bacteria, Cytology; Bacteria, Life cycle; Bacteria, Multiplication [3. ser.] Bacteria, Spores. Enderlein, G. Bakterien-Cyclogenie; Pro- legomena zu Untersuchungen iiber Bau, ge- schlechtliche und ungeschlechtliche Fortpflan- zung und Entwicklung der Bakterien. 390p. 8? Berl., 1925. Faguet, M. Une nouvelle methode d'etude de la multiplica- tion microbienne. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 194: 1763.—Fontes, A. Sobre a estructura e reproduccao das bacterias. Brasil med., 1925, 39: pt2, 29-31—Fukuda, Y. Vergleichende Studien fiber Bakterienvermehrung. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1929, 60: 88-104.—Gardner, A. D. The growth of branching forms of bacilli (three-point multiplication) J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1925, 27: 189-94.—Hirsch, J. Chemische und physiologische Studien fiber die Keimvermehrung. Zschr. Hyg., 1934, 116: 182-205. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1932-33, 127: 116-22 [Discussion] 142-6. -----& Muller, A. W. Ueber den Sauerstoffverbrauch bei der Keimvermehrung. Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 231.—Knaysi, G. Remarks on two modes of cell division in bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 17: 4.—Hort, E. C. The reproduction of aerobic bacteria. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1919-20, 18: 369-408, 5pl—Potthoff, H. Zur Frage nach dem Vorkommen von Befruchtungsvor- gangen bei Bacterien. Naturwissenschaften, 1922, 10: 441-6.— Quastel, J. H. L'etude des bacteries non proliferates. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1928, 10: 1282-92. Also J. Hyg., Cambr., 1928-29, 28: 139-46.—Regnier, J., & Kaplan, A. Contribution a 1'Stude numerique de la multiplication microbienne; influence du nombre des microbes ensemences sur la vitesse de leur multi- plication. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 194: 397-9.—Renaud, M. La multiplication des bacteries. Rev. crit. path., Par., 1931, 1: 949-56.—Sandiford, B. R., & Wooldridge, W. R. Resting bac- teria. Biochem. J., Lond., 1931, 25: 2172-80.—Sewertzova, S. B. Influence du rayonnement mitogenetique sur la vitesse de mul- tiplication des bacteries. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1931, 46: 337-71.—Singer, E., & Hoder, F. Ueber die physiologische Grenze der Bakterienvermehrung. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1924, 94: 353-69. ---- Respiration. See Bacteria, Metabolism: Oxidation and re- duction. ---- sapro- and epiphytic. Carbone, D., Quarella, B., & Venturelli, G. Microbi sapro- fiti e microbi patogeni. Riv. biol., 1919,1: 222; 409.—Kojima, K. Ueber die Beziehungen des Saprophytismus zum Parasitismus bei Bakterien. Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 221.—Schiller, I., & Rublyova-Korabelnikova, R. Sur l'antagonisme provoque; microbes saprophytes et organes des mammiferes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 105: 550-2.—Volkonsky, M. Sur la nutrition de quelques champignons saprophytes et parasites. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1934, 52: 76-101—Wbller, H. Ueber die epiphy- tische Bakterienflora gesunder griiner Pflanzen. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1929,79: 173-7. ---- Size. Baeuch, L. *TJntersuchungen iiber die Lange einiger Bakterienarten mit Berucksichtigung der Kollektivmasslehre. 48p. 8? Konigsb. i. Pr., 1916. Angerer, von. Probleme aus der Biologie der Bakterien in Abhangigkeit von ihrer Grosse. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 428.— Pijper, A. Dimensional differentiation of certain microbes. J.M. Ass. S. Africa, 1927, 1: 203.—Ponder, E. Diffraction pat- terns produced by bacteria. J. Exp. Biol., Lond., 1934,11: 54-7. ---- Spores. Alessandri, A. Sulla colorazione delle spore (nota di tecnica batteriologica) Ann. igiene, 1922, 32: 362-6.—Botelho, C. Sur une nouvelle methode simple et rapide pour la double coloration des bacteries spondees. C. rend. Soc biol., 1918, 81: 183.— Churchman, J. W. Inhibition of sporulation by acid fuchsin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1925-26, 23: 94— Cook, R. P. Bac- terial spores. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1932, 7: 1-23.—Curran, H. R. Influence of osmotic pressure upon spore germination. J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 21: 197-209. ----- In- fluence of surface tension upon the germination of bacterial spores. Ibid., 211-8. ----- The influence of some environ- mental factors upon the thermal resistance of bacterial spores. J. Infect. Dis., 1935, 56: 196-202.—Daranyi, J. Das Wesen der Bakteriensporenbildung und ihre Stellung im Fortpflanzungs- system. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1930, 117: 543-7.—Dold, H. Ein neues Verfahren zur Isolierung von Bakteriensporen aus Bak- teriengemischen. Ibid., 1923-24, 91: Orig., 350.—Eijkman, C. Experiences osmotiques avec des spores de bacteries. Arch. neerl. physiol., 1917-18, 2: 616-20.—Florence, L. The influence on spore formation of sealing bacterial cultures. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1921-22, 7: 199-207.—Fraenkel, E. Ueber eine einfache Sporenfarbungsmethode. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922-23, 89: H.4-5, Orig., 106-9—Koser, S. A„ & Mills, J. H. Differential staining of living and dead bacterial spores. J. Bact., Bait., 1925, 10: 25-37.—Lagerung, I. Eine neue Methode der Sporen- farbung nebst Bemerkung fiber saurefeste Granula in sporen- haltigen Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1916-17, 79: Orig., 191, pi.—Leifson, E. Bacterial spores. J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 21: 331-56. Also repr.—LBte, J. von. Reflexionen fiber die Sporen- farbung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 120: 131-5—Magoon, C. A. Studies upon bacterial spores; thermal resistance as affected by age and environment. J. Bact., Bait., 1926, 11: 253-83. ----- Increasing resistance to heat through selection. J. Infect. Dis., 1926,38:429-39. Also repr.—Matthewman, H. B. Differential staining as a criterion of the viability of bacterial spores. J. Bact., Bait., 1927, 14: 425-33.—Mellon, R. R. Observations on the relation of bacterial giant coccoids to zygospore formation. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1922-23, 20: 192—Michailovsky, S. Ueber den Einfluss von Lipoidauflosern auf die Sporenbildung bei aeroben Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925-26, 97:17-25.— Morrison, E. W., & Rettger, L. F. Bacterial spores; a study in BACTERIA 38 BACTERIA heat resistance and dormancy. J. Bact., Bait., 1930, 20: 299-311. ----- Bacterial spores; a study of bacterial spore germination in relation to environment. Ibid., 313-42.—Muzzarelh, G. II metodo Muzzarelli per la colorazione delle spore dei micror- ganismi. Atti Congr. naz. microb., 1931, 149-51. Also Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1931, 3: 469-71.—Nyberg, C. [Bacterial spores] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1929, 71: 610-8—Ogane- sian, N. S. [ Ktl'ect of potassium dichromate on the spore forma- tion in B. ellenbachiensis] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1930, 30: 317-26.— Polettini, B. Sopravvivenza ventennale di alcuni batteri aspo- rigeni. Pathologica, Genova, 1924, 16: 595-7.—Preisz, H. Un- tersuchungen fiber die Keimung von Bakteriensporen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1918, 82: Orig., 321-7, pi—Pupi, L. Sulla colora- zione delle spore in batteriologia. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1934, 5: 395-7.—Rosenthal, L. Sur le mecanisme de l'asporogenie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 570—Ruehle, G. L. A. The enzymic content of bacterial spores. J. Bact., Bait., 1923, 8: 487-91 — Tarr, H. L. A. The.relation of the composition of the culture medium to the formation of endospores bv aerobic bacilli. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1932, 32: 535-43, pi—Viljoen, J. A. Heat resist- ance studies; the protective effect of sodium chloride on bacterial spores heated in pea liquor. J. Infect. Dis., 1926, 39: 286-90 — Virtanen, A. I., & Pulkki, L. Biochemische Untersuchungen fiber Bakteriensporen. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1933, 4: 99-122.— Williams, 0. B. Some factors influencing the heat resistance of bacterial spores. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 17: 16. Also J. Infect. Dis., 1929, 44: 421-65. ----- Bacterial endospore formation in media of varying biologic value. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1930-31, 28: 615-7— Zikes, H. Beitrag zur Zygosporenbildung durch aussere Faktoren. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1926, 68: 23-6. Staining. Dahmen, K. *Studien iiber Vitalfarbung von Bakterien. 26p. 8? Giessen, 1926. Bezssonov, N. Versuche fiber farberische Differenzierung von Bakterien. Arb. Staatsinst. exp. Ther., 1919, H.8, 55-62 — Bickert, F. W. Zur Differentialfarbung toter und lebender Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1930, 117: 548-51—Boas, F. Beobachtungen fiber Stammesauslese. Ibid., 2.Abt., 1929, 78: 21-40.—Brasch, H. Das Verhalten der gramfesten und gram- freien Bakterien bei der Cyanochinfiirbung nach Eisenberg. Ibid., l.Abt., 1936, 136: 73-6.—Breindl, V. Ueber neue Far- bungsmethoden. Ibid., 2.Abt., 1926, 67: 370. ----- & Ko- marck. Zwei neue elektive Farbungsmethoden. Ibid., 1925, 64: 512.—Churchman, J. W. The selective bactericidal action of stains closely allied to gentian violet. J. Exp. M., 1913, 17: 373-8, 4pl. ----- Further studies on the behavior of bacteria toward gentian violet. Ibid., 1921, 33: 569-81, 3pl. ----- Non-toxic dyes and dye-resistant bacteria. Stain Techn., 1931, 6: 57-63.—Ccnn, H. J. Rose bengal as a general bacterial stain. J. Bact., Bait., 1921, 6: 253.—Cormio, A. Nuovo contributo sull' uso del borace nella colorazione dei microrganismi. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1930, 9: 477-9.—Cumley, R. W. Negative stains in the demonstration of bacteria. Stain Techn., 1935, 10: 53-6.—Dold, H. Ein neues farberisches Einteilungsprinzip fiir Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1932, 124: 220-3—Doussain. Contribution a l'gtude de quelques reactions microbiennes. J. med. Paris, 1923, 42: 797.—Dowsley, G. Studies on the staining reactions of bacteria. Pub. Health J., Toronto, 1927, 18: 351- 62.—Eisenbere, P. Studien fiber Bakterienfarbung; fiber Tuscheentf,:rbung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927-28, 105: 151-60.— Epstein, E. Ueber die Darstellbarkeit polgefi.rbter (pestbazil- lenahnlicber) Stahchen bei verschiedenen Bakterienarten; die Polfarbbarkeit als vitale, durch Bakterienwachstum in wasser- reichen Nahrmedien bedingte Erscheinung. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1921, 90: 136-54, pi — Fabre, M., & Devuns, J. Sur un moven d'obtenir des coloration nucleaires avec des pieces sur- chrbmees. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 858—Fontana, A. Sulla colorazione dei microorganismi mediante il metodo Fon- tana-Krantz. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1925, 66: 394-402—Fortner, H. Eine einfache Methode zur Farbung der Bakterien und der Kerne von Leukozyten und Epithelien in Sputumaus- strichen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1926, 43: 111.—Gaussen, C. Colo- ration panoptique d'execution rapide permettant d'opfrer sur la m6me preparation 1'examen cytologique, l'examen bacterio- logique et la recherche du bacille de Koch. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 1657.—Gay, F. P., & Clark. A. R. The differentiation of living from dead bacteria by staining react ions. J. Bact., Bait., 1934,27:175-89. Alsorepr.—Goldie, H. Mesuredel'activitedes substances microbiennes inhibitrices au moyen de substances colorantes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 840.—Graziadei, G., & Mirone, G. Sul potere decolorante dell' inchiostro di china e le sue applicazioni nella tecnica batteriologica. Igiene mod., 1923, 16: 349, pi.—Gutstein, M. Ueber die farberische Darstellung des Bakterienektoplasmas. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1924, 93: Orig., 233-9. ----- Neisser, H., & Dhar, D. R. Demonstration zur Bakterien- und Spirochatenfarbung. Ibid., 1927, 104: 243-6 — Hegediis, A. Vital staining of bacteria grown on media con- taining stains. Magy. orv. arch., 1935, 36: 399-404—Hollande, A. C, & CrSmieux, G. Le pouvoir toxique des matieres colo- rantes d'aniline vis-a-vis des microbes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 542-4.—Huntoon, F. M. Glycerin as an adjuvant to bacterial dyes. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1931, 1: 317-9—Jensen. V. Notes on staining of bacteria. Acta path, microb. scand., 1933, suppl.16, 18C-2.—Kawai, N. Beitrage zur Farbstoffwirkung auf Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929-30, 115: 241-71—Kiyono, K., & Hirakawa, H. Ueber die vitale Bakterienfarbung. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1924, 14: 216-8.—Lamb, J. L. Staining tray for smear preparations. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1921-22, 7: 485.-Lasseur, Dupaix, A., & Georges, L. Observations sur la fixation des colorants par les corps microbiens en fonction du p„. O. rend. Acad, sc, 1933, 196: 1749-5l.-Lennhoff, C. tine neue D'fferen- zialfarbung fiir Bakterien. Arch. Derm. Syph Berl., 192b 151: I70.-Malone, R. H. A fallacy in the use of Benian s relief stain associated with the growth of micro-organisms m 2 percent aqueous solution of Congo-red. Ind. J.M. Res., 1922-23, 10: 847_9 —Martorana, F. Un nuovo metodo di colorazione del granuli polari. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1934 42: 641 — Milovidov, P. F. Coloration differencielle des bacteries et des chondriosomes. Arch. anat. micr., Par., 1928, 24: 19-31, pi. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 555-8.—Mirone, G. Ultenon applicazioni del potere decolorante dell' inchiostro di China nella tecnica batteriologica. Igiene mod., 1924, 17: 67. Also Zbl. Bakt , l.Abt., 1923-24. 91: Orig., 300.—Mbhrke, W. Beitrag zur Praxis und Theorie der Bakterienschnellfarbung. Ibid., 1925,95: Orig 454-6.—Monimart, R. Methode des colorations succes- sive en bacteriologie. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1922, 29: 305-7.— Mori, S. Studie fiber das Verhaitni^s zwischen Wachs-, Lipoid- und Bakterienfarbung. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1924, 14: 218.— Marques da Cunha, A., & Muniz, J. Reaction nucleaire de Feu'gen chez les spirochetes et les bacteries. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 951-4.—Petrochilcs, D. Wirkungen von Fettsauren und ihren Abkommlingen auf Gestalt und farberisches Ver- halten von Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927, 102: 471-7 — PinoUni, P. Ricerche sulla resistenza dei germi fissati e colorati sui vetrini batterioscopici. Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 6: 405- 10.—Reichert, F. Ueber den Ablauf vitaler Bakterienfarbung und die biologische Wirkung der Farbung auf die Keime. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1921-22, 87: Orig., 118-60.—Reina, G. Applica- zione dei metodi fotografici per allestire preparati permanenti di batteri che si decolorano facilmente. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Pavia, 1922, :i5: 349-56. Also Policlinico, 1922, 29: sez.prat., 1043.—Rosenow, E. C. A method of staining microorganisms and their capsular substance, and its application to streptococci and to filtrates of the viruses and spinal fluids of poliomyelitis and encephalitis. Proc. Mayo Clin., ,935, 10: 115-21.—Sander, F. Bakterienfarbung durch Kaliumpeimanganat; zugleich eine einfache Sporenfarbung. Zschr. Hyg., 1934.116: 335.—Sartorius, F. Ueber Farbstoffwirkung auf Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1928, 107: 134-56, pi.; 108: 313-26. ----- Farbstoffwirkung bei verschiedenen pH-Stufen und verschiedener Konstitution. Ibid., 398-427.—Scales, F. M. A new method for differential staining of bacteria. J. Inrect. Dis., 1922, 31: 494-8.—Schmidt, A. Werden Bakterien durch die ubliche Farbetechnik abge- tbtet? Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 1731.—Schumacher, J. Ueber die farberische Unterscheidung der Bakterien vermittels der Viktoriablau-Pyroninmethode. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 192.r>, 94: Orig., 397-400, pi.—Seiffert, W. Vergleicbende Farbeversuche an lebenden und toten Bakterien. Ibid., 1922,88: Orig., 151-8.— Smith, F. R., & Mudge, C. S. Action of stains on living bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.V., 1934, 32: 287-9.—Stearn, E. W., & Stearn, A. E. The mechanical behavior of dyes, especially gen- tian violet, in bacteriological media. J. Bact., Bait., 1923, 8: 567-72.—Tsurusaki, H. Bakteriologische Studien fiber Tri- phenylmethanfarbstoffe. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1934, 24: 308-12.— Vasconcellos, A. de. Novo processo de coloracao de bacillo diphterico e do protozoario do paludismo. Brasil med., 1917, 31: 284.—Voit, K. Ueber das Verhalten der Bakterien zur Nuclealfarbung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1925, 47: 183-92; 1927, 55: 564-8.—Volpino, G. L'impregnation argentique et les colo- rations appliquees a l'etude des colonies bactenques. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1930, 2: 31-3.—Wasielevska-Miro- nowiczova, E. [Vitality of microbes in stained preparations] Polska gaz. lek., 1931, 10: 926-7.—Weiss, E. Method for stain- ing of polar bodies. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1929-30, 15: 170.—Yuri Etsuo. The studies on the physical affinity of bacterial cells to the dye-stuffs; the behavior of bacterial cells toward dyes as influenced by hydrogen-ion concentrations. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1928 11: 75-95. ----- The mode of combination of bacterial cells with dye-stuffs. Ibid., 97-115. ---- Staining: Gram's method. Reichart, F. *Beitrage zur Gramfarbung. 47p. 8? Heidelb., 1913. Atkins, K. N. Report of Committee on descriptive chart; modification of the Gram stain. J. Bact., Bait., 1920,5:321-4 — Bach, D., & Deletang, R. Contribution k l'etude de la reaction de Gram. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 666-8.—Bader, E. Ueber die klinische Bedeutung der Muchschen Modifikation der Gramschen Farbung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1919, 32: 689 — Bail, O. Ueber das Verhalten Gram-positiver und -negativer Bakterien zu oligodynamischen Wirkungen. Ibid., 751-3.— Beguet, M. Sur le mecanisme de la methode de Gram. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 896.—Benians, T. H. C. A further investigation into the principles underlying Gram's stain, with special reference to the bacterial cell membrane. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1919-20, 23: 401-12—Brown, J. H., & Brenn, L. A method for the differential staining of Gram-positive and Gram- negative bacteria in tissue sections. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1931, 48: 09-73. Also J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 21: 21.— Bruner, D. W. Differentiation between Gram-positive and Gram-negative microorganisms by the use of enzymes. Ibid., 1933, 26: 361-71—Burke, V. Notes on the Gram stain with description of a new method. Ibid., 1922, 7: 159-82. —---- & Barnes, M. W. The cell wall and the Gram reaction. Ibid., 1929, 18: 69-92—Burke, V„ A Gibson, F. O. The Gram reaction BACTERIA 39 BACTERIA and the electric charge of bacteria. Ibid., 1933, 26: 211-4.— Churchman, J. W. The cause of the parallelism between the dram reaction and the gentian violet reaction. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21, 18: 17. ----- The therapeutic signifi- cance of the Gram reaction. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1921, 32: 225-7, 3pl. ----- Effect of hardening and fixation on Gram reaction. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1927-28, 25: 336 — Cramarossa, S. II metodo di Gram e le sue modiflcazioni. Igiene mod., 1925, 18: 147-55.—Curbelo, y Hernandez, A. Un buen metodo de Gram para la pratica corriente; tecnica de Atkins y Burke. Rev. med. cubana, 1930, 41: 1410-4.—Dar- gallo, R. Afinidades Grampositivas y Gramnegativas de las bacterias y metacromasia por el azul policromico de las mismas. Rev. espan. med. cir., 1921, 4: 125.—De Bord, G. G. Reaction to Gram's stain by certain spore-forming bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1924-25, 22: 397.—Deussen, E. Die Gramsche Bakterienfarbung, ihr Wesen und ihre Bedeutung. Zschr. Hyg., 1918, 85: 235-322; 1921, 93: 512-22. Also Biochem. Zschr., 1920, 103: 123-41.—Fiorito, G. I germi nascono o diventano Gram-resistenti? Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1921, 2: 557-68 — Gassner, G. Neuere Untersuchungen fiber Metachromgelb- nahrboden, gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur Theorie der Gram- Farbung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1918, 81: 477-92—Glynn, J. H. The application of the Gram stain to paraffin sections. Arch. Path., Chic, 1935, 20: 896-9.— Gutstein, M. Das Ektoplasma der Bakterien; fiber eine allgemeine Methode zur Darstellung des Ektoplasmas der grampositiven Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1924, 93: Orig., 393-402, pi. ----- Ueber farberische Verschiedenheiten zwischen grampositiven und gramnegativen Bakterien; ein Beitrag zur Theorie der Gramschen Farbung. Ibid., 1925, 94: Orig., 145-51, pi. ----- Morphologie und Aufbau des Ektoplasmas der grampositiven Bakterien; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Theorie der Beizenfarbung. Ibid., 95: Orig., 1-20, pi. ----- Farberischer Nachweis und chemischer Bau des Ektoplasmas der gramnegativen Bakterien. Ibid., 1926-27, 100: 1-9, pi.—Habs, H. Die Aufnahme eines gelbsten Stoffes durch Bakterien; ein Beitrag zur Theorie der Gramschen Farbung. Zschr. Hyg., 1932, 114: 1-10.—Hammer, E. Die Serumlipoide bei der Bakterizidie des normalen Serums gegen grampositive und gramnegative Bakterien. Zschr. Immun- forsch., 1934, 82: 217-28.—Herraiz Ballestero, L. El mecanismo de la Gram positividad y su equivalente quimicofisico. Arch. med., Madr., 1934, 37: 626-30. -----• El equivalente electro frente a otras propiedades diferenciales. Ibid., 1935, 38: 493-7.— Hirsch, E. W. A simple technic for checking the Gram stain. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 246.—Holman, W. L. An error in acid- fast and Gram staining due to petrolatum. Arch. Path., Chic, 1926, 1: 390-3.—Hucker, G. J. A new modification and applica- tion of the Gram stain. J. Bact., Bait., 1921, 6: 395-7.—Kalina, G. Ueber die Bedeutung der Intaktheit des Ektoplasmas der Bakterienzelle fiir die Gramsche Farbung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927, 103: 172-6.—Kaplan, M. L., & Kaplan, L. The Gram stain and differential staining. J. Bact., Bait., 1933, 25: 309-21 — Kemp, H. A., & Fleisher, M. S. Anilin as a decolorizing agent in the Gram stain. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1925-26, 11: 575-7 — Kilduffe, R. A. A new alkaline solution of iodin for use in the Gram stain. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81: 2182,—Kopeloff, N., & Beerman, P. A modified Gram stain. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1922-23, 20: 71. Also J. Infect. Dis., 1922, 31: 480-2. Also State Hosp. Q., 1924-25, 10: 590-3— Lasseur, P., & Benoit, M. Observations sur la coloration de Gram. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1934, 199: 1680-2.—Lasseur, P., & Schmitt. Etude de la reaction de Gram. Ann. Inst. Pasteur. Par., 1927, 41: 554-75 — Leidy, J. Modification of Gram's stain for positive bacteria. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1918-19, 4: 354— Lillie, R. D. The Gram stain; a quick method for staining Gram-positive organisms in the tissues. Arch. Path., Chic, 1928,5:828-34. ----- Resistance of the tuberculosis-leprosy group of organisms to decolorization with sodium thiosulphate. Ibid., 1044-50.—Lyon, M. W. Ace- tone as a decolorizer in Gram's staining method. J. Am. M. Ass., 1920, 75: 1017.—Sander, F. Ffinfzig Jahre Gramsche Farbung und ihre Theorie; Beseitigung und Wiederherstellung der Gramfarbbarkeit von Bakterien durch reversible Reaktio- nen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1934-35, 133: 385-400—Scarpellini, A. Sopra un nuovo terzo colore e sulla colorazione dei batteri Qram-negativineitessuti. Rinasc. med., 1925, 2:100.—Schmidt, E. Contribution a l'etude de la coloration de Gram. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1920, 83: 627-9—Schumacher, J. Das Ektoplasma der Bakterien (zur Gramschen Farbung, zum Kern der Bakterien und zur Chemie der Desinfektion) Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt , 1928,107: 161-80. -----• Zur Gramschen Farbung (mit Demonstra- tionen) Ibid., 1924, 93: Orig., 266-8.-Sheppe, W. M, & Con- stable, M. G. An unsuspected source of error in the ' Irani stain. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1922-23, 8: 757-60.—Solarino, G. Ricerche sulla Gram resistenza dei germi; nota: su una fase Gram negativa nello sviluppo di germi Gram positivi. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1930, 9: 125-8.— Stearn, E. W. The correlation of variation in dye sensitivity with Gram character in certain Gram-positive organisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1927, 14: 349-62. ----- & Stearn, A. E. The chemical mechanism of bacterial behavior; behavior towards dyes; factors controlling the Gram reaction. Ibid., 1924, 9: 463-77. ----- A new theory of the Gram reaction. Ibid., 479-89. ----- The nature of the Gram compound and its bearing on the mechanism of staining. Ibid., 1930, 2i>: 287-95.—Tunnicliff, R. A simple method of staining Gram- negative organisms. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78: 191—Wilke, W. Versuche fiber Gram-Festigkeit von Pneumokokken und Diphtheriebazillen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 113: 262-6.- Zirone, A. Sulle fasi di sviluppo della resistenza al Gram nei germi. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1920, 239-51, ---- Synergism. See also Bacteria, Antagonism. Kammerer, H. Beitrage zur Bedeutung des bakteriellen Synergismus fiir die Biologie. Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 723-7.— Mameli, I. Sul potere di associazione dei germi del gruppo Brucelle con i batteri del gruppo tifo-coli e stafilococco. Gior. batt. immun., 1915, 14: 1119; 1128.—Nicholson, T. F. An ex- ample of bacterial synergism on Endo medium. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 41—Orskov, J. [An observation on family breeJing-in between streptothrices and bacteria] Hospitalstidende, 1920, 63: 753-63.—Schucht, R. Quelques con- siderations au sujct des associations microbiennes. J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1929, 12: 171-84. ---- thermophilic and thermotolerant. Arrhenius, S. Die thermophilen Bakterien und der Strah- lungsdruck der Sonne. Zschr. phys. Chem., 1927, 130: 516-9.— Belin, M., Mutermilch, S., & Salamon, E. Action des substances protectrices sur la thermo-resistance de certaines bacteries. C. rend. Soc biol., 1933, 114: 1278-81—Bergey, D. H. Thermo- philic bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1919, 4: 301-S— Bidault, C. Sur les exigences de culture d'un microbe butyriqu? thermophile. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1775-7.—Bigelow, W. D., & Esty, J. R. The thermal death point in relation to time of some resistant organisms. Abstr. Bact., Bait., 1920, 4: 10. Also J. Infect. Dis., 1920, 27: 602-17.—Black, L. A., & Tanner, F. W. A study of thermophilic bacteria from the intestinal tract. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1928, 75: 360-75.—Cameron, E. J. The natural or normal resistance of spores of thermophilic bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 21: 31.—Coolhaas, C. Zur Kenntnis der Dissimilation fettsaurer Salze und Kohlenhvdrate durch thermophile Bak- terien. Zbl. Bakt., &c, 2.Abt., 1928, 75: 161-70. -----■ Die Dissimilation von Starke und Zuckerarten durch thermo- phile Bakterien. Ibid., 344-60. ----- Die Dissimilation von Zellulose durch thermophile Bakterien. Ibid., 76: 38-44.— Damon, S. R., & Feirer, W. A. Anaerobic sporulating thermo- philes; some observations on a new group of bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1925, 10: 37-46.—Donk, P. J. A highly resistant thermo- philic organism. Ibid., 1920, 5: 373.—Elion, L. A thermophilic sulphate-reducing bacterium. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1924-25, 63: 58-67, pi.—Fay, A. C. Thermo-tolerant organisms as a cause of so called pin-point colonies. J. Bact., Bait., 1927, 13: 347-77.— Golikov, S. M. [Thermophilic bacteria] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1926,3:79-88. Also Zbl. Bakt., &c, 2.Abt., 1926-27,69:178-85 — Hansen, P. A. The growth of thermophilic bacteria. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1933, 4: 23-35—Hindle, E. Some new thermo- philic organisms. J.R. Micr. Soc, 1932, 52: 123.—Lindner, P. [New fermentative microbe, Thermobacterium mobile Lindner and its usage] Mikrob. J., Leningr., 1929, 9: 120-4.—Morrison, L. E., & Tanner, F. W. Studies on thermophilic bacteria; aerobic thermophilic bacteria from water. J. Bact., Bait., 1922, 7: 343-66.—Mudge, C. S. The life cycle of a thermophilic or- ganism. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1930-31, 28: 202—Negro, G. Sur la presence supposee de microrganismes thermo-obliges dans les milieux de culture. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc internaz. microb., 1930, 2: 438-40.—Paine, F. S. Some observations on thermophilic anaerobes. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1931-32, 85: 122-9.— Prickett, P. S., & Breed, R. S. Thermophilic organisms found in culture media. J. Bact., Bait., 1928, 16: 247-9.— Surauer, H. Ueber einen aus Baumwollabfallen isolierten thermophilen Bacillus. Beitr. Biol. Pflanz., 1928, 16: 1-38.—Tanner, F. W., & Wallace, G. I. Relation of temperature to the growth of ther- mophilic bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1925, 10: 421-37.—Visir, P. [Effect of heated medium on virulence of bacteria] Dniepropetr. med. J., 1930, 9: 227-34.—Wollman, E. Sur un bacille thermo- phile vrai, isole de l'eau de Korbous. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1928, 17: 253-6. ---- Toxins. See Toxin. ---- Urease. See also Bacteria, Enzymes. Jacoby, M. Ueber Harnstoffspaltung durch Bakterien. Biochem. Zschr., 1916, 74: 109-15. ----- Ueber die Einwir- kung von Serum auf die bakterielle Harnstoffspaltung und fiber das Problem der Virulenzsteigerung der Bakterien im Tier- kbrper. Ibid., 116-22.-----Ueber eine einfache und sichere Methode der Ureasedarstellung aus Bakterien. Ibid., 1917, 84: 354-7 —Schlossmann, K. Die Bildung von Harnsaure durch Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929,110: H.6-8, Beihft, 78-84.— Segre, G. Studi sugli enzimi batterici; ureasi batteriche e reaz- zione del mezzo. Gior. batt. immun., 1928, 3: 245-50.—Taka- hata, T. Ueber die Bildung der Bakterienurease. Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 140: 166.-----Ueber die Gewinnung einer Urease-Enzymlosung aus Bakterien. Ibid., 168-70. ---- Variability. See also Bacteria, Filtration; Bacteriophagy; Virus, filtrable. . Gurney-Dixon, S. The transmutation of bacteria. 179p. 8? Cambr., 1919. Henrici, A. T. Morphologic variation and the rate of growth of bacteria, 194p. X° Springf., 111., 1928, BACTERIA 40 BACTERIA Knagg, H. V. The misunderstood microbe. 38p. 8? Lond. [1930] Marchal, J. G. Variation et mutation en bacteriologie. 307p. 8? Par., 1932. Bibliography, p.283-300. Toenniessen, E. *Ueber Vererbung und Variabilitat bei Bakterien mit besonderer Be- rucksichtigung der Virulenz [Erlangen] 37p. 8? Jena, 1914. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1914, 73: 241-77. Almquist, E. Variation and life cycles of pathogenic bacteria. J. Infect. Dis., 1922,31: 483-93, pi. ----- Ueber die Variation der Bakterien. Med. rev., Bergen, 1927,44:578-84.—Arkwright, J. A. Variation in bacteria in relation to agglutination both by salts and by specific serum. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1921, 24: 36-60, pi.—Baerthlein, K. Ueber bakterielle Variabilitat, insbe- sondere sogenannte Bakterienmutationen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1918, 81: Orig., 369-435.—Balteanu, I. [Phenomenon of varia- bility in microbes] Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1926, 15: 937-67 — Begbie, R. S. Microbic dissociation, with special reference to certain acid-fast bacilli. Edinburgh M.J., 1930, n.s., 37: 187- 91, pi.—Benard, R. De la mutability des caracteres bacteriolo- giques. Gaz. hop., 1926, 99: 213-6—Bergstrand, H. Sur la variation des bacteries. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 492-4. Also Acta path, microb. scand., 1924, 1: 105-13, pi. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1925, 32: 1177-9. Also Proc. Internat. Congr. Plant. Sc. (1926) 1929,1:175-84, 3pl.—Berman, V. M. [Methods in studying the serologic dissociation of microbes] Mikrob. J., Leningr., 1929, 8:184-6.—Body tissues not germ-free; bacteria in dissociated state. Science News Lett., 1935, 27: 215.—Bbing, H. Die Konstanz der Arten und die moderne Bakteriologie. Fort- sch. Med., 1924, 42: 106-8.—Bonezzi, G. Sulle variazioni dei caratteri biologici di alcuni germi in culture monocitogenetiche. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1933,47:983-1008.—Braun, J. Varia- bilitatsstudien bei Streptokokken, Pneumokokken und Entero- kokken. Zschr. Hyg., 1933, 115: 519-34—Brazzola, F. Sulle mutazioni (variazioni) del gruppo Bacterium coli, del gruppo tifo-paratifo e dei bacilli dissenterici. Rendic Accad. sc. Bologna> 1918-19, 23: 41-5.—Broadhurst, J. Observations on amorphous phases of bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1933, 25: 545- 62, 3pl.—Brotzu, G. Le varianti sierologiche dei batteri secondo gli ultimi studi sulle agglutinine. Riv. biol., 1923, 5: 748-60 — Brown, J. H., & Frobisher, M. Technical difficulties encoun- tered in an attempt to produce bacterial mutations. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1927, 40: 318-25—Bucksteeg, W. Ueber atypische Zellformen bei Bacillus amylobacter; ein Beitrag zur Frage des Pleomorphismus der Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1934-35, 91: 321-45.—Buonomini, G. La variazione batterica. Gior. med. prat., 1932,14: 549-64.—Burnet, E. Actions d'entrai- nement entre races et especes microbiennes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 1422-5.—Dawson, M. H. Bacterial variation in Pneu- mococcus and Streptococcus hemolyticus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 31: 590-2.—De Kruif, P. H. Dissociation of microbic species; a preliminary communication. J. Am. M. Ass., 1921, 76: 651. ----- Change of acid agglutination opti- mum as index of bacterial mutation. J. Gen. Physiol., 1921-22, 4: 387-93. ----- Mutation of the bacillus of rabbit septi- cemia. J. Exp. M., 1922, 35: 561-74, pi—Doria, C. Sur la dissociation des Bact. ovoides plurisepticus. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1934, 6: 248-52.—Eisenberg, P. Ueber sogenannte Mutationen (Sprungvariationen) bei Bakterien. Jahrber. Schles. Ges. vaterl. Kult. (1913) l.Abt., 1914, 2: med. Sekt. 20. ----- Ueber Mutationen bei B akterien und anderen Mikroorganismen. Erg. Hyg. Bakt., 1914, 1: 28-142. ----- Untersuchungen tiber die Variabilitat der Bakterien; tiber die Variabilitat des Schleimbildungsvermogens und der Gram- festigkeit. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1918-19, 82: Orig., 401-5 — Enderlein, G. Die Gesetzmassigkeit des Formenwechsels der Bakterien. Med. Welt, 1930, 4: 1536-8.—Fa via, N. Delle varia- zioni microbiche. Ann. igiene, 1932, 42: 517.—Friedberger, E. Unsichtbare und unzuchtbare Formen [kryptantigene vira] bei pathogenen Bakterien. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 782-9 — Fiirth, J. Rezeptorenanalyse tmd Variationsversuche mit B. paratyphus Aertrycke. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1922, 35: Orig., 162-75.—Gee, A. H. Bacteria concerned in the spoilage of had- dock; dissociation of an organism resembling B. vulgatus. J. Infect. Dis., 1927, 41: 355-64.—Gersbach, A. Ueber Variabilitat bei Bakterien. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg., 1924-25, 18: 113-5 — Gildemeister, E. Weitere Mitteilungen fiber Variabilitatser- scheinungen bei Bakterien, die bereits bei ihrer Isolierung aus dem Organismus zu beobachten sind. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1916- 17, 79: Orig., 49-62.—Goyle, A. N. On bacterial variation, with special reference to the alleged convergent phenomena exhibited by certain distinct pathogenic species (B. typhosus and B. enteritidis, Gartner) J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1926, 29: 149-66.— Gratia, A. Le probleme des variations microbiennes. Ann. Soc. sc. med. natur. Bruxelles, 1924, 79: 62-74.—Grumbach, A. Beitrag zur Frage der Bakterien-Variabilitat; Beobachtungen auf unserer Untersuchungsstation. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929, 59: 739-42. ----- Specifitat der Antigene und Varia- bilitat der Bakterien. Ibid., 1931, 61: 97-101—Hadley, P. Microbic dissociation; the instability of bacterial species, with special reference to active dissociation and transmissible autol- ysis. J. Infect* Dis., 1927, 40: 1-312, 6pl. ----- The relation of the bacterial variants of Kuhn to the chief phases in microbic dissociation. J- Bact., Bait., 1933, 25: 572-5— Hanau, G. Sul pleomorfismo dei batterii. Gazz. osp., 1934, 55: 417-9.-Hau- duroy, P. Presence de formes invisibles de microbes visible dans la nature. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94:. 246. -—— Les formes invisibles et filtrantes des bacteries visibles. J. pnysioi. path, gen., 1927, 25: 254; 537-52.----- ^f formes filtrantes et invisibles des bacteries autres que le bacille de Koch, ipia., 523-633—Henrici, A. T. Morphologic variations of bacteria in the lag phase. J. Infect. Dis., 1926, 38: 54-65.-Herelle, F. d; Bacterial mutations. Yale J. Biol., 1931, 4: 55-61. —— & Beecroft, R. Bacterial mutations. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1931-32. 17: 667-74.—HereUe, F. d\ & Rakieten, T. L. Mutations as governing bacterial characters and serologic reactions. J. Infect. Dis., 1934, 54: 313-38.—Hill, A. Pleomorphism of germs. Lan- cet, Lond., 1915,2:1271—Horing, F. O. Studien fiber Baktenen- variabilitat an klinischem Untersuchungsmaterial und die Bedeutung derselben fiir die allgemeine Pathogenese. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 793-800—Israilsky, W. P., & Starygin, L. Die Dissoziation bei einigen Bakterienarten. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1930, 81: 1-11.—Kasarnovska, S. S. [Variability and bacterio- logie diagnosis] Vrach. gaz., 1931, 35: 1051-7.—Kauffmann, F. Keimumwandlung und Lysinwirkung. Zschr. Hyg., 1926, 106: 520-31.—Klieneberger, E. Bakterienpleomorphismus und Bakterienentwicklungsgange. Erg. Hyg., Bakt., 1930, 11: 499-555. ----- Die heutigen Auffassungen der verschiedenen Formen der Bakterienzellen einer Art. Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 481-4.—Kriuchkov, A. P. [Study of ecological variability of microorganisms in relation to agronomic diagnosis] Mikro- biologiya, Moskva, 1934, 3: 232-58.—Kruse. Veranderlichkeit und Formenwechsel bei Bakterien. Zschr. Hyg., 1933, 115: 1-6.—Kuhn, P. Ueber die sog. Mutation der Bakterien. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1919, 66: 1335. ----- Weitere Ergeb- nisse der Erforschung der A-Formen bei Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922-23, 89: Orig., 199-201. ----- Weitere Einblicke in die Entwicklung der A-Formen (Pettenkoferia- formen) Ibid., 1924, 93: Orig., 280-8, 2pl. ----- Bericht fiber den Stand der Untersuchungen tiber die verschiedenen Erschei- ■ nungsformen einer Bakterienart. Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 1351-3.—Lagrange, E. Sur un cas particulier de variation microbienne. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 1320-2; 1927, 97: 1045. ----- Dissociation microbienne dans les groupes Eberth et Gaertner. Ibid., 1929, 100: 7.—Lehmann, E. Ueber die soge- nannten Bakterienmutationen. Naturwissenschaften, 1916, 4: 547-51.—Levinthal, W. Der Variabilitatsbegriff in der Bakte- riologie, seine Bedeutung ftir Spezifitatslehre und Epidemiologie. Klin. Wschr., 1928,7:145-50. ----- Das Variabilitatsproblem in der Bakteriologie. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1931, 22: H.10, 44-55. ----- Die Konstanz der Bakterien.- Zschr. firztl. Fortbild., 1932, 29: 143-5.—Lindegren, C. C. Genetical studies of bacteria; the problem of bacterial variation. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1935-36, 93: 113-22.—Loghem, J. J. van [Bacterial muta- tion considered in connection with individuals in bacteria] strains] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1921, 65: pt2, 2981-7. ----- [Bacterial types and pseudotypes] Ibid., 1930, 74: pt2, 4402-7. ----- Terminology of bacterial variability. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1931, 34: ptl, 309-11. ----- [The individuality theory of bacterial mutability] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1929, 4: 32-44. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: ptl, 655-63. Also Zschr. Hyg., 1929, 110: 382-90. ----- Zur Terminoloeie der bakteriellen Veranderlichkeit. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 120: 318-20. ----- [Conception of regression in bacteriology] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1933, 8: 27-34.—Lotze, H. Bakterien- variation als Grundlage epidemischen Geschehens. Zschr. Hyg., 1934, 116: 576-85—Mackenzie, G. M., & Fitzgerald, H. Studies in microbic dissociation; the effects of dissociation upon the antigenic behavior of Salmonella and Shigella cultures. J. Immun., Bait., 1933, 25: 397-417. -----& Irons, V. Independ- ent variation of biological characters of bacteria as a result of dissociation. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 30: 536-8 — Marbais, S. Le pneumobacille reversible et le bacille lactique aerogene. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1919, 82: 34.—Mellon, R. R. Observation on the origin of biotypes (microbic dissociation) in pure lines of bacteria. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1922-23, 20: 191.—Neisser, M. Some new investigations regarding old bacteriological problems. J. State M., Lond., 1932, 40: 683-95. ----- Studien fiber Bakterienvariabilitat. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 1388.—NicoUe, C. Sur la nature des virus invisibles, origine microbienne des inframicrobes. Rev. hyg., Par 1925, 47: 408-23^-Orskov, J & Larsen, A. On bacterial variation. J. Bact., Bait 1925, 10: 473-9.-0'Neal, H. E. Dissociation of encapsulated bacteria. Ibid., 1933, 26: 521-38—Paillot, A. Sur le polymorphisme des bacteries. C. rend. Acad sc 1920 170- 904-6—Pampana, E. La dissociation microbienne dans le groupe typhus-paratyphus-dysenterie, et dans les Brucellae et lgmploi de la trypaflavine comme son reactif. Boll Sez ital »°7«nt%nf • micr?b-},1931. 3: 174. Also Ann. igiene, 1931, 41: 537-53.-Petragnani, G. La dissociation bacterienne. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz microb., 1932, 4: 288-365.-Pisarczyk, R. ST T™-Pre U^H °f ^Y^ ^logeny] Lek. wo.isk. tSSTS^n -26[iVf ^J*. b!Cter^ '^d tschr! geTeesV, 1925 69: ptl, 261-5—Pulvertaft, R. J. V. Problems in bacteria ^f^ 2T^27imRrtr- Westa^er Hosp!mRep.,baLoenda M»AT»ltJi iV™ ,%mo}T^hn^' S- 0n bacterial variation Jw^J££"' ■ ' ■'■ ^-^--Ramsine, S. K. The transforma- ^t£ln^^era^oa^sna- Med- Rev- of Rev- 1930- tf™ ^ l™?S ' A theory of bacterial variation; varia- tion in Serratia marcescens. J. Bact, Bait 1936 31 • 32 — Renaux, E. Variations microbiennes et hlredit! Ann. Soc. BACTERIA 41 BACTERIA sc med. natur. Bruxelles, 1933, 97-112.—Rettger, L. F., & Gilles- pie, H. B. Bacterial variation, with special reference to pleo- morphism and filtrability. J. Bact., Bait., 1933, 26: 289-318, pi.—Rippel, A. Variabilitat bei Bakterien. Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 791-3.—Rosen, H. R. Variations within a bacterial species; morphologic variations. Mycologia, N.Y., 1928, 20: 251-75, 5pl— Sabatucci, M. Phenomenes de dissociation micro- bienne dans les staphylococques, revclables par tripaflavine. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1931,3:175-8.—Saceghemi, R. Van. Sur la transformation de bacteries non pathogenes en bacteries pathogenes par culture dans le filtrat de bacteries pathogenes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 1379—Schade, H. J. M. Kunnen proefondervindelijk mutaties worden opge- wekt bij bacterien. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1919, 2: 811-4 — Schlemper, P. Die Kuhn'schen C-Formen. Acta brevia neerl., 1933, 3: 72-5.—Schmitz, K. E. F. Die Verwandlungs- fahigkeit der Bakterien; Experimentelles und Kritisches mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Diphtheriebacillengruppe. Zbl.Bakt., l.Abt., 1915-16,77: Orig., 369-417,3pl. ----- Neue Mitteilungen tiber VerwandlungsfShigkeit, Paragglutination usw. in der Ruhr-Typhus-Coli-Gruppe auf Grund experimen- teller Beobachtungen; tiber die Eigenschaften des Bacillus Schmitz und seine Verbreitung. Ibid., 1919, 83: Orig., 1-9. ■----- Beschreibung von Veranderungen in Kulturen des Bacillus Schmitz. Ibid., Orig., 108-68. ----- Hypothese des Generationswechsels als Erklarung der Veranderungen in der Ruhr-Typhus-Coli-Gruppe. Ibid., Orig., 210-27—Seiffert, W. Die epidemiologische Bedeutung der bakteriellen Variabilitat. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1930, 103: 258-68.—Smith, T. Animal reservoirs of human disease, with special reference to microbic variability. Bull. N.Y. Acad. M., 1928, 2.ser., 4: 476-96 — Sobernheim, G., & Judin, M. Zur Wandelbarkeit der Arteigen- schaften von Bakterien. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929, 59: 496-8.—Soule, M. H. Microbic dissociation; B. subtilis. J. Infect. Dis., 1928, 42: 93-143, 5pl. Also Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microbiol., 1932, 4: 551-9. Also J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1934, 14: 249-51.—Steenken, W., jr. The influence of the pH on dissociation of B. Friedlandcr and M. tuberculosis. J. Infect. Dis., 1935, 56: 273-6.—Stewart, F. H. The nature of the factor inhibiting the fermentation of a sugar in the mutabile and paracolon forms of Bacillus neapolitanus Emmerich. J, Hyg., Cambr., 1926-27, 25: 333-5.—Stickl, O. Zur Erforschung der Variabilitat der Krankheitserreger. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1183.—Toenniessen, E. Ueber die Variationsformen der Bakterien und ihre Uebereinstimmung mit den Variations- formen der Metazoen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1921, 86: Orig., 353-80.—Trer.es, E. E. Nuevo concepto de la bacteriologfa, la mutation microbiana. Rev. m6d. cubana, 1933, 44: 1499-506.— Vagedes, K. von. Ueber Variationsformen bei Bakterien aus Abwasser. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1930, 116: 187-99—Wamoscher, L. Ueber atypische Bakterienformen und ihre Bedeutung Ibid., 1932-33, 127: 138-41 [Discussion] 142-6.—Winslow, C. E. A. The changing bacteria. Science, 1932, 75: 121-3.—Wolter, F. Die Variabilitatsstudien in ihrer Bedeutung ftir eine Neuorien- tierung in der epidemiologischen Forschung; mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Bacterium typhi flavum. Erg. allg. Path., 1932, 26: 877—Zlato?orov, S. I. Ueber die Variabilitat der Bakteiien. Seuchenbekampfung, 1930, 7: 215-24. ----- & Mogilevska, B. I. [Dissociation of microbes and their consti- tution] Vrach. gaz., 1931, 35: 9-16. ---- Variability: Causes. Assis, A. di. Sobre a questao da influencia do complemento na variacao bacteriana. Brasil med., 1933, 47: 347-50.—Braun, H. Die Umwandlung der Krankheitserreger im Organismus. Ther. Mhefte, 1917,31:1-9. ----- Ueber die Veranderlichkeit der Krankheitserreger unter ausseren Einwirkungen. Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4:1193-7.—Brumpt, E. Au sujet des changements de proprietes biologiques des germes chez divers hotes vecteurs vicariants. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 830.—Dawson, A. I. Bacterial variations induced by changes in the compo- sition of culture media. J. Bact., Bait., 1919, 4: 133-48 — Eastwood, A. Stimulants to bacterial variation. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1924-25, 23: 317-46.—Gorini, C. Culture grimpante et dissociation microbienne. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1928, 186: 1070-2. Also Gior. batt. immun., 1928, 3: 593-600. ----- Dissociation of acido-proteolytic bacteria by the climbing culture method. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 17: 1.—Grumbach, A. Beitrag zur Frage des Hamolyseeffektes; Grundsatzliches zur Bakterienvaria- bilitat. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1932-33, 127: 351-7—Hoder, F., & Suzuki, K. Mutationserscheinungen durch Wirkung von Desinfizientien. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1926, 49: 361-81 — Klieneberger, E. Ueber die Brauchbarkeit unserer Zuchtungs- verfahren fiir bakterielle Umwandlungsstudien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1932,126:278-86—Leifson, E. Types of bacteria in blood and chocolate agar and the immediate cause of these types. J. Bact., Bait., 1932, 24: 473-87.—Loghem, J. J. van. Aenderungen bei Bakterien, aufgefasst als adaptative und regressive Aen- derungen wahrend der individuellen Existenz. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922, 88: Orig, 257-62—Lorentz, F. H. Die Veranderung von Bakterien unter Gasen. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 206-8 — Manwaring, W. H. Environmental transformation of bacteria. Science, 1934, 79: 466-70.—Mazzetti, G. La cultura alternata in brodoacido (pH=5,5) e alcalino (pH=8,3) e sua importanza come incitante la dissociazione microbica. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1932, lO.ser., 7:875-80. Also Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1932, 4: 529-33.—Meves, H. Ueber Variabilitatserscheinun- gen an Coli-Paratyphus- und Ruhrbacillen bei Einwirkung tierischer Gewebe. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1935, 96: 221-7.— Nicolosi, G. Ricerche sperimentali sulla dissociazione batterica; fenomeni dissociativi del B. coli e dello stafilococco cultivati in vitro ed in vivo nella bile. Atti Soc. sc med. natur. Cagliari, 1934, 36: 303-87, 8 ch—Niizuma, T. Ueber eine Art Bazillen, welche auf zuckerhaltigem Nahrboden eine merkwiirdige Meta- morphose erfahren. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1924, 14: 215, pi.— Nosotti, N. Contributo sperimentale alle variazioni e muta- zioni del bacillo di Eberth, del bacillo paratifo B, del bacillo di Shiga quando vengono coltivati in presenza dell' immunisiero. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1933, 12: 317-39— Petrie, G. F. A specific precipitin reaction associated with the growth on agar plates of meningococcus, pneumococcus, and B. dysenteriae (Shiga) Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1932, 13: 380, pi—Ravich-Birger, E. D. The role of selection in the variability of microbes. Gior. batt. immun., 1935, 15: 901-16.—Reed, G. B. A hypothetical view of bacterial variation. J. Bact., Bait., 1933, 25: 580-6.— Rimpau, W. Die Variabilitat der bakteriellen Krankheitserre- ger unter ktinstlichen und nattirlichen Vegetationsbedingungen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 2150-5—Stearn, E. W., & Stearn, A. E. The characteristics of certain microorganisms as modified by the reaction of the medium. J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 21: 18 — Werner, G. Veranderungen der Bakterien durch langeren Aufenthalt im Wasser. Zschr. Hyg., 1933, 115: 14-24. ---- Variability: Rough and smooth variants. Ara, F. Resistenza delle forme R ed S al calore ed ai disin- fettanti. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 31-4.—Arkwright, J. A., & Pitt, R. M. The effect of growing smooth and rough cultures in serum. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1929, 32: 229-46 — Condrea, P. Existence de races smooth et rough chez les mi- crobes strictement anaerobies. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 631-3.—Damboviceanu, A. Caracterisation des formes micro- biennes R et S par leur potentiel tiectrique. Ibid., 633-5.— Jordan, E. O. Observations on rough and smooth strains of bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1925-26, 23: 762. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 86: 177.—Pampana, E. J. Microbic disso- ciation: detection of the R variant by means of a specific drop- agglutination. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1933, 33: 402.—Rakhinsky, B. [Comparative study of the R and S forms of the cholera bacillus and of the pseudotuberculosis bacillus in rodents] Vest. mikrob., 1930, 9: 369-76.—Seppilli, A., & Denes, G. Contributi alio studio della fase R dei protofiti; diversa resistenza al gram delle fasi R ed S di alcuni schizomiceti. Diagn. teen. lab. Nap., 1932,3:128-39. Also Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1932, 4: 145-8.—Smooth and rough strains of bacteria. Lancet, Lond., 1928,2: 31. ---- Viability and virulence. See also Disinfection. Lewin, A. *Ueber die Ruge-Philippsche Viru- lenzprobe. 34p. 8? [Bonn] 1926. Ahuja, M. L. A short note on viability of bacterial cultures. Ind. J.M. Res., 1934-35, 22: 477—Arkwright, J. A. Virulence of the micro-organism in infective disease. Lancet, Lond., 1929, 2: 963-8.—Bachmann. Kfinstliche Virulenz und Chemie. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1921, 68: 1589.—Baecher, S. Eine neue Methode der Virulenzsteigerung und Virulenzprfifung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1915, 28:1156-61.—Barber, C. Etude comparative entre le taux et la composition des cendres d'une espece micro- bienne et sa virulence. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 1655-7.— Bordet, J., & Renaux, E. Le role de Talexine dans le renforce- ment de la virulence microbienne. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1932, 49: 539-44.—Broadhurst, J. The effect of vitamine extracts in revivifying old cultures. Abstr. Bact., Bait., 1921, 5: 3.— Brutsaert. Le phenomene de Theobald et Dora Smith. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923,88:306-8.—Christiansen, W. G. Devitaliza- tion of pathogenic micro-organisms. U.S. Patent Off., 1935, no.2014720.—Danysz, J., & Danaysz, S. Attenuation des effets pathogenes de certains microbes par des melanges avec les mfimes microbes morts. C. rend. Acad. sc. 1920, 171: 325-7.—De An- gelis, G. Coltura di batterii in substrato putrido ed effetti sulla loro virulenza. Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 414-7.— Doerr, R., & Berger, W. Beziehungen zwischen Virulenz und Vermehrungsgeschwindigkeit der Erreger. Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 628.—Dufour, H. De la reviviscence des germes dans l'or- ganisme (gangrene pulmonaire et autres maladies) J. mfid. Paris, 1930, 50: 575— Ecklund, A. W. Viability of B. diphtheriae and Staphylococcus aureus on a knife blade. Journal-lancet, 1932, 52: 355.—Famulari, S. Sul comportamento della virulenza di alcuni batteri coltivati in sangue di coniglio. Gior. batt. immun., 1935, 14:-117-21.—Felton, L. D. Studies on virulence; an automatic transferring device; influence on virulence of growth of microorganisms during the logarithmic increase phase. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1923, 34: 262-6—Finger, J. Er- fahrungen mit der Virulenzprobe nach Ruge. Zbl. Gyn., 1924, 48: 2629-42.—Fiorito, G. Sulla vitalita di alcune culture di germi asporigeni. Ann. igiene, 1925, 35: 702-6.—Fuss, E. M. Die Virulenzprobe in der Gynakologie und Geburtshilfe. Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 140-54.—Gal, F. [Investigations of the problem of virulence] Magy. orv. arch., 1912, 13: 120; 139.—Gilbert, R., & Owen, H. H. The relation which variation in susceptibility among guinea pigs bears to the accuracy of virulence tests. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1925-26, 11: 35—Gilman, C. M. B. Mass action and virulence in bacteria. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1933, 30: 489 — Gosio, R. II tellurito potassico come mezzo per attenuare la virulenza dei germi patogeni. Ann. igiene, 1929, 39: 102-22.— BACTERIA 42 BACTERIEMIA Hastings, E. G. Comparative resistance of bacteria from native habitants and from artificial cultures. J. Infect. Dis., 1923, 33: 526-30.—Harvey, W. F., & Iyengar, K. R. K. Virulence of a micro-organism and its dependence on the culture medium Ind. J.M. Res., 1921-22, 9: 726-9—Heuer, G. Die Milchsaureak- tivierung apathogener Bakterien. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1925, 44: 364-77.—Hussy, P. Virulenzbestimmung und Virulenz- bekampfung. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1916, 43: 95; 195.— Iyengar, K. R. K. An attempt to increase the virulence of a microorganism by method culture. Ind. J.M. Kes., 1925-26, 13: 555-7.—Kiefer, K. H. Ein Beitrag zur Lebensfanigkeit der Bakterien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1923, 90: Orig., 1-5.—Koller, T. Zur Frage der Virulenzbestimmung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929, 59: 520.—Kopaczewski, W. Conditions physico-chimiques de_ la vitalite microbienne. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1931, 2: 18/-244.—Krco, H. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Beziehungen zwischen Virulenz und chemotherapeutischer Wirkung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 1032.—Lai, N. The viability of bacterial cultures. Ind. J.M.Res., 1925-25, 13: 189.—Lange, B., & Yoshioka, M. Virulenzsteigerung apatho- gener Bakterien durch chemische Mittel. Deut. med. Wschr., 1921, 47: 1322—Lee, R. H., & Arnold, L. The increase in viru- lency of nonpathogenic micro-organisms by chemical substances. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1922-23, 8: 462-4—Magara, M. Methode pour l'augmentation de la virulence des microbes in vitro. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 241-3.—Morosov, A. N. [Determination of the virulence of bacteria in puerperal and gynecological diseases] Mosk. med. J., 1928, 8: 38-45.—Morselli, G. Sulla virulenza dei germi coltivati in substrati putridi. Gior. med. mil., 1935, 83: 956-66.—Murakawa, G. Ueber den Einlluss der Bestandteile des Nahrbodens auf Bakterien; die Veranderlichkeit des Wider- standes und ihre Beziehungen zwischen der Morphologie und den chemischen Zusammensetzungen. Fukuoka acta med., 1928, 21: 83.—Nand, L. The viabilitv of bacterial cultures. Ind. J.M.Res., 1920-21, 8: 728-30.—Nicolle, M., & Cesari, E. Remarques sur la virulence. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1924, 38: 73-80.—Pancotto, E. Contributo alio studio dell' influenza dei terreni avitaminati sulla virulenza batterica. Bull. sc. med. Bologna, 1926, lO.ser., 4: 137-43.—Pane, N. Sul meccanismo di virulenza dei germi infettivi. Pathologica, Genova, 1930, 22: 635-7.—Philipp, E. Virulenzbestimmung von Blutkeimen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1923, 70: 493-5. ----- Weitere Erfah- rungen mit der Virulenzprobe. Ibid., 1924, 71: 1571.—Podetti, V. Sulla virulenza dei germi. Gior. bait, immun., 1934, 12: 433-48.—Provera, P. Sul problema della virulenza. Boll. 1st. sieroter., milan., 1932, 11: 855-71.—Reist. Erfahrungen mit den neuen Virulenzprfifungsmethoden. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 817-9.—Rondoni, P., & Dal Collo, P. G. Zur Frage der Virulenzsteigerung der saprophytischen saurefesten Bacillen. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 1504.—Roussy, B. Theorie mesendigene de la virulence microbienne opposee, pour la completer ou la remplacer, a la theorie exogene specifique de cette virulence. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1923, 3.ser., 90: 629-34.—Schubert, J. Ueber die Beeinflussung der Virulenz von apathogenen Bak- terien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1930, 117: 495-7—Setti, C. Viru- lentazione dei germi in terreni avitaminati. Biochim. ter. sper., 1923, 10: 187-201.—Sherman, J. M., & Cameron, G. M. Lethal environmental factors within the natural range of growth. J. Bact., Bait., 1934, 27: 341-8.—Skinner, C. E., & Murray, T. J. The viability of B. coli and B. aerogenes in soil. J. Infect. Dis., 1926, 38: 37-41. Also repr.—Svenuingsen, 0. K. [Virulence tests and their importance in gynecology and obstetrics] Hos- pitalstidende, 1925, 68: 594; 620. Tallo, F. Vitalita e virulenza batterica in terreni avitaminati. Igiene mod., 1924, 17: 493-6.— Varishchev, V. K. [Effect of lactic acid on the virulence of non- pathogenic bacteria in rats] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1926,3:32-5.— Weichardt, W., & Riedmiiller, L. Weitere Studien fiber die Aktivierung von pathogenen Mikroorganism durch abiurete Korperextrakte. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925, 94: Orig., 465-70 — Wilson, G. S. The proportion of viable bacteria in young cul- tures, with especial reference to the technique employed in counting. J. Bact., Bait., 1922, 7: 405-46—Winslow, C. A. E., & Brooke, O. R. The viability of various species of bacteria in aqueous suspensions. Ibid., 1927, 13: 235-43.—Wurzinger, S. Ueber den Einfluss vitaminfreier Nahrboden auf die Bakterien- virulenz. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1926, 97: 219-26.—Yourevich, V. Culture latente pour la conservation des pneumocoques et d'autres microbes au point de vue de leur vitalite et de leur virulence. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 320.—Zoltan, S., & Gajdos, A. Virulenzuntersuchungen mittels Methylenblau. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925, 96: Orig., 167-70. BACTERIAL (The) Therapist; a journal of vaccine therapy. Detroit, v.2 10, 1912-20. Incomplete. BACTERICIDE. See Disinfectant; Disinfection; Germicide. BACTERICIDES See Blood, Bactericide properties. BACTERIEMIA. See also Blood, Bacterial culture; Sepsis; also names of bacteria, and diseases due to infection. BaUenger, H. C, Rubin, M. I., & Werner, M. Bacteremia and acute throat infections. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, «■«»■- Cannon, P. R., Sullivan, F. L., & Neckermann, E. £ Conditions influencing the disappearance of living bacteria from the blood stream. J Exp. M., 1932, 55: 121-37, 2pl.-Carson, J. B A case of bacteremia complicated by subcutaneous emphysema of the face, neck, and chest. M.&S. Rep. Episc Hosp, Phila 1920, 5: 35-7.-Cramarossa, V. Ricerche spenmentah intorno alia batteriemia postoperatoria nella Pratica ostetrica ginecologica. Fol. med., Nap., 1935 21: 1022-34.-Davanzo I. Sulla batteriemia postoperatoria. Riforma med., 1933, 4M. 435-9.-Davis, D. J., & Mathews, S. A. The bacteriology of the blood of dogs with Eck fistula. J. Infect. Dis., 1921, 29: 313-6 — Einaudi, M. Contributo alio studio delle battenemie post-ope- ratorie in seguito ad interventi chirurgici per tumori maligni. Gior. batt. immun., 1929, 4: 884-97— Fogliani, U. La batteriemia negli interventi chirurgici asettici. Ibid., 1934, 12: 801-17.— Gozony, L. [Bacteriology of human blood] Orvoskepzes, 1932, 22- 670-82.—Jarl0v, E. Ueber die Behandlung von Bacteriaemie mit Kampferwasser. Acta med. scand., 1924, suppl. no.7, 57-64—Jeantet, P. Origine de quelques-uns des faux microbes que Ton observe dans le sang, examine sur fond noir. C. rend. Soc biol, 1926, 95: 159-61.—Kulka, E. Ueber Bakteri&mie bei der normalen Periode. Zbl. Gyn., 1930, 54: 171-3—Lintz, J. Acute bacteremia. Med. Clin. N. America, 1931, 14: 1453-62 — McMeans, J. W. Concerning the gastric lesions observed in experimental bacteremia. Arch. Int. M., 1918, 22: 114-26. Also repr. ----- Experimental bacteremia. Arch. Int. M., 1918, 22: 617-46. Also repr.—Martin, W. The significance of bacteria in the blood stream from a surgical standpoint. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1922, 40: 184-98. Also Ann. Surg., 1922, 76: 421-31 — Mayer, G. Zur Behandlung bakteriamischer und peritoniti- scher Erkrankungen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1926, 98: 372-7- Ochsner, A., & Mahorner, H. R. Bactericidal effect of hirudin and heparin; intravenous injection of hirudin and of heparin and leeching in experimental bacteremia. Arch. Surg., 1935, 31: 308-14.—Ottenbsrg, R. The rate and location of removal of bacteria from the blood in human disease. Arch. Path., Chic, 1931, 11: 766-74. Also repr. ----- Bacterial invasion of the blood stream. Am. J. Surg., 1934, 26: 486-98. Also repr — Ponce de Leon, S. R. Sobre la constancia de una forma bacte- riana en la sangre. Rev. As. med. argent., 1934, 48: 695-7. ----- Formas microbianas de la sangre normal. Ibid., 1935, 49: 556; 1175-83.—Reith, A. F. Bacteria in muscular tissues and blood of apparently normal animals; a preliminary report. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 86: 325.—Reitter, C. Die Bedeutung der Bazillamie fiir die klinische Krankheitsauflassung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 597.—Rickert, U. G. Significance of passive bacteremias. J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1931, 18: 411-8.—Rieder, W., & Schmutzler, E. Bakteriamie und fiberlebende Organe. Arch. klin. Chir., 1934, 180: 585-9 [Discussion] 108.—Rosensohn, M. An analysis of cases of bacteriemia occurring at the Lying-in Hospital 1920-22. Bull. Lying-in Hosp. N. York, 1922-23, 12: 214^8.—Rossi, L. Potere adsorbente delle emazie su alcuni microrganismi patogeni. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1935, 17: 441-9.— Sammis, J. F. A case of bacterisemia treated bv repeated trans- fusions. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1920, n.s., 110: 500. Also Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1920, 37: 679-81. Also Med. Rec, N.Y., 1920, 97: 713.—Seifert, E. Leber Begleitbakteriamienach chirur- gischen Eingrifien. Verh. Phys.-med. Ges. Wiirzburg, 1925, n.F., 50: 181-4.—Sgalitzer, G. Beitrag zum Nachweis patho- gener Keime im stromenden Blut. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1935,134: 393-8.—Starkey, D. H. A case of B. alkalescens (Andrewes) bacteriaemia with serological confirmation. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1934, 31: 42-4.—Stinelli, F. Ricerche microbiologiche su un nuovo bacillo isolato dal sangue in un caso di batteriemia umana. Riforma med., 1921, 37: 794-6—Teale, F. H., & Bach, E. Factors leading to the removal of bacteria from the peripheral circulation and phagocytosis. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1919-20, 13: sect, path., 77-104. Also repr.—Tenney, C. F Treatment of acute bacteremias. Med. Clin. N. America, 1931, 14: 1433-40, ch.—Tiraferri, E. Ricerche sulla batteriemia in animali normali da macello. Gior. batt. immun., 1934, 12: 1039-45.—Turco, A. Sulle batteriemie postoperatorie nelle operazioni asettiche. Ibid., 1927,2: 400-16. BACTERIN. See Vaccine. BACTERIOLOGY. See also Bacteria; Immunology; Infection; Microbiology; Parasitology. Bassett-Smith, P. W. Bacteriology and protozoology. J.R. Nav. M. Serv., 1920, 6: 319-41.—Brown, J. H. The biological approach to bacteriology. J. Bact., Bait., 1932, 23: 1-10— But- tersack. Von jenseits der Bakteriologie. Fortsch. Med., 1925, 43: 329— Dujarric de la Riviere, R. Bacteriologie et chimie physique. Presse med., 1926, 34: 179— Frobisher, M. Some pitfalls in bacteriology. J. Bact., Bait., 1933, 25: 565-71.— Lecomte du Notiy, P. La bacteriologie nouvelle. Arch. Inst. prophyl., Par., 1932, 4: 59-67— Manwaring, W. H. Research trend of medical bacteriology. Science, 1932, 75: 41-6.—Marxer, A. Ueber Beziehungen der Chemie zur bakteriologischen Forschung. Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1919, 20: 202-17 — Oliver, W. W. Everyday bacteriology. In Pract. Lect. (Hoe- ber) 1923-24, N.Y., 1925, 319-26.—Paneth, L. Kriterien der BACTERIOLOGY 43 BACTERIOLOGY bakteriologischen Forschung. Naturwissenschaften, 1918, 6: 73-9.—Putter, E. Die Bedeutung der physikalischen Chemie fiir die Bakteriologie. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 888; 936—Rabino- vitch, M. I. [The uncertainty of existing theories and views in bacteriology and the theory of immunity] Profil. med., Khar- kov, 1923, 2: 35-54.—Rahn, O. Theoretische Bakteriologie. Naturwissenschaften, 1921, 9: 374-6. ---- Apparatus and devices. See also names of apparatus and devices as Incubator; Microscope; Pipette, &c. Barnes, W. H. An improved device for Arnold sterilization. J. Am. M. Ass., 1920, 74: 390— Breidigam, F. T., & Chang, T. M. A simple device for relocating microcolonies. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1924-25, 10: 149.—Churchman, J. W. Modification of Kolle flask. J. Bact., Bait., 1931,22:29.—Cooper, M.L. A continuous water-still for a bacteriological laboratory. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1922-23, 8: 58.—Dold, H. Morser mit Cellophanschutz zur gefahrlosen Verreibung von bakteriellen, reizenden und giftigen Substanzen. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1930, 104: 386. ----- & Gildemeister, E. Neue Kulturschalen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1928,109: 344.—Dold, H., & Pels, Leusden, F. Neuartige Arbeits- tische fiir bakteriologische Kurse. Ibid., 1934, 132: 126-8.— Fildes, P., & Mcintosh, J. An improved form of Mcintosh and Fildes' anaerobic jar. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1921-22, 2: 153 — Fitz, G. W. A micro-manipulator for pure culture and micro- chemical work. Science, 1934, 79: 233.—Frieber, W. Chrom- nickeldraht als Platindrahtersatz bei bakteriologischen Arbei- ten. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1921, 86: Orig., 247.—Fuhrmann, F. Eine Universal-Zuchtapparatur. Ibid., 2.Abt., 1935, 92: 257- 60.—Gross, H. Das bakteriologische Arbeiten mit den Spezial- veniilen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 1191—Kasparek, T. Be- merkung zum Artikel Ein praktisches Reagenzglas. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1921-22, 87: Orig., 319—Kopeloff, N., & Blackman, N. New Petri dish holder for counting and fishing colonies. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1931,17: 85-7.—Lamb, J. L. Formaldehyde sterilizer for mailing cases. Ibid., 1921-22,7: 484.—Lbwi.E. Verschlusshiilsen fiir Kulturrbhrchen und Vorratsgefasse zur Verhinderung der Verdunstung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1918, 81: Orig., 493-5 — Macheboeuf, M. A., & Fethke, N. Nouvel appareil pour l'epui- sement continu dans la vide et a froid par des solvants volatils. Bull. Soc. chim. biol.. Par., 1934, 16: 229-34—Magoon, C. A., & Brunstetter, B. C. A new vessel for the efficient aeration of bacterial cultures in liquid media. J. Bact., Bait., 1930, 19: 415-22.—Maschmann, G. Ein neuer Mundschutz zum Pipet- tieren fiir Bakteriologen und deren Hilfspersonal. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 121: 519.—Moller, A. Neue automatische Abfiill- vorrichtung zur keimfreien Einffillung von Nahrmaterialien, Serum, Impfstoffen und dgl. Ibid., 1926, 99: 494-6—Nickel, A. C. A new type of tissue crusher. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1929- 30, 15: 284-7.—Noyes, E. R. A simple apparatus for use in the bacteriological laboratory. U.S. Nav. M. Bull., 1921, n.s., 5: suppl. no.4, 61, pi.—Pereira da Silva, E. Appareil simple pour l'ensemencement des plaques de gelatine en surface. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 87: 1203.— Petroflf, S. A. A new culture flask. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1930-31, 16: 315.—Ponselle, A. Abreu- voir pour rats et souris permettant egalement l'absorption, sans pertes ni souillures, de solutions diverses a doses controlables. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1920, 34: 55.—Prickett, P. S. A semi- automatic bacteriological dilution bottle filler. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1935, 25: 618.—Prucha, M. J., & Tanner, F. W. Time- saving bacteriological apparatus. J. Bact., Bait., 1920, 5: 559-63.—Rhein, M. Dispositif simple pour la distillation d'epreuve des cultures bacteriologiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 126-8.—Rogers, L. A., A Meier, F. C. An apparatus for collecting bacteria in the stratosphere. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 31: 27.—Sander, F. Einige Vorschlage fiir Schutzvorrichtungen in bakteriologischen Laboratorien. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1934, 112: 342-8.—Schindler, P. Appareil pour transvasements ste- riles. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1918, 81: 446-50.—Schubert, J. Die Deltoidspatel. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1930, 117: 551—Schwartz, W. Die Machsche Saugflasche als Hilfsmittel bei mikrobiologi- schen Arbeiten. Ibid., 2.Abt., 1929, 78: 384—Spray, R. S. A simple rotary inoculating table. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 19: R68.—Stapp, C. Ein Erstarrungsapparat fiir Agar- und Gela- tinenahrbbden in schrager Schicht. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1928, 74: 44-6.—Sturges, W. S. Flattened capillary tubing for micro- scopic examination of cultures. J. Infect. Dis., 1928, 42: 444.— Thompson, R. A mechanical device which prepares and inocu- lates rolled tubes. J. Bact., Bait., 1934, 28: 279-87.—Urbanyi, E. Das Sporensieb und das sporenstreuende Sieb (neue Oerate fiir Laboratoriumversuche) Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1930, 80: 242-5.- Warnick, E. J. A simple laboratory shaker. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1919-20, 5: 128.—Weiner, W. M. Improved automatic devices for transplanting cultures. J. Infect. Dis., 192/, 41: 276-82.— Weiss, E. The use of discarded antitoxin serum syringes for aerobic and anaerobic culture containers. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 83: 1506.—Witte, J. Ueber eine modifizierte Kolleschale in Ver- bindung mit einem geeigneten Halter fiir Petrischalen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1934, 132: 380-2. ---- History. De Kruif, P. H. Mikrobenjager. 2.Aufl. 350p. 8? Ziir. [1927] ---- Microbe hunters. 363p. 8? N.Y. [1926] Dible, J. H. Recent advances in bacteriology and the study of the infections. 363p. 8°. Lond., 1929. Kopeloff, N. Alan vs. microbes. 31 lp. 8? N.Y., 1930. Leeuwenhoek, A. van. The Leeuwenhoek letter; being a photographic copy of the folio letter of the 9th October 1676 sent by Antony van Leeuwenhoek to Henry Oldenburg, Secretary of the Royal Society of London, wherein the reality of the domain of bacteria is revealed in the first recorded description of these tiny crea- tures. 18facs. fol. Bait., 1932. Ramalhao, C. A bacteriologia no Porto; siimula de trabalhos de investigacao scientifica. 93p. 8? Porto [1925] Forms part of Centen. R. Esc. cir., 1825-1925. Almquist, E. Die Bakteriologie muss ihren neuen Schritt vorwarts voll ausnutzen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 690.— Bliihdorn, K., & Lbbenstein, F. Ueberblick tiber die bakterio- logisch-serologische Literatur der Jahre 1914-19. Mschr. Kin- derh., 1921-22, 20: 373-428.—Boucher, H. La bacteriologie: son histoire, ses tendances, son orientation. J. med. Lyon, 1924, 5: 523-31.—Breed, R. S. The present status of systematic bac- teriology. J. Bact., Bait., 1928, 15: 143-63—Bujwid, 0. [Con- tribution to the history of Polish bacteriology] Polska gaz. lek., 1926, 5: 171-3.—Fitzgerald, J. G. Pasteur and the science of bac- teriology. Pub. Health J., Toronto, 1923, 14: 147-54—Fleming, A. The trend of modern research in bacteriology. J. State M., Lond., 1933, 41: 559-65.—Flexner, S. Twenty-five years of bac- teriology; a fragment of medical research. Science, 1920, n.s., 53: 615-32.—Hansen, A. [Analecta medico-historica] Hospitals- tidende, 1934, 77: 817.—Hewlett, R. T. Bacteriology. In Re- cent Progr. M.&S. (Collie, J.) Lond., 1933, 130-46— Lehmann, E. Die Bakteriologie im Kriege. In Deut. Naturwiss. Techn. & Erfind. im Weltkr., Miinch., 1919, 629-64.—McFarland. The evolution of bacteriology. N. Am. J. Homceop., 1921, 69: 423-33.—Neisser, M. The Harben lectures, 1932; some new investigations regarding old bacteriological problems. J. State M., Lond., 1933, 41: 189-201.—Sobernheim, G. Erlebte Bak- teriologie. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 873-7.—Supfle, K. Die wesentlichsten Forschungsresultate der letzten 10 Jahre auf dem Gebiete der Bakteriologie und Immunitat. Deut. med. Wschr., 1916, 42: 933; 971.—Topacio, T. Development of bacte- riology and immunology in the Philippines. Rep. Nat. Res. Counc. Philippine Islands, 1935, no.l, 261-4.—Tschirch, A. An der Wiege der Bakteriologie, vor einem halben Jahrhundert. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 556.—Yetts, P. Bacteriology in ancient China. Lancet, Lond., 1923, 1: 101. ---- Institutes, laboratories, and societies, See also Hygiene, public, Laboratories; Labora- tory; Pasteur institutes. American Association of Pathologists and Bacteriologists. Journal of medical research. Bost., v.1-44, 1896-1924. Albrecht, B. Bakteriologische und protozoologische Arbei- ten im Staats-Institut fiir experimentelle Therapie und im Chemotherapeutischen Forschungsinstitut Georg Speyer-Haus. Arb. Staatsinst. exp. Ther., 1931, H.25, 114-33.—Bayne-Jones, S. University of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry, Department of Bacteriology. Method. M. Educ. (Rockefeller Found.) 1927, 7.ser., 61-6.—Crowe, H. W. How to fit up a labora- tory for £10. Lancet, Lond., 1912, 2: 472-4.—Despeignes. Organisation du service municipal et departemeutal des ana- lyses bacteriologiques de la Savoie. Rev. hyg., Par., 1917, 39: 772-6.—Fiessinger, N. Les laboratoires de bacteriologie chirur- gicale; leur histoire; leur utilite; leur n6cessit-6. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1918, 32: 619; 633.—Fischer. Das stiidtische bakteriolo- gische Laboratorium im Dienste des Krankenhauses und der bffentlichen Gesundheitspflege unter Berucksichtigung seiner Anerkennung als staatliche Medizinaluntersuchungsstelle. Zschr, ges. Krankenhauswes., 1926, 22: 639-41—Harrison, F. C. Our Society (American Bacteriologists) J. Bact., Bait., 1922, 7: 149-57.—Hoder, F. Praktischer Arzt und bakteriologische? Untersuchungsamt. Med. Klin., Berl.. 1936, 32: 347-50.— Kathe. Sind die bakteriologischen Untersuchungsamter abzu- bauen? Zschr. Medbeamte, 1924, 37: 76-81.—Meissner, R. Zur SO.jahrigen Jubelfeier der staatl. uoheren Lehranstalt fiir Wein-, Obst- und Gartenbau zu Geisenheim am Rhein. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1922-23, 56: 289-302.—Negri, E. E. A. M. de. Het belarig der kleine ziekenhuizen bij het klinisch bacteriologisch onder- zoek. Ziekenhuis, 1918, 9: 107-11—Priestley, J. The working of a municipal bacteriological laboratory; 1899-1926. Med. Off., Lond., 1927, 37: 273.—Rabiger, H. Die Entwicklung der bakte- riologischen Institute der Preussischen Landwirtschaftskam- mern wahrend der letzten 20 Jahre. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1924, 32: 769-72.—Ruppert, F. Das Bakteriologische Institut des Landwirtschaftsministeriums Buenos Aires. Ibid., 1925, 33: 897-9.—Sangiorgi, G. Relazione sul lavoro compiuto dal maggio 1918 al marzo 1919 nei Laboratorio chimico-batteriologico BACTERIOLOGY 44 BACTERIOLOGY della Direzione di Sanita presso il comando superiore delle forze italiana nei Balcani. Gior. med. mil., 1919, 67: 1361-5.—Stokes, W. R. The relation of the bacteriological laboratory to the physician. Bull. Univ. Maryland School M., 1919-20, 4: 221-9.—Velu, H. Rapport sur le fonctionnement du Labora- toire de recherches du service de l'elevage du Maroc Arch. Inst. Pasteur Afrique Nord, 1921,1: 338-44.—Visentini, A. Ren- diconto sul funzionamento del laboratorio batteriologico di Mantova durante la guerra (1915-18) Gior. med. mil., 1919, 67: 610-5. ----- Rendiconto sul funzionamento del labora- torio batteriologico di Feltre e sul servizio di profilassi nella zona Brenta-Cismon (25 agosto 1915-6 novembre 1917) Ibid., 1920, 68: 309-26. ---- Medical and public health aspects. See also Hygiene, public; Infection; Pathology. Arnold, L. E. The importance of the bacteriologist to public health and the practising physician. Jamaica Pub. Health, 1934, 9: 128.—Bayne-Jones, S. Reciprocal effects of the relation- ship of bacteriology and medicine. J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 21: 61-73.—Buchanan, R. M. The evolution of bacteriology in rela- tion to medical and surgical practice and preventive medicine. Glasgow M.J., 1928, 109: 192-7.—Bulleid, A. Items of bacterio- logical interest to the dental surgeon. Brit. Dent. J., 1924, 45: 552-7.—Catanaia, A. Sulla importanza della batteriologia nella scienza medica. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1933, 21: 702.—Cha- vigny, P. Medecine legale et bacteriologie. Ann. med. leg., 1933, 13: 81-148.—Hadley, P. Recent trends in medical bac- teriology. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1932, 9: 62-83.—Knorr, M. Aerzte als Bakteriologen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 532-4.—Lavergne, V. de. L'orientation moderne de la bacte- riologie mfidicale. Paris med., 1932, 83: 89-94.—Lemierre, A. Medecine et bacteriologie. Presse m6d., 1926, 34: 1537-41.— Mackie, T. J. The present position of medical bacteriology. Brit. M.J., 1923, 2: 1241-6—Novy, F. G. Practical benefits of bacteriology. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sc, 1894-98, 14-8.—Perl, R. E. Ein Beitrag zur Verwendungsmoglichkeit der Bakterio- logie in der gerichtlichen Medizin. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1931-32, 18: 570-2.—Rosell, J. M. Resultados de 7 afips de in- vestigaciones de bacteriologia y biologia medicobacteriologicas. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1935, 23: 423-34—Schmiirer, J. Die gegenwartige Krise der medizinischen Bakteriologie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 754.—Zinsser, H. Problems of the bac- teriologist in his relations to medicine and the public health. BulL Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1927, 2: 227-36. Also J. Bact., Bait., 1927, 13: 147-62. ---- Methods and technic, See also Bacteria and its related subheadings; Bacteriology, Apparatus and devices; Disinfec- tion; Microscopy; Serology; Staining; Steriliza- tion. Beintker, E. Apparate und Arbeitsmethoden der Bakteriologie. Bd 2. Die Methoden des Tierversuchs und der Serologic 52p. 8? Stuttg., 1914. Fuhrmann, F., & Pribram, E. Die wichtig- sten Methoden beim Arbeiten mit Bakterien. p.483-702. 8? Berl., 1925. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Berl., 1925, Abt.12, Teil 1. Kruse, W. Einfuhrung in die Bakteriologie oder Lehre von den Kleinwesen und ihren Wir- kungen. 2.Aufl. 436p. 8? Berl., 1931. Reitz, A. Apparate und Arbeitsmethoden der Bakteriologie. Bd 1. Allgemeine Vorschriften, Einrichtung der Arbeitersraume, Kulturver- fahren, Far be verfahren, Bestimmungstabellen. 2.Aufi. 84p. 8? Stuttg., 1930. Angerer, K. von. Ueber die Verwendung von ein- und zwei- farbigen Kontrastfiltern in der bakteriologischen Mikroskopie. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1933, 110: 33-7.—Blanc, G., & Bruere, P. Influence de l'ionisation et de l'hydrolyse sur la reaction des solu- tions d'electrolytes; determination rapide de la valeur de pH en bacteriologie. Arch. Inst. Pasteur hellen., 1923-26, 1: 28-39 — Bourdet, L. Comment avoir des milieux sensibles pour la carac- terisation des bacteries, en general et plus particulierement, des bacteries pathogenes. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1918,17:105-12 — Buchholz, J. T., & Lewis, I. M. A method for preparing photo- graphs of Petri dish cultures by contact printing on photo- graphic paper. J. Bact., Bait., 1930, 19: 105-11—Butter field, C. T. The selection of a dilution water for bacteriological exami- nations. Ibid., 1932, 23: 355-68.—Calmette, A. Procede simple de preparation des sacs de collodion extra-mince pour les cultures in vivo ou in vitro. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931,108: 768.—Canavan, M. M. Motion study of inoculating tubes. Boston M.&S.J., 1920, 183: 103-5. Also Bull. Massachusetts Dep. Ment. Dis., 1920-21, 4: no.3-4, 23-6.—Conn, H. J., Atkins, K. N. [et al.] Recent work on the descriptive chart and the manual of meth- ods. J. Bact., Bait., 1925, 10: 315-9, ch.—Conn, H. J., Burke, V. [et al] Concerning the manual of methods published by the society [of American Bacteriologists] report of^ committee on bacteriological technic. Ibid., 1928, 16: 145; 1936, 31: 2.-Conn, H. J., Harding, H. A. [et al.] Report of the committee on the descriptive chart for 1919. Ibid., 1920, 5: 127-43.-D'Abundo, E., & Virgilio, S. Contributo sperimentale alio studio delle mocii- lazioni e dello sviluppo di specie batteriche in vivo nell encefalo di cavia. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1930, 9: 591-8, p.—Eisen- berg, K. B. Ueber eine neue Methode zur Darstellung des hangenden Tropfens im Dunkelfeld mit Immersionsobjektiy. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927-28, 105: 306-9—Elford, W. J., Grabar, P., & Ferry, J. D. Graded collodion membranes for bacteriological studies; practical aspects of the mechanism determining the character of the membrane, and the roles of particular solvent constituents. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1935, 16: 583-7—Evans, F. L. Note on the fixation of smears for bacteriologie study. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 883.—Frost, W. D. A new method for the study of bacteria. J. Am. M. Ass., 1919, 72: 343. Also repr — Gates, F. L. Preparation of collodion sacs for use in bacteriology. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21, 18: 92. Also J. Exp. M., 1921, 33: 25-43.—GUdemeister, E., & Giinther, K. Ueber die Aussalzbarkeit von Bakterien durch Magnesium-Sulfat. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1919, 83: Orig., 391-9—Govaerts, P. Technique de l'etude in vitro de l'accolement des microbes aux plaquettes sanguines. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1920, 83: 197-9—Gutfeld, F. von. Vorrichtung zur Einstellung von hangenden Tropfen-Prapara- ten. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 121: 516. ----- Ueber zweck- massige Art der Entnahme und Versendung von serologischem, bakteriologischem und anatomischem Untersuchungsmaterial. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1920,17: 398-402. ----- Die Entnahme und Einsendung von Material zur bakteriologischen und sero- logischen Untersuchung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1925, 21: 1367-9 — Hansen, P. A. Ein neues Ammoniakreagens und seine An- wendung in der Bakteriologie. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929-30, 115: 388-90.—Harvey, W. F. Note on dilution of reagents. Ind. J.M.Res., 1920-21, 8: 131-5. ----- Bacteriological and labora- tory technique. Ibid., 270-303.—Hastings, E. G. Some ques- tions of method in bacteriology. J. Bact., Bait., 1924, 9: 95- 110.—Holicynsky, E. Die Bekampfung der Schimmelpilze auf dem Wattepfropfen. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1929, 77: 205—Hunte- miiller, O. Anreicherung in flfissigen Medien zum Nachweis von wenigen oder in ihrer Wachstumsenergie gehemmten Kei- men. Zbl. inn. Med., 1921, 42: 993-6—Jungeblut, C. W. Ueber einige Verwendungsmoglichkeiten von Quarzglas und Berg- kristall im bakteriologischen Laboratorium. Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48: 696.—Kay-Mouat, J. R. Separation of bacteria by alkali solubility. Lancet, Lond., 1921, 1: 936.—Kirchner, O. Bioskopische Reduktionsmethoden. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1928, 59: 353-6—Krontovsky, A. A. [et al.] [Determining the concentration of hydrogen ions in small quantities of material for bacteriological purposes] Vrach. dielo, 1926, 9: 1177; 1283.— Kuhn, P. Ueber die Einsendungen an die bakteriologische Anstalt und ihre Verwertung. Strassb. med. Ztg, 1917, 14: 5-9. ----- & Sternberg, K. Die Agarfixierung von Bakterien. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1921, 38: 369-73, 2pl. ----- Fortschritte der Agarfixierungsmethode. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23:1652.— Le Guyon, R. Technique de choix pour la preparation des sacs de collodion employes en bacteriologie. C. rend. Soc biol., 1931, 108: 1222-4.—Lemierre, A. Role des microbes dans la nature; les methodes bacteriologiques. Gaz. hfip., 1929, 102: 181-7.—Loele, W. Ueber die Verwendbarkeit von Oxydations- reaktionen mit Paraphenylendiamin in der Bakteriologie. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 111: 325-35—Mak, K. C. A simple method for aseptic grinding of bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 31: 1255-8—Malone, R. H. A simple meth- od of preparing collodion capsules for use in the study of bio- logical problems. Ind. J.M. Res., 1923-24, 11: 1227-9, pi.— Parsons, H. H. Preserving bacteriological smears. California West. M., 1934, 41: 265.—Peoples, S. A. A method for studying the microscopic structure of bacterial colonies. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1931, 29: 134-6.—Petragnani, G., & Costanti, E. Sul particolare valore della fecola nella diagnostica batteriologica. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1933, ll.ser., 1: 204-6, pi.—Pvischel, J. Die oligodynamische Wirkung als Fehlerquelle beim bakterio- logischen Arbeiten. Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 1333.—Ragusa, A. La nuova tecnica microscopica per lo studio delle culture batte- riche unicellulari e sue applicazioni. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1927, 6: 207-24.—Report of Committee on descriptive chart; Pt2: report of progress during 1919. J. Bact., Bait., 1920, 5: 315-9.— Riemsdijk, M. van. A new simple method for preserving microscopical stained films. Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1930-31, 5: 119-24. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 121: 105-9—Schmidt, L. Direction of light, the dominant factor in the photography of bacterial colonies. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1935, 3: 158-63 — Schwarz, P. Ein einfaches Verfahren zur Markierung der Laboratoriumstiere. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1928, 107: 431.— Scott, J. P. A simple method of keeping sterile sera and filtrates during the test period and of bottling by gravity. J. Lab Clin. M., 1927-28, 13: 80-3— Stiles, H. R., Peterson, W. H., & Fred, E. B. A rapid method for the determination of sugar inbacterial cultures. J. Bact., Bait., 1926,12: 427-39.—Taylor, E. M. Quick method for making small inner tubes for Dunham's fermentation tubes. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1919-20, 5: 128.—Thj(i(tta, T. Photog- raphy of bacterial colonies with transmitted light. J Infect Dis., 1934 54: 127-30.-Topley, W. W. C. The alleged sterility of present-day bacteriology. Lancet, Lond., 1924 2- 1258 — ?S?Km™usiQ QB> Tr??1? o tecni™ batteriologica. Sperimentale, 1925, 79: 63-8.—Ulnch, C. F. A new method for the preparation of celloidin sacs. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1919-20, 5: 458.—Velu, H. Necessity de 1 emploi de techniques particulieres pour I'examen BACTERIOLOGY 45 BACTERIOLOGY de microbes a pression osmotique propre tres elevee. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 705—Wells, W. F. The bacteriological dilution scale and the dilution as a bacteriological unit. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1919, 9: 664; 956-9—Wood, C. A. Direct smear. In Am. Encycl. Diet. Ophth. (Wood) 1915, 6: 4019-21.— Woodruff, H. A. Collection and despatch of specimens for bac- teriological examination. Health Bull., Melb., 1929, no.17, 570-4.—Young, J. The alleged sterility of present-day bacteriol- ogy. Lancet, Lond., 1924, 2: 1207. ---- Nomenclature. See also Bacteria, Classification; Bacteria, Variability. Gieszczykiewicz, M. [Polish terminology of bacteriology] Polska gaz. lek., 1927, 6: 406.—Gutfeld, F. von. Ueber Fachaus- drficke in Bakteriologie und Serologie. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1923, 20: 74; 110—Mary, A., & Mary, A. De la falta de criterio taxonomico en bacteriologia. Gac. med. Catalan., 1916, 48: 321-30. ---- Periodicals. Acta brevia Neerlandica de physiologia, pharmacologia, microbiologia [etc.] Amster- dam, v.2, 1932- Acta pathologica et microbiologica scan- dinavica. Kbh., v.l, 1924- Algeria. Institut Pasteur d'Algerie. Archives de 1' . . . Algiers, v.l, 1923- Archives des instituts Pasteur d'Indo- chine. Saigon,1922; 1925; 1929-34. Archives roumaines de pathologie experi- mentale et de microbiologie. Par., v.l, 1928- Brazil. Departamento Nacional de Hi- giene. Revista del Instituto bacteriologico. B. Aires, v.6, 1934- GlORNALE DI BATTERIOLOGIA E IMMUNOLOGIA. Torino, v.l, 1926- JOURNAL OF BACTERIOLOGY. Bait., V.l, 1916- JOURNAL OP PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY. Edinb., v.l, 1892- Mikrobiologicheskiy zhurnal. Leningrad, v.7-13, 1928-31. 1930 missing. Mikrobiologiya. Moskva, v.1-3, 1932-34. Continuation of Mikrobiologicheskiy zhurnal. Paris. Institut Pasteur. Annales de 1' . . . Paris, v.l, 1887- ---- Bulletin de 1' . . . Par., v.l, 1903- Review (The) of bacteriology, protozool- ogy, AND GENERAL PARASITOLOGY. Lond., V.2-9, 1912-19. Incomplete. Societa internazionale di microbiologia. Bolletino della Sezione italiana. Milano, v.l, 1929- Tunis. Institut Pasteur de Tunis. Ar- chives de T . . . Tunis, v. 15, 1926- Vestnik mikrobiologiy, epidemiologiy I parazitologiy. Saratov, v.l, 1922- Zentralblatt fur Bakteriologie, Para- sitenkunde und infektionskrankheiten. l.Abt. Originale. Jena, v.112, 1929- Cont. of Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie [etc.] ---- 2.Abt. Referate. Jena, v.78, 1929- Cont. of Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie [etc.] ---- Teaching. Arloing, F. L'ecole experimentale et bacteriologique lyon- naise. Presse med., 1920, 27: 533-7.—Belding, D. I. Window demonstration in teaching bacteriology. Arch. Path., Chic, 1929, 7; 273.—Bergey, D. H. Early instruction in bacteriology in the United States. Ann. M. Hist., 1917,1:426. ----- The teaching of elementary systematic bacteriology. Abstr. Bact., Bait., 1920, 4: 1.—Course in bacteriology. U.S. Nav. M. Bull., 1919, suppl. no.ll, 16-30; 1920, suppl. no.13, 40-59—Gratia, A. Lecon inaugurale du coins de bacteriologie. Liege mfed., 1934, 27: 161-83.—Ionescu-Mihaesti, C. [Lectures on bacteriology] Romania med., 1930, 8: 61-4.—Kendall, A. I. Bacteriology and the medical curriculum; presidential address. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1917, 113-8. Also repr. ----- Report of the Committee on the pedagogics of bacteriology and parasitology. Proc. Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1920, 18: 151-76.—Muckenfuss, R. S. The teaching of bacteriology in a department of medicine. South. M.J., 1934, 27: 735-8—O'Kelly, W. D. The teaching of bacteriology. Irish J.M. Sc, 1926, 6.ser., 581-3—Risquez, J. R. Lection inaugural del curso de bacteriologia y parasitologia de 1925. Bol. hosp., Caracas, 1924-25, 2.ser., 17: 113-33.—Smith, D. T. Teaching bacteriology as a part of the function of the department of medicine. South. M.J., 1934, 27: 734. ---- Textbooks. Abbott, A. C. The principles of bacteriology. 10. ed. 686p. 8? N.Y., 1921. Abel, R. V. L. Bakteriologisches Taschen- buch; die wichtigsten technischen Vorschriften zur bakteriologischen Laboratoriumsarbeit. 22.Aufl. 143p. 16? Lpz., 1919. ---- Also 24.Aufl. 143p. 1921. Appleton, J. L. T., & Bryant, C. K. A laboratory guide in bacteriology particularly for students in dentistry. 223p. 8? Phila., 1928. Ball, M. V. Essentials of bacteriology: being a concise and systematic introduction to the study of micro-organisms for the use of students and practitioners. 3.ed. 218p. 12? Phila., 1897. ---- Also 8.ed. 388p. 8? 1919. Bartels, H. A. Outline of bacteriology. 128p. 8? N.Y. [1929] Baumgartel, T. Grundriss der theoretischen Bakteriologie. 259p. 8? Berl., 1924. Belding, D. L., & Marston, A. T. A manual of medical bacteriology. 362p. 8? Bost., 1934. Bigger, J. W. Handbook of bacteriology for students and practitioners of medicine. 413p. 8? Lond., 1925. ---- Also 2.ed. 452p. 1929. ---- Also 3.ed. 459p. 1932. Billings, F. H. Laboratory exercises in bac- teriology. 3.ed. 176p. 8? Lawrence, Kans. [1927] Bolduan, C. F. Applied bacteriology for nurses. 3.ed. 194p. 8? Phila., 1919. ---- Also 4.ed. 195p. 1923. ---- Also 5.ed. 245p. 1927. ---- Also 6.ed. 251p. 1930. ---- Also 7.ed. 268p. 1935. Broadhurst, J. Bacteria in relation to man; a study-text in general microbiology. 306p. 8? Phila. [1925] ----& Given, L. I. Bacteriology applied to nursing; a combined text book and laboratory guide in microbiology. 498p. 8? Phila. [1930] ---- Also 2.ed. 562p. [1934] Broderick, R. A. Dental bacteriology. 144p. 8? Edinb., 1926. Browning, C. H. Applied bacteriology. 291p. 8? Lond., 1918. ---- Bacteriology. 256p. 16? N.Y. [1925] Buchanan, R. E. General systematic bac- teriology; history, nomenclature, groups of bac- teria. 597p. 8? Bait., 1925. ---- & Buchanan, E. D. Bacteriology for students in general and household science. Rev.ed. 560p. 8? N.Y., 1921. ---- ALso3.ed. 532p. 1930. Burdon, K. L. A textbook of bacteriology. 542p. 8? N.Y., 1932. Calcar, R. P. van. Ontwikkeling en betee- kenis der moderne bacteriologie. [Development and significance of modern bacteriology] 37p. 8? Leiden, 1921. Calder, R. M. Bacteriology for nurses, with a laboratory manual. 285p. 8? Phila., 1932. Carey, H. W. An introduction to bac- teriology for nurses. 2.ed. 149p. 8? Phila., 1920. ---- Also 3.ed. 282p. 1930. Carter, C. F. Bacteriology for nurses. 213p. 8? S. Louis, 1928. BACTERIOLOGY 46 BACTERIOLOGY Citron, J. Klinische Bakteriologie und Pro- tozoenkunde. 2.Aufl. 240p. 8? Lpz., 1924. Forms Bd 5 of Leitf. prakt. Med. (Ph. Bockenheimer) Columbia University. Department of Bacteriology. Laboratory manual in medical bacteriology. 123p. 8? N.Y., 1924. ---- Also 2.ed. 228p. 1926.----Also 3.ed. 216p. [1929] Conn, H. W., & Conn, H. J. Bacteriology; a study of microorganisms and their relation to human welfare, discussing the history of bac- teriology, the. nature of microorganisms [&c] 441p. 8? Bait., 1923. ---- Also 2.ed. 449p. 1924. ---- Also 3.ed. 453p. 1926. ---• Also 4.ed. 431p. 4? 1929. Courmont, J. Precis de bacteriologie pratique. 5.M. 1259p. 12? Par., 1926. Davis, J. W. Notes on bacteriology. 85p. 8? Charlotte [1927] Eisenberg, A. A. Principles of bacteriologv. 198p. 8? S. Louis, 1918. ---- Also 2.ed. 214p. 1923. ---- Also 3.ed. 216p. 1924. ---- Also 4.ed. 228p. 1928. ---- Also 5.ed. 322p. 1930. Elliot, S. M. Household bacteriology. 2pt 106p. [paged consec] 8? Chic, 1904. Ellis, D. Practical bacteriology for chemical students. 136p. 8? Lond., 1923. Eyre, J. W. H. Bacteriological technique; a laboratory guide for medical, dental, and techni- cal students. 3. ed. 619p. 8? Lond., 1930. Ficker, M. Einfache Hilfsmittel zur Aus- fiihrung bakteriologischer Untersuchungen. 3.Aufl. 102p. 16? Lpz., 1921. Ford, W. W. Text-book of bacteriology. 1069p. 8? Phila., 1927. Fox, H. Elementary bacteriology and proto- zoology for the use of nurses. 3.ed.rev. 222p. 8° Phila., 1919. ---- Also 4.ed. 242p. 1926. ---- Also 5.ed. 311p. 1931. Gershenfeld, L. Bacteriology and sanitary science for students in pharmacy, chemistry, and allied sciences. 432p. 8? Phila., 1929. Gins, H. A. Einfiihrung in die Bakteriologie (fiir Zahnarzte und Studierende der Zahnheil- kunde) 233p. 8? Miinch., 1933. Graybill, G. A. A laboratory guide in bac- teriology for nurses. 69p. 8? Loma Linda, Calif., 1934. Great Britain. Medical Research Coun- cil. A system of bacteriology in relation to medicine. 9v. 4? Lond., 1929-31. ---- Ministry of Health. Bacteriological studies. 2v. 34p.; 66p. 8? Lond., 1923. Forms no.18 and no.22 of Rep. Pub. Health & Med. Subj. Greaves, J. E., & Greaves, E. O. Elemen- tary bacteriology. 506p. 8? Phila., 1928. Hetsch, H. Bakteriologie (Systematik, Mor- phologie, Biologie und Nachweismethoden der wichtigsten menschenpathogenen Mikroorganis- men) ein Vademecum fiir Studierende und prak- tische Aerzte. 4.Aufl. 125p. 12? Lpz., 1923. Hewlett, R. T. A manual of bacteriologv, clinical and applied. 6.ed. 769p. 8? Lond., 1918. ----■ Also 8.ed. 645p. 1926. ----& McIntosh, J. A manual of bacteriol- ogy, medical and applied. 9.ed. 746p. 8? Lond., 1932. Hilliard, C. M. A textbook of bacteriology and its applications. 329p. 8? Bost. & N.Y., 1928. Hiss, P. H., & Zinsser, H. A text-book of bacteriology; with a section on the pathogenic protozoa. 4.ed. 852p. 8? N.Y., 1918. Hunwicke, R. F. The essentials of bac- teriological technique. lOSp. 8? Lond , iy31. Johnston, J. H., & Simpson, R. H. The prin- ciples of practical bacteriology for scientific workers. llOp. 12? Lond., 192/. Jordan, E. O. A text-book of general bac- teriology. 6.ed. 691p. 8? Phila. & Lond. 1918. ---- Also 7.ed. 744p. 1921. ■--- Also 8.ed. 752p. [1924]----Also 9.ed. 778p. 1928. —-- Also lO.ed. 819p. 1931. ---- & Falk, I. S. The newer knowledge of bacteriologv and immunology. 1196p. roy.8? Chic, 1928". Kendall, A. I. Bacteriology, general, patho- logical, and intestinal 2.ed. 680p. 8? Phila., 1921. ---- Also 3.ed. 733p. 1928. Kilduffe, R. A. Bacteriology and applied immunology for nurses. 252p. 8? Milwaukee [1926] Kisskalt, K. Praktikum der Bakteriologie. 5.Aufl. 149p. 8? Jena, 1923. Forms l.Teil of Prakt. Bakt. & Protozool. (Kisskalt & Hartmann) ----& Hartmann, M. Praktikum der Bakte- riologie und Protozoologie (2.pt) 3.Aufl. llOp. 8? Jena, 1915. Klimmer, M. Technik und Methodik der Bakteriologie und Serologic 520p. 8? Berl., 1923. Kolle, W., & Hetsch, H. Die experimentelle Bakteriologie und die Infektionskrankheiten mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Immunitats- lehre. 6.Aufl. 2v. 1376p. [paged consec] 8? Wien, 1922. ---- The same. Experimental bacteriology in its application to the diagnosis, epidemiology, and immunology of infectious diseases; transl. from the 7. German ed. bv Dagny Erikson. 2v. 592p.; 613p. 8? Lond. [1934] Laubenheimer, K. Allgemeine Bakteriologie und Sterilisationslehre, fiir Aerzte und Pharma- zeuten. 220p. 8? Jena, 1915. Lehmann, K. B., & Neumann, R. O. Bakte- riologie, insbesondere bakteriologische Diagno- stic 7.ed. 2v. 172p.; 876p. 12? Miinch., 1926-27. Levine, M. An introduction to laboratory technique in bacteriology. 149p. 12? N.Y", 1927. Lieske, R. Kurzes Lehrbuch der allgemeinen Bakterienkunde. 338p. 8? Berl., 1926. Lim, C. E. Laboratory manual of the Division of Bacteriologv, Peking Union Medical College. 154p. 8? Peiping, 1929.---- Also 2.ed. 190p. 1935. McBurney, R. A laboratory manual of bac- teriologv for medical students. 3.ed. 146p. 4? Ann Arbor, Mich., 1926. McFarland, J. A text-book upon the patho- genic bacteria and protozoa. 9.ed. 858p. 8? Phila., 1919. Mackie, T. J., & McCartney, J. E. An intro- duction to practical bacteriology as applied to medicine and public health. 297p. 12? Edinb., 1925. ---- Also 2.ed. 390p. 1928. ---- Also 3.ed. 421p. 1931. Mindes, J. Chemisch-bakteriologisches Ta- schenbuch. 112p. 12? Wien, 1914. Moore, V. A., & Hagan, W. A. Laboratory manual in general and pathogenic bacteriologv and immunity. 252p. 8? Bost. [1925] Morrey, C. B. The fundamentals of bac- teriology. 2.ed. 320p. 8? Phila., 1921.---- Also 3.ed. 344p. 1923. ---- Also 4 ed 347p. 1929. BACTERIOLOGY 47 BACTERIOLOGY Morse, M. E., & Frobisher, M. Bacteriol- ogy for nurses. 3.ed. 304p. 8? Phila., 1928. —— Also 4.ed. 409p. 1932. Muir, R., & Ritchie, J. Manual of bacteriol- ogy. 7.ed. 753p. 8? Lond., 1919. ---- Also S.cd. 821p. 1927. ---- Also 9.ed. 866p. 1932. Norton, J. F., & Falk, I. S. Laboratory outlines in bacteriology and immunology. 114p. S? Chic. [1926] Orticoni, A., & Clogne, R. Pratique bact6- riologique. 489p. 12? Par., 1923. Paneth, L. Kurzgefasste praktische Bakte- riologie fiir Aerzte und Studierende. 2.Aufl. der Feldmassigen Bakteriologie. 158p. 12? Berl., 1919. Partridge, W. Aids to bacteriology. 5.ed. 311p. 16? Lond., 1930. Pfixgst, A. O., & Cashin, J. E. Manual of elementarv bacteriologv. 187p. 8? Louisville, 1898. Philibert, A. P. H. Manuel de bacteriologie medicale. 551p. 8? Par., 1928. ---- Also 2.ed. 551p.; 21p. 1931. Piorkovski, I. Bakteriologische und serolo- gische Technik. 210p. " 8? Lpz., 1923. Pitfield, R. L. A compend on bacteriology, including pathogenic protozoa. 4.ed. 297p. 12? Phila. [1922] —— & Schaffer, H. W. A compend on bac- teriology, including pathogenic protozoa. 5.ed. 317p. 12? Phila. [1930] Prescher, J., & Rabs, V. Bakteriologisch- chemisches Praktikum. 4.Aufl. 387p. 8? Lpz., 1923. Reid, M. E. Bacteriology in a nutshell; a primer for junior nurses. 105p. 8? Cincin., 1904. ---- Also ll.ed. 297p. Charleston, W.Va., 1930. Reuter, H. Die Technik im bakteriologi- schen Laboratorium. 120p. 8? [Berl., 1932] Riemsdijk, M. van. Bacteriologische-serolo- gische methoden en recepten, samengesteld ten behoeve van het bacteriologisch practicum der medische studenten. 2.uitg. 133p. 8? Amst., 1921. Roberts, J. G. Manual of bacteriology and pathology for nurses. 4.ed. 227p. 8? Phila., 1924. ---. Also 5.ed. 285p. 1928. ---- Also 6.ed. 259p. 1932. Sartory, A. Guide pratique des principals manipulations bacteriologiques, a l'usage des pharmaciens. 315p. 8? Par. [1930] Schmidt, J., & Weis, F. Die Bakterien; naturhistorische Grundlage fur das bakteriolo- gische Studium. 416p. 8? Jena, 1902. Schneider, A. Pharmaceutical bacteriology. 2.ed. 441p. 8? Phila., 1920. Seitz, A. Bakteriologie fur Zahnarzte; Ein- ftihrung in die Mikrobiologie und Infektions- krankheiten. 2.Aufl. 237p. 8? Berl., 1930. Smeeton, M. A. Bacteriology for nurses. 323p. 8? N.Y., 1920. ---- Also 3.ed. 335p. 1929. —— Teacher's guide for Smeeton's Bacte- riology for Nurses. 3.ed. 19p. 8? N.Y., 1930. Speier, A., & Markwitz, E. Bakteriologie fiir Dentisten. 2.Aufl. 166p. 8? Berl., 1930. Stitt, E. R. Practical bacteriology, blood work, and animal parasitology, including bac- teriological kevs [etc.] 6.ed. 633p. 8? Phila., 192o. ---- Also 7.ed. 766p. 1923. Syllabus of bacteriology; a compact trea- tise designed to aid the physician in the micro- scopic diagnosis of disease. 48p. 8? Yonkers, N.Y., 1901. Tanner, F. W. Bacteriology; a text-book of microorganisms. 548p. 8? N.Y., 1928. ---- Also 2.ed. 548p. 1933. ---- Practical bacteriology; an introduction to bacteriological technic. 235p. 8? N.Y., 1928. ---- Also 2.ed. 235p. 1933. Thomas, S. J. Bacteriologv; a text book on fundamentals. 201p. 8? N.Y., 1925. ---- Also 2.ed. 301p. 1930. ---- Laboratorv manual in bacteriology. 154p. 8? N.Y., 1930. Topley, W. W. C, & Wilson, G. S. The principles of bacteriology and immunity. 2v. 1300p. [paged consec] 8? Lond., 1929. Whitby, L. E. H. Medical bacteriology, descriptive and applied, including elementary helminthology. 320p. 8° Lond., 1928. White, J. M. Applied bacteriology for nurses. 200p. 8? N.Y., 1928. Wyatt, R. B. H. Bacteriology for dental students. 134p. S? Lond. [1925] Zinsser, H. A textbook of bacteriologv. 5.ed. 1193p. 8? N.Y., 1922. ---- Also 6.ed. 1053p. 1927. ---- & Bayne-Jones, S. A textbook of bac- teriology, with a section on pathogenic protozoa. 7.ed. 1226p. 8? N.Y. [1934] ---- veterinary. See also Hygiene, veterinary; Medicine, vet- erinary. Buchanan, R. E., & Murray, C. Veterinary bacteriology; a treatise on the bacteria, yeasts, molds, and protozoa pathogenic for domestic animals. 3.ed. 604p. 8? Phila., 1922. Kelser, R. A. Manual of veterinary bacte- riology. 525p. 8? Bait., 1927. ---- Also 2.ed. 552p. 1933. ---- in warfare. See also Warfare, bacteriological. Tilmant, A. La bacteriologie aux armees; un laboratoire de bacteriologie ambulant. Progr. med., Par., 1919, 3.ser., 34: 114. BACTERIOLYSIS. See also Amboceptors; Antibodies; Bacte- riophagy; Complement; Immunity; Leukocyte; Lysin; Lysozyme; also names of bacteria as Cholera vibrio; Pneumococcus; Staphylococcus, &c. Pettersson, A. Die Serum-j3-Lysine und die antibakterielle Immunitat gegen die davon beein- flussten Mikroben. 75p. 8? Jena, 1934. Bertino, A. Sul passngpo delle lisine dalla madre al feto. Arch. ital. gin., 1905, 1: 97-123.—Boattini, G. Ueber die Bakte- riolyse im Riickenmarkskanal. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1929, 64; 130-7 —Brotzu, G. Luce e immunita; ricerche sulle batterio- lisine. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933, 8: 1725-8.— Ehrlich, P., & Morgenroth, J. Zur Theorie der Lysinwirkung. Qes. Arb. Immunforsch., 1904, 1-15.—Eisler, M., & Fujioka, N. Ueber den Einfluss verschiedener Blutlosungen auf lytische Prozesse, Zschr. Immunforsch., 1928, 58: 423-33.—Fischer, A. Die Plas- molyse der Bacterien. Ber. Sachs. Oes. Wiss., math.phys. Kl.. 1891,43:52-74, pi.—Fuhrmann, F-. Ueber die Abnahme der L\ sin- wirkung alter Lysinsera. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. math. nat. Kl., Wien, 1901, 112: 254-06.—Hektoen, L. Die Wirkung gewisser ionisierbarer Salze auf die Lysine im menschlichen Serum. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1903-4, 35: Orig., 357-62. Also repr.— lusena, M. Considerazioni ed esperienze sul fenomeno di Neisser e Wechs- berg con una nota sulla tecnica della batteriolisi. Boll. 1st. siero- ter milan., 1926, 5: 219-30.—Pettersson, A. Ueber den Verlauf der durch Serum und durch Leukocytenextrakt hervorgerufenen Bakteriolyse. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1917, 26: Orig., 305-24. _____ Die Beziehung der /3-Lysine der Sera zu den bakteriziden Leukozytenstoflen. Acta med. scand., 1926-27, 65: 562-5. ----- Ueber die warmebestiindigen keimtotenden Substanzen, die fl-Lysine der Tiersera und die von diesen beeinflussten Bak- terien Zschr. Immunforsch., 1926, 48: 233-96—Renzo, di. Zur Keimtotung und Keimlosung. Ibid., 1923-24, 38: Orig., 519- BACTERIOLYSIS 48 BACTERIOPHAGE 26.—Rbhmann, F. Zur Frage nach der Entstehung und Spezi- fizitat bakteriolytischer Immunkorper. Biochem. Zschr., 1919, 100: 15-28.—Salazar, M. Bacteriolisinas. Siglo med., 1926, 78: 205; 233.—Tilden, E. B. Comparative observations on bacterio- lytic and hemolytic titers of certain sera. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 32: 265-7—Van der Ghinst, I. Contribution a l'etude du phenomene de Pfeiffer. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 517. BACTERIOPHAGE. See also Bacteriolysis; Lysozyme; Virus. Herelle, F. d'. Le bacteriophage et son com- portement. 2.ed. 551p. 8? Par., 1926. ---- Also Engl, transl. 629p. 8? Bait., 1926. Alessandrini, A. II batteriofago di d'Herelle (rivista sin- tetica) Policlinico, 1927, 34: sez. med., 365-88.—Altana, G. II batteriofago. Ibid., 1930, 37: sez. prat., 1773-8.—Ameuille, P. Le bacteriophage de d'Herelle. Ann. med., Par., 1921, 9: 197-207.—Asheshov, I. N. The bacteriophage. - Discovery, Lond., 1924, 5: 182-4. ----- Bacteriophage enquiry. Conf. Med. Res. Workers, Calc, 1934, 184-90.—Azerad, E. Le bac- teriophage de d'Herelle. Gaz. hop., 1924, 97: 629-34.—Bablet, J. Sur le principe bacteriophage de d'Herelle. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1920, 83: 1322-4.—Bachmann, A., & Aquino, L. I. Sobre el bacteriofago. Bol. As. med. argent., 1922, 35: sect. soc. biol., 18-23. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 1108.—Bacteriophage (The) J.R. Army M. Corps, 1928, 51: 199-209— Belli, C. M. Batteriofago di d'Herelle e batteriofagia. Rinasc. med., 1935,12: 179.—Bruynoghe, R. Les bacteriophages. Arch, internat. med. exp., Li6ge, 1924, 1:17-33— Bull, C. G. Bacteriophage. Physiol. Rev., 1925, 5:95-111.—Burnet, F.M. The bacteriophages. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1934, 9: 332-50.—Chabaud, J. Le bacteriophage de d'Herelle. Arch med. pharm. nav., 1922, 112: 203-18—Clerici, A. II batteriofago. Gazz. osp., 1929, 50: 1625- 7.—Boerr, R. Die Bakteriophagen (Phanomen von Twort und d'Herelle) Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 1489; 1537. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1923, 53: 1009-16—Fortunato, A. II batteriofago. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1928, 33: 137.—Hauduroy, P. Le bacteriophage de d'Herelle. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1923-24,3:449-94. Also Bull, med., Par., 1925, 39: 439-43. Also Medecine, Par., 1925-26, 7: no.7 bis. 1-41.—Herelle, F. d'. Le bacteriophage. Nature, Par., 1921, 49: 219-22.—Hoder, F. Der Bakteriophage und seine Wirkung. Fortsch. Med., 1928, 46: 965. Also Umschau, 1929, 33: 891.—Izar, G. Sui cosi detti batteriofagi. Fol. med., Nap., 1922, 8: 1-3.—Lapointe, A. A propos du bacteriophage. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1931, 57: 575-85.—levy-Darras. Les bacteriophages. Vie med., 1924, 5: 110.—McKinley, E. B. The bacteriophage. Porto Rico J. Pub. Health, 1929-30, 5: 21-32.—Maisin, J. Les bacteriophages. Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Brux., 1921, 26: 215-45.—Miller, E. C. I. The bacteriophage. Virginia M. Month., 1923-24, 50: 180-2.—Nal, B. II batteriofago di d'Herelle. Biochem. ter. sper., 1922, 9: 54-64.—Norwood, V. H. Bacteriophage. Am. J. Nurs., 1931, 31: 1362-6.—Peyre, E. Le bacteriophage. Progr. med., Par., 1923, 3.ser., 36: 53.—Pock-Steen, P. H. [d'Herelle's principle] Ugeskr. laeger, 1922, 84: 319-25.—Preisz, H. [Bac- teriophage] Orv. hetil., 1932, 76: 1093.—Puntoni, V. I batterio- fagi. Ann. igiene, 1920, 30: 643-8.—Rigobello, G. II batterio- fago. Gior. Soc. ital. igiene, 1925, 47: 1-9.—Romagnolo, C. U batteriofago di d'Herelle. Minerva med., Tor., 1922, 2: 482-4.— Salimbeni. Sur le bacteriophage de d'Herelle. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1920, 83: 1545-8.—Sauvg. A propos du bacteriophage. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1930, 56: 348-54—Soule, M. H. The bacteriophage. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1933, 32: 8-14.—Thiery, P. Sur le bacteriophage. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1931, 57: 655-7.—Thiroux. Le bacteriophage d'Herelle. Ann. med. pharm. col., Par., 1921,19: 209.—Twort, F. W. Les agents bacte- riolytiques filtrables et transmissibles (bacteriophage) Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1931, 47: 459-69—Wolff, I. K. [The bac- teriophage of d'Herelle] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1922, 66: pt 1, 479-85.—Zingher, A. The bacteriophage reaction of d'Herelle. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1921, 21: 2-8. ---- Adaptation. See also Bacteriophage, Effect of chemical agents; Bacteriophage, Variability. Asheshov, I. N. L'accoutumance du bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 87: 1343-5.—Beard, P. J. Bacteriophage adaptation. J. Infect. Dis., 1931, 49: 368-98.—Herelle, F. d\ & Sertic, V. Formation par adaptation, de races de bacteriophages thermo-resistantes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 1256-8 — Maisin, J. Adaptation du bacteriophage. Ibid., 1921, 84: 468-70.—Schulz, E. W., & Green, E. A. An endeavor to adapt a trypsin susceptible bacteriophage to the action of trypsin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 97-100—Taddei, A. Gli addattamenti del batteriofago. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1932, 11: 661-76. ---- Adsorption. Bier, O. G., & Cunha-Nobrega, P. Sur la prfitendue adsorp- tion du bacteriophage par les leucocytes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 513-6.—Brown, C. P., & Gemar, F. Experiments on bacteriophage adsorption by vulnerable bacteria. U.S. Vet- erans Bur. M. Bull., 1931, 7: 224-9.—Eliava, G. Au sujet de I'adsorption du bacteriophage par les leucocytes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930,105:829-3l.-Jaumain, B., & Meuleman, M. Absorp- tion du principe lytique par les microbes tues. Ibid., HMJ, 87. 362-4.-Krueger, A. P. The sorption of bacteriophage bydiving and dead susceptible bacteria J. Gen. Physiol., 1930-31 14. 493. Also repr.-Ievine, P., Frisch, A. W., & Cohen, E. V On absorption of phage by bacilli. J. Immun. Bait 1934 26. 321-5.-Necker, J. Be, & Bruynoghe, R. De I'adsorption du principe bacteriophage par les colloides. C. rend, hoc biol., 1922 87- 1247-51—Ogata, N. Ueber Adsorption des Bakterio- phagen ' durch abgetbtete lysinsensible und lysinresistente Bakterien. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1925, 45: 408-12. Antiphage. See also Bacteriophagy, Mechanism; Blood, Bactericide properties. . Andrewes, C. H., & Elford, W. J. Observations on anti-phage sera; the percentage law. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1933, 14: 367-76.— Arnold, I., & Weiss, E. A study of bacteriophage with anti- bacteriophagic serum. J. Infect. Dis., 1924, 35: 505-17.— Asheshov, I. N. Immunisation des bacteries contre le bacte- riophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 644-6— Biglieri, R., & Fischer, I. Contribution a l'etude des proprietes antibacterio- phagiques des serums humains. Ibid., 1931, 108: 674.—Brocq- Rousseu. Le pouvoir antibacteriophage du serum normal. Progr. med., Par., 1935, 1821—Burnet, F. M. The phage- inactivating agent of bacterial extracts. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1934, 38: 285-99, pi.—Costa Cruz, J. da. Sur le mecanisme de Paction anti-lytique du serum anti-bacterien dans la lyse par le bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 840-2. ----- Ac- tion anti-lytique des serums anti-bacteriens dans la lyse par le bacteriophage. Ibid., 1925, 93: 875; 1926, 95: 1006—Fabry, P. Action in vivo de l'antiserum antilytique. Ibid., 1926, 94: 774-6. -----& Beneden, J. van. Serum antilytique et antiserum anti- antilytique. Ibid., 1924, 90: 111-3.—Gough, G. A. C, & Burnet, F. M. The chemical nature of the phage-inactivating agent in bacterial extracts. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1934, 38: 301-11 — Herelle, F. d\ Sur les anti-lysines d'origine bacterienne. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 360. -----& Eliava, G. Sur le serum anti-bacteriophage. Ibid., 1921, 84: 719-21.—Ino, S. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Antibakteriophagenserums. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 112: 252-63— Katsu, S. Antibakteriophage Wir- kungen im Menschenserum. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 1896.—levine, P., & Frisch, A. W. Further observations on specific inhibition of bacteriophage action. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 31: 46-8. ----- Observations on phage inhibition by bacillary extracts. Ibid., 1934, 32: 341-3. ----- Polyvalency demonstrated by antiphages. Ibid., 886-8. ----- On specific inhibition of bacteriophage action by bacterial ex- tracts. J. Exp. M., 1934, 59: 213-28. Also repr.—McKinley, E. B. Serum antilytique obtenu par immunisation contre une bacterie normale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 1050-2.— Muckenfuss, R. S. Studies on the bacteriophage of d'Herelle; an inquiry into the mode of action of antibacteriophage serum. J. Exp. M., 1928, 48: 709-22. Also repr.—Oelrichs, L. Ueber aktive und passive Immunisierung gegen Bakteriophagen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1932, 76: 54.—Panayotatou, A. Sur Pac- tion protectrice de certains serums normaux contre la fixation du bacteriophage. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1932, 25: 397.— Raiga, A. Les anti-phages dans la bactgriophagie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 1930, 745—Rakieten, M. L„ Zalkan, G., & Rakieten, T. L. Bacteriophage inhibition by serum. Yale J. Biol., 1934-35, 7: 541-54.—Rosenthal, P. Contribution a l'etude des antiphages. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1211; 1929, 100: 1019.—Urech, E., & Pache, H. Contribution a l'etude des serums anti-bacteriophages. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 275-8.— Weiss, E. The bacteriophage-antibacteriophage reaction. J. Immun., Bait., 1927, 13: 301-9.—Yoshizumi, Y., Nagase, K., & Hosoya, S. Reports on the so-called anaphage and its antigenic qualities. Jap. J. Exp. M., 1930, 8: 633-6. ---- Biological, chemical, and physical prop- erties. See also other subheadings. Alessandrini, A. Sulla natura del batteriofago. Ann. igiene, 1925,35:649-75.—Angerer, K. von. Beitrage zum Bakterio- phagenproblem. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1923-24, 92: 312-24.— Asheshov, I. N. L'attenuation du bacteriophage par vieillisse- ment. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 118. ----- Quelques recherches sur la nature des plages de bacteriophage. Ibid., !20. ----- Experimental studies on the bacteriophage. J. Infect. Dis., 1924, 34: 536-48, 2pl.—Biemond, A. G. Einige Bakteriophagenuntersuchungen. Zschr. Hyg, 1924 103- 681- 90—Bordet, J. The theories of the bacteriophage.' Proc R. Soc, Lond., 1930-31, s.B, 107: 398-417.—Bourgeois, P. Qu'est-ce que le bacteriophage? Vie med., 1926, 7: 67-9—Bronfenbren- ner, J. J., & Korb, C. Studies on the bacteriophage of d'Herelle. J. Exp. M., 1925, 41: 73; 42: 419; 483.-BronsartfH. von. Pet- tenkofena intestinalis, der hypothetische Parasit der Bakterien. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg., 1927-28, 21: 92-6.—Brutsaert. Contri- bution a l'etude des bacteriophages. Arch. med. beiges 1924 77: 839-74 —Bruynoghe, R. Au sujet de la nature du principe bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 258-60 ___— Contribution a l'etude de la nature des bacteriophages. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1923, 5.ser., 3: 360-71 —__- & Wage- mans, J. Sur la complexite de certains bacteriophages. C. rend. Soc. biol. 1923, 89: 85-7.-Burgers & Bachmann, W. Baktenophagenstudien. Zschr. Hyg., 1923-24, 101: 350-61.— BACTERIOPHAGE 49 BACTERIOPHAGE Cavaliere, G. Contributo alio studio del batteriofago. Ann. igiene, 1923, 33: 705-12.—Clyde, J. 0. Some observations on the bacteriophage. Middlesex Hosp. J., 1929-30, 30: 13-9.—Costa Cruz, J. da. Sur la nature de bacteriophage, a propos d'une note de F. d'Herelle. C. rend. Soc biol., 1924, 90: 694-6.—Costa Mandry, O. Algunas observaciones sobre el bacteriofago de d'Herelle. Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1928, 21: no.161, 13-9.— Cowie, B. M. Observations on the bacteriophage. Ann. Clin. M., 1926-27, 5: 57-77.—Cricchi, I. Ancora sulla natura del batteriofago. Gior. clin. med., 1929, 10: 431-3.—Bavison, W. C. Observations on the properties of bacteriolysants (d'Herelle's phenomenon, bacteriophage, bacteriolytic agent, etc.) J. Bact., Bait., 1922, 7: 475-504.—Bomingo, P., & Vidal, J. Contribution al estudio del bacteriofago de d'Herelle. Arch, med., Madr., 1927, 26: 779. Also Rev. med. Barcelona, 1927, 2.ser., 8: 218-20.— Doria, R. Contributo alio studio sulla natura del batteriofago. Ann. igiene, 1924, 34: 651-5.—Flu, P. C. [Nature of the bacterio- phage] Ned.tschr.hyg.microbe 1927-28,2:325-35. Also C.rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96:1148. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 113: 284- 90.—Frankel, E. Untersuchungen iiber die Natur des Bakterio- phagen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1931, 71: 278-82. ----- & Schultz, E. Beitrage zur Frage des Bakteriophagen (d'Herelle- sches Lysin) Ibid., 1927, 51: 382-91.—Guthrie, A. I. Some pre- liminary observations of bacteriophage. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1932, 25: 224-7.—Hajos, K. Untersuchungen iiber die Natur der bakteriolytischen Substanz. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1923, 37: Orig., 147-51.—Hauduroy, P. Sur la constitution du bacterio- phage de d'Herelle. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 59. Also Progr. med., Par., 1923, 3.ser., 36: 349-51.—Herelle, F. d'. Sur la nature du principe bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc biol., 1920, 83: 1320; 1921, 84: 339; 908; 914; 1925, 93: 509. Also Ned. mschr. geneesk., 1923, 11: 737-46. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1923, 67: pt 1, 2969. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925, 96: Orig., 385-98. ----- Discussion on the bacteriophage (bacteriolysin) Brit. M.J., 1922, 2: 289-93. ----- Sur une cause d'erreur pouvant intervenir dans l'etude de bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 87: 665. ----- Sur l'etat physique du bacteriophage. Ibid., 1924, 90: 27-9—Janzen, J. W., & Wolff, I. K. [Studies in bacteriophage] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1923, 67: pt 1, 2107-13 — Jermoljeva, Z. W., Bujanovskaja, I. S., & Severin, W. A. Ueber die Natur des Bakteriophagen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1931-32, 73: 360-4.—Kawakami, Z., Okada, 0„ & Tsukada, N. A spec- trographical study on the extracts made from rabbit's organs and on the bacteriophage. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1934,24:137-52.— Kuhn, P., & Sternberg, K. Weitere Befunde bei Bakterien und Pettenkoferien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1932,124:205-8— McKinley, E. B„ & Holden, M. The nature of bacteriophage. J. Infect. Dis., 1926, 39: 451-6, 2pl— Maisin, J. Au sujet de la nature du principe bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 84: 467.— Marcuse, K. Untersuchungen iiber das d'Herellesche Phanomen; Studien iiber die Strukturanalyse bei Lysinen. Zschr. Hyg. 1927,107: 563-70.—Marshall, M. S. Observations on d'Herelle's bacteriophage. J. Infect. Dis., 1925, 37: 126-60. 2pl.—Matsu- moto, T. Bestimmungsversuche von Bakteriophagen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1924, 41: 1-43.—Muramatsu Kusuo. Ueber die physikahsche und chemische Beschaffenheit der Bakteriopha- gen. Jap. J. Exp. M., 1931, 9: 333; 1932, 10: 257; 1933, 11: 209; 1934, 12: 271-5.—Kerb, I. Nature and uses of bacteriophage. Med. Times, N.Y., 1933, 61: 202—Otto, R., & Winkler, W. F. Ueber die Natur des d'Herelle'schen Bakteriophagen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48: 383.—Parrel, G. de. Ce qu'on sait actuellement du bacteriophage d'Herelle. Clinique, Par., 1927, 22: 281.—Pico, C. E. Sur la nature du principe bacteriophage de Twort-d'Herelle. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 1106-8. Also Bol. As. med. argent., 1922, 35: sect. soc. biol., 12-7. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1922, 29: 415-20.—Plantureux, E. Sur la nature de lyse transmissible des bacteries. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1930, 190: 224-6. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930,103: 387-9—Poorter, P. de, & Maisin, J. Contribution a l'etude de la nature du principe bacteriophage. Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Brux., 1921, 25: 473-84.—Prausnitz, C. Untersuchungen iiber den d'Herelle- schen Bakteriophagen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922-23, 89: Orig., 187-95. ----- & Firle, E. Neuere Untersuchungen iiber das Wesen des Bakteriophagen. Ibid., 1924, 93: Orig., 148-62 [dis- cussion] 164-7.—Rahn, O. Betrachtungen fiber die Natur der Bakteriophagen. Ibid., 2.Abt., 1931, 83: 277-80—Robertson, R. C. Experimental work with the bacteriophage. China M.J., 1929, 43: 795-803, pi.—Salimbeni, A. Sur la nature du bacteriophage de d'Herelle. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1920, 171: 1240.—Schlesinger, M. Zur Frage der chemischen Zusammen- setzung des Bakteriophagen. Biochem. Zschr., 1934, 273: 306-11.—Schuler, H. Stoffwechsel- und Fermentuntersuchun- gen an Bakteriophagen. Ibid., 1935, 276: 254-61—Tomaselli, C. Contributo alio studio del batteriofago. Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med., 1922-23,12: 209-20.—Wagemans, J. Au sujet de la consti- tution du bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 87:1244-7 — Wollman, E., & Wollman, E. Recherches sur la nature chimique des bacteriophages. Ibid., 1932, 110: 626—Yang, B. Klinische und experimentelle Forschungen fiber die Bakteriophagen. Fukuoka acta med., 1929, 22: 96.—Zhukov-Verezhnikov, N. N., & Favorissov, B. U. [Nature and significance of bacteriophage] Vest, mikrob., 1935, 14: 199-205.—Zoeller, C, & Manoussakis. Etude sur le bacteriophage en sacs de collodion. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 1091-3. ---- Biological significance. Algalia. Una nueva era de la bacteriologia; el bacteriofago. Siglo med., 1921, 68: 984-6.—Arnold, I. The phenomenon of bacteriophagy attracts attention. Nation's Health, 1926, 8: 21767—VOL. 2, 4th series-----4 304.—Hadley, P. Proliferative reaction to stimuli by the lytic principle (bacteriophage) and its significance. J. Infect. Dis., 1925, 37: 35-48 pi.—Herb, H. The bacteriophage as the missing link between the one cell organism and the inorganic world in the evolution of the human body. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1935, 141: 71-6.—Herelle, F. d'. Le phenomene de bacteriophagie et sa signification biologique. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1930, 56: 986-94.—larkum, N. W. Bacteriophage from a public health standpoint. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1929, 19: 31-6—Otto, R. Die Bakteriophagen-Frage. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 969-72.—Schuur- mann, C. J. Der Bakteriophage, ein zentrales biologisches Problem. Kolloid-Zschr., 1930, 53: 231-9. Also Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1930-31, 5: 30-46—Seiffert, W. Die Bewertung des d'Herelleschen Phanomens. Seuchenbekampfung, Wien, 1925, 2: 234-45.—Topley, W. W. C, & Wilson, J. Further obser- vations on the role of the Twort-d'Herelle phenomenon in the epidemic spread of mouse-typhoid. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1925-26, 24: 295-300.—Vernadsky, W. Le bacteriophage et la vitesse de transmission de la vie dans la biosphere. Rev. gen. sc. pur., 1928, 39: 136-42.—Wohlfeil, T. Die theoretische und praktische Bedeutung der Bakteriophagenforschung. Fortsch. Med., 1928, 46: 817-9. ---- Centrifugation. Bergstrand, H., & Fahraeus, R. Ueber Versuche, das lytische Agens einer Bakteriophagenbouillon zu zentrifugieren. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931-32, 123: 66-71—Girard, P., & Sertic, V. Ac- tion de hauts champs centrifuges sur diverses cellules bacte- riennes, sur differents bacteriophages et la lysine diffusible d'un bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 1286-8.—Gratia, A. La centrifugation des bacteriophages. Ibid., 1934, 117: 1228- 30; 1935, 118: 208-12.—Schlesinger, M. Die Bestimmung von Teilchengrbsse und spezifischem Gewicht des Bakteriophagen durch Zentrifugierversuche. Zschr. Hyg., 1932, 114: 161-76. ---- Concentration. Metjly, H. *Die Konzentration des lytischen Prinzips und ihre Beziehungen zum Ablauf der Bakteriophagenreaktion [Basel] p.46-66. 8? Berl., 1923. Also Zschr. Hyg., 1923, 99: Bail, O. Untersuchungen iiber die M-Konzentration von Bakterien und Bakteriophagen. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1924, 94:54-72. -----& Matsumoto, T. Die Anhaufungsmoglichkeit von Bakteriophagen und Bakterien. Med. Klin., Berl., 1923, 19:1579-81.—Beckerich, A., & Hauduroy, P. Au sujet du titrage du bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 165-7.—Boerr, R., & Zdansky, E. Studien zum Bakteriophagenproblem; quantitativer und qualitativer Nachweis der Lysine; ihr Dis- persitatsgrad und die Aufteilbarkeit ihrer Lbsungen. Zschr. Hyg., 1923, 100: 79-101—Gratia, A., & Be Kruif, I. Au sujet de la titration du bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 308-10.—Krueger, A. P. A method for the quantitative deter- mination of bacteriophage. J. Gen. Physiol., 1929-30, 13: 557- 64. Also repr.—Maitland, H. B. Experiments employing a quantitative method in a study of the d'Herelle phenomenon. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1922-23, 3:173-8, 2pl.—MarshaU, M. S. The quantitative estimation of bacteriophage. Papers Michigan Acad. Sc. (1923) 1924, 3: 327-32—Matsumoto, T. Ueber das Verhalten konzentrierter Bakteriophagen. Zschr. Immun- forsch., 1924, 40: 214-36.—Schlesinger, M. Die direkte nephelo- metrische Erfassung hoher Bakteriophagenkonzentrationen in einem Medium mit geringer eigener Lichtstreuung. Zschr. Hyg., 1932-33, 114: 746-53. ----- Beobachtung und Zahlung von Bakteriophagenteilchen im Dunkelfeld; die Form der Teilchen. Ibid., 1933, 115: 774-80. ---- Cultivation and preparation, Caublot, P. *Technique des manipulations et contribution a l'etude du bacteriophage de d'Herelle. 75p. 8? Par., 1923. Grtjnenthal, J. *Bakteriophagen in Tierkot und Tierorganen; Hoch- und Umziichtung von Bakteriophagen [Leipzig] 19p. 8? Oschatz, 1929. Leitner, N. *Ueber die kunstliche Erzeu- gung von Bakteriophagen [Frankfurt a. M.] 36p. 8? Jena, 1928. Also Zschr. Immunforsch., 1928, 57: 50-85. Arnold, I., & Weiss, E. Bacterial protein-free bacteriophage prepared by tryptic digestion. J. Immun., Bait., 1926, 12: 393-9. ----- Isolation of bacteriophage free from bacterial proteins. J. Infect. Dis., 1925, 37: 411-7— Asheshov, I. N. Methode amelioree pour l'obtention de suspensions pures de bacteriophages. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 770-2.—Bordet, J., & Ciuca, M. Le bacteriophage de d'Herelle, sa production et son interpretation. Ibid., 1920, 83: 1296-8—Bronfenbrenner, J., & Hetler, B. M. Can bacteriophage be detached from the carrier particles? Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 263.— Callerio, C. Sull' uso dei terreni all' agar-germi per la ricerca del batteriofago. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1932, 46: 803-8.— Clifton, C. E. A method for the purification of the bacteriophage. BACTERIOPHAGE 50 BACTERIOPHAGE Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1930-31, 28: 32.-----Preserva- tives for bacteriophage suspensions. Ibid., K?>2, 29: 370-2.— Costa Cruz, J. da. Influence de la concentr t.on des bacteries sur la production du bacteriophaKe. C. i\nd. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 310-2.—Be Groat, A. F. The bacUiiophage; a method of isolation. J. Immun., Bait., 1927, 14: 1(5-9.—Booren de Jong, L. E. den. Studien iiber Bakteriophagie; iiber das ungleiche Verhalten von Bakteriophagen, die aus pasteurisierten Sporen, und solchen, die mittels der iiblichen Anreicherungsmet/ioden gewonnen wurden. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1934, 131: 411-3.— Bresel, I., & lewis, M. R. A study of bacteriophage in tissue cultures. Am. J. Hyg., 1930, 11: 189-95.—Brobotjko, V. Zur Methodik der Bakteriophagengewinnung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1928, 107: 279-81.—Fukuda, Y. Untersucnungen iiber die Rein- zuchtung von Bakteriophagen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1929, 60: 105-12.—Gohs, W. Eine neue Methode des Nachweises des bakteriophagen Lysins. Ibid., 1926, 49: 139-45. ----- & Jacobsohn,- I. Bemerkungen zu der Abhandlung von R. Tiomkiu-Shukov und M. Rittner, Lasst sich das bakterio- phage Lysin mit toten Bakterien fortfuhren? Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927-28, 105: 289-91. ----- Vermehrung des bakterio- phagen Lysins durch abgettitete Bakterien. Zschr. Immun- forsch., 192/, 53:12-9.—Gratia, A. De la significance des colonies de bacteriophage de d'Herelle. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 84: 753.—Hadley, P., & Jimenez, B. Production of bacterio- phage by enforced dissociation. J. Infect. Dis., 1931, 48: 176-82— Herelle, F. d' Technique de la recherche du microbe filtrant bacteriophage (Bacteriophagum intestinale) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1918, 81: 1160-2. ----- Sur la culture du microbe bacteriophage. Ibid., 1920, 83: 52.—Hetler, B. M., & Bronfenbrenner, J. Detachment of bacteriophage from its carrier particles. J. Gen. Physiol., 1931, 14: 547-62. Also repr.—Hosoya, S., Nagase, K., & Yoshizumi, T. The purifica- tion of bacteriophage (Shiga and typhoid phages) Jap. J. Exp. M., 1930, 8: 1; 1932, 10: 101-11— Julius, H. W. Bactericidal power in tissue-cultures. Acta brevia neerl., 1933, 3: 70-2.— Keller, M, Factors in the preparation of bacteriophage. J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 22: 199-208.—Klieneberger, E. Pankreas und bakteriophagische Wirkung, nebst einem Anhang: eine opti- male Methode der Bakteriophsgmgewinnung. Zschr. Immun- fort eh., 1928, 56: 32-48.—Kncrr, M., & Ruf, H. Phagtrocknung und Fhagauswertung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1934-35, 133: 289- 98.—Kreuger, A. P., & Tamada, H. T. The preparation of rela- tively pure bact.r ophage. J. (Jen. Physiol., 1929-30, 13: 145- 51.—LeMar, J. B., & Mj eis, J. T. Studies on the nature of bac- teriophage; extraction of bacteriophage by ether. J. Infect. Dis., 1935, 57: 1-5.—Lepper, E. H. On the mode of production of bacttriophage. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1923-24,4:53-e8.-LeSoudier & Verge, J. Sur l'obtention de bacteriophages d'apres la tech- nique de P. Res ntiial. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 783 — Loghem, J. J. van, & Peverelli, P. [Separation of bacteriophage from very young ar.imals] Ned. tsc'ir. geneesk., 1925, 69: pt2, 2209-11.—McKinley, E. B. Not.s on d'Herelle's phenomenon; adaptation of b:.c;eriGphage antagonistic to Bacillus dysenteriae and other Bacilli to various cocci; development of a polvvalent bacteriolysant. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1922-23, 8: 311-7.—Marcuse, K. Untersuchungen iiber das d'Herellesche Phanomen; zur Methodik der Konservierung des Lysins. Zschr. Hyg., 1923-24, 101: 375-87.—Marir.ier, L., & Grysez, V. Nouvelle preparation par cataphorese d'un bacteriophage purine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 317.—Morton, G., & Wasseen, M. The technic for isolation and preparation of bacteriophage. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 1188-92.—Nyberg, C. Ueber Nachweis und Gewin- nung von Bakteriophagen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 122: 270-6.—Pfreimbter, Sell, & Pistorius. Eine neue Methodik zum Nachweis des d'Herelleschen Virus. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1922, 69: 495.—Pozerski, E. Sur un milieu synthetique favorable au developpement du principe bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 1285.—Racchiusa, S. Su alcuni terreni sintetici speciali per lo sviluppo del batteriofago. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 257.—Riccitelli, R. Modiflcazioni dell' attivita litica del batteriofago di d'Herelleinterreni al glucosio ed al cristal- violetto. Boll. Accad. med. Perugia, 1925, no.6, 11. Also Riv. biol., 1925, 7: 664-87.—Rosenthal, P. Conservation du bacterio- phage a l'etat sec. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 47-9. ----- Nouvelle technique d'obtention de bacteriophages. Ibid., 105: 351-3.—Schilf, F. Die Bildung von Bakteriolysinen in kiinst- lichen Gewebskulturen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925-26, 97: 219- 24.—Schlesinger, M. Reindarstellung eines Bakteriophagen in mit freiem Auge sichtbaren Mengen. Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 264: 6-12.—Schuurman, C. J., & Schuurmann-ten Bokkel Hui- nink, A. M. [Separation of bacteriophage from albumen; con- centration and visibility of bacteriophage] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1935, 75: 1875-81.—Sertic, V. Untersuchungen fiber einen Lysinzonen bildenden Bakteriophagen; der Aufbau der Baktaiophagenkolonien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 110: 125- 39, pi. ----- & Bouhjakov, N. Technique de l'isolement de bacteriophages en lignees pures. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 600-2.—Sierakovski, S., & Gayer. D6veloppement des bacterio- phages a certains p„. Ibid., 1933, 113: 1264.—Sierakovski, S., & Zabludovska, F. Le ph limite des bacteriophages. Ibid., 1930, 103: 422-4.—Suzuki, T. Albumin-free bacteriophage, personally produced. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1924, 2: 125-34. Also Poly- clin. Dairen, 1924-26, 2: no.l, 1-10.—Tiomkin-Shukov, R., & Rittner, M. Lasst sich das bakteriophage Lysin mit toten Bakterien fortfiihren? Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927, 103: 327-9. -----Zur Frage der Fortfiihrung eines bakteriophagen Lysins mit abgetbteten Bakterien. Ibid., 1929, 114: 135-7.—Weiss, E. The behavior of bacteriophage in sugar media. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1926-27, 12: 937-43. Bacteriophage purified with lipoids. J. Immun., Bait., 1927, 13: 311-7.-Yen, A. C. H. Pour plate study of bacteriophage. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., JN.Y., 1934-35, 32: 1006-10—Zdansky, E. Gewinnung yon ubertrag- baren Lysinen (Bakteriophagen) fiir therapeutische Zwecke. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1924, 37: 501. ---- Distribution. Behrens, G. W. O. A. *Bakteriophagen im Abwasser [Leipzig] 26p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. Thiir.] 1927. Zink, J. *Das Vorkommen von Bakterio- phagen in den naturlichen Wiissern und Abwas- sern. 16p. 8? Lpz., 1926. Adams, B. A. The bacteriophage in water. Med. Off., Lond., 1928, 40: 15-8.—Applemans, R., & Wagemans, J. Bac- teriophages de diverses provenances. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 738.—Araujo, E. de. Nota preliminar sobre a existencia do bacteriophago em aguas da Bahia. Sciencia med., Rio, 1929, 7: 439-51.—Arloing, F., & Sempe. Recherches sur la lyse micro- bienne avec des eaux d'Extreme-Orient. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 428.—Arnold, L. The significance of bacteriophage in surface water. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1925, 15: 950-2.—Asheshov, I., Taylor, J., & Morison, J. Recherches sur le bacteriophage dans l'Inde Britannique. Bull. Off. internat. hyg., 1930, 22: 1882-92.—Beard, P. J. Role of bacteriophage in natural purifica- tion. J. Infect. Dis., 1933, 52: 42C-6— Beckwith, T. D., & Rose, E. J. The bacteriophage content of sewage and its action upon bacterial organisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1930, 20: 151-9.—Ber- gonzini, M., & Li-Jen Yang. Ricerca del batteriofago, con il metodo di Callerio, nelle acque di diversi mari ed in quelle del flume Yang-Tze. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 289; 292.— Bujanowski, B. Der Bakteriophage in den Abwassern. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1929, 101: 318-24.-----Der Bakteriophage im Wasser des Donflusses. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 110: 120- 5.—Calisti, E. De la presence du bacteriophage dans les eaux potables. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb.. 1931, 3: 352-5.— Colvin, M. G. Air dissemination of bacteriophage in relation to air-borne infection. Am. J. Hyg., 1932, 15: 247-59.—Bienert, F. De l'utilite de la recherche du bacteriophage dans les eaux. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1934, 3.ser., 112: 611-3. -----Etrillard, P., & Lambert, M. Sur la recherche du bacteriophage dans les eaux. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 199: 102-4.—Fabry, P. Le bac- teriophage de d'Herelle dans les eaux alimentaires. Rev. hyg. police san., 1928, 50: 667-71.—Fortunato, L. II fenomeno litico del d'Herelle in rapporto alia flora batterica delle acque di mare. Ann. igiene, 1928, 38: 544-9.—Gildemeister, E., & Watanabe, H. Untersuchungen iiber das Vorkommen von Bakteriophagen in Oberflachenwasser. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 122: 556-75 — Lemos Monteiro, J. Phenomeno de Twort-d'Herelle: sua im- portancia e consequencias scientiflcas; presenca do bacteriophago nas aguas dos rios de Sao Paulo. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1926, 17: 45-50.-----Presence du bacteriophage dans l'eau des rivieres de Sao Paulo. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 994-6.— Manoliu, E., & Costin, G. Eaux pollu6es et lyse transmissible. Ibid., 1925, 93: 384.—Mazzetti, G. Osservazioni su di un ceppo di batteriofago isolato delle acque luride di Siena. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1930, lO.ser., 5: 123-7. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1930. 5: 605-9—Montsiro, J. L. Presence du bacteriophage dans l'eau des rivieres de Sao Paulo. Mem. Inst. Butantan, 1920, 3: 1*7. -Morin, H. G. S., & Guillerm, J. Principe lytique anti-Shiga de certaines eaux de Cochinchine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 575—Predtechensky, S. N. [Contribution to the study of river water bacteriophage] Vest, mikrob., 1929, 8: 200-3.—Renaux, E. La presence de principes lytiques (bacterio- phages) dans une eau destinee a la consommation est-elle de nature a la faire suspecter? Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1929, 5.ser., 9: 432-44.—Sangiorgi, G. Considerazioni sulla diffusione e sull' importanza in natura del principio litico. Ann. igiene, 1927, 37: 94-9.—Schlossmann, K. Ueber das Vorkommen von Bakteriophagen im Wasser. Zschr. Hyg., 1932, 114: 65-76 — Segre, S. II batteriofago quale coefficiente dell' autodepura- zione dei fiumi. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1930, 9: 22-s.— Vagedes, K. von, & Gildemeister, E. Vergleichende Untersu- chungen iiber den Nachweis von Bakteriophagen in Wasser- proben. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1934, 131: 414-9—Wagemans, J. La recherche des bacteriophages dans la nature. Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Brux., 1923-24, 28: 159-79. ---- Distribution—in the animal and the human body. Appelmans, R. Le bacteriophage dans l'organisme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 722-4.—Blair, J. E., & Reeves, B. L. The placental transmission of bacteriophage. J. Infect. Dis., 1928, 42: 440-3.—Castorina, G. Sulla presenza del batteriofago nei meconio e nelle feci del lattante. Pediatria (Riv.) 1927, 35: 1179-81—Chiofalo, I. Sul passaggio del batteriofago nelle urine dell' uomo e degli animali. Gior. batt. immun., 1933, 10: 1160- 70.—Bumas, J. Sur la presence du bacteriophage dans' l'intestin sain, dans la terre et dans l'eau. C. rend. Soc bio' 1920 83- 1314.—Fleming, A. On a remarkable bacteriolytic element found in tissues and secretions. Proc. R. Soc Lond 1921-22 s.B, 93: 306-17 pl.-Franco, E Sulla frequenza del batteriofago nei contenuto duodenale degli animali da macello Boll Soc ital. biol. sper., 1928,3:1332-4.-Gardenghi, G. Di una freqiiente locahzzazione del batteriofago nell organismo. Ibid. 1929 4- BACTERIOPHAGE 51 BACTERIOPHAGE 672-5 —Giani, P. Ricerche sulla presenza del batteriofago nelle lacrime. Arch, ottalm., 1931, 38: 65-7.—Grasset, E. Recherches sur le passage du bacteriophage a travers le placenta. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 839-41.—Hoder, F., & Hrebelianovich, M. Zur Frage der Bakteriophagenentstehung im tierischen Or- ganismus. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1932, 76: 141—Hoder, F., & Ino, S. Ueber den Bakteriophagengehalt der Hiihnerorgane und des Hiihnerdarmtraktes. Ibid., 1928, 59: 325-42—Hoder, F., & Lazarovich-Hrebelianovich, M. von Cz. Zur Frage der Entstehung von Bakteriophagen im tierischen Organismus. Zschr. Hyg., 1933, 115: 553-72.—Hoder, F., & Suzuki, K. Ueber die Gewinnung von Bakteriophagen aus Pankreasextrakten. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1926, 98: 433-9—Hoder, F., & Toyoda, M. Versuche zur Gewinnung von Bakteriophagen aus Huhnereiern, Hiihnerembryonen und jungen, ktinstlieh aufgezogenen Hiih- nern. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1931, 70: 271-*.—Kasahara, M., & Uyeshima, S. I. Der Uebergang der Bakteriophagen vom Blut in den Liquor. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1936, 136: 143-6—Kemp, T. On the occurrence of Bacteriophages in chicken embryos and some remarks on the transmissible autolysis of bacteria, par- ticularly with a view to its quantitative determination. Acta path, microb. scand., 1928, 5: 105-17.—Klieneberger, E. Passage von Bakteriophagen innerhalb des Organismus. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 122: 168-70.—Leitner, N. Versuche iiber Bakterio- phagenerzeugung und Darmbakterizidie mittels einer isolierten Darmschlinge in vivo. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1928, 58: 360-70 — Marcuse, K. Bakteriophagen und Agglutinine bei Huhnern. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931, 120: 166-75.—Mello, G. Ricerche di un batteriofago dello stafllococco e dello streptococco nei canale genitale della donna. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 1327- 32.—Nakagawa, T. Ueber die Durchgiingigkeit der Plazenta fiir verschiedene Mikroorganismen und Bakteriophagen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1936, 136: 147-51—Pierrot, R., & Bilouet, V. Le bacteriophage de d'Herelle chez le nouveau-ne. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 635; 1926, 95: 301.—Plicque, A. F. Le bacterio- phage intestinal. J. med. chir., Par., 1923, 94: 108.—Prausnitz, C, & Reis, V. van der. Untersuchungen des menschlichen Diinndarminhaltes auf Bakteriophagen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 304.—Rabinowitz, G. Studies on bacteriophage; rela- tion of bacteriophage and other lytic agents to negative stool cultures; study of 2 cases. J. Bact., Bait., 1934, 28: 221-36 — Sanderson, E. S. Bacteriophage tests on the meconium of aborted fetuses. J. Exp. M., 1925, 42: 501-3. Also repr — Schultz, E. W., & Taylor, K. M. Bacteriophages from spontane- ous mouse tumors. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1927-28, 25: 434.—Shope, R. E. Bacteriophage isolated from the common house fly (Musca domestica) J. Exp. M., 1927, 45: 1037-44. Also repr.—Sonnenschein, C. Die Herkunft der Bakterio- phagen im Menschen und im tierischen Organismus. Gior. batt. immun., 1927, 2: 257-88.—Suranyi, L., & Kramar, E. Ueber das Vorkommen des d'Herelleschen Bakteriophagen in Saug- lingsstuhlen. Mschr. Kinderh., 1923, 26: 392; 1924, 28: 330-3 — Tempe, G., & Uhlhom, M. Lyse microbienne transmissible obtenue par Paction du sang de cobayes et de lapins normaux sur les microbes. C. rend. Soc biol., 1932, 109: 659-61—Tsion, R. A. [Bacteriophagum intestinale in the intestinal tract of normal hogs and in hogs that have had cholera; their relation to the bacilli of the paratyphoid group] Tr. Inst. eksp. vet. med., Moskva, 1928, 5: 121-41.—Violate A. Sul comportamento del batteriofago nei diversi tratti dell' intestino umano. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1924, 3: 334-48. ----- Considerazioni sul comporta- mento del batteriofago nelle occlusioni intestinali. Ibid., 449- 62.—Werthemann, A. Das Verhalten der iibertragbaren Lysine (Bakteriophagen) in der Zirkulation von Kalt- und Warmblu- tern. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1922, 91: 255-66.—Wolff, L. K. [Bac- teriophagic action in blood] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1925, 69: pt2, 1088-90. Also Zschr. Immunforsch., 1925-26, 45: 511-4.— Zdansky, E. Kritische und experimentelle Beitrage zur Frage der Wirkungsmoglichkeit der Bakteriophagen im Warmbluter- organismus und in der freien Natur. Zschr. nyg., 1924, 103: 164-76.—Zernov, V. Les bacteriolvsines chez les insectes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1931, 46: 565-71. ---- Distribution—in plants. Almon, L., & Wilson, P. W. Bacteriophage in relation to nitrogen fixation by red clover. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1933, 4; 209-19.—Chester, K. S. Studies on bacteriophage in relation to phytopathogenic bacteria. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1933, 89: 1-30 — Coons, G. H., & Kotila, J. E. The transmissible lytic principle (bacteriophage) in relation to plant pathogenes. Phytopathol- ogy, 1925, 15: 357-70, 4pl— Bemoloy, A., & Bunez, A. Bacterio- phage et fatigue des sols cultives en Luzerne. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1933, 197: 1344-6.—Gerretsen, F. C, Grvns, A. [et al.] Das Vorkommen eines Bakteriophagen in den Wurzelknollchen der Leguminosen. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1923-24, 60: 311-6, pi — Gratia, A. Bacteriophage et virus des plantes. Bull. Acad. m6d. Belgique, 1935, 5.ser., 15: 208-25. ----- Des analogies entre les virus des plantes et les bacteriophages; rapprochement avec les tumeurs. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 189-92 — Grijns, A. Clover-plants in sterile cultivation do not produce a bacteriophage of B. radicicola. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1927, 71: 248-51.—Hitchner, E. R. Isolation of a bacteriolytic principle from the root nodules of red clover. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 17: 19; 1930, 19: 191-201.—Israilsky, W. P. Bakteriophagie und Pflanzenkrebs. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1927, 71: 302-11—Laird, B. G. Bacteriophage and the root nodule bacteria. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1931-32, 3: 159-93—Mallmann, W. L., & Hem- street, C. Isolation of an inhibitory substance from plants. J. Agr. Res., 1924-25, 28: 599-602. ---- Effect of chemical agents. Alessandrini, A. Azione del cloruro di sodio sul batteriofago. Policlinico, 1925, 32: sez. prat., 1705-8.— Anciaux, L. Au sujet de l'effet du chlorure de calcium sur la genese deS bacteriophages. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1931,106: 489.—Arloing, F., & Chavanne. De l'influence sur le bacteriophage, des electrolytes et de la concen- tration en ions H du milieu. Ibid., 1925, 93: 531.—Arloing, F., & Langeron, L. Action de l'eau de Javel sur diverses especes de bacteriophages. Ibid., 1927, 96: 454.—Asheshov, I. N. Action du citrate de soude sur le bacteriophage. Ibid., 1926, 94: 687-9.— Beard, P. J. Decreased resistance of purified bacteriophage to disinfectants. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 880 — Borchardt, W. Zur Blausaurefestigkeit des d'Herelleschen Bakteriophagen. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 1952. Also Zschr. Immunforsch., 1927-28, 54: 403-8.—Bordet, J. Le role des sels de calcium dans l'autolyse microbienne transmissible. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 403.—Bronfenbrenner, J. Further evidence of the resistance of bacteriophage to alcohol. Proc. Sec. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1926-27, 24: 372. -----& Hetler, B. Mechanism of the inhibition of bacteriophagy by agar or gelatin. Ibid., 1927-28,25:480. ----- Effect of urea upon activity of bacterio- phage. Ibid., 1933, 30: 1308-11.—Bronfenbrenner, J., & Korb, C. Effect of alcohol on the so-called bacteriophage of d'Herelle. Ibid., 1923-24, 21: 177-9. ----- On the nature of inactivation of the bacteriophage by alcohol. Ibid., 1925-26, 23: 5. Also J. Exp. M., 1925, 42: 419; 1926, 43: 71-86.—Brutsaert, P. Les bacteriophages dans les milieux fluores. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 1173-5. ----- Influence des electrolytes sur le phe- nomene de d'Herelle. Ibid., 1175-7. ----- Les bacterio- phages et les microbes dans le bouillon hypersaie. Ibid., 1924, 90:646-8. ----- Le bacteriophage dans les milieux gelatines. Ibid., 1292-4.—Bruynoghe, R., & Brutsaert, P. La resistance des • bacteriophages a Taction de certaines substances chimiques. Ibid., 1923, 88: 966-8—Burnet, F. M., & McKie, M. Balanced salt action as manifested in bacteriophage phenomena. Aus- tral. J. Exp. Biol., 1930, 7: 183-98.—Calalb, G. Action de la bile sur le bacteriophage et importance de cette action. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 1442. ----- Bile & bacteriophage. Ibid., 93: 1583-5.—Ciuca. Lvse transmissible en absence d'electro- lytes Iibres. Ibid., 1924, 90: 521-4.—Colvin, M. G. Behavior of bacteriophage in body fluids and in exudates. J. Infect. Dis., 1932, 51: 527-41.—Costa Cruz, J. da. Sur la nature du bacterio- phage; influence des electrolytes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 759-02. ----- Sur l'influence des electrolytes dans la lyse par le bacteriophage. Ibid., 1924, 90: 236. Also Brasil med., 1923, 37: 341. ----- A influencia do pH sobre o bacteriophago de d'Herelle. Ibid., .1924, 38: 50. ----- L'influence du CINa sur le bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 37.—Boerr, R., & Berger, W. Studium zum Bakteriophagenproblem; die antagonistische Wirkung von Gelatine und Agar auf den Ablauf der Bakteriophagenreaktion. Zschr. Hyg., 1922-23, 97:422-22 — Doerr, R., & Griininger, W. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Beziehungen von Bakterien und Bakteriophagen (iiber- tragbaren Lysinen) zur Galle. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1922, 52: 761-4.—Eliava, G., & Pozerski, E. De Paction destructive des sels de quinine sur le bacteriophage de d'Herelle. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 139-41.—Fabry, P. Recherches sur Paction compatee de divers agents chimiques sur le bacteriophage, les virus flltrants et les diastases. Arch, internat. med. exp., Liege, 1925-26, 2: 213-22.—Flu, P. C. Sur la pretendue action dechai- nante de la pancreatine sur le principe bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 970-2.—Goldsmith, N. R. Differences in effect of phenyl mercuric chloride upon different races of bacte- riophage and similarity in effect upon a phage and its homolo- gous organism. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 30: 237-42.—Grigoriev, A. Sur le mode d'inactivation des bacteriophages. C. rend. Soc biol., 1927, 96: 1141.—Guller, W. Verhalten verschiedener Bak- teriophagen gegeniiber chemischen und physikalischen Ein- wirkungen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1935, 86: 248-59.—Hauduroy, P. Recherches du bacteriophage de d'Herelle dans differents milieux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 1084. ----- Action de la gelatine sur le phenomene de d'Herelle. Ibid., 1924, 9Q: 1463.—Herelle, F. d'. Action du fluorure de sodium sur le bacteriophage. Ibid., 1923, 88: 407.—Kabelik, J. L'influence de l'indicateur universel sur le bacteriophage. Ibid., 1925, 92: 1055.—Klieneberger, E. Der Einfluss verschiedener Salze auf die Wirksamkeit von Bakteriophagensuspensionen, auf ihre Filtrabilitat und Adsorbierbarkeit. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1930, 118: 411-22—Krueger, A. P., & Baldwin, B. M. The reversible inactivation of bacteriophage with safranine. J. Infect. Dis., 1935, 57: 207-11.-----The reversible inactivation of bac- teriophage by bichloride of mercury. J. Gen. Physiol., 1934, 17: 499-505. Also repr.—Krueger, A. P., & Elberg, S. Rever- sible inactivation of bacteriophage by KCN. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 31: 483-5—Krueger, A. P., & West, N. S. The accelerating effect of manganous ions on phage action. J. Gen. Physiol., 1935, 19: 75-86.—Kuttner, A. G. On the influence of tissue enzymes on the bacteriophage principle. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21, 18: 222-5.—Legroux, R., & Bjemil, K. Lvse bacterienne et formol; principe ana-bacteriolytique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 426—Levin, B. S., & Lominski, I. Influence de la letithine colloidale sur le phenomene de la lyse microbienne par le bacteriophage. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 198: 989-91.—Lisbonne, M., & Carriere, L. Influence des electro- lytes sur la lyse microbienne transmissible. C. rend. Soc biol., 1923, 89: 865.—Lominski, I. Inactivation du bacteriophage par oxydation. Ibid., 1935, 119: 952-4. ----- Inactivation du bacteriophage par oxydation; reactivation par l'acide ascorbique. Ibid., 1345-8. ----- Sensibilite compatee des bacteriophages BACTERIOPHAGE 52 BACTERIOPHAGE et des bacteries homologues a l'oxydation. Ibid., 1090-2.— Marginesu, P. L'influenza del pH sulla presenza del batteriofago nelle acque industriali. Igiene mod., 1929, 22: 201-6—Naka- mura, 0. Die Hemmung der Bakteriophagen wirkung durch Gelatine. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1923, 92: 61-76. ----- Das Verhalten von Bakteriophagen in Gelatine. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1923, 36: 86.—Perdrau, J. R., & Todd, C. The photo- dynamic action of methylene blue on bacteriophage. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1933, s.B, 112: 277-87—Pico, C. E. Sobre la action desencadenante de la pancreatina sobre la autolisis microbiana transmissible. Rev. As. m6d. argent., 1923, 36: sect. soc. biol., 154-6; 1924, 37: no.231, 68-71. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 753; 1924, 91: 31. Also Sem. me'd., B. Air., 1924, 31: 731—Powell, H. M., Jamieson, W. A., & Jones, F. G. Merthiolate as a preserv- ative for biological products; action of merthiolate on bacterio- phage. J. Immun., Bait., 1933, 24: 185-92—Proca, G. Sur le resistance du principe lytique (bacteriophage) au bichlorure de mercure. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 1244-6.—Racchiusa, S. L'azione dell' alcool sul principio litico di d'Herelle. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 549.—Scalfi. A. Sul potere atti- vante dell' insulina sul batteriofago. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1935, 14: 465-9, pi—Schultz, E. W., & Gebhardt, L. P. Nature of formalin inactivation of bacteriophage. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 1111.—Shwatrzman, G. De l'influence de l'oxygene sur l'autolyse transmissible. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 368-70.—Stassano, H., & Beaufort, A. C. de. Action du citrate de soude sur le principe lytique transmissible. Ibid., 1925, 93: 1380-2. ----- L'action de Tether sur le principe lytique transmissible. Ibid., 1382-5.—Temp§, G., & Uhlhorn, M. Action de Tether et du chloroforme sur le bacteriophage. Ibid., 1932, 109: 657-9—Wells, A. Y., & Sherwood, N. P. Selec- tive action of crystal violet and of brilliant green on bacterio- phages. J. Infect. Dis., 1933, 52: 209-13. Also repr. ----- Selective action of dyes and of other disinfectants on bacterio-' phages. J. Infect. Dis., 1934, 55: 195-8—Wolff, L. K., & Janzen, J. W. Action de divers antiseptiques sur le bacteriophage de d'Herelle. C. rend. Soc, biol., 1922, 87: 1087— Wollman, E„ & Wollman, E. Action des acides sur les bacteriophages. Ibid., 1928, 99: 1703.—Zdansky, E. Ueber die Bedeutung der Salze fiir die iibertragbaren Lysine (Bakteriophagen) Wien. klin. Wschr., 1924,37: 141. ---- Effect of physical agents. Arloing, F., Langeron, L., & Sempe. Recherches compara- tives sur Taction de certains agents physiques sur le bacterio- phage; une diastase et le complement. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 260.—Baker, S. L., & Nanavutty, S. H. A quantitative study. of the effect of ultra-violet rays upon the bacteriophage. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1929,10: 45-61, pi.—Basset, J., Wollman, E. [et al.] Etudes sur les effects biologiques des ultra-pressions; action des pressions tres eievees sur les bacteriophages et sur un virus invisible (virus vaccinal) C. rend. Acad, sc, 1933, 196: 1138.— Bronfenbrenner, J. The heat inactivation of bacteriophages. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1932, 29: 802-4.—Brutsaert,.P. Le bacteriophage et le radium. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 90.— Bruynoghe, R., & Mund, W. Les microbes irradi6s et le bacte- riophage. Ibid., 1925, 92: 464.—Chang Kuo Ngen & Wagemans, J. Resistance des bacteriophages a la chaleur. Ibid., 1922, 87: 1253; 1923, 88: 303.—Boerr, R., & Rose, G. Die Thermoresistenz der iibertragbaren Lysine (Bakteriophagen) Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1924, 54: 10-3.—Fisher, R., & McKinley, E. B. The resistance of different concentrations of a bacteriophage to ultra- violet rays. J. Infect. Dis., 1927, 40: 399-403—Gratia, A., & Bath, S. Moisissures et microbes bacteriophages. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 461.—Hallauer, C. Vergleichende Unter- suchungen fiber das Verhalten von Bakterien und iibertrag- barem Lysin im Ultraviolettspektrum. Zschr. Hyg., 1935, 117: 18-25.—Hauduroy, P. Influence du chauffage sur le bacterio- phage de d'Herelle. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 87: 1089—Heiberg, B. Die Thermoresistenz bei jungen und alten Bakterien und jungen und alten Bakteriophagen. Zschr. Hyg., 1932, 114: 425-8.—Herelle, F. d\ & Pozerski, E. Action de la temperature sur le bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 1011-3 — Horsters, H. Ueber den Einfluss niedriger Temperaturen auf die Wirksamkeit und die Zunahme des iibertragbaren Lysins. Zschr. Hyg., 1931, 112: 178-81.—Jasset, J., Wollman, E. [et al.] Etudes sur les effets biologiques des ultra-pressions; action des pressions tres eievees sur les bacteriophages des spores et sur les autolysines. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 200: 1072-4—Kligler, I. J., & Olitzki, L. Studies on protein-free suspensions of viruses; the resistance to heat and disinfectants of protein-free eluates of a bacteriophage and fowl-pox virus. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1931, 12: 393-401.—Krueger, A. P., & Scribner, E. J. Effect of pH on heat inactivation of bacteriophage. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1935-36, 33: 21-3.—Lacassagne, A., & Paulin, A. Destruc- tion du principe bacteriolytique par les rayonnements corpuscu- laires du radon. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93:1502.—Levaditi, C, & Voet, J. Action du rayonnement de la lampe a mercure sur divers bacteriophages. Ibid., 1935, 120: 385-7. ----- Com- portement du bacteriophage et du virus herpetique a regard du rayonnement total de la lampe a mercure. Ibid., 638; 974 — Nanavutty, S. H. The thermal death-rate of the bacteriophage. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1930, 33: 203-14—Necker, Be. De l'in- fluence de la chaleur sur le principe bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922,86: 736.—Olsen, O., & Yasa-i, Y. Das Verhalten des lytischen Agens d'Herelle's bei der Destination und in Durchluftungsversuchen (Untersuchungen iiber Bakteriopha- gen) Zschr. Hyg., 1924, 102: 540-53.—Perets, L. G. [Effect of radium and Roentgen rays on bacteriophage and correlation between bacteria and bacteriophage] Vest, rentg., 1932 11: uo m -PiccXea F . & Yepes, M. Acotaciones al fenomeno ^Herelle la accion de la temperatura sobre el bacteriofago. Rev med lat.amer.,B. Air., 1930-31, 16: 1124-38.-Stewart, A.D., &GW S C. The action of the activatedI sludge .^0^ io-veineux chez les blesses de la guerre actuelle. 81 p. 8? Par., 1917. BAGOT, Pierre, 1894- *La serotherapie intensive dans la prevention et le traitement des paralysies diphteriques. 67p. 8? Par., 1926. BAGOTJ, Marcel, 1892- Contribution a l'etude des ulcerations chancrelleuses des doigts et de la main [Paris] lOlp. 8? Brive, 1920. BAGUETTE, Carl, 1909- '"Untersuchun- gen iiber auffallend umfangreiches Fehlen der Pramolarenkeime in einer Familie [Tubingen] 24p. 8? Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1935. BAGUIROV, Mir. *Recherches experimen- tales sur la receptivite du chien gastroenterosto- mie pour le bacille d'Eberth. 16p. 2pl. 8? Lausanne, 1917. BAHAMAS. Chief Medical Officer (Colonial Secretary's Office) Annual medical and sanitary report. 1918; 1920-21; 1924; 1926- BAHAMAS. Colonial Secretary's Office. An- nual report; Nassau. 1893-1921-22; 1923-24- ---- Report on the census. 1891; 1901; 1911: 1921; 1931. ---- Summary of births, deaths, and mar- riages. 1931. BAHAMAS. Britton, N. L., & Millspatjgh, C. F. The Bahama flora. 695p. 8? N.Y., 1920. BAHAMONDE P., Jorge. *Contribuci6n al estudio clinico de los sindromas anemicos perni- ciosos [Chile] 68p. 2 1. 8? Santiago, Imp. Cervantes, 1925. BAHAROWA, Konstantina. *Des alterations de l'eosinophilie des ganglions lymphatiques poplites a la suite de la resection du nerf scia- tique. 28p. pi. 8? Lausanne, 1916. BAHER, Nosratollah. *La morbidite et la mortalite dans les suites de couches [Geneve] 48p. 8? Par., 1933. BAHIA, Brazil. Secretaria de saude e as- sistencia publica. Relatorio [annual] 1926-28. BAHL 64 BAILEY BAHL, Emil, 1904- *Experimentelle Un- tersuchungen iiber das Knochenwachstum. 24p. 8? Konigsb., R. Gruel, 1927. BAHNSEN, Anne, 1902- *Ein Fall von sporadischer Struma neonati [Kiel] 15p. 8? Flensburg, W. Hoppe [1927] BAHR, Heinrich, 1897- *Ueber Darmin- vagination und Unfall. 23p. 8? Lpz., H. Hon- nicke, 1925. BAHR, Hermann, 1887- *Ueber die Fussgeschwulst, ihre Ursachen, Behandlung und Verhtitung. 50p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1917. BAHR, Philip Henry. See Manson-Bahr, Philip Henry. BAHR, Walther, 1901- *Ueber den Ein- fiuss des Eiweisses auf den respiratorischen Stoffwechsel des Menschen [Leipzig] 48p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. Thiir., A. Oberreuter] 1927. BAHR, Wilhelm, 1909- *Beitrag zur Casuistik der Chirurgie des Ellenbogengelenks, unter Zugrundelegung einiger im Anschar-Kran- kenhaus zu Kiel operierter Falle. 23p. 8? Kiel, 1933. BAHRAMI, Mohamed, 1897- *Die Be- handlung der Cystitis [Berlin] 42p. 8? Char- lottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1931. BAHRENDT, Erich, 1904- *Zur Opera- tion der Kieferzysten. 40p. 8? Freib. i. Br., R. Rebholz [1929] BAHRMANN, Elisabeth, 1905- *Ampul- lenpraparate als Localanaesthetica unter beson- derer Berucksichtigung der Iso-Doppelampulle [Heidelberg] 21 p. 8? Mannheim, 1928. BAHSE, Horst [Arwed Alexander] 1893- *Ueber die sogenannten sekundaren Kieferde- formitaten 8p. 8? [Lpz., 1922] BAHY, Asli Mohamed, 1897- *Die mo- derne Therapie der Bilharzia. 31 p. 8? Berl., 1926. BAIARDI, Pietro, 1862-1922. Lodato, G. Necrologio. Arch, ottalm., 1922, 29: 81-92. BAIER, Hermann, 1902- * Jahresbericht 1923 der Chirurgischen Universitats-Klinik Hei- delberg iiber Erkrankungen und Operationen des Kopfes, Halses und Nackens [Heidelberg] 37p. 8? Heppenheim, G. Otto, 1927. BAIF, Lazarus, -1545. De Latinis et Graecis nominibus arborum [&c] 84p. (10)1. 8? Paris, Rob. Estienne, 1544. Bound with his Be re vestiaria. Paris, 1541. ---- De vasculis. 52p. (2)1. 8? Paris, Rob. Estienne, 1547. Bound with his Be re vestiaria. Paris, 1541, 3.pt. ---- De re vestiaria [2.ed. by Charles Estienne] 68p. (6)1. 8? Paris, Rob. Estienne, 1541. BAIL, Oskar, 1869-1927. Braun, H. Nokrolog. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 719.—Breinl, F. Nekrolog. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 286. Also Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 399. Also Seuchenbekampfung, Wien, 1928, 5:143.—Kraus, R. Nekrolog. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1928, 55: i-iv—Nekrolog. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 105. BAIL, Pierre, 1906- *Un chirurgien uro- logiste du xvie siecle. Pierre Franco. 114p. port. 8pl. 8? Par., 1932. BAILBY, Jean, 1902- *Avenir des trau- matisms cranio-cer6braux. 104p. 8? Par., 1927. BAILEY, Alice A. The next 3 years. 36p. 8? N.Y., Lucis Pub. Co. [1934] ---- Letters on occult meditation. 2.ed. 8p.l. 372p. 8? N.Y., Lucis Pub. Co. [1926] BAILEY, Charles Monroe, 1843-1920. Kremer, F. B. Obituary. Desmos, Phila., 1920, 26: 293, port. BAILEY, E. M. The potency of some commer- cial vitamine preparations as compared with that of dry brewers' yeast. 51 p. 8? New Haven, Conn., 1922. Forms Bull. 240 Connecticut Agr. Exp. Sta. BAILEY, Florence May. A true record of my psychic dreams and visions, viii, 106p. 8? Jacksonville, Fla., Hermetic Pub., 1919. BAILEY, Francis William, 1872-1922. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1922, 2: 67. BAILEY, Frank W. Manual of laboratory in- structions—zoology. [4] 48p. illus. roy.8? Los Ang., Calif. [1935] Mimeo. BAILEY, Frederick Randolph, 1871-1923. A text-book of histology. 6.ed. xviii, 733p. illus. pi. 8? N.Y., W. Wood & Co., 1920. ---- Also 7.ed. Rev. and rewritten by Oliver S. Strong and Adolph Elwyn. xx, 939p. diagr. 1925. ---- Also 8.ed. xvi, 746p. illus. pi. diagrs. Baltimore, 1932. For biography see J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81: 1131. ----& MILLER, Adam Marion. Text-book of embryology. 3.ed. xvi, 655p. illus. 8? N.Y., W. Wood & Co., 1916. ---- Also 4. ed. xvi, 663p. illus. 1921. ---- Also 5.ed. xvi, 687p. 1929. BAILEY, Guy A. See in 3.ser. Smallwood, William Martin, Reveley, Ida L., & Bailey, G. A. New biology. 704p. 8! Bost. [1924] BAILEY, Hamilton, 1894- Demonstra- tions of physical signs in clinical surgery, xv, 217p. 8? Bristol, J. Wright & Sons, 1927.---- Also 2.ed. xviii, 268p. 1930. ---- Also 3.ed. xx, 277p. 1931. ---- Also 4.ed. xx, 287p. illus. 1933. Branchial cyst and other essays on surgical subjects in the facio-cervical region, viii 86p. 2pl. 8? Lond., H. K. Lewis & Co., 1929. ---- Emergency surgery. 2v. xviii, 380p. xvii, 415p. 8? Bristol, J. Wright & Sons, 1930-31. ----& LOVE, R. J. McNeill. A short practice of surgery. 2v. viii, 269illus.; vii, 1005p. [paged consec] 349illus. 8? Lond., H. K. Lewis & Co., 1932. BAILEY, Harold Capron, 1879- See in 3.ser. lobenstine, Ralph Waldo, & Bailey, H. C. Pre- natal care. 211p. roy.8? N.Y., 1926. For biography see Album Am. Gyn. Soc, 1918, 40, port. BAILEY, Harriet. Nursing mental diseases. ix, 175p. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1920. ---- Also 2.ed. xxii, 294p. 1929. BAILEY, Henry Turner. Photography and fine art. 124p. 4? Worcester, Mass., Davis Press, 1918. BAILEY, Jacques, 1905- *Table radiolo- gique pour reduction de fractures des docteurs Marcel Sen6chal et Gerard Leon; ses applications a la recherche et l'extraction des corps Strangers et projectiles. 84p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1934. BAILEY, Joseph Whitman, 1865- The curious story of Dr. Marshall, with a few side lights on Napoleon and other persons of conse- quence, ix, 113p. 6pl. 8? Cambr., Murray Printing Co., 1930. BAILEY, Pearce, 1865-1922. Bana, C. L. Obituary. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1922, U 3 »;~°D*uary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78: 529. Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1922, 56: 38-40. Also Med. Rec, N.Y.. 1922, « :o^9iTPetefson' F' 0bituary. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1922, 55: 259-61, port. BAILEY, Percival, 1892- Intracranial tumors xxiip.475p. illus. pi. diagrs. roy.8? Spnngf., IU., C. C. Thomas, 1933. . See also Cushing, Harvey Williams, & Bailey, P. Tumors mTw28.0m bl00d-vessels of th* brain. 219p. 8? Spring" BAILEY 65 BAILIY ----& CUSHING, Harvey. A classification of the tumors of the glioma group on a histogenetic basis, with a correlated study of prognosis. 3p.l. 175p. 8? Phila., J. B. Lippincott Co., 1926. ---- The same. Die Gewebs-Verschieden- heit der Hirngliome und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Prognose; nach einer Erganzung der ersten englischen Ausgabe durch die Verfasser ins Deutsche iibersetzt von Alfred Cammann. ix, 165p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1930. BAILEY, Reginald Threalfall, 1873-1933. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1933, 1: 952. BAILEY, William Arthur, 1845-1915. [Obituary] Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1918, 69: 33-6, port. BAILHACHE, Preston Heath, 1844-1919. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1919, 73: 1714. BAILIFF, Henry Carroll, 1888-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 80: 1865. BAILLARGE, Jacques Andre, 1908- *Contribution a l'etude des pancardites rhuma- tismales subaigues chez les enfants. Ill p. 8? Par., Marcel Vigne, 1934. BAILLARGEAT, Louis, 1896- Varia- tions associees du rachis. 70p. 8? Par., 1925. BAILLARGER, Jules Gabriel Francois, 1809- 91. Barbe, A. Note sur un manuscrit infedit de Baillarger. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1912, 11: 346-50. BAILLE, Henri, 1892- Contribution a l'etude du traitement endovesical des tumeurs de la vessie par les courants de haute frequence. 72p. 8? Lyon, 1918. BAILLET, Pierre Charles, 1904- ^'ex- ploration physique du foie par la phonendo- scopie. 86p. 8? Par., 1932. BAILLETJL, Jules Marie Charles Pierre, 1887- *De l'emphyseme sous-cutane dans la broncho-pneumonie et dans la pneumonie chez l'enfant. 88p. 8? Lille, 1919. BAILLIART, Paul, 1877- Retinal circu- lation in the normal and pathological state; translated by James Elzar Lebensohn. 220p. 8? Chic, 111., Professional Press Inc., 1928. BAILLIE, James Black. Studies in human nature, xii, 296p. 8? Lond., G. Bell & Sons, 1921. BAILLIE, Matthew, 1761-1823. Peachey, 6. C. [Biography] Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1930, 129: 472-4. BAILLIERE, Albert, 1860-1935. Necrologie. Paris med., 1935, 98: annexe, 421, port. BAILLIERE'S Nurses' Complete Medical Dic- tionary, ed. by H. Clifford Barclay. 3.ed. vii, 248p. 18? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1926. BAILLIS, Jean, 1897- *Les suppurations pelviennes et leur traitement par l'hysterectomie vaginale. 117p. 8? Par., 1929. BAILLIU, Lievin Louis Laurent, 1891- *Contribution a l'etude des abces subaigus du sein. 167p. 8? Lille, 1919. BAILL03UIL, Charles Jules Joseph, 1880- *Contribution a l'etude des savons medicamen- teux. 69p. 8? Lille, C. Robbe, 1914. BAILLON, Louis Marcellin Edmond, 1882- *Sur l'etiologie et le traitement de la cachexie osseuse bovine; observations cliniques [Alfort] 63p 8? Par., 1927. BAILLOT, Paul, 1899- *L'ictere catar- rhal prolonge. 62p. 8? Par., 1928. BAILLOU, Guillaume, 1538-1616. [Biography] Aesculape. Par., 1935, 25: 196, port—Ruhrah. J. [Biography] Am. J. Dis. Child., 1928, 36: 1263-5. BAILLY, Charlotte, 1889- *Le sang menstruel. 24p. 8? Par., 1923. BAILLY, Leon Adolphe, 1880- *Les obliterations des arteres des membres au cours de la diphterie. 81p. 8? Par., 1913. BAILLY, Richard Henri Corneille Marie Joseph, 1888- *Quelques considerations generales sur l'etiologie et la pathogenie des albuminuries; applications au diagnostic et au pronostic; thera- peutique hydrominerale a Saint-Nectaire. 117p. 8? Lille, 1913. BAILOR, Edwin Maurice, 1890- Con- tent and form in tests of intelligence [Columbia Univ.] x, 74p. 8? N.Y, Teachers Coll., 1924. BAIN, Cyril William Curtis. See East, C. F., Terence, & Bain, C. W. C. Recent advances in cardiology. 342p. 8? Lond., 1929. BAIN, Virgile, 1906- *Densit6 sanguine et tension arterielle. 51p. 8? Par., 1933. BAINBRIDGE, Empson Haines, 1877-1924. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 82: 563. BAINBRIDGE, Francis Arthur, 1874-1921. The physiology of muscular exercise, ix, 215p. 8? Lond., Longmans, Green & Co., 1919. ---- Also 2.ed.rev. by G. V. Anrep. viii, 226p. 1923. ----Also 3.ed. Rewritten by A. V. Bock and D. B. Dill, vii, 272p. 1931. For biography see Brit. M.J., 1921, 2: 770. Also Lancet, Lond., 1921, 2: 980. Also Nature, Lond., 1921-22, 108: 344, Also S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1921-22, 29: 45. Also Rep. S. Barth. Hosp., Lond., 1922, 55: 7 port. ----& MENZIES, James Acworth. Essentials of physiology. 3.ed. viii, 484p. 8? Lond., Longmans, Green, and Co., 1919. ---- Also 4.ed. 4p.l. 497p. 1920. ---- Also 5.ed. Edited and revised by C. Lovatt Evans, viii, 508p. 1925.---- Also 7. ed. Edited and revised by H. Hartridge. x, 583 [32]p. 1931. BAINBRIDGE, J. S. Diet for the million, with a chapter on Diet and disease, by S. Henning Belfrage and an introduction by Sir W. Arbuth- not Lane, xiii, 241p. 12? Lond., Williams & Norgate, 1926. BAINBRIDGE, Lucy Seaman, 1842-1928. Helping the helpless in lower New York. 3p.l. 172p. pi. 8? N.Y., F. H. Revell Co. [1917] ---- Jewels from the Orient. 125p. pi. 8? N.Y., F. H. Revell Co. [1920] ---- Yesterdays. 127p. pi. ports. 8? N.Y., F. H. Revell & Co. [1924] For biography see McKinney, A. H. Triumphant Chris- tianity; the life and work of Lucy Seaman Bainbridge. 206p. 8? N.Y. [1932] Also Internat. J.S., 1928, 41: 615. BAINBRIDGE, William Seaman, 1870- The cancer problem. 3p.l. v-xix, 534p. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1914. ---- The same. Le probleme du cancer; traduit de l'anglais par E. Hertoghe. xxiii, 484p. 38pl. 8? Louvain, A. Uystpruyst, 1922. ---- Also 2.ed. franc, xxvi, 479p. 36pl. 1924. ---- The same. II problema del cancro; trad, in riassunto dalle edit, inglese, francese e spagnola a cure dei Giovanni e Arnaldo Pozzi; pref. del Roberto Alessandri. xvi, 365p. 8? Roma, L. Pozzi, 1927. ---- The same. Zagadnienie raka; translated from the English by Stefan Sterling-Okuniewski. vii, 508p. 33pl. 8? [Warsaw, Polish Committee for Fighting Cancer] 1930. ---- The same. El problema del cancer [transl. after 3. English ed. by J. Calic6 and L. G. Tornel] apendice: La terapSutica fisica de las neoplasias malignas; por Vicente Carulla Riera- x, 646p. illus. pi. 8? Barcel., Ed. Cervantes, 1934. 21767—VOL. 2, 4th series----5 BAINBRIDGE 66 BAIXE ---- The same. [The cancer problem] Arabian transl. by Yusuf I. K. Hitti and Shakir K. Nassar. [228]p. 8? Beirut, Lebanon, Ameri- can Press, 1935. ---- Report on medical and surgical devel- opments of the war. 250p. 8? Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1919. ---- Report on the International Congress of Military Medicine and Pharmacy. Wash., 2.-7., 1923-33. For biography see Fasc. script. (Dartigues, L.) Par., 1932, 3: 635-8. BAINES, Allen MacKenzie, 1854-1922. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78: 833. BAINES, Arthur E. Studies in electro-physi- ology (animal and vegetable) xxix, 291p. col.pl. 8? Lond., G. Routledge & Sons, 1918. ---- The origin and problem of life; a psycho- physiological study. 2p.l. vii-xii, 97p. 8? Lond., G. Routledge & Sons, 1921. BAINTON, Joseph Hector, 1876- , & BURSTEIN, Julius. Illustrative electrocardiogra- phy, xvi, 258p. illus. diagrs. obl.8? N.Y., D. Appleton [1935] BAINTON, Joseph Hector, MTJNLY, William Charles [et al.] Criteria for the classification and diagnosis of heart disease, xi, 92p. 8? N.Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1928. BAIRD, Burton Argyle, 1891-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81: 316. BAIRD, James Bozeman, 1849-1924. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 82: 2136. BAIRD, John Wallace, 1869-1919. Hall, S., Sanford, E. C. [et al.] John Wal- lace Baird, In Memoriam. 62p. 8? Worcester, Mass., 1919. [Biography] Pub. Clark Univ. Libr., 1918-22, 6: No.2, 3- 62, port—Obituary. Am. J. Psychol., 1918-19, 30: 120— Titch- ener, E. B. [Obituary] Science, 1919, n.s., 49: 393. BAIRD, Mona. Womanhood. 215p. 12? Lond., Health Promotion, Ltd. [1919] BAIRD, Spencer Fullerton, 1823-87. Merriam, C. H. Baird the naturalist. Sc. Month., N.Y., 1924,18:588-95.—Shufeldt, R. W. Bairdian reminiscences. Med. Life, 1923, 30: 277-82. BAIRO, Pietro Micheli da, 1468-1558. Bertone, C. Di talune norme di chirurgia contenute nei Vieni meco di Pietro da Bairo. Rass. clin. ter., 1934, 33: Boll. 1st. stor. ital. san., 30. BAISCH, B[ernhard] *Bau und Mechanik des normalen Fusses und des Plattfusses [Habilita- tionsschrift; Heidelberg] 38p. 7pl. 8? Stuttg., 1913. BAISCH, Karl, 1869- , DOEDERLEIN, Albert [et al.] Geburtshilfiiche Operationslehre. viii, 385p. Wiesb., J. F. Bergmann, 1917. Forms Erganzbd of Handb. Geburtsh. (Doderlein) Wies- baden, 1917. BAISETTE, Raymond Gaston, 1901- *Aux sources de la medecine; vie et doctrine d'Hippocrate. lOOp. 8? Par., 1931. ---- Hippocrate. 3p.l. 273p. 8? Par., B. Grasset [1931] BAITSELL, George Alfred, 1885- Bio- logical forms. 192 p. 8? New Haven, Yale Univ., 1922. ---- Laboratory directions for general biol- ogy. 63 1. 4? New Haven, Yale Univ., 1922. ---- The evolution of man; a series of lec- tures, x, 202p. 8pl. map. 8? New Haven, • Yale Univ. Press, 1922. ---- Manual of biological forms, xiv, 41 lp. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1923. ---- Also rev. ed. xiv, 41 lp. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1927. BAIXE, G. Manuel d'embryologie. 2p.l. 215p. 8? Par., A. Chahine, 1927. BAIXE, Gabriel Jules Louis, 1891- *L'ambulance No. 1, de la brigade des fusiliers- marins et son fonctionnement. 90p. ch. 8. Bord., 1917. BAIZE, Paul, 1901- *Le traitement des hypotrophies de la premiere enfance. 184p. 8? Par., 1931. BAIZINI, Giuseppe. La blenorragia (Nozioni volgarizzate) 210p. 8? Milano, Milesi & Nicola, 1919. BAJARDI, Daniele, 1845-1923. Bobbio, I. Necrologio. Arch. ital. chir., 1923, 7: 221-7. Also Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1923, 4.ser., 29: 15-7. ——- Commemorazione di Daniele Bajardi (1845-1923) Ibid., 1926, 4 ser., 32: 3-18— Camera, V. Necrologio. Chir. org. movim., 1923, 7: 407-10.—Necrologio. Riforma med., 1923, 39: 336. BAJARDI, Pietro, 1862-1921. Grignolo, F. Commemorazione del Prof. Pietro Bajardi. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1923, 4.ser., 29: 287-99. BAJLA, Eugenic La scienza di Esculapio in Milano; note di storia e curiosita di medicina e d'igiene. 302p. 8? Milano, Gazzetta Sanitaria, 1930. BAJOHR, Karl, 1908- *Heilungsaussich- ten bei Lupus vulgaris nach Excision des Herdes. 26p. 8? Munch., 1932. BAJONSKI, Jan, 1888- *Spontane Ute- rusruptur wahrend der Schwangerschaft [Ber- lin] 43p. 8? Posen, J. Winiewicz, 1916. BAKARDJIEV, Ivan S., 1905- *La leu- cemie myelogene a polynucleaires neutrophiles. 55p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1934. BAKELITE. Blumenthal, F., & Jaffe, K. Ueber Gewerbeekzem durch sogenannten Bakelitlack. Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 1848.— Mauro, G. Ricerche sulla tossicita della bakelite. Rass. med. lavoro indust., 1930, 1: 217-20. BAKER, Albert Rufus, 1858-1911. Coughs, colds, and catarrh; how to avoid. 24p. 8? Cleveland, A. H. Clark Co., 1904. BAKER, Archibald Earle, 1862-1934. [Obituary] South. M.&S., 1934, 96: 500. BAKER, Clara Edith. See Stiles, C. W., & Baker, Clara Edith. Key-catalog of parasites reported for carnivora. 311p. 8! Washington, 1935. BAKER, Edna Dean, 1883- Parenthood and child nurture, xvii, 178p. 8? N.Y., Mac- millan Co., 1922. BAKER, Frank, 1841-1918. Garrison, F. H. Obituary. N. York M.J., 1918, 108: 859.— Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1918, 71: 1428. Also Washington M. Ann., 1919, 18: 49.—Robinson, V. Biographical sketch of. Frank Baker [with bibliography] Med. Life, 1921, 28: 616-25, port.—Swanton, J. R. [Biography] Am. Anthrop., 1919, n.s., 21: 186-8. Alsorepr. BAKER, Frank Collins, 1867- The mol- luscan fauna of the Big Vermilion River, Illinois; with special reference to its modifications as the result of pollution by sewage and manufacturing wastes. 98p. 15pl. 8? Urbana, 111., Univ. 111. Press, 1922. Illinois Biol. Monogr. No.2. BAKER, George Linville, 1879-1908. Obituary. Alumni Reg. Univ. Pennsylvania, 1907, 12: 237* BAKER, Horace Burrington, 1889- Land and freshwater molluscs of the Dutch Leeward Islands. 159p. 8? Ann Arbor, Mich., Univ. Mich., 1924. Forms No.152 Occas. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan. BAKER, Jane Rogers, 1867-1918. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1918, 71: 1596. BAKER, John. Manchester, H. H. John Baker, perhaps the first dentist in America. Dent. Digest, 1925, 31: 460-4. BAKER 67 BAKER BAKER, John Gilbert, 1834-1920. P., B. Obituary. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1920-21, s.B, 92: xxiv-xxx. BAKER, John Randal, 1900- Sex in man and animals; with a preface by Julian S. Huxley. xvi, 175p. 4pl. 8? Lond., G. Routledge & Sons, 1926. ---- Cytological technique, xi, 131p. 16? Lond., Methuen & Co. [1933] BAKER, Joseph. Natural (The) physician's book of remedies containing a patent right for doctoring. 112p. 32? Chillicothe, Ohio, 1931. BAKER, Karle Wilson. Texas flag primer, iv, 124p. 12? Yonkers, N.Y., World Book Co., 1925. BAKER, La Reine Helen [McKenzie] 1882- Race improvement or eugenics; a little book on a great subject. 3p.l. 137p. 16? N.Y., Dodd, Mead & Co., 1912. BAKER, Norman. All 5-year tests met—the only place of the kind in the world. 32p. illus. 8? Muscatine, la., Baker Hospital, 1929. ---- Common sense treatment of tuberculosis of the lungs. 24p. 8? Laredo, Texas, Baker hospital [1935] BAKER, Paul Ernest, 1893- *Negro- white adjustment; an investigation and analysis of methods in the interracial movement in the United States [Columbia Univ.] 267p. 8? N.Y, 1934. BAKER, Sara Josephine, 1873- Healthy babies; a volume devoted to the health of the expectant mother and the care and welfare of the child, xiii, 209p. pi. 16? Minneapolis, Minn., Federal Publ. Co., 1920. ---- Healthy children; a volume devoted to the health of the growing child, xi, 230p. illus. pi. 16? Minneapolis, Minn., Federal Pub. Co., 1920. ---- Healthy mothers, xi, 187p. front. 4pl. 12? Minneapolis, Federal Pub. Co., 1920. ---- Child hygiene, xii, 534p. 8? N.Y, Harper & Bros. [1925] For biography see Survey, 1922-23, 48: 108 (L. D. Wald) BAKER, Thomas Thome. Radiographic tech- nique, xii, 196p. 8? Lond., Constable Co., 1921. ---- The spectroscope, and its uses in general analytical chemistry. 2.ed. x, 208p. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1923. BAKER, V. L. *Rectal analgesia: observations made at S. Joseph's Hospital, Milwaukee. 29p. 4? Milwaukee, Wis., 1933. Typewritten. BAKER, Westwood James, 1849-1905. Obituary. Alumni Reg. Univ. Pennsylvania, 1905-6,10: 142. BAKER, Wilfred E. Watson. . See Bisney, Alfred N. Origin and development of the microscope [&c] 303p. 8? Lond., 1928. BAKER, William Coombs, 1871- , & O'KANE, W. C. A technique for tracing penetra- tion of petroleum oil in insect eggs; some deter- minations of oil penetration into insect eggs. 12p. 8? Durham, N.H., 1934. Forms No.60 Tech. Bull. New Hampshire Agr. Exp. Sta. BAKER, William Franklin, 1876- A syl- labus of diagnosis; being a series of questions based upon a work on clinical medicine by Dr. Clarence Bartlett, and a course of lectures in physical diagnosis by D. E. R. Snader. 107p. 16? Phila., Boericke & Tafel, 1904. BAKER, William Henry, 1845-1915. Biography. Album Am. Gyn. Soc, 1918, 42, port. BAKER, William Morrant, 1839-96. Power, Sir B'A. Eponyms; Baker's cysts, and Baker's tracheotomy tubes. Brit. J. Surg., 1921-22, 9: 200-3. BAKER. See also Dust; Eczema; Flour; Food-handler. [BartayrJis] Rapport de la commission nommee par la Society d'Agriculture, des Sciences et d'Arts d'Agen, sur les perfectionne- ments apportes par M. Chariot aux fours de boulanger. 7p. 4? [Par., 1846] [P. v. 1720] Gran M. M., Tsirlin, D. L. [et al.] [Health and work of bakers] p. 5-158. 8? Moskva, 1929. Forms no. 5 of Profess, pat. gig., 1929. Baag0e, K. [Flour idiosyncrasy causing vasomotor rhinitis and asthma] Ugeskr. laeger, 1933, 95: 513-20—Bering, F., & Teleky, L. Zur Frage des Backerekzems. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 841.—Bonnevie, P. [Idiosyncrasy in bakers] Hospitalsti- dende, 1933, 76: Dansk. derm, selsk. forh., 50-3—Brodfeld, E. Backeruntersuchung. Wien. klin. Rdsch., 1919, 33: 124.— Colmes, A., Guild, B. T., & Rackemann, F. M. Studies in sensi- tization; influence of occupation on sensitization in man as deter- mined in a study of 32 bakers. J. Allergy, 1934-35, 6: 539-46 — Freitag. Backerekzem. Zschr. Gewerbehyg., 1930, 36: 154.— Grenet, H., & Clement, R. Eczema et prurit par anaphylaxie a la farine: desensibilisation. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1923, 3.ser., 47: 814-6.—Haxthausen, H. [Allergic eczema in a baker due to ammonium persulphate] Hospitalstidende, 1931-32, 64: Dansk. derm, selsk. forh., 56-9.—Kenedy, B. Backerekzem und Milchsaure-Ueberempfindlichkeit. Derm. Wschr., 1932, 95: 1402.—Lomholt, S. Bakers' eczema. Hospitalstidende. 1932, 75: Dansk derm, selsk. forh., 63.—Matiegka, J. [Anthropo- metrical characteristics of bakers' apprentices] Anthropologic Praha, 1923, 1: 171-96.—Mauro, V. Des affections aspecifiques ou specifiques tuberculeuses de l'appareil respiratoire des ou- vriers exposes ft l'inhalation des poussieres de farine. Bruxelles m^d., 1935-36, 16: 395—Muhlpfordt, H. Zur Ursache des Ek- zems der Backer. Derm. Wschr., 1925, 80: 708-10— Pal, J. [Allergic dermatitis of bakers] Gyogyaszat, 1933, 73: 97.— Rice, C. C. Bread and pastry bakers of Persia. Good Health, 1935, 70: 176.—Schmidt, P. Allergische Hautproben bei Backer- ekzem. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 1436. Also Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1928, 15G: 247-59. ----- Zur Ursache des Bak- kerekzems. Ibid., 1935, 172: 19-25. Also Derm. Wschr., 1935, 101:1273.—Stern, C. Untersuchung zur Entstehung des Backer- ekzems, zugleich Beitrag zur Frage der Funktionspriifung der Haut. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1927, 153: 286-94. —--- Wie entsteht das Backerekzem? Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1430.—Teleky, L. Untersuchungen iiber das Backerekzem und seine Ursachen; wirtschaftliche und gesundheitliche Wandlun- gen in Miihlenindustrie und Backergewerbe. Arch. Gewerbe- path., 1932, 3: 68-121. ----- Das Backerekzem und die Persulfate. Med. Welt, 1934, 8: 1685.—Tonyan, B. N. [Skin and venereal diseases of bakers and their prophylaxis] Vener. derm., Moskva, 1928, 5: 1399-402.—Vonno, N. C. van. Contri- bution to the knowledge of bakers' eczema (bakers itch) Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1931, 12: 1-22. •-----■ & Struycken, J. Untersuchungen uber die Entstehung des Backerekzems. Derm. Zschr., 1933, 67: 43-82.-----■ Weitere klinische und tierexperimentelle Untersuehungsergebnisse iiber die Ursache der Berufsekzeme bei Backern. Ibid., 337 [Bemerkungen von L. Teleky] 338. ----- & Bonnevie, P. Contribution to the knowledge of bakers' eczema. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1934, 15: 343-64.—White, R. P. Bread bakers' itch. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1924, n.s., 118: 368-72. ----- The eczemas of bread bakers and confectioners; an experimental and clinical study. Brit. J. Derm., 1925, 37:163-71, 2pl—Zitzke, E. Unter- suchungen iiber das Backerekzem und seine Ursachen; Unter- suchungen iiber die Ursache des Backerekzems. Arch. Gewer- bepath., 1932, 3: 122-52. ----- Beitrag zur Frage der aller- gisehen Natur des Backerekzems. Derm. Wschr., 1932, 95: 1009-23. ----- Unsere Eignungspriifungen fiir den Backer- beruf. Ibid., 1933, 96: 915-8. ----- Weitere klinische und tierexperimentelle Untersuehungsergebnisse iiber die Ursache der Berufsekzeme bei Backern. Derm. Zschr., 1933, 67: 209-21. ----- Unsere Erfahrungen iiber den Wert der Biickereignungs- priifungen im Rahmen der Berufsberatung. Derm. Wschr., 1934, 99: 878-84. ■----- Die Ursache des Backerekzems. Deut. med. Wschr., 1934, 60: 642-4. Also J. Indust. Hyg., 1934, 16: 218-22. BAKER Institute. Common sense treatment of appendicitis without operation. 25p. 8? Laredo, Tex. [1934] BAKERY. See also Baker; Baking; Bread; Food, Hygiene. Alexandrovsky, B. [Study of determination of dust in bread- making industry] Profll. med., Kharkov, 1927, 6: no.6, 59-69 — Alves, W. Unwrapped bread and intestinal bacteria. S. Afr. M.J., 1935, 9: 191.—Barnard, H. E. Sanitation in bakeries. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1921, 11: 407-9. ----- The work of the American Bakers Association in the development of a sanitary code for the baking industry. Ibid., 1922, 12: 494-6. ----- The sanitary bakery safeguards the common health. Nation's Health, 1925, 7: 183-5—Bell, E. C. Bakeries. J.R. San. Inst., 1929-30, 50: 318-23.—Bellon, M. P. L'hygiene dans les boulan- BAKERY 68 BAKING P0WDER geries. Ann. hyg., Par., 1936, n.s., 14: 65-83.—Bennett, G. The handling of bread in the outer metropolitan districts. Health Bull., Melb., 1927, no.9, 280.—Bruni, N. Panificazione e panetterie dal punto di vista igienico. Igiene mod., 1922, 15: 97-103.—Castner. Die hygienische Brotbackerei. Zbl. Gewer- behyg., 1928, n.F., 5: 231-3—Fuller, C. H. F. Wrapping of bread. J.R. San. Inst., 1933, 54: 249-51—Gelberg, S., & Mogilev- chik, Z. [Bread and sanitary conditions of its making in Minsk] Bieloruss. med. misl, 1925, 2: 107-21.—Illyine, V. M., & Gurevich, R. Z. [Quality and sanitary conditions in the bread baking in the city of Stalin] Proril. med., Kharkov, 1929, 8: 11-6.—Klaussch. Die Arbeitszeit in Backereien und Kondi- toreien. Arbeiterschutz, 1926, 2: 107-11.—Lemche, J. [Inspec- tion of bakeries; hygienic aim] Nord. hyg. tskr., 1927, 8: 173- 84.—Taylor, A. T. Hygienic wrapping of bread. Med. Off., Lond., 1925, 33: 176; 179—Weisberg, Z. [Conditions of work in mechanical Soviet bakery] Vrach. dielo, 1927, 10: 994-8 — Wibaux, R. L'inspection des boulangeries. Rev. hyg. police san., 1921, 43: 178-84.—Wrapping (The) of bread. Brit. Food J., 1933, 35: 101-4. BAKETEL, Harrie Sheridan, 1872- The treatment of syphilis, x, 21. 167p. pi. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1920. BAKEWELL, Charles Montague, 1867- The story of the American Red Cross in Italy. viii, 2 1. 253p. pi. ports. 8? N.Y., MacmiUan Co., 1920. BAKHUIS Roozeboom, H. W. Die hetero- genen Gleichgewichte. 467p. 8? Brnschw., 1904. BAKING. See also Bakery; Baking powder; Bread; Cooking; Flour; Wheat. Adolph, W. H., & Tsui, Y. F. Effect of steaming compared to baking on the nutritive value of wheat bread. Chin. J. Physiol., 1935, 9: 275-83.—Billups, R. S. Bread making in the modern bakery. Month. Labor Rev., 1923, 17: no.6, 1-12 — Geddes, W. F., Goulden, C. H. [et al.] Variability in experimen- tal baking; the influence of mechanical moulding. Canad. J. Res 1931, 4: 421-49.—Geddes, W. F., Larmour, R. K., & Malloch, J. G.' The influence of mechanical moulding in reducing the variability in loaf volume between laboratories. Ibid., 1936, 14: Sec. C, 63-73.—Gerum, J. Der Substanzverlust beim Brot- backen. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1932, 63: 51-62.— Harris, R. H. The utility of cooked potato in baking bread and its relation to crude protein and baking strength. Canad. J. Res 1932, 6: 54-67. ----- The effect of cooked potato in conjunction with fermentable carbohydrate in breadmaking. Ibid 548-59.—Hartmann, W. Das Verhalten der Alkahbicar- bonate bei Backtemperaturen und die direkte Bestimmung ihrer Kohlensaure. Zschr. Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt., 1920, 39- 301-6—Karacsonyi, I. Die Rolle der Kohlenhydrate und EiweisskSrper beim Altbackenwerden des Brotes. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1928, 56: 479-84—Kestner, O. Back- art und Verdaulichkeit des Brotes (nach Versuchen der Herren John, Kleimenhagen und Sehestedt) Miinch. med. Wschr., 1922 69: 1429.—La Rosa, G. Sui microrganismi del pane e sulla resistenza di alcuni germi patogeni alia temperatura del forno. Ann igiene, 1928, 38: 23-33— Mazzitelli, M. Forni e pane nella legisiazione sanitaria. Studium, Nap., 1934, 24: 117-21. BAKING POWDER. See also Baking; Bread; Cooking; Flour, Calumet Baking Powder Co. Sworn testi- mony of well-known scientists and baking powder experts at hearings; Federal Trade Commission vs. Royal Baking Powder Co. 163p. 8? Chic. [1928] New York. Royal Baking Powder Com- pany. Alum in baking powder; the complete text of the Trial examiner's report upon the facts. 90p. 8? N.Y., 1927. Arpin, M. Notes sur les farines et poudres diverses employees en boulangerie pour le fleurage. Rev. hyg., Par., 1922, 44: 499- 509.—Bertarelli, E. Rilievi e osservazioni intorno all' imbian- chimento delle farine ed intorno ai cosidetti metodi miglioranti delle farine e dei lieviti. Ann. igiene, 1933, 43: 120-38—Bey- thien, A., Hempel, H., & Pannwitz, P. Beitrage zur Unter- suchung und Beurteilung der Backpulver. Zschr. Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt., 1917, 34: 374-90.—Bolm, F. Ueber Backpulver. Ibid., 1918, 35: 416-20.—Gerber, E. Die Triebkraft der Back- pulver. Ibid., 1917, 34: 391-5.—Griinhut, L. Die Verwendung der Mineralstofle bei Backpulvern. Ibid., 1918, 35: 37-47. ----- Gesichtspunkte fiir die Regelung des Verkehrs mit Backpulver. Ibid., 1919, 38: 329-58—Hartmann, W. Zur Beschaflenheit der Backpulver. Ibid., 89—Jjfrgensen, H. Ein Beitrag zur Beleuchtung der hemmenden Wirkung von Oxydationsmitteln auf proteolytische Enzymtatigkeit: iiber die Natur der Einwirkung von Kaliumbromat und analogen S aiuminumsulfate baking powders upor.growthrepro- Mehle unf die MeSen zu ihrem Nachweis. Zschi•Unter. des Carbonates in Backpulvern. Zschr Untersuch Nahrungs- mitt 1918, 36: 101-10.-Schaeffer, G., Fontes, G. [et al ] Re- cherches physiologiques sur les levains mineraux. Bull. Soc. sc hyg aliment., Par., 1928, 16: 1; 49, 4pl —— Dangers de •emploi de certains levains mineraux 6.base, d'a un> dans 1 ah- mentation humaine. Pans med., 1928, 67: 411-5. Also J. Hyg., Cambr., 1928-29, 28:92-9. —- A propos de 1 action phylsiologique des levains mineraux a base d'alun Bui Soc. sc hyg. aliment., Par., 1929, 17: 74-87.-Seehg, F. Einheithche Methode zur Untersuchung saurer Phosphate fur Backpul- verzwecke. Zschr. Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt., 1920, 40: 206.- Shellbach, H., & Bodinus, F. Kohlensaurebestimmung und -bewertung in Backpulvern. Ibid., 1918, 35: 236, 432-TU1- mans, J., & Guttler, A. Untersuchungen uber die Wirkungs- weise von Backpulvern. Ibid., 1923, 45: 102-12.-Tdlmans J & Heublin, O. Ueber Backpulver. Ibid., 1917, 34: 353-74. _____ Ueber Kohlensaurebestimmung und -bewertung in Backpulvern. Ibid., 1918, 35: 257-66.----- & Strohecker, R. Die Backpulveruntersuchung gemass den Ricntlinien. iDid., 1919 37: 377-407— TJmbach, T. Zur Backpulverf rage. Ibid 1918 35: 420-31—Wirthle, F. Ueber Backpulver. Ibid., 47- 58 -Iwolfrum, I., & Pinnow, J. Ueber die Untersuchung und Beurteilung der Phosphat-Backpulver. Ibid., 36: 125M4. - Ein Beitrag zur Beurteilung der Backpulver. Ibid., 1920,40: 247-59. BAKKE, Sigvald Nicolay, 1892- *R0nt- genologiske studier av normal og forandret uterin og tube-peristaltikk, samt hysterosalpingo- grafiens avendelse i klinikken [X-ray studies of normal and altered peristalsis of uterus and tubes with roentgenograms of uterus and tubes used in the clinics] 163p. 12pl. 8? Bergen, J. W. Eide, 1929. , no ---- Utero-salpingography. 109p. 20pl. 8? Bergen, J.'W. Eide, 1927. BARKER, Cornelius, 1863-1933. Wilde, P. A. de [Obituary] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1933, 77: 3915-7. BAKKER, Johannes. *Das Corpus luteum als Sterilitatsursache beim Rind [Leipzig] 8p. 8? [Dresden, O. Feurich] 1921. BAKKER, Klaas [Willems] 1881- *Ueber die Lebensaussichten friihgeborener Kinder mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der spontan friihge- borenen Kinder; nach dem Material der gynako- logischen Abteilung des allgemeinen Kranken- hauses Eppendorf aus den Jahren 1907-12 [Kiel] 35p. 8? Lpz., L. Voss, 1913. BAKKER, Marinus. *De virulentiebepaling van den Diphtheriebacil door enting in de cor- nea. 138p. pi. 8? Leiden, E. Ijdo, 1919. BAKKER, Symon Petrus. *Klinisch-anato- misch onderzoek over atrophia olivo-ponto- cerebellaris [Clinico-anatomical researches on olivo-ponto-cerebellar atrophy] 66p. 12pl. 8? Amst., 1922. BAKKER, Wilhelm, 1891- *Zur Pharma- kologie des Harnstoffs [Kiel] 17p. 8? Borna- Lpz., R. Noske, 1930. BAKR el Koraschy, 1904- ♦Ankylosto- miasis. 58p. 8? Miinch., Schromer & Freytag, 1928. BAKTRUG, Zygmunt, 1904- *La pro- phylaxie et le traitemejit de la teigne en Pologne. 47p. 8? Par., 1931. BAL, J. Waarneming wegens eene Verlossing door de Kunstbewerking der. Schaambeensnede [Observations concerning a delivery by sym- physiotomy] p.365-9. 8? Amst., Ned. Maatsch. Geneesk., 1932. In Opusc sei. Neerl. art. med., 1934,12: Repr. from Genees. Mengel. Genootsch. Arti Salutiferae Amsterdam, 2D. 2St. 1822. BALACHOVSKY 69 BALANOPOSTHITIS BAIACHOVSKY, Serge. *La sedimentation des Erythrocytes au moyen d'une goutte de sang arterio-capillaire; procede pratique et considera- tions theoriques [Geneve] 13p. 8? Lausanne. 1923. BALANCE. See Weights and measures. BALANITIS. See also Balanoposthitis; Circumcision; Geni- tals, Diseases; Penis, Diseases; Veneral diseases, Diagnosis. Scherber, G. Balanitis, p.265-391. 8? Berl., 1927. In Handb. Haut. & Geschlkr., Berl., 1927, 21: Batut, I. Ulceration phagedenique profonde du glandi necrose de l'uretre; paraphimosis, guSrison rapide; infection a streptocoques dores. J. mal. cut. syph., Par., 1909, 20: 606-9.— Beek, C. H. [Balanitis xerotica obliterans] Ned. tschr. ge- neesk., 1935, 79: 5373—Belgodere. Balanite diabetique. Paris med., 1931, 79: 227-33— Callomon, F. Die Behandlung nicht- speziflscher Genitalgeschwure. Fortsch. Ther., 1931, 7: 300-8.— Billingham, F. S. Simple balanitis. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n.s., 8: 386.—Buca, V. Balaniti e balanopostiti da Euforbiacee. Gior. ital. mal. vener., 1906, 41: 373-5.—Faivre. Infection sura- joutee a la faveur de frottements et de defauts hygieniques sur des accidents plutot secondaires que primitifs de la verge. Poi- tou med., 1905, 19: 84.—Ferradouc, I., & Freiss, E. Balanite erosive et lesions chancriformes balanopreputiales, par con- tamination aviaire. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1932, 39: 486.— Follmann, J. Balanitis specifica (luetica) Derm. Wschr., 1934, 99: 1558-62. ----- [Specific balanitis (syphilitic)] Orv. hetil., 1931, 75: 680-2.—Frei, W. Nichtvenerische Krankheiten der Geschlechtsorgane; Balanitis, Phimose und Paraphimose. In Haut & Geschlkr. (Arzt & Zieler) Berl., 1935, 5: 587-626, pi.—Freund, H. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Balanitis erosiva circinata. Derm. Zschr., 1926-27, 49: 406-16.—Frbhlich, V. [Spirochaetae in balanitis] Magy. orv. nagyhet jegyzokve, 1931, 209.—Gerencser, F. Ein weiterer Fall von syphilitischem Primaraffekt, unter dem Bilde einer Balanitis auftretend (Balanitis specifica syphilitica Follmann) Derm. Wschr., 1935, 101: 976-8.—Kislicenko, L. Beitrag zur Therapie der Balanitis erosiva et gangraenosa. Ibid., 1934, 98: 598.—McBonagh, J. E. R. Balanitis erosiva et gangraenosa. West London M.J., 1911, 16: 131—Madden, J. F. The balanitides. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105: 420-7.—Manca-Pastorino, V. Dermatitis blenorragica del glande? Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1935, 76: suppl. no.3, 312-8, pi.— Molteni, P., & Casazza, R. Di una non comune manifestazione a tipo difterico al glande di un bambino. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1931, 45: 309-22.—Nicolas, J., Petouraud, C, & Vial. Balanite a forme necrotique. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1933, 40: 49.—Obrtel, J. [Post-operative balanitis xerotica obliterans] Cesk. derm., 1933, 14: 121-6, pi—Pugh, W. S. Balanitis and diabetes. Med. World, 1934, 52: 502.—Reasoner, M. A. Ul- cerative and gangrenous balanitis. N. York State J.M., 1927, 27: 767-73.—Sachs, O. Vortauschung eines syphilitischen Primaraffektes durch eine nach Orthoformbehandlung einer Rhagade im Sulcus coronarius penis entstandene Nekrose. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1920, 33: 680-2.—Seckendorf, E. Balanitis erosiva arteficialis. Med. Welt, 1934, 8: 654.—Sprafke, H. Balanitis xerotica obliterans Stuhmer. Derm. Zschr., 1930, 59: 27-34, pi.—Stuhmer, A. Balanitis xerotica obliterans (post operationem) und ihre Beziehungen zur Kraurosis glandis et praeputii penis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1928, 156: 613-23. ----- Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Balanitis xerotica obliterans post operationem. Ibid., 1932, 165: 343-51.—Wess- ling, J. Ausgedehntes Ulcus gangrenosum an der Glans penis mit Diphtheriebazillenbefund. Derm. Wschr., 1935, 101: 862-4.—Wurmser & Grimberg. Un cas de balanite erosive a Spirocheta vincenti. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1928, 82. BALANOPOSTHITIS. See also Balanitis; Circumcision; Phimosis; Prepuce. Balzer, F. Balano-posthites et vulvo-vaginites non vene- riennes. Progr. med., Par., 1926, 41: 1855-8. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1927, 34: pt2, 160.—Beresin, I. F. [Case of acute, spon- taneous gangrenous balanoposthitis] Vest, khir., 1932, 26: 197.—Cirillo, G. Alcune considerazioni intorno all' etiopato- genesi e cura delle balanopostiti. Arch. ital. derm, sif., 1926-27, 2: 224-33.—Brenkhahn. Fourth disease. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 319.—French, E. B. Vincent's infection of the skin, with secondary infection of the prepuce; case report. J. Florida M. Ass., 1927-28, 14: 347-9.—Galimberti, A. La balanopostite degli individui a prepuzio lungo o flmotico. Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1913, 39: 50.—Le Pileur. Balanoposthite ou chancre infectant; diagnostic difficile. J. med. Paris, 1907, 2.ser., 19: 192.—Ochsenius, K. Eine besondere Form der Posthitis ju- venilis. Mschr. Kinderh., 1931, 50: 255.—Queyrat & laroche. Contribution a l'etude microbiologique des balano-posthites a forme gangreneuse. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1909, 160-2.— | Valeno, A. Em torno das balano-posthites. Brasil med., 1929, 43: 1550.—Vasile, B. Difterite primitiva del prepuzio. Pedia- tria (Riv.) 1928, 36: 595-601. BALANTIDIOSIS. See also Balantidium; Colitis; Colon, Para- sites; Dysentery, Causes; Intestines, Parasites. Frankenthal, K. *Beitrag zur Lehre von den durch Balantidium coli erzeugten Erkran- kungen. 20p. 8? Kiel, 1914. Alessandrini, P., & Piattelli, A. Contributo alia conoscenza della dissenteria da Balantidium coli. Policlinico, 1926, 33: sez. prat., 469-74.—Ambraziejutg-Steponaitiene, A. [Balantidio- sis coli] Medicina, Kaunas, 1931, 12: 650-62— Bellard, E. P. de. Sobre un nuevo caso de infection con el Balantidium coli. Gac. med. Caracas, 1919, 26: 27.—Bbhme, A. Ueber Balantidienen- teritis. Ther. Gegenwart, 1916, 18: 201-5.—Cincinnati, A., & Benes, G. Balantidiosi umana e balantidiosi suina. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1929, 35: pt2, 17-25—BeBuys, I. R. Balan- tidium coli infection, with report of a case in a child. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1918, 30: 120-8—Bevesa, M. La balantidiosis en Esparia. Arch, med., Madr., 1931, 34: 357-66.—Bircks-Billy, J., & Bonnel, F. Sur un cas de balantidiase. J. med. Bordeaux, 1927, 57: 405.—Bopter. La balantidiase (etude etiologique) Ann. med., Par., 1924, 16: 247-60.—Ford, B. T. Balantidial dysentery; with report of a case. Northwest Med., 1925, 24: 558.—Fox, F. W. Balantidium dysentery in an infant. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1927-28, 21: 153.—Franchini, G. Balantidiosi nell' uomo. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1928, 9: 453-7. Also Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1933, 26: 175-8. -----& Tad- dia, L. Sopra un caso di balantidiosi. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1933, 14: 321-5.—Gabaldon, A. Balantidium coli: quantitative studies in experimental infections and variations in infectious- ness for rats. J. Parasit., Urbana, 1935, 21: 386-92.—Ginsburg, E. M., & Grodnik, G. M. [Balantidiosis in the clinics] Klin. med., Moskva, 1928, 6: 603-8.—Harms, H. Beitrag zur Histo- pathologic der Balantidiencolitis. Virchows Arch., 1932, 284: 422-37—Hechtmann, G. [Case of Balantidium coli] Vrach. gaz., 1925, 29: 570—Jaffe, R. Zur Pathologie der Balantidien- Colitis. Zbl. allg. Path., 1919, 30: 147-52.—Jausion, H., & Be- kester, M. Deux cas de dysentfirie balantidienne a Fes (Maroc) Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1923, 1: 156-8. Also Arch. Inst. Pasteur Afrique Nord, 1923, 3: 156-8.—Kaplanskaya, P. S. [Balantidiosis] Russ. klin., 1925, 4: 570-7.—Kipschidse, W, Zur Frage der pathologischen Bedeutung des Balantidium coll. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1928, 32: 253-5.—Klein, S. A. [Case of balantidiosis in man] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1932, 76: pt4, 5050-7, 2pl.—Kolischi, R. Ein Fall von Balantidiasis coli. Wien, klin. Wschr., 1922, 35: 246.—Korkes, I. Balantidien-Kolitis. Mitt. Ges. inn. Med. Wien, 1922, 21: 147.—Leitman, G. S. [Balantidiosis] J. teor. prakt. med., 1927, 2: 457-62.—Little, J. L. A case of balantidium dysentery in Canada. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1931, 25: 653-7.—Lorenzani, G. Casi di balantidiosi in- testinale. Boll. Soc. med. Parma, 1919, 2.ser., 12: 50.—McEwen, F. J. Balantidium colitis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1923-24, 7: 1289-94.—Maring. Ueber einen Erkrankungsfall an Balan- tidium coli. Med. Kor. Bl. Wiirttemberg, 1923, 93: 107-9.— Biasing, E. Ueber die Bedeutung des Magens fiir die Infektion mit Balantidium coli. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 2380-2.—Melnotte. Un cas de dysenterie balantidienne a Marrakech. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Afrique Nord, 1922, 2: 374-6.—Meskauskas, J. [Balan- tidiosis coli with relation to carcinoma of the rectum and intes- tinal invagination] Medicina, Kaunas, 1934, 15: 560-4.— Moretti, A. Contributo alia conoscenza delle coliti da Balan- tidium coli. Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. prat., 922-5.—Nifio, F. L. A proposito de un nuevo caso de colitis balantidiana en la Republica Argentina. Prensa med. argent., 1925-26, 114-20.— Nisbet, W. O. A case of Balantidium coli infection. South. M.J., 1920, 13: 403-6—Obitz, K. Ueber die Fiitternngsinfek- tion wilder Ratten (Mus decumanus Pall.) mit Balantidium coli-Cysten vom Schweine. Zschr. Parasitenk., 1930-31, 3: 649-53.—Ohi, T. Investigation of balantidium colitis in For- mosa. Taiwan igakkai zasshi, 1923, no.229, 19.—Paroni, G. Contributo clinico alia conoscenza della balantidiosi umana nell' infanzia. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1933, 15: 736-42.—Peluffo, C. A. Parasitismo por Balantidium coli; secundo caso humano autoctono observado en el Uruguay. Arch. urug. med., 1934, 4: 608.—Penso, G. Sulla patogenicita del Balantidium coli. Poli- clinico, 1931,38: sez. prat., 255-61.—Pinto, C. F. Sobre a presenca do Balantidium coli (Malmsten, 1857) em individuos nao apre- sentando phenomenos dysentericos. Brasil med., 1919, 33: 217— Ratcliffe, H. L. Intestinal lesions associated with amebic and balantidial infection in man and lower animals. Am. J. Hyg., 1934, 19: 68-85— Riabov, P. S. [Case of Balantidium coli in the intestinal tract in man] Omsk. med. J., 1929, 4: 176.—Rosen- blath. Ein Fall von Balantidienerkrankung. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt., 1920, 85: Orig., 257-61.—Sangiorgi, G. Balantidiosi e balantidii in Albania. Pathologica, Genova, 1919, 11: 35-7.— Sanmartino, R. La disenteria causada por el Balantidium coli. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1927, 3: 195-222.—Schbppler, H. Ueber einen todlich verlaufenen Fall von Balantidium coli Enteritis. Deut. mil. arztl. Zschr., 1917, 46: 55-7.—Schumaker, E. Relation of Balantidium coli infection to the diet and in- testinal flora of the domestic pig. Am. J. Hyg., 1931, 13: 576- 84.—Shtsurov, K. A. [Balantidium-colitis in chronic intestinal disorders] Russ. klin., 1929, 11: 590-600.—Sidorov, P. Un cas de balantidiose chez I'homme suivi d'une myocardite granulo- BALANTIDIOSIS 70 BALANTIDIUM mateuse. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1935, 12: 711-21—Sinton, J. A. The occurrence of Balantidium coli in the faeces of an Indian. Ind. M. Gaz., 1923, 58: 432.—Souza Campos, E. de. Sur un cas de balantidiose suivie d'autopsie: colite, appendicite et lesions des ganglions lymphatiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 90: 1341-3. ----- Contribuicao para o estudo anatomo- pathologico da dysenteria balantidiana. Sciencia med., Rio, 1924, 2: 331-59—Steen, P. H. Balantidiosis. Ugeskr. laeger, 1921, 83: 662-7.—Talice, R. V., Peluffo, C. A., & Nieto, C. Evolu- tion del primer caso de balantidiosis humana observado en el Uruguay. Arch. urug. med., 1933, 3: 676-80, ch—Timpano, P., & Castorina, G. La balantidiosi nei bambini. Pediatria (Riv.) 1935, 43: 449-53.—TJdarkev, M. A. [Case of balantidiosis] Omsk. med. J., 1928, 3: 32-5.—Vanni, V. Contributo alia cono- scenza della balantidiosi umana. Riforma med., 1931, 47: 123-5.—Vogelsang, E. G., & Talice, R. V. Balantidium coli en el Uruguay. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 271-3 — Weil, M. P., & Bergouignan, P. Sur un cas de dysenterie balan- tidienne autochtone. Paris med., 1919, 31: 76-8.—Young, A. B., & Walker, 0. J. Balantidium coli infection in Oklahoma. J. Am. M. Ass., 1918, 70: 507-8. Also repr.—Ziemann, H. Einige Bemerkungen zur Balantidium-coli-Infektion bei Men- schen und Schimpansen. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1925, 29: Beihft 1, 434-48, pi. Also repr. ---- Treatment. Beliaev, A. [Balantidiosis treated subcutaneously with emetine] Vrach. gaz., 1928, 32: 257-9.—Brandt, W. Ueber Balantidien-Enteritiden und ihre Therapie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1923, 49: 1437.—Brenner. Ueber Balantidien-Enteritis und ihre Behandlung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1919, 66: 587-9.— Corbet, A. S., & Jameson, A. P. The toxicity of phenylarsinic acids for Balantidium coli in cultures, in relation to their chemi- cal constitution. Biochem. J., Lond., 1927, 21: 986-90.—Cordes, W. Zur Therapie der Balantidienkolitis. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1921, 68: 484—Cort, E. C. Infection with Balantidium coli; 12 cases treated with oil of chenopodium. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 99: 1430.—Bavid, N. A., & Leake, C. B. The toxicity and balantidicidal action of dihydrano! in guinea pigs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1930-31, 28: 196-9.—Greene, J. L., & Scully, F. J. Diet in the treatment of Balantidium coli infection. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81: 291-3.—Hermitte, L. C. B., Sen Gupta, S. C, & Biswas, T. N. The therapeutic value of stovarsol ad- ministered by mouth in parasitic infections of the bowel, with special reference to its rapidly curative effect in human balantidi- osis (a contribution from Assam) Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1926-27, 20: 206-12.—Meihuizen, F. H. [Santonin treat- ment in balantidiosis] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1929, 69: 60-2.—Nord, F. [A case of balantidium colitis treated with emetin] Hygiea, Stockh., 1924, 86: 826-9.—Qvarnstrbm, E. [Das Emetin als Mittel gegen Balantidium coli und einige Betrachtungen iiber diesen Parasiten] Fin. lak. sail, handl., 1923, 65: 220-36.—Ridder. Balantidium-Colitis (Beitrag zur Diagnose und Therapie sporadischer Ruhr-Falle) Miinch. med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 268.—Schneider San Roman, C. Como diagnostiqufi y trate dos casos de disenteria por Balantidium coli. Med. ibera, 1931, 15: 8S5-90—Segal, J. Un cas d'entero- colite a balantidium coli traitement par le thymol et le stovarsol; guerison. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1926, 18: 176.—Serra, A. Balantidial dysentery in child; death following rectal adminis- tration of oil of chenopodium. Porto Rico J. Pub. Health, 1931, 6: 443. Also repr.—Sweeney, M. A. A comparative study of the action of certain drugs and chemicals on Balantidium coli, Malmsten, in the guinea pig. Am. J. Hyg., 1929, 9: 544-59 — Yered, B. Algumas consideracoes sobre um caso de balantidiose intestinal e seu tratamento. Brasil med., 1935, 49: 1093. BALANTIDIUM. See also Balantidiosis; Ciliata; Intestines, Parasites. Atchley, F. O. Effects of environmental changes on growth and multiplication in populations of Balantidium. Am. J. Hyg., 1935, 21: 151-66.—Barret, H. B., & Yarbrough, N. A method for the cultivation of Balantidium. Am. J. Trop. M., 1921, 1: 161-4.—Be Leon, W. Balantidium haughwouti, new species, parasitic in the intestinal tract of Ampullaria species; a mor- phological study, with remarks on the relation between the meganucleus and the micronucleus. Philippine J. Sc, 1919, 15: 389-408.—Gauthier, M. Presence d'un infusoire parasite dans l'estomac d'un saumon de fontaine [Balantidium granu- losum] C. rend. Soc. biol., 1920, 83: 1607-9.—Ghosh, E. On a new ciliate, Balantidium blattarum, sp. nov., intestinal parasite in the common cockroach (Blatta americana) Parasitology, Lond., 1922-23, 14: 15; 371. ----- A new species of Balantidi- um from the intestine of the Bengal monkey (Macacus rhesus) J.R. Micr. Soc, 1929, 49: 14.—Hegner, R. Specificity in the ge- nus Balantidium based on size and shape of body and macronu- cleus, with descriptions of 6 new species. Am. J. Hyg., 1934, 19: 38-67. ----- & Holmes, F. O. Observations on a Balan- tidium from a Brazilian monkey, Cebus variegatus, E. Goefrr., with special reference to chromosome-like bodies in the macro- nuclei. Ibid., 1923, 3: 252-63, 2pl—Jirovec, O. Ueber ein neues Balantidium aus dem Darmtraktus von Amblystoma tigrinum, Zschr. Parasitenk., 1930-31, 3: 17-21.—Marques da Cunha, A., & Muniz, J. Cilies du genre Balantidium, parasites des singes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 823-5. ----- Do phenomeno de endomixis em ciliados do genero Balantidium; observacoes sobre o enkystamento desses ciliados e descripcao de uma nova especie parasita do Macacus rhesus. Med. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1930, 23- 189-212, 16pl. ----- ConjugacSo e endomixia em ciliados do genero Balantidium. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1935, 43: 341-3. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 776-8—Nagahana, M. The morphology and cultivation of a balantidium found in the wild rat (Mus norvegicus Erxl.) J. Chosen M. Ass., 1932, 22: 25-7. Also Keijo J.M., 1932, 3: 492-500, 2pl—Nelson, E. C. Observa- tions and experiments on conjugation of the Balantidium from the chimpanzee. Am. J. Hyg., 1934, 20: 106-34, pi—Poisson, R. Sur un infusoire du genre Balantidium, parasite du tube digestif d'Orchestia littorea, Mont. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 84: 333-5.—Popow, P. P. Ueber ein Balantidium des Wild- schweines. Arch. Protistenk., 1928, 64: 96—Rees, C. W. Bal- antidia from pigs and guinea-pigs; their viability, cyst produc- tion, and cultivation. Science, 1927, 66: 89-91— Zeller-Perez, H. V. Les corps tannophiles des Balantidium. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 570. ---- coli. Alexeiev, A. Sur quelques particularites de structure de Balantioides (nom. nov.) coli (Malmsten) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 210.—Andrews, J. Host-specificity in Balantidium coli. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1930, 2: 194-214—Bode, P. Ueber das Balantidium coli hominis (Malmsten) und die bei dieser Art beobachteten Knospungsvorgange. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922-23, 89: Orig., 285-92.—Brug, S. L. Balantidium coli aux Indes neerlandaises orientales. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1919, 12: 639.—Cobet. Demonstration von Balantidium coli. Deut. med. Wschr., 1921, 47: 115.—Baniel, G. E. The respiratory quotient of Balantidium coli. Am. J. Hyg., 1931, 14: 411-20.—Faust, E. C. A method for obtaining a pure culture of Balantidium coli. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 648-50.—Glaser, R. W., & Coria, N. A. The partial purification of Balantidium coli from swine. J. Parasit., Urbana, 1935, 21: 190-3.—Hinkelmann, A. J. Balantidium coli. N. York M.J., 1915, 101: 200-2. Also repr. ----- The culturing of the Balantidium coli. Southwest J.M.&S., 1919, 27: 99-103.— Jameson, A. P. The action of certain drugs and chemicals on Balantidium coli Malm, in cultures. Parasitology, Lond., 1928, 20: 66-76.—Knowles, R., & Bas Gupta, B. M. Some observations on Balantidium coli and Entamoeba histolytica of Macaques. Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 69: 390-2, pi—Komada, K. On the culti- vation of Balantidium coli (Malmsten) J. Chosen M. Ass., 1932, 22: 28.—Little, C.J. H. A note on Balantidium coli. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1931, 56: 298.—McBonald, J. B. On Balan- tidium coli (Malmsten) and Balantidium suis (sp. nov.) with an account of their neuro-motor apparatus. Univ. Calif. Pub., 1922, 20: Zool., 243-300, 2pl— Marques da Cunha, A., & Muniz, J. Sur l'enkystement du Balantidium coli. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 944-6. Also Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1929, no.5, suppl., 26-33.—Nelson, E. C. The feeding reactions of Balan- tidium coli from the chimpanzee and pig. Am. J. Hyg., 1933, 18: 185-201, pi.—Pritze, F. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Balan- tidium coli; das Balantidium des Schweines in seiner Beziehung zum menschlichen Balantidium und sein Verhalten unter natiirlichen und kiinstlichen Bedingungen. Zschr. Parasitenk., 1928-29,1: 345-415— Pudymaitis, O. [Balantidium coli] Medi- cina, Kaunas, 1930, 11: 38.—Schourenkova, A., & Nossina, V. La culture du Balantidium coli Malm, d'origine humaine. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1930, 23: 780-6.—Schumaker, E. Balantidium coli; host specificity and relation to the diet of an experimental host. Am. J. Hyg., 1930, 12: 341-65. ----- The cultivation of Balantidium coli. Ibid., 1931, 13: 281-95.— Tanabe, M., & Komada, K. On the cultivation of Balantidium coli. Keijo J.M., 1932, 3: 385-92. BALASSANIAN, Vahan, 1884- *Klini- scher Beitrag zur Histogenese der Serosa-Adeno- myositis cervicis uteri et recti (rekto-genitale Serosa-Adenomyositis) 39p. 2ch. 8? Miinch.. M. Ernst, 1913. BALAUD, Jean Marie, 1904- *La ra- chianesthesie chez le chat [Alfortl 52n. 8° Par., 1927. BAIAYE, Pierre, 1891- Contribution a l'etude des nevrites ascendantes d'origine trau- matique. 54p. 8? Par., 1922. BALBIANA. See Sarcosporidia. BALCH, Alfred W[illiam] 1873- A sylla- bus of biological chemistry, with laboratory experiments. 581. roy.8? [n.p., 1918] BALCH, Emily Greene, 1867- Our Slavic fellow citizens, xx, 536p. front. 44pl. 8? N.Y., Charities Pub. Comm., 1910 BAICK William, 1858- Development of tactics—World War; transl. by Harry Bell. vi, 295p 8? Fort Leavenworth, Kans., General Service Sch. Press, 1922. BALDAUF 71 BALDWIN BALDAUF, Elisabeth, 1904- *Die Frauen- arbeit in der Landwirtschaft [Kiel] 125p. tab. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1932. BALDE, Jacques, 1906- Contribution a l'etude des rapports entre la maladie de Hodgkin et la tuberculose. 50p. 8? Par., 1932. BALDE, Jakob, 1603- Schelenz, H. Zur Kennzeichnung der Aeskulapjiinger. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1919, 56: 382. BALDEN, Eleonore von, 1902- *Morpho- logische Zusammensetzung des Blutes und Sen- kungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkorperchen bei Basedowscher Krankheit [Berlin] 19p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1930. BALDENWECK, Louis, 1878- Oto-rhino- laryngologie. xii, 199p. 16? Par., N. Maloine, 1926. ---- Also 2.ed. xii, 201p. 1931. BALDING, Daniel Barley, 1831-1923. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1923, 1: 663. Also Middlesex Hosp. J., 1924-24, 24: 3-9. BALDINGER, Ernst Gottfried, 1738-1804. Martin, A. [Biography] Med. Life, 1924, 31: 97-103. BALDINI, Bernardino. Discorso breve in- torno all' utilita delle scienze ed arti [also his Dialogus de praestantia et dignitate iuris civilis et artis medicae. 2.ed.] 2v.ini (8)1. (2)1. 43p. 8? Milano, Giamb. Colonio, 1586-87. ---- In pestilentiam libellus. 61. 8? Medio- lani, Pacificus Pontius, 1577. BALDINO, S. II raddrizzamento dell' imma- gini retiniche nella percezione visiva. 35p. 8? Napoli, G. Giannini [1921] BALDNESS. See Alopecia. BALDWIN, Bird Thomas, 1875-1928. Occu- pational therapy applied to restoration of move- ment, p.l. 67p. 8? Wash., Walter Reed Gen. Hosp. [1919] ---- The physical growth of children from birth to maturity. 41 lp. 8? Iowa City, Univ. Iowa, 1921. Forms no.50 of Univ. Iowa Studies. Studies in child welfare. ----BUSBY, Laura M., & GAESIDE, Helen V. Anatomic growth of children; a study of some bones of the hand, wrist, and lower forearm, by means of roentgenograms. 88p. 2ch. 8? Iowa City, University [1928] BALDWIN, Bird Thomas, & STECHER, Lorle I. Mental growth curve of normal and superior children; studies by means of consecutive intelli- gence examinations. 61p. 8? Iowa City, 1922. ---- The psychology of the pre-school child. vii, 305p. illus. tab. 8? N.Y., D. Appleton & Co., 1925. BALDWIN, D[avid] A. Family pocket homoe- opathist; a concise manual of homoeopathic prac- tice, for families and travelers. 3.ed. 148p. 16? Rochester, N.Y., E. Darrow & Co., 1894. BALDWIN, Edward Robinson, 1864- PETROV, S. A., & GARDNER, Leroy S. Tuber- culosis, bacteriology, pathology, and laboratory diagnosis, with sections on immunology, epi- demiology, prophylaxis, and experimental ther- apy, xvi, 342p. 4pl. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1927. BALDWIN, Francis Marsh, 1885- Prac- tical exercises, human anatomy. 2p.l. 451. illus. 4? Ann Arbor, Mich., Edwards Bros. Inc., 1933. BALDWIN, Helen Rich. Nutrition and health, with 20 suggested lessons for nutrition classes. ix, 79p. 8? N.Y., Borden Co. [1924] BALDWIN, James Fairchild, 1850- Sur- gical papers (1917-23) 48p. 8? Columbus, Ohio [1924] BALDWIN, James Mark, 1861-1934. Develop- ment and evolution, including psychophysical evolution; evolution by orthoplasy, and the theory of genetic modes, xvi, 395p. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1902. ---- Genetic theory of reality; being the out- come of genetic logic as issuing in the aesthetic theory of reality called pancalism, with an ex- tended glossary of terms, xvii, 335p. 8? N.Y., G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1915. For biography see Nature, Lond., 1934, 134: 840. Also Psychol. Bull., 1935, 32:1-3 (J. R. Kantor) Also Psychol. Rev., 1935, 42: 303-6, port. (W. M. Urban) Also Science, 1934, 80: 497 (J. Jarstrow) BALDWIN, James Willis, 1888- *The social studies laboratory; a study of equipment and teaching aids for the social studies [Colum- bia Univ.] 98p. 8? N.Y., 1929. Typewritten. BALDWIN, John Cook, 1887- Pediatrics for nurses, viiip. 31. 261p. 8? N.Y., D. Ap- pleton & Co., 1924. BALDWIN, Joseph. Elementary psychology and education, xviii, 293p. 12? N.Y., D. Appleton & Co., 1887. BALDWIN, Lemuel Grant, 1863-1922. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 80: 199. BALDWIN, Mabel E., 1890- *On a phos- phorus-free amylose from potato starch [Colum- bia Univ.] 23p. 8? N.Y., 1928. BALDWIN, Marian. Canteening overseas 1917-19. 6p.l. 200p. pi. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1920. BALDWIN, Walter Isaac, 1885-1926. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 2110. BALDWIN, William J[ames] 1844- Hot- water heating and fitting; or, warming buildings by hot water. 3.ed. 392p. 2pl. 8? N.Y., En- gineer. Rec, 1891. ---- Steam heating for buildings. 12.ed. xvi, 260p. illus. pi. 8? N.Y., J. Wiley & Sons, 1891. BALDWIN, William Prendergast, 1875-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 80: I860. BALDWINSVILLE, Mass. Hospital Cottages for Children. Annual report. 4.-50., 1886-1932 [42. & 47. report missing.] BALDY, John Montgomery, 1860-1934. Schumann, E. A. [Obituary] Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1936, 60: 339-42. BALDY, Robert, 1897- *Les syndromes de l'artere c6r6brale ant^rieure. 120p. 8? Par., 1927. BALE, John, 1495-1563. Illustrium maioris Britanniae scriptorum, hoc est, Angliae, Cam- briae ac Scotiae, summarium. 12p.l. 2551. 8? [Ipswich, John Overton] August, 1548. BALEARIC ISLANDS. Torry, E. The hospital of the Balearic Islands, Palma de Mallorca. Trained Nurse, 1934, 93: 323-6. BALEN, Gerrit Frederik van. *Bloeddruk- metingen aan beide armen bij thoraxprocessen [Measurement of blood pressure on both arms in chest diseases] [Amsterdam] 68p. roy.8? Arnhem, Mastrigt & Verhoeven, 1928. BALEN Blanken, Gerard Cornelis van, 1852- [Biography] Geneesk. gids, 1935, 13: 335, port. BALESI, Didier, 1884- *D'un traitement nouveau du trachome; sa curabilite par le naphtol camphre" (methode de M. le professeur agr6g6 G. Gerard) 70p. 8? Lille, 1919. BALESI, Julien Charles Jean Baptiste, 1888- *Contribution a l'etude de la valeur s6m6iologique de la phtiriase. 19p. 8? Par., 1920. BALEWSKI 72 BALKE BALEWSKI, Joseph [Leo] 1885- *Ein Fall von Sarkom im Beckenbindegewebe. 29p. 8? Berl., H. Blanke, 1914. BALFOUR, Andrew, 1873-1931. War against tropical disease; being 7 sanitary sermons ad- dressed to all interested in tropical hygiene and administration. 219p. front. 4? Lond., Bail- liere, Tindall & Cox [1920] For biography see Brit. M.J., 1931, 1: 245 (P. H. M. B.) Also Lancet, Lond., 1931, 1: 325-7. Also Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1931, 24: 655-9, port. (C. M. W.) For portrait see collection in library. ---- & SCOTT, Henry Harold. Health prob- lems of the Empire, past, present, and future; ed. by Hugh Gunn. xxi, 413p. front, port. 6pl. 8? Lond., W. Collins & Co., 1924. BALFOUR, Lady Frances Campbell, 1858- Dr. Elsie Inglis. x, 2 1. 264p. ports. 8? N.Y., G. H. Doran Co., 1919. BALFOUR, Sir Isaac Bayley, 1863-1922. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1922, 2: 1150. Also Nature, Lond., 1922, 110: 816. BALFOUR, Margaret Ida, & YOUNG, Ruth. The work of medical women in India; with a foreword by Mary Scharlieb. xiv, 202p. 4pl. map. 8? Lond., H. Milford, 1929. BALGUY, Charles, 1708-67. Williamson, J. [Biography] N. York M.J., 1921,114: 301-3. BALHORN, Friedrich, 1890- *Ueber chi- rurgische Nachkrankheiten der Grippe [Gottin- gen] 22p. 8? Tub., H. Laupp, jr., 1920. Also Beitr. klin. Chir., 1920, 120: BALI. Krause, G. Einiges iiber die Hygiene bei den Baliern. Janus, Leyden, 1919, 24: 101-14. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1919, 2: 1399-405.—lekkerkerker, C. Les recentes decouvertes archeologiques dans Pile de Bali. Rev. anthrop., Par., 1924, 34: 237-53, 51ig.—Maass, A. Etwasiiber balinesische Sternbilder. Erdball, 1927, 1: 217-21.—Wirz, P. Dokumente aus dem vorge- schichtlichen Bali. Ibid., 1926, 1: 90-4. ----- Eine eigenar- tige Salzgewinnung. Umschau, 1926, 30: 620-2. BALINT, Rudolf, 1874-1930. Koranyi, A. von [Obituary] Mschr. ungar. Med., 1929, 3: 101, port. ---- & WEISS, Stefan. Gewebsproliferation und Saurebasengleichgewicht; mit einem Vor- wort von A. Koranyi. 2 1. 209p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Forms v.2 of Path. Klin, in Einzeldarst. (L. Aschofl, H. Elias [et al.]) Berl., 1930. ---- The same. Tissue proliferation and acid base equilibrium; translated by F. Morena and G. C. Pether. ix, 21 lp. 59illus. 8? Lond., Constable & Co., 1932. BALINT Nagy, Istvan, 1893-1931. [Obituary] Orv. hetil., 1931, 75: 1198. BALISSAT, Edouard. *L'actinomycose des os. 27p. 8? Geneve, Payot & cie, 1933. BALK, Norman. Die Medizin der Lappen. 64p. map. 8? . Greifswald, L. Bamberg, 1934. Vol.11, Arb. Deut.-nord. Ges. Gesch. Med. BALKAN frame. See Splint. BALKAN Peninsula. See also names of Balkan countries as Bul- garia; Greece, &c. Castellani, A. Quelques observations sur la malaria et autres maladies tropicales dans la zone balkanique. Arch. med. beiges 1918, 71: 2.sem., 145-67.—Gomoiu, V. El folklore medico en los pafses balcanicos. Siglo med., 1935, 96: 139-45.—Herve, G. Les peuples des Balkans (analyse du livre de M. Eugene Pittard) Rev. anthrop., Par., 1920, 30: 293-9.—PhiUppson, A. Die Volker der Balkanhalbinsel. Kor. Bl. Deut. Ges. Anthrop., 1915, 46: 64.—Salaman, R. N. A phallic design in the Balkans. Man, Lond., 1930, 30: no.33. BALKE, Kurt, 1912- *Ueber das subjec- tive Abgrenzen von Intervallen [Jena] dip. 8. Zeulenroda, B. Sporn, 1935. BALL, Albert Benjamin, 1875- L enfant et son medecin; guide pratique de 1 hygiene et des maladies de l'enfance de 0 a 15 ans. 3.ed. 2p.l. xvii, 413p. 8? Par., A. Maloine & fils, 1922. BALL, Andrew J., 1854-1921. Obituary. Texas J.M., 1921-22, 17: 409. BALL, Benjamin, 1834-93. Semelaigne, R. Eloge de Ball (Benjamin) Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1926, 84: pt2, 5-20. BALL, Charles B. See Gray, William Beall, Ball, C. B., & Bateman, Arthur. Sanitary appliances [&c] 55p. 8? Chic. [1919] BALL, Charles Homer, 1868-1925. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1925, 84: 1764. BALL, Charles Riggs, 1867-1930. Hamilton, A. S. [Obituary] Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1931, 57: 529. BALL, Gordon Harold, 1899- Studies on Paramecium, p.353-433. 8? Berkeley, 1925. Forms no.26, Pub. Zool. Univ. California. BALL, James Barry, 1849-1926. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1926, 2: 715. Also Lancet, Lond., 1926, 2: 766. BALL, James Moores, 1862-1929. Modern ophthalmology; a practical treatise on the anatomy, physiology, and diseases of the eye. 5.ed. 2v. xvi; xvi, 1479p. paged consec. 24pl. 8? Phila., F. A. Davis Co., 1926. ---- Also 6.ed. 2v. xiii, 1513p. 24pl. 1927. ---- The sack-'em-up men; an account of the rise and fall of the modern resurrectionists. xxxi, 216p. 37port. 23pl. 8? Edinb., Oliver & Boyd, 1928. ---- Resurrection days. 32p. 8? Phila., 1933. In Lectures on the hist, of med., 1926-32. Phila., 1933. For biography see Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth., 1929, 34: 509. BALL, Laurence, 1884-1929. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1929, 2: 1091. Also Lancet, Lond., 1929,2: 1170. BALL, Michael Valentine, 1868- Essen- tials of bacteriology; being a concise and sys- tematic introduction to the study of micro- organisms for the use of students and practi- tioners. 3.ed. xvi, 218p. 5pl. 12? Phila., W. B. Saunders, 1897. ---- Also 8.ed. 2p.l. 388p. illus. 8? 1919. BALL, Richard. Astrology improved; in 5 pts [2.enl.ed.] viii (2) 366p. (4)1. 8? Lond., A. Bettesworth, 1723. BALL, Samuel B. Female sexual science and hygiene.; designed especially for girls and women. 154p. 16? Nicklow, W. Va., 1908. BALL, Walter William Rouse, 1851- A short account of the history of mathematics. 5.ed. xxiv, 536p. 8? Lond., Macmillan & Co., 1912. BALL, William Girling, & Evans, Geoffrey. Diseases of the kidney, viii, 424p. 8pl. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1932. BALLA, Alberto. See Caldera, Ciro, & Balla, A. Compendio di medicina [&c] 281p. 8? Biella, 1916. BALLAIRE, Roger, 1900- *Fonctionne- ment de la Maternite* Baudelocque. 172p. 8? Par., 1927. BALLANCE, Sir Charles Alfred, 1856-1936. The Bradshaw lecture on the surgery of the heart. 2p.l. 154p. 8? Lond., Macmillan & Co., 1920. ---- The Thomas Vicary lectures; a glimpse into the history of the surgery of the brain. 2p.l. llOp. 8? Lond., Macmillan & Co., 1922. BALLANCE 73 BALLIN ---- The dawn and epic of neurology and surgery. 40p. 7pl. 8? Glasgow, Jackson, Wylie & Co., 1930. For biography see Brit. M.J., 1936,1:339, port. Also Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 396. ----& GREEN, Charles David. Essays on the surgery of the temporal bone. 2v. xxiv; xii, 612p. paged consec. 125pl. 4? Lond., Mac- millan & Co., 1919. BALLANCE, Herbert Stanley, 1865-1921. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1921, 2: 28. BALLAND, Henri, 1900- *Contribution a l'etude des colites du transverse. 56p. 8? Par., 1925. BALL4NGER, Andre, 1909- *Ophtalmie purulent e du nouveau-ne' et s6rum de Stenan. 64p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1934. BALLANTYNE, Frances M. Air-bladder and lungs; a contribution to the morphology of the air-bladder of fish, p.371-94. illus. 4? Edinb., 1927. Forms no. 16, pt2, v.55: Tr. R. Soc. Edinburgh. BALLANTYNE, John William, 1861-1923. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1923, 1: 213-6. Also Internat. Clin., 1923, 33.ser., 2: 291-7, port.—W., B. P. Obituary. Edinburgh M.J., 1923, n.s., 30: 121-4, port. BALLARD, Charles W. See Rusby, Henry Hurd, Bliss, A. Richard, & Ballard, C. W. The properties and uses of drugs. 823p. 8? Phila., 1930. BALLARD, Ernest Fryer, 1885-1918. Obituary. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1919, 65: 61. BALLARD, Philip Boswood. Mental tests. ix, 235p. illus. 8? Lond., Hodder & Stoughton, 1920. ---- Group tests of intelligence. 252p. 8? Lond., Hodder & Stoughton [1922] BALLARD, Pierre, 1904- *Les injections sclerosantes en rhinologie. 80p. 8? Par., 1931. BALLARIN, Antoine, 1903- *De l'intoxi- cation par l'elixir paregorique. 76p. 2 1. 8? Par., 1931. BALL AS, Max [Julius Wilhelm] 1886- *Ueber das Vorkommen von Hysterie in der Graviditat [Kiel] 30p. 8? Minister i. W., J. Krick, 1913. BALLENGER, Howard Charles, 1886- See Ballenger, W. L. Diseases of the nose, throat, and ear. 1138p. 8? Phila., 1930. BALLENGER, William Lincoln, 1861-1915. Diseases of the nose, throat, and ear, medical and surgical; rev. by Howard Charles Ballenger. 5.ed. ix, 1080p. 32pl. roy.8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1925. ---- Also 6.ed. x, 1138p. 29pl. 1930. BALLER, Georg [Adolf Otto] 1888- *Ueber Hydrocithin. 55p. 9ch. 8? Marburg, J. Hamel, 1917. BALLET, Gilbert, 1853-1916. Beny, G. Necrologie. Encephale, 1916, 2: 209-13—laignel- Lavastine. L'oeuvre psychiatrique et sociale de Gilbert Ballet. Paris med., 1920, 38: annexe, 549. BALLI, R[uggero] & FRASSETTO, F[abio] Ana- tomia radiografica dello scheletro. xii, 21 lp. 16p. 8? Modena, U. Orlandini, 1921. BALLIN, Ernst August, 1899- *Die Ge- schichte der Zahnschmerzbekampfung bis zur Einfiihrung der modernen Mittel. 34p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1932. BALLIN, Herbert [Friedrich] 1900- *Ueber die Verzerrung von Kondensatorentla- dungen durch polarisierbare Gebilde, insbeson- dere durch menschliche Haut. p.816-22. 8? Lpz., E. Lehmann, 1926. Also Arch. ges. Physiol., 1926, 213: BALLIN, Max, 1869-1934. Kagan, S. R. [Obituary] Med. Life, 1934, 41: 612— Murphy, F. T. Obituary. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1934, 52: 557, port. [Obituary] J. Michigan M. Soc, 1934, 33: 211. BALLISTA, Chr. In podagram concertatio. 11 1. 12? Strassburg, 1570. In Pirkheimer, B. Podagrae laus. Strassb., 1570. BALLISTICS. See Projectile. BALLMAIER, Johannes, 1907- *Das Ver- halten der Zahne nach der Luc-Caldwell'schen Kieferhohlenoperation. 33p. 8? Gott., 1931. BALLMANN, Karl August Erich, 1890- *Welche Beziehungen bestehen zwischen den Verbiegungen der Nasenscheidewand, den Nasen- muscheln und dem Siebbein? 53p. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt, 1915. BALLON, Harry, 1901- , SINGER, Jacob Jesse, & GRAHAM, Evarts Ambrose. Bronchiec- tasis. 165p. illus. diagrs. 8? S. Louis, Mo., C. V. Mosby Co., 1932. BALLON, Paul, 1899- Contribution a l'etude du traitement de l'invagination intestinale de la premiere enfance et specialement du nour- risson [Paris] 63p. 8? Angers, 1929. BALLOT, Henri, 1909- *Les accidents proteiniques chez le chien [Alfort] 77p. 8? Saumur, 1933. BALLOTA. Balansard, J. Essais pharmacologiques sur la ballotte fetide. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934,115:1295-7—Ewing, C. O., & Clevenger, J. F. Ballota hirsuta, Benth; an adulterant of horehound (Marrubium vulgare L.) J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1919, 8: 273-5 — Leclerc, H. Note sur l'action antispasmodique de la Ballote fetide (Ballota foetida) Bull. gen. ther., 1918-19, 170: 772-5. Also Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1921, 28: 554-8. BALLOU, Harry Burchard, 1876-1933. La Moure, C. T. [Biography] Proc. Connecticut M. Soc, 1934, 142: 278. BALLUNG reaction [Muller's] See Flocculation test. BALLY, Gustav. *Psychologische Phanomene im Bedeutungswandel [Zurich] 85p. 8? Bern, P. Haupt, 1924. BALLY, Wilhelm, 1904- *Beitrag zur Bakteriologie der Caries und der Pulpa-Krank- heiten. 37p 8? Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1931. BALME, Harold, 1878- China and mod- ern medicine; a study in medical missionary development . . . with preface by Sir Donald MacAlister. 224p. front. 2pl. 2port. 8? Lond., United Counc. Miss. Educ, 1921. BALMELLE, Henri, 1905- Contribution a l'etude des reactions meninges aigues asep- tiques (avec 7 observations inedites) 40p. 8? Par., 1930. BALMER, Willy. Ueber einen Fall von Te- tanie. 38p. 8? Zur., J. H. Meier, 1930. BALNEOGRAPHY. See also Bath; Bathhouse; Bathing beach; Climatotherapy; Health resort; Spring; Thalasso- therapy; Waters, mineral. Bruning, H. Bader- und Kurortlehre fiir das Kindesalter, nebst den zugehorigen, privaten und offentlichen Kinderheimen. 295p. 2maps. 8? Stuttg., 1930. Westkott, H. Bader und Kurorte in ihrer Bedeutung fiir die praktische Medizin. 83p. 8? Munch., 1926. Forms Bd 7 of Klin. Lehrkurse Miinch. med. Wschr. Biem, K. Kurorteliteratur. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 414-6.—Weiss, R. F. Pflanzengeographie und Kurortforschung; ihre Wechselbeziehungen, dargestellt am Beispiel des Harzes. Med. Welt, 1933,7: 446-8. BALNEOGRAPHY 74 BALNEOGRAPHY ---- Aachen, Germany. Bannenberg, A. Die geologischen Verhaitnisse der Aachener Thermen und ihre systematische Stellung. Zschr. wiss. Ba- derk., 1927-28, 2: 107-9.—Bienst, C. Der Einfluss des Aachener Thermalwassers auf die Digestionsorgane. Ibid., 784-9.—Keller P. Die Ionendurchiassigkeit der Haut in Badewassern (Analyse der Aachener Kaiserquelle) Balneologe, 1935, 2: 391-9.— Krause-Wichmann, I. Der Einfluss des Aachener Thermal- wassers auf die Aziditat des Magensaftes bei Untersuchungen mit fraktionierter Ausheberung. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1927-28, 2: 789-94.—Krebs. Die neue stadtische Baderanlage in Aachen einschliesslich Kurhaus und Hotel. Zschr. phys. diat. Ther., 1916, 20: 175-7. ----- Das Landesbad in Aachen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1934, 60: 1607.—lieven. Methodes d'emploi et action physiologique des eaux d'Aix-la-Chapelle. Ann. med. phys., Anvers, 1930, 23: 149-55.—Rey, H. van. Die Aachener Thermen; unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der neueren Forschungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1930, 26: 462. ---- Aachen-Burtscheid, Germany. Brussov, A., Reinartz, F., & Schloemer, A. Ueber die Bak- terientatigkeit in den Thermen von Aachen und Aachen-Burt- scheid. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1933, 66: 446-53.— Gehlen, H. Blutkorperchensenkungsreaktion im Verlaufe der Aachen-Burtscheider Badekur. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1927-28, 2: 519-30.—Schlomer, A. Ueber die Tatigkeit nicht pathogener, mineralische Stoffe speichernder Bakterien im Thermalwasser zu Bad Aachen und Aachen-Burtscheid. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1933, 65: 470-6. ---- Abano, Italy. Tarugi, B. La dermografia determinata del fango termo minerale di Abano. Atti Congr. naz. idr. dim. (1906) 1907, 433-7. ---- Acquarossa, Switzerland. Casella. Acquarossa (Tessin) Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 130.—Roth, K. Einige Besonderheiten des Tessiner Niede- rungsklimas vom Gesichtspunkte des in seinen Kurorten Erho- lung und Qenesung Suchenden. Praxis, Bern, 1932, 21: Beil., 4. ---- Acquasanta, Italy. Maurizi, M. Le terme di Acquasanta. 38p. 8? Ascoli, 1921. ---- Acqui, Italy. Benignetti, B. Di un germe termofilo isolato dai fanghi d'Acqui. Idr. clim., 1905, 16: 58-64.—Bich, A. L'azione dei fango termale di Acqui sulla riserva alcalina. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1930, 2: 261.-7— Brandt, J. E. The treatment by mud baths at Acqui. Treatment, Lond., 1899-1900, 3: 410-2.—Wil- son, J. The fango baths of Acqui. Brit. J. Phys. M., 1931. 6: 191-3. ---- Aix-les-Bains (Savoie, France) Francon, A. Notice sur le traitement thermal d'Aix-les-Bains: technique, indications et contre- indications generates. 19p. 12? Par., 1897. Laurent, P. Contribution a l'etude de l'ori- gine et des alterations des eaux thermales d'Aix- les-Bains. 192p. 8? Par., 1932. Netter, W. J. Contribution a l'etude des eaux minerales d'Aix-les-Bains [Strasb.] I3lp. 8? Par., 1933. Buvernay, I. Historique des bains d'Aix. Gaz. mgd. France, 1929, 3: suppl. litt., num. spec, 13-6.—Forestier, J. Quelques points de la therapeutique thermale a Aix-les-Bains. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1927, 7: 338-43.—Genty, M. Les Napoleonides aux Eaux d'Aix-en-Savoie. Progr. med., Par., 1926, 41: suppl. illust., 83-8.—lepape, A., Moret, I., & Schnei- der, G. La mineralisation des eaux thermales d'Aix-les-Bains (Savoie) et sa signification geologique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 198: 1706—Schneider, G. Sur les fuites d'eau thermale de la source soufre a Aix-les-Bains. Ibid., 1935, 200: 1336-8. Also Presse therm, clim., 1935, 76: 797. ----- Variations de debit des sources thermales d'Aix-les-Bains. C. rend. Acad, sc 1935 200: 848-50. Also Presse therm, clim., 1935, 76: 769. ------ Conclusions tirees de mesures precises du debit des sources thermales d'Aix-les-Bains. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 199: 80-2. —--- & Moret, I. Une hypothese nouvelle sur l'origine des sources thermo-minerales d'Aix-les-Bains (Savoie) Ibid., 1933 197: 1734-6. Also Presse therm, clim., 1934, 75: 543.—Sher'wood- Bunn, B. Aix-les-Bains; ancient and modern. N. -York M J 1923, 118: 118-21—Wainwright, I. Aix-les-Bains as a health resort. Practitioner, Lond., 1929, 122: 328-31. ---- Algeria. Achard, C. Note sur les stations hydro-minerales d'Algerie Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1934, 3.ser., 112: 840-3. Also Presse therm, clim., 1935, 76: 77. Altkirch, France. Messerlin, A. E. *La source sulfureuse Juvo a Altkirch (Ht-Rhin) etude clinique et physico- chimique; indications therapeutiques. llOp. 8? Strasb., 1932. ---- Amelie-les-Bains (Pyrenees-Or., France) Gournet, P. I. Amelie-les-Bains. Gaz. med. France, 1929, 3: num. spec 69; 1931, 5: 460. ---- Anape, U. S. S, R. Neviadomsky, M. M. [Sea-resort of Anapa on the Black Sea] Vrach. gaz., 1926, 30: 563-9. ---- Antsirabe, Madagascar. Boucher, H. Les eaux mfidecinales de Madagascar. Arch. M. Hydr., Lond., 1932, 10: 66-8.—Fontoynont, M. Antsirabe, station thermale et climatique. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1933,26: 751-5. ---- Araxas, Brazil, See Balneography, Minasgeraes, Brazil. — Argentina. Herrero Bucloux, E. Aguas minerales argentinas. Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: 1081-6.—Lozano, N., Zanalda, B. M„ & Gaibrois, R. A. Contribution al estudio de dos nuevas fuenfes de aguas termo-minerales argentinas. Actas Congr. nac. med., Rosario, 1934, 5: pt4, 316-21. ---- Arrowhead Springs, Calif. Kriebel, F. L. The Arrowhead book, setting forth in picture and story some of the charm and beauty of Arrowhead, the comforts of the hotel, mountain scenes, sports, and the health-giving properties of the wonderful Hot Springs. 21 1. fol. Arrowhead Springs, Calif. [1915] ---- Austria. See also Balneography, Europe; also names of Austrian bathing places as subdivisions under Balneography. Austria. Volksgesundheitsamt. Oester- reichisches Baderbuch; offizielles Handbuch der Mineralquellen, Kurorte und Kuranstalten Oes- terreichs. 329p. 4? Wien, 1928. Kenett, J. Der Bodenaufbau Oesterreichs, seine Warm- quellen und Mineralwasser. Wien. med. Wschr., 1934, 84: 789-96.—Mader, I. Die Bader und Heilquellen im Hochetsch. Zschr. Biol., 1926, 86: 395; 407. Also Etschland. Aerztebl., 1928, 7: 239. ---- Ax-les-Thermes, France. Gomma, F. Le traitement des rhumatismes a Ax-les- Thermes (Ariege) Marseille med., 1929, 66: 631-7. ---- Bad Aibling, Germany. Neumaier, O., & Echtle, E. Neuere Feststellungen uber die Wirkungsweise der Aiblinger Moorbadekur. Balneologe, 1934, 1: 305; 1935,2: 507. ---- Bad Brambach, Germany. Friedlander, C. Die Erfahrungen der Radiumemanations- therapie im Radmmbad Brambach. Zschr. wiss. Baderk 1926-27,1-3: 220-5.—Radium-Mineral-Bad Brambach. Starkste Radium-Mmeral-Quelle der Welt. Med. Welt, 1934 8: Ause xix. ' " ---- Bad Diirkheim, Germany. Kaufmann, S. Bad Diirkheim und seine Heilmittel. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1931, 41: 163-7. ---- Bad Eilsen, Germany. 19283a2y5Wa2163* Ferientage in Bad Eilsen- Zschr..arztl. Fortbild., ---- Bad Elster, Germany. wirvj^ A; ■ U^ber di,e Verschiedenheit in der Stoffwechsel- a/tIhu£gderfnschenund gealterten Stahlquellevon Bad Elster. Med. Kim. Berl., 1927,23: 94. -----Gleichmann, F., & Taska- fcowa, T. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss von Trmkkuren mit dem eisenhaltigen Mineralwasser der Montzquelle in Bad Elster auf den Stoffwechsel unter beson- derer Berucksichtigung des Verhaltens des Harnquotienten C:N. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1927, 54: 87-113; 55: 303-25 BALNEOGRAPHY 75 BALNEOGRAPHY ---- Bad Ems, Germany. Bickel, A. Ueber den Einfluss der peroralen Gabe von Emser Kranchen auf die Lage des Harnquotienten C:N beim Kaninchen. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1927-28, 2: 605-11. ---- Baden, Switzerland. Markwalder, E. Ueber die notwendige Kurdauer in Baden. Schwete. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 123.—Markwalder, J. Zur Kenntnis der Thermen von Baden (Schweiz) Ibid., 1924, 54: 397-9.—Schiitz, J. Ueber Badener Schlamm und seine thera- peutische Verwendung. Wien. med. Wschr., 1922, 72: 561-3.— Wydler, W. Zur Kenntnis des Schlammes der Badener Ther- malquellen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 714-6. ---- Baden-Baden, Germany. Rossler, 0. Die Entwicklung der Trinkkur in Baden- Baden. Aerztl. Mitt. Baden, 1906, 60: 27; 40. ----- Die Entwicklung der Schlamm- und Inhalationskuren in Baden- Baden. Verh. Ges. deut. Naturforsch. (19in 1912, 83: 2.Teil, 2.Halfte, 133-6.—Schreiber. Baden-Baden. Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 433-5. ---- Baden bei Wien. Krtiger, S. Des Kurortes Baden Vergangenheit, Gegenwart und Zukunft. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 478-85—Raab, E. Ueber Trinkkuren mit Badener Schwefelwasser. Ibid., 514. -----& Rosenbaum, W. Ueber die Wirkung des Badener Thermalwassers auf die Darmfunktion Gesunder; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Ibid., 515-9. ---- Bad Gastein, Austria. Gager, C. Bad Gastein; nach den neuesten Hilfsquellen bearbeitet. 3.Aufl. 143p. 12? Berl., 1903. Prcell, G. Gastein station thermale and climatique d'ete\ 3.6d. 68p. 24? Salzb., 1875. Wassing, A. Die indifferente Therme Bad Gasteins radioaktiv. 38p. 8? Wien, 1905. Gerke, O. Die Heilfaktoren Bad Gasteins. Fortsch. Med., 1913, 31: 617-27. ----- Ionenstudien in Badgastein. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1932, 45: 553-9. ----- Badgastein und Hof- gastein in ihrer Sonderstellung unter den Weltkurorten. Wien. med. Wschr., 1934, 84: 556-8. —---- Trinkkuren mit Gastei- ner Heiltafelwasser. Ibid., 1935, 85: 442-4.—loebel, R. Neuere Ansichten iiber die Wirkungsweise und die Anzeigen des Gas- teiner Thermalwassers. Ibid., 039-41.—Maliwa, E. Die Wir- kungsweise und Indikationen der Gasteiner Kur. Ibid., 1928, 78: 1482-5.—Schneyer. Biologische Untersuchungen iiber die Einwirkung des Badgasteiner Thermalwassers auf die inner- sekretorischen Driisen. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1927-28,2: 424-7.— Than, C. von. Physikahsche Untersuchung der Gasteiner Thermen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1903, 16: 941—Zirm, E. Soil und kann man die Wirkung der Gasteiner Bader verstarken? Wien. med. Wschr., 1933. 83: 284-6. ---- Bad Gurnigel, Switzerland. Lauterburg-Bonjour, M. Bad Gurnigel. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 125. ---- Bad Hall, Austria. Fellenberg, T. von. Joduntersuchungen in Bad Hall in Ober- osterreich. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 224: 176-92.—Spitzmuller, W. Wie wirken die Mineralwasser in Bad Hall bei Skrofulose und chirurgischer Tuberkulose? Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 821. ----- Ueber Wirkung und Anwendung der Jodquellen von Bad Hall in Oesterreich. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1927-28, 2: 413-24. ---- Bad Homburg, Germany. Fischer, K. Bad Homburg vor der Hbhe. Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61:1078.—Noorden, von. Ueber Indikationen und Wirkungen des Homburger Tonschlammes. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1913, 60: 296-9—Steinhausser, H. Das Klima als Heil- faktor, nachgewiesen an Untersuchungen in Bad Homburg. Balneologe, 1935, 2: 244-50. ---- Bad Ischl, Austria. Hbchsmann, A. Bad Ischls Kurmittel und Indikationen unter besonderer Bezugnahme auf das neue Kurmittelhaus. Wien. med. Wschr., 1931, 81: 1065-7.—Marburg, O. Bad Ischl. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 704. ---- Bad Kissingen, Germany. Rosenthal, J. Ueber die Wechselwirkung von Erkrankungen des Zirkulationsapparates und des Digestionstraktus und deren Behandlung mit den Kurmitteln Kissingens. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1927, 37: 282-4.—Salzmann. Untersuchungen fiber die katalyti- schen Eigenschaften (Aktivitat) des Kissinger Bademoores. Munch, med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 664. ---- Bad Kreuznach, Germany. Aschoff, K. Ueber den Jodgehalt der Kreuznacher Gradier luft. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1930-31, 5: 10-5.—Engelmann, W. Bad Kreuznach; vom Jod-Brom-Bad zum Heilbad. Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 1320-3.—Ley, R. Untersuchungen iiber die Oberflachenspannung der Kreuznacher Mutterlauge. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1925-26, 31: 63-5.—Wagner, W. Woher stammt die Sole der Nahetalbader Kreuznach und Miinster am Stein? Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1926-27. 1: 647-59. ---- Bad Landeck, Germany. Herrmann, P. Indikationsstellung fiir Bad Landeck. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1927-28, 2: 704-17.—lachmann. Die Landecker Quellen im Lichte neuester balneologischer For- schungen. Ibid., 611-8.—Nothmann, M., & lachmann, S. Die Wirkung der Landecker Badekur bei Nieren- und Blutdruck- kranken. Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 1183-5. ---- Bad Lauchstadt, Germany. Harrassowitz, H. Der Lauchstadter Mineralbrunnen in seiner geochemischen Stellung. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 1517.— Hirsch, F. Uebt der Lauchstadter Brunnen einen Einfluss auf die Ausscheidung der Harnsaure aus? Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1927-28, 2: 799.—Kroner, J. Zur Wirkung des Lauchstadter Brunnens. Munch, med. Wschr., 1933, Jubil., Teil 1, 40-2. ---- Bad Liebenstein, Germany. Schmid-Curtius, C. Heilklimatisches und Quellentech- nisches vom Bad Liebenstein (Thiiringen) Zschr. wiss. Ba- derk., 1928-29, 3: 333-45. ---- Bad Mergentheim, Germany. Bonnger, A. Welche Kranke kommen nach Bad Mergen- theim? Aerztl. Rdsch., 1926, 36: 129-32—Karlsquelle (The) of Mergentheim, Germany. Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 129: 529-32 — Schmitz, K. L. Zur arztlichen Verordnung einer Mergen- theimer Kur. Fortsch. Ther., 1926, 2: 735-40—Werner, F. F, Neuere Forschungsergebnisse fiber die alkalisch-salinischen Bitterquellen Mergentheims. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1932, 43: 59. ---- Bad Nauheim, Germany. Bad-Nauheim. Association op Bad-Nau- heim Physicians. Bad-Nauheim, the cure and the diseases to which it is applicable. 54p. 8? Bad-Nauheim [1925 (?)] Bad-Nauheim. Kurhospital der Stadt. Jahresbericht iiber das . . . im Sommer 1897. 15p. 12? Bad-Nauheim, 1898. Bandler, S. W. The Nauheim bath in gynecology. Post- Graduate, 1906, 21: 843-55.—Denham, E. The health resort of Nauheim. Med. J.&Rec, 1926, 123: 127-9—Franze, P. C. The physiological action of the Nauheim bathing wells, and the indi- cations for their use, chiefly in circulatory disorders. Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1903-4, 73-83.—Haeberlin, C. Ueber Wirkungen von Heilbadern mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Bad Nauheimer Quellen. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1926, 36: 144-6.— Martin, A. Der Salzmeister Joseph Todesco und seine Familie. Arch. Gesch. Math. Naturwiss., 1928-29, 11: 111-22.----- Aus Bad-Nauheims Vergangenheit. Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 513. ----- Zum 100. Geburtstage des Bades Nauheim. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 1043-5—O'Farrell, P. T. Car- diological research at Bad-Nauheim. Irish J.M. Sc, 1933, ser.6, 94: 579-86.—Schott, A. Der Einfluss natiirlicher Bad Nau- heimer Sprudel- und Sprudelstrombader auf die subcutane Kohlensaure- und Sauerstoflspannung. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1927, 34: 41-56.—Shillito, I. Nauheim treatment and carbon dioxide foam baths. Lancet, Lond., 1930, 1: 1401. ---- Bad Neuenahr, Germany. Muller, W. Ueber eine Erhohung der Harnsaureausschei- dung im Schweisse bei Packungen mit Eifelfango-Neuenahr. Deut. med. Presse, 1911, 15: 149.—Reicher, K. Zur Behandlung innerer Erkrankungen mit Eifel-Fango-Neuenahr. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1925, 30: 144-53.—Winckler, A. Ueber Neuenahrer Sprudel als Tafelwasser; ein Beitrag zur Kalkfrage. Reichs Med. Anz., 1916,41: 59-61 ---- Bad Oeynhausen, Germany. Bomstein, A. Das balneologische Forschungsinstitut in Oeynhausen. Zschr. ges. Krankenhauswes., 1930, 454-6.—Roth, E. Oeynhausen zum 70. Geburtstag am 30. Juni 1915. Aerztl, Rdsch., 1915, 25: 217-20. Also Zschr. phys. diat. Ther., 1915, 19: 217-22.—Siebert, W. Ueber Calciumquellen, besonders den Wittekindsbrunnen in Bad Oeynhausen. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1926-27, 1: 541-7. ---- Bad Pyrmont, Germany. Benham, E. The mineral springs of Pyrmont. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 124: 646-9.—Heubner, W. Ueber den lichtempflnd- lichen Katalysator in den Pyrmonter Stahlquellen. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1926-27, 1-2: 74-81—Nuyens, B. W. T. [A fugi- tive sheet of the 16th century advertising the Pyrmont baths] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: ptl, 2190-5—Wehefritz, E., & BALNEOGRAPHY 76 BALNEOGRAPHY Gierhake, E. Untersuchungen iiber das Pyrmonter Moor (ein Beitrag zur Frage der Moorbadwirkung) Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1933, 154: 384-9. ---- Bad Reichenhall, Germany. Grimm. Die Indikationen von Bad Reichenhall. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1926, 36: 103-7.—Lewy, W. Die klimatischen Verhalt- nisse des Kurortes Reichenhall und seine Indikationen. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1926-27, 1: 483-9.—Zur Erofmung des staatlich- stadtlichen Kurmittelhauses. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 1081-3. ---- Bad Reinerz, Germany. Goetsch, W. Der Kohlensauregehalt der Mineralsprudel- bader von Bad Reinerz, seine Permanenz wahrend des Badens im Vergleich zum Kohlensauregehalt der Quellen. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1928-29, 3: 320-3. ---- Bad Salzschlirf, Germany. Bickel, A. Ueber den Einfluss der peroralen Gabe von Salz- schlirfer Bonifaciusbrunnen auf die Lage des Harnquotienten C:N beim Kaninchen. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1927-28, 2: 514-9. ---- Bad Schwalbach, Germany. Pfeifer, W. Bad Schwalbach und seine Heilmittel. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1932, 43: 71-80.—Guthmann, H. Aufbau und Ziele der balneologischen Abteilung und Moorbade-Forschungs- stelle Bad Schwalbach der Universitatsfrauenklinik Frankfurt a. Main. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 88: 650-7. ---- Bad Tblz, Germany. Probst, O. Ergebnisse der Jodquellenbehandlung in Bad Tolz in Beziehung zum JodstofTwechsel des Organismus. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 803. ---- Bad Villach, Austria. Strouhal, H. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Klimas von Kuror- ten und Wintersportplatzen in Oesterreich; die Ergebnisse der biologischen Untersuchungen an den Thermen von Warmbad Villach. Mitt. Volksgesundhamt., Wien, 1933, 95: 108. ---- Bad Wiessee, Germany. Schlagintweit, E. Die Bader Tolz und Wiessee. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 532-5.—Souci, S. W. Die percutane Auf- nahme von Jod bei natiirlichen Jod-Schwefel-Badern; Beitrag zur Frage der Wirkung von Mineralwasser aus Heilquellen in Bad Wiessee. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1933, 44: 216-21. ---- Bad Wildungen, Germany. • Keppel, C. Der Einfluss von Wildunger und Fachinger Brunnen auf das Saure-Basengleichgewicht im Ham. Arch. Verdauungskr., 1931, 50: 82-9. ---- Bagneres-de-Bigorre, France. CastagnS, R. Radioactivity des eaux de Bagneres-de-Bigorre. Afln. Inst, hydr., Par., 1928, 6: 1-9; ch.—Courbin. Caractere carbogazeux de certains bains de Bagneres-de-Bigorre. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1922, 43: 350.—Gandy, P. Le traitement des rhumatismes a Bagneres-de-Bigorre (Haute-Pyrenees) Mar- seille med., 1929, 66: 638. ---- Bagneres-de-Luchon, France. Maleplate, L. *Luchon, station climatique; traitement des troubles de la nutrition et de certains episodes bradytrophiques. 108p. 8? Par., 1909. lepape, A. Analyse radioactive des sources thermales de Bagneres-de-Luchon; source tres riche en emanation du radium. Presse therm, clim., 1921, 62: 53—Molinery, R. Le passe de nos stations thermales; le maiechal de Richelieu a Luchon. Gaz. med. France, 1929, 3: suppl. litt., num. spec, 22.—Pelon, H. Le traitement des rhumatismes a Luchon (Haute-Garonne) Marseille med., 1929, 66: 670-4— Salles, P. Bagneres-de- Luchon (Haute-Garonne) ses eaux minerales; indications et contre-indications. Rev. med. fr., 1926, 7: 263-7.—Sendrail, M., Molinfiry & Aversenq, J. Recherches sur les modifications humorales observees au radio-vaporarium sulfure de Luchon. Presse therm, clim., 1935, 76: 519-23. ----- Les variations du syndrome humoral au radio-vaporarium sulfure de Luchon. Ibid., 1934, 75: 705-7. —--- Bagni della Porretta, Italy. Corsini, A. Ulteriori ricerche su la cosi detta albumina delle acque delle Terme di Porretta. Idr. clim., 1921, 32: 208- 14.—lotti, C. Le principali indicazioni per le cure a Bagni della Porretta. Ibid., 1922, 33: 260-76. ---- Bagni di Lucca, Italy. Benvenuti, G. Del sale delle acque termali di Lucca. Riv. idroclim., 1932, 43: 303—Betti, M., & Bonino, G. B. Sulla radio- attivita dei fanghi delle sorgenti termali di Bagni di Lucca. Arch, biol., Genova, 1924, 1: 88-102.—Rebizzi, R. Le cure termali dei Bagni di Lucca. Riv. idroclim., 1931, 42: 3-11. ----- Del sale delle acque termali di Lucca; trattato di Giu- seppe Benvenuti, dottore di medicina in Lucca, anno 1758; com- mento per il Dott. Roberto Rebizzi. Ibid., 1932, 43: 303. ---- Bagni di San Giuliano, Italy. Nistri, G. San Giuliano; le sue acque ter- mali e i suoi dintorni. 720p. 8? Pisa, 1875. ---- Bagno di Romagna, Italy. Bussi, A. Le acque termali di S. Agnese in Bagno di Ro- magna ed il loro meccanismo di azione. Riv. idroclim. 1926, 37: 2; 29; 57; 133; 207. ---- Bagnoles-de-l'Orne, France. Barot, M. *Action des eaux de Bagnoles-de- l'Orne sur le svmpathique et les glandes endo- crines. 98p. 8? Par., 1931. Chapron, P. La cure de Bagnoles-de-1'Orone. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1927, 7: 333-7.—Hugel. Les indications de la cure de Bagnoles-de-l'Orne. J. med. Paris, 1927, 46: 358-60.— Joly, P. R. Le brossage dans le bain, adjuvant de la cure de Bagnoles. Evolut. ther., 1927, 8: 177-81—Le Gourierec, A. De la specialisation des stations thermales frangaises et de celle de Bagnoles-de-l'Orne en particulier. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1934, 14: 740-4.—Loisel, P. Sur la radioactivity des sources de la region de Bagnoles-de-l'Orne et son rapport avec la structure geologique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1922, 175: 890-2.-----Sur les variations de la radioactivite des sources de Bagnoles-de- l'Orne et leur relation avec la pluie. Presse therm, clim., 1921, 62: 39; 1922, 63: 48.—Pesnel, P. Notes succinctes sur le traite- ment par les eaux de Bagnoles-de-l'Orne d'aflections paraphle- bitiques intercurrentes. Arch. m6d. pharm. mil., 1926, 85: 197-200. ----- La reaction de cure a Bagnoles-de-l'Orne. Progr. med., Par., 1928, 43: 755. ---- Bagnoles-les-Bains, France. Reglement de police mfidicale et sanitaire de l'etablissement thermal de Bagnoles-les-Bains. Paris med., 1935, 98: an- nexe, 258. ---- Bains-les-Bains, France. Bains-les-Bains (Vosges) Rev. med. est, 1919, 47: 88.— Santenoise, D., Franck, C. [et al.] Etude physiologique du mode d'action de l'eau de Saint-Colomban sur la pression arterielle. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1933, 3.ser., 109: 171-9.—Santenoise, B„ Merklen, I., & Vidacovitch, M. Action de l'eau de Bains-les- Bains sur le systeme organo-v6g§tatif. Presse therm, clim., 1932,73: 509. ---- Balaruc-les-Bains, France. Guibert. Le traitement a Balaruc (Herault) Marseille med., 1929, 66: 639-42.—Pech, J. I. Observations sur les eaux et boues de Balaruc-les-Bains (15 mai-30 juin 1926) Mont- pellier med., 1926, 48: 313-9. ---- Ballon (Alsace, France) Delaby, R., Charonnat, R., & Janot, M. La radioactivity des eaux du Ballon d'Alsace. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 195: 1294-9. ---- Barbotan, France. Cazaux, P., & Beaudiment, P. Action des eaux de Barbotan sur la disintoxication de l'organisme. J. med. Bordeaux, 1929. 59: 866-9. ---- Bareges, France. Fourment, P. Sur la flore des eaux thermales monosulfurees de Bareges. C. rend. Soc biol., 1928, 98: 588. ----- Sur le mode de formation des baregines et sur le r61e des microor- ganismes qu'elles renferment. Ibid., 99: 326-8.—Massy, R„ & Bufrenoy, J. Le pH des eaux thermales de la vallee de Bareges. Ann. Inst, hydr., Par., 1929, 6: 161-6.—Rebierre, P. La bare- gine a-t-elle une valeur therapeutique? Presse therm, clim., 1932, 73: 293.—Robine, R., & Dejussieu, M. La substance active des eaux de Bareges. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 313-6. ---- Basel, Switzerland. Neeracher, O. *Bader und Badewesen in der Stadt Basel und die von Baslern besuchten Badeorte. 67p. 8? Stetten-Basel, 1933. ---- Bath, England. Bath. Royal Mineral Water Hospital. Annual reports of the committee to the annual court of governors. 98.-165., 1834-35 to 1906-7. Incomplete. Piery. Deux grandes stations thermales d'Angleterre: Bath et Harrowgate. Bull. gen. ther., 1922, 173: 577-86. BALNEOGRAPHY 77 BALNEOGRAPHY ---- Battaglia, Italy. De Fischer. Del modo d'applicare il fango termale di Bat- taglia fuori del luogo d'origine. Riv. venet. sc. med., 1900, 32' 420-8.—Roll, F. Eifelfango Neuenahr oder Fango di Batta- glia? N. York med. Mschr., 1912-13, 23: 215-20. ■---- Baveno, Italy. Mariani, E. Relazione sul bacino geologico, idrogeologico ed imbrifero delle acque Fonti di Baveno (terme verbanesi) Riv. idroclim. 1923,34: 79-91. ---- Bex-les-Bains, Switzerland. Chollet, R. F. Notice medicale sur les eaux de Bex-les-Bains et sur les modalites techniques de leur utilisation therapeutique. Rev. med. Suisse rorn., 1926, 46: 228; 276. ---- Biarritz, France. Benoist, H. Biarritz; thermal et climatique. J. obst. gyn., Par., 1935, 6: no.7, 39-43.—Carnot. Le climat de Biarritz. Presse therm, clim., 1922, 63: 417. ---- Birstonas, latvia. Matulionis, B. [Balneological stations of Birstonas] Medi- cina, Kaunas, 1934, 15: 121; 189. ---- Bormio, Italy. Monti, A. I solfobacteri dei fanghi di Bormio. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1935, 49: 1-24. ---- Bourbonne-les-Bains, France. Fontaine & Grandpierre. Les resultats de la cure thermale de Bourbonne-les-Bains. Presse therm, clim., 1935, 75: 73. -.---- Etude thermique et biochimique des affections traitfies a l'h6pital militaire thermal de Bourbonne-les-Bains. Ibid., 76: 193; 221.—Gay, J. Bourbonne-les-Bains (Haute-Marne) Rev. in6d. est, 1919,47:109-13. ----- Les sequelles de traumatismes aux eaux thermales de Bourbonne-les-Bains. Presse therm. clim., 1933, 74: 495-503.—Grandpierre, R., & Fontaine, P. R. Le metabolisme calcique et la cure de Bourbonne-les-Bains. Ibid., 565-7. ----- Action des eaux minerales de Bourbonne sur les Schanges nutritifs. Ibid., 629-31.—Joyeux. Des eaux thermales salfees en boisson et en particulier de l'eau Bourbonne. Ibid., 1934, 75: 299.—Perrin, M. Les origines et le developpement de l'hopital thermal militaire de Bourbonne-les-Bains. Rev. med. est, 1932, 60: 793-8.—Piery, M., Grandpierre, R., & Rouchette, J. Action experimentale de l'eau de Bourbonne sur la croissance et la calcification osseuse. Presse therm, clim., 1935, 76: 628-31. ---- Bourges, France. Besson, J. *Etude sur les eaux minerales de Bourges (Cher) 62p. 8? Par., 1934. ---- Bournemouth, England. Bournemouth. Herbert Convalescent Home. Annual reports of the committee of management to the governors and subscribers. Salisbury. 1.-22., 1867-68 to 1889; 24.-33., 1891 to 1900; 35., 1902. Edwards, A. B. Bournemouth as a health resort. Practi- tioner, Lond., 1927, 118: 258-60—Smith, S. W. Bournemouth; the health resort. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1934, 189: 61. ---- Brazil. See also Balneography, Minas Geraes. Mour&o, M. O milagre hydro mineral no Brazil; pocos de caldas. Brasil med., 1926, 40: 115-20; 128.—Oettingen, W. von. Irahy oder Aguas de Mel; Balneologisches aus Brasilien. Bal- neologe, 1935, 2: 512-5.—Oliveira, J. B. de. Possibilidades therapeuticas das aguas brasileiras. Brasil med., 1934, 48: 109- 13.—Schober, P. Ueber Heilquellen in Brasilien. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1927-28, 2: 600-2. ---- Brignoles, France. Salgues, R. Hydrologie du Var central. Les lacs de la region de Brignoles; les eaux de Brignoles; les eaux salves de Barjols. 62p. 8? Brignoles, 1932. ---- Budaki, U.S.S.R. Tudoranu, G., Hurmuzachi, R., & Herescu, B. Sur le pro- cessus biochimique de la regeneration de la boue de Budaki. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 233. ----- Recherches bacterio- logiques sur la boue de Budaki; regeneration de cette boue. Ibid., 230-2. ---- Bussang, France. Perrin, M., & Cuenot, A. Recherches sur le pouvoir anago- toxique des eaux de Bussang vis-a-vis du sulfate de sparteine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 855. ----- Essais d'interpreta- tion du pouvoir anagotoxique des eaux de Bussang vis-a-vis du sulfate de sparteine. Ibid., 857. --- Buxton, England. Buxton. Devonshire Hospital and Bux- ton Bath Charity. Annual reports of the com- mittee of management to the subscribers. Bux- ton, 1.-3., 1859-61; 5.-16., 1863-74; 18.-44., 1876-1902. British Health Resorts Association. The new Buxton clinic. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 1061-4. ---- Casciana, Italy. Picazio, A. Acque termali di Casciana; conferenza tenuta nell' ospedale militare di Caserta. Fol. med., Nap., 1923, 9: 704-12. ---- Castellamare di Stabia, Italy. Gasperini, C. G. I fanghi delle terme stabiane; il meccanismo di azione del fango prevalentemente inorganico come mezzo terapeutico. Riv. idroclim., 1927, 38:1-15,2pl.—Puntoni, V. Le acque minerali di Castellamare di Stabia. Ann. igiene, 1934, 44: 31-69. ---- Castle Hot Springs, Arizona. Buehrer, T. F. The radioactivity of the thermal waters of Castle Hot Springs, Arizona. Am. J. Sc, 1927, 13: 445-9. ---- Cauterets, France. Corone, A. Les actions sur la menstruation de la cure de Cauterets. Rev. med. est, 1929, 57: 177-80.—Flurin, H. Clas- siques et romantiques a Cauterets. Gaz. med. France, 1929, 3: suppl. litt., num. spec, 5-7. ---- Charrier, France, Flandrin, P. R. L'eau minerale naturelle de Charrier. Gaz. med. France, 1935, 42: therm, no.7, 54-7. ---- Chateldon, France. Blanquet, L. Recherches physico-chimiques sur les eaux de Chateldon (Puy-de-D6me) Ann. Inst, hydr., Par., 1932-33, 8: 229-35. ---- Chatel-Guyon, France. Baumann, J. Les eaux de Chatel-Guyon sont-elles spasmo- genes? Progr. med., Par., 1928, 43: 745.—Belacroix, M. J. R. Chatel-Guyon, ses eaux et ses malades. Arch. m6d. pharm. mil., 1933, 98: 455-96.—Martin, P. La therapeutique thermale a Chatel-Guyon. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1922-23, 4: no.7 (Suppl.) 1-8. Also Loire med., 1924, 38: 331-9. Also J. med. Paris, 1926, 45: 469. ----- Chatel-Guyon, station du paradoxe. Marseille med., 1931, 68: 320-4.—Meillere. Sur le m£moire presents par M. Gerard Maurel, interne des hopitaux, stagiaire aux eaux minerales, pour le concours au prix Vulfranc- Gerdy, en 1920. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1920, 84: 251-3. ---- Chianciano, Italy. Porlezza, C. Indagini sulle acque di Chianciano e calcoli chimico-fisici riguardanti lo stato delle sostanze disciolte. Riv. idroclim., 1933, 44: 493-503.—Tricot-Royer. Une station ther- male etrusque de l'antiquitfe a nos jours: Chianciano. Aescu- lape, Par., 1935, 25: 169-92. ---- Cilaos (Reunion) ManSs, G. La station thermale de Cilaos (lie de la Reunion) Bull. gen. ther., 1930, 181: 337-44. ---- Comano, Italy. Casagrandi, O. Azione dell' acratoterma oligometallica di Comano sui piogeni in vivo ed in vitro. Riv. idroclim., 1930, 41: 387-94. ---- Contrexeville, France. Bricout, C. La cure de Contrexeville et son mecanisme therapeutique. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1926, 6: 225-32; 1927, 7: 328-32. ----- Contrexeville cure de diurese, de stimu- lation hepato-biliaire et de disintoxication generale. Stras- bourg m6d., 1933, 93: 401-7. ----- La cure de Contrexeville et la disintoxication generale. Gaz. med. France, 1935, 42: therm, no.7, 28-30. ----- Les ressources de la cure de Con- trexfiville pour la clientele des pays chauds. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1935, 15: 112-31.—Lutringer. Etude des modifica- tions du coefficient ammoniacal corrigS sous l'influence de la cure de Contrexeville. Paris med., 1933, 87: 336-9— Molinery, R. Chroniques de temps passfi; les grands personnages aux eaux minerales de Contrexeville. Gaz. m6d. France, 1929, 3: suppl. litt., num. spec, 11.—Schneider, J. La Cure de Contrexeville dans le syndrome entero-renal. Ibid., 23. BALNEOGRAPHY 78 BALNEOGRAPHY Copacabana, Brazil. Rocha, I. da. EstacSo balnear militar em Copacabana. Ann. Acad. med. (1915) Rio, 1918, 81: 5-10. ---- Cuba. Aftermarch. Estaciones termales. Vida nueva, Habana, 1933, 31: 473-85. ---- Curria, Portugal. Guimaraes, F., & Gouveia, V. de. Sur Taction zymosthe- nique de l'eau de Curia (Portugal) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103:351. —---- Action anti-anaphylactique de l'eau de Curia (Portugal) role des electrolytes dans Paction zymosthenique. Ibid., 1269-72. ---- Cuxhaven, Germany. Fronius, H. Untersuchungen am Cuxhavoner Heilschlick; Entstehung und Beschaffenheit des Schlicks. Balneologe, 1935, 2: 225-9. ----- Ueber den Zuckerstoffwechsel bei Schlick- badern. Ibid., 349-54. ---- Czechoslovakia. Heller, K., & Wagner, C. I. Ueber den Rubidium- und Caesiumgehalt einiger Mineralquellen von Bohmen. Balneo- loge, 1934,1: 239-42.—Markl, J. [Theoretical basis of balneologic radiotherapy in Jachymov] Sborn. lek., 1931, 32: 197-234 — Novak, F. V., & Santholzer, V. [Radioactive springs in the Krkonose; therapeutic importance] Cas. lek. cesk., 1931, 70: 743-8.—Prazak, L. [Silesian mineral baths and their use in practical medicine] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1927, 7: 136-50.—Smyth, W. J. The spas of Czecho-Slovakia. Practitioner, Lond., 1929, 122: 390-4.—Spas (The) of Czechoslovakia; a medical visit to Prague. Brit. M.J., 1927, 1: 885; 966; 1015. ---- Dachau, Germany. Souci, S. W. Beitrag zur Frage der Heilwirkung des Moores; chemische und physikahsche Untersuchungen am Dachauer Moor. Balneologe, 1934, 1: 487-95. ---- Dax, France. Girard, R. La bimillenaire de la station thermale de Dax. J. m6d. Bordeaux, 1933, 110: 509.—lavielle, L. Les nouveaux bains de boues de la station de Dax. Gaz. med. France, 1929, 3: 65-7.—Massy. Contribution a l'etude des modifications apportees a la secretion urinaire par le bain de boue de Dax. Ann. Inst, hydr., Par., 1929-30, 6: 274-9. ---- Deutsch-Altenburg, Austria. Gangl, J., & Posega, R. Untersuchung des Mineralwassers aus der Graf Ludwigstoff'schen Jod-Schwefeltherme in Bad Deutsch-Altenburg. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1935, 48: 1157-60. ---- Dorna, Rumania. Curupi, C. Sull' uso curativo del maresi di Dorna. Boll. Ass. med. trident., 1912, 31: 290-3. Dorton, England. MitcheU, C. A. Dorton; a forgotten spa and its water. Dis- covery, Lond., 1927, 8: 56-8. Ecuador. Valenzuela, A. J. Riqueza hidrologica, riqueza ignorada o mal aprovechada. An. Soc. med. quir. Guayas, 1935, 15: 52-6. ---- Elton, U.S.S.R. Nobel-Oleinikova, M. L. [Our experience in treating 137 wounded and sick with Elton mud] Russ. vrach, 1916, 15: 60-2.—Zakharchenko, M. A. [Elton mud treatment of certain diseases of the nervous and muscular system] Psikhiat. gaz., Petrograd, 1915, 2: 325-30. ---- Encausse, France. leger, M., Vassel, P., & Faugonnier, J. Modifications du chimisme sanguin sous l'influence de la cure hydro-min£rale d'Encausse-les-Thermes. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1931, 24: 222-9. ---- Europe. Bader-Almanach. Mitteilungen der Bader, Luftkurorte und Heilbediirftige, in Deutschland, Oesterreich-Ungarn, der Schweiz und den an- grenzenden Gebieten. 12.Ausg. 661p. 8? Berl., 1913. Foster, M. G. Baths and medicinal waters of Britain and Europe. 225p. 8? Bristol, 1933. Saggio sulle principali acque minerali del- l'Europa. 584p. 18? Milano, 1842. Schott, M. Health and pleasure resorts of Central Europe, describing the natural mineral water sources and their therapeutical indications. 172p. 8? N.Y., 1928. Corwin, E. H. L. Report on the spas of Europe. Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1930, 2.ser., 6: 553-70.—Martin, A. Die Ent- wicklung des Badewesens in Europa von der Urzeit bis an die Neuzeit. Veroff. Medverwalt., 1923-24, 18: 738-40. Also Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 1092. ----- The development of the European public bath. Med. Herald, 1933, 52: 49-54.— Piery, M. Stations minerales de France et les stations minerales d'Allemagne (comparaison et enseignements) M6decine, Par., 1920-21, 2: 711-7.—Zbrkendorfer, K. Die Jodquellen am Nord- abhange der Alpen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 971. ---- Evian, France. Chiais, J. F. M. L'eau d'Evian; ce qu'on en dit, ce qu'elle fait, ce qu'elle est. 87p. 8? Par., 1903. Bergouignan, P. La cure d'Evian dans les maladies in- fantiles. Ann. policlin. Paris, 1903, 13: 145-51. Also Rev. med. est, 1923, 51: 274-9.—Benham, E. Evian and its famous waters. Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 125: 206-8— Guillemard, H. Influence de l'eau d'Evian sur la production de l'acide urique a l'fitat physio- logique. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1903, 3: 95.—Williams, L. Evian as a health resort, with notes on its waters. Med. Mag., Lond., 1906, 15: 414-34.. ---- France. See also Balneography, Algeria. Annuaire medical des stations hydromine- rales climatiques et baln^aires de France. 795p. 8? Par., 1932. Dubaud, P. *Pouvoir phylactique des eaux minerales francaises. 48p. 8? Par., 1933. Fournel, A. *Etude hydrothermale de la valle de Chaudefour (Puy-de-D6me) 24p. 8? Par., 1921. Fritz, A. M. *L'Alsace hydro-minerale autre- fois et aujourd'hui; inventaire de toutes les sources reput6es medicinales encore existantes ou disparues. 150p. 8? Strasb., 1933. Spas (The) of France. 133p. 8? Par., 1921. Analyse des eaux minerales de quelques stations des Alpes; Le Fayet-Saint-Gervais, Allevard, Uriage, Brides, Salins- Moutiers. Ann. Inst, hydr., Par., 1930, 7: 1-64, map, 8diag.— Besson, I. Le climat de la cote de Provence. Ann. hyg., Par., 1926, n.s., 3: 597-619.—Binet. Les maisons de regime dans les villes d'eaux et stations climatiques. Presse therm, clim., 1923, 64: 490.—Blum, P. Voyage d'etude des eleves de la Faculte de Medecine de Strasbourg aux stations hydromin6rales et clima- tiques de la Franche-Comte et du Jura; part I, Besancon. Stras- bourg med., 1933, 93: 372-80.—Bonnin, H. La medecine ther- male des coloniaux. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1932, 12: 111; 1934, 14: 683-91—Bufnoir, C. M. Le climat de la Cote d'Azur. Rev. actin., Par., 1926, 2: 31-7.—Carnot, P. Nos stations hydro-climatiques de la France et de l'Afrique du Nord. Paris med., 1935, 98: annexe, 270-2.—Castagne, R. Nouvelles recherches sur les dfigagements gazeux du Languedoc mediterra- neen: Les Bouillons. Ann. Inst, hydr., Par., 1932-33, 8: 98-120, map.—Caujolle, F. L'alcaMnite ionique des eaux sulfurees sodiques des Pyrenees francaises. Ibid., 249-53.—Cohen, H. France and her spas. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1934, 139: 307; 424.— Comby, J. Stations climatiques et hydrominerales pour enfants dans les Alpes francaises. J. med. chir., Par., 1924, 95: 407-19.— Courbin. Les eaux calciques des Pyrenees et d'ailleurs. J. med. Bordeaux, 1932, 109: 491-5—Belaby, R., Charonnat, R., & Janot, M. La radioactivity des eaux de quelques sommets des Vosges. Presse therm, clim., 1932, 73: 816.-----La radio- activity des eaux du ballon d'Alsace. Ibid., 1933, 74: 540-3 — Boumer, E. Le 19<> V. E. M: aux stations de cure d'Alsace et de Lorraine. Paris med., 1926, 62: annexe, 407; 456— Burand. La loi nouvelle concernant les stations hydrominerales, clima- tiques et de tourisme. Ibid., 1919, 34: annexe, 239—Forestier, J. Stations thermales et thermalisme americain. Gaz. med. France, 1935, 42: therm, no.7, 3-5—Glenard, R. Les grands etablissements thermaux de nos stations de cure. Nutrition, Par., 1934,4:351-61—Harvier, P. Les stations salines francaises. Bull. gen. ther., 1926, 177: 105-25. ----- Vue d'ensemble sur les eaux medicinales francaises (leurs caracteres et leurs indica- tions therapeutiques) Ibid., 1928, 179: 307-20.—Jacquet, C. Recherches sur les sources radioactives du Puy-de-D6me C ^D.d^AcJld; SS- J,926' 183i 227-9.-Janbon, M. Le voyage d etudes de la Facultfi de Me'decine de Montpellier aux stations ,nyn ,2"nmi T6rvi.e-S d'Auvergne. Montpellier med., 1926, 48: 399-422.-I,abbe, H. Tine circulaire et un vceu concernant les stations hydro-minerales climatiques de tourisme. Ann. hyg., fwnaw'rkJ?' 24-7--M°unery, R. Le passe de nos stations thermales a l'epoque gallo-romaine. Paris med., 1921, 42: an- nexe, 31-6.----- Contribution a l'histoire des stations ther- males francaises, autographes de Napoleon I« de Germain See BALNEOGRAPHY 79 BALNEOGRAPHY de Barrie; presentation du Brevet d'lntendant des eaux mine- rales, 1730. Bull. Soc fr. hist, med., 1934, 28: 248-51. ----- Genty, M. [et al.] Les gens de lettres aux eaux. Progr. med., Par., 1928, 43: Suppl., 33-40.—Mougeot, A., & Aubertot, V. Pouvoir phylactique des eaux minerales d'Auvergne vis-a-vis de l'aconitine chez le cobaye et le rat; sa disparition apres le traitement des eaux effieaces par les acides gras. Presse therm. clim., 1932, 73: 295.—O'Hea, M. F. A glimpse at some French spas. Irish J.M. Sc, 1926, 6.ser., 638-40—Perrin, E„ & Abel, E. Le pouvoir anti-anaphylactique des eaux minerales des Vosges. Clinique, Par., 1934, 29: 241.—Pouchet. Sur des demandes en autorisation de stations climatiques et hydro-minerales. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1921, 3.ser., 85: 577-82. ----- Rapport sur des demandes de reconnaissance comme stations climatiques. Presse therm, clim., 1935, 76:108-10. ----- Sur une demande en reconnaissance en station hydro-minerale. Ibid., 377. ----- Sur une demande de reconnaissance comme station climatique. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1936, 3.ser., 115: 284.— Roger & Larauza, P. Une bouo thermale francaise. Arch. M. Hydr., Lond., 1929, 7: 205-7.—Saint-Martin, E. Caracteres climatiques de la cote sud de Bretagne au point de vue des cures heliomarines. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1922, 31: 236-43 — Sardou, G. Resume synthfitique sur le climat de la C6te d'Azur. Rev. med. est, 1926, 54: 609-21.—Sellier, J. Le thermalisme en France. Marseille med., 1928, 65: 561-5. ----- Un tresor national; les villes d'eaux francaises. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1929, 9: 207-13.—Serr, G. Les eaux sulfatees calciques des regions des PyrfinSes francaises et des systemes montagneux secondaires voisins. Paris med., 1933, 87: 325-30.—Sion, J. Le climat du Languedoc mediterraneen. Presse therm, clim., 1925, 66: 524-7. ----- Le climat des Pyrenees orientales. Mont- pellier med., 1926, 48: 289-99. --- Franzensbad, Czechoslovakia. Heubner, W. Ueber Baudischs Befunde an der Franzens- bader Glauberquelle und ihre Bedeutung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927,23: 1806-10. --- Germany. Holzmann, E. *Die Entwicklung des offent- lichen Badewesens in den Kriegs- und Nach- kriegsjahren. 7p. 8? [Berl.] 1926. Also Veroff. Deut. Ges. Volksbader, 1926, 7: Reichs-Bader-Adressbuch nach amtlichen Quellen bearbeitet. 5.Aufi. 1071p. 4? Berl. [1929] Bietrich. Das Baderwesen im besetzten Rheinland, zugleich Bericht iiber die 24. Reise des Deutschen Zentralkomitees fiir arztliche Studienreisen. Veroff. Medverwalt., 1922, 15: 3-118 — Ebstein, E. Die deutschen Bader in der Geschichte der Medi- zin. Med. Welt. 1930, 4: 542—Engelmann, W. Die Lage der Heilbader im besetzten Gebiet. Allg. med. Zentr. Ztg, 1922, 91: 122.—Esser, H. Den deutschen Badern. Med. Welt, 1934, 8: 537.—Forkel, K. L. Germany, the land of Spas. Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 125: 831-3.—Fripp, A. T. A medical tour of some German spas. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1932, 46: 410-7 — Graeffner. Brauchen wir Kur- und Erholungsorte des feind- lichen Auslandes? Zschr. Balneol., 1918, 11: 27-30—Keilhack, K. Deutschlands Heilquellen in ihrer Abhangigkeit vom geologischen Bau des vaterlandischen Bodens. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 597-608—lachmann. Die Heilanzeigen der schlesi- schen Bader. Veroff. Medverwalt., 1922, 15: 297-310. ----- Deutschlands klimatische und balneologische Heilschatze. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1927, 24: 321-5. ----- Bader und Badeleben der deutschen Vergangenheit. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 502-4.—Martin, A. Zur Geschichte des deutschschweizeri- schen Volksbades. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1932, 62: 643 — Mestwerdt, A. Zur Geologie der niedersachsischen Bader. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1928-29, 3: 901-10. -----Krone, F. [et al.] Die Heilquellen der deutschen Gaue. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 609-23.—Rosenberg, E. Fango aus der deutschen Eifel. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1912, 59: 1045.—Scholtz, H. G., & Haedicke, M. Neue deutsche Heilschlamme. Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 336-8—Schumacher, F. Ueber die Geologie der radioaktiven Quellen des Erzgebirges und ihre Beziehungen zu den radio- aktiven Mineralien und Gesteinen. Balneologe, 1936, 3: 115-25.—Siebelt, J. Zwei Jahrtausende deutscher Heilbader; mystische Badesitten; die Badekur im Ehekontrakt. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 956.—Sutro, S. On the German mineral waters; balneological lectures about 80 years ago. Med. Rev. of Rev., 1929, 35: 72-5.—Visit to German Spas; some impressions by a medical correspondent. Brit. J. Phys. M., 1934, 9: 107-9. ---- Great Britain. Carnegie United Kingdom Trust. Report on public baths and washhouses in the United Kingdom. 2v. 13p.; 265p. 4? Edinb., 1918. Fox, R. F. British spas and seaside resorts; official handbook of the British Health Resorts Association. 1933. 196p. 8? Lond., 1933. Wood, N. Health resorts of the British Islands. 2.ed. 253p. 8? Lond., 1919. British spas and their waters. Prescriber, Edinb., 1915, 9: 43-55.—Buckley, C W. British spas: their waters and methods of treatment. Ind. M. Gaz., 1931, 66: 148-52— Claims (The) of British spas; Cheltenham; Buxton; Harrogate; Droitwich; Bath; Leamington; Strathpeffer; Woodhall Spa. Lancet, Lond., 1914, 2: 804; passim.—Classification of mineral waters; Great Britain and Ireland. Prescriber, Edinb., 1923, 17: 104.— Descriptive list of spas. Ibid., 105-10.—Fox, R. F. An address on British baths and waters in the prevention and cure of dis- ease. Med. Press* Circ, Dubl., 1924, n.s., 117:499-502. ----- The British spas: indications and seasons. Practitioner, Lond., •1932, 128: 373-81—Hill, L. C. British spas and the principles of spa treatment. West Afr. M.J., 1933, 6: 60-2.—Ray, M. B. A medical review of the British spas. Brit. J. Actinother., 1929, 4: 85: passim.—Rolleston, H. British health resorts and spas. Practitioner, Lond., 1932, 128: 369-72.—Sonntag, C. F. The history of baths and bathing in Britain before the Norman con- quest. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1919-20, 13: sect. hist, med., 25-46. ---- Greece. Finiefs, L. Contribution a l'etude des eaux minerales de Grece; situation, composition, indi- cations therapeutiques. 35p. 8? Par., 1920. Panayotatou, A. G. Baths and bathing in ancient Greece. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1919-20, 13: sect. hist, med., 107-21.— Pertessis, M. Sur la radioactivite des sources minerales de Grece. C.rend. Acad, sc, 1934,198:1053-5. Also Presse therm. clim., 1934,75: 601. ---- Hajduszoboszlo, Hungary. Jeney, E. Monographie der Thermalvegetation von Haj- duszoboszlo in Ungarn; systematische Bearbeitung der Vege- tation der Hajduszoboszloer Therme; thermophile und thermo- tolerante Bakterien in den Thermalquellen von Hajduszoboszlo. Arch. Protistenk., 1932, 76: 296-305, pi— Gybrffy, I. Mono- graphie der Thermalvegetation von Hajduszoboszlo in Ungarn. Ibid., 274-81.----- Systematische Bearbeitung der Vegeta- tion der Hajduszoboszloer Therme; Bryophyta der Hajduszo- boszloer Therme. Ibid., 324-37. ---- Hamei-Tiberia, Palestine. BRZEzitfsiu, A. *Les sources thermales de la Palestine et en particulier eel les de Hamei- Tiberia. 99p. 8? Par., 1934. lachmann, S. Les eaux thermales sulfurees de TibGriade et d'El-Hamme. Fol. med. int. orient., 1932-35, 1: 283-8.—Villa- ret, M., Justin-Besangon, I. [et al.] Recherches d'hydrologie experimentale concernant Paction des eaux de Tiberiade sur l'intestin isole du lapin. Paris med., 1934, 93: 281-4. ---- Hammam-Righa, Algeria. Rosso, F. *La station climatique et les eaux minerales d'Hammam-Righa (pres d'Alger) lOlp. 8? Par., 1926. Station (La) thermale d'Hemmam Righa pres d'Alger. Presse med., 1935, 43: 1701. ---- Harrogate, England. Brown, B. Treatment by hyperthermal baths (104° F. to 108° F.) at the Royal Bath Hospital, Harrogate. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect. bain, clim., 39.—Woodmansey, A. A note on barium in the Harrogate waters. Lancet, Lond., 1923,1: 22. -----• The mineral waters of Harrogate. Analyst, Lond., 1936, 61: 23-6. ---- Heidelberg, Germany. lubberger, W. Katalytische Eigenschaften der Heidelberger Radiumthermalsole. Balneologe, 1935, 2: 406-8. ---- Heluan, Egypt. Mohamed Lofti. *Bad Helouan. 44p. 8? Munch., 1928. ---- Herkulesbad, Rumania. Athanasiu, G. Radioactivity des sources thermales des Bains d'Hercule (Roumanie) C. rend. Acad, sc, 1927, 185: 944.— Tanasescu, P. [Therapeutic value of Hercules bath Rumania] Cluj. med., 1930, 11: 291-7. ---- Hot Springs, Virginia. Cure(The)at Hot Springs. Canad. J.M.&S., 1935,77: 79-82.— Hinsdale, G. The climate and waters of Hot Springs, Virginia. Tr. Am. Clim. Ass., 1904, 20: 65-72, pi. ----- Hot Springs, Virginia. Ibid., 1907. Alsorepr. Also Med. Rec, N.Y., 1907, 72: 1066. ----- American mineral springs; with special reference to the thermal springs of Virginia and methods em- ployed in their use. Internat. Clin., 1916, ser.26, 2: 37-42. Also repr. BALNEOGRAPHY 80 BALNEOGRAPHY ---- Hot Springs National Park, Arkansas. Cutter, C. Souvenir of Hot Springs, Arkan- sas. 16 1. 16? Little Rock, Ark. [1904] United States Congress. Senate. A bill to provide for a building for the use of the post- office, the office of the superintendent of the Hot Springs Reservation, and other civil offices in the city of Hot Springs, Ark. 50. Congr. l.sess. S.2273. Mar. 7, 1888; introd. by Mr. Berry. 3p. roy.8? Wash., 1888. ---- A bill to change the United States reser- vation line on Central Avenue in Hot Springs, Arkansas. 50. Congr. l.sess. S.2273; Mar. 5, 1888; introd. by Mr. Berry. 3p. roy.8? Wash., 1888. ---- A bill to amend an act entitled An act in relation to the Hot Springs Reservation in Arkansas. 62.Congr. l.sess. S.973; Apr. 13, 1911; introd. by Mr. Gore. 2p. roy.8? Wash., 1911. Drueck, C. J. Hot Springs, Arkansas. Chicago M. Rec, 1926, 48: 246-8.—Martin, E. H. The physiological effect of the waters of the Hot Springs of Arkansas. Mississippi M. Month., 1907, 12: 289-92. Also repr. ----- The Arkansas Hot Springs baths. South. M.J., 1916, 9: 209-14.—Maus, L. M. The effects and uses of the radio-active waters of Hot Springs National Park, Arkansas, in the treatment of diseases. Proc Connecticut M. Soc, 1925, 133: 237-45. ---- Huacachina, Peru. Escomel, E. El balneario medicinal de Huacachina. Cron. med., Lima, 1934, 51: 257-69. Hungary. Benczur, G. Balneologisches aus dem heutigen Ungarn. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 412-4.—Cauer, H. Chemisch- bioklimatische Studien in der Hohen Tatra und ihrem Vorland. Balneologe, 1936, 3: 7-23.—Rausch, Z. [Clinical tests of Hun- garian mineral springs] Orv. hetil., 1927, 71: 1194-6. ----- Untersuchungen iiber die durch Schlammpackung hervorgeru- fene Allgemeinreaktion (zugleich vergleichende Untersuchungen verschiedener Schlammsorten Ungarns) Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1930, 39: 51-62. ---- Iletsk, U. S. S. R. Gutkin, A. J. [Conditions of work and life of workers in Iletsk mud-bath sanitarium] Vrach. dielo, 1926, 811-3. ---- Indiana, U.S.A. Howard, J. L. The mineral waters of Orange County. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, 1905, 56: 413-25. ---- Indochina. Nguyen-Van-Nguyen, F. *Stations clima- tiques et sources hydrominerales dans l'lndo- chine du Sud. 55p. 8? Par., 1932. ---- Italy. Cusani, M. Guida descrittiva e medica alle stazioni idrominerali, idroterapiche e climatiche d'ltalia con un cenno sui soggiorni d'inverno, sui sanatori e sulle cure dietetiche di latte e di uva. 734p. 16? Milano, 1915. Farina, V. Le terme selinuntine ossia, cenno della grotta vaporosa, e delle acque minerali del Monte S. Calogero. 399p. 8? Sciacca, 1864. Perone, A. Dizionario universale topografico storico fisico-chimico terapeutico; delle acque minerale e delle precipue mofette ... in tutte le provincie italiane. 1244p. 8? Nap., 1870. Fairman, E. La questione del patrimonio idro-minerale nazionale. Idr. clim., 1920, 31: 175-80.—GaUina, G. Le acque minerali delle Isole Egee. Riv. idroclim., 1929, 40: 213-21.— Gualino, I. Le terme acquesi all'epoca del rinascimento italino. Minerva med., Tor., 1932, 23: 797-S03—Nasini, R. Questioni chimiche, chimico-fisiche e pratiche relative al nostro patri- monio idrologico. Riv. idr.clim., 1930, 41: 265-77.—Piccinini, P. Per lo studio e lo sviluppo delle stazioni idriche e climatiche del Trentino e dell' Alto Adige. Idr. clim., 1919, 30: 85-93. ----- La idroclimatologia del Trentino. Med. ital., 1924, 5: 615-9 — Sciacca, M., Salaroli, A. [et al.] Stazioni idrominerali d'ltalia. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1934, 15: 461-525.—Sestini, L. Su le acque minerali della Lunigiana e su quelle di Equi in particolare. Riv. idroclim., 1930, 41: 52-8.—Talenti, M. L'acqua acetosa di via Laurentina, nella Campagna di Roma. Ibid., 1933, 44: 250-7 —Trentin, A. La distribuzione geografica delle sorgentl minerali in Italia. Ibid., 1926, 37: 326-43. Iwonicz, Poland. Tochowicz, I. [Clinical studies of the effect of mineral water of the Karol spring at Iwonicz (Poland) on secretion of gastric and duodenal juice and basal metabolism] Polska gaz. lek., 1930, 9: 967-71. Japan. Hartel, F. F. Die Heilbader Japans. Balneologe, 1935, 2: 302-17—Hedinger, M. Japanische Bader. Umschau, 1926, 30: 503-5.—Ikeda, S. Vom japanischen Badeleben. • Kyklos, Lpz., 1930, 3: 435-8.—Shigenari, Y. Ueber die naturlichen Dampfbader in Ranan (Korea) Zschr. Mil. Aerzte, Tokyo, 1911, no.24, 26. ---- Karlsbad, Czechoslovakia. Carro, J. de. Almanach de Carlsbad; ou melanges m6dicaux, scientifiques et litteraires, relatifs a ces thermes et au pays. 5.-7.ann6e. 3vols. in 1. 18? Prague, 1835-37. Cartellieri, P. Karlsbad als Kurort. 119p. 16? Karlsbad. 1908. Karlsbad; la journee d'un buveur d'eau. 105p. 8? Par. [1898?] Beck, M., & Goldberger, J. Diureseversuche mit dem Karls- bader Parkbrunnen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1933, 38: 307-25.— Fajrer, J. Carlsbad and its thermal waters for Anglo-Indians. Ind. Lancet, 1898, 11: 171-4.—Kampe, R. Die Karlsbader Ther- men. Wien. med. Wschr.,'1922, 72: 410.—Kucera, V. [Com- parison of the effect of insulin and the mineral springs of Karls- bad] Cas. lek. cesk., 1932, 71: 1219. Also Presse therm, clim., 1933, 74: 742-7.—Ludwig, E., Panzer, T., & Zeynek, R. von. Untersuchung der Thermalwasssr des Neuen Springers, des Miihlbrunnens und der Franz Josef-Quelle in Karlsbad. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1902,15:953-9.—Lukavska-Stuermova, R. Karlovy Vary-Carlsbad; the world-famous resort in Czechoslovakia. Med. Ken., N.Y., 1934, 139: 423.—Mayer, J. Ueber die Wirk- samkeit der Karlsbader Thermen, ihre Indicaticnen und Con- tra-Indicationen. Med. Woche, 1903, 207-12. Also Treatment, Lond., 1903-4, 7: 161-8.—Roubitschek, R. Die Veranderungen des Blutzuckers und Cholesterins durch thermische Reize und Karlsbader Wasser. Med. Klin., Bed., 1935, 31: 585.—Scharf, J. [Scientific basis of balneotherapy, with special attention to treatment by Karlsbad mineral waters] Medicina, Kaunas, 1934, 15: 263-9.—Sipocz, I. Das stadtische Sprudelsalzwerk in Karlsbad. Pharm. Ztg, 1902, 47: 977—Stem, M. Selbstver- suche fiber den B.-Gallenfluss nach Magnesiumsulfat, Karls- bader Sprudel, Versandwasser und Scherings kiinstlichen Karlsbader. Med. Klin., Berl., 1931, 27: 1212-4—Stransky, E. Versuche fiber die Wirkung von Trinkkuren auf die Zusammen- setzung des Blutes; Beeinflussung des Serumkalks durch Karls- bader Mineralwasser. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1933,172:149-60. ----- Ueber die Wirkung von Heilquellen und Salzlosungen auf die Exsudatbildung (experimenteller Nachweis der entziin- dungshemmenden Wirkung des Karlsbader Mineralwassers) Ibid., 1934,176: 504-9. ----- Versuche iiber die Wirkung von Trinkkuren auf die Zusammensetzung des Blutes; iiber das Verhalten der Alkali- und Erdalkalikationen, des Chlorids und Phosphats im Se.um bei Trankung mit Karlsbader Mineral- wasser. Ibid., 510-22. ----- Verhalten der Serumkolloide bei Trankung mit Karlsbader Mineralwasser. Ibid., 523-30.— Tyson, J. A physician's holiday at Karlsbad. Philadelphia M.J., 1901, 7: 26-9—Ungar, E. Rontgcnstudien iiber die Wir- kung des nativen Karlsbader Sprudels auf die Gallenblase. Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 1004.—Wiechowski, W. Weitere Versuche iiber die Mineralwasserwirkung, speziell die des Karls- bader Wassers. Wien. med. Wschr., 1921, 71: 1487-91. ---- Karlsruhe, Germany. Seligmann, E. Vom Tag des Deutschen Badewesens In Karlsruhe. Deut. Zschr. off. Qesundhpfl., 1924-25,1: 224. ---- Kemmern, Latvia. Kupzis, J. Die biochemischen VorgSnge im Schwefel- und Moorbade Kemmern in Lettland. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1928, 76: 48-65. ---- Kislovodsk, U. S. S. R. Brullova, I. P., & Shershensky, B. M. [Effect of Kislovodsk mineral waters on stability of colloids in the blood serum] Terap. arkh., 1933, 11: 186-97—Bureyko, V., & Chernov, A. [Changes in size of the heart by Kislovodsk water-cure] Klin. med., Moskva, 1927, 5: 1218-27. ---- La Bourboule, France. Clogne, R., Courtois, A., & Cazala, M. Teneur en arsenic de l'eau du puits de Choussy a La Bourboule et fixation de cet arsenic dans l'organisme. Presse therm, clim., 1930, 71: 861.— Clogne, R., Courtois, A., & Pierret, R. Des modifications du BALNEOGRAPHY 81 BALNEOGRAPHY metabolisme proteique par absorption d'eau de La Bourboule (source Choussy) C. rend. Soc biol., 1929, 102: 909-11. ----- Contribution a l'fitude des eaux de La Bourboule (source, Choussv) Ann. Inst, hydr., Par., 1930-32, 7: 273-84. ----- Variation de la glycemie sous l'influence d'absorption ou d'injec- tions d'eau de La Bourboule (eau de Choussy) Bull. Acad. med., Par., 1930, 3.ser., 103: 69-71—Clo?ne, R., & Brilhon, A. Des rapports de l'oxygenation des eaux minerales de La Bour- boule (source Choussy) avec la glycemie du lapin. Ibid., 1933, 3.ser., 110: 85-8.—Eyraud-Bechaux, I. La cure de La Bourboule dans les dermatoses des enfants. J. med. chir., Par., 1930, 101: 229-39.—Galup, J. Les indications respectives du Mont-Dore et de La Bourboule. Arch. med. chir. app. resp., 1932, 7: 116. ----- La Bourboule entre lymphatisme et l'asthme. Presse therm, clim., 1934, 74: 233-7—Gaston, P., & Ferreyrolles, P. Arsenical, colloidal, and radio-active medication; the Bourboule waters; biological, biophysical, chemical, physiological, and therapeutical study. Tr. Internat. Congr. M. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect. 5, therap., pt2, 331-42.—Godonneche, J. Recherche sur la toxicity des eaux minerales de La Bourboule fraiches et conservees. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1931, 13: 41-6. ----- & Bastugue, G. Contribution a l'etude du pouvoir zymosthfe- nique de l'eau de Fenestre (La Bourboule) Presse therm, clim., 1933, 74: 145. ----- Etude de Paction des eaux minerales arsenicales de La Bourboule sur la germination des graines et sur la croissance et les metamorphoses de larves de batraciens. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1934, 16: 248-56.—Kohn-Enriquez, G, Les eaux arsenicales de La Bourboule et leurs indications thfira- peutiques. Strasbourg med., 1933, 93: 488-90.—Martinez Vargas. El parque de ninos de La Bourboule. Med. ninos, Barcel., 1934, 33: 225-9.—Marty, P., & Glangeaud, I. Les depots pontiens de La Bourboule et l'age de la faille de Choussy. Presse therm. clim., 1935, 76: 615.—Nicolas, A. La Bourboule. Caducee, Par., 1908, 8: 173-5.—Sersiron, G. La cure arsenicale et les nou- velles salles d'inhalation de La Bourboule. Gaz. mal. inf., Par., 1905,7: 84-6. --- Lacco Ameno, Italy. Platania, G. Radioattivita di alcune sorgenti termali di Lacco Ameno (Isola d'lschia) Boll. Soc. natur. Napoli, 1934, 45: 289-94. --- La Malou, France. Cauvy, G. Lamalou (ses eaux thermales et leur action) Presse therm, clim., 1934, 75: 137.—Charbonneau, J. Le voyage d'etudes de la Faculte de Medecine de Montpellier a la station thermale de La Malou. Montpellier med., 1926, 48: 423-5.— Voyage d'etudes a la station thermale de La Malou. Ibid., 1924,46: 323-7. --- Lambary, Brazil. Airosa, M. Aguas de Lambary; gaz carbonico como thera- peutica interna. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1928, 36: 462-4. --- La Mouillere, France. Observations (Quelques) relatives au traitement par le fango applique a l'etablissement de La Mouillere-Besancon. Rev. med. Franche Comte, 1913, 21: 97-100.—Vaissier. La cure au fango a La Mouillere. Ibid., 65-8. --- La Preste, France. Baron, P. La cure hydrominerale dans les pyelites; une nouvelle station: La Preste. Marseille med., 1932, 69: 641-58. ----- Indications de la cure de la Preste. Gaz. m6d. France, 1935, 42: therm, no.7, 49-51.—Laban. Considerations medicales sur la cure thermale de la Preste. J. med. chir., Par., 1932, 103: 245-61. --- La Rochelle, France. Drouineau, G. Des bains, projet et plans. 35p. 8? La Rochelle, 1880. --- La Roche-Posay, France. Rauch, A. *La cure hydrominerale de La Roche-Posay, Vienne. 96p. 8? Par., 1926. Audra, P. Les fresques de l'etablissement thermal de La Roche-Posay et la legende de Saint Savin et de Saint Cyprien. Aesculape, Par., 1934, 24: 145-08. ---- Le Boulou, France. Nogues, J. *Etude pharmacodynamique des eaux du Boulou. 52p. 8? Par., 1933. Nogues, J. Le Boulou; station d'hiver bicarbonatee sodique. Presse therm, clim., 1934, 75: 273. ---- Levico, Italy. Jori, F. Saggio di terapia nell' infancia con l'acqua di Levico. Riv. idroclim., 1932, 43: 407. ---- Lipetsk, U. S, S. R. Uvarov, M. S. [. . . from a sanitary viewpoint] Vest. obsh. hig. sudeb. prakt. med., 1908, 44: 1547; 1715. 21767—vol. 2, 4th series---6 ---- Lipik, Yugoslavia. Gager, E. Lipik als Kurort fiir Frauenkrankheiten. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1914, 50: 309. ---- Lithuania. Kaveckis, M. [Mineral waters of Lithuania] Medicina, Kaunas, 1929, 10: 387-98.—Venckunas, J. [Balneotherapy in Lithuania] Ibid., 1930, 11: 226-50. ---- London, England. Baths (The) of old London. Brit. M.J., 1920, 1: 807.— Sunderland, S. The baths of old London. Lancet, Lond., 1919, 2: 89; 135; 181. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1919, 23: 576. ---- Lucan, Ireland. laffan, T. Notes on health resorts; the Lucan Spa. Brit. M.J., 1905, 1: 835. ---- Ludwigsburg, Germany. Weigel. Das Ludwigsburger Heilbad in Hoheneck. Med. Kor. Bl. Wtirttemberg, 1926, 96: 311. ---- Manchuria. Yajima, K. Hot Springs in Manchuria and Mongolia in relation to skin and urinary diseases. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1925,22: 55. ---- Marienbad, Czechoslovakia. Porges, M. Marienbad; Heilfaktoren und Indikationen. Zschr. Urol., 1931, 25: 502-6. ---- Matsesta, U. S. S. R. levin, R. S. [Effect of Mazesta sulphur baths on certain forms of arrhytmia (electrocardiographic data)] Russ. klin., 1930, 14: 275-84.—Oettinger, J. G., & Rabinovich, M. S. [Origin of reaction of H2S Mazesta baths (Caucasus) in relation to the general effect on organism] Ibid., 257-74. Also Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1931, 170: 188-202— Versilov, V., Kaplan, B., & Shugam, A. Die Rolle der hyperamischen Reaktion im Mazester-Bade fiir die Prognose organischer Nervenkrank- heiten und fiir das Studium des Mechanismus und der Wege der Oefassinnervation. Mschr. Psychiat., 1928, 70: 186-92. ----- [Penetration of hydrogen sulphide from the Matsesta Springs into the tissues of the organism in relation to the blood- brain barrier] Med. biol. J., Moskva, 1929, 5: 97-103. ---- Melitopol, U. S. S. R. Schatzillo, B. [Study of the therapeutic properties of Melito- pol mineral waters] Vrach. dielo, 1928, 11: 642-7. ---- Minas Geraes, Brazil. Butra de Oliveira, J. Accao do sal de Araxa sobre a elimina- cao de alguns constituintes urinarios. Ann. Fac. med. Sao Paulo, 1930, 5: 117-24, 2ch— Romano, N., Gabastou, J. A., & Beretervide, J. J. Las estaciones hidrominerales de Minas Geraes. Prensa med. argent., 1929-30, 16: 1441-59. ---- Mondorf-les-Bains, Belgium. Gueben, G. Sur la radioactivity des eaux thermales de Mondorf-les-Bains. Bruxelles med., 1934-35, 15: 437-41. ---- Monsummano, Italy. Arrigoni, R. La Grotta Giusti di Monsummano e le sue indicazioni terapeutiche. Riv. idroclim., 1933, 44: 307-13. ---- Mont-Dore, France. Sepchat, E. *La cure hydrominerale d'alti- tude du Mont-Dore chez les enfants. 176p. 8? Par., 1925. B6al & leclere. Le Mont-Dore; indications et contre-indi- cations. Gaz. med. Nantes, 1914, 2.ser., 32: 421-34.—BiUard, G. Pouvoir anagotoxique des eaux de La Bourboule et du Mont- Dore sur le sulfate de sparteine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 982.—Claude, F., & Clogne, R. Modifications du nombre des globules sanguins sous l'influence des pratiques hydrothera- piques de la cure thermale du Mont-Dore. Presse therm, clim., 1935,76:237-41. -----& Brilhon. Contribution a l'etude des variations de Puree et de l'acide urique sous Taction de l'inges- tion d'eau du Mont-Dore. Ibid., 590-4.—Debidour, A. Modi- fication du poids et de la taille chez l'enfant pendant la cure du Mont-Dore. Ibid., 467-73.-----■ Action de la cure thermale du Mont-Dore sur les accidents respiratoires catameniaux de certaines dysmenorrheiques. Arch. Soc. sc med. biol. Mont- pellier, 1932,13: 727-32.—Galup, J. La part de Michel Bertrand dans la specialisation du Mont-Dore. Presse therm, clim., 1935, 76: 113; 202.—Janot, P. La duchesse de Berry au Mont-Dore. Gaz. med. France, 1929, 3: suppl. litt., num. spec, 19-21.— Meillere. Sur une demande de declaration d'interSt public et d'etablissement d'un perimetre de protection pour la source Croizat situee au Mont-Dore (Puy-de-D6me) Bull. Acad. med., Par., 1933, 3.ser., 110: 444-7.—Recherches experimentales sur les eaux de Mont-Dore. Presse therm, clim., 1921, 62: 317. BALNEOGRAPHY 82 BALNEOGRAPHY Montecatini, Italy. Pampanini, C. Le acque clorurato e solfato sodiche di Mon- tecatini in ginecologia ed ostetricia. Riv. idroclim., 1926, 37: 254-60.—Pisani, S. Sopra alcune delle l roprieta ed indicazioni delle Sorgenti di Montecatini. Ibid., 1933, 258-72. ---- Neris, France. Secloux. Neris-les-Bains: les thermes romains. Gaz. m6d. France, 1929, 3: suppl. litt., num. spec, 29.—Mace de lepinay. Le traitement des rhumatismes a Neris-les-Bains (Ailier) Mar- seille med., 1929, 66: 680-3. ---- Newquay, England, Hardwick, A. G. P. Newquay as a health resort. Practi- tioner, Lond., 1927, 118: 265. ---- Norway & Sweden. Poulsson, E. [The occurrence of radio-active water in Nor- way] Tskr. norske lsegefor., 1914, 34: 817-25.—Rode, I. [The royal bath and spring institution of Loka, Sweden] Hospi- talstidende, 1907, 4.R., 15: 542-6. ---- Novorossiysk, U. S. S. R. Kovalevski, P. I. [Novorossiysk and its shore] Prakt. vrach, 1907, (i: 21, passim.—Shpakovski, P. N. [Mineral mud ol Novorossiysk and experimental treatment with it] Med. sbornik, 1898, no.61, 1-40, 7tab. ---- Oberschiitzen, Austria. Biem, K. Die Sixtina-Quelle bei Oberschiitzen (Burgen- land) Wien. med. Wschr., 1935, 85: 1349. ---- Olanesti, Rumania. Bianu, V. La radioactivite des eaux minerales de Olanejti. Bull. Acad, roum., 1923-24, 9: sect, sc, 67-70. ---- Ostende, Belgium. Bepoorter, A. Les thermes d'Ostende; palais de physio- therapie. Bruxelles mfid., 1932-33, 13: passim.—Excursion a Ostende et inauguration offlcielle du Palais des Thermes, en pre- sence de LL. MM. le Roi et la Reine. Ibid., 1933-34, 14: suppl., 105-20.—Inauguration du Centre medical du Palais des thermes d'Ostende. Ibid., 14: 750-2. ---- Paipa, Colombia. Bernal Jimgnez, J. Las agudas termales de Paipa. Rev* med. Bogota, 1934-35, 44: 897-904. ---- Paso Robles, California. Myers, M. C. The waters at Paso Robles. N. York M.J., 1916, 103: 927. ---- Pernov, U. S. S. R. Behse. Ueber Pernausche Schlamm- und Moorbader. S. Petersb. med. Wschr., 1898, n.F., 15: 77-80—Fitinhof-Scheel. [Pernov, on the Baltic Sea] Prakt. vrach, 1913, 12: 327-9. ---- Philippine Islands. Heise, G. W. The constancy in the radioactivity of certain Philippine waters. Philippine J. Sc, 1917, 12: Sec.A, 309-11. Also Rev. fllip. med. farm., 1917, 8: 169-75.—Rosario, M. V., del. Crenotherapy in the Philippines. Bull. Nat. Rev. Counc. Philippine Islands, 1935, no.9, 32-5. ---- Pistyan, Czechoslovakia. Schmidt, L. Bad Pistyan; seine Quellen und seine Bedeutung. 93p. 8? Wien [1930] Bonheim, P. Ueber die Erfolge der Pistyan-Schlammbe- handlung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1932, 79: 676.—Josephson, C. B. Bad Pistyan. Hygiea, Stockh., 1928, 90: 561-9—Lichten- stein, G. Die Behandlung der Arthritiden und Neuralgien in Bad Pistyan. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1925-26, 31: 87-92. ---- Plombieres-les-Bains, France. Belaby, R., & Janot, M. M. Sur la radioactivite de la source n° 10 (source des Arcades) recemment captee a Plombieres-les- Bains (Vosges) Ann. Inst, hydr., Par., 1929-30, 6: 263-73 Also Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1930, 3.ser., 103: 49-51.-----& Charonnat, R. Les variations d"une source thermale: la source des Dames de Plombieres. Crend.Acad.se, 1933,197:1739-41 Also Presse therm, clim., 1934, 75: 543.—Bominguez Roldan, F., & Kohly, C. E. La estacion termal de Plombieres. Rev med cubana, 1922, 33: 813-21—Rotstadt, J. [Plombieres] Warsz' czas. lek., 1933, 10: 43.—Santenoise, B., Merklen, L. [et al.] Action de la cure de Plombieres sur la motricite intestinale Paris med., 1934, 91: 329-33—Truelle, R. Plombieres-les-Bains; ses eaux, son climat; action bienfaisante de la cure dans les maladies de coloniaux. Rev. prat. mal. pays chaud, 1934 14: 697-706. ---- Poland. Hufxagel, S. *Etude generale des eaux minerales de la Pologne. 77p. 8? Strasb., 1933. Braun, B. [Effect of thermal water of the Zuber spring (Kry- nica, Poland)on basal metabolism and on di.seases of the endocrine system] Polska gaz. lek., 1930, 9: 592-6.—Kmietowicz, F..jun. [Study on the hydrogenion concentration in the thermal springs in Poland] Ibid., 1931, 10: 78-80.—Sawicki, B. [Defects in our hydromineral and climatic stations] Ibid., 1926, 5: 344-9.— Sawicz, K. [Research of reabsorption of chlorides, introduced into organism, through inhalation of Ciechocinek saline water] Ibid., 1928, 7: 458-61.—Turowska, I. Etudes sur la microflore des sources sulfureuses en Pologne; contribution a l'etude des sulfobactfries. Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, 1933, s.B, 45-60, eh. pi.—Ziembicki, W. [A forgotten mineral spring (of Szklo) and its ancient description by Sixte] Polska gaz. lek., 1926, 5: 30-4.—Zulinski, E. [Progress in organization ol our hydromineral and climatic stations] Ibid., 350. ---- Poland, Maine. Baudisch, O. Ueber das Polandwasser im Staate Maine U.S.A. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1929-30, 4: 142-8.-----The Poland spring water; an experimental study. Arch. M. Hydr., Lond., 1929, 7: 229-31, pi. ---- Pougues, France. Baillet, P. Les proprifites biologiques des eaux de Pougues. Presse therm, clim., 1935, 76: 253-6.—Besgrez, Rathery, F., & Lescoeur, L. Contribution a Tetude des eaux bicarbonatees calciques considcrfes comme eliminatrices d'acide urique. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1926, 3.ser., 96: -IS2-8—Hyvert, R. Pou- gues et les maladies des pays chauds. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1926, 6: 235-9. ---- Pozzuoli, Italy. Botto-Micca, A. La leggenda di Virgilio fondatore dei bagni di Pozzuoli. Minerva med., Tor., 1929, 9: 308-11. ---- Radiumbad Oberschlema, Germany. Mittenzwey, W. Kritik der Baderkuren 1924 im Radiumbad Oberschlema im Erzgebirge. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1926-27 1-2: 151-8. ---- Ragaz-Pfafers, Switzerland. Kornmann, F. Bad Ragaz. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64:124.—Ragaz and the Engadine spas. Brit. M.J., 1921, 2: 327. ---- Rheinfelden, Switzerland. Keller, A. Rheinfelden, ein Beispiel fur die Kombination von Heilfaktoren. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 131. ---- Rosario de la Frontera, Argentina. Beretervide, J. J., & Rechniewski, C. Mecanismo de la ac- cion diuretica de las aguas de Rosario de la Frontera. Actas Congr. nac. med., Rosario, 1934, 5: pt4, 322. -----& lamas, J. R. Action de las aguas de Rosario de la Frontera sobre la secretion gastrica. Ibid., 324. ---- Royat, France. Billard, G., Richard, G., & lafarcinade. Les modifications de ia courbe oscillometrique dans le bain carbo-gazeux de Royat. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1919, 82: 1025-7—Mougeot, A. L'action immediate du bain carbo-gazeux a temperature indifferente de Royat sur la tension arterielle minime. Ann. Soc. hvdr med. Pans, 1914, 59: 290-308. ----- Caracteristiques hydrologiques et indications therapeutiques de Royat (Auvergne) Rev prat. mal. pays chauds, 1926, 6: 285-94. -----& Aubertot. Les echanges gazeux au cours des bains thermaux de Royat Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1933, 3.ser., 110: 27-31. ----- La penetra- tion transcutanee des gaz radioactifs au cours de la balneation thermale de Royat. Ibid., 1933, 3.ser., 109: 946-9. ——- & Gros, R. Mesure de la vitesse de diffusion des gaz thermaux dans Pair au cours des bains de Royat. Ibid., 1935, 3.ser., 113: 35679— Richard, G., & lafarcinade. Modifications de la courbe oscillometrique sous l'influence du bain carbo-gazeux de Royat. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1919, 82: 1028.—Romeuf. Le gaz thermaux de Royat; leurs indications. Prat, med., 1934, 15: 412-28. ---- Rumania. Costeanu, N. B., & Cocosinschi, A. Contributions a l'etude des eaux minerales de Bucovine; l'eau sulfureuse de Puciosu. Bull. Acad, roman. 1929, 12: sect, sc, 48-54.—Dima, G. A Re- cherches sur la radioactivite de quelques sources d'eau minerale et d'eau potable de Transylvanie. Ibid., 1928-29 11- 53-5 — Marmescu, N., & Munteanu, V. [Changes in pulse and arterial pressure during treatment with warm mud-baths of Carmen Sylva] Romania med., 1935,13: 304-7.—Michailescu, C [Ther- apeutic value of Rumanian mineral watersl Rev san mil Bucur., 1929, 28: 221-44. J "'^ mu" BALNEOGRAPHY 83 BALNEOGRAPHY ---- Russia. Eghiasarian, N. *Die kaukasisehen Bader [Berlin] 32p. 8? Charlottenb., 1931. Alexandrov, W. A. The Russian mud baths; their technique and indications. Arch. M. Hydr., Lond., 1929, 7: 195-7 — Barral, E., & Barral, E. Les limans de la Mer Noire. Lyon m6d., 1914-15, 123-4: 281, passim.—Kavetzky, N. E. [Bathing resort of Schira, Siberial Vrach. gaz., 1926, 30: 5x3.— Khvorov, V. V. [Certain clinical observations on the action of mud baths of Lake Karachi] Sibirsk. vrach, 1915, 2: 304; 315; 327—Krovo- puskov, G. Y. [The mineral muds Golaya Pristan of Taurida Government] Morsk. vrach, 1915, 141-62.—Opokin, A. A. Versuche iiber intrarectale Schlammtherapie im Kurort See Gorjkoje des Tscheljabinsker Kreises. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1928-29, 26: 82.—Teterin, P. F. [Effect of mineral waters of the Izhev spring (Crimea) on an isolated frog heart] J. eksp. biol., 1930, 14: 43-6.—Valedinski, I. A. [Bacteria of the therapeutic mud of Lake Karachinskoye] Sibirsk. vrach, 1915, 2: 110-4. ---- Saalfeld, Germany. Meissner, R. Ueber die Wirkung einiger Mineralerden der Saalfelder Diadochithohlen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 530 —Wehmeyer, A. Klinische Erfahrungen mit dem Stark- wasser der Saalfelder Heilquellen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 1773-5. ---- Saint-Amand-les-Eaux, France. Rachez, J. La fangothfirapie a Saint-Amand-les Eaux ;Nord) J. med. Paris, 1927, 46: 455-8. ---- Saint-Gervais-les-Bains, France. Desaux, A., & Paillet, M. La reorganisation medicale de la station climatique et thermale de Saint-Gervais-les-Bains. Progr. med., Par., 1933, 1273. ---- Saint-Honore-les-Bains, France. Charpin, P. Contribution a l'etude des origines du mode d'action et de la composition des eaux thermales de Saint- Honore. Rev. med. est, 1929, 57: 465-84.--Bu Pasquier, E. Les effets modificateurs de la cure de Saint-Honore sur la circulation pulmonaire eelaires par l'etude de la tension veineuse. J. med. Paris, 1927, 46: 275.—Genty, V. Le medecin P. J. J. Bacon Tacon; fondateur de l'etablissement thermal de Saint-Honore. Progr. med., Par., 1934, suppl., 41-3. ---- Saint-Nectaire, France. Carpentier, G. La presence de traces infinitesimales de cuivre dans les eaux minerales; eaux de St-Nectaire; son role biologique. Presse therm, clim., 1929, 70: 37-43. ----- Eva- luation rapide des carbonates et bicarbonates dans les eaux et les eaux minerales en particulier: eaux de Saint-Nectaire; indice iodotannique. J. med. Paris, 1932, 52: 10-3.—lescoeur & Serane. Acidite ionique et constitution chimique de cer- taines sources de Saint-Nectaire. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1927, 3.ser., 97: 89-93.—Maire, G. I. E. Les eaux thermales de Saint- Nectaire. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1933, 98: 429-53. ---- Saint-Sauveur, France. Baudrimont, A. Lors de son voyage aux Pyrenees en 1807, la reine Hortense sfijourna-t-elle et fit-elle une cure thermale a Saint-Sauveur? J. med. Bordeaux, 1929, 59: 19-23—Macrez. Saint-Sauveur; les caracteristiques de la station. J. obst. gyn., Par., 1935, 6: no.7, 5-19, pi.—Massy, R. Sur la radioactivite des eaux de Saint-Sauveur (Hautes-Pyronees) Ann. Inst, hydr., Par., 1932-33, 8: 236-42.—Surle. Ce qu'on peut attendre d'une cure thermale a St-Sauveur-les-Bains et des cures thermales en general. J. obst. gyn., Par., 1935, 6: no.7, 20-36. ---- Salice. Fratti, E. Terme di Salice; terapia inalatoria calcio-solforosa delle vie aeree; nebulizzazioni calcio-solforose. Riv. idroclim., 1933, 44: 38.5-90—Biviani, E. I fanghi salso-iodici di Salice. Ibid., 1931, 42: 389-400. ---- Salies-de-Bearn, France. Bavid. Salies-de-Bearn, historique et therapeutique. Gaz. med. France, 1929, 3: num. spec 67-9.—Belaby, R., & Charon- nat, R. Sur les eaux chlorurees de la region de Salies-de-Bearn. Ann. Inst, hydr., Par., 1930-31, 7: 135-76. ---— Sur la radio- activite des eaux de la region de Salies-de-Bearn. Bull. Acad. med., Par., 1930, 104: 193-6. ---- Salsomaggiore, Italy. Albertelli, E., Boselli, S., & Zerbini, E. Osservazioni cliniche e microscopiche sui malati curati con iniezioni ipodermiche di Acqua Madre di Salsomaggiore. Atti Congr. naz. idroclim. (1906) 1907, 441-6—Antiognetti & Be Blasi, V. La secrezione dell' ormone ovarico follicolare sotto I'influenza delle cure di Salsomaggiore. Riforma med., 1936, 52: 355-61— Astolfom, G. Contribuzione alio studio del ricambio degli ammalati del Sanatorium curati colle acque salsoiodiche di Salsomaggiore. Atti Congr. naz. idroclim. (1906) 1907, 437-9 -----& Boselh. Nuove osservazioni sulle modiflcazioni che subiscono la pressione sanguigna ed il polso durante i bagni salsoiodici di Salsomag- giore. Ibid., 440.—Besso, M. G. La cura delle acque di Salsc maggiore in oculistica; occhiodiatesicoe cure termominerali. Bol. ocul., 1928, 7: 330.—Bonacorsi, L. II potere batteriolitico del- l'acqua di Salsomaggiore. Boll. Soc. med. Parma, 1920, 2.ser., 13: 20.—Ceccherelli, A. Applicazione dell' acqua salsoiodica di Salsomaggiore in chirurgia. Atti Congr. naz. idroclim., 1908, 541.—Marfiori, P. Sul meccanismo d'azione del bagno di Salsomaggiore (ricerche sperimentali e considerazioni critiche) Riv. idroclim., 1926, 37: 241-9. ---- Sankt Moritz, Switzerland. Biirgi, E. Ueber die einheitliche Wirkung verschiedener Heilfaktoren in Badern und Kurorten mit besonderer Beruck- sichtigung der Verhaitnisse von St Moritz-Bad. Balneologe, 1934, 1: 209-14.—Hediger, S. Ueber die Eisentherapie und die Aktivitat der Eisenquelle von St Moritz. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1928, 58: 377-9. ---- Santiago del Estero, Argentina. Alvarez, A. Las termas del rio Hondo (Santiago del Estero) Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, i: 754-808. ---- Saratoga Springs, N.Y. Baudisch, O. The nature of medicinal springs: the peculiar state of iron in Saratoga water. Med. Times, N.Y., 1933, 61: 295-304. ----- Zur Kenntnis der besonderen Zustandsformen des Eisens in Mineral wassern (Untersuchungen an den Saratoga- quellen) Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1928-29, 3: 517-22. ----- & Bavidson, B. Natural mineral waters in the light of modern research; the catalytic action of the Saratoga Springs. Arch. Int. M., 1927, 40: 496-520.—Ferris, A. W. The State of New York develops an American spa; Saratoga Springs. Mod. Hosp. 1915, 5: 397-402.-----• The history of Saratoga Springs. Med. Pickwick, 1916, 2: 127-130.—Freiberg, C. A. Saratoga mineral springs and baths. J. Am. Ass. Promot. Hyg., 1929, 12: 31-6.—Herbert, L. M. Saratoga Springs therapy. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1934,129: 336, passim.—New (The) deal at Saratoga. Med. Times, N.Y., 1933, 61: 245-56.—Radioactivity of the water at Hot Springs, Ark., and Saratoga Springs, New York, and other points in America. Radium, Pittsb., 1915, 5: 10-4. ---- Sardara, Italy. Giunti, I. Ricerche sui caratteri fisici, chimici e batterio logici del fango termo-minerale di Sardara. Idr. clim., 1903, 14: 180-96. ---- Sardinia. Hofler, M. Wasserkult und Badewesen auf Sardinien. Zschr. Bain., 1918, 11: 51; 65; 77. ---- Schallerbach, Austria. Brunner, J. Indikationen und Kurmittel von Schallerbach. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1924, 37: Sonderbeil., H.24, 1-4—Simfl, A. Der Einfluss der Schallerbacher Akratotherme auf das Wachs- tum von Tieren und Pflanzen. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1927, 33: 163-6. ----- Die Beeinflussung des Kochsalzstoffweohsels durch Trink- und Badekuren mit der Schallerbacher Akrato- therme. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1927-28, 2: 138-44. ---- Schollene, Germany. lendel, E. Vergleichende Untersuchungen uber das Warme- haltungsvermogen verschiedener Schlammarten unter beson- derer Berucksichtigung der Schollener Pelose. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther 1932, 42: 6-12.—Potonie, R., & Benade, W. Zur Geologie des Heilschlamms von Schollene. Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 343-6. ---- Sierck, France. Ruwin, R. ^Contribution a l'etude des in- jections intratissulaires de l'eau minerale de Sierck isotonisee. 68p. 8? Strasb., 1932. Pouchet, M. Demande de declaration d'interet public et de perimetre de protection en faveur des sources minerales de la Societe de Sierck, a Contz-les-Bains (Moselle) Bull. Acad. med., Par., 1935, 3.ser., 113: 646-50. ---- Sliac, Czechoslovakia. Prazak, I. [Climatic conditions in the Sliac health station] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1935, 15: 857-92. ---- Spa, Belgium. Scheuer, V. Etude medicales sur les eaux de Spa; leurs vertus, leur mode d'emploi et leur usage dans les maladies. 217p. 8? Brux., 1877. ---- & Wybauw, R. Spa; passe, present, avenir; causerie medicale. 126p. 8? Brux., 1901. BALNEOGRAPHY 84 BALNEOGRAPHY Wybauw, R. Traits des eaux de Spa et guide de 1'stranger; description de la ville et des en- virons; promenades et excursions; action des eaux et des bains; indications des cures de Spa; ren- seignements divers; pre'c^de' d'une notice histo- rique par Albin Body. 258p. 8? Spa [1907] Bamseaux, A. de. Les bains de boues ferrugineuses a Spa. Congr. internat. hydr. clim., 1898, 5: 468-78, 2 pi.—Guilleaume. La cure de Spa specialement au point de vue des cardiaques. Ann. Soc. med. chir. Anvers, 1906, 11: 177-202.—lortel, J. Une villegiature d'autrefois: Spa. Aesculape, Par., 1926, n.s., 16: 276; 307.—Poskin, A. Note sur la radioactivite des sources minerales de Spa et de leurs depots. Bull. Soc. sc. med. natur. Bruxelles, 1906, 64: 56-70, 5pl.—Wybauw. R. Du mecanisme de Taction des bains carbogazeux ferrugineux (bains de Spa) chez les malades atteints de troubles cardio-vasculaires. C. rend. congr. fr. med. (1904) 1905, 131-45. Spain. Casas, F. S. Superficial tension of the Spanish mineral waters. Arch. M. Hydr., Lond., 1933, 11: 198-200.—Rodriguez Pinilla, H. El baf.o carbogaseoso en Espafia. Arch. card. hemat., Madr., 1924, 5: 89-91.—Sirvent Bargent, B. C. Analisis espectografico de las aguas minero-medicinales espafiolas. Progr. clin., Madr., 1931, 39: 602; 669. ---- Switzerland. Camenisch, C. Sind die Engadiner Mineralquellen vor alters kalt oder warm benutzt worden? Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1923, 53: 499.—Hartmann, A. Zur Entstehung der schweizeri- schen Mineralquellen. Praxis, Bern, 1927, 16: H.10, 1-3 — Keller, A. Die Solbader der deutschen Schweiz. Ibid., 1932, 21: Beil. H.21, 1-8.—Keller, H. The Swiss spas. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1934, 139: 585. ---- Tarasp-Schuls-Vulpera, Switzerland. Schmid, H. J. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung von Glaubersalzwassern auf den Gallenfluss, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Tarasper Luziuswassers. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1933, 63: 212-5.—Widmer, M. Vulpera- Tarasp, a precious discovery in mediaeval days. Med. Times, N.Y., 1923, 51: 261. ---- Tekir-Ghiol, Rumania. Beleanu, N. T., & Hofmann, R. Recherches physico-chi- miques sur les boues de Tekir-Ghiol et d'Agigea. Rev. med. roumain., 1930, 3: 69-86. ---- Teplitz-Schonau, Czechoslovakia. Hauser, A. Die Radioaktivitat der Teplitz-Schonauer UrqueUe. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1907, 20: 45-9. ---- Termini Imerese, Italy. Ia Franca, S. Le acque minerali di Sicilia; le acque termali di Termini Imerese. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1930, 9: 711-7. ---- Thale a.H., Germany. Otto, W. Hubertusbader Quellsalz, ein rein natiirliches Kalziumsalz. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 1579. — Tivoli, Italy. Desideri, M. Le acque albule di Tivoli. ! Tivoli [1918] — Torquay, England. 63p. Uriage, France. Bunlop, T. Torquay as a health resort. Practitioner, Lond., 1927,118:261-4— Hallowes, K. R. C. Torquay as a health resort. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1929-30, 23: sect. bain. Clim., 41-4. ---- Truskawiec, Poland. Knossov, K., & Rosenbusch, J. Sur l'action cholerfttique des eaux minerales de Truskawiec. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 157-9. Also Polska gaz. lek., 1931, 10: 574-6.—Laskownicki, S. [Clinical research on the therapeutic value of the mineral water Naftusia] Ibid., 1933, 12: 225; 241. ---- United States. Braes, C. T. Further studies on the fauna of North Ameri- can hot springs. Proc. Am. Acad. Art. Sc, 1932, 67: 185-303.— Collins, W. B., & Howard, C. S. Natural sodium bicarbonate waters in the United States. Indust. Engin. Chem., 1927, 19: 623.—Hinsdale, G. American thermal springs; their therapeutic uses; radioactivity of springs in Germany, Austria, and Virginia, with a regime for patients with gout, rheumatism, and arthritis. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1915, 87: 722-5—Our neglected spas. Illinois Health Mess., 1934, 6: 51—Von Oefele, F. The thermal waters of the eastern half of the United States. Buffalo M.J., 1914-15, 70: 405-7. Boutelier, A. Uriage; station des acnelques et des eczema- teux; station des enfants lymphatiques et adtaoidiens; adjuvant precieux des cures mercurielles et bismuthiques. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1926, 6: 240-52.----- Le traitement des dermatoses a Uriage. Bull, med., Par., 1931, 45: 395-404- Jourdanet, P. Uriage. Gaz. med. France, 1929, 3: suppl. litt., num spec, 23. ----- Le traitement du rhumatisme chro- nique par les injections intra-tissulaires d'eau d'Uriage a son emergence. Lyon med., 1933, 152: 489-93.—larat, J., & Sieben- mann, C. Sur l'action de l'eau d'Uriage; contribution a l'etude des eaux sulfureuses. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1927, 9: 327-35.—Sappey, P. Les eaux d'Uriage en gynecologie. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1929, 18: 232-41. Also Presse med., 1929, 37:784. ----- L'eau d' Uriage est un serum natural, sulfureux, aseptique done injectable; son emploi en gynecologie. Mont- pellier med., 1931, 53: 285-7. ----- Le mode d'action de l'eau d'Uriage en gynecologie. Prat. med. fr., 1935, 16: 199-205. ---- Vals, France. Hutin, A. La station de Vals. Prat. med. fr., 1935, 16: 62-70. ---- Val Sinestra, Switzerland. Nadig, A. Der radioaktive Schlamm von Val Sinestra und seine therapeutische Bedeutung. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1929- 30,4: 540-7. ---- Vichy, France. Benhamou, M. Contribution a l'etude bo- tanique de la flore algale des sources du groupe hyperthermal de Vichy. 161p. 8? Lyon, 1934. Armand, I. Etude des sources gazeuses et particulierement des sources obtenues par forage dans le bassin de Vichy. Ann. Inst, hydr., Par., 1933-34, 9: 77-138.—Barr, J. Vichy., and its waters. Brit. M.J., 1927, 1: 1063.—Binet, E. Comment doit-on envisager la cure hydrominerale de Vichy? Rev. hyg. social. Strasbourg, 1921, 3: 195-7. -----& Nepveux, F. De Paction hepato-biliaire des eaux de Vichy prises au griffon, appreciee par le tubage duodenal. Nutrition, Par., 1931, 1: 411-50. Also Presse therm, clim., 1936, 77: 132-4. ----- De Taction des eaux de Vichy prises au griffon sur la bile obtenue par fistule vesiculate. Ibid., 1933, 74: 634-41.—Blum, P., Achard, G., & Brunner. Recherches sur la courbe de neutralisation des eaux de Vichy (source de l'Hopital) applications therapeutiques. Congr. internat. lith. biliaire, 1932, 2: 393-406.—Boucher. Les indications therapeutiques des eaux de Vichy. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1925-26, 5: 419.—Caillon, X. Les enfants a Vichy. Paris med., 1931, 81: 161-7.—Besgrez, A., Rathery, F., & lencoeur, I. Contribution a l'etude de la cure de Vichy. Ann. Inst, hydr., 1932-33, 8: 1-71. Also Bull. gen. ther., Par., 1930, 181: 385-94.—Buhot, E., Bizard, G., & Cuve- lier, I. Action comparee de l'eau Vichy et d'une solution de bicarbonate du sodium sur la glyefimie et sur l'indosS plasma- tique du chien au cours d'epreuves d'hyperglycemie provoquee, C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 194-6.—Fleury, E. Bicarbonate de soude ou sei de Vichy. Presse therm, clim., 1933, 74: 741.— Fruictier, P. Comment prescrire l'eau de Vichy a domicile? Bruxelles med., 1931-32,12:913-8. ----- Quels malades faut-il ou ne faut-il par envoyer a Vichy? Clinique, Par., 1934, 29: 119-21.—Glenard, R. Etude medico-historique sur Vichy. Gaz. med. France, 1929, 3: suppl. litt., num. spec, 17.----- Ac- tion dynamique des eaux de Vichy a la source. Nutrition, Par., 1934, 4: 111-5. Also Presse therm, clim., 1934, 75: 145-8 — Hinsdale, G. The cure at Vichy in the seventeenth century. N. York M.J., 1917, 106: 1121—Kramer-Petersen [(A sojourn in) Vichy] Ugeskr. laeger, 1927, 89: 234.—langlois, M. A. Les contre-indications de la cure hydrominerale a l'hopital militaire de Vichy. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1934,101: 753-64.—lescoeur, L., & Bescrez, C. Influence comparee de certaines eaux mine- rales sur l'acide urique du plasma sanguin et de Purine (Vichy et Pougues) Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1929, 3.ser., 101: 572-6.— Martinez Vargas. Vichy en 1935. Med. ninos, Barcel., 1935, 36: 257-64.—Morlet, A. Un Bacchus decouvert a Vichy. Aescu- lape, Par., 1933, n.s., 23: 36.—Mouriquand, G., Michel, P., & Milhaud. Action comparee de l'eau de Vichy (Grande Grille) et d'une solution bicarbonatee Squivalente sur le cobaye carence. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 65.—Niviere, G. Variations de la posologie des eaux de Vichy au cours des siecles. Nutrition, Par., 1931,1: 201-16.-----La cure externe dans les etablisse- ments thermaux de Vichy. Ibid., 1935, 5: 233-50.—Perrot, E. La fabrication du sei naturel a la Compagnie Fermiere de Vichy. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1933, 40: 513-9—Regnault, R. Tempera- ments et medecine thermale; applications a la cure de Vichy. Union med. nord-est, 1935, 58: 166; 177.—Rouzaud, Mathieu de Fossey & Biscons. Vichy et les coloniaux; indications et contre-indications. Presse therm, clim., 1922, 63: 573-6.— Vauthey, M. Formule d'Arneth et reserve alcaline sanguine; action de la cure de Vichy. Ibid., 1934, 75: 550-2. ----- Cure de Vichy et formule leucocytaire sanguine; essai d'analyse des modes d'action. Ibid., 1935, 76: 633-5.—Vauthey, P., & Vauthey, M. Revue generale des diverses proprietes des eaux de Vichy recherches recentes. Ann. med. phys., Anvers, 1931 24:133-51. ----- La cure de Vichy pendant la grossesse et rallaitement BALNEOGRAPHY 85 BALNEOGRAPHY Prat. med. fr., 1931, 12: 262-70. ----- Action de la cure de Vichy sur le metabolismo de l'acide urique. Presse therm. clim 1931, 72: 105. ----- La douche sous-marine hepatique a Vichy. Loire med., 1933, 47: 120-5. ----- Foie et rhuma- tismes chroniques, cure de Vichy. Marseille med., 1933, 70: 489-98.—Walter, H. La cure de Vichy et ses indications. J. med. chir., Par., 1930, 101: 249-62. ----- La posologie hydro- minerale a Vichy. Gaz. med. France, 1935, 42: therm, no.7, 41. -----& Nepveux, F. Essai de controle de la cure de Vichy sur l'etude de l'equilibre acide-base. Presse therm, clim., 1935, 76: 665-73. ---- Villa Saline di Penna S. Giovanni, Italy. Poli, R. Determinazione delle costanti fisiche dell' acqua minerale di quattro sorgenti situate in localita Villa Saline di Penna S. Giovanni (Macerata) Boll. Soc. eustach., 1934, 32: 169-75.—Saccardi, P. Sulla composizione di quattro acque minerali esistenti in Villa Saline di Penna S. Giovanni (Mace- rata) Ibid., 161-8. ---- Vinadio, Italy. Melzi, V. Di una nuova importante utilizzazione delle acque termali di Vinadio. Pensiero med., 1935, 24: 95-104. --- Vittel, France. Adjuvances (Les) de la cure a Vittel. Presse therm, clim.. 1924, 65: 745.—Auguste, C, & Auguste, S. Hydremie provoquee par l'eau de Vittel Grande Source. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 197.—Boigey, M. La cure d'exercice de Vittel: organisa- tion, indications et contreindications. J. m§d. Paris, 1926, 45: 523-6.—Besgrez, A., Rathery, F., & Wolff, R. Contribution a l'etude de la cure de Vittel; recherches sur Paction de l'eau de la source Hepar. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1932, 3.ser., 107: 1005. Also Ann. Inst, hydr., Par., 1933-34, 9: 1-64.—Marcotte, A. Etude de l'action de l'eau Vittel (source Hepar) sur les atonies vesiculates. Presse therm, clim., 1933, 74: 177.— Monsseaux, A. Sur la posologie de la source Hepar de Vittel. Ibid., 1934, 75: 180-5.—Schneider. Les colibacillaires a Vittel. J. med. Paris, 1933, 53: 474-6. Also Prat. med. fr., 1933, 14: 558-64. Also Rev. med. Est, 1933, 61: 712-7.—Violle, P. I. Variations du pa urinaire sous l'influence d'eaux minfirales sulfates calciques ^Vittel Grande-Source) Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1932, 3.ser., 107: 285-97. --- Wien, Austria. Zweig, W. Trinkkuren mit der Schwefelquelle des Pfann- schen Mineralbades in Wien. Wien. med. Wschr., 1934,84: 222. --- Wiesbaden, Germany. Pfeiffer, E. Die Badekur in Wiesbaden; Geschichte, Anwendungsweise und Verwendung derselben bei Krankheiten. 40p. 8? Wiesb., 1919. Fresenius, I. Ueber die katalytischen Wirkungen der Mineralquellen, insbesondere des Wiesbadener Kochbrunnens. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 2304.—Harpuder, K. Ueber das biolo- gische Verhalten des Wiesbadener Thermalwassers. Ibid., 2305. ----- Beitrage zur allgemeinen Biochemie komplizierter Salzlosungen; Untersuchungen iiber die biologischen Wirkungen des Wiesbadener Thermalwassers. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 183: 45; 62. ----- Biologische Untersuchungen an den Wies- badener Thermalquellen. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1927-28, 2: 134-8. ----- Ueber die biologischen Wirkungen des Wies- badener Thermalwassers; Untersuchungen fiber die biologische Bedeutung katalytischer Schwermetallwirkungen. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 193: 372-9. -----■ Ueber den Einfluss von Ferro- und Manganoionen auf Fermente. Ibid., 380-3. ---- Wildbad, Germany. Fritz. Indikationen und Wirkungsweise der Wildbader Thermalquellen. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1926, 36: 161-5.—Grunow. Osmotherapie und Wildbader Thermalbader. Zschr. phys. diat. Ther., 1922, 26: 380-5. ----- Weitere Untersuehungser- gebnisse zur Frage der Reizkorperentstehung und Reizkorper- wirkung bei den Wildbader Thermalbadern. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1923-24, 28: 101-14. ----- Zur Reizwirkung der Wild- bader Thermalbader auf das vegetative Nervensystem an der Hand hamatologischer Befunde. Med. Kor. Bl. Wurttemberg, 1926, 96: 61; 81. ----- Die Einwirkung der Wildbader Ther- malwasser-Trinkkur auf das endokrine System. Ibid., 1929, 99: 303-5. ----- Theoretische und praktische Bemerkungen zur Frage der Einwirkung der Wildbader Thermalbader auf das Splanchnikusgebiet. Ibid., 1930, 100: 315; 339; 380—Scho- ber, P., & Gaisser, F. C. Ueber die Elektrolyse von Wildbader Thermalwasser. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1929-30, 4: 521-7. --- Wilhelmshaven, Germany. Schultze-Heubach, H. Ueber Wilhelmshavener Heilschlick. Balneologe, 1934, 1: 175-7. ---- Yalova, Turkey. ligor Bey, Bjevad Bey [et al.] Analyse des eaux thermales de Yalova. Ann. Inst, hydr., Par., 1930-32, 7: 285-306. ---- Zheleznovodsk, Russia. Egorov, M. N., & Fedorov, I. I. [Acid-base equilibrium in certain disorders of metabolism (Oxaluria, phosphaturia, ura- turia) and the effect of the mineral baths of Zheleznovodsk (Caucasus)] Vest, khir., 1933, 31: 35-45—Futran, M. [Cura- tive value of Zheleznovodsk mineral water springs and indica- tions for treatment] Vrach. dielo, 1928, 11: 639^2.—Kasatkin, E. V., & Bogdanova, G. P. [Water-salt metabolism in healthy subjects during drinking of the Zheleznovodsk mineral waters] Terap. arkh., 1933, 11: 405-19. BALNEOLOGE (Der) Berlin, v.l, 1934- Formerly Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte physikahsche Therapie. BALNEOLOGY. See also Balneography; Bath; Climatotherapy; Health resort; Hydrology; Hydrotherapy; Min- eral water; Physiotherapy; Thalassotherapy; Water; Waters, mineral [3.ser.] Archiv fur Balneologie und medizinische Klimatologie. Berl., v.l, 1925. Dietrich, E., & Kaminer, S. Handbuch der Balneologie, medizinischen Klimatologie und Bal- neographie. 5v. 8? Lpz., 1916-26. Ganz, E. International arztlicher Fort- bildungskursus mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Balneologie und Balneotherapie, 1930. 550p. 8? Jena, 1931. Garcia Lopez, A. Gufa del banista o com- pendio de hidrologfa medica, para uso de los enfermos que necesitan acudir a los estableci- mientos de aguas minerales. 2.ed. 309p. 12? Salamanca, 1876. Lachmann, S. Grundziige der Kurortwissen- schaft. 133p. 8? Lpz., 1933. Zeitschrift fur wissenschaftliche Bader- kunde. Berlin, v.1-5, 1926-30. Aschner, B. Moderne Humoralpathologie und Balneologie. Arch. Bain. med. Klim., Berl., 1925-26, 1: 271-90. Also Med. Klin., Berl., 1925, 21: 795.—Barth, K. Eine zeitgemasse Auf- gabe der Baderheilkunde. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1934, 44: 361.— Biirgi, E. Neue wissenschaftliche Wege der Balneologie. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 939-42.—Biem, K. Probleme und Aufgaben der Balneologie. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 421.—Dietrich, E. Die Bedeutung der wissenschaftlichen Baderkunde fiir die Kur- und Biiderorte. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1926-27,1:259-61. ----- Wissenschaftliche Baderkunde und medizinische Forschung. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 1493. ----- Baderkunde und Volkswohlfahrt. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1927- 28, 2: 3-14. ----- Naturaleza y problemas de la balneologia cientifica. Rev. med. Hamburgo, 1928, 9: 113-6. ----- Ziel und Aufgaben der wissenschaftlichen Baderkunde. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 422-6—Engelmann, W. Grundsatzlicb.es aus der Baderkunde. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1934, 44: 113-7.—Heub- ner, W. Grundsatzliches zur balneologischen Forschung. Bal- neologe, 1935, 2: 193-203.—Hirsch, M. Grundlinien der wissen- schaftlichen Baderkunde. Veroff. Medverwalt., 1927, 24: 449-70.—Idrologia (L') e medici. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1934, 15: 445.—Jaksch-Wartenhorst, R. Balneologie und innere Medizin. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1928-29, 3: 709-12.—Kaminer. Politik und Balneologie. Veroff. Medverwalt., 1922, 15: 291-6— Kotschau, K. Balneologie und biologische Medizin. Med. Klin., Berl., 1935, 31: 933-5.—Kunze, G. Balneologische Auf- gaben bei der Erforschung des rhythmischen Ablaufes biolo- gischer Vorgange. Balneologe, 1935,2:450-5.—Lachmann. Die wissenschaftlichen Grundfragen der Baderlehre. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1927, 24: 287-90.—lampert, H. Balneologie und For- schung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 425-7.—liesegang, R. E. Balneologie . In Med. Kolloidlehr. (Lichtwitz) 1935, 828-38 — Maliwa, E. Zweck und Wege der balneologischen Forschung. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1927-28, 2: 869-72.—Markwalder, J. Bal- neologie und Pharmakologie. Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 2507-10.— Meyer, H. H. Wissenschaft und Forschung in der Balneologie. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1928-29, 3: 396-401.—Muller, F. Probleme der balneologischen Forschung. Veroff. Medverwalt., 1922, 15:163-8.—Spiro, K. Grundsatzliches zur Balneologie. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1925, 55: 1021.—Strasser, A. Balneologie und Kreislauf. Wien. med. Wschr., 1936, 86: 257; 296.—Thomson, F. G. The role of hydrology in preventive medicine. Proc. R. Soc.M.,Lond., 1930-31,24:sect.bain.clim., 1-8—Vogt.H. Innere Sekretion und Balneologie. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1928-29, 3: 722-33. ----- Die Heilkunde von Badern, Trinkquellen und Klima im Rahmen der Gesamtmedizin. Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 464.—Weber, J. Balneologisch-klimatologische Um- schau. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1930, 60: 349-54. ---- Congresses. Hirsch, M. Die Badertagung in Wiesbaden, 16-20 MSrz, 1921. Zschr. phys. diat. Ther., 1921, 25: 268; 320. ----- Aus 40 Balneologenkongressen. Arch. Bain. med. Klim., Berl., BALNEOLOGY 86 BALNEOLOGY 1925, 1: 235-47—Kollmann, J. Zum 43. Balneologen-Kongress in Baden. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 411. ----- Zum 9. AlpenWndischen Aerztetag in Baden. Ibid., 1933, 83: 1109 — Rolando, G. XXIIIo Congresso Nazionale di idroclimatologie e terapia fisica. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1934, 40: pt2, 437-45.— Siebelt. Der 47. Schlesische BSdertag. Zschr. phys. diat. Ther., 1920,24: 17-20. ---- History. See also Bathing, History. Baruch, S. Annual address of the President. J. Am. Ass. Promot. Hyg., 1921, 2 & 3:19-34—Bickel, A. Errungenschaften der experimentellen Balneologie. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 521; 1931, 78: 563-5.—Boveri, P. La scienza idrologica ed il progresso delle nostre stazioni termali. Riv. idroclim., 1926, 37: 90-6.—Cmunt [Prof. Antonin Veselv and Czechoslovakian balneology] Cas. lek. cesk., 1932, 71: 769—Dietrich. Die bal- neologische Wissenschaft und das deutsche Baderwesen, ihre Aufgaben fur die Zukunft. Allg. med. Zentr. Ztg, 1921, 90: 78-81.—Fischer, I. Ein balneologischer Briefwechsel. Janus, Leyden, 1921, 25: 33-6.—Haberling, W. Das Baderbuch des Johann Winther von Andernach. Ibid., 1927, 31: 503—Har- puder, K. Ergebnisse der experimentellen Balneologie. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1932, 42: 100-55—Hirsch, M. Die Bader- forschung im letzten Jahre und ihre Folgerungen ftir die Kurorte. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1927-28, 2: 291-6.—Keller, H. Schweizeri- sche Bestrebungen auf dem Gebiete der Balneologie und Klima- tologie. Kor. Bl. schweiz. Aerzte, 1919, 49: 547-9.—Krone. Die Entwicklung der wissenschaftlichen Badermedizin im jetzigen Jahrhundert. Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 669-72- Lampert, H., & Strauch, W. Ergebnisse der balneologischen Forschung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1936, 32: 260; 293—Martin, A. Historical sketch of balneology. Med. Life, 1927, 3!: 257-300—Nenadovic, I. Jugoslavische Badekundc. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 509.—Packard, H. The balneology of Japan. Boston M.&S.J., 1921, 184: 60-4.—Sirodey, A. Rapport sur les travaux envoycs par les medecins des stations thermales. Bull Acad, mrd., Par., 1922, 3.ser., 87: 216-9.—Sudhoff, K. Eine italieuische Baderhandschrift aus der zweiten Halfte des 15. Jahrhunderts. Sudhoffs Arch., 1929, 21: 82-7.—Vicol. Evolution de la mede- cine balneaire en Roumanie. Congr. internat. hist, med., Bucar., 1932, 75-8.—Weber, J. Schweizerische Balneologie von heute. Praxis, Bern, 1933, 22: Beil.22,1-3—Weskott, H. Neuere Arbeiten aus dem Gebiete der Balneologie und Balneotherapie. Munch, med. Wschr., 1924, 71: 412-5. ---- Institutes and schools. Beneke, R. Ueber Notwendigkeit und Moglichkeit der Griindung balneo-klimatologischer Akademien in deutschen Bade- und Kurorten. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1926-27,1: 451-63.— Charmatz & Roubitschek. International arztlicher Fort- bildungskursus mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Balneo- logie und Balneotherapie. Wien. med. Wschr., 1920, 70: 1698; 1800; 1887 — Curschmann, H., & Hubner, W. Zur Frage der balneo-klimatologischen Akademien in Bade- und Kurorten. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1926-27, 1: 515-9.—Kionka, H. Unterricht in der Balneologie an den Universitaten. Balneologe, 1934, 1: 412-5.—Lampert, H. Aufgaben und Ziele des balneologischen Universitatsinstitutes. Radiol. Rdsch., 1935, 4: 24-9.—Marcuse, J. Dritter internationaler Fortbildungskurs mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Balneologie und Balneotherapie. Zschr. phys. diat. Ther., 1921,25:492-8— Meyer, H. H. EineHauptstelle fiir Balneologie in Ocsterreich. Wien. med. Wschr., 192S, 78: 503.—Narciso, A. Excursao as termas portuguesas do Instituto de hidrologia e climatologia de Lisboa. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1933, 51: 211.—Pfannenstiel, W. Staatliche Forschungsabteilung fiir Kurortwissenschaft und medizinische Klimatologie beim Hygienischen Institut der Universitat Marburg. Deut. med. Wschr., 1934, 60: 371.—Slauck, A. Balneologie und Unterricht. Ibid., 1936, 62: 427.—Stransky, E. Balneologie als Unterrichts- gegenstand. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1929-30, 38: 47-52 — Vogt, H. Balneologische Akademien, Laboratorien und Unter- richtsstatten. Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1927-28, 2: 14-7. ----- Die Reichsanstalt fiir das deutsche Baderwesen. Balneologe, 1936, 3: 113-5.—Weber, A. Aufgaben und Einrichtung von balneologischen Laboratorien. Allg. med. Zentr. Ztg, 1921, 90: 259.—Zbrkendorfer, C. Balneologischer Unterricht und Fortbildung. Ibid., 91-3. ---- Societies, American Association for Promoting Hy- giene and Public Baths. Journal. New York, v. 1-14, 1918-30. International Society of Medical Hy- drology. Archives of medical hydrology. Lond., v.1-9, 1922-31. Italy. Associazione medica italiana di idrologia. Rivista di idrologia, climatologia e terapia fisica. Milano, v.1-44, 1890-1933. v.1-33, 1890-1922, as Idrologia e la climatologia [&c] Paris, France. Societe d'hydrologie medi- cale de Paris. Annales. Par., v.1-59, 1854- 1914. Schweizerische Gesellschaft fur Balneo- logie und Klimatologie. Annalen. H.l-15, 1905—19. Benade, W. Die Arbeitsgemeinschaft der Kbrperschaften des deutschen Baderwesens mit der Preussischen Geologischen Landesanstalt zur Untersuchung der Heilmoore und Heil- schlamme. Balneologe, 1936, 3: 26-9.—Boetter, P. The Ger- man Society for Public Baths. J. Am. Ass. Promot. Hyg., 1927 9- 53-8— Faber, A. [The International Association of Medical Hydrology, 1928] Ugeskr. laeger, 1928, 90: 1159- Harrison, G. L. Public Baths Association of Philadelphia. Nation's Health, 1921, 3: 337—Hirsch, M. Baderwissenschaft- liche Arbeitsgemeinschaften. Veroff. Medverwalt., 1922, 15: 335-47 —Ruysch-Bowes Bekker, A. M. The International Association for Public Baths and Cleanliness. J. Am. Ass. Promot. Hyg., 1927, 9: 59. BALNEOTHERAPY. See Bath. BALO, Jozsef. Die unsichtbaren Krankheits- erreger; filtrierbare Vira. viii, 31 lp. illus. pi. 8? Berl., S. Kargar, 1935. BAIOGH, Stefan, 1904- *Ueber die Hau- figkeit der ossalen Herde bei der Gelenktuberku- lose nach Rontgenbeobachtungen. 20p. 2 1. 8? Wiirzb., F. G. Kohler, 1927. BALOSSIER, Jean, 1908- *Des dystocies foetales chez la chienne [Alfort] 86p. 8°. Par., 1933. BAIOZET, Pierre Eugene Lucien, 1892- *Pasteurella bipolar; notes de bacteriologie, vac- cination contre le cholera aviaire [Alfort] 53p. 8? Par., 1926. " BALS, Bertha, 1901- *Die Abnutzungs- quote im Harn im Verhaltnis zur Korperober- flache und zum KorpergewichF [Dusseldorf] 16p. 8? Quakenbriick, R. Kleinert, 1930. BALSAM. See also Gum; Microscopy, Methods; Oil; Peru balsam; Resin. Aiyar, S. S. Phytochemical notes; balsam of white fir. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1923, 12: 587.—Bosisio, R. La cute come via di somministrazione delle sostanze balsamiche. Pensiero med., 1926, 15: 33s-40.—Da Veiga Soares, J. Nuevos conocimientos farmacologicos y terapeuticos sobre las esencias de sandalo y de copaiba. Rev. med. Rosario, 1935, 9: no.84, 31-5.—Deussen, E. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der in der dermatovenereologischcn Praxis gebrauchlichen Balsamika. Derm. Wschr., 1919, 69: 4E9; passim.-----Zur Kenntnis des Kopaivabalsams. Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1932, 270: 263-76—Frankel, A. Praktische Erfahrungen mit Kacepe-Balsam. Klin. ther. Wschr., 1911, 18: 860-2.—Fraise, F. W. Les baumes du Bresil et leurs falsifi- cations les plus frequentes. Ann. falsiflc, 1933, 26: 324-31 — Gougerot, H. Erytheme biotropique du 9e jour apres ingestion de balsamique. Ann. mal. vfinfr., 1930, 25: 915.—Itallie, L. van, Eerde, W. J. van, & Harmsma, A. Ostindischer Tolubalsam und westindischer Perubalsam. In Festschr. z. 70. Oeburtst. Alexander Tschirch, Lpz., 1926, 310-20, 3pl.^Lazzarini, I. La medicatura con i balssmici. Osp. maggiore. Milano, 1H22. 3.ser., 10: 368-70.—Maldonado, A. Examen microscupico del balsamo de tolu, balsamo Myroxylon toluifera H.B.K. An. Fac. med. Lima, 1920, 5: 287. Also Fac. med. lab. farm., Lima, 1921, fasc, 1: 83, ch.—Noriega, J. M. El arbol del balsamo. Gac. med. Mexico, 1925, 56: 180-8.—Veiga Soares, J., & Botafogo Gongalves, V. Via parenteral: Via de eleicao para o emprego dos balsamicos em therai eutica. Brasil med., 1932, 46: 520-6 — Volkmann, R. von. Die Vermeidung von Alkohol beim Ein- schluss mikroskopischer Priiparate in Balsam. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1932-33,49: 456. BALTAZARD, Marcel, 1908- *Contribu- tion a l'etude de la bilharziose vesicale (Schisto- soma haematobium) au Maroc [Paris] 82p. 3ch. 4pl. 8? Casablanca, 1933. BAITER, Victor, 1906- *Signifi cation biologique du sommeil normal; contribution a l'etude des substances dites hvpnotiques. 56p. 8? Par., 1930. BAITERS, Wilhelm, 1894- *Ueber Herz- schussverletzungen. 28p. 8? Marburg, K. Euker, 1926. ---- Leitfaden der zahnarztlichen Rontgen- kunde. iv, 103p. 8°. Berl., H. Meusser, 1925. BALTES 87 BALTIMORE BAITES, Joseph, 1890- *Ueber die Wie- dergewinnung der Saponine aus dem Blute. 54p. 8? Rostock, Adlers Erben, 1914. BAITES, Viktor, 1901- *Zur Kenntnis der Neurinome. 32p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1928. BAITET, Charles. L'art de greffer; arbres et arbustes fruitiers. viii, 540p. 12? Par., Masson & cie, 1925. ---- Also 3. ed. viii, 510p. 1931. BALTIMORE, Md. American Society of Mam- mologists. Journal, v.l, 1919- BALTIMORE, Md. Association for the Pre- vention and Relief of Tuberculosis. American review of tuberculosis. Bait., v.l, 1917- ---- Biennial report. 1907-10. BAITIMORE, Md. Association for Research in Nervous and Mental Diseases [New York] A series of research publications. 14v. 8? Bait., Williams &c, 1921-34. CONTENTS Vol. 1. Acute epidemic encephalitis (lethargic encephalitis) xxii, 258p. [1921] Vol. 2. Multiple sclerosis [Disseminated sclerosis] xvi, 241p. [1922] Vol. 3. Heredity in nervous and mental disease, xvii, 332p. port. [1923] Vol. 4. The human cerebrospinal fluid, xxvi, 56Sp. tab. [1924] Vol. 5. Schizophrenia (dementia praecox) xix, 491p. port. [1925] Vol. 6. The cerebellum, xxiii, 649 p. [1926] Vol. 7. Epilepsy and the convulsive state. 2pts in 1 v. xvii, 701p. [1922, 1929] Vol. 8. The intracranial pressure in health and disease. xx vii, 519p. [1927] Vol. 9. The vegetative nervous system, xxxix, 382p. [1928] Vol. 10. Schizophrenia (dementia praecox) xv, 246p. [1929] Vol. 11. Manic-depressive psychosis, xxix, 851p. [1930] Vol. 12. Infections of the central nervous system, xix, 563p. [1931] Vol. 13. Localization of function in the cerebral cortex; an investigation of the most recent advances, xxi, 667p. illus. 1934. Vol. 14. The biology of the individual; an investigation of the most recent advances; proceedings of the Association, New York. Dec. 2X-29, 1933. xv, 323p. illus. diagrs. 1934. BAITIMORE, Md. Board of Mental Hygiene. Biennial report, Bait., 1908-28. BAITIMORE, Md. Department of Charities and Correction. Annual report of the supervisors of the citv. Bait., 1923- BAITIMORE, Md. Department of Health (formerly Health Department) Annual report. Bait., 1857- Incomplete. --- Baltimore health news, v.l, 1924- Incomplete. ----Monthly bulletin. 1918-23. Title changed to Baltimore Health News. ---- Monthly report. 1897-1917. Title changed to Monthly bulletin. ---- Monthly morbidity and mortality statis- tics. 1925. Jan.-Apr. ieure du radius droit. 14p. pi. 8? Par., 1924. BAIU, louis. Bericht iiber die neueren Lei- stungen in der Ohrenheilkunde. v, 316p. 12? Lpz., S. Hirzel, 1909. BAIUCHISTAN, India. Governor General and Chief Commissioner. Administration report. Delhi, 1913- BAIYEAT, Ray Morton, 1889- Hay-fever and asthma; a practical handbook for hay-fever and asthma patients. 198p. 8? Phila., F. A. Davis Co., 1926. ---- Also 2.ed. 2p.l. 310p. pi. 1928. ---- The same. Allergic diseases; their diagnosis and treatment. 3.ed. 2p.l. 395p. pi. 8? Phila., F. A. Davis Co., 1930. ---- Migraine; diagnosis and treatment, xvi, 242p. illus. pi. diagrs. 8? Phila., J. B. Lip- pincott Co. [1933] ---- Wheat, egg, or milk free diets, with recipes and food lists, xi, 149[22]p. illus. pi. 8? Phila., J. B. Lippincott Co. [1933] BAIZ, Hans, 1889- *Appendicitis und gynakologische Komplikationen [Erlangen] 59p. 8? Niirnb., J. L. Stich, 1917. BAIZ, Karl ludwig, 1891- *Chemische und bakteriologische Untersuchungen iiber die Beschaffenheit des Neckarwassers bei Heidel- berg. 77p. 8? Heidelb., T. Berkenbusch, 1915. BAIZAC, Honore de, 1799-1850. Lutaud, A. Les mfedecins dans Balzac: Despleins, Du- puytren. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1920, 14: 373-81—M., P. Le medecin de campagne de Balzac. Progr. med., Par., 1918, 3.ser., 33: 241. BAIZER, Erich, 1906- *Ueber das Ver- halten der Thymonucleinsaure in normalen Geweben; Studien mit der Nuclealreaktion. 19p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1931. BAIZER, Felix, 1849-1929. Fouquet, C. I. [Necrologie] Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1929, 6.ser., 10: 457-60. Also Prophyl. antivener., 1931, 3: 321-8.— M., G. Le Doctcur Balzer. Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1926, 2: 3-5, port.—Menetrier [Necrologie] Bull. Acad. m6d., Par., 1929, 3.ser., 101: 417-25. BAIZER, Franz, 1905- *Ueber fami- liares Vorkommen von pernicioser Anamie unter besonderer Berucksichtigung von fiinf Fallen [Berlin] 16p. 8? Lippstadt-Westf., Thiele, 1933. BAIZER [Franz] Fritz, 1895- *Die in der Heidelberger Augenklinik im Jahre 1925 vor- genommenen Magnetoperationen. 16p. 21. 8? Heidelb., P. Braus, 1928. BAIZII, H. Medizinisches Taschenworter- buch; mit Berucksichtigung der Fachausdriicke der Homoopathie. 307p. 8? Regensb., J. Sonntag, 1926. BAMAS/Andre, 1904- *Le role du lave- ment baryt6 sous 6cran dans le diagnostic de l'invagination intestinale aigue du nourrisson. 36p. 8? Par., 1933. BAMATTER, Frederic. *Recherches anatomo- cliniques sur l'ictere h6molytique constitutionnel familial; contribution a l'etude des formations myeloides prevert6brales [Geneve] 62p. 8° Par., 1932. BAMBACH [Wilhelmine Pauline] Gertrud, 1894- *Beitrag zur Klinik der Grippe. 48p. 8? Lpz., E. Lehmann, 1920. BAMBOO. Stewart, A. B., & Moorthy, V. N. Lethal properties of aque- ous extract of young bamboo shoots. Ind. M. Gaz., 1933, 68: 320-3.—Waterston, J. A new chalcid attacking bamboo in India (Hymenoptera) Bull. Entom. Res., Lond., 1924, 15: 69-71. BAMESREITER, Otto, 1907- *Neue Ver- suche iiber die quantitative Giftigkeit von Benzol- und Benzindampfen. lOp. 8? Wiirzb., 1931. BAN, Marko. *Untersuchungen iiber Anaphy- laxie mittels der Darmmethode. 15p. ch. 8? Basel, Frobenius, 1918. BANANA. Greve, G. *Beitrage zur physiologischen Anatomie von Musa ensete. 59p. 8? Kiel, 1909. Baker, W. F. The banana and mineral salts. J. Am. Inst. Homoeop., 1926, 19: 821-3.—Becze, G. von. Beitrage zu den wahrend des Transportes und wahrend der Reifung auftre- tenden Faulniskrankheiten der Bananen. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1932, 86: 381.—Belval, H. Transformation of carbohydrates in the banana; formation of starch. Chin. J. Physiol., 1930, 4: 365-74.—Bourdouil, C. Sur la variation de composition de la banane au cours de la maturation. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1929, 11: 1130-42.—Brandes, E. W. Banana wilt. Phyto- pathology, 1919, 9: 339-89, 14pl— Bridel, M., & Bourdouil, C. Sur la transformation des glucides au cours du murissement des bananes. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1929, 189: 543-5.—Barnell-Smith, G. P. Some aspects of the bunchy top disease of bananas. Proc. Panpaciflc Sc. Congr., 1923, 1: 149-53.—Gaumann, E. Ueber zwei Bananenkrankheiten in Niederlandisch Indien. Zschr. Pflanzenkr., 1923, 33:1-17.—Griebel, C. Einige Beobach- tungen iiber den Reifungsprozess der Bananen. Zschr. Unter- such. Nahrungsmitt., 1924, 48: 221-7.—Lecomte, H. Sur la constitution des graines de Musa. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1914,159: 94-6.—Matubara, H. Studies on banana fruit. Taiwan igakkai zasshi, 1926, no.261— Miller, C. H., & Munsell, H. E. Determi- nation of the vitamin B, C, and G content of a commercial banana powder. Trained Nurse, 1931, 86: 517-9.—Moznette, G. F. Banana root-borer. J. Agr. Res., 1920-21, 19: 39-46, 2pl.—Roger. La production de la banane dans les colonies fran- caises. Bull. Ass. fr. avance. sc, 1933, 237-44.—Trelease, S. F. Night and day rates of elongation of banana leaves. Philippine J. Sc, 1923, 23: 85-96.—White, P. R. Studies on the banana; an investigation of the floral morphology and cytology of certain types of the genus Musa L. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1928,7: 673-733 — Wildeman, E. de. La regression des fleurs males chez des bana- niers africains. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1920, 83: 1002-4. ---- Dietetic value. See also Diarrhea, infantile: Treatment; Obesity, Treatment. Bogert, L. J. Dietary uses of the banana in health and disease. 32p. 8? [N.Y., 1935] Eddy, W. H. The nutritive value of the banana. 37p. 8? N.Y., 1933. Zeis, F. Tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen uber den Vitamingehalt der Bananen. 31p. 8? [Berl.] 1928. Blanchard, K. Powdered bananas in the feeding of infants and children; nutritional and therapeutic values. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1936, 143: 29-31— Brown, A., & Courtney, A. M. The effect on digestion and assimilation of including bananas in the mixed diet of some children over 5 years of age. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1929, 21: 37-42—Chevalier, J. Le bluff de la banane. Ann. falsific, 1930, 23: 547-50—Eddy, W. H., & KeUogg, M. The place of the banana in the diet. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1927, 17: 27-35. Also Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 1148-50.—Goiffon, R. Troubles digestifs dus a l'ingestion d'amidon cru et specialement de bananes. Presse med., 1931,39:116.—Haas, S. V. Powdered ripe banana in infant feeding. Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1931, 48: 248-52. Also repr.—Harrop, G. A. A milk and banana diet for the treatment of obesity. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 102: 2003-5. -----& Struve, M. The banana in the management of obesity. Am. J. Nurs., 1934, 34: 685-94—Higgins, H. I. The feeding of bananas and of squash to infants and children. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1933, 45: 27—Iyer, T. S. The banana and its uses in India. Good Health, 1934, 69: no.3, 16—Kahn, B. S. The effect of banana powder feeding on the fecal flora of infants. Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1933, 50: 330-5.—lane, B. E. The nutritive and therapeutic value of the banana. Am. J. Phys. Ther., 1934,11: 14.—leedham-Green, J. Bananas. Middlesex Hosp. J., 1929- 30, 30: 49-64—lewis, H. B. The antiscorbutic value of the banana. J. Biol. Chem., 1919, 40: 91-101.—Pearce, N. O. The use of banana sugar as the carbohydrate in milk mixtures for well babies. Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1935, 52: 292-301. Also repr.—Salvador, W. The food value of Philippine bananas. BANANA 89 BANDAGE Philippine J. Sc, 1922, 20: 363-6.—Scriver, J. B., & Ross, S, G. The use of banana as a food for young children. Canad. Nurse, 1931 27: 352-4.—Sugiura, K., & Benedict, S. R. The nutritive value of the banana. J. Biol. Chem., 1918, 36: 171-89, ch.; 1919, 40- 449-68. Also repr.—Thompson, J. D. The value of bananas. Eating Your Way to Health, 1934, 3: no.113, 1.—Valdes, J. M., & Gonzalez Alvarez, F. Sobre el uso de la banana en la dieta de los ninos. Actas Congr. nat. med., Rosario, 1934, 5: pt,4, 1052-6.—Vogl, 0. J. New possibilities in dehydrated banana product; revival of manufacture of flour from this dried fruit faces ready market. Am. Food J., 1921, 16: no.11, 33—Von Meysenbug, L. The banana as a food for infants and children. N. Orleans M.&S.J., 1927-28, 80: 180-4. Also Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1928, 45: 509-13. ----- Banane (La) contre les maladies infantiles. Bruxelles med., 1930-31, 11: ccxxviii. BANCHET, Andre, 1907- Contribution a l'etude des phlebites goutteuses et rhuma- tismales. 50p. 8? Par., 1933. BANCHI, Arturo, 1871-1924. Chiarugi, G. Necrologio. Monit. zool. ital., 1924, 35: 187. BANCROFT, Charles Parker, 1852-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 82: 50. BANCROFT, Hubert Howe, 1832-1918. The native races [of the Pacific States] 5v. maps, tab. 8? San Francisco History Co., 1886. ---- American antiquities, ix, 807p. illus. 8? N.Y., Bancroft Co. [1921] BANCROFT, Mary Corinne, 1889- See Cutler, Bessie Ingersoll, Pierce, Elizabeth, & Bancroft, M. C. Pediatric nursing. 2.ed. 403p. 8? N.Y., 1931. BANCROFT, Wilder Dwight, 1867- Ap- plied colloid chemistry; general theorv. viii, 345p. diagrs. 8? N.Y., McGraw-Hill Co., 1921. See also TJ.S. War Bepartment. Surgeon-General's Office. The Medical Dept. of the U.S. Army in the World War. vol.14. Medical aspects of gas warfare. 998p. 4? Washington, 1926. BANDA-GARRIDO, Isaac, 1904- *R6nt- genphotographische Messung des Herzens durch Stereokymographie. 24p. 8? Miinch., 1931. BANDAGE [and bandaging] See also Adhesive plaster; Corset; Dressing; Fracture, Treatment; Orthopedics; Plaster of Paris; Splint; Support; Truss; also names of pathological and physiological conditions as Menstruation; Ulcer, &c. Cowan, M. C. Bandages and bandaging for nurses. 177p. 8? Phila., 1920. Eden, P. H. van. Verbandleer. 8.uitg. 216p. 8? Haarlem, 1921. Eliason, E. L. Practical bandaging, includ- ing adhesive and plaster-of-Paris dressings. 2.ed. 126p. 8? Phila. [1921] ---- Also 3.ed. 128p. 1924. ---- ALso4.ed. 128p. [1930] Hartel, F., & Loffler, F. Der Verband; Lehrbuch der chirurgischen und orthopadischen Verbandbehandlung. 282p. 8? Berl., 1922. Hoffa, A. J., & Grashey, R. Atlas und Grundriss der Verbandlehre. 6. Aufl. 218p. 12? Miinch., 1918. ---- Also 7.Aufl. 188p. 1922. ---- Aktsionernoye Obshestvo E. M. Nurd- kvist; fabriki dlya izgotovleniya protezov i ban- dazhel [Joint-stock Company E. M. Nurdkvist; factories for the production of prosthesis and bandages] 86p. 8? Helsin. [1917] Leonard, C. H. Manual of bandaging; adapted for self-instruction. 2.ed. 159p. 8? Detr. [1884] Meier, W. *Bedeutung des Kontrastmulls fiir die Chirurgie [Berlin] 24p. 8? Gutersloh (Westf.) 1934. Whiting, A. D. Bandaging. 2.ed.rev. 155p. 8? Phila. & Lond., 1923. ---- Also 3.ed. 155p. 1929. Besredka, A. [Bandages in surgery and different stages of their development] Vest, khir., 1926, 8: no.24, 7-18.—Briicke, E. T. Ueber die Wirkung komprimierender Verbande auf die Muskulatur nebst einigen Beobachtungen an ischamischen Froschmuskeln. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1920, 31: 629- 43.—Buka, A. J. The crepe-paper bandage versus the sheet- wadding roll. J. Bone Surg., 1935, 17: 798.—Chu, I. C. The shoulder spica; a simple method of application. Ibid., 1930, 12: 434-6.—Baland, E. M. A comfortable breast swathe. N. England J.M., 1934, 210: 859—Engelbrecht, H. Ueber eine Siebdrahtschiene zur Sterilisation von Kautschukpflaster. Zbl. Chir., 1926, 53: 1504.—Fohl, T. Lagerungsvorrichtung zur Erleichterung der Verbandtechnik am frischoperierten und narkotisierten Patienten. Ibid., 1930, 57: 213-7.—Goldstein, 0. Eine neue Mullbinde. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 2083.— Henahan, J. P. For increasing the efficiency of a jaw bandage. Internat. J. Orthodont., 1929, 15: 921.—Jung, G. H. Anklet. U.S. Patent Off., 1935, no.2013757—Krecke, A. Das fingerlose Verbinden. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1922, 69: 58. ----- Ueber das Verbinden. Ibid., 1927, 74: 1188-90.—Kroon, A. A. van der [Hollow shields in bandaging ulcers and wounds] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt2, 4479-82.—Lanyar, F., & Zechner, I. Die Pflasterbinde Ditmaplast, ein neues Verbandmaterial. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 338.—Livingston, E. M. A modification of the Odftn bandage for the thorax. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78: 429.—Loeffler, F. Grundregeln fiir den Fixationsverband. Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 325-7.—Lohmann, A. Die Neuorientie- rung der Verbandsstoff-Industrie fiir die Zeit nach dem Kriege. Zschr. Krankenanst., 1917, 13: 131-5.—Lloyd, W. B. Bandage. U.S. Patent Off., 1934, no.1981561— Mackinnon, A. P. The shoulder spica; a new apparatus. J. Bone Surg., 1929, 11: 776-8.—Making bandages. Am. J. Nurs., 1935, 35: 126.—Milatz, W. F. J. Orthopaedische verbandtechniek. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1916, 2: 1627. ----- [The bandage-technic and tha- lassotherapy in orthopedics] Ibid., 1924, 68: pt2, 3227-30,— Moll, L. Ueber die Anwendung eines Hohlverbandes als Impf- schutzverband, Brustwarzenschutzverband, Nabelschutzver- band usw. Med. Klin., Berl., 1925,21:1762-5—Moreau, P. L. C. Bandes de crepe elastique. Arch. m6d. pharm. mil., 1931, 15: 487-99.—Moser, H. Verbandstoffe. In Med. Kolloidlehr. (Lichtwitz) 1935, 915-28.—Nisden, H. Experimentelle Unter- suchungen an Materialien fiir feste Verbande. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1927, 203-4: 508-15.—Pratt, G. H. Zipper bandages. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 983.—Regele, E. Contributi tecnici; sulle molteplici applicazioni della fasciatura alia gelatina di zinco nell' ortopedia e nella traumatologia [&c] Chir. org. movim., 1933-34, 18: 341-56.—Reynes, H. Cages chirurgicales pour le traitement des plaies, ulceres, brulures, gangrenes et greffes sans pansements. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1924, 33: 564-6.—Rodenbeck. Ueber die Keimdichtigkeit papierner Ver- bandstoffhiillen und die zweckmassigste Gestaltung solcher Hullen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931-32, 123: 241-50—Schotte, M. Unsere Erfahrungen mit der Cellona-Binde. Med. Klin., Berl., 1931, 27: 1647—Schouppe, K. Die Verwendbarkeit von Dr Ditmars Ditmaplast Kautschukbinde in der Veterin&r- medizin. Miinch. tierarztl. Wschr., 1934, 85:161-3.—Schramm, G. Der Hessingsche Leimverband. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 1682.—Stacker, H. Ueber neue Verwendungsmoglichkeiten der praparierten Kautschukemulsion (Elastoderma) in der Unfallchirurgie. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 25-9.—Strauch, C. B. Zwei praktische Verbande. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 1689.—Veysey, H. B. Surgical bandage. U.S. Patent Off., 1935, no.2024491— Weil, S. Kaltleimtechnik. Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54: 2764.—Wulff, H. [Packing of sterile bandages; bayonet packing] Ugeskr. laeger, 1933, 95: 690-2. ---- supporting. See also Brace; Supports [3.ser.] Suspensory [3.ser.] Bange, F. Erfahrungen mit dem Klappschen Miederver- band. Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 211—Buyze, B. [New method: triangular sheets] Reddingwezen, 1927, 16: 15-23.— Haight, H. W. A sling to prevent sawing and strain on the neck. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 94: 1064.—Hohmann, G. Ueber Kreuzstiitzbinden. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 908-10.— Kertgsz, L. [Suspensory for gonorrheal cases] Gyogyaszat, 1935,75:685.—Kessler. Flechtwerkschienen fiir Stiitzverbande. Munch, med. Wschr., 1915, 62: 1068—Magnus, H. Schnell- technik zur Herstellung von Stiitzkorsetts und Bandagen aus Cellon. Zbl. Chir., 1926, 53: 142—Martin, F. Ein neuer Korsett-Verband. Munch, med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 1287.— Renesse, H. von. Theorie und Bau der Leibbandagen. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 1892-6.—Sarason, B. Vervollkommnung des Miederprinzips zur Verallgemeinerung seiner Anwendung fiir Wund-, Druck- und Zugverbande. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 113.—Schreus, H. Ein einfaches, seinen guten Sitz behal- tendes Suspensorium. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1474. BANDAIIN, Nochim, 1887- *Die Frage- bogen bei Wohnungsenqueten. 22p. 8? Ko- nigsb., R. Gruel, 1914. BANDAIINE, Jacques. Traitement des plaies par douches d'air chaud; avant-propos de A. Zimmern. 64p. 51. 14pl. 8? Par., Maloine & fils, 1923. BANDEIRA Chagas, Francisco Sidronio. *Vi- cios de conformacao da bacia e suas indicates. 38p. 8? Bahia, Poggetti, de Tourinho & Co., 1865. BANDEL 90 BANG BANDEI, Rudolf. Alkoholismus und Sterb- lichkeit in England. 46p. 8? Niirnb., J. L. Stich, 1933. BANDEIIER, Bruno, 1871-1924. Roepke, 0. Nekrolog. Zschr. Tuberk., 1924-25, 41: 337. --— & ROEPKE. Lehrbuch der spezifischen Diagnostik und Therapie der Tuberkulose. 11. bis. 13.Aufl. xv, 631p. lOpl. roy.8? Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1922. ---- Die Klinik der Tuberkulose; Handbuch und Atlas der gesamten Tuberkulose. 2v. 5.-7.Aufl. x, 111, 855p. 29pl.; vii, 778p. 40pl. rov.8? Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1924, 1926. BANDEIOW, Charlotte, 1906- *Ein Fall von Schminckeschem Oberkiefertumor [Frei- burg] 21p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1931. Also Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1931, 42: BANDETTINI di Poggio, Francesco. Secre- zioni interne e sistema nervoso. 381, xl p. 8? Genova, Tip. d. Gioventu, 1921. BANDI, Ivo, 1867-1926. Mazzeo, M. Necrologio. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1926, 7: 199.—Necrologio. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1926, 1: 268. BANDICOOT-BITE fever. Pillai, M. D. A case of bandicoot-bite fever. Ind. M. Gaz., 1932, 67: 628. BANDIER, Samuel Wyllis, 1869- The endocrines. viii, 486p. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1920. —■— Medical gynecologv. 4.ed.rev. 930p. front. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1924. BANDMANN, Martin, 1900- *Magne- siumtherapie bei Angina pectoris. 14p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1933. BANDOW [Felicitas] Ursula, 1907- *Die Mitbeteiligung der Mundhohle an den haemor- rhagischen Diathesen mit zwei eigenen Fallen. 44p. 41. tab. 8? Heidelb., 1930. Mimeo. BANDTIOW, Friedrich Wilhelm Oskar, 1898- *Die Schrift des Gabriel de Zerbis: de cautelis medicorum [Leipzig] 20p. 8? Zeu- lenroda i. Thiir., A. Oberreuter, 1925. BANE, R. Contribution a l'etude du scrofu- late de verole. 22p. 8? Lausanne, 1928. BANEI, Alcide, 1907- *Le rhumatisme de Bouillaud; influence de la fatigue et des trau- matismes sur la localisation des fluxions articu- laires. 38p. 8? Par., 1933. BANER, William lewellyn, 1861-1921. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1921, 77: 2078. BANERJEE, Nilmoni, 1857-1932. [Obituary] Ind. M. Rec, 1932, 52: 81. BANESTER, John, 1533-1610. Antidotaire chirurgical [with prefaces by Wm. Goodrus and Giul. Clower] 12p.l. 359p. 8 1. 24? Lond., Thom. Orwin for Thorn. Man, 1589. BANETH, Berthold, 1889- *Ueber das Aneurysma der Arteria glutaea superior infolge von Schussverletzungen nach den Erfahrungen des Weltkrieges. 49p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1919. BANG, Bernhard laurits Frederik B., 1848- 1932. H., F. [Obituary] Allatorv. lap., 1932, 55: 225.—[Obituary] Brit. M.J., 1932, 2: 303. Also Cornell Vet., 1932, 22: 296, port.— Plum, N. [Nekrolog] Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: 873. BANG, Fridtjof. *Bidrag til studiet af kraeft- sygdonimens klinik og pathogenese [Contribu- tion to the study on the clinical aspect and causes of cancer] 301p. 8° Kbh., 1924. See also Fibiger, J., & Bang, F. Experimental production of tar cancer in white mice. 40p. 8? Kbh., 1921. BANG, Ivar Christian, 1869-1918. Mikro- methoden zur Blutuntersuchung. 4.-5.Aufl x, 48p. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1922. ---- Lehrbuch der Harnanalyse. 2.Aufl. Bearb. von F. v. Kriiger. viii, 146p. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1926. For biography see Biochem. Zschr., 1919, 93: 255 (N.C.) Also Erg. Physiol., 1920, 18: xi-xiii (O. Hammarsten) Also Hospitalstidende, 1918, 61: 1818-21 (J. Bock) Also Norsk Mag. Laegevid., 1919, 80: 100 (S. Torup) BANG, Knud, 1884-1934. Winge, K. [Obituary] Ugeskr. laeger, 1934, 96: 1317. BANG, Olaf. Klinische Urobilinstudien. 203p. 8? Oslo, J. W. Cappelen, 1929. Forms Suppl. 29, Acta med. scand. BANGE, Alfred, 1907- *Zur Behandlung des infizierten Abortes. 20p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1931. BANGE, Franz, 1887- *Beitrag zur Klinik der akuten gelben Leberatrophie unter beson- derer Berucksichtigung der Falle mit Ascites. 59p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1914. BANGE, Hugo Franz [Wilhelm] 1882- *Ueber Embolie der Pulmonalarterie und ihre operative Behandlung. 93p. 8? Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1913. BANGKOK, Siam. Department of Public Health. Report. 1922^-23. BANGKOK, Siam. Ministry of local Govern- ment. Climate of Bangkok. 1912. BANGKOK, Siam. Siamese Red Cross Society. National Red Cross. 1924- BANGKOK, Siam. Siriraj Hospital. Depart- ment of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (Chilalan- krana Universitv) Special medical and clinical report. 1929-30. BANGOR, Me. City Officers. Annual report. 1905- 1906-7, 1913-14 & 1922 missing. BANGOR, Me. Eastern Maine General Hos- pital (Bangor General Hospital) Annual report. I 1.-15., 1895-1907-8; 32., 1923-24; 35., 1926-27. BANGOR, Me. Maine Medical Association, 1851- Journal. Portland, v.1-20, 1910-29. Continued as the following. ---- Maine medical journal. Portland, v.21, 1930- ---- Records, v.11-13, 1863-65. ---- Transactions. Portland, 1853-62; 1866- 1903. BANG'S bacillus. See Abortion, infectious; Brucella abortus. BANIE, lucien, 1904- *Etude sur le traitement des fractures et luxations ouvertes d'apres une statistique de 446 cas. 60p. 8? Par., 1929. BANISTER, H. Psvchology and health, viii, 256p. 8? Cambr. [Engl.] Univ. Press, 1935. BANISTER, John Bright, 1880- A man- ual for midwives. 4.ed. viii, 328p. 6pl. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1932. ---- BOURNE, Aleck W. [et al.] The Queen Charlotte's practice of obstetrics, viii, 629p. port. 7pl. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1927. ---- Also 2.ed. viii, 635p. 7pl. 1930. BANISTER, John Monro, 1855-1929. Obituary. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth., 1929, 34: 510. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 1002. BANISTER, Richard, -1626. James, R. R., & Sorsby, A. Additional facts in relation to the father of British ophthalmology. Brit. J. ODhth.. 1934, BANISTERIA 91 BANTI BANISTERIA [and banisterin] Lewin, L. Banisteria caapi, ein neues Rauschgift und Heilmittel. 18p. 8? Berl., 1929. Critchley, M. The Ayahuasca and Jage cults. Brit. J. Inebr., 1929, 26: 218-22.—Lewin, L. Untersuchungen iiber Banisteria caapi Spr. (ein sudamerikanisches Rauschmitte!) Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 129: 133-49. Also C. rend. Acad. sc, 1928, 186: 469-71.—Sachs, E. Des toten Mannes Wein (das Banisterin) Umschau, 1928, 32: 769.—Schuster, P. Ergeb- nisse von Banisterinversuchen an Nervenkranken. Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 562. Also Verh. Berl. med. Ges., 1930, 60: T.2, 11-4 ----- Sobre el empleo de la banisterina contra el parkinsonismo postencefalitico, la paralisis agitante y otros s'niromes parecidos. Rev. med. germ, iberoamer., 1929, 2• 554-9. BANKART, Arthur Sydney Blundell, 1879- Manipulative surgerv. xii, 150p. 19pl. 2diagrs. 8? Lond., Constable & Co., 1932. BANKS, Nathan, 1868- Catalogue of nearctic spiders, iii, 80p. 8? Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1910. Forms Bull. No.72, U.S. Nat. Mus. BANNASCH, Konrad, 1900- *Zur Kennt- nis des Einflusses der Leberdiat auf den gesunden Organismus [Halle] p.292-300. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1929, 111: BANNERMAN, William Burney, 1859-1924. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1924, 1: 356. Also Ind. J.M. Res. 1924-25, 12: 3. BANNING, Pierson Worrall, 1879- Mental and spiritual healing, all schools and methods; a text book for physicians and meta- physicians, vi, 167p. 12? Los Ang., Internat. book concern [1923] BANNING, Robert J., 1833-1920. Obituary. Brit, M.J., 1920, 1: 351. BANNINGTON, B. G. English public health administration; with an introduction bv Graham Wallas, xiv, 338p. 8? Lond., P. S. King & Son, 1915.----Also 2.ed. xvi, 325p, 1929. BANNISTER, Henry Martyn, 1844-1920. Dewey, R. Obituary. Am. J. Insan., 1920-21, 77: 583 — Jelliffe, S. E. Obituary. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1920, 52: 286 — Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass.. 1920, 74: 1341. BANNWART, A. *Zur Pathogenese des Mor- bus Addisonii (Zerstorung des Nebennieren- markes und des Grenzstranges durch ein Lymph- angioendothelioma peritonei metastaticum) [Basel] p.307-16. 8? Wiesb., J. F. Bergmann, 1921. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1922, 26: BANNWARTH, Alfred Albert, 1903- *Ueber einen Fall von isolierter, obturierender Arteriosklerose einer Carotis interna als Beispiel der differential-diagnostischen Schwierigkeiten bei der Diagnose der Arteriosklerosis cerebri. 27p. 8? Miinch., 1930. BANSE, Martin, 1889- *Ueber Ence- phalitis lethargica [Kiel] 33p. 8? Oldenb., A. Littmann, 1919. BANSSE, Gaston, 1877- *Reglementa- tion de la vente des viandes en Basse-Normandie et particulierement a Honfleur pendant l'ancien regime et la periode reVolutionnaire [Alfort] 209p. 8? Par., 1931. BANTA, Arthur Mangum, 1877- Selec- tion in Cladocera on the basis of a physiological character. 170p. 8? Wash., Carnegie Inst., 1921. BANTCHEWSKY, Abram, 1890- fMort subite au cours de l'eczema chez les nourrissons. 32p. 8? Par., 1924. BANTEIMANN, Fritz, 1889- *Ueber Dauererfolge nach der Operation von Bauch- narbenhernien. 25p. 8? • Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1915. BANTI, Guido, 1852-1925. Barbacci, O. Necrologio. Riforma med., 1925, 41: 95.— Castaldi, L. Necrologia. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1925, 6: 60.— Belfino, V. Necrologia. Sem. mod., B. Air., 1925, 32: 555 — Bessy, S. Necrologia. Rev. sudamer. endocr., B. Air., 1925, 8: 70-2, port.—Furno, A. Necrologia. Gior. clin. med., 1925, 6: 115-20.—Lustig, A. Necrologia. Rev. sudamer. endocr., B. Air., 1925, 8: 487-502. ----- Necrologio. Sperimentale, 1925, 79: i-xxxi, port.—Pacinotti, G. Necrologio. Boll. Soc. eustach., 1925, 23: 35.—Pepere, A. [Biography] (nei primo anniversario della morte di Guido Banti) Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med. biol., 1925, 14: 347-67.—Picchi, L. Necrologio. Poli- clinico, 1925, 32: sez. prat., 194. BANTING, Frederick Grant, 1891- Dia- betes and insulin; Nobel lecture delivered at Stockholm on September 15, 1925. 20p. 8? Stockh., P. A. Norstedt & fils, 1925. See also in 3.ser., Macleod, John James Richard, & Banting, F. G. The antidiabetic functions of the pancreas. 8? 69p. S. Louis, 1923. For portrait see collection in Library. BANTING cure. See Obesity, Treatment, dietary. BANTI'S disease. See Anemia, splenic: Banti's. BANTOCK, George Granville, 1837-1913. Biography. Album Am. Gyn. Soc, 1918, 46: port. BANTOW, Hans Herbert, 1907- *Die Elephantiasis und ihre Behandlung. 26p. 8? Kiel, H. Schmidt, 1933. BANTU. See also Congo; East Africa; Ethnography; Folk-lore; Negro; South Africa. Brown, I. T. Among the Bantu nomads; a record of 40 years spent among the Bechuana [etc.] 272p. illus. 8? Lond., 1926. Hobley, C. W. Bantu beliefs and magic, with particular reference to the Kikuyu and Kamba tribes of Kenya Colony. 312p. illus. 8? Lond., 1922. Kidd, D. Savage childhood; a study of Kafir children. 314p. 8? Lond., 1908. Arnoux, A. Le culte de la societe secrete des Imandwa au Ruanda. Anthropos, Wien, 1912, 7: 273; passim.—Barton, I. Notes on the Suk tribe of Kenia Colony. J.R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1921, 51: 82-99. ----- Notes on the Kipsikis or Lumbwa tribe of Kenya Colony. Ibid., 1923, 53: 42-78.— Berman, C. Malignant disease in the Bantu of Johannesburg and the Witwatersrand gold mines. S. Afr. J. Med. Sc, 1935, 1: 12-30.—Blohm, W. Schbpferische Krafte in der Gesellschaft der Xosa-Gruppe. Arch. Anthrop., Brnschw., 1932-34, n.F., 23: 159-95, 2pl.—Brelsford, V. Lubambo: a description of the baila custom. J.R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1933, 63: 433-9 — Brown, I. T. Circumcision rites of the Becwana tribes. Ibid., 1921, 51: 419-27.—Callanan, J. C. J. Notes on the foodstuffs of the Luo tribes. Kenya E. Afr. M.J., 1926, 3: 58-60.—Clarke, H.S. Rough notes on M'wemba customs. Man, Lond., 1931, 31: no.266.—Collings, H. B. Notes on the Makonde tribe of Portu- guese East Africa. Ibid., 1929, 29: no.17.—Crabtree, W. A. The origin of the Bahima. Ibid., 1925, 25: no.41— Bart, R. A. The South-African negro. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., 1929-30, 13: 309-18.—Bickson, T. A. The regalia of the Wa-Vumba, Man, Lond., 1921, 21: no.20.—Bundas, C. Native laws of some Bantu tribes of East Africa. J.R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1921, 51: 217-78.—Eggeling, H. von. Anatomische Untersu- chungen an den Kopfen von vier Hereros. Denkschr. Med. natur. Ges. Jena, 1909, 15: 323-48—Gilks, J. L., & Orr, J. B. The nutri- tional condition of the East African native. Kenya E. Afr. M.J., 1927-28, 4: 85-90. Also Lancet, Lond., 1927, 1: 560-2.— Gutmann, B. Zur Psychologie des Dschaggaratssls. Zschr. Ethnol., 1911, 43: 522-40.—Herskovits, M. J. The cattle complex in East Africa. Am. Anthrop., 1926, 28: 230; passim.—Hodgson, A. G. O. Some notes on the Wahehe of Mahenge District, Tan- ganyika Territory. J.R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1926, 56: 37-58.-----Some notes on the hunting customs of the Wandamba of the Ulanga Valley, Tanganyika Territory, and other East African tribes. Ibid., 59-70.—Iunod, H. A. La seconde Gcole de circoncision chez les Ba-Khaha du nord du Transvaal. Ibid., 1929, 59: 131-47.—Janssens, P. A. Het ont- staan der dingen in de Folklore der Bantu's. Anthropos, Modling, 1926, 21: 546-65.—Jones, N. Initiation rites among the Matabele. Man, Lond., 1921, 21: no.92.—Kagwa, A. Old customs of the Baganda- translated by G. C. Ishmael. Ibid., 1910, 10: 38-43.—Laidler P. W. Bantu ritual circumcision. Ibid., 1922, 22: no. 7.—Leakey, L. S. B. The Kikuyu problem of the initiation of girls. J.R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1931, 61: BANTU 92 BAPTISTA 277-85.—Lebzelter, V. Bericht fiber eine Studien- und For- schungsreise nach Siidafrika. Anthrop. Anz., 1928, 5: 360-2, 2pl.—McNabb, J. Disease incidence and diet of natives at Lake Magadi. Kenya E. Afr. M.J., 1929-30, 6: 212-21— Main- gard, J. F. The anatomy of the European and Bantu parathy- roid glands. S. Afr. J. Med. Sc, 1935,1: 91-6—Murphy, I. H. B. The Kitui Akamba. J.R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1926, 56: 195-206.—Norton, W. A. Plants of Bechwanaland. Man, Lond., 1923, 23: no.75.—Oliver, R. A. C. The comparison of the abilities of races: with special reference to East Africa. E. Afr. M.J., 1932, 9: 160—Procter, E. A. W. The Kikuyu market and Kikuyu diet. Kenya E. Afr. M.J., 1926, 3: 15-22.—Sanderson, M. The relationship of the Wangonde and Wahenga tribes, Nyasaland. J.R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1923, 53: 448-59 — Schapera, I. A working classification of the Bantu peoples of Africa. Man, Lond., 1929, 29: no.63— Sequeira, J. H. The brain of the East African native. Brit. M.J., 1932, 1: 581 — Shropshire, B. The burial customs of Wa Manyika tribes. Man, Lond., 1931, 31: no.264.—Spellig, F. Ueber Geheimbunde bei den Wanyamwezi. Zschr. Ethnol., 1927-28.59:62-6. Die Wanjamwesi; ein Beitrag zur Vblkerkunde Ostafrikas. Ibid., 201-52.—Stannus, H. S. A note on Mongolism in Nyasaland. Man, Lond., 1925, 25: 17.—Stayt, H. A. Notes on the Balemba. J.R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1931, 61: 231-8, pi.—Stevens, C. G. The Zimbabwe temple. Ibid., 181-6, pi.—Stigler, R. Ethnographische und anthropologische Mitteilungen iiber einige wenig bekannte Volksstamme Ugandas. Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1922, 52: 197-261; 1923, 53: 113-89—Suk, V. Anthro- pological and physiological observations on the Negroes of Natal and Zululand. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., 1927, 10: 31-64 — Torday, E. The Northern Babunda. Man, Lond., 1919, 19: no.26. ----- Culture and environment: cultural differences among the various branches of the Batetela. J.R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1921, 51: 370-84. ----- Dualism in western Bantu religion and social organization. Ibid., 1929, 58: 225-45. ----- Le fetichisme, l'idolatrie et la sorcellerie des Bantou occidentaux. Anthropologie, Par., 1929, 39: 431-54.—Turner, G. A. The diet of the South African natives in their kraals. Transvaal M.J., 1908-9, 4: 183; 227.—Van Wing, I. Bakongo incantations and prayers. J.R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1930, 60: 401-23.—Vaughan-Kirby, F. Skin dressing. Man, Lond., 1918, 18: no.23— Wayland, E. J. Notes on the Baamba. J R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1929, 59: 517-24, 6pl—Zeidler, H. F. B. Beitrage zur Anthropologie der Herero. Zschr. Morph. Anthrop., 1914-15, 17: 185-246. BANU, Georges. Recherches physiologiques sur le developpement neuromusculaire chez I'homme et animal. llOp. 8? Par., L. Ma- retheux, 1922. ---- L'hygiene sociale de l'enfance. 2vols. xx, 717p.; 2p.l. xv, 967, xxxv p. illus. 8? Brux., Ass. Internat. pour la Protect, de l'En- fance, 1933. BANUELOS, Misael D., 1887- , TJRRA, J. Andreu [et al.] Manual de patologia medica. vol.1, xv, 671p. tab. ch. 8? Barcel., Ed. Cient. Med., 1935. BANZER, Eduard. *Trophische Storungen und vegetatives Nervensystem [Erlangen] 29p. 8? Bamberg, J. M. Reindl, 1931. BANZET, Paul Marie, 1896- *La cordo- tomie; 6tude anatomique, technique, clinique et physiologique [Paris] 118p. 4pl. 8? Nancy, 1927. BAONI State, India. Minister of the State. Annual administration report. 1916-17. BAPP, Helene, 1901- *Ueber Unfalle bei Kindern. 36p. 8? Bonn, L. Neuendorf!, 1927. BAPTESTE, Andre, 1895- *Les certifi- cats m^dicaux exempts de timbre. 61 p. 8° Par., 1924. BAPTISIA (bot.) Lloyd, J. U. Baptisia; an eclectic drug. Eclect. M.J.. 1930 90: 801-3. BAPTISM. Bowen, J. R. Baptism of the infant and the fetus; an outline for the use of doctors and nurses. 2.ed. 12p. 8? Dubuque, Ia. [1936] Moens, H. M. B. An instrument for the baptism of children before birth. Med. Rev. of Rev., 1919, 25: 622-4. BAPTISTA Mantuanus, 1448-1516. Bucolica, seu, Adolescentia in X eclogas divisa [Also his: In laudem Joh. Bapt. 1. 171; De vita beata; ed. Jodocus Badius Ascensius] (4) 172 (14)1. 8? Tubingen, Thomas Anselm, 1515. ---- De patientia [Isagoges ad patientiam] 1181. roy.8? Basileae, Johann Bergmann [Aug. 17] 1499. ---- The same. 1161. 8? Brixiae, Ber- nardinus Misinta [May 30] 1497. ---- The same. 70 1. 8? Deventer, Richard Pafraet, 1501. BAQUE, Barnard, 1888-1924. Necrologie. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1924, 2: no.4. BAQUE, Georges, 1901- Contribution a l'etude clinique des luxations exposees du coude. 52p. 8? Par., 1931. BARAB, J. Fumes encountered in mining operations and handling of explosives. 43p. 4? Wilmington, Del., 1922. Typewritten. BARABEAU, Jean Pierre Joseph Rene, 1887- *Un poste de secours en premiere ligne (hiver 1914-15) 42p. 8? Par., 1917. BARABO, Theodor [Karl] 1888- *Ueber Diabetes insipidus mit Infantilismus. 27p. 8? Miinch., J. B. Grassel, 1914. BARACZ, Sigismund von, 1886- *Ueber Hirn- und Schadelschussverletzungen (auf Grund des Materials der Heidelberger Chirurgischen Klinik in den ersten 14 Kriegsmonaten) 17p. 2 1. 8? Heidelb., Rossler & Herbert, 1916. BARAFROUKHTEH, Aly Mohammed, 1905- *Le cheval en Perse [Alfort] 79p. 8? Par., 1931. BARAG, Georg Gerschon, 1902- *Ueber die salvarsanresistente Syphilis [Frankfurt a. M.] 19p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1928. BARAG, Naum, 1911- Contribution a l'dtude des mephitismes gazeux dans l'industrie du gaz d'eclairage [Paris] 63p. 8? Courbevoie, La Cootypographie, 1934. BARAGNOSIS. See Weight sense, Disorders. BARAHONA, Jose de. *Breve estudo acerca deleite. 83p. 8? Lisboa, E. Roza, 1884. BARANGER, Andre, 1894- Contribu- tion a l'etude des tumeurs malignes du naso- pharynx. 152p. 8? Par., 1926. BARANGER, Jacques, 1894- *Essai d'ex- pos6 synthgtique des notions actuelles sur les tumeurs des amygdales palatines. 104p. 8? Par. 1925 BARANOWSKI, Erich, 1890- *Ueber wie- derholte Tubargraviditat. 49p. 8? Konigsb., i.Pr., H. Jaeger, 1913. BARANSKI, Alfons, 1895- *Blutungen im Munde in Beziehung zur Menstruation. 32p. 8? Berl., 1929. BARANY, Robert, 1876-1936. Primare Exzi- sion und primare Naht akzidenteller Wunden. viii, 256p. 8? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1919. ---- Die Radikaloperation des Ohres. vi, 59p. 8? Lpz., D. Deuticke, 1923. ---- Die Localisierung der Nachbilder der in der Netzhaut mit Hilfe der Purkinje'schen Aderfigur (Nachbild-Aderfigurmethode) ein Mit- tel zur directen Bestimmung des Fixierpunktes und der korrespondierenden Netzhautstellen nebst Bemerkungen zum Rindenmechanismus der Korrespondenz der Netzhaute. 23p. 4? Upps., Almqvist & Wiksell, 1927. For biography see Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 976. Also Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1915,12: 767 (Claus) BARANY'S sign. See Labyrinth, Functional tests. BARAS, Julin, -1863. Vaian, L. [Scientific activity of Dr Julin Baras in the move- ment of culture of his epoch] Roumania med., 1932, 10: 48-50, BARAS 93 BARBARY BARAS, Rene Charles Honore Auguste, 1881- *Sur Taction du serum antistreptococcique polyvalent (de l'Institut Pasteur de Paris) dans Terysipele de la face. 62p. 8? LiUe, 1920. BARASCH, Heinz, 1906- *Die ange- borene Talusverlagerung. 20p. 8? Bresl., R. Nischkowsky, 1933. BARASCHKOV, Israel, 1889- *Geburt bei Kyphoskoliose. 28p. 2ch. 8? Miinch., R. Muller & Steinicke, 1914. BARASS, Emilie, 1896- Contribution a l'etude de la maladie d'Hodgkin, forme me- diastinale. 43p. 8? Par., 1933. BARAT, I. See Bumas, Georges. Traite de psychologie. 2v. 964p.; 1173p. 8? Par., 1923-24. BARAT, Pierre Charles louis. *Les bacteries suspectes des bieres flamandes. 126p. 8? Par., 1916. BARATH, Eugen. Die experimentellen und klinischen Grundlagen der Therapie mit Cal- ciumsalzen. p.l. iii, 117p. 8? Budap., Konigl. ungar. Universitatsdruckerei, 1931. BARATOUX, Jean E., 1902- *Tumeurs malignes primitives de la trach6e; 6tude clinique. 114p. 4pl. 8? Par., 1932. BARATJNA, Elpidio Joaquim. *Heranca patho- logica. 15p. roy.8? Bahia, F. Guerra, 1867. ---- *Hygiene da mulher em estado de gra- videz. 27p. roy.8? Bahia, Conservadora, 1868. BARAZER, Louis, 1904- Contribution a l'etude du traitement du cancer du col de Tuterus (Statistique de 251 cas) 55p. 8? Par., 1930. BARBACCI, Ottone, 1860-1927. I tumori. xxiii, 557p. 4? Milano, F. Vallardi, 1915. For biography see Pathologica, Genova, 1927, 19: 261 (B. Lunghetti) BARBADOS. Chief Medical Officer (formerly Public Health Inspector) Annual report. 1., 1913- 1928 missing. ---- Annual report of the poor law inspector. 1925. BARBADOS. Colonial Secretary's Office. An- nual report. Lond., 1910-11- ---- Barbados blue book. 1891; 1894-95; 1913- Incomplete. ---- Report on the census. 1911-21. ---- Report of the registrar on vital statistics. 1908- ---- Report on the working of the Barbados general hospital. 1931-32. BARBANNEAU, Louis, 1890- *La sacra- lisation douloureuse de la 5e lombaire; etude clinique. 56p. 8? Par., 1921. BARBARA, Marie Georges Frangois, 1901- *Les reactions de Wassermann irr6ductibles. 118p. 8? Par., 1931. BARBARE, Joseph. *De ThSmarthrose trau- matique du genou (6tude des divers proc^des de traitement) 53p. 8? Par., 1919. BARBARI, Salim. Contribution a TStude de la paralyse generale juvenile et de son traitement par la malaria-therapie. 16p. 8? Geneve, 1930. BARBARIN, Paul, 1873- See Armand-Belille, Paul, & Barbarin, P. La culture de l'enfant [&c] 534p. 12? Par., 1922. For biography see in Fasc. script. (Dartigues, L.) Par., 1932, 3: 394-7. BARBARO, Ermolao, Patriarch of Aquileia, 1453-93. Castigationes Plinii. 1601. fol. Ve- nezia, 1493-94. BARBARO, Gabriel, 1898- *Appendicite et grossesse. 80p. 8? Par., 1926. BARBARY, Urbain. Contribution a TStude de Tatrophie des nourrissons h£r6do-syphili- tiques. 104p. 8? Par., 1919. BARBATIS, Phocion, 1868- ^'inspec- tion medicale des 6coles; 6tude m6dico-sociale. 123p. 8? Par., 1916. BARBAZAN, Maurice, 1876- *Les hd- mianopsies dans les traumatismes du crane par armes a feu. 252p. pi. 8? Par., 1914. BARBE, Andre. Psychiatric viii, 195p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1930. See also in 3.ser. Laignel-Lavastine, M., Barbe, A., & Belmas. La pratique psychiatrique [&c] 834p. 12? Par., 1919. Also Sezary, Al- bert, & Barbe, A. Les traitements modernes de la paralysie generale. 35p. roy.8? Par., 1930. BARBE, Henri, 1888- *Traitement ope- ratoire des fractures; technique de Lambotte. 53p. 4pl. 8? Montpel., 1917. BARBE, Maurice. *A propos d'un cas de thrombo-phlebite de la veine cave inferieure d'origine puerpdrale. 32p. 8? Par., 1922. BARBEE, David Rankin. Four times U.S. Surgeon General; army tradition and Gen. Ire- land's personal appeal to Uncle Sam were una- vailing to prevent his promotion to the position to which he has been appointed. Washington Post, Nov. 2, 1930, 3; 15. BARBELLION, Pierre, 1897- Conocoque et pseudo-gonocoque; recherches cliniques et bacteriologiques. 121p. 2 pi. 8? Par., 1926. BARBENSI, G. La crioscopia dell' urina e del sangue nello studio delle malattie renali. 52p. 8? Fir., Tipografia Domenicana, 1916. BARBER, Alvin Elizur, 1831-1922. Bonaldson, W. H. Obituary. Proc. Connecticut M. Soc, 1922, 130: 163. BARBER, David Cassat, 1861-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81: 2131. BARBER, Edith M., 1892- See Cooper, Lenna Frances, Barber, E. M., & Mitchell, Helen Swift. Nutrition in health and disease for nurses. 4.ed. 606p. 8? Phila. [19311 BARBER, Frederic Delos, 1868- , FULLER, Merton Leonard [et al.] First course in general science, vii, 607p. 12? N.Y., H. Holt & Co., 1916. BARBER, George Holcomb, 1865-1926. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 958. BARBER, William Charles, 1863-1922. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78: 911. BARBER [and barber shop] See also Cosmetics. Moulin, J. *Hygiene des salons de coiffure. 76p. 8? Par., 1933. Bellon, P. Assainissement des couperies de poils. Ann. hyg., Par, 1912, 4.ser., 17: 353-400.—Bordas, F. Desinfection des pinceaux a barbe. Ibid., 1924, n.s., 2: 193-201— Gabbano, L. La disinfezione degli strumenti da barbiere con alcuni composti clorurati dell' etano ed etilene. Igiene mod., 1928, 21: 366-72. ----- Ueber die Desinfektion der Barbiergegenstande mittels einiger Chlorverbindungen des Aethans und Aethylens. Zschr. Hyg., 1928, 109: 194-200.—Haxthausen, H. [Alcohol containing colocynth as cause of eczema of hands in barbers] Ugeskr. lffiger, 1928, 90: 844.—Howlett, A. W. Dissertation on a new disease; dermatitis trichorrhoea (tonsoris) J.R. Army M. Corps, 1923, 41: 304.—Lanigan, E. C. The barber control law. Pub. Health News, Trenton, 1934, 18: 95-100—Noir, J. Neces- site d'une loi reglementant l'exercice du metier de coiffeur. Bruxelles med., 1932-33, 13: mcdlxxxviii-mcdxciv — Oxenius, R. Ueber Rasierstubenhygiene. Vjschr. gerichtl. Med., 1916, 3F 51: 79-113.—Reinlichkeit im Friseurgewerbe. Reichs- gesundhbl., 1934, 9: 564.—Straat, H. L. [The expenses of the barber-examination in Leeuwarden] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1923, 67: pt2, 1637.—Thomann, J. Mesures de desinfection a observer aux ateliers des coiffeurs. Congr. internaz. med. farm, mil., 1923,2:487-9.—Zenin, A. S. [Role of barber shops in the spread- ing of parasitic diseases of the skin] Soviet, vest, vener., 1934, 3: 932-6. BARBERA, Vila. Medicina exploratoria; cli- nica y laboratorio. Vol. 1. xiv, 314p. illus. 8? Valencia, J. Olmos, 1932. BARBEROUSSE 94 BARBIN BARBEROUSSE, Michel. *D'un cas d'hemor- ragie par ulceration arterielle au cours de la scarlatine. 38p. 8? Par., 1920. BARBERS' ITCH. See Sycosis [3.ser.] Trychophytosis. BARBER-SURGEON. See also Surgery, History. Pifteau, P. *Quelques documents sur les compaignons de Toffice de cirurgie et barberie et Tenseignement de la chirurgie a Tancienne Uni- versity de Toulouse, 1517-1657. 195p. 4? Toulouse, 1895. Alezais, H. Chirurgiens et perruquiers. Marseille m6d., 1933, 70: 480-91.—Auden, G. A. The Gild of Barber Surgeons of the City of York. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: sect. hist, med., 70-6.—Bertin-Roulleau, P. Pour servir a 1'Histoire de la Confn'rie des maitres barbiers et chirurgiens de Bordeaux aux xv et xvie siecles. J. med. Bordeaux, 1923, 52: 288—Brostrom, E. E. Barber surgery down the centuries. Am. Med., 1934, 40: 379-81.—Brunn, von. Von den Gilden der Barbiere und Wund- arzte in den Hansestiidten. Janus, Leyden, 1922, 26: 112-4.— CresweU, C. H. The surgeons and barbers of Edinburgh: their separation in 1722. Edinburgh M.J., 1913, n.s., 11: 44-55, pi — Cumston, C. P. The corporation of barber surgeons in England and Holbein's painting. N. York M.J., 1912, 96: 177-80. Also repr.—Enseigne de chirurgien-barbier, du xiv siecle. Chron. med., Par., 1916, 23: 373-S— Goulard, R. Les lettres de maitrise d'un ma'tre chirurgien briard (1711) France med., 1913, 60: 301.—Bunterian (The) Society at the Barbers' Hall. Lancet, Lond., 1914, 2: 1104.—Mayer, C. F. [Trade-unions of Hungarian barber-surgeons] Orv. hetil., 1925, 69: 1118-22.—Parker, G. The historv and powers of the barber surgeons in Great Britain, Proc. Internat. Congr. Med. (1913) Lond., 1914, Sect. 23:293-5 — Pfaffendorf, E. Barbierwesen um 1700 in Preussen. Janus, Leyden, 1934, 38: 107-14.—Pybus, F. C. The Company of Barber Surgeons and Tallow Chandlers of Newcastle-on-Tyne. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect. hist, med., 7-16. Also Newcastle M.J., 1928-29, 9: 147-63.—Reber, B. Diplome d'un barbier-chirurgien. France med., 1914, 61: 96.—Thompson, C. J. S. A barber surgeon's instrument case of the Tudor period. Brit. M.J., 1931, 1: 811. ----- The picture of Henry VIII presenting the act of union to the barbers and surgeons in the possession of the Royal College of Surgeons. Ibid., 1934, 2: 651.—Van Schevensteen. Les statuts du College de la chirurgie a la fin de l'ancien regime et l'ctat de la Corporation des chirur- giens-barbiers a Anvers en 1784. Bull. Soc. fr. hist. me.d., 1926, 20: 100; 205. BARBEY, Albert, 1887- *Ueber die In- suffizienz des vesikalen Harnleiterendes [Strass- burg] 17p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1913. BARBEZAT, Charles. *Zur Kenntnis des Carcinoma cylindromatodes der Orbitalgegend [Basel] 34p. 8? Berl., 1917. BARBIER, Andre, 1884- *Les sources de la virulence rabique; histoire d'une epizootie de rage sur le renard et le blaireau dans la region dijonnaise [Alfort] 253p. ch. 8? Dijon, 1929. ---- The same. 253p. 8? Dijon, Impr. Bernigaud et Privat, 1929. BARBIER, Gaston, 1889- Contribution a l'etude des symphyses pleurales; tuberculose pulmonaire par reensemencement pleural. 67p. 8? Lyon, 1919. BARBIER, Georges, 1889- * Mercure, arsenic, bismuth dans le traitement actuel de la syphilis (chez Tadulte) 170p. 8? Par., 1923. BARBIER, Georges Paul, 1890- Contri- bution a l'etude de la radiumth^rapie dans les tumeurs de Tamygdale. 50p. 8? Lyon, 1917. BARBIER, H[enry] 1859- Oreillons-co- queluche, grippe, erysipele medical. 308p. xii. 12? Par., O. & G. Doin, 1922. BARBIER, J[oseph] La methode ausculta- toire dans Texploration cardio-vasculaire; pre- face de Gallavardin. vii, 278p. 8? Lyon, Imp Express, 1921. BARBIER, Marguerite. *La grippe de 1918-19, dans un service de THopital Saint-Antoine. 71p. 8? Par., 1919. BARBIN, Claude, 1903- Contribution a l'etude de Tenuresie et de ses traitements; essais du Cupressus sempervirens. 64p. 8? Par., 1931. BARBITURIC acid [and derivatives] [CH2. (CO. NH)2. CO] See also Malonic acid; Malonyl urea [3.ser.] Pyrimidine; Urea [and derivatives] Khuen, E. C. The barbiturates. North Am. Vet., 1935, 16: no.6, 32-5.—Labat, J. A. Barbituriques. J. med. Bordeaux, 1933, 110: 774-6.—Lundy, J. S., & Osterberg, A. E. Review of the literature on the derivatives of barbituric acid; chemistry; pharmacology; clinical use. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1929, 4: suppl., 386-416.—Macintosh, R. R. Battle of the barbiturates. Lancet, Lond., 1934, 1: 154.—Roper-Hall, H. T. The barbiturates: their chemistry, action, and toxicology. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36,29: 275-81. ---- Addiction [including chronic poisoning] See also Barbituric acid, Poisoning. [Dios Chemical Company] The menace of barbital. [29]p. 8? [S. Louis, 1933] Beilke. Ueber Folgen von Yeramon-Missbrauch. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1800.—Bonsmann, M. R. Ueber Uewoh- nungs- und Kumulationserscheinungen; zur Frage der Vertret- barkeit einzelner Barbitursaurederivate. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1933, 172: 645-56.—Connely, E. McC. Chronic barbital poisoning. N. Orleans M.&S.J., 1927-28, 80: 235-9—Banne- mann, A. C. Nervous and mental reactions to veronal; with report of a case of chronic veronal poisoning. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1929, 69: 33-52.—Be Nito, G. Le tossicomanie da ipnotici della serie barbiturica. Rass. ter. pat. clin., 1935, 7: 24-30 — Bbrries, H., & Langeluddcke, A. Weitere Beobachtungen iiber Phanodormpsychosen und Phanodormsucht. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1935-36, 154: 658-72.—Heuyer. La toxicomanie bar- bituricpje. Rev. crit. path., Par., 1930, 2: 231-3—Hoff, H., & Kauders, O. Ueber chronische experimentelle Medinalintoxi- kation. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1926, 103: 176-84.—Hoge, S. F. A case of prolonged use of a barbiturate. Am. Med., 1934, 40: 235-8.—Mussio Fournier, J. C, & Garcia Austt, E. Sindroma parkinsoniano y trastornos mentales en un caso de intoxicacion cronica por el veronal; desaparicion total de les sin- tomas nerviosos y mentales con la supresion del hipnotico. An. Fac. med., Montev., 1931, 16: 263-71. Also Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1931, 3.ser., 47: 1748-53—Panse, F. Delir mit Polyneuritis nach chronischem Somnifenmissbrauch. Nerven- arzt, 1931, 4: 688-94—Ruhberg, G. N. Veronal and paraldehyde addiction and poisoning. Minnesota Med., 1929, 12: 75-8 — Seevers, M. H., & Tatum, A. L. Chronic experimental barbital poisoning. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1931, 41: 217-31. Also repr.— Smith, L. H., & Sloane, P. Possible abuses of valuable hyp- notics; with special reference to allonal. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1930, 71: 271-7.—Stolkind, E. A case of acute fatal medinal poisoning, with notes on the ill-effects of the medinal habit. Lancet, Lond., 1926, 1: 391—Stone, C. W. Some undesirable effects from the prolonged use of various barbiturates. Ohio M.J., 1936, 32: 209-12.—Work, P. Barbital ^veronal) addiction. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1928, 19: 324-8. Also repr. ---- allyl. See also Barbituric acid, diallyl. Pohl, J. Ueber Allyibarbitursauren. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1923, 38: 520-3. ---- allyl-isobutyl [Sandoptal] Bamberger, J. Erfahrungen mit dem Schlafmittel Sandop- tal. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 95.—Morselli, E. II Sandop- tal, nuovo sedativo ed ipnotico della serie barbiturica (osserva- zioni clinico-terapeutiche) Minerva med., Tor., 1928, 8:110-8.— Mosbacher, B. Ueber das neue Schlafmittel Sandoptal. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 1590.—Nannini, G. Contributo alio studio clinico del Sandoptal Sandoz, nuevo sedativo ed ipnotico. Minerva med., Tor., 1928, 8: pt2, 951-61.—Reinhardt, H. Er- fahrungen mit Sandoptal bei Woehnerinnen. Zbl. Gyn., 1930, 54: 2786—Rink, W. Ein brauchbares Schlafmittel fiir die Allge- meinpraxis. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1929, 39: 88. ---- allyl-isobutyl: Derivatives [Optalidon; Profundol] Gamper, E., & Horn, H. Klinische Erfahrungen mit dem tem- pierten Schlafmittel Profundol. Klin. Wschr., 1933,12: 1690-2 — Herzog.J. Klinische Erfahrungen mit Optalidon-Sandoz. Deut. med. Wschr., 1930, 56: 1913.—Michaud, L. Remarques sur I'optalidon. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1930, 60: 300-2—Michetti, B. A propos de I'optalidon. Ibid., 1932, 62: 67. —— allyl-isobutyl, halogenated [Pernocton] Bauer, J. A. *Bedeutet der Pernocton- Dammerschlaf einen Fortschritt in der Losung der Geburtsanasthesiefrage? [Erlangen] 32p. 8? Berl., 1932. BARBITURIC ACID 95 BARBITURIC ACID Freund, W. *Beitrag zur Frage der Basis- narkose, unter besonderer Berucksichtigung des Pernocton. 23p. 8? [Wiirzb., 1931] Hohner, P. *Ueber Erfahrungen mit dem Pernoctondammerschlaf in der Geburtshilfe; klinische und experimentelle Untersuchungen. 30p. 8? Tub., 1931. Meyer, P. *L'accouchement sans douleur au Pernocton. 80p. Strasb., 1932. Mirow, D. I. *Pernocton, an obstetrical and pre-surgical analgesic [Marquette Univ.] 29p. 8? Cincin., 1932. Van Ess, J. *Pernocton anesthesia in surgery. [Marquette Univ.] 18p. 8? Milwaukee, 1932. Akerblom, B. Some experiences of pernocton sleep. Acta chir. scand., 1932, 70: 78-92.—Alke, A. Ueber Pernocton- Aethernarkosen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 227.—Baisch, K. Welches ist die beste Narkose'' Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1930, 142: 41-51.—Bode, O. Weitere Erfahrungen mit Pernocton in der Geburtshilfe. Ibid., 1931, 146: 129-36— Boerner, E. Zur Pernoctonbasisnarkose. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 598.—Bohler, E. Experiences cliniques sur l'anesthesie obstotricale au pernocton. Strasbourg med., 1931, 91: 777-82.—Bosse, P. Ueber intravenbse Pernoktonnarkose. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 272. ----- Die perorale und rectale Anwendung des Pernoctons. Chirurg, Bed., 1932, 4: 841-7. -----& Schlockwerder. Die bisherigen Ergebnisse mit der intravenosen Pernocton-Narkose. Nark. & Anesth., Bed., 1928, 1: 161-74.—Brammer, H. Versuche mit einer besonderen Form des reinen Pernocton-Dammerschlafs in der Geburtshilfe. Schmerz, 1930-31, 3: 399-4C9. ----- Aus- bau des reinen Pernocton-Dammerschlafs mit Hilfe von Wehen- mitteln. Ibid., 1933-34, 6: 59-64. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 62.—Brasovan, R. Ueber die Pernoktonanasthesie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 1C92.-Braun, 0. Erfahrungen mit Pernocton in der kleinen Gynakologie. Zbl. Gyn., 1930, 54: 1618-50.—Brown, R.. Moloy, H., & Laird, M. Pernocton as an analgesic in obstetrics and gynecology. Am. J. Obst., 1931, 22: 225-31.—Bumm, R. Ueber Vorzuge und Xachteile des Per- nocton. Schmerz, 1929, 3:6; 54.—Burgdorf, K. Zur Pernokton- narkose in der Oto-Rhino-Laryngologie. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1930, 126: 52-64.—Castallo, M. A. Pernocton hypnosis in obstetrics, with a report of 103 cases. N. England J.M., 1933, 209: 744-9.—Claye, A. M. Pernocton-hvoscine twilight sleep; a review of 30 cases. J. Obst. Gyn., Lond., 1935, 42: 636-40 — Colloridi, F. La narcosi basale col Pernocton nella ginecologia operativa. Ann. ostet. gin., 1933, 55: 187-227.—Estel. Ueber Pernocton, ein Schlafmittel zur Unterstiitzung der Narkose; ein Beitrag zu den bisher erschienenen Veroffentlichungen. Med. Klin., Bed., 1928, 24: 783.—Federlin, F. Das Pernokton bei Inhalationsnarkosen. Munch, med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 346 — Feist, G. H. Erfahrungen mit der Pernoctonnarkose. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1929, 147: 40-4.—Frankenstein, K. Praktische Bemerkungen zur Pernoctonfrage. Zbl. Gyn., 1932, 56: 1296-9.—Freese, W. Ein Beitrag zur Pernoctonnarkose beim Hunde. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1928, 36: 461-3—Fretwurst, F., & Ruder, F. B. Klinik und Chemie des Pernoctons in der Geburtshilfe und Gynakologie. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1931, 138: 179-85.—Friedlaender, B. The therapeutic indications of tte sodium salt of the secondary butyl-B-bromallyl barbituric acid (pernocton) Current Res. Anesth., 1930, 10: 26-38— Galli, A. II Pernocton in chirurgia veterinaria. Boll. Soc. eustach., 1934, 32: 151-9. Also Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1935, 51: 113-5 — Garrasi, G. La nostra esperienza sull' uso del Pernocton in ostetricia. Clin, ostet., 1932, 34: 178-87—Goetz, P. Ueber die Verwendung des Pernoctons in der chirurgischen Gynako- logie und in der Geburtshilfe. Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 874-9 — Goldschmidt, H. Der Einfluss des Pernoctons auf den Geburts- vedauf. Ibid., 1930, 54: 344-7.—Greger, H. Der Pernocton- scilaf als Basisnarkose. Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 170-3.— Haberer, H. Pernocton-Narkose. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1928, 208:89-104.—Hartung. Ueber Pernocton-Dammerschlaf. Arch. klin. Chir., 1928, 152: 28. ----- Beitrag zum Pernocton- Dammerschlaf. Ibid., 153: 664-76. Also Schmerz, 1928, 2: 47-53.—Heim, W. Pernokton als Hypnotikum in der Chirurgie. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1932, 79: 1316— Heyer, E. Pernocton, kombiniert mit Lumbalanasthesie. Zbl. Gyn., 1930, 54: 1764-6.—Hillebrand, H. Erfahrungen bei intravenosen Nar- kosen mit Pernokton. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 1078.— Hirsch, C. Erfahrungen bei intravenosen Narkosen mit Per- nocton. Ibid., 821-3. ----- Die Verwendung des Pernoktons bei Hals-, Nasen- und Ohroperationen. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1930, 64: 809-11.—Hoffman, E. S. Pernocton as a pre-anesthetic J. Michigan M. Soc, 1934, 33: 72-4—Hole, W. Unsere Erfah- rungen mit dem Pernocton-Scopolamin-Dammerschlaf in der Geburtshilfe. Schmerz, 1929, 3: 58-64. ----- Der Pernocton- dammerschlaf in der Geburtshilfe. Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 974- 80.—Hiinermann, T. Ueber Erfahrungen mit Pernocton bei Allgemeinbetaubung. Zschr. Laryng., 1928-29, 17: 302-4.— Husemann, R. Erfahrungen mit Pernocton als Narkoseein- leitungsmittel. Munch, med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 710—Hussa, R. Pernocton als Schlaf- und Beruhigungsmittel. Med. Klin., Berl., 1935, 31: 587.—Kaiser, E. Pernocton als Basisnarcoticum. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1930, 60: 444-6— Kautz, F. A. S. Per- nocton, a hypnotic and amnesic agent. J. Med., Cincin., 1931, 12: 16-20.—Keller, R., & Bohler, E. Experiences cliniques sur l'anesthesie obstetricale au pernocton. Gyn. obst., Par., 1932, 24: 191-205—Konrad, J. Zur Pernoctonfrage. Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52:3142-5. •-----[Pernocton as intravenous anesthetic] Orv. hetil., 1929, 73: 137-9— Lessing. Percoktcnnf.rkose. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 312—Lbfkovits, L. Unsere Erfahrungen mit Pernoctondammerschlaf. Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 142-6 — Lukacs, E. (Pernocton as hypnotic] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1929, 27: 1251-4.—Malloy, E. F. Pernocton: an analysis of the results obtained in 105 obstetrical cases. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 379-86—Matters, R. F. Pernocton in obstetrics. Med. J. Australia, 1931, 2: 650—Mauerer, A. Bildet das Pernocton eine Bereicheiung unserer Narkosemittel? Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933, 46: 172-4.—Mayer, F. J. Das Pernocton in der rhinolaryngolo- gischen Chirurgie. Ibid., 1929, 42: 1194-7—Melzner, E. Ueber Einleitung der Narkosen mit Avertin und Pernokton. Deut. med. Wschr., 1930, 56: 1736-40—Miitz, H. Pernoctondammer- schlaf in der Geburtshilfe. Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 2819-22.— Nadalmay, E. F., & de XJdaeta y Bernereggi, A. La hipnonar- cosis por pernocton en obstetrica. Arch, med., Madr., 1931, 34: 914-9.—Nevinny, H. Ueber Linderung der Geburtsschmerzen durch Pernocton. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42: 1440-2.— Olson, H., & Van Ess, J. Pernocton in obstetrics. Wisconsin M.J., 1933, 32: 459-C5—Perez, M. L., & Harguindeguy, E. A proposito de la hipoanestesia por el pernocton (desaparicion de la excitacion motriz) Bol. Soc. obst. gin., B. Air., 1931, 10: 207-24.—Plenk, A. Erfahrungen mit Pernoctonschlaf bei chi- rurgischen Operationen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 1557.— Prochnov, F. [Pernocton as anesthetic] Orv. hetil., 1929, 73: 155-7.-----& Klimko, B. von. Ueber Pernoctonnarkose. Arch. klin. Chir., 1929,155: 51-9— Puppel, E. Unsere Erfahrun- gen mit Pernocton. Deut med. Wschr., 1930, 56: 1781.—Putz, J. [Value of pernocton (barbital preparation) in labor and in diseases of women] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1930, 28: 147-50. Also Zbl. Gyn., 1930, 54: 348-53— Raeschke. Die Pernoktonbasis- narkose. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 1866.—Recasens, S. El pernok- ton en obstetricia. Rev. espan. obst., 1931,16: 49-54.—Reiprich, W. Erfahrungen mit Pernocton in der Geburtshilfe und Gyna- kologie. Fortsch. Ther., 1930, 6: 151-4— Rbttger, P. Ueber Pernoktondammerschlaf in der Geburtshilfe. Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 742-8. —-— Ueber die Ursachen der Erregungszustande beim Pernoctonschlaf. Schmerz, 1930-31, 3: 362-8—Rosinger, Z. Erfahrungen mit dem neuen injizierbaren Schlaf- und Be- ruhigungsmittel Pernocton. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 306 — Ruge, H. Nuove ricerche sul Pernocton. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1933, 14: 113; 168.—Rupp, H. Ueber die Verwendung von Pernocton in Gynakologie und Geburtshilfe. Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 2936-41.—Schaefer, V. Ueber Pernocton und kombinierte Pernocton-Avertinnarkose. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1929-30, 148: 542-53.—Schley, J. Fiinf Jahre Pernokton; unsere Erfahrungen mit der intravenosen Pernoktonbasisnarkose. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1932, 236: 749—Schmidt, W. T. Pernocton-Dammerschlaf in Kombination mit Partusnarkose als ideale Geburtsanas- thesie. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1931, 88: 348-00— Schmitt, J. Funfjahrige Erfahrungen mit dem injizierbaren Hypnoticum Pernocton bei verschiedenen Haustieren (Hund, Katze, Schaf, Ziege, Sehwein, Huhn) Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1933, 67: 46-78.—Schneider, E. Pernocton. Nark. & Anesth., Bed., 1928, 1: 225-38—Schroeder, C. Zur Technik des geburtshilfli- chen Pernocton-Dammerscblafes (Kombination intravenoser und intramuskularer Injektionen) Schmerz, 1929, 3: 85-9.— Schultz, C, & Moene, I. [Pernocton and its use in surgery] Norsk mag. laegevid., 1932, 93: 974.—Schwanen, H. Unsere Erfahrungen mit Pernocton in Geburtshilfe und Gynakologie; Pernoctonschlafentbindung und Pernoctonnarkosenbasis. Zbl. Gyn.. 1932, 56: 2300—Seifert, E. Erfahrungen mit Pernokton- Narkose. Schmerz, 1928, 1: 191-9—Seiferth, L. B. Ueber Pernoctonnarkose. Zschr Laryng., 1927-28, 16: 439-42 — Siepert, N. Erfahrungen mit Pernocton per os. Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 755.—Sigwart, W. Erfahrungen bei intrave- nosen Narkosen mit Pernocton. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 1168.—Stedge, R. L. Pernocton. Bull. Guthrie Clinic, 1932, 1: 77-9— Tholen, M. H. G. A., Hagenbeek, J. H., & Ochssee, B. von [Newer experiences with pernocton] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1932, 76: ptl, 452-60—Tholen, M. H. G. A., & Landman, W. [Experiences with pernocton] Ibid., 1929, 73: pt2, 3911- 20.—Udaeta y Bernereggi, A. de, & Nadalmay, E. F. La hipno- narcosis por Pernocton en obstetricia. Rev. espan. obst., 1931, 16: 704-11.—Vogt, E. Erfahrungen mit Pernocton beim geburtshilflichen Dammerschlaf. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1928, 80: 79-82. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1928, 58: 899-901. Also Med. Klin., Bed., 1928, 24: 24.-----Weitere Erfahrun- gen mit Pernocton beim geburtshilnichen Dammerschlaf. Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 2802-19.-----Ueber den Ausbau des geburtshil(lichen Dammerschlafes mit Pernocton. Ibid., 1929, 53: 1508-15.-----A hypnose obstetrica. Rev. med. germ. iberoamer., 1929, 2: 434-42.—Wada, Y. Ueber Pernocton bei gynakologischen Operationen. Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi, 1934, 29: 25.—Wieloch, J. Ueber Pernoctondammerschlaf in der Geburtshilfe. Zbl. Gyn, 1928, 52: 2866-9—Wink, A. Er- fahrungen an 1,200 Pernocton-Basisnarkosen. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 1614-6. ---- allyl-isopropyl. Coudray, J. Cinquante cas d'anestM sie generale chirurgicale par l'acide allyl-isopropylbarbiturique a 10 p. 100 en injection intra-veineuse. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1927, 36: 869-80. Also Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1931. 131: 142-4—Fischer, R. Ueber den Polymorphismus der Allylisopropylbarbitursaure. BARBITURIC ACID 96 BARBITURIC ACID Arch. Pharm., Bed., 1932, 270: 149-52, 2pl—Fredet, P. L'anes- thesie gSnerale chirurgicale au moyen d'allylisopropyl-malo- nyluree. Paris med., 1925, 57: 479-83. Also Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1934, 3.ser., Ill: 50-4—Hobbs, J. E. The use of allyliso- propyl barbituric acid in labor. South. M.J., 1932, 25: 852-6 — Patry, R. Erfahrungen iiber die Verwendungsmoglichkeiten der Allylisopropylbarbitursaure bei der chirurgischen Narkose. Nark. & Anesth., Bed., 1928, 1: 183-6. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929,59: 264. ---- allyl-isopropyl: Amidopyrin compound [Allonal] Bruno, A., & Reynaud, A. La cura sintomatica del dolore e dell' insonnia mediante il isopropyl-propenil-barbiturato di amidopirina. Pensiero med., 1927, 16: 573-9.—Bryant, P. Allonal and the malonyl ureas. Med. World, 1924, 42: 394-7.— Burns, M. A. Further observations with the new nonnarcotic hypnoanalgesic [Allonal] Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 119: 116-8.— CDmbemale, Courteville & Nayrac. Sur 1'emploi therapeutique del'isopropyl-propenyl-barbiturated'amidopyrine. Prat. med. fr., 1923, 2:166-8.—Bel Priore, N. Un nuovo composto ad azione ipnotica ed analgesica (Allonal Roche) Gior. psichiat., 1925, 53:68-72.—Exner, H., & Viditz, A. Therapeutische Erfarhungen mit Allonal. Med. Klin., Bed., 1928, 24: 742.—Falkiewicz, T. [Allonal Roche in neurological practice] Polska gaz. lek., 1926, 5: 989.—Frauwallner, F. Erfahrungen mit der hypno-analgeti- schen Wirkung des Allonal Roche. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 624.—Gattineau, R. Erfahrungen mit Allonal als Hypnoti- kum und Analgetikum. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 1470.— Gerard, K. Erfahrungen mit Allional. Fortsch. Med., 1925, 43: 79.—Grunbaum, W. Erfahrungen mit dem Hypno-Analgeti- kum Allonal Roche. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76:385—Haegi, M., & Huyssen, C. Die Anwendung von Allonal. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 841— Held, P. Allional-Roche, ein schmerzstillendes Beruhigungs- und Schlafmittel. Deut. med. Wschr., 1924, 50: 1801.—Heufelder, W. Erfahrungen mit dem schmerzstillenden Beruhigungs- und Schlafmittel Allional. Ibid., 1925, 51: 951.—Jakobson, E. [Allonal as hypnotic] Latv. arstu Z., 1927, 223—Jiilich, W. Ueber Allional. Ther. Gegen- wart, 1924, 65: 428.—Koch, F. Allonal Roche zur prophylakti- schen untl postoperativen Bekampfung der Schmerzen in der Oto-Rhino-Laryngologie. Mschr. Ohrenh.,Wien, 1930,64:47-9.— Kuh, S., & Gerty, F. J. Clinical experiences with a new hypno- analgesic (Allonal) Ther. Gaz., Detr., 1923, n.s., 39: 242-5.— Landis, H. R. M. Allonal. Progr. Med., Phila., 1923, 4: 326.— Mikelson [Allonal-Roche, a sedative, hypnotic and analgetic remedy] Latv. arstu Z., 1926, 320-7.—Mounot, H. L'isopro- pylpropenylbarbiturate d'amidopyrine (allonal) en neuro- psychiatrie. Arch, internat. neur., Par., 1926, 19.ser., 2: 61 — Petiteai\ R. Contribution al estudio del isopropilpropenilbarbi- turato de amidopirina (allonal) como medicamento analggsico. Sem. med., B. Air., 1924, 31: pt2,1209. Also Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1925, 23: 116.—Prange, F. Erfahrungen mit Allional. Ther. Gegenwart, 1925, 66: 553.—Rein, I. [Allonal Roche] Polska gaz. lek., 1929, 8: 185.—Rottger, P. Behandlung des postopera- tiven Schmerzes und der Schlaflosigkeit ohne Morphium. Schmerz, 1931-32, 4: 102.—Seemen, H. von. Ueber Allonal, seine Anwendung als schmerzstillendes Beruhigungs- und Schlafmit- tel in der inneren Medizin. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 15-7.—Tellier, J., & Beyssac, P. De 1'emploi de l'allonal comme anestfisique odonto-stomatologique. Arch, internat. neur., Par., 1924, 17.ser., 2: 127. Also Brasil med., 1924, 38: pt2, 115.— Temming, H. Allional in der Kinderheilkunde. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 946-8.—Brbantschitsch, E. H. Meine Erfahrungen mit Allonal. Zschr. Stomat., Wien, 1928, 26: 441. ---- allyl-isopropyl: Diethylamin salt [Numal] Stjleatj, P. *Essais d'anesth^sie g6n6rale du cheval par Tallyliso-propylbarbiturate de di6- thylamine [Alfort] 54p. 8? Par., 1934. Bardram, E. Our experiences with Numalnirvapon-twi- lightsleep. Acta obst. gyn. scand., 1932, 12: 237-53.—Bierring, K. [Experiences with numal anesthesia] Ugeskr. laeger, 1929, 91:975-8.—Camus. Anesthfeie generale du cheval par l'allyliso- propylbarbiturate de diethylamine. Rec. med. vet., 1930, 106: 408.—Eskelund, V. [Numal-nirvapon anesthesia in obstetrics] Hospitalstidende, 1929, 72: 689-703.—Fredet, P. Le numal (allyl-isopropyl-malonyluree) comme anesthfisique genfiral. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1932, 58:1038-43.—Keller, O. [Numal anesthesia] Ugeskr. laeger, 1927, 89: 254.-----■ [Experiences in 300 cases of numal anesthesia] Ibid., 1929, 91: 966-71.— Petit, G., & Pedis, R. Anesthesie du chien par l'allyl-isopropyl- barbiturate de diethylamine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94:978.— Steiner, H. Ueber Numalnarkosen in Geburtshilfe und Gyna- kologie. Nark. & Anesth., Bed., 1929, 2: 103-8.—Wiki, B. Recherches pharmacodynamiques sur les somniferes de la serie barbiturique (un nouveau somnifere, l'allyl-isopropyl-barbitu- rate de diethylamine) Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Brux., 1922-23, 16: 117-61, ch. ---- allyl-isopropyl: Diethylamin salt—with veronaldiethylamin [Somnifen] Derome, M. *Etude d'un derive" ur&que (somnifene) comme anesthe\sique dans la pra- tique obstotricale. 74p. 8? Par., 1926. Beaudouin, H. Injections endo-veineuses et mtra-muscu- laires de somnifene. Prat. med. fr., 1927, 6(B): 68.—Better, E. & Better, T. Beitrag zum Somnifendammerschlaf in der Ge- burtshilfe. Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 1632-8.—Buscaino, V. M., & Be Giacomo, U. Azione catalettogena del somnifen nell' uomo; in tema di patogenesi ammiuica delle sindromi sehizofreniche. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 38-44, ch—Claude, H., & Baruk, H. L'epreuve du somnifene dans la catatonie. Ence- phale, 1928, 23: 724-30, pi.—Cleisz, L. Ma pratique anesthgsique en obstetrique journaliere. J. med. fr., 1929, 18: 295-7.—Bittel, L. G. Ueber Somnifen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 848 — Biittmann, G. Ueber intravenose Somnifennarkose. Med. Klin., Bed., 1926, 22: 1419-21.—Edelmann, H., & Welker, F Somnifen-Aethernarkose. Ibid., 1928, 24: 422—Eghiayan, A. Le somnifene Roche en radiologie. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1928, 58: 1236 —Eguiagaray Pallares, J. Nuestras primeras impre- siones respecto al uso del somnifeno en la practica obstetrica. Arch, med., Madr., 1925, 19: 145-60.—Eppinghausen, A. Vor teile und Nachteile der Somnifennarkose. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 475.—Eufinger. Ueber Somnifennarkose und Avertin-Rectalnarkose. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 913. Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 713-5.—Favreau. Note sur 1'emploi du somnifene pendant le travail de l'accouchement. Bull. Soc med. chir. Bordeaux, 1926,183-6.—Ginesty, Meriel, P., & Lassalle. A propos de quelques anesthesies generales au somnifene. Gaz. hop., 1925, 98:151.—Goerber.I. Das Somnifen als Schlafmittel. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1923, 53: 1004.— Grognot. De emplois du somnifene en injection pour le medecin praticien. Prat. med. fr., 1933, 14: 333-44.—Handschuh, R. Weitere Versuche mit Somnifen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1921, 51: 925.—Haro Garcia, F. El somnifeno en obstetricia y gineco- logia. Med. ibera, 1927, 21: 319; 347.—Hilarowicz, H., & Szajna, M. Ueber die Somnifen-Urethan-Magnesiumbasisnarkose bei chirurgischen Operationen. Zbl. Chir., 1929, 56: 1814-6.—Julia Roses, R. El somnifeno en cirugia. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1925, 2.ser., 3: 358.—Kooy, F. H. The somnifaine treatment in psychiatry. S.Afr. M.J., 1934, 8: 567-9.—Lefevre, Charbonnel [et al.] Anesthesie au somnifene. Bull. Soc. mfid. chir. Bor- deaux (1924) 1925, 427.—McGuire, J. Ueber Somnifen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 71: 543-53.—Meerloo, A. M. [Clinical con- tribution on the effect of somnifen] Neurotherapie, Amst., 1929, 11: 35-55.—Petry, H. Erfahrungen mit intravenbser Somnifen- Narkose. Med. Klin., Bed., 1926, 22: 698 —Plantureux, M. Essais d'anesthfcie du cheval par le somnifene et l'allyl propyl. Rev. vet. mil., Par., 1931, 15: 491-4.—Possevini, F, Sul valore terapeutico di un nuovo ipnotico il Somnifer Roche. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1921, 24: 124.—Quiquandon, J., & Burand, L. Le somnifene dans les refus d'alimentation. Prat. med. fr., 1933,14: 677.—Razetti, L. Un nuevo anestesico general; el somnifeno. Gac. med. Caracas, 1924, 31: 278-81.—Schrijver- Hertzberger, S., & Schrijver, B. Die Stabilisation des Plasmas bei der Somnifen-Dauernarkose. Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1934, 9:149-55.—Siegert, F. Erfahrungen mit Somnifendammer- schlaf in der Geburt bei intravenoser Injektion. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 987. ----- Weitere Erfahrungen mit Som- nifen als geburtshilflichem Dammerschlafmittel. Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 810-4.—Sigwart, W. Die Anwendung des Somnifens bei der Narkose. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1441.— Tenckhoff, I. Ueber Somnifen. Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1925, 27:92.—Wallerstein. Somnifennarkose. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 155-7—Wislanski, K. [Clinical experiments with somnifen] Polska gaz. lek., 1928, 7: 341-5.—Wodon, J. L., & Poulain, A. Nouvelle contribution a l'Stude de l'anesthesie obstfitricale par le somnifene. Rev. fr. gyn. obst., 1926, 21: 59-65. ---- allyl-isopropyl, halogenated [Noctal] Auen. Erfahrungen iiber das Schlafmittel Noctal. Med. Klin., Bed., 1927, 23: 1068—Breithaupt. Das Schlafmittel Noctal, ein ungesattigtes Barbitursaurederivat. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 375—Frank. Erfahrungen mit dem Schlaf- mittel Noctal. Med. Klin., Bed., 1926, 22: 854.—Gaschke, R. Erfahrungen mit dem neuen Schlafmittel Noctal. Fortsch. Med., 1926, 44: 867.—Jutz, B. Wissenschaftliches und Wissens- wertes iiber Noctal unter Berucksichtigung der gesamten Noctal-Literatur. Ibid., 1927, 45: 673-6.—Kapp, M. Ueber eigene und fremde Erfahrungen mit Noctal (Riedel) einem Sedativum und Hypnoticum. Fortsch. Ther., 1928, 4: 799.— Neumann. Die Wirkung des abbaufahigen Schlafmittels Noctal. Med. Klin., Bed., 1927, 23: 1659.—Plotke, B. Noctal als Morphium sparendes Mittel. Ibid., 1930, 26: 1716.—Vogel, B. Noctal in der Sanatoriumspraxis. Ther. Gegenwart, 1935, 76: 285.—Wegener. Erfahrungen mit Noctal. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 325—WottschaU, B., & Ruge, W. Klinische Versuche mit Noctal. Med. Klin., Bed., 1927, 23: 688. ---- allyl-isopropyl, halogenated: Derivatives [Eunarcon] Gamstatter, H. Eunarcon, das gebrauchsfertige, intravenose Kurznarkotikum in der Gynakologie und Geburtshilfe. Zbl. Gyn., 1935,59:1108-10.—Heim. Eine neue intravenose Narkose. Chirurg, Bed., 1934, 6: 742-7—Meder, F. Eunarcon, ein neues Intravenbses Kurznarkotikum. Zbl. Gyn., 1935, 59: 1106 — Volcker. Erfahrungen mit Eunarcon in der kleinen Gynako- logie. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 659. ---- /3-bromallyl-isobutyl. See Barbituric acid, allyl-isobutyl, halogenated. BARBITURIC ACID 97 BARBITURIC ACID ---- butyl-ethyl [Neonal; Soneryl] Brinon-Cherbtjliez, C. *L'anesth6sie de base au soneryl sodique (butyl-6thyl-barbiturate de sodium) par injection intra-veineuse. 51p. 8? Par., 1934. Birdsall, S. E. Sodium soneryl as a basal hypnotic; a report of 150 cases. Brit. M.J:, 1933, 1: 871—Carnot, P., & Tiffeneau, M. Sur un nouvel hypnotique de la serie barbiturique: la butyl- ethyl-malonyluree. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1922, 175: 241-4 — Charpentier, P. Sur le systeme butyl-ethyl-malonyluree (sone- ryl) et dimethyl-amino-phenyl-dimethyl-pyrazolone (pyrami- don) Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1934, 41: 328-30.—Besplas, B., & Chevillon, G. A propos du soneryl sodique anesthesique de base. Paris med., 1933, 89: 77-9. ----- A propos du butyl- ethyl-barbiturate de sodium; soneryl sodique intraveineux comme anesthesique de base. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1934, 60: 519-28. Also Paris med., 1934, 91: 83-6. -----& Launoy, L. Contribution a l'etude de l'anesthesie generale par voie veineuse au moyen de l'etho-butyl-ethyl-malonyluree (ethyl-soneryl, 117 R.P.) Ibid., 1935, 97: 333-6—Moriarty, J. J. Sodium soneryl as a pre-anaesthetic basal narcotic; some observations on 109 cases. Ulster M.J., 1934, 3: 194-8—Obre, A. Action de la butyl-fithylmalonyluree (soneryl) sur l'excitabilitfi nerveuse des crustaces et des cfiphalopodes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 1299-301. --- Chemistry. Schneller, J. *Das Luminal und sein ge- richtsarztlicher Nachweis [Erlangen] p.259-77. 8? Berl., 1926. Also Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1926, 7: Siegel, H. YV\ *Ueber den gerichtsarztlichen Nachweis von Vergiftungen durch Schlafmittel der Barbitursaurereihe Leipzig] 40p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. Thiir.] 1931. Arquet, M. Sur la solubilite de l'acide phfinylethyl-barbi- turique dans l'ether. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1935, 42: 200.— Beal, G. B., & Szalkowski, C. R. A reaction for phenobarbital. Ji Am. Pharm. Ass., 1934, 23: 18.—Biancalani, G. Sulla separa- zione degli ipnotici barbiturici dall' urina; contributo alia dia- gnosi clinica del barbiturismo. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1931, 2: 19-23 —Bougault, J., & Guillou, J. Sur quelques reactions de certains derives barbituriques (veronal, dial, gardenal, etc.) C. rend. Acad, sc, 1931, 193: 463-6.—Bruning, A., & Kraft, B. Beitrage zum Nachweis von Pflanzengiften und Arzneimitteln in alteren Leichenteilen; Veronal. Arch. Pharm., Bed., 1927, 265: 712-6—Cheramy, P., & Lobo, R. Sur l'extraction des de- rives barbituriques des visceres, emploi de l'acetone. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1934, 8.ser., 20: 400-3.—Fabre, R. Sur une reaction du veronal et des hypnotiques derives de l'acide barbiturique; applications. Ibid., 1922, 7.ser., 26: 241-9.—Fischer, R., & Eeisch, 0. Die Nachweisbarkeit von Schlafmitteln in ver- schiedenem Untersuchungsmaterial, namentlich in Liquor und Blut, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung von Barbitursaure- derivaten. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1934-35, 95: 739-53.—Fouchet. Caracterisation pratique des derives barbituriques dans Purine. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1934, 8.ser., 20:403-6—Gaston, B. R. The biuret reaction of barbituric acid and glycine anhydride. Abstr. Theses Univ. Chicago, 1929-30, 8: 89-92—Graham, J. H. Sur- face tension determinations of some barbiturates. Am. J. Pharm., 1934, 106: 295-8.—Jonsson, B. [Analytic chemistry of hypnotics of barbituric acid] Sven. farm, tskr., 1931, 35: 659-66.—Klingenfuss, M., & Reinert, M. Die quantitative Bestimmung von Dialkylbarbitursiiuren im Harn. Arch. exp. Path., Bed., 1932, 165: 416-9—Kofler, A., & Fischer, R. Unter- suchungen iiber die Molekiilverbindung im Veramon. Arch. Pharm., Bed., 1932,270:441-9, pi—Koppanyi, T., Murphy, W. S., & Krop, S. Colorimetric detection of barbital and its applica- tions. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 30: 542-4.—Kuhn, A. Studien iiber den Veronalnachweis im Harn. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1929, 13: 115-23.—Mohrschulz, W. Ueber den toxikologischen Nachweis von Schlafmitteln der Barbitursaure- reihe im arztlichen Laboratorium. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 672.—Nightingale, B., & Schaefer, A. E. Some reactions of di-halogen barbituric acids. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1932, 54: 236-9.—Palmieri, V. M. La diagnosi di avvelenamento da bar- biturici nei cadavere. Riforma med., 1936, 52: 43-6.—Pfeiffer, P., & Seydel, R. Molekiilverbindungen der Veronalreihe. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1928, 176: 1-16—Ray, T. W. A study of different methods of preparation of phenylethylmalonic dime- thylester. Abstr. Theses Univ. Chicago, 1925-26, 4: 151-6 — Rising, M. M., Shroyer, J. H., & Steieglitz, J. Chemical studies of the mechanism of the narcosis induced by hypnotics; the synthesis of colored derivatives of phenobarbital. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1933, 55: 2817-20—Rupp, E., & Muller, K. Ueber Medinal-Quecksilberverbindungen und die Medinal-Identi- tatsreaktion nach E.B.IV. Arch. Pharm., Bed., 1926, 264: 362-5.—Sanchez, J. A. Estudio quimico acerca del veramon. Sem. med., B. Air., 1927, 34: 290-2.—Sommaire, C. Sur que ques nouveaux acides dialcoylbarbituriques dissymetriques; series homologues. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1923, 4.ser., 33-34: 189- 95.—Strzyzowsky, C. Consid6rations toxicologiques sur la constatation du barbital dans les visceres humains. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1932, 62: 186. Also Ann. med. leg., Par., 1933, 13: 21767—VOL. 2, 4th series----7 49-53.—Taggart, M. S., & Richter, G. H. Imidazole derivatives of barbituric acid. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1933, 55: 1110.—Tiffe- neau, M. Sur quelques nouveaux acides dialcoylbarbituriques dissymetriques; serie ethylalcoylee. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1923, 4.ser., 33-34: 183-8.—Trendtel. Die Begutachtung von Schlafmittelvergiftungen im Kindesalter. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1930, 36: 1— Underhill, F. P., & Johnson, O. R. A com- parative study of new ether derivatives of barbituric acid. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1929, 35:441-8.—van den Briessen Mareeuw, W. P. H. [Veramon, a chemical compound and no mixture] Pharm. wbl., Amst., 1927, 64: 753-63.—Vitte, G. Note sur la recherche rapide en toxicologie de quelques derives barbituriques et sur leur transformation post mortem en acide sulfocyanique. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1930, 12: 524-31—Whitney, H. A. K. Chemistry of the synthetic sedative drugs, with special reference to the barbiturates. Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1935, 1: 9.— Zamparo, A. Sulla identificazione dei derivati alchilici del- l'acido barbiturico. Boll. chim. farm., 1925, 64: 257. ---- cyclohexenyl-ethyl [Phanodorm] Braun, H. Rektale Darreichung von Schlafmitteln. Deut. med. Wschr., 1934, 60: 944.—Goldstein, O. Chirurgische Erfah- rungen mit Phanodorm. Ibid., 1930, 56: 185.—Herrmann, G. Klinische Erfahrungen fiber das Schlafmittel Phanodorm. Med. Klin., Bed., 1928, 24:103.—Kraus, F. Klinische Erfahrun- gen mit Phanodorm. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1933, 101: 74-91.— Lindenbaum. Phanodorm in der Allgemeinpraxis. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 1820.—Mansbacher, R. Klinische Beob- achtungen iiber Phanodorm. Ibid., 1650.—Mondre, O. Kli- nische Erfahrungen mit Phanodorm. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 130.—Morchen, F. La cuestion de los hipnoticos, teniendo en cuenta especialmente el fanodormo. Arch, med., Madr., 1935, 38: 497-501.—Morselli, E. Un nuovo ipnotico: il pano dorm. Q. psichiat., Genova, 1926, 13: 147-56.—Nawratil, A. Klinische Erfahrungen mit Phanodorm, einem neuen Schlaf- mittel. Munch, med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1359.—Weiss, R. F. Erfahrungen mit Phanodorm. Med. Klin., Bed., 1926, 22: 339.—Wittwer, K. Phanodorm, ein gut Vertragliches, neues Schlafmittel. Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 815. ---- cyclohexenyl-methyl-N-methyl [Evipal] Infante Varela, J. *Anestesia endovenosa con evipan-sodico. 29p. 8? Santiago de Chile, 1934. Mockel, E. F. E. * Erfahrungen mit Evipan- Natrium [Rostock] 19p. 8? Lippstadt, Westf., 1934. Theil, K. [E.] *Die Evipan-Natrium-Nar- kose. 26p. 8? Engelsdorf-Lpz., 1934. Baetzner, W. Die Evipan-Natrium-Narkose; Riickblick und Ausblick. Arch. klin. Chir., 1935, 183: 327-30 [Discussion 109- 12]—Banerjee, P. N. Evipan-sodium (intravenous anaesthetic) Ind. M. Gaz., 1935, 70: 380-2.—Bankoff, G. Combined evipan- novocaine anaesthesia. Brit. J. Anaesth., 1935-36, 13: 66-9.— Baucks, K. Erfahrungen mit der injizierbaren Evipan-Na- trium-Narkose. Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 306-9.—Baumecker, H. Evipan-Natrium eine neue Kurznarkose. Ibid., 482.—Beaver, R. A. The scope of evipan anaesthesia. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: 1291-3.—Beck, W. C. The present status of anesthesia with sodium evipan. Current Res. Anesth., 1934,13: 215.—Blacher, M. Erfahrungen mit Evipan-Kurz- und Dauer- narkose. Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 249-51.—Bor, H. A., & Storm, C. J. Clinical and experimental investigations of evipan-sodium anaesthesia. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1934, 9: pt2, 675- 82, 3pl.—Brown, R. A., & Sorley, E. R. A report on intravenous anaesthesia by evipan in 20 cases; and a note on the oral adminis- tration of evipan. J.R. Nav. M. Serv., 1934, 20: 251-6—Biirkle- de la Camp, H. Ueber die Evipan-Natriumnarkose. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1933,240:452-6.—Caffler, P. Intravenose Schmerz- ausschaltung mit Evipan-Na. Zbl. Gyn., 1933, 57: 978-87.— Carman, J. A. Evipan-sodium anaesthesia. East Afr. M.J., 1934, 11: 178-86—Carroll, G. Evipal. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 89.—Carvallo, T. Sobre la anestesia general por el evipan. Gac. med. Caracas, 1934, 41: 213-7.—Castillo, A. J. Anestesia general por inyeccion endovenosa de evipan sodico. Ibid., 209-13.—Chellappa, E. S. Sodium evipan anaesthesia—a study of 30 cases. Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 69: 685-7— Cvitanovich, B., & Ljudevich, M. [Anesthesia by intravenous injections of evipanl Voj. san. glasnik, 1935, 6: 619-30.—Becker, P. Evipan Natrium zur intravenosen Vollnarkose. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 395. ----- Etudes en cours a la Clinique Chirurgicale de l'Hopital de Lausanne. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935,65:861-3.— Besplas, B. A propos de l'evipan. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 663.—Bias da Costa, W. Anesthesia pelo evipano sodico. Fol. med., Rio, 1935, 16: 555-8—Bomanig, E. Der heutige Stand der Evipannarkose. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1935, 48: 1245-7.—Booley, H. J. Evipan-sodium anesthesia. Illinois M.J., 1936, 69: 352.—Buboucher, H., Megnin, J., & Sarlin. Anes- thesie par l'evipan sodique intra-veineux; emploi de la strych- nine au cours de l'anesthesie generale a l'6vipan sodique et dans la periode post-anesthesique. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1934, 60: 573-9.—Bucuing, J., & Fabre, P. C. Anesthesies a l'evipan. Ibid., 1128-35.—Buyzings, A. J. M. [Results from Evipan- natrium, a new general intravenous anesthetic] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1933, 77: 3154-7—Eliasen, P. N. B. [Evipan as an BARBITURIC ACID 98 BARBITURIC ACID anestheticl Ugeskr. laeger, 1934, 96: 651-5.—Elischer, E. Evi- pannarkose. Verh. ungar. arztl. Ges., 1934, 6: 20-2.—Els. Evipan-Natriumrausch und Avertinnarkose, eine ideale gegen- seitige Ergiinzung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1913, 59: 684-6.—Find- lay, F. M. The advantages of sodium evipal as an anesthetic agent. West. J. Surg., 1936, 44: 225-9—Fitzgerald, G. H. A new intravenous anesthetic: evipan sodium. Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 69: 67.—Folliasson, A., & Guy, P. L'anesthesie generale a l'evipan sodique. Gaz. med. France, 1935, 42: 757-67.—Fraser, L. H. Evipan as a general anesthetic. Med. Bull., N.Y., 1935, 2: no.5, 228.—Friind, H. Erfahrungen mit Evipannarkosen. Chirurg, Berl., 1933, 5: 249-52.—Garric, R. L'anesthesie gene- rale par injection intraveineuse d'evipan sodique. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1935, 29: 186-8.—Gaspar, E., & Trevani, E. Erfah- rungen bei 800 Evipan-Natrium-Narkosen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1935, 48: 1615-8.—Gautier, J. Anesthesie generale intraveineuse par l'evipan sodique. Arch. med. Angers, 1934, 38: 177-83. Also Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1934, 60: 1140-4—Geiger, H. Erfahrungen mit Evipan-Dauernarkose. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 2243-6.—Glaser, W. R., & Grosse, V. Zur Kombination der Avertinnarkose mit Evipan-Natrium. Zschr. Tuberk., 1933, 69: 24-8.—Gocke, H. Ein Beitrag zur Evipan-Natrium-Narkose. Zbl. Gyn., 1933, 57: 1808-11.—Grenade, L. Anesthesie generale a l'evipan sodique intraveineux. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1933, 42: 1131-69. ----- Anesthesie a l'evipan, apres un millier d'anesthesies. Ibid., 1934, 43: 1020-6.—Guy, M. Ce que l'on peut attendre de l'evipan sodique. Presse med., 1934, 42: 2101.—Hamant. Anesthesie spontanee par injection intra- veineuse d'evipan sodique. Rev. med. Est, 1934, 62: 838-43.— Harper, W. F. Spinal anesthesia with a note on evipal. South. Surgeon, 1935, 4: 240-5.—Heard, K. M. Clinical observations on the use of evipan. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1934, 31: 617-22.—Herbst, O. Die Evipan-Natrium-Narkose. Wien. med. Wschr., 1933, 83: 1414.—Hermans, A. G. H. [Experiences with the new in- travenous anesthetic Evipannatrium in surgery] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 2472-6.—Hirschberg. Oinquante cas d'anes- thesie a l'evipan. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1935, 431-;>.--Hoche, O. Zur intravenosen Evipan-Natrium-Narkose. Wien. klin, Wschr., 1933, 46: 1171-3.—Holman, A., & Mathieu, A. Intra- venous anesthesia with evipal soluble. Am. J. ohst., 1935, 30: 118-20.—Honcamp, 0. 1'iisei-o F.vfahmngen mit Evipan- Natrium. Med. K!i:i., ISerL, Ht:«, 29: 1085-7— Hustin & Wyebauw, L. Technique simplifies de l'anesthfeie prolongee a l'evipan sodique. Hull. Soc. nit. cliir., Par., 1935, 61: 518.— Jarman, R. Evipan as an intravenous anaesthetic. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 341-6. —— & Abel, A. L. Evi- pan as an intravenous anaesthetic, results in 1,000 cases. Lan- cet, Lond., 1934, 1: 510-3.—Jentzer, A. La narcose a l'evipan. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 1027-30.—Joannidis, C. K. Evipan anaesthesia. Edinburgh M.J., 1934, n.s., 41: 615-25.— Jung, G. Erfahrungen mit der Evipan-Natrium-Narkose. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1933, 33: 378-81.—Karger, W. Beitrag zur intravenosen Evipan-Natrium-Narkose beim Hund. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1934, 42: 87-9—Keusenhoff, W. Der heutige Stand der Evipan-Narkose; Beobachtungen an weit iiber 1,000 eigenen Fallen. Fortsch. Ther., 1935, 11: 705-14.—Killian, H. The new German evipan-sodium anesthesia. Current Res. Anesth., 1934, 13: 177; 227.—Kbster, O. Die Evipan-Natrium- narkose und ihre Dosierung. Zbl. Gyn., 1933, 57: 1524-8.— Kriebel, A. Klinische Erfahrungen mit der intravenosen Evipan-Na-Kurznarkose. Zschr. Laryng., 1933, 24: 136-43.— Lenormant, C, Menegaux, G., & Sechehaye, L. Note clinique sur 70 anesthesies a l'evipan sodique. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1934, 3.ser., Ill: 810-6.—Lovett-Campbell, A. C. Evipan sodium anaesthesia combined with chloroform inhalation. West Afr. M.J., 1934, 8: 2-4.—Mack, O. Ein einfacher Apparat zur intra- venosen Dauernarkose mit Evipan. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 1442.—MacMahon, J. S., & MacMahon, E. G. A report on 30 cases of evipan sodium anaesthesia. Med. J. Australia, 1934, 1: 690-2.—McKenzie, K. P. Evipan sodium intravenous anaesthesia; a report on 50 trial cases. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1934, 63: 45-8.—McNelis, P. J. Evipal anesthesia—preliminary report. West Virginia M.J., 1935, 31: 120-2.—Madinaveitia, J. M., & Martinez Avial, J. Evipan sodico en digestive Arch. med., Madr., 1935, 38: 229-33.—Maloney, A. H., & Hertz, R. Experiments with evipal in prolonged anesthesia. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934-35,20:1260-5—Martin, B. Die Evipan-Natrium- narkose, angewandt bei Siidchinesen. Zbl. Chir., 1934, 61: 2770-5.—Masotti, P. La narcosi per via endovenosa e l'applica- zione dell' evipan sodico. Rinasc. med., 1935, 12: 269-71 — Menegaux, G., & Sechehaye, L. Anesthesie generale a l'evipan sodique. Presse med., 1934, 42:1036-8. ----- Etude critique de l'anesthesie generale a l'evipan sodique. J. chir., Par., 1934, 44: 363-414.—Miller, G. Evipan: a preliminary report on a new intravenous anaesthetic. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1933, 29: 596-8.— Monod, R. L'anesthesie a l'evipan sodique intraveineux. Gaz. h6p., 1933, 106: 1474. ----— Remarques sur l'anesthesie generale avec un sei sodique de la cyclo-hexenyl-bimethyl- malonyluree (Evipan) Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1934, 60: 318-28.—Moure, P. A propos de l'evipan sodique. Ibid., 1935, 61: 476-9. -----Fontaine & Rouault, C. Note sur l'anesthesie a l'evipan. Ibid., 1934, 60: 1178-81—Nery de Siqueira e Silva. Uma conquista da anesthesia; o evipan sodico. Fol. med., Rio, 1935, 16: 58-60.—Nordentoft, J. [Evipan-sodium anesthesia] Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: 261-7. ----- [Observations on 200 cases of evipan-sodium anesthesia] Ibid., 1935, 78: 463-75.— Nordmann, O. Die intravenose Evipannarkose. Chirurg Bed., 1933, 5: 241-3—Orihuela, J., & Curbelo-Urroz, I. Obser- vaciones de anestesia general al evipan sodico. Arch. urug. med., 1934,5: 382-92.—Ortega de la Riva, E., & Mingo de Benito, L. La narcosis al evipan intravenoso. Arch, med., Madr., 1934, 37: 1194-8.—Perrin. A propos de l'anesthesie a l'evipan sodique. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 1031-3.—Perwitzschky, R, Klinische Erfahrungen mit der neuen intravenosen Evipan- Natrium-Narkose. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1933, 33: 382-90 — Poliak, M. P. Narcosi endovenosa con l'evipan. Riforma med., 1934, 50: 1583.—Polichetti, E. La narcosi endovenosa con Evi- pan sodico. Gazz. osp., 1934, 55: 580-5.—Ragotzky, O. Unsere Erfahrungen mit Evipan-Natrium (E.-Na) als steuerbarer intra- venbser Narkose. Ther. Gegenwart, 1933, 74: 150-3.—Raventos Moragas, A. La anestesia general por via intravenosa col el evi- pan sodico. Rev. cir. Barcelona, 1934, 7: 188-93, ch. -----& Kook, F. W. Estudio sobre 104 casos de anestesia con evipan so- dico. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1934, 22: 218-32.—Report on the clini- cal value of evipan. Ind. M. Gaz., 1933, 68: 705. Also Brit. J. Anaesth., 1933, 11: 23-8.—Sailer, K. [Experiences with evipan narcosis] Gyogyaszat, 1934, 74: 372-4.—Saldana Bebesa, R. La anestesia por el evipan sodico. Arch, med., Madr., 1934, 37: 207-11.—Scrocca, P. L'anestesia generale endovenosa con l'evipan-sodico. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1934, 15: 32-40. Also Brit. J. Anaesth., 1934-35, 11: 153; 12: 28; 78—Sicard, A. Anesthesie intra-veineuse a l'evipan sodique. Prat. med. fr., 1934, 15: 449-59.—Simenauer, E., & Theisen, H. Die Evipan- Natrium-Narkose. Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 491-6.—Skaarup, J. M., & Osiier, I. [Evipan-sodium anesthesia] Ugeskr. laeger, 1934, 98: 367-9.—Skarby, H. G. Experiences of the use of sodium evipan. Uppsala lak. foren. forh., 1935, 41: 345-53—Sokolowski, T. [Evipan in general anesthesia] Lek. wojsk., 1935, 26: 274-81.—Storm, C. J. Untersuchungen iiber die Evipan-Na- trium-Narkose bei Aflen. Klin. Wschr., 1935,14: 504.—Suraci, C. Evipan soluble—a unique anesthetic for intravenous use. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1935, 4: 29-34. Also repr.—Terracol, J. L'anesthesie generale a l'evipan sodique. Ann. otolar., Par., 1935, 567-73.—Vadsten, O., & J0rgensen, H. [Evipan anesthesia] Bibl. laeger, 1934, 126: 187-213.—Valenzi, A. L'anestesia generale con l'evipan sodico. Clin, ostet., 1934, 36: 723-5.—Van Acker, E. L'anesthesie intraveineuse a l'evipan. Rev. beige sc med., 1935, 7: 653-64.—Veal, J. R., Hamilton, A. S., & Farrington, C. L. The use of sodium evipan as an intravenous anesthetic. N. Orleans M.&S.J., 1934-35, 87: 743-7.—Velu, H. Observations sur la narcose a l'evipan sodique. Bull. Acad. med., Par., 1934, 3.ser., 112: 189-91. ----- & Ipousteguy. Narcose endoveineuse semi-reglable du chien, a l'evipan sodique. Bull. Acad. vet. Fiance, 1934, 7: 330.—Vogeler, K., & Kotzoglu. Die Vorgabe von Morphium bei Evipan-Narkosen. Chirurg, Bed., 1935, 7: 242-5.—Voigt, W. Zur Frage der Evipannarkose. Ibid., 1936, 8: 89-97—Walchshofer, E., & Boden. Erfahrungen mit der Evipan-Na.-Narkose. Fortsch. Ther., 1933, 9: 341-6 — Weese, H. Evipan. Ibid., 1934, 10: 487-90—Wendel, W. Beitrag zur intravenosen Allgemeinnarkose mit Evipan-Na- trium. Chirurg, Bed., 1933, 5: 243-9.—White, C. S., & Collins, J. L. Evipal anesthesia. Virginia M. Month., 1934-35, 61: 647-50. Also repr. ----- Evipal anesthesia. Am. J. Surg., 1934, n.s., 25: 131-3. Also South. M.&S., 1934, 96: 335-9.- Wolff, B. Ueber intravenose Evipan-Natriumnarkose. Verh. Berl. med. Ges., 1934, 64: 83—Wright, A. B. Technique of evipan anaesthesia. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 1040. ---- cyclohexenyl-methyl-N-methyl [Evipal]: Therapeutic indications. Macke, S. *Die Evipan-Natrium-Narkose bei zahn arztlichen Eingriffen [Kiel] 28p. 8? Quakenbriick, 1934. Schlosser, E. *Die Brauchbarkeit der En- dorm-Natriumnarkose fiir poliklinische Zwecke [Giessen] 23p. 8? Gninberg i. H., 1934. Anschiitz, W. Die Kurz- und Rauschnarkose mit Evipan- natrium. Arch. klin. Chir., 1933, 177: 716-34 [Discussion, 42-60]—Arens, K. Zur Kurz- und Basisnarkose mit Evipan- Natrium. Med. Klin., Bed., 1935, 31: 621.—Armand, M. Ac- couchement rapide sous anesthesie generale a l'evipan sodique. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1936, 25: 34—Bartlakowski, J. Hau- fige Evipannarkosen bei einem septisch Kranken. Zbl. Chir., 1934, 61: 2721.—Bashein, H. Evipal anesthesia—its use in office practice. Eclect. M.J., 1936, 96: 1-3—Boden, 0. Kontraindi- kationen bei der Evipan-Natrium-Narkose. Fortsch. Ther., 1933, 9: 718-22—Borey, F. Trois cent vingt-cinq anesthesies a 1 evipan sodique par voie intraveineuse pratiquees en chirurgie colomale. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 396-413—Caffler, P. Ueber einige Besonderheiten der Kurz-Narkose mit Evipan- Natrium in der Gynakologie. Schmerz, 1933-34, 6: 49-55 — Cifuentes, P. La anestesia con el evipan en cirugia urinaria. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: 409-11.—Coryllos, P. N., & Bass, S. Evipal anesthesia in thoracoplasties. Current Res. Anesth., 1936, 15: 6G~J}-~Crawford, J. C. C. Intravenous anaesthesia with evipan sodium in children. Ulster M.J., 1934, 3: 191-3.—Cunningham, C. D. Report on evipan-sodium and its use in dental operations. West Afr. M.J., 1934-35, 8: no.4, 9.—Bienhardt, B. Evipan Natrium, ein neues intravenoses Kurz- und Basis-Narkotikum. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1933,94: 52-5.—Bietel, H. Dergeburts- hilfhche Dammerschlaf durch rektale Verabfolgung von Evipan. Zbl. Gyn., 1935, 59: 2003-6.—Bouglas, C. M. Evipan sodium in general practice. Brit. M.J., 1935, 1: 1233.—Finlayson, R. M., & Sadler, W. J. M. Evipan sodium anaesthesia in dentistry. J.R. Nav. M. Serv., 1935, 21: 153-5.—Freitas SimSes. A anes- BARBITURIC ACID 99 BARBITURIC ACID tesia pelo evipan-sodico em cirurgia obstetrica. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1934, 52: 205-9.—Friedemann, M. Die Evipan-Natrium- Narkose in der grossen Chirurgie. Chirurg, Bed., 1933, 5: 344-7.—Garry, W. E., & Cohn, R. B. The use of sodium evipal as an anesthetic for short surgical procedures. N. England J.M., 1935, 213: 301-3.—Gorodner, J. Sobre el empleo del evipan- natrium en las intervenciones de corta duracion; sus aplicaciones en cirugia urologica. Sem. med., B. Air., 1933, 40: pt2, 408-11.— Grandi, G. La narcosi endovenosa coll' evipan sodico in sto- matologia. Riv. ital. stomat., 1934, 3: 319-25.—Greenberger, M. E., & Bass, S. Evipal anesthesia in urology. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 555.—Grzywa, N. Ein Narkosehandgriff und Bemerkungen zur Avertin- und Evipan-Natriumnarkose in den Tropen. Zbl. Chir., 1934, 61: 1720-2.—Guha Roy, S. C. Evipan sodium for small operations. Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 69: 690 — Guy, P. L'anesthfisie generale a l'evipan sodique chez les car- diaques. Gaz. med. France, 1934, 843-7.—Harms, K. Ueber die Dosierung des Evipannatriums zur Erzielung des Rausches und der Kurznarkose. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1933, 241: 741-66 — Herbst, R. Die Evipannarkose in der Urologic Zschr. Urol., 1934, 28: 685-90.—Holtermann, C. Klinische Erfahrungen mit der intravenosen Evipan-Natrium-Narkose in der Gynakologie und Geburtshilfe. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 50-2. ----- Zur Evipan-Natrium-Narkose: biologische, nicht Starr schema- tische E.Na.-Dosierung zur Vollnarkose; E.Na.-Anwendung zur Schmerzlinderung bei der Spontangeburt. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 1547-50. ----- Besteht eine wesentliche Gefiihrdung bei Anwendung von Evipan-Natrium (E.Na.)- Narkose in der Geburtshilfe? Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58: 286-91.— Ishiwatari, Y. Ueber die intravenose Evipan-Natrium-Narkose in der Gynaekologie. Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi, 1935, 30: 41-4.—Jentzer, Oltramare & Poncet. La narcose intraveineuse a l'evipan en grande chirurgie. Presse med., 1934, 42: 668-71.— Johnstone, I. L. Sodium evipan anaesthesia in ophthalmic surgery, with special reference to disadvantages. Brit. M.J., 1935, 1: 761-3.—Jung, G. [Evipan narcosis in practice] Orv. hetil., 1934, 78: mell., 74—Kalman, J. Erfahrungen mit der Evipan-Natriumnarkose in der operativen Gynakologie. Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 1515-7.—Kamniker, K., & Rintelen, G. Erfah- rungen mit Evipan bei grosseren Eingriffen. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1934-35, 244: 571-7.—Kandou, T. A. [Hypnosis induced by evipan used in policlinics] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 2330-5.—Kassebohm, F. A., & Schreiber, M. J. Use of evipal soluble in obstetrics, with report of 50 operative cases. Am. J. Surg., 1936, 31: 265-71.—Keogh, P. J. Evipan in rhino-laryngol- ogy. Irish J.M.Sc, 1934, ser.6, no.97: 32-6.—Kirchner, H. Evipan-Natrium in der Lokalanasthesie. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 1337 — Kittinger, A. Das neue Kurznarkotikum Evipan-Na- trium. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 1070-3—Klages, F. Kin- dernarkosen mit Evipannatrium. Chirurg, Bed., 1933, 5: 375-8 —Klimke, W. Evipan-Natrium als Narkotikum bei Lumbalpunktionen. Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1933, 35: 89 — Klitzsch, H. Ueber Erfahrungen mit der intravenosen Evipan- Natrium-Narkose bei augenarztlichen Operationen. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1934, 92:653-5.—Kobel, E. Zur Indikation der Evipan- Natriumnarkose. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 996-8—Lae- secke, M. Erfahrungen mit der intravenosen Evipan-Natrium- Narkose in der Chirurgie. Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 1042-51 — Langsteiner, F. Bedeutet die Evipannatrium-Narkose einen Fortschritt in der Gynakologie und Geburtshilfe? Wien. rred. Wschr., 1934, 84: 447.—Lauber, J. Erfahrungen mit der intr;- venosen Rausch-, Kurz- und Basisnarkose mit Evipan-Natrium. Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 806-12.—Le Lorier & Mayer, M. Vingt-six anesthesies obstetricales par l'evipan sodique a la maternite de Port-Royal. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1934, 23: 342-52 — Lieber, H. Evipal as an adjunct to regional anesthesia. Tr. Am. Soc. Region. Anesth., 1934,2-6. Also Current Res. Anesth., 1935, 14: 159-61—Link, K. H. Zur Frage der Verwendung der intravenosen Kurznarkose mit Evipan-Natrium in der zahnarzt- lichen Allgemeinpraxis. Deut. Zahn. &c. Heilk., 1934, 1: 384- 94 —Lissard, E. Evipan-Natrium in der Geburts lilfe und Gy- nakologie. Munch, med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 457—Livingston, E. M , Emy, S.,& Lieber, H. Evipal sodium: a short intravenous anesthesia. Am. J. Surg., 1934, 26: 516-21. Also repr—Lyle, T. K, & Fenton, F. G. The advantages of intravenous (evipan) anaesthesia in ophthalmic surgery. Brit. M.J., 1934, 2: 589. ----- Evipan in ophthalmic surgery; further experiences. Ibid., 1935, 1: 763.—Maarss0, C. [General anesthesia combined with injections of sodium-evipan] Ugeskr. laeger, 1935, 97: 667-9.—Macintosh, R. R. Evipan in dental anaesthesia. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 346-52— Marston, A. B. Notes on the use and technique of general anaesthesia in dental surgery, with special reference to evipan. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1934, 48: 284-91. Also Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1934, 189: 211-7.—Martinaud, G. Narcose par l'evipan sodique intra- veineux en petite chirurgie. J. med. Bordeaux, 1934, 111: 13-7.—Marziani, R. La narcosi all' Evipan sodico nella chirurgia dell' apparato locomotore. Arch, ortop., Milano, 1934, 50: 657-72.—Merritt, E. L. The value of evipal anesthesia in urology. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 709—Mossadegh, G. Sur 1'emploi de l'evipan sodique comme anesthesique general en gynecologie. Gynecologie, 1935, 34: 325.—Novak, M. La narcosi endovenosa a base di evipan sodico in urologia. Arch. ital. urol., 1935-36, 12: 149-59.—Otero, C. El evipan sodico intravenoso en cirugia mayor. Rev. cir. Hosp. Juarez, Mex., 1935, 6: 655-67.—Per- witzschky, R. Die Verwendung der intravenosen Evipan- Natriumnarkose in der Ohren- Nasen- Halsheilkunde. Zschr. Laryng., 1933, 24: 181-3— Philipowicz, I. Vorsicht mit Evipan als Basisnarkose. Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 1052— Pincus, L. [Evi- pan anesthesia in ophthalmologic operations] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 3401-3.—Pool, J. H. Evipan-sodium as a den- tal anaesthetic. Newcastle M.J., 1934, 14: 43-9.—Rode, M. Erfahrungen fiber Evipan-Natrium, ein Mittel zur Kurznarkose und Narkoseeinleitung. Fortsch. Ther., 1933, 9: 80.—Rostock, P. Evipannatriumnarkose in dbr Unfallchirurgie. Mschr. Unfallh., 1934, 41: 31-5.—Sailer, K. [Evipan narcosis in major surgery] Orv. hetil., 1933, 77: 1174-7. Also Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 305-8.—Samuel, M. Evipan-Natrium zur schmerzlosen Geburt, sowie zur Narkose in der Gynakologie fiir Praxis und Klinik. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 286-8.—Schaffer, W. P. Kurz- und Dauernarkosen mit Evipan-Natrium bei Kindern. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1935, 48: 529-32—Scheibel, P. [Evipan in urology] Orv. hetil., 1935, 79: 417. Also Gyogyaszat, 1935, 75: 320. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 366—Schumacher, P., & Adler, E. Die intravenose Evipan-Natrium-Narkose in der Gynakologie. Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 976-8.—Sharman, A. Epivan-sodium intravenous anaesthesia in gynaecology: a note on 137 cases. Glasgow M.J., 1934, 121: 104-7.—Simpson, T. General anaesthesia in the tropics by intravenous evipan- sodium. West Afr. M.J., 1934, 8: 5-7.—Specht, K. Rausch-, Kurz- und Einleitungsnarkose mit Evipan-Natrium. Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 242-7—Spitzer, W. Kann die intravenose Kurz- narkose mit Evipan-Natrium dem praktischen Arzte empfohlen werden? Med. Klin., Bed., 1934, 30: 296-9—Stabile, A. La anestesia por el evipan sodico en ginecologia. Arch. urug. med., 1934, 5: 235-45.—Status of evipan in dental anaesthesia. Do- minion Dent. J., 1934, 46: 155-65.—Stefan, H. Klinische Erfah- rungen mit Evipan-Natrium (E.-Na.) einem raseh wirkenden, injizierbaren Einschlaf-, Narkose- und Beruhigungsmittel. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 808-10.—Stockert, F. G. von. Ueber Evipan-Natrium-Behandlung in der Psychiatrie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1935, 31: 198-201.—Sussi, L. La narcosi endo- venosa a base di Evipan sodico. Policlinico, 1933, 40: sez. prat., 1885-7.—Terracol & Balmes. L'anesthesie generale a l'evipan sodique en oto-rhino-laryngologie. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1935,19: 5-22.—Terraillon, P. L'evipan sodique en stomatologie. Odontologie, Par., 1934, 72: 668-71.—Unti, O. Reserva alcalina na anestesia pelo evipan-sodico. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1936, 31: ^87-403— Vajna, G. [Evipan in gynecology and obstetrics] Orv. hetil., 1933, 77: 1007. ----- [Evipan-natrium in gynecol- ogy and obstetrics] Ibid., 1153-6.—Van Acker, E. L'anesthesie intraveineuse a l'evipan. Ann. Soc. med. Gand, 1934, 13: 216-27.—Van Oort, P. G. C. [Evipan-sodium in general practice] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 5137-43.—Voss, E. A. Rausch- und Kurznarkose bei Kindern mit Evipan-Natrium. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 958.—Wang, H. K. Evipan sodium as an intravenous anaesthetic for minor surgical operations. Chinese M.J., 1935, 49: 357.—Weigel, H. Die intravenose Evipan- Natriumnarkose in der Allgemeinpraxis. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 373.—Wolff, J. Die Evipan-Natrium-Narkose in der Augenheilkunde. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1933, 90: 385-7. ---- cyclopentenyl [Pentenal] Drizard, A. J. R. Contribution a l'etude de quelques acides cyclopentenylbarbituriques et de appleurs lications therapeutiques. 68p. 8? Par., 1934. Rath, E., & Schunck, C. Das neue Schlafmittel Pentenal (Zyklopentenylathylbarbitursaure) Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933,80: 564. ---- Determination. See Barbituric acid, Chemistry. — diallyl [Dial] Birnberg, C. H., & Livingston, S. H. The use of dial in labor. Am. J. Obst., 1934, 28: 107-15.—Bogendorfer. Ueber losliche Schlafmittel der Barbitursaurereihe (Dial loslich) Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1924, 54: 437.—Bondy, H. [Use of dial as seda- tive and hypnotic in ambulatory and hospital treatment of nervous and mental diseases] Cas. lek. cesk., 1928, 67: 290-4.— Brown, P. Dial-urethane for obstetrical analgesia. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1934, 59: 622-6.—Colvin, J. C. Two cases treated with dial. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1924, n.s., 118: 500—Engelman, C A. T. [Continuous anesthesia with dial] Ned. tschr; geneesk., 1929, 73: ptl, 3350-63.—Fulton, J. F., Liddell, E. G. T., & Rioch, B. McK. Dial as a surgical anaesthetic for neurological operations; with observations on the nature of its action. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1930, 40: 423-32.—Hoven, H. Observations sur un hypnotique; le dial. Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment., Par., 1929, 17: 19. Also J. neur. psychiat., Brux., 1929, 29: 39-47.— Isnard. Etude sur le dial; dial sodique. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1924 7ser., 29: 272-8.—Loewy-Hattendorf, E. Die Diallylbar- bitu'rsaure: Dial oder Curral? Deut. med. Wschr., 1924, 50: 1801 —Rund, E. H. The use of solution of dial with urethane in obstetrics. Am. J. Surg., 1934, n.s., 26: 288-91. Alsorepr. ---- diallyl: Derivatives [Cibalgin; Didial; Hemypnal] Laverdet, A. L. *Nouvel essai d'analg6sie obstetricale par un hypno-analgesique injectable: l'hemypnal. lllp. 8? Par., 1927. BARBITURIC ACID 100 BARBITURIC ACID Trottet, E. Contribution a l'etude de Tac- tion du dial associe- au pyramidon. 45p. 8? Geneve, 1931. Behr-Banzer, M. Cibalgin als Beruhigungsmittel und Schmerzlinderungsmittel in der Kinderheilkunde. Med. Klin., Bed., 1931. 27: 965.—Pelhssier, P. Nouveaux essais d'analgesie obstfetricale par l'hcmypnal injectable. Rev. fr. gyn. obst., 1926, 21: 555-66.—Roux, E. A propos des hypnotiques: le didial. Rev. med. Est, 1923, 51: 673.—Schmidt, M. Ueber Schmerz- bekampfung in der Otorhinolaryngologic mit Cibalgin Ciba. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929, 59: 657. ---- diethyl [Veronal] Barlow, R. A. Value of barbital before local anesthesia. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1929, 38: 421-3—Fischer, R., & Kofier, A. Ueber den Polymorphismus des Veronals. Arch. Pharm., Bed., 1932, 270: 207-14, 2pl— Moore, J. H. Observations on the relief of pain in labor and the treatment of nausea and sleepless- ness in pregnancy. Journal-lancet, 1931, 51: 601.—Walker, H. M. Barbital, its uses and misuses. U.S. Nav. M. Bull., 1930, 28: 327-35.—Williams, C. B. Barbital to prevent toxicosis from local anesthetics. Laryngoscope, 1927, 37: 921. ---- diethyl: Compounds and derivatives [Curavon; Intus; Medinal; Paranoval; Vera- mon; Verasulf] See also Barbituric acid, allyl-isopropyl: Diethylamin salt. Biirgi, E. Ueber Veramon und meine Arzneikombinations- regel. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 1033. ----- Ueber das Veramon und meine Kombinationsregel. Ibid., 1645.—Ebstein, L. Ueber Erfahrungen mit Medinal (Schering) Miinch. med. Wschr., 1909, 56: 136—Fabinyi, R. Das Medinal, ein vervoll- kommnetes Schlafmittel aus der Veronalgruppe. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1909, 45: 369-71.—Frbhlich, J. Veramon und seine Verwendung als Analgetikum. Wien. med. Wschr., 1933, 83: 399.—Halbfas-Ney, P. Erfahrungen mit dem neuen Anal- getikum Verasulf. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 685 — Hannan, J. H. The use of sodium veronal at the menopause. Practitioner, Lond., 1927, 119: 261-4.—Johnson, C. A. A note on the intraperitoneal method of inducing anesthesia with barbital sodium in the dog. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1928-29, 14: 683.—Klemperer, J. Intustabletten. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 1191.—Likudi, G. Zur Frage der therapeutischen Bedeutung des Medinals. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1909, 46: 2021-4. Also Russ. vrach, 1909, 8: 1235-8.— Martin, E„ & Blumentritt. Curavon als Sedativum und Analgetikum. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 1276 — Meyer, O. Ueber die Verwendbarkeit des Medinals in der Veterinarchirurgie. Mhft. prakt. Tierh., 1910-11, 22: 385- 415.—Michaelis, L. Der Acetat-Veronal-Puffer. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 234: 139-41.—Moerchen, F. Saneuron, ein neuar- tiges Sedativum. Med. Welt, 1928,2:836—Munk, F. Klinisch- therapeutische Versuche mit Medinal. Med. Klin., Bed., 1908, 4: 1834.—Nagel, V. Ueber die gute Vertriiglichkeit des Vera- mons. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 325.—Pfeiffer, P., & An- gern, O. Ueber eine Verbindung von Veronal mit Pyramidon. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1926, 154: 276-89—Pou y Godori, J. Ob- servaciones clinicas sobre el veramon. Siglo m§d., 1926, 78: 631.—Sachse. Das neue Schlafmittel Paranoval. Med. Klin., Bed., 1925, 21: 444.—Schering's medinal soluble, mono-sodium salt of the diethylbarbituric acid; easily soluble remedy for in- ternal, rectal, and subcutaneous application. Therapist, Lond., 1908, 18: 89.—Steinitz. Medinal als injizierbares Schlaf- und Beruhigungsmittel. Ther. Gegenwart, 1926, 67: 89.— Steinitz, E. Therapeutische Erfahrungen mit Medinal und der homologen Dipropylverbindung. Munch, med. Wschr., 1909, 56: 2106-8. Also Therapist, Lond., 1909, 19: 117-9.—Straub, W., & von Rad, C. Ueber entbittertes Veronal (Paranoval) Deut. med. Wschr., 1924, 50: 329.—Sztankay, A. [Pharmacological notes; medinal] Gyogyaszat, 1909, 49: 450.—Vagedes, W. Ueber Medinal zur Injektion. Med. Klin., Bed., 1926, 22: 142. ---- dimolecular. Box, A. W. Ethylene-N,N'-bisbarbital, a dimolecular bar- bital with hypnotic properties. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1933, 55: 1230-2. ---- dipropyl [Proponal] Silvestri, S., & Banio, G. II proponal. Fracastoro, 1911, 3: 197-9.—Stiatti, C. Sul valore terapeutico del proponale come ipnotico. Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1913, 3.ser., 6: 59-71.—Stiefler, G. Ueber die therapeutische Wirksamkeit des Proponal. Klin. ther. Wschr., 1909, 16: 62. ---- Effects. See also Barbituric acid, Pharmacology. Bouckaert, J. J. Influence du somnifene sur I'filimination carbonique, le volume respiratoire et la temperature du lapin. Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Brux., 1925-26, 31: 359-66 — Bourne, W., Bruger, M., & Breyer, N. B. The effects of sodium amytal on liver function; the rate of secretion and composition of the urine; the reaction, alkali reserve, and concentration of the blood; and the body temperature. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1930, 51: 356-60.—Brunelli, B. Sul potere anti-shock del luminale. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1934, 57: 18-36.—Hall, V. E. & Sahyun, M. Oxygen consumption, respiration, circulation and carbo- hydrate distribution during pentobarbital anesthesia in the dog. Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Brux., 1933, 46: 160-8.—Isenberger, R. M. Pharmacological action of sodium amytal; including a study of its effects upon respiration and circulation in relation to local, regional, and general anesthesia. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n.s., 9: 35-54. Alsorepr.—Lorenz, W. F., Reese, H. H., & Washburne, A. C. Physiological observations during intravenous sodium amytal medications. Am. J. Psychiat., 1934, 13: 1205-12, 2pl.— Louvier, M. Ricerche farmacologiche sul luminale sodio (dose minima letale lontana, azione sulla frequenza respiratoria, car- diaca e sulla temperatura) Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1932-33, 54: 68-80.—Rakieten, N., Nahum, L. H. [et al.] The effect of some compounds of barbituric acid and of urethane. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1934, 50: 328-35—Wegge, W. F. The effects of bar- biturates. Wisconsin M.J., 1934, 33: 285-7. ---- Effects, cardiovascular and hematic. Bidwell, E. H., Shillito, F. H., & Turner, K. B. Effect of nembutal upon serum cholesterol of dogs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 1235— Bower, J. O., Burns, J. C, & Mengle, H. A K. Anesthesia for the cardiac and asthenic patient; preliminary report of the action of sodium amytal on the diseased human heart. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n.s., 10: 469-71.— Broun, B. Solubilite dans l'eau des acides alcoylethylbarbi- turiques et tensionactivite de leurs solution aqueuses considerees par rapport a leur pouvoir narcotique chez les poissons. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 703-5.—Brunelli, B. Sul potere anti- coagulante ed anticomplementare del luminale. Rass. ter. pat. clin., 1934, 6: 80-6.—Finesinger, J. E., & Cobb, S. Demonstra- tion of cerebral circulation; effect of caffeine sodiobenzoate on the diameter of the pial vessels during amytal anesthesia. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1931, 57: 441-3.—Gruber, C. M., & Roberts, S. J. The effect of sodium phenobarbital and some other barbituric acid derivatives upon the coronary circulation. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1926-27, 27: 327-34. ----- The effect of pheno- barbital, luminal and some other barbituric acid derivatives upon cerebral circulation. Ibid., 349-54.—Hoskins, R. G., Lee, M. 0., & Burrant, E. P. The effect of isoamylethyl barbituric acid (amytal) on the pulse rate of the rat. Ibid., 1927-28, 32: 295- 307.—Major, R. H„ Weber, C. J., & Nanninga, J. B. The effect of sodium isoamylethylbarbiturate (sodium amytal) upon the depressor action of brain extract. Ibid., 1933, 47: 107-9.— Olmsted, J. M. B., & Ogden, E. Dilatation of the heart by amy- tal. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 725-8—Poeck, E. Das Verhalten des Blutdruckes bei Evipannarkosen. Chirurg, Bed., 1933, 5: 456-9.—Raginsky, B. B., & Stehle, R. L. The influence of sodium phenobarbital (sodium luminal) on the cardiac action of pituitary extract. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1932, 44: 385-91—Richter, H. G., & Oughterson, A. W. Vaso- dilator action of sodium ethyl-(l-methyl-butyl)-barbiturate (nembutal 844) as measured by the thermic changes. Ibid., 1932, 46: 335-41.—Storm, C. J. Kreislaufuntersuchungen wah- rend liingerer Evipan-Natriumnarkosen. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1935-36, 246: 103-13.—Tournade, A., & Joltrain, E. Sur le me- canisme physiologique de l'hypotension determinee par Tin- jection intraveineuse d'evipan. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 240-3. ----- Note comphimentaire sur les effets hypotenseurs de l'injection intraveineuse d'evipan sodique. Ibid., 1936, 121: 353.—Vogt, M. Vergleichende Untersuchungen fiber die Kreis- laufschadigung und narkotische Wirksamkeit verschiedener Barbitursaurederivate. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1930, 152: 341-60.—Warner, B. Effect of sodium amytal on leucocytes of the albino rat. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1935-36, 33: 99-101. ---- Effects, cerebral and neural. Cohen, L. H., Sears, R. R. [et al.] Psychophysiological meas- urements during somnolence induced by pheno-barbital (lumi- nal) J. Gen. Psychol., 1934,10:415-31.—Ehrismann, O. Ueber den Eintritt von Schlafmitteln der Barbitursaure- und Harn- stoffreihe in das Zentralnervensystem (Versuche mit Hilfe der Mikrosublimation) Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 136: 113-9.— Fields, P. E. The effect of pheno-barbital upon the learning and retention of elevated T-maze patterns. Psychol. Bull., 1935, 32: 743.—Horst, L. van der. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung von Barbitursaureverbindungen auf das Gehirn. Arch. Psychiat., Bed., 1934, 102: 682-8. -----& Hasselt, J. A. [The brain after use of Somnifen] Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1933, 37: 158-66, 17pl—Katzenelbogen, S. The distribution of calcium between blood and cerebrospinal fluid in sleep induced by diallyl-barbituric acid. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1932, 27: 154-8. Also repr. -----■ Calcium content of the brain and its distribution in various regions during diallylbarbituric- acid narcosis; an experimental study. Ibid., 28: 405-12.— Keeser, E., & Keeser, J. Ueber die Lokalisation des Veronals, der Phenylathyl- und Diallylbarbitursaure im Gehirn (Beitrag zum Schlafproblem) Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1927, 125: 251-6. —---- Beitrag zum Schlafproblem; uber den Nachweis von Coffein, Morphin und Barbitursaurederivaten im Gehirn. Ibid., 1927-28, 127: 230-5. ----- Ueber die Verteilung der Diathylbarbitursaure im Gehirn. Ibid., 1935, 179: 226-8.— Koppanyi, T., Bille, J. M., & Krop, S. Studies on barbiturates; distribution of barbiturates in the brain. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1934, 52:121-8; 1935, 54: 84-6.—Parhon, C. I., & Werner, G. Action du luminal sur la teneur du cerveau en phosphore lipol- dique, cholesterol et potassium. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111: BARBITURIC ACID 101 BARBITURIC ACID 109.—Pearcy, J. F., & Weaver, M. M. A study of the bulbo- spinal reflexes in dogs and cats under barbital anesthesia. Am, J. Physiol., 1927, 82: 47-50.—Sahlgren, E. Experimentelle Un- tersuchungen iiber den Angriffspunkt des Luminals im Gehirn bei Kaninchen. Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1934, 9: 129-47 — Shafer, G. B., Underwood, F. J., & Gaynor, E. P. The action of amytal in impairing vagus cardiac inhibitory effects, and of ether in increasing the respiratory rate after its depression by amytal. Am. J. Physiol., 1930, 91: 461-6—Sta vraky, G. W. Effect of amytal on the autonomic nervous system as indicated by the salivary glands. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1931, 43: 499- 508.—Steinmetzer, K. Untersuchungen iiber die zentralen Wirkungen in Veronal-Coffeingemischen. Arch. exp. Path., Bed., 1933, 173: 580-8.—Thorner, M. W. The psycho-pharma- cology of sodium amytal. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1935, 81:161-7.— Vogt, M. Dis Verteilung von Arzneistoffen auf verschiedene Regionen des Zentralnervensystems, zugleich ein Beitrag zu ihrer quantitativen Mikrobestimmung im Gewebe; Barbitur- saurederivate. Arch. exp. Path., Bed., 1935, 178: 603-27. ---- Effects, diuretic. Emge, L. A., & Hoffman, P. E. Clinical observations on the relation of sodium amytal to vasomotor and diuretic phenomena after oral administration. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n.s., 9: 16-28. Also repr. ----- The influence of sodium amytal on urinary excretion. California West. M., 1930, 33: 718—Gower, W. E., & Tatum, A. L. Diuresis and individual tolerance in experi- mental barbital poisoning. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1929-30, 37: 481-92. Also repr.—Marx, H. The effect of iso-amylethyl bar- bituric acid (amytal) on the excretion of water. Ibid., 1931, 41: 483-90.—Murphy, W. S., & Koppanyi, T. Effect of barbiturates in experimental nephrosis. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 31:376-8. Also J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1934, 52: 70-7.—Ogden, E. Inhibition of water diuresis by amytal. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 506—Wierzuchowski, M., & Fiszel, H. Le bilan, d'eau des organes, pendant Tinjection continue de sucres et de corps voisins, au cours de la narcose a l'amytal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 1025-8. --- Effects, metabolic. Anderson, H. H., Mei-Yo Chen & Leake, C. B. The effects of barbituric acid hypnotics on basal metabolism in humans. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1930, 40: 215-28.—Astuni, A. Sul corn- portamento dei composti sulfidrilici riducenti nella narcosi sperimentale con evipan sodico. Prat, chir., Arezzo, 1933-35, 4:145-54.—Cori, G. T. Effect of epinephrine on sugar utilization in animals under amytal anesthesia. Am. J. Physiol., 1930, 95: 285-91.—Bameshek, W., Myerson, A., & Loman, J. The effects of sodium amytal on the metabolism. Am. J. Psychiat., 1934, 90: 113-35.—Beuel, H. J., & Chambers, W. H. Effect of insulin on the metabolism of dogs under amytal anesthesia. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1924-25, 22: 424.—Bimitrijevic, I. IT. Der Blutzuckerspiegel im Pernoctonschlafe. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1030, 151: 91-9.—Hines, H. M., Boyd, J. B., & Leese, C. E. Carbohydrate utilization during amytal anesthesia. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1925-26, 23: 228. Also Am. J. Physiol., 1926, 76: 293-8.—Jackson, E. L. The influence of sodium barbital upon the reactions of normal rabbits to successive doses of in- sulin. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1931, 43: 277-85—Major, S. G., & Bollman, J. L. Effect of ether and iso-amylethyl barbiturate (amytal) anesthesia on the glycogen content of skeletal muscle. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1932, 29: 1109-11—Obregia, A., Padeano, G., & Mihaescu, A. L'influence du somnifene sur le metabolisme basal. Rev. m6d. roumain., 1930, 3: 157-67.— Olmsted, J. M. B., & Giragossintz, G. Effect of amytal anes- thesia on glucose tolerance. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929- 30, 27:103-6.—Prasad, S., & Sen, B. B. An investigation on the effects of evipan sodium on the blood sugar of the rabbit. Ind. M. Gaz., 1936, 71: 24.—Rosa, L. Die Wirkung von Luminal und Brom auf den Grundumsatz, den systolischen und diastolischen Blutdruck, mit besonderer Riicksicht auf Klimax und Dysthy- reosen. Verh. ungar. arztl. Ges., 1935, 7: 25.—Sato, H., & Begti, T. Effect of veronal anaesthesia upon the epinephrine secretion and the blood sugar concentration. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1935, 25: 113-9.—Weiss, S. Anesthesia induced by barbituric acid derivatives, with special reference to associated blood sugar changes. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1925-26, 23: 363-6. ---- Effects, respiratory. Curti, G. Modiflcazioni del pneumogramma in seguito all' iniezione endovenosa di 2 cc di Somnifen. Riv. pat. nerv., 1932, 40: 471-7.—Hunermann, T. Ueber Atemstorungen bei der Evipan-Na-Narkose und ihre Vermeidung. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1935-36, 39: 118-24.—Kessler, A. Ueber die beruhi- gende Wirkung des Allonals auf das durch Kohlensiiure gereizte Atemzentrum im Vergleich mit Morphin. Tung chi, 1929-30, 5: 19-34. -----& Kung Si-Koen. Die Wirkung des Allonals auf die durch Kohlensiiure gereizte Atmung. Ibid., 1928-29, 4: 347-54.—Lundy, J. S. A method of minimizing respiratory de- pression when using soluble barbiturates intravenously. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1935, 10: 791. ---- Effects, visceral. Bille, J. M. The effect of barbiturates on the embryo and on pregnancy. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1934, 52: 129-36— Breyer, N. B., & Hebb, C. O. The effect of some barbituric acid deriva- tives on the intestine of the cat. Proc. Nova Scot. Inst. Sc, 1933-34,18: 282-5—Gruber, C. M., Crawford, W. M. [et al.] The effect of sodium phenobarbital and the antagonism of morphine to phenobarbital and to pituitary extract in intact intestine in non-anesthetized dogs. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1931, 42: 27-34.— Gruber, C. M., Scholten, R. [et al.] A comparative study of effects of sodium N-hexylethyl barbiturate (ortal sodium) and of sodium isoamylethylbarbiturate (sodium amytal) upon excised smooth muscle. Ibid., 1936, 56: 341-50.—Montgomery, M. F. Effect of amytal upon pilocarpine-induced submaxillary and gastric secretion. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 1287-90—Quigley, J. P., & Phelps, K. R. Observations regarding the mechanism of gastro-intestinal inhibition by bar- bituric acid compounds. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1934, 50: 420-4.—Ravdin, I. S., Brabkin, B. L., & Bothe, A. E. The effect of repeated injections of sodium iso-amyl-ethyl barbiturate on various viscera. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1930-31,16: 561-6.—Reynolds, C. Amytal on smooth muscle. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1930-31, 28: 656-8.—Toulouse, E., Simonnet, H., & Ehrenretch, T. Influence des barbituriques sur les modalitfis de l'ejaculation provoquee chez le cobaye. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936,121: 728-30. ---- ethyl-isomethyl-butyl [Nembutal; Pen- tobarbital] Abbott, W. F. The use of intravenous nembutal during labour. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1932, 27: 620-3.—Allaines, F. d'. Anesthesie de bas par ingestion de nembutal. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 747-53—Barlow, O. W., Fife, G. L., & Hodgins, A. C. Clinical use of pentobarbital sodium as a pre- anesthetic agent. Arch. Surg., 1934, 29: 527-45.—Bazett, H. C, & Erb, W. H. Standardisation of dosage of sodium ethyl (1- methyl-butyl) barbiturate (nembutal) for anaethesia in cats and dogs. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1933, 49: 352-61.—Boylan, J. P. Pentobarbital sodium analgesia; with a report of 205 cases. Am. J. Obst., 1935,29: 440-3.—Burkwell, H. F., & Yse, E. The use of nembutal in obstetrics; a different method of administration. J. Chemother., 1934-35, 11: 150-2.—Cameron, B. E., & McCul- loch, R. Nembutal: an antidote. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1932, 26: 413-5.—Coffin, S. Nembutal nitrous oxide oxygen anaes- thesia in oral surgery. Brit. Dent. J., 1931, 52: 515-7.—Epstein, S. H., & Marvin, F. W. Observations on pentobarbital-sodium in lumbar punctures, convulsive and manic states. N. England J.M., 1932, 207: 258. Also repr.—Kelly, F. C. Nembutal in labour; a record of 100 cases of nembutal and chloral narcosis Lancet, Lond., 1933, 2: 690-3.—McGuinness, F. G. The relief of pain in labour with nembutal. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1934, 30: 162-4.—Magill, I. W. Nembutal as a basal hypnotic general anaesthesia. Lancet, Lond., 1931, 1: 74.—Parker, J. B. Pento- barbital sodium as an obstetrical analgesic. J. S. Carolina M. Ass., 1935, 31: 210-2.—Rawlings, W. J. Nembutal in childbirth, with a review of 241 cases. J. Obst. Gyn., Lond., 1935, 42: 209-15. Also Med. J. Australia, 1935, 2: 12-6.—Richards, G. E., & Peters, M. V. Nembutal in the treatment of radiation sick- ness. Am. J. Roentg., 1936, 35: 522-5.—Seevers, M. H. Mor- phine pentobarbital anesthesia for dog surgery. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1933,19: 202.—Shaw, R. W. Pre-medication with nembutal. Irish J.M. Sc, 1933, ser.6, 85: 26-37.—Stephenson, H. C, & Milks, H. J. Nembutal. Cornell Vet., 1931, 21: 141-7.— Swanson, E. E., & Shonle, H. A. The action of sodium ethyl propyl-methyl-carbinyl barbiturate (pentobarbital sodium) J. Lab. Clin. M., 1931, 16: 1056-63—Volwiler, E. H. The newer barbituric acid pre-anesthetics, especially pentobarbital sodium (nembutal) J. Chemother., 1931, 8: 1-5—Waddy, F. F. Oral administration of nembutal as a pre-anaesthetic medication. Brit. M.J., 1933, 1: 234.—Wright, J. G., & Oyler, M. Nembutal anaesthesia in the dog. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1934, 14: 1464-71. ---- hexyl-ethyl [Ortal] Broun, B., & Garcia, F. Sur l'action hypnotique de l'acide hexylethylbarbiturique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1852.— Ortal sodium; some conditions in which this preparation is use- ful, and the dosage commonly required. Ther. Notes, Detr., 1934,41: 6-9. ---- isoamyl-ethyl [Amytal; Somital] Matros, N. H. *Sodium amytal (sodium iso- amyl-ethyl barbiturate) [Marquette Univ.] 8p. 4? Milwaukee, Wis., 1931. Stern, L. S. *Sodium amytal as an adjunct anaesthetic. 15p. 4? Milwaukee, Wis., 1933. Ulevitch, S. N. *Some of the clinical uses of sodium amvtal [Marquette Univ.] 12p. 8? Hamilton, Ohio, 1932. Walker, A. E. *Effects upon primipara of sodium amytal, orally administered [Marquette Univ.] 18p. 8? S. Paul, 1932. Adamson, G. N. Obstetric amnesia and analgesia; with spe- cial reference to the use of sodium iso-amyl-ethyl-barbiturate. J. Nat. M. Ass., 1933, 25: 115-9.—Aragon, E. R. de. Mi expe- riencia en la anestesia general por la inyeccion intravenosa de amytal. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1930, 35: 254-8. Also Vida nueva, Habana, 1930,25:409-13.—Arrasmith, W. J. Intravenous sodium amytal in surgery. Nebraska M.J., 1931, 16: 59-62.— Baker, B. R. Sodium isoamylethyl barbiturate as a general anaesthetic. J. S. CarolinaM. Ass., 1930,26:231-4—Bell, J.H., BARBITURIC ACID 102 BARBITURIC ACID Peters, B. P. [et al.] Studies in the use of amytal as a general anaesthetic. Virginia M. Month., 1929-30, 56: 807-12.—Black, S. 0. Amytal, the new anesthetic. Internat. J.M.&S., 1930, 43: 573. Also South. M.&S., 1930, 92: 329-32—Blakemore, C. Sodium amytal as a sedative in ophthalmic surgery. Med. J. Australia, 1932, 2: 174.—Blesh, A. L. Intravenous anesthesia with sodium amytal in surgery. Tr. West. Surg. Ass., 1931, 41: 59-72.—Boesel, R. J., & Bunten, W. A. The clinical use of sodium amytal. Northwest Med., 1931, 30: 224-6.—Bollaert, F. E. Intravenous anesthesia with sodium amytal. Illinois M.J., 1930, 57: 407-10.—Bower, J. O. Sodium amytal, its use in the cardiac and asthenic patient, alone and in conjunction with local and spinal anesthesia. Hahneman. Month., 1931, 66: 254-8.—Brown, R. Experiences with sodium amytal as a general anesthetic Tr. West. Surg. Ass., 1929, 39: 157-63. Also Ann. Surg., 1930, 91: 492-5. ----- Sodium amytal induction anes- thesia. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1930, 10: 971.—Cabot, H., Maddock, W. G., & Lamb, H. Sodium amytal; analysis of intravenous use in 172 surgical operations. Arch. Surg., 1932, 24: 715-21.—Chamberlain, C. T. Amytal as an anesthetic. N. Orleans M.&S.J., 1930-31, 83: 231-3—Clark, N. S. The value and limitations of sodium amytal. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1931, 25: 61-3.—Collier, E. K. The use of sodium amytal in obstetrics by the general practitioner. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1931, 24: 279- 83.—Collins, C. B. Sodium amytal as an anesthetic. Clin. M.&S., 1930, 37: 432-4. Also Indianapolis, M.J., 1930, 33: 359.—Cullen, P. K. Sodium amytal; in internal medicine. Ibid., 356-8.—Brabkin, B. L., Ravdin, I. S. [et al.] The effect of amytal anesthesia upon the uterus and its use in obstetrics. Am. J.M.Sc, 1929, 178: 379-83—Ensing, O. H. Amytal in obstetrics. Grace Hosp. Bull., Detr., 1931, 15:1-4.—Epstein, J., & Young, J. J. L. The use of sodium iso-amyl-ethyl barbiturate (sodium amytal) in various mental diseases. U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1931, 7: 393-7—Ferguson, E. B. Clinical expe- riences with sodium amytal and avertin as basal anaesthetics. N. England J.M., 1931, 204: 363-6.—Findlay, F. M. Intravenous use of sodium amytal. Ibid., 1930, 203: 1029-32.—Fox, M. J, Progress in intravenous anesthesia; report of 100 cases under sodium amytal. Ibid., 1079-82.—Friedman, E. Sodium amy- tal, its oral use in labor; an analysis of 225 cases. J. Med., Cin- cin., 1934,15: 448-55.—Gabe, W. E. Sodium amytal as a surgical anaesthetic. Indianapolis M.J., 1929, 33: 190.—Garry, R. C. Some observations on the suitability of amytal as an anesthetic . for laboratory animals. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1930, 39: 129- 36.—Go wan, L. R. The use of sodium amylethyl barbiturate in nervous disorders. Minnesota Med., 1930, 13: 874-6.—Graham, A. B., & Ricketts, J. W. Sodium amytal anesthesia in rectal surgery. Tr. Am. Proctol. Soc, 1930, 31: 137-48.—Graham, H. F. Sodium amytal in general surgery. Am. J. Surg., 1920, n.s., 9: 62-4. Also repr.—Hamblen, E. C, & Hamblin, B. O. The oral administration of sodium isoamylethyl barbiturate (sodium amytal) in labor. Am. J. Obst. 1931, 21: 715- 22.—Hardwicke, G. A. Experiences with sodium amytal as a basal anaesthetic. Med. J. Australia, 1931, 1: 750-2.—Heyd, C. G. Anesthesia and analgesia by the intravenous administra- tion of sodium amytal. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n.s., 9: 29-34.— Hill, J. A., & Warner, C. M. Intravenous sodium amytal anaes- thesia. Med. Rec, S. Antonio, 1931, 25: 661.—Hirst, J. C, & Lapham, M. E. Additional observations on the effect of sodium amytal anesthesia upon the uterus and its use in obstetrics and gynecology. Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia, 1930, 52: 47-54.—Holman, J. E. Sodium amytal; a new anesthetic. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass. Q., 1929-30, 21: 94-100. -----& Palmer, C. B. Clinical experience with the intravenous injection of sodium isoamylethyl barbiturate as an auxiliary anesthetic. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n.s., 9: 55-9.—Jaeger, A. S. Experience with sodium amytal as a general anaesthetic. Indianapolis M.J., 1929, 32: 187-9.—Kast, M. B. The present status of sodium amytal. Current Res. Anesth., 1931,10:183-6. ----- Sodium amytal as an anaesthetic. Indianapolis M.J., 1929, 32: 197-9. ----- Sodium amytal. Ibid., 1930, 33: 353-5—Kime, E. N. Electro- surgery and intravenous somital anesthesia. Phys. Ther., 1929, 47: 494-7.—Koster, H., & Kasman, L. P. The use of amytal as an adjunct to spinal anesthesia. Med. J. & Rec, 1931, 133: 167-9.—Lastra, J. S. El amytal sodico por via oral en la prepara- tion pre-operatoria de los enfermos. Rev. med. cubana, 1931, 42: 253-5.—Lemley, C. Induction of anesthesia; by use of an intravenous barbiturate (amytal) Rep. Wayne Co. M. Soc, 1930-31, 1: 100-2.—Lewis, M. S., & Hamilton, R. The use of sodium amvtal for the alleviation of pain during labor. J. Ten- nessee M. Ass., 1931, 24: 339-45—Link, G. The use of sodium amytal in major surgery. Indianapolis M.J., 1929, 32: 196 — Littell, G. S. The effect upon the newborn child of sodium iso- amylethyl barbiturate (sodium amytal) when used as an ob- stetric analgesic and anesthetic. Am. J. Obst., 1932, 2.1: 741-5.— McCallum, T. J. C, & Zerfas, L. G. Sodium iso-amyl-ethyl barbiturate, sodium amytal in the preliminary preparation of patients for regional anesthesia. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n.s., 8: 39-43.—McCann, J. C, & Fallon, J. Sodium amytal as an intra- venous anaesthetic. N. England J.M., 1931, 204: 358-03 — McCarthy, K. C. Intravenous anesthesia by sodium amytal. Internat. J.M.&S., 1930, 43: 373-6.—McGuire, L. B. Sodium amvtal anaesthesia in surgery. Nebraska M.J., 1931, 16: 62 — Maddox, W. G. Amytal as an anesthetic. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1930, 23: 341-3.—Mason, J. T., & Baker, J. W. Experience with sodium amytal as an intravenous anesthetic. Tr. West. Surg. Ass., 1930, 39: 165-90. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1930, 50: 828-35. ----- & Pilcher, F., jr. Sodium amytal in surgical manage- ment. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n.s., 9: 9-15. Also repr.—Massey, W. E. The use of sodium amytal in obstetrics. Texas J.M., 1930-31, 26: 241-3—Matthews, J. B., & Ausman, B. Basal anes- thesia with sodium amytal. Am. J. Surg., 1934, n.s., 24: 134-8. Also repr.—Miller, W. R. Sodium amytal; its use in mental disease. Am. J. Nurs., 1931, 31: 677-81.—Morehead, B. E. The oral use of small doses of sodium iso-amylethyl barbiturate for obstetrical analgesia; preliminary report. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1930, 5: 278-80.—Mulinos, M. G. Iso-amyl-ethyl-barbituric acid (amytal) as a laboratory anaesthetic for cats. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1928, 34: 425-35.—Nicholas, J. S., & Barron, B. H. The use of sodium amytal in the production of anesthesia in the rat. Ibid., 1932, 46:125.—Olmsted, J. M. B., & Giragossintz, G. Some effects of amytal anesthesia. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1930-31, 16: 354-61.—Ottinger, R. C. Sodium amytal. Indianapolis M.J 1929, 32: 201.—Page, I. H., & Coryllos, P. Isoamyl ethyl barbi- turic acid (amytal) its use as an intravenous anesthetic. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1926-27, 27: 189-200.—Paxson, N. F. Ob- stetrical anesthesia and analgesia, with sodium iso-amyl ethyl barbiturate and nitrous-oxid-oxygen; results in obstetrical practice. Current Res. Anesth., 1932,11:116-22.—Plunkett, F. 0. Obstetric analgesia: analysis of 300 cases of oral administration of sodium amytal. South. M.J., 1933, 26: 250-3.—Ransom, H. K. Intravenous sodium amytal as an adjunct in anesthesia. Arch. Surg., 1932, 24: 1044-51—Ranson, B. B., jr., & McLellan, G. A. Induction anesthesia by sodium amytal. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n.s., 9: 60. Also repr.—Robbins, A. R., McCallum, J. T. C, [et al.] The use of sodium iso-amylethyl barbiturate (sodium amytal) in obstetrics. Am. J. Obst., 1929, 18: 406-15.—Romero, J. M., & Bello, J. C. La action por via oral del sodio-iso-amiletil barbiturato acido en el trabajo de parto. Dia med., B. Air., 1933-34, 6:458.—Ruddell, K. R. Sodium amytal. Indianapolis M.J., 1930, 33: 355— Ruth, H. S., & Paxson, N. F. Obstetric anesthesia and analgesia with sodium-iso-amyl-ethyl-barbi- turate and nitrous -oxide-oxygen. Am. J. Obst., 1932,23: 90-6.— Seeley, S. F., Essex, H. E., & Mann, F. C. Comparative studies on traumatic shock produced experimentally under sodium amytal anesthesia. Collect. Papers Mayo Clin., 1935, 27: 1269.—Self, R. A. Amytal sodium anesthesia for small animals. Vet. Med., Chic, 1931, 26: 469-71.—Sheehan, G. L. The use of sodium amytal as an anesthetic agent in cancer therapy. Radi- ology, 1931, 17: 1243-8—Shir, M. M., & Baichman, I. The use of sodium amytal in labor. Am. J. Obst., 1932, 24: 115-7.— Sise, L. F. Intravenous sodium isoamylethyl barbiturate, with spinal anesthesia. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n.s., 9: 65-7.—Struthers, J. E. General anesthesia with sodium amytal. Med. J. & Rec, 1930, 132: 313-5—Swanson, E. E., & Shonle, H. A. The oral, rectal, and intravenous administration of sodium iso- amyl-ethyl-barbiturate (sodium amytal) J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1931, 41: 289-306.—Swendson, J. J. The intravenous ad- ministration of sodium iso-amyl-ethyl barbiturate (sodium amytal) for the alleviation of pain during labor; a report of 46 cases. Minnesota Med., 1930, 13: 868-73. ----- Sodium amytal anesthesia in obstetrics; a report of its oral and intrave- nous use in 78 cases. Ibid., 1932, 15: 848-51.—Thompson, C. A. The use of sodium amytal as a general anesthetic. U.S. Vet- erans Bur. M. Bull., 1931, 7: 21-4.—TiUman, G. C. Sodium amytal—a new anesthetic agent. Scalpel, Gainesville, Fla., 1931,1: 9.—Tyler, E. A. Preliminary report on the use of sodium amytal in normal deliveries at Hahnemann Hospital, Phila- delphia. J. Am. Inst. Homoeop., 1931, 24: 154-8.—Van Bel, B. T. The oral administration of sodium amytal in labor; a clinical analysis of 215 cases. Am. J. Obst., 1933, 25: 564-8.— Warner, C. M. Sodium amytal anaesthesia in surgical cases. Med. Rec, S. Antonio, 1930, 24: 509-12.—Zerfas, L. G., McCal- lum, J. T. C. [et al.] Induction of anesthesia in man by intrave- nous injection of sodium iso-amyl-ethyl barbiturate. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 399-403. ----- The anal gesic and anesthetic properties of sodium isoamylethyl bar- biturate. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1929, 22: 47-50. ---- isopropyl-propenyl. See Barbituric acid, allyl-isopropyl. — Metabolism. Barns, R. W., & Magoun, H. W. A reducing substance in the urine of cats under nembutal anesthesia. Proc. Soc Exp- Biol., N.Y., 1932, 29: 684.—Boedecker, F., & Ludwig, H. Stoff. wechselversuche mit Noctal und Dormalgin. Med Klin , Bed., 1926, 22: 1230. ----- Ueber Noctal und Pernocton; Verhalten im Organismus. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1929, 139: 353-6.—Cerecedo, L. R., & Stekol, J. A. Studies on metabolic processes during growth; the metabolism of isobarbituric acid in the growing dog. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 107: 425-8. Also repr—Conway, W. J., & Cerecedo, L. R. Physiology of pyri- nudines; metabolism of isobarbituric acid in the rabbit. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y., 1934-35, 2:1600.-Eddy, N. B. The excre- tion of diethyl-barbituric acid during its continued administra- tion. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1929-30, 37: 273-82.— Frensdorf. JSe£fan,LV01i,Lunlinal in die Milch- Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 322.—Frostlg, J., & Engelberg, H. Ueber die Beeinflus- sung der Ausscheidung von Veronal durch kleine Diuretindosen. Zschr. ges. exp Med., 1933, 87: 132-6.—Halberkann, J. Der Nachweis von Pernocton im mutterlichen Korper und in der np^H^ ZAbL °v?^' 1931'. ?5: 3251' ----- & *«<**, F- Ueber die Ausscheidung einiger vielverwendeter Barbitur- 7]U^erLboindTUngenvmit 1?m Urin- Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, mAtii5H-~^S?Mhka> ?•. Der Nachweis von Pernocton im mutterlichen Korper und in der Placenta. Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 470-3.-Kobes, R. Der Uebergang von Pernocton auf das BARBITURIC ACID 103 BARBITURIC ACID Neugeborene. Ibid., 1929, 53: 42-4.—Koppanyi, T., & Krop, S. Studies on barbiturates; the elimination of isoamyl-ethyl-bar- bituric acid (amytal) and n-butyl-ethyl-barbituric acid (neonal) J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1934, 52: 87-90.—Reiche, F. Zur Kennt- nis der Veronalvergiftungen und der Veronalausscheidung. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 2112.—Schlossmann, H. Ueber die Aus- scheidung von Veronal und Quadronox. Arch. exp. Path., Bed., 1933, 173: 129-32.—Shonle, H. A., Keltch, A. K. [et al.] The question of elimination of barbituric acid derivatives in the urine, with special reference to iso-amyl-ethyl-barbituric acid (sodium amytal) and 1-methyl-butyl-ethyl-barbituric acid (pentobarbital sodium) J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1933, 49: 393- 407 —WottschaU, B., & Wheeler-Hill. Ueber die Ausscheidung des Noktals. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 140. --- N-methyl-ethyl-phenyl [Prominal] Imhof, F. Psychologische Versuche fiber den Einfluss des Prominal auf die kbrperliche und geistige Leistungsfahigkeit. Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1935, 37: 626-9—Plaut, P. Prominalet- ten als Sedativum. Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 175. --- Pharmacology. See also Barbituric acid, Chemistry; Barbituric acid, Effects. Durand, E. Contribution a l'etude pharmo- codvnamique du phanodorme. 106p. 8? Ge- neve, 1929. Satjsse, R. Contribution a l'etude d'un anes- thesique nouveau: l'evipan sodique. 109p. 8? Lyon, 1934. Blackberg, S. N., & Hrubetz, M. C. Some effects of pento- barbital on the rabbit. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1936, 34: 65-7.—Boedecker, F., & Ludwig, H. Ueber Noctal und Pernoc- ton; Wertbestimmung ahnlicher im Bromallylrest abgewandel- ter Barbitursiuren. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1929, 139: 357-60. -----Der Einfluss der Struktur des Alkylrestes auf die Wirksamkeit. Ibid., 361-72.—Bovet, B. Acide (diethylethyl) ethylbarbiturique (no 769 Fourneau) action hypnotique sur le rat, d'apres la technique de Nielsen, Higgins et Spruth. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1931, 8.ser., 14: 523-7.—Broun, B. Action nircotique des acides alcoylethylbarbituriques sur les poissons. O. rend. Soc biol., 1928, 99:1792-4.—Carmichael, E. B., & Posey, L. C. Obsarvations on effect of repeated administration of nembutal in guinea pigs. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 30: 1329.— Christenssn, E. V. Die Untersuchung von Arzneimitteln des Somnifen-Typus. Arch. Pharm., Bed., 1929, 267: 589-99.— Creu-sbsrg, G. Vergleichende pharmakologische Untersuchun- gen in der Barbitursaurereihe (zugleich prinzipielle Bemer- kungen fiber die Priifung von Schlafmitteln) Quadro-Nox und Diathylbarbitursaure. Med. Klin., Bed., 1931, 27: 961-5 — Dills, J. M., Linegar, C. R., & Koppanyi, T. Studies on bar- biturates; factors governing the distribution of barbiturates. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1935, 55: 46-61.—Donatelli, L. Contributo alia conoscenza dei rapporti tra costituzione chimica ed azione ipnotica: bromoetilmalonilurea e dietilmalonilurea. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1935, 60: 497-516.—Dox, A. W., & Hjort, A. M. The relative physiological properties of certain trialkyl and dialkyl barbituric acids. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1927-28, 31: 455-72.—Eddy, N. B. Studies on hypnotics of the barbituric acid series. Ibid., 1928, 33: 43-68. ----- The effect of the repeated administration of diethyl barbituric acid and of cyclo- hexenyl-ethyl barbituric acid. Ibid., 1929-30, 37: 261-71.— Fabre, R. Etude de la fixation des derives barbituriques sur les glandes endocrines. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 280.— Fischer, R., & Salzer, H. Besteht ein Unterschied in der phar- makolosischen Wirkung von Veramon und dem Gemenge seiner Komponenten? Arch. exp. Path., Bed., 1935, 179: 327- 33.—Fitch, R. H., & Tatum, A. L. The duration of action of the barbituric acid hypnotics as a basis of classification. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1932, 44: 325-35— Fulton, J. F., & Keller, A. B. Observations on the response of the same chimpanzee to dial, amytal, and nembutal, used as surgical anaesthetics. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1932, 54: 764-70.—Garry, R. C. Pharmacological properties of iso-amyl ethyl barbituric acid (amytal) Brit. M.J., 1932, 1: 421.—Girndt, O. Die Ermittlung der Wirkungs- starke von Schlafmitteln mit Hilfe der Korperstell- und Laby- rinthreflexe; die relative Wirkungsstsirke von Novonal, Neodorm und Veronal. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1932,164: 118-57.—Hem- ingway, M. W., VandeErve, J., & Booth, J. B. Some experimen- tal studies of nembutal (pento-barbital-sodium) J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934,19: 738-42—Hirschfelder, A. D., & Haury, V. G. Effect of nephrectomy on duration of action of barbitals. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 30: 1059.—Hjort, A. M., & Box, A. W. Some relative physiological properties of certain new 5, 5-dialkyl and l-aryl-5, 5-dialkyl barbituric acids. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1929, 35:155-64.—Hoick, H. G. O., & Kanan, M. A. Sex difference in white rat in tolerance to certain barbiturates. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 700.— Hurthle, R. Die Wirkung halogensubstituierter Barbitursiuren. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1925, 47: 129-40.—Kaser, E., & Loewe, S. Die Wirkungsvaria- tionen in Veronal-Pyramidon-Gemiscben bei der experimen- tellen Priifung am Kaninchen. Schmerz, 1928, 1: 11-27.—Kee- ser, J. Beitrag zur pharmakologischen Wirkung der Barbitur- s'iurederivate Pernocton und Somnifen. Ibid., 1929, 2: 260-5.— Kennedy, W. P. Sodium salt of C-C-cyclohexenylmethyl-N- methyl barbituric acid (Evipan) anaesthesia in laboratory animals. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1934, 50: 347-53. Also repr. -----& Narayana, B. Investigations on the pharmacology of evipan sodium. Q.J. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1934, 24: 69-75. Also repr.—Kessler, A., & Han Fa Chou. Tierexperimentelle Studien fiber die pharmakologische Wirkungsbreite des Allonals. Tung chi, 1928-29, 4: 320-35.—Keys, A. B., & Wells, N. A. Amy- tal anesthesia in fishes. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1930, 39: 115- 28.—Koppanyi, T., & Dille, J. M. Studies on barbiturates; experimental analysis of barbital action. Ibid., 1934, 52: 91- 100.—Koppanyi, T., Dille, J. M. [et al.] Contributions to meth- ods of barbital research. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1934,23:1074-9.— Koppanyi, T., Linegar, C. R., & Dille, J. M. Analysis of the duration of action of barbiturates. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1935, 55: 62-71. ----- The peripheral action of barbiturates. Science, 1935, 82: 232.—Koppanyi, T., & Murphy, W. S. Effect of barbiturates in the domestic fowl. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 31: 375. -----& Gray, P. L. The action of bar- biturates in Sauropsida. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1934, 52: 78-86.—Koppanyi, T., Murphy, W. S., & Krop, S. Methods and results of barbital research. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 30: 1405-7; 31: 373. Also Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Brux., 1933, 46: 76-96.—Kuhlberg, H. von, & Rabinowitsch, W. Phar- makologische Untersuchungen und klinische Erfahrungen mit Diaethylbarbitursaure-Coffein. Arch. Psychiat., Bed., 1929- 30, 89: 13-24.—Launoy, L. Sur la determination des constantes de toxicite et d'activite de quelques derives barbituriques; principes de comparaison, r§sultats. J. physiol. path. g£n., 1932,30:364. -----& Coutiere, J. Etalonnage de la toxicite et de l'activite de quelques hypnotiques de la serie barbiturique. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1931, 3.ser., 105: 973-7— Levy, J. Hyp- nose et accoutumance des poissons du genre Gobius sous l'in- fluence de quelques hypnotiques de la serie barbiturique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1325.—Linegar, C. R., Dille, J. M., & Koppanyi, T. Studies on barbiturates. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1935, 24: 847-52.—Lundy, J. S. Intravenous anesthesia: par- ticularly hypnotic, anesthetic, and toxic effects of certain new derivatives of barbituric acid. Tr. Am. Ther. Soc, 1930, 30: 49-59.—McKesson, E. I., & McCarthy, K. C. A comparison of sodium amytal and pernocton as pre-anaesthetic hypnotics. Brit. M.J., 1930, 2: 902.—Maloney, A. H., & Hertz, R. Sodium N-methyl-cyclohexenyl-methyl-barbituric acid (evipal) hyp nosis, anesthesia, and toxicity. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1935, 54: 77-83.—Marinescu, G. [Clinical and experimental data on the effects of luminal] Romania med., 1931, 9: 185. -----Sager, 0., & Kreindler, A. [Clinical and experimental data on the effect of luminal] Ibid., 201.—Ni-itsu, S. Pharmacological studies of derivatives of barbituric acid. Sei i kwai, 1931, 50: H.9, 1-3.—Oehler, W. Ueber die Wirkung kleiner Veronal- dosen auf die Arbeitskurve am Ergographen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1931, 136: 299-310—Oestling, G. J. [Effect of allyl- ethyl-barbituric acid on the frog compared with that of diallyl- and diethyl-barbituric acid] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1926, 68: 666-72.—Pouchet, G. Les derives barbituriques et les ureides: l'allylisopropylacetylcarbamide; contribution a l'etude de la medication hypnotique. Prat. med. fr., 1929, 8: 165-80.— Quigley, J. P., Barlow, O. W., & Himmelsbach, C. K. Correla- tion of visceral and somatic activity following administration of hypnotics (A) barbital compounds, and (B) tribromethanol (avertin-crystals and fluid) J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1934, 50: 425-39.—Redonnet, T. A. Recherches comparatives sur Paction pharmacodynamique des derives de l'acide barbiturique. Arch, internat. pharm. dvn., Brux., 1919-20, 25: 241-53. Also Bull. gen. ther., 1921, 172: 61-76. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 829.—Sandqvist, H., & Lindstrbm, T. H. Untersuchung des phenylathylbarbitursauren Natriums. Arch. Pharm., Bed., 1928, 266: 613-6—Scremin, L. Azione farmacologica del luminale in rapporto con la velocita d'iniezione. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 982.—Slot, G., & Galley, A. H. Pharmacology and therapeutics of sodium evipan, with special reference to abnormalities under evipan anaesthesia. Brit. M.J., 1934, 2: 201-4.—Storm, C. J. Pharmacological investigations of evipan- sodium anaesthesia in monkeys. Acta brevia need., 1935, 5: 132-4.—Swanson, E. E. Concerning the relative pre-anesthetic values of the sodium salts of iso-amyl-ethyl-barbituric acid (amytal) pentobarbital, phenobarbital, and barbital. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1932, 46: 387-94. ----- Relationship between pharmacological action and chemical structure of barbituric acid derivatives. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 31: 961-3. ----- Short acting barbituric acid derivatives. Ibid., 963.— ----- & Page, I. H. The comparative anesthetic efficacy of isoamylethyl barbituric acid and diethyl barbituric acid. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1927-28, 31: 1-7.—Vogt, M. Vergleichende pharmakologische Untersuchungen in der Barbitursaurereihe. Med. Klin., Bed., 1931, 27: 1534.—Weese, H. Pharmakologie des intravenosen Kurznarkotikums Evipan-Natrium. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 47—Willcox, W. H. The clinical and pathological effects of hypnotic drugs of the barbituric acid and sulphonal groups. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1926-27, 20: sect. ther. pharm., 13-40.—Zarday, I. von, & Weiner, P. Barbitur- sSure und Schilddrfise; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der funktionellen Konstitution. Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1934-35, 26: 353-62. ---- phenyl-ethyl [Gardenal; Lubrokal; Lumi- nal; Phenobarbital] Pecheux^, A. A. C. *Contribution a l'etude de la phenylSthymalonyluree (luminal) lOOp. 8? Lille, 1913. BARBITURIC ACID 104 BARBITURIC ACID Ach, N., & Fiirstenberg, H. E. Lubrokal, ein primares Schlaf- und Beruhigungsmittel. Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 300-3.— Bartlett, W., & Bartlett, W. A useful semianesthesia from lumi- nal. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. 1930, 42: 272-87. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1930, 51: 217-23.—BUchert, E. Luminal, et nyt hypnoti- cum. Ugeskr. laeger, 1913, 75:1149-53.—Blumenthal, W. Lumi- nal in der allgemeinen Praxis. Med. Klin., Bed., 1929, 25: 111.— Bon, H. Opposition clinique entre bromure et gardenal. Arch. mal. app. digest., 1929,19: 184-90.—Brain, W. R. The therapeu- tic uses of luminal. Lancet, Lond., 1929, 2: 867.—Fanton, E. La terapia luminalica nella pratica pediatrica. Pediat. prat., Mod., 1932, 9: 35-9.—Goldstein, M. Ueber Luminal, ein neues Hypnotikum. Deut. med. Wschr., 1912, 38: 987.—Gonzalez Beleito, F. El luminal. Siglo med., 1934, 93: 580-3.—Graham, R. W. The use of phenobarbital in surgery. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1931, 24: 671-4.—Heinrici, E. Eine injizierbare Kombination von Luminal mit Skopolamin. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 2056.—Hoven, H. Contribution a l'etude du luminal. Bull. Soc. med. ment. Belgique, 1913, 444-57 [Discussion, 419]— Krasucki, A. [Use of gardenal in internal diseases] Polska gaz. lek., 1929, 8: 52.—Laurent, P. Une therapeutique nou- velle de l'urticaire, de l'herpes et du zona par phenyl-ethyl- malonyluree. J. med. Paris, 1936, 56: 268.—Loewe, S. Klini- sche Erfahrungen mit Luminal. Deut. med. Wschr., 1912, 42: 947.—Lyon, E. Ueber Erfahrungen mit Luminal-Papaverin- Behandlung. Ther. Gegenwart, 1926, 67: 403-5.—Mathieu, A., Suchow, G., & Kindschi, J. B. Preoperative and postoperative value of luminal. Northwest Med., 1934, 33: 351-5.—Meyer, H. Luminal. Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1912-13, 14: 183.—Millul, G. Luminal-etero-narcosi (osservazioni cliniche) Policlinico, 1926, 33: sez. prat., 1459.—Pondoyeff, G. S. Novum sedativum et hypnoticum luminal. Tr. Imp. kavkazsk. med. obsh., 1914-15, 51: 7-21.—Riising, J. [Some remarks on luminal and its thera- peutic application] Ugeskr. laeger, 1922, 84: 1671-8.—Rosenfeld, M. Erfahrungen mit Luminal, einem neuen Hypnoticum. Ther. Gegenwart, 1912, 53: 361.—Scarcello, N. S. Luminal in controlling the restlessness from sodium amytal in obstetrics (review of 39 cases) N. England J.M., 1932, 207: 1142-50 — Schaefer, P. Ueber Klinische Erfahrungen mit einem neuen Sedativum und Hypnoticum, dem Luminal. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1912, 49: 1038.—Seiss, S. The therapeutic indications and the dangers of the intravenous administration of sodium- phenyl-ethyl barbituric acid derivatives. Am. J.M. Sc, 1929, 178: 390-405.—Smith, L. H. Brief report of the use of sodium luminal in mental and nervous diseases. Am. J. Psychiat., 1928-29, 8: 727-32.—Soldano, A. Contribution al estudio de la action y propiedades terapeuticas del acido feniletil-barbiturico (luminal) Sem. med., B. Air., 1914, 21: 916-22.—Stauder, K. H. Ueber Erfahrungen mit der 20 proz. Luminallosung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 1668.—Szedlak, O. [Luminal as a new hypnotic] Orv. hetil., 1912, 56: 776.—Vidoni, G. Osservazioni sul luminal. Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1913, 8.ser., 6: 40-4.— Wetzel, A. Ueber ein neues Schlafmittel Luminal mit specieller Berucksichtigung seiner Verwendbarkeit zur subcutanen In- jektion. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1912, 49: 937-9. ---- Poisoning. See also Barbituric acid, Addiction. Davidson, S. Contribution a l'etude des intoxications p'ar le dial. 16p. 8? Geneve, 1922. Flandin, C, Bernard, J., & Jolt, F. L'in- toxication par les somniferes (intoxication bar- biturique) 116p. 8? Par., 1934. Le Loupp, C. *Les accidents dus aux barbi- turiques; notions pharmacologiques, cliniques, pathogeniques et therapeutiques. lOOp. 8? Par., 1934. Pissot, G. ♦Toxicite' du veronal et des drive's de l'acide barbiturique; contribution a l'etude des intoxications par le veronal. 59p. 8? Par., 1926. Achard, C. Empoisonnements barbituriques. J. m§d. chir., Par., 1929, 100: 277-89.—Ajazzi-Mancini, M. Contributo alio studio dell' avvelenamento da veronal. Policlinico, 1926, 33: sez. med., 614-21.—Aubry. Les intoxications par les medica- ments hypnotiques. Bull. gen. ther., 1930, 181: 63-8. Also Rev. med. est, 1930, 58: 453-8.—Balazs, G. [Veronal and lumi- nal poisoning] Orv. hetil., 1929, 73: 469-71—Barilari, M. J., & Martinez, A. Contribution al estudio de la intoxication por somnifene. Dia med., B. Air., 1932-33, 5: 1049.—Beust, A. von. Ueber Dialvergiftung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1923, 53: 686.— Bickel, G., & Katzenelbogen, S. A propos des intoxications par les somniferes de la s§rie barbiturique; les intoxications par le dial. Bull. gen. ther., 1924, 175: 309-27— Bollinger, H. J. Toxic reactions from phenobarbital (luminal) report of 2 cases. Cali- fornia West. M., 1927, 26: 659— Boucher, R., & Provencher, G. Intoxication barbiturique. Union med. Canada, 1936, 65: 48-51.—Buzzo, A., & Carratala, R. E. Las intoxicaciones por compuestos barbitiiricos. Rev. As. med. argent., 1932, 45: 104-11. Also Rev. crimin., B. Air., 1932, 19: 186-92. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1932, 39: 1940-3.—Capelle, W. Spatgefahren bei Pernocton-Aethernarkosen. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1930, 229: 351-64.—Carmichael, E. B., & Posey, L. C. Toxicity of nembutal for guinea pigs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1935-36, 33: 527.— Carriere, G., Huriez, C, & Willoquet, P. Le barbiturisme aigu. Gaz. hop., 1934, 107: 617-24.—Codina Castellvi, J. Alguncs efectos secundarios del luminal. Gac. med. catal., 1914, 45: 217-22.—Cowley Campodonico, R. Derividos del acido barbi- turico y sus efectos toxicos. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1936, 41: 123-7.—Cr§teur. A propos des empoisonnements par le veronal et autres derives de la serie barbiturique. Arch. med. beiges, 1931, 84: 735.—Dargein, M„ & Dore, M. Un cas d'intoxication par le dial. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1924, 3.ser., 48: 750-3.— BelPlaine, C. W. Report of a case of allonal poisoning. Journal- lancet, 1935, 55: 646.—Benechau, D., & Bonhomme, R. L'in- toxication aiguc par les barbituriques et son traitement. Arch. med. Angers, 1934, 38: 49-56.—Dougherty, M. S. Toxic reactions produced by the derivatives of barbituric acid. South. M.J., 1932, 25: 1145.—Bouthwaite, A. H. The barbiturates. Lancet, Lond., 1934, 1: 422.—Ehrnrooth, E. [Veronal poisoning] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1929, 71: 119-23—Flesch, H. Zur Frage der Luminalreaktion. Mschr. Kinderh., 1933, 57: 321-5.—Frank, L. [Luminal poisoning in a child] Orv. hetil., 1933, 77: 907.— Gillespie, R. D. On the alleged dangers of the barbiturates. Lancet, Lond., 1934,1: 337-45—Glatzel, H., &Schmitt, F. Akute Somnifenvergiftung. Arch. exp. Path., Bed., 1933-34, 174: 111-7.—Haubrich, B. P. Phenobarbital poisoning. N. England J.M., 1934, 211: 264-7—Hoick, H. G. 0„ & Kanan, M. A. Intravenous lethal doses of amytal in the dog and rabbit and a table of animal dosages com- piled from the literature. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 19: 1191-205.— Hypher, N. C. A case of somnifaine poisoning. Brit. M.J., 1930, 2: 518.—Izar, G. Sugli avvelenamenti acuti da barbitu- rici. Riforma med., 1935, 51: 43.—Jackson, A. S. Toxic reac- tion from phenobarbital (luminal) report of 6 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 642.—Koch, F. Verlauf einer Ueberdosierung von Phanodorm. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: I860.—Langendorff & Woll. Zur Frage der Vergiftung mit Veramon. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 1308.— Levent, R. Les accidents du bar- biturisme (veronalisme) Gaz. hop., 1926, 99: 479-81.—Lickint, F. Ein Fall von Dialvergiftung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1930, 56: 2001.—L'intoxication par les somniferes. Rev. crit. path., Par., 1933-34, 4: 433-8.—Lomholt, S. [Case of luminal poisoning] Dansk. derm, selsk. forh., 1931-32, 64: 71.—Maloney, A. H. Barbiturates in local anesthetic toxicity. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1934, 52: 297-306.—Malva, J. Barbiturismo. Rev. san. mil., Madr., 1934, 24:144-8.—Martin, F., & Mantelin, O. Intoxi- cation par le dial. Lyon m6d., 1923, 132: 1104.—Meerloo, A. M. [Complications in barbital poisoning] Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1935, 39: 409-17.—Meredith, F. L. Reactions to certain barbital derivatives. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 102: 2099.—Odefey. Somnifen-Vergiftung. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 268.—Olmer, D., & Audier, M. Considerations sur l'intoxication par les barbi- turiques d'apres une pratique hospitaliere de quatre annfes. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1934, 3.ser., Ill: 269-73. Also Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1934, 48: suppl., 800-4.—Orford, T. J. A case of poisoning with a derivative of barbituric acid. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1934, 30: 65.—Pearson, R. W. L., & Pemberton, H. S. Extreme instance of the toxic effects of luminal. Lancet, Lond., 1931, 1: 635.—Poisoning with derivatives of barbituric acid. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1934, 30: 301.—Redmann, G. Ein Narkosezwischenfall bei Anwendung von Evipan. Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58: 389.— Remond, A., & Colombies, H. La intoxication por el veronal. Ars medica, Barcel., 1928, 4: 353-8. ----- Intoxication par l'allonal (isopropyl-propenyl-barbiturate d'amidopyrine) Ann. med. leg., 1925, 5: 338-41.—Rimbaud, L., Anselme-Martin, G., & Lafon, R. A propos de quelques cas d'intoxication barbi- turique. Arch. Soc. sc. m6d. biol. Montpellier, 1934,15:323-9.— Roger, H. Les intoxications barbituriques. Marseille med., 1934, 71: 767-9.—Schaap, L. [Case of barbital poisoning (phano- dorm)] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 5226-9.—Scheidegger, S. Ueber akute Veronalvergiftungen. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1933-34, 22: 452-60.—Schippers, J. C. [Two cases of luminal poisoning in children] Mschr. kindergeneesk., 1931-32, 1: 372-6.—Schleier, E. Ueber die Nebenwirkungen des Dial. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 1076.—Schlieckmann, F. Ueber- dosierung yon Somnifen-Roche. Ther. Gegenwart, 1926, 67: 430.—Schmite, P., & Lemant. Intoxication par les barbitu- riques. Paris med., 1934, 93: 77-88.—Schroder, A. Ein Fall von Veronalvergiftung. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1929, 13: 353-7.—Schulze, P. Ueber einen Fall von Luminalvergiftung. Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1930, 32: 385-7.—Schwartz, L. Ueber die Unschadlichkeit des Veronals. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1927, IV 326.—Shinkle, C. E. Two cases of allonal poisoning. J. Med., Cincin., 1928-29, 9: 479-81.— Steinbruck. Zwischenfalle bei Evipannarkose. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 595-601—Stimpfl, A. 1st die intravenose Evipannarkose ungefahrlich? Miinch. med Wschr., 1933, 80: 1429-32.—Stix, J. Ein Fall von Allonal- vergiftung Med. Klin., Bed., 1925, 21: 629—Stohr, R., & Nie- derland, W. Zwischenfalle bei Evipannarkosen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1935, 48: 993-5.-Van Acker. Un cas d'intoxication barbiturique. J. beige neur. psychiat., 1934, 34: 465— Walker, • *,' Bemerkenswerter Fall von Sandoptalvergiftung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 1464.-Weidemann, A. Zur Kenntnis der Lummahntoxikation. Mschr. Kinderh., 1933, 56: 307-11 — Weiss, S. The indications and dangers of sedatives and hyp- notics, with special reference to the barbituric acid derivatives. Internat. Clin., 1936, 46.ser., 1: 38-66.-Weitz, W. Ein Fall von nSiW^', Iu Jahrb Hamburg. Staatskrankenanst. (1912) 1914, 17: l.Teil, 115-7.—Wetmore, F. H. The prolonged toxic effects of local anaesthetics-cocaine, novocaine, and allied oJ l™un™^r-d eSects of nembutal. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1936, 34: 299.—What is your opinion as to the danger of barbiturates BARBITURIC ACID 105 BARBITURIC ACID in obstetrical analgesia? N. England J.M., 1935, 213: 833.— Wolf, J. E. Ein Fall von akuter Allonal-Vergiftung. Schweiz. med Wschr., 1925, 55: 188.—Zimmermann, W. Ueber Neben- wirkungen von Luminal. Ther. Halbmhefte, 1920, 34: 79. ---- Poisoning: Death. See also Barbituric acid, Poisoning: Suicide. Amadon, P. B. Intravenous sodium amytal, with report of a death. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1931, 30: 96—Eichelter, G. Zur Pernoctonnarkose (Todesfall) Zbl. Chir., 1929, 56: 2378 — Ganflni, G. Su di un caso mortale di avvelenamento da veronal. Riv. pat. nerv., 1934, 43:147-54.—Incze, G. [Cases of death due to medinal poisoning] Orv. hetil., 1930, 74: 820-2.—Laborde, E., & Duquenois, P. Un nouveau cas d'empoisonnement mortel par le veronal. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1932, 8.ser., 16: 479-83 — Milewski, B. [Fatal poisoning with somnifen Roche] Polska gaz. lek., 1929, 8: 107.—Mod, F. Todesfall in Evipan-Narkose. Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 877-9. Nordentoft, J. [Death due to Evipan-sodium anesthesia] Hospitalstidende, 1935, 78: 738. Also Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 2413.— Reschke. Evipan- und Pernoc- tontodesfall. Ibid., 1703.—Rippel, W. Zur Kasuistik der Per- nocton-Todesfiille. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1931, 44: 113—Scarlett, E. P., & Macnab, D. S. Poisoning from phenobarbital (luminal) (with report of a fatal case and review of fatalities previously reported) Canad. M. Ass. J., 1935, 33: 635-41. ---- Poisoning: Diagnosis. See Barbituric acid, Chemistry; Barbituric acid, Poisoning: Manifestations. ---- Poisoning: Manifestations. Mezey, K. *Ueber Nachwirkungen von Schlafmitteln (Barbitursaurederivate) p.347- 58. 8? Basel, 1933. Also Arch. exp. Path., Bed., 1933, 170. Beriel & Barbier, J. Le rhumatisme gardenalique. Lyon med., 1934, 153: 77-83. Also Presse med., 1934, 42: 67.—Boden. Asthma und Evipan. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 407.— Carratala, R. E. Modificaciones hematologicas determinadas por la intoxication barbiturica. Sem. med., B. Air., 1934, 41: pt2, 402-5. Also Rev. As. med. argent., 1934, 48: 1166-72 — Carriere, G., & Huriez, C. Le coma barbiturique. Echo med. nord, 1934, 3.ser., 2: 150-60. ----- Discussion clinique et therapeutique de 11 cas de comas barbituriques. Presse med., 1935, 43: 465-9.—Castin, P., & Gardien, P. Arthralgies et myal- gies barbituriques. Ibid., 1934, 42: 1536-8—Chang, D. K., & Tainter, M. L. Unusual case of barbital poisoning with re- covery. J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 106: 1386.—Chavany, J. A. Le barbiturisme aigu: toxicose neuro-vegfetative. Presse med., 1934, 42: 1957-9.— Dainow, I. Premier cas d'intolerance a I'op- talidon. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1931, 51: 662-5.—Euziere, J., Vidal, J. [et al.] Coma barbiturique avec xanthopsie passagere consecutive. Rev. otoneuropht., Par., 1934,12: 344-6.—Flandin, C, Joly, F., & Carlotti. La signification pronostique de la fievre et des reactions leucocytaires dans les intoxications barbi- turiques. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3.ser., 49: 1381-7 — Greinacher, K. E. Vorfibergehende Glykosurie bei Veronal- vergiftung ohne Blutzuckererhohung. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1928, 160: 173-6.—Hamilton, E. S., Geiger, C. W., & Roth, J. H. Luminal poisoning with conjunctival residue. Illinois M.J., 1926, 49: 344-6.—Huddleson, J. H. Nondermatologic disturb- ances during continued treatment with phenobarbital. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 93: 1637. Also repr.—Jacquet, P. La fievre bar- biturique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 49: 1466. ----- & Delarue, J. Intoxication febrile par le dial; fievre barbitu- rique. Ibid., 1927, 3.ser., 51: 1213-5.—Jontofsohn, K. Ueber Barbitursaure-Allergie. Med. Klin., Bed., 1933, 29: 189-91.— Krai, A. Zum Erscheinungsbild der akuten Barbitursaurever- giftung. Arch. Psychiat., Bed., 1933, 100: 275-88—Kreindler, A., & Cohen, E. Ueber seltene Komplikationen der Luminal- therapie. Munch, med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 1844.—Landau, E., & Wooley, E. J. S. Complications following anaesthesia with sodium evipan. Brit. M.J., 1934, 2: 192.—Martins, L. As- phyxie bei Pernoktonnarkose. Zschr. Laryng., 1929-30, 19: 68-71.—Morville, P. [Clinical observations on toxicity of numal] Ugeskr. laeger, 1929, 91: 971-5—Ortloph, W. Ein schwerer Fall von Ueberempfindlichkeit. Med. Klin., Bed., 1931, 27: 129.—Paolini, R. Sull' intossicazione acuta da Veronal (osservazioni cliniche e ricerche sperimentali) Riforma med., 1928, 44: 1069-76, pi.—Reggiani, G. Contributo alia casistica e alia conoscenza degli avvelenamenti da ipnotici della serie ureica. Gior. clin. med., 1927, 8: 768-4, pi.—Richards, R. A symptom of poisoning by hypnotics of the barbituric acid group. Brit. M.J., 1934, 1: 331. Also Canad. M. Ass. J., 1934, 30: 422.— Richon, Abel, & Kissel. A propos de la semeiologie du coma barbiturique; considerations cliniques et experimentales. Rev. med. est, 1935, 63: 669-74.—Rivet, L., & Sambron, J. A propos des intoxications barbituriques et specialement de la fievre bar- biturique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3.ser., 49: 1460-2. ----- Amaurose toxique passagere suivie de chloropsie, a la suite d'un coma barbiturique traite par la strychnine. Ibid., 1934,3.ser., 50:17-9.—Roger, H. Le syndrome barbiturotoxique. Marseille med., 1934, 71: 420-7.—Roth, J. H. Luminal poisoning with conjunctival residue. Am. J. Ophth., 1926, 3.ser., 9: 533 — Stone, C. H., & Margolis, J. Granulopenia following allonal. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934,103:1933—Tamalet, E. J. M. G. L'intoxi- cation aigug par les barbituriques; le coma barbiturique. Rev. serv. san. mil., Par., 1936, 104: 253-80.—Tardieu, A. Barbitu- risme; formes cliniques; reactions thermiques; traitement. J. med. fr., 1928, 17: 364-8.—Tarsitano, F. II reumatismo gardena- lico. Morgagni, 1934, 76: 492.—Witt, W. H. Agranulocytosis— with report of a case and with special reference to certain barbitu- rates as a cause of the disease. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1934, 27: 283-90. ---- Poisoning: Manifestations, cutaneous. Broquin, A. *Les accidents cutan6o-mu- queux du barbiturisme et en particulier, ceux du veronal, du rutonal, et du gardenal ou luminal. 56p. 8? Par., 1933. Fabre, E. *Les accidents cutanea et muqueux du barbiturisme. 61p. 8? Par., 1933. Chavany, J. A., & Vannier, P. E. Toxidermie barbiturique a type d'firytheme scarlatiniforme infiltre. Progr. m£d., Par., 1929, 44: 1685-93.—Coste, F., & Bolgert, M. Ulcerations dues aux barbituriques. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3.ser., 49: 779-82.—Courbon, P., & Leconte, M. Eschare sacree, scquelle de barbiturisme. Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1935, 93: pt2, 222-5.—Courbon, P., & Mars, L. Eschares cutanees barbitu- riques; sequelle de la tentative de suicide d'une persecutes Ibid., 1934, 92: pt2, 595-9.—Dereux, J. Erytheme du neuvieme jour du au rutonal. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1928, 3.ser., 52:1007.—Friedemann,J. HautenziindungnachBarbitursSure. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51:1488—Fruhwald, R. Eigenartiger Arzneiausschlag beim Saugling, verursacht durch Pernocton. Derm. Wschr., 1935, 101: 1424-7.—Fiirer. Lokale Hautgangran nach subkutaner Luminalinjektion. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1912, 59: 1670.—Gioseffi, M. Enantema-esantema fisso da luminal. Riforma med., 1929, 45: 940-5.—Gross, B. G. Ein eigenartiges Veramonexanthem. Derm. Wschr., 1928, 87: 1638.—Haas, W. Zu Lilienstein: fiber ein eigenartiges Veramon- exanthem. Ibid., 1050.—Heckmann, M. Luminalkrankheit unter dem Bilde der Dermatitis exfoliativa mit todlichem Aus- gang. Zschr. Kinderh., 1934-35, 57: 358-60.—Hollander, L., & Schmitt, C. L. Dermatitis produced by pheno-barbital. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 782.—Laederich, L., & Bernard-Pichon, J. Dermite bullo-ulcereuse et polynevrite par intoxication barbi- turique. Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1933, 3.ser., 49: 1413-8. Also J. med. Paris, 1934, 54: 154-6.—Langenbach, A. M. Ac- quired sensitization to sodium isoamylethyl-barbiturate (sodi- um amytal) as evidenced by cutaneous eruptions; report of 4 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 102: 1376-8.—Lilienstein. Ueber ein eigenartiges Veramonexanthem. Derm. Wschr., 1928, 86: 628.—Lomholt, S. [Fixed recurring veronal reactions, specific for certain barbituric acids] Dansk. derm, selsk. forh., 1931- 32, 64: 8.—Loveman, A. B. Experimental aspect of fixed erup- tion due to alurate, a compound of allonal. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 102: 97-101.—Mailer, R. Unusual skin reaction following nembutal administration. Lancet, Lond., 1933, 2: 1205.— Menninger, W. C. Skin eruptions with pheno-barbital (lumi- nal) J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 14-8.—Milian, G., & Lenor- mand. Erytheme du 9B jour du au veronal. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1927, 34: 164-8.—Naville, F., & Gautier, P. Toxi- dermie barbiturique. Rev. m6d. Suisse rom., 1935, 55:' 697- 700.—Poole, A. K. Drug reactions from barbital (veronal) and pheno-barbital (luminal) Yale J. Biol., 1928-29, 1: 345-51.— Rodriguez Arias, B. Eritrodermias producidas por el uso del luminal sodico. Arch, med., Madr., 1927, 26: 773.—Sainton, P. Legeres ulcerations sacrees au cours d'une intoxication par un compose barbiturique pris a dose minime. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3.ser., 49: 799.—Scomazzoni, T. Eritema fisso da luminal (studio clinico) Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1927, 68: 1226- 36, pi.—Steiner, M. Ueber Hautbarbiturismus. Med. Welt, 1934, 8:1584-6.—Uhlmann, E. Ueber eine durch Barbitursaure- derivate ausgeloste Rontgenstrahlenreaktion. Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 216.—Vanier, J. Les erythemes barbituriques. J. med. chir., Par., 1930, 101: 509-25— Villaret, M., Bith, H., & Desoille, H. Ulcerations cutanees dues aux barbituriques. Paris med., 1932, 85: 340. ---- Poisoning: Manifestations, mental and neural. Biissow, H. Beobachtungen an einem Phanodormdelir. Nervenarzt, 1935, 8: 362-6.—Claud, H., Lamache, A., & Baussy, H. Troubles nerveux et trophiques d'origine barbiturique. Encephale, 1927, 22: 439-43, pi—Cohen, L. H., & Gildea, E. F. Physiologic manifestations of episodic phenobarbital intoxica- tion. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1934, 31: 1283-91—Direk- torowitsch, G. Beachtenswerter neurologischer Befund nach einer Luminalvergiftung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 1191.—Bivry & Evrard. L'atonie barbiturique experimentale. J. beige neur. psychiat., 1935, 35:170-4.—Landor, J. V., & Salleh, M. A case of evipan paralysis. Brit. M.J., 1934, 2: 940.— Landucci, A. Un caso di paralisi da evipan sodico. Morgagni, 1935, 77: 132.—Lindemann, E. The psychopathological effect of sodium amytal. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1931, 28: 864-6. -----Psychological changes in normal and abnormal individ- uals under the influence of sodium amytal. Am. J. Psychiat., 1932, 11: 1083-91.—Modonesi, F. Comportamento dei riflessi, ed in ispecie del riflesso bulbo mimico in un avvelenamento acuto non mortale da Dial assunto in dosi eccezionali. Bull. sc. BARBITURIC ACID 106 BARBITURIC ACID med., Bologna, 1928, 100: 221-7.—Palmer, G. B. Polyneuritis following evipan anaesthesia; report of a case. N. Zealand M.J., 1936, 35: 21.—Pasteur Vallery-Radot & Israel, R. Un cas de polynevrite barbiturique. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1936, 3.ser.,*52: 520-5.—Seymour, W. Y. Veronal psychosis. U.S Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1926, 2: 1159-63—Steinmeyer, T. Beitrag zum neurologischen Befund nach Luminalvergiftung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 143—Stone, C. W. Barbital poisoning simulating multiple sclerosis. Ohio M.J., 1927, 23: 132.—Torren, J. van der [Case of cerebral symptoms after somnifene therapy] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: ptl, 408-10 — Trelles, J. O., & Lagache, D. Intoxication barbiturique recidi- vante s'accompaenant d'hallucinose pedonculaire. Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1932, 90: 565-72.—Zappert, J. Subakute Lumi- nal-Bromintoxikation unter dem Bilde eines Hirntumors. Wien. med. Wschr., 1934, 84: 14-7. ---- Poisoning: Pathology. Bertrand, I., & Thierry, F. Lesions du systeme nerveux central dans l'intoxication experimentale par l'evipan sodique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 837-9—Carriere, G., Huriez, C, & Willoquet, P. Les lesions du barbiturisme aigu. Echo med. nord, 1934, 3.ser., 2: 161-77. Also Paris med., 1934, 93: 61-7 — Colucci, G. Intossicazione acuta da luminal e rete neurofibril- lare di Donaggio. Riv. neur., 1934, 7: 369; 665, pi.—Be Marco, A. Le alterazioni dei plessi coroidei nella intossicazione acuta da luminal. Osp. psichiat., Napoli, 1933, 1: 490-512, 2pl— Be- metrio L6pez. Las causas de intoxication por el uso de los deri- vados del acido barbiturieo. Gaz. med. Mexico, 1931, 62: 227-33.—Dumitresco-Mante. Intoxication aigue par le veronal; double congestion pneumonique et collapsus cardiaque. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest, 1927, 9: 9-12.—Duvoir, M., Pollet, L., & Chapireau, P. A propos des lfisions pulmonaires des intoxi- cations aigues par les barbituriques. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1934, 3.ser., 50: 120-5.—Fazekas, G. I. Histologische Veranderungen des Zentralnervensystems nach akuter Allonal- vergiftung. Mschr. Psychiat., 1934-35, 90: 336-44.—Gerlach, P., & Bredmose, G. V. [Veronal and injuries of the parenchyma of the liver] Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: 963-9— Incze, G. [Histo- pathology of brain in acute and chronic poisoning by barbituric acid derivatives] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1933, 31: 348-55. Also Beitr. gerichtl. Med., Wien, 1935, 13: 39-55.— Jankovich, L., & Fazekas, I. G. [Histological changes from sevenal and luminal poisoning, with special regard to the central nervous system] Orvoskepzes, 1932, 22: 20-30. Also Mschr. Psychiat., 1932, 84: 15-28.—Kohn-Abrest, E., Capus, L. [et al.] Deux nouveaux cas d'intoxication massive par derives barbituriques avec formation de derives cyanhydriques dans le sang. Bull. Soc. mfid. h6p. Paris, 1930, 3.ser., 46: 261-7.—Koppanyi, T., Murphy, W. S., & Krop, S. Acute barbital poisoning in dehydration and diuresis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 31: 451-3. Also J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1934, 52: 223-30.—Liebers, M. Ueber Lipoido- philie bei senilen Drusen. Mschr. Psychiat., 1934-35, 90: 332-5.—Limito, C, & Ravaglia, L. Contributo clinico alio studio degli avvelenamenti da barbiturici. Pensiero med., 1935, 24: 231-46, ch.—Nakamura, T. Histopathologische Untersuchun- gen bei der experimentellen Schlafmittelvergiftung; experimen- telle Medinal- und Veronalvergiftung beim Kaninchen. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1933, 23: 487-92.—Petri, E. Zur Kenntnis der pathologisch-anatomischen Gehirnschaden bei akuter Veronal- vergiftung. Virchows Arch. 1932, 284: 84-91.—Rabal Garcia, F. Intoxication masiva por los hipnoticos derivados del acido bar- biturico con formation de derivados cianhidricos. Clin. & lab., Zaragoza, 1932, 19: 99-115.—Ravn, J. [Parenchymal injuries of the liver due to veronal] Hospitalstidende, 1933, 76: 1103-12. ----- [Acute veronal poisoning; degeneration of organs] Ibid., 1935, 78: 19-27.—Samejima, K. Experimental study on intoxication with dial and veronal. Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis., Tokyo, 1924, 3: 103-20—Taylor, W. F., & Lackey, R. W. Comparative minimal hypnotic effects, toxicity, and pathology, produced by sodium and magnesium salts of phenobarbital. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1935-36, 33: 621-4—Thierry. Lesions d'intoxication par 1'fivipan sodique; conditions dans les- quelles elles se produisent. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935,119:1108.— Tremolieres, F., & Tardieu, A. R61e du foie dans le barbitu- risme. Bull, med., Par., 1927, 41: 1085-8.—Wells, S. M. Acute veronal poisoning with lobar pneumonia and bedsores. Brit. M.J., 1927, 2: 826. Also Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1927, 41: 346.—Zara, E. Ricerche sperimentali sull' intossicazione da barbiturici; reperti elettrocardiografici in conigli intossicati con luminal. Studium, Nap., 1935, 25: 4; 88. ---- Poisoning: Suicide. Barilari, M. J., Margulis, M., & Marenzi, J. B. Sobre un caso de tentativa de suicidio por ingestion de somnifene. Prensa med. argent., 1931-32, 18: 1249-53.—Clemmesen, C. [Luminal preparations used in suicide] Ugeskr. laeger, 1932, 94: 493.— Hurchzermeyer, K. Ein Fall von todlicher Phanodorm ver- giftung [Selbstmord] Med. Klin., Bed., 1935, 31: 551.— Lickint. F. Die Toxizitat des Veramons (zugleich Mitteilung eines Suizidversuches mit Veramon) Miinch. med. Wschr., l!i.'7, 74 : 853.—Miihlpfordt, H. 1st es moglich, sich mit Veramon zu verpiften? Ibid., 1930, 77: 1021—Purper, G. Ein Fall von todlicher Phanodormvergiftung (Selbstmord) Med. Klin Berl., 1934, 30: 639.—Rosenfeld, A. Selbstmordversuch mit Phanodorm. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 1406.—Wolff, R. Ein Fall von Phanodormvergiftung suicidii causa. Ibid. 1927, 74: 194. ---- Poisoning: Treatment. Lotjbiere, J. *Contribution a l'etude du syndrome d'intoxication par les barbituriques et de son traitement nouveau. 88p. 8? Par., 1934. Allegri, A. Cocaina, alcool, dinitrofenolo e bleu di metilene nella intossicazione sperimentale da barbiturici. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1935, 49: 25-39. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 48-51.—Berger, L. [A case of poisoning by somniferin; successful treatment] Polska gaz. lek., 1928, 7: 752.—Brocher, J. E. W. Zur Therapie schwerster Schlafmittelvergiftungen Zbl. inn. Med., 1931, 52: 241-6.—Carriere, G., & Huriez, C, Traitement de l'intoxication aigue par les barbituriques; strych- nine? coramine? alcool intraveineux? Echo med. nord, 1934, 3.ser., 2: 178-91. ----- & Willoquet, P. Role des injections intraveineuses d'alcool a 30 p. 100 dans le traitement du barbi- turisme aigu. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1934, 3.ser., Ill: 655-61. ----- Etude experimentale des injections intraveineuses d'alcool au cours d'intoxications par le gardenal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 188-90. ----- Le traitement actuel du bar- biturisme aigu. Gaz. hop., 1934, 107: 745-52.—Chapuy, A. Intoxication aigue" par le gardenal; diplopie transitoire consecu- tive; resultat de la transfusion sanguine. Lyon med., 1933, 152: 718-20.—Cura dell' avvelenamento de barbiturici. Gazz. osp., 1934, 55: 1223.—Denechau, D., & Bonhomme, R. L'intoxication aigue par les barbituriques et son traitement. Bull. m6d., Par., 1934, 48: 169-72.—Fantus, B. Therapy of barbiturate poisoning. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 749.—Fenesan, I., & Milcoveanu, S. [Treatment of poisoning with barbital preparations] Spitalul, 1934, 54: 227-30.—Fischer, R., & Salzer, H. Versuche zur Be- handlung der Veronalvergiftung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936, 49: 429.—Flandin, C. Le traitement des comas barbituriques. Presse med., 1935, 43: 803. -----& Bernard, J. Intoxication barbiturique mortelle, malgre Tinjection de lgr. 30 de strychnine en soixante-sept heures; essai de traitement par les inhalations de carbogene. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1933, 3.ser., 49: 1550-5.—Flandin, C, Escalier, A. [et al.] Essai de reanimation suivi d'une survie de 18 heures chez un intoxiqufie par le somni- fene. Ibid., 561-4.—Francaviglia, A. Terapia dell' avvelena- mento da barbiturici. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1934,15:611-6 — Gaisbock, F., & Ludwig, W. Zur experimentellen Therapie der Veronalvergiftung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 1633-5 — Gower, W. E., & Van de Erve, J. Recovery from experimental barbital poisoning under various types of fluid administration. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1933, 48: 141-7.—Isaac-Georges, P. Gue- rison soudaine d'une intoxication barbiturique par une injection intraveineuse de serum glucose hypertonique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3.ser., 49: 1271.—Johnson, C. A., Luckhardt, A. B., & Lighthill, J. A. Control of barbital anesthesia and poi- soning by diuresis; preliminary report. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 95: 576.—Konig, W. Heilung einer vollstandigen Atemliihmung nach Evipan. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 688-90.—Kramer, P. H. [Treatment of acute veronal poisoning] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 227-9.—Maloney, A. H. An experimental investigation of the treatment of acute barbiturate intoxication. J. Nat. M. Ass., 1933, 25: 47-55.—Martin, E. G. Local anesthesia agents; preventive and emergency treatment of toxicity, with especial reference to barbituric acid derivatives. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 555-7.—Massiere, R., & Beaumont, G. Contribution a la physiologie therapeutique des intoxications barbituriques. Presse med., 1935, 43: 4-7—Menetrel, B. Les injections intra- veineuses de carbone dans l'intoxication aigu? par les barbi- turiques. Paris med., 1935, 95: 169-74.—Nielsen, C. Treat- ment of acute poisoning from local anesthetics with hypnotics of the barbituric acid series. J. Chemother., 1927-28, 4: 22-6.— Pagniez, P., Plichet, A., & Salles, P. A propos du traitement des intoxications par les barbituriques. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3.ser., 49: 1451-4.—Purves-Stewart, J. Cisternal and lumbar drainage in the treatment of coma from acute bar- bitone poisoning together with observations on chronic barbi- tone poisoning. Jahrb. Psychiat. Neur., Wien, 1934, 51: 203-13. ----— & Willcox, W. H. Poisoning by barbitone and allied drugs; its treatment by lumbar and cisternal drainage. Lancet, Lond., 1934, 1: 6. ----- Cisternal drainage in coma from bar- bitone poisoning together with observations on toxic effects of continuous barbitone medication. Ibid., 500-3.—Ramond, L., & Belay, J. A propos du traitement des empoisonnements bar- bituriques. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3.ser., 49: 1464.— Redlich, F. Einfluss von Lumbalpunktionen auf schwere medi- kamentose Vergiftungen, besonders Veronal vergiftungen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 139—Reese, H. H. A method to counteract the narcotic and intoxicating effect of the barbi- turic acid drugs. Wisconsin M.J., 1933, 32: 530-2.—Rbmer, C. Zur Therapie der Veronalvergiftung. Ther. Gegenwart, 1933, 74:345-8.—Savi, C. Ricerche sul trattamento delle intossicazioni acute sperimentali da veronal sodico. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933, 8: 1748-52. Also Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1934, 48: 97- 103.—Scarborough, E. M. The influence of thyroid feeding on nembutal poisoning. J. Physiol., Lond., 1936, 86: 183-9.—Se- bestyen, G. [Acute luminal intoxication cured in 8 days] Spi- talul, 1933, 53: 172.—Strbm-Olsen^R. Somnifaine narcosis: toxic symptoms and their treatment by insulin. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1933, 79: 638-58—Urechia, C. I., & Bragomir, L. Intoxication barbiturique.traitee par des injections intraveineuses d'alcool a 30 p.100. Paris med., 1934, 93: 187. ---- Poisoning: Treatment: Cardiacs. - Abbatecola, B. Studi intorno all' efedrina come antidote armacodinamico nei barbiturismo acuto. Riforma med., 1934, BARBITURIC ACID 107 BARBITURIC ACID 50: 1643-50.—Bariety, M. A propos du traitement adjuvant dans les intoxications par les barbituriques: un cas d'asphyxie oedemateuse gueri par la saignee et l'ouabaine. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1933, 49: 3.ser., 1270.—Carriere, G., Huriez, C, & Willoquet, P. L'antidotisme des barbituriques et de l'acide pyridine-0-carbonique ou coramine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 185-8.—Ehrhardt, K. Ueber Coraminweckwirkung bei Pernoktonnarkose. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1932-33, 93: 335-9.—Engel, R. Anwendung von Coramin in grossen Mengen bei Veronalvergiftung. Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 741.—Glaeser, G. Ein aussergewohnlich schwerer Vergiftungsfall mit Barbitur- saurederivaten, gerettet durch hohe Coramindosen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 514.—Heppner, E. Die willkiirliche Un- terbrechung der Pernoktonnarkose mit Coramin. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1932, 79: 2077.—Huber, J. Les medications adju- vantes dans la therapeutique de l'intoxication par les barbi- turiques; les injections d'adrenaline a haute dose. Bull. soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3.ser., 49: 1269.—Levi, A. A., & Krinsky, C. M. The effect of coramine on postpartum patients under the analgesic influence of some barbituric acid drugs. N. England J.M., 1936, 214: 362-4.—Muller, E. A. Die Wirkung des Cardia- zols auf Atmung und Gasstoffwechsel in der Pernoctonnarkose. Med. Klin., Bed., 1936, 32: 495-7.—Nierhoff, L. Versuche fiber die Entgiftung von Veronal durch Ephedrin. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 88:430-6.—Schwoerer, G. Ueber die antagonistische Wirkung von Coramin bei ktinstlichem Schlaf durch Barbitur- saureabkbmmlinge. Arch. e.xp. Path., Bed., 1934, 176: 262-73. --- Poisoning: Treatment: Picrotoxin. Arnett, J. H. Ephedrine and picrotoxin used successfully in amytal poisoning. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 100: 1E93. Also repr.—Linegar, C. R., Bille, J. M., & Koppanyi, T. Antidotal action of picrotoxin in extreme cases of experimental barbiturate poisoning. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1935-36, 33: 396-9. ----- The nature of the barbiturate-picrotoxin antagonism. Science, 1935, 82: 376.—Maloney, A. H. A comparative study of the antidotal action of picrotoxin, strychnine, and cocaine in acute intoxication by the barbiturates. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1933,49:133-40. -----& Tatum, A. L. Picrotoxin as an anti- dote in acute poisoning by the longer acting barbiturates. Ibid., 1932, 44: 337-52. Also repr. -----& Fitch, R. H. Picrotoxin as an antidote in acute poisoning bv the shorter acting barbi- turates. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1931, 41: 465-82.—Swanson, E. E. The detoxification of cocaine, picrotoxin, and strychnine by sodium amytal. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1932, 17: 325-32. --- Poisoning: Treatment: Strychnine. Deuquet, A. *Traitement de l'intoxication barbiturique par les injections intraveineuses de strychnine. 43p. 8? Par., 1934. Massonnet, J. *De l'antagonisme barbitu- riques-strychnine et de son application en thera- peutique. llOp. 8? Par., 1934. Nakache, A. G. *L'intoxication barbitu- rique aigue' et son traitement par la strychnine. 38p. 8? Par., 1934. Auzepy, P. Coma barbiturique; etat de mort apparente; injection intracardiaque de strychnine, d'ouabaine et d'adrena- line. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1936, 3.ser., 52: 193-7—Ber- nard, E., & Leroux-Robert. Intoxication mortelle par le gardfi- nal; traitement strychnique intensif (38 centigrammes) applique trop tardivement et sans doute trop lentement. Ibid., 1933, 3.ser., 49: 1418-22.—Bertrand-Fontaine & Claass, A. Intoxica- tion par une dose massive de veronal; traitement strychnique intensif; guerison. Ibid., 1177-83.—Brule, M. Intoxication par le gardenal traitee par les hautes doses de strychnine. Ibid., 1328-30.—Carriere, G., Huriez, C, & Willoquet, P. L'antido- tisme gardenal-stryelmine du point de vue experimental. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 183-5. ----- Les lesions du barbi- turisme experimental traite ou non par la strychnotherapie. Ibid., 768-70. ----- La strychnotherapie du barbiturisme aigu. Gaz. hop., 1934, 107: 637-45. ----- Coma lie a l'inges- tion de 3 gr.50 de gardenal gueri par injection de 45 milligrammes de strychnine. Echo med. nord, 1934, 3.ser., 1: 353-7.—Courtois, A., Beley, A., & Altman, M. Coma gardenalique traite a periode agonique par l'oxygene associe a la strychnine. Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1934, 92: 742-5.—Bamade & Philip. Sur un cas d'intoxication barbiturique mortelle traitSe par la strych- nine. J. med. Bordeaux, 1936, 113: 150.—Bawson, W. T., & Porter, E. L. Barbiturate-strychnine antagonism in the spinal cat. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 31: 1048-50—Bawson, W. T., & Taft, C. H. Suppression of strychnine convulsions by barbiturates. Ibid., 1931,28: 917.—Benechau, B., & Bonhomme, R. Un nouvel exemple d'intoxication grave par le gardenal; guerison par le traitement strychnique intensif. Bull. Soc. med. hSp. Paris, 1933, 3.ser., 49: 1587-93. ----- & Canonne, L. Un cas d'intoxication grave par le gardenal; traitement tardif par la strychnine a haute dose; guerison. Arch. med. Angers, 1934, 38: 33-8.—Eschbach, H. Intoxication par le gardenal, guerison par des injections de strychnine a hautes doses. Bull. Soc. med. h3p. Paris, 1933, 3.ser., 49: 1183.—Harvier, P. Traitement par la strychnine de l'intoxication barbiturique. Paris m£d., 1933, 89: 195. ----- & Antonelli, J. Note sur le traitement par la strychnine des intoxications barbituriques. Bull. Soc. mfid. h8p. Paris, 1933, 3.ser., 49: 1184-9.—Hapleganu, I., & Sparchez [Case of luminal poisoning treated by large doses of strychnine] Romania med., 1934, 12: 165.—Kergonou, E. Strychnine et barbituriques. J. med. Bordeaux, 1935, 112: 74-7.—Lavergne, V. de, & Kissel, P. De l'existence d'un complexe strychno-bar- biturique. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1935, 3.ser., 114: 384-8. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 1412. Also Presse med., 1936, 44: 401-3.—Milcoveanu, S. [Barbituric coma; strychnotherapy] Spitalul, 1935, 55: 81.—Moretti, P., & Guiffre, B. Contributo sperimentale alio studio del trattamento degli avvelenamenti da barbiturici (luminale sodico) con la stricnina. Arch. ital. sc. farm., 1935, 4: 445-73—ffilsnitz, de, Balestre [et al.] Effets paradoxaux de la strychnine a hautes doses dans deux cas simul- tangs d'intoxication barbituriques. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3.ser., 49: 1458— Paraf, J., Delay, J., & Macrez, C. Les accidents du traitement strychnique de l'intoxication barbitu- rique. Ibid., 1462-4.—Rivet, L., Magitot, A., & Bouree, J. Un nouveau cas d'amaurose transitoire apres un coma barbiturique traite par la strychnine. Ibid., 1936, 3.ser., 52: 583-6.—Simon, I. Antagonismo farmacologico fra luminale-sodio e stricnina. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1932-33, 54: 55-67.—Weissenbach, R. J., & Dreyfus, G. Traitement de l'intoxication barbiturique par les injections intraveineuses de sulfate de strychnine. Hopi- tal, 1933, 21: 759-61—Witonski, A., & Kurchin, I. [Large doses of strychnine in treatment of barbituric poisoning] Polska gaz. lek., 1934, 13: 736-8. ---- propyl-methyl-carbinyl-allyl. Swanson, E. E. Sodium propyl-methyl-carbinyl-allyl bar- biturate, a short acting hypnotic. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35,32: 1563-5. ---- Synergists. Spieckermann, W. K. B. *Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die analgetische Breite verschiedener Antipyretica bei Kombination mit Veronal [Halle] p.685-705. 8? Berl., 1931. Also Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1931, 162: Tartler, O. P. * Ueber den Antagonismus und Synergismus zwischen einigen Analepticis und Medinal [Giessen] 14p. 8? Lpz., 1929. Also Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1929, 143: 65-78. Gilman, A., & Barbour, H. G. Effects of phenacetin and as- pirin, respectively, upon action of phenobarbital. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35. 32: 1634-6—Mehl, W. Addition der Wirkung von einigen Analepticis zu Medinal. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1930, 151: 41-8.—Pohle, K., & Spieckermann, W. Verglei- chende Untersuchungen iiber die analgetische Breite verschie- dener Antipyretika bei Kombination mit Schlafmitteln; Kom- binationen mit Veronal. Ibid., 1931, 162: 685-705.—Robinson, C. C. Preliminary report of an improved hypnotic and sedative due to the synergistic action of calcium with phenobarbital. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1935, 28: 662.—Susanna, V. Sul sinergismo del veronale e del veronalsodio mediante antipiretici. Rass. ter. pat. clin., 1929, 1: 650-7. ---- Therapeutic use. See also subheadings of Barbituric acid. Fourneaux, S. *Sur l'anesthesie chirurgicale des animaux domestiques par quelques d6riv£s de la malonyluree [Alfort] 128p. 8? Par., 1926. Kuntz, W. *Zur Frage der Verwendbarkeit von Barbitursaure-Derivaten als Basisnarkoti- kum [Halle] 16p. 8? Zeulenroda-Thiir., 1934. Rothlin, A. *De 1'emploi du veramon et de Pallonal en art dentaire. 30p. 8? Geneve, 1924. Alvarez, W. C. The use of barbituric acid derivatives to differentiate a certain type of neurotic temperament. In Contrib. Med. Sc, Libman Annivers. Vols., 1932, 1: 51-4 — Baker, J. W. The barbiturates on surgical trial. Northwest Med., 1932, 31: 126-8.—Brown, G. Premedication with the barbiturates. Med. J. Australia, 1932, 2: 437-47.—Buddy, E. P. Barbitol (barbiturates) its use and abuse. W. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1933, 27: 440.—Bumm, R. Narkoseversuche mit intravenoser Darreichung von Barbitursaurederivaten. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1927, 202: 289-303. Also Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 725.—Burkwall, H. F. The use of the higher barbitu- rates in general practice; a report of 66 cases. Chin. M.J., 1935, 49: 1209-16.—Coudray, J. Cinquants cas (deuxieme serie) d'anesthesies generales chirurgicales par un nouveau derivfi de l'acide barbiturique. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1929, 21: 607-15—Fitch, R. H., Waters, R. M., & Tatum, A. L. The intravenous use of the barbituric acid hypnotics in surgery. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n.s., 9: 110-4.—Goehl, R. 0. Obstetric anal- gesia and amnesia, with special reference to the barbiturates (report of 100 cases) Clin. M.&S., 1933, 40: 203-6—Grumme. Barbitursaure und Rheum. Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 1574.—Gwath- mey, J. T. The barbiturates; a safe preliminary medication for surgical operations. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 1536.—Irving, F. C, Berman, S., & Nelson, H. B. The barbiturates and other hypnotics in labor. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1934, 58:1-11.—Kapel, O. Experiences cliniques sur l'anesthesie obstetricale par un derive barbiturique associe au pantopon synthetique. Gyn. obst., Par., BARBITURIC ACID 108 BARBOUR 1930, 22: 505-25.—Kleynmann, H. Contribution a l'etude de 1 'anesthesie generale par les barbituriques. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929,59: 504-6.—Kretchmar, A. H. The use of the barbiturates in surgery. Bull. Battle Creek Sanit., 1931, 26: 129-58.—Lonjon, P. A propos de l'hypno-analgesie. J. m§d. Paris, 1934, 54: 694.—Lundy, J. S. The barbiturates as anesthetics, hypnotics, and antispasmodics; their use in 1,000 surgical and nonsurgical cases in man and in operations on animals. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1929, 4: 225-30. Also Current Res. Anesth., 1929, 8: 360-5. & Dixon, C. F. The use of several derivatives of barbituratic acid. Minnesota Med., 1930, 13: 679-81.—Marfori, P. Ipnotici ed anticonvulsivi della serie barbiturica (malonilurea) Rass. ter. pat. clin., 1929, 1: 77-85.—Maxwell, A. F. Clinical study of postoperative value of barbituric acid hypnotics. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1931, 56: 115-33. Also Am. J. Obst., 1931, 22: 579-95 — Meerloo, A. M. Die paradoxe und wechselnde Wirkung der Barbitursaurederivate (ihr Verhalten bei Encephalopathien) Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1932-33, 143: 722-45. ----- On the action of barbituric acid compounds; a contribution to the prolonged narcosis treatment of mental symptoms. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1933, 79: 336-67.—Morgan, G. A. The role of bar- biturates in dentistry. J. Canad. Dent. Ass., 1935, 1: 343-8.— Murphy, O. J. Observations on the use of sodium amytal and nembutal. Irish J.M. Sc, 1933, ser.6, 85: 38-40.—Salvi, L. Considerazioni e ricerche chimico-cliniche sulla narcosi endo- venosa con un nuovo preparato barbiturico. Clin, chir., Mi- lano, 1935, n.s., 11: 573-82.—Schneyder. Essais de divers anes- thesiques de base; anesthfeie a l'evipan; anesthesie sonervl- ether. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1934, 28: 177-86.—Schofield, E. Barbiturates in dental surgery. Brit. Dent. J., 1933, 54: 235-7.—Sementini, P. La narcosi endovenosa con i preparati barbiturici. Rass. ostet., 1934, 43: 253-62.—Stormont, M. F., Lampe, I., & Barlow, O. W. A comparison of the premedication values of several barbituric acid derivatives in relation to nitrous oxide anesthesia. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1930, 39: 165-75.— Tabern, D. L. Parenteral anesthesia with the barbiturates. Clin. M.&S., 1930, 37: 809-12—Takats, G. Premedication for local anaesthesia with intravenous barbituric compounds. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1930, 50: 494-8.—Tritsch, J. E., & Brown, R. Barbiturates in primiparous labors. Am. J. Obst., 1935, 29: 700-10.—Vignes, H., & Chatain, J. Analgesie obstetricale par barbituriques. Presse med., 1935, 43: 1748-51.—Wagner, C. P. Pharmacologic action of barbiturates; their useinneuropsychia- tric conditions. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 1787-92.—Weiss, S. The clinical use of sedatives with particular reference to the barbituric acid derivatives. Yale J. Biol., 1935-36, 8: 96. ---- Thio-derivatives. Castille, A., & Renard, M. Sur quelques derives de l'acide thio-barbiturique. Mem. Acad. med. Beige, 1930-32, 24: no.5, 1-36.—Horsley, J. S. Pentothal sodium in mental hospital practice. Brit. M.J., 1936, 1: 938.—Lundy, J. S. Intravenous anesthesia: preliminary report of the use of 2 new thiobarbitu- rates. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1935, 10: 536-43.—Pratt, T. W., Tatum, A. L. [et al.] Sodium ethyl(l-methyl-butyl) thiobarbiturate; preliminary experimental and clinical study. Am. J. Surg, 1936, 31: 464-6. BARBONE. See also Buffalo, Diseases; Pasteurella; Septi- cemia, hemorrhagic. Herelle, F. d\ & Le Louet, G. Sur la vaccination antibar- bonique par virus attenue. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1921, 35: 741-4.—Jacotot, H. Sur la vitalite de l'agent du barbone des buffles. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95:1020.—Le Louet, G. Appli- cation du bacteriophage a la vaccination contre le barbone. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1924, 5: 563-7.—Mori, N. Experi- ments d'isopathinoprophylaxie du barbon des buffles (septi- cemic hemorragique des buffles) Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz microb., 1932, 4: 45-8. Also Profilassi, 1933, 6:190-8.—Muravski, S. K. [Pasteurellosis of buffaloes] Vest. obsh. vet., 1910, 22: 637-9.—Wallace, W. R. Acute enzootic haemorrhagic septicae- mia of the buffalo. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1929, 9: 709-17. BARBORKA, Clifford Joseph, 1894- Treatment by diet, xii, 615p. pi. 8? Phila., J. B. Lippincott Co. [1934] BARBOSA lisboa, Militao. *Contusoes; feri- das contusas. 22p. 8? Bahia, F. A. de Freitas. 1865. BARBOT, Emile Marcel, 1900- *La scle- rodermic associee a la cataracte (affection fami- liale) 105p. 8? Par., 1925. BARBOT, Norberto, 1863-1920. Etchepare, J. Obituary. Bol. Cons. nac. hig., Montev 1920, 15: 131-6. ' ' BARBOUR, Alexander Hugh Freeland, 1856- 1927. Gynecological treatment, xii, 1 lip. 4pi 8? Edinb., W. Green & Son, 1922. For biography see Proc. R. Soc. Edinburgh, 1926-27 47- 369 Also Brit. M.J., 1927, 1: 1168. Also Edinburgh M.J., 1927 34'■ 543, port. (B. P. W.) Also Lancet, Lond., 1927, 1: 1372 ' ---- & WATSON, Benjamin Philip. Gyneco- logical diagnosis and pathology. 3.ed. xvi, 223p. 8? Edinb., W. Green & Son, 1922. ---- Also 3.ed., reprinted, xvi, 223p. 8pl. 1926. BARBOUR, Clifford E. Sin and the new psychology. 224p. 12? Lond., G. Allen & Unwin [1931] BARBOUR, Henry Gray, 1886- Experi- mental pharmacology and toxicology; a selected laboratory course. 141p. illus. pi. diagrs. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1932. BARBROCK, Johannes, 1889- *Ueber Funktionsprufungen bei Kriegsnierenentzundung [Breslau] 13p. 8? Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1918. BARBROCK, Wilhelm, 1902- *Tabespsy- chosen im Lichte neuerer Betrachtungsweisen. 27p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1931. BARBU-BOGDAN, Helene, 1897- *Steri- lit<5 d'origine uterine. 74p. 8? Par., 1926. BARCELONA, Spain. Academia i laboratori de ciencias mediques de Catalunya, 1878- Anals. v.6-9, 1912-15; v.12-14, 1918-20. ---- Anals de medicina. Butlleti mensual. v.3-5,1909-11. Continued as the preceding. BARCELONA, Spain. Ayuntamiento constitu- cional. Comision de estadistico. Anuario esta- distico. 11.-15., 1912-16. BARCELONA, Spain. Hospital de la Santa Cruz y San Pablo. Anales. v.2, 1928- BARCELONA, Spain. Institut municipal de demografia. Moviment natural de la poblacio. 1920. BARCELONA, Spain. Real Academia de cien- cias y artes, 1763- Memorias. 3.ser. v.17, nos.18, 20, 21, 23, 1922. BARCELONA, Spain. Servicio municipal de estadistica demografica-sanitaria. Medicina social (Vital statistics) v.1-9, 1911-19. BARCELONA, Spain. Universidad de Barce- lona. Facultad de medicina. Instituto fisiologia. Trabajos. 1929-30. BARCHAN, Eduard, 1888- *Ueber An- wendung von Secacornin, Pituglandol und B-Imidazolylathylamin wahrend der Geburt. 32p. 8? Jena, 1914. BARCHFIELD, Andrew Jackson, 1864-1922. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78: 448. BARCKHAUSEN, Ernst, 1882- *Gehirner- schutterungen in der Armee. 54p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1916. BARCLAY, Alfred Ernest, 1876- The digestive tract; a radiological study of its anat- omy, physiology, and pathology, xxviii, 395p. illus. pi. diagrs. roy.8? Cambr., Engl., Univ. Press, 1933. BARCLAY, Harold, 1872-1922. A doctor in France; 1917-19; the diary of Harold Barclay. 5p.l. 176p. port. 8? N.Y., 1923. For biography see J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 79: 573. BARCLAY, Herbert Clifford. Elementary anatomy and physiology for nurses, including chapters on psychology, biology, comparative anatomy, and embryology. 3.ed. x, 41 lp. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1924. ^---- Bailliere's Nurses' Complete Medical Dictionary. 3.ed. vii, 248p. 18? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1926. BARCLAY, M. K. One hundred and one sug- gestions for ward instructions; specially adapted for use in military hospitals. 113p. 32? Lond., E. O. Beck [1933] BARCLAY 109 BARDET BARCLAY, Sir Thomas, 1853- Law and usage of war; a practical handbook of the law and usage of land and naval warfare and prize, xv, 245p. 12? Lond., Constable & Co., 1914. BARCLAY, William, 1547-1608. Judicium de certamine G. Eglisemmii cum G. Buchanano, pro dignitate Paraphraseos Psalmi CIV [Also Eglisemmius: Judicium; also psalmi CIV. para- phrasis by T. Rhaedus] [7]1. 62p. 18? Lon- doni, J. Eldus, 1620. BARCLAY-SMITH, Edward, ROBINS, R. H., & FRAZER, J. E. Buchanan's dissection guide, viii 302p. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1930' BARCOO rot. Martin, C. J. Observations on the pathology of barcoo rot (Veld sore?) with suggestions as to treatment. Brit. M.J., 1917, 1: 761. Also Med. J. Australia, 1917, 2: 118-20. BARCROFT, Joseph, 1872- The respira- tory function of the blood. 2pts. viii, 21., 207p.; viii, 200p. pi. roy.8? Cambr., Engl., Univ. Press, 1925-28. ---- Features in the architecture of physio- logical function, x, 368p. illus. diagrs. 8? Cambr., Engl., Univ. Press, 1934. BARD, John, 1716-99. Burrage, W. L. [Biography] Boston M.&S.J., 1918, 179: 739—Bickinson, G. K. [Biography] Tr. Am. Ass. Obst., 1919,31: 113-21. BARD, Louis, 1857-1930. Precis des examens de laboratoire employes en clinique. 3.ed. xxvi, 836p. illus. 8? Par., Masson & Co., 1918. ---- L'emphyseme; diagnostic et traitement. 60p. 2pl. 4? Par., G. Doin et cie, 1930. For biography see Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1930, 3.ser., 103: 240-4 (P. Ravaut) Also Presse med., 1930, 38: 492 (A. Pic) Also Strasbourg med., 1930, 90: 146 (P. Blum) BARD, Samuel, 1742-1821. Two discourses dealing with medical education in early New York, ... introduction by Nicholas Murray But- ler. 40p. 8? N.Y., Columbia U. Press, 1921. For biography see Am. J. Dis. Child., 1931, 41: 396-400, port, (J. Ruhrah) Also Am. J. Surg., 1932, n.s., 16: 336, port. (T. S. W.) Also Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1925, 2.ser., 1: 85-91, pi. (F. H. Garrison) BARDA, Abramino, 1901- Contribution a l'etude de l'insufflation tubaire; faits experi- mentaux et resultats statistiques. 72p. 8? Par., 1928. BARDAROV, Nikola [Manolov] 1905- *Beobachtungen iiber Speicheldriisengeschwulste. 31p. 8? Lpz., A. & W. Neupert, 1934. BARDAUD, Henri, 1907- Contribution a l'etude des anevrismes latents de la crosse de l'aorte. 28p. 8? Par., 1933. BARDEEN, Charles Russell, 1871-1935. [Obituary] Wisconsin M.J., 1935, 34: 488. BARDELEBEN, Heinrich Adolf von, 1818-95. Kbhler, A. [Biography] Chirurg, Berl., 1930, 2: 759-62. BARDELEBEN, Karl von, 1849-1918. Lubosch. Nekrolog. Deut. med. Wschr., 1919, 45: 303.— Waldeyer-Hartz, von [Obituary] Anat. Anz., 1918-19, 51: vii- xii, port. BARDELEBEN, Walter, 1890- *Ueber das Coecumcarcinom. 47p. 8? Berl., H. & R. Kunz, 1919. BARDEN, H. P. Trekk av synsopfatningen og dens utvikling (Vinkelvurdering) et bidrag til overgangsalderens psykologi [Visual perception and its development (estimation of angle) con- tributions to the psychology of adolescence] 56p. illus. tab. 8? Oslo, J. Dybwad, 193*. BARDET, Daniel, 1887- *La gangrene herniaire et son traitement. 63p. 8? Par., 1920. BARDET, Georges, 1885- *Sur un syn- drome d'ob^site" congenitale avec polydactylie et r^tinite pigmentaire (contribution a l'etude des formes cliniques de l'obesit6 hypophysaire) 107p. pi. 8? Par., 1920. BARDET, Georges, 1894- *Iodobis- muthates alcaloidiques (travail du Laboratoire de M. le Docteur Fournier) Hopital Cochin. 50p. 8? Par., 1923. BARDET, Godefroy Edouard, 1852-1923. Besgrez, A. Necrologie. Ann. Inst, hydr., Par., 1923, 1: 11-4.—Gardette, V. Necrologie. Presse therm, clim., 1923, 64: 73.—laumonier, J. Necrologie. Bull. gen. ther., 1923, 174: 254-65. Also Presse med., 1923, 31: annexe, 338.—Linossier, G. Necrologie. Paris med., 1923, 48: annexe, 351.—Robin, A. Necrologie. Bull. gen. ther., 1923, 174: 57-62. BARDET, Henri. *Chancres extra-g6nitaux; fre- quence pendant la guerre; pronostic. 109p. 8? Par., 1919. BARDET, Pierre. Contribution a l'etude de Taction cardio-vasculaire du potassium et de son association a la quinidine. 68p. 8? Geneve, 1930. BARDIN, Ferdinand, 1903- *Etude sur le traitement par les rayons X des polyglobulies et particulierement des polyglobulies secon- dares. 69p. 8? Par., 1929. BARDIN, Jean, 1901- *Quelques con- siderations sur la phlegmasia alba dolens au cours de la gestation. 67p. 8? Par., 1925. BARDIN, Rene, 1903- *L'anesthesie epi- durale en pratique uro ogique. 44p. 8? Par., 1931. BARDOL, Pierre, 1895- *Les etats hal- lucinatoires chroniques; etude s6meiologique. 132p. 8? Par., 1926. BARDON, Hubert, 1889- *Paralysies con- secutives au traitement antirabique. 112p. 8? Lyon, 1916. BARDON, Jean, 1890- *L'epreuve de la phenol-sulfone-phtaleine; son application a la chirurgie urinaire comparativement aux princi- pales m^thodes d'exploration de la fonction renale. 90p. 8? Par., 1924. BARDON, Jean Clement. *Etude sur le traite- ment des fistules osseuses consecutives aux bles- sures de guerre. lOlp. 8? Par., 1919. BARDON, Marie Robert, 1896- Contri- bution a l'etude du traitement des cavites osteo- myelitiques; la suture primitive apres la mise a plat. 63p. 8? Par., 1924. BARDONECCHIA, Italy. Bevoto, I. Dei soggiorni sulla neve in alta montagna: Bar- donecchia come stazione invernale. Riv. idroclim., 1926, 37: 344-58. BARDONNAUT, Rene, 1900- *Epilepsie essentielle et anaphylaxie, traitements anaphy- lactiques de l'epilepsie. 70p. 8? Par., 1926. BARDOT, Karl [Albert] 1888- *Ein ka- suistischer Beitrag zur Hernia obturatoria. 27p. 8? Munch., Kastner & Callwey, 1916. BARDOU, Jean Paul, 1905- Contribu- tion a l'etude de l'6clairage des sales d'op6ration. 54p. pi. 8? Par., 1933. BARDOUL, Rene, 1892- Contribution a l'etude des fistules broncho-biliares consecu- tives aux kystes hydatiques du foie ouverts dans les bronches. 53p. 8? Bord., 1919. BARDSWELL, Noel Dean, 1871- Advice to consumptives; home treatment, after-care, and prevention. 2.ed. xvi, 153p. 8? Lond., A. & C. Black, 1920. ---- Handbook for tuberculosis workers. iv, 66p. 16? Lond., J. Bale, Sons & Danielsson, 1920. ---- The tuberculosis clinic, v, lllp. 8? Lond., J. Bale, Sons & Danielsson, 1922. BARDSWELL 110 BARGER ---- & THOMPSON, John H. R. Pulmonary tuberculosis: mortality after sanatorium treat- ment; a report on the experience of the King Edward VII Sanatorium. 112p. 8? Lond., H.M. Stat. Off., 1919. Nat. Health Insur., Med. Res. Com., Spec. Rep. Ser. no.33. BARDUZZI, Domenico, 1847-1929. Ugolino da Montecatini. 81p. port. 3pl. 16? Fir., 1st. Micrografico Italiano [1915] For biography see Idrol. clim., 1922, 33: 281 (E. Fairman) BARDY, Andre, 1899- *La perception du relief exact en stereoradiographie. 64p. pi. 8? Par., 1933. BARDY, Emile, 1893- *Etude sur la guerison de l'anemie pernicieuse gravidique. 203p. 8? Par., 1924. BARDY, Jeanne, 1900- *De la varia- bilite des points d'ossification du foetus; son im- portance en medecine legale et pour l'etude de la superfetation. 65p. 6pl. 8? Par., 1928. BARE, Jean, 1904- *Etiologie et patho- genie du beriberi; etude critique, lllp. 8? Par., 1929. BAREISS, Charles, 1904- Contribution a l'etude de l'elevage de l'espece bovine dans le Sundgau [Alfort] 59p. 8? Strasb., 1933. BARELLA, Hippolyte, 1832-1902. Putzeys [Biography] Mem. couron. Acad. m6d. Belgique, 1926,23: 1-10, port. BARELLI, Luigi, 1891-1933. Borghi, B. [Necrologio] Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1933, 5: 281. BARENDT, Frank Hugh, 1861-1926. Obituary. Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1927, 39: 30. Also Brit. M.J., 1926,2: 857. BARET, Adrien, 1906- Contribution a l'etude des rapports entre la gangrene cutanee et la syphilis. 39p. 8? Par., 1931. BARET, Edmond, 1904- *L'assistance medicale publique a la reunion (1924-29) 95p. 8? Par., 1931. BAREY, Raoul. *Etat actuel de la lutte sociale contre le cancer en France. 58p. 8? Par., 1920. BAREYT, Raymond Gabriel, 1892- *Ab- ces perinephritiques primitifs avec complications pulmonaires [Paris] 21p. 8? Dax, 1919. BARFURTH, Dietrich, 1849- *Die Arbeit der Universitat Rostock im Weltkriege. 20p. 8? Rostock, H. Warkentiens, 1917. For biography see Arch. Entwmech., 1919, 45: p.i-v (W. Roux) Also Med. Gegenwart (Grote) Lpz., 1923, 2: 1-22, port ----BRAUS, Hermann [et al.] Methodik der Entwicklungsmechanik. xix, 684p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1923. Forms Abt. v, Teil 3A, Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) BARGE, Joannes Antonius James, 1884- Probleme im Kranio-Vertebralgebiet. 105p. 8? Amst., J. Muller, 1918. Forms Tweede Sect. Deel xx, no.2. Verh. Akad. Wet. Amsterdam. BARGEBUHR, Hans, 1900- *Verlauf und Schicksal der Kranken mit Herter-Heubnerschem Infantilismus. 31p. 2 1. tab. 8? Gott., 1931. BARGEILINIA. See Gymnoascidae. BARGEN, Jacob Arnold, 1894- See Rankin, Fred Wharton, Bargen, Jacob Arnold, & Bui, Louis Arthur. The colon, rectum, and anus. 846p. 8° Phila., 1932. BARGER, George, 1878- Some applica- tions of organic chemistry to biology and medicine. 4p.l. 186p. 8? N.Y., McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1930. ---- Ergot and ergotism; a monograph based on the Dohme lectures delivered in Johns Hop- kins University, Baltimore, xvi, 279p. 5pl. 8? Lond., Gurney & Jackson, 1931. ---- Organic chemistry for medical students. 2p.l. vii-xi, 249p. 8? Lond., Gurney & Jackson, 1932. BARGER, William Thomas, 1870-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 80: 1790. BARGERON, L. L'hygiene dans la reconstruc- tion des usines. 275p. 8? Par., J. B. Bailliere & fils, 1919. BARGETZI, Moritz. *Ueber leukiimische Ver- anderungen in der Mundhohle. 26p. 2pl. 8? Zur., Berichthaus, 1921. BARGY, Raymond, 1900- *Insuffisance pancreatique externe chez les diab^tiques etudiee par 1'evaluation de l'activite fermentaire dans le liquide duodenal. 74p. 8? Par., 1926. BARIBAULT, Arthur Octave, 1868-1924. Barker, C. Obituary. Proc. Connecticut M. Soc, 1924, 132: 227. BARICH, Heinrich, 1897- *Die bromo- metrische und rhodanometrische Bestimmung atherischer Oele. 76p. 8? Jena, 1928. BARIE, Ernest, 1848-1931. [Necrologie] Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1931, 3.ser., 47: 1971-8. BARIETY, Maurice Jacques Clement, 1897- *Des sels biliaires; methodes de caracte- risation; etude physio-clinique. 187p. 8? Par., 1927. BARIGHT, Herbert Edwin, 1868-1923. Obituary. N. York M.J., 1923, 117: 171. BARILARI, Mariano J., 1892- *Ueber einen Fall von Lungen-Herzsteckschuss mit beginnen- der Einheilung des Projektils. 28p. 4pl. 8? Heidelb., 1915. BARILI, Pietro. L'erba medica, sua coltura, sua importanza tecnica ed economica. 3p.l. [ix]-xiv, 175p. 16? Milano, U. Hoepli, 1929. BARILLOT, Raymond. *Du rythme de l'ecri- ture et de ses variations dans le graphismes des alienes. 66p. 8? Par., 1922. BARISHAC, Nessin Rene, 1886- *Sur les cas de reveil du microbisme latent observes au cours de la guerre 1914-16. 66p. 8? Par., 1927. BARIUM [and compounds] Chauvenet, E., & Avrard. Sur le dosage du baryum dans les minerales de fer. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 195: 331.—Harned, H. S., & Mason, C. M. The ionic activity coefficient product and dissociation of water in barium chloride solutions at 25°. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1932, 54: 3112-20.—Hogness, T. R., & Comroe, R. R. A search for evidence of the radioactive decomposition of barium. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc, 1932, 18: 528—lenher, V., & Taylor, H. G. The wetting of barium sulphate. J. Phys. Chem., 1924, 28: 962-4.—McLaughlin, R. R. The micro-determination of barium. Biochem. J., Lond., 1931, 25: 307-9—Meyer, J., & Friedrich, W. Die Loslichkeit des Bariumselenats. Zschr. phys. Chem., 1922, 102: 369-87.—Moore, C. L. Barium chloride. J. Am. Inst. Homoeop., 1934, 27: 594-6.—Mortillet, de. L'industrie de la baryte et des sels de baryum en France. Bull. Acad. sc. Mont- pellier, 1923 (fev.-juin) 11.—Neuman, E. W. Solubility relations of barium sulfate in aqueous solutions of strong electrolytes. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1933, 55: 879-84.—Rivas Goday, S. Deter- mination volumetrica de bario. Bol. farm. mil.. Madr.. 1932. 10: 203. ---- Pharmacology. See also Cancer, Treatment; Roentgenography. Allyn, W. E. Ohio's study of baryta. J. Am. Inst. Ho- moeop., 1934. 27: 590-3—Bandoni, A. J., & lettieri, C. Sobre el analisis del sulfato de bario para radiodiagnostico. Rev. med. latamer., B. Air., 1929, 15: 410-26—Bauermeister, W. Leber vergleichende Priifung verschiedener Bariumpraparate. Med. Klin., Berl., 1924, 20: 1576—Bertarelli, E. II problema igienico del trattamento della lana da materassi col cloruro di bario. Ann. igiene, 1929, 39: 813-24—Chistoni, A. Intorno al mecca- nismo di azione del cloruro di bario. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 786-8.—Ets, H. N. Some lesser known actions of barium. Proc. Inst. Med. Chicago, 1926-27, 6: 247-9—Heidelck. Ueber die Anwendung von Bariomyl. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1926, BARIUM 111 BARIUM 42: 245.—Holzknecht, G. Ueber Barium sulphuricum purissi- mum pro usu interno als Ersatzmittel fiir Wismutpraparate. Wien. med. Wschr., 1919, 69: 58.—Krause, P. Baryum sulfuri- cum purissimum als Kontrastmittel in der Rontgenologie. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1927, 8: 120-5. -----& Kading, K. Die Anwendung des Baryum sulfuricum in der Medizin, besonders in der Rontgenologie mit Berucksichtigung der Toxikologie der Baryumsalze. Fortsch. Rbntgenstrahl., 1923, 31: 231-50 — Lebedinskaya, S. I., & Speranskaya-Stepanova, E. N. [Effect of BaCh on the cardiac nerves of the frog] Arkb. biol. nauk, 1929, 29: 85-91.—loeper, M., Mougeot, A., & Lemaire, A. L'ac- tion du chlorure de baryum sur le tonus du vaisseau isole en survie in vitro. Progr. med., Par., 1932, 481.—Maisin, J., & Pourraix, Y. Influence de divers sels de baryum sur le m£tabo- lisme de la cellule normale ou cancereuse. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 538-42. ----- Le baryum en therapeutique anti- cancereuse. Rev. beige, sc. med., 1935, 7: 437-68.—Mas y Magro, F., & Anton, F. Nota acerca de la action del cloruro de bario sobre la sangre y los organos hematopoyeticos. Rev. valenc. cienc. in&d., 1918, 20: 113-9.—Mathieu, P. A propos du mode d'action du chlorure de baryum sur le cceur, et de l'excitation du vague. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1920, 83: 382—Mitolo, M. Sul- l'azione convulsivante del Ba-ione. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 34-7.—Natscheff, B. Ueber die Wirkung des Bariomyls bei den verschiedenen Kolikformen. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1929, 45: 854-6.—Nemec, K. [Therapeutic use of barium] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1935, 15: 62-5.—Neumann, K. Zur Bariomyl- Anwendung. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1925, 41: 602.—Nord wig, C. Ein neues, modifiziertes Bariumsulfat zur Schleimhautdar- stellung. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 68—Priestley, H., & McQuig- gin, H. G. A note on the chemical testing of barium sulphate for use in X-ray diagnosis. Med. J. Australia, 1919, 1: 383.— Reinhardt, C, & Seiberth, K. Zur Wirkung von Bariomyl, essigsaurem Barium und Chlorbarium bei Kaninchen und Pferden. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1925, 41: 243-8—Rentz, E. Ueber eine Art Umkehr der Bariumwirkung am Gefasspra- parat durch Glieder der Kokaingruppe. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1929, 142: 111-26.—Salant, W., & Kleitman, N. Studies on the action of barium. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1922-23, 20: 247- 63.—Schmidt, J. Zur endovenosen Infusion des Bariomyls. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1925, 41: 603. ----- Beitrag zur Do- sierung und Infusionstechnik des Bariomyls. Ibid., 1926, 42: 69.—Simici, B., Mustata, C, & Petrovici. L'action du sulfate de barium et du cytobarium dans le traitement de l'ulcere et des syndromes hypersteniques de l'estomac Bull. Soc. mfid. hop. Bucarest, 1928, 10: 260-70.—Spadolini, I. L'azione adsor- bente del solfato di bario verso tossine intestinali: osservazioni sulla patogenesi della sindrome paratiroidopriva. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1927,2: 597-601.—Thienes, C. H. Atypical action of barium chloride on rabbit colon. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1926-27, 24: 327.—Tournade, A., & Giraud, G. Par quel mecanisme le chlorure de baryum supprime-t-il le pouvoir cardio-inhibiteur du vague? C. rend. Soc. biol., 1920, 83: 117 — Tournade, A., & Marchand, I. Le chlorure de baryum, excitant chimique de la contraction, exerce-t-il son action sur le muscle ou le nerf moteur? Ibid., 37-9.—Wittkowsky, C. Vergleichende Priifung verschiedener Bariumpraparate. Med. Klin., Berl., 1924, 20: 1076.—Yamanouchi, K. Barium salts should not be included in the digitalis group. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1926-27, 8: 609-13.—Zoethout, W. B. The synergy ano> antagonism of sodium salts in barium stimulation. Am. J. Physiol., 1919-20, 48: 497-503. ----Poisoning. Wolff, H. J. U. *Ueber die Wirkung der Bariumsalze auf den menschlichen Organismus (im Anschluss an drei Vergiftungsfalle) [Leip- zig] p.522-42. 8? Berl., 1922. Also Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1922, 1: Wurz, P. *Vergiftungen mit Bariumprapa- raten bei Rontgenuntersuchungen [Basel] p. 173-87. 8? Berl., 1924. Also Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1924, 4: Aloy, J. Recherches toxicologiquessur le chlorure de baryum. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1918, 7.ser., 17: 76-9—Althoff. Todliche Vergiftung durch Rontgenbrei. Med. Klin., Berl., 1924, 20: 1426.—Arrigoni, A. La pneumoconiosi da bario. Med. lavoro, 1933, 24: 461-8, 3pl— Bensaude, R., & Antoine, E. Deux cas mortels d'intoxication par le carbonate et le sulfure de baryum, delivres par erreur, pour des examens radiologiques, au lieu de sulfate de baryum. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1919, 3.ser., 43: 369-76.—Beath from barium salts administered for radiologic examination. Lancet, Lond., 1919, 1: 943—Binslage, E., & Bartschat, F. Beitrage zur forensen Chemie; fiber Vergiftung durch Bariumsulfat fiir Rontgendurchleucbtung. Zschr. Un- tersuch. Nahrungsmitt., 1924, 47: 7-9.—Bufour. Empoisonne- ment mortel par le carbonate de baryte. Ann. hyg., Par., 1920, 4.ser., 34: 25-9. Also Ann. med. leg., 1921, 1: 29-33—Gaikwar, S.R. The Alkalkote case; poisoning by barium sulphide. Med. leg. J., N.Y., 1923, 40: 106-8.—Gottwald, G. Ein Fall von Bariumvergiftung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932,58:373.—Graham, C. F. Barium chloride poisoning. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 102: 1471.—Guy. Un cas d'intoxication mortelle par le sulfate de baryum avec autopsie. Arch, electr. med., 1925, 35: 56. Also J. radiol. electr., 1925, 9:402-5.—Hermann, S. Ueber die Giftig- keit von Anionen (Oxalat) und Kationen (Barium) und ihre Entgiftung. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1934, 176: 591; 599.— Higier, H. Schwere paroxysmale Lahmung samtlicher Glieder als Brotvergiftungserscheinung (Bariumintoxikation) und deren Pathogenese. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1922, 73: 337-45.— Japiot, P. Intoxication par le sulfate de baryum au cours d'un examen radioscopique. Lyon mfid., 1920, 129: 671.—Kipper, F. Eine gewerbliche Baryumvergiftung. Aerztl. SachverstZtg, 1926, 32: 71-5.—Krafft, K. Bariumverbindungen in Leichen- teilen. Zschr. Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt., 1921, 42: 390 — Krause, P. Vergiftungsfalle mit Baryumpraparaten bei Ront- genuntersuchungen? Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48: 319. ---— & Kasing, K. Das Baryum sulfuricum in der Bbntgeno- logie, mit Kritik der Vergiftungsfalle nach Anwendung des Baryumsulfats bei Magen-Darmuntersuchungen. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1922, 30: 32-4.—leclercq, J. Intoxications com- plexes et mortelles dans une sucrerie. Ann. med. lfg., 1926, 6: 325-9.—Lorenz, A. Ueber Bariumvergiftung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1924, 37: 1310-2—McNally, W. B. Two deaths from the administration of barium salts. J. Am. M. Ass., 1925, 84: 1805-7.—Mayrhofer, A., & Meixner, K. Ein Fall von Vergiftung durch kohlensaures Baryum. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1919, 32: 1068-71.—Olbrycht, J., & Robel, J. Sur l'action toxique du carbonate de baryum chez les gallinacfis. Ann. m£d. leg., 1934, 14: 135-43.—Pavlica, F. [Criminal poisoning with barium] Cas. lek. cesk., 1931, 70: 1237.—Sammartino, U. L'azione anti- tossica del glicosio introdotto per via parenterale negli avvelena- menti da cloruro di bario. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1929-30, 49: pt2, 311-4.—Savignac, R. Un cas d'intoxication non mortelle par le sulfate de baryum impur. Arch. mal. app. digest., 1923, 13: 709-11.—Scremin, I. Studi sull' antidotismo generale fra bario e solfato. Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1926, 1: 591.—Vitali, B. Come si possa riconoscere il composto di bario causa di veneficio. Orosi, Fir., 1900, 23: 260-3. BARKAN, Adolph, 1845-1935. Rixford, E. Obituary. California West. M., 1935, 43: 307, port. BARKAN, Georg, 1889- *Zur Frage der Reizleitung im Siiugetierherzen. 40p. 8? Miinch., Kastner & Callwey, 1914. BARKAN, Otto, 1887- *Die Lage des Auges in der Augenhohle unter verschiedenen physiologischen Bedingungen [Munchen] 28p. 8? Wiesb., J. F. Bergmann, 1914. BARKER, Fordyce M., 1818-91. Biography. Album Am. Gyn. Soc, 1918, 48: port. BARKER, Frank Justin, 1860-1919. Obituary. Boston M.&S.J., 1919, 180: 680. BARKER, Sir Herbert A., 1869- Leaves from my life. 319p. 16pl. port. 8? Lond., Hutchinson & Co., 1927. BARKER, J. Ellis, 1870- Cancer; how it is caused; how it can be prevented; introduction by Sir W. Arbuthnot Lane. 432p. 8? Lond., J. Murray [1924] ■--- Also American ed. xx, 478p. 8? N.Y., E. P. Dutton & Co. [1924] ---- Chronic constipation; the insidious and the most deadly of diseases; its cause, grave con- sequences, and natural cure; with a preface by William Milligan. 503p. 8? Lond., J. Murray [1927] ---- Good health and happiness; a new science of health. 525p. 8? Lond., J. Murray, 1927. ---- Cancer, the surgeon and the researcher, with an introduction bv Sir W. Arbuthnot Lane. xii, 483p. 8? Lond., J. Murray, 1928. ---- Miracles of healing, and how they are done; a new path to health, viii, 404p. 8? Lond., J. Murray [1931] BARKER, Lewellys Franklin, 1867- Pa- pers and addresses. 7v. 8? [v.p.] 1894-1930. ---- Truth and poetry concerning uric acid; an epitome of the present state of knowledge of the subject as presented in the literature, vi, 93p. 12? Chic, Am. M. Ass., 1905. ---- Endocrine functions and the digestive apparatus. 31p. 8? [Bait., 1918?] ---- Clinical medicine; Tuesday clinics at the Johns Hopkins Hospital. 617p. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1922. ---- Endocrinology and metabolism. 5v. 8? N.Y., D. Appleton & Co., 1922. BARKER 112 BARLEY ---- The clinical diagnosis of internal disease. 3v. 8? N.Y., D. Appleton & Co., 1923. ---- The young man and medicine, xiv, 202p. 12? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1928. ---- The relation of psychology to medicine, and the recognition and treatment of commoner affective disorders. 68p. 8? Lawrence, Kans., Univ. Kansas, 1930. ---- On the importance of our newer knowl- edge of nutrition, especially of vitamin D defi- ciency, for the further cooperative work of dentists and physicians in the prevention of dental caries and of oral sepsis. 14p. 8? Bait., 1931. ---- Treatment of the commoner diseases met with by the general practition. vii, 319p. 8? Phila., J. B. Lippincott Co. [1934] For Festschrift see Cattell, H. W. Lewellys F. Barker, M. D. 534p. 8! Phila., 1932. For biography see Canada Lancet & Pract., 1934, 82: 164-6. ---- & COLE, Norman B. Blood pressure; cause, effect, and remedy. 4p.l. 153p. 8? N.Y., D. Appleton & Co., 1924. ---- Rheumatism; its meaning and its men- ace, vi, 165p. 8? N.Y., D. Appleton & Co., 1926. BARKER, Lewellys Franklin, & SPRUNT, Thomas P. The degenerative diseases, their causes and prevention. 5p.l. 254p. 8? N.Y., Harper & Bros. [1925] BARKER, Lewellys Franklin, & TRESCHER, John H. Backache, xiii, 235p. 8? Phila., J. B. Lippincott Co. [1931] BARKER, William L., 1852-1921. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1921, 76: 1416. BARKMAN, Ake. *Etudes cliniques sur les syndromes moteurs et reflexes de la paroi abdo- minale et d'origine cerebrale. 304p. 8? Upps., Almqvist & Wiksell, 1929. BARKMEYER, Anna Dorothea, 1905- *Karzinom und Schweizerische Unfallversiche- rung [Zurich] 71p. 8? Bern, H. Huber, 1933. BARLADJAN, Georg [Alexander] 1910- *Das Verhalten der Eiweissbestandteile und des Stickstoffes im Blut nach korperlicher Arbeit. 15p. 8? Lpz., C. Nieft, 1935. BARLAEUS, Casper, 1584-1648. Nuptiaeperi- pateticae; sive, Universae philosophiae ad statum conjugalem festiva applicatio. p.313-49. 16? Leyden, Heger & Hack, 1638. In Script, var. ludicr. Lugd. B. 1638. ---- Oratio de ente rationis. p.283-311. 16? Leyden, Heger & Hack, 1638. In Script, var. ludicr. Lugd. B. 1638. BARLETTE, Henri. *Sero therapie du tetanos; essais de traitement curatif par la voie intra- musculaire [Alfort] 87p. 8? Blida, 1926. BARLEY. See also Alfalfa; Cereals. Garrigues, A. Les plantes en medecine; les orges. 2v. 337p; 355p. 12? Par., 1923-24. Wiggans, R. G. A classification of the culti- vated varieties of barley, p.365-456. 8? Ithaca, 1921. Forms No.46, Mem. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Anthony, S., & Harlan, H. V. Germination of barley pollen. J. Agr. Res., 1919-20, 18: 525-36, pi.—Emme, H. Beitrage zur Cytologie der Gersten; Karyotypen der Gersten. Zschr. indukt. Abstamm., 1925, 37: 229-36.—Gautheret, R. Sur la presence de lipides dans les vacuoles des plantules d'orge. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 809.—Ghimpu, V. Contribution a l'etude des satellites du genre Hordeum. Ibid., 1929, 100: 187-90.—Hanes, C. S. The action of the two amylases of barley. Canad. J. Res., 1935, 13: sec B, 185-208— Harlan, H. V. Daily develop- ment of kernels of Hannchen barley from flowering to maturity at Aberdeen, Idaho. J. Agr. Res., 1920,19: 393-429, 5pl. ----- <& Anthony, S. Effect of time of irrigation on kernel develop- ment of barlev. Ibid., 1921-22, 21: 29-45—Harlan, H. V., & Pope, M. N. Water content of barley kernels during growth and maturation. Ibid., 1922-23, 23: 333-60—Hughes, E. H. Vitamin A content of barley. Ibid., 1933, 47: 487-94— Kulikov, V., & Kologrivova, V. [Obtaining of lactic acid out of barley by means of B. delbrucki] Mikrobiologiya, Moskva, 1932, 2: 353-9.—Smeets, A., & Ruppol, E. Etude de la composition chimique de la graisse de radicelles d'orge. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1934, 16: 865-98.—Dbisch, G. von. Beitrag zu einer Faktorenanalyse von Gerste. Zschr. indukt. Abstamm., 1916-17, 17: 120; 1919, 20: 65.—Weichherz, J., & Asmus, R. Un- tersuchungen iiber die enzymatischen Vorgange bei der kei- menden Gerste; die Entwicklung der diastatischen Kraft. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 237: 20-72.—Weill, E., & Mouriquand, G. Action des rayons X sur les grains d'orge et carence. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1918,81: 1107-9. ---- Diseases. Faris, J. A. *Factors influencing infection of Hordeum sativum by Ustilago hordei [Columbia Univ.] 24p. 8? N.Y., 1924. Repr. from Am. J. Botany, 1924, 11: 189-214, 2pl. Frew, J. H. G. On Chlorops taeniopus Meig (the gout fly of barley) Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond., 1924, 11: 175-219, 2pl — Gentner, G. Eine Bakteriose der Gerste. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1920, 50: 428-41.—leukel, R. W., Bickson, J. G., & Johnson, A. G, Experiments with dusts for controlling stripe disease of barley. Phytopathology, 1927, 17: 175-9.—liihrs. Ueber die ameri- kanische Giftgerste. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1928, 44: 854-6 — Mathetes. Statistical study on the effect of manuring on in- festation of barley by gout fly. Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond., 1924, 11: 220-35.—Miessner, H., & Schoop, G. Ueber den Pilzbefall amerikanischer Giftgerste. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1929, 37: 167-70.—Oppermann & Boenecke. Fiitterungsversuche mit amerikanischer Giftgerste. Ibid., 165-7.—Schroeter, G., & Strassberger, L. Cholin als Schadstoff in kranker Gerste. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1931, 232: 452-8.—Smith, N. J. G. Observations on the Helminthosporium diseases of cereals in Britain; the behav- iour of Helminthosporium in a common barley disease. Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond., 1929, 16: 236-60—Tisdale, W. H., & Tapke, V. F. Infection of barley by Ustilago nuda through seed inocu- lation. J. Agr. Res., 1924-25, 29: 263-84. ---- Malt. See also Malt. Doebbeling, S. E. *A study of the concentra- tion and properties of two amylases from barley malt [Columbia Univ.] 34p. 8? N.Y., 1934. Caldwell, M. I., & Boebbeling, S. E. A study of the concen- tration and properties of 2 amylases of barley malt. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 110: 739-47. Also repr.—Charmandarjan, M. 0. Ueber den Einfluss des Wassers auf die zersetzende Fahigkeit der Gerstenmalzkatalase. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 207: 462-71 — Lecoq, R. Orge, ptisane d'orge et extraits de malt. Progr. med., 1926, 41: 646-55.—Pringsheim, H., & Baur, K. Ueber die Spal- tung von Lichenin und Cellulose durch die Ferrnente des Ger- stenmalzes. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1928, 173: 188-210.—Prings- heim, H., & Beiser, A. Ueber die Trennung der Ferrnente des Gerstenmalzes; LichenaseundCellobiase. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 172: 411-21.—Pringsheim, H., & Thilo, E. Ueber die Trennung der Ferrnente des Gerstenmalzes; Amylase und Maltase. Ibid., 1928, 203: 99-102.—Schittenhelm, A., & Eisler, B. Untersuchun- gen iiber den Vitamingehalt von Gerstenkeimen (Malzkeimen) Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1927-28, 58: 645-61—Taufel, K., & Gam- perl, G. Ueber die Sterine der Gerste und ihrer Malzungs- produkte. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 235: 353-8.—Taufel, K., & Rusch, M. Ueber den Einfluss des Malzungsprozesses auf das Fett der Gerste. Ibid., 1929, 209: 55-61. ---- Therapeutic use. Garrigues, A. Action de l'orge sur l'appareil digestif. J. med. Paris, 1921, 40: 215; 239. ----- Un diuretique oublie. Monde med., 1921, 30: 274-8.—Hindhede, M. Ernahrungsver- suche mit Gerstenwassergriitze. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Lpz., 1918, 35: 294-314.—Maisin, J., Pourbaix, Y., & Vassiliadis, H. Au sujet de Paction hypoglycemiante d'une infusion de germes d'orge. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 946-8.—Olewsky, M. J., GiU, S. A., & Rodkin, S. B. Zur Verwendung konzentrierten Gerstenschleims im Sauglingsalter. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1933, 3.F., 88: 219-32.—Picard, E. Action hypoglycemiante de Fin- fusion de germes d'orge; etude anatomo-pathologique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 848-50— Rubner, M. Ueber die Gerste als Nahrmaterial. Arch. Physiol., Lpz., 1916, 339-50.—Ruyter de Wildt, J. C, de, & Brouwer, E. Ueber die spezifische Wirkung von Gerste, Mais und einigen anderen Getreidearten auf den Knochenapparat. Acta brevia neerl., 1932, 2: 123. BARLEY itch. See Pediculoides. BARLING, Seymour Gilbert. See Parsons, Leonard G., & Barling, S. Diseases of infancy and childhood. 2v. 1798p. paged consec. &°. Lond., 1933. BARLING 113 BARNES ----& MORRISON, John T. A manual of war surgery, xvi, 479p. 4pl. 8? Lond., H. Frowde, Hodder & Stoughton [1920] BARLOCCO, Amerigo, 1880-1926. Rolla, C. Necrologio. Riforma med., 1926, 42: 479. BARLOS, Konstantin, 1905- *Ueber die Rontgenbehandlung der Lymphogranulomatose. 20p. 8? Lpz., 1928. BARLOVATZ, Alexandre. *La pression art6- rielle dans la grippe epidemique des enfants [Lausanne] 27p. 8? Innsbr., Wagner, 1919. BARLOW, Nathan, & THOMPSON, James C. Small pneumothorax in tuberculosis. 260p. lOpl. 8? Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1922. Forms Bull. no.132, U.S. Treas, Dept., Pub. Health Serv., Hyg. Lab. BARLOW, Sir Thomas, 1845- Comby, J. [Biography] Bull. Soc. m€d. hop. Paris, 1935, 51: 1355— Homage to Barlow. Brit. M.J., 1935, 2: 345— Horder [Biography] Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1935, 10: [p.i] port. BARLOW Sanatorium Association. See Chavez Ravine, Calif, in 4.ser. BARLOW'S disease. See Scurvy, infantile; Vitamin C, Deficiency. BARME, Bertold, 1902- *Versuche mit subkutaner Injektion von Chlor-Anilinen und Chlor-Toluidinen an der Katze. 28p. 8? Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1927. BARMEYER, Hermann, 1891- *Zur His- tologic einer sogenannten Salvarsan-Dermatitis. 57p. 8? Giessen, O. Meyer, 1920. BARMHERZIGEN (Die) Bruder; ein Buch uber Entstehen, Werden und Wirken des Ordens der Barmherzigen Bruder; redigiert von Pfarrer Friedrich Laufer. 265p. illus. ports. 8? Wien, 1931. BARNARD, William Francis. Mind over mind. 2p.l. 29p. illus. 8? Cleveland, Artcraft Co., 1919. BARNARD Free Skin and Cancer Hospital. See Saint Louis, Mo. in 4. ser. BARNARD Institute of Radiology, Madras. See Madras. Government Hospital and Barnard Institute of Radiology in 4.ser. BARNAUD, Marcelle Anna, 1906- *Sur les vomissements de la premiere enfance dispa- raissant dans certaines positions. 115p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1934. BARNES, Edgar George, 1848-1927. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1927, 2: 524. BARNES, Edwin Randolf, 1838-1922. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78: 366. BARNES, Francis Merriman, 1881- Notes on mental diseases. 2.ed.enl. 77p. 8? S. Louis, 1920. ---- An introduction to the study of mental disorders. 2.ed. 295p. 8? S.Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1923. BARNES, George, 1875-1921. Judson, W. H. Obituary. Proc. Connecticut M. Soc, 1922, 130: 165. BARNES, Harry Aldrich, 1872- The tonsils, faucial, lingual, and pharyngeal, with some account of the posterior and lateral pha- ryngeal nodules. 2.ed. 217p. pi. 8? S.Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1923. BARNES, Harry Elmer, 1889- , BIGELOW, Karl Worth [et al.] The history and prospects of the social sciences, xxi, 534p. port, roy.8? N.Y, A. A. Knopf, 1925. BARNES, Henry, 1842-1920. Barnes, E. Obituary. Proc. R. Soc. Edinburgh, 1920-21, 41: 195—Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1921, 1: 624. Also Lancet, Lond., 1921, 1: 883. BARNES, Joshua. Geraniaf; or,] A new dis- covery of the pygmies. [3]1. 11 Op. [5] 1. illus. 24? Lond., Obadiah Blagrave, 1675. BARNES, M. E., & O'BRIEN, H. R. Final re- port on the first treatment campaigns for the relief and control of hookworm infection in Changwats Chiengmai and Lampoon, Monthol Bayap. 25p. maps. 8? Bangkok, Internat. Health Bd, Rockefeller Found., 1923. ---- Final report on hookworm and health propaganda work in the Kingdom of Siam. 26p. map. 8? Bangkok, Internat. Health Bd, Rocke- feller Found. [1924] BARNES, M. E., & RUSSELL, Paul F. Final report on the survey of hookworm infection, general sanitary conditions and organized health work in the Straits Settlements. 80p. 8? Singapore, 1925. BARNES, Mary Frances Hartley. Feeding the child from 2 to 6. xv, 206p. 12? N.Y., Mac- millan Co., 1928. BARNES, Noble Price, 1871-1933. Taylor, I. H. Obituary. Tr. Am. Ther. Soc, 1934, 34: 9. BARNES, W. A. Lower bowel in health and disease; treats of all disorders of the rectum. 131p. 16? N.Y., 1889. BARNETT, Abraham, 1892- *Sur l'ac- tivite spontanee normale et pathologique. 70p. 8° Par. 1931 BARNETT, John Binford, 1893-1931. [Obituary] Brit. M.J., 1931, 1: 605. BARNEWITZ, J„ BERING, F. [et al.] Angebo- rene Anomalien, Lichtdermatosen, Pflanzengifte, thermische Schadigungen; Einfluss innerer Sto- rungen auf die Haut. x, 758p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1932. Forms Bd4, Teil 1 of Handb. Haut & Geschlkr. (Alexander) Berl., 1927-32. BARNEY, Charles Norton, 1873-1922. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78: 1405. BARNHILL, John Finch, 1865- Not speaking of operations. 2p.l. 159p. 12? Bost., Stratford Co., 1925. ---- The nose, throat, and ear. xxxvii, 604p. roy.8? N.Y., D. Appleton & Co., 1928. BARNSBY, Henry, 1869-1919. Hartmann. Necrologie. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1919, 45: 267.— Jayle, F. Necrologie. Presse med., 1919, 27: annexe, 194.— Mercier, E. Necrologie. Paris med., 1919, 32: annexe, 93. BARNSLEY, England. Medical Officer of Health. Annual report of the county and bor- ough of Barnsley. 1916-19; 1922; 1924-25: 1927—30. BARNSTORF, Fritz, 1901- *Zur Age- nesie der Gallenblase. p.304-18. 8? Gott., 1931. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1931, 42. BARNUM, Henry Weston, 1859- Lessons in vibratory therapeutics; the practical applica- tion of mechanical vibration in the treatment of disease. 26p. 2 1. 12pl. 8? Poughkeepsie, A. V. Haight Co. [1904] ---- Also 2.ed. 129p. 1905. ---- Also 3.ed. 152p. 1907. BARNY de Romanet, Jean. *Des lesions du nerf optique dans Fencephalite Mthargique epi- dSmique. 30p. 8? Par., 1921. BARO Cayol, Lorenzo, 1859- *Le tra- chome et son traitement. 40p. 8? Par., 1919. BARODA State, India. Political Secretary. Administration report. 1910-22. BARODA State, India. Sanitary Commissioner. Annual report. 1912-18. BAROIS, Roger. *Les epileptiques de genie dans l'histoire et le litterature; quelques pre- cisions sur le differentes modalites de leur epi- lepsie. 54p. 8? Par., 1922. 21767—VOL. 2, 4th series----8 BAROJA 114 BAROTTE BAROJA, Pio. La caverno del humorismo. xxxv, 352p. 2 1. 12? Madr., V. Rodriguez, 1919. BAROMETER. See Air, Pressure; Meteorology. BARON, Andre, 1902- *Sur un cas d'uretero-hydronephrose congenitale a manifesta- tions peritoneales aigues. 64p. 8? Par., 1927. BARON, Sir Barclay Josiab, 1857-1919. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1919,1: 785. Also Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1919, n.s., 107: 476. BARON, Camille, 1902- Contribution a l'etude du rhumatisme cerebral. 55p. 8? Par., 1926. BARON, Fernand, 1903- *L'osteite sy- philitique du conduit auditif externe. 44p. pi. 8? Par., 1931. BARON, Frangois Paul, 1902- *De la conservation ovarienne dans les hysterectomies et de ses resultats. 116p. 8? Par., 1931. BARON [Friedrich] Johannes, 1893- *Zur Serumbehandlung der Diphtherie [Leipzig] 5p. 8? [Berl., Mittag & Co.] 1921. BARON, Heinz, 1906- *Statistische Un- tersuchungen an Nervenzellen menschlicher sympathischer Ganglien unter besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der mehrkernigen [Bonn] p.613-44. 8? Lpz., 1932. Also Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1932, 30: BARON, Honon. *Ueber den Zuckergehalt im Ultrafiltrat des nativen und des hydrolysierten Blutes [Basel] 16p. 8? S. Louis, 1930. BARON, Julius, & LAX, Heinrich. Die diagnostische Wertung der Ergebnisse von Ront- gen- und Laboratoriums-Untersuchungen in der inneren Medizin. 86p. 8? Lpz., C. Ka- bitzsch, 1931. —— II valore diagnostico dei risultati dei metodi di esame di laboratorio nella medicina interna (chimica, microscopia, batteriologia, sierologia, elettrocardiografia, Rontgen, ecc.) lllp. 8? Milano, 1st. sieroter. milan., 1931. BARON, Lucien. *La bacillemie tuberculeuse. 190p. 8? Par., 1913. BARON, Otto, 1902- *Ueber die psy- chischen Folgezustande nach Encephalitis epi- demica bei Kindern. 41p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1927. BARON, Paul, 1899- *Bacteriologie des cystites apres nephrectomie pour bacillose et les conclusions therapeutiques qui en decoulent. 53p. 8? Par., 1928. BARON, Pierre, 1900- *L'encephalite post-vaccinale en France (a propos d'une obser- vation personnelle) 103p. 8? Par., 1929. BARON, Pierre Lucien, 1904- ^'am- putation penienne chez le chien [Alfort] 85p. 8? Rennes, 1928. BARON, Yves, 1908- *Le cheval de boucherie; historique: progres de l'hippophagie en France depuis sa creation; consequences eco- nomiques des progres de l'hippophagie [Alfort] 60p. 8? Morlaix, 1932. BARONAT Aracil, Miguel, 1887-1919 Obituary. Rev. san. mil., Madr., 1919, 3.ser., 9: 140. BARONIGIAN, Armenag S., 1890- *Ein Beitrag zur Opsiurie [Leipzig] 63p. 3tab. 21. 8? Niederlossnitz-Dresden, Adam & Sohn, 1921. BAROSPIRATOR. See Pneumography. BAROT, Maurice, 1904- * Action des eau de Bagnoles-de-1'Orme sur le sympathique et les glandes endocrines. 98p. 8? Par., 1931. BAROTTE, Jean, 1887- Contribution a l'etude du diagnostic, du traitement et de la prophylaxie des trypanosomiases nord-africaines [Alfort] 183p. 3 1. 8? Par., 1926. BAROU, Henri, 1906- *Etude pratique de l'anesthesie generale courte ou prolonged au chlorure d'ethyle. 57p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1934. BAROVITCH, Stevan. *Normale und patholo- gische Verhaltnisse der Nabelschnur. 37p. 8? Basel, J. Kohlhepp-Fischer, 1918. BARPI, Ugo, 1862-1925. Bruni. Necrologio. Clin, vet., Milano, 1925, 48: 221. BARR, Bernice Barks, 1856-1921. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1921, 77: 1671. Also J. Missouri M. Ass., 1922, 19: 41. BARR, David Preswick, 1889- Necessary drugs and the knowledge essential to their use. vii, 117p. 8? S. Louis, 1932. BARR, Guy. A monograph of viscometry. xiv, 318p. 8? Lond., Oxford Univ. Press, 1931. BARR, Sir James, 1849- Abrams' meth- ods of diagnosis and treatment, xxxi, 122p. port. 8? Lond., W. Heinemann, 1925. BARR, Martin W., 1860- , & MALONEY, E. F. Types of mental defectives, ix, 179p. 8? Phila., P. Blakiston's Son & Co. [1920] BARRACKS. See also Housing. Bementiev, A. F. [Barracks, or commune-houses in Soviet Russia] Gig. epidem., 1929, 8: 38-42.—Hoffmann, F. Zweck- massiger Barackenbau fiir Arbeitsdienstlager. Techn. Gemein- debl., 1933, 36: 253-5.—Lynch, C, & Cumming, J. G. The squad room barracks or the unit barracks? Mil. Surgeon, 1919, 44: 363-9, 3pl.—Prausnits, W. Ueber den Bau von Wohnbaracken. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1917, 86: 308-12.—Proyecto de cooperativa militar para la construction de casas para los generales, jefes, oficiales, clases e individuos de tropa de la Guardia civil y Cara- bineros. Rev. san. mil., Madr., 1921, 3.ser., 11: 424; 462.— Schukking, W. H. [Historical development of construction of barracks] Mil. spectator, Gravenh., 1933,102:76; 145.—Wheeler, E. P. Memoranda on the use of hired buildings for the accommo- dation of troops. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1919, 33: 470-81. ---- Sanitation. Beschreibtjng der Garnison Bremen, vom Standpunkt der Gesundheitspflege aus aufge- stellt. 210p. 8? Berl., 1903. Angelini, A. La disinfestazione della caserma. Gior. med. mil., 1922, 70: 371-85.—Aragao, J. M. de. A hvgiene na caserna. Bol. Soc. med. chir. mil., Rio, 1919-20, 5: 153-67.—Beatty, M. C. Disinfestation of barracks. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1926, 47: 59-61.—Chavigny. Un chapitre de la psychologie de l'hygiene; les latrines de nuit dans les casernes. Rev. hyg., Par., 1926, 48: 220-5—Ekelund, G. [Report to the Royal Army Medical Department on a week's tour to Germany in 1918, for a study of barracks hygiene] Tskr. mil. halsov., 1919, 43: 108-76.—Fetel. Extrait d'une etude de la desinfectisation des casernements. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1922, 76: 484-94.—Lzard, I., & Bes Cilleuls, J. L'hygiene dans l'habitation du soldat. Rev. hyg. med. prev., 1933, 55: 297-307—Kikuchi, O. K. Die hygienische Untersuchung des Wohnzimmers der holzernen und back- steinernen Kaserne im Winter in der kalten Gegend. Gun' idan zasshij 1933, no.246, 1.—labit, H. Quelques considerations sur l'hygiene des casernements. Rev. hyg. police san., 1921, 43: 184-92. Also Gior. med. mil., 1922, 70: 249-54.—Lambert des Cilleuls, J. M. A. F. L'hygiene dans les locaux regimentaires. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1927, 87: 375-95.—Lehr, G. J. Wasser- versorgung der neuen Kasernen in Neustadt a. d. Haardt. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1925, 48: 181-6.—Mann, W. L. Sanitation of the Marine Barracks, Quantico, Va., with special reference to the methods of conservancy employed. J. Am. M. Ass., 1918, 70: 996. Also repr.—Messerschmidt, T. Bauhygienische Er- fahrungen im waldreichen Hochgebirge. Veroff. Mil. San., 1918, H.69, 1-36.—Eondomanski, S. [Research work on carbon dioxide in the air of barracks] Lek. wojsk., 1928, 11: 280- 8.—Riickert, J. H. E. [Housing of the soldier] Tschr. social. hyg., 1909, 11: 54-60.—Vedeler, E. [Cleanliness in the living rooms of our military barracks] Norsk, tskr. mil. med., 1921, 25: 23-5.—Walters, E. J. Heating system Camp Funston. Quartermast. Rev., 1922, 1: no.5, 28-32.—Woodbury, F. T. Model barrack for prevention of respiratory diseases in the Army. J. Am. M. Ass., 1919, 72: 1212-4. BARRAGTJE, Pierre Bernard, 1898- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude des schwannomes gastriques. 84p. pi. 8? Par., 1929. BARRAL 115 BARRENECHEA BARRAL, E., & BARRAL, P. Prdcis d'analyse biologique clinique. 2.ed. 3v. 12? Par., J. B. Bailliere & fils, 1929-31. BARRAL, P. . . See Barral, E., & Barral, P. Precis d'analyse biologique clinique. 2.ed. 3v. 12! Par., 1929-31. BARRANGER, Daniel Rene, 1901- *La sedimentation spontanee du sang chez le chevalj ses applications a la clinique [Alfort] 78p. 8? Par., 1928. BARRAQUER-SIMOND'S disease. See Lipodystrophy, progressive. BARRAS, Louis. Souvenirs d'un m^decin sur la plus grande guerre; essais psycho-physiolo- giques. 206p. 12? Par., N. Maloine, 1925. BARRAS, William, 1893-1928. Obituary. Brit. J. Anaesth., 1928-29, 6: 107. Also Current Res. Anesth., 1929,8: 130. BARRAT, Emile, 1883- *De l'intoxica- tion par diverses solanees et plus specialement par les baies de douce-amere [Alfort] 41p. 8? Chalons-sur-Marne, 1925. BARRAT, Raoul Octave, 1904- *Alcool et syphilis dans la genese des cirrhoses. 127p. 2pl. 8? Par., 1931. BARRAT, Raymond, 1903- *Etude de deux cas de diabete insipide; essais therapeu- tique. lOOp. 8? Par., 1928. BARRAT, Roland, 1901- *Contribution a l'etude des malformations cutanees chez le nouveau-ne. 39p. 8° Par., 1928. BARRAUD, Fernand. Contribution a l'etude de la surdi-mutite dans le Canton de Vaud. 31p. 8? Lausanne, U. Bovey, 1925. BARRAUD, Georges. *Traitement de la syphilis du testicule chez l'adulte par le salvarsan et le neo-salvarsan. 84p. 8? Par., 1913. BARRAUD, Samuel. *Ueber Extremitaten- gangran im jugendlichen Alter nach infektiosen Erkrankungen [Bern] 61p. 8? Lpz., J. B. Hirschfeld, 1904. BARRAULT, Gaston, 1886- Considera- tions pratiques sur l'exces de volume du foetus dans la race Normande; causes, consequences, methodes d'accouchement [Alfort] 76p. 8? Par., 1929. BARRAULT, Louis, 1904- *De l'action du cidre chez les lithiasiques urinaires. 58p. 8? Par., 1931. BARRE, Emile Pierre, 1906- *Les me- tastases cutanees dans les ' epitheliomas spino- cellulaires cutanes. 59p. pi. 8? Par., 1931. BARRE, Henri. *Les vins de Touraine au point de vue de leur composition chimique; ana- lyse des vins recoltes en 1911 et 1912 [Paris] 68p. 8? Tours, 1916. BARRE, Leon. Croissance et carence alimen- taire. viii, 127p. 8? Par., Masson et cie, 1923. BARRE, Paul, 1900- *Essai psycho- pathologique sur Danton. 105p. 8? Par., 1931. BARRE, Pierre Leon, 1900- *Hemor- ragies intestinales au cours de la pneumonic chez l'enfant et chez l'adulte. 82p. 8? Par., 1930. BARREAU, Guy, 1900- *Les albumi- nuries orthostatiques. 135p. 8? Par., 1928. BARREAU, Pierre Louis, 1891- Contri- bution a l'etude des bacteriuries chez le nourris- son et chez l'enfant. 54p. 8? Par., 1926. BARREDA, Gundisalvus, 16. century. De temperatura vini. See Fracastoro. De temperatura vini. Camer., 1553, 15b-67b. BARRELET, Jules. *Les glandes a secretion interne dans la cirrhose hepatique [Geneve] 21p. 8? Par., 1932. BARRENECHEA Alcain, Pablo, 1855-1917. Obituary. Rev. san. mil., Madr., 1917, 3.ser., 7: 68. BARRENSCHEEN, Hermann Karl, 1887- , & WILLHEIM, R. Die Laboratoriumsmethoden der Wiener Kliniken. xxv, 800p. roy.8? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1928. BARRERAS, Maria Cristina, 1907- Con- tribution a l'etude des metrites deciduiformes. 56p. 8? Par., 1933. BARRERE-CASSAGNET, Marcel, 1907- *La strangulation a la main; particularity rela- tives aux empreintes des ongles et des doigts. 44p. 8? Par., 1934. BARRET, Charles Omer, 1898- *Du coryza gangreneux; contribution a l'etude du traitement par l'atoxyl [Alfort] 56p. 8? Langres, 1927. BARRET, Marcel, 1895- *Quelques points cliniques et therapeutiques de la grossesse extra- uterine. 128p. 8? Par., 1927. BARRETT, Albert Moore, 1871-1936. Edmunds, C. W. [Obituary] Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Ar- bor, 1936, 2: 19, port. BARRETT, Carlton Newman. Dental econom- ics course. 52p. 8? [Portland, Oreg., 1929] BARRETT, Felix, 1860-1920. S.,J. A. Obituary. J. Maine M. Ass., 1919-20, 10: 383-5. BARRETT, Florence Elizabeth Perry. Concep- tion control and its effects on the individual and the nation. 48p. 12? Lond., J. Murray, 1922. BARRETT, James Francis. Elements of psy- chology for nurses, xx, 326p. 8pl. 8? Mil- waukee, Bruce Publishing Co. [1930] BARRETT, Sir James William, 1862-1924. The twin ideals, an educated commonwealth. 2v. xxxii, 512p.; xx, 504p. 8? Lond., H. K. Lewis & Co., 1918. ---- A vision of the possible; what the R. A. M. C. might become; an account of some of the medical work in Egypt, xx, 182p. 2maps. 8? Lond., H. K. Lewis & Co., 1919. For biography see Mag. Lond. School M. Women, 1924-25, 20: 97-102. ----& DEANE, P. E. The Australian Army Medical Corps in Egypt, xiv, 259p. pi. maps. 8? Lond., H. K. Lewis & Co., 1918. BARRETT, Thomas J. The pruning knife, being a prospectus of the American appendicitis corporation (unlimited) 107p. 12? Chic, Barrett Inc. [1923] BARRICELLI, G. A. See Bianchi, Leonardo. Foundations of mental health. 276p. 8? N.Y., 1930. BARRIE, George, 1865-1922. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 79: 1624. BARRIENTOS Rosas, Juvenal. *La sonda duo- denal en los sindromes de retenci6n del tubo digestivo, desde el esofago hasta la ampolla de Vater [Chile] 34p. roy.8? Santiago, Cisneros, 1929. BARRIER, Claude, 1905- *Essai sur l'atonie gastrique; son traitement par le tartrate d'ergotamine. 145p. 8? Par., 1932. BARRIER, Gustave. See Goubaux, Armand, & Barrier, G. The exterior of the horse. 2.ed. 916p. 8? Phila., 1904. BARRIER, Maurice, 1887- *De la pyo- vaccination; son emploi et ses avantages dans le traitement de quelques-unes des maladies causant dans FArmee, au Maroc, le plus grand nombre depertes [Alfort] 78p. 8? Par., 1927. BARRIER, Remy, 1905- *Les polyio- dures; etude clinique. 60p. 8? Par., 1933. BARRIER, hemato-encephalic. See Meninges, Permeability. BARRIERE 116 BARROW BARRIERE, Rene, 1908- Contribution a. l'etude de la silicose pulmonaire. 51p. 4pL 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1934. BARRIERE, Yves, 1907- *Retractions pulmonaires tuberculeuses; sans pleur6sie exsu- dative anterieure. 103p. 8? Par., 1933. BARRIEU, Alexandre Raymond, 1889- Contribution a l'etude du role des associations microbiennes; les bacilles sporules aerobies; leur action pathogene probable dans les plaies de guerre. 98p. 8? Par., 1919. BARRIL, Jean Philippe Leon, 1874- Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs du sein chez I'homme. 75p. 8? Bordeaux, 1919. BARRINGER, Paul Brandon, 1857- An abstract of physiology for medical students and practitioners. 2.ed. 468, vi p. 8? Richmond, Univ. Virginia, 1899. BARRINGTON, Amy. See Stocks, Percy, & Barrington, Amy. Hereditary disorders of bone development. 182p. 4? Lond., 1925. BARRINGTON-WARD, Launcelot Edward, 1880- The abdominal surgery of children. xiii, 283p. 2pl. 8? Lond., Oxford Univ. Press, 1928. BARRIOL, Alfred. Theorie et pratique des operations financieres. 4.ed. vii, 429p. 12? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1931. BARRIS, Guillermo [Meliton Jose] 1887- *Experimentelle Untersuchungen uber den Gas- wechsel bei toxischen Anaemien. 15p. 8? Lpz., F. Stoll, jr., 1914. BARRITT, Westley, & BARRITT, Alfred Tem- plar. Questions and answers for dental students; dental surgery, vii, 177p. 8? Lond., H. Kimp- ton, 1922. ---- The simplex handbook of dental materia medica and therapeutics; a simple tabulated classification of drugs and remedies used in dental operations and in the treatment of dental dis- eases. 2.ed. xiii, 304p. 8? Lond., H. Kimpton, 1923. BARROCK, James John, 1904- *Acute anterior poliomyelitis [Marquette Univ.] 45p. 8? Marshfield, Wis., 1932. Typewritten. BARROIS, Theodore Charles, 1857-1920. Mesnil. Necrologie. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1920, 13: 473. BARROS, Jarbas B. de. *Musculus platysma myoides em diversas racas humanas. 119p. 4pl. 8? S. Paulo, 1927. BARROS, Yves Jean Baptiste, 1901- *Etudes sur les soifs pathologiques. 48p. 8? Par., 1933. BARROS da Fonseca, Joao Vicente. *Algumas palavras sobre o valor da analyse das urinas na diagnose. 104p. 12? Lisb., 1874. BARROS Rezende, Cyro de. *Da cirurgia nasal nas nevrites opticas retrobulbares rhinologicas. 125p. 8? S. Paulo, 1927. BARROS e Vasconcellos da Cruz Sorral, Fran- cisco Maria de. *Algumas consideracoes sobre a aphasia. 71p. 8? Lisb., J. G. de Sousa Neves, 1868. BARROUGH, Philip, fl. 1590. The method of physick containing the causes, signes and cures of inward diseases in man's body, from the head to the foot; whereunto is added, the form and rule of making remedies and medicines [&c] 8p.l. 477p. 3 1. sm.4? Lond., Abraham Miller for John Blague & Samuel Howes [&c] 1652. BARROW, David, 1858-1932. [Biography] Tr. South. Surg. Ass., 1933, 45: 594-7, port.— Pryor, J. W. [Biography] Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1932, 50: 537-9. BARROW, David Woolfolk, 1882-1923. Stucky, J. A. Obituary. Kentucky M.J., 1923, 21: 442-4. BARROWCLIFF, Marmaduke, & CARR, Francis H. Organic medicinal chemicals (synthetic and natural) xiii, 331 p. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tin- dall & Cox, 1921. BARROWS, Charles M. Suggestion instead of medicine. 88p. 16? Bost., 1900. BARROWS, Henry Robbins. Biological types and principles; a laboratory manual, xii, 395p. 8? N.Y., R. R. Smith, Inc., 1931. BARRS, Alfred George, 1853-1934. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1934, 1: 461. Also Lancet, Lond., 1934, 1: 546, port. BARRUS, Mortier Franklin, 1879- , & CHUPP, Charles. Potato diseases and their con- trol. 123p. 8? Ithaca, N.Y., 1926. Forms no.135. Cornell Extens. Bull. BARRY, Charles. The clue of the clot. 288p. 8? Lond., Hutchinson & Co., 1928. BARRY, Edward. A treatise on a consumption of the lungs. (9) 227p. illus. 8? Dublin, G. Grierson, 1726. BARRY, Iris. Portrait of Lady Mary Mon- tagu. 336p. pi. ports, map. 8? Indianapo- lis, Bobbs-Merrill Co., 1928. BARRY, James, 1795-1865. Eacster, 0., & Grove, J. Dr. James Barry: her secret story. 283p. 8? Lond. [1932] BARRY, Lee Willis, 1886- *The effects of inanition in the pregnant albino rat, with special reference to the changes in the relative weights of the various parts, systems, and organs of the offspring [Univ. Minn.] p.91-136. 4? Wash., Carnegie Inst., 1919. Also no.53. Contr. Embryol. Carnegie Inst. BARRY, Paul, 1891- Contribution a l'etude du traitement de l'encephalite epide- mique par le salicylate de soude. 71p. 8? Par., 1923. BARRY, Yves Jean, 1889- *Essai sur la specificite antistaphylococcique de l'ion etain en pseudo-solution colloidale. 38p. 8? Par., 1920. BARRY, Engl. Medical Officer of Health. Annual report. 1919-30. [1924 missing] BARS, Francois Jacques Guillaume, 1891- *Epidemie de cholera Asiatique observee en Tunisie dans l'armee serbe, apres la retraite d'Albanie (janvier-mars 1916) 45p. 8? Bord., 1919. BARSALOU, Eloi, 1892- *Splenectomies et gestation. 32p. 8? Par., 1922. BARSIECK, Wilhelm. 1884- *Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Struma ovarii. 54p. 8? Miinch., A. Scholem, 1913. BARSONY, Janos, 1860-1926. Tauffer. Nekrolog. Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 983. BARSOV, Wladimir Konstantin, 1900- *Ueber Provokations-Methoden bei weiblicher Gonorrhoe mit Uebersicht der Ergebnisse in den letzten 5 Jahren an der Munchener Universitats- Klinik fiir Haut- und Geschlechtskrankheiten. 17p. 8? Miinch. [G. Figel] 1927. BARSTOW, Charles L. Famous buildings; a primer of architecture. 3p.l. 246p. 8? N.Y., Century Co., 1915. BARSTOW, James Mason, 1855-1919. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1919, 72: 1783. BARSTOW, Ralph. Basic economics for op- tometrists. 4 1. roy.8? Duncan, Okla., E. B. Alexander, 1935. Mimeographed. BART, Catherine. Contribution a l'6tude du traitement des pleurisies purulentes par les L17 BARTH BART ponctions d'injections intrapleurales de bleu de methylene. 68p. 8? Par., 1917. BARTCKY, Hermann. *Ueber ein Adeno- fibrom der Vulva. Up. 8? Miinch., W. Volk- mann, 1925. , BARTEL, Erich, 1886- *Beitrag zum sogenannten Benedikt'schen Symptomenkom- plex [Konigsberg] 18p. 8? Berl., L. Schu- macher, 1919. BARTEL, Jacob Ewert. The truth about dis- eases, their causes, and the way back to health. 128p. 8? [S. Franc, Gen. Efficiency Pub. Co., 1926] BARTEL, Julius, 1874-1925. Maresch, E. Nekrolog. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1925, 38.: 1389—Wiesner. Nekrolog. Wien. med. Wschr., 1925, 75: 2883. BARTELMAI, Herbert, 1908- *Ueber die Wirkung eines Magenschleimhaut-Praparates auf das rote Blutbild Normaler und Sekundar- anaemischer. 30p. 8? Rostock, Winterberg, 1933. BARTELME, Phyllis Frances, 1900- See Hess, J. H., Mohr, G. J., & Bartelme, P. F. The physical and mental growth of prematurely born children. 449p. 8! Chic. [1934] BARTELS [Hans Otto] Volckmar, 1898- *Beitrage zur Geschichte der naturwissenschaft- lich-kritischen Richtung in der Homoopathie [Berlin] 48p. 8? Lpz., W. Schwabe, 1933. BARTELS, Henry Arthur. Outline of bacteriol- ogy. 128p. 8? N.Y., W. A. Broder [1929] BARTELS, Kurt, 1907- *Ein Beitrag zur chirurgischen Behandlung des Mammacarcinoms [Jena] 34p. 8? Wolmirstedt, A. Grenzau, 1932. BARTELS, Martin, 1875- , BAURMANN, M. [et al.] Receptionsorgane II; Photoreceptoren. xii, p.[745]-1641. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Forms XX/2 of Handb. norm. path. Physiol. (Bethe & v. Bergmann) Berl., 1931. BARTELS, Martin, BIRCH-HIRSCHFELD, A. [et al.] Orbita, Nebenhohlen, Lider, Tranenorgane, Augenmuskeln, Auge und Ohr. xv, 745p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Forms Bd3 of Kurz. Handb. Ophth. (F. Schieck & A. Bruckner) Berl., 1930. BARTELS, Maximilian Carl August, 1843-1904. See Ploss, H. H., Bartels, M. C. A., & Bartels, P. R. A. Woman; an historical, gynaecological and anthropological com- pendium. 3v. 8? Lond., 1935. BARTELS, Paul Rudolf August, 1874-1914. See Ploss, H. H., Bartels, M. C. A., & Bartels, P. R. A. Woman; an historical, gynaecological and anthropological com- pendium. 3v. 8? Lond., 1935. BARTELS, Theodor, 1901- *Die Strafent- lassenenfiirsorge [Miinster i. Westf.] 23p. 8? Quakenbriick, R. Kleinert, 1929. BARTELT, Hans, 1903- *Klinische Beob- achtungen iiber Endocarditis lenta [Heidelberg] 15p. 8? Sackingen a. Rh., H. Stratz, 1929. BARTEMENT, Andre. *Du traitement des fractures de la diaphyse f^morale chez l'enfant par la methode d'extension continue au zenith. 46p. 8? Par., 1921. BARTET, Pierre, 1892- *Les avantages de la voie de Louis Bazy dans le traitement des luxations-fractures de l'extr6mite superieure de 1'humerus. 112p. 8? Par., 1927. BARTH, August, 1892- *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Herzbasisgeschwiilste beim Hunde [Leipzig] 50p. 4pl. 8? Dresd., O. Franke, 1920. BARTH, Elfriede, 1884- *Untersuchungen an weiblichen Fursorgezoglingen [Munchen] llOp. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1915. BARTH, Erich, 1906- *Die Citocholreak- tion nach Sachs-Witebsky fiir die Serodiagnose der Syphilis unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Erfordernisse fiir eine interne Klinik. 16p. 8? Freib. i. Br., A. Kornhas, 1931. BARTH, Friedrich, 1884- *Zur Tenodese der Quadricepssehne [Leipzig] 8p. 8? [Rod- ing, J. Wittmann] 1923. BARTH, Friedrich, 1902- *Ueber einen Fall von Mykosis fungoides [Kiel] 20p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1928. BARTH, Fritz, 1894- *Untersuchungen iiber den Infektionsmodus bei Wunddiphtherie. 6p. 8? Lpz., E. Haberland, 1922. BARTH, Fritz, 1905- *Zur Frage der Ozaenagenese unter besonderer Berucksichtigung des erblichen Momentes [Freiburg] 29p. 8? Walldorf b. Heidelb., F. Lamade, 1931. ---- Physiologie in Frage und Antwort. xvi, 198p. 8? Freib. i. Br., Speyer & Kaerner, 1931. BARTH, Hans [Johannes Eduard Wilhelm] 1887- *Die Psychotechnik in der zahnarzt- lichen Praxis [Leipzig] 26p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. Thiir., A. Oberreuter] 1930. BARTH, Heinrich, 1888- Untersuchun- gen zur Physiologie des Saugens bei normalen und pathologischen Brustkindern. 27p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1914. BARTH, Heinz, 1901- *Untersuchungen an Neuromen und Carcinoiden des Wurmfort- satzes [Munchen] p.62-81. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Also Virchows Arch., 1929, 273: BARTH, Henri. Le guide du praticien; precis d'hygiene familiale et de therapeutique journa- lise. 286p. 16? Par., J. B. Bailliere & fils, 1931. BARTH, Joseph, 1745-1818. Shastid, T. H. [Biography] In Am. Encycl. Diet. Ophth. (Wood) 1913,2: 886-8. BARTH, Jost. *Ueber Ersatzplastiken ge- lahmter Muskeln der Schultergurtel-Muskulatur und fiber das Prinzip der kinematischen Fern- kniipfung [Zurich] 38p. 8? Wien, H. Geitner, 1923. BARTH, Justus, 1863-1931. H, P. F. [Obituary] Norsk mag. laegevid., 1931, 92: 663. BARTH, Karl. Wie soil ein Herzkranker leben und wie soil man leben, um nicht herzkrank zu werden? 20p. 8? Miinch., O. Gmelin, 1930. BARTH, Mathilde. *Ueber die funktionelle Struktur des Oberkieferapparates bei Neuweltaf- fen [Zurich] 72p. 2pl. ch. 8? Wiesb., J. F. Bergmann, 1918. BARTH, Max, 1904- *Ueber eigenartige Geschwulstbildung in Nieren und Milz [Mun- chen] 27p. 2 1. 8? Lpz., 1930. BARTH, Meta, 1905- *Ueber einen Fall von Adamantinom [Berlin] 12p. pi. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1930. BARTH, Otto [Theodor] 1886- *Ueber das Vorkommen menstrueller Blutungen nach restloser Entfernung beider Ovarien. 30p. 8? Strassb. i. E., 1915. BARTH, Paul, 1848-1921. Muller, A. Nekrolog. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1921, 51: 1095. BARTH, R. Aus dem Heldenleben einer Diakonisse; Schwester Sofie Holzer vom Martha- Maria-Verein in Niirnberg. 32p. illus. port. 8? Stuttg., Lammle & Mullerschon, 1915. BARTH, Theodor. *Untersuchungen fiber Haufigkeit und Lokalisation von beginnenden Linsentriibungen bei 302 fiber 60 Jahre alten Personen [Basel] 25p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1914. BARTH, Walther. See Cohn, Max, & Barth, Walther. Lehrbuch der Rbntgen- stereoskopie. 323p. 8? Lpz., 1931. BARTHAREZ 118 BARTHEZ BARTHAREZ, Joseph. *Tratamento das he- morrhagias do utero pelo sulphato de quinina. 49p. 12? Lisb., 1876. BARTHE, Leonce, 1857-1935. Soulard, I. [Necrologie] J. med. Bordeaux, 1935, 112: 81-4, port. BARTHE, Rene, 1893- *Des 6ruptions miliaires au cours des scarlatines infantiles [Paris] 38p. 8? Troyes, 1921. BARTHEL, Ernst, 1902- *Ueber die Adrenalinblutdruckreaktion bei Graviden; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Schwangerschaftsvago- tonie [Frankfurt] 39p. 8? Offenbach a. M., W. Wagner, 1926. BARTHEL, Karl, 1907- *Rectalstenosen [Frankfurt] 38p. 8? Offenbach-Main, W. Wagner, 1931. BARTHEL [Karl Georg Woldemar] Richard, 1875- *Die Folgezustande der periodischen Augenentzundung der Pferde mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Atrophia und Phthisis bulbi [Leipzig] 40p. 8? Dresd., 1919. BARTHEL, Lucie, 1891- *Plattenepithel- krebse des Nierenbeckens und der Harnblase. 22p. 8? Bresl., F. Pietsch, 1917. BARTHEL, Madeleine, 1905- Contri- bution a l'etude du traitement preventif et cura- tif par l'allergine des epanchements pleuraux consecutifs au pneumothorax therapeutique. 76p. 2pl. 8? Par., 1931. BARTHEL [Moritz] Otto, 1895- * Ver- gleichende Untersuchungen iiber die bakterien- totende Wirkung von Phenol und p-Chlorphenol [Leipzig] 24p. 8? Bitterfeld, Karlstedt & Lange, 1922. BARTHEL, Richard, 1875- *Beziehung der Epilepsie zum weiblichen Genitale [Halle] 38p. 8? Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1934. BARTHEL, Walter, 1903- *Hammerze- hen, ihre Aetiologie und Therapie. 20p. 8? [Berl., R. F. Stoebe] 1929. BARTHELEMY, Alfred Raymond, 1887- *Heredo-syphilis des glandes endocrine (lesions et syndromes) origine endocrinienne de certains dystrophiques. 135p. 8? Par., 1919. BARTHELEMY, Edmond. *Essai de coprologie microscopique; diagnostic microscopique des maladies parasitaires a protozoaires et a hel- minthes. 130p. 8? Par., 1917. BARTHELEMY, Gaston Charles, 1871- *Histoires medicales epizootiques et agricoles au pays de Voge, Lorraine, Alsace et frontiere des Allemagnes depuis les temps historiques jusques vers la fin du xixe siecle [Alfort] 303p. 8? Epinal, 1932. ---- The same. 303p. 8? Epinal, Impr. Lorraine, 1932. BARTHELEMY, Pierre, 1903- Contribu- tion a l'etude de l'uzara. 67p. 3pl. 8? Par., 1931. BARTHELMES, Erich, 1906- *Beitrag zur Differentialdiagnose der cerebralen Fettembolie, insbesondere gegenuber der Meningeamedial- blutung. 30p. pi. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1933. BARTHES. SeeCazalis, Jean, Barthes & Coulazou. Sem&ologie des spe- ciality [&c] 384p. 8? Par., 1927. BARTHES, Maurice, 1901- *Les per- forations couvertes des ulceres gastro-duodenaux [Paris] 82p. 8? Blois, 1933. BARTHES, Maurice, 1903- Contribu- tion a l'etude des sucres oxydes dans le traite- ment du diabete [Paris] 40p. 8? Vanves, 1929. BARTHEZ, Paul Joseph, 1734-1806. Amans. Barthez, mecanicien. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1921-22, 3: 239-50. BARTHOLIN'S gland. See also Gonorrhea in women; Vulva. Bieger, F. *Maligne Tumoren der Bartho- linischen Druse an Hand eines lOjahrigen Mate- rials der Universitats-Frauenklinik Leipzig [Leipzig] 12p. 8? Zeulenroda i. Thiir., 1933. Auster, L. S. Technique of Bartholin cyst excision following paraffin injection. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 19: 509. Also repr.— Bassler, A. A case of tuberculous infection of the Bartholinian gland. Am. J. Obst., 1935, 29: 885—Beckmann, G. Adeno- karzinom der Bartholinischen Druse im jugendlichen Alter. Derm. Wschr., 1935, 100: 101-4—Belgodere. La bartholinite isolee des vieilles (impression clinique) Ann. mal. venfr., 1927, 22: 816-9.—Czerwenka, K. Zur Behandlung der eitrigen Bartholinitis. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1930, 43: 1067—Czyzak, J. Zur Histopathogenese der Teerzysten, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Pathologie der Bartholinischen Druse. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1934, 97: 274-84.—Beutsch, J. Bartholinitis tuberculosa mit Bazillennachweis. Wien. med. Wschr., 1934, 84: 1102.— Borough, W. S. A treatment of Bartholin's gland abscess. South. M.&S., 1933, 2: 29.—Buncan, C. J. Endometrioma of Bartholin's gland. N. England J.M., 1934, 211: 24— Fagioli, M. Tumori solidi della glandola di Bartolino. Riv. ital. gin., 1933, 15: 80-7.—Harer, W. B. Primary carcinoma of Bartholin's gland. Am. J. Obst., 1933, 25: 714-8— Hunt, V. C, & Powell, L. B. Malignant disease of Bartholin's gland. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1926, 6: 1325-8.—Jones, W. R. Bartholinitis and the gland removal simplified. West. J. Surg., 1936, 44: 233-6 — Koch, F. E., & Kramer, E. Influenzabakterien bei Bartholinitis. Munch, med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 1131—Lyle, H. H. M. Primary carcinoma of the Bartholin gland. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1934, 52: 399-401. Also Ann. Surg., 1934, 100: 993-5—Mauclaire. Fi- brome calcific de la glande de Bartholin. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1934, 60: 55.—Mayo, C. W., & Barber, K. W. Carcinoma of Bartholin glands; report of 3 cases. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1934, 14: 709-12.—Negrete, B. H., & Fontan Balestra, E. Trata- miento biologico de las bartolinitis agudas. Sem. mod., B. Air., 1936, 43: 946-51.—Nemec, E. [Cancer of Bartholin's gland] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1935, 15: 385-90, pi—Poincloux, P. Vaccina- tion regionale par la porte d'entree; traitement des bartholinites, Hopital, 1934, 22: 155.—Rabinovitch, J. Carcinoma of the Bar- tholin gland. Am. J. Obst., 1932, 23: 268-74—Schauffler, G. C. A quick, easy, efficient treatment of Bartholin cyst and abscess. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 102: 839.—Serefis, S. Zerstorung der er- krankten Bartholinischen Driise mit dem Thermokauter. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 1403.—Seteanu, G. [Conservative treatment of bartholinitis] Spitalul, 1934, 54: 362.—Sieber, H. Zur Rontgenbehandlung der Bartholinitis gonorrhoica. Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 2713-9.—Smith, R. La vacunoterapia local en las bartolinitis. Rev. med. cubana, 1934, 45: 1268-71.—Strauss, H. Carcinoma of Bartholin's gland; report of 2 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 2116.—Taddei, A. Contributo alio studio delle cisti del dotto della ghiandola di Bartolini. Clin, chir., Milano, 1933, n.s., 9: 1093-125—Taubles, G. H. Excision of Bartholin gland cysts. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 89: 2257.—Valerio, A. A proposito dos cystos das glandulas vulvo-vaginaes. Brasil med., 1930, 44:1251.—Volpato, G. Adenocarcinoma della ghiandola del Bartolini. Morgagni, 1934, 76: 532.—Wallis, 0. Eine seltene Bindegewebsgeschwulst im Bereiche der Bartholini'schen Druse. Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58: 2313-6.—Werneck, C. Acerca do tratamento das bartholinites chronicas. Rev. gyn. obst., Rio, 1931, 25: 487-9. BARTHOLINTJS, Thomas, 1616-80. De libris legendis dissertationes [ed. Joh. Gerh. Meuschen] [24] 1., 192p. 8? Hagae Com., Nic. Wildt, 1711. ---- De transplantatione morborum. p.528- 31. 8? Niirnb., 1662. In Rattray. Theatrum, Niirnb., 1662. ----Orationes varii argumenti. 6p.l. 384p. 8? [Hafniae] Daniel Paullus [1668] For biography see Ann. M. Hist., N.Y., 1921, 3: 67-81 (J. H. Skavlem) BARTHOLOMAEUS de Alten. See AL-QUA- BISI. Libellus isagogicus. Venet., 1485. BARTHOLOMAEUS de Chaimis. Interroga- torium seu confessionale. 138 1. fol. [Stras- bourg, Printer of H. Arimensis, ca. 1475] BARTHOLOMAEUS de Pisis, physician, ca. 1500. Apologia. 19 1. 4? Roma, Stephanus Guilleretus, 1519. ---- Epitome medicinae. 1041. 4? [Firenze, Lorenzo Morgiani & Johann Petri, ca. 1500] BARTHOLOMEW, Edward Fay, 1846- Relation of psychology to music. 2.ed. 286p. 8? Rock Island, 111., New Era Pub. Co. [1902] BARTHOIOMMEO 119 BARTLEY BARTHOLOMMEO Granchi [de Sancto Con- cordio] 1250-1374] Summa de casibus con- science. 192 1. fol. [Ausgburg, Giinther Zainer] 1475. BARTHOLOW, Roberts, 1831-1904. Manual of hvpodermic medication. 2.ed. xiii, 170p. 8? Phila., J. B. Lippincott & Co., 1873. ---- Also 3.ed. 249p. 1879. ---- Also 5.ed. xviii, 540p. 1891. ---- Practical treatise on materia medica and therapeutics. 2.ed. 565p. 8? N.Y., D. Apple- ton & Co., 1878. ■--- Also 5.ed. 936p. 1883. ---- Also 6.ed. 802p. 1887.---- Also lO.ed. 866p. 1S99. ---- Treatise on the practice of medicine. 3.ed. 918p. 8? N.Y., D. Appleton & Co., 1882. --- Also 8.ed. 1003p. 1895. BARTISCH, Georg, 1535-1607. Shastid, T. H. [Biography] In Am. Encycl. Diet. Ophth. (Wood) 1913, 2: 888-95. BARTISSOL, Carlos, 1881- *Sources des idees medicales de Rousseau; Des-Essartz et Rousseau. 39p. 8? Par., 1914. BARTLAKOWSKI, Johannes, 1903- *Un- tersuchungen iiber den Bau der Speiserohre bei Prosimier-Primaten. p.129-63. tab. 8? Bresl., 1930. Also Morph. Jahrb., 1930-31, 65: BARTLETT, Clarence, 1858-1935. A treatise on the practice of medicine. 3v. 8? Phila., Hahnemann Press., 1923-24. For biography see Hahnemann. Month., 1935, 70: 721, port. (W. A. Pearson) BARTLETT, Edward Pinchon, 1842-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 80: 1471. BARTLETT, Eleanor Hamilton, & INK, Kath- arine. The principles of chemistry and their application; a text-book for nurses, vi, 2 1. 418p. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1927. BARTLETT, Frederic Charles, 1886- Psvchologv and primitive culture, ix, 294p. 8? Cambr. [Engl.] Univ. Press, 1923. ---- Psvchology and the soldier, viii, 224p. 12? Cambr., Engl., Univ. Press, 1927. --- Remembering: a study in experimental and social psychology, x, 317p. illus. 8? Cambr., Engl., Univ. Press, 1932. See also Myers, Charles S., & Bartlett, F. C. A text-book of experimental psychology, with laboratory exercises; 3.ed. part II: Laboratory exercises. 121p. 8? Cambr., 1925.—Pollock, K. G., Bartlett, F. C. [et al.] Two studies in the psychological effects of noise. 70p. 8? Lond., 1932. Forms Rep. no.65, Gr. Brit. Privy Counc, Med. Res. Counc, Indust. Health Res. Bd. BARTLETT, Frederic Huntington, 1872- Infants and children; their feeding and growth. xii, 409p. illus. diagrs. 12? N.Y., Farrar & Rinehart [1932] BARTLETT, Philip Challis, 1875-1924. Obituary. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1924-25, 10: 216-8. BARTLETT, Willard, 1868- The after- treatment of surgical patients. 2v. xxii, xvi, 1066p. paged consec. 8? S. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1920. ---- The surgical treatment of goiter, with foreword by Charles H. Mavo. 365p. 4? S. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1926. ---- A sketch of Virchow's life and time. p.457-89. 8? Phila., 1933. In lectures on the hist, of med. (1926-32) Phila., 1933. BARTLETT, William Allen, 1858-1921. Obituary. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1921, 99: 153. BARTLETT, William H. C. Elementary treatise on optics, designed for the use of the cadets of the United States Military Academy. vi, 231p. 8? N.Y., Wiley & Putnam, 1839. BARTLEY, Elias Hudson, 1849- Text- book of medical chemistry for medical and phar- maceutical students and practitioners. 2.ed. xi, 423p. 8? Phila., P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1900. BARTLITZ [Louis] Paul, 1892- *Mikro- skopische Untersuchungen der Nebenhoden un- fruchtbarer Ziegenbocke [Leipzig] 30p. pi. 8? Cothen i. Anh., P. Diinnhaupt, 1920. BARTMAN, Joseph, 1894- Contribu- tion a l'etude du lupus pernio. 20p. 8? Par., 1925. BARTOLI, Francois, 1890- *Trois ac- couchements successifs en presentation de la face chez le meme malade (travail de la clinique de Lyon) 46p. 8? Lyon, 1919. BARTOLOMEUS Anglicus. See Glanvilla, Bartholomaeus de. BARTON, Amy S., 1841-1900. Shastid, T. H. Obituary. In Am. Encycl. Diet. Ophth. (Wood) 1913, 2: 896-8. BARTON, Benjamin Smith, 1766-1815. [Biography] In Some Am. Med. Botanists (H. A. Kelly) N.Y. & Lond., 1929, 88-96, pi., 2port. BARTON, Chester Manley, 1838-1920. Obituary. Boston M.&S.J., 1920, 183: 666. BARTON, Clara Harlowe, 1821-1912. The Red Cross; a history of this remarkable inter- national movement in the interest of humanity. 684p. roy.8? Wash., American National Red Cross [1898] For biography see Bacon-Foster, C. Clara Barton, humani- tarian, from official records, letters, and contemporary papers. 79p. 8! Wash., 1918. Also Barton, W. E. The life of Clara Barton, founder of American Red Cross. 2.v. 348p.; 388p. 8°. Bost., 1922. BARTON, Eleanor C. The nursing of chronic patients. 126p. 32? Lond., Scientific Press [1920] ---- How to nurse cancer patients, xv, 88p. 32? Lond., Scientific Press [1923] ---- Essentials of infant feeding, viii, 80p. 8? Lond., H. K. Lewis & Co., 1925. BARTON, Francis Alexander. Good health; how to obtain and maintain it; with a foreword by Herbert Barker. 156p. 20pl. 8? Lond., C. W. Daniel Co. [1930] BARTON, George Alexander Heaton, 1865- 1924. Backwaters of the Lethe (some anes- thetic notions) vii, 151p. illus. pi. 12? Lond., H. K. Lewis & Co., 1920. For biography see Brit. M.J., 1924, 1: 135. BARTON, George Edward. Re-education; an analysis of the institutional system of the United States. xiii, 120p. 8? Bost., Houghton Mifflin Co., 1917. ---- Teaching the sick; a manual of occupa- tional therapy and reeducation. 163p. illus. diagrs. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1919. BARTON, Percival, 1823-1914. Obituary. Alumni Reg. Univ. Pennsylvania, 1913-14, 16: 548. BARTON, Wilfred Mason, 1871-1930. Manual of vital function testing methods and their inter- pretation. 2.ed.rev. 2p.l. 318p. illus. 8? Bost., R. G. Badger, 1917. ---- The road to Washington. 197p. 62pl. 8? Bost., R. G. Badger [1919] ---- Medicine; the science of health. 2p.l. 384p. 20pl. 8? N.Y., P. F. Collier & Son Co. [1922] For biography see Bavidson, E. Y. Wilfred Mason Barton, M. D.; an appreciation. 9p. 8? [Wash., 1930] Also J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1930, 94: 1337. ---- & YATER, Wallace M. Symptom diag- nosis, regional and general, viii, 2 1. 851p. roy.8? N.Y., D. Appleton & Co., 1927. ---- BARTON 120 BARTONELLA Also 2.ed. 7p.l. 851p. [1933] ---- Also 3. ed. 5p.l. 891p. 1936. BARTON, William Eleazar, 1861- The life of Clara Barton, founder of the American Red Cross. 2v. 348p.; 388p. ports. 7pl. 8? Bost., Houghton Mifflin Co., 1922. BARTON, William Paul Crillon, 1786-1856. Biography. U.S. Nav. M. Bull., 1934, 32: 213, port.—Plead- well, F. L. A pioneer in American naval medicine. Ann. M. Hist., 1919, 2: 267-301. Also Mil. Surgeon, 1920, 66: 241-81. BARTONELLA. See also Bartonellasis; Coccidiomorpha; Epery- throzoon. Kiktjth, W. Die Bartonellen und verwandte Parasiten bei Mensch und Tieren. p.559-619. 8? Berl., 1932. In Erg. Hyg. Bakt., 1932, 13: Brumpt, E. Identity des genres Grahamella Brumpt 1911 et Bartonella Strong, Tyzzer, Brues, Sellards et Gastiaburu 1915. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1928, 187: 1079-81. Also C. rend. Congr. in- ternat. med. trop., 1928, 3: 973-5.—Bruynoghe & Vassiliadis. Contribution a l'etude des Bartonella. Bull. Acad. m€d. Belgique, 1929, 5.ser., 9: 229-56, pi.—Jadin, J., & Ronse, M. Les Bartonella. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 939—Kikuth, W. Die Bartonellen, eine neue Gruppe von Anamieerregern. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 1595-8. Also Rev. med. germ. iberoamer., 1930, 20: 228-39. ----- The Bartonella and related parasites in man and animals (oroya fever and verruga peru- viana) Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: 1241-50—Lauda, E. Die Bartonellen; ubersichtliche Darstellung der beim Tier und beim Menschen vorkommenden Arten. Seuchenbekampfung, Wien, 1929, 6: 7-15.—Lwov, A. Grahamella et Bartonella; remarques a propos de la note de MM. Schwetz et Cabu. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1930, 23: 473.—Mayer, M. Ueber die Erreger der infektiosen Rattenanamie und des peruanischen Oroyafiebers. Zbl. inn. Med., 1927, 48: 951. ----- Ueber Bartonellen, eine neue Gruppe von Anamie-Erregern. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop., 1928, 3: 967-71.—Noguchi, H. Comparison of Bartonella bacilliformis and Bartonella muris; cultivation of Bacterium murium, n.sp. J. Exp. M., 1928, 47: 235-43, 2 pi. Also repr. ---- bacilliformis. See also Bartonellasis, human. Battistini, T. S. Contribucion al estudio de la verruga peruana; cultivo de la Bartonella bacilliformis. An. Fac. med. Lima, 1927-28, 10: 243-52, pi—Noguchi, H. Viability of Bar- tonella bacilliformis in cultures and in the preserved blood and an excised nodide of Macacus rhesus. J. Exp. M., 1926, 44: 533-8. —:—- Comparative studies of different strains of Bartonella bacilliformis, with special reference to the relation- ship between the clinical types of Carrion's disease and the viru- lence of the infecting organism. Ibid., 1928, 47: 219-34, 4pl. -----& Battistini, T. S. Cultivation of Bartonella bacilliformis. Ibid., 1926, 43: 851-64, 3pl. Also repr. ---- muris. See also Bartonellasis—in animals. Amako, T. H. Bartonella muris in Japan. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1930, 116: 273-80.—Bayon, H. P. Bartonella muris; its patho- genic action in the progressive anaemia following rat splenec- tomy and its resemblance to Bartonella bacilliformis of Carrion's disease. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1928, 21: 29-36—Bruynoghe, B., & Jadin, J. Les Bartonella des rongeurs. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 1601—Bruynoghe, R., & Vassiliadis, P. C. Dif- ferences entre Bartonella muris ratti et Grahamella. Ibid., 1929, 101: 150-2—Eliot, C. P., & Ford, W. W. Further observa- tions on the virus of rat anemia, with special reference to its transmission by the rat louse, Polyplax spinulosa. Am. J. Hyg., 1929, 10: 635-42.—Haendel, I., & Haagen, E. Unter- suchungen iiber Bartonella muris ratti. Arb. Staatsinst. exp. Ther., 1928, H.21, 73-82.—Kohno, M. Untersuchungen iiber die Bartonella muris (M. Mayer) J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1930, 12: 27.—lauda & Marcus. Bartonella muris ratti. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1927, 104: 194. ----- Zur Frage der Ratten-Bartonel- len. Ibid., 1928, 107: 104-14.—Marmorston-Gottesman, J., & Perla, B. The isolation of Bartonella muris. J. Exp. M., 1932, 56: 763-75, pi. Also repr.—Mayer, M., Borchardt, W., & Kikuth, W. Ueber Einschliisse der Erythrocyten bei experimenteller Anamie der Ratten. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 559.—Metelkin, A. Beitrag zum Studium des Erregers der infektiosen Anamie der Ratten. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1928,32:355-8.—Regendanz, P., & Kikuth, W. Sur la Bartonella muris ratti (Mayer) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 1578— Schilhng, V. Weitere Beitrage zur Bartonella muris ratti, ihre Uebertragung auf weisse Mause und eine eigene Bartonella muris musculi n. sp. bei splenekto- mierten weissen Mausen. Klin. Wschr., 1929,7:55-8.—Schwetz J. Sur la morphologie des bartonella des rats et des souris sauvages de Stanleyville. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933,114:1367-9 — Timmerman, W. A. [Transmission experiments with Bar- tonella muris] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1930, 70: 503-9.— Vaucel. Differentiation immunologique de deux races de Bar- tonella muris. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1929, 22: 771-4. ---- Species. See also Bartonella subheadings bacilliformis, muris. Bonatien, A., & lestoquard, F. Sur une bartonella nouvelle du boeuf; Bartonella bovis n.sp. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 652-4.— Franchini, G. Su di una Bartonella (?) della talpa (Talpa europaea) Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1932, 13: 321-4.—Gomes de Faria, J., & Pinto, C. Sur une nouvelle bar- tonella (Bartonella rocha-limai) parasite de Hemiderma brevi- cauda, Wied. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 1500.—Kikuth, W. Ueber einen neuen Aniimieerreger, Bartonella canis n.sp. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 1729. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 113: 1-7 — Micheletti, E. Esiste una Bartonella batrachorum? Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1932, 38: pt2, 397.—Mirone, G. Sopra una barto- nella del Platydactilus mauritanicus della Sicilia. Ibid., ptl, 273, pi.—Regendanz, P., & Reichenow, E. Beitrag zur Kenntnis von Bartonella canis. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1932, 36: 305-22.—Yakimov, W. I. Sur une bartonelle du brochet, Bar- tonella nicollei n.sp. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1928,17: 350-4. BARTONELLASIS. Belli, C. M. Attualita di parassitologia: le bartonellasi. Rinasc. med., 1928, 5: 49.—Be Vecchi, B. Bartonellosi del- l'uomo e degli animali. Pubb. 1st. anat. pat. Firenze, 1932-33, 3: no.7, 1-8.—Binger, J. E. The bartonella problem. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 83: ptl, 1910-26, pi—Lauda, E. Die Bar- tonellen-Infektionen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 772-5.— Lwov, A., & Vaucel, M. Bartonelloses et infections mixtes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1931, 46: 258-76, pi.—Moretti, I. Bar- tonellosi. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1933, 14: 280-7.—Reitani, U. Bartonelle e bartonellosi. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1930, 36: 85-112.—Rordorf, R. Sulla bartonellosi. Gior. batt. immun., 1933,11: 351-70.—Sorge, G. Le infezioni da Bartonella dell' uomo e degli animali. Biol, med., Milano, 1929, 19: 342-76, pi. ---- human. See also Bartonella, bacilliformis; Verruga peruana [3.ser.] Gonzalo Gamarra, C. *La maladie de Car- rion. 71p. 8? Par., 1932. Arce, J. Algunas consideraciones sobre la nueva teoria dua- lista de la enfermedad de Carrion. Cron. med., Lima, 1916, 33: 377-90. ---— Verrue peruvienne ou maladie de Carrion. Rev. sudamer. med., Par., 1931, 2: 1017-34.—Barton, A. L. La enfermedad de Carrion y las infecciones similtificas; su diferen- ciacion. Cron. med., Lima, 1914, 31: 37-47.—Basile, C. Sulle bartonellosi (febbre d'Oroya-Verruca peruviana) Gior. ital. mal. esot. trop., 1930, 3: 87-100.—Castronuovo, G. Verruca peruviana e febbre d'Oroya (malattie di Carrion) Ibid., 1933, 6: 283-8.—Ba Rocha Lima, H. Ueber verrugaahnliche Erkrankungen (Pseudoverrugas) In Arb. Tropenkrankh. (Festschr. B. Nocht) Hamb., 1927, 464-6, pi.-----Die Probleme der Verruga peruviana und des Oroyafiebers. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 426—Escomel, E. La maladie de Carrion ou Verruga du Perou. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1929, 22: 348- 62.—Fox, H. Verruga peruana (Carrion's disease) based on personal experience in Peru. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935,104:985-91.— Frohn, W. Ein Fall von Verruga peruviana (Carrionsche Krankheit) Derm. Zschr., 1933-34, 68: 245-51.—Bercelles, 0. Enfermedad de Carrion. Cron. med., Lima, 1914, 31: 67; 147. ----- Conference sur la verruga peruvienne. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1927, 20: 559-75—Marquez da Cunha, A. Verruga del Peru. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 44-57. Also Prensa med. argent., 1929-30, 16: 166-75. ----- & Muniz, J. Considerag5es a respeito da verruga peruana. Sciencia med., Rio, 1928, 6: 293—Mimbela, P. S. La enfermedad de Carrion o verruga peruana. An. Fac. med. Lima, 1924, 6: 192-210 — Odriozola, E. Unidad de la enfermedad de Carrion. Cron. m6d., Lima, 1914, 31: 157-62. ----- Concepto clinico y anatomico de la fiebre grave de Carrion. Ibid., 1921, 38:113-8.— Rebagliati, R. Aspectos clinicos de la enfermedad de Carrion. Ibid., 1932, 49: 113.—Regaud, C. La verruga peruvienne. Paris med., 1930, 75: 382-4—Ribeyro, R. E. Sur la verruga peruana. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1927, 20: 790-800 — Strong, R. P., Tyzzer, E. E. [et al.] General consideration of Oroya fever and verruga peruviana. Rep. Harvard School Trop. M., 1913,1915, 8; 15ch. 13pl—Weiss, P. Contribucion al estudio de la verruga peruana o enfermedad de Carrion. Rev. med. lat. amer., B. Air., 1933,18: 1121-58. ---- human: Epidemiology. Battisttini, T. La verrue peruvienne (sa transmission par le phlebotome) Rev. sudamer. med., Par., 1931, 2: 719-24.— Escomel, E. Localisation geographique de la maladie de Carrion ou Verruga du Perou. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 405-7. Also Presse med., 1935, 43: 1368.—Gomez, M. E. Epi- demiologfa de la enfermedad de Carrion en las provincias de Yauyos y Cafiote; contribucion a la geografia patologica de la verruga. Cron. m6d., Lima, 1914, 31: 12; passim— Maldonado, A. Role probable de quelques plantes caracteristiques de la region verruqueuse sur l'etiologie de la verruga du Perou. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1931, 24: 27. ----- Nuevo criterio para exphcar la distnbucion geografica de la enfermedad de Carrion. Cron. med., Lima, 1933, 50: 41-8.----- El escenario de la enfermedad de Carrion en el valle Santa Eulalia y algunos datos BARTONELLASIS 121 BARTONELLASIS sobre los phlebotomus que la trasmiten. Ibid., 385-416 — Noguchi, H. The experimental transmission of Bartonella bacilliformis by ticks (Dermacentor andersoni) J. Exp. M., 1926, 44: 729-34. Also repr. ----- Shannon, R. C. [et al.] Phlebotomus and Oroya fever and verruga peruana. Science, 1928, 68: 493-5. Also repr. ----- The insect vectors of Car- rion's disease. J. Exp. M., 1929, 49: 993-1008, 3pl. Also repr.— Shannon, R. C. Entomological investigations in connection with Carrion's disease. Am. J. Hyg., 1929, 10: 78-111, 2pl. Also repr. ---- human: Pathology. Aldana, L. G. Bacteriologia de la enfermedad de Carrion. Cron. med., Lima, 1929, 46: 235-85, llpl— Arce, J. Algunas con- sideraciones sobre las infecciones bacterianas que complican y agravanla fiebre grave de Carrion. Ibid., 1913, 30: 501-20, 3ch — Blavet di Briga, C. Neo verrucoso con metastasi carcinomatosa. Cancro, Tor., 1932,3:182-6.—Galliard, H. A propos de Bartonella bacilliformis et Eperythrozoon noguchii; unicite ou dualite de la verruga et de la fievre de Oroya. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1933, 26: 925-9. ----- & Robles, R. Inoculation de la verruga au singe, Cynomolgus (Cynomolgus) fascicularis avec des cultures de Bartonella bacilliformis. Ann. parasit., Par., 1928, 6: 1-3.—Guzman Barron, A. La reaction de Van den Bergh, hemoaglutininas y hemolisinas en la enfermedad de Carrion. Cron. med., Lima, 1926, 43: 79-89.—Kikuth, W. Ex- perimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Oroyafieber und Verruga peruviana. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1931-32, 73: 1-14—Macke- henie, B. L'erythropoiese dans l'anemie grave de la maladie de Carrion (verrue peruvienne) Rev. sudamer. med., Par., 1930, 1: 563-9. ----- Mesenchyme et maladie de Carrion. Ibid., 1932, 3: 323-36. ----- L'anemie dans la maladie de Carrion. Ibid., 967-72.—Marques da Cunha, A., & Muniz, J. Recherches sur la verruga peruana experimentale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 1368-72. ----- Pesquisas sobre a verruga peruana. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1928, 21: 161-72, 6pl — Mayer, M., & Kikuth, W. Zur Aetiologie und Einheit der Ve- rruga peruviana und des Oroyafiebers. In Arb. Tropenkrankh. (Festschr. B. Nocht) Hamb., 1927, 319-27, 2pl—Monge, C. Hematologia de la enfermedad de Carrion Cron. med., Lima, 1914, 31: 17-27, pi. -----& Weiss, P. Sobre hematologia de la verruga peruana. An. Fac. med. Lima, 1927,10:97-101. ----- A propos de l'hematologie de la maladie de Carrion ou verrue peruvienne. Rev. sudamer. med., Par., 1930, 1: 570-4, 4pl.— Muller, H. R., & Tyler, J. R. The effect of the X-ray on the nodules of verruga peruana. J. Exp. M., 1930, 51: 23-6, pi — Noguchi, H. The behavior of Bartonella bacilliformis in Maca- cus rhesus. Ibid., 1926, 44: 697-713, 3pl. ----- The effect of inoculation of anthropoid apes with Bartonella bacilliformis. Ibid., 715-28, 4pl. ----- Pathological changes observed in animals experimentally infected with Bartonella bacilliformis; the distribution of the parasites in the tissues. Ibid., 1927, 45: 437-54, 4pl. ----- The etiology of verruga peruana. Ibid., 175-89, 3pl. ----- Experiments on cross-immunity between Oroya fever and verruga peruana. Ibid., 781-6. ----- The response of the skin of Macacus rhesus and anthropoid apes to inoculation with Bartonella bacilliformis. Ibid., 455-63. ----- Bacterium peruvianum, n.sp., a secondary invader of the lesions of verruga peruana. Ibid., 1928, 47: 165-70, pi. ----- Influ- ence of malarial infection (Plasmodium inui?) splenectomy, or both, upon experimental Carrion's disease in monkeys. Ibid., 821-7. ----- Chemotherapy in experimental Bartonella bacilliformis infection. Ibid., 619-25, 2pl. Also repr. ----- Muller, H. R. [et al.] Effect of immune serum on the course of Bartonella bacilliformis infection in Macacus rhesus. Ibid., 1929, 50: 355-64, 2pl. ----- Verruga in the dog and in the donkey. Ibid., 455-61, 3pl. Also repr—Radvanyi, G. [Liver diet in experiments with Bartonella bacilliformis infection in rats] Gyogyaszat, 1929, 68:367-70.—Rebagliati, R. Enfermedad de Carrion; inclusiones celulares en los organos hemopoieticos y en los elementos cutaneos de la verruga. Cron. med., Lima, 1915, 32: 36-8.—Ribeyro, R. E. Verruga peruana y paratifo B. Ibid., 1932, 49: 361-76—Strong, R. P., & Tyzzer, E. E. Pathology of Oroya fever, third report. J. Am. M. Ass., 1915, 64: 965-8. ---- in animals. Adler, S. The behaviour of Bartonella muris in non-splenec- tomised mice, and a study of the immune process in mice and rats. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1930, 34: 386; 440. ----: The results of splenectomy in white mice as indicated by their reac- tion to Bartonella muris. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1930-31, 24: 75-82, pi.—Alsted, G. Sur l'infection a Bartonella chez le rat blanc C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 641-4. Also Hospitalstidende, 1933, 76: 699-711—Cannon, P. R., & McClel- land, P. H. The transmission of bartonella infection in albino rats. J. Infect. Dis., 1929, 44: 56-61. ----- Role of ecto- parasites in bartonella infection of albino rats. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 157.—Cossali, C. L'infezione da bartonelle nei ratti bianchi. Arch. 1st. biochim. ital., 1932, 4: 297-344.—Faria, G. de, & Cruz filho, O. Sur les localisations viscerales de Bartonella muris (Carini) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 489-91—Friedberg, S. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Bartonella-Infektion der weissen Ratten. Endokrino- logie, 1929, 3: 84-91.—Gori, P. Malattia di Carrion e infezioni da Bartonella negli animali. Sperimentale, 1931, 85: 469-99.— Jaffe, R. H., & Willis, B. Bartonella infection in local rats, Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1927-28, 25: 242-4—Judenic, H. A. Sull' infezione da bartonelle nei ratti bianchi. Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 6: 1-11.—Kirschner, L., & Timmerman, W. A. Untersuchungen fiber Bartonella-Infektionen der Ratten in Niederlandisch-Indien. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929-30,115: 437-40. Also Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1930, 70: 235-40.—Lwov, A. Existence d'une bartonellose aigue des souris non splenecto- misees; autonomie d'Eperythrozoon noguchii Lwov et Vaucel. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1933, 26: 397-401. -----& Provost, A. Bartonellose aigue transmissible de la souris non splenecto- misee. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 8-11—McNaught, J. B., Woods, F. M., & Scott, V. Bartonella bodies in the blood of a non-splenectomized dog. J. Exp. M., 1935, 62: 353-8. Also repr.—Parrot, L., Bonatien, A., & Lestoquard, F. Bartonelloses et premunition. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1930, 23: 173-7.— Perard, C. Infection du chien par Bartonella canis. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 1111-3.—Reitani, U. La bartonellosi nei ratti smilzati ad Alessandria. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1929, 10: 584-9.----- Etudes sur la bartonellose des rats. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1930, 2: 132-4. Also Boll. 1st. siero- ter. milan., 1930, 9: 325-40, pi. Also Gior. med. mil., 1930, 78: 97. -----& Sorrentini, E. Recherches sur la bartonellose des rats. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1930, 2: 475-7.—Eodhain, J., & van den Berghe, L. Sur la sensibilite des chauves-souris Africaines du genre Epomophorus a divers parasites. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 187-9—Rybinsky, S. V. [Spontaneous bar- tonellasis in guinea pigs] Vest, mikrob., 1929,8:296-8.—Schwetz, J. A propos des Grahamella et des Bartonella des rats splenec- tomises de Stanleyville. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1930, 23: 914-7. ----- Sur quelques essais de transmission de Gra- hamella et du Bartonella des rongeurs de Stanleyville. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 1365-7. ----- Sur Eperythrozoon coc- eoi'des; sur des infections mixtes a Eperythrozoon coccoides et a Bartonella muris, et sur des formes bizarres et enigmatiques trouvees chez les rats et les souris sauvages de Stanleyville. Ibid., 1934, 115: 408-11.—Severi, L. Le refrattarieta dei ratti neonati alia bartonellosi. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 852-6. Also Sperimentale, 1934, 88: suppl., 95-8.—Shousha, Bey, A. T. Bartonella infection in white rats after splenectomy. J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1929, 12: 57-62, pi.—Sorge, G. Bartonellasi dei ratti. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1929-30, 49: pt2, 55-63.—Va- siliu, N. Apparition de Bartonella muris ratti dans le sang des rats Wanes splenectomises. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929,102:173.— Vassiliadis, P. Bartonella muris ratti et eperythrozoaires en Egypte. Ibid., 1934, 115: 446-8.—Yakimov, W. L., & Rastegaiev, E. F. Sur la bartonellose des chiens en Russie (U. R. S. S.) Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1931, 24: 471-3.—Zavattari, E. Bar- tonellosi nelle rane smilzate. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1931, 6: 120-2. -----& Befendi, S. Studi sulle bartonelle; bartonellosi delle rane smilzate di Pavia. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia", 1931,45: 53-6. ---- in animals: Anemia. Mayer, M., Borchardt, W., & Kikuth, W. Die durch Milzexstirpation auslosbare infektiose Rattenanamie (Aetiologie, Pathologie und Che- motherapie) 27p. 8? Lpz., 1927. Forms Beih. 4, v.31 of Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg. Alsted, G. Leberbehandlung bei Bartonellaanamie. Acta path, microb. scand., 1933, 11: 119-26. ----- Der Verlauf der Bartonellainfektion bei Ratten nach dem Aufhoren der Anamie. Zschr.Immunforsch., 1933,80:411-5.—Bacigalupo, J., &Pardina, J. M. Bartonellemia por esplenectomia en las ratas grises sal vajes. Sem. med., B. Air., 1932, 39: pt2, 24—Beard, H. H., & Von Haam, E. Protective effect of iron and copper in infectious anemia of the rat. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 31: 637-9 — Bonnin, H., & Joncheres, H. L'anemie a Bartonella des rats splenectomises. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 681-3.—Califano, L. L'anemia perniciosa da Bartonella nei ratto. Riv. pat. sper., 1929, 4: 517-22.—Cannon, P. R., & McClelland, P. B. The reticuloendothelial system in the infectious anemia of albino rats. Arch. Path., Chic, 1929, 7: 787-800—Efremow, V., & Sarkisjan, A. Beitrag zur Verseuchung der weissen Ratten in Transkaukasien mit Bartonellen, sowie Blutveranderung bei nicht infizierten entmilzten weissen Ratten. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1932, 36: 599-603— Eliot, C. P., & Ford, W. W. The fate of the virus of bartonella anemia of rats in the animal body. Am. J. Hyg., 1932,15: 287-91. Also repr—Eros, G., & Kunos, I. [Effect of intestinal extract on bartonella anemia of rat] Gyo- gyaszat, 1933, 73: 518-22. Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933, 46: 1227-30.—Ford, W. W., & Eliot, C. P. Rat anemia and Bartonella muris ratti. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1928, 43: 95-102. ----- The transfer of rat anemia to normal animals. J. Exp. M., 1928, 48: 475-92, pi. ----- Immunity and mechanism of splenic control in bartonella anemia of rats. Am. J. Hyg., 1930,12:669- 76.—Foster, P. C. Ineffectiveness of radiant energy on anemia in white rats. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 751.— Gomez, J. M., & Cisneros, J. de. Sobre la anemia a bartonellas en ratas espafiolas. Arch, med., Madr., 1932, 35: 713.—Haam, E., Lauda, E., & Sorge, G. Beitrage zur perniziosen Anamie der Ratten. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 2240—Hoffenreich, F. Ueber Resistenz der roten Blutkbrperchen bei der Bartonellenanamie der Ratten. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1932, 36: 71-4.—Jaffe, R. H. Ueber die extrameduUare Blut bildung bei anamischen Mausen. Beitr. path. Anat., 1921, 58: 224-57, pi.—Kikuth, W. Ueber den EiDfluss von Jensen-Sarkom auf die infektiose Rat- tenanamie und ihre Erreger. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1928, 109: 51_5—Klein, B., & Soliterman, P. Zur Frage der experimentel- len Bartonellenanamie. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 1669—Knutti, R. E., & Hawkins, W. B. Bartonella incidence in splenectomized bile fistula dogs. J. Exp. M., 1935, 61: 115-25, pi.—Koh, M. BARTONELLASIS 122 BARTONELLASIS Relationship of bartonella anemia and spleen hormone. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1932, 22: 37.—Kolpakov, I. V., & Schmidt, B. N. [Infectious anemia in splenectomized rats] Vest, mikrob., 1929, 8: 299-307.—Kon, M. Relationship of bartonella anemia and spleen hormone. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1932, 22: 342-5— Lauda, E. Ueber die bei Ratten nach Entmilzung auftretenden schweren anamischen Zustande; perniciose Anamie der Ratten (zugleich ein Beitrag zum normalen und pathologischen Blut- bild der Ratte) Virchows Arch., 1925, 258: 529-99. Also Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 1587-91. ----- Weitere Beitrage zur infektio- sen Anamie der Ratte. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1926, 98: 522-6. -----& Flaum, E. Studien fiber die Beziehungen der Milz zur Resistenz der Ratten gegen die infektiose Anamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 73: 293-314.—Levi, M. L'anemia dei ratti smilzati o anemia da Bartonella. Pathologica, Genova, 1930, 22:176; 300. Also Haematologica, Pavia, 1931, ptl, 12:1-18. —— & Chiodi, V. Ricerche sulle cosidette anemie da Bartonella: effetti della splenectomia sulle emazie di Rana esculenta. Speri- mentale, 1934, 88: 73-81.—McCarrison, R., & Singh, M. A note on Bartonella muris anaemia. Ind. J.M. Res., 1930-51, 18: 945-9.—Marin, P., & Pasini, G. Sulla anemia infettiva (post- splenectomica) dei ratti bianchi. Minerva med., Tor., 1927, 7: 917-24.—Marmorston-Gottesman, J., & Perla, B. Studies on Bartonella muris anemia of albino rats; Trypanosoma lewisi in- fection in normal albino rats associated with Bartonella muris anemia. J. Exp. M., 1930, 52: 121-9. —--- Latent infection in adult normal rats. Ibid. 121-9. ----- Compensatory phenomena following splenectomy in the adult albino rat. Ibid., 1931, 53: 877-83, 2pl— Marschall, F. Hamoglobinurie und Nierenveriinderungen bei Bartonellenanamie entmilzter Ratten und bei Affenmalaria in ihrer Beziehung zum menschlichen Schwarzwasserfieber. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1936, 40: 151- 60.—Mayer, M. Versuche zur Uebertragungsweise der infek- tiosen Ratten-Anamie; Gewinnung bartonellenfreier Stamme. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 1378. -----Borchardt, W., & Kikuth, W. Chemotherapeutische Studien bei der infektiosen Anamie der Ratten; therapia sterilisans mit den arsenobenzolen Salvarsan und Arsalyt. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 9.—Mayer, M., & Malamos, B. Versuche zur Immunisierung und Arzneifesti- gung bei Rattenanamie (Bartonella muris) Zschr. Immun- forsch., 1936, 87: 449-54.—Meyer, H. Beitrage zur Bartonellen- anamie der weissen Ratte. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 110; Beih. 6-8, 152-9.—Munch, 0. L. Bartonella canis infection in relation to secondary anemia and the associated underlying lesions. Am. J.M. Sc, 1936, 191: 388-404, 2pl.—Neumann, H. Darf die sogenannte perniziose Anamie der Ratten (Bartonellen- anamie) mit dem Morbus Biermer als wesensverwandt be- trachtet werden? Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 1017-21. ----- Bar- tonellenanamie und Leberfiitterung. Ibid., 1930, 9: 1814-6.— Orban, M. Rattenanamie und Leberbehandlung. Mschr. Kinderh., 1929, 42: 402-14.—Pando, G. Zur Schutzwirkung von Kupfer und Milzextrakten bei der Bartonellenanamie der Rat- ten. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1934, 82: 63-5.—Perla, B. Compen- satory changes following splenectomy in bartonella free rats. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 31: 983. -----& Marmor- ston-Gottesman, J. Studies on Bartonella muris anemia of albino rats; the protective effect of autoplastic splenic trans- plants on the Bartonella muris anemia of splenectomized rats. J. Exp. M., 1930, 52: 131-43, pi. —--- Pathological changes during the acute anemia. Ibid., 1931, 53: 869-76, 3pl. ----- A lipoid extract of the spleen that prevents Bartonella muris anemia in splenectomized albino rats. Ibid., 1932, 58: 777-82. ----- The protective action of copper and iron against Bartonella muris anemia. Ibid., 783-92. Also repr. Also Congr. internaz. fisiol., Roma, 1932, 202.—Perla, B., & Rivero, A. Reticulocyte counts in Bartonella muris anemia. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 31: 93-6—Rhoads, C. P., & Miller, B. K. The association of Bartonella bodies with induced anemia in the dog. J. Exp. M., 1935, 61:139-48, pi. Also repr—Rosen- thal, L., & Zohman, B. L. Bartonella anemia in nonsplenec- tomized rats. Arch. Path., Chic, 1931, 12: 405-12.—Roth, H. Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Frage der Milzfunktion bei der Bartonella-Infektion der Ratte. Zschr. Immunforsch 1932, 74: 483-99—Sandberg, M., Perla, B., & Marmorston- Gottesman, J. Studies on Bartonella muris anemia; changes in the chemical constituents of the blood during the anemia. J Exp. M., 1933, 57: 81-93—Schilhng, C, & Neumann, H. Ueber Anamie bei Bartonellainfektion der Ratte. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 691-3.—Schilhng, V., & San Martin, A. Ueber die Bartonellen- Anamie der Ratten; die Kultur der Erreger, Immunitat und Erkrankung milzhaltiger Ratten. Ibid., 1928, 7: 1167-9.— Schmidt, G. W. Zur Bartonellenanamie der Ratten. Schweiz med. Wschr., 1931, 61: 1105.—Schwarz, L. Die parasitaren Erkrankungen der Erythrozyten nach Entmilzung (Bartonel- lainfektion) Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1929-30, 39: 133-68. ----- Zur Frage der naturlichen Resistenz und erworbenen Immuni- tat im Fragenkreis der Bartonellaanamie der Ratte. Virchows Arch., 1930, 276: 756-67.—Schwetz, J. Observations sur les Grahamella et les Bartonella des rats et des souris sauvages de Stanleyville; rats et souris splenectomises. C. rend. Soc. biol 1933, 114: 941-3. ----- Ueber eine dreifache Infektion einer entmilzten grauen Ratte (Rattus rattus frugivorus) mit Bar- tonella muris, Eperythrozoon coccoides und Grahamella Zbl Bakt., l.Abt., 1934, 132: 211-4, 2pl. ■-----& Cabu, F. Note preliminaire sur les Grahamella-Bartonella des rats splenecto- mises de Stanleyville (Congo Beige) Bull. Soc. path, exot Par., 1930, 23: 464-73, 2pl.-Soewandi, R. [Bartonella muris and infectious anemia in rats (Lauda)] Geneesk. tschr Ned Indie 1929, 69: 1149-61, pi., tab—Soliterman, P. L. [Infectious per- nicious anemia] Mikrob. J., Leningr., 1929, 9: 377-83 —Sorge G. Anemia da Bartonella nei ratti smilzati. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1927, 2: 759-61. —--- Ulteriori ricerche sull' ane- mia infettiva dei ratti. Ibid., 1929, 4: 211-3. ----- Sulle anemie da Bartonella dei ratti smilzati. Bicchim. sper., 1928, 15: 161-79.—Uhlenhuth, P., & Seiffert, W. Zur Chemotherapie der Bartonellenanamie der Ratte mit kombinierten Arsen- Antimonpraparaten. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1933, 80: 352-6.— Vedder, A. [Influence of liver and spleen on pernicious anemia. of rats caused by Bartonella muris] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt2, 4411-4—Wills, L., & Mahta, M. M. Production of per- nicious anaemia (Bartonella anaemia) in rats by deficient feed- ing. Brit. M.J., 1930, 1: 1167. Also Ind. J.M. Res., 1930, 18: 663-83, pi.—Yoshiwhara, R. Zur Chemotherapie der Bartonel- lenanamie (mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der neueren Anti- monpraparate) Zschr. Immunforsch., 1931, 72: 425-44. BARTON Hill. Harding, H. W. Description of Barton Hill baths, Bristol. Proc. Inst. Munic County Engin., Lond., 1916-17, 43: 423-8. BARTON'S fracture. See Radius, Fracture. BARTON-WRIGHT, Eustace Cecil. Botany. p.168-254. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1931. BARTOW, Bernard, 1849-1920. Plummer, W. W. Obituary. J. Orthop. Surg., 1920, 2: 365. BARTOW, Edward, 1870- , & LEGENDRE, Rene. La coloration; precede- de sterilisation des eaux par le chlore liquide. 32p. illus. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1918. BARTSCH. Die Raude der Pferde als Kriegs- tierseuche. 59p. 8? Berl., E. S. Mittler & Sohn, 1930. Forms Erganzbd, H.l, Zschr. Veterinark. BARTSCH, Carl, 1906- *Strassmann'sche Operation und Kaiserschnitt; ein Beitrag zur Pathologie und Therapie der Spaltuterus. 23p. 8? Bresl., K. Vater, 1932. BARTSCH, Erich Wilhelm Julius, 1894- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Futtermittelvergif- tungen unserer Haustiere durch Euphorbiaceen. 53p. 8? [Lpz.] 1923. BARTSCH, Hans [Wilhelm Alfred] 1907- *Frakturen und Luxationen der Wirbelsaule in gerichtsarztlicher Bedeutung mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Materials des gerichts- arztlichen Institutes der Universitat zu Breslau. 68p. 8? Bresl., 1933. BARTZ, Werner, 1903- *Ueber das Ver- halten von Blutdruck und Leukozyten bei Ront- genbestrahlung und Diathermie. 22p. 8? Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1929. BARTZ, Werner [Gustav Ulrich] 1898- *Beitrag zur Kasuistik der vorzeitigen Losung der normal sitzenden Plazenta [Berlin] 35p. 2 1. 8? Charlottenburg, Gebr. Hoffmann, 1926. BARTZ, Wilhelm. *TJeber die Epithelkor- perchen der Thyreoidea und die Nebenschild- driisen bei Rind, Kalb, Schaf, Schwein, Hund [Bern] 44p. 2pl. 8? Putbus, R. Decker, 1910. BARTJCH, Dorothy Walter, & REISS, Oscar, 1883- My body and how it looks; a first physiology. xiv, 2, 99p. illus. 8? N.Y., Harper & Bros., 1934. BARUCH, lipmann, 1889- *Untersu- chungen iiber die Lange einiger Bakterienarten mit Berucksichtigung der Kollektivmasslehre. 48p. 8? Konigsb. i. Pr., Hartung, 1916. BARTJCH, Rudolf, 1904- *Ueber die raumliche Erscheinungsweise der Nachbilder [Berlin] 14p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1928. 197-208 ZSCbr' PsycnoL Ph>'si°l- Sinnesorg., 2.Abt., 1928, 59: BARTJCH, Siegfried Louis, 1889- *Ueber Tetanus uteri. 38p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1914. 5 BARTJCH, Simon, 1840-1921. An epitome of hydrotherapy for physicians, architects, and BARTJCH 123 BASAL METABOLISM nurses. 2p.l. 205p. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1920. See also Program. Unveiling of bronze tablet to commemo- rate the naming of the free public bath at no.326 Rivington Street, by resolution of the Board of Aldermen as the Dr. Simon Baruch Public Bath in honor of his great work for the establish- ment of these baths in New York City. 12p. 8? N.Y., 1917. For biography see Am. J. Electrother., 1921, 39: 241 (C. Pope) Also J. Am. Ass. Promot. Hyg., 1922, 4: 7-19. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1921, 76: 1696. Also Med. Herald, 1921, 40: 192 (C. Pope) Also Med. Rec, N.Y., 1921, 99: 1016. BARTJCHIN, Baruch, 1893- *Zur intra- vesicalen Operation tiefsitzender TJretersteine. 36p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1918. BARTJCHOV, Albert, 1910- *TJeber Mischgeschwulste des Gaumens. 16p. 8? Lpz., 1933. BARTJCHOV, Avram [Nissim] 1888- *Ein Fall von Vereiterung der Iliosacralgelenke und Symphysis ossis pubis im Wochenbette. 23p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1915. BARUK, Henri, 1897- *Les troubles mentaux dans les tumeurs cerebrales; etude critique, pathogenie, traitement. 396p. 8? Par., 1926. See also Jong, H. de, & Baruk, H. La catatonie experimen- tale par la bulbocapnine [&c] 135p. 8? Par., 1930. BARTJS, Carl, 1856- The interferometry of reversed and non-reversed spectra. 158p. 8? Wash., Carnegie Inst., 1916. ----Displacement interferometry by the aid of the achromatic fringes. 2pts. 100p.; 122p. 8? Wash., Carnegie Inst., 1919. ---- Acoustic experiments with the pin-hole probe and the interferometer U-gage. x, 158p. 8° Wash., Carnegie Inst., 1927. BARWELI, Harold Shuttleworth, 1875- Diseases of the larynx, including those of the trachea, large bronchi, and oesophagus. 3.ed. xv, 278p. 8? Lond., Oxford Univ. Press, 1928. BARWISE, Sydney, 1862-1925. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1925, 1: 244. Also Lancet, Lond., 1925, 1: 259. Also Med. Off., Lond., 1925, 33: 55. BARY, Paul. Les colloides metalliques pro- priety et preparations, viii, 95p. 8? Par., Dunod, 1920. BARZILAI, Gemma. Le eterotopie endome- trioid! nelle cicatrici laparotomiche. 92p. 8? Trieste 1931. BARZILAI, Victor, 1903- *L'argent col- loidal dans les suppurations dentaires. 49p. 8? Par., 1929. BAS, Jacques William, 1899- *Etude sur la pathogenie de la migraine et sur son traitement par les regimes alimentaires. 95p. 8? Par., 1925. BASAK, Jnan Chandra, 1860- Diet of the Indians. 3p.l. 97p. 16? Delhi, 1931. BASAL cell epithelioma. See Carcinoma. BASAL ganglia. See Brain, Basal ganglia. BASAL metabolism. See also Heat; Metabolism; Respiration; Respiratory metabolism; Temperature. Labbe, M., & Stevenin, H. Le metabolisme basal. 343p. 8? Par., 1929. Laniez, G. Les fondements physiques et physiologiques du metabolisme de base; synthese critique, deductions pratiques. 186p. 8? Par., 1932. Stephani, J. *Recherches sur le metabolisme basal. 34p. 8? Bale, 1925. Aldhui, B. E. Le metabolisme basal. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1933, 98: 779-812.—Benedict, F. G, Basal metabolism; the modern measure of vital activity. Sc. Month., N.Y., 1928, 27: 5-27. ----- Le metabolisme basal chez I'homme d'apres les dernieres recherches. Ann. med., Par., 1934, 35: 81-107. Also repr.—Bernhardt, H. Grundsatzliches zur klinischen Stofl- wechsellehre; das Wesen des sogenannten Grundumsatzes. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 1471. Also Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 65-7. Also Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1932, 29: 499—Bigwood, E. J. Le metabolisme de base. Ann. med., Par., 1926, 19: 345- 69.—Bohnenkemp, H. La ley del cambio de la energia en el metabolismo basal. Rev. med. germ, iberoamer., 1932, 5: 115-22. Also Tung chi, 1932-33, 8: 54-61—Borgard, W. Kbr- perbau und Grundumsatz. Zschr. klin. Med., 1932, 121: 737.— Chi Che Wang & Hawks, J. E. Recent advancement in the study of basal metabolism in health and disease. J. Am. Diet. Ass., 1929-30, 5: 87; 184—Claveaux, E. M. Metabolismo basal. An. Fac. med., Montev., 1928, 13: 195-228.—BuBois, E. F. A sum- mary of work accomplished with a respiration calorimeter in Bellevue Hospital. Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, 1914, xvi — Florence, G., & Enselme, J. Qu'est-ce que le metabolisme basal? J. med. Lyon, 1929, 10: 147-9—Gavrila, I. [Basal metabolism] Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1926, 15: 860-8—Gins- bourg. Le metabolisme basal en clientele. Union med. nord- est, 1934, 57:153-6— Griffith, F. R., Pucher, G. W. [et al.] Studies in human physiology; the metabolism and body temperature (oral) under basal conditions. Am. J. Physiol., 1928-29, 87: 602-32—Janet, H. Le metabolisme basal. Vie med., 1923, 4: 513-5. Also Progr. clin., Madr., 1927, 35: 434-46.—Jenkins, R. I. Basal metabolism; the basal pulse complex. Arch. Int. M., 1932, 49: 188-98.—Kapfhammer, J. Grundumsatz und Energiebilanz. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 694-6.—Koopman, J. [Basal metabolism] Geneesk. gids, 1928, 6: 976; passim.— Liebesny, P. Der Grundumsatz. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 1247-51—lyall, A. Basal metabolism. Brit. M.J., 1928, 1: 717.—Means, J. H. Basal metabolism. Clin. M.&S., 1932, 39: 16.—Miranda, F. de P. Metabolismo basal. Hosp. gen., Mex., 1925-26, 1: 279-82—Montmollin, C. de. Contribution a l'etude du metabolisme de base et de Paction dynamique specifique des proteines. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929, 59: 917; 940.—Montoro, O. Estudio del metabolismo basal. San. mil., Habana, 1921- 22, 1: 255-331.—Newcomb, P. B. Basal metabolism. South- west M., 1924, 8: 327-31.—Niederwieser, V. Der Grundumsatz in Theorie und Praxis. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42: 71-3 — Niehaus, F. W. Basal metabolism. Nebraska M.J., 1927, 12: 390.—Rachman, V. I. [Basal metabolism] Russ. klin., 1930, 13: 210-20— Richards, W. G. Basal metabolism. Northwest M., 1926, 25: 416-9.—Schaeffer, G. Le metabolisme de base. Strasbourg med., 1932. 92: 619; 643.—Scheltema, M. W. [Basal metabolism] Geneesk. gids, 1928, 6: 1096-9.—T., H. Quelques vues sur le metabolisme basal d'apres quelques travaux recents. Praxis, Bern, 1929, 18: H.17, 1—Tecon, R. M. Der Basalstoff- wechsel. Ibid., 1924, 13: H.4, 1; 3— Terroine, E. F., & Ritter, C. Le metabolisme de base est-il fonction de la grandeur de la masse active representee par les substances nuclciniques? Ann. physiol., Par., 1927, 3: 574-85.—Tigerstedt, R. Das Minimum des Stoffwechsels beim Menschen. Nord. med. ark., 1897, n.F., 8: Festbd Axel Key .... no.37, 1-18, ch— Wells, G. W. Present day interpretation of basal metabolism. Rhode Island M.J., 1930, 13: 1-5.—Werner, M. Zwillingsphysiologische Untersu- chungen iiber den Grundumsatz und die spezifisch-dynamische Eiweisswirkung. Zschr. indukt. Abstamm., 1935, 70: 467-71.— Williams, J. B., & Nolting, M. A dental contribution to the basal metabolism test. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1925-26,11:1097-100.— Yakovenko, V. A. [Works of Prof. G. V. Khlopin and his school on basal metabolism] Gig. epidem., 1930, 9: 11-3. ---- Clinical aspect. See also names of diseases. Du Bois, E. F. Basal metabolism in health and disease. 2.ed. 431p. 8? Phila., 1927. ----Also 3.ed. 494p. 1936. Gautier, C, & Wolff, R. Le metabolisme basal; ses applications en clinique (collection.des actualites de medecine pratique) 172p. 12? Par., 1928. Ratinoff, G. D. *E1 metabolismo basal en fisiologia y en clinica [Chile] 76p. 8? San- tiago, 1925. Basal (The) metabolic rate: its clinical interpretation. Clin. Rev. Pittsburgh, 1933, 2: 73-80.—Beilin, I. A. [Basal metab- olism in nervous diseases] Med. biol. J., Leningr., 1929, 5: 72-80.—Bigwood. Le metabolisme de base: sa signification physiologique et ses applications a la clinique. Bruxelles med., 1925-26, 6' 453-70.—BSger, A., & Voit, K. Die hauptsachlichsten klinischen Anwendungsgebiete und Methoden der Grundum- satzbestimmung. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1934, 25: H.3, 35-42.—Borras, N., & Muniz, M. F. Estudio del metabolismo basal en dermatologia. An. vias digest., Habana, 1930, 1: 12-20.—Chahovitch, X. Le metabolisme de sommet et le quo- tient metabolique dans les etats pathologiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 299-301.—Chapman, T. L. The value of basal metabolism in a general surgical practice. Minnesota Med., 1924, 7: 89.—Cordier, V. Recherches personnelles sur le metabo- lisme basal dans quelques affections autres que les goitres. J. m6d. Lvon, 1929, 10: 151-7. ----- Notes pratiques sur le metabolisme basal. Ibid., 169-71.—Crosti, A. Osservazioni e ricerche sul metabolismo basale in dermatologia. Gior. ital. BASAL METABOLISM 124 BASAL METABOLISM derm, sif., 1928, 69: 739-61, 3ch.—Cuny, I. Le metabolisme basal dans la pratique medicale. Rev. prat, biol., Par., 1928, 21: 97; 129.—Badlez, J., & Koskowski, W. [Basal metabolism in peripheral fever and excitants of the rhythm of respiration] Polska gaz. lek., 1928, 7: 701.—Beadman, W. J., & Graham, A.M. The value of basal metabolic rate estimations to the gen- eral practitioner. West. J. Surg., 1932, 40: 553-61.—Be Blasio, R. Contributo alio studio del metabolismo basale in dermato- logia. Diagnosi, 1930, 10: 185-202.—Belcourt-Bernard, E. Le metabolisme de base en pratique medicale. Liege med., 1933, 26: 157-76.—Falchi, G. II metabolismo basale in dermatologia. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1928, 69: 671-737.—Froment, J., & Corajod, R. Epreuves statiques et variations du metabolisme basal. J. med. Lyon, 1929, 10: 377-87.—Funding, T. [Clinical value of estimating basal metabolism] Ugeskr. laeger, 1929, 91: 1013-5 — Gavrila, I. [Clinical data on basal metabolism] Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1927, 16: 21-36.—Gefter, A. I. [Basal metabolism and its importance in internal diseases] Klin, med., Moskva, 1930, 8: 58-64.—Gomez, E. Apuntes sobre el metabolismo; el metabolismo basico; sus modificaciones en algunos estados febriles. Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1919-20, 11: 4-10.—Good- year, R. T., & Pemberton, H. S. The clinical value of basal metabolism measurements. Liverpool M. Chir. J., 1930, 38: 143-51.—Gosselin, J. Le metabolisme basal en eiectroradiologie. Bull. med. Quebec, 1930, 31: 309-14.—Gucci, G. II metabolismo basale nelle affezioni chirurgiche. Policlinico, 1931, 38: sez. chir., 51-6.—Hallion, I. La signification physiologique et patho- logique du metabolisme basal. Rev. prat, biol., Par., 1927, 20: 97-104.—Hijmans van den Bergh, A. A. [Clinical importance of estimating basal metabolism] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: ptl, 3126-33.—Hoffman, M. H. Factors in health and disease that affect the metabolic rate. Minnesota Med., 1924, 7: 84.— Hollb011, S. A. Untersuchungen tiber den Grundumsatz bei Patienten mit Leukamie und Lymphogranulomatose. Acta med. scand., 1929, 72: 326-47.—Izard, L. M. J. A. Le metabo- lisme basal en clinique. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1924, 80: 212-23.—Jackson, A. S. The value to the surgeon of the basal metabolic rate; conclusions based on a study of 3,085 reports. Am. J. Surg., 1928, n.s., 4: 49-56.—Jaeggy, E. A propos du metabolisme basal en gynecologie. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1927, 57: 575-8.—Knipping, H. W. Der Grundumsatz und seine klinische Bedeutung. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1927, 31:1-34.— Lane, C. H. Basal metabolism; a clinical paper. Hosp. Progr., 1926, 7: 472.—laroche, G. Le metabolisme basal en clinique. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1931, 45: 273-5.—Liebesny, P. Die Bedeu- tung der Messung des Grundumsatzes. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 49-52.—litarczek, G., Aubert, H., & Cosmulesco, I. Du rapport du metabolisme basal et de la capacite totale en oxygene du sang chez les sujets normaux, les anemiques et les hyperthyro'idiens. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 159—Pedraza, X. Del metabo- lismo basal y su aplicacion en clinica. Rev. espan. med. cir., 1927, 10: 143-6.—Peiser, F. Grundumsatzbestimmungen als differentialdiagnostisches Kriterium. Arch. Verdauungskr., 1928, 43: 542-51.—Peracchia, G. C. II metabolismo basale nella valutazione della resistenza dell' operando. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1928, 34: 478-86—Peters, J. T. [Importance of determina- tion of basal metabolism for the general practitioner] Geneesk. gids, 1928, 6: 145-54.—Ptaszek, L. [Basal metabolism and its value in medical practice] Polska gaz. lek., 1928, 7: 503 — Rabinowitch, I. M. Pitfalls in the clinical application and in- terpretation of the basal metabolic rate. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1930, 23: 152-60.—Reale, M. Ortopatologia del metabolismo basale. Morgagni, 1925, 67: 545-53.— Robertson, J. B. The basal metabolic rate: its meaning and interpretations. Prac- titioner, Lond., 1935, 135: 780-91—Rothmann, H. Die klinische Bedeutung der Grundumsatzbestimmung. Erg. ges. Med., 1926, 8: 377-94.—Sacerdote, G., & Olper, I. Ricerche sul metabo- lismo basale prima e dopo interventi chirurgici. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1928, 34: 834-8.—Scharman, M. Beitrage zu Grundum- satzstudien in der Gynakologie und Geburtshilfe. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933, 46: 871-6.—Scheidel, H. Ueber die Bedeutung der Grundumsatzbestimmung ftir den praktischen Arzt. Med. Welt, 1934, 8: 1725-8—Schur, H. Grundumsatzbestimmung und Untersuchung der dynamischen Nahrungsmittelwirkung im Dienste der Klinik. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: H.25, Sonderbeil., 1-30.—Servantie, L. La pratique du metabolisme basal. J. med. Bordeaux, 1930, 107: 423-5.—Shattenstein, B. I., & Rudoi, M. S. [Basal metabolism in ascites] Klin, med., Moskva, 1929, 7: 510-2.—Smith, J. H. The clinical interpreta- tion of basal metabolism studies. West Virginia M.J., 1930, 26: 396-403.—Sole. Metabolismo basal; algunas determinaciones en el bocio. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1923, 7: 522-32.—Sparacio, B. II metabolismo basale in dermatologia. Gior. ital derm, sif., 1928, 69: 761-71.—Speransky, 1.1., & Smirnova, I. G. [Disorder of basal metabolism in internal diseases and the importance of early diagnosis] Klin, med., Moskva, 1933,11:361-7.—Stevenin, E. II metabolismo basale alio stato patologico; metodi di misura ed applicazioni mediche. Biol, med., Milano, 1931, 7: 303-7.— Weil, M. P. Ce que peut attendre le medecin praticien du meta- bolisme basal. Gaz. m6d. France, 1930, 165-7.—White, J. W. Basal metabolism; practical observations. Am. J. Surg., 1934 n.s., 24: 42-5. ---- Determination. See also Calorimetry; Metabolism, Determina- tion; Respiratory metabolism, Determination. Amorin, C. H. Como medimos el metabolismo basal. Dia m6d. urug., 1934, 2: 329.—Benedict, F. G., Benedict, C. G., & Finn, M. D. Le bain neutre et certaines positions du corps comme conditions pr61iminaires possibles pour les mesures du metabolismes basal. Ann. physiol., Par., 1928, 4: 846-61.— Breitman, M. Y. [Practical scheme in the determination of basal metabolism] Klin, med., Moskva, 1933, 11: 697-9.— ----- & Shapiro, I. B. [Examination of various methods of determination of basal metabolism in 200 clinical cases] Ibid., 1232-7.—Etienne, G., Richard, G. [et al.] Reaction de Kottmann, metabolisme basal et tests biologiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 667-9.—Furth, I., & Volicer, I. [Kottmann's reaction and basal metabolism] Cas. lek. cesk., 1922, 61: 1067-9.—Guion, C. M. Basal metabolism; the determination and clinical value. Med. Woman J., 1926, 33: 153-5.—Hindmarsh, E. M. The basal metabolic rate of students in Sydney, N. S. W., with a discus- sion on methods of determining basal metabolism. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1927, 4: 225-68.—Hoesslin, H. von. Ueber die Urn- stande, die die Hohe des Grundumsatzes bestimmen. Zschr. Biol., 1927, 86: 569-86.—Janet, H. Metabolisme basal. Monde med., 1929, 39: 640-5.—Joanid. Nouvellcs directives d'etude du metabolisme basal. Clinique, Par., 1934, 29: 63-5.—Macela, I. [Methods of estimation of basal metabolism in American labora- tories] Cas. lek. cesk., 1925, 64: 538-43.—Masselot & Uzan, M, Le metabolisme basal. Rev. tunis. sc. med., 1928, 21: 73-8 — Meili, C. Die Grundumsatzbestimmung in der Klinik. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 1100-2—Moore, H. F. The basal metabolic rate; its determination and interpretation. Irish J.M. Sc, 1925, 5.ser., 7-34.—Padeano, G. L'epreuve du metabolisme basal, ses variations pathologiques, sa valeur cli- nique et ses indications pratiques. Rev. med. roumain., 1931, 4: 3; 31; 61. ---- Determination: Errors. Blanco Soler, C. Valor de las cifras de metabolismo basal. An. Hosp. S. Jos6, Madr., 1929-30, 1: 83-7.—Ciambellotti, E. Valore e costanti di errore nella determinazione del quoziente respiratorio e del metabolismo basale nei dermopatici. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1928, 69: 737-9.—Harding, F. E. Psychological resistance to basal metabolism testing. Pacific Coast J. Nurs., 1932, 28: 137-9.—Jenkins, R. L. Basal metabolism; the error of basal metabolism determination and the normal range of basal metabolism. Arch. Int. M., 1932, 49: 181-7.—Laniez, G. Sur une erreur syst6matique dans la determination du metabo- lisme de base. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 802. ----- In- fluence de la correction d'humidite sur le resultat du metabolisme de base. Ibid., 803. ----- Des corrections de la surface corporelle chez l'obese et le maigre dans la determination du metabolisme de base. Ibid., 1933, 114: 119-21.—Owen, R. G., Cope, H. E., & Hill, L. R. Unsatisfactory basal metabolic test as a result of perforated ear drums. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 1442. ---- Determination: Formulas. Bartoszek, T. [Clinical value of Read's formula as simplified method in examination of basal metabolism] Polska gaz. lek., 1934, 13: 874-6.—Baur, H. Grundumsatz und Blutdruck. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1927, 39. Kongr., 148-51—Ber- theau, H. Klinische Untersuchungen iiber die Readsche Grundumsatzformel. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 453.— Bbger, A., & Voit, K. Kann die Readsche Formel als Ersatz fiir die Grundumsatzbestimmung dienen? Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 1642-4.—Bruen, C. Nomogram deriving basal metabolism from height-weight coordinates. J. Biol. Chem., 1929-30, 85: 607-9.—Comroe, B. I. Estimation of basal metabolic rate from pulse rate and pulse pressure. Tr. Coll. Physicians, Phila., 1935, 4.ser., 3: 57. Also Am. J.M. Sc, 1935, 190: 371-6.—Beter- minazione del metabolismo basale desunta dalla frequenza del polso e dalla pressione sanguigna. Gazz. osp., 1935, 56: 565-7 — Elmer, A. W., & Scheps, M. Tabellen zur Berechnung der Gasstoffwechselwerte. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1931-32, 172: 154-9, tab.—Filippini, A. La formula di Read per la determina- zione del metabolismo basale. Policlinico, 1936, 43: sez. prat., 107-10.—Fine. A. Estimation of the basal metabolic rate by means of a formula. Med. J. & Rec, 1933, 138: 221-3.—Frank, T. J. F. A comparison of basal metabolic rates obtained by gasometric analysis and formulae. Med. J. Australia, 1935, 2: 397-405.—Grawitz, E. R. Grundumsatzbestimmungen und Praxis. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 1176-8.—Habs, H. Nomogramm zur Ermittlung des Grundumsatzes nach der Readschen Formel. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 333. ----- Ueber die Brauchbarkeit der von Read zur Ermittlung des Grundumsatzes angegebenen Formel. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 1260—Hank, A. [Modification of Read's formula] Orv. hetil., 1933, 77: 590-2—Hartleben. 1st die Readsche For- mel zur Ermittlung des Grundumsatzes fiir die Praxis brauch- bar? Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 1013.—Hoesslin, H. von. Vergleich verschiedener Formeln zur Berechnung des Grund- umsatzes. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1928, 99: 91-5.—Hunt, T. C. Determination of the basal metabolic rate. Lancet, Lond., 1926, 1: 172.—Jackson, J. B. Relation of pulse rate and pulse pressure to basal metabolism. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1926, 25: 565-7.—Jaki, G. [Determination of basal metabolism by means of Read's formula and Habs' nomogram] Gyogyaszat, 1936, 76: 3-5.—Jenkins, R. I. Basal metabolism standards; a statistical comparison of their prediction values. J. Nutrit., 1.931, 4: 305-21.—Kemeny, E. [Practical use of Read's formula] Orv. hetil., 1932, 76: 653. Also Wien. klin. AVschr., 1933, 46: 617 — Kommerell, B. Nomogramme zur Berechnung des Grundum- satzes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 79: 184-7—Liberson, W. Uo nomogramme pour le calcul rapide de l'oxygene et du quo- BASAL METABOLISM 125 BASAL METABOLISM tient respiratoire dans la determination du metabolisme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111: 696-8.—Neumann, H. Kann die Readsche Formel dem praktischen Arzt als Ersatzmethode zur Grundumsatzbestimmung empfohlen werden? Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 1444-6.—Olmes, H. Beitrag zur Bestimmung des Grundumsatzes mittels der Readschen Formel. Ibid., 1252.— Rachman, V. On the determination of basal metabolic rate without special apparatus; by means of the Read and Gale methods. Acta med. scand., 1934, 83: 95-109. Also Ter. arkh., 1934, 12: 112-21.—Read, J. M., & Barnett, C. W. New formulae for prediction of basal metabolism from pulse rate and pulse pressure. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 31: 723-5. Also Arch. Int. M., 1936, 57: 521-32—Rohr, K., & Franquelo, E. Die Beziehungen zwischen Grundumsatz und Read'scher Formel. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 1151-3—Smith, J. H. Basal metabolism; correlation of basal metabolic rate and basal pulse rate. Arch. Int. M., 1928, 41: 663-6. Also repr—Umber, F. Readsche Formel und Grundumsatz. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 1279.—Zilocchi, E. La determinazione del ricambio basale secondo Read. Minerva med., Tor., 1935, 26: 521-5. ---- Determination: Methods. Barenne, J. G. B. de, & Burger, G. C. E. [Method of graphic determination of basal metabolism in man during muscular activity] Versl. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, Afd. Naturk., 1926, 35: ptl, 568-73.—Bartlett, B. S. A dental aid in the basal metab- olism test. U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1929, 5: 987—Bene- dict, F. G. A field respiration apparatus for a medical and physi- ological survey of racial metabolism. Boston M. & S.J., 1927, 197: 1161-75. *----- A respiration apparatus for a metabolic study of the various subdivisions of the human race. Chin. J. Phvsiol., 1928, rep. ser., no.l, 39-58.-----& Riddle, O. The measurement of the basal heat production of pigeons; instru- mental technique. J. Nutrit., 1928-29, 1: 475-95—Benedict- Roth metabolism apparatus acceptable. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105: 882.—Blixenkrone Miller, N. [Determination of metabo- lism by Bergonie's method] Ugeskr. laeger, 1933, 95: 1267-9 — Bochet, M. Technique du sac respiratoire pour l'etude du metabolisme du nourrisson; controle de la methode. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 1226-9.—Bokay, Z. [Determination of basal metabolism in children] Orv. hetil. 1928, 72: 648-50. Also Jahrb. Kinderh., 1929, 3.F., 73: 10-7.—Borger, R. Ueber eine vereinfachte Berechnungsmethode bei Grundumsatzbestim- mung mit dem Krogh'schen Apparate. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42: 337.—Bourdeau, M. Analyse interferometrique des gaz; application a la determination du metabolisme basal. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1935, 8.ser., 22: 393-411.—Bradfield, H. S. The determination of the surface area of women and its use in expressing basal metabolic rate. Am. J. Physiol., 1927, 82: 570-6.—Burton, A. C, & Murlin, J. R. Human calorimetry; temperature distribution, blood flow, and heat storage in the body in basal condition and after ingestion of food. J. Nutrit., 1935, 9: 281-300.—Caccuri, S. Metabolismo basale e lavoro. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1927, 6: 305-27.—Bamianovich, H. Meta- bolimetre a circuit ouvert pour usage clinique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 390-2.—Bautrebande, I. Etude critique de l'ap- pareil portatif de Benedict pour la determination du metabo- lisme de base. Arch, internat. m6d. exp., Li6ge, 1928-29, 4: 327-34.—Belauney, A. Nouveau dispositif (abaque) pour le calcul rapide du metabolisme basal recherche par la methode de Benedict. Paris med., 1931, 81: 363-6.—Falta, W. Ueber das Respirationskalorimeter in Boston. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1909, 22: 565-8—Farkas, G., Geldrich, J., & Szakall, A. Ueber das Verhalten des Grundumsatzes beim Ernten. Arbeitsphysio- logie, 1930, 3: 468-76—Gantenberg, R. Ueber Grundumsatz- bestimmungen mit dem Knippingschen Apparat. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1139. ----- Bedeutung und Ergebnisse der Grundumsatzbestimmung fur die Praxis unter besonderer Be- wertung des Knippingschen Apparates. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1927, 24: 176-80—Gasnier, A., & Mayer, A. Appareil pour la mesure simultanee des echanges respiratoires et du degagement de chaleur des petits animaux. Ann. physiol., Par., 1932, 8: 633-67—Griebel, C. R. Ueber die Beeinflussung des Grundum- satzes durch die allergenfreie Kammer und die Klimakammer. Zschr. Laryng., 1933, 24: 207-10— Hedon, L. Signification physiologique du metabolisme basal; presentation d'une tech- nique et des appareils. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1929, 10: 419-27.—Herrmann, F. Ueber den Grundumsatz in der allergenfreien Kammer. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 70: 140-7.—Higgins, H. I., & Bates, V. New method for the deter- mination of the basal metabolism of babies and of small children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1930, 39: 71-5. Also repr—Janet, H., & Bochet, M. Presentation d'un appareil destine a l'etude du metabolisme basal du nourrisson. Bull. Soc. pediat. Pans, 1929, 27: 185-90—Janet, H., & lebee, I. Quelques points de technique concernant la recherche du metabolisme basal en clinique. J. physiol. path, gen., 1927, 25: 662-5—Jones motor- basal apparatus acceptable. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 1620.— Krogh, A. [Establishment, application, and testing of the self- registering metabolism apparatus] Ugeskr. laeger, 1934, 96: 737-40.—Laniez, G. Calorimetria humana y metabolismo basal; revista general: aplicaciones clinicas. Cron. med. mex., 1930, 29: 477-91. Also Echo m6d. nord, 1930, 34: 385-95—lefevre, J. Mesure calorimetrique directe du besoin physiologique mini- mum d'energie. J. physiol. path, gen., 1907, 9: 969-77—low, A., &Krema, A. Grundumsatzstudien. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 1453-6.—Macias, F. I. Un nuevo aparato para metabolismo basal alimentado por aire atmosferico. Sem. med., B. Air., 1936, 43: 680-7—Murlin, J. R. A respiration incubator for the study of metabolism in new-born and prematurely born infants (Abstr.) Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., 1914, xxxix.—Nieder- wieser, V. Ein neuer und einfaeher Apparat zur Grundumsatz- bestimmung beim Menschen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1932, 83: 537.—Noyons, A. K. Determination of basal metabolism by psychrometric way. In Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol., 1932, 194.—Olmes, H. Contribucion al estudio de los metodos para la determination del metabolismo basal, sin emplear el meta- bolimetro. Arch, med., Madr., 1933, 36: 645-7.—Pickworth. F. A. Basal metabolism as determined by the respiratory ex- change. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1927, s.B, 101: 163-85—Piechaud, F., & Boussat, A. La methode de recherche du metabolisme basal a circuit ferm6 et son application en clinique. J. med. Bordeaux, 1929, 106: 921-3.—Pinetti, P. Su di un nuovo appa- recchio per la determinazione del metabolismo basale. Atti Soc sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1934, 36: 605-8, pi—Pi-Suner Bayo, J. Un modele de pipette a combustion pour l'etalonnage des appareils de metabolisme en circuit ferme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 1013—Plantefol, I. La determination du metabolisme basal; l'appareil de Benedict peut-il servir a determination de quotient respiratoire? Paris med., 1929, 71: 197-9—Rabinowitch, I. M. A simplified and accurate method of determining basal metabolic rates; an electrometric katharo- meter; procedure. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1926, 16: 638-46—Roth, P. Valves versus the motor-blower; in the Benedict type of metabolism apparatus now in common use. J. Lab. Clin M., 1934-35, 20: 436-9— Rowe, A. W. A new mask for use in basal metabolism determinations. Ibid., 1926-27, 12: 590-4— Scha- dow, H. Ein Respirationskalorimeter fiir Sauglinge. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1932, 3.F., 87: 318-28.—Schneider, A. Respiration test as a possible substitute for the usual basal rate determina- tions. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1927, 16: 616-23—Shaternikov, M. N. [Methods of studying basal metabolism in man] J. eksp. biol., 1925, 139-47.—Soto, M., & Torino, A. Appareil sim- plifie pour determiner le metabolisme basal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 473-5.—Stolz, E. Ein Beitrag zur Methodik der Grundumsatzbestimmungen mit dem Kroghschen Apparat. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 1018.—Stoner, W. H. Notes on basal metabolism; simplified calculation for gasometer gas analysis method. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1926-27, 12: 884-8— Vino- gradov-Volzhinsky, V. A. [Test in studying basal metabolism during harvesting] Gig. epidem., 1930, 9: 19-25.—Wardlaw, H. S. H. The gravimetric determination of basal metabolism. Med. J. Australia, 1927, 1: 506-10.—Wesson, I. G. A metabolism room for the study of rats under controlled conditions of light and temperature. J. Nutrit., 1930-31, 3: 499-501. ---- Effect of various agents and conditions. See also Basal metabolism, Variability. Benedict, F. G., & Finn, M. B. Basal metabolism before and after a summer vacation. Am. J. Physiol., 1928, 85: 665-71.— Bernhardt, H. Die Beziehungen zwischen dem Ruhentichtern- umsatz (Grundumsatz) und dem Gesamttagesenergiever- brauch als klinisches Problem. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1931, 43. Kongr., 365-72.—Blanco Soler, C, & Pallardo Peinado, L. F. Estudios sobre la accion dinamicoespecifica de la alimen- tation; accion de la excitation de las secreciones digestivas sobre el metabolismo basal. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1933, 20: 307-17 — Bornstein, A., & Holm, K. Ueber den Einfluss von Schlafmit- teln auf den normalen und auf den pathologisch erhbhten Grundumsatz. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 53: 451-60.—Castex, M. R., & Schteingart, M. El gasto calorico en la delgadez. Rev. Soc. med. int., B. Air., 1927, 3: 406-10— Chi Che Wang & Hawks, J. E. The influence of a special breakfast on the basal metabo- lism of patients with a pathologic condition. Arch. Int. M., 1930, 46: 316-20. Also repr.—Coons, C. M. Basal metabolism in relation to nutritional status. Am. J. Physiol., 1931, 98: 698-703.-----& Schiefelbusch, A. T. The diets of college women in relation to their basal metabolism. J. Nutrit., 1932, 5: 459.—Belcourt-Bernard, E. Action eloignee de l'iode sur le metabolisme de base. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 815; 819. ----- Action immediate de la diiodotyrosine sur le metabo- lisme basal. Ibid., 1932, 111: 155.—Be Nito, G. Sulle variazioni del metabolismo basale per azione di sostanze ipotensive. Rass. ter. pat. clin., 1936, 8: 65-75.—Engelmann, B. Anhaltende Grundumsatzverminderung durch Warmeeinwirkung. Ar- beitsphysiologie, 1929-30, 2: 387-94.—Espejo y Gomez de Ave- llaneda, M. Contribucion al estudio de la accion de los medica- mentos del sistema nervioso vegetativo sobre el metabolismo basal. Progr. clin., Madr., 1931, 39: 11-23— Full, F., & Herbst, R. Ueber das Verhalten des Grundumsatzes bei verschiedener Kost. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1925-26, 48: 640-50—Giaja, J. Le metabolisme de base et Phomeothermie. Ann. physiol., Par., 1928, 4:905-32. -----& Chahovitch, X. Action du sulfate d'atropine et du chlorhydrate de pilocarpine sur le quotient metabolique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 689—Hoesslin, H. von. Einfluss von Ernahrungszustand, gewohnter Arbeits- leistung und Alter auf die Hbhe des Grundumsatzes. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1928, 99: 83-90.—Kayser, C. Grandeur du metabolismo de base en fonction de la temperature moyenne du milieu. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 708-10—Ibwenstein, W. Ueber den Einfluss der intracutanen Injektion auf den Grund- umsatz. Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 2255—Melka, J. [Influence of sunrays on basal metabolism in man] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1926-27, 6: 50-61.—Mitani, N. Beitrage zu den pathologisch- physiologischen Kenntnissen iiber den Grundumsatz; tiber den Einfluss der Zufuhr einer sauren oder einer alkalischen Puffer- losung auf die Kbrpertemperatur und den Grundumsatz. BASAL METABOLISM 126 BASAL METABOLISM Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1933, 45: 3111.—Morera, V. Aigunas determinaciones de metabolismo basal efectuadas en la provincia de Jujuy (bocio, cretinismo, embarazos, coqueros y personas normales) Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 58-93 — Obregia, L., A Padeano, G. Influence de l'alcool sur la valeur du metabolisme basal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 413.—Odin, M., & Werdinius, E. The level of the basal meta holism as related to the composition of the diet. Acta med. scand., 1934, 81: 249-66.—Pi-Suiier Bayo, J. El metabolismo basal en los pesos extremos. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1929, 11: 22.—Pollitzer, H., & Stolz, E. Untersuchungen zur Pathologie des respiratorischen Stoffwechsels; tiber die Einwirkung von parenteral einver- leibtem Eiweiss auf den Grundumsatz, ihr Verhaltnis zu der des enteral eingefiihrten (spezifisch-dynamische Eiweisswir- kung) und die Beziehungen beider Reaktionen zum Grundum- satze. Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1925, 10: 137-64.—Rowles, E., & Patrick, J. R. The effect of various stimuli on the basal meta- bolic rate, the blood pressure and the galvanic reflex in man. J. Exp. Psychol., 1934, 17: 847-61—Sheidin, Y. A., & Farfei, M. N. [Basal metabolism in the diver] Gig. bezopass. pat. truda, 1930, 8: 15-27.—Spidbaum, H. [Influence of the diet and race on basal metabolism] Warsz. czas. lek., 1933, 10: 154.— Takahira. Parallelisme entre l'excretion de la creatinine et le metabolisme de base. Bull. Soc. sc. hyg. aliment., Par., 1927, 15: 492.—Thompson, W. 0., Thompson, P. K. [et al.] Com- pounds that effect the basal metabolism in man. Endocrinol- ogy, 1935, 19: 14-20.—Thomsen, H. [Effect of the carbon arc lamp on basal metabolism] Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: 833-8 — Truszkowski, R. Existe-t-il une dependance.entre la quantite de proteines, de bases puriques ou le rapport nueieo-plasmatique et le metabolisme de base chez les differentes mammiferes? C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 939.—Vaccarezza, R., Silva, 1.1, [et al.] iKxiste dependencia entre el metabolismo basal y la reaction sanguines? Prensa med. argent., 1928-29, 15: 1350-4.—Weger, P. De l'importance des amers pour le metabolisme basal; con- tribution a l'etude objective du mode d'action des toniques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 725-8—Wishart, G. M. The in- fluence of the protein intake on the basal metabolism. J. Phys- iol., Lond., 1928-29, 65: 243-54—Zahn, M. Ueber Spiitwirkun- gen des Alkoholgenusses auf den Grundumsatz. Zschr. Hyg., 1927, 107: 304-13. ---- Endocrine aspect. See also names of endocrine diseases. Artundo, A., & Solari, L. A. Action de l'extrait ante-hypo- physaire sur le metabolisme basal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 385-7. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1933, 9: 143-52.— Blanco Soler, C, & Romero, R. Metabolismo basal v ovarina. An. Hosp. S. Jose, Madr., 1929-30, 1: 203-7.—Borras, N., & Fernandez Muniz, M. Metabolismo basal y disfunciones tiroideas. Arch. Soc. estud. clin., Habana, 1928, 28: 143-9.— Castex, M. R., & Schteingart, M. Action de l'extrait du lobe anterieur de l'hypophyse sur le metabolisme basal chez I'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 121.-----Action des substances accessoires des extraits opotherapiques sur le meta- bolisme basal. Ibid., 102: 456.—Besogus, V. 11 metabolismo basale in individui trattati con glandole germinali iperattive di vertebrati inferiori. Endocr. pat. cost., Roma, 1933, n.s., 8: 280-304, ch.—Franke, M. [Examination of basal metabolism in diseases of the endocrine glands]. Polska gaz. lek., 1930. 9: 308-10.—Heyn, A. Der Einfluss der Ovarialfunktion auf den Grundumsatz des Weibes unter normalen und pathologischen Verhaltnissen. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1926-27, 129: 760-87 — Houssay, B. A., & Artundo, A. Action de l'hypophyse et de la thyro'ide sur le metabolisme basal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 79. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1933, 9: 66-71. ----- Accion del extracto antero-hipofisario sobre el metabolismo basico de hipofisoprivos y tiroprivos. Ibid., 161-7.—Janowski, J., & Ptaszek, L. Influence de la diathermie de la glande thy- roide sur le metabolisme basal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 425-7.—lange, K. Wie verhalt sich bei den vegetativ Stig- matisierten und Basedowoiden der Grundumsatz und der Ar- beitsumsatz? Zschr. klin. Med., 1929, 110: 27-36.—Leopold- Levi. Du metabolisme basal; sa valeur en particulier dans les affections thyroidiennes. Clinique, Par., 1931, 26: 3; 25; 47 — McClendon, J. F., & Burr, G. Basal metabolism of a woman not secreting ovarian hormone after its injection. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 782.—Marinucci, B. P. Ricambio energetico: modiflcazioni del metabolismo basale in seguito a somministrazione di estratti di organi a secrezione interna in donne dall' eta fertile gravide e non gravide. Riforma med., 1928, 44: 35-7.—Monge, C. El metabolismo basico como medio diagnostico diferencial entre los estados hipertiroideos, las neu- rosis cardiacas y la disfuncion vago-simpatiea. Cron. med Lima, 1927, 44: 204-7.—Nitschke, A. Die Beeinflussung des Grundumsatzes durch Thymus und Milzextrakt (P Substanz) Mschr. Kinderh., 1930, 47: 530-3— Papilian, V., & Bendescu, T. L'influence de l'adrenaline, de l'atropine et de la pilocarpine sur le metabolisme basal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 158 — Peracchia, G. C. Metabolismo basale e trapianti 'testicolari Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1926, 32: 590-7—Ptaszek, L. [Influence of sexual hormones on the basal metabolism in experimental tests in women] Polska gaz. lek., 1929, 8: 277. -----& Szu- perski, M. Influence de la diathermie de la glande thyro'ide sur le metabolisme basal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1028 — Sainton, P. Quelques reflexions sur le metabolisme basal et la facon de le rechercher dans les etats thyroidiens. Vie med., 1932, 13: 272-6.—Savignoni, F. Iniezioni di urina di donna gravida o metabolismo basale. Rass. clin. ter., 193"), 34: 136- 51.—Schneider, M., A- Nitschke, A. Die Beeinflussung des Grundumsatzes durch standardisierfen Thymus- und Milz- extrakt. Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 1-1*9-93— Smith, J. H. Basal metabolism; the basal metabolic rate in relation to symptoms and signs in hyperthyroidism. Arch. Int. M., 1928, 41: 830-3. Also repr. ----- liasal metabolism; influence of work with special reference to the thyroid gland. Ibid., 42: 47-52. Also repr.—Stevenin. El metabolismo basal como guia de los trata- mientos tiroideos. Dia med., B. Air., 1930-31, 3: 129-32.— Sylla, A. Stbrungen des Grundumsatzes und der Nah- rungsmittelwirkung bei Erkrankungen der Einsonderungs- organe; Wirkung des thyreotropen Hormons. Zschr. klin. Med., 1935-36, 129: 296-318—Weinstein, K. I. [Internal secre- tion and basal metabolism] Russk. klin., 1930, 11: 365-71 — Zajic, F. Grundumsatz und das thyreotrope Hormon des Hy- pophysenvorderlappens. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1934-35, 235: 575-81. ---- low. See also names of endocrine diseases as Myxe- dema, &c. Jacobson, B. M. Lowered basal metabolism; its causes and clinical significance. 40p. 8° Providence, R. I., 1931. Bitzer, E. W. An analysis of 50 cases showing a basal metabo- lism rate under 15% below average normal. J. Florida M. Ass 1926-27, 13: 5-8—Carey, J. B., & Brumfield, H. P. Low basal metabolic rates; a clinical study of states of lowered basal metab- olism found in conditions other than myxedema. Minnesota Med., 1933, 16: 39fi-402.—Bavis, A. C. Clinical significance of low basal metabolic rate. Collect. Papers Mavo Clin., 1934 26: 1098-104.—Gordon, A. H., & Rabinowitch. O. M. Low basal metabolism following lobar pneumonia associated with marked undernutrition. Am. J.M. Sc, 1930, 180: 695-8.—McCartney, J. L. Lowered basal metabolism; its causes and clinical signifi- cance. U.S. Nav. M. Bull., 1931, 29: 25-47—McKinlay, C. A. Concerning limitations of the clinical significance of low basal metabolic rates. Minnesota Med., 1931, 14: 713.—Schick, B., & Topper, A. Lowered basal metabolism in conditions charac- terized by slow pulse rate. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1933, 45: 760- 70.—Sexton, B. L. Interpretation of the lowered basal metabolic level. Endocrinology, 1935, 19: 579-86.—Smith, P. S. Lowered metabolic rates, with special reference to young women. South. M.J., 1926, 19: 718-22—Thurmon, F. M., & Thompson, W. O. Low basal metabolism without mvxedema. Arch. Int M 1930, 46: 879-97. Also repr.—Warren, C. W. Clinical signifi- cance of low basal metabolic findings. Clifton M. Bull.. 1929-30 15: 161-70. ---- Regulation. See also Respiration; Temperature, Regula- tion. Arady, K. [Clinical observations on basal metabolism and respiration] Orv. hetil., 1929, 73: 396-8— Armentano, L. [Cen- tral regulation of basal metabolism] Ibid., 1935, 79: 311-4.— Benedict, F. G. Degree of constancy in human basal metabo- lism. Am. J. Physiol., 1934-35, 110: 521-30—Bernard. Cam- bios respiratorios y metabolismo basal. Dia med., B. Air., 1930-31, 3: 169-71.—Borgard, W. Beitrag zur Neuroregulation des Grundumsatzes. Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 576-8— Gelineo, S. Le metabolisme de base et l'hyperthermie exogene de longue duree. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 645-7—Giaja, J. Sur le rapport entre le metabolisme de sommet, le metabolisme de base et le pouvoir deperditeur calorique. Ibid., 1926, 94: 1316-S — Greene, C. W. Oxygen supply and metabolic level. Med. Herald, 1926, 45: 123-5—laniez, G. De l'influence du metabo- lisme de base sur la ventilation pulmonaire et les taux d'elimi- nation de C02 et de fixation de 02. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, J°3: 733. ----- Controle respiratoire et metabolisme de base. Ibid 1931, 106: 99-101.-Peracchia, G. C. Recherches experi- mentales sur la fonction de la rate par rapport au metabolisme basal. Arch. ital. biol., 1926, 76: 88-93— Rosenblum, B. E. Zur Frage der Bestandigkeit des Grundumsatzes. Zschr. klin. Med 1929, 111: 198-204. ----- [Experimental tests on the constancy of basal metabolism] Ter. arkh., 1932 10- 8''— Stolz, E. Untersuchungen zur Pathologie des respiratorischen Stoffwechsels; der Einfluss der Milz auf den Grundumsatz und auf die spezifisch-dynamische Eiweissreaktion. Wien Arch. inn. Med., 1926, 13: 179-88. ---- Standards. MacLeod, G. *Studies on the normal basal energy requirement [Columbia Univ.] 37p. 8? N.Y., 1924. * Benedict, F. G. Basal metabolism data on normal men and women with some considerations on the use of prediction stand- ards. Am. J. Physiol., 192*. 85: 607-20.-Bruen, C. Chart for computation of daily basal metabolism and percentile basal metabolic rate from spirometer data. J. Lab Clin M 1930-31 \G:4]^i,- TTT" ,Chartf°rthecomIlutatiori'of Harris-Benedict standards of basal metabolism. N Enulanri t tvt ioqo om- 531-Cameron, AT Kitchen, H. D., & £ Di! Physicai exammation and determination of basal metabolic rates of a BASAL METABOLISM 127 BASAL METABOLISM group of young adults (medical students and nurses) Canad. M. Ass. J., 1926, 16: 1201-5.—Elmer, W., & Scheps, M. [Tables for the measurement of basal metabolism] Polska gaz. lek., 1932, 12: 272.—Giaja, J., & Males, B. Sur la valeur du metabo- lisme de base de quelques animaux en fonction de leur surface Ann. physiol., Par., 1928, 4: 875-904—Goris, C, & Goris, J. E. Le resultat de nos cent premiers metabolismes de base. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1928, 29: 101-14.—Helmreich, E. Die Cnabhangigkeit des basalen Kraftwechsels von der Korperober- ilKche. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 53: 578-86—Krishnan, B. T., & Vareed, C. Basal metabolism of young college students, men and women, in Madras. Ind. J.M. Res., 1931, 19: 831-58 — Laniez, G. Le rapport des calories a la racine carree du produit poids x taille, est equivalent au metabolisme de base. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 559.—Ozorio de Almeida, A., Branca de Fialho, A., & de Couro e Silva, O. B. Le metabolisme de la chauve-souris et la loi des surfaces de Rubner-Richet. Ibid., 1920, 95: 1016-8.—Remington, R. E., & Culp, F. B. Basal meta- bolic rate of medical students and nurses in training at Charles- ton, S. C. Arch. Int. M., 1931, 47: 366-75. Also repr.—Se- bastiani, A. Centocinquanta determinazioni di metabolismo basale. Riv. osp., 1925, 15: 269-89.—Stoner, W. H. Notes of basal metabolism; tables of values of the Du Bois surface area formula. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1925-26, 11: 355-68. ----- Basal metabolism standards. Ibid., 1927-28, 13: 26.5-9.—Teissier, G. Similitude biologie et loi des surfaces. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 206. ---- Standards—in women. Basal metabolism of young women. Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta., 192*, no.417, 74—Benedict, F. G., & Meyer, M. H. The basal heat production of elderly women. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1932, 71: 143-65. Also repr—Blunt, K., Tilt, J. [et al.] The basal metabolism of girls. J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 67: 491- 503.—Coons, C. M. The basal metabolism of Oklahoma women. Am. J. Physiol., 1931, 98: 692-7.—Jaeggy. Le metabolisme basal chez la femme. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1926, 46: 817-9.—McKay. Basal metabolism of young women. Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta., 1929, no.431, 131.—McKittrick, E. J. Basal metabolism of Wyo- ming university women. J. Nutrit., 1936, 11: 319-25.—Mason, E. D., & Benedict, F. G. The basal metabolism of South Indian women. Ind. J.M. Res., 1931, 19: 75-98. Also repr.—Talbot, F. B., Wilson, E. B., & Worcester, J. Standards of basal metabo- lism of girls (new data) and their use in clinical" practice. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1935, 7: 655-61.—Tilt, J. The basal metabolism of young college women in Florida. J. Biol. Chem., 1930, 86: 635-42. Alsorepr. -----& Walters, C. F. Astudy of the basal metabolism and diet of normal young college women in Florida. J. Nutrit., 1935, 9: 109-17.—Wang, C. C. Basal metabolism of American-born Chinese girls and of American girls of same age. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1934, 4* : 1041-9.—Wells, G. W. Basal metab- olism in normal young women. Rhode Island M.J., 1931, 14: 121. ---- Variability. Bornstein, A., & Vblker, H. Ueber die Schwankungen des Grundumsatzes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 53: 439-50 — Bortz, E. L. Variations in the basal metabolic rate and their practical significance. Week. Roster, Phila., 1935-36, 31: 619- 21.—McClendon, J. F. Variations in basal metabolism and their relation to skin temperature. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 784.—Plummer, W. A., & Rynearson, E. H. The misleading initially high basal metabolic rate. Med. Clin. N. America, 1933, 16: 1439-42.—Wishart, G. M. The variability of basal metabolism. Q.J. Med., Lond., 1926-27, 20: 193-7. ----Variability: Age influence. See also Basal metabolism—in children. Albergo, V. Metabolismo basale ed azione dinamico-speci- fica degli alimenti nei vecchi. Minerva med., Tor., 1932, 23: pt2, 678-82.—Benedict, F. G. Age and basal metabolism of adults. Am. J. Physiol., 1928,85: 650-64.—Bruen, C. Variation of basal metabolic rate per unit surface area with age. J. Gen. Physiol., 1929-30, 13: 607-16. Alsorepr. ----- The pubertal acceleration. J. Nutrit., 1933, 6: 383-95.—Gb'ttche, 0. Gas- stoflwechseluntersuchungen im Kindesalter; die Pubertatsreak- tion. Mschr. Kinderh., 1926, 32: 22-36.—Legrand, R. Meta- bolisme basal chez le vieillard. Rev. fr. endocr., 1926, 4: 199- 202.—Molitch, M., & Cousins, R. F. Variation of basal metabolic rate per unit surface area with age. J. Nutrit., 1934, 8: 247-51.— Moura Campos, F. de, & Paula Santos, 0. de. Metabolismo basal dos adolescentes em S. Paulo. Rev. biol., S. Paulo, 1927-29, 1: no.3, .5-19.—Topper, A., & Mulier, H. Basal metabo- lism of normal children; the puberty reaction. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1932, 43: 327-36. Also repr. ---- Variability, climatic and racial. Banerji, N. B. Basal metabolism of the prisoners of the dis- trict jail, Lucknow (united provinces of Agra and Oudh) Ind. J.M. Res., 1931, 19: 229-38, pi.—Basal metabolism of Chilean Indians. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 1487—Benedict, F. G. Basal metabolism in anthropology. Chin. J. Physiol., 1928, rep.ser., no.l, 33-8.—Borchardt, W. Grundumsatz und spezi- fisch-dynamische Wirkung im kunstlichen Tropenklima. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1930, 34: 258-62—Bose, J. P., & Be, C. N. Basal metabolism of Indians in health and disease: its clinica! significance. Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 69: 604-16—Chin- Kyu Sui. Ueber den Grundumsatz der Formosa-Chineson. Taiwan igakkai zasshi, 1931, 30: 31.—Coro, A. J. Contribucion al estudio del metabolismo basal en los paises tropicales. Arch. Soc. clin., Habana, 1927, 27: 7-20. Also Rev. med. cubana, 1927, 38: 731-40. Also An. vias digest., Habana, 1930, 2: 265- 89.—Earle, H. G. Basal metabolism of Chinese and western- ers. Chin. J. Physiol., 1928, rep. ser., no.l, 59-79.—Eykman, C. Le metabolisme basal des habitants des pays tropicaux. Meded. dienst. volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1929, 18: 81-4, map.—Hicks, C. S., & Matters, R. F. The standard metabolism of the Australian aborigines. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1933, 11: 177-83.—Hurtado, A. Estudios de metabolismo basico en el Perii. An. Fac. med., Lima, 1927-28, no.4-6, 253-316. —— El metabolismo basico del soldado Peruano. Rev. san. mil., Lima, 1929, 2: 9-24, 6ch.— Mazzocco, P. Estudio del metabolismo basal en la provincia de Salta. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 94-108. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 237. Also Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1928, 27: 255-73.—Montoro, 0. El metabolismo basal en el hombre tropical (algunas notas aclaratorias) Arch. Soc. clin., Habana, 1927, 27: 21-49—Mukherjee, E. N., & Gupta, P. C. The basal metabolism of Indians (Bengalis) Ind. J.M. Res., 1930-31, 18: 807-12.—Necheles, H. Data and observations on several factors influencing basal metabolism in China. Chin. J. Physiol., 1928, rep.ser., no.l, 80-92. ----- Basal metabo- lism in Orientals. Am. J. Physiol., 1930, 91: 661-3. ----- Ueber den Stoffwechsel der Chinesen; der Grundumsatz. Chin. J. Physiol., 1932, 6: 153-73.—Ocampo, M., Cordero, N., & Con- ception, I. The basal metabolism of the Filipinos. J. Nutrit., 1930-31, 3: 237-44. Also J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1930, 10: 357-65, ch.—Peroni, A. Ricerche sul metabolismo basale e sul valore energetico degli alimenti nelle regioni artiche. Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 225.—Pi-Suner, J. Studies in racial metabolism; basal metabolism of the Araucanian Mapuches. Am. J. Physiol., 1933, 105: 383-S— Radsma, W. Metabolism during rest of the European in the tropics. Arch, neerl. physiol., 1931, 16: 91-122. -----& Streef, G. M. [Basal metabolism and albumin consumption bv Europeans in the tropics] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1932, 72: 479-98.—Shattuck, G. C, & Benedict, F. G. Further studies on the basal metabolism of Maya Indians in Yucatan. Am. J. Physiol., 1931, 94: 518-28. Also repr — Sison, A. B. M., & Ignacio, M. Observations on basal metabo- lism among Filipinos. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1927, 7: 416-9.—Sokhey, S. S. Normal, basal metabolism of Indians. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1927, 3: 7.Congr., 321.—Sordelli. A. Le metabolisme basal a Buenos-Aires. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 389.—Steggerda, M., & Benedict, F. G. The basal metabo- lism of some browns and blacks in Jamaica. Am. J. Physiol., 1928, 85: 621-33.----- Metabolism in Yucatan: a study of the Maya Indian. Ibid., 1932, 100: 274-84.—Takahira. Stan- dard des besoins calorifiques de base du peuple Japonais. Bull. Soc. sc. hyg. aliment., Par., 1927, 15: 488. -----Kitagawa [et al.] Besoins calorifiques de base du peuple Japonais. Ibid., 487.—Takeya, K. Estimation of the surface area and the basal metabolism of Japanese. Fukuoka acta med., 1929, 22: 51.—Teding van Berkhout, P. J. Contribution a l'etude du metabolisme basal chez les habitants des tropiques. Meded. dienst. volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1929, 18: 1-69, 5pl., ch., 12tab.— Turner, E. I. The racial factor in basal metabolism. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 2052—Wardlaw, H. S. H., & Horsley, C. H. The basal metabolism of some Australian aborigines. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1928, 5: 263-72— Wardlaw, H. S. H., & Lawrence, W. J. Further observations on the basal metabolism of Aus- tralian aborigines. Ibid., 1932, 10: 157.—Williams, G. B., & Benedict, F. G. The basal metabolism of Mayas in Yucatan. Am. J. Physiol., 1928, 85: 634-49. Also repr—Wising, P. J. The basal metabolism of healthy subjects in Sweden. Acta med. scand., 1934, 81: 487-510. ---- Variability: Mental factors. Steinberg, J. *The relation between basal metabolism and mental speed [Columbia Univ.] 40p. 8? N.Y., 1934. Henry, G. W. Basal metabolism and emotional states. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1929, 70: 598-605— Levy, J. A quantitative study of the relationship between basal metabolic rate and children's behavior problems. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1930-31, 1: 298-310.—Moltchanova, O. P., & Ezhova, E. N. [Basal metabo- lism in mental work] J. eksp. biol., 1930, 14: 71-8.—Segal, H. L., Binswanger, H. F., & Strouse, S. The effect of emotion on the basal metabolism. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Yr., 1926-27. 24: 845. Also Arch. Int. M., 1928, 41: 834-42—Serin, S. Perver- sions instinctives et modifications du metabolisme basal. Prat. med.fr., 1930, 11: 439. ---- Variability, seasonal. Bontcheff, L., & Kayser, C. Le rythme saisonnier du meta- bolisme de base chez le pigeon en fonction de la temperature moyenne du milieu. Ann. physiol., Par., 1934, 10: 285-300.— Gustafson, F. L., & Benedict, F. G. The seasonal variation in basal metabolism. Am. J. Physiol., 1928, 86: 43-58.—Maignon, F., & Painvin, A. Influence des saisons sur le metabolisme basal et Taction dynamique specifique de la viande chez le chien. Ann. physiol., Par., 1928, 4: 710-4. ---- Variability—women. Conklin, C. J., & McClendon, J. F. The basal metabolic rate in relation to the menstrual cycle. Arch. Int. M., 1930, 45: 125-35.—Ferracciu, B. Metabolismo basale in gravidanza e BASAL METABOLISM 128 BASAL METABOLISM puerperio (nota preventiva) Clin, ostet., 1927, 29: 481-4.— Gusso, A. L'influence dell' involuzione uterina e della funzione mammaria sul metabolismo basale della puerpera. Riv. ital. gin., 1927, 6: 714-32.—Hitchcock, F. A., & Wardwell, F. R. Cvclic variations in the basal metabolic rate of women. J. Nutrit., 1929-30, 2: 203-15.—Hughes, E. C. A study of 1,250 basal metabolisms during pregnancy; clinical presentation of cases. N. Y'ork State J.M., 1934, 34: 873-80—Litzenberg, J. C, & Carey, J. B. The relation of basal metabolism to gestation. Am. J. Obst., 1929, 17: 550-2.—Putzu Boneddu, F., & Levi, L. Metabolismo basale e alimentazione in gravidanza. Arch. ostet. gin., 1933, 2.ser., 20: 571—Rowe, A. W., & Boyd, W. C. The metabolism in pregnancy; the foetal influence on the basal rate. J. Nutrit., 1932, 5: 551-69—Schwarz, 0. H., & Brabkin, C. Basal metabolic rates in late pregnancy and the puer- perium. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1931, 56: 34-42—Scontrino, A. Metabolismo basale in gravidanza, in puerperio e nella affezioni ginecologiche. Rass. ostet. gin., 1928, 37: 675-703.—Stevenin, E. II metabolismo basale alio stato fisiologico. Biol, med., Milano, 1931,7: 147-73. ---- in animals. Adkins, M. A method for determining basal metabolism of fishes. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1930-31, 28: 259-63—Aehle, H. Methodisches zur Grundumsatzbestimmung bei Ratten. Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 638—Benedict, F. G., & Fox, E. L. Der Grundumsatz von kleinen Vbgeln (Spatzen, Kanarienvbgeln und Sittichen) Arch. ges. Physiol., 1933, 232:357-88.—Benedict, F. G., & MacLeod, G. The heat production of the albino rat; influence of environmental temperature, age, and sex; compari- son with the basal metabolism of man. J. Nutrit., 1928-29, 1: 367-98.—Benedict, F. G., & Ritzman, E. G. The basal metabo- lism of steers. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc., 1927, 13: 132-6.—Crofts, E. Studies on basal and resting metabolism after radiation with ultra-violet light; the effect of ultra-violet radiation on the rest- ing metabolism of birds. Am. J. Hyg., 1928, 8: 1014-9 — Ebeling, A. H., & Cory, R. B. An apparatus for the study of respiratory quotient and basal metabolism of mice. J. Exp. M., 1930, 51: 41-50.—Greene, J. A., & Luce, R. P. Determina- tion of basal metabolism of the albino rat from the insensible loss of weight. J. Nutrit., 1931, 4: 371-8.—Hesse, E. A. Ueber den Grundumsatz des Hundes nebst einigen methodischen Bemerkungen zur Gasstoffwechseluntersuchung an grosseren Tieren. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928, 62: 269-89.—Horst, K., Mendel, L. B., & Benedict, F. G. The influence of previous diet, growth, and age upon the basal metabolism of the rat. J. Nutrit., 1934, 8:139-62.—Houssay, B. A., & Artundo, A. Action de l'extrait ante-hypophysaire sur le metabolisme basal des chiens hypophysoprives et thyroprives. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 391.—Kramer, G. Der Ruheumsatz von Eidechsen und seine quantitative Beziehung zur Individuengrbsse. Zschr. vergl. Physiol., 1933-34, 20: 600-16—Kunde, M. M., & Nordlund, M. Studies on metabolism; inactivity and age as factors in- fluencing the basal metabolic rate of dogs. Am. J. Physiol., 1927, 80: 681-90—Kunde, M. M., & Steinhaus, A. H. The basal metabolic rate of normal dogs. Ibid., 1926, 78: 127-35.—La Breton, E. Conditions de la determination du metabolisme basal, chez le lapin adulte; temperature de neutralite thermique; elimination des mouvements. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 397.-----■ Rythme nycthemeral; action dynamique speci- fique. Ibid., 399.—Mardones, G. Methode simple pour l'etude du metabolisme basal chez les petits animaux. Ibid., 1931, 108: 118-22.—Mayer, A., & Nichita, G. Sur les 6changes des homeo- thermes au cours du rechauffement; contribution a l'etude du metabolisme minimum et de la thermogcnese. Ann. physiol., Par., 1929, 5:11-41.—Mitchell, H. H., & Haines, W. T. The basal metabolism of mature chickens and the net-energy value of corn. J. Agr. Res., 1927, 34: 927-43. -----& Card, L. E. The effect of age, sex, and castration on the basal heat production of chick- ens. Ibid., 945-60.—Riddle, 0., Smith, G. C, & Benedict, F. G. The basal metabolism of the mourning dove and some of its hybrids. Am. J. Physiol., 1932, 101: 260-7. Also repr.—Seel, H. Ueber den Einfluss der Vitasterine A und D auf den respira- torischen Grundumsatz bei Ratten. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz , 1928, 128: suppl., 102—Sostberg, G., & Steuber, M. Ueber den Einfluss verschiedener Schwermetalle auf den Grundumsatz von Meerschweinchen. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 203: 385-8 — Steck, I. E„ Miller, B. S., & Reed, C. I. The effect of parathor- mone on basal metabolism of normal dogs. Am. J. Physiol 1934-35, 110: 1-3.—Steinhaus, A. H. Studies in the physiology of exercise; exercise and basal metabolism in dogs. Ibid., 1927- 28, 83: 658-77.—Supniewski, J. V. [New apparatus for the determination of basal metabolism in small animals] Acta biol. exp., Warsz., 1930, 4: 279-86—Takahashi, Y. Beitrage zur Physiologie der Drusen; Erneute Untersuchung iiber den respiratorischen Grundumsatz normaler und milzloser Ratten Biochem. Zschr., 1924, 145: 130-53. ---- in children. Fuchs, B. *Ueber Grundumsatzbestimmun- gen bei Kinderkrankheiten [Tubingen] 32p 8? [Karlsruhe] 1931. Janet, H. *Le metabolisme basal, en clinique determine' par la methode des ^changes respira- toires, son etude dans les dysthyroidies et les retards de croissances de l'enfance. 135p. 8? Par., 1922. Robb, E. *The energy requirement of normal three-and-four-year-old children under standard basal metabolism conditions and during periods of quiet play [Columbia Univ.] 56p. 8? N.Y., 1934. Bruin, M. de [Basal metabolism in children] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1933, 77: 5684-92.----- Respiration and basal metabolism in childhood during sleep. Acta paediat., Upps., 1935-36,18: 279-86- Chi Che Wang, Kern, R. [et al.] Metabolism of undernourished children; basal metabolism. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1926, 32: 350-9. ----- The influence of sleep on basal metabolism of children. Ibid., 1928, 36: 83-8. Also repr.— Collins, B. A. Basal metabolic rate and surface area of chi dren. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 128—Essig, B. Ueber das Verhalten des Grundumsatzes bei untergewichtigen Sauglin- gen. Mschr. Kinderh., 1932, 53: 343-8—Janet, H., & Bochet, M. Le metabolisme des jeunes nourrissons normaux etudie par la methode des echanges respiratoires. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107:1229-31.—Jaureguy, M. A. Importancia clinica del metabo- lismo basal en los ninos. Arch, pediat. Uruguay, 1934, 5: 5-11 — Klugh, G. F. Basal metabolism in normal children from 6 to 12 years of age. J. Med. Ass. Georgia, 1928, 17: 500-2—Lesne, E., & Nattan-Larrier, R. Sur la notion de metabolisme basal du nourrisson. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 802-4.—Levine, S. Z., & Marples, E. The respiratory metabolism in infancy and in childhood; a biometric study of basal metabolism in normal infants. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1931, 41: 1332-46. Also repr.—Levine, S. Z., & Wilson, J. R. Basal metabolism of children. Ibid., 1926, 31: 323-35. Also repr—Lucas, W. P., & Pryor, H. B. The body build factor in the basal metabolism of children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1933, 46: 941-53—Montoro, O., Borras, N., & Reyes, P. de los. Estudio del metabolismo basal en ninos cubanos. Vida nueva, Habana, 1927, 21: 159-66 — MacLeod, G., & Rose, M. S. Some factors influencing the basal metabolism of children. J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 67: xix.— Rosenbliith, A. Der Grundumsatz bei Kindern und Jugend- lichen. Zschr. Kinderh., 1928, 46: 531^7.—Talbot, F. B. The significance of basal metabolism in children. Proc. Interst. Postgr. M. Ass. N. America (1927) 1928, 3: 70-3. Also J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1933, 3: 247-51—Topper, A., & Mulier, H. Basal metabolism in children of abnormal body weight; in underweight children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1929, 38: 299-309. Also repr. ----- Basal metabolism of overweight children. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 1903-7. Also repr—Weymuller, L. E., Wyatt, T. C, & Levine, S. Z. The respiratory metabolism in infancy and in childhood; the effect of thyroid therapy on the metabo- lism of protein in normal infants. Am. J. Dis. Child.. 1932. 43: 1544-51. BASARKE, Heinrich, 1903- *Die Ober- kieferhohle und ihre Beziehungen zu den Zahnen nach radikalen Kieferhohlenoperationen [Kiel] 43p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1930. BAS Bonald, Maria de los Dolores. Vade- mecum de la dama enfermera de la Cruz Roja y auxiliares sanitarios. 126p. port. 12? Carta- gena, E. Garrido, 1921. BASCH, Georges, 1894- *Les reactions humorales au cours des trichophyties intra- dermo-reactions a la trichophytine. 95p. 8? Par., 1925. BASCH, Mariano Clemence, 1904- *Le syndrome de Thibierge-Weissenbach; concretions calcaires des sclerodermies. 223p. 8? Par., 1932. —-- The same. Le syndrome de Thibierge- Weissenbach; concretions calcaires des sclero- dermies. 216p. 7pl. 8? Par., L. Arnette,I931. BASCH, Samuel Siegfried von, 1837-1905. Strubell-Harkort [Biography] Wien. med. Wschr., 1931, 81: 347-9. For Festschrift see Wien. med. Wschr., 1931, 81: BASCOU, Marcel, 1899- Contribution & l'etude de la septicemie d'origine buccodentaire (infection focale dentaire des Americains) 54p. 8? Par., 1925. BASCOURRET, Maurice, 1895- *Les troubles vasculaires dans le tabes. 199p. 8? Par., 1927. BASDEKIS, Spyridon N., 1890- *TJeber penetrierende Bauchverletzungen im Frieden und im Kriege [Freiburg] 29p. 8? Tub., H. Laupp, jr., 1915. Also Beitr. klin. Chir., 1915, 96: 223-50. BASDEN 129 BASEVI BASDEN, George Thomas, 1873- Among the Ibos of Nigeria; an account of the curious and interesting habits, customs, and beliefs of a little known African people [&c] 315p. 21pl. map. 8? Lond., Seeley, Service & Co., 1921. BASE, Daniel, 1869- See Simon, William, & Base, Daniel. Manual of chemistry. 12.ed. 667p. 8! Phila.. 1923. Also 13.ed. 695p. 8". Phila., 1927. BASE. See also Acid-base equilibrium; Alkalis; Chemistry; Lye; also names of bases as Sodium, hydroxide. Barger, G. The simpler natural bases. 215p. 8? Lond., 1914. Ackermann, B. Die Sozojodolsaure als Basenfallungsmittel. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1934, 225: 46-8—Adair, G. S., & Keys, A. B. A micromethod for the determination of base by electro- dialysis. J. Physiol., Lond., 1934, 81: 162-6—Biittner, G. Ueber die Bindung organischer Basen an Proteine. Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 258: 401; 414.—Budley, H. W. Note on the tech- nique for isolating bases by means of Reinecke's salt. Biochem. J., Lond., 1933. 27: 167.—Kahane, E. Un nouveau reactif de precipitation des bases organiques; le sei de Reinicke. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1935, 8.ser., 22: 254-67—Keil, W. Zur Darstellung und Isolierung quartiirer Basen. Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 259: 138.—Kirjan, W. M. Die Nachteile des Benzidin-Mikrover- fahrens fiir die Basenbestimmung nach W. C. Stadie und E. C. Ross; Abiinderung des Verfahrens. Ibid., 1931, 237: 73-86 — Meschkowa, N. P., & Severin, S. E. Die Elektrodialyse als Methode der Trennung und Bestimmung von Basen in biolo- gischen Fliissigkeiten; Bestimmung des Gesamtbasengehaltes in Blut, Serum und Erythrocytes Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1934, 230: 114-21.—Tanasescu, L., & Silberg, A. L'action des chlorures d'acides sur les bases de Schiff et considerations sur les produits d'addition de ces bases. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1936, 5.ser.. 3: 224-39—Wright, S. L.. & Allison, C. L. The determi- nation of total base. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 100: 1-11. BASEBALL. Amano, K. On the influence on the urine of playing in a base ■ ball match. Taiwan igakkai zasshi, 1929, 56.—Kuwahata. Baseballverletzungen. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1931, 230: 283-90.— Macdonald, A. Scientific study of baseball. Am. Phys. Educ. Rev., 1914,19: 220-41. Also repr.—Mandl, F. Typische Finger - verletzungen beim Handballspiel. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 965.—Taylor, J. M. Base ball a boy's game; not a movie show for actors. School & Soc, 1918, 7: 438-40. BASEDOW, Carl Adolph von, 1799-1854. Exophthalmos durch Hypertrophie des Zellge- webes in der Augenhohle. p. 198-205, 220-8. 8! Berl., 1840. Photostat. For biography see Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood) 1913, 2: 899-901 (T. H. Shastid) BASEDOW, Herbert, 1881- The Aus- tralian aboriginal, xx, 422p. 55pl. 8? Ade- laide, F. W. Preece & Sons, 1925. BASEDOW'S disease. See Thyrotoxicosis. BASE Hospitals. See United States Army. American Expeditionary Forces [3.ser.] BASEL, Switzerland. Burgerspital. Jahres- berichte. 2v. Basel, 1900-13. BASEL, Switzerland. Kanton Basel-Stadt. Statistisches Amt. Bericht. No.37-41, 1906-10. [Bound with Statistische Mitteilungen] ---- Statistisches Jahrbuch. 1, 1921- ---- Statistische Jahresubersicht. Bericht. No.42-51, 1911-20. ---- Statistische Mitteilungen. Bericht. 1901-5. Continued as the preceding. BASEL, Switzerland. Spital. Jahresberichte iiber die chirurgische Abteilung und die chirur- gische Polyklinik. 7v. Basel, 1871-1903. BASEL, Switzerland. Statistisches Amt. Mit- teilungen. No.39, 1921; no.44, 1924; no.52-53, 1932. BASEL, Switzerland. Universitat. Personal- Verzeichnis. Basel, 1929- 21767—VOL. 2, 4th series----9 BASEVI, William Henry Francis. The burial of the dead, viii, 208p. 8? Lond., G. Routledge & Sons, 1920. BASHFORD, Ernest Francis, 1873-1923. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1923, 2: 440. Also Lancet, Lond., 1923, 2: 536. Also N. York M.J., 1923, 118: 644. BASHFORD, Henry Howarth, 1880- The Harley street calendar. 4p.l. 272p. 8? Lond., Constable & Co., 1929. BASLDIOMYCETES. See also Fungi; also names of families and gen- era as Agaricus; Amanita; Ustilago, &c. Bose, S. R. Sexuality of Polyporus ostreiformis and Poly- stictus hirsutus. Cellule, Louvain, 1933-34, 42: 247-66, pi.— Colla, S., & Banin, Z. Variazioni di pressione osmotica in al- cuni basidiomiceti. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 885-7 — Cummins, G. B. Notes on some species of the Uredinales. Mycologia, N.Y., 1935, 27: 605-14—Hotson, J. W. A new species of Exobasidium. Phytopathology, 1927, 17: 207-16, pi.— Jackson, H. S. The nuclear cycle in Herpobasidium filicinum, with a discussion of the significance of homothallism in Basidio- mycetes. Mycologia, N.Y., 1935, 27: 553-72.—Lepik, E. Fungi Estonici exsiccati, Uredinaceae. Acta Univ. Tartu, 1934, 27: A, no. 10, 1-23.—Lutz, L. Sur les ferments solubles secretes par les champignons hymenomycetes; les alcaloi'des et la fonction anti-oxygene. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1929, 188: 1342; 1930, 191: 880.—Reinking, 0. A. Higher Basidiomycetes from the Philip- pines and their hosts. Philippine J. Sc, 1919-21, 15-19: 479; 491; passim.—Seaver, F. J., & Shope, P. F. New or noteworthy Basidiomycetes from the central Rocky Mountain region. Mycologia, N.Y., 1935,27: 642-51.—Vandendries, R. Recherches sur la sexualite des basidiomycetes. C. rend. Soc biol., 1922, 86: 513-5.—Zeller, S. M., & Walker, L. B. Gasterella, a new uniloculate gasteromycete. Mycologia, N.Y., 1935, 27: 573-9. BASILAR artery. See also Brain, Arteries. Retjterwall, O. P. Ueber bindegewebig geheilte Risse der Elastica interna der Arteria basilaris; zur Kenntnis der Zerreissungen der Gewebselemente in der Gefasswand. 127p. 8? Stockh., 1923. Bubreuil-Chambardel, L. Deux cas de duplicite du tronc basilaire. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1923, 93: 62.—Egas Moniz & Almeida, F. de. Le sinus droit et 1'ampoule de Galien opacifies par la voie du tronc basilaire. Lisboa med., 1933, 10: 587-93.— Fraenckel, P. Gedeckte traumatische Zerreissung der gesunden Arteria basilaris. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1927,10: 193-9 — Gordon, A., & SkiUern, P. G. Brain showing hemorrhagic oc- clusion of the basilar artery. Proc. Path. Soc. Philadelphia, 1920-21, n.s., 23: 51.—Lhermitte, J., & Trelles, J. 0. L'artcrio- scierose du tronc basilaire et ses consequences anatomo-eliniques. Jahrb. Psychiat. Neur., Wien, 1934, 51: 91-107.—Moniz, E. Tronc basilaire et arteres deriv6es. Encephale, 1933, 28: 705-8, pi.—Voncken, J. Ueber histologische Eigenarten der basalen Hirnarterien. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1931, 42: 481-93. ---- Aneurysm. See also Brain, Arteries: Aneurysm. Buguid, J. B. A ruptured aneurysm of the basilar artery at age 17. J. Path. Bact., Edinb., 1925, 28: 389, pi—Forbus, W. B. Ueber den Ursprung gewisser Aneurysmen der basalen Hirnarterien. Zbl. allg. Path., 1928-29, 44: 243-5—Hedinger, E. Die Bedeutung des indirekten Traumas fiir die Entstehung des Aneurysmen der basalen Hirnarterien. Kor. Bl. schweiz. Aerzte, 1917, 47: 1393-8.—Jungmichel, G. Aneurysma einer basalen Gehirnarterie nach Trauma. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1932,19:197-223.—Kerppola, W. Zur Kenntnis der Aneu- rysmen in den Basalarterien des Gehirns mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der begleitenden Arteriosklerose in denselben Gefiissen. Arb. Path. Inst. Helsingfors, 1919, n.F., 2: 115- 86, pi.—Krabbe, K. H., & Backer, K. H. Contributions au diagnostic des anevrismes de 1'artere basilaire du cerveau. Acta med. scand., 1922, 56: 95-106.—Leroy, A. Anevrysme de 1'artere basiliaire: troubles psychiques sous forme de deiire gene- ralise avec une sorte d'ecmnesie. Arch. med. beiges, 1920, 83: 139-45.—Mespes, P. E. Emorragia subaracnoidea de aneurisma dell' arteria basilare; sindrome peduncolare alterna con movi- menti coreo-atetosici. Riv. pat. nerv., 1934, 43: 1051-76.— Newman, S. H. A case of multiple aneurisms of the basilar artery with rupture. Southwest M., 1928, 12: 408.—Nonne. Praparat eines walnussgrossen Aneurysmas der Arteria basi- laris. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53:132.—Pawlowski.E. Ueber Blutungen aus Aneurysmen der basalen Hirnarterien (mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Frage der Aetiologie) Aerztl. Sachverst.Ztg, 1929, 35: 65-70.—Scholefield, B. G. A case of aneurism of the basilar artery. Rep. Guy's Hosp., Lond., 1924, 74: 485-7.—Smith, S. Aneurysm of the basilar artery simulating opium poisoning. Brit. M.J., 1924,1:994.—Wade, E. W. Notes on a case of aneurysm of the basilar artery. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1922,39:216. BASILE 130 BASOPHIL BASILE, Carlo. Diagnostica delle malattie parassitarie. x, 262p. illus. 2pl. 8? Roma, L. Pozzi, 1923. BASILE, Giovanni, 1869-1918. Necrologio. Arch. ital. otol., 1920, 31: 89. BASILE, Nairn, 1892- Contribution a l'etude de la phlyct^nose recidivante des extr6- mites; acrodermatite continue de Hallopeau. 54p. 8? Par., 1917. BASILIADES, Ange, 1895- Contribu- tion a l'etude de la septicemic meningococcique et de son traitement. 128p. 8? Par., 1928. BASILIC vein. See also Brachial vein; Forearm. Biemer, F. E., apie du cancer de l'uterus. 61p. 8? Par., 1923. BAUD, Max Ed. *Ueber die Fern- und Dauer- resultate der Meniskusoperationen [Zurich] 48p. 8? Bern, Haller & Wagner, 1921. BAUDAIS, Rene, 1890- Contribution a l'etude des reactions et accidents consecutifs aux injections d'arseno-benzol (salvarsan et neo- salvarsan) d'apres 2,743 injections. 118p. 8? Par., 1914. BAUDARD, Andre, 1907- *Les syn- dromes parkinsoniens en pathologie mentale. 96p. 8? Par., 1934. BAUDE, Eugene Louis Andre, 1902- *Etude historique sur quelques moyens de pro- phylaxie antivenerienne individuelle. 47p. 8? Par., 1927. BAUDE, Lucien. *L'exploration fonctionnelle du foie par les epreuves d'eliminations provo- qu6es. 127p. 8? Par., 1913. BAUDE-LACASCADE, Juliette, 1899- *Un chapitre de radiotherapie endocrinienne; rayons X et surrenales. 58p. 8? Par., 1928. BAUDELAIRE, Charles, 1821-67. Molinery. La maladie de Baudelaire. Paris mSd., 1934, 91: annexe, 49. BAUDELOCQUE, Jean Louis, 1745-1810. An abridgment of Mr. Heath's translation of Baude- locque's midwifery; with notes, xvi, 588p. 6pl. 8? Phila., T. Dobson, 1811. BAUDELOT, Maurice, 1904- *Technique et indications de la thyroidectomie to tale dans les cancers thyroidiens. 60p. 8? Par., 1933. BAUDERON, Brice, 1540-? *The expert physician [transl. into English by B. W.] [7]1. 160p. 8? Lond., John Hancock, 1657. BAUDESSON, Henry. Indo-China and its primitive people; transl. by E. Appleby Holt. xii, 328p. pi. 8? Lond., Hutchinson & Co., 1919. BAUDET, Andre, 1896- Contribution a l'etude du diagnostic differentiel entre l'encepha- lite epid6mique et certaines formes aigues ou subaigues de scleroses en plaques. 63p. 8? Par., 1928. BAUDET, Charles. Contribution a l'etude de l'influence de la grossesse sur les salpingo-ovarites. 78p. 8? Par., 1921. BAUDET, Edmond Arthur Rene Floribert. *Asporogene Milzbrandbacillen [Bern] 19p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1911. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1911, 60: BAUDIN, Alphonse, 1811-52. Genty, M. [Biography] Progr. med., Par., 1932, suppl.. 65-9. BAUDIN, Clement Francois Andre. *La fer- meture primitive des plaies dans les fractures du f6mur par projectiles de guerre. 74p. 8? Par., 1918. BAUDOIN, Jean, 1895- *Au sujet des algies dites rhumatismales; leur rapport avec les infections saisonnieres. 66p. 8? Par., 1924. BAUDOUIN, Charles, 1881- Suggestion and autosuggestion; a psychological and peda- gogical study based upon the investigations made by the Nancy school. 288p. 8? Lond., G. Allen & Unwin, 1920. ---- Studies in psychoanalysis; an account of 27 concrete cases preceded by a theoretical expo- sition; transl. by Eden and Cedar Paul, xxiv, 508p. 8? N.Y.,.Dodd, Mead & Co., 1922. ---- Emile Coue and his life-work. 3p.l. 22p. port. 16? N.Y., Amer. Libr. Service, 1923. ---- Psychoanalysis and aesthetics; transl. from the French by Eden and Cedar Paul. 328p. 8? N.Y., Dodd, Mead & Co., 1924. ---- L'ame enfantine et la psychanalyse. 277p. 12? Neuchatel, Delachaux & Niestle, S.A. [1931] ---- The same. The mind of the child; a psychoanalytical study; transl. by Eden and Cedar Paul. 282p. 8? Lond., G. Allen & Unwin [1933] ---- & LESTCHINSKY, A. The inner disci- pline; transl. from the French by Eden and Cedar Paul. 229p. 8? Lond., G. Allen & Unwin, 1924. BAUDOUIN, Emile. *Les troubles moteurs dans le zona; le syndrome du ganglion genicule et considerations sur le r61e sensitif du nerf facial [Paris] 96p. 8? Troyes, 1920. BAUDOUIN, Louis Pierre Arthur, 1899- *A propos de la sclerose en plaques a d6but ocu- laire. 60p. 8? Par., 1928. BAUDOUIN, Marcel, 1860- La prehis- toire par les etoiles; un chronometre prShisto- rique. xl, 329p. 12? Par., N. Maloine, 1926. For biography see Fasc. script. (Dartigues, L.) Par., 1932, 3: 495-9. BAUDRILLART, Jean, 1900- *Fonc- tionnement de la maternity Baudelocque, Cli- nique obstetricale de la Facult6 de medecine dirigee par le Professeur A. Couvelaire (Annee 1924) 143p. 8? Par., 1926. BAUDRIMONT, Alexandre Edouard, 1806-80. Baudrimont, A. Les grands noms oubli6s; Alexandre Bau- drimont et la chimie colloidale. J. med. Bordeaux, 1927, 104: 232-4. ' BAUDRIMONT [Edouard Marcel] Albert, 1883- 1914. See Beylot, Elie Marc, & Baudrimont, A. Manuel theorique et pratique d'histologie. 3.6d. 2 vol. 670p. paged consec. roy.8? Par., 1932. BAUDRIMONT, Marie Victor Ernest, 1821-85. Bancroft, W. B. Baudrimont as colloid chemist. J. Phys. Chem., 1924, 28: 256-62. BAUDRY, Colette, 1896- Contribution a l'etude de l'ictere hSmolytique familial. 45p. 8? Par., 1926. See also Cordey, F., & Baudry, C. Formulaire de th6rapeu tique clinique. 182p. 18? Par., 1930. t BAUDRY, Raoul, 1891- Contribution a l'Stude comparative des accidents observes au cours de I'emploi des divers medicaments anti- syphilitiques. 81p. 8? Par., 1928. BAUDRY 143 BAUER BAUDRY, Rene. *Methode de recherche mi- crochimique pour certains constituants des huiles essentielles. 154p. 8? Par., 1919. BAUER, Adolf, 1892- *Behandlung der Melaena vera mit Gelatineinjektionen [Heidel- berg] 31p. 21. 8? Heppenheim, G. Otto, 1927. BAUER, Albert, 1903- *Ueber moderne Theorien der Pathogenese des Carcinoms [Bonn] 50p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1928. BAUER, Alfons, 1891- *Zur Kombina- tion von Uterusmyom mit Korpuskarzinom. 35p. 8? Miinch., Kastner & Callwey, 1916. BAUER, Alfred, 1906- *Ueber die Aetio- logie des Mongolismus anhand der bisherigen Ergebnisse der Zwillingsforschung [Kiel] 16p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1930. Also Arch. Kinderh., 1930, 90: BAUER, Alfred Wilhelm, 1902- *Ueber den Einfluss der Abkalbezeit auf den Milch- und Fettertrag beim Angler Rind [Kiel] p.99-165. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. BAUER, Anton, 1904- *Ein Fall von Perinephritis serosa. 32p. 8? Bonn, 1930. BAUER, Bernhard A. Wie bist du, Weib? Betrachtungen iiber Korper, Seele, Sexualleben und Erotik des Weibes, mit einem Anhange: die Prostitution, xxii, 614p. roy.8? Wien, Rikola, 1924. ---- The same. Woman (wie bist du, Weib?) a treatise on the anatomy, physiology, psychol- ogy, and sexual life of woman with an appendix on prostitution; transl. by E. S. Jerdan. 413p. 8? Lond., J. Cape [1927] ---- Woman and love; transl. from the Ger- man by Eden and Cedar Paul. 2v. 4p.l. 353p.; xxvii, 396p. 8? N.Y., Boni & Liveright, 1927. BAUER [Eduin Heinrich] Aurel, 1907- *Ueber Sporentotung durch Sublimat- und Hol- lensteinlosungen [Leipzig] 6p. 8? Miinch., R. Oldenbourg, 1934. BAUER, Elsa, 1882- *Ueber Agglutina- tion, lip. 8? Freib. i. Br. [1915] BAUER, Erich, 1908- *Beitrage zur pro- thetischen Versorgung bei Unterkieferresektio- nen. 16p. 8? Miinch., 1932. BAUER, Erich Eugen, 1907- *Ueber weibliche Sexualhormone bei einzelligen Tieren [Wiirzburg] p.602-10. 8? Berl., F. C. W. Vogel, 1931. Also Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1931,163: BAUER, Ernst, 1902- *Ueber einen Fall von Hamochromatose mit besonderer Beteiligung von Gehirn und Ruckenmark [Wiirzburg] 21p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1928. BAUER, Erwin, FISCHER, Eugen, & LENZ, Fritz. Menschliche Erblichkeitslehre. 2.Aufl. vi, 442p. 8pl. 8? Munch., J. F. Lehmann, 1923. BAUER, Friedrich, 1890- *Ein Fall von spontaner Aortenruptur. 33p. 8? Erlangen, E. T. Jacob, 1915. BAUER, Friedrich Karl, 1887- *Zur Kenntnis der pathogenen Eigenschaften des Nekrosebazillus. 43p. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt, 1918. BAUER, Georg, 1892- *Die Histologic der Harnblase von Esox lucius und die histolo- gisch-pathologischen Veranderungen derselben durch Myxidium lieberkiihni (Butschli) [Mun- chen] 21p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1921. BAUER, Grete, 1902- *Ueber die Durch- bruchszeiten der bleibenden Zahne [Frankfurt] 22p. 8? Berl., 1927. BAUER, Gunnar. Zur Behandlung der Appen- dicitis-Peritonitis mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der Frage nach Primarsutur und der Be- handlung von postoperativem Ileus. 46lp. 8? Lund, 1933. Forms Suppl. 24, v.70, of Acta chir. scand. BAUER, Hans, 1894- *Trichinosis; Bei- trage zur Pathologie und Therapie der Trichinose nach Erfahrungen bei einer Epidemie im Jahre 1918 [Giessen] 9p. 8? Ludwigshafen a. Rh., 1921. BAUER, Hans, 1906- *Ueber die Ent- stehung der multiplen Hirnhernien zugleich ein Beitrag zu ihrer Kasuistik. 23p. 8? Miinch., J. B. Grassl, 1930. BAUER, Heinrich. Zur Kenntnis der Sinus pericranii. 14p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1920. Forms H.3, Abt. Chir. of Beitr. Heilk. BAUER, Heinrich, 1899- *Ein Fall von Melanosarkom der Kopfhaut. 27p. 8? Erlan- gen, K. Dores, 1927. BAUER, Heinrich, 1907- *Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik der primaren Lungenmykosen [Heidelberg] 28p. 8? Bottrop-W., W. Post- berg, 1934. BAUER, Heinz, 1906- *Die Bedeutung der Muskelharten (Myogelosen) fiir den Sport- arzt und die Sportmassage [Munchen] 24p. 2 1. 8? Wlirzb., K. Triltsch, 1933. BAUER, Herbert, 1889- *Beitrage zur modernen Arsentherapie in der Veterinarmedi- zin. 43p. 8? Dresd., O. Franke, 1919. BAUER, Hermann, 1907- *Psittakose- krankheit. 31p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp. 1934. BAUER, Joachim, 1891- *Hysterische Erkrankungen bei Kriegsteilnehmern [Kiel] 34p. 8? Berl., L. Schumacher, 1916. BAUER, Josef, 1889- *Ueber einen Fall von Porokeratosis Mibelli. 22p. 2pl. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1928. BAUER, Josef Alois, 1907- *Bedeutet der Pernocton-Dammerschlaf einen Fortschritt in der Losung der Geburtsanasthesiefrage [Er- langen] 32p. 8? Berl., Zieger & Steinkopf, 1932. BAUER, Julius, 1887- Die konstitutio- nelle Disposition zu inneren Krankheiten. 2. Aufl. xi, 650p. roy.8? Berl., J. Springer, 1921. ---- Vorlesungen iiber allgemeine Konsti- tutions- und Vererbungslehre fiir Studierende und Aerzte. 2p.l. 186p. 47illus. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1921. ---- Praktische Folgerungen aus der Verer- bungslehre. 30p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwar- zenberg, 1925. Forms H.l, v.21, of Beihefte Med. Klin. ---- Innere Sekretion, ihre Physiologie, Pathologie und Klinik. vi, 479p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. ---- Der sogenannte Rheumatismus. vi, 144p. 6pl. 8? Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1929. ---- Genetics in cancer. 21p. 8? [N.Y.] N.Y. Pathological Soc, 1934. ---- & STEIN, Conrad. Konstitutionspatho- logie in der Ohrenheilkunde. iv, 340p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1926. Forms H.2 of Konst.-Path. in med. Spez. Wissensch. (J. Bauer) Berl., 1926. BAUER, Karl, 1904- *Beitrag zur Frage der Makrophagengenese im entziindeten Gewebe bei vitalgespeicherten Tieren. p. 155-82. 8? [Lpz.] 1928. Also Zschr. Zellforsch., 1929, 9: BAUER, Karl, 1905- *Klinischer Beitrag zur Frage der Gallenweg-Magendarmanastomo- BAUER 144 BAUER sen bei Choledochuskompression durch Pan- kreaskopferkrankungen unklarer Natur [Mini- ster] 47p. 8? Diisseld., C. Jesinghaus, 1931. BAUER [Karl] Heinrich, 1890- *Die zen- trale Leberruptur und ihre Folgen; ein Beitrag zur Pathogenese und Begutachtung der Leberabs- zesse [Wurzburg] 40p. 8? Berl., L. Schu- macher, 1918. ---- Frakturen und Luxationen; ein kurzge- fasstes Lehrbuch fiir Aerzte und Studierende. viii, 236p. roy.8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. ---- Mutationstheorie der Geschwulstentste- hung; Uebergang von Korperzellen in Geschwulst- zellen durch Gen-Aenderung. 2p.l. 72p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. ---- BORCHARD, A. [et al.] Chirurgie des Bauches. 6.Aufl. x, 1297p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1929. Forms v.3 of Handb. prakt. Chir. (Bergmann, Bruns & Mikulicz) Stuttg., 1926-31. BAUER, Karl Heinrich, CRINIS, Max de [et al.] Organe und Konstitution. x, 888p. 7pl. ch. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1930. Forms v.3 of Biol, der Person (Brugsch & Lewy) Berl., 1930. BAUER, Karl Hugo, 1874- Methoden zur chemischen Untersuchung von Geheimmitteln. p.1155-288. 8? Berl., 1935. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Berl., 1935, 4.Abt., T.7B, pt2. BAUER, Kurt, 1906- *Beitrag zur Frage der Verdauungsstorung infolge von Zahnmangel. 25p. 8? Miinch., 1931. BAUER, Louis Hopewell, 1888- Aviation medicine, xv, 241p. 17pl. 8? Bait., Williams & Wilkins Co., 1926. BAUER, Ludwig, 1892- *Zur Kraniologie der Baining [Munchen] 57p. pi. 8? Brnschw., F. Vieweg & Sohn, 1915. BAUER, Maria [Magdalena] 1904- *Ue- berventilation und Alkalireserve. 24p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1934. BAUER, Michael Josef. *Jean Baptiste Al- phonse Chevallier und seine gewerbehygienische Leistungen [Wurzburg] 35p. 8? Brnschw., 1915. BAUER, Paul, 1898- *Ueber einen Fall von Carcinoma gelatinosum des Rektums am Uebergang zur Flexura sigmoidea bei einem 21 jahrigen Madchen. 27p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1928. BAUER, Paul, 1900- *Zur Statik der Prothese. 35p. pi. 8? Bonn, L. Neuendorff, 1931. BAUER, Paul, 1902- *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Statistik, Zunahme und Aetiologie des primaren Carcinoms der Lungen und Bronchien [Munchen] 33p. 8? Dillingen a. D., 1929. BAUER, Robert. *Kartoffelfutterung und Kar- toffelvergiftung bei unseren Haustieren [Leipzig] 7p. 8? Lucka i. Thur., R. Berger, 1924. BAUER, Theodor, & BECK, Oscar. Atlas der Histopathologie der Nase und ihrer Nebenhohlen. xii, 841. 84pl. roy.8? Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1924. BAUER, W. E., & JUDGE, J. P., jr. Baltimore and the draft, an historical record; a photographic and statistical history of the operation of the Selective Service Law [&c] 256p. fol. Bait., 1919. BAUER, Walther, 1901- *Beitrag zur Klinik und Therapie der Pseudarthrose des Un- terkiefers [Munchen] 36p. 8? Rietberg, J. Lowenstein, 1928. BAUER, Willi, 1878- *Siebzehn Falle von subkutaner Nierenruptur. 49p. 8? Lpz., B. Georgi, 1903. BAUER, William Waldo, 1892- Con- tagious diseases; what they are, and how to deal with them. 6 1. 218p. vii. 8? N.Y., A. A. Knopf, 1934. BAUERREISS, Heinrich, 1866- *Zur Ge- schichte des spezifischen Gewichtes im Altcrtum und Mittelalter. 127p. 8? Erlangen, Junge & Sohn, 1914. BAUFFRE, Maurice, 1882- *Les abces de fixation et l'ectragol en medecine v6t6rinaire [Alfort] 96p. 8? Par., 1927. BAUFLE, Paul, 1885- *Le cancer en jante de l'attache m6sente>o-intestinale. 67p. 8? Par., 1914. See also Joltrain, E., & Baufle, P. L'examen clinique des in- testinaux. 88p. 12? Par., 1919. BAUGAS, Jean, 1899- *Formes inhabi- tuelles de la fievre Mediterraneenne. 140p. 8? Par., 1927. BAUGEARD, Jules Paul, 1889- Contri- bution a l'etude de l'invagination intestinale par diverticule de Meckel. 92p. 8? Par., 1914. BAUGHMAN, Imo P. Chemistry for nurses; laboratory manual, Los Angeles Junior College. 3p.l. 42p. roy.8? Ann Arb., Edwards Bros., 1930. ---- Chemistry for nurses; applied chemistry for colleges. 2pts. 4471. roy.8? Los Angeles, Los Angeles Junior Coll., 1934. Mimeographed. BAUHIN, Johannes, jr., 1541-1613 [Beschrei- bung des Bads zu Boll; transl. into German by David Foerter] 4pts in 1. 8? Stuttgart, Marx Fuerstern, 1602. ---- De plantis Absynthii nomen habentibus [Also De Absynthiis by Claudius Rocard] 8 1. 170p. 3 1. 8? Montisbeligardi, 1593. BAUHIN'S valve. See Ileocecal valve. BAUKE, Ernst Ewald Edmund Eugen Friedrich, 1898- *Beitrag zur Frage der operativen Behandlung der Knochelbruche. 40p. 8? [Berl.] 1930. BAUKLOH, Heinrich, 1896- *Ueber die Behandlung der Schuppenflechte. 49p. 8? Marburg, Bauer, 1925. BAULOT, Andre, 1891- Contribution a l'etude de la syphilis de l'estomac a forme d'ul- cere. 35p. 8? Par., 1921. BAUM, Ernst Alfred, 1900- *Ueber die sogenannte Verdoppelung des Mitralostiums. 14p. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt, 1926. BAUM, Ernst Wilhelm, 1876-1934. Oehlecker. Nekrolog. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 1110-2. BAUM, Friedrich, 1889- *Die reduzie- rende Substanz in der Hefe; Beitrage zur Kennt- nis der Oxydation des Cysteins. 29p. 8ch. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1914. BAUM, Hermann, 1864-1932. See Ellenberger, W., Baum, H., & Bittrich, H. Handbuch der Anatomie [&c] 250p. sm.4? Lpz., 1901. ----- Handbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie der Haustiere. 17.ed. 1102p. roy.8? Berl., 1932. For biography see Anat. Anz., 1934, 78: 265-74, port. (O. Zietzschmann) BAUM, Kurt, 1902- *Ueber Eckzahnre- tention in Ober- und Unterkiefer. 43p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1926. BAUM, Wilhelm Ludwig, 1867-1932. Preble, E. B. [Obituary] Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1932, 9: 93. ---- & PATRICK, Hugh Talbot. Skin and venereal diseases; nervous and mental diseases. 236p. illus. 8? Chicago, Year Book Pub., 1903. Vol.10, Prac. med. ser. of Year Books. 1903. BAUMAN 145 BAUMANN BAUMAN, Amos F., 1857-1918. Obituary. Canada Lancet, 1918, 52: 168. BAUMANN, Albert J. *The diagnosis and treatment of sciatica [Marquette Univ.] 16p. 8? Milwaukee, Wis., 1932. Typewritten. BAUMANN, Alois, 1905- *Ueber Ur- sachen und Folgen des vorzeitigen Blasen- sprunges [Munchen] 30p. 8? Bottrop-W., W. Postberg, 1932. BAUMANN, Anny, 1905- *Ueber Fiir- sorgestellen fur Entstellte. 18p. 8? Berl., 1932. BAUMANN, C. T. *Zur Kritik der klinischen palpatorischen Maximaldruck-Bestimmungen [Bernl 20p. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & Co., 1917. BAUMANN, Elisabeth, 1901- *Parane- phritische Abszesse [Heidelberg] 24p. 2 1. 8? Waldorf b. Heidelb., F. Lamade, 1928. BAUMANN, Erich, 1897- *Ueber die neuere Rechtsprechung bei Operationsverwei- gerung (Auszug) 8p. 8? Bonn, J. F. Car- thaus, 1922. BAUMANN, Ernst. *Untersuchungen iiber eine neue Methode zur Erleichterung der Geburt [Basel] 21p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1916. BAUMANN, Erwin. *Die Erfahrungen mit der Abderhalden'schen Schwangerschaftsdiagnostik im Frauenspital Basel [Basel] 35p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1915. BAUMANN, Erwin, 1896- *Beitrag zur Prophylaxe und Therapie der Metritiden von Kiihen und Ziegen. 90p. 8? Lucka-Lpz., R. Berger, 1933. BAUMANN, Friedrich, 1905- *Moderne Schmerzstillung unter der Geburt [Leipzig] 32p. 8? Zeulenroda-Thiir., A. Oberreuter, 1931. BAUMANN, Friedrich [Wilhelm Paul] 1891- *Ueber periodische Muskellahmungen. 34p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1919. BAUMANN, Fritz. *Appareillages d'urgence des fractures du maxillaire inferieure. 22p. 8? Geneve, 1932. BAUMANN, Fritz, 1903- *Zur patholo- gischen Anatomie der posttraumatischen Wir- belerkrankung (Kummell'sche Krankheit) 47p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1931. BAUMANN, Gottfried. *Statistisches und Klinisches zur Aortenklappeninsuffizienz [Zu- rich] 18p. 8? Thalwil, F. Tellenbach, 1924. BAUMANN, Hans. *Ueber den Mechanismus der Dekompensation und Stauung (Studien iiber die aktiven Einfliisse der Peripherie auf Dekom- pensation und Stauung) [Freiburg] p.263-304. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1932. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1932, 121: BAUMANN, Hans Heinrich. *Ueber die Dauerresultate der operativ behandelten Menis- kusverletzungen des Kniegelenks [Zurich] p.250-308. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann &c, 1922. Also Arch. Orthop. Unfallchir., Munch., 1921, 19: 250-308. BAUMANN, Jean, 1906- *Les hemo- pentoines genitaux non gravidiques; l'hemoperi- toine experimental. 176p. 5pl. 8? Par., 1934. BAUMANN, Karl, 1901- *Ueber die Grenzen der Wassermann-Reaktion. 40p. 8? Miinch., 1927. BAUMANN, Lina, 1911- *Die Entwick- lung des Funktionsabdruckes. 19p. 8? Er- langen, K. Dores, 1934. BAUMANN, M. Kurzgefasste Technik der ortlichen Betaubung. 16p. 8? Berl., H. Korn- feld, 1925. Forms H.349 of Berl. Klinik. BAUMANN, Max Edgar. *Acht Falle von Situs inversus viscerum totalis [Zurich] 52p. 8? Zur., Leemann & Co., 1917. BAUMANN, Robert, 1889- *Die konser- vative Behandlung der entzundlichen Adnexer- krankungen. 27p. 8? Erlangen, E. T. Jacob, 1919. BAUMANN, Robert Rudolf, 1901- *Ex- perimentelle Thalliumeffekte an Ratten und Miiusen; ein Beitrag zur karyoklastischen Gift- wirkung. p.425-43. roy.8? Ziir., Gebr. Lee- mann & Co., 1931. Also Acta radiol., Stockh., 1930, 11: BAUMANN, Rudolf. *Ueber Fingerverluste an Hand eines Materiales von iiber 400 Fallen der Schweizerischen Unfallversicherungsanstalt in Luzern [Zurich] 52p. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & Co., 1929. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1928, 58: 918-47. BAUMANN, Theophil Ernst. *Zur Frage der Anamie bei Rachitis [Basel] 56p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1928. BAUMANN, Vera. *Ueber einen Fall von metastatischem Halsabszess bei bisher latentem Magenkarzinom. 36p. 8? Ziir., Leemann & Co., 1923. BAUMANN, Walfried, 1891- Untersu- chungen iiber die Muskelstarre [Tubingen] 28p. 8° Bonn, M. Hager, 1916. BAUMANN, Walther [Ludwig Fritz] 1902- *Zur Frage der Beeinflussung der experi- mentellen Gallenfistelanamie des Hundes [Got- tingen] 27p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. BAUMATZ, Szaja. *Ueber den Bakterienge- halt des Magens und des Dunndarms vom gesun- den Meerschweinchen. p. 191-202. 8? Zur., 1925. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925, 95: BAUMBACH, Gottfried Max, 1902- *Zur Kenntnis der Knochenveranderungen bei Lues congenita der Siiuglinge [Leipzig] 20p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. Thiir., A. Oberreuter] 1928. BAUMBERGER, Max. *Ueber Steinmannsche Nagelextension. 100 Nagelextensionen aus der kantonalen Krankenanstalt Aarau [Bern] 32p. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1920. BAUMCWAJGER, Benjamin, 1908- *La congestion menstruelle est-elle le facteur deter- minant de la parturition? 35p. 8? Lausanne, 1932. BAUMEISTER, Alexander, 1895- *Ueber den Stand der Frage der Sekretion der Neben- nierenmarkzellen ins Blut (Auszug) [Leipzig] 7p. 8? Magdeb., G. Naussed, 1923. BAUMEISTER, Johannes Stephan, 1884- *Ueber einen Fall von Lungenabscess im An- schluss an Fremdkorperneumonie bei Eklampsie als Komplikation fiir Schwangerschaft und Geburt [Kiel] 32p. 8? Koln, J. Frimmers- dorf, 1919. BAUMEISTER, Luis A. *E1 pneumotorax arti- ficial en el tratamiento de la tuberculosis pul- monar. 24p. 8? Caracas (Patria) 1927. BAUMEISTER, Reinhold, 1904- *Ueber Atresia ani [Berlin] 29p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1928. BAUMEISTER, Theodor, 1888- *Ueber postoperative Cvclitis. 22p. 8? Rostock, Adlers Erben, 1916. BAUMEISTER, Willy, 1908- *Die Wan- derung der Zahne im bleibenden Gebiss des Menschen. 62p. 8? Zur., 1934. BAUMEL, Simon, 1889- Contribution a l'etude des plaies penetrantes du crane en chi- rurgie de guerre. 47p. 8? Montpel., 1917. 21767—vol. 2, 4th series----10 BAUMELER 146 BAUMGARTEN BAUMELER, Antoine. *Etudes experimentales sur le venin de Crotalus adamanteus. 19p. 8? Lausanne, T. Eberhard, 1920. BAUMER, Rene, 1906- *Les lesions ana- tomo-pathologiques produites par les accidents d'automobiles. 64p. 8? Strasb., 1933. BAUMERT, Otto Heinrich August, 1896- *Ueber Ulcus corneae rodens, und sein Verhaltnis zur Rosacea. 108p. 8? Freib. i. Br., Speyer & Kaerner, 1927. BAUMGAERTEL [Enno Karl] Wilhelm, 1899- *Klinische Beitrage zur modernen Wurzel- fiillungsmethodik unter besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der Albrecht-Fullung und der Trypaflavin- Jodoformpaste nach Rebel. 24p. 8? Lpz., 1925. BAUMGAERTEL, Traugott, 1891- Die staatlichen Bestimmungen iiber die Ausfiihrung der Wassermannschen Reaktion; erlautert fiir praktische Aerzte und Untersucher. xii, 34p. 8? Munch., J. F. Lehmann, 1922. ---- Grundriss der theoretischen Bakterio- logie. xxxviii, 259p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1924. BAUMGAERTNER, Chr. *Ueber das durch Haut und Lungen ausgeschiedene Wasser und seine klinische Bestimmung. 48p. 8? [Basel] 1920. BAUMGAERTNER, Eugen, 1905- *Der Kaiserschnitt am wehenlosen Uterus. 15p. 8? Miinch., 1930. BAUMGAERTNER, Hans. *Ueber spezifische diffuse produktive Mvokarditis [Zurich] 35p. 8? Wiesb., J. F. Bergmann, 1915. BAUMGAERTNER, Hans, 1887- *Ueber die regressiven Veranderungen der Arteria cen- tralis retinae bei Arteriosklerose [Munchen] 33p. 2pl. 8? Wiesb., J. F. Bergmann, 1914. BAUMGAERTNER, Hilde, 1908- *Ueber Lokalanasthetika unter besonderer Beriicksichti- gung eines base-gepufferten Novocain-Supra- reninpraparates [Heidelberg] 23p. 8? Libau, G. D. Meyer, 1931. BAUMGAERTNER, Otto. *Ueber familiare multiple Hirn-Ruckenmarksklerose nebst Bemer- kungen uber Argyrie. 31p. 8? Zur., O. Fiissli, 1897. BAUMGARDT, Gertrud, 1894- *Bemer- kungen zur Technik der Lumbalpunktatsunter- suchungen. 25p. 8? Heidelb., Rossler & Her- bert, 1918. BAUMGART, Erich, 1905- *Die Wir- kungssteigerung der Schlafmittel durch Anal- getica. l8p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1932. BAUMGART, Hans, 1903- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der endometrioiden Bildungen, ins- besondere der Narbenwucherungen [Marburg] 28p. 8? Kirchhain, J. Schroder, 1929. BAUMGART, Hersz, 1907- Complica- tions nerveuses de la varicelle (les encephalo- myelites post-varicelleuses) 43p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1934. BAUMGART, Kurt, 1900- *Ueber spezi- fische Hautaffektionen bei myeloischer Leu- kamie. 32p. 8? Miinch., 1930. BAUMGART, Reinhard, 1885- *Friedens- erfahrungen iiber Unfallneurosen; ein Beitrag zur Beurteilung der Kriegsneurosen. 52p. 8? Rostock, Adlers Erben, 1918. BAUMGART, Werner [Alfred Friedrich] 1909- *Ueber das Verhalten der Portallymph- knoten bei der Distomatose des Rindes. 27p pi. 8? Lpz., 1933. BAUMGARTEN, Franziska, 1883- Die Luge bei Kindern und Jugendlichen; eine Um- frage in den polnischen Schulen von Lodz. lllp. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1917. Forms Beiheft 15, Beihefte Zschr. angew. Psychol. ---- Wunderkinder, psychologische Unter- suchungen. 184p. pi. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1930. BAUMGARTEN, Fritz, 1891- *Ueber Kreislauf und Lungenveranderungen bei der Kohlenoxydvergiftung [Halle] 21p. 2 1. 5pl. 8? Halle, E. Schellenbeck, 1931. BAUMGARTEN, Fritz [Wolfgang Werner] 1886- *Ueber hysterische Gangstorungen bei Kriegsteilnehmern. 41p. 8? Konigsb. i. Pr., R. Leupold, 1918. BAUMGARTEN, Johannes, 1896- *Ueber Spina bifida und einen Fall von Meningocele mit angeborener schwerer Skoliose (Auszug) 15p. 8? Lpz., E. Lehmann, 1922. BAUMGARTEN, Paul von, 1848-1928. Ent- ziindung, Thrombose, Embolie und Metastase im Lichte neuerer Forschung. 208p. 8? Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1925. For biography see Beitr. path. Anat., 1928, 80: H.3 (L. Aschoff) Also Munchen. med. Wschr., 1918, 65: 973 (M. Askanazy) Also ibid., 1928, 75: 1507, port. (A. Wolff-Eisner) Also Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1929, 24: 361-3 (A. Dietrich) Also Zbl. allg. Path., 1928, 43: 529-32 (A. Dietrich) BAUMGARTEN, Paul Sebastian, 1894- *Hamolytischer Icterus bei einem zweieiigen Zwilling und seinem Vater. 14p. 8? [Miinch.] 1925. BAUMGARTEN, Werner, 1892- *Epi- demiologische und klinische Beobachtungen bei Fleckfieber [Giessen] 53p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1917. BAUMGARTNER, Abel, 1885- *Le cylin- drome (dysembryome conjunctivo-epithelial a predominance mucoide) 152p. 4pl. 8? Par., 1914. BAUMGARTNER, Ernst Alfred. *Zur Ent- wicklungsgeschichte des Genitalkanals beim Rind [Bern] 39p. 8? Baden, J. Wladarz, 1910. BAUMGARTNER, Fritz, 1907- *Myome in der freien Bauchhohle [Munchen] 24p. 8? Giinzb. a. D., K. Mayer, 1932. BAUMGARTNER, Hans. *Ueber spezifische diffuse produktive Myokarditis [Zurich] 35p. 8? Wiesb., J. F. Bergmann, 1915. BAUMGARTNER, Hans, 1902- *Ueber experimentelle Gewebezuchtung und ihre Ver- wertung bei physiologischen und pathologischen Forschungsproblemen. 32p. 8? Bonn, 1929. BAUMGARTNER, Ida. *Ueber die Grenzen des normalen weiblichen Hamoglobingehalts nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Technik nach Sahli [Basel] 19p. 8? Zur., Gebr. Leemann & Co., [BAUMGARTNER, Leona] Handlist of editions of the poem Syphilis, sive Morbus Gallicus, by Girolamo Fracastoro of Verona, vii, 19p. 8? Oxford [Engl.] Univ. Press, 1933. . ----& FULTON, John Farquhar, 1899- A bibliography of the poem, Syphilis, sive Mor- bus Gallicus, by Girolamo Fracastoro of Verona. 41. 157p. port, facsims. 8? New Haven, Yale Univ. Press, 1935. BAUMGARTNER, Walter. *Ueber die chirur- gische Behandlung der Nebenhodentuberkulose [Bern] 44p. 8? Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & Co., 1915. BAUMGARTNER, William Jacob, 1871- Laboratory manual of the foetal pig. xii, 57p. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1924. BAUMHOFENER, Friedrich, 1873- *Eine Methode der Embryotomie mit offenem Schnitt BAUMHOFENER 147 BAUR beim Rinde [Leipzig] 36p. 8? Berl., R. Schoetz, 1920. BAUMIER, Pierre. *Recherches cliniques et experimentales sur la teneur en alcool du liquide cephalo-rachidien; leurs applications cliniques et medico-legales. 103p. 8? Par., 1921. BAUMKOTTER, Walter [Bruno Karl] 1904- *Banginfektion und Mittelmeerfieber. 48p. 8? [Berl.] 1930. BAUMLER, Christian, 1887- *Ueber Combination der Entwicklungshemmung des uropoetischen Systems und solcher des weiblichen Genitale. 25p. 8? Miinch., R. Muller & Steinicke, 1913. BAUMSTARK, Walter, 1903- *Ueber ex- trapyramidalen Symptomenkomplex bei Leucht- gasvergiftung. 27p. 8? Freib. i. Br., Speyer & Kaerner, 1927. BAUNACH, Paul, 1888- *Zur Kenntnis der multiplen Primarcarcinome von driisigem Charakter. 23p. 8? Heidelb., J. Horning, 1914. BAUNACK, Lotte, 1905- *Principien der Thrombocytenzahlung und ihre Fehlerquellen. 42p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1932. BAUNSCHEIDTISM. See also Acupuncture. Linden, J. Manual of the exanthematic remedy, also known as Baunscheidtism. 28.ed. 157p. ' 8? Cleveland, 1931. BAUR, Carljosef. Krampfaderbehandlung un- ter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Verodungs- methode (Technik) 40p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1931. BAUR, Erwin, 1875-1933. Konsequenzen der Vererbungslehre fiir die Pflanzenziichtung. 30p. diagrs. roy.8? Berl., Gebriider Borntraeger, 1932. Forms (D) of Bd3, Handb. Vererbungswiss. (E. Baur & M. Hartmann) Also editor Handbuch der Vererbungswissenschaft. Berl., 1927-32. For biography see Arch. Rassenb., 1934, 28: i, port. (A. Ploetz) Also Deut. Aerzte Ztg, 1933, 8: no.399 (E. Tschermak- Seysenegg) Also Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 1852 (P. Hertwig) Also Umschau, 1933,37: 1006. Also Volk & Rasse, 1933-34, 8: 2-5 (L. G. Tirala) Also Zschr. indukt. Abstamm., 1933-34, 66: v-ix, port. (H. Stubbe) Also ibid., 1935, 70: 351-7 (O. Renner) ----FISCHER, Eugen, & LENZ, Fritz. Grund- riss der menschlichen Erblichkeitslehre und Rassenhygiene; Bdl. Menschliche Erblichkeits- lehre. vi, 305p. 8? Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1921. ---- The same. Human heredity; transl. by Eden and Cedar Paul from 3.ed. 734p. 9pl. 8? Lond., G. Allen & Unwin [1931] BAUR, Hugo, 1902- *Ueber die modernen Bestrebungen der Beeinflussung des Schmelzes im Sinn der Kariesprophylaxe. 31p. 8? Tub., E. Gobel, 1930. BAUR, Josef [Georg] 1889- *Beitrag zur chirurgischen Behandlung des chronischen Ma- gengeschwiirs. 29p. 21. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt Wwe, 1918. BAUR, Karl, 1913- *Versuche zur Frage des oxydfreien Giessens. 23p. 8? Tub., A. Becht, 1935. BAUR, Ludwig, 1892- *Zur Kasuistik der Typhusbazillenpyelitis. 13p. 8? Giessen, 0. Kindt Wwe, 1919. BAUR, Marguerite Louise. *Recherches sur I'histoire de l'anesthesie avant 1846 [Zurich] 89p. 8? Leiden, 1927. BAUR, Martha, 1911- *Neuere Gesichts- punkte und Bestrebungen zur Bekampfung der Paradentose [Tubingen] 19p. 2 1. 8? Speyer, Rh., Pilger, 1935. BAUR, Wilfried [Karl Richard] 1901- *Ruptura vesicae urinariae in Anlehnung an einen Fall aus der Leipziger chirurgischen Klinik. 27p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1926. BAURENS, Jean, 1903- Chirurgie con- servatrice dans les affections salpingiennes et dans les fibromes uterins. 43p. 8? Par., 1930. BAURMANN, Karl, 1885- *Hat der Krieg und seine Ernahrung die chirurgischen Erkrankungen des Magendarmtraktus beein- fiusst? Untersuchung auf Grund des Materials des stadtischen Mariahilfkrankenhauses zu Aachen [Bonn] 35p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1920, BAURMANN, M. See Bartels, M., Baurmann, M. [et al.] Receptionsorgane II. p.745-1641. 8? Berl., 1931. BAUSA Arroyo, Jose M. Practicas de analisis clinico en la medicina rural. 4p.l. 157p. illus. tab. 8? Madr., J. Morata, 1932. BAUSCH, Heinrich, 1879- *Die subku- tane Bovotuberkulolprobe fiir die Diagnose der Rindertuberkulose [Bern] 28p. 8? Stuttg., 1911. Also Mschr. prakt. Tierh., 1910-11, 22: BAUSCH, Wilhelm, 1909- *Die Empfind- lichkeit der Kinder gegen ultraviolette Strahlen. 32p. 8? Giessen, W. Herr, 1932. BAUSCH, Wilhelm [Hermann Karl] 1891- *Die Endresultate der Gastroenterostomie beim Magengeschwur [Giessen] 53p. 8? Lpz.. F. C. W. Vogel, 1918. Also Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1918, 144: 168-216. BAUSCH & Lomb Optical Co. Surfacing data for orthogon lenses, xv, 192p. tab. roy.8? Rochester, N.Y. [1929] BAUSCHAT [Otto] Helmuth, 1906- *Ueber das Krankheitsbild der Calcinosis universalis. 32p. 8? Konigsb.-Pr., J. Raabe, 1933. BAUSCHKE, Max. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Schweinerassen in den deutschen Kolonien der Siidsee [Bern] 36p. 3pl. 8? Berl., R. Strieker, 1910. BAUSE, Gabriele, geb. HEIMANN, 1898- *Beitrage zur Histologic der Milchzahnresorption wahrend des 6.-14. Lebensjahres, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der resorptiven Vorgange an den Hartsubstanzen. 23p. 8? Munster (Westf.) 1932. BAUTE, Helene. *Quelques resultats eloigners de la trepanation corneosclerale d'Elliot (tension oculaire, aspect de la cicatrice et fonctions visuelles de 12 a 73 mois apres l'operation) 79p. 8? Par., 1919. BAUTHAMY, Camille, 1906- *Arrets de la croissance ponderale du nourrisson. 64p. 8° Par., 1933. BAUTZE, Lieselotte, 1908- *Statistik uber die Haufigkeit des Vorkommens der Cysten- mamma und ihrer Kombination mit anderen Erkrankungen der Brustdriise. 26p. 8? Greifs- wald, H. Adler, 1934. BAUTZMANN, Friedrich Gustav, 1890- *Ueber einen Fall von Augenbindehauttuber- kulose nach einer Verletzung durch Schlag mit dem Schwanz einer Kuh. 22p. 8? Giessen, O Kindt, 1916. BAUVAIS, Jean Georges Joseph, 1908- Contribution a l'etude clinique des diff£rentes evolutions du fibrome au cours de la grossesse. 80p. 8? Par., 1934. BAUWENS, Paul Ernst, 1909- *Ueber das familiare Vorkommen schwerer rachitischer BAUWENS Kieferdeformierungen. 72p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1932. BAUX, Pierre, 1679-1732. Torlais, J. Le Dr. Pierre Baux de Nimes; correspondant de Reaumur. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1933, 27: 157-60. BAVACHI, Nicolas, 1890- *Des icteres au cours de la syphilis. 66p. 8? Par., 1921. BAVARIA, Germany. Statistisches Landesamt. Statistisches Jahrbuch. 1.-19., 1894-1930. Incomplete. BAVARIA, Germany. See also Germany. Martin, R. Die Bedeutung einer anthropo- logischen Untersuchung der bayerischen Jugend fiir die korperliche Ertuchtigung. 18p. 8? Munch., 1920. Repr. from Volksschulwart, 1920, 8: 257-74. Lang, J. Die statistische Erfassung der Wasserversorgung in Bayern. Allg. statist. Arch., 1933-34, 23: 545-51.—Seiffert, G., & Bietzel. Das Oesundheitswesen in Bayern 1925. Bl. Ge- sundhfurs., 1927, 5: 65-91. Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 1765. BAVELAER, Marcel, 1886- *Les cenes- thopathies. 103p. 8? Par., 1914. BAVER, Mansour. *A propos d'un cas d'ascite curable [Geneve] 16p. 8? Lausanne, 1929. BAVIERA [Baverius] -1480. Trattato contra peste [Tractatus de peste; Ital. transl.] 24 1. 24? Bologna, Hier. Beneditti, 1523. BAX, Johannes. *0peratieve behandeling van adnexontstekingen. 88p. 8? Amst., H. J. Paris, 1927. BAX, Willem Frederik. *De therapie der amoebiasis met yatren. 4p.l. 63p. roy.8? Amst., Erven E. van de Geer, 1924. BAXTER, Donald Erskine, 1882-1935. Obituary. California West. M., 1935, 43: 308. BAY, Eberhard, 1908- *Kindliche Ge- burtsverletzungen bei Spontangeburten. 22p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1932. BAY, Emmet Blackburn, 1901- Medical administration of teaching hospitals, xv, 136p. 8? Chic, 111., Univ. Chicago Press [1931] ---- The quality of care rendered by the University of Chicago clinics. 55p. 8? Chic, Julius Rosenwald Fund, 1932. BAY, James, pseud. See CLARK, James Bayard. BAYARD, Arnold. Developing a beautiful ankle and calf. 35p. illus. 8?' [N.Y., Leh- maier & Bro., 1922] BAYARDS, Charles Barbezat. *Zur Kenntnis des Carcinoma cylindromatodes der Orbital- gegend [Basel] 34p. 8? Berl., G. Reimer, 1917. BAYE, Henri; 1891- Contribution a l'etude du traitement de la syphilis nerveuse par voie sous-arachnoidienne. 36p. 8? Par., 1921. BAYER, Anna L. *Ueber die Zahlenverhalt- nisse der roten und weissen Zellen im Blute von Neugeborenen und Sauglingen. 24p. 8? Bern, Jent & Reinert, 1881. BAYER, Carl M., 1905- *Zur Klinik und Therapie der Colitis infectiosa im Sauglingsal- ter. 28p. 2 1. 8? Wiirzb., J. M. Richter [1935] BAYER, Gustav, 1879- Nebennieren. p.467-856. 8? Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1929. In 2.Bd 1 Halfte of Handb. inn. Sekret. (Hirsch) ----& VELDEN, Rudolf von den. Klinisches Lehrbuch der Inkretologie und Inkretotherapie. xiii, 423p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1927. ---- The same. Trattato clinico di increto- logia ed incretoterapia. Transl. by Guido Ver- noni. Parte generale. xv, 382p. 8? Milano, Ist. Sieroter. milan., 1929. BAYER ---- The same. Parte speciale. xi, 500p. 8? [Milano] Ist. Sieroter. milan., 1930. BAYER, Hans Herbert, 1889- * Ueber einen Fall von Schwangerschaft in der verschlos- senen Halfte eines Uterus septus hemiatreticus. 51p. ch. 8? Konigsb. i. Pr., O. Kiimmel, 1915. BAYER, Heinrich, 1853-1926. Das Becken und seine Anomalien. 256p. 8? Strassb. i. E., 1903. For biography see Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 1431-5 (R. Freund) BAYER, Heinz [Gustav Adolf] 1908- *Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber polikli- nische Erfahrungen mit verschiedenen Injek- tionsmitteln bei Gonorrhoe. 20p. 8? Berl., 1933. BAYER, Hermann, 1904- *Ueber die Verwendbarkeit des Blond'schen Dekapitations- fingerhutes. 20p. 8? Munch., P. Denk, 1929. BAYER, Joseph, 1847-1925. Schmidt, T. Nekrolog. Wien. tierarztl. Mschr., 1925, 12: 433, port. BAYER, Joseph [Franz Ludwig] 1889- *Ueber Indolone. 56p. 8? Miinch., G. Franz, 1914. BAYER, Kurt, 1888- *Zur Kenntnis der lipoiden Substanzen der Magenschleimhaut. 32p. 8? Strassb. i. E., 1915. BAYER, Ludwig, 1901- *Die Nachge- burtsperiode insbesondere die Nachgeburtsblu- tung und ihre Behandlung an der Bonner Univer- sitats-Frauenklinik. 32p. 8? Bonn, Carthaus, 1926. BAYERL, Rudolf, 1890- *Beitrag zur Lehre von den Cylindromen. 58p. 2pl. 8? Miinch., Kastner & Callwey, 1919. BAYET, Adrien, 1863-1935. La lutte contre la syphilis en Belgique; son organisation et ses resultats. 62p. 8? Brux., Ligue nat. beige contre le peril vener., 1926. For biography see Bruxelles med., 1934, 15: mxvi. BAYFIELD, Robert, 1630-90. De tumoribus praeter naturam; or, A treatise of praeternatural tumors. 242p. [5]1. 32? London, Wm. Nowell, 1662. BAYLAC, Jacques Philippe, 1874- *Re- cherches sur la fecondite des etalons [Alfort] 61p. 8? Par.. 1927. BAYLE, Gabriel Jean Baptiste Joseph, 1891- Considerations sur Porganisation d'un groupe de brancardiers divisionnaires pendant les premiers mois de la guerre (1914) 35p. 8? Bord., 1917. BAYLE, Gaspard Laurent, 1774-1816. Re- cherches sur la phthisie pulmonaire. 439p. 8? Par., Gabon, 1810. For biography see Progr. med., Par., 1936, suppl., 1, port. (P. Astruc) BAYLE, Henry, 1893- *Recherches expe- rimentales sur l'hypertrophie du rein apres nephrectomie unilate>ale. lOOp. 8? Par., 1926. BAYLEY, Mary E. Practical talks on the care of children, xxi, 344p. 8? N.Y., E. P. Dutton & Co. [1922] BAYLEY, Nancy. Mental growth during the first 3 years; a developmental study of 61 children by repeated tests. 92p. 8? Worcester, Clark Univ., 1933. Forms no.l, v.14 of Genet. Psychol. Monogr. BAYLIS, Harry Arnold, 1889- A manual of helminthology, medical and veterinary, xi, 303p. illus. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1929. ----& DAUBNEY, R. A synopsis of the fam- ilies and genera of Nematoda. xxxvi, 277p. 8? Lond. [R. Clay & Sons] 1926. BAYLISS 149 BAYONNE BAYLISS, Leonard Ernest, 1900- See Winton, Frank Robert, & Bayliss, L. E. Human physiol- ogy. 583p. 8? Lond., 1930. BAYLISS, William Maddock, 1860-1924. In- travenous injection in wound shock; being the Oliver-Sharpey lectures delivered before the Royal College of Physicians of London in May 1918. xi, 172p. 8? Lond., Longmans, Green & Co., 1918. ---- An introduction to general physiology; with practical exercises, xv, 238p. illus. 8? Lond., Longmans, Green & Co., 1919. ---- Principles of general physiology. 3.ed. xxvi, 862p. roy.8? Lond., Longmans, Green & Co., 1920. ---- Also 4.ed. xxviii, 882p. 1924. ---- The colloidal state in its medical and physiological aspects, viii, 95p. 8? Lond., Frowde, Hodder & Stoughton [1923] ---- Interfacial forces and phenomena in physiology; being the Herter lectures in New York in March 1922. ix, 196p. 8? Lond., Methuen & Co. [1923] ---- The vaso-motor system. 163p. 8? Lond., Longmans, Green & Co., 1923. ---- The nature of enzyme action. 5.ed. viii, 200p. Lond., Longmans, Green & Co., 1925. For biography see Biochem. J., Lond., 1924, 18: 1185. Also Biol, gen., Wien, 1925, 1: 163-6, port. (F. A. E. Crew) Also Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1924-25, 5: 305, port. Also Brit. M.J., 1924, 2: 489 Also Erg. Physiol., 1926, 25: xx-xxiv (E. H. Starling) Also Heart, Lond., 1923-24, 11: xi-xiv, port. Also Lancet, Lond., 1924, 2: 526. Also Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1924, n.s., 118: 188. Also Proc R. Soc, Lond., 1926-27, s.B, 99: xxvii- xxxii, port. (J. Barcroft) Also Science, 1924, n.s., 60: 448 (W. R. Miles) BAYLOR, Courtnay. Remaking a man; one successful method of mental refitting, viii, 106p. 8? N.Y., Moffat, Yard & Co., 1919. BAYLOT, Jean Lucien Louis, 1905- *Le pyretotherapie par les injections intra-veineuses de vaccin antityphoidique T. A. B. dans les sclerose en plaques et les neVraxites d'origine in- fectieuse [Paris] 69p. 8? Gournav-en-Bray, 1930. BAYLY, Hugh Wansey, 1874- Venereal disease, its prevention, symptoms, and treat- ment, viii, 152p. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1920. ---- Also 2.ed. xv, 176p. 1924. ---- Also 3.ed. xv, 242p. 3pl. Faber & Gwyer, 1927. BAYLY, R. C. New methods in medical prac- tice; the most successful methods for the cure of disease in the practice of 40 years in all the schools of the healing art combined. 77p. 12? Decatur, 111., 1905. BAYMA, Theodoro, 1863-1913. Aragao, H. Obituary. Brasil med., 1918, 32: 367.—Obituary. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1918, 9: 256-9. BAYNE-JONES, Stanhope, 1888- See Zinsser, Hans, & Bayne-Jones, Stanhope. A textbook of bacteriology, with a section on pathogenic protozoa [&c] 1226p. 8? N.Y. [1934] BAYNES, Ernest Harold, 1868-1925. Vivisec- tion and modern miracles; vivisection and animal welfare. 18p. 8? N.Y., Amer. Ass. Med. Progr., 1923. BAYON, John Henry, jr., 1903- o*Etude sur le dSclanchement du travail. 89p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1934. BAYONET, Natalio, 1909- *Exploration radiologique des deformations reno-pyelo-ure- terales; utility d'une table radio-chirurgicale (Table d'Heitz-Boyer) 56p. 18p. 8? Par., Vega 1935. BAYONNE, N. Jersey. Hospital and Dispen- sary. Annual reports of the officers to the board of directors. N. York, 1.-5., 1890-95; 14: 1903-4. BAYRO, Petrus de, 1468-1558. De preserva- tione pestilentiae [also his De febribus pesti- lentialibus; De cura bubonis et anthracis] 64 1. 24? Parisiis, Nic. Roussel for Alg. Gourmont, Nov. 21, 1513. BAYSSAT, Henri, 1903- *Quelques re- flexions a propos d'un cas d'acrocephalo-syndac- tylie. 56p. 8? Par., 1929. BAYUK, J. Moses. Belief according to the teachings of Moses. 8p.l. 157p. 8? [n.p., 1926] Hebrew text. ---- Deity according to the teachings of Moses. 9p.l. 197p. 8? [n.p., 1926] Hebrew text. ----Spirituality of Moses. 8p.l. 144p. 8? [n.p., 1926] Hebrew text. BAZAN Gonzalez, Julio. *Neuralgia facial [Chile] 53p. roy.8? Santiago, Imprenta Ex- press, 1928. BAZEL, Harry Julius Anton van. Cyclische veranderingen in de tralievezels van het baar- moederslijmvlies [Amsterdam] 4p.l. 157p. pi. roy.8? Leiden. E. Ijdo, 1928. BAZELIS, Robert, 1897- *Du traitement des varices et particulierement des injections phlebosclerosantes. 139p. 8? Par., 1924. BAZERT, Leon, 1892- *Le genu re- curvatum congenital. 69p. 8? Par., 1924. BAZETT, Henry Cuthbert, 1885. See Norris, George William, Bazett, Henry Cuthbert, & McMillan, Thomas M. Blood-pressure; its clinical applications. 4.ed. 387p. 8? Phila., 1927. BAZILE, Gaston, 1888- Contribution a l'etude de l'hygiene des armees en campagne; le camp de Juniac 81p. 8? Par., 1916. BAZIN, Andre. Contribution a l'etude des chancres mixtes, de leur frequence, de leur diagnostic precoce, des erreurs a eviter, des moyens proposes pour y remedier. 44p. 8? Par., 1921. BAZIN, Jean, 1905- Contribution a l'etude du typhus chez le chien [Alfort] 133p. 2pl. 8? Par., 1928. BAZIN, Lucien, 1896- *Des syndromes generaux consecutifs a la pyophagie d'origine dentaire; du traitement vaccinal de la pyorrhee et de ses complications (vaccin de Docteur Goldenberg) 63p. 8? Par., 1925. BAZIN, Maurice, 1893- Contribution a l'etude de l'infection puerperale chez les vaches primipares [Alfort] 54p. 8? Par., 1929. BAZIN'S disease. See Erythema induratum. BAZOGE, Maurice, 1896- ^'hyperten- sion arterielle syphilitique solitaire; 6tude cli- nique. 48p. 8? Par., 1925. BAZOUGE, Jean, 1897- Contribution a l'etude de la gangrene du poumon poussees, re- chutes, rdcidives. 59p. 8? Par., 1925. BAZOVITCH, Milovan, 1892- *Etude des troubles de la diurese aqueuse chez les obeses. 76p. 8? Par., 1924. BAZY, Pierre, 1853-1934. Biscours de M. Albert Mouchet, president sortant a l'occa- sion du deces de M. Pierre Bazy. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1934, 201-7.—Faure, J. L. [Necrologie] Presse med., 1934, 42: 182.—Gregoire, R. Necrologie. Paris med., 1934, 92: annexe, 186.—Michon, E. Necrologie. J. med. chir., Par., 1934, 105: 270.—Necrologie. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 198: 293.—Om- bredanne, I. [Necrologie] Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1934, 3.ser., Ill: 187-94.—Proust, R. Necrologie. Bull. Socnat. chir., Par., 1934, 61: 99-121. B.C.G. 150 BEAMISH B. C. G. See Tuberculosis, Vaccine: B. C. G. BEACH, Fletcher, 1845-1929. Obituary. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1929, 70: 662. BEACH, Rex Ellingwood, 1877- The hands of Dr. Locke. 31. 56p. port. pi. 8? N.Y., Farrar & Rinehart [1934] ---- The pain-kiUer (Dr. M. W. Locke, On- tario, Canada) 8p. roy.8? Clippings from Hearst's Internat. Cosmopolitan, Oct. 1934. BEACH, Wooster, 1794-1868. Family physi- cian and home guide for the treatment of the diseases of men, women, and children on reform principles, xlviii, 992p. 8? Cincin., Moore, Wilstach & Co., 1859. BEACHER, Lawrence Lester, 1905- Ocu- lar refraction and diagnosis; a comprehensive reference and textbook for practitioners and students. 286p. 8? Brooklyn, N.Y., 1931. ---- Outlines in the anatomy and physiology of the eye and its correlated structures. 3.ed. 23p. 16? Brooklyn, 1932. ---- Practical optometry; a treatise describ- ing modern technique of eye examination. 163 1. 8? N.Y., 1934. BEACON, N.Y. Matteawan State Hospital [Formerly State Asylum for Insane Criminals; established at Auburn, 1855] Annual report. 28.-64. 1886-1923. BEADLE, Charles, Witch-doctors. 318p. 8? Bost., Houghton Mifflin Co., 1922. BEADLE, Ormond A. The intervertebral discs; observations on their normal and morbid anat- omy in relation to certain spinal deformities. 79p. 15pl. 8? Lond., H.M. Stat. Off., 1931. Forms no.161 Spec. Rep. Ser. Gr. Brit. Privy Counc. Med. Res. Counc BEAK. Huber, W. Untersuchungen fiber die Genese der Asymme- trien am Kopf von Loxia curvirostra. Morph. Jahrb., 1932-33, 71: 571-88.—Kripp, B. von. Der Oberschnabel-Mechanismus der Vogel (nach den Methoden der graphischen Statik bear- beitet) Ibid., 469-544. ----- Beitrage zur mechanischen Analyse des Schnabelmechanismus. Ibid., 1933, 72: 541-66 — liidicke, M. Wachstum und Abnutzung des Vogelschnabels. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Anat., 1933, 57: 465-534— Moller, W. Ueber die Schnabel- und Zungenmechanik bliitenbesuchender Vogel. Biol, gen., Wien, 1930, 6: 561; 1931, 7: 99, 5pl. BEAL, Gustave, 1903- *Etude de la tech- nique de l'extraction de la dent de sagesse infe- rieure. 61p. 8? Par., 1927. BEAL, Howard Walter, 1869-1918. Obituary. Boston M.&S.J., 1921, 185: 547. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1918, 71: 2091. Also Med. Rec, N.Y., 1919, 95: 23. BEAL, James Hartley, 1861- Revised era course of home study in pharmacy. Parts 5, 6, 8, and 9. 4pts. 4? N.Y., D. O. Haynes & Co. [1900] BEALE, John Foster. See also Thresg, John C, & Beale, J. F. The examination of waters and water supplies. 3.ed. 590p. 8? Phila., 1925. Also 4.ed. 824p. 8? Lond., 1933. BEALE, Octavius Charles, 1850- Racial decay; a compilation of evidence from world sources, xviii, 439, xx p. 8? Lond., A. C. Fifield, 1911. BEALE-BROWN, Thomas Richard, 1877-1918. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1918, 2: 673. Also Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1918, 394. Also Lancet, Lond., 1918, 2: 829. BEAM, Lura, 1887- See Bickinson, Robert Latou, & Beam, Lura. A thousand marriages. 482p. 8? Bait., 1931. Also The single woman. 469p. 8? Bait., 1934. BEAMER, Robert Le Roy. Essentials of cos- metic therapy. 6p.l. 113p. 8? [Portland, Oreg., A. E. Kern & Co., 1925] BEAMISH, Richard Joseph, 1879- , & MARCH, Francis A. America's part in the World War; a history of the full greatness of our coun- try's achievements. 3p.l. ix-xvi, 608 p. illus. pi. ports, maps. 8? Phila., Pa., J. C. Winston Co. [1919] BEAN, Elijah Harry, 1875- Food funda- mentals; discussion of food based on experience from the view-point of an osteopathic physician, together with a study of ill-health caused by wrong habits of living. 3.ed. 194p. 8? Co- lumbus, Ohio, Health Fund. Pub. Co. [1921] BEAN, Georges. *Etude d'un cas d'acroder- matite continue avec manifestations faciales. 20p. 8? Geneve, 1933. BEAN, Jesse, 1878- Information and instructions pertaining to pregnancy and the newly born. 32p. 16? Vine Grove, Ky. [1928] BEAN. See also Leguminosae; Phaseolus [3.ser.] Soya. Adkins, B. M. Digestibility of germinated beans. Bio- chem. J., Cambr., 1920, 14: 637-41.—Berczeller, I., & Billig, A. Einseitige Ernahrungsversuche mit verschiedenen Bohnen- arten. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 822.—Betzler. Phaseolus- Arten als Pferdefutter ungeeignet. Zschr. Veterinark., 1922,34: 120-3.—Bowman, H. H. M., & Yee, M. A. The nutritive value of the mung bean. Papers Michigan Acad. Sc, 1927, 6:181-8, pi.— Buckner, G. B. Comparative utilization of the mineral constitu- ents in the cotyledons of beau seedlings grown in soil and in distilled water. J. Agr. Res., 1920-21, 20: 875-80.—Baniel, J. Sur un cas de xenie chez le haricot (influence exercee par l'em- bryon sur les parties qui 1'avoisinent) C. rend. Acad, sc, 1912, 155: 59.—Beuel, H. J. The digestibility of tepary beans. J. Agr. Res., 1924-25, 29: 205-8.—Fellenberg, T. von. Ueber die Mondbohne. Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch., 1920, 11: 170-4.— Fincke, H. Zur Rangoonbohnenfrage. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1920, 67: 428.—Finks, A. J., & Johns, C. O. Studies in nutrition; the nutritive value of the proteins from the Chinese and Georgia velvet beans. Am. J. Physiol., 1921, 57: 61-7.—Hanausek, T. F. Ueber die Bohnenfaser. Arch. Chem. Mikrosk., Wien, 1918, 11: 5-9, pi.—Heller, V. G. Nutritive properties of the mung bean. J. Biol. Chem., 1927, 75: 435-42.—Hirohata, R. On the globulins of Hontei-Tau (Phaseolus sp.) Taiwan igakkai zasshi, 1927, no.269, 1.—Indische (Die) Rund- oder Rangoonbohne. Med. Klin., Berl., 1919, 15: 325—Jones, B. B., Finks, A. J., & Waterman, H. C. Note on the nutritional adequacy of the pro- teins of the Chinese and Georgia velvet beans with reference to amino-acid composition. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 52: 209.—Jones B. B., Gersdorff, C. E. F. [et al.] The proteins of the lima bean, Phaseolus lunatus. Ibid., 53:231-40.—Junkersdorf, P., & Meyer, K. Untersuchungen fiber den Nahrstoffgehalt einer mittel- amerikanischen Bohnenart. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 256:100-4.— Leclerc, H. Le haricot (Phaseolus vulgaris L.) Presse mfed., 1925,33:1597. ----- Le Katjang kitsijl (Phaseolus radiatus L.) Ibid., 1935, 43: 811.—Limitations of the white bean as a dietary component. J. Am. M. Ass., 1917, 68: 1627.—Manuelli, C. Sul Phaseolus lunatus. Arch, farm., Roma, 1913, 2: 354-60.—Miller, E. R. Dihydroxyphenylalanine, a constituent of the velvet bean. J. Biol. Chem., 1920, 44: 481-6—Peterson, W. H., & Churchill, H. The carbohydrate content of the navy bean. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1921, 43: 1180-5.—Pian, J. H. C. Biological value of the proteins of mung bean, peanut, and bean curd. Chin. J. Physiol., 1930, 4: 431-6—Pittman, M. S. The utilisa- tion by human subjects of the nitrogen, calcium, and phos- phorus of the navy bean (Phaseolus vulgaris) with and without a supplement of cystine. J. Nutrit., 1932, 5: 277-94. Also repr.—Sullivan, M. X. The cystine content of phaseolin. J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 78: xv.—Szanyi, I. Beitrage zur Zusam- mensetzung ungarischer Bohnen. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebens- mitt., 1935, 70: 269-74.—Thompson, J. B. The value of kidney beans. Eating Your Way to Health, 1934, 3: no.124, 1—Tso, E, The nutritive value of the mung bean, Phaseolus aureus Roxb. Chin. J. Physiol., 1927, 1: 89-96. ---- Diseases. Barrus, M. F. Bean anthracnose. p. 97-209. 8? Ithaca, 1921 Forms no.42 of Mem. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Burkholder, W. H., & Hawley, I. M. Dis- eases, and insect and animal pests of the field bean in New York. 38p. 8? Ithaca, 1923. Forms no.58 Cornell Extens. Bull. Hawley, I. M. Insects and other animal pests injurious to field beans in New York, p. 946- 1037. 8? Ithaca, 1922. Forms no.55 of Mem. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. BEAN 151 BEAN Burkholder, W. H. The bacterial blight of the bean; a systemic disease. Phytopathology, 1921,11: 61-9. ----- The gamma strain of Colletotrichum lindemuthianum (Sacc. et Magn.) B. et C. Ibid., 1923, 13: 316-23. ----- Varietal susceptibility among beans to the bacterial blight. Ibid., 1924, 14: 1-7. —--- A new bacterial disease of the bean. Ibid., 1926, 16: 915-27, pi.—Fromme, F. B , & Wingard, S. A. Varietal susceptibility of beans to rust. J. Agr. Res., 1921-22, 21: 385- 404, 5pl.—Graf, J. E. Climate in relation to Mexican bean beetle distribution. J. Econ. Entom., 1925, 18: 116-21.—Barter, I. L. Podblight of the lima bean caused by Diaporthe phaseolorum. J. Agr. Res., 1917, 11: 473-504, 2pl. ----- & Whitney, W. A. A transit disease of snap beans caused by Pythium aphanider- matum. Ibid., 1927, 34: 443-7, pi.—Hedges, F. Bacterial wilt of beans (Bacterium flaccumfaciens Hedges) including com- parisons with Bacterium phaseoli. Phytopathology, 1926, 16: 1-22, 3pl.—Jordi, E. Ueber die Empfiinglichkeit von Phaseolus vulgaris L. fiir Bohnenrost. Zschr. Pflanzenkr., 1916, 26: 374.— Leonard, 1. T. An influence of moisture on bean wilt. J. Agr. Res., 1923-21, 24: 749-52, 2pl.----- Effect of moisture on a seed-borne bean disease. Ibid., 1924-25, 28: 489-97.—Lakon, G. Ueber die Empfanglichkeit von Phaseolus vulgaris L. und Ph. multiflorus Willd. fiir den Bohnenrost und andere Krankheiten. Zschr. Pflanzenkr., 1916, 26: 83-97.—Larson, A. 0., & Fisher, C. K. Practical field control of the common bean weevil, Bruchus obtectus Say. J. Econ. Entom., 1925, 18: 620-5. ----- The role of the bean straw stack in the spread of bean weevils. Ibid., 696-703.—Larson, A. O., & Simmons, P. Note on the biology of the four-spotted bean weevil, Bruchus quadri- maculatus Fab. J. Agr. Res., 1923-24, 26: 609-16—MacMillan, H. G. Cause of sunscald of beans. Phytopathology, 1923, 13: 376-80. ----- & Byars, L. P. Heat injury to beans in Colorado. Ibid., 1920, 10: 365-7.—MiUer, A. E. The Mexican bean beetle, Epilachna corrupta Muls. Month. Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta., 1924, 9: 197-204—Paine, S. G., & Lacey, M. S. Studies in bacteriosis; streak disease of broad beans. Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond., 1923, 10: 194-203, 3pl.—Rapp, C. W. Aged bean seed, a control for bacterial blight of beans. Science, 1920, n.s., 51:568.—Reddick, B., & Stewart, V. B. Additional varieties of beans susceptible to mosaic. Phytopathology, 1919, 9: 149-52. ----- Transmission of the virus of bean mosaic in seed and observations on thermal death-point of seed and virus. Ibid., 445-50.—Schaffnit, E., & Boning, K. Die Brennflecken- krankheit der Bohnen, eine monographische Studie auf biolo- gischer Grundlage. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1924-25, 63: 176; 360; 481, 9 pi.—Tisdale, W. B., ath. exot Par., 1928, 21: 537-43—Lecoq, R. Histoire de la biere. Progr med , Par., 1926, 41: 1674-83.—Lehmann, P., & Gerum, J. Die Bieranalyse mittels des Zeiss'schen Eintauchrefraktometers. Zschr Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt., 1916,31:184-9—Nature (The) and food value of beer. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 1951 — Rangette. Versuche fiber das Behalten zusammenhangender Gedankeninhalte vor und nach massigem Biergenuss. Aerztl. Rdsch , 1921,31:159.—Scheunert, A., & Schieblich, M. Weiterer Beitrag zum Vitamingehalt des Bieres. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 186- 229-31.—Schmidt, P. Zur Frage der Bekommlichkeit von Bier Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 1736-9.----- Wovon ist die Bekommlichkeit des Bieres abhiingig? Zschr. arztl. Fort- bild 1934, 31: 348.—Schulz, H. Vermag ein geringes Quantum Alko'hol, in Gestalt von Bier aufgenommen, die Wahrnehmung eines kurzfristigen Signals zu beeinflussen? Arch. ges. Physiol., 1917 168: 581-98.—Seel, E., Beuzel, W., & Raunecker, E. Ueber Kriegsbiere. Zschr. Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt., 1919, 37: 116- 24— Sgarzi, L. L'industria della birra in Cecoslovacchia. Gior. biol appl 1934, 4: 175-S4 —Stenzel, 0. Bier und Bierbrauerei. Alkoholfrage, 1926, 22: 114-8— Vogel. Ueber die Phosphor- saurebestimmung im Biere. Sitzber. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., 1865,1:171-6.—Whiteside, G. W. Beer with an alcoholic content of 2 75 percent is not an intoxicating beverage. N. York State JM 1919, 19: 240-6.—Wiese, F. Das Bier—seine Geschichte und'Bereitung. Bl. Volksgesundhpfl., 1917, 17: 133-6.— Windisch, K. Bier-Ersatzmittel. Zschr. Untersuch. Nah- rungsmitt., 191S, 35: 70-80. Die Elektrizitat in der 8? Lpz., M. Janecke, BEEREN, Hans von. Medizin. viii, 271p. 1926. BEERMANN, Emilie, 1888- *TJeber ange- borene Herzmissbildungen, unter Zugrundele- gung zweier Falle von Tsthmusstenose der Aorta, der eine Fall kombiniert mit gemeinsamen Ursprung der Aorta und Arteria pulmonalis aus dem rechten Ventrikcl. 25p. 8? Miinch., R. Muller A Steinicke, 1915. BEERMANN. Meinhard, 1903- Unter- suchungen iiber Lebertran und Lebertranprapa- rate; ein Beitrag zur biologischen Auswertung des Lebertranes. 40p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores.. 1930. BEERS, Clifford Whittingham, 1876- A mind that found itself; an autobiography. 4.ed. 368p. 8? N.Y., Longmans, Green & Co., 1920. --- Also rev. [5.ed.] 3p.l. 41 lp. 8? Garden Citv, N.Y., Doubleday, Page & Co., 1923. BEESE, Alfred, 1901- *Getrennte Ho- den- und Nebenhodenanlagen; ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie des Krvptorchismus. 19p. 2 1. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1929. BEESE, Hans Georg, 1908- *Ueber Kiefer und Zahne bei mongoloider Idiotie [Halle] 27p. 8? Stendal, 1931. BEESE, Max. *TJeber regelwidrige Kiefer- und Zahnbildungen bei jugendlichen Schwachsinni- gen [Halle] 8p. 8? Stendal, W. Nickel, 1921. BEESE, Werner [Otto Dietrich] 1901- *Cholelithiasis und Graviditiit [Marburg] 43p. 8? Neuhaldensleben, 1928. BEESLY, Lewis, & JOHNSTON, Thomas Baillie. A manual of surgical anatomy. 2.ed. xiv, 561p. Also Also Lond., H. Frowde Ac, 1922 3.ed. xvi, 563p. H. Milford, 1930 4.ed. xv, 717p. illus. [1935] BEESON, Charles Henry, 1870- A primer of medieval Latin; an anthology of prose and poetry, p.l. 389p. 8? Chic, Scott, Foresman & Co. [1925] BEESTON, Gerald N. The conjoint finals; being a reproduction of all the questions set in medicine, surgery, and midwifery from 1911 to 1929 classified under the various systems and arranged in the date-order of their occurrence. vi, 135p. 8? Lond., J. Bale Sons A Danielsson, 1930. BEET. Blaise, R. *Contribution a l'etude des ma- ladies parasitaires de la betterave a sucre [Stras- bourg] 196p. 8? Lille, 1932. Palmer, T. G. Sugar at a glance; the influence of sugar-beet culture on agriculture, and its im- portance in relation to national economics. 63p. 4? Wash., 1912. Artschwager, E., & Starrett, R. C. The time factor in fertiliza- tion and embryo development in the sugar beet. J. Agr. Res., 1933, 47: 823^3, 6pl— Boning, K. Die Mosaikkrankheit der Rube. Zschr. Pflanzenkr., 1927, 37: 19-25. ----- Die kali- fornische Blattrollkrankheit der Rfibe (curly-top) Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1927, 72: 379-98. ----- Ist die durch die Blattwanze (Piesma quadrata Fieb.) hervorgerufene Erkrankung der Rfibe eine Viruskrankheit? Anz. Schadlingsk., 1928, 4: 8-10.— Bouchet, G., & Bouchet, A. Intoxication par les betteraves sucrieres. Bull. Soc. centr. med. vet., Par., 1927, 80: 350-2 — Cameron, E. J., Esty, J. R., & Williams, C. C. The cause of black beets: an example of oligodynamic action as a contributory cause of spoilage. Food Res., 1936, 1: 73-81, 2pl—Carsner, E., & Stahl, C. F. Studies on curly-top disease of the sugar beet. J. Agr. Res., 1924-25, 28: 297-319, 5pl—Carter, W. Ecological studies of curly top of sugar beets. Phytopathology, 1929, 19: 467-77.—Colin, H. Betterave sucriere et betterave fourragere. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1924, 178: 2120-2. -----& Simonet, M. Sur la fermentation visqueuse de la betterave gelee. Ibid., 1929,188: 943-5.—Ehrlich, F., & Sommerfeld, R. von. Die Zusammense- tzung der Pektinstoffe der Zuckerrfibe. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 168: 263-323.—Frickhinger, H. W. Eine neue Rfibenkrankheit. Umschau, 1930, 34: 73.—Goffart, H. Versuche zur Bekampfung der RUbennematoden (Heterodera schachti Schm.) mit Cal- ciumcyanid. Arb. Biol. Reichsanst., 1926-27, 15: 249-59 — Kemner, N. A. Die Rubenfliege (Pegomyia hyoscyami Pz.) in Schweden. Anz. Schadlingsk., 1926, 2: 19.—Maxson, A. C. Some unpublished notes on Pemphigus betae Doane. J. Econ. Entom., 1916, 9: 500-5—Molz, E. Die Typhula-Faule der Zuk- kerruben auf den Azoren und ihre Bekampfung. Zschr. Pflan- zenkr., 1920, 30: 121-39.—Pirquet, C. F. von. Die Zuckerrfibe als menschliches Nahrungsmittel. Oesterr. San. Wes., 1915, 27: 1322-4.—Rademacher, B. Vergleichende Untersuchungen fiber Staube- und Koderverfahren bei der Bekampfung der Rubenaaskafer. Arb. Biol. Reichsanst., 1930, 18: 101-15 — Saillard, E. Composition des betteraves sauvages. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1922, 174: 411.—Schenck, E. Ueber das Auftreten einer Hypochnusart auf Zuckerriibe. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1924, 61: 317-22.—Schmidt, E. W. Untersuchungen fiber die Cer- cospora-Blattfleckenkrankheit der Zuckerrfibe. Zschr. Para- sitenk., 1928-29, 1: 100-37.—Schubert, W. Biologische Untersu- chungen fiber die Rfibenblattwanze, Piesma quadrata Fieb., im schlesischen Befallgebiet. Zschr. angew. Entom., 1927, 13: 129-55.—Severin, H. H. P. Causes of fluctuation in numbers of beet leaf-hoppers (Eutettix tenella Baker) in a natural breeding area of the San Joaquin Valley in California. J. Econ. Entom., 1924 17:639-45.—Stift, A. Ueber in der Jahren 1916-17 veroffent- lichte bemerkenswerte Arbeiten und Mitteilungen auf dem Gebiete der tierischen und pflanzlichen Feinde der Zuckerrfibe. Zbl Bakt., 2.Abt., 1919, 49: 257; 1920, 52: 244.—Stirrup, H. H. The diseases of sugar beet. Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc, 1935 4"0 —Stoeltzner, W. Ueber Pseudoikterus nach Mohr- rfibe'ngenuss. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1919, 66: 419.—Thompson, J. B. The value of beets. Eating Your Way To Health, 1934, 3: no.108, 1. BEETHOVEN, Ludwig van, 1770-1827. Quenotjille, R. *Le desequilibre mental de Beethoven. 69p. 8? Par., 1925. Schweisheimer, W. Beethovens Leiden—ihr Einfluss auf Leben und Schaffen. 209p. 4 pi. 8? Munch., 1927. Also Munchen. med. Wschr., 1920, 67: 1473-5. Beethoven's diseases. Lancet, Lond., 1921, 1: 41—Bilan- cioni. La sordita di Beethoven. Gior. med. mil., 1921, 69: 531-41 Also Illust. med. ital., 1921, 3:129-34— Cecche elli. La sordita di Beethoven. Policlinico, 1922, 29: sez. prat., 70 — Gradenigo, G. La sordita di Beethoven. Arch. ital. otol., 1921 32' 221-6 —Jacobsohn, L. Beethovens Gehorleiden und letzt'e Krankheit. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927,53:1610-2— Marage. Nature de la surdite de Beethoven. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1928. 186- 110-2- 1929, 189: 1036-8—Neumann, H. Beethovens Gehorleiden. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 1015-9—Schmidt, F A Noch einmal: Beethovens Gehorleiden und letzte Krank- heit' Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 284—Schultze, F. Die Krankheiten Beethovens. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75:1040. BEETLE. See Coleoptera. BEETSCHEN, Emile. *Mesure de la tension arterielle; pelote ou manchette. 31p. 8? Ge- neve, 1923. BEETZ 164 BEGOULN BEETZ, Georg, 1910- *Zahnarztliche Bib- liographie des 17. Jahrhunderts. 27p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1934. BEETZ [Karl] Paul, 1881- *Beitrag zur Lehre von den angeborenen Beweglichkeitsde- fekten im Bereich der Augen-, Gesichts- und Schultermuskulatur (infantiler Kernschwund Mobius) [Tubingen] 37p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1913. BEEUWKES, Henry. American medical and sanitary relief in the Russian famine, 1921-23. vii, 128p. 4? N.Y., Am. Relief Admin., 1926. BEEVOR, Walter Calverley, 1859-1927. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1927, 1: 357. BEFELD, Heinrich, 1897- *Kritik zahn- arztlicher Prothesenkonstruktionen, gesammelt aus Fragen und Antworten in der Zahnarztlichen Rundschau von 1929 bis 1934 [Bonn] 88p. 8? Essen, C. Buschhaus, 1934. BEFELEIN, Oskar, 1904- *Sollux-Be- handlung bei Zahn-, Mund- und Kieferkrank- heitsn, unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der physikalisch-chemisch-biologischen Grundlagen. 72p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1928. BEFFEL, John Nicholas. See [in 3.ser.] Wehde, Albert, & Beffel, J. N. Finger-prints can be forged. 134p. 8? Chic, 1924. BEFSMERTNY, C. *Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Vagus und Accelerans [Bern] 41p. 8? Miinch., R. Oldenbourg, 1905. BEGEMANN, Heinz, 1887- *Ein Fall von Bogenbruch des Epistropheus ohne Verle- tzung des Halsmarks. 16p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt A Klaunig, 1919. BEGER, Herbert, DRUDE, Oskar [et al.] Pflanzengeographische Oekologie. xvi, 833p. 4ch. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1932. Forms Abt.11, Teil5, 1.Halfte. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) BEGG, Alexander Clarke, 1873- Insulin in general practice. 5 1. 130p. 8? Lond., W. Heinemann, 1924. ---- Faith healing; its uses and limitations. xi, 94p. 12? Lond., Longmans, Green & Co., 1932. BEGG, Alexander Swanson, 1881- See [in 3.ser.] Warren, John, & Begg, Alexander S. An out- line of practical anatomy. 316p. 8? Bost., 1924. BEGG, Charles, 1852- Sprue: its diag- nosis and treatment, x, 138p. 8pl. 8? Bristol, J. Wright & sons, 1926. BEGG, Charles Mackie, 1879-1919. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1919, 1: 327. Also Lancet, Lond., 1919, 1: 531. BEGGER, Anton, 1899- *Storungen der Urinentleerung ohne Hvpertrophie der Prostata. lOp. 8? Giessen, 1928. BEGGIATOA. See also Thiobacteria. Casagrandi, 0. II mughetto begiatoico (nuova entita mor- bosa) (etiologia, terapia, profilassi) Riforma med., 1925, 41: 277.—Guilhermond, A. Sur la structure des Beggiatoa et leurs relations avec les cyanophycees. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 579-81. BEGGS, Samuel Thomas. The selection of the recruit, ix, 108p. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1915. BEGHIN, Georges, 1891- *De Tatrophie papillaire dans les contusions de l'oeil par blessure de guerre. 50p. 8? Lyon, 1917. BEGONIA. Bateson, W., & Sutton, I. Double flowers and sex-linkage in Begonia. J. Genetics, Cambr., 1918-19, 8: 199-207, pi.—Smith, E. F. The cause of proliferation in Begonia phyllomaniaca. Proc. U.S. Nat. Acad. Sc, 1919, 5: 36. BEGOULN, Bourgeois [et al.] See Precis de pathologie chirurgicale. 3.ed. 4v. 12? Tar., 1920. Also 4.ed. 4v. 12? Par., 1921-24. BEGOUIN, Paul Eloi, 1867- , JEANBROU, E. [et al.] Appareil urinaire; gynecologie; frac- tures et luxations; affections des membres. 4.6d. xvi, 1168p. 12? Par., Masson & cie, 1924. Forms Tome 4 of Precis path. chir. (Begouin, Bourgeois [et al.]) BEGOUNE, Lazare, 1857-1935. Exchaquet [Obituary] Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1935, 55: 291. BEGOUNE, Marie. *Relation de l'ulcere sto- macal au carcinome; etude statistique. 61p. 2pl. 8? Lausanne, 1917. BEGRICH, Helmut [Robert Ewald] 1906- *Osteomyelitis des Schiideldaches nach Weich- teilverletzungen. 18p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1933. BEGTRUP, Erik. *Om nogle organer antigene virkinger, ved injection paa kaniner [Antigenic properties of certain organs; injections in rab- bits] 128p. 8? Kbh., E. Jespersens, 1925. Also Portrait in Library. BEGUE, Henri, 1900- *Sur l'asepsie me- dicale; role de l'habillement, son histoire, son evolution. 48p. 8? Par., 1927. BEGUIER, Gustave. Considerations sur le diabete syphilitique avec sclerose atrophique du pancreas. 47p. 8? Par., 1919. BEGUIN, Fernand. *Etude compared des traitement des leucemies chroniques. 60p. 8? Par., 1922. BEHAGUE, Pierre. *Etude sur Tepilepsie trau- matique. 320p. 8? Par., 1919. BEHAN, Richard Joseph, 1879- *Mo- derne Kriegsverletzungen. 34p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1914. ---- Pain, its origin, conduction, perception, and diagnostic significance, xxviii, 920p. illus. tab. d agr. 8? N.Y., D. Appleton & Co., 1920. BEHAVIOR. See also Adaptation; Behaviorism; Character; Child, Psychology; Emotion; Environment; Ex- troversion and introversion; Habit; Instinct; Personality; Reaction; and similar subjects; see also names of stimuli. Bose, J. C. Response in the living and non- living. 199p. 8? Lond., 1910. Cantril, H. General and specific attitudes. 109p. 8? Princeton, 1932. Forms no. 5, v.42, Psychol. Monogr. Judy, W. L. Men and things; 50 essays about human nature, the ways of men, and their private and public conduct. 117p. 8? Chic, 1927. Richards, E. L. Behavior aspects of child conduct. 299p. 8? N.Y., 1932. Wile, I. S. The challenge of childhood; studies in personality and behavior. 305p. 8? N.Y., 1925. Abbot, E. S. Children's personality and behavior. Boston M.&S.J., 1925, 192: 1060—Alspach, E. M. The psychological response to unknown proper names. Am. J. Psychol., 1917, 28: 436-43.—Beverly, B. I. Round table discussion on attitudes of and toward children. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1934, 5: 112-35.— Burrow, T. Reactions physiologiques du comportement indi- viduel et collectif. J. neur. psychiat., Brux., 1932, 32: 442-59. Also Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1932, 29: 253.—Barlington, H. S. Ceremonial behaviorism, with respect to houses and house-building. Psychoanal. Rev., 1931,18: 23; 306.—Becroly, 0. Attitudini innate e attitudiui acquisite. Riv. psicol., 1922, 18: 90-7.—Be Motte, A. Children's behavior and our attitudes. Volta Rev., Wash., 1934, 36: 469-71—Biserens, C. M., & Wood, T. W. Psychophysiological behavior under various types of literature. J. Abnorm. Psychol., 1935-36, 30: 484-6.—Bodge, E. Anticipa- tory reaction. Science, 1933, 78: 197-203.—Bupreel, E. Nature psychologique et convention. J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1934, 31: 657-79—English, G. On the psychological response to unknown proper names. Am. J. Psychol., 1916, 27: 430-4.— BEHAVIOR 165 BEHAVIOR Farwell, L. Reactions of kindergarten, first- and second-grade children to constructive materials. Genet. Psychol. Monogr., 1930, 8:431-562.—Hall, J. K. Human behavior. South. M.&S., 1935, 97: 586-8.—Hillebrand, M. J. Untersuchungen iiber Vergangen- heits- und Zukunftsreaktionen. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1931, 82: 153-240.—Hohman, L. B. Significance of accessory behavior accompanying vocal reactions. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1925, 14: 666-74.—Katz, B., & Katz, R. Verhalten eines Kindes bei Behinderung eines Armes (ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der praktischen Intelligenz) Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1 Abt., 1926, 99: 197-201.—King, P. The influence of picture houses on child life. Med. Press, Lond., 1921, n.s., Ill: 358-60 — Krauss, S. Die Psychologie der kindlichen Handlung und die Schule. Zschr. pad. Psychol., 1929, 30: 281-6— LefSvre, L. Instinct, habitude, automatisme et reflexe. Nouv. iconogr. Salpfitriere, 1909, 22: 693-729—Mathews, S. M. The effect of mothers' out-of-home employment upon children's ideas and attitudes. J. Appl. Psychol., 1934, 18: 116-36—Meyer, A. The material of human nature and conduct. Am. J. Psychiat., 1935, 92: 271-4. Also repr.—Meltzer, H. Children's attitudes to parents. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1935, 5: 244-65.—Paton, S. Intelligent organization for the study of human behavior. Med. Progr., 1926, 42: 31-7. Also N. Albany M. Herald, 1926, 35: 158-62.—Kosenow, C. Behavior and conscious behavior. Psy- chol. Rev., 1923, 3: 192-216.—Sargentich, S. Conduct and be- havior. U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1934, 10: 229-33 — Schmidt, J. Das Verhalten der Menschen bei objektiv nicht erfiillbaren Aufgaben, die aber subjektiv als erfiillbar angesehen werden. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., l.Abt., 1934, 133: 306-57.—Trotsenburg, J. A. van [A studv of actions] Psvchiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1920, 24: 127-42—Weiss, G. Kindertypen in aufgabefreien und aufgabegebundenen Situationcn. Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1929-30, 36: 335-64—Wieman, H. N. The unique in human behavior. Psychol. Rev., 1922, 29: 414-24.—Williams, W. A. A system of reaction-forms and personalities. J. Ab- norm. Psychol., 1935-36, 30: 443-54. --- aggressive and resistant. See also Behavior, Disorders. Cille, R. K. *Resistant behavior of preschool children. 142p. 8? N.Y., 1933. Riddle, E. M. *Aggressive behavior in a small social group [Columbia Univ.] 196p. 8? N.Y., 1925. Busemann, A. Ueber das sogenannte erste Trotzalter des Kindes. Zschr. pad. Psychol., 1928, 29: 42-9.—Bawe, H. C. An analysis of 200 quarrels of preschool children. Child Develop., 1934, 5: 139-57.—Frankl, G. Befehlen und Gehorchen. Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1933-34, 42: 463; 1934, 43: 1—Levy, B. M. Re- sistant behavior of children. Am. J. Psychiat., 1924-25, 4: 503-7. -----&Tulchin,S.H. The resistant behavior of infants and children. J. Exp. Psychol., 1925. 8: 209-24—Marcus, J. H. Negativism in childhood. Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1925, 42: 455-61. Also J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1925, 22: 424-30. ---— Parents are responsible for the disobedient child. Med. Critic, 1926, 25: D, 497-502.—Plonsker, H. Trotz und Trotzkopf. Kinderarztl. Prax., 1933, 4: 117-24.—Wiener, E. Ueber die Frechheit. Zschr. Menschenk., 1933-34, 9: 65-77. --- Clinics and consulting bureaus. See also Individual psychology; Pedagogics. Lowrey, L. G., & Smith, G. The Institute for Child Guidance, 1927-33. 116p. 8? N.Y., 1933. Trtjitt, R. C. P., Lowrey, L. G. [et al.] The Child Guidance clinic and the community; a group of papers written from the viewpoints of the clinic, the juvenile court, the school, the child welfare agency, and the parent. 106p. 8? N.Y., 1929. Anderson. V. V. The organization and operation of child guidance clinics. Pub. Health J., Toronto, 1925, 16: 371-8 — Barrows, E. G. The social worker and habit clinics. Proc. Nat. Conf. Soc. Work, 1924, 51: 397-401—Bernhard, H., & Inglessis, M. Heilerziehung im Rahmen des Staflelsystems mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Uchtspringer Heilpadagogi- schen Abteilung. Mschr. Psychiat., 1931, 79: 195-215—Bonilla, E., Rodriguez, M., & Sous, J. Clinica de conducta del tribunal tutelar de menores de Madrid. Med. ibera, 1935, 29: pt2, 193-7.—Crum, M. The child guidance clinic. Hygeia, Chic, 1935, 13: 912-4.—Crutcher, H. B. The problems of a permanent child guidance clinic. Hosp. Social Serv., 1925, 12: 359-63 — Emery, E. Van N. The child guidance clinic. Pacific Coast J. Nurs., 1925. 21: 665-7.—Hardcastle, B. N. The child guidance clinic in America; its evolution and future development. Brit. J.M. Psychol., 1933, 13: 328-53—Hart, B. Work of a child guidance clinic. Brit. M.J., 1931, 2: 528-30—Hubbard, R. M., & Adams, C. F. Factors affecting the success of child guidance clinic treatment. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1936, 6: 81-102 — Michaels, J. J. The heilpedagogical station of the children's clinic at the University of Vienna. Ibid., 1935, 5: 266-75 — Pierreson. Clinique medico-pedagogique et assistance. Enf. anorm., 1912, 1: 143.—Preston, M. I. Child guidance in out- patient pediatrics: a study of 500 consecutive patients. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1935,7: 452-64—Saffiotti, F. U. Clinica medico- psico-pedagogica. Inf. anorm., Milano, 1911, 5: 102-16.— Seidler, R. Die Entwicklung der individualpsychologischen Erziehungsberatungsstellen in Wien. Internat. Zschr. Indi- vidpsychol., 1935, 13: 217-20.—Spieler, J. Beobachtungssta- tionen? Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1934, 43: 79-S5.—Stevenson, G. S. The chil i-guidance clinic; its aims, growth, and methods. Proc. Internat. Congr. Ment. Hyg., 1932, 2: 251-85.—Strauss, A. Heilpiidagogik und Klinik. Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1933, 41: 445-54.—Sutton, H. The child-guidance clinic. Brit. M.J., 1935, 2: 495-8.—Tibout, P. H. C. [Questions asked at a medico- paedagogical consulting bureau] Mschr. kindergeneesk., 1934,3: 93-105.—Wirt, M. L. Psychiatric social work in Boston Chil- dren's Hospital. Hosp. Social Serv., 1927, 16: 29-37.—Witmer, H. L. A comparison of treatment results in various types of child-guidance clinics. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1935, 5: 351-60.— Witty, P. A., & Theman, V. The psycho-educational clinic. J. Appl. Psychol., 1934, 18: 369-92—Zalan, K. Die padagogische Klinik in Budapest. Zschr. Kinderschutz, 1921, 13: 4-6. ---- Development. See also Behavior, infant; Child, Psychology; Infant, Psychology. Gottschaldt, K. Der Aufbau des kindlichen Handelns; vergleichende Untersuchungen an ge- sunden und psychisch abnormen Kindern. 228p. 8? Lpz., 1933. Forms Beih.68, Zschr. angew. Psychol. Sherman, M. The development of attitudes; a study of the attitudes of mountain children. 54p. 8? N.Y., 1933. Child, C. M. Behavior origins from a physiologic point of view. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1926, 15: 173-84—Goode- nough, F. L. The development of human behavior. Acta psychol., Hague, 1935, 1: 99-103.—Hall, J. K. On the origin and the significance of certain forms of behavior. Virginia M. Month., 1933, 60: 19-27.—Hohman, L. B. The formation of life patterns. Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1927, 11: 23-37.—McGraw, M. B., & Weinbach, A. P. Quantitative measures in studying development of behavior patterns. Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York, 1935-36, 4: 563-71.—Ritter, H. Die seelische Entwicklung regel- widrig veranlagter und fehlerzogener Kinder. Zschr. Kinder- forsch., 1930,37: 418-91. ---- Disorders. See also Appetite, deficient; Autoerotism; Be- havior, social: Disorders; Child, delinquent; Child, Psychopathology; Crime; Emotion, Dis- orders; Mind, Abnormities; Psychoneurosis; Psychopathology; also names of behavior dis- orders as Enuresis; Lying; Malingering, &c. Brown, S., & Potter, H. W. The psychiatric study of problem children. 152p. 8? Albany, N.Y., 1930. Luriya, A. R. The nature of human conflicts; or, Emotion, conflict and will; an objective study of disorganization and control of human be- havior; transl. from Russian and ed. by W. H. Gantt. 431p. 8? N.Y. [1932] Nathan, M. Troubles juveniles de l'affecti- vite" et du caractere. 248p. 12? Par., 1930. New York. Joint Committee on Methods of Preventing Delinquency. Three problem children; narratives from the case records of a child-guidance clinic. 142p. 8? N.Y., 1926. Anderson, M. L. An investigation of all pupils of a defective school in regards to their stability or instability. Training School Bull., 1924-25, 21: 129-38—Auden, G. A. The difficult child. J. State M., Lond., 1934, 42: 621-31.—August, H. E. Newer attitudes toward mental abnormalities. Am. J. Ortho- psychiat., 1935, 5: 49-56.—Benjamin, E. La psicopatologia nella pratica pediatrica. Med. inf., Roma, 1935, 6: 245-59.—Blan- chard, P., & Paynter, R. H., jr. The problem child. Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1924, 8: 20-54.—Bonaventura, E. Contributo alia psicopatologia dei fanciulli instabili. Riv. psicol., 1930, 26: 248-58.—Boncour, G. P. L'instabilite psychomotrice de l'ecolier (symptomes, pathogenie, traitement) Med. scol., Par., 1914, 7: 317.—Bossert, O. Zur Frage des Schicksals iibererregbarer Kinder. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1924, 3.F., 56: 329-32—Bostock, J. The difficult child. Med. J. Australia, 1927,1:704-10.—Boynton, P. L., & McGaw, B. H. The characteristics of problem children. J. Juven. Res., 1934,18: 215-22.—Bradley, C. Some nervous and mental problems of childhood: illustrative case report. Rhode Island M.J., 1935, 18: 2-9—Broad win, I. T. Understanding the problem child. In Psycho-anal. (Lorand) N.Y., 1933, 132-48 — BEHAVIOR 166 BEHAVIOR Burkart, H. H. Behavior problems. Dental Surv., 1935, 11: 41-4.—Childers, A. T. Hyper-activity in children having behav- ior disorders. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1935, 5: 227-43.—Ciampi, L. Ficha psico-pedagogica; estudio de la personalidad normal y sus desviaciones. Rev. crim., B. Air., 1933, 20: 632-42 — Collins, S. B. School absence of boys and girls. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1922, 37:2683-7.—Crichton, B. The hypersensitive child. Irish J.M.Sc, 1928, 6.ser., 124-9—Cross, G. K. Behav- ior disorders in infancy and childhood. S. Afr. M.J., 1934, 8: 597-601.—Dealey, C. E. Problem children in the early school grades. J. Abnorm. Psychol., 1923-24, 18: 125-36.—Bifficult children. Med. J. Australia, 1936, 1: 371.—Eckert. Das sen- sible Kind. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1935, 32: 405-7.—Ederer, S. Das schwererziehbare Kind als biologisches Problem. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1935, 3.F., 94: 11-23. Also Pediatria (Riv.) 1935, 43: 230.—Emerson, W. R. P. Physical and mental unfitness in children. School & Soc, 1924, 19: 361-5—Fries, M. E. Behav- ior problems in children under 3 years of age; their recognition, treatment, and prevention. Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1928, 45: 653-63.—Gordon, A. Impulsive outbreaks in children; a problem for parents and physician. Ibid., 166-72.—Grave, C. E. Be- havior problems away from home. Occup. Ther. Rehabil., 1935, 14: 175-80—Gruters-Kiihn, H. Schwierige Kinder. Ge- sundh. & Erzieh., 1934, 47: 358-66— Hall, J. K. On the difficulty of being civilized. Med. Soc. Rep., Scranton, 1934, 28: 13-20 — Hall, M. B. A study of the unstable boy; being an investigation of 120 consecutive cases and after-histories. Lancet, Lond., 1934, 2:230.—Hamill.R. C. Behavior disturbances in children. Med. Clin. N. America, 1928, 12: 111-30.—Kanner, L. Work with psychobiological children's personality difficulties. Am. J. Ortho- psychiat., 1934, 4: 402-12.—Kerr, LeG. Errant tendencies in school children. Med. Rev. of Rev., 1911, 27: 168-76—Krass- mbller, W. Ein Fall pathologischen Fortbleibens aus der Schule. Fortsch. Med., 1932, 50:137—Kronfeld, A. Kindliche Schwererziehbarkeit und Gefahrdung. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 612; 651—Leahy, S. R. The problem child. N. York State J.M., 1923, 23: 23-7—Leavitt, F. H. Conduct disorders in children. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1925. 22: 383-92—Levy, B. M., & Coburn, M. Books suggested for a library pertaining to behav- ior problems of children. Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1930, 14: 445-62.—Lurie, L. A. The problem child. Hosp. Social Serv., 1924, 10: 53-63. -----• The medical approach to the study of behavior disorders of children. Am. J. Psychiat., 1934-35, 91: 1379-88. ----- & Greenebaum, J. V. Conduct disorders of children. Med. Bull. Univ. Cincinnati, 1928, 5: 25.—Lyons, D. C. The moody child. Clin. M.&S., 1935, 42: 78—Macneill, N. M. Good and bad children. Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1927, 44: 437-41.—Menzel, R. Der Unverbesserliche. Internat. Zschr. Individpsychol., 1928, 6: 398-408.—Meyers, B. Tongue-chew- ing. Brit. J. Child. Dis., 1914, 11: 111-3—Nelles, F. C. Cali- fornia's Commission for the study of problem children. J. Delinq., 1927, 11: 1-4.—Neron, G. La fugue et le vagabondage chez les enfants. Bull, mfd., Par., 1929, 43: 537-42.—Newth, A. A. E. Educable and ineducable children. Med. Off., Lond., 1924, 31:6.—Olson, W. C. Oral habits in children. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1930-31, 1: 311-6—Owensby, N. M. Disor- ders of human conduct. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1926, 15: 205-10.— Parker, L. H. Migratory children. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1927, 54: 302-9.—Phipps, B. Van P. A study of absentee- ism among students of the Chicago Normal School. J. Prevent. Med., 1929, 3: 31-6—Portenier, L. G. The problem child at the pre-school level. J. Appl. Psychol., 1935. 19: 93-100.—Richards, E. L. Are the nerves and badness of childhood of any impor- tance to the field of public health? Am. J. Pub. Health, 1933, 23:198-205— Richards, E. L. Some adaptive difficulties found in school children. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1920, 31: 461. Also Ment. Hyg., Concord, 1920, 4: 331-63.----- Medical aspects of child behavior. South M. J., 1933, 26: 10-4. ----- Behavior problems of the pediatrician. Med. Clin. N. America, 1935, 18: 166?-71—Schmideberg, M. Bad habits in childhood; their importance in development. Internat. J. Psychoanal., Lond., 1935,16: 455-61 .—Schroder, P. Schwererziehbare Kinder. Wien. med. Wschr., 1924, 74: 133-8.—Schwartz, L. A. Behavior disorders in childhood and their relation to the pediatrician. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1931, 30:413-*.— Thorn, B. A. The nervous child and behavior problems. Commonhealth, Bost., 1922, 9: 60-5—Tibout, P. H. C. [Difficult children] Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1933, 37: 237-55— Troili, C. Contributo clinico alia conoscenza della instability dei minorenni. Policlinico, 1935, 42: sez. prat., 209-15.—Van Order, W. E. Some behaviorism con- siderations of childhood. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1932, 25; 101-7.—Wile, I. S. Good education and bad children. Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1925, 9: 105-12. ----- Behavior difficulties of children. Ibid., 1927,11:38-52. ----- Some medical phases of child behavior. Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 125: 613; 674. ----- Conduct disorders of children. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 1222-7.-----The pediatrician and behavior problems of children. Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1930, 47: 676-97—Williams, K. A. Five behaviorisms. Am. J. Psychol., 1931, 43: 337-60. ---- Disorders: Causes. See also Complex; Conditioned reflex; Environ- ment; Extroversion and introversion; Family; Psychopathology. Healy, W. Mental conflicts and misconduct. xi, 330p. 8? Lond., 1919. Mateer, F. The unstable child; an inter- pretation of psychopathy as a source of unbal- anced behavior in abnormal and troublesome children. 471p. 8? N.Y. [1924] Webb, H. Children and the stress of life. llOp. 8? [Lond.] 1929. Adler, H. M. Biological and pathological aspects of behavior disorders. Am. J. Psychiat., 1927-28, 7: 507-15—Beer, E. S. Mental-hygiene aspects of the day nursery. Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1936, 20: 41-8.—Blechmann, G. Le sfeuillets du pfdiatre; climats: un enfant mechant. Hopital, 1933, 21: 647.—Chad wick, M. Trials of the little child; opposition between personal and external reality. Mat. & Child Welf., Lond., 1926, 10: 289.— Chura, A. J. [Role of conditioned reflexes in nervous diseases of children] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1932, 12: 379. Also Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 191-3.—Coghill, G. E. Biologic basis of conflict in behavior. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1932, 58: 629-32—Dickson, V. E. Causes and treatments of behavior difficulties in chil- dren. Pacific Coast J. Homoeop., 1933, 44: 64-71.—Dohme, A. Beitrag zur Psychologie und Psychopathologie typischer Schulkonflikte auf den verschiedenen Altersstufen. Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1929-30, 36; 397-479.—Eyrich, M. Ueber psycho- pathische Konflikte und Fehlentwicklungen bei Stiefkindern. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 1281—Foster, S. A study of the personality make-up and social settings of 50 jealous chil- dren. Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1927, 11: 53-77—Fowler, B. P. The child as affected by the family. Ibid., 1934, 18: 431-41.— Gillespie, R. B. The influence of environment on character and nervousness in children. Mat. & Child Welf., Lond., 1931, 15: 135; 167.—Gomez Esteban, L. La educacion en ol nino y su relation con las enfermedades. Siglo med., 1925, 76: 311; pas- sim.—Gosset. Causes psychologiques et physiologiques de 1'indiscipline; quelques moyens d'v remfidier. Rev. psycho- ther., Par., 1913-14, 28: 337-40—Hopkins, C. D., & Haines, A. R, A study of 100 problem children for whom foster care was ad- vised. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1930-31, 1: 107-28—I vanov- Smolensky, A. G. Neurotic behavior and the teaching of condi- tioned reflexes. Am. J. Psychiat., 1927-28, 7: 483-8.—Johnson, E. H. The relation of the conduct difficulties of a group of public school boys to their mental status and home environment. J. Delinq., 1921, 6: 549-74.—Kempf, E. J. The tonus of autonomic segments as the cause of abnormal behavior. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1919, 2: 120-8. Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1919, 50: 152-61.—Kramer, F. Die Ursachen der Schwersterziehbar- keit, beurteilt vom psychopathologischen und charakterologi- schen Standpunkt Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1930, 37: 131-8 — Krasnogorski, N. I. Bedingte und unbedingte Reflexe im Kindesalter und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Klinik. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1931, 39: 613-730. ----- Conditioned reflexes in psychopathology of childhood. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1933, 45: 355-70.—Langstein. L. Die Umweltschaden im Kindesalter und ihre Verhiitung. Fortsch. Gesundhfurs., 1927,1:14-9— Levy, D. M. Fingersucking and accessory movements in early infancy; an etiologic study. Am. J. Psychiat., 1927-28, 7: sxi-918.—Levy, J. A quantitative study of the relationship between intelligence and economic status as factors in the etiology of children's behavior problems. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1930-31, 1: 152-62. ----- A quantitative study of behavior problems in relation to family constellation. Am. J. Psychiat., 1930-31, 10: 637-54 — Liefmann, E. Krankheit und klinische Seelenleben (Zugleich eine Betrachtung der Lehre von den bedingten Reflexen) Zschr. pad. Psychol., 1926, 27: 441-62—Lowrey, L. G. Environ- mental factors in the behavior of children. Am. J. Psychiat., 1926-27, 6: 227-42—Meltzer. H. Personification of ideals and stereotypes m problem children. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1932, 2: 384.—Minor, M. Elternsiinden. Internat. Zschr. Individ- psychol.. 1928, 6:387-96.—Muhl, A. M. Phantasy life in superior children produced by and producing conflicts. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1925, 18: 12-5.—Newcomb, T. M. Does extroversion- introversion offer a clue for prognosis and treatment of problem boys? Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1930, 14: 919-25—Newell, H. W. The psycho-dynamics of maternal rejection. Am. J. Ortho- psychiat., 1934,4: 387-401.—Perl, M. Die Ursachen der Schwerst- erziehbarkeit vom psychopathologischen und charakterologi- schen Standpunkt. Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1930, 37: 139-52 — Preston, G. H., & Antin, R. A study of children of psychotic parents. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1932, 2: 231^1.—Pruette, L. Some applications of the inferiority complex to pluralistic be- havior. Psychoanal. Rev., 1922, 9: 28-39.—Reynolds, B.C. En- vironmental handicaps of 400 habit clinic children. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1925, 52: 453-9. Also Bull. Massachusetts Dep. Ment. Dis., 1926-27, 10: 15-9. Also Hosp. Social Serv., 1925, 12: 329-36— Schmid , W. Die Bedeutung des Brustsau- gens und Fingerlutschen fiir die psychische Entwicklung des Kindes. Imago, Wien, 1926, 12: 377-92.—Schneersohn, F. Die Wirkung von katastrophalen Ereignissen auf die Seele des nor- malen und anormalen Kindes. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1924, 48: 100-22.—Seham, M. The conditioned reflex in relation to func- tional disorders in children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1932, 43: 163-86. Also repr.—Solomon, M. The importance of an antece- dent state of uneasiness as the cause of certain normal and abnor- mal types of behavior. N. York M.J., 1917, 106: Alsorepr.— Wile, I. S. The altered position of children as a factor in behav- ior, with particular consideration of Negro children. Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1932, 49: 494—Zilboorg, G. Sidelights on parent- child antagonism. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1932, 2: 35-43. Also repr. BEHAVIOR 167 BEHAVIOR ---- Disorders: Causes, organic. Berger, T. *Aus der Kinderklinik der Charity; der Einfluss der Krankheit auf das Verhalten des Kleinkindes [Berlin] p.343-90. 8? Lpz., 1928. Also Zschr. angew. Psychol., 1929, 32: Bumstead, K. S. Physical versus emotional factors in chil- dren's behavior. Connecticut Health Bull., 1933, 47: 33 — Carleton, H. H. Habit and illness. Bristol Med. Chir. J., 1935, 52' 41-56 —Carter, W. E. Physical findings in problem children. Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1926, 10: 75-84—BoU, E. A. Behavioral consequences of cerebral birth lesions. Am. J. Obst., 1936, 31: 866-71.—Eisler, E. R. The significance of physical disease in relation to behavior problems. Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1926, 10: 85-9.—Fiessinger, C. Therapeutique medicale; l'habitude dans les symptomes morbides. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1927, 3.ser., 97: 147-50. Also Vie med., 1927, 8: 223—Freeman, W. Reversion to primitive behavior resulting from organic disease of the brain. Human Biol., 1929, 1: 406-20—Hardy, M. C. Some evidence of an inverse relation between health history and behavior adjustments during childhood. Psychol. Bull., 1935, 32: 727.—Ibrahim, J. Korperliche Erkrankungen als Ursache yon Erziehungsschwierigkeiten beim Kleinkind. Zschr. Kin- derforsch, 1933, 41: 298-305.—Kramer, F. Psychopathische Kon- stitutionen und organische Hirnerkrankungen als Ursache von Erziehungsschwierigkeiten. Ibid., 306-22.—Orgel, S. Z. The influence of physical disorders upon behavior. Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1928, 45: 402-9.—Robin, G. L'inattention chez l'enfant dans ses rapports avec l'instabilite psycho-motrice et la debilite motrice. Rev.med.fr., 1933,14:21-5.—Sweet, C. Infectionand behavior. Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1932, 49: 19(M— Timme, A. R. The role of physical conditions in behavior problems. Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1931,15:468-79—Wertheimer, F. I. Constitu- tional factors as an aid to the early evaluation of behavior dis- orders. J.Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 22-4. Alsorepr. ---- Disorders: Diagnosis. See also Behavior, Evaluation. Carlisle, C. L. The interpretation of inadequate behavior through neuropsvchiatric symptoms. U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1926, 2: 230-48.—Cornil, L., & Goldenfoun, Z. Sur une nouvelle methode d'fitude clinique des reflexes associatifs chez l'enfant: les reflexes tendineo-associatifs. C. rend. Soc. bio!., 1928, 99: 406-8.----- Sur les reflexes associatifs chez les en- fants anormaux. Ibid.-, 408.—Corson, H. F. A study of the behavior chart in cases of thymergasia. Am. J. Psychiat., 1931, 11: 73-102.—Gordon, R. G. Symptoms of psychological disorders in childhood. Nurs. Times, Lond., 1934, 30: 451—Hetzer, H., & Zeller, W. Ambulante Beobachtung psychisch auffalliger Kleinkinder. Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1934-35, 44: 137-79 — Heuyer, G. De la necessitfi de I'examen psychiatrique des en- fants anormaux a l'ecole. Presse med., 1919, 27: annexe, 217- 20.—Kubie, L. S. Clinical examples of the expression of in- stinctual conflicts through symptoms and speech. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1933, 77: 182—MacKaye, L. The interview with the behavior problem child. Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arbor, 1936, 2: no.2, 9—Mink, M. S., & Adler, H. M. Suggested outline for history taking in cases of behavior disorders in children. Welfare Mag., Pontiac, 1926, 17: no.2, 5-22—Pinard, J. W. Tests of perseveration; their relation to certain psychopathic conditions and to introversion. Brit. J. Psychol., 1932, 23: 114.—Seham, G. E. The diagnosis and treatment of behavior disturbances in the home. Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1932, 49: 354-82.—Seham, M. The diagnosis of behavior and personality disorders in children from the standpoint of the pediatrist. Journal-lancet, 1936, 56:105-12—Wickes, F. G. The importance of children's dreams in the study of conduct and personality. Am. Med., 1926, n.s., 21: 117-31—Wright, H. W. Mental con- ditions in childhood; some general considerations with respect to the detection and correction of undesirable tendencies by indi- vidual personality studies of the child and the relation of such tendencies to future inefficiency, unhappiness, and possible serious mental diseases; and their relation to education. J. Delinq., 1923,8: 113-25. ---- Disorders: Endocrine aspect. See also names of endocrine diseases. Gilbert-Robin. Neuro-psychiatrie et neuro-psychologie in- fantile; causes psychiques et neuro-endocriniennes des insucces scolaires. J. med. Paris, 1936, 56: 285-7. Also Med. inf., Par., 1936, 43: 38-45.—Kamper, A. A. Behavioristic aspects of hypo- glycemia. J. Abnorm. Psychol., 1931, 26: 162-74—Lune, L A. The relation of endocrinopathic states to conduct disorders of children. Am. J. Psychiat., 1929, 9: 285-305. Also Ohio M.J , 1935, 31: 504-9—Molitch, M., & Poliakoff, S. Pituitary disturb- ances in behavior problems. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1936, 6: 125-33.—Rowe, A. W. A possible endocrine factor in the behav- ior problems of the young. Ibid., 1931,1: 451-75.—Rowe, A. W., & Van Waters, M. Physical associations in adults with behavior problems. Endocrinology, 1935, 19: 129-43—Whitehorn, J. C. The material in the hands of the biochemist. Am. J. Psychiat., 1935, 92:315-23. ---- Disorders: Pedagogic aspect. See also Pedagogics, Psychology; Personality. Delbary, M. ^Contribution a I'examen de l'enfant de 10 a 15 ans; signes du d6s6quilibre du systeme nerveux; leur importance m^dicopeda- gogique. 47p. 8? Par., 1927. Fretjnd, H. *Klinische und heilpadagogische Gesichtspunkte zur weiteren Organisation der Schwererziehbarenfursorge im Freistaate Sach- sen [Tubingen] 30p. 8? Dresd., 1928. Friedjtjng, J. K. Die Fehlerziehung in der Pathologie des Kindes. lOOp. 8? Wien, 1931. Smith, H. R. *The difficult child and the teacher [Columbia Univ.] 193p. 8? N.Y., 1934. Zariyev, P. A. O roli vracha v dielle um- stvennano i nrawstvennano vospitaniya dietel [The role of the physician in the mental and moral education of children] 31p. 8? Tiflis, 1908. Bain, W. E. A study of the attitudes of teachers toward behavior problems. Child. Develop., 1934, 5: 19-35— Bartsch K. Welche Forderungen ergeben sich aus der Auswertung des psychologischen Profils fiir die Heilpadagogik? Ber. Kongr. Heilpiid., 1923, 1: 63.—Berillon. Les enfants indisciplines: procedes medico-pfidagogiques qui leur sont applicables. Rev. hypnot. psychol. physiol., Par., 1907-8, 21: 173-7.—Birk, W. Erziehungsfehler bei Kindern in ihrer Bedeutung fiir die korper- liche und seelische Entwicklung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 1853-6.—Bonov. Etude medico-pedagogique sur l'esthesio- metrie et la simulation a l'ecole. Internat. Arch. Schulhyg., 1908, 4: 384-94.—Buttner, G. Heilpadagogisches Seminar. Zschr. Schulgesundhpfl., 1908, 31: 24-6—Conrad, W. Das psy- chische Gleichgewicht als eines der Erziehungsziele und die Grundformen seiner Storungen. Zschr. pad. Psychol., 1914, 16: 185; 269.—Czerny, A. Ueber Erziehungsprobleme. Mschr. Kinderh., 1930, 46: 1-7.—Friedjung, J. K. Die Bedeutung der Fehlerziehung fur die Pathologie des Kindes; das Wesen der Erziehung und Fehlerziehung. Fortsch. Ther., 1933, 9: 214-6 — Gerhard, A. H. [Experiences of an old school master with diffi- cult children] Psychiat. neur. bl:, Amst., 1933, 37: 347-67 — Gilse, J. van, & West, van [Uses and abuses in the bringing up of children] Mschr. kindgeneesk., 1934, 3: 115-26.—Gregor, A. Zur padagogischen Bewertung psychischer Storungen. Zschr. pad. Psychol., 1920, 21: 277-82.—Hanselmann, H. Wis- senschaftliche und praktische Haltung in der Heilpadagogik. Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1934, 43: 76-8.—Heller, T. Fursorgeerzie- hung und Heilpadagogik. Off. Ber. Internat. Kongr. Irrenpfl., 1909, 534-53. ----- Die Heilpadagogik in Gegenwart und Zukunft. Ber. Kongr. Heilpad., 1923, 1: 66-79—Hetzer, H. Entwicklungsbedingte Erziehungschwierigkeiten. Zschr. pad. Psychol., 1929, 30: 77-85.—Hofmeier, K. Fehlerziehung und Krankheit; Alltagliches aus der kinderarztlichen Praxis. Ge- sundh. & Erzieh., 1935, 48: 10-4.—Holmes, A. An educational experiment with troublesome adolescent boys. Psychol. Clin., Phila., 1910-11, 4: 155-78.—Keller, H. Das nervbse Kind in der Schule. Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1929, 35:412-9—Krampf, A. Die Bedeutung der Sonderschule, insbesondere der Hilfsschule, im nationalsozialistischen Volksstaate; vom Standpunkt des Heil- padagogen gesehen. Oeff. Gesundhdienst, 1935, 1: B, 272-8.— Lange, W. Seelische Hygiene und Heilpadagogik. Zschr. Be- handl. Anomal., 1929, 49: 177-82. ----- Neue Wege in der Heilpadagogik. Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1935, 37: 373; 389 — Laurinsich, A. Problemi educativi secondo Adalberto Czerny. Pediatria (Riv.) 1933, 41: 378-82.—Lazar, E. Die heilpadago- gische Gruppierung in einer Anstalt fiir verwahrloste Kinder. Zschr. Kinderh., 1920, 27: Orig., 92-116—Le Count, E. R. An experiment in medical pedagogy. Science, 1910, n.s., 32: 942-8.—Leyen, R. von der. Probleme der Heilerziehung. Ge- sundh. & Erzieh., 1934, 47: 2-9.—Lindner, E. Ist Heilerziehung heute noch notwendig? Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 170-2—Mathieu, A. Des rapports de la medecine et de la pedagogic In Med. & ped., Par., 1910,1-15.—Portell Vila, J. La psicoterapia educativa como complemento del psicoanalisis. Cron. mfed. quir., Ha- bana, 1933, 59: 399^110.—Radosavlyevich, P. R. Social peda- gogy. Ped. Seminary, 1912, 19: 78-93.—Reflex, Instinkt, Trieb, Wille, Intellekt; eine Begriffsstudie mit padagogischen Folge- rungen fiir die Heilpadagogik. Zschr. Behandl. Schwachsinn., 1927, 47: 42-6.—Robin, G. Une consultation mfedico-pSdago- gique. Rev. gen. clin. ter., 1936, 50: 38-40.—Royo Villanova, R. Pedagogia social de Costa. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1912, 11: 85-93, pi.—Salomon, A. Sozialpadagogische Grundfragen der Schulkinderfursorge und Jugendpflege. Zschr. Schulgesundh- pfl., 1921, 34: 194.—Weigl, F. Zur Frage der heilpadagogischen Orientierung der kunftigen Lehrerbildung. Ber. Kongr. Heil- pad., 1923,1: 104-6.—Weiskopf, H. Tiefenpsychologische Richt- punkte zur heilerziehlichen Behandlung der Psychopathie durch Aerzte, Eltern, Lehrer und Fiirsorger. Ibid., 64. ---- Disorders: Treatment. See also Child welfare; Education; Individual psychology; Learning; Mental hygiene; Peda- gogics; Psychoanalysis; Psychotherapy; Train- ing. BEHAVIOR 168 BEHAVIOR Adler, A. Guiding the child on the principles of individual psychology; transl. from German by B. Ginsburg. 268p. 8? N.Y. [1930] Baker, H. J., & Traphagen, V. The diag- nosis and treatment of behavior-problem chil- dren. 393p. 8? N.Y., 1935. Blanton, S., & Blanton, M. G. Child guid- ance. 301p. 8? N.Y. [1927] Paynter, R. H., & Blanchard, P. M. A study of educational achievement of problem children. 72p. 8? N.Y., 1929. Anderson, F. N. Mental hygiene viewpoints on the child. In Practical pedodontia (Hogeboom) S. Louis, 1933, 25-35.— Bianchini, L. M. Educazione e psicologia individualistica in rapporto ad alcuni tipi di bambini difficili. Arch. gen. neur., Teramo, 1931, 12: 34-40.—Child guidance in America. Lancet, Lond., 1S34, 1: 1019.—Becroly. Le traitement et l'Mucation des enfants irrcguliers. Bull. mM„ Par., 1923, 37: 1281. Also Gaz. hop., 1923, 96: 1366.—English, W. H. Treatment of behavior disorders in children; a review of the literature. Psychiat. Q., 1936, 10: 45-71.—Faulkner, R. M. Recreational therapy. Welfare Mag., Pontiac, 1927, 18: 776-80, 8pl—Fay, T. S. Behavior problems in children; the importance of training and conditioning. Child Res. Clin. Ser., 1935,1: no.3— Findley, J. H. Influencing behavior. Training School Bull.. 1935-36, 32: 21-4.—Fleischmann, S. Psychotherapie auf behaviouristischer Basis. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1927, 110: 176-88.—Gerson, W. Die padagogische Bedeutung des Sportes und des Turnens in einer Anstalt fiir schwersterziehbare Jugendliche. Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1931-32, 39: 243-8—Goldbloom, A. The role of the physician in the rearing of children. N. York State J.M., 1928, 28: 1274-81.—Hodd, F. H. Some practical suggestions for dealing with everyday psychological problems in child life. Practitioner, Lond., 1933, 130: 78-89.—Levy, J. Limitations of the pediatric and endocrinologic attacks on children's behavior problems. Med. Rev. of Rev., 1S35, 41: 231-6.—Lowrey, L. G. Treatment of behavior problems; some illustrations of variations in treatment approach. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1934, 4: 120- 37.—Miller, R. The care and treatment of difficult children. Lancet, Lond.. 1935, 2: 1393; 1410. Also Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1935, 191: 564-7.—Minkowski, E., & Silz, A. L'assistance aux enfants difficiles au Foyer de Soulins. Ann. med. psvchol., Par., 1936, 94: 92-100—Moodie, W. The care and treatment of difficult children. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1936, 12: 49-52. ■----- Treatment of behavior disorders in children. Ibid., 430-3.—Nelson, W. L. Changing the behavior of the malad- justed child. South. M.J., 1931, 24: 793-9.—Noetzel, E. S., & Hildreth, H. M. A survey of the mental hygiene needs of 250 school children; a study in organizing a community in child guidance. Psychiat. Q., 1935, 9: 525-37.—Oppenheim on psy- chotherapy in child training. Psychotherapy, 1909, 1: no.2, 49-55.—Owensby, N. M. Value of child training in prevention of mental disorders. South. M.J., 1929. 22: 629-34.—Portell y Vila, J. El niiio inestable y su tratamiento. Cron. med. quir. Habana, 1929, 55: 107-13.—Pototzky, C. Wege der Fursorge fiir schwererziehbare Kinder. Mschr. Kinderh., 1928, 41: 35-55.— Radin, E. [Social-biological education of children in the light of reflexology] Pediatria, Moskva, 1927, 11: 51-60.—Slutskaya, M. M. [Changing defensive reflexes into feeding reflexes in oligophrenic and normal children] J. nevropath. psvkhiat., Moskva, 1928, 21: 195-210.—Thorn, B. A. Treatment of special problems in the preschool period. Proc. Internat. Congr. Ment. Hyg., 1932, 2: 752-76—Treatment of the maladjusted. Brit. M.J., 1935, 2: 118—Wile, I. S. Child guidance as a medical function. Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1935, 52: 213-33. ---- emotional. See Emotion. ---- Evaluation. See also Behaviorism, Methods; Child, Psy- chology; Conditioned reflex; Intelligence, Tests; Psychoanalysis; Stimulus. Conrad, H. S. A statistical study of ratings on the California behavior inventory for nursery- school children. 78p. 8? Worcester, Clark Univ., 1934. Forms no.l, v.16, Genet. Psychol. Monogr. Razran, G. H. S. *Conditioned responses in children: a behavioral and quantitative critical review of experimental studies [Columbia Univ.] 121p. 8? N.Y.; 1933. Ackerson, L. On the feasibility of inventorying children's behavior traits. J. Juven. Res., 1932, 16: 32-9.—Blanton, S. The use of the behavior chart in the pre-school and kindergarten clinics. Am. J. Psychiat., 1925-26, 5: 615-23.—Bashiell, J. F. A new method of measuring reactions to facial expression of emotion. Psychol. Bull., 1927, 24: 174.—Dolin, A. O., & Palat- nik, S. A. [Physiological analysis of simple and complex be- haviour of monkeys in a group, according to the method of condi- tioned reflexes] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1935, 37:114-41— Fernberger, S. W. The effect of the attitude of the subject upon the measure of sensitivity. Am. J. Psychol., 1919, 25: 538-43—Frank, B. Stability of questionnaire response. J. Abnorm. Psychol., 1935-36, 30: 320-4.—Gatti, A. Possono lc attitudini essere misurate? Arch. ital. psicol., 1929, 7 : 200-0.—Hirsch, N. D. An experimental studv upon 300school children over a 6-ycar period. Genet. Psychol. Monogr., 1930, 7: 493-546—Lobach, Y. M., & Shapiro. D. H. [Signal tests for the determination of normal and psychopathic children] J. nevropat. psykhiat., 1929, 22: 83-102.—Nomura, G. The quantitative measurement of surprise. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1931-32, 14: 79-87.— Richards, T. W., & Irwin, O. C. Experimental methods used in studies on infant reactions since 1900. Psychol. Bull., 1934, 31: 23-46.—Smith, F. O. A study of human behavior in the maze; experimental and statistical. Ibid., 1927, 24: 175—Smith, L. Z. An experimental investigation of young children's interest and expressive behavior responses to single statement, verbal repeti- tion and ideational repetition of content in animal stories. Child Develop., 1930, 1: 232-47—Smith, M. Concerning the magnitude of the behavior sample for the study of behavior traits in children. J. Appl. Psychol., 1931,15: 480-5—Starch, B. An evaluation of principles of behavior. Ibid., 1936, 20: 183- 92.—Thurstone, L. L. The method of paired comparisons for social values. J. Abnorm. Psychol., 1926-27, 21: 384-400.— Trotsenburg, J. A. van. Ueber Untersuchung von Handlungen. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1920, 72: 728-65.—Walker, D. A. Answer pattern and score-scatter in tests and examinations. Brit. J. Psychol., 1935-36, 26: 301-8.—Weinland, J. B. An objective method for the measurement of attitudes. J. Appl. Psychol., 1930-31, 14: 427-36.—Weiss, A. P. The measurement of infant behavior. Psychol. Rev., 1929, 36: 453-71— Yepsen, L. N. A score card of personal behavior. J. Appl. Psychol, 1928-29, 12: 140-7.—Young, K. The measurement of personal and social traits. J. Abnorm. Psychol., 1926-28, 22: 431-42. ---- fetal. See also Fetus. Carmichael, L. An experimental study in the prenatal guinea-pig of the origin a,nd develop- ment of reflexes and patterns of behavior in rela- tion to the stimulation of specific receptor areas during the period of active fetal life. p.338-491. 8? Worcester, 1934. Forms nos.5-6, v.16, Genet. Psychol. Monogr. Coronios, J. D. Development of behavior in the fetal cat. p.283-386. 8° Worcester, 1933. Forms no.4, v.l!, Genet. Psychol. Monogr. Avery, G. T. Responses of foetal guinea pigs prematurely delivered. Genet. Psychol. Monogr., 1928, 3: 247-331.—Car- michael, L. The development of purposeful behavior in mam- mals before birth. Yale J. Biol., 1934-35, 7: 569—Langworthy, 0. R. The differentiation of behaviour patterns in the foetus and infant. Brain, Lond., 1932, 55: 265.—Sontag, L. W., & Wal- lace, R. F. Preliminary report of the Fels fund; study of fetal activity. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1934, 48: 1051-7. ---- infant. See also Infant, Psychology. Gesell, A. L. An atlas of infant behavior; a systematic delineation of the forms and early growth of human behavior patterns. 2v. 92lp. paged consec. 4? New Haven, 1934. Kellogg, W. N., & Kellogg, L. A. The ape and the child; a study of environmental influence upon early behavior. 314p. 8? N.Y., 1933. Chaney, L. B., & McGraw, M. B. Reflexes and other motor activities in newborn infants; a report of 125 cases as a prelimi- nary study of infant behavior. Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York, 1932, 2: 1-56.—Becroly, O. Les fonctions psychophysiologiques de l'enfant avant la naissance et chez les nouveau-nes. In Soc. sc. med. natur. Bruxelles, vol. jubil., 1922, 3: 136.—Bennis, W. A description and classification of the responses of the newborn infant. Psychol. Bull., 1934, 31: 5-22.—Benissov, M. P., & Figurin, N. L. [First nutritional reflexes in newborn infants] Vopr. genet, reflex., 1929,1:81-8. ----- [Experimental studies of reactions to new sensations in infants] Ibid., 106-30. ----- [Physiology of differentiation of external irritants in children belowl year of age] Ibid., 131-65.—Galant, J. S. Ueber die rudi- mentaren neuropsychischen Funktionen der Sauglinge. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1931, 3.F., 83: 104-8. -----■ Ueber den Befreiungs- reflex und den Untersuchungsreflex der Sauglinge. Kinder- arztl. Prax., 1933, 4: 501-4.—Gesell, A. Infant behavior in rela- tion to pediatrics. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1929, 37:1055-75. ----- Maturation and infant behavior pattern. Psychol. Rev., 1929. 36: 307-19. ----- The developmental morphology of infant behavior pattern (with a demonstration of methods of systematic cinematography) Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc, 1932, 18: 139-13, 3pl. ----- Infant behavior research. Yale J. Biol., 1934-35, 7: 453-7.—Irwin, O. C, Weiss, L. A., & Stubbs, E. M. Studies in infant behavior. Univ. Iowa Stud., 1934, 9: n.s., no.281, BEHAVIOR 169 BEHAVIOR 1-175.—Lowenfeld, B. Systematisches Studium der Reaktionen der Sauglinge auf Klange und Gerausche. Zschr. Psychol. Phy- siol. Sinnesorg. l.Abt., 1927,104: 62-96.—Mazzini. II lattante in rapporto aisuonie all'arte musicale. Prat.pediat., Milano, 1932, 10: suppl., 31.—Rubinov, 0., & Frankl, L. Die erste Dingauffas- sung beim Saugling; Reaktionen auf Wahrnehmung der Flasche. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., l.Abt., 1934, 133: 1-71. ---- instinctive [and innate] See also Instinct. Crow, W. B. The inherited factors in human behaviour. Psyche, Lond., 1929, 10: 87-93.—Elliott, M. H. Drive and the characteristics of driven behavior. Psychol. Rev., 1935, 42: 205-13.— Griffith, C. R. A possible case of instinctive behavior in the white rat. Science, 1919, n.s., 50: 166.—Kunkel, B. W. Instinctive behavior in the white rat. Ibid., 305.—Marquis, B. G. The criterion of innate behavior. Psychol. Rev., 1930, 37: 334-49.—Szymanski, J. S. Modification of the innate be- havior of cockroaches. J. Animal Behavior, 1912, 2: 81-90.— Skinner, B. F. Drive and reflex strength. J. Gen. Psychol 1932, 6: 22-37—Toyama, K. A sport of the silk-worm, Bombyx Mori L., and its hereditary behavior. Zschr. indukt. Ab- stamm., 1909, 1: 179-SS. --- Mechanism. See also Conditioned reflex. Coghill, G. E. Anatomy and the problem of behaviour. 113p. 8? Cambr., 1929. McAllister, W. G. *A further study of the delayed reaction in the albino rat [Univ. Min- nesota] 103p. 8? Minneapolis, 1929. Sherman, M., & Sherman, I. C The process of human behavior. 227p. 8? Lond., 1930. Skalet, M. The significance of delayed reac- tions in young children. 82p. 8? Bait., 1931. Forms no.34, v.7, Comp. Psychol. Monogr. Ayrosa, C. O comportamento a seus motivos psvchologicos. Arch, brasil. med., 1932, 22: 53-69.—Breslaw, B., Barrera, S. E., & Warden, C. J. The effect of removal of the post-central con- volution of the Macacus rhesus monkey upon the delayed response. J. Comp. Psychol., 1934, 18: 207-26.—Burrow, T. Behavior mechanisms and their phylo-pathology. Psychoanal. Rev., 1935, 22:169-81.—Coghill, G. E. The growth of functional neurones and its relation to the development of behavior. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1926, 65: 51-5. ----- The early develop- ment of behavior in Amblystoma and in man. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1929, 21:989-1009.—Bavies, A. E. Mechanism, meaning and teleology in behavior. Am. J. Psychol., 1926, 37: 2-24.—Darrow, C. W. Differences in the physiological reactions to sensory and ideational stimuli. Psychol. Bull., 1929, 26: 185-201.—Goodenough, F. L. Inter-relationships in the behavior of young children. Child Develop., 1930, 1: 29-47.—Hull, C. L. The mechanism of the assembly of behavior segments in novel combinations suitable for problem solution. Psychol. Rev., 1935, 42: 219-45.—Irwin, O. C. The organismic hypothesis and differentiation of behavior; the cell theory and the neurone doc- trine. Ibid., 1932, 39: 128-46. ----- The reflex arc concept. Ibid., 189-202.—Kbhler, W. Les forces motrices du comporte- ment. J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1930, 27: 367-90—Lan- dauer, K. Die kindliche Bewegungsunruhe; das Schicksal der den Stammganglien unterstehenden triebhaften Bewegungen. Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., 1926, 12: 379-90—Langworthy, 0. R. A correlated study of the development of reflex activity in fetal and young kittens and the myelinization of tracts in the nervous system. Contr. Embryol. Carnegie Inst., 1929, 20: 127-71, 8pl. ----- Development of behavior patterns and myelinization of tracts in the nervous system. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1932, 28:1365-82.—Lashley, K. S. Basic neural mechanisms in behavior. Psychol. Rev., 1930, 37: 1-24. Also Rev. med. Barcelona, 1930, 13: 118-34.—Loucks, R. B. Efficacy of the rat's motor cortex in delayed alternation. J. Comp. Neur., 1931, 53: suppl., 511-67.—Needham, J. G. Interpolation effects with different time intervals. J. Exp. Psychol., 1935,18: 767-73.—Psycho-biological basis for behaviour. Ment. Health, Toronto, 1934, 4: no.l, 1.—Spaier, A. La nature et les elements psychiques de l'habitude. J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1935, 32: 183-99. Tilney, F. The structural basis of behaviorism. Internat. Clin., 1930, 40.ser., 1: 177-212. -----& Kubie, L. S. Behavior in its relation to the development of the brain. Bull. Neur. Inst. N.York, 1931 , 1: 229-313—Walton, A. C. The in- fluence of diverting stimuli during delayed reaction in dogs. J. Animal Behavior, 1915, 5: 259-91.—WUson, M. O. Symbolic behavior in the white rat; relation of amount of interpolated activity to adequacy of the delayed response. J. Comp. Psy- chol., 1934, 18: 29-49.—Woodrow, H. Reactions to the cessation of stimuli and their nervous mechanism. Psychol. Rev., 1915, 22: 423-52.—Yarbrough, J. U. The delayed reaction with sound and light in cats. J. Animal Behavior, 1917, 7: 87-110. ■--- social. See also Sociology. Jui-Ching Hsia. *A study of the sociability of elementary school children [Columbia Univ.l 64p. 8? N.Y., 1928. United States. National Industrial Con- ference Board. Public education as affecting the adjustment of youth to life. 61p. 8? N.Y . 1929. Bain, R. Die behavioristische Einstellung in der Soziologie. Sociologus, Lpz., 1933, 9: 28-44.—Baumgarten, F. Reaktions- typen der Kinder und Jugendlichen im sozialen Verhalten; Reagieren auf Beleidigung. Zschr. pad. Psychol., 1926, 27: 537- 56— Bayroff, A. G. The experimental social behavior of animals; the effect of early isolation of white rats on their later reactions to other white rats as measured by two periods of free choices. J. Comp. Psychol., 1936, 21: 67-81—Bernard, L. L. Social psy- chology studies: adjustment behavior. Am. J. Sociol., 1932, 38: 1-9.—Blanchard, P. Socio-psychological study of 80 children in 23 minimum families. Psychol. Bull., 1927, 24: 189—Buhler, C. Experimente fiber soziales Verhalten im 1. Lebensjahr. Kinderarztl. Prax., 1933, 4: 8-11—Carpenter, C. R. A field study of the behavior and social relations of howling monkeys (Alouatta palliata) Comp. Psychol. Monogr., 1934, 10: 1-168. pi.—Davis, J. Testing the social attitudes of children in the Government schools in Russia. Am. J. Sociol., 1927, 32: 947- 52.—Herford, M. The infantile mind and its relation to social problems and mental hygiene. J. State M., Lond., 1928, 36: 138-48.—Humphrey, G. The conditioned reflex and the elemen- tary social reaction. J. Abnorm. Psychol., 1922-23, 17: 113-9.— Isaacs, S. Contribution a la psychologie sociale des jeunes en- fants. J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1931, 28: 372-87.—King, H. C. The physical and psychical reaction of the child to its environment. Ohio M.J., 1921, 17: 758-60.—Mallay, H. Growth in social behavior and mental activity after 6 months in nursery school. Child Develop., 1935, 6: 303-9.—Maslow, A. H. Das soziale Verhalten der niederen und hoheren Affen. Inter- nat. Zschr. Individpsych., 1936, 14: 14-25.—Maunier, R. Des comportements sociaux et de leur classification. J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1929, 26: 153-62.—Pattie, F. A., jr. The gre- garious behavior of normal chicks and chicks hatched in isola- tion. J. Comp. Psychol., 1936, 21: 161-78.—Pellacani, G. Pre- sunti istinti sociali. Riv. psicol. appl., 1915, 11: 333-55.— Rombach, J. Das soziale Verhalten des Siebenjahrigen. Zschr. angew. Psychol., 1928,30:369-429—Stern, E. Das Verhalten des Kindes in der Gruppe; Beobachtungen im Kindergarten. Ibid., 1923, 22: 271-86—Suttie, I. D., Ginsberg, M. [et al.] A sympo- sium on property and possessiveness. Brit. J.M. Psychol., 1935, 15: 51-83.—Vorwahl, H. Sozialpsvchologie der Vorpuber- tat. Zschr. Menschenk., 1927-28, 3: 256-68.—Washburne, J. N. A test of social adjustment. J. Appl. Psychol., 1935, 19: 125- 44, ch.—Williams, F. E. The importance of social relationships in the development of the personality and character of the adolescent. Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1930, 14: 901-6. ---- social: Disorders. See also such subjects as Crime; Degeneracy; Prostitution; Suicide, &c. Alexander, F. Factors in anti-social behavior. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1932, 59: 215-25—Bahr, M. A. The per- sonality as a factor in social maladjustment. Med. Arts, 1934, 37: 19-24.—Dalzell, I. J. Psychiatric social work with the maladjusted child of normal intelligence. Canad. Pub. Health J., 1934, 25: 602-4.—Dunlap, K. The problem of adjusting human beings to their social environments. Johns Hopkins Alum. Mag., 1933, 21: 221-43.—Hirsdansky, S. Problems asso- ciated with maladjusted children. Psychiat. Q., 1931, 5: 278-80.—Kassanin, J., & Veo, L. A study of the school adjust- ments of children who later in life became psychotic. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1932, 2: 212-30—Kastan, M. Asoziales Verhal- ten jugendlicher geistig abnormer Individuen in und nach dem Kriege. Arch. Psychiat., Bed., 1921, 64: 1-12.—Kenworthy, M. E. Social maladjustments (emotional) in the intellectually normal. Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1930, 14: 837-52—Kinder, E. F., & Rutherford, E. J. Social adjustment of retarded chil- dren; a follow-up study from January to June 1926, of retarded children seen in the Henry Phipps Psychiatric Dispensary be- tween January and June 1921. Ibid., 1927, 11: 811-33.—Mac- Donald, A. Die geistige Betatigung der Volker und antisoziale Erscheinungen. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1915, 33: 292-308—Paul- Boncour, G. Anomalies caracterielles infantiles et inadapta- bility sociale. Rev. anthrop., Par., 1924, 34: 385-96.—Rossi, E. Natura delle reazioni antisociali. Manicomio, 1927, 40: 33-40 — Sanders, J. [The unsociable child from the eugenic viewpoint] Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1933, 37: 387-422.—Schmideberg, M. Zur Psychoanalyse asozialer Kinder und Jugendlicher. Inter- nat. Zschr. Psychoanal., 1932, 18: 474-527.—Schumacher, H. C. An inquiry into the etiology of children's maladjustment. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1933, 3: 376-98.—Stephan, W. Soziale Patho- logie des Schulkindes. Fortsch. Gesundhfiirs., 1933, 7: 311-8 — Swetlow, G. I. Anti-social behavior and the McNaughton rule. Med. Times, N.Y., 1932, 60:113-22.—Wells, F. L. Social malad- justments: adaptive regression. Collect. Papers Dep. Nerv. Harvard, 1936, 6: no.26—Wembridge, E. R. Social adjustment of moron girls. Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1926, 10: 307-17 — Williams, H. B. Causes of social maladjustment in children. Psychol. Monogr., 1932, 43: 276-300. BEHAVIOR 170 BEHAVIOR ---- in animals. See also Animals, Psychology; Psychology, comparative; also names of animals, and names of stimulating agents. Blume, L. F. Remote control and animal action. 23p. 8? Pittsfield, Mass., 1933. Pavlov, I. P. Lectures on conditioned re- flexes; 25 years of objective study of the higher nervous activity (behaviour) of animals; transl. from Russian by H. W. Gantt. 414p. 8? Lond. [1928] Agar, W. E. The regulation of behavior in water-mites and some other arthropods. J. Comp. Psychol., 1927, 7: 39-74.— Arlitt, A. H. A study of the behavior of the chick. Science, 1914, n.s., 39: 8.—Atkins, E. W., & Bashiell, J. F. Reactions of the white rat to multiple stimuli in temporal orders. J. Comp. Psychol., 1921, 1: 433-52.—Bierens de Haan, J. A. Ueber das Suchen nach verstecktem Futter bei einigen Procyoniden und einem Eichhornchen. Zschr. vergl. Physiol., 1932, 17: 279. ----- The interpretation of animal behaviour. Science Progr., Lond., 1935, 30: 243-51.—Boring, E. G. Note on the nega- tive reaction under lieht-adaptation in the planarian. J. Ani- mal Behavior, 1912, 2: 229-48.—Breed, F. S. Reactions of chicks to optical stimuli. Ibid., 280-95.—Brigden, R. L. Goal activity in the white rat. Psychol. Monogr., 1933, 44: 88-97—Euyten- dijk, F. J. J. Ueber das Umlernen (nach Versuchen bei Ratten) Arch, neerl. physiol., 1930, 15: 283-310.----- Eine Methode zur Beobachtung von Ratten in aufgabefreien Situationen (nach Versuchen von Tamara Dembo) Ibid., 1931, 16: 574-96. ----- & Fischel, W. Strukturgemasses Verhalten von Ratten. Ibid., 55-83.—Chiao Tsai. The relative strength of sex and hunger motives in the albino rat. J. Comp. Psychol., 1925, 5: 407-15.— Chidester, F. E. The behavior of FunJulus heteroclitus on the salt marshes of New Jersey. Am. Natur., 1920, 54: 551-7.— Coburn, C. A. The behavior of the crow, Corvus americanus Aud. J. Animal Behavior, 1914, 4: 185-201—Cole, L. W. The Chicago experiments with raccoons. Ibid., 1915, 5: 158-73. ----- Experiments on coordination and righting in the star- fish. Biol. Bull. ,1912-13, 24:362-9.—Cornetz, V. Comparaison entre la prise d'une direction chez un rat et chez une fourmi. Bull. Inst. gen. psychol., Par., 1912,12: 357-66.—Craig, W. Male doves reared in isolation. J. Animal Behavior, 1914, 4:121-33.— Craig, W. Attitudes of appetition and of aversion in doves. Psychol. Bull., 1914, 11: 56.—Crawford, M. P. Cooperative behavior in chimpanzee. Ibid., 1935, 32: 714.—Crozier, W. J. Homing behavior in Chiton. Am. Natur., 1921, 55: 276-81 — Be Camp, J. E. Relative distance as a factor in the white rat's selection of a path. Psychobiology, 1919-20, 2: 245-53.—Bembo, T. Zielgerichtetes Verhalten der Ratten in einer freien Situa- tion. Arch, neerl. physiol., 1930, 15:402-12.—Drew, G. C. The effects of a mixed incentive on the behaviour of rats. Brit. J. Psychol., 1935-36, 26: 120-34.—Bunlap, K. The average animal. J. Comp. Psychol., 1935, 19: 1-3.—Gee, W. The behavior of leeches, with especial reference to its modifiability. Univ. Cali- fornia Pub., 1913,11: no.11, Zool., 197-305.—Gill, E. L. Behaviour in lizards. Nature, Lond., 1921-22, 108: 179.—Goldsmith, M. Quelques reactions du poulpe; contribution a la psychologie des invertie: cas 16-30) 19p. 8? Geneve, H. Studer, 1923. BELEY, Andre Pierre Louis, 1907- *De la prophylaxie de l'acte anti-social chez le mineur instable. 95p. 8? Par., 1933. BELFANTI, Serafino. See also Vigano, Luigi, Orsi, Alberto, & Belfanti, S. Dei sieri, vaccini e prodotti opoterapici I. S. M. vi, 355p. 16? Milano, [1916] ---- & VALAGUSSA, F. Poliomielite ante- riore acuta; note epidemiologiche, eziologiche, cliniche e profilattiche. 79p. 4pl. 8? Milano, Stucchi, 1931. BELFAST, Ireland. Medical Superintendent and Officer of Health. Report of the chief tuber- culosis officer. 1917- ■---- Report on the health of the county borough. Belfast, 1894- 1905-7 missing. BELFAST, Ireland. Ulster Medical Society, 1860- Transactions. 1901/2- ---- Ulster medical journal, v.l, 1932- BELFIELD, William Thomas, 1856-1929. Herbst, R. H., & Young, H. H. Obituarv. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 25: 247—Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 93: 1161. BELFIORE, Glulio. Magnetismo e ipnotismo. 5.ed. viii, 466p. 16? Milano, U. Hoepli, 1918. BELGACHIA, India. Carmichael Medical Col- lege (affiliate of the University of Calcutta) Bul- letin no.3 [1922] BELGIAN CONGO. Service medicale. Rap- port sur l'hygiene publique. 1925; 1927. BELGIUM. Conseil Superieur d'Hygiene Pu- blique. Recueil des rapports, v.23-26, 1923-32. Incomplete. BELGIUM. Ministere de la defense nationale. Service medical et pharmaceutique. Archives medicales beiges. 4.ser., v.l, 1893- BELGIUM 175 BELIEF BELGIUM. Ministere de la defense nationale. Service de Sante. Statistique medicale de 1'armSe beige. 1907; 1909-12; 1919- BELGIUM. Ministere de l'interieur adminis- tration de l'hygiene. Bulletin (quarterly) 1922- 32; 1934. ---- Rapport. 1921. BELGIUM. Ministere de l'interieur et de l'hy- giene et ministere de la defense nationale. In- firmites et maladies entrainant l'exemption du service militaire ou l'ajournement-tableaux et commentaires. 27p. 4? Brux., 1928. BELGIUM. Office Central de Statistique. Population: recensement general au 31 decembre 1930. Brux., v.l, 1935. ---- Recensements des maisons et autres batiments et des logements en 1930. Brux., 1935. ---- Annuaire statistique de la Belgique et du Congo Beige. Gand, v.l, 1870- Incomplete. ---- Bulletin trimestriel. v.l, 1910- ---- Releve" ofnciel du chiffre de la population du royaume. Bruxelles. 1910- BELGIUM. See also Army, Belgium; Congo; also names of Belgian cities as Bruxelles; Gand, &c. Clouzot, E. Le Comitfi national beige de secours et d'alimen- tation pendant la guerre. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1920, 2: 27-37.—Cocc, V., & Masay, F. Reflexions sur le service medi- cal proprement dit; sur l'enseignement et sur l'6tat des locaux; desiderata a rfaliser dans l'installation d'une nouvelle Mater- nite. Clinique, Brux., 1909, 23: 101.—Bau we, F. De l'expatria- tion des medecins beiges. Belgique med., 1906, 13: 159; 171.— Bekeyser, L. A propos d'expansion mondiale. J. med. Bru- xelles, 1908, 13: 322-6.—Boorslaer, G. van. Deux grands medi- etas rnalinois. France m6d., 1905, 52: 16; 32.—Fraipont, C. Les Wallons et les Flamands; origine, ethnographie, psychologie sociale. Rev. anthrop., Par., 1922, 32- 8-28.—Ftirth. Hy- gienische Streiflichter aus Westflandern. Arch. Schiffs Tro- penhyg., 1916, 20: 41-55.—Govaerts, A. Les caracteristiques morphologiques et pathologiques de la population beige. Bru- xelles med., 1929-30, 10: 650-66.—MacAuliffe, L., & Marie, A. Etude et mensurations de 117 Beiges. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1921, 172: 284-6.—Stein, J. B. Doctors Marcquis and Boudewyns of Antwerp, and some of their interests during and after the Forty and Thirty Years' wars. Med. Rec, N.Y.. 1915, 87: 975-80 — Tricot-Royer. La visite medico-historique de Bruges. Bruxelles med., 1925-26, 6: 588-605.—Van der Biest. La crise medicale en Belgique. Med. hyg., Brux., 1906, 4: 178-84—Velghe, O. La situation demographique et sanitaire du royaume de Belgique pendant la guerre. Bull. mens. Off. internat. hyg., 1920, 12: 1315-26.—Voncken. Le mouvement medical en Belgique. Paris med., 1919, 34: annexe, 209-11. BELGRADE, Yugoslavia. Direction de la sta- tistique d'etat. Annuaire statistique. v.3-4, 1896-9; 1906-8; 1931. ---- Resultats preliminaires du recensement de la population dans le royaume des Serbes, Croats et Slovenes. Jan. 31, 1921. BELGRADE, Yugoslavia. Ministere de la sante publique. Glasnik centralnog higijenskog zavoda bulletin. No. 1-16, 1919-32. Incomplete; also Supplement, ---- Pregled. No.5-6, 1931. ---- Statistics of births and deaths of chil- dren among Croats and Slovenes. 1909-19. BELGRANO, Carlo Rinaldo. Trattamento delle fratture aperte de arma da fuoco. 4p.l. 496p. 8pl. tab. 8? Genova, G. Derelitti, 1918. BELIEF. See also Suggestion; Thought. Lund, F. H. *The psychology of belief; a study of its emotional and volitional determi- nants. 53p. 8? N.Y., 1925. Also J. Abnorm. Psychol., 1925, 20: no.l. Schrameck, J. *Croyance et suggestion; le pythagorisme et Apollonius de Tyane. 76p. 8? Par., 1924. McDougal, W. Belief as derived emotion. Psychol. Rev., 1921, 28: 315-27. BELIERES, Louis. Contribution a l'etude des others allophaniques. 30p. 8? Par., 1919. BELIN, Joseph, 1860-1921. Massary, E. de. Necrologie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1921, 3.ser., 45: 1741-3. BELIN, Marcel, 1885- *De la culture simultanee de deux ultra-virus dermotropes; etude des complexes vaccino-aphteux [Alfort] 112p. 8? Par., 1928. BELINFANTE, E. Johanna M., 1901-34. Wilde, P. A. de [Obituary] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 5754. BELIOS, Georges, 1909- *L'histoire du paludisme en Grece depuis l'antiquite' jusqu'a la decouverte de Laveran. 52p. 8? Par., 1933. BELKE, Gertrud, 1904- *Wird der Kno- chen beim Loten von Drahtnahten geschadigt? 23p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1927. BELKNAP, Eugene Walker, 1867-1925. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1925, 85: 1828. BELL, Albert James, 1873- Feeding, diet and the general care of children; a book for moth- ers and trained nurses, xiii, 276p. llpl. 8? Phila., F. A. Davis Co., 1923. ---- Also 2.ed. xv, 290p. lOpl. 1924. BELL, Albert Thomas, 1866-1919. Edgerton, C. W. Obituary. Phytopathology, 1920, 10; 373, port. BELL, Alexander Graham, 1847-1922. Facts and opinions relating to the deaf. 195p. 8? Lond., Spottiswoode & Co., 1888. ---- The mechanism of speech; lecture deliv- ered before the American Association to promote the teaching of speech to the deaf. 2.ed. 2p.l. xii-xv, 133p. illus. 8? N.Y., Funk & Wagnalls Co., 1907. ---- The duration of life and conditions asso- ciated with longevity; a study of the Hyde genealogy. 57p. 4? Wash., Genealogical Rec. Off., 1918. For biography see Am. Ann. Deaf, 1927, 72: 264-70 (F. DeLand) Also Eos, Wien, 1933, 25: 139 (G. Vogt) Also J. Hered., 1922, 13: 195-200 (D. Fairchild) Also Volta Rev., Wash., 1922, 24: 351-03 (F. DeLand) BELL, Arthur Capel Herbert. See Bell, William Blair, & Bell, A. C. H. The principles o! gynaecology. 4.ed. 848p. roy.8! Lond., 1934. BELL, Benjamin, 1749-1806. A treatise on the theory and management of ulcers: with a disser- tation on white swellings of the joints, to which is prefixed an essay on the chirurgical treatment of inflammation and its consequences; new ed. xvi, 486p. pi. 12? Edinb., C. Elliot, 1789. ---- A system of surgery. 6.ed., corrected and enlarged, v 3. 447p. llpl. 8? Edinb., Bell & Bradfute, 1796. BELL, Sir Charles, 1774-1842. Essays on the anatomy of expression in painting. 186p. 4? Lond., Longman, Hurst [et al.] 1806. ---- Engravings of the arteries; illustrating the anatomy of the human body, and serving as an introduction to the surgery of the arteries. 71p. 8? Phila., A. Finley, 1816. ---- The nervous system of the human body; embracing the papers delivered to the Royal Society on the subject of the nerves. 230p. 8? Wash., D. Green, 1833. For biography see Am. J. Surg., 1930, n.s., 9: 567. Also Bibl. laeger, 1921, 113: 129-52 (V. Christiansen) Also Brain, Lond., 1925, 48: 449-57 (II. C. Thomson) Also Brit. J. Surg., 1920-21, 8: BELL 176 BELL 389-92, port. Also Clin. M.&S., Chic, 1930, 37:173, port. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 457-62 (H. W. Woltman) Also Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 124: 361-3. Also Middlesex Hosp. J., 1934, no.213, 10-23 (J. Revans) Also Psychol. Rev., 1926, 33: 188-217 (L. Carmichael) BELL, Charles Edward Wallace, 1853-1930. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1930, 1: 1155. BELL, D. S. Stomach worms and nodular worms in lambs. p429-70. 8? Wooster, Ohio, 1926. Forms no.401 of Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. BELL, Elexious Thompson, 1880- A text-book of pathology, xxviii, 627p. 2pl. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1930. ---- Also 2.ed. 767p. illus. pi. 1934. ---- RILEY, William A. [et al.] Outlines of pathology, ix, 586p. 8? Minneapolis, Univ. Minn., 1924. BELL, Ernest Lome, 1871-1925. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1925, 84: 1439. BELL, Gordon, 1863-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81: 1131. BELL, James, 1852-1911. Archibald, A. Master surgeons of America. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1923, 37: 93-6. BELL, James B. Homoeopathic therapeutics of diarrhoea, dysentery, cholera, cholera morbus, cholera infantum, and all other loose evacuations of the bowels. 3.ed. 191p. 8? Phila., F. E. Boericke, 1888. BELL, Julia. Retinitis pigmentosa and allied diseases; congenital stationary night-blindness, glioma retinae. 123p. 27pl. port. 4? Lond., Cambridge Univ., 1922. Forms ptl, Mem.21, of Univ. Lond. Galton Lab. Nat. Eugen. Lect. ser. ---- Colour-blindness. p.121-267, 18pl. port. 4? Lond., Cambridge Univ. Press, 1926. Forms pt2, v.2, Mem.23, of Univ. Lond. Galton Lab. Nat. Eugen. Lect. ser. See also Williams, M. H., Bell, Julia, & Pearson, Karl. A statistical study of oral temperatures. 124p. i". Lond., 1914. BELL, Robert, 1845-1926. The prevention and relief of cancer. 15p. 8? Lond., 1912. Bound in Papers on cancer (F. L. Hoffman) 1874-1920. ---- Cancer; its cause and treatment without operation. 2.ed., rev. xi, 324p. 12? Lond., G. Bell & Sons, 1913. ---- A plea for the treatment of cancer with- out operation. 75p. 12? Lond., E. Nash Co., 1919. ---- The prevention of cancer. 97p. 8? Lond., G. Bell & Sons, 1921. ---- The conquest of cancer, xiii, 182p. 8? Lond., G. Bell & Sons, 1923. ---- Reminiscences of an old physician, xii, 291p. port. 7pl. 8? Lond., J. Murray, 1924. For biography see Lancet, Lond., 1926, 1: 262. BELL, Samuel, 1857- What to do until the doctor comes. 2p.l. 132p. 8? Chic, O'Donnell Press [1926] BELL, T. Herbert, 1872-1935. Obituary. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1936, 34: 111. BELL, Victor C. Our teeth and how to take care of them. 70p. 12? N.Y., Young America Pub. Co., 1900. ---- Also 2.ed. 77p. 1901. ---- Popular essays upon the care of the teeth and mouth. 9.ed. 131p. illus. pi. 8? N.Y., Parker P. Simmons, 1911. BELL, Walter George, 1867- The great plague in London in 1665. xii, 374p. 14pl. 2ch. map. 8? Lond., J. Lane [1924] BELL, William Abraham, 1841-1921. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1921, 1: 1387. BELL, William Blair, 1871-1936. The pitui- tary; a study of the morphology, physiology, pathology, and surgical treatment of the pitui- tary, together with an account of the therapeuti- cal uses of the extracts made from this organ. xx, 348p. illus. 7pl. tab. 8? Lond., Bailliere, &c, 1919. ---- The principles of gynaecology; a manual for students and practitioners. 3.ed. xv, 660p. illus. 7pl. 8? Lond., Bailliere, &c, 1919. ---- Also 4.ed. (M. M. Datnow and Arthur C. H. Bell) xiii, 848p. illus. pi. 1934. ---- The sex-complex; a study of the rela- tionships of the internal secretions to the female characteristics and functions in health and dis- ease. 2.ed. xvii, 251p. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1920. ---- Some aspects of the cancer problem. xiv, 543p. 90p. 4? [Lond.] Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1930. For biography see Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 26: 787, port. BELL, Sir William James, 1859-1913. The Sale of Food and Drugs acts, and forms, regulations, orders, and notices issued thereunder. 7.ed. xxv, 373p. 8? Lond., Butterworth & Co., 1923. BELLADONNA. See also Alkaloids; Atropine; Homatropine; Hyoscyamine; Tropein. Beatjsite, F. *Etude sur la teneur alcaloi- dique de la belladone cultivee. 58p. 8? Par., 1919. Holzkamp, H. J. *Ueber die pharmakolo- gische Wertbestimmung einiger Belladonna- praparate. lip. 8? Tiib., 1935. Bondouy, T. Influence de la nature du terrain sur la mor- phologie de la belladone. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1923, 30: 88.— Caines C. M. A note on the keeping properties of Unguentum belladonnae B. P. Q.J. Pharm., Lond., 1929, 2: 276. ----■ & Evers, N. The assay of belladonna leaves and extract of bella- donna. Ibid., 1928, 1: 326-30.—Carbonaro, G. Sull' Atropa belladonna della Calabria. Arch. ital. sc. farm., 1934, 3: 457- 78.—Beluard, H. De l'influence des radiations solaires sur le developpement de la belladone et sur sa teneur en alcaloides. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1923, 30: 11-5— Exler, T., & Van Niekerk, J. The antagonisms of pilocarpine and atropine and of pilo- carpine and hyoscyamine on the isolated intestine of the cat; the physiological assay of a belladonna extract. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1929, 36:411-7.—Gaglio, G. Ricerche farmacologiche sull' Atropa belladonna coltivata. Policlinico, 1920, 27: sez. prat., 403.—Goris, A., & Beausite, F. A propos du dosage de l'extrait de belladone et de l'unification des methodes d'analyse, Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1919, 26: 53-9.—Goris, A., & Costy, P. Sur la nature des alcaloides contenus dans l'extrait de belladone. Ibid., 1921, 28: 545-9.—Goris, A., & Beluard, H. Etude de l'in- fluence des radiations solaires sur la culture de la belladone et la formation des alcaloides dans les feuilles. Ibid., 1922, 29: 74-6 — Goris, A., & Larsonneau, A. Recherches sur la composition des teuilles de belladone. Ibid., 1921, 28: 499-503.—Holmes, E. M. Indian belladonna root. Pharm. J., Lond., 1918, 101: 103; 1919, 102: 2.—Husa, W. J., & Huyck, C. L. The effect of fineness of powder and of variation in solvents on the percolation of bella- donna root. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1935, 24: 446-50.—Husa, W. J., & Magid, L. The extraction of belladonna root with glycerinic menstrua. Ibid., 839.—Husa, W, J., & Yates, S. B. The func- tion of preliminary maceration in relation to the percolation of belladonna root. Ibid., 338-43.—Huzum, J. Estratto di bella- donna preparato per fermentazione. Boll. chim. farm., 1934, 73: 371—Jendrassik, L., & WiU, G. Verfahren zur physiologi- schen Auswertung von Extractum belladonnae und anderen atropinahnlich wirkenden Mitteln. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1930, 153: 94-108— Kilmer, F. B. The living belladonna. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1927, 16: 829. ----- Rambling among the nightshades. Am. J. Pharm., 1925, 97: 4-38.-----& Smith, R. 0. Belladonna cultivation in a practical way. Ibid., 1920, 92: 620-30—Koch, G. P. Atropa belladonna. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1919, 8: 390-405—Kunz-Krause, H. Ueber den mydriati- schen Wirkungsgrenzwert die My-Zahl des Atropins (Hyoscya- mins) und iiber die Frage seiner Yerwendungsmoglichkeit zur Priifung der galenischen Zubereitungen der Belladonna- Gruppe (Extractum und Tinctura belladonnae bzw. hyoscya- mi) Kolloid Zschr., 1919, 25: 136-40—Lancaster, H. M., & Bavidson, A. L. Commercial pharmaceutical preparations; belladonna root. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1927, 17: 923-8. ----■ Belladonna leaves. Ibid., 1187-91—Landis, H. R. M. Bella- donna. Progr. Med., Phila., 1923, 4: 329—Lemay, P., & Jaloustre, L. Toxicite et action compares de 1'atropine et des alcaloides totaux de la belladone. Bull. Acad. m6d., Par., 1925, 3.ser., 93: 784-6.—Markwalder, J. Zur Kenntnis der Herz- wirkung von Belladonnaprfiparaten. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1932, 62: 330—Nolle, J. Ueber die Wertbestimmung der Bella- donna. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1929, 143: 184-91.—Ripert, J. BELLADONNA 177 BELLANGER Sur la biologie des alcaloides de la belladone. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1921, 173: 928-32.—Rothlin, E. Zur Methodik des pharma- kologischen Nachweises von Belladonnaalkaloiden. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1924, 206: 614-28.—Storm van Leeuwen, W., & Maal, P. H. The physiological standardization of extract of belladonna. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1921-22, 18: 313-8. —--- [On the strength of preparations of belladonna extract of various origin] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1921, 65: ptl, 3242-52. ---- Poisoning. See also Atropine, Poisoning. Cimerman, M. A. *Etude d'un cas d'empoi- sonnement par la belladone. 16p. 8? Geneve, 1926. Barr§ & Reilinger. Troubles oculaires (mydriase, areflexie pupillaire et diplopie) et troubles du sphincter vesical dans un cas d'intoxication par la belladone: traitement par la pilocar- pine; fitude de ROC avant et apres le traitement. Rev. oto- neur., Par., 1926, 4: 538-41.—Bourges, H. Intoxications par le sirop de belladone chez un enfant de quatorze ans. Bull. g§n. ther., 1920-21, 171: 106.—Bi Tommaso, S. Su un caso di avve- lenamento acuto da belladonna. Studium, Nap., 1926,16:380.— Firth, B. Belladonna poisoning from eating rabbit. Lancet, Lond., 1921, 2: 901.—Fried, H. Report of a case of belladonna poisoning by topical application. N. York M.J., 1923, 117: 212-4.—Gassul, R. Ein seltener Fall von Belladonna vergiftung bei einem Kinde. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1921, 58: 362. Also Zschr. Augenh., 1921, 46: 131.—Haddad, W. B. Belladonna poisoning; an accidental intravenous dose of atropine. Lancet, Lond., 1922, 1: 155.—Hansen, A. A. Nightshade poisoning in chickens and ducks. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1924-25, 66: 502 — Kanngiesser, F. Ein Beitrag zur Vergiftung mit Beeren der Atropa belladonna. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1917, 30:1361.—Ketkar, R. K. A case of toxic symptoms by local application of bella- donna. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1922, n.s., 113: 34.—Ludwig, E. Suicidversuch mit den Wurzeln von Atropa belladonna. Wien. med. Wschr., 1936, 86: 598-600.—Meier, R. Zum Nach- weis von Atropin bei Tollkirschen-Vergiftung. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 554.—Morgenstern, S. Beitrag zur Frage des Bella- donnadelirs. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1923, 82: 231-9 — Moorhead, T. G. Two cases of belladonna poisoning. Clin. J., Lond., 1919, 48: 121.—Qvarnstrbm, E. [Two cases of poisoning by Atropa belladonna berries] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1919, 61: 131.—Taylor, H. N. Belladonna poisoning; an overdose of atropine. Lancet, Lond., 1921, 2: 1026.—Willmore, J. G. Bella- donna poisoning. Ibid., 1077. --- Therapeutic use. Bachem, C. Belladonnysatum, ein neuer Atropinersatz. Med. Welt, 1931, 5:233.—Blau, L. Ueber klinische Erfahrungen mit zwei neuen Belladonnapraparaten. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 596.—Brenk, H. Therapeutische Erfahrungen mit Belladenal. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1932, 62: 671—Felten. Belladonna-Behandlung in der Chirurgie. Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 962.—Hurd, L. B. Belladonna; a study from various authors on belladonna compared with Hahnemann's writing. Pacific Coast J. Homoeop., 1932, 43: 252-5.—Jellinek, K. Erfahrungen mit der kombinierten Belladonna-Barbitursaure-(Belladenal)- Therapie. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 621.—Korb. Ueber Bellafolin in der Praxis. Prakt. Arzt, 1926, n.F., 11: 16-8 — Lebinski, von. Erfahrungen mit Belladonna-Dispert. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 1131.—Lehr, F. Belladenal bei Kreis- lauferkrankungen unter Berucksichtigung konstitutioneller Faktoren. Med. Klin., Berl., 1935, 31: 214-6—Loffler, W. Ueber eine gut dosierbare Belladonna-Medikation. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1924, 54: 657-9.—Marin, P. Osservazioni cliniche sulla bellafolina. Minerva med., Tor., 1926, 6: 354-61—Richter, A. Belladenal in der Behandlung von Nervenkrankheiten. Wien. med. Wschr., 1935, 85: 444.—Ries, A. Ueber eine wert- volle Verbesserung der Belladonna-Therapie. Fortsch. Ther., 1926, 2: 692-6.—Rothlin, E. Experimenteller Beitrag zur Bella- donna-Medikation. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1924, 54: 1101-5 — Schmidt-Ott, A. Ueber die gleichzeitige Behandlung mit Bella- donna und Barbitursaure (Belladenal) Med. Klin., Berl., 1934, 30: 1562-4.—Schwenken, F. Ueber rektale Belladonnatherapie mit Bellafolin-Suppositorien. Ibid., 1930, 26: 1194—Siegel, L. The therapeutics of belladonna. Eclect. M.J., 1935, 95: 120-3 — Stark, H. Erfahrungen mit Bellafolin Sandoz, einem genau dosierbaren Belladonnapraparat. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 1152.—Weggen, J. Ueber Therapie mit den Gesamtalkaloiden der Tollkirschenblatter. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 1429. BELLAICHE, Raoul, 1906- Contribution a l'etude clinique et etiologique du rhumatisme de Chauffard-Still. 54p. 8? Par., Lipschutz, 1934. BELLAIRE, Mack Jay, 1902- Varieties of headache [Marquette Univ.] 26p. 4? Mil- waukee, 1930. Typewritten. BELLAMY. A new and short defense of tobac- co: with the effects of the same and the right use thereof. 28p. 8? Lond., Clement Knight, 1602. Photostat. BELLANGER, Pierre. Contribution a l'etude de la Brachymelie mStapodiale congenitale. 48p. 8? Par., 1915. BELLARD, Leon, 1894- Contribution a l'etude de la vomique hydatique curative. 89p. 8? Par., 1924. BELLAVITIS, Cesare. La bugia patologica. 118p. pi. 8? Padova, A. Milani, 1932. BELLE, Aunt, pseud. Aunt Belle's baby book. vi, 70p. i.lus. 8? Newark, N.J., Mennen Co. [1921] BELLE, Joseph, 1897- *L'artere iliaque externe et ses variations de rapport. 34p. 8? Par., 1924. BELLEAU, Louis Philippe Gerard. *He>edite' et epilepsie; rapports, theories, fugues inf an tiles [Geneve] 42p. 8? Brux., 1934. BELLEC, Pierre, 1889- *Les abces chauds de la region peri-anale; leur traitement par les serums antigangreneux. 36p. 8? Par., 1922. BELLEFONTAINE, Clemens, 1903- *Die Fieberbehandlung bei der Tabes. 31p. 8? Bonn, 1929. BELLEHUMEUR, Carl E. *Diabetes compli- cating surgery [Milwaukee Hospital] 15p. 4? Milwaukee, 1927-28. Typewritten. BELLENBERG, Hans, 1907- *Ueber die Wirkung von normalen, agglutinierenden und bakterieiden Seren auf die oxybiotische Atmung gramnegativer Bakterien. 35p. llpl. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1931. BELLER, Alfred, 1904- *Reizbestrahlung des Netzorganes; Beitrag zur Rontgenstrahlen- reizwirkung auf gesundes Gewebe. 16p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mavr, 1932. BELLER, K., WEDEMANN, W., & PRIEBE, K. Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss der Ktihl- hauslagerung bei Huhnereiern. 31p. 4? Berl., R. Schoetz, 1934. Forms Beih. Zschr. Fleisch Milchhyg., 1934, 44: BELLER, Karl F. *Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss der Lidprobe (Intrapalpebralmalleinisa- tion) auf die Antikorperbildung bei gesunden Pferden. 20p. 8? Stuttg., 1920. BELLEZZA, Luigi. La sifilide degli innocenti. 102p. 16? Palermo, R. Sandron [1915] BELLI, Eduard [Rudolf] 1886- *Ueber einen Fall von Invagination des Wurmfortsatzes. 33p. 8? Bonn, E. Eisele, 1918. BELLIARD, Simeon, 1905- *Sur I'emploi des extraits de lobe posterieur d'hypophyse en obstetrique. 72p. 8? Par., 1933. BELLIERE, Lucien, 1904- *Depistage, controle, traitement et prophylaxie de la tuber- culose parmi le personnel infirmier et ouvrier de l'assistance publique a Paris. 74p. 8? Par., 1932. BELLIERE, Robert, 1904- *Paralysie ge- nerate et genie. 63p. 8? Par., 1932. BELLIGER, Kaspar. *Ueber die Entstehung von Metastasen beim Carcinom. 16p. 8? Ziir., A. Coradi-Stahl, 1897. BELLIN du Coteau. L'education physique, obligation nationale. xvi, 40p. 8? Par., Berger-Levrault, 1918. BELLING, John, 1866-1933. The life-world; poems of science. 70p. 16? S. Franc, M. M. Morgan Co. [1930] ---- The use of the microscope; a handbook for routine and research work, xi, 315p. 8? N.Y., McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1930. For biography see J. Hered., 1933, 24: 297-300, pi. (E. B. Babcock) Also Stain Techn., 1933, 8: 83-6, port. 21767—vol. 2, 4th series---12 BELLINI 178 BEMIS BELLINI, Lorenzo, 1643-1704. [Biography] In Profili bio-bibliografici di medici (Cappa- roni) Roma, 1932, 61-3.—Botto-Micca, A. [Biography] Riv. stor. sc. med., 1930, 21: 38-49. BELLINI, Ranieri, 1819-78. [Biography] Biochim. ter. sper., 1928, 15: 441.—Coronedi, G. Biography. Sperimentale, 1924, 78: 235-40. BELLO y Rodriguez, Silvestre. Le femur et la tibia. 116p. 3pl. 8? Par., 1909. BELLOCQ, Philippe. Etude anatomique de l'oreille interne osseuse chez I'homme adulte. 2p.l. 232p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1919. ---- Anatomie meclico-chirurgicale; anatomie des formes exterieures et anatomie des regions; Fasc. IV. 2p.l. p.375-597, 2p. illus. roy.8? Par., Masson & cie, 1930. BELLOIR, Fernand. *La tachycardie paroxys- tique et ses localisations cardiaques. 136p. 8? Par., 1919. BELLON, Edmond. *L'action toni-cardiaque des comprimes d'ouabaine. 72p. 8? Par., 1922. BELLOSTE, Augustin B., 1654-1730. Carasso, M. *Augustin Belloste. 50p. 8? Par., 1925. BELLOTTI, Oreste, 1874-1934. L., F. Necrologie. Ann. otolar., Par., 1935, 129: port. For biography see Ann. laring., Tor., 1935, 35: 185-9 (Malan) BELL'S palsy. See Facial nerve, Paralysis. ----BRUNETTI, F. [et al.] Traumatologia ed infortunistica in oto-rino-laringologia. 122p. 8? Bologna, L. Cappelli, 1931. BELLUCCI, Bruno. Metodi per la ricerca e la localizzazione dei proietilli nei corpo umano; casi clinici di localizzazione e di estrazione. 44p. 8? Perugia, Unione Tipografica Cooperativa, 1917. BELLWINKEL, Emil, 1889- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Herpes iridis. 36p. 8? Miinch., R. Muller & Steinicke, 1913. BELOCERKOVSKY, Israel, 1900- *Sta- tistik der Infektionskrankheiten in Europa fiir die Jahre 1919-25 [Leipzig] 32p. 8? Riga, 1927. BELO Moraes, Carlos, 1868-1933. [Necrologia] Med. contemp., Lisb., 1933, 51: 155-7. BELON, Pierre, 1517-64. [Biography] Isis, Bruges, 1934, 22: no.63, 26-8. BELONOSCHKIN, Boris, 1906- *Die Ge- schlechtswege von Oktopus vulgaris und ihre Bedeutung fur die Bewegung der Spermatozoen. 25p. 8? Wiirzb., P. Halbig [1929] Also Zschr. Zellforsch., 1929, 9: 643-62. BELOT, J., & LEPENNETIER, F. Pathologie radiographique du squelette. 2v. 2p.l. 635p. paged consec. fol. Par., A. Legrand [1931] BELOT, Jean. Oeuvres. 2 in 1. [8] 432p.; [2] 137p. illus. port. 8? Rouen, Jacques Cailloue, 1640. BELSER, Joseph. *Studien iiber verdorbene Gemiisekonserven [Zurich] 46p. 8? Miinch., R. Oldenbourg, 1905. BELSON, Harold John, 1904- *Primary carcinoma of the gall bladder [Marquette Univ.] 23p. 8? Milwaukee, Wis., 1932. Typewritten. BELTER, Ernst, 1891- *Bronchiolitis ob- literans. 30p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1926. BELUGOU, Claude, 1907- Contribution a l'etude de la calcification des disques inter- vertSbraux. 56p. 8? Par., 1932. BELZ, Willy, 1906- *Malleolarfrakturen [Berlin] 48p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoff- mann, 1932. BEMBARON, Victor, 1904- *Essai sur la pathogenie du doigt hyppocratique. 56p. 8? Par., 1932. BEMIS, Harold Edward, 1883-1931. Veteri- narv surgical operations. 348p. illus. 8? [Teutopolis, 111., Worman Print. Inc. 1933] BEMMANN, Herbert, 1901- *Beitrag zur pathologischen Histologic, postmortalen Dia- gnose und Pathogenese der seuchenhaften Ge- hirn-Ruckenmarksentzundung( Borna'sche Krank- heit) der Pferde. 16p. 8? Giessen, 1926. BENAD, Leon, 1899- Contribution a l'etude des rapports entre le zona et la varicelle. 50p. 8? Par., 1925. BENADOR, Michon Moise. *Procedes mo- dernes d'extraction des projectiles du rachis et de la moelle. 66p. 8? Par., 1920. BENAERTS, Henri Francois, 1904- *Les echecs de la phvsiotherapie dans les fibromes uterins. 113p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1934. BENARD, Alfred. *Le traitement de l'6pilepsie par le tartrate borico-potassique. 48p. 8? Par., 1920. BENARD, Andre Felix Armand. *De l'in- fluence des traumatismes sur les epanchements pleuraux; consequences medico-legales sur les accidents du travail. 86p. 8? Par., 1914. BENARD, Henri, 1885- , TISSIER, Mar- guerite [et al.] Maladies du sang. p.l. 771p. 8? Par., J. B. Bailliere & fils, 1931. Forms 26 of Nouveau Traite de Medecine et de Therapeu- tique (P. Carnot & P. Lereboullet) BENARDEAU, Xavier, 1904- *Les divers modes d'intoxications par l'ceuf de poule. 69p. 8? Par., 1931. BENARD-RAYNEAU, Yvonne, 1889- *La methode ultra-photometrique (n6phelometrique) son application au dosage des petites quantitcs d'albumine. 35p. 8? Par., 1920. BENASSI, Giorgio. II medico pratico e la chi- rurgia di guerra. xvi, 190p. 8? Bologna, N. Zanichelli [1916] BENASSY, Maurice Pierre, 1904- Con- siderations generales sur les hypersensibilites d'origine digestive chez l'adulte. 178p. 8? Par., 1930. BENATT, Alfred, 1901- * Vergleichende experimentelle Untersuchungen zum Elektrolyt- gehalt der Organe. 15p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 19 7. BENAVIDES-DORICH, Juan. *Un cas d'acar- die chez un foetus humain. 31p. 8? Lausanne, 1933. BENBASSAT, Joseph S., 1910- *Die Verwendung der Antaeos-Hulsenstifte fiir Por- zellanfiillungen und -kronen. 20p. 8? Miinch., 1934. BEN-BECHIR, Manoubi, 1904- *Au sujet des formes cliniques de la tuberculose pulmonaire de l'adulte. 84p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. BENCE-JONES protein. See Albumose; Albumosuria. BENCHETRIT, Aaron, 1886- Contesta- ci6n del Dr Benchetrit a los cargos formulados contra el por el director de lazaretos de Colombia, Dr Alejandro Herrera Restrepo. 82p. 8? Bogota, Minerva, 1926. ---- Estado actual de la lepra en Colombia. 20p. 16? Bogota, S. Matiz, 1926. ---- Salida de enfermos curados de los leprosorios colombianos; fundamentos de la garantia para la poblaci6n sana. 8p. 8? Bogota, Minerva [1930] ---- El primer centenar de enfermos de lepra curados. viii, 145p. illus. ports. 8? Bogota, Minerva, 1933. BENCIO 179 BENDANN fol. fol. Venezia, 1502. [Pavia, Jacobus BENCIO, TJgone [di SIENA] ca. 1370-1439. Trattato utilissimo circa la conservatione de la sanitade. 54 1. 8? Milano, Pietro di Corneno, May 31, 1481. ---- The same. Perutilia consilia. 102 1. fol. [Bologna] Joannes Walbeck de Noerdlingen, October 23, 1482. ---- The same. 70 1. fo1. Pavia [Leonar- do Gerla, April 14, 1498] ---- In Primam Fen primi canonis Avicennse expositio. 160 1. fol. Ferrara, Andreas Bell- fortis, August 13, 1491. ---- In I et II Fen primi canonis Avicennas. 125 1. fol. Venezia, Bonetus Locatellus for Octavianus Scotus [April 27] 1498. ---- In IV Fen primi canonis Avicennse. 57 1. fol. Venezia, Andreas Calabrensis, Febru- ary 4, 1485. ---- The same. 86 1. ---- The same. 86 1. de Borgofrancho, 1517] ---- The same. 86 1. tonius de Guinta, 1517] ---- Super aphorismos Hippocratis et super commentum Galeni. 190 1. fol. Ferrara, Lorenzo Rossi & Andreas de Grassis, November 15, 1493. ---- The same. 160 1. fol. Venezia, Bonetus Locatellus, May 23, 1498. ---- In quarti canonis Avicennse fen primam expositio. 60 1. fol. Pavia, Andreas de Bosco, October 29, 1498. ---- Super libros tegni Galeni. 93 1. fol. [Venezia, Octavianus Scotus, 1518?] For biography see Riv. stor. sc. med., 1921, 12: 75-95 (A. Castiglioni) Also ibid., 1933, 24: 89-135, pi., ch. (A. Garosi) BENCKISER, Alfons, 1857-1928. Wagner. Nekrolog. Aerztl. Mitt. Baden, 1928, 82: 138. BEND A, Carl, 1857-1933. Hypophysis cerebri (Glandula pituitaria, Hirnanhang) p.867-909. 8? Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1932. In Bd 1 of Handb. inn. Sekret. (Hirsch) Die Zirbeldriise (Epiphysis cerebri, p.1098-159. 8? Lpz., C. fol. [Venezia, Lucan- p.1160. 8C. 277-85 (R. Jaffe) (O. Levi) Also Glandula pinealis) Kabitzsch, 1932. In Bd 1 of Handb. inn. Sekret. (Hirsch) ---- Karotisdriise, Steissdruse Lp?., C. Kabitzsch, 1932. In Bd 1 of Handb. inn. Sekret. (Hirsch) For biography see Anat. Anz., 1933, 76 Also Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1932, 13: i-iv . Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 2206; 1932, 58: 945 (R. Jaffe) Also Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 2479 (K. Lowenthal) Also Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 831 (W. Berblinger) Also Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1934, 27: 320-2 (R. Jaffe) ---- BLUMENTHAL, Franz, BRANDT, R. [et al.] Allgemeine Pathologie, pathologische Ana- tomie, Serologic der Syphilis, x, 564p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. _ /T T A Forms 15.Bd, 2.Teil of Handb. Haut- & Geschlkr. (J. Jadas- sohn) Berl., 1929. BENDA, Raymond, 1896- *Le bronchite chronique syphilitique; etude anatomo-radiolo- gique et clinique des scleroses bronchiques et peribronchiques au cours de la syphilis tertiaire du poumon. 148p. 4pl. 8? Par., 1927. ---- The same. 2p.l. 148p. 4pl. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1927. ---- La transfusion du sang. 30p. roy.8. Par., G. Doin & cie, 1930. BENDA, Robert. Das reticulo-endothehale System in der Schwangerschaft; eine expen- mentell-klinische Studie. p.l. 75p. 7ch. 8. Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1927. BENDA, Theodor, 1858- Intermittirende Gelenkwassersucht. 60p. 8? Berl., O. Coblentz, 1900. BENDANN, Effie. Death customs; an analyti- cal study of burial rites, xiii, 304p. 8? Lond., K. Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co., 1930. BENDEL, Dora. *Der Einfluss hoher Eisendo- sen auf das Blutbild beim Normalen. 19p. 8? Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & Co., 1920. BENDEL, Karl, 1889- *Ueber Stierkas- tration mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Methode der perkutanen Quetschung der Samen- strange. 92p. 8? Miinch., J. Gotteswinter, 1919. BENDELE, Reinhold. *Der Druck im Cavum pleurae des Pferdes [Bern] 20p. 8? Bonn, M. Hager, 1911. BENDER, Boris I., 1902- *Placenta prae- via. 43p. 4? Milwaukee, Wis., 1931. Typewritten. BENDER, Friedel, 1901- *Ueber einen Fall von Amelie. 23p. pi. 8? Munch., P. Waizmann, 1928. BENDER, Heinrich, 1907- *Die Zahn- betterkrankungen und deren Therapie mit Gin- givae 18p. 8? Heidelb., 1933. BENDER, Julie, 1878- *Ueber die Bedeu- tung des Lbwy'schen Phanomens (Blutdruck- steigerung bei Vorbeugen des Kopfes) fiir die Diagnose der Arteriosclerosis cerebri [Heidel- berg] 23p. 8? Berl., L. Schumacher, 1913. BENDER, Ludwig, 1892- *Ueber reti- nierte Zahne. 23p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores. 1932. BENDER, Otto. Die Entwicklung des Hyo- branchialapparates und des Kehlkopfes. 77p. 6pl. 4? Miinch., 1914. BENDER, Theo, 1899- *Eine einfache Methode des quantitativen Nachweises des Jodkali im Urin. 8p. 8? Giessen, R. Lange, 1926. BENDER, W. R. G. The effect of pain and emo- tional stimuli and alcohol upon pupillary reflex activity, vii, 86p. 8? Princeton, N.J., Psychol. Rev. Co., 1933. Forms no.2, v.44, Psychol. Monogr., 1933. BENDER, Wilhelm, 1904- *Ueber Spei- chelsteine [Greifswald] 31p. 6pl. 8? Frankf. a.M., J. G. Holtzwarts Nachf., 1930. BENDER, Willy, 1891- *Untersuchungen uber die Brauchbarkeit der Drager-Aqua- Taschenapotheke zur Entkeimung von Trink- wasser [Kiel] 16p. 8? Berl., L. Schumacher. 1918. BENDIEN, S. G. T. Spezifische Veranderungen des Blutserums; ein Beitrag zur serologischen Diagnose von Krebs und Tuberkulose. 4p.l. 99p. 64 illus. 8pl. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1931 ----■ The same. Specific changes in the blood serum; a contribution to the serological diagnosin of cancer and tuberculosis; transl. by A. Piney. xii 95p. 8pl. 8? Lond., W. Heinemann, 1931. See also Miller, A. A. Bendien's diagnostic methods for can- cer, and principles of treatment. 79p. 8? Lond., 1931. BENDIT, Lawrence J. A renaissance in the art of healing, viii, 68 p. 12? Lond., Theosophical pub. house, 1926. BENDIX, Bernhard, 1863- Lehrbuch der Kinderheilkunde fur Aerzte und Studierende. 8.Aufl. xii, 639p. 7pl. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1923. BENDIX, Siegfried, 1908- *Untersuchun- e;en iiber die sogenannten Lymphoepitheliome. 23p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1932. BENDIXEN, Peter Alfred, 1882-1934. Fay, 0. J. Obituary. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1935, 25: 55. BENDZ 180 BENEDICT BENDZ, Hans. *Om forekomsten och betydel- sen af varices i oesophagus vid hinder inom por- taderkretsloppet sarskildt vid cirrhosis hepatis [Occurrence and significance of varices in the esophagus with obstruction in the portal vein and distinct hepatic cirrhosis] 59p. 8? Stock- holm, P. A. Norstedt & Soner, 1884. BENDZULLA, Erwin, 1901- *Ueber die Dauerresultate nach Radikaloperation von Schenkelhernien, ein Bericht iiber 628 Opera- tionen von 1915-26. 47p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1926. BENECH, Edouard, 1886- Parasites et cancer; travail fait dans le laboratoire du Dr Peyron a l'Institut Pasteur de Paris, vii, 167p. 25pl. 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1931. BENECH, Pierre, 1902- Contribution a l'etude du traitement des spasmes vasculaires en otologie par l'acetylcholine. 85p. 8? Par., 1930. BENECKE, Elisabeth, 1876- *Ueber hse- morrhagische Diathesen mit Thrombopenie und fehlender Regeneration im Knochenmark bei Jugendlichen. 47p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1917. BENECKE, Fritz [Ernst Karl] 1903- *Die Schadigungen und Erkrankungen des Kieferge- lenkes, einschliesslich der therapeutischen Mass- nahmen. 44p. 8? Lpz., Gebr. Gerhardt, 1936. BENEDEK, Franz, 1900- *Zur Kenntnis der Pachymeningitis haemorrhagica. 28p. 8? Rostock, Wwe H. Winterberg, 1926. BENEDEK, Ladislaus. Der heutige Stand der Behandlung der progressiven Paralyse. 219p. 8? Berlin, S. Karger, 1926. Forms H.34, of Abh. Neur. Psychiat. ■—— Ueber die Schadelperkussion. 112p. 8? Berlin, S. Ka ger, 1932. Forms H.67, of Abh. Neur. Psychiat. ---- & PORSCHE, Frank Oskar. Ueber die Entstehung der Negrischen Korperchen. 86p. 9pl. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1921. Forms H.14, of Abh. Neur. Psychiat. BENEDEK, Tibor, 1892- *Die gefarbte Normomastixreaktion (Kafka) im Liquor cere- brospinalis. p.883-949. 8? Lpz., L. Voss, 1922. BENEDEN, Jean van. Recherches sur l'infec- tion, l'hypersensibilite' et Timmunite vis-a-vis des formes virulentes ou attenuees du virus tubereu- leux. 3p.l. 136p. illus. diagrs. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1932. BENEDETTI, Alessandro [Paeantius] 1460- 1525. Collectiones medicinae. 81. 8? [Venetiis, Johannes et Gregorius de Gregoriis, ca 1493] ---- Diaria de bello Carolino. 68 1. roy.8? [Venetiis, Aldus Manutius, after 27. Aug., 1496] For biography see Atti Ist. Veneto sc. lett., 1916-17, 76: 197- 259 (R. Massalongo) Also Fracastoro, Verona, 1917, 13: 125; passim. Also Policlinico, 1919, 26: sez. prat., 173 (G. Bilan- cioni) BENEDETTI, Juan Branger. Medical treat- ment of cancer, and its cure. 34p. 8? N.Y., 1934. BENEDETTI, Piero. Cancro e costituzione. vi, 399p. 8? Bologna, L. Cappelli, 1931. BENEDETTO dei Riguardati, ca 1472. De conservatione sanitatis. 140 1. 4? Roma, Johannes Philippus de Lignamine, January 14, 1475. ---- The same. 1401. 4? Bologna, Do- minicus de Lapis, 1477. ---- The same. 62 1. 4? [Roma, Stephan Plannck, ca 1485] ---- The same. 54 1. roy.8? Roma, Stephan Plannck [May 4] 1493. BENEDICT, Francis Gano, 1870- Col- lected reprints. 3v. 8? [v.p.] 1894-1922. ---- Measurement of the skin temperature of humans. p.[129]-45. pi. 8? Lpz., Quelle & Meyer, 1929. See also Eitzman, E. G., & Benedict, F. G. The heat produc- tion of sheep under varying conditions. 32p. 8? Durham, N.H., 1931. ---- BURGER, G. C. E. [et al.] Angewandte chemische und physikahsche Methoden; Teil 10: Gasstoffwechsel und Calorimetrie. xxii, 1060p. pi. roy.8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1926. Forms Teil 10, Abt.4 of Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) BENEDICT, Francis Gano, & FARR, A. Ger- trude. The energy and protein content of foods regularly eaten in a college community. 60p. 8? Durham, N.H., 1929. Forms no.242 of Bull. N. Hampshire Agr. Exp. Sta. ---- The energy and the protein content of edible food waste and mixed meals in sorority and fraternity houses. 35p. 8? Durham, N.H., 1931. Forms no.261 of Bull. N. Hampshire Agr. Exp. Sta. BENEDICT, Francis Gano, LANDAUER, Walter, & FOX, Edward L. The physiology of normal and frizzle fowl, with special reference to the basal metabolism. lOlp. 8? Storrs, Conn., 1932. Forms Bull.177 of Connecticut Agr. Coll. Exp. Sta. BENEDICT, Francis Gano, MILES, Walter R. [et al.] Human vitality and efficiency under pro- longed restricted diet, xi, 701p. 17pl. 8? Wash., Carnegie Inst., 1919. BENEDICT, Francis Gano, & RITZMAN, Ernest G. Undernutrition in steers; its relation to metabolism, digestion, and subsequent realimen- tation. viii, 333p 2pl. diagr. 8? Wash., Carnegie Inst., 1923. ---- The metabolism of the fasting steer. 245p. roy.8? Wash., Carnegie Inst., 1927. BENEDICT, Francis Gano, & TALBOT, Fritz B. Metabolism and growth from birth to puberty. 213p. 8? Wash., Carnegie Inst., 1921. BENEDICT, Karl Heinrich, 1891- *Die Demonstratio anatomica corporis animalis (Hen- schel) auf Grund einer Nachpriifung des Bres- lauer handschriftlichen Textes und eines Ver- gleiches mit einer Erfurter Handschrift neu herausgegeben. 39p. 8? Lpz., Sturm & Korpe, 1920. BENEDICT, Ruth Fulton, 1887- The con- cept of the guardian spirit in North America. 97p. 8? Menasha, Wis. [G. Banta] 1923. Forms no.29 of Mem. Am. Anthrop. Ass. BENEDICTTJS de Nursia. See Benedetto dei Riguardati. BENEDIKT, Moriz, 1835-1920. Die latenten (Reichenbach'schen) Emanationen der Chemi- kalien. 51p. 8? Wien, C. Konegen, 1915 For biography see Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1920, 25: 419-22 (I. Castellanos) Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1920, 33: 387 (Karplus) BENEKE, Ffriedrich] Wfilhelm] 1824-82. Con- stitution und constitutionelles Kranksein des Menschen. 3p.l. 96p. 12ch. 8? Marburg, N.G. Elwert, 1881. For biography see Janus, Leyden, 1925, 29: 186 (R. Beneke) Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1924, 71: 372-4 (L. Aschoff) Also Sudhoff's Arch., 1934-35, 27: 395-464 (R. Beneke) Also Zbl. allg. Path., 1923-24, 34: 401 (M. B. Schmidt) Also Zbl. Herz. GefSsskr., 1924, 16: 100-2 (A. Martin) BENEKE, Rudolf, 1861- Julius Cohn- heim; iiber Entziindung und Eiterung. 85p. 12? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1914. Forms Bd23 of Klassiker der Medizin (K. Sudhoff) ---- Rudolf Virchow: ein Gedenkblatt zur 100. Wiederkehr seines Geburtstages. 2p.l. 55p. roy.8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1921. Forms Suppl. 9 of Beitr. path. Anat., 1921, 69: For biography see Munch, med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 888, port. (M. B. Schmidt) BENER 181 BENGEN BENER, Arnold Gustav. *Ueber die biolo- gische Wirkung der Lithiumsalze und ihre thera- peutische Verwendbarkeit. 22p. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & Co., 1933. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1932, 62: BENETON, Jean, 1902- Contribution a l'etude des appendicites pelviennes suppurees. 90p. 8? Par., 1927. BENETOUT, Jean, 1907- *Pronostic de l'insertion vicieuse du placenta. 68p. 8? Par., 1933. BENETTI, Attilio, 1873-1921. L., V. Necrologio. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1921, 3.ser., 9: 262. BENEZRA, Nissim, 1889- *Expulsion et extraction des calculs ureteraux par les voies naturelles. 74p. 8? Par., 1922. [BENEZY, Anthony] Some observations on the situation, disposition, and character of the Indian natives of this continent, v, 60p. 8? Phila., J. Crukshank, 1784. BENGAL, India. Chemical Examiners Depart- ment. Annual report. Alipore, 25., 1899- BENGAL, India. Office of the Secretary. Quinquennial review. 6., 1917-18- ---- Report on public instruction [with sup- plement] 1922- Incomplete. BENGAL, India. Public Health Department. Annual report of the chief engineer. 1932- Earlier reports bound with Annual report of public health. ---- Annual report of the sanitary board. 1932- Earlier reports bound with Annual report of public health. ---- Annual report and statistical returns on vaccination. 1888-1928. ---- Bengal public health report. Alipore, 1., 1868- 1868-97 incomplete. ---- Progress of education. 6.-8. review, 1917-32. Supplement. 1917-32. --- Report. 1922- Supplement. 1922-31. ■---■ Reports of the health departments of the ports of Calcutta and Chittagong. Alipore, 1912-20; 1922- ---- Triemr'al report on vaccination. 1.-14., 1887-1929. BENGAL, India. Surgeon General of the Gov- ernment of Bengal. Report on the working of the hospitals and dispensaries (Annual) 1911- ---- Triennial report. 1911- BENGAL, India. Under-Secretary to the Gov- ernment. Report on the administration. 1907- 1923. BENGAL, India. See also India. Chatterjee, G. C. The malaria problem of the tidal zone in Bengal. 23p. 8? Calc, 1935. Jack, J. C. The economic life of a Bengal district. 158p. 8? Oxford, 1916. Brahmachari, B. B., & Sen, G. N. Faecal bacteria in Bengal as indicators of sewage contamination of water; a pre- liminary study. Ind. M. Gaz., 1933, 68: 569-71—Mitra, S. C. On some curious cults of Southern and Western Bengal. J Anthrop. Soc. Bombay, 1919, 11: 438-54—Public health policy in Bengal. J. Ayurveda, Calc, 1933, 9: 361-3— Raju, V. G. Deep tube-well waters of Bengal. Ind. J.M. Res., 1931, 19: 447-55—Stewart, A. B., & Chatterjee, N. K. On the electrical conductivity of Bengal waters. Ibid., 1930, 18: 71-7. BENGAL rose. See Fluorescein [and derivatives]; Dyes. BENGEN, Erich, 1899- *Beitrag zur Frage des Ileus paralyticus, beziehungsweise der Koprostasis diuturna ... Betrachtungen iiber den Ileus nervosus paralyticus (Depression, Neu- rasthenic) und iiber den Ileus nervosus spasticus (Hysterie) [Freiburg i.Br.] 36p. 8? Munch., R. Muller & Steinicke, 1927. BENGESLA. See Abu Ali Yahya Ibn Isa Ibn Jazla. BENGOLEA, Abel, 1860-1925. Lignieres, J. Necrologia. Rev. zootecn., B. Air., 1925, 12: 133-5, port. BENGTSON, Ida A. Studies on organisms concerned as causative factors in botulism, ix, lOlp. 8? Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1924. Forms Bull. no.136, U.S. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health Serv. Hyg. Lab. BENGTJIGTJI, Aime, 1907- *Stokes-Ad- ams paroxystique (bradycardie par dissociation paroxystique) 104p. 8? Par., 1933. BENHAM, Rhoda Williams, 1894- Cer- tain Monilias parasitic on man, their identifica- tion by morphology and by agglutination [Co- lumbia Univ.] 33p. 8? Chic, Am. M. Ass. Press [1931] BENHAMOU, Mouchi, 1893- Contribu- tion a l'etude botanique de la flora algale des sources du groupe hyperthermal de Vichy. 161p. 8? Lyon, Bosch freres., 1934. BENICHOU, Albert, 1904- *Sevices en- vers les enfants; prophylaxie et expertise. 95p. 8? Par., 1931. BENIGNE, Pier Francesco, 1905-34. M., G. Necrologio. Schizofrenie, Tor., 1934, 3: 439. BENIN. See Sudan. BENISCHEK, Werner. *Des Frage des Bluter- satzes durch Bluttransfusion. 37p. 8? Freib. i.Br., K. Henn, 1924. BENISTI, n6e CHIRIACHITZA-ATHANASIU. *Les lesions de la zone rolandique (zone motrice et zone sensitive) par blessures de guerre; con- tribution a l'etude clinique des localisations cerebrales. 213p. 8? Par., 1918. BENIT, Maurice, 1886- Contribution a l'etude des grandes incisions du col de l'uterus au cours de 1'accouchement. 66p. 8? Par., 1921. BENIVIENI, Antonio, 1443-1502. Be Vecchi, B. I libri di un medico umanista fiorentino del sec. XV; dai Ricordi di maestro Antonio Benivieni. lip. 8° Fir., 1932. BENJAMIN, Erich, 1880- Grundlagen und Entwicklungsgeschichte der kindlichen Neu- rose. viii, 144p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1930. BENJAMIN, Henri, 1850-1919. Barras [Biography] Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1930, 3: 424- 33—Martel, H. Necrologie. Rec. med. vet., 1919, 95: 369-72 BENJAMIN, Hyman Bernard, 1901- *Diagnostic studies in peripheral vascular dis- eases [Marquette Univ.] 20p. 4? Wauwatosa, Wis., 1931. Typewritten. BENJAMIN, John, 1901- *Ueber einen Fall von lymphogen entstandenem tuberculo- sem Magengeschwiir; todliche Haematemesis. p.249-54. 8? Zur., 1934. Also Beitr. Klin. Tuberk., 1933, 84: BENJAMIN, Moritz, 1896- *Beitrag zum Nachweis der bei der Staupe der Hunde vor- kommenden Zelleinschlusskorperchen. 6p. 8? Giessen, O. Meyer, 1922. BENJAMIN, Susi, 1902- *Ueber Tages- schwankungen der Aufmerksamkeit bei Kindern. 20p. 2 1. 8? Berl., 1928. BENJAMINS, Charles Emile, 1873- , GLAS, E. [et al.] Die Krankheiten der Luftwege und der Mundhohle; 4.Teil: Infektionskrank- BENJAMINS 182 BENNETT heiten, pfianzliche und tierische Parasiten, Erkrankungen bei verschiedenen Dermatosen, Tropenkrankheiten, Blutungen. xi, 774p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. Forms v.4: pt4, of Handb. Hals-, Nasen- Ohrenh. (Denker & Kahler) Berl., 1928. BEN-JOSEPH, A., 1898- *Histoire de la creation de la Societe Mutuelle d'Assurance du Betail en Palestine; donnees statistiques sur son developpement [Alfort] 39p. 4ch. 8? Par., 1930. BENKENDORV, Elisabeth von. '"Untersu- chungen eines Angiomes der Milz. p.501-14. pi. 8? Bern, 1910. Also Virchows Arch., 1908, 194: BENKERT, Georg [Joseph Alfred] 1888- *Die therapeutische Wirkung einheimischen Tees [Berlin] 70p. 8? Wiirzb., F. Scheiner, 1932. BEN Kritly, Madoni, 1896- *Pronostic de la dedivrance artificielle. 30p. 8? Par., 1926. BEN Milad, Ahmed, 1902- Contribu- tion a l'etude de I'histoire de la medecine Arabe en Tunisie; I'Ecole Medicale de Kairouan (aux Xe et XIe siecles) 61p. 8? Par., 1933. BENMUSSA, Sion, 1894- *Les sequelles pleuro-pulmonaires et mediastinales des intoxi- cations par les gaz asphyxiants. 68p. 8? Par., 1920. BENNARDI, Anthony Maurice, 1890- Replacement treatment in advanced age. 56p. 8? Bost., Christopher Pub. House [1929] BENNAUER, Peter, 1886- *Multiple Aneurvsmen der aufsteigenden Aorta. 36p. pi. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp., 1915. BENNDORF, Artur, 1908- *R6ntgen-, Radium- und optische Strahlentherapie in der Zahnheilkunde [Heidelberg] 43p. 8? Volklin- gen, Gebr. Hofer, 1932. BENNDORF, Ehrhard Max, 1890- *Der Liber de confectione medicinarum im Breslauer Codex; Arzneidarstellungsvorschriften aus der Mitte des XII. Jahrhunderts zum Salernitaner Antidotarium. 26p. 8? Borna-Lpz., 1919. BENNDORF, Hans, 1908- *Harnfarb- stoffmessungen nach Operationen. 34p. 8? Jena, 1933. BENNDORF [Ludwig Eduard] Otto, 1895- *Zur Kasuistik des Diabetes insipidus [Leipzig] 24p. 8? Meissen, B. Thieme, 1920. BENNDORF, Martin, 1898- *Ueber einen Fall von schnellendem Finger [Heidelberg] 30p. 8? Freib., 1925. BENNDORF, Rolf, 1911- *Beitrag zur Frage der odontogenen Sepsis [Leipzig] 28p. 8? Zeulenroda-Thur., A. Oberreuter, 1934. BENNEJEANT, Charles. See Boll, Marcel, & Bennejeant, Charles. Chimie des mfi- taux et metallurgie dentaires. 2.ed. 324p. 12? Par., 1931. BENNEK, Ernst, 1886- *Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik der traumatischen Ablosung der Haut und tiefer liegenden Schichten. 42p. 8? Bresl., 1918. BENNER, Fritz, 1891- *Ueber die ange- borene einfache Trikuspidalatresie. 8p. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt Wwe, 1920. BENNETIN, Georges Marie, 1902- *Pyo- h6mies puerperales a streptocoques anaerobies. 45p. 8? Par., 1929. BENNETT, Charles, 1886-1935. Obituary. Glasgow M.J., 1935, 124: 140-2, port. BENNETT, Edward Halloran, 1837-1907. McNealy, R. W. [Biography] Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1933, 56: BENNETT, Howard G. See Bixon, Karl Hale, & Bennett, Howard Q. Mineral health food guide. 332p. 8? Chic, 1926. BENNETT, Hugh Garner. Animal proteins. xiii, 287p. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1921. BENNETT, Jessee, 1769-1842. Miller, J. L. Biography. West Virginia M.J., 1929, 25: 409- 11, port. BENNETT, John. Apothecaries' Hall; a unique exhibit at the Charleston museum. 21 p. 3pl. 8? Charleston, 1923. BENNETT, Norman. The science and practice of dental surgery. 2.ed. 2v. 2p.l. xxxiv, 2p.l.; xvi, 1568p. illus. paged consec. 8? Lond., Oxford Univ. Press, 1931. BENNETT, R. W. See Kurtz, Jack I. The principles and practice of ocular physical therapv for optometrists. 242p. 8? Minneapolis, Minn. [1930] BENNETT, Reginald Robert. Medical and pharmaceutical Latin for students of medicine and pharmacy. 3.ed. xiv, 374p. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1922. ---- & COCKING, T. Tusting. The science and practice of pharmacy. 2v. viii, 385; viii, 339p. illus. diagrs. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1933. BENNETT, Robert Allan, 1871- Hodg- kin's disease. 56p. 12? Bristol, J. Wright & Sons, 1923. BENNETT, Selfe, 1848-1929. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1929, 1: 275. BENNETT, Thomas Gordon. *A health pro- gram for the children of a county; a study of child health in Queen Anne's County, Maryland, with a proposed child health program for this county, considered from the standpoint of administra- tion. 196p. 8? N.Y.C., 1933. BENNETT, Thomas Izod, 1887- The stomach and upper alimentary canal in health and disease, xv, 344p. 15pl. 8? Lond., W. Heinemann, 1925. ---- Nephritis; its problems and treatment. vi, 94p. 2pl. 8? Lond., Oxford Univ. Press, 1929. ---- The practical treatment of diabetes. ix, 107p. ch. 8? Lond., Constable & Co., 1931. BENNETT, William, 1852-1931. R, H. [Obituary] Brit. M.J., 1932, 1: 80. Also Lancet, Lond., 1931,2: 58. BENNEWITZ Decher, Lucy. *La reacci6n de Brugsch y su importancia clinica [Chile] 93p. 8? Santiago, 1930. BENNIE, Alexander Bruce, 1864-1919. Obituary. Med. J. Australia, 1919, 1: 432. BENNING, Paul, 1905- *Beitrag zur vergleichenden Histologic der Hartsubstanzen der Hasenzahne. 16p. 8? Wiirzb. G. Grasser, 1931. BENNINGER, Eugen, 1906- *Studien iiber Trans-Dichloraethylen mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung des Verhaltens der Respiration. 24p. 8? Wiirzb., P. Halbig [1931] BENNINGHATJS, Franz, 1888- *Beitrag zur Paranoia chronica sexualis und Paranoia chronica erotica. 29p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1913. BENNINGHOFF, Alfred, 1890- *Ueber relative Incontinentia urinae beim Weibe und ihre Behandlung mit Blasen- und Harnrohren- raffung. 30p. 8? Heidelb., 1919. ---- Das Herz. p.467-556. 8? Berl., 1931-33. In Handb. vergl. Anat., Berl., 1931-33, 6: BENNINGHOFF 183 BENOZIGLIO ----HARTMANN, A. [et al.] Blutgefasse und Herz, Lymphgefasse und lymphatische Organe, Milz. viii, 584p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Forms Bd7, l.Teil, of Handb. mikr. Anat. Menschen (von Mbllendorff) Berl., 1930. BENNINGHOVEN [Wilhelm] 1862- Ein- fiihrung in die Anatomie, unter besonderer Berucksichtigung des Mundes und der Zahne. 4p.l. 123p. 8? Berl.-Halensee, Zahntechn. Verl., 1921. BENNINGTON, Vt. Board of Trustees. An- nual report of the officers of the village. 1906-8. BENOELKEN, Wilhelm, 1889- *Die Soli- tarpolypen der Nasennebenhohlen. 38p. 8? Giessen, O. Meyer, 1919. BENOIST, Celine, 1901- *Un consulta- tion de prophylaxie prenatale [Paris] 56p. 8? Rambouillet, 1927. BENOIST, Fernand, 1900- *L'allergie gonococciques. 102p. 8? Par., 1930. BENOIST, Francois, 1903- Contribu- tion a l'6tude de l'alimentation dans les sports. 48p. 8? Par., 1929. BENOIST, Henri Prosper, 1890- Con- tribution a l'etude des indications hysterectomie vaginale dans la fievre puerperale. 60p. 8? Par., 1922. BENOIST, Marcel, 1902- *Recherches cliniques sur I'emploi d'une nouvelle pompe a lait edectrique. 84p. 8? Par., 1929. See also in 3.ser., Sartory, Auguste, & Benoist, M. La pra- tique des prelevements [&c] 266p. 8? Par. [1918] BENOISTE-PILLOIRE, Claude, 1886- *Arthrites suppur^es aigues de la hanche chez le nourrisson. 108p. 8? Par., 1925. BENOIST-GIRONIERE, Michel, 1905- *Contribution a, l'etude de l'operation cesarienne supra-symphysaire; avantages; indications; t6- sultats operatoires. 44p. 8? Par., 1930. BENOIT, Charles. *A propos d'un cas de dysostose cl6ido-cranienne her^ditaire [Lau- sanne] 15p. 2pl. 8? Berne, 1921. BENOIT, Charles, 1906- *La dilatation des bronches chez l'adulte; formes cliniques, evo- lution et modes de termination 31 lp. 2pl. 8? Lyons, Bosc freres, 1934. BENOIT, Felicien, 1895- *A propos du curettage dans les suites de couches; son emploi comme moyen prophylactique de l'infection puerperale. 62p. 8? Par., 1921. BENOIT, Marcel. Considerations cliniques et biologiques sur les arsenotherapies de la syphilis au cours de la grossesse. 94p. 8? Par., 1923. BENOIT, Maurice. *Restauration de la cavity orbitaire par autoplastics chez les blesses de guerre. 51p. 8? Par., 1920. BENOIT, Walther, 1901- *Ueber die Guajakolvergiftung des Kaninchens unter be- sonderer Berucksichtigung der Veranderungen an den Nieren [Freiburg i. Br.] p. 585-613. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928, 62: BENON, Raoul. Elements de pathologie men- tale, clinique et medecine legale, vii, 242p. 12? Par., G. Doin, 1922. ---- La meJancolie, clinique et therapeu- tique. 2p.l. v, 143p. 12? Par., G. Doin, 1925. ---- La neurasthenie vraie, diagnostic et traitement. vii, 107p. 12? Par., A. Maloine, 1926. BENOWSKY [Walter] Fritz, 1892- *Mar- garine in der Sauglingsernahrung. 6p. 8? [Lpz., A. Edelmann] 1921. BENOZIGLIO, N. *Maladies mentales fami- liales; etudes statistique [Geneve] 17p. 8? Bale, 1926. BENQUET, Georges Jean Francois, 1891- Contribution a l'etude des tachycardies base- dowiennes; basedowisme fruste et tuberculose. 45p. 8? Bord., 1919. BENRATH, Alfred. Justus Liebig und seine Zeit. iv, 120p. port. 12? Lpz., Velhagen & Klesing, 1921. BENRATH, Joachim, 1904- *Ueber Zahncrosionen [Erlangen] 28p. 8? [Berl., H. Pusch] 1929. BENSATJDE, Raoul. Traite" d'endoscopie recto- colique; rectoscopie, sigmoidoscopie. 63p. llus. 15pl. roy.8? Par., Masson & cie, 1919. ---- Also 2.ed. 178p. 26pl. 1926. ---- CAIN, A., & LELONG, M. Diverticules, megacolon, dysenterie, colites infantiles, diagnos- tic de l'appendicite chronique, tuberculose, can- cer, tra'tement bismuth^ dans les affections gastro-intestinales. 2p.l. 494p. illus. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1932. BENSATJDE, Raoul, & OURY, Pierre. Les hemorroides et leur traitement. 184p. 16? Par., Expansion Scient. Franc. [1930] BENSAUDE, Raoul, RIVET, L., & CAIN, A. Maladies de l'intestin; vol. 1: Exploration, con- stipation, diarrhee, syphilis gastro-intestinale, traitement hydromineral. 344p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1931. BENSHEIM, Hedwig Elisabeth, 1893- *Beitrag zur Frage der traumatischen Entste- hung der Chorioidealsarkome. 19p. 8? Miinch., L. Baeck & Co., 1918. BENSIDOUN, Esther, 1904- *Education physique et sportive de la femme; les methodes et les resultats. 130p. 8? Par., 1933. BENSIMON, Sydney, 1903- *Essai sur le comte de Cagliostro, aventurier, philanthrope et guerisseur occasionnel. 76p. 8? Par., 1932. BENSKE, Erich [Rudolf] 1896- * Ueber Eroffnungen der Oberkieferhohle bei Zahnextrak- tionen und ihre Behandlung [Halle] 18p. 8? Dresd., W. & B. von Baensch, 1933. BENSKI, Morduch. *Ueber das Zuchtungsver- fahren der Tuberkelbazi len nach Petrov und nach Hohn [Basel] 28p. 8? S. Louis, Schnei- der, 1929. BENSLEY, Benjamin Arthur, 1875-1934. An egg of Struthiolithus chersonensis Brandt. 7p. pi. 8? [Toronto] Univ. Tor. Lib., 1921. Forms no.19, Univ. Toronto Stud. Biol. Ser. For biography see Univ. Toronto M.J., 1934, 11: 117 (E. H. Craigie) BENSMAN, Irvin, 1908- *Spontaneous cerebral hemorrhage: a clinical analvsis of cases. 12p. 4? Wauwatosa, Wis., 1933. " Typewritten. BENSON, George Edgar 1877-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81: 676. BENSON, George Vere, 1848-1929. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1929, 1: 481. BENSON, Henry Porter D'Arcy, 1867-1926. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1926, 2: 881. BENSON, Johann, 1888- *Beitrag zur Casuistik der Placenta praevia; Falle aus der Provinzial-Hebammen-Lehranstalt zu Pader- born. 44p. 8? Wiirzb., Zweibrucker, 1915. BENSON, John Hawtrey, 1842-1931. [Obituary] Brit. M.J., 1931, 2: 783. Also Irish J.M. Sc, 1931, ser.6, 617. BENSON, Reuel Allen, 1877- Nursery manual; the care and feeding of children in health and disease. 184p. 16? Phila., Boericke & Tafel, 1908. BENSS 184 BENTZIN BENSS [Paul] Herbert, 1898- *Die Be- handlung pustuloser Hauterkrankungen mit Opsonogen [Leipzig] 38p. 8? Lucka i. Thiir., R. Berger, 1925. BENSUSSAN, Menachem, 1901- *Ueber die Speichelsteinkrankheit und ihre Entstehung. 32p. 8? Berl., R. Pfau 1933. BENT, Teunis J. van der. The problem of hygiene in man's dwellings. 2p.l. 355p. 4? N.Y., Architect. Book Pub. Co. [1920] BENTATA, Yves, 1906- *Un mSdecin anatomiste du XVIIme siecle, Jean Pecquet. 47p. 8? Par., 1932. BENTER, Ada, 1892- *Die Filterfalte und die Verteilung der Sinnesknospen in der Mundhbhlenschleimhaut bei Desmognathus fus- cus, beurteilt nach einem Wachsplattenmodell. 24p. 3pl. 8? Gottingen, E. Grosse, 1926. BENTHAM, Ethel, 1861-1931. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1931, 1: 161. BENTHEIM, Johannes Bernhardus Theodorus van, 1879- *Ueber das branchiogene Kar- zinom des Pferdes. 37p. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt, 1916. BENTHIN, Walther, 1882- Die Erhal- tung des Kindeslebens in der Geburt; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Bevolkerungspolitik. lllp. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1919. ---- Diagnose und Differentialdiagnose der Frauenkrankheiten. ix, 365p. 48pl. 8? Bsrl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1930. BENTICK, Lord Henry Cavendish, 1863- Industrial fatigue and the relation between hours of work and output, with a memorandum on sickness. 43p. 8? Lond., P. S. King &c, 1918. BENTLER, Hubert [Franz Ludwig] 1895- *Ulcus vulvae acutum. 46p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1920. BENTLEY, Arthur Owen. A textbook of phar- macy for pharmaceutical students and appren- tices; with a section on some biological aspects of pharmacy, by Henry Smith Holden. x, 540p. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1926. ---- Also 2.ed. x, 631 p. 1929. ----■ Also 3.ed. xii, 912p. 1933. ---- & DRIVER, John Edmund. Textbook of pharmaceutical chemistry. 2.ed. xiv p. 21. 538p. illus. pi. 8? Lond., Oxford, Univ. Press, 1933. BENTLEY, Carle Edwin, 1873-1926. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 342. BENTLEY, Isa:c Madison, 1870- The field of psychology; a survey of experience, indi- vidual, social, and genetic, xvi, 545p. 4pl. 8? N.Y., D. Appleton & Co., 1924. ---- & COWDRY, E. V. The problem of mental disorder; a study undertaken by the Committee on Psychiatric Investigations, Na- tional Research Council, x, 388p. 8? N.Y., McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1934. BENTLEY, Thomas, 1485-1541. James, R. R. [Biography] Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 1481. BENTLIF, P[hilip] Bfarnett] See Clarke, E. M , & Bentlif, P. B. The nurses' Enquire within [&c] New ed. 328p. 32? Lond. [1919] BENTMANN, Eugen, 1876- ^Allgemeines uber Krankheiten; Krankheitsursachen und Krank- heitsverhutung an Bord von Kriegsschiffen [Kiel] 64p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1913. See also in 3.ser., Handbuch der Gesundheitspflege an Bord von Kriegsschiffen. 2.v. 1028p.; 564p. roy.8? Jena, 1914. BENTO de Souza, Manuel. *Homagem a An- tonio Maria Barbosa. 79p. port. 8? Lisboa, M. Gomes, 1892. BENTZIN, Otto. *Beitrage zur Aetiologie und Therapie der Haemoglobinurie des Pferdes [Leipzig] 8p. 8? Dobeln, W. Irmscher, 1923. BENTZON, Povl Georg Kobierski, 1891- *Kl:niske og experimentelle studler over de obstetriciske lammelser af plexus brachialis med saerligt henblik paa patogenese og orthopaedisk behandling [Clinical and experimental studies on obstetrical paralysis of the brachial plexus, with specia1 relation to its causes and orthopedic treatment] 288p. 8? Kbh., Levin & Munks- gaard, 1922. BENVENISTE, Elie. *Recherches experimen- tales sur l'action protectrice du masque dans les maladies infectieuses [Lausanne] 26p 8? Sainte-Croix, G. Jeanrichard, 1919. BENVENISTE, Elie, 1895- *Le traite- ment des tumeurs cutandes non radio-sensibles. 32p. 8? Par., 1928. BENVENISTE, Maurice, 1906- *Sur la sonde a demeure a d6but ralenti; somme traite- ment des retentions chroniques avec distension et urines claires. 56p. 8? Par., 1932. BENVENUTI, Marino. Sul meccanismo di azione della malarioterapia. viii, 31 lp. pi. 8? Roma, L. Pozzi, 1933. BENY, Louis Ernest, 1881- Contribu- tions a l'6tude de la torsion des pedicules vascu- laires de l'intestin grele chez le cheval [Alfort] 35p. 8? Par., 1927. BENZ, Dora, 1907- *Eosinophilie und allergische Intrakutanreaktion [Heidelberg] 19p. 8? Berl.-Steglitz, W. Paul [1932] BENZ, Emil. *Neuere Gesichtspunkte zur Polyneuritisaetiologie; mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Unfallpraxis in der Schweiz. 38p. 8? Basel, M. Arnold, 1933. BENZ, Jakob. *Ueber die amylolytische Wirkung tierischer Speichel, Blutsera und Urine. 47p. 12? Zur., 1930. BENZ, Joseph, 1885- *Beitrag zur Kennt- nis der Ausreissungs- und Abtrennungs-Verletzun- gen des Sehnerven. 12p. 2pl. 8? Wiirzb., C. Kabitzsch, 1914. BENZAKEIN, Salomon, 1901- ♦Amelio- ration de la prothese par inclusion orbitaire de parafine solide. 37p. 8? Par., 1925. BENZALDEHYDE [and derivatives] See also Aldehyde; Benzoic acid; Benzoin; Benzylalcohol. Almasy, F. Contribution a l'Stude des molecules polyato- miques; structure et activation de la benzaldehyde: adsorption des rayons ultra-violets par la vapeur d'ald6hyde benzolque. J. chim. phys., Geneve, 1933, 30: 528-47, pi.-----Differentes proprietes optiques de la molecule de benzaldehyde. Ibid., 713-25, pi.—Baubney, C. G. The determination of small quan- tities of chlorine in commercial benzaldehyde. Analyst, Lond., 1935, 60: 29-32—Geiger, G. A. The use of benzaldehyde sulfite compound as a standard in the quantitative separation and esti- mation of benzaldehyde and benzoic acid. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1918, 11: 1453-6—Guillaume, A., & Buval, G. Etude compara- tive des mfithodes de dosage de l'aldehyde benzolque dans l'eau distillee de laurier-cerise. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1936, 43: 105-14.—Hosoda, T. Ueber das Verhalten von o-Nitrobenzalde- hyd, o-Aminobenzaldehyd und Anthranil im Tierkorper. J. Biochem., Tokyo, 1926, 6: 171-7.—Houghton, R. E. Studies in the use of 2, 4- dinitrophenylhydrazine as a quantitative reagent for carbonyl compounds: Benzaldehyde. Am. J. Pharm., 1934, 106: 62-4.—Howard, L. B., Hilbert, G. E. [et al.] The thermal decomposition of azines; a note on the thermal decomposition of benzaldazine under 1,000 atmospheres pressure of nitrogen, hydrogen, and ammonia. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1932, 54: 3628.— Ingvaldsen, T., & Bauman, L. Note on the preparation of p-di- methylaminobenzaldehyde. J. Biol. Chem., 1920, 41: 145. Also repr.—Macht, B. I. On the anti-spasmodic and anes- thetic properties of benzaldehyde. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1918-19, 16: 85. ----- A pharmacological study of benzalde- hyde. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1919-20, 14: 508—Raymond, E. Autoxydation de l'aldfehyde benzolque; action des composes antioxygenes envers I'autoxydation de 1'aldShyde benzolque et application. J. chim. phys., Geneve, 1931, 28: 480-99.—Stewart, BENZALDEHYDE 185 BENZENE T. B., & Bonnally, L. H. The aldehyde bisulfite compounds; the rate of dissociation of benzaldehyde sodium bisulfite as meas- ured by its first order reaction with iodine. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1932, 54:2333-40.—Tanasescu.L., & Tanasescu, E. Condensation de l'o-nitrobenzaldehyde avec la m-nitroac£tophenone; com- portement photochimique des derives o-nitres obtenus. Bull, Soc. chim. France, 1936, 5.ser., 3: 865-70. BENZAMINOACETTC acid. See Hippuric acid. BENZENE [and derivatives] See also Aniline; Arsenicals; Arsphenamine; Benzoic acid; Dyes; Naphthol; Phenol; Phenyl compounds; &c. Abderhalden, E, &. Brockmann, H. Vergleichende Studien iiber die Abspaltbarkeit von Benzoyl- beziehungsweise Halo- genbenzoylgruppen, die in verschiedener Bindung mit aromati- schen und aliphatischen Verbindungen (Tyrosin, tyrosinhalti- gen Polypeptide^ Colamin, Serin. Glycinanhydrid) verknupft sind. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 225: 426-40.—Algar, J., Barry, V. C, & Twomey, T. F. Derivatives of benzo-difurfurane. Proc. R. Irish Acad., 1932, 41: B, 8-14—Allen, C. F. H., & Spanagel, E. W. The reactions of anhydracetonebenzil. J.Am. Chem. Soc, 1933, 55: 3773-80.—Amiel, J. Sur la combustion lente du benzene: vitesse de la reaction. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1933, 197: 984-6—Artini, E. Della forma cristallina di alcuni derivati del benzolo. Rendic Ist. lombardo sc, 2.ser., 1917, 51: 99-122; 961— Benzol. Chem. War., 1920, 5: no.l, 14-6 — Bodenheimer, W., & Wehage, K. Dipolmomente einiger aro- matischer Verbindungen. Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. B, 1932, 18: 343.—Bokorny, T. Benzolverbindungen als Nahrsubstan- zen. Zbl. Physiol., 1917, 32: 55-63.—Chaix & Bonzelot. Spectre Raman de quelques composes a deux noyaux benzcniques. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1936, 5.ser., 3: 41.—Cow, B. p-Acetyl- amido-ethoxy benzene. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1918-19, 12: 343-60— Bonle, H. L., & Gehrckens, K. A. Ueber Dipolmo- mente von Benzolderivaten mit frei drehbaren Substituenten. Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. B, 1932, 18: 316—Borsch, J. B., & McElvain, S. M. The preparation of benzoylacetic ester and some of its homologs. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1932, 54: 2960-4.— Bougherty, G., & Taylor, H. S. Studies in the hydrogenation of benzene. J. Phys. Chem., 1923, 27: 533-57.—Felix, K., & Birr, K. Ueber das Dibenzoylarginin. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1928, 176: 29-42.—Friedlander, E., & Kallmann, H. Ionisierungsvorgange im Benzol. Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt.B, 1932, 17: 265-75 — Henri, V. Etude des spectres d'absorption et de fluorescence du benzena. J. phys. radium, Par., 1922, 3: 6.ser., 181-211 — Jakubsohn, S. Die elektrische Leitfiihigkeit in Benzollosungen. Zschr. phys. Chem., 1925, 118: 31-6.—Jones, F. B. Analysis of commercial pure benzols. J. Soc. Chem. Indust., Lond., 1918, 37: 324-7.—Kaufmann, H. P. Darstellung von Benzylverbin- dungen. Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1929, 267: 212-29.—Klingstedt, F. W. Ultraviolette Absorptionsspektren einfacher Benzolde- rivate. Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt.B, 1928, 1: 74-93; 1933, 20: 125.—Klit, A., & Langseth, A. Ueber die Darstellung von Deuteriobenzol. Ibid., Abt.A, 1936, 176: 65-80— La Mer, V. K., &Bownes, H. C. Indicator studies of acids and bases in benzene. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1933, 55: 1840-64.—Langlois, G. Sur une nouvelle synthese la benzylidene-acStone. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1919, 168: 1052-4.—Lespieau & Guillemonat. Sur un nouvel isomere du benzene, l'hexadiene-1, 5-yne-3. Ibid., 1932, 195: 245.—Levene, P. A. Benzylidene-ethyl-chitosaminate and ben- zylidene-ethyl-diazogluconate (mannonate) J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 53: 449-61.—Marian-Wolfen, T. Unfallgefahren in Benzol- behaltern und deren Verhiitung. Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1925, n.F., 2: 107.—Munro, L. A., & Johnson, F. M. G. The sorption of vapors by alumina; benzene. Canad. J. Res., 1934, 10: 321-31.—Neuberg, C. Zur Frage der Konstitution des bio- chemisch gebildeten Oxy-oxo-propyl-benzols. Biochem. Zschr., 1924, 144: 44-6.—Pickett, L. W. An X-ray study of p-diphenyl- benzene. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., ser. A, 1933, 142: 333-46 — Poltz, H. Ueber die Dipolmoment einiger Benzolderivate. Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. B, 1933. 20: 351-6—Robertson, J. M. Fourier analvsis of the durene structure. Proc. R. Soc. Lond., ser. A, 1933,142: 659-74.—Salkowski, E., & Salkowski, H. Ueber den Anted der Benzolderivate und des Benzolkohlenstoffs am Eiweissmolekiil. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1919, 105: 242-8 — Schmidt, C. L. A., on the most important digestive ferments] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1920, 1: 1157-68— Klodt, W. Ueber den Einfluss der Galle suf die Vitamin-C-Resorption. Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 477.—Kolda, J. Influence de la bile sur la resorption de certains medicaments. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 216-8.—Langecker, H. Die Beeinflussung der Resorption durch Galle. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928,136. 257; 1930,154: 1.—Moraldi, M. Sul potere lipolitico della bile di alcuni animali domestici. Riv. biol., 1931, 13: 116-28.—Nakata, E. Ueber den Einfluss von Galle auf die Darmbewegungen. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1933, 7: 722 — Nattan-Larrier, L., Richard, L., & Noyer, B. Action de la bile sur la permeabilite placentaire. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 741-3.—Periti, E. L'azione digestiva della bile cistica. Poli- clinico, 1933, 40: sez. prat., 1609-11—Pieraerts, G. Sur Paction leucocytolytique de la bile duodenale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 610-2— Rossi, A. Ricerche intorno all' azione della bile sul ricambio. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1919, 28: 183-91.—Seyder- helm, R. Beziehungen der Galle zum Gesamtstoffwechsel. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 305-7.—Tafuri, G. L'azione sul rene della bile in generale e della colesterina in particolare. Gazz. internat. med. chir., 1930, 38: 595-608.—Terakado, M. Influence of bile on the secretion and the movement of the ali- mental canal. Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo, 1936, 25: no.4, 3.— Walters, W., & Bollman, J. L. Results of accumulations of the bile around the liver, j . Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 239-42. ---- Effects, neurotropic. Baruk, H., Briand, H. [et al.] J/anxietS biliaire; donnees cliniques et experimentales sur Paction de la bile et des sels biliaires sur les centres neuro-veg6tatifs (en particulier respira- toires) Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1935, 93; 177-92—Baruk, H., & Camus, L. Sur un principe toxique cataleptisant decele dans la bile de tubage duodena! de cinq malades atteints d'ictere; catatonie et ictere; donnees experimentales et cliniques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 403. ----- Action neurotrope exp6 rimentalo aux biles humaines recucillies par tubage duodenal, chez le chat, la souris, le pigeon et le cobaye; sommeil patholo- gique; stupeur de troubles v6g6tatifs. Ibid., 116: 27-9. ----- Catalepsie experimentale chez le pigeon et la souris par injection sous-cutan6e de biles pr61ev£es par tubage duodenal chez deux icteriques; catalepsie et stupeur biliaires. Ibid., 29-31. ----- Les paralysies biliaires experimentales. Ibid., 405. •——— Action experimentale des sels biliaires dans la genese de certaines troubles nerveux produits chez 1'animal par injections de biles humaines recueilles par tubage duodenal. Ibid., 136-8. ---- Examination. See also Bile ducts, Diseases: Diagnosis; Bile ducts, Drainage. Lyon, B. B. V. An atlas on biliary drainage microscopy. 26p. 120photo.pl. obl.4? [n.p.] 1935. Loose-leaf photo-album. Adler, A., & Brehm, W. Gallestudien; Methode der dauern- den Gewinnung absolut steriler Gesamtgalle bei Hunden. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1925, 48: 148-53.—Batanero, J. Algunas consideraciones sobre el analisis microscopico de la bilis obtenida por el proceder de Meltzer-Lyon. Arch, med., Madr., 1926, 24: 529-34.—Baumgartner, E. A., & Lindner, M. B. Microscopic findings in bile drainage. Clifton M. Bull., 1926-27, 12: 47-50 — Breusch, F. Neue Methode der Gallenanalyse. Zschr. phy- siol. Chem., 1934, 227: 242-6.—Bouglas-Sauermann, A. Ein Analysengang fiir kleine Mengen Galle. Ibid., 1935, 231: 92-5.—Feissly, R. Recherches experimentales sur I'origine de la bile B. Arch. mal. app. digest., 1926, 16: 328-45.—Gunder- mann, W. Experimentelle Gallenstudien. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1926, 39 • 353-76.—Heinrichsdorff. Ueber die Natur der Gallenkorperchen. Virchows Arch., 1922, 239: 64-7.— Hollander, E. Studies in biliary-tract disease; a study of the important microscopic elements in bile. Am. J.M. Sc, 1929, 177: 371-6.—Lake, M. Observations on the origin of the B bile obtained by Lyon's method of biliary drainage. Ibid., 1927, 174: 786-93, 5pl — Ramond, F., Borcesco, A., & Jacquelin, C. Elements fournis au diagnostic des choiecystites par le tubage duodenal et I'examen clinique des biles A.B.C. Arch. mal. app. digest., 1925, 15: 778-89.— Rothman-Manheim, I. Unter- suchungen iiber die zelligen Bestandteile der durch Duodenal- sondierung gewonnenen galligen Fliissigkeit und ihre differen- tialdiagnostische Verwertung. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1921, 33: 497-51!.—Venables, J. F., & Knott, F. A. The investi- gation of the duodenal contents and bile in man. Rep. Guy's Hosp., Lond., 1924, 74: 245-55.—Windaus, A., & Schoor, A. van. Ueber die Bestandteile der Hiihnergalle. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1926, 161: 143-6. ---- Expulsion. See Bile ducts, Motor function. ---- Extravasation [choleperitoneum] See also Peritonitis, biliary [3.ser.] also Bile duct, common, Rupture; Bile ducts, Fistula; Bile ducts, Injuries; Bile ducts, Perforation; Gallbladder, Rupture. Candon, A. ^Contribution a, l'etude du chole- peritoine hydatique [Paris] 89p. 8? Yvetot, 1931. Russ, O. *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der perfora- tionslosen Gallenperitonitis. 29p. 8? Erlan- gen, 1929. Adler, S. [Biliary peritonitis without perforation] Gyo- gyaszat, 1930, 70: 718.—Allende, C. L. Coleperitoneo; diagnos- tico antes de la intervention. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1932, 16: 596.—Alsina, A. Clasificacion de los derrames quisticos biliosos en la cavidad peritoneal; coleperitoneo. Sem. med., B. Air.. 1925, 32: pt2, 1574-7.—Amorosi, O. La funzionalitil epatica nei coleperitoneo sperimentale. Gior. clin. med., 1933,14: 949-61.— Bernhard, F. Beitrag zur galligen Peritonitis ohne nachweis- bare Perforation. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1931, 231: 804-8.—Biliary peritonitis without visible perforation of gall-bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935,105: 1283— Billi, A., & Greco, T. Contributo alio studio sperimentale delle cosidette peritoniti biliari e all' in- fluenza su di esse, della vagotomia. Clin, chir., Milano, 1934, 37: 42-55.—Birgfeld, E. Beitrag zur Entstehung der perfora- tionslosen galligen Peritonitis. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 2310-2 — Bizard, G., Garraud, R. [et al.] Peritonite biliaire sans perfora- tion apparente des voies biliaires. Echo med. nord, 1935, 3.ser., 3: 563; 702.—Bombi, G. Considerazioni su un caso di peritonite biliare senza perforazione. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1929, 1: no.ll, 29-38. Also Arch. ital. chir., 1935, 39: 425-52.—Brackertz, W. Gleichzeitiges Vorkommen von perforationsloser Gallen- und Bauchspeichelperitonitis ohne Erkrankung des Pankreas, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Pankreasfermentschadigung der Gallenwege. Arch. kiin. Chir., 1931-32, 168: 665-82 — Brocq, P. A propos des peritonites biliaires. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1934, 60: 345.—Brodin, P. Les peritonites biliaires sans perforation apparente des voies biliaires. Rev. crit. path., Par., 1931, 3: ptl, 281-6.—Bundschuh, E. Gleichzeitige Bauch- speichel- und Gallenperitonitis, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kennt- nis der Aetiologie der perforationslosen Gallenperitonitis. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1927, 203-4: 233-56. ----- Zur perfora- tionslosen Gallenperitonitis. Arch. klin. Chir., 1930, 161: 549-57.—Butkiewicz, T. Die gallige Bauchfellentzundung ohne Perforation der Gallenwege. Ibid., 1936, 185: 55-140.—Butta- farri, G. L'influenza della sezione bilaterale sotto-diafram- matica del vago e decorso del coleperitoneo. Arch. ital. chir., 1935, 39: 669-76.—Carli, C. Contributo alio studio della cosi- detta peritonite biliare senza perforazione. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1934, ll.ser., 2: 373-400.—Chamorro, T. A., Coquet, M„ & Becharry, E. Peritonitis biliar en una puerpera reciente. Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: pt,2, 745-8.—Chenut, A., & Guerin, R. Peritonite biliaire g6n6ralis6e avec integrite apparente des voies biliaires. J. m6d. Bordeaux, 1926, 56: 050-2.—Cieza Rodriguez, L. F., Tau, R., & Zabludovich, S. Coleperitoneo hidatico. Rev. As. med. argent., 1934, 48: 1017-26.—Clairmont & von Haberer. Gibt es eine gallige Peritonitis obne Perforation der Gallenwege? Wien klin. Wschr., 1913, 26: 891.—Cope, Z. Extravasation of bile. Brit. J. Surg., 1925-26, 13: 120-9 — B6ve, F. Du r61e provocateur de la bile dans redification de la membrane d'enkystement du choleperitoine hydatique. C. rend. Soc. bio!., 1931, 108: 369.—Bocimo, L. Ricerche speri- mentali sulla fisiopatologia del coleperitoneo. Ann. ital. chir., 1933, 12: 315-52.—Buponchel. Un cas de transsudation biliaire a travers la vesicule non porforfee. Lyon chir., 1924, 21: 599- 602.—Figurelli, G. Sugli efletti della bile pervenuta in cavita peritoneale e sulla interpretazione di essi. Ann. ital. chir., 1932, 11: 641-60.—Finsterer. Gallige Peritonitis ohne nachweisbare Perforation. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1917, 30: 1026—Fisher, E. M. A case of bile peritonitis. Med. J. Australia, 1929, 1: 143.— Fodor, J. Ueber gallige Peritonitis. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1933, BILE 236 BILE 158: 270-82. Also Orvoskepzes, 1933, 23: Jun. kiilonf., 41-50.— Garcia Lagos, H. Peritonitis generalizada sin perforation apa- rente de la vesicula biliar, en el curso de un colico hepatico litiasico. An. Fac. med., Montev., 1927, 12: 681-92.—Gurevich, G. [Biliary peritonitis] Vrach. gaz., 1927, 31: 1202-5—Guyot, J. Les grands epanchements de bile dans le peritoine. J. med. Bordeaux, 19-M, 54: 218.—Hamant & Chalnot. Peritonite biliaire sans perforation. Rev. mCd. est, 1935, 63: 180-2.—Harkins, H. N., Harmon, P. H. [et al.] Mechanism of death in bile peri- tonitis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 691-3. ----- Surgical shock as a lethal factor in bile peritonitis. Proc. Inst. Med. Chicago, 193f,, 11: 56.—Helvestine, F. jr. Bile peritonitis. Virginia M. Month., 1928-29, 55: 88-91—Henschen. Soge- nannte Gallenperitonitis ohne Perforation. Kor. Bl. schweiz. Aerzte, 1915, 45: 503.—Horvat, A. Beitrag zur Aetiologie und Symptomatologie der Gallenperitonitis. Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 815-8.—Izzo, R. A., Aguilar, O. [et al.] Peritonitis biliar en un tuberculoso. Sem. med., B. Air., 1936, 43: 580-2.—Johansson, S. [Biliary peritonitis without perforation of the gallbladder or biliary ducts] Hygiea, Stockh., 1913, 75: 393-402.—Junet, W. Peritonites biliaires sans perforation. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 987.—Kanauka, V. [Biliary peritonitis with- out perforation of the gallbladder] Medicina, Kaunas, 1931, 13: 449-54.—Keszly, S. Ein Fall von cholamischem Cho- laskos. Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54: 2826-9—Krejsa, V. [Etiology of biliary peritonitis] Cas. 16k. cesk., 1927, 66: 742.—Kiittner. Ueber Bepatargie, chronischen Cholaskos und andere proble- matische Krankheitsbilder der Gallenwegschirurgie. Arch. klin. Chir., 1923, 126: 10-36. Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1923, 49: 905; 1176.—Lenormant, C. Un cas de choleperitoine enkyste traumatique. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1926, 52: 1224. ----- Sur les peritonites biliaires. Ibid., 1934, 60: 412.—Leriche. De la transsudation biliaire a travers la vesicule non perforee. Lyon chir., 1923, 20: 543-6.—Marinacci, S. Coleperitoneo con integrita apparente delle vie biliari. Policlinico, 1925, 32: sez. prat., 1422.—Melchior, E. Zur Kenntnis der uerforationslosen (lallenperitonitis. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1934, 243: 458-63. ----- Rosenthal, F., & Wislicki, L. Ueber das Krankheitsbild des Cholaskos. Zbl. Chir.. 1927,54:194-6— Melchior, E., & Wislicki, L. Cholatintoxikation bei galliger Peritonitis. Ibid., 1922-5.— Mentzer, S. H. Bile peritonitis. Arch. Surg., 1934, 29: 227-47 — Mintz, W. Zur sogenannten perforationslosen galligen Peri- tonitis. Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59: 415.—Mondor, H. A propos des peritonitis biliaires sans perforation. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1934, 60: 379-81.—Moons, E. Epanchements biliaires dans le peritoine; sept cas personnels. Bruxelles med., 1929-30, 10: 200-202.—Moulonguet. Discussion sur les choieperitoines sans perforation evidente des voies biliaires. Bull. Soc nat. chir., Par., 1934, 60: 311-8—Nauwerck, C, & Liibke. Gibt es eine gallige Peritonitis ohne Perforation der Gallenwege? Berl. klin. Wschr., 1913, 50: 624-7.—Nogues, A. E. Peritonitis biliar. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1934, 18: 496-503—Norrlin [Biliary peritonitis without perforation of bile-ducts] Hygiea, Stockh., 1915, 77: 17.—Palumbo, E. Sul coleperitoneo. Fol. med., Nap., 1935, 21: 753; pi., passim—Pepi, 0. Contributo alio studio delle peritoniti biliari senza perforazione. Ann. ital. chir., 1931, 10: 410-25.—Pezcoller, A. Contributo alio studio de! coleperitoneo sperimentale. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1933, 39: 814.—Popper, H. L. Zur Entstehung der perforationslosen galligen Peritonitis. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 2837-41.—Power, S. Biliary peritonitis. Brit. M.J., 1935, 2: 948.—Pozzi, G. Sulla causa mortis nella peritonite biliare. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1933, 39: 816-22. ----- Le peritoniti acute, di origine biliare. Boll. Poliamb. Giuseppe Ronzoni, 1933, 7: 25-152.—Ravdin, I. S., Morrison, M. E., & Smyth. C. M. Bile peritonitis and bile ascites. Ann. Surg., 1929, 89: 867-77-Retzlaff, 0. Ueber Gallenergiisse in das Bauchfell und deren Spatfolgen. Arch. klin. Chir., 1928, 153: 745-9.—Rewbndge, A. G. Fat necrosis in bile peritonitis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1930-31, 28: 128. Also Arch. Path., Chic, 1931,12:70-6. Alsorepr. ------ The etiological role of gas-forming bacilli in experimental bile peri- tonitis. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 52: 205-1 l'.—Rosarius, A. Zur Frage der sogenannten perforationslosen galligen Peritonitis. Zbl. Chir., 1934, 61: 1091-3.—Rosenthal, F., Wislicki, L., & Melchior, E. Das Krankheitsbild des Cholaskos, zugleich ein Beweis fiir die Existeuz einer echten Choliimie (Rokitansky-von Leydpn) Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1927, 54: 795-815.—Ruppanner, E. Gallige Peritonitis ohne erkennbare Perforation. Schweiz. med. AVschr., 1928, 58: 717-9. ----- Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Kasuistik der perforationslosen Gallenperitonitis (peritonite biliaire sans perforation) Ibid., 1935, 65: 56-8.—Sabadini. Peritonite biliaire consecutive a une choiecystite lithiasique sans perforation de la vesicule; chol6cystostomie S'uvie de chole- cystectomie; guerison. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1933, 59: 1149-51. ------ & Curtillet, E. Les epanchements biliaires intra-p6ritoneaux (choieperitoines) sans perforation apparente des voies biliaires. J. chir., Par., 1935, 45: 191-232.—Sabbioni, T. Peritonite biliare senza perforazione. Gazz. osp., 1930, 51: 755-9.—Salmon, M. Peritonite biliaire sans perforation visible, consecutive a une choiecystite eberthienne; cholecystostomie. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: S7S-8].—Sarudy, E. [Chole- peritoneum] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1928, 26: 1073-5.—Solcard & Perves. Un cas de peritonite biliaire sans perforation visible. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 828-30.—Tejerina Fothering- ham, W. Patogenia de la peritonitis biliar sin perforation. Bol. Soc cir., B. Aires, 1935,19:8-32— Temesvary, E. [Course of biliary peritonitis] Orv. hetil., 1928, 72: 329-31.—Teplits, V. L. [Diffuse biliary peritonitis] Vest, khir., 1930, 20: 133-42 — Ticozzi.E. Sulla peritonite biliare; contributo clinico estatistico. Arch. Soc, ital. chir., 1933, 39: 730-6.—Tormey, A. R. Biliary peritonitis without apparent perforation. Wisconsin M.J., 1934, 33: 839.—Urbani, L. Le colecistiti filtranti: peritonite biliare senza oerforazione (osservazioni cliniche) Policlinico, 1928, 35: sez. prat., 2549-52.—Velasco Suarez, C, & Negri, A. A proposito de dos observaciones de peritonitis biliar y pancreatitis aguda. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1935, 19: 993-1009—Wagner, F. Bemerkungen zur Arbeit Ueber den Stand der Frage der galligen Peritonitis. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1922, 169: 415—Wangensteen, 0. H. On the significance of the escape of sterile bile into the peritoneal cavity. Ann. Surg., 1926, 84: 691-702.—Werthe- mann, A. Ueber diastatische Ferrnente in der (Jallenblasen- galle und deren Beziehung zur perforationslosen galligen Peri- tonitis und zur postmortalen galligen Imbibition. Verh. Deut path. Ges., 1931, 26: 343-52—Zagarese, F. Sul coleperitoneo e sulla importanza della via linfatica perincurale nella produzione dei disturbi tossici ad esso consecutivi. Ann. med. nav., Roma 1934,40: 78-92. ---- Ferments. Beuing, A. * Ueber das Vorkommen von diastatischem Ferment in menschlicher Galle [Giessen] 13p. 8? Zella-Mehlia, 1929. Erb, K. H., & Bar'h, F. Tryptischcs Ferment im Inhalt exstirpierter Gallenblasen, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Bakterio- logie der Galle. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1925.134: 507-26—Fossel, M, Gallen- und Gallenwcgstudien; iiber die Herkunft der Gallen- amylasen. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1931, 228: 764-8—Hiittl, T., & Ambrus, M. [Pancreatic ferment in the bile] Orv. hetil., 1930, 74: 1229-31.—Popper, H. L. Diastasebefunde in der Galle. Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 1248-50. ----- Untersuchungen iiber das Vorhandensein von Pankreasfermenten in der Galle. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42: 800-3. ----- Pankreasfermente in der Galle. Zbl. Chir., 1929, 56: 2515-7. -----& Selinger, A. Zum Nachweis von Pankreasfermenten in der Galle; Einwir- kungen auf Leber, Gallenwege und Pankreas. Zschr. klin. Med., 1930, 113: 389-94—Wishart, G. M. The existence in the bile of an inhibitor for hepatic esterase, and its nature. Bio- chem. J., Cambr., 1920, 14: 406-17. ---- Metabolism. See also Bile, Secretion. Frey [M. W.] J. *Die Stickstoffausscheidung durch die Galle [Gottingen] 31p. 8? Rostock, 1932. Taaks, G. *Die Stickstoffausscheidung in der Galle unter normalen und krankhaften Bedin- gungen [Gottingen] 12p. 8? Giessen, 1931. Aronsohn, H. G., & Andrews, E. Nitrogen content of the bile of normal and diseased gall bladders Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1935-36, 33: 85-7—Boekelman, A. J. Die Bestim- mung des Stickstoffgehaltes der Galle als diagnostisches Hilfs- mittel bei Erkrankung der Gallenblase. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 65-7.—Brugych, T., & Irger. Ueber die Ausscheidung des Eisens durch die Galle; ein Beitrag zur Physiologie des Eisen- stoffwechsels und zur Physiologie der Galle. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1923, 38: 362-6—Carnot, P., & Cruzewska, Z. I/eiimina- tion des nucl6oproteides par la bile. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 598-600.—Chabrol, E., Maximin, M. [et al.] L'excretion hydrique de la bile et des urines du chien a retat physiologique. Ibid., 1933,113:1348-51—Fox, F. W. The composition of human bile and its bearing upon sterol metabolism. Q.J. Med., Oxford, 1927-28, 21: 107-21—Gillert, E. Ueber die Kalkaus- scheidung durch die Galle. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1924, 43: 539-44.—Greene, C. H., & Snell, A. M. Studies in the metabo- lism of the bile; the sequence of changes in the blood and bile following the intravenous injection of bile or its constituents. J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 78: 691-713—Harpuden, K. Galle und Purinstoffwechsel. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 436-8.—Hunt, E. A., & Boyden, E. A. Is the cystic bile resorbed in toto? Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 645-7—Ipponsugi, T. On the calcium excretion in bile. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1925, 15: 34.— McNee, J. W. Some aspects of the metabolism of the bile. Proc. Path. Soc. Philadelphia, 1924-25, n.s., 27: 85-8—Pucher, G. W., & Sly, G. E. A comparative chemical analysis of fistula bile and gall bladder bile for sugar and non-protein nitrogen fractions. Bull. Buffalo Gen. Hosp., 1928, 6: 3-13.—Ryss, S. Klinische Bedeutung der Gallenstoffwechselbestimmungeri. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929-30, 69: 630-55. -----& Nikolaeff, A. N. Zur Frage des Gallenstoffwechsels. Ibid., 1926-27, 53: 738-68.—Sugiu, K. Ueber die Stickstoffausscheidung in der Galle. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1928, 40: 1505.—Uffreduzzi, 0. Considerazioni sulla circolazione della bile nelle vie biliari intra- ed extraepatiche. Minerva med., Tor., 1934, 25: 145-7. ---- Physical properties. Clerici, A. S. Le caratteristiche spettrofotometriche della bile in presenza di succo panereatico, acido oleico e fosfati. Fisiol. med., Milano, 1935, 6: 8C9-16— Combiesco, B., & Bam- boviceanu, A. Action de la bile de boeuf dans la filtration. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 182-4.—Cserna, I., Engel, K., & Epstein, T. [Optic refraction of bile] Orv. hetil., 1933, 77: 1089-91. Also Arch. Verdauungskr., 1934, 56: 307-11.—Frey, J. Kolloidosmotischer Druck der Galle und Chlorresorption der Gallenblase. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1934-35, 95:13-29—Gautier, C, & Ricard, R. Etude spectronraphique de la bile de boeuf. BILE 237 BILE C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 198: 2026-8—Kodama, S. On the spectroscopic studies of the liver bile. Sei i kwai, 1924, 43; no.2, 21.—Wakabayashi, E., & Nakashima, K. An investigation on the relation between urobilinogen and the color of bile. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1926-27. 9: 343-50—Winkel- stein, A., & Aschner, P. W. Experimental studies on the color of the bile from the gall bladder and liver. Am. J.M. Sc, 1925, 169: 842-50. ---- Retention. See Bile ducts, Obstruction. ---- Secretion. See also Bile acids, Formation; Bile pigments, Formation; Bilirubin, Formation; Liver, Phy- siology. Aron. Observations histochimiques sur la secretion biliaire. 0. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 1154-6.—Baltaceano, G., Vasiliu, C, & Paraschiv, M. H. L'hypophyse anterieure et la secretion biliaire. Ibid., 1934, 117: 279-83—Besuglow, V. P., & Tutke- witsch, L. M. Die Schilddriise und ihr Einfluss auf die Gallen- sekretion und auf den Gehalt der Galle an Cholesterin. Zschr. ges. oxp. Med., 1C33, 87: 52-7—Bizard, G., & Boulet, L. In- fluence de la distension de l'estomac sur la secretion biliaire. C. rend. Soc. biol.. 1934, 116: 763—Brule, M. Les icteres hemo- lytiques acquis et la biligenie extrahepatique. Bruxelles med., 1931-32, 12: 129-36. Also Dia med., B. Air., 1931-32, 4: 876-9 — Bucci, P. Ricerche sulla pressione di secrezione della bile. Fol. med., Nap., 1923, 9: 96-104.—Carnot, P., & Gruzewska. Z. La concentration ionique dc la bile et sa teneur en C O2 pendant la secretion gastrique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 369-73.— Catalanotti, V. Lo stato attuale delle nostre conoscenze sulla biligenesi. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1934, 15: 90-6—Catelani, P. Contributo alio studio sulla biligenesi. Riv. clin. med., 1927, 28: 870-86.—Chabrol, E., & Cachin, M. Recherches cli- niques sur la secretion biliaire; a propos d'une statistique reeente de 300 tubages duodenaux. Presse med., 1935, 43: 425-8 — Chabrol, E.. Charonnat, R. [et al.] La choierese est-elle facteur d'hypertension biliaire? C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932. Ill: 692. ----- Les facteurs hydriques de la choierese. Presse med., 1932, 40: 1880—Chia Lien Yuan. The relation between the biliary secretion and bacilli in duodenum. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1930, 13: 22.—Clara, M. Gallensekretion oder Eiweiss- speicherung? Zschr. Zellforsch., 1934,21:119-33.—Copher, G. H., Dick, B., & Koechig, I. Differences in the bile from the two sides of the liver. Am. J. Physiol., 1928, 87: 510-6.—Cramer, W. On the cellular mechanism of bile secretion and its relation to the Golgi apparatus of the liver cell. J. Physiol., Lond., 1926-27, 62: 74-80— Be Nunno, R. Ricerche sperimentali sulla bili- genesi. Fol. med., Nap., 1933, 19: 630-59. ----- Sui metodi di studio della secrezione biliare. Ibid., 692-720.—Faludi, F, [The relation of bile secretion to the rate of ultrafiltration of the blood] Magy. orv. arch., 1928. 29: 439-43. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928, 61: 133-8. ----- [Bile secretion in relation to hydremia] Orv. hetil., 1928, 72: 991-3. ----- Kolloidstudien tiber Gallen- und Nierensekretion; fiber den Zusammenhang der Hydramie und Gallentreibung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928, 61:121-6. ----- Die Gallentreibung im Zusammenhange mit der Quellung der Kolloide. Ibid., 139-42— Fodera, F. A., & Zuccala, M. Contributi alio studio della bile e della secrezione biliare. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 1081-8—Forsgren, E. Mikroskopische Untersuchungen fiber die Gallenbildung in den Leberzellen. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1927-28, 6: 647-88.----- On the relationship between the formation of bile and glycogen in the liver of rabbit. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1928, 53: 137-51. ----- Ueber Glykogen- und Gallenbildung in der Leber. Ibid., 1929, 55: 144-61. ----- Vierundzwanzig-Stun- den-Variationen der Gallensekretion. Ibid., 1930, 59: 217-25 — Galan, J. C. La secretion biliar; fisiopatologia. Rev. As. med. argent., 1927, 40:161-83.—Greppi, E. Ricerche sperimentali sulla biligenesi. Sperimentale, 1921, 75: 485-530. ----- Cellule del Kupffer e biligenesi. Haematologica, Nap., 1923, 4:453-71.— Hillyard, L. V. The influence of denervation of the liver on the secretion of bile. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1930, 5: 127. Also Am. J. Phjsiol., 1931, 98: 612-4.—Holmquist, A. G. Ueber den Zusam- menhang zwischen der Gallensekretion und der exokrinen Sekretion des Pankreas. Anat. Anz., 1931-32, 73: 23-8—Isobe, H. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gallensekretion. Nagoya J.M. Sc, 1935, 9: 31-56—Josephson, B., & Larsson, H. Ueber die Periodizitat der Gallensekretion bei einem Patienten mit Gallenfistel. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1934, 69: 227-36 — Kodama, S. An experimental study on the secretion of bile. Sc Rep. In^t. Infect. Dis., Tokyo, 1924, 3: 71-81.—Kremer, J. Die Histophysiologie der Gallensekretion. Verh. Anat. Ges., 1932, 41: 132-9. -----■ Die morphologische Gestaltung der Gallensekretion. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1933, 33: 485-524, 2pl.—Lundberg, H. Bile flow and bile pigment output after ^■nervation of the liver. Am. J. Physiol... 1931, 98: 602-4 — Manara, M. Funzione biligenetica. Arch, biol., Genova, 1929, 6: 23-51.—Neubauer, E. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gallen- sekretion. Biochem. Zschr., 1920, 109: 82; passim.—Okada, S. Ueber die Sekretion der Galle. Arch. Verdauungskr., 1923, 31: 373.—Pavel, I., & Radvan, I. [Experimental studies on biliary secretion] Spitalul, 1930, 50: 52-5.—Periti, E. La biligenesi. Riv. osp., 1932, 22: 399-405.—Petrov, J. R. Studien iiber Gallen- sekretion; iiber normale Gallensekretion und Ausscheidung beim Kaninchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1924, 43: 284-90. -----■ Ueber den Einfluss der Abklemmung einiger Blutge- fiisse der Bauchhohle auf die Gallensekretion. Ibid., 1925, 45: 418-23.----- Gallensekretion bei einigen experimentell er- zeugten pathologischen Zustiinden. Ibid., 428-31.—Rabl, R. Untersuchungen zur Morphologie der Gallensekretion. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch.. 1930-31, 23: 71-97.—Robitschek, W., & Turolt, M. Der Sekretionsdruck der Galle beim Menschen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1921, 34: 263—Rolleston, Sir H. The phy- siology of the biliary secretion. Rep. S. Barth. Hosp., Lond., 1923,56:35-47.—Schmulewitsch. Neuer Versuch iiber Gallenab- sonderung. Ber. Sachs. Ges. Wiss., 1868, 20: math. phys. KL, 128.—Singer, G. Zur Sekretion der Galle; Bemerkungen zu der Zuschnft des Herrn Dr. Seizaburo Okada (Tokyo) Arch. Verdauungskr., 1923, 31: 374—Titone, M. Le alterazioni fun- zionali del fegato nelle sindromi associate dell' addome destro (funzione biliare) Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1933, 39: 935-7. Also Clin, chir., Milano, 1933, n.s. 9: 164-80—Tominaga, Y. Unter- suchungen iiber die Beziehungen zwischen Gallenabsonderung und Eierstocken. Biochem. Zschr., 1925, 157: 126-45.—Velden, R. von den. Ueber Choierese. Fortsch. Ther., 1934,10: 680-4 — Watanabe, T. Studien zur Physiologie und experimentellen Therapie der Gallenabsonderung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1924, 40: 201-35—Weill, O. Biligenie hepatique. In Vol. jubil. Soc. sc med. natur. Bruxelles, 1922, 307-31. ----- Biligenie hepa- tique (2»>« memoire) Tr. Lab. physiol. Inst. Solvav, 1912-13, 12: no.3, 213-33. ---- Secretion: Choleretic agents. See also Bile, Metabolism; Bile, Therapeutic use; Bile acids, Therapeutic use; Bile ducts, Drainage; Cholagogues [3.ser.] Stauss, A. *Ueber den Einfluss choleretisch wirksamer Substanzen auf die Leber und deren Beeinflussung durch Hvpophysin. 36p. 8? Frankf. a.M., 1926. Adachi, A. Beobachtunsen tiber die Wirkung von Acetyl- cholin, Pilocarpin, Atropin, Kaliumchlorid, Adrenalin, Cal- ciumehlorid und Nicotin auf die Gallenausscheidung am Gallen- blasecfistel-Hunde. Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 140: 185-202 — Adlersberg, B. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Ein- wirkung des Pituitrins auf Gallensekretion und -entleerung und die Wirkung von Narkoticis auf dieselbe. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1928, 40.Kongr., 401-7. ----- & Noothoven van Goor, J. M. Beeinflussung der Choierese und Cholekinese durch Hypophysenhinterlappenextrakte; Wirkung von Narkoticis auf dieselbe. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928,134: 88-104—Balteceano, G., & Vasiliu, C. L'histamine et la secretion biliaire. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 599-603. ----- A propos de l'histamine et de la secretion biliaire. Ibid., 119: 221-4. ----- La secre- tion biliaire et le regime riche en foie. Ibid., 1936, 121: 1535-7. -----& Angelescu, H. Die Wirkung von Octinum auf die Gallensekretion. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1934-35, 177: 29-33 — Balteceano, G., Vasiliu, G., & Paraschiv, M. H. L'action de la folliculine sur la secretion biliaire. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934,117: 141-3. ----- Les genalcalo'ides et la secretion biliaire. Ibid., 116: 1182-4.—Bouckaert, J. J., & Saadi-Nazim. secretion biliaire apres injection de sels decalcifiants. Ibid., 1927, 97: 359.—Bratianu, S., Bratianu, T., & Solomon, E. Le chondriome de la cellule hepatique est-il modifie par l'augmentation de la biligenese provoquee par le dehydrocholate de soude? Ibid., 1933,112:1496.—Brugsch, T., &Horsters, H. Cholereseund Cho- leretica; ein Beitrag zur Physiologie der Galle; uber die chole- retisehe Wirkung von Chinolinderivaten, insbesondere der Atophanreihe. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1924, 43: 716-40. Also Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2:1538. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1923, 38: 367-97. ----- Syncholie und Syncholika; iiber die Ausschei- dung kiinstlicher Farbstoffe durch Galle und Harn nach Tier- versuchen. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1927, 124: 129-51—Bru- nacci, B. La secrezione della bile nell' uomo; influenza dei vari alimenti sulle qualita della bile secreta. Arch, fisiol., Fir., 1920, 18: 153-65. ----- & Noferi, U. Influenza delle alimentazioni semplici (idrati di carbonio, grassi e pvoteici) sulla quantita. Ibid., 135-51.—Carnot, P., & Coquoin, R. Fixation elective de divers ethers gras sur les cellules biliaires. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 553-5.—Carnot, P., & Gaehlinger, H. Action du chlo- rure de magnesium et des eaux minerales chlorurees-magne- siennes sur la secretion des glandes annexes de 1'intestin. Ibid., 1923, 88: 1129-31.—Ceypek, T. [Effect of various pharmaco- logical stimulants on the secretion of bile] Polska gaz. lek., 1929, 8: 754-9.—Chabrol, E., Charonnat, R. [et al.] Variations de la secretion biliaire sous l'influence des alcaloides modificateurs du systeme nerveux vegetatif. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 7/i4.----- L'action choieretique du Cynara scolymus. Ibid., 1931, 108: 1020-2. ----- L'action choieretique des eom- posees. Ibid., 1100-2. ----- Recherches sur l'excretion com- parative des principes biliaires au cours des choiereses experi- mentales. Ibid., 1934, 116: 481. ----- Les agents therapeu- tiques de la secretion biliaire. Ann. med., Par., 1935, 37: 131- 42.—Chiray, M., & Van den Berghe, R. Effets de sels sodiques de l'acide'phenylquinolene-2-carbonique-4 en injections intra- veineuses sur la choierese saline et pigmentaire chez I'homme (contribution a la pathogenie des icteres dissocies) Arch. mal. app. digest., 1935, 25: 665-80— Cocia.su, E. M. L'action de l'eau de Vichy (Source CClestins) sur la secretion biliaire. C. rend. Congr. internat. lith. biliaire, 1932, 2: 390-3—Conti, F. II in- fluenza del thorotrast sulla biligenesi e sul ricambio idrico. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1932, 13: 957—Correll, J. T., Berg, BILE 238 BILE C. P., & Cowan, B. W. The influence of 1- and dl-tryptophane and kynurenic acid administration on bile volume and composi- tion. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1935,109:24—CoTui.F.W. The com- bined effects of bile salts and oleic acid of choleresis. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 19: 367-71—Couperus, M., & Moor, F. B. The effect of diathermy upon the secretion of bile. Arch. Phys. Ther., 1934, 15: 5-16.—Czarnecki. E. Secretion biliaire plus abondante apres injection intraveineuse de bleu de methylene. C. rend.-Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 442-4.—Belore, P Sur l'influence de la quantite des boissons sur la densite de la bile. Lyon med., 1932, 150: 604.—Be Nunno, R. Influenza del solfato di sodio sulla secrezione biliare. Fol. med., Nap., 1925, 11: 281-95.— Bobreff, M. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung des Brennesselsekretinsauf die Gallensekretion. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1925, 46: 243-62—Elmer, A. W., & Luczynski, Z. L'excre- tion d'iode par la bile, a jeun et apres repas. C. rend. Soc. biol.. 1933, 114: 1340-2.—Gaivoronsky, V. P. [Clinical observations on secretin of bile under the influence of some medicamentsl Vrach. gaz., 1925, 29: 237-9.—Garbat, A. L., & Jacobi, H. G. Secretion of bile in response to rectal instillations. Arch. Int. M., 1929, 44: 455-62.—Halpert, B., Hanke, M. T., & Curtis, G. M. Is sodium salicylate excreted in the bile? Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 1051.—Hemmeter, J. C. Effect of magnesium sulphate on the liver and biliary apparatus. N. York M.J., 1922, 116: 645-8.—Hermann, H., Caujolle, F., & Jourdan, F. Sur 1'elimination de quelques alcaloides et g6nalcalo'ides par les voies biliaires. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1930, 190: 78.—Ignatovski, A. G., & Monoszon, K. I. [Secretion of the bile under the influence of certain foods and medicaments] Vrach. gaz., 1913, 20: 611; passim.—Jacoby, H. Experimentelle Beeinflussbarkeit der Gallensekretion mit diatetischen und physikalischen Massnah- men. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1931, 161: 64-72—Kalk, H., & Nissen, K. Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung der Curcuma (Temoelavac) auf die Funktion der Leber und Galjenwege. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57:1613-5—Kaplan, P. M. Ueber den Einfluss der Arbeit auf die Gallenabsonderungsfunktion der Leber. Arbeitsphysiologie, 1934-35, 8: 695-704.—Karapetjan, O. K. Ueber den Einfluss der Diathermie auf die Gallenab- sonderung (zugleich ein Beitrag iiber den Einfluss von physio- therapeutischen Massnahmen auf die sekretorische und motori- sche Funktion des Magen-Darmkanals) Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1932, 43: 279-90—Karatygin, V. M., 8-64. —--- Methodes de dosage des sels biliaires dans la bile et le liquide duodenal. Bull. Soc. chim. bio!., Par., 1930, 12: 1298- 318. ----- Sur le dosage des sels biliaires dans la bile; dosage gazometriques en un temps; dosage volumetrique par formolti- tration; evaluation du soufre biliaire. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1930, s.ser., 12: 485-98.—Boubilet, H. Determination of cholic acid in bile and in duodenal drainage. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., NA'., 1936, 34: 84-6. ----- Differential quantitative analysis of bile acids in bile and in duodenal drainage. Ibid., 86-8. Also J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 114: 289-308. ----- & Colp, R. Differential bile acid analysis in various pathological conditions. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1936, 34: 326-9—Ebstein, E. Die Gallensaureprobe nach Matthew Hay (1886) Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 33-5.—Foster, M. G., & Hooper, C. W. The metabolism of bile acids; a quantitative method for analysis of bile acids in dog's bile. J. Biol, ("hem., 1919, 38: 355-66.—Gamna, C, & Giordano, C. Studi per la ricerca dei sali biliari nei sangue. Minerva med., Tor., 1925, 5: 140-51.—Gerard, J., & Broun, G. 0. Clinical experiences with a test for bile salts in urine. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 209— Gerrard, W. I. The clinical value of Hav's sulphur test for detecting bile-acids in urine. J.R. Nav. M. Serv., 1926, 12: 206-9.—Giordano, C, & Levi, C. Sulla appiicazione della reazione di fluorescenza con l'acido solforico concentrato alia determinazione quantitativa degli acidi biliari nei liquidi organici. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1928, 52: 15-22. ----- Studi sugli acidi biliari; metodi di ri- cerca nei liquidi organici; osservazioni critiche e metodo per- sonate. Ibid., 1929, 53: 599-621—Goiffon, R., Nepveux, F., & Chaleil. Technique de dosage des sels biliaires dans la bile humaine. C. rend. Soc. bio!., 1936, 121: 425-7.—Gregory, R. A quantitative study of the Pettenkofer reaction for bile salts. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., X.Y., 1926-27, 24: 910. -----& Pascoe, T. A. The quantitative determination of bile acids by means of a new color reaction and monochromatic light. J. Biol. Chem.. 1929, 83: 35-42.—Guzman Barron, E. El dosaje de las sales biliares. Cron. med., Lima, 1926, 43: 13-7—Herzfeld, E., & Haemmerli, A. Die Galle im Stoffwechsel; eine neue quanti- tative Gallensauren-Bestimmungsmethode. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1924, 54: 141-5.—Ignatowsky, A. I. Eine einfache Methode Gallensauren im Serum und Harn nachzuweisen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1922, 35: 958.—Jenke, M. Ueber die Her- kunft der Gallensauren; Methodik der Bestimmung der Gallen- sauren, des Cholesterins und des ubrigen Unverseifbaren in der Hundegalle. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 130: 280-91.----- Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit Zur polarimetrischen Gallensaure- bestimmung in Korperflussigkeiten und Organen von F. Rosen- thal. Ibid., 1931, 159: 180-2. ----- Richtigslellung zu der Arbeit: Vergleichendes iiber die Methoden der Gallensaurebe- stimmung von Dr. G. Rosenthal. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 76:325; Erwiderung von G. Rosenthal, 327.-----& Steinberg, F. Ueber den Nachweis der Gallensauren im Blut. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1930, 153: 244-56.—Josephson, B. The deter- mination of cholic acids in blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1935, 29: 1519-24.—Labat, A., & Camplan, Y. Sur la recherche des sels biliaires par la reaction de Hay et par mesure de tension super- ficielle. J. m6d. Bordeaux, 1928, 58: 705-8.—Lang, K., & Lueken, B. Eine titrimetrische Mikromethode zur Bestimmung der Cholsaure in der Galle. Biochem. Zschr., 1934, 273: 446-51 — Lichtman, S. S. A new procedure for the estimation of bite salts in body fluids based on bile salt hemolysis. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 107: 717-30. Also repr—Lifschutz, I. Zur Bestim- mung der gallensauren Salze im Blut. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 171: 501.—Lukasiewicz, K. [Methode for quantitative determi- nation of biliary acids in urine] Lek. wojsk., 1935, 25: 229-33 — Malaguti, A. II dosaggio dei sali biliari nei sangue con la reazione fosfo-vanillica. Diag. teen, lab., Nap., 1935, 6: 705-31—Naka- gawa, S., & Fujikawa, H. Eine neue quantitative Mikrobestim- mungsmethode der Gallensauren in der Galle. J. Biochem., Tokyo, 1930,12: 399-410.—Peoples, S. A. A simplified method for determining bile salts in bile. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 30:1117-20.—Perlzweig, W. A., & Barron, E. G. New colori- metric method for determination of bile acids in blood. Ibid., 1926-27, 24: 233.—Ranzoli, G. Contributo alia ricerca e al dosag- gio degli acidi biliari nell' urina. Boll. chim. farm., 1934, 73: 81-3.—Raue, F. Ueber den Gallensaurestoffwechsel; eine neue Methode zur quantitativen Schatzung der Gallensauren. Zschr. klin. Med.. 1925, 102: 79-85.—Reinhold, J. G., & Wilson, D. W. The determination of cholic acid in bile. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 96- f37-4fi. Also repr.—Rosenthal, F. Zur polarimetrischen Gallensaurenbestimmung in Korperflussig- keiten und Organen. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1930, 157: 165-77. -----& Falkenhausen, M. von. Beitrage zur Physiologic und Pathologie der Gallensekretion; iiber eine quantitative Bestim- mung der Gallensiiuren in der menschlichen Duodenalgnlle. Ibiu., Lpz., 1923, 98: 321-38. ----- Ueber eine quantitative Bestimmung der Glykocholsaure und Taurocholsaure in der menschlichen Duodenalgalle. Klin. Wschr., Berl., 1923, 2: 1111-4—Rosenthal, F., & Lauterbach, F. Beitrage zur Physio- logie und Pathologie der Gallensekretion; iiber eine quantitativa kolorimetrische Bestimmung der Gallensauren in menschlichen Korperflussigkeiten. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1924, 101: 1-16.— Rosenthal, F., & Wislicki, L. Ueber eine quantitative Bestim- mung der Gallensauren im Blut. Ibid., 1926, 117: 8-23 — Rosenthal, G. Vergleichendes uber die Methoden zur Gallen- saurebestimmung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 74: 396-414.— Rowntreo, L. G., Greene, C. H., & Aldrich, M. Quantitative Pettenkofer values in blood with special reference to hepatic disease. J. Clin. Invest., 1927-28, 4: 545-53.—Sakamoto, I., & Fujikawa, H. Eine Kritik der Nakagawa-Fujikawaschen roten Mikrohestimmunesmethodc der Gallensauren in der Galle. J. Biochem., Tokyo, 1931, 13: 309-19— Scheinfinkel, N. Pru- ning der Frage des Nachweises von Gallensauren im Blute mit Hilfe der spektrophotometrischen Methode. Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 265: 380-5—Schenck, M., & Recchke, J. Lasst sich die Van Slykcsche Methode der Aminostickstoffbestimmung bei Derivaten von Gallensiiuren anwenden? Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1933, 216: 81-90— Schmidt, C. L. A., & Bart, A. E. The estimation of bile acids in bite. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 45: 115-21— Scott, L. B. A new colorimetric method for the deter- mination of biliary acids in body fluids: with a note on their alleged presence in normal blood. J. Lab. Clin. M.. 1934, 19: 523-39—Siillmann, H., & Schaub, L. Die Bestimmung der Gallensauren mit Hilfe des Stufenphotometers. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 251: 369—Szilard, P. Eine kolorimetrische Me- thode zur quantitativen Bestimmung der gallensauren Salze im Blute. Ibid., 1925, 159: 325; 1926, 173: 440—Tashiro, S. Determination of bile salts in the blood. Cincinnati J.M., 1923, 4:197-201.-----A colorimetric method of determination of bile salts in the blood. Med. Bull. Univ. Cincinnati, 1924, 3: 6.-----Tietz.E. B., & Tange, U. Quantitative studies on the Pettenkofer reaction of different bile salts and of blood filtrate. Ibid.. 1931. 6: 51-61 ---- Effects. Haberer, A. * Ueber die Wirkung der Gall- seifen. 13p. S? Giessen, 1919. Ritterband, H. *Beitrag zur Wirkung der Gallensauren. 26p. 8? Berl., 1926. Adler, A. Ueber Verhalten und Wirkung von Gallensauren im Organismus; eine experimentelle und klinische Studie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1925, 46: 371-424. ----- & Schmid, E. Ueber Verhalten und Wirkung von Gallensauren im Organis- mus; Einwirkung von Gallensauren auf gleichzeitig mitinjizierte hepatotrope Farbstoffe. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 1690.— Adlersberg, B., & Neubauer, E. Ueber die Beeinflussung von Galle, Blut und Harn durch Zufuhr von Dehvdrocholsaure. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1925-26. 48: 291-305.—Bratianu, S., Solo- mon, E., & Bratianu, T. Action du dehydrocholate de soude sur la cellule hepatique du lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 1494-6.—Breithaupt. Zur Wirksamkeit der Gallensauren^ Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 1529—Cavallaro, V. Sull' azione dei sali biliari. Gior. clin. med., 1932, 13: 290-4.—Coquelet, O. Action des sels biliaires sur le systeme nerveux central. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 114-7. ----- Action des sels biliaires sur les nerfs peripheriques. Ibid., 118-20.—Kaziro, K. Biologische Untersuchungen der Gallensauren. J. Biochem., Tokvo, 1927, 7: 293-310.—Lichtman, S. S., & Stern, E. L. Influence of bile salts on the nervous system following intraspinal usage. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 1201-4—Macht, D. I. The behavior of rats after injections of bile salts, urea, creatin, and creatinin. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1923, 22: 117-22 —Minnibeck, H. Ueber die Gallensauren in den Fazes und deren Beziehung zur Fettresorption bei Kindern. Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 257: 160-70.—Neubauer, E. Ueber Verhalten und Wirkung von Gallensauren im Organismus. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 2150.—Osterhout, W. J. V. Decrease of permeability and antago- nistic effects caused by bile salts. J. (Jen. Physiol., 1919, 1: 405-8. Also repr.—Pohl, J. Physiologische Wirkungen neuer Gallensauren. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1922. 30: 423-31—Regan, J. F., & Horrall, 0. H. The physiologic action of dehydrocholic acid. Am. J. Physiol.. 1932, 101: 268-73—Robuschi, L., & Costantini, A. L'action du taurocholate de soude sur la per- meabilite du placenta et sur l'anaphylaxie hereditaire. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1935, 7: 11-7.—Tashiro, S., & Oliver, S. Note on antagonistic power of gly cerol and cholesterol to bile salts in gastric ulcer formation. Med. Bull. Univ. Cin- cinnati, 1931, 6: 100.—Tommaselli, A. Ricerche sulla azione del colato di sodio sulla funzione motoria dell' utero. Riv. pat. sper., 1930, 5: 522-6, pi.—Trincas, M. Gli effetti dei sali biliari sulla motilita intestinale. Gior. clin. med., 1933, 14: 428-35.— Tsuruta, T. Antagonistic action of various lipids to bile salts on frog muscles. Med. Bull. Univ. Cincinnati, 1931, 6: 117-23. ---- Effects, cardiovascular. Adlersberg, B., & Taubenhaus, M. Blutdruck, Blutcho- lesterin und Diurese nach Zufuhr von Gallensauren. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 176: 400-5.—Baltaceano, G., & Vasiliu, C. Le tauro- cholate du sodium et les zones reflexogenes sino-carotidiennes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 1552-5.—Beccari, L. Azione del- l'acido colico sul cuore. Mem. Accad. sc. Ist. Bologna, 1932-33, 8.ser., 10: 123-7.—Benard, H., : pt2, 669-72.—Moulonguet, P. Un cas de lithiase cholodo- cienne ayant dure sept ans Arch. mal. app. digest., 1934, 21: 1076.—Nogueira, P. Calculose do choledoco (revisao de 22 casos) Rev. As. paul. med., 1935, 7: 13-20 —Oberthur, H. Lithiase du choledoque. In Delbet, P.: Oeuvres, Par., 1932, 279-86 — Pauchet, V. Lithiase du choledoque. Paris chir., 1925, 17: 28- 31.—Petinto, M. P. de. A proposito de un caso de calculous biliar, con calculo gigante en el coledoco. Med. ibera, 192s, 22: pt2, 269-71.—Polya, J. [Choledochus calculi in congenital ab- sence of gall bladder] Orv. hetil., 1935, 79: 715-8.—Rowlands, R. P. Stones in the common bile-duct. Lancet. Lond., 1932, 1: 975-7.—Segura, G. Litiasis primitiva del coledoco. Sem med., B. Air., 1923, 30: pt2, 619-26.—Sherren, J. Stone in the common and hepatic ducts. Lancet, Lond., 1923, 2: 7. Also Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1923-24, 17: sect, surg., 15-8— Shier, R. V. B. Common duct stone. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1934, 31: 385-9.—Smith, P. La lithiase chotedocienne. Union med. Canada, 1930, 59: 640-5.—Snell, A. M., & Comfort, M. W. Un- usual clinical syndromes associated with stone in the common bile duct. Am. J. Digest. Dis., 1934, 1: 312-s — Trias Pujol, J. Calculos del coledoco. Rev. espan. med. cir., 1929, 17: 70-3.— Walters, W. Stones in the common hepatic bile-ducts. Med. Clin. N. America, 1929, 9: 915. ----- An unusually large stone in the gallbladder obstructing the common bile duct. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1929, 9: 916-8. ----- Pathologic physiology of stone in the common bile duct: clinical and sur- gical significance. Proc. Inst. Med. Chicago, 1936, 11: 60. ---- Calculus: Complications. Abrahamsen, H. [Dextrose therapy of liver lesions due to stone of the common bite duct (prophylactic and postoperative)] Ugeskr. laeger, 1930, 92: 649-52.—Alglave. Absence de vesicule biliaire avec calcul du choledoque. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1928. 54: 926.—Aloi, V. Idrope della cistifellea e calcolosi del coledoco senza sintomi. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1926, 32: 467-71.— Brule, M. L'ictere dans la lithiase de la voie biliaire principale. Rapp. Congr. internat. lith. biliaire, 1932, 1: 258-76. Also Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 1877-80. ----- Moulonguet-Doleris [et al.] Obstruction lithiasique du choledoque persistant depuis trois ans; cirrhose cholostatique. Arch. mal. app. digest., 1934, 24: 1017-25.—Carnot, P., & Caroli, J. Calcul choledociens; ictere par retention; ulcere perfore du duodenum. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1935, 3.ser., 51: 415-9.—Cascino, R. Due casi di cole- docotomia per asportazione di calcoli biliari da penetrazione di elminti nei coledoco. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1927, 6: 223-5 — Budley, G. S. Choledocholithiasis and chronic pancreatitis without jaundice. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1931, 11: 677-8.— Forni, G. Sulle alterazioni della cistifellea in otto casi di calcu- losi del coledoco. Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1924, lO.ser., 2:333-6 — Ishiyama, F. Ein Fall von kongenitaler Agenesie der Gallen- blase mit Choledochussteinen. Arch. klin. Chir., 1927, 149: 183-6.—Kelly, J. A. Chronic cholecystitis, cholelithiasis with common duct stone, chronic pancreatitis, pleural adhesions. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, 8: 969-71—Kruimel, J. P. [Gall- stone complications caused by a variation of common duet] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: pt2, 4655-8.—Laroche, G., & Ron- neaux. Calculs de la vesicule biliaire et du choledoque. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1922,10:100-4.—Leyro Biaz, J. Calculo voluminoso del coledoco con escasa ictericia. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1923,7: 635-41.—Loyer. Choiecystite calculeuse avec calcul inclus dans te choledoque. Arch. med. pharm. nav., 1933, 123: 545-7.—McYicar, C. S., & Weiss, J. F. Jaundice due to stone in the common duct, associated with carcinoma of the right breast. Med. Clin. N. America, 1928-29, 12: 1528-30.—Mallet-Guy & Heitz. Lithiase du choledoque et list ule spontanee cholecysto- duodenale. Lyon med., 1928, 111: 356.—Masciottra, R. L., & Ambrosino, N. Peritonitis biliar, complication de litiasis coledociana. Sem. med., B. A i r., 1930, 37: pt2, 256-9.—Melchior, E. Hydrops des gesamten Gallensystems nach 30stundigem Steinverschluss des Choledochus. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 135-8 — Melnick. Hepatodocholithiasis. Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1935, 38: 22.—Ramond, L. Ictere chronique par obstruction calcu- leuse de choledoque. Presse m6d., 1927, 35: 1515.—Savariaud. Lithiase du choledoque et kyste hvdatique de la face inferieure du foie. Bull. Soc nat. chir., Par., 1923, 49: 286-8— Snell, A. M., & Comfort, M. W. Unusual clinical syndromes associated with stone in the common bile duct. Collect. Papers Mayo Clin., 1934, 26: 93-5—Snell, A. M., & Walters, W. Hemolytic icterus complicated by recurring calculous obstruction of the common bile duct. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1936, 11: 6-8— Sbderlund, G. A case of stone in the bite tracts, with cystic dilatation and diver- ticulum of the common bile duct. Acta chir. scand., 1925, 59: 253-70.—Sohn, A. In den Choledochus perforierter Pankreas- abs/.ess als Komplikation von Cholelithiasis: Heilung durch Operation. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1926, 136: 746-57— Stepp, W. Chronischer lkterus durch Choledochusstein ohne Koliken. Deut. med. Wschr., 1930, 56: 745.- -Tedenat. Calculs primitifs du choledoque0 calculs intrahepatiques. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1927, 53: 896-9—Thevenard. Tumeur apyretique a con- tenu muqueux, de la vesicule biliaire par occlusion calculeuse du canal choledoque. Paris chir., 1922, 14: 97-107.—Zeckendorf, K. Urobilin in the stool in eases of stone occlusion of the common bile duct. Ars. medici, Wien, 1933, 11: 339-41. ---- Calculus: Diagnosis. Allen, A. W. The diagnosis and treatment of stones in the common bile duct. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1936,62: 347-57—Barbier, L. Enorme calcul de l'hepato-choiedoque ayant 6volu6 sans BILE-DUCT, COMMON 245 BILE-DUCT, COMMON symptomes. Lyon med., 1923, 132: 826— Benard, H., & Caroli, J. Le diagnostic fonctionnel des icteres chroniques par reten- tion; obstruction calculeuse du choledoque et hepatite lithia- sique icterigene. Paris med., 1932, 83: 450-4.—Bouchacourt, L. Un cas de radio-diagnostic de lithiase du canal choledoque. J. radiol. electr., 1924, 8: 458.—Brule, M. Quelques difBcuItes de diagnostic des calculs du choledoque. Medecine, Par., 1923-24, 5: 779-81.—Carter, R. F. The differential diagnosis in recurring attacks of jaundice from common duct stone and pancreatitis; with reference to bile sand. N. York J.M., 1933, 33: 944.— Chaton, M. Manifestations cliniques d'un calcul incarcere, mais mobile dans la voie biliaire principale (lithiase du choledoque sans ictere) Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par.. 1928, 54: 310-3.—Chiray, M., & Begos, R. La lithiase dissimutee du choledoque et des gros canaux hepatiques. Presse med., 1927, 35: 369-72.—Belbet, P. Diagnostic des calculs du choledoque. Rev. med. fr., 1929, 10: 15-28. ----- Calculs du choledoque; diagnostic. Rev' gen. clin. th6r., 1932, 46: 819-21—Buval, P., & Beclere, H. Un nouveau cas de calculs du choledoque visihles a la radiographie Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1922, 10: 128.—Ginzberg, L. Lipiodol in diagnosis of retained common bile-duct stone \nn Surg., 1932, 96: 174—Haggard, W. B. The diagnosis and man- agement of stones in the common duct: review of 50 cases J Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81: 709-13.—Hartmann. Calcul du chole- doque probable. Rev. g6n. clin. ther., 1923, 37: 455—Klingen- stein, P. Asymptomatic common-duct stones. Ann. Surg., 1931, 93: 1146-51. -Laroche, G., ' ™.edl lnt "• B',Alr- 1926> 2: 345-53.-Besiacques, R. rh£ sensibilizzatrice della bilirubina. Boll. Soc. ital biol sper 1930, 5: 352-6, ch.—Bencsik, F., Gaspar, A. [et al.] Weitere Un- tersuchungen tiber die Wirkung von Bilirubin auf die Zahl der roten Blutkorperchen. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 225: 278-85.— Clementi, A., & Condorelli, F. Nuove proprieta biologiche dei pigmenti biliari; potere emolitico e potere agglutinante della bilirubina. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 482-5. ----- Variazioni del potere emolitico e del potere agglutinante della bilirubina per aggiunta di siero di sangue o di sali biliari. Ibid., 486-8. ----- Influenza dell' ione Ca e di altri cationi sul potere emoagglutinante ed emolitico della bilirubina. Ibid., 1933, 8: 1548. Also Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1930, 56: 240-8. Also Bio- chem. Zschr., 1931, 238: 278; 1933, 266: 221.—Horrall, O. H. Bili- rubin, a nontoxic substance; experimental study of bilirubin in heart-lung preparations. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1928-29,14: 217-24.— Kerti, F., & Stengel, F. Ueber die Einwirkung des Bilirubin auf das Blutbild der weissen Maus. Zschr. ges. exp. Med 1929-30, 69: 577-99.—Popper, L. Ueber die Einwirkung von Bilirubinzufuhr auf das Blut. Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 1770. ---- Estimation. Laur, L. *Les techniques modernes de bili- rubimetrie plasmatique; leur comparaison. 48p. 8? Par., 1930. Wauthier, R. *Les variations de la bilirubi- nemie evaluee par une methode colorimetrique (application a l'examen fonctionnel du foie) 109p. 8? Par., 1928. Acel, B., & Goldgruber, G. [Mechanism of the bilirubin test] Orv. hetil.. 1932, 76: 679. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1932, 84: 787-94.—Adler, E., & Strauss, L. Beitrag zum Mechanismus der Bilirubinreaktion im Blut. Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 2285; 1923 2- 932. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1924, 44: 26-42; passim.— Bakalchuk, M. I. [Simplified method of quantitative determi- nation of bilirubin in blood serum] Vrach. dielo, 1926, 9: 522 Also Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 2263.—Beccari, E. La specificita della reazione diazoica per la ricerca e il dosamento della bili- rubina nei siero. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1930. 1: 725-37.— Beccari, L. Intorno ad una reazione caratteristica della bili- rubina (comunicazione preventiva) Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 332.—Bensley, E. H. Estimation of plasma bilirubin; a comparative study of the van den Bergh and the Thannhauser and Andersen procedures. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 19: 1122-6.— Br0chner-Mortensen, K. [Quantitative, photometric determi- nation of bilirubin-contents in the blood] Ugeskr. lseger, 1934 96: 482-7.—Chabrol, E., Charonnat, R., & Busson, A. Etude comparative des differentes ntethodes chotemimetriques C rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 692-4—Cheney, G. The value of blood bilirubin estimations in the differential diagnosis of cere- brovascular accidents. Am. J.M. Sc, 1930, 180: 24-30.—Bavis, G. E., & Sheard, C. The spectrophotometric investigation and determination of bilirubin; with a consideration of oxyhemo- globin and its effect on the estimation of bilirubin. J. Lab Clin M., 1934, 19: 593-608— Biamond, J. S. The value of routine estimations of blood bilirubin; with a report of 567 cases includ- ing a group of unrecognized toxic hepatitis. Am. J.M. Sc, 1928, 176: 321-31.—Enriques, E. Determinazione quantitativa della bilirubina nei sangue; suo valore diagnostico nella calcolosi epatica. Riv. crit. clin. med., 1923, 24: 353; 369.—Ernst, Z., & Forster, J. Ueber die Bestimmung des Blutbilirubins. Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 2386-8—Famulari, S. Sul dosaggio della bili- rubina sanguigna. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1932, 3: 212-8. ----- Studi sugli itteri; comportamento e valore clinico delle diverse frazioni di bilirubina sanguigna. Biochim. ter. sper., 1934, 21: 217-21.—Ferrari, G. Su alcuni metodi recenti di do- saggio della bilirubinemia. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1933, 4: 696-716.—Fiessinger, N., & Walter, H. Les proced6s modernes de bilirubintetrie sanguine. Ann. med., Par., 1928, 24: 178-201. ----- La bilirubimetrie plasmatique: son but, sa technique, ses enseignements. Nutrition, Par., 1931, 1: 225-60.—Franke, K. Methylenblau, ein einfaches sehr empfindliches Reagens zum Nachweis von Bilirubin. Med. Klin., Berl., 1931, 27: 94-6.—Ganskau, F. [Methods of quantitative determination of bilirubin in the blood] Vrach. gaz., 1928, 32: 499-504—Gerard, M. J. Recherches experimentales sur l'epreuve de bilirubin6mie provoqu6e; influence du blocage du systeme reticuloendothelial. Rev. beige sc. med., 1931, 3: 217-26—Giordano, A. S., & Eager, B. The quantitative estimation of bilirubin in the blood serum or plasma. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1936, 6: 286-92—Glass, J. [A simple clinical method of estimating the quantity of bilirubin in the blood] Polska gaz. lek., 1928, 7: 664.—Grassnickel, W. Die Bestimmung und Bedeutung des Bilirubins im Blutserum der Pferde. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1926, 54: 479-507—Hasel- horst, G. Eine neue quantitative Bestimmungsmethode von Bilirubin im Blutserum. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1921, 68: 174-6.—Heinib, P. Bilirubinstudien an Kindern; Methode Kerppola-Leikola. Acta paediat., Upps., 1932-33, 14: 453-73 — Heller, R. Zur Frage der Bilirubinbestimmung im tierischen und menschlichen Serum. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 87: 17-21.—Herzfeld, E. Ueber eine einfache Bilirubinbestimmungs- methode im Blutserum. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1922, 139: 306-9. ----- Beitrage zur Methodik von quantitativen Bili- rubinbestimmungen. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 251: 394.—Holzer, P., & Mehner, H. Ueber quantitative Bilirubinbestimmungs- methoden im Blute. Klin. Wschr., 1922,1: 66—Jendrassik,L., & Czike, A. [Determination of bilirubin contents in the blood Orv. hetil., 1928, 72: 215. Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 430.—Kaplan, E. M., & Kalugin, M. N. [Examination of the serum bilirubin in various diseases of children] Pediatria, BILIRUBIN 295 BILIRUBIN Moskva, 1929, 13: 305-16.—Kasakov, V. I. [New quantitative determination of bilirubin in the blood] Soviet, vrach. gaz., 1934, 38: 804.—Kerppola, W., & Leikola, E. Zur Chemie des Bilirubins; tiber den Nachweis des Bilirubins und dessen farbiger Oxydationsprodukte und tiber die quantitative Bestim- mung derselben. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1929, 55: 260-6. -----Die Bestimmung des Bilirubins in den Korperflussig- keiten, mit seiner Eigenfarbe und der Diazofarbe als Masstab; ein neues, quantitatives Extraktionsverfahren. Acta med. scand., 1932, 78: 24-41.—Krupski, A., & Almasy, F. Ueber die kolorimetrische Bestimmung des Serumbilirubins und die Lichtextinktion des Azobilirubins. Biochem. Zschr., 1935, 279: 424-32.—Laemmer, M., & Beck, J. Dosage de la bilirubine dans le sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934,116: 368-71. Also Presse m6d., 1934, 42: 858-60—Lenskaya, P. I., & Lifshits, M. S. [Clin- ical importance of quantitative and qualitative determination of bilirubin in blood] Vrach. dielo, 1925, 8: 102-9.—Lepehne, G. Die klinische Bedeutung der Bilirubinbestimmung im menschlichen Blutserum. Deut. med. Wschr., 1923, 49: 641-3.—Liakhnitzky, G. [Quantitative determination of bili- rubin in the blood serum] Vrach. dielo, 1929, 12: 809.—Mac- cherini, I. Sul valore di alcuni metodi clinici per la determina- zione della bilirubina nei siero di sangue. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1931, lO.ser., 6: 343-6—May, C. E., Martindale, R., & Boyd, W. F. The isolation and detection of bilirubin. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 104: 255-7. Also repr.—Mertens, E. Qualitative und quantitative Bestimmung des Bilirubins. In Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl., 1933, 2: l.Hiilfte, 619-44—Meulen- gracht, E. Determination quantitative de la bilirubine dans les cas de bilirubinemie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 84: 153-5. ----- Ein Bilirubinkolorimeter behufs klinischer Bestimmung der Bilirubinmenge im Blute. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1921, 137: 38-46. Also Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 623. Also Ugeskr. laeger, 1921, 83: 655; 1927, 89: 352.—Mikhailov, K. F., & Speranski, N. I. [Estimation of bilirubin in blood] Klin, med., Moskva, 1923, 2: 50-3.—Mirgay, A. Verfahren zur Beseitigung der Fehler bei Bestimmung des Blutbilirubins. Verh. ungar. arztl. Ges., 1936, 8: 1.—Monasterio, G. Neue Reaktionen des Bilirubins im Blutserum. Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 1772.—Muller, P., & Engel, L. Ueber die Bestimmung des Gallenfarbstoffs im Blutserum. Ibid., 2304.—Nichols, M. S., & Jackson, J. W. Permanent color standards for blood bilirubin. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1929-30, 15: 672-7.—Perkin, F. S. Blood bilirubin; estima- tion and clinical significance. Arch. Int. M., 1927, 40:195-203.— Peter, J.R. Gesamtfarbstoff und Bilirubin in normalem menschli- chen Blutserum (ein Beitrag zur spektrophotometrischen Be- stimmung der Serumfarbstoffe) Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 262: 432-60.—Pickens, M., & Bauman, L. The estimation of bili- rubin in blood serum. J. Lab. Clin. M„ 1932,17: 820.—Piotrow- ski, G. De la bilirubinemie; moyens d'estimation—valeur diagnostique. Presse med., 1925, 33: 1222-4.—Poggio, G. Ri- cerche cliniche sulla bilirubinemia. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1921- 22, 1: 576-95.—Rahier, C. Le dosage de la bilirubine par une methode spectrophotontetrique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 1172-4.—Rhamy, B. W. Estimation of bilirubin in the blood as an index of liver function. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1927, 20: 212-4.— Roch, M. Ueber Methylenblau als Reagens zum Nachweis von Bilirubin. Med. Klin., Berl., 1931, 27: 589—Sabatini, G. Un nuovo metodo chimico per la ricerca della bilirubina, con speciale applicazione alio studio della bilirubinemia. Policlinico, 1922, 29: sez. prat., 837-42.—Shattuck, H. F., Killian, J. A., & Preston, M. A comparison of the quantitative methods for the bilirubin of the blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1926-27, 12: 802-10—Sheard, C, Baldes, E. J. [et al.l Spectrophotometric determinations of bilirubin. Am. J. Physiol., 1926, 76: 577-85.—Sheard, C. S., Mann, F. C, & Bollman, J. L. Spectrophotometric determina- tions of purified bilirubin. Ibid., 1927, 81: 774-81.—Smolinski, J. [Value of colorimetric determination of bilirubin in blood serum] Polska gaz. lek., 1927, 6: 699-701.—Stein, J. Reaction histochimique stable de detection de la bilirubine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 1136-8. Also Rinasc. med., 1935, 12: 343 — Sternberg, M. Zum Nachweis des Bilirubins. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 171: 217.—Strauss, L. Ueber die klinische Bedeu- tung der Bilirubinbestimmung im menschlichen Serum mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Gallenblasenerkrankungen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1923, 49: 376-9. -----& Adler, E. Unter- suchungen zum Mechanismus der Bilirubinreaktion im Serum bei Erkrankungen des Blutes und der Leber. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1922, 34. Kongr., 81-4.—Sudo, J. A simplified quantitation of bilirubin and a differential diagnosis of various types of jaundice. Bull. Nav. M. Ass. Japan, 1928,17: no.27, 2 — Sulle, J. [New method of determination of bilirubin in serum] Orv. hetil., 1931, 75:161.—Takats, G. von. Die klinische Bedeu- tung der Blutbilirubinbestimmung. Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 1733.—Tecon, R. M. Le dosage de la bilirubine sanguine et sa signification clinique. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1936, 56: 193- 220—Thannhauser, J. S., & Andersen, E. Methodik der quan- titativen Bilirubinbestimmung im menschlichen Serum; tiber die Ehrlich-Proscher'sche Reaktion. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1921, 137: 179-86— Thiel, A., & Peter, 0. Grundlagen und An- wendungen der Absolutkolorimetrie; die absolutkolorimetrische Bestimmung des Bilirubins im Serum. Biochem. Zschr., 1934, 271: 1-8—Varela-Fuentes, B., Viana, C, & Recarte, P. La bili- rubine indirecte du serum et son extraction par le chloroforme; discussion des techniques proposees par de Castro et par Kerppola et Leikola. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 903-8—Vazquez, A., Goyanes Alvarez, V., & Mathet, E. Metodo rapido y preciso para la determination de la bilirubinemia. Arch, med., Madr., 1933, 36: 744.—Vogl, A., & Zins, B. Eine einfache Methode zum Nachweis pathologischer Bilirubinamie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1922, 18: 667. Ueber eine neue Bilirubinreaktion im *.>**, »t>. uui. ----- ueuei eme neue uiuruDinreaKiion im Serum. Wien. med. Wschr., 1922, 72: 36—Weltmann, 0., & Jost, F. Eine Verbesserung der quantitativen Bilirubinbestim- mung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 1125-7. ---- Estimation: Hijmans van den Bergh's method and icterus index. Miranda, E. R. *La reacci6n de Hijmans van den Bergh en clinica; estudios sobre 115 casos observados [Chile] 60p. 8? Santiago, 1930. Pomainville, F. *The icteric index and other tests in relation to hepatic function and visible pigmentary changes [S. Agnes'Hosp.] lip. 4? Fond du Lac, Wis., 1929. Adler, A., & Meyer, E. Ueber die bei der Bilirubinbestim- mung im Serum nach Hijmans van den Bergh auftretenden Fehlerquellen und deren Beseitigung. Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 2468-70.—Barchi, L. Contributo clinico alia prova dell' Hij- mans van den Bergh. Gior. clin. med., 1926, 7: 81-99.—Beccari, E. La specificita della reazione diazoica per la ricerca della bili- rubina. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 671-4.—Biondi, G. Contributo clinico sperimentale ed interpretazione della reazione di Hijmans van den Bergh. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. med., 497-508— Bollman, J. L., & Mann, F. C. The van den Bergh reaction in jaundice following complete removal of the liver. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1929, 4: 261.—Bonar, B. E. The icterus index in the new-born infant. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1935, 50: 1143-51.— Breh, F. On the technic of Meulengracht's icteric index deter- mination. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 20: 201.—Brown, A. L. A rapid clinical method for the determination of the icterus index. Arch. Path., Chic, 1927, 3: 409.—Cantarow, A. The van den Bergh reaction and the bromsulphalein test in the estimation of hepatic functional impairment. Am. J.M. Sc, 1932, 184: 228-40.—Chabrol, E., Charonnat, R., & Busson, A. Sur la valeur senteiologique de la reaction d'Hijmans van den Bergh. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 606-8. ----- La diazo-reaction limite pratiquee directement sur le serum sanguin. Ibid., 608-11. ----- Le dosage des pigments biliaires du sang; la diazo-reaction limite. Presse med., 1932, 40: 193-5.—Chabrol, E., Charonnat, R., & Bany. Recherches sur la diazoreaction limite. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 269.—Chiray, M., & Thiebaut, F. Nouveau procede de dosage de la bilirubine sanguine par la methode de Hijmans van den Bergh modifiee. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1929, 3.ser., 53: 598-601. Also Paris nted., 1929, 71: 490-3.— Chrometzka, F. Ueber die Norm des Bilirubinspiegels des Menschen und die Hyperbilirubinamie; zur Kritik der quan- titativen Bilirubinbestimmung im Serum des gesunden und kranken Menschen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 67: 475-81 — Comfort, M. W. The significance of nonhemolytic elevation in the concentration of serum bilirubin giving an indirect van den Bergh reaction. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1935, 10: 270-82.—Cutten, C, Emerson, E. E., & Woodruff, W. The icterus index; spectro- photometric and quantitative studies. Arch. Int. M., 1928, 41: 428-44.—Baddi, G. Sopra un nuovo diazoreagente (sale potas- sico dell' isoparanitro-diazobenzolo O2NC6H4—N=N—OK) per la ricerca della bilirubina. Riv. clin. med., 1931, 32: 83; 1932, 33: 431.—Bavis, B. The determination of the icterus index with capillary blood. Am. J.M. Sc, 1926, 172: 848-53.—Be Castro, U. Le basi flsico-chimiche della reazione diretta ed indiretta nella prova di Hijmans van den Bergh. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1929, 8: 543-61. ----- Neue Methode zur Einzel- bestimmung des direkten und indirekten Blutbilirubins. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 67: 673-82—Be Martini, A. Sopra un nuovo metodo per il dosaggio della bilirubina nei siero di sangue. Riforma med., 1922, 38:1136.—Be Micheli, E., & Greppi, E. La ricerca del pigmento biliare nei sangue mediante la diazo- reazione; valore pratico e significato clinico della prova. Arch. pat., Bologna, 1923, 2: 58-67.—Bominici, G., & Marengo, G. Studi sulla bilirubinemia; osservazioni generali intorno alia metodica. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1933, 57: 505-22. ----- Ri- cerche sul meccanismo della reazione diazoica. Ibid., 523-66. Also Minerva med., Tor., 1934, 25: pt2, 523-5—Elton, N. W. Physiology, correlations, and technic of the van den Bergh reaction, icterus index, and quantitative serum bilirubin. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1931, 17: 1-13. ----- The van den Bergh reaction (ring test technic) and hemoglobin-bilirubin interrela- tion in icterus neonatorum. Ibid., 1934-35, 20: 817-26—En- riques, E. Modiflcazioni alia tecnica della reazione di van den Bergh. Riv. crit. clin. med., 1923, 24: 377—Eriksson, Z. Bili- rubinstudien bei Icterus epidemicus. Acta paediat., Upps., 1927-28, 7: Suppl.2, 275-85.—Farahaugh, C. C, & Medes, G. A new set of potassium dichromate standards for determination of the icterus index. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1928-29, 14: 681—Fow- weather, F. S. Bilirubin and the van den Bergh reaction. Bio- chem. J., Lond., 1932, 26: 165-82.—Frigyer, L. Ueber verglei- chende Bilirubinbestimmungen mit der Methode von E. Herz- feld und H. van den Bergh. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 532-5 — Gherardini, G., & Be Cinque, G. Reazione di Hijmans van den Bergh e suo valore diagnostico diflerenziale. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1925, 6: 729-44.—Gibbon, J. W. The van den Bergh test in diagnosis of the biliary apparatus. South. M.&S., 1927, 89' 327-30.—Gibson, R. B., & Goodrich, G. E. Determination of plasma bilirubin; a modified van den Bergh procedure. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 31: 413-5—Godfried, E. G. The technique to be selected for determination of bilirubin in blood by the diazo-method. Biochem. J., Lond., 1935, 29: 1337-9.— Grulee, C. G., & Mebane, A. The van den Bergh test for icterus BILIRUBIN 296 BILIRUBIN in the blood of infants. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1925, 37: 35 — Hall, W. W. The van den Bergh reaction for serum bilirubin, with notes on interpretation and technic. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1926-27, 12: 529-35—Harrop, G. A., & Barron, E. S. G. The na- ture of the van den Bergh reaction. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1929, 44: 143-7.—Hayashi, H. Etude de la reaction de van den Bergh sur la bilirubine du sang. Presse med., 1929, 37: 720.— Hejda, B. [Method of determination of bilirubin in the blood and criticism of Hijmans van den Bergh's method] Cas. tek. cesk., 1933, 72: 1718-20.—Hijmans van den Bergh, A. A. La recherche de la bilirubine dans le plasma sanguin par la methode de la reaction diazoique: reaction prompte et reaction ralente. Presse nted., 1921,29:441-3. -----& Grotepass, W. [Improved method for the determination of bilirubin in the serum] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 259-64. Also Brit. M.J., 1934, 1: 1157-9.—Hijmans van den Bergh, A. A., & Muller, P. Ueber eine direkte und eine indirekte Diazoreaktion auf Bilirubin. Biochem. Zschr., 1916, 77: 90-103.—Hollos, L. Indirekte Reak- tion des Bilirubins bei mechanischer Gelbsucht. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 1455.—Hubbard, R. S., & Allison, C. B. Comparison of the icteric index and the direct van den Bergh tests. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 438—Hunter, G. On the deter- mination of bilirubin by the diazo-reagents. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1930-31, 11: 407-14.—Jones, H. W. Pigment metabolism and the van den Bergh test to differentiate obstructive and non- obstructive jaundice; with 5 case reports. Med. Clin. N. America, 1922-23, 6: 1089-95.—Kerppola, W., & Leikola, E. Zur Chemie des Bilirubins; tiber das Wesen der sogenannten direk- ten und indirekten Diazoreaktion und die Anwendung der Reaktionen zur Bestimmung des Bilirubins. Acta med. scand., 1931, 76: 479-90.—Lee, W. E. The surgical value of the estimation of the bile pigment (icterus index) of the blood stream. Progr. Med., Phila., 1923, 4: 235.—M'Gowan, J. P. Some aspects of the van den Bergh test for bilirubin. Edinburgh M.J., 1929, n.s., 36: 242-8—McNee, J. W., & Keefer, C. S. The clinical value of the van den Bergh reaction for bilirubin in blood; with note on improvements in its technique. Brit. M.J., 1925, 2: 52-4.—Marino, S., & Recchia, F. La reazione di Hijmans van den Bergh nella diagnostica diflerenziale degli itteri da stasi e da emolisi, parallelamente al comportamento dei sali biliari e della colesterina del sangue. Baglivi, Fir., 1935, 1: 342-61.— Mera, A. Valor de la reaction de Hijmans van den Bergh como prueba funcional hepatica. Arch. Fac. cienc. med., Quito, 1932, 1: 221-32.—Milroy, G. W. The icterus index of the blood serum. Lancet, Lond., 1929, 1: 1189-91—Murray, H. S. E. The sedi- mentation test and icterus index; a few observations on their uses in a mental hospital. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1930, 76: 85-90.— Nakashima, K. The clinical study of the quantitative bilirubin measurement in blood (bilirubin index) with special reference to its clinical value. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1926-27, 9: 327-41.—Nation, E. F., & Meyers, V. C. Carotenemia; its influence on the validity of the icteric index. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 31: 620.—Paterni, L. Osservazioni ed espe- rienze sulla reazione di van den Bergh. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1929,8:141-62.—Pigford, R. C. Simplified apparatus and technic for the determination of the icterus index. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1927-28, 13: 658.—Read, H. Una modification tecnica a la reac- tion de van den Bergh. Gac. nted. Caracas, 1933, 40: 317 — Rhamy, B. W., & Adams, P. H. A new standard for the van den Bergh test. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1927-28, 13: 87—Roberts, W. M. Observations on the nature of the van den Bergh reaction. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1928, 9: 107-12.—Rockwood, R., & Szczypin- ski, A. A modification of the icterus index. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1926-27, 12: 813.—RouiUard, J. Dosage de la bilirubinemie par des methodeB colorimetriques simples (indice biliaire du serum ou du plasma) Medecine, Par., 1925-26, 7: 767-71.—Segall, G., & Terry, M. C. The van den Bergh test and the icterus index. California West. M., 1928, 28: 352-6—Shay, H., & Schloss, E. M. The van den Bergh reaction; a comparison of technics. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1929-30, 15: 292-5.—Smoira, J. Ueber vergleichende Bilirubinbestimmungen mit der Methode von E. Herzfeld und van den Bergh. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 1410.—Snider, H. F., & Reinhold, J. G. A new interpretation of the van den Bergh reaction. Am. J.M. Sc, 1930,180: 248-55.—Stetten, Be W. The surgical value of the estimation of the bile pigmentation (icterus index) of the blood serum. Ann. Surg., 1922, 76: 191-200 — Taylor, R. The icterus index in children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1927, 34: 989-93.—Varela Fuentes, B., & Esculies, J. Nouvelle methode pour la separation et le dosage des deux bilirubines (directes et indirectes) du s6rum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 884-7.—Varela Fuentes, B., & Viana, C. Aplicacion del mfetodo para dosificar por separado las bilirubmas, directa e indirecta del suero, al diagnostico etiologico de las ictericias. Arch. urug. med., 1934, 4: 211-32. ----- La bilirubina indi- retta etere-estraibile in 10 casi di itterizia. Biochim. ter. sper., 1935, 22: 180-3. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 1518-20 — Vergombello, C. L'indice itterico nei siero di sangue nei bam- bini. Rinasc. med., 1928, 5: 787-9.—Voinov, V. [Icterus index, its definition and diagnostic and prognostic significance] Vrach. gaz., 1928, 32: 508-11.—Walter, H. L'indice biliaire plasmatique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 660—Weltmann, 0., & Huckel, H. Untersuchungen tiber den Mechanismus der direkten und indi- rekten Bilirubinreaktion. Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 1393; 1929; 25: 560—White, F. B. On serum bilirubin: the diazo reac- tion as a quantitative procedure. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1932, 13: 76-85. ----- The relationship between the bilirubin content of serum from different types of jaundice and the icterus index of the serum after removal of proteins. Ibid., 1933, 14: 17-24.— Yampolsky, L. B. [Hijmans van den Bergh's qualitative reac- tions; semeiological value] Soviet, klin., 1933,19: 203-12. ---- Estimation—in bile, urine, &c. Freund, E. *Bilirubinbestimmungen im Blut- serum und in Korperflussigkeiten [Zurich] 17p. 8? Wien, 1922. Petrovich, L. *Etude sur le dosage et les variations de la bilirubine dans le sue duodenal preleve par tubage. 64p. 8? Par., 1924. Adler, A., & Jeddeloh, B. zu. Zur feineren Diagnostik der Leber- und Gallenwegserkrankungen; Bilirubin und seine Deri- vate in Blut, Harn und Stuhl Leberkranker. Deut. Arch, klin, Med., 1929, 164: 129-46.—Bollman, J. L., & Caylor, H. B. Bili- rubin content of gallbladder bile in cholecystic disease. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1927, 2: 49. Also Arch. Path., Chic, 1927, 3: 993-1001.—Colangiuli, A., & Franzini, P. Dosaggio della bili- rubina nei liquidi organici. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1936, 7: 169-76.—Baddi, G. Sulla ricerca della bilirubina nella pelle degli itterici. Riv. clin. med., 1931, 32: 501-6—Elton, N. W., & Beutsch, E. Concentration and precipitation of bili- rubin in the gallbladder and bile ducts; experimental studies on cats and dogs. Arch. Path., Chic, 1933, 15: 818-27.— Enriques, E., & Sivo, R. Neues Verfahren zur Bestimmung des Bilirubingehaltes von Seren und Duodenalsaften. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 169: 152-60.—Ferranti, F., & Pisani, G. I dosaggio della bilirubina nei liquidi dell' organismo col diazoreagente di Daddi. Riv. clin. med., 1931, 32: 353-7.—Franke, K. Haut- farbe und Uringallenfarbstofle beim Ikterus; quantitative Bestimmung von Bilirubin und den hoher oxydierten Gallen- farbstoffen im Urin. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 79: 107-24. ----- Beziehungen zwischen Hautfarbe und Ausscheidung von Bilirubin und Biliverdin im Urin beim Ikterus. Ibid., 125-33.—Gamier, M., & Giroire, H. Sensibilite compar6e des reactions de Gntelin et de Grimbert pour la recherche de la bili- rubine dans Purine. Paris med., 1926, 59: 483-5.—Giaume, C, & Lanza, P. Determinazione quantitativa della bilirubina nei meconio e nelle feci del lattante. Pediatria (Riv.) 1929, 37: 519-34.—Godfried, E. G. Clinical tests for bilirubin in urine. Biochem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 2056-60.—Greco, A. Un nuovo metodo per la ricerca qualitativa e quantitativa della bilirubina nelle urine col diazoreattivo di Daddi. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1931, 2: 925-32.—Haussman, F. O., & Pissmarev, M. M. [De- termining bilirubin in urine by extraction with chloroform; experimental proof of bile pigment, passing from the urine dur- ing jaundice being bilirubin] Ter. arkh., Moskva, 1934, 12: 259-69.—Hoitink, A. W. J. H. [Simple and sensitive test for bili- rubine in urine] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 2928-30.—Jego- roff, K. Ueber Nachweis von Bilirubin in der Haut Ikterischer. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 539—Julesz, M., & Winkler, E. [Bilirubin in serum and in lymph of cantharidine blistersl Orv. hetil., 1933, 77: 217-20.—Kerppola, W. Extraction method for quantitative determination of bilirubin in different body fluids. Acta med. scand., 1932, 79: suppl.50, 277-80.—Laemmer, M., & Beck, J. Dosage de la bilirubine dans Purine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 166-9—Naumann, H. N. Studies on bile pigments; a new test for bilirubin in the urine and its use for detection of bilirubin in normal urine. Biochem. J., Lond., 1936, 30: 762-4.—Peterman, E. A., & Booley, T. B. The use of hydrogen peroxide in the quantitative estimation of bilirubin in bile. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 19: 743-8.—Reiche, F. Die wich- tigsten Proben auf Bilirubin im Harn. Med. Klin., Berl., 1930, 26: 1710.—Sivo, R., & Forrai, E. Ueber die Zersetzlichkeit von Bilirubinlosungen, zugleich ein Beitrag zum Bilirubinnachweis im Urin. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 189: 168-71.— Terwen, A. J. L, [Quantitative estimation of bilirubin in the urine] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: ptl, 128-131—Varela Fuentes, B., Recarte, P., & Rubino, P. Methode pour le dosage de la bilirubine de la bile. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 1661-4.—Yakovleva, A. P., & Schwartz, L. S. [Determination of bilirubin and cholesterol in the duodenal juice in various jaundices] Klin, med., Moskva, 1931, 9: 701-4. ---- Excretion. See also Liver, Functional tests. Lohr, P. *Ueber Leberfunktionspriifung durch Gallenfarbstoff. 19p. 8? Frankf. a.M., 1932. Bensley, E. H. The renal threshold of bilirubin. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 103: 71-9.—Bergmann, von. Die Ausscheidung intravenos gegebenen Bilirubins durch die Leber. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 1994.—Br0chner-Mortensen, K. [Bilirubin injection as test for liver function] Ugeskr. laeger, 1934,96:892-9. Also Acta med. scand., 1935,85: 1-32.—Cotti, L. L'influenza della somministrazione di insulina sull' eliminazione del bilinogeno (ricambio emoglobinico) Boll. Soc. med. chir. Pavia, 1934, 48:33-40. -----& Gandellini, A. Ricerche sull'eliminazione del ferro e del bilinogeno nelle feci e nelle urine. Ibid., 1932,46: 515.—Bemole, M., & Grosgurin, J. Influence de glucose sur l'hyperbilirubinemie provoquee. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934,116: 12-4.—Brouet, L. L'hyperbilirubinemie provoquee par la sptenocontraction a l'adr6naline. Ibid., 1929,102:9-11.— Eilbott, W. Funktionsprtifung der Leber mittels Bilirubinbelastung. Zschr. klin. Med., 1927, 106: 529-60.—Furtado, B., & da Costa, J. F. A prova de von Bergmann-Eilbott no diagnostico funcio- nal do figado. Lisboa med., 1930, 7:83-7.—Gerard, J. Influence du glucose sur l'epreuve de bilirubinemie provoquee. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 125-7—Haessler, H„ Rous, P., & Broun, BILIRUBIN 297 BILIRUBIN G. 0. The renal elimination of bilirubin. J. Exp. M., 1922, 35: 533-52—Harrop, G. A., jr., & Barron, E. S. G. The excretion of intravenously injected bilirubin as a test of liver function. J. Clin. Invest., 1930-31, 9: 577-87—Heimann, F. Ueber Bili- rubinbelastungen bei Herbivoren unter normalen und patholo- gischen Bedingungen. Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 263: 316-22.— Hikage, T., & Takane, S. Ueber den Einfluss der verschiedenen Narkotika auf die Ausscheidungszeit des intravenos injizierten Bilirubins. Verh. Jap. chir Ges., 1929, 30: 3.—Jankelson, I. R., & Gargill, S. L. Bilirubin liver function test. N. England J.M., 1931, 204: 547; 549. Also repr.—Kleinknecht, A., & Breyfus, C. Une nouvelle epreuve fonctionnelle du foie (von Bergmann-Eilbott) Paris nted., 1927, 65: 81. ----- Explo- ration fonctionnelle du foie par l'epreuve de l'hyperbilirubinemie artificielle. Ibid., 1929, 71: 90-8—Medda, E. L'iperbilirubi- nemia provocata nello studio della funzionalita epatica del bambino. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1930, 12: 189-207.—Okada, T. Studien iiber die Bilirubin-Ausscheidung der Leber. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1933, 23: 567-71.—Oviedo Bustos, J. M. Hiperbili- rrubinemia provocada para la exploration funcional del higado. Actas Congr. nac. med., Rosario, 1934, 5: pt4, 45-64.—Potick, B. Higado y remocion de la bilirubina y de los colorantes de fta- leina inyectados en la sangre. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1931, 7: 535-44. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 324-6.—Rabinowitch, I. M. The renal threshold of bilirubin. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 97: 163-75. Also repr.—Royer, M., & Speroni, A. Influencias reciprocas de la bilirubina y urobilina sanguineas en su elimacion biliar. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1936, 12: 57-61.—Simici, B., & Popesco, M. L'6volution quantitative de la bilirubinemie au cours de l'ictere catarrhal et salvarsanique traite comparative- ment avec ou sans insuline; considerations sur le seuil de l'elimi- nation renale de la bilirubine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1084.—Soffer, L. J. Bilirubin excretion as a test for liver function during normal pregnancy. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1933, 52: 365-75.—Sotgiu, G. Rapporti tra glicemia e bilirubinemia; tra funzione glicogenica e funzione biliare. Arch. stud, flsiopat; ricambio, 1934, 2: 341-68.— Sullivan, C. F., Tew, W. P., & Watson, E. M. The bilirubin excretion test of liver function in pregnancy. J. Obst. Gyn., Lond., 1934, 41: 347-68.—Tanaka, H., & Homma, M. Influence of low atmospheric pressure on the excretion of bilirubin. Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo, 1936, 25: no.3,1.—Velde, J. van de. Remarques concernant l'6preuve de la courbe de bilirubinemie provoquee (dite de Von Bergmann- Eilbott) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 1059-62.—Vilardell, J. L'epreuve de Eilbott et von Bergmann dans l'exploration fonctionnelle du foie. Kev. med. chir. mal. foie, 1931, 6: 321-43. Also Rev. med. Barcelona, 1931, 15: 52-75.—Wespi, H. Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Beeinflussung der Biliru- binausscheidung im Urin durch Gallensaure. Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 1820; 1936, 15: 942. ---- Formation. Ascoli, M., & Fioretti, A. Sul sito di formazione della bili- rubina. Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1928, 54: 180; 192.—Brule, M., & Garban, H. Les travaux recents sur I'origine de la bili- rubine. Gaz. hop., 1925, 98: 101-5.—Castro, U. de. Sur la con- ception unitaire et dualiste de la bilirubine du sang. Presse med., 1929, 37: 1151.—Be Nunno, R. Ricerche sulla pretesa formazione della bilirubina nella milza sopravvivente. Fol. med., Nap., 1933, 19: 590-602.—Boljanski, L., & Koch, 0. Der Blutfarbstofl und die lebende Zelle; zur Frage der Bilirubin- bildung in vitro. Virchows Arch., 1933, 291: 390-6.—Ernst, Z., & Hallay, E. Zur Frage der Bilirubinbildung durch Ferrnente und Bakterien. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 78: 325-36 — Gottlieb, R. Bilirubin formation and the reticulo-endothelial system; the Kupffer cells and their relation to the reticulo- endothelial system. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1934, 30: 256-8.----- Anatomical block of the reticulo-endothelial system. Ibid., 365-7.—Hinglais, H. L'origine chimique de la bilirubine et le role de la cellule hepatique dans sa formation. Presse med., 1926, 34: 1030-3. ----- Les theories recentes sur I'origine extra-ttepatique de la bilirubine et leur application a la physio- logie normale. Ibid., 1078-80.—Isibasi, M., Okada, T., & Uzi, T. Stammt das Blutbilirubin bei Choledochusunterbindung von der Galle ab? Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1934, 24: 181-4.—Javillier, M, De 1'hematine a la bilirubine et a l'urobiline. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1926, 8: 664-703.—Kirkovic & Russew, R. Zur Bili- rubinfrage. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 172.—London, E. S., & Kryzanowskaja, L. J. Der Ort der Bilirubinbildung nach Ver- suchen an angiostomierten Hunden. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1934, 227: 229-32.—Mann, F. C. The extrahepatie formation of bili- rubin. Erg. Physiol., 1925, 24: 379-98. ----- The site of formation and source of bilirubin. Arch. Path., Chic, 1926, 2: 516-27. Also repr. ■-----Sheard, C. [et al.] The site of the formation of bilirubin. Am. J. Physiol., 1925, 74: 497-510. ----- Studies on the physiology of the liver; the liver as a site of bilirubin formation. Ibid., 1926,77: 219-24. ---— & Bollman, J. L. An evaluation of the relative amounts of bilirubin formed in the liver, spleen, and bone marrow. Ibid., 78: 384-92. ----- The formation of bilirubin. Minnesota M., 1926, 9: 227-9.— Matthieu, J. The site of formation of bilirubin. Am. J. Phy- siol., 1931, 98: 262-5.—Maugeri, S. Die pulmonogene Entste- hung des Ikterus; Beitrag zur Kenntnis der extrahepatischen Bilirubinbildung. Beitr. path. Anat., 1931, 86: 375-86, pi. ----- Sulla formazione estraepatica di bilirubina. Gior. clin. med., 1931, 12: 239-48.—Montanari, A., & Bracaloni, E. Ricerche sul luogo di formazione della bilirubina. Riv. clin. med., 1931, 32: 480-8. •----- Intorno al problema della genesi extraepatica della bilirubina; ricerche sperimentali nei eoniglio operato di epatectomia subtotale. Ibid., 1932, 33: 705-22 — Ohveira Frias, C. de. Sur la bilirubigenie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 542-4.—Oppenheimer, E. H. Experiments on the extrahepatie formation of bilirubin. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1924, 35:158-60. Also repr.—Papendieck, A. Zur Frage des Vorkommens von ausserhalb der Leber gebildetem Bili- rubin; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Bewertung der Ehrlich-van den Berghschen Diazo-Reaktion. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 350.— Piticariu, I., & Engler, L. Recherches sur I'origine de la bili- rubine. Bull. Soc nted. hop. Bucarest, 1926, 8: 41-7.—Popper. Bilirubine canaliculaire et bilirubine cellulaire; essai sur la bili- genie. Ibid., 1923, 5: 5-7.—Rich, A. R. Experimental studies concerning the site of origin of bilirubin. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1923, 34: 321-9. Also Proc. Path. Soc. Philadelphia, 1924-25, n.s., 27: 35-7.—Robecchi, E. Ittero e bilirubinogenesi. Minerva med., Tor., 1931, 22: pt2, 764-8.— Soejima, R. Ueber die extrahepatische Bilirubinbildung. Arch. klin. Chir., 1927, 149: 206-12.—Taniguchi, K. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den Bildungsort des Bilirubins. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928,130: 37^8. Also Fukuoka acta med., 1928, 21: 22.— Tsunoo, S., & Nakamura, H. Ueber die Bilirubinbildungsfahigkeit der uberlebenden Milz von mit Thoriumdioxydsol behandelten Hunden. J. Biochem., Tokyo, 1930,12:133-8.—Velde, J. van de. Formation de la bilirubine aux depens des produits de degrada- tion de l'ltemoglobine injectes par voie intraveineuse. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 1197-9.—Verzar, F., & Zih, A. Bilirubin als ein mogliches hamopoetisches Hormon. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 1031. ---- Metabolism. Bouckaert, J. P., & Appelmans, R. La courbe de disparition de la bilirubine injectee chez le chien par voie intraveineuse. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 843-5.—Chabrol, E., Busson, A., & Gachin, M. La bilirubine de reserve. Paris med., 1934, 91: 429-33—Meyer, E., & Adler, A. Ueber den Bilirubinstoff- wechsel bei Neugeborenen; ein Beitrag zur Frage des Icterus neonatorum. Zbl. Gyn., 1924, 48: 1514-20.—Oritsu, T. Ueber die Speicherung des ins Blut injizierten Bilirubins durch die Retikuloendothelien. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1934, 24: 192-6.— Royer, M. La absorcion de la bilirubina por al intestino. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1936, 12: 45-9.—Sackey, M. S., Johnston, C. G., & Ravdin, I. S. Fate of bilirubin in the small intestine. J. Exp. M., 1934, 60: 189-98. Also repr.—Scholderer, H. Das Verschwinden von in die Blutbahn injiziertem Bilirubin aus dieser und der Einfluss der Milz hierauf. Biochem. Zschr., 1933,257:137-44. ----- Untersuchungen iiber die Resorption von Bilirubin aus dem Darm. Ibid., 145-50. ---- in blood. See also Bilirubin, Estimation; Blood, Bile in. Heinio, P. *Ueber den Einfluss von Blutin- jektionen auf den Icterus neonatorum und den Bilirubingehalt des Blutes. 77p. 8? Helsinki, 1931. Also Acta Soc. med. Duodecim., 1931, ser.B., 14: no.2, 1-77. Koch, J. *Ueber das Vorkommen des Bili- rubins im Blutserum und des Uribilins in den Faezes von Rindern, Kiilbern, Schafen und Schweinen [Zurich] 34p. 8? Villmergen, 1927. ■ Bauer, J., & Spiegel, E. Ueber das Bilirubin im Blute und seine pharmakologische Beeinflussbarkeit. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1919, 129: 17-40.—Birch, C. A. The clinical significance of the bilirubin of the blood. Liverpool Med. Chir. J., 1932, 40: 64-9.—Blankenhorn, M. A. Non-dialyzable bile pigment in plasma. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1920, 35: 204-7.—Botzian, R. Beitrage zum Bilirubingehalt des menschlichen Serums bei Gesunden und Kranken. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1920, 32: 549-66.—Br0chner-Mortensen, K. [Research on the fluctua- tions of bilirubin contents in the serum after mealsl Ugeskr. laeger, 1934, 96: 1058.—Be Martini, A. Osservazioni sulla ques- tione della bilirubina sanguigna e sue dimostrazioni. Riforma med., 1922, 38: 314-6.—Famulari, S. Studi sugli itteri; su alcuni aspetti fisico-chimici della bilirubina sanguigna. Biochem. ter. sper., 1934, 21: 222-6. ----- Sulla natura della bilirubina san- guigna etere-estraibile. Ibid., 1935, 22: 220.—Fiessinger, N., Jourdain, V., & Toisoul, B. Contribution a l'etude de la bili- rubine dissimutee en circulation sanguine. Presse med., 1929, 37: 1245-9.—Forster, J. Ueber die normalen Werte des Bili- rubingehaltes im Blutserum. Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 1689. -----■ & Forstner, B. Ueber das Blutbilirubin. Zschr. klin. Med., 1926, 103: 703-14. Also Magy. orv. arch., 1926, 27: 455-65.—Grunenberg, K. Ueber die Differenzierung des Serum- bilirubin durch seine Chloroformloslichkeit. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1923, 31: 119-46.—Giindell, H. von, & Jacobi, I. Ueber den Austausch von Bilirubin zwischen Blut und Liquor. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1926, 153: 215-22.—Heinio, P. Ueber das gegenseitige Verhalten des Blutbilirubins und der Erythrozyten sowie des Hamoglobins bei Icterus neonatorum. Acta paediat., Upps., 1932-33, 14: 474-502.—Horowitz, E. A., & Kuttner, T. T. Blood bilirubin in ectopic treatment. Am. J. Obst., 1927, 14: 731-42 —Hughes, T. A. Observations on the bilirubin content of the blood serum. Ind. J.M. Res., 1924-25, 12: 403-8—Jacobi, M., Finkelstein, R., & Kurlen, R. Serum and plasma bilirubin; a comparative quantitative study of 100 cases. Arch. Int. M., 1931, 47: 759-63—Jores, A. Untersuchungen tiber die rhyth- BILIRUBIN 298 BILIRUBIN mische Tatigkeit der menschlichen Leber (die 24-Stunden- variationen des Blutbilirubins, des Harnurobilinogens und des Harnfarbwertes) Zschr. klin. Med., 1935-36,129: 62-9.—Julesz, N., & Winkler, E. Studien tiber das Serum- und Gewebssaft- bilirubin; qualitative und quantitative Verschiebungen im Bilirubingehalt zwischen Serum und Cantharidinblaseninhalt bei verschiedenen Ikterusformen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 87: 658-78.—Landau, A., & Held, J. Sur les etats morbides avec hypobilirubinemie. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1926, 3.ser., 1: 637-9.—Leoni, A. La bilirubina negli essudati e trasudati in rapporto al sangue. Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1930, 5 n.s., 32:11-23.—Meyer, E. C. Ueber den Einfluss der Nahrungs- aufnahme auf den Blutbilirubingehalt. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1921-22, 138: 321-9. ----- & Heinelt, H. Ueber den Einfluss des Galleflusses und der Nahrungsaufnahme auf den Bilirubingehalt des Blutes und die Urobilinogenausscheidung mit dem Urin. Ibid., 1923, 142: 94-109.—Meyer, P. Sur quel- ques proprtetes de la bilirubine serique dite anltepatique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 1611-3—Orten, J. M., & Smith, A. H. Serum bilirubin content of the blood of rats consuming a ration deficient in inorganic salts. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1936, 34: 72-4.—Pietra, P. Natura e significato clinico delle due bilirubine nei siero di sangue. Minerva med., Tor., 1923, 3: 233-8—Rubino, M. C, Varela, B., & Rubino, P. Capacite d'absorption du s6rum sanguin pour la bilirubine; influence des sels; action spetifique des sels d'ammonium. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 1281-4—Scherk, G. Ueber den Bilirubinspiegel des Blutes und der Gewebe. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 476.—Schiff, L. Serum bilirubin in health and disease. Arch. Int. M., 1927, 40: 800-17.—Sivo, R. Der normale Bilirubinspie- gel in menschlichen Seren. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 189: 159-61. Also Fol. clin. chim., Bologna, 1928, 3: 1-4.—Varela-Fuentes, B., & Munilla, A. Bilirubine du serum de quelques vertebres. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934,117: 555-7.—Varela-Fuentes, B., & Rubino, M. C. Capacite d'absorption du serum sanguin pour la bili- rubine pure. Ibid., 1932, 111: 527-31. -----& Viana, C. Sur la nature de la bilirubine indirecte etltero-extractible des s6rums icteriques. Ibid., 1935, 118: 1520-4.—Varela-Fuentes, B., & Viana, C. A propos d'une nouvelle forme de bilirubine indirecte du serum icterique: la bilirubine etltero-extractible. Ibid., 1933, 114: 786-8.—Winkler, E., & Julesz, N. Studien tiber das Serum- und Gewebssaftbilirubin; das Verhaltnis des Serum und Ge- webssaftcholesterins zum Serum- und Gewebssaftbilirubin. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933,87:679-82.—Yde, A. On the amounts of serum bilirubin in diseases of the mind. Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1935, 10: 629-40. ---- in blood; Hyperbilirubinemia. See also Bilirubin—in pregnancy; Jaundice. Arellano, J. M. Estudio de la bilirubinemia en la malaria. Cron. med., Lima, 1928, 45: 144-7.—Bang, F. [Bilirubinemia as a symptom of appendicitis and of extravasation of blood (ic- terus neonatorum)] Ugeskr. laeger, 1926, 88: 952-6. Also Gyn. obst., Par., 1926, 14: 223-32.—Barron, E. S. G. Bilirubinemia. Medicine, Bait., 1931, 10: 77-133.—Bauer, J. [Physiologische Bilirubinamie] Wien. med. Wschr., 1919, 69: 798.—Beltrametti, L. La bilirubinemia alimentare e le sue variazioni in rapporto alle diverse diete. Arch. ital. app. diger., 1931-32, 1: 577- 91.—Berat, A. Considerations sur la bilirubinemie. Ann. Soc. nted. Gand, 1934,13: 315-28.—Bernheim, A. R. The signifi- cance of variations of bilirubinemia. Arch. Path., Chic, 1926, 1: 747-58.—Cuny, L. La bilirubinemie et la signification clinique de ses variations. Rev. prat, biol., Par., 1927, 20: 193-203.— Czike, A. [Sodium tetraiodophenolphthalein as cause of bili- rubinemia] Orv. hetil., 1929, 73: 89. Also Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1928,162: 292-6.—Be Flora, G. La bilirubinemia ottenuta mediante la splenocontrattura come saggio funzionale nei tuber- colotici. Riforma med., 1931, 47: 1179-82.—Be Gregorio, E., & L6pes Valiente, E. Bilirubinemia en sifilografia. Arch, med., Madr., 1934,37:1089-93—De Micheli, E. Studi sulla bilirubinemia. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1924, 3:42-56.—Dominici, G., & Marengo, G. Studi sulla bilirubinemia; la bilirubinemia dei primi giorni di vita e la patogenesi dell' ittero benigno dei neonati. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1933, 57: 569-93.—Brouet, P. L. L'hyperbilirubi- nemie par spteno-contraction a adrenaline; son intertt comme test de l'insuffisance hepatique. Bull. Soc. nted. h6p. Paris, 1930, 3.ser., 46: 110-2. -----& Florentin, P. Recherches expe- rimentales sur les variations de la bilirubinemie par la spteno- contraction a l'adrenaline chez le cobaye. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 102: 845—Fallon, M. F., Lynch, W. F., & Dumphy, J. J. Hyperbilirubinemia in diseases of the biliary tract. Boston M.&S.J., 1924, 192: 536-40.—Fellinger, K., & Pfleger, R. Zur Physiologie und Pathologie der Bilirubinamie. Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1934-35, 26: 321-40—Ferrari, G. Sulla bilirubinemia. Clin. med. ital., 1934, 65: 366-82—Fiegl, J., & Querner, E. Bili- rubinamie in ihren physiologisch-chemischen Beziehungen mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der diagnostischen Bedeutung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1919, 9: 153-250.—Ganskau, F. M. [Con- stitution and bilirubinemia] Vrach. gaz., 1929, 33: 2096-9.— Gelgaft, E. [Concerning bilirubinemia] Russ. klin., 1927, 8: 4S7-500.—Giuffre, M. Sulla cosidetta bilirubinemia fisiologica e sulla presenza di bilirubina nei sangue in condizioni patologiche diverse. Pediatria, Nap., 1924, 32: 1206-19.—Herraiz Ballestero, M. L. Influencia de la colecistoectomia sobre las variantes de bilirubinemia y el color del suero. Arch, med., Madr., 1934, 37: 997-1000.—Hijmans van der Bergh, A. A. [Hemolytic jaundice: constitutional hyperbilirubinemia] Ned. tschr. geneesk 1933 77: 4429-35—Hinglais, H., & Govaerts, J. Contribution a 1'6tude de la cholesterinemie et de la bilirubinemie chez la mere et chez l'enfant; considerations sur l'ictere idiopathique du nouveau-n6. Gyn. obst., Par., 1930, 22: 137-59.—Jourdain, V. La bilirubinemie en pathologie hepatique; la question de la reaction directe et indirecte d'Hijmans van den Bergh. Ann Soc. sc. nted. natur. Bruxelles, 1932, 176-215.—Lipetz, I. [Clini- cal value of bilirubinemia and urobilinuria] Russ. klin., 1927, 8: 473-86.—Marengo, G., & Massimello, F. Der Einfluss der Tachidrolo-Decholin-Mischspritze auf die Bilirubinamie und die Diurese. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1935, 178: 486-507.— Mogena, H. G. The clinical significance of hyperbilirubinaemia. Lancet, Lond., 1929, 1: 1187-9.—Montanari, A., & Bracaloni, E. Le variazioni della bilirubinemia in rapporto con 1'alimentazione nell' uomo, ricercate col metodo di Hijmans van den Bergh e con quellodi Ernst e Forster. Riv. clin. med., 1931, 32: 401-12.— Morhardt, P. E. La bilirubinemie et les theories sur l'ictere. Vie nted., 1931, 12: 845.—Pedro y Pons, A., & Esquerdo, P. Las variaciones del coeficiente de absorcion de la bilirubina sanguinea en el curso de las ictericias. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1932, 17: 517.—Pennetti, G. La bilirubinemia da raggi ultravioletti (con- tributo alia conoscenza degli itteri statici e dinamici) Arch. radiol., Nap., 1925, 1: 51-9.—Pisniachevskaia, N. F., & Bakal- chuk, M. I. [Clinical observations of bilirubinemia] Vrach. dielo, 1926, 9: 930-8.—Puxeddu, E., & Leoni, A. La bilirubi- nemia fisiologica in rapporto ai diversi stati costituzionali. Riv. clin. med., 1931, 32: 541-73.—Rao, R. Serum bilirubin in leprosy (a clinical study of the Vandenbergh's test in 59 cases of leprosy) Ind. M. Rec, 1930, 50: 82-7.—Ross, G. R. Bilirubinaemia in malignant tertian malaria and blackwater fever. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1926-27, 8: 442-54.—Salvadei, A., & Barison, F. La bili- rubinemia nei bambino in condizioni flsiologiche e patologiche. Clin..pediat., Mod., 1932, 14: 115-30.—Scholl, R. Ueber post- traumatische Hyperbilirubinamie, ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der extrahepatalen Gallenfarbstoffbildung. Arch. klin. Chir., 1935, 182: 127-32.—Solito, M. Ricerche sulla bilirubinemia. Fol. med., Nap., 1927, 13: 35-55.—Sotgiu, G. Iperbilirubinemia diabetica ed ipobilirubinemia insulinica. Arch. stud, fisiopat. clin. ricambio, 1934,2:129-44.----- L'iperbilirubinemia adre- nalinica negli epatici. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1934, 5:177-93.— Stanoyevich, L., & Petkovich, S. Sur la bilirubinemie chez le cobaye, le lapin, le chien et I'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 647-50.—Ugurgieri, C. Comportamento della bilirubi- nemia nell' amenza ed in altre malattie mentali. Riv. pat. nerv., 1929-30, 34: 882-910.—Volhard, E. Ueber die hamatogene Hyperbilirubinamie und den hamatohepatogenen Ikterus der Neugeborenen. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1930, 37: 465-501.— Wichert, M., & Russjajewa-Oparina, A. Klinische Beobach- tungen bei Cholesterinamie und Bilirubinamie. Zschr. klin. Med., 1924, 101: 185-94.—Zamorani, V. Sulla bilirubinemia nell' eta infantile. Riv. clin. pediat., 1925, 23: 1-8, ch. ---- in pregnancy. Vayrynen, S. *Untersuchungen iiber den Bilirubingehalt des Serums bei gesunden Nicht- schwangeren, Schwangeren, Gebarenden und Wochnerinnen. 202p. 8? Helsinki. 1934. Also Acta Soc. med Duodecim., 1934, ser. B, 20: fascl. Wolf, R. *Untersuchungen uber den Biliru- bingehalt des Blutes in der Schwangerschaft und im Wochenbett [Jena] 27p. 8? Zeulenroda, 1935. Benassi, B., & Zambonini, A. La bilirubinemia nella donna gravida e nei neonati. Monit. ostet. gin., 1931, 3: 763-94.— Butomo-Molchanov, E. G. [Diagnostical importance of bili- rubinemia in gynecology and obstetrics] Mosk. med. J., 1929, 9: 40-55.—Hellmuth, K. Untersuchungen tiber Bilirubinamie in der Graviditat und bei Eklampsie mit allgemein kritischen Bemerkungen tiber die Genauigkeit von Bilirubinbestimmun- gen mit dem Autenriethschen Kolorimeter. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1921, 58: 670-5— Herrmann, E., & Kornfeld, F. Physiologische Graviditats-Bilirubinamie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1924, 37: 1215.—Heynemann, T. Ikterus (Bilirubinamie) und Schwan- gerschaft. Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 2181-5.—Mandelbaum, R. Un- tersuchungen tiber Bilirubinamie in der Schwangerschaft. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1922, 59: 17-21.— Porcaro, B. Contri- buto alio studio del comportamento della bilirubinemia nella gravidanza normale e patologica. Riv. ital. gin., 1932-33, 14: 561-77, ch.—Quater, E., Raphalkes, S., & Kaganovich, I. La question de la bilirubinemie chez les femmes enceintes. Gyn. obst., Par., 1929, 19: 170-81. BILIVERDIN. Clementi, A. Nuove proprieta biochimiche dei pigmenti biliari; sull' inattivita emoagglutinante della biliverdina. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933,8: 882-4. BILL, Edwin. *Ueber einen Fall von akuter multipler Sklerose, bedingt durch den Entziin- dungsprozess einer Encephalitis lethargica [Lau- sanne] 19p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1922. BILLANT, Jean, 1889- *Le trachome a Lugdunum d'apres les cachets d'oculistes Ro- mains. 43p. 8? Lyon, 1915. BILLARD 299 BILLINGS BILLARD, Charles Michel, 1800-32. Levison, A. [Biography] Am. J. Dis. Child., 1931, 42: 1424-7—Ruhrah, J. Biography. Ibid., 1935, 49: 736-8, port. BILLARD, Etienne, 1730-1808. Averous [Biography] Arch. med. pharm. nav., 1935, 125: 339-70, port. BILLARD, G. La phylaxie. 94p. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1931. ---- The same. Phylaxis; transl. from the French by H. Gainsborough. xii, 77p. 8? Lond., K. Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co., 1931. BILLARD, Jean, 1893- _ *Sur les indica- tions actuelles et les nouvelles techniques dans l'utilisation des boutons anastomotiques. 45p. 8? Par., 1925. BILLARD, Jean, 1906- *Contribution a l'etude de la visibilite des scissures pulmonaires et leur valeur semeiologique. 66p. 2pl. 8? Par., 1934. BILLAUD, Jean, 1904- Contribution a l'etude des peritonites sans perforations intesti- nales dans la fievre typhoide. 45p. 8? Par., 1930. BILLATJLT, Jean, 1900- *De la mort subite ou suspecte par rupture des anevrysmes intra-craniens. 89p. 8? Par., 1925. BILLEKENS, Jan, 1843-1920. Vullinghs, H. J. H. Necrologie. Tschr. diergeneesk., 1920, 47: 459. BILLENKAMP, Heinrich, 1903- *Zur ver- gleichenden Histologie der Magenstrasse [Frei- burg i. Br.] p.475-84. 8? [Naumburg a.S., Lippert & Co.] 1929. Also Beitr. path. Anat , 1929, 82: BILLER, James Harold, 1907- *The hor- mone test for diagnosis of early pregnancy [Mar- quette Univ.] 64p. 8? Milwaukee, Wis., 1932. Typewritten. BILLER, John W. See Cloud, Marshall Morgan, & Biller, John W. Facts about alcoholic drinks. 35p. 8? [Pasadena, Calif., 1934] BILLER, Otto, 1889- *Ueber die Wirkung des Adrenalins auf das Gefassystem Geistes- kranker mit besonder Berucksichtigung der Dementia praecox. 54p. 8? Bonn, J. F. Carthaus, 1915. BILLER, Saul Earl, 1901- *The diagnosis, surgery, pre-operative, and post-operative treat- ment of goiters [Marquette Univ.] 18p. 4? Milwaukee, 1924-25. Typewritten. BILLET, Horace Roger, 1903- *Le traite- ment des diverticules pharyngo-oesophagiens par la resection en un temps. 142p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1934. BILLETER, Max, 1900- *Die Strafbar- keit venerischer Infektion und die Vorschlage einer Sonderbestimmung [Zurich] 52p. 8? Genf, H. Hoch, 1924. BILLIARD, Jean Louis, 1902- *Etude critique de l'epilation therapeutique. 136p. 8? Par., 1930. BILLIEUX, Rene. *Contribution a l'usage de la cryotherapie et de ses resultats en art dentaire. 54p. 8? Geneve, 1926. BILLIG, Ellen, 1904- *Ungew6hnliche Glomerulusveranderungen bei einem mit be- strahltem Ergosterin vergifteten Kaninchen. p.717-22. 8? Gott., 1930. Also Beitr. path. Anat., 1930, 85: BILLIGHEIMER, Ernst, 1892- *Ueber Autolysine. 27p. 8? Wiirzb., C. Kabitzsch, 1916. Also Beitr. Klin. Infektkr., 1916, 5: H.ll. BILLINGS, Frank, 1854-1932. The genealogy of some of the descendants of William Billing (1) who came to America in 1650 and permanently settled at Stonington, Connecticut, in 1658. 49p. pi. 8? Chic. [1932?] See also Practical medicine series yearbooks; general medicine. 4v. 8? Chic, 1901-4. For biography see Clin. M.&S., 1932, 39: 771, port. Also Diplomate, 1932, 4: 293 (M. W. Ireland) Also J. Med., Cincin., 1932, 13: 477-9, port. Also Med. Mentor, 1933, 4: 85-90 (H. W. Traub) See also Service (A) in memory of Frank Billings, professor emeritus of medicine, October 30,1932, 4:30 p.m., the University Chapel [University of Chicago] [32]p. 8? [Chic, 1932] BILLINGS, Frederiok Horatio, 1869- Laboratory exercises in bacteriology. 3.ed. 176p. 8? Lawrence, Kans., World Co. [1927] BILLINGS, John Shaw, 1838-1913. Letters ... to Dr. H. P. Bowditch, concerning the in- vestigation of the drink problem, by a committee of 50. 28p. 8? [n.p.] 1893-95. Typewritten. For biography see J. Michigan M. Soc, 1932,31:204-11 (H. J. Faul) Also Nat. Acad. Sc. Biogr. Mem., Wash., 1919, 8: 375-84, port. (S. W. Mitchell) Also repr. See also Billings, F. The genealogy of some of the descend- ants of William Billings (1) who came to America in 1650 and permanently settled at Stonington, Connecticut, in 1658. 49p. 8! Chic. [1932?]—Garrison, F. H. Billings: a maker of Ameri- can medicine. 14p. 8? Phila., 1933. In Lectures on the History of Medicine, 1926-32. Phila., 1933, 187-200— Lyden- berg, H. M. John Shaw Billings, creator of the National Medi- cal Library and its catalogue, first director of the New York Public Library. 94p. 8? Chic, 1924. Also Contributors to the science of medicine. Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 125: 123-5 — Garrison, F. H. The scientific work of John Shaw Billings. Nat. Acad. Sc. Biogr. Mem., Wash., 1919, 8: 385-416. " ----& HURD, Henry M. Suggestions to hos- pital and asylum visitors. 48p. 12? Phila., J. B. Lippincott Co., 1895. BILLINGS, John Shaw, & MATTHEWS, Wash- ington. On a new craniophore for use in making composite photographs of skulls, p.119, 4pl. 4? [Wash., 1886] Bound with Billings, J. S. On composite photography as applied to craniology [1885] BILLINGSLEA, S. W. Family counsellor. 92p. 16? Lamar, Colo., 1900. BILLINGTON, William, 1876-1932. Movable kidney, its etiology, pathology, diagnosis, symp- toms, and treatment. 2.ed. ix, 21. 177p. lOpl. 8? Lond., Cassell & Co., 1929. For biography see Brit. M.J., 1932, 1: 358. Also Lancet, Lond., 1932, 1: 426. BILLOT, Georges, 1889- * Premier panse- ment et evacuation des blesses au combat (cam- pagne 1914-16) 68p. 8? Lyon, 1916. BILLROTH, Christian Albert Theodor, 1829-94. [Billroth, O. G.] Billroth und Brahms im Briefwechsel. 528p. 8? Berl., 1935. Huber, A. *Prof. Dr. Theodor Billroth in Zurich, 1860-1867. 192p. 8? Zur., 1923. ■---■ The same. 191p. 8? Ziir., 1924. Forms Bdl, Ziircher medizingeschichtliche Abhandlungen. [Biography] Med. Life, 1930, 37: 432-40, port—Blum, V. Theodor Billroth und die Urologie. Wien. med. Wschr., 1929, 79: 805-7. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 27: 329-36—Bokay, J. [Friendship of Prof. Billroth and John Brahms] Orv. hetil., 1933, 77: 248-51—Borszeki, K. [Biography] Ibid., 1929, 73: 369-71.—Brunn, von [Biography] Miinch. med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 882-4, port.—Eiselberg, A. [Biography] Arch. klin. Chir., 1929, 155: i-vi. Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42: 457-63; 1934, 47: 193-7.—Fraenkel, A. Einige personliche Erinnerungen an Theodor Billroth. Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 665.—Hacker, V. [Biography] Mitt. Ver. Aerzte Steiermark, 1929, 66: 53-7 — Hollander [Biography] Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1929, 26: 238.— Huber, A. Die Personlichkeit und das private Leben von Theodor Billroth in Zurich. Praxis, Bern, 1924, 13: H.32, passim.—Hiiltl, H. [Billroth's part in the development of in- ternal surgery] Orv. hetil., 1929, 73: 375-8—Kilfoy, E. J. The lure of medical history. California West. M., 1929, 30: 255-7 — Klapp, R. [Biography] Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 557—Kbrte, W. Theodor Billroth in seinem Verhaltnis zur Deutschen Gesell- schaft fiir Chirurgie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 500—Krecke, A. [Biography] Miinch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 698-700, port.—Kuster, E. [Biography] Chirurg, Berl., 1928-29, 1: 164_g —Kulenkampff, B. [Biography] Zbl. Chir., 1929, 56: BILLROTH 300 BINET-SANGLE 1031-4.—Leriche, R. Le centenaire de Theodore Billroth. Lyon chir., 1930, 27: 48-51.—Lorenz, A. Personliches von Theodor Billroth. Wien. med. Wschr., 1929, 79: 610—Lotheis- sen, G. [Biography] Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 497-500 — Manninger, V. [Life sketch] Orv. hetil., 1929, 73: 371-5 — Mayer, C. F. [Billroth as patron] Ibid., 1929, 73: 463—Payr, E. Der Einfluss Theodor Billroths auf die deutsche Chirurgie. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 695-7.—Ranzi, E. [Biography] Zbl. Chir., 1929, 56: 1026-30—Sauerbruch, F. [Biography] Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1929, 216: 293-304—Schmieden, V. [Biog- raphy] Klin. Wschr., 1929, 7: 625-7.—Schwalbe, J. [Biogra- phy] Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 667-9—Schwyzer, A. [Biography] Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1929, 48: 823-8— Wiese, E. R. Theodore Billroth, scholar, musician, master surgeon. Ann. M. Hist., 1928, 10: 278-86. [BILLROTH, Otto Gottlieb] Billroth und Brahms im Briefwechsel. viii, 528p. pi. ports. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1935. BIMA, Maurizio, 1853-1924. Necrologio. Gior. med. mil., 1924, 72: 234. BIMAL Chandra Guha, 1898- *Mutter- und Sauglingsfursorge in England. 40p. 8? [Berl.] 1927. BIMAR, Jean Marie Theodore Auguste, 1845- 1926. Gilis, P. [Necrologie] Montpellier med., 1927, 49: 115-9. BIMSTEIN, Johannes. *Die zahnarztlich- orthopadische Behandlung der Kieferverletzten. 15p. 8? Halle, W. Brandt, 1921. BINARD, Leon Marie Joseph, 1887- *Des complications tardives des plaies vasculaires de guerre dans la region de l'aisselle. 84p. 8? Par., 1919. BINDER, Alfred, 1878-1933. Ernst, P. [Biography] Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1934, 27: 339. BINDER, Andreas, 1908- *Methoden der Radium-Schwachbestrahlung [Munchen] 18p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1934. BINDER, Carl, 1872-1928. Siegfried, A. Nekrolog. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1928, 58: 730. BINDER, Hans. *Untersuchungen tiber Satz- assoziationen bei Gesunden. 66p. 8? Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & Co., 1924. BINDER, Otto, 1901- *Beitrage zur Strahlentherapie in der Tierheilkunde [Leipzig] 35p. 8? Lucka (Thur.) R. Berger, 1925. BINDER, Rascha. *Ueber die Wurzelkompli- kationen bei Spondylitis tuberculosa [Basel] 12p. 8? S. Louis, 1930. BINDER, Rudolph Michael. Health and social progress. 3p.l. xi, 295p. 8? N.Y., Prentice- Hall, 1920. BINER, Theodor. *Casuistische Beitrage zu den stromatogenen Neubildungen der Ovarien [Basel] 22p. 8? Giessen, Nitschkowski, 1920. BINES, David, 1901- *La cure d'en- graissement par l'insuline. 119p. 8? Par., 1928. BINET, Alfred, 1857-1911. Wickman, E. K. [Biography] Alfred Binet (1857-1911) Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1930, 14: no.2, port. BINET, Alfred, 1890- *Traitement de la blennorragie et de ses complications par un nouveau serum polymicrobien (serum Sterian) 43p. 8? Par., 1921. BINET, Jacques, 1905- *Action hemo- statique des extraits de plaquettes sanguines en injections sous-cutanees. 61p. 8? Par., 1933. BINET, Leon Rene. *Recherches sur le trem- blement. lllp. 8? Par., 1918. See also Achard, Charles, & Binet, Leon. Examen fonction- nel du poumon. 154p. 8? Par., 1922.—Roger, George Eugene Henri, & Binet, Leon. Traite de physiologie normale et patho- logique. 4v. 8? Par. 1926-33. BINET, M. E. See Burand, Gaston, & Binet, M. E. Typhlo-cholecystite. 152p. 8? Par., 1931. BINET, Yvette, 1906- ^Pneumothorax artificiel et gestation. 187p. 8? Par., 1932. BINET-SANGLE, Charles, 1868- L'art de mourir; defense et technique du suicide seconde. 154p. 16? Par., A. Michel [1919] ---- Les ancetres de I'homme. 3p.l. xx, 290p. pi. 8? Par., A. Michel [1931] BINET-SIMON test. See also Child, Psychology; Intelligence; In- telligence quotient; Mental test; Psychology, experimental [3. ser.] Kite, E. S. The Binet-Simon measuring scale for intelligence. 29p. 8? Phila., 19- . Varon, E. J. The development of Alfred Binet's psychology. 129p. 8? Princeton, N.J., 1935. Forms No.3, v.46, of Psychol. Monogr. Barrows, F. W. The Binet test. Nurse, Jamestown, N.Y., 1916, 5: 157-66.—Bartsch, K. Binet-Rossolimo. Zschr. angew. Psychol., 1921, 18: 111-5.—Bell, C. F. Another experience with the Binet test. Training School Bull., 1913-14, 10: 77.— Berry, C. S. A comparison of the Binet tests of 1908 and 1911. J. Educ. Psychol., 1912, 3: 444-51. -----■ Eighty-two children retested by the Binet tests of intelligence. Psychol. Bull., 1913, 10:77. ----- The 1911 revision of the Binet-Simon tests of in- telligence. J. Psycho Asthenics, 1914, 18: 85-92.—Bloch, E. Die Intelligenzpriifungen nach der Binet-Simonschen Methode in ihrer Bedeutung fiir die arztliche Sachverstfindigentatigkeit. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1913, 19: 208-11. ---— Ueber Intelli- genzpriifungen (nach der Methode von Binet und Simon) an normalen Volksschulkindern und Hilfsschulkindern. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1913, 17: Orig., 23-57. -----& Preiss, A. Ueber Intelligenzpriifungen an normalen Volksschulkindern nach Bobertag (Methode von Binet and Simon) Zschr. angew. Psychol., 1912, 6: 539-47.—Block, S. Binet's tests for backward children; criticism and improvements. Am. Med., 1912, n.s., 7: 611-23.—Bobertag, 0. Some theses regarding the scientific use of the Binet scale for measuring intelligence. Tr. Internat. Congr. School Hyg., Buffalo, 1914,5:642-4.—Bomflm, M. Como reaccionan a los tests de Binet-Simon los ninos brasilefios. Actas Conf. lat. amer. neur., 1929, 2: 773, ch.—Bonte, T., & Klemm, F. Untersuchungen iiber die Bewahrung des Binetariums nach Binet-Bobertag. Zschr. angew. Psychol., 1935, 48: 320-40.— Brander, T. [Use of the original, respectively, the modified Binet-Simon intelligence test in Finland] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1936, 79: 395-408.—Burt, C. The measurement of intelligence by the Binet tests. Eugen. Rev., Lond., 1914-15, 6: 36; 140 — Chotzen. Ueber Intelligenzpriifungen an Kindern nach der Methode von Binet und Simon. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1913, 30: 816.—Boll, E. A. Inexpert Binet examiners and their limita- tions. J. Educ. Psychol., 1913, 4: 607-9. ----- Suggestions on the extension of the Binet-Simon measuring scale. Tr. In- ternat. Congr. School Hyg., Buffalo, 1914, 5: 663-9. ---- Scattering in the Binet-Simon tests. Psychol. Bull., 1917, 14: 75. Also Training School Bull., 1919-20,16: 96-103—Bougherty, M. L. Report of the Binet-Simon tests given to 483 children in the public schools of Kansas City, Kansas. J. Educ. Psychol., 1913, 4: 338-52.—Bunton, W. R., jr. The Binet-Simon scale and its value to the child. Maryland M.J., 1913, 56: 31.—Ent, L. R. An activity program in a Binet class. Training School Bull., 1935-36, 32: 41-4— Eynon, W. G. The mental measurement of 400 juvenile delinquents by the Binet-Simon system. N. York M.J., 1913, 98: 175.—Fischer-Nielsen. Intelligensunderstfgelser hos B0rn (efter Binet-Simon's System) Ugeskr. laeger, 1915, 77: 351; 393.—Fraser, K. The use of the Binet-Simon tests in determining the suitability of a child for admission to a special school. School Hyg., Lond., 1913, 4: 77-88—Goddard, H. H. The Binet tests and the inexperienced teacher. Training School Bull., 1913-14, 10: 9-11. ----- Standard method for giving the Binet test. Ibid., 23-30. ----- The reliability of the Binet-Simon measuring scale of intelligence. Tr. Internat. Congr. School Hyg., Buffalo, 1914, 5: 693-8. Also Outlook for Blind, 1915-16, 9: 27-9.—Graziani, A. La valutazione dell' in- sufficienza intellettuale con la scala metrica di Binet e Simon e coi reattivi di S. De Sanctis. Riv. psicol., 1918, 14: 81-118 — Herderschee, B. [Some parallel tests with Binet's method] Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1929, 33: 77-84.—Janovsky [Results of study of mental development of children in the first groups of railway schools in 1926 by Binet method] Profil. med., Khar- kov, 1927, 6: no. 6, 85-91—Jennings, H. M., & Hallock, A. L. Binet-Simon tests at the George Junior Republic. J. Educ. Psychol., 1913, 4: 471-5.—Kahlert, J. Erfahrungen mit der Intelligenzpriifung nach Binet-Bobertag. Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1932, 40: 526-41.—Kelley, T. L. Discussion: further logical as- pects of the Binet scale. Psychol. Rev., 1916, 23: 407-11 — Kohs, S. C. The Binet test and the training of teachers. Train- ing School Bull., 1913-14, 10: 113-7.----- The Binet- Simon measuring scale for intelligence; an annotated bibliog- raphy. J. Educ. Psychol., 1914, 5: 215; 279; 335.—Liggett, E. E. The Binet tests and the problem of the feebleminded. J. Mis- souri M. Ass., 1918, 15: 157. Also repr.—Lode, A. Die Intelli- genzpriifungsmethode Binet-Simons nebst den wesentlichen Abanderungsvorschlagen O. Bobertags. Zschr. Behandl. Schwachsinn., 1914, 34: 111-22. ----- Welche Erfahrungen hat man mit der Intelligenzprufungsmethode Binets besonders BINET-SIMON TEST 301 BINET-SIMON TEST bei Untersuchungen an Schwachsinnigen gemacht? Ibid., 163-9.—Martin, A. L. Experiments with Binet-Simon tests upon African colored children, chiefly Kaffirs. Training School Bull., Vineland, 1915-16, 12: 122.—Max Saltos, F. Determina- tion del nivel mental en psiquiatria, segun la escala de Binet. Arch. Fac. cienc. med., Quito, 1934, 4: 327-41.—Michaels, J. J., & Schilling, M. E. The correlations of the intelligence quotients of the Porteus maze and Binet-Simon tests in 200 neuropsychiatrie patients. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1936, 6: 71-4.—Murray, E. Notes on the use of certain Binet and related tests on college students. Psychol. Bull., 1917, 14: 69—Otis, A. S. Some logical aspects of the Binet scale. Psychol. Rev., 1916, 23: 129; 165.—Ponzo, M. II metodo di Binet e Simon nelle sul applicazioni alio studio dell' intelligenza nei normali e nei defi- cienti. Riv. psicol. applic, 1914, 10: 136-99.—Pratt, E. J. The application of the Binet-Simon tests (Stanford revision) to a Toronto public school. Canad. J. Ment. Hyg., 1921-22, 3: 95-116.—Priestley, J. Tests of Binet and Simon. Med. Off., Lond., 1917, 17: 203.—Raecke. Zur Intelligenzprufung nach der Binet-Simonschen Methode. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1913, 19: 289.—Ruch, G. M., & Strachan, L. Intelligence ratings by group scales and by the standard of revision of the Binet tests. J. Educ. Psychol., 1920, 11: 421-9.—Schmitt, C. The Binet-Simon tests of mental ability; discussion and criticism. Pedag. Semi- nary, Worcester, 1912, 19: 186-200.—Schreuder, A. J. Some Dutch experiences with Binet scale. Tr. Internat. Congr. School Hyg., Buffalo, 1914,5:690-2.—Simon, T. H. Lamesuredu developpement de l'intelligence: methodes d'examen; resultats. Bull. Inst. gen. psychol., Par., 1926, 26: 81-107. ----- La me- sure du developpement de l'intelligence par l'echelle B. S. avec demonstration. Union med. Canada, 1928, 57: 568-73.—Strong, E. K., jr. Correlation between the Binet-Simon tests and other mental and physical tests (Abstract) Psychol. Bull., 1915, 12: 70.—Terman, L. M. Psychological principles underlying the Binet-Simon scale and some practical considerations for its correct use. J. Psycho Asthenics, 1914, 18: 93-104. ----- Errors in scoring Binet tests. Psychol. Clin., Phila., 1918, 12: 33-9.—Town, C. H. The Binet-Simon intelligence tests in their application to defectives. Illinois M.J., 1912, 22: 166-77.— Vaney, Gilbert [et al.] Essai dans des classes d'enfants normaux des exercises d'orthopedie Binet-Belot. Bull. mens. Soc. libre etude psychol. enf., Par., 1912-13, 31: 36-44.—Varadi, P. Kri- tische Beitrage zur Brauchbarkeit der Binet-Simonschen Intel- ligenzteste. Mschr. Kinderh., 1931, 51: 110-4.—Varon, E. J. Alfred Binet's concept of intelligence. Psychol. Rev., 1936, 43: 32-58.—Vidoni, G. Note sulla scala metrica di Binet e Simon e sulP esame psicologico sommario di Francia e Ferrari. Riv. psicol., 1922, 18: 70-80.—WaUin, J. E. W. Eight months of psycho-clinical research at the New Jersey State Village for Epileptics, with some results from the Binet-Simon testing. Epilepsia, Lpz., 1911-12, 3: 366-80. —-— Current miscon- ceptions in regard to the functions of Binet testing and of ama- teur psychological testers. Tr. Internat. Congr. School Hyg., Buffalo, 1914, 5: 678-89. --- Modifications. Marine, E. L. *The effect of familiarity with the examiner upon Stanford-Binet test perform- ance [Columbia Univ.] 43p. 8? N.Y., 1929. Arthur, G. The predictive value of the Kuhlmann-Binet scale for inmates of a State school for the feebleminded. J. Appl. Psychol., 1933, 17: 188-94.—Bellefeuille, G. L. de. Tests de Binet-Simon; revisions de Kuhlmann et de Stanford; adaptation canadienne; manuel de technique psychometrique. Union med. Canada, 1933, 62: 355.—Brooks, F. B. The accuracy of the abbreviated Stanford-Binet intelligence scale. Psychol. Clin., Phila., 1928-29,18:17-20.—Burnside, L. H. A comparison of the abbreviated and the complete Stanford revision of the Binet-Simon scale. Child Develop., 1934, 5: 361-7.—Burt, C. La misura dell' intelligenza; the Treves-Saffiotti revision of the Binet-Simon scale. Eugen. Rev., Lond., 1917, 8: 365-73.— Carroll, H. A., & Hollingworth, L. S. The systematic error of Herring-Binet in rating gifted children. J. Educ. Psychol., 1930, 21: 1-11.—Chipman, C. E. The correspondence of school achievement and industrial efficiency with mental age as ob- tained by the Stanford-Binet. Psychol. Clin. , Phila., 1928-29, 18: 21-8—Cobb, M. V., & Hollingworth, L. S. The regression of siblings of children who test at or above 135IQ (Stanford-Binet) J. Educ. Psychol., 1925, 16: 1-7.—Bavis, A. J. Personality, parent intelligence, and scatter on the Stanford-Binet. J. Juven. Res., 1934,18:175-8.—Bowney, J. E. University instruc- tors tested by the Stanford scale. Psychol. Bull., 1917, 14: 70 — Durling, B. Note on the comparative reliability of the Stanford- Binet below the age of 6. J. Appl. Psychol., 1932, 16: 331-3 — Elwood, M. I. A statistical study of results of the Stanford revision of the Binet-Simon scale with a selected group of Pitts- burgh school children. Univ. Pittsburgh Bull., 1934, 31: no.l, 84-91.—Herring, J. P. Avery's comparison of the Stanford and Herring revisions. J. Educ. Psychol., 1924,15: 383-8.—Hubbert Caldwell, H. Adult tests of the Stanford revision applied to college students. Ibid., 1919, 10: 477-88—Jewett, S. P., & Blanchard, P. Influence of affective disturbances on responses to the Stanford-Binet test. Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1922, 6: 39-56.—Lenz, F. Die grosse Begabtenforschung Termans. Arch. Rassenb., 1925, 17: 180.—Lincoln, E. A. Stanford-Binet IQ changes in the Harvard growth study. J. Appl. Psychol., 1936, 20: 236-42—Norden, I. Eine Neubearbeitung der Binet- Methode; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1930, 37: 75-92.—Perkins, R. E. A study of the relation of brightness to Stanford-Binet test performance. J. Appl. Psychol., 1932, 16: 205-16.—Plant, J. S. The psychiatric value of the Kuhlmann tests. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1926, 15: 253-9. Also repr.—Skalet, M. A statistical study of the responses of a group of normal children to the individual tests in the Stanford-revi- sion of the Binet-Simon scale. Psychol. Clin., Phila., 1932, 21: 183-95.—Sunne, B. Comparison of white and Negro children by Terman and Yerkes bridges revisions of the Binet tests. J. Comp. Psychol., 1925, 5: 209-19—Terman, L. M. Suggestions for revising, extending, and supplementing the Binet intelligence tests. Tr. Internat. Congr. School Hyg., Buffalo, 1914, 5: 700-6. -----Lyman, G. [et al.] The Stanford revision of the Binet-Simon scale and some results from its application to 1,000 non-selected children. J. Educ. Psychol., 1915, 6: 551-61.— Townsend, R. R. Tests of the Stanford revision of the Binet- Simon scale most frequently failed by children in orthogenic backward classes. Psychol. Clin., Phila., 1928-29, 17: 200-3. BING, Hans, 1889- *Ein Fall von inter- mittierendem Magensaftfiuss. 31p. 8? Ko- nigsb. i. Pr., O. Kummel, 1918. BING, Robert, 1878- Kompendium der topischen Gehirn- und Ruckenmarksdiagnostik; kurzgefasste Anleitung zur klinischen Lokalisa- tion der Erkrankungen und Verletzungen der Nervenzentren. 4.Aufl. viii, 235p. illus. roy.8? Berl., Urban &c, 1919.---- Also 5.Aufl. viii, 242p. 1922. ---- Also 8.Aufl. viii, 259p. 2pl. 1930. ----# The same. Compendium of regional diagnosis in affections of the brain and spinal cord; a concise introduction to the principles of clinical localization in diseases and injuries of the central nervous system; transl. from German ed. by F. S. Arnold. 2.ed., rev. and enl. xiii, 222p. 8? N.Y., Rebman Co. [1921] ---- Also transl. from the 6. German ed. by F. S. Arnold. 3.ed., rev. and enl. xv, 204p. 102illus. 4? Lond., W. Heinemann, 1927. ----■ Lehrbuch der Nervenkrankheiten, fiir Studierende und praktische Aerzte, in 30 Vor- lesungen. 2.Aufl. viii, 672p. roy.8? Berl. & Wien, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1921.---- Also 3.Aufi. ix, 709p. 1924. ---- Gehirn und Auge; kurzgefasste Dar- stellung der physiopathologischen Zusammen- hange zwischen beiden Organen, sowie der Augensymptome bei Gehirnkrankheiten. 2. Aufl. x, 85p. 4? Miinch., J. F. Bergmann, 1923. BINGEN, Aloys, 1894- *Zur Frage der essentiellen Nierenblutung [Giessen] lOp. 8? Lpz., 1930. BINGHAM, George Arthur, 1860-1922. Fotheringham, J. T. Master surgeons of America. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1924, 38: 419-21, port. ----- & Cameron, I. H. Obituary. Canad. Pract., 1922, 47: 145-7. BINGHAM, Harold Clyde, 1888- Visual perception of the chick. 104p. 8? Bait., WiUiams & Wilkins Co., 1922. ---- Gorillas in a native habitat; a report of the joint expedition of 1929-30 of Yale Univer- sity and Carnegie Institution. 66p. 22pl. 8? Wash., Carnegie Inst., 1932. BINGHAMTON, N.Y. Binghamton State Hos- pital. Annual report. 18., 1895; 1907-12. BINGHAMTON, N.Y. Department of Public Safety. Report. 1., 1916. BINGLER, Kurt [Franz Theodor] 1888- *Ueber die Haufigkeit der tuberkulosen Larynx- erkrankungen als Komplikation bei der Lungen- tuberkulose (aus der Lungenheilstatte Rup- pertshain, Chefarzt Dr. med. Schellenberg) [Berlin] 14p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1914. BINGIEY, A. H. Rajputs; compiled in the In- telligence Branch of the Quarter Master General's Department in India. 3p.l. hi, 170, xiii p. 8? Calc, Supt. Gov. Print., [189-?] ---- Sikhs; compiled under the orders of the government of India. 3p.l. xii, 111, ix p. 8? Calc, Supt. Gov. Print., [189-?] BINGLEY 302 BINZ ---- Jats, Gujars, and Ahirs; compiled under the orders of the government of India. 4p.l. xi, 89, x p. 8? Calc, Supt. Gov. Print., [19—] ---- & LONGDEN, A. B. Dogras; compiled under the orders of the government of India. p.l. v p. 2 1. lOlp. 8? Calc, Supt. Gov. Print., [189-?] BINGLEY, A. H., & NICHOLLSvA. Brahmans; compiled in the Intelligence Branch, Office of the Quarter Master General in India. [64]p. 8? Calc, Supt. Gov. Print., [189-?] BINGOLD, Konrad, 1886- , CHAGAS, C. [et al.] Infektionskrankheiten. 2 v. 2.Aufl. xii, 1515p. paged consec. roy.8? Berl., J. Springer, 1925. Form v.l of Handb. inn. Med. (G. v. Bergmann & R. Staehelin) BINHOLD, Adalbert, 1888- *Ein Beitrag zu dem Kapitel: Traumatische Psychosen. 19p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1914. BINHOLD, Horst, 1904- *Ueber die mor- phologischen Pigmentverhaltnisse im menschli- chen Augapfel. 47p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1930. BINKENSTEIN [Alfred] Horst, 1907- *Die Berufskrankheiten des Zahnarztes [Leip- zig] 27p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. Thur., A. Ober- reuter] 1931. BINKERT, Max. *Fibrolipoadenoma intra- canaliculare sarcomatodes xanthomatodes mam- mae [Zurich] p.498-511. 8? Miinch., J. F. Bergmann, 1924. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1924, 30: BINKIN, Jakob. *Mikrophotographie mit infraroten Strahlen [Basel] lOp. 4pl. 8? Bialystok, C. Miszondznika, 1933. BINNIE, John Fairbairn, 1863- Manual of operative surgery. 8.ed. rev. xvii, 1311 p. illus. pi. diagr. 8? Phila., P. Blakiston's Son &c. [1921] For biography see Month. Bull. Kansas City S.W. Clin. Soc, 1935, 11: no.ll, 7; 12. BINSWANGER, Herbert. *Ueber physikahsche Zustandsanderungen an Knochentransplantaten und krankheitveranderten Knochen [Zurich] 18p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1927. Also Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1927, 203-4: 413-28. ---- *Leberuntersuchungen bei Alkoholpsy- chosen, gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur funktionellen Pathologie der Leber [Habilitationsschrift; Zu- rich] p.619-69. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1933. Also Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1933, 100: BINSWANGER, Kurt. *Zur klinischen und anatomischen Differentialdiagnose der progres- siven Paralyse. 42p. 8? Basel, Brin & cie, 1914. BINSWANGER, Liberatus, 1900- *Eine Zusammenstellung der frischen Augenverletzun- gen an der Heidelberger Augenklinik vom Jahre 1924 [Heidelberg] 20p. 8? Baden-Baden, W. Steinhauser, 1926. BINSWANGER, Ludwig, 1881- Wand- lungen in der Auffassung und Deutung des Traumes, von den Griechen bis zur Gegenwart. 3p.l. 112p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. BINSWANGER, Otto, 1863-1929. Benda, C. E. Nekrolog. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 1131.—Berger, H. [Biography] Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1922, 67: 137; 1929-30, 89: l, port.—Roper, E. Nekrolog. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1929, 109: i-iv.—Wenger, E. Nekrolog. Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1929, 31: 543.—Ziehen, T. Otto Binswanger zum 70. Geburts- tage. Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48: 1489. BINZ, Carl, 1832-1913. Schmiz, K. Carl Binz, der rheinische Phar- makologe; Rede gehalten zur Feier des 100. Geburtstages am 1. Juli 1932. 18p. 8? Bonn, 1932. BINZ, Jacob, 1888- *Kastration wegen Osteomalacic bei Schwangerschaft. 68p. 8? Bonn, .E. Eisele, 1914. BINZ, Robert, 1888- *Ueber Gefass- schussverletzungen. 33p. 8? Freib. i. Br., 1917. BINZEGGER, Walter. *Untersuchungen iiber die Gefahren der Zahnarzte und des Hilfsper- sonals durch Quecksilber. 31p. 8? Ziir., 1928. Also Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1928, 38: 450-78. BIOCHEMICAL journal. Lond., v.l, 1906- BIOCHEMIE (Schiissler) Anshtjtz, E. P. A guide to the 12 tissue reme- dies of biochemistry, the cell-salts, biochemie or Schiissler remedies. 128p. 16? Phila., 1927. Boericke, W., & Dewey, W. A. Twelve tissue remedies of Schiissler, comprising the theory, therapeutic application, materia medica, and a complete repertory of these remedies, homoeopathically and bio-chemically considered. 424p. 8? Phila., 1899. Deters, H. Handbuch der Dr. Schusslerschen Biochemie; die Dr. Schusslersche Biochemie, eine wissenschaftliche Ionen- und Reizkonstitutions- und Nahrsalzlehre. 300p. 8? Radeburg [1.926] Feichtinger, P. Biochemischer Leitfaden; Anleitung zur biochemischen Behandlung nach Dr. Schiissler, fiir alle Biochemiker. 643p. 8? Lpz., 1924. ---- Also 2.Aufl. 668p. 1929. Komplex-Biochemie (Die) Berlin, v.13, 1933. Leeser, O. Homoopathie und Biochemie. 76p. 16? Lpz., 1932. Mitteilungen uber Biochemie. Lage. v.40, 1933- Reder, A. Madaus Codex biologischer Heil- mittel. 240p. 8? Radebeul & Dresd. [1931] Robert, T. Die Funktionsheilmittel Schiiss- ler s; oder, Kleiner biochemischer Hausarzt zur Behandlung der Krankheiten nach Schusslers Methode, nebst Angabe der entsprechenden homoopathischen Mittel. 9.Aufl. 247p. 16? Lpz., 1928. Schopwinkle, D. Polar-biochemische Welt- erkenntnis. l.Bd: die Polarbiochemie als Welt- gesetz; eine polar-biochemische Konstitutions- Lehre und ihre wissenschaftliche Begrtindung. 2.Aufl. 357p. 8? Dusseld., 1929. Schussler. Dr. med. Quesse's Kritik der Biochemie. 15p. 8? Oldenb. [n.d.] Shannon, S. F. Complete repertory of the tissue remedies of Schussler. 544p. 4? Denver, Colo., 1894. Berlin's biologic group of physicians. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103:1164.—Freund, H. Ueber Biochemie und Elektrokomplex- homoopathie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 1191-3.—Fried- lander, A. A. Schulmedizin, Homoopathie, Biochemie. Um- schau, 1928, 32: 289-92.—Homoopathie und Biochemie. Mitt. Biochem., 1934, 41: 118.—Johannsen. Biochemie, biochemische Heilmittel und Abgabe. Apoth. Ztg, 1925, 40: 543-6.—Kotschau, K. Homoopathie und biologische Medizin. Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1935, 6: 579-87.—Lampert, H. Biologische Medizin. Ibid., 403-6.—Loben, F. Homoopathie und Biochemie im Heil- plan eines Sanatoriums. Ibid., 406-13.—Muller, E. A. Der biologische Arzt als Gynakologe und Geburtshelfer. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1936, 102: 58-64. BIOCHEMISCHE Zeitschrift. Berl., v.l, 1906- Incomplete. BIOCHEMISTRY. See also Biology; Chemistry; Laboratory; Physiology; Plants; also names of related sub- jects, chemical substances and physiological functions as Amino-acids; Bacteria, Chemical composition; Bile acids; Blood, Chemistry; Dehydration; Metabolism; &c. BIOCHEMISTRY 303 BIOCHEMISTRY Sapper, K. Biologie und organische Chemie. 50p. 8? Berl., 1930. Forms H.28, Abh. theor. Biol., Berl., 1930. Asher, I. Die Bedeutung der physikalischen Chemie fiir die Biologie mit besonderer Berucksichtigung von Nernsts Theoretischer Chemie. Naturwissenschaften, 1922, 10: 193-8.— Aubertin, E. Progres et limites de la physico-chimie biologique. J. med. Bordeaux, 1935, 112: 319-28.—Biochimie. Annee biol., 1921-22, n.s., 2: 174-210.—Carracido, J. R. Fisiologia quimico- ffsica. Gac. med. Espafia, 1911, 29: 193-8. -----• La fisico- qulmica y el vitalismo. Scientia, Bologna, 1926, 40: 2.ser., 231-8.—Byer, F. J. A note on inorganic biochemistry. Pharm. J., Lond., 1935, 4.ser., 80: 563.—Engel, E., & Varrelman, F. A. The physics and chemistry of life. J. Hered., 1934, 25: 269-71.— Felix, K. Biochemische Probleme. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 1951.—Forster, M. 0. The laboratory of the living organism. Chem. News, Lond., 1921, 123: 147; 157. Also Nature, Lond., 1921-22, 108: 243-7. Also Sc. Month., N.Y., 1921, 13: 301-8.—Fiirth, 0. Wege und Ziele physiologisch- chemischer Forschung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42: 161-4 — Gortner, R. A. Biochemistry and the problems of organic evolution. Sc. Month., N.Y., 1930,30:416-26.—Guy, W.B. The next step in biochemistry. Med. World, 1935, 53: 511.—Hink, A. Aus der Chemie des Lebens. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1922, 30:269-71.—Hopkins, F. G. B iochemistry; its present position and outlook. Lancet, Lond., 1924, 1: 1247-52. ----- Ueber die Biochemie, ihre gegenwartige Stellung und ihre Aussichten in der Zukunft. Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 857-63. ----- Some aspects of biochemistry. Irish. J.M. Sc, 1932, ser.6, 333. -——■ Some chemical aspects of life. Science, 1933, 78: 219-31. Also Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc, 1933, 103: 1-24. ----- The spirit of modern biochemistry. Orv. hetil., 1935, 79: 1046-8.— Ide, M. Les enigmes chimiques en biologie. Rev. med. Louvain, 1932, 31.—Javillier, M. La chimie biologiques et ses relations avec la chimie agricole. Rev. sc, Par., 1932, 70: 68-71.—Kermack, W. 0. Biochemistry. Science Progr., Lond., 1933, 28: 115-23.—Kime, E. N. Applied biochemistry. J. In- diana M. Ass., 1926, 19: 238-40.—Kluyver, A. J., & Bonker, H. J. L. Die Einheit in der Biochemie. Chemie der Zelle, 1926, 13: 134-90.—Kulikov, V. [Microbiology and biochemical in- dustry] Mikrobiologiya, 1932, 1: 371-7.—Kutscher, F., & Ackermann, B. The comparative biochemistry of vertebrates and invertebrates. Annual Rev. Biochem., 1933, 2: 355-76.— Laumonier, J. Sur une question de biochimie. Gaz. hop., 1924, 97:1606.—Lecomte du Noiiy, P. Biochimie et biophysique. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1936, 18: 138-59.—Legrand, I. Les caractfiristiques bio-chimiques de l'espece. Rev. gfin. sc. pur., 1918, 29: 333-40.—Levene, P. A. The revolt of the biochemists. Science, 1931, 74: 23-7.—MacLennan, N. M. Organismal activi- ties and chemical processes. Rep. S. Andrews Inst. Clin. Res., Lond., 1926, 3: 78-106.—Manwaring, W. H. Biochemical rela- tivity. Science, 1930, 72: 23-7.—Mayer, P. Zur Biochemie des Asymmetrieproblems. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 174: 420-4.— Mecanismes physico-chimiques chez les 6tres vivants. Annee biol., 1922-23, n.s., 3: no.3, 21-7; passim.—Needham, J. Mor- phology and biochemistry. Nature, Lond., 1934, 134: 275.— Nesbitt, G. E. The chemistry of the body. S. Afr. Nurs. Rec, 1933, 20: 285-90.—Pfeiffer, P. Die Bedeutung der Koordina- tionslehre fiir die organische und physiologische Chemie. Na- turwissenschaften, 1926,14:1100-8.—Pico, C. E. Importancia de la quimica y de la fisico-qutmica en la biologia moderna. Sem. med., B. Air., 1925, 32: 1455.—Robertson, T. B. Principles of biochemistry. Brit. M.J., 1921, 2: 721.—Schoen. Problemes d'asymetrie dans les processus biochimiques. Ann. Soc. sc. med. natur. Bruxelles, 1932, suppl., 51-84.—Smyth, J. A. Bio- chemistry. Ulster M.J., 1935, 4: 39-61.—Stine, C. M. A. The approach to chemical research based on a specific example. J. Franklin Inst., 1934, 218: 397-410.—Turkheim, H., & Hanssen, R. Physiologische Chemie. Fortsch. Zahnh., 1932, 8: 584; 1933, 9: 635.—Wurmser, R. L'energetique et la biochimie. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1923, 5: 506-28. ---- History. Chittenden, R. H. The development of physiological chemistry in the United States. 427p. 8? N.Y., 1930. Haurowitz, F. Biochemie des Menschen und der Tiere seit 1914. 148p. 8? Dresd., 1925. Lieben, F. Geschichte der physiologischen Chemie. 742p. 8? Lpz., 1935. Pryde, J. Recent advances in biochemistry. 348p. 8? Lond., 1926. ---- Also 3.ed. 393p. 1931. Stoll, A. Ein Gang durch biochemische Forschungsarbeiten. 41p. 8? Berl., 1933. Bibliografia. Chimica generale e biologica. Diagn. teen. lab., Nap., 1935, 6: 898; 1936, 7: 29.—Brown, W. I. The history of the introduction of biochemistry into medicine. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1932, 25:1046-54.—Banilevski, A. [Several bio- chemical researches on the seacoast] Fiziol. sbornik (Danilev- ski) Kharkov, 1888, 1: 381; 1891, 2: 239.—Farber, E. Stoff und Form als Problem der biochemischen Forschung; eine geschicht- liche Betrachtung. Isis, Bruges, 1934, 21: 187-202.—Felix, K. Rundschau: Fortschritte der organischen und physiologischen Chemie. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1935, 26: H.9, 56-70 — Florkin, M. L'ceuvre biochimique de Leon Fredericq. Liege med., 1935, 28: 1373-91—Isnard, M. E. Chronique de chimie. Arch. nted. pharm. mil., 1924, 80: 368-112.—Javillier, M. La chimie biologique et la guerre. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1922, 29: 45-51.—Leathes, J. B. The birth of chemical biology. Lancet, Lond., 1930, 2: 889-95.—Mendel, L. B. Some tendencies in the promotion of chemical research. Science, 1927, 65: 559-64.— Myers, V. C. Victor Clarence Vaughan as a biochemist. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1929-30, 15: 843, port.—Roncato, A. Sviluppo della biochimica e sue direttive odierne. Pubb. Lab. chim. biol. Univ. Padova, 1932-34, 1: art.2—Widdess, J. B. H. A seventeenth century biochemist. Irish J.M. Sc, 1933, ser.6, 90: 233-8.—Williams, 0. T. Critical review of recent work done in the bio-chemistry laboratory. Liverpool Med. Chir. J., 1908, 29: 180-6. ---- Instruction in. Abderhalden, E. Zur Frage der Schaffung von Lehrstiihlen fiir physiologische Chemie. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 2095.— Ackermann, B. Physiologische Chemie als selbstandiges Fach. Ibid., 1931, 10: 175. ----- Physiologische Chemie als medizi- nisches Unterrichts- und Forschungsfach. Ibid., 1934, 13: 705-7.—Bloor, W. R. University of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry; Department of Biochemistry and Pharmacology. Methods M. Educ. (Rockefeller Found.) 1927, 7.ser., 37-43 — Buchtala [Importance of the study of chemistry for the physi- cian] Bratisl.lek.listy, 1923-24,3:337-43—Everett,M.R. Metodo para presentar la bioquimica en armonia con la medicina moderna. Bol. Ofic. san. panamer., 1936,15:247-9.—Hopkins, Sir F. G. Ueber die Notwendigkeit von Instituten fiir physiologische Chemie. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1586.—Hsien Wu. Peking Union Medical College, Department of Bio-chemistrv. Meth- ods M. Educ. (Rockefeller Found.) 1925, 3.ser., 205-8.—Knoop, F. Die Stellung der chemischen Physiologie an den deutschen Universitaten. Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 2072-4.—Lebermann, F. Kurs iiber Elektrostatik in der Biochemie in Basel vom 8. bis 12. Oktober. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 1718—Mendel, L. B. Yale University School of Medicine, Department of Physiological Chemistry. Methods M. Educ. (Rockefeller Found.) 1925, 3.ser., 209-23.—Rodriguez Carracido, J. La ensenanza de la quimica biologica en Espafia. Siglo nted., 1917, 64: 950-2. ---- Manuals. See also Biochemistry, medical. Abderhalden, E. Lehrbuch der physiologi- schen Chemie in Vorlesungen. 4.Aufl. 2v. 799p.; 722p. 8? Berl., 1920-21. ---- Also 6.Aufl. 852p. 1931. Anderson, A. v. K. Essentials of physiological chemistry. 257p. 8? N.Y., 1935. Arthus, M., & Arthus, A. Precis de chimie physiologique. 11.ed. 522p. 8? Par., 1932. Beutner, R. Physical chemistry of living tissues and life processes as studied by artificial imitation of their single phases. 337p. 8? Bait., 1933. Bodansky, M. Introduction to physiological chemistry. 440p. 8? N.Y., 1927. —— Also 2.ed. 542p. 1930. ---- Also 3.ed. 662p. 1934. ---- & Fay, M. S. Laboratory manual of physiological chemistry. 234p. 8? N.Y., 1928. ---- Also 2.ed. 260p. 1931. Bohn, G., & Drzewina, A. La chimie et la vie. 275p. 12? Par., 1920. Carmichael, E. B. Laboratory manual of physiological chemistry. 3.ed. 189 1. 8? Univ. Alabama, 1934. Cole, S. W. Practical physiological chem- istry. 6.ed. 405p. 8? Cambr. [Engl.] 1920. ---- Also 7.ed. 479p. 1926. ---- Also 8.ed. 479p. 1928. Cooper, E. A., & Nicholas, S. D. Aids to biochemistry. 188p. 12? Lond., 1927. Dale, H. H., Drummond, J. C. [et al.] Lec- tures on certain aspects of biochemistry. 313p. 8? Lond., 1926. Edlbacher, S. Kurzgefasstes Lehrbuch der physiologischen Chemie. 230 p. 8? Berl., 1929. Erb, R. C. Physiological chemistry. 402p. 8? Easton, Pa. [1929] Everett, M. R. Handbook of biochemistry. 268 1. 8? Oklahoma City, 1935. BIOCHEMISTRY 304 BIOCHEMISTRY Fearon, W. R. An introduction to bio- chemistry. 313p. 8? Lond., 1934. Folin, 0. K. Laboratorv manual of biological chemistrv. 3.ed. 300p. 8? N.Y., 1922. ---- Also 4.ed. 308p. 1925.---- Also 5.ed. 367p. 1934. Gillespie, L. J. Physical chemistry; an ele- mentary text, primarilv for biological and pre- medical students. 287p. 8? N.Y., 1931. Gortner, R. A. Outlines of biochemistry; the organic chemistry and the physico-chemical reactions of biologicallv important compounds and systems. 793p. 8? N.Y., 1929. Hahn, A. Grundriss der Biochemie fiir Stu- dierende. 2.ed. 260p. 8? Stuttg., 1932. Halliburton, W. D. The essentials of chemi- cal physiology. 2.ed. 170p. 8? Lond., 1896. ■---■ Also 7.ed. 280p. N.Y., 1909. ---- Also ll.ed. 343p. 1922. ---- Also 12.ed. 383p. 1929. Hammarsten, O. Text-book of physiological chemistry; transl. from the third German ed. by John A. Mandel. 2.ed. 705p. 8? N.Y., 1898. Handbuch der biologischen Arbeitsmethoden; hrsg. von Emil Abderhalden. Berl. & Wien, v.l, 1925- Hart, P. Kurzes Lehrbuch der physiologi- schen Chemie. 3.Aufl. 407p. 8? Berl., 1928. Harrow, B., & Sherwin, C. P. A textbook of biochemistry. 797p. 8? Phila., 1935. Hedin, S. G. Grundziige der physikalischen Chemie in ihrer Beziehung zur Biologie. 212p. 8? Wiesb., 1915. Lambling, E. Precis de biochimie. 3.ed. 747p. 8? Par., 1921. McClendon, J. F. A manual of biochemistry. 381p. 8? N.Y., 1934. ---- Additional laboratory work for A Manual of Biochemistry, p.385-97. 8? N.Y., 1935. MacFate, R. P. Outline of chemistry; in- cluding inorganic, organic, and physiological chemistry [etc.] 149p. 8? Ann Arb., Mich., 1934. Mathews, A. P. Physiological chemistry; a text-book and manual. 3.ed. 1154p. 8? N.Y., 1920. ---■ Also 4.ed. 1233p. 1925. ---- Also 5.ed. 1930. Milroy, J. A., & Milroy, T. H. Practical physiological chemistry. 3.ed. 449p. 8? Edinb., 1921. Moore, B. Biochemistry; a study of the origin, reactions, and equilibria of living matter. 340p. 8? Lond., 1921. Morse, W. Applied biochemistry. 958p. roy.8? Phila. [1925] ---- Also 2.ed. 988p. 1927. Muller, F. Physiologische und klinische Chemie. 201p. 8? Lpz., 1931. Forms Bd4, of Laboratoriumstechnik Und Rontgenverfahren (W. Lustig) Novy, F. G. Laboratory notes in physio- logical chemistry, ptl. 76p. 4? Ann Arb., Mich., 1897. Oppenheimer, C Chemische Grundlagen der Lebensvorgange; eine Einfiihrung in biologische Lehrbucher. 298p. 8? Lpz., 1933. Parsons, T. R. Fundamentals of bio- chemistry in relation to human physiology. 2.ed. 295p. 12? Cambr., 1924. Pearson, W. A., & Hepburn, J. S. Physio- logical and clinical chemistry. 306p. 8? Phila., 1925. Pettibone, C. J. V. Pettibone's textbook of phvsiological chemistrv; with experiments. 3.ed. 404p. 8? S. Louis,' 1925. ---- Also 4.ed. 368p. 1929.---- Also 5.ed. 370p. 1931. Plimmer, R. H. A. Organic and bio-chemistry 5.ed. 624p. 8? Lond., 1933. Proctor, C. W. Brief course in physiological chemistry. 86p. 4? Kirksville, Mo., 1898. Raiment, P. C, & Peskett, G. L. A labora- tory handbook of bio-chemistry. 102p. 8? Lond., 1922. Roaf, H. E. Biological chemistry. 216p. 8? Lond., 1921. Rockwood, E. W., & Rockwood, P. R. A laboratory manual of physiological chemistry. 5.ed. 413p. 8? Phila., 1924. Schmitz, E. Kurzes Lehrbuch der chemischen Physiologie. 3.ed. 441p. 8? Berl., 1931. Schulz, F. N. Praktikum der physiologischen Chemie. 5. Aufl. 112p. 8? Jena, 1919. Sumner, J. B. Textbook of biological chemis- try. 283p. 8? N.Y., 1927. Wilson, D. W. A laboratory manual of physiological chemistry. 272p. 8? Bait., 1928. ---- Also 2.ed. 2S4p. 1932. ---- medical. Balch, A. W. A syllabus of biological chem- istry, with laboratory experiments; adapted for the use of medical and dental students. 58p. roy.8? [n.p., 1918] Barger, G. Some applications of organic chemistrv to biology and medicine. 186p. 8? N.Y, 1930. Biddle, H. C. Chemistry for nurses, including certain essential principles from inorganic and organic biochemistry; a combined text and labo- ratory manual. 336p. 8? Phila., 1931. Cameron, A. T. A textbook of biochemistry for students of medicine and science. 462p. 8? Lond., 1928. ---- Also 3.ed. 548p. 1931. ---- Also 4.ed. 556p. 1935. ----& Gilmour, C. R. The biochemistry of medicine. 506p. 8? Lond., 1933. ---- Also 2.ed. 518p. 1935. Cameron, A. T., & White, F. D. A course in practical biochemistry for students of medicine. 222p. 8? Lond., 1930.---- Also 2.ed. 237p. 1932. Delgado Palacios, G. Chimie pathologique tropicale de la region atlantique. 318p. 8? Caracas, 1914. Derrien, E., & Fontes, G. Chimie biolo- gique medicale; notions theoriques et guide pour les manipulations de chimie physiologiques et de chimie clinique. 3.ed. 456p. 12? Par., 1931. Dietrich, W. Einfiihrung in die physikahsche Chemie, fur Biochemiker, Mediziner, Pharma- zeuten und Naturwissenschaftler. 2. Aufl. 109p. 8? Berl., 1923. Dognon, A. Precis de physico-chimie biolo- gique et medicale. 2.ed. 350p. 8? Par., 1931. Dole, M. Laboratory manual: physical chemistry and quantitative analysis for students of medicine and biology, v.p. S? Ann Arb., 1934. Farmer, C. J. A laboratory manual of physio- logical chemistry; prepared for the use of students of Northwestern Medical School. 143p. 8? Chic. [1923] Findlay, A. Physical chemistry for students of medicine. 2.ed. 260p. 8? Lond., 1931. BIOCHEMISTRY 305 BIOCHEMISTRY Frankel, S. Praktikum der medizinischen Chemie einschliesslich der forensischen Nach- weise fiir Mediziner und Chemiker. 448p. 8? Berl., 1918: Furth, O. Lehrbuch der physiologischen und pathologischen Chemie in 75 Vorlesungen fur Studierende, Aerzte, Biologen und Chemiker; l.Bd: Organchemie; 2.Bd: Stoff wechsellehre. 583p.; 615p. 8? Lpz., 1925; 1927. Geis, J. F. Manual of physiological and clini- cal chemistry. 216p. 8? [n.p.] 1902. Hawk, P. B. Practical physiological chemis- try; a book designed for use in courses in prac- tical physiological chemistry in schools of medi- cine and of science. 8.ed. 693p. 8? Phila. [1923] ---- Also 9.ed. 931p. 1926. ■--- Also lO.ed. 929p. 1931. Hitchcock, D. I. Physical chemistry for students of biology and medicine. 182p. 8? Bait., 1932. ---- Also 2.ed. 214p. 1934. Horkheimer, P. Anleitung zu medizinisch- chemischen Untersuchungen fiir Apotheker. 81p. 8? Berl., 1930. Lewis, H. B., & Christman, A. A. A labora- tory manual of physiological chemistry, for use in the laboratory course in physiological chemis- try in the Medical school of the University of Michigan. 150p. 4? Ann Arb., 1927. McClendon, J. F. Physiological and patho- logical chemistry; with laboratory work, pts 1 &2. 2.ed. 297p. 4? [Minneapolis] [1929] ---- & Medes, G. Physical chemistry in biology and medicine. 425p. 8? Phila., 1925. Macleod, J. J. R. Biochemistry in modern medicine. 4.ed. 992p. 8? S. Louis, 1922. --- Also 6.ed. 1074p. 1930. Michaelis, L. Practical, physical, and colloid chemistry, for students of medicine and biology; transl. from the German by T. R. Parsons. 195p. 8? Cambr. [Engl.] 1925. Muhlpfordt, H. Kompendium der normalen und pathologisch-physiologischen Chemie. 2. Aufl. 8? Freib. i. Baden, 1931. Oppenheimer, C. Grundriss der Physiologie fiir Studierende und Aerzte; Erster Teil: Bio- chemie. 5.Aufi. 376p. 8? Lpz., 1925. Parsons, T. R. Fundamentals of bio-chem- istry in relation to human physiology. 281p. 12? Cambr., Engl., 1923. ---- Also 3.ed. 308p. 1927. ---- Also 4.ed. 435p. 1933. Philip, J. C. Physical chemistry; its bearing on biology and medicine. 3.ed. 367p. 12? Lond., 1925. Pozzi-Escot, M. E. Precis de physico- chimie medicale et biologique. 180p. 12? Par., 1918. Robertson, T. B. Principles of biochemistry for students of medicine, agriculture, and related sciences. 2.ed. rev. 796p. 8? Phila., 1924. Steel, M. Physical chemistry and biophysics for students of biology and medicine. 372p. 8? N.Y, 1928. Stewart, C. P., & Dunlop, D. M. Clinical chemistry in practical medicine. 246p. 8? Edinb., 1930. Stieglitz, J. O. Chemistry and recent progress in medicine. 62p. 8? Bait., 1926. Trumper, M., & Cantarow, A. Biochem- istry in internal medicine. 454p. 8? Phila., 1932. Vaughan, V. C. Hand-book of chemical physiology and pathology, with lectures upon the normal and abnormal urine. 3.ed. 2pts. 351p.; 32p. 8? Ann Arb., 1880. Wrede, F. Chemische und physiologisch- chemische Uebungen fur Mediziner. 232p. 8? Berl., 1927. Abell, I. Some recent contributions by science to the field of medicine. J.M. Ass. Alabama, 1933, 2: 449-54.—Archer, H. E. Biochemistry, chemical pathology, and pharmacy. Pharm. J., Lond., 1932,128:123.—Barrenscheen, H. K. Die Bedeutung der physiologischen Chemie fiir die Medizin. Wien. med. Wschr., 1931, 81: 1519-22.—Bennett, R. R. Recent biochemical discov- eries in relation to pharmacy. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1928, n.s., 126: 95; 115. Also Q.J. Pharm., Lond., 1928, 1: 303-18 — Biochemistry in relation to therapeutics. Nature, Lond., 1935, 136: 614.—Bradley, H. C. Some recent advances in chemistry as aids to the clinician. Wisconsin M.J., 1921-22, 20: 513-9. Also Illinois M.J., 1922, 42: 356-62.—Cathcart, E. P. Dynamic biochemistry. Edinburgh M.J., 1928, n.s., 35: 21-9. - Chitten- den, R. H. Research in chemistry as related to medicine. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78:1273-8.—Citron, H. Ueber einige klinisch- chemische Methoden. Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 2578.—Cruick- shank, E. W. H. The value of biochemistry in medical practice. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1934, 189: 478-83— Bale, H. H. Progress in autopharmacology; a survey of present knowledge of the chemical regulation of certain functions by natural constitu- ents of the tissues. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1933, 53: 297- 347. ----- Chemical ideas in medicine and biology. Science, 1934, SO: 343-9.—De la Granda, A. Lecciones de bioquimica aplicadas a la medicina practica. Siglo med., 1934, 94: 2; passim.—Bieuaide, F. R. The biochemical trend in medicine. China M.J., 1926, 40: 027-31.—Dryerre, H. The application of biochemistry to veterinary practice and research. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1934, 14: 1057-71.—Ellis, H. Applied clinical biochem- istry. AVest London M.J., 1928, 33: 148-59.—Engelen. Chemie des menschlichen Korpers. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1924, 34: 113; 132.— Feigl, J. Ueber die Beziehungen der Biochemie zur Heilkunde nach dem heutigen Stande und den Aussichten ihrer fachlichen Arbeitsform. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1919, 16: 690-5.—Fikri, M. M. The interpretation of biochemical findings in clinical investigations. J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1930, 13: 17-31.—Freund, E. Riickblick und Vorschau auf die Entwicklung der pathologi- schen Chemie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933, 46: 1569-74. Also Siglo nted., 1935, 95: 145-51.—Gainsborough, H. Biochemistry in relation to modern medicine. Postgrad. M.J., Lond., 1932, 8: 201-5.—Garrod, Sir A. The place of biochemistry in medicine. Brit. M.J., 1928, 1: 1099-101.—Greenbaum, F. R., & Wilcox, D. Chemistry in the service of medicine. Med. Rev. of Rev., 1928, 34: 106-14.—Hammett, F. S. The biochemist on the hospital staff. Science, 1920, n.s., 51:131-3.—Havard, R. E. A discussion of the advances contributed by biochemistry to clinical medi- cine. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1926, 40: 301; 318; 386.—Hicks, C. S. Studies in clinical chemistry. N. Zealand M J., 1924-25, 23: 202-7.—Irvine, L. G. Some recent applications of biochem- istry to clinical medicine. S. Afr. M. Rec, 1924, 22: 197-212.— Kelly, F. C. Recent ad vances in biochemistry and their relation to clinical medicine. Kenya & E. Afr. M.J.; 1926, 3: 104-15.— Levitan, M. Biochemistry—the basis of medicine. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1936, 143: 510-2.—McBonald, E. The chemical aspects of life and disease. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 124: 457; 538.—Marriott, W. M. The recognition and treatment of certain disturbances in the chemical equilibrium of the body. Proc. California Acad. M., 1932-33, 1-20. ----- Some therapeutic procedures based upon recent advances in biological chemistry. South. M.J., 1934, 27: 130-4.—Mayo, W. J. Studies in physicochemistry and their relation to clinical medicine. Journal lancet, 1925, 45: 511-5. ----- The surgical significance of certain biochemical phenomena. Month. Bull. Kansas City S.W. Clin. Soc, 1925-26, 2: no. 5, 19-21. ----- The practical value to the sur- geon of the knowledge of physicochemistry. Proc Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N.America, 1925,1:441-4. ----- DieDam- merzone der Medizin. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 642-4.— Ravasini, G. I nuovi orizzonti della biochimica e della pato- chimica. Med. prat., Nap., 1921, 6: 295-8.—Ravdin, I. S., & Rhoads, J. E. Certain problems illustrating the importance of a knowledge of biochemistry by the surgeon. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1935, 15: 85-100.—Rosenthaler, L. Ueber einige bio- chemische Probleme und Verfahren. Ber. Deut. pharm. Ges., 1923, 33: 14-9.—Rouzaud, J. J., & Manceau, P. A. E. Les appli- cations de la chimie biologique a la station de Vichy. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1923, 79: 532-60.—Sperling, A. Physikahsche Chemie im Dienste der Medizin. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1928, 25: 177-83.—Stammers, A. B. Some applications of biochemis- try to clinical medicine. Med. J.S. Africa, 1925-26, 21: 329-32.— Stander, H. J. Role of chemistry in obstetrics and gynecology. Am. J. Surg., 1934, n.s., 25: 383-9. Also repr.—Wesselow, 0.1. V. Biochemical methods in general practice. In Recent Progr. Med. & Surg. (Collie, J.) Lond., 1933, 302-6.—Whitehorn, J. C. The material in the hands of the biochemist. Collect. Papers Dep. Nerv. Harvard, 1936, 6: no.24.—Wokes, F. Bio- chemistry as applied to pharmacy. Pharm. J., Lond., 1935, 4.ser.,80: 173-211. ---- Methods. See also Chemistry, Methods. Koch, F. C. Practical methods in biochem- istry. 282p. 8? Bait., 1934. Morrow, C. A. Biochemical laboratory methods for students of the biological sciences. 21767—VOL. 2, 4th series----20 BIOCHEMISTRY 306 BIOCHEMISTRY 350p. 8? N.Y., 1927. ---- Also 2.ed. 319p. 1935. Brouwer, E. Ueber Regressionsgleichungen. Acta brevia neerl., 1935, 5: 88-91.—Citron, H. Ueber verschiedene chemisch- klinische Methoden. Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 137: 96-104.— Crozier, W. J. On the possibility of identifying chemical proc- esses in living matter. Proc. U.S. Nat. Acad. Sc, 1924,10: 461- 4.—Gorter, E. Spreading in a monomolecular film; a method for studying biologic problems. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1934, 47: 945-57.—Krogh, A. On the accuracy to be obtained by repeti- tion of simple measurements. J. Biol. Chem., 1927, 74: 393- 407.—Lesure, A. Les prelevements en chimie biologique. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1927, 9: 703.— Loele, W. Zur Unter- suchung biologischer Systeme. Virchows Arch., 1933, 289: 737-44. ----- Untersuchungen iiber lytische und plastische Systeme. Ibid., 745-52.—McDonald, E. Some new and unique apparatus for biochemical study. J. Franklin Inst., 1936, 221: 103-38.—Osborne, W. A. Recent advancement in physiological and biochemical technique. Med. J. Australia, 1917, 2:369-71.— Rossenbeck, H. Ueber achtjahrige Erfahrungen mit der feuch- ten Veraschung von biologischem Material im halbgeschlosse- nen System. Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 711-4.—Vladesco, R. Un defecant nouveau et ses applications en biochimie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 768-70.—Walther, A. Ueber die Normali- sierung von Zahlenreihen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 1801.—Williams, O. T. A review of the recent work in the bio- chemical laboratory. Liverpool Med. Chir. J., 1910, 30: 137- 42.—WiUiams, R. J. Fractional electrical transport as a tool in biochemical research. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 110: 589-97. Also repr.—Willstaedt, H. Neuere Methoden der organischen Chemie in der Physiologie. Erg. Physiol., 1933, 35: 116-57. ---- Nomenclature. Bertrand, G. Projet de reforme de la nomenclature de chimie biologique. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1923, 5: 96-109.—Big- wood, E. J. De la reforme de la nomenclature biochimique. Bruxelles med., 1926-27, 7: 633-5.—Bridel, M. La reforme de la nomenclature de chimie biologique; etat de la question a la fin de 1926. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1926, 8: 1211-6—Smoro- dintzew, J. A. Sur la reforme de la nomenclature de chimie biologique. Ibid., 1927, 9: 336-9. ---- Periodicals. Annual review of biochemistry. Stanford Univ., v.l, 1932- ARCHIV FflR PHYSIOLOGISCHE UND PATHOLO- GISCHE Chemie und Mikroskopie. Wien, 6v. 1844-47; n.F., 1852-54. Archivio dello Istituto biochimico ita- liano. Milano, v.l, 1929- Beitrage zur physiologischen und patho- logischen Chemie und Mikroskopie. Berlin, v.l, 1843-44. Biochemical journal. London, v.l, 1906- Biochemische Zeitschrift. Berlin, v.l, 1906- Biochimica e terapia sperimentale. Milano, v.l, 1909- Bulletin de la Societe de chimie biolo- gique. Paris, v.l, 1914- GlORNALE DI BIOLOGIA APPLICATA ALLA IN- dustria chimica. Bologna, v.l, 1931- Jahresbericht uber die Fortschritte der Tier-Chemie. Wiesbaden, v.42-48, 1913-20. Japanese journal of medical sciences. II. Biochemistry. Tokyo, v.l, 1925- Journal (The) of biochemistry. Tokyo, v.1-14,1922-32. Journal of biological chemistry. Balti- more, v.l, 1905- Zeitschrift fur physiologische Chemie. Berlin, v.l, 1877- Zentralblatt fur Biochemie und Biophy- sik, mit Einschluss der theoretischen Im- munitatsforschung. Leipzig, v.1-13,1910-20. ---- Societies, laboratories, and institutes. American Society of Biological Chemists. Journal of biological chemistry. Bait., v.l, 1905- ---- Proceedings, v.l, 1908- London. Biochemical Society. Biochemi- cal journal. Lond., v.l, 1906- Milano. Istituto biochemico italiano. Archivio. Milano, v.l, 1929- Milano. Societa italiana di biochimica. Biochimica e terapia sperimentale. Milano, v.l, 1909- Milano. Societa lombarda di scienze mediche e biologiche. Atti. v. 1-18, 1912-29. Incomplete. Padova. Laboratorio di chimica biologica (Universita) Pubblicazioni. v.l, 1932-34. Paris. Societe de chimie biologique. Bul- letin. Par., v.l, 1914- Seidell, A. Chemical research at the Pasteur Institution, p.1217-39. 8? Rochester, N.Y 1926. Cutting from J. Chem. Educ, 1926, 3: no.ll. Nicloux, M. La Society de chimie biologique d§puis 1919 Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1935, 17: 396-402. BIOCHIMICA e terapia sperimentale. Milano, v.l, 1919- BIOCLIMATOLOGY. See Climatology. BIODYNAMICA. Normandy, Mo., no.l, 1934- BIOELECTRICITY. See also Chronaxia; Electricity; Electrobiology; Electrochemistry; Electrodiagnostics; Electrog- raphy; Radiation; Reaction; Stimulus; also names of such related subjects as Acid base equilibrium; Electrolysis; Galvanotropism; also names of organs. Abramson, H. E. Electrokinetic phenomena, and their application to biology and medicine. 331p. 8? N.Y., 1934. Beutner, R. Die Entstehung elektrischer Strome in lebenden Geweben und ihre kiinstliche Nachahmung durch synthetische organische Substanzen; experimentelle Untersuchungen. x, 157p. 8? Stuttg., 1920. Garten, S. Beitrage zur Physiologie des elektrischen Organes der Zitterrochen. p.253- 366. 4? Lpz., 1899. Forms Bd25, no.5, of Abh. math.-phys. Klasse Sachs. Ges. Wiss. Keller, R., & Gicklhorn, J. Methoden der Bioelektrostatik. p.1189-1280. Berl., 1932. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Abt. 5, Teil 2, 2. Halfte. Adrian, Bresol & Innsell. Electrophysiology of the cell; introductory remarks and demonstration of electric discharges. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1934, 15: 215—Auger, D. Courant d'ac- tion rythmique provoque par le courant constant chez les Cha- racees. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 685-8.—Bandow, F., & Bohnenkamp, H. Ueber die Bestimmung der Strahlungsflache des Menschen aus seiner elektrischen Kapazitat. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1935, 236: 427-34.—Benedetti, E. Sulla rivelazione e amphficazione delle correnti bioelettriche per mezzo delle valvole termoioniche. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1927,2:1001-5. ---- Sulla possibility di registrare fotograficamente le curve delle correnti amplificate. Ibid., 1928, 3: 1320-2.—Beutner, R. The chemical nature of the tissue constituents which produce bio- electricity. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1927-28, 32: 101-13. ---- The electromotive action of alkaloids on tissue compared with that on proteins, lipoids and oils. Ibid., 115-20. ----- Source of bioelectncity, investigated by the relation between stainability and electric charges in tissues and artificial models. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 44-6. ----- The relation of life to electricity; stainability and electromotive forces in tissues which do not depend on acid-base combination. Protoplasma, Lpz., 1932, 15: 1-14. ----- The nature of the vital battery system. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1934, 15: 217-35. —---Huth, P. O., & Bush, C. K. Comparison of electromotive effect of concentration on tissues, proteins, and other substances. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1927-28,25: 27-30.—Beutner, R., & Kanda, T. Das Problem des bioelektrischen Modelles. Zschr. phys. Chemie, Abt. A, 1928, 139: 107-16—Beutner, R., & Lozner, J. The relation of life to electricity; stainability and electromotive forces of protein; the influence of watersoluble acids. Proto- plasma, Lpz., 1931, 12: 145-60—Beutner, R., & Menitov, A. Influence of salt content of colloids upon their electromotive forces which may explain bioelectric currents. J. Biol. Chem., 1927, 72: 759-63.—Blinks, L. R. The variation of electrical resistance with applied potential; intact Valonia ventricosa. J. Gen. Physiol., 1929-30,13: 793-806. ----- The reversal of bio- I electric potential by molecular ammonia and by the flow of BIOELECTRICITY 307 BIOELECTRICITY current. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol., Roma, 1932, 35. -----The effects of current flow on bioelectric potential; Hali- cystis. J. Gen. Physiol., 1935-36,19:867-98—Boyd, W.E. The electric field of the human body. Brit. J. Radiol., 1930, n.s., 3: 128-35 2pl ----- The periodic fluctuation of the electric field of the human body. Ibid., 1932, n.s., 5: 362-7, 4pl — Brunoii, N., & Torrisi, S. II corpo umano considerato come in circuito di radio e come un oscillatore ad alta frequenza. Arch. gen neur. Nocera, 1930, 11: 149-65— Burr, H. S., & Lane, C. T. Electrical characteristics of living systems. Yale J. Biol., 1935- 36, 8: 31-5.—Chopra, R. N., & Das, N. N. An improved method of recording amplified electrical changes in tissues for pharma- cological work. Ind. J.M. Res., 1934-35, 22: 777-84—Chou- croun, N. L'electrisation superficielle, caractere specifique des microorganismes. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 202: 1711-4.— Cotte, J. Exploration thermo-electrique sur la tete d'un sujet en activite. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930,104: 214-6—D'Arsonval, A. Relations entre la tension superficielle et certains phenomenes electriques d'origine animate. Ann. Inst, actin., Par., 1933-34, 8: 56-65.—Dejdar, E. Potentialmessungen an den Kiemenepi- thelien des Axolotl (Amblystomatigrinum Green) Protoplasma, Lpz., 1931, 13: 436-49.—Denier. Sur la tension electrique du corps humain. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1934, 3.ser., Ill: 46.— Beutsch, W. Untersuchungen zur Theorie der bioelektrischen Strome. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1925, 209: 675-84.—Elsasser, W. M. Constitution des particules etementaires et forces nucleaires. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 199: 1213-5.—Fischer, E. Versuche zur kapillarchemischen Theorie der elektrischen Erregung biologi- scher Objekte. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol., Roma, 1932, 80.— Gasser, H. S. The relation of the shape of the action potential of nerve to conduction velocity. Am. J. Physiol., 1928, 84: 699-711. -----& Graham, H. T. Potential produced in the spinal cord by stimulation of dorsal roots. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol., Roma, 1932, 92.—Giuliani. Possiamo considerare l'organismo umano un apparato elettromagnetico? Gazz. med. lombarda, 1932, 91: 29; no.6, 19.—Hasama, B. Ueber die elektrobiologi- schen Erscheinungen beim Furchungsprozess des Eies des Hy- nobius nebulosus. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1933, 232: 798-807 — Henry, E. C Electrical currents in living tissues. J. Radiol., 1924, 5: 425.—Hermanns, L. Toxikologische Untersuchungen an bioelektrischen Stromen; die pharmakologische Spezifitat des chemischen Alterationsstromes. Zschr. Biol., 1912, 58: 261-73.— Holzer, W. Modelltheorie fiber die Stromdichte im Korper von Lebewesen bei galvanischer Durchstrbmung in Fliissigkeit. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1933, 232: 821-34. ----- Ueber Oszillo- graphieverstarker fiir bioelektrische Untersuchungen. Zschr. Biol., 1936, 97: 151-9.—HuzeUa, T. Electrical phenomena in tissue cultures in relation to organisation. Arch. exp. Zell- forsch., 1934, 15: 250-4.—Juniew, G. S. Methode simplifiee d'enregistrement graphique des courants §lectrobiologiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 664-6—Kamp, C J., & Stuart, C The nature of the electric discharge in connection with the development of the electric organs. Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1934, 38: 445-51.—Karczag, L. Neue Beitrage zur Krankheits- forschung im Lichte der Bioelektrostatik. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 865.—Krajnik, B. Courants electriques derives du corps des infusoires. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 1229-31—Labes, R. Ein Membranmodell fiir eine Reihe bioelektrischer Vorgiinge; das allgemeine Bild des Modells. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1927, 125:29-76.—Luyet, B. Repartition d 'un courant electrique entre l'organisme et le milieu, dans une culture en paramecies. C. rend. Soc biol., 1934,115:1568-70.—Marsh, G. Relation between continuous bio-electric currents and cell respiration; the origin of electric polaritv in the onion root. J. Exp. Zool., 1928, 51: 309-27.—Messerle, N. Elektrische Vorgange im menschlichen Korper. Umschau, 1927, 31: 186-8.—Mond, R. Untersuchun- gen zur Theorie der Entstehung bioelektrischer Strome. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1924, 203: 247-61.—Motokawa, K. Studien iiber die EMK der toten Froschhaut vom kolloidchemischen Stand- punkt; fiber die Bedeutung der Kolloidzustandsanderungen der Haut ftir die Entstehung der EMK. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1933-34, 3: biophys., 69-93—Nicolai, L. Ueber Elektrotaxis und Elek- tronarkose von Fischen. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1930,224:268-77.— Nistler, A., & Pekarek, J. Neue Studien zur Methodik stati- scher Potentialmessungen (Perucca; Elektrometer; Messanord- nung; Elektroden) Protoplasma, Lpz., 1931, 13: 481-508 — Osterhout, W. J. V. Some aspects of bioelectrieal phenomena. J. Gen. Physiol., 1927-28,11:83-99. -----& Harris, E. S. Bio- electrical aspects of the all or none law. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 838-42.—Overbeck, 0. C. J. G. L. Human electric automatism. Med. Times, Lond., 1926, 54: 154-6.— Pasoli, E. Amplificazione di correnti d'azione deboli con valvola termoionica. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 992-5—Patrizi, M. L. Casi rarissimi di riflesso foto-elettrico nell' umano or- ganismo. Ibid., 1934, 9: 462-4.—Peset Cervera, V. La antena humana. Clin. & lab., Zaragoza, 1931, 18: 441-8.—Petrazzam, P. La produzione e la circolazione dell' elettricita animate. Riv. sper. freniat., 1935, 59: 368-401— Pfeiffer, H. Der isoelek- trische Punkt von Zellen und Geweben. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1929, 4: 1-40.—Pirovano, A. Tonicita chimica, interventi elettrici e bio-lesione. Riv. biol., 1934, 16: 319-34.— Prawdicz-Neminski, W. W. Zur Kenntnis der elektrischen und der Innervationsvorgange in den funktionellen Elementen und Geweben des tierischen Organismus; das Elektromyogramm der Destruktion. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1925, 207: 671-90— Rideal, E. K. Phase boundary potentials. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1934, 15: 264.—Rijlant, P. Etude de l'activite electrique spontanee des nerfs septaux et des ganglions cardiaques des batraciens. C rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 109-12.—Sauerbruch, F., & Schu- mann, W. 0. Nachweis elektrischer Felder in der Umgebung des Korpers; vorliiufige Mitteilung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 681.—Scaffidi, V. II preparato neuromuscolare di rana, come mezzo rivelatore di variazioni elettriche di varia origine dell' organismo. Riv. pat. sper., 1930, 5: 81-91.—Schaefer, H., & Schmitz, W. Aktionsstrom und Hullenleitfahigkeit. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1934, 234: 737-47.—Schneider, P. Elektrizitats- spuren an Tieren und Pflanzen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1925, 28: 1333-6.—Schiitz, E. Versuchsfertige unpolarisierbare Elektro- den zur Aktionsstromableitung. Zschr. Biol., 1935, 96: 510-2.— Sheard, C Bio-electric currents. Proc Mayo Clin., 1931, 6: 9-14.—Stern, K. Ueber die elektromotorischen Kriifte alkali- scher und saurer Pflanzengewebe. Zschr. phvs. Chemie, Abt. A, 1928, 139: 224-34—Straub, W. Toxikologische Untersuchun- gen an bioelektrischen Stromen; Prinzipien und Methodik. Zschr. Biol., 1912, 58: 251-60.—Umrath, K. Ueber Elektro- statik in der Biologie. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 7: 241. ----- Der Erregungsvorgang. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1934, 15: 241-5.— Veress, E. [Action-currents following the breaking and making of induction-currents] Magy. orv. arch., 1933, 34: 103-9.— Wohlisch, E., & Clamann, H. G. Nachweis von Aktionsstromen mit ElektronenrohrenverstSrker und Milliamperemeter zu Demonstrationszwecken. Zschr. Biol., 1928-29, 88: 239-44. BIOGENESIS. See Evolution; Generation; Genetics; Life, Origin. BIOGRAPHIES (Les) medicales. Par., v.7, 1933- BIOGRAPHY. See also Autobiography; Bibliography; Medi- cine, History; also names of persons and scientists. Alcocer y Martinez, M. Historia de la Uni- versidad de Valladolid; bio-bibliografias de medicos notables. 466p. 8? [Valladolid] 1931. American Council of Learned Societies. Dictionary of American biography. lOv. 8? N.Y., 1928-33. American Gynecological Society. Album of the fellows of the American Gynecological Society, 1876-1930. 640p. ' 8? Phila., 1930. American Historical Society. American biography; a new cyclopedia. 316p. 8? N.Y., 1927. ---- Encyclopedia of American biography. New series. 467p. 8? N.Y., 1934. Anglo-African who's who and biographi- cal sketch-book. 278p. 8? Lond., 1905. Avery, M. Six great scientists. lOOp. 8? Lond. [1923] Biographies (Les) medicales. Paris, v.7, 1933- Biographisches Lexikon der hervorra- genden Aerzte aller Zeiten und Volker. 2.Aufi. 5v. 8? Berl., 1935. Bissmarck, F. G. Biografisk matrikel over svenska lakarkaren. 875p. 8? Stockh., 1934. Bloom, J. H., & James, R. R. Medical prac- titioners in the dioceses of London, licensed under the act of 3 Henry VIII, C, II; an annotated list, 1529-1725. 97p. 12? Cambr. [Engl.] 1935. Bradford, T. L. Biographical index of the graduates of the Homoeopathic Medical College of Pennsylvania and the Hahnemann Medical College and Hospital of Philadelphia. 436p. 8? [Phila.] 1918. Braun, A. Krankheit und Tod im Schicksal bedeutender Menschen. 103p. 8? Stuttg., 1934. Brennsohn, I. Die Aerzte Kurlands vom Beginn der Herzoglichen Zeit bis zur Gegenwart; ein biographisches Lexikon nebst einer histori- schen Einleitung iiber das Medizinalwesen. 2. Aufl. 492p. 8? Riga, 1929. Brockbank, E. M. Sketches of the lives and work of the honorary medical staff of the Man- chester Infirmary, from its foundation in 1752 to 1830, when it became the Royal Infirmary. 311p. 4? Manchester, 1904. BIOGRAPHY 308 BIOGRAPHY Capparoni, P. Profili bio-bibliografici di medici e naturalisti celebri Italiani dal Sec. XV? al Sec. XVIII? 116p. 8? Roma, 1932. Catholic who's who and year book. Lond., 1918-33. Cattell, J. M., & Cattell, J. American men of science; a biographical directory. 5.ed. 1278p. 8? N.Y., 1933. Chi e? Dizionario degli italiani d'oggi. 800p. 8? Roma, 1928-31. Dartigues, L. Faisceau scriptural; livre d'airain. 833p. 8? Par., 1932. Degener, H. A. L. Wer ist's? 4.Aufl.; 8.-10.Aufl. 8? Berl., 1909-35. Dictionary (The) of national biography. 623p. 4? Lond., 1927. DlCTIONNAIRE DE BIOGRAPHIE FRANCAISE. v.l, 1519p. 4? Par., 1933- Fischer, I. Biographisches Lexikon der her- vorragenden Aerzte der letzten funfzig Jahre; zugleich Fortsetzung des Biographischen Lexikon der hervorragenden Aerzte aller Zeiten und Volker. 2v. 1741p. paged consec. 8? Berl., 1932-33. Foster, J. Alumni Oxonienses: the members of the University of Oxford, 1715-1886; their parentage, birthplace, and year of birth, with a record of their degrees; being the matriculation register of the University alphabetically arranged, revised, and annotated, v.l. 401 p. roy.8? Lond., 1887. Greif, S. Who's who in dentistry; biographi- cal sketches of prominent dentists in the United States and Canada. 2v. 238p.; 206p. 8? N.Y., 1916; 1925. Iles, G. Librarians as local biographers. 6p. 8? N.Y., 1911. Japan Times year book [including Who's who in Japan] 3.ed. v.p. roy.8? [Tokyo] 1933. Johns, F. Who's who in the commonwealth of Australia. 316p. 8? Sydney, 1922. Kelly, H. A. Some American medical bota- nists commemorated in our botanical nomencla- ture. 215p. 8? N.Y., 1929. ----& Burrage, W. L. Dictionary of Ameri- can medical biography; lives of eminent physi- cians of the United States and Canada from the earliest times. 1364p. 8? N.Y., 1928. Kemble, J. Idols and invalids. 211 p. 8? Lond. [1935] Knutsford, S. H. In black and white. 392p. 8? Lond., 1927. Kraks blaa Bog. 1073p. 8? Kbh. [1932] KtJRSCHNERS DEUTSCHER GeLEHRTEN-KaLEN- der 1935. 5.Aufl. 1924 numb. col. 8? Berl., 1935. Le Gal, E., & Klotz, L. Nos grands savants; ce que tout Prancais doit en connaitre. 181 p. 12? Par., 1926. Lenard, P. Great men of science; a history of scientific progress; transl. from the 2. German ed. by H. Stafford Hatfield. 389p. 8? Lond., 1933. Lewin, T. H. Life and death; being an au- thentic account of the deaths of 100 celebrated men and women, with their portraits. 231 p. roy.8? Lond., 1910. MacLaurin, C. Mere mortals; medico-his- torical essays; second series. 276p. 8? Lond [1925] Macmichael, W. The gold-headed cane. New ed. by George C. Peachy. 195p. 8° Lond., 1923. Masson, F. Discours a l'hopital (Hotel Thiers, Institut de France) 112p. 8? Par., 1916. Medical Who's Who. London, 1913-27. Medical World. Biographical sketches of notable phvsicians and surgeons of the present. 65 1. 59port. fol. N.Y. [191?] Mehmet Zeki & Mahmoud Patchadji. Tiir- kiye teracimi ah val ansiklopedisi; encyclopedic biographique de Turquie. 3v. 8? Istanbul, 1928-32. Meisen, V. Prominent Danish scientists through the ages; with facsimiles of their works. 193p. 4? Kbh. & Lond., 1932. Monro, T. K. The physician as a man of letters, science & action. 212p. 8? Glasgow, 1933. Moulton, C. W. A biographical cyclopedia of medical history. 367p. 8? Akron, Ohio, 1906. Newcomb, S. The reminiscences of an astronomer. 424p. 8? N.Y., 1903. New York. College of the City of New York. Alumni register, 1853-1931. 407p. 8? N.Y., 1932. Osborn, H. Impressions of great naturalists; reminiscences of Darwin, Huxley, Balfour, Cope, and others. 216p. 8? N.Y.; Lond., 1924. Preev, Z. N. The Russian revolution and who's who in Russia. 119p. 16? Lond., 1917. Raspail, X. Raspail et Pasteur; trente ans de critiques medicales et scientifiques, 1884-1914. 527p. 8? Par., 1916. Reber, B. Gallerie hervorragender Thera- peutiker und Pharmakognosten der Gegenwart. 408p. 4? Geneve, 1897. Rowbotham, J. F. Story lives of great scien- tists. 266p. 8? Lond. [1918] Sacramento Blake, A. V. A. d. Diccionario bibliographico brazileiro. 7v. 8? Rio de Janeiro, 1883-1902. Schweizerisches Zeitgenossen-Lexikon. 2.Aufl. 1023p. 8? Bern [1932] Strachey, L. Eminent Victorians: Cardinal Manning, Florence Nightingale, Dr Arnold, General Gordon. 310p. 8? Lond., 1918. Uhrbrock, R. S., & Owens, A. A. Famous Americans. 377p. 8? Indianap. [1922] United States. Congress. House of Representatives. House Doc. no.783. Bio- graphical directory of the American Congress, 1774-1927. 69. Congr. 2.sess. 1740p. 4? [Wash.] 1928. Vem ar det? Svensk biografisk handbok, 1933. 974p. 8? Stockh.[1932] Vem och Vad? Biografisk handbok, 1931. 663p. 8? Helsin. [1930] Who's Who. An annual biographical dic- tionary with which is incorporated Men and Women of the Time. London, v.55, 1903- Who's who in America. A biographical dictionary of notable living men and women of the United States. Chic, v.5, 1908- Who's who in American education. A biographical dictionary of eminent living educa- tors of the United States. N. Y., v.3, 1931- Who's who in American medicine. 820p. 12? N. Y, 1925. Who's who in Japan. 230p. 12? Tokyo, 1912. Who's who in New York City and State; a biographical dictionary of contemporaries. 4.ed. 1414p. 12? N.Y., 1909. Who's who in Science International. 2v. N. Y. & Lond., 1912; 1914. BIOGRAPHY 309 BIOLOGICAL ASSAY Who was who; a companion to Who's Who containing the biographies of those who died during the period, 1897-1928. 2v. 12? Lond., 1920-29. Yale University. Biographical record of the Class of 1874 in Yale College, part fourth, 1874- 1909. 277p. 8? New Haven, 1912. Baylis, H. A. Biographical notes on Bilharz, Looss, and Liihe. Parasitology, Lond., 1924-25, 16: 332-40, 3port—Burck- hardt, R. Aristoteles und Cuvier. Zool. Ann., 1908-10, 3: 69-71.—Butcher, H. T. 1933's centenaries of medical interest. Med. Times, Lond., 1933, 61: 87.—Contributors to the science of medicine; John Wesley, Jean Paul Marat, James Graham. Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 120: 180.—Garrison, F. H. Available sources and future prospects of medical biography. Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1928, 2.ser., 4: 586-607.—Gorgas, Reed, and Billings. Mil. Surgeon, 1927, 61: 56-64.—Hunt, J. W. Bio- medical centennials and their historical background; 1534-1834. Bull. M. Libr. Ass., 1934, n.s., 23: 61-71.—Kraepelin, E, Lebensschicksale deutscher Forscher (Alzheimer, Brodmann, Nissl) Munch, med. Wschr., 1920, 67: 75-8.—Mir, von. Oskar Contzen und Heinrich Jerusalem. Apoth. Ztg, 1924, 39: 933.— Schirmer, K. H. Aus dem Leben beruhmter Kollegen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1925, 75: 150; 1193; 1614; 1672.—Wegscheider. Semmelweis und Lister. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1924, 87: 661-8. BIOLCHINI, Francois. Peut-on guerir vite et bien du paludisme? experiences effectuees a Ottavia (Rome) avec la Methode Cremonese. 8p. 8? Rome, Inst. ital. biol., 1925. BIOLOGIA generalis. Wien, v.l, 1925- BIOLOGIA medica: rivista mensile delle scienze biologiche considerate nei loro rapporti con la medicina. Milano, v.7, 1931- Continuation of Biologie medicale. Milano. BIOLOGIC therapy. A series of articles pre- pared under the auspices of the Council on Phar- macy and Chemistry of the American Medical ""-Association. 91p. 8? Chic, Am. M. Ass. [1921] BIOLOGICAL assay. See also Drugs; Pharmacology, experimental; Toxicology; also names of drugs and pharma- ceutical preparations as Atropine; Belladonna; Digitahs, &c. Block, R. *Das enukleierte Froschauge als biologisches Testobjekt. p. 137-50. 8? Berl., 1933. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 87: Flury, F., & Zernik, F. Zusammenstellung der toxischen und letalen Dosen fiir die ge- brauchlichsten Gifte und Versuchstiere. p.1289- 422. 8? Berl., 1935. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Berl., 1935, Abt.IV, T.7B, pt2. Gaddum, J. H. Reports on biological stand- ards; methods of biological assay depending on a quantal response. 46p. 8? Lond., 1933. Forms no. 183, Spec. Rep. Ser. Med. Res. Counc. Great Britain Privy Counc, 1933. Gronberg, J. Die biologische Vorpriifung unbekannter Arzneimittel. p.1423-520. 8? Berl., 1935. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Bed., 1935, Abt. IV, T.7B, pt2. Knaffl-Lenz, E. Die internationalen Metho- den der biologischen Wertbestimmung und ihre Standardpriiparate. p. 1521-684. 8? Berl., 1935. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Berl., 1935, Abt.IV, T.7B, pt2. Kress, K. [L.] * Wirkungsweise einiger Gifte auf den isolierten Dvinndarm von Kaninchen und Hunden. 15p. 8? Altenb., 1905. Levy, J. * -'Essais, dosages et controle biolo- giques des substances m^dicamenteu.ses. 146p. 8? Par., 1930. London. Physiological Research Labora- tory. Physiological criteria for medicinal sub- stances. 61p. 16? Lond. [1912?] Munch, J. C. Bioassays; a handbook of quantitative pharmacology." 958p. 8? Bait., 1931. Penau, H., & Simonnet, H. Regies generates de l'essai biologique des medicaments. 63p. 8? Par., 1932. Sharp, W. In what way is the action of drugs to be discovered? An essav. 79p. 8? Lond., 1873. Storm van Leeuwen, W. Physiologische Wertbestimmung von Giften und Giftkombina- tionen an Warmbliitern und deren Organen. p.929-1070. 8? Berl., 1935. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Berl., 1935, Abt.IV, T.7B, pt2. Abell, R. G., & Clark, E. R. A method of studying the effects of chemicals upon living cells and tissues in the moat chamber, a transparent chamber inserted in the rabbit's ear. Anat. Rec, 1932, 53: 121-40.—Alvarez Ude, M. Neeessite et utilite des medi- caments de potentiel therapeutique defini, en adoptant dans chaque cas un procede general pour les obtenir, pour les pre- parer, et pour estimer leur valeur. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. (1903) Madr., 1904, 14: sect, pharm., 66-72.—Amantea, G. Sull' impiego di ratti albini neonati per alcune dimostrazioni di scuola. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1920, 29: 119.—American Pharmaceutical Association. Report of Committee on physio- logical assaying (1914- ) J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1914, 3: 1433-5; passim in following volumes.—Anderson, J. F. Prepara- tion, testing, storage, and use of biological products. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1927, 27: 299-302—Arthus, A., Lourau, M., & Silvestre de Sacy, G. Technique pour la preparation d'animaux destines a l'etude des produits hematopoietiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 861-3.—Bachem, C. Wertbestimmung von Arznei- mitteln auf biologischem Wege. Fortsch. Ther., 1928,4:450-3.— Belfanti, S. I veleni degli animali nella biologia. Biochim. ter. sper., 1927, 14: 7-21.—Bijlsma, U. G. Le dosage biologique des produits endocriniens. Bruxelles med., 1934-35, 15: suppl., 66.—Billon, F. Quelques remarques a propos des essais biolo- giques de ntedicaments. Bull. Acad, nted., Par., 1929, 3.ser., 102: 736-48.—Boldirev, V. [Investigation of the action of medic- aments upon the organism, based on certain new data in physiology] Kazan, med. J., 1913, 13: 376-93.—Bornstein, A. Pharmakologische Beobachtungen am gesunden und kranken Menschen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1921, 47: 317.—Brissemoret, A. Sur le titrage physiologique des medicaments. Bull. g6n. titer., 1907, 153: 456-9.—Brocq, L. Les causes d'erreur dans les essais therapeutiques et dans les recherches de controle. J. med. chir., Par., 1926, 97: 505-18.-Brudbaker, F. B. The physiological action of some drugs. Med. Times, N.Y., 1907, 35: 42-4.— Burn, J. H. Some methods of biological assay. Am. J. Pharm., 1926, 97: 656-66.-----The errors of biological assay. Phy- siol. Rev., 1930, 10: 146-69.—Busquet, H. Le titrage physiolo- gique des preparations galeniques. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1913, 20:659-66. ----- L'essai biologique des medicaments d'apres la pharmacopee des Etats-Unis. Ibid., 1918, 25: 86-91.—Carra- tala, R. E. La experimentation fisiologica en toxicologia; pro- grama de un plan de trabajos. Sem. med., B. Air., 1927, 34: 1393-1405.—Cazeneuve, P. De la communication de M. De- lorme relative aux centres de recherches biologiques appliquees a la therapeutique. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1921, 3.ser., 85: 156-60. ----- Sur te controle physiologique des agents thera- peutiques et son organisation ofncielle.' Ibid., 1926, 3.ser., 95: 530-8.—Chase, C. S. Approved methods of physiologic stand- ardization of drugs. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1915, 4: 1289-93.— Cushney, A. R. On the analysis of living matter through its reactions to poisons. Science, 1916, n.s., 44: 482-8. Also Sc. American, 1916, 82: Suppl., 335—Belzell, W. R., Burman, G. E„ & Pilcher, J. B. The action of the various female remedies on the excised intestine of the rabbit. Arch. Int. M., 1916. 18: 752-7.—Betermination of biological standards and the methods of biological assay and measurement. Rep. Med. Res. Counc, Lond., 1934-35, 62-72.—Bixon, W. E., & Haynes, G. S. The bio- chemical standardization of drugs. Med. Mag., Lond., 1906, 15:25-9.—Edmunds, C W. Report of the sub-committee on bio- assays. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1925, II: 991.—Fabre, R. Les proprietor chimiques et physiologiques des principes endocri- niens; applications a l'essai des produits organotherapiques. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1926, S.ser., 4: 13; 77; 114; 168—Ferraro, A. Influence du tonus nerveux initial sur les epreuves pharmacolo- giques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 940—Franke, H. Die Bedeutung biologisch-dosimetrischer Fragen fiir die weitere Entwicklung der therapeutischen Technik. Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1933, n.F., 58: 25-36—Frbhlich, A. Neue Methode zur Ausfiihrung pharmakologischer Untersuchungen am isolierten Splanchnikus- und Portalgefassgebiete von Kalt- blutern. Zbl. Physiol., 1913, 28: 205-11.-Fuhner, H. Beitrage zur vergleichenden Pharmakologie; die giftigen und todliehen Gaben einiger Substanzen fiir Frosche und Mause. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1932, 166: 437-71- Funaoka, S., & Fujibayashi, K. Ueber die pharmakologische Verwertung der Intraneural- injektion am Frosch. Jap. J. Med. Sc, 1929-30, 4: pharm., 203-17.—Funaoka, S., & Ogata, H. Die Intraneurale Applikation einiger Pharmaka, bes. der Narkotica an Warmbliitern. Ibid., 219-41, pi.—Gasser, H. S. Plexus-free preparations of the small intestine; a study of their rhythmicity and of their response to BIOLOGICAL ASSAY 310 BIOLOGICAL ASSAY drugs. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1926-27, 27: 395-410.—Gottlieb, R Leber die physiologische Wertbestimmung von Arzneimitteln. Munch, med. Wschr., 1908, 55:1265-70— Hallion, L„ & Gayet, R. Sur les variations du rapport entre Taction d'un medicament et sa dose chez I'homme et chez l'animal. Rev. prat, biol., Par., 1931, 24: 33-8.—Hamilton, H. C. Biological standardization. West. M. Rev., 1918, 23: 87-96. ----- Biologic assaying: its scope and limitations. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1920, 9: 576-9.— Hampshire, C H. Standard preparations used in biological assay. Pharm. J., Lond., 1934, 132: 229.—Hartley, P. Interna- tional biological standards. Ibid., 1935, 4.ser., 81: 625-7.— Heffter, A. [Pharmacological evaluation of drugs] Ber. Deut. pharm. Ges., 1921, 31: 319-23—Hewlett, R. T. Micro-biology and pathological chemistry and microscopy in relation to the pharmacist. Pharm. J., Lond., 1913, 4.ser., 36: 93; 248; 398 — Houghton, E. M. An indispensable part of drug valuation; physiological assay necessary to pharmaceutical research; where the chemical test is futile, the animal test affords the only safe- guard; the bases of the newer pharmacy. Bull. Pharm., Detr., 1899, 13: 418-20. Also repr.—Jowett, H. A. D. The limitations of physiological standardization. Pharm. J., Lond., 1923, 111: 511-4.—Javillier, M., Allaire, H., 2 for a given sample. Ibid., 1933, 25: 134-46.—Pende, N. Normalita razziale e regionale nelle valutazioni biometriche. Riforma med., 1932, 48: 1623-5.— Sailer, K. Biometrische Messungen an Laboratoriumsversuchs- tieren; Frosch und Maus. Arch. Entwmech., 1925, 105: 732-77. -----Hausvbgel. Ibid., 1926, 107: 625-50.—Stocks, P., & Kara, M. N. A biometrie investigation of twins and their brothers and sisters. Ann. Eugen., Cambr., 1933, 5: 1-55 — Teissier, G. Similitude biologique et indices biometriques rationnels. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 146—Terroine, E. F., & Barthelemy, H. De l'existence de rapport biometriques entre la grenouille rousse (Rana fusca) et ses ceufs a l'epoque de la ponte. C. rend. Acad. sc., 1921,173: 740-2—Tirelli, M. Appli- cazione di metodi biometrici alla sistematica. Genesis, Roma, 1931, 11: 168-221. Also Zool. Jahrb., Abt. allg. Zool., 1931-32, 50- 32-46 —Vandervael, F. Lecon inaugurate du cours de bio- metrie. Liege med., 1935, 28: 1309-36—Velu, H. Application de la classification decimate a la biometrie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 1390-2— Wellisch, S. Zahlenkritische Betrachtungen in der Biometrik. Zschr. indukt. Abstamm., 1929, 51: 379-93 — Wolff, W. R. E., & Sulman, P. L. On the nest and eggs of the common term (S. fluviatilis) a cooperative study. Biometrika, Cambr., 1918-19, 12: 308-54, 5pl— Wriedt, C, & Christie, W. Messungen und Wagungen von Haustauben. Zschr. indukt. Abstamm., 1926, 42: 93-109. BION, Bernard, 1899- *L'incontinence nocturne d'urine dite essentielle, ou enuresis, syndrome d'hypervagotonie pelvienne: son traite- ment par injections de lipiodol epidurales ou sous- arachnoidiennes. 70p. 8? Par., 1925. BION, Helen, 1902- *Untersuchung von Zahnwurzelgranulomen auf Streptokokken nach der Technik von Warren Crowe. 24p. 8? Zur., 1931. Also Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1931, 41: BIONOMICS. See Ecology. BIO-PHILOSOPHY. See also Biology, theoretic; Life; Nature; Philosophy; also names of biophilosophical theo- ries as Vitalism, &c. Auerbach, S. *Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Leibnitzschen Monadenlehre [Berlin] 49p. 8? Dessau, 1884. Chanceral, J. E. *Recherches sur la pensee biologique de Stahl. 59p. 8? Par., 1934. Hackmann, F. *Die Entelechie und ihre feldtheoretische Deutung [Berlin] lOOp. 8? Giitersloh-Westf., 1934. Hill, L. Philosophy of a biologist. 88p. 12? Lond., 1930. Meyer, A. Ideen und Ideale der biologischen Erkenntnis; Beitrage zur Theorie und Geschichte der biologischen Ideologien. 202p. 8? Lpz., 1934. Radl, E. The history of biological theories; transl. from the German by E. J. Hatfield. 408p. 8? Lond., 1930. Rudy, H. Die biologische Feldtheorie. 64p. 8? Berl., 1931. Forms H.29, Abh. theor. Biol. Alverdes, F. Die Ganzheitsbetrachtung in der Biologie. Sitzber. Ges. Naturwiss. Marburg, 1933, 67: 89-117—Asher, L, Theoretische Biologie und biologisches Weltbild. Naturwis- senschaften, 1922, 10: 473-7.—Bogdan, G. Une nouvelle preuve concernant la non-unhte de l'6tre vivant et l'independance des fonctions et des tissus. Ann. med. leg., 1922, 2: 260.—Delaunay, P. L'evolution philosophique et ntedicale du bio-mecanisme; de Descartes a Boerhaave; de Leibnitz a Cabanis. Progr. med., Par., 1927,41:1289; 1338.—Braper, G. Biological philosophy and medicine. Human Biol., 1929, 1: 117-35.—Gagnebin, E. Le raisonnement flnaliste en biologie. Scientia, Bologna, 1930, 3.ser., 48: 301-18.—Gaidukov, N. Ueber Ablauftheorie. Beitr. Biol. Pflanz., 1927, 15: 357-75.—Ganszyniec, R. Die biologische Grundlage der ionischen Philosophie. Arch. Gesch. Natur- wiss., 1920-21, 9: 1-19.—Hamelin, 0. La nature et le mouve- ment d'apres Aristote. Rev. philos. France, 1919, 87: 353-68.— Henop, C Ueber das Verhaltnis der Philosophie zu den Natur- wissenschaften. Arch. ges. Med., Jena, 1844, 6: 13-27.—Herz- berg, A. Der biologische Wert der Philosophie. Bl. Volks- gesundhpfl., 1928, 28: 75.—Karczag, L. Versuche iiber die Bedeutung der Reihenfolge in der Biologie. Biochem. Zschr., 1921,122:43-57.-----& Hajos, K. Versuche iiber die Bedeu- tung der Reihenfolge in der Biologie. Ibid., 1923, 139: 345-51 — Koehler, O. Das Ganzheitsproblem in der Biologie. Schr. Konigsberg. gelehrt. Ges., 1932-33, 9:139-204.—Kulenkampff, D. Was ist biologisches Denken? Med. Klin., Berl., 1936, 32: 412; 446.—Laignel-Lavastine. Les idees directrices de la bio- logie: Lavoisier-Bichat-Cuvier. Progr. med., Par., 1933, suppl., 25; 34.—Lambertini, G. Scienze biologiche e fdosofla. Gior. psichiat., 1933, 61: 378-84—Linhart, G. A. The free energy of biological processes; preliminary paper. J. Gen. Physiol., 1920, 2: 247-51. Also repr.—Mary, A. El relativismo biologico. Sem. nted., B. Air., 1923, 30: 1010-3—Mauriac, P. Du danger des explications simplistes en biologie et en medecine. Presse nted., 1932, 40: 941-4.—May, W. Herders Anschauung der or- ganischen Natur. Arch. Gesch. Naturwiss., 1911-12, 4: 8; 89 — Menge, E. J. v. K. A critique of presentday bio-philosophy: a comparative study of Latin, Slavic, and Anglo-Saxon scientific and philosophical reactions, being a series of lectures prepared for the National Universities of the Republic of Poland. Med. Rev of Rev., 1935, 41: 165; passim.—Meyer, A. Die Idee des Holismus. Scientia, Bologna, 1935, 58: 18-29.—Murray, J. C The dualistic conception of nature. Monist, Chic, 1895-96, 6: 382-95.—Oka, H. Biologie und Teleologie. Zool. Anz., 1929-30, 86: 153-7.—Rabaud, E. Les pattes ravisseuses et la convergence des formes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 25-7.—Reichenbach, H. Kausalitat und Wahrscheinlichkeit in der Biologie. Klin. Wschr., 1932,11: 251-3.—Richter, H. Beziehung zwischen Form und Funktion und das Planmassige an den Naturphanomenen. Anat Anz , 1932-33, 75: 497-538—Schaxel, J. Mechanismus, Vitalismus und kritische Biologie. Biol. Zbl., 1917, 37:188-96 — Schilder, P. Zur Naturphilosophie. Imago, Wien, 1926, 12: 117-25.—Spielrein, S. Die Destruktion als Ursache des Wer- dens. Jahrb. psychoanal. psychopath. Forsch., 1912, 4: 465- 503—Triepel, H. Verschiedene Betrachtungsweisen der Bio- logic Zschr. ges. Anat., 2.Abt., 1924, 10: 329-46— Uexkull, I. von. Die Bedeutung der Planmassigkeit fiir die Fragestellung in der Biologie. Arch. Entwmech., 1925, 106: 6-10—Wright, J. Cycles of thought in biological science; Aristotle and the heirs of his Entelecheia or body-soul. Med. J. & Rec, 1927,125: 388-91. ----- Teleology and heredity. Ibid., 741-4. ----- The teleology of Galen and that of modern science. Ibid., 126: 175-7 —Zimmermann, H. Das Problem der Ursache in der Biologie Med. Klin., Berl., 1922, 18: 1222-4—Zimmermann, W Kritische Bemerkungen zu einigen biologischen Problemen. Biol. Zbl., 1925, 45: 550-7. BIOPHYSICS. See also Biology; Biometry; Environment; also names of physical agents. American Association of Medico-Physical Research. Proceedings (11.) Chic, 1922. Archives de physique biologique. Pans, v.l, 1921- BIOPHYSICS Burns, D. An introduction to biophvsics. 435p. 8? Lond., 1921. ---- Also 2.ed. 580p. 1929. Cluzet, J. Precis de physique medicale (phvsique biologique, radiologie, physiothe- rapie) 2.6d. 792p. 12? Par., 1922. ---- Also 3.ed. 836p. 1929. Grashey, R., & Hirsch, P. Phvsikalische Methoden. p.[737]-1690. 8? Berl., 1928. Forms Abt.2, Teil 2, Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abder- halden) Berl., 1928. Journal of biophysics. Tokvo, v.1-2, 1923-27. Tschermak, A. von. Julius Bernsteins Lebens- arbeit; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der neueren Biophysik. 89p. 8? Berl., 1919. Tcrchini, S. Travaux pratiques de physique medicale. 115p. 8? Par., 1930. Bavink, B. Die Bedeutung der neuen Physik fiir das Grund- problem der Biologie. Scientia, Bologna, 1935, 57: 28-36.— Bernales, J. V. La ensefianza de la fisica biologica. An. Fac. med. Lima, 1924, 7: 111-9, port.—Biophysique. Annee biol., 1921-22, n.s., 2: 174-210.—Dessauer, F. Neue Aufgaben der Biophysik. Strahlentherapie, 1933, 47:17-24.—Ewerhardt, F. H. Bodily mechanics. Arch. Phys. Ther., 1929, 10: 216-21 — Forbes, A. Biophysics. Science, 1920, n.s., 52: 331.—Gross, J. Die Krisis in der theoretischen Phvsik und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Biologie. Biol. Zbl., 1930, 50: 321-7—Hartman, 0. The significance of size; how magnitude conditions the functioning of living organisms. Sc. Am. Month., 1921, 4: 212-4.—Hender- son, I. J. On volume in biology. Proc. U.S. Nat. Acad. Sc, 1916, 2: 654-8.—Lasarev, P. P. Les problemes actuels de la bio- physique et leur signification pratique. Scientia, Bologna, 1934, 57: 37-52.—Mark, H. Die physikalischen Grundlagen der Naegelischen Micellarlehre. Naturwissenschaften, 1928, 16: 892-900.—Mayo, W. J. A question of size. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1923, 41: 217-26. Also Ann. Surg., 1923. 78: 139-44.—Meyer, A. Umwelt und Innenwelt organischer Systeme nebst Bemerkun- gen fiber ihre Simplifikation zu physischen Systemen. Sud- hoff's Arch., 1934-35, 27: 328-52.—Moppett, W. A note on appa- ratus used in the biophysical laboratories of the University of Sydney. J. Cancer Res. Com. Univ. Sydney, 1933, 5: 155-62.— Strohl, A. Lecon d'ouverture du cours de physique medicale. J. radiol. electr., 1926, 10: 337-44.—Ullmo, J. L'evolution de la notion de corpuscule d'apres M. Langevin. Scientia, Bologna, 1934, 55: 103-17.—Vies, F. Action des agents physiques sur les organismes. Traite physiol., Par., 1933, 1: 861-927.—Williams, H. B. Some physical problems in the field of medicine. Science, 1929,69: 505-9. BIOPLASM. See Cell, Cytoplasm. BIOPLASTIN. Mannelli, M. L'uso della bioplastina ad alte dosi nell' in- fluenza e nelle complicanze pulmonari post-operatorie. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1927, 32: 161-4. Also Rass. clin. ter., 1928, 27:34-42.—Novi, I. Assimilazione della bioplastina serono; nota sperimentale. Ibid., 1929, 28: 128-30. BIOPSY. See also Diagnosis; Histology; Pathology, surgical. Robert, P. F. *Au sujet de la biopsie. 78p. 8? Par., 1923. Aglialoro, M. La biopsia d'aspirazione in ginecologia. Rass. ostet., 1936, 45: 172-87.—Ball, R. P. Needle (aspiration) biopsy. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1934, 27: 203-6.—Berger, L. La biopsie et l'examen histopathologique postopgratoire. Bull. nted. Qu§bec, 1928,29:33-9.—Blanco, M. F. Granuloma por cuerpo extrano de tipo celular consecutivo a una biopsia. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1931-32, 7: 283-96—Bloodgood, J. C Biopsy. Tr. South. Surg. Ass., 1934, 46: 141-54.—Choisser, R. M. A consid- eration of tissue diagnosis. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1934, 3: 236-40.—Dubois-Roquebert, H. Technique de la biopsie. Vie nted., 1922, 3: 1641-4.—Bustin, A. Sur la tech- nique des biopsies rapides. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1924, 13: 161-3.—Escudero, P., & Varela, M. E. La biopsia del midollo osseo nelle sue applicazioni in ematologia. Haematologica, Pavia, 1932, 3: 65-90.—Forestier, J. Instrumentation pour biopsie medicale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932,110:186.—Friedman, M. The clinical value of puncture biopsies. Radiology, 1934, 23: 429-37.—Girault, A. Presentation d'une nouvelle pince a biopsie; la pince a guillotine. Arch. mal. app. digest., 1935, 25: 983.—Glass, M. Office technic of cervical biopsy. Am J Surg., 1930, n.s., 8:346.—Grimberg, A. Nouvelle pince a biopsie. Bull. Soc. nted. Paris, 1935, 116.—Guequierre, J. P., & Weidman, F. B. High-frequency currents in performing biopsies. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 1693—Gwyn, W. B. Biopsies and the com- BIOPSY pletion of certain surgical procedures. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1923, 13: 820-3.—Hanford, J. M., & Haagensen, C D. Incisional biopsy. Am. J. Roentg., 1936, 35: 238-44—Hellwig, C A. Biopsy in tumors. Arch. Path., Chic, 1932, 13: 607-53. Also repr.-----Biopsy. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1935, 36: 28. ----- Tissue diagnosis during operation; reliability of Terry's supra- vital technique in 1,030 biopsies. Surg. Gyn. Obst.,' 1935, 61: 494-s.—Hermann, S. F. Modern evaluation of the biopsy. M ed. Herald, 1932, 51: 217.—Hufnagel, L. La valeur clinique de la biopsie. Prat. med. fr., 192G, 5: 371-5.—Lang, C A. Lo state attuale delle conoscenze sulle biopsie. Rass. clin. sc, 1933, 11: 375-84.—Larghero Ibaraz, P. La biopsia. Arch. urug. med., 1934, 4: 405-12.—Levy-Coblentz, G. La biopsie. In Traite derm. (Schulmann) 1933, 1: 104-19.—Lowsley, 0. S. A new device for securing biopsy specimens. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 33: 417-21.—Lozano Monzon, R. La biopsia ante y entre laboratoric y clinica. Rev. espan. med. cir., 1933, 16: 171-7.—MacCarthy, W. C. The need and value of biopathological standardization Tr. South. Surg. Ass., 1918, 30: 24-35.----- Indications and rules for biopsy. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1929, 4: 61.—McGraw, A. B., & Hartman, F. W. Present status of the biopsy. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 1205-9. Also repr.—Maisin, J. La biopsie Rev. med., Louvain, 1922, 103-7.—Martin, H. E., & Stewart, F. W. The advantages and limitations of aspiration biopsy. Am. J Roentg., 1936, 35: 245-7.— Masson, P. La biopsie. J. Hotel- Dieu, Montreal, 1935,4:149-56.—Muir.R. Resultatde la biopsie. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1930, 39: 393-5.—Navarre, P. Les biopsies; pratique courante de l'histologie pathologique. Rev prat. mal. pays chauds, 1923, 2: 284-90.—Neely, J. M. The value of the biopsy. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1936, 21: 1124-30—Pa vie, P. La valeur pratique de la biopsie. J. med. chir., Par., 1929, 100: 626-31.—Picard, E. Sur l'importance de la biopsie dans la pra- tique medicale. Rev. nted., Louvain, 1933, 91-5.—Puente Duany, N. Nociones sobre la biopsia. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1930, 5: 41-51.—Rene, V. [Contribution to biopsy technique] Cas. tek. cesk., 1927, 66: 1095-100.—Richardson, R. W. The indications for biopsy. Manitoba M. Ass. Rev., 1934, 14: no.12, 9-11.—Rocchi, F. Un nuovo strumento per biopsie. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1933, 4: 28-31.—Scalabrino, R. La biopsia degli organi interni. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1928, 52: 273-317, pi.—Shafiroff, B. G. P. The biopsy question. Am. Med., 1931, 37: 605.—Sikl, H. [Technic of biopsy] Cas. tek. cesk., 1926, 65: 664-8.—Tuohy, E. L., & Gillespie, M. G. A trephine modified to secure bone marrow (sternal) biopsies. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 1404.—Volkmann, K. Jedes exzidierte Gewebsstuck gehort ausnahmslos unter das Mikroskop. Zbl. Chir., 1928, 55:1299—Ward, G. E., & Geschickter, C. F. Electro- surgical biopsy. Am. J. Roentg., 1936, 35: 248-58.—Warren, S. Biopsies and frozen sections. N. England J.M., 1929, 200: 112. BIO-PSYCHOLOGY. Chattanooga, Tenn. The Taylor School of Bio-psychology. Prospectus. 20p. 8? Chattanooga, 1935. BIOT, Jean Baptiste, 1774-1862. Hartmann, L. Unveroffentliehte Briefe des Physikers Jean- Baptiste Biot (1774-1862) Archeion, Roma, 1934, 16: 52-72. BIOTHERAPY. See under specific names of therapeutic agents as Bile; Biological products; Ferment; Gastric juice, &c. BIOTROPISM. See also Allergy, bacterial; Tropism. Capuani, G. F. Biotropismo. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan., 1935, 14: 833-9.—Chantriot. Un cas de biotropisme actinique. Ann. mal. vener., 1930, 25: 3-5.—Ontiveros, F. J. Les pheno- menes d'activation et reactivation microbiennes et le biotro- pisme de Milian. Presse med., 1928, 36: 820-2.—Richter, W. Ueber Biotropismus. Deut. med. Wschr., 1934, 60: 1268-70. BIOTYPE. See Body, Constitution. BIQTJARD, R. See Massiot, G., & Biquard, R. L'instrumentation en radio- logie pratique. 4.ed. 314p. 8? Par., 1932. BIRATJD, Yves Marie. *L'enseignement de l'hygiene aux Etats-Unis. 78p. 8? Par., 1923. BIRBIS, Georges, 1889- *Etude de l'ap- provisionnement en lait de l'agglomeration lyon- naise. 112p. 8? Lyon, 1916. BIRCH, Edward Alfred, 1840-1912. Birch's management and medical treatment of children in India; 6.ed. by V. B. Green-Armytage. ix, 508p. 8? Calc, Thacker, Spink & Co., 1922. BIRCH, R. S. Psychology and the individual. x, 150p. 8? Lond., S. Low, Marston & Co. [1931] BIRCH 319 BIRD BIRCH, Raymond Russell, 1881- , & GIL- MAN, H. L. Bang abortion disease in cattle. 20p. 8? Ithaca, N.Y., 1926. Forms no.137, Cornell Extens. Bull. ----Bang's disease in cattle. 21p. 8? Ithaca, N.Y., 1935. Forms no.326, Cornell Extens. Bull. BIRCH. See Betula. BIRCHER, Eugen, 1882- Die Technik der Magenchirurgie, auf Grund von 1,500 Opera- tionen. 3p.l. 114p. 4? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1925. ---- Aerztliches insbesondere chirurgisches Denken und militarische Truppenfuhrung; ein Beitrag zur Fiihrungspsychologie. 99p. ch. 8? Aarau, H. R. Sauerlander & cie [1933] BIRCHER, Franklin. *Ueber Mumpsmenin- gitis [Zurich] 6p. ch. 8? Wien, A. W. Wolf & Co., 1923. BIRCHER, Max Edwin. *Die Beziehungen zwischen der Viscositat des Blutes und seinem Gehalt an Blutkorperchen und gelostem Eiweiss [Zurich] 27p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1920. ---- Sauglingsernahrung mit Fruchtmilch. 2.Aufl. 44p. 8? Basel, 1930. BIRCHER, Maximilian Oscar. *Zur Aetiologie des Naevus pilosus pigmentosus congenitus, extensus [Zurich] 34p. 8? Prag, A. Haase, 1897. BIRCHER, Willy. *Experimenteller Beitrag zur Frage des Primelekzems. 20p. 8? Ziir., S. Karger, 1925. BIRCH-HIRSCHFELD, Afrthur] 1871- Zur Pathologie der Granulose. 2 p.l. 30p. pi. 8? Berl., Deut. Verlagsges. Politik & Geschichte, 1925. See also Bartels, M., Birch-Hirschfeld, A. [et al.] Orbita, Nebenhohlen, Lider, Tranenorgane, Augenmuskeln, Auge und Ohr. 745p. 8? Berl., 1930. For Festschrift see Zschr. Augenh., 1931, 75: port. ----& HOFFMANN, Wolfgang. Die Licht- behandlung in der Augenheilkunde. v, 112p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1928. BIRCH-HIRSCHFELD, Arthur, & SATTLER, C. H. Die Krankheiten der Orbita [und] pulsie- render Exophthalmus. viii, 1048, 268p. lOpl. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Forms Bd9, Abt.l, Kap.13, of Handb. ges. Augenh. (Graefe & Saemisch) 2.Aufl. BIRCH-HIRSCHFELD, Gertrud, 1890- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Augensymptome bei multipler Sklerose; nach dem Material der Medizinischen Universitatsklinik in den Jahren 1909-15. 70p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1916. BIRD, Golding, 1814-54. Hale-White, Sir W. [Biography] Rep. Guy's Hosp., Lond., 1926, 76: 1-20, port. BIRD, Tom. 1844-1932. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1932,1: 159. BIRD. See also Animals; Beak; Ornithology; Poultry; Vertebrata; also names of birds as Pheasant; Turkey, &c, also caption in birds attached to many subject headings. Chicago. Field Columbian Museum. The birds of eastern North America known to occur east of the ninetieth meridian; water birds. Ptl: Key to the families and species; by C. B. Cory. 142p. 4? Chic, 1899. Coues, E. Birds of the Colorado Valley; a repository of scientific and popular information concerning North American ornithology. Pt 1: Passeres to Laniidse; bibliographical appendix. 807p. 8? Wash., 1878. Kupffer, C, & Benecke, B. Photogramme zur Ontogenie der Vogel; 1.Serie in 15 Tafeln, no.i-xv. p. 151-96. 4? Halle, 1879. Lachmund, F. De ave Diomedse dissertatio, cum vera ejus effigie scri incisa. 52p. 16? Amsterdam, 1674. Parker, W. K. On the morphology of the duck and the auk tribes. 96p. 4? Dubl., 1890. Forms no.6, R. Irish Acad. Cunningham Mem., Dubl., 1890. Wetmore, A. A systematic classification for the birds of the world, revised and amended. lip. 8? Wash., 1934. Forms No.13, v.89, Smithson. Misc. Collect. Adolphi, H. Ueber den Brustkorb und die Wirbelsaule der Vogel. Zschr. ges. Anat., l.Abt., 1922, 65: 1; 328— Amerlinck, A. Nouvelles recherches sur l'histogenese et la structure du labyrinthe membraneux de l'oreille des oiseaux. Arch, biol., Liege, 1930, 40: 19-56, 6pl.—Anasiewiczowna, S. Le developpe- ment de l'apophyse oncinee chez le poulet et sa signification. C. rend. Soc biol., 1928, 99: 1049—Bittner, H. Die Sektion des Hausgeflugels und der Versuchssingvbgel. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1924, 40: 99; 111; 125—Blaha, S. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Fettes vom Wasserhuhne (Fulica atra) der Grund des eigen- tumlichen Geruches und Geschmackes des Fleisches dieser Tiere. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1914, 89: 456-64.—Blaszyk, P. Untersuchungen uber die Stammesgeschichte der Vogelschup- pen und Federn und iiber die Abhangigkeit ihrer Ausbildung am Vogelfuss von der Funktion. Morph. Jahrb., 1935, 75: 483; 522.—Blechschmidt, H. Messende Untersuchungen iiber die Fussanpassungen der Baum- und Laufvogel. Ibid., 1929, 61: 517-47.—Bbker, H. Beobachtungen und Untersuchungen an Vogeln wahrend einer biologisch-anatomischen Forschungsreise in Brasilien. Ibid., 1930, 65: 229-305.—Boetticher, H. von. Morphologische und phylogenetische Studien fiber die hornige Fussbekleidung der Vogel. Jena. Zschr. Naturwiss., 1929, 64: 377-448.—Behnel, G. Sur deux types differents du developpe- ment primaire des oiseaux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99:1694-6.— Erdos.I. [The air sacs in birds] Allatorv. lap., 1932,55:191-6.— Festa, E. Uccelli. Boll. mus. zool. Torino, 1924, 39: n.s., no.24, 1-28.—Francescon, A., & Trevisan, L. Ricerche biologiche sulla borsa di Fabricio. Arch. zool. ital., 1931, 16: 802-4.—Gibbs, O. S. The renal blood-flow of the bird. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1928, 34: 277-91.—Godard, A. L'utilite des oiseaux. Nature, Par., 1919, 47: 390-4.—Groebels, F. Die untere Olive der Vogel, Anat. Anz., 1922-23, 56: 296-301. ----- Ueber die Farbe der Cuticula im Muskelmagen der Vogel. Zschr. vergl. Physiol., 1929, 10: 20-5.—Guieysse-Pellissier, A. Etude des reactions epitheliales dans les sacs aeriens et les bronches des oiseaux. Arch. anat. micr., Par., 1929, 25: 236-50, pi. Also C. rend. Soci biol., 1929, 102: 641-4.—Hartert, E. Ein fast allgemein verges- sener Artikel. Zool. Ann., Wiirzb., 1908-10, 3: 64-8.—Keibel, F. Ueber die Veranderung des M. complexus der Vogel zur Zeit des Ausschliipfens. Zschr. Morph. Anthrop., 1914, 18: 73-84, pi.— Krogis, A. La disposition des corpuscules de Herbst et de Grandry dans le bee des oiseaux adultes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 742-4.—Lange, B. Die Brutflecke der Vogel und die fiir sie wichtigen Hauteigentumlichkeiten. Morph. Jahrb., 1928, 59: 601-712, pi. ----- Ueber die Haut von Struthio, Rhea und Dromaeus (ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Vogelhaut) Ibid., 1929, 62: 464-506.—Lienhart, R. L'oeil blanc du pigeon domestique et autres types morphologiques. C. rend. Soc biol., 1936,121: 1630-2.—Looper, J. B., & Looper, M. H. A histo- logical study of the colic caeca in Bantam fowl. J. Morph. Physiol., 1929, 48: 585-609.—Macowan, M. M. Observations on the ductless glands, the serum calcium, and egg-laying in the fowl. Q.J. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1932, 21: 383-92—Mankin, W. R. Mineral content of the developing avian embryo. Med. J. Australia, 1930, 2: 41-8.—MoUer, W. Die Zungen der kostari- zensischen Zuckervogel. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1932, 28: 363-417.—Oudemans, A. C. Dodo-studien naar aanleiding van de vondst van een gevelsteen met Dodo-beeld van 1561 te Vere. Verh. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1917, 19: 2sect. no. 4, 15pl.— Patton, J. W. Avian postmortem examinations. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1925-26, 67: 207-12.—Peters, N. Ueber Kippfliigel bei Enten, Gansen und Schwfinen. Zool. Anz., 1930-31, 92: 89-96. ----- Ueber Vorkommen, Haufigkeit und die verschiedenen Formen der Kippfliigelmissbildung. Ibid., 1933, 102: 208-19.— Riddle, O. Studies on the physiology of reproduction in birds; the age distribution of mortality in bird embryos and its prob- able significance. Am. J. Physiol., 1930, 94: 535-47.— Ridgway, R. Observations on the Farallon rail (Porzana jamaicensis coturniculus, Baird) Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. (1890) 1891, 13: 309-11. ----- Description of 2 supposed new species of swifts. Ibid. (1893) 1894, 16: 43. Also repr—Sachtleben, H. Vogel. Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., 1922, suppl. Bd, math. phys. KL, 1-232, pi.—Shufeldt, R. W. Osteology of Numenius longirostris, with notes upon the skeletons of other American Limicolse. J. Anat., Lond., 1884, 19: 51-82, 2pl. Also repr. ----- Contri- bution to the comparative osteology of the Trochilidse, Capri- mulgidse, and Cypselidee. Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1885, 886- 915, 4pl. Also repr. ----- Osteology of Conurus caroliensis. J. Anat., Lond., 1886, 20: 407-25, pi. ----- The skeleton in Geococcyx. Ibid., 244-66, 3pl. Also repr. ----- Observa- tions upon the osteology of the North American Anseaes. ■ Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1888, 11: 215-61. Also repr ----- On the BIRD 320 BIRD position of Chamssa in the system. J. Morph. Physiol., 1889, 3: 475-502. ----- On the comparative osteology of the United States Columbidae. Proc Zool. Soc, Lond., 1891, 194: 1895, 194. ----- On the osteology of cranes, rails, etc Ibid., 1894, 250.— Steinmann, G. Laufvogel und Flugvogel. Anat. Anz., 1922, 55: 239-44.—Sumner, E. I. The growth of some young raptorial birds. Univ. California Pub., 1933, 40: Zool., 277-307.—Tsusaki, T. Contribution a l'etude de l'osteologie chez la grue; etude sur les os du tronc. Keijo J.M., 1935, 6: 61-78, 2pl.-----Etude sur les os du membre posterieur. Ibid., 90-101, 2pl.—Virchow, H. Wirbelsaule und Bein der Pinguine. Morph. Jahrb., 1931, 67: 459-565, 3pl. ---- Blood. Salomon, W. *Ein Beitrag zur Morphologie des normalen Huhnerblutes [Giessen] 26p. 8? Fulda, 1920. Battaglia, F., & Leinati, L. Elementi morfologici del sangue del polio e loro genesi: Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 537- 40.—Biely, J., & Palmer, E. I. Studies of total erythrocyte and leucocvte counts of fowls; variation in number of blood cells of normal fowl. Canad. J. Res., 1935, 13: Sec. D, 61-71.—Bruy- noghe, R. La parente des oiseaux d'apres les essais serologiques. Rev. beige sc. med., 1931, 3: 777-82.—Furuglyas, J. [Fat- and lipoid-content of the blood and plasma in hen, duck, turkey, and goose] Kozl. osszehas. elet- & kort., 1931, 24: 578-83.—Kennedy, W. P., & Climenko, B. R. Studies on the blood of birds; the corpuscles of the pigeon. Q.J. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1928, 19: 43-9.—Kyes, P. Normal leucocyte content of birds' blood. Anat. Rec, 1929, 43: 197.—Landsteiner, K., & Levine, P. On individual differences in chicken blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1932, 30: 209-12.—Loewenthal, N. Nouvelles observations sur les granulocytes pseudo-eosinophiles et neutrophiloides des oiseaux. C. rend. Soc biol., 1929, 102: 784-6.—Magath, T. B., & Higgins, G. M. The blood of the normal duck. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1933-34, 51: 230-41.—Morgan, V. E., & Chichester, B. F. Properties of the blood of the domestic fowl. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 110: 285-98.—Padoa, E. II numero e la grandezza degli eritrociti nelle galline sessualmente invertite. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1931, 6: 37-43.—Wastl, H., & Leiner, G. Beobach- tungen iiber die Blutgase bei Vogeln. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1931, 227: 367; 421; 460.—Wright, G. P., & Van Alstyne, M. The devel- opment of primitive avian red corpuscles on incubation in vitro. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1931-32, 46: 26-36.—Yakimov, W. L., & Rastegaiev, E. F. Sur la question des variations cytologiques du sang des poules. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1929, 22: 766.— Zucsek, Z. [Protein content of the plasma in hen, goose, duck, and turkey] Kozl. osszehas. elet- & kort., 1931, 24: 584-8. ---- Diseases. See also names of birds and diseases as Beri- beri; Black-head; Fowl-paralysis, &c. Balas, K., & Gottwald, L. [Filariasis of crows in the environ- ment of Szeged (Hungary)] Gyogyaszat, 1933, 73: 641.— Battaglia, F., & Leinati, I. Sulle malattie trasmissibili sistema- tiche degli organi emopoietici del polio. Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 905-7.—Baudette, F. R. B. aertrycke infection in canary birds and parrots. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1925-26, 68: 642. ----- B. aertrycke as the etiological agent in a disease affecting squabs. Ibid., 644-52. ----- El crup de las aves de corral. Rev. zootecn., B. Air., 1926, 13: 310-4.-----& Edwards, P. R. The etiology of a canary bird epizootic. J. Bact., Bait., 1926, 12: 51-5.—Bemelmans, E. Die kommensale Infektion; ihre Rolle bei ansteckenden Krankheiten, deren Aetiologie noch ungekiart ist (Grippe, Brustseuche und Hunde- staupe) Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1930, 46: 629-34.—Bouvier, G. Une fipidemie chez les sauterelles migratrices, isolement d'un bacille pathogene; essais de transmission de la maladie. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1936, 57: 91-104.—Brandly, C. A., & Bush- nell, L. B. Studies of some virus diseases of fowls. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1932, 80: 782-90.—Carpenter, C. B. Observations on 1,000 avian autopsies. Cornell Vet., 1923, 13: 214-22. ----- The care and treatment of caged birds. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1936, 88: 709-13.—Catanei, A. Etude experimentale de l'associa- tion de la spirochetose et du paludisme des oiseaux; note prS- liminaire. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1924, 17: 535-8.—Cornell, R. L. A note on infectious necrosis of canary birds. Vet. J Lond., 1928, 84: 350-6.—Curasson, G., & Audyesky, P. Sur les les corps de Balfour du sang de la poule. Bull. Soc path, exot Par., 1929, 22: 316-8—Balmon, J. Processus de la denudation de la base du bee et modification de la forme et de la dimension du bee chez le freux Trypanocorax fragilegus Linne sur des sujets libres. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1766-8.—Bennler, G. Infektionskrankheiten der Vogel und ihre Beziehungen zu den gleichnamigen Erkrankungen des Menschen. Natur, Lpz, 1920, 11: 93-6—Boyle, T. M. A hitherto unrecorded disease of fowls due to a filter-passing virus. J. Comp. Path., Lond., 1927, 40: 144-69.—Gallagher, B. A. Experiments in avian toxicology J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1918-19, 54: 337-56.—Gilbert, S. J., & Sim- mins, G. B. Observations on a disease of fowls due to a filterable virus and associated with leucocytic inclusions. J. Comp Path., Lond., 1931, 44: 157-69—Graham, R., & Thorp, F. Pleo- morphic micro-organism associated with acute infectious avian laryngotracheitis. J. Infect. Dis., 1930, 47: 83-6. Also repr. -----& James, W. A. A note on avian laryngotracheitis. J Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1930, 77: 587-94. Also J. Infect. Dis., 193o! 47: 87-91. Also repr. ----- A filtrable virus-like agent in avian laryngotracheitis. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1931, 78: 506-17.— Gray, H. Hygiene and the cause of avian maladies. Vet. J., Loud., 1932, 88: 560-2.---— The diseases of cage and aviary birds, with some reference to those of furred and feathered game Vet. Rec, Lond., 1936, 16: 343; 377; 418.—Hamerton, A. E. Diseases of aviary birds. Vet. J., Lond., 1933, 89: 5-12, pi.— Hare, T. Lumps or Hvpopteronosis cystica in canaries. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1931, 11: 1227; pi.—Heelsbergen, T. van. Infek- tiose Cloacitis bei Hiihnern. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1931, 39: 274.—Hinshaw, W. R. Infectious laryngotracheitis of fowls. Vet. Med., Chic, 1931, 26: 324-7.—Hou, H. C. Further obser- vations on the relation of the preen gland of birds to rickets, Chin. J. Physiol., 1930, 4: 79-92, pi.—Kaupp, B. F. Infectious purulent entero-proventriculitis of fowls. Vet. Med., Chic, 1928, 23: 486-8.—Kernohan, G. Infectious laryngotracheitis of fowls. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1931, 78: 196-203.—Kikuth, W., & Gollub, H. Versuche mit einem filtrierbaren Virus bei einer iibertragbaren Kanarienvogelkrankheit. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1932, 125: 313, pi.—Lagrange, E. Une nouvelle maladie des poules a virus filtrable observee en Egypte. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1929, 22: 64-8.—Lasbouyries. Les principales maladies des oiseaux en France. Rec med. vSt., 1929, 105: 591-613.—Magalhaes, O. Le mal triste des oiseaux. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1927, 20: 323-53, 4pl., 3ch— Moller, W., & Nitsche, O. Ueber einige verbreitete Erkrankungen unserer einheimischen Sperlingsvogel. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1923, 39: 443; 455.—Oppermann, Bbpelhauer & Moll. Zur Frage der Spontaninfektion des Huhnes mit dem Virus der ansteckenden Blutarmut des Pferdes. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1929, 37: 401.— Pagnini, V. Sulla cloacite enzootica dei polli. Clin, vet., Milano, 1930, 53: 777-87, pi.—Schechter, M. Hexosediphospha- tasen bei Hiihnern mit Beinschwiiche. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 208: 443.—Shaw, P. A. Duck disease studies; blood analyses iu diseased birds. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 6.— Stafseth, H. J. Pasty eyes in ducklings. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1931, 79: 638-40.—Truche, C, & Cotoni, L. Germe d'aspect pniumococcique liqusfiant la gelatine, rencontre chez des oissaux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 52-4.—Van Roekel, H. Diseases observed in game bird raising. Collect. Repr. Univ. California Dep. M. Res., 1929,12: 362—Veratti.E. Suunasingo- lare malattia endemica in un allevamento di polli. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1930, 44: 71-98.—Volker, R. Beitrag zur Diag- nostik der Kanarienvogelseuchen. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1926, 34: 803-7.—Zeeuw, F. A. de [Duck disease, bacteriology] Tschr. diergeneesk., 1930, 57: 1095-8. ---- Ecology. Baird, S. F. Catalogue of North American birds, chiefly in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 20p. 8? Wash., 1859. In v.2, of Smithson. Misc. Collect. Bent, A. C. Life histories of North Ameri- can diving birds. 345p. 8? Wash., 1919. Forms Bull. no.107 of U.S. Nat. Mus. Muller, A. *Die Ornis der Insel Salango, sowie Beitrage zur Ornithologie der Halbinsel Malakka; eine zoogeographische Studie [Er- langen] 96p. 8? Naumburg, 1882. Sumichrast, F. E. Birds of Southwestern Mexico; collected for the United States National Museum; prepared by Geo. N. Lawrence. 56p. 8? Wash., 1876. Beebe, C. W. Geographic variation in birds; with especial reference to the effects of humidity. Zoologia, N.Y., 1907, 1: 3-41, 5pl.—Bond, J. The distribution and origin of the West Indian avifauna. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1934, 73: 341-9.— Braun, M. Jacob Theodor Klein's Aviarium prussicum. Zool. Ann., Wiirzb., 1908, 2: 77-134, 4pl— Brewster, W. The birds of the Lake Umbagog region of Maine. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 1925, 66: pt2, 1-402— Greenway, J. C. Birds from Northwest Yunnan. Ibid., 1933, 74: 109-68.— Lunau, C. Beitrage zur Vogelwelt Ostholsteins. Schr. Naturwiss. Verein. Schl. Holstein, 1927-28, 18: 317-47.—McGregor, R. C. Birds of Antique Province, Panay, Philippine Islands. Philippine J. Sc, 1921, 18: 537-53, 2pl—Manuel, C. G. Obser- vations on the Philippine weaver, Munia jagori Martens; foods and feeding habits. Ibid., 1934, 53: 393-418. —--- Orni- thology in the Philippines. Rep. Nat. Res. Counc. Philippine Islands, 1935, no.l, 451-6—Merrill, J. C. Notes on the orni- thology of southern Texas, being a list of birds observed in the vicinity of Fort Brown, Texas, from February, 1876, to June 1878. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. (1878) 1879, 1: 118-73—Peters, J. L., & Loveridge, A. Scientific results of an expedition to rain forest regions in eastern Africa; birds. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 1936,79:129-205, 2pl— Ridgway, R. Descriptions of 2 new forms of Basileuterus rufifrons, from Mexico. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. (1892) 1893, 15: 119. Also repr—Schuster, W. Vogel des Vogelsbergs; Beitrage zur Ornis Hassica. Ber. Ober- hess. Ges. Natur. Heilk., 1916-19, 7: naturwiss. Abt., 201-6.— Stoner, B. Ornithology of the Oneida Lake region: with refer- ence to the late spring and summer seasons. Roosevelt Ann., 1932, 2: 277-764, pi., map— Studnitz, G. von. Geographisch bedingte Unterschiede physiologischer und psychologischer Natur zwischen Vogeln einer Art beziehungsweise Rasse BIRD 321 BIRD Schr. Naturwiss. Verein. Schl. Holstein, 1935, 21: 58-67.— Sutton, G. M., & Van Tyne, J. A new red-tailed hawk from Texas. Occas. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan, 1935, no.321, 1-6.—Wood, C. A. Curious and beautiful birds of Cey- lon. Annual Rep. Bd Regents Smithson. Inst., 1934, 247-55.— Wood, N. A. Observations on the birds of Berrien County, Michigan. Occas. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan, 1922, no. 119, 1-35. ---- Egg. See Egg. ---- Feathers. See also Feathers [3.ser.] Bornstein, F. *Ueber Regeneration der Federn und Beziehungen zwischen Federn und Schuppen [Bern] lip. 8? Berl., 1911. Keeler, C. A. Evolution of the colors of North American land birds. 361p. 8? S. Franc, 1893. Shufeldt, R. W. On the coloration in life of the naked tracts on the head of Geococcyx cali- fornicus. 3p. 8? [Lond., 1885J Banforth, C. H. The effect of foreign skin on feather pattern in the common fowl (Gallus domesticus) Arch. Entwmech., 1929,116: 242-52. -----& Foster, F. Skin transplantation as a means of analyzing factors in production and growth of feathers. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1927-28, 25: 75-7—Elsasser, T. Die Struktur schillernder Federn. Biol. Zbl., 1926, 46:156-60 — Faulkner, G. H. Observations on physiological factors in- fluencing the genetic coloration of fowl plumage. Arch. Entw- mech., 1932, 126: 663.—Gliozzi, S. La curva di accrescimento delle penne studiata sul Colombo in condizioni normali ed in alcune condizioni sperimentali. Boll. Soc. biol. sper., 1926, 1: 475-7.—Hempel, M. Die Abhangigkeit der Federstruktur von der Korperregion untersucht an Xantholaema rubricapilla. Jena. Zschr. Naturwiss., 1930-31, 65: 659-738, pi.—Janda, V. Vergleichende Untersuchungen uber den feineren Bau der Schwang-, Steuer- und kleineren Deckfedern bei wilden, do- mestizierten und kiinstlichen Einfliissen ausgesetzten Vogeln. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. allg. Zool., 1928-29, 46: 214-96—Juhn, M., Faulkner, G. H., & Gustavson, R. G. The correlation of rates of growth and hormone threshold in the feathers of fowls. J. Exp. Zool., 1931, 58: 69-106, 3pl— Kuhn, 0. Zur Entwicklungsphy- siologie der Feder. Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen, 1928, phys. math. KL, 233-40. Also Arch. Entwmech., 1932, 127: 456-541.— Lillie, F. R., & Juhn, M. The physiology of development of feathers; growth-rate and pattern in the individual feather. Physiol. Zool., 1932, 5: 124-84, 8pl.—Niermann, H. Verglei- chende mikroskopische Untersuchungen der Ganse- und Enten- federn. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1925, 33: 401.—Pezard, Sand & Caridroit. La bipartition longitudinale de la plume; faits nou- veaux concernant le gynandromorphisme elementaire. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 1074-7. Also Ugeskr. laeger, 1926, 88: 711 — Rondelli, M. Ricerche sulla variazione strutturale delle penne di Gallinacei e di Anserini. Boll. mus. zool. Torino, 1924, 39: no. 17,1-18, 2pl.—Woitkewitsch, A. A. Zur Frage der Bedeutung des Federbalges fiir die sich entwickelnde Feder. Zool. Anz., 1933-34,105:319-25. ----- Die Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Wachstum und Differenzierung im Prozesse der Federbildung. Biol. Zbl., 1935, 55: 449-60. --- Flight. Boker, H. Flugvermogen und Kropf bei Opisthoconus cristatus und Stringops habroptilus. Morph. Jahrb., 1929, 63: 152-207.----- Die Ableitung der Segelflugarten und des Schwirrflugs der Vogel aus primarem Hubflug. Verh. Anat. Ges., 1931, 39: 79-85.—Couvreur, E., ' Bull, Soc, p6diat. Paris, 1928, 26: 205-9.—Schwartz, P. Erkrankungen des Zentral- nervensystems nach traumatischer Geburtsschadigung; anato- mische Untersuchungen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1924, 90: 263-468, 4pl.—Seitz. Wie beeinflusst die Art der Geburt da= spatere Schicksal des Kindes? Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1927, 132: 248-50 [Discussion] 251-62.—Strachan, G. I. Prognosis in gen- eral birth injuries. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 824. ---- Treatment. Badgley, C. E. Birth injuries from the standpoint of the orthopedist. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1930, 29: 627-31.—Boorstein, S. W. Birth injuries requiring orthopedic treatments. J. Am. M. Ass., 1925, 85: 1866-70.—Brown, C. M. A brief outline for treating the birth injured. Physiother. Rev., Chic, 1935, 15: 226-8.—Carlson, E. R. Motor reeducation in birth injuries. Yale J. Biol., 1931, 3: 411-21. ----- The education of the birth injured. J. Health, 1934,5:14-56. ----- Neurological aspects and treatment of birth injuries. N. York State J.M., 1934, 34: 831-6.-----& Klingman, W. 0. Corrective motor education of birth injuries and allied problems. Med. Clin. N. America, 1935, 19: 807-15.—Fleming, G. B. Recognition and treatment of birth injuries in the newly born. Brit. M.J., 1931, 2: 481-5. BIRTH mark. See Nevus. BIRTH-RATE. See also Birth, Registration; Birth control; Eugenics; Fecundity; Illegitimacy; Population; Race; Sociology; Sterility; Vital statistics. Kuczynski, R. R. Fertility and reproduction; methods of measuring the balance of births and deaths. 94p. 8? N.Y., 1932. Adair, F. L. Some remarks on the birth-rate. Journal-lan- cet, 1917, 37: 793-803. Also repr.—Berry, R. J. A. The menace of the birth rate. Med. J. Australia, 1917, 2: 491-6.—Birth-rate. Brit. M.J., 1919,1:387. Also Rap. epidem., Geneve, 1930, 9: 473; passim.—Birth rate throughout the world, 1930-34. Statist. Bull. Metrop. Life Insur., 1935, 16: no.ll, 2-4.—Drysdale, C V. The law of correspondence of birth- and death-rates; excerpts from The Malthusian doctrine and its modern aspects. Birth Control, 1930-31, 14: 82.—Fernandez Sanz, E. Nupcialidad, natalidad y eugenesia. Siglo med., 1925, 75: 213-7.—Hedrich, A. W. Correction of birth rates for incomplete reporting. Am. J. Hyg., 1929, 10: 435-52. Also repr—Hofstatter, R. Zum Ge- burtenproblem. Wien. med. Wschr., 1934, 84:1153; 1187; 1214.— Kawabito, S., & Hashizume, S. Correction factors of the birth and death rates in various countries. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1935, 22: 1-4.—Lorimer, F. The recent rise of birth rates in western Europe. J. Hered., 1935, 26: 103.—Luzzatto Fegiz, P. Le variazioni stagionali della natalita. Metron, Rovigo, 1925, 5: no.4, 53-129.—Maurer, E. Medizinalstatistische Studien. Zschr. Kinderh., 1926, 42: 310-23.—Methorst, H. W. Survey of birth-rates of the world. Eugen. Rev., Lond., 1927-28, 19: 116-27.—N., L. Geburtenzahl und Kindersterblichkeit. Um- schau, 1927, 31: 684.—Natural increase in population. Michigan Pub. Health, 1933, 21: 134-6. Also Rapp. epidem., Geneve, 1931,10: 433-45.—Neurdenburg, M. G. [Birth rate and decrease of mortality among infants] Mschr. kindergeneesk., 1935, 4: 285-308.—Pearl, R. Birth rate in recent years. Collect. Papers Dep. Biol. Johns Hopkins, 1936,12: no.6, 7.—Rosenthal-Beussen, E. Geburtenhaufigkeit, Kindersterblichkeit und Fehlgebur- ten; Versuch einer Aufkliirung ihrer Beziehungen zueinander. Arch. Frauenk., 1928, 14: 1-12.—Ross, E. A. How fast can man increase? Sc. Month., N.Y., 1927, 24: 263-7.—Wachstum (Das) der Bevblkerung Europas in den Jahren 1800-1920. Umschau. 1925, 29: 937.—Wiirzburger, E. Richtige und falsche Folgerun- gen aus der Geburtenstatistik. Neue Generation, 1921, 17: 200-2.—Zahn, F. Statistik der Produktivitat. Allg. statist. Arch., 1932, 22: 530-8. ---- Decline. See also Birth-rate, differential; Birth-rat*— by countries. Barrett, F. E. The falling birth rate; indication from statis- tics. Brit. M.J., 1928, 2: 485-8.—Binet, A. L'effondrement de la natalite et le role social du medecin. Rev. nted. Nancy, 1936, 64: 587-97.—Birth rate sliding down. Ohio Health News, 1934, 10: 2.—Budge, S. Der Geburtenriickgang. Arch. Sozialwiss., 1913, 36: Ergiinzh., 9, 594-613.—Bumm, E. Geburtshiilfe und Geburtenriickgang. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1917, 46: 63-73.— Chop. Studium fiber den Geburtenriickgang, seine Ursachen und die Mittel zu seiner Bekampfung. Med. Klin., Berl, 1913, 9: 1521-3.—Courtois, J. A propos de la crise de la natalite. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1936, 50: suppl., 1185; 1246; 1285.—Bevraigne, L. A propos de la denatalite. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1934, 3.ser., 112: 676-80.—Bornedden, H. Zum Geburtenriickgang. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 2293-8.—Brysdale, C. V. The second Birth Rate Commission report. Malthusian, Lond., 1920, 44: 57; 65.—Eulenburg, F. Der Geburtenriickgang. Zschr. Sexwiss., 1914, 1: 145-56.—FranquS, O. von. Geburtenriickgang, Arzt und Geburtshelfer. Wiirzb. Abh. Med., Lpz., 1916-17, 16: 93-114.—Hanssen. Ueber den Geburtenriickgang. Miinch. BIRTH-RATE 344 BIRTH-RATE med. Wschr., 1913, 60: 2004-6.—Hengge, A. Zum Geburten- riickgang. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1917,46:173-84—Huffell, A. Der Geburtenriickgang. Zbl. ges. Gyn. Geburtsh., 1914, 5: 529-56.—Hugounenq, L. Denatalite et mortalite, a propos d'une etude recente de demographie comparfie. Ann. hyg., Par., 1935, n.s., 1.3: 249-59.—Infant mortality and the declining birth rate. Q. Bull. N. York Dep. Health, 1935, 3: 89-93.—Lefebvre-Bibon. La reduction acceleree de la natalite et ses repercussions sur la clientele des sages-femmes. J. obst. gyn.. Par., 1934, 5: no.5, 19-28.—Lotka, A. J. Population analysis; the extinction of families. Washington Acad. Sc, 1931, 21: 377; 453.—Mapleton, H. B. The dwindling birth-rate. Med. Off., Lond., 1932, 47: 125-6.—Our declining birth rate. Rep. Wisconsin Bd Health, 1933-34, 35: 178-80.—Peters, H. Das Problem des Geburten- riickganges, seine Ursachen und Folgen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1929,79:47-51.—Pirquet, C. Geburtenhaufigkeit und Sauglings- sterblichkeit. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927,77:11.—Prinzing. Der Geburtenriickgang in Deutschland und Frankreich. Deut. med. Wschr., 1923, 49: 1425.—Rondelli, B. Denatalita. Gazz. osp., 1934, 55: 1197-203.—Rott, F. Geburtenriickgang und Sauglingssterblichkeit. Arch. Kinderh., 1929, 87: 171-92.— Schlossmann. Die Frage des Geburtenruckganges. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1914, 51: 623.—Schneidewin, M. Einmal etwas mehrseitigere Gedanken zum Geburtenriickgang. Zschr. Sexwiss., 1916-17, 3: 168-74.—Straus, J. Ueber den Einfluss des Geburtenruckganges auf die Sterblichkeitsziffer. Prag. med. Wschr., 1914,39: 345-7. ---- Decline: Causes. See also Abortion; Birth control; Sterilization, eugenic. Godde, H. *Ist die Zahl der Vielgebarenden in den letzten 20 Jahren zuriickgegangen? (Beitrag zur Frage des Geburtenruckganges an Hand des Materials der Bonner Universitats- Frauenklinik) 46p. 8? Bonn, 1915. Aubrun, H. Les caisses de compensation et la depopulation. Ann. hvg., Par., 1924, n.s., 2: 230-6.—Crew, F. A. E. The falling birth rate; the biological aspect. Brit. M.J., 1928, 2: 477-9 — Ehrlich, M. Der mannliche Anted an der Bevolkerungs- abnahme. Neue Generation, 1917, 13: 31-4.—F, A. Warum Geburtenriickgang? Deut. Aerzte Ztg, 1933, 8: no.392—Gini, C. Decline in the birth-rate and the fecundability of woman. Eugen. Rev., Lond., 1925-26, 17: 258-74—Kosic, M. M. Die soziologischen Grundlagen der Geburtenbeschrankung. Allg. statist. Arch., 1916-17,10:427-S3— Kriege. Ueber die Abnahme der Geburten, ihre Ursachen und ihre Bekampfung. Zschr. Med. beamte, 1911, 24: 41-62.—Schlossmann, A. Die Frage des Geburtenruckganges. Zschr. Sauglingsffirs., 1914-15, 8: 1; 59.— Silbergleit. Geburtenriickgang und Mutterschaft. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, 9: 1787-9.—Simon. Zur Beurteilung des Geburten- ruckgangs. Zschr. Preuss. statist. Landesamt., 1931, 70: 122- 5.—Staemmler, M. Die Ursachen des Geburtenruckganges. Fortsch. Med., 1933, 51: 1169-74. Also Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1934, 31: 184-6.—Ungern-Sternberg, R. Ueber die Ursachen des Geburtenruckganges. Kinderarzt]. Prax., 1934, 5: 70-7.—Veit, J. Der Geburtenriickgang, seine Ursache und die Mittel zu seiner Bekampfung. Prakt. Erg. Geburtsh., 1912-13, 5: 219- 36.—Whelpton, P. K. Causes of the decline in birth rates. Q. Bull. Milbank Mem. Fund, 1935,13: 237-51—Zeiler, A. Die Zweikinderehe; ihre Gefahren und ihre Abwehr. Zschr. Be- volkpolit., 1916-17, 9: 359-67. ---- Decline: History. Andreades, A. La mort de Sparte et ses causes demogra- phiques. Metron, Roma, 1931, 9: 99-105.—Federschmidt. Lamentationen fiber Geburtenriickgang im griechischen und romischen Altertum. Bl. Volksgesundhpfl., 1918, 18: 111.— Feller, S. Bevolkerungsproblem und Bevolkerungspolitik in Mittel- und Westeuropa im Wandel der Neuzeit. Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1930-31, 3:40-74.—Sanders, J. [Births and deaths in the past, present, and future] Tschr. sociale hyg., 1929, 31: 1-13.— Schultze, E. Geschichtsphilosophisches zur Frage des Gebur- tenruckganges. Arch. Frauenk., 1914-15, 1: 317-28. ---- Decline: Medical aspect. Lissmann, P. Geburtenriickgang und mann- liche sexuelle Impotenz. 37p. 8? Wiirzb., 1914. Briining, H. Geburtenriickgang und Volksgesundheit. Zschr. Bevolkpolit., 1917-18, 10: 1-19—Cerioli, A. Testa, bacino e diminuzione delle nascite. Gazz. osp., 1930,51:165-8.— Cumpston, J. H. L. Birth rates and their possible association with the prevalence of infectious disease. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1931, 31:291-308.—Bohrn. Rachitis und Geburtenriickgang. Zschr. Desinfekt., 1926, 18: 11-5.—Gruber, von. Die Bedeutung des Geburtenruckganges fiir die Gesundheit des deutschen Volkes. Deut. Vjschr. off. Gesundhpfl., 1914, 46:119-94.—Ho veil, H. von. Griinde und Bedeutung des Geburtenrfickgangs vom Stand- punkte der oflentlichen Gesundheitspfiege; was kann der Arzt und die Medizinalverwaltung tun, urn diesem Uebel zu begeg- nen? Vjschr. gerichtl. Med., 1916,3.F., 51: 270-323.—Horder, T. The falling birth rate;,tlie medical aspect. Brit. M.J., 192S, 2: 4*3-r5.—KJein. Geburtenriickgang, Viel-Operieren und kiinst- licher Abortus. Deut. med. Wschr., 1918, 44: 336.—Laidler, P. W. The medico-social aspects of population density. S. Afr. M.J., 1936, 10: 317-27.—Stephenson, H. A. A study of vital statistics, with special reference to the obstetric specialist. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1926, 6: 449-57.—Thoma, G. Geburten- riickgang und Geschlechtskrankheit. Frauenarzt, 1916, 31: 5; 36.—Wadsworth, W. W. Race suicide from the physician's viewpoint. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1909, 2: 195-7. ---- Decline: Prevention. Noerdlinger, A. *Ueber die Vorschlage zur Bekampfung des Geburtenruckganges [Frei- burg] 48p. 8? Stuttg., 1915. Alexander C. Der Kampf gegen den Geburtenriickgang. Med. Klin., Berl., 1914, 10: 397-9—Binet, A. L'eflondrement de la natalite et le role social du medecin. Rev. med. Nancy, 1936, 64: 587-97.—Boehm, H. Sieg und Kampf gegen den Ge- burtenriickgang? Deut. Aerzte Ztg, 1934, 9: no.407.—Breccia, G. Natalita e problemi di vita pratica. Arch, fascista med. polit., 1928, 2: 113-27.—Can a nation buy babies? Lancet, Lond., 1936, 2: 441.—Cayrel. A. Natalite et propagande. Nor- mandie med., 1922, 33: 295-7.—Cruveilhier, L. L'eflort de la France compare a celui des principales autres nations d'Europe pour diminuer la mortalite infantile et lutter contre l'affaiblisse- ment de la natalite. Ann. hyg., Par., 1929, n.s., 7: 686-92. Also Rev. philanthrop., Par., 1929, 49: 692-9.—Bodge, E. Bettering the birth rates. J. Hered., 1924, 15: 113-8.—Eisenstadt. Sozial- politik oder Ehereform im Kampfe gegen den Geburtenriick- gang. Sex Probleme, 1913, 9: 737; 814—Furstenberg, A. [What measures can be taken, from a pediatric viewpoint, to counteract the effects of a continued decrease and the lack of a surplus of births?] Hygiea, Stockh., 1931, 93: 1-19.—Grotjahn, A. How to prevent an excessive fall in the birth-rate without interfering with the use of contraceptives. Am. J. Urol., 1916, 12: 119-24.— Isaac. Les conditions de relevement de la natalite. Rev. hyg. police san., 1922, 44: 1107-20.—Kaup, J. Krise im Kampf gegen den Geburtenriickgang. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 359; 404; 443.—Laserstein. Gibt es einen Weg ftir die Aerzte, um auf den Geburtenriickgang Einfluss zu gewinnen. Klin. ther. Wschr. Wien, 1920, 27: 217-9.—Litzenberg, J. C. The challenge of the falling birth rate. Am. J. Obst., 1934, 27: 317-29.— Merklen, P. Quelques succes pour la cause de la natalite. Paris med., 1923, 48: annexe, 257.—Pilsky. Massnahmen gegen den Geburtenriickgang. Fortsch. Med., 1914, 31:1373-84.—Remedy for depopulation. Brit. M.J., 1913, 2: 1603.—Society for the pro- motion of an increase of population. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935,105: 1536.—Springfeld. Geburtenriickgang und Hebammenreform. Ann. Hebamwes., 1912, 3: 241-93.—Wolf, J. Der Geburtenriick- gang und seine Bekampfung. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1912, 49: 2297-301. Also Jahrber. Schles. Ges. vaterl. Kult. (1912) 1913, 2: 2.Teil, 119-41 [Diskussion] 58-63, l.Teil—Zahn. Die kin- derreiche Familie und die Sozialpolitik. Verh. Internat. Kongr. Sexforsch., 1928, 4: 217-21. ---- Decline: Prevention—by law. See also Marriage, Laws. Grotjahn, E. geb. Gross. *Die italienische Gesetzgebung zur Bekampfung des Geburten- ruckganges. p.105-12. 8? [Berl., 1931] Also Arch, sozial. Hyg., Berl., 1930, n.F., 5: Ebner, von. Ueber die Tatigkeit des Amtsarztes in der neuen Bevolkerungspolitik, insbesondere fiber die Begutachtung der Ehestandsdarlehen. Zschr. Med. beamte, 1933, 46: 605-10.— Hirsch, M. Der Geburtenriickgang (etwas fiber seine Ursachen und die gesetzgeberischen Massnahmen zu seiner Bekampfung) Arch. Rassenb., 1911, 8: 628-54.—Keller, E. Ein Gesetzesvor- schlag zur Bekampfung der Entvolkerung Frankreichs. Zschr. Sauglingsffirs., 1910,2: 357-61. ---- differential. See also Fecundity. Hart, H. N. Differential fecundity in Iowa. 39p. 8? Iowa Citv, 1922. Forms no.2, v.2, Univ. Iowa Stud, in Child Welfare. Richter, C. G. *De infoecunditate corporis ob foecunditatem animi in feminis; von der Un- fruchtbarkeit gelehrter Weibes-Personen. 36p. 4? Hake Magd. [1743] Barnouw, A. J. The differential birth rate in Holland. Birth Control, 1932, 16: 81.—Berry, K. Differential fertility according to geographic areas in the United States. Q. Bull. Milbank Mem. Fund, 1931, 9: 79-94.—Burks, B. S„ & Jones, H. E. A study of differential fertility in 2 California cities. Human Biol., 1935, 7: 539-54.—Caravias, B. E. Disminucion de la poblacion en cantidad y en calidad. Sem. nted., B. Air., 1930, 37: 1372-80.—Carr-Saunders, A. M. Eugenics in the light of population trends. Eugen. Rev., Lond., 1935-36, 37: 11-20.— Charles, E. The effect of present trends in fertility and mortal- ity upon the future population of Scotland and upon its age composition. Proc R. Soc. Edinburgh, 1935-36, 56: 6-12.-- Conrad, H. S., & Jones, H. E. A field study of the differential birth rate. J. Am. Statist. Ass., 1932, njs.i 27:153-9.—Grotjahn, A- Quantitat oder Qualitat? zur Frage der Gebuxteuziffer, BIRTH-RATE 345 BIRTH-RATE Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1928, 25: 577-82—Hart, H. Familial dif- ferential fecundity. J. Am. Statist. Ass., 1924-25, 20: 25-30.— Klesse, M. Beitrag zum quantitativen und qualitativen Problem des Geburtenruckganges. Zschr. Gesundhverwalt., 1933, 4: 313-21.—Lamson, H. B. Differential reproduction in China. Q. Rev. Biol., 1935,10:308-21.—Lotka, A. J. The struc- ture of a growing population. Human Biol., 1931, 3: 459-93.— March, L. L'accroissement differencte de la population en France et dans le monde. Internat. Nurs. Rev., Geneve, 1927, 2: 285-92.—Marienfeld. Ueber differenzierte Fortpflanzung auf dem Lande. Zschr. Gesundhverwalt., 1932, 3: 385.—Merseyside survey. Eugen. Rev., Lond., 1934, 26: 199-204.—Moore, E. Population problems; an interim survey of the international population assembly. Ibid., 1931, 23: 137-9.—Notestein, F. W. Differential fertility in the Netherlands. Q. Bull. Milbank Mem. Fund, 1935, 13: 297—Pearl, R. The differential birth rate. Birth Control, 1924-25, 9: 278-300. ----- The biology of population growth. Ibid., 1926-27, 11: 236-60. ----- New data on differential fertility in the United States. Am. J. Hyg., 1926, 6: 610-6. Also Q. Rev. Biol., 1927, 2: 102-18.—Steiger, A. L. von. Der jahreszeitliche Verlauf der Geburten in europaischen regierenden Furstenhausern des 19. Jahrhunderts. Arch. sozial. Hyg., Berl., 1929, n.F., 4: 382-90.—Whelpton, P. K. Popu- lation; trends in differentials of true increase and age composi- tion. Am. J. Sociol., 1930, 35: 870. ----- Population trends in population increase and distribution during 1920-30. Ibid., 1931, 36: 865-79.—Woolston, H. Raymond Pearl; the biology of population growth. Ibid., 1929, 35: 403-10. --- differential: Economic factors. Dublin, L. I. The population problem and world depression. 32p. 8? N.Y., 1936. Forms Pamphlet No.l, Foreign Polit. Ass. Benjamin, G. Die Kinderzahl in Berliner Arbeiter- und Mittelstandsfamilien. Zschr. Schulgesundh., 1926,39: 454-8.— Better times and the birth rate. Statist. Bull. Metrop. Life Insur., 1935, 16: no.6, 1.—Birthrate and the depression. Ibid., 1932, 13: 1.—Families on relief and the birth rate. Ibid., 1935, 16: no.8, 1-3.—Hinrichsen, O. Depression und Produktivitat. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1933, 144: 455-506.—Jones, B. C. Eugenic aspects of the Merseyside survey. Eugen. Rev., Lond., 1936, 28: 103-13.—Kurz, K. Zusammenhange zwischen Kinderzahl und wirtschaftlicher Lage des Elternhauses. Arch. Rassenb., 1927-28, 20: 241-308.—Livi, L. Influenza delle varia- zioni dello stato economico e sanitario del popolo sul movimento oscillatorio della natalita. Bull. Inst, internat. statist., 1934, 27: pt2,123-41.—Morgenroth, W. Mfinchens kinderreiche Fami- lien und ihre Wohnungen. Allg. statist. Arch., 1928,18: 82-96.— Muller, K. V. Geburtenpolitik und Lohnpolitik. Zschr. Sex- wiss., 1928,15:161-72.—Notestein, F. W. The fertility of popula- tions supported by public relief. Q. Bull. Milbank Mem. Fund, 1936, 14: 37-49—Roberts, W. J. The falling birth rate; the economic aspect. Brit. M.J., 1928, 2: 479-83.—Sperling, H. Kaufkraft und Geburten. Arch. Rassenb., 1928-29, 21: 95-9.— Stouffer, S. A. Fertility of families on relief. J. Am. Statist. Ass., 1934, n.s., 29: 295-300.—Ungern-Sternberg, R. von. Die Geburtenhaufigkeit in den armeren und wohlhabenden Bezir- ken deutscher Grosstiidte. Zschr. Gesundhverwalt., 1934, 5: 265-73.—Woodruff, C. E. Birth rates, overpopulation, and the cost of living. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1912, 82: 231-6. Also repr. --- differential: Educational factors. Banker, H.J. Education and fecundity. J. Hered., 1925,16: 57-9.—Battista Pellizzi, G. II prevalere intellettualistico-indi- vidualista come causa della nostra decadenza demografica e di altri fatti sociali (considerazioni di psicopatologia sociale) Gior. psichiat., 1931, 59: 114-55.—Bawson, S. Intelligence and fer- tility. Brit. J. Psychol., 1932, 23: 42.—Beschamps, P. La natalite chez les primitifs. Bull. Soc. anthrop. Paris, 1923, 7.ser., 4: 112-6.— Eggen, J. B. Rationalization and overpopula- tion. J. Abnorm. Psychol., 1928, 21: 256-66.—Hankins, F. H. Civilization and fertility; has the reproductive power of western peoples declined? Eugen. Rev., Lond., 1931, 23: 145-50 — Holmes, S. J. The size of college families; a study of the size of the families of college students in relation to the nationality, religion, and education of the parents. J. Hered., 1924, 15: 407-15. ----- The fertility of the stocks which supply college students. Ibid., 1926,17:235-9.—Hunt, H.R. The Allegheny Col- lege birth rate. Ibid., 1923, 14: 51; 139, port.—Hutchinson, E. P. Education and intramarital fertility in Stockholm. Q. Bull. Milbank Mem. Fund, 1936, 14: 285-301.—Lai, B. G., & Suchen Wang Lai. The birth rate, infant and child mortality, in the families of Chinese preachers. China M.J., 1929, 43: 359-65 — Lara, H., & Ortigas, C. The rate of growth of the Christian popu- lation of the Philippines. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1928, 8: 411-8.—Popenoe, P. Increase of ignorance; wards of Pitts- burgh with most illiterates and most foreign-born have high birth rate and also show lower infant mortality than some of the best educated and prosperous wards. J. Hered., 1917, 8: 178- 83.—Robinson, C. H. Collegians' race suicide. Birth Control, 1933, 17: 48-50. ----- Co-educational graduates' birth rates. Eugen. News, 1933, 18: 116-9— Richet, C. Natalite et civilisa- tion. Rev. internat. nted., 1923, 34: 4.—Ungern, R. von. Die Ursachen des Geburtenruckganges im europaischen Kultur- kreis. Veroff. Med. verwalt., 1931-32, 36: 453-771.—Wolfe, A, B. The fecundity and fertility of early man. Human Biol., 1933, 5: 35-60, ---- differential: Social factors. Harper, R. M. Machinery and the birth-rate. 40p. 8? Ala. Repr. from J. Alabama Acad. Sc. 1935, 7: Lorimer, F., & Osborn, F. Dynamics of pop- ulation; social and biological significance of changing birth rates in the United States. 461 p. 8? N.Y., 1934. H Spengler, J. J. The fecundity of native and foreign-born women in New England. 63p. 8° Wash. [1930] Bauer, H. Ueber die zahlenmassige Fortpflanzung bei der bayenschen Landespolizei. Arch. Rassenb., 1934, 28: 320-5.— Burde, B. [Social characteristics and age groups among women and number of births in Moscow and its province] Mosk med J., 1927, 7: 6; 94-101—Cao Pinna, W. Fertilita e professionL Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1933, 35: 20-4.—Capasso, P. Natalita e classi lavoratrici. Verh. Internat. Kongr. Sexforsch 1928, 4: 40-79.—Edin, K. A. The birth rate changes; Stockholm upper classes more fertile than the lower. Eugen. Rev , Lond 1928-29, 20: 258-66—Frey, A. R. Die Unterschiede der Fort- pflanzung in den verschiedenen Berufen und Konfessionen wah- rend der Jahre 1926-29. Arch. Rassenb., 1934, 28: 113-28 — Geschwendtner, L. Frauenberufstatigkeit, Geburtenriickgang und Verpbbelung des Volkes. Zschr. Sexwiss., 1927-28, 14: 439-51.—Harmsen, H. Der Geburtenriickgang und seine sozialen Auswirkungen. Sozial. Prax., 1926, 35: 721-6.—Jones, B.C. Differential class fertility; a further report of the Mersey- side social survey. Eugen. Rev., Lond., 1932, 24: 175-90.— Kiser, C. V. Fertility of social classes in various types of com- munities of the east North-Central States in 1900. J. Am Statist. Ass., 1932, 27: 371-82. ----- Trends in the fertility of social classes from 1900 to 1910. Human Biol., 1933, 5: 256-73. ----- Recent trends in birth rates among foreign and native white married women in up-State New York. Q Bull Mil- bank Mem. Fund, 1936, 14: 173-9.—Notestein, F. W., & Kiser, C. V. Fertility of the social classes in the native white popula- tion of Columbus and Syracuse. Human Biol., 1934, 6: 595-611. Also repr.—Penris, P. W. L. [Frequency of pregnancy, child birth, and miscarriage in the lower classes of the Amsterdam women] Ned. tschr. verlosk., 1922, 28: 275-300.—Recasens, S. Lavoro e fecondita. Rinasc. med., 1930, 7: 360-3.—Riese, H. Soziales und Sozialpsychologisches der Geburtenpolitik. Verh Internat. Kongr. Sexforsch., 1928, 4: 163-79.—Savorgnan, F. La fecondita delle aristocrazie; le case ducali della Francia e del Belgio. Metron, Ferrara, 1924-25, 4: 558-75. ----- La fe- condita delle aristocrazie; le case ducali d'Inghilterra, Scozia e Irlanda. Ibid., 1925, 5: no.l, 69-88.—Schneider, G. Die Bezie- hungen der Geburten- und Fruhgeburtenbewegung zur sozialen Lage in den Jahren 1912-27 auf Grund des Materials der Univer- sitats-Frauenklinik Leipzig. Arch. Frauenk., 1929, 15: 1-52.— Teruoka, G. Ueber die Fruchtbarkeit der Ehefrauen der Ar- beiterklasse. Ibid., 1931, 17: 47-60.—Wagner-Manslau, W. Ueber die Ursachen des Geburtenruckganges beim deutschen Adel. Arch, sozial. Hyg., Berl., 1931, 6: 366-70. ----- The decline in the birth-rate; a study of the biological effects of emancipation of the peasants. Eugen. Rev., Lond., 1934, 26: 193-8.—Willcox, W. F. Changes since 1900 in the fertility of native white wives. Q. Bull. Milbank Mem. Fund, 1932 10: 191-204. ---- Effect of various factors. Congres de la natalite. Manage et nata- lity. 331p. 8? Brux., 1932. Aievoli, E. In tema di fertilita umana. Morgagni, 1931, 73: 1523-7.—Albrecht, H. Eheliche Fruchtbarkeit und Geburten- riickgang in Europa. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1928,80:98-103.— Anufriev, S. S. [Biological and social problems in unusual fer- tility in women] J. akush. zhensk. boliez., 1925, 36: 348-54.— Aromando, A., Cao-Pinna, W., & Pintus, G. Sul problema dei rapporti fra costituzione corporea e fertilita. Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1933, 35: 10-9.—Benedetti, P. Costituzione e fecondita. Endocr. pat. cost., Roma, n.s., 1932, 7: 446-501.— Berkow, S. G. Body types in women of infertile constitution; the value of surface area proportions as an anthropometric method of differentiation. Arch. Int. M., 1931, 4$: 234-48.— Boldrini, M, La fertilita dei biotipi; saggio di demografia costi- tuzionalistica. Collect. Papers Dep. Biol. Johns Hopkins, 1934, 10: no. 14, 709-12.—Castaldi, L. Relazione sull' indagine di mille genitori di famiglie numerose nella citta di Cagliari. Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1931, 33: 259-76. ------ Sul problema biologico e demografico della prolificita. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1932, 13: 112; 166.—Ferguson, J. H. Some twentieth-century problems in relation to marriage and childbirth. Tr. Edinburgh Obst. Soc, 1912-13, 38: 3-39.— Fetscher, R. Beitrag zur Frage der Erbeinfliisse und die Frucht- barkeit. Arch, sozial. Hyg., Berl., 1933, 8: 47.—Hutton, W. L. Tendencies in human fertility. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1934, 30: 73-7.—Knibbs, G. H. Note on the influence of infantile mor- tality on birth-rate. J. Proc. R. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1910, 44: 22-4.—Kurita^T. Statistical investigation on the time-interval between the.rharriage and the first parturition and those of successive two parturitions. Jap. J. Obst. Gyn., 1933, 16: 466-9—Xotka, A. J. The size of the American families iq the BIRTH-RATE 346 BIRTH-RATE eighteenth century, and the significance of the empirical con- stants in the Pearl-Reed law of population growth. J. Am. Statist. Ass., 1926-27, 22: 154-70.—Pardo, Conde Gargollo & Gomez Acebo. Menarquia, menopausia, fecundidad y consti- tution. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: 781.—Pende, N., Gualco & Sarperi. Costituzione e fecondita nella donna. Endocr. pat. cost., Roma, 1932, n.s., 7: 71-9.—Schmidt, H. Ueber die vergleichs- weise Fruchtbarkeit der Kulturvolker. Arch. Rassenb., 1926, 18: 193-200.—Wagner-Manslau, W. Human fertility; a demon- stration of its genetic basis. Eugen. Rev., Lond., 1932, 24: 195-210.—Willoughby, R. R. Homogamy in fertility; an Ameri- can study of the mating of like with like. Ibid., 1931, 23: 223-9. ---- Effect of war. Corbach, 0. Krieg und Geburtenziffer. Bl. Volksgesundh- pfl., 1915, 15: 236.—Maurer, E. Aus der Bevolkerungsbewegung der Kriegs- und Nachkriegsjahre; Geburtenziffer. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1924, 71:950.—Richter, J. Zur Geburtenbewegung vor und wahrend des Krieges. Gyn. Rdsch., 1916, 10: 37 [Discussion]^.—Rott, F. Geburtenhaufigkeit, Sauglingssterb- lichkeit und Sauglingsschutz in den ersten beiden Kriegs- jahren. Erg. Hyg. Bakt., 1917, 2: 561-621. ---- Experimental studies. See also Fecundity; Population. Maclagan, D. S. The effect of population density upon rate of reproduction, with special reference to insects. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1932, 111: s.B, 437-84, 4pl. -----& Bunn, E. Experi- mental analysis of population growth. Nature, Lond., 1935, 135: 33.—Pearl, R. The influence of density of population upon egg production in Drosophila melanogaster. J. Exp. Zool., 1932, 63: 57-84. ---- National aspect. See also Eugenics; Population. Benthin, W. Die Erhaltung des Kindesle- bens in der Geburt; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Bevolkerungspolitik. lllp. 8? Berl., 1919. Marchant, J. Birth-rate and empire. 226p. 8? Lond., 1917. Adams, J. W. Some population problems of the world. S. Afr. M.J., 1934, 8: 131.—Alonso Munoyerro, J. A. La limitation de la natalidad en su relation con el porvenir de la raza. Med. ibera, 1936, 30: 76.—Bliimner. Wehrkraft und Gebur- tenriickgang. Volk & Rasse, 1928, 3: 129-37.—Cox, H. The reduction of the birth rate as a necessary instrument for the improvement of the race. Eugen. Rev., Lond., 1922-23, 14: 83-92.—Bauwe, O. Note sur le probleme de la population. Ann. Soc. med. Anvers, 1911, 73: 73-7.—Besfosses, P. Le suicide de la race blanche? Presse med., 1934, 42: 777-9.— Biihrssen. Die neue Geburtshilfe und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Bevolkerungspolitik. Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 1185.— Ftirth, H. Ist der Geburtenriickgang eine bevolkerungspoli- tische Gefahr? Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1928, 1: 254-63.—Gini, C. Direttive e risultati sullo studio dei problemi della popolazione. Genesis, Roma, 1931, 11: 161-7.—Grotjahn, A. Der Geburten- riickgang im Lichte der sozialen Hygiene und der Eugenik. Zschr. Sexwiss., 1914, 1: 156-64.—Griinbaum-Sachs, H. Das Sexualproblem der Bevolkerungspolitik. Ibid., 1926-27, 13: 224-32.—Gunzburg. A propos de la discussion sur le probleme de la population. Ann. Soc. nted. Anvers, 1911, 73: 67-71.— Hintze, K. Geburtenabnahme bedingt geistigen und kbrper- lichen Ruekgang eines Volkes. Umschau, 1929, 33: 671.—Prin- zing. Geburtenriickgang und Volkszahl. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 1787.—Rutgers, J. Die Bevolkerungsfrage in ihrer jetzigen Gestalt. Arch. Menschenk., 1925-26, 1: 230-40.— Schacht, F. Die Sicherstellung der Volksvermehrung. Arch. Frauenk., 1917, 3: 212-26.—Scheers, N. A. [Some remarks on the population problem] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1923, 67: pt2, 710-2.—Staemmler, M. Geburtenriickgang, Rassenniedergang. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 1080-4.—Wurzburger, E. Zur Erwiderung des Herrn Prof. Dr Opitz: Ueber die Bedeutung des Geburtenruckganges. Zschr. Bevolkpolit., 1917-18, 10: 24-6. ---- rural and urban. ■•> Bachofer, A. *Die Fruchtbarkeit landlicher Ehen der Vor- und Nachkriegszeit in Wurttem- berg [Tubingen] 32p. 8? Nurtingen, 1935. Boeters, H. Untersuchungen fiber Familienaufbau und Fruchtbarkeitsziflern bei russlanddeutschen Bauern. Arch. Rassenb., 1936, 30: 36-42.—Cause biologiche e sociali della dena- talita urbana. Boll. chim. farm., 1935, 74: 514-7.—Geburten- haufigkeit und Sauglingssterblichkeit in den deutschen Gross- stadten mit mehr als 200,000 Einwohnern in den Jahren 1914 und 1915. Deut. med. Wschr., 1917, 48: 369.—Geede, H. Beitrag zum Geburtenriickgang in Stadt und Klinik. Zbl. Gyn., 1932, 56: 2760-2.—Horner, R. R. Quantitative analysis of some of the factors affecting the birth-rate in 14 large American cities: a preliminary report. Papers Michigan Acad. Sc, 1930, 14: 209-20.—Is the urban birthrate falling faster than the rural' Statist. Bull. Metrop. Life Insur., 1933, 14: 1—Marienfeld, O. Ueber die geburtlichen Verhaltnisse in einem Qstpreussischen Landkreisfe. Veroff.'Med, verwalt., 1931-32,36:191-209. ----- Ueber Eheschfiessungszahl, Heiratsalter und Kinderzahl in landlichen Familien. Zschr. Gesundhverwalt., 1933, 4:337- 42.—Muller, J. Die eheliche Fruchtbarkeit in den deutschen Grosstadten. Allg. statist. Arch., 1929, 19: 165-73.—Schmidt- Kehl, L. Die Fruchtbarkeit Mittel- und Suddeutscher, 1918-22 geschlossener bauerlicher Ehen. Arch. Rassenb., 1932-33, 27: 151-74.—Sydenstricker, E. A study of the fertility of native white women in a rural area of western New York. Q. Hull Milbank Mem. Fund, 1931, 10: 17-32.—U. Geburtentragheit der Grosstadte. Deut. Aerzte Ztg, 1933, 8: no.380.—Ungern- Sternberg, R von. Der Geburtenriickgang in den Stadten und auf dem Lande. Zschr. Gesundhverwalt., 1934, 5: 60-2. ---- specific. Gini, C La intensita della diminuzione della fecondita ma- trimoniale secondo l'eta della madre. Metron, Roma, 1933-34, 11: no.3, 3-63.—Lotka, A. J. The progressive adjustment of age distribution to fecundity. J. Washington Acad. Sc, 1926, 16: 505-13.—Marten, L. Die eheliche Fruchtbarkeit nach dem Altersunterschied der Eltern. Allg. statist. Arch., 1932, 22: 91-8.—Muller, J. H. Human fertility in relation to ages of hus- band and wife at marriage and duration of marriage. Ann. Eugen., Cambr., 1931, 4: 238-78, pi.—Remmelts, R. [Relation of age to child-bearing] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1932, 72: 130-5.— Sibley, E. Age-distribution and fecundity; potential effects of these factors on the birthrate, as indicated by census figures, 1890-1920. J. Hered., 1926, 17: 285.—Whelpton, P. K. Trends in age composition and in specific birth-rates, 1920-30. Am. J. Sociol., 1932, 37: 855-61. ---- Statistical evaluation. See also Fecundity. Gini, C Sur la mesure de la fecondite des mariages. Bull. Inst, internat. statist., Gravenh., 1934, 27: pt2, 40-81. ----- Quelques remarques aux Observations du Prof. Savorgnan. Ibid., 94-105.—Harper, R. M. A simple measure of fecundity; based on census figures. J. Hered., 1927, 18: 217-23.—Moench, 6. L. The determination of the breeding record in couples with dis- turbed fertility. Am. J. Obst., 1930,19: 77-80.—Pearl, R. Factors in human fertility and their statistical evaluation. Lancet, Lond., 1933,2:607-11. Alsorepr. Also Collect. Papers Inst. Biol. Johns Hopkins, 1934, 9: no. 12.—Savorgnan, F. Observations sur la communication du Prof. C. Gini, sur la mesure de la fecondite des mariages. Bull. Inst, internat. statist., Gravenh., 1934, 27: pt2 82-93. —--- Reponse a la replique du Professeur Gini, Ibid., 106-110. ---- by countries. Blot, M. L. * Natalite" et obstetrique en Indo- chine. 135p. 8? Par., 1934-. Aberle, S. B. B. frequency of pregnancies and birth interval among Pueblo Indians. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., 1931, 16: 63-80.—Achard, C. La natalite au Japon. Paris med., 1926, 62: annexe, 288-90.—Baker, J. R. Depopulation in Espiritu Santo, New Hebrides. J.R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1928, 58: 279- 303, pi.—French, H. B. The low birth-rate of British Columbia; some causes and a remedy. Pub. Health J., Toronto, 1927, 18: 262-6.—Hints, E. [Births and infantile deaths during 1931 in Hungary] Orvoskepzes, 1932, 22: nov. kiilonf., 95-124, 15tab — Hrdlicka, A. Fecundity in the Sioux women. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., 1931, 16: 81-90.—Kosi6, M. M. Der Geburtenriick- gang in Ungarn. Allg. statist. Arch., 1914, 8: 32-45.—Milne, J. C. Birth-rates and race fertility in Malaya. Malay. M.J., 1933, 8: 287-9.—Miura, U., & Kawahito, S. Natural increase of Japanese in Manchuria. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1933, 19: 85.— Pohlen, K. Die Entwicklung der ehelichen und unehelichen Fruchtbarkeit in Schweden in den Jahren 1751 bis 1931. Reichs Gesundhbl., 1934, 9: 804-6. ----- Die biologische Frucht- barkeitsstatistik von Zurich. Ibid., 1935,10: 872-5.—Portelly, J. A few observations on the Johore birth rate. Malay. M.J., 1933, 8: 91-6.—Ravicini, S. Por la nostra natalita. Difesa sociale, 1933, 12: 583-90.— Rob [Births in Bohemia from 1881 to 1912] Rev. neuropsychopath., Praha, 1914, 11: 182-4.—RoUin, L. Sur la depopulation des lies Marquises; etude ntedico-sociale. Presse med., 1926, 34: 523-6.—Rondelli, U. Denatalita. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1934, 97: 89-112.—Rosario, J. C. Overpopu- lation in Puerto Rico. Birth Control, 1930-31, 14: 40-2.— Russell, W. T. A study of Irish fertility between 1870 and 1911. Metron, Roma, 1928, 7: 101-13.—Szabad [Birth statistics of a certain number of women in Lithuania] Lek. Wilenski, 1913, 1: no.9, 4-6.—Thiroux, M. A. Quelques considerations sur le peu de densite de la population et sur la natalite des indigenes A Madagascar. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1929, 22: 444-6. Also Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1930, 3.ser., 103: 118-25. ----- Natalite et mortalite infantile dans les colonies francaises. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1931, 23: 181.—Winckel, C. W. F. [Birth and mortality among the Europeans in the Dutch West Indies] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1933, 77: 4297-308. ---- by countries: England. Benn, W. Excess of births over deaths. Lancet, Lond., 1923, 1: 1086.—Fehlinger, H. Die eheliche Fruchtbarkeit in England und Wales. Allg. statist. Arch., 1927-28, 17: 611-4.—Himes; N. E. Charles Knowlton's revolutionary influence on the Eng- lish birth rate. N. England J.M., llfes, 199: 461-5— Kuoaynski', R. R. British demographers' opinions on fertility, 1660-1760, Ann. Eugen. , Cambr., 1934-35, 6: 139-71.—Martin, W. J. Stud- BIRTH-RATE 347 BIRTH-RATE ies in the declining birth-rate, Wales and South England. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1936, 36: 402-37—Russell, W. T. Dependency, orphanhood and fertility in England and Wales in 1921. Arch. sozial. Hyg., Berl., 1929, n.F., 4: 75-84—Van Be Water, M. Is man doomed to extinction? British writer pictures England 300 years hence reduced to 45,000 unless present tendencies change. Science News Lett., 1934, 26: 298—Welton, T. A. Note on the birth- and death-rates in various parts of England and Wales. J.R. Statist. Soc, 1917, 80: 521-8. ---- by countries: France. Briand, C. Pour que la France vive; le depeuplement de la France; son etat actuel; ses remedes. 93p. 8? Par., 1919. Nordmann, J. *La d^natalite actuelle en France et dans le monde. 159p. 8? Lyon, 1934. Poirat, A. *La d^natalite' frangaise; ses causes; ses remedes. 69p. 8? Par., 1935. Birth rate of France. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 354 — Bouchacourt, L. Sur la natalite et les mises en nourrice a Paris de 1920 a 1927. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1927, 16: 253-8 — Boudet, M. La denatalite en France; considerations sur quel- ques pyramides d'age. Bull. Acad. sc. Montpellier, 1933, no.63, 47-54.—Chabe, A. Le probleme de la natalite en France. J. med. Bordeaux, 1930, 108: 220-3.—Bufour, L. Natalite et mor- talite compares a Fecamp depuis 104 ans (1816-1920) Presse med., 1924,32: annexe, 1383-5.—Israel, A. Circulaire aux pr6fets sur le deuxieme Congres des commissions departmentales de la natalite. Rev. hyg. nted. pr6v., 1934, 56: 622.—Lereboullet, P. Natalite et imortalite en France. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1935, 3.ser., 113: 516-9.—Richet, C. La natalite en France et en Europe. Ibid., 219-26. -----& Rist. La natalite en France et dans les autres pays d'Europe. Bull, med., Par., 1935, 49: 222.— Roubakhine, A. Contribution a l'etude de la depopulation en France. Rev. hyg. med. prev., 1929, 51: 891-903. Also Bull. Acad. m6d., Par., 1935, 3.ser., 113: 143-7. --- by countries: Germany. Aust, 0. Der Geburtenriickgang im deutschen Volk. Volk & Rasse, 1928, 3: 96-101.—Bayer, F. Der Geburtenriickgang in Reichenberg. Kor. Bl. Verein. Aerzte Reichenberg, 1919, 31: no.5,1-5.—Blell, R., & Sauer, K. Gefahr im Verzuge; Gedanken iiber den Geburtenriickgang in Deutschland und seine Bekam- pfung. Bl. Volksgesundhpfl., 1916, 16: 113-7.—Bluhm, A. Ist die Gebarfahigkeit der deutschen Frauen im Niedergang be- griffen? Zschr. Morph. Anthrop., 1934, 34: 41-6, 4tab.—Born- traeger, J. Zum Thema Geburtenriickgang in Deutschland. Zschr. Sauglingsffirs., 1912-13, 6: 405-9—Burgdorfer, F. Der Geburtenriickgang und seine Bekampfung. Veroff. Med. verwalt., 1929, 28: 65-256. ----- Bevolkerungszunahme und Geburtenbeschrankung in Deutschland. Zbl. ges. Hyg., 1930, 22: 657-69.—Falling birth-rate in Germany. Lancet, Lond., 1915,1: 617.—Fetcher, R. Der Geburtenriickgang (kritische Be- trachtungen zu der Schrift von Burgdorfer: der Geburtenriick- gang und seine Bekampfung) Umschau, 1929, 33: 303-5.— Oentzen, M. Zur Frage des Geburtenrfickganges nach Beobach- tungen in Ostpreussen. Zschr. Gesundhverwalt., 1934, 5:1-3.— Grassl. Zum Geburtenriickgang Deutschlands. Zschr. Sex- wiss., 1928, 15: 196-8.—Halbey. Die Lebendgeburten im Land- kreise Kattowitz in den Jahren 1910 und 1911. Zschr. Sauglings- schutz., 1914, 6:198; 246.—Herbst. Zur Frage des Geburtenruck- ganges und die Mittel zu seiner Bekampfung unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Verhaltnisse im Kreise Kempen (Rh.) Zschr. Med.beamte, 1913, 26: 8.5-100.—Hermberg, P. Zur Schwankung der Geburtenziffer [des Kirchspiels Mfinsterdorf] Arch, sozial. Hyg., Berl., 1914, 10: 129-39.—Herzberg, P. Der Geburtenriickgang im Grossherzogtum Mecklenburg-Schwerin in den Jahren 1810-1913. Arch. Kinderh., 1914, 64: 1-40 — Kopp, K. Zur Frage des Bevolkerungsriickganges in Neupom- mern. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1913, 17: 729-50.—Lenz, F. Wieschnell schwindet das deutsche Volk dahin? Miinch. med. Wschr., 1932, 79: 1724-6.—Mombert, P. Ueber den RUckgang der Geburten—und Sterbeziffer in Deutschland [mit Entgeg- nung von K. Oldenberg] Arch. Sozialwiss., 1912, 34: 794-8.— Pilf, T. Ueber die Ursachen des Geburtenruckganges in Deutschland. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1913, 50: 261-4—Pilsky. Die Frage des Ruckganges der Geburten in Preussen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1912, 59: 2758. Also Fortsch. Med., 1913, 31: 1261-7.—Pistor & Bietrich. Sind Anzeichen daffir vorhanden, dass bei der standigen Abnahme der Geburtenziffer in Preussen und Deutschland eine Verminderung der Fortpflanzungsfahig- keit als Ursache mitwirkt? Welche Massnahmen erscheinen, im Falle der Bejahung der Frage, geeignet. diesem Ltebelstand entgegenzuwirken? Vjschr.gerichtl.Med., 1912,3.F.,43:1.Suppl. H., 1-67— Prinzing, F. Deutsche Geburtenstatistik. Deut. med. Wschr., 1912, 38: 1290. ----- Kritische Bemerkungen zum Problem des Geburtenruckganges in Deutschland. Ibid., 1913, 39: 610-2— Raphael, A. Geburts- und geburtshilfliche statistik Kurlands. S. Petersb. med. Zschr., 1914, 39: 29-31 — Ritter & Hallwachs. Ueber den Rttckgang der Geburtenziffern im Regierungsbezirk Stade. Vjschr. gerichtl. Med., 1913, 3.F., 46: 348-65, 2pl— Rosle, E. Die Statistik des Geburtenruck- ganges in der neueren deutschen Literatur. Arch, soziah Hyg., Lpz., 1913, 8: 146-79.~-Schlossmann, A. Studien fiber Gebur- tenriickgang und Kindersterblichkeit unter besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Verhaltnisse im Regierungsbezirk Dusseldorf. Zschr. Hyg., 1917, 83: 177-275—Ungern-Sternberg, R. von. Altersghederung, Familienstand und Kinderzahl des deutschen Volkes. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 990-3. ---- by countries: Netherlands. Sanders, J. The declining birth rate in Rot- terdam; a statistical analysis of the drop in the number of children in 24,644 Rotterdam families during the last 50 years. 179p. 8? Hague, 1931. Gargas, S. Eheliche Fruchtbarkeit und Bevolkerungsbewc- gung in den Niederlanden. Zschr. Sexwiss., 1931-32, 18: 172; 242.—Eyk, H. H. van. De tweetoppogheid der geboortecurve. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1904, 2.r., 40: d.l, 1389-1400.—Methorst, H. W. Der Geburtenriickgang in den Niederlanden. Arch. sozial. Hyg., Bed., 1917, 12: 1-18. ---- by countries: United States. Bigelow, G. H., & Hamblen, A. B. Our falling birth rate. N. England J.M., 1931, 204: 209-11.—Birth Statistics, United States birth registration area, 1916. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1918, 33: 1928-30. Also Science, 1918, n.s., 48: 497-9—Birth statistics and infant mortality; preliminary report of the Bureau of the Census for 1917. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1919, 34: 1426; 1920, 35: 1149.—Crawford, H. R. Comments on the Negro number. Birth Control, 1932, 16: 213.—Bavis, W. A. Texas birth rate in comparison with other States. Bull. Texas Dep. Health, 1934, 1: no.6, 7.—Bublin, L. I., & Lotka, A. J. The true rate of natural increase of the population of the United States; revision on basis of recent data. Metron, Roma, 1930, 8: 107-19.—Harper, R. M. Georgia's declining birthrate. Eugen. News, 1929, 14: 178; 1934, 19: 121—Ingen, P. Van. The baby crop of 1920. Mother & Child, 1921, 2:307.—Lorimer, F. Trends in the natural increase of population groups in the United States. Eugen. News, 1931, 16: 99-101.—Lotka, A. J. The geographic distribution of intrinsic natural increase in the United Stales, and an examination of the relation between several measures of net reproductivity. J. Am. Statist. Ass., 1936, 31: 273-94.— Provisional birth figures: 1922. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1923, 38: 13.—Spengler, J. J. Fertility in Providence, Rhode Island, 1856-1929. Am. J. Sociol., 1932, 38: 377-97.—Sum- mary of provisional birth, death, and infant mortality figures for the birth-registration area, 1927. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1928, 43: 1897-909.—Thompson, W. S. Population facts for the United States and their interpretation. J. Am. Statist. Ass , 1922-23, n.s., 18: 575-87.—Watkins, J. H. Mortality and natality rates in the New Haven metropolitan area. Yale J. Biol., 1935-36, 8: 279-95.—Welling, W. C. A summary of births and infant mortality in the birth registration area, 1932 and 1931. Connecticut Health Bull., 1934, 48: 9—Willcox, W. F. The change in the proportion of children in the United States and in the birth rate in France during the nineteenth century. Pub. Am. Statist. Ass., 1909-11, 12: 490-9. ----- The nature an significance of the changes in the birth and death rates in recent years. Proc. Pan Amer. Sc. Congr. (1915-16) 1917, 9: pt 1, 336-43. BIRTH-STOOL. Osianders, F. B. Abhandlung von dem Nuzen (sic!) und der Bequemlichkeit eines Steinischen Geburtsstuhls; Geburtshelfern, He- bammen und Gebahrenden zur Belehrung 48p. 4° Tub., 1790. Gille, M. Les chaises d'accouchement. Rev. prat, biol., Par., 1935, 28: 232-7.—Pfisterer, R. Ein Hangelage-Geburts stuhl. Beitr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1909, 13: 403-7.—Simpson, A. R Birth-stools in Egypt. Tr. Edinburgh Obst. Soc, 1907-8, 33 113^9, 3pl. Also Edinburgh M.J., 1908, n.s., 1: 198-202, 2pl. BIRTWISTLE, George, 1877- The princi- ples of thermodynamics, ix, 163p. 8? Cambr. [Engl.] Univ. Press, 1925. BIRUS [Otto] Erich, 1891- *Ueber con- genit. Patellardefekt und congenit. Fingerver- steifungen [Leipzig] 8p. 8? Kamenz o. J., 1922. BIRZA, Jacobus Wolter. *Onderzoek van en- kele ternaire stelsels in verband met de oplosbaar- heid van geneesmiddelen in glycerine. 3p.l. 95p. 8? Amst., Buijten & Schipperheijn, 1929. BISBEY, Bertha, 1878- *Further experi - ments upon vitamins B (BO and G (B2) [Colum- bia Univ.] 38p. 8? N.Y., 1930. BISCH, Louis Edward, 1885- Your inner self, xxi, 195p. 8? Garden City, N.Y., Double- day, Page.& Co., 1921. —— Clinical psychology, xiv, 346p. 17pl. tab. 8? Bait., Williams & Wilkins Co., 1925. BISCHLER 348 BISCHOFSWERDER BISCHLER, Robert, 1895- *Stieldrehung beim Myom. 44p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1931. BISCHLER, Wladimir. *Des manifestations anaphylactiques provoquees par Finsuline. 32p. 8? Geneve, 1926. BISCHOF, Adam, 1904- *Indikation und Verlauf der Zangenentbindungen an der Univer- sitats-Frauenklinik Kiel in den Jahren 1928-32. 26p. 8? Kiel, M. Spaeter, 1933. BISCHOF, Friedrich [Karl] 1891- *Das Pikrotoxinketon; ein Beitrag zur Aufklarung der Konstitution des Pikrotoxins. 48p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1917. BISCHOFBERGER, Werner. *Das Herz des Hasen (Lepus timidus Schreb.) [Zurich] 34p. 8? [Oberegg, R. Zoller-Lang] 1929. BISCHOFBERGER, Willi, 1903- *Febris undulans Bang des Menschen ubertragen durch Schweine [Zurich] lOp. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & Co., 1931. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1931, 61: BISCHOFF, Alfons, 1896- *Die Prophy- laxe der Zahnverfarbungen und die Bleichung verfiirbter Zahne. 48p. 2pl. 8? Zur., 1926. Also Schweiz Mschr. Zahnh., 1926, 36: BISCHOFF, Arndt, 1908- *Beeinflussung der baktericiden Kraft von kolloidalen Silber- losungen durch verschiedene anorganische und organische Zusatze [Leipzig] 20p. 8? Zeulen- roda-Thur., A. Oberreuter, 1934. BISCHOFF, C[arl] Rudolf, 1888- *Cesto- den aus Hvrax [Basel] p.225-84, 3pl. 8? Geneve, A. Ktindig, 1913. BISCHOFF, Carl W., 1875- Festschrift anlasslich des 25jahrigen Bestehens der Nieder- rheinisch-Westfalischen Gesellschaft fiir Gyna- kologie und Geburtshulfe. viii, 368p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1923. Forms v.61 of Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn. BISCHOFF, Curt [Wilhelm Alexander] 1901- *l-Oxyprolin als Zuckerbildner; Stoffwech- selversuche im Phlorhizin-Diabetes. 19p. 2 1. 8? Lpz., E. M. Loffler, 1927. BISCHOFF, Eugenie, 1902- *Ein Fall von Hornhauteiterung mit Keratitis bullosa bei Base- dow'scher Krankheit. 21p. 8? [Heidelberg] 1928. BISCHOFF, Fritz, 1898- *Ueber das Krankheitsbild der Kupfercataract [Leipzig] 22p. 8? Ellenburg, C. W. Offenhauer [1922] BISCHOFF, Hans. *Untersuchungen iiber die Resistenz des Hamoglobins des Menschenblutes mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Sauglingsal- ters [Rostock] 20p. 8? Berl., J. Springer [1925] Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1925, 48: BISCHOFF, Harry E. A pocket hospital man- ual. 66p. 16? Weehawken, N.J., North Hud- son Hosp., 1930. BISCHOFF, Hugo, 1897- *Fiinf Jahre Basedow-Chirurgie in der Greifswalder chirurgi- schen Universitatsklinik. 30p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1934. BISCHOFF, Ludwig. *Ueber die Brauchbar- keit des spektroskopischen Blutnachweises in den Faeces als klinische Methode. 23p. 8? [Lau- sanne] 1920. BISCHOFF, Max, 1863-1921. Casper, M. Nekrolog. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1921, 37: 91. BISCHOFF, Rudolf, 1898- *Ergebnisse der mikroskopischen Untersuchung der Blutstro- mung im Skeletmuskel der Ratte [Halle] p.85-113. 8? Magdeburg, J. Schwerdt, 1932. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1932, 82: BISCHOFSWERDER, Ernst [Immanuel] 1903- *Beitrage zur Frage der psychopathologi- schen Induktion [Berlin] 55p. 8? Chariot- tenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1930. BISCHOFSWERDER, Justina, 1888- *Die Cholecystitis adhaesiva. 32p. 8? Berl., Tro- witzsch & Sohn, 1916. BISDOM, Christine Jacoba Wijckerheld. *Over de pathogenese der digestieleucopenie bij kin- deren [Pathogenesis of digestive leukopenia in children] p.l. 104p. 8? [Leiden] 1923. BISEL, Erich, 1900- *Meningitisgefahr und Meningitisprophylaxe in der Oto-Rhino- logie. 40p. 8? [Konigsb.] 1927. BISGAARD, Axel Emil, 1875- *iEgghvi- destoff erne i cerebrospinalvsesken og deres kliniske betydning [Albumin in the cerebro-spinal fluid and its clinical significance] 200p. 8? Kbh., J. Lund, 1913. BISHARAD, Kaviraj A. C. The jewels of Ayurveda; or, The Hindu system of medicine, containing a list of the more useful and most effective remedies, which have stood the test of time for centuries. 40p. 12? Calc, 1923. ---- The same. 62p. 12? Calc, 1931. BISHOP, Ernest Simons, 1876- The narcotic drug problem. 5p.l. 165p. diagr. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1920. BISHOP, Heber, 1859-1922. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78: 749. BISHOP, Hudson D., 1866- Obstetric duties of mother and nurse. 2.ed. 96p. 8? Clevel., J. H. Lamb, 1904. BISHOP, Irving P. Methods and outlines for teaching physiology. 66p. 8? Buffalo, J. I. Chamberlin, 1903. BISHOP, Joseph Bucklin, 1847- The Panama gateway, xvi, 459p. 38pl. 8? N.Y., C. Scribner's Sons, 1913. BISHOP, Louis Faugeres, 1864- Heart disease and blood-pressure. 2.ed. 120p. 8? N.Y., E. B. Treat & Co., 1907. ---- Heart troubles; their prevention and relief, xvi, 422p. 8? N.Y., Funk &c, 1920. —— A key to the electrocardiogram, viii, 96p. 8? N.Y., W. Wood Co., 1923. ----& BISHOP, Louis Faugeres, jr. Coronary disease and its relation to the increase of cardiac morbidity. 28p. 8? N.Y., 1933. BISHOP, Louis Faugeres, jr., 1901- See Bishop, Louis Faugeres & Bishop, L. F., jr. Coronary disease and its relation to the increase of cardiac morbidity. 28p. 8? N.Y., 1933. BISHOP, Reginald William Snowden, 1921. My moorland patients, by a Yorkshire doctor, x, 242p. front. 3pl. 8? Lond., J. Murray, 1922. BISHOP, Seth Scott, 1852-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81: 945. BISHOPP, F[red] C[orry] See Howard, Leland Ossian, & Bishopp, F. C. The house fly and how to suppress it. 8? 17p. Wash., 1926. ----- Mos- quito remedies and preventives. 12p. 8? Wash., 1932. BISMARCK, Otto Edward Leopold von, 1815- 1898. Engelen. Psychologisches fiber Bismarck. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1925,35: 19; 44; 64. BISMARCK, N. Dakota. S. Alexius Hospital [founded 1885] Report. 1916-18; 1920-21. BISMARK, Willy, 1900- *Der Pyloro- spasmus der Sauglinge und seine Behandlung. 23p. 8? Lpz., E. Lehmann, 1925. BISMTJT, Gaston, 1904- *Etude sur quelques cas de diphterie survenus apres tonsil- lectomie chez des enfants non vaccines. 42p. 8? Par., 1931. BISMUTH 349 BISMUTH BISMUTH, Albert, 1896- *Aortite abdo- minale a forme gastralgique. 40p. 8? Par., 1923. BISMUTH, Felix, 1897- *Les formes oc- clusives de l'appendicite aigue' chez le vieillard. 57p. 8? Par., 1931. BISMUTH, Victor, 1905- *Scl6rodermie bronzee. 60p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. BISMUTH. See also in 3.ser. Airol; Dermatol; Eudoxine; Tannismuth; Xeroform. Lippmann, E. O. von. Die Geschichte des Wismuts zwischen 1400 und 1800; ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Technologie und der Kultur. 42p. 8? Berl., 1930. Loeser, D. A question of ethics; university patents; misuse of the Council on Pharmacy and Chemistry and the Journal of A.M.A. 8p. roy. 8? [N.Y, 1932] Boyer, P. Bibliographie du bismuth. Ann. mal. vener., 1929, 24: 481-674.—Haslund, O. [Researches on bismuth] Ugeskr. lseger, 1925, 87: 255.—Bochradel, J. Historisches zur Wismutfrage. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 177-9.—Lomholt, S. [Research on bismuth] Ugeskr. lseger, 1925, 87: 141; 186; 225; 371. ----- Wismut; Theoretisches, Chemisches und Experimentelles. Handb. Haut- & Geschlkr., Berl., 1928, 18: 233-328.—MacKenna, R. M. B. The history of bismuth. Liver- pool Med. Chir. J., 1931, 39: 54-8. --- Bactericide and parasiticide properties. See also Syphilis, Prevention; Syphilis, Treat- ment: Bismuth. Barksdale, I. S. The destruction of the common pathogenic bacteria with bismuth violet (hexamethyltriamintriphenyl- chloride bismuth) Med. J. & Rec, 1920, 131: 631.—Galliot, A. Renforcement du pouvoir treponemicide du bismuth lipo- soluble par 1'adjonction d'un lipolde hepatique. Paris med., 1932, 83: 465-7.—Kadisch, E. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Ein- flusses von Wismutverbindungen in vitro auf die Spirochaeta pallida, Spirochaeta dentium und Naganatrypanosomen. Derm. Wschr., 1926, 82: 369-71.—Kitchen, G. E., & Kitchen, F. E. Studies on the therapeutic value of the new germicide, bismuth- violet: a preliminary report. North Am. Vet., 1934, 15: 12-4.— Kritschewsky, I. L. Ueber die Moglichkeit einer Sterilisation der Spirochatosen durch Wismutpraparate. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1926, 150: 148-53.—Lemay, P., & Jaloustre, L. Ac- tion comparfie du bismuth sur le staphylocoque, le streptocoque et le colibacille, C. rend. Acad, sc, 1924, 179:1441—Levaditi, C. The mode of action of bismuth derivatives in Spirillosis and Trypanosomiasis. J. State Al., Lond., 1924, 32: 62-81. ----- Action stferilisante du bismuth dans la syphilis. C. rend Acad. sc, 1927,184: 783-5. -----& Manin, Y. Mficanisme de Paction spirocheticide du bismuth. Ibid., 1934, 199: 739-41.—Levaditi, C, & Nicolau, S. Mode d'action du bismuth dans les trypanoso- miasis et les spirilloses. Ibid., 1923,176:1189-92.—Sazerac, R., & Levaditi, C. Action du bismuth sur la syphilis et sur la trypano- somiase du Nagana. Ibid., 1921, 172: 1391.—Sazerac, R., & Nakamura, H. Sur le mecanisme de Taction preventive du bismuth contre la spirochetose icterohemorragique. Ibid., 1928, 187: 181.—Sazerac, R., & Vaurs, R. Du role de la phagocytose dans Paction du bismuth sur les trypanosomes et les spirochetes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1925, 39: 86-100.—Szentkiralyi, S. Ueber die Lebensdauer der Spirochaeta pallida unter der Ein- wirkung der Wismutbehandlung. Derm. Wschr., 1927, 84: 22-4.—Wilkinson, G. R., & Barksdale, I. S. Effect of bismuth violet (hexa-methyl-para-rosanilin bismuth) on certain patho- genic organisms; preliminary report. South. M.J., Birm., 1928, 21: 914-7. --- Chemistry. See also Bismuth, Compounds. Bauer, H. Zur Chemie der Wismutverbindungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1924, 20: 1146-8—Cousin, H. Sur le bismuth reduit par le glucose. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1923, 7.ser„ 28: 179-81.—Haissinsky, M. Sur l'eleetrolyse de solutions extreme- ment diluees; les potentiels normaux du bismuth et du polo- • nium. J. chim. phys., Par., 1935, 32: 116-25.—Hanzlik, P. J., & Spaulding, J. B. Ionic migration of bismuth in different bis- muth products under different conditions. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1931, 28: 847-50.—Lopez Muelledes, F. Sobre los ionoides de bismuto. Med. ibera, 1923, 17: 183-5.—Muller, B., & Kiirthy, L. Chemische und physiologische Untersuchungen iiber Wismut; iiber die Neigung des Wismuts zur Bildung von Komplexsalzen. Biochem. Zschr., 1924, 147: 385-9—Novaes, J. Estudo biochimico do bismutho. Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1928, 26: 201-5.—Picon. Sels basiques organiques de bismuth solubles dans les dissolvants organiques. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1936, 8.ser., 23: 169-82. Also Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1936, 5.ser., 3: 176-85.-^Thoms, H., & Traffehn, W. Ueber die Hydrolyse von Wismutverbindungen. Arb. Pharm. Inst. Univ. Berlin. 1927, 13: 492-503. ---- colloidal. Chistoni, A. Ricerche farmacologiche sopra un colloide di bismuto. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1925, 40: 23; 33. Also Arch. internat. pharmdyn., Brux., 1925-26, 31: 121^3.—Christiansen, W. G., Jurist, A. E., & Moness, E. Colloidal metallic bismuth and method of preparing, packaging, and using it. U.S. Patent Off., 1934, no. 1976920—B'Amato, H. J. Toxicidad del bismuto coloidal por via endovenosa. Sem. med., B. Air., 1925, 32: 1257-64.—B'Amore, S. Risultati di mie ricerche sperimentali col bismuto colloidale per via endovenosa. Gazz. osp.. 1934, 55: 1291-3.—Hahn, M., & Wamoscher, L. Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber die chemotherapeutischen Wirkungen eines neuen kolloiden Wismutpraparates (Bisuprol) Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 362.—Haissinsky, M. Sur la nature des radio- colloides; sur les solutions colloi'dales donnees par le nitrate de bismuth. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 198: 580-3.—Kuhn, A., & Pirsch, H. Beitrage zur Kolloidchimie des Wismuts und seiner Verbindungen. Kolloid. Beih., 1925, 21: 78-96.—Nicholson, H. 0. Use of colloidal bismuth. Prescriber, Lond., 1920, 14: 244-6.—O'Brien, J. P., & Schreiner, B. F. Colloidal bismuth in the treatment of far-advanced cancer. Radiol. Rev., 1930, 52: 49-51.—Scarpa, V. Ricerche farmacologiche sopra un nuovo preparato proteico-colloidale di bismuto. Rass. internaz. clin. .ter., 1923,4: 533-41. ---- Compounds. See also Syphilis, Treatment: Bismuth. Mufsgntjg, F. *Ueber Verbindungen des Wismuts; Anhang: iiber einige Verbindungen des Hexamethvlentetramins. 41 p. 8? Miinch., 1918. Associations m§dicamenteuses du bismuth. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1924, 38: 605.—Catzeftis, A. A propos de 3 preparations bismuthiques: tartrobismuthate de soude et de potasse luatol et iodobismuthate de quinine. Ann. mal. ven6r., 1924,19: 265-70.— Collier, W. A. Sobre un preparado bismutico auto-esteril. Prensa mfid. argent., 1926,13: 73-5.—Cuny, L. Sur les formiates, acetates et propionates de bismuth. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1927, 34: 65-74.—Bietze, F. Ueber nitratfreie Wismutpraparate. Apoth. Ztg, 1924, 39: 976—F.-Casariego, C. S. Nuevas fabrica- ciones. Bol. farm, mil., Madr., 1936, 14: 97-107.—Fabregue, Sur un mode de preparation du citrate et du tartrate de bismuth. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1922, 7.ser., 25: 341-4.—Garriga, M. Sobre algunos inyectables de bismuto de uso practico y facil prepara- tion. Bol. farm, mil., Madr., 1925, 3: 282-8.—Grenet, H., & Brouin, H. Sur un compose bismuthique de la serie aromatique et son activite therapeutique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1922, 174; 647.—Grimme, C. Allgemeines iiber Bismogenol. Fortsch. Med., 1922, 40: 585.—Jausion & Pecker. Sur l'administration intraveineuse d'une nouveau sei soluble de bismuth; 1'oxydie- thylo-dicarboxy-diimino-isobutyrate de bismuth. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1927, 34: 751-6.—Lauter, W. M., & Christiansen, W. G. Studies on the preparation, toxicity, and absorption of bismuth compounds; bismuth compounds of thioglycollic acid. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1933,22:212.—Lendvai, 0. Ueber Bisuspen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 1211.—Levaditi, C. The present state of the question concerning liposoluble bismuth, experi- mental and clinical study. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1931, 35: 581-4.— Leverque, A. Caracterisation et essai du gallate de bismuth. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1923, 30: 133-5.—Linke. Parabismuth. Ther. Neuheiten, 1909, 4: 87-90.—Loy, V. Note clinico-terapeu- tiche su di un nuovo preparato bismutico. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1933, 14: 406-16.—Marchionneschi, O. Enterolo Ergon (albuminate di bismuto) Rass. clin. ter., 1919, 18: 81-6.— Mastrojanni, B. Ricerche ed osservazioni su due nuovi preparati di bismuto dell' Istituto chimico farmaceutico militare (carbo- nate e salicilato di bismuto) Gior. med. mil., 1936, 84: 312-48.— Mignot, R. Les bismuths liposolubles. "Presse m6d., 1929, 37: 1545-7.—Milian, G. Le B.S.M., sei bismuthique soluble. Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1926, 2: 339-49.—Monteiro de Almeida, B. Bismuthicos soluveis ou insoluveis? Fol. med., Rio, 1936. 17: 122-4.—Perrin, M. Quelles garanties presentent les nouvelles preparations de bismuth? Rev. med. est, 1923, 51: 282.—Picon, M. Sur la preparation des suspensions huileuses d'oxyde et de carbonate de bismuth pour injections intramusculaires. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1926, 8.ser., 4: 5-13. ----- Sur la purete et I'emploi de l'oxyde et du carbonate de bismuth. Ibid., 58-62. ----- Sur la preparation de sels de bismuth purs en particulier de sels basiques par doubles decomposition en milieu glycerine. Ibid., 529-33. ----- Sur la preparation de quelques sels or- ganiques de bismuth et en particulier sur une methode d'obten- tion des composes tres dissociables. Ibid., 1929, 8.ser., 10: 481-96.—Proenga, P. Contribuicao ao estudo dos bismuthos lipo-soluveis. Brasil med., 1929, 43: 646-50.—Reindollar, W. F. Bismuth in oil. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105: 1371—Salkowski, E. Ueber essigsaures Wismut. Biochem. Zschr., 1917, 79: 96-104.— Snovsky, I. M., Protsenko, S. Y. [et al.] [Therapeutic effect of bismoverol] Soviet, vrach. gaz., 1934, 38: 447-9.—Szentkiralyi, Z. [Water soluble bismuth preparations] Orv. hetil., 1932, 76: 300-2.—Valdelomar, M. Succinato basico de bismuto. Bol. farm, mil., Madr., 1925, 3: 367-72.—Vanino, L., & Mussgnug, F. Ueber acetylsalicylsaures Wismut. Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1915, 253:511. —--- Ueber WismutthiosulfatverbiudUngen. Ibid., 1919, 257: 264-9.—Votchal, B. [Substitute for bismuth in ther- apy] Soviet, vrach. gaz., 1932,36: 975-7. BISMUTH 350 BISMUTH ---- Compounds, arsenical [Bismarsen, &c] See also Arsenicals. Besnier, A. Etude de l'action diuretique du cacodylate de bismuth. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1930, 8.ser., 11: 465-78.— Bismarsen; preliminary report of the Council on Pharmacy and Chemistry. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 89: 204.—Cignozzi, 0. Les sels arsenicaux de bismuth dans le traitement de la syphilis, de la malaria et des tuberculoses chirurgicales. Bull. g6n. ther., 1925,176: 211-4. Also Riforma med., 1925, 41: 437—Clausmann, P. Sur un cacodylate de bismuth. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1923, 4.ser., 33: 447—Curth, W., & Curth-Ollendorff, H. Un- sere Erfahrungen mit Spirobismol solubile. Derm. Wschr., 1928, 87: 1395.—Ganassini, B., & Santi, U. Esiste un cacodile bismutico? Boll. chim. farm., 1925, 64: 289-93.—Laurent- Gerard & (Echslin. Contribution a l'etude de la tolerance et de la resorption des sels de bismuth par l'organisme (1'iso-oxypro- pylenediarsinate de bismuth) Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1927, 3.ser., 97: 845-7.—Niles, H. B. Hemorrhagic purpura following bismarsen. Am. J. Syph., 1934, 18: 300-5, pi.—O'Leary, P. A. Bismuth arsphenamine sulphonate; a new synthetic drug for intramuscular use in the treatment of syphilis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1928, 18: 372-9.—Picon, M. Preparation du me~ thylarsinate de bismuth. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1927, 5: 5-8.— Russell, E. R. Presence of arsenic in bismuth preparations. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1933, 28: 841—Swartz, J. H., Tolman, M. M., & Levine, H. Fatality following bismarsen therapy. Ibid., 1936, 33: 874-9—Thurman, F. M., & Tolman, M. M. Ac- quired hypersensitivity to the arsenobenzol radical of bismarsen. N. England J.M., 1933, 209: 540, pi. ---- Compounds, carbonate. Banulescu, V., & Simici, B. Un cas d'intoxication grave par le carbonate de bismuth. Arch. mal. app. digest., 1919-20, 10: 684-8.—Ferrey, G. J. W. Some notes on the determination of nitrates in bismuth carbonate. Q.J. Pharm., Lond., 1929, 2: 205-16.—Galliot, A. Abces bismuthique du au carbonate de bismuth. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1927, 34: 29.—Stefanesco, V. [Note sur la preparation du camphocarbonate de bismuth a la Pharmacie Centrale de l'Armee Frangaise, Paris] Rev. san. mil., Bucur., 1934, 33: 606-8. ---- Compounds, citrate. Adams, F. W. The composition of bismuth citrate and its reactions with alkalies. Pharm. J., Lond., 1924, 113: 87.— Bertarelli, E. Observacoes relativas ao citrobismuthato sodico (Aspir) Brasil med., 1922, 36: 191.—Fabregue. Sur l'utilisa- tion therapeutique des citrates doubles de bismuth. C. rend. Soc. biol.. 1922, 86: 139-41.—Kisch, F. Ueber die diuretische Wirkung des Bismutum-Ammonium citricum im Tierversuch. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1934, 94: 643-7. ----- Bismutum- Ammonium citricum-Diurese und Organbefund beim Hund. Ibid., 1935, 96: 478-81.—Morton, C. Electrometric studies of complex formation; the citrates of bismuth. Q.J. Pharm., Lond., 1930, 3: 561-74.—Picon, M. Sur les citrates de bismuth. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1927, 5: 62-9.—Von Oettingen, W. F. The preparation of water-soluble sodium bismuth citrate. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1931, 20: 426-9. -----Ishikawa, Y., & Sollmann, T. The preparation and constitution of soluble bismuth sodium citrate, and of the intermediate products. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1927-28, 21: 353-60. ---- Compounds, halogen. BelwauUe, M. L. Sur le systeme iodure de bismuth, iodure de sodium et eau. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 200: 1401-3.—Fou- caud, P. Une injection intraveineuse d'iodoquinate de bismuth en suspension huileuse; sans accidents importants. Ann. mal. vener., 1931, 26: 42-4.—Frangois, M., & Blanc, L. G. Methode gen6rale de preparation des iodobismuthates des alcolo'ides a l'etat cristallise. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1923, 4.ser., 33: 333-41.—Gurchot, C, Hanzlik, P. J., & Spaulding, J. Physical and chemical properties of sodium iodobismuthite, a soluble compound of electronegative bismuth for use in the treatment of syphilis. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1932, 45: 427-67.—Hanzlik, P. J., & Spaulding, J. B. Cerebral penetration of bismuth: experimental results with iodobismuthite, iodobismitol and some other bismuth products. Am. J. Syph., 1932, 16: 335; 350. -----Sodium iodobismuthite (iodobismitol) muscular absorp- tion of bismuth. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1933, 49: 257-69. —— & Mehrtens, H. G. Irritation and toxicity of sodium iodobis- muthite (iodobismitol) prepared with propylene glycol and di- ethylene glycol. Ibid., 300-5.-----Iodobismitol: clinical excre- tion of bismuth. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1934, 29: 298-306.- Hanzlik, P. J., Seidenfeld, M. A., & Johnson, C. C. Local, irri- tant, and toxic actions of sodium iodobismuthite and iodobismi- tol. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1932, 46:1—Jellinek, K., & Kuhn, W. Ueber das bei der Hydrolyse des Wismutchlorides entstehende heterogene Gleichgewicht. Zschr. phys. Chem., 1923, 105: 337- 55.—Jurist, A. E., & Christiansen, W. G. Electrolysis of sodium iodobismuthite solutions. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1934, 23: 15-7.— Lauter, W. M., Jurist, A. E., & Christiansen, W. G. Studies on the preparation, toxicity, and absorption of bismuth com- pounds; iodobismuthates of alkaloids. Ibid., 1933, 22: 32.— Montignie, E. L'iodure de bismuth bivalent. Bull. Soc. chim. ■France, 1936, 5.ser., 3: 191-6. ----- Le bromure de bismuth BnBi. Ibid., 1082-4.—Saemundsson, J. Untersuchungen iiber Jodbismol, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung def. Ausscheidung im Harn und des Ueberganges von Wismut in die Zerebrospinal- fliissigkelt. Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1935, 10: 151-62.— Strandberg, J., & Sjogren, B. Klinische und experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Wismut im Anion besonders als Jodobis- mutit. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1933, 14: 1-85, pi. Also Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1933, 75: 617-94—Weinland, R. F., Alber, A., & Schweiger, J. Ueber Doppelsalze des Wismuttrichlorids mit Chloriden zweiwertiger Metalle. Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1916, 254: 521-36. ---- Compounds, nitrate. Goldberg, C. *L'intoxication par le sous- nitrate de bismuth. 75p. 8? Par., 1915. Barthe, L. Le sous-nitrate de bismuth est-il toxique? J. med. Bordeaux, 1920, 50: 293.—Bensaude, R. Quelques conside- rations sur I'emploi du sous-nitrate de bismuth en pathologie gastro-intestinale. Bull. g6n. ther., 1935, 186: 1-4. ----- Hillemand, P., & Cottet, J. Les accidents dus a l'ingestion des sous-nitrate de bismuth en therapeutique digestive. Prat. med. fr., 1934, 15: 3-10—Bbckmann, P. W. K. Ueber das Ver- halten des basischen Wismutnitrates gegeniiber verdiinnten Sauren. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1916-17, 80: 140-5—Boltanski, E. L'utilisation du sous-nitrate du bismuth en gastro-entero- logie. Presse med., 1935, 43: 1031—Bruen, C. The blood pressure lowering effect of bismuth subnitrate by mouth in normal and increased arterial tension. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1932, 18: 138-63.—Constantinescu, C. B., & Jonescu, A. Intoxication aigue par le sous-nitrate de bismuth. Presse med., 1920, 28: 155.—Corfleld, C. E., & Adams, F. W. Bismuth and sodium bismuth nitrates. Pharm. J., Lond., 1923, 111: 82-5—Corfleld, C. E., & Short, G. R. A. The examination and composition of bismuth oxy-nitrate. Ibid., 1924, 113: 80-3.—Cottet, J. L'em- ploi du sous-nitrate de bismuth dans le traitement des troubles para-digestifs. Bull. g6n. ther., 1935, 186: 27-34.—Hayem, G. Sur un succedane du sous-nitrate de bismuth. Rev. internat. m6d., 1920, 31: 58.-----Nouvelle contribution a I'emploi therapeutique du sous-nitrate de bismuth et du kaolin. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1931, 3.ser., 47:1819-28.—HiUemand, P., & Cottet, J. L'action pharmacodynamique du sous-nitrate de bismuth. Bull. g6n. ther., 1935, 186: 13-6. Also J. m6d. Paris, 1935, 55: 579.-----& Dutheil. Le sous-nitrate de bismuth est-il toxique? Bull. g6n. ther., 1935, 186: 35-43.—Isnard, E. Essai d'un sous-nitrate de bismuth. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1923, 7.ser., 27: 216.—Kassner, G. Ueber Sichtbarwerden von Verunreinigungen in chemischen Prfiparaten mit der Zeit; ein besonderer Beobachtungsfall bei Bismutum nitricum. In Fest- schr. Alexander Tschirch, Lpz., 1926, 80^.—Klotz, H. P. A propos d'un cas d'intoierance au sous-nitrate de bismuth. Bull. Soc. m6d. h6p. Paris, 1934, 3.ser., 50: 1281-3.— Luce, E. Note sur l'analyse du sous-azotate de bismuth. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1924, 7.ser., 30: 310-3.—Phillips, J. Bismuth poisoning and nitrite poisoning from the use of bismuth subnitrate, with report of 3 cases. Cleveland M.J., 1917, 16: 419-28, 2pl. Also repr.— Resnik, W. H. Bismuth poisoning following oral administration of bismuth subnitrate. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1926, 38: 333-8.—Roe, H. E. Methemoglobinemia following the adminis- tration of bismuth subnitrate; report of a fatal case. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 352-4. Also repr.—Runsdorf, H. N., & Nightin- gale, A. Bismuth subnitrate poisoning in an infant; case report. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1936, 8: 624.—Stieglitz, E. J. The pharmaco- dynamics and value of bismuth subnitrate in hypertension. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1928, 34:407; 1932, 46: 343. -----& Palmer, A. E. Studies on the pharmacology of the nitrite effect of bis- muth subnitrate. Ibid., 1936, 56: 216-22.—Subnitrato de bis- muto en gastroenterologia. Dia med., B. Air., 1935, 7: 1283 — Terrial, G. Le sous-nitrate de bismuth. Bull. gen. th6r., 1935, 186: 9-12.—Vaccarezza, R. F. Las intoxicaciones por el subni- trate de bismuto. Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1919, 26: 366-71.—West- man, A. A case of bismuth subnitrate poisoning with fatal issue following an injection of Beck's paste. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1924,3: 344-53. ---- Compounds, oxide and hydroxide. Aubry, P. Analyse d'un depot organique recueilli a l'ouver- ture d'un abces cons6cutif a une injection intra-musculaire d'hy- droxyde de bismuth. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1926, 33: 36-40.—Brown, H. T. Mistura bismuthi hydroxidi. Q.J. Pharm., Lond., 1933, 6: 502-5.-^Co?fleld, C. E., & Woodward, E. Bismuth tetroxide prepared from sodium bismuthate. Pharm. J., Lond., 1923, 111: 80-2. -----■ Notes on hydrated bismuth oxide. Ibid., 1924, 113: 83-6.—Emery, E. La bismuthoth6rapie ne doit souffrir d'aucune defaveur; -les hydroxydes de bismuth sont toujours des medicaments de choix. Clinique, Par., 1927, 22: 219.—Jaloustre, L. Sur la valeur therapeutique de la radio activite de l'hydroxyde de bismuth radifere. Vie m6d., 1926, 7: 553-6.—Kuhn, A., & Pirsch, R. Untersuchungen iiber die Peptisation von Wismuthydraxyd. Kolloid-Zschr., 1925, 36: Erganzbd, 310-8.—Levy-Bing, A., & BarthSlemy, R. Attention aux hydroxydes de bismuth; grand abces tardif du a un hy- droxyde de bismuth radifere. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1926, 33: 673-9.—Lortat-Jacob, L., & Roberti, J. Abces aseptiques profonds consecutifs aux injections d'hydroxyde de bismuth. Ibid., 1925, 32: 345-51.—Sezary, A. Embolie arterielle de la fesse consecutive a une injection intramusculaire d'hydroxyde de bis- muth. Ibid., 1926, 33: 488-91. ■> ---- Compounds, tartrate. Bocage, A., Bujalance, R. J., & Capra, J. A. Estudio qufmico del tartrobismutato de sodio y de potasio. An. Fac. mtid., Montev., 1921-22, 7: 483-500.—Clark, A. H. Bismuth-sodium- BISMUTH 351 BISMUTH potassium tartrate solutions. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1936, 25: 9—Corfleld, C. E.. & Adams, F. W. Bismuth and sodium bis- muth tartrates. Pharm. J., Lond., 1924, 113: 86—Curtis, S. H. Sudden death following the intravenous injection of bismuth tartrate. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 95: 1588—Bixon, P. K. Some toxic effects of sodium bismuth tartrate. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1926-27, 20: 305.—Hanzlik, P. J., Bloomfield, A. L. [et al.l Diuresis from water-soluble bismuth; bismuth sodium tartrate in subjects with and without edema. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 1413-6. Also repr.—Hanzlik. P. J., Mehrtens, H. G. [et al.] Clinical excretion of bismuth; bismuth sodium tartrate. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1930, 22: 850-60—Kober, P. A. The preparation of potassium and sodium tetrabismuth tartrates. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1926-27, 12: 962-7—Leonard, C. S., & O'Brien, J. L. The toxicity and urinary elimination of dipotassium bis- muth tartrate. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1925-26, 23: 560. ----- Studies in the pharmacology of bismuth salts; toxicity and urinary elimination of potassium bismuth tartrate. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1926, 28: 109-19.—Pacella, G. Toxicite du tartrobismuthate sodico-potassique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 388.—Parreiras Horta. Le tartro-bismuthate de sodium ou natrol en dermatologie et en syphiligraphie. Ann. mal. vener., 1923, 18: 520-5, 2pl.— Picon, M. Sur les tartrates de bismuth. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1927, 5: 8-14.—Sei, S. Ueber das Verhalten von Losungen einiger Bismutyltartarate bezie- hungsweise deren Mischungen mit Blutserum bei der Ultra- filtration. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1923, 146: 48-54.—Steven- son, S. G. Bismuth tartrate. Q.J. Pharm., Lond., 1931, 4: 178-82.—Yoe, J. H., & Mote, J. H. A study of the composition of sodium bismuth tartrate. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1929, 18: 450-9. --- Determination, Weber, J. *Untersuchungsmethoden und der Nachweis von Wismut in Organen, Harn und Liquor cerebrospinalis. 28p. 8? Lpz., 1925. Autenrieth, W., & Meyer, A. Leber die Bestimmung des Wismuts in Organen, Blut, Harn und Stuhl sowie iiber seine Ausscheidung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1924, 71: 601-3.—Bennett, C. T., & Campbell, N. R. The determination of bismuth in solution of bismuth and ammonium citrate. Q.J. Pharm., Lond., 1932, 5: 515.—Bodnar, J., & KareU, A. [Microanalytic methods of estimating bismuth in the urine and organs] Magy. orv. arch., 1928, 29: 501-5. Also Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 199: 29-40.—Bouillenne & Bumont. Technique de dosage du bis- muth dans les medicaments bismuthiques employes en syphili- graphie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 879.—Calcagno, O. In- vestigation del bismuto en humores y tejidos. Sem. med., B. Air., 1928, 35: 1397-^12—Colbeck, E. W., Craven, S. W„ & Murray, W. The determination of bismuth in copper. Analyst, Lond., 1934, 59: 395-9.—Cuny, L., & Poirot, G. Sur le dosage colorimetrique de petites quantites de bismuth. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1923, 7.ser., 28: 215-23.—Banckwortt, P. W., & Pfau, E. Der Nachweis von Wismut in organischem Material. Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1925, 263: 502-6.—Besgrez, C, Glaume, M., & Wolff, R. Sur l'incineration des animaux de laboratoire de petite taille en vue du dosage du bismuth. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1933, 15: 1527-34.—Bumont, P., & Bouillenne, M. Microdosage du bismuth. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1247 — Evans, B. S. An investigation into the chemistry of the Reinsch test for arsenic and antimony, and its extension to bismuth. Analyst, Lond., 1923, 48: 357; 417.—Ganassini, B. Ricerca rapida del bismuto nelle orine e nella saliva. Boll. chim. farm., 1922, 61:321-6. Also Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1922, 35: 73-84. ----- Risposta alla critica fatta ai metodi moderni di ricerca del bismuto nei liquidi organici. Policlinico, 1925, 32: sez. prat., 11-3. ----- Sulle modiflcazioni ai miei metodi di ricerca del bismuto nelle orine. Boll. chim. farm., 1926, 65: 3-6. Also Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1927, n.s., 2: 39-42.—Haddock, L. A. The determination of traces of bismuth in presence of other metals. Analyst, Lond., 1934, 59: 163-8—Hall, G. F., & Powell, A. B. The estimation of minute traces of bismuth in animal tissues. Q.J. Pharm., Lond., 1933, 6: 628-33.—Jenkins, G. L., & Millett, S. The assay of national formulary preparations containing bismuth. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1935, 24: 561-3.— Kiirthy, L., & Muller, H. Chemische und physiologische Unter- suchungen iiber Wismut; zur Bestimmung des Wismuts. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1924, 147: 377-84. ----- Versuche zur Bestim- mung des Wismuts im Harn. Ibid., 149: 235-8.—Labat & Pery. Recherche et dosage du bismuth en toxicologie. Repert. pharm., 1924, 3.ser., 36: 132-4.—Laporte, C. E. Nouveau proc6d6 de dosage colorimetrique de faibles quantites de bismuth. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1923, 7.ser., 28: 304. Also Repert. pharm., 1924, 3.ser., 36: 130.—Lehman. A. J., Richardson, A. P., & Hanz- lik, P. J. Improved procedures for estimating bismuth in body fluids and tissues. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1935-36,21: 95-7.—Leonard, C. S. Studies in the pharmacology of bismuth salts; a method for determination of bismuth. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1926, 28: 81-7.—Lombardo, C. Sulla reazione degli stanniti alcalini per la dimostrazione del bismuto. Riforma med., 1928,44:145.— Malengreau, F., & Belrue, G. Le dosage de petites quantites de bismuth dans les matieres organiques. Arch, internat. med. exp., Liege, 1924,1:35-46.—Martillotti, F. Un nuovo metodo per la ricerca del bismuto nelle urine. Pediatria (Riv.) 1936, 44: 341-6.—Meyer, A., & Jeannin, J. A propos d'une reaction coloree mjse en evidence dans les urines au cours des traitements par les bismuths solubles. Ann. mal. v6n6r., 1931, 26: 491-4.— Powell, A. B. A new colour reaction for bismuth. Q.J. Pharm., Lond., 1933, 6: 464-6.—Rossi, L. Valuation gravimetrica del bismuto por el metodo de Vanino: coeflciente de correction. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1924-25, 1: 438-41.—Rothea, F. Dosage du bismuth liposoluble dans les solutions nuilleuses. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1932, S.ser., 15: 110.—Sazerac, R., & Pouzergues, J. Recherches de petite« quantites de bismuth par l'ortho-oxyquinol6ine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 79-82. ----- Dosage de petites quantites de bismuth par l'ortho- oxvquinoieine. Ibid., 370.—Schwarz, E. Metodi per la ricerca del bismuto nelle orine. Med. ital., 1936, 17: 229.—Smout, A. J. G., & Smith, J. L. The determination of small amounts of bismuth in copper. Analyst, Lond., 1933, 63: 475.—Sultza- berger, J. A. The determination of small quantities of bismuth in tissue, excreta, blood, and bone. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1927, 16: 218-21.—Vallee & Bujardin. Sur le dosage du bismuth dans les urines et les feces. Prat. med. fr., 1923, 2: 273-5.—Vaurs, R. Recherche du bismuth dans les milieux de l'organisme. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1929, 11: 609-19. ---- Determination, histochemical. Castel, P. Recherches sur la detection histochimique du bismuth. Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1936,13: 290-7— Christeller, E. Histochemischer Nachweis des Wismuts in den Organen; histochemische Differenzierung der Gewebe mittels Eisensalz- bildung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 619-21—Komaya, G. Ueber eine histochemische Nachweismethode der Resorption, Verteilung und Ausscheidung des Wismutes in den Organen. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1925, 149: 277-91.—Levaditi, C, Nico- lau, S., & Schoen. Estudo histo-chimico do modo de resorpcao dos derivados bismuthicos. Rev. brasil. med. pharm., 1925, 1: 46-51.—Serra, G. Ricerche col metodo isto-chimico sulla distri- buzione del bismuto nei rene e nella cute di animali da esperi- mento. Dermosifilografo, 1935, 10: 285-316. ---- Metabolism. Bernard, G. Contribution a F6tude de 1'elimination urinaire du sous-nitrate de bismuth administre" par voie buccale. 40p. 8? Par., 1923. Gtjiberteau, P. *Les retentions bismuthi- ques; etude clinique et experimentale. 72p. 8? Par., 1926. Wahle [R.] H. *Die Ablagerung des Wismuts in der Niere. lip. 8? Lpz., 1933. Akamatsu. M. Vergleichende Untersuchung iiber die Phar- makologie einiger Wismutpraparate, insbesondere iiber die Wismutverteilung im tierischen Organismus und die Erschei- nungen seitens des Verdauungstraktes. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1921-22, 4: 295-305.—Barkan, G., Kingisepp, G., & Olesk, J. Resorption- und Ausscheidungsversuche mit Lecibis, einem injizierbaren Wismutpraparat. Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 997-1000.—Bentivoglio, G. C. La eliminazione del bismuto attraverso il latte muliebre. Pediatria (Riv.) 1924, 32: 1155-67.—Boyd, M. L. Bismuth is absorbed. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 93: 269-72. Also repr.—Christiansen, I. A., Hevesy, G , & Lomholt, S. Recherches, par une methode radiochimique, sur la circulation du bismuth dans l'organisme. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1924,178:1324-6.—Chura, A. [A histological study of the resorp- tion and elimination of bismuth] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1923-24, 3: 509-13.—Cordaro, G. Contributo sperimentale alla conoscenza della eliminazione del bismuto attraverso la glandula mammaria. Riv. ital. gin., 1935-36, 18: 19-37.—Delrue, G. Sur l'eiimination compar6e du bismuthyl et du dermatol. Arch, internat. med. exp., Li6ge, 1927-28, 167-84.—Burel, P., & Manin, Y. Elimina- tion du bismuth par les secretions uterines au cours de la bismu- thoth6rapie. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1935, 42: 1434-7 — Erdman, B. Is bismuth absorbed? J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 1252.—Fabre, R., & Picon, M. Contribution a l'etude toxicolo- gique du bismuth; etude de la repartition dans l'organisme du bismuth, apres injection de solutions aqueuses de divers com- poses bismuthiques. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1929, 8.ser., 9: 97-112.—Gallot, A. Presentation de quelques radiographics de malades traites par des injections de bismuth insoluble. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1928, 35: 41-6. ----- Radiographie et elimination des sels solubles de bismuth. Ibid., 468-71. ----- Le sort di bismuth insoluble dans l'organisme. Bull. Soc. m6d. Paris, 1928, 93-6.—Gruhzit, 0. M., & Sultzaberger, J. A. Bis- muth absorption, distribution, and elimination; a study of a water-soluble sodium bismuth thioglycollate. Am. J. Syph., 1927, 11:103-15. -----& Tendick, F. H. A comparative study of insoluble bismuth preparations. Ibid., 87-102.— Hamaya, K. Pharmacological studies on bismuth; chemical estimation of excretion. Sei i kwai, 1931, 50: H.8, 7.—Hanzlik, P. J., & Mehr- tens, H. G. Clinical excretion of bismuth; potassium bismuth tartrate and bismuth salicylate. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1930, 21: 605-14. ----- Clinical excretion of bismuth; bismuth metal. Ibid., 22: 483-95. ----- Comparative excretion and absorption of different bismuth products; a summary report. Ibid , 861-76. •-----Conditions affecting the clinical excretion of bismuth. Ibid., 994-1003. Also repr.—Hanzlik, P. J., & Richardson, A. P. State of bismuth in body fluids and tissues. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1935, 55: 447-63.—Jeanselme, E. Sur l'eiimination du bismuth par les urines. Bull. Soc. fr. derm. syph., 1924,311348.—Kiirthy. L. Chemiscbwund physiologische Untersuchungen iiber Wismut; uber die Ausscheidung'intra- muskular und subkutan verabreicbten Wismuts. Biochem. BISMUTH 352 BISMUTH Zschr., 1924, 150: 173-6.—Lacapere, Restoux & Bugeard. Re- cherches sur l'eiimination du bismuth. Bull. Soc. fr. derm. syph., 1924, 31: 331-5.—Leclercq, J. Le sort du bismuth intro- duit dans l'organisme. Prat. m6d. fr., 1923, 2: 263-71.—Levaditi, C, Manin, Y., & Howard, A. Circulation du bismuth dans l'or- ganisme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 813-6.—Levaditi, C, Vaisman, A. [et al.] La diffusion du bismuth dans le n6vraxe et sa penetration dans le liquide cephalo-rachidien. Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1933, 40: 738-61.—Lomholt, S. Die Wismutver- teilung im Korper, besonders im Blut. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1928, 155: 152.----- Retention of bismuth in the organism in the treatment of syphilis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1929, 19: 891-900. Also repr. ----- The retention of bismuth in the organism, after an intramuscular injection of bismuth oxychloride. Forh. Nord. derm, foren., 1929, 7: 108, tab.—Mehrtens, H. G., Hanzlik, P. J., & Marshall, B. C. Excre- tion, distribution, and fate of bismuth under clinical conditions. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1927-28, 25: 276-8. Also repr — Memmesheimer, A. Ueber das Verhalten intravenos einge- brachten Wismuts im Korper und seine Ausscheidung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1925, 47: 454-65.—Meseke, O. Ueber die Ver- teilung des Wismuts im tierischen Organismus nach intra- muskularer Injektion von 540 D (vet.) Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1926, 34: 375.—Montlaur, H. Etude radiographique de l'eiimi- nation des sels solubles de bismuth; a propos de la communica- tion de M. Galliot. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1928, 35: 526. Also Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1929, 6.ser., 10: 259-68.—Muller, H., & Kiirthy, L. Chemische und physiologische Untersuchun- gen uber Wismut; die Ausscheidung des per os zugefiihrten Wismuts. Biochem. Zschr., 1924, 149: 239-44.—Pacifico, A. Sulla eliminazione del bismuto col latte. Rinasc. med., 1927, 4: 153.—Paget, Langeron & Bevriendt. Dosage; localisation; elimination du bismuth dans l'organisme. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1932, 8.ser., 15: 600-8.—Perrin. M., & Bucas, G. Sur les conditions d'absorption du bismuth introduit dans le tube digestif. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92:439.—Pinard, M., & Rabut. Les retentions bismuthiques. Rev. fr. derm. v6n6r., 1926, 2: 89-95.—Pouzergues, J. Elimination urinaire du bismuth apres injection de diff6rents types de preparations bismuthiques. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1934, 53: 535-53.—Serefls, S. Die Re- sorptionsbedingungen des Wismut vom Magen-Darmkanal aus. Deut. med. Wschr., 1934, 60: 1237-40—Smelov, N. S., & Feld- man, L. A. [Results of comparative study of roentgenograms after intravenous injections of various bismuth preparations] Soviet, vest, vener., 1932,1: 20. Also Klin, med., Moskva, 1933, 11: 699-701.—Sollmann, T., Cole, H. N., & Henderson, K. I. The excretion of bismuth in a series of clinical bismuth treatments. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1933, 28: 615-38. Also repr. Also Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 30: 440-2. Also repr — Stephan, K. Betrachtungen iiber Verarbeitung, Wirkung und Ausscheidung des Wismut (mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Bismogenol) Zbl. inn. Med., 1926, 47: 90.5-11.—Strauss, H. Untersuchungen iiber die Ausscheidung des Bismogenol (Tosse) Derm. Wrschr., 1923, 76: 417-9.—Templeton, H. J., Rix, B. M., & Thomson, R. Absorption rate of bismuth compounds. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1930, 21: 739-56.—Vonkennel. Unter- suchungen iiber Bi-Ablagerung im normalen und pathologi- schen, insbesondere im syphilitischen Gewebe. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1928, 155: 151.—Von Oettingen, W. F. The absorp- tion, distribution and excretion of bismuth. Physiol. Rev., 1930, 10: 221-81. ----- The fate of intraocular injections of sodium bismuth tartrate and sodium bismuth citrate. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1931, 42: 401-6. ----- Todd, T. W., & Sollmann, T. The spreading and absorption of the different types of bismuth preparations, introduced by intramuscular and subcutaneous injection. Ibid., 1927, 32: 67-79.—Weitgasser, J. Ueber Wismutausscheidung nach intramuskularer Bismosal- vaninjektion. Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 1305.—Yernaux, N. Le rythme de la resorption et de l'eiimination du bismuth. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1931, 7.ser., 2: 761-74. ---- Pharmacology. See also Bismuth, Metabolism; Bismuth, Toxicity. Amantea, F. Azione del bismuto sul sangue e sugli organi emopoietici; le variazioni della formula emoleucocitaria in seguito ad iniezioni di bismuto. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1924, 37: 125; 145.—Berman, H. A mechanical shaker for bismuth suspensions. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1932, 26: 886. Also repr.—Bernstein, A. B. Zur Frage fiber die Einwirkung von Wismut auf die morphologische Zusammensetzung des Blutes. Derm. Wschr., 1925, 80: 685-8.—Boyer, P. Note sur Taction cardio-vasculaire des sels de bismuth liposolubles comparee a celle des sels de bismuth solubles dans l'eau. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929,101: 799-802—Brown, H., Saleeby, E. R., & Schamberg, J. F. A study of the blood chemistry and the histo-pathology of the kidneys after experimental bismuth i njections. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1926, 28:165-9.—Cole, H. N., Henderson, K. I. [et al.] The presence of uneven quantities of bismuth in oily bulk suspension of bismuth salts. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1931, 24: 739-44 — Csomay, I., & Zemplen, B. [Effect of bismuth on the blood and body weight] Magy. orv. arch., 1929, 30: 489-97.—Fouet, A. Posologie des sels de bismuth. Prat. med. fr., 1925, 4: 284-6.— Fournier, L. Les preparations bismuthiques et leur mode d'action. J.m6d. chir., Par., 1923,94:856-61.—Galliot, A. Poso- logie des sels de bismuth. Paris mfid., 1924, 53: 498-501. Also Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1926, 2: 424-32.—Greenbaum, S. S., & Rule, A. M, Concerning the curative values of certain bismuth compounds; an experimental study. Am. J. Syph., 1931, 15: 59-71.—Gurchot, C, Spaulding, J. [et al.] Actions of sodium bismuthate. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 509-11.— Heckelmann, J. G. Zur Pharmakologie und Toxikologie de<= Wismuts. Derm. Wschr., 1925, 80: 508; 546; 585.—Hepner, B„ & Likiernik, A. Untersuchungen iiber Wismutverbindungen Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1926, 264: 46; 55.—Heymann, K. Ueber den Wirkungsmechanismus des Wismuts. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1927, 37: 167-71.—Ismailsky, V. A., Bobronravov, V. N., & Smelov, N. S. [Experiments with chemico-therapeutic bis- muth preparations, bismoverol (Bil26)] Vener. derm., Mosk- va, 1929, 6: 10-25. Also Soviet, vest, vener., 1934, 3: 638-41.— Katzenelbogen, S. Recherches sur la permeabilite mening6e au bismuth; contribution a l'etude des rapports entre la pre- sence de medicaments dans le liquide cephalorachidien et leur action sur le systeme nerveux. Schweiz. med. Wschr 1925, 55: 458-61.—Klauder, J. V., & Brown, H. The ques- tion of bismuth penetration of the nervous system; report of clinical and laboratory study. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1934, 29: 351-5.—KoUe, W. Chemotherapeutische Studien iiber Wismut. Med. Klin., Berl., 1924, 20: 1097-104. ----- Ueber die Wirkung der Wismutpraparate auf Grund experimenteller Studien. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1926,151:274-6.—La Mendola, S. Influenza dei preparati di bismuto sugli elementi figurati del sangue e sullo schema di Arneth. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1925, 39: 104-21.—Leonard, C. S. Studies in the pharmacology of bismuth salts. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1926, 28:81; 89; 109; 121. ----- Tissue distribution of bismuth. Ibid., 1928, 34: 333-45. -----&Love,R. B. The permeability of the placenta to bismuth. Ibid., 347-54.—Leonard, C. S., & Seibert, A. F. The concentration of bismuth in the blood of dogs after intramuscular injection of bismuth antiluetics. Ibid., 355-64.—Levaditi, C, Sanchis- Bayarri, V. [et al.] Etude experimentale des bismuths lipo- solubles. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1928, 42: 1489-535, 4pl. Also Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1928, 35: 5S7-60L—Levaditi, C, Vaisman, A. [et al.] Action calcifiante du bismuth. C. rend Acad, sc, 1931, 192: 1768—Lucke, B., & Klauder, J. V. Histo- logical changes produced experimentally in rabbits by bismuth. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1923, 21: 313-21.—Mariani, G. Ricerche sperimentali sull' azione farmacologica dei preparati di bismuto Gior. ital. mal. vener., 1924, 65: 503-12.—Martelli, C. Di una speciale alterazione del sangue nei trattamento bismutico. Rinasc. med., 1926, 3: 125.—Maschmann, E. Notizen iiber Wismutverbindungen. Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1925, 263: 99; 721.—Masson, G. A. The action of bismuth on the circulatory system. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1926-27, 30: 39-72.—Muter- milch, S., Belaville, M., & Belin, J. Passage du bismuth a travers la barriere vasculo-mening6e. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96:957-9.—Nathan, E., & Hermann, F. Beitrage zur Theorie der Wismutwirkung. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1926, 151: 276.— Polak, E., & Mladek, A. [Pharmacology of bismuth] Cas. 16k. cesk., 1924, 63: 1549-51.—Ruiz Acosta, F. Permeabilidad me- ningea a las diferentes sales de bismuto. Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: pt2, 797-808.—Satta, G. P. Ricerche sperimentali su alcuni preparati bismutici (assorbimento, eliminazione, tossi- cita) Biochim. ter. sper., 1925, 12: 137-91.—Scalabrino, E. L'azione del bismuto sugli organi emopoietici (contributo isto- logico) Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1925, 30:233-6.—Scherber, 6. Uebersicht fiber die therapeutische Wirksamkeit der gebrauchli- chen Wismutpraparate unter Berucksichtigung eines neuen deutschen Praparates, des Mesurol-Bayer. Wien. med. Wschr., 1924, 74: 2093-8.—Smelov, N. S., Ratner, O. I., & Plotkina, M. M. [Results in clinical tests of bismuth preparation bismoverol] Soviet, vest, vener., 1933, 2: 417-26.—Starnotti, C. Sull' azione del bismuto nell' arterio-sclerosi specialmente in rapporto al- l'ipertensione. Riv. clin. med., 1928, 29: 938-48.—Stockton, A. B. Bismuth diuresis and the blood and urinary changes under clinical conditions. Arch. Int. M., 1932, 50: 142-9. Also repr.—Supniewski, J. W. Die pharmakologischen Eigen- schaften einiger Wismuthobenzolverbindungen. Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, 1931, 187-9.—Thompson, M. R., Cwalina, G. E. [et al.] A comparative pharmacologic study of absorption, distribution, and excretion of injectable bismuth preparations, Am. J. Syph., 1933, 17: 205-20—Volmar & Revel. Sur les 6me- tiques de bismuth. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1935, 3.ser., 113: 327-9.—Vonkennel, J. Zur Pharmacodynamik der olloslichen Wismutpraparate. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1931, 163: 379-92.—Yernaux, N. Pharmacodynamic du bismuth. Rev. m6d. Louvain, 1929, 21-5. ---- Physical properties. Berg, W. F., & Sandler, L. Plasticity of bismuth. Nature, Lond., 1935, 136: 915.—Crawford, M. F., & McLay, A. B. Spark spectra of bismuth, Bi III and Bi II. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1934, s.A, 143: 540-57.—Brucker, C. Die Widerstandsanomalie des reinen Wismuts. Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt.A, 1932, 162: 305- 17.—Jay, A. H. The thermal expansion of bismuth by X-ray measurements. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1934, S.A, 143: 465-72- Schulze, A. Ueber strukturelle Besonderheiten beim Wismut und Antimon. Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt.A, 1933, 165:188-94.— Smith, S., & Beggs, J. S. Interferometer measurements of the hyperfine structure of some lines of singly ionized bismuth. Canad. J. Res., 1935, 12: 690-8.—Sosnowski. L. Radioactivite artificielle du bismuth. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 200: 1027-9. ---- Therapeutic use. See also names of diseases as Cancer; Malaria; Peptic ulcer; Syphilis; Tuberculosis, &c. BISMUTH 353 BISMUTH Muller, H. Praxis der Wismutbehandlung. p.329-440. 8? Berl., 1928. In Handb. Haut. & Geschlkr., Berl., 1928, 18: Beck, E. G. Bismuth paste in war surgery. Minnesota M., 1919, 2: 157-62.—Benech, J. Les injections intra-veineuses de sels solubles de bismuth. J. med. Bordeaux, 1923, 53: 899.— Blum, L. L'action diuretique du bismuth; mecanisme de cette action. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 461-3.—Bresser, A. Be- deutung der Wismutsalze in der Therapie. Med. Welt, 1928, 2:1574.—Chevallier, P. Le bismuth en therapeutique moderne. Hopital, 1922, 10: 47-59.—Cucullu Rivarola, L. M. Bismuto- terapia en el lactante. Sem. med., B. Air., 1936, 43: 215-9.— Daneo, L. Terapia bismutica endorachidea. Rass. stud. psichiat., 1934, 23: 823-5.—Biasio, F. A. The value of xeroform in dermatologic practice. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 195-9.— Edel, K. [Injections of bismuth salicylate in paraffine] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1933, 77: 2129-31.—Grumach, L. Experimen- telles und Klinisches zur Wismuttherapie. Derm. Zschr., 1925, 44: 221-34.—Griinberg, J. Fiinf Jahre Bismogenoltherapie in poliklinischer Anwendung. Derm. Wschr., 1928, 87: 1675 — Hollender, A. R. New indications for the use of Beck's bismuth paste. Med. Rev. of Rev., 1919, 25: 408.—Ide, M. Le bismuth sous-cutanee. Rev. med. Louvain, 1931, 334.—Izard, L. M. J. A. Notions nouvelles sur la bismuthotherapie. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1924, 81: 310-4.—Kisch, F. Zur Frage der Wismut-Diurese. Zschr. klin. Med., 1933-34, 126: 197-201— Kober, P. A. Recent developments in bismuth therapy. Am. J. Syph., 1931, 15: 199-206.—Kobligk. Erfahrungen mit Bisuspen-Heyden. Fort- sch. Med., 1925, 43: 137.—Kwiatkowski, S. L. Erfahrungen mit Bisuprol. Derm. Wschr., 1934, 98: 20-4.-Larsen, R. L. Intra- muscular use of bismuth; in sites other than the gluteal region. Am. J. Syph., 1929, 13: 153-6.—Laurent, C, & Minaire, V. Ap- pareil permettant la distribution rapide des sels de bismuth oleo- solubles. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1933, 40: Lyon, 1224 — Leder, G. Erfahrungen mit Bismophan. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1924, 71: 752.—Lengyel, P. [Tannismuth in digestive disturb- ances in infants] Orv. hetil., 1913, 57: 578.—Lippert, H. Bis- mophanol-Riedel in der Hand des Praktikers. Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 778.—Machado, M. Valor therapeutico do bis- mutho insoluvel em lipo-suspensao. Fol. med., Rio, 1932, 13: 103.—Mehrtens, H. G., Hanzlik, P. J. [et al.] Bismuth as a diu- retic. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 223-5. Also repr.—Molnar, A. L. Ueber die diuretische Wirkung der Wismutsalze. Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 1287.—Moos. Ueber Wismutbehandlung; Richtigstellung. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1924, 21: 525.—Mulzer, P. Zur Wismutfrage. Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 1557-9.—Oltramare. Discussion sur le traitement par les sels de bismuth. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1923, 53: 652—Pavlovic, R. A. W'ismut als Diure- tikum. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 923.—Richter, W. Ueber die Wismuttherapie. Ibid., 1923, 49: 912. ----- Klinische Beobachtungen iiber die Wirkung eines neuen Wismutprapa- rates (Bisuprol) Ibid., 1933, 59: 363-5.—Robitschek, W. Ein neues A nwendungsgebiet der Wismutsalze als Diuretica. Med. Klin., Berl., 1925, 21: 626. ----- Ueber die diuretische Wirkung der Wismutsalze. Ibid., 1926, 22: 1034-6—Satke, V. Weitere Erfahrungen mit Wismut-Diasporal. Ibid., 1935, 31: 248.—Schatz, R. [Tannismuth in diseases of children] Orv. hetil., 1913,57:610.—Scherber, G. Zur Anwendung des Wismut- Diasporals (Dr Klopfer) Med. Klin., Berl., 1935, 31: 556 — Schbller, K. [Observations on tannismuth] Orv. hetU., 1911, 55: 813.—Simon, C. Une nouvelle etape dans la therapeutique bismuthique. Bull, med., Par., 1936, 50: 118— Stephens, G. A. The abuse of bismuth. Med. Times, Lond., 1921, 49: 52 — Vas, S. Ueber den therapeutischen Wert des kieselsauren Wismuts (Bismoterran) Wien. klin. W'schr., 1929, 42: 50.— Zimmern, F. Erfahrungen mit Bismogenol in der Praxis. Derm. Wschr., Lpz., 1923, 76: 461-4. --- Therapeutic use: Untoward effects. See also Bismuth, Toxicity. Fourniat, R. Contribution a l'etude des accidents hemorragiques de la bismuthotherapie dans la syphilis. 84p. 8? Par., 1926. Cayrel, M. La frigidita sessuale nella cura bismutica. Gior. clin. med., 1926, 7: 172-4.—Bennie, C C. Complications pro- duced by bismuth in the treatment of syphilis. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1928, 28: 255-9.—Bestefano, J., & Aguirre, R. S. Un acci- dente poco frecuente en terai .('utica bismutica. Sem. med., B. Air., 1927, 34: 401.—Eisner, E. Fehlschlage bei der Behand- lung der Syphilis mit Wismutpriiparaten. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 273.—Emery, Rasis & Morin. Les accidents de la medi- cation bismuthique. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1930, 37: 1048-50.—Iournier, A. Accidents de la bismutherapie. Mar- seille med., 1926, 63: 1718-33.—Galliot, A. La bismuthotherapie; incidents; accidents; intolerance. J. med. chir., Par., 1935, 106: 639-44.—Gate, J. Les accidents de la medication bismuthique dans le traitement de la syphilis. Vie med., 1927, 8: 357-9.— Hudelo & Rabut. De quelques accidents de la bismuthothe- rapie. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1930, 37: 1023-5— Joulia. Les incidents et accidents observes a Bordeaux chez des sujets traites par les injections intramusculaires de sels de bismuth. J. med. Bordeaux, 1935, 112: 440-4.—Juliusbeig, F. Die Nebenwirkun- gen der Wismutbehandlung. In Handb. Haut. & Geschlkr., Berl., 1928,18:441-98.—Langer, E. Die Nebenerscheinungen bei der Wismutbehandlung der Syphilis. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 554-9.—Legewie, B. Nebenerscheinungen bei Bismogenolbe- handlung. Ibid., 1924, 3: 767—Milada-Bezecna [Risks in bismuth therapy] Cesk. derm., 1931,12: 211-9.—Orol Arias, C, <& Mazzini, M. A. Accidentes por bismutoterapia; su tratamiento y manera de prevenirlos. Sem. med., B. Air., 1936, 43: 754-9.— Rabut, R. Comment prevenir les complications intrafessieres des injections bismuthiques? Hopital, 1935, 23: 149-51.— Ronchese, F. A proposito di alterazioni della sfera sessuale durante le cure bismutiche. Dermosifilografo, 1928, 3: 244 — Sarateanu, E. F. [Accidents due to bismuth therapy in syphilis] Romania med., 1935, 13: 18-20.—Scholtz, W. Wismutbehand- lung und Wismutschadigungen. Ther. Gegenwart, 1929, 70: 21-6.—Sezary, A., & Friedman, E. Oleome n6vralgique. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1935, 42: 1424.—Steincke, R. Ist Bismo- genol frei von ernstlichen Nebenwirkungen? Derm. Wschr., 1925,80: 442-5. ---- Therapeutic use: Untoward effects: Abscess and gangrene. Cascio Rocca, G. Sugli inconvenienti locali da iniezioni di bismuto. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1926, 5: 503-5.—Bemo. Sugli inconvenienti locali da iniezioni di bismuto. Dermosifilografo, 1926, 1: 202-6.—Fernet, P. Les abces bismuthiques tardifs. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1930, 37:1046-8—Foged, J. [Bismuth abscesses] Ugeskr. leeger, 1927, 89: 925; 1051—Gougerot, H., Blum, P. [et al.] Abces bismuthique tardif descendant, fusee de bismuth jusqu'au-dessous du grand trochanter. Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1930, 37: 1170.—Gougerot, H., & Guimbellot. Gros abces froid tardif, recidivant apres guerison spontanee, du a un bismuth oieosoluble. Ann. mal. vener., 1933, 28: 745-9.—Jaffe, R. Ueber Gewebsveranderungen nach Wismutinjektionen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1924, 20: 1135-7.—Lacassagne, J., & Bugois. Manifestations staphylococciques dans les traitements bis- muthiques. Bull. Soc. fr. derm., syph., 1934, 41: 837-9 — Lederer, F. L. Bismuth paste tumors. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1919-23, 11: 339-45. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1923, 36: 815-23.—Lomholt, S. [Bismuth infarcts and their prevention] Ugeskr. laeger, 1929 91: 921-5. Also Derm. Wschr., 1930, 90: 278-85.—Louste, Cahen, R., & Vanbockstael, P. Accidents locaux graves, a tendance sphacelique, provoques par une injec- tion intramusculaire d'un sei insoluble de bismuth. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1927, 34: 330-2—Maggiulli, G. Sugli ascessi intramuscolari da bismuto. Rinasc. med., 1926, 3: 415.— Mihan, G. Abces froid staphylococcique par injection intra- musculaire de sei bismuthique en solution aqueuse. Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1935, 11: 147-9. -----& Nativelle. Hematome recidivant de la region sacree du a des injections intramusculaires de bismuth. Ibid., 1929, 5: 132-6.—Nicolau, S. Dermite livedoide et gangreneuse de la fesse, consecutive aux injections intra-musculaires, dans la syphilis; a propos d'un cas d'embolie arterielle bismuthique. Ann. mal. vener., 1925, 20: 321-39, 3pl— Schaer, H. Spatabszess nach intraglutaalen Wismut- und Schwefelinjektionen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1932, 62: 280.— Serper, V. [Gangrene of the buttock after intramuscular injec- tion of xeroform suspension] Vrach. gaz., 1927, 31: 1282-5. ---- Therapeutic use: Untoward effects: Em- bolism. Alexandratos, G. *Les embolies arterielles consecutives aux injections de sels solubles de bismuth. 51p. 8? Par., 1931. Ribollet, J. ^Contribution a l'etude des embolies arterielles bismuthiques. 76p. 8? Lyon, 1934. Babalian, M. Embolies arterielles fessieres du bismuth et autres medicaments. Paris med., 1931, 79: 236-42.—Brack, W. Ueber arterielle Embolien der Haut und der unterliegenden Gewebe nach intramuskularen Wismutinjektionen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1925, 55: 681-3.—Burnier, M. Un cas d'embolie fessiere a la suite d'une injection de sei soluble de bismuth. Ann. mal. vener., 1931, 26: 268-70, pi.—Cordiviola, L. A., & Guiroy, A. J. Embolia arterial por inyeccion intramuscular de bismuto. Sem. med., B. Air., 1930, 37: pt2, 1279-81.—Be Gre- gorio Garcia-Serrano, E. Accidentes de la medication bismutica en el tratamiento de la sifllis (un caso de embolia arterial bis- mutica) Clin. & lab., Zaragoza, 1930, 15: 227-31.—Gammel, J. A. Arterial embolism; an unusual complication following the intramuscular administration of bismuth. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 998.—Gaujoux, E., & Barbier, G. Accidents d'origine arterielle au cours d'injections intra-musculaires de preparations bismuthiques. Marseille med., 1926, 63: 1710-7.—Glassberg, O., & Steiner, K. Antiluetische Kur und Kreislaufschiidigung; ein Fall von todlich verlaufender Thrombose der Arteria mesen- terica superior. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1931, 44: 76-9.—Grossman, A. Arterial embolism following intramuscular injection of a bismuth preparation. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1936, 34: 93-6.—Kallmann, K. Ueber einen plotzlichen Todesfall nach intravenbser Wismuteinspritzung; Entgegnung zur Arbeit von Magnus. Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 2055—Landis, H. R. M. Pul- monary embolism following injection of bismuth paste. Progr. Med., Phila., 1923, 3: 188-90.—Lassale, Aujaleu & Sohier. Der- matite livedoide par embolie intra-arterielle d'un sei insoluble de bismuth. Bull. Soc. m6d. mil. fr., 1934, 28: 230-2.—Magnus. Ueber einen plotzlichen Todesfall nach intravenoser Wis- muteinspritzung. Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 1275.—Martins de Castro, A. Erabolie arterielle bismuthique avec lesions graves de la peau (etude clinique et anatomo-pathologique) Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1929, 6.ser., 10: 161-77, pi.—Merenlender, J. 21767—vol. 2, 4th series----23 BISMUTH 354 BISMUTH Zur Kenntnis der Embolia cutis arterialis medicamentosa (bismutica) Arch. Derm. Svph., Berl., 1932-33, 167: 708-16. Also Warsz. czas. lek., 1933, 10: 349; 373.—Moncorps, C. Bei- trag zur Kenntnis der Embolia cutis medicamentosa nach intra- muskularen Bismogenolinjektionen. Derm. Wschr., 1932, 95: 976-82.—Petges, G., & Joulia, P. Au sujet des embolies arte- rielles bismuthiques. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1930, 37: 1016-21. ---- Toxicity. Didry, J. *Recherches experimentales sur la toxicite des sels solubles de bismuth. 40p. 8? Par., 1922. Hofmann, B. [R.] *Ein Fall von schwerer Wismut-Vergiftung [Berlin] 16p. 8? Lipp- stadt-Westf., 1933. Simoes Leistner, A. *Pesquiza toxicologica do bismuto e sua dosagem colorimetrica. 121p. 8? S. Paulo, 1933. Bensaude, Cain & Oury. La cephaiee bismuthique (petit signe d'intoxication au cours du traitement des affections gastro- intestinales par les sels de bismuth) Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1923, 3.ser., 47: 1852-65.—Brittingham, J. W. Bismuth poisoning in the treatment of syphilis. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1933, 22: 323-7.—Busquet, H., & Vischniac, C. La toxicite comparee des sels de bismuth solubles dans l'eau, chez le lapin et chez le chien; role de la tremulation ventriculaire dans cette toxicite. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 1088.—Berra, E. Klinische und experimentelle Beitrage zur Wismutintoxikation mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der basophilen Tupfelung der Erythrozyten. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1929, 38: 367-79.—Fabre, R., & Picon, M. Contribution a l'etude toxicologique du bismuth. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1928, 8.ser., 8: 249; 297.—Feldmann, V. Sur la toxicologic d'un compose bismuthique de la serie des bismu- 1 hates. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1926, 6.ser., 7:344-61.—Fischer, O. Ein Fall von Wismutintoxikation mit schweren Darm- erscheinungen. Derm. Wschr., 1926, 82: 268-71.—Galliot, A Statistique des incidents de la medication bismuthique a propos de 1,000 injections liposoluble. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1934, 41: 775-7.—Gate, J., & Gardere, H. Accidents bismuthiques multiples: stomatite ulcereuse, manifestations pulmonaires (grippe bismuthique a forme thoracique) erythrodermie. Lyon rueu., 1927, 140: 109-13.—Gate, J., Thiers, H., & Cuilleret, P. Contribution a la pathogenie de la grippe bismuthique. Ibid., 1931, 147: 381-9—Gordonov, T. Zur Toxizitat einiger Wismut- verhindungen. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1926, 150: 280-6.— Eeiir burger, L. F. Severe bismuth poisoning; a case success- fully treated with sodium thio-sulphate. China M.J., 1926, 40: 842-5.—Herz, A. Blutveranderungen bei der Wismut-Behand- lung der Syphilis; ein Beitrag zum Vorkommen der basophil- punktierten Erythrozyten. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 1350.—Jeanselme, Levy, G., & Huet, L. Placard ecchymotique et phlyctcnulaire, consecutif a une injection intra-fessiere de Curalues. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1926, 33: 96-8.—Langeron, L., Paget, M., & Bevriendt, C. De l'ictere post-bismuthique. Prerse med., 1932, 40: 1189. Also Rev. m6d. chir. mal. foie, 1932, 7: 367-97.—Laubry, C, Hillemand, P., & Cottet, J. Cyanose et polyglobulie d'origine nitrobismuthique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris. 1934, 3.ser., 50: 561-5.—Leff, C. O. Chronic bismuth in- toxication. Mil. Surgeon, 1932, 70: 456-61. Also repr—Le- grand, A. L'anemie bismuthique et son traitement. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1934, 282-5.—Leonard, C. S. The toxicity and uri- nary elimination of various bismuth preparations. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1925-26, 23: 557-9.-----Studies in the pharmacology of bismuth salts; toxicity and urinary elimination of soluble bismuth salts. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1926, 28:89-108. ----- Toxicity and urinary elimination of bismuth oleate and bismuth metal. Ibid., 121-30.—Lche, H., & Rosenfeld, H. Ein einfaches Symptom zur Erkennung der Wismut-Intoxikation bei der Syphilisbehandlung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 1295 — Mamone, M. Sobre toxicidad de algunas sales de bismuto. Rev. sudamer. endocr., B. Air., 1923, 6: 397-407.—Masson, G. A. The toxicity of bismuth. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1926-27, 30: 121-48.—Kicseh, G. Wismut-Melanose der Dickdarmschleim- haut. Beitr. path. Anat., 1933, 92: 147-56.—Mora, J. M. Bis- muth poisoning in the treatment of syphilis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1927, 16: 456-9—Nicolas, J., Petouiaud, C. [et al.] Reactions conjonctivales apres chaque injection d'un hydroxyde de bismuth. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1934, 41: 372.—Prater, F. Ueberdosierung mit Bismogenol; ein Beitrag zur relativen Ungiftigkeit dieser Wismutverbindung. Derm. Wschr., 1923, 76: 299-301—Raiziss, G. W., Severac, M., & Moetsch, J. C. Tox- icity of various compounds of bismuth used in the therapy of syphilis. J. Chemother., 1934, 10: 77-87—Rebello, A. Ecchy- mose conjunctival nao traumatica, consequente a injeccoes de bismutho. Brasil med., 1935, 49: 406.—Sauferlin, H. Eigenar- tige Wismutsehadigung; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Pharmako- dynamik und Toxikologie des Wismuts. Derm. Wschr., 1935, 100: 585-93.—Santesson, C. G. Ueber die Toxizitfit des Wismut- sulfides und iiber das sonstige Verhalten von Wismutverbin- dungen im Organismus. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1929, 58: 101-36, 6pl.—Serefis, S. Die perorale Wismutvergiftung. Med Klin., Berl., 1934, 30: 968-71.—Sezary, A., & Boucher, G. Agra- nulocytose bismuthique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1931, 3.ser., 47: 1795-8.—Torrini, TJ. Grave edema acuto flittenulare della faringe da assorbimento di bismuto. Arch. ital. otol., 1933, 45: 754-6.—Torrione, P. Un cas d'intoxication bismu thique apres plombage d'une cavite pleurale par la pate de Beck Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1928, 58: 895. ---- Toxicity: Allergy. Genevois, P. *La grippe bismuthique con- sidered comme une manifestation d'hypersensi- bilite medicamenteuse. 68p. 8? Lyon, 1934. Anwyl-Bavies, T. Intolerance to bismuth. Lancet, Lond 1927, 1: 199.—Gate, J., Thiers, H.. & Cuilleret. La grippe bis- muthique consideree comme une fievre sensibilisation metal- lique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 299. ----- Quatre cas de grippe bismuthique allergique; parfaite innocuite de la poursuite du traitement. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1931, 41: 374-6.— Gougerot, H., & Pe/re, E. Anaphylaxie et sensibilisation au bismuth. Ann. mal. vener., 1927, 22: 181-224. ---- Toxicity: Death. Aubertin, C, le charbon symptomatique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 678.— Warringsholz. Die Bekampfung des Rauschbrandes durch Schutzimpfungen. Berl. tieriirztl. Wschr., 1909, 25: 155-7.— Zeller, B. Schutzimpfungen gegen Rauschbrand mit Rausch- brandkulturfiltraten im Jahre 1925. Ibid., 1926, 42: 540.— Zschokke, W. Beitrag zur Frage der Steigerung des Aggressin- gehaltes durch Zusatz von Formaldehvd zu keimfreien Rausch- brand-Impfstoffen. Schweiz. Arch. Tierh., 1932, 74: 539-51. ---- Public health aspect. Sauer, E. *Konnen ohne veterinar-polizei- liche Bedenken die Haute rauschbrandkranker Tiere zu Gewerbezwecken verwendet werden? [Bern] 40p. 8? Jena, 1907. Behnke, A. Die Entschadigung des Rauschbrandes. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr.. 1925, 33: 487-9.—Glasser. Zur Diagnose, veterinarpolizeilichen Bekampfung und Entschadigung des Rauschbrandes. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1927, 41: 444-6.— Goerttler, V. Der Wert der Anaeroben-Oberflaehenkultur fiir die veterinarpolizeiliche Feststellung des Rauschbrandes. Ibid., 1928, 44:105-9.—Honeker. Die Diflerentialdiagnostik des echten Rauschbrandes und des sogenannten Geburtsrausch- brandes in veterinarpolizeilicher Hinsicht. Ibid., 1907, 267-71.— Maass, C. Ueber die Desinfektion der Haute von Rausch- brandkadavern. Arb. Gesundhamt., 1913, 44: 157-87.—Sauer, E. Konnen ohne veterinarpolizeiliche Bedenken die Haute rauschbrandkranker Tiere zu Gerbereizwecken verwendet werden? Zschr. Tiermed., 1908, 12: 34-71.—Stockman, S. The preventive measures directed against black-quarter, and an investigation into the efficacy of setoning. J. Comp. Path., Edinb., 1x97, 10: 222-34. ---- in horse. Bohler. Gasbrand beim Pferde, verursacht durch rausch- brandihnliche Bazillen. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1917, 25: 181 —Levens, B. Ein weiterer Rauschbrandfall beim Pferde. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1911, 27: 673—Ostertag, R. Kommt Rauschbrand beim Pferde vor? ein Beitrag zur bakteriologischen Feststellung des Rauschbrandes. Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1907 3: 95-100.—Schmitt. Rauschbrand beim Fohlen. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1918, 34: 25. Also Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1919 27: 172.—Wulff, F. Der Rauschbrand beim Pferde. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1911, 27: 501. / BLACKLEG 360 BLACKTONGUE ■--- in sheep. See also Braxy. Rathmann, \V. *Ueber den Rauschbrand der Schafe [Leipzig] 8p. 8? Dresd., 1920. Fortner, J. Ein Fall vcn Gasbrand beim Schaf, hervorgeru- fen durch den Frankelschen Gasbrandbazillus. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1927, 43: 788.—Knall, E. Aetiologie und Epidemiologie des Schafrauschbrandes. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1924, 32: 66 — Marsh, H. Another case of blackleg in sheep. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1922-23, 62: 217.—Raebiger. Bemerkungen zu dem Artikel des Herrn Veterinarrat Witt-Calbe Der Rauschbrand der Schafe und seine Bekampfung. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1920, 28: 16 — Witt & Stickdorn, W. Der Rauschbrand des Schafes. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1919, 35: 199-201.—Wolters. Ueber Rausch- branderkrankungen der Schafe und ihre Bekampfung. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1927, 35: 206-10. ----- Ueber die Rausch- branderkrankungen der Schafe und ihre Bekampfung durch Impfung mit Kulturfiltraten und Formolvaccinen. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1930, 61:485-500.—Zeller. Zur Schafrauschbrand- frage. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1926, 34: 847-9. BlACKLOCK, Donald Breadalbane, 1879- Report on a survey of human diseases in the Protectorate of Sierra Leone. 2pts 44p.; 44p. roy.8? Freetown, Gov. Print., 1930. —-— An empire problem: the house and vil- lage in the tropics. lOOp. 8? Lond., Hodder & Stoughton, 1932. ---- & SOUTHWELL, Thomas, 1879- A guide to human parasitology for medical practi- tioners, viii, 272p. 122illus. 2pl. 8? Lond., H. K. Lewis & Co., 1931. — Also 2.ed. viii, 259p. illus. pi. diagrs. 1935. BLACKLOCK, John W. S. Tuberculous disease in children: its pathology and bacteriology. 155p. 12pl. 8? Lond., H. M. Stat. Off., 1932. (Jr. Brit. Privy Counc. Med. Res. Counc. Spec. Rep. Ser. no.172. BLACKMAR, John Stanton, 1875-1922. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 79: 231. BIACKMORE, Frederick John Chanter. The T. B. patient's guide. 75p. 16? Lond., Cassell & Co., 1930. BLACKMORE, Sir Richard, 1650-1729. Toomey, T. N. Sir Richard Blackmore, M.D. (1650-1729) an account of his life and writings drawn from original records not known in his earlier biographers. Ann. M. Hist., 1922, 4:180-8. Aho Med. Pickwick, 1923, 9: 84-91. BLACK-QUARTER. See Blackleg. BLACKSBURG, Va. Virginia Polytechnic In- stitute. Agricultural Experiment Station. fee Virginia Polytechnic Institute. BLACKSTONE, Thomas. Accidents and emer- gencies; what should and should not be done before the doctor comes. 122p. 16? Cincin., Cranston & Curtis, 1894. BLACKTIN, Samuel Cyril, 1891- Dust. xi, 296p. pi. diagrs. 8? Lond., Chapman & Hall, 1934. BLACKTONGUE. See also Dog, Diseases; Pellagra. Caughman, F. P. Personal observations of black tongue. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1930, 76: 776-80—Chittenden, R. B., & Underbill, F. P. The production in dogs of a pathological condi- tion which closely resembles human pellagra. Proc. U.S. Nat. Acad. Sc, 1916-17, 3: 195-7.—Crane-Lillie, M., & Rhoads, C. P. Pathology of the central nervous system in canine black tongue. Arch. Path., Chic, 1934, 18: 459-72.—Benton, J. A study of the tissue changes in experimental black tongue of dogs compared with similar changes in pellagra. Am. J. Path., 1928, 4: 341-51, 3pl.—Glass, A. Similarity of black tongue and infectious hemor- rhagic gastro-enteritis. Vet. Med., Chic, 1929, 24: 217.— Goldberger, J., & Sebrell, W. H. The blacktongue preventive value of Minot's liver extract. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1930, 45: 3064-70—Goldberger, J., Wheeler, G. A. [et al.] Experi- mental black tongue of dogs and its relation to pellagra. Ibid., 1928,43:172-217. ----- A study of the blacktongue-preven- tive action of 16 foodstuffs, with special reference to the identity of blacktongue of dogs and pellagra of man. Ibid., 1385-454. ----- A study of the blacktongue; preventive value of lard, salt pork, dried green peas, and canned haddock. Ibid., 1930, 45: 1297-308. -----& Lillie, R. B. A further study of experi- mental blacktongue, with special reference to the blacktongue preventive in yeast. Ibid., 1928, 43: 657-67.—Goldberger, J., Tanner, W. F., & Saye, E. B. A case of black tongue, with post- mortem findings. Ibid., 1923, 38: 2711-5.—Miller, B. K., & Rhoads, C. P. Absence of dietary anti-anemia substance in the i diet causative of canine black tongue. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 419-21.—Rea, H. C. Black-tongue in dogs Vet. Med., Chic, 1929, 24: 219. ----- Blacktongue. J.Am Vet. M. Ass., 1933, 82: 54-60—Rife, C. C. Black tongue. Ibid 1927, 71: 296-303—Sebrell, W. H., Wheeler, G. A., & Hunt, G. A. The blacktongue-preventive value of 7 foodstuffs. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1935, 50:1333-41.—Wheeler, G. A. Black tongue in dogs and its relation to pellagra in the human. J. Am. Vet. M Ass., 1930, 77: 62-72. BLACKWATER fever. See Hemoglobinuria; Malaria, Hemoglobinuria. BLACKWELDER, Richard E. Morphology of the coleopterous family, Staphylinidae. 102p. illus. 8? Wash., 1936. Forms no.13, v.94 Smithson. Misc. Coll. BLACKWELL, Elizabeth, 1821-1910. [Biography] Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1924, n.s., 118: 302. Also Med. Woman J., 1926, 33: 21.—Lepinska, M. Une pion- niere en Amerique. Presse med., 1929, 37: 441.—McNutt, S. J. Dr Elizabeth Blackwell, her character and personality. Med Rec, N.Y., 1921, 100:922-6.—Robinson, V. [Biography] Med. Life, 1928, 35: 310-33, 2port. BLACK widow. See Arachnidism; Araneae. BLACKWOOD, Alexander Leslie, 1861- Diseases of the heart. 261 p. 8? Chic, Halsey Bros. Co., 1901. ---- Diseases of the lungs, ix, 338p. 8? Chic, Halsey Bros Co., 1902. ---- Manual of materia medica, therapeutics and pharmacologv; with clinical index, vii, 592p. 16? Phila., Boericke & Tafel, 1906. --- Also 711p. 12? 1923. BLACKWOOD, J. H. See Stirling, J. B., & Blackwood, J. H. The nutritive proper ties of milk in relation to pasteurization. 80p. 8? Glasgow, 1933. BLACKWOOD, William Robert D., 1839-1922. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78: 1475. BLAD, Axel, 1872-1934. Tvilstegaard, A. [Obituary] Ugeskr. laeger, 1934, 96: 1026. BLADDER [urinary] See also Ureter; Urethra; Urinary organs. Tsaknis, D. *Les pedicules va>culaires de la vessie et son peritoine chez I'homme; etude anatomique et chirurgicale en vue d'une cystec- tomie sous-peritoneale completee ou non; prosta- tectomie. 50p. 8? Par., 1929. Also Arch. mal. reins, 1929-30, 4: 442-84, 6pl. Abraham, A. Blutgefiisse im Epithel der Harnblase des Kaninchens. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1929, 9: 694-6— Chwalla, R. Ueber die Entwicklung der Harnblase und der primaren Harn- rohre des Menschen mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Art und Weise, in der sich die Ureteren von den Urnierengangen trennen, nebst Bemerkungen uber die Entwicklung der Miiller- schen Gange und des Mastdarms. Zschr. ges. Anat., l.Abt., 1927, 83: 615-733.—Edelman, L. Muciparous glands in the mu- cosa of the urinary bladder; report of 2 cases. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 20: 211-24.—Heiss, R. Beitrage zur Anatomie der Blasenvenen. Arch. Anat., Lpz., 1915, 265-76, 2pl.—Bryntschak, T., & Sgalitzer, M. Die Form der Harnblase bei verschiedenen Korperlagen. Zschr. Urol., 1922, 16: 11-6.—Sarria, C. E. Contribucion al estudio evolutivo de la vejiga urinaria, especialmente desde el punto de vista de su histogenesis. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1934, 22: 392-431.—Watanabe, I. On the features and significance of the epithelial formations of the mucous membrane of the urinary bladder (the existence of definite gland is denied) Sei i kwai, 1926, 45: no.5, 8. ---- Abnormities. See also Abdominal wall, Abnormities; Anus, Abnormities; Bladder subheadings Diverticu- lum, Exstrophy; Cloaca; Urachus; Urinary or- gans, Abnormities; Vagina, Abnormities. Gruber, G. B. Die Entwicklungsstorungen der Harnblase. p.29-165. 8? Berl., 1934. Handb. spez. path. Anat., Berl., 1934, 6: pt2. BLADDER 361 BLADDER Klebe, W. *Persistierende Cloace; kasuisti- scher Beitrag zur Frage der Blasenmissbildungen. 32p. 8? Berl., 1934. Alksnis, J. Briickenbildung in der Harnblase. Zschr. Urol., 1924, 18: 205-8.—Bonn, H. K. Hour-glass bladder; with report of an operated case. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1920, 13: 107- 11.—Caulk, J. R. Remarks on the resection of the base of the bladder for transverse septa. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1919,12:7-15. ----- Hour-glass bladder; remarks on the resec- tion of the base of the bladder for tansverse septa. Ann. Surg., 1920, 71: 22-7, 3pl.—Celesia. Un caso de aplasia vesical. Sem. med., B. Air., 1922, 29: 415. ----- Hipoplasia de la vejiga. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1923, 7: 832-5. Also Sem. mod., B. Air., 1923, 30: pt2, 1429.—Chwalla, R. Eine bemerkenswerte Ano- malie der Harnblase bei einem menschlichen Embryo von 32.5 mm St. Sch.L. Virchows Arch., 1927, 263: 632-48. ----- Zur Oenese der angeborenen Sanduhrblase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1927, 23:200-9.—Col by, F. H. Embryonic rests of the urinary bladder Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1925, 40: 528-30.—Barget, R. Double ure- terostomie cutange datant de 6 ans pour malformation de la vessie I'.ull. Soc. fr. urol., 1936, 103-6.—Kretschmer, H. L., & Morris, M. L. Report of a case of true hour-glass bladder. J. Urol., Ii .It., 1923,10: 181-3—Kriiger, R. Ueber die Riesenkloake (Vesica gifiantea) Zschr. urol. Chir., 1931, 32: 330-56.—Meyer, R. 1 oher seltene Falle von Missbildung der Harnblase bei Fbten. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1932, 102: 221-4. ----- Zwei Falle von Missbildung der Harnblase bei Feten; Stenose des oberen Blasenabschnittes. Zbl. Gyn., 1932, 56: 1090-3. ----- Frontales Septum der Blase mit fast volliger Abtrennung einer kleineren Hinterkammer von der vorderen. Ibid., 1C93-105. Also repr.—Paschkis, R. Zur Kenntnis der Anomalien der Harnblase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1918-19, 4: 365-81, 2pl — Perrucci, A. Ipermegalia della vescica con dilatazione dell' uretere e del bacinetto renale sinistri e conseguente reflusso vescico-renale. Scritti med. in onore A. Poggi, Bologna, 1915, 211-7, 2pl.— Zampa, G. Di un grave difetto di sviluppo della vesica urinaria e del colon; contributo alla Conoscenza delle malformazioni retto- vescicali con particolare riguardo alle atresie ano-vescicali. Arch. ital. urol., 1932, 9: 637-69. ---- Abscess. See Bladder, Cellulitis; Bladder, Perivesical tissue. ---- Absorption from. See also Bladder, Epithelium. Rothfelder, E. *Die Resorptionsfahigkeit der Harnblase des Hundes [Leipzig] 7p. 8? Dresd., 1921. Fender, F. A. Absorption of urea from the bladder. Arch. Surg., 1934, 28: 180-8—Ileig, C. L'absorption de la vessie a l'etat normal; etudiee au moyen de la fluoresceine. Bull. Acad. sc. Montpellier, 1909, no.3, 3.—Lenko, Z., & Krzyzanowski, G. Sur la resorption dans la vessie urinaire normale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 90: 307. Also Polska gaz. lek., 1924, 3: 36.—Macht, D. I. On the absorption of drugs and poisons from the bladder and the urethra; absorption of various alkaloids, antiseptics, local anesthetics, and salts. J. Urol., Bait., 1918, 2: 211-20.— Mann, F. C, & Magoun, J. A. H. Absorption from the urinary bladder. Am. J.M. Sc, 1923, 166: 96-106.—Pefia, A. de la. Contribucion al estudio de la absorcion vesical. Siglo med., 1928, 81: 169.—Saito, Y. Die Resorption ortlich betaubender Mittel von der Schleimhaut der Harnblase. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1924, 102: 367-81. ---- Actinomycosis. Dragert, E. *Ein Fall von Aktinomykose der Blase. 20p. 8? Miinch., 1931. Kbster, E. Ueber Aktinomykose der Blasenwand. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1923, 181: 60-5.—Rupp, F. Aktinomykose der Blasenwand. Ibid., 1928, 211: 208-12. ■---- Adenoma. See also Bladder, Endometriosis; Bladder, Tumors. Feldman, W. H. Papillary adenoma of the urinary bladder in the ox; report of a case. Am. J. Path., 1930, 6: 205-8, pi.— Fujii, K. Ein seltener Fall von Blasenadenom. Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi, 1932, 27: no.7-12, 32—Goodale, R. H. Cystadenoma of the bladder from aberrant prostatic gland. Arch. Path., Chic, 1928, 6: 210-4.—Judd, E. S. Adenomyoma presenting a tumor of the bladder. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1921, 1: 1271-8— Korte, W. E. An adenoma of the bladder. J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1918-19, 22: 319-22, pi—Mezb, B. [Gelati- nous cystic adenoma in the bladder] Orv. hetil., 1935, 79: 8-10. Also Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 556-60.—Paschkis, R. Ueber Ade- nome der Harnblase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926-27, 21: 315-25 — Sacchi, G. Cistadenoma della vescica. Arch. ital. chir., 1923, 7: 161-8.—Uteau. Fibro-adenome de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1924, 18: 472. ----Amebiasis. Aronica, G. Considerazioni su un caso di cistite amebica. Arch, ital sc. med. col., 1932, 13: 40-2.—Brunelli, P. Su di un ??SOo1oClstlte amebica da Entamoeba histolytica. Ibid., 1931, \ i.21°722:—Buchmann, M. Ein Fall von Amobenzystitis. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1925, 29: 342.—Capinceff, N. Cis- tite amebica. Biol, med., Milano, 1934, 10: 135-45—Carbonaro, G. Amebiasi in Sicilia: sopra un caso di localizzazione amebica neu apparato urinario. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez.prat., 1327- 31 —Cascio Rocca, G. Un caso di cistite da Entamoeba histo- lytica. Riforma med., 1928, 44: 344-8—Chevalier, G., & Soulie. Quelques observations d'amibiase urinaire. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1928, 8: 298-314—Cutsem-Franco, A. Van. Uncas d amibiase urinaire. Bruxelles med., 1927-28, 8: 711.—Fiorito, G, Un caso di cistite da ameba hystolitica. Riforma med., 1926, 42: 163.—Franchini, G. Su di due casi di cistite amebica. Pa- thologica, Genova, 1925,17: 271; 550. Also Arch. Schiffs Tropen- hyg., 1925, 29: Beih.l, 109. ----- Amoebic cystitis. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1928, 32: 790-6—Gambier, A. Un cas de cvstite aigue amibienne. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1930, 23: 457-9 — Mattei, A. Su di alcuni casi di cistite amebica da E. vesicalis. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1932, 38: pt 1, 24-47, pi.—Mello, F. de. Considerations a propos de la cystite amibienne. Arq. Esc. med. cir. Nova Goa, 1931, ser.A, 761-6—Panayotaton, A. Einige Falle von Amobenzytitis in Aegypten. Wien. med. Wschr., 1924,74:1659-62. ----- Cystitis caused by Amoeba histolytica and Schistosoma mansoni. Brit. J. Child. Dis., 1925, 22: 289- 91— Petzetakis. Presence frequente d'amibes vivantes dans les crachats et les urines au cours de la dysenterie amibienne aigue; la cystite amibienne. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1923, 3.ser., 47: 1681-93. ----- Les amibiases extra-intestinales; cystite et urethrite amibiennes; presence d'amibes vivantes dans les crachats de certains tubereuleux. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1924, S.ser., 4: 535-42. -----■ Cystites amibiennes; cystite amibienne a Entamoeba polymorpha, y a-t-il une uretrite ami- bienne? Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1924, 3.ser., 48: 1227-30. ----- Amibiase urinaire. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1925, 18: 478-85, pi. ----- Cystites amibiennes et microphoto- graphies des amibes constatees dans les urines. Lyon raed., 1925, 136: 29-37, pi. Also Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par.. 1925, 17: 141-6. ----- & Mylonas. Lesions ulcereuses dans la cystite amibienne. Lyon med., 1925, 135: 176-8.— Reiss, F. Ueber Amobenzystitis. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1924, 28: 334-6 — Rogers, E. B. A case of amebic cystitis. Southwest. M., 1927, 11: 81-3.—Stefano, U. Contributo alio studio dell' amebiasi vescicale. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1931, 12: 463-9, pi.—Van Buzen, R. E. Amebiasis of urinary bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 317—Venturi, L. C. Contributo alio studio della cistite amebica. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1930, 11: 465-74.—Viviani, R. Contributo clinico alio studio della amebiasi urinaria. Mor- gagni, 1926, 68: 1089-103—Worsley, A. N., & Bateman, J. E. A case of urinary amoebiasis. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1925, 28: 278.—Wright, E. J. A case of urinary amcebiasis with cystitis. Ibid., 1917, 20: 145. ---- Angioma, See also Bladder, Tumors. Ballenger, E. G., Elder, 0. F., & McDonald, H. P. A case of cavernous hemangioma of the bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1932, 17: 409.—Faerber, E. Ein Fall von Haemangiom der Harnblase bei einem elfjahrigen Madchen. Fortsch. Med., 1922, 40: 358-60.— Hamer, H. G., & Mertz, H. O. Angioma of the bladder. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1930-31, 51: 541^.—Hiibner, A. Das kavernose Angiom der Blase. Arch. klin. Chir., 1922, 120: 575-87. ----- Das Harnangiom der Blase. Zschr. Urol., 1923, 17: 29-32.—Katz, A. Cavernous hemangioma of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1926,15:201-7.—Kidd, F. Angeiomyoma of the bladder removed at operation. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1921-22, 15: sect, urol., 31. ----- & Turnbull, H. M. Angiomyoma of the urinary bladder. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1923, 36: 467-72.—Launay, P., Achard, B. P., & Carriere, C. Une observation d'angiome de la paroi vesicale. J. urol. med., Par., 1920, 9: 385-90.—Macalpine, J. B. Two cases of haemangioma of the bladder. Brit. J. Surg., 1930, 18: 205-14.—Malloy, J. F. Hemangioma of the bladder: report of a case. Journal lancet, 1933, 53: 329.—Marion. Un cas rare d'angiome de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1928, 25: 235, pi.—Mercier, 0., & Stillman, A. A propos de deux cas d'heman- giome de la vessie. J. Hotel-Dieu Montreal, 1933, 2: 41-7. Also J. urol. m6d., Par., 1933, 36: 44-8, pi.—Muller, J. Gefassge- wachse (Hamangiome) der Harnblase. Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 357-70.—Schillings, M. Les angiomes de la vessie. Rev. beige sc. med., 1931, 3: 412-25.—Sotti, G. Contributo alio studio ed alia conoscenza dell' emangioma cavernoso della vescica urinaria. Pathologica, Genova, 1921, 13: 135; 164; 186. ---- artificial. See Bladder, Surgery, plastic. ---- Atony. See also Bladder, Paralysis. Antoine, T. Das Kalium im Kampf gegen die Blasenatonie. Arch. klin. Chir., 1926, 140: 756-9—Bilpodiwala, D. F. An in- teresting case of atony of the bladder. Pract. Med., Lond., 1920, 18: 26.—Braasch, W. F., & Thompson, G. J. Treatment of the atonic bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1934, 27: 99-108. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 61: 379- S4—Entz, F. H., & Haymond, H. E. Atony of the urinary bladder of undetermined etiology. J. Urol., Bait., 1932, 27: 201-5.—Fronstein, R. Die primare Harnblasenatonie. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 445-66.- Gundrum, F. F. Familial bladder atony. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, BLADDER 362 BLADDER 78: 411.—Fern, K. W. Mecholin (acetylbetamethylcholine) as an adjunct to the treatment of certain types of atonic urinarv bladder. Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arbor, 1935, 1: 3— Kret- schmer, B. L., & Beckel, N. J. Atony of the bladder; report of a case. Tr. Chicago Urol. Soc, 1931, 1: 15-22. Alsorepr. Also Am. J. Su.g., 1932, n.s., 16: 84-8. Also repr.—Mallard, R. S. Idiopathic alony of the bladder. Texas J.M., 1925-26, 21: 362.— Moore, T. D. The diagnosis of bladder atony. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 192C-27, 19: 286-92.—Muller, G. [Atony of the urinary bladder, accompanied by symptoms of paradoxal ischuria and treated by plication of the walls and combined profixation of the anterior wall of the urinary bladder and of the uterus] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1925, 4: 430-7.—Simon, G. [Rare complication of atony ofthebkeder] Gyogyaszat, 1919, 59:97.—Vassalo.S. M. A case of idiopathic atony of the bladder. Lancet, Lond., 1920, 2: 599. ---- Calculus. See also Bladder, Foreign bodies: Calculus; Urinary calculus; also in 3.ser. Calculus, vesical. Faria Godinho, G. A. de. *Calculos vesicaes e seu tratamento. 57p. 12? Lisb., 1875. Alfes, A. Observation interessante d'un calcul vesical. J. urol. m§d., Par., 1935, 40: 255-7.—Aloi, V. Casi di calcolosi vesci- cale. Med. prat., Nap., 1923, 8:12-21.—Attwater, H. L. Vesical calculus. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1930, 34: 143-6.—Bell, R. Vesical calculi. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1933, 22: 303.—Bellreose, A. Li- thiase vesicale. Union med. Canada, 1927, 56: 295-9.—Bour- geois, P. Lithiase uretro-vcsicale. Ibid., 1936, 65: 227.— Chauvel, F. Calcul vesical. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1921, 47: 773.—Correa, P. F. Algunas consideraciones sobre los calculos vesicales. Rev. med. veracruz., 1921, 1: no.17, 1-5.—Crenshaw, J. L. Vesical calculus. J. Am. M. Ass., 1921, 77: 1071-5.— Evans, T. C. Stone in the bladder. Practitioner, Lond., 1925, 115: • 165-71:.—Geleishvily, G. V. [Calculus in bladder] Klin. med., Moskva, 1926, 4: 29—Gillette, E. B. Vesical calculi. Ohio M.J., 1926, 22: 319-22.—Hasan, S. A. Vesical calculus. Pract. Med., Delhi, 1934, 32: 4-12.—Martin, A., & Aime, P. Calcul de la vessie. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1934, 32: 350-3 — Pillet. Trois cas de calculs vfeicaux. Normandie med., 1922, 33: 99-101—Price, P. B. Bladder stone. China M.J., 1934, 48: 462-74—Pritchard, J. L. Vesical calculus. Clin. M.&S., 1931, 38: 205; 212.—Roegholt, M. N. [Vesical calculus] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 1, 1482-6—Schall, J. H. Vesical calculi; re- port of a case. Hahneman. Month., 1922, 57: 36-8—Smith, E. C. Two unusual vesical calculi. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 17: 259.— Smith, M. A case of vesical calculus. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1921, 14: 209.—Thompson, R. Specimen of stone from the blad- der. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect, urol., 68. Also Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1929, 79: 437-45—Thomson-Walker, J. Case of vesico-urethral calculus. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1922-2^, 16: sect, urol., 87.—Viannay, C. A propos de 16 cas de calcul de ia vessie. Loire med., 1925, 39: 105-22.—Ward, R. O. Some examples of urinary calculi in relation to the bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 45-50.—Williams, G. B. An ancient bladder ftone. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 941.—Young, H. H, Vesical calculi. Proc Interst. Postgrad. Al. Ass. N. America, 1933, 12-6. ---- Calculus: Chemical and physical prop- erties. Bauer, A. Ueber Loslichkeit von Nierenbecken- und Bla- sensteinen in Krappharn. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1924, 71: 206.—Elanc. Calculs urinaires de cholesterine. Loire med., 1921, 35: 202. •----- Des calculs graisseux de la vessie; ol6o- lithes et calculs medicamenteux. J. urol. med., Par., 1929, 28: 318-40.—Brack, E. Ueber 2 Stechapfeloxalate in der Harnblase. Virchows Arch., 1923, 246: 117-21.—Kropp, L. Ueber die soge- nannten Fettsteine in der Harnblase. Deut. med. Wschr., 1923, 49: 982-4.—MacDonald, S. G. Cholesterin stones (?) gall-stones, removed from the urinary bladder. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1923-24, 17: sect. urol.. 23—Meyer, E. C, & Herzog, F. Ein Fall von Eiweissteinen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1921, 18: 1056-8.—MSr- ner, C. T. Ein Fall von vesikalem Cystinstein. Uppsala lak. foren. forh., 1921, 26: H.5-6, no.24, 1-7. Also Festskr. J. A. Hammar, Uppsala, 1921, 1-7.—Newcomb, C. A composition of vesical calculi (preliminary report) Ind. J.M. Res., 1928-29, 16: 1036-51.—Pavone, M., jr. Sui costituenti dei calcoli urinari e sulla natura dei calcoli vescicali in Sicilia. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1925, 4: 250-4.—Pillet, E. Orientation et pyroelectricite des cristau? de phosphates ammoniacomagngsiens dans les concre- tions calculeuses des reins et de la vessie. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 200: 1365-7.—Siedner, E. Ein Fall von Eiweisstein der Blase. Zschr. Urol., 1925, 19: 266-70.—Strauss. Ungewbhnlich grosses Kalzium-Oxalat-Konkrement der Harnblase. Ibid., 1936, CC: 496. ---- Calculus: Complications. See also Bladder, Diverticulum; Bladder, Tu- mors; Prostate, Hypertrophy. Behague. Calcul vesical, peri-cystite, fistule coloTvesicale" extirpation du calcul; gu6rison. Paris chir., 1923, 15: 400.— Brun. 7!. G. Deux observations de complications rares chez 2 fillett s indigenes atteintes de lithiase vesicale. Bull. Soc nat. chir.. Par., 1933, 59: 162.—Kar, R. M. A case of stone in the blad- der with prolapse of the rectum. Ind. M. Gaz., 1924, 59: 407.— Maurity Santos. Sobre a lithiase urinaria (vesical e urethral) na mulher como complicao do prolapso genital. Rev. brasil. med. pharm., 1926, 2: 29-42.—Minder, J. Blasensteinbildung bei Urogenitaltuberkulose. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 767-75—New- man, D. History of repeated profuse haematuria with irritable bladder, but without attacks of renal colic or suppression of urine, enlarged prostate, calculus in bladder, and at orifice of right ureter. Tr. Glasgow Path. Clin. Soc, 1899-1900, 8: 20-3.- Peacock, A. H. Impacted calculus of the bladder. Northwest M., 1924, 23: 285.—Phelip, L. Calculs de la vessie arretes dans l'uretre. Lyon med., 1924, 133: 818.—Rafin. Muguet et calcul de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 23:32.—Redi.R. Uncaso di prolasso del retto da calcolosi vesicale. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. prat., 119-22.—Rexford, W. K. Prostatic hypertrophy with vesical calculus (pre-operative and postoperative care) Inter- nat. Clin., 1931, 41.ser., 2: 277-81, 3pl— Ries, K. Ueber einen Fall von Perforationsperitonitis durch Blasenstein. *Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 651-3.—Sophroniev. Deux calculs de la vessie emboitSs. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1924, 3: 215.— Thevenot. Deux cas de calculs uretro-vesicaux. Lyon med., 1920, 129: 592-5. ---- Calculus: Complications, renal. Bandler, C. G., & Hyams, J. A. Vesical neck obstruction, with large vesical calculus; bilateral hydroureters with hydrone- phrosis; double left kidney and ureter. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n.s.. 8: 836-41.—Haggard, W. D. Stone in both kidneys and bladder. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1922-23,15:147.—Highsmith, G. F. Kidney and bladder stone. J. Florida M. Ass., 1926-27, 13: 292-8—Hol- laender, E. Calculi of the bladder and kidneys; a medical and culturally historical study. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1924, 28: 151-63.- Isnardi, U. Influencia de un calculo diverticular de la vejiga sobre la elimination renal. Sem. med., B. Air., 1928, 35: pt2, 1037^0.—Kummer, R. H., & Brutsch, P. Calculose vesicale g£ante diverticulaire et libre; etude de l'etat fonctionnel des reins et de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1921, 12: 175-92— Loubat, E. Lithiase rfinale recidivante, avec calculs simultanfes du rein, de l'uretere et de la vessie. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux, 1924, 131-40. Also Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1923, 44: 230-3.—Mosci, I., & Draceani, B. [Calculous hydronephrosis, with isolated pyo- nephrotic sac of the right kidney; vesical calculus, nephrectomy, cystostomy, recovery] Spitalul, 1933, 53: 12-6.—Ranganathan, K. S. A case of vesical calculus with bilateral hydronephrosis. Ind. M. Gaz., 1924, 59: 31.—Spanjaard, E. A. [Stones in kidney, ureter and bladder] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt2, 3632, pi. ---- Calculus: Diagnosis. See also Bladder, Calculus, latent; Bladder, Examination; Urinary calculus, Diagnosis. Berg. Wesentliche Gesichtspunkte bei der Diagnose und Therapie der Blasensteine. Mschr. Harnkr. sex. Hyg., 1927-28, 1: 326-9.—Bremerman, L. W., & Gundry, G. L. The diagnosis and treatment of vesical calculus. Cincinnati J.M., 1925-26, 6: 284-9.—Li Virghi, S. La diagnosi cistoscopica della calcolosi vescicale. Gazz. med. nap., 1923, 6: 250.—Marion, G. La diagnosi della calcolosi vescicale. Minerva med., Tor., 1931, 22: 657-9.—Mercier, 0. A propos du diagnostic des calculs de la vessie. Union med. Canada, 1925, 54: 302-13.—Reynard, J. Calcul vesical a allure de papillome. J. urol. med., Par., 1921, 11: 211. ---- Calculus: Diagnosis, roentgenographic. Bazy, P. Note sur l'absence d'ombre a la radiographie dans les calculs de la vessie. J. urol. med.. Par., 1925, 20: 369. ---- De l'invisibilite dans une radiographie des calculs vesicaux uriques et de ses consequences. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1930, 3.ser., 104: 204; 1932, 108: 51. Also Rev. internat. med., Par., 1930, 41: 127-9.—Boidi-Trotti, E. Osservazioni di tecnica radio- grafica nella calcolosi urinaria. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1921, 4.ser., 27: 223-8.—Brothanek, K. [Contribution to the Roentgen differential diagnosis in bladder calculi] Voj. zdravot. listy, 1929, 5: 124.—Campione, G. Contributo alio studio della calco- losi vescicale. Arch, radiol., Nap., 1927, 3: 1027-31.—Chapplain. Calculs vesicaux invisibles a la radiographie et cystographie. Arch. mal. reins, 1934, 8: 441-4.—Gayet & Coste. Deux radio- graphics paradoxales au point de vue de lithiase vesicale. Lyon med., 1920, 129: 567.—Gomes, A. Calculos multiplos da bexiga permeaveis aos raios X. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1931, 52: 307-9.—Judson, H. A. The demonstration of vesical calculi by roentgenography. Am. J. Roentg., 1932, 27: 97-100—Mom- baerts, J. Pourquoi certains calculs de la vessie sont-ils invisi- bles a la radiographie? J. urol. m6d., Par., 1929, 28: 113-39 — Negro, M. Cistoscopia e radiografia nella calcolosi vescicale. Arch. ital. urol., 1925-26, 2: 223-55—Palugyay, J. Irrtums- moglichkeit bei der rontgenologischen Blasenstcindiagnostik. Rontgenpraxis, 1932, 4: 317-20.—Secretan, M. Calculs de la vessie invisibles a la radiographie. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1930, 50: 625-37. ---- Calculus, diverticular. Alapin, H. J. Ueber Steine in Harnblasendivertikeln und die Irrtumer bei ihrer Diagnostik. Zschr. Urol., 1932, 26: 360-3.—Amante. Diverticolo della vescica contenente un grosso calcolo apertosi nei contorno perianale; operazione; guarigione. Riforma med., 1921, 37: 1081.—Blum. Multiple Konkrement- bildung in einem Blasendivertikel. Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 56 — Crenshaw, J. L., & Crompton, C. B. R. Co-incident calculus and diverticulum of the bladder. West Virginia M.J., 1921-22, 16: 335-41. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1922, 8: 185-95— Crompton, C. R. B. BLADDER 363 BLADDER Partial spontaneous inversion of a diverticulum of the bladder with dumb-bell stone. Ibid., 1923, 9: 283-8.—Damski, A. Con- tribution a l'etude clinique des enormes calculs diverticulaires. J. urol. med., Par., 1934, 37: 509-15.—Darget, R. Diverticule du bas-fond vesical complique de lithiase chez une femme. Ibid., 1924, 17: 236-8. ----- Sur un cas de diverticule de la vessie contenant 5 calculs. Bull. Soc. mfid. chir. Bordeaux, 1927. 168- 70—Fox, 0. E. Diverticulum of the bladder with calculi. Pennsylvania M.J., 1928-29, 32: 717—Frankel, W. K. Zahl- reiche Blasensteine in mittelgrosser Cystocele. Zschr. Urol., 1932, 26: 36.—Gray, A. D. Diverticulum of the urinary bladder with stone. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1924, 24: 109.—Jacoby, M. Steinbildung in einem falschen Blasendivertikel, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Behandlung kleiner Blasenscheidenfisteln. Zschr. Urol., 1931, 25: 529. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930-31, 31:124-8.— Legueu. Gros calcul diverticulaire. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1922, 1: 88 Also J. urol. med., Par., 1922, 13: 284—Lion, K. Ueber Divertikelsteine. Zschr. Urol., 1926, 20: 263-74.—Pleschner, H. G. Blasendivertikelstein. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 731. ----- Divertikelstein. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 5C2-6 — Quevedo, A. Diverticulo vesical del uraco, hipertrofla del cuello y litiasis vesical y diverticular. Medicina, Mex., 1934, 14:425 35.—Rathbun, N. P. Diverticulum of bladder containing large calculus. J. Urol., Bait., 1924, 12:181-4.—Stirling, W. C, & Walton, J. C. Vesical diverticulum containing large number of calculi assorted with impacted urethral calculi resulting in urinary extravasation into scrotum. Am. J. Surg., 1928, n.s., 5:395-8.—Tjomkin, I. Steine der Harnblasendivertikel. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930, 29: 501-12. ---- Calculus, experimental. See also Bladder, Calculus: Pathogenesis. Diamantis. Production experimentale de calcifications sous- muqueuses et de calculs dans la vessie de lapins. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1S35, 357-70. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1936, 41: 153-66 — McCarrison, R. The experimental production of stone in the bladder with a note on pernicious anaemia and epidemic dropsy (preliminary note) Ind. J.M. Res., 1927, 14: 895-9, 3pl. ----- The experimental production of stone in the bladder in rats. Ibid., 1927-28, 15: 197; 485; 806; 1929-30, 17: 1115. Also Brit. M.J., 1927, 1: 717; 2: 159. Also Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1927, 3: 7. Congr., 345-8. ----- The influence of lime in fa- vouring the production of stone in the bladder in rats. Ind. J.M. Res., 1929-30, 17: 1101— Perlmann, S., & Weber, W. Ex- perimentelle Erzeugung von Blasensteinen durch Avitaminose. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 1045. Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928,75: 2167. ---- Calculus: Incidence. Frahier, J. *La lithiase vesicale chez l'indi- gene Musulman tunisien plus particulierement chez les enfants. 60p. 8? Par., 1932. Boshamer, K. Blasensteine in Siidchina. Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 18.—Noble, T. P. Vesical calculus in Siam. Brit. J. Urol., 1931, 3: 14-20. Also Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1930, 1: 565-72.—Olpp, G. Ueber die Blasensteinkrankheit in Chim. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1935, 39: 179-88.—Praetorius, G. Zunebmende Haufigkeit von Harnsteinen in Hannover. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 311.—Racic, J. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Blasen- und Nierensteinkrankheit in Dalmatien. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1925, 17: 127-62. —---Ueber die Blasensteinkrank- heit in Dalmatien. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol., 8. Kongr., 1929, 151-5. ----- Weiterer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Blasen- und Nierensteinkrankheit in Dalmatien. Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22: 577-97. ----- Dritter Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Blasen- und Nierensteinkrankheit in Dalmatien. Ibid., 1931, 25: 254-67. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 158-63.—Schneider, O. Der en- demische Blasenstein in Siam. Zschr. Urol., 1922, 16: 473-87.— Serra, J. Statistique des cas de lithiase vesicale observes a l'hopital italien entre 1921-35. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1936, 16: 303-7.—Soares, J. C. Vesical calculus among Chinese. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1934, 9: pt2, 957-64, 2pl.— Weischer, P. Zur Kasuistik der Blasensteine unter der Land- bevolkerung von Shantung. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928, 25: 245-7.— Yano, M., & Endo, T. Ueber die Blasensteine im Kagawa-Ken in den letzten 4H Jahren. Acta derm., Kyoto, 1933, 21: 184. ----Calculus, latent. See also Bladder, Calculus: Diagnosis, roent- genographic. Muzii, M. ■ Calcoli del rene e della vescica, di grandezza o di numero infrequenti, di scarsa od imprecisa sintomatologia clinica. Rinasc. med., 1930, 7: 420, 2pl.-Pasteau, O. Les cal- culs latents de la vessie. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1925, 39: cciii- ccvi.—Reynard. Calcul latent de la vessie. Lyon med., 1924, 134: 247-9.—Solcard. Latence remarquable de 2 volumineux calculs vesicaux. Arch. mal. reins, 1935-36, 9: 616-9. ----Calculus: Morphology. Barbellion. Gros calcul vesical chez la femme. J. mid. Pans, 1924,43:377.—Bastos,J.M. Calculo vesical gigante. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1933.51.—Castafio, E. Consideraciones sobre dos casos de calculos gigantes de la vejiga. Rev. especialid., B. Air., 1926, 1:118-24.—Cloitre, J. Volumineux calcul de la vessie chez une femme Hova de 21 ans. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1928, 21: I 720.—Baland, J. Cast of a vesical calculus weighing almost 2 pounds. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 34: 309-12—Denslow, F. M. Un- usual forms of spiculate vesical calculi. Ibid., 1929, 22: 527.—Dia- mantis. Calcul geant (9x3 cm.) de la rfigion ureterovesical gauche; taille suspubienne reiteree; guerison. C. rend. Congr. in- ternat. med. trop., 1928, 3: 391-5—Drabois & Stuhl, M. Enormes calculs meconnus de la vessie. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1927, 15: 68.—Freund, G. Ueber einen grossen Blasenstein bei emem Kinde. Med. Klin., Berl., 1934, 30: 1334—Fronstein. R. Riesensteine der Harnblase. Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 170-2.— Hor- tolomei. Volumineux calcul vesical et calculs multiples de l'ure- tere. J. urol. med., Par., 1928, 25: 152-5.—Jones, H. W. Large stone in the urinary bladder. Mil. Surgeon, 1929, 65: 690-2.— Kruger, H. Riesenblasenstein. Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 512.—Le- gueu. Enormes calculs diverticulaires. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1928, 7: 73.—Lestache, G. Calculo gigante de vejiga. Rev. cir. Barce- lona, 1935, 9: 271.—Lima, B. A proposito de um calculo vesical gigante. Brasil med., 1929, 43: 1569.—Luys, G. Deux gros calculs vesicaux. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1931, 23: 653-6 — McCallum, F. M., & Ewall, G. H. An unusually large calculus in a vesical diverticulum. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1928, 25: 67-70.— Machelarie, H., & Dudanov, V. [Case of vesical calculus of large size in a childl Romania med., 1929, 7: 92—Mendez, A. Calculo vesical pesando 1,516 gramos; historia clinica. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1925, 30: 646.—Morison, R. Enormous vesical calculus. In Durham Mus. Catalog., 1928, 789-91.—Muller. Lithiase vesicale sous forme de mortier remplissant la vessie; hematuries; cystostomie. Loire med., 1924, 38: 26.—Nogufes, P. Calculs vesicaux de forme partieuliere. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1922, 1: 89. Also J. urol. m6d., Par., 1922, 13: 285.—Ortiz, A. F. Cal- culo gigante en un divert'culo retrovesical de origen congtaito. Rev. especialid., B. Air., 1927, 2:127-9.—Peppink, H. J. Bericht von einem riesengrossen Harnstein aus dem Jahre 1777. Deut. med. Wschr., 1924, 50: 964—Randall, A. Report of a vesical calculus weighing 4 pounds. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass. (1920) 1921, 12: 53-6.—Rosenbaum, P. Ein ungewohnlicher Blasen- stein. Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 2372-4.—Salleras, J., & Clusellas, F. J. Consideraciones sobre un calculo vesical de forma rara que impide efectuar una litotricia. Rev. especialid., B. Air., 1927, 2: 978-83.—Serra, G. Calcolo vescicale gigente. Arch. ital. urol., 1935, 12: 548-56.—Sourasky, M. A large vesico-urethro- vaginal calculus. Brit. M.J., 1927, 1: 187.—Srivastara, R. S. Curious formation of stone in the bladder. Ind. M. Gaz., 1906, 41: 236.—Thiers, J., & Evrard, J. Volumineux calculs vfisicaux at vesico-prostatiques chez l'enfant. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1920, 18: 94-8.—Thorek, M. Case of large calculus successfully removed from bladder. Med. Rev. of Rev,, 1924, 30: 522-4.— Valledor, T. Sobre un caso de gran calculo vesical en un nino de 4 afios. Vida nueva, Habana, 1927, 20: 414-22. ---- Calculus, multiple. Collins, A. N. Urinary bladder calculi in unusual number. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 407.—Din, M. N. A case of multiple stones in the bladder. Ind. M. Gaz., 1927, 62: 262.—Franck, A. Calculs multiples de la vessie et de l'uretre chez un garcon de 13 ans. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1928; 7: 86-8.—Kairis, Z. Mehrere Steine der Harnblase. Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 860.—Morson, A. C. Two cases of multiple calculi in bladder diverticula. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1923-24, 47: 23.—Thomas, G. J., & Rodda. F. C. Multiple cystin calculi in the left kidney with obstruc- tion at the ureteropelvic juncture and multiple cystin calculi in the bladder in a boy of 4 years. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1930, 23: 451-8, Disc, 459-63. Also Journal lancet, 1931, 51: 538-41.—Washington, T. B. Multiple bladder stones with unusual symptoms—case report. Virginia M. Month., 1935-36, 62: 374-6. ---- Calculus: Pathogenesis. Dtjrand, P. ^Contribution a l'etude de la cystinurie et de la lithiase cvstineuse. 81p. 8? Lyon, 1934. Bernardes de Oliveira, A. Consideracoes em torno da mor- phogenese dos calculos vesiculares. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1934, 27: 493-517.—Gridnev, A. Ueber die Bildung der Harnblasen- steine. Zschr. urol. Chir , 1932-33, 36: 92; 1934, 39: 165. ■ Contribution a l'etude de la genese des calculs vesicaux. J, urol. med., 1936, 41: 424-50.—Hager, B. H., & Magath, T. B. The formation of vesical calculi. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 266-72.—Macgregor, R. F. A. The rate of growth of vesical calculi. Ind. M. Gaz., 1923, 58: 71.—Matsukawa, K. Zur Entstehung der Blasensteine, nebst Ergebnissen ihrer che- mischen und kristallographischen Untersuchung. Mitt. allg. Path., Sendai, 1936, 9: 81-123, 5pl—Mayo, C. H. Views on vesical stone and research. Proc Mayo Clin., 1934, 9: 754.—Megaw, J. Diet as a possible factor in the causation of stone in the bladder in the Punjab. Ind. M. Gaz., 1933, 68: 64.—Millul, G. Contributo alio studio della calcolosi vescicale nei ritenzionisti per adenoma della prostata. Policlinico, 1929, 36: sez. chir., 365-81.—Mizuno, I. Experimentelle Untersuchun- gen iiber die Nieren- und Blasensteinbildung und ihre diateti- sche Behandlung. Arch. klin. Chir., 1935, 182: 375-91—Naka- jima, A. Studie iiber die Blasensteine. Zschr. Urol., 1922, 16: 155-86.—Polak, A. [Relation between the formation of calculus in the kidneys and bladder and the food] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 166-72, pi.—Sartogo, A. II processo morboso della cal- colosi vescicale. Policlinico, 1923, 30: sez. prat., 1062.—Vischer, A. Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Blasensteine. Arch. klin. Chir., 1927, 145: 374-9.—Wilson, H. E. C, & Mookerjee, S. L. Some BLADDER possible factors in the causation of vesical calculus in India; the composition of the human urine on different diets. Ind. J.M. Res., 1935-36, 23: 491-9. ---- Calculus, postoperative. Lourdel, P. *De la lithiase vesicale chez les prostatectomises; prostatectomie hvpogastrique. 88p. 8? Par., 1922. Poly* hroniades, H. *La lithiase vesicale apres prostatectomie sus-pubienne; son traite- ment par la lithotritie. 80p. 8? Par., 1925. Bonneau, R. Calcul vesical apres la prostatectomie. Paris chir., 1921, 13: 591.—Caraven & Lourdel. La lithiase vesicale dans les suites de la prostatectomie sus-pubienne. J. urol. med., Par., 1922, 14:111 -32.—Duvergey. Calcul secondaire inclus dans une cicatrice de cystostomie. .T. mfid. Bordeaux, 1924, 54: 230.— Legueu. Les calculs de la vessie apres la prostatectomie. Progr. med., Par., 1922, 3.ser., 35: 454-6.—Paetzel, W. Blasen- steinbildung nach suprapubischer Prostatektomie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 1825.—Tisserand. Presentation d'un volumi- neux calcul vesical developpe chez un ancien prostatectomise. Lyon chir., 1922, 19: 580. ---- Calculus, recurrent. DeLaney, CO. Further observation on kidney and bladder stones, with special reference to recurrence. South. M.&S., 1925,87: 490-4.—Pavone, M. La recidiva della calcolosi vescicale. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1932,11: 43-9— Stirling, W. C. Recurrent dumb-bell stone in vesical bladder and diverticulum: report of a case. J.Am M. Ass., 1926, 86: 478.—Strominger, L. Sur la recidive des calculs vfisicaux. J. urol. med., Par., 1929, 28: 460-4.—Tambe, G. R. A case of habitual formation of stone in the bladder. Ind. M. Gaz., 1931, 66: 502.—Wall, R. T. Recur- rent vesical calculi; 4 operations, 14 stones in one individual; heredity? Bull. Moses Taylor Hosp., 1923, 1: no.4, 9-13. ---- Calculus: Spontaneous fragmentation. Kasarnowsky, G. *Ueber einen Fall spon- taner Blasensteinzertrummerung [Zurich] 15p. 8? Lpz., 1909. Bernardini, R. Sulla framentazione spontanea bei calcoli nella vescica. Arch. ital. urol., 1933-34, 10: 494-504.—Muller, A. Ueber Spontanzertriimmerung von Blasensteinen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 1145-7.—Pellecchia, E. Di un voluminoso calcolo vescicale, sua spontanea frammentazione ed elimina- cione. Arch. ital. urol., 1925-26, 2: 508. ---- Calculus: Treatment, Andel, M. A. van [Medical preparations against renal- and bladder stones] Bijdr. gesch. geneesk., 1935, 15: 152-7.—Gag- man, A. N. [Treatment of stone in the bladder] Med. J., Moskva, 1923, 3: 65-71.—Gomes, M. Eliminacao de um calculo, descoberto na bexiga. Arch, rio grand, med., 1922, 3: 33.— Hoeven, J. van der [Joanna Stephens medicines for stones in the bladder] Bijdr. gesch. geneesk., 1935, 15: 131-6. Also Ned. tschr. Knessk., 1935, 79: 2659-64.—Luys, G. Traitement des calculs de la vessie. Clinique, Par., 1932, 27: 99-101.—Marion, G La cura della calcolosi vescicale. Minerva med., Tor., 1931, 22: 807.—Mo'rner, C. T. [Can anything be done to diminish stone formatio i in cystinuria?] Uppsala lak. foren. forh., 1927, n.F., 32: 1-14.—Moukbil, A. La sonde a demeure apres les calculs vesi- caux. Presse med., 1935, 43: 245.—Paschkis, R. Die Behand- lung der Blasensteine. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42: 1078-81.— Pugh, W. S. Stone in the bladder (notes on its modern treat- ment) Med. Times, N.Y., 1929, 57: 305.—Rosenmeyer, K, Ueber die Therapie der sogenannten Fettsteine in der Blase. Zschr. Urol., 1925, 19: 274-7.—Roshem. Comment nos aieux traitaient la pierre. Paris med., 1924, 54: annexe, 90-3.— Schultheis, W., & Schultheis, T. Die Behandlung des Blasen- steinleidens im Kurort. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 490-2.— Thomson, J. O. Urinary calculus at the Canton Hospital, Canton, China; based upon 3,500 operations. Nat. M.J. China, 1920-21. 7: 136-58—Werboff, S. Erfahrungen und Resultate der Blasensteinbehandlung. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 661-7. ---- Calculus: Treatment, chemical. Lohmiiller, jun. Zystititis-Behandlung und Losung von Phosphatkonkrementen mit Kombuchal. Miinch. med Wschr., 1936, 83: 1139-41—May, F. Zur Auflbsung von Phos- phatkonkrementen mit Kombuchal. Ibid., 1935, 82: 1201.— Meyer. J. [Dissolving bladder calculi] Ugeskr. laeger, 1924, 86: 694. Also Presse med., 1925, 33: 187. .----- Ueber die Auflb- sung von Blasensteinen durch permaneute Sauredurchspiilung der Blase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 26: 348-83. ---- Calculus: Treatment, endoscopic. Joseph, E. Lithotripsie unter Leitung des Auges. Munch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74:1314-6.—Jung. Fadenstein aus der Blase von Baumnussgrosse per viam naturalem entfernt (Demonstra- tion) Helvet. med. acta, 1935-36, 2: 283.—Keller, O. [Endo- vesical treatment of ureteral and vesical calculi] Ugeskr. laager, 1930, 92: 591-6.—Kneise, O. Die cystoskopische Blasensteinzer- triimmprung. Zschr. Urol., 1934, 28: 521-32.—Lichtenberg, A. BLADDER von, & Heynemann, W. von Lichtenberg-Heywalt-Blasenstein- zange (cystoskopischer Blasensteinbrecher mit Spiilung wah- rend der Beobachtung) Zschr. urol. Chir., 1931, 32: 362-9.— Morganstern, A. Ueber das Zerkleinern und Herausspiilen von Blasensteinen durch die Harnrbhre unter Sicht. Zschr. Urol., 1934, 28: 235-51.—Olivieri, G. La litotrisia cistoscopica. Ri- forma med., 1932, 48: 514-8, pi.—Ottow, B. Die Steinzertriim- merung unter cystoskopischer Kontrolle in der weiblichen Blase Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 1434-43— Pavone, M. Contributi alle opera- zioni endoscopiche; litotrisia cistoscopica. Cult. med. mod Pal., 1926, 5: 211-9.—Pollak, W. Ein neuer cystoskopischer Lithotriptor. Zschr. Urol., 1931, 25: 417-20.—Puigvert Gorro, A. Diagnostico y tratamiento endoscopico de los calculos de la ve- jiga. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1934, 21: 373.—Ravich, A. A new lithotriptoscope. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 20: 143-6—Schulz, R. 1. Stone evacuating cystoscope. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81: 1510.— Thackston, L. P. Transurethral removal of urinary calculi Urol Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 423-6.—Zeiss, L. Lithotripsy and evacua- tion under control of the eye (demonstration of a cystoscopic evacuator) Ibid., 1929, 33: 610-2. Also Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23- 1013-9. ---- Calculus: Treatment, operative. See also Bladder, Surgery; Bladder, Surgery: History. Martins Lavada, J. I. *Consideracoes sobre as vantagens e inconvenientes da applicagao da talha e da lithotricia. 65p. 8? Lisb., 1868. Earnett, A. F. Removal of huge bladder stone under spinal (neocaine) anesthesia, with recovery. Illinois M.J., 1934, 66: 95-7.—Brigstocke. Statistique de cas de calculs de la vessie operes a l'Hopital Victoria de Damas dans les annees 1922 a 1935. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1936, 16: 301.—Chauvin. Osteomyelite du pubis fistulisee dans la vessie; extraction d'un sequestre vesical par taille transperitoneale. J. urol. med , Par., 1928, 26: 548-56.—Bas Gupta, S. Surgical treatment of vesical calculus. Sind M.J., 1932, 5: 110-20, 2pl.—Beroubaix. Calcul mural dans la vessie; taille. Presse med. beige, 1861, 13: 229.—Desnos & Predal. Quatre-cent soixante-dix-huit calculs extraits d'une vessie sans broiement. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1894, 8: pt2,124-6.—Gourdet, J. Curette en filets pour calculs. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1929, 38: 746.—Hooton, A. The choice of opera- tion for vesical calculus. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1927,1: 195-204.—Poucel, J., & Acquaviva. Calcul vesical et calcul de I'uretere; extraction, nephreetomie secondaire; guerison. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1923, 26:1151-5.—Rossi, A. Epicistotomia uretero- tomia e nefrotomia sullo stesso soggetto per calcolosi della vescica dell' uretere destro e del rene sinistro. Arch. Soc. ital chir. (1920) 1921, 27: 525-8—Schlagintweit, F. Achthundert Blasenstein- operationen. Zschr. Urol., 1934, 28: 505-21.—Shoemaker, G. E. Large stone in the bladder removed by suprapubic cystotomy. Tr. Philadelphia Acad. Surg., 1922,22:104-6.—Singh, M. A case of stone in the bladder removed bv midwifery forceps. Ind. M. Gaz., 1923, 58:163.—Teposu, E., & Muresanu, E. [Surgical treat- ment of 100 cases of vesical lithiasis] Cluj. med., 1929, 10: 585- 91.—Viannay. Volumineux calcul de la vessie extrait par la taille hypogastrique precedee d'une lithotritie. Loire med., 1925, 39: 128-33. ---- Calculus: Treatment, operative: Compli- cations. Eduque, J. Comparative study of several contributing factors to post-operative fistulas in vesical lithiasis. J. Philip- pine Islands M. Ass., 1921, 1: 48-53. ----- & Zavalla, A. T. Incidence of post-operative leakage in suprapubic cystolithoto- my. Ibid., 1934,14: 227-30.—Fossen [Colibacillosis after opera- tion for vesical calculus] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 374.—Gottlieb, J. [Case of rupture of bladder during litho- tripsy] Vrach. gaz., 1927, 31: 1362. Also Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22: 469-71.—Pant, B. C. Case of surgical emphysema after litho- lapaxy. Ind. J.M., 1923-24, 4: 145. ---- Calculus: Treatment, operative: Litho- tripsy. Neves, A. C. *Breves consideracoes sobre a lithotricia, methodo de Bigelow. 63p. 8° Lisb., 1881. Ader, H. F., & Swords, M. W. Litholapaxy. Pan Am. S.&M.J., 1914, 19: 21-4—Anthony, R. W. Certain aspects of litholapaxy. Ind. M. Gaz., 1925, 60: 311.—Asana, B. J. Litho- lapaxy in India. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1933,136:179-83.- Basu, B. N. A case of litholapaxy. Ind. M. Gaz., 1906, 41: 442. -Betts, A. J. V. The operation of litholapaxy and its limi- tations. Ibid., 1924, 59: 187-91.—Blum, V. Ein Phonendoskop zur Litholapaxie. Wien. med. Wschr., 1911, 61: 2376-8.— Cabot, A.T. Present standing of the operation of litholapaxy. J.Am. M. Ass., 1912, 59: 1954-6—Cathelin, F. A propos de 250 litho- trites; sa superiority sur la taille; sa simplicity et son innocuitc. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1925, 34:492-9. —■— Les indications actuelles de la lithotritie. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1926, 40:193-200. ----- Reflexions cliniques et chirurgicale sur 250 lithotrities. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 879-83.—Caulk, J. R. Lithola- paxy: the method of preference for the removal of vesical calculi. Tr. South. Surg. Ass., 1931, 43: 302-19—Connor, F. P. Lithola- paxy: an unusual obstacle [a dumb-bell calculus] Ind. M. Gaz., 65 BLADDER BLADDER 1905. (0: 385.—Culligan, J. M., & Prendergast, H. J. Lithola- paxv; a neglected or forgotten procedure. Minnesota M., 1933, 16: 426-8.—Evans, S. Perineal litholapaxy. Tr. Bombay M. Congr., 1909, 570-5, pi.—Evans, T. C. Litholapaxy. Practi- tioner. Lond.. 1927, 119: 137-46—Fowler, H. A. Litholapaxy as an otli■•<" operation in selected cases. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1912, 15: 121 -6 [Discussionl 129.—Gayet. Volumineux calcul vesical chez une femme :igee; lithotritie sous anesthesie epidurale. Lyon med., 1929, 14.1: 164-6.—Gille, M. Le renouveau des lithontrip- tiques. Rev. prat, biol., Par., 1925, 18: 176-82— Goldstein, A. E. A new use of the fluoroscope in litholapaxy. South. M.J., 1925, 18:673-80.-----& Lutz, J. F. Anew procedure for performing litholapaxy. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81:1931-7— Heard, R. Two cases of suprapubic litholapaxy. Brit. M.J., 1907, 2: 75.— Hooton, A. A note on perineal litholapaxy (Keith's modifica- tion) Ibid., 1904, 1: 833.-----The decline of litholapaxy. Ibid., 1925,1: 690.—Iga, V. Klinische Erfahrungen fiber Blasen- steine mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Lithotripsie. Acta derm., Kvoto, 1934, 23: 64-6.—Keegan, D. F. Litholapaxv in India. Tr. Bombay M. Congr., 1909, 563. Also Ind. M. Gaz., 1915, 50: 201-3.—Krasnobajev, T. P. Ueber Lithotripsie bei Kindarn. Arch. klin. Chir., 1928, 150: 227-43—Kreissl, F. Vesical stone and its management, with special consideration of litholapaxy. Am. J. Urol., 1911, 7: 167-79.—Kreps, M. Ein- hundertfiinfundvierzig Litholapaxien. Zschr. Urol., 1911, 5: 497-503.—Lankester, A. Litholapaxy in young children, with suggestions for a modified evacuating apparatus. Ind. M. Gaz., 1909,44:414. Also Lancet, Lond., 1909, 1: 108.—Legueu. Les indications de la lithotritie ou les restes d'une centenaire. Rev. gee clin. ther., 1926, 40: 515-7.—Lenko, Z. Ein seltener Fall misslungener Steinzertriimmerung. Zschr. Urol., 1923, 17: 679-82.—Michon, E. Sur la lithotritie. J. urol. med., Par., 1936, 42: 252-5.—Minet, H. Lithotritie d'un calcul en sablier chez un prostatectomise. Bull. Soc fr. urol., 1928, 7: 31-4.—Mraz, J. Z. Bladder stone removed by litholapaxy. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1921,14: 239.—Muren, G. M. Litholapaxy in the office; report of 2 cases. Brooklyn M.J., 1904, 18: 270-2. ----- Litholapaxy without anesthesia. N. York State J.M., 1907, 7: 15.—Mursell, H. T. Remarks on litholapaxy. J. Med. Ass. S. Africa, 1928, 2:419-91— Neve, E. F. Litholapaxy simplified. Brit. M.J., 1933, 1: 1211.—Pardoe, J. An evacuator for litholapaxy. Ibid., 1912, 1: 435. Also Lancet, Lond., 1912, 1: 177.—Pavone, M. Nou- velle contribution a la lithotribolapaxie. J. urol. med., Par., 1922,14:371-84. ----- La litotribolapassi nei bambini. Arch. ital. urol., 1930, 6: 415-7.—Pearse, R. Some advantages of litho- lapaxy over lithotomy. Canad. Pract., 1915, 40: 10-3.—Peder- sen, J. Possibilities of litholapaxy. Internat. J. Surg., 1920, 33: 390.—Peliecchia, E. Alcune considerazioni sulla litotrisia. Arch. ital. urol., 1926-27, 3: 306-8.—Ravich, A. Management of vesical calculi; visualized litholapaxy. Ann. Surg., 1935, 102: 1092-7.— Remete, J. [Technique of lithotripsy] Urologia, Budap., 1909, 53-5.—Stephen, L. P. A plea for the operation of litholapaxy. Brit. M.J., 1928, 1: 1089—Stevenson, H. W. Litholapaxy at Hyderabad, Sind. Ind. M. Gaz., 1906, 41: 197. ----Perineal litholapaxy. Tr. Bombay M. Congr., 1909, ">iis-70.—Sturrock, P. S. Hints on litholapaxy. China M.J., 1911, 25:109-11.—Swinburne, G. K. Litholapaxy vs. lithotomy. Tr. M. Soc. Virginia, 1905,1906, 36: 365-81. ----- Litholapaxy as an office operation. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass., 1908, 1909, 2: 80-4. Also Am. J. Surg., 1908, 22: 277. Also repr. ----- Vesical calculus removed by repeated crushing (2 cases) Am J. urol., 1910, 6: 68.—Tuason, M. N. Young's rongeur as an adjunct to the lithotrite. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1924, 4: 406-8, 2pl.—Walker, G. A new evacuator for use after litholapaxy. J. Am. M. Ass., 1907, 49: 417.—Washburn, V. D. The treatment of vesical calculus by lithotrity. Hahnemann. Month., 1925, 60: 550-3.—Willan, R. J. Litholapaxy: its evolution, indications, and contraindications, with a record of cases. Brit. J. Surg., 1914, 1: 406-18. --- Calculus—in animals. See also Bladder, Calculus, experimental. Campbell, D. Bladder calculus in a young cat. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1935,15:228.—Carlin, I. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der opera- tiven Behandlung von Blasensteinen beim Hund. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1926, 54: 402-5.—Oehl, E. Blasensteinbildung beim Pferd. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1928, 36: 362. ■--- Calculus—in infants and children. Abdel el Hamid Issa. *Blasensteine im Kin- desalter. 30p. 8? Berl., 1928. Chevallier, P. *Contribution a l'etude de la lithiase vesicale chez l'enfant. 62p. 8? Par., 1930. Oberholzer, J. *Beteiligung des Kindesal- ter.-; an der Lithiasis und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Aetiologiefrage [Zurich] 81p. 8? Uznach, 1927. Balacesco. Soixante-seize cas de calculs vesicaux de l'enfant. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1929,55:322.—Botto-Micca, A. Su di un caso di calcolosi vescicale e renale concomitante in un bambino. Gazz. osp., 1928, 49: 1115-7.—Brugeas. Calculs de la vessie chez de jeunes enfants; calcul de l'uretre. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1927, 53: 1009-13.—Brun, R. G. Quelques reflexions sur la lithiase vesicale chez les enfants indigenes de Tunisie d'apres 217 observations. Ibid., 1933, 59: 159-62—Casanuova, M. So- pra un caso di calcolosi vescicale in un bambino. Gazz. osp., 1929, 50: 67-71.—D'Asaro, F. Calcolosi e diverticolo vescicale in un bambino di sette anni. Cult. med. mod., Pal., i928, 7: 812-7.—Diamantis. Megavessie fonctionnelle due a une obstruc- tion de l'uretre prostatique par un petit calcul chez un enfant de 3 ans; extraction du calcul; guerison. J. urol. med., Par., 1931, 31: 366-8.—Doubrere, L. D. Calcul vesical chez l'enfant. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1926, 52: 1038-40.—Ferry, G„ & Ort- scheit, E. Calculose vesicale de la premiere enfance. Gaz. med. Strasbourg, 1922, 80: 338-41.—Flandrin, P. R. Calcul de la vessie chez un tout jeune enfant; cause de persistance d'un coli- bacillose urinaire. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1936, 30-3. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1936, 41: 253-6—Jean, G. Dilatation kystique intra- vesicale de l'extremite inferieure de I'uretere et lithiase vesicale infantile. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1928, 7: 261-5—Johansson, S. [Renal and vesical calculus in children] Hygiea, Stockh., 83: 833-43.—Lecercle. Calcul vesical chez un enfant de 18 mois. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54: 283-5. Also Rev. med. fr. 1930, 11: 605-9.—Licini, C. La calcolosi vesicale nell' infanzia. Morgagni, 1923, 65: (Arch.) 330-6—Massabuau, Guibal & Bre- mond. A propos de 2 cas de lithiase vesicale chez l'enfant. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1921-25, 6: 315-9. Also Rev. internat. med., Par., 1925, 36: 80-2.—Mikulowski, V. Contribution a l'etude de la lithiase vesicale chez l'enfant. Rev. fr. pediat., 1927, 3: 210-8— Morgan, J. L. Vesical calculus in a child of 3; case report. Memphis M.J., 1929, 6: 10.—Nobecourt, P. La lithiase vesicale chez les enfants. Medecine, Par , 1924- 25, 6: 843. Also Progr. med., Par., 1925, 40: 935-41.—Nuzzi, 0. La pedo-cisto-litiasi. Riforma med., 1922, 38: 298-303.—Peder- son, V. C, & Iovine, M. A case of unusual stone in the bladder of a youth. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1922, 26: 745-7.—Pellini, M. Con- tributo clinico-radiologico alio studio dello calcolosi vescicale nei bambini. Pediatria (Riv.) 1934. 12: 1-23, 3pl.; 1935, 43: 310, pi.—Piersall, C. E. Vesical and r ial calculi in children. Radi- ology, 1926, 6:159-61.—Pouzet & „Uvel. Calcul de la vessie chez l'enfant. Lyon med., 1929, 143: 785 —Rautenberg, A. Zur Frage der Vorkommens der Harn.steinerkrankung, speziell der Blasenkonkremente bei Kindern. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1933, 37: 111-22.—Selmi, M. La calcolosi vescicale nei bambini. Gazz. osp., 1929, 50: 607-12—Trenel. Calcul vesical chez l'enfant. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1927, 53: 706. ---- Calculus—in women. Schneider, R. *Die Operation des Blasen- steines bei der Frau [Jena] 31p. 8? Zittau, 1914. Specklin, P. *Ein Fall von Blasendivertikel- stein beim Weibe (Einklemmung in der Harn- rohre; Extraktion; Inversion des Divertikels) 41p. 8° Strassb., 1914. Adrian, C. Calculs biliaires dans la vessie d'une femme. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1933, 386-96.—Andre. Expulsion spontanee d'un volumineux calcul vesical chez une femme. Ibid., 1927, 6: 201-3. ----- & Grandineau. Calculs vesicaux et corps etrangers chez la femme. Rev. med. est, 1922, 50: 517.—Bride, J. W. Large vesical calculus and pregnancy. J. Obst. Gyn., Lond., 1936, 43: 105-8, pi.—Carver, J. Vesical diverticulum with calculi in a woman. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 363.—Egyedi, D. Extraktion eines verhaltnismassig grossen Steines aus der weiblichen Harnblase. Zschr. Urol., 1926, 20: 426-9.—Hallarman, H. An unusual case of stone in the bladder. N. York M.J., 1923, 118: 305—Jitianu, V. N. [Vesical calculus in women and treatment with the aid of the lithotrite] Roma- nia med., 1935, 13: 282.—Latzko, W. Uebei Blasensteine bei Frauen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 1625-7. Also Mitt. Volksgesundhamt., Wien, 1929, 170.—Laurentie. Fistule ure- thro-vaginale d'origine obstetricale; cystite; ablation d'un gros calcul vesical par cystostomie et guerison spontanee consecutive de la fistule urethro-vaginale. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1924, 13: 561.—McKnight, R. B. Vesical calculus in a woman asso- ciated with some unusual case history features. J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 22: 253-6.—Majanz, A. Harnblasensteine beim Weibe. Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22: 263-77—Ottow, B. Multiple primare Bla- sensteine in grossen Cystocelen alter Frauen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1931, 32: 430-4.—Schmidt, A. Blasensteine bei Frauen. Ibid., 1935-36, 41: 371.—Sonntag, E. Zur Entfernung der Blasensteine und -fremdkorper bei der Frau durch die Kolpocystotomie. Zbl. Chir., 1928, 55: 450-3.—Stirling, W. C. Report of a case of vesical calculus in the female. Virginia At. Month., 1930-31, 57: 640-5. Also repr.—Tedenat & Cathala, M. Les calculs de la vessie chez la femme. Gynecologie, 1922, 21: 513-33. ---- Cancer. See also Bladder subheadings Papilloma, Sar- coma, Tumors. Grosse, A. *Das primare Blasenkarzinom. 26p. 8° Berl., 1915. Barringer, B. S. Carcinoma of the bladder. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1934, 58:867-78.—Beer, E. Cancer of the bladder. Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 130: 449-51 Also repr—Bond, F. T. Experi- ences with renal and vesical carcinoma. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 309-15.—Boyd, M. L. Cancer of the bladder. J.M. Ass. Geor- BLADDER 366 BLADDER gia, 1934, 23:378-83.—Bull, P. [Peculiarcourseofaca.se of cancer of the bladder] Norsk mag. laegev., 1932, 93: Forh. kirurg. foren., 25-8.—Cohen, H. Carcinoma of the bladder. Med. J. & Rec, 1931, 133: 483.—Counselled V. S. Carcinoma of the blad- der. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 60: 1C17-9—Crenshaw, J. L. Observations on malignant epithelial neoplasms of the bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1924, 18: 197-207— Dean, A. L. Cancer of the bladder. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1933, 29: 402-4 — Deaver, J. B., & MacKinney, W. H. Carcinoma of the bladder. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1923, 41: 227-34 [Disc] 296-303. Also Ann. Surg., 192^, 78: 254-9.—Douglas, J. B. Two cases of carcinoma of the urin iry bladder. Brit. J. Radiol., 1934, n.s., 7:117-9, pi.— Graves, R. C. Cancer of the bladder. Commonhealth, Bost., 1934, 21: 217-20.—Grone, R. Y. Carcinoma of bladder. Penn- sylvania M.J., 1930-31, 34: 389-94.—Jefferson, C. W. Carcinoma of urinary bladder; case reports. Kentucky M.J., 1924, 22: 36-8.—Kolischer, G., & Jones, A. E. Cancer of the urinary bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1932, 36: 709— Kretschmer, H. L. Carcinoma of the bladder. Surg. Clin. Chicago, 1919, 3:1239-41. Also Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1932, 7: 253-8, 4 pi. Also Illinois M.J., 1933, 63:454-04.—Lange, C. C. A. Car- cinoma of the bladder. LoDg Island M.J., 1923, 17: 100-2.— Lewis, B., & Moore, N. S. Carcinoma of the bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 192), 2!: 6-8.—LobD, O. C. Carcinoma de la vejiga. Bol Soc cir. C.i;l , 1925, 3: 16-21— McKennaj W. F. A case of bladder carcinoma, with a brief review of a series of cases. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 985-90.—Moore, N. Carcinoma of the bladder in the relatively young adult. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1921, 18: 352-6.—Ockerblad, N. F. Urologic clinic. South. M.J., 193., i,6: 1044-51.—O'Crowley, C. R. Carcinome of the bladder. Ann. Surg., 1935, 101: 1407-11.—Short, J. T. Carci- noma of the bladder. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1930, 23: 65-8.—Squier, J. B. Cancer of the bladder. Internat. J.S., 1920, 33: 241 — Woodruff, S. R. Carcinoma of the bladder. Ibid., 389. ---- Cancer, colloid. Weissenbach, J. "^Contribution a l'etude du carcinome colloide de la vessie [Lausanne] 55p. 8? Freib., 1917. Barringer, B. S. Very large colloid carcinoma of the bladder. Internat. J.S., 1919, 32: 402. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1920, 30: 86.—Begg, R. C. The colloid adenocarcinomata of the bladder vault arising from the epithelium of the urachal canal; with a critical survey of the tumours of the urachus. Brit. J. Surg., 1930-31, 18: 422-66.—Lavenant, A. Epithelioma colloide d'ori- gine allantoidienne du sommet de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par, 1924, 17: 43-6.—Lee, H. P. Colloid carcinoma of the bladder, with report of a case. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1936, 26: 246-9.—Peacock, A, H., & Corbett, D. G. Colloid carcinoma of the urinary blad- der. Northwest M., 1930, 29: 208.—Pincsohn, A. Entstehung eines Gallertkrebses auf Grund ortswidrigen Epithels in der Harnblase. Virchows Arch., 1921, 232: 350-7. ---- Cancer: Complications. Blavet di Briga, C. Un caso di carcinoma delle vescica con cisti. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1922, 4.ser., 28: 419-21. Also J. urol.med , Par., 1923,16:29-32.—Beer, E. Infiltrating carcinoma of bladder; papillomata of bladder; prostatic adenoma; diverticu- lum of bladder; right inguinal hernia. Internat. J.S., 1924, 37: 223.—Blount, W. N. Extreme nitrogen retention in a case of carcinoma of the bladder. South. M.J., 1936, 29: 211.—Caulk, J. R. The upper urinary tract in carcinoma of the bladder. Ann. Surg., 1935, 101: 1432-40.—Chute, A. L. The part that obstruction of the ureter plays in the outcome of cancer of the bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1927, 20: 295-9. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 19: 577-81.—Evans, D. Carcinoma of the bladder with intraperitoneal perforation. Lancet, Lond., 1934, 1: 185.—Pollock, R. Carcinoma of the bladder with vesicorectal fistula. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1931, 35: 584-7.—Prates, M. Ueber ein ungewohnlich ausgedehntes perirenales Hama- tom in Zusammenhang mit einer Hydronephrose bei Harn- blasencarcinom. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1933, 37: 325-36.—Thomas, B. A., & Eiman, J. Two fatal cases of carcinoma of the bladder; one originating in diverticulum, with no evidence of metastasis, death oue to pyelonephritis and uraemia. Proc. Path. Soc. Philadelphia, 1923-24, 26: 49-51. ---- Cancer: Diagnosis. See also Bladder, Examination. Coppridge, W. M. Carcinoma of the bladder; report of a case in which a cystogram aided in the diagnosis and prognosis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1921, 76: 1496.—Hirt, W. Zur Diagnose und Beurteilung des Blasenkarzinoms. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1931, 154: 121-3.—Takahashi, A. Contribution au diagnostic precoce du cancer pedicule villeux de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1927,23: 348. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1927, 22: 169-71. ---- Cancer, diverticular. Beming, C. L. Primary carcinoma of diverticulum of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 18: 73-84.—Ewell, G. H. Primary carcinoma in a diverticulum of the bladder. Ibid., 1930, 24: 649-54.—Gayet. Epithelioma dans un diverticule vesical; resec- tion du diverticule. Lyon chir., 1924, 21: 606-8.—Hardwick, R. S., & Priestley, J. T. Primary carcinoma in a vesical diverticu- lum associated with vesical calculi and prostatic hypertrophy Proc. Mayo Clin., 1935, 10: 481-3.—Harris, A. Carcinoma in a diverticulum of the bladder; a surgical rarity. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1924, 28:143-5.—Hicks, J. B. Carcinoma in diverticulum of blad- der. J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 24: 2C5-9—Hollenbach, F. Operative Entfernung eines karzinomatos entarteten Blasendivertikels Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 487-91.—Hunt, V. C. Epithelioma in a di- verticulum of the bladder. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 1468-71.—Ikoma, T. Zur Kenntnis des Divertikelkarzinoms der Harnblase. Wien. med. Wschr., 1923, 73: 1421-6—Kretschmer, H. L., & Barber, K. E. Carcinoma in a bladder diverticulum; report of a case and a review of the literature. J. Urol., Bait.,1929, 21: 381-94.—Onofrio, O. Epitelioma malpinghiano in un diverti- colo vesicale. Pathologica, Genova, 1935. 27: 781-7— Owre, 0. Papillary carcinoma confined to a diverticulum of the bladder- its removal and final report. Journal lancet, 1935, 55: 469.— Papin. Cancer de la vessie coexistant avec un diverticule; cvstectomie partielle et cure radicale du diverticule en un temps Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1925, 4: 20-3. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1925, 19: 153-6.—Peacock, A. H., & Corbett, B. G. Primary carcinoma in diverticula of the urinary bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 25: 625-38.—Pleschner, H. G., & Czepa, A. Beobachtungen an Blasendivertikeln (Carcinom im Divertikel; Mechanismus der Divertikelfiillung) Zschr. urol. Chir., iy27, 23: 23-30.—Rath- bun, N. P. Bladder diverticulum complicated by carcinoma of cloacal origin. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n.s., 8: 627-9. Also repr.— Schwarz, 0. A. Ueber Carcinom in Divertikeln der Harnblase Zschr. urol. Chir., 1923, 13: 47-65. ---- Cancer: Metastasis. Bonnamour & Giraud. Cancer primitive de la vessie avec generalisations multiples. Lyon med., 1928, 142: 732.—Carroll, G., & Jacobs, R. G. A primary bladder carcinoma within the scrotum. J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 30: 357-60—Forgue, Roux & Puech. Cancer de la vessie et mfetastase osseuse simulant une tu- meur primitive. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1921-22, 3: 401-5. Also Montpellier med., 1922, 44: 469-73—Graves, R. C, & Militzer, R. E. Bone metastases from carcinoma of the urinary bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1934, 31: 769-89.—Kretschmer, H. L. Carcinoma of the bladder with bone metastases. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1921,14: lfil-70. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1922, 34: 241-6.—Lower, W. E.> & Watkins, R. M. A case of primary carcinoma of the bladder with metastasis to the brain. Am. J.M. Sc, 1924, 167: 434-7.—McKay, H. W. Solitary metastasis to the brain from carcinoma of the bladder. Brit. J. Urol., 1930, 2: 156-62. Also South. M.J., 1930, 23: 205-12.—Morel, C, & Tapie, J. Epithelioma atypique de la vessie avec adsnopathie cance- reuse sus-elaviculaire. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1923, 3.ser., 47:497-500.—Rolnick, H. C, & O'Neill, C. P. Skin metastases in carcinoma of the bladder. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1932, 26: 882-5.—Spooner, A. D. Metastasis in epithelioma of the urinary bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1934, 27: 81-97. Also Collect. Papers Mayo Clin, 1934, 26: 337.—Torek, S. [Metastasis of bladder carcinoma in the skin and the adrenal gland] Orv. hetil, 1932, 76: 838.—Wells, H. G. Bone metastasis from primary carcinoma of the urinary bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1922, 7: 383-96.—Zeman, E. D. Bone metastases with primary carcinoma of urinary bladder. Ibid., 1936, 35: 646-51. ---- Cancer, occupational [Anilin tumors] See also Cancer, experimental. Coal tar derivatives and carcinoma of the bladder. South. M.J., 1934, 27: 371.—Ferguson, R. S. Symposium on anilin tumors of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1934, 31: 121-6—Gay, B. M. Pathology of anilin tumors of the bladder. Ibid., 137-54.—Gehrmann, G. H. Papilloma and carcinoma of the bladder among dye workers. Surg. Gyn. Obst.. 1935, 60: 555.— Hamilton, A. A discussion of the etiology of so-called aniline tumors of the bladder. J. Indust. Hyg., 1921, 3: 16-28.—Hueper, W. C. Cancer of the urinary bladder in workers of chemical dye factories and dyeing establishments: a review. Ibid., 1934, 16: 255-81.—Miiller, A. Erfahrungen iiber die Behandlung von Anilintumoren der Blase. Zschr. Urol., 1931, 25: 411-3. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64:241-4.— Posner, C. Zum Blasen- krebs der Anilinarbeiter. Zschr. Urol., 1924, 18: 418-22 — Quervain, de. Einige Falle von sogenannten Anilintumoren der Blase. Kor. Bl schweiz. Aerzte, 1918, 48: 148.—Schiiller, H, Blasentumoren bei Anilinarbeitern. Zschr. Urol., 1932, 26: 284-6.—Sieben, H. Ueber Prophylaxe der Blasentumoren bei Anilin- und Teerarbeitern. Med. Klin., Berl., 1931, 27: 587- Simon, L. Dauererfolge der Behandlung von Blasenkarzino- men, insbesondere der Anilintumoren. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 290-2. Also Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1930, n.F., 7:78-80. ----- Prognose und Behandlung der sogenann- ten Anilintumoren der Blase. Arch. klin. Chir., 1932, 173: 708-11 [Disc] 176.—Washburn, V. B. The treatment of anilin tumors of the urinary bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1934, 31: 155-71. ---- Cancer, papillary. See also Bladder, Papilloma. Aschner, P. W. Papillary carcinoma of bladder; resection; 2 cases cured 5 and 7 years. Am. J. Surg., 1928, n.s., 4: 449.— Barringer, B. S. Papillary carcinoma with horse-shoe kidney. Internat. J.S., 1919, 32: 376-81.—Bindi, F. Epitelioma papillare recidivo della vescica urinaria. Gazz. osp., 1923, 44: 435-7. Also Morgagni, 1923, 75: (Arch.) 206-16.—Clevenger, J. H. Papillocarcinoma of bladder. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1930, 22: 16.—Cole, F. H. Papillary carcinoma of the bladder. Internat. Clin., 1931, 41.ser., 2: 258-60.—Corkery, J. R. Histogenesis of BLADDER 367 BLADDER papillary carcinoma of the bladder. Northwest M., 1919, 18: 234-6.—Floyd, E., & Pittman, J. L. Papillary carcinoma of the bladder and a horseshoe kidney occurring simultaneously in the same individual. J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 30: 239-43—Frank, L. Papillary carcinoma of the urinary bladder. Mississippi Valley M.J., 19*18, 25: 335-7.—Giannettasio, N. Contributo clinico ed isto-patologico ai papillo-carcinomi vescicali. Arch. ital. chir., 1922-23, 6: 96-100. Also Med. nuova, Milano, 1922, 13: no.4, 3-8.—Haessler, F. H. Papillary epithelioma of bladder, meta- static in kidney. J. Am. M. Ass., 1921, 76:446—Jeck.H.S. Ef- fect of radium on papillary epithelioma of bladder as shown by iiutops;, specimen. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1929, 22: 339-43. Kadrnka, S., & Poncet, J. Vessie geante par cancer papiliaire; contribution a la cysto-radiographie de l'epitheliorna. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1934, 54: 789-96, 2pl.—Pedersen, V. C. Papillary carcinoma of the bladder. Med. Times, N.Y., 1926, 54: 115-52.— Valentine, J. J., & Rogers, J. W. Apparent cures of papillary carcinomata of the urinary bladder. N. York State J.M., 1933, 33: 1249-51. ---- Cancer: Pathology. See also Bladder, Exstrophy; Bladder, Schisto- somiasis; Urachus, Tumors. Stenius, F. *Studien iiber Pathologie und Klinik der Papillome und Karzinome der Harn- blase [Helsingfors] 164p. 8? Jena, 1922. Also Arb. Path. Inst. Helsingfors, 1923, n.F., 3: 27-190. Allen, C. D. Squamous cell carcinoma of the bladder. Memphis M.J., 1935, 10: 15.—Barney, J. D. Intramural car- cinoma of the dome of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1926, 16: 369-76.—Beer, E. Infiltrating carcinoma of the bladder. In- ternat. J.S., 1924, 37: 222. ----- Carcinoma of the bladder sec- ondary to artificial cystitis; calculous pyelonephrosis; nephrec- tomy and total cystectomy. Am. J. Surg., 1928, n.s., 4: 548 — Bothe, A. E. The differential pathology of papilloma, papillary carcinoma, and other types of vesical carcinoma. Pennsylvania M. J., 1928-29, 32: 393-7—Buzzi, B. Necrofagi in cancro corneifi- cante (considerazioni istologiche su un tumore della vescica) Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1927, n.s., 2: 709-34, pi.—Caylor, H. D. The pathology of malignant bladder neoplasms; with especial reference to the grading of epitheliomas. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 95: 1736-41.—Dupont, R. A propos d'un cas de cancer developpe sur une vessie exstrophiee. J. urol. med., Par., 1922, 13: 433-44.—Ferrier, P. A. Adenocarcinoma of the bladder of allantoic origin. Tr. Ass. Physicians Mayo Clin. (1925) 1926, 6: 237-40, 3pl.—Gayet, R. Un cas d'exstrophie vesi- cale cancerisee. J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 39: 295-307.—Giordano, G. Di un caso di peritelioma della vescica. Minerva med., Tor., 1929, 9: 676-8—Herbst, R. H., & Thompson, A. Adeno- carcinoma of the bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1922, 36: 4-7.—Hinman, F., & Gibson, T. E. Squamous cell carcinoma of the bladder; a study of heterotopic epidermization, with a review of the litera- ture and report of cases. J. Urol., Bait., 1921, 6: 1-50. Also repr.—Jeanbrau. E., Grynfeltt, E., & Aimes, A. Epithelioma dela vessie a forme syncytiale developpe sur un papillome ancien et simulant par endroits le sarcome. J. urol. med., Par., 1920, 9: 89-96.—Kielleuthner, L. Blasenscheiteltumor; Urachuskarzi- nom. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 519-23.—Kraft, S. Ein Fall von Sarkocarcinom der Harnblase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1921, 7: 12-9.—Lenormant, C. Epithelio-sarcome de la vessie d'origine probablement allantoidienne. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1922, 48: 1044. Also J. urol. mM., Par., 1922, 14: 273-84.—Morson, A. C. Carcinoma of the bladder arising in the urachus. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1929-30, 23: sect, urol., 8.—Parmenter, F. J. Report of a case of sarco-carcinoma of the bladder. Bull. Buffalo Oen. Hosp., 1927, 5: 19.—Patch, F. S., & Rhea, L. J. The genesis and development of Brunn's nests and their relation to cystitis cystica, cystitis glandularis, and primary adeno-carcinoma of of the bladder. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1935, 33: 597-606—Quinby, W. C. Carcinoma of the bladder associated with the formation of mucus. N. England J.M., 1932, 207: 821. Also repr—Rab- son, S. M. Atypical carcinoma of the urinary bladder simulating myosarcoma; report of 2 cases and review of the literature. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 34: 638-69.-----Leukoplakia and carcinoma of tlje urinary bladder; report of a case, with a review of the literature. Ibid., 1936, 35: 321-41.—Redi, R. Contributo alla conoscenza del cancro della vescica. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1930, 3S: 460-71, pi.—Reinhardt, A. Steinleiden und Krebs der Harnblase. Arch. klin. Chir., 1931, 164: 564-73.—Roffo, A. E. El i.ibaco en el cancer de vehiga. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1931, 8: 277-324, pi.—Schar, W. Le cancer experimental de la vessie provoque par inhalation de naphthylamine. Can- cer, Brux.. 1930, 7: 205-14.—Schoil, A. J. Squamous-cell car- cinoma of the urinary bladder. Arch. Surg., 1921, 3: 336-47 — Simon, L. Ueber praeancerbse Zustande tier Harnblase. Dent. Zschr. Chir., 1930, 227: 539-43.—Sisk, I. R. Intramural carci- noma of the dome of the bladder; case report. Wisconsin M.J., 192\ L7: 409-11.—Squillante, A. Le infiltrazioni parietali nei cancri della vescica. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1934, 42: 70-6.— Stahl, 0., & Warburg, O. Ueber Milchsauregarung eines menschlichen Blasencarcinoms. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 1218.— Stenius, F. [Ueber Sarkokarzinome der Harnblase nebst Mit- teilung eines einschlagigen Falles] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1922, 64: 565; 1923, 65: 193. Also Arb. Path. Inst. Helsingfors, 1923-25, n.F., 3: 473-81.—Wilensky, A. O., & Firestone, A. Spontaneous disappearance of papillary carcinoma of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1929,21: 611-21. ■---- Cancer, secondary. Bodon, G. Ueber einen Fall von metastatischem Blasen- carcinom. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930-31, .11: 40-7—Hermann, H. B. Metastatic tumors of the urinary bladder originating from the carcinomata of the gastro-intestinal tract, J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 22: 257-73— Richards, C. G. Secondary melano- epithehoma of the bladder. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1919, 29: 266. ---- Cancer: Treatment. Astral di, A. Accion de la quimioterapia a eosina-selenio- rubidio en el cancer de la vejiga. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1927, 3: 412-29—Burnam, C. F. The treatment of malignant epithelial new growths of the urinarv bladder. South. M.J., 1933, 26: 136-44. ----- & Neill, W. 'The treat- ment of epithelial tumors of the bladder. Am. J. Roentg., 1926, n.s., 16: 219-27.—Campbell, E. W. The present status of treat- ment of carcinoma of the bladder. Hahnemann. Month., 1934, 69: 828-33.—Campbell, M. F. Treatment of vesical carcinoma. Arch. Clin. Cancer Res., 1926, 2: 107-11— Chwalla, R. Das Carcinom der Harnblase und der gegenwartige Stand seiner Behandlung. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932, 35: 251-90— Counselled V. S. The present status of treatment of carcinoma of the blad- der. Minnesota M., 1934, 17: 105-10—Ferguson, R. S., Kret- schmer, H. L. [et al.] Cancer of the bladder; a study of the 5-year end results in 658 epithelial tumors of the bladder in the carcinoma registry of the American Urological Association. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 481-90—Frater, K. The treatment of the epitheliomata of the bladder. J.M. Ass. S. Africa, 1929, 3: 246.—Joseph, E. La cura del carcinoma della vesica urina- ria. Gazz. osp., 1925, 46: 295-8. Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 45-7.—Judd, E. S., & Phillips, J. R. The curability of carcinoma of the urinary bladder. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1933, 8: 413-6.—Keyes, E. L. Principles governing the local treatment of carcinoma of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 350-2—Kretschmer, H. L., Barringer, B. S. [et al.] Cancer of the bladder; a study based on 902 epithelial tumors of the blad- der in the carcinoma registry of the American Urological Asso ciation. J. Urol., Bait., 1934, 31: 423-72—Lefuen. F., & Flandrin. Le traitement des cancers de la vessie. Arch. med. chir. pro- vince, 1926, 16: 251-4—Lewis, B., & Carroll, G. Modern meth- ods of treatment and results in cancer of the bladder. Texas J.M., 1927-28, 23: 574-7.—Nadeau, 0. E. Case of carcinoma of the bladder apparently cured bv ervsipelas. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1931, 11: 57-60.—Neill, W. The treatment of carci- noma of the bladder. South. M.J., 1923, 16: 292-7.—0'Conor, V.J. Results in the treatment of cancer of the bladder. Illinois M.J., 1927, 52: 369-74—Pearse, R. The choice of treatment in carcinoma of the bladder. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1936, 34: 308-10.— Pugh, W. S. Cancer of the bladder; results in conservative treatment. Am. Med., 1930, n.s., 25: 360-3.—Quervain, F. de. Le traitement du cancer de la vessie par la neige d'acide carbo- nique. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1927, 47: 259-64.—Quinby, W. C. Some aspects of the treatment of carcinoma of the bladder, N. England J.M., 1935, 213: 460-3.—Richer, V. Sur le traite ment des cancers de la vessie. Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32:167-70.— Schwarzwald, R. T. Zur Behandlung inoperabler Blasencarci- nome. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 555-7.—Smith, G. G. The management of cancer of the bladder. Boston M.A.S.J., 1922, 187: 97-101.—Torroella, E. A proposito del tratamiento del cancer de la vejiga. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1935, 10: 108-12 Also Rev. med. Rosario, 1935, 9: pt2, 63-7. ---- Cancer: Treatment, operative, See also Bladder, Surgery. Andrews, J. R., & Uhle, C. A. W. Carcinoma of the urinary bladder; an evaluation of surgery and irradiation in the treat- ment of this disease. Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 26: 507-11.—Boyd, M. L. Indications for nephrostomy and nephrectomy in car- cinoma of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 99: 1226. Also repr.—Brumwell, J. A case of carcinoma of the bladder treated by simultaneous transplantation of ureters and radium. New- castle M.J., 1933, 13:117-21.—Carraway, C. N. Transplantation of the ureters in cancer of the urinary bladder. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, 1930, 63: 422-8.—Chute, A. L. Ureteral transplanta- tion in bladder carcinoma. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 1613-7.— Coffey, R. C. Radical treatment of cancer of the bladder. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1929) 1930,42:224-40,7pl.,4ch. Alsorepr. Also California West. M., 1930, 33: 562-5. Also West. J. Surg., 1930, 38: 567-83.—Bamski, A. A propos de la derivation des urines dans les cas de cancer inoperable de la vessie par la nfiphro- ou ureterostomie bilatSrale. J. urol. med., Par., 1924, IS: 108-12.— Gagstatter. Beiderseitige Coffeysche Ureterenimplantation bei inoperablem Blasenkarzinom. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 402.—Gouverneur, R., & Bossot, R. Le traitement du cancer de la vessie. Presse med., 1936, 44: 1-3.—Higgins, C. C. Ureteral transplantation for exstrophy and carcinoma of the bladder. Cleveland Clin. Q., 1935, 2: no.4, 32-42.—Hunt, V. C. Disposal of the ureter in surgical excision of malignant tumors of the blad- der. J. Urol., Bait., 1925, 14: 19-31—Judd. E,S. The treatment of carcinoma of the bladder by radical surgical methods. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 1620-6—Latzko, W. Die erweiterte Radi- kaloperation des Blasenkrebses und ihre anatomische Begriin- dung. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1921, 8: 135-50.—Legueu. Le traite- ment du cancer de la vessie. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1925, 39: 246-8.—Lower, W. E. The end-results of operations for cancer of the bladder. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1922, 40: 49-57 [Discussion] 139-59. Also Ann. Surg., 1922, 76: 352-8.— Lowsley, O. S. Car- cinoma of the bladder. Internat. J.S., 1920, 33: 15.—Pitts, H. C. BLADDER 368 BLADDER Presentation of a case of transplantation of the ureters into the rectum because of carcinoma of the bladder. N. England J.M., 1933, 208: ;27-30—Quinby, W. C. Cancer of the bladder. Bos- ton M.&S.J., 1920,182: 507.—Rochet. Reste-t-il encore des indi- cations au traitement chirurgical du cancer de la vessie? J. urol. m6d., Par., 1921, 11: 447-56.—Schwers, H. Cancer de la vessie opere a l'anesthesie locale en un temps; guerison depuis 14 ans. Liege med., 1929, 22: 1675-80.— Simon-Ludwigshafen, L. Be- handlung der Blasen-Karzinome. Vereinsbl. pfalz. Aerzte, 1926, 38: 23.—Smith, G. G. Radical treatment of cancer of the bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1921, 14: 151-60. AlsoJ. UioL, Bait., 1921,6:173-82. ----- A later estimate of the value of uretero-colostomy in cancer of the bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1923, 16: 95-101.—Stevens, J. T. Car- cinoma of the bladder; treatment by a combination of surgery, electrothermic coagulation, radium, and Roentgen-rays. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1925, 22: 458-74. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1926, 30: 74-9. ----- Irradiation and electrosurgery in the management of carcinoma of the urinary bladder. Radiology, 1934, 22:99-104. Also Radiol. Rev., 1935, 57: 213; 234. -Takahashi, A., & Namiki, S. Erfahrung der beiderseitigen Ureterostomia lumbalis bei Blasenkrebs. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1928, 28: 89. ---- Cancer: Treatment, operative—by coag- ulation. Boeckel, A. Traitement du cancer inoperable de la vessie par l'etinjelage a vessie ouverte. Strasbourg med., 1927, 85: 343-6.-----Quatorze cas de cancer de la vessie trails par l'etincelage a vessie ouverte. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1930, 22: 507-19.-----& Bjordjevitch, B. Six cas de cancer infiltre de la vessie traites par l'etincelage a vessie ouverte. Rev. med. est, 1929, 57: 551-66.—Brandino Correa. Cancer da bexiga post prostatectomia; tratamento pela electro-coagulagao. Fol. med., Rio, 1926, 7: 7.—Cartault, A. Traitement du cancer de la vessie par l'electro-coagulation-etincelage a vessie ouverte. Stras- bourg mM., 1931, 91: 157; 217.—Counseller, V. S., & Braasch, W. F. Diathermy for carcinoma of the bladder. Ann. Surg., 1935, 101: 1418-25. Also Collect. Papers Mayo Clin., 1934, 26: 328.—Goedecke, R. Heilung eines grossen karzinomatosen Blasentumors durch Elektrokoagulation. Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 338-41.—ilretschmer, H. L. The treatment of carcinoma of the bladder by surgical diathermy; a report of 1C9 unselected cases. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 95: 1728-30. Also repr.—Peterson, A. A preliminary report on the treatment of cancer of the bladder with t:ie Percy cautery. Tr. Ass. Physicians Mayo Clin., 1924, 5: 143-9.—Portwich, O. Zur Heilung von Blasenkarzinomen durch Thermokoagulation. Zschr. Urol., 1936,30:450-6.—Pugh, W. S. Diathermy; its successful application in the treatment of bladder cancer. Med. Herald, 1931, 50: 7-9. ---- Cancer: Treatment, operative—by cys- tectomy. See also Bladder, Excision. Tarchiani, L. S. *Le traitement du cancer vesical par cystectomie partielle; indications; technique operatoire et resultats. 67p. 8? Par., 1934. Bailey, H. Complete cystectomy for recurrent carcinoma of the bladder. Proc. R. Soc. AI., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 370—Bug- bee, H. G. Report of cases of malignant growths of the bladder treated by resection and radium. J. Urol., Bait., 1923, 10: 159- 71.—Cifuentes, P. Un caso de extirpation total de la vejiga urina- ria por cancer. Rev. med. cir. pract., Madr., 1915, 108: 129-35.— Coffey, R. C. Cystectomy for carcinoma of the bladder. Tr. South. Surg. Ass., 1933, 45: 51-94. Also Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1933, 2: 94-9. Also Am. J. Surg., 1933, 20: 254-97. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 723-9—De Gironcoli, F. Rigene- razione della vescica dopo asportazione subtotale per carcinoma. Arch. ital. urol., 1926-27, 3: 325-8.—Everidge, J. Specimen show- ing interior of the bladder 6 months after extensive resection for carcinoma, with transplantation of the right ureter. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1922-23, 16: sect, urol., 43.—Federov, S. P. [Complete extirpation of bladder in cases of malignant tumors] Vest, khir., 1927, 9: no.26-27, 28-32.—Fey, B., & Bompart, H. A propos de la cystectomie totale pour cancer de la vessie. Paris med., 1929,73:359-61. Also French M. Rev., Par., 1931,2:137-45. Also J. chir., Par., 1931, 37: 496-511. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1931, 32: 165-77.—Fischel, E. Total cystectomy for cancer; au obsolete operation. J. Urol., Bait., 1925, 14: 285-92.—Griffin, M. Transplantation of a single ureter and total cystectomy for car- cinoma of the bladder: report of case. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1926, 11: 377-80.—Hryntschak, T. Beitrag zur Frage der Totalexstir- pation der Blase wegen Carcinom. Arch. klin. Chir., 1930, 160: 554-66.—Hyman, A. Cancer of the bladder treated by excision; 3 cases. Internat. J.S., 1920, 33: 243. ----- Infiltrating car- cinoma of bladder; total cystectomy with bilateral nephrostomy. Ann. Surg., 1935,102:1090-2.—Just, E. Zur totalen Exsthpation der carcinomatbsen Harnblase. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1932, 237: 107.—Kaufman, L. E. Cystectomy for carcinoma of the bladder with abdominal transplantation of the ureter. Collect. Papers N. York Homeop. M. College, 1935, 1: 275-90.—Kesseler, J. Uretero-cysto-neostomie complement d'une cystectomie par- tielle pour epithelioma de la vessie; guerison definitive et main- tien de la valeur fonctionnelle des 2 reins 4 ans apres l'interven- tion. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1933, 247-53. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 36: 129-36—Kidd, F. Cystectomy for carcinoma of the bladder-base with restoration of bladder function. Brit. J, Urol., 1929,1: 380-9.—Lindstrbm, L. J. [Case of total extirpation of cancerous bladder] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1927, 69: 284-93. Also Acta chir. scand., 1928, 63: 137-48—MacDonald, S. G. The results of partial resection of the bladder for carcinoma. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1930-31, 24: sect, urol., 1-10. Also Med. Stand., 1931, 54: 9-11.—Mandrlka, P. [Complete extirpation in cancer of the bladder] Russ. klin., 1927, 8:432-6.—Massumov, S. A. [Total extirpation of the bladder in cancer] Med. misl, Tashkent, 1930-31, 5: s-14— Messtorff, T. Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Totalexstirpation der Harnblase bei Krebs. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1925, 193: 425-9.—Pellecchia, E. Un caso di epi- telioma sessile impiantato sulla parete antero-superiore della vescica; epicistotomia con resezione. Aled. prat., Nap., 1919, 4: 1-4.—Quinby, W. C. Indications for and results of total cystec- tomy for cancer of the bladder. Tr. N. England Surg. Soc, 1934, 17: 96-102. Also Ann. Surg., 1935, 101: 1415-7. Also N. England J.M., 1935, 212: 501-3. ----- Ureterovesical carci- noma; cystectomy—ureterosigmoidostomy; case report. Ibid., 1936, 214: 232.— Redi, R., & Marri, P. Sulla resezione parziale della vescica urinaria per cancro infiltrante e sulla consecutiva rigenerazione della parete vescicale. Arch. ital. urol., 1933-34, 10: 3-39.—Salleras Pages, J. Resection partial de vejiga por mio-epitelioma de la pared superior. Sem. med., B. Air., 1922, 29: 753-8.—Scheele, K. Methoden und Erfolge der Totalexstir- pation der Blase bei Karzinom. Zschr. Urol., 1923, 17: 65-76 — Schmieden, V. Erfahrungen bei zwei Totalexstirpationen der karzinomatosen Harnblase. Ibid., l-4.-Smith, G. G. A case of total cystectomy for cancer. Boston M.&S.J., 1927, 196: 1031-3.—Villard. Hemiresection de la vessie pour cancer par voie sous-peritoneale; nephrectomie anterieure; guerison sans recidive au bout de 3 ans. Lyon chir., 1931, 28: 187-9.—Walters, W., & Thiessen, N. W. Successful total cystectomy for recurring carcinoma of the urinary bladder with notes on some very large vesical tumors. Minnesota M., 1936, 19: 157-9. ---- Cancer: Treatment—by radium. Barringer, B. S. Surgery vs radium in the treatment of car- cinoma of the bladder. N.Y. State J.M., 1918,18:436-8. ---- Cancer of bladder treated by radium. Internat. J.S., 1920, 33: 242. ----- Newer methods of radium treatment of carcinoma of the bladder and prostate. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass. (1920) 1921,12: 25-34. ----- Radium treatment of carcinoma of the blauder. Ann. Surg., 1921, 74: 751-67. Also Med. Rec, N.Y., 1921. 100: 1008. ----- Technique and statistics in the treatment of carcinoma of the bladder by radium. Am. J. Roentg., 1922, n.s., 9: 757-64. ----- Radium versus surgical removal of carcinoma of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 79: 1504-6. Also Chicago M. Rec, 1923, 45: 802-6. ----- Radium treatment of car- cinoma of the bladder. Radium Rep. Mem. Hosp., N.Y. (1923) 1924, 192-212. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 95:1734-6. Also repr. Also Ann. Surg., 1935, 101: 1425-8. ----- Radium treatment of carcinoma of the bladder and prostate. Canad. Pract., 1924, 49: 147-53. ----- Radium removal of carcinoma of the blad- der. J. Urol., Bait., 1925, 13:131-47. -----■ End-results of radi- um removal of carcinoma of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90:352-4.-----The technique of the suprapubic implantation of radon seeds in bladder carcinoma. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1932, 55: 487. ----- Radium implantation versus total cystectomy for carcinoma of the bladder. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933,13: 401-5. ----- Cystoscopic control by radium of bladder cancer. Am. J. Surg., 1935, 28: 47-54. Also repr.—Buerger, L. A new method of applying radium through the cystoscope. N. York State J.M., 1922, 22: 312-6. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1923, 9: 227-47. ----- Radium in carcinoma of the bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1923, 27: 213-8.—Burnam.C, & Walker, G. Cancer of the urinary bladder cured by radium. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 80: 1669 — Darget, R. A propos de quelques fausses recidives de cancers vesicaux apres traitement et de quelques considerations sur la radiumtherapie de ces tumeurs. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1936, 55-9. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1936, 41: 278-82.—Friedman, A. B. Treatment of carcinoma of the bladder with radon tubes. Radiology, 1935, 25: 319.—Herrold, R. B. A needle for radium treatment through an operating cystoscope. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78:1538.—Hutchison, R. G. Measured dosage in the radium treatment of carcinoma of the urinary bladder. Brit. J. Surg., 1934-35, 22: 663-70.—Hyman, A. The intravesical (cystoscopic) treatment of carcinoma of the bladder by implantation of radium emanation tubes. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1924, 39: 827-31.---- The cystoscopic treatment of carcinoma of the bladder by fi- guration and implantation of radium emanation seeds. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1932,36:174-8.—Ingebrigtsen, R. Cancer de la vessie traite par le radium; guerison depuis 7 ans. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1927, 53: 1291. ----- Doit-on rejeter la curietherapie pour le cancer de la vessie? Acta chir. scand., 1928, 63: 133-6.— Jeck, H. S. Apparent cure of carcinoma of the bladder by radium. Internat. J.S., 1919, 32: 240-2.—Kelly, H. A. The treatment with radium of cancer of the bladder; a correction. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1921. 32: 187— Keyes, E. L. Two years' ex- perience in the treatment of bladder carcinoma by suprapubic implanting of metal seeds containing radium emanation. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1928, 21: 137-82 [Discussion] 227-41. Also Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1928, 31: 702-33. Also repr. Also Gazz. osp., 1928, 49: 800-2.—Marion. A propos du traitement des cancers de la vessie par le radium. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1936, 111-26. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1936, 41: 456-71— Michon, L. A propos du traitement des cancers de la vessie par le radium. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1936,162-4. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1936,41: 566-8.—Morson, A. C. Observations on the radium treatment BLADDER 369 BLADDER of vesical carcinoma. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: sect, urol., 53-64. Also Brit. J. Radiol., 1927, 32: B.I.R. sect. 309-13. ----- Observations of the radium treatment of vesical carcinoma. Lancet, Lond., 1928, 2: 116-9, pi. ----- Obser- vations on 23 cases of carcinoma of the bladder treated by ra- dium. Brit. M.J., 1929, 1: 1038—Pirkner, E. H. Radium therapy by the cystoscope. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1923, 27: 348-50.— Reynard. Curietherapie d'un cancer vesical; guerison depuis 2H ans. J. urol. med., Par., 1926, 21: 523. Also Lyon med., 1926, 138: 73-5.—Scholl, A. J., & Braasch, W. F. Preoperative treatment of malignant tumors of the bladder by radium. Arch. Surg., 1922, 5: 334-47.—Segurola, M. Cistectomia partial por el cancer de la vejiga; algunas consideraciones sobre el tratamiento por el radio. Rev. med. cubana, 1930, 41: 451-5.—Silverton, R. J. The treatment of carcinoma of the bladder and prostate by radium implantation. Med. J. Australia, 1934, 1: 776-83.— Smith, A. J. D. The use of radium in carcinoma of the bladder. Brit. M.J., 1934, 2: 584-7.—Smith, G. G. Radium in cancer of the bladder. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1921, 33: 570-4. ----- The treatment of cancer of the bladder by radium implantation. J. Urol., Bait., 1923,9: 217-26. --- Cancer: Treatment—by roentgen rays. Boeckel, A. Cancer de la vessie traits avec succes par la radiotherapie profonde. J. urol. med., Par., 1922, 14: 323; 1923, 15:205; 1924,17:238. Also Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1923-24, 2: 48; 59 — Dean, A. L. Treatment of bladder cancer with external irradia- tion. Ann. Surg., 1935, 101: 1428-32. -----A Quimby. E. H. Radiation therapy of carcinoma of the bladder. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 53: 89-96.—Ferguson, R. S. Treatment of cancer of the bladder by divided doses of roentgen ravs at long distances. Am. J. Roentg., 1936, 36: 73-8.—Fletcher, E. A., & Kearns, W. M. Polyuria caused by recurrent bladder carcinoma; report of a case with a study in the effects of pituitrin and of deep X-ray treat- ment. J. Urol., Bait., 1924, 12: 37-48.—Grossman, F. S. [Roent- gen rays in treatment of cancer of the bladder and prostate] Vest. rentg., 1931, 9:380-90.—Gunsett, A. Cancer de la vessie et roent- genth6rapie profonde. J. radiol. electr., Par., 1926, 10: 14-20. Also Am. J. Phys. Ther., 1926-27, 3: 59-64. ----- La roent- genthfirapie du cancer de la vessie par la mfithode de la dose frac- tionnee. Arch, electr. med., 1931, 39:433-46. Also Acta radiol., Stockh., 1932, 13: 1-20. —— & Sichel. Un cas de cancer de la vessie traits par radiotherapie. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1935, 23: 233-5.—Heuser, C. The results obtained after 2 years' application of deep Roentgen therapy in cases of cancer of the prostate and bladder. Am. J. Roentg., 1924, n.s., 11: 23-5.—Livermore, G. R. Report of a case of intramural epithe- lioma of the bladder apparently cured by deep X-ray therapy, followed by suprapubic prostatectomy and recovery. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1923, 16: 103-5.—Martin. Acceleration probable de la marche d'un cancer de la vessie sous l'influence de la radiotherapie ultra-penetrante. J. urol. m£d., Par., 1925, 19: 232-4.—Pfahler, G. E. The X-rays in the diagnosis and treat- ment of cancer of the bladder. Radiol. Rev., 1928, 50: 371-4. ---- The roentgen-rays and radium in the diagnosis and treatment of carcinoma of the bladder. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 53: 680-90. ----- Die Rontgendiagnostik und -therapie der Blasenkrebse; Kontrolle des Behandlungserfolges durch Serien von Pneumozystogrammen. Strahlentherapie, 1935, 54: 538-48. Also Pennsylvania M.J., 1935-36, 39: 572-5.—Rose, B. K. An immobilizing retractor which allows direct exposure of bladder carcinoma to X-ray therapy. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 33: 664-8.— Schmitz, H., & Laibe, J. E. F. Roentgen-ray treatment of inoperable carcinomas of the urinary bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926,87:1541^1. Also repr.—Sighinolfi, G. Sulla rontgenterapia del carcinoma della vescica. Policlinico, 1922, 29: sez. prat., 1532-6—Smith, G. G. The treatment of bladder carcinoma by irradiation and diathermy. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 95: 1730-4. Also repr.—Waters, C. A. The new type of high-voltage roent- gen therapy in the treatment of carcinoma of the bladder. Am. J. Roentg., 1924, n.s., 11: 19-23. Also repr. ----- Deep roentgen-ray therapy in the treatment of carcinoma of the blad- der. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 1618-20. Also repr. ■--- Cancer—in animals. Ball, V., & Lombard, C. Cancer de la vessie : epitheliome in- termediaire ou dyskeratosique propage a 1'uterus, chez une jument. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1926, 15: 301-4.—Montpellier & Nyka. Sur 2 cas de cancers de la vessie chez le cheval. Ibid., 1930, 19: 132-7.—Riischer, W. Carcinoma solidum der Harn- blase eines Pferdes mit unspezifischer Tuberkulose-Komple- mentablenkung. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1931-32, 64: 29-34. ---Cancer—in women. Godard, H., & Koliopoulos, A. La cystectomie totale chez la femme dans le cancer de la vessie. Rev. chir., Par., 1932, 70: 201-14.—Herbst, R. H. Carcinoma of the bladder; treated by radium needles inserted in the tumor mass through the vaginal wall. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1923, 3: 1077-81—Jeanbrau, E. Une operation palliative bienfaisante dans certains cas de cancer de la vessie chez la femme. Arch. mal. reins, 1936-37,10:77-80 — latzko, W. Die Radikaloperation des Blasenkrebses beim Weibe. Zbl. Gyn., 1922, 46: 1714-8.— Rochet & Th§venot. Un cas de cystectomie totale chez une femme atteinte de cancer de la vessie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1923, 2: 53-8. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1923, 15: 210-5.—Stone, I. S. Primary carcinoma of the female bladder, with report of a case. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1921) 1922, 34: 33-44. Also Am. J. Obst., 1922, 3: 517-9. ---- Capacity. See Bladder, Cystometry. ---- Catheterization. See also Bladder, Injuries; Bladder, Irrigation; Bladder, Paralysis; Catheter; Prostate, Hyper- trophy: Treatment; Urethra, Injuries. Grebe, E. F. L. *Ueber die Verwendung von Myrmalyd als Prophylaktikum gegen Cystitis nach Katheterismus. 43p. 8? [Marb.] 1915. Roosen, R. *Ueber aseptisches Katheterisie- ren. 28p. 8? Heidelb., 1913. Brack, E. Ueber den Dauerkatheter beim Manne. Derm. Wschr., 1931, 93: 1470-4.—Browne, B. The catheter life. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1932,184: 95-7.—Burger, M. Die Lage des Blasenkatheters im Rontgenbilde. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 28: 7-14.—Cabot, H. Catheter cystitis; a misnomer. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1928, 21:1-5. -----& Loomis, J. L. Etiology and preven- tion of so-called catheter cystitis. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1925, 24: 32-8.—Bay, R. V. Catheterization of the female bladder. Pacific Coast J. Nurs., 1925, 21: 199-203.—Ebstein, E. History of catheterization. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1922, 26: 615.—Freund, P. Vorrichtung zur Befestigung eines Katheters (Verweilkatheter) Miinch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 2014.—Gianturco, G. L'applica- zione per via retrograda del catetere a permanenza negli epicisto- tomizzati temporanei (appunti di tecnica) Arch. ital. urol., 1928, 4:474-6.—Hryntschak, T. Technik des Katheterismus und der Blasenspulung. Mitt. Volksgesundhamt., Wien, 1929, 209-11.—Klika, M. Eine neue Methode von aseptischem Ure- terenkatheterismus bei infizierter Blase. Zschr. Urol., 1922, 16: 4-10.—Luys, G. La sonde a demeure. Clinique, Par., 1924, 19: 121-5.—Rosenburg, A. Ueber eine neue' Methode zur Befesti- gung des Dauerkatheters beim Manne. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 786.—Ross, J. C. Some observations on the indwelling catheter. Practitioner, Lond., 1936, 136: 638-44.—Scheffelaar Klots, T. Het katheteriseeren van de urine-blaas (indicaties, contra-indicaties en techniek) Geneesk. gids, 1932, 10: 1265; 1933, 11: 25.—Scherbak, A. L. Abschiirfungen der Harnrohre und ihre Vermeidung. Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 544-6.—Soresi, A. L. Aseptic catheterization of the urinary bladder. N. York M.J., 1920, 111: 10-2.—Stutzin, J. J. Ueber die anatomischen Grund- lagen fiir die Verwendung des Verweilkatheters und die sich daraus ergebenden Folgerungen. Zschr. Urol., 1919, 13: 57-9.— Vaquier. Nouveau dispositif pour fixer la sonde a demeure. Lyon chir., 1924, 21: 758.—Walker, G. An improved technic for catheterizing the male bladder. South. M.J., 1936, 29: 20J-H. ---- Cellulitis. See also Bladder, Perivesical tissue; Urine infiltration. Lieutatjd, P. M. *Les p6ricystites phlegmo- neuses. 86p. 8? Par., 1929. Arrues, L. B. Flemon lenoso perivesical abierto en vejiga. Sem. med., B. Air., 1933, 40: pt2, 128-30.—Legueu, F. Les peri- cystites phlegmoneuses diffuses (infiltration d'urine de la loge superieure) J. urol. med., Par., 25: 97-105.—Mascarenhas, O., & Wolfromm, G. Les cellulites periv6sicales d'origine urinaire. Arch. gen. med., Par., 1910, 211-40.—Platou, P. Suppurative cellulitis of bladder wall. Long Island M.J., 1926, 20: 444.— Uebelhbr, R. Ueber eine seltene Phlegmone der Harnblasen- wand. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1935, 48: 1270. ---- contracted. See also Bladder subheadings Fibrosis, Inflam- mation, Surgery, Tuberculosis, Ulcer. Heckel, H. *Ein Fall von Maydl'scher Oper ration bei Schrumpfblase. 18p. 8? Kiel, 1919. Albano, G., & Vecchiarelli, A. Contributo alio studio della vescicaretratta. Arch. ital.urol., 1926-27,3:465-72.—Birnbaum, R. Zur operativen Therapie der Schrumpfblase. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1920, 67: 841.—Eisenstaedt, J. S., & McDougaU, T. G. True hour-glass bladder; a consideration of its etiology and treatment. Arch. Surg., 1936, 32: 1007-18.—FlBrcken, H. Die Operation der Schrumpfblase. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1921, 68: 611.—Frontz, W. A. A clinical and pathological study of con- tracted bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1921, 14: 25-44, 2pl. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1921, 5: 491-511, 2pl— Hall, J. E. Report of a case of contracture of bladder following chemical cystitis. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1919-20, 12: 295—Huhne, T. Ueber einen Fall einer 2 Jahre lang beobachteten Dunndarm- ringplastik bei Schrumpfblase. Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 1338-45.— Kearns, W. M. A new method to bring about dilatation of the contracted bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1932, 36: 184-7. -----& Turkeltaub, S. M. Hourglass deformity of the urinary bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 29: 729-38.—Longacre, J. J. The treatment of contracted bladder with controlled tidal irrigation. Ibid., 1936, 36: 25-33.—Mayer, A. Ueber abnorme Kontraktions- zustande der Harnblase (Scheratumoren) Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn 1920 52:332-40. ----- Ueber chirurgische Behandlung der Schrumpfblase. Zbl. Gyn., 1921, 45: 225-9—Morton, H. H. Hour-glass bladder relieved by prostatectomy. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1926,19:173-9—Naegeli, T. Zur operativen 21767—vol. 2, 4th series---24 BLADDER 370 BLADDER Behandlung traumatischer und entziindlicher Schrumpfblasen sowie angeborener Blasenmissbildungen. Arch. Gyn., 1927, 132: 123-5. Also Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1927, 200: 445-9. Also Zbl. Gyn., 1927, 51: 2946-8—Paschkis, R. Ueber das in- krustierte Geschwiir der Blase und fiber die Schrumpfblase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1922, 9: 230-56.—Pastor, E. Microvejiga con retlujo vesicoureteral doble. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt2. i28-30.— Rubritius, H. Zur Frage der plastischen Erweiterung der Schrumpfblase. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol., 8. Kongr. (1928) 1929, 156-8.—Scheele, K. Ueber Vergrosserungsplastik der narbigen Schrumpfblase. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1923, 129: 414-22.—Sebe- oing, W. Die Diinndarmringplastik als Methode der Waiil zur Wiederherstellung des Fassungsvermogens bei Schrumpf- blase. Arch. klin. Chir., 1933, 177: 585-9.—Strassmann, P. Ersatz einer Schrumpfblase durch Transposition des S-roma- num. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 213. Also Zbl. Gyn., 1925, 49: 1122-9. Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1925, 89: 406-25. Also Zschr. Urol., 1925, 19: 583-600. ----- Patientin mit operierter Schrumpfblase. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol., 8. Kongr., (1928) 1929, 159. ---- Cyst. See also Bladder, Dermoid cyst and teratoma; Bladder, Inflammation, cystic. Altmann, F. Zur Kenntnis der Cysten an der hinteren Blasen- wand btim Manne. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928, 24: 438-47 — Livermore, G. R. Cyst of the bladder; report of a case. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1935, 28: 209-15.—Mandel, J. V. Ueber Blasencysten. Med. Klin., Berl7 1928, 24: 1702-4 — Oppenheimer, W. Schleimhautzysten in der Muskulatur der Blasenwand. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1921, 25: 334-41 — Rothschild, A. Ueber zwei Falle ungewohnlicher zystischer Geschwfilste der Harnblase, ihre Operation und Heilung. Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1918) 1919, 49: 179-83—Schroder, R. Cysten der Harnblase. Zschr. Urol., 1925,19: 450-7. ---- Cystometry. See also Bladder, Physiology; Bladder, Pres- sure. Herzberg, E. Ueber Messungen in der Blase. Zschr. Urol., 1921, 15: 475-82—Hirsch, E. W. A bladder manometer for diagnostic and therapeutic purposes. Am. J. Surg., 1928, n.s., 5: 118.—Munro, D. The activity of the urinary bladder as measured by a new and inexpensive cystometer. N. England J.M., 1936, 214: 617-24.—Muschat, M. The value of cystometry. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 33: 366-87. ----- Simplified interpreta- tion of cystometrograms; the 3-factor principle. Ibid., 1935, 34: 340-3. ----- & Johnston, C. G. A simple and inexpensive cystometer. Ibid., 1932, 27: 273-7.—Pearson, W. A. The ca- pacity of the normal urinary bladder. J. Am. Inst. Homceop., 1920-21, 13: 153-6.—Redewill, F. H. Bladder pressure and vol- ume determinations as aids in diagnosis; with description of a new recording instrument. California West. M., 1929, 30: 121-3.—Rose, D. K. Determination of bladder pressure with the cystometer. J. Am. M. Ass.. 1927,88: 151-7. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1927,17:487-501. ----- Cystometry. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 107.—Simons, I. The micro-cystometer; a portable instru- ment for cystometry and sphincterometry. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 34: 493-8. ----- Advances in the field of cystometry due to clinical studies with the sphincterometer; studies in bladder function (a preliminary report) Ibid., 1936, 36: 88-97. -----& Bisher, W. Recent advances in clinical cystometry by means of the microcystometer. N. York State J.M., 1936,36:1135-46.— Thompson, R. The capacity of, and the pressure of fluid in, the urinary bladder. J. Anat., Lond., 1918-19, 53: 241-53.—Bteau. La capacite vesicale. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1920, 34: 169-74.— Weyrauch, H. M. jr A simplified cystometer: elimination of the air cushion in a mercury manometer. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 103-8. ---- Cystoscopy. See also Cystoscope. Casper, L. Handbuch der Cystoskopie. 4.Aufl. 388p. 8? Lpz., 1921. ---- Also 5.Aufl. 398p. 1923. Kneise, O. Handatlas der Cystoskopie. 2.Aufl. 119p. 4? Lpz., 1926. Ringleb, O. Lehrbuch der Kystoskopie, einschliesslich der nach M. Nitzes Tod erzielten Fortschritte. 333p. roy.8? Miinch., 1927. Sandoval, R. L'uretro-cystoscopie au moyen de l'ur6tro-cystoscope d'Heitz-Boyer dans les lesions du col vesical et de l'uretre profond. 35p. 8? Par., 1926. Uteau, R. Causeries d'urologie. 312p. 12? Par., 1926. Wossidlo, E. Kystoskopischer Atlas; ein Lehrbuch fiir Studierende und Aerzte. 80p. 4? Lpz., 1921. ---- Also 2.Aufl. 98p. 1921. —— Also 3.Aufl. lllp. 1924. Albano, G. Urethrocystoskopie in der Gynakologie. Arch Gyn., Berl., 1931, 147: 515-31, pi—Barilari, B., & Moreyra Ber- nan, P. Cistoscopia experimental. Sem. med., B. Air., 1929, 36: 340-4.—Bellard, E. P. de. El cistoscopio y suimportanciaen urologia. Gac med. Caracas, 1928, 35: 177-80.—Berthold, F. Die Vorbereitung zur zystoskopischen Untersuchung. Schwes- ter, 1922, 5: 52-8.—Blum, V. Aseptische Cystoskopie. Med Klin., Berl., 1926. 22: 533-5. ----- Fiinfzig Jahre Zystoskopie Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42: 797-800—Brutt, H. Sakralaniis- thesie bei schwierigen Cystoskopien. Zbl. Chir., 1921, 48: 653-5.—Butterfield, P. M. Experiences with a new baby cystourethroscope. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n.s., 8: 102.—Camina, R, Cistoscopia hipogastrica. Med. ibera, 1921, 15: 197; 220.— Castaho, E. Valor de la cistoscopia en ginecologia. Sem. med B. Air., 1923, 30: 356-9.—Coyte, R. Cystoscopy. Practitioner Lond., 1929, 123: 430-4.—Culhgan, J. M., & Omohundro, M. P, Advantages of direct cystoscopy. Minnesota M., 1925, 8: 368-71.—D'Abreu, A. L., & Lysaght, A. C. Uraemic ulcerative colitis following cystoscopy. Brit. J. Urol., 1935, 7: 336; 1936, 8: 54.—Darget. Sur quelques cas de cystoscopie hypogastrique Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1924) 1925, 455-7.—Donahue, C. D. Mortality in cystoscopy. Northwest M., 1932, 31: 561-3.—Dor, A. La cystoscopie par voie hypogastrique chez les cystostomises. J. urol. med., Par., 1924, 17: 29-42.—Dorsey, T. M., & Mumey, N. A cystoscopy sheet to prevent exposure of the patient. Am. J. Surg., 1924, 38: 268—Fabricius-M011er, J. [Pyeloureterocystoscopy in congenital bladder diseases in chil- dren] Ugeskr. lseger, 1929, 91:802-5.—Ferulano, G. Cistoscopia. Gazz. med. nap., 1923, 6: 323.—Fulkerson, L. L. A new cysto- scope for female bladder and urethra. Am. J. Obst., 1923, 6: 125-7.—Goldbergas, T. [Cystoscopy during the last 50 years Medicina, Kaunas, 1929, 10: 921-7.—Goldenberg, T. Bemer- kung zu dem Artikel von Dr H. Brutt: Sakralanasthesie bei schwierigen Cystoskopien. Zbl. Chir., 1921, 48: 1^73.—Gold- stein, A. E., & McBee, T. J. Caudal analgesia in cystoscopy. J. Urol., Bait., 1926, 16: 85-92—Gorge. Die Bedeutung der Zystoskopie. Schwester, 1922, 5: 1-5.—Grandjean, A. Evolu- tion de l'endoscopie vesicale. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1919, 8: 135- 44.—Haines, J. B. The value of cystoscopy to urology. Penn- sylvania M.J., 1929-30, 33: 216.—Hayden, R. Some observations on direct vision cystoscopy. U.S. Nav. M. Bull., 1924, 21: 65-8.—Hinman, F. The cystoscopic study of urologic conditions in children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1919, 17: 305-10.—Joseph, E. Paraffin als Fullmittel fiir schwierige cystoskopische Untersu- chungen und zur Verstiirkung der Chemokoagulation. Zschr. Urol., 1924, 18: 662—Keller, O. [Cysto-urethroscopy] Ugeskr. laeger, 1928, 90: 483-5.—Kirkland, S. A. Cystoscopy. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1934, 23: 194.—Kornitzer, E. Zur Technik der Cystoskopie durch die suprapubische Fistel. Zschr. Urol., 1932, 26: 266.—Lavandera, M. A camera for cystophotography. Am. J. Surg., 1925, 39: 112.—Lewis, B. Operative and diag- nostic cystoscopy. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1920, 13: (J3-72.— Lichtenberg, A. von. Lokalaniisthesie bei schwierigen Cysto- skopien. Zbl. Chir., 1921, .48: 1109.—Linzenmeier, G. Ueber Cystoskopie in der luftgefullten Blase. Zbl. Gyn., 1921, 45: 1786-8.—Low, H. T. The major indications for cystoscopy. Colorado M., 1930, 27: 334-6—Lucri, T. L'utilita dell' olio di paraffina nelle cistoscopie difficili dovute ad un rapido intor- bidamento del mezzo vescicale. Arch. ital. urol., 1926-27, 3: 351-4.—Maier, O. Ueber Stromquellen fiir die Cystoskopie. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 321-3.—Marion, G. Semeiologie cystosco- pique. J. urol. med., Par., 1925,19: 331-6.—Mark, E. G. Cystos- copy, its use and abuse. J. Urol., Bait., 1924, 12: 71-6.— Marshall, L. B. Cystoscopy and report of 3 unusual cases. Med. Progr., 1924, 40: 211-3. Also U.S. Nav. M. Bull., 1924,20: 207-11.—Muller, A. Zu den Go^hren der Zystoskopie und des Katheterismus. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 651.—Muller, J. Ueber die Fortschritte in der Erkennung der Blasenkrank- heiten seit der Einfuhrung der neuen Cystoskope. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1933-34, 242: 650-4—Munger, A. D., & Wrenn, S. M. Routine caudal block in cystoscope examination. U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1935, 12: 41-3— Neff, J. H. Kelly cystoscopy in the male. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81: 2185.— Ottow, B. Die praktische Bedeutung der Farbfiltercysto- skopie. Zbl. Gyn., 1927, 51: 1184-93.—Parmenter, F. J. Some observations on operative cystoscopic technic. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1922, 26: 205-8—Pelouze, P. S. What the cystoscopy of to-day means to physician and patient. Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 120: 316-8. ----- The imperative need for cystoscopy in the urogenital diagnosis of general medicine. Med. Clin. N. America, 1930-31, 14: 909-16. Also Pennsylvania M.J., 1932, 36: 846.—Pirondini, E. Le indicazioni d'urgenza della cistosco- pia diagnostica. Gazz. med. sicil., 1922, 25: 113-8. Also Riv. osped., 1922, 12: 59-62. ----- Della cistoscopia sovrapubica. Arch. ital. urol., 1924, 1: 78-80.—Raimoldi, G. Un cistoure- troscopio guidato. Policlinico, 1923,30: sez. prat., 998.—Ringleb, O. Ueber einige Vorteile bei der Cystoskopie infolge zweck- massiger Regelung der Beleuchtung. Zschr. Urol., 1923, 17: 406-14. ----- Fiinfzig Jahre Kystoskopie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 1621-4—Roche, A. E. Cystoscopy and the general practitioner. Clin. J., Lond., 1932, 61: 193; 212. Also Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1934, 188: 127-30.—Roe, A. S. The value of the cystoscope as a means of diagnosis in urology. Med. J. Australia, 1920, 1: 25-7.—Rouville, G. de, & Besmonts, E. De la cystoscopie dans les affections inflammatoires utero-an- nexielles. Gyn. obst., Par., 1921, 4: 503-5.—Schmidt, L. £■ Cystoscopy; catheterization. In Abt's Pediatrics, Phila., 1924, 4: 1157-60.—Smith, A. L. The value of saligenin, a new non- toxic local anesthetic, in cystoscopic examinations. Nebraska M.J., 1922, 7: 286—Stolz, C. E. Cystoscopic experiences. UroL BLADDER 371 BLADDER Cut Rev 1930, 34: 825—Stutzin, J. J. Kinemaskopie (Kysto- skopia kinematografica) Arch klin Chir., 1923, 126: 37. Also Zschr Urol, 1923, 17: 675-8. Also Gazz. osp., 1930, 51: 1393-5. ____' Soil der praktische Arzt zystoskopische Diagnostik und Therapie treiben? Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 574—Thomson-Walker, Sir J. Cystoscopy in diagnosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1926, 116: 32-41 —Timberlake, G. Diagnostic and operative cystoscopy. Urol'Cut Rev., 1929, 33: 454-8.—Valerio, A. A cystoscopia de visao directa. Arch, brasil. med., 1929, 19: 90-2—Vogel. Asep- sis bei endovesikalen Eingriffen und aseptische Cystoskope. Zschr Urol., 1926, 20: 297-300.—Wardill, W. E. M. A technique for cystoscopy in the presence of pus and blood. Lancet, Lond 1924, 1: 179.—Wehrbein, H. L. Cystoscopy reactions. Ann Surg., 1928, 87: 435-41.—Young, H. H. Demonstration of a new combined cystoscopic and X-ray table. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass. (1920) 1921, 12: 344-7, 10, pi. --- Cystoscopy—in animals. Cliza, S. Ueber Cystoskopie und intravenose Pyelographie bei Haustieren. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1931, 63: 307-17.— Kinoshita, K. Practicabilitv of the cystoscopical examination on rabbits. Acta Derm., Kyoto, 1932, 20: 132-5—Pflaumer. Verwendbarkeit und Technik der Zystoskopie am Hunde. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1919, 66: 687.—Schmidt, H. Die Cysto- skopie beim Rind. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1925, 33: 165 — Tuchner, A. S. Zur Zystoskopie am Hunde. Miinch. tierarztl. Wschr, 1919, 70: 779-81.—Vatti, G. La cistoscopia nei grandi animali domestici. Nuovo ercolani, 1921, 26: 61-72— Vermooten, V. Cystoscopy in male and female dogs. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1929-30, 15: 650-7. --- Decompression. See Bladder, Distention: Decompression. --- Deformity. See also Bladder, Abnormities; Bladder, con- tracted; Bladder, Hernia; Pelvis, Tumors. Levy-Dreyfus, R. Un cas de curieuse deformation vesicale. Strasbourg med., 1934, 94: 641.—Nicolaysen, N. A. [Some de- formities of the bladder] Med. rev., Bergen, 1925, 42: 51-60 — Sealitzer, M. Die Veranderung der Blasengestalt bei oflenen Bruchpforten. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1921-22, 34: 132-7. ----- Lage und Gestalt der Blase bei raumbeengenden Pro- zessen des Beckens. Wien. med. Wschr., 1921, 71: 1724-8. --- Dermoid and teratoma. Costa, G. Tumore dermoide della vescica con grosso calcolo sviluppato attorno ad un dente e ad un'eminenza cutanea (Papilla del Wilms) estirpazione con resezione parziale della vescica; guarizione (contributo clinico anatomo patologico alia conoscenza etiologica e patogenetica delle cisti dermoidi sem- plici o composte complicate della vescica) Arch. ital. urol., 1928, 4: 317-83.—Esau. Blasenwandteratom, Verlagerung der Blase durch einen primaren Douglas-Echinokokkus und akute Harnverhaltung. Zschr. Urol., 1933, 27: 155-63—Hue. Une observation d'embryome vesical. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1927, 6: 211-5—Ichikawa, T. Ein seltener Fall von gestieltem, pnma- rem Harnblasen-Dermoid. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1930, 30: 28.— Marinacci, S. Cisti dermoide della vescica. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. prat., 421—Murata, T. A case of dermoid cyst grown in the bladder. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1927, 7: 61. Also in Med. Conf. Addr. Commemor. New Dairen Hosp., 1927, 56.—Pollack, A. D. Malignant teratoma of the urinary bladder. Am. J. Path., 1936, 12: 561-8, pi—Schurch, O. Ueber ein Teratom der Harnblase. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1923, 29: 173-83—Wright- Smith, R. J. Malignant teratoma (teratogenous sarcoma) of the urinary bladder. J. Coll. Surg. Australas., 1929-30, 2: 271-3. --- Dilatation. See also Ureter, Dilatation. Chandra Das, P. Congenital dilatation of the foetal urinary bladder. Ind. M. Gaz., 1933, 68: 513-5—Poynton, F. J., & Shel- don, W. P. H. On dilatation of the bladder and ureters in chud- hood. Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1927, 2: 251-66—Tattersall, S. R. Idiopathic dilatation of the bladder and ureter. Lancet, Lond., 1921, 1: 534. ■--- Diseases. Pasteau, O., Arcelin [et al.] Maladies de la vessie. 1154p. 8? Par., 1921. Forms v.4 of Encycl. fr. urol. (Pousson & Desnos) Zuckerkandl, O. Die ortlichen Erkrankun- gen der Harnblase. 2.Aufl. 191p. 8? Wien, 1915. Bonney, C. W. Diseases of the bladder. Progr. Med., Phila., 1922, 4: 158-62—Cagnetto, G. Stato linfatico della vescica uri- naria. Atti Ist. Veneto sc. lett. arti, 1917-18, 77: 359-72- Casper, L. Erkrankungen der Blase. In Spez. Path. Ther. inn. Krankh., Berl., 1920, 7: 34-67— Bunajewsky, L. I., & Michejew, W. W. Zur klinischen Bedeutung des Schrammschen Symp- toms. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1931, 33: 334-47—Furbringer. Ueber organische und funktionelle Blasenleiden. Zschr. arztl. fort- bild., 1929, 26: 137-40.—Heymann, A. Lichen ruber planus der Blase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1927, 22: 224-9—Keller, O. [Physi- ology and pathology of the bladder] Ugeskr. laeger, 1934, 96: 27-37.—Mohr, F. Ueber die Behandlung der militarisch einge- zogenen Blasenkranken. Med. Klin., Berl., 1918, 14: 831.— Muller, L. R. Erkrankungen der Blase und Storungen der Harnentleerung. In Handb. arztl. Erfahr. Weltkr., Lpz., 1921, 3:587-96.—Para, P. Sopra una rara lesione della vescica urinaria. Policlinico. 1923, 30: sez. prat., 496-8.—Portner, E. Erkrankun- gen der Blase. Med. Klin., Berl., 1922, 18: 1559; 1923, 19: 59; 149.—Ries, K. Ueber Blasenerkrankungen im Kriege. Med. Kor. Bl. Wiirttemberg, 1918, 88: 265-8—Ringleb. Die Fort- schritte in der Erkennung und Behandlung der Blasenkrank- heiten in den letzten 10 Jahren. Zschr. Urol., 1922, 16:308-15.- Schmidt, L. E. Diseases of the bladder. In Abt's Pediatrics, Phila., 1924,4: 1137-56. Diseases: Causes. Carajannopoulos, G., & Grigorakis, C. Les troubles vfisicaux d'origine appendiculaire. J. urol. med., Par., 1928, 26: 24-8.— Haines, C. N. Coccydynia as a cause of prolonged, distressing bladder symptoms. Bull. Guthrie Clinic, 1935, 5: 37.—Muller, A. Ueber Blasenveranderungen durch Amine; Erfahrungen aus dem Industriegebiet Basel. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932-33, 30: 202-19.—Pelouze, P. S. Habit factors in bladder symptoms and pathology. Tr. Coll. Physicians, Phila., 1924, 46: 639-49. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1925, 13: 679-87—Wignall, T. H. Incidence of disease of the bladder in workers in certain chemicals. Brit. M.J., 1929,2: 291-3. ---- Diseases: Diagnosis, See also Bladder, Examination. Cadwallader, J. M., & Brown, A. A. Bladder symptoms; their diagnostic and clinical significance. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1920, 24: 643.—Fabian, K. Blasenerkrankung mit ileusartigen Er- scheinungen. Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54: 983.—Furbringer. Zur Diagnose der Blasenkrankheiten. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1926, 32: 215-20.—Howard, C. C. Bladder symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment. Kentucky M.J., 1924, 22: 572.—Livermore, G. R. The proper interpretation of bladder symptoms. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1918-19, 11: 217-20.—McCoy, S. C. The significance of vesical symptoms. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1926, 30: 418-20.—Ver- mooten, V. The interpretation of bladder symptoms. N. York State J.M., 1931, 31: 1435-7. ---- Diseases: Treatment. Dacla, G. *L'ionisation dans les affections de la vessie. 46p. 8? Par., 1923. Borgbjaerg, A. [Dietetic treatment of diseases of the blad- der] Hospitalstidende, 1933, 76:841-52.—Buben, I. de. Traite- ment des affections vesicales par la diathermie. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1926, 40: 374.—Camescasse. L'eau vinaigree topique speeifique de la vessie. Bull. gen. ther., 1918-19, 170: 751-7.— Courtade, B., & Cottenot, P. Emploi therapeutique des courants de haute frequence dans les affections vesicales d'origine organique. J. radiol. electr., 1921, 5: 392-400—Finzi, N. S. Radiotherapy and electrotherapy in diseases of the bladder and prostate. Lancet, Lond., 1925, 1: 281-3—Fuchs, F. Zur Diuretinbehandlung bei Reizzustanden der Harnblase. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1930, 43: 1473.—Furbringer. Praktisch-therapeu- tische Fragen bei Blasenerkrankungen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 1002-5.—Hryntschak, T. Die Saure-Alkalibehandlung der Nieren-Blasenerkrankungen. Zbl. inn. Med., 1933, 54: 482; 513.—Kolischer, G., & Jones, A. E. Some technical points in endo-vesical coagulation. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1931, 35: 33.— Krbber, F. Kamillosantherapie bei tropischen Nieren- und Blasenerkrankungen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1932, 79: 2082 — Meschede, H. Ueber Bestrahlung des Blaseninneren mit ultra- violettem Licht. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1932, 45: 1350-2—Peder- sen. V. C. Therapeusis of the bladder. Med. Times, N.Y., 1925 53: 117; 129—Pleschner, G. Behandlung von Blasener- krankungen mit Agoleum. Wien. med. Wschr., 1922, 72: 657.— Rosenburg, A. Die endovesicale Thermokoagulation. Chi- rurg, Berl., 1928-29,1: 361-71. Also Erg. Chir. Orthop., 1928, 21: 271-337— Scheele, K. Die endovesikale Elektrokoagulation (Indikationen, Technik, Ergebnisse) Erg. med. Strahlen- forsch 1926, 2: 433-508.—Schonfeld. Jodkalifullungsmethode bei Blasenerkrankungen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1921, 71: 508-10. Diseases—in women. Hagedorn, E. *Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss der Geburt und gynakologischer Opera- tionen auf die Blase [Freiburg i. Br.] 31p. 8? Aachen, 1929. . Beasley, B. T. Bladder symptoms in the female due to altered mechanics of the pelvic structures. Bull. Fulton Co. M Soc 1934-35, 9: 3.—Buben, I. von. Thermopenetration in der Therapie der weiblichen Blasenerkrankungen. Deut. med. Wscnr 1922, 48: 1643. Also Zbl. Gyn., 1922, 46: 1145-9.- Chynoweth, W. R. Intractable bladder disturbance in women. J Michigan M. Soc, 1926, 25: 274-8—Couvreux. Troubles vesi- caux au cours de la puerpcralite. Progr. med., Par., 1922, 3.ser., 35' 472-4 —Crabtree, E. G., Brodney, M. L. [et al.] Roentgeno- logical diagnosis of urological and gynecological diseases of the female bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 52-69.-Kolischer, G. Clinical relations of the female bladder to the other organs. BLADDER 372 BLADDER Urol. Cut. Rev., 1920, 24: 185.—Mraz, J. C. Interpretation of bladder symptoms in the female. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1921, 14: 77-80.—Noyes, I. H. The interpretation of bladder symp- toms in women. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1927, 31: 450-2.—Padgett, E. E. Interpretation of female bladder symptoms. Ibid., 1921, 25: 324-7. ----- Pathology involving the female bladder. Med. Arts, 1931, 34: 702-6.—Prather, G. C. Postpartum bladder complications. Am. J. Obst., 1929, 17: 215-26.—Randall, L. M., & Murray, S. E. The bladder post partum. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 2023-5—Stevens, W. E., & Arthurs, E. The female bladder. Ibid., 1924, 83: 1656-63.—Stone, E., & McCann, J. Significance of bladder symptoms in women. Rhode Island M.J., 1922, 5: 253-7.—Waters, E. G. Vesical symptoms in the female. Am. J. Obst., 1934, 27: 281-3. ---- Displacement. See Bladder, Hernia. ---- Distention. See also Bladder, Paralysis. Bier, A. Die Erklarung der Ischuria paradoxa und des Kardiospasmus. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 901.—Creevy, C. D. Vesical distention; effects on the motor mechanism of the upper urinary tract; an experimental study. Arch. Surg., 1934, 29: 723-40.—Landivar, R. Dos observaciones de retention incom- pleta cronica con distension vesical y fenomenos de infeccion urinaria de causa poco comrin. Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1926, 33: 956-8.—Licata, N. Sovradistensioue vescicale da incarcera- mento di utero gravido retroflesso diagnosticata per cisti ovarica torta sul peduncolo. Clin, ostet., 1928, 30: 731-3.—Mercier. O. A propos d'un cas de distension chronique de la vessie. Union med. Canada, 1927, 56: 639-41.—Michon, E. Oravite de la reten- tion d'urine avec distension. Sem. hop. Paris, 1927, 3: 395-403.— Nora, G. Les distendus vesicaux chroniques a vessie flasque. J. med. Paris, 1934, 54: 491; 847.—Papin, E. De la distension gazeuse de la vessie avant cystostomie. Arch. mal. reins, 1929- 30, 4: 485.—Praetorius, G. Akute Ischuria paradoxa. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 717.—Riesman, D. Unusually distended bladder simulating ascites. Med. Clin. N. America, 1929-30, 13: 789-92.—Waldschmidt, M. Zur Therapie der iiberdehnten Harnblase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1922, 10: 416-9. ---- Distention: Decompression. See also Bladder, Drainage; Bladder, Punc- ture; Bladder, Surgery: Cystostomy. Bailey, H. Treatment of acute retention of urine, with spe- cial reference to decompression of the bladder. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1935, 190: 170-3.—Boulanger, L. Fausset a debit rfiglable pour l'6vacuation lente des vessies distendues. J. urol. med., Par., 1923, 16: 295.—Campbell, M. F. Studies in bladder decompression. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1926, 19: 135-44. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 17: 371-80— Cathelin, F. Le traitement des grands distendus vfesicaux. Progr. med., Par., 1927, 42: 353-7.—Creevy, C. D. Sudden decompression of the chronically distended urinary bladder; a clinical and pathologic study. Arch. Surg., 1932, 25:356-85. ----- Distention of the urinary bladder; hematuria and sudden emptying; an experi- mental and clinical study. Ibid., 1934, 28: 948-73.—Ehrich, W. S. Simple device for bladder decompression. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 83: 1331.—Fitzgerald, J. S. A simplified set for con- trolled decompression of the urinary bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 82-4—Foulds, G. S. The giadual withdrawal of residual urine from the chronically overdistended bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1921, 5: 453-9.—Keyes, E. L. Cases illustrating the use of bladder decompression. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1929, 22: 365-73.—Kielleuthner. Ueber die zweckmassige Ent- leerung hochgradig und chronisch gestauter aseptischer Harn- blasen. Chirurg, Berl., 1931, 3: 716—Mitchell, W. E. M. Treat- ment of distension overflow of urine. Lancet, Lond.. 1926, 2: 1025.—Shaw, E. C, & Young, H. H. Gradual decompression in chronic vesical distention; presentation of a decompressing manometer and automatic bladder irrigator. J. Urol., Bait., 1924, 11: 373-94.—Van Zwalenburg, C. Emptying a chronically distended bladder; description of a simple device. J. Am. M. Ass., 1920, 75: 1711. ---- Diverticulum. See also Bladder, Abnormities; Bladder, con- tracted; Bladder, double. Dittrich, R. *Harnblasendivertikel. 54p. 8? Bresl., 1916. Dreyfus, M. R. *Physiologie des diverticules vesicaux; 6tude anatomique et radioscopique [Paris] 102p. 8? Gourney-en-Brav, 1928. Fischer, F. *Ueber Harnblasendivertikel. 43p. 8? Heidelb., 1929. Geishecker, H. *Beitrag zur Pathologie, Klinik und Therapie des Blasendivertikels. 21 p. 8? [Berl.] 1930. Heinichen, K. *Harnblasendivertikel unter besonderer Berucksichtigung eigener Beobach- tungen [Jena] 22p. 8? Borna-Lpz., 1929. Husch, P. *Ueber Blasendivertikel. 38p. 8? Jena, 1934.. Jacoby, I. *Ueber Harnblasendivertikel an Hand von 6 Fallen. 24p. 8? Giessen, 1926. Prekajski, B. *Das Harnblasendivertikel 24p. 8? [Lpz.] 1927. Barnett, T. The diagnosis and treatment of diverticulum of the bladder. Newcastle M.J., 1930-31, 11: 77-87—Beer, E. Diverticulum of the bladder. Ann. Surg., 1927, 85: 927-30.— Berne-Lagarde, de. Ce qu'il faut savoir sur les diverticules de la vessie. Hopital, 1922, 10: 610-2.—Bischoff. Ueber drei Falle von Harnblasendivertikel. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1920, 5: 123-34.— Bloch, A., & Frank, P. Ueber Blasendivertikel. Ibid., 1923,12: 242-9.—Blum, V. Harnblasendivertikel; neue Erfahrungen und kritische Literaturstudie. Ibid., 290-302.—Bonneau, R. Un cas de diverticule vesical. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1920, 9: 272-6.— Borchardt, M. Zur Kenntnis der Blasendivertikel. Ther Gegenwart, 1925, 66: 216-24.—Butler d'Ormond, R. de. Les diverticules de la vessie. Rev. gen. clin. th6r., 1919, 33: 809.— Cappellen, D. van [Diverticulum of the bladder] Ned. tschr geneesk., 1934, 78: 4425-31, pi—Cary, S. B. Vesical diverticu- lum, with report of 4 cases. Virginia M. Month., 1921-22, 48: 622-4.—Cassuto, A. Experiences with diverticula of the bladder Urol. Cut. Rev., 1928, 32: 592-7.—Cavalcante, M. Sobre em caso de diverticulo da bexiga. Brasil med., 1919, 33: 310. Also Tribuna med., Rio, 1919, 25: 157-9.—Cifuentes, P. Un caso de diverticulo vesical. Med. ibera, 1918, 2: 58-60. Also Urol Cut. Rev., 1919, 23: 285.—Cipriani, G. Diverticoli vescicali. Boll. spec. med. chir., 1932, 6: 421-50.—Cope, Z. Diverticulum of the bladder. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1935, 58: 92.—Cottalorda, J. Les diverticules de la vessie. Marseille med., 1923, 60: 277-90.— Cristol. Sur un cas de vessie diverticulaire. J. urol. med., Par 1917-18, 7: 589.—Crosbie, A. H. Diverticula of the bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1921, 14: 53-66. Also J. Urol. Bait., 1922, 7: 353-66.—Cross, W. W. Diverticulum of bladder. Pacific Coast J. Homceop., 1934, 45: 52-4, pi.—Davis, R. L. Di- verticula of the bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 93-8.— Dutta, S. A case of diverticulum of the urinary bladder. Cal- cutta M.J., 1924-25, 19: 295—Fletcher, H. N. Two cases of diverticulum of the bladder. Brit. M.J., 1922, 2: 44—Freund, R. Sulle sacche urinarie. Arch, ostet. gin., 1934, 3.ser., 21: 367-71.—Fronz, O. Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Harnblasen- divertikel. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1920, 33: 1132.—Fullerton, A. Diverticulum of the bladder. Irish J.M. Sc, 1928, 6.ser., 166, 2pl.—Gayet, G. Diverticule de la vessie. Lyon chir., 1922, 19: 641; 1935, 32: 212. -----& Cibert, J. Quelques cas de diverti- cules de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1925, 19: 473-505.— Gayet, G., & Gauthier, C. Les diverticules de la vessie. Ibid., 1922,14:293-7. Also Gaz. hop., 1922, 95: 1349-54. Also Presse m6d., 1922, 30: 900-3— Geist, G. A. Bladder diverticula; report of 2 cases. Minnesota M., 1925, 8: 359-62.—Gomis, R. Un caso de diverticulo vesical. Medicina, Alex., 1935, 15: 45—Gripe- koven. Les diverticules de la vessie. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles 1929, 30: 101-19. Also Bruxelles med., 1929, 9: 978-89—Hayes, B. A. Diverticulum of urinary bladder. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1933, 26: 45-7.—Herrmannsdorfer, A. Ueber Blasendivertikel. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1926, 196: 399-415.—Hinman, F. Vesical diverticulum; a clinical analysis of 21 cases. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1919, 29: 150-72.—Jarosz, H. Zur Kenntnis der Harnblasen- divertikel. Zschr. Urol., 1925, 19: 722-33—Judd, E. S., & Scholl, A. J. Diverticulum of the urinary bladder. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1924, 38: 14-26— Kazmer, J. [Diverticulum of the bladder] Gyogyaszat, 1926, 66: 536-8—Krasa, F. C, & Paschkis, R. Zwei Falle von Blasendivertikeln bei Saugetieren. Zschr. Urol., 1920, 14: 443-6.—Kretschmer, H. L. Diverticulum of the bladder. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1929, 48: 404-7.—Kutzmann, A. A. Diver- ticulum of the urinary bladder; an analysis of 100 cases. Ibid., 1933, 56: 898-906.—L., J. Les diverticules de la vessie. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1923, 37: 219-21.—Lahayville. Histoire et iconographie d'un diverticule vesical. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1927, 30: 126-36.—Lasio, G. B. I diverticoli della vescica. Ann. ital. chir., 1924, 3: 1070-4. Also Arch. ital. urol., 1924-25, 1: 532-6. Also Morgagni, 1924, 66: 1449. Also Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1924, 5: 770-3. Also Riforma med., 1924, 40: 1117— Laurenti, T. I diverticoli della vescica. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. chir., 152- 76.—Legueu, F. Les diverticules de la vessie. Progr. med., Par., 1922, 3.ser., 35: 26-8. Also Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1923, 37: 581-4. ----- & Papin, E. Les diverticules de la vessie. Arch. urol. Necker, 1921-22, 3: 333-460, 22pl.—Lower, W. E. Diverticula of the urinary bladder. Arch. Surg., 1921, 3: 38-55. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 52: 324-9. -----& Higgins, C. C. Diverticula of the urinary bladder; with report of 110 cases. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 20: 635-61—Lynch, K. D. Diverticulum of the bladder. Southwest. M., 1921-22, 5: no. 10, 7-11— Martin, L. A propos d'un diverticule vesical. Lyon med., 1920, 129:623.— Noszkay, A. [Cases of diverticulum of the bladder] Gyogya- szat, 1929, 68: 266-8.—O'Day, J. C. Diverticulum of the male urinary bladder. Ann. Surg., 1931, 94: 1061-5—Peacock, A. H. Diverticula of the urinary bladder. Northwest M., 1935, 34: 335-9.—Pedroso, G., & Lequerica, P. G. Diverticulos vesicales. Arch. Hosp. mun. Habana, 1922, 1: 361-75.—Pleschner, H. 0. Blasendivertikel. Wien. med. Wschr., 1925, 75: 2448. Also Zschr., urol. Chir., 1922, 9: 197-218—Polkey, H. J. Diverticula of the urinary bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1927, 31: 67; 135.- Pugh, W. S. Diverticulum of the urinary bladder. Surg Gyn. Obst., 1927, 45: 629-36. Also Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 130: 203-9. Also repr.—Reay, E. R. Diverticulum of the urinary bladder. N. Zealand M.J., 1933, 32: 75-86, pi.—Renner, A. Die Diver- BLADDER 373 BLADDER tikel der Harnblase. Erg. Chir. Orthop., 1926, 19: 543-82.- Renton, J. M. Notes on a case of diverticulum of the bladder. Glasgow M.J., 1923, 100: 1-4. Also Tr. R. Med. Chir. Soc Glasgow, 1923, 17: 197-200.— Rihmer, B. Blasendivertikel. Verh. ungar. arztl. Ges., 1933, 5: 19.—Robreno Gomis. Un caso de diverticulo vesical. Med. ibera, 1934, 29: pt2, 21.—Rolnick, H. C„ & McNulty, P. H. Diverticulum of the bladder, with report of an unusual case; review of the literature. Illinois M.J., 1935, 67: 184-8.—Rosenthal. Ueber Divertikelbildung an der Harnblase und am Harnleiter. Arch. klin. Chir., 1927 144: 404-8 —Scargill, H. B. Two cases of diverticula of the bladder. Brit. J. Radiol., 1924, 29: B.A.R.P. sect., 323.—Secord, E. R, Diverticula of the urinary bladder. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1921, 11: 252-5.—Sennels, A. [Diverticulum of the urinary bladder] Hospitalstidende, 1923, 66: 505-11.—Siedner, E. Blasendiver- tikel. Zschr. Urol., 1924, 18: 139-44.—Simon, L. Beitrag zur Symptomatologie, Diagnostik und Therapie der echten Blasen- Divertikel. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1923, 130: 4-19—Singleton, A. O. Diverticula of the urinary bladder. Med. Rec, S. Antonio, 1924, 18: 219.—Sisk, I. R. Diverticulum of the bladder; report of a case. Wisconsin M.J., 1922-23, 21: 235. ----- Diverticu- lum of the bladder; report of an unusual case. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 17: 255-8.—Spinelli, A. I diverticoli della vescica. Poli- clinico, 1932, 39: sez.chir., 390-405.—Stewart, R. B. Diverticu- lum of the bladder; with report of an unusual case. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1921, 25: 463-5.—Teel, C. Diverticulum of the bladder; an analysis of 31 cases. Arch. Surg., 1929, 18: 1896-903—Toul- son, W. H. Diverticula of the bladder. South. M.J., 1927, 20: 564-7.—Bzac. Deux observations de diverticule du sommet de la vessie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1926, 5: 66-70. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1926, 21: 248-52.—Valdes, U. Diverticulo de la vejiga. Gac. med. Mexico, 1920-21, 4.ser., 55: 63-70. Also An. Sanat. Valdes, 1925, 1: 227-38.—Walters, W., & Mulholland, S W. Di- verticulum of the bladder ; report of 6 cases. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1930, 5: 347-9.—Woerden, J. van [Diverticulum of the bladder] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1932, 76: pt3, 3674-7.—Young, H. M. A case of diverticulum at the vesical orifice. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1922, 26: 140.—Zagni, L. Sopra un caso di diverticoli vescicali. Arch. ital. urol., 1925-26, 2: 490-500. ---- Diverticulum: Causes. Aievoli, E. Per lo studio dei reliquati uraco-allantoidei e dei diverticoli vescicali. Ann. ital. chir., 1930, 9: 365-78.— Anchelevich, V. D. [Pathogenesis of diverticulum of the blad- der] Urologiya, 1932,' 10: 40-5.—Blum, V. Blasendivertikel und Prostatahypertrophie. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol., 8. Kongr. (1928) 1929, 57-77.—Braganti, A. Su di un caso di malattia del collo con diverticoli vescicali ed altre malformazioni. Osp. maggiore Novara, 1934,11:187-92.—Caulk, J.R. The ureter as a possible origin of certain diverticula of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 21: 23-5.—Chwalla, R. Zur Aetiologie der Blasen- divertikel; klinische Beobachtungen an 76 Divertikelfallen. Arch. klin. Chir., 1930, 160: 567-622.—Creyssel. Diverticule ouraquien de la vessie. Lyon mfid., 1924, 133: 531-3.—Heitz- Boyer. Diverticules de vessie et diverticulite prostatique; nouvelles observations montrant la coexistence des 2 lesions. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1934, 83-8. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1934, 37: 278-84.—Hinman, F. The etiology of vesical diverticulum. J. Urol., Bait., 1919, 3: 207-46. Also repr.—Hromada, G. Um caso de diverticulo vesical post-operatorio n'uma ovario-salpingite chronica; cura pela operacao. Arch, brasil. med., 1923, 13: 797-801.—Hryntschak, T. [Blasendivertikel und Prostatahyper- trophie] Wien. med. Wschr., 1919, 69: 1430— Loumeau. Hy- pertrophic de la prostate et diverticules de la vessie. J. med. Bordeaux, 1919, 49: 296.—Maier, O. Dasechte Blasendivertikel, seine Aetiologie und Klinik. Arch. klin. Chir., 1924, 132: 265-95—Noszkay, A. Beitrage zur Frage des Blasendivertikels. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 28: 462-8.—Petren, G. Ein kasuistischer Beitrag zur Frage der Blasendivertikel. Acta chir. scand., 1931, 68: 285-96, 4pL—Pugh, W. S. A modern conception of bladder diverticulum. Internat. J.M.&S., 1932, 45: 108— Reynard. Diverticule vesical et prostate. Lyon med., 1923,132: 299-301 — Robinson, R. H. O. B. The significance of vesical diverticula. Brit. J. Urol., 1935, 7: 313-20.—Rose, B. K. The pathogenesis of bladder diverticula. Arch. Surg., 1927,14: 554-65. Also repr — Simon, K. Beitrag zur Frage der Divertikelbildung der Harn- blase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1921, 6: 59-68—Sindoni, M. Grande diverticolo della vescica consecutivo a calcolosi. Arch. ital. urol., 1926-27, 3: 179-85.—Stern, M. Vesical sacculation compli- cating prostatic hypertrophy. Internat. J.S., 1921, 34: 404.— Timberlake, G. Bladder diverticulum associated with obstruc- tive urethral papilloma. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1931, 35: 55—Tra- bucco, A. Diverticulos vesicales y cuello de vejiga. Rev. As. med. argent., 1934, 48: 155; 219.—Walters, W., & Mulholland, S. W. The relation of diverticula of the bladder to obstruction of the vesical neck. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1932, 55:104-10— Watson, E. M. The development basis for certain vesical diverticula. J. Am. M. Ass., 1920, 75: 1473. ■---- Diverticulum: Clinical aspect. Bitschai, J. Harnleiterriickfluss und Blasendivertikel. Zschr. Urol., 1927, 21: 294-300.—Blum, V. Die klinische Bedeu- tung des Harnblasendivertikels. Wien. med. Wschr., 1930, 80: 173-5.—Cernezzi, A. I diverticoli vescicali. Gazz. osp., 1928, 49: 1437-9.—Escat. Diverticules de la vessie et retentions chro- niques. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1923, 26: 391-403—Levy, S. I. Diverticulum of bladder in a young man. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect, urol., 54.—McNeill, W. H. A case of diverticulum of the bladder in a young adult, Internat. J.S., 1918, 31:368.—Negro, M., & Blanc, H. La minzione in due tempi nei diverticoli vescicali. Arch. ital. urol., 1924, 1: 375-82.— Praetorius, G. Ueber die Ursachen der Retention bei der Diver- tikelblase (zugleich Erwiderung auf die Arbeit Blums) Zschr. urol. Chir., 1923, 14: 46-57.—Pruvost, A. Un cas de dysurie due a un diverticule de la vessie. Clinique, Par., 1935, 30: 92.— Reinle, G. G., & Be Puy, E. S. Diverticulum of the bladder; a not uncommon disease. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1919, 23: 394-6.— Richer. Le faux prostatisme des diverticules vesicaux. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 56-60.—Ward, R. O. A clinical study of 11 cases of vesical diverticula. Brit. J. Surg., 1925-26,13: 144-57. ---- Diverticulum: Complications. See also Bladder, Calculus, diverticular; Bladder, Cancer, diverticular. Bell, B. Diverticulum of bladder showing cystitis. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1920, n.s., 109:98.—Brau-Tapie, J. Etran- glement d'un diverticule vesical avec gangrene; resection, gueri- son. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1919, 33: 759.—Buvergey, J. Un cas de tuberculose diverticulaire. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1923,2: 185-8. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1923, 16: 1; 138.—Fernandez, R., & Tuason, M. N. Diverticulum of the bladder and vesical lithia- sis; report of a case. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1924, 4: 145-7.—Ghibaudi, A. J. Diverticulo vesical en retention sep- tica. Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: pt2, 1249-52.—Gordon, L. A sacculus of the urinary bladder which ruptured during mic- turition. Brit. J. Surg., 1921-22, 9: 572.—Nelson, A. W. Diver- ticula of bladder as a cause of prolonged gonorrheal infection; case report. Cincinnati J.M., 1925-26, 6: 303.—Puhl. Kompli- kationen des Blasendivertikels. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1935, 161: 660. Also Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 1128-30. Also Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 248-56.—Ricciuti, G. Diverticolo vescicale ed idronefrosi. Arch. ital. urol., 1928-29, 5: 167-73.—Schacht, F. W. Tubercu- losis of vesical diverticulum. J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 22: 549-54.— Wossidlo, E. Invaginiertes Blasendivertikel. Zschr. Urol., 1920, 14: 204-8.—Zerbini, C. V. Diverticulo vesical infectado. Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1931, 38: 580-2. ---- Diverticulum, congenital. Fischer, M. * Ueber Blasendivertikel unter Berucksichtigung eines durch Operation geheil- ten Falles von angeborenem Divertikel [Strass- burg] 22p. 8? Berl., 1915. Indorff, A. *Contribution a l'6tude du traitement chirurgical des diverticules congeni- taux de la vessie. 55p. 8? Lyon, 1919. Reichel, W. *Beitrag zur Casuistik der angeborenen Blasendivertikel. 32p. 8? Hei- delb., 1912. Angerer, H. Ueber die angeborene Riesenharnblase, zugleich fiber das angeborene Blasendivertikel. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 20: 36-54.—Anschutz, W. Ueber kongenitale Blasendivertikel. Ibid., 1922,10:103-12.—Bacchi, G. Grosso diverticolo congenito della vescica. Policlinico, 1926, 33: sez.prat., 1538.—Branden, F. van den. Diverticule vesical chez pere et fils. In Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32: 465.—Cimino, T. Diverticolo congenito della vescica contrattile; con calcolo intermittente. Atti Accad. sc. med. Palermo, 1913-15, 2.5-32.—Edwards, C. Congenital mul- tilocular bladder. Med. J. Australia, 1933, 2: 443-7.—Giuliani. Grand diverticule congenital de la vessie; operation. Lyon med., 1926, 137: 638.—Hyman, A. Diverticula of the bladder in children. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1923, 36: 27-35.—Immink, E. A. [Congenital diverticulum of bladder] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: pt2, 5918-20, pi.—Ivarsson, R. [Two cases of congenital diverticulum of the bladder] Lunds lak. sail, forh., 1927-28, 48-56.—Kholtzov, B. N. [Surgical removal of congenital and true diverticulum of the bladder] Vest, khir., 1930,19:64-8—Kneise, O., & Schulze, R. Zur Frage der sogenannten kongenitalen Blasendivertikel. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1922, 10: 461-99—Le- Comte, R. M. Congenital diverticulum of the urinary bladder; reportofcase. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922,78:1113-5—Leffl, A. Con- tributo alio studio della struttura e patogenesi dei diverticoli congeniti della vescica. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1922, 3.ser., 10: 121-30 2pl.—Ljunggren, E. Beitrag zur Klinik und Therapie der Vesica bipartita. Acta chir. scand., 1932, 72: 148-60, 6pl — Lurz, L. Ueber sogenannte kongenitale Blasendivertikel. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1925, 18: 278-99—Mezan, S. Contribution a l'etude clinique de la vessie multiloculfee. J. urol. med., Par., 1929, 27: 31-6, pi.—Muller, A. Ein Fall von kongenitalem Blasendivertikel. Kor. Bl. schweiz. Aerzte, 1919, 49: 934.— Pascale, G. Diverticolo vescicale superiore congenito; calcolo incistato e completa indipendenza dalla cavita vescicale; tecnica operativa; guarigione. Ann. ital. chir., 1930, 9: 160-5.—Pozzo, F. Anomalia congenita de la vejiga (vejiga en bisaco o vejiga en reloj de arena) Rev. especialid., B. Air., 1927, 2: 457-61.—Praetorius, G. Fall von Vesica bipartita; nebst Bemerkungen zur Pathoge- nese und Therapie der Divertikelblase. Zschr. Urol., 1921, 15: 427-35 —Randall, A. The origin of congenital diverticula. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1930, 23: 183-6.—Rothschild, A. Vorstellung eines geheilten Falles von Exstirpation eines kon- genitalen Blasendivertikels. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1921, 58: 782. ----- Ueber kongenitale Blasendivertikel und ihre Behand- lung. Ther. Gegenwart, 1923, 64: 274-6. ----- Vorstellung zweier wegen kongenitaler Blasendivertikel vor 7 beziehungs- weise 10 Jahren operierter Manner, der eine 77 Jahre alt. Med. BLADDER 374 BLADDER Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 35.—Schbnburg, E., & Pfister, E. Beitrag zur operativen Behandlung des kongenitalen Blasendivertikels. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1920. 5: 27-30.—Schussler, H. Zur Radikal- ODeration der kongenitalen Blasendivertikel. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1918,146:107-25.—Usami, S. Zur Kenntnis der angebore- nen Divertikel der Harnblase und des Struvitsteines. Vir- chows Arch., 1927, 263: 99-119.—Villard. Tres grand diverticule congenital de la vessie; cure radicale par voie sous-peritoneale; guerison. Lyon chir., 1922, 19: 636.—Ward, F. F. Case of blad- der diverticulum. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1921-22, 15: sect. urol., 33-5.—Zalutsky, G. L. [Congenital diverticulum of the bladder] Soviet, khir., 1934, 6: 98-103—Zinner, A. Ein Fall von zweigeteilter Harnblase (Vesica bipartita) Zschr. urol. Chir., 1921, 6: 54-8. ---- Diverticulum: Diagnosis. Vafiadis, J. *Description et methodes de diagnostic des diverticules de la vessie. 126p. 8? Par., 1922. Berri, H. D. Los divertfculos de la vejiga; su diagnostico; importancia de la cistorradiografia. Sem. med., B. Air., 1933, 40: 670-5.—Bianchini, A. I diverticoli vescicali nella clinica e nella radiologia. Arch, radiol., Nap., 1925, 1: 218-43, 4pl — Brongersma. Un cas de faux diverticule de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1921, 12: 359.—Chaikarewitch. Les diverticules de la vessie. Rev. m6d. est, 740-51.—Coleschi, L. Diverticoli vescicali. Radiol, med., Milano, 1924,11: 246-9.—Freudenberg, A. Zwei Falle von Blasendivertikeln mit Rbntgenbildern der collargolgeftillten Blase. Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1917) 1918, 48: 261-74.—Giuliani & Arcelin. Examen radiographique d'une vessie diverticulaire. Lyon med., 1922, 131: 531-7.— Gottlieb, J., & Strokov, F. Rontgendiagnostik der Divertikel der Harnblase. Fortsch. Roentgenstrahl., 1926, 35: 574-8 — Henry, C. P. Pseudodiverticulum of the urinary bladder Pennsylvania M.J., 1928-29, 32: 717.—Hubrny, M. J. The roent- gen diagnosis of bladder conditions, with special reference to diverticula. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1919, 23: 506-8—Keydel, K. Zur Diagnose und Symptomatologie der Blasendivertikel. Zschr. Urol., 1921, 15: 79-92.—Kielleuthner, L. Tauschungen bei der cystoskopischen Diagnose von Blasentumoren; zugleich ein neuer Beitrag zu den Kapiteln der Blasendivertikel und der tertiaren Lues. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1922, 9: 171-82.—Kirkhn, B. R., & Becker, F. H. Diverticulum of the bladder depicted by means of a new cystographic medium. Radiogr. Clin. Fhotogr., 1932, 8: no.4, 10—Kraft, F. Das Blasendivertikel im Rontgenbild. Fortsch. Roentgenstrahl., 1923,31: 28-33.—LaRose, V. J. Diagnosis of bladder diverticula by contrast method. J. Urol., Bait., 1924, 12: 185-7.—Legueu. Diagnostic et traite- ment des diverticules vesicaux. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1922, 36: 102.—Mean, L. La cystographie dans le diagnostic des diver- ticules vesicaux. Ann. Soc. med. chir. Li£ge, 1936, 64: 92-6. Also Liege med., 1936, 29: 577-81.—Rosenberg, H. Beitrag zur Diagnostik und Therapie der Blasendivertikel. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1923, 12: 449-54.—Schlagintweit, F. Rbntgenmessung von Blasendivertikeln durch stahldrahtarmierte Harnleiterkatheter. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1921,122: 334—Tatum, W. B. Illumination of bladder diverticula by use of a new instrument; the diverticulite. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 18: 173-5—Visher, J. W. Bilateral vesical diverticula at the ureteral orifices visualized with lipiodol. Ibid., 1928, 20: 481-4.—Weiss, A. Ueber die rontgenologische Darstellung der Harnblasendivertikel. Fortsch. Roentgen- strahl., 1924, 32: Kongr. H.36. —— Diverticulum: Hernia. See also Bladder, Hernia. D'Agata, G. Cistocele diverticolare paraperitoneale stroz- zato; escissione del diverticolo vescicale; guarigione. Ann. ital. chir., 1924, 3: 869-78.—Hinton, J. W. Diverticulum of the blad- der forming a scrotal hernia. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 26: 153.— Lazzarini, L. Su l'ernia dei diverticoli della vescica. Gazz. osp., 1933, 54: 227-38—Malbec, E. F., & Basch, F. Un caso de hernia inguino-escrotal de un diverticulo de vejiga. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1931, 15: 140-6.—Odasso, A. Sulle ernie dei diver- ticoli vescicali. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. chir., 211-22.—Rago, O. L'ernia dei diverticoli vescicali. Rinasc. med., 1927, 4: 83 — Rosati, B. Sopra un diverticolo vescicale congenito erniato. Riforma med., 1920, 36: 878-80—Stein, H. E. Diverticulum of bladder in the inguinal canal. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 80: 620. ---- Diverticulum, multiple. Boardman, E. J. Diverticulosis of the urinary bladder Canad. M. Ass. J., 1928, 18: 661-5— Neuhaus, W. Hintereinan- derschaltung dreier Blasendivertikel. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 1376.—Roseno, A. Divertikulose der Harnblase Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22: 629-34—Sklarz, E. Fremdkorper in der Blase und multiple Blasendivertikel. Ibid., 1925, 19: 270.— Ziegler. Die RSntgenuntersuchung bei der Divertikulose der Harnblase. Ibid., 1928, 22: 634. —— Diverticulum: Pathology. Andr§. Un cas de grand diverticule vesical. Rev. med. est, 1923, 51: 212.—Blum, V. Demonstration eines Praparates von Harnblasendivertikel. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1918,31:1361.— Cassuto, A. Enorme diverticule de la vessie. Bull. Soc fr urol., 1930, 246-51, diagr.—Close, W. J. The mode of develop- ment of a vesical diverticulum. Med. J. Australia, 1933, 1: 710-2.—Bay, R. V., & Martin, H. W. Diverticula of the urinary bladder; feature observations. J. Am. M. Ass., 1925, 84: 268- 72.—Buttmann, G. Ein Beitrag zu dem sogenannten echten Blasendivertikel. Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 1794-7.—Ever- idge, J. Specimen of diverticulum of the bladder. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1922-23, 16: sect, urol., 43.—Ferria, L. Sulla disuria nelle vesciche con grandi diverticoli. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1925, 4.ser., 31: 49-57.—Herbst, R. H., Polkey, H. J., & Weller, C. G. Diverticula of the urinary bladder; a preliminary ivpnit of their production experimentally in the dog. J. Urol., H;ill -.. 1928, 19: 445-58—Hunt, V. C. A huge diverticulum of the Mulder. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1921, 1: 1267-70. ----- Bilncular diverticulum of the urinary bladder. Ibid., 1926, 6: 1165-70.—Jak, W. E. [Case of diverticulum of bladder in patient with only one kidney and a double ureter] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: pt 1, 29-32, 2pl— Janke. Ueber einen Fall von atypi- schem Divertikel der Harnblase. Zschr. Urol., 1924,18: 281-7.— Kaufer, L- Ueber ein ungewbhnlich grosses Blasendivertikel. Ibid., 1927, 21: 430-6.—Knauf. Ein doppelseitiges Harnblasen- divertikel mit zweifachem Ventilverschluss. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1918, 146: 258-75.—Kretschmer, H. L. Demonstration of bladder diverticula. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1922, 34: 538—Lex, E. Ueber sogenannte echte Blasendivertikel. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1928, 145: 31-47.—Marsan. Enorme diverticule de la vessie. Rev. chir., Par., 1919, 57: 740.—Matteucci, E. Di un enorme diverticolo vescicale et della sua imagine radiografia. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1929, 1: 31-4, pi.—Nora. Volumineux diver- ticule vesical infecte; ablation; guerison. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1929, 21: 60-3.—Omodei-Zorini, A. Osservazioni istopatologiche e patogenetiche sopra alcuni casi di diverticoli della vescica. Gior. biol. med. sper., 1924-25, 2: 102-7.—Pugh, W. S. Diver- ticulum of the urinary bladder; report of an unusual type. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 18: 167-72.—Ravasinf, C. Grande diverticolo in una donna; diverticulectomia per via soprapubica; guarigione. Arch. ital. urol., 1924-25, 1: 649.—Rose, B. K. Stages in the for- mation of bladder diverticula. South. M.J., 1926, 19: 206-12 — Ruiz, J. B. Frecuencia de los diverticulos vesicales. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1929, 34: 572-8.—Teixeira, P. Um novo caso de diverticulo vesical de grandes dimensoes curado operatoria- mente. Rev. brasil. med. pharm., 1933, 9: 383-93.—Wakeley, C. P. G. A large diverticulum of the urinary bladder. J. Anat:, Lond., 1922-23, 57: 375-7.—Weiser, A. Ueber den Divertikel- sphincter. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol., 8. Kongr. (1928) 1929, 145-8. ---- Diverticulum: Treatment. Falaize, J. *Les diverticules vesicaux; leur traitement actuel et ses techniques recentes. 153p. 8? Par., 1932. Bedrna, J. Zur Therapie der Divertikel der basalen Teile der Harnblase. Zbl. Chir., 1928, 55: 2511-4.—Bay, R. V. The intravesical use of mineral oil and argyrol solution in the pallia- tive treatment of bladder diverticulosis; a mechanical and chemi- cal procedure to prevent and overcome ammomacal fermenta- tion. J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 22: 329-33—Gripekoven. La diver- ticulose de la vessie et son traitement. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1934, 35: 186-95—Hahn, O. Zur Therapie der Blasendivertikel. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1930-31, 151: 624-30—Huggins, C. B. Great improvement in bladder diverticula following relief of obstruc- tion. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1929, 9: 376-9.—Kastner, H. Zur Therapie des Blasendivertikels. Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54: 2760-4 — Le Fur, R. Du traitement des diverticules vesicaux; drainage et desinfection par les voies naturelles. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1931, 23: 414-6. Also Rev. techn. chir., Par., 1931, 23: 215-7 — Luys, G. De la desinfection des diverticules vesicaux par la cystoscopie a vision directe. Paris chir., 1922, 14: 157-61 — Mock, J., & Pasteau. Un cas de diverticule de la vessie traite par le catheterisme du diverticule lui-meme. Ibid., 86-9.— Pauchet, V., & Butler d'Ormond, R. de. Diverticules de la vessie; traitement. J. urol. med., Par., 1920, 10: 1-13.—Read, J. S. A palliative treatment of bladder diverticula. J. Urol., Bait., 1925, 13: 537-44— Schoonover, F. S. A new method of handling small bladder diverticula. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 83: 1164. ---- Diverticulum: Treatment, operative. Blum, V. Chirurgische Pathologie und Therapie der Harnblasendivertikel. lOOp. 4? Lpz., 1919. ---- ALso2.Aufl. 157p. 8? 1929. Ganter, R. *Blasendivertikel und ihre opera- tive Behandlung. 27p. 8? Konigsb. i. Pr., 1931. Remy, L. *Etude des indications therapeu- tiques dans les diverticules vesicaux. 75p. 8? Lyon, 1934. Bachrach, R. Aszendierende Aflektion durch die Lymph- bahnen in die rechte Niere nach Exstirpation eines Blasen- divertikels. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1933, 37: 310-3.—Ball, W. G. Diverticulum of the bladder; including the records of 2 cases which were successfully treated by radical surgical measures. Rep. S. Barth. Hosp., Lond., 1923, 56: 159-78, 2pl—Bastos, H. Um diverticulo da bexiga e a sua cura operatoria. Med. con- temp., Lisb., 1926, 44: 89-92—Blum, V. Weiterer Beitrag zur operativen Behandlung der Harnblasendivertikel. Zschr. Urol., 1919,13: 41-8. ----- Drei neue Falle von erfolgreicher Opera- tion von Blasendivertikeln. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1920,5:90-100.— BLADDER 375 BLADDER Davis, B. M. Preliminary diverticulostomy in diverticulum of bladder; unusual case and method of operation. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 89: 192-4.—Eduque, J. Report of a case of diverticu- lum of the bladder; post-operative result. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1924, 4: 215-8—Eisenstaedt, J. S., & McDougall, T. G. Bladder diverticula, with especial reference to their surgical removal. J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 96: 831-6. Also repr. Also U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1931, 7: 313-20— Engelberg. Transvesikales Entfernen eines grossen von der hinteren Wand ausgehenden Blasendivertikels. Zschr. Urol., 1921, 15: 496.— Fischer, H. Die intravesicale Exstirpation der Blasendiverti- kel. Chirurg, Berl., 1928-29, 1: 292-300.—Gayet. Quelques cas de diverticules vesicaux operes. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1934, 319-32. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 39: 145-57.—Geraghty, J. T. A simple procedure for the radical cure of large vesical diverticula. South. M.J., 1922, 15: 54-7.—Giuliani. Diverticule vesical et prostatectomie. Lyon med., 1924, 133: 815.—Glenn, J. E., & Burford, C. E. Management of bladder diverticula. J. Mis- souri M. Ass., 1934, 31: 45-7.—Heitz-Boyer. A propos du traite- ment operatoire des diverticules vesicaux. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1935, 36-42. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 39: 237-43.—Hen- ninger, H. Zur Chirurgie und Pathogenese der echten Harn- blasendivertikel. Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 457-85.—Herbst, R. H. Urography as guide to surgical indications of diverticula of urinary bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 102: 188-93.—Howard, H. W. Diverticulum of the bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1918, 22: 623. ----- The diverticuleve. J. Urol., Bait., 1932, 27: 505. ----- The operative treatment of vesical diverticula. North- west M., 1932, 31:115-8— Joly, J. S. The operative treatment of vesical diverticula. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1922-23, 16: sect. urol., 55-69. Also Lancet, Lond., 1923, 2: 445-52, 2pl— Judd, E. S. Diverticula of the bladder. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1918, 36: 519-41.—Koennecke, W. Zur Operation des Blasendivertikels. Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54: 10.—Kreissl, F. Concerning diagnosis and operative treatment of vesical diverticle. Mississippi Valley M.J., 1917, 24: 45-54.—Kuzarov, N. Suprapubische Exstirpa- tion eines Blasendivertikels mittels kombinierter extra- und intravesicaler Methode. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1931, 231: 66-70 — Legueu & Fey. La voie intraperitoneale pour l'extirpation des grands diverticules de la vessie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1925, 4: 53-6. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1925, 19: 254-8.—Lewis, B., & Moore, N. S. Vesical diverticulum; report of 2 cases, with remarks on operative technic. J. Am. M. Ass., 1917, 69: 1334-6. Also repr.—Lichtenberg, von. Technisches zur Divertikel- operation, Prostatektomie, Sphinkterotomie. Zschr. Urol., 1933,27: 200-7.—Lowsley, O. S., & Gutierrez, R. Operative inter- vention for relief of diverticulum of the urinary bladder; analysis of 54 cases. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 19: 459-515— Maraini, B., & Quintana, J. A. Un caso de diverticulo vesical tratado quiriirgi- camente. Rev. Soc. argent, urol., 1925, 1: 176-8. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1925, 32: pt2, 1633.—Melen, B. R. Lateral ap- proach for operating upon diverticula of the bladder. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 61: 184-9.—Negro, M., & Blanc, H. Conside- rations cliniques et operatoires au sujet de treize cas de diverti- cules vesicaux. J. urol. med., Par., 1924, 18: 217-47.—Nora, G. A propos de la chirurgie des diverticules vesicaux. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1935, 27: 291-6.—Papin. Traitement chirurgical des diverticules vesicaux. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1928, 31: 895-917.— Payne, R. L. Diverticulum of the bladder, with report of 3 cases. Virginia M. Month., 1920-21, 47: 60-2.—Perucci. A propos de la chirurgie des diverticules vesicaux. Arch. mal. reins, 1935-36, 9: 599-605.—PoUak, S. Zur Chirurgie des Blasen- divertikels. Zschr. Urol., 1932, 26: 277-84.—Propping, K. Ueberraschende operative Heilung eines Blasendivertikels. Ibid., 1926, 20: 827.—Quinby, W. C. Diverticulum. Boston M.&S.J., 1920, 182: 506.—Rathbun, N. P. Notes on vesical diverticula; case report. Internat. J.S., 1919, 32: 20; 1920, 33: 221. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1919, 29: 26-32.—Rihmer, B. von. Erfahrungen fiber das Blasendivertikel. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1934, 40: 81-106.—Rudofsky, F. Vorschlag zur operativen Be- handlung von Harnblasendivertikeln und Blasenrektumfisteln beim Manne. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 2358-60.—Schmidt, A. Be- obachtungen bei Blasendivertikeln. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1929, 215: 48-65.—Spurr, R., & Albert, O. Diverticulo vesical tratado con electro-coagulation por via suprapubica. Rev. especialid., B. Air., 1927, 2: 111-6—Stirling, C, & Rollings, H. W. Diver- ticula of the bladder; remarks founded upon a study of 12 cases. Ann. Surg., 1928, 87: 742-50. Also repr.—Tierny, A. Diverti- cules vesicaux. Paris chir., 1926,18:280-6.—Viannay, C. Diver- ticules multiples de la vessie avec atonie vesicale et reflux ure- teral bilateral; cystostomie puis extirpacion d'un grand diverti- cule. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1926, 5: 177-9.—Walters, W. Intra- vesical and extravesical excision of diverticula of the bladder. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1926, 6: 1198-202.—Weiner, K. Ueber Blasendivertikel mit Bericht eines operativ geheilten und eines zweiten gebesserten atypischen Falles. Med. Klin., Berl., 1931, 27: 1028-31.—Zanetti, G. Considerazioni circa un diverticolo vescicale rinvenuto durante operazione per ernia inguinale; (diverticulectomia; guarigione) Policlinico, 1934, 41: sez. prat., 210-2. ----Diverticulum: Tumors. See also Bladder, Cancer, diverticular. Allen, C. B. Primary neoplasm in diverticulum of the blad- der. U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1934-35, 11: 268—Caestec- ker, De. Diverticule de la vessie avec tumeur maligne. Scal- pel, Brux., 1923, 76: 456-60.—Chamberhn, H. A. A leiomyoma in a diverticulum of the bladder. N. England J.M., 1929, 200: 423.—Higgins, C. C. Neoplasms primary in diverticula of uri- nary bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1936, 33: 78-84, 4pl.—Houette, C. Rhabdomyome diverticulaire congenital de la vessie Ann. anat. path., Par., 1929, 6: 267-82.—Hunt, V. C. Malignant disease in diverticula of the bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1928, 21: 199-210 [Discussion] 227-71. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 21: 1-12. Also Surg. Clin. N. America, 1929, 9: 847-52—Le- Comte, R. M. Neoplasms primary in bladder diverticula. J. Urol., Bait., 1932, 27: 667-84.—Lion, K. Tumoren in Blasendi- vertikeln. Wien. med. Wschr., 1935, 85: 810-2.—Stewart, H. L. & Muellerschoen, G. J. Malignant tumor of a diverticulum of the urinary bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1932, 27: 685-93. Also repr.—Vasilyev, A. I. [Tumor of diverticulum of bladder] Vest, khir., 1926, 5: no. 15, 131-3. ---- Diverticulum—in children. See also Bladder, Diverticulum, congenital. Hyman, A. Diverticula of the bladder in an infant; resection and recovery. Internat. J.S., 1921, 34: 403. ----- Diverti- cula of the bladder in children. J. Urol., Bait., 1923, 9: 431-51. Also Internat. J.S., 1924, 37: 230.—Kretschmer, H. L. Diverti- culum of the bladder in infancy and in childhood. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1934, 48: 842-57. ---- Diverticulum—in women. Crane, J. J. Diverticula of the urinary bladder in women; report of cases. California West. M., 1930, 33: 572-7.—Biver- ticulum of the urinary bladder; report of a case of multiple diverticulosis in a woman. South. M.&S., 1936, 98: 142-4.— Kutzmann, A. A. Diverticulum of the female urinary bladder. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1934, 3: 120-4. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 634-9. ----- Diverticulum of the urinary bladder in women. Am. J. Surg., 1935, 29: 102-14.—Wershub, L. P. Vesical diverticulum in the female. Ibid., 1932, n.s., 16: 275-8. Also repr. ---- double. See also Bladder, Abnormities. Bates, R. C. A case of double vagina, uterus, and bladder. Rhode Island M.J., 1931, 14: 192—Michelsohn, I. D. Ein sel- tener Fall von Doppelniere, kombiniert mit doppelter Harn, blase und Divertikel der letzteren. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1927- 23: 15-22. ---- Drainage. See also Bladder subheadings Catheterization, Irrigation, Puncture, Surgery; also Prostate, Surgery. Boeminghaus, H. Ueber die Befestigung des suprapubischen Blasendrains. Zbl. Chir., 1925, 52: 967-9—Daels, F., & Elaut, L. Die transcervicale Dranierung der Harnblase. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1933-34, 156: 393. Also Zbl. Gyn., 1933, 57: 3019-21.— D'Agata, G. Sifone ipogastrico con sacchetto a clessidra, special- mente indicato nella cistomia preliminare alla prostatectomia. Boll. Soc. eustach., 1922, 20: no.l, 7-9.—Gray, J. Suprapubic drainage of the bladder, its indications, contraindications, with a method of accomplishing it. Chin. M.J., 1935, 49: 537-41.— Hale, N. G., & Boscoe, A. R. Bladder suction apparatus. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1934, 3: 37-41. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 553-8.—Illy es, G. [Perineal drainage in surgery of the bladder] Orv. hetil., 1935, 79: 659-61. Also Brit. J. Urol., 1935, 7: 1-8.—Lehner, A. Ueber suprapubische Blasendrainage. Schweiz med. Wschr., 1932, 62: 1076-8—Macalpine, J. B. A tube for bladder drainage. Lancet, Lond., 1921, 1: 971 — MacMunn, J. Improved devices for bladder drainage and closure. Ibid., 2: 346.—Moorhead, S. W. New apparatus; electric suction drainage unit, with distributing device; mold for suprapubic drainage tubes; device for regulating urinary decom- pression. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 17: 73-7—Mothersill, G. S., & Morson, C. Suprapubic drainage of the bladder; the De Pezzer tube. Brit. M.J., 1921, 1: 418—Munro, B., & Hahn, J. Tidal drainage of the urinary bladder; a preliminary report of the method of treatment as applied to cord bladders with a descrip- tion of the apparatus. Tr. N. England Surg. Soc, 1934, 17: 69-95. Also N. England J.M., 1935, 212: 229-39. Also repr.— Muschat, M. Post-operative suprapubic drainage cup. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 17: 79; 18: 417—Nather, K. Zur Blasen- drainage mit dem Troikart. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1922, 69: 706.—Neuwirt, K. [Drainage in urology] Cas. lek. cesk., 1930, 69: 780-4.—Pearson, G. H. The shrimp pot for suprapubic drainage. China M.J., 1922, 36: 330-3.—Suction drain accep- table. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 1072—Vander Veer, J. N. A suggestion in relation to suprapubic drainage tubes. J. Urol., Bait., 1924, 12: 189-92.—White, H. P. W. A new suprapubic self-retaining tube for bladder drainage. Lancet, Lond., 1922, 2: 186. ---- Echinococcosis. Margarucci, O. Cisti d'echinococco della vescica simulante un tumore. Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1926, 52: 183-92.— Nicaise, V. Kystes hydatiques de la vessie. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1926, 35: 693-702.—Spadaro, S. Un caso rarissimo di cisti idatidea nella vescica; guarigione spontanea. Policlinico, 1936, 43: sez. prat., 498.—Thevenot, I. Un cas de kyste hydatique latero-vesical. Progr. med., Par., 1920, 3.ser., 35: 355.' BLADDER 376 BLADDER ---- Ectopy. See Bladder, Exstrophy. ---- Emphysema. See also Bladder, Inflammation, emphysema- tous. Nowicki, W. Zur Entstehung und Aetiologie des Harn- blasenemphysems. Virchows Arch., 1924, 253: 1-10.—Schnei- der, J. Ueber einen Fall von Harnblasenemphysem, verglichen mit 11 anderweitig veroflentlichten Fallen. Zbl. allg. Path., 1930, 48: 245-53.—Sedlmeier, H. Zur Aetiologie des Harn- blasenemphysems. Miinch. tierarztl. Wschr., 1932, 83: 97-100. ---- Endometriosis. See also Bladder, Tumors. Cilento, M. Studio clinico e sperimentale sull' endometriosl in genere ed in ispecie sul'endometriosi vescicale. Ann. ital. chir., 1932, 11: 934.—Eberhard, H. F. Endometriose der Harn- blase. Zbl. Gyn., 1932, 56: 1712-5.—Frommolt, G. Zwei Falle von Adenomyosis der weiblichen Blase. Ibid., 1927, 51:1159-70. ----- Ein Fall von Endometriose der Harnblase. Ibid., 1932, 56: 1707-12.—Haselhorst, G. Zur Genese der Blasenendome- triose. Ibid., 1933, 57: 3021-9.—Henriksen, E. Primary endo- metriosis of the urinary bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 1401-3.—Kamniker, H. Ein anderer Fall von Endometriosis der Harnblase. Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58: 467—Kbhler, H. Ueber Bla- senendometriosen. Ibid., 1933, 57: 1762-76.—Morson, A. C. The pathology and treatment of a vesical tumour resembling an endometrioma. Brit. J. Surg., 1927-28, 15: 264-8—Muller, J. Endometrioide Adenomatose (Adenomyosis) und Cystadeno- matose der Harnblase. Arch. klin. Chir., 1927, 145: 394-434.— ----- Zur Endometriose der Harnblase. Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 103.—Oehlecker, F. Endometriose (Adenomyosis) der Harnblase. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 2-10.—Ottow, B. Das klinische Bild der Endometriose der Harnblase. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1929, 137: 1001-8 [Discussion] 1026.----- Symptomatologie und Diagnose der Endometriose der weiblichen Harnblase. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 281-5. ----- Wesen, Diagnose und Therapie der heterotopen Endometriose der weiblichen Harnblase. Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 3330-58, 2pl — P6rard, J., & Elbim, A. EndomStriomes vesicaux. J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 39: 497-507.—Phillips, R. B. Endometriosis vesicae. J. Obst. Gyn., Lond., 1934, 41: 165-89, lOpl— Plaut, A. Adenomyosis der Harnblase; ihre diagnostische Bedeutung. Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 3358.—Sauer, H. von. Ueber einen Fall von Endometriose der Harnblase. Ibid., 1933, 57: 347-50.—Setter- gren, F. On endometriosis in the urinary bladder. Acta chir. scand., 1933, 73: 312; 1934, 75: 570.—Whitehouse, H. B. Endome- triome invading the bladder removed from a patient who had never menstruated. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1925-26, 19: sect. obst. gyn., 15. ---- Epithelium. Cattaneo, D. Osservazioni sulla struttura dell'epitelio della mucosa vescicale. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Pavia, 1919, 31: 569- 73, pi. ----- Sulla struttura dell'epitelio della vescica. Ricer. morf., 1920, 1: 87-97, pi.—Flerov, N. Sulla struttura dell'epitelio della vescica urinaria. Arch. ital. anat., 1933-34, 32: 311-21.—Gaebler, O. H. Bladder epithelium in contraction and distention. Anat. Rec, 1920-21, 18: 233; 19: 129—Hou, C. L. On the permeability of the bladder epithelium to water, salt, and urea. J. Biophysics, Tokyo, 1923-26, 1: 177-9 — Kurisu, J. Experimental investigation on the extensibility of the epithelial cells of the urinary bladder. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1935, 15: 1145-8.—Notkin, S. J. Ueber das Harnblasen- epithel des Menschen. Anat. Hefte, 1920, 58: 423-51, 2pl.— Paggi, B. Osteogenesi da epitelio vescicale. Policlinico, 1936, 43: sez. chir., 328-50.—Pflaumer, E. Ueber das cystoskopische Bild der Blasenschleimhaut. Zbl. Chir., 1917, 44: 1100-2 — Silvestri, U. Contributi alio sviluppo ed alia morfologia del- l'epitelio di rivestimento della vescica orinaria con accenni alio sviluppo ad alia morfologia degli altri componenti della parete vescicale. Arch. ital. anat., 1933-34, 32: 1-24. ---- Examination. See also Bladder, Cystometry; Cystoscope; Urinary organs, Examination. Allen, E., & Heckel, N. J. A technique used in the removal of tissue from the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 36: 178—Bon- neau, R. Pour rfeussir le sondage de la vessie. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1924, 38: 709-11.—Christensen, A. [Use of sodium citrate in examinations and operations of the urethra and bladder] Ugeskr. lseger, 1935, 97: 121.—Eneren, B. La biopsie vesicale; sa valeur au point de vue diagnostique. J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 40: 242-4.—Hellendall, H. Ein Beitrag zur transvesikalen Diaphanoskopie. Zbl. Gyn., 1935, 59: 505—Klaften, E. Wesen und Technik der Cystodiaphanoskopie. Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 1086-9. ----- Cystodiaphanoscopy: a new and simple method of examination. J. Obst. Gyn., Lond., 1934, 41: 739-48, 3pl.—McCarthy, J. F. A consideration of the newer diagnostic and surgical procedures in the bladder and posterior urethra (visualization as applied to urology) Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1928) 1929, 197-9, 2pl.—Mayer-List, R. Ueber Cysto-Mikroskopie. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1932-33, 174; 629-40,—Rosenstein, P. Intravesikale Diagnostik und Therapie. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 573. Ruge, E. Intravesikale Diagnostik und Therapie. Ibid., 126-30.—Sanford, J. H. Value of corroborative evidence of cystoscope, X-ray and laboratory. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1920, 13: 207-10.—Scheele, K. Ueber endovesicale Probeexcisionen und ihre Ergebnisse. Arch. klin. Chir., 1923, 126: 202-11. ----- Ueber Probeexzisionen aus der Blase. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1923, 70: 17— Uteau, R., & Schwab, R. Un procede d'eclairage dans l'exploration chirurgi- cale de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1917-18, 7: 469. ---- Examination, cystoscopic. See Bladder, Cystoscopy. ---- Examination, roentgenographic. Blanc, H., & Negro, M. La cystographie; 6tude radiologique de la vessie normale et patho- logique. 189p. 8? Par., 1926. Schonfeld, A., & Kraft, F. Die Erkrankun- gen der Harnblase im Rontgenbilde. 139p. 8? Lpz., 1925. Forms v.5 of Radiologische Praktika. Ballenger, E. G., Elder, O. F.,& McBonald, H. P. Collapsed bladder skiodan cystograms. South. M.J., 1934, 27: 938.— Barsony, T., & Koppenstein, E. Verbesserte rontgenologische Darstellung des Harnblasenbodens. Rontgenpraxis, 1932, 4: 778. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932, 35: 194—Bellvert Domenech, F. Contribucion al estudio de la cistografia. Arch, med., Madr., 1928, 28: 87-107.—Blum, V., Fischer, F., & Hrynt- schak, T. Zystoradioskopie; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1920, 33: 677-80.—Boeminghaus, H. Zur Cysto- graphie der menschlichen Harnblase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1921, 6: 92-105.—Boidi Trotti, G. Tecnica e risultati della radio- grafia della vescica. Atti Congr. ital. radiol., 1922, 4: 145-8.— Bumpus, H. C. Cystograms; their clinical application and pos- sible misinterpretation. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1924, 38: 546-9 — Burstein, H. J. Cystography as an aid in urologic diagnoses. Illinois M.J., 1933, 64: 344-6.—Campbell, M. F. Cystography in infancy and in childhood. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1930, 39: 386- 402.—Cohen, H. Air in the bladder in conjunction with the X- ray as a means of diagnosing bladder conditions. Med. J. & Rec, 1928, 127: 124-32.—Colombino, C, & Perussia, F. La cistoradiografia in ginecologia. Radiol, med., Milano, 1924, 11: 757-66.—Compan, V. La cistoneumografia plastica. Rev. cir. Barcelona, 1935, 9: 486.—Coutts, W. E. Lateral cystograms; a study of their clinical importance. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1926, 43; 383-6.—Bariaux & Baclesse. Cystographie oblique. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1924,12:184.—Dariaux, A., Blanc, H., & Negro, M. Les divers procedes de cystographie. Arch, electr. med., 1925, 35: 63. Also J. radiol. electr., 1925, 9:405. ----- La cys- tographie laterale. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1925, 13: 74, pi. ----- La cystographie oblique et la cystographie laterale. J. urol. med., Par., 1925, 20: 193-209.—Demel, R, Ein Beitrag zur Technik der Cystographie mit Halogensal- zen. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1922, 35: 477-9—Bogliotti, V. Ulteriore contributo alio studio radiologico della vescica in oste- tricia e ginecologia. Riv. ital. gin., 1928, 7: 525-49.—Buvergey & Bax. Presentation de deux cystoradiographies. J. med. Bor- deaux, 1922, 52: 213.—Eisenstadter, D. Die Bedeutung der Cystoradioskopie fiir Diagnose und Therapie in der Blasen- chirurgie. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1922, 9: 38-46.—Eisler, F. Ront- genuntersuchung der Harnblase. Rontgenpraxis, 1934, 6: 204-10. Also Fortsch. Roentgenstrahl., 1934, 49: 287-9- Fryszman, A. Ein Beitrag zur Rontgendiagnostik der Blasen- steine, -Divertikel und Tumoren der Blase. Zschr. Urol., 1926, 20: 321-8.—Goodwin, P. B. Roentgen study of lesions of the urinary bladder. Illinois M.J., 1936, 69: 58-62.—Guichard, R. Radiographie de la vessie apres ingestion de Pyelognost. Arch. 61ectr. med., 1930, 38: 254.—Hager, B. H., & Braasch, W. F. Cystography. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1927, 45: 502-11—Herzog, A. Die rontgenologische Darstellung der Harnblase ohne Kon- trastmittel. Zschr. Urol., 1934, 28: 200-3—Hindse-Nielsen, S. Cystoradiographie mit Bromnatriumlbsung; Cystitis gravis; Exitus letalis. Zbl. Chir., 1929, 56: 1681-3—Hyams, J. A., Kenyon, H. R., & Kramer, S. E. Urethrocystography in the male. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 2030-5—Kamniker, H. Zur Rontgendarstellung der Blase. Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 2293-7.- Kraas, E. Die rontgenologisch gloichzeitige Darstellung der mannlichen Harnrohre und Blase. Arch. klin. Chir., 1933-34, 178: 361-75.—Kraft, F. Die operierte Blase im Rontgenbilde. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1923, 2: 182-6.—Kretschmer, H. L. Cys- tography; its value and limitations in surgery of the bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1916, 11: 47-59, 6pl— Landiyar, R. La neumocisto-radiografia como auxiliar en el diagnostico. Sem. med., B. Air., 1924, 31: pt2, 607-9.—Legueu. La cysto- radiographie. Progr. med., Par.. 1924, 39: 234-6.----- Fey & Truchot. Cystographie au collothor. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1933, 156-61. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 35: 438^3— Legueu & Papin. Cystoradiographies. Ibid., 1919, 8: 201-5. Also Presse med., 1919,27:733-5.—Lemaitre.L. La cystographie. Gaz.med. France, 1933, cahierno.12,101-3.—Macedo.M. A cistografia, suas vantagens e tecnica. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1932, 50: 29-34.— Macnish.J.M. Cysto-urethrographyinthemale. Urol. Cut.Rev., 1936, 40: 77-81. Also Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1934,29:129- 31.—Marion. A propos de la cystographie oblique et de la cysto- graphie laterale. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1925, 4: 62-9.---- Blanc & Negro. La cystographie oblique. Ibid., 1924, 3: BLADDER 377 BLADDER 257-63. Also J. urol. mfid., Par., 1925, 19: 73-9—Migliardi, L. La cysto-urgtrographie descendante; sa technique et ses indica- tions. Ibid., 1935, 40: 499-511. Also Radiol, med., Milano, 1934, 21:136-50.—Moore, N. Cystography as an aid in diagnosis of certain urological conditions. J. Urol., Bait., 1922,8:159-66.— Osterberg, A. E., & Thompson, G. J. A new cystographie medium. Proc Mayo Clin., 1932, 7: 105. Also Surg. Clin. N. America, 1932, 12: 1015.—Ottow, B. Blasenschadigungen durch Bromnatrium bei Cystoradiographie. Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 1199-202.—Papin, E. La cysto-radiographie. J. med. fr., 1925, 14: 459-61.—Piergrossi. Radiogrammi della regione vescicale. Radiol, med., Milano, 1924, 11: 524.—Pirondini, E. Ulteriore contributo alia cistografia con liquidi opachi. Arch. ital. urol., 1924, 1: 266-74.—Pomeroy, E. S. The diagnostic value of cysto- grams. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 35-7—Raffo, V., & Valle- bona, A. Quelques remarques a propos de la cystoradiogra- phie. J. radiol. electr., 1929, 13: 481-96. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1929, 27: 216-9, 14pl—Rebaudi, L. Un detalle de tecnica en las pneumo-cisto-radiografias. Dia med., B. Air., 1935, 7: 1274.—Rechou & Guichard. Radiographie de la vessie apres injection de Pyelognost. J. med. Bordeaux, 1930, 107: 710-2 — Reiser, E. Zur Rontgenuntersuchung der Blase. Fortsch. Roentgenstrahl., 1926-27, 35: 756-69.—Ritter, J. S. Cystography as an aid to urological analysis. Am. J. Surg., 1928, n.s., 5: 454.—Rosenstein, P. Die Pneumoradiographie der Blase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1922, 10: 511-21. Also Zbl. Chir., 1924, 51: 1169.—Ross, N. The value of aerocystography. Lancet, Lond., 1934, 2: 124-8, 2pl.—Savona, B. Cistoradioscopia e cisto- grafia nelle vesciche normali e nei prolassi vaginali. Fol. gyn., Genova, 1933, 30: 477-91, 3pl—Schenker, J., & Wachtel, H. [Radio-urologic method of examining the bladder] Polska gaz. lek., 1927, 6: 114-6—Secretan, M. La s«r6o-cystographie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1934, 311-6. Also Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1934, 54:649. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 39: 76-81.—Sgalitzer, M. Die Rontgenuntersuchung der Blase in axialer Projektions- richtung. Wien. med. Wschr., 1921, 71: 513-7. ----- Die Bedeutung mehrfacher Projektion bei der Rontgenuntersuchung der Niere und der Blase. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 1171-5. ----- Zur Rontgenuntersuchung bei Blasenerkrankungen. Ibid., 1930, 43: 239-41. ----- & Hryntschak, T. Die Rbnt- genunterschung der Blase in seitlicher Richtung. Zschr. Urol., 1921, 15: 399-406.—Simon, J., & Bedrna, J. Zur Technik der Cystographie. Ibid., 1931, 25: 801-6.—Sisk, I. R. Cystography in the diagnosis of urologic conditions. Wisconsin M. J., 1923-24, 22: 160-4.—Tant, E. La cystographie au bioxyde de thorium. Arch. med. beiges, 1933, 86: 25-7. Also In Liv. jub. pub. P. Derache, Brux., 1933, 55-7, pi.—Vallebona, A. II metodo com- binato di cistoradiografia nell' ipertrofia prostatica. Radiol. med., Milano, 1927, 14: 494-508.—Werbov, S. Zur Kasuistik der Irrtumer bei Rontgendiagnostik der Blase. Zschr. Urol., 1927, 21:167.—Wiget, G. Indicazioni, tecnica e limiti della cistografia. Riforma med., 1927, 43: 1151. --- Excision. See also Bladder, Cancer: Treatment, opera- tive—by cystectomy; Bladder, Surgery; Ureter, . Surgery. Cohn, S. *Zur Totalextirpation der Harn- blase und Versorgung der Ureteren. 28p. 8? Heidelb., 1913. Hentschen, H. *Totale Ausrottung der Harnblase [Berlin] 40p. 8? Charlottenb.. 1930. Lemoine, H. A. *La cystectomie par le bistouri electrique a haute frequence; sa tech- nique; ses resultats [Paris] 116p. 8? Brest, 1932. Wolff, H. I. A. *Indikation und Technik der Blasenexstirpation. 31p. 8? Lpz., 1901. Antonucci, C. De la cystectomie chez la femme (cystectomie totale elargie) J. chir., Par., 1928, 31: 153-9.—Bernard, R. Cystectomie partielle au bistouri electrique; hfemorragie secon- daire precoce. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1932, 58: 1515-22.— Brongersma. RSsultat eloigne d'un cas de cystectomie total. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1928, 31: 469.—Coffey, R. C. Cystectomy with bilateral transplantation of the ureters in one operation: preliminary report on 5 cases. Northwest M., 1930,29:443-50.— Delfino, E. A. Risultati sperimentali della eistectomia totale e subtotale. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1921) 1922, 28: 167-70. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1921-22, 8: 177-9—Freiberg, H. B. Total urethrocystectomy in the female—a new technique. J. Med., Cincin., 1935-36, 16: 626-8. Also J. Urol., Bait?, 1935, 34: 615- 37.—Giordano & Brongersma. Cystectomie totale. Rev. chir., Par., 1919, 57: 745.—Gourevich, N. F. [Complete excision of the bladder] Vest, khir., 1928, 12: 146-52— Hazanoff, I. O., & Tze wetadze, J. J. Sur l'implantation des ureteres a la peau dans l'ablation totale de la vessie. J. urol. mod., Par., 1933, 35: 473-86.—Heitz-Boyer. A propos du rapport de M. Gouverneur, sur la cystectomie au bistouri electrique. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1932, 58: 1598-601.—Joseph, E. Totalextirpation der Blase. Zschr. Urol., 1923, 17: 458-63. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1923,12:353-7.—Kummer, R. H. Note sur un cas de cystectomie subtotale. J. urol. med., Par., 1922, 14: 490-6— Levy, F., & Carneiro de Moura, A. Um caso de eistectomia total. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1934, 52: 165-9.-McIver, R. B. Total cystec- tomy; report of case. J. Florida M. Ass., 1928-29, 15: 439-44.— Maister, H. L, Ogilvie, W. H., & Pembrey, M. S. A case of total cystectomy, with some investigations of urinary secretion. Guy s Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1929, 79: 220-33.—Maximovitsch, A. S. TTUr, V?"1 der totalen Exstirpation der Harnblase. Zschr. Urol., 1927, 21: 748-56.—Nicolich. Sull'estirpazione subtotale 7,en ^vesclca e sue conseguenze remote. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. if ?' \921' 2G: 51- Also Riforma med., 1919, 35: 917—Oppel, *•*' [Remote results of excision of the bladder] Vest, khir., 1929, 18: 7-9.—Ravasini, C. Regeneration der Blase nach Hxstirpation infolge Blasengeschwulst. Zschr. Urol., 1925, 19: 6;^~Satani' Y" Itoh- M- & Yokoo, M. On total extirpation of the urinary bladder. Jap. Zschr. Derm. Urol., 1923, 23: 63 — Schiller, H. Regeneration of resected urinary bladders in rab- bits. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1923, 36: 24-6—Schmieden. Kranken- demonstration zur totalen Blasenextirpation. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1922, 69: 486—Tamura, H., & Taniguchi, Y. Ueber emen Fall von subtotaler Extirpation der Blase. Jap. Zschr. Derm. Urol., 1920, 20: 4.—Ter-Gabrielan, G. [A case of excision of the bladder due to tuberculous process of the urinary tract] J. akush. zhensk. boliez., 1928, 39: 746-50.—Thomas, B. A. Total cystectomy; condition of patient 5 years after operation. Ann. Surg., 1920, 72: 515. Also Tr. Philadelphia Acad. Surg., 1922, 22: 99.—Viethen, H. Ueber eine einfache Einrichtung zum Auflangen von Exzisionsmaterial aus der Blase. Zbl. Chir., 1934, 61: 2036.—Villarreal, J. Extensa resection vesical. Gac. med. Mexico, 1926, 57: 627-39.—Voelcker, F. Erfahrungen fiber Harnblasenresektionen. Arch. klin. Chir., 1931, 167: 616-25 — Winsbury-White, H. P. Specimen of total cystectomy. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1933, 56: 106. ---- Exstrophy [including ectopy] See also Bladder, Abnormities. Nakagawa, K. *Ueber zwei Falle von Blasenektopie. 39p. 8? Miinch., 1915. Stutzel, W. J. F. *Ueber Blasenektopie. 34p. 8? Heidelb., 1918. Sttjtz, L. *Ueber die angeborene Blasen- spalte [Heidelberg] 25p. 8? Kaiserslautern, 1931. Thies, W. *Ueber Blasenektopie [Leipzig] 12p. 8? Naunhof, 1924. Adeodato, J. Notas sobre um caso de exstrophia da bexiga. Brasil med., 1920, 34: 441—Ball, C. A. Extroversion of the blad- der. Brit. M.J., 1921, 2: 130—Bengolea, A. J. Extrofia de vejiga; operation de Coffey en un recien nacido. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1933, 17: 894-6—Bevan, A. B. Exstrophy of the bladder. Surg. Clin. Chicago, 1920, 4: 1103-9.—Blauel, C. Zur Kasuistik der Bauchblasengenitalspalten. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1903, 39: 45-56—Booth, A. E. Congenital exstrophy of urinary bladder. Journal lancet, 1935, 55:163.—Brickel, A. C. J. Ectopia vesicae. Anat. Rec, 1926, 34: 1-14.—Bryan, R. C. Complete and repeated extroversion of the bladder through the urethra, associated with double right kidney and ureter. J. Urol., Bait., 1925, 13: 153-81—Carcellar, M. V. A proposito de un caso de extrofia de vejiga. Clin. & lab., Zaragoza, 1928, 12: 115-22.—Cavengt. Un caso de extrofia de vejiga. Pediat. espan., 1924, 13: 14-8.—Chauvin & Vayssiere. Inversion totale de la vessie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1932,180-4. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1932, 33: 555—Colby, F. H. Exstrophy of the bladder. Boston M.&S.J., 1927, 196: 1033-6.—Cruchet & Chabe. Sur un cas d'exstrophie congenitale de la vessie. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux, 1922, 386-8. Also Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1921, 42: 441. Also J. med. Bordeaux, 1921, 51: 355.—Epstein, J. Ectopia of the urinary bladder in an infant. Med. J. & Rec, 1925, 1211151.—EuziSre & Belord, A. Un cas d'exstrophie vfisi- cale avec survie de 61 ans. Montpellier med., 1920, 42: 49-52.— Finochietto, E., & Beretervide, J. J. Baso ectopico a pedfeulo retroperitoneal. Prensa med. argent., 1933-34, 20: 1285-92.— Godard, H. Exostrophie vesicale traitfie par transposition pelvienne pre-rectale de la vessie. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1935, 33: 408-15.----- Exstrophie vesicale restauree conti- nente, urinant par les voies naturelles. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1936, 41: 502-5—Grant, W. W. Exstrophy of the bladder. South. M.J., 1922, 15: 297-302—Gruber, G. B. Ueber Ektopie der Harnblase. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1930, 227: 337-48—Lendon, A. A., &Newland, H. S. Extraversion of the bladder; the sequel to 2 cases. Brit. M.J., 1921, 2: 38. Also Med. J. Australia, 1921, 2: 103.—Lima, B. Um caso de exstrophia da bexiga. Brasil med., 1920, 34: 719.—Lindstrbm, E. Falle von Ectopia vesicae. Acta chir. scand., 1932, 72: 134-47.—Livera, M. de. Notes on 2 cases of ectopia vesicae (extroversion of the bladder) J. Ceylon Br. M. Ass., 1926, 23: 194, pi.—Lorthior, P. A propos d'un cas d'exstrophie de la vessie. Bruxelles med., 1928-29, 9: 778- 80.—McEachern, J. S. Extroversion of the urinary bladder. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1931, 25: 324.—Marion. Exstrophie vesicale. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1935, 61: 1352—Maxwell, L. K. In- verted bladder. Am. J. Inst. Homceop., 1921-22, 14: 921-3 — Mayo, C. H. Exstrophy of .the bladder. In Contrib. Med. Biol. Res. W. Osier, N.Y., 1919, 2: 1095-110, 3pl. Also Proc. Mayo Clin., 1928, 3: 289. -----& Hendricks, W. A. Exstro- phy of the bladder. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1926, 43: 129-33, pi.— Monnier. Ueber Blasenektopie. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 202.—Ombredanne, L. Exstrophie complete de la vessie. BLADDER 378 BLADDER Bull. Soc. pfidiat. Paris, 1935,33:19.—Pavlovsky, A. J., & Savage, R. Extrofia vesical anomalia genital. Bol. Soc. obst. gin., B. Air., 1929, 8: 64-74. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1929, 36: pt2, 615-20.—Picatoste, J., & Lassaletta, M. G. Extrofia de vejiga en un adulto. Med. ibera, 1936, 30: 715.—Pinault, F. G. Extrophie de la vessie et rapport d'un cas. Bull. med. Quebec, 1919-20, 21: 353-7, pi.—Pizzagalli, L. Sopra un caso di exstrofia della vescica. Boll. spec. med. chir., 1930, 4: 321-8.—Potvin, F. Ex- trophie vesicale. Bruxelles med., 1925-26, 6: 179.—Rehder. Ein Beitrag zur Inversio vesicae. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1921, 37: 196.—Rinaldi. Sull'estrofia della vescica. Osp. maggiore Novara, 1935, 13: 124-32.—Robinson, G. S. Two cases of ex- trophy of the bladder. S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1920-21, 28: 183.—Rocher, H. L. Inversion subtotale de la vessie chez un bebe de un mois. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1923) 1924, 293-5. Also Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1923, 44: 479.—Roux, C. Ectopia vesicae. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1928,142: 482-9.—Rowlands, R. P. Case of extopia vesicae. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1921-22, 15: sect, clin., 11.—Rutgers, V. M. Ectopia vesicae. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1919, 2: 1316.—Sarazin, A. Un cas eurieux d'exstrophie vesicale. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1936, 24: 324-7.—Scalzotto, A. Su di un caso di estrofia vescicale in una bambina. Med. inf., Roma, 1933, 4: 204-15.—Schotten, F. Ein Fall von Nabelschnurbruch und Ectopia vesicae. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1920,112: 436-42.—Thompson, R. A case of ectopia vesicae. Brit. J. Child. Dis., 1919, 16: 80-7.—Troell, A. [A case of ec- topia vesicae urinariae] Hygiea, Stockh., 1919, 81: 891-3.— Veal, J. R., & McFetridge, E. M. Exstrophy of the bladder (per- sistent cloaca) associated with intestinal fistulas; with a brief analysis of 36 cases of anal and rectal anomalies from the records of Charity Hospital in New Orleans. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1934, 4: 95-103.—Waller, J. B. [Ectopia vesicae] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1924, 68: pt 1, 2024-8—Welt, S. Case of complete extrophy of the bladder. Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1919, 36: 179 ---- Exstrophy: Causes and pathology. Debenham, L. S., Joffe, J., & Pembrey, M. S. Observations on the excretion of urine in a case of ectopia vesicae. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1923, 73: 106-11.—Formiggini, B. Contri- buto alio studio istologico della mucosa vescicale extrofica. Riforma med., 1920, 36: 252-4.—Geldern, C. E. von. The etiology of exstrophy of the bladder. Arch. Surg., 1924, 8: 61-99 — Michon, E. Plaie de la vessie formant exstrophie a travers une breche de la paroi abdominale; reparation autoplastique. Bull. Soc. chir., Par., 1919, 45: 198.—Sternberg, H. Zur formalen Genese der Bauchblasenspalte (Exstrophia vesicae) Virchows Arch., 1927, 263: 159-73. Also transl., Urol. Cut. Rev., 1927, 31: 475-9.—Swan, R. H. Extroversion of the bladder following suprapubic prostatectomy. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: sect, urol., 3-5. ---- Exstrophy: Complications. Aurousseau, L., & Jamet, L. Hernie ombilicale du type foetal avec exstrophie vesicale s'accompagnant de malformations anales et genitales externes. Bull. Soc. nat. Paris, 1924, 94: 308-11.—Carloni, E. Sopra un caso di estrofia vescicale con epispadia e bacino fenduto in un neonato. Rass. ostet., 1926, 35: 145-55.—Faix, A. Une piece teratologique (exstrophie de la vessie et de l'intestin terminal, imperforation anale, &c) Bull. Soc. obst. Paris, 1906, 9: 13-9.—Green-Armytage, V. B. Com- plete exstrophy of the bladder with split pelvis. J. Obst. Gyn Lond., 1926, 33: 436-8, pi—Harris, H. A. Intrapelvic ectopic testis combined with ectopia vesicae, congenital umbilical hernia and abnormal gallbladder; a rare case. Arch. Surg., 1926 13: 644-54—Judd, E. S., & Thompson, H. L. Exstrophy of the bladder complicated by carcinoma. Ibid., 1928, 17: 641-57. Also repr.—Kattermann, E. Ektopie eines persistierenden Sinus urogenitalis. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1927, 77:195-204.— Lagos Garcia, C. Sobre un caso de extrofia vesical con hernia umbilical embrionaria y aplasia ano-rectal. Sem. med., B Air., 1923, 3: 347-55—Lower, W. E. Exstrophy of the urinary bladder with carcinoma. Ann. Surg., 1921, 73: 354-6.—McCar- thy, J. F., & Klemperer, P. Report of interesting case of extro- phie bladder with neoplastic implant. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin Surg., 1924, 18: 67-75. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1925, 14: 419-27. Also N. Albany M. Herald, 1926, 35: 51-3.—Mayo, C. H. The formation of a cloaca in the treatment of exstrophy of the bladder Surg. Clin. N. America, 1921, 1: 1257-66.—Murphy, B. P. Ex- strophy with cancer of bladder and absence of umbilicus; report of case. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 82: 784.—Scheuer, P. Ueber einen Fall von Blasenektopie mit carcinomatoser Degeneration der Blasenschleimhaut. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930, 30: 299-308.— Scholl, A. J. The potential malignancy in exstrophy of the bladder. Ann. Surg., 1922, 75: 365-71. Also repr. ---- Exstrophy: Treatment. Bezdjian, L. *Ueber die Blasenektopie und eine Modification des Maydl'schen Verfahrens. 21p. 8? Berl., 1933. El Hamouli, M. A. *Beitrage zur Sympto- matologie und Therapie der Blasenspalte [Ber- lin] 23p. 8? Charlottenb., 1927. Gaetano, F. Cura dell' estrofia vescicale. 350p. 8? Pal., 1919. Le-Hung-Long. *Le traitement de l'exstro- phie de la vessie par l'operation de Coffey. 78p. 8? Par., 1933. Roth, M. *Ueber Dauerresultate nach Blasenspaltenoperationen mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der in Leipzig nach Thiersch operierten Falle. 56p. 8? Lpz., 1914. Sahm, M. *Zwei Falle von Blasenektopie, die nach Maydl operiert wurden. 30p. 8? Rostock, 1917. Schulte, F. *Zur Kasuistik der Maydlschen Operation der angeborenen Blasenspalte. 26p. 8? Bresl., 1919. Schwarz, H. G. *Beitrag zur Therapie der Blasenectopie [Konigsberg] 34p. 8? Elbing, 1928. Werner, J. *Ueber Operationsweisen bei Ectopia vesicae. 40p. 8? Halle a.d. Saale, 1930. Bancroft, F. W. Bilateral transplantation of ureters for exstrophy of bladder. Ann. Surg., 1935, 101: 1128-32.—Bengo- lea, A. J., & Gamboa, M. Sobre un nuevo caso de extrofia de vejiga, tratado con la operation de Coffey. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1934, 18: 677-9.—Brattstrom, E. A case of ectopia vesicae operated according to the method of Maydl-Borelius. Acta chir. scand., 1922-23, 55: 33-7. Also Beitr. klin. Chir., 1922,127: 419-21.—Brown, H. H. Ectopia vesicae successfully treated by transplantation of the trigone into the sigmoid. Brit. M.J., 1921, 1: 15.—Burns, J. E. A new operation for exstrophy of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 82: 1587-90.—Bussa Lay, E. Sulle operazioni di derivazione delle orine e sulla ricostituzione o sostituzione del serbatoio vescicale. Riv. chir., Como, 1924, 3: 164; 200.—Cabot, H. The treatment of exstrophy of the bladder by ureteral transplantation. N. England J.M., 1931, 205: 706- 11.—Camera, V. A proposito del trattamento della extrofia della vescica; nuovo metodo di plastica della parete addomino- vescicale. Arch. ital. chir., 1922-23, 6: 421-32.—Davis, L. Sur gical treatment of exstrophy of the bladder, with report of a case. Boston M.&S.J., 1924, 191: 1201-6.—Bemel, R. Ueber die Erfolge der operativen Behandlung der Blasenektopie. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1921,33:533-56.—Berman, I. A. Operative Behandlung zweier Falle von Ektopie der Harnblase nach der Methode von Coffey. Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 856-9— Dixon, C. F. Ureteral transplantation for exstrophy of the bladder. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1929, 4: 33.—Donovan, E. J. Transplantation of the ureters into the sigmoid for exstrophy of the bladder. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1931, 11: 511.—Drachter, R. Eine neue Methode der operativen Behandlung der angeborenen Harn- blasenspalte. Arch. klin. Chir., 1922, 120: 291-7.—Egidi, G. Innesto dell' uretere destro nei sinistro e del sinistro nei sigma colico in caso di estrofia vescicale. Boll. Accad. med. Roma, 1935-36, 61: 421—Esser, J. F. S. Urinblasenersatz bei Ectopia vesicae. Zbl. Chir., 1917, 44: 937-42.—Estor, E. Exstrophie de la vessie; abouchement des ureteres dans la partie superieure du rectum, resultat vingt-quatre ans apres l'opferation. J. urol. med., Par., 1926, 22: 242.—Flbreken, H. Ein Beitrag zur opera- tiven Behandlung der Blasenektopie (Modification der Maydl- schen Methode nach Enderlen-Florcken) Beitr. klin. Chir., 1916-17, 104: 431-5—Forschell, Y. P. Ein Fall von Ektopia vesicae operata mit mehreren spateren Komplikationen. Acta path, microb. scand., 1933, suppl. 16, 350-7.—Foulds, G. S„ & Robinson, T. A. The late results of the Peters operation for extrophy of the bladder. Brit. J. Urol., 1932, 4: 20-6.—Fromme, A. Erfahrungen mit der Makkas-Lengemann'schen Operation der Blasenektopie. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1919, 115: 146-60 — Friind, H. Unsere Erfahrungen mit der Makkas'schen Opera- tion der Blasenektopie. Ibid., 1916, 99: 99-122.—Gaza, W. von. Zur Behandlung der Blasenektopie nach Makkas-Lenge mann. Arch. klin. Chir., 1923, 126: 515-22 [Discussion] 81- Godard, H. Le traitement de l'exstrophie vesicale par transpo- sition prerectale de la vessie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1935, 291-8. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 40: 442-50. ----- Exstrophie vesicale restauree, continente, urinant par les voies naturelles. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1936, 157-60—Green-Armytage, V. B. Im- plantation of the ureters for inoperable vesico-vaginal fistula and ectopia vesicae: a new technique. Brit. J. Surg., 1932, 20: 130-8.—Guleke. Die Behandlung der Blasen-Ektopie. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1921, 58: 1548. Also Miinch. med. Wschr.. 1922, 69: 30.—Heinsius, F. Ueber die operative Behandlung und Heilung der totalen Blasenektopie. Verh. Berl. med. Ges., 1916, 46: 17-31. ----- Ueber die operative Behandlung der Blasenektopie und das weitere Schicksal eines mit Hilfe der Trendelenburg'schen Operation geheilten Falles von Blasen- ektopie. Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 322-32— Hepler, A. B. Uretero- rectoneostomy in exstrophy of the bladder by the transfixion suture method; Coffey's technic 3. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 1387-91.—Holman, C. C. Ectopia vesicae treated by implantation of the ureters in the rectum. Brit. M.J., 1920, 1: 149—Hutchins, E. H., & Hutchins, A. F. Exstrophy of blad- der with successful transplantation of ureters into rectum; report of 2 cases. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1923, 36: 731-41,.pi.—Jans- sen, P. Die Operation der Blasenektopie ohne Inanspruch- nahme des Intestinums. Zbl. Chir., 1933,60:2658-62.—Jaschke, BLADDER 379 BLADDER R. T. von. Zur Behandlung der totalen Blasenektopie bei den Erwachsenen. Zbl. Gyn., 1932, 56: 322-6—Kaplan, A. [Sur- gical treatment of exstrophy of the bladder] Vest, khir., 1927, 11: 163-5.—Kirschner. Operativ geheilte Blasenspalte. Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48: 112—Kleinschmidt, 0. Einfache Bil- dung einer selbstfindigen, unter Sphinkterwirkung stehenden Blase; eine neue Abanderung der Maydl'schen Blasenspalten- operation. Zbl. Chir., 1920, 47: 1386-9—Knauf, A. R. The late results of operations for the cure of exstrophy of the bladder. In Papers Mayo Found. M. School, 1923, 2: 168-70.—Kuttner, H. Zur Makkas'schen Operation der Blasenektopie. Zbl. Chir., 1919, 46: 226.—Lauwers. Notes sur un cas d'exstrophie de la vessie et sur un nouveau procMe de derivation des urines. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1926, 5.ser., 6: 182-200, 2pl.—Levin, J. J. Extroversion of the bladder treated by transplantation of the ureters. Med. J.S. Africa, 1925-26, 21: 336-9.—Lotsch, F. Ueber die operative Behandlung der Blasenektopie. Zschr. Urol., 1923, 17: 385-96.—Ludlow, A. J. Exstrophy of bladder; implantation of ureters into rectum. China M.J., 1920, 34: 262, pi.—Macewen, J. A. C. Extroversion of the bladder treated by vesico-colostomy. Lancet, Lond., 1922, 1: 531.—Makkas, M. Zur Behandlung der Blasenektopie. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1936, 163: 554-70.—Mayer, A. Ueber operative Behandlung der Blasenektopie. Zbl. Gyn., 1927, 51: 1887-98.—Mayo, C. H., & Dixon, C. F. Ureteral transplantation for exstrophy of the bladder. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1930, 10: 1-6.—Mayo, C. H., & Walters, W. Transplantation of ureters into rectum; end- results in 35 cases of exstrophy of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 82: 624-6—Meyer-Burgdorff, H. Ueber Endergebnisse der Blasenspaltoperationen. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 1126-8.—Muller, S. [Operation for exstrophy of bladder by Borelius-Maydl method] Hospitalstidende, 1930, 73: 23.—Mugniery, E. Resul- tats eloignes de l'operation de Maydl pour exstrophie de la vessie. Lyon chir., 1921, 18: 481-91 .—Muller, G. P. The surgical treat- ment of exstrophy of the bladder. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1935, 15: 275-83.—Nandrot. Cure d'une exstrophie de la vessie par le procede de Marion-Heitz-Boyer, chez un jeune homme de 20 ans. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 1103; 1145—Nove- Josserand. Resultats eloignes de 1'opSration de Maydl pour l'exstrophie vesicale. Lyon chir., 1921, 18: 230-2. ----- Nouveau cas d'exstrophie vesicale operfi par la methode de Maydl. Ibid., 542. ----- Extrophie vesicale operee par la methode de Maydl. Ibid., 1924, 21: 624.—Nuboer, J. F. Zur Behandlung der Ectopia vesicae. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1933, 240: 390-3.—Rivarola, R. A. La operation de Heitz-Boyer- Hovelacque para el tratamiento de la exstrofia de la vejiga. Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1927,34: pt2,1023-7.—Roberts, C. A method of operation for the treatment of ectopia vesicae. Lancet, Lond., 1921,1:1125.—Robinson, T. A., & Foulds, G. S. Transplantation of the ureters in extrophy of the bladder. S. Michael Hosp. M. Bull., Toronto, 1925-26, 2: 84-6. ----- The late results after an operation for exstrophy of the bladder. Brit. J. Surg., 1926-27,14: 529.—Rocher, H. L., & Lasserre. Transplantation penienne des ureteres et cystectomie extra-peritoneale dans l'exstrophie vesi- cale. J. med. Bordeaux, 1920, 50: 518.—Rockey, E. W. Repair of epispadias and exstrophy of the bladder. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, 8: 1503-9.—Rolov, F. Zur Operation der Ectopia vesicae. Zbl. Chir., 1924, 51: 2432; 1930, 57: 1977.—Schamarin, W. K. [Ureter transplantation in bladder ectopy] Urologiya, 1932, 9: 36-8—SchiUing, H. [Makkas' operation for ectopia vesicae] Tskr. norsk lfegefor., 1919, 39: 655. Also Zbl. Chir., 1919, 46: 927—Stevens, A. R. A study of exstrophy of the blad- der, with report of a case 5 years after implantation of the ureters into the rectum. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1916, 11: 60-75.—Turner, G. G. The treatment of congenital defects of the bladder and urethra by implantation of the ureters into the bowel; with a record of 17 personal cases. Brit. J. Surg., 1929-30, 17:114-78.—Waller, J. B. Ein Fall von Ectopia vesicae, operiert nach Makkas. Zbl. Chir., 1924, 51: 1841.—Walters, W. Trans- plantation der Ureteren in das Recto-Sigmoid und Exsthpation der Blase zur Behandlung der Ectopia vesicae; Bericht fiber 76 Falle. Arch. klin. Chir., 1931,167: 589-600 [Discussion] llfi-26. Also Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1932, 44: 65. ----- Ureterosig- moidal transplantation for exstrophy of the bladder and com- plete epispadias, with absent urinary sphincters. Am. J. Surg., 1934, n.s., 26: 776-92.—Zaaijer, J. H. Operation bei Ectopia vesicae (Modifikation des Verfahrens nach Gersuny oder Heitz- Boyer) Zbl. Chir., 1923, 50: 114. ■--- Exstrophy—in animals. Aulton, F. Three cases of eversion of the bladder in the mare. Vet. J., Lond., 1922, 78: 250. ■--- Exstrophy—in women. Gtjtmann, C. *Ueber einen Fall von Bauch- Blasen-Darmspalte bei einem weiblichen Foet mit Uterus bicornis. 21p. 8? Erlangen, 1932. Bardon, J. Une nouvelle observation d'exstrophe vesicale chez une femme. J. urol. med., Par., 1923, 16: 384-9.—Burke, J. Exstrophy of the bladder in the female; report of a case success- fully operated by the extraperitoneal method. Ann. Surg., 1921, 73: 100-7.—Chabe, A. Procedes de choix du traitement chirurgical de l'exstrophie de la vessie dans le sexe feminin. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1921) 1922, 503-16. Also Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1921, 42: 566-70.—Bawson, J. B. Exstrophy of the bladder associated with pregnancy and labour. J. Obst. Gyn., Lond., 1933, 40:1214-9, 2pl— Franque, O. von. Spaltbek- ken mit Blasenektopie und Prolaps. Zbl. Gyn., 1916, 40: ^ ^, 7" autler' 3- Petite exstrophie de la vessie chez la femme. Tnoi •,, ™,nat;rChi,r-> Par-> 1935> 61: 708-13- Also Presse med., 1935, 43:901.—Haub, F. Inversion der Harnblase bei Carcinoma uteri et vaginae. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1922, 69: 1254—Miller, L. J & King, E. L. Complete exstrophy of the bladder with Sf'P™ as a complication of pregnancy. Am. J. Obst., 1918, 78: 267-73. Also repr.—Sage, E. C. An unusual example of exstrophy of the bladder with marked separation of the pubic bones. Ibid., 1924, 8: 497-500. Fibroma and fibroid. See also Bladder, Polypus; Bladder, Tumors. Bulle, H. K. S. *Ueber Blasenfibroide [Jena] 27p. 8? Coburg, 1929. Geismger, J. F. Fibroids of the urinary bladder; report of a case, with unusual complications. J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 29: 661-76.—Giordanengo, A. Polipo fibromatoso della vescica uri- naria. Cancro, Tor., 1934, 5: 162-5—Koll, I. S. Fibroids of the urinary bladder, with report of a case. J. Urol., Bait., 1923, 9: 453-60.—Kostjurin, W. S. Ueber Fibromyomen der Harnblase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1925, 18: 197-204.—Maingot, R. Fibroma of the urinary bladder. Brit. M.J., 1929,1: 850.—Martin, C. Pure fibroma of the bladder; report of a case. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 542-5.—Michon, L. Enorme fibrome pedicule de la vessie; ablation par voie transperitoneale. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 341.—Mock, J. Grosse tumeur conjonctivo-musculaire de la vessie. Paris chir., 1923, 15: 125.—Perard, J., & Elbim, A. Fibromyome vesical cavitaire. J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 40: 226-34.—Pierson, L. E. Fibroma of the urinary bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 396-8—Saturski, A. Gestieltes Fibro- myxom der Harnblase. Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 1180-7.—Scagliosi, G. Sui tumori della vescica (un caso di fibroma papillare bilate- rale periureterale) Riv. osped., 1930, 20: 189-201.—Segurola, M. Dos casos de fibroma vesical. Vida nueva, Habana, 1928, 22: 224-8.—Smith, E. C. Vesical fibroma. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1928, 19: 444.—Topa, P. T. Un caz de fibro-mixom al vesicei la un copil. Spitalul, 1916, 36: 231-5.—White, E. W. A very rare bladder tumor (fibromyoma) in a child. Tr. Chicago Urol. Soc, 1931, 1: 23-7. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 26: 253-60.— Young. Aberrant fibroid, marked by an unusual location of the tumor. Am. J. Obst., 1921-22, 2: 547-50. ---- Fibrosis [Interstitial cystitis] See also Bladder, Inflammation. Barron, W. R. Submucous fibrosis of the urinary bladder. South. M.J., 1936, 29: 623.—Bumpus, H. C. Interstitial cystitis; its treatment by over-distention of the bladder. Med. Clin. N. America, 1930, 13: 1495-8—Campbell, M. F. Submucous fibrosis of the bladder outlet in infancy and childhood. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 94: 1373-8—Crenshaw, J. L. Late results in pan- mural fibrosis of the bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1934,27:109-17.—Donohue, P. F. Submucous cystitis. J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 22: 465-89.—Bouglass, H. L. Excision of the superior hypogastric plexus in the treatment of intractable interstitial cystitis; report of 5 cases. Am. J. Surg., 1934, n.s., 25: 249-57. Also repr.—Jungano, M. Megavessie; fibromyomatose genera- lised de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 35: 338-42.—Moore, T. D. Pan-mural fibrosis of the bladder, with special reference to treatment. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1929-30, 22: 82-7.—Nosz- kay, A. [Surgical treatment of urinary bladder with low ca- pacity] Gyogyaszat, 1934,74:517-9.—Ormond, J. K. Interstitial cystitis. Tr. North Centr. Am. Urol. Ass., 1934, 56-62. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 33: 576-82— Paine, A. H. Atypical cases of submucous cystitis. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1924, 17: 261-4.—Peterson, A., & Hager, B. H. Interstitial cystitis; report of cases. California West. M., 1929, 31: 262-7.—Satani, Y. On chronic circumscribed parenchymatous cystitis. Jap. Zschr. Derm. Urol., 1922, 22: 47, pi.—Smith, G. G. Experiences with submucous fibrosis of the bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito- urin. Surg., 1928, 21: 317-35. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 26: 455- 64.—Stevens, A. R. Pan-mural cystitis. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito- urin. Surg., 1923, 16: 255-62, pi. ---- Fistula. See also Bladder subheadings Perforation, Puncture, Rupture; Bladder, Surgery: Cystos- tomy; Fistula, vesical [in 3.ser.] Urinary organs, Fistula. Ghouila-Houri, D. Contribution a l'etude des fistules vesico-intestinales. 145p. 8? Par., 1928. Coelho, S. Sobre as fistulas urinarias peculiares da mulher. Med. eontemp., Lisb., 1932, 50: 289.—Lower, W. E. Vesico- vaginal and rectovesical fistulae, with report of a case of con- genital rectovesical fistula. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 26: 141-6.— Mahfouz Bey, N. Urinary fistulae in women. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop., 1928, 3: 523-31. Also J. Obst. Gyn., Lond., 1930, 37: 566-76.—Manujlow, A. Ueber Klappenfisteln der Harnblase. Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 485-7.—Markov, N. [Com- Elete inversion of the bladder in fistula] J. akush. zhensk. oliez., 1930, 41: 361-4. Also Rev. fr. gyn. obst., 1930, 25: 728- 33.—Richards, C. G. Fistulae of the bladder. Wisconsin M.J., 1925-26, 24: 63-6.—Schiffmann, J. Zur Kenntnis der Blasen- darmfisteln beim Weibe. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1925, 18: 23-8.— BLADDER 380 BLADDER Sunde [Vesicocervical fistula] Norsk, mag. laegevid., 1936, 97: [Forh. Kir. Foren. Oslo] 43—White, E. W., & Holm, A. J. Vesico-umbilical urinary fistula; report of a case. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 95: 393-5. Also repr. ---- Fistula: Causes and pathology. Weisz, P. *Ein Fall von Harnsteinbildung bei Blasenscheidenfistel. 26p. 8? Lpz., 1926. Aldridge, A. H. Menstruation into the bladder from a vesico- vaginal fistula due to childbirth injury. Am. J. Obst., 1928, 16: 430-2.—Cassidy, L. Eleven cases of vesico-vaginal fistulae occurring during labour. Irish J.M.Sc, 1928, 6.ser., 553-8, 2pl.— Chernigovsky, N. N. [Uretero-cervicovesical fistula after in- duced abortion] J. akush. zhensk. boliez., 1927, 38: 101-3.— Be La Pena, A. Case of osteomyelitic abscess with fistula into the urinary bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 26: 473—Deutsch- man, D. Obstetrical vesicovaginal fistulae; etiology and spon- taneous closure, with report of cases. Med. J. & Rec, 1932, 135: 386-9.—Dijck, T. A. B. van [Pregnancy in a woman with a persistent urogenital sinus] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 1540-6.—Esau, P. Vaginalstein bei Blasen-Scheidenfistel. Zbl. Gyn., 1932, 56: 1110-3.—Furniss, H. B. Ureterovaginal and vesicovaginal fistulae, combined. Am. J. Surg., 1927, n.s., 3: 465-72.—Hepler, A. B., & Eikenbary, C. F. Spontaneous per- foration of the bladder; secondary to osteomyelitis of the pelvis. Ibid., 1933, 22: 113-7. Also repr.—Kairis, Z. Ueber Blasen- fisteln seltener Aetiologie. Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 663-6 — Kukuevitzky, B. B. [Fistula of the bladder, due to rupture of pelvic suppuration] Ukrayin. med. vist., 1929, 5: 337-40.— Ljubimow, N. J. Ein Fall von Blasen-Scheidenfistel seltener Aetiologie. Zbl. Gyn., 1935, 59: 2108-10.—Longaker, B., & Harriman, W. F. Kielland forceps and vesicovaginal fistula. Internat. Clin., 1927, 37.ser., 3: 224-9.—Micholitsch, T. Kom- plizierte Heilung einer postoperativen Blasenscheidenfistel. Wien. med. Wschr., 1933, 83: 391.—Ottow, B. Die Schiidigun- gen der Harnblase durch die Geburt und ihre Beziehungen zur Fistelbildung im Wochenbett. Zbl. Gyn., 1927, 51: 2924-36. ---- Fistula: Diagnosis. Dobrzaniecki, W., & Grabowski, W. La valeur morpholo- gique et fonctionnelle de l'urographie intraveineuse pour les fistules uro-genitales. Gyn. obst., Par., 1934, 29: 526-37.— Fischer, E. Die Vor- und Nachbehandlung von Genitalfistel- operationen (Salbenbehandlung bei Operationsmisserfolgen) Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 2299-303.—Goldbergas, T. Zur Erleichte- rung der Zystoskopie bei Vesicovaginal-Fisteln der Frauen. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 279. Also Zbl. Gyn., 1930, 54: 1094-6. Also Medicina, Kaunas, 1933, 14: 13- 20.—Lewin, A. Die Bedeutung der Zystoradiographie fiir die Diagnostik der Harnrohren- und Blasenfisteln. Mschr. Ge- burtsh. Gyn., 1926, 75: 76-8.—Nahmmacher, H. Was leistet die rontgenographische Darstellung bei Genitalfisteln? Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 2586-9.—Ottow, B. Behelfsmassige cystoskopische Darstellung von Blasenscheidenfisteln. Ibid., 1929, 53: 360-2— Seyfert, W. Zur Technik der Cystoskopie bei Blasenscheiden- fisteln. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 27: 79-84. ---- Fistula, suprapubic. See Bladder, Surgery: Cystostomy. ---- Fistula: Treatment. Bengolea, A. J., & Bazterrica, E., jr. La operation de Coffey como tratamiento de las fistulas urogenitales incurables. Dia med., B. Air., 1931-32, 4: 42-5.—Craig, G. Genito-urinary fistu- la?; with a note on repairing some of them from the vesical aspect. Med. J. Australia, 1929, 2: 594-6.—Ghiron, V. Tenta- tivi di terapia incruenta della vescica. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1926) 1927, 33: 833— Gottlieb, J. Die Behandlung von Blasen- Cervixfisteln mittels Elektrokoagulation. Zbl. Gyn., 1930, 54: 1090-2.—Landt, F. Heilung von gonorrhoischen Urinfisteln durch Eigenblutumspritzung. Derm. Wschr., 1928, 86: 733.— Martius, H. Ueber Harnfistel- und Inkontinenzoperationen. Zbl. Gyn., 1936, 60: 194-204—Mezo, B. [Treatment of vesico- parametral fistula with extensive resection of bladder] Orv. hetil., 1934, 78: 823. ---- Fistula, vesicovaginal. See also 3.ser. Fistula, vesicovaginal. Ahlstrbm, E. A case of a vesicovaginal fistula. Acta obst. gyn. scand., 1932, 12: 71-4—Astraldi, A. Reflux vesico-renal demontre avant et apres la fermeture d'une fistule vesico- vaginale. J. urol. med., Par., 1932,34:143.—Barsony, J. [Fistu- las of the bladder and vagina] Gyogyaszat, 1930, 69: 267.— BisseU, B. Genito-urinary fistula in the female; with an appre- ciation of Sims and his work. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect. obst. gyn., 1-18.—Caffler, P. Blasenscheidenfisteln. Ber. ges. Gyn., 1934, 27: 593-620.—Ferguson, R. T. Vesico- vaginal fistulae. South. M.&S., 1927, 89: 620-2.—Frommolt, G., & Stamatiades, A. Ueber Blasen-Scheidenfisteln. Zbl. Gyn 1934, 58: 2242-51—Hume, W. Vesico-vaginal fistula. Ken- tucky M.J., 1930, 28: 613-5—Judd, E. S., & Waldron, G. W. Vesicovaginal fistula. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1934,14: 551-6 — Keller, R. Fistules vesico-vaginales. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn Paris, 1932,21: 583-5—Kelley, C, & Davis,R.L. Vesico-vaginal fistula; with report of a case. Med. Rec, S. Antonio, 1928, 22: 197.—Legueu. Les fistules vesico-vaginales. Rev. gGn. clin. ther., 1933, 47: 513.—Marion, G. Fistole vescico-vaginali. Ri- forma med., 1932, 48: 739-41.—Mraz, J. Z. Vesico-vaginal fistula. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1930, 23: 333-8.—Quinby, W. C. Urologic aspects of vesicovaginal fistula. Tr. N. England Surg. Soc, 1935, 18: 243-51. Also N. England J.M., 1936, 214: 415-7.—Reeb. A propos de quelques fistules vfisico-vaginales Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1934, 23: 381-3. Also Gynecologie, 1934, 33: 261-9.—Scudder, I. S. Vesico-vaginal fistula. Med Woman J., 1933, 40: 10-3.—Shirley, C. W. Vesicovaginal fistula: case report. Med. Rec, S. Antonio, 1933, 27: 373-4.—Taylor, A. B. Vesico-vaginal and kindred fistulas. S. Afr. M.J 1934, 8: 570-2.—Treston, M. L. A peculiar case of vesico-vaginal fistula. Ind. M. Gaz., 1935, 70: 81—White, J. N. Vesico- vaginal fistula. Pennsylvania M.J., 1935-36, 39: 594-7. ---- Fistula, vesicovaginal: Treatment. Gardrinier, C. Y. *Les fistules vesico-vagi- nales post-obstetrical es rebelles et leur traite- ment par les proc^des indirects. 53p. 8? Par., 1935. Meyrat, R. Contribution a l'etude clinique et au traitement des fistules v6sico-vaginales. lOlp. 8? Par., 1933. Bengolea, A. J., & Bazterrica, E. Tratamiento de las fistulas vesico-vaginales. Prensa med. argent., 1927, 14: 730-42.— Bitschai, J. Die konservative Behandlung der Blasenscheiden- fisteln mit Berucksichtigung der intra- und extravesikalen Tumoren. Zschr. Urol., 1930, 24: 669-72—Cascelh, G. Uncaso di fistola vescico-vaginale guarito con l'apparecchio del Prof. L. Amabile. Riv. ostet. gin. prat., 1925, 7: 181.—Casu, C. Fattori di successo negli interventi per fistola vescico-vaginale. Monit. ostet. gin., 1934, 6: 264-76.—Clemente, G. Sulla cura delle fistole vescico-vaginali. Rass. ostet. gin., 1926, 35: 312-8.—Colombino, C. Contributo alla terapia delle fistole vescico-uretro-vaginali. Ann. ostet., 1928, 50: 508-15.—Couch Vazquez, D. Contribucion al tratamiento de las fistulas vesico-vaginales. Cir. cirujan., Mex., 1935, 3: 183-7.—De La Garza, G. Tratamiento de las fistulas vesico-vaginales. Rev. mex. cir. gin. cancer, 1936, 4: 33-44.—d'Erchia, F. Beitrag zum Studium der hohen und festen Vesiko-Vaginalfisteln mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Therapie. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1933-34, 96: 45-52.— Ghiron, V. Ancora sul trattamento non operativo delle fistole vescicali. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1928, 34: 854-6.—Miller, C. J. The management of vesico-vaginal fistulae. N. Orleans M.&S.J., 1929-30, 82: 850-4.—Miller, N. F. Treatment of vesico- vaginal fistulae. Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arbor, 1935, 1: 5.— Murphy, B. P. A pad for keeping the patient dry in bed in cases of vesicovaginal fistula. Am. J. Obst., 1936, 32: 516.—Orsini, A. Contributo alla terapia delle fistole vescico-vaginali complicate da estesa apertura e distruzione dell' uretra. Ann. ostet., 1928, 50: 33-55.—Ottow, B. Nochmals zur Elektrokoagulationsbe- handlung kleiner Blasenfisteln. Zbl. Gyn., 1930, 54: 1093.— Peterson, A. Vesico-vaginal fistulas treated by electrocoagula- tion. Am. J. Surg., 1932, n.s., 17: 247. Also repr.—Ragusa, B, Catetere ad assorbimento capillare per le operate di fistola vescico-vaginale. Clin, ostet., 1925, 27: 407-9.—Szendy, A., & Szendy, E. Ein neues Verfahren bei Blasen-Scheiden- und Blasen-Gebarmutterfisteln. Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 540-3.—Webb, M. V. The treatment of vesico-vaginal fistula. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M. (1927) 1928, 1: 351-9. ---- Fistula, vesicovaginal: Treatment, opera- tive. Berger, M. *Die Erfolge und Dauererfolge der Urogenitalfistel-Operationen. 24p. 8? Berl., 1929. Deimel, L. [J. L.] *Ueber die Operation und Nachbehandlung der Blasen-Scheiden- und Bla- sen-Cervixfisteln. 29p. 8? Munch., 1929. Grunau, M. *Ueber Blasenscheidenfistel- deckung mit Lappenbildung. 30p. 8? Berl., 1917. Kunicke, H. J. *Blasenscheidenfistelopera- tion nach Fiith; 18 Falle der Universitats- frauenklinik [Breslau] 47p. 8? [Konigszelt i. SchL] 1930. Maire, J. Contribution a l'etude des fistules vesico-vaginales; traitement par voie basse. 42p. 8? Par., 1926. Salles, J. G. de. *Tratamento das fistulas vesico-vaginaes por obliteracao directa e imme- diata. 93p. 12? Lisb., 1872. Teixeira Mendes, F. A. *Do tratamento das fistulas vesico-vaginaes pelo processo do des- dobramento. 53p. 8? S. Paulo, 1930. BLADDER 381 BLADDER Viollet, P. *Contribution a la cure des fistules vesico-vaginales; la voie transvesical; technique, indications, resultats. 137p. 8? Par., 1924. Acerbi, G. Un caso di fistola vescico-vaginale operata secon- do il metodo Merletti. Arte ostet., 1933, 47: 33-41—Antono-, poulos, B. Cinquante cas de fistules vfisico-vaginales traitees' par la voie vaginale; procfedfi de remplissage vesical dans les fistules larges; modifications vesicales post-operatoires. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1932, 41: 868-81.—Arauho Maia, H. de. Um caso de fistula vesico-vaginal tratado pela via transvesical. Rev. gyn. obst., Rio, 1930, 24: 359-69.—Arenas, N. Contribucion al tratamiento de las fistulas vesicovaginales por la via baja. Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires, 1930, 9: 6-10.—Artom di S. Agnese, V. Fistole vescico-vaginali operate per via transvescicale e trans- vescico-peritoneale. Arch. ital. chir., 1927, 18: 515-37.— Aubert, V. Large fistule vesico-vaginale op6re par voie vaginale. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1926, 29: 330-4—Begouin. Douze cas de fistules vesico-vaginales operees par voie vaginale; 12 succes d'emblee. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1933, 22: 54.—Bengolea, A. J. Resultados alejados de la operation de Coffey. Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires, 1936, 15: 470-2.----- Valeur com- parative des operations pour fistules vesico-vaginales. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54:1027-30.—Bissel, B. Vesicovaginal fistula; an appreciation of Marion Sims and his work. Am. J. Surg., 1929, n.s., 7: 143-56.—Braimbridge, C. V. The surgical treatment of vesico-vaginal fistula. East Afr. M.J., 1934-35, 11:186-8.—Bunster, E. Sobre el criterio operatorio en las fistulas vesico-vaginales; 2 observaciones. Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1926, 4: 198-203.—Calzolari, A. L'intervento precoce nella cura delle fistole vescico-vaginali. Arch, ostet. gin., 1932, 2.ser., 19: 78-83.—Chaffin, R. C. Vesicovaginal fistula; a new method of postoperative treatment and a simplified method of uretero- cystostomy. Am. J. Surg., 1936, 31: 484-8.—Cuff, C. H. Sig- moid implantation of ureters for gross vesico-vaginal fistula. Brit. M.J., 1933, 1: 561.—Da Fonseca. Contribution a la tech- nique de la cure des fistules vesico-vaginales. J. urol. med., Par., 1934, 38: 131— Das, K. Remarks on the operability and operative technique of vesico-vaginal fistula. Ind. M. Gaz., 1928, 63: 698-700.—Delaunay, E. Sur un procede de cure de fis tule vesico-vaginale. Paris chir., 1926, 18: 203-5.—Deniker & Le Gac, P. Note sur 2 cas de fistules vesico-vaginales operees par voie transvfsicale. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1927, 53: 315-8.—Douglass, M. Repair of vesicovaginal fistula. Am. J. Surg., 1936, 31: 558-69.—Dumitrescu, D., & Platareanu, V. [Trendelenburg's transvesical method in treatment of vesico- vaginal fistulas] Spitalul, 1933, 53: 107; 159.—Elaut, L. De la derivation transcervicale de Purine dans la cure des fistules vesico-vaginales. J. urol. med., Par., 1934, 37: 21-46.—Falk, H. C. Suprapubic transvesical operation for vesico-vaginal fistula. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1930, 10: 683-7.—Farman, F., & Thompson, R. C. Vesicovaginal fistula; etiology, surgical principles of repair and technique of suprapubic transvesical operation. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 20: 663-72.—Ferran, T. Fistules vesico-vaginales multiples operees par la voie vaginale. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1925, 28: 631-4.—Fiolle, J., & Bor, A. L'operation des fistules vesico-vaginales par le procede de Marion (voie transvesicale) Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1927, 53: 420-2 — Fornero, A. Ancora sul valore dell'operazione dello Sfameni nelle fistole vescicali, con particolare riferimento alla sua resisten- za alle influenze ripetute, traumatizzanti. Rass. ostet. gin., 1931, 40: 487-96.—Fowler, R. Repair of vesico-vaginal fistula. J. Coll. Surg. Australas., 1928,1: 220-5—Fraser, J. C. The treat- ment of vesico-vaginal fistula by rectal transplantation of thn ureters. Ind. M. Gaz., 1929, 64: 301-5.—Freund, R. Blasen- Scheidenfisteloperation nach Art der Bassini'schen Aponeuro- senplastik. Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 1177-80.—Frigyesi, J. [Surgery of vesico-vaginal fistula] Orv. hetil., 1934, 78: 109—Fuchs, H. Harnleiterdrainage nach der Operation tiefliegender Blasen- scheidenfisteln. Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 868-71.—Garfunkel, .P. Zur Kiistner'schen Fisteloperation. Ibid., 1925, 49: no.2, 2307 — Garlock, J. H. The cure of an intractable vesicovaginal fistula by the use of a pedicled muscle flap; a new concept. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1928, 47: 255-60.—Goulart, F. Cura radical de uma fistula vesico-vaginal pelo processo das suturas em cruz. Rev. brasil. med. pharm., 1928, 4: 510-6.—Courdet, J. Desenclaveur pour fistules vesico-vaginales. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1930, 39: 461.—Graff, E. Vesiko-Vaginalfistel nach Coffey operiert. Wien. med. Wschr., 1925, 75: 2392. ------ Heilung einer puer- peralen Blasenscheidenfistel durch Einpflanzung der Ureteren in den Darm. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1926, 72: 319-29 — Halligan, E. J., & Halligan, H. J. Transplantation of ureters in extensive vesicovaginal fistula with destruction of urethra and vesical sphincter. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1933, 30: 482-6 — Harris, S. H. Urethro-vesico-vaginal fistula; a new operation for restoration of the urethra. J. Coll. Surg. Australas., 1928-29, 1:390-5.—Hertzler, A. E. Repair of vesicovaginal fistula. Am. J. Obst., 1929, 17: 114-6.—Hoffman, R. E. Large vesico-vaginal fistula; cloaca operation (a case report) Clin. M.&S., 1927, 34: 201.—Hromada, G. Plastischer Verschluss von Blasen-Schei- denfisteln mit Doppelung des Blasenbodens. Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 1431-4.—Irwin, G. G. Transvesical repair of vesico-vaginal fistulae (with report of a case) West Virginia M.J., 1930, 26; 419-21.—Isaakian, A. N. [Fistula vesico-vaginalis after labor, operated by Mackenrodt with Kushtalov's modification] J. akush. zhensk. boliez., 1926, 37: no.3, 358-63. Also Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1927, 36: 328-30.—Jeanbrau, E. Cinq fistules vesico-vaginales difficiles gu6ries par l'operation vaginale en position de Depage. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1933, 73-87. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 35: 221-35. ----- Fistule vesico-vagi- nale d origine obstetricale; cure opfiratoire par voie vaginale en position de Depage, apres echec de la voie trans-vesicale. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1933, 79-84. ------ Large fistule vesico-vaginale avec hernie de la vessie operee par voie vaginale en position de Depage; guerison. Ibid., 84-7—Kastner, H. Zur Behandlung der Blasenscheidenfistel. Arch. klin. Chir., 1931, 164: 802-8 — Kantor, A. Zur Frage der Harnleiterdrainage nach Operation von Blasen-Scheidenfisteln. Zbl. Gyn., 1932, 56: 341-3.—Katz, H. Verlauf und Ausgang eines Falles von Einpflanzung der Harnleiter in den Darm wegen puerperaler Blasen-Scheiden- fistel. Ibid., 1698-707—Khakhutov, S. B. [Method of lateral suture in cases of large vesico-vaginal fistulas] Vest, khir., 1928, 14: 96-106. ------ [Surgical therapy of vesico-vaginal defects by author's method and its results] Ibid., 1931, 24: 167-77.— Kirwin, T. J„ & Lowsley, 0. S. Radical relief of vesico-vaginal fistula; report of an unusual case of eversion of the bladder through the fistulous opening, and a review of 60 cases seen at New York Hospital during the past 90 years. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 33: 51-63—Kleefisch, J. Ueber die Operation der Blasen- Scheidenfistel nach H. Fiith (Manschettenmethode) Zbl. Gyn. 1930, 54: 258-67—Kbhler, H. Ueber Blasen-Scheidenfistelopera- tion. Ibid., 1927, 51: 1907-9—Kolischer, G., & Jones, A. E. A contribution to the operative technique in vesico-vaginal fistula. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1925, 29: 593-5.—Kulenkampff, B. Die Opera- tion der Blasen-Scheidenfistel ohne Spekula. Zbl. Gyn., 1927, 51: 1909-11.—Lardennois. La cure des fistules vesico-vaginales par la voie transvfisicale. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1933, 59: 289-94. Also Gynecologie, 1933, 32: 449. Also Union med. nord-est, 1933, 56: 65-73.—Latzko, W. Beitrag zur Operation komplizierter Blasen-Scheidenfisteln, nebst Bemerkungen iiber den Ersatz von Harnrohrendefekten. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1931, 44: 103-8. Also Zbl. Gyn., 1933, 57: 1026-34—Laughlin, V. C. Vesico-vaginal fistula; refinements of operative technique and post-operative management. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 535-9 — Lee, W. E., & Herman, L. Inoperable vesicovaginal fistula; bilateral transplantation of the ureters into the sigmoid rectum. Pennsylvania M.J., 1934, 37: 894-900.—Le Gac. Un cas de fistule vesico-vaginale, traitee par le procede de Marion, avec cystostomie de necessitfi. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54: 802-4.—Legueu, F. Valeur comparative des operations pour fistules vesico-vaginales. Gynecologie, 1928, 27: 385-8. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1929, 48: 796-8—Lehucher. A propos du traitement chirurgical des fistules vesico-vaginales. Tunis. med., 1930, 24: 243-8.—Lower, W. E. Vesicovaginal fistula. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1930, 48: 336-40. Also Ann. Slug., 1930, 92: 774-8.—Mandelstamm, A. Beitrag zur atypischen operativen Behandlung schwieriger Falle von Blasen-Scheidenfisteln (eine Lappenmethode) Zbl. Gyn., 1935, 59: 501-5. ----- Ueber die Anwendung der Flick-(Lappen) Methode bei der Vernahung von Blasenfisteln im Scheidengewblbe. Ibid., 1936, 60: 208-11.—Marques Bertran, V. Curacion de un caso de fistula vtsico-vaginal por el procedimiento del Dr Sansalvador. Med. ibera, 1936, 30- 116.—Martin, J. Traitement des fistules vesico- vaginales. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1928,17: 810-5.—Martius, H. Ueber die Behandlung von Blasenscheidenfisteln, insbe- sondere mit Hilfe einer Lappenplastik. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1932,103: 22.—Meriel, E. La cystostomie sus-pubienne prealable aux operations de fistule vesico-vaginale. Gynecologie, 1928, 27: 467-70.—Mestitz, W. Zur Technik der Operation stark fixierter Blasen-Scheiden-Fisteln. Wien. med. Wschr., 1935, 85: 812-5.—Miller, C. J. The management of vesicovaginal fistulae. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1929) 1930, 42: 72-8—Miller, N.F. Treatment of vesicovaginal fistulas. Am. J. Obst., 1935, 30: 675-95.—Montanari, E. Trattamento di fistola vescico- vaginale, associata a distruzione del canale uretrale; processo di ricostruzione di detto canale. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1932, 38-. 834-8.—Muller, G. [High closure of vagina in operative treat- ment of vesico-vaginal fistula] Cas. 16k. Cesk., 1925, 64: 1357- 62.—Nelson, O. A. Vesicovaginal fistula. West. J. Surg., 1932, 40:442-5.—Pavlovsky, A. J. Fistula vesico-vaginal y fascia preve- sical. Sem. med., B. Air., 1930, 37: pt2, 1058-60.—Perrin. Col- pocleisis pour fistule vesico-vaginale. Lyon chir., 1935,32:703-5 — Phaneuf, L. E. Vesicovaginal fistula adherent to the right pubic ramus: the management of a difficult case. Am. J. Surg., 1933,19: 29-35. Also repr. ----- Vesicovaginal fistula; management and end-results. Am. J. Obst., 1936, 31: 316-24—Price, J. W., & Spurling, R. G. The surgical treatment of vesico-vaginal fistula, a report of 3 cases. Kentucky M.J., 1927, 25: 286-9— Rhumada, J. C, & Gandolfo Herrera, R. Fistula vesico-vaginal post- operatoria recidivante, operada por via transvesical. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1929, 13: 302-5.—Roeder, C. A. A technique for the repair of large vesicovaginal fistulae. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1927, 45: 102-4.—Rojas, B. A. Fistulas vesico-vaginales de ori- gen traumatico y operatorio, operadas por via vaginal. Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires, 1929, 8: 203-20. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1929, 36: pt2,1123-7.—Saenger, H. E. [Operation and after-treat- ment of vesico-vaginal and vesico-cervical fistulae] Norsk mag. laegevid., 1929,90:505-7.—Samter, O. Die Operation der Blasen- Scheidenfisteln und -defekte. Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59: 1734-40.— Sansalvador. Contribucion al estudio, tratamiento y curacion de las fistulas urinarias de la mujer por via vaginal; la sutura metalica cauchutada del doctor Sansalvador para la mucosa vaginal. Rev. espan. obst. gin., 1931, 16: 195-205.—Schatunov, P. G. [Simple method of sewing-up vesico-vaginal fistula] Vrach. gaz., 1927, 31: 42.—Seifert, M. J. An improved operation for the cure of vesico-vaginal fistula. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1929, 33: 297-300.—Silverton, R. J. The transvesical operation for vesico- vaginal fistula. Med. J. Australia, 1929, 2: 596.—Spears, N. P. BLADDER 382 BLADDER Suprapubic transvesical operation for vesicovaginal fistula. Am. J. Obst., 1929, 18: 267-73.—Stephenson, G. W., & Masson, J. C. Vesicovaginal fistula and technique of repair. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1934, 58: 1036-9— Stoeckel, W. Zur Operation der Blasenscheidenfisteln und der Urethrokele. Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58: 2235-42.—Strempel, A. Ischiocavernosusplastik nach Mar- tius. Ibid., 1936, 60: 205-8.—Sturmdorf, A. Permanent occlu- sion of an intractable vesicovaginal fistula by a tracheloplastic flap; case report with observations on the omission of the in- dwelling catheter. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1925, 41: 358-61—Thies- sen, N. W. Transperitoneal repair of a vesicovaginal fistula. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1935, 10: 375-7.—Troitsky, V. M. [Colpo- cleisis in fistulas of the bladder] Vest, khir., 1931, 24: 216-24.— Violet. Sur les fistules vesico-vaginales apres l'operation de Wertheim. Lyon med., 1925,136: 350-2.—Vogt, E. Zur Behand- lung der Blasen-Scheidenfistel durch Laparatomie. Zbl. Gyn., 1932, 56: 1105-9.—Wathen, J. R. Operation for vesicovaginal fistula. Kentucky M.J., 1931, 29:73-6.—Watkins, T.J. Vesico- vaginal fistula; utilization of thorough dissection of the anterior vaginal wall for closure. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1924, 49: 334-44.— Willan, R. J. Case of old standing vesico-vaginal fistula cured by operation. Newcastle M.J., 1922-23, 3: 21.—Woodman, G. S. The treatment of vesicovaginal fistula, with special reference to implantation of the ureters. Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 1112-5.— Young, H. H. Repair of vesicovaginal fistula; presentation of a new instrument. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1927, 45: 226-9—Zange- meister, W. Beitrag zur operativen Heilung grosser Blasen- Scheidenfisteln. Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 352. ---- Foreign bodies. See also Autoerotism. Koblinsky, A. * Fremdkorper in Urethra und Blase, lip. 8? Kiel, 1933. Lingner, E. * Fremdkorper in der Harnblase. 34p. 8? Giessen, 1919. Schwabe, E. W. J. *Ueber Fremdkorper in der Harnblase. 53p. 8? Berl., 1918. Abramian, A. J. [Foreign bodies in the bladder] Soviet khir., 1934, 6: 103-7.—Akestorides, N. Corps etranger de la vessie. Bruxelles med., 1929-30, 10: 949-53.—Atwood, A. L. A nail in the urinary bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1931, 35: 27.— Belkin, M. [Cases of foreign bodies in the bladder] Dniepropetr. med. J., 1926, 5: 599-603.—Bellefeuille, de. Corps etranger de la vessie chez une alienee. Union med. Canada, 1920, 49: 84-8 — Bethune, C. W. Case report of foreign body in bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1926, 16: 149.—Bitschai, J. Seltener Fremdkorper der Harnblase. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 723.—Bond, S. P. For- eign bodies in the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 83: 1163.— Boss, W. Blasenfremdkbrper. Erg. Chir. Orthop., 1932, 25: 477-563.—Briggs, W. T. Foreign bodies in the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1926, 15: 383-7—Busch, J. P. zum. Vier Falle von Fremdkorpern in der mannlichen Harnblase. Zschr. Urol., 1923, 17: 150.—Caples, B. H. A case of foreign body in the urinary bladder. Internat. J.S., 1919, 32: 242. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1919, 29: 315.—Carraro, N. Corpi stranieri della vescica urinaria. Pensiero med., 1921, 10: 1154-9.—Catterina, A. Contributo alio studio dei corpi stranieri in vescica. Arch. ital. chir., 1922, 5: 520-32—Chambers, G. Foreign body in the bladder. Brit. M.J., 1927, 2: 827.—Chapplain. Corps etranger vesical. Arch. mal. reins, 1935-36, 9: 630.—Chevalier, G. Corps etrangers de la vessie. Marseille med., 1933, 70: 351.—Chissell, P. J. A foreign body in the bladder. J. Ceylon Br. M. Ass., 1924, 21: 96-8.—Chun, J. W. H. Lead-piece in the bladder. Nat. M.J. China, 1919-20, 5: 151.—Cifuentes, P. Cuerpo extranos de la vejiga urinaria. Rev. espan. urol. derm., 1915, 17: 361-3.— Cohn, T. Das Paraffin in der Blase. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol., 8.Kongr. (1928) 1929, 436-8.—Cook, J. Foreign body in male bladder. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 2:1232.—Covisa, I. S. Tres casos de cuerpos extranos de la vejiga. Med. ibera, 1922, 16: 230.— Custodio Morais, V. Dois casos de corpo estranho da bexiga. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1930, 48: 151-4—Bavidson, O. W. For- eign body in the urinary bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 615.—Day, R. V. Foreign bodies in the bladder. Bull. S. An- thony Hosp., Okla., 1920, 1: 32. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1922, 7: 243-6.—Bewey, J. E. Three cases of foreign body in the bladder. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1922, 19: 499.—Bietal, F. Quecksilberther- mometer in der Harnblase. Deut. med. Wschr., 1934, 60:1205.— Duncan, I. G. Perfume bottle in a man's bladder; case report. Memphis M.J., 1927, 4: 118. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1927, 31: 514.—Buvergey. Corps etrangers de la vessie. J. med. Bor- deaux, 1922, 52: 61.—Erdman. B. Unusual foreign body in blad- der. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1921,25:394.—Farbach, H.J. An unusual foreign body in the urinary bladder. Kentucky M.J., 1921, 19: 130—Fenger, E. P.,' Petter, C. K., & Thomas, G. J. A clinical thermometer as a foreign body in the male urinary bladder; report of case. Minnesota M., 1929, 12: 378. Also repr.— Ferguson, V. L. Foreign body in the bladder. Brit. M.J., 1928, 2: 490.—Fortney, G. 0. Foreign bodies in the urinary bladder. Minnesota M., 1931, 17: 147.—Garshwiler, W. P., Weyerbacher, A. F„ & Balch, J. F. Foreign bodies in the urinary bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 22: 199-202. Also repr—Gasparian, A.'M. [Foreign bodies in the bladder] Urologiya, 1932, 10: 35-8 — Gauthier, S. Corps etranger dans la vessie. Union med. Canada, 1932, 61: 302-4.—Geiger, J. Hair pin in the bladder; report of 2 cases. Med. Critic, 1921, 24: 341.—GiU, R. B. For- eign body (chewing gum) in the urinary bladder; report of 2 cases. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 19: 528-30.—Goldman, M. Foreign bodies in the bladder. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1933, 30: 51-6 — Hadengue, P. Corps etranger urethro-vesical. J. radiol. electr., 1931, 15: 252.—Haines, W. H. Foreign body in urinarv bladder- report of case. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 20: 467-9.—Hawkins, J. A. Foreign bodies in the urinary bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1925, 29: 389.—Hermans, A. G. J. [Foreign bodies in urethra and bladder] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: pt2, 2320-7—Hofmann, W. Zur Kasuistik der Blasenfremdkorper. Zschr. Urol., 1923, 17: 22-4.—Jameson, J. W. Foreign body from bladder. N England J.M., 1931, 24: 354.—Katzen, P. Paraffin foreign body in the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105: 1422.—Kau, Z. M. Foreign bodies in the urinary bladder. China M.J., 1934, 48: 475-80, pi.—Kidd, F. Candle removed from the bladder of a male. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1922-23, 16: sect, urol., 84.— Knepler, A.T. [Foreign bodies (grass-stalk) in bladder] Vrach. gaz., 1927,31: no.4, 275.—Kruspe, M. Bassgeigensaite und Radio- isolierschlaueh als Fremdkorper der Blase. Zschr. Urol., 1926, 20: 564-6.—Legueu. Histoire d'un thermometre dans la vessie. Rev. g6n.clin. ther., 1919, 33: 824.—Lett, H. A note on 2 cases of a foreign body in the urinary bladder. Brit. M.J., 1927,1:138 — Levy, M. L. Thermometer in the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 115.—Maciulis, S. [Foreign bodies in the bladder Medicina, Kaunas, 1932, 13: 416.—Manchego, E. P. Un caso curioso de cuerpo extrafio en la vejiga. Cron. m6d., Lima, 1919, 36: 243-5.—Marinescu, G. Corps etrangers rares de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1924, 18: 470.—Marques, R. Corpos extra- nhos da bexiga. Brasil med., 1927, 41: 841.—Martin, L. Corps etranger de la vessie. Lyon med., 1920, 129: 527.—Mauterer, O. P. Foreign body in urinary bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1936, 32: 178.—Minder, G. [Foreign bodies in bladder] Orv. hetil 1934, 78: 439-41. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1934-35, 40: 259-65.— Minnecci, L. Su di un corpo estraneo (forcina) in vescica. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1926, 31: 69.—Moro, N. Zur Kenntnis der Paraffin- und Stearinfremdkorper in mannlichen Blasen. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1927, 21: 274-7.—Nagorsky, L. Foreign body in the bladder resulting from masturbation. Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 125: 666.—Nelson, A. W. Foreign bodies in the bladder; case report. J. Med., Cincin., 1927-2*, 8: 78-80.— Parrott, A. D. An unusual foreign body in urinary bladder. South. M.&S., 1921, 83: 643.—Pellecchia, E. Un non comune corpo estraneo della vescica. Arch. ital. urol., 1925, 2: 177.—Pescor, M. J., & Byble, R. H. Chewing gum in the urinary bladder. Hosp. News, Wash., 1936, 3: no.13, 16-20.—Pfeiffer, E. [Foreign bodies in the bladder] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1919, 17: 179-81. Also Zschr. Urol., 1920, 14: 321-8.—Phelps, 0. D., & Bierberach, W. B. Two interesting cases of foreign body in the bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1919, 23: 526.—Pomeroy, E. S. Foreign body in urinary bladder; report of case. J. Urol., Bait., 1926, 16: 377.—Portner, E. Fremdkorper in der Blase. Med. Klin., Berl., 1923,19:89 — Posner, H. L. Zur Kasuistik der Fremdkorper in der Blase. Zschr. Urol., 1924,18: 643.—Puigvert Gorro, A. Cuerpos extranos de la vejiga. Ars medica, Barcel., 1931, 7: 197-204, pi.—Ramirez Betancourt, R. Foreign body in the bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 566—Robitshek, E. C. Foreign bodies in the bladder. Minnesota M., 1933, 16: 707.—Rudnick, B. F. A new type of foreign body in the urinary bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 94:1565. Also repr.—Slotkin, G. E. An unusual foreign body in the bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1922, 28: 141.—Sternbach. Fremdkorper der Harnrbhre und Blase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 98.—Takahashi, A. Kasuistische Mitteilung sel- tener Blasenfremdkorper. Ibid., 1927, 22: 173-6. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 24: 432-5—Timberlake, G. Foreign bodies in the urinary bladder. J. Florida M. Ass., 1927-28, 14: 609-12.— Turner, J. H. Two unusual foreign bodies in male urinary bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1924, 11: 581-5—Turton, J. H. Blad- der; foreign body. Brit. M.J., 1922, 2: 44.—TJlrich, H. Zur Kasuistik der Fremdkorper der Blase. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1921, 68: 1624.—Vaudey, P. A propos d'un corps etranger vesical. Monde m6d„ Par., 1922, 32: 525-8—Vermooten, V. Grass in the urinary bladder. N. England J.M.. 1928-29, 198: 139.—Vintici, V. [Foreign bodies in the bladder in men] Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1929, 18: 36-9—Warner, H. Ein Fremdkorper (Bleistift ) in der mannlichen Harnblase. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 1711.—Watkins, T. H., & Moss, O. W. An unusual foreign body found in urinary bladder. N. Orleans M.&S.J., 1923-24, 76: 465— Webber, H. W. Foreign body in the bladder. Brit. M.J., 1928, 2: 747.—White, E. W., & Holm, A. J. Foreign bodies in the urinary bladder. Illinois M.J., 1927, 52: 223-38. Also Brit. J. Urol., 1930, 2: 27-35— Wolff, E. P. Zur Kasuistik der Blasenfremdkbrper. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1927, 23: 428-34 — Wunderlich, A. Zur Kasuistik nach Sitz und Art merkwiirdiger Fremdkorper der Harnblase. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 224—Za- kharov, E. M. [Case of foreign body in bladder] Vrach. gaz., 1927,31: 523. ---- Foreign bodies: Calculus. Becker, H. [R.] *Ueber Blasensteine und Fremdkorper der weiblichen Blase und ihre Ent- fernung durch den vaginalen Blasenschnitt [Leipzig] 30p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. Thur.] 1927. Kramer, H. * Blasensteine mit Fremdkbrper- kernen [Freiburg i. Br.] 32p. 8? [Chemnitz] 1930. Ballenger, E. G., & Elder, O. F. A stone in the bladder with a pin as a nucleus. South M.J., 1924, 17: 959.—Bandler, C. 0. Unusual foreign body with vesical calculus. Am. J. Surg., 1929, n.s., 7: 274. Also repr.—Blanc, H. Drug calculi of the bladder. BLADDER 383 BLADDER Urol. Cut. Rev., 1930, 34: 395-7.—Blasucci, M. B. Calculus on foreign body 12 years after repair of vesico-vaginal fistula. J. Urol., Bait., 1936,35:652 —Chauvin & Vignoli. Calculs exogenes de la vessie. Marseille med., 1925, 62: 377-80.—Chiasserini, A. Calcolo vescicale da corpo estraneo. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1924) 1925, 31: 593-5. Also Policlinico, 1925, 32: sez. prat., 388.— Coulazou, Simonnet & True. Corps etranger de la vessie; calcul developpe autour d'une 6pingle chez un homme. Bull. Soc sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1924-25, 6: 336-9— De Buoi, L. Calcolo vescicale originatosi da un frammento di carta da giornale. Pediat. prat., Mod., 1929, 6: 11-6.—Bozsa, E. Um eine Haar- nadel gebildeter Pfeifenstein in der Blase. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 776.—Falsia, A. Litiasis vesical sobre cuerpo extrano. Sem. med., B. Air., 1925, 32: 79-81.—Fister, G. M., & Rutledge, G. B. Chewing gum as the nucleus of a vesical calculus in the male. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 118—Garcin. Presentation d'un corps etranger de la vessie (epingle a cheveux) avec in- crustation considerable. Lyon med., 1924, 133: 274.—Gibson, J. S. Vesical calculus, formed around chewing gum; a needle in rectum; a case report. Mil. Surgeon, 1930, 66: 33. Also repr — Grandineau. Calculs vesicaux d6veloppes autour de fils de suture non resorbables. Rev. med. est, 1922, 50: 159.—Ker- mauner, F. Steine und Fremdkorper der Harnblase; Kasuistik. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1917, 46: 311-4.—Kretschmer, H. L. Report of a case of stone in the bladder which formed around suture of Pagenstacher linen. J. Urol., Bait., 1923, 9: 281 — Leersum, E. C. van [Ova of Trichosomoides crassicauda as nuclei of experimental vesical stones] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: pt2, 5495-7.—Lepinay & Perard. Corps etranger vesical con- stitue par une masse de paraffine enrobee d'une coque de phos- phates. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1926, 5: 228-30.—Lunham, J. L. Stone in the bladder formed around a foreign body. Ind. AI. Gaz., 1925, 60: 527.—McFadzean, J. Foreign body in the. bladder causing calculus formation. Brit. M.J., 1928,1:665.—McMartin, C. Vesical calculi on foreign bodies. J. Urol., Bait., 1925, 13: 219-25.—Manetta, P. Grosso calcolo vescicale da un raro corpo estraneo. Riforma med., 1926, 42: 404.—Mehta, B. H. Lithola- paxy in a female; dodi twig as nucleus of a stone. Brit. M.J., 1904, 1: 490.—Menestrina, S. Calcolosi vescicale da corpo estraneo. Boll. med. trent., 1928, 43: 97-103— Nail, M. Un curieux cas de corps etranger de la vessie inclus dans un calcul. Presse med., 1934, 42: 856.—Ockerblad, N. F. Paraffin foreign body in the bladder with calculous formation. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1923, 3:1651-7.—Phelip, L. Calculs developpes autour de corps etrangers de la vessie. Lyon med., 1924, 133: 337.— Pulido, Martin, B. A. Calculos secundarios de la vejiga de la orina. Siglo med., 1918, 65: 661-5.—Roche, A. E. Vesical calcu- lus with paraffin nucleus. Lancet, Lond., 1926, 2: 902.—Rbdel, W. Blasenstein in einer mannlichen Harnblase, um eine Sicherheitsnadel herum entstanden. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 419.—Shaw, E. H. Vesical calculus with nucleus of paraffin wax. Lancet, Lond., 1926, 2: 225.—Steinhauser, W. Reargonblasenstein. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 940.— Thevenard. Corps etranger de la vessie chez une jeune fille de 13 ans; formation secondaire d'un calcul cervico-uretral au pourtour du corps etranger; dilatation du sphincter et de l'uretre; incontinence d'urine definitive. Paris chir., 1923, 15: 210-2. ---- Foreign bodies: Complications and se- quelae. Boeminghaus. Paravesikale Abszessbildung infolge Perfora- tion der Blasenwand durch Haarnadel. Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 276.—Brendolan, G. Due fistole vescicc-vaginali susseguenti ad una comune forcella da capelli in vescica. Policlinico, 1923, 30: sez. prat., 1064-6.—Cannata, G. M. Flemmone ligneo peri- vescicale da corpo estraneo. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1928, 7: 430-3.—Cignozzi, O. Perforazione vescicale per calcolo da corpo estraneo; pericistite purulenta; taglio ipogastrico; trattamento aperto; guarigione. Arch. ital. urol., 1926-27, 3: 233-40.— Gorowitz, P. Ueber die Formveriinderung der Fremdkorper in der Harnblase. Zschr. Urol., 1927, 21: 190-2.—Janssen, P. Auffallendes Verhalten eines Fremdkbrpers in der Blase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1924,15: 260-2.—Manuilov, A. Corps etranger dans la vessie provoquant l'obturation des intestins. J. urol. med., Par., 1936, 41: 448-51.—Melicow, M. M. Perforation of bladder wall by foreign body encrusted with unusually large calculus. Med. Times, N.Y., 1935, 63: 341.—Narizhny, A. V. [Puncture of the urethrovaginal wall by foreign body in the bladder] Med. misl, Tashkent, 1930-31, 5: 31-6—Novi, M, Corpo estraneo osseo nella vescica da osteotubercolosi del pube (osservazione clinica) Arch. ital. urol., 1924, 1: 347-69—Taver- nier, Labry [et al.] Corps etrangers de la vessie; prolapsus rectal secondaire. Lyon chir., 1924, 21: 615-7. ---- Foreign bodies, migratory. Bachrach, R. Durchwanderung eines Fremdkorpers durch die Blase in die Bauchhohle. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 204-6—Crane, J. J., & Moody, E. E. A splinter of wood lodged in the urinary bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 1702—Fowler, H. A. Migratory foreign bodies in the bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1932, 25: 297-311.—Luys, G. Deux cas de migration dans la vessie de fils de suture places a distance; extraction de ces fils par les voies naturelles. Paris chir., 1920, 12: 347-50.—Monaschkin, G. Ueber Durchwanderung von Fremdkbrpern aus der Bauchhohle in die Harnblase. Zschr. Urol. Chir., 1926,19:87-94.—Petren, G. Drei Falle mit wandern- der Ligatur in der Harnblase. Acta obst. gyn. scand., 1930, 9: 438-52. Also Zschr. Urol., 1930, 24: 748-57. ---- Foreign bodies, postoperative. r T?al,dv^n,' J- F' Post-operative foreign bodies in the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 25: 513— Dutt Gupta, A. K. A case of rubber catheter inside the bladder. Ind. M. Gaz., 1929, 64: 210.— Heald, C. L. Knotted rubber tubing in bladder; case report. Iowa M. Soc, 1926, 16: 410.—Legueu. Extraction d'une bougie filiforme tombco dans la vessie. Rev. g6n. clin. ther., 1919, 33: 71.—Ottow, B. Eine chirurgische Nadel als Fremdkorper in emer Harnblase mit grosser Blasen-Scheidenfistel. Zbl. Gvn., 1929, 53:1444-50.—Pedersen, V. C. Foreign body in the bladder complicating post-operative convalescence. J. Urol., Bait., 1926, 15: 587-91.—Salleras, J. Presentation de dos pabellones de sonda de Pezzer extraidos de una vejiga, con cistitis rebelde; talla hipogastrica; curacion. Rev. As. med. argent., 1924, 37: soc. urol., 144-8. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1924, 31: pt2,1383-5.— Solomon, C. H., & Glasser, J. M. Broken glass electrode in bladder. Illinois M.J., 1924, 45: 205. ---- Foreign bodies: Removal. Berger, H. Ausstossung eines in die Blase eingedrungenen Fremdkbrpers durch deren Wandung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 2230.—Block, F. B. Useful method for removing for- eign bodies from the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 83: 1588.— Bonnet, M. Etat actuel du traitement des corps etrangers vesicaux. Strasbourg med., 1927, 85:339-41.—Boss, W. Fremd- korper der Harnblase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932, 34: 378-407.— Brakemann, O. Beitrag zur Entfernung von Fremdkbrpern aus der Blase. Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 1551-3.—Extraction par voies naturelles, sous le controle radioscopique, d'une epingle a che- veux enchatonnee depuis un mois dans la vessie. Rev. g6n. clin. ther., 1922, 36: 72.—Fontanilles. Corps etranger de la vessie extrait par les voies naturelles. Loire med., 1921, 35: 445-7.— Freudenberg, A. Ein einfaches Verfahren zur Entfernung von Haarnadel und andern langlichen Fremdkdrpern aus der Harn- blase. Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22:412-6.—Fuat, C. Extraktion eines in der Blase verbliebenen Sondenteils. Derm. Wschr., 1934, 99: 1410.—Gayet. Tube de verre dans la vessie; lithotritie; guerison. Lyon chir., 1923, 20: 288.—Gilbert, A. C. Removal of chewing-gum from urinary bladder. Dallas M.J., 1926, 12: 110.—Hennig, 0. Eine aussergewohnliche Entfernung eines Fremdkbrpers (Fieberthermometer) aus der Blase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1931, 32: 86.—Hottinger, R. Ueber Fremdkorper der Harnblase und ihre Entfernung. Kor. BL schweiz. Aerzte, 1919, 49: 875-9.—Ianuj, I., & Buzoianu, G. [Clinical cases of foreign bodies in the bladder and primary cystorrhaphy] Cluj. med., 1928, 9: 140-6.—Luys, G. Removal of foreign bodies from the bladder by the natural route. N. York M.J., 1919, 110: 353-7. Alsorepr. ----- Comment extraire les corps etrangers de la vessie? Clinique, Par., 1922, 17: 233-5. ----- Extrac- tion des corps etrangers de la vessie. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1935, 27: 171-6. Also Clinique, Par., 1935, 30: 267. Also Rev. gen. tin. ther., 1935, 49: suppl., 736.—Melen, B. R. Nonsurgical removal of paraffin in the urinary bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 80: 685-7.—Misciasci, F. Corpo estraneo in vescica estratto con taglio soprapubico. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1925, 6: 387- 92.—Morris, H. L., & Owen, C. I. Chemical solvents used in dissolving foreign substances in urinary bladder; paraffin, beeswax, gum, and urethral pencils. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81: 1667-71.—Mraz, J. C. A case of foreign body (chewing gum) in bladder removed by lithotrite. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1923, 16: 23.—Perlmann, S. Ueber Extraktion von Fremdkbrpern und Steinen aus der Blase. Zschr. Urol., 1927, 21: 42.—Petit, L. H. Extraction par les voies naturelles et sous controle de la radio- scopie, d'une epingle a cheveux enchatonnee depuis un mois dans la vessie. Bull. Soc. chir., Par., 1921, 47: 1381—Revel, J. L'extraction sous l'ecran des corps etrangers de la vessie. Rev. g6n. clin. ther., 1923, 37: 484.—Rouvillois, H. Corps etranger de l'uretre et de la vessie (fil electrique) extrait par cystotomie suspubienne. Bull. Soc. chir., Par., 1920, 46: 167—Schulte, W. G. A novel way of ridding the bladder of paraffine. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 34: 313.—Sigwart, W. Zur Technik der Ex- traktion von Haarnadeln aus der Blase. Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 1550.—Silvan, C. Estrazione dalla vesica con taglio soprapubico di forcina da capelli ehe provoca grave flemmone gangrenoso perivescicale; guarigione. Policlinico, 1922, 29: sez.prat., 224-7.—Szollbs, H. Zwei Brockchen Paraffin in der Blase mit Lithotriptor entfernt. Zschr. Urol., 1918, 12: 441-3—Thevenot & Lebceuf. Presentation d'un corps etranger de la vessie extrait a l'aide d'un lithotriteur. Lyon med., 1923, 132: 155 — Turner, J. H. A foreign body of paraffin in the urinary bladder removed with xylol as solvent. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 33:471-82.— Veen, H. [Dissolution of a foreign body in the bladder] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 44-0.—Walther, H. W. E. Removal of a 20-penny nail from the bladder. N. Orleans M.&S.J., 1921-22, 74- 149—Zimmermann, E. Entfernung einer Stearinkerze aus der mannlichen Blase. Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 1471. ---- Foreign bodies: Removal, cystoscopic. Blot & Grandineau. Extraction cystoscopique d'une epingle de surete de la vessie d'un homme. Rev. med. est, 1922, 50: 620 —Bonnet. Anse cystoscopique pour traitement des corps etrangers vesicaux. In Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32: 476-9.— Pagliere, L. E. Instrumental improvisado para la extraction cistoscopica de una horquilla alojada en la vejiga. Rev. Soc. argent, urol.. 1925, 1: 165-8. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1925, 32: pt2 1630 —Simons, I. A self-locking cystoscopic stone or foreign body forceps with detachable handle. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 34: 190-2 —Sommer, R. Ueber Cystoskopie in Paramn-Benzin BLADDER 384 BLADDER sowie einen Stearinkorper in der Harnblase. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 386-90.—Timberlake, G. Intravesical operations for diag- nosis and therapy, with particular reference to the cystoscopic rongeur. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1922, 26: 217-21.—Wishard, W. N. Foreign bodies in the bladder and the cystoscope as an aid in their removal. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1919, 12: 229. ---- Foreign bodies: Spontaneous expulsion. Hennis, H. *Spontane Entleerung von Fremdkbrpern aus der Harnblase. 21p. 8? Kiel, 1913. Apfelstedt, W. Ein seltener Fall von Spontanausstossung eines Lefort-Leitbougies aus der Harnblase. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 187.—La Roque, G. P. A gauze sponge spon- taneously expelled from the urinary bladder. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1918) 1919, 31: 64-71. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1919, 28: 522.—Villette, J. Corps etranger de la vessie; canule intra- uterine eiiminee par ulceration de la paroi v6sico-vaginale au bout de 10 ans. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1919, 33: 88. ---- Foreign bodies—in children. Constantinescu, C, Popovici, A. N., & Antonescu, P. [Foreign body in the bladder of a boy 9 years old] Rev. chir., Bucur., 1929, 21:147-9.—Correa, B. Dois casos curiosos de corpo extranho em bexiga decrianca. Fol. med., Rio, 1931,12:19-21.— Hottinger, R. Einige Bemerkungen fiber Blasenfremdkorper, speziell bei kleinen Kindern. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 516-8 — Kingreen, 0. Fremdkorper in der Harnblase eines Kindes. Zbl. Chir., 1929,56: 1090. ---- Foreign bodies—in soldiers. See also Bladder, Injuries, gunshot. Chentjt, J. M. A. *Contribution a l'etude des corps etrangers de la vessie et de la prostate consecutifs aux blessures de guerre. 171p. 8? Bord., 1917. Bowman, F. H. Voiding of a bullet from the bladder. U.S. Nav. M. Bull., 1919, 13: 799.—Legueu. Extraction d'une balle de la vessie par l'uretre. J. urol. med., Par., 1921, 11: 159. ---- Foreign bodies—in women. Goto, J. *TJeber die Entfernung von Fremd- korpern aus der weiblichen Blase. 16p. 8? Miinch., 1913. Andre. Corps etranger de la vessie chez une femme (poincon de brodeuse) extraction par les voies naturelles. Rev. med. est, 1920, 48: 621.—Bodlander, F. Ein Konkrement aus Rindertalg— durch Scctio alta aus der Blase einer Frau entfernt. Zschr. Urol., 1917, 11: 285-7.—Erchia, F. d'. Die Kolpozystotomie bei der Entfernung von Fremdkbrpern aus der Harnblase. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1933-34, 96: 130-4.—Farncombe, R. Foreign body in the bladder associated with pregnancy. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 2: 825.—Geiger, J. Hair pin in the bladder; report of 2 cases. Med. Herald, 1921, 40: 125. ----- A somewhat un- usual case. Ibid., 1924, 43: 250.—Horneffer, L. Ein Klisiier- spritzenansatz in der Harnblase. Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 527.— Johannsen, T. Ein Klistierspritzenansatz in der Harnblase. Ibid., 1927, 51: 294P.—Lehoczky-Semmelweis, K. von. Zwei Falle von Blasenfremdkorpern. Ibid., 1924, 48: 701-3—Luys, G. Quelle est la conduite a tenir en presence d'un tuyau de pipe situ6 dans la vessie. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1935, 251-4.— Manton, W. P. The ubiquitous hairpin as a foreign body in the female bladder, with the history of an unusual case. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1919, 44: 14.5-51, pi. Also repr.—O'Brien, E. J. Report of unusual foreign body in female bladder. N. England J.M., 1931,205:471.—Ponzi.E. Corpo estraneo in vescica per un tentativo di aborto criminoso. Clin, ostet., 1931, 33: 292-7.— Rosenstein, W. Blasenfremdkorper und ihre Entfernung. Zbl. Gyn., 1932, 56: 1715-9—Scheffey, L. C, & Lintgen, C. Ex- traneous foreign bodies in the urinary bladder, with special reference to their occurrence among women. Am. J. Obst., 1933, 26: 460-2.—Segurola, M. Curiosa evolucion de una horquilla en el interior de la cavidad vesical. Vida nueva, Habana, 1928, 21: 353-9.—Stevens, T. G. Specimen of douche nozzle removed from the female bladder. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1920, 13: sect. obst. & gyn., 129-31.—Stewart, W. H. Hairpin in the blad- der with pregnancy demonstrated roentgenographically. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1919, 23: 397—Stiglbauer, R. Fremdkorper in der Harnblase (der vaginale Weg zu ihrer Entfernung) Arch. klin. Chir., 1926, 140: 754—Bzida, K. Ein Fall von Fremdkorper (eine Kerze) in der Harnblase, zugleich ein Experiment fiber die brauchbaren Lbsungsmittel der Kerze. Acta derm., Kyoto, 1935,26: 69-71. ---- Gangrene. Giesecke, H. *Cystitis dissecans gangrae- nescens [Berlin] 17p. 8? Lpz., 1931. Alcala & Ferrer. La cistitis gangrenosa disecante. Med. ibera, 1936, 30: 373-5—Allen, A. B. Gangrene of the bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 629-32.—Bryant, W. C. Inflammation of the urinary bladder; report of a case of gangrenous cystitis. Pennsylvania M.J., 1935-36, 39: 869-73—Carson, W. J. Gan- grene of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1925, 13: 205-17. Also Ann. Surg., 1927, 85: 269-74.—Costantini, Bernasconi & Bubou- cher. Les cystites gangreneuses dissequantes. Rev. chir., Par., 1924, 62: 590-634.—Buchanov, A. Cystitis gangraenosa dissecans. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930, 29: 516-30—Dunet & Creys- sel. Cystite gangreneuse totale, survenue a la suite d'une retention aigug. Lyon med., 1926, 137: 64-7.—Duvergey & Dax. Cystite gangreneuse perforante consecutive a une retroversion de 1'uterus gravide. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1622, 11: 29-32.—Fronstein, R. Ueber Cystitis gangraenosa. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 19: 181-93.—Giesecke, H. Cystitis dissecans gan- graenescens. Zschr. Urol., 1931, 25: 561-72.—Greenberg, G. Vesica duplex with gangrenous cystitis. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 175-8.—Heidler, H. Cystitis dissecans gangraenescens (Stoeckel) actinogenetica. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 571. Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1927, 92: 1-13, 2pl—Jeanbrau, E„ True, E., & Barnay, J. Gangrene de la vessie par corps etranger. Arcb. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1933, 14: 374-7.—Karlin, M. [Cystitis gangraenosa] J. akush. zhensk. boliez., 1922, 33: pt2, 85-93. Also Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 1205-9—Lemperg, F. Cystitis gangraenosa dissecans. Ibid., 1203-5.—Levy-Breyfus. Deux cas de gangrene vesicale. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1933, 100-7. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 35: 248-55—Maggipinto, D. Cistite gangrenosa dissecante al iv mese di gravidanza per retroflessione dell' utero; flemmone urinoso addominale; prose- cuzione della gravidanza. Clin, ostet., 1933, 35: 522-8—Miller, T. G., & Wolferth, C. C. Gangrene and exfoliation of the urinary bladder wall in typhoid fever; report of 2 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 79: 1756-60.—(Economos, S. N. Un cas de gangrene dissequante de la vessie; elimination spontanee par l'uretre de la muqueuse vesicale sphaceiee; cystostomie; mort par septico- pyohemie. J. urol. med., Par., 1922, 13: 37-43.—Oraison. A l'occasion d'un cas de cystite gangreneuse et incrustante observe chez une jeune fille de 27 ans. Ibid., 1933, 36: 501. Ouglev, R. La gangrene vesicale. Ibid., 32: 120-32.—Patch, F. S. Gan- grenous cystitis; report of 2 cases, 1 with exfoliation of a cast of the bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1927, 20: 75-88. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 19: 713-20— Peters, W. Ueber die Cystitis gangraenescens. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1924,187:138-41.— Randall, A. Generalized hemorrhagic gangrenous papillary cystitis. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1923, 16: 215-20.— Rodriguez Molina, L. F. A case of gangrenous cystitis, with involved ureters, following an abortion. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 88-91—Schuppel, A. Ueber Cystitis gangraenosa dissecans und die Therapie ihrer Folgen. Arch. klin. Chir., 1927, 145: 380-93.—Schweitzer, B. Ueber Cystitis dissecans gangrae- nescens (Stoeckel) infolge Retroflexio uteri gravidi incarcerati. Zbl. Gyn., 1923, 47: 1140-7.—Stirling, W. C, & Hopkins, G. A. Gangrene of the bladder; review of 207 cases; report of 2 personal cases. J. Urol., Bait., 1934, 31: 517-25—Subotzki, B. Ueber Blasengangran. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 21: 1-13.—Volante, G. Sopra un caso di gangrena dissecante della vescica. Minerva med., Tor., 1923. 3: 152-4.—Weiser, A. Ueber einen Fall von Gasgangran der Harnblase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929,28:113-9 — Wolferth, C. C, & Miller, T. G. Necrosis and gangrene of the urinary bladder; review of 153 cases, including 19 not previ- ously reported. Am. J.M. Sc, 1924,167: 339-67. ---- Hemorrhage. See also Bladder, subheadings Inflammation hemorrhagic, Ulceration, Varix; also Hematuria. Andler, R. Hamostypsis durch Transfusion kleiner Blut- mengen*bei Blasenblutungen. Zbl. Chir., 1926, 53: 1299-303.— Bauereisen, A. Zur Behandlung lebensgefahrlicher venbser Blutungen der Harnblase. Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58: 674-7—Berne- Lagarde, De. Les hemorragies vesicales et leur traitement. Hopital, 1926, 14: 247.—Boeminghaus, H. Hamorrhagische Blasenerkrankung bei chronisch rezidivierender Polyarthritis, die klinisch, zystoskopisch und zystographisch einen Blasen- tumor vortauschte. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1921, 68: 1152.— Boyd, M. L. Severe hemorrhage into the bladder; discussion of such hemorrhages and case report of an unusual and almost fatal hemorrhage. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 22: 203-6.—Casariego, A. G. Hemorragia intensa, producida por ulceras vesicales. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1930, 35: 665-71.—Correa, B. Quelques cas d'hemorragies graves du col vesical et leur traitement endo- scopique. Rev. sudamer. med., Par., 1930, 1: 1107-11.—Davis, T. M. A simple method for removing blood clots from the urinary bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 2168.—Deakin, R. Hematuria from the bladder. Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1934, 28: 398.—Hennig, O., & Lechnir, J. Das Haematoma vesicae und seine Behandlung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 330-2.—Kevin, R. O. Hematuria of vesical and urethral origin. Am. Med., 1907, n.s., 2: 509-12.—Lichtenstein. Ueber Blasen- blutungen. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1929, 26: 521-6.—Lopriore, S. A proposito di un caso rarissimo di ematuria vescicale. Gazz. osp., 1902, 23: 728-31. Alsorepr.—Lund [Two cases of haemor- rhage of the bladder] Forh. Kir. foren., Kristiania (1914-20) 1921, 59.—Luys, G. Sonde-ballon destinee a arreter les hemorragies du col de la vessie et de l'uretre posterieur. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1933, 25: 90-2.—Mercier, O. Un cas d'hematurie par rupture d'une arteriole vesicale. Union m6d. Canada, 1930, 59: 271.—Nicolich, D. Su due casi di ematuria vescicale da causa oscura. Clin. chir., Milano, 1920, n.s., 2: 194-8.—Orth, O. Stellungnahme zu gewissen Blutungen aus Blase und Niere. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 142-5— Pisarski, T. [Interesting case of vesical hemorrhage] Polska gaz. lek., 1927, 6: 264.— Pugh, W. S. Bladder hematuria (an unusual source) Med. Rev. of Rev., 1926, 32: 605-7.—Schmidt, L. E. Some causes of BLADDER 385 BLADDER bladder hemorrhages, not commonly recognized. Chicago M. Rec, 1903, 25:191-5.—Schugt, P. Ueber einen bemerkenswerten Fall von Blasenblutungen nach Rontgen-Radiumbestrahlung. Zbl Gyn 1923, 47: 1862-8.—Thomas, B. A. Hematuria of blad- der origin. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 83: 1392-4—Thomas, G. J. Spontaneous hemorrhage from the urinary bladder of unknown etiology. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1924, 17: 51-9. Also repr—Tourtou. Hematuries vesicales importantes apres injec- tion de serum antivenimeux. Arch. mal. reins, 1933-34, 8: 345-7.—Trettenero, M. A proposito di una rara indicazione di interruzione della gravidanza: la emorragia vescicale. Rass. ostet., 1931,40:703-14. ---- Hernia [Cystocele] See also Bladder, Diverticulum; Bladder, Prolapse. Falk, M. *Blasenhernien der Linea alba. 15p. 8? Bresl., 1916. Also Gyn. Rdsch., 1916, 10: 172-87. Tschttdi, E. *Ueber einen Fall von Harn- blasenbruch des Perineums und iiber Perineal- hernien im Allgemeinen. 35p. 8? Zur., 1926. Baker, J. N. Hernia of the bladder. Tr. South. Sure. Ass. (1921) 1922, 34:131-48. Also Ann. Surg., 1922, 75: 615-9.- Berne- lagarde. Cystoradiographie chez un homme porteur d'une entero-cystocele inguinale droite. J. urol. med., Par., 1933. 36: 136.—Bonn, H. K. Hernia of the urinary bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 484-7.—Bourgeois, P. Un cas de hernie de la vessie. Union med. Canada, 1935, 64: 1336-9—Burlakov, M. G. [Hernias of the bladder] Vest, khir., 1933, 31: 148-54—Cam- eron, D., & Higgs, L. Cases of vesical hernia simulating inguinal and femoral hernia. Rep. S. Barth. Hosp., Lond., 1916, 51: 45-53.—Chaffln, R. C. Cvstocele, with or without descent of the uterus. Am. J. Surg., 1919, 33:183-7.—Chevalier, G. Radiogra- phie de cystocele. Marseille med., 1933, 70: 324.—Bansey, S. J. W. Urethral hernia of the bladder. Med. J. Australia,- 1925, 2: 137.—Earl, R. Cystocele and prolapse. Minnesota M., 1921, 4: 696-702.—Ellerbroek, N. Ein Beitrag zum Kapitel der Blasenhernien und Fremdkorper in der Blase. Mschr. Ge- burtsh. Gyn., 1922, 57: 341-6.—Ewertsen, I. Un cas de hernie vesicale. Acta obst. gyn. scand., 1931, 11: 149-52. Also Hospi- talstidende, 1931, 74: [Foren. gyn. obst. forh.] 26-8—Farr, R. E., & Brunkow, C. W. Hernia of the bladder; a brief review of the literature, with a case report and a suggestion of a positive method for pre-operative diagnosis. Ann. Surg., 1925, 82: 264-72.—Ferguson, L. K. A cystogram study of cystocele and prolapsus. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1926, 6: 79-104—Flecker, H. The position of the urinary bladder. Med. J. Australia, 1933, 2:823.—Freeman, S. L. The problem of cystocele. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc. (1920-21) 1922, 22: 23-7.—Grigsby, G. P. Herniae of the urinary bladder. Kentucky M.J., 1935, 33: 19-23 — Gutman, A. S. [Roentgen diagnosis of hernia of the bladder] Vest, khir., 1931, 24: 99-101.—Heineck, A. P. Hernias of the urinary bladder. Detroit M.J., 1919, 20: 261-74. Also Med. Foitnightly, 1919, 51:139; l.W.—Herbst, R. H. Hernia of urinary bladder. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 57.5-7.—Jakovlev, A. A. [The value of Roentgendiagnostic in hernia of the blad- der] Vest, rentg., 1928, 6: 331-5.—Kidd, F. Cystogram of a hernia of the bladder. Brit. J. Urol., 1930, 2: 166-9.—Leinati, F. L'ernia perineale di vescica. Clin, chir., Milano, 1928, 31: 959-78.—Levy, C. S. Presentation of a case of bladder hernia. J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 21: 275-7.—Makkas, M. Eine grosse Blasen- hernie. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1933, 157: 536-8—Marlier. Faits cliniques pour servir a l'etude des cystoceles inguinales et cru- i-ales. J. m6d. chir., Par., 1919, 90:377-85.—Meneses, C. Cisto- cele. Cir. cirujan., Mex., 1936, 4: 15-20.—Oberlin, S. Hernie perineale de la vessie. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1932, 58: 1237-40.—Oliva, C. L'ernia della vescica nell' infanzia. Arch. ital. chir., 1922-23, 6: 533-64.—Pappacena, E. L'ernia della vesci- ca. Fol. med., Nap., 1923, 9: 213-28—Pepi, 0. Dell' ernia vescico-pubica. Gazz. osp., 1926, 47: 845-8.—Pretty, H. G. Visualization of a cvstocele by cystogram. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1929, 21: 558-63.—Quivy & Yvon. Un cas de hernie scrotale de la vessie. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. Francs, 1934, 22: 168—Robins, S. A. Hernia of the urinary bladder: case report. Am. J. Roentg., 1929, 22: 353. Also repr—Robnett, B. A. Hernia of the urinary bladder. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1931, 28: 516-9 — Sachs, E. Ueber die sogenannte intraligamentare Blase. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1922, 60: 88-105. Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1923, 86: 428-30.—Sciaky, E. L'ernia della vescica. Poli- clinico, 1929, 36: sez. prat., 1383-6—Takats, G. de. Extraperi- toneal hernia of the bladder. Ann. Surg., 1927, 85: 156-8 — Van Buzen, R. E. The cvstoscopic appearance of various types of cystoceles. South. M.J., 1930, 23: 580-7. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1932, 36: 187-94.—Ward, G. G. The problem of the cysto- cele. Am. J. Obst., 1919, 79: 593; 676; 678—Watson, L. F. Her- nia of the bladder; report of 2 cases. Illinois M.J., 1920, 38: 527-31. ---- Hernia: Causes. Downing, W. Anterior colpocele due to fibromyoma. J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 98: 1156.—Franceschi, E. Ernie sperimentali della mucosa della vescica urinaria. Clin, chir., Milano, 1935, n.s., 11: 3-48.—Gauss, C. J. Untersuchungen fiber die Dysto- pien der weiblichen Blase. Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1924, n.F., 49: 21.—Goldsborough, F. C. Is the shape of the pubic 21767—VOL. 2, 4th series----25 arch a factor in the causation of cystocele? N. York State J.M., 1922, 22: 327—Helper, A. B. Bladder displacement secondary to suppurative arthritis of the hip and osteomyelitis of the pelvic pones in children: operation for impending perforation. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1935, 4: 12-20. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 32-40.—Pennington, J. C. The relation of cystocele to the upper urinary tract. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1932, 36: 1-8.— Wakeley, C. P. G. Hernia of the bladder; its etiology and treat- ment. Brit. J. Urol.. 1930, 2: 1-14. ---- Hernia: Complications. Abele, P. *Ein Fall von extraperitonealer rechtsseitiger eingeblemmter Cystocele mit Kar- zinom, verbunden mit rechtsseitigem indirektem Leistenbruch. 31p. 8? Giessen, 1919. Bayer, C. Hernia juxtavesicilis dextra incarcerata. Zbl. Chir., 1922, 49: 671-3—Beck, C. Gangrenous hernia of the blad- der and intestine. Surg. Clin. Chicago, 1919, 3: 1411-5.— Chueco, A., Gandulfo, R., & Ocampo, A. Cistocele por diverti- culo aislado de vejiga conteniendo un calculo. Sem. med., B. Air., 1923, 30: pt2,158-60—Cirio, C. R. A proposito de la comu- nicacion de los Dres A. Chueco, R. Gandulfo y A. Ocampo, sobre Cistocele por divert'culo aislado de la vejiga conteniendo un calculo. Ibid., 327.—Curtis, H. J. A case of hernia of the bladder associated with an inguinal hernia, with reference to 3 other recent cases. Brit. M.J., 1903, 2: 69-71.—Haslinger, K. Eine inkarzerierte Blasenhernie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 1150-2.—Jelinek, W. Ein seltener Fall von inkarzerierter Cysto- kele. Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58: 621.—Jones, H.W., & Moose, F. McA. A diverticulum hernia of the bladder. Mil. Surgeon, 1925, 58: 508, pi.—Laskownicki, S. Un cas rare d'incarceration de la vessie dans l'anneau crural. J. urol. med., Par., 1924, 18: 251-3.—Pepi, 0. Delle complicazioni del cistocele. Pensiero med., 1926, 15: 277-81.—Pfitzner, H. Eingeklemmter Harn- blasenbruch. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 712-4.—Porta, G. Su di un caso di infiltrazione settico-urinosa da cistocele pjrietale stroz- zato. Ann. ital. chir., 1934, 13: 1213-21.—Puente, J. M. de la. Dos casos de cistocele, uno estrangulado. Med. ibera, 1931, 15: 191-3.—Rothman, E. D. Cystitis in the female; a result of cysto- cele due to birth injuries. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1927, 31: 213-5.— Rougier. Volumineuse hernie de la vessie renfermant un calcul. J. urol. med., Par., 1917-18, 7: 587.—Samuels, A. Diverticulum of bladder hernia. Am. J. Surg., 1931, n.s., 12: 139-41. Also repr.—Sola Suris, J. Hernias estranguladas de vejiga. Rev. cir. Barcelona, 1932, 3: 264-71.—Solcard & Rnlland. Un cas de hernie etranglee de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1931, 31: 40.— Watkins, T. J. Cystocele and high rectocele. Am. J. Obst., 1923,6:389-99 [Discussion] 487-9. ---- Hernia, crural and femoral. Anglesio, B. Ernia crurale extraperitoneale strozzata della vescica. Minerva med., Tor., 1923, 3: 845-9.—Bivona, S. Un caso d'ernia crurale della vescica guarita con l'estirpazione e con la sutura vescicale. Gazz. sicil. med., 1903, 2: 649-51.—Leo, E. Contributo alia conoscenza del cistocele femorale. Arch. ital. chir., 1932, 31: 401-18.—Manega, U. Ernia crurale della vescica; resezione; guarigione. Riforma med., 1902, 18: pt2, 146-9.— Ott Traxler, I. Grande diverticolo vescicale in sacco d'ernia crurale di donna; resezione; guarigione. Arch. ital. urol., 1926- 27,3:355.—Vastola, A. P. Strangulated femoral cystocele. Ann. Surg., 1933, 97: 724-32. ---- Hernia, inguinal. Bierhoff, A., & linger, A. S. Inguinal hernia of the bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1935, 30: 506.—Carp, L. Extraperitoneal inguinal hernia of the bladder, with special reference to the role of the prevesical fat. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1924, 39: 443-57.—Bi Pisa. Su di un cistocele inguinale estraperitoneale. Boll, trimest. Osp. Palermo, 1909, 2: 149-52.—Brouin & Lasserre. Sur un cas de cystocele inguinale etranglee. J. med. Bordeaux, 1914, 44: 507.—Duvergey, J. Cystocele inguinale volumineuse et irre- ductible traitee et guerie par la resection partielle de la vessie. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1921) 1922, 45-8. Also Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1921, 42: 128.—Emiliani, P. Cistocele inguinale strozzato. Arch. ital. urol., 1933-34, 10: 157-62—Horine, C. F. Strangulated inguinal hernia of the urinary bladder; report of 2 cases. Med. J. & Rec, 1925, 122: 33—Jouon, E. Un cas de cystocele inguinale chez l'homnie. Gaz. med. Nantes, 1904, 2 ser., 22: 734-7.—Michelson, J. [Inguinal hernias of the bladder] Vest, khir., 1927, 10: 195-201.—Orsola Marti, I. Cistocele in- guinal. Med. ibera, 1936, 30: 740.—Ostermayer, M. Cystocele inguinalis. Budapesti orvosegy. evk. (1893) 1894, 90.—Pasini, U. Su di un caso di ernia inguinale bilaterale della vescica. Gazz osp., 1924, 45: 404.—Preto, E. Contributo alio studio del cistocele inguinale. Clin, chir., Milano, 1930, 33: 786-816. ---- Hernia: Treatment. Farrar, L. K. P. A technic for the management of the large cystocele when associated with non-malignant disease of the cervix and myomata uteri. Rep. Surg. Staff Woman Hosp., S Louis, 1921-22, 4: 79-89. Also Am. J. Obst., 1921-22, 2: 395- 405—111, E. J. The Gehrung pessary for the relief of cysto- cele Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. (1920) 1921, 33: 32-5. Also Am. J. Obst., 1920-21, 1: 338-40 [Discussion] 377.—Morris, H. L., & Brunton, J. F. The liaison between the gynecologist and urolo- gist in the diagnosis and treatment of cystocele. Urol. Cut. Rev 1933, 37: 542-7.—Neel, J. C. The treatment of cystocele. BLADDER 386 BLADDER J.Am. M. Ass., 1922, 79:704-6. ----- The etiology and treat- ment of cystocele. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1919, 29: 320-3.—Remy, /S. Pessaire pour cystocele. Rev. med. est, 1920, 48: 414.— Strongin, H. F. A combined cystocele retroversion pessary. Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1927, n.s., 3: 425-7. ---- Hernia: Treatment, operative. Bastianelli, R. Osservazioni sul cistocele e sulle ferite della vescica nella cura radicale dell' ernia. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1904, 18: 64-6.—Bubis, J. L. Cystocele (with a report of a case of primary cystocele operation) Urol. Cut. Rev., 1926, 30: 705.— Cattell, R. B., & Swinton, N. W. Interposition of the uterus in the treatment of cystocele; the Watkins-Wertheim operation. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1935, 15: 1645-52— Clute, H. M. Cysto- cele at middle age treated by the interposition operation. N. England J.M., 1928, 199: 994-7.—Bavies, J. W. The cystocele; its anatomical disturbance and reconstruction. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1936, 63: 349-52—Bbderlein, T. J. Notes on the Hadra- Martin-Rawls operation for cystocele. Ibid., 1921, 33: 190-2 [Discussion] 195-8.—Frank, L. Sliding hernia of the urinary bladder. Mississippi Valley M.J., 1918, 25: 335. Also, Ken- tucky M.J., 1919, 17: 309-12.—Frank, R. A. Intra-abdominal reefing of the pubocervical fascia (modified Polk operation) for the cure of cystocele. Am. J. Obst., 1929, 18: 354-61.—Gay, S. G. Hernia of the urinary bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1918, 32: 301-3.— Krock, F. The treatment of cystocele, with special reference to the Watkins inter-position operation. J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1930-31, 27: 177-80.—Masson, J. C. Technique of the Mayo operation for cystocele. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1926, 43: 505-8.— Miller, C. J. The principles underlying the successful treatment of cystocele. N. Orleans M.&S.J., 1904-5, 57: 470-4—Miller, N. F. End-results from correction of cystocele by the simple fascia pleating method. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1928,46: 403-10.—Molin.H., Csndamin, F., & Bisch, R. De la cure chirurgicale des cysto- celes; a propos de quelques resultats eloignes. Lyon med., 1931, 148: 61-5.—Rawls, R. M. A preliminary report of an operation for cystocele. Rep. Surg. Staff Woman Hosp. State N. York, 1918, 86-98. ----- Cystocele; review of the literature, with a further preliminary report of an operation. Tr. Am. Gvn. Soc, 1918, 43: 133-56 [Discussion] 184-93. Also Am. J. Obst., 1918, 78: 328-47. Also repr.—Reynolds, E. F. The principles under- lying the repair of cystocele and an operation founded thereon. Am. Med., 1902, 4: 171.—Savariaud. Quelle est 1'incision de choix pour pratiquer la suture anterieure des releveurs? Bull. Soc. chir., Par., 1923, 49: 1089.—Shaw, H. N. Cystocele; modi- fication of the Neel-Rawls muscle overlapping technic. Tr. Pacific Soc. Obst. Gyn., 1931-33, 1-3: 133-40. Also West. J. Surg., 1934, 42: 55-63—Smith, H. L. End-results of a new uterine shelf operation for the relief of cvstocele. Surg. Gvn. Obst., 1924, 39: 100-5—Stepanov, N. [Bladder hernias and traumatism during herniotomy] Vest, khir., 1927, 10: 180-94.— Swayne, W. C. An operation for the cure of prolapse and cysto- cele. Bristol Med. Chir. J., 1919-20, 37: 81-7.—Temesvary, N. Ein neues Operationsverfahren bei grosseren Cystokelen. Zbl. Gyn., 1935, 59: 688-91.—Van Duzen, R. E. The use of gracilis muscle transplant in cystocele repair and to relieve incontinence of urine. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 400.—Violet, H. De la restauration de l'apon6vrose sous-vesicale dans la cure de la cystocele vaginale. Lyon med., 1920, 129: 341-7. ---- Herpes. Darget, R. Deux cas d'herpes zoster de la vessie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 62-4. Also J. urol. m6d., Par., 1929, 27: 229-31.— Dubois, F. E. A case of herpes zoster of the bladder. J, Urol., Bait., 1926, 15: 583-6.—Schiffmann, J. Herpes der Blase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 19: 342-4. ---- Hypertrophy. See also Bladder, Neck: Hypertrophy. Nicolaesco, P. I. *De l'hypertrophie conge- nitale de la vessie, avec distension v&sicale et permeabilite reelle du canal urethral. 118p. 8? Par., 1925. Davydov, M. S. [Dilatation and hypertrophy of the urinary bladder—a symptom of improper aqueous metabolism] Mosk. med. J., 1928, 8: 32-7.—Fcrdyce, A. D., & Capon, N. B. Idio- pathic hypertrophy of the bladder. Brit. J. Child. Dis., 1924, 21: 1-18.—Lamb, B. S. Case of anomalies of urino-genitals and rectum in 7 months' fetus; mainly hypertrophy of bladder. Washington M. Ann., 1905, 4: 48-50. Also repr.—Laskownicki, S. Congenital hypertrophy of the interureteral ridge. Ann. Surg., 1928, 87: 751-4. ---- Incontinence. See also Bladder, Distention; Bladder: Nerv- ous disorders; Urine, Incontinence. Fuchs, H. Zur Heilung der Blaseninkontinenz durch die Goebell-Stoeckel'sche Pyramidalis-Fascienplastik. Zbl. Gyn 1921, 45: 66-70—Goldstein, A. E., & Abeshouse, B. S. Post- operative urinary incontinence; review of literature and report of cases. Arch. Surg., 1930, 21: 729-85—Mandelstamm, A. Herstellung der Harnkontinenz bei zerstdrtem Blasenboden und fehlender Urethra. Zbl. Gyn., 1936, 60: 458-61.—Rose, D. K. Various cystometrograms and their interpretation; a study of preoperative and postoperative incontinence in the male. J. Urol., Bait., 1932, 27: 207-27.—Springthorpe, J. W. Psychical Babinski and recto-vesical incontinence, lntercol. M.J. Aus- tralas., 1909, 14: 77-86.—Wesson, M. B. Incontinence of vesical and renal origin (relaxed urethra and a vaginal ectopic ureter) Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1934, 27: 119-31. Also repr. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1934, 32: 141-52. ---- Inflammation. See also Bladder, Fibrosis; Bladder, Trigonum; Kidney, Pelvis: Inflammation; Urinary organs. Acs, M. [Catarrh of the bladder in women] Orv. hetil., 1930, 74: 847-50.—Barnett, A. Acute cystitis. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1925, 29: 331.—Eisendrath, D. N. Cystitis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1929, 9: 293-306.—Faulds, A. G. Acute cystitis: a word to the practitioners. Glasgow M.J., 1917, 87: 336; 88: 7 — Lenehan, W. Cvstitis. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1918, 17: 475-s — Lett, H. Cvstitis. Clin. J., Lond., 1932, 61: 589-96—McCoy, S. C. Chronic cystitis. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1925, 29: 332-4 — Nicholson, B. B. Cystitis in the female. West Virginia M.J., 1933, 29: 127-33.—Pennock, W. J. Cystitis. Northwest M., 1920, 19: 239-41.—Praetorius, G. Ueber chronische Cystitis Med. Klin., Berl., 1916,12; 312.—Quinby, W. C. Cystitis. Bos- ton M.&S.J., 1920, 182: 505—Rovsing. Cistitis. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1917, 16: 97; 139.—Sargent, J. C. Chronic cystitis. Wisconsin M.J., 1920-21, 19: 456-9.—Sinclair, D. A. A study of cystitis. Am. Med., 1920, n.s., 15: 439-42.—Stokes, P. B. Cys- titis. Texas J.M., 1932, 27: 728-30.—Wordley, E. An unusual infective condition of the bladder. Brit. M.J., 1929, 2: 759. ---- Inflammation: Bacteriology. Baron, P. *Bacteriologie des cystites apres nephrectomie pour bacillose et les conclusions therapeutiques qui en decoulent. 53p. 8? Par., 1928. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1928, 25: 464-7. . AIaatz, R. *Bacterium Coli bei Pyelitis und Zystitis. 27p. 8? Kiel, 1931. Alesio, V. d'. Le streptocoque dans les cystites. J. urol. med., Par., 1929, 28: 449-59.—Bessau. Chronische Streptokok- kencystitis. Jahrber. Schles. Ges. vaterl. Kult. (1915) 1916, 2: Abt.l, med. Sekt., 53.—Briggs, W. T. Bacterial cystitis in the female. J. Urol., Bait., 1926, 15: 209-18.—Castellani, A., & Douglas, M. Cystitis due to bacilli of the metadysentery group (B. ceylonensis A, B. ceylonensis B, B. madampensis) J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1932, 35: 337-40.—Cirillo, G. De quel- ques germes plus frequement trouves dans les infections de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1924, 17: 302-7.—Engels, C. F. Diphtheroid infection of the bladder. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1934, 3: 24. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 543 — Ferguson, J. Septic (non-venereal) infections of bladder and kidneys in general practice. Tr. R. Med. Chir. Soc. Glasgow, 1922, 16: 50-61—Gieszczykiewicz, M., & Wr6blewski, W. [Ana- erobic, non-sporulating bacilli as etiological factor in cystitis and pyelonephritis] Polska gaz. lek., 1933, 12: 244-7'.—Gomez, J., Cianeros, J. M. de, & Brgoiti, L. G. El colibacilo y sus variantes como productores de cistitis. Arch, med., Madr., 1933, 36: 715-22.—Klissiunis, N. Ueber experimentelle Colicystitis bei Hunden und ihre Beeinflussung durch Tellurit. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1925, 48: 287-90.—Larget, M., Lamare, J. P., & Moreau, E. Le Bacillus exilis alcaligenes et le Bacille aeidogene de Pane- Cirillo sont-ils les agents les plus frequents des infections vesi- cales? J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 24: 290-3.—Loesberg, E. Ein Blasenabszess mit B. pyocyaneus und B. Proteus anindologenes van Loghem als Mischerreger. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1921-22, 87: Orig., 185-91.—Lyon, M. W. A case of cystitis caused by Bacillus coli hemolyticus. J. Am. M. Ass., 1917, 69: 1342. Also repr.—Magoun, J. A. H. The passage of bacteria from the urinary bladder into the blood stream. J. Urol., Bait., 1920, 4: 379-82.—Munger, A. B. Kidnev and bladder infections. Ne- braska M.J., 1926, 11: 154-7.—Niwa, S. A bacillus of the colon group isolated from cystitis urine. J. Med. Res.. 1918-19, 39: 469-83.—Pane, N., & Cirillo, G. Sul reperto microbico in dieci casi di cistite acuta purulenta. Riforma med., 1922, 38: 865-7 — Saelhof, C. C. Pyelocystitis caused by a streptococcus appearing in the urine in two forms. J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 30: 497.—Severs, G. F. Freak diphtheria. Eclect. M.J., 1924, 84: 56.—Shaw, E. C, & Hill, J. H. Report of a new pathogenic organism (Corynebacterium thompsoni) with description of an epidemic of infection of urinary fistula. J. Urol., Bait., 1925,13: 689-713.— Strunz, F. Gibt es einen Cystitis-Coli? (Serologische Versuche bei Siiuglingspyurie) Zschr. Kinderh., 1927, 43: 537-42.— Thj0tta, T. [A case of paratyphoid cystopyelitis] Med. rev., Bergen, 1919, 36: 301-4—Valentini, P. II brodo Endo per la ricerca del bacterium coli nelle cistiti dell' infanzia. Clin. pediat., Mod., 1932, 14: 35-52.—Valerio, A. Uro-cystite a pneu- mocoques chez un enfant d'un an et demi. Arch. med. enf., 1933, 36: 553-5.—Wright, H. A. Notes on a series of 37 cases of chronic B. coli cystitis. Edinburgh M.J., 1934, n.s., 41: 443-7.— Yajnika, A. Infection of the bladder; cystitis. Antiseptic, Edinb., 1922, 19: 424-6. ---- Inflammation: Causes. Guillou, R. *Les cystites rebelles apres nephrectomie pour bacillose; causes et traite- ment. 54p. 8? Par., 1929. BLADDER 387 BLADDER Barragan y Bonet, M. Las cistitis por causas utero-anexiales y su tratamiento. Med. ibera, 1919, 9: 57-62.—Bazy, P. A MM. V. Vintici et N. N. Constantinesco a propos des cystites secondaires aux lesions des reins. J. urol. med., Par., 1930, 29: 384.—Cairns, H. W. B. Observations on the etiology and treat- ment of cystitis. Brit. J. Surg., 1925-26, 13: 78-92—Cifuentes Delatte, L. El foco amigdalino en las cistitis. Med. ibera, 1935, 29: 98. ----- Gomez, J. M. [et al.] Contribucion al estudio de las cistitis. Ibid., 1932, 26: pt2, 475.—Beddes, E. [On cause and treatment of cystitis and relapsing cystitis in women] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1920, 2: 42-7.—Besmoulins, Misrachi & Simard. Quelques remarques sur les cystites hematogenes. Presse med., 1928, 36: 1578.—Geisinger, J. F. Cystitis, a symptom. Virginia M. Alonth., 1926-27, 53: 288- 92— Geyer. Blasenentziindung durch Paraffinklum pen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48: 1284.—Greenberger, A. J., Manheim, S. D., & Greenberger, M. E. Acute cystitis of unusual etiologv; a report of 3 cases. Urol. Cut. Rev.,'1924, 28: 34.—Jeffcoate, T. N. A. A case of puerperal cystitis of unusual severity, with sloughing of the bladder's mucosa. J. Obst. Gyn., Lond., 1936, 43: 581.—Kottmaier, E. Eine praktische haufige Infektionsweise der Harnblase. Derm. Zschr., 1928, 52: 308-10.—Lavandera, M. Two cases of chronic simple cystitis of unusual etiology. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 80: 32—Lemieux, E. Cystites. Bull. med. Quebec, 1927, 28: 135-8.—Lieben, A. Zur primaren und sekun- daren katarrhalischen Cystitis. 2schr. urol. Chir., 1929, 28: 61-3.—McBee, T. J. Cystitis; a svmptom complex, rarely a disease. Internat. J.S., 1929, 42: 71-6— Monis. Ein Fall durch Paraffin verursachter Cvstitis und Heilung derselben. Zschr. Urol., 1922,16:407—Ota, M., & Masuda, R. Ein Fall von akuter Zystitis, verursacht durch eine pathogene Hefe. Derm. Wschr., 1930, 91: 1521-7.—Panja, G., & Banerjee, K. The causation of cystitis. Ind. M. Gaz., 1927, 62: 249.—Patch, F. S. Birth trau- matism as a factor in urinary infection. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1930,23: 381-6.—Seitz. Zystitis, eine kritische Betrachtung uber Entstehung und Therapie. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1930, 40: 114-7.— Serverieu. Cystites legeres des femmes. Vie med., 1924, 5: 195.—Vintici, V., & Constantinesco, N. N. Les cystites secon- daires aux lesions renales non bacillaires (cystites renales) J. urol. m6d.. Par., 1930, 29: 113-30.—Wildbolz, H. Ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie rezidivierender Zystitiden. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 670. ---- Inflammation: Complications and pa- thology. Westphal, C. *Eosinophile Cystitis, p. 104- 8. 8? Halle [1934] Boeminghaus, H. Cystitis productiva (hyperplastica) kli- nischer, pathol.-anatomischer und therapeutischer Beitrag. Arch. klin. Chir., 1932, 169: 346-54.—Chiovenda, M. La sclero- cistite suppurativa ipertrofizzante diffusa neoplastiforme. Arch. ital. anat. pat., 1934, 5: 304-32.—Cilento, M. Le modiflcazioni del tasso glicemico e glicosurico nelle infezioni vescicali. Gazz. internat. med. chir., 1931, 39: 203-7.—Cimino, T. Sopra alcune forme mflammatorie rare della vescica urinaria simulanti un neo- plasma. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1922,1:207-14. Also Policlinico, 1922, 29: sez. prat., 1225-31.—Diamantis, A. Pachyvessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 40: 55-62.—Ferulano, G. Cistite acuta, incontinenza delle urine. Gazz. med. napol., 1921, 4: 206.— Heilmann, P. Ueber Cvstitis nodularis und Malakoplakie. Beitr. path. Anat., 1926, 75: 216-20.—Hinman, F., & Cordonnier, J. Cystitis follicularis. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 34: 302-8— Hojer, A. [A case of cystitis sequestrans] Hygiea, Stockh., 1919, 81: 748-50.—Joelson, J. J., & Lower, W. E. Inflammatory lesions of the bladder simulating neoplasm; report of 3 cases. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1927, 45: 417-22, pi.—La wen, A. Ueber Membranbildung in der Harnblase bei schwerer Cystitis. Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 941-5.—Licini, C. Pseudosigmoidite in uretrocistite complicata con ascesso iliaco da anaerobii. Policlinico, 1923, 30: sez. prat., 1062-4.—Lieb, F. Ein Beitrag zur Untersuchung des Zystitis- harnes. Zbl. Bakt. l.Abt.; 1934-35, 133: 305-7—Lindemann, W. Ueber Cystitis exfoliativa. Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 3582-4 — Maeda, K. Ueber die Urocystitis granularis beim weiblichen Geschlecht. Virchows Arch., 1923, 245: 388-402—Miller, H. S. Edema bullosum of the bladder. Delaware M.J., 1921-22, 12: no.4, 3.—Molina, L. G., & Ayala Cabanilla, C. Un caso de trastornos psiquicos por infection vesical. An. Soc. med. quir. Guayas, 1935, 26: 392-400.—Norris, C. C. Exfoliative cystitis. Proc. Path. Soc. Philadelphia, 1919-20, 22: 50—Pijper, A. Neglected cystitis in women. Med. J. S. Africa, 1915-16, 11: 218.—Randall, A. Two cases of vesical rupia or rupial cystitis. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1923, 16: 220-33—Retzlaff, O. Peritonitis bei Erkrankungen der Blase ohne Perforation der Wand. Virchows Arch., 1920, 229: 272-6—Sato, M. Histolo- gische Studien der Harnblase durch experimentelle Siderosis. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1933, 23: 205.—Thevenot, L. Trois cas de poches sous-vesicales d'origine inflammatoire. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1922, 13: 43-6.—Thewlis, M. W. The bladder as a focus of infection in old age. Am. Med., 1926, n.s., 21: 309-12—Werboff, S. Veranderungen der Blase bei einem Fall von Kolibazillen- sepsis. Zschr. Urol., 1922, 16: 151-5. -— Inflammation, cystic. Chiaudano, C. Due casi di cistite cistica. Arch, sc med., Tor., 1929, 53: 309-17.—Morse, H. B. The etiology and pathology of pyelitis cystica, ureteritis cystica and cystitis cystica. Am. J. Path., 1928, 4: 33-49, 2pl.—Morton, H. H. Cystitis cystica, as developed from Brun's nests. Med. Times, N.Y., 1925, 53: 1u^-9,rNisio' G- Sulla cistite ribelle semplice; cistite cistica e ghiandolare complicata a cistite incrostata. Arch. ital. urol, 1930, 6: 3-28—Spilimbergo, G. Sulla cosidetta cistite cistica. Profilassi, 1929, 2: 184-7.—Strachstein, A. A case of pyelo- uretero-eystitis cystica. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 36: 22-4. ---- Inflammation: Diagnosis. » r B,ueJger> I. Cystitis; a discussion concerning its diagnosis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1918-19, 2: 1055-87—Condamin, R. Role de la douglassite dans les cystalgies et fausses cystites. Lyon med., 1929, 144: 277-83—Dobson, J. F., Parkin, A. [et al.] Discussion on the diagnosis and treatment of cystitis. Brit. M.J., 1921, 2: 305-10—Ferulano, G. Cistite cronica? Gazz. med. napol., 1921, 4: 423.—Higgins, C. C. The symptoms, diag- nosis, and treatment of cystitis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1935- 36, 19: 1959-65.—Kirkland, S. A. Advances in recognition and treatment of inflammatory bladder diseases. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1925,14: 64-7—Low, H. T. Cystitis; its diagnosis. Colorado M., 1922, 19: 59-63.—Lower, W. E. Cystitis; a diagnostic scapegoat. Ohio M.J., 1927, 23: 211-4.—Mercier, 0. Etude semeiologique des cystites. J. Hotel Dieu Montreal, 1933, 2: 298-306.—Moro, N. Ueber das Stadium nervosum der Cystitis. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933, 46: 1485.—Nogues, P. La fausse cystite en parti- culier chez la femme. J. urol. med., Par., 1921, 11: 457-62. Also Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1927, 7: 66-72.—Paladini, P. La sede di un nuovo punto doloroso nelle cistiti. Morgagni, 1935, 77: 1163-6. Also Riv. ostet. gin. prat., 1935, 17: 448-51.— Pascual, S. Dos casos de cistitis dolorosa. An. Hosp. S. Jose, Madr., 1929-30, 1: 249-52.—Pedersen, V. C. Urology for the general practitioner; cystitis in its clinical aspect. Med. Times, N.Y., 1930, 58: 127-30.-Pelouze, P. S. Cystitis; a diagnostic blanket. Atlantic M.J., 1923-24, 27: 163.—Pollak, W. Fehler und Irrtumer in der Diagnose und Behandlung der Zystitis und Pyelitis. Med. Klin., Bed., 1935, 31:1136-9.—Reinle, G. G., & Be Puy, E. S. Cystitis as a diagnostic fallacy. California J.M., 1919, 17: 247-51—Sohmer, A. E. Clinical aspects of cys- titis. Minnesota M., 1929, 12: 160-3.—Swartz, E. 0. Cystitis— a clinical consideration. J. Med., Cincin., 1935-36, 16: 366-8.— Taddei, D. La diagnosi di cistite. Gior. med. prat., 1921, 3: no. 12, 1-4.—Tomasinelli, G. Una causa di errore nella prova dei tre bicchieri (sindrome fosfaturico-cistitica) Riforma med., 1922, 38: 58-60—Uteau. II n'y a plus de cystites. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1921, 35: 377-9. ---- Inflammation, emphysematous. Antoine, T. Zur Klinik der Cystitis emphysematosa. Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58: 2230-5—Hueper, W. Cystitis emphysematosa. Am. J. Path., 1926, 2: 159-65, 2pl.—Mills, R. G. Cystitis emphy- sematosa; a case in a woman in which trauma appeared to be an etiologie factor. Am. J. Obst., 1930, 20: 688-98. Also repr. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 94: 321-6. Also repr. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 23: 289; 24: 217. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1930-31, 51: 545-51. Also repr.—Ravich, A., & Katzen, P. Cystitis em- physematosa; review of the literature, with report of an authen- tic case terminating in recovery. J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 98: 1256-9. Also repr.—Redewill, F. H. Cystitis cystica emphyse- matosa. Tr. West. Soc. Ami Urol. Ass., 1934, 3: 18-23. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 537-43.—Rosedale, R. S. Cystitis em- physematosa; report of case. Am. J. Obst., 1936, 31: 123-7.— Sanes, S., & Boroshow, G. B. Cystitis emphysematosa; in an elderly diabetic woman; in a 3-months-old female infant. J. Urol., Bait., 1934, 32: 278-86—Sikh, H., & Picek, S. [Cystitis emphysematosa] Cas. lek. cesk., 1926, 65: 1604-11. ---- Inflammation, hemorrhagic. Boas, K. Beitrag zur Klinik und Therapie der essentiellen hamorrhagischen Zystitis. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1931,12: 423-35.—Cirillo, G. Le Bacillus bifidus communis dans quelques formes de cystite aigue hemorragique de la premiere enfance. J. urol. med., Par., 1924, 17: 25-8.—Hailes, W. A. A case of cystitis associated with severe haematuria. Med. J. Australia, 1925, 2: 283-7.—Kraucher, G. Beitrag zur Klinik der hamorrhagischen Blasenerkrankungen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932, 34: 420-5.— Sas, L. [Hemorrhagic cystitis; causes, pathology, and treat- ment] Orv. hetil., 1930, 74: 1165-70. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1931, 31: 158-71. Also Zschr. Urol., 1931, 25: 420-31.----- [Treatment of haemorrhagic cystitis by changing the bacterial flora] Orv. hetil., 1931, 75: 1078-82. Also J. urol. m6d., Par., 1931,32: 221-33. ---- Inflammation, incrusted. Ornstein, M. *La cystite incrust^e. 87p. 8? Par., 1932. Angulo. Sobre el tratamiento de las cistitis incrustadas. Med. ibera, 1935, 29: pt2, 40.—Anzillotti, G. Sulla cistite incru- stata. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1919) 1921, 26: 123; 423. Also Riforma med., 1919, 35: 934. Also Riv. osp., 1919, 9: 673-8.— Castano, E. Consideraciones sobre la cistitis incrustada y su tratamiento. Rev. As. m6d. argent., 1919, 30: 293-9.—Celesia & Mendez Casariego. Cistitis incrustante. Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1925, 32: pt 1, 1137.—Cifuentes, P. Cistitis incrustadas. Arch. med., Madr., 1935, 38: 245. Also Med. ibera, 1935, 29: 499 — Cistite incrostata. Rinasc. med., 1934, 11: 728.—Cone, R. E. Alkaline encrusted cystitis. Texas J.M., 1934, 29: 725-8 — Coppridge, W. M. Alkaline incrustations of the bladder; with report of a case treated with Bulgarian bacilli. South. M.&S., 1923, 85: 255-8.—Be la Pena, A., & Be la Pena, E. Continuous BLADDER 388 BLADDER irrigation of urinary bladder In the treatment of alkaline in- crusted cystitis (calcareous cystitis) Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 314.—Diaz del Villar. Cistitis incrustadas. Rev. cir. Barcelona, 1935, 9: 364.—Hager, B. H. Clinical data on alkaline incrusted cystitis. J. Urol., Bait., 1926, 16: 447-57. ----- & Magath, T. B. The etiology of incrusted cystitis with alkaline urine. J. Am. M. Ass., 1925, 85: 1352-5.—Hencz, L. [Az incrustatios cystitisrol] Orv. hetil., 1935, 79: 625.—Ibanez, A. L. Ves;cula calciricada. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1936, 20: 279-86.—Kearns, W. M. Alkaline incrusted cystitis, urethritis and prostatitis. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 20: 125-33. ----- & Turkeltaub, S. M. Encrusted cystitis. Ibid., 1931, 26: 465-71—Lang worthy, H. T. Phosphatic cast of bladder (incrusted alkaline cystitis) Long Island M.J., 1927, 21: 138-40.—Lepoutre, C. Deux observations de cystite incrustee. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1935, 24: 140-2.—Letcher, H. G., & Matheson, N. M. Encrustation of the bladder as a result of alkaline cystitis. Brit. J. Surg., 1935-36, 23: 716-20.—Marion, G., & Kogan, B. La cystite incrustee. Presse med., 1934,42: 1812-5.—Mercier, O. La cvstite incrustee. J. Hotel Dieu Montreal, 1936, 5: 61-74.—Nisio", G. La cistite incrostata. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1930, 9: 815.—Redewill, F. H. Comparison of leukoplakia, malakoplakia, and incrusted cystitis; report of cases and a new method of treatment. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 532-6.—Roche, A. E. A case of encrusted cystitis.: Brit. J. Surg., 1926-27, 14: 531-3.—Sirovicza, M. [Ul- cerous incrustations of the bladder] Orv. hetil., 1927, 71: 348- 51.—Uteau. Cystite incrustee guerie par un traitement medical. J. urol. med., Par., 1921, 11: 236-8. ---- Inflammation, postoperative. Jansen, P. *Die Aetiologie und Prophylaxe der postoperativen Cystitis [Freiburg] 27p. 8? Greifswald, 1913. Jentzen, R. *Ueber die postoperative Cysti- tis. 42p. 8? Kiel, 1916. Wolmershatjser, O. *Die postoperative Cystitis, ihre Verhtitung und Behandlung (dar- gestellt am Material der Frauenklinik von 1913- 1918) 28p. 8? Erlangen, 1919. Albano, G. Le cistiti giuecologiche post-operative. Ann. ostet. gin., 1925, 47: 861-73—Ballenger, E. F., & Elder, 0. F. Post-operative cystitis. South. M.J., 1927, 20: 321.—Curtis, A. H. The bladder of women after operation; a consideration of postoperative bladder disturbances, with special regard to treatment, based upon a study of this subject in the care of 465 cases operated within the last 18 months. Am. J. Obst., 1918, 78: 230-7. Also repr.—Esch, P. Ueber die postoperative Zystitis (mit experimentellen Untersuchungen fiber die bakte- rizide Wirkung von Harndesinfizientien) Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1919, 110: 659-84.—lalsia, A. Sobre un caso de cistitis ulcerosa post-operatoria. Sem. med., B. Air., 1924, 31: 928.—Jentzen, R. Ueber die postoperative Cystitis. Zbl. Gyn., 1917, 41: 1083-5.— Mello, G. Le cistiti post-operatorie in ginecologia. Riv. ital. gin., 1927, 6: 635-55.—Montuoro, F. In difesa del cateterismo; a proposito delle cistiti postoperative. Riv. ostet. gin. prat., 1932, 14: 279-82.—Pasch, C. Ein Beitrag zu den Erfahrungen und Beobachtungen mit der intravenosen Injektion einer 40%igen Urotropinlbsung bei postoperativer Harnverhaltung und Cysti- tis. Zbl. Gyn., 1924, 48: 706-10. ---- Inflammation: Treatment. Aureille, C. P. E. Contribution a l'etude du traitement des cystites bacillaires et des cystites banales par la bacteriotherapie lactique [Paris] 67p. 8? Poissy, 1921. Bahrami, M. *Die Behandlung der Cystitis [Berlin] 42p. 8? Charlottenb., 1931. Borngen, H. *Adrenalinsptilungen bei Cysti- tis, lip. 8? Frankf. a.M., 1926. Chaimtschik, S. * Ueber die Behandlung der Colipyelitis und Colicvstitis mit Colivaccinen. 23p. 8? Zur., 1915. Alexander, F. W. Sodium mandelate in chronic cystitis. Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 391.—Arnheim, F. Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung der Cystitis. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1921, 31: 83.—Baer, A. Die Vaccinationsbehandlung der Cystitis. Zbl. Chir., 1923, 50: 987-9.—Batinin, M. P. [Intravenous injections of 40% solu- tion of urotropin in the treatment of cystitis] Kazan, med. J., 1925, 21: 176-8.—Blatt, P. Die verschiedenen Arten der prima- ren und sekundaren Cystitis und ihre Behandlung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: b39-42— Blaustein, N. Changes of urine reac- tion a vital factor in the treatment of primary acute bacterial cystitis. J. Urol., Bait., 1926. 15: 363-74—Brandesky, W. Zur internen Medikation der Zystitis mit Buccosperin. Med. Klin. Berl., 1934, 30:1531.—Buerger, L. Cystitis; discussion regarding its ttierapy. Med. Clin. N. America, 1919-20, 3: 301-40.— Casper, L. Zur Behandlung der Cystitis mit einem neuen Blasenspiilmittel. Zscnr. Urol., 1926, 2J: 678-83. ----- Ar- golavalspulungen in der Cystitis-Therapie. Ibid., 1929, 23: 209-12. ----- & Zeltner. Zur Behandlung der Zystitis mit einem neuen Blasenspiilmittel. Miinch. med Wschr., 1926, 73: 1022-5.—Cifuentes, P. Cistitis cronica con retention tratada con inyecciones de vapores de iodo. Siglo m6d., 1917, 64: 466-s. - Clark, A. L. Bacilluria under ketogenic treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1932, 2: 511.—Cociu, M., & Garotescu, J. [Autotherapy in the treatment of colibacillary cystitis] Romania med., 1935, 13: 7.—Courtade, B. Traitement des cystites par l'ionisation intrav6sicale. Hopital, 1922, 10: 216.—Czech, A. Was muss der praktische Arzt von der Behandlung von Zystitiden wissen? Munch, med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 349-53.—Besmonts, P. E. De l'ionisation dans le traitement des cvstites. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1921-22, 3: 334-9. Also Montpellier med., 1922, 44: 323-8.—Buttmann, G. Ueber die Siiurebehandlung der Cystitis mit Milchsaurepuffergemischen. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 402-4.—Einhorn, M., & Meyer, W. Diagnosis and treatment of recurrent cystitis without stones. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1920, 98: 211-6. Also repr.—Frankel, W. K. Cystitis- und Pyelitis- behandlung mit Antivirus-Besredka. Fortsch. Ther., 1928, 4: 52-5.—Gelvin, E. R. The management of some of the more com- mon bladder infections. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1933, 23: 200-3 — Goldberger, J. La conversion de l'acidite urinaire et la diurese forcee comme facteurs therapeutiques dans les cystites et les pyeiites. J. urol. med., Par., 1928, 25: 349-56. Also Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22: 400-10.—Grossmann, W. Zur Behandlung der Blasenentzundungen. Aliinch. med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 329-31.— Hohlweg, H. Zur Behandlung der Zystitis und Cystopyelitis acuta und chronica (Entgegnung auf die gleichnamige Arbeit von Prof. Dr Schottmiiller)' Ibid., 1922, 69: 1452—Hornaday, W. R. Some observations on the management of cystitis. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1925, 15: 639-43—Hryntschak, T. Ueber die Wirkung der Alkalitherapie auf entziindliche und ulcerbse Erkrankungen der Harnblase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930-31, 31: 129-45. ----- Ueber die Alkalitherapie akuter Zystitiden. Med. Klin., Berl., 1931, 27: 1565-7.—Iversen, T. [Bladder treatment with the hydrochloric acid] Hospitalstidende, 1921, 64: Dansk. kir. selsk. forh., 88-90.—Jourdan, M. Las cistitis. Clin. & lab., Zaragoza, 1931, 18: 477-80.—Knorr, R. Die Cystitis und ihre Behandlung. Ber. ges. Gyn., 1925-26, 9: 1-21.— Koller, H. Die Behandlung der Cystitis mit kolloidalem Silber. Kor. Bl. schweiz. Aerzte, 1919, 49: 1511-3.—Leuchtenberger, R. Ueber Behandlungsversuche bei chronischen Cystitiden mit Bakterienkulturfiltraten nach Besredka. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 552-9.—Lucke. Die Behandlung von entziindlichen Affek- tionen der Blase und Harnrohre mit Uvalysat. Fortsch. Ther., 1928, 4:190.—Lucri, T. La prognosi e la terapia delle cistiti dolo- rose residue alla nefrectomia per tubercolosi renale. Riforma med., 1928, 44: 941-8.—Lutz. Die Behandlung der Zystitis mit Antivirusbouillon (Besredka) Mschr. Harnkr. sex. Hyg., 1927, 1: 197-201.—Maberly, J. Cystitis and bladder antiseptics. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1933, 136: 151-6.—Macalpine, J. B The treatment of cystitis. Lancet, Lond., 1923, 1: 1176.— Magner, W. Acute cystitis treated with mercurochrome. S. Michael Hosp. M. Bull., Toronto, 1925-26, 2: 80.—Michon, L. Traitement des cystites bacillaires par le vaccin de Vaudremer. Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32: 471-6—Milligan, E. T. C. Relief of pain in cystitis of old age. Postgrad. M.J., Lond., 1932, 8: 22.— Neff, J. H. Continuous irrigation of the bladder in certain cases of cystitis. South. M.J., 1934, 27: 304-7.—Nielsen, 0. [Treat- ment of vesical infections] Ugeskr. laeger, 1928, 90: 843 — O'Neil, R. F. The value of bacillus bulgaricus in treatment of coccus infections of the bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1916, 11: 76-91, 3pl—Oksmanas, G. D. [Treatment of cystitis and cystopyelitis] Medicina, Kaunas, 1928, 9: 98-102 — Pascual, S. Contribucion al estudio del tratamiento de las cistitis por les vapores de yodo. Cron. med., Valencia, 1914, 26: 233-5.—Pavone, M. Di un nuovo tentativo di cura delle cosi dette cistiti dolorose. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1929, 8: 339-41 — Pulido Martin, A. Tratamiento curativo de la cistitis cronica incrustante. Siglo med., 1928, 82: 521-4.—Raabe, R. Behand- lung der Zystitis und Zystopyelitis mit Uronovan. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76:1174.—Rosenthal, G., & Chazarain-Wetzel, P. Essais de bacteriotherapie clinique; de I'emploi des ferments lactiques (bacille bulgare et streplocoque lactique) dans le traite- ment des infections chirurgicales des voies urinaires et de la vessie en particulier. Bull. gen. ther., 1909, 158: 17; 104; 139; 699.—Sanchez de Rivera, B. El subkutin en las cistitis. Clin. & lab., Zaragoza, 1934, 24: 31—Sarasua, F., & Pena, A. Nuevas orientaciones acerca del tratamiento de las cistitis. Med. ibera, 1927, 21: 293-5.—Scheffelaar Klots, T. [Chronic cystitis and its treatment] Geneesk. gids, 1932, 10: 673; 741; 798.—Schirokauer, H. Eine neue lokale Behandlungsweise der Zystitis und Pye- litis. Ther. Gegenwart, 1926, 67: 156-60.^Schliiter, H. Die Behandlung der Zystitis mit Argolaval. Derm. Wschr., 1927. 85: 997.—Schneider, C. Zur Behandlung von Zystitis una Pyelitis; Argidal (Azetylsalizylsaures Silber-Hexamethylen- tetramin) Miinch. med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 1039.—Schneider, H. Ueber die Wirkung des Argolavals in der Zystitistherapie. Ther. Gegenwart, 1932, 73: 262-5—Scholz, B. Die Behandlung ulzerbser Zystitiden mit sedimentierenden Schuttelmixturen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 214—Schottmiiller. Zur Behand- lung der Zystitis und Cystopyelitis acuta et chronica. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1922, 69: 1483—Seyderhelm, R., & Klaue, W. Zur Behandlung der Zystitis und Pyelitis chronica mit Subkutin (Ritsert) Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 1665—Wendel, A. V. Rebellious suppurative cystitis; treatment bv continuous hot irrigation. Am. J. Surg., 1920, 34: 321—Zweifel. Zur Behand- lung der Kolizystitis. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 657. ---- Inflammation: Treatment, operative. Bucalossi, P. Su di un caso di cistite incrostata guarito con I il trattamento chirurgico. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1932,4:377.- BLADDER 389 BLADDER Kwan, S. T., Char, G. Y., & Tung, P. C. The effect of presacral neurectomy on painful cystitis. China M.J., 1933, 47: 344-9, 2pl— Lasio, G. Sur la regeneration de la muqueuse vesicale en relation avec le traitement op6ratoire de la cystite chro- nique. P. verb. Ass. fr. urol. (1904) 1905, 8: 638-43—Loumeau. Cystite douloureuse neoplasique chez un vieillard de 91 ans; cystostomie palliative. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux, 1917, 157-60.—Petrescu, G. Chirurgische Behandlung der chroni- schen, hartnackigen und schmerzhaften Blasenkatarrhe. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 516-8.—Reynes. Curettage de la vessie, par l'uretre, chez une femme, pour cystite villeuse retidivee. Rev. chir., Par., 1919, 57: 740.—Rochet. Traitement chirurgical des cystites douloureuses. Lyon chir., 1921, 18: 462-80.—Szabo, I. Die chirurgische Behandlung der schweren Cystitiden. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1924, 1.31: 579-bo.—Viannay, C. Du traitement des cystites douloureuses arrivees au stade de cystalgie, par les inter- ventions sur le sympathique pelvien et, en particulier, par la resection du nerf pre-sacr6. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1927, 30: 229-36.—Zigler, M. Report of a case of membranous cystitis eventuating in cystotomy. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 320. --- Inflammation—in animals. Jones, F. S., & Little, R. B. Specific infectious cystitis and pyelonephritis of cows. J. Exp. M., 1925, 42: 593-607, 3pl.— Marcenac. Un cas d'uretro-cystite suppuree chez une jument. Rec. med. vet., 1920, 96: 28-34—Palmer, C. C. Cystitis and pyelonephritis in cattle. Vet. Med., Chic, 1931, 26: 168-77. --- Inflammation—in children. Dienemaxx, R. *Ueber Cvstitis im Kindesal- ter. 67p. 8? Halle, 1914. " Hirst, J. C. The rapid cure of cystitis in children. N. York M.J., 1923, 117: 263.—Lepoutre, C. Persistance d'une colibacil- lose urinaire chez une enfant, expliquee par une evacuation in- complete de la vessie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1935, 355.—Macchi, A. Le cistiti nella infanzia. Med. ital., 1927, 8: 7-26.—Perl, M. Erfahrungen mit Cylotropinbehandlung im Kindesalter. Mschr. Kinderh., 1926, 34: 1-5.—Raffaelli, G. La cistite nei lattanti. Clin, pediat., Alod., 1923, 5: 428-33. --- Injury. See also Bladder subheadings Foreign bodies, Perforation, Rupture. Schneider, O. * Ueber einen Fall von Blasen- veriitzung mit secundarer Schrumpfblase und Erweiterung der Ureteren und der Nierenbecken [Munchen] 16p. 8? [Volklingen] 1927. Addessi, G. Di una rara lesione della vescica in seguito a parto spontaneo. Clin, ostet., 1933, 35: 729-40.—Bengolea, A. J. Intoxication urinaria por herida accidental de la vejiga en el curso de una laparotomia. Sem. med., B. Air., 1923, 30: 1101-3.—Bernasconi. Sur 2 cas de lesions traumatiques de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1923, 15: 303-8.—Boshamer, K. Ueber Blasen- und Harnrbhrenverletzungen sowie ihre Begut- achtung. Chirurg, Berl., 1935, 7: 777-84.—Chauvin, E. Les ulcerations vesicales, complications tardives des applications de radium sur 1'uterus. Arch. mal. reins, 1935, 9: 641-54.— Costantini, P. Scoppio traumatico della vescica urinaria e attacchi uremici. Clin, chir., Milano, 1932, 35: 952.—Baniel, C, & Mavrodin, B. Les lesions de la vessie dans les laparotomies gynecologiques. Gyn. obst., Par., 1930, 21: 311-23.—Dean, A. L. Injury of the urinary bladder following irradiation of the uterus, J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 29: 559-75— Eisendrath, B. N., & Rolnick, H. C. Bladder or deep urethral injury; the introduction of air as an early diagnostic measure. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91:1548 — Fahr, T. Zusammenhangstrennungen und durch Gewaltein- wirkungen bedingte krankhafte Veranderungen der Harnblase. Handb. spez. path. Anat., Berl., 1934, S: pt2, 775-89.— Gauthier. Plaie de vessie par couteau. Lyon med., 1926, 137: 365.—Grzywa, N. Versenktes Blattsilber zur Heilung von Blasenwunden. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 2076.— Hamer, H. G. In- juries of the bladder incident to surgery. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito- urin. Surg., 1931, 24: 345-54.—Hortolomei. Plaies de la vessie a symptomes frustes. J. urol. med., Par., 1927,24:286-9.—Jahreiss, R. Schadigung der Harnblase durch die Geburt. Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 501-2.— Jost, W. E. A plea for more frequent use of the cysto- scope in obscure bladder lesions. Med. Fortnightly, 1918, 50: 138-40.—Keane, W. E. Bladder wounds; a report of 11 cases. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1928, 27: 801-7.—Keller, R. Empalement de la vessie. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn Pai is, 1924, 13: 74.—Kummer, R. H. Lesions traumatiijues partKlies de la paroi vesicale. J. urol. med., Par., 1920, 10: 2U-. .—Lamont, D. Injuries of the urinary bladder. Glasgow M.J., 1927,108: 294-300—Legueu, F. Traitement des plaies de la vessie. Rev. geD. clin. ther., 1919, 33:152. -----& Gouverneur, R Le traitement immediat des plaies de vessie. Arch. urol. Necker, 1919-20, 2: 289-312.— Liegner, B. Blasenverletzungen beim Katheterismus. Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 2297-9—Manuilov, A. Un cas rare de lesion de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 40:346-9.—Orrin, H. C. The value of the syphonage method in the treatment of severe injury of the bladder. Practitioner, Lond., 1919, 103: 312-4.—Peacock, A. H., &Hain, R. F. Injuries of the urethra and bladder; a studv of 30 cases. J. Urol., Bait., 1926, 15: 563-82.—Pfanner, W. Ueber einen Fall von Tympanie der Harnblase. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1922, 172: 247-52—Roedelius, E. Ueber Blasenverletzun- ?nnr t1, E,r?HnungJon Douglasabszessen. Deut. med. Wschr., f ki' }J n.51r3-T"Rosenfeld, S. S. Recognition and prevention of bladder injuries. Am. J. Obst., 1936, 32: 333-6.-Rubsamen, W. Blasenverletzung durch Splitter eines in der Scheide zer- f™,??eS,A Hohlglas-Silikatpessars. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1922 69: 934.—Rulle, P. H. Eine Spatschadigung der Harnblase nach Radiumbehandlung. Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 357-9.—Salleras, J. Cirugia urinaria de urgencia; traumatismo de la vejiga. Sem. med., B. Air., 1931,38: pt2,104O-6.-Sauerbruch. Abriss der Marnlplase von der pars prostatica der Harnrohre. Kor -Bl. schweiz. Aerzte, 1918, 48: 1144.—Schapiro, G. [Injury of bladder from operation for hernia] Vrach. gaz., 1927, 31: 1207-10.— Schroder, W. Blasenverletzung durch Pfiihlung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1921, 68: 1624,-Sneierson, H. Accidental stab wound of bladder, self inflicted. Am. J. Surg., 1935, 27: 334-6 — Stevens, W. E. Female bladder injuries incident to surgery. California West. M., 1933, 39: 388-91—Stutzin, J. J. Experi- mentelle und klinische Beitrage zu den Verletzungen der Harn- blase. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1918, 146: 89-106.—Urban. Ueber einen seltenen Fall von Blasenverletzung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1919, 32: 849.—Viethen, H. Ueber die Strahlenbeeinflussbarkeit der Blasenwandung. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1934, 157: 536-47.— Zeiss, L. Beitrag zur Frage der Rontgen- und Radiumschadi- gungen der Blase. Zschr. Urol., 1927, 20: 626-30.—Zubrzycki, J. von. Seltener Ausgang einer Schussverletzung der Blase. Gyn. Rdsch., 1917, 11: 177-9. Injury, gunshot. Caesar, J. C. *Ueber Schussverletzungen der Harnblase im Weltkriege. 41 p. 8? Bonn, 1919. Klinker, W. *Blasenschtisse. 47p. 8? Kiel, 1933-34. Lamy-Lapeyriere, P. M. Contribution a l'etude des plaies de la vessie au cours de la guerre 1914-18. 84p. 8? Bord., 1919. Liesen, F. W. *Ein kasuistischer Beitrag zur Frage der Schussverletzungen der Harnblase. 31p. 8? Giessen, 1915. Nordmann, J. W. *Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Blasensteckschusse [Gottingen] 26p. 8? Melle in Hannov., 1916. Salle, L. *Plaies de la vessie par projectiles de guerre, observers au Centre urologique de la xive region (Hopital Saint-Pothin et Hopital de la Soie) 58p. 8? Lyon, 1917. Bee & Hadengue. Extraction par les voies naturelles et sous le controle de l'ecran radioscopique d'une balle de fusil logee dans la vessie. J. med. Paris, 1917, 36: 212.—Bernasconi. Plaie transfixiante de la vessie, par balle accompagnee de 18 perforations de l'intestin grele; guerison. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1923, 2: 78-81 .—Boyd, M. L. Gunshot wound of the bladder. J. Am. Al. Ass., 1927, 89: 196— Brown, F. R. Rifle bullet in blad- der. Brit. M.J., 1920, 1: 220.—Chalier, A. Resultat 61oigne d'une operation pour blessure de la vessie par balle de shrapnel. Lyon med., 1920, 129: 12S— Costantini, H. A propos du traite- ment imro6idiat des plaies de la vessie par petits projectiles sans lesions du bassin. Paris med., 1920, 35: 407-9.—Cumston, C. G. Gunshot wounds of the bladder. N. York M.J., 1919, 109: 109-11.—Frassi, L. Osservazioni sulle ferite d'arma da fuoco della vescica. Policlinico, 1920, sez. chir., 27: 70; 84.—Girard. Balle de shrapnel recue dans la fesse en aout 1914, et retiree de la vessie en novembre 1916, sans avoir cause de troubles urinaires appreciables. J. urol. med., Par., 1919, 8: 29-31.—Goldberg, B. Harnblasenschiisse. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1916, 63: 1233. Also Zschr. Urol., 1915, 9: 361-75.—Haberern, J. P. Beitrag zu den Kriegsschussverletzungen der Harnblase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1922, 10: 315-7.—Landivar, R. Heridas de vejiga por proyectiles de guerra. Sem. med., B. Air., 1936, 43: pt2, 260-3.— Lavatelli, G. Scheggia di granata, ignorata e perfettamente tollerata, estratta dalla vescica dopo 14 anni dal ferimento. Osp. maggiore Novara, 1932, 9: 550-7.—Lecewicz, B. [Gun-shot wounds of the bladder] Polska gaz. lek., 1935, 14: 560-2 — Lichenstern, R. Einseitige Pyonephrose nach Schussverletzung der Blase. Wien. med. Wschr., 1918, 68: 694-7.—Lusena, G. Le ferite d'arma da fuoco della vescica urinaria con perrnanenza del projettile nella cavita vescicale. Boll. Accad. med. Genova, 1917-19',' 32: 61-76.—Luys, G. Extraction of a rifle bullet from the bladder by the natural route. N. York M.J., 1920, 111: 181-3 — Maisonnet. Blessures de la vessie par armes de ; uerre. Arch. mal. reins, 1922-23, 257-79.—Mioni, G. Ferite d'arma da fuoca della vescica. Clin, chir., Milano, 1917, 25: 473-85.—Oliva, C. Contributo alio studio e alla terapia delle ferite da arma da fuoco della vescica. Ibid., 563-81.—Rosenstein, P. Ueber- Steck- schuss der Blasenwand. Zschr. Urol., 1920, 14: 49-56.—Santy, P., & Wertheimer, P. Eclat d'obus intravesical; ablation 8 ans apres la blessure par taille hypogastrique ideale. J. urol. med., Par., 1924, 17: 214-7.—Schwenke, A. Drei Falle von Blasenschiissen, insbesondere Steinbildung um Projectil und Sekundarprojektil. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1918-19, 4: 331-54 — Shelley, H. J. Gunshot wounds of the urinary bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1932, n.s., 16: 301-3. Also repr.—Stutzin, J. J. Zur Klinik der Schussverletzungen der Harnblase. Beitr. klin. BLADDER 390 BLADDER Chir., 1917, 107: Kriegschir. H.40, 137-45—Thevenot. Note sur le traitement immediat des plaies de la vessie par projectile de guerre (a propos de 20 observations) Lyon med., 1918, 127: 508.—Van Leuven, B. H. Gunshot wounds of the bladder. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1920, 19: 35.—Verga, G. Grossa scheggia di granata penetrata in vescica e diventata nucleo di un calcolo vescicale; estrazione mediante cistotomia soprapubica; guari- gione. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Pavia, 1916, 29: no.3-4, 1-5. ---- Innervation. See also Bladder, Physiology. Dennig, H. Die Innervation der Harnblase; Physiologie und Klinik. 98p. 8? Berl., 1926. Forms H.45, of Monogr. Neur. Psychiat. Schneider, J. E. W. G. *Der Einfluss phar- makologischer Agentien auf den Blasendruck; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Innervation der Harn- blase (Auszug) 7p. 8? [Lpz.] 1923. Aburel, E., Chauchard, A., & Chauchard, B. Recherches physiologiques sur l'innervation motrice de la vessie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 1036-9.—Adler. Studien fiber Blaseninner- vation. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1920, 67: 28.—Arimoto, K. Mikroskopische Studie fiber die Innervation der Harnblase. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1929, 19: 481-4— Barrington, F. J. F. The nervous control of the urinary bladder in amphibians. Man, Lond., 1922, 45:126-32. ----- The effect of lesions of the hind- and mid-brain on micturition in the cat. Q. J. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1925, 15: 81-102. Alsorepr. ----- The central nerv- ous control of micturition. Brain, Lond., 1928, 51: 209-20. —--- The localization of the paths subserving micturition in the spinal cord of the cat. Ibid., 1933, 56: 126-48. ----- The length of the fibres of the centrifugal micturition path in the spinal cord of the cat. Q.J. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1934-35, 24: 345.—Blumenthal & Ivanov, P. P. [Cortical innervation of the bladder] Soviet, khir., 1933, 4: 422-30—Bobin, V. Re- cherches sur les nerfs de la vessie; etude particuliere du lapin. Arch, anat., Strasb., 1930-31, 11: 197-243.—Boeminghaus, H. Experimentelle Beitrage zur Innervation der Blase. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1923, 33:378-97. ----- Experimentelle Unter- suchungen fiber den nervosen Zusammenhang zwischen Nieren- und Blasentatigkeit. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol., 8. Kongr. (1928) 1929, 538-40.—Cloake, P. C. Discussion on the innervation of the bladder. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1932, 25: 547-61 — Coates, A. E. A note on the macroscopic anatomy of the nerves of the bladder. Med. J. Australia, 1932, 2: 683-5—Bennig, H. Untersuchungen fiber die Innervation der Harnblase und des Mastdarms. Zschr. Biol., 1924, 80: 239-54. ----- Ueber- blick fiber die Blaseninnervation. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76:1140; 1143.—Evans, J. P. Observation on the nerves of supply to the bladder and urethra of the cat, with a study of their action potentials. J. Physiol., Lond., 1936, 86: 398-414.—Galperin, S. I., & Tschernigovski, V. N. Beitrag zur Frage der Axonreflexe der Harnblase. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1936, 98: 788-93 — Herrmann, H., Morin, G., & Vidal, J. La vessie retrouve-t-elle un fonctionnement regulier apres la destruction etendue de la mcelle 6piniere? Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1934, 3.ser., 112: 667-9 — Hryntschak, T. Zur Anatomie und Physiologie des Nerven- apparates der Harnblase und des Ureters; Uber den Ganglien- zellapparat der menschlichen Harnblase. Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien, 1922-23, 24: 409-50, 2pl.-----& Spiegel, E. A. Ueber den Mechanismus der automatischen Blase. Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3:1819.—Kabat, H., Magoun, H. W., & Ranson, S. W. Reac- tion of the bladder to stimulation of points in the forebrain and mid-brain. J. Comp. Neur., 1936, 63: 211-39.—Lang worthy, O. R., & Kolb, L. C. Demonstration of encephalic control of micturition by electrical stimulation. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1935, 56: suppl., 37-49.—Langworthy, 0. R., Lewis, L. G. [et al.] A clinical study of the control of the bladder by the cen- tral nervous system. Ibid., 1936, 58:89-108.—Langworthy, O.R., Reeves, B. L., & Tauber, E. S. Autonomic control of the urinary bladder. Brain, Lond., 1934, 57: pt3, 266-90, pi.—Learmonth, J. R. A contribution to the neurophysiology of the urinary bladder in man. Ibid., 1931, 54: 147-76—McClintic, C. F. The clinical neuro-physiology of the automatic urinary bladder and enuresis. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 20: 267-82—Macintosh, F. C, & Moreash, R. A. Responses of the bladder and seminal vesicle in the rat. Proc. Nova Scot. Inst. Sc, 1931-32, 18: 50-2 — Moseley, R. L. Preganglionic connections of the intramural ganglia of the urinary bladder. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1936, 34: 728-30—Muller, L. R. Die Blaseninnervation. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1918,128: 81-106. Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1919, 66: 85. Also Sitzber. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1918, 59-61.—Pichler, J. Harnblase; Augenreflex. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1924,.37: 396.—Pi Suner, A., & Raventos, J. Sur les effets de la dilatation du rectum et de la vessie et leur conduction par les nerfs pelviens. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 224-6.— Polykarpowa, G. A. Experimentell-morphologische Analyse der autonomen Innervation der Harnblase. Zschr. Anat. Entw., 1935, 104: 378-88—Schabadasch, A. Die Nerven der Harnblase des Hundes. Zschr. ges. Anat., l.Abt., 1928, 86: 730-75. ----- Studien zur Architektonik des vegetativen Nervensystems; neue intramurale Nervengeflechte der Harn- blase und des Harnleiters. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1934,21:657-732.— Schlesinger, H. Der Bauchdecken-Austreibungsreflex der Harnblase; ein bisher unbekannter therapeutisoh verwertbarer Reflex. Med. Klin., Berl., 1933, 29: 538.—Serebrjakow, P. Ueber die Ganglienzelltypen der Froschharnblase. Zschr. Zell- forsch., 1929, 9: 425-41. ----- Studien fiber den feineren Bau des Perizellularapparates der Nervenzellen bei Wirbeltieren; zur Morphologie der Perizellularapparate in der Froschharn- blase. Ibid., 1930, 12: 1-33.—Szantroch, Z. Ueber ein vesikales Nervenflecht bei Hiihnerembryonen. J. Psychol. Neur., Lpz., 1928-29, 37: 679-92, 3pl— Volante, F. Innervazione della vescica urinaria. Monit. zool. ital., 1926, 37: 47-54.—Wastl, H. Ueber Blasenreflexe beim Frosch. Zschr. Biol., 1928-29, 88: 59-62.— Wijnen, H. P. Denervation et devascularisation de la vessie urinaire chez le chat et le chien. Arch, neerl. physiol., 1921-22, 221-49.—Wolhynski, F. A. Die Nerven der Harnblase des Kaninchens. Zschr. ges. Anat., Abt.l, 1930, 93: 297-352. ---- Irrigation. See also Cystoscope. Berne-Lagarde, de. Indications therapeutiques et technique des lavages vesicaux. Hopital, 1922, 10: 68.—Boulanger, L. Nouvelle olive cuneiforme pour laveurs destines aux grands lavages uretro-vesicaux et pour les seringues a injections uretrales. J. urol. med., Par., 1926, 22: 152.—Bavis, B. M. A modification of the Shaw-Young irrigating decompression apparatus. J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 24: 693-7.—Harmstorf. Ueber Blasenspulun- gen mit sauren Losungen. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 1125.—Hinman, F. A simple apparatus for continuous and automatic bladder irrigation. J. Urol., Bait., 1919, 3: 281-7. Also Prensa med., Habana, 1919, 10: 2.—Kokoris, B. Schwere Allgemeinerschei- nungen bei Spulung der Harnblase; ein Beitrag zur Wundschock- entstehung. Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 2023—Marion. Les lavages vesicaux. J. med. Paris, 1929, 48: 51-3.—Narath, A. Ein neues Blasenspuldrain. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1927, 202: 402-5—Perdue, J. R. An automatic intermittent bladder irrigation apparatus. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 33: 198-200.—Pirondini, E. Un nuovo irri- gatore vescicale a doppia corrente. Policlinico, 1919, 26: sez.- prat., 1338. ---- irritable. See Bladder, Nervous disorders. ---- Leio- and rhabdomyoma. See also Bladder, Tumors, malignant. Berne-Lagarde, de. Les leio-myomes vesicaux. Arch. mal. reins, 1929-30, 4: 412-41, 2pl— Caylor, H. B., & Walters, W. Leio- myosarcoma of the urinary bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 24: 303-11.—Chiaudano, C. Leiomiomi del collo vescicale. Cancro, Tor., 1933, 4: 23.—Colombino, S. Rabdomioma mixomatoso maligno della vescica. Ibid., 1932, 3: 47-50.—Garofalo, F. I. leiomiomi della vescica. Arch. ital. urol., 1931-32, 8: 416-30.— Hager, B. H., & Hunt, V. C. Report of a case of leiomyosarcoma of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 21: 129-33.—Janu, M., & Stolz, J. [Epitheliomyosarcoma of the bladder, with partial rhabdomyomatic development] Cas. 16k. Cesk., 1932, 71: 15-8, 2pl.—Keene, F. E., & Tompkins, P. Leiomyoma of the bladder. Am. J. Obst., 1935, 29: 109-12.—Krauskopf, H. Report of an unusual case of leiomyosarcoma occurring in the urinary bladder. Ibid., 1932, 24: 133-7.—Kretschmer, H. L. Leiomyoma of the bladder, with report of a case and a review of the literature. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1931, 24: 363-80. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 26: 575-89—MacKenzie, B. W., & Chase, W. H. Rhabdomyosarcoma of the urinary bladder, with metastases; report of a case with a brief review of clinical and pathological literature. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1927, 20: 15-27. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1928,19:315-27.—Stevens, A. R. Leiomyoma of the urinary bladder; report of a case. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito- urin. Surg., 1927, 20: 9-13. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 19: 329- 33— Welfeld, J., Hill, L., & Hillebrand, J. G. Rhabdomyomyxo- sarcoma of the urinary bladder. Ibid., 1936, 36: 150-6.—Wer- shub, L. P. Leiomyoma of the urinary bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1929, n.s., 7: 280-2. Also repr. ---- Leukoplakia. Rost, E. *Ueber die Leukoplakia vesicae. 31 p. 8? Miinch., 1926. Akerberg, E. Leukoplakie der Harnwege bei Schrumpfblase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932, 34: 353-64.—Bugbee, H. G. Leuko- plakia in a diverticulum of the bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito- urin. Surg., 1928, 21: 243-7 [Discussion] 281-3. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 21: 395-9.—Cirillo, G. Leucoplasia vescicale da cal- colo e epitelioma della vescica. Riforma med., 1924,40:918-20.— Beddes, E. [Leukoplakia vesicae] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 4507.—Hennessey, R. A. Leukoplakia of the bladder. J. Am. AI. Ass., 1927, 88: 146-51—Kafka, V. Eine seltene Form von Leukoplakie der Harnblase. Zbl. allg. Path., 1920, 31: 266-8.—Kretschmer, H. L. Leukoplakia of the bladder and ureter. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass. (1920) 1921, 12: 264-97, 4pl. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1920, 31: 325-39, pi—Livirghi, S., & Livirghi, E. La leucoplasia vescicale e sua cura radicale. Gazz. med. nap., 1923, 6: 57-60.—Marion, G. Un cas de leucoplasie tres etendue de la vessie, avec degfenerescence 6pitheiiomateuse d'une partie de la leucoplasie. J. urol. med., Par., 1920, 9: 257-61, pi.— Perrando, G. Leucoplasia vescicale con ematuria come sintoma predominante. Arch. ital. urol., 1932-33, 9: 231.—Robustov, B. V., & Strukov, A. I. [Case of total leukoplakia of the bladder] Vest, khir., 1929, 17: 158-62—Sauveur & Livirghi, E. La leucoplasie vesicale et son traitement radical. J. urol. nHjd., Par., 1923, 16: 461-70.—Stevens, A. R. Leucoplakia of bladder and diverticulum resembling carcinoma. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito- BLADDER 391 BLADDER urin. Surg., 1928, 21: 249-54 [Discussion] 281-3. Also Am. J. Surg., 1929, n.s., 6: 93. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 21: 689-94.— Valentine, J. J. Leukoplakia of the bladder. Ibid., 1923, 10: 289-93, pl.—Wilhelmi, 0. J. Leukoplakia of the bladder. Ibid., 1925, 14: 653-9.—Winsbury-White, H. P. Leucoplakia in the urinary tract, with a report of a case. Brit. J. Surg., 1932, 20: 49-54.—Young, E. L. Leukoplakia of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 1§: 407-12. ---- Malakoplakia. Blum, V. Malakoplakia vesicae. Wien. med. AVschr., 1918, 68: 347. Also Zschr. Urol., 1918, 12: 401-23, pi—Cesaris Bemel, V. Sulla malacoplachia della vescica. Pathologica, Genova, 1924, 16: 531; 559—Chisholm, A. E., & Tudhope, G. R. Malako- plakia of the urinary bladder. Edinburgh M.J., 1934, n.s., 41: 626-9, pi—Bickson, W. E. C, Gray, A. C. E., & Kidd, F. Malaco- plakia vesicae; an investigation of certain mycotic infections of the genito-urinary tract. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1927, 31: 611-21.— Folsom, A. I. Malakoplakia of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1919, 73:1112-4. Also repr.—Hofmann, K. R. von. Die Malako- plakie der Harnblase. Zbl. Grenzgeb. Aled. Chir., 1916, 19: 374-81—Kairis, Z. Zur Ursache der Malakoplakie der Harn- blase (zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der lymphatisehen Gewebs- reaktion an den Harnwegen) Virchows Arch., 1927-28, 266: 788-800.—Oestreich, R. Die Malakoplakie der Harnblase. Beitr. path. Anat., 1922, 70: 342-4.—Oppermann, E. Malako- plakie der Harnblase bei einem achtjahrigen Madchen. Zschr. Urol., 1924, 18: 164-70— Ramcke, R. Zwei Falle von Malako- plakia vesicae urinariae. Ibid., 1921, 15: 92-105.—Thomson- Walker, Sir J., & Barnngton, F. J. F. Case of malakoplakia. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1922-23, 16: sect, urol., 32-4. --- Mucosa. Busuttil, G. Sull'esistenza o meno di un potere battericida della mucosa vesicale. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1923, 2: 48-55.— Chlopin, N. G. Ueber In-vitro-Kulturen von Geweben der Saugetiere mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Epithels ; Kul- turen der Harnblasenschleimhaut. Virchows Arch., 1924, 252: 748-73.—Edelman, L. Muciparous glands in the bladder mucosa; report of 2 cases. Internat. J.S., 1924, 37: 233-5.— Huber-Pestalozzi, G. Ueber Vitalfarbung der Blasenschleim- haut des Menschen mit Methylenblau. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1924, 54: 865-9—Huggins, C. B., & Compere, E. L. Calcium and phosphorus content of epithelial lined cysts from transplantation of mucosa of urinary bladder to rectus sheath in dogs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., X.Y., 1929-30, 27: 753-5.—Lbhe & Rosenfeld, H. Wismutpigmentierungen der Blasenschleimhaut. Derm. Zschr., 1929-30, 57: 250-5.—Saito, Y. Die Resorption brtlich betaubender Mittel von der Schleimhaut der Harnblase. Arch. exp. Path., 1924, 102: 367-81. --- Muscles. See also Bladder, Sphincter. Dragonas, E. G. *La musculature de la vessie et l'architecture du carrefour vesico- sphinctero-uretero-trigonal; 6tude anatomique et histologique. 74p. 8? Par., 1929. Baldwin, J. C. Human bladder muscle under increased tension. J. Urol., Bait., 1922, 7: 499.—Herrmann, H. Ueber die Substitution der Muskulatur der Harnblase durch Binde- gewebe. Zbl. allg. Path., 1924-25, 35: 417-26—Langworthy, 0. R., & Kolb, L. C. The encephalic control of tone in the musculature of the urinary bladder. Brain, Lond., 1933, 56: 371-82— McCrea, E. B'A. The musculature of the bladder. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1925-26, 19: sect, urol., 35-43—Mam- mana, G. II tono della vescica in gravidanza. Ann. ostet. gin., 1934, 56: 1751-71—Schmidt, M. Ueber die Anordnung der Muskulatur in der Wand der Harnblase. Morph. Jahrb., 1933, 72: 286-302. --- Mycosis. See also Bladder, Actinomycosis. Bickson, W. E. C. Demonstration of a new (?) mycotic para- site found in the bladder in a case resembling malakoplakia. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1924-25, 18: sect, urol., 54-6.—Herger, C. C. Actinomycosis of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 29: 739-43.—Rhamy, B. W. Blastomycosis of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 405. Also repr.—Weiser, A. Zur Erkennung der Strahlenpilzkrankheit der Harnblase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1925, 18: 211-7.—Weiss, A. Ueber Hefesaprophytie und Immu- nitatserscheinungen bei Hefe in der Harnblase. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1929, 112: 385-7—Windholz, F. Ueber einen Fall von Kryptokokkensepsis des Menschen, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Biologie und Pathogenitat der Sprosspilze. Beitr. path. Anat., 1929-30,83: 501-20. ---Neck. See also Bladder, Sphincter; Bladder, Trigo- num. Buerger, L. Concerning newer methods of urethro-vesical diagnosis as applied to the neck of the bladder and posterior urethra. Am. J. Surg., 1918, 32: 97-109. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1920, 10: 169-96.—Gouverneur, R., & Garcin, A. La vascu- larisation du col de la vessie; etude radiographique. Bull. Soc. anat. Pans, 1924, 94: 184-90.-Macalpine, J. B. The muscula- ture of the bladder-neck of the male in health and disease. Proc «&,??••' Lond- 1934- 28: 39-56. Also Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 804.—Phehp, L. Recherches endoscopiques sur le fonctionne- ment du col vesical et les retentions incompletes. Lyon chir 1922 19: 171-7. Also Lyon m6d., 1922, 131: 203.—Trabucco, A.'! Cuello de vejiga. Prensa med. argent., 1932-33, 19: 147; 204; 266.—Wesson, M. B. Anatomical, embryologieal, and physio- logical studies of the trigone and neck of the bladder. J Urol Bait., 1920, 4: 279-307, 4pl. Also repr. Neck: Diseases. See also Prostate, Hypertrophy. Rosenfeld, M. Contribution a l'etude des maladies du col vesical. 84p. 8? Par., 1929. Alesio, C„ & Pisani, L. Le malattie del collo vescicale (esclu- sa l'ipertrofia e il cancro della prostata) Cult. med. mod., Pal, 1931, 10: 871-9. Also Morgagni, 1931, 73: 2116-23.—Ballenger, E. G., & Elder, O. F. The diagnosis and treatment of certain conditions of the vesical neck. South. AI.J., 1924, 17: 506-11. -----& McBonald, H. P. The diagnosis and management of affections of the deep urethra and neck of the bladder. Urol Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 107-11—Bazy, P. De la stagnation vesicale ou evacuation incomplete de la vessie chez la femme. J. urol m6d., Par., 1921, 11: 441-5—Bedrna, J. [Pathology of the neck of the bladder] Cas. lek. cesk., 1932, 71: 449-53—Bisquertt, C. J. L. Enfermedad del cuello de la vejiga. Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1935,13: 31-5.—Caulk, J. R. Observation at the bladder neck in children—a frequent cause of chronic pyelitis. Week. Bull S. Louis M. Soc, 1935, 29: 358-61.—Chor, M. I., & Heifer, P. I. La pre-vessie ou Vorblase des allemands comme entite nosologique dans la pathologie urinaire. J. urol. med., Par., 1936, 42: 157- 65.—Cirio, G. Malattia del collo vescicale e stenosi uretrale. Alinerva med., Tor., 1933,24: 134-9.—Ewert, E. E., & Herrold, R. B. The relation of urethral and bladder neck lesions to disturbance of urination in women. Illinois M.J., 1934, 65: 440-2.—Gerard, M. Trois cas de maladie du col vesical. Echo med. nord, 1933, 37: 111-7.—Hennig, 0. Die sogenannte Vorblase und ihre klinische Bedeutung. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1931, 32: 302-20.— Jungano, M. Contribution a l'etude histopathologique du col vesical. J.urol. med., Par., 1931,32:314-22.—Lane, C. Bladder neck pathology in the female. California West. M., 1933, 39: 124.—Le Fur, R. La maladie du col vesical. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1932, 24: 512-23.—Marion, G. A propos des dysuries par modifications du col vesical. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1927, 6: 256-9. ----- Enfermedades del cuello vesical. Dia mgd., B. Air., 1932-33,5:165. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1933,36:513; 1934,37:5.— Mingazzini, E. Contributo clinico alio studio delle affezioni del collo vescicale. Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. prat., 168-78.— Moine, G. Torsion du col vesical chez une truie. Rec. med. vet., 1935, 111: 208.—Nicolich, G. Vier Falle von Harnverhal- tung durch entzundliche Veranderungen des Blasenhalses bedingt. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol., 8. Kongr. (1928) 1929, 149.— Papin, M. Une nouvelle observation de maladie du col vesical consecutive a des retrecissements de l'uretre. Bull. Soc fr. urol., 1928, 7: 223-5. ----- Maladie du col vesical chez la femme. J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 36: 108-12.—Pavone, M. Le iniezioni neurolitiche pericervicali nelle affezioni dolorose del collo vesci- cale. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1932,11: 495.—Schwarz, 0. Unter- suchungen fiber die Physiologie und Pathologie der Blasen- funktion; zur Pathologie des Blasenhalses. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1922, 10: 167-83—Valerio, A. Pathologia do collo da bexiga. Brasil med., 1934, 48: 701; 723—Walker, K., Colombino, S. [et al.] Maladie du col vesical. J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 36: 566-89.— Weijtlandt, J. A. Maladie du col vesical. Ibid., 565.—Zerbini, C. V., & Oliva, F. F. Enfermedad del cuello de la vejiga. Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: pt2, 1153-5. ---- Neck: Fibrosis and stenosis. See also Bladder, Sphincter. Rodriguez, F. C. *La dysectasie du col de la vessie. llOp. 8? Par., 1932. Baltazar, M. Contracture of the neck of the bladder; a clini- cal study; report of 11 cases. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1921, 1: 149-53.—Beer, E. Some observations on contracture of the neck of the bladder. N. York M.J., 1922, 115: 536-8— Blanchot. Sur un cas de stenose du col vesical. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1928, 7: 205-9.—Blum, V. Ueber Behandlung der Blasenhalskon- traktur mittels Elektrokoagulation. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol., 8. Kongr. (1928) 1929, 127.—Breton, M. Diseetasia del cuello vesical. Ars medica, Barcel., 1933, 9: 138-42.—Buerger, L. Pathology and operative treatment of contracture of neck of bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1919, 73: 1677-83. Also repr.— Caporale, L. Su alcuni casi di diseetasia del collo vesicale. Minerva med., Tor., 1933, 24: pt2, 85-94—Caulk, J. R. The fallacious orifice; contracture of the vesical neck. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1924, 18: 105-11. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1925, 14: 293-9. ----- Contracture of the vesical neck in the female. Ibid., 1921, 6: 341-8. ----- The value of the cautery punch operation for contracture of the vesical neck. Boston M.&S.J., 1924, 190: 700-9.—Chetwood, C. H. A review of the subject of stenosis of the neck of the bladder, embracing the titles of con- tractures, scleroses, and bars. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1924,18: 83-103. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1925, 29: 457-9—Cholzov, B. Ueber Storungen der Urinentleerung, hervorgerufen durch mechanische Hindernisse in der Blasenhalsgegend, ohne Hyper- BLADDER 392 BLADDER trophie der Prostata (prostatisme sans prostate) Zschr. urol. Chir., 1927, 23: 1-14.—Cibert & Dechaume. Dysectasie conge- nitale du col vesical. J. urol. med., Par., 1932, 33: 290-9 — Collings, C. W. Fibrous obstruction of the vesical outlet. N. England J.M., 1930, 203:107-14.—Bay, R. V. Contracture of the bladder-neck and other obstructions thereat, exclusive of pros- tatic hypertrophy and cancer, and their treatment. California J.M., 1920, 18: 158-65. ----- Management of contracture of the bladder neck; a new cysto-urethroscopic punch. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1931, 35: 25-7.—Bodson, A. I. Fibrous obstruction of the bladder orifice. Virginia M. Month., 1929-30, 56: 303-6 — Gerard, M. La stenose du col vesical. Echo med. nord, 1934, 3.ser., 2: 377; 385.—Herbst, R. H. Fibrosis of the vesical neck. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 1614-8—Hicks, J. B. Bladder neck contracture in women. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1934, 14: 1219- 23.—Hryntschak, T. Ueber die endoskopische Sphinktereinker- bung bei der Blasenhalskontraktur. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol., 8. Kongr. (1928) 1929, 129—Hyams, J. A., & Kramer, S. E. Chronic inflammatory vesical neck obstructions; a clinical and anatomical study. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n.s., 9: 530-7. ----- Prefibrosis at the vesical neck, its pathological status and clinical significance. Ibid., 1933, 19: 19-28. Also repr.—Irwin, W. K. Stenosis of the vesical neck. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 245 — Janet, J. Retretissement et decentrement du col vesical. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1925, 4: 207-10.—King, K. B. Inflammatory ob- struction of the bladder neck; its early recognition and treat- ment. Texas J.M., 1930-31, 26: 791-4—Knorr, R. Ueber Kon- traktur und Sklerose des Blasenhalses beim Weibe. Zbl. Gyn., 1927, 51: 1154-9.—Legueu, F., & Dossot. La dysectasie du col vesical. Presse med., 1931, 39: 89-91. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 32-4.—Lubben, J. F. Sclerosis at the bladder neck with retention; its treatment. Dallas M.J., 1930, 16: 177-81.— Maltese Le Roy, C. Contributo alio studio delle disectasie del collo vescicale. Arch. ital. urol., 1933-34, 10: 52-74.—Martin, H. W. The treatment of bladder neck contracture or median bar. J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 24:313-8— Migliardi, L. Sulla stenosi larga del collo vescicale. Arch. ital. urol., 1931-32, 8: 386-400 — Nesbit, R. M. Vesical neck contracture in the female with urinary obstruction. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 291-3.—Pe- droso, G. Contractura del cuello vesical. Arch. Hosp. mun. Habana, 1922, 1: 283-92. Also Cron. med. quir. Habana, 1923, 49: 240-2.—Pisani, L. Stenosi uretrale infiammatoria e malattia del collo vescicale. Rass. clin. ter., 1933, 32: 391-407.—Rauch, I. Inkomplette Retention mit enormer Distension und Infektion verursacht durch Kontraktur des Blasenhalses; partielle Sphink- terektomie; Heilung. Zschr. Urol., 1924, 18: 67-9.—Rubritius, H., & Schwarz, O. Contribution to the problem of contracture of the neck of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1926, 15: 461-6 — Saunders, M. B. Some observations on the treatment of con- stricture at the neck of the bladder. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 123: 364-6. Also repr.—Shaw, E. C. Urinary obstruction from con- tracture of the vesical orifice. J. Florida M. Ass., 1927-28, 14: 125-9.—Spitzer, W. M. Fibrosis of the bladder neck with regard to its pathology and rational treatment. Colorado M., 1932, 29: 18-25.—Thompson, G. J. Transurethral operations for relief of dysfunction of the vesical neck in the female. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1935, 10: 598-600—Trabucco, A. Esclerosis total y partial del cuello vesical. Rev. As. med. argent., 1932, 45: 1281-6 — Van Houtum, G. Six cases of chronic re Mention of urine in women caused by dysectasia of the bladder neck. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 1511-t. ---- Neck: Hypertrophy. Bouillie, M. *L'hypertrophie congenitale du col vesical. 62p. 8? Par., 1929. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1929, 27: 97-142. Albornaz, I. V. Hipertrofia congenita de cuello vesical con reflujo. Rev. As. m6d. argent., 1932, 45: 36, pi.—Boppe, M., & Marcel, J. E. Hypertrophic congenitale du col vesical operee et guerie chez un enfant de 7 ans. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1933, 31: 315-23. ----- Maladie du col vesical operee et guerie chez un tout jeune enfant. Bull. Soc. m6d. Paris, 1934, 233-46 — Causa, P. Un cas de maladie congenitale du col vesical. J. urol. med., Par., 1934, 38:124-30.—Escande, L. Les prostatiques sans prostate; a propos des obstacles du col vesical s'opposant a la miction; hypertrophic congenitale du col vesical. Clinique, Par., 1930, 25: 9-12.—Gausa Raspail, P. Un caso de hipertrofia congenita del cuello vesical. Medicina, Mex., 1933, 13: 492-6 — Legueu. L'hypertrophie du col vesical. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1927, 6: 222-7. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 24: 534-9—Maltese Le-Roy, C. Nota clinico-anatomica suU'ipertrofla congenita del collo vescicale. Arch. ital. urol., 1934-35,11: 175-83.—Marion, G. De l'hypertrophie congenitale du col vesical. J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 23: 97-101. Also Bull. Acad. m6d., Par., 1928, 3.ser., 99:175-7. -----& Chevassu. Un jouveau cas d'hypertrophie congenitale du col vesical. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1927, 6: 203-11.— Phelip, L. Un cas d'hypertrophie du col vesical op6rie au punch. Lyon med., 1930, 145: 46-8. ---- Neck: Obstruction. See also Prostate, Hypertrophy. Bonanome, A. L. 11 trattamento transuretrale delle ostru- zioni del collo vescicale. Riforma med., 1933, 49: 1555.—Bothe, A. E. Lesions causing obstruction at the vesical neck. Penn- sylvania M.J., 1930-31, 34: 383-8—Bugbee, H. G. Suprapubic drainage preliminary to the punch operation in selected cases Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1924, 18: 113-6.—Campbell, M. F. Congenital bladder outlet obstruction in infancy and childhood. N. York State J.M., 1930, 30: 704-7. ----- Lower urinary tract obstruction in infants and children. J.S. Carolina M. Ass., 1932, 28: 96-102.—Caughlan, G. V. Bladder neck ob- struction. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1930, 20: 369-73—Caulk, J. R. Infiltration anesthesia of the internal vesical orifice for the re- moval of minor obstructions; presentation of a cautery punch. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1920, 13: 159-72. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1920, 4: 399-408. Also South. M.J., 1921,14: 816-9. ----- Analytical study of 100 cases of selected vesical neck obstructions operated by the author's cautery punch. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1924, 21: 259-68. ----- The increasing value of the author's cautery punch operation for the relief of obstructions at the bladder neck. Nebraska M.J., 1929, 14: 472-9. ----- Blad- der neck obstruction. Texas J.M., 1931, 27: 459-65. ----- Obstructions at the bladder neck in infants and children. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1935, 28: 287-96. Also South. M.J., 1936, 29: 142-7. ----- & Sanfjrd, J. H. An analytical study of 100 cases of selected vesical neck obstructions operated by the author's cautery punch. J. Urol., Bait., 1924,11:45-62 — Chute, A. L. An instance of bladder obstruction due to flaps of fibrous tissue. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1929, 22: 345.— Eisendrath, B. N. Bladder neck obstructions: how can the operative mortality be lowered and the end results improved. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1925, 15: 1037-41—Foley, F. E. B. Diagnosis and classification of the various forms of bladder neck obstruc- tion. Minnesota M., 1929,12:137-45. ----- The new surgery of bladder neck obstruction. Ibid., 1933, 16: 240-7.—Frontz, W. A. Congenital urinary obstruction in male children, with reports of cases presenting unusual anomalies. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1931, 24: 303-14.—Keubler, L. W. The use of the Caulk cautery punch in bladder neck obstructions; case reports. Med. Rec, S. Antonio, 1930, 24: 515-7—Kirwin, T. J. Vesical neck obstruction, with presentation of a new instrument for its relief. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 52: 1007-19, 2pl—Lazarus, J. A. Obstructive lesions involving the vesical outlet. Am. J. Surg., 1927, n.s., 3: 241-6.—Livermore, G. R. Bladder neck ob- structions; their symptoms and relief. Memphis M.J., 1926, 3: 209-11.—Lowsley, 0. S. Preliminary drainage in cases of vesical obstruction, with particular reference to stricture of the urethra. J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 23: 307-22—Mathe, C. P. Obstructions of the vesical neck; their clinical aspects and cystoscopic treatment. Am. Med., 1927,22: 613-22.—Mathews, R. F. Obstructive lesions of the bladder neck. Aled. Times, N.Y., 1930, 58: 327—Molony, M. A safe and accurate method of removing small obstructions at the vesical orifice under observation with the high frequency electrode. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1923,27: 605-8— Moore, N. S. Trans- urethral correction of bladder neck obstructions. Week. Bull. S. Louis AI. Soc, 1933, 28: 54— Parker, W. B. Bladder neck obstructions; their surgical relief in reference to the Young punch. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1923, 36:36-43—Pugh.W.S. Vesical neck obstruction. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1930, 10: 523-9 — Randall, A. The pathology of bladder neck obstructions. J. Urol., Bait., 1932, 28: 509-17—Reaves, J. U. The symptoms and treatment of vesical neck obstruction in elderly men. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, 1930, 63: 201-11.—Schultheis, T. Beitrage zur transurethralen Chirurgie obstruirender Blasenhalsverande- rungen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 173-91.—Smith, C. K. Conservative surgery of bladder neck obstructions, including prostatic enlargement. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1927, 27: 14-6 — Stamper, J. R. Congenital bladder neck obstruction with case reports. Tristate M.J., 1934, 6:1256.—Taves, J. Desobstruccao do collo vesical pela electro-coagulacao transuretral. Bol. Acad. nac. med., Rio, 1933-34, 105: 578-83—Vallett, B. S. The intra- urethral correction of urinary bladder neck obstruction. Dela- ware M.J., 1933, 5: 8-13.—Vander Veer, J. N. Obstructive uropathy, pertaining to the bladder. N. York State J.M., 1934, 34: 762-8.—Walker, G. Apparatus to aid in differentiation be- tween an obstruction in the urinary outlet and paralysis of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1921, 77: 286.—Wallace, W. J. Un- usual obstruction. J. Urol., Bait., 1926, 15: 325-31.—Wright, B. W. Some surgical principles in the treatment of obstruction at the neck of the bladder. Southwest. AI., 1926, 10: 477-9 — Youman, J. B., jr. Alodern surgical treatment of prostate and other vesical neck obstructions. Tristate M.J., 1934-35, 7: 1501; 1504. ---- Neck: Surgery. See also Prostate, Surgery. Castaneda, R. H. *Contribuci6n al estudio de la dilatation rapida y progresiva del cuello vesical en la mujer. 27p. 8? Mex., 1889. Bonnet, V. L'6videment diathermique du col dans les retentions vesicales d'origine cervicale. Arch. mal. reins, 1932-33, 7-. 172-85.—Collings, C. W. A new method of electrically excising obstructing bladder-neck contractures and bars. J. Urol., Bait., 1926, 16: 545-69. ----- Electro-surgery of the bladder neck. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1932, 25: 269-76 — Eisendrath, B. N. The cause of failure after bladder neck operations. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, 8: 523-34.—Engel, W. J. Transurethral operation for relief of bladder neck obstruc- tion; a conservative procedure. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1932, 36: 180-4.—Kornitzer, E. Ein neues Instrumentarium zur trans- urethralen Operation am Blasenhals. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935- 36,41:211. -----& Leiter, F. F. Ein neues Instrumentarium zur transurethralen Elektrotomie am Blasenhals. Ibid., 1934- 35, 40: 462-7.—Lichtenberg, A. von, & Heynemann, W. Ueber eiu neues Instrument fiir Diagnostik und Operationen am Bla- BLADDER 393 BLADDER senhals. Ibid., 1932, 35: 485-91.—Lucena, J. M. Sobre la nueva terapeutica intrauretral en los patologismos del cuello vesical y en la hipotrofia prostatica. Rev. m6d. Barcelona, 1934, 22: 275-88.—Luys, G. The endoscopic surgery of the vesical orifice. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 34-44.—Mackenrodt. Die operative Heilung der Inkontinenz und Defekte des Blasenhalses. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1922, 85: 423-34.—Marion, G. Surgery of the neck of the bladder. Brit. J. Urol., 1933, 5: 351-80.—Molony, M. Diagnosis and treatment of deformities and obstructions at the vesical orifice with a new type of high-frequency electrode. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1927, 31: 407-13—PheTip, L. Constatations endoscopiques et technique operatoire endoscopique dans les dysectasies du col vesical (hypertrophie prostatique exclus) J. urol med., Par., 1932, 34: 257-63. Also Lyon med., 1932, 15): 589; 621. Also Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32: 481-7— Pugh, W. S. The urethrovesical area; application of electrosurgery. Med. J. & Rec, 1933, 137: 285-7. Also Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1934, 26: 220-6.—Richer. Exposition hypogastrique du col vesical par la mobilisation perineale prealable. J. urol. med., Par., 1928, 26: 29.—Rosenburg, A. Chirurgie des Blasenhalses bei Man- nern. Derm. Wschr., 1933, 97: 1691-4.—Schlagintweit, F. Ein- facheres Blasenhals-Instrumentarium nach von Lichtenberg- Heywalt. Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 270—Shivers, C. H. de T. La suppression de l'obstruction du col vesical par l'electro-chirurgie. Arch. mal. reins, 1931-32, 6: 601-6.—Uebelhbr, R. Die Elektro- chirurgie der Blase und des Blasenausgangs. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1934,243: 655-75. ---- Neck: Surgery: Resection. Cary, S. B. Electro-surgery in vesical neck obstructions. Virginia M. Month., 1932, 59: 657-60—Cibert, J. Resection transuretrale du col vesical pour dysectasie. Lyon chir., 1936, 33: 352-4.—Corbus, B. C. Transurethral resection of bladder neck obstruction. Illinois M.J., 1933, 64: 442-9.—Bavis, T. M. Resection of vesical orifice obstructions, a minor surgical opera- tion. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1931, 35: 57-64.—Dor, A. La resection electrique des obstacles cervicaux par voie endo-uretrale et hypo- gastrique combinee. Arch. mal. reins, 1935, 9: 237-44.—Fite, E. H. Vesical neck obstruction in the female treated by resection with the McCarthy resectoscope. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 163-5.—Frank, E. R. W. Resections of the neck of the bladder altered by disease. Ibid., 1927, 31: 362-6.—Harris, A. Open- surgical resection of the vesical neck for relief of co-arctation in a boy of 16. Ibid., 1936, 40: 75-7.—Harris, S. H. Posterior seg- mental block excision of the bladder neck with primary closure. Brit. J. Surg., 1935-36, 23: 45-50—Herbst, R. H. The value of earlv transurethral resection of the fibrotic bladder neck. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 1191-200.—Hicks, J. B. The indica- tion for transurethral resection in bladder-neck obstruction. Ibid., 689-99.—Kirwin, T. J. The evolution of vesical neck resection, past results, future problems, and use of the author's resectoscope. J. Urol., Bait., 1932, 28: 539-44. ----- Types of vesical neck obstruction suited to intraurethral resection: advantages of treatment by the rotary prostatic resectoscope. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 19: 1-18. Also repr.—Kretschmer, H. L. Transurethral resection of obstructions at the vesical orifice. Tr. West. Surg. Ass., 1932, 42: 437-56. Also Northwest M., 1933, 32: 463-8. Also Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1934, 10: 132 — Legueu, F., & Flandrin. Deuv observations de resection du col suivies de guerison. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1928, 7: 250-3.—Lichten- berg, A. von, & Schultheis, T. Elektrotomie bei obstruierenden Blasenhalsveranderungen. Zschr. Urol., 1934. 28: 361-7 — Low, H. T. Vesical neck obstruction: its relief by transurethral resection. Colorado M., 1932, 29: 367. -Ockerblad, N. F. The correction of vesical neck obstructions by means of the resecto- scope. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1932, 33: 163-8. Also J. Missouri M. Ass., 1932, 29: 411.—O'Conor, V. J. Bladder neck resection by a combined method. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1932, 36: 200-2.—Pilcher, F., jr. Complete resection of the vesical neck in the female. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1936,11: 577-9.—Rusche, C, Ferrier, P. [et al.] Symposium on endoscopic resection of bladder neck obstructions Urol. Cut. Rev., 1932, 36: 598.—Spitzer, W. M. Endoscopic resection of the bladder neck. Ibid., 1933, 37: 62-4—Stern, M. Resection of obstructions at the vesical orifice; new instruments and a new method. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 1726-30. ■---- Neck: Tumors. Loup, P. M. H. *Les neoformations inflam- matoires du col vesical chez la femme; ur^tro- cervico-cystite neoformante. 91p. 8? Par., 1933. Beer, E. Total cystectomy and partial prostatectomy for infiltrating carcinoma of the neck of the bladder: report of 8 operated cases. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1929, 47: 331-52. Also Ann. Surg., 1929, 90: 864-85.—Heitz-Boyer, M. La maladie neo- formante du col de la vessie chez la femme. J. urol. med., Par., 1936, 42: 216-51, 2pl— Kornitzer, E. Zur Kenntnis der myoma- fen Geschwiilste des Blasenausgangs. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1934-35, 40: 367-74.—Mihalovici, I. Contribution to the dy- namics of the bladder and the mechanism of retention of urine: study of a case of micro-adenoma of the vesical neck. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 320-2.—Nogues. Polypes du col vesical chez une femme (dessins cystoscopiques) Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1923, 2: 193-8.—Perrier, C. Papillome vesical insere sur le Col donnant lieu a de la retention d'urine. J. urol. med., Par., 1924,17:410 — Player, L. P., & Methe, C. P. A study of tumors of the vesical neck and the prostatic urethra and their relation to the treat- ment of chronic prostatitis. J. Urol., Bait., 1921, 5: 177-205, 2pl.—Rede will, F. H. Intravesical treatment of urinary bladder tumors, with a new method of diagnosis and a new instrument for coagulation and desiccation of tumors at the bladder neck Am. Med., 1932, 38: 380-415.—Richer, V. Tumeur du col vesical a signes d'hypertrophie prostatique. Lyon chir., 1928,25: 201.— Smeth, J. de. Les polypes du col vesical chez la femme. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1928, 31: 585-600—Trabucco, A. Fibrome du col vesical. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1934, 38: 435-41. ---- Neck: Valve. Brommer, M. Ein typischer Fall von Blasenhalsklappe. Virchows Arch., 1920, 227: 320-9—Harris, A. Congenital vesical neck obstruction in a female child due to cup-valve formation: open operation: complete recovery. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 20: 64-9. Also repr.—Jungano, M. Dalle valvole del collo alla malattia del collo vescicale; meccanismo delle disurie vescicali. Morgagni, 1931, 73: 1801-12— Learmonth, J. R., & Watkins, K. H. A rare type of valvular obstruction of the neck of the bladder. Brit. J. Surg., 1934-35, 22: 879-84— Martin, J. Troubles dysuriques consecutifs a l'existence d'une valvule congenitale du col de la vessie; section apres cystotomies guerison. Bull. Soc. chir., Par., 1922, 48: 1244-6— Muschat, M., & Lowenburg, H. Congenital valve formation of the bladder neck. J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 96: 1380. ---- Nervous disorders. See also Urination, Disorders; Urine, Incon- tinence; Urine, Retention. Barnes, R. W. Treatment of the neurogenic bladder with the slow sinusoidal current. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1930, 32: 541-3.— Campbell, M. F. Neurogenic vesical dysfunction in infancy and childhood. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 93: 183-8.—Chajes, B. Die Beobachtung, Behandlung, Beurteilung der funktionellen Blasenleiden. Zschr. Urol., 1918, 12: 1-16.—Clemmensen, C. [Avertin treatment in urinary retention in psychosis] Hos- pitalstidende, 1933, 76: 393-5.—Creevy, C. B. Neurogenic vesical dysfunction; alterations in the physiology of micturition due to lesions of the nervous system. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1935, 34: 777-802—Gernon, J. T., Ewert, E. E., & Herrold, R. D. The use of acetylbetamethylcholine chloride in the treatment of neurogenic bladder and allied conditions. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1935, 141: 141-3—Gernon, J. T., Palmer, E., & McKenna, C. M. Some recent developments in the treatment of neurogenic dysfunction of the bladder: based on cystometry. Tr. North Centr. Br. Am. Urol. Ass., 1935, 25-29. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 515-9.—Gurewitsch, W. Beitrag zum Problem der Organneurose: hysterische Harnverhaltung und Stuhlinkon- tinenz. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1932, 124: 247-57.—Haines, C. N., & Fowler, W. O. The neurogenic bladder. Bull. Guthrie Clin., 1933-34, 3: 97-100—McCaughan, J. M., & Hershey, J. H. Diagnosis of neurogenic lesions of the urinary bladder by cys- tometry; an appraisal of the method based on experimentation with animals. Arch. Surg., 1935, 30: 956-66.—McCaughan, J. M., Major, S. G., & Braasch, W. F. Value of the Rose cystome- ter in the diagnosis of neurogenic affections of the urinary bladder in man. J. Urol., Bait., 1932, 27: 229-47.—Montassut, Lamache & Baussy. Pilocarpine et retention d'urine chez les psychopathes. Encephale, 1927, 22: 41-3.—Muschat, M. The diagnosis of a neurogenic bladder by means of the cystometer. Pennsylvania M.J., 1935-36, 39:493-7—Noszkay, A. Zur Frage der chirurgischen Behandlung von Blasen mit verminderter Fasskraft (Kapazitat) (prasakrale Sympathikusresektion, Harn- leiterverlagerung) Zschr. Urol., 1934, 28: 829-35—Smith, C. K., & Engel, L. P. Neurogenic vesical dysfunction in children. J. Urol., Bait., 1932, 28: 675-715.—Stutzin, J. J., & Warner, H. Die Harnblase als Ausdrucksgebiet fiir neuropsychische Vorgange. Med. Klin., Berl., 1928,24:1467-70—Walther, H. W. E. Manage- ment of neurogenic dysfunction of the bladder. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1934, 3: 148. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 651. ---- Nervous disorders: Cystalgia. Albano, G. Ueber Cystalgien bedingende Vestibulo-Ure- thralaffektionen. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1932-33, 153: 223-49 — Chambers, R. W., & Bolton, J. H. A case of cystalgia treated by resection of the presacral nerve. Clin. Rep. Melbourne Hosp., 1935, 6: 39-41.— Dalsace, R. A propos de 35 observations de cystalgie a urines claires chez la femme. J. urol. med., Par., 1928, 25: 7-10.—Bouglass, H. L. Indications for excision of the superior hypogastric plexus in dysfunction of the bladder. South. Surgeon, 1934,3:149-56.—Epstein, I., & Ovtschinnikov, N. Zur Pathogenese der weiblichen Cystalgie bei reinem Harn. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930-31, 31: 231-46.—Foulds, G. S. Resection of the presacral nerve in urological cases. Brit. J. Surg., 1932, 20: 139-44.—Fulcher, 0. H. Presacral neurectomy for certain vesical conditions. West Virginia M.J., 1935,31: 465-70.—Jaeggy, E. L'emploi chez la femme de l'urethro-cystoscope a thermo- coagulation (MacCarthy) contre la cystalgie et l'incontinence d'urines. Helvet. med. acta, 1935-36, 2: 265-71—Learmonth, J.R. Neurosurgery in the treatment of diseases of the urinary bladder; anatomic and surgical considerations. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 25: 531-49. ----- Treatment of vesical pain. Ibid., 26: 13_24 ----- Neurosurgery in diseases of the urinary bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1932, n.s., 16: 270-4. Also repr. ----- The value of neurosurgery in certain vesical conditions. J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 98: 632-6. -----& Braasch, W. F. Resection of the BLADDER 394 BLADDER presacral nerve for disease of the bladder: experience in 24 cases. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1932, 25: 313-40.—Leclerc, H. Cystalgies consecutives a l'ingestion du Cresson. Bull. g6n. th6r., 1920-21, 171: 193-200.—McCaughan, J. M., & Hershey, J. H. Surgery of the autonomic nervous system; the effect of sympa- thetic and parasympathetic denervation on the urinary bladder. J. Missouri M. AsS., 1934, 31:417-21.—McConnell, A. A. Vesical pain. Irish J.M. Sc, 1933, ser.6, 209-11—McCrea, E. D., & Macdonald, A. B. Pre-sacral sympathectomy and the urinary bladder. Brit. J. Urol., 1934, 6: 119-27.—Marion. De la patho- genie et du traitement de certaines cystalgies. J. urol. med., Par., 1928, 25: 5.—Parturier. Note sur le diagnostic clinique des syndromes douloureux de la region vesiculaire. Rev. chir., Par., 1918, 56: 71-8—Pennell, V. Bladder pain. Clin. J., Lond., 1926, 55: 178-80.—Perrier. Baeteriurie et cystalgie. J. urol. med., Par., 1928, 25: 359.—Rafael Molla, B. El dolor en las afecciones vesicales. Siglo med., 1930, 85: 49-51.—Richer, V. Chirurgie de la douleur vesicale. Gaz. med. France, 1930, 325-8. ---— Sur 1'enervation vesicale. Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32: 508-10.—Whyte, D., & Treahy, P. A. Resection of the presacral nerve for painful bladder. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg., 1933, 3: 75-8, pi. ---- Nervous disorders: Neurosis. Adler, A. Ueber organisch-(kortikale) und funktionell- nervose Blasenstbrungen; ein weiterer Beitrag zur Funktion des Blasenmechanismus, insbesondere des zentralen, dessen Physio- logie und Pathologie. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1920, 65: 72-153 — Barinbaum, M. Zur differentialdiagnostischen Abgrenzung der Pollakiuria nervosa gegen organisch bedingte Pollakisurien. Zschr. Urol., 1930, 24: 110-4— Bazemore, W. L. The irritable bladder. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1925, 14: 312-5.—Braasch, W. F. Spastic irritability of bladder controlled by presacral neurectomy; report of a case. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1934, 9: 393-6.—Corbineau. Retention vesicale d'origine reflexe. J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 39: 442.—Cumming, R. E. Bladder dysfunction following prostatic abscess. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92:128-30.—Dennig, H. Ueber motorische und sensible Blasenstbrungen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1925, 37. Kongr., 229.—Bevic, A., & Gauthier, C. Dysurie nerveuse. Lyon med., 1933, 151: 479.—Dube, J. E. Pollakiurie nevropathique. J. Hotel Dleu Montreal, 1934, 3: 393-406.—Duke, W. W. Food allergy as a cause of irritable blad- der. N. York M.J., 1922, 116: 505-7. Also South. M.J., 1923, 16: 776-9.—Furbringer. Richtlinien fiir die Behandlung der nervbsen Blasenstbrungen. Aled. Welt, 1927, 1: 90.—Gukevich, V. K. [Functional dysuria in children in the first few months after birth] J. izuch. rann. detsk. vozr., 1929, 9: 401-9.— Hunner, G. L. Neurosis of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 24: 567-85—Lewis, R. M. The irritable bladder. Ther. Gaz., Detr., 1922, 3.ser., 38: 84-7.—Martin, S. P. Disorders of function of the urinary bladder. N. York M.J., 1920, 112: 544-7.—Moore, T. D. Bladder sensibility. Arch. Surg., 1924, 9: 176-87.— Musumeci Grasso, F. Disturbi funzionali della minzione. Med. nu'.va, 1928, 19: 294.—Naber, J. Ueber Blasenneurosen (Pollakiurie, Incontinenz, Enuresis, Retentio urinae) Med. Klin., Berl., 1918, 14: 832-5—Osgood, A. T. The significance of disturbances of the function of the bladder. Med. Insur., 1925- 26, 41: P2.V9. Also Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1926, 2.ser., 2: 194-200.—Quinby, W. C. Neurosis of bladder. Boston M.&S.J., 1920, 182: 525—Reynolds, C. J. The irritable bladder. West Virginia M.J., 1925, 20:137-41.—Schneider, C. Die Behandlung der Reizblase mit Eukupinol. Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48: 228.—Schwarz, 0. Untersuchungen fiber die Physiologie und Pathologie der Blasenfunktion; die genuine Pollakisurie und die Prinzipien ihrer Behandlung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1920, 33: 210-4. Also Zschr. Urol., 1920, 14: 103-36. ----- Ueber funk- tionelle Blasenstbrungen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1922, 72: 1198-9. ----- Ueber die therapeutische Verwendung des Kalziums bei Funktionsstbrungen der menschlichen Harnblase. Ibid., 1923, 73: 832-4.—Vulpius. Die Harnblase als Ausdrucksgebiet fiir neuropsychische Vorgange. Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 1908.— Waltz, W. Ueber die Blasensensibilitat. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1922, 74: 278-84—Wright, F. R. Reflex urinary frequency. Journal lancet, 1935, 55: 781.—Zahn, T. Beobachtungen fiber Reizblase. Med. Kor.Bl. Wurttemberg, 1918, 88: 425-7. ---- Nervous disorders: Neurosis—in women. See also Bladder, Fibrosis. Bancroft, F. W. Frequency of micturition and partial lack of urinary control in women. Internat. Clin., 1930, 40.ser., 3: 1-6, 3pl.—Bell, J. G. Y. Frequency of micturition in women. Clin. J., Lond., 1933, 62: 150-2—Brucke-Teleky, D. Zur Aetio- logie und Therapie der weiblichen Reizblase. Arch. klin. Chir., 1930,160: 623-32— Campbell, M. F. The irritable bladder of women. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1933, 30: 476-82.—Close, W. J. Frequency of micturition in the female. Med. J. Australia, 1936, 2: 147-55—Bonohue, P. F. Irritable bladder in women. Minnesota M., 1928, 11: 478-82.—Foote, C. G. Hyperesthesia of the vesical neck in women. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1920, 24: 641.— Furniss, H. B. Frequency of urination in women. Long Island M.J., 21: 323-7.—Goldbergas, T. [Abnormities of micturition in women] Aledicina, Kaunas, 1932, 13: 639-54.—Hoch, G. F. The irritable bladder in the female. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1934, 31: 423.—Hoffman, C. G. Urinary frequency in the female. Kentucky M.J., 1927, 25: 439-45. ----- The causative factors and significance of pollakiuria in the female. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1927, 31: 423-33—Latzko, W. Harnbeschwerden der Frau. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933, 46: 176.—Lindenberg, F. Climacteric bladder irritability. Am. J. Obst., 1930, 19: 562-4—Neligan, G. E. Discussion on frequency of micturition in women. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1932, 25: 1567.—Oraison. Statique utero- vaginale et troubles fonctionnels de la vessie. J. med. Bordeaux, 1927, 57: 137-40.—Quinby, W. C. Abnormalities of bladder function in women. Boston M.&S.J., 1923, 188: 718-24.— Reed, C. A. L. Irritable bladder in women. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1918) 1919, 31: 46-58. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1919, 72: 332-5. Also repr.—Rougon, I. B. Causes and significance of frequency of urination in the female. Tristate AI.J., 1932, 4: 924-6.— Samson, S. Ueber die Blasensehwache der Frauen. Derm. Wschr., 1918, 66: 213-7.—Teleky, D. Ueber Blasenstbrungen bei jungen Madchen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 1159.—Town- send, J. M. The irritable female bladder and urethra. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1936, 29: 181-4.—Wear, J. B. A survey of urinary frequency in women. Wisconsin M.J., 1936, 35: 189- 92.—Worthington, F. B. Bladder disturbances in women. Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina, 1923, 70: 134-7. Also South. M.&S., 1924,86: 392. ---- Nervous disorders: Paralysis. Pessoa, O. J. *Paralvsias da bexiga. 75p. 8? Lisboa, 1875. Bailey, H. Treatment of paresis of the bladder by resection of the presacral nerve. Practitioner, Lond., 1933, 130: 505-7.— Bissell, D. Paralysis of the bladder, with distension and hemor- rhage immediately following catheterization; a report of cases. Am. J. Obst., 1930, 20: 811-5.—Boyd, M. L. Suprapubic cys- totomy in bladder paralysis. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 18: 413-5. ----- & Bailey, M. K. Suprapubic cystotomy in bladder paralysis. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1928, 21: 305-15 [Discussion] 327-35. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 21: 623-33.— Corbineau. Deux cas de par6sie vesicale gueris par Tinjection de glycerine boriquee. J. urol. med., Par., 1920,9:31-3.—Foerster, A. Ueber Paraplegia urinaria. Aliinch. med. Wschr., 1920, 67: 784-6.—Fuchs, F., & Hoff, H. Die gelahmte Blase im Ront- genbilde. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928, 24: 521-37.—Gibson, T. E., & Mitchell, V. H. A case of cardiospasm and paralysis of the blad- der due to sympathetic dysfunction. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 399-402.—Hansen, J. Zur Klinik der gelahmten Blase. Arch. orthop. Unfallchir., 1930-31, 29: 342-68.—Holmes, G. Obser- vations on the paralyzed bladder. Brain, Lond., 1933, 56: pt4, 383-96.—Learmonth, J. R. Neurosurgery in the treatment of diseases of the urinary bladder; the treatment of certain types of vesical paralysis. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 28: 229-32.—Pfister, E. Ueber cystoskopische Befunde bei paretischen Blasen. Zschr. Urol., 1921, 15: 343-6.—Schramm, C. Theoretische und prak- tische Erwagungen zur Spiegeluntersuchung der paretischen Blase. Ibid., 1920, 14: 329-54, pi.—Stub, 0. [Case of detrusor paralysis with azotemia] Norsk mag. lsegevid., 1931, 92:854-9.— Trumble, H. C. Experimental reinuervation of the paralysed bladder. Med. J. Australia, 1935, 1: 118-22. ---- Nervous disorders, postoperative. Meyer, G. *Die Behandlung der postopera- tiven Urinverhaltung durch intravenose 40% Urotropin-Cylotropininjektion [Leipzig] 31p. 8? Halle, 1927. Piaskowski, R. *Post-operative retention of urine. 16p. 4? Milwaukee, Wis., 1933. Weber, [F.] H. * Ueber die Ursachen der postoperativen Harnverhaltung. 20p. 8? Halle. 1926. Barrett, N. R. The treatment of post-operative retention of urine. Lancet, Lond., 1934, 2:1046.—Belitz, 0. Diesubkutane Anwendung des Pilokarpins bei der Ischuria postoperativa. Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 2956-9.—Birinkov, M. I. [Use of pilocarpin in postoperative retention of urine] Vest, khir., 1932, 27: 162-71.—Blok, B. V. [Use of pilocarpin in postoperative ischuria] Kuban, nauch. med. vest., 1928, 7: 151-8.—Bod6, B. von. Ver- hiitung der postoperativen Harnverhaltung mittels Cylotropin. Zbl. Gyn., 1927, 51: 353-6—Bolle, W. Postoperative Blasen- lahmungen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1935. 61: 1316.—Brunner, T. Zur Theorie der Urotropinwirkung bei Harnverhaltung. Zbl. Oyn., 1927, 51: 1196-9.—Buonomo La Rossa, F. La cura della ritenzione urinaria postoperativa. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1926, 7: 412-6—Butureanu, W., & Burghele, T. Le traitement de la retention d'urine post-operatoire. Presse med., 1927, 35: 1414-6.—Cabot, H. The management of postoperative urinary retention. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1933, 18: 173.—Chosson, J Re- sultats obtenus par le chlorure de calcium intraveineux dans les retentions d'urine post-operatoires. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1929,38:769-71. ----- Six nouveaux cas de retention d'urine postoperatoire traites par le chlorure de calcium intraveineux. Ibid., 1930,39: 736-8—Curtis, A. H. The bladder of women after operation; a consideration of postoperative bladder disturbance, with special regard to treatment, based upon a study of this sub- ject in the care of 465 cases operated within the last 18 months. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1918, 43: 63-75.—Deveze, L. Paralysie vesi- cale post partum. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1923, 12: 71-3.— Fermaud, E. Du traitement de la retention d'urine post-opera- toire par les injections de glycerine boriquee. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1928, 48: 212-5.—Fiorini, E. Sulla terapia della ritenzione di urina postoperatoria. Policlinico, 1930, 37: sez. prat., 797- 801.—Frimann-Dahl, H. [Cylotropin in retention of urine after BLADDER 395 BLADDER obstetrical and gynecological operations] Med. rev., Bergen, 1930, 47: 64-70.—Giaccone, A. La cura delle ritenzioni d'urina postoperatorie colle istillazioni vescicali di glicerina borica. Riv. ostet. gin. prat., 1926, 8: 456-61.—Goldmann, B. G. Ueber intra- venose Pilocarpininjektionen bei postoperativer Harnverhal- tung. Arch. klin. Chir., 1927, 147: 582-92— Gragert, 0. Kri- tisches zur Behandlung der postoperativen Ischurie. Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 1187-94.—Hargrave, E. T. The post-operative care of the female bladder. Virginia M. Month., 1920-21, 47: 158 —Harris, A. The management of post-operative retention of urine. Long Island M.J., 1926, 20: 446— Hickcox, V. F Post- operative care of the urinary bladder. Am. J. Nurs., 1936, 36: 456-8.—Hinrichsen, H. M. Ueber die intravenose Pilbkarpinin- jektion als Mittel gegen postoperative Harnverhaltung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53:874.—Hjelt, S. Zur Frage der Behandlung der postoperativen Harnverhaltung. Acta obst. gyn. scand., 1926, 5: 89-101.—Kottlors, E. Zur Behandlung der postopera- tiven Harnretention. Zbl. Gyn., 1930, 54: 2530-6.—Kiistner, H. Die Behandlung der postoperativen Harnverhaltung durch intravenose lnjektionen von 40% Urotropin. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926,52:1734.—Kvater, E. I. [New method of treatment of postoperative and post-partum ischuria] Klin, med., Moskva, 1927, 5: 117-9.—Marx, J. Ueber die postoperative Harnretention und ihre Behandlung mit dem Kbhlerschen Ver- fahren. Arch. klin. Chir., 1932, 169: 170-9.—Matusovszky, A. Die Wirkung des Urotropins auf die postoperative und post- partum Harnverhaltung. Zschr. Urol., 1927, 21: 347-52 — Mayer, K. Pilokarpinschiidigungen bei postparlaler und post- operativer Harnverhaltung. Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 354-7.— Mayr, 0. Eine seltene Art der postoperativen Harnverhaltung. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1933, 59: 140.—Michon, L. Sur le traite- ment de la retention post-operatoire d'urine. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1926, 15: 63-5.—MUls, R. G. Study of post-operative catheterization. China M.J., 1921, 35: 217; 310.—Oudard & Coureaud. La retention d'urine post-operatoire: son traitement par les instillations vesicales de glycerine boriquee. Arch. med. pharm. nav., 1927, 117: 89-99.—Richer, V. Traitement de la retention d'urine post-operatoire par Tinjection hypodermique de pilocarpine. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1933, 29-37. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 35: 142—Root, H. F., & Henson, P. P. Post- operative suppression of urine relieved by the intravenous injec- tion of hypertonic salt solution. J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 97: 540.— Rotthaus, E. Die Behandlung der postoperativen Harnver- haltung. Arch. klin. Chir., 1930, 161: 309-18.—Sachs, E. Ueber die Behandlung der postoperativen Harnverhaltung. Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 1531-44.—Schulze, E. Zur Behandlung der Harnverhaltung im Wochenbett und nach gynakologischen Operationen (Doryl) Munch, med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 1358 — Serebrina, M. [Action of urotropin in postpartum and post- operative ischuria] Alosk. med. J., 1927, 7: no.9, 30-5.—Villegas Ruiz. El tratamiento de la retention de orina post-operatoria. Gac. m6d. Caracas, 1926, 33: 66.—Wolff von der Sahl, G. Kathe- terisierung oder intravenose Urotropininjektionen bei post- operativen Harnverhaltungen? Zbl. Chir., 1926, 53: 330-3. --- Nervous disorders—due to central lesion. Barrington, F. J. F. Affections of micturition resulting from lesions of the nervous system. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1926-27, 20: sect, urol., 22-7.—Briining, F. Ueber zerebrale Blasenstb- rungen. Arch. klin. Chir., 1919-20, 113: 470-92.—Campbell, M. F. Bladder disturbances of nerve lesion origin; their nature and management. Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 119: xl-xliii. Also Canad. M. Ass. J., 1926, 16: 1487-91.—Hottinger, R. Ueber Retentionen zentralen Ursprungs (spez. spattraumatische) Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 231.—Kleine, W. Ueber zerebrale Blasenstbrungen. Mschr. Psychiat., 1923, 53: 11-38.—Langworthy, O. R., & Lewis, L. G. Urgency and fre- quency of micturition in neurological disease. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1935, 56: 211-23.—Lewis, L. G., Langworthy, 0. R., & Dees, J. E. Bladder abnormalities due to injury of mo- tor pathways in the nervous system. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935,105: 2126-32.—Lichtenstern, R., & Marburg, O. Ueber initiale Bla- senstbrungen bei organischen Nervenkrankheiten. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1933, 38: 145-53.—Meyers, I. L. Bladder disturbances in lesions of the nervous system. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1926, 64: 321-30.—Rohrer, P. A. Bladder dysfunction due to lesiois of the nervous system. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1933, 2: 45-7. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 70O-3. --- Nervous disorders—due to spinal cord lesion. Natanson, H. *Die cystoskopischen Befunde bei Nervenkrankheiten mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung des Sphinkterphanomens (Schramm) p.821-33. 8? Berl., 1927. Also Zschr. Urol., 1927, 21: Cahill, G. F. Treatment of bladder paralysis due to non- tabetic spinal cord lesions. Am. J. Surg., 1928, n.s., 5: 442-4.— Colby, F. H. Resection of the presacral nerve for cord bladder. N.England J.M., 1932, 207: 302.—Bees, J. E., & Langworthy, 0. R. An experimentalstudy of bladder disturbances analogous to those of tabes dorsalis. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 34: 359-71 — Denny-Brown, B., & Robertson, E. G. The state of the bladder and its sphincters in complete transverse lesions of the spinal cord and cauda equina. Brain, Lond., 1933, 56: pt4, 397-463, 3ch.—Dossot, R., & Rodriguez, F. Le traitement par la resection du col de la vessie de certaines retentions d'urine d'origine medullaire. Arch. mal. reins, 1933-34, 8: 129-42.—Bunaevsky, L. I., & Mikheyev, V. V. [Clinical importance of Schramm's symptom] Russ. klin., 1929, 12: 576-86—Gaspar, F. Kiinst- liches Schramm-Phanomen durch Anasthesierung; Urethro- cystoskopie mit dem einfachen Blasenspiegel. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36,41:117-22—Helmholz.H.F. Cordbladder Am J. Dis. Child., 1924, 28: 784.—Learsmith, J. R., & Braasch, W. F. Resection of the presacral nerve in the treatment of cord bladder Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1930-31, 51: 494-9.— Lendrum, F. C, & Moersch, F. P. Neurologic diagnosis in 250 cases of cord bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 102: 658-60.—Peirson, E L., jr. Transure- thral resection of the internal sphincter in a certain type of cord bladder. N. England J.M., 1935, 213: 50-4.—Phelps, 0. B. Report of a case of spinal cord bladder. Ibid., 1928, 199: 267.— Roussy, G., Cornil, L., & Mosinger, M. Les complications uri- naires au cours des traumatismes medullaires. Rev. neur Par 1934, 41: 416-25—Scheffelaar Klots, T. [Case of spinal cord bladder from a cyclone accident] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt2, 5655-8.—Schwarz, 0. A. Ueber die diagnostische Be- deutung des Schrammschen Phanomens. Zschr. Urol., 1925, 19: 350-4. ---- Papilloma. See also Bladder, Cancer, papillomatous; Bladder, Tumors. Kollmeyer, E. *Ueber papillare Blasentu- moren. 23p. 8? Kiel, 1926. Bauer, A. Erkennung einer Blasenzottengeschwulst aus dem Harnsediment mittels der Alizarinmethode. Zschr. urol Chir., 1932, 35: 219.—Bazy, P. Note sur la r6cidive des papil- lomes de la vessie. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1930, 56: 806-14.— Beck, C. Multiple papillomata of the bladder. Surg. Clin. Chicago, 1919, 3: 271-4—Berry, J. Papilloma of the bladder of unusual size. Brit. J. Surg., 1920-21, 8: 374.—Bindi, F. Sul- l'evoluzione del papilloma della vescica urinaria. Gazz. osp., 1928, 49: 1505-7.—Boppe & Marcel, J. E. Enorme papillome vesical chez un tout jeune enfant. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1934,185-9. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1934, 37: 552-6.—Buerger, L. A case of multiple papillomatosis. Internat. J.S., 1919, 32: 276.—Colom- bano,M. La biopsia nei tumori villosi della vescica. Med. ital., 1934, 15: 38.—Creasy, R. Vesical papilloma simulating vesical tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond., 1919, 2: 482.—Davidson, B. Renal pelvis neoplasms associated with papillomata of the blad- der. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 846-9—Be Gironcoli, F. Sulla diagnosi diflerenziale fra papillomi maligui e benigni della vesci- ca. Pathologica, Genova, 1926, 18: 386-92— Dobrotvorski, V. I. [Transudation of blood-plasm through villous tumors of the bladder and its clinical value] Vest, khir., 1922, 2: pt6, 67-9. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1923, 12: 118-22—Fisher, C. F. Papil- loma of the bladder; report of 2 cases. West Virginia M. J., 1925, 21: 487-9—Frobisher, J. H. M. A villous growth of the bladder. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1921, 37: 215.—Gausa Raspail, P. Visuali- zation radiografica de los papillomas vesicales. Med. ibera, 1935, 29: pt 1, 345—Gayet & Kocher. Papillome de la vessie ayant entraine la mort rapide par hemorragies graves. Lyon med., 1923,132:107.—Gayet & Peycelon. Papillome de la vessie. Ibid., 1926, 137: 33.—Gutierrez, A. Papillomas multiples de la vejiga. Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1924, 31: 248— Harris, S. H. Papil- lomata of the urinary bladder. Med. J. Australia, 1921, 1: 265-9.—Hockle, E. Zur Diagnostik und Therapie der Blasen- papillome. Med. Kor. Bl. Wurttemberg, 1921, 91:85.—Kemble, A. Two cases of papillomata of the bladder with spontaneous recovery. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1919, 23: 329—Kolischer, G., & Eisenstadt, J. S. Papilloma of the bladder. Surg. Clin. Chi- cago, 1920, 4: 833-8.—Lorge, H. Die Rezidive der Blasenpapil- lome. Zschr. Urol., 1934, 28: 310-22.—Macalpine, J. B. Papil- loma of the bladder. Brit. M.J., 1929, 2: 794-9.—Matronola, G. Papillomi impiantati su di una prominenza anormala della vescica. Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1926, 52: 128-34.—Michon, E. Diagnostic et traitement des papillomes vesicaux. J. med. chir.. Par., 1919, 90: 221-4.—Nicholls, M. F. A case of vesical papilloma with widespread metastases. Brit. J. Surg., 1933, 21: 108-12.—Nitch, C. A. R. Prognosis in papilloma of the bladder. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 2: 781.—Ottow, B. Ueber Prolaps eines Blasenpapilloms durch die Urethra. Zbl. Gyn., 1920, 44: 1416-9.—Paschkis, R. Ischuria paradoxa bei Blasenpapillom. Wien. med. Wschr., 1936, 86: 1027. -----& Briigel, S. Bei- trage zum Aufbau und Wachstumsmechanismus des Blasen- papilloms. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932-33, 36: 220-3—Quinby, W. C. Papilloma of bladder. Boston M.&S.J., 1920, 182: 507 — Sexton, W. G. Papilloma of the bladder; complicating preg- nancy. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1925, 29:195-7.—Sisk, I. R. Spontane- ous expulsion of papilloma of the bladder with cure. J. Urol., Bait., 1923, 10: 325-7.—Sophronieff. Papillome de la vessie enroule autour d'un calcul. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1924, 3: 217.— Swan, R. H. J. Some reflections upon villous-covered tumours of the urinary bladder. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1925-26, 19: sect, urol., 1-9.—Thomas, B. A. Case of papilloma of the blad- der. Proc. Path. Soc. Philadelphia, 1918, n.s., 21: 22.—Thomas, G. J. Papilloma of the bladder and posterior urethra; report of a case. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1922, 26: 135.—Van Benburg, R. H. Papilloma of the bladder; report of a case with recurrence. Ibid., 351-3.—Viannay, C. Un cas de papillome de la vessie. Loire med., 1920, 34: 93-5.—Watanabe, S. Experimentelle Papil- lombildung in der Harnblase; Erzeugung von Papillom in der Rattenblase durch Einbringen von Teer-Scharlachrot-Paraffin- Kugeln. Acta Derm., Kyoto, 1934, 23: 28-31. BLADDER 396 BLADDER ---- Papilloma: Treatment. Pollnow, M. *Die Behandlung der Blasen- papillome mit Elektrokoagulation. 50p. 8? Berl., 1919. Alamartine. Papillome degen6re de la vessie traite par la curietherapie. Lyon chir., 1922, 19: 637. ----- & Charleux. Papillome degenere de la vessie traite par la curie-therapie. J. urol. med., Par., 1923, 16: 291-4.—Antonin, V. [Experiences with treatment of tumors of the bladder, particularly papillo- mata] Cas. lek. cesk., 1926, 65: 245; 307, pi—Ball, G. The treatment of simple papilloma of the bladder by fulguration. Brit. J. Surg., 1923-24, 11: 760-71.—Berenger, A. Hematuria por papillomas da bexiga; tratamento endoscopico pela electro- coagulacao. Brasil med., 1927, 41:367-9.—Berne-Lagarde, R. de. Le traitement actual des papillomes vesicaux. Hopital, 1923. 11: 340.—Born, R. Ein neuer Weg zur Behandlung der Blasen- papillome. Zschr. Urol., 1926, 20: 250-4.—Branden, F. van den. Y a-t-il un danger a I'emploi de la methode de Beer dans le traitement des papillomes v6sicaux? Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1928, 31:1004-7.—Choltzow, B. N. Le traitement des tumeurs papillo- mateuses de la vessie par l'eiectrocoagulation. Arch. mal. reins, 1925-26, 2: 410-20.—DuBois, F. E. A case of papilloma of the bladder with interesting surgical and postoperative complica-. tions. Rep. Surg. Staff Woman's Hosp. State N.York, 1925-28,6: 256-9. Also N. York State J.M., 1926, 26: 388-90—Falbing, N. [Papillomas of the bladder treated with electro-coagulation] Ugeskr. lseger, 1924, 86: 81-3.—Giuliani & Phelip, L. Papillomes de la vessie; hemorrhagic grave; cystotomie d'urgence. Lyon med., 1924, 134: 451.—Hennig, O., & Lechnir, J. Behandlung einer diffusen Blasenpapillomatose mit dem Aspirationsver- fahren. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932, 34: 342-5. ----- Weitere Erfahrungen mit der Absaugung von Blasenpapillomen unter Sicht. Zschr. Urol., 1933, 27: 294-8.-----Kombinierte Absaugung eines blutenden, grossen Blasenpapilloms. Ibid. 1934, 28: 301.—Hicks, J. B. Cystoscopic treatment of papillary bladder tumors. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1935, 15: 1663-5.— Joly, J. S. The treatment of vesical papillomata bv cystoscopic diathermy. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1929-30, 23: ssct. urol., 53-63.—Kelly, H. A. The treatment of papillary tumors of the bladder in women. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1919, 44: 222-31 — Kidd, F. Papilloma of bladder; partial cystectomy with excision of lower end of ureter. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1923-24, 17: sect, urol., 57.—Laskownicki, S. [Papilloma of urethra and bladder treated with electrocoagulation] Polska gaz. lek., 1926, 5: 911.—Lechnir, J. Ueber Absaugung von Blasenpapillomen unter Sicht. Arch. klin. Chir., 1934, 180: 490-3.—Le Clerc- Dandoy, L. L'61ectro-coagulation dans le traitement des pa- pillomes vesicaux. Ann. Soc. sc. med. natur. Bruxelles, 1919, 73:148-52.-----Genouville [et al.] L'electro-coagulation dans le traitement des papillomes vesicaux. Rev. chir., Par., 1919,57: 742^1—Lichtenberg, A., & Salleras, J. Resection partial de veji-'a y total de ureter, por papillomatosis, en un nefrectomizado hace cerca de 4 afios por igual proceso. Sem. med., B. Air., 1934, 41: pt2, 1432.—Lucri, T. Papillomatosi diffusa del collo della vescica della regione del veru montanum; elettrocoagulazione delle vegetazioni; guarigione. Arch. ital. urol., 1925, 2: 35-40.— Macalpine, J. B. Treatment of vesical papillomata, of medium or large size. Lancet, Lond., 1931, 2: 1403.—Martin, C. On the operative treatment of papilloma of the female bladder. Bir- mingham M. Rev., 1928, n.s., 3: 64-7, pi.—May bury, B. C. Treatment of papilloma of the bladder. Am. J. Phys. Ther., 1925-26, 2: 347-9. Also Lancet, Lond., 1925, 2: 560-2.—Mock, J., & Bore, J. Du traitement des gros papillomes de la vessie. Paris chir., 1924, 16: 382-4. Also J. med. Paris, 1925, 44: 380 — Muller, E. Zur Behandlung der Blasenpapillome. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1919, 66: 717.—Nelson, F. L. Surgical diathermy in papillomata of the bladder, with demonstration of patients. Arch. Phys. Ther., 1926, 7: 405-12.—Nicolich. Elettro-coagula- zione endoscopica dei papillomi vescicali. Clin, chir., Milano, 1919, n.s., 1: 6C9-15.—Pasteau, 0. Papillome vesical et radio- therapie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1935, 194-7. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 39: 555-8.—Praetorius, G. Neue Methoden zur Behandlung der Blasenpapillome. Med. Klin., Berl., 1916, 12: 639-42. ----- Zur Kollargolbehandlung der Blasenpapillome. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1920, 67:1096. ----- Notiz zur Evakua- tion von Blasenpapillomen nach Born. Zschr. Urol., 1926, 20: 583.—Preindlsberger, J. Haematuria e papillomata vesicae; sectio alta. Beitr. Derm. Syph. Festschr. ... I. Neumann, Lpz., 1900, 731-3.—Scheffelaar, K. T. [Case of diffuse papilloma in the bladder, cured by combined radium-electrocoagulation treatment] Geneesk. gids, 1934,12: 957-63.—Schoenhof, C. Zur Rontgentherapie des Blasenpapilloms. Zbl. Gyn., 1924, 48: 2576-81.—Sigurta, G. B. Nuovo contributo alia cura dei papil- lomi della vescica mediante la elettrocoagulazione. Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med., 1921,10: 233.—Stellwagen, T. C. The Surgical treatment of papilloma of the bladder. Ther. Gaz., Detr., 1922, 3.ser., 38: 77- SL—Suter, F. Ueber die Behandlung der Papil- lome der Harnblase mit endovesicaler Eletrocoagulation. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1920, 50: 529.—Treahy, P. A. The treat- ment of papilloma of the bladder. N. Zealand M.J., 1932, 31: 328-33.—Uebelhoer, R. Die Operation des Blasenpapilloms mit der Schlinge. Zschr. Urol., 1933, 27: 686-9.—Viannay, Deux cas de papillomes multiples de la vessie traites par la taille hypogastrique, l'exstirpation des tumeurs et la curietherapie. Loire med., 1922, 36: 45-50—Willan, R. J. Case of large vesi- cal papilloma cured by diathermy. Newcastle M.J., 1922-23, 3 .19. ---- Parasites. See also Bladder, Schistosomiasis. Bauer, G. *Die Histologie der Harnblase von Esox lucius und die histologisch-pathologischen Veranderungen derselben durch Mvxidium lieber- kiihni (Butschli) [Munchen] 21p. 8? Jena, 1921. Also Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Anat., 1921-22, 43: 149-70. Carsten, M. Ascaris lumbricoides in der Blase. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 411.—Escomel, E. Un premier cas de tricho- monose vesicale decrit au Perou. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1926, 19: 697-700.—Ferwerda, S. [Helminthic disease of bladder and domestic slaughtering] Tschr. diergeneesk., 1923, 50: 171-82.—Gongora Triay, B. Expulsion de una lombriz por la uretra. Rev. med. Yucatan, 1934, 18: 40.—Jager, J. Tricho- monadenzystitis. Aliinch. med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 534.—Mekie, E. C. Parasitic infection of the urinary tract; report of a case of infection of the urinary tract by acari, together with an analysis of previously reported cases. Edinburgh M.J., 1926, n.s., 33: 708-19.—Morici, G. Su di un caso di cistite da ascaride. Med. nuova, 1919, 10: 101.—Ouzilleau, F. Un cas de myiase urinaire. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1928, 21: 852.—Rodriguez Molina, L. F. Filariosis vesical simulando un tumor de la vejiga. Rev. med. cubana, 1929, 40: 147-9.—Visher, J. W. Vesical infection with trichomonas vaginalis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 2C98.— Watanabe, S., & Ishigami, J. On the distribution of Trichoso- moides crassicauda (Bellingham) and the change of the urinary bladder in rats, the hosts of this parasite; preliminary report. Acta derm., Kyoto, 1931, 18: 148-53. ---- Perforation. See also Bladder, Fistula; Bladder, Foreign bodies: Complications; Cystoscope; Pelvis, Dis- eases; Urine, Extravasation. Astraldi, A. Perforation espontanea de la vejiga. Rev. As. med. argent., 1923, 36: sect. soc. urol., 11-20.—Cahill, G. F. Bladder perforations seen at the Front. Internat. J.S., 1919, 32:113-6. Also Mississippi Valley M.J., 1919, 26:146-50—Cave, H. W. Spontaneous intraperitoneal perforation of the bladder. Tr. South. Surg. Ass., 1935, 47: 50-60. Also Am. J. Surg., 1935, 28: 242-52.—Bittrich, A. In die Blase perforierte Dermoidcyste mit Steinbildung. Zbl. Gyn., 1933, 57: 1776.—Dossot, R. Per- foration de la paroi vesicale posterieure par autocatheterisme. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1924,3:32. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1924,17: 152.—Fagerstrom, D. P. Perforation of the urinary bladder by pelvic abscess, with a report of 2 cases. J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 30: 207-20.—Fett, K. Perforationsverletzung der Blase bei Abort. Zbl. Gyn., 1930, 54: 3260.—Martin, J. Perforation de la vessie pendant une cystoscopie sous anesthesie epidurale, au niveau d'une petite ulceration tuberculeuse du sommet, seule lesion de l'organe. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1930, 91-5.—Melina, F. Perfora- zione intraperitoneale della vescica nei corso di manovre cisto- scopiche. Arch. ital. urol., 1931-32, 8: 515-23.—Power, S. A case of perforation of the bladder. Lancet, Lond., 1932,1: 396.— Reeb. Perforation de la vessie; tentative d'avortement crimi- nel? Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1923,12: 43. Also Gynecologie, 1923, 22: 357.—Sofronov, N. Y. [Perforations in the bladder from suppurative diseases of the pelvic organs and tissues] Vest. khir., 1930,20: 172-80.—Sousa, E. de. Artifice pour rendre la cysto scopie possible dans une vessie largement perforee. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1933, 36: 305.—Stirling, W. C. Traumatic perforation of the bladder; observations based on experience with 10 cases Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 163-8. Also repr—Wilhelm, S. F. Perforations of the bladder during cystoscopic examination. J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 22: 555-62.—Wilson, D. M. Perforation of the bladder. N. Zealand M.J., 1921, 20: 234-6. ---- Peri- and paravesical tissue. Babies, A. Ueber die in die Blase durchgebrochenen peri- vesicalen Eiterungen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 295-7. Also Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 88-96.—Bryan, R. C. Abscess in the wall of the urinary bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1930, 23: 437-50.—Casper, L. Die Zystoskopie bei peri- und paravesikularen Erkrankungen. Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1918) 1919, 49: 32-41—Culver, H., & Baker, W. J. Perivesical sup- puration. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 19: 689-712.—Furgason, E. R. Perivesicular fibromyoma—a benign tumor with acute mani- festations. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1933, 34: 349-51.—Hofmann, W. Ueber die entziindlichen Erkrankungen in der Umgebung der Blase und ihre praktische Bedeutung (Peri- beziehungsweise Paracystitis) Chirurg, Berl., 1928-29, 1: 300-5—O'Neal, R. F. Pericystitis complicated by acute intestinal obstruction. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1932, 25: 293-6. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 29: 745-8— Rolnick, H. C. Retrovesical sarcoma. Ibid., 1936, 35: 353-60.—Spurr, R., & Montanaro, H. Absceso del uraco abierto en la vejiga. Rev. especialid., B. Air., 1931, 6: 485-9.—Taddei, B. Di un ascesso perivescicale apparentemente primitivo. Policlinico, 1927, 34: sez.prat., 3-8. -Wahl, A. von. Ueber Peri- und Paracystitis. Zschr. Urol., 1934, 28: 21-31. ---- Physiology. See also Bladder subheadings Cystometry, In- nervation, Muscles, Pressure, Sphincter; also Urination. BLADDER 397 BLADDER Arguello-Cervantes, A. *Les lympha- tiques de la vessie. 79p. 8? Par., 1928. Abelin, J. Untersuchung fiber die uberlebende isolierte Saugetierblase mit Riicksicht auf ihre Benutzung fiir physiolo- gische Probleme und als Testobjekt. Zschr. Biol., 1916-17, 67: 525-42.----- Die physiologische Tatigkeit der Harnblase und ihre Beeinflussung durch Produkte der inneren Sekretion und andere wirksame Substanzen. Ibid., 1919, 69: 373-408.— Berntrop, J. C. Sur les mouvements automatiques de la vessie des mammiferes. Arch, neerl. physiol., 1922, 7: 55-9.—Caporale, L. Lo studio endoscopico del vuotamento vescicale. Riforma med., 1929, 45: 1579-86.—Cate, J. ten. Les mouvements spon- tanes de li vessie urinaire de la grenouille. Arch, neerl. physiol., 1921-22, 6: 366-71.—Curtis, A. H. A study of bladder function. Tr. Am. Gvn. Soc, 1919, 44: 85-90, 2pl. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1919, 29: 24-7— Benny-Brown, B., & Robertson, E. G. On the physiology of micturition. Brain, Lond., 1933, 56: pt2, 149-90, 5pl.—Dubois, C, A- Boulet, L. Action du carbonate de soude sur la vessie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1919,82: 745.—Edmunds, C. W., & Roth, G. B. The point of attack of certain drugs acting on the peripherv; action on the bladder. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1920-21, 15: lM)-99—Eisler, F. Zur Physiologie der kontrast- gefiillten Harnblase auf Grund von systematischen Schirm- beobachtungen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1921, 71: 1430.—Florio, A. Sull'assorbimento vescicale. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1933, 12: 323-7.—Iriedel, A. Die Entleerung der Harnblase nach Heiss. Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 1396—Giacobbe, C, & Vitale, A. Ricerche sui potere di assorbimento della vescica. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1930, 2: 636-48.—Hartwig, M. Reflex effects of the generating liquids upon the bladder in the male. Med. Rev. of Rev., 1922, 28: 7.—Henderson, V. E., & Roepke, M. H. The role of acetylcholine in bladder contractile mechanisms and in para- sympathetic ganglia. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1934, 51: 97-111. —--- The urinary bladder mechanisms. Ibid., 1935, 54: 408-14.—Israel, W. Das Verhalten der Nieren- und Harnleiter- tatigkeit wahrend der Blasenkontraktion. Zschr. Urol., 1927, 21: 614.—Lindquist, J. L. The influence of insulin on the mo- tility of the urinary bladder (dog) Am. J. Physiol., 1932, 100:1- 7.—Macdonald, A. D., & M'Crea, E. D. Observations on the con- trol of the bladder; the effects of nervous stimulation and of drugs. Q.J. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1930, 20: 379-91—Maissa, P. A. Estudio radiologica de la evacuation vesicular. Rev. As. med. argent., 1936, 50: 116-25—Marsalek, J. [Effect of choline and acetylcholine on the bladder] Bratisl. lek. listy., 1933, 13: 343-5.—Okajima, K. Ueber den Einfluss des elektrischen Gleichstromes auf die Blasenwand unter der Mitwirkung von NaCl, KC1 oder CaCl2. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1929, 41: 2072, 2pl.—Ortmann, K. K., & Christiansen, H. Roentgenologic studies of the male urethra, the closing mechanism of the bladder and the micturition under normal and pathologic conditions. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1934, 15: 258-83.—Paillard, M. H. L'6va- cuation inspiratoire du bassinet constatee lors de l'urographie intraveineuse. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934,117: 966.—Parker, A. E. The lymph collectors from the urinary bladder and their con- nections with the main posterior lymph channels of the abdo- men. Anat. Rec, 1936, 65: 443-60.—Phelip, L. Endoscopic de la miction normale et pathologique; operation au punch contre certaines retentions. Lyon chir., 1929, 26: 189-94.— Rose, B. K. Clinical application of bladder physiology. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 26: 91-105. ----- & Beakin, R. A cysto- metry study of the pharmacology of the bladder; with additional data regarding the physiology of urination. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1928, 46: 221-6.—Roskam, J. Temperature et tonus vesical. J. urol. med., Par., 1920, 9: 161-83.—Sakata, S. Beitrage zur Pharmakologie der isolierten Kaninchenblase. Acta med. Keijo, 1929, 12: 1-33.—Schwarz, 0. Untersuchungen fiber die Physiologie und Pathologie der Blasenfunktion. Arch. klin. Chir., 1918, 110: 286-308. Also Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1920, 1: 455-508. ----- & Brenner, A. Untersuchungen fiber die Physiologie und Pathologie der Blasenfunktion; die Dynamik der Blase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1921, 8: 32-62—Serdukov, G. [The effect of pituitrin on the motor function of the bladder] Mosk. med. J., 1923, 3: pt 1, 33-8.—Serrallach, N., & Serrallach, F., jr. The influence of the genital apparatus over micturition. Urol. Cutan. Rev., 1930, 34: 239-46. Also Med. ibera, 1933, 27: 489-99.—Shoji, R. On the permeability of epithelial layer of the bladder to water and salt. J. Physiol., Lond., 1920-21, 56: 239-43.—Slijpe, W. van. Action des substances actives de l'uretere et de la vessie de mammiferes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 874-7.—Souques & Blamoutier. Constante de repletion vesicale; automatisme spontane de la vessie dam un cas de forte compression de la moelle. Rev. neur., Par., 1924, 31: ptl, 95-8—Steen, W. B. On the permeability of the frog's bladder to water. Anat. Rec, 1929, 43: 215-20.—Steiner, J. Untersu- chungen iiber die Entstehung des Harndranges. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 19: 63-78.—Takahashi, A., Ichikawa, T., & Aikawa, T. Rbntgen-Kymogramm der Harnblase wiihrend der Mik- tion. Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 191.—Umeda, T., & Takatsu, F. The influence of ultraviolet rays on the movement of the epithe- lium of the urinary bladder in vitro (a study in tissue-culture method) Acta derm., Kyoto, 1929, 14: 10.—Vaccari, B. Sulle svuotamento della vescica urinaria nella vecchiaia. Gior. med prat., 1931, 13: 365-84.—Vickers, J. L., & Marshall, E. K. Per- meability of the urinary bladder to urea and sodium chloride. Am. J. Physiol., 1924, 70: 607-12. ■--- Pneumatosis. Heuser, C. El aire en la vejiga: explication radiogrdfica de la causa por la cual puede producir la muerte. Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1926, 33: 214-7.— Jeck, H. S. Fatal embolism due to distention of bladder with air. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1932, 25: 289-92. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 597-600—Sinelshchikov, K. I. [Cases of pneumatosis of the bladder] Vest, khir, 1929, 16: 143-7. ---- Polypus. See also Bladder, Papilloma; Bladder, Tumors. Blanc, H. Les polypes du sommet de la vessie. J. urol. mSd., Par., 1935, 39: 200-7—Cartelli, N. Hematuria grave, por polipo vesical pequefio. Rev. As. mod. argent., 1932, 46: no.2., 25.— Cathelin, F. Therapeutique des polvpes geants de la vessie. Paris med., 1919, 31: 478-81—Esmenard. Polype vesical; 6tin- celage; reflux vesico-renal. Arch. mal. reins, 1934-35, 8: 451-3.— Nogues. Polypes du col vesical chez une femme (dessins en- cystoscopiques) J. urol. med., Par., 1923, 16: 146-9.—Pillet, E. Gros polype vesical, cystoscopie operatoire ou taille hypogas- trique. Normandie med., 1922, 33: 27. Also Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1922, 36: 55.—Phelip. L. Considerations sur le traitement des polypes v6sicaux. Bull, med., Par., 1931, 45: 361-3. ---- Pressure. See also Bladder, Cystometry. Graves, R. C. Studies on the ureter and bladder, with espe- cial reference to regurgitation of the vesical contents; the bladder pressure-curve in the human. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 18: 321-30.— Karschulin, 0. Ueber" den Einfluss der Bauchpresse auf den Blasendruck. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932-33, 36: 421-7.—Kreutz- mann, H. A. R. Studies in normal and vesical pressure. J. Urol., Bait., 1928,19: 517-24.—Kurisu, J. Experimental investi- gation on the internal pressure of the bladder; supplement of former paper. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1935, 15: 1150-2.— Potter, J. C. The effect of section of both sacral nerves on intra- vesical pressure. J. Urol., Bait., 1926, 15: 197-200.—Redewill, F. H. The physiology of micturition; report of a new instrument for determining pressure and volume. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 1950-4. Also repr.—Uchigaki, S. Influence of various drugs on internal pressure of bladder. Jap. J. Obst. Gyn., 1927, 10: no.4, 47-50.—Vicentini, F. La pressione endovescicale; ricerche preliminari: la curva di svotamento. Arch. ital. urol., 1925; 2: 93-124.—Watkins, K. H. The clinical value of bladder pressure estimations. Brit. J. Urol., 1934, 6: 104-18—Wiillenweber, G. Untersuchungen fiber die Druckverhaltnisse in Blase, Ureter und Nierenbecken (besonders wahrend der Schwangerschaft) Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1929, 165: 296-310—Yoshida, S. Eine neue Methode der Messung des Druckes in der Harnblase des Kaninchens; Untersuchungen fiber den Einfluss von Pharmaka auf den Harnblasendruck des Kaninchens. Acta derm., Kyoto, 1930, 15: 565. ---- Prolapse [and inversion] See also Bladder, Hernia. Guttmann, R. *Behandlung des Prolapses unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Anatomie und Funktion der Harnblase. 24p. 8? Bresl., 1932. Amberger. Ein seltener Fall von Prolaps der Harnblase. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1917, 110: 439-41—Elmore, R. R. Prolapsus of bladder in infant; case report. Kentucky M.J., 1924, 22: 106.—Hahn, M. Teilweiser Blasenvorfall durch die weibliche Harnrbhre. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1921, 68: 1397.—Heidler, H. Inversio vesicae urinariae totalis. Wien. med. Wschr., 1936, 86: 1007-9.—Kaltenegger, A. Harnblasenumstiilpung und Harnblasenamputation bei einem Pferde. Wien. tierarztl. Mschr., 1928, 15: 748-51.—Klauser. Blasenvorfall durch die Harnrbhre. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1922, 69: 1344.—Mandel- stamm, A. Totaler Prolaps der Harnblase. Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 3592-5.—Moreno Melgar. Un caso de prolapso de la vejiga de la orina. Rev. iber. amer. cienc. med., 1916, 36: 206, pi.— Pasley, C. B. Complete inversion of the urinary bladder. Brit. M.J., 1929, 1: 102—Philipp, E., & Kraatz, H. Die Darstel- lung der Prolapsblase im Rontgenbild. Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58: 3025-40.—Rocher, H. L. Prolapsus subtotal de la vessie chez un enfant de 26 mois. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1925) 1926, 302. Also Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1925, 46: 455.—Thomsen, E. Roentgen examination of the female urethra, specially in cases of prolapse and incontinence. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1930, 11: 527-36, 4pl.—Toro, J. del. Un caso de prolapso vesical por el conducto de la uretra. Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1912, 9: no.83, 10.—Werhatzky, N. P. Vollstandige Inversio vesicae. Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58: 1543-6.—Zwijnenberg, H. A. [Vesical in- version and prolapse in a cow] Tschr. diergeneesk., 1934, 61: 417. ---- Puncture. See also Bladder, Distention: Decompression; Bladder, Surgery: Cystotomy. Bayle, H., & Bocquentin, A. Sur le danger des ponctions des vessies infectees. Paris med., 1932, 83: 102.—Berne- Lagarde, R. de. Ne ponctionnez plus la vessie. Hopital, 1923, 11: 520. Also Gac. med. Caracas, 1924, 31: 75. -----& Ramos. Dan- gers et inutilite de la ponction capillaire aspiratrice de la vessie. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1920, 10: 107-11.—Carlier, V. De la ponction sus-pubienne dans la retention aigue d'urine. Echo m6d. nord, BLADDER 398 BLADDER 1897, 1: 91-5. ----- Les dangers de la ponction sus-pubienne de la vessie. Ibid., 1905, 9: 517-22.—Cilento, M. Su di un caso di insuccesso di puntura soprapubica. Morgagni, 1932, 74: 571-3.—Cristol, V. Le danger de la ponction capillaire de la vessie. Rev. g6n. clin. ther., 1921, 35: 27.—Bannheisser, F. Gefahren der Blasenpunktion. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 1789-91 — Besfosses, P. Ponction de la vessie. Presse med., 1899, 1: 289.—Edelmann, H., & Stutzin, J. J. Troikartblasenfistel. Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 559-62— Hayn, F. Die Gefahrlichkeit der Blasendrainage mit dem Troikart, die Gefahrlosigkeit der kapillaren Blasenpunktion. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1922, 69: 1122.—Kokoris, B. Zur Punktion der Harnblase. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1924, 37: 624.—Legueu. Valeur comparative de la ponc- tion et de 1'incision sus-pubienne dans la retention aigue d'urine. Monatsber. ... Krankh. Harn- Sex. Appar., 1897, 2: 162-4.— Pauchet, V. Des dangers de la ponction sous-pubienne de la vessie. Echo med. nord, 1906, 10: 42.— Rivero Borrell, L. Algunos usos de la puncion de la vejiga. Cir. cirujan., Alex., 1935, 3: 29-33.—Rouville, G. de. Recherches experimentales sur la ponction de la vessie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1899, 2: ser. 1, 646.— Scarenzio, A. La tecnica nella puntura capillare della vescica. Gazz. med. lombarda, 1904, 63: 201. ---- Purpura. Hocquard, J. ^Contribution a l'etude du purpura vesical. 32p. 8?- Par., 1922. Bizzozero, R. C. El diagnostico de las purpuras. Dia med., B. Air., 1933-34, 6: 494—Cassuto, A. Purpura vesicae. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1927, 22: 202-7.—De Gironcoli, F. Intorno alla por- pora emorragica della vesica. Arch. ital. urol., 1924-25, 1: 632-43.—Denicke, P. Zur Kasuistik der seltenen Erkrankungen der Harnblase (Purpura simpl. vesicae urin.) Zschr. Urol., 1922, 16: 95.—Farago, S. Ueber Purpura vesicae haemorrhagica. Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48:1553—Nedelec & Vafiadis. Etude sur le purpura de la vessie. Arch. mal. reins, 1925, 2: 257-76.— Ottow, B. Ueber Purpura der Harnblase. Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 2285-93.—Perrier, C. Le purpura vesical. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1917, 37: 139-44.—Shapiro, I. J. Purpura of bladder; report of case with articular manifestations. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 20: 591-7.—Szab6,1. Beitrage zur Purpura vesicae. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1922, 127: 116-22. ---- Reflux, vesico-ureteral. See also Ureter. Nicolai, T. L. *Ueber das Wesen des vesico- renalen Refluxes. 21p. 8? Giessen, 1933. Acs, N. Ueber die Bedeutung des vesico-renalen Refluxes. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 508-14—Aievoli, E. Reflusso vescico-renale, sotto i punti di vista clinico e sperimentale. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1927, 32: 1-4.—Andler, R. Ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie und Klinik des vesico-ureteralen Refluxes. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1926-28, 40: 592-617.—Andre, P. Le reflux vesico-renal et ses consequences. Rev. m6d. est, 1926, 54: 769-78.—Aschner, P. W. Vesicoureteral reflux in cystogra- phy. Am. J. Surg., 1928, n.s., 4: 448.—Bartrina, J. Some con- siderations on insufficiency of the vesico-ureteral valve. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 167-72—Beaufond, F. H. de, & Vaudet. Le controle radiographique du reflux uretero-pyeiique a la miction. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1929, 3.ser., 101: 617-20.—Bronner, H., & Schuller, J. Der Blasen-Nierenriickfluss (vesiko-renaler Reflux) klinische und rontgenologische Beitrage. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1929, 40: 419-36.—Bumpus, H. C, jr. Urinary reflux. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1924, 17: 17-31.—Con- stantinesco, P. Le reflux vesico-ureteral dans l'urographie intra- veineuse. J. urol. med., Par., 1936, 41: 247-52.—Beroche & Chevalier. Un cas de reflux vesico-ureteral. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1927, 6: 52-5. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 23: 158-60 — Dillon, J. R. Ureteral reflux. California West. AI., 1927, 26: 72-4.—Eisendrath, D. N., , Katz, H., & Glasser, J. M. Bladder reflux: a clinical and experimental study. J. Am. M. Ass., 1925, 85: 1121-3—Gagstatter, K. Ureterreflux. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 1465.—Graves, R. C. Studies on the ureter and bladder with especial reference to regurgitation of the vesical contents; the bladder pressure-curve in the human. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito- urin. Surg., 1927, 20: 89-98. -----& Davidoff, L. M. Studies on the ureter and bladder, with especial reference to regurgita- tion of the vesical contents. Ibid., 1923, 16: 25-71.—Grimaldi, F. E. Los grandes sindromes urinarios; reflujo vesico-renal. Dia med., B. Air., 1933-34, 6: 918—Gripekoven. Le reflux v6sico-renal. Bruxelles med., 1927-28, 8: 1641-50.—Lewis, B., & Carroll, G. Further clinical evidences on regurgitation renal colic. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 185-9— Liedholm, K. Blut- drucksenkung beim pyelovenosen Reflux. Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 497-500.—Lozzi, V. Sul reflusso vescico-ureterale. Arch. ital. urol., 1931-32, 8: 177-98—Lundberg, S. On the importance of absorption from the urinary bladder in the examination of the vesico-ureteral reflux. Acta chir. scand., 1928-29, 64: 551-6.— Marinescu, G. [Vesico-renal reflux] Spitalul, 1933, 53: 101-6.— Millul, G. Contributo alio studio del reflusso vescico-renale. Policlinico, 1927, 34: sez. chir., 74-91.—Nisio, G. Sul modo di mettere sicuramente in evidenza il reflusso vescico-renale. Arch. ital. urol., 1933-34, 10: 181-6.—Oberniedermayr, A. Ex- perimenteller Beitrag zur Frage des Harnblasen-Harnleiterrfick- flusses (vesiko-ureteraler Reflux) Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 295; 402.—Paladini, A. Reflusso vescico-renale unilaterale con dila- tazione delle vie urinarie superiori d'origine congenita. Arch. ital. urol., 1931-32, 8: 337-43—Pavone, M. Reflusso vescico- ureterale. Ann. ital. chir., 1926, 5: 789-822. ----- Sindrome colica da reflusso vescico-ureterale. Arch. ital. urol., 1934-35, 11: 403-8.— Phelip. Reflux vesico-ureteral apres nephrotomle pour pyonephrose. Lyon med., 1927, 139: 513-5.—Sampson, J. A. Ascending renal infection: with special reference to the reflux of urine from the bladder into the ureters as an etiological factor in its causation and maintenance. Johns Hopkins Hosp Bull., 1903, 14: 334-52, 3pl— Sanchez Covisa, I. Contribution »] estudio del reflujo vesico-renal. Progr. clin., Madr., 1927, 35: 1-9.—Scandurra, S. Contributo alla patogenesi del reflusso vescico-ureterale. Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. chir., 313-46 2pl., tab.—Vitale, A. II reflusso vescico-ureterale. Ibid., 1931, .38: sez. chir., 151-60.—Waring, T. P. Can solid material by reflux, or antiperistalsis, enter the pelvis of the kidney from the blad- der? a case proving that it can. Tr. South. Surg. Ass., 1928,41: 346-51.—Wiillenweber, G. Beitrag zur Frage des vesico-uretera- len Refluxes (besonders bei organischen Nervenleiden) Zschr. Urol., 1930,24: 176-81. ---- Regeneration. See also Bladder, Excision. Kretschmer, H. L., & Barber, K. E. Regeneration of the bladder following resection; preliminary report on an experi- mental study. J. Am. M. Ass., 192s. 90: 355-61.—Perlmann, S. Demonstration zur Blasenregeneration. Zschr. Urol., 1927, 21: 621-3.----- Blasenregeneration im Tierexperiment. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol., 8. Kongr. (1928) 1929, 547-9.—Scarpello, A. Azione dell'estratto tiroideo e testicolare sul processo di rigenera- zione della mucosa vescicale. Arch. Soc ital. chir. (1924) 1925, 31: 429-53. ---- Retention. See Urine, Retention. ---- Rupture. See also Bladder, Diverticulum: Complica- tions; Bladder, Ulcer; Urine, Extravasation. Batjr, W. K. R. *Ruptura vesicae urinariae in Anlehnung an einen Fall aus der Leipziger chirurgischen Klinik. 27p. 8? Lpz., 1926. Cohn, F. * Beitrag zur Diagnose und Therapie der Blasenrupturen [Frankfurt] 28p. 8? Greifswald, 1926. Gasparian, H. M. *TJeber Blasenrupturen. 20p. 8? Heidelb., 1932. Grun, G. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der sub- kutanen Blasenrupturen. 28p. 8? Berl., 1917. Kratzer, A. *Ueber Blasenruptur. 37p. 8? Munch., 1915. Richter, H. T. A. *Ueber Harnblasenrup- turen. 53p. 8? Berl., 1918. Achmatowicz, L. [Case of incomplete rupture of the bladder] Polska gaz. lek., 1933, 12: 17. ----- Deux cas de rupture vesicale. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1934, 306-11. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 39: 72-6.—Anderson, W. A. Rupture of the urinary bladder. N. Zealand M.J., 1921, 20: 190.—Ballenger, E. G., Elder, O. F., & McDonald, H. P. Rupture of the bladder. South. M.J., 1934, 27: 713-5.—Berger, L. Rupture of the urinary bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1935, 29: 460-2—Bogart, L. M. Rupture of the urinary bladder. Ibid., 1934, n.s., 23:442-51. Alsorepr.— Brenner, A. Ueber Blasenruptur. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 328.—Campbell, M. F. Rupture of the bladder; a clinical study of 55 cases. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1929, 49: 540-6— Caulk, J. R. Rupture of the bladder in a child. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito- urin. Surg., 1927, 20: 323-31. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 19: 603-11.—Crane, J. J., & Schenck, G. F. Rupture of the urinary bladder; a clinical study of 26 cases taken from the urological services of the Los Angeles County General Hospital. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1932, 36: 614.—Crosbie, A. H. Rupture of the urinary bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1924, 12: 431-43—Eisenstaedt, J. S., & McBougall, T. G. Rupture of the bladder through Hunner ulcer-bearing area. Am. J. Surg., 1931, n.s., 14: 477-9. Also repr.—Filippini, G. Le modalita di rottura della vescica uri- naria. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1932, 20: 101-11, pi— Fillis, B. E. Rupture of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 29: 601-7 — Firfarov, B. G. [Transplantation of ureter in rupture of bladder after labor] Vest, khir., 1924, 4: no.10, 188-212.—Goeller, C. J. Rupture of bladder. Internat. J. S., 1918, 31:367. ----- Cases of ruptured bladder and urethra. Ibid.,—Groves, A. Rupture of the bladder. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1923, 13: 319.—Hino, M. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Blasenruptur. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1934-36, 4: surg., 312—Huggins, C. B. Conservative treatment of rupture of bladder following interposition operation for the cure of marked pelvic relaxation. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1929, 9: 380-2.—Hutchison, F. R. Rupture of the bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1935, 29: 309—Kahle, P. J., & Beacham, H. T. Rupture of the urinary bladder, with analysis of 22 cases. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 385-8.—Kennard, K. S. Rupture of the female urinary bladder. Med. leg. J., N.Y., 1923, 40: 71-7.—Rummer, A. [Two rare cases of rupture of bladder] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: pt 1, 2520.—Lehmann, E. Zur Histologic der Harn- blasenrupturen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 20: 55-65.—McCoy, BLADDER 399 BLADDER S. C. Observations on urocystic rupture, with report of 1 case. Internat. J.S., 1925, 38: 347-53.—Malcolm, R. B. Rupture of the bladder. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1925, 15: 1151— Mark, E. G. Intra- venous urography in the diagnosis of rupture of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 100:42. Also repr.—Martin, H. W. Rup- tured bladder; a method of diagnosis. California West. AI., 1932, 36: 230-2.—Minder, J. Blasenruptur und Cystoskopie. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 332-42.—Negley, J. C. Rupture of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 18: 307-14.—Nicolaysen, N. A. [Rupture of the bladder] Aled. rev., Bergen, 1921, 38: 494-505. Also Zbl. Chir., 1922, 49: 607-10.—Pezcoller, A. Le alterazioni locali e generali provocate dal versamento di urina asettica nei peritoneo. Arch. ital. urol., 1933-34. 10: 132-56—Pilon, P. C. Rupture of the bladder. Surg. J., 1922, 29: 13. Also Journal- lancet, 1923, 43: 357-60.—Rossi, F. Due casi di rottura vescicale. Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1921, 9.ser., 9: 145-51.—San Miguel, J. Ruptura de vejiga. Sem. med., B. Air., 1936, 43: 51-5.—Scholl, A. J. Rupture of the urinary bladder associated with prostatic hypertrophy. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1935, 28: 217-30. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 106: 701-4.—Schwarz, E. Ueber eine seltene Form der Blasenruptur. Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22: 281-4.— Shaw, J. J. Case of rupture of the bladder with tear of the rectum. Edinburgh M.J., 1934, n.s., 41: suppl. Tr. med. chir. soc, 31.—Sokolov, A. [Rupture of the bladder] Vest, khir., 1927, 11: no.31, 171-6.—Stapf, A. Cystoskopie bei Harnblasen- ruptur. Arch. klin. Chir., 1930, 161: 573-81—Tarnowsky, G. de. Rupture of the bladder; a plea for its early diagnosis and treat- ment. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 95: 476-82.—Vara Lopez, R., & Inclan Bolado, J. L. Contribution al estudio de las roturas de vejiga. Arch, med., Madr., 1929, 31: 563-5—Vassallo, S. M. An unusual cause of rupture of the bladder. Brit. J. Urol., 1935, 7:156.—Vaughan, R. T., & Rudnick, D. F. A new and early sign of ruptured bladder. J. Am. AI. Ass., 1924, 83: 9-12.—Zachariae, P. [A case of rupture of bladder during micturition] Hospi- talstidende, 1922, 65: 293-300. --- Rupture, extraperitoneal. Buchanov, A. Zur Kasuistik der extraperitonealen Harn- blasenrupturen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 497-501 — Lapeyre, Delord & Milhaud. Rupture extraperitoneale de la vessie. Montpellier med., 1919-20, 41: 346-9.—Stephens, V. R., & Vynalek, W. J. A new diagnostic aid in suspected extra- peritoneal bladder rupture. J. Am. AL Ass., 1929, 92: 1833 — Stirling, W. C. Extraperitoneal rupture of the bladder, with ex- tensive extra-vasation of urine; report of case. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1925, 29: 198.—Teplits, V. L. [On extraperitoneal rupture of the bladder] In Jubil. sborn. Grekova, 1921, 518-21. --- Rupture, intraperitoneal. Achmatowicz, L. [Case of rupture of the bladder into the peritoneum during pregnancy] Polska gaz. lek., 1932, 12: 429- 31—Butler, E., Sullivan, J. R., & Birnbaum, W. B. Radio- graphic evidence an indispensable aid in the diagnosis of intra- peritoneal rupture of the bladder. West. J. Surg., 1935, 43: 410-3.—Coplan, M. M. Intraperitoneal rupture of the bladder; with report of case. J. Florida M. Ass., 1926-27, 13: 182-5 — Doron, G. I. [Problem of intraperitoneal ruptures of the bladder] Odessk. med. J., 1929, 4: 303-11— Flynn, R. Intraperitoneal rupture of the bladder. Aled. J. Australia, 1936, 1: 854, pi.— Godoy Alvarez, M. Un caso de ruptura intraperitoneal de la vejiga. Gac. med. Mexico, 1914, 3.ser., 9: 75-80.—Horak, J. [Cause of death in intraperitoneal rupture of the bladder] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1929, 9: 747-59.—Hupp, F. LeM. Intraperi- toneal rupture of the urinary bladder. South. M.J., 1925, 18: 209-13.—Kohlmann, W. Intra-peritoneal rupture of the bladder during puerperium. N. Orleans Al.&S.J., 1919-20, 72: 47-53 — Lambert, G. Un cas de rupture intraperitoneale de la vessie. Liege med., 1930, 23: 829-34.—Odes, L. A. [Intraperitoneal rupture of urinary bladder] Vest, khir., 1926, 5: no.15, 110-6 — Thomas, T. T. Intraperitoneal rupture of the bladder. Ann. Surg., 1922, 76: 64-9. --- Rupture, spontaneous. Heimann, S. A. *Spontane Harnblasenruptur nach Querschnittslaesion des Ruckenmarks. 21 p. 8? Bresl., 1925. Isbruch, H. F. *Beitrag zur Lehre von der spontanen Ruptur der Harnblase [Jena] 23p. 8? Lpz., 1911. Krauss, W. * Ueber spontane Blasenrupturen [Erlangen] 31 p. 8? Niirnb., 1913. Barnes, R. W., & Steele, A. A. Spontaneous intraperitoneal rupture of the normal urinary bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105:1758.—Bitschai, J. Spontanruptur der Blase. Zschr. Urol., 1927, 21: 461-4.—Borissov, M. V. [Cases of spontaneous rupture of the bladder] Soviet, khir. 1934, 7: 147—Chang-ken Chi. Spontaneous rupture of the urinary bladder. Chin. M.J., 1932, 46: 69-75.—Cintra Gordinho, O. Sobre um caso de ruptura expontanea da bexiga, simulando uma crise de apendicite aguda. Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1926, 24: 1.—Bittrich, R. Ueber spontane ' Harnblasenrapturen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48: 974 — Dixon, C. F., & Strohl, E. L. Spontaneous rupture of urinary bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1936, 33: 110-3.—Boron, G. J. [Case of spontaneous intraabdominal rupture of the bladder] Soviet. khir., 1932, 2: 247.—Eick. Ueber wiederholte spontane Blasen- ruptur. Zbl. Chir., 1924, 51:2446.—Geisinger, J. F. Spontane- ous intraperitoneal rupture of the bladder. Ann. Surg., 1923, 77: 206-9.—Hansen, S. [Spontaneous rupture of the bladder Hospitalstidende 1921, 66: [Dansk kir. selsk. forh.] 44-8.—Jilow, N. V. Ein Fall von spontaner Harnblasenruptur. Zbl. Chir., 1928, 55: 780.—Jones, A. T. Spontaneous intraperitoneal rup- ture of the urinary bladder. N. England J.AI., 1934, 210: 1262-4.—Lazarus, J. A., & Rosenthal, A. A. Spontaneous rup- ture of the bladder associated with stricture of the urethra. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 36: 34-42—Moor, P. de. Deux cas de rupture spontanee de la vessie. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1928, 31: 576-80.— Morton, W. Spontaneous rupture of the urinary bladder, with the report of a case. Brit. M.J., 1936, 1: 14—Nicolaysen, N. A. Ein Fall von spontaner Harnblasenruptur, geheilt ohne Opera- tion. Acta'chir. scand., 1921-22, 54: 507-13.—Rousset, J. Un cas de perforation dite spontanee de la vessie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1934, 79-83. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1934, 37: 275-8— Schickele. La rupture spontanee de la vessie pendant la grossesse. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1923, 12: 40-3. Also Gynecologie, 1923, 22: 356.—Saphir, 0., & Shapiro, I. J. Fatty infiltration of the uri- nary bladder with spontaneous rupture. Am. J. Surg., 1935, 29: 263-7.—Simeonow, S. Ein Fall von spontaner Harnblasen- ruptur. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 356—Simmons, H. T. Spontane- ous rupture of the bladder. Proc. R. Soc. AL, Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect, urol., 67—Sisk, I. R., & Wear, J. B. Spontaneous rup- ture of the urinary bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 21: 517-22.— Soifer, S. Spontaneous rupture of the urinary bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 183-5.—Stone, E. Spontaneous rupture of the urinary bladder. Arch. Surg., 1931, 23: 129-44. Also repr.—Wahlig, F. Intraperitoneale Harnblasenruptur bei einer Geisteskranken. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 713.—Wendi- chansky, E., & Bentolila, J. Ruptura espontanea y fragilidad de vejiga. Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1935, 42: pt2, 795. ---- Rupture, traumatic. Castagnol, J. R. *Des ruptures trauma- tiques accidentelles de la vessie. 60p. 8? Par., 1916. Boland, F. K. Traumatic rupture of the bladder through the rectum. J.AI. Ass. Georgia, 1920-21, 10: 181—Bolt, R. A. Rupture of urinary bladder following forceps delivery. J. Am. M. Ass., 1908, 50: 452.—Canonne, M. Eclatement de la vessie sans fracture du bassin et dechirure de la veine iliaque externe gauche au cours d'une contusion de l'abdomen. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1933, 25: 4-8.—Chattaway, D. A case of intraperi- toneal rupture of the bladder due to retroversion of the gravid uterus. Lancet, Lond., 1921, 2: 754.—Chevassu, M. Rupture de la vessie par fracture du pubis. Bull. Soc. chir., Par., 1921, 47: 902.—Chidester, W. C„ & Prindle, K. H. Traumatic rupture of the urinary bladder with complicating fractures. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1930, 10: 995-1000.—Cordovil, A. Rupturas trau- maticas de bexiga em repleciio. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1934, 42: 337-49.—Davanzo, I. Rottura traumatica della vescica. Mi- nerva med., Tor., 1935, 26: 031-7.—Duvall, H. M. Case of rup- ture of the bladder during labour with fatal peritonitis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1926, n.s., 122: 344.—Fay, 0. J. Traumatic rupture of the urinary bladder. Interstate M.J., 1919, 26: 46-55.—Frizzera, A. Rottura intraperitoneale della vescica urinaria da contusione delle pareti addominali. Boll. med. trent., 1933, 48: 79-85.—Goullioud. Rupture traumatique intra- peritoneale de la vessie suivie de guerison. Lyon med., 1917, 126:177-81.—Harsha, W. M. A case of rupture of the bladder, as example of abdominal injuries. Surg. J., 1921-22, 28: 7-11.— Henderson, J. P. Intraperitoneal rupture of the urinary bladder associated with fracture of the pelvis. Tr. West. Surg. Ass., 1932, 42: 425-36. Also West. J. Surg., 1933, 41: 153-8—Hoffman, C. G. Traumatic rupture of urinary bladder; report of 2 cases. South. M.J., 1925,18: 680-4.—Filipescu, 0. [Traumatic rupture of bladder] Cluj. med., 1927, 8: 1-2, 33-8—Gartung, G. [Case Of traumatic rupture of the bladder] Vrach. dielo, 1928, 11: 900.—Jeck, H. S. Traumatic rupture of the bladder, with un- usual features. Internat. J.S., 1919, 32: 56.—Laguna, S. Ein Fall von intraperitonealer traumatischer Ruptur der Harnblase. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1933, 22:14-20—Larin, G. P. [Rup- tures of the bladder in fractures of the pelvis] Soviet, khir., 1932, 2: 239.—Mathieu, P. Rupture de la vessie par fracture du pubis. Bull. Soc. chir., Par., 1921, 47: 870-2.—Melchior, E. Tamponade eines extraperitonealen Blasenrisses durch das die Ruptur verur- sachende Beckenfragment. Zschr. Urol., 1917, 11: 281-4.— Migniac, G. Deux observations de dechirure de la vessie par fracture du bassin; cystostomie, laparotomie exploratrice, une guerison, une mort. Bull. Soc. chir., Par., 1922, 48: 1166-74. Also Rev. chir., Par., 1922, 60: 633-78—Neugebauer, F. Rup- tura vesicae traumatica incompleta subserosa. Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59:1801.—Nikotin, M. P. [Two cases of traumatic rupture of the bladder] Urologiya, 1932, 10: 39-41.—Peak, J. H. Traumatic rupture of urocyst; with report of case. Kentucky M.J., 1926, 24: 190-2.—Plisson, L. Contribution a l'etude des ruptures traumatiques fermees associees de l'uretre posterieur et de la vessie. Lyon chir., 1922, 19: 535-43.—Putzu, F. Sulle rotture traumatiche della vescica. Ann. ital. chir., 1924, 3: 672-8 — Quinby, W. C. Rupture of bladder. Boston Al.&S.J., 1920, 182: 526.—Rejsek, J. Un cas rare de rupture de la vessie au cours de cystoradiographie. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1925, 20: 382-7.— Ritch, C. O. Rupture of the urinary bladder from self-catheteri- zation J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 30: 631-3—Roxas, B., & Rustia, G. Rupture of the urinary bladder during puerperium; report of a case. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1924, 4:6-8—Santy. Rup- BLADDER 400 BLADDER ture de la vessie dans les fractures du bassin. Lyon chir., 1923, 20: 263; 280.—Scollo, G. Di un raro meccanismo di rottura da scoppio della porzione extra peritoneale della vescica, con con- temporanea rottura sottocutanea del muscolo retto di sinistra. Policlinico, 1935, 42: sez. prat., 221-4.—Sinreich, W. Zur Klinik und Therapie der traumatischen, subkutanen Harnblasenrup- turen. Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63:1098-108—Spelta, G. Estesarottura traumatica della vescica; intervento tardivo; guarigione. Riv. chir.. Como, 1924, 3: 1-9.—Stirling, W. C, & Belt, N. Trau- matic rupture of the bladder, with perivesical extravasation; report of 7 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 2006-9. Also repr — Tongeren, F. C. van. Traumatische Blasenruptur im Puer- perium. Zbl. Gyn., 1932, 56: 1109—Whiteford, C. H. Bladder; intraperitoneal rupture. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1925, n.s., 119: 25. ---- Rupture—in animals, Ueberreiter, O. Ruptur der Harnblase beim Hund: Heilung durch Blasennaht. Wien. tierarztl. Mschr., 1926, 13: 241-3. ----- Fiinf weitere operierte traumatische Harnblasenrup- turen beim Hund. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1927-28, 57:343-55. ---- Sarcoma. See also Bladder, Cancer; Bladder, Tumors, malignant. Ried, K. *Ein Fall von Chondromyxosarkom der Harnblase. 23p. 8? Erlangen, 1913. Aimes, A. Les sarcomes primitifs de la vessie. Rev. inter- nat. m6d., 1920, 31: 41-5.—Bottari, T. Contributo alio studio del sarcoma della vescica. Policlinico, 1925, 32: sez. chir., 601-16.—Bryan, R. C. Sarcoma of the bladder; report of a case. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1928, 21: 211-41. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 21: 695-710— Ca,ulk, J. R. Sarcoma of the bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1926, 19: 217-29. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1926,16: 211-23.—Cecil, H. L Sarcoma of the bladder; re- port of a case upon whom a total cvstectomy was done. Ibid., 471-95. Also Dallas M.J., 1927, 13: 35-48— Cirillo, G. A propos d'un sareome primitif de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1924, 18: 401-4. Also Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1924, 5: 511-7.—Czay- kowski, Z. An dem Stiel hiingendes Harnblasen-Sarkom. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1933, 37: 221-4.—Diaz Muiioz, I. Sarcoma de celulas polimorfas de la vejiga. Bol. Soc cir. Chile, 1934, 12: 118-20, pi.—Dupont, R., & Misrachi, V. Reticulo-lympho- sarcome de la vessie. Presse med., 1931, 39: 937.—Eljasz, A. Ueber einen Fall vom Kaposi-Sarkom mit hauthornartiger Bildung und Blasentumor. Arch. Derm. Syph., Bed., 1931, 164: 650-5.—Foulds, G. S. Sarcoma of the bladder; report of a case. S. Michael Hosp. M. Bull., Toronto, 1928, 3: 61-3 — Garofalo, F. Contributo alio studio del sarcoma della vescica. Arch. ital. urol., 1928, 4: 4C6-73.—Gazzolo, J. J. Sarcoma fuso- celular de vejiga operado por diatermo-coagulatibn bipolar a cielo abierto. Rev. med. lat. amer., B. Air., 1931-32,17:1713-7 — Harvey, D. F., & Tennant, R. Primary neurogenic sarcoma of the bladder in an infant 1 month of age. Am. J. Path., 1934,10: 125-8, 3pl—Jamieson, W. R. Sarcoma of the bladder. Med. J. & Rec, 1925, 122: 734.—Kingma Boltjes, M. P. [Sarcoma of the bladder] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1922, 66: pt2,1332.—Kitagawa, K. Sarcoma of the bladder. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1935, 23: 67 — Lazarus, J. A., & Rosenthal, A. A. Myxosarcoma of the bladder; case report of a child 2 years of age. J. Urol, Bait., 1932, 27: 695-712.—Lesne, Clement, R., & Jacquet, E. Uretero-pyeion6- phrite consecutive a un sareome du bas-fond vesical, chez un enfant de 1 an. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1926, 24: 276-80 — McCarthy, J. F., Stepita, C. T., & Halperin, S. J. Sarcoma of the bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1929, n.s., 7: 229-33. Also repr — McKenna, C. M. Sarcoma of the urinary bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1920, 24: 277.—MacKenzie, B. W. Small round-cell sar- coma of the bladder, with review of the literature. Brit. J. Urol., 1929,1: 359-72. -----& Hawthorne, A. B. Small round- cell sarcoma of the bladder, with review of the literature. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1929, 22: 313-27.—McWhorter, G. L. Sarcoma of the bladder. Surg. Clin. Chicago, 1920, 4: 171-7 — Marogna, P. Sul linfosarcoma primitivo della vescica e sulla presenza di elementi linfoidi in essa. Arch. ital. urol., 1927, 4: 3-26.—Mintz, E. R. Sarcoma of the bladder in children, with report of a case. N. England J.M., 1931, 205: 756-9.—Smith, E. C. Primary sarcoma of bladder. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1925, 15: 628-30.—Smith, L. B. Sarcoma of the bladder; report of case. Illinois M.J., 1930, 58: 105-9—Stein, A. H. A case of primary sarcoma of the bladder. Albany M. Ann., 1920, 41: 19-21.— Stepita, C. T. Sarcoma of the bladder; 2 cases. Am. J. Surg., 1928, n.s., 5: 406. ---- Schistosomiasis. See also Schistosomiasis. Culver, H., & Hoeppner, W. F. Vesical bilharziasis. J. Urol., Bait., 1932, 27: 189-200—Bavid, C. A propos d'un cas de bilharziose vesicale. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1928, 96-8.—Bean, A. L. A case of bilharziasis of the bladder. Internat. J.S., 1926, 39:109-11.—Grandjean. La bilharziose vesicale. Moncle med., 1921, 30: 261-9—Gruber, G. B. Ueber Harnblasen-Bilharziosis. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1923, 13: 99-102—Hue, E. Un cas de bilhar- ziose vesicale. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1923. 2: 23.5-7. Also J. urol. m6d., Par., 1924, 17: 62-4—Le Gac, P., Espian, M., & Rarivoson, A. A propos d'un cas de bilharziose vesicale autochtone. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1936, 29: 431—Mattei, A. Su alcuni casi di schistosomiasi vescicale. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1931, 37: pt2, 395-407.—Minet, H. Two cases of vesical bilharziosis. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1919, 23: 102-4—Panayotaton, A. Two cases of vesical bilharziasis. Ibid., 1927, 31: 442—Policaro, R. D. Sopra un caso di bilharziosi vescicale. Riforma med., 1933, 49: 439- 42.—Schwarzwald, R. T. Ein Fall von Bilharzia-Erkmnkung der Blase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1924, 16: 117-20—Stuhmer, A. Bilharziaerkrankung der Blase. Derm. Zschr., 1925, 43: 132-9, 2pl— Williamson, T. V., & Townsend, E. M. Vesical bilhar- ziasis (Schistosoma hematobium) J. Urol., Bait., 1924, 12: 175-9. ---- Schistosomiasis: Complications and pa- thology. Boulay, A., & Leger, M. Evaluation de la quantite de sang rendue par Purine dans un cas de bilharziose vesicale. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1923, 16: 63-6—Cerqua, S. Papilloma bilharzioso della vescica. Rinasc. med., 1930, 7: 417-9, pi. —--- Papillomi e polipi della vescica e del retto da bilharzia. Ann. ital. chir., 1933, 12: 649-74.—Ciani, M. Sopra un caso di blenorragia in soggetto afletto da bilharziosi vescicale. Dermosi- filografo, 1932, 7: 551-9.—Coleman, R. B. Vesical bilharzia; double infection. Brit. M.J., 1928, 1: 177.—Biamantis, A. La caracteristique essentielle de la calcification bilharzienne vesicale. J. urol. med., Par., 1932, 34: 264-77. ----- Calcification bil- harzienne vesicale et lithogenie des calculs urinaires. Ibid., 1933, 36: 551-5. ----- Le cancer bilharzien vesical; a propos de 11 cas personnels dont 2 cas de cancer bilharzien vesical non infecte. J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1934, 17: 563-83. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 40: 408-32.—Ebstein, E. Die Harnblase bei der Bil- harziakrankheit und ihre Beziehungen zur Urolithiasis. Zschr. Urol., 1920, 14: 1-3.—Erspamer, V. Ricerche ematologiche sulla schistosomiasi vescicale. Haematologica (Arch.) Pavia, 1934, 15: 633-44.—Fairley, N. H. Vesical schistosomiasis complicated by carcinoma. Brit. M.J., 1931, 2: 983-5.—Kalalova-Bi Lottiova, V. [Cystitis papillomatosa due to bilharziasis] Cas. lek. 6esk., 1933, 72: 1425-9.—Khouri, J. Deux cas de bilharziose vesicale avec presence simultanee dans les urines d'eeufs a eperon polaire et a eperon lateral. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1928, 21: 771.— Neveu, R. Notes sur quelques cas de bilharziose vesicale et sur un cas de bilharziose intestinale observes pendant la guerre. Rev. med. hyg. trop., 1920, 12: 35.—Pfister, E. Ueber den endemiscben Blasenkrebs bei Bilharziasis. Zschr. Urol., 1921, 15: 51-7.—Pomaret & Andreani-Constantini. Sur un cas de bil- harziose vesicale mixte. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1921, 14: 567.—Pugh, W. S. Schistosoma hematobium infection and its relation to persistent urinary sinus. Boston M.&S.J., 1924, 191: 873-5. Also N. York State J.M., 1925, 25: 643-5—Scartozzi, C, & Parvis, F. Contributo alio studio della formula leucoci- taria nella bilharziosi vescicale egiziana. Gior. batt. immun., 1935, 15: 571-82. ---- Schistosomiasis: Diagnos's. Bettencourt, A., & Borges, I. Reaction de fixation dans la bilharziose vfisicale avec antigene de Fasciola hepatica. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 1053.—Cristol, V. La cystoscopie dans la bilharziose vesicale. J. urol. med., Par., 1921, 12: 319, pi — Knipfer, A. Contributo alia diagnosi radiologica della bilhar- ziosi vescico-ureterale. Radiol, med., Milano, 1927,14:1071-6 — Le Gac, P. Procede pratique d'enrichissement des urines en ceufs de Schistosomum haematobium, chez les sujets atf.eints de bilharziose vesicale. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1936, 29: 434.— Llanos, M. A. Un caso de bilarziosis vesical observada en el Rosario diagnosticada cistoscopicamente y comprobada por el examen microscopico. Rev. med. Rosario, 1920-21, 10: 135-8 — Makar, N. Cystoscopic appearances of bilharziosis of the blad- der. Brit. J. Urol., 1932, 4: 209, 5pl.—Shaw, C. G. Cystoscopic appearances in bilharziosis. Aled. J. Australia, 1921, 1: 85 — Smyrniotis, P. C. L'hydroeystogramme, moyen unique et sur de radiodiagnostic de la bilharziose calcifiee. C. rend. Congr. internat. m6d. trop., 1932, 4: 827-57.—Vendeuvre & Farjot. La bilharziose vesicale; etude clinique et parasitologique. Echo med. nord, 1932, 36: 74-82.—Vescia, F. Dimonstrazione radio- logica funzionale, diretta del ristagno urinario nella bilharziosi vescicale calcificata. Gazz. internat. med. chir., 1930, 38: 543. ---- Schistosomiasis: Epidemiology. Badr el Din, Y. *Bilharziose et calcul uri- naire en Egypte. 75p 8? Par., 1927. Baltazard, M. *Contribution a l'etude de la bilharziose vesicale (Schistosoma haematobium) au Maroc [Paris] 82p. 8? Casablanca, 1933. Neveu-Lemaire, E., nee Yamulki. *La bilharziose vesicale en Irak. 48p. 8? Par., 1928. Barneoud, J. La bilharziose vesicale au Maroc. Marseille med., 1930, 67: 453-81. Also Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1931, 9: 476-80.—Bettencourt, A., Borges, I., & Seabra, A. de. La bil- harziose vesicale en tant que maladie autochtone au Portugal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 785—Bettencourt, A., & Figueira.I. Un nouveau foyer de bilharziose vesicale dans l'Algarve (Al- portel) Ibid., 1923, 88:319—Boulouneix. Dix cas de bilharziose vesicale observes au centre urologique de la xiv° region. Lyon m6d., 1918, 127: 151-62.—Carrosse, J. La bilharziose vesicale dans le Sud marocain (Schistosoma haematobium) Ann. para- BLADDER 401 BLADDER sit., Par., 1930, 8:161-4. Also Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1930, 8:90-108,3pl. ----- A propos de l'observation de Dimitracof; foyers europeens de bilharziose vesicale. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1930, 23: 731-6. ----- & Barneoud. Enqu6te sur la bilharziose vesicale a Marrakech (Schistosoma haematobium) Arch. Inst. Pasteur Alg6rie, 1929, 7: 51-78, 7pl.—Dargein. A propos de cas de bilharziose vesicale chez des Senegalais. Mar- seille m6d., 1926, 63: 713-6.—Bimitracov, C. Un cas de bilhar- ziose v6sicale europeenne. Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1924, 3.ser., 48:1771-4.—Felix, A. Observations on vesical bilharziasis in Palestine. Am. J. Trop. M., 1925, 5: 41-61—Giordano, M. Lo stato attuale della schistosomiasi in Libia, con speciale riguardo alla schistosomiasi vescicale nei Fezzan. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1935, 16: 510-5.—Heitz-Boyer. Un cas de bilhar- ziose vesicale d'origine europ6enne. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1935, 65-7. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 39: 266-8—Hesnard, Ferron & Lepage. Sur un cas de bilharziose vesicale chez un S6negalais. Bull. Soc. m6d. chir. Bordeaux (1922) 1923, 160-2. Also Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1922, 43: 260. Also J. m6d. Bordeaux, 1922, 52: 216.—Humphreys, R. M. Vesical schistosomiasis in the Gezira irrigated area of the Sudan. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1932, 26: 241-52.—Lutrot, M. Note sur 2 foyers malgaches de bilharziose v6sicale a Schistosomum haematobium. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 243-5.—Maes, E. Schistosoma haema- tobium au Soudan francais; enquete sur la bilharziose vesicale dans le cercle de ITssa-Ber (Boucle du Niger) Ann. parasit., Par., 1924,2:82-5.—Mersch. Un cas de bilharziose vesicale chez Peuropeen au Katanga.# Ann. Soc. beige m6d. trop., 1925-26, 5: 197-9.—Neveu-Lemaire, E. Repartition de la bilharziose vesicale en Irak. Ann. parasit., Par., 1929, 7: 1-9, map — Sanchez Covisa, J. Un caso de bilharziosis vesical observado en Madrid. Med. ibera, 1922, 16: 255.—Sarnelli, T. La bilharziosi vescicale nello Yemen e nelle nostre Colonic Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1935.16:410-24.—Veneroni, C. La bilharziosi vescicale in Somalia. Riforma med., 1926, 42: 9.—Vialatte, C. La bil- harziose vesicale au Maroc; le foyer d'Erfoud. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1932, 10: 157.—Zavattari, E. Presenza della schistosomiasi vescicale nei Fezzan. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1932, 46: 55-67. ----- Sulla grande frequenza della schistosomiasi vescicale nei Fezzan. Riforma med., 1934, 50: 386. ---- Schistosomiases: Prevention. Arazi, E. C. Contribution a l'etude de la prophylaxie de la bilharziose vesicale. 19p. 8? Geneve, 1928. Cluver, E. H. Prevention of urinary bilharziasis in the Union. S. Afr. M.J., 1934, 8: 325. ---- Schistosomiasis: Transmission. Brumpt, E. L'homme est-il le seul semeur de germes dans le cas de la bilharziose vesicale? Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1928, 3.ser., 100: 813-8. -----& Werblunsky, S. Infection experi- mentale d'un mollusque de Corse (Bullinus contortus) par le Schistosoma haematobium, agent de la bilharziose vesicale. Ibid., 99: 153-5.—Gauthier, H. EnquSte sur la repartition en Algerie des mollusques susceptibles de vehiculer la bilharziose vesicale. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1934, 12: 305-50, 3pL— Lodato, G. Bilharziosi vescicale e reperto di Bullinus, Melania e Limnaea in alcune locality del Fezzan (Tripolitania) Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1932, 13: 235-40—NicoUe, C, & Gobert, E. Sur la presence de mollusques de l'espece Bullinus brocchii dans l'oasis de Gafsa, foyer de bilharziose vesicale. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Afrique Nord, 1921,1: 231. ---- Schistosomiasis: Treatment. Steinberg, N. *Contribution a l'etude de la bilharziose: son etiologie; son traitement speci- fique par l'ahtimoine (quatre observations per- sonnelles de bilharziose vesicale) 16p. 8? Geneve, 1927. Barneoud, J. Le traitement de la bilharziose vesicale par le Dn 7 et le Dn 18. Bruxelles med., 1934-35,15:166-70—Bernard, I. M. J. Le traitement de la bilharziose vesicale. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1928, 88: 939-45. Also Arch. mal. reins, 1928-29, 3: 496-529.—Bonnet. Un cas de bilharziose v6sicale traitee par les injections intraveineuses d'6m6tine. J. urol. med., Par., 1921, 12: 15-8.—Brunelli, P. Emetina e tartaro stibiato nella cura della bilharziosi vescicale. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1934, 15: 180-5.—Bureau, G. Un cas de bilharziose vesicale traite par injections intraveineuses d'emetique. Bull. Soc. m6d. mil. fr., 1922,16: 35—Christopherson, J. B., & Ward, R. O. Bilharzia disease in England: the cystoscopic appearance of the bilharzia bladder before and after intravenous injections of sodium antimony tartrate. Brit. J. Surg., 1934, 21: 632-6.—Collignon & Monziols. Un cas de bilharziose vesicale traite par des injections sous-cutanees de chlorhydrate d'emetine. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1919, 3.ser., 43: 796.—Esmenard, J. Du traitement de la bilharziose vesicale. Marseille med., 1926, 63: 1448-57.—Mattei, C. Un cas de bilharziose vesicale traite par le chlorhydrate d'emetine. Ibid., 1203-5.—Medulla, C. La fuadina nella cura della bilharziosi vescicale. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1935, 16: 658-63.—Peltier, M., & Raynal, J. Le chlorhydrate d'emetine en injections sous-cutanees dans le traitement des bilharzioses vesicales et intestinales. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1929, 22: 21767—VOL. 2, 4th series----26 168-75.—Petillo, D. The treatment of bilharziasis of the bladder; report of a case with permanent cure. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1921, 32: 287-90, pi—Pigri, J., & Sardon. A propos d'un cas de bil- harziose v6sicale traite par le 110 L(antimoniothiomalate de lithium) Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1936, 29: 508-13.—Pomme & Abdel-Kader Sabagh. Un cas de bilharziose vesicale a Damas traite par l'antimoine en injections intraveineuses. Ibid., 1922, 15: 695-8. Also Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1923, 78: 290-3.—Richet, P. Auto-observation d'un cas de bilharziose vesicale et de son traitement par differents composes stibies. Ann. med. pharm. col., Par., 1936, 34: 372-83.—Viannay, C. Un cas de bilharziose vesicale trait6e par l'etincelage. Loire m6d., 1933,47: 198-206. ---- Schistosomiasis—in animals. Ichikawa, K. Ueber die endemische Hamaturie bei Rindern mit Blasentumor in der Shinchiku-Gegend auf der Insel For- mosa, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des bei diesen Fallen entdeckten Schistosomum. Jap. J. Zool., 1924, 1: no.2, Abstr. 166.—Piot-Bey. Perforation ulcereuse de la vessie attribuee a la bilharziose chez un veau. Rec. med. vet., 1918, 94: 631. —■■— Schistosomiasis—in children. Lereboullet & Nadal. Un cas de bilharziose vesicale et intestinale chez un .enfant avec association d'autres parasites intestinaux. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1921, 19: 290-3.—Viglietta, C. Ricerche sulla diffusione della schistosomiasi vescicale fra j bambini indigeni di Derna; misure profilattiche adottabili. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1934, 15: 760-6. Also Pediatria (Riv.) 1935, 6: 54-66. ---- Spasm. Barinbaum, M. Ist der nachtliche, im festen Schlaf auftre- tende Harndrang ein sicheres Merkmal fiir einen nur organisch bedingten Tenesmus? Zschr. Urol., 1931, 25: 721—Eymer, H. Zum Blasentenesmus und seiner Behandlung. Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 498-501.—Grundmann, H. Akute Harnverhaltung bei latenter Tetanie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 1928.—Keyes, E. L. Bladder spasm and the bladder splint. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1926, 19: 145-51. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1926, 16: 225-8.—Peyser, F. Beitrag zur Aetiologie des Blasentenes- mus. Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 1545.—Rohmer, P., & Gery, L. Te- tanie de la vessie. Rev. fr. pediat., 1927, 3: 532-8.—Samaan, K. The pharmacological basis of drug treatment of spasm of the ureter or bladder and of ureteral stone. Brit. J. Urol., 1933, 5: 213-24.—Schwarz, O., & Wagner, R. Ueber Tetanie der Blase und ihre Behandlung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1920, 33: 604.— Vogl, A. Colica mucosa vesicae. Wien. med. Wschr., 1935, 85: 582. ---- Sphincter. See also Bladder, Neck. Amreich, I. Die Harninkontinenz beim Weibe; Anatomie, Entwicklungsgeschichte und Physiologie des Verschlussappa- rates der Harnblase. Chirurg, Berl., 1932, 4: 185-93.—Brenner, A. Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Funktion des Blasenschliess- muskels. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 27: 241-7—Heiss, R. Ueber den Sphincter vesicae internus. Arch. Anat., Lpz., 1915, 367-84, pi. ----- Die mechanischen Faktoren des Ver- schlusses und der Erbfinung der Harnblase. Schr. Konigs- berg. gelehrt. Ges., 1928, 5:133-44, 8pl— Kehrer, E. Der musku- lbse Verschluss der Harnblase und Harnrbhre. Zbl. Gyn., 1918, 42: 561.—Kraft, F. Der Blasenverschluss und seine Pathologie im Rontgenbilde. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1923,30. Kongr. H., 72-4.—Liidinghausen, H. J. H. von. Die anatomischen Grund- lagen des Verschlussmechanismus der weiblichen Harnblase. Zschr. ges. Anat., l.Abt., 1932, 97: 757-66—Portwich. Zur Lehre von der Funktion des Blasenschliessmuskels. Zschr, urol. Chir., 1929, 28: 294.—Simons, I. Studies in bladder func- tion; the sphincterometer. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 96-102.— Stater, W. J. The action of benzyl benzoate and morphine oh the vesical sphincter. Ibid., 1922, 8: 239-45.—Uteau, R. Quel- ques recherches sur la physiopathologie du sphincter urinaire. Paris med., 1919, 31: 416-8. ---- Sphincter: Hypertrophy and sclerosis. Chwalla, R. Die Starre des inneren Blasenschliessmuskels; Bericht fiber 30 operierte Falle und fiber die Dauerresultate der transvesikalen Keilexcision aus dem Sphincter vesicae internlis. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1929, 147:579-619. ----- Zum Problem "der Sphinkterstarre, ihrer Aetiologie und ihrer operativen Behe- bung. Zschr. Urol., 1934, 28: 185-94. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1934, 39:194-204.—Friedrich, H. Sphinktersklerose bei der Frau. Zschr. Urol., 1935,29: 601-4. ----- Ueber seltene Formen von Miktionsstbrungen bei der Frau (Sphinktersklerose, Harn- rbhrenstenose) Zbl. Gyn., 1936, 60: 212-7.—Gloor, H. U. Zur Symptomatologie der essentiellen Sphinkterhypertonie der Harnblase. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1930, 60: 528-31—Janke, H. Erfahrungen mit der operativen Behandlung der Sphinkter- hypertrophie. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol., 8. Kongr. (1928) 1929, 164-9.—May, F. Ein Fall von Sphinctersklerose bei der Frau. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1936, 42: 308-11—Rihmer, B. [Surgical treat- ment in retention of urine, due to contraction of the sphincter] Orv. hetil., 1928, 72: 1437-40. ----- Ueber die durch Starre des inneren Blasenschliessmuskels bedingten Harnretentionen und die operative Behandlung derselben. Zschr. urol. Chir., BLADDER 402 BLADDER 1929, 27: 20-8.—Stutzin, J. J. Harnretention durch pseudo- nervbse SphinkterarTektion. Zschr. Urol., 1930, 24: 288-91 — Suter, F. Sphinkter-Hypertrophie als Ursache von chronischer Harnverhaltung. In Festschrift F. de Quervain, Basel, 1928, 403-9. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1928, 58: 719-21— Voelcker, F. Die Sklerose des Blasenschliessmuskels. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1925, 17: 103.—Zeiss. Ruckstauungsuberdehnung der Blase und oberen Harnwege infolge Sphinktersklerose. Zschr. Urol., 1936,30: 279. ---- Sphincter: Insufficiency. Bougal, B. Partial incontinence of urine following child- birth. Clin. J., Lond., 1931, 60: 217-22.—Bouglass, M. Loss of urinary control associated with relaxation of the vesical neck. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 61: 534-6.—Frigyesi, J. [Insufficiency of sphincter of female bladder and its treatment] Orvoskepzes, 1933, 23: 1-18, 4pl—111, E. J. Atrophic sphincter of the bladder in an old woman; Kelly operation; cure. Surg. Clin. N. America 1926, 6: 1611-4.—Mayer, A. Ueber die Behandlung von Insuffi- zienz des Blasenschliessmuskels mit Injektion von flussigem Menschenfett. Zbl. Gyn., 1918, 42: 473-8.—Stoeckel, W. Die operative Therapie bei Insuffizienz des Blasenschliessmuskels mit Demonstrationen. Ibid., 1920, 44: 786. Also Verh. Deut. Ges. Gyn., 1920-21,16: pt2,136-9—Werner, P. Zur Behandlung der Insuffizienz des Blasenschliessmuskels mit Fettinjektionen nach A. Mayer. Zbl. Gyn., 1919, 43: 65-7. ---- Sphincter: Surgery. Blatt, P. Die Sphincterkeilexcision bei den Erkrankungen des Blasenhalses (Sphincterhypertonien und Sphinctersklero- sen) Zschr. urol. Chir., 1936, 42:31-47.—Bracht, E. Ueber den Ersatz des Blasenschliessmuskels. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1918, 48: 411-20. Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1919, 81: 230-2. ----- Ersatz des Blasensphincters. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1927, 132: 68 [Discussion] 83-6.—Bouglass, M. Reconstruction of the urethra and vesical sphincter by employing the levator ani muscles. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1931, 56: 22-33.—Furniss, H. B. Suprapubic sphincter tightening. Am. J. Obst., 1925, 9: 503-6.—Geraghty, J. T. Sphincterotomy per urethram, a simple and safe procedure for the cure of contracture of the vesical ori- fice. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1922, 15: 107-13. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1922, 7: 367-9—Gbbell, R. Ueber die Kunst, an der Blase einen neuen Schliessmuskel zu bilden. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 1891.—Jakowicki, W. [Plastic operations of the vesical sphincter] Polska gaz. lek., 1934, 13: 27.—Martius, H. Sphinc- ter-und Harnrbhrenplastik aus dem Musculus bulbocavernosus. Chirurg, Berl.. 1928-29, 1: 769-73. ---- Surgery. See also Bladder, Neck: Surgery. Mingazzini, E. Affezioni chirurgiche della vescica. p.643-96. 8? Roma, 1933. Manuale chir. (R. Alessandri) Roma, 1933, 3: Zuckerkandl, O. Die Chirurgie der mann- lichen Harnblase; angeborene Missbildungen der Blase; Verletzungen der Harnblase; Erkrankun- gen der Harnblase. p.657-765. 8? Stuttg., 1922. Handb. prakt. Chir. (E. Bergmann [et al.]) 5.AufL, Stuttg., 1922,4: Chute, A. L. Obstruction of the lower end of the ureter fol- lowing certain bladder operations. N. England J.M., 1933, 209; 219-22.—Janssen, P. Die Indikation endovesikaler Eingriffe. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1920, 67: 1431-3.—Judd, E. S. Surgery of the urinary bladder. Journal lancet, 1920, 40: 6-9.—Keydel, K. Indikationen zu chirurgischen Eingriffen bei Erkrankungen der Blase und deren Umgebung. Zbl. Chir., 1924, 51: 2377-83.— Knauer, G. Chirurgische Erkrankungen una Verletzungen der Harnrbhre und Blase. Jahrber. Chir., 1917, 21: 372- 80.—Lichtenberg, A. von, & Schwarz, O. A. Blasenopera- tionen. Erg. ges. Med., 1928, 11: 247-72—Morris, R. T. Blad- der surgery in relation to the fourth era of surgery. Am. J. Obst., 1923, 5:392 [Discussion] 431-4—Naegeli, T. Klinisches und Experimentelles zur Frage der Blasen- und Ureterchirurgie. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 443-5—Orth, O. Kasuistischer Beitrag aus der Blasenchirurgie. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 20: 422-8.—Raskai, B. [Indications and effect of intravesical opera- tions] Gyogyaszat, 1930, 70: 537.—Rumpel, O. Die Operatio- nen an der Harnblase. Chir. Operat. (Bier, Braun, Ktim- mel) 1933, 4: 267-306—Seidel. Wege und Ziele der Blasen- chirurgie. Zbl. Chir., 1924, 51: 2361-5.—Singleton, A. O. Ad- vances made in surgery of the urinary bladder. Texas J.M.. 1927-28,23: 195-8. ---- Surgery: Anesthesia in. Gerlach, H. *Experimenteller Beitrag zur Giftigkeit von Lokalanaesthetika bei der Blasen- und Harnrohrenbetaubung. 28p. 8? Konigsb.- Pr., 1933. Furness, H. B. A new method of vesical anesthesia. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1920, 98: 960. Also Am. J. Obst., 1920-21, 1: 398.— lundy, J. S. Regional anesthesia for operations in the urinary bladder. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1927, 2: 24-6. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 17: 525-56.—Nogues, P. Les conditions regulatrices de l'insensibilisation de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1920, 10: 249-57.—Pugh, W. S. Surgery of the bladder; local anesthesia technic. Current Res. Anesth., 1925, 4: 359-69. Also U.S Nav. M. Bull., 1925, 23: 354-61. 2pl. Also N. York State J.M., 1926, 26: 15-9.—Riaboff, P. J. Presentation of a flexible canula with metal covering for local (transurethral) anesthesia of the bladder and posterior urethra. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 97.— Vinyard, R. Spinal anesthesia in bladder surgery. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1931,28: 102. ---- Surgery: Cystectomy. See Bladder, Excision. ---- Surgery, cystoscopic. See also Cystoscope. Ryall, E. C. Operative cystoscopy. 47p. fol. Lond., 1925. Lewis, B. Some phases of operative cystoscopy. Internat. J.S., 1919,32:129-36. -----& Carroll, G. Operative cystoscopy and accessories for ureteral work. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1932, 36; 170-2.—McCarthy, J. F., & Stepita, C. T. Transvesical diagnostic and operative procedures through the pan endoscope. J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 23: 701-8. Also repr.—Teixeira, P. Cistoscopia operatoria. Rev. brasil. med. pharm., 1932, 8:111-8, pi. ---- Surgery: Cystostomy. See also Bladder, Drainage; Bladder, Fistula. Belanger, P. J. *Physiopathologie et indica- tions de la cystostomie sus-pubienne. 37p. 8? Par., 1929. Baranger. Note sur un procede facilitant la fermeture d'une cystostomie dans certains cas. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1930, 290-2 — Bartoli O. Indicazioni e tecnica della cistostomia. Rass. in- ternaz. clin. ter., 1936, 17: 261-4.—Beer, E. Postoperative suprapubic fistula; analysis of causes. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1933, 56: 959.—Belt, N. A simple method of suprapubic cystostomy. Am. J. Surg., 1932, 18: 540.—Bonneau, R. Cystostomie econo- mique sur Benique-elevateur avec ou sans remplissage de la vessie. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1935, 27: 276.—Chauvin, E., & Bebbasch, A. Les dangers de la cystostomie chez les retention- nistes distendus. Progr. med., Par., 1933, 345-9.—Chibret, A. Un procedC pratique et rapide de fistulisation sus-uubienne de la vessie. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1913, 26: 687-90.—Colom- bino, S. La cystostomie 6conomique sur B6niqu6. Arch. mal. reins, 1935-36, 9: 428-32—Escat. Une technique de la cystos- tomie sus-pubienne. Marseille med., 1920, 57: 83.—Gamissans, A. Metodo personal de cistostomia. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: 788.—Goldstein, A. E. Emergency suprapubic cystostomy. J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 29: 609-15.—Gorostiaga, R. Drenaje vesical hipogastrico definitivo sin sonda por autoplastia de la pared del abdomen. Rev. med. lat.amer., B. Air., 1931-32, 17: 7-17.— Hammond, T. E. A case of lateral uretero-cystostomy. Proc. R Soc. M., Lond., 1926-27, 20: sect, urol., 18.—Kindt, E. [Four cases of sequels of suprapubic cystostomy and their treatment] Ugeskr. laeger, 1935, 97: 6-8.—Laurent, G. La cystostomie, ses indications et sa valeur therapeutique. Liege med., 1929, 22: 1349-63.—Le Fur, R. Sur quelques points de technique opera- toire dans la cystostomie. Paris chir., 1925,17:151-64.—Marion, G. De l'appareillage des malades apres cystostomie. J. urol. med., Par., 1928, 26: 31-5. ----- Des douleurs apres la cystostomie. Ibid., 1932, 33: 160-3.—Millin, T. New drainage bag for permanent cystostomy. Brit. M.J., 1934, 2; 945 — Morton, W. C. A new method of making a permanent supra- pubic opening. Lancet, Lond., 1929, 2:170.—Musumeci Grasso, F. Nuovo apparecchio per la raccolta delle urine negli epi- cistostomizzati. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1930, 36: 1085-8— Richer. Avantages de la rachianesthesie dans la cystostomie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 78-80. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1929,27:245-7- Rolando, S. Sulla tecnica della cistostomia. Arch, ital urol., 1934-35, 11: 631-7. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 39: 546-9.- Romiti, C. Sul modo migliore per ottenere la contihenza nei- repicistostomia temporanea e definitiva. Ann. ital.-chir., 1923, 2: 519-34.—Rubritius, H. Die suprapubische Blasenfistel. Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 577-81—Sard, de. A propos del'appareil- lage des malades apres cystostomie. J. urol. med., Par., 1928, 26:441.—Segurola, M. Fistulizacion permanente de la vejiga con formation de un esfinter hipogastrico, en un prostatico. Rev. med. cubana, 1929, 40: 992-5— Serrallach, M. Nouveau bistouri pour faciliter la cystostomie sus-pubienne. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1933, 36: 360-2.—Spivack, J. L. A new method of cystostomy. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 800—Stirling, W. C. A device for permanent suprapubic drainage following cystostomy. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 33: 413.—Verliac. Ossification d'tfJl trajet de cystostomie. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1920, 9: 429-31.—Vermooten, V. The prevention of perivesical cellulitis and suppuration fol- lowing suprapubic cystostomy by the use of Kidd's perforator and introducer. N. England J.M., 1931, 205: 473-9. ---- Surgery: Cystotomy. See also lithotomy [3.ser.] Oliveira d'Arriga, G. *Estudo sobre a talha hypogastrica. 221p. 8? Lisb., 1890. BLADDER 403 BLADDER Ballenger, E. G. Device for collecting uiine from suprapubic incisions. J. Urol., Bait., 1926, 16: 539. -----& Elder, 0. F. Suprapubic cystotomy ring. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1921,100:156 — Begg, R. C, & Anson, G. F. V. Suprapubic cystotomy under local anaesthesia. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1929, 48: 799-802—Boss, W. Narbenbildungen in Blasenschnittwunden. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1924, 15: 114-21.—Boyd, M. L. Suprapubic cystotomy or cys- tostomy for drainage. Piedmont Hosp. Bull., 1926, 3: 94-8. Also South. M.J., 1927, 20: 718-21. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1925, 29: 521.—Buzzi, R. La talla hipogastrica en el tratamiento de los abscesos y tumores urinosos. Sem. med., B. Air., 1936, 43: 1164-9.—Bavis, B. M. A new method of closing suprapubic bladder incisions, with remarks on the prevention and treat- ment of infection in urinary wounds. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 41-51.—Estellita. Epicystotomia. Bol. Acad. nac. med., Rio, 1931, 103: 183-7.—Ghose, A. N. The indications for suprapubic cystotomy. Ind. M. Gaz., 1929, 64: 687— Gridnev, A. P. [In defense of the abdominal incision of the bladder] Vest, khir., 1929,16:126-9. Also Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 835. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932, 34: 346-52.—Hans, H. Fixierung der Kranken in Steinschnittlage. Zbl. Chir., 1928, 55: 327-9—Koehren, J. Valeur therapeutique de la cystotomie. Strasbourg m6d., 1927, 85: pt 1, 347-63.—Kothary, P. T. A case of suprapubic cystotomy complicated with typholumbricosis. Ind. M. Gaz., 1920, 55: 413—Leo, C. II processo trasversale nella cistolitotomia sopra- pubica. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1931, 39: 139-48.—Luys, G. Comment pratiquer la taille hypogastrique. Clinique, Par., 1922, 17: 119.—MacGowan, G. MacGowan and Parker's opera- tion for suprapubic cystotomy. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 26: 619- 28.—Maier, 0. Der inguinale Blasenschnitt. Zbl. Chir., 1923, 50: 1817-9.—Morton, H. H. A study of the abdomino-pelvic fas- ciae in relation to the operation of suprapubic cystotomy. Med. Times, N.Y., 1931, 59: 326; 334—Nash, J. B. [Cystotomy; restoration to correct bladder function] Med. J. Australia, 1919, 2: 27.—Papin, E. La taille transperitoneale. Paris chir., 1927, 19:1-20.—Pugh, W. S. Suprapubic cystotomy under local anes- thesia. Internat. J.S., 1925, 38: 48-53.—Razzaboni, G. La cisto- tomia soprapubica nella ritenzione acuta febbrile e nella infiltra- zione uiinosa. Arch. ital. urol., 1927, 4: 171-9.—Rebaudi, L, Un detalle de tecnica en la talla vesical hipogastrica. Dia med., B. Air., 1935, 7: 1274. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: pt2, 1252.—Rihmer, B. Bei einem Tabetiker durchgefiihrte Litho- tomia alta. sodann Prostatektomie. Verh. ungar. arztl. Ges., 1929, 1: 306.—Saitta, S. Sui vari metodi della cistotomia ed epicistostomia e sulla identificazione della vescica in particolare. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1933, 39: pt2, 415-33.—Schewket, F. Transperitoneale Sectio alta in zwei Sitzungen. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 77.—Ssolowov, P. Sectio alta transperitonealis. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 15-29.—Wright, F. R. Suprapubic cystotomy. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1926, 30: 129-32. ---- Surgery: Cystotomy: Complications. Blanc, H. Accidents following the change of a suprapubic tube after cystotomy. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 318-20 — Bourne, N. W. Bone formation in cystotomy scars. Ibid., 1935, 39: 692-5.—Boyd, M. L. Suprapubic cystotomy and blad- der paralysis. South. M.J., 1933, 26: 540-8.—Bucalossi, P. Contributo alia conoscenza delle complicanze locali dopo inter- venti sulla vescica per la via ipogastrica (osteo-condrite del pube a seguito di epicistotomia per tumore della vescica) Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1935, 16: 439-50.—Herbst, R. H., & Gatewood, L. C. Collapse of lung following suprapubic cystotomy. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1932, 12: 1215.—Keyes, E. L. Pelvic cellulitis following suprapubic cystotomy and its prevention by pre- vesical section. J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 23: 119-24.—Kokoris, B. Eine seltene Komplikation der Sectio alta: postoperative Magen-Darmblutung. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 1472-5—Mann, t. T. Incidence and prevention of perivesical suppuration following suprapubic cystotomy. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1932, 55: 663-5. ---- Surgery, electric. Bors, E. Eine Elektrokoagulationsschlinge fiir endovesikale Eingriffe. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 2849— JJlyes, G. Endovesical diathermic electrocoagulation in bladder surgery. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 249.—Kretschmer, H. L. Intravesical explosions as a complication of transurethral electroresection: report of 2 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 1144.—Pugh, W. S. Electro- surgery; its application in kidney and bladder diseases. Bol. As. m6d. Puerto Rico, 1933, 25: 103-12—Uebelhor, R. Schadi- gungen nach elektrochirurgischen Eingriffen an der Blase. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936, 49:1177-9. ---- Surgery: Extraperitonealization. Goidin, E. *Extraperitonisation primitive de la vessie (procede de Voelcker) et extraperitonisa- tion secondaire de la vessie (procede1 de Papin) 45p. 8? Par., 1933. Also Arch. mal. reins, 1932, 7: 129-71, 5pl. Boeminghaus, H. Die Extraperitonisierung der Harnblase (Voelcker) als Methode der Wahl bei Resektionen, Divertikeln und Totalexstirpationen (5 einschlagige Falle) Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1921, 165: 257-66— Cholzov, B. N. Die Bedeutung der Extraperitonisation der Harnblase bei einigen Operationen an dieser und am Beckenteil des Harnleiters. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1933,38:333-40. Also Soviet, khir., 1933, 4: 332-8. —Hryntschak, ?n™ rn ?$m$d.?r. Extraperitonisierung der Blase. Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59: 149—Kaikini, V. M. Voelcker's method of extraperi- tonealization of the urinary bladder: its usefulness in operations for pathological conditions of the bladder and the ureters. Ind. M. Gaz 1934, 69: 185-8.—Mortensen, H. The Voelcker tech- nique of extraperitonealization of the bladder in partial cystec- tomy. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg., 1933, 3: 71-3— Neff, J. H. Exposure of the bladder prior to cystostomy or suprapubic prostatectomy. South. M.J., 1928, 21: 707-11. Also Am. J. Surg. 1931, n.s., 13: 40-6—Sugar, H. The technique of the Voelcker extraperitonealization of the urinary bladder. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1930, 50: 69-73. ---- Surgery: History. See also Lithotomy [3.ser.] Duge de Bernonville, J. M. V. *Histoire de la maladie de la pierre et de la taille vdsicale depu's Hippocrate jusqu'a la decouverte de la lithotritie (460 av. J. C. -1823) 64p. 8? Bord., 1932. Boulanger, L. Une consequence peu connue de la fracture du femur du General La Fayette. Chron. med., Par., 1929, 36: 91.—Bucklin, C. A. Development of litholapaxy during 62 years from Civiale to Bigelow. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1916, 40: 809-11.— Burgess, A. H. Stone-cutters and stone-crushers. S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1933, 202-7—Colot, L., & Dionis. De quelques lithotomistes: les Colot, frere Jacques. ^Esculape, Par., 1928. n.s., 18: 74-8.—Bi Sangro, M. La litotomia da Celso a Giovanni de'Romani; l'opera di Mariano Santo da Barletta. Rass. clin. ter., 1935, 34: suppl., 19-36.—Historical note on the development of the operation of lithotomy. Med. J. & Rec, 1928, 127: 617-20.—Keller, O. [A new chapter from the history of lithot- rity] Ugeskr. laeger, 1927, 89: 744-6.—Lint, J. de. Comment Jan de Doot, forgeron, s'opera d'un calcul de la vessie. iEscu- Iape, Par., 1928, n.s., 18: 50-3.—Mercier, R. Presentation d'un calcul vesical enleve en 1610, par Girault, au Marechal Alphonse d'Ornano. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1927, 21: 316-20.—Molla y Rodrigo, R. Evolution historica de la cirugia de la vejiga y su estado actual. Cron. med., Valencia, 1915, 27: 122-6. Also Rev. espan. urol. derm., 1915, 17: 241; passim.—Nagorsky, L. Ancient and modern lithotripsy. Aled. J. & Rec, 1926, 124: 785-7. Also repr.—Osborn, A. L. Brief history of lithotomy. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1933, 30: 209-12.—Pavone, M. Les progres de la lithotritie. J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 24: 193-9.—Power, B'A. Some bygone operations in surgery; cutting for the stone. Brit. J. Surg., 1930-31, 18: 1-5. ----- Cutting for the stone; Frere Jacques' operation. Ibid., 185-7.-----■ Cutting for the stone; Cheselden's operation. Ibid., 353-7. ----- An historical lithotomy: Mr Samuel Pepys. Ibid., 541-5. Also reprints. ----- Lithotrity: the case of the Emperor Napoleon III. Ibid., 1931, 19: 1-7.—Sanford, H. L. An historical sketch of the surgical treatment of vesical calculus. J. Urol., Bait., 1924, 11: 111-30.—Seybolt, R. F. Lithotomies performed by Dr Gardiner, of Boston, 1738 and 1741. N. England J.M., 1930, 202: 109.—Ven, A. J. van de [A stone cutting dating from 1653] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 3300-7, pi—Wulff, O. Contribu- tion a I'histoire de la lithotritie. Janus, Leyden, 1926,30:301-41. ---- Surgery: Instruments. See also Cystoscope. Bonneau, R. Eievateur de la paroi vesicale anterieure. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1924, 18: 254-6.—Capell, C. S. Rubber bag inflated in the bladder as an aid to bladder surgery; preliminary report. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1927. 24: 463-5.—Consiglio, V. Strumento per introdurre le sonde di De Pezzer in vescica. Policlinico, 1935, 42: sez. prat., 992-4.—Bavis, T. M. A new lighted urethral catheter for illuminating the bladder during vesical operations. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1931, 35: 371.—Jayle, F. Le sac de Mikulicz n'est que le sac de Dupuytren. Presse m6d., 1921, 29: annexe, 324.—Sigurta, G. B. Nuovi strumenti ed appa- recchi di chirurgia vescicale. Policlinico, 1922, 29: sez. prat., 324-7.—Walther, H. W. E. Self-retaining bladder retractor. J. Am. M. Ass., 1921,76: 1574. ---- Surgery: Methods. Rixoler, O. Intravesikale Operationen (In- neneingriffe nach rucklaufigem Eingang in die Harnwege) p.338-412. 8? Lpz., 1933. Chir. Operat. (Bier, Braun, KUmmel) Lpz., 1933, 4: Cabot, H. The avoidance of infection of the prevesical space in relation to operations on the bladder. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1933,8:672-4.—Chetwood, C. H. Operations within the bladder; points of technique. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1929, 33: 219-23— Bevine, H. B. Aspiration in the after-treatment of operation of the uri- nary bladder. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1926, 43: 219— Braper, J. W. jr. A method for suprapubic suction. J. Urol., Bait., 1935,33:411 — Furniss, H. B. Urethral and vesical aspirator. Am. J. Surg., 1932, n.s., 17:115.—Greenberg, G. Conservative intravesical sur- gery by the transurethral route. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936,40:30-5.— Hue, E. Des avantages de l'ureterostomie comme procede d'exclu- sionde la vessie. Parismed., 1922,45:338-41.—Jewett, W. A. A study of the effect of anterior wall and suspension operations on the floor of the female bladder. Am. J. Obst., 1919, 79: 94-8 [Discussion] 156-9.—Kamogawa, C. Vorschlag zur Verbesserung BLADDER 404 BLADDER der Blasennaht nach Steinschnitt. Arch. klin. Chir., 1923, 123: 861.—Keydel, K. Intravesikale Operationsmethoden bei Blasen- erkrankungen. Zbl. Chir., 1924, 51: 2368-76—Klika, M. Ein Beitrag zur Frage der intravesikalen Blasenschleimhautnaht. Zschr. Urol., 1931, 25: 723-5.—Kroh, F. Der Saugkatheterismus der Harnblase und seine praktische Bedeutung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1923, 70: 935-7. Also Zbl. Chir., 1923, 50: 1401 — Kuttner, H. Zur Technik schwieriger Blasenoperationen. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1926, 137: 799.—Lower, W. E. Disposition of the ureter in surgical conditions of the bladder: when the ure- teral orifices are involved. J. Am. M. Ass., 1920, 75: 711-3.— lowsley, O. S. New incision for operations upon the urinary bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1931, n.s., 11: 305-10.—McCarthy, J. F. Consideration of procedure in the surgery of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1923, 9: 461-90.-----& Ritter, J. S. Suction as applied to the urologic cases at the New York Post-Graduate Hospital. Ibid., 1927, 18: 211-9—McLellan, A. M. Sodium citrate solution for preventing formation of blood clots in the bladder. Ibid., 1933, 30: 251—Magoun, J. A. H. Method of dividing the urinary bladder for experimental purposes. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1922-23, 8: 136-8.—Mermingas, K. Ein neuer Weg zur Harnblase. Zbl. Chir., 1923, 50: 558-60. ----- Der inguinale Weg zur Harnblase. Ibid., 1925, 52: 178.—Moorhead, S. W. Keeping the patient dry after vesical operations. Penn- sylvania M.J., 1928-29, 32: 155-9.—Morales, A. Operaciones en la vejiga urinaria de la mujer dilatando la uretra. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1918, 17: 227-31.—Myers, E. R. Presentation of new suprapubic tube. J. Urol.. Bait., 1931, 26: 165.—Nassetti, F. Sulla legatura parietale della vescica. Arch. ital. chir., 1922, 5: 41-53. Also Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1920) 1921, 27: 515—Nisio, G. II raschiamento della vescica. Arch. ital. urol., 1934-35, 11: 184-91.—Oraison. Sur un cas de cystorraphie. Bull. Soc. m6d. chir. Bordeaux, 1919, 5-7. Also Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1919, 40: 94.—Ottow, B. Ligatursteine der weiblichen Blase. Zbl. Gyn., 1930, 54:1513-21.—Papin, E. La via transperitoneale nelle operazioni sulla vescica. Rinasc med., 1927, 4: 396 — Parsons, H. H. Suction apparatus for bladder or duodenal drainage. California West. M., 1935, 42: 113.—Perthes, G. Der Saugkatheterismus der Blase; Bemerkungen zu dem Artikel von F. Kroh. Zbl. Chir., 1923, 50: 1612—Richer, V. Chirurgie du muscle vesical. J. chir., Par., 1926, 28: 147-68. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 23: 210-36.—Rochet. Chirurgie de la vessie basse. Lyon chir., 1920, 17: 541; 687.—Rosenstein, P. Ueber primare Naht bei urologischen Operationen (zugleich ein Beitrag zur Cystopexie) Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928, 25: 248-66 — Solms, E. Die Bedeutung einer lembertartigen Naht fiir die Blasenchirurgie. Ibid., 1927, 22: 177-201. ---- Surgery, neurological. See Bladder, Nervous disorders: Cystalgia. ---- Surgery, plastic. See also Bladder, Exstrophy: Treatment; Bladder, Fistula; Bladder, Sphincter: Surgery. Bretz, M. Durch kombinierte abdominale und vaginale Operation geheilter grosser Blasenscheidendefekt. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1925, 69: 55-61.—Ceccarelli, G. Sul modo di aumentare la capacita vescicale per mezzo di un'ansa di intestino esclusa. Ann. ital. chir., 1926, 5: 346-62, 2pl.—Els. Kiinstlicher Harnblase nach der Methode von Makkas. Deut. med. Wschr., 1921, 47: 1412—Esser, J. F. S. Die Vagina als Harn- blase. Ibid., 1918, 44: 1448—Garmsen, B. M. [Construction of artificial bladder] Russ. klin., 1925, 3: 947-50. Also Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54: 1736-41.—Gaza, W. von. Experimentelle Unter- suchungen fiber Vergrosserung der Harnblase durch angeschal- tete Darmabschnitte. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1923, 13: 129-56 — Isserson, M. [Formation of an artificial bladder] Vest, khir., 1927, 10: 245-8,—Liek, E. Ueber die Wirkung der Pyramidalis- Fascienplastik. Zbl. Gyn., 1922, 46: 308-10.—Linde, F. Zwei Hilfsmassnahmen bei operativem Verschluss ausgedehnter Blasenwanddefekte. Zbl. Chir., 1921, 48: 1719-21—Melnikov, A. Zur Frage fiber die Bildung der kiinstlichen Harnblase. Ibid., 1924, 51: 1732-8—Mikuli, N. F. [Formation of artificial bladder] Vest, khir., 1930, 20:160-71—Newman, H. P. Plastic surgery of the female bladder and urethra; with a report of 3 illustrative cases. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1922, 26: 348-51. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 94: 400-3.—Schmid, H. Zur Behandlung grosser Blasendefekte. Arch. klin. Chir., 1926, 140: 726-34.— Sebening, W., & Meltzer, H. Experimentelle Grundlagen ftir die Verwendung von Dunndarm zur Blasenvergrosserung. Ibid., 1933-34, 178: 591-606—Seiffert, L. Die Darm-Siphon- blase. Ibid., 1935, 183: 569-74 [Discussion] 165. ----- Darm- Syphon-Blase im Rontgen- und Leistungsbild. Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 2002-4— Viethen, H. Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Vergrosserung der Blase mittels Anschaltung von Darm- stucken. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1933, 241: 84-93. ---- Syphilis. Alves Palma, A. Syphilis da bexiga. Fol. med., Rio, 1927, 8: 100-3.—Barabas, E. Ein Fall von Lues der Blase. Wien klin. Wschr., 1925, 38: 123—Baradulin, G. I. [Syphilis of the bladder] Klin, med., Moskva, 1925, 6: 48-50.—Becke, A. von der. Consideraciones sobre algunos casos de sifilis vesical ter- ciaria. Rev. As. med. argent., 1932, 45: 1290-2.—Boeckel, A. Un cas de syphilis v6sicale. J. urol. med., Par., 1920, 10: 401. Also Gaz. med. Strasbourg, 1922, 80:109.—Carraro, N. Un caso di sifilide vescicale. Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med., 1922-23, 12: 457-65.—Castano, C. A., & Castano, E. Sobre un caso de sffllis vesical. Rev. As. med. argent., 1924, 37: no.231, Soc. argent. urol., 5-16.—Chocholka, E. F. [Syphilis of urinary bladder] Cas. lek. cesk., 1922-31, 61-70: 825; passim. Also J. urol. med Par., 1923-31, 16-31: 85; 4pl.; passim. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926,21:134-81.—Chubalski, S. [Cases of syphilis of the bladder] Polska gaz. lek., 1928, 7: 646.—Cirillo, G. A proposito di un caso di sifilide vescicale. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1924, 5: 92-7.— Correa, E. Recidiva na syphilis vesical. Fol. med., Rio, 1929, 10: 442-4. ----- Em torno da syphilis vesical. Rev. brasil. med. pharm., 1934, 10: 19-24.—Cosacesco, A. Sur la syphilis vesicale. J. urol. med., Par., 1921, 12: 345; 1922, 13: 365.—Fain, A. E. [Gumma of the bladder] Soviet, vest, vener., 1934, 3: 81.—Farago, S. Falle von Blasenlues. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1922, 10: 144-9.—Finestone, E. O. Syphilis of the bladder. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1936, 62: 93-113.—Gautier, E. L. Gomme syphili- tique de la vessie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1927, 6: 291-9. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1928, 25: 65-70.—Ghiso, P., & Puente, J. J. Sifilis vesical. Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1922, 29: 426-32.—Gouvea, J. de. Syphilis de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1924,18: 388-95.— Greenberg, C. Syphilis of the bladder. Med. Herald, 1924, 43: 111-3.—Kamil, F. Blasenlues. Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 163-7.— Kasztriner, I. [Syphilis of the bladder] Gyogyaszat, 1933. 73: 389-92. Also Orv. hetil., 1935, 79: 625. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 477-82—Koll, I. S. Syphilis of the urinary bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1925, 29: 54-7—Levy, W. E., & Tripoli, C. J. Gummas of the urinary bladder. Am. J. Obst., 1933, 25: 743-6.—Linneman, N.L. Gumma of the bladder. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1920, n.s., 2: 50.—Lucena Raurich, J. M. La sifilis vesical. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1930, 13: 391-417.—Lucri, T. Su un caso di sifilide vescicale. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1925, 66: 1255-60.—Luttichau, M. Sopra un caso di sifilide vescicale. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez.prat., 419-21.—Mertz, H. O. Syphilis of the bladder. Indianapolis M.J., 1929, 32: 265-7.—Moses, F. Untersuchungen zur Syphilis der Harnblase. Med. Kiln., Berl., 1925, 21: 501—Neuwirt, K. [Syphilis of bladder] Cas. 16k. cesk., 1923, 62: 228-32—Nilson, G. [Contribution to the knowledge of syphilis of the bladder] Hygiea, Stockh., 1916,78: 540-9.—Perrucci, A. Contributo alia conoscenza della sifilide vescicale. Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1922, 9.ser., 10:278-90, pi.— Also Pensiero med., 1923, 12: 113-8.—Peterson, A. Syphilis of the bladder. California J.M., 1923, 21: 431. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1924, 12: 59-62—Picker, R. Ein Fall von Blasenlues. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1922, 11: 43-50. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1923, 27: 3-8.—Pinto Monteiro. Syphilis vesical. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1926, 44: 177-80—Pisarski, T. [Syphilis of the bladder] Polska gaz. lek., 1926, 5: 85; 110.—Ries, K. Ueber Blasen- syphilis. Mschr. Harnkr. sex. Hyg., 1927-28, 1: 362-71.— Riley, A. Syphilis of the bladder. Boston M.&S.J., 1926, 194: 874-6.—Rodriguez-Molina, L. F. Tres casos de sifilis vesical. Rev. med. cubana, 1927, 38: 4-7. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1927, 34: 824-6.—Ronsisvalle, A. Contributo alla conoscenza della sifilide vescicale. Rinasc. med., 1926, 3: 538.—Rothschild, A. Syphilis der Blase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 21: 232-4.—Saelhof, C. C. Syphilis of the urinary bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1925,13: 461-4.—Schunk, A. Sobre la sffllis vesical; un caso do sifiloma de la vejiga. Rev. med. Rosario, 1935, 9: 38-42.—Schwarz, 0. A. Die Syphilis der Blasenschleimhaut. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 19: 117-26.—Sorrentino, M. Ulteriore contributo alla sifilide vescicale. Rinasc. med., 1933, 10: 563. ----- La sifilide vescicale. Rass. clin. sc, 1933, 11: 73-6.—Spremolla, G. La sifilide della vescica urinaria. Rinasc. med., 1925, 2: 248-50.— Stobbaerts, F. Un cas de syphilis vesicale. Scalpel, Brux., 1923, 76: 100. pi.—Thompson, L. Syphilis of the bladder. Am. J. Syph., 1920,4:50-89, pi— Tovbin, V. L. [Syphilis of the bladder] Vrach. gaz., 1904, 11: 286.—Turner, B. W. Syphilis of the uri- nary bladder, with report of 6 cases. South. M.J., 1927, 20: 289-92.—Valerio, A. Mais tres casos de syphilis da bexiga urinaria. Fol. med., Rio, 1935, 16: 486.—Valverde, B. A pro- posito da syphilis vesical. Ibid., 1932,13:157-60. Also J. urol. m6d., Par., 1932, 33: 142-51. ----- A syphilis hereditaiia tardia da bexiga. Fol. med., Rio, 1931, 12: 379. ----- Sobre a syphilis da bexiga. Ibid., 1933, 14: 13-7.—Windell, J. T. Syphilis of the urinary bladder and urethra. Mississippi Valley M.J., 1919, 26: 251-6. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1924, 28: 205-11. ---- Syphilis: Diagnosis. Ascoli, M. Contributo alla clinica della sifilide vescicale. Ann. ital. chir., 1923, 2: 977-88.—Chocholka, E. F. Un cas de syphilis v6sicale diagnostique par la cystoscopie et photographic par le cystoscope. J. urol. med., Par., 1921, 12: 352-5—Li Virghi, G. Manifestazioni di sifilide terziaria vesicale. Gazz. med. nap., 1921, 4: 463.—Nikitin, B. Zur Diagnostik der Syphilis der Harnblase. Zbl. Chir., 1928, 65: 660-2. Also Vrach. gaz., 1929, 33: 802-4—Probstner, A. von. Eine Krebs- geschwulst nachahmende Blasengumma. Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 273.—Valverde, B. Au sujet de la syphilis vesicale et, en particulier, de son 6tat latent. J. urol. med., Par., 1930, 30: 562-71.—Zimmermann, E. L., & levy, C. S. Routine examina- tion of the bladder in secondary syphilis. J. TJrol., Bait., 1919, 3: 407-10. ---- Syphilis: Pathology. Ajamil, L. F. Sifiloma vegetante de la vejiga. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1930, 35: 54-62, pi. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 25: 53-60.—Alvarez Colodrero, J. W., & Bi Leila, P. Sobre dos casos de sifilis de vejiga a forma tumoral. Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1930 37:1380-2.—Avramovici, A. De la cystite syphilitique. J. urol med., Par., 1926, 22: 26-31—Benda, C. Pathologisch-anato BLADDER 405 BLADDER mische Erfahrungen der syphilitischen Blasenerkrankungen. Zschr. Urol., 1919, 13: 538—Bisquertt, J. L., & Coutts, W. E. Sifilis perlada de la vejiga. Rev. m6d. lat. amer., B. Air., 1928, 13: 1145-8, pi.—Blanc, H., & Negro, M. A propos d'un cas de syphilis vesicale (fistule vesico-intestinale) J. urol. med., Par., 1925,19: 513-20.—Brandino CorrSa. Um caso de syphilis vesical produzindo fistula para a alca sigmoide. Arch, brasil. med., 1925, 15: 659-61, pi.—Isnardi, U. Cistitis sifilitica tardia. Sem. med., B. Air., 1928, 35: pt2 297-9.—Ledermann, R. Die Storun- gen und Erkrankungen der Blase auf syphilitischer Grundlage. Zschr. Urol., 1919, 13: 512-27.—Orofino, A. De la cystite syphi- litique. J. urol. med., Par., 1930, 29: 25-30.—Peugniez, M. P. Ulceration syphilitique de la vessie et du rectum ayant fait com- muniquer les 2 reservoirs. Ann. mal. v6ner., 1920, 15: 37-9.— Posner, C. Die syphilitischen Erkrankungen und Storungen der Harnblase. Zschr. Urol., 1919, 13: 528-37. ----- Zur Frage der Blasensyphilis. Derm. Zschr., 1920, 29: 193-6.— Schuster. Die Storungen und Erkrankungen der Blase auf syphilitischer Grundlage. Zschr. Urol., 1919, 13: 539-54 — Sprinz. Die Storungen und Erkrankungen der Blase auf syphilitischer Grundlage. Derm. Wschr., 1919, 69: 664.— Thomas, B. A., & Mras, J. M. Syphilis of the bladder, with acute retention due to hemorrhage. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1924, 28: 590.—Valverde, B. A chyluria na syphilis vesical. Fol. med., Rio, 1929,10: 339-42. Also Ann. mal. vener., 1931, 26: 257-67, pi. ---- Trabeculation. See also Bladder, Neck: Obstruction; Prostate, Hypertrophy; Urethra, Stricture. Korholz, K. *Ueber einen Fall von ausser- gewohnlich tiefgehender Kryptenbildung in der Harnblase des Menschen. 26p. 8? Bonn, 1914. Alksnis, F. Formation trabeculaire dans la vessie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 90: 1113.—Katayama, Y., & Iga, Y. Ueber Bruckenbildung in der Harnblase. Acta derm., Kyoto, 1931, 18: 139-42, pi.—Mercier, O. De la miction en 2 temps dans la barre interureterale. J. urol. med., Par., 1925, 20: 97-102.— Muschat, M. A study of the response of the trigone and detrusor musculature to vesical neck obstructions. J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 30: 221-9.—Wulff, O. [Some remarks on the trabecular bladder] Hospitalstidende, 1924, 67: [Dansk. kir. selsk. forh.], 55-62. ---- Trigonum. See also Bladder, Neck. Krasa, F. C, & Paschkis, R. Das Trigonum vesicae der Saugetiere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1921, 6: 1-53.—Podsypanina, N. B. Die Muskeln des Trigonum vesicae. Ibid., 1934, 28: 620-34.—Van Buzen, R. E., & Looney, W. W. Further studies on the trigone muscle; the anatomy and practical considerations. J. Urol., Bait., 1932, 27: 129-44.—Watson, E. M. The trigon surgically considered; its pathology, a new method of diagnosis, and its operative management. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81: 1758-62—Young, H. H„ & Macht, B. I. A contribution to the physiology and pharmacology of the trigonum vesicae. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1923, 22: 329-54.—Young, H. H., & Wesson, M. B. The anatomy and surgery of the trigon. Arch. Surg., 1921,3: 1-37. ---- Trigonum: Diseases. Callahan, H. W. Leukoplakia of the trigone. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1928, 21: 323.—Campbell, M. F. Trigonal curtain obstruction of the bladder outlet. J. Urol., Bait., 1932, 27: 157- 63.—Frontz, W. A., & Landes, H. E. The clinical significance of trigonal hypertrophy. Ibid., 145-55.—Hepburn, T. N. Mo- bility of trigone a cause of bladder obstruction. Ibid., 1931, 26: 591-7.—Herman, L. Neoplasm of the trigone vesicae; a probable instance of hypertrophic changes in aberrant prostatic tissue. Ibid., 1928, 19: 291-314.—Hinman, F., & Wesson, M. B. The trigone of the bladder as a factor in urinary obstruction; with report of cases and discussion of operative treatment. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1926, 43: 1-9.—Pana, M. La deformazione e lo spostamento laterale del trigono vescicale in alcune malattie renali ed uretriehe. Atti Accad. med.fis. Fiorent., 1914, 29-41.— Paviot, Wertheimer [et al.] Interpretation ventriculographique des tumeurs du trigone. Lyon m6d., 1933,151:69-72.—Paschkis, K. Ueber eine odematose Geschwulst am Trigonum vesicae. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1921, 6: 106-11.—Quinby, W. C. Carcinoma of the trigone of the bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1929, 22: 307-12. ----Trigonum: Inflammation. _ Fowler, H. A. Pseudomembranous trigonitis, with observa- tions on bladder dysfunction in the female. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40:156-63.—Hammond, T. E. Trigonitis as a cause of irri- table bladder. Lancet, Lond., 1924, 2:1334-6. Also Gazz. osp., 1925, 46:127-30.—Hortolomei, N., & Mihalovici, I. [Proliferative urethro-trigonitis in women] Romania med., 1934, 12: 255-7 — Also J. urol. med., Par., 1934, 38: 562. Also Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 628-39.—Koll, I. S. Trigonal hyperemia and inflammation. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1920, 24: 645.—Lewis, B. Urethro-trigonitis in the female. Ibid., 632.—Lindeman, H. E. Chronic trigonitis in the female and a new method of treatment. Am. J. Obst., 1919, 80:87-90. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1920,30:64-72—Neumann, H. Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Cystitis trigoni (Lieutaudii) der Harn- blase. Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 330-9—Orr, L. Chronic pseudo- membranous trigonitis. South. M.J., 1933, 26:359-61.—Pelouze, P. S. Obscure pseudomembranous trigonitis; trigonitis areata alba. Ann. Surg., 1935, 101: 594-8—RyaU, E. C. Pseudo- membranous trigonitis. Brit. J. Urol., 1929, 1: 254-7.—Tousey, S. Frequent and painful urination from chronic congestion of the trigonum in women. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1924, 28: 267-9.— White, E. W. Concerning frequency and dysuria in women, with special reference to trigonitis and stammering bladder. Ibid., 1923, 27: 352-6. ---- Tuberculosis. See also Bladder, Diverticulum: Complication; Kidney, Tuberculosis; Urinary organs, Tubercu- losis. Ball, W. G. Some cystoscopic appearances in tuberculosis of the urinary tract. Brit. J. Surg., 1922-23, 10: 326-33.—Bloch, G. Su alcuni reperti cistoscopici simulanti la tubercolosi vescicale. Arch. ital. urol., 1925-26, 2: 505-7—Cathelin, F. La trilogie tuberculeuse de la vessie. Progr. m6d., Par., 1924, 39: 795. ----- Infection vesicale tuberculeuse d'origine genitale chez I'homme. Bull, med., Par., 1926, 40: 529.—Buvergey & Bax. Sur un cas de tuberculose d'une vessie en sablier. J. med. Bordeaux, 1923, 53: 328.—Ebstein, E. Johann Gottfried Seumes Blasentuberkulose. Zschr. Urol., 1931, 25: 641.—Fullerton, A. Tuberculosis of the bladder and kidney. Irish J.M.Sc, 1927, 6.ser., 5-14, 4pl.—Kaufman, L. R. Vesical tuberculosis. J. Am. Inst. Homceop., 1924, 17: 688-96.—Lavenant, A. Les fausses tumeurs vesicales d'origine tuberculeuse. Bull. m6d., Par., 1935, 49: 459. Also Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1935, 27: 278-82.— Pirondirii, E. Della diagnosi diflerenziale difficile fra tuber- colosi urinaria e tumore vescicale infiltrante. Tubercolosi, 1927, 19: 345-9.—Platou, E. [Bladder tuberculosis, due to existing renal tuberculosis] Norsk mag. laegevid., 1919, 80: 151-6.— Prud'homme, E. La cystite tuberculeuse apres la nephrectomie. Union med. Canada, 1926, 55: 228-31.—Quimby, W. C. Tuber- culosis of the bladder. Boston M.& S.J., 1920, 182: 525.—Stern- bauer, J. Ueber die Hiihnertuberkulose. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol., 8. Kongr. (1928) 1929, 582. ---- Tuberculosis: Complications and pa- thology. Duparc, L. *La perforation spontanee intra- peritoneale de la vessie tuberculeuse. 47p. 8? Lyon, 1934. Moreau, R. *A propos d'un cas de perfora- tion vesicale intraperitoneale d'origine tubercu- leuse et d'apparence spontanee. 58p. 8? Par., 1931. Alton, B. H. Spontaneous intraperitoneal rupture cf a tuber- culous bladder. Tr. N. England Surg. Soc, 1931, 14: 193-207. Also N. England J.M., 1931, 205: 1177-81.—Boeminghaus, H. Bildung einer sogenannten Vorblase infolge vollstandiger tuber- kuloser Sequestrierung der Prostata (Totalkaverne) Arch. klin. Chir., 1929, 155: 298-308—Bowen, J. A., & Bennett, G. A. Solitary tuberculoma of the bladder. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1930, 50: 1015-7. Also repr.—Conn, T. Zur klinisch-chirurgischen Bedeutung der Auswtichse auf der Blasenschleimhaut im Ge- folge von Tuberkulose. Arch. klin. Chir., 1932, 170: 493-502.— Besjacques. Perforation spontanee intraperitoneale de la vessie tuberculeuse. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1933, 59: 316-9. Also Lyon med., 1933,151: 628-31.—Farbach, H. J. Tuberculous cystitis. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1925,29:334-6.—Ferris, H.W. Tuber- culosis of the bladder; report with necropsy findings of an unusual case, terminating in general peritonitis from perforated tubercu- lous ulcers of ileum. J. Urol., Bait.,1931, 25: 497-506.—Gauthier. Cystite tuberculeuse a forme v6getante pseudo-canc6reuse. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 334-40— Keyes, E. L. Tuberculosis with contracture of bladder neck. Internat. J.S., 1921, 34: 23-5.—Lucri, T. Contributo alio studio ed alla conoscenza della tubercolosi vescicale a tipo ipertrofico o tumorale. Arch. ital. urol., 1928, 4: 304-16—Marshall, V. F., & Carlson, G. W. The antithesis of urogenital tuberculosis in a tabetic patient; report of case. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 80: 1S44.—Mertz, H. O. Spontaneous vesical fistulae in urinary tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1933, 26:19-34.—R., S. La cystite tuber- culeuse. Rev. g6n. clin. th6r., 1924, 38: 329.—Schurer, F. Spon- tane Perforation einer mischinfizierten, tuberkulosen Harnblase. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1929, 216: 278-83.—Stutzin, J. J. Ueber die spontane Ruptur im Falle einer isolierten Blasentuberkulose (ohne nachweisbare Nieren-bezw. Genitaltuberkulose) Zschr. Urol., 1918, 12: 310-2. ---- Tuberculosis, primary. Hottinger, R. Ueber isolierte Blasentuberkulose. Zschr. Urol., 1923, 17: 146-50.—Jungano, M. Tuberculose primitive de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1920,10: 15-41.—Lucri, T. La tubercolosi vescicale primitiva. Policlinico, 1926, 33: sez.prat., 1535-8.—Puigvert, A. Un caso de cistitis tuberculosa primitiva. Arch, med., Madr., 1936, 39: 407.—Romani, A. Tubercolosi vescicale primitiva. Arch. ital. urol., 1928, 4: 201-8.—Valerio, A. Sur la tuberculose vesicale primitive. J. urol. med., Par., 1934, 38:530; 1936,41:323.—Wyler, J. Zur Frage der primaren Blasen- tuberkulose. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1934-35, 244: 373-8. BLADDER 406 BLADDER ---- Tuberculosis: Treatment. Caignon, M. *Traitement des tuberculoses vesicale et ureterale par la haute frequence 54p. 8? Par., 1926. Korb, A. I. Contribution au traitement local de la cystite tuberculeuse en particulier par l'eug6nol (essence de girofles) 113p. 8? Par., 1917. Parisi, A. *Tuberculoses vesicales rebelles et etincelage. 99p. 8? Par., 1920. Rieger, H. *Die Heilung der Blasentuberku- lose mit Rontgenstrahlen [Heidelberg] 29p. 8? [Frankenthal] 1925. Blanc, H. Les instillations de bleu de methylene dans la cystite tuberculeuse. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1925, 4: 42-8. Also J. med. Paris, 1925, 44: 943-7. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1925, 19: 244-50. ----- La technique des instillations vesicales de bleu de methylene dans la cystite tuberculeuse. Ibid., 20: 144-8. -----Comment traiter la cystite tuberculeuse? Gaz. h6p., 1925, 98: 914-7.—Casper, L. Zur Behandlung der Blasentuber- kulose. Zschr. Urol., 1920,14:294-8.—Cassuto, A. Die Behand- lung der tuberkulosen Cvstitis mit Afenil. Ibid., 1927, 21: 834.—Caulk, J. R., & Ewerhardt, F. H. Direct internal irradia- tion of ultraviolet to the bladder. Arch. Phys. Ther., 1932, 13: 325-7. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1932, 28: 503—Costeso, P. Les courants de haute frequence dans le traitement des tuberculoses v6sicales apres la nephrectomie. J. urol. med., Par., 1930, 30: 265-78.—Bavid, C. Le traitement des cystites tuberculeuses. Bull. Soc. m6d. Paris, 1928, 51-5.—Feletti. La cura della cistite tubercolare. Riv. ostet. gin. prat., 1923, 5: no.10, xxv-xxvii.— Gaudino, N. M. Tratamiento por la diatermia de las lesiones tuberculosas vesicales persistentes despues de la nefrectomfa. Rev. As. med. argent., 1924, 37: Soc. urol., 73-89. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1924, 31: pt2, 582; 733.—Haslinger, K. Die Be- handlung der Cystitis tuberculosa. Wien. med. Wschr., 1929, 79: 652-4.—Jaschke, R. T. von. Zur Therapie der tuberkulosen Schrumpfblase. Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 901-4.—Kaufman, L. R. The use of the cystoscope in tuberculosis of the bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1931, 35: 294-302.—Keyes, E. L. The treatment of bladder tuberculosis after nephrectomy. N. York State J.M., 1922, 22: 553-6.—Laurence, J. Le traitement de la tuberculose vCsicale. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1924, 38: 109.—Legueu. Traite- ment de la cystite tuberculeuse. Ibid., 1923, 37: 566-8.—Lows- ley, O. S., & Wang, S. L. A new instrument for intravesical irradiation. Arch. Surg., 1934, 29: 85-91.—Michon, E. Traite- ment de la cystite tuberculeuse. J. med. chir., Par., 1919, 90: 422-5.—Minder, G. [Specific treatment of tuberculous catarrh of the bladder with gomenol oil] Orv. hetil., 1926, 70:1196-8 — Papin, E. Traitement de la vessie tuberculeuse apres la ne- phrectomie. Arch. mal. reins, 1928-29, 3: 451-95. ----- & Vafiadis, J. Traitement des cystites des tubereuleux par les injections de lactosmose. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1934, 281-3.— Parisi, A. De l'etincelage dans la tuberculose v6sicale. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1920, 9: 241-379.—Paschkis, R. Die Behandlung der Nieren- und Blasentuberkulose. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 344.—Rovsing, T. [Prognosis and treatment of tuberculosis of the bladder] Bibl. laeger, 1925, 117: 301-12— Thomas, G. J., Kinsella, T. J., & Van Winkle, C. C. Treatment of tuberculosis of the urinary bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1934, 27: 55-63.—Walker, K, Case of tubercular cystitis with single kidney, treated by fluorescine and X-rays. Brit. J. Urol., 1932, 4: 34,0-2.—Werbov, S. Zur Behandlung der Blasentuberkulose; Rivanol bei Harnleiden. Zschr. Urol., 1926, 20: 740-52.----- Die spezifische Wirkung des Rivanols bei Blasentuberkulose mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Schrumpfblase. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol., 8. Kongr. (1928) 1929, 552-5. ---- Tuberculosis: Treatment, operative. Nesbit, R. M. Advanced bladder and urethral tuberculosis;. treatment by ureteral transplantation following preliminary colostomy. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 22: 547-9. Also repr.—Nicolich, G. L'esclusione vescicale nella cistite tubercolosa. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1921) 1922, 28: 83-5. Also Riforma med., 1921, 37: 1077.—Ormond, J. K. Diversion of the urine in intractable and incurable vesical tuberculosis. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 19: 109-20.—Pennell, V. Transplantation of a single ureter as a means of resting a tuberculous bladder. Brit. M.J„ 1934, 2: 942.—Pillet, E. Du catheterisme ureteral a vessie ouverte dans les cas de vessie tuberculeuse inexplorable. J. urol. med., Par., 1920, 10: 43-9—Reynard, J., & Michon, L. Ulcus vesical tubereuleux et cystite rebelle; cinq interventions successives; guerison. Ibid., 1927, 23: 34-8—Richer, V. Traitement des cystites tuberculeuses rebelles et des cystalgies neoplasiques par la section des nerfs erecteurs. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1934, 294-7. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1935,39: 60-3.—Romano, G. Contributo alla cura chirurgica della tubercolosi vescicale. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez.prat., 415-9.—Rosenbach, F. Tuberkulose der weibli- chen Harnrohre und Harnblase und ihre chirurgische Behand- lung. Zschr. Tuberk., 1917, 27: 91-8. ---- Tumors. See also Bladder subheadings Adenoma, Cancer, Endometriosis, &c, Beer, E. Tumors of the urinary bladder. 166p. 8? Bait., 1935. Ruiz, J. M. *Die Tumoren der Harnblase [Berlin] 36p. 8? Charlottenb., 1931. Schulz, II. *Ueber Tumoren der Harnblase. 50p. 8? Heidelb., 1928. Abramian, A. Y., Romberg, L. E., & Mayantz, A. I. [Early diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of tumors of the bladder] Soviet, khir., 1933, 4: 547-61.—Alcock, N. G. A few aspects of the subject of bladder tumors. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1925,15:244-8 — Ashcraft, L. T. Tumors of the urinary bladder. Hahnemann. Month., 1921, 56: 38-48—Bates, A. K. Ten bladder tumors. Clifton M. Bull., 1923-24, 9: 37.—Beer, E. Tumors of the blad- der. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1923, 3: 423-37.—Brady, H. A. Tumors of the urinary bladder. U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1931, 7: 1165-9.—Chetwood, C. H. Cardinal facts relating to vesical neoplasm, with case reports. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1931, 35: 477-83.—Cooney, C. J. Bladder tumor. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1935, 28: 658-61.—Cunningham, J. H. Tumors of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 25: 559-87.—Bodson, A. I. Tumors of the bladder. Virginia M. Month., 1928-29, 55: 157-60—Egger, 0. Ueber Blasengeschwiilste. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1921, 6: 175- 217.—Ferulano, G. Tumore della vescica. Gazz. med. nap., 1921, 4: 276.—Fontanilles & Perrenot. Un cas de tumeur de la vessie. Loire m6d., 1922, 36: 526-9.—Gaudy, J., & Schillings, M. Les tumeurs de la vessie. Cancer, Brux., 1925, 2: num. spec, 1-75, 5pl.—Goldbergas, T. [Tumors of the bladder] Medicina, Kaunas, 1931, 12: 629-50.—Graham, A. Tumors of the bladder, Tr. North Centr. Br. Am. Urol. Ass., 1934, 45-9. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 33: 565-9.—Grant, O., Stites, J. R., & Cutler, I. H. Tumors of the urinary bladder. Internat. J.M.&S.. 1929, 42: 186-90.—Hays, J. H. Tumors of the bladder. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1923, 16: 215-7.—Hess, E. Bladder tumors. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1934, 3: 64-70. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 579-86.—Hirt, W. Ueber Blasengeschwiilste. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1924, 132: 716-8. Also Zbl. Chir., 1924, 51; 2618.—Irger, J. M., & Michelson, A. I. Sur les tumeurs de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1936, 41: 536-45.—Jefferson, C. W. Urocystic neoplasms; case report, with literary survey. In- ternat. J.S., 1923, 36: 382; passim.—Jones, H. F. H., & Brown, T. B. Tumors of the urinary bladder. Tristate M.J., 1935-36, 8: 1692.—Jones, W. Tumors of the bladder. Canad. Pract. & Rev., 1919, 44: 177-86.—Lower, W. E. Tumors of the bladder. Nebraska M.J., 1929, 14: 224-8.—Lynch, K. B. Tumors of the urinary bladder. Texas J.M., 1920-21, 16: 541-4.—MacKenzie, B. W. Bladder neoplasms. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1924, 18: 209-18. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1925, 14: 275-84. Also Med. Progr., 1927, 43: 32-6. ----- Bladder neoplasms, with brief series. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1925, 15: 926-30. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1925, 41: 773-8—Mathews, R. F. Bladder tumor; a survey of 50 cases. Am. J. Surg., 1931, n.s., 11: 343-53. Also repr.—Negley, J. C. Bladder tumors. California West. M., 1928, 28: 345-9.—Parmenter, F, J., & Leutenegger, C. J. Bladder tumors. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 316-20.—Paschkis, R. Blasen- geschwiilste. Med. Klin., Berl., 1923, 19: 265-9.—Peacock, A. H. Tumors of the urinary bladder. Northwest M., 1930, 29: 7-15.—Pearse, R. Bladder tumours. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 33: 570-5.—Reaves, J. U. Bladder tumors. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1917, 92: 1115-7. Also repr.—Simpson, C. M. Tumors of the bladder. Texas J.M., 1935-36, 31: 682-9.—Temkine, I. S. Les tumeurs de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1931, 31: 463-81.— Vander Veer, J. N. Tumors of the bladder. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1921, 99: 850. Also N. York State J.M., 1921, 21: 454-8—Vian- nay. Quatre cas de tumeur de la vessie. Loire med., 1921, 35: 729-37. ---- Tumors: Causes. Ferrier, P. A., Craig, L. G., & Foord, A. G. Tumors of the bladder of urachal origin. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 457-64 — Gottlieb, J. G., & Rosenbaum, N. B. [Neoplasm of bladder in textile workers] Vrach. dielo, 1926, 9: 1306-8.—Krohn, H. Beitrag zur Entstehung der Blasengeschwiilste. Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22: 913-20.—Oppenheimer, R. Ueber die bei Arbeitern chemischer Betriebe beobachteten Blasentumoren und ihre Beziehungen zur allgemeinen Geschwulstpathologie. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1920, 57: 116.—Perlman, S. [Causes of tumors of the bladder] Urologiya, 1934, II: 57-60. -----& Staehler, W. Zur Aetiologie der Blasengeschwiilste. Zschr. Urol., 1933, 27: 195-7. ---- Tumors: Clinical aspect. Chute, A. L. Some clinical observations on tumors of the bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1928, n.s., 5: 217-28.—Crenshaw, J. L. The follow-up record in cases of tumor of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1921, 5: 211-3— Beming, C. L. Primary bladder tumors in the first decade of life. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1924, 39: 432-42 — Eisendrath, B. N. Symptomless hematuria as an early sign of bladder tumors. Wisconsin M.J., 1927, 26: 198-202—Fuchs, F. Zur Klinik und Statistik der Harnblasentumoren. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1925, 17: 277-97—Hirt, W. A clinical study of bladder tumors. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1927, 31: 295—Irger, U. M. [Clinical course of tumors of the bladder] Vest, khir., 1932. 27:106-19.— Jacobs, L. C, & Epsteen, A. Bladder tumors—clinical mani- festations. California West. M., 1931, 35: 207-11.—Scholl, A. J. Factors influencing mortality in tumors of the bladder. Tr. Ass. Physicians Mayo Clin., 1922-23, 3: 91-5. Also Surg. Gyn. BLADDER 407 BLADDER Obst., 1922, 34: 189-98. Also repr—Smith, G. G., & Mintz, E. R. Bladder tumor; observations on 150 cases. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 20: 54-63. Also repr.—White, H. P. W. Tumour removed from a child's bladder. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect. Urol., 68.—Yamazaki, J., & Sato, M. Statistische Beobachtung fiber die Blasengeschwiilste. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1933, 34: 103. ---- Tumors: Diagnosis. Ascoli, R. Stenosi ureterale neoplastica da trapianto diretto, sintomo precoce di tumore vescicale. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1933,21:737-41.—Casariego, A. G., & Rodriguez Pgrez, J. Tumor silencioso de la vejiga. Arch. Soc clin. Habana, 1928, 28: 57-63, 3pl.—Bore, J. Diagnostic des tumeurs de vessie J m6d. Paris, 1922, 41: 108-11.—Hess, E. Urinary hemorrhage—a symptom, not a disease ... with particular reference to the importance of early diagnosis of bladder tumors. Pennsylvania M.J., 1935-36, 39: 698-702.—Krohn. Demonstration von Probe- exzisionen bei Blasentumoren. Zschr. Urol., 1923, 20: 363-8.— Melen, B. R. An aid in the diagnosis of tumor of the urinary bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1921, 76: 782.—Picker, R. Zur Diagnose der Blasentumoren. Zschr. Urol.. 1926, 20: 105-11.— Ruiz, J. B. Importancia del diagnostico precoz de los tumores vesicales. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1935, 40: 1111-5. Also Dia med., B. Air., 1936, 8: 213.—Sabrazes, J. Vessie-tumeur fantome. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1919, 40: 245.—Stenius, F. Zur Bewertung des epithelialen Harnsedimentes fiir die Diagnose der Blasengeschwiilste. Acta chir. scand., 1925, 58: 240-55. --- Tumors: Diagnosis, roentgenographic. Bortini, E. Ueber den rontgenologischen Nachweis eines Blasentumors. Zschr. Urol., 1925, 19: 202-6.—Compan, V. La cistografia en el diagnostico de los tumores de vejiga. Rev. cir. Barcelona, 1935, 9: 363.—Frike, R. E. Value of diagnostic X-ray in neoplasms of the urinary bladder. Ther. Gaz., Detr., 1923, n.s., 39: 549-52.—Gausa, P. Una nueva tecnica urografica; visualization radiografica de las neoformaciones vesicales. Rev med. Barcelona, 1936, 25: 223-40.—Gottlieb, J. G., & Strokoff, F. J. Le diagnostic'radiologique des tumeurs de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 24: 411-20.—Orsola Marti, J. La cistografia en el diagnostico "de los tumores de vejigo. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1935, 23: 21-8— Pfahler, G. E. The injection of air for the Roent- gen diagnosis of tumors of the bladder. Am. J. Roentg., 1919, n.s., 6: 371-5. ----- A study of tumors of the bladder by means of pneumo-roentgenography. Radiology, 1924, 3: 197- 201. -----• & Vastine, J. H. The roentgen diagnosis and treat- ment of tumors of the bladder; their serial study with pneumo- cystograms, showing results of treatment by irradiation. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 609-13.—SaUeras, J. La cistorradiografia de los tumores de la vejiga. Sem. med., B. Air., 1934, 41: pt 1, 1284-7. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 25-7.—Sgalitzer, M. Technik der Rontgenuntersuchung bei Blasentumoren. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42: 648-50—Tager, I., & Santockij, M. Die Darstellung der Harnblasentumoren mit Hilfe der Kontrast- pneumographie. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1936, 53: 882-8. --- Tumors, epithelial. Jekel, J. M. *Bladder tumors of epithelial origin; the pathology and report of 12 cases [Marquette Univ.] 54p. 8? Milwaukee, Wis., 1932. Fontana, A. I tumori epiteliali della vescica; ricerche anato- miche, istogenetiche e classificazione. Tumori, Milano, 1929, 15: 185-247, 3pl.—Frater, K. A study of epithelial neoplasms of the urinary bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1928, 21: 183-98 [Discussion] 227-41. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 20: 371-86.—Ibanez, H., & Ramirez Corria, C. M. Cilindroma vesical. An. cirug., Habana, 1930, 2: 331-3.—Joseph, E., & Schwarz, O. A. Erfahrungen fiber die epithelialen Geschwiilste der Harnblase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1923, 13: 203-26.—Kidd, F. The treatment of epithelial tumors of the urinary bladder; based on a consideration of 162 cases personally observed and treated. Chicago M. Rec, 1923, 45: 521-53. Also Lancet, Lond., 1923,1: 523; 582; 636.—Mennenga, M. Beitrag zur Symp- tomatologie und Morphologie der epithelialen Blasengeschwiil- ste. Deut.'ZsChr. Chir., 1935,245: 517-29.—Okazaki, M. Ueber das Lymphangioendotheliom der Harnblase. Zschr. Urol., 1923, 17: 422-4.—Severi, A. Sulla etiopatogenesi dei tumori epiteliali della vescica. Arch. ital. urol., 1928-29, 5: 497-519 — Withers, S. M., & Coleman, W. G. Multiple benign cystic epithelioma associated with Xeroderma pigmentosum. Arch. Derm. Syph. Chic, 1920, n.s., 2: 27-34. Also repr. --- Tumors, experimental. Leone, P. Sulla possibility della produzione sperimentale di tumori della vescica. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1926) 1927, 33: 835-48.—Perlmann, S., & Staehler, W. Ueber kunstlich erzeugte Geschwiilste der Blase. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 1955. ----- Untersuchungeh fiber die Aetiologie der Blasengewachse (experi- mentelle Erzeugung von Blasengeschwulsten) Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932-33, 36: 139-64.—Schar, W. Experimentelle Erzeu- gung von Blasentumoren (die Wirkung langdauernder Inhala- tion von aromatischen Amidoverbindungen) Deut, Zschr, Chir., 1930, 226: 81-97. ---- Tumors, malignant. See also Bladder subheadings, Cancer, En- dometriosis, Leiomyoma, Sarcoma. Nassauer, M. *Ueber bosartige Blasenge- schwiilste bei Arbeitern der organisch-chemi- schen Grossindustrie [Frankfurt] 53p. 8? Wiesb., 1919. Astraldi, A., & Lanari, E. L. Radiographic diagnosis of the ^hgnancy of bladder tumors. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 222-6.—Brown, R. K. L. The early diagnosis of malignant dis- ease of the bladder. J. Cancer Res. Com. Univ. Sydney, 1931, 3: 202-6.—Cunningham, J. H. The rapidity of growth of malig- °ant Q™™ of tne bladder. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1926,19:237-44.—Bascalopoulos. A propos des tumeurs malignes de la vessie chez l'enfant (un nouveau cas des myxome malin) Arch. mal. reins, 1929-30, 4: 270-5—Buvergey & Blanchot. Tumeur de la vessie avec propagation a 1'uterus. J. med. Bor- deaux, 1924, 54: 283—Grynfeltt, E. Myxome vesical a evolution rapidement fatale chez un enfant de neuf mois. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1929, 18: 488-505.—Maza, T. de la. Diagnostico radio- grafico de los tumores malignos vesicales. Arch, med., Madr., 1928, 28:17-23—Meuslish, R. M., Heifer, N. I. [Serological tests in malignant tumors of the bladder] Klin, med., Moskva, 1928, 6: 1141-4— Nassauer, M. Ueber bosartige Blasengeschwiilste bei Arbeitern der organisch-chemischen Grossindustrie. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1919, 22: 353-99. Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1919, 66: 1436.—Randall, A. State of unilateral anuria in bladder malignancy. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1934, 27: 77-9. Also Ann. Surg., 1935, 101: 603.—Roche, A. E. The early diag- nosis of malignant disease of the bladder. Practitioner, Lond., 1933, 130: 206-16—Romiti, Z. Tumori maligni della vesica. Tumori maligni (Vernoni, G.) Milano, 1933,169-76.—Roussy, G. A propos du cas de metastases cutanees inguino-pubiennes r6- v61atrices d'une tumeur de la vessie. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1922, 11: 501. -----Ertzbischoff, P., & Fumet. Metastases cutanees inguino-pubienne revelatrices d'une tumeur de la vessie. Ibid., 141-3.—Schlagintweit, F. One hundred and forty malignant tu- mors of the bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1927, 31: 483-6.—Thiem. Bosartige Geschwulst der Blasengegend im Anschluss an einen nahezu 12 Jahre zuriickliegenden Unfall mit Bemerkungen iiber die zwischen Geschwulst und Verletzung liegenden Zeitab- schnitte. Mschr. Unfallh., 1915, 22: 301-4.—Veaudeau, M. Tu- meur vesicale maligne d'origine allantoi'dienne. Echo med. nord, 1932, 36: 306-9.—Wetherell, B. B. The rarity of active lung metastases in cases of bladder tumor. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 620-3—Young, H. H. Malignant tumors of the bladder. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1933, 48-51. ---- Tumors, malignant: Treatment. Schwabe, W. *Harnblasenresektion wegen bosartiger Tumoren [Halle-Wittenberg] 18p. 8? Apolda Th., 1932. Andre & Grandineau. Traitement des tumeurs malignes de la vessie. Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32: 1-165. Also J. urol. m6d., Par., 1932, 34: 416-30.—Ascoli, M. II trattamento del tumori maligni della vescica. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. chir., 58-64.— Bengolea & Astraldi. Cistectomia total por tumor de vejiga; operation de Coffey. Bol. Soc. cir. B..Aires, 1935, 19: 170-3.— Boeckel, A. A propos du traitement des tumeurs malignes de la vessie. Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32: 205-8.—Bugbee, H. G. Report of cases of malignant growths of the bladder treated by resection and radium. Rep. Surg. Staff Woman's Hosp., S. Louis', 1921-22, 4:171-80. Also Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1922.15:393-412.— Bumpus, H. C. Modern methods and results of treating malig- nancy of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 83: 1139-42.— Cathelin, F. A propos du traitement des tumeurs malignes de la vessie. Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32: 193-200.—Compan, V. Traite- ment des tumeurs malignes de la vessie. Ibid., 246-57.—Coun- selled V. S., & Walters, W. Malignant tumors of the bladder; a review of 165 cases in which the patients lived 5 years or more following various surgical procedures. Surg. 'Gyn. Obst., 1933, 56: 448.—Cunningham, J. H. What is malignant? a tumor of the bladder treated by non-operative means. Boston M.&S.J., 1927, 196: 1046.—Barget, R. Traitement actuel des tumeurs malignes de la vessie. J. med. Bordeaux, 1928, 58: 763-77.— Buvergey. Traitement des tumeurs malignes de la vessie. Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32: 201-4.—Federov, S. P. Sur la question de l'ablation totale de la vessie dans les cas de tumeurs malignes. J. urol. med., Par., 1926, 22: 370-8. Ak*> Vest, khir., 1928, 14: 14-6.—Flandrin, R. A propos du traitement des tumeurs malignes de la vessie. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1928, 8: 55-63.—Gayet & Bechaume, M. Tumeur maligne du d6me vesical; cystectomie partielle. Lyon med., 1924, 133: 816.— Gouverneur, R. A propos des tumeurs malignes de la vessie. Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32: 171-7.—Herbst, R. H. Severe hema- turia; excision of malignant tumor of bladder. Surg. Clin. Chicago, 1919, 3: 451-5.—Hunt, V. C. The surgical treatment of malignant tumors of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 1704-9. ----- Consideration of the surgical procedures in the treatment of malignant disease of the urinary bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n.s., 10: 69-77.—Hyman, A. Suprapubic cystotomy, with excision and irradiation in the treatment of malignant tumors of the bladder. Ibid., 1935, 28: 5-15. Also repr.— Judd, E. S., & Sistrunk, W. E. The surgical treatment of malig- nant tumors of the bladder; results of operations. J. Am. M. Ass., 1920,75:1401-6.—Junker, H, Erfahrungen mit der Chemo- BLADDER 408 BLADDER koagulation bei bosartigen Blasengeschwulsten. Arch. klin. Chir., 1929,156: 212-23.—Kanauka, V. [Treatment of malignant tumors of the bladder] Medicina, Kaunas, 1931, 12: 701-16 — Kolischer, G. Surgical diathermy in malignant vesical tumors. Clin. M.&S., 1927,34:688. ----- Electrocoagulation of malig- nant tumors of the bladder. Phys. Ther., 1931, 49: 16-22.— Latzko, W. Ueber eine Methode zur Radikaloperation bosar- tiger Blasengeschwiilste beim Weibe. Wien. med. Wschr., 1921, 71: 1649.—Lavenant, A. A propos du traitement des tu- meurs malignes de la vessie. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1929, 21: 140-5.—Lepoutre, C. Traitement des tumeurs malignes de la vessie. Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32: 214-24.—Lewis, B., & Carroll, G. Treatment of malignant tumors ,of the urinary bladder by diathermy. Arch. Phys. Ther., 1931, 12: 215.—Lichtenberg, A. von. Die chirurgische Behandlung der bosartigen Blasenge- schwiilste. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 459-62—Lower, W. E. The standard treatment of malignant tumors of the bladder. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 60: 513-5.—Luys, G. A propos du traitement des tumeurs malignes de la vessie. Clinique, Par., 1933, 28: 171.—Maguire, F. A. Removal of bladder and urethra in the female for malignant disease. Med. J. Australia, 1927, 2: 19.— Nesbit, R. M. Total cystectomy and ureteral transplantations in malignant conditions of the bladder, with a description of a new operative procedure. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105: 852-4.— Pascual, S. Tratamiento operatorio de los tumores malignos de vejiga (eistectomia) Siglo med., 1916, 63: 306-10.—Pasteau, O. Traitement des tumeurs malienes de la vessie. Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32: 257-66.—Roffo, A. H., & Astraldi, A. Resultados de los metodos terapeuticos aplicados en el instituto para el trata- miento de los tumores malignos de la vejiga. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1930, 7: 1311-22.—Schwarz, 0. A. Demon* stration zur intravesikalen Behandlung bosartiger Blasenge- schwiilste. Zschr. Urol., 1926, 20: 359-63.—Simon, L. Die Behandlung und Prognose der malignen Blasengeschwiilste. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1926,136: 565-72.—Stevens, W. E. Treatment of malignant tumors of the bladder, with special reference to surgical diathermy. California West. M., 1929, 30: 29-35 — Stutzin, J. J. Zur Behandlung bosartiger Blasengeschwiilste. Zschr. Urol., 1930, 24: 662.—Wade, H. The treatment of malig- nant disease of the urinary bladder. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1926-27, 20: sect, urol., 31-40. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 52: 312-23, pi.—Watson, E. M. The management of bladder tumors, particularly the inoperable type. J. Urol., Bait., 1925, 14: 509-17. ---- Tumors, malignant: Treatment, radiologic. Andre, Bessot, R. [et al.] A propos du traitement des tumeurs de vessie par le radium. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1936, 68-71. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1936, 41: 354-7.—Barker, W. C. Roentgen ray therapy of tumors of the urinary bladder. Hahnemann. Month., 1931, 66: 655-61.—Benson, F. C. Radium for vesical neoplasms. Ibid., 1930, 65: 336-8.—Bruneton, J. Comment se pr6sente actuellement la question du traitement des tumeurs vesicales par le radium. Gaz. m6d. France, 1936, 43: 631-3.— Buerger, L. Nouvelle methode d'application du radium au moyen du cystoscope. J. urol. med., Par., 1922, 14: 409-18.— Cunningham, J. H. A method for the introduction of radium needles into tumors of the bladder. Boston M.&S.J., 1923,188: 816-9.—Barget, R. La radiumtherapie des tumeurs malignes de la vessie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1931, 49: 171. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1931,31:193-8. ----- Quelques cas nouveaux de tumeur maligne de la vessie, traites par le radium; technique de l'implan- tation. Ibid., 1933, 35: 143-50. -----& Lange, J. La radium- therapie a vessie ouverte dans le traitement des tumeurs ma- lignes de la vessie. Ibid., 1936, 41: 131-5.—Bourmashkin, R. L. A new cystoscopic forceps, especially adapted for the implanta- tion of radium emanation seeds. J. Urol., Bait., 1924, 12: 89-91.—Flandrin, P. R. Le traitefnent des tumeurs de la vessie par le mesothorium. Arch. urol. Necker, 1923-24, 4: 287-341. ----- Ce qu'il faut penser du m6sothorium dang le traitement des tumeurs vesicales. N6oplasmes, 1927,6:197-204.—Geraghty, J. T. Value of radium in the treatment of bladder tumors. South. M.J., 1920,13: 511-4.—Goin, L. S. Radiation therapy of malignant bladder tumors. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1924, 28: 269.— Goosmann, C. Results with modern radiotherapy in bladder tumors. Am. J. Roentg., 1923, n.s., 10: 804-6. Also Cincinnati J.M., 1923, 4: 505.—Harris, A. A case of bladder tumor. Long Island M.J., 1923, 17: 314.—Hernandez e Ibanez, J. A. La alta frecuencia y la terapia profunda en los tumores malignos de la vejiga. Rev. m6d. cubana, 1924, 35: 263-74.—Herrold, R. D. A needle for radium treatment through an operating cystoscope. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78: 1538.—Keyes, E. L. The treatment of bladder tumors with metal seeds containing radium emanation J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1926, 23: 485-8. ----- Recent radium treatment of bladder tumors. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 17: 205-31. Also repr. ----- Five-year results of suprapubic radium implantation into bladder tumors. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin Surg., 1933, 26: 207-28. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1934, 58: 233-7. -----Ferguson, R. S., & Hocker, A. F. Roentgentherapy for recurring bladder tumors of low malignancy. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg.,. 1935, 28: 265-73.—Kidd, F. Treatment of bladder tumours by radon. Brit. M.J., 1930, 2: 949-53.— Kilburn, I. N. Deep roentgen therapy in malignant tumors of the bladder. Boston M.&S.J., 1925,193: 22-8.—Kolischer, G., & Eisenstaedt, J. S. Tumors of the urinary bladder. Surg. Clin. Chicago, 1919, 3: 531-40.—Kolischer, G., & Katz, H. Radium in malignant tumors of the bladder and prostate. Urol. Cut Rev.-, 1923, 27: 218.—Korchow, W. I. Beitrage zur Frage iiber die Komplikationen nach Radiumbehandlung der Geschwiilste der Harnblase und der benachbarten Organe. Strahlentherapie, 1934. 51: 164-78.—Laurence, J. Le traitement des tumeurs malignes de la vessie par le m6sothorium. Rev. g6n. clin. ther., 1924, 38: 347.—Legueu, F., Marsan, F., & Flandrin, P. Note sur le traitement des tumeurs malignes de la vessie par le meso- thorium. J. urol. med., Par., 1923, 16: 81-1.—Morson, C. The role of radium in the treatment of malignant disease of the blad- der and male genital organs. Brit. J. Surg.; 1920-21, 8: 36-9.— Muir, J. Radio-active substances and their therapeutic uses and applications; radiotherapy of bladder tumors. Radiology, 1925, 5: 53-9. ----- Irradiation of vesical neoplasms by removable platinum radon seeds; description of new instruments designed to facilitate their employment. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 17: 53-60.—Neill, W. Radium in the treatment of new growths of the male bladder; a convenient and effective method utilizing an open-air cystoscope. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 79: 2061-3. Also repr. ----- Notes on some malignant bladder tumors treated with radium. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1929, 33: 577-9—Oraison, J. Tumeurs de la vessie et radium. Bull. Soc fr. urol., 1923, 2: 161-6. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1923, 16: 49-55. ----- A propos de 2 cas de tumeur maligne de la vessie traites par le mesothorium. Bull. Soc. m6d. chir. Bordeaux (1925) 1926, 159-67. Also Gaz. sc. m6d. Bordeaux, 1925, 46: 266-9.—Ormond, J. K. Favorable effect of X-ray on unusual bladder tumor. Am. J. Surg., 1936, 32: 333.—Schnoebelen, P. C. Management and results of deep therapy in tumors of the bladder and prostate. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1925, 22: 57-9.—Scholl, A. J., & Braasch, W. F. Preoperative treatment of malignant tumors of the blad- der by radium. Radium, Pittsb., 1922, 2.ser., 1: 209-21.— Timberlake, G. A simple and efficient means of applying radium to bladder neoplasms in the male. J. Am. M. Ass., 1920, 75: 309.—Waters, C. A. Four years' experience in the treatment of tumors of the bladder by deep Roentgen therapy. Am. J. Roentg., 1926, n.s., 16: 203-14. Also repr.—Watson, E. M. An improved technique for the application of radium to massive tumors involving the base of the bladder. Bull. Buffalo Gen. Hosp., 1925, 3: 72-5— Williams, J. G., & Currin, F. W. Radiatior therapy in tumors of the bladder. Med. Times, N.Y., 1927, 55: 175.—Wolfromm, G., & Monod, O. A propos du traitement par irradiation des tumeurs de la vessie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1931, 100-13. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1931, 31: 377-89—Woolston, W. H. An instrument for the application of radium to tumor of the bladder. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1920, 31: 627-9. ---- Tumors: Pathology. Duros, M. P. A. *Les myomes periphe>iques de la vessie. 96p. 8? Lille, 1919. Fifield, L. R. The pathology, diagnosis, and treatment of neoplasms, originating in the walls of the urinary bladder. 94p. 12? Lond., 192S. Aschner, P. W. The pathology of vesical neoplasms; its evaluation in diagnosis and prognosis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 1697-704. ----- Clinical application of bladder tumor pathology. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n.s., 10: 67. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 52: 979-1000.—Barringer, B. S. Rational classifica- tion of bladder tumors. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1923, 16: 131-40.—Berne-Lagarde, de. Retention d'urine complete chez la femme par myome pedicuie de la vessie; ablation de la tumeur par taille hypogastrique; guerison. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 100-3.—Bronner, H. The diagnosis and pathology of bladder tumors. Kentucky M.J., 1922, 20: 34-42.—Casariego, A. G. La evolution de los tumores vesicales. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1934, 9: 274—Christeller, E. Pathologie und patholo- gische Anatomie der Geschwiilste der Harnblase. Zschr. Urol., 1925,19:103-18.—Cimino, T. Tumori infiammatori della vescica urinaria. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1921) 1922, 28: 123-8.—Corbus, B. C. Condyloma of the bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1920, 24: 620-2.—Bubner, I. Steinbildung bei Tumor in der Harnblase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1933, 38: 1-10.—Gay, B. M. The pathology of bladder tumors. Delaware M.J., 1935, 7: 48-51.—Goldmann, H. Seltene Form von Blasengeschwulst. Arch. klin. Chir., 1931, 164: 560-3. Also Zschr. Urol., 1931, 25: 594.—Heidler, H. Neurofibromata vesicae urinaria?. Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 504-7.— Heusch, K. Ueber Neurofibrome der Harnblase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 21: 113-25.—Higgins, C. C. Benign tumors of the bladder. Ann. Surg., 1931,93:886-90.—McNally, H. H. Myoma of bladder wall. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1921,11: 768.—Marion, G., & Leroux. Plasmocytome vesical. J. urol. med., Par., 1924,18: 121-3.—Moriconi, L. Contributo alio studio dei tumori vesci- cali. Arch. ital. urol., 1932, 9: 670-95—O'Crowley, C. R., & Martland, H. S. Is myxoma of the bladder a pathological entity? J. Urol., Bait., 1924,11: 349-63:—Oehlecker, F. Demonstration seltener Blasenwandgeschwiilste. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1929) 1930,9. Kongr., 250-4—Papin, E. Tumeur incrustee de la vessie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1923, 2: 43. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1923,15: 136.—Paschkis, R. Granulom der Blase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 203—Quinby, W. C. Supravital staining in neoplasms of the bladder. N. England J.M., 1931, 205: 1048. Also repr.—Rizzi, R. Tumori rari della vescica. Arch. ital. urol., 1931-32, 8: 306-36.—Sindoni, M. Glandule vescicali e tumori a struttura glandulare della vescica. Ibid., 1933-34,10: 309-19.—Singer, G. [Chorioid tumors of the bladder] Gyo- gyaszat, 1926, 66: 344.—Steden, E. Ueber Neurinomatose der Harnblase. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1923, 177: 137-42—Thomas, G. J. Report of a case of granuloma of the urinary bladder. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1923, 3: 1273-9.—True. Un cas de myome pedicuie de la vessie. s'echappant de l'uretre pendant la miction. Arch. mal. reins, 1934, 8: 462-6, BLADDER 40! ---- Tumors: Treatment. Villechaize, A. *La conduite a tenir dans les tumeurs vesicales interessant la region uret^rale. 82p. 8? Par., 1935. Ajamil, L. F. El tratamiento actual de los tumores vesicales. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1934, 9: 321-39.—Alhaique, A. Brevi considerazioni sulla cura dei tumori benigni della vescica. Rinasc. med., 1929, 6: 225-7.—Ashcraft, L. T. The treatment of tumors of the urinary bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1920, 24: 457-61.—Ballenger, E. G., & Elder, O. F. The management of tumors of the urinary bladder. South. M.J., 1920, 13: 279-83 — Beer, E. Physical agents in the treatment of bladder tumors. Am. J. Surg., 1928, n.s., 4: 113-32. ----- Bladder tumors; historical study of treatment and pathology. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 33: 612-5.— Boardman, E. J. Tumours of the urinary blad- der, diagnosis and treatment. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1921, 11: 539-42.—Braasch, W. F. Tumors of the bladder and their non- operative treatment. Minnesota M., 1918, 1: 168-74.—Colston, J. A. C. The treatment of tumors of the bladder. Am. J. Roentg., 1931, 25: 375-80.—Compan, V. El tratamiento de los tumores de la vejiga por los agentes fisicos. An. Hosp. S. Cruz, Barcel., 1928, 2: 15-9.—Corbus, B. C. The diagnosis and treat- ment of bladder tumors. Illinois M.J., 1927, 52: 365-9.—Covisa, S. The treatment of vesical tumors. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1919, 23: 257-9.—Eisendrath, B. N. The diagnosis and treatment of bladder tumors. Illinois M.J., 1926, 49: 205-10—Egger, K. Ueber die Behandlung der Blasengeschwiilste. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 1051-4.—Ferrier, P. A. Some problems in the management of tumors of the urinary bladder. California West. M., 1925, 23: 1303-7.—Frontz, W. A. A consideration of bladder tumors, with special regard to therapeutic measures best suited to the different types. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1928, 21: 129-36 [Discussion] 227-41. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1928, 47: 413-6.—Fullerton, A. The treatment of bladder tumours. Irish J.M.Sc, 1925, 5.ser., 243-58.—Gamble, P. G. Diagnosis and treatment of bladder tumors. N. Orleans M.&S.J., 1929-30, 84: 854-6.—Gayet, G. Les traitements modernes des tumeurs de la vessie. Lyon med., 1921, 130: 97-103. Also Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32: 188-93.—Green, M. M. The management of bladder tumors. N. Orleans M.&S.J., 1935, 87: 544-9.—Haines, W. H. The treatment of bladder tumors. Pennsylvania M.J., 1932, 35: 549-53. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1932, 36: 178-80.— Harrah, F. W. The management of bladder tumors. Ohio M.J., 1932, 28: 175-9.—Hartinger, L. Zur Behandlung der Blasengeschwiilste. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1926, 196: 395-8 — Herbst, R. H., & Thompson, A. Tumors of the bladder; their diagnosis and treatment. J. Am. M. Ass., 1920, 74: 91-3. Also repr.—Jacobs, A. The present methods of treating tumours of the urinary bladder. Glasgow M.J., 1932, 117: 57-68, 2pl — Joseph, E. Die Behandlung der Blasengeschwiilste. Zschr. Urol., 1925,19:118-36.—Kelly, H. A., & Neill, W. The treatment of tumors of the bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1924, 28: 257-9 — Kolischer, G. Zur Klinik der Blasentumoren. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1920, 67: 1078.—Luys, G. Traitement moderne des tumeurs benignes de la vessie. Clinique, Par., 1926, 21: 201-3. ----■ Traitement des tumeurs de la vessie. Ibid., 1929, 24: 221-3.—McCarthy, J. F. A consideration of technique in the management of new growths of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 23: 323-9.—MacBonald, S. Bladder growths and their treatment. Brit. M.J., 1921, 2: 310.—Marinescu, G. [On the treatment of tumors of the bladder. Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1925, 14: 220-8.—Marion. Traitement des tumeurs de la vessie. Progr. med., Par., 1930,1922-9.—Meier, H. Beitrag zur Behand- lung der Blasengeschwiilste. Zschr. Urol., 1926, 20: 846-62 — Pasteau. Traitement des tumeurs v6sicales. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1929, 21: 136-40—Pearse, R. The treatment of bladder tumours. Canad. AI. Ass. J., 1923,13: 663-5.—Peugniez. Trois cas de tumeur de la vessie. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1929, 21: 111-6.—Smith, G. G. The treatment of bladder tumors. Penn- sylvania M.J., 1934-35, 38: 569-76.—Thomas, J. M. B. Trata- miento de los tumores de la vejiga. Med. ibera, 1917,1:11; 41.— Valerio, A. Subsidio therapeutico aos neoplasmas uro-vesicaes. Brasil med., 1928, 42: 1345.—Wade, H. The treatment of tu- mours of the urinary bladder. Edinburgh M.J., 1927, 34: Trans., 1-19.—Walker, K. The treatment of bladder growths. Postgrad. M.J., Lond., 1933, 9: 444-7.—Wallace, W. J., & Akin, R. H. Diagnosis and treatment of vesical tumors. South. M.J., 1930, 23: 200-5.—Wolfromm, G. A propos du traite- ment et du diagnostic des tumeurs de la vessie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1936, 164-75. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1936, 41: 568-79 — Wulff, P. Zur Behandlung der gutartigen Blasentumoren. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1922, 10: 137-9—Young, H. McC. The treat- ment of tumors of the bladder. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1930, 34: 287-94. --- Tumors: Treatment, cystoscopic. Astraldi, A. Osmosis eiectrica en los tumores vesicales. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1924, 1: 290-4. Also Rev. As. med. argent., 1924, 37: Soc. urol., 153-9.—Boeckel, A. Six cas de neoplasme inoperable de la vessie traites par l'etincelage a vessie ouverte. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1928, 31: 432-44—Cun- ningham , J. H., & Gra ves, R. C. Tumors of the bladder; remarks on the essential features and demonstration of a new diathermy device. Boston M.&S.J., 1926, 194: 573-7—Brexler, L. S., & Ginsberg, W. The treatment of bladder tumors by chemo- coagulation. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1927, 45: 820-3—Galbraith, W. W. Trans-urethral diathermy in the diagnosis and treat- ment of tumours of the bladder. Tr. R.M. Chir. Soc. Glasgow, BLADDER 1928-29, 23: 70-8—Gibson, T. E. Treatment of bladder tumors with the McCarthy resectoscope. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 34: 8 — Gironcoli, F. Be. Sulla chemocoagulazione dei tumori vescicali. Arch. ital. chir., 1925,13: 539-46—Greenberg, G. Transurethral conservative treatment of bladder tumors. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 471-5.—Hammel, H. Zur Absaugbehandlung von Blasengeschwiilsten. Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 118-20.—Hennig, O., & Lechnir, J. Absaugung von Blasentumoren unter Sicht, ein neues Behandlungsverfahren. Ibid., 1932, 26: 558.—Joseph, E. Ueber Chemokoagulation von Blasentumoren. Ibid., 1920, 14: 305-7. ----- Erfahrungen mit der Chemokoagulation bei Blasengeschwiilsten. Ibid., 1930, 24: 664-9 —Kolischer, G., & Eisenstaedt, J. S. Complete closing of the urinary bladder after coagulation of tumors. J. Am. M. Ass., 1920, 74: 801.—Oraison. Pince-cautere de Marion pour 1'ablation des tumeurs v6sicales par les voies naturelles. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1911) 1912, 258. Also Gaz. sc med. Bordeaux, 1911, 32: 359.—Rede- will, F. H. Urinary bladder tumors diagnosed and treated by new cystoscopic methods. Urol. Cut. Rev.. 1932, 36: 145-51.— Thelen, G. Die zystoskopische Diagnostik der Blasengeschwiil- ste und ihre Behandlung durch Elektrokoagulation. Schmidts Jahrb., 1915, 322: Erganzh., 646-52. Also in Festschr. Akad. prakt. Med. Coin, 1915, 646-52, pi.—Wilhelmi, 0. J. Bladder tumors; removal with fulgurations. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1928, 25: 199-201. ---- Tumors: Treatment, operative. Hinderfeld, E. *Die chirurgische Behand- lung der Blasentumoren unter Berucksichtigung der in der chirurgischen Klinik zu Freiburg i. Br. in den Jahren 1908 bis 1915 behandelten Falle. 27p. 8? Freib. i. Br., 1916. Schwalb, R. H. F. *Die Behandlung der Harnblasentumoren. 31p. 8? Ber]., 1917. Ascoli, R. Risultati immediati e remoti della cura chirurgica cruenta dei tumori vescicali. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1935, 23: 537-48.—Baetzner, W. Die operative Behandlung der Blasen- tumoren. Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 325.—Barney, J. B. Personal experiences with tumor of the bladder. Tr. N. England Surg. Soc, 1935,18: 262-72. Also N. England J.M., 1935, 213: 976-9 — Bazy, P. Souvenirs d'antan. Presse med., 1933, 41: 1355 — Beer, E. The technic of the operative treatment of neoplasms of the urinary bladder. Ann. Surg., 1921, 73: 72-6. ----- Bladder tumors, benign and malignant: cases treated by opera- tion. Internat. J.S., 1921, 34: 243. ----- Bladder tumors: diagnosis and treatment. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 255-69. ----- Surgery of bladder tumors. Ann. Surg., 1935, 101: 1412-5.—Bevan, A. B. Tumor of the urinary bladder. Surg. Clin. Chicago, 1919, 3: 761-3.—Boeminghaus, H. Beitrag zur Behandlung der Blasengeschwiilste. Arch. klin. Chir., 1925, 136: 115-27.—Corbus, B. C. The treatment of tumors of the bladder without local excision: an experimental and clinical study. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1921,33: 517-28—Crosbie, A. H. The 2-stage operation for bladder tumors. Tr. N. England Surg. Soc, 1934, 17: 53-6. Also N. England J.M., 1934, 211: 920 — Fedorov, S. P. Ueber die Totalexstirpation der Harnblase bei Blasentumoren. Zschr. Urol., 1923, 17: 290-306.—Friedrich. Zur Diagnose und Behandlung der Geschwiilste der Blase und der Harnleiter. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 2316.—Gardini, U. La cura dei tumori della vescica. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1921) 1922, 28: 161-5.—Gaume. Deux cas de cystectomie partielle suivie de nephro-ureterectomie pour tumeur vesicale recidivee. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1931, 186-92.—Gouverneur, R. La cystectomie partielle avec extra-peritonisation dans les tumeurs de la vessie. Arch. mal. reins, 1934, 8: 513-24—Grant, O. The surgical treatment of bladder tumors. South. M.J., 1925, 18: 202-6.— Hinman, F. The surgery of tumors of the bladder. California West. M., 1929, 31:116-24.—Joseph, E. Eine neue Methode zur Behandlung der Blasengeschwiilste. Zbl. Chir., 1919, 46: 931-4.—LaRoque, G. P. Operation for tumors of the bladder. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 53: 205-7.—Le Fur, R. Technique des operations concernant les tumeurs de la vessie. Rev. techn. chir., Par., 1931, 23: 43-60.—Luys, G. Traitement des tumeurs de la vessie. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1929, 21: 174-81.—Rochet. Etude operatoire des neoplasmes vesicaux (cystectomies par- tielles) Lyon chir., 1920, 16: 293-310.—Scholl, A. J. Tumors involving the dome of the bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 83: 1147-54.—Squier, J. B. Segmental resection of the bladder for neoplasm. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1923, 37: 179-85.—Timberlake, G. Use of tonsil snare in some bladder tumors. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1923, 27: 351.—Voelcker. Die Chirurgie der Blasengeschwiilste. Zbl. Chir., 1924, 51: 2365-8.—Young, H. H. Treatment of certain vesical neoplasms by intravesical resection of the entire bladder wall with the peritoneal coat. J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 23: 269-74. ---- Tumors: Treatment: Results. Goller, K. *Ein Fall von langjahrigbeste- hendem Blasentumor nebst kritischen Bemer- kungen zur Behandlung der Blasentumoren [Leipzig] 45p. 8? Erlangen, 1919. Andre. Les interventions pour tumeurs de la vessie et leurs resultats. Rev. med. est, 1924,52: 715-26— Bumpus, H. C. The present methods and results of treating tumors of the bladder. J Urol , Bait., 1929, 21: 371-80—Geraghty, J. T. The results of treatment of bladder tumors. J. Am. M. Ass., 1917, 69:1336-40. BLADDER 410 BLADDER Also repr.—Hogge, A. Quelques suites deplorables du traite- ment moderne des tumeurs de la vessie. Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32: 177-88. -----& Laurent, G. Quelques suites d6plorables du traitement moderne des tumeurs de la vessie. Li6ge m6d., 1932, 25: 1557-68—Lazarus, J. A., & Rosenthal, A. A. The present status regarding diagnosis and treatment of common tumors of the bladder, with a report based on 77 cases. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 802-11.—Lennane, G. A. Q. Some aspects of vesical tumours and the results of treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1928, 2: 647-9.—Neander, A. [On the surgical treatment of tumors of the bladder and their result, according to the statistics of the Surgical Clinics of Serafim's hospital during 1901-15] Hygiea, Stockh., 1918, 80: 753-80. Also Fol. urol., Lpz., 1914-18, 9: 389-411.—Neil, W. Further progress in the treatment of tumors of the female bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1920, 34: 325.— Nicolich. Suites eioignees de 2 cystectomies subtotales pour tumeurs de la vessie. J. urol. med., Par., 1920, 10: 403-9.— Pearse, R. Bladder tumours; some results, favourable and un- favourable. Tr. North Centr. Br. Am. Urol. Ass., 1934, 50-5 — Scott, W. W., & McKay, R. W. The results obtained by various methods of treatment in 622 cases of bladder tumors. N. York State J.M., 1927, 27: 939-49.—Thomas, B. A. The treatment of bladder tumors; with an analysis of 62 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., 1920, 75: 1395-401—Wishard, W. N., Hamer, H. G., & Mertz, H. 0. An evaluation of various methods of treating tumors of the bladder. Tr. North Centr. Br. Am. Urol. Ass., 1935, 13-6. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 503-6.—Young, H. H., & Scott, W. W. The results obtained by various methods in the treatment of tumors of the bladder. N. York M.J., 1923, 118: 262-8. Also repr. ---- Tumors: Treatment—by electricity. Baille, H. Contribution a l'etude du traite- ment endovesical des tumeurs de la vessie par les courants de haute frequence. 72p. 8? Lvon, 1918. Perrucci, A. Trattamento dei tumori della vescica con speciale riguardo alla elettro-coagu- lazione. 48p. 8? Bologna, 1920. Alesio, C. La tecnica moderna dell' alta frequenza nella cura dei tumori della vescica. Minerva med., Tor., 1922, 2:107-10.— Astraldi, A. A proposito de la electrocoagulation en los tumores vesicales y de una complication nueva de esta. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1929, 5: 231-6.—Bruni. La cura dei tumori benigni della vescica con la diatermia. Riforma med., 1921, 37: 1082. —--- La elettrocoagulazione dei tumori della vescica. Ann. ital. chir., 1924,3:1074. Also Morgagni, 1924,66:1450. ----- & Colombino, S. La elettrocoagulazione dei tumori vescicali. Arch. ital. urol., 1924-25,1: 536-8. Also Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1924, 5: 773-6.—Castano, E. Consideraciones sobre el trata- miento de los tumores benignos de la vejiga por la electrocoagu- lation. Rev. As. med. argent., 1919, 31: 15-31.—Corbus, B. C. Bladder tumors as treated by thermo-electric coagulation. Arch. Phys. Ther., Omaha, 1926, 7: 652-9.—Cunningham, J. H., Graves, R. C, & Bovie, W. T. Controlled diathermy; a new method for the treatment of bladder tumors. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1924, 18: 219-35. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1925, 14: 411-8.— Bor, A. Le traitement des tumeurs de la vessie par les courants de haute frequence. Alarseille med., 1925, 62: 1774-83.—Fleischman, A. G. Treatment of tumors of the blad- der by surgical diathermy. Arch. Phys. Ther., Omaha, 1928, 9: 523-31. Also J. Iowa M. Soc, 1928, 18:1-7—Galbraith, W. W. Trans-urethral diathermy in the diagnosis and treatment of tumours of the bladder. Glasgow M.J., 1929, 111: 129-37.— Ginsberg, H. M. Electro-cautery treatment of benign growths of the bladder. Urol.'Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 328.—Heitz-Boyer. Emploi des courants de haute frequence pour la destruction des tumeurs de vessie; utilisation de ces courants en chirurgie, uri- naire et generale. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1920, 46: 745-54. ----- Volumineuse tumeur vesicale detruite en une s6ance au moyen de la haute frequence par voie endoscopique. Ibid., 1921, 47: 366.—Herrer, F. Tratamiento de los tumores vesicales por la altafrecuencia. Rev. san. mil., Madr., 1921,3.ser., 11:191-200.— Iacapraro, G. Tratamiento de los tumores vesicales por las co- rrientes de alta frequencia. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1934, 11: 98-150.—Keller, O. L'eiectrocoagulation endovesicale des tumeurs difficilement accessibles. J. urol. med., Par., 1928, 25: 156-8. Also Ugeskr. laeger, 1928, 90: 531—Kolischer, G. Elektro-Koagulation von Blasentumoren. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929,27:371-3. ----- & Jones, A. E. A contribution to the technique of the electro-coagulation of the vesical tumors. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1925, 29: 383— Kolischer, G., & Katz, H. High-fre- quency ciurents and roentgenotherapy in vesical tumors. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78: 1598-602.—Le Fur, R. Traitement des tumeurs de la vessie par la haute frequence (electrocoagulation) Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32: 224-46.—Lynch, K. B. Benign tumors of the bladder and their treatment. Southwest M., 1920-21, 4: no.6, 3-s.— Mancini, E. Sull'elettro-coagulazione dei tumori vescicali. Riforma med., 1922, 37: 559.—Martin, J. Disparition de tumeurs de la vessie apres leur destruction incomplete oar les courants de haute frequence. J. urol. med., Par., 1922, 13: 99-102.—Medeiros, A. B. de. Tratamento dos tumores vesicaes pela diatermia. Arch, riogrand. med., 1920, 1: 49-51.—Michel- son, J. B. [Treatment of benign tumors of the bladder by electrocoagulation] Vrach. gaz., 1927, 31: no.2, 93-9.—Miraved, F. Electrocoagulation en el tratamiento de los tumores de yehga. Med. ibera, 1919, 8: 18-21.—Oelsner. Zur Technik der Elektrokoagulation grosser Blasentumoren. Zschr. Urol., 1927, 21: 890.—Pellecchia, E. La terapia dei tumori della vescica per mezzo dell'alta frequenza. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1921) 1922, 28: 155-60. Also Riforma med., 1921, 37: 1081. Also Rass internaz. clin. ter., 1922, 3: 118-22.—Perrier, C. Traitement endoscopique des tumeurs de la vessie par les courants de haute frequence. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1920, 40: 313-8.—Rafin. Du traitement des tumeurs de la vessie par les courants de haute frequence. Lyon med., 1920, 129: 28.—Renner. Behandlung der Blasentumoren mit Hochfrequenzstromen. Jahrber. Schles. Ges. vaterl. Kult. (1914) 1915, 2: Abt.l, med. Sekt. [Vortrags] 84-8.—Rigdon, R. L. Treatment of bladder tumors by radiation and fulguration. California J.M., 1921, 19: 243.—Scheele, K. Die Elektrokoagulation der Blasentumoren. Zschr. Urol., 1926, 20: 649-54.—Schmidt, L. E. High frequency and diathermy in cases of bladder tumors. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1919, 23: 527.— Thomas, B. A. Observations on the treatment of bladder growths by electricity. N. York M.J., 1919, 110: 833-5. Also repr.—Timberlake, G. Electrocoagulation of vesical neoplasms under water with adjustable electrode. J. Urol., Bait., 1928,19: 629-35.—Wossidlo, E. Elektrokoagulation und Chemokoagula- tion von Blasentumoren. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1923, 12: 385-9.— Young, E. L. Diathermy in bladder tumors; a special method in certain cases. Am. Med., 1932, 38: 249-51. ---- Ulceration. See also Bladder, Amebiasis; Bladder, Tuber- culosis. Chambers, G. Solitary ulcer of the bladder. Brit. M.J., 1928, 1: 1019.—Chauvin, E. Ulcere simple de la vessie. Arch. mal. reins, 1936-37, 10: 167-70.—Beddes, E. [Chronic ulcer of the bladder] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 4502-7, pi—Frank, P., & Gruber, G. B. Ulcus incrustatum der Harnblase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1923, 13: 103-6.—Handorn. Ulcus incrustatum der Harnblase, als Spatschfidigung nach Strahlentherapie. Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 507-10.—Herbst, R. H. Linear ulcer of the blad- der. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, 8: 607-9.—Heusch, K. Ueber artlose Blasengeschwiire. Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 325; 361.—Jean, G. Ulcere simple perforant aigu de la vessie (perforation extraperitoneale) J. urol. med., Par., 1922, 13: 103-5.—Kahn, I. W. Ulceration of the bladder simulating car- cinoma following the use of radium in the cervix. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1927, 31: 360.—Knapp, P. Entwicklung unspezifischer Blasengeschwiire auf dem Boden ausgeheilter Blasentuberku- lose. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926,39:1154.—Lazarus, J. A. Simple chronic ulcers of the urinary bladder; report of an unusual case. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 34:111-5—Lepoutre, C. Ulceration vesicale d'origine embolique et colibacillaire a evolution aigue. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1931, 116-9.—Michon, L. Ulcerations vesicales chroniques de diagnostic difficile. Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32: 466-71.—Ottow, B. Zur Kenntnis des Ulcus incrustatum der weiblichen Harnblase. Zbl. Gyn., 1932, 56: 2667-77.—Papin, E. Les ulceres simples chroniques de la vessie et la cystite incrustee. Arch. mal. reins, 1930, 5: 49-72.—Paschkis, R. Ueber das so- genannte Ulcus simplex der Blase. Wien. med. Wschr., 1921, 71: 1712; 1806. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1927, 22: 257-73. ----- Die nichtspezifischen chronischen Geschwiire der Blase. Verh., Deut. Ges. Urol., 8. Kongr. (1928) 1929,131-44. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1929, 33: 217-9.—Petzetakis, M., & Mylonas, P. De l'exis- tence des lesions ulcereuses dans la cystite amibienne. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1925,20:226-30.—Pollak, W. Ueber das Ulcus simplex der Blase. Zschr.urol. Chir., 1934,39:362-8.—Remete.E. Beitrag zur Pathogenese und Therapie des sogenannten Ulcus simplex vesicae. Zschr. Urol., 1930, 24: 99-102.—Reynard & Michon, I. Ulcere simple de la vessie. Lyon m6d., 1923,132: lOll.-'Schaff- hauser, F. Beitrag zur Klinik und Pathogenese des Ulcus incrustatum vesicae. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932-33, 36: 248-58.— Schramm, C. Seltener Ausgang einer Cystitis ulcerosa. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol., 8. Kongr. (1928) 1929, 161-3.—Sirovicza, M. Ulcus simplex incrustatum der Harnblase. Zschr. Urol., 1927, 21: 670-7.—Strauss. Reliefaufnahme eines grossen Ulcus vesicae. Ibid., 1936, 30: 567.—Verliac & Belaunay. Ulcere vesical consc- cutif au traitement par le radium d'un cancer uterin. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1924, 3: 150-4.—Weis, W. Ueber einen Fall von ulceroser Cystitis paratyphosa. Vereinsbl. pfalz. Aerzte, 1927, 39: 342-5. ---- Ulceration, submucous [Hunner's type] Barrows, B. N. Solitary ulcer of bladder. Am. J. Obst., 1919, 80: 83-7.—Bumpus, H. C. Submucous ulcer of the bladder in the male. J. Urol., Bait., 1921, 5: 249-53.----- Hunner ulcer. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1928, 3: 102.—Cavelier, J. E. Ulcera elusiva de la vejiga. Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1922-23, 14: 217-21.—Bodson, A. I. Hunner's ulcer of the bladder; a report of 10 cases. Virginia M. Month., 1926-27, 53: 305-10.—Folsom, A. I. Hunner's ulcer. Texas J.M., 1932, 27: 718-21.—Fowler, H. A. Ulcer of the bladder (Hunner type) J. Am. M. Ass., 1920, 75:1480-3.—Furniss, H. B. Fulguration of Hunner ulcers. Am. J. Obst., 1924, 7: 288-91 [Discussion] 323.—Higgins, C. C. Hunner ulcer of the bladder; a report of 38 cases. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1930, 34: 665-8.—Hughes, T. J. Sub-mucous ulcer of the bladder; report of cases treated by excision. Virginia M. Month., 1922-23, 49: 202.—Hunner, G. L. Elusive ulcer of the bladder; further notes on a rare type of bladder ulcer, with a report of 25 cases. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1918, 43: 27-62, 4pl — Hunt, V. C. Submucous ulcer of the bladder and its surgical treatment. Minnesota M., 1921, 4: 703-7.—Kamil, F. Ueber die Hunnerschen Blasenulzera. Zschr. Urol., 1934, 28: 793-8 — BLADDER 411 BLADT Keene, F. E. Circumscribed pan-mural ulcerative cystitis. Tr. Philadelphia Acad. Surg., 1922, 22: 14-20 [Discussion] 4, 3pl. Also Ann. Surg., 1920, 71: 479-85 [Discussion] 515, 3pl. ----- Elusive ulcer of the bladder. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1925, 50: 178-85 [Discussion] 243-54. Also Am. J. Obst., 1925, 10: 380-5 [Discussion] 443.—Kretschmer, H. L. Elusive ulcer of the bladder. Surg. Clin. Chicago, 1920, 4:1241-6. Also J. Am. M Ass., 1921, 76: 990-5. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1921, 25: 206. Also Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1922, 15: 417-42. Also Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1925) 1926, 35: 395-405. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 86: 739-41.—Kreutzmann, H. A. R. The treatment of Hunner's ulcer of the bladder by fulguration. California J.M., 1922, 20: 128-30.—Meads, A. M. Hunner ulcer. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1934, 3: 116-9. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 631-4.—Meisser, J. G., & Bumpus, H. C. Focal infections in relation to submucous ulcer of the bladder and to cystitis. J. Urol., Bait., 1921, 6:285-301—Mraz, J. Z. Elusive ulcer of the bladder. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1928, 21: 320-3 — Sears, N. P. The treatment of elusive ulcer of the bladder by the application of pure phenol. Am. J. Obst. 1935 30: 85-8.— Wehrbein, H. L. Unusual pathology of a Hunner ulcer. J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 22: 99-103.—Young, J. E., jr. Hunner ulcer of the bladder; a report of 45 cases. Cleveland Clin. Q., 1935, 2: 51-5. ---- Ulceration: Treatment. Herbst, R. H. Ulcer of the bladder. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1920, 4: 867-70.—Hyman, A. Ulcer of the bladder; operation. Internat. J.S., 1921, 34: 20.—Impiombato, G. L'ulcera cronica semplice della vescica; su di un caso trattato con la radium-terapia. Ann. radiol., Bologna, 1934,8: 673-80.—Jones. A. P. A neglected method of treatment for ulcerative cystitis in the female. Vir- ginia M. Month., 1920-21, 47: 304.—Keyes, E. L. The character and treatment of bladder ulcers. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1922,15:413-5. Also J. Urol.. Bait., 1922,8:167-9. ■---— Bladder ulcers treated by cauterization. Internat. J.S., 1922, 35: 19-21. ---- Ureteral region. See also Ureter. Blanc, H. A propos de la barre interureterale. J. urol. med., Par., 1923,16: 274-85—Gruber, C. M. The uretero-vesical valve. J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 22: 275-92—Israel, W. Harnleiter- miindung und Blasenkontraktion; physiologische Versuche. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 1878.—Kummer, R. H. Bourrelet inter- uret6ral masquant le meat droit. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1922, 13: 263.—Lower, W. E. Disposition of ureters in certain abnormal conditions of the urinary bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 80: 1200-4.—Mercier, O. La barre interureterale. Union med. Canada, 1925, 54: 628-38, 2pl.—Nogues. Abouchement anormal des ureteres dans la vessie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1926, 5: 255.— Swan, C. S. Ectopic ureteral opening, absence of half of trigone, and hypoplastic kidney. N. England J.M., 1931, 205: 471-3. ---- Varix. Marion, G. Un cas d'hematurie par rupture d'une varice v6sicale; arret de l'h6morragie par cauterisation au moyen de l'etincelage. J. urol. med., Par., 1921,12: 417, pi.—Matusovszky, A. Ueber die Varicen der Harnblase. Zschr. Urol., 1925, 19: 207-12.—Pugh, W. S. Varicose veins of the bladder; a cause of urinary hemorrhage. J. Urol., Bait., 1925, 13: 455-60.----- Bladder hematuria; an unusual source. Med. Rev. of Rev., 1927, 33: 120-5. ----- Varicocele of the bladder. Internat. J.S., 1928, 41; 537-9.—Rosenstein, P. Ueber Varizenbildung in der Harnblase und ihre diagnostische Bedeutung. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1922, 60: 106-15. —— Wounds. See Bladder, Injuries. ---- in animals. Flerov, N. Studien fiber den Bau und die funktionelle Struktur des Harnblasenepithels der Nagetiere. Zschr. Zell- forsch., 1936, 24: 360-92.—Graning, W. Zum Bau der Harnblase des Hundes. Zschr. ges. Anat., l.Abt., 1934, 103: 106-30.— Graf, H., & Frbberg, K. Pharmakologische Untersuchungen an der isolierten Harnblase des Hundes. Schweiz. Arch. Tierh., 1933,75: 163-78. ---- in pregnancy. Beker, J. C. [Effect of pregnancy on chronic diseases of the bladder and kidneys] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 2814. Also Ned. tschr. verlosk., 1934,37:105; 115—Bouglas, G. F. The bladder, its importance in gynecological diagnosis and treat- ment. Virginia M. Month., 1924-25, 51: 299-302—Kincaid, H. L. A bacteriologie study of the puerperal bladder. Am. J. Obst., 1928, 16: 194-200.—Madruzza, G. La funzione motoria della vescica in gravidanza. Arch, ostet. gin., 1933, 2.ser., 20: 343. ----- U lavoro della vescica in gravidanza. Riv. ital. gin., 1934, 16: 255-94.—Schmitz, E. F. The bladder in obstetrics and gynecology. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1924, 21: 61-3.—Schubert, von. Topographie der Harnblase in Schwangerschaft, Geburt und Wochenbett im Rontgenbild. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1929,137: 1027 [Discussion] 1044-7.—Shutter, H. W. Care of the bladder in pregnancy, labor, and the puerperium. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922,79: 449-52. BLADT, Lothar, 1905- *Ueber das Ver- halten von Serumeiweiss, Erythrocyten und Blutwasser bei Erythrodermia desquamativa [Leipzig] p.130-41. 8? Berl., F. C. W. Vogel, 1931. B ' Also Mschr. Kinderh., 1931, 50: BLAESEN, Conrad, 1891- *Kongenitale mediale und laterale Halsfisteln [Bonn] 7p. 8° Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1921. BLAESSIG, Ernst Konrad, 1889- *Ein Fall von Carcinom der Papilla Vateri duodeni. 42p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1918. BLAGDEN, Charles Otto, 1864- See in 3.ser., Skeat, Walter William, & Blagden, C. O. Pagan races of the Malay Peninsula, v.l. 724p. 8? Lond., 1906. BLAGODATNY, Helene, 1894- *Etude radiologique de la traversee digestive chez le nourrisson. 46p. 8? Par., 1923. BLAIGNAN, Yvonne. *La fievre typhoide dans la premiere enfance. 96p. 8? Par., 1922. BLAIM, Theodor. *Ueber den anatomischen Bau von Melodidymus, Cephalothoracopagus und Dipvgus bei Hausvogeln [Bern] 40p. 11 pi. 8? Munch., M. Steinebach, 1910. BLAIR, Francis G. The school law of Illinois; circular no. 157. 175p. 8? [Springfield, 111., Schnepp & Barnes, 1921] ---- The same. Circular no.173. 50p. 8? [Springfield, 111., Schnepp & Barnes, 1923] ----■ Standard and sanitary schools; one- room and village schools. 69p. 8? [Springfield, 111., Schnepp & Barnes, 1923] ---- Representative city elementary school buildings of Illinois; the law governing the sani- tation of school buildings. 134p. 8? [Spring- field, 111., Jefferson's Pr. Co., 1924] BLAIR, Stewart William, 1867-1933. Obituary. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1933, 30: 597. BLAIR, Vilray Papin, 1871- , & IVY, Robert Henry. Essentials of oral surgery. 526p. 8? S. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1923. BLAIR, William, 1838-1929. Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1929, 2: 1179. BLAIR-BELL, William, 1871-1936. Maclean, E. J. Obituary. J. Obst. Gyn., Lond., 1936, 43: 293-8, port.—Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1936, 1: 287, port. Also Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1936, 192: 129, port. . BLAIRE, Gustave, 1897- *Les terres rares groupe Palladium-Thorium-Rhodium-Sa- marium-Vanadium dans le traitement de la tuberculose. 55p. 4pl. 8? Par., 1922. BLAISDELL, Albert F. Physiology for boys and girls; how to keep well, vi, 208p. 12? Host., Lee & Shepard, 1885. ------ Also rev. ed. viii, 204p. 12? Bait., J. H. Medairy & Co., 1886. ---- Physiology for the young; our bodies, or, how we live, vi, 285p. 12? Bost., Lee & Shepard, 1885. ---- Young folks' physiology; a revised edi- tion of our bodies and how we live, vi, 412p. 12? Bost., Lee & Shepard, 1892. ---- Practical physiology; a text-book for higher schools, vi, 448p. 12? Bost., Ginn & Co., 1897. ---- How to keep well; a text-book of physiol- ogy and hygiene for the lower grades of schools. Rev. ed. vi, 265p. 12? Bost., Ginn & Co., 1904. ---- Our bodies and how we live; an elemen- tary text-book of physiology and hygiene for use in schools. Rev. ed. vii, 352p. pi. 12? Bost., | Ginn & Co,, 1904, BIAISDELI 412 BLANC ---- Child's book of health in easy lessons for schools. Rev. ed. viii, 167p. 12? Bost., Ginn & Co., 1905. BLAISE, Rivierez Etienne, 1910- Con- tribution a l'etude de l'alpha-dinitrophenol 1-2-4. 48p. 8? Par., Imp. Studio, 1935. BLAISE, Rolland. Contribution a l'etude des maladies parasitaires de la betterave a sucre [Strasbourg] 196p. 9pl. 8? Lille, 1932. BLAIZOT, Andre, 1901- *Nevraxite peri- ph6rique epidemique et liquide cephalo-rachidien. 52p. 8? Par., 1929. BLAIZOT, Jacques, 1906- *La vaccina- tion contre le typhus exanthematique; expose de la methode par virus vivant bilie" [Paris] 132p. 8pl. 8? Chapelle-Montligeon, 1935. BLAKE, Andrew. A practical essay on the dis- ease generally known under the denomination of delirium tremens. 24p. 8? Wash., 1834. Bound with New views of the process of defecation &c (O'Beirne, J.) Wash., 1834. BLAKE, Clarence John, 1843-1919. Morse, H. L. Obituary. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1919, 15: 18-21—Obituary. Boston M.&S.J., 1919, 180: 404. BLAKE, E. H. Drainage and sanitation; a practical exposition of the conditions vital to healthy buildings. 4.ed. xii, 509p. illus. 8? Lond., B. T. Batsford [1932] BLAKE, Harrison Gray, 1864-1922. Obituary. Boston M.&S.J., 1922, 186: 195. BLAKE, Joseph Augustus, 1864- Gun- shot fractures of the extremities, xi, 136p. illus. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1918. BLAKE, William H. *A preliminary study of the interpretation of bodily expression [Colum- bia Univ.] 54p. 6pl. 8? N.Y., Teachers College, 1933. BLAKER, Nathaniel Paine, 1835-1920. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1920, 1: 738. BLAKESLEA. See also Fungi. Jochems, S. C. J. The occurrence of Blakeslea trispora Thaxter in the Dutch East Indies. Phytopathology, 1927, 17: 181-4. BLAKESLEE, Fred Gilbert, 1866- Uni- forms of the world, xxii, 449p. 8? N.Y., E. P. Dutton & Co. [1929] BLAKEY, Leonard Stott, 1881- The sale of liquor in the South; the history of the develop- ment of a normal social restraint in southern commonwealths. 56p. 4maps. 4? N.Y., Longmans, Green & Co., 1912. BLAMM-ALTMANN, Dawid, 1905- Con- tribution a l'etude du traitement des pleuresies purulentes aigues dans la premiere enfance. 47p. 8? Par., 1931. BLAMOUTIER, Pierre, 1891- *Les mouvements antiperistaltiques normaux et pa- thologiques de l'intestin. 194p. 8? Par., 1924. See also Pasteur Vallery-Radot, Hamburger, J., & Blamoutier, P. Les migraines. 231p. 8? Par., 1935. BLANC, Charles Yves Henri, 1891- *L'encephalite epidemique en Anjou; 6tude clinique de 22 cas observes en 1919-20 [Paris] 95p. 8? Angers, 1921. BLANC, Ernesto A., 1904- *De quelques indications du jaune d'acridine dans le traitement des uretrites gonococciques aigues chez I'homme. 73p. 8? Par., 1933. BLANC, H., & NEGRO, M. La cystographie, etude radiologique de la vessie normale et patho- logique. 189p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1926. BLANC, Henry. Cholera; how to avoid and treat it. ix, 76p. 8? Lond., H. S. King & Co., 1873. BLANC, Hubert, 1891- *La mort par le tabac. 38p. 8? Par., 1923. BLANC, Jean, 1901- *Sur l'evolution de la prophylaxie maritime internationale des maladies pestilentielle. 47p. 8? Par., 1927. BLANC, Marcel. *A propos d'un cas de pseu- domyxome du peritoine d'origine appendicu- laire. 21p. 8? Lausanne, Burki, 1921. BLANC, RenS, 1906T *L'erytheme noueux; manifestation de primo-infection tuber- culeuse. 54p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1935. BLANC, Robert, 1912- *L'avoine; ses alterations; son appreciation. 78p. 8? Lyon, Bosc freres &c, 1935. BLANCARD, Stephen, 1650-1702. The physi- cal dictionary, wherein the terms of anatomy, the names and causes of diseases, chyrurgical in- struments and their use, are accurately de- scribed. 3p.l. 376p. 12? Lond., S. Crouch & J. & B. Sprint, 1715. BLANC-CHAMPAGNAC, Jean, 1895- * Contribution a l'etude radiologique du duode- num; images de duodenums vus au ralenti. 50p. 8? Par., 1927. BLANCHARD, Andre Eugene, 1902- *Des troubles oculaires et auriculaires dans la leu- cemie myeloide. 67p. 8? Par., 1930. BLANCHARD, Charles Elton, 1868- An epitome of ambulant proctology. 158p. 8? Youngstown, Ohio, Med. Success Press, 1924. ---- Also 2.ed. 163p. 1925. ---- Ambulant proctology clinics; a verbatim report of the A & B clinic held at Youngstown, Ohio. 380p. 6pl. 8? Youngstown, Ohio, Med. Success Press, 1925. •---- Betterman II on the business of medi- cine. 249p. 8? Youngstown, Ohio, Med. Suc- cess Press, 1926. ---- Text-book of ambulant proctology. 404p. 8? Youngstown, Ohio, Med. Success Press, 1928. ■---- A handbook of ambulant proctology; offering the latest developments of methods and technic for doing proctologic work by office methods. 278p. illus. 8? Youngstown, Ohio, Med. Success Press, 1934. ---- Dr Betterman's diary, 1868-1873; col- lated from the old doctor's manuscript. 167p. 8? Youngstown, Ohio, Med. Success Press [1934] ---- Office practice for the general practician; a symposium of practical methods. 371p. illus. 8? Youngstown, Ohio, Med. Success Press, 1934. BLANCHARD, Frank Nelson. A key to the snakes of the United States, Canada and Lower California, xi, 65p. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1925. Forms pt2, v.4, of Michigan Acad, of Sc. Arts & Letters. BLANCHARD, Gustave. Traitement indolore des fractures; proced6s et tours de main du trau- matologue. 5p.l. 330p. illus. pi. 4? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1933. BLANCHARD, John H. Pharmaceutical quiz compend. 84p. 16? Bost., Bost. Pharm. Exam. Bur., 1898. BLANCHARD, L., PENATJ, H., & SIMONNET, H. La thyroide. 400p. 8? Par., Presses Univ. de France, 1931. BLANCHARD, Maurice, 1883- Precis d'epidemiologie; medecine preventive et hygiene coloniales. 2 1. 416p. illus. tab. 8? Par., Vigot freres, 1934. See also France. Ministere des colonies. Inspection gen£" rale, &c 105p. 8? Par., 1931. BLANCHARD 413 BLANCHOT .___& TOULLEC, Francois Louis. Les grands syndromes en pathologie exotique. vii, 473p. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1931. BLANCHARD, Octave Armand Leopold, 1890- *Troubles nerveux au cours du mal de Pott dorso-lombaire. 52p. 8? Par., 1915. BLANCHARD, Otto [Wilhelm Johann Karl Oskar] 1891- *Ueber die Saponine der Futterrube. 32p. 8? Rostock, Adlers Erben, 1914. BLANCHARD, Paul, 1902- Contribu- tion a l'etude de la pathogenie des syphilis pig- mentaires. 40p. 8? Par., 1927. BLANCHARD, Phyllis Mary, 1895- The adolescent girl; a study from the psychoanalytic viewpoint, xiv, 242p. 8? N.Y., Moffat, Yard & Co., 1920. ---- Also rev. ed. xiv, 250p. Dodd, Mead & Co., 1924. See also Groves, Ernest Rutherford, & Blanchard, Phyllis. Introduction to mental hygiene. 467p 8°. N.Y [1930] —-— Headings in mental hygiene. 596p. 8! N.Y [1936]-Paynter, Richard Henry, & Blanchard, P. M. A study of educational achievement of problem children. 72p. 8? N.Y., 1929. BLANCHARD, Raphael Anatole Emile, 1857- 1919. Le ba'cubert. 90p. 9pl. 8? Par., H. & E. Champion, 1914. See also Boleris. Inauguration du mouvement eleve a la memoire ... Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1924, 3.ser., 92: 850-61. For biography see Arch, parasit., Par., 1919, 16: i-iv, port (E Brumpt) Also Bull. Soc fr. hist, med., 1924 18: 282-8 Laignel-Lavastine) Also Bull. Soc. path exot., Par ,1919, 12- 55 (A. Laveran) Also Bull. Soc. zool. France, 1920, 45: 185-91 (J. Guiart) Also Aid. Surgeon, 1919, 44: 656 (F. H Garrison) Also Mitt. Gesch. Med. Naturwiss., 1919, 18: 176 (K. Sudhoff) Also Paris med., 1919, 32: annexe, 71 (G.Linos- sier) Also Progr. med., Par., 1919, 3.ser., 34: 73 (M Genty) Also Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1918,12: 85, port. (G. H. F. Nuttall) BLANCHAUD, Lucien de, 1898- traite- ment chirurgical de l'encephalocele. 45p. 8? Par., 1924. BLANCHE, Andre, 1896- *EssaQi de ra- diologie obstetricale. 164p. 3pl. 8? Par., 1924. BLANCHE, Marcel, 1893- *Les debuts cliniques de la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique de l'adulte. 163p. 5pl. 8? Par., 1927. BLANCHES, Louis. *A propos de 2 cas^d'ence- phalite lethargique epidemique. 46p. 8? Par., 1920. BLANCHET, Charles, 1881- *DeQ l'asca- ridiose chez le cheval [Alfort] 64p. 8? Par., 1928. BLANCHET, Charles Marie, 1907- *De l'osteoporose post-infectieuse et de l'osteoporose algique post-traumatique. 76p. 8? Par., 1932. BLANCHET, Henri Julien, 1891- Con- tribution a l'etude des agglutinations chroniques des anses greles dans les sacs herniaires. 46p. 8? Par. 1923. BLANCHETIERE, Alexandre, 1875-1934. Cornil, L. Necrologie. Presse med., 1934, 42: 1587. BLANCHIER, Denise Elisabeth, 1887- *Les formes purpuriques de la meningococcemie. 124p. 8? Par., 1918. BLANCHON, Etienne, 1896- Contribu- tion a l'etude des resultats des transplantations tendineuses pour paralysie infantile du membre inferieur. 37p. 8? Par., 1925. BLANCHON, Jean, 1889- *De la suture primitive et de la cranioplastie primitive dans le traitement des plaies cranio-cer6brales par pro- jectiles de guerre. 47p. 8? Par., 1918. BLANCHON, Lucien Marcel, 1896- *Uti- lite' de la syndesmotomie; premier temps de toute extraction dentaire. 27p. 8? Par., 1924. BLANCHOT, Henri, 1899- *De 1'eczSma des extr6mit6s inferieures des membres chez les solipedes [Alfort] 92p. 8? Lyon, 1926. BLANCKAERT, Pierre, 1896- Contribu- tion a l'etude de 1'erytheme vacciniforme syphi- lo'ide des nourrissons. 58p. 8? Par., 1924. BLANCKE, Erich [Rudolf] 1895- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Stomatitis aphthosa. 49p. 8? Berl., 1932. BLANCKERTZ, Hella, 1879- *Die experi- mentellen und klinischen Erfahrungen iiber die Wirkung des Optochins. 133p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1917. BLANCO, Julio. See in 3.ser., Tapia, Alanuel, & Blanco, J. Tifus exantema- tico. 175p. 12? Aladr., 1921. BLANCO Cervantes, Raul, 1903- *Ueber die Cheiloplastik; das Abbe'sche Verfahren. 32p. 8? Munch., 1928. BLANC-PERDUCET, Marcel, 1885- *Pneu- monie infantile et radiologie. 408p. 2 1. 8? Lyon, 1919. BLAND, Oliver. The adventures of a modern occultist, viii p. 31. 22lp. 8? N.Y., Dodd, Mead & Co., 1920. BLAND, Pascal Brooke, 1875- Gyne- cology, medical and surgical, xxii, 1257p. illus. pi. diagrs. 8? Phila., F. A. Davis Co., 1924. ■--- & MONTGOMERY, Thaddeus Lemert, 1896- Practical obstetrics for students and practitioners. xx, 730p. illus. pi. diagrs. roy.8? Phila., F. A. Davis Co., 1932. ---- Also 2.ed. xx, 730p. illus. pi. 1934. BLAND, Raymond L. See Surface, Frank M., & Bland, Raymond L. American food in the World War. 1033p. 4! Stanford Univ., Calif., 1931. BLAND, Thomas A. How to get well and how to keep well; a family physician and guide to health. 202p. 8? Bost., Plymouth Pub. Co., 1894. BLANDIN, Georges, 1908- *Recherches radiographiques dans la scoliose. 77p. 8? Lyon, Bosc freres, 1934. BLAND-SUTTON, Sir John, 1855- Evo- lution and disease, xiii, 285p. front. 12? Lond., W. Scott, 1895. ---- Selected lectures and essays, including ligaments, their nature and morphology, xi, 320p. illus. 8? Lond., W. Heinemann [1920] ---- Tumours, innocent and malignant; their clinical characters and appropriate treat- ment. 7.ed. x, 806p. 8? Lond., Cassell & Co., 1922. ---- Orations and addresses. xii, 161p. front. 8? Lond., W. Heinemann, 1924. ■---- The story of a surgeon; with a preamble by Rudyard Kipling. 3.ed. xii, 204p. 25pl. 8? Lond., Methuen & Co. [1930] ---- Men and creatures in Uganda. 252p. illus 8? Lond., Hutchinson & Co. [1933] For biography see Middlesex Hosp. J., 1919-20, 21: 182-4, port. BLANGEY, Rene Jean, 1908- *Ueber Knochen-Gelenktuberkulosen des Stammes. 49p. 8? Zur., Gebr. Leemann & Co., 1932. BLANIULIDAE. Brolemann, H. W. Biospeologica; Blaniulidae myriapodes (ler serie) Arch. zool. exp., Par., 1922-23, 61: 99-452, 16ch. BLANK, Helmut, 1905- *Die Differen- tialdiagnose der Stomatitiden und der Paraden- tose [Leipzig] 27p. 8? Zeulenroda i. Thur., A. Oberreuter, 1932. BLANK, Use, 1908- *Die Ranula [Jena] 19p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1934. BLANK 414 BLASCHKO BLANK, Walter, 1889- *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom Infantilismus mit besonderer Beruck- sichtigung der Rolle der Schilddruse [Bonn] 36p. 8? Hoerde, Halbach, 1914. BLANKE, Hans Albert, 1910- *Das tu- berculum Carabelli als diagnostisches Hilfsmittel zur Erkennung der congenitalen Syphilis [Frei- burg] 25p. 8? Schramberg (Wiirtt.) Gatzer & Hahn, 1932. BLANKENBURG, Erich, 1897- *Ueber den Wiederanstieg des Alkoholismus in den Nachkriegsjahren 1918-24 an der Psychiatri- schen und Nervenklinik zu Kiel. 24p. 8? Kiel, 1925. BLANKET. Huttig, M. Ueber griindliche und schonende Desinfektion von Wolldecken. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk., 1931, 78: 232-6; 1932, 80: 271-4.—Munson, H. A. What do you know about buying blankets? Mod. Hosp., 1935, 44: 88-92. BLANKSTEIN, Adolphe. *Syndrome cesopha- gien par mediastinite. 34p. 8? Par., 1920. BLANTON, Margaret Gray. See Blanton, Smiley, & Blanton, M. G. For stutterers. 191p. 8! N.Y., 1936. ---- & BLANTON, Smiley. Speech training for children; the hygiene of speech, xv, 261p. 12? N.Y., Century Co., 1919. BLANTON, Smiley, 1882- Mental and nervous changes in the children of the Volks- schulen of Trier, Germany, caused by malnutri- tion. 53p. 6ch. fol. Trier, Germany, 1919. Mimeographed. See also Blanton, Margaret Gray, & Blanton, S. Speech training for children. 261p. 12? N.Y., Century Co., 1919. ---- Child guidance, xviii, 301p. 8? N.Y., Century Co. [1927] ---- & BLANTON, Margaret Gray. For stut- terers, xi, 191p. 8? N.Y., D. Appleton-Cen- tury Co., 1936. BLANTON, Wyndham Boiling, 1890- A manual of normal physical signs. 215p. 8? S. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1926. ---- Also 2.ed. 246p. 1930. Also Engl. ed. ---- Medicine in Virginia in the 17.-19. centuries. 3v. 8? Richmond, Va., W. Byrd Press [1930] BLARINGHEM, Lfouis] 1878- Les pro- blemes de l'heredite experimentale. 317p. 12? Par., E. Flammarion, 1919. ---- Pasteur et le transformisme. xiv, 261p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1923. BLARY, Robert Paul Raymond Jean, 1895- *Quelques essais pour l'etude de l'influence de alimentation de la mere sur la croissance du jeune [Alfort] 72p. 8? Par., 1928. BLAS, Charles, 1839-1919. Vreven [Biography] Mem. couron. Acad. mfid. Belgique, 1926,23: 42-51, port. BLASART, Charles, 1903- *Le traite- ment de la syphilis; a l'Hopital Lariboisiere. 125p. 8? Par., 1930. BLASCHE, Charlotte, 1907- *Ueber den Aufbau und Abbau von Aminosauren. 21p. 8? Berl., 1933. BLASCHKE, Walter, 1900- *Ischias als Fruhsymptom der Graviditat. 20p. 8? Bresl., 1925. BLASCHKO, Alfred, 1858-1922. Welche Auf- gaben erwachsen dem Kampf gegen die Ge- schlechtskrankheiten aus dem Kriege? p.l. 35p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1915. ---- Anleitung zur Friihbehandlung der Ge- schlechtskrankheiten. 30p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1919. For biography see Arch. Frauenk. & Eugen., 1922, 8: 255-9 (G. Loewenstein) Also Derm. Wschr., 1922, 74: 377 (E. Ga- lewsky) Also Derm. Zschr., 1922, 36: 93-102 (A. Buschke) Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48: 533 (Galewsky) Also Mitt. Deut. Ges. Bekampf. Geschlkr., 1918, 16: 1-3, port. (M. Jacob- sohn) Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1922, 35: 346 (Finger) BLASCHY, Manfred, 1904- *Aetiologie der Tubargraviditat, im besonderen ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Divertikel und Faltenver- wachsungen in den Tuben [Kiel] 68p. 8? Flensburg, Gebr. Tomczak [1930] BLASCHY, Roman, 1901- *Beobachtun- gen und Erfahrungen bei epidemischer Encepha- litis in Gottingen 1920-25. 53p. 8? Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1926. BLASIO, Abele de. Appunti di antropologia. 5.ed. 262p. 8? Nap., F. Lubrano, 1920. ---- L'aurora dell'umanita. 3.ed. 134p. 8? Nap., F. Lubrano, 1920. ■---- Note volanti di ortofrenia. 2.ed. 128p. 8? Nap., A. Morano, 1920. BLASK, Willi [Otto] 1903- *Ueber den 24-Stundenwert der Blutkorperchensenkung nach Westergreen bei Tuberkulose. 11 p. 8? Ko- nigsb. i. Pr., J. Raabe, 1930. BLASQTJEZ, Miguel M. *E1 pequefio parto (petit accouchement) 37p. 8? Puebla, Mex., 1903. BLASS, Carl, 1891- *Untersuchungen iiber den Phosphatbedarf des Tierkorpers und den Phosphatgehalt der Nahrung unserer Haus- tiere. 57p. 8? Giessen, W. Herr, 1922. Mimeographed. BLASS, Heinrich, 1891- *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Thrombose der Vena centralis retinae. 46p. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt, 1917. BLASS, Sarah, 1888- Contribution a l'etude du traitement ambulatoire des ulceres variqueux par les injections phlebo-sclerosantes. 57p. 8? Par., 1931. BLASS, Szulmi Kersz, 1902- *Le reflexe medio-pubien de MM. Guillain et Th. Ala- jouanine. 80p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1934. BLASSL, Kuno [Lothar] 1888- *Das Wachstum von Bakterien auf magnesiahaltigen Nahrboden. 20p. 8? Rostock, Adlers Erben, 1914. BLASSMANN, Erika, 1908- *Zur Klinik des Zungenkarzinoms [Berlin] 16p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1936. BLASTOCYSTIS [and blastocystosis] Bach, F. W., & Kiefer, K. H. Untersuchungen tiber Blasto- cystis. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922-23, 89: Orig., H.4-5, 72-98, pl.- Barilari, M. J. Blastocistis hominis. Prensa mfed. argent., 1924-25, 11: 854-8.—Barret, H. P. A method for the cultivation of Blastocystis. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1921-22, 15: 113-6.—Beaurepaire Aragao, H. de. Estudos sobre os Blasto- cystis. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1922, 15: 240-50, 2pl. Also Brasil med., 1923, 37: 58-60.—Bosch, G. W. [Blastocystis hominis, its cultivation and the way of its transmission] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1924, 68: pt2, 740-9, pi.—Castex, M. R., & Green- way, B.J. Le role pathogene du Blastocystis hominis. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1925,18:132-7.—Bargein, Bore & Gouriou. Acces pseudo-palustre d'origine parasitaire (Blastocystis homi- nis) Marseille med., 1925, 62: 900-3.—Garcia, O. An inquiry as to the pathogenicity of Blastocystis hominis. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1927, 7: 251-4.—Gouriou. Note au sujet du r61e pathogene de Blastocystis hominis. Marseille mecl., 1927, 64: 691—Grasse, P. P. Kystes de Prowazekella et Blastocystis. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1925, 180: 697-700—Keilty, R. A. The acid- fast quality of Blastocystis hominis. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1930-31. 16: 59.—Knowles, R., & Bas Gupta, B. M. On the nature ol Blastocystis hominis. Ind. J.M. Res., 1924-25, 12: 31-8, 4 pi — Luger, A. Zur Kenntnis der Blastozystis-Infektion des menschlichen Darmes. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 341-4.— Lynch, K. M. Blastocystis species in culture; a preliminary communication. Am. J. Trop. M., 1922, 2: 215-9, pi.; 539-42, 4 pi. ----- The occurrence of Blastocystis in intestinal in- flammation; with a note on Endolimax nana. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81: 522—Maeda, M. Ueber die Blastocystis. Fukuoka acta med., 1928, 21: 81.—Mazza, S. Frecuencia del Blastocystis hominis en las deposiciones de diarreicos cronicos y su trata- BLASTOCYSTIS 415 BLASTOMYCOSIS miento apropiado. Rev. As. med. argent., 1922, 35: sect. soc. hig. microb., 1925-31. Also Prensa med. argent., 1922-23, 9: 460-3.—Micheletti, E. Contributo alio studio del Blastocystis ialinus (Perroncito) Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1932, 38: ptl, 9-23, pi.; 1933, 39: pt 1, 159-73.—Panayotatou, A. Sur la blasto- cystose; trois cas d'enterite a Blastocystis hominis. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1928, 21: 755-60.—Redaelli, P., & Cifferi, H. Una nuova ipotesi sulla natura di Blastocystis hominis. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 815-8.—Rosenbusch, F. Blasto- cystis en los animales; rectification etiologica de la typhlo- hepatitis en los pavos. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1927, 3: 352-4, pi.—Sangiorgi, G. Osservazioni sulle cosidette forme di Blastocystis dell'intestino umano. Ann. igiene, 1930, 40: 177- 82, pi. ----- Sulla patogenicita della Blastocystis hominis. Pathologica, Genova, 1930, 22: 173-6.----- Blastocisti e blastocistosi. Rass. clin. sc, 1934, 12: 329-31.—Silberstern, E. Ein Fall von akuter Enteritis mit auffallender Vermehrung von Blastocystis hominis im Stuhle. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 7: 553.— Yakimoff, W. L. Sur la question des Blastocystis. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1923, 16: 326-30.----- & Wassilewsky, W. J. Au sujet de la blastocystose. Ibid., 1925, 18: 130-2. BLASTOCYTE. See Embryology. BLASTODENDRION. See also Blastomycosis; Bronchomycosis; Mycosis. Almeida, F. de. As blastomycoses no Brasil. Ann. Fac. med. S. Paulo, 1933, 9: 69-163,28pl.—Ciferri, R., & Ashford, B K. A new species of Blastodendrion. Porto Rico J. Pub. Health, 1929, 5: 91-105.—Favre & Ota, Note sur une levure cutanee pathogene. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 88: 222-4.—Frei, W. Eine Soormykose der Nagel bei einer Salvarsan-Dermatitis (Reak- tionen tierischer Immunseren mit Soorpilzen; soorahnliche Pilze als Saprophyten auf pathologisch veranderter Haut) Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1921,129:404-33.—Fujii, S. Ueber Pompho- lyx und pompholyxartige Erkrankungen. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1931, 31: 959-83—Mattlet, G. Mycoses dans l'Urundi. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1926, 6: 1-41.—Odland, H., & Hoffstadt, R. E. Eruption on the genitalia due to a fungus (Monilia pinoyi Castellani) Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1929, 20: 235-8.—Ota, M. Beitrage zur Morphologie, Biologie und Systematik der patho- genen, asporogenen Sprosspilze. Derm. Wschr., 1924, 78: 216; 260. ----- Remarques complementaires sur la levure pathogene de favre (Myceloblastanon favrei n. sp.) Ann. parasit., Par., 1925, 3: 181-4.—Saggese, V. Contributo alio studio delle micosi (un caso clinico di infezione da Mycotorula (Monilia) pinoyi (Cast) &c) Riv. clin. pediat., 1934, 32: 941-71, pi.—Samson. Mitteilungen zur Morphologie und zum biologischen Verhalten der bei der Erosio interdigitalis blasto- mycetica gezuchteten Hefepilze. Derm. Wschr., 1923, 76: 473-81.—Szilvinyi, A. Blastodendrion canis, nov. sp.; ein Beitrag zur Diagnose und Systematik der asporogenen Spross- pilze. Zbl. Bakt., 2.Abt., 1933, 89: 284-99.—Taniguchi, Y. Experimentelle Studie iiber Erosio interdigitalis blastomycetica, besonders iiber diejenigen bei den Papierarbeitern in der Pro- vinz Oifu (Sadare-Krankheit) Jap. J.M. Sc, 1927, 1: derm. urol., 75-94, 2pl. BLASTODERM. See Embryology. BLASTOMYCES (sp. Rudolf) Rudolph, M. Ueber die brasilianische Figueira. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1914, 18: 498. BLASTOMYCETES. See Yeasts, pathogenic. BLASTOMYCOIDES immitis. See Coccidioides immitis. BLASTOMYCOSIS. See also Chromoblastomycosis; Coccidioidosis; Lymphangitis, epizootic; Mycosis; Saccharomy- cosis; also names of organs affected as Bronchus, Mycosis: Intestines, Mycosis, &c. Braafladt, L. H. Blastomycosis. China M.J., 1921, 35: 30-5.—Castellani, A. Blastomycosis and some other conditions due to yeastlike fungi (budding fungi) Am. J. Trop. M., 1928, 8: 379-422. Also N. Orleans M.&S.J., 1928-29, 81: 260-78 — Cicero, R. E. Algunas consideraciones sobre las blastomicosis. Gac. med. Mexico, 1928, 59: 565-79.—Clarkson, W., & Barker, A. Blastomycosis, with report of 3 cases. Virginia M. Month., 1933, 60: 83-7.—Cornbleet, T., & Pace, E. R. Blastomycosis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1935, 31: 150.—Coupal, J. F. Report of 6 cases of blastomycosis. Internat. Clin., 1924, 34.ser., 4: 1-14, 13pl.—Bowning, J. G. Blastomycosis; report of a case. N. England J.M., 1931, 204: 1259—Gillies, M. A case of blastomycosis. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1933, 29: 1*3-5— Hamilton, C. M. Blastomycosis. South. M.J., 1926,19: 431-5—Hutchins, M. B. Cases probably mycotic, but not evidently due to Blastomyces. J. Am. M. Ass., 1908, 51: 1868— Justus. Einige * alle von Blastomykose mit Demonstration von Moulagen und Praparaten. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1924, 115: 318-21 — Keith, B. Y. Blastomycosis; report of 2 cases. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1922, 26: 27-9.—King, J. M. Blastomycosis. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1919-20,12:319.-Lacy, G. R., & Hartman, C. C. Blasto- mycosis. Pennsylvania M.J., 1921-22, 25: 634.—Langdon, J. F. Blastomycosis. Nebraska M.J., 1922, 7: 172-5.—Langeron, M. Les blastomycoses. Nouv. traite med. (Roger) Par., 1922, 4: 467-90.—Lisovskaia, S. K. [Blastomycosis in surgery and urol- ogy] Vest, khir., 1926, 5: no.15, 134-40—Litterer, W. Blasto- mycosis with report of a case. Gulf States J.M.&S., 1909, 15: 560-71.—McBonald, 0. H. Blastomycosis. U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1930, 6: 502—Maurano, F. A. Consideracoes sobre um caso do blastomycose. Rev. med., S. Paulo, 1924, 6: no.32-3, 15-9, 2pl.—Mayer & Rocha-Lima. Blastomykosen. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1922, 138: 471.—Millard, S. T„ & Goddard, W. B. Blastomycocis, with report of 4 cases. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1926, 26: 47-51— Moore [Case of blastomycosis] S. Texas M. Rec, 1919-20, 13: 211.—Ochs. Blastomycosis (?) Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1920, n.s., 1: 734.—Oliver, H. G. Clinical notes on blastomycosis. Med. Off., Lond., 1928, 39: 117.—Oulman, L. Blastomykose. N. Yorker med. Mschr., 1909-10, 21: 358.-----Blastomycosis. J. Cut. Dis. inci. Syph., 1911, 29: 398; 1919, 37: 490— Pfeiffer & Huntemuller. Blastomykose. Deut. med. Wschr., 1919, 45: 1119.—Puestow, K. L. Blastomycosis; a case report. Wisconsin M.J., 1926, 25: 141.—Ravogli, A. Observations on blastomycosis. Lancet Clinic, 1911,105: 489-95. Also Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1925, 6: 281-9, 5pl.—Seiler, S. Beitrag zur Klinik der Blastomykosen. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1932, 156: 609-24—Shaw, F. W. Blastomyco- sis. Virginia M. Month., 1932, 59: 419.—Sugden, F. A case of Blastomycosis. Brit. M.J., 1923, 2: 63.—Sutejew, G., Btenkow, M., & Zeitlin, A. Beitrag zur Aetiologie, Rontgendiagnose und Rontgentherapie der Blastomykose. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1929, 40: 475-83—Tarchini, P., & Mastrocola, M. Sopra un caso di blastomicosi. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1928, 69:934-9.—Thomson, M. S. Blastomycosis. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect, derm., 37.—Vivald, M. Un caso di oidiomicosi. Gazz. osp., 1911, 32: 187.—Winter, H. G. Blastomycetic mycosis. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect, derm., 9. ---- brazilian. See Coccidioidosis. ---- cerebro-spinal. See also Brain, Diseases; Meningitis, blasto- mycetic. Aneck-Hahn, H. G. L. Blastomycosis of the central nervous system. S. Afr. M.J., 1933, 7: 369.—Bemme, H., & Mumme, C. Blastomykose des Zentralnervensystems. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1932, 127: 1-26.—Moore, J. T. Blastomycosis, with report of a case dying from abscess of the brain. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1919) 1920, 32: 363-72, pi. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1920, 31: 590-4.—Rodriguez Perez, J., & Suquet, M. Blas- tomicosis de los centros nerviosos. Vida nueva, Habana, 1931, 28: 452-61. ---- Classification. Bonne, C. [The meaning of blastomycosis] Geneesk. tschr Ned. Indie, 1931, 71: 1509-12, 2pl—Buschke, A., & Joseph, A. Echte und falsche Blastomykosen. Derm. Wschr., 1929, 89: 2039-41.—Negroni, P. Las blastomicosis humanas; blastomi- cosis americanas; cromoblastosis. Dia med., B. Air., 1930-31, 3:930-4.—Oliveira Ribeiro da Fonseca, O. Ensayo de revision de las blastomicosis sudamericanas. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 469-501.—Redaelli, P. La moderna sistematizazione delle cosidette blastomicosi. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1935, 76: 253-81, 5pl.—Treuherz, W. Echte und falsche Blastomykosen. Derm. Wschr., 1929, 89: 984-95. ---- cutaneous. Arzt, L. Disseminierte, kleingummose und ulcerose Oidio- mykose. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1926, 151: 391-5.—Bessun- ger. Blastomykosis cruris sinistri et femoris utriusque. Deut. med. Wschr., 1916, 42: 339.—Biberstein, H., & Grunmandel, S. Oidiomykose nach feuchten Umschlagen. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1926,152: 189-95.—Bonne, C. [A second form of cutaneous blastomycosis in the Indian Archipelago] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1931, 71: 1502-9—Brayton, J. R. Dermatitis blasto- mycetica. Med. Arts, 1931, 34: 706.—Citelli, S. Un second cas autochtone de zymonfematose de la muqueuse palatine et pha- ryngolaryngee. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1922, 28: 446-52.— Drueck, C. J. Blastomycosis about the anus. Clin. Med., 1926, 33: 782-4.—Fabry, J. Ueber Blastomycosis superficialis erosiva. Derm. Wschr., 1925, 81: 1071-5. ----- Ueber akneformige Blastomycosis cutis. Ibid., 1927, 84: 824-7.—Fonseca, O. da, & Area Leao, A. E. de. Dermatite blastomycosique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 622.—Grschebin, S. Ein Fall von tiefer primarer Blastomykosis der Haut (Busse-Buschke) Derm. Wschr., 1927, 85: 1049-55. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1928, 32: 453-7. ----- & Maschkilleisson, L. N. Beitrage zur Lehre von der pathologischen Anatomie der Gilchristschen Hautblastomy- BLASTOMYCOSIS 416 BLASTOMYCOSIS kose. Derm. Wschr., 1926, 82: 780; 811.—Hagiwara, S. Ueber Blastomycosis cutis. Jap. Zschr. Derm. Urol., 1922, 22: 77, 2pl.—Hartzell, M. B. Blastomycosis cutis. Proc. Path. Soc. Philadelphia, 1913, n.s., 15:9.—Hektoen, L. A case of blastomy- cetic dermatitis of the leg. J. Am. M. Ass., 1899, 33: 1383. Also repr.—Hufschmidt, G. Un cas de blastomycose cutanee a foyers multiples. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1931, 7.ser., 2: 850-76.— Iacono, I. Le blastomicosi cutanee. Morgagni, 1926, 68: 1569-74.—Ismail-Zade, I. [Iodine iontophoresis in cutaneous blastomycosis] Vrach. dielo, 1928, 11: 384-6—Jackson, R. H. Surgical treatment of certain massive blastomycotic skin lesions. Am. J. Surg., 1926, n.s., 1: 185-7.—Jackson, T. W. Blastomy- cetic dermatitis. Mil. Surgeon, 1910, 27: 165-75.—Kiess, 0. Blastomycosis cutis ulcerosa. Derm. Wschr., 1931, 92: 90-6.— Legendre & Lucas. Un nouveau cas de blastomycose cutanee humaine. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Indo Chine, 1912, 3: 451-5.— Levtsanovsky, N. M. [Case of Gilchrist's blastomycosis of the skin] Klin. J., Saratov, 1928, 5: 479-87.—Lomholt, S. [Blasto- mycosis of the hand] Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: [Dansk derm. selsk. forh.] 52.—Markley, A. J. Cutaneous blastomycosis. Denver M. Times, 1909-10, 29: 324-7—Maschkilleisson, L. N. Zur Frage der Gilchristschen Hautblastomykose. Derm. Wschr., 1926, 83: 1236; 1271.—Mazzanti, C. Blastomicosi cu- tanea. Arch. ital. derm., 1935, 11: 485. Also Gior. ital. derm. sif., 1935, 76: suppl., 351. ----- Dermatite verrucosa micosica americana (malattia di Gilchrist) Ibid., 1936, 77: 363-78, 4pl.— Meckel, M. Weitere Mitteilungen iiber erosive Blastomykosen. Derm. Wschr., 1927, 84: 817-24—Meleshko, R. F. [Blastomy- cosis of the skin] Russ. J. kozhn. vener. boliezn., 1910, 19: 182-9.—Mello, F. de, & Rodrigues, A. Sur un cas de blastomy- cose a placards multiples vegetants verruqueux ou pustulo- ulceres. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1929, 22: 142-7.—Menage, H. E. Cutaneous blastomycosis. N. Orleans M.&S.J., 1915, 58: 15. Also repr.—Montel, R., & Pons, R. Dermatite blasto- mycosique cheloidienne. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1926, 19: 876-80.—Montgomery, T. H., & Hyde, J. N. Cutaneous blasto- mycosis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1902, 38: 1486-93. Also repr.—Orol Arias, C. Dermatitis blastomicetica (tipo Gilchrist) a sindrome ulcera de pierna. Rev. As. med. argent., 1936, 50: 770-83.— Pacheo, A. Sobre um caso de dermatose blastomycetica. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1914, 32: 163.—Pena Chavarria, A. Algunas consideraciones clinicas sobre la blastomicosis de las mucosas naso-buco-faringeas, fundadas en observaciones hechas en varios paises de la America latina. Rev. mfid. lat. amer., B. Air., 1928, 13: 1290-302.—Pereira de Souza, B. Um caso de blastomycose cutanea tratado com salicylato de sodio. Rev. med., S. Paulo, 1930-31, 15: 203-5.—Radaeli, A. Sopra due casi di dermatite interdigitale blastomicetica. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1928, 69: 913-23.—Rasch, C. [A case of so-called blastomycosis of the dor- sal aspect of the hand] Hospitalstidende, 1914, 5.R., 7: 730.— Ravogli, A. Die Hautblastomykose als Gewerbekrankheit. Schadigungen d. Haut (Ullmann, K.) Lpz., 1926, 2: 469-75.— Richter, W. Beitrage zur Hefepilzerkrankung; Blastomykosen (Buschke-Busse) Derm. Wschr., 1928, 87: 931-40. ----- Beitrage zur Hefepilzerkrankung; Oidiomykosen (Gilchrist) Ibid., 978-90.—Rizzoli, R. Considerazioni su un caso di blasto- micosi cutanea. Arch. ital. derm, sif., 1931-32, 7: 284-314.— Robinson, H. M. Blastomycosis of the skin. Bull. School M. Univ. Maryland, 1931, 16: 89-96. ----- Blastomycetic der- matitis by lymphatic extension, Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1933, 28: 219-21—Robinson, S. S., & Frost, K. Cutaneous blastomycosis. Ibid., 1936, 33: 766.—Rutledge, W. U. Blasto- mycosis of face and arm. Kentucky M.J., 1933, 31: 335-8.— Schlossmann, C. R. Two cases of blastomycosis cutis. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1929, 10: 83-94.—Stelwagon, H. W. Re- port of a case of blastomycetic dermatitis. Am. J.M. Sc, 1901, 121: 176-83. Also repr.—Tarchini, P. Sopra un caso di blasto- micosi cutanea (communicazione preventiva) Gior. ital. derm. sif., 1926, 67: 263-77, 5pl.—Tyau, E. S. Case of blastomycosis dermatitis. China M.J., 1918, 32: 234.—White, C. Superficial yeast infections of the glabrous skin; further clinical and experi- mental studies. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1928, 17: 429-38.— Wlassics, T., & Bosa, A. [Acute dermatitis from blastomycosis] Orv. hetil., 1935, 79: 239-41. Also Derm. Wschr., 1935, 100: 104-8.—Zoon, J. J. [Blastomycosis of the skin] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: pt 1, 1929-31. ---- Diagnosis. Beintema, K. La pseudo-bromuride de Brocq, Pautrier et Fernet, une blastomycose. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1933, 7.ser., 4: 399-423.—Benavente, S. L. La reaction de la tuber- culina en la blastomicosis. Cron. med., Lima, 1919, 36: 389.— Beregov-Gillow, P. The importance of early diagnosis in mycotic diseases, with special reference to blastomycosis, with a brief report of 2 cases. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1936, 34: 152-5.— Biberstein, H., & Epstein, S. Immunreaktionen bei der menschlichen und tierexperimentellen Oidiomykose der Haut. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1932, 165: 716-12— Carlini, V. La intradermoreazione con filtrati da colture di blastomiceti. Arch ital. derm., 1932-33,8: 684-703—Covisa & Bejarano. Un caso de blastomicosis? Arch, med., Madr., 1934, 37: 487. Also Med. ibera, 1934, 28: 651.—Bosa, A. Ueber allergische Versuche mit Blastomykin. Derm. Wschr., 1935, 100: 258-61.—Bulaney, A. B. Immunologic studies in blastomycosis. J. Immun., Bait., 1930, 19: 357-70.—Escomel, E. La reaction de Mantoux en la blastomicosis. Cron. med., Lima, 1920, 37: 257-9.— Martin, B. S. Complement-fixation in blastomycosis. J. In- fect. Dis., 1935, 57: 291-5. -----& Smith, B. T. Laboratory diagnosis of blastomycosis by culture and by complement fixa- tion. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 31: 70. Also J. Lab. Clin. M., 1935-36, 21: 1289-96.—Miescher, G. Ein unter dem Bild einer Miliaria rubra verlaufener Fall von ausgedehnter Oidiomykose (Miliaria rubra oidiomycetica) Derm. Wschr., 1921, 73: 1265-9.—Ramel, E. Les phenomenes d'immunite dans la blastomycose. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1925, 55: 630. ---- Epidemiology. Pena Chavarr!a, A. *E1 bub6n de V61ez; contribuci6n al estudio de la patologia y de la parasitologic de Colombia [Univ. Nacional] 76p. 8? Bogota, 1922. Anderson, C, Colas-Belcour, J., & Broc, R. Sur un nouveau cas de blastomycose observe en Tunisie. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1930,19: 316-22.—Borzone, R. A. Mutilaciones morbosas del Tucuman. Rev. med. Rosario, 1932, 7: 115-26.—Escomel, E. La blastomicosis en America. An. Fac. med., Montev., 1919, 4: 281-335.—Graves, S. Blastomycosis in Kentucky. Kentucky M.J., 1923, 21: 199-204.—Hasegawa, M. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Oidiomycose der Haut in Japan, insbesondere ihrer kausalen Forschung. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1928, 28: 86, 2pl.—Montpellier, J., & Catanei, A. Blastomycose de l'avant-bras chez une femme indigene d'Alger. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1926, 19: 586-92.—Moore, M. La blastomicosis y la cromomicosis de la America del Norte y del Sur. Sem. med., B. Air., 1936, 43: pt2, 43-52.—Pena Chavarria, A. Algunas con- sideraciones clinicas sobre la blastomicosis de las mucosas naso- buco-faringeas, fundadas en observaciones hechas en varios paises de la America Latina. Rev. med. Hamburgo, 1927, 8: 289-94. ----- & Rotter, W. Consideraciones anatomopatolo- gicas y clinicas de la blastomicosis en Costa Rica. Rev. med. Bogota, 1933-34, 43: 201-15. Also Rev. med. lat. amer., B. Air., 1933-34, 19: 1113-31. ----- Untersuchungen iiber Blastomy- kosen in Costa Rica. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1933, 37: 1-10; 1934, 38: 406.—Peralta Lagos, S. Contribucion al estudio de la micologia en el Salvador; un caso de blastomicosis generalizada, con localization cerebral y amaurosis consecutiva. Rev. cubana oft., 1920, 2: 505-9, 3pl— Phalen, J. M., & Nichols, H. J. Blasto- mycosis of the skin in the Philippine Islands. Philippine J. Sc, 1908, 3: 395-403, 4pl. Also repr.—Strong, R. P., Shattuck, G. C, & Wheeler, R. E. Blastomycosis. Med. Rep. Rice Harvard Exped. Amazon, 1924-25, Cambr., 1926, no.4, 112-7, 2pl.— Talice, R. V., & MacKinnon, J. E. Primer caso de blastomicosis (tipo Gilchrist) observado en el Uruguay; agente patogeno; My- cotorula albicans (Ch. Robin 1853) Arch. urug. med., 1933, 3: 177-203.—Voss, J. A. [A case of blastomycosis simulating menin- gitis] Norsk mag. laegevid., 1923, 84: 550-60. ---- experimental. Steiner, H. *Die experimentelle Oidiomy- kose beim Meerschweinchen [Zurich] 36p. 8? Winterthur-Toss, 1932. Alemida, F. P. de. Lesoes cutaneas da blastomycose em cobayos experimentalmente infectados. Ann. Fac. med. Sao Paulo, 1928, 3: 59-64, 2pl.—Chatenewer, L. M. Ergebnisse von Versuchen iiber Blastomykose bei Kaninchen. Krankheits- forschung, 1929, 7: 447-70.—BeMonbreun, W. A. Experimental chronic cutaneous blastomycosis in monkeys; a study of the etiological agent. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1935, 31: 831-54 — Iacono, I. Contributo alio studio della biologia di taluni blasto- miceti (blastomicosi sperimentale) Riforma med., 1930, 46: 595-605.—Kawatsure, S. Tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Erreger von sogenannten amerikanischen Blastomy- kosen: Scopulariopsis americana, Aleurisma tulanense und Coccidioides immitis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1933, 169: 173-99.—Michelson, I. B., & Bulaney, A. B. Experimental blastomycosis. South. M.J., 1931, 24: 1034-41.—Ramel. Ueber die Gesetze der Allergie bei der experimentellen Blastomykose. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1926, 151: 148-50. ---- Fungi. See also Blastodendrion; Candida; Cocci- dioides; Cryptococcus; Endomycetales; Eremas- caceae; Fungi imperfecti; Geotrichum; Myco- torula; Proteomyces; Torulopsis; Yeasts, patho- genic. Agostini, A. Observations on fungi found in cases of North American blastomycosis of the skin and lungs. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1932, 35: 266. Also repr.—Almeida, F. de. Con- sideracoes em torno dos agentes etiologicos das blastomycoses. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1935, 29:11-30. Also Fol. med., Rio, 1935, 16: 303-9.—Benham, R. W. The fungi of blastomycosis and coccidioidal granuloma. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1934, 30: 385-400.—Bourn, L. E. Isolation of an organism from the blood which resembles the pathogenic yeasts and molds, with a discus- sion of the diseases caused by the latter. Rhode Island M.J., 1927, 10: 151-4.—Castellani, A. Notes on blastomycosis: its aetiology and clinical varieties. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.. 1927- 28,21: sect. trop. dis. & paras., 1-16, ch. ----- Considerations on the fungi found in blastomycosis. Am. Med., 1928, 23: 289-95. ----- I miceti della blastomicosi Nord-Americana. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1929, 35: pt2, 239-45, 2pl. ----- The fungi found in North American blastomycosis; their plurality of BLASTOMYCOSIS 417 BLASTOMYCOSIS species Brit. J. Derm., 1930, 42: 365-74, pi. -----&Jacono,I. Observations on fungi isolated from cases of blastomycosis cutis and blastomycosis pulmonalis in North America and Europe; remarks on blastomycetin. J. Trop. M. Hyg , Lond., 1933, 36: 297-321.—Fonseca, O. da. Sobre os agentes das blastomycoses europeas; cyclo sexuado e posicao systematica do levedo de Hudelo Brasil med., 1922, 36: pt2, 101—Mellon, R. R. Obser- vations on an ascospore stage for the parasites of blastomycosis nominis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1924-25, 22: 69.----- Studies in microbic heredity; the infective and taxonomic signifi- cance of a newly described ascospore stage for the fungi of blasto- mycosis J. Bact., Bait., 1926, 11: 229-52, 4pl. ----- Obser- vations on the genetic origin of the several types of fungi found in the lesions of blastomycosis hominis. Ibid., 419-31, pi.—Ota, M., & Kawatsure, S. Zur Aetiologie der echten und falschen Blastomykosen, besonders der Gilchristschen Krankheit. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1933, 169: 149-72—Ricketts, H. T. A new mould-fungus as the cause of 3 cases of so-called blasto- mycosis or oidiomycosis of the skin. Contrib. M. Sc. (Ricketts, H* T.) Chic, 1911, 11-7, pi.—Samson. Mitteilungen zur Mor- phologie und zum biologischen Verhalten der bei der Erosio interdigitalis blastomycetica geaichteten Hefepilze. Derm. Wschr., 1923, 76: 473-81.—Spring, B. Comparison of 7 strains of organisms causing blastomycosis in man. J. Infect. Dis., 1929, 44: 169-85. .---- oSSeOUS- Harding, B. B., & Garr, C. C. Blastomycosis of bone. South. M J 1933 26: 315-20.—Livingston, S. K. Skeletal blastomy- cosis;'a case report. J. Bone Surg., 1935,17: 49H-505.—Meyer, M., Sartory, A. R., & Meyer, J. Blastomycose osseuse; simulant l'aspect d'une scaphcliite tarsienne des jeunes enfants. Presse med., 1935, 43: 558-60. ---- Pathology. Aberastury, M. Blastomicosis: a proposito de un caso con lesiones cutaneas y poliganglionares (estudio histopatologico) Bol Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1920, 2: 885-921—Beatti, M. Ein Fall von Hefelokalisation in den Halslymphknoten (Blasto- mykose) Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925, 96: Orig., 28-30— Borzone, R A , & Chrestia, L. F. Blastomicosis mutilante americana. Rev. san. mil.. B. Air., 1925, 24: 133-42—Escomel, E. Blasto- micosis secundaria nasal incipiente. Cron. med., Lima, 1931, 48: 145-7.—Gans, O., & Bresel, E. G. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Blastomykose und Tuberkulose. Arch. Derm. Syph., Wien, 1921, 130: Orig., 136-56.—Hadley, M. N. Blastomycosis following an injury. Indianapolis M.J., 1922, 25: 170—Hem- richs, H. Beitrag zur Pathologie der Blastomykosen. Zbl. allg. Path., 1931-32, 53: 422-8.—Jones, T. B. Localized infection caused by yeast-like fungi; with special reference to the spinal involvement. Surg. Gvn. Obst., 1930, 50: 972-84—Lewis, B. Carroll, G., & Stryker, G. V. Blastomycosis of the prostate, epididymis and leg. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 94: 1987. Also repr—Lima, R. Histopathologic der exotischen Blastomyko- sen. Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1925, 20: 342-53—Michelson, I. B. Blastomycosis; a pathologic and bacteriologie study. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 1871-6. Also repr.—Parodi, S. E., & Widakowich, V. Asociaciones parasitarias; blastomicosis y bacilos acido- resistentes (tuberculosis?) Sem. med., B. Air., 1919, 26: pt2, 158-60 —Sanfelice, F. Sulla presenza di un virus flltrabile nei ratti morti con blastomicosi diffusa. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan., 1934, 13: 883-9. pi.—Staehelin, A., Jui-wu Mu & van Schouwen, M. Beitrage zur Klinik und Pathogenese der Oidiomykosen. Arch. Derm. Syph., 1932, 165: 294-342, 2pl. ---- pulmonary. See also Bronchus, Mvcosis; Lung, Mycosis. Almeida, F. P. de, & Santos, L. F. dos. Sobre un caso de blastomycose pulmonar. Ann. Fac. med. Sao Paulo, 1927, 2: 221-7, 3pl —Besta, B. Ueber die gegenseitige Beeinflussung von Lungenblastomyceten und anderen (pathogenen) Mikroor- ganismen auf kiinstlichen Nahrboden; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Mischinfektionen in Lungen. Beitr. Kim. Tuberk., 1933- 34, 84: 140-52.—Bianchi, A. E., & Nino, F. Sobre un caso de blastomicosis pulmonar por Alonilia n.sp. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 531-8.—Cannavo, L. Micosi polmonan a sin- drome pseudo-tubercolare. Riferma med., 1934. 50: 962.— Coppola, A. Criteri diagnostici differenziali tra infezione mico- tica e tubercolare del polmone. Fol. med., Nap., 1934, 20: 339-51—Ferguson, A. S. Blastomycosis of eye and face second- ary to lung infection. Brit. M.J., 1928, 1: 442—Leon-Kindberg, M., Parat, M., & Netter, H. Alycose pulmonaire a forme de tumeur primitive. J. med. Paris, 1936, 56: 648-51—Lopinore, S. Blastomicosi polmonare. Gazz. osp., 1926, 47: 484-6 — Mazza, S., & Nino, F. Notas sobre blastomicosis de las vias respiratorias. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 545-.18.— Medlar, E. M. Pulmonary blastomycosis; its similarity to tuber- culosis; report of 2 cases. Am. J. Path., 1927, 3: 305-14, 5pl — Miller, W. S. The reticulum of the lung; its similarity in blas- tomycosis to that in tuberculosis. Ibid., 315-20, 4pl. Also Tr. Nat. Tuberc. Ass., 1927, 23: 230-Pepe, G. La pseudo- tubercolosi polmonare da micosi. Fol. med., Nap., 1933, 19: 721-34 —Pisoni, E. Pseudotubercolosi polmonare da micete filamentoso. Gior. clin. med., 1934, 15: 632-42.-Spreng, A. Ueber einen Fall von Blastomykose der Lungen und der Pleura (ein weiterer Fall von Pseudo-Tuberkulose) Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934,64: 879-81. ---- systemic. Bernhardt, R., Zalewski, G., & Burawskim, J. Generalisierte Torulose (europaische Blastomykose) Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1935-36, 173: 78-90.—Bassoe, P. Report of a case of dis- seminated blastomycosis of the lungs, lumbar vertebrae, and subcutaneous tissues, with multiple abscesses and sinuses and extensive amyloid degeneration. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1903-6, 6: 380—Chiari, H. Zur Pathologie und Histologic der generalisierten Torulose (Blastomykose) Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1930,162:422-41.—Cleland, J. B. A case of systemic blasto- mycosis with the formation of a myxomatous looking tumour- like mass. Med. J. Australia, 1927, 1: 337-40.—Cole, W. H. Generalized blastomycosis from which blastomycetes have been isolated. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1922, 19: 330. ----- Systemic blastomycosis (oidiomycosis) Ann. Surg., 1924, 80: 124-34.— Coley, W. B., & Tracy, M. A case of oidiomycosis (blastomyco- sis) with rapid generalization, the early lesions simulating giant-celled sarcoma; death in 6 months. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1907, 25: 386-99, 3pl— Cooper, C. N. The clinical history and pathologic observations in a case of systemic blastomycosis. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1931, 21: 119-22.—Cornbleet, T. Cutaneous and systemic blastomycosis. Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1935, 38: 269.— B'Aunoy, R., & Bevan, J. L. Systemic blastomycosis. J. Lab. Clin. AI., 1930-31,16:124-30. Also repr—Bickson, E. C. Oidio- mycosis in California, with especial reference to coccidioidal granuloma; including 9 new cases of coccidioidal granuloma and 1 of systemic blastomycosis. Arch. Int. M., 1915, 16: 1028-44. Also repr.—Garr, C. C. Svstemic blastomycosis. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1925, 41: 490-2—Gasp ar, I., Fenstermacher, W. A., & Lingeman, L. R. Svstemic blastomycosis, with report of a fata! case. Radiology, 1932,18:305-15.—Gaumond, E. Blastomycose g5 10: 426-31.—Poggiolini, 0. 11 problema della cecita' Inf' anorm., Milano, 1923, 16: 25-9—Portoghese, G. 11 problema delle scuole per ambliopici nella discussioue dell'assemblea an- nuale dell'Associazione internazionale per la profilassi della cecita. Ann. ottalm., 1933, 61: 302-9.—Posey, W. C, & Carris, L. H. National Society for the Prevention of Blindness, a lay movement for the conservation of vision. Arch Ophth Chic 1933, 10: 621-30. Also repr. -Prevention of blindness. Brit' M.J., 1936, 1: 855. Also Virginia Health Bull.. 1934, 26: 50-3.— Report of the Committee of Causes and Prevention of Blindness Brit. M. J., 1922, 2: US.",: 1035; 1932, 1: 208.—Rodin, F. H. Sight- saving classes in California. California West. M., '.929.30:251-5.— Royer, B. F. Prevention of blindness and conservation of vision. Hosp. Social Serv., 1928, 18: 98-108. Also Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, 1930,63:275-85. ----- Medical social work in the prevention of blindness. Hosp. Social Serv., 1930, 21: 471-9.—Schieck, F. Rechtzeitige Erkenmmg und Behandlung der Erblindung*L'e- fahr. Munch, med. Wschr., 1933,80:1930.—Schweinitz, G. E. de. The heritage of sight; its conservation. J. Missouri M Ass 1930, 27: 469-76—Smith, A. G. Aledical social service in an eye clinic. Sightsav. Rev., 1935, 5: 83-94.—Snow, W. F. Social hygiene and the prevention of blindness. Ibid., 1932, 2: 28-40.— Stebbins, M. E. Preventing blindness through care of the new- baby and young child. Pub. Health Nurs., N.Y., 1934, 26: 608-12.—Talbot, R. Organisation prophylactique rationnelle contre la cScite en Tunisie. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1935, 24: 119-21. ----- Equipements prophylactiques contre la cecite dans le trachome et la gonococcie conjonctivale. Rev. internat trachome, 1935, 12: 81-90.—Thau, W. A requisite to save the children's sight. Eye Ear N. Thr. Month., 1936-37, 15: 84-6.— Vianna, A. M. Profllaxia da cegueira. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1935, 53: 114; 371; 1936, 51: 156—Weiss, L. Prevention of blind- ness by ophthalmia neonatorum. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1930, 27: 434-8.— Wolff, J. Three cases of progressive amaurosis of retro- bulbar origin; recovery of vision with foreign protein treatment. Bull. N. York Acad. AI., 1927, n.s., 3: 418—Woodruff. F. E. Preventing blindness in Missouri. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1920, i7: 240-2. ---- Snow blindness. Daland, J. Eskimo snow-blindness and goggles. Tr. Coll. Physicians, Phila., 1916, 3.ser., 38: 370.—Frank-Kamenetzki, S. 6. Zum klinischen Bilde der Schneeblindheit. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1926, 77: 528-37.—Holth, S. [Open spectacles or closed goggles as a protection against snow-blindness?] Tskr. norsk. laegeforen., 1914,35:153-6. Also Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 1915,13: 71-3.—Roland, K. Die Schneeblindheit, Ursache und Behand- lung. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1933, 30: 44-6.—Shorney, H. F. Snow blindness in the Australian Alps. Australas. AI. Gaz., 1912, 31: 654. ---- solar. See also Sun, Eclipse [3.ser.] Schuler, C. R. * Ueber Blendung nach Beobachtung einer Sonnenfinsternis. 47p. 8? Heidelb., 1912. Aguilar Blanch. El eclipse de 1900 y el aparato visual. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1901, 1: 132-4.—Beauvois, A. Accidents ocu- laires consecutifs a l'observation des eclipses de soleil. Rec. ophth., Par., 1906,3.ser., 28:257; 321. Also Cron. med. quir. Habana, 1907, 33: 92-100.—Cosmettatos, G. F. Des lesions oculaires graves consecutives a l'observation directe de l'Sclipse de soleil. Clin. ophth.. Par., 1907, 13: 118—Crawford, A. B., & Ligon, E. M. A case of solar blindness. Am. J. Psyehol., 1931, 43: 269-74.— Delord. Accident oculaire du a l'observation de l'eclipse solaire. Echo med. cevennes, 1906, 7: 42-6.—Ferentinos, S. Ueber Sehstiirungen infolge der Beobachtung der Sonnenfinsternis. Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1906, 10: 2-16.—Jess. Augenerkrankun- gen durch Blendung anlasslich der letzten Sonnenfinsternis. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1912. 49: 2011.—Menacho, M. Trastornos oculares originados por la observation del eclipse solar (30 agosto de 1905) Arch. oft. isp. amer., 1906, 6: 251; 333.—Rusche. Blen- dungserscheinungen bei Sonnenfinsternis. Deut. med. Wschr., 1912, 38: 2196. Also Ber. Oberhess. Ges. Nat. Heilk. Giessen, 1913, 8 • Med. Abt., 12.—Santos Fernandez, J. Seis casos de per- turbation de la vista por observar un ecliose solar. An. oft., Mex., 1914-15, 17: 356-60.—Villard, H. Troubles oculaires con- sficutifs a l'observation directe des eclipses de soleil. Ann. ocul., Par., 1906, 136: 86-101. Also Bull. Soc. fr. ophth. Paris, 1906, 23: 394-410.—Viterbi, A. Alcuni casi di ambliopia prodotta daH'aver fissato il sole nelle varie fasi dell'eclissi 30 agosto 1905. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1906, 4.ser., 12: 219-24.—Wibo. M. Lesions oculaires consecutives a l'eclipse du 17 avril 1912. Presse med. beige, 1912, 64: 367-72.—Winselmann. Eclipse-blindness. Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1903, 7: 19. Statistics. Best, H. The blind; their condition and the work being done for them in the United States. ^P' fL N-Y'> 1919- Also rev. ed. <14p. 1934. Bondurant, R. E., & Teiser, S. A survev of the blind in the State of Oregon. 30n. ' 8° [Portland, 1932] Canada. Dominion Bureau of Statistics. Seventh Census of Canada, 1931. Blind 54p 4? Ottawa, 1935. [Mimeo.] Izquierdo, J. J. La ceguera en la Repiiblica Mexicana; su repartici6n, su frecuencia v sus causas. 48p. 8? Mex., 1919. Also Mem. Soc. Antonio Alzate, 1919, 38: 121-68, pi. Massachusetts, U.S. Commission for the Blind. Ten-year Survey Committee. Re- ports, 1906-1916. 42p. 8? [Bost., 1917] United States. Bureau of the Census. The blind in the United States, 1910- 4? Wash. Abbatucci, S. Les causes de la cecite en Chine. Bull. Soc. path. exot.. Par., 1931, 24: 419—Adams, A. L., Gamble, R. C, & Gradle, H. S. An ophthalmological survev of Illinois State School for the Blind. Am. J. Ophth., 1934, 3.ser., 17: 624-6 — Astrand, G. Das Blindenwesen Schwedens in den letzten Jahren. Eos, Wien, 1926, 18: 8-15— Bagchi, S. Blindness in India. Calcutta AI.J., 1935-30, 30:460; 526; 724.—Biro,I. Ueber die Ursachen der Blindheit; eine statistische Darstellung im Anschluss an 1,000 Falle. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1936, 96: 209- 18.— Blindness in India. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1918, 21: 18.—Blindness among Jews in Palestine and its causes. Brit. J. Ophth.. 1934, 18: 473. -Celada, V., & Alvarez Torres, R. Datos estadisticos sobre causas de ceguera. Arch, med., Madr., 1927, 27: 232-8. —Chang, S. P. Causes of blindness among the Chinese. Nat. M.J. China, 1930, 16: 370-8 -Cowan, A., & Sinclair, S. M. Causes of blindness in Pennsylvania; from the medical and social aspects. J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 107: 757-60.—De Masi. A. Con- tributo alle cause ed alia diffusione della cecita in Puglia. Ann. ottalm., 1931, 59: 513-26.—Frese, H. Erblindungsursachen bei 849jugendlichen Blinden der staatlichen Blindenanstalt Steglitz- Berlin. Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 2380-3.—Gentilini, G. Sposta- mento delle percentuali nelle cause della cecita negli ultimi qua- rant'anni (piu esattamente dal 1883 aJ 1925) Boll. med. trent., 1932, 47: 147.—Govindaradjassamy. Cas de cecite evitable de l'lnde. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1933, 25: 66—Heyer, H. E. Statistical survey of the blind in New Jersey. Outlook for Blind, 1935, 29: 107; 135—Hubner, O. Statistik aller Aufnah- men in die deutschen Blindenanstalten in den Jahren 1919-24, die vorzugsweise die Frage: Was lehren uns die Aufnahmen in den Jahren 1919-24 iiber Erblindungsursachen? beantworten soil. Zschr. Augenh., 1925-26, 58: 358-67, 2ch— Jarland. La cecite au Yunnan: ses causes et sa prophylaxie. Ann. med. pharm. col., Par., 1926, 24: 23-33.—Lamb, H. D. Blindness in Missouri; as revealed by examinations under the State Blind- Pension Law. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 79: 1305-8. ----- Blind- ness among 6,000 adults. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1926, 23: 179. ----- Cause of blindness in Missouri and in St Louis. Arch. Ophth., N.Y., 1927, 56: 469-73—Leger, M. Les causes de la cecite en Chine. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1931, 24: 255-65.— Ling, W. P. Causes of blindness among the Chinese. Nat. M.J., China, 1922-23, 9: 17.5-84.—Lossouarn, E. La vie du chinois aveugle et les causes de cecite en extreme-orient. Arch. Inst, prophyl., Par., 1930, 2: 403-11—MacCallan, A. F. Statis- tics of blindness in Egypt during 1914. Bull. Ophth. Soc. Egypt, 1915, 87; 1922, 22. ----- Causes of blindness in Egypt. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, 1919, 39: 406-10. Also Am. J. Ophth., 1919, 3.ser., 2: 736—Marcinkus, J. [Statistics and regis- tration of the blind in Lithuania] Medicina, Kaunas, 1934, 15: 141-52.—Murzin, A. K. [Statistics on the blind of Tashkent] Med. misl., Tashkent, 1930-31, 5: 66-74.—Nasr Farid. La cecite en Egypte. Clin, ophtli., Par., 1927, 31: 92-5.—Rasmus- sen, R. K. [Age limit of blind in Faer0er] Bibl. laeger, 1932, 121: 79-91. ----- [Causes of blindness on Faroe Islands] Ibid., 1934, 126: 481-96—Reeder, J. E. The blind in Iowa. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 82: 815.—Reinhards [Blindness in Latvia] Medicina, Kaunas, 1932,13: 658-61.—Report on the present trend of blindness in the southwest of Scotland. In Rep. Med. Off. Health, Glasgow, 1934, 33-6.—Saunders, G. A report on blind- ness in Wa and Tumu districts, Gold Coast, West Africa. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1933, 36: 5—Savvaitov, A. S. [Blindness in Soviet Russia] Soviet, vest, oft., 1932, 1: 1-13; 291—Sayed Abd-el-Hamid Soleiman Bey. Blindness in Egypt and a scheme for its relief. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop., 1928, 3: 727-30.—Scheffer, G. A. [Blindness in Marxstadt, Volga Germans] Soviet, vest, oft., 1932, 1: 245-53— Shimkin, N. J. Blindness among Jews in Palestine and its causes. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop., 1928, 3: 825-40, 5diagr.----- Blindness, eve diseases, and their causes in the land of Canaan. Brit. J. Ophth., 1935,19: 548-76, port—Smith, C. M., & Marshall, J. The Glasgow clinic for the certification of the blind; the BLINDNESS 428 BLINDNESS causes of blindness in 1,460 cases. Lancet, Lond., 1932, 2: 146-8.—Strathearn, J. C. The problem of blindness in Palestine. Fol. ophth. orient., 1932-33, 1: 121; 278.—Thompson, A. H. An analvsis of the causes of blindness among the pupils of the school for the blind, Swiss Cottage. Lancet, Lond., 1927, 1: 1075-7 — Ticho, A. Ursachen der Erblindung in Paliistina. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1926, 77: 700-4.—Ubaldo, A. R., & Ayuyao, C. D. Blindness among Filipinos. J. Philippine Islands AI. Ass., 1936, 16: 223-9.— Utermann, H. Aus der Blindenstatistik einer Grosstadt. Zschr. Augenh., 1928, 66: 228-39—Weihmann, M. Die Blindheit in der Sierra Juarez (Alexiko) Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1271-3.—Wilde, A. G. Summary of refractive conditions and causes of blindness in Mississippi. N. Orleans M.&S.J., 1934, 87: 303-7. ---- sudden. Abadie. Considerations cliniques et therapeutiques sur une forme de cecite rapide et complete qui survient chez des jeunes sujets Bull. Soc. ophth. Paris, 1926, 130-3.—Arganaraz, R., & Courtis, R. Cegueras repentinas. Sem. med., B. Air., 1931, 38: 1580-3.—Bedell, A. J. The causes of sudden blindness. Month. Bull. Kansas Citv S.W. Clin. Soc, 1932, 8: 2S-32. Also N. Eng- land J.M., 1936, 214: 640-3.—Breiger, E. Amaurosis fulminans im Kindesalter. Zschr. Augenh., 1925-26, 58: 407-12.—Bay, H. F. Sudden blindness at 50. N. England J.M., 1931, 204: 503-5.—Euziere, Viallefont [et al.] Amaurose brutale; ecoule- ment du liquide cephalo-rachidien par le nez; recuperation par- tielle de la vision; arachnoidite probable. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1936, 14: 54-6.—Frey, G. Sudden blindness. N. York State J.M., 1930, 30: 1468-70.—Hirschberg, J. Ueber die sogenannte fulminierende Erblindung. Zbl. prakt. Augenh., 1919, 43: 38-41.—Jackson, E. The significance of the rapid loss of vision. Colorado M., 1924, 21: 55-8.—Koobs, H. J. G. Report of a case of sudden blindness, with observations. Journal-lancet, 1922, 42: 170-2.—Langdon, H. M. Sudden loss of vision from acute sphenoiditis; recovery. Am. J. Ophth., 1919, 3.ser., 2: 697.— Macrae, A. Sudden loss of sight. Newcastle M.J., 1926-27, 7: 175-90. Also Clin. J., Lond , 1928, 57: 37-45.—Magalhaes, G. Sobre um caso de amaurose subita. Arch, brasil. med., 1917, 7: 662-5.—Morax, V., & Kerbrat. De la cecite foudrovante chez les enfants. Ann. ocul., Par., 1927, 164: 401-12.—Picard, P., & Dreyfus, P. A. Compression de thorax suivie de oficitS imme- diate et definitive. Arch, ophth., Par., 1928, 45: 383-90.— Rochat, G. F. [Sudden amblyopia in one eye] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1933, 77: ptl, 626-33.—Santa Cecilia, J. Cegueira subita bilateral. Arch, brasil. med., 1920, 10: 665-71. ----- Um caso de Cegueira subita por espasmo dos vasos retinianos. Brasil med., 1920, 34: 364.—Scheerer, R. Ein Fall von sog. fulminierender Erblindung bei einem Kinde. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1922, 68: 193-5.—Sisaric, I. Ein Fall von plotzlicher Erblindung durch Tuberkel im Chiasma nervi optici. Wien. med. Wschr., 1921, 71: 445-8.—Vercelli, G. Cecita improvvisa e deflnitiva in un antico traumatizzato cranico con stato idroee- falico ed atrofia primaria della papilla: probabile spasmo dell'ar- teria centrale. Riv. otoneur., 1935, 12: 711-20.— Weill, G. Amaurose subite apres lavage de la plevre a l'eau oxvgenee. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1925, 3: 621. ---- toxic. See also names of poisons as Methylalcohol; Quinine; Tobacco, &c. Adrogue, E. La ambliopia alcoholica-nicotinica en el Consul- torio externo del Hospital Santa Lucia. Rev. As. m6d. argent., 1923, 36: sect, soc oft., 72-80. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1923, 30: pt2, 320-2.—Alajmo, B., & Accardi, V. L'ambliopia tossica alcoolico-tabagica. Boll, ocul., Fir., 1930, 9: 273; 361—Andrade, G. de. Amblvopias toxicas; alguns casos interessantes. Brasil med., 1923, 37: pt2, 153-8.—Bhaduri, B. N. Urea stibamine amblyopia, Calcutta M.J., 1925-27, 21: 327-41—Birch-Hirsch- feld, A. Zum Kapitel der Intoxikations-Amblyopien (Methyl- alkohol, Optochin, Granugenol) Zschr. Augenh., 1916, 35: Orig., 1-11.—Blevad, 0. [Amblyopia centralis after taking alco- holic drinks] Ugeskr. laeger, 1920, 82: 1575-81.—Brown, E. J. Toxic amblyopia from alcohol and Copenhagen snuff. Am. J. Ophth., 1921, 3.ser., 4: 854.—Buzzard, F. Toxic amblyopia, in- cluding retrobulbar neuritis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, 1930, 50: 385-90.—Carroll, F. D. Cerebrospiual-fiuid studies in 10 cases of tobacco-alcohol amblyopia. Am. J. Ophth., 1935, 18: 720-3. —■--- Analysis of 55 cases of tobacco-alcohol amblyopia. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1935, 14: 421-34. Also repr— Casolino, L. La paracentesi della camera anteriore quale sussidio terapeutico nell'ambliopia alcolica-nicotinica. Gior. ocul., 1925, 6: 133-7.— Cordes, F. C, & Harrington, D. O. Toxic amblyopia due to tobacco and alcohol; treatment with vasodilators; a report of 8 cases. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1935, 13: 435-44—Creveling, E. L. Toxic amblyopia; report of cases. California West. M., 1930, 32: 110.—Gilchrist, M. Amblyopia with haemorrhages due to tobacco and (?) lead poisoning. Brit. M.J., 1926, 1: 990.— Gunn, J. A. Toxic amblyopia. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, 1930, 50: 390-3—Harbridge, D. F. Toxic amblyopias. Ophth. Liter., 1922, 18: 361-5.—Jendralski, F. Die Intoxikationsam- blyopie (Tabak, Alkohol) vor, in und nach dem Kriege. Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48: 1207-9—Jones, C. P. Toxic blindness; report of 2 cases. Virginia M. Month., 1924-25, 51: 773-6.— Letchworth, T. W. Toxic amblyopia and retrobulbar optic neu- ritis. Clin. J., Lond., 1932, 61: 137-41.—Meerhoff, A., & Meer- hoff, W. Tratamiento de la ambliopia alcoholo-tabagica con altas dosis de estrichnina. An. Fac. med., Montev., 1929, 14: 114-9.—Moore, H. M. Toxic amblyopia. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1936, 25: 333-5.—Pflimlin, R. Die Behandlung der Alkohol- Tabaksamblyopie mit N'ilroskleran. Klin. Mbl. Aiif:enh., 1930, 85: 787-95.—Pooley, G. H. Case of toxic amblyopia due to syphilis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, 1927, 47: 425— Roberts, T. F. Toxic amblyopia. Texas J.M., 1918, 13: 391—Scalinci, N. Intorno alia patogenesi dell'ambliopia tossica cronica. Boll, ocul., 1930, 9: 752-60.—Schanz, F. Wirkungen des Lichls bei den toxischen Amblvopien. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1920, 67: 359. Also Zschr. Augenh., 1920, 43: 73-86, pi. Also Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges. (1920) 1921, 42: 303-7.—Shanks, J. Studies of toxic amblyopia. Optometr. Week., 1932-33, 23: 973-5.— Steindorff. Sehstorungen nach Vergiftungen. Deut. med, Wschr., 1921, 47: 246-8.—Strader, G. L. Toxic amblyopia from drinking. Am. J. Ophth., 1927, 3.ser., 10: 359—Terrien, F. Le diagnostic de l'amblyopie toxique. Medecine, Par., 1923-24, 5: 249.—Traquair, H. M. Toxic amblyopia, including retro- bulbar neuritis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, 1930, 50: 351- 85.—Turtz, C. A. Toxic amblyopia—treatment with vasodila- tors. J. Am. Inst. Homceop., 1933, 26: 511.—Veil, P. I.am- blyopie toxique alcoolonicotinique. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1931. 45: 375.—Watkins, E. B. Blindness caused by therapeutic doses of certain drugs. Memphis M. Month., 1921, 62: 893-8—Wei- senberg & Wil'.imzik. Erblindung nach Sadebaumvergiftung. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1924, 73: 476-8—White, J. J. Toxic am- blyopia. U.S. Nav. M. Bull., 1931, 29: 614-8.—Willems, H. M. L'amblyopie toxique nicotino-alcoolique. Arch. med. beiges, 1924, 77: 671-8.—Zentmayer, W. Toxic amblyopia with retinal hemorrhage. Tr. Coll. Physicians, Phila., 1922, 44: 313-5. Also Am. J. Ophth., 1925, 3.ser., 8: 365-7. ---- transient. Alfandary, I. Contribution a l'etude de l'amaurose transi- toire au cours de l'encephalite fruste. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1936, 14: 20-8.—Badeaux, F. Amaurose passagere par angio-spasme de 1'artere centrale de la rfitine chez une femme presentant une compression du ganglion ambigu. Union med. Canada, 1929, 58: 67-74.—Barraux, A., Carriere, M., & Gibelin, H. Nevraxite diffuse avec amaurose transitoire survenue 4 mois apres un traite- ment antirabique a la faveur d'un episode palustre a Plasmo- dium vivax. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1935,13: 534-9.—Barrett, J. W. Fleeting amaurosis in children. Med. J. Australia, 1920, 2: 196. Also Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1920, n.s., 110: 333.— Benedict, W. L. The significance of temporary blindness. Minnesota M., 1930, 13: 891-5.—Bidault, R. Amaurose passa- gere consecutive a une injection retrobulbaire de novocaine- adrenaline. Ann. ocul., Par., 1934, 171: 171.—Fileti, A. Le amaurosi transitorie di origine extraoculare. Ann. ottalm., 1927, 55: 742-56.—Friedenwald, H. Sudden transient blindness. Am. J. Ophth., 1926, 3.ser., 9: 831-6.—Genet, L. Cecite transitoire ou durable sans signes ophtalmoscopiques chez les enfants. J. me.d. Lyon, 1926, 7: 149-59.—Kleefeld, G. Un cas d'amblyopie transitoire. Scalpel, Brux., 1923, 76: 750.—Lemiere, L. Am- blyopic transitoire chez un commotionne. Ann. ocul., Par., 1918," 155: 108-11.—Maitland, F. P., & Campbell, K. Case of temporary blindness. Brit. M.J., 1917, 2: 360.—Rossi, L. Sopra un caso di amaurosi transitoria da probabile morbo di Heine-Medin. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1931, 13: 225-34.—S6dan, J. Cecite temporaire par anu'ospasme retinien d'origine paludique. Ann. ocul., Par., 1929, 166: 705-11.—Swett, W. F. Amaurosis fugax and thrombosis. Am. J. Ophth., 1929, 3.ser., 12: 397-4C0 ---- traumatic. Bussy. Amaurose transitoire chez les commotionnfs. Ann. ocul., Par., 1918, 155: 423.—Caputo, B. Amaurosi da trauma sull' areata sopraciliarc. Rinasc. med., 1933, 10: 376.—Cicerale, L. Un caso di cecita corticale da ferita del cranio. Clin, chir., Milano, 1917, 25: 85-9. Also Riforma med., 1919, 35: 480-2 — Cruchet, Verger [et al.l A propos d'amaurose Epidemique. J. med. Bordeaux, 1919, 49: 119.—Hegner, C. A., & Naef, M. E. fntermittierende Erblindung nach Schadeltrauma. Miinch. med. "Wschr., 1923, 70: 502—Hinnen, G. A. Transient loss of sight. Cincinnati J.M., 1924-25, 5:155.—McCall, E. Transitory amaurosis, with case report. Eclect. M.J., 1925, 85: 181.— Marin Amat, M. Amaurosis ;,simulada o histerica? con motivo de un pequenisimo traumatismo ocular. Siglo m(kl., 1927, 74: pt2, 73.—Mendel, K. Intermittierendes Blindwerden. Neur. Zbl., 1920, 39: 503-6.—Ownond, A. W. Note on the direct obser- vation of the fundus oculi during a period of temporary blindness. Proc. R. Soc. M.. Lond., 1917-18, 11: sect, ophth., 6. Also Brit. J. Ophth., 1918, 2: 273-5. Also Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1918, 32: 76.—Saenger, A. Ein Fall von dauernder zerebraler Erblindung nach Rinterhauptsverletzung. Neur. Zbl., 1919, 38: 210.—Santos Fernandez, J., & Pazos, J. H. La ceguera en Cuba y la manera de propagarse de unos a otros por la gua- sasa. Rev. cubana oft., 1920, 2: 756-60.—Sgrosso, S. Due casi di cecita assoluta transitoria. Arch, ottalm., 1918, 25: 185-90.— Stincer, E. Ceguera cortical de origen traumatico. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1934, 39: 575-80.—Verger & Moulinier. Amaurose transitoire de cause epidemique. Bull. Soc. mM. chir. Bor- deaux, 1919, 11-4. Also Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1919, 40: 63. Also J. med. Bordeaux, 1919, 49: 61. ---- Treatment, See also Eye, artificial. Deval, C. Traits de l'amaurose ou de la goutte-sereine; ouvrage contenant des faits norn- BLINDNESS 429 BLINDNESS breux de guerison de cette maladie dans des cas de cecite complete. 441p. 8? Par., 1851. Behan, J. L. Development, of pulsating exophthalmos in a blind eye; restoration of almost normal vision following cure of exophthalmos. N. York State J.M., 1921, 21: 373-7—Blaydes, J E Blindness from the practitioner's standpoint; oration on surgery. West Virginia M.J., 1932, 29:15-9.—Charlet, H. Deux cas de rfapparition d'un certain degre de vision qualitative chez des yeux amblyopes au cours du traitement de l'-aut.re ceil. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1932, 10: 422.—Ferrer, H. Ciego de nacimiento operado con exito a los 29 afios. Siglo med., 1924, 74: 427-30.— Gershanov, I. Stimulating the periphery method used in the correction of typical cases of amblyopia. Optic. J., N.Y,, 1934, 71: no.5, 14; no.6, 18; no.7, 14.—Griiter, W. Orbitale Alkoholin- jektion' zur Beseitigung der Schmcrzhaftigkeit erblindeter Augen. Ber. Versamml. ophth. Ges., 1918, 41: 8.5-9.—Kern, M. Blindness of pituitary origin and organotherapy. Am. J. Clin. M 1923, 30: 1S-22.— Lapuente e Ibarra, A. Amaurosis; cura- cion. Siglo med., 1925, 76: 297-9.—Lewis, F. P. Preparation for the oncoming blindness. Am. Encycl. Diet. Ophth. (Wood) 1913, 2: 1132-8.—Meissner, M. Ueber die durch oeuartige Unterrichtsmethoden erzielten Leistungen von Kin- dern mit geringen Sehresten und von Blindgeborenen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1934,84: 301.—Nelson, O.N. Successful iridotomy in blindness of more than 40 years' duration. U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1936, 13: 85-7— Royle, N. B. The treatment of blindness associated with retinitis pigmentosa; a preliminary note. Med. J. Australia, 1930, 2: 364.—Stutterheim, N. A. Amblyopia: the effects of kinetic treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1932 1: 774.— Summerskill, W. H. Treatment of the amblyopic eye. Brit. M.J., 1936, 1: 1101-3.—Wolff, J. Three cases of pro- gressive amaurosis of retrobulbar origin; recovery of vision with foreign protein treatment. Arch. Ophth., N.Y., 1927, 56: 576-92. --- in animals. Freudenberg. Welche Beziehungen bestehen bei einseitig blinden oder einseitig in ihrer Sehfahigkeit herabgesetzten Pferden zwischen diesem Leiden und der Leistungsfahigkeit der davon betroffenen Pferde? Zschr. Veterinark., 1935, 47: 33-56.— Gmelin, W., & Stock, W. Ein Beitrag zur Mondblindheit des Pferdes. Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1929, 36: 306-12, 2pl — Keeler, C. E. Iris movements in blind mice. Am. J. Physiol., 1927, 81: 107-12.—Levaditi, C, Hornus, G., & Schoen, R. C6cite spontanee epidemique du singe dans ses rapports avec les leuco- nfivraxites amaurotiques humaines; mecanisme pathogfinique. Bull. Acad. med.. Par., 1933, 3.ser., 110:394-406. ----- Cecite spontanee du singe; essais de transmission. Ibid., 406-12. ----- Cecite spontanee chez les singes de l'cspece Alacacus rhesus. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 2SS-92— Moore, L. A., Huffman, C. F., & Buncan, C. W. Blindness in cattle associated with a constriction of the optic nerve and probably of nutritional origin. J. Nutrit., 1935, 9: 533-51.—Restoring sight to blind animals. Se. American, 1921, 125: 117.—Schweimtz, G. E. de. Blindness and papilledema in Guernsey calves, usually bulls, including the results of postmortem examination of 2 of the affected'animals. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1932, n.s., 7: 1-17. Also repr. -----& Be Long, P. Blindness and papilledema in Guernsey calves. Ibid., 1934, 11: 194-213.—Wiedemann. Bo.richt iiber einen Fall von pldtzlich aufgetretener Amau- rosis bilateralis bei einem Pferde. Zschr. Veterinark., 1923, 35: 100-7. --- in children. See also Blindness, congenital and hereditary. Berens, C, Kerby, C. E., & McKay, E. C. The causes of blindness in children, their relation to preventive ophthalmol- ogy. J. Am. AI. Ass., 1935, 105: 1949-56.—Boudet & Carrere. Des causes de la cecite chez l'enfant (enquete dans une ecole de jeunes aveugles) Alontpellier med., 1923, 45: 217-21.—Child blindness in India. Brit. M.J., 1P35, 1: 893—Cohn, N. Con- tributo alio studio dell' amaurosi acquista nei bambino. Clin. pediat., Mod., 1933, 15: 441-55.—Barrieux, J. Des causes de la cicitfi dans les 10 premieres annees de la vie. Ann. ocul., Par., 1920, 157: 421-5.—Boyne, P. G. Amaurosis in infants. Lancet, Lond., 1922, 2: 607. Also Practitioner, Lond., 1930, 125: 174-8. Also S. Thomas Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1935, 35: 76-8—Genet, L. Cecite sans signes ophtalmoscopiques chez les enfants. Arch. med. enf., 1927, 30: 215-29.—Halliday, J. C. The causes of blind- ness in children in New South Wales. Med. J. Australia, 1920, 2: 392.—Lamb, H. D. Causes of blindness in youth as deter- mined at the Missouri School for the Blind. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1926, 23: 101-5.—Moore, R. F., Lang, B. T. [et al.] Some cause of amaurosis in infants. Brit. J. Ophth., 1922, 6: 337-51 — Niechamkina, M. (Amaurosis in child, due to malaria] Pedia- tria, Moskva, 1927, 11: 269-73.—Norrie, G. Causes of blindness in children; 25 years' experience of Danish Institutes for the Blind. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1927, 5:357-86—Pick. Erblindung einos neugeborenen Kindes infolge falschcr Eintraufelungen. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1921, 66: 485-8.—Pritchard, E. Case of amaurosis following violent convulsions. Proc. R. Soc. AL, Lond., 1917-1S. 11: sect. stud. dis. child., ].—Valentini, P. L'amaurosi nei neonato e nei lattante con 0 senza segni oftal- moscopici. Clin, pediat,, Mod., 1928. 10: 151-8.—Van Cleve, E. M. The blind child. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1923, 50: 387-90. ---- in soldiers and sailors. Association Valentin Hauy. Le retour a la terre du soldat aveugle ... lettres de soldats aveugles offrant des exemples pratiques de rea- daptation aux travaux agricoles dedies par l'Asso- ciation Valentin Haiiy aux agriculteurs blesses aux Yeux qui veulent reprendre leur vie d'autre- fois. 55p. 8? Par., 1919. Bleckmann, F. K. *Ueber die Ursachen der totalen Erblindung im Kriege. 3()p. 8? Marb.. 1919. Kahn, E. *Ueber 50 in der Universitats- Augenklinik zu Heidelberg zur Behandlung ge- kommene Falle von doppelseitiger Kriegserblin- dung. 30p. 8? Heidelb., 1917. Kolbe, A. *Ueber doppelseitige Erblindun- gen bei Kriegsteilnehmern nach den Beobach- tungen der Breslauer konigl. Augenklinik. 34p. 8? Bresl., 1917. Lawson, Sir A. War blindness at St Dun- stan's. 148p. 8? Lond. [1922] Ormond, A. W. List of men blinded in the war who passed through the 2d London General Hospital, and were afterwards transferred to St Dunstan's, Regents Park, being approximately two-thirds of the total number of men blinded in the war, 1914-19. 95p. 4? [Lond., 1923] Bab, W. Die Ursachen der Kriegsblindheit. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1920, 57: 512. Also Zschr. Augenh., 1921, 45: 214-31 — Berti, G. Sopra un caso di cecita corticale in un ferito di guerra. Ann. ital. chir., 1922, 1: 536-42.—Bonnefon. Y a-t-il parmi les aveugles de guerre des cas de cecite curables? presentation d'un de ces cas. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1923, 3.ser., 90: 258—By- chowski, Z. Ueber das Fehlen der Wahrnehmung der eigenen Blindheit bei 2 Kriegsverletzten. Neur. Zbl., 1920, 39: 354-7 — Canitanio, S. Monocoli e milizia. Gior. ocul., 1923, 4: 158-61.— Feilchenfeld, W. Reichsstatistik uber Kriegsblinde. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1922, 69: 342-5. ----- Die Kriegsblinden im Deutschen Reiche nach der Erhebung des Reichsarbeits- ministeriums vom 5. Oktober 1924. Ibid., 1926. 76: 428.— Ferrer, H. Los monoftalmos en el ejercito. Rev. cubana oft., 1922, 4: 56-61.—Grosz, E. von. Die Kriegsblindenfiirsorge in Ungarn. Ber. Versamml. ophth. Ges., 1916, 40: 318-25.— Hansell, H. F. Unilateral blindness (war traumatism) followed later by blindness in fellow eye. Am. J. Ophth., 1920, 3.ser., 3:511.—Jousset. Les amblyopies et l'aptitude militaire. Lyon med., 1917, 126: 32-41.—Kriickmann, E. Kriegserblindungen und Kriegsblindenfiirsorge. In Handb. arztl. Erfabr. Weltkr., Lpz., 1922, 5: 217-44.—Reuss, I. Unsere Kriegsblinden und die Blindenfrage von Heute. Zschr. Krankenpfl., 1916, 37: 20-4.— Schmeichler, L. Erfahrungen bei Kriegsblinden. Wien. med. Wschr., 1918, 68: 1833; 18S9— Silex. Die Kriegsblinden in Halbau. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1917, 59: 166-8—Uhthoff, K. Ueber das Schicksal der Kriegsblinden und ihre Versorgung, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Kriegsblinden Schlesiens. Samml. zwangl. Abh. Geb. Augenh., 1921, 10: 1-103.—Uhthoff, W. Ueber Kriegsblinde und Kriegsblinden-Fiirsorge. Jahr- ber. Schles. Ges. vaterl. Kult. (1915) Abt. 1, 1916,2: med.Sekt., Vortriige, 60-77.—Villey. La perception des obstacles chez les aveugles de la guerre. Rev. philos. France, 1923, 95: 98-131. ---- in soldiers and sailors: Reeducation and treatment. See also Blind, Education. Brieux, E. Nos soldats aveugles; note pour les directeurs des ecoles de reeducation profes- sionnelle. 2.ed. 36p. 8? Par., 1917. Eck, J. G. *Ueber 90 in der Universitats- A.ugen-Klinik zu Heidelberg zur Behandlung gekommene Falle von doppelseitiger Kriegser- blindung. 30p. 8? Heidelb., 1920. Emard, P., & Brieux, E. Toiling through the dark; a treatise on the re-education of the blinded soldiers. 66p. 8? Bait., 1919. McMurtrie, D. C., & Gourvich, A. Ab- stract-catalogue of literature on the war blinded. 82p. 8? Bait., 1919. Vallery-Radot, R. Les amis des soldats aveugles; rapport moral; assembled generale ordi- naire. 15p. 12? Par., 1916. Angelucci, A. La vista ai ciechi? Gior. med. mil., 1919, 67: 338-40.—Bab, W. Die Zihl der Kriegsblinden in Deutsch- land nebst Bemerkungen iiber das Kriegsblindenwesen anderet Lander. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1923, 70: 187-91- Bauer. Ueber BLINDNESS 430 BLINDNESS Kriegsblindenfiirsorge. Deut. med. Wschr., 191H, 42: 791.— Bielschowsky, A. Die Forderung des akademischen Bliuden- hildunpswesens im Kriege. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1917, 59: 115-34.—Birch-Hirschfeld. Zur Kriegsblindenfiirsorge. Med. Klin., Berl., 1916, 12: 609.—Bonnefon. Les cecitfis de guerre curables; indications, technique, resultats de leur traitement chirureical. Bull. Acad. m«i., Par., 1924, 3.ser., 92: 862-4. Also Gaz. sc. mod. Bordeaux, 1924, 45: 437.—Bordley, J. Train- ing of the blind in the rehabilitation of soldiers and sailors. ,\T. Vork M.J.. 1918, 108: 1014.-----Government provision for the blinded American soldier. Am. J. Care Cripples, 1919, 8: 310-3, 4pl. ----- Re-education of the blind sol- diers. Tr. Coll. Phvsicians, Phila., 1919, 3.ser., 41: 4* 52. Also Am. J. Ophth., 1919, 3.ser.. 2: 285.—Brieux, E. Educating the public in the interest of the blinded soldier. Am. J. Care Cripples, 1919, 8: 326.—Chatin. Note sur le travail industricl des soldats aveugles; montage des bobines pour appareils photo- graphiques. Lyon med., 1920, 129: 413-5.—Cohn, L. Die Kriegsblinden und ihre padagogiseh-psvchologische Behand- lung. Zschr. pad. Psychol., 1916, 17: 214-7.—Belord. Etude statistique de la cecite au Centre ophtalmologique et a I'Ecole de reeducation professionnelle des soldats aveugles de Chart res. Ann. ocul., Par., 1919, 156: 410-9—Benti, F., Mondolfo, L. [et al.] The re-education of blinded soldiers. Am. J. Care Cripples, 1919, 8: 442-6.—Bye, C. Vocational guidance for the blind. Carry On, Wash., 1919. 1: 29.—Elliot, R. H. A blinded soldier relearning to see. Brit. M..I., 1924, 2: 10.—England, E. K. The reeducation of the blinded soldier. Am. .1. Clin. M., 1918, 25: 744; S27.—Feilchenfeld, W. Kriegsblindenfiirsorge. Deut.med. Wschr., 1916, 42: 387; 883— Fraser, I. Treatment of the blinded soldier; a comparison of German and British methods. Lancet, Lond., 1923, 1: 44-6.—Goodnow, M. A constructive work for the blind. Trained Xurse, N.V., 1920, 64: 313-7- Hohenemser, R. Kriegshilfe fiir Erblindete. Zschr. Kruppelfiirs., 1915,8: 280-5 — Holmes, W. G. How shall I learn to teach the blinded soldiers? Outlook for Blind. 1919, 13: 53-60—Knopf, S. A. Blinded sol- diers as masseurs in hospitals and sanatoria for reconstruction and rehabilitation of disabled soldiers. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1918, 94: 7C9—11. Also repr.—Kriickmann. Ueber Kriegsblinden- fiirsorge. Arch. Augenh., 1916. 81: Erganzh., 143-6.—Lawson, Sir A. On the re-educat ion of the blinded, with special reference to the blinded sailor and soldier. Lancet, Lond.', 1921, 2: 544-9.— Martell, P. Ueber Kriegsblindenfiirsorge. Deut. med. Presse, 1918, 22: 109; 117. Also Zschr. KrankenpfL. 1P19, 41: 97-102 — Martin, F. S. Dunstan's and the blinded soldier. Am. J. Care Cripples. 1919, 8: 314-20—Molter, H. The Federal Board for Vocational Education, Division of Rehabilitation; the application of the Vocational Rehabilitation Act to the war-blinded. Proc. Am. Ass. Instr. Blind, 1920, 25: 17-50.—Mondolfo, L. A propos des projets de creation de maisons de travail pour les soldats aveugles. Rev. interall. mutil. guerre, Par., 1918, 1: 360-8. Also Am. J. Care Cripples, 1919, 8: 44-8.—JSicolodi, A. La rieducazione agricola dei ciechi. Gior. med. mil., 1919, 67: 1303 — Pearson, A. The training and the re-education of the blinded soldiers. In Inter-Allied Conf. After-Care Disabled Men, Lond., 1918. 2: 277-82.-----The story of S. Dunstan's. Outlook for Blind, 1918, 12:74-7.—Romagnoli, A. Inguardiadai vecchi metodi per la rieducazione dei ciechi della guerra. Boll. Fed. naz. mil. mutil., 1918, 1: 37-44. ----- Accentramento e discentramento dei ciechi di guerra nei lavoro. Gior. med. mil., 1919, 67: 1302.—S. Bunstan's. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 819.— Schottke, F. Die Schlesische Blinden-Unterrichts-Anstalt und unsere Kriegsblinden. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1916, 56: 293.— Schweinitz, G. E. de. Concerning the refitting of the blinded and the blind. N. York State J.M., 1919, 19: 343-50.—Silex, P. Kriegsblinde in der Landwirtschaft. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1917, 58: 463-7.—Singer. Ueber Kriegsblindenfiirsorge. Ther. Mo- natsh., 1917, 31: 62-9.—Swift, E. L. Blind men taught new occu- pations at Chicago Lighthouse. Mod. Hosp., 1920, 11: 126.— Thiel, M. Kriegsblinde als Maschinenschreiber. Zschr Krup- pelfurs., 1919, 12: 105-8.—Uhthoff, W. Weitere personliche Er- fahrungen und Betrachtungen zur Kriegsblindenfiirsorge Klin Mbl. Augenh., 1917. 58: 431-63.—Wholey, C. C. Our blinded soldiers. J. Am. M. Ass., 1919, 73: 1568-74— Wood, C. A. Re- construction and re-education of disabled soldiers and sailors Am. J. Ophth., 1919, 3.ser.. 2: 47-52— Woolston, R. W. Pointing the way. Institution Q., Springf., 1919, 10: 83-5. ---- in women. Brouha & Gosselin. Signification de l'amaurose en tant que symptome d'eclampsie. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1928, 17: 934.—Belmas, P., Battle [et al.] Un cas d'amaurose gravidique. Ibid.. 1933, 22: 83-5.—Federico, V. Amaurosi albuminurica gravidica. Ri\. ostet. gin. prat., 1927, 9: 118-20.—Fink, K. Akute transitorische Erblindung post partum. Zbl. Gyn., 1924, 48: 1188-91. — Khavin, I. 3. [Amaurosis during pregnancy from the viewpoint of endocrinology] Russ. klin., 1930, 13: 13-5.— Moriez, A. Fausse neuroptico-myelite en realite svndrome de Lichtheim. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1934, 12: 271-5.—Paucot, H. Amaurose et eclampsie. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1924, 13: 523-5.—Ricci, E. Delle lesioni oculari in rapporto alia flsio- patologia sessuale muliebre con speciale rieuardo alle amaurosi Studium, Nap.. 1926, 16: 256; 290—Roudke, L., & Sliwinski, r! Un cas d'amaurose aigue du dernier trimestre de la grossesse Rev. fr. gyn. obst., 1924, 19: 347-9—Swift, B. H., A Tostevin, A. L. Acute amaurosis during pregnancy without signs of toxaemia. Med. J. Australia, 1931, 1: 632.—Weekers, L., & Missotten, R. L'amaurose gravidique, denominee a tort amau- rose uremique, necessite-t-elle l'intcrruption de la grossesse? Arch, ophth., Par., 1928, 45: 545-53—Zamora, C. Un caso de amaurosis bilateral por retention del menstruo. Rev. cubana oft., 1922, 4: 221-4. BLINDSPOT. See Retina, Blindspot. BIINEAU, Eugene, 1903- *De I'emploi du Potter-Bucky dans l'examen radiographique de l'orbite; nouveaux precedes radiographiques. 64p. 4pl. 8? Par., 1928. BLIN-LACOUR, Andree, 1907- "Thera- peutiques preventives des complications puhno- naires de la rougeole. 78p. 8? Par., 1935. BLISS, A. lone. Iowa child welfare legislation measured by Federal Children's Bureau stand- ards. 52p. ' 8? Iowa City, Univ. Iowa, 1922. Forms no.3, v.2, of Univ. Iowa Stud. Studies in child welfare. BLISS, Andrew Richard, jr., 1887- A laboratory manual of qualitative chemical analysis; for students of medicine, dentistry, pharmacv, and science. 3.ed., rev. 4p.l. 194p. tab. 8?" Menasha, Wise, G. Banta, Pub. Co., 1923. See also Bachmann [Jean] George, & Bliss, A. R. The essen- tials of physiology and pharmacodynamics. L'.ed. 365p. roy 8? Phila. [1926]—Rusby, Henry Hurd, Bliss, A. Richard, & Ballard, Charles W. The properties and uses of drugs. 823p 8? Phila., 1930. For biography see Mask of Kappa Psi, Menasha, 1935, 32: no.3, 20-35. ----OLIVE, A. H. [et al.] Phvsics and chemis- try for nurses, 3.ed. 3p.l. 190p. 8? Phila., J. B. Lippincott Co. [1923] ---- Also 4.ed., rev. 4p.l. 190p. [1926] BLISS, Malcolm Andrews, 1863-1934. Obituary. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1934, 31: 478. BLISSENBACH, Heinrich, 1888- *Stiel- torsion normaler Ovarien bei Uterus bicomis uni- collis [Bonn] 29p. 8? Bitburg, W. Schilz, 1919. BLISTER. See also Counter-irritant [3.ser.] Vesication [3.ser.] Balbi, E. Sulla formazione di bollc da sostanze chimiche. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1932, 73: 245—Gansslen, M. Die Blasen- methode—eine Funktionspriifung auf Oedembereitschaft, resp. Oedemtorpiditat. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1922. 69: 1176-8 — Hahn, H., & Taeger, H. Methodisches zur Hautblasenerzeu- gung. Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 489-91.—Thomas, E., & Arnold, W. Korperfremde Stoffe in der Kantharidinblase als Maass der Durchgangsgeschwindigkeit und des Dermotropismus. Munch, med. Wschr., 1923. 70: 561—Zakarias, L. Ein Beitrag zur Blasenbildung. Derm. Zschr., 1923-24, 40: 340-2. ---- Fluid. Buschke, A. Untersuchung von Kantharidenblasen be- zuglich Pirquetscher und Wasserrnannseher Reaktion. Aled. Klin., Berl., 1922, 18: 593.—Cerutti, P. Rapporto tra la sostanze proteiche del siero di sangue e quelle del liquido di bolla. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1932, 73: 217-24- Flarer, F., & Fieschi, A. Osser- vazioni sulla morfologia delle cellule contenute in bolle spon- tanee o provocate in varie dermatosi (con 4 microfotogrammi net testo) Boll. .Sof. med. chir., Pavia, 1930, 44: 615-30—Hahn, H., & Taeger, H. Iiautblasenbildunp und Entzimdung; iiber den Inhalt von Hautblasen. Zschr. ges. exp. Aled., 1933, 91: 370- 409.—Iljine, A. La methode du microvesicatoire et son impor- tance diagnostique et prognostique dans les suites des couches. Gyn. obst., Par., 1936, 33: 542-6.—Kimura, T. Scrochemische Studien uber die experimentelle Hautblasenflussigkeit. Oka- yama igakkai zasshi, 1930, 42: 109.- Lassabliere, P. Effets bio- logiques et therapeutiques de la serositfi des vfsicatoires. C. rend. Acad. sc. 1927, 185: 1 Ml.—Richter. R. Studien iiber die physikalisch-chemische Genese der Hautblasenflussigkeit. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., J934, 170: 348-64—Thomas, E., & Arnold, W. Weitere Untersuchungen iiber den Inhalt der Kan- tharidinblase. Mschr. Kinderh., 1922-23, 24:629. Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1922, 69: 1627. ----- Ueber die Schutzwirkung des Inhaltes von Kantharidinblasen. Ibid., 1923, 70: 150 — Urbach, E. Ueber den prinzipiellcn Unterschied in der chemi- schen Zusammensetzung von Hautblaseninhalt und intravital entnommenem Hautgewebe. Klin. Wschr., 1929,8:2094-6. BLIX, Gunnar. *Studies on diabetic lipemia. 168p. 8? Lund, A. B. Ph. Lindstedt, 1925. BLIZARD, Sir William, 1743-1835. Obituary. Brit. J. Surg., 1920, 8: 3-5, port. BLOBEL 431 BLOCH BLOBEL [Georg] Bruno, 1896- *Die Bekampfung des Ziegenbockgeruches mit Buch- tin [Leipzig] 25p. 8? Sorau N.-L., C. Kuhn, 1922. BLOCH, Alexander, 1877- *Kritische Betrachtungen zu dem Geburtenriickgang in Deutschland und den zu seiner Bekampfung vorgeschlagenen Mitteln. 63p. 8? Strassb. i.E., Muh & cie, 1913. BLOCH, Alfred. *Ueber Ruptur der Leber. 59p. 8? Miinch., R. Muller & Steinicke, 1913. BLOCH, Alice. The body beautiful, physical culture for women; transl. from the German by Mathias H. Macherev. xi, 136p. illus. pi. 8? Lond., J. Lane [1933] BLOCH, Andre Benjamin Emile, 1885- *Contribution a l'etude des alterations des fonc- tions des appareils auditif et vestibulaire dans les traumatismes de guerre. 112p. 8? Par. 1917. BLOCH, Bruno, 1878-1933. Darier, J. Necrologie. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1933, 7.ser., 4- 590-2.—Kissmeyer, A. Nekrolog. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1933, 14: 134-6.—Lutz, W. Nekrolog. Derm. Wschr., 1933, 97: 1076-9 —Miesrher. G. Nekrolog. Schweiz. med. Wsohr., 1933, 63: 576-8.—(Necrologie] Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1933, 40: 678-80.—Obituary. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1933, 27: 983. BLOCH, Edouard, 1901- *La peste en Tunisie (apercu historique et epidemiologique) [Paris] 192p. pi. 8° Tunis, 1929. BLOCH, Emil, 1847-1920. Kahler, 0. Nekrolog. Zschr. Ohrenh., 1921, 81: 259-61. BLOCH, Gustave Albert, 1903- *Etude clinique de la meningite morbilleuse. 52p. 8? Par., 1935. BLOCH, Iwan, 1872-1922. Bernstein, A. Nekrolog. Zschr. Sexwiss., 1922-23, 9: 265-7—Ebstein, E. Obituary. Med. Life, 1923, 30: 57-70, port —Hirsch, M. Nekrolog. Arch. Frauenk. Eugen., 1923, 9: 1—Pinkus, E. Nekrolog. Derm. Wschr., 1923, 76: 13-5. ---& LOEWENSTEIN, Georg. Die Prostitu- tion. 2.Bd. 1.Halfte. vii, 728p. 8? Berl., L. Marcus, 1925. BLOCH, Jacques. *Le traitement chirurgical des epanchements suppures de la plevre par la sterilization, et la fermeture secondaire de la cavite apres pleurotomie. 96p. 8? Par., 1918. BLOCH, Jacques, 1902- *Ueber einen Fall von ausgedehnter Aktinomykose des weibli- chen Genitale, der Lunge und der Pleura [Zu- rich] p.219-40. 8? Lpz., Spamer, 1931. Also Arch. Gyn., 1931, 145: BLOCH, Marc. Les rois thaumaturges; etude sur le caractere surnaturel attribue a la puissance rovale, particulierement en France et en Angle- terre. vii, 542p. 4pl. 4? Strasb., Librairie Istra 1924. BLOCH, Marcel, 1885-1925. *La coagula- bilite sanguine; mesure clinique. 229p. 8? Par., 1914. See also in 3.ser.. Weil, P. Emile, Bloch, Marcel, & Vallery- Radot, Pasteur. Precis de pathologie medicale. Tome 4. 6280. S? Par., 1922. ,„„,., For biographv see Prat. med. fr., 1925, 4: 260, port. (E. Schul- mann) Also Presse med., 1925, 33: 276. BLOCH, Olga, 1903- *Optikusbefund bei Sarkom der Chorioidea. 28p. 8? Jena, 1928. BLOCH, Oscar [Thorvald] 1847-1926. Vom Tode, eine Gemeinverstandliche Darstellung. 2v. 2 1. 562p.;371p. 8? Stuttg., A. Juncker [1908] For biographv see Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1927, 69: 185-9 (A. Krogius) Also Hospitalstidende, 1926, 69: 589-92 (V Schalde- mose) Also Ugeskr. laeger, 1926, 88: 606-8 (K. K. K. Lunds- gaard) BLOCH, Paul. Contribution a l'etude des grossesses tubaires bilaterales simultanees. 31p. 8? Lausanne, 1931. BLOCH, Paul Gerhard, 1907- *Lympho- granulom nach Trauma. 36p. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1931. BLOCH, Rene Georges, 1886- *Sur le traitement chirurgical d'urgence des plaies de guerre du genou. 121p. 8? Par., 1917. BLOCH, Richard, 1890- *Falle von Anen- cephalie. 15p. 4pl. 8? Miinch., Meisenbach Riffarth & Co., 1917. BLOCH, Robert, 1890- ^Contribution a l'etude de la souffrance fcetale. 44p. 8? Par., 1930. BLOCH, Sigismond. *Epreuve de Goetsch. 76p. 2 1. 8? Par., 1921. BLOCH, Wolf, 1887- *Ein seltener Fall von papillarem Cystom und Oberflachenpapillom bei einem Ovarialteratom. 29p. 8? Miinch., M. Ernst, 1914. BLOCHLINGER, Robert. *Ueber die Ver- breitung der Tuberkulose speziell der Lungen- tuberkulose, im Kanton Wallis. 58p. 8? Zur., Leemann & Co., 1916. BLOCHMANN, Friedrich, 1858- , & HAM- BURGER, C. Ernahrungsorgane. iv, 380p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1924." Forms pt4 of Vorlesungen iiber vergleichende Anatomie (Biitschli, O.) BLOCHMANN, Reinhart, 1848- Luft, Wasser, Licht und Warme. 4.Aufl. vi, llOp. 12? Lpz., B. G. Teubner, 1914. [BLOCHWICH, Martin] Anatomia Sambuci, or, Trie Anatomv of the elder; transl. by C. de Iryngio. 4, 230p. 18? [Lond., 1669] Title-page missing. BLOCK, Dorothea, 1906- *Ein Beitrag zu den seltenen Gesichtslipomen: periostales Kinnlipom. 18p. 8? Konigsb. i. Pr., J. Raabe, 1931. BLOCK, Fredrik Ernst August, 1867-1929. Hellstrom, N. [Obituaryl Sven. lak. tidn., 1929, 26: 1065-7. BLOCK, Maximilian F. Einfuhrung in die medizinische Rontgentechnik. 154p. 8? Wien, W. Maudrich, 1931. BLOCK, Rutta, 1907- *Das enukleierte Froschauge als biologisches Testobjekt. p. 137- 50. 8° Berl., E. Ebering, 1933. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 87: BLOCK, Walter, 1896- *Die Lebensaus- sichten unreifer und schwach entwickelter Neuge- borener [Giessen] 15p. 8? Hagen i.W., G. Butz [1922] ---- & JOSEPH, Eugen. Beitrage zur Pyurie (Urologie) des Kindes. 55p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1931. Forms Beih. 2, Arch. Kinderh. BLOCK, Werner, 1893- *Ueber Arthrode- sen im Bereiche des Fusses. 46p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1919. See also Klapp. Rudolf, & Block, W. Die Knochenbruchbe- handlung mit Drahtziigen. 294p. 8? Berl., 1930. BLOCKLINGER, Albert Herman, 1867-1921. Obituary. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1921, 11: 37. BLODGETT, Albert Novatus, 1848-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81: 407. BLOECHL, Konrad, 1908- *Die Bedeu- tung der Fokalen Infektion fiir die Dermatologie [Munchen] 24p. 8? Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1932. BLOEDNER, August [Eduard] 1880- *Das Secretarium practicae medicinae des Johannes Jacobi von Montpellier [Leipzig] 35p. 8? Oschatz, C Morgner, 1926. BLOEDNER, Karl, 1878- *Petronus, Pe- tronius, Petroncellus, ein Salernitaner Arzt aus der Mitte des 12. Jahrhunderts ( 1197) sein BLOEDNER 432 BLONDE! klinisches Schriftwerk und der Autor der Ueber- gangszeit Petricullus. 59p. 8? Lpz., A. Edel- mann, 1925. BLOEDORN, Hedwig, 1903- *Die Ein- wirkung von Haus-Brunnenkuren auf die Blut- baktericidie des Menschen [Berlin] 24p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1936. BLOEMENDAL, Jan Brand, 1888-1929. Rutgers, E. [Obituary] Tschr. diergeneesk., 1929, 56: 111. BLOEMER, Alfred, 1888- *Beitrage zur Synthese der Bruchstiicke des Blutfarbstoffs. 41p. 8? Munch., V. Honing, 1913. BLOGG, Minnie Wright. Bibliography of the writings of Sir William Osier. 96p. port. 8? Bait., Lord Baltimore Press, 1921. BLOHM, Gosta, 1885-1923. Santesson, C. G. Obituary. Sven. liik. tidn., 1923, 19: 865. BLOHM, Waltraut, 1911- *Die Kombi- nation der Kopf-Gesichts-Bauchspalte in Ver- bindung mit Amnionresten als typische Miss- bildung. 29p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1935. BLOMBACH, Friedrhch] Seb[ulon] 1889- *Ein Beitrag zur Frage Erkrankungen der Kreis- lauforgane und Krieg [Freiburg] 79p. 8? Elberfeld, A. Fastenrath, 1919. BLOMBERG, Hans Eberhardt von, 1903- *Gliose und Gliom nach Trauma. 16p. 8? Munch., 1929. BLOMBERG, Johannes. *Bijdrage tot de kennis van semen strophanthi en de daaruit bereide galenische preparaten [Contributions to the knowledge of semen strophanthi] [Amster- dam] 82p. pi. 8? Edam, Keizer & van Straten, 1918. BLOME, Herbert, 1900- *Ueber die Re- sultate der vorderen und hinteren Gastroen- terostomie beim chronischen Magen- und Duo- denal-Ulcus 24p. 8? [Rostock] 1926. BLOME, Walter H. See, in 3.ser., Washburn, Homer Charles, & Blome, W. H. Pharmacognosy and materia medica. 585p. 8! N.Y., 1927. BLOMEYER, Hildegard, 1896- *Die Sub- stitutionstherapie des Diabetes insipidus durch Schnupfen von Hypophysen-Hinterlappensub- stanz [Rostock] 19p. 8? Bresl., 1932. BLOMFIELD, James Edward, 1856-1921. Anaesthetics in practice and theory; a text-book for practitioners and students. 424p. 8? Lond., W. Heinemann, 1922. For biography see Brit. M.J., 1921, 2: 99. Also Nature, Lond., 1921, 106: 721. BLOND, Kasper. Ein unbekannter Krieg; Erlebnisse eines Arztes wahrend des Weltkrieges. 197p. illus. 12pl. map. 12? Lpz., Anzen- gruber, 1931. ----& HOFF, Herbert. Das Hamorrhoidallei- den; seine Komplikationen und deren Behand- lung. vii, 121p. illus. 8? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1936. BLONDEATJ, Andre, 1896- ^'explora- tion radiologique des sinus de la face; technique, anatomie radiologique, diagnostic radiologique. 136p. 8? Par., 1926. BLONDEATJ, Pierre, 1905- Contribution a l'etude de l'apicolyse avec plombage dans le traitment de la tuberculose pulmonaire du som- met. 124p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1934. BLONDEL, Andre, 1897- *L'hypotension arterielle permanente d'allure idiopathique. 177p. 8? Par., 1928. See also Lian, Camille, Blondel, A., & Viau, Oscar. Les tachycardies permanentes regulieres; signes, diagnostic, pro- nostic et traitement. 42p. 8? Par., 1930. BLONDEL, Charles Aime Alfred, 1876- La mentalite primitive. 2p.l. 122p. 21. 16? Par., Stock, 1926. BLONDEL, Dvoira, 1911- *L'anemic infantile erythroblastique type Cooley. 99p. 2pl. 8? Lyon, Bosc freres, &c, 1935. BLONDEL, Etienne, 1906- *Le tissu reticulo-endothelial du foie (cellules de Kupffer) et ses tumeurs malignes. 253p. 8? Par., 1933. BLONDEL, Raoul. Propos varies de musique et de medecine. 3 1. 188p. facsim. 8? Par Art & Med. [193-?] BLONDET, Theodule, 1891- *De la gesta- tion dans les cornes utcrines rudimentaires. 34p. 8? Par., 1921. BLONDET G., Enrique, 1903- *La dilata- tion de l'uretere par laminaires montees sur sonde ureterale. 86p. 8? Par., 1929. BLONDIN, Marcel, 1896- *Contribution a l'etude des greffes de nerfs; nouveau faits cli- niques et experimentaux. 104p. 4pl. 8? Par., 1928. BLONDIN, Paul, 1875-1930. Bartigues, L. [Necrology] In Fasc. script. (Dartigues, L.) Par., 1932, 3: 797-801.—[Necrologia] Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1931, 11-3. BLONDIN, Sylvain Charles, 1901- the- rapeutique de la maladie de Basedow; indications et resultats du traitement chirurgical. 236p. 5pl. 8? Par., 1930. BLONG, Theodore Edward, 1907- *A study of diabetic coma [Marquette Univ.] 25p. 8? Wauwatosa, Wis., 1932. Typewritten. BLOOD, Ida Hitchcock. See in 3.ser., Meyer, William. The cosmetiste. 269p. 8? Ohic. [1926] BLOOD. See also Blood cell; Blood chemistry; Blood circulation; Blood coagulation; Blood formation; Blood group; Blood picture; Blood plasma; Blood platelet; Blood pressure; Blood serum; Bloodstain; Blood transfusion; Hematology. Aynaud, M., Chabrol, E. [et al.] Donnees nouvelles sur le sang. 2v. 763p.; 360p. 8? Par., 1932. Forms v.3 & 4 of Traitfi du sang (A. Gilbert, AM. Weinberg) Buckman, T. E. The blood, p.133-292. 8? N.Y., 1932. Pract. Libr. M.&S., 1932,2: Also Am. J. Dis. Child., 1925,29: 221-51. Gilbert, A., Weinberg, M. [et al.] Traite du sang. 4v. 8? Par., 1913-32. Harvard Medical School. Collection of re- prints; studies on the phvsiology and pathology of the blood. 8? [v.p.] 1919-22. Sang (Le) biologie et pathologie. Par., v.l, 1927- Touraine, A.' Sang et organes hemopoie- tiques. 275p. 8? Par., 1934. Vitali, D. Del sangue. 79p. 8? Milano, 1916. Fuld. Blut. Jahrkurs. Arztl. Fortbild., 1923, 14: H.3, 38-42.—Kaiserling. Ein elementares Blutmodell. Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48: 341.—Levy, M. Sammelreferat aus der fran zosischen Literatur, 1933. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1935-36, 54: 439-78—R., F. J. B. Physiology and pathology of blood. Na- ture, Lond., 1934, 134: 705.—Sturgis, C. C, Isaacs, R. [et al.] Blood; a review of recent literature. Arch. Int. M., 1935, 55: 1001; 1936,57: 1186. Alsorepr. ---- Acetone bodies. See Acetonemia. ---- Acid-base equilibrium, See also Acid-base equilibrium; Acidosis; Alkalosis; Blood, Hydrogen-ion concentration [3.ser.] Blood, Reaction [3.ser.] BLOOD 433 BLOOD Great Britain. Medical Research Coun- cil. The acid-base equilibrium of the blood; by the Haemoglobin Committee. 70p. 8? Lond., 1923. Forms no.72 of Special Rep. Ser. Rossier, P. H. *Etudes sur l'equilibre acide- base du sang [Lausanne] 210p. 8? Liege, 1932. Albert-Weil, J. La concentration en ions hydrogene, la con- ception du p„, la reserve alcaline: leurs applications cliniques; les differentes modalites de dSsequilibre acido-basique du sang. Strasbourg med., 1927, 85: pt2, 328-47.—Balint, A. [Acid-base equilibrium in nurslings] Cluj. med., 1934, 15: 676-80.—Bar- bera, G. Considerazioni e ricerche sull'equilibrio acido-base nei sangue. Policlinico, 1929, 36: sez. med., 292-313.—Bigwood, E. J. Contribution a l'etude de la reaction du sang arteriel et veineux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 639-42. ----- Contri- bution a l'ftude de la reaction du sang veineux. Ibid., 1924, 90: 100-2.—Campos, F. M. Equilibrio acido basico do sangue. Scienzia med., Rio, 1926, 4: 217-35.—Cantacuzene, J., & Vies, F. L'intervention des charges electriques dans les reactions des elements du sang chez le siponcle. Arch. phys. biol., Par., 1924, 3: 5-12.—Condorelli, L. Sull'equilibrio elettrolitico del sangue. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1927, 43: 44; 49. Also Arch. ital. biol., 1928, 79: n.s., 19-30. Also Zschr. klin. Aled., 1928, 107: 1-33.— Cordier. Le pH sanguin. Rec. med. vet., 1927, 103: 467; 822; 1928, 104: 449; 518.—Feissly, R. Notions elementaires sur l'equilibre acide-base du sang. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1925, 4: 1140-4.—Fortunato, A. L'equilibrio acido basico del sangue. Qazz. internaz. med. chir., 1929, [34:] no.2, 37-42.—Geiger, A. La distribuzione degli idrogenioni fra eritrociti e plasma. Arch. sc. biol., Nap., 1926-27, 9: 447-58. ----- Equilibrio didro- genoni fra corpuscoli e plasma del sangue. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1927, 2: 6.—Gellhorn, E. Vergleichend-physiologische Untersuchungen iiber die Pufferungspotenz von Blut und Korpersaften. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1927, 216: 253-66.—Gezelle Meerburg, G. F. [Equilibria! conditions of the blood] Ge- neesk. gids, 1927, 5:1009-12.—GoUwitzer-Meier, K. Ueber einige Beziehungen zwischen der Reaktion und dem gesamten Ionen- gleichgewicht im Blut. Biochem. Zschr., 1925, 160: 433-41.— Guest, G. M. A review of current studies of the acid-base equilibrium of the blood, and their clinical application. J. Med., Cincin., 1931, 12: 232-9.— Hill, A. V. The buffering of blood; a summary. Brit. M.J., 1922, 1: 340.—Hollo, J., & Weisz, S. Ueber extravasale Aenderungen der Blutreaktion des Menschen. Biochem. Zschr., 1925, 158: 211-7. ----- Sailer, K. von. Ueber das Verhalten der Blutreaktion wahrend des Kreislaufes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 51: 723-7.—Ide, M. Le pH, mesure de l'acidite. Rev. med. Louvain, 1926, 181-8.— Letulle, R., & Delaville, M. Equilibre acido-basique de sang, pH et reserve alcaline. Presse med., 1930, 38: 150. Also transl. Siglo med., 1930, 85: 302-4.—Lumiere, A., Grange, R. H., & Malaval, R. Le p„ du sang art£rie! et du sang veineux. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1929, 187: 364-7—McClendon, J. F., & Ulrich, H. Some hydrogen electrode measurements on normal blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1925-26, 23: 236.—Malengreau. Sur l'application de la theorie des electrolytes aux equilibres du sang. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1936, 6.ser., 1: 283-6 — Maragliano, G. La concentrazione idrogenionica nei sangue dei vecchi. Riforma med., 1931, 47: 649.—Mercier, F., & Rossier, P. H. Etudes sur l'equilibre acide-base du sang. Cancer, Brux., 1930, 7: 249-56.—Polak Baniels, A. [Acid-base equi- librium and the blood picture] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 927— Robinson, H. W., Price, J. W., & Cullen, G. E. Studies on the acid-base condition of blood; the pK' of human and dog sera. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 100: lxxxii.—Rossier, P. H. Introduction a l'etude des points isoelectriques du sang. Ann. med., Par., 1928, 22: 348-80—Schur, H. Was bedeutet das Saurebasen- gleichgewicht im Blut? "Wien. klin. Wschr., 1930, 43: 53.— Shock, N. W.,& Hastings, A. B. Studies of the acid-base balance of the blood. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1935-36,112:239-62—Silva Telles. 0 valor clinico do equilibrio acido-basico no sangue. Arch. brasil. med., 1926, 16: 667-77. Also Med. contemp., Lisb., 1927, 45: 129; 139— Spillmann, L., & Segall, L. I. [New problems in modern medicine; acid-base equilibrium in the blood] Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1932, 21: 416-30.—Van Slyke, B. D., Hastings, A. B. [et al.] Studies of gas and electrolyte equilibria in blood; the distribution of hydrogen, chloride, and bicarbonate ions in oxygenated and reduced blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1925, 65: 701-28. ----& Weill, J. M. The effect of oxygenation and reduction on the bicarbonate content and buffer value of blood. Ibid., 1922, 54: 507-26— Vies, F., Prager, M., & Bernstein, N. Sur les relations entre les points isoelectriques du serum humain et son pouvoir alexique. C. rend. Acad, sc. Par., 1931, 192: 1506-8. -—- Acid-base equilibrium: Determination. Adair, G. S. On the relation of K in Hill's equation to the acid pressure in the blood. J. Physiol., Lond., 1921-22, 55: xvi—Austin, J. H., Stadie, W. C, & Robinson, H. W. The relation between colorimetric reading and true pH of serum or plasma. J. Biol. Chem., 1925, 66: 505-19.—Baumann, J. Stu- dien iiber die gebrauchlichsten Methoden zum Nachweis von Storungen des Saure-Basen-Haushaltes; gasometrische Metho- den der Blutuntersuchung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 73: 180-212. ----- Elektrometrische Pb Bestimmung im Blut, in anderen Korperflussigkeiten und im Gewebe. Ibid., 213-36.— Bayhss, L. E., Kerridge, P. T., & Verney, R. C. The determina- tion of the hydrogen-ion concentration of the blood. J. Physiol, Lond., 1926-27, 61: 448-54.—Bramigk, F., & Cobet, R. Zur Bestimmung der Wasserstoffzahl im Blute (Modiflkation des aerotonometrischen Verfahrens von Morawitz und Walker) Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 137: 60-6— Busa, S. L'equilibrio acido- basico nei sangue umano e l'acidosi, studiati con un nuovo metodo su piccole quantita di sangue. Biochim. ter. sper , 1921, 8: 261-74—Conway-Verney, R., & Bayliss, L. E. A com- parison between the colorimetric and the electrometric methods of determining the hydrogen-ion concentration of blood. J Physiol., Lond., 1923-24, 58: 101-7—Corran, J. W., & Lewis, W. C. McC. The hydrogen-ion concentration of the whole blood of normal males and of cancer patients measured by means of the quinhydrone electrode. Biochem. J., Lond., 1924, 18: 1358-63.—Cullen, G. E., & Earle, I. P. On the determination of pH of the blood; the accuracy of the quinhydrone electrode for determining the p„ of blood plasma or serum. J. Biol Chem 1928, 76: 565-81—B'Arbela, F. Metodo clinico per lo studio dell'equilibrio acido-base nei sangue. Riv. clin. med., 1925, 26: 327-39.—Bauterbande, L., & Eeckhoudt, J. van den. La conservation des echantillons de sang pour la determination du pB. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 1062-4.—Brucker, P., & Cullen, G. E. A simple method for obtaining cutaneous (capil- lary) blood from infants and adults for colorimetric pH determina- tion. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1925, 64: 221-7.—Earle. I. P., & Cul- len, G. E. On the determination of the pH of the blood; a com- parison of the colorimetric method for the hydrogen and quin- hydrone electrodes. Ibid., 1928, 76: 583-90.—Eiseman, A. J. A gasometric method for the determination of pH in blood. Ibid , 1926-27, 71: 611-28—Errera, J.,Reding, R., & Slosse, A. Compa- rison entre les methodes colorimetrique et electrometrique de mesure du pH sanguin; le p„ du sang total et du plasma. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1930, 12: 470-81. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, Par., 1930,103: 24-6—Etienne, G., & Verain, M. Nos recherches sur le pH du sang; sa technique et quelques applications cliniques. Rev. beige sc. med., 1931, 3: 449-58. -----& Bourgeaud, M. Contribution a la determination du p„ du sang: une nouvelle electrode a hydrogene. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 765. Also Rev. m6d. est, 1925, 53: 779-85.—Evans, C. L. On a probable error in determinations by means of the hydrogen electrode. J. Physiol., Lond., 1920-21, 54: 353-66.—Fosbinder, R. J., & Schoonover, J. W. A comparison of the colorimetric and electro- metric methods for the determination of the pn of serum or plasma. Biochem. J., Lond., 1930, 24: 1805-10.—Friihling, G., & Winterstein, H. Anordnungen zur direkten Messung und Registrierung der cF im strbmenden Blut. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1933, 233: 479-85—Gewecke, J. Ueber die Brauchbarkeit der Chinhydronelektrode zur Alessung des p„ von Vollblut und Serum. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 193: 181-6.—Gollwitzer-Meier, K., & Steinhausen, W. Ueber die Bestimmung der Wasser- stoffionenkonzentration im strbmenden Blut. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 2426-8— Graham, S., & Morris, N. The indirect deter- mination of the pH of the blood in children. Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1927, 2: 138-45—Habler, C, & Weber, K. Zur Frage des Gefalles des osmotischen Druckes und der H.-Ionenkonzentra- tion im arteriellen, Pfortader- und Lebervenenblut, und zur Methodik ihrer Messung. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 195: 364-75.— Harris, I., Rubin, E. L., & Shutt, W. J. Modifications in the use of the glass electrode for the determination of the pB of venous blood. J. Physiol., Lond., 1934, 81: 147-52.—Hastings, A. B., & Sendroy, J. Studies on acidosis; the colorimetric determination of blood pH at body temperature without buffer standards. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1924, 61: 695-710.—Haugaard, G., & Lundsteen, E. Ueber die Messung des pB im Blute mit Hilfe der Glaselektrode. Biochem. Zschr., 1936, 285: 270-81.—Hawkins, J. A. A micro method for the determination of the hydrogen-ion concentration of whole blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1923, 57: 493-5.—Hirsch, E. F. The adsorption of indicator (cresol red) by serum in the spectrophotometric determination of the pH. Ibid., 1925, 63: 55-9.—Hollo, I., & Weiss, S. Einfache klinische Methode zur Bestimmung der Wasserstoffzahl des Blutes mittels Indika- toren. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2:2210. Also Biochem. Zschr., 1924, 144: 87-103.—Kanner, 0., & Chancogne, M. Dosages photo- mgtriques du pH du sang avec le photometre V. B. Y. Arch. Inst, prophyl., Par., 1932, 4: 463-76.—Klerks, J. V. Ueber das Verdiinnen des Blutes bei kolorimetrischen und elektrometn- schen pH-Bestimmungen. Acta brevia neerl., 1932, 2: 86. ----- [Simple method for determination of hydrogen-ion concentration in the capillary blood of the finger] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1934, 74: 259-71.—Laubender, W. Ueber den theoretischen C02-Fehler der Mikroelektrode nach H. Winterstein zur Bestimmung des Blut-p„. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1933, 171: 105-10.—Lecomte du Noiiy, P., & Loiseleur, J. Electrode rota- tive simplifiee pour la mesure du pH sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932,109: 1181.—Lelu, E. Etude des variations couplees de la reserve alcaline et du rapport chlore globulaire comme test chlore plasmatique des modifications de l'equilibre acide-base. Arch. mal. reins, 1933-34, 8: 641-98.—Lbning, F. Kolorimetrische Bestimmungen der aktuellen Reaktion des Blutes und des Duodenalsaftes. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1924, 36. Kongr., 58-60—Lucchini, C. II metodo elettrometrico nella misura delle concentrazioni ioniche; determinazione del p„ nei sangue. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1928, 7: 481-500.—McClendon, J. F., Russell, S., & Tracy, E. The determination of hydrogen ions in the blood with the aid of the Duboscq colorimeter and ortho-chrom-T or para-nitrophenol. J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 70: 705-11—Magara, M. A new hydro- gen electrode vessel for the pH determination of the blood. 21767—VOL. 2, 4th series- -28 BLOOD 434 BLOOD Jap. J. Exp. M., 1928-29, 7: 413-6.—Martin, C. J., A Lepper, E. H. A micro-method for the estimation of the hydrogen-ion concentration of capillary blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1926, 20: 37-44.—Mislowitzer, E. Zur H-Ionenmcssung von Blut; die Spritze als Ableitungselektrode. Biochem. Zschr., 1925, 159: 77-9. ----- Zur Messung des pH von Plasma, Serum und Blut mit der Chinhydronmethode. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 1863-5.—Morera, V., & Savino, E. Comparacion de metodos para determination de pH en sangre. Rev. As. med. argent., 1924, 37: Soc. biol., 566-9. Also transl. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 893-5.—Moruzzi, G., & Ferretti, G. Un semplice dispositivo per la determinazione del pH nei sangue. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933, 8: 410-2.—Myers, V. C, & Muntwyler, E. The colorimetric estimation of the hydrogen-ion concentration of blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 78: 243; 1933, 102: 19—Myers, V. C, Schmitz, H. W., & Booher, L. E. A micro colorimetric method of estimating the hydrogen-ion concentration of the blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1922-23, 20: 362-5. Also J. Biol. Chem., 1923, 57: 209-16.—Robinson, H. W., Price, J. W., & Cullen, G. E. Studies on the acid-base condition of blood; the C corrections of the colorimetric pH method for plasma and serum. Ibid., 1933, 100: lxxxiii. ----- The influence of pro- tein concentration on the colorimetric pH determination of blood serum. Ibid., 1935, 109: lxxiv; 1936, 114: 321-40.—Rossier, P. H., & Mercier, P. Etudes sur l'equilibre acide-base du sang. Arch, internat. med. exp., Liege, 1930-31, 6: 3S9-4C9.—Runge, H., & Schmidt, O. Ueber die Verwendbarkeit der Chinhydron- elektrode fiir die Messung der aktuellen Blutreaktion. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 2077.—Salle, A. J. A micro electrode and vessel for the determination of the hydrogen-ion concentra- tion of blood media, whole blood, and other biological fluids. J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 83: 765-72. Also repr.—Schoonover, J. W., & Woodward, G. E. Some refinements upon the colori- metric method of Hastings and Sendroy for the determination of the pH of the blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1930-31, 16: 621-4 — Sendroy, J., jr., Shedlovsky, T., & Belcher, D. The validity of determinations of the pH of whole blood at 38° with the glass electrode. J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 115: 529-42.—Shock, N. W., & Hastings, A. B. A micro-technique for the deter- mination of the acid-base balance" of the blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 780. Also J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 104: 565-73. ----- A nomogram for calculation of acid-base data for blood. Ibid., 575-84.—Stadie, W. C, & Hawes, E. R. Studies on the oxygen-, acid-, and base-combining properties of blood. Ibid., 1928, 77: 241; 265.—Talenti, M. Sulla metodica di determinazione del pa nei sangue. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1929, 50:103-9.—Taylor, H. The accuracy of the Dale and Evans method of determining the hydrogen-ion concentration of blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1923, 17: 406-9.—Van Slyke, B. L'equilibre acide-base et la formule d'Henderson. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1935, 17: 1184-6.—Vies, F., Reiss, P., & Beloyer, L. Le potentiel de platine et le pH du sangs circulant des mammiferes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 168: 37-9—Voegtlin, C. DeEds, F., & Kahler, H. Electron equilibria in biological systems; an adap- tation of the glass electrode to the continuous measurement of hydrogen-ion concentration of the circulating blood. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1930, 45: 2223-33—Westenbrink, H. G. K., Pieters, J. A. A., & Pieters, J. J. L Die Bestimmung der Was- serstoffionkonzentration mittels der Antimon-Elektrode und auf kolorimetrischem Wege, insbesondere desjenigen des Blutes. Arch, neerl. physiol., 1929, 14: 386-93.—Winterstein, H. Bemer- kungen zu der Mitteilung von W. Laubender iiber die An- wendbarkeit der Mikroelektrode nach H. Winterstein zur Bestimmung des Blut-pH. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1932, 168: 305.—Wiinsche, O. Ueber die Bestimmung der Wasserstoffzahl im fliessenden Blut; die Aenderung der Wasserstoffzahl des Blutes durch perorale Gaben von Ammoniumphosphat. Klin. Wschr., 1936,15: 1102-5. ---- Acid-base equilibrium: Disorders. See also Acidosis; Alkalosis; also names of diseases as Eczema, Blood in, &c. Austin, J. H., & Cullen, G. E. Hydrogen-ion concentration of the blood in health and disease. 75p. 8? Bait., 1926. Also Medicine, Bait., 1925, 4: 275-343. Jarlov, E. *Om syre-baseligevaegten i det menneskelige blod saerlig ved sygdomme [Acid- base equilibrium in the human blood especially in diseases] 165p. 8? Kbh., 1919. Also Bibl. laeger, 1920, 112: 101-4. Weismann, R. J. *De l'equilibre acide-base du sang et de ses variations dans quelques 6tats physiologiques et pathologiques. 124p. 8? Par., 1925. Balint, R. Ueber die Wasserstoffionenkonzentration des Blutes und des Harnes bei Gesunden und Kranken. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929,64:288-94—Bigwood, E. J. L'equilibre acide-base du sang a l'etat physiologique et pathologique. Ann. Soc. sc. med. natur. Bruxelles, 1923, 77: 160-220. ----- L'equilibre acide-base du sang a l'etat normal et chez le malade. Ann. med., Par., 1925, 17: 89-115.—Bonanno, A. M. L'importanza delle modiflcazioni dell' equilibrio acido-basico in radiobiologia con speciale riguardo alla crasi sanguigna. Riv. radiol., 1931, 5: 345-79.—Banielson, W. H., & Stecher, R. M. Acid-base bal- anceof blood in hyperthermia. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 1015.—Brucker, P. [Change of blood reaction as a cause of disease] Hospitalstidende, 1928, 71: 12-6.—Gutman, A. B., Gutman, E. B. [et al.] Acid-base equivalence of the blood in diseases associated with hyperglobulinemia; with special refer- ence to lymphogranuloma inguinale and multiple myeloma J. Clin. Invest., 1936, 15: 475-84—Kevdin, N. A., & Lopachuk, F. P. [Acid-base equilibrium and fluctuations of reserve alkali of the blood in relation to condition of stomach] Russ. klin 1930, 14: 84-90.—Lammerhirt, F. G. Entzundung und Wasser' stofhonen-Konzentration im Blut. Arch. exp. Path., Berl, 1935-36, 180: 52-68.—Laug, E. P. A reinvestigation of the phe- nomenon of a first acid change in whole blood. J. Biol. Chem , 1934, 106: 161-71. Also repr.—Macciotta, G. Le modiflcazioni della reazione del sangue nei bambini in diversi processi morbosi Clin, pediat., Mod., 1924, 6: 449-90.—Meyer, A. Ueber die Wasserstoffionenkonzentration im Blute gesunder und kranker Pferde. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1933, 66: 512-20.—Mogilevich, A. I. [Fluctuations of acid-base equilibrium in systemic dis- eases] Soviet, klin., 1932, 17: 140-58.—Myers, V. C, & Booher, L. E. Some variations in the acid-base balance of the blood in disease. J. Biol. Chem., 1924-25, 59: 699-712—Parsons, T. R., & Poulton, E. P. The hydrogen-ion concentration of the blood in certain pathological conditions, as determined by the hydro- gen electrode and the indirect methods of Barcroft and Hassel- bach. Biochem. J., Lond., 1923,17: 341-60.—Priston, J. L. The reaction of the blood in health and disease. J.R. Nav. M. Serv , 1923, 9: 257-69.—Reding, R., Joukovsky, N., & Gofflnet, R, Troubles d'equilibre acide-base et formule. d'Henderson. Bull Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1935, 17: 156-68.—Rous, P., & Beattie, W. W. The relative reaction within living mammalian tissues; the influence of changes in the reaction of the blood upon the reaction of the tissues. J. Exp. AL, 1926, 44: 835-54.—Strauss, H., Popescu-Inotesti, C, & Radoslav, C. Ueber die aktuelle Reaktion des Blutes bei verschiedenen Krankheiten. Deut Arch. klin. Aled., 1923, 142: 241-51.—Sugiyama, T., & Shinomiya, Y. On the fluctuation of the concentration hydrogen ion as well as the changes of blood serum, muscle, and bone calcium—in the experimental acid base equilibrium disturbance. Orient. J Dis. Inf., Kyoto, 1936,19:23.—Winocur, P., & Satriano, T. Varia- ciones patologicas del p„ y de la reserva alcalina. Arch, argent. pediat., 1934, 5: 147-56. Also Prensa med. argent., 1934-35, 21: 88-93.—Wodon, J. L., & Ledrut, J. Variations du pu et de la reserve alcaline au cours des intoxications par l'eau (seule ou associfie a l'extrait retrohypophysaire) et par la guanidine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 1212^1. ---- Acid-base equilibrium: Effects of various factors. See also specific names of chemical and physical agents as Anesthetics; Aniline; Roentgen rays, &c. Berthelot, J. ^Contribution a l'etude de l'influence des regimes alimentaires et de certains medicaments sur les reactions acidobasiques de l'organisme humain. 120p. 8? Lyon, 1935. Chodas, B. J. *Ueber die unmittelbare Wirkung der Zufuhr gewisser Stoffe auf die Wasserstoffionen-Konzentration des Blutes [Basel] 21p. 8? S. Louis, 1929. Ezros, L. *Die Schwankungen der Wasser- stoffionenkonzentration im Blute unter verschie- denen Bedingungen nach Versuchen am Men- schen und Tier [Basel] 22p. 8? S. Louis, 1929. German, J. * Untersuchungen iiber die Schwankungen der Wasserstoffionenkonzentra- tion des Blutes und des Blutnatriums unter ver- schiedenen Bedingungen [Basel] 26p. 8? Mulhouse, 1928. Mecke, W. *Ueber Harnpufferung nebst Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung von Gersons Mineralogen auf den Siiurebasenhaushalt des Menschen [Gottingen] p.251-62. 8? Berl., 1930. Riegler, A. Contribution a l'etude de Taction pharmacodynamique des medicaments redresseurs du desequilibre acido-basique du sang [Strasbourg] 95p. 8? Colmar, 1933. Balderrey, F. C, & Barkus, O. The influence of light energy (sunlight) on the hydrogen-ion concentration of the blood. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1924-25, 9: 107-11.—Barr, B. P. The acid-base equilibrium of the blood following vigorous muscular exercise. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1921-22, 19: 179—Bigwood, E. J., Liggeois, F. [et al.] De la variation du pH du plasma sanguin avec la temperature. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 1187-9 — Bischoff, F., Sansum, W. B. [et al.l The effect of acid ash and alkaline ash foodstuffs on the acid-base equilibrium of man. J. BLOOD 435 BLOOD Nutrit., 1934, 7: 51-65.—Botella Llusia, J. Contribucion a J estudio del equilibrio acido base en el embarazo. Arch, med., Madr., 1934, 37: 1093-103. Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1934-35, 110: 74-91.—Corral, J. M. de. Einfluss der Temperatur auf die aktuelle Reaktion des Blutes. Biochem. Zschr., 1921, 117: 1-9.—Cullen, G. E., & Earle, I. P. Studies of the acid-base condition of blood; physiological changes in acid-base condition throughout the day. J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 83: 545-59 — D'Arbela, F. Patologia generale delle alterazioni dell'equilibrio acido-base del sangue. Riv. crit. clin. med., 1924, 25: 529; 544.— Dautrebande, L. De l'influence des bains froids locaux sur l'equilibre acide-base du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 94-7.—Brucker, P. Changes in the reaction of the blood as a cause of disease. Acta paediat., Upps., 1927-28, 7: suppl.2, 220-5.—Dustin, A. P., Piton, R., & Rocmans, P. Etude com- parative des alterations histologiques et des variations du pH sanguin apres irradiation. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931,107:1562-5.— Feldt, A., & Vara-Lopez, R. Ueber Beeinflussung der Wasser- stoffionenkonzentration des Blutes durch chemotherapeutische Stoffe. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 188: 112-6— Fritz, G. [The in- fluence of decreased air pressure upon the acid-alkali balance and upon the alkali-metal content of the blood] Magy. orv. arch., 1926, 27: 384-93.—Gigon, A. L'equilibre acide-base du sang dans diverses conditions physiologiques et pathologiques Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1925, 55: 651-4. ----- Die Schwan- kungen der Wasserstoffionenkonzentration im Blute unter ver- schiedenen Bedingungen; Einfluss einmaliger Zufuhr von Nahrungsstoffen. Zschr. ges. exp. Aled., 1924, 44: 95-106. -----& Brauch, W. Einfluss des Insulins und anderer Organ- extrakte. Ibid., 107-15.—Gsell, 0. Postmortale Sauerung des Blutes. Ibid., 1928, 63: 18-27.—Guillaumin, C. O. Sur un mode de representation des variations de la concentration en ions H des milieux organiques et du sang en particulier. Bull. Soc. chim. biol.. Par., 1926, 8: 160-4.—Herrmann, E., & Biicheler, A. Resultados de mediciones de la concentra- tion de iones de hidrogeno en la sangre corriente. Siglo med., 1936, 97: 8.—Herrmansdorfer, A. Ueber den Einfluss der Nah- rung auf die Pufferkapazitiit des Blutes und den Heilverlauf und Keimgehalt granulierender Wunden. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1927, 200: 534-83—Hollo, J., & Weiss, S. Ueber den Einfluss des Sauerstoffgehaltes auf die Wasserstoffzahl des Blutes. Bio- chem. Zschr.. 1924, 145: 10-3. ----- Ueber die Beeinfluss- barkeit der Wasserstoffzahl des menschlichen Blutes. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 2154.—Imparato, E. Les extraits pluriglandu- lars totaux et le pH sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 315.—Jarloev, E. Sur l'equilibre acido-basique du sang humain, 6tudie dans ses rapports avec diverses affections. Ibid., 1921, 84: 156-6.— Kacl, K. Influence de l'excitation chronique inter- mittente des rameaux sous-diaphragmatiques du vague sur le p„ du sang chez le chien. Ibid., 1934,117:177.—Kitchen, J. M. W. Blood irritants of dietary origin. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1921, 99:955- 7.—Korkhov, A. P., & Leibovich-Livshina, V. A. [Effect of large and small doses of acids upon the acid-base equilibrium of the blood] Klin, med., Moskva, 1932, 10: 474-7.—Loewenstein, W. Das Verhalten der Blutreaktion bei Warmeprozeduren. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1927, 34: 104-8— MacNider, W. DeB. On the stability of the acid-base equilibrium of the blood in the normal and in naturally nephropathic animals. Science, N.Y., 1921, n.s., 53:141-3.—Martin, C. J., & Lepper, E. H. The influence of temperature on the p„ of blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1926, 20: 1071-6—Means, J. H., Bock, A. V., & Woodwell, M. N. Studies of the acid base equilibrium in disease from the point of view of blood gases. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1920, 35: 269-90. Also J. Exp. M., 1921, 33: 201-22.—Mellon, R. R., Hastings, W. S., & Casey, G. U. Observations on the effect of sodium citrate on the blood especially considering the pH factor. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 79: 1678-81—Mendeleeff, P. Les oscillations du pH du serum apres une injection intraveineuses et les injections re- petees de proteines heterogenes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 146-8.—Nice, M., Mull, J. W. [et al.] The acid-base balance of the blood during normal pregnancy and puerperium. Am. J. Obst., 1936, 32: 375-85.—Pagniez, P., Coste, F., & Solomon, I. Action des rayons X sur l'equilibre acido-basique du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 489-91.—Paulian, B. E., Bistriceanu, L, & Iliescu, A. G. [Fluctuations of the pH in the blood from the effect of ultra-short waves] Spitalul, Bucur., 1936, 56: 286-8 — Petersen, W. F. Meteorological influences on blood pH and cholesterol. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 30: 1420-2 — Radsma, W. [Certain physiological changes between Europeans and native groups of the population in Batavia] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 3066-84. -----Streef, G. M„ & Klerks, J. V, [Acid-base equilibrium in the inhabitants of the tropics] Ge- neesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1933,7.3: pt2,1357; 1591; 1651—Ribadeau- Dumas, L., Levy, M., & Mignon, S. Variations provoquSes de l'equilibre acide-base et leur valeur pronostique. Nourrisson, 1934, 22: 65-74.—Russo, G. Influenza dei cationi sulla velocita dell' azione smorzatrice degli organi animali e vegetali. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 805-7.—Salant, W., & Nadler, J. E. The relation between cardiac reactions to drugs and the pH of the blood; experiments with mercury. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1927- 28, 13: 117-23.—Schau-Kuang Liu. Ueber die Regulation der Wasserstoffionenkonzentration im Blute; Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss einzelner Salze, Sauren und Basen, sowie der Temperatur, auf die Potentialverlaufe des Chinons, Hydro- chinons und Chinhydrons. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 195: 274-300. ----Studien iiber den Einfluss der Temperatur auf die Potentialverlaufe von Serum, Plasma, Blut, Blutkorperchen- suspension und Hamoglobinlosung bei Benutzung der Chin- hydronelektrode. Ibid., 336-63. ----- Studien iiber die W'irkung von Saure, Basen und anderen toxischen Stoffen auf das Saure-Basengleichgewicht des Blutes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med 1928, 61: 794-807. ----- & Kriiger, R. Die Wirkung verschiedener Medikamente auf die Wasserstoffionenkonzen- tration im Blute. Ibid., 1927,56:660-70.-----Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung des Strvchnins auf das Saurebasengleichgewicht im Blute. Ibid., 1928, 61: 757-66. -----Untersuchung iiber die Wirkung des Strychinins auf das Blut. Ibid., 767-74.----- Experimentelle Untersu- chung uber die Wirkung des Synthalins auf das Saure-Basen- gleichgewicht des Blutes. Ibid., 780-6.—Severi, A. Influenza della splenectomia sull' equilibrio acido basico. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1936, 46: 10-4— Shock, N. W., & Hastings, A. B. Studies of the acid-base balance of the blood; variation in the acid-base balance of the blood in normal individuals. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 104: 585-600— Ssewerin, S. E. Zur Frage nach der chemischen Zusammensetzung und den Eigenschaften des Blutes vor und nach der Fiitterung des Tieres; Wasser- stoffionenkonzentration des Blutes und sein Gehalt an Chlori- den, Zuckerund Calcium. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 190: 326-9 — Streef, G. M. [Comparison of hydrogen-ion concentration in the blood of Europeans of temperate climates with those in the tropics] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1935,75: 559-63.—Turenne, A. Trastornos del equilibrio acido-basico en la gravidez. Arch. urug. med., 1934, 5: 532-45— Vignes, H., & Levy, M. Equilibre acido-base et grossesse. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1933, 197: 794-6— Vincent, M., Peyre, E., & Sannie, C. Variations de la reaction du sang a la suite d'injections intraveineuses de col- lo'ides electriques a faibles doses. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 662-4.—Winterstein, H., & Fraenkel-Conrat, H. L. Ueber den Einfluss der Verdiinnung des Blutes auf seine Reaktion. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1929, 222: 762-4. — Acid-base equilibrium; effect. Regulation and See also Blood, Alkali reserve. Antognetti, L., & Sigon, M. Sopra un particolare mecca- nismo di compenso ad alterazioni dell' equilibrio acido-basico. Pathologica, Genova, 1934, 26: 608. ----- Influenza del- l'equilibrio acido-basico sulla situazione colloidale del siero. Ibid., 680-6—Banus, M. G., Katz, L. N., & Mull, J. W. Obser- vations on the role of tissues in maintaining the acid-base equilibrium of the blood; effect of hind-leg preparation. Am. J. Physiol., 1927, 81: 644; 1929, 91: 150.—Brassfield, C. R. Com- parison of changes in the pH of arterial blood and saliva during variations of pulmonary ventilation. Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arbor, 1936, 2: 14.—Burget, G. E., & Crisler, G. Relation of the pH Of the blood to the irritability of the vasoconstrictor mecha- nism. Am. J. Physiol., 1927,83: 373-6—Cantacuzene, J., & Vies, F. Sur les facteurs electriques dans les reactions des elements du sang chez Sipunculus nudus. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 87: 1155-7.—Collip, J. B. The acid-base exchange between the plasma and the red-blood cells. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 46: 61-72.—Condorelli, L. Influenza del sistema nervoso centrale sull' equilibrio elettrolitico del sangue. Policlinico, 1928, 35: sez. med., 157-80.—Cruickshank, E. W. H. The mechanism of the regulation of the H-ion concentration of the blood. China AI.J., 1923, 37: 116-37, ch.—B'Arbela, F. Regolazione respira- toria della reazione del sangue. Riv. crit. clin. med., 1924, 25: 450-6. ----- La regolazione nefrogena dell' equilibrio H«=*OH del sangue; origine ed escrezione dei fosfati; l'escrezione renale dell'ammoniaca. Ibid., 461-70.—Buffour, J. L'equilibre acido- basique du sang et la reserve alcaline dans leurs rapports avec les echanges respiratoires. J. med. Bordeaux, 1933, 110: 367-72.— Evans, C. L. The regulation of the reaction of the blood. J. Physiol., Lond., 1921-22, 55: 159-92. Also Lancet, Lond., 1921, 2: 867.—Fleury, P. Le mecanisme regulateur de la reaction du sang, d'apres les travaux de I'Ecole americaine. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1924, 7.ser., 30: 411-9.—Gesell, R., & Hertzman, A. B. Continuous recording changes in hydrogen-ion concentration of circulating blood; the relation to respiration. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1924-25, 22: 298-300—Goldberger, S. Sull'impor- tanza degli scambi tra sangue e muscolo sulla regolazione della reazione. Arch. sc. biol., Nap., 1931-32,16: 463-82.—Hallauer, C. Beitrag zur Autoregulation des Blutes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1932, 81: 331-40.—Hazay, L. [Regulation of the blood reaction and significance of the actual reaction in obstetrics] Magy. orv. arch., 1934, 35: 124-32.—Henderson, Y. Physiological regulation of the acid-base balance of the blood and some related functions. Physiol. Rev., 1925, 5: 131-60—Katz, L. N., & Banus, M. G. Observations on the role of tissues in maintaining the acid-base equilibrium of the blood; the effect of isolated muscle tissue. Am. J. Physiol., 1927, 81: 628-43.—Lamb, F. W. The regulation of the acid-base balance of the body. Vet. J., Lond., 1931, 87: 460-5.—Lublin, A. Die Regulation des Saure-Basengleichge wichtes im menschlichen Blut. Zbl. inn. Med., 1925, 46: 429-34.—Polleri, P. M. II valore della misura dei fattori rego- latori del pH del sangue nello studio degli equilibri acido-base. Pensiero med., 1927, 16: 506-15.—Ramos, S. Role de l'eau dans l'equilibre acido-basique du sang. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1926, 3.ser., 95: 420-4. —----& Garcia Fox, L. Papel del agua en el mantenimiento del equilibrio acido-basico de la sangre. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1925, 30: 563-82. Also transl., C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 989-91. Also J. physiol. path, gen., 1926, 24: 231-42.—Schan Kuang Liu. Ueber die Regulation der Wasser- stoffionenkonzentration im Blute; Studien tiber die Natur der Potentialverlaufe des Blutes bei Benutzung der Chinhydron- elektrode, nebst theoretischer Erklarung. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 185: 242-74.----- Studien iiber die chemischen Eigen- BLOOD 436 BLOOD schaften von Chinon, Hydrochinon und Chinhydron und ihre Beziehung zum Reduktions-und Oxydationssystem des Blutes. Ibid., 1928, 195: 248-73. ----- Untersuchungen iiber die thermodynamische Wirkung verschicdeaer Standardlosungen zur Chinhydronkette. Ibid., 301-8. ----- Studien iiber die Beziehung der Pufferung zu verschiedenen chemischen Reaktionen des Chinons, Hydrochinons und Chinhydrons, sowie iiber die Pufferregulation der chemischen Reaktionen von Blut und Gewebsfliissigkeiten. Ibid., 309-35.-----& Kriiger, R. Die nervose Regulierung der Wasserstoffionenkonzentration im Blute. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1927, 56: 648-59. —--- Wei- tere Untersuchungen iiber die nervose Regulierung der Wasser- stoffionenkonzentration im Blute. Ibid., 1928, 61: 775-9. ---— Beitrage zur Frage der respiratorischen Regulierung der Wasserstoffionenkonzentration im Blute. Ibid., 787-93.— Slatineanu, A., Balteanu, I. [et al.] Contribution a l'explication du mecanisme concernant Taction de chlorure de sodium et du bicarbonate de soude dans le maintien de l'equilibre acido- basique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 1423-7. ---- Acids. See also specific names of acids as Amino- acids; Bile acids; &,a.-, also Acetonemia; Acidosis; Aminoacidemia; and similar headings; also Blood, Acid-base equilibrium; Blood chemistry. Becher, E., Litzner, S., & Doenecke, F. Das Vorkommen von aromatischen Oxysauren im normalen Blut. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 2009.—Berend, N. Der Einfluss verschiedener Nahrungsmittel auf die Menge der vierfach ungesattigten Sauren im Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 229: 323-8.—Csapo, J. [Organic acid contents in the blood of normal and diseased children] Magy. orv. arch., 1929, 30: 270-6.—Evans, C. L. Acid production in shed blood. J. Physiol., Lond., 1922-23, 56: 146-56.—Hill, A. V. The interactions of oxygen, acid, and CO2 in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 51: 359-65—Lang, S. Der Gehalt des Blutes an Zucker und organischen Sauren nach der Arbeit unter verschiedenen Umstanden. Arbeitsphysiologie, 1935-36, 9: 43-50—Luce, F.' Allgemeine Theorie der Lbslich- keit fliichtiger Sauren im Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1935, 281: 383-94.—Oerskov, S. L. Eine Mikromethode zur Bestimmung von atherlbslichen organischen Sauren im Blute. Ibid., 1928, 201:22-33. ----- Untersuchungen iiber die Natur der ather- lbslichen Sauren des Blutes. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1931-32, 63: 255-77.—Yarbrough, J. F. Chronic acidemia; its relation to chronic diseases. J.M. Ass. Alabama, 1933, 3: 145-52. ---- Alkalinity. See also Blood, Alkali reserve. Clogne, F. L. R. *Sur le dosage titrimetrique de ralcalinite' sanguine. 82p. 8? Par., 1920. Also Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1920, 27: 417-20. Barzilai, G. Glicemia e alcalinita del sangue dopo irradia- zione con raggi X e sostanze radioattive. Fol. gyn., Pavia, 1922, 16:-17: 461-86.—Cluzet, J., & Kofman, T. Sur les variations de l'alcalinite ionique du sang sous Paction des rayons X. Arch. electr. med., 1925, 35: 51-3.—Ferraloro, G. La diminuzione dell' alcalinita potenziale del sangue nell' aria rarefatta. Arch. sc. biol., Nap., 1926, 8: 99-111.—Gorecki, Z. De l'alcalinite du sang sous l'influence du systeme vegetatif (irritation par l'adrena- line) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 91: 721.—Greenwald, I., & Lew- man, G. The determination of the titrable alkali of the blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 54: 263-83.—Guillaumin, C. 0. Sur la mesure de l'alcalinite sanguine. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1923, 7.ser., 27: 5-23.—Haldane, J. S. H. Experiments on the regula- tion of the blood's alkalinity. J. Physiol., Lond., 1921-22, 55: 265-75—Hanak, A. [Blood alkalinity and its regulation] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1927, 6: 233-60— Hubberd, R. S. The effect of a meal upon the titrable alkalinity of blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1927-28, 25: 71.—Keys, A. The determination of total base in blood and other biological fluids by the electro- dialysis method of Adair and Keys. J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 114: 449-59.—Kuhlmann, B. Ueber Aenderungen der Blut- alkaleszenz bei Krankheiten (Untersuchungen mit der aero- tonometrischen Methode von Morawitz & Walker) Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1920, 133: 346-63— Loew, O. Die Blutalka- leszenz, ihre Bildung und Beziehung zur Ernahrung. Zschr. Ernahrung., 1931, 1: 154-7.—Richter-Quittner, M. Untersu- chungen iiber den Alkaligehalt von Blut und Liquor nebst Angaben fiber eine neue Methode der Natriumbestimmung. Biochem. Zschr., 1922, 133: 417-31—Rieger, J. B., & Freund, H. A. The alkalimetry of whole blood; the acid-fixing power of the blood in renal disease. Arch. Int. M., 1922, 30: 517-30 — Sumner, J. B., & Hubbard, R. S. The determination of the titrable alkali of the blood with dinitrosalicylic acid. J Biol Chem., 1923, 56: 701-9. Also repr—Van Slyke, B. B„ Hastings, A. B. [et al.] Studies of gas and electrolyte equilibria in blood; the amounts of alkali bound by serum albumin and globulin Ibid., 1928, 79: 769-80.—Viana, O. Alcalimetria del sangue in gravidanza secondo il metodo di Engel. Rass. ostet., 1928, 37- 213-25. ---- Alkali reserve. See also Acid-base equilibrium; Acidosis; Alkalosis; Blood, Acid-base equilibrium; Blood, Chemistry [3.ser.] Blood, Gases; Blood plasma; Blood serum. Soza Ortiz, R. *Reserva alcalina de la sangre [Chile] 32p 8? Santiago, 1931. Alessandri H. Rapport entre le chlore globulaire et le chlore plasmatique, dans ses relations avec la reserve alcaline. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 105: 243.—Ambard, L. La reserve alcaline Strasbourg m6d., 1934, 94: 705; 725. ----- & Schmid, F. La reserve alcaline. Arch. mal. reins, 1927-28, 3: 297-450. ----- & Arnovlyevich, M. Du mecanisme regulateur de la reserve alcaline. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1927, 3.ser., 51: 75-82.— Berardinelli, W., & Perissg, G. A reserva alcalina nos indivi- duos responsivos habitantes do Rio de Janeiro. Brasil med., 1931, 45: 557-63.—Bisbini, B. Sul valore pratico della riserva alcalina. Pensiero med., 1926, 15: 685-7.—Broun, B., & Stoya- nova, J. Influence de la reserve alcaline sur la teneur du s§rum en calcium et en potassium. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 1511-4.—Chatron, M. Reserve alcaline et rapport chlore. Bull Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1934,16: 400-4.—Belaunay, H. Physiologie chimique du sang; la reserve alcaline. Biol, med., Milano, 1930, 20:393-419.-----Semeiologia chimica del sangue; la riserva alcalina. Ibid., 1931, 21: 17-46.—Belore, P. De l'alcalinite et de l'acidite des milieux biologiques; concentration en ions hydro- gene; equilibre acido-basique dn sang; reserve alcaline; acidoseet alcalose. J. med. Lyon, 1924, 5: 333-48.—Besgrez, A., Bierry, H., & Lescoeur, L. Globules sanguins et reserve alcaline. C.rend. Acad, sc, 1925, 180: 705-11.—Bupuy, L. A propos de la reserve alcaline. Presse med., 1925, 33: 298.—Fontaine, M., & Boucher- Firly, S. Influence des variations de salinite sur la reserve alca- line du sang des poissons. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933,113: 306-8.— Graziano, F. La riserva alcalina nei bambini prima e dopo l'azione di sostanze simpatico e parasimpatico mimetiche Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1930, 9: 631-8—Haggard, H. W., & Hen- derson, Y. Hemato-respiratory functions. J. Biol. Chem., 1920, 46: 189; 209—Hastings, A. B., Sendroy, J. [et al.] Studies of gas and electrolyte equilibria in blood; the distribution of chloride and bicarbonate in the blood of normal and pathologi- cal human subjects. Ibid., 1928, 79: 193-209.—Hermanns. Ueber Pufferung und Alkalireserve des Blutes. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927,74: 702—Hurxthal, L. M., Bock, A. V. [et al.] Alka- line reserve and oxygen capacity of arterial and of venous blood J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 81: 681-5.—Jaso, E., & Tercero, M. La reserva alcalina en los recien naeidos. Arch, espan. pediat., 1931, 15: 544-7.—Kharit, A. J. [Study of inner organs regulating the reserve alkali in the blood] Arch. biol. nauk., 1926, 26: 133-40.—Leenhardt, E., & Chaptal, J. La reserve alcaline du sang chez le nourrisson et l'enfant a l'etat physiologiques. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1926-27, 8: 399-411.—Letulle, R. Considerations pratiques sur le pu et la reserve alcaline. Cli- nique, Par., 1935, 30: 103-6.—Leuthardt, F. Alkalireserve des Blutes. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 1383-7— Lipetz, I. U. La reserve alcaline du sang etudiee en clinique. Arch. mal. app. digest., 1919, 19: 470-88.—Loiseleur, J. Relations entre la reserve alca- line, le rapport Clg/Clp et le pH plasmatique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 619.—M'Gowan, J. P. The alkali-reserve of the blood in relation to the Van den Bergh bilirubin test. Edin- burgh M.J., 1930, n.s., 37: 28-36—Manzanilla, M. A. Reserva alcalina en la Ciudad de Mexico; su importancia quinirgica. Cir. cirujan., M6x., 1933, 1:149-61.—Milrov, T. H. The colloidal alkali reserve of the blood. J. Physiol., Lond., 1923-24, 57: 253-72.—Moschini, S. Ricerche sul rapporto dello riserva alca- lina del plasma e del liquido cefalorachidiano nei bambini sani e malati. Pediatria (Riv.) 1935, 43: 407-21—Ostrowski, S. Der Stand der Alkalireserve im Blute bei Syphilis- und Hauttuber- kulosekranken, mit gleichzeitiger Untersuchung des Einflusses des vegetativen Systems. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1928,154: 368-81.—Papilian, V., & Sichet, P. Influence du systeme vege- tatif sur la reserve alcaline. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 1356-8.—Prikladowizky, S., & Brestkin, M. Aeussere Sekretion der Verdauungsdriisen und Blutchemismus; Alkalireserve und Chloride im Blut. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 64: 494-505 — Scrocca, P. La riserva alcalina ed i suoi riflessi in chirurgias Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1933, 14: 1221-7.—Simer, F., & Sepa- rovic, N. [On the so-called alkaline reserve] Bratisl. lek. listv, 1925, 5: 200-12—Tommaso, C. de, & Ruff, G. Reserva alcalina normal en los ninos. Prensa med. argent., 1933-34, 20: 2689-93 — Uchocka, S. Recherches experimentales et cliniques sur le rap- port entre la reserve alcaline et la formule leucocytaire. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 354.—Volodin, A. N., & Beliaev, S. M. [Reserve alkali of the blood in relation to the acid in the contents of the stomach and the condition of the parasympathetic system] Klin, med., Moskva, 1929, 7: 1065-73. ---- Alkali reserve: Determination. Rothmann, M. * Alkalireserve und pH Bestim- mung im Blut. 21 p. 8? Berl., 1932. Ciambellotti, E. Determinazione degli alcali fissi di riserva nei sangue dei dermopatici secondo il metodo di Van Slyke e Cullen. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 743—Cristol, P- Etudes sur le dosage de la reserve alcaline du plasma sanguin et sur une nouvelle methode de dosage de l'acide acetyl-acetique du sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1929, 11: 731-44—Boisy, E. A., Briggs, A. P. [et al.] Evaluation of buffers of the blood. J. Biol. Chem.. 1922, 54: 305-29—Bontcheff, L., & Kayser, C. Determination de la reserve alcaline chez les mammiferes de petite taille. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 446.—Gerassimov, N. V. [Technique of determination of alkali reserve] Klin. J., BLOOD 437 BLOOD Saratov, 1928,6:19-27— Guillaumin, CO. Sur la determination de la rdserve alcaline du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 169-71 —Leszczynski, R., & Falik, E. [Intracutaneous method in the determination of alkali reserve in the blood] Polska gaz. lek 1936, 15: 550-3—McClendon, J. F., Shedlov, A., & Thomson, W ' Tables for finding the alkaline reserve of blood serum, in health and acidosis, from the total C02 or the alveolar C02 or the p„ at known C02-tension. J. Biol. Chem., 1917, 31: 519-25. Also repr—Mainzer, F., & Jcffe, A. Methodischer Beitrag zur Messung des C02-Bindungsvermogens (der Alkalireserve) von Plasma und Gesamtblut. Zschr. ges. exp. Med.. 1928, 59: 480-91 —Mook, H. W. Ein einfacher Mikroapparat fiir die Bestimmung der Alkalireserve. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 223: 152-60. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: 1338-45— Muller, J. Verpleichende Untersuchungen fiber die Alkalireserve mit der Methode von Ellinger und Van Slyke. Klin. Wschr., 1931. 10: 2038-40— Nicloux, M. Le dosage de l'acide carbonique dans le sang total et le plasma; application a la determination de la reserve alcaline. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 457-61.—Prentice, W., Lund, H. 0., & Harbo, H. G. An attempt toward the deter- mination of the total alkaline reserve of the body. J. Biol. Chem., 1920, 44: 211-3.—Schlesinger, M. Ein einfacher Apparat zur Bestimmung der Alkalireserve des Blutes. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1929, 212: 115-26.—Thurzo, J., & Katzenelbogen, S. [The reserve alkali (V.. A.) of blood and spinal fluid] ATagy. orv. arch., 1934, 35: 256-66.—Trelles, R. A. Sobre la determina- tion de la reserva alcalina por el metodo de Van Slyke. Sem. med., B. Air., 1934, 41: pt2, 913-5—Van Slyke, B. B. Studies on acidosis- determination of the bicarbonate concentration of the blood and plasma. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 52: 495-9 — Vassilieva-Anvelt, E. I. [Alkali reserve of the blood in various diseases, determined by Engel's alkalimeter] Vrach. gaz., 1928, 32: 1636-9. ---- Alkali reserve: Variations. See also Acidosis; Alkalosis; also names of various diseases. Decker, C. T. *Das Verhalten der Alkali- reserve im Blute bei Inhalation eines ungefahr 10%igen Kohlensaure-Luftgemisches [Munchen] 66p. 8? Wurzb., 1933. Sakr, I. M. *TJeber die Alkalireserve des Blutes unter physiologischen und pathologischen Bedingungen. 36p. 8? Munch., 1927. Sarno, I. *Modificagoes da reserva alcalina durante a digestao. 143p. 8? S. Paulo, 1928. Schulte, G. *Inwieweit ist eine Beeinflussung der Alkalireserve des Blutes durch alkalotische oder saure Kost moglich? 46p. 8? Marb., 1930. Ambard, L., & Schmid, F. Polypnee thermique et reserve alcaline. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 217-9. -----& Adnot, A.. Des variations de la reserve alcaline. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1926, 3.ser., 1: 80-4.—Balice, G. Riserva alcalina e cole- cistectomia; ricerche sperimentali e studio sintetico del pH e della R. A. nella chirurgia in generale. Morgagni, 1930, 72: 1071-83—Bertrand, A. Reserve alcaline et acidose. Union med. Canada, 1935, 54: 662-9.—Blum, L. Azotemie, chloremie et reserve alcaline. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1928, 3.ser., 52: 1731-4.—Bonomo, V. La riserva alcalina dopo operazioni chi- rurgiche. Arch. ital. chir., 1928, 22: 221-53— Burtscher, J., & Niederwieser, V. Das Verhalten der Alkalireserve des Blutes bei Erkrankungen von Sauglingen und Kleinkindern. Zschr. Kinderh., 1930,49: 693-708— Caporale, L., & Bich, A. Azotemia, cloruremia e riserva alcalina nelle affezioni chirurgiche delle vie urinarie. Minerva med., Tor., 1929, 9: pt2, 364-8—Carnot, P., & Gmzewska, Z. L'exces de la reserve alcaline du sang produit par Tinjection du bicarbonate de soude augmente l'alcalinite de la bile et sa teneur en C02. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 756-8—Berwies, G. W., & Sseweria, S. E. Zur Frage nach der chemischen Zusammensetzung und den Eigenschaften des Blutes vor und nach der Fiitterung des Tieres; Veranderung der Alkalireserve des Blutes und seines Gehalts an Chlonden wahrend des Verdauungsprozesses. Biochem. Zschr., 1927,190: 330-5—Bodel, P., & de Laroche, B. Abaissement de la reserve alcaline du sang apres les injections sous-cutanfies de gaz car- bonique de Royat. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933,112:1621—Brilhon, A. Influence des variations de salinite sur la reserve alcaline dusang des crustaegs. Ibid., 1935, 118: 77C—Butra de Ohveira, J. Factores da reserva alcalina eclimas tropicaes. Brasil med., 1932, 46:493-500—Efimov, V. V., <& Zamychkina, K. S. [Changes in alkali reserve and non-organic phosphorus in the blood during work and rest periods in weavers] Gig. bezopass. pat. truda, 1930, 8:18-22.—Franke, M. La reserve alcaline du sang veineux dans la stase veineuse locale experimentale et son rapport avec l'apparition de l'oedeme chez les animaux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 925-7— Fujimaki, Y. Ueber die Wirkung intravenoser Kochsalz- und Zuckerinfusionen auf die Alkalireserve des Blutes; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Alkalireserve im Fieber. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1924, 103: 178-87—Gauss, H. The effect of morphine upon the alkali reserve of the blood of man and certain animals. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1920-21, 16: 475-84.—Glatzel, H. Ueber Alkaliverluste nach Natrium- und Kaliumzufuhr. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1934, 93: 666-78 — Gutierrez Garcia, C.,"& Fons Biaz, O. Estudio de la reserva alcalina en ginecologia. Arch, med., Madr., 1929, 30: 249-51.— Haldi, J. Lactic acid in blood and tissues following intravenous injection of sodium bicarbonate. Am. J. Physiol., 1933, 106: 134-44.—Halfer, G. Untersuchungen fiber das Verhalten dor Alkalireserve bei gesunden und kranken Kindern. Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 501.—Hendrix, B. M,, & Calvin, B. B. The loss of bases in diuresis and its effect upon the alkali reserve of the blood. J.Biol. Chem., 1925, 65: 197-214—Hirsch, E.F. Leuko- cytosis and blood alkali reserve changes (Van Slyke) with experi- mental infections. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1921, 11: 171.—■ Kaneda, B. Influence of surgical operation and anesthesia upon the alkali reserve and the hydrogen-ion concentration of the blood. Jap. J.AI. Sc, 1934-36, 4: surg., 176.—Karatygin, W. M„ & Hefter, A. J. Ueber Veranderungen der Alkalireserve und des Zuckerinhalts in der Galle bei Einwirkung von verschiede- nen physiologischen Reizmitteln; der Einfluss von Nahrungs- reizmitteln. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 65: 183-97.—Korkhov, A. P., & Leibovich-Livshina, V. A. [Changes of the alkali re- serve and pH of the blood from the effect of some chemical and physical factors] Omsk. med. J., 1929, 4: 5-12—Kravchiusky, B. B. [Effect of military training on the alkali reserve in the blood] Voy. mod. J., 1930, 1: 38-42—Leenhardt, E., & Chaptal, J. La reserve alcaline du sang du nourrisson et de l'enfant; sa valeur et ses variations physiologiques. Rev. fr. pediat., 1927, 3: 641-56.—Leveuf, J., & Gallais, F. Etude des variations de la reserve alcaline apres les interventions chirurgicales, l'hysterec- tomie pour fibrome en particulier. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 735—Lutz, B. R., & Wyman, L. C. The effect of low pres- sure and ether anesthesia on blood alkali. Am. J. Physiol., 1925, 73: 264-73—Malfatti, J., & Burtscher, J. Die Beeinflussung der Alkalireserve des Blutes durch Schwangerschaft, Geburt und Wochenbett, sowie ihr Verhalten beim Neugeborenen. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1930,143: 272-309.—Meader, I. M. Review of alkalie blood reserve and acidosis. Med. Woman's J., 1925, 32:186-8.— Moschini, S. Rapporto tra potere radiante e riserva alcalina del sangue in talune malattie dei bambini. Radiobiologia, Venez., 1932-33, 1: no.3, 9-18.—Nogara, G. Trauma e riserva alcalina. Clin, chir., Milano, 1932, n.s., 8: 1040-51.—Odaira, T. The in- fluence of some neutral salt solutions, intravenously adminis- tered, on the reserve alkali of the blood. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1923-24, 4: 523-71.—Pacetto, G. La riserva alcalina nei tumori maligni e in alcune affezioni epatiche. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1930, 36: 1155. Also Policlinico, 1930, 37: sez. chir., 167-82 — Page, I. H. The influence of diet on the alkaline reserve and insulin hypoglycemia in rabbits. Am. J. Physiol., 1923, 66: 1-4.—Palmer, W. W. The relationship between alkali retention and alkali reserve in normal and pathological individuals. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1920, 31: 138-40.—Pecco, R. Riserva alcalina, calcio e fosforo nei sangue di animali con completa derivazione della bile. Arch. ital. chir., 1931, 28: 163-74 — Perisse, G., & Berardinelli, W. A influencia da insulina e do NaCl sobre a reserva alcalina. Brasil med., 1931, 45: 605 — Puxeddu, E. La riserva alcalina nei vecchi normali e arterio- sclerotici. Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1929, n.s., 31: 236-43.—Radice, L. II comportamento della riserva alcalina e del pH del sangue nelle emorragie e nelle trasfusioni. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1927) 1928, 34: 473.—Radzimowska, W., & Iwanow, W. Die Alkalireserven des Blutes und die periodische Tatigkeit des Verdauungsapparates. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1927, 55: 103-6.— Reimann, S. P., & Reimann, H. A. Blood bicarbonate levels following administration of sodium bicarbonate. J Biol. Chem. 1921, 46: 493-8.—Reimann, S. P., & Sauter, M. B. Compari- son of blood and lymph bicarbonate after intravenous injec- tion of sodium bicarbonate. Ibid., 499-502.—Rossi, A. La re- serve alcaline en relation avec la nature acide ou basique des aliments. Arch. ital. biol.. 1933, 89: 159-71. Also Arch. sc. biol., Bologna, 1932, 17: 491-512. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1932, 7: 493.—Sacerdote, G„ & Spelto, G. Sulle modiflcazioni della riserva alcalina dopo le operazioni chirurgiche. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1928, 34: 402-8.—Schwartz, A., & Schmid, F. Varia- tions de reserve alcaline et du chlore globulaire en fonction de la ventilation pulmonaire. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 856-8 — Silvio, P. La riserva alcalina nei sangue durante la gestazione. Clin, ostet., 1930, 32: 537-54.—Simeoni, V. La riserva alcalina nei traumatizzati. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1928, 34: 471—Skbld, E. G. V. Einiges fiber die Bedeutung der Alkalireserve bei chirurgischen Krankheitsfalien. Arch. klin. Chir., 1928, 151: 600-10. Also Hygiea, Stockh., 1928, 90: 570-88. Also Orv. hetil., 1933 77: 562-4.—Walinski, F. Uebar das Verhalten der Alkali- reserve im Blut bei gesteigerter Korpertemperatur. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 1831.—Weinstein, R. [Variations in the alkali reserve in various sports; decrease in efforts] Cas. lek. Cesk., 1931, 70: 1137-42. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 405-8 — Weismann-Netter, R. Recherches sur la reserve alcaline du sang dans l'etat de grossesse, le travail, le post-partum et la lactation. Ibid., 1924, 90: 941—Winocur, P., & Satriano, T. p„ y reserva alcalina en el nifio y en el adulto; sus variaciones nor- males Prensa med. argent., 1933-34, 20: 2654-7— Wladimirowa, E. A., & Martinson, E. E. Vergleichendes Studium der Wirkung von essigsaurem Natrium und Calcium bei Einfuhrung in den Magen auf die Zusammensetzung des Hams und die Alkali- reserve des Blutes. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 247:153-60— Zampa, G Glicemia, riserva alcalina e chetonuria negli operati. Bull. sc med., Bologna, 1929, 101: 325-47— Zverer, A. I. [Changes of the alkali reserve of the blood after operations] Med. misl, Tashkent, 1930-31, 5: 26-32. BLOOD 438 BLOOD ---- Alkali reserve—in animals. Ackerson, C. W., Blish, M. J., & Muss'ehl, F. E. A study of the phosphorus, calcium, and alkaline reserve of the blood sera of normal and rachitic chicks. J. Biol. Chem., 1925, 63: 75-84.— Borghi, B. Ricerche sulla riserva alcalina nei conigli trattati con iniezioni di quantita massime di glucosio. Biochim. ter. sper., 1928, 15: 99-107.—Collip, J. B. The alkali reserve of the blood of certain of the lower vertebrates. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 46: 57-9.—Fontaine, M., & Boucher-Firly, S. Etude comparee de la reserve alcaline du sang des poissons en eau de mer et en eau douce. Ann. physiol., Par., 1933, 9: 769-71. Also C. rend. Acad, sc, 1933, 196: 1439-41.—Jobes, F. W., & Jewell, M. E. Studies on the alkali reserve of the blood Ameriurus nebulosus from acid and basic waters. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1927, 46: 175- 86.—Luchinetti, F., & Neumayer, L. Untersuchungen Uber die Alkalireserve im Blutplasma des Pferdes und des Rindes. Arch wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1927-28, 57: 556-66— Powers, E. B. The alkaline reserve of the blood of fish in relation to the environ- ment. Am. J. Physiol., 1922, 61: 380-3.—Scharnke, H. La reserve alcaline chez le pigeon. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 1169.—Vianello, G. Ricerche sulla riserva alcalina nei bovini affetti da zoppina lombarda. Clin, vet., Milano, 1930, 53: 136-42.—Wernicke, R., Savino, E. [et al.] Action de l'insuline sur la reserve alcaline et le pH du sang chez les chevaux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 896-8. ---- Bacteria. See Bacteriemia. ---- Bacterial culture. See also Bacteria, Cultivation, and its sub- divisions; also names of diseases as Sepsis, Bac- teriology, &c. Seichter, R. M. H. T. K. *Ueber die Bedeutung der bakteriologischen Untersuchung des Blutes bei Sauglingen. 52p. 8? Berl., 1918. Bingold, K. Ueber ein neues Blutkulturverfahren in Gela- tine. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1923, 70: 979.—Blechmann, G. L'hgmoculture chez le nourrisson. Medecine, Par., 1920-21, 2: 861-5.—Boez, L. Technique d'hemoculture en milieu solide. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1924. 90:809-12. -----& Marneffe, H. Sur la destruction du pouvoir bactericide du sang par le chlorure de sodium; application a l'hemoculture. Ibid., 1931, 106: 360.— Boeez, L., & Robin, L. A. Sur la destruction du pouvoir bacte- ricide du sang; application a l'hemoculture. Ibid., 1929, 101: 1009-12.—Bruynoghe, R. L'epreuve de Ruge-Pbilipp. Rev. med., Louvain, 1931, 193-202.-----Les hemocultures. Ibid., 1934, 285-8.—Be Antoni, V., & Cartolari, C. II liquoid quale inibitore del potere battericida del sangue nelle emocul- ture. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan., 1933, 12: 618-31—Be Gara, P., & Sogliani, G. Ricerche sperimentali sull' uso del liquoid nelle emoculture. Ibid., 1930,15:171-81.—Belater & Merle. Milieux voyageurs pour hemocultures. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 90: 1458.—Fischer, G. Ueber die Verwendbarkeit von festen und fliissigen Substraten bei Blutuntersuchungen. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1931-32, 123: 382-4—Fleury, G., & Castera, R. Un nou- veau procede d'hemoculture. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1934, 3.ser., Ill: 723-8— Fox, H., & Leaman, W. G. Observation on blood cultures, with special reference to the quantity of the blood used. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1926-27, 12: 145-50.—Friedmann, E. Erfahrungen mit der Hamokultur in Liquoid. Klin. Wschr., 1935,14:215.—Gory, M., & Jaubert, A. Procede pratique d'hemoculture; anaerobie. Presse m6d., 1933, 41: 1123.— Gosselin, O. Un procede simple d'hemoculture a la fois aerobie et anaerobie. Bruxelles med., 1935-36, 16: 733. Also Presse med., 1935, 43: 299—Grilichess, R. K. Zur Verbesserung der kulturellen Blutuntersuchung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 699-702.—Hadjopoulos, L. G., & Burbank. R. Alexin and anti- alexic bodies in relation to blood culture technic. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1929-30, 15: 662-71—Hall, I. W. Action of dilute acids in blood cultures. J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1922, 25: 297-304 — Heeks, W. G., & Famulener, L. W. An analysis of 6,000 consecu- tive routine blood cultures. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 17: 48.— Kardos, F. [Hemoculture, with the addition of liquoid Roche by Massa and Battistini's method] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1935, 15: 990-6.—Kipnis, H. B. The significance of negative results in blood cultures. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1922-23, 8: 651-6.—Kracke, R. R., & Teasley, H. E. The efficiency of blood cultures; with report of a new method based on complement fixation. Ibid., 1930-31,16:169-82. Also repr.—Lane, E. F. An improved blood culture technic. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 910.—Lawson, T. C. The significance of blood cultures. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1925-26, 11:1170-9.—Le Clerc, R., & Benda, R. Appareillage simple pour pratiquer, avec une asepsie absolue, un prelevement de sang en vue d'une hemoculture; meme appareillage pour pratiquer la transfusion de sang citrate. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 90: 550-2.— Levy, P. P. Sur l'examen \ I'oeil nu des hemocultures en milieu biliaire. Ibid., 1918, 81: 185.—Little, C. J. H. A method of tak- ing blood for blood culture. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1929, 52: 295-317.—Lusena, M. Emoculture con Novirudina. Boll. Ist sieroter. milan., 1929, 8: 539-50.—McCartney, J. E. A simple method for blood culture. Lancet, Lond., 1931, 1: 583.—Man- heims, P. J., & McGrath, I. S. A simple blood culture technic J. Lab. Clin. M., 1926-27, 12: 607.—Manly, L. S., & Saelhof, C. C. An improved method of blood culture. Ibid., 1933, 19: 203 — Marshall, W. R. The clinical value of blood cultures. Atlantic M.J., 1926-27, 3: 497-9.—Massa, M. Dimostrazione batteriosco- pica del sangue reso mezzo di cultura. Gior. clin. med., 1933,14: 917-22. -----& Battistini, G. Emoculture con sostanze scorn- plementanti ed inibenti il potere battericida. Riforma med., 1933,49:159.-----Einfaches und erfolgreiches Verfahren zur Blutziichtung und direkter bakterioskopischer Nachweis im Blut. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1934, 131:241-6—Moltke, 0. [Blood culture] Bibl. laeger, 1932, 124: 167-80—Ottenberg, R. Differ- ential blood cultures. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 94: 1896-901. Also repr.—Parenti, P. Sul valore pratico del metodo di arricchi- mento nella diagnostica ematologica. Riv. clin. med., 1931, 32: 574-83—Penfold, W. J., & Butler, H. M. Blood cultures in the work of a general hospital. Med. J. Australia, 1932, 1: 429-33.— Pfannenstiel, W., & Kortmann, T. Die Verwendung gallen- saurer Salze zum Nachweis pathogener Darmbakterien im Blute Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75:1241-3— Pigot, J. Haemoculture; its indications and modus operandi. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1924, n.s., 117: 399.—Pollock, J. H. Blood cultures in clinical diagnosis. Ibid., 1925, n.s., 119: 334. Also Irish J.M. Sc, 1925, 5.ser., 65-70—Pulvertaft, R. J. V. Bacterial blood cultures. Lancet, Lond., 1930, 1: 821.—Ranque & Senez. He- mocultures rapides par ensemencement de sang desalexinA C, rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 84: 799.—Rechniewski, C. Investigation hacteriologica en la sangre; hemocultivos. Prensa med. arpent., 1929-30, 16: 1584-8.—Reith, A. F., , 10: no.9, 7-11.—Engel, C. S Ueber einige einfache Blutun- tersuchungsmethoden fiir den arztlichen Praktiker. Med Klin., Berl., 1924, 20: 1560.—Fabisch, W. Arbeiten uber Tech- nik der Blutuntersuchung aus dem Jahre 1927. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1929, 38: 48-51.—Forman, J. The sedimentation rate of erythrocytes; the corpuscle volume; and the icterus index, with a simple method of combining all 3 tests. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1926-27, 12: 373-8—Gayet, R., & Guillaumie, M. Presentation d'un hemorheometre constitue avec des segments vasculaires. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 1102-6— Gigon, A. Eine neue Untersuchungsmethode des Blutes und ihre klinische Bedeu- tung. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Aled., 1932, 44. Kongr., 440-2 — Gross, H. Zur Technik bakteriologischer und serodiagnosti- scher Blutuntersuchungen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 1582.—Haden, R. L. The technic of a blood examination. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1932, 17: 843-58. ----- The technic of a blood examination. Cleveland Clin. Q., 1936, 3: 141-60.—Hayem, G. Plaidoyer en faveur de l'examen du sang pur. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1927, 3.ser., 51: 1238-43.—Henkel, M. Zur Technik der Blutuntersuchungsprobe. Deut. med. Wschr., 1924, 50: 1138.—Idzerda, J., & Everdingen, W. A. G. van. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die mittels H2O2 und Hg in Blutagar- plalten erhaltenen Strukturen. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 249: 381.—Iov, I. [Examination of the blood by the method of thick drop (goutte epaisse)] Vest, mikrob., 1922, 1: 26-31.—Kauf- mann, E. Ein Hamoglykosedimeter; ein Apparat zur gleich- zeitigen Bestimmung von Hamoglobin, Blutzucker und Sen- kungsgeschwindigkeit fur Klinik und praktischen Arzt. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6; 648-50— KnoU, W. Zur Technik der Blutunter- suchung. Praxis, Bern, 1928, 17: H.47, 1.—Koopman, J. [Sim- plification of technic in blood examination] Geneesk. gids, 1930, 8 : 449-53.—Kouri, P., & Basnuevo, J. G. Importancia de la gota gruesa en parasitologia y en hematologia. Vida nueva, Habana, 1933, 32:118-26.—La RocheUe, F. B. A rapid method of making tests for McDonagh diagnosis. Clin. M.&S., 1935, 42: 284-7 — Lax, H. Methode zur Tiefblutforschung. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn Med., 1925, 37. Kongr., 348-50.—Lenoble, E. L'examen du sang pur dans la cellule a rigole. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1921, 3.ser., 85: 411-4.—Lipp. Hamatologische Schnellmethoden fiir den praktischen Arzt. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 99.—Lunds- gaard, C, & Moller, E. [Investigations of cutaneous (or so- called capillary) blood] Ugeskr. laeger, 1922, 84: 167-76—Meer- burg, G. F. G. [Simple examination of the blood] Geneesk. gids, 1924-25, 2: 320-31.—Mora witz, P. Die Blutuntersuchungs- methoden des praktischen Arztes. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1922, 69: 402-4.—Neumann, A. Die Alethodik von E. Liebreich zur Darstellung der Erythrophagozytose, der Eosinophilie in vitro und der Charcot-Leydenschen Kristalle aus dem menschlichen Blute. Ibid., 1923, 70: 437.—Reich, C. Diagnostic aid in ob- scure hematologic conditions. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1931, 17:198.— Rizzatti, E. Osservazioni critiche sopra un nuovo metodo per la diagnosi generica e specifica del sangue. Gior. clin. med., 1922,3:579-84—Eohrer, F. Zur Fehlerbestimmung von Blutun- tersuchungsmethoden. Kor. Bl. schweiz. Aerzte, 1919, 49: 971-3— Savage, A., & Isa, J. M. The use of the projection microscope and photo-electric cell; blood studies. Canad. J. Res., 1931, 5: 544-9, pi.—Schilling, V. Erweiterte hamatolo- gische Verwertung des dicken Bluttropfens fiir Kernkugeln, Innenkorper, Endothelien u.a. Deut. med. Wschr., 1921, 47: 825. ----- Ein hamatologisches Besteck fiir die Praxis mit einigen Neuerungen fiir einfache Blutuntersuchung. Ibid., 1517— Schuffner, W., & Ruys, C. [Minor points in examination of the blood] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1925, 69: pt2, 710-8— Sell- heim, H. Ansiitze zur Verbesserung der Blutuntersuchung. Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 2049-53.—Spolverini, L., & Gentile, R. L'esame ultramicroscopico del sangue in relazione al genero di allattamento. Policlinico, 1923, 30: sez. prat., 1313-s— Straub, H. Ein handliches Besteck zur Ausfuhrung morphologischer Blutuntersuchungen im Privathause. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 655.—Sukennikov, N. [Quantitative analysis of the blood] Klin, med., Moskva, 1925, 3: 377-9—Two drops of blood reveal elements in new analysis. Science News Lett., 1936, 30: 85.—Vaglio, R. Tecnica dell' esame del sangue nei bambino. Pediatria (Riv.) 1927, 35:195-212—Valter ,V. La goutte fraiche hemolysee; contribution a l'etude hematologique au moyen de la goutte fraiche hemolysee. Sang, Par., 1929, 3: 555-62 — Vonwiller, P. Die Beobachtung des Blutes am lebenden Menschen. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 817-20—Walsem, G. C. van [Technic of blood examination in general practice] Geneesk. gids, 1930, 8: 749; 769; 817—Wintrobe, M. M. Macroscopic examination of the blood; discussion of its value and description of the use of a single instrument for the determination of sedi- mentation rate, volume of packed red cells, leukocytes and platelets, and of icterus index. Am. J.M. Sc, 1933, 185: 58- 71, 2pl.—Zifferblatt, A. H., & Seelaus, H. K. Improved method of refrigeration of whole blood for centrifugation. Anat. Rec, 1930, 47: 229-38. ---- Examination: Methods, spectroscopic. See also Spectroscopy. Berent, S. *Blut-Untersuchungen am Stu- fenphotometer [Basel] 19p. 8? Bialystok, 1933. Heubner, W. Ueber Anwendung der photo- graphischen Methode in der Spektrophoto- metrie des Blutes. p. 127-48. 8? Berl., 1924. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Bed., 1924, Abt.4, Teil 3. Stutzel, O. *Spektrophotometrische Unter- suchungen bei Bluterkrankungen [Munchen] 28p. 8? Dillingen a. Donau, 1931. Bel Carpio, I. Metodi di precisione per la diagnosi di sangue nelle macchie. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1934, 5: 464-71.—Bu- toit, P., & Zbinden, C. Analyse spectrographique des cendres de sang et d'organes. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1929, 188: 1628.— Favero, F., & Veiga de Carvalho, H. A microespectroscopia do sangue nos corpos opacos. Ann. Fac. med. S. Paulo, 1930, 5: 305.—Feissly, R. Recherches du sang par la mfithode spectro- scopique. Arch. mal. app. digest., 1925, 15: 155.—Goldman, F. H. An improved technique for the spectrographic analysis of blood samples by the graphite arc method. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1936, 51: 1201-3.—Hall, F. G. A spectroscopic comparison of foetal and maternal blood of the rabbit and goat. J. Physiol., Lond., 1934, 82: 33-7.—Kollath, W., Leichtentritt, B., & Suhrmann, R. Die quantitative spektroskopische Unter- suchung des Blutes. Mschr. Kinderh., 1928, 37: 5-9—Kugel- berg, I., & Sandstrom, A. E. Die spektralen Verhaltnisse des Blutes in auffallendem Licht. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1936, 135: 561-78.—Lambrechts, A., & Barac, G. Etude spectrophotome- trique de la diazo-reaction du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 547-9.—Martini, P. Spektralphotometrische Blutuntersu- chungen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1931, 170: 72-90—Redfield, A. C. The absorption spectra of some bloods and solutions con- taining hemocyanin. Biol. Bull., 1930, 58:150-75.—Schumm, 0. Die spektroskopische und spektrographische Untersuchung des Blutes. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl., 1933, 2: 1.Halfte, 585-618.—Schwarzacher, W. Die Anwendung der spektrophotometrischen Blutuntersuchung in der gerichtlichen Medizin. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1922, 1: 411-22—Suhr- mann, R., & Breyer, F. Quantitative Untersuchungen im ultraroten Absorptionsspektrum der Blutkbrperchen und des Plasmas. Strahlentherapie, 1931, 40: 772-6.—Suhrmann, R., & Kollath, W. Quantitative Messungen im sichtbaren und ultra- violetten Absorptionsspektrum des Blutes und seiner Bestand- teile; Plasma und Serum. Ibid., 1927, 27: 572-86. ----- Ver- gleichende Messungen an den Blutkbrperchen und dem Plasma verschiedener Tiere. Ibid., 1928, 30: 145-56. ---- Ferments. See also Abderhalden reaction; Blood, Cata- lase; Blood plasma; Blood serum; Ferment; also names of ferments as Amylase, &c. Groppler, R. J. *Ueber die Beeinflussung der Blutfermente durch Licht. 46p. 8? Berl., 1914. Aksjanzew, M. J. Die fermentozy tare Reaktion des Organis- mus (Endofermentozytose) Zschr. Immunforsch., 1928, 55: 423-38.—Bach, A., & Zoubkoff, S. Contribution a l'etude des indices d'enzymes du sang; dosage de la catalase, de la peroxy- dase et de l'etherase dans une goutte de sang. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1920, 171: 967-9. Also Biochem. Zschr., 1921, 125: 283-91 — Baylis, A. B. Some observations on the cytase of guinea-pig blood. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1923, 23: 164-73—Brickner, R. M. The influence of the pituitary gland upon the stimula- bility of blood esterase. Yale J. Biol., 1934-35, 7: 573— Capo- caccia, M. Contributo alio studio dell' enzimoreazione. Arch. biol., Genova, 1928, 5: 3-7. -----& Frola, G. Contributo alio studio dell' enzimoreazione. Ibid., 3-8.—Compton, A. Blood enzymes. Biochem. J., Cambr., 1921, 15: 681; 1922, 16: 460; 1923, 17: 536; 1924, 18: 173.—Corteggiani, E., Gautrelet, J. [et al.] Action inhibitrice de l'aldehyde formique sur l'activite de la cholinesterase du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 316-8.— Belhougne, F. Untersuchungen fiber den Fermentgehalt des Blutes; Methodisches; die Fermentzahlen des Blutes beim gesunden Menschen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1929, 165: 213-22.—Ege, R., & Roche, J. Sur l'importance de la defecatiou dans le dosage du reste de fermentation du sang. C. rend. Soc. BLOOD 446 BLOOD biol., 1929, 102: 703-6.—Eufinger, H., & Sprado. Garungshem- mende Stoffe im Blut. Zbl. Gyn., 1936, 60: 531.—Euler, H. von, & Nilsson, R. Co-Zymase; Bestimmungen der Co-Zymase in Blut. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1926, 162: 63-71—Ferranti, F., & Nizzi-Nuti, G. Ricerche sui liquidi di versamento; sul compor- tamento dell'amilasi e della proteasi nei versamenti; rapporti quantitativi con gli stessi fermenti del sangue; loro origine e funzione. Riv. clin. med., 1934, 35: 403-14—Galwialo, M. J. Ueber das Ferment des Menschen- und Pferdeblutes und das Ferment der Keimscheibe des Hiihnereies. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 176: 206-79.—Grbnberg, J. Studien uber die Blutfermente bei Menschen und Tieren bei Narkosen und einigen Vergiftun- gen. Acta med. scand., 1922, suppl., 3-4, 285-9.—Gruzewska, Z. La lipase a et l'amylase dans le sang de quelques crustaces. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 195: 278.—Hizume, K. Zur Kenntnis der Phenolasen im Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1924, 147: 216-20 — Iakovlev, A. P. [Determination of ferments in blood in various diseases according to Bach's method] Klin, med., Moskva, 1924, 2: 272-4.—Iwanitzky-Wassilenko, E., & Bach, A. Ueber die Fermentzahlen des Blutes; Schwankungen der Katalase- und Proteasezahlen wahrend 24 Stunden bei Tieren und Men- schen. Biochem. Zschr., 1924, 148: 469-73.—Iwanow, W., & Basilewitsch, I. Die Blutfermente und die periodische Tatig- keit des Verdauungsapparates. Zschr. ges. exp. Aled., 1927, 55:107-10.—Jacoby, M. Antifermente und Ferrnente des Blutes. Handb. norm. path. Physiol. (Bethe) Berl., 1929, 13: 463- 72.—Karapetjan, 0. K. Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Frage des Einflusses der ultravioletten Strahlen auf die fermen- tativen Bluteigenschaften des wachsenden Organismus. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1933, 45: 8-17.—Koldajev, B. M., & Altschuller, M. M. Ueber die Beeinflussung der Blutfermente durch Quarz- lampenlicht. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1929-30, 186: 223-8 — Loele, W. Untersuchungen fiber die Naphthol-Peroxydase des Blutes. Virchows Arch., 1924, 250: 677-84.—Martland, M. Hansman, F. S., & Robison, R. The phosphoric-esterase of blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1924, 18: 1152-60.—Massazza, A. L'enzimoreazione in neurologia. Arch, biol., Genova, 1929, 6 no.4, 3-11.—Miller [Fluctuations of the ferments in the blood of infants] Tr. Syezda detsk. vrach. (1927) 1929, 4: 028-35 — Mommsen, H., & Glaeser, H. Garungshemmende Stoffe im Blut; Methodik zum Nachweis garungshemmender Stoffe im Blut. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1935-36, 101: 138-41—Momm- sen, H., & Thyssen, H. Garungshemmende Stoffe im Blut. Ibid., 138; 257.—Pincussen, L. Untersuchungen fiber die fer- mentativen Eigenschaften des Blutes; fiber AuftreteD von Fermenten im Blut nach verschiedenen Eingriffen. Biochem. Zschr., 1922, 126: 93-6.—Pittaluga, G. Fermentos del plasma y del suero. Siglo med., 1916, 63: 727-9.—Sabrazes, J. Des oxy- dases et peroxydases du sang. Arch. mal. cceur, 1922, 15: 841-8—Schabanowa-Mdler, M. W. Schwankungen der Blut- fermente bei Kindern im Sauglingsalter. Zschr. Kinderh., 1929; 48: 402-11.—Schochor, N. I. Verhalten der oxydierenden Fer- rnente im Intermediargebiet nach Versuchen an angiostomierten Hunden. Fermentforschung, 1926-28, 9: 375-81.—Ssokolnikow, O. Die Blut-tryptasen und eine neue Mikromethode zu ihrer Bestimmung. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 213: 414-8— Steppun, 0. A., & Timofeev, A. M. [Endocrine iron and the ferments of blood] Arkh. klin. eksp. med., 1923, 2: 68-82. ---- Ferments, glycolytic. See also Amylase. Antopol, W., Schifrin, A., & Tuchman, L. Blood amylase response to acetylcholine and its modification by physostigmine and atropine. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 32: 383-5.— Baltzer, F. Zur Diastasebestimmung im Blut. Klin. Wschr., 1935,14:1395-7. -----& Brinck, J. Fehlerquellen der Dias- tasebestimmung im Blut nach Ottenstein. Ibid., 929.—Comp- ton, A. Blood enzymes; on the occurrence of maltase in mam- malian blood. Biochem. J., Cambr., 1921, 15: 681-6.—Elman, R., & McCaughan, J. M. The quantitative determination of blood amylase with the viscosimeter. Arch. Int. M., 1927, 40: 58-64.—Friedman, I., & Thompson, W. R. Induced and spon- taneous changes in blood amylase particularly in relationship to the pancreas; an experimental study. Ann. Surg., 1936, 104: 388-402.—Germer, K. [Quantitative research of diastase in blood and urine, determined by Wohlgemuth method; varia- tions under various physiologic conditions] Hospitalstidende, 1931, 74: 951; 963.—Guest, G. M. Observations on the diastase activity of the blood of infants. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1925-26, 23: 710-3—Katsch, G. Diastase im Blut. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 505-7.—Loeschke. Ueber Beziehungen des diastatischen Blutfermentes zum kindlichen Kohlehydrat- stoffwechsel. Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 878.—Magat, J. Der Einfluss der vegetativen Zentren auf den Diastase- und Kata- lasegehalt des Blutes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1923, 36: 105-8.— Marzetti, V. Ricerche sul contenuto della diastasi sanguigna nella prima settimana di vita. Policlinico, 1935, 42: sez. prat., 1575-81.—Reid, C, & Narayana, B. Studies in blood diastase; factors which cause variations in the amount of diastase in the blood. Q.J. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1930, 20: 305-11.—Renn- kamp, F., & Schuler, B. Zur Technik der Blutdiastasebestim- mung nach Ottenstein. Klin. Wschr., 1936, 14: 1760; 1935, 15: 1473.—Schifrin, A., Tuchman, L., & Antopol, W. Blood amylase response to acetyl-beta-methylcholine chloride in rabbits. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1936, 34: 539—Schneider, E., & Zahn, W. Der Diastasespiegel im Blut und seine Steuerung. Arch. klin. Chir., 1932, 169: 306-20.—Somogyi, M. The estima- tion of blood diastase. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., 1932, 8: lxxxvi. ---- Ferments, lipolytic. See also Blood serum. Bach, E. Ueber die Beeinflussung des Lipasegehaltes des Blutes. Zschr. klin. Med., 1922, 95: 103-S.—Baeta Vianna, J. Contribuicao ao estudo da lipase do sangue no normal e no pathologico. Brasil med., 1935, 49: 955-62—Balo, J., & Bach, E. Der Einfluss intravenbs verabreichter Pankreaslipase auf den Blutlipasespiegel. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 75: .r>K:s-9.— Ciceri, C. Sulla determinazione della lipasi pancreatica nei siero di sangue in individui affetti da lesioni di interesse chirurgico Ann. ital. chir., 1933, 12: 242-51.—Coelho, E. Ueber Verande- rungen des Fermentgehaltes des Blutes; die Beeinflussbarkeit der Nuclease und Lipase. Biochem. Zschr., 1925, 161: 71-9.— Crandall, L. A., jr., & Cherry, I. S. Studies on the specificity and behavior of blood and tissue lipases. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol N. Y., 1930-31, 28: 570-2.—Bemurtas, M. P. Ricerche speri- mentali sulla quantita e sul tipo di lipasi presente nei sangue in consequenza dell' azione degli anestetici. Biochim. ter. sper 1930, 17: 402-13— Falk, K. G., Noyes, H. M., & Sugiura, K. A critique of the lipase picture method. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1928-29, 14: 71.—Germer, K. [Contents of quinine and atoxyl-resistant lipase in the blood in normal man determined by Rona's methodl Ugeskr. laeger, 1933, 95: 372-9.—Hiruma, K. Zur Frage der Herkunft der Lipase im Blut. Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 139: 336-41.—Horvath, A. A., & Chang, H. C. The effect of soybean feeding on the blood lipase of rabbits. Am. J. Physiol., 1926, 78: 224-34.—Jedlicka, V. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Blut- lipase. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1925, 47: 534-41.—Malowan, S. L. Einfluss des Sauerstoffmangels auf den Lipasegehalt von Bluf und Leber. Ibid., 1933, 88: 579-87.—Niirnberger, L. Lipase- bestimmungen im mutterlichen und kindlichen Blut. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1929-30,139:1-9—Oliaro.T., & Adler, J. Ueber den Einfluss parenteral zugefuhrter Lipase auf den Lipasegehalt des Blutes beim Kaninchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 91: 362-6.—Parenti, P. Ricerche sulle lipasi sanguigne chinino- atoxyl-resistenti. Riv. clin. med., 1930, 31: 1089-102.—Prewitt, P. V. Effect of secretin and pilocarpine upon the blood lipase of dogs. Am. J. Physiol., 1925, 73:1-4.—Sparmann, G. Beitrag zu den Blutlipasen bei Gesunden, Hauttuberkulosen und Syphilitikern. Derm. Zschr., 1923-24, 40: 15-20.—Tanca, A. Studi sulla lipasi ematica nella prima infanzia. Riv. clin. pediat., 1932, 30: 321-45.—Valle, G. Contributo alio studio delle lipasi in ostetricia e ginecologia; resistenza e sensibilita ai veleni della siero-lipasi materna e fetale in condizioni fisiologiche. Ann. ostet. gin., 1932, 54: 1298-322.—Vanysek, F., & Felklova, I. [Lipolytic ferments in blood and their diagnostic value] Cas. lek. cesk., 1924, 63: 107-10.—Walbum, L. E., & Berthelsen, K. Die Bedeutung der Metallsalze fiir die Wirkung der Blut- lipasen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1925,42:467-76.—Yamaguchi, M. Studies on the influence of lymph gland and other organ cell con- stituents introduced parenterally on the blood lipase content. Jap. J. Exp. M., 1936, 14: 273-94. ---- Ferments: Phosphatase. Cayla, J. Determination de l'activite phosphatasique du sang total, du plasma ou du s6rum. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1935.17:1707-14—Cruse, J. E. J., & Rose, C. F. M. The estimation of phosphatase in fluoride blood. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1936, 17: 267-9.—Fontana, A., & Cirla, P. La fosfatasemia in alcune malattie del sistema endocrino, scheletrico, vascolare. Patho- logica, Genova, 1936, 28: 312-8.—Martland, M. The phosphoric- esterase of blood at various hydrogen-ion concentrations. Bio- chem. J., Lond., 1925,19: 117-21—Palmer, L. S., & Nelson, J. W. Comparison of Jenner-Kay and Bodansky methods for deter- mining phosphatase in plasma and serum. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., NY., 1934, 31: 1070-3— Roberts, W. M. Variation in the phosphatase activity of the blood in disease. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1929-30, 11: 90-5.—Roche, J. Sur les phosphatases du sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1931, 13: 841-56. ----- Impor- tance du substrat pour le pH optimum d'action des phosphatases sanguines (globules blancs et rouges, serum) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 640-2. Also Biochem. J., Lond., 1931, 25: 1724-33. ■----- & Latreille, M. Sur les phosphatases du sang et de l'hemolymphe. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934,116:1033.—Yaguda, A. Blood phosphatase: its clinical significance. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1936,6: 57-65. ---- Ferments, proteolytic. Beaton, E. On the antitryptic action of the blood. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1922-23, 3: 224-30.—Ferranti & Micheli. L'azione dell' adrenalina e dell' insulina sui fermenti proteolitici del sangue. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935,10: 95fi— Flexner, L. B., Berkson, J. [et al.] Antitryptic titre in pregnancy and in hyperthyroidism. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 592-5.—Gimmerich, F. [Determination of protease in the blood] Tr. Syezda detsk. vrach. (1927) 1929, 4: 635-9—Hussey, R. G., & Northrop, J. H. A study of the equilibrium between the so- called antitrypsin of the blood and trypsin. J. Gen. Physiol., 1922-23, 5: 335-51—Jerie, J. [Antitrypsin in the blood of preg- nant women and in the blood of the fetus] Cas. lek. cesk., 1929, 67: 912-4.—Keiser, V. B. An attempt to find an antipeptic enzyme in the blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1924-25, 10: 787-93.- Lceper, M., Soulie, P., & Lesure, A. Retention des ferments proteolytiques dans l'impermeabilite renale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 513-5—Melka, J. [Proteolitic ferments of the blood; nature of antitrypsin, of proteolytic cellular ferments and of proteolytic ferments secreted by the digestive organs] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1932, 12: 141; 200—Oelkers, H. A., & Fischgold, H. BLOOD 447 BLOOD Untersuchungen fiber proteolytische Ferrnente menschlicher weisser Blutkbrperchen und des Blutserums. Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 205-7.—Utkin-Ljubowzow, L. Zur Kenntnis der Blut- proteasen. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 183: 103-12. ---- Gases. See also Blood, Alkali reserve; Blood, Carbon dioxide; Blood, Oxygen; Blood, Respiratory function; Blood chemistry; Respiration. Abe, T. Experimentelle Studien iiber die Schwankungen der Blutgase nach Rbntgenbestrahlung der Milz; fiber die Schwankungen der Blutgase nach Rbntgenbestrahlung ver- schiedener Korperregionen mit kleineren und grbsseren Dosen. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1934, 23: 394-414.—Amar, J. Antagonisme oxygene-gaz carbonique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1926,183:1051-3.— Bock, A. V., Field, H., & Adair, G. S. The oxygen and carbon dioxide dissociation curves of human blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1924-25, 59: 353-78.—Bolton, B., Carmichael, E. A., & Williams, D. J Alechanism of the peripheral vascular responses to changes in blood gas tension in man. J. Physiol., Lond., 1936, 88: 113- 26.—Burwell, C. S., & Robinson, G. C. The gaseous content of the blood and the output of the heart in normal resting adults. J. Clin. Invest., 1924, 1: 87-95—Chireikin, V. K., & Titov, P. Z. [Blood gases in various diseases] Russ. klin., 1929, 12: 373-87.— Denecke, G. Die Blutgase. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl., 1934, 2: 2.Halfte, 1025-52.—Be Sanctis-Monaldi, T. I gas del sangue. Policlinico, 1923, 30: sez. med., 33-44.—Enselme, J., Bargent, M., & Chevassu, B. Etude des gaz du sang chez des animaux pneumectomises. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1936, 18: 1352-5.—Florkin, M. Sur la teneur en oxygene et en CO2 du sang des insectes a systeme trachfien ouvert. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 1224-6.—Freund, E. Die Bedeutung von Blut- gasanalysen fiir die Hydrotherapie und Balneologie. Arch. M. Hydr., Lond., 1927, 5: 280-3.—Galamini, G. Esistenza di gaz nei sangue osservato all' ospedale civico-militare di Faenza. Mem. med. contemp., Venez., 1846, 16: 458-70.—Goldschmidt, S., & Light, A. B. A comparison of the gaseous content of blood from veins of the forearm and the dorsal surface of the hand as indicative of blood flow and metabolic differences in these parts. Am. J. Physiol., 1925, 73: 127-45.—Gomez, L. Der Kohlenstoff- Stickstoffquotient des Blutes unter normalen und unter experi- mentell gesetzten pathologischen Zustiinden. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 167: 424-32.—GroUman, A. The solubility of gases in blood and blood fluids. J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 82: 317-25 — Hartridge, H., & Roughton, F. J. W. The rare distribution of dissolved gases between the red blood corpuscle and its fluid environment; preliminary experiments on the rate of uptake of oxygen and carbon monoxide by sheep's corpuscles. J. Physiol., Lond., 1926-27, 62: 232-42.—Hermann, H., Mroin, G., & Vial, J. Composition gazeuse du sang et appareils vaso-moteurs. Ann. physiol., Par., 1936, 12: 255-90.—Kohn-Abrest, C. Les gaz dans le sang frais, putrefie, congele. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1924, 179: 1171-4.—Leiner, G. Ueber den Gehalt des Blutes an gasformi- gem Stickstoff. Zschr. klin. Med., 1935, 128: 560-7—Lennox, W. G. The oxygen and carbon dioxide content of blood from the internal jugular and other veins. Arch. Int. M., 1930, 46: 630-6.—Meakins, J., & Bavies, H. W. Observations on the gases in human arterial and venous blood. J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1919-20, 23: 451-61— Naegeli, T., & Berra, E. Auswirkungen der Pfortader- und Milzvenenunterbindung auf Blutgase und Blutmenge. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 86-9.—Owada, N. Influence of the parenteral introduction of liver cell constituents on the blood gas; influence of the liver cell constituents on normal rabbit blood gas. Jap. J. Exp. M„ 1933, 11: 515-34. ----- Influence of the cell constituents of other organs than the liver on the normal rabbit blood gas. Ibid., 535-70.----- Influ- ence of the liver-cell constituents on artificial acidosis. Ibid., 1934,12:49-76. ----- Influence of the liver cell constituents on artificial alkalosis. Ibid., 77-90.—Peters, J. P., Cullen, G. E., & Austin, J. H. Studies of gas and electrolyte equilibria in blood; the reversibility of the effects of changes in CO2 and O2 ten- sions on the CO2 content of defibrinated horse blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 54: 149-52.—Popper, H. Zur Frage eines Zusam- menhanges zwischen Blutgasen und Serumeiweisskbrpern. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 65: 141-6.—Red field, A. C, Bock, A. V., & Meakins, J. C. The measurement of the tension of oxygen and carbon dioxide in the blood of the pulmonary artery of man. J.Physiol., Lond., 1923-24, 57:76-81—Richards, B.W., & Strauss, M. L. Carbon dioxide and oxygen tensions of the mixed venous blood of man at rest. J. Clin. Invest., 1930, 9: 475-532.—Sendroy, J., & Liu, S. H. Gasometric determination of oxygen and carbon monoxide in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1930, 89: 133-51. Also repr.—Sotgiu, G., & Benacchio, L. Azione dell' adrenalina sui gas del sangue arterioso e venoso. Policli- nico, 1936, 43: sez. med., 431-44-Stewart, H. J. The oxygen and carbon dioxide contents of the arterial and mixed venous blood in normal intact dogs. J. Biol. Chem., 1924, 62: 641-7 — Straub, H., & Gollwitzer-Meier, K. Blutgasanalysen; der Ein- fluss kurzwelliger Energiestrahlung auf heterogene Systeme; die Entladungsspannung der Kolloide. Biochem. Zschr.. 1923, 139: 302-20. ---— Wirkungen des konstanten und faradi- schen Stromes auf heterogene Systeme. Ibid., 135: 224-39.— Van Slyke, B. B., & Sendroy, J. Studies of gas and electrolyte equilibria in blood; the, solubility of hydrogen at 38° in blood serum and cells. J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 78: 801-5. Also repr — Wastl, H. Beobachtungen fiber die Blutgase des Karpfenblutes. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 197: 363-80—Zaeper, G. Beitrag zur Gasanalyse. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1936, 98: 32-6. ---- Gases: Determination. Chevassu, D. *Etude critique des dosages des gaz du sang et des constituants de l'os en vue de recherches sur diverses influences hormonales [Lyon] 139p. 8? Trevoux, 1935. Korth, J. *Zur Methodik der Blutgasanalyse in Gegenwart von Narcylen. 19p. 8? Bonn, 1934. Austin, J. H., Cullen, G. E. [et al.] Studies of gas and electro- lyte equilibria in blood; technique for collection and analysis of blood, and for its saturation with gas mixtures of known compo- sition. J. Biol. Chem., 1922. 54: 121-47.—BurweU, C. S., & Robinson, G. C. A method for the determination of the amount of oxygen and carbon dioxide in the mixed venous blood of man. J. Clin. Invest., 1924, 1: 47-63.—Condorelli, L. Su un nuovo apparecchio per la microanalisi dei gas del sangue. Arch. sc. biol., Nap., 1926, 9: 146-51.—Berra, E., & Korth, J. Zur Methodik der Blutgasanalyse in Gegenwart von Narcylen. Klin. Wschr., 1934,13:1014-6.—Brastich, L. Eine Modifikation des Barcroftschen Blutgasanalysenapparates und zugleich eines Mikrorespirometers. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 188: 35-9.— Gmeiner, G. CO2- und 02-Analysen mit dem Haldaneapparat mittels automatischer Schwenkung. Ibid., 285-9.—Guest, G. M. A pipette for the handling of whole blood samples; for use with the Van Slyke gasometric apparatus. J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 94: 507-9.—Guthrie, C. C. Blood gas analyzer. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1925-26, 11: 565-71.—Haldane, J. S. A new apparatus for accurate blood-gas analysis. J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1919- 20, 23: 443-50.—Looney, J. M., & Childs, H. M. A comparison of the methods for the collection of blood to be used in the determination of gases. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 104: 53-8. Also repr.—Melka, J. [Alodifications of Barcroft's differential manometer for the quantitative determination of blood gas] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1927, 7: 165-70. —---■ Kann Adrenalin bei der Bestimmung von Blutgasen als storender Faktor wirken? Arch. ges. Physiol.. 1932-33, 231: 685-8.—Michailescu, C, & Maxim, M. [Measurement of oxygen and carbon dioxide in the blood by Mook's micromethod] Rev. san. mil., Bucur., 1933, 32: 270-5.—Mook, H. W. Eine Mikromethode fiir die Bestim- mung von Sauerstoff und Kohlensaure im Blut. Biochem. Zschr., 1931,242:338-47.—O'Sullivan, P.M. A new form of aero- tonometer. Am. J. Physiol., 1918, 47: 137-42.—Parsons, T. R. On the theory of the Barcroft differential blood-gas apparatus. Biochem. J., Cambr., 1921, 15: 202-8.—Pierce, H. F. An inex- pensive shaker for the Van Slyke blood-gas apparatus. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1927-28, 13: 1048.—Plesch, J. Blutgasanalysator mit Filterzelle. Biochem. Zschr., 1935, 276: 198-214. Also Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) 1935, Abt."), Teil 8, 1027-49—Poulton, E. P., Spurrell, W. R., & Warner, E. C. A method of measuring directly the total and partial pressures of the gases in blood. J. Physiol., Lond., 1926-27, 61: 232-44.— Rappaport, F., & Kock-Molner, K. An improvement in the Van Slyke method for blood gas analysis. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 104: 29-31.—Stadie, W. C. The mechanical shaker and other devices for use with the Van Slyke blood-gas appa- ratus. Ibid., 1921, 49: 43-6.—Straub, H. Technik der Blut- gasanalyse nach Barcroft. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abder- halden, E.) Berl., 1926, Abt.4, Teil 10, 213-34—Strieck, F. Ueber einige Verbesserungen am Gasanalysenapparat nach Carpenter. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 202: 1-4—Vacek, T. Adre- nalin als storender Faktor bei der Bestimmung der Blutgase. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1930, 224:144-9.—Van Slyke, B. B., & Stadie, W. C. The determination of the gases of the blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 49: 1-42.—Wiist, J. Genaue Formeln fiir Mikrorespirometer und Blutgasapparate mit Differentialmano- metern. Zschr. Biol., 1931-32, 92: 128-43. ----- Neue Eich- methoden fur Mikrorespirometer und Blutgasapparate. Ibid., 144-62. ---- Individuality. See Blood, Composition; Blood groups. ---- Oxygen. See also Altitude, Effects; Anoxemia; Blood, Gases; Blood, Respiratory function; Blood cell; Hemoglobin; Oxygen; Respiration. Huber, G. *Ueber das Sauerstoffbindungs- vermogen des Blutes; Untersuchungen an gesun- den und kranken Pferden und Rindern; Vergleich der spektrophotometrischen Methode mit der Blutgasanalyse. 46p. 8? Ziir., 1934. Muller, O. *Ueber die 02-Kapazitat des Blutes gesunder und kranker Pferde und Rinder nebst Berucksichtigung weiterer Blutkonstanten. 55p. 8? Ziir., 1933. Nylin, G. Periodical variations in growth, standard metabolism and oxygen capacity of the blood in children. 207p. 8? Stockh., 1929. Forms Suppl. 31, Acta med. scand. BLOOD 448 BLOOD Adair, G. S., Barcroft, J. [et al.] The oxygen content of blood in the carotid and umbilical arteries of the foetal sheep. J. Physiol., Lond., 1936, 87: 37.—Bandow, F., Birkner, J., & Bohnenkamp, H. Neue Versuche mit den Fremdgasmethoden zur Bestimmung der arteriovenosen Sauerstoffdifferenz. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch., 1933, 6: 232-7.—Bansi, H. W., & Groscurth, G. Veranderungen der Sauerstoffbindungskurven des Blutes bei Stoffwechsel- und Blutkrankheiten (Anamie und Polycythamie) Zschr. klin. Med., 1930, 113: 560-75.—Barcroft, J., & Nagahashi, M. The direct measurement of the partial pressure of oxygen in human blood. J. Physiol., Lond., 1921-22, 55: 339-45.—Barcroft, J., Roughton, F. J. W., & Shoji, R. The measurement of the oxygen content of the mixed venous blood, and of the volume of blood circulating per minute. Ibid., 371-80.—Brown, W. E. L. The oxygen-dissociation curve of blood, and its thermodynamical basis. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1922-23, s.B, 94: 297-334— Buddenbrock, W. von. Einige Bemerkungen fiber die 02-Sattigungskurve des Blutes ver- schiedener Tiere. Naturwissenschaften, 1934, 22: 41-4.— Christensen, E. H., & Bill, B. B. Oxygen dissociation curves of bird blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 109: 443-8. Also repr.—Cruickshank, E. W. H. A magnetic blood oxygenator. J. Physiol., Lond., 1934, 82: 26-32.—Beulofeu, V. Accion de la insulina sobre los gases de la sangre de los perros; saturation en oxigeno de la sangre venosa. Prensa med. argent., 1927-28, 14: 924-6.—Bonal, J. S., jr. A method for the estimation of the oxy- gen content of 1 cubic millimeter of blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: xxi. ----- An ultramicromethod for the deter- mination of the oxygen content of blood. Ibid., 106: 783-97. Also repr.—Endres, G. Zum Sauerstoffverbrauch des menschli- chen Blutes. Zschr. Biol., 1927, 86: 260-8.—Engelkes [Clinical studies on the specific oxygen combining capacity of the blood] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1921, 65: pt2, 2206.—Florkin, M. L'oxy- gene veineux. Liege med., 1931, 24: 165-73.—Forbes, W. H., & Roughton, F. J. W. The equilibrium between oxygen and haemoglobin. J. Physiol., Lond., 1931, 71: 229; 261.—Foster, P. C, & Johnson, J. R. Oxygen capacity and hemoglobin con- tent of normal blood of men. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1931, 28: 929-32.—Full, H., & Friedrich, L. von. Wirkung von Sauer- stoffiiberdruckatmung auf die Blutzusammensetzung. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 69-72.—Galle, P. The oxygen consumption per litre of blood in children. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1925-26, 47: 174-87— Haden, R. L., & Orr, T. G. The oxygen content of the venous blood of the dog after upper gastrointestinal tract obstruction. J. Exp. AL, 1927, 46: 709-13—Harrison, T. R., Robinson, C. S., & Syllaba, G. The effect of muscular exercise on the oxygen capacity of the blood of man. J. Physiol., Lond., 1929, 67: 62-5.—Hick, F. K. Partial pressure of oxygen in arterial blood of patients: description of an aerotonometer method. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1935-36, 33: 582-7 — Hollo, J., & Weiss, S. Kolorimetrische Methode zur Bestim- mung des Sattigungsgrades des Blutes mit Sauerstoff. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 185: 373-8.—Hotz, G. Ueber Arterialisierung am strbmenden Blut. Arch. klin. Chir., 1925, 188: 334-41. Johnson, M., & Hanke, M. E. The iron content and oxygen capacity of blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 114: 157-70. Also repr.—Kramer, K. Fortlaufende Registrierung der Sauer- stoffsattigung im Blute an unerbffneten Blutgefassen. Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 379. ----- Ein Verfahren zur fortlaufenden Messung des Sauerstoffgehaltes im strbmenden Blute an unerbff- neten Gefassen. Zschr. Biol., 1935, S6: 61-75. Also Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) 1935, Ab.5, Teil 8, 1085- 112.—Kroetz, C. Die Sauerstoffbindungskurve des menschli- chen Blutes. Zbl. inn. Med., 1935, 56: 739.—Krupski, A., Al- masy, F. [et al.] Die Beeinflussung der Sauerstoffkapazitat des Blutes durch Arbeit und Exzitantien. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 766-9.—Lapin, L. N. Eine Bestimmungsmethode der Restoxydabilitat des Blutes und der Oxydierbarkeit von Stoff- wechselzwischenprodukten. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 256: 20- 36.—Lundsgaard, C, &, Moller, E. On the determination of the total oxygen-combining power of the blood in the Van Slyke apparatus. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 52: 377. ----- Inves- tigations on the oxygen content of cutaneous blood (so-called capillary blood) J. Exp. M., 1922, 36: 559-73—Macela, I., Bbhm, F., &Bardos, G. [Methods of determination of oxygen in the blood] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1930, 10: 609-12.—Matthes, K. Ueber den Einfluss der Atmung auf die Sauerstoffsattigung des Arterienblutes. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1934, 176: 683-96. ----- Untersuchungen fiber die Sauerstoffsattigung des menschlichen Arterienblutes. Ibid., 1935, 179: 698-711.—Mook, H. W. [Estimation of oxygen in small quantities of blood] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1931, 75: pt3, 4049-55.—Nicloux, M., & Roche, J. Dosage del'oxygene dans le sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92:1393-6—Pora, E. A. De l'influence de l'oxygenation du milieu exterieur sur la composition du sang chez Scyllium cani- cula. Ibid., 1936, 121: 194-6. Also Ann. physiol., Par., 1936, 12: 238-54.—Ptaszek, L. [Effect of infection on the oxygen combining capacity of the blood] Polska gaz. lek., 1931, 10: 497-502. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 79; 876—Ramsey, R., & Warren, C. O., jr. The oxygen consumption of rabbit red cells during lysis, with some observations on the oxygen consumption of plasma. Q.J. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1934, 24: 153-60.—Ross, V. The influence of the ingestion of potassium chlorate, sodium chloride, and water on the oxygen capacity of the blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1923-24, 21: 182-4 — Sendroy, J., Billon, R. T., & Van Slyke, B. B. Studies of gas and electrolyte equilibria in blood; the solubility and physical state of uncombined oxygen in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: 597-632. Also repr.—Shaw, J. L., & Bowning, V. The determination of oxygen in blood in the presence of ether by a modification of the Van Slyke-Neill technique. Ibid., 1935, 109: 405-17. Also repr.—Smith, A. H., Bawson, J. A., & Cohen, B. Discrepancies in blood oxygen analyses by the methods of Van Slyke and Henderson-Smith. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y 1919-20, 17: 211-3.—Stimson, B. B., & Hrubetz, M. C. Changes in the oxygen capacity of the blood pigment of rabbits following partial hepateetomy. J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 78: 413-5.— Streef, G. M., & Radsma, W. [Oxygen and oxygen combining capacity of venous blood] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1933, 73: 74-81.—Uyeno, K., & Boi, Y. Studies on the respiration and circulation in the cat; the oxygen in the venous blood J Physiol., Lond., 1923-24, 57: 14-6.—Verzar, F., & Keller, F. Der Sauerstoffgehalt des Kapillarblutes. Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 141: 21-7.—Wendel, W. B. Induced oxidations in blood; hemo- globin destruction by methylene blue in lactic acid peroxidation Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 624-6—Yabuki, K. On the oxygen-carrying ability of the blood. Acta Scholae med. Univ., Kyoto, 1927-28, 10: 25-32.—Yamakita, M. The effect of anticoagulants on the observed values of the oxygen capacity of blood estimated by the ferricyanide method. To- hoku J. Exp. M., 1922, 3: 305-16.—Yang, En Fu. Oxygen physi- cally dissolved in blood cell suspensions and hemoglobin solu- tion. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 30: 437-9. Also Chin J. Physiol., 1934, 8: 365-82. ---- Parasites. See also Parasites; Protozoa; and specific names of blood parasites and diseases as leuko- cytozoon; Malaria; Plasmodium; Trypanosoma, &c. Mayer, M. Zur Weiterentwicklung von Blut- parasiten im Zwischenwirt. 174p. 8? Lpz., 1912. Forms Beiheft Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1912, 16: Bingold, K. Der intravitale Nachweis von Krankheitserre gern im Blut und seine Bedeutung fiir die klinische Medizin. Med. Klin., Berl., 1921,17: 838-40.—Blanchard, M., & Lefrou.G. Le recherche des parasites sanguicoles extraglobulaires par la methode de la triple centrifugation du sang. Presse med., 1922, 30: 1020.—Carpano. Hemoprotozooses latentes. Brasil med., 1931, 45: 613-6.—Bogiel, V., & Fedorowa, T. The action of carbon monoxide on certain blood protozoa. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1926-27, 20:267-72.—Escomel, E. Les hemoparasitismes et les hfimoporteurs de germes: les formules hemoparasitaire et hemoleucocytaire; procede aussi simple que pratique pour leur etude. Presse med., 1920, 28: 835. Also Siglo med., 1921, 68: 189; 217.—Grassberger, A. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Vorkom- mens von Pseudospirochaeten im menschlichen Blut. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1928, 36: 17-24.—Johnson, J. P. The routine examination for blood parasites of all troops returned from a tropical campaign. J.R. Army AI. Corps, 1921, 36: 282-90 — Lehmann, F. A. Beobachtungen des Capillarkreislaufes und lebender Parasiten im strbmenden Blute. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8:1313.—Manson-Bahr, P. Significance of protozoa, spirochaetes, and helminths in tho blood. Lancet, Lond., 1930, 1: 877; 929 — Mesnil, F. Variete des voies d'acces des parasites sanguicoles a leurs hotes. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1921, 14: 310-5 — Muhlens, P. Comunicacion preliminar sobre parasitos san- guineos en el Norte Argentino. Rev. As. med. argent., 1924, 37: soc. biol., 205-20. ----- Dios, R. [et al.] Comunicacion preliminar sobre parasitos sanguicolas en el Norte Argentino (Tripanosoma cruzii, filarias, malaria) Sem. m§d., B. Air., 1924, 31: pt.2, 112.—Neergaard, K. von. Zur Genese gewisser atiologisch bisher unbekannter Erkrankungen (vorlaufige Mit- teilung) Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 1661. ----- Obligate Blut- parasiten oder Entmischungsformen von Lipoiden? Zschr. ges. exp. Aled., 1933, 91: 729-63, pi.—Raffaele, G. Su di un micror- ganismo di dubbia natura rinvenuto in un preparato di sangue umano. Riv. malariol., 1928, 7: 267-70, pi. ---- Parasites—in animals. Babudieri, B. Su di un parassita degli eritrociti dello Spe- lerpes. Monit. zool. ital., 1930, 41: 208-11. ----- Emopro- tozoi parassiti di vertebrati italiani. Ann. igiene, 1931, 41: 620-36. Also Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1929, 10: 431-50—Bbing, W. Untersuchungen fiber Blutschmarotzer bei einheimischem Vogelwild. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1925, 95: Orig., 312-27, 2pl.- Carini, A. Presence de corpuscules de nature parasitaire probable (Bertarellia leptodactyli) dans les hematies du Lepto- dactylus pentadactylus. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 1312.— Carpano, M. La pleuralita del virus nelle infezioni emoproto- zoarie ed il valore delle immunita crociate nella creazione di nuove specie dei relativi microparassiti. Clin, vet., Milano, 1930, 53: 131-6.—Clark, H. C. Progress in the survey for blood parasites of the wild monkeys of Panama. Am. J. Trop. M-, 1931,11:11-20— Comandon, J., & Fonbrune, P. de. Destruction in vitro des globules rouges de grenouille par Lankesterella minima. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 450-3—Belpy, L. Agents patho- genes observes en Iran dans le sang des animaux domestiques. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1936, 29: 157-61.—Fleisher, M. S., & Wachowiak, M. The presence of yeast-like bodies in the blood of human beings; a preliminary report. Am. J. Trop. M., 1923, 3: 59-68.—Franchini, G. Hiimatozoaires de quelques oiseaux dTtalie. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1923, 16: 118-25. ---— Hematozoaires particuliers d'un oiseau (Hypoleis hypoleis) Ibid., 1924, 17: 884. ----- Observations sur les hemato- BLOOD 449 BLOOD zoaires des oiseaux d'ltalie. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1924, 38: 470-515 —Hegner, R. W. Cytamoeha bacterifera in the red blood cells of the dog. J. Parasit., Urbana, 1920-21, 7: 157-61.— Hollande, A. C, & Moreau, F. Presence de formes-levures bour- geonnantes dans le sang des Stenobothrus (orthopteres); leurs evolution par culture en un champignon entomorphyte: Isaria stenobothri, n.sp. Arch. zool. exp., Par., 1922-23, 61: (Notes et rev.) 59-74.—Knuth, P., & Magdeburg, F. Ueber ein durch Leukozytozoen verursachtes Sterben junger Ganse. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1922, 38: 359-61—Lavier, G., & Galliard, H. Parasitisme sanguin d'un Hexamitus chez un crapaud Bufo calamita. Ann. parasit., Par., 1925, 3: 113-5.—Mayer, M. Ueber einen neuen Blutparasiten des Affen (Entopolypoides macaci n.g.n.sp.) Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1933, 37: 504.— Mazza, S., Beautier, E., & Steullet, A. Investigation de hemo- parasitos en algunas aves de Misiones. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1927, 3: 365-8, pi.—Parrot, L. Sur un parasite intra- globulaire pigments de Tarentola mauritanica (L.) Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1927, 5:1-8, 2pl.—Perez Ara, A. Algunas obser- vaciones a proposito de la hemoproteosis de las columbidas. Rev. med. cubana, 1934, 45: 134-43, pi.—Pessoa, S. B. Novos hemoparasitas de aves do Brasil. Ann. Fac. med. Sao Paulo, 1935,11:173-5, 2pl.—Petrochi, J., & Zuccarini, J. A. Presence du Plasmodium danilewskyi et d'Hsemoproteus sp. dans le sang des moineaux de Buenos Aires. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 1031. Also Rev. As. med. argent., 1924, 37: soc. biol., 221-7.—Poisson, R. A propos de l'Anophrys maggii Cattaneo, infusoire parasite du sang du Carcinus maenas L. (Crustace decapode) sur son identite avec l'Anophrys sarcophaga Cohn. C. rend. Soc biol., 1929, 102: 637-9.—Schwetz, J., & Collart, A. Notes on protozoa found in the blood of rats and mice in the district of Lake Albert. Tr. R. Soc Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1929-30, 23: 529-32, pi.— Tanabe, M. Studies on the blood inhabiting protozoa of the frog. Keijo J.M., 1931, 2: 53-71, 3pl.—Uegaki, J. Ueber zwei Arten von auf Gallinago gallinago raddei (Buturlin) (?) und Nycticorax nycticorax nycticorax L. parasitierenden Blutpro- tozoen. Arch. Protistenk., 1930, 72: 71-3, pi. ----- Untersu- chungen fiber die Blutprotozoen von Vogeln der Sfidsee. Ibid., 74-90, 3pl.—Vacca, A. Trypanosoma lewisi e Leptospira ictero- haemorragiae nei roditori di Catania. Gior. batt. immun., 1928, 3: 305-8.—Velu, H. Contribution a l'etude des maladies a para- sites endoglobulaires du betail marocain. Ann. parasit., Par., 1923,1: 54-64.—Yakimov, W. L., Vassilia, W. T. [et al.] Zur Frage der endoglobularen Parasiten des Rindes im Transkaukasus. Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1930, 38: 169-80.—Yakimov, W. L., Nezvetajev, N. W., & Petunina, P. I. Die Blutparasiten des Zebu. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1933, 49: 824-7.—Yakimov, W. L., & Rastegaiev, E. F. Zur Frage der endoglobularen Parasiten der Rinder in dem nordwestlichen Gebiet Russlands. Arch. Protistenk., 1931, 73: 111-9, pi—Zasukhin, B. N. [Study of blood parasites of rodents in the southwestern part of Soviet Russia] Vest, mikrob., 1930, 9: 555; 1931, 10: 97. Also Arch. Protistenk., 1931, 75: 135-56, pi.----- [Diseases of rodents and certain other mammals due to blood parasites] Vest. mikrob., 1936, 15: 45-56. ---- Pharmacology. See also Blood chemistry; Hematopoietic sys- tem, Diseases; Injection, intravenous [3.ser.] also names of various substances as Acacia gum; Digitalis; Hormone, &c. Regnier, A. *Ueber den Einfluss diatetischer Massnahmen auf das osmotische Gleichgewicht des Blutes beim normalen Menschen [Heidel- berg] 28p. 8? Berl., 1916. Starkenstein, E. Pharmakologie und Toxi- kologie des Blutes. p.1357-478. 8? Berl., 1934. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl., 1934, 2: 2.Halfte. Adolph, E. F., & Gerbasi, M. J. Blood concentration under the influences of amytal and urethane. Am. J. Physiol., 1933, 106: 35-45.—Baldes, E. J., & Smirk, F. H. The effect of water drinking, mineral starvation, and salt administration on the total osmotic pressure of the blood in man, chiefly in relation to the problems of water absorption and water diuresis. J. Phys- iol., Lond., 1934, 82: 62-74.—Bobrev, M. Experimentelle Un- tersuchungen fiber die Wirkung von Pflanzensekretinen auf die Blutzusammensetzung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1924-25, 44: 393-403.—Bonath, F., & Perlstein, A. Ueber medikamentose Beeinflussung der Blutzusammensetzung (Salvarsan, Trypafla- vin, Scharlachrot) Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 888-90.— Farkas, G., & Tangl, H. Die Wirkung des Cholins und Hista- mins auf die Farbstoffausscheidung aus dem Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1927,182: 406-10.—Hadjiolov, A. S. Etude microscopique du comportement des gouttelettes huileuses dans le sang circu- lant chez la grenouille vivante. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1997-9.—Hultgren, G. Action du thiophene sur la composition du sang du lapin. Ibid., 1926, 95: 1068-70.—Jacobsohn, M., & Rothschild, F. Die Wirkung des Atropms (Bellafolins) auf die Blutzusammensetzung. Zschr. klin. Med., 1927, 105: 414-6.— Kimura, O., Iwanaga, I., & Ipponsugi, T. Ueber das erste Schicksal der in die Blutbahn eingespritzten Substanzen. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1924, 14: 145—Leimes, S. M. [The influence of biogenic amines on the structure of the blood] Vrach. dielo, 1923, 6: 78-83.—Levy, R. Sur l'influence du CaClj et du NaCl sur la concentration du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 873-5.—Lbhr, H. Ueber die Aenderung der physiko-chemischen Struktur der Blutflfissigkeit bei der Reizkorpertherapie und Blutkorperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1922, 34. Kongr., 294-6—Nonnenbruch, W. Unter- suchungen fiber die Blutkonzentration; intravenose Salzwas- sereinlaufe mit und ohne Gummi-[Gelatine-]Zusatz. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1921, 91: 218-45—Onozaki, N., & Sanada, Y. Studien fiber den kolloid-osmotischen Druck des Blutes im normalen und pathologischen Zustand; Beeinflussung des kol- loid-osmotischen Drucks des Blutes durch Infusion von Gum- milbsung. Tohoku J. Exp. AI., 1935, 25: 120-30.—Osborne, W. A. The toxicity of blood which has been frozen. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1930, 7: 223-5, pi.—Pontieri, F., & Tecilazic, F. Mec- canismo d'azione di alcune sostanze sul sangue periferico e sul midollo osseo di lattanti. Med. ital., 1936, 17: 191-7.—Smoro- dintsev, I. A. [The effect of toxic substances on some physico- chemical properties of the blood] Mosk. med. J., 1925, 5: pt 10, 3-6—Straub, H., & Meier, K. Blutgasanalysen; der Ein- fluss von Bor, Aluminium und Lanthan auf Hamoglobin und Zelle. Biochem. Zschr., 1920, 111: 45-66.—Tsukamoto, E. Hormonale und pharmakologische Beeinflussung der Sauer- stoffzehrung des Blutes; Beziehungen der Funktion der Schild- driise zum Sauerstoffverbrauch des Blutes. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1925, 6: 286-98. ----- Ueber den Einfluss von verschiedenen Inkreten auf den Sauerstoffverbrauch des Bluts. Ibid., 1929, 12: 179-211. ----- Ueber den Einfluss einiger vegetativer Nervengifte auf den Sauerstoffverbrauch des Bluts. Ibid., 212-23. ----- Ueber die Wechselwirkung von Elektrolyten, Inkreten und vegetativen Giften. Ibid., 301-28. ----- Ueber die kombinierte Wirkung verschiedener Inkrete und Vegeta- tivnervengifte auf den Sauerstoffverbrauch des Bluts. Ibid., 329-53.—Underhill, F. P., & Kapsinow, R. The influence of water introduction upon blood concentration induced by water deprivation. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 54: 459-64.—Underhill, F. P., & Karelitz, S. The influence of hydrazine upon blood con- centration and blood sugar content. Ibid., 1923, 58: 147-51.— Dnderhill, F. P., & Pack, G. T. The influence of various diuretics on the concentration of the blood. Am. J. Phvsiol., 1923, 66: 520-52.—Underhill, F. P., & Roth, S. C. The influence of water deprivation, pilocarpin, and histamine upon changes in blood concentration in the rabbit. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 54: 607-16.— Underhill, F. P., & Sigal, J. B. The effects of intravenous in- jection of anisotonic solutions on blood concentration. J. Metab. Res., 1923, 4: 535-41.—Yasuzawa, K. Weitere Studien fiber die Herabsetzung des Blut-Jodsaurenwertes bewirkenden Substan- zen (Antipyrin, Phloroglucin und Resorcin) Jap. J.M. Sc, 1936, 4: Int. med., 233-5. ---- Physico-chemical properties. See also Blood, Acid-base equilibrium; Blood, Refractometry; Blood, Viscosity; Blood chem- istry. Mirra, I. *Contribuicao para o estudo medico-legal da cryoscopia do sangue. 62p. 8? S. Paulo, 1931. Alder, A. Die physikalisch-chemischen Untersuchungs- metboden des Blutes und ihre Bedeutung. Spez. Path. Ther. inn. Krankh., Berl., 1927, 11: 349-74, pi.—Cherbuliez, A. Differences systematiques dans le point de congelation des globules sanguins et du liquide ambiant. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 1154.—Bamboviceanu, A. Recherches sur quelques constituants physico-chimiques du sang d'Helix pomatia. Ibid., 261-3.—Baniel, J., & Hogler, F. Ueber Veranderungen im Quellungszustande der Blutkolloide nach peroraler Zufuhr von Lbsungen verschiedener Elektrolyte und Anelektrolyte. Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1923, 6: 355-72. 3ch.—Baranyi, J. von. Die Bedeutung der Kolloidlabilitat im Blute. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1922, 35: 885.—B'Arbela, F. La flsico-chimica del sangue e le sue recenti applicazioni nella patologia e nella clinica. Riv. crit. clin. med., 1924, 25: 41; 80.—Bill, B. B., Van Caulaert, C. [et al.] Blood as a physicochemical system. J. Biol. Chem., 1927, 73: 251-62.—Brilhon, A., & Florence, G. Recherches phy- sico-chimiques sur le sang des poissons. Arch. phys. biol., Par., 1935, 12: 180-93.—Bucco, C. C. Contribution a l'etude physico-chimique du sang. Arch. med. enf., 1931, 34: 484-9 — Farmer Loeb, L. Physikalisch-chemische Konstanten des Blutes und der Gewebs-Safte. Tabulae biol., Berl., 1931, 1: 279-84.—Fois, B. Influenza delle ghiandole a secrezione interna sulla crioscopia del sangue e degli organi nei giovani animali. Pediatria (Arch.) Nap., 1926-27, 2: 210-5.—Handovsky, H. Physikahsche Chemie des Blutes. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl., 1934, 2: 2.Halfte, 701-78— Henderson, L. J, Blood as a physicochemical system. J. Biol. Chem., 1921,46: 411-9. Also Rev. gem sc. pur., 1921,32: 421; 460. ----- Com- parative studies of the physical chemistry of blood. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1928, 7: 117-23. ----- Bock, A. V. [et al.] Blood as a physicochemical system. J. Biol. Chem., 1924- 25, 59: 379-431, ch.—Henderson, L. J., Bill, B. B. [et al.] Blood as a physicochemical system; the physicochemical properties of oxygenated human blood. Ibid., 1931, 90: 697- 724.—Henderson, L. J., & Murray, C. B. Blood as a physico- chamical system; deductions concerning the capillary exchange. Ibid , 1925, 65: 407-17.—Hochrein, M. Physikalisch-chemisChe Gesetzmassigkeiten des Blutes. Erg. Physiol., 1931, 31:421-506. ----- Bill, B. B., & Henderson, L. J. Das physikalisch-chemi- sche System des Blutes in seiner Beziehung zu Atmung und Kreislauf. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1929, 143: 129-46— Hoglerj 21767—vol. 2, 4th series----29 BLOOD 450 BLOOD F., & Baniel, J. Ueber Quellung und Entquellung der Blut- kolloide nach peroraler Zufuhr verschiedener Salzlbsungen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1922, 34.Kongr., 288-91.—Houot, A. Sur quelques proprifites physico-chimiques du sang des Indo- chinois. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 1066-8—Junet, R., & Kadrnka, S. La fonction du stroma dans la filtration du sang. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1933, 53: 98-106, 2pl— Kudo, H. Sur le sang et ses composants; contribution a l'fitude physicochimique de leurs propriStes magn6tiques. Acta med. scand., 1934, 81: 511-20.—Lenaz, L. L'equilibrio chimico-fisico del sangue. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1921-22, 1: 377-88—Loiseleur, J. Modifi- cations physico-chimiques du sang consecutives a la resorption de produits d'histolyse. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934,116: 846; 962 — Luy, P. Zur Kryoskopie des normalen Pferdeblutes. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1928, 36: Sondernum., 32.—Morawitz, P. Physikahsche Blutuntersuchung. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1922, 19: 449-59.—Muller, F. Die Bestimmung des spezifischen Gewichtes, der Trockensubstanz und der Viskositat des Blutes Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1924, Abt.4, Teil3, 149-58.—Naumann, H. N. Die optische Aktivitat des Blutfiltrats; fiber die Methodik der Herstellung und Unter- suchung von Blutfiltraten. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 251: 266 — Necheles, H. Ueber Dialysieren des Strbmenden Blutes am Lebenden. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 1257.—Oehme, C, & Schultz, O. Die Bedeutung der Blutkolloide fiir Diurcse und Wasser- haushalt. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1922, 34. Kongr., 304-6.—Pearse, A. S. Freezing points of bloods of certain littoral and estuarine animals. Papers Tortugas Lab., 1934, 28: 95- 102.—Rigoni, M. Sulla stabilita del sangue in rapporto alla diluizione. Arch, fisiol., Fir., 1932-33, 31: 1-18.—Sbarsky, B., & Michlin, B. Adsorption von Eiweissabbauprodukten durch die Formelemente des Blutes in vivo und in vitro; Adsorptions- fahigkeit des Blutes verschiedener Tiere. Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 141: 36-9.—Schultz, 0. Ueber die Bedeutung des Zu- standes der Blutkolloide fiir die Diurese und die Wasserver- teilung im Organismus. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1923, 31: 221- 35.—Septelici, L. Modification de l'etat physico-chimique du sang sous l'action locale du froid. C. rend. Soc biol., 1926, 94: 716.—Sigon, M. Correlazioni fisico-chimiche nei sangue e criterii di applicazione alla indagine clinica. Arch. Ist. biochim. ital., 1934, 6: 195-242.—Smotrov, V. N. [Experimental and clinical observations on the change of some physico-chemical properties of the blood] Russ. klin., 1925, 3: 843-66.—Van Slyke, B. B. Certain aspects of the physical chemistry of the blood. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1926-27, 6:173-90—Vega y Lomban, J. F. de la. Ueber Austauschvorgange zwischen Blut und Geweben; die Fluoreszinmethode. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 819.— Velluz, L. A. Le sang, systeme physico-chimique. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1933, 98: 753-68.—Walsem, G. C. van [Micro- method for determination of specific gravity, surface tension, and viscosity of the blood] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1924, 68: pt2, 860-8. ----- [A peculiar phenomenon in dilution of blood] Ibid., 2123-6. ---- Physico-chemical properties: Osmotic concentration and onkotic pressure. Busch, R. O. *Untersuchungen tiber Veran- derungen der Blutconcentration [Bonn] 21p. 8? Berl., 1913. Also Zschr. exp. Path., 1913, 14: 335-51. Brinkman, R. Resistance osmotique et phosphatides du sang; nouvelles methodes quantitatives. Arch, nfierl. physiol., 1921-22, 6:451-515—Chaisson, A. F., & Friedman, M. H. F. The effect of histamine, adrenaline, and destruction of the spinal cord on the osmotic pressure of the blood in the skate. Proc. Nova Scot. Inst. Sc, 1933-34, 18: 240-4.—Christensen, I., & Warburg, E. J. On the preparation of a solution, isotonic with serum, for use in determining the relative osmotic pressure of the cations in serum and the volume index of the blood corpuscles in cutaneous blood. Acta med. scand., 1929, 70: 286-302.—BelBaere, L. J. Der kolloid-osmotische Druck im Blute bei Verwendung ver- schiedener Membranen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 87: 126- 31.—Buval, M. Relation entre la concentration molSculaire du sang des crustaces et cclle du milieu exterieur. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1924, 178: 1754-7.----- Sur la concentration molficulaire du sang de l'escargot; influence de l'etat d'activite de l'animal. Ibid., 1927, 185: 1620-2. ----- Concentration moleculaire du sang de l'escargot: ses fracteurs, ses variations; influence de l'fetat d'activite de l'animal. Ann. physiol., Par., 1930, 6: 346-64.— Fishberg, E. H. The relations of the serum proteins and lipids to the osmotic pressure. J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 81: 205- 14.—Gilman, A., & Barbour, H. G. The relation between blood osmotic pressure and insensible weight loss. Am. J. Physiol 1933, 104: 392-8—Grbnwall, A. Ueber die Bedeutung des Ver- haltnisses zwischen Bluteiweisskonzentration und dem soge- nannten kolloidosmotischen Druck. Biochem. Zschr., 1935, 276: 223-33.—Hatafuku, J., & Nakazawa, F. Studien fiber den kolloid-osmotischen Druck des Bluts im normalen und patholo- gischen Zustand; kolloid-osmotischer Druck des Bluts bei Hunger. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1933, 21: 226-37.—Hernandez loeches, R. Ensayo sobre las condiciones de equilibrio de la presion osmotica de los coloides sangumeos. Rev. med. cubana, 1930, 41: 825-37— Hogler, F., Thomann, A., & Ueberrack, K. Zur Frage des Quellungsdruckes im Blut. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928,41:949-51.—Horikawa, M. Studien fiber den kolloid-osmo- tischen Druck des Bluts im normalen und pathologischen Zustand; fiber die Veranderungen des Bluteiweisses und dessen kolloid-osmotischen Drucks durch Einwirkung der ultra-akusti- schen Schallwellen auf die Leber. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1936, 28: 357-75. ----- Ueber die Veranderungen des Bluteiweisses und dessen kolloid-osmotischen Drucks durch Einwirkung der ultra-akustischen Schallwellen auf die Milz. Ibid., 376-80.— Huckel, W. Bemerkungen zu einer angeblichen kinetischen Erklarung des osmotischen Druckes. Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt A, 1934, 168: 309 [Erwiderung von A. Eucken] 309-12.—Kimuraj K., & Nakazawa, F. Studien tiber den kolloid-osmotischen Druck des Bluts im normalen und pathologischen Zustand; kolloid-osmotischer Druck des Bluts bei experimenteller Nieren- schadigung. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1930,16: 352-60—Kylin, E., & Brenning, R. Studien fiber den kolloid-osmotischen (onkoti- schen) Druck; der kolloid-osmotische Druck bei Fieber. Zschr ges. exp. Med., 1934, 93: 653-6.—La Grutta, L. Modiflcazioni istologiche del fegato e del rene per effetto di squilibri osmotici provocati nei sangue. Riv. pat. sper., 1934, 12: 241-9, pi — Loewen, B. F., Field, M. E., & Brinker, C. K. The colloid osmot- ic pressure of dog blood and lymph. Am. J. Physiol., 1931, 98: 70-3.—Malmieri, V. M. Proprieta isospeciflche e pressione osmotica del sangue. Gior. batt. immun., 1933, 11: 1181-96.— Meyer, P. La pression collo'ido-osmotique du sang des poissons marins. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 303-5—Nakezawa, F., & Izumi, J. Studien fiber den kolloid-osmotischen Druck des Bluts im normalen und pathologischen Zustand; kolloidosmoti- scher Druck des Bluts bei Hypertonic und Hypotonie. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1930,16: 341-51.—Nishiyama, K. Studien fiber den kolloid-osmotischen Druck des Blutes im normalen und patho- logischen Zustand; die Veranderungen des kolloid-osmotischen Drucks des Blutes sowie des Exsudates bei Pleuritiden. Ibid , 1933-34, 22: 505-25.—Oelkers, H. A. Hormonale Beeinflussung des kolloid-osmotischen Druckes (kolloid-osmotischer Druck und Diurese) Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1931,160:9-18.—Onozaki, N. Studien fiber den kolloid-osmotischen Druck des Blutes im normalen und pathologischen Zustand; tiber den Einfluss von einigen vegetativen Nervengiften auf den kolloid-osmotischen Druck des Blutes. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1935, 25: 131-47.— Parhon, M. Sur la concentration mol6culaire du sang chez les animaux normaux, fethyroidfis, hyperthyroidisms, dans le myxe- deme et la maladie de Basedow. Endocr. pat. cost., Roma, 1923, 2: 41-3.—Pellegrini, G. La pression collo'ido-osmotique du sang et ses rapports avec les equilibres mingraurdu sang. Arch. ital. biol., 1931-32, 86:142-7. Also Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1931, 54: 434-52.—Portier, P., & Buval, M. Variations de la pression osmotique du sang des poissons tfileosteens d'eau douce sous l'influence de l'accroissement de salinity de l'eau ambiante, C. rend. Acad, sc, 1922,174: 1367. -—— Variation de la pres- sion osmotique du sang des sfelaciens sous l'influence de la modi- fication de la salinite de l'eau de mer environante. Ibid., 1493-5. ----- Variation de la pression osmotique du sang de l'anguille en fonction des modifications de salinitS du milieu exterieur. Ibid., 175: 324; 1105.—Ribera, M. Proprieta isospeciflche e pressione osmotica del sangue. Morgagni, 1934, 76: 206.—Stern, L., Zeitlin, S. M., & Gozman, R. M. L'influence des changements de la pression osmotique du sang sur le fonctionnement de la barriere hemato-encephalique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 365-7.—Yamakami, K. The osmotic concentration of blood during life and after death. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1922,3:17-55.— Zeitlin, S. M., & Gotzman, R. M. [Effect of changes of osmotic pressure of blood on the hemato-encephalic barrier] Med. biol. J., Leningr., 1929, 5: 99-104. ---- Physico-chemical properties: Specific gravity. Arndt, H. *Das spezifische Gewicht des menschlichen Blutes und Blutserums; physiolo- gisch-klinische Untersuchungen, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Constanz des Blutes und Blutserums sowie zur einfachen Ermittelung der Gefrier- punktserniedrigung des Blutes. 50p. 8? Berl.. 1916. Perles, L. * Recherches experimentales sur la density du sang (technique et resultats) 36p. 8? Par., 1928. Arndt, H. Das spezifische Gewicht des menschlichen Blutes und Blutserums. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1921, 58: 204-7.—Barbour, H. G., & Hamilton, W. F. Blood specific gravity; its significance and a new method for its determination. Am. J. Physiol., 1924, 69: 654-61—Barlow, O. W., & Whitehead, R. W. The rela- tion of the blood specific gravity to the cell count, hemoglobin level, cell volume, and total blood volume in pigeons. Ibid., 1928, 87: 51-7.—Binet, L., & Perles, L. Variations de la densiW sanguine au cours de l'asphyxie; recherches sur la densite du sang veineux splenique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 1096.— Hamilton, W. F., & Barbour, H. G. The effects of respiratory gases upon the density of blood and other fluids. J. Biol. Chem., 1927, 74: 553-6—Hinsdale, A. E., Hoffman, R. W. [etal.] The effect of china, ferrum phosphoricum, phosphorus antimonium tartaricum, and arsenicum upon the specific gravity of the blood. J. Am. Inst. Homoeop., 1921-22, 14: 620-2.—Oestreich, C. Ueber das speciflsche Gewicht des Blutes und seiner Bestandteile. Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 160-2.— Polowe, B. The specific gravity of the blood; its clinical signifi- cance. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1928-29, 14: 811-6.—Stebbins, G. G„ & Leake, C. B. Diurnal variations in blood specific gravity in BLOOD 451 BLOOD normal dogs and humans. Am. J. Physiol., 1927, 80: 639-42. Also repr.—Terry, R. J., & Seib, G. A. On the specific gravity of the blood; experimental evidence of difference in weight of the blood of the right and left ventricles of the heart. Anat. Rec, 1927-28,36: 279-92. --- Physico-chemical properties: Surface tension. See also Blood, Surface tension [3.ser.] Stalag- mometry; Surface tension. Benhamou, E., & Beguet, M. La tension superficielle au cours de la digestion. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 56-8.— Brinkman, R. Sur la tension superficielle du sang humain normal. Arch, neerl. physiol., 1922, 7: 258-62.—Clark, E. B. The surface tension of the blood plasma in children; variations in disease, and relation to time drop, sedimentation rate and viscosity. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1928, 35:18-25.—Clerc, A., Paris, R. [et al.] Sur la mesure de la tension superficielle du sang par un procede stalagmom6trique special. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 779-81.— Fahraeus, R., & Kruse, N. O. Ueber den Einfluss der Temperatur auf die Oberflachenspannung von Serum und Plasma. Acta path, microb. scand., 1933, suppl. 16, 90-100.— Gabbe, E., & Simchowitz, H. Untersuchungen Uber die Ober- flachenspannung des Blutserums und Blutplasmas. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1924, 41: 699-713.—Jendrassik, L., & Geldrich, J. Die Abhangigkeit der Oberflachenspannung des Blutes von der Wasserstoffionenkonzentration. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 174: 99-105. Also Magy. orv. arch., 1926, 27: 84-6.—Nicholls, E. G. The surface tension of human blood under normal and pathological conditions. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1928, 42: 358-95.—Tominaga, T. Ueber die Substanzen, welche die Oberflachenspannung des Blutes bestimmen. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1923, 141: 248-60.—Zunz, E. Recherches sur les modifications de la tension superficielle dynamique du plasma etdu serum. Erg. Physiol., 1925, 24:445-73. -----& La Barre, J. Recherches sur la tension superficielle du plasma et du serum humains a l'etat normal et dans la syphilis. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1924, 5.ser., 4: 74-108. --- Physico-chemical properties: Tempera- ture. See also Blood, Temperature [3.ser.] Aldenhoven, H., & Korth, C. Untersuchungen tiber die Temperatur des Venenblutes; die Einwirkung des Wasser- trinkens auf die Temperatur des Venenblutes der Hand. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1932,173: 412.—Atzler, E., & Richter, F. Ueber die Warmekapazitat des arteriellen und venbsen Blutes. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1920, 112: 310-2.—Foged, J. [The temperature of the blood] Hospitalstidende, 1930, 73: 1079-88. Also Skand. Arch. Physiol., Lpz., 1930, 59:109-22.—Korth, C, & Proger, S. H. The initial drop in temperature of the blood in a superficial vein of the forearm following a stimulus of hot water to the contra- lateral extremity. Am. J. Physiol., 1934, 107: 55-62.—Mannino, L. Sulla temperatura del sangue nei diversi territori vascolari (compreso il pulmonare) studio critico. Ann. clin. med., Pal., 1926, 16: 88-101. --- Physiology. Achard, C, BESANgoN, J. [et al.] Sang et lymphe; reactions d'immunite\ 2.6d. 73lp. 8? Par., 1934. Forms v.7, Traite de physiol. (G. H. Roger & L. Binet) Henderson, L. J. Blood; a study in general physiology. 397p. 8? N. Haven, 1928. Liebreich, E. Le sang in vitro; Eosinophilic, fibrinogenese, phagocytose des hematies. 128p. 8?- Par., 1921. Lucas, W. P., & Fleischner, E. C. Physiol- ogy of the blood, p.406-78. 8? Phila., 1924. Abt's Pediatrics, Phila., 1924, 4: Muller, E. F. Blut und vegetatives Nerven- system. p.435-502. 8? Berl., 1932-33. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl., 1932-33, 1: l.Halfte. Bland-Sutton, J. The blood trail. Brit. M.J., 1930, 1: 937- 40.—Biingeler, W. Ueber die Bedeutung der im Korper ge- bildeten aromatischen Substanzen ftir das Blut und die blut- bildenden Gewebe. Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1934, 27: 282-5 [Discussion] 289-94.—Freeman, N. E., PhiUips, R. A., & Cannon, W. B. Unsuccessful (An) attempt to demonstrate humoral action of vagus substance in the circulating blood. Am. J. Physiol., 1931, 98: 435-40.—Hess, O. Vergleichende Untersu- chungen am arteriellen, kapillaren und venosen Blut des Men- schen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1921, 137: 200-24—Hoff, F. Die vegetative Regulation des Blutes. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 905-8. ----- & Ritter von Linhardt, S. Ueber die zentral-nervose Regulation des Blutes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928, 63: 277-97.—Kottmann, K. Beziehungen zwischen Blut und Organen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1920, 50: 1.060-4.— Lipow, E. G., Reed, C. I., & Weaver, W. K. Mobilization of the inorganic constituents of the blood by vagal stimulation. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1930-31, 28: 531-3.—Lucas, W. P. The physiology of the blood m infancy and childhood. Arch. Pediat., NY., 1921, 38:507. Also Am. M. Ass., 1921, 77:332-8.- malotf, G. A. Zur Frage der gefassverengernden Eigenschaften des Blutes Arch. ges. Physiol., 1924, 205: 205-9.-Parker, F., & Knoads, C. P. Observations on blood incubated under abnormal conditions. Am. J. Path., 1928, 4: 353-61.-Rhoads, C. P., & o7air oT' V Observations on incubated normal bloods. Ibid., Hl~AT ™5?ge,r' ,. Lesanget lessecretions internes. Presse med 1927, 35: 1125-8.-Sahli, H. Ueber die Auffassung des Blutes als Secret und ihre Bedeutung ftir die Antikbrpertheorie ? o ci. Yererbungslehre. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 1-8.—Schultze, H. Beziehungen zwischen Nervensystem und Blut. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 844-7.—Trunecek, C L unique sang arteriel et les nombreux sangs veineux Rev med., Par., 1931,48:765-74. -----& Lepicovsky, J. Unicitedu sang arteriel, pluralite du sang veineux. Bruxelles med . 1933- 34, 14: 1174-80.-Weber, F. P. Das Blut als Gruppe von Or- ganen: die cellularen und endokrinen Organe des Blutes Fol haemat., Lpz., 1934-35, 53: 277-82. Also repr. ----- The blood as a group of organs: the erythrocytic organ, the eosino- philic organ, etc. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1934,189- 548-51 Also repr.—Zunz, E., & Govaerts, P. Action hypotensive du sang carotidien recueilli pendant l'excitation du pneumoeas- tnque. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 389-92. ---- Pigments, See also Chlorocruorin; Hemocyanin; Hemo- globin ; and names of its derivatives. Neumann, E. Blut und Pigmente; gesam- melte Abhandlungen mit Zusatzen versehen. 467p. 8? Jena, 1917. Barcroft, J., & Barcroft, H. The blood pigment of Arenicola. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1924-25, s.B, 96:28-42.—Baumberger, J. P., & Michaelis, L. The blood pigments of Urechis caupo. Biol. Bull., 1931, 61: 417-21.—Blood pigment analysis gives clue to oxygen use. Science News Lett., 1936, 30: 70.—Harrop, G. A. Abnormal blood pigments of clinical importance. Internat. Clin., 1931, 41.ser., 3: 86-92, pi. Also Barker Festschrift, 1932, 86-92.—Heilmeyer, L. Das Blut als Farbstoffspender. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 2092-5.—Jensen, L. B., & Urbain, W. M. A delicate test for blood pigments. Food Res., 1936, 1: 275.— Jucci, C. Ricerche sui pigmenti del sangue negl' incroci tra varie razze di bachi da seta. Boll. Soc. natur. Napoli, 1933, 44: 251-6.—Marshall, W. Remarks on spectrophotometric curves of blood pigments. Brit. M.J., 1932, 1: 98.—Muir, R., & Niven, J. S. F. The local formation of blood pigments. J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1935, 41: 183-97, 2pl—Ray, G. B., Blair, H. A., & Thomas, C. I. The spectrophotometric determination of cer- tain blood pigments. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 98: 63.—Wolvekamp, H. P. Ueber die Blutfarbstoffe niederer Tiere. Zool. Anz . 1931, 5.suppl., 185-8. ----- Radiation. See also Mitogenetic rays. II fenomeno della emoradiazione applicato alla clinica. Gazz. osp., 1934, 55: 611.—Palmieri, G. G., & Giordano, G. Ricerche sulle variazioni del potere radiante del sangue circolante in seguito ad irradiazioni locali con raggi X e con radio. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1932, 7: 1321-6.—Potozky, A., Salkind, S., & Zoglina, J. Die mitogenetische Strahlung des Blutes und der Gewebe von Wirbellosen. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 217: 178-84.— Potozky, A., & Zogline, I. Untersuchungen fiber die mito- genetische Strahlung des Blutes. Ibid., 1929, 211: 352-61.— Protti, G. II fenomeno della emoradiazione applicato alio studio di alcune condizioni organiche (saggio di emoradiometria nor- male) Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933, 8: 1412-7. Also Radio- biologia, Venez., 1932-34, 1: no.4, 49-55, 25ch.—Pugnani, E. Sul comportamento del potere radiante del sangue sotto l'azione della fatica e delle radiazioni attiniche in pianura ed in alta mon- tagna. Gior. batt. immun., 1934, 12: 990-1000—Siebert, W. W. Die mitogenetische Strahlung des Blutes und des Harns gesun- der und kranker Menschen. Biochem. Zschr., 1930,226:253-6.— Sorin, A. N. Ueber mitogenetische Strahlung und Induktion; zur Analyse der mitogenetischen Induktion des Blutes. Arch. Entwmech., 1926, 108: 634-45.—Spolverini, L., & Mascioli, R. Studio sulle radiazioni mitogenetiche del sangue dei bambino: ricerche sul sangue dei bambini dai 6 ai 11 anni in rapporto all' eta ed al sesso. Pediatria (Riv.) 1933, 41:258-66. ---- Reducing power. See Blood chemistry; Blood sugar, Metabo- lism. ---- Refractometry. Helberg, S. *Refraktometrische Blutunter- suchungen. 46p. 8? Ziir., 1916. Winkler, W. B. *Beitrage zur Blutrefrakto- metrie nach Gaben von verschiedenen Nahrungs- mitteln [Basel] 31p. 8? Herisau, 1932. Cazzamali, P. Studii sulle variazioni umorali post-opera- torie; le modiflcazioni dell' indice refrattometrico. Arch. ital. chir., 1935. 39: 1-28.—Hinsdale, A. E., & Brown, A. The effect of china, ferrum phosphoricum, phosphorus, antimonium tar- BLOOD 452 BLOOD taricum, and arsenicum upon the refractive index of the blood. J. Am. Inst. Homceop., 1921-22,14: 742-4.—Hogler, F., & Ueber - rack, K. Studien tiber die Refraktionsdifferenz. Zschr. ges. exp. Aled., 1927, 58: 22-39. ----- Studien tiber die Refrak- tionsdifferenz; Einfluss der Stauung. Ibid., 40-50. ----- Einfluss von Elektrolyten und Anelektrolyten. Ibid., 51-75. -----Einfluss des Schwitzens. Ibid., 76-80.—Lanfranchi, F. La refrattometria nei campo ginecologico. Riv. ital. gin., 1927, 6: 665-72.—Molteni, P. Controlli sulla refrattometria siero- ematica nell' infanzia. Clin, igiene inf., 1929, 4: 677-700.— Reiss, E. Refraktometrische Blutuntersuchungen. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1924, Abt.4, Teil 3, 299-334.—Schiassi, F. II refrattometro ad uso clinico (revista metodologica) Arch, pat., Bologna, 1921-22, 1: 59-98. ---- Regeneration. See Blood formation. ---- Respiratory function. See also Blood, Gases; Hemoglobin; Respira- tion; Respiratory metabolism. Cuenot, L. Les pigments respiratoires des invertebres. p.147-52. 8? Par., 1934. Traite physiol. norm. & path. (Roger & Binet) Par., 1934, 7: 147-52. Abderhalden, E., & Wertheimer, E. Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von Ernst Farber und Tomas Telleria tiber: die Atmung des kindlichen Blutes und ihre Beeinflussung durch B-Vitamin (Hefeautolysat) Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 405—Arnoldi, W. Die Bestimmung der alveolaren C02-Spannung im arteriellen Blute mit einem von mir vereinfachten Apparate von Fridericia in der arztlichen Praxis. Deut. med. Wschr., 1924, 50: 1397-400.— Ausenda, C. Ueber die Carbaminoreaktion der Bluteiweiss- kbrper und ihre angebliche Bedeutung ftir den Kohlensaure- transport im Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1922, 132: 188-96.—Bock, A. V., & Field, H. The carbon dioxide equilibrium in alveolar air and arterial blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1924, 62: 269-74 — Cobet, R. Kohlensiiurespannung und Wasserstoffzahl des Arterienblutes in ihren Beziehungen zum Kreislauf, insbeson- dere zum Blutdruck. Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 137: 67-91 — Baland, G. A., & Isaacs, R. Cell respiration studies; a compara- tive study of the oxygen consumption of blood from normal indi- viduals and patients with increased leucocyte counts (sepsis; chronic myelogenous leucemia) J. Exp. M., 1927, 46: 53-63.— Baly, C. A., & Bill, B. B. Carbamino compounds and car- bon dioxide transport. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 109: xxv.— Dautrebande, L., Davies, H. W., & Meakins, J. The influence of circulatory changes of the gaseous exchanges of the blood; an experimental study of circulatory stasis. Heart, Lond., 1922-23, 10: ld3-52.—BUI, D. B., Hurxthal, L. M. [et al.] The carbon dioxide equilibrium in alveolar air and arterial blood; resting subjects. J. Biol. Chem., 1927, 74: 303-11— BUI, B. B., Law- rence, J. S. [et al.] The carbon dioxide equilibrium in alveo- lar air and arterial blood; exercising subjects. Ibid., 313-20.— Birken, M. N. J., & Mook, H. W. The carriage of carbon dioxide by blood. J. Physiol.. Lond., 1930, 70: 373-84. ----- The rate of gas exchange between blood cells and serum. Ibid., 1931, 73: 349-60.—Farber, E., & Telleria, T. Die Atmung des kind- lichen Blutes und ihre Beeinflussung durch B-Vitamin (He- feautolysat) Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 2161-3.—Ferguson, J. K. W. Carbamino compounds of CO2, with human haemoglobin and their role in the transport of CO2. J. Physiol., Lond., 1936, 88: 40-55.—Florkin, M., & Redfield, A. C. On the respiratory function of the blood of the sea lion. Biol. Bull., 1931, 61: 422-6.—Fraser, F. R., Graham, G., & Hilton, R. A compar- ison of blood curves constructed with arterial and with ve- nous blood. J. Physiol., Lond., 1924-25, 59: 221-30.—Green, A. A., & Redfield, A. C. On the respiratory function of the blood of the porpoise. Biol. Bull., 1933, 64: 44-52.—Haggard, H. W., & Henderson, Y. Hemato-respiratory functions; the vari- ability of reciprocal action of oxygen and CO2 in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1920, 46: 215-8. ----- The influence of oxygen in expelling CO2 from the blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1919-20, 17: 206—Irving, L., Solandt, O. M. [et al.] Respir- atory characteristics of the blood of the seal. J. Cellul. Physiol., 1935, 6: 393-403.—Jaroszewiscz, W. Epreuve de l'hyperpnfee volontaire et comportement du CO2 alveblaire, de la reserve alcaline et des albumines du sang chez I'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 917-20—Kramer, K., & Sarre, H. Untersuchun- gen tiber die Arterialisierung des Blutes; tiber den Sauerstoff- spannungsausgleich zwischen Alveolen und Blut. Zschr. Biol., 1935, 96: 89-100.----- Moglichkeiten der Beeinflussung des Gasaustausches zwischen Alveolen und Blut. Ibid., 1936, 97: 329-42.—Kreps, E. M. [New data on transport of C02 by the blood] Priroda, Leningrad, 1936, 25: 38-46.—Mclver, M. A., Redfield, A. C, & Benedict, E. B. Gaseous exchange between the blood and the lumen of the stomach and intestines. Am. J. Physiol., 1926,76:92-111.—Murray, C. B. The physiological prin- ciple of minimum work; oxygen exchange in capillaries. Proc. U.S. Nat. Acad. Sc, 1926, 12: 299-304—Nemes, J. G. [Role of the lungs in humoral physiology] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1930, 28: 1373-5.—Parsons, T. R., & Parsons, W. Sul trasporto dell' acido carbonico nei sangue di alcuni invertebrati marini. Arch. sc. biol., Nap., 1923, 4: 332-6. Also J. Gen. Physiol., 1923-24, 6: 153-66. Also repr.—Peters, J. P. The effect of the tissues on the respiratory functions of the blood. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1924, 39: 63-71.—Ponder, E. now blood breathes. Discovery, Lond., 1925, 63: 285-9— Redfield, A. C. The evolution of the respiratory function of the blood. Q. Rev. Biol., 1933, 8: 31-57. -----& Florkin, M. The respiratory function of the blood of Urechis caupo. Biol. Bull., 1931, 61: 185-210— Roche, J., & Siegler-Soru, E. Sur la respiration, in vitro, du sang de divers animaux homfiothermes. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1927,184:1276-8.— Root, R. W. The respiratory function of the blood of marine fishes. Biol. Bull., 1931, 61: 427-56—Sarre, H. Untersuchun- gen fiber die Arterialisierung des Blutes; Theorie des Sauerstoff- spannungsausgleichs zwischen Alveolen und Blut und die Dif- fusionskonstante. Zschr. Biol., 1935, 96: 352-63.—Smith, R. G., & Heinbecker, P. A method of obtaining alveolar air from normal dogs and a comparison of the carbon dioxide tensions of alveolar air and arterial blood. Am. J. Physiol., 1928, 84: 271-82.—South worth, F. C, & Redfield, A. C. The transport of gas bv the blood of the turtle. J. Gen. Physiol., 1925-26, 9: 387-403. Also repr.—Stadie, W. C, & O'Brien, H. The carba- mate-carbon dioxide equilibrium of amino-acids, hemoglobin, and serum proteins and its significance in the carbon dioxide transport of the blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 109: lxxxvii.— Transport of carbon dioxide by the blood. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105: 1274.—Verzar, F. Die Bestimmung des Blutgaswechsels einzelner Organe. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1926, Abt.4, Teil 10, 985-1030—Vladimirov, G. E. [Respiratory function of the blood in the light of contemporary physico-chemical data] Vrach. gaz., 1931, 35: 1327; 1411 — Wolvekamp, H. P. Untersuchungen tiber den Sauerstofftrans- port durch Blutpigmente bei Helix, Rana und Planorbis. Zschr. vergl. Physiol., 1932, 16: 1-38.—Yamakita, M. Internal secretion and gaseous exchange of blood. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1922, 3: 567-607.—Yoshida, J. Studien tiber den Energiewechsel und die Blutveranderungen bei eingeschrankter Atemfiache; Veranderung der Blutkonzentration bei eingeschrankter Atem- fiache. Ibid., 1929-30,14: 580-98.—Zimmer, H. Ueber den Ein- fluss der Einatmung von Sauerstoff und Leuchtgas auf die Blut- konzentration. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 398. ---- Sedimentation. See Blood sedimentation. ---- Staining. See Blood cell, Stains and staining; Blood picture, Technic, Staining. ---- Therapeutic use. See Hemotherapy. ---- Viscosity. See also Blood pressure, Regulation. Bernou, M. J. R. *Contribution a l'etude de la viscosite sanguine normale et pathologique. 138p. 8? Par., 1934. Bircher, M. E. *Die Beziehungen zwischen der Viscositat des Blutes und seinem Gehalt an Blutkorperchen und gelostem Eiweiss [Zurich] 27p. 8? Berl., 1920. Dandler, W. *Beitrage zur Lehre von der Viskositat des Blutes; viskosimetrische Blutkor- perchenvolumenbestimmung [Tubingen] 9p. 8? Lpz., 1920. Also Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1920, 26: Dons-Kaufmann, A. M. *De la viscosite" du sang chez I'homme (action de la digitale et. de l'iodure de potassium) 124p. 8? Par., 1917. Bermejillo, M. Anhidrido carbonico y viscosidad sanguinea. Arch. card, hemat., Madr., 1921, 2: 54-9. -----& Mascias, L. Nueva tecnica para la obtencion de sangre en viscosimetria. Ibid., 342-8.—Brundage, J. T. Blood and plasma viscosity determined by the method of concentric cylinders. Am. J. Physiol., 1934-35, 110: 659-65.—Catteruccia, C. La viscosita del sangue nelle varie infezioni dell' infanzia. Pediatria (Riv.) 1929, 37: 1066-72.—Cheltsova, O. N. [Role of viscosity in hemo- dynamics] Ter. arkh., 1933,11:123-36—Bandler, W. Beitrage zur Lehre von der Viskositat des Blutes; viskosimetrische Blut- korperchenvolumenbestimmung. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1920, 26: l.Teil, 64-73—Beutsch, G., & Frowein, B. Untersuchungen fiber die Wirkung von Jodalkalien auf die Viskositat des Blutes. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1922, 140: 377-80—Boyon. Mecanisme r£gulateur de la fluidity du sang; existence d'une secrfetion interne d'origine nuclfeaire. Medecine, Par., 1920-21, 2: 918-22- Brossbach, M. Untersuchungen tiber die Viskositat des Blutes. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1922, 34.Kongr., 310-2. ——- Beziehungen zwischen Blutviscositat und Blutkorperchen, ihre Beeinflussung durch Coffein. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 548.- Burand, F., & Musante, E. Metodo rapido per la determina- zione della viscosita del sangue. Gazz. osp., 1922, 43: 334. Fabre, R. Note de technique sur la mesure de la viscosite san- guine en clinique. Gaz. hebd. sc. m6d. Bordeaux, 1923, 44: 135-7.—Frederikse, A. M. Viscosity determinations during blood 45; narcosis. Acta brevia neerl., 1932,2:135—Gatto, I. La viscosita del sangue nei bambini tubercolotici durante lo choch da tuber- colina. Pediatria (Riv.) 1930, 38: 529-33—Gundell, H. von. Versuch einer topographischen Viskositatsmessung des Blutes. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1927,121:89-93.—Gusso, A. Sul rapporto sfigmo-viscosimetrico in alcune affezioni dell' apparato genitale femminile. Ann. ostet. gin., 1928, 50: 450-65.—Hilario, J. S. Blood viscosity in normal Filipinos. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1931,11: 361-4.—Hirsch, C. Ueber Viskositatsmessung des Blutes und ihre Ergebnisse in der Klinik und im Experiment. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 1319-21—Josue, 0. Valeur clinique de la viscosimetrie du sang. Medecine, Par., 1919-20, 1: 341-3.—Kaneko, K. Experimental study of the viscosity of the blood. Polyclin. Dairen, 1924-26, 2: no.36, 1.—Liepatov, S. Ueber Viskositat und Hydratation; tiber die bei der SynSresis abgeschiedene Fliissigkeit und die Theorie der Synaresis. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 192: 91-104.—Meier, K. Der Einfluss der Ladung auf die Viscositat des Blutes. Ibid., 1922, 128: 508-18.—Mikulowski, W., & Chmielewska, H. Untersuchungen iiber die Viscositat des Blutes bei Kindern. Acta paediat., Upps., 1928, 8: 185-97. Also Rev. fr. pediat., 1929, 5: 706-16 — Nice, L. B., & Fishman, B. The viscosity of the blood of pigeons in the quiet state and following excitement. Am. J. Physiol., 1934, 109: 569-71.—Odaira, T. The influence of the oxygen con- tent of blood upon viscosity. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1921, 2: 396-402.—Odinov, B. [Changes of viscosity of blood during the postoperative period] Russ. klin., 1924, 1: 531-6. —Pinheiro Nobre, A. Viscosidade do sangue; generalidades sobre a sua importancia clinica. Med. mod., Porto, 1915, 22: 129-34.— Pisarevskii, N. N. [Viscosity of the blood in certain diseases] Russ. klin., 1924, 1: pt.2, 409-15.—Rodriguez Pinilla, H. La viscosidad de la sangre (una consulta fisica-biologica) Siglo m€d., 1920,67: 17.—Rouzaud & Thiery. Relation entre la viscosite san- guine et la repartition de l'acide urique dans le serum et dans le sang total. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 962-4.—Salazar, L. Azione dell' esetone sulla viscosita del sangue. Clin. med. ital., 1926, 57: 51-4. ----- Azione del salicilato di sodio sulla visco- sita del sangue nell' animale vivente. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1929-30, 50: 67-71.—Simon, I. Azione dei sali alogenati di sodio sulla viscosita del sangue. Arch. sc. biol., Nap., 1924, 6: 1-33. ----- Sulla proprieta ehe hanno alcuni anioni di abbassare la viscosita dell' acqua e del siero di sangue in vitro, e del sangue nell' animale vivente. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1929-30, 50: 64-6— Slobodianik, I. A. [Viscosimeter (apparatus for deter- mining the viscosity of the blood)] Vrach. dielo, 1927, 9: 1115.— Stienon, E. Viscosimetrie et sphygmoviscosimetrie au point de vue clinique. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1926, 27: 91-8,—Su- ranyi, J., & Sonnauer, P. Viskositatsstudien beim Saugling; die Viskositatskurven von Plasma und Serum bei normalen und atrophischen Sauglingen. Arch. Kinderh., 1932, 97: 152 — Teixeira Mendes, R. S. Ensayo sobre viscosimetria en los estados musculares hipertonicos e hipotonicos. Actas Conf. lat. amer. neur., 1929, 2: 763-71. ----- Sphygmo-viscosi- metria. Tribuna med., Rio, 1929, 33: 107; 113.—Testoni, P. Influenza di alcune canfore sulla viscosita del sangue. Arch. sc. biol., Nap., 1926, 8: 310-22. -----• Variazioni della visco- sita del sangue dopo l'iniezione sottocutanea di olio di olive. Ibid., 323-37.—Vauthey, P. De la viscosite du sang. Lyon med., 1922, 1.31: 404-16.—Veluet. La viscosite sanguine: ses ap- plications. Bull. Soc. med. Vienne, 1922, 50-4.—Waud, R. A. An instrument for repeated determinations of blood viscosity in an animal. Science, 1927, 66: «7-9. ----- Viscosity of the blood in histamine shock. Am. J. Physiol., 1928, 84: 563-5. --- in animals. See also Blood cell; Blood chemistry; Blood formation; Blood picture; Blood pressure, &c. Fritsch, G. *Das Blut der Haustiere mit neueren Methoden untersucht; Untersuchung des Kaninchen-, Hunner- und Taubenblutes [Giessen] 29p. 8? Berl., 1920. Kuhl, P. *Das Blut der Haustiere mit neueren Methoden untersucht; Untersuchung des Pferde-, Rinder- und Hundeblutes [Giessen] 24p. 8? Berl., 1919. Avdeeva, M. S., Provatorova, E. L. [et al.] [Chemical and physico-chemical properties of the blood of the Romanoff and Hampshire breeds of sheep] Biol. J., Moskva, 1932,1:96-101 — Babudieri, B. B. Studi di ematologia comparata; ricerche sui pesci, sugli anfibi e sui rettili. Haematologica (Arch.) Pavia, 1930, 11: 199-255, pi.—Baudin, L. Modifications du sang du poisson Perca fluviatilis, consecutives a la peche en profondeur. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 437-9.—Brakefield, J. L. Studies on the normal blood; the guinea pig. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1933, 18: 812-5.—Cocquio, G. II sangue, gli organi ematopoietici ed il tessuto reticolo-endoteliale nell' anguilla. Riv. biol., 1929, 11: 7-32, 2pl—Bill, B. B., Edwards, H. T., & Florkin, M. Properties of the blood of the skate (Raia oscillata) Biol. Bull., 1932, 62: 23-36. ----- Properties of reptilian blood; the chuckwalla (Sauromalus obesus Baird) J. Cellul. Physiol:, 1935, 6: 37-42 — Drilhon, A., & Florence, G. Nouvelle contribution a l'etude physico-chimique du sang des poissons. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1936, 18: 1055-73.—Edwards, H. T., & Bill, B. B. Proper- ties of reptilian blood: the Gila monster (Heloderma suspectum Cope) J. Cellul. Physiol., 1935, 6: 21-35—Galouzo, I. G. Ein BLOOD Beitrag zur Haematologie der turkestanischen Dromedare. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1929, 45: 53-8—Gbtze, R. Zfichterisch- biologische Studien fiber die Blutausrfistung der landwirtschaft- lichen Haustiere. Zschr. ges. Anat., 2.Abt., 1923, 9: 217-311.— Keese, H. Die Schwankungsbreite der durch verschiedene chemisch-physikalische Untersuchungsmethoden erfassbaren Eigenschaften des Blutes des Pferdes unter physiologischen und pathologischen Bedingungen. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 178: 184-207.—Kennedy, A. H. A graphical study of the blood of normal foxes. Canad. J. Res., 1935, 12: 796-802—Krumbhaar, E. B., & Musser, J. H. Studies of the blood of normal monkeys. J. Med. Res., 1920-21, 42: 105-9—Levy, M. Zur HSmatologie der weissen Maus und Ratte. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1925-26,32: l.Teil, 125-8.—Meyer, S. Vergleichend hamatologische Studien an Saugetieren und Vogeln. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 149.—Muller, L. Zur biologischen Anatomie der Blute von Ceropegia woodii Schlechter. Biol. gen. Wien, 1926, 2: 799- 814, 2pl.—Neser, C. P. The blood of equines. Biochem. J., Cambr., 1922, 16: 770-9.—Plattner, F., & Bauer, R. Die Wir- kung von Froschblut auf Vagusstoff und Acetylcholin. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1928, 220: 180-2—Ponder, E., Yeager, J. F., & Charipper, H. A. Studies in comparative haematology; Cameli- dae. Q.J. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1928, 19: 115-26. ----- Pri- mates. Ibid., 181-99.-----Marsupialia. Ibid., 273-83 — Rudolf, J. Hamatologische Studien bei einigen Krankheiten des Rindes, des Schweines und der Ziege. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1928, 36: 445-51.—Sabrazes, J., & Muratet, L. Examen du sang d'un cameleon tunisien. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 90: 1044-6. ----- Les sang de Viper aspis. Haematologica (Arch.) Pavia, 1935,16: suppl., 2-5.—Simonds, J. P. The blood of normal mice. Anat. Rec, 1925, 30: 99-106.—Simonetta, B. Sul sangue del dromedario. Gior. biol. med. sper., 1923-24, 1: 460-2. ----- Sur le sang des cameliens. Arch. ital. biol., 1927-28, 78: 184-9. Also Pathologica, Genova, 1927,19:116-9.—Sudzuki. M. Unter- suchungen iiber Cetacea; fiber das Blut. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1924, 5: 419-27.-----Ueber das Blut des Seebars. Jap. J. Med. Sc. 1925-32, 1: Biochem., 71.—Vaulont, H. Vergleichende Blutuntersuchungen; Untersuchung des Katzen- und Pferde- blutes. Zschr. Biol.., 1935, 96: 241-52.—Welsch, W. Das Blut der Haustiere mit neueren Methoden untersucht; Untersuchung des Schweine-, Schaf- und Ziegenblutes. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1923, 198: 37-55. BLOOD-BRAIN barrier. See Cerebro-spinal fluid; Meninges, Per- meability. BLOOD calcium. See also Blood chemistry; Calcium; also Blood, Chemistry [3.ser.] Ehrstrom, M. C. Eine Studie iiber die Be- deutung von Totalserumkalziumanatysen in der Klinik. 182p. 8? Helsin., 1934. Forms Suppl.58, Acta med. scand. Le Canuet, R. *Contribution a, l'etude du calcium sanguin et biliaire. 85p. 8? Par., 1933. Baumgartner, E. A., & Hubbard, R. S. Blood calcium studies. Clifton M. Bull., 1931, 17: 28-32.—Billigheimer, E. Ueber die Bedeutung des Kalks im Blut. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 1033; 1082.—Butturini, L., & Bianchi, V. Sui fenomeni di adsorbimento del calcio ematico. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 941; 1936, 11: 13-5. Also Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1936, 50: 73-82.—Bavies, B. T. Significance of the blood calcium. Lancet, Lond., 1930, 1: 149; 202.—Greenberg, B. M., & Larson, C. E. Evidence of adsorption experiments on the forms of cal- cium and inorganic phosphorus in blood serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 109: 105-21. Also repr.—Herzfeld, E., Lubowski, H., & Kriiger, R. Die klinische Bedeutung des Serumkalkspiegels beim Menschen; kritische Uebersicht (1923-28) Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1930, 41: 73-165.—Koller, K. Experimentelle Beitrage zur Blutkalkfrage nach biologischer Methode. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1924,102: 23-34—McLean, F. C, & Hastings, A. B. Clini- cal observation of the calcium-ion concentration in the blood. Proc. Inst. Med. Chicago, 1934-35, 10: 239—Moya, A. Valor clinico de la determinaeion de la calcemia. Med. ibera, 1927, 21: pt2, 493-5.—Richter-Quittner, M. Bemerkungen Uber den Blutkalk. Biochem. Zschr., 1921, 114: 58-62— Schultzer, P. [Calcium in blood] Hospitalstidende, 1925, 68: 157; 184; 202.— Schulze, F., & Scheller, E. Kalkgehalt in Blut und Eiter und seine Bedeutung. Arch. klin. Chir., 1925, 136: 763-73—Sexton, B.L. The diagnostic value of blood calcium estimation. Med. Clin. N. America, 1927, 11: 603-17.—Significance of calcium ion concentrations in the blood. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105: 372.— Szenes, A. Ueber Kalkrelation im Blute. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1921, 33: 649-60.—Thro, W. C, & Ehn, M. Calcium in the blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21, 18: 189; 1922-23, 20: 313.—Weil, M. P. L'etude de la calcemie ne ren- seigne en rien sur l'existence de phenomenes d'hyper- ou d'hypo- calcification. Gaz. med. France. 1930, 469-71. ---- Deficiency. See also Blood calcium, Endocrine aspects; also names of various diseases as Allergy; Intes- BLOOD CALCIUM 454 BLOOD CALCIUM tines, Diseases; Myotonia; Parathyroid, Defi- ciency; Rickets; Tetany; Tuberculosis, &c. Bliihdorn, K. Ueber die sogenannte calciprive Konstitution. Klin. Wschr., 1924,3:390.—Bodansky, A., & Jaffe, H. L. Hypo- calcemia following experimental hyperparathyroidism and its possible significance. J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 93: 543-9.—Bog - gess, J. W., jr. The clinical importance of low blood calcium with report of cases. J.M. Ass. Alabama, 1935-36, 5: 212-5.— Brown, G. T., & Hunter, 0. B. Calcium deficiency in asthma, hay fever, and allied conditions. Ann. Clin. M., 1925, 4: 299- 306.—Cheymol, J., & Quinquaud, A. Sur la baisse de la calcemie du chien porteur d'une suppuration sous-cutan6e. Sang, Par., 1932, 6: 1000-3.—Corlette, C. E. Observations on calcium defi- ciency as a cause of certain diseases of animals and man. Med. J. Australia, 1928,1: 198-215. Also Vet. J., Lond., 1928, 84: 231; passim.—Chojnacki, W. [Hypocalcemia in blood dyscrasia] Lek. wojsk., 1930, 16: 413-21—Cooms, H. C, Pike, F. H., & Searle, B. S. The relation of contracture and tetany to experi- mentally produced calcium deficiency in cats, with and without lesions of the cortical motor areas. Endocrinology, 1935, 19: 421-31.—Fraser, A. H. H., Godden, W., & Auchinachie, B. W. On methods of determining the degree of calcium deficiency of sheep. Biochem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 157-61.—Friderichsen, C. [Hypocalcemia in an infant—hypercalcemia in the mother] Ugeskr. laeger, 1936, 98: 470.—Gardner, E. L. Calcium defi- ciency associated with functional gastro-intestinal disturbances in adults. Minnesota M., 1933, 16: 698-704.—Gerschmann, R. Parathyrolde et hypocalcemie fluorique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 411—Gley, E., & Bouckaert, J. J. Diminution d'exci- tabilite des nerfs vaso-dilatateurs, a la suite de la diminution des ions calcium du sang. Ibid., 1927, 96: 770-2.—Hypocalcemie morbid conditions; a review. North Am. Vet., 1935, 16: 32-1.— Kayser, F., & Klotz, H. P. Hypocalcemie et pertes de connais- sance d'origine indfiterminee. Paris med., 1936, 99: 124-8.— Lamy, E. Intoxications et hypocalcemie. Rec. mm. v6t., 1935, 111: 15-20.—LaVake, R. T. Calcium deficiency associated with functional gastrointestinal disturbances in adults. Minnesota M., 1933, 16: 503.—Lesbouyries, G. Syndromes d'hypocalcemie aigue chez les animaux. Rec. med. vet., 1932, 108: 129-50.— McKinna, W. R. Hypocalcaemia in the bitch. Vet. J., Lond., 1936, 92: 64.—Mendenhall, A. M., & Brake, J. C. Calcium defi- ciency in pregnancy and lactation. Am. J. Obst., 1934, 27: 800-7. Also repr.—Meyer May, J. Note sur un cas d'adenome parathyroidien avec hypocalcemie; dystrophic osseuse et creti- nisme. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1935, 12: 1126-9.—Mouriquand, G. Dystrophies calciques. Lyon med., 1925,136: 123-31.—Nes- bit, H. T. Clinical manifestations of calcium deficiency in in- fancy and in childhood. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1935,49: 1449-71 — Pianese, F. Gli effetti della ipocalcemia sperimentale in cavia gravida. Arch, ostet. gin., 1929, 2.ser., 16: 683-92,2pl.—Poletti, R. A., & Re, P. M. Crisi dolorose addominali e ipocalcemia. Riv. osp., 1927, 17: 369-84.—Preston, E. G. Calcium—its metabo- lism and deficiency as a rhinological and otolaryngological prob- lem. Virginia M. Month., 1934-35, 61: 694-7—Queiroz, L. de. A maior contribuicao alema de todos os tempos consubstanciada nas perturbagoes do intercambio nutritivo a luz de carencia de calcio. Pediat. prat., S. Paulo, 1934,5:1-18.—Ribadeau-Bumas, L., Bourguignon & Levy, M. Atonie congenitale, hypocalcemie, amelioration remarquable par les grosses doses de sterol irradie. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1931, 29: 110-7—Seekles, L., Sjollema, B., & Kaay, F. C. van der. Die Wirkungsweise des Calciums; das autonome Gleichgewicht im Rinderorganismus in Bezie- hung zu der Zusammensetzung des Blutserums bei experimen- teller und pathologischer Hypokalzamie; ein Beitrag zur Kennt- nis der Giftwirkung von Oxalsaure- und Citronensauresalzen nach intravenbser Einspritzung. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 244: 258-67.—Sincock, H. A. Calcium deficiencies in pregnancies and its influence upon the child. Wisconsin M.J., 1932, 31: 838-41. Also repr.—Smart, F. P. Unusual case of blood-calcium deficiency. Virginia M. Month., 1927-28,54:424-6.—Snyder, M. Unusual hemorrhagic disease due to hypocalcemia in a nutri- tional anemia. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1934, 35: 289-94.—Spadolini, I. Lesioni della mucosa intestinale nell' ipocalcemia speri- mentale da ossalati e da fosfati (ricerche sulla patogenesi della sindrome paratiroidopriva) Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena (1928) 1929, s.10, 3: 583-5. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 763-6. ----- L'ipocalcemia da tossine batteriche nella insuffi- cienza paratiroidea relativa. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena (1928) 1929, s.10, 3: 589-91. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 768-70. ----- Alterazioni della permeabilita intestinale nel- l'ipocalcemia sperimentale da ossalati e da fosfati. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena (1928) 1929, s.10, 3: 587. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928,3:766.—Timme, W. Some clinical aspects of a dimin- ished calcium utilization. Endocrinology, 1931, 15: 442-8. Also Internat. Clin., 1931, 4:166-74, 3pl— Weil, M. P. Carence calcique et manifestations dentaires. Gaz. med. France, 1930, 466. ----- Decalcifications alveblo-dentaires, calcemie et recalcification. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1931, 45: 263.—Wielage, M. F. Status calcifames. J. Dent. Res., 1932, 12: 76-8.—Wurtz, J. G. The relationship of calcium deficiency to disease. Hahne- mann. Month., 1935, 70: 6-12. ■---- Determination. See also Calcium, Determination. Alport, A. C. The accurate estimation of calcium in whole blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1924, 18: 455-9.—Amberg, S„ & Landsbury, J. Demonstration of small amounts of calcium. J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 78: xlvii—Aresu, M. Sobre las relacio- nes entre proteinas y calcio en los mfitodos de determinaeion por precipitation directa del suero. Clin. & lab., Zaragoza, 1929, 13: 196-204.—Baudouin, A., & Lewin, J. Sur le dosage du cal- cium dans le sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932,109: 636.—Bigwood, E. J., & Roost, G. Du dosage du calcium sanguin. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1931, 13: 1214-22.—Bull, H. Ueber den Ein- fluss der Failungsdauer auf die direkte Bestimmung des Cal- ciums im Blutserum und fiber die Grbsse des dialysablen' und des adialysablen Anteiles. Biochem. Zschr., 1929-30, 216: 228-32.—Carda, P. Determinaeion del calcio en sangre. An. Hosp. S. Jose, Madr., 1929-30, 1: 169-73.—Caven, W. R„ & Cantarow, A. A simple method for the determination of cal- cium in whole blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1926-27, 12: 76—Clark, E. P., & Collip, J. B. A study of the Tisdall method for the de- termination of blood serum calcium with a suggested modifica- tion. J. Biol. Chem., 1925, 63: 461-4.—Clark, G. W. The micro determination of calcium in whole blood, plasma, and serum by direct precipitation. Ibid., 1921, 49: 487-517.—Corte-Real, S. A proposito da calcemia e da sua determinacao. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1931, 49:203.—Befandorf, J. H. The effect of hydrogen-ion concentration upon the determination of calcium in blood serum phosphomolybdic acid centrifugates. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1935-36, 21: 65-7.—Be Toni, G. Metodi di dosaggio del calcio nei sangue; controllo sperimentale del metodo di Iansen e di quello di Mar- riott e Howland. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1922, 34: 124; 129; 145.—Buliere, W. L. Une methode pour la determination du bilan calcique. Rev. beige sc. med., 1934, 6: 787-96.—Fabre, R., & Betrois. Sur une cause d'erreur frequente dans le dosage du calcium du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 1127.—Fay, M. Strontium as a source of error in blood calcium determinations. Am. J. Physiol., 1926, 77: 73-5.—Freudenberg, E. Gleichzeitige Kalk- und Phosphorbestimmung im Blutserum des Sauglings ohne Sinuspunktion. Zschr. Kinderh., 1931, 51: 267-72.— Gille, B. Dosage clinique du calcium. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 490-2.—Greenberg, B. M., & Gunther, L. On the determi- nation of diffusible and nondiffusible serum calcium. J. Biol. Chem., 1929-30, 85:491-508. Also repr.—Grigaut, A., & Ornstein, I. Le dosage du calcium dans le serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 747-9.—Guillaumin, C. O. Constatations expe- rimentales sur la mesure du calcium sanguin apres separation oxalique; sa repartition entre les globules, et le plasma ou le serum. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1930, 12: 1269-97. Also J. pharm. chim., Par., 1931, 8.ser., 13: 65-76.—Gunther, A. An investigation into the methods of determining the blood calcium. Acta paediat., Upps., 1933-34, 15: 105.—Heiduschka, A., & Schmidt-Hebbel, H. Vergleichende Bestimmungen des Kalk- gehaltes in den verschiedenen Blutbestandteilen unter ver- schiedenen Bedingungen ihrer Gewinnung. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 253: 336-46.—Hendriks, M. J. The determination of the total calcium content of blood selrum. Biochem. J., Lond., 1929, 23: 1206-11.—Hermann, S., & Zentner, M. Die Beeinflussung des Serumkalks und seiner Zustandsform (Ca-Quotient) durch kalkfallende Sauren und Salze. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1934, 175: 500-8.—Hirth, A., & Klotz, A. Recherches sur la valeur du dosage du calcium dans le sang d'apres la methode de De Waard. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 1153; 89: 49—Holtz, F. Ueber Serumkalkanalyse. Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 889.—Kahn, M., & Hadjopoulos, L. G. A clinical method for the quantitative estimation of calcium in blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21,18: 200—Kramer, B„ & Howland, J. The quantitative estimation of calcium, magnesium, phosphate, and carbonate in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 68: 711-9. ----- & Tisdall, F. F. The clinical significance of calcium concentration in the serum of children and possible- errors in its determina- tion. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1921, 22: 560-4— Kramer, B., & TisdaU, F. F. A simple technique for the determination of calcium and magnesium in small amounts of serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 47: 475-81.—Kugelmass, I. N. Nomograms for the calcium-ion concentration of blood and body fluids. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1935, 7: 358-61.—Kummer, H., & Minkov, G. Dosages du calcium sangujn. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921,85:863 — Labbe, H„ & Toni, G. de. Methodes de dosages du calcium dans les sang; controle experimental des methodes de Jansen et de Marriott et Howland. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1921, 7.ser., 25: 247-55.—Lebermann, F. Ueber eine neue klinische Methode der Mikrokalziumbestimmung im Blutserum. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1924, 71: 1392.—Ling, A. R., & Bushill, J. H. The esti- mation of calcium in blood. Biochem. J., Cambr., 1922, 17: 403-6.—Lunardoni, L. F., & Miraglia, G. Nuova tecnica per il dosaggio del calcio nei sangue. Rass. clin. ter., 1931, 30:1-7.— McLean, F. C, & Hastings, A. B. Clinical estimation and significance of calcium-ion concentrations in the blood. Am. J.M. Sc, 1935, 189: 601-13—Manceau, P. A. A. Dosage du cal- cium dans le sang. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1926, 74: 635-9.— Marenzi, A. B., & Gerschman, R. Estudio comparativo de algunos metodos de determinaeion de la calcemia. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1933, 9: 375-80.—Maugeri, S. Un metodo semplice par la determinazione del calcio nei sangue. Gior. clin. med., Parma, 1932, 13: 473-6.—Mazzocco, P. Dosage du calcium du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 689.—Melli, G. II dosaggio del calcio nei sangue; un nuovo micrometodo. Policlinico, 1927, 34: sez. med., 517-36.—Mestrezat, W. La solubilite de l'oxalate de chaux dans l'eau dans ses rapports avec les micro-mfithodes de dosage du calcium dans le sang et les humeurs. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1923, 5: 263-5.—Mouriquand, G., & Leulier. Causes d'erreur dans le dosage du calcium. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1925, 23: 374-85.—Nordbo, R. Mikro-Calciumbestim- mung im Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 246: 460-2.—Ohmi, K. Study on the micro-determination of calcium in blood. Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis., Tokyo, 1923, 2: 559-62—Pagel, C. Do- BLOOD CALCIUM 455 BLOOD CALCIUM sage du calcium dans le sferum sanguin. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1930, 37: 254.—Patterson, J. Note on the determination of total calcium in blood-serum. Biochem. J., Lond., 1930, 24: 355.— Roe, J. H. The colorimetric estimation of blood serum cal- cium. J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 78: xlviii. ----- & Kahn, R. S. A colorimetric method for the estimation of blood calcium. Ibid., 1926, 67: 585; 1929, 81: 1-8.—Rosenthal, F. Methodisches zum Nachweis des gebundenen Kalks im Blutserum. Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 1140.—RothweU, C. S. The determination of calcium in whole oxalated blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1927, 74: 257-63. Also repr.—Samson, K. Zur gemeinsamen mikroche- mischen Bestimmung von Calcium und Phosphor im Blut. Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 1766.—Sohimmelpfeng, P. Ueber die Bestimmung des Calciums im Serum. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 183: 42-4.—Schwartz, I. Blood calcium determination, using standard calcium chloride solution. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1935-36, 21: 425-8.—Sharpe, J. S. A clinical method for the estimation of calcium in the blood and urine. Edinburgh M.J., 1926, n.s., 33: 27-30.—Shohl, A. T. The effect of hydrogen-ion concentra- tion upon the determination of calcium. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 50: 527-36.—Siwe, S. A. Einige Methoden zur Bestim- mung von Ca in kleinen Blutmengen. Biochem. Zschr., 1935, 278: 442-6.—Stanford, R. V., & Wheatley, A. H. M. The estima- tion of calcium in blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1925,19: 710-4.— Taubmann, G. Bestimmung des nicht-eiweissgebundenen Kalkanteils im Serum; Untersuchungen zur Methodik. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1934, 175: 182-8.—Tingey, A. H. The deter- mination of calcium in blood-serum and cerebrospinal fluid. Biochem. J., Lond., 1933, 27: 332-7.—Tisdall, F. F. A note on the Kramer-Tisdall method for the determination of calcium in small amounts of serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1923, 56: 439-41. Also repr.—Trevan, J. W., & Bainbridge, H. W. The estimation of calcium in blood-serum. Biochem. J., Lond., 1926, 15: 423-6.—Trmcao, C, & Corte-Real, N. S. Dosage du calcium sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931,107: 1165.—Van Slyke, B. B., & Sendroy, J. Gasometric determination of blood calcium. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1926-27, 24: 167.—Velluz, L., & Beschaseaux, R. Technique de microdosage du calcium dans le serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 977. ----- Recherches experimentales sur les techniques calcimetriques a l'oxalate. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1931, 13: 797-808 — Villela, G. G. Calcemia (estudo de conjuncto sobre o papel do calcio no sangue) Sciencia med., Rio, 1929, 7: 166.—Watson, E. M. As an aid in the estimation of blood calcium. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1927-28, 13: 670.—Weiss, R. Eine einfache Methode zur quantitativen Bestimmung des Kalkgehaltes im Blut. Deut. med. Wschr., 1921, 47: 1298. -----■ Mein verbesserter Hamo-Kalzimeter. Ibid., 1923, 49: 855.—Widmark, G., & Vahl- quist, B. Zur Mikrobestimmung von Calcium und Phosphor im Blute und in Geweben. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 23: 245-52.— Yoshida, M. The leach method of blood analysis; a new micro- method; determination of blood-calcium and note on Yoshi- matsu's blood calcium method. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1933-34, 22: 467-70.—Yoshimatsu, S. A new colorimetric method for the determination of calcium with 0.1 c.c. of blood. Ibid., 1930, 15: 355-62. ---- Distribution. Buckner, G. B., Martin, J. H., & Hull, F. E. The distribu- tion of blood calcium in the circulation of laying hens. Am. J. Physiol., 1930, 93: 86-9.—Cantarow, A. Calcium studies; the relationship between the calcium content of cerebrospinal fluid and blood serum. Arch. Int. M., 1929, 44: 670-5.—Cheymol, J., & Quinquad, A. Sur la teneur en calcium de differents sangs veineux; comparaison avec la calcemie arterielle; teneur plus eievee des sangs du cceur droit, jugulaire, femoral et pancrea- tique; teneur moindre du sang r6nal. C. rend. Soc biol., 1932, 111: 291.—Emerson, W. C. The distribution of calcium in jaun- diced and acholic dogs. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1928-29, 14: 122-30 — Gulacsy, Z. von, & Schbnberger, S. Ueber den Calciumgehalt der roten Blutkorperchen im menschlichen Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1932,251:162; 167.—Hertz, W. Die Verteilung des Kalkes im Serum. Ibid., 1930, 217: 337-45.—Jones, M. R. The calcium content of blood plasma and corpuscles in the new-born. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 49: 187-92—Kirk, P. L., & King, C. G. Calcium distribution in blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1925-26, 11: 928-35.—Larizza, P. Sul contenuto in calcio dei globuli rossi del sangue umano. Biochim. ter. sper., 1935, 22: 280-5.—Leiboff, S. L. The absence of calcium in the human red blood cell. J. Biol. Chem., 1930, 85: 759-64.—0wre, A. [Researches on difference of calcium contents in plasma and serum] Med. rev., Bergen, 1931, 48: 49-65.—Richter-Quittner, M. Ueber die Ver- teilung des Kalkes auf Blutkorperchen und Plasma, zugleich ein Beitrag fiber das Verhalten des Blutkalkes nach Kalkffit- terung. Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1921, 2: 217-32.—Rymer, M. R., & Lewis, R. C. Studies on the calcium content of human blood corpuscles. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 95: 441-9. Also repr.— Sokolovich, M. A contribution on the distribution of calcium content in blood of children. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1931, 12: 150-2.—Thomas, R. G. The distribution of calcium between blood plasma and erythrocytes. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1933, 11: 109-18. ■---- Effects. See also Calcium, Metabolism; Calcium, Pharmacology. Benigni, R. Considerazioni sul signiflcato fisiologico della presenza del calcio-jone nell' organismo. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1934, ll.ser., 2: 49— Colle, J. L'influence du calcium sur 1 excitabilite du cceur de la grenouille. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 786-9.—Beseo, B. E. The influence of calcium on the iso- metric response of the frog's heart. J. Physiol., Lond., 1926-27, 61: 484-8.—Fujimori, K. Clinical investigation of the influence of calcium upon the circulatory system; interpretation of the influence of calcium upon the electrocardiogram and the blood pressure. Acta Scholae med. Univ., Kyoto, 1933, 16: 41-6.— GaUuppi, A. Calcio e tono cardiaco; comportamento del calcio nei sangue. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1925, 4: 577-84.—Geiger, E., & Muller, L. [On the counteraction "of high and low Ca-concen- trations upon the carbohydrate delivery of isolated frog livers] Magy. orv. arch., 1926, 27: 30-7.—Gley, E., & von Kokas, E. Le calcium du sang et l'action des nerfs pilo-moteurs et des nerfs irido-dilatateurs. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 1108-11.— Gunther, F., & Heubner, W. Calciumwirkung und Calciumio- nen. Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 789—Guillaumin, C. O. Quelques points de la physiologie du calcium dans l'organisme humain. J. m6d. fr.,- 1925, 14: 402-6— Hazard, R„ & Wurmser, L. Re- cherches sur le mecanisme des effets cardiovasculaires de l'ion calcium. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 1181-4.—Kugelmass, I. N. Le mecanisme tampon des ions calcium. Ibid., 1924, 91: 397-9.—Lengyel, L. Beziehungen zwischen Serum-Calcium und Grundumsatz. Biochem. Zschr., 1934, 269: 133-49.—Loew, O. The effect of calcium on fertility and pregnancy. Med. J. & Rec, 1928, 127: 35—Massengale, O. N., & Nussmeier, M. The action of activated ergosterol in the chicken; the effect on the calcium and inorganic phosphorus of the blood serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1930, 87: 415-22. Also repr.—Meltzer. Die Bedeutung von Calcium und Magnesium beim Entzundungs- ablauf und beim Geschwulstwachstum. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 2982.—Meneghetti, E. Le ricerche di Luigi Sabbatani sull'azione biologica del calcio. Biochim. ter. sper., 1929, 16: 481-8.— Nakashima, K. Ueber die Bedeutung des Ca-Ions des Blutes. Aichi J. Exp. M., 1923-24, 1: H.3, 99-110, 6pl—Orten, J. M„ Smith, A. H., & Mendel, L. B. Relation of calcium to blood formation. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 1093-5 — Roche, A., & Roche, J. Sur le role du calcium dans l'action de l'enzyme glycolytique et de la phosphatase du sang; localisation de cette action sur la formation d'un ether phosphorique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 804-6.—Schein, H., & Riesser, 0. Ueber die Abhangigkeit der Narkoticawirkung am Muskel von der Calciumkonzentration und die Bedeutung des Calciums ftir die Erregbarkeit der motorischen Nervendigungen. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1934-35, 177: 463-74—Schretzenmayr, A. Ueber die Gefasstonuswirkung und den Angriffspunkt des Calciums. Ibid., 1931, 161: 630-40— Seekles, L., Sjollema, B., & Kaay, F. C. van der. Die Wirkungsweise des Calciums; die Wirkung von intravenosen Calciumsalzeinspritzungen auf des Herz von Rindern mit gestortem mineralem Regulierungsmechanismus; die Abhangigkeit der Herzwirkung des Calciums von der mine- ralen Zusammensetzung des Blutserums. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 243: 316-29.—Valatx, A. Role du calcium dans le sang, Progr. med., Par., 1935, 570-83.—Yamawaki, H. Welche Rolle spielt der Calciumgehalt im Blute und in der Nahrfltissigkeit bei der Erregbarkeit des Kaninchendarmes Adrenalin und Adrenalon gegentiber? Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1935, 14: 965-76. ---- Electrophoresis. Behrendt, H. Ueber die Einwirkung von Bicarbonat und sekundarem Phosphat auf die Dissoziation des Calciums. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1924,146:318-22.—Greenberg, B. M. The electrical transference of calcium in blood serum protein solutions. J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 79: 177-82—Peretti, G. Elettroforesi del calcio nei siero di sangue e nei suo dializzato. Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1933, 35: 284-90. ■----- Ulteriori ricerche sulla elettroforesi del calcio diffusibile nei siero. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 780-2. ----- Elettroforesi del calcio dif- fusible in alcuni liquidi biologici. Ibid., 782-5. ----- In- fluenza del pH sulla elettroforesi del calcio diffusible nei siero. Ibid., 785-8. ----- Elettrodialisi di sistemi artiflciali di CaCh citrati alcalini. Ibid., 1331-3. —---- Comportamento del calcio nella elettrodialisi del siero di sangue e del suo dializ- zato. Ibid., 1333-6. ---- Endocrine aspects. See also names of endocrine diseases and glands as Myxedema; Parathyroid; Thyreotoxicosis, &c. Jau-Hsiang Wu. *Thymus-Milz-Implanta- tion und Kalkstoffwechsel beim Kaninchen. 15p. 8? Freib. i. Br., 1929. Albright, F., Bauer, W. [et al.] Studies on the physiology of the parathyroid glands; the relation of the serum calcium to the serum phosphorus at different levels of parathyroid activity. J. Clin. Invest., 1930-31, 9: 659-77.—Arthus, A., & Jedrzejowska, A. Parathyroidectomie et vitamine D; influence sur le calcium sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 105.—Badouin, A., Azerad, E., & Lewin, J. Recherches sur la regulation de la cal- cemie chez le lapin; influence de l'appareil, thyro-parathyro'idien. Ibid., 1932, 111: 295-8.—Bar, G. F. J. M. Weitere Beobachtun- gen tiber den Kalkgehalt des Blutes und des Blutplasmas am partiell parathyreoidexstirpierten Hunde und Bestimmungen der Grosse des Blutkalziumgehalts bei einigen Patienten mit Tetaniesymptomen. Endokrinologie, 1928, 1: 421-30.— Berencsy, G. [Calcium and parathyroid problem] Budapesti BLOOD CALCIUM 456 BLOOD CALCIUM orv. ujs., 1930, 28: 339-46.—Berman, L. A crystalline substance from the parathyroid glands that influences the calcium content of the blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1923-24, 21: 465.— Beznak, A. Die Alenge des physiologisch diffusiblen Ca im Serum normaler und parathyreopriver Hunde. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 225: 305-11. Also Magy. orv. arch., 1932, 33: 21; 86. ----- [Relation of endocrine organs and of diet to the serum calcium] Ibid., 1931, 32: 438-50. ----- [Correlation of the tetanic symptoms and the Ca and inorganic P content of the serum in parathyroidectomised dogs] Ibid., 1932, 33: 253-63.— Biedl, A. Ein Versuch, durch Rbntgenbestrahlung der Epithel- korperchen den Kalkstoffwechsel zu beeinflussen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 251.—Binswanger, F. Die experimentelle Epithelkbrpercheninsufflzienz im Spiegelbild des Blutkalks. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 819.—Bisbini, B. L'importanza della calcemia nei Basedowiani e mixedematosi. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Modena, 1929-30, 30: 1-5.—Blinov, A. Serocalcemie chez le cobaye; influence de l'hyperthyroidie et de la castration. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 187.—Bodansky, A., & Jaffe, H. L. Experimental chronic hyperparathyroidism in dogs without hypercalcemia. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 797 — Bomskov, C, & Falck, J. Die Bedeutung des Nebenschild- driisenhormons ftir die Regulation des Kalkhaushalts; iiber blutkalkspiegelsenkende und -erhohende Substanzen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 87: 662-7.—Bouckaert, J. J., & Regniers, P. Calcium, parathyroidectomie et reflexes vasomoteurs du sinus carotidien chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 920-3 — Cahane, M. [Role of endocrin glands in calcium metabolism] Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1934, 23: 703-14— Castex, M. R., & Schtein- gart, M. Calcemia y tiroides. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1925, 1: 637-40.—Cheymol, J., & Quinquad, A. Sur les echanges de cal- cium normaux, de ehiens prives de leurs glandes genitales, chien emascule et chienne ovariectomisee; l'ablation ulterieure des parathyroides est suivie, chez la chienne, de la baisse habituelle de la s6ro-calc6mie. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 195: 287. ----- Sur la baisse du calcium dans le sang du chien, apres l'ablation soit des parathyroides, soit de l'appareil thyroidien tout entier (parathyroides et thyro'ide) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 4-7. ----- Sur revolution de la baisse du calcium dans le sang du chien, apres l'ablation des parathyroides. Ibid., 7-9. ----- Sur la baisse de la calcemie du chien prive d'appareil thyroidien; influence de l'anesthesie au chloralosane. Ibid., 528-30. ----- Sur la baisse de la calcemie du chien, priv6 de parathyroides, apres avoir, un temps, ingere de l'ergosterol irradie (vitamine D) J. pharm. chim., Par., 1932, 8.ser., 15: 185.—ChiateUino, A. Ripercussioni sulla calcemia e sul ricambio del calcio in alcuni interventi sull' apparato tiro-paratiroideo. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1934, 40: 854-7.—Chidester, F. E. Endocrine function, the sympathetic nervous system, and calcium. Clin. M.&S.. 1934, 41: 267.—Condorelli, L. Turbe della regolazione della calcemia negli animali paratiroidectomizzati. Endocr. pat. cost., Roma, 1927, n.s., 2: 61-7.—Bavidson, C. F. Calcium metabolism and the parathyroid glands. Northwest M., 1927, 26: 181-6 — Belavenne, E. Calcemie et syndrome parathyro'idien. Bull. med., Par., 1934, 48:126-8.—Bell' Acqua, G. Ueber den Einfluss einiger Hormone auf den Mg- und Ca-Gehalt des Blutes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1935, 96: 357-61.—Bixon, T. F. The in- fluence of ovarian and anterior pituitary hormones on calcium metabolism. Biochem. J., Lond., 1933, 27: 410-8.—Esau, J. N., & Stoland, O. 0. Blood phosphorus and serum calcium in parathyroid deficiency. Am. J. Physiol., 1930, 92: 1-24.—Filip- pini, G. Splenectomia e calcemia. Monit. endocr., 1934, 2: 656.—Frugoni, P. Contenuto totale in calcio e fosforo di ratti tireoparatireoprivi ed in eccesso di parathormone. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1934, 58: 237-52.—Gasparini, A., & Cengiarotti, G. B. Ricerche sperimentali sulle modiflcazioni determinate dalla ischemia delle paratiroidi sulla calcemia e sulla struttura ghian- dolare. Riv. pat. sper., 1932, 8: 298-315, 2pl.—Gregoire, R. Influence de l'ablation des parathyroides normales sur la cal- cemie. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1933, 59:874-6. Also Techn. chir., Par., 1933, 25: 208. ----- Lyonnet & Belavenne. De l'influence de la parathyroidectomie sur la calcemie. Sang, Par., 1933, 6: 790-802—Heath, C. W., Bauer, W., & Aub, J. C. The effect of thyroid on calcium metabolism. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1925-26, 23: 699—Herxheimer, G. Nebenschild- drtisen, Tetanie und Kalkstoffwechsel. Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 5-8.—Hoffmann, F., & Anselmino, K. J. Ueber die Wirkung von Hypophysenvorderlappenextrakten auf den Blutkalkspiegel. Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 44—Jung, A., & Chinassi Hakki, A. De l'influence des operations parathyroidiennes sur la calc6mie chez I'homme. C. rend. Soc biol., 1931, 108: 40-2. Also Gaz. hop., 1931, 104: 1249.—Leicher, H. Der Calciumgehalt des menschlichen Blutserums und seine Beeinflussung durch Storungen der inneren Sekretion. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1922-23, 141: 85-116. Also Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1922, 34. Kongr., 417-9.—Leites, S. Die endokrinen Driisen und der Blutkalk. Biochem. Zschr., 1924, 150: 183-94.—Lewis, J. T., & Gerschman, R. Action de la greffe parathyroldienne sur la cal- cemie des ehiens normaux ou parathyroi'dectomises. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 1281-3.—Linder, G. C. The effect of para- thyroid hormone and of tuberculosis on the serum and tissue calcium of guinea-pigs. Biochem. J., Lond., 1935,29:2095-100.— Lucchese, G. Variazioni della calcemia dopo simpaticolisi dell' apparato tiro-paratiroideo. Valsalva, 1934, 10: 641-9.— McLean, F. C, Barnes, B. O., & Hastings, A. B. Influence of thyro-parathyroidectomy and of parathyroid hormone upon state of calcium in serum of the cat. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 32: 253-5—Mathieu, F. Observations concernant 'action du corps jaune sur la calcemie chez la chienne en insuffi- sance parathyroldienne chronique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 1373. ----- Observations sur la fraction adsorbable du calcium serique dans l'insuffisance parathyroldienne aiguB et chronique. Ibid., 1935, 120: 99-102—Messini, M. La cal- cemia in rapporto all' azione del timo e dell' ergosterina irradiata. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1932, 7: 945—Mirvisch, L. Calcium metabolism, and the effect upon the calcium blood-level of the parathyroid and ovarian hormones. S. Africa M. Rev., 1926, 24: 419-27.—Miwa, T. On the relationship between hormone and the effect of non-specific cell activity (ultraviolet) on the se- rum calcium. J.M. Coll. Keijo, 1931, 1: 276.—Molfese, R. Fattori vitaminici ed ormonici nei ricambio del calcio. Gior. Accad. med., 1934, 97: 230-41.—Molinari-Tosatti, P. Distribu- zione del calcio e del fosforo nei vari organi e tessuti di ratti in eccesso ed in carenza di ormone paratiroideo. Sperimentale, 1934, 88: 504-26—Oppel, V. A. [Function of epithelial bodies and the level of calcium in blood serum] Med. biol. J., 1928, 4: 9-12.—Parhon, C. I., & Berevici, H. Action de la thyropara- thyroidectomie, de la spienectomie et de ces deux interventions combinees sur certains constituants chimiques du sang (Ca, K, rapport K/Ca, cholesterol, phosphore mineral et phosphore total) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 1398-400.—Ratner, Y. A., & Mandelstamm, E. I. [Calcium in the blood in endocrino- vegetative disorders] Vrach. gaz., 1930, 314: 1804-10.—Reiss, M., Winter, K. A., & Halpern, N. Ueber den Einfluss von Thymus- und Milzextrakten auf den Kalkstoffwechsel. Endo- krinologie, 1929, 5: 230-41.—Sakaian, P. [Changes of cal- cium contents in blood in certain disturbances of internal secre- tion] Vest, khir., 1926, 4: no.16, 54-62.—Shapiro, H. A., & Zwarenstein, H. Metabolic changes associated with endocrine activity and the reproductive cycle in Xenopus laevis; the effects of gonadectomy and hypophysectomy on the calcium content of the serum. J. Exp. Biol., Lond., 1933, 10: 186-95.— Shelling, B. H. Calcium and phosphorus studies; the effect of calcium and phosphorus of the diet on tetany, serum calcium, and food intake of parathyroidectomized rats. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 96: 195-214.—Speranskaya-Stepanova, E. N. [Effect of the thyroid apparatus and sympathetic nervous system on the calcium content of the serum] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1930, 30: 593-601.—Spiegler, R. Die Bedeutung der Zustandsformen des Kalkes und ihre Beeinflussung durch das Parathyreoidea- Hormon. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1932-33, 93: 60-6.—Tweedy, W. R., & Chandler, S. B. Studies on the blood plasma cal- cium of normal and parathyroidectomized albino rats. Am. J. Physiol., 1929, 88: 754-60—UnderhiU, F. P., & Jaleski, T. C. The calcium and potassium content of dog tissues and the influence of thyroparathyroidectomy. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 101: 11-4.—Waldorp, C. P. Contenido calcico de la sangre en el hombre y su regulation por las glandulas de secretion in- terna en condiciones normales y patologicas. Prensa med. argent., 1925-26, 12: 1173; 1926-27, 13: 67; passim—Weiss, A. G„ Monguio, J., & Bernard, L. Influence de la parathyroide sur le calcium sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 12-4.—Welti, H. Anatomie chirurgicale des parathyroides; signification de la calcemie; le syndrome d'hypoparathyroidisme. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1933, 42: 33-139. -----& Jung, A. Anatomie chirurgicale des parathyroides; signification de la calcemie; le syndrome d'hypoparathyroidisme. J. chir., Par., 1933, 42: 501-13.—Zamaroni, V., & Guassardo, G. Paratiroidi; calcemia; eliminazione biliaire del Ca. Pathologica, Genova, 1930, 22: 341-8.—Zwarenstein, H. The endocrine glands and calcium metabolism. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1934, 9: 299- 331. ----- & Shapiro, H. A. Metabolic changes associated with endocrine activity and the reproductive cycle in Xenopus laevis; changes in the calcium content of the serum associated with captivity and the normal reproductive cycle. J. Exp. Biol., Lond., 1933, 10: 372-8. ---- Excess. See also Blood calcium, Variations; also names of various diseases as Bone, Tumors; Calcifica- tion; Sclerodermia; Vitamin D, Excess, &c. Charlin, A. *Calcification et calcemie [Lyon] 234p. 8? Trevoux, 1934. Jehanly, T. *Recherches sur les hypercal- c6mies provoquees. 40p. 8? Strasb., 1933. Achard, C, & Ornstein, I. La calc6mie dans les maladies aigues. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 749-51.—Adamson, G. I., Boyd, W., & Cameron, A. T. Malignant disease and hypercal- caemia. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1936, 35: 308-10.—Archi, A. Ulte- riori ricerche sulla calcemia provocata; raffronti tra riserva alca- lina e tasso calcemico. Riv. clin. med., 1936, 37: 152-61.— Binet, L., & Blanchetiere, A. Recherches sur la calcemie; l'in- fluence de la traversee pulmonaire sur le calcium sanguin; l'hypercalcemie asphyxique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 511.— Birk, B. J., & Huber, H. H. Hypercalcemia and hypophos- phatemia; simulating hyperparathyroidism; report of 3 cases. Wisconsin M.J., 1936, 35: 36-40.—Bittker, I. I. Hyperparathy- roidism—with blood phosphorus and calcium changes. J- Michigan M. Soc, 1935, 34: 381-3— Brown, J. S. High blood calcium; case reports. Pennsylvania M.J., 1934-35, 38: 620 — Carreras Pico, J., & Iglesias Vicente, A. Estudios sobre calcemia normal y patologica. Arch, med., Madr., 1931, 34: 49-57.— Collazo, J. A., Resa, R., & Fernandez Cruz, A. Efecto hipercal- cemico y antitetanico de la extirpation de la zona del corpusculo carotideo. Aled. ibera, 1935, 29:177-9—Bi Natale, L„ & Canger, BLOOD CALCIUM 457 BLOOD CALCIUM G. L'ipercalcemia provocata. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1934, 22: 517-24.—Domini, G. II comportamento e las struttura delle surrenali nella ipercalcemia sperimentale. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1931, 6:1113-8.—Gasparini, A. Ipercalcemia sperimentale e ischemizzazione delle paratiroidi. Morgagni, 1933,75:767-72 — Gerschmann, R. Parathyroides et courbe hypercalcemique. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1930,104:413.—Gonzalez-Aguilar, J., & Busto, H. F. Calcemia, paratiroides y patologia osea. Progr. clin., Madr., 1931, 39: 3-10.—Greenberg, D. M., & Tufts, E. V. The formation of a colloidal form of calcium phosphate in the blood stream in experimental hypercalcemia. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: xxxii.—Guillaumin, C. 0. Calcium et calcemie chez I'homme. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1932, 14: 85-196.— Gutman, A. B., Tyson, T. L., & Gutman, E. B. Serum calcium, inorganic phosphorus and phosphatase activity, in hyperpara- thyroidism, Paget's disease, multiple myeloma and neoplastic disease of the bones. Arch. Int. M., 1936, 57: 379-413.—Ham, A., & Portuondo, B. C. Relation of serum calcium to pathologic calcifications of hypervitaminosis D. Arch. Path., Chic, 1933, 16:1-14. Alsorepr.—Iacobovici, I. [Case of parathyroidectomy for ankylosing polyarthritis with hypercalcemia] Rev. chir., Bucur., 1932, 35:—Ignacio, L. Calcemia e biotypo. Brasil med., 1935, 49: 1053.—Kaplan, Le Melletier & Broguet. Un cas de dysplasie periostale avec hypercalcemie et hypercalciurie; amelioration par les rayons ultra-violet. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1935, 33: 648-56. Also Arch. med. enf., 1936, 39: 162-8 — Nitzescu, I. I. Le role du foie dans l'hypercalcemie parathy- roldienne. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol., 1932, 194.—Palacios Costa, N., Escardo, F., & Schere. S. Calcemia en el recien nacido. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1934, 10: 273-8.—Silva Jardim, A. F. da. Calcemia na infancia. Fol. med., Rio, 1933, 14: 428-31.— Simarro, J. Sobre hipercalcemia, reumatismos cronicos y para- tiroides (a proposito de los abusos de la paratiroidectomia) Rev. med. Barcelona, 1934, 22:19-23.—Stearns, G., & Boyd, J. B. Calcium and phosphorus studies in a case of clinical hyperpara- thyroidism. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 717.— Villela, G. G. Calcemia (estudo de conjuncto sobre o papel do calcio no sangue) Sciencia med., Rio, 1929, 7: 166; 203.—Vitek, J., & Markalous, E. [Calcemia with muscular hyperactivity in certain diseases of the nervous system; contribution to the study of electrolytic regulation in the organism] Cas. lek. cesk., 1932, 71: 929; 972; 1008.—Weil, M. P. L'hypercalcemie, test d'hyperparathvroidie. Gaz. med. France, 1930, 471-3. ----- & Guillaumin, C. O. La calcemie. Gaz. hop., 1930,103: 1425-9. --- Forms. Zainal. *Over het ultrafiltreerbare deel van het calcium van het bloedserum onder normale en pathologische omstandigheden. 118p. 8? Amst. [1931] Andersch, M., & Oberst, F. W. Filterable serum calcium in late pregnant and parturient women, and in the newborn. J. Clin. Invest., 1936, 15: 131-3.—Benjamin, H. R. The forms of the calcium and inorganic phosphorus in human and animal sera; the nature and significance of the filtrable, adsorbable calcium- phosphorus complex. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 100: 57-78. ---- The forms of the calcium and inorganic phosphorus in human and animal sera; a reply to Greenberg and Larson. Ibid., 1935, 109: 123-9. -----& Hess, A. F. Normal, rachitic, hypercalcemie, and other conditions. Ibid., 1933, 100: 27-55.— Beznak, A. Der Zustand des Ca im Blutserum von normalen und parathyreopriven Hunden. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 225: 295-304.—Bokay, Z. Untersuchungen tiber den Zusammenhang zwischen dem Eiweiss und dem Kalziumgehalt des Serums. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1925, 3.F., 58: 93-101—Brull, L., Poverman, R., & Lambrechts, A. Influence des sels neutres sur l'ultrafiltra- bilite du calcium du serum. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931,108:1165 — Budde, O., & Freudenberg, E. Ueber die Dissoziation des Blutkalks. Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 232—Cantarow, A. Calcium studies; the effect of parathyroid extract on the diffusibility of calcium in human beings. Arch. Int. M., 1929, 44: 834-42.— Csapo, J. The influence of proteins on the solubility of calcium phosphate. J. Biol. Chem., 1927, 75: 509-15— Eversole, W. G. The nature and amount of non-diffusible calcium in protein sols. Ibid., 1934, 105: 515-8. ----- Ford, L. A., & Thomas, G. W. The nature and amount of non-diffusible cal- cium in protein sols. Ibid., 104: 107-14. Also repr.—Fetterly, M., & Maughan, G. H. The stability of calcium in the saliva and blood. Am. J. Hyg., 1931, 14: 723-5.—Greenberg, D. M. A comparison of ultrafilterable serum calcium and cerebrospinal fluid calcium in humans. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 514-7. ----- The nature and amount of non-diffusible calcium in protein sols; remarks on the paper by Eversole, Ford, and Thomas. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: 511-3. Also repr. -----& Greenberg, L. B. Is there an unknown com- pound of the nature of calcium citrate present in the blood? Ibid., 1932, 99: 1-15.—Greenberg, D. M., & Gunther, L. Dif- fusible calcium of the blood stream; influence of agents which affect blood calcium; on calcium distribution and inorganic phos- phate of the serum. Arch. Int. M., 1932, 50: 855-75. Also repr—Greenberg, B. M., Larson, C. E., & Tufts, E. V. Colloidal calcium phosphate of blood and calcium partition in serum. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 647-50—Gregory, R., & Andersch, M. The filterable calcium of blood serum; a com- parison of filterable calcium of serum and total calcium of cere- brospinal fluid in normal, hyperparathyroid, and hypopara- thyroid states. Am. J.M. Sc, 1936, 191: 263-71—Herrmann, S., & Zentner, M. Die Bestimmung der verschiedenen Zu- standsformen des Serumcaloiums. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1934, 176: 583-90—Hertz, W. Der ultrafiltrierbare Anted des Serumkalkes. Zschr. Kinderh., 1929, 47: 215-25.—Hoesch, K. Ueber den kolloidalen Blutkalk. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1936, 98: 239-46.—Irving, L. The solubility of calcium in serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 68: 239-43—Kleinmann, H. Ueber die Bedingungen der Kalkablagerung in tierischen Geweben; die Zustandsform des Calciums in Geweben und Gewebssaften. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 196: 98-145—Klinke, K. Zustandsform des Serumcalciums und ihre pathologische Bedeutung. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 791-4.----- Neue Beitrage zur Frage des Calciumzustandes in den Korperflussigkeiten. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 213: 177-89—Kuthy, A. von, & Banga, H. Die hydrotrope Lbsung des Ca, mit Bezug auf die Losung des Ca im Blutserum. Ibid., 1931, 230: 458-65—Liu, S. H. The par- tition of serum calcium into diffusible and non-diffusible por- tions. Chin. J. Physiol., 1927, 1: 331-44—Loeb, R. F. On the diffusibility of the calcium of blood serum through collodion membranes; the effect of sodium chloride and changes in hydro- gen-ion concentration. J. Gen. Physiol., 1923-24, 6: 453-6. ----- The effect of pure protein solutions and of blood serum on the diffusibility of calcium. Ibid., 1925-26, 8: 451-61. ----- & Nichols, E. G. The influence of proteins on the diffusibility of calcium. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1924-25, 22: 275. ----- Factors influencing the diffusibility of calcium in human blood serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1927, 72: 687-94.—McLean, F. C, & Hastings, A. B. The state of calcium in the fluids of the body in health and in disease. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1934, 49:76-81. ----- The state of calcium in the fluids of the body; the conditions affecting the ionization of calcium. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 108: 285-322. Also repr—Marrack, J., & Thacker, G. The state of calcium in body fluids. Biochem. J., Lond., 1926, 20: 580-94.—Meysenbug, L., von, & McCann, G. F. The diffusible calcium of the blood serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 47: 541-6.—Meysenbug, L. von, Pappenheimer, A. M. [et al.] A method for its determination. Ibid., 529-39.—Mond, R., & Netter, H. Ueber den Zustand des Calciums im Serum. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1926, 212: 558-68.—Moritz, A. R. The state of the serum calcium in experimental hypo- and hypercalcemia. J. Biol. Chem., 1925, 66: 343-51. Also repr. -----■ & Goldblatt, H. Studies on the state of the serum calcium. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1925-26, 23: 111-3.—Nicholas, H. O. Diffusible serum calcium by high pressure ultrafiltration. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 97: 457-64. Also repr.—Nitschke, A. Ueber die Zustandsform des Calciums im Serum. Biochem. Zschr., 1925, 165: 229; 1928, 192: 123. -----& Freyschmidt, H. J. Ueber die Zustandsform des Calciums im Serum. Ibid., 1926, 174: 287-92.—Shelling, B. H., & Maslow, H. L. The effect of sodium citrate, acetate, and lactate on the ultrafiltrability of serum calcium. J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 78: 661-9. Also repr.—Smith, R. G. Non diffusible serum-calcium at various calcium phosphate and hydrogen-ion concentrations. Biochem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 1615-23.—Snell, A. M. The diffusibility of the calcium in the blood serum under normal and pathologic conditions. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1930, 5: 17-20.—Stella, G. Sullo stato del carbonato e del fosfato di calcio nelle ossa e nei sangue. Arch, fisiol., Fir., 1927, 25: 606-17—Taylor, M. W., & Russell, W. C. The diffusible calcium in the serum of laying and non- laying hens. J. Agr. Res., 1935, 51: 663-7—Bpdegraff, H., Greenberg, B. M., & Clark, G. W. A study of the distribution of the diffusible and nondiffusible calcium in the blood sera of normal animals. J. Biol. Chem., 1926-27, 71: 87-117.— Weinshank, O. B. Biological properties of protein calcium and their clinical significance. Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 129: 424-6. Also repr. ---- Normal values. See also Blood calcium—in children; Blood calcium—in women. Ayub, W. *Le taux de la calcemie et le meta- bolisme du calcium a l'etat normal et patholo- gique. 72p. 8? Geneve, 1935. Wyss, E. *Recherches sur la teneur du sang en calcium. 23p. 8? Geneve, 1923. Andersen, W. T. [Some researches on the calcium contents in blood] Hospitalstidende, 1925, 68: 1177-93—Bethke, R. M„ Kick, C. H., & Wilder, W. The effect of the calcium-phos- phorus relationship on growth, calcification, and blood compo- sition of the rat. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 98: 389-403—Brems, A. Untersuchungen fiber das Verhaltnis zwischen dem Kalium- und Calcium-Gehalt des Blutserums und der probatorischen Adrenalinreaktion. Acta med. scand., 1927, 66: 207-26. ----- Ueber den Kalium- und Calcium-Gehalt des Blutserums unter normalen und unter gewissen pathologischen Verhaltnissen. Ibid., 473-83—Cadbury, W. W., & Ting, T. Y. Blood calcium in southern Chinese. Chin. M.J., 1935, 49: 700-2. Also repr — Cernatesco, R., & Ornstein, I. Sur le calcium et le sodium pro- teiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 786-8—Cristini, R. II substrato biochimico periferico delle distonie (i disturbi del- l'equilibrio calcio-potassio) Riv. pat. nerv., 1934, 43: 460-3 — Bepisch, F. Ueber den Kalziumgehalt von Blut und Liquor. Wien Arch. inn. Med., 1926, 12: 189-92.—Bi-Foutsin. Unter- suchungen tiber den Calciumgehalt des menschlichen Serums. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 170: 321-5—Elmslie, W. P., & Steen- bock, H. Calcium and magnesium relations in the animal. J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 82: 611-32—Fraser, A. H. H. The reciprocal BLOOD CALCIUM 458 BLOOD CALCIUM relationship of calcium and inorganic phosphorus of the blood of sheep. Biochem. J., Lond., 1932, 26: 2166-8.—Greenwald, I. The relation of the concentration of calcium to that of protein and inorganic phosphate in the serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 93: 551-61.—Guimaraes Villela, G. Calcemia normal no Rio de Janeiro. Sciencia med., Rio, 1928, 6: 119-24.—Harrell, C. L. Blood-serum calcium in the Negro. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1929, 19: 350-2.—Harvey, B., & Vint, F. W. A note on the post- mortem calcium content of the blood serum and cerebro-spinal fluid of the East African native. Kenya E. Afr. M.J., 1931, 8: 240-5.—Herzfeld, E., & Lubowski, H. Klinische Untersuchun- gen uber den Kalkspiegel des menschlichen Blutserums. Deut. med. Wschr., 1923, 49: 603; 638.—In, K. Ueber den Einfluss der Ca-, und K-Ionenverschiebung im Blut auf die Darm- und Uterusbewegung in situ; tiber die Veranderungen der Darm- und Uterusbewegung bei der CaCh- oder KCl-injektion. Keijo J.M., 1933, 4: 379-401.—Janson, A. A. Blood calcium; a labora- tory study of the relationship between total calcium, diffusible calcium, and inorganic phosphorus. Illinois M.J., 1934, 66: 91-5.—Jarova, A. A. [Relative quantity of calcium contained in human blood and in the blood of some animals] Omsk. med. J., 1927, 2: 17-21.—King-Li-Pin, Woo-Ping-Soung & Shih-Yuan- Kao. Recherches sur la teneur du sang en phosphore et en calcium suivant le regime alimentaire dans la Chine septentrio- nale. Contr. Inst. Physiol. Nat. Acad. Peiping, 1934, 1: 35-45, 2ch.—Kylin, E. Der Gehalt des Blutes an Calzium und Kalium. Acta med. scand., 1927, suppl. 19, 1-112. -----& Silfversvard, B. Blut-Kalk-Studien; Technik; physiologische Blutkalk- werte. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1924, 43: 47-50.—McLean, F. C, & Hinrichs, M. A. The inverse relationship between calcium and phosphate in the blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 109: lxiii.—Maz- zocco, P. Le calcium sanguin chez diverses especes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 690. Also Rev. As. med. argent., 1921, 35: sect. soc. biol., 141-53.—Melli, G., & Cammarella, C. Ricerche sul rapporto fra calcio e fosforo nei plasma. Policlinico, 1934, 41: sez. med., 1-16.—Melli, G., & Levi Bella Vida, B. II bilan- cio del calcio e del fosforo in rapporto alia iper- ed ipofun- zione sperimentale delle paratiroidi. Arch. sc. biol., Bologna, 1934-35, 20: 303-28.—Moraczewski, V. Be. Sur la relations des sels de calcium du sang et de la teneur en graisses de la nourri- ture. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol., 1932, 64-6.—Odinet, J. Calcemie et phosphatemie. Bull. m6d., Par., 1934, 48: 186-9 — Oltramare, H. Recherche de la teneur en calcium du sang. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1924, 54: 55.—Pa wan, J. L., & Camps- Campins, J. Notes on the serum calcium of inhabitants of Trinidad, B.W.I. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1931-32, 25: 91-8.—Rix, E., & Ehrhardt, L. Ueber die Beziehungen des Kalium/Calciumquotienten des Kaninchenserums zum Fett- stoffwechsel. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1936, 98: 748-54.—Roe, J. H., & Kahn, B. S. A note on the normal serum calcium con- tent of man. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1927-28, 13: 762.—Rosen, I., & Krasnow, F. A note on the calcium content of the serum of normal adults. Ibid., 1926-27, 12: 157.—Spiro, P. Klinische Untersuchungen fiber das Calcium-Kalium-Gleichgewicht im Organismus. Zschr. klin. Med., 1929, 110: 58-93.—Stewart, C. P., & Percival, G. H. Studies in calcium metabolism; the calcium content of corpuscles, plasma, and serum. Biochem. J., Lond., 1928, 22: 548-58.—Wagoner, G. Present views of cal- cium-phosphorus metabolism. Am. J.M. Sc, 1936,191: 511-5.— Weill, J. La teneur du serum normal en calcium total et en calcium ultrafiltrable. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 925. ---- Regulation. See also Blood calcium, Endocrine aspects; Parathyroid. Badouin, A., Lewin, J., & Azerad, E. Recherches sur la regulations de la calcemie chez le chien; influence du systeme osseux. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 367. ----- Sur la regu- lation de la calcemie chez le chien; influence de la rate. Ibid., 1934, 115: 1633-6.—Becka, J. Alagnesium als Regulator des Calciummetabolismus. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 67:253-9.— Bogliotti, G. C, Castellani, T., & Meloni, O. Calcio ematico e sistema neuro-vegetativo; rapporti tra glicemia, calcemia e pressione arteriosa nell' uomo in varie condizioni sperimentali. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1935, 59: 653-64.—Hazard, R. Calcium et sympathique; recherches sur la possibilite d'un antagonisme entre le calcium et l'yohimbine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 195-8.—Hetenyi, G. Die Blutkalkregulation im menschlichen Organismus; Fragestellung und Methodik. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1924, 43: 123-30. ----- Die kalkaraemische Reaktion bei Gesunden. Ibid., 131-6. -----& Gaal, A. von. Die Blut- kalkregulation im menschlichen Organismus; die Wirkung von Adrenalin, Atropin und Pilocarpin. Ibid., 1931, 75: 516-21. Also Mschr. ungar. Med., 1930, 4: 240-5.—Hoff, F. Die Bezie- hungen zwischen Blutbild, Saurebasenhaushalt und Kalium- Kalzium-Haushalt; Beitrag zur Frage der vegetativen Regula- tion des Blutes. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1930, 42: 281-96.—Lanczos, A. Freiwerden von Calcium durch Reizung der Herznerven. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1934-35,177: 752-4. ----- Freiwerden von Calcium bei Reizung des Sympathicus. Ibid., 1935-36, 180: 312-8.—Maiweg, H. Abhangigkeit der Calciumionisation von der Bicarbonatmenge in physiologischer Salzlbsung und im Serum. Biochem. Zschr., 1922-23,134: 301-7.—Matwejew, B. N. Der Kalziumgehalt im Blut in Abhangigkeit vom Atmungs- charakter. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1929, 63: 1119-27.—Taba- nelli, M. Ricerche sui rapporti fra simpatico, calcemia e para- tiroidi. Arch. ital. chir., 1934,38:189-220. Also Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1934,40: 573-7. ---- Variations. See also Blood calcium, Deficiency; Blood calcium, Effects. Fleischmann, K. *Der Kalkegehalt im Serum bei Oxalsaure- und Fluorvergiftung [Munchen] 16p. 8? Fiirth (Bayern) 1927. Riesenfeld, W. * Ueber die Veranderung des Kalkspiegels im menschlichen Blutserum bei Inhalation von Kalk und Adrenalin. 25p. 8? Bresl., 1925. Schurer, R. *Versuche iiber die Wirkung intravenoser Injektionen von arteigenem, er- warmtem und bestrahltem Blut auf den Ca- und P-Spiegel im Kaninchen-Serum. 22p. 8? Lpz., 1931. Agnoli, R. Azione della ergosterina irradiata sopra il tenore in calcio e magnesio del sangue. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 543-6.—Angelelli, O. II tasso di Ca nei siero di sangue dopo la emiparatiroidectomia e dopo interventi chirurgici praticati in narcosi eterea. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1930, 38: 472-4.— Archi, A. Osservazioni sulle curve calcemiche dopo iniezioni endovenose di soluzioni calciche a diverse caratteristiche chimico fisiche. Riv. clin. med., 1935, 36: 452-66.—Aresu, M. Mecanis- mo di azione del calcio e particolarmente del cloruro di calcio sul sangue nell' uomo. Studium, Nap., 1921, 11: 352-6 — Austoni, B., & Coggi, G. Variazioni della fosfatasi delle ossa e del plasma di animali con alterato metabolismo calcico. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1934, 40: 480-2.—Bauer, W., & Ropes, M. W. The effect of calcium lactate ingestion on serum calcium. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 1902^.—Baumgartner, E. A., & Hubbard, R. S. The effect of parathyroid extract on the blood calcium. Clifton M. Bull., 1931, 17: 143-9—Berg, B. N., Hess, A. F., & Sherman, E. Changes in the percentage of calcium and phos- phorus of the blood following section of the sympathetic and vagus nerves. J. Exp. M., 1928, 47: 105-14.—Berman, L. The effect of a protein-free acid-alcohol extract of the parathyroid glands upon the calcium content cf the blood and the electrical irritability of the nerves of parathyroidectomized and normal animals. Am. J. Physiol., 1925-26, 75: 358-65.—Billigheimer, E. Der Calciumspiegel im Blute und seine Beeinflussung durch verschiedene Gifte. Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 256-8.—Bisbini, B, Comportamento del calcio, sodio e potassio nei sangue in condi- zioni normali e patologiche. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1926, 5: 167-84.—Bischoff, G. Nebenschilddrfisenhormon und Ergoste- rinhypercalcamie. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1930, 188: 247-50.— Blum, L., Aubel, E., & Hausknecht, R. Modification dela com- position minerale du sang et des humeurs apres ingestion de chlorure de calcium. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 1159-62 — Bodansky, A., & Jaffe, H. L. Parathormone dosage and serum calcium and phosphorus in experimental chronic hyperpara- thyroidism leading to ostitis fibrosa. J. Exp. M., 1931, 53: 591-604.—Bosio, P. Variazioni della calcemia dopo nebuliz- zazioni di lattato di calcio. Clin. & igiene inf., 1933, 8: 69-76 — Bouisset, L., & Buclos, G. Le calcium et le potassium dans le sang des cbiens totalement gastrecomises. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 1360-2.—Brown, G. E., & Roth, G. M. The reduction of hypercalcemia in cases of polycythemia vera by phenyl- hydrazine. J. Clin. Invest., 1928, 6:159-69.—Cabitto, A. Modi- flcazioni delle frazioni del calcio ematico provocate dalla iperor- monizzazione paratiroidea. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1934, 16: 221-8.—Cajal, M. [Serum calcium and acetylsalicylic acid (Cal- mopirin) in pediatric medicine] Romania med., 1933, 11: 29.— Careddu, G., & Cento, R. Le variazioni del tasso calcemico nei siero di sangue in rapporto con la somministrazione di ergoste- rina irradiata e con I'influenza dei radi ultravioletti. Pediatria (Riv.) 1933, 41:1349-66—Chiray, M., Marcotte, A. [et al.] Varia- tions du calcium sanguin et du calcium biliaire chez I'homme, sous l'influence des injections de gluconate de calcium et d'extrait parathyroidien (calcemie et calcibilie provoqu6es) Presse mfd., 1933, 41: 2109-11—Clark, G. W. The effects of citrates, malates, and phosphates upon the calcium balance and the calcium content of the blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21, 18: 165. ----- The effect of ultraviolet light on the condition of calcium in the blood. Am. J. Hyg., 1923, 3: 481 — Bay, P. L. The effect of long-continued parathyroid adminis- tration upon the body calcium and phosphorus of albino rats. J. Nutrit., 1930-31, 3: 157-60.—Bi Renzo, F., & Tomasino, A. Ricerche sul contenuto in calcio e in potassio del sangue in se; guito ad iniezioni endovenose ed endomuscolari di alcuni sali di calcio. Riv. pat. sper., 1930-31, 6: 232-46— Birr, K. Der Ein- fluss von glyzerinsaurem und von glukonsaurem Kalzium auf den Kalziumgehalt des Serums bei verschiedener Zufuhr. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1934. 81: 1694.—Bemole, V., & Fromherz, K. Serumcalcium und Organverkalkungen unter der Wirkung von bestrahltem Ergosterin. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1929,146: 347-60. Also Strahlentherapie, 1929, 34: 632—Benis, W...A Corley, R. C. The study of the effect of excessive calcium in- gestion on the calcium content of tissues with and without the application of ultra-violet light. J. Biol. Chem., 1925,66: 609-18.—Borlencourt, H. Action comparee de l'ingestion de divers sels calciques sur le taux de la calc6mie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 1594-6.—Ellsworth, R. Secondary alterations in total serum calcium after the administration of glucose and in- sulin. J. Clin. Invest., 1930, 8:139-46. -----& Futcher, P. H. BLOOD CALCIUM 459 BLOOD CALCIUM The effect of parathyroid extract upon the serum calcium of nephrectomized dogs. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1935, 57: 91-8.—Esau, J. N-, & Stoland, O. 0. Blood phosphorus and serum calcium in normal and parathyroidectomized dogs treated with parathormone. Am. J. Physiol., 1930, 92: 25-34.— Fanton, E., & Santagiuliana, N. Sulla terapia delle sindromi calcioprive con l'ergosterina irradiata. Clin, pediat., Mod. 1930, 12: 139-67.—Freeman, S., Kant, E. R., & Ivy, A. C. The serum calcium response to ingested calcium. J. Biol. Chem., 1935-36,112:1-7. Also repr.—Galindez, L., Blanco, M. F. [et al.] La irradiation de la paratiroides en las hipercalcemias. Rev. m6d. lat. amer., B. Air., 1932-33, 18: 189-91—Garrahan, J. P., & Muzio, E. Accion del ergosterol irradiado sobre la fosfatemia y la calcemia. Arch, argent, pediat., 1935, 6: 97-9.—Geiger, A. La distribuzione del calcio nei sangue sotto l'azione dell' adrena- lina (esperimenti in vitro) Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1927, 2: 7_9 —Greaves, J. E., & Maynard, E. J. Influence of calcium phos- phorus intake on bovine blood. J. Agr. Res., 1934, 48: 1033- 41 —Greenwald, I. The effect of the administration of calcium saits and of sodium phosphate upon the calcium and phosphorus metabolism of thyroparathyroidectomized dogs, with a consid- eration of the nature of the calcium compounds of blood and their relation to the pathogenesis of tetany. J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 67: 1-28.—Greville, G. B. Study of the blood-calcium fol- lowing the intravenous injection of calcium salts. Biochem. J., Lond., 1931, 25: 1931-42.—Harris, L. J., & Stewart, C. P. The effect of excessive doses of irradiated ergosterol on the calcium and phosphorus content of the blood. Ibid., 1929, 23: 206-9 — Havard, R. E., & Hoyle, J. C. Vitamin D in adults; its effect on the calcium and inorganic phosphate of the blood. Ibid., 1928, 22: 713-6 —Hazard, R., & Vaille, C. Variations du calcium san- guin chez le lapin soumis a l'action de la morphine, de la caf6ine et de la strychnine. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1934, 16: 235-47.—Hess, A. F., Benjamin, H. R., & Gross, J. The source of excess calcium in hypercalcemia induced by irradiated ergosterol. J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 94: 1-8. Also repr.—Hess, Berg, B. N., & Sherman, E. Alterations in the calcium level of the blood following section of the spinal cord. J. Exp. M., 1928, 47: 115-20.—Hess, A. H., Weinstock, M., & Rivkin, H. Source of increase in serum calcium induced by irradiated ergosterol. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 199— Hetenyi, G., & Gaal, A. von. Die Blutkalkregulation im menschlichen Or- ganismus; die Wirkung von Sauren und Basen auf die Blutkalk- regulation. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926-27, 53: 841-50.—Hoag, L. A., Rivkin, H. [et al.] Effect of potent parathyroid extract on calcium balance in infants. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1927, 33: 910-25.—Jodlbauer, A. Der Kalkverlust im Blute bei Vergif- tung mit Oxalaten und Fluoriden; ein Beitrag zur Kalkwan- derung im Organismus. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1932, 164: 464-8.—Jones, J. H., Rapoport, M., & Hodes, H. L. The source of excess calcium in hypercalcemia induced by irradiated ergosterol. J. Biol. Chem., 1930, 89: 647-56. Also repr — Jones, J. H., & Rapoport, M. Further observations on the rela- tion of calcium and phosphorus intake to the hypercalcemia and hyperphosphatemia induced by irradiated ergosterol. Ibid., 1931,93:153-66. Also repr.—Kahn, B. S. The effect of Kalzan on the blood calcium. Med. J. & Rec, 1928, 127: 600—Klinke, K. Zur Physiologie und Pathologie des Kalziumzustandes in den Korperflussigkeiten. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1927, 39. Kongr., 359-65.—Kylin, E. Blutkalkstudien; tiber die Ein- wirkung des Insulins auf den Blutkalkspiegel. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 52: 260. -----& Nystrom, G. Blutkalk-Studien; fiber die Einwirkung der intravenosen Kalkinjektion auf den Organismus, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Adrenalinreak- tion. Ibid., 1925, 45: 208-16.—Kylin, E., & Silfversvard, B. Blut-Kalk-Studien; tiber die Einwirkung der Ca-Atropin- Medikation auf den Blutkalkgehalt. Ibid., 1924, 43: 56 — Lasch, F. Ueber den Einfluss von bestrahltem Ergostenn (Vigantol) auf den Cholesterin- und Calciumgehalt des Blut- serums beim Erwachsenen. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 2148-50.— Leicher, H. Lichtwirkung und Blutkalk. Strahlentherapie, 1925, 19: 392-402.—Lieberman, A. L. Blood calcium changes following administration of calcium gluconate given subcutane- ously to normal and parathyroidectomized dogs and per os to human beings. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1931, 42: 245-52. ----- Blood and urine levels of calcium after peroral and deep muscu- lar administration of calcium gluconate in man. Ibid., 43: 139-45. -----& Szurek, S. A. Studies on calcium; effects of daily subcutaneous injections of calcium gluconate on thyro- parathyroidectomized dogs. Ibid., 41: 333-6.—Luciani, F. Ricerche sull' azione del fosfato tricalcico colloidale; influenza sulla calcemia e sulla fosfemia delle dosi capaci di dare choc letale nei eoniglio. Riv. biol., 1934, 17: 265-309—Marziam, R., & Spedini, F. Studi sperimentali sul metabolismo del calcio; Pipercalcemia provocata mediante iniezione endovenosa di calcio (la prova di carico) Arch, ortop., Milano, 1935, 51: 607-27—Mathieu, F. Action de Pergost6rol irradie sur la cal- cemie chez l'animal en insuffisance parathyroldienne chronique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 1375-7—Mathieu, P. La carence du calcium dans l'organisme: son traitement hydromm6ral. Prat. med. fr.. 1924, 3: 267-9.—Matthews, S. A., & Austin, W. C. The effect of the blood calcium level on the tolerance to magnesium; some observations on hypercalcemia induced by the parathyroid hormone. Am. J. Physiol., 1926-27, 79: 708-18—Mayer, R. Kalziumbestimmungen im Serum Gesun- der, Rachitischer und Spasmophiler, sowie nach Adrenalm- vorbehandlung. Arch. Kinderh.. 1921, 70: 170-84—Meghtzky, P. Zur Frage der Calciumgehaltschwankungen im Serum unter dem Einfluss einiger Faktoren. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1927, 55: 13-6.—Meneghetti, E. Influenza del magnesio sul calcio del sangue. Biochim. ter. sper., 1927, 14: 116.—Mercier, F., & Caramaounas, P. Influence de la sparteine sur la calcemie chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 1641-3.—Morgan, A. F., & Field, J. G. Effect of diet on response to parathyroid extract and vitamin D; the relation of calcium and phosphorus of the diet to response to parathyroid extract in rats. Am. J. Physiol., 1933, 105: 585-95.—Moritz, A. R. The effect of ultra-violet irradiation on the state of the serum calcium. J. Biol. Chem., 1925, 64: 81-9. Also repr.—Morris, N., Rennie, J. B., & Morris, S. On the effect of intravenous injection of glycine on the serum calcium. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1932,13: 132-4.—Nitschke, A. Darstellung einer den Calciumgehalt und einer den Phos- phatgehalt des Serums senkenden Substanz; Nachweis in Milz und Lymphknoten. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 65: 651-4.— Parhon, C. I., & Cahane, M. Sur la teneur en calcium du cer- veau et des reins chez les animaux ayant recu des injections de parathormone de Collip. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930,104: 518.— Parhon, C. I., & Warner, G. Influence des injections de glu- conate de calcium sur la calc6mie, la potass6mie et le rapport K/Ca. Ibid., 1932, 110: 820— Paulian, B. E., Bistriceanu, I. & Bragomirescu, G. [Variations in calcemia from the effect of ultra-violet rays in man] Spitalul, Bucur., 1933, 53: 8-11.— Peters, J. P., & Eiseron, L. The influence of protein and in- organic phosphorus on serum calcium. J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 84: 155-66.—Petrella, A. Le variazioni calcemiche dopo som- ministrazione di gluconato di calcio per via gastrica, endomusco- lare, endovenosa ed inalatoria. Rass. ter. pat. clin., 1933, 5: 763-75, ch.—Previtera, A. Variazioni del contenuto in calcio nei siero di sangue di animali sottoposti a sezione dell' arteria tiroidea superiore. Arch. ital. chir., 1932, 32: ISO; 1933, 34: 846 — Pulay, E., & Richter, M. Untersuchungen tiber den Mineral- gehalt des Blutes und seine experimentelle Beeinflussung; Beeinflussung des Blutkalkes durch Adrenalin. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1925-26, 48: 582-9.—Rodecurt, M. Ueber das Kalk- problem (unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung experimenteller Untersuchungen tiber den Einfluss der Hyperemesistherapeu- tika auf den Kalzium- und Kaliumspiegel des menschlichen Blutserums) Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1930, 97: 447-69— Roh- mer, P., & Woringer, P. L'action du phosphate de soude sur la calcemie du nourrisson. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 575-7 — Rubegni, R. Lo stato del calcio ematico in varie condizioni sperimentali. Clin. med. ital.. 1934, 65: 633-57.—Salvesen, H. A. Du calcium du sang (facteurs qui en provoquent la diminution) Acta med. scand., 1926, suppl. no.16,286.—Sannicandro-Chiddo.G. Ricerche sulle variazioni quantitativi del Ca del sangue in seguito ad iniezioni parenterali di glucosio e saccarosio. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1929-30, 49:1-8.—Schoch, A. C. Influence of viosterol hypercalcemia on skin irritability of dogs. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1932, 25: 835-9. Also repr.—Seekles, L., Sjollema, B., & Kaay, F. C. van der. Der Herz- und Lungenef- fekt von intravenbs zugefuhrtem Calcium in Beziehung zu der Konzentration und dem chemischen Zustand des Calciums im Blutserum, nach Versuchen an Rindern. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1931-32, 64: 536-46.—Shelling, B. H. Effect of calcium and phosphorus of diet on tetany and serum calcium of para- thyroidectomized rats. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1930-31, 28: 301-3. ----- Effect of viosterol on serum calcium of para- thyroidectomized rats. Ibid., 303-5. ----- Calcium and phosphorus studies; the source of excess serum calcium in vios- terol hypercalcemia. J.Biol. Chem., 1932, 96: 229-43. ----- Asher, B. E., & Jackson, B. A. Calcium and phosphorus studies; the effects of variations in dosage of parathormone and of calcium and phosphorus in the diet on the concentrations of calcium and inorganic phosphorus in the serum and on the histology and chemical composition of the bones of rats. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1933, 53: 348-89—Shelling, B. H., & Jack- son, B. A. Effect of prophylactic and curative doses of stand- ardized viosterol on human tissues: necropsy report of 13 cases showing no tissue damage. Ibid., 1934, 55: 314-34.—Sherrill, J. W., & Copp, E. F. F. Changes in blood serum calcium follow- ing the administration of parathyroid extract. California West. M., 1926, 24: 183-8.—Siwe, S. A. Zur Frage des Totalcalcium- gehaltes des Serums und der Beeinflussung desselben durch die bei Tetania infantum tibliche symptomatische Therapie. Zschr. Kinderh., 1934-35, 57: 396-408—Smith, R. G., & Stern- berger, H. R. Diffusible and non-diffusible blood serum cal- cium following intravenous injections of calcium salts. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 96: 245-57. Also repr.—Spies, T. B., & Hanzal, R. F. Experimental production of hypercalcemia in human beings by means of irradiated ergosterol. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 31: 747-50. Also repr.—Stewart, C. P., & Percival, G. H. The effect of administration of parathyroid on the serum calcium. Q.J. Med., Oxford, 1926-27, 20: 349- 52.—Streimer, L., & Fink, R. Untersuchungen tiber die Beein- flussung des Blutkalkspiegels. Strahlentherapie, 1934, 50: 705-13.—Surace, F. Ricerche sulle variazioni quantitative del Ca del sangue e della cute in condizioni normali e patologiche. Dermosifilografo, 1932, 7: 255-71—Taylor, N. B., Weld, C. B., & Sykes, J. F. Observations upon the nature of the calcium compound in the serum following parathormone or ergosterol overdosage. Tr. R. Soc. Canada, 1933, 3.ser., 27: sect.5, 247-52.—Tillett, W. S. Ueber den Einfluss hamostypti- scher Medikation auf den Kalkgehalt des Blutes. Wien. med. Wschr., 1922, 72: 2023-5.—Tokumaru, T. Die Wirkung einiger aromatischen Guanidinderivate auf den Blutkalkspiegel am Kaninchen. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1933, 45: 2944—Toscano Rico, J. Sur Taction hypercalc6miante des injections intra- veineuses des solutions de KC1. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: BLOOD CALCIUM 460 BLOOD CALCIUM 1056.—Tweedy, W. R. Plasma calcium raising principle of bovine parathyroid glands. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1926- 27, 24: 147.—Vignes, H., & Pote, H. Action du mercure et du bismuth sur la teneur de l'organisme en calcium. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932,110:1204. ----- Action de l'arsenic, de l'argent, de l'or et de i'iode sur la teneur de l'organisme en calcium. Ibid., 1206.—Vines, H. W. C. The replacement of the serum calcium and thyroid gland in rabbits after intravenous injections of oxalate. Endocrinology, 1927, 11: 290-6.—Warkany, J., & Wasitzky, A. Untersuchungen fiber den Kalkgehalt des Blut- serums bei D-Hypervitaminose. Zschr. Kinderh., 1929, 48: 442-6.—Weil, M. P. Therapeutique de la carence calcique. Gaz. med. France, 1930, 473.—Woringer, P. L'action des rayons ultraviolets sur la calcemie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 1100-63—Ziegler, M. R., Hansen, A. E., & McQuarrie, I. Varia- tions in plasma phosphatase, P, Ca, and glucose following ad- ministration of glucose and calcium glycerophosphate. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1931, 28: 913. ---- Variations, pathological. See also names of diseases as Allergy; Epilepsy; Fracture; Rheumatism; Sprue, &c. Achard, C, & Ornstein, J. Le calcium dans le serum et le plasma du sang et dans les serosites pathologiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 1217—Belogorodsky, V. M. [Quantitative study of Ca in surgical and endocrine diseases] Vest, khir., 1926, 7: no.21, 58-70—Caltabiano, B. Influenza del pretratta- mento con calcio sulla glicemia, sul calcio e sul pot*ssio del siero nell'ipertermia passiva. Rass. ter. pat. clin., 1936, 8: 257-64.— Cantarow, A. The diffusibility of calcium in bronchial asthma and allied disorders, and in pulmonarv tuberculosis. Am. J.M. Sc, 1930, 179: 497-506— Carco, P. II contenuto in calcio nei sangue di infermi con rinite vasomotoria con o senza asma; nota preventiva. Boll. Soc. biol. sper., 1926, 1: 440.—Castelli, G. II comportamento del calcio totale nei sangue in alcune forme di batteriemia e di tossiemia sperimentale. Ibid., 1927, 2: 606-9.— Filipenko, P. B., & Folomina, V. V. [Contents of calcium in the blood in neuropsychic diseases] Sovrem. psikhonevr., 1930, 10: 350-2.—Freeman, S., & Farmer, C. J. Calcium partition in blood serum in vascular hypertension and in experimental hyper- vitaminosis D. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 970 — Gavrila, L, & Began, G. [Calcemia in normal and pathologic conditions] Cluj. med., 1931, 12: 318-31.—Genck, G., & Bliih- dorn, K. Der Kalkspiegel des Blutes und Lumbalpunktates bei todlich verlaufenen Krankheiten des Sauglings- und Kindesal- ters. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1923, 3.F., 52: 83-92.—Glaser, F. Die Bedeutung der Serumkalkschwankungen bei Hypnosen, funk- tionel'.en Neurosen und im Fieber. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 373.—Greenberg, B. M., & Gunther, L. The diffusible cal- cium of the blood serum in allergic diseases. Arch. Int. M., 1930, 46: 72-4. Also repr.—Grigorieva, T. S. [Calcium content of blood serum in surgical inflammatory diseases] Vest, khir., 1931, 24:140-6—Gunther, L., & Greenberg, B. M. The diffusible calcium and the proteins of the blood serum in malignant dis- eases. Arch. Int. M., 1930, 46:67-71. Also repr.—Harrell, C. L. Blood serum calcium; its relation to disease. Virginia M. Month., 1928-29, 55: 629-33.—Herbert, F. K. The calcium of whole blood, serum, and plasma in human diseases, including tetany. Biochem. J., Lond., 1933,27:1975-7. ——■ The total and diffusible calcium of serum and the calcium of cerebrospinal fluid in human cases of hypocalcaemia and hypercalcaemia. Ibid., 1978-91.—Horowitz, P. The calcium content of the blood in gout and arthritis; preliminary report. Am. J.M.Sc, 1926, 171: 560-8, pi.—Jakovleva, A. P. [Determination of calcium in blood in various diseases] Russ. klin., 1925, 4: 165-73.— Jung, A., & Chinassi Hakki, A. Etudes sur la calcemie; 100 dosages du calcium serique dans divers etats pathologiques; affections osseuses et osteo-articulaires, sclerodermic, retraction de l'aponevrose palmaire, cheloides et autres. Rev. chir., Par., 1932, 70: 537.—Kiang, P. C. Calcium in the sera of rabbits under certain experimental pathological conditions. Chin. J. Physiol., 1930, 4: 159-74.—Koechig, I. The calcium content of the blood in pathologic conditions. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1923-24, 9: 679-85.— Martin, E. Les variations de la calc6mie dans les etats patholo- giques et leur signification. Odontologie, Par., 1935, 73: 769-79. Also Rev. m6d. Suisse rom., 1935, 55: 813-24.—Meysenbug, L. von. Diffusible calcium in normal, rachitic, and experimental tetany blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21, 18: 270-2.— Parhon, C. I., & Ornstein, J. Sur la calcemie et la calcium- rachie chez les 6pileptiques ainsi que dans certaines psychoses. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1930,3.ser., 46: 742-4.—Percival, G. H., & Stewart, C. P. Pathological variations in the serum calcium. Q.J. Med., Oxford, 1925-26, 19: 235-48.—Rigano-Irrera, B. Ri- cerche sperimentali sul comportamento del tasso calcico nei siero di sangue e nelle ossa in animali portatori di fistole biliari. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1931, 10: 43-50.—Rojo Moreira, J. Las variaciones de la calcemia en la diabetes y en la fiebre. Arch. med., Madr., 1933, 36: 1394-8—Sakaian, P. G. [The effect of anaesthesia and surgical operation on the calcium contents in blood] Russ. klin., 1924, 1: 548 51— Salvesen, H. A. [The calcium content of the blood under normal and certain patho- logical conditions] Norsk mag. lsegevid., 1923, 84: 1047-52.— Siegler, A. La calcemie dans quelques etats pathologiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 1615—Spadolini, I., & Ferri, G. Sul comportamento del calcio totale nei siero di sangue di animali operati di resezione dei nervi mesenterici (contributo alio studio della sindrome paratiroidopriva) Arch, fisiol., Fir., 1926, 24: 254-78.—Tschiember. La calc6mie dans quelques etats patho- logiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 195-7.—Weill, J. Cal- cium total et calcium ultrafiltrable du s6rum en pathologie Ibid., 1932, 109: 927.—Winter, J. E. The effect of disease upon the calcium content of the blood. Kentucky M.J., 1932,30:204- 10.—Ygarzabal, J. E. Sobre el aumento del fndice calcemico en ciertos estados patologicos, mediante el empleo de la Cal anima- lizada. Sem. med., B. Air., 1928, 35: 1331-43. ---- Variations, physiological. Bakwin, H., & Bakwin, R. M, Seasonal variation in the cal- cium content of infant's serum. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1927, 34: 994-9.—Boynton, R. E., & Greisheimer, E. M. Individual varia- tion in serum calcium in normal men and women. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1931, 28: 907-13.—Ehrstrbm, M. C. [Psychic influence on the amount of calcium in blood serum] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1930, 72: 571-89. —--- Ueber Serumcalcium- Tageskurven. Acta med. scand., 1934, suppl. 59: 97-103.— Farquharson, R. F., & Tibbetts, B. M. Studies of calcium and phosphorus metabolism; on temporary fluctuations in the level of calcium and inorganic phosphorus in blood serum of normal individuals. J. Clin. Invest., 1931, 10: 271-86.—Glaser, F. Psychische Beeinflussung des Blutserumkalkspiegels (fiber psychophysische Reaktionen) Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 1492.— Greisheimer, E. M., Johnson, O. H., & Ryan, M. The relation- ship between serum calcium and age. Am. J.M.Sc, 1929, 177; 704-10.—Guillaumin, C. O. Sur les moyens d'etude courants des variations calcioues dans l'organisme. Progr. med., Par., 1928, 43: 439-43.—Hughes, J. S., Titus, R. W., & Smits, B. L. The increase in the calcium of hens' blood accompanying egg production. Science, 1927, 65: 264.—Laird, B. A., & Stephan, J. M. The relation of emotional tone to blood calcium. Med. J. & Rec, 1933,138: 223. Also repr.—Parhon, C. I., & Werner, G. La serocalcemie et la seropotassemie dans leur rapport avec 1'espece et l'age. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 1392-4. ---- Recherches sur la calcemie, la potassemie et le rapport K/Ca chez les animaux au cours de la periode de maternite (grossesse, lactation) et en dehors de cette periode. Ibid., Ill: 117.—Popo- viciu, G., Canciovici, B., & Oprean, R. L'influence de l'hyper- ventilation prolongee et du spasme intense sur le calcium et le potassium du sang. Ibid., 1934, 115: 899-902.—T6masson, H. Psychische Beeinflussung des Serumcalciumspiegels. Klin. Wschr., 1924,3: 2055. ---- in animals. Cheymol, J. *Experiences sur la sero- calcemie du chien. 173p. 8? Par., 1932. Emmerson, M. A. *Der Serumkalkspiegel beim Rinde mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Beziehungen zum Geschlechtsapparat [Zurich] p.355-80. 8? Berl., 1930. Also Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 226: Allcroft, W. M., & Godden, W. Changes in the calcium and magnesium of the serum and in the inorganic phosphorus of the blood of cows at calving and of the calf during early life. Biochem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 1004-7.—Bochkarev, P. V., & Banilova, M. P. Le calcium du sang des moutons normaux et des moutons ethyroides. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1929, 189: 304.— Bourne, M. C, & Campbell, B. A. Variations of serum-calcium in the rabbit. Biochem. J., Lond., 1932, 26: 183-95.—Cheymol, J., & Quinquaud, A. Sur la teneur du sang en calcium, chez le chien sejournant en cage. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1932, 14: 1046.-----Sur la teneur en calcium du sang arteriel du chien, suivant l'age, le sexe et le poids. Ibid., 1051.—Cormann, L. Ueber den Serumkalkwert bei normalen Kalbern und Rindern. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1924, 32: 515.—Culhane, K. Variations in the serum-calcium of rabbits. Biochem. J., Lond., 1927, 21: 1015-23.—Berevici, H. La serocalc6mie chez diff6rentes especes animales. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 925.—Frei, W., & Emmerson, M. A. Der Serumkalkspiegel beim Rinde mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Beziehungen zum Geschlechtsapparat. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 226: 355-80 — Grant, J. H. B., & Gates, F. L. Some factors affecting the levels of the serum calcium and phosphorus of normal rabbits. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1924-25, 22: 315-7.—Guyot & Bethoux. Hypocalcemie et calcitherapie en Cochinchine. Rev. vet. mil., Par., 1934, 18: 401-11.—Hermann, S„ & Zentner, M. Jahreszeit- liche Veranderungen von Serumkalkwerten bei Kaninchen. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1933. 172: 5-9—Hess, A. F., Bills, C. E. [et al.] Difference in calcium level of the blood between the male and female cod. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1927-28, 25: 349.— Ipponsugi, T. Experimental studies on calcium metabolism; on the calcium content in the serum of the rabbit. Mitt. allg. Path., Sendai, 1926, 3: 216-43.—Laskowski, M. Ueber den Cal- ciumzustand im Blutplasma der Henne. Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 260: 230-40—Little, W. L., & Mattick, E. C. V. The calcium content of cows' blood; the effect of feeding cod-liver oil. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1933, 13: 238-45.—Neseni, R. Der Blutkalcium: und Kaliumspiegel von Schlachtrindern und Schweinen bei verschiedenen physiologischen und pathologischen Zustanden. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1936,44:560-4.—Parhon, C. Lacalcemie chez les oiseaux males et chez les femelles pondeuses et couveuses. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 785.—Riddle, 0„ & Honeywell, H. E. Blood calcium in relation to sex in pigeons. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1924-25, 22: 222-5. BLOOD CALCIUM 461 BLOOD CELL .--- in children. Friedrich, E. *La teneur du sang en cal- cium chez l'enfant a l'etat normal et dans les fievres eruptives. 39p. 8? Par., 1923. Bakwin, H., & Bakwin, R. M. Factors influencing the cal- cium concentration in the serum of new-borns. Am. J. Hyg., 1932 15- 766-72.—Benis, W., & Talbot, F. B. Calcium in the blood of'children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1921, 21: 29-37 -Kerley, C G , Lorenz, E. J., jr., & Godfrey, E. R. Serum calcium and inorganic phosphorus determination in 294 children. Arch. Pediat, N.Y., 1935, 52: 243-9.—Mayer, R. Methoden und neuere Ergebnisse der Blutkalziumbestimmung beim Kinde. Arch Kinderh., 1921, 70: 212-21.—MoUtch, M., Weinstein, S., & Cousins, R. F. Serum calcium in normal boys. Am. J.M. Sc, 1933 186: 378-83.—Nohlen, A. Ueber den Serumkalkgehalt des Blutes Neugeborener und ihrer Mfitter. Zschr. Kinderh., 1926, 42- 60-5 —Schonig, A. Kalkbestimmungen im Blutserum von Mutter und Kind. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1928, 78: 32-47 — Schoenthal, L., & Lurie, B. K. Concentration of calcium and phosphorus in the serum of children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1933, 46- 1038-44. Also repr—Timpe, 0., & Hellmuth, K. Zur Biologie des Neugeborenen; vergleichende Untersuchungen Uber den Kalkspiegel und die Zustandsform des Calciums bei Mutter und Kind. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1931, 145: 411-22- uTmer, 0., Hillenberg, E., & Schimmelpfeng, P. Untersuchun- gen iiber den Kalk- und Phosphorgehalt des Blutserums bei Sauglingen. Arch. Kinderh., 1927, 82: 179-88.—Zamorani, V. Sul contenuto in Ca del siero di sangue nell' infanzia. Clin. & igiene inf., 1928,3: 67-94. --- in women. Aburel, E., & Ornstein, I. Considerations sur la calcemie en obstetrique. Gyn. obst., Par., 1931, 23: 30-56—Adler, M. Der Calciumspiegel des Blutserums wahrend der Gestationspenode. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1930, 143: 236-47.—Bod6, R., & Liebmann, S. [Researches on the calciumion-concentration of blood during puerperal eclampsia] Magy. orv. arch., 1926, 27: 478-81.—Carlo, R. S. II comportamento del calcio e del potassio e del loro rap- porto nei siero di sangue di gestanti sane con gravidanza e decorsq normale, e nei siero di sangue di non gestanti dopo iniezioni di estratti di placenta e di estratti follicolari. Arch, ostet. gin., 1934, 2.ser., 21: 131-72, 2ch— Bibobes, 1. S., & Koater, E. I. [Calcium content of blood in pregnancy, puerperium, lactation, in fetus, and in septic puerperal diseases] Mosk. med. J., 1927, 7• no 3 41-7 —Hoskins, F. M., & Snyder, F. F. Calcium content of maternal and foetal blood serum following injection of para- thyroid extract in foetuses in utero. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1927-28, 25: 264-6.—Imai, K. Estimation of the calcium content in the blood serum of mothers who are nursing infants having rickets. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1924, 2:174-6—Kylin, E. Blut- kalkstudien; Ca-Gehalt im Blutserum wahrend der Menstrua- tion. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1924, 43: 50-2—Malamud, T., & Mazzocco, P. La calcemie des femmes regiees ou en menopause. C rend. Soc. biol., 1923. 88: 396—Morosov, A. N., & Serdiukov, M. G. [Calcium contents of blood at various stages of pregnancy, in toxemia and puerperal conditions] Mosk. med. J., 1927, 7: 37-46—Mowry, A. E. The blood calcium during pregnancy. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1932, 26: 160-3—MuU, J. W., & BUI, A. H. Variations in serum calcium and phosphorus during pregnancy. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 30: 854-6. Also J. Lab. Clin. M., 1933, 18: 1034-41— Rickert, U. G„ & Palmerlee, F. A com- parative study of total salivary and blood calcium in varying types of individuals, with special reference to cases of pregnancy, focal infection. J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1924, 11: 783-91.—Widdows, S. T. Calcium content of the blood during pregnancy, mo- Chem. J., Cambr., 1923, 17: 34; 1924, 18: 555— Wodon, J. L. A propos de la calcemie au cours de la grossesse normale et patho- logique et particulierement de l'eclampsie convulsive. Bruxelles med., 1928, 8: 738-47. Also Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Pans, 1928, 17: 880. BLOOD CELL. See also Blood formation; Blood picture; Blood platelet; Erythrocyte; Hemoglobin; Histiocyte; Leukocyte; Lymphocyte; Monocyte, Reticulo- cyte; also Blood, Corpuscles [3.ser.] Burns, L. Studies in the osteopathic sciences; cells of the blood [v.4] 410p. 8? [n.p.] 1931. Jolly, J. Sang, propriety generates et mor- phologie. p.2-59. 8? Par., 1935. Traite physiol. norm. & path. (Roger & Binet) 2.6d., Par., 1935,7: Pappenheim, A. Morphologische Hamato- logie; Bd 1: die Zellen des normalen und patho- logischen Blutes. 766p. 8? Lpz., 1919. . Emmel, V. E. Studies on the non-nucleated cytoplasmic elements of the blood. Am. J. Anat., 1925-26, 35: 31, 2pl — Fahraeus, R. A rediscovered corpuscle in the fresh preparation of blood. Acta med. scand., 1924, 60: 12-21.-Hortnagl,, H. Ergebnisse der morphologischen Untersuchungen des Butes. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933, 46: 1446—Introzzi, P., & Bessylla, C. Contributo alio studio degli elementi reticoloistiocitari del sangue circolante. Haematologica, Pavia, 1932,13:126-43, pi.— Lewis, W. H. The engulfment of living blood cells by others of the same type. Anat. Rec, 1925, 31: 43-7, pi.—Mas y Magro, F. Note sur une nomenclature des cellules sanguines. Sang, Par., 1936, 10: 362-72—Milutinaia, E. N. [Morphology of the blood elements] J. akush. zhensk. boliez., 1925, 36: 141-6.— Rachmilewitz, M. Geschichte der Morphologie des Blutes von der Entdeckung der Blutkorperchen bis Rudolf Virchow. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1930, 41: 189-239—Sabin, F. R. Studies of living human blood-cells. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1923, 34: 277- 88, pi. Also Med. Woman J., 1924, 31: 247; 302—Urtubey, L. Macrofagos, clasmatocitos y c61ulas de Ferrata. Arch. card. hemat., Madr., 1925, 6: 229-51, 2pl— Vasiliu, T. Sur la presence des cellules primitives migratrices dans le sang circulant. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 934—Werthemann, A. Ueber die Um- wandlungsfahigkeit der Blutzellen, insbesondere in Gewebs- kulturen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1932, 62: 749. ---- Cell-plasma ratio. See Blood volume. Chemistry and metabolism. See also Blood, Ferments; Blood chemistry; also names of blood cells as Leukocyte, Chemis- try, &c. Roques, K. R. von. *Proteolytische Fer- rnente der Formbestandteile des Blutes. 21p. 8? Berl., 1914. Also Biochem. Zschr., 1914, 64: 1-12. Barron, E. S. G. Studies on blood cell metabolism; the effect of methylene blue on the oxygen consumption of the eggs of the sea urchin and starfish; the mechanism of the action of methylene blue on living cells. J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 81: 445-57.—Berg, W. Ueber histochemische Eiweissreaktionen an kbrperlichen Elementen des Blutes. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1923, 199: 656-9.—Boisy, E. A., & Eaton, E. P. The relation of the migration of ions between cells and plasma to the transport of carbon dioxide. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 47: 377-93.-Endres, G., & Herget, L. Mineralzusammensetzung der Blutplattchen und weissen Blutkorperchen. Zschr. Biol., 1928-29, 88: 451- 64 —Engelhardt, W. A. Ortho- und Pyrophosphat im aeroben und anaeroben Stoffwechsel der Blutzellen. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 227: 16-38.—Falta, W., & Richter-Quittner, M. Ueber die chemische Zusammensetzung der Blutkorperchen. Ibid., 1921, 114: 145-51.—Gabbe, E. Ueber Vorkommen und Be- deutung loslicher Schwefelverbindungen in den Blutkorper- chen Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 2077-81. ----- Untersuchungen fiber die Sulfhydrilgruppen der Blutkorperchen. Zschr. ges. exp Med., 1929-30, 69: 392-421—Hausler, H., & Loewi, 0. Ueber die Glucosefixation durch Blutkorperchen. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 214: 229.—Halfer, G. Sopra il comportamento dell'ossicromatina nucleare nelle varie cellule sanguigne. Mi- nerva med., Tor., 1927, 7: 125-7—Hogler, F., & Ueberrack, K. Ueber den Zuckergehalt der Blutkbrperchen. Biochem. Zschr., 1925 155: 123.—Irving, J. T. The degradation of glucose by the blood corpuscle of the rabbit. Biochem. J., Lond., 1926, 20: 613-9.—Mudd, S., & Mudd, E. B. H. On the surface composition of normal and sensitized mammalian blood cells. J. Exp. M., 1926 43- 127-42, 2pl. Also repr.—Nosaka, K. Studien tiber die kata'lytische Spaltung des H202 durch das Blut; uber die Blutkorperchen-Katalase. J. Biochem., Tokyo, 1928, 8: 311-30. ----- Ueber die sogenannte Hitzeaktivierung und den Ein- fluss einiger organischen Substanzen auf die Blutkorperchen- katalyse Ibid., 331-40.—Partos, A. Ueber den Milchsaure- und Kohlehydratstoffwechsel der Blutkbrperchen. Arch. ges. Physiol 1935, 236: 452-63.—Richter-Quittner, M. Ueber den Zuckergehalt der Blutkbrperchen. Biochem. Zschr , 1924 150: 492 Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1924-25, 44: 384-6.-Sbarsky, B. Adsorption von Eiweissabbauprodukten durch die Formele- mente des Blutes in vivo und in vitro. Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 135: 21-31. ---- Distribution. Kirchhoff, F. F. K. *Ueber die raumliche Verteilung der roten und weissen Blutkorperchen im stromenden Blut [Leipzig] 20p. 8? Zeu- lenroda i. Thur., 1932. ,,-•,,, Bianchini, G. La distribuzione degli elementi morfologici del sangue nei vasi del cadavere. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1922-23, 9 ser 14- 341-68.-Hino, I. Ueber die Verteilung der Blutkor- n'erchen im Organismus. Taiwan igakkai zasshi, 1924 no.232. Also Virchows Arch., 1925, 256: 30-80.-Hopmann, R. Die numerische Verteilung der weissen und roten Blutkorperchen innerhalb der Blutbahnen. Munch, med, Wschr 1923, 70: 261-4 — Pulcher, C. Sulla distribuzione degli elementi corpusco- lari del sangue provocata dal flusso sopra superfici di vetro. Boll Soc ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 333-5.-Reichel, J., & Monaste- rs G. Beitrage zur Frage der numenschen Verteilung der Frvthrocvten und Leukocyten an der Peripherie Klin. Wschr 1929 8: 1712-4.-Rbsler, 0. A. Das periphere Blutbild inter dem Einfluss von Tuschestapelung Ibid., 1923 2: 401.- Zieeler K Ueber die Verteilung der Blutzellen m der Blut- bahn. 'ibid., 1924, 3: 1481. BLOOD CELL 462 BLOOD CELL ---- Effect of various agents. See also name of agent. Baedorf, K. *Der Einfluss von negativ ioni- sierter Luft auf Leuko- und Thrombozytenzahlen [Frankfurt] 31p. 8? Bonn, 1933. Kop, W. A. *De normale verhoudingen der bloedcellen in de tropen [Normal behavior of blood cells in the tropics] 37p. 8? Leiden, 1920. Mouquin, M. *L'action des rayons X et en particulier des rayons penetrants sur les elements figures du sang. 192p. 8? Par., 1923. Backman, E. L., Edstrbm, G. [et al.] Action du chlorure de calcium et du citrate de soude sur la teneur du sang en thrombo- cytes et en leucocytes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 183-6. ----- Action de l'adr6naline, de l'histamine et de la nicotine sur le nombre des thrombocytes et des leucocytes du sang chez le lapin. Ibid.. 186-9. ----- Action de l'acetyl-choline, de la pilocarpine et de l'atropine sur le nombre des thrombocytes et des leucocytes du sang chez le lapin. Ibid., 190-3.—Backman, E. L., Grahs, E. [et al.] Influence de la sen6gine sur les elements figures du sang. Ibid., 1926, 24: 936-8. ----- Influence de la saponine sur les elements du sang du lapin. Ibid., 939-41.— Beskow, A. Action dissolvante de la saponine sur les pla- quettes et les globules blancs du sang in vitro. Ibid., 1924, 91: 1092-5.—Bisceglie, V. Sull' azione ehe gli estratti splenici espli- cano sugli elementi corpuscolati del sangue (contributo alio studio della emolisi e della leucopoiesi) Biochim. ter. sper., 1925, 12: 201-24.—Bostrom, E. F. Studies on factors producing a rapid increase or decrease in the number of red and white cells in the blood stream. Am. J. Physiol., 1923-24, 67: 291-9.—Claeson, B. Action de l'acide cinnamique sur les elements figures du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 949.—Falaschini, A. Studio sulla variazione degli elementi figurati del sangue in conigli alimentati con sostanze irradiate. Boll. Soc. eustach., 1934,32:1-15.—Flick, K., & Traum, E. Ueber den Einfluss operativer Eingriffe am vegetativen Nervensystem und an der Milzarterie auf die Blut- korperchen. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1928-29, 213: 1-12.—Hultgren, G. Action du benzol sur la teneur du sang en thrombocytes, leucocytes et erythrocytes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95:1060-3 — Karczag, L., & Sternberg, F. Studien an Blutzellen; fiber die Saurebehandlung der Blutzellen. Biochem. Zschr., 1922, 132: 279-83.—Kornalik, F. Biologische Reaktionen inkorporierter Strahlen; zytologische Veranderungen an poikilothermen Blut- zellen. Strahlentherapie, 1934, 49: 707-11.—Lacassagne, A., & Lavedan, J. Modifications num6riques des elements du sang sous l'influence des irradiations experimentales. Medecine, Par., 1923-24, 5: 683-8— Launoy, L„ & Levy-Bruhl, M. De l'ac- tion comparee du benzene et du cyclohexane sur les 616ments figures du sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1920, 2: 145-9.— Lemchen, B. Behavior of the blood cells under varying condi- tions. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1921, 99:145.—Ramain, P. Recherches sur l'influence des radiations solaires, ultra-violettes et infra- rouges sur le taux des globules blancs et la formule hemoleueo- cytaire. Montpellier med., 1924, 46:1-8.—Schaefer, A. A. The number of blood corpuscles in fishes in relation to starvation and seasonal cycles. J. Gen. Physiol., 1924-25, 7: 341-3.—Seki, T. Experimentelle Beitrage zur Frage von dem Einfluss des Pan- kreas auf die Beschaffenheit der Blutkbrperchen. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1924, 30: l.Teil, 29-46— Stockinger, W. Zellbilder und Zell- formen des Blutes; fiber besondere unter Insulineinwirkung zustande kommende Zellformen und deren Bedeutung im Rah- men der Allgemeinreaktion. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1932, 81: 347-73.—Vinai, A. L'azione della radioterapia sulle cellule im- mature del sangue circolante. Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med , 1922, 11: 359-63. Also Idr. clim., 1922, 33: 214-8.—Wilson, S. J. The effects of amidopyrine and phenobarbital on the blood cell count of white rats. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1935, 36: 500-26.— Woker, G. Zur Frage der ResistenzSnderungen der Blutkbr- perchen in Blutagar unter dem Einfluss von Streptokokken, Quecksilber und Wasserstoffperoxyd; ein Beitrag zur Erklarung der Versuche von I. H. Brown, sowie von Idzerda und van E ver- dingen. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 254: 410-3. ---- Enumeration. Aubertin, C, Foulon, P., & Bretey, J. La grande auto-agglu- tination des hematies rendant impossible toute numeration globulaire. Presse m6d., 1929, 37: 417-9.—Bocage, A. L'in- certitude des numerations hematologiques. Sang, Par., 1934, 8: 1025-8.—Cavalieri Bucati, C. L'errore inevitabile e la formula di Abbe nelle conta dei globuli del sangue. Gior. clin med 1922; 3:98-106.—Bahlberg, G. Mittlerer Fehler und Variabilitat bei Blutkbrperrechnung. Acta med. scand., 1929, 70: 103-18 — Boniach.I. Blood-counts. S.Mary Hosp. Gaz.,Lond., 1936,42- 146.—Elston, H., & Goldberg, H. A comparison of 25 postopera- tive capillary and venous blood counts, and preoperative and postoperative capillary counts. Rep. Surg. Staff Woman Hosp State N.Y'ork, 1925-28, 6: 399^10—Haverschmidt [Blood count] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1921, 65: pt2, 2036-9.—Hewat, J Blood counts in diagnosis. J. Maine M. Ass., 1926,17:169-79.— Kristenson, A. [An important error in determining the exact number of blood corpuscles] Sven. lak. tidn., 1923,19: 817-22 — Kudriavtsev, V. G. [Effect of transillumination of the peripheral vessels on the determination of the formed elements of the bloodl Perm. med. J., 1926,4:21-6, ch.—Lippincott, L. S. Blood counts in Mississippi. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1925-26, 11: 524-7.—Merritt, K. K., & Bavidson, L. T. The blood during the first year of life; normal values for erythrocytes, hemoglobin, reticulocytes and platelets, and their relationship to neonatal bleeding and coagu- lation time. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1933, 46: 990-1019— Norgaard, A., & Gram, H. C. Sur la relation entre l'hemoglobine, le nombre et le volume des globules sanguins chez les individus normaux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 107.—Pepper, 0. H. P. The clinical importance of secondary features of the blood count in disease. Virginia M. Month., 1926-27, 53: 207-14.—Plum, P. [Accuracy of hematological counting methods] Ugeskr. laeger 1936, 98: 919-28—Scott, R. E., & French, R. W. Uniform nomen- clature for blood counting. Mil. Surgeon, 1923, 53: 321-7.— Shparo, L. A. [Comparative evaluation of the new method of determination of erythrocytes and leucocytes] J. rann. detsk vozr., 1933, 13: 394-8.—Tfima, V. [Value of the methods of enu- meration of globules in human blood] Cas. 16k. cesk., 1926, 65; 594.—Unanue, E., & Alfonso, J. R. Metodo para evitar errores en los recuentos globulares practicados en series. Cron. med quir Habana, 1934, 60: 65—Whitby, L. E. H. The value and inter^ pretation of blood counts with notes on technique. Practitioner, Lond., 1935, 134: 262-71.—Wilke, E. Ueber den Gehalt des Blutes gesunder Kinder vom zweiten bis vierzehnten Lebens- jahr an roten Blutkbrperchen, an Blutfarbstoff, an Retikulo- cyten und an Thrombocyten. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1934, 52; 291-304.—Wintrobe, M. M. Blood of normal men and women; erythrocyte counts, hemoglobin and volume of packed red cells of 229 individuals. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1933, 53:118-30. ----- & MiUer, M. W. Normal blood determinations in the South. Arch. Int. M., 1929, 43: 96-113. ---- Enumeration: Apparatus. Feucht, B. *Zur Biirkerschen Methodik der Blutkorperchenzahlung. 8p. 8? Lpz., 1920. Bawson, F. W. W. The abacus in the laboratory. J R Army M. Corps, 1921, 37: 459-62.—Goriaew, N. Zur Methodik der Blutuntersuchung; meine Netzteilung fiir die Zahlkam- mer. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1926, 43: 94-9.—Gray, H. Quick method of drying pipets. J. Am. M. Ass., 1921, 76: 1826.— Hausser, C. A., & Hausser, A. A. Cover plate for haema- cytometers. U.S. Patent Off., 1935, no. 1986058. ----- He- macytometer. Ibid., 1936, no. 2039219.—Hellige, E. Neuer Blutkbrperzahlapparat mit kittloser Kammer und Spezial- Netzteilung sowie Vergleichsstab im Okular. Miinch. med Wschr., 1925, 72: 1493.—Hittmair, A. Blutkorperchenzahlung (eine neue, einfache Zahlkammer) Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1933-34, 51: 437-44. Also Med. Klin., Berl., 1933. 29: 1017.—Lntrozzi, P, L'uso dell' apparecchio contaglobuli di Buerker. Diagn. teen. lab., Nap., 1932, 3: 225-30—Jaffe, J. Vergleichende Untersu- chungen fiber verschiedene Zahlkammern unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Zeisskammer Brandt. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1934, 52: 64-7.—Judson, L. V. New ruling for hemacy- tometer chambers. J.Am. M. Ass., 1925.84:947. AlsoJ.Optic. Soc. America, 1925, 10: 613.—Klein, A. E. Eine neue Mischpi- pette fiir Blutkorperchenzahlung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1931, 44: 1531.—Kriele, J. Vereinfachte und erweiterte Blutunter- suchungsmethoden mit Hilfe einer neuen Universalblutkammer. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 922-5.—Moody, A. M. New blood counting pipet holder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1921, 77: 941.—Pijper, A. The Zeiss-Pijper blood-cell tester. S. Afr. M.J., 1935, 9: 205-8 — Rafsky, H. A., & Spigel, W. A comparative study of the results obtained by counting of blood with the Einhorn-Laporte and the Thoma-Zeiss methods. N. York M.J., 1923, 118: 506-8 — Reich, C. An improved precision blood-counting pipette. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1923-24,9: 718.—Roerdansz, W. Metallkammern fiir Blutkbrperzahlung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 812.— Schilling, V. Verbesserte Zahlnetze und -kammern fiir die Blut- kbrperzahlung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1931, 27: 692-5.—Series, E. R. A convenient apparatus for blood counting. Arch. Path., Chic, 1927, 3: 828.—Travers, P. Ueber eine einfache Vorrich- tung zum schnellen und grfindlichen Reinigen der Mischpi- petten des Blutkbrperzahlapparates (Sugator) Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 479—Trenner, S. The improved Neubauer ruling for blood cell counting. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1924-25, 10: 56-8. Also repr.—Walsem, G. C. van. Praktische Notizen aus dem mikroskopischen Laboratorium; die Anwendung der Im- mersionslinse bei der Zahlung der Blutelemente. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1930-31, 47: 474-6. ---- Enumeration: Technique. Alport, A. C. The blood count; improvement in method. Lancet, Lond., 1922, 2: 756-8—Becart, A. La numeration glo- bulaire simple et facile. Clinique, Par., 1928, 23: 208-12.— Bergansius, F. L. Sur la mesure indirecte des globules du sang, suivant la methode de Pyper. Arch, neerl. physiol., 1924, 9: 117-20.—Casey, A. E. Further note on the enumeration of blood platelets and red-blood cells. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1930- 31, 28: 523—Borokhov, S. A. [Method of counting of blood corpuscles] Omsk. med. J., 1928, 3: 14-8.—Breyer, G. The counting of blood cells and bacteria; a precise and simple method without a special chamber. J. Am. M. Ass., 1921, 77: 1166-x, Also Lancet, Lond., 1921, 1: 219-21.—Feucht, B. Zur Biirker- schen Methodik der Blutkorperchenzahlung. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1921, 187: 139-61—Foord, A. G. Blood counts with oxalated blood compared with ordinary counts. J. Lab. Clin. M„ 1922-23, 8: 343-5.—Gordon, A. K., & Thompson, W. F. A simplified method for the enumeration of blood cells. Med. BLOOD CELL 463 BLOOD CELL Press & Circ, Dubl., 1924, n.s., 118:26—Gray, H. Cell-counting technic; a study of priority. Am. J.M.Sc, 1921, 162: 526-56.— Kernkamp, H. C. H. Results in the use of fresh and oxalated blood of swine when making cellular counts and hemoglobin determinations. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1933, 83: 666-72.—Kraut, F. Eine verbesserte Methode zur Zahlung der Erythrocyten und Leucocyten. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 1066.—Kretschmer. Zur Erleichterung der Blutzellenzahlung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 273.—Muller, F. Die Blutkorperchenzahlung und Bestimmung des Blutfarbstoffgehaltes. Handb. biol. Arbeits- meth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1924, Abt., 4: Teil3, 19-62 — Osgood, E. E., Haskins, H. B., & Trotman, F. E. A uniform sys- tem of hematologic methods for use with oxalated venous blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1930-31, 16: 476-81.—Paviot, J., Josserand, A., & Chevallier, R. Nouveau procede d'enum6ration globulaire par prise de sang intra-veineuse. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 105: 401-3.—Pons, C. A., & Belk, W. P. Tenth normal hydrochloric acid as a diluting fluid for combined leucocyte and hemoglobin determinations. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 766.—Sanford, A. H. A photographic method of counting blood cells. Ibid., 1926-27, 12: 456-61.—Sieke, F. Blutkorperchenzahlung im Dunkelfeld. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 891. Alsorepr.— Walsem, G. C. van [Cleansing of glasses used in morphological blood examination and filling of counting chamber with exactly determined quantities] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: 3258-60, pi.—Yarbrough, N. Blood counts with oxalated blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1921-22,7: 172. ---- Examination. See also Blood, Examination. Borrien, H. Comment proceder pour l'envoi par la poste du sang destine a examen cytologique? Rev. prat, biol.. Par., 1934, 27: 78-82.—Brinkman, R., & Bam. E. van [A simple method for the demonstration of early pathologic changes in the blood cor- puscles] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1924, 68: pt2, 2208-12.—Broder- sen, J. Stechapfelformen und Hunefeld-Henson'sche Figuren sind analoge Veranderungen an verschiedenen Blutkorperchen. Anat. Anz., 1922, 55:196-9. ----- Die Entstehung der Hiine- feld-Hensen'schen Bilder im Froschblut bei beschranktem Wasserzusatz. Ibid., 1921, 55: 385-97—Chrustschoff, G. K. Cytological investigations on cultures of normal human blood. J. Genetics, Cambr., 1935, 31: 243-61, 2pl— Bold, H. Ein neues Verfahren zur Konservierung (Ueberlebenderhaltung) von Blutzellen (Leukocyten, Erythrocyten, Blutplattchen) und anderen Kbrperzellen. Klin. Wschr., 1924. 3: 629.—Franco, E. E. Sur I'origine et la nature de certaines masses protoplas- miques, non nucieees, dans le sang circulant et dans les organes h6matopoietiques au cours de certains etats morbides. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 84: 592-4.—Hanausek. J. Methode pour recueil- lir en grande quantite des leucocytes et des plaquettes sanguins. Ibid., 1933, 114: 817-21.—Hansen-Pruss, C. C. The circulating blood cells as seen by dark-ground illumination. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1936, 6: 423-31.—Hittmair, A. Die Grbssenmessungen an den geformten Bestandteilen des Blutes. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl., 1933, 2: l.Halfte, 119-24—Kedrowski, B. Untersuchungen tiber die Kondensatoren fiir basische Farb- stoffe; die Rolle der Eiweissabbauprodukte bei der Bildung der Kondensatoren (Farbstoffgranula) und bei der Farbspeicherung. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1934-35, 22: 399-410— McLean, J. A. Blood cells; recent advances in examination and interpretation. Med. J. Australia, 1930, 2: 623-31, 2pl.—Mas y Magro, F. Observa- ciones sobre la morfologia y los movimientos in vitro de las ceiulas de la sangre. Siglo med., 1918, 65: 64; 103— Parker, R. C. Studies on organogenesis; the ability of isolated blood cells to form organized vessels in vitro. J. Exp. M., 1934, 60: 351-9, 3pl. Also repr.—Schweizer, R. Weitere Untersuchungen fiber die Granulierung der Blutkbrperchen speziell beim Menschen. Anat. Anz., 1934-35, 79: 96-106.—Simmel, H. Mikrurgische Untersuchungen an Erythrocyten und Leukocyten. Zschr. ges. Med., 1931, 75: 179-81.—Steiner, G. Zur Pathologie der allge- meinen Blutzeileninsuffizienz. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1923, 35. Kongr., 230.—Yoshida, J. Studien Uber den Energie- wechsel und die Blutveranderungen bei eingeschrankter Atem- flache; Veranderungen der morphologischen Bestandteile des Blutes bei eingeschrankter Atemflache. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1929-30, 14: 599-608. ■--- Physico-chemical properties. Katz, G. *Ueber den Einfluss der Narkotica auf die Durchlassigkeit von Blutkorperchen fiir Traubenzucker und Harnstoff [Kiel] 15p. 8° Berl., 1918. Aiello, G. Influsso della stasi venosa sullo stato flsico-chimico dei globuli sanguigni. Policlinico, 1922, 29: sez. med., 330-8.— Berczeller, L., & Wastl, H. Die Viscositat von Blutkbrperchen- breien. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1924, 203: 436-8.—Bernardi, O. M. Sulla cataforesi dei corpuscoli del sangue di alcuni vertebrati ed invertebrati. Arch. sc. biol., Nap., 1926, 8: 1-16.—Blum, L., Delaveille, M., & Jones, C. M. Recherches sur la permeabilite globulaire. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 704-6—Creveld, S. van, & Brinkman, R. Ein direkter Beweis fiir die Impermeabilitat der Blutkbrperchen des Menschen und des Kaninchens fiir Glucose. Biochem. Zschr., 1921, 119: 65-72.—Besed, B. Ueber die Volumenabnahme der Blutkorperchen in hypertonischen Kochsalzlosungen bei Kiihen und Foten. Ibid., 1928, 199: 41-7.—Brossbach, M. Beziehungen zwischen Blutviscositat und Blutkbrperchen; ihre Beeinflussung durch Coffein. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 548.— Ege, R. Untersuchungen fiber das Volu- men der Blutkbrperchen in gegenseitig osmotischen Lcsungen; Studien fiber das osmotische Verhaltnis der Blutkbrperchen. Biochem. Zschr., 1921, 115: 109-33. ----- Der osmotische Druck in Blutkbrperchen und Plasma; Studien fiber das os- motische Verhaltnis der Blutkbrperchen. Ibid., 175-87. ----- Untersuchungen fiber die Volumenveranderungen der Blut- kbrperchen in Lbsungen von verschiedenem osmotischen Druck; Studien Uber das osmotische Verhalten der Blutkbr- perchen. Ibid., 1922, 130: 99-113. ----- Untersuchungen fiber die Permeabilitat des Blutkbrperchenhautchens ftir Elek- trolyte; Studien fiber das osmotische Verhalten der Blutkbr- perchen. Ibid., 116-31. ----- Welchen Einfluss fiben dif- fusible Anelektrolyte auf das Blutkbrperchenvolumen aus; Studien Uber das osmotische Verhalten der Blutkbrperchen. Ibid., 132-5. ----- Die Bedeutung der Wasserstoffionen- konzentration fiir das Blutkbrperchenvolumen; Studien fiber das osmotische Verhalten der Blutkbrperchen. Ibid., 136-41. ----- Untersuchungen fiber das osmotische Verhalten der Blutkbrpercheu. Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 997.----- The dis- persed phase of the blood corpuscles. Biochem. J., Lond., 1927, 21: 967-70.—Ernst, M. Das Verhalten der roten und der weissen Blutkbrperchen nach intravenbser Einverleibung anisotonischer Fliissigkeiten. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1930, 228: 331-9—Falik, E. Die Bedeutung der Binnenelektrolyte fiir die Blutkbrperchen- resistenz. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1935, 96: 177-84.—Fontaine, M. Sur la eompressibilite comparee du serum et des globules du sang de cheval. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1927,184: 627. ----- Influence des fortes pressions sur le volume globulaire. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 1656.—Gabbe, E. Untersuchungen fiber die elektrische Ladung der Blutkbrperchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1923, 33: 324; 1924, 39: 276.—Greveld, S. van, & Brinkman, R. A direct proof of the impermeability of the blood-corpuscles of man and of the rabbit to glucose. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1922, 24: 1256-70.—Gybrgy, P. Beitrag zum Permeabilitatsproblem. Biochem. Zschr., 1924, 152: 281-3.—Keller, R. Elektroanalyse von Blutkbrperchen. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1934, 52: 283-90.— MacBougall, F. H., & Green, R. G. Theory of electrical conduct- ance of inhomogeneous systems, with applications to suspensions of blood cells. J. Infect. Dis., 1925, 36: 330-9.—Mommsen, H. Ueber die elektrostatische Ladung von Zellen des menschlichen Blutes, ein Beitrag zur Frage der Azido- und Basophilie. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1927, 34: l.Teil, 50-64, 2pl— Orskov, S. L. Ueber die Bedeutung der Kohlensaure fiir die Diffusion der Ammo- niumsalze durch die Blutkbrperchenmembran. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1932-33, 231: 680-4.-----Untersuchungen fiber den Einfluss von Kohlensaure und Blei auf die Permeabilitat der Blutkbrperchen ftir Kalium und Rubidium. Biochem. Zschr., 1935, 279: 250-61.—Pearse, H. E. The permeability of human blood cells to carbon dioxid and ammonium hydroxid in solu- tions of same pH. Arch. Int. M., 1925, 35: 347-56. Also repr.— Taylor, H. The hydrogen-ion concentration of blood corpuscles. J. Physiol., Lond., 1927-28, 63: 343-56. ---- Stains and staining. See also this subheading under Blood picture, Technic; also Staining. Agulon & Leobardy, J. de. Remarques sur I'emploi en hema- tologic des colorants complexes bas6s sur la methode de Roma- nowsky. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921,84:120-2.—Alvarez de Toledo, R. Valor en medicina forense de la reaction colorante de la sangre de Thevenon y Roland. Siglo med., 1920, 67: 685-8 — Assmann, G. Ueber eine neue Methode der Blut- und Gewebs- farbung mit dem eosinsauren Methylenblau. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1906, 53: 1350.—Bobrov, N. N. [Clinical value of the newer methods of coloring of blood and its parasites] Arkh. klin. eksp. med., 1924,3: pt4,94-101.—Borrelli, G. La morfologia e l'affinita cromatico-istochimica degli elementi figurati normali del sangue del cavallo con le colorazioni post-vitali di Sabrazes. Nuovo ercolani, 1923, 28: 319; 325.—Brice, A. T. Three notes on biological stains. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1933, 3: 381-4.— Decastello, A. Schnellfarbung mittels gepufferter Wright- losung. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1934-35, 53: 390-6.—Bwijkov, P. Ueber den Einfluss der technischen Momente auf die Morpho- logie des Blutes. Virchows Arch., 1923, 245: 295-303.—Epstein, H. Ueber eine neue Methode der Blutzellen- und Blutparasi- tenfarbung. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1922, 88: Orig., 164-8.—Feem- ster, R. F., & Feemster, O. S. A blood stain giving more constant results; a new departure in staining with Romanowsky stains which eliminates a number of sources of error. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1927-28, 13: 1139-43.—Flbssner, O. Frischfarbung von Blutele- menten. Zschr. Biol., 1923, 78: 25-36— Gilfoil, W. S. Giemsa's the all-around blood stain. Clin. M.&S., 1935, 42: 614—Goldie, H. Notes sur la coloration du sang et de ses parasites. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1933, 26: 461-1— Gordon, A. K. A blood stain for general practice. Brit. M.J., 1922, 2: 43.—Gorecki, Z., & Slonimski, P. Sur la coloration du sang par le soudan. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 957-9—Griffith, J. Q., Roberts, E., & Jeffers, W. A. A staining technic for blood in spinal fluid; method to differentiate between recent and old hemorrhage. J Lab. Clin. M., 1936, 21: 1208-10.—Groat, W. A. A general purpose polychrome blood stain. Ibid., 1935-36, 21: 978-82.— Heidepriem, C. Zur Methodik der Blutfarbung. Zbl. Gewer- behyg., 1928, n.F., 5: 266-9.—Hickl, J., & Jagic, N. Ueber eine einfache und bkonomische Methode der Blutfarbung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1922, 35: 323.—Hirschfeld, H. Erfahrungen mit der Oxydase- und Peroxydasereaktion. Med. Klin., Berl., 1924, 2o: 249. ----- Zwei neue Blutfarbuugsmethoden. Klin. BLOOD CELL 464 BLOOD CELL Wschr., 1935, 14: 1437—Hollborn, K. Ueber lichtechte und haltbare rote Farbstoffe zur Farbung von Protoplasma und Blut. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1935-36, 52: 433-5.—Jimenez de Asua, F. Aplicacion del metodo de Del Rio-Hortega a la tincion de las extensiones de sangre. Arch. card, hemat., Madr., 1923, 4: 341-3.—Kingsley, B. M. A new hematological stain; constit- uents and methods of use. Stain Techn., 1935, 10: 127-33.— Kodoma, T., & Nagai, J. Untersuchung der Blutzellen durch Jodeosinmethode. Jap. J. Zool., 1924, 1: no.2, abstr. 251.— Kottmann, K. Erganzendes zur Blutfarbung mit substituierten Naphtalinsulfosauren. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 1101.— KuU, H. A. A method of blood staining which replaces injec- tions. Anat. Rec, 1925, 31: 281-4.—Lang, C. A. II fondamento delle colorazioni Romanowsky, Giemsa, e di quella May e Gruenwald. Haematologica (Arch.) Pavia, 1935, 16: 795-809 — Lefas, E. Intorno ad un nuovo modo di colorazione delle sezioni istologiche e dei preparati di sangue. Sperimentale, 1908, 62: 163.—Loele, W. Die Naphtholperoxydasereaktion der Blut- zellen und Einteilung der naphtholpositiven Substanzen. Zbl. allg. Path., 1923-24, 34: 225-8— MacNeal, W. J. Tetrachrome blood stain; an economical and satisfactory imitation of Leish- man's stain. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1922, 22: 41-4—Mosch- kowski, S. Eine einfache Methode zur Schnellfarbung von Blut und Blutparasiten. Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1923, 90: Orig., 296-9 — O'Herne, P. [Observations on Goldie's staining method] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1934, 74: 44-7.—Perez Ara, A. Sobre una nueva tecnica para tinciones de sangre por el metodo de Del Rio-Hortega. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1933, 38: 691-8 — Petta, G. Contributo alla tecnica microscopica per la colorazione dei preparati di sangue sui vetrini portaoggetti. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. prat.. 1405.—Proescher, F., & Arkush, A. S. A new rapid panchromatic blood stain. Aled. J. & Rec, 1926, 123: 51. Also repr.—Raybaud, A. Nouvelle modification de la methode de coloration de Romanowsky: le liquide de Romanese (de Turin) Marseille med., 1920, 57: 717.—Roelofs, R. [A simple oxydase reaction for blood preparations] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: pt2, 3524-7, 2pl.—Sabrazes, J. Le sang en coloration post-vitale au bleu de toluidine phenique sous lamelle sur frottis recents desseches (granulations des lymphocytes, des monocytes et des globulins) Arch. mal. cceur, 1923, 16: 408-13. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 700-2. ----- Bleu de tolui- dine phenique sous lamelle sur frottis de sang desseches; granu- lations des lymphocytes, des monocytes et des globulins. Ibid., 697-700. ----- Nouveau mode d'emploi sans lavage et en se passant de lamelle de notre procede de coloration hematologique, cytologique, microbiologique au bleu de toluidine phenique hydro-alcoolis6 des frottis simplement dess6ches sur lame. Arch. mal. coeur, 1927, 20: 606. Also Riv. malariol., 1928, 7: 304-11.— Schwarz-Karsten, H. Ueber Blutfarbung mit gepufferten Farblbsungen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1820.—Shoji, K. The copper peroxidase reaction of animal blood. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1928, 10: 293-8.—Strumia, M. M. A rapid universal blood stain; May-Gruemvald-Giemsa in one solution. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1935-36, 21: 930-34—Villain, G., & Comte, C. Pratique de la coloration en serie des lames de sang en vue de la recherche des hematozoaires. Arch. Inst. Pasteur, Tunis, 1933, 22: 137-55.—Walsem, G. C. van [Contribution to the practicability of Giesma's coloring of blood preparations] Ned. tschr. geneesk. 1926, 70: 351. Also Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1926, 43: 100-9.-----■ [Nuclear staining of dry blood preparations] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 1, 532-5, pi. Also Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1929, 46: 258-61, pi.—Weill, P. Remarques sur la coloration des ele- ments du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 84: 229.—Zottner, G, Coloration du sang et des hematozoaires par la methode de Stevenel modifiee. Ibid., 1932, 111: 423. ---- Stains and staining, vital. Djidjev-Leschtov, C. *Vitalfarbung bei Blutkrankheiten. 19p. 8? Miinch., 1926. Alport, A. C. Combined vital and non-vital method of stain- ing corpuscles. Lancet, Lond., 1928, 2: 170.—Bauer, J. Nou- velle modification de coloration supra-vitale du sang. Presse med., 1931, 39: 1326.—Cappell, B. F. Intravital and supra- vital staining; blood and organs. J. Path. Bact., Edinb., 1929, 39: 629-707, 5pl.—Ciaccio, C. Sul significato delle immagini ottenute con le colorazioni vitali negli elementi morfologici del sangue e dei tessuti emopoietici. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 401-4.—Cotti, L. Natura e distribuzione delle cellule del sangue colorabili vitalmente. Gior. clin. med., 1934, 15: 675- 89.—Cunningham, R. S., & Tompkins, E. H. The supravital staining of normal human blood cells. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1930, 42:257-70, pi.—Bawson, A. B. Supravital studies on the colored corpuscles of several marine invertebrates. Biol. Bull., 1933, 64: 233-42.—Benecke, G. Neuere Ergebnisse der Hamatologie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1936, 32: 159; 196.—Burand, F. Un nuovo metodo di colorazione vitale del sangue. Riforma med., 1922, 38: 893.—Hall, B. E. A critical review of the hematological literature dealing with the results of the supravital staining method. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1930-31, 43: 206-34—Hethering- ton, B. C. Pinacyanol as a supra-vital mitochondrial stain for blood. Stain Techn., 1936, 11: 153.—Hirschfeld, H., & Hittmair, A. Ergebnisse und Fehlerquellen bei der supravitalen Farbung des frischen Blutes. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1924-25, 31: l.Teil, 137-48.—Hirschfeld, H., & Moldawsky, J. Die Methoden der supravitalen Farbung des Blutes. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl., 1933, 2: 1.Halfte, 95-118, 3pl—Kamiyona- hara, C. Untersuchungen fiber die Blutzellen und Transsudat- zellen durch vitale Farbung in vitro. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1924, 14: 85.—Marques, A. Da importancia do methodo vital de Pagniez nas pesquizas clinicas e histologicas sobre o globulino Arch, brasil. med., 1926, 16: 600-3.—Mas y Magro, F. Algunos hallazgos hematologics obtenidos mediante la coloracion vital Siglo med., 1917, 64: 726-30.—Note, M. Studies on the vital and supravital staining of blood cells with various dyes. Tr. Jap Path. Soc, 1929, 19: 152; 1930, 20: 423, 3pl.—Pepi, P. Cellule cromofile in vivo nei sangue circolante. Gior. biol. med. sper 1923-24,1: 532-34.—Radt, P. Ueber den Einfluss der Strbmunas- geschwindigkeit des Blutes auf die intravitale Ablagerung von Tusche. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 66: 265-83.—Scott, G. H. A method for making permanent preparations of supravitally stained blood cells. Anat. Rec, 1928, 38: 233-7—Seki, M. Zur Kenntnis der intra- und supravitalen Farbung; farberischer Beweis fiir die Reichlichkeit von basischen Substanzen in den Histiocyten und Retikuloendothelien. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1933, 19: 238-65, pi. —---- Farbbarkeit der Plasmagrundsubstanz der fixierten Histiocyten, Retikuloendothelien und der weissen Blutzellen von Vogeln, Reptilien und Amphibien. Ibid., 1935, 23: 314-34.—Spiridonovitch, R. Some studies on the vital stain- ing of blood cells. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1922-23, 20: 365-7 —Weigeldt, W. Wesen und klinische Bedeutung der vitalen Blutzellfarbung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1923, 49:1390-3 — Wilson, C. P., & Cunningham, R. S. A consideration of the supra vital method of studying blood in cases of mononuclear cell response. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1929, 38: 14-29, pi—Wolfer, R. Die Vitalfarbung des Blutes. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth., Berl., 1932, Abt.5, Teil2, pt2 (Abderhalden, E.) 1925-34. ---- Volume. See Blood volume. ---- in animals. Oria, J. *Sobre os elementos figurados do sangue circulante na preguica no tatu e no ta- mandua (bradypodideos, dasypodideos e myr- mecophagideos) (contribuigao ao estudo anato- mo-histologico dos Xenarthra brasileiros) 89p. 8? S. Paulo, 1928. Alder, A„ & Huber, E. Untersuchungen fiber Blutzellen und Zellbildung bei Amphibien und ReptQien. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1923, 29: l.Teil, 1-22, 3pl.—Betances, L. M. Les cellules du sang de quelques lamellibranches. Arch. anat. micr., Par., 1921-22,18:309-27, pi—BushneU, L. B., & Bangs, E. F. A study of the variation in number of blood cells of normal rabbits. J. Infect. Dis., 1926, 39: 291-301.—Be Eds, F. Normal blood counts in pigeons. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1926-27, 12: 437.—Behorne, A. Remarques sur quelques elements figures du sang des glyceres. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1924, 178: 1492-5.—Fox, H. The blood count of Macacus rhesus. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1927-28, 35: 272-8 — Griesbach, H. Ueber Plasmastructuren der Blutkbrperchen im kreisenden Blut der Amphibien. Festschr. 70.Geburtst. Rudolf Leuckart, Lpz., 1892, 215-27, pi.—Haughton, I. Note on the amoeboid elements in the blood of Helix aspersa. Q.J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1934, 77:157-66, 2(..l— Kennedy, A. H. Cytol- ogy of the blood of normal mink and raccoon; the numbers of the blood elements in normal mink. Canad. J. Res., 1935, 12: 484-94.—Kindred, J. E., & Corey, E. L. Total erythrocyte and leucocyte counts in pregnant and non-pregnant albino rats. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1930-31, 28:179-81.—Landauer, W., & Bavid, L. T. Elevated metabolism, blood cells, and hemo- globin content of the blood in the Frizzle fowl. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1933, 50: 1-14.—Nold, R. Die Blutzellen von Astacus. Zool. Anz., 1920-21, 52: 277-85—Palmer, E. I., & Biely, J. Stud- ies of total erythrocyte and leucocyte counts of fowls; repeated erythrocyte and leucocyte counts. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1934-35, 53:143-54.—Pearce, L., & Casey, A. E. Studies in blood cytology of the rabbit; blood counts in normal rabbits. J. Exp. M., 1930, 51: 83-97.—Petri, S. Morphologie und Zahl der Blutkbrperchen bei 7, ca 30 g schweren normalen weissen Laboratoriumsmausen, Acta path, microb. scand., 1933, 10: 159-238.—Roberts, K. Pre- liminary report of a modified method of blood counting for the determination of inflammatory conditions. Am. J. Surg., 1927, n.s., 3: 223-31.—Schlicher, J. Vergleichend-physiologische Un- tersuchungen der Blutkbrperchenzahlen bei Knochenflschen. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. allg. Zool., 1926-27, 43: 121-200—Slonimski, P. Les 616ments figures du sang chez le crocodile (Crocodilus rhora- bifer) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 1206-8. BLOOD chemistry. See also subheadings of Blood; also Blood cal- cium; Blood cell, Chemistry; Blood cholesterol; Blood lipids; Blood plasma; Blood protein; Blood serum; Blood sugar; Metabolism; also names of chemical substances and diseases as Acetonemia; Acidosis; Alcohol, physiologic; Aminoacidemia; Uremia, &c. Abderhalden, E. Handbuch der biologischen Arbeitsmethoden; Abt.4: Angewandte chemische und physikahsche Methoden; Teil3: Untersu- chungen des Blutes und der Lymphe; erste Halfte. 688p. roy.8? Berl., 1924. BLOOD CHEMISTRY 465 BLOOD CHEMISTRY Aloe, A. S., Co. Manual of simplified blood chemistry; technique, calculations, interpreta- tions. 60p. 16? S. Louis [1933] Becher, E. Einfache quantitative, klinisch- chemische Harn- und Blutuntersuchungsmetho- den. 165p. 8? Jena, 1934. LaMotte Chemical Products Co. LaMotte blood chemistrv handbook. 77p. 8? Bait., 1929. --- Also 2.ed. 82p. 1932. ---- Also 3.ed. 84p. 1934. Myers, V. C Practical chemical analysis of blood; a book designed as a brief survey of this subject. 121p. 8? S. Louis, 1921. ---- Also 2.rev.ed. 222p. 1924. Rocha, M. da. *Eigentumliche kristallinische Erscheinungen im faulenden Blute des Menschen und einiger Saugetiere. 56p. 8? Berl., 1915. Anson, M. L.,& Mirsky, A. E. On hsem in nature. J.Phys- iol., Lond., 1925-26, 60: 161-74.—Azerad, E. Sang (examen chimique) Monde med., 1929, 39: 526-35.—Caulaert, C. Van. Les lois du sang. Presse med., 1930, 38: 601-4.—Falta, W. Ueber einige Probleme der Blutchemie. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 33. Kongr., 1921, 442-6.—Goldwasser, M. Die oberfla- chenaktiven Stoffe des Blutes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 67: 763-71.—Hicks, C. S. Studies in blood chemistry. N. Zealand M.J., 1923-24, 22: 163-8. —■--- Relating to nitrogenous con- stituents, cholesterol and chlorides. Ibid., 315-22.—Kestner, 0., & Schliins, 0. Verdauung, Blutreaktion, Atmung. Zschr. Biol., 1922, 77: 161-4.—Kimura, R. Chemische und serologische Untersuchungen fiber Blutbestandteile. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1928, 56: 330-46.—Lange, C. Serodiagnose und Blutchemismus. Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 1092-4.—Lobo, B. O bio-chimismo dos seres e a accao desassimiladora. Fol. med., Rio, 1928, 9: 377.— Rhamy, B. W. Blood chemistrv; a review. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1925, 18: 412-6.—Rockwood, E. W., Turner, R. G., & Pfiffner, J. J. A previously undetected constituent of blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 83: 289-97.—Sannie, C. Revue de chimie sanguine. Sang, Par., 1930, 4: 317-59.—Schulten, H. Die chemischen Bestand- teile des Blutes. Klin. Wschr., 192S, 7: 2065-9. --- Acids. See Acidosis; Blood, Acid-base equilibrium; also names of acids. --- Albumin. See Blood proteins. --- Bases. See also Acid-base equilibrium; Alkalosis; Blood, Acid-base equilibrium; Blood, Alkalinity; Blood, Alkali reserve. B6kay, Z. [The distribution of alkalies in the serum of in- fants] Magy. orv. arch., 1927, 28: 1-5.—Csap6, J. Der Alkali- gehalt des Blutserums gesunder und kranker Kinder. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1926, 167: 38-42.—Darrow, B. C, & Hartmann, A. F. A comparison of the calculated and determined molar concentration of normal serum; the base-binding power of pro- teins and the determination of total base. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1929, 37: 51-60.—Hald, P. M. The determination of the bases of serum and whole blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 103: 471-94. ■---- A note on the gravimetric determination of total base of serum and blood. Ibid., 1934, 105: 675-8—Hoffman, W. S. Determination of serum total base. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 30: 834-8.—Schweitzer, H. Polarographische Alkali- bestimmung im Blutserum. Acta brevia neerl., 1936, 6: 110-2. --- Bromides. See also Bromides, Metabolism. Ewer, F. *Untersuchungen iiber den Brom- gehalt des menschlichen Blutes. p.244-52. 8? Berl., 1932. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1932, 122: Mishkis, M. S. *Studies of bromides and chlorides in blood and cerebrospinal fluid. 32p. 8? Chic, 1935. Palmer, J. W. *The elimination of bromides from the blood stream. 444p. 8? N.Y., 1933. Bellucci, I. Sul dosaggio del bromo nei sangue e nei tessuti animali. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1934, ll.ser., 2: suppl., 209-14.—Bernhardt, H., & Ucko, H. Ueber den physiologischen Bromgehalt des Blutes; zugleich ein Beitrag zum Nachweis kleinster Brommengen. Biochem. Zschr., 1925, 155: 174-86. Also Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 362.—Bier, A., & Roman, W. Zur Frage der Bestimmung des normalen Bromspiegels im Blute. Ibid., 1933, 12: 391.—Bonorino Udaondo, C, Schteingart, M., & Ferramola, R. El bromo en la sangre y liquido cefalo raquideo; sus relaciones con la iodemia. Prensa med. argent., 1934-35, 21: 445-7.—Conway, E. J., & Flood, J. C. An absorption appa- ratus for the microdetermination of certain volatile substances; the micro-determination of bromide, with application to blood and urine and observations on the normal human subject. Biochem. J., Lond., 1936, 30: 716-27.—Dalma, G. Studi in vivo ed in vitro sulla modalita del passaggio del bromuro dal sangue al liquor. Gazz. osp., 1928,49:123-8— Bias, A. A. Surledosage microchimique du brome dans le sang, selon la methode de Pin- cussen et Roman. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 1115-7 — Bixon, T. F. The determination of bromine in normal blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 48-51.—Francis, A. G., & Harvey, C. O. The micro-determination of bromine in blood. Ibid., 1933, 27: 1545-50.—Fremont-Smith, F., Bailev, M. E., & Sloan, B. H. The distribution of bromide between blood serum and cerebrospinal fluid. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1934, 60: 199-201. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1935, 33: 764-74— Guillaumin, CO. Nos connaissances actuelles sur le brome sanguin. Progr. med., Par., 1933, 2041-6. ----- & Merejkowsky, B. Taux, repartition et etat physico-chimique du brome sanguin chez les sujets normaux et hors des affections mentales. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 1428-30. ----- Sur le dosage du brome normal dans le sang et les s6rosites. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1935,17: 485-501—Hahn, F. L. Ueber den Bromspiegel im Blut. Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 390.—Hastings, A. B., & Van Byke, H. B. Studies of bromide distribution in the blood; in vitro experiments of bromide and chloride distributions. J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 90: 13-25.—Indovina, R. Studii sulla bro- memia; tecnica per il dosaggio del bromo nei sangue. Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935,10:189-91. ----- Studii sulla bromemia; ricerche di controllo sul metodo e valori della bromemia nei sog- getti normali. Ibid., 191. ----- Eine neue Methode zur Bestimmung des Broms im Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1934-35, 275: 286-92.—Katzenelbogen, S., & Czarski, T. Improved colori- metric method for determination of bromide concentration in blood and cerebrospinal fluid. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 32: 136.—Katzenelbogen, S., Goldsmith, H., & White, P. L. Bromide intoxication; its relation to the content of bromide in blood and the barrier permeability to bromide. Am. J. Psy- chiat., 1933, 13: 637-44—Kuratsugu, S. Studien fiber den Bromgehalt im Blut. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1936, 4: int. med., 118.— Malamud, W., Brown, J., & Mullins, B. M. Effect of chlorides upon distribution ratio of bromides in blood and cerebrospinal fluid. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 31: 733-6.—Mpller, K. O. [Experimental studies on causes of retention of bromides] Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: 106-18. Also Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1932, 165: 244-60.—Palmer, J. W., & Clarke, H. T. The elimination of bromides from the blood stream. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 99: 435-44.—Pincussen, L. Die Mikrobestimmung des Broms in Blut und anderem organischem Material. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11:1550—Quastel, J. H., & Yates, E. D. Removal of bromine from the blood in cases of mental disorder. Biochem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 1530-5—Urechia, C. I., & Retezeanu, A. Le brome du liquide cephalorachidien et du sang (serum, plasma et globules) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 312-5. —---- Nou- velles recherches sur le brome sanguin. Presse med., 1935, 43: 701-3.—Yates, E. D. The determination of bromine in blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1933, 27: 1763-9. ---- Cephalin. See Blood lipids. ---- Chlorides. See also Chlorine, Metabolism. Augustin, M. *Le chlorure de sodium dans le s6rum du cheval [Alfort] 64p. 8? Meulan, 1925. Thillot, M. *Le taux normal des chlorures dans le sang complet aux diff^rents ages de l'en- fance. 32p. 8? Lausanne, 1916. Acqua, G. dell'. Ueber Austauschvorgange zwischen Blut und Geweben; die capillarvenbse Differenz des NaCl-Spiegels im Blute. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8:1709-11.—Bottin, J. Le chlore sanguin du chien dans les vaisseaux arKrents et efferents des principaux visceres. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 1386-9.— Chalier, J., Boulud, R., & Chevalier, A. Les chlorures et l'ur6e du serum sanguin dans leurs rapports avec le point cryoscopique. Ibid., 1921, 84: 984.—Chatron, M. Reserve alcaline et rapport chlor6. Ibid., 1933, 114: 1003-5.—Boisy, E. A., & Beckmann, J. W. The relations existing between arterial and venous blood of the dog, with special reference to the plasma chlo- rides. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 54: 683-91—Essen, H., Kauders, F., & Porges, O. Die Beziehungen der C02-Spannung der Alveolarluft zu den Chloriden des Blutserums. Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1922-23, 5: 499-522.—Gram, H. C, & Norgaard, A. Chloride and conductivity determinations on plasma. J. Bio). Chem., 1923, 56: 429-38.—Heinemann, H. Het normale chloor- gehalte van het bloed bij Javanen. Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1932, 72: 1635-9.—Hijman, A. J., & Olivier, P. H. [Chloride con- tents in the blood of Europeans and natives in the tropicsl Ibid., 968.—Jacobson, T. B. [Note on chlorides in the blood] Ugeskr. laeger, 1921, 83: 638-46. ----- & Palsberg, M. Sur la teneur du sang en chlorures chez les individus normaux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 84: 640.—McLean, F. C. On the concen- tration of sodium chloride in the plasma and its relation to the rate of excretion in normal and diabetic man. Am. J. Physiol., 21767—vol. 2, 4th series---30 BLOOD CHEMISTRY 466 BLOOD CHEMISTRY 1914-15, 3fi: 357.—May, R. M. La substance reductrice et le chlore du sang des orthopteres. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1935,17:1045-53.—Meldolesi, G., & Borlone, E. Ricerche cliniche sulle variazioni artero-venose della cloremia. Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1931, 57:244-8.—Morris, N.,& Morris, S. On the presence of a volatile organic chlorine compound in blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1930, 24: 1716; 1932, 26: 2015.—Muntwyler, E., Way, C. T., & Pomerene, E. Comparison of the chloride and bicarbonate concentrations between plasma and spinal fluid and plasma and ascitic fluid in reference to the Donnan equilibrium. J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 92: 733-42.—Peters, J. P., & Man, E. B. Lipoid- chlorine in serum. Ibid., 1934, 107: 23-34. Also repr.—Qua- gliariello, G., & Mazza, F. P. Sulla pretesa esistenza di un com- posto organico del cloro nei sangue. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1931, 6: 703-5.—Robin, V., Brion, A., & Monpert, R. La chlo- r6mie du chien normal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 1174-6 — Rona, P. Ueber das Verhalten des Chlors im Serum. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1910-11, 30: 332—Rusznyak, S. Physikalisch- chemische Untersuchungen an Korperflfissigkeiten; der Zustand des Chlors in Serum und Plasma. Ibid., 1920,110: 60-5. ----- Physikalisch-chemische Untersuchungen an Korperflussig- keiten; Bemerkungen zur Frage des Zustandes von Chlor und Zucker in Serum. Ibid., 1922, 133: 359-64.—Salvesen, H. A. Die Serumchloride und die Neutralitatsregulierung. Zschr. klin. Med., 1928, 109: 302-11.—Soutter, C. Le taux des chlorures apres la mort. Ann. med. leg., 1935, 15: 385-405.—Stahl, J., Weill, J. [et al.] Chlore ultra-flltrable du s6rum. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 227—Tbrok, G., & Neufeld, L. Ueber den Chlorgehalt des kapillaren und venosen Vollblutes und Serums im Sauglingsalter. Arch. Kinderh., 1934, 102: 217-23. ---- Chlorides: Cell-plasma ratio. GonzAlez, Chacon, E. *Cloro globular y plasmatico y su dosificaci6n [Chile] 41p. 8? Santiago, 1930. Achard, C, & Enachesco, M. Variations spontanees et pro- voqu6es de la repartition du chlore entre le serum et les globules du sang dans les maladies. Sang, Par., 1930, 4: 524-45.—Arnov- lyevich, M. Echanges cblor6s entre le plasma et les globules rouges. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94:1374—Bottin, J. Le dosage des chlorures sanguins et le coefficient erythro-plasmatique. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1934, 16: 145-51.—Chabanier, H., Lobo-Onell, C, & Lelu, E. Influence de l'addition in vitro de NaCl et de NaHC03 au sang total sur la repartition du CI et du C O2 entre plasma et globules, et sur le Ph globulaire et plasma- tique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933,1052-4.—Creveld, S. van. Ueber die Chlorverteilung im Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1921, 123: 304-14.—Csaki, L. Ueber die Chlorverteilung im Blute. Ibid., 1923, 142: 360-9.—Dautrebande, L., & Davies, H. W. A study of the chlorine interchange between corpuscles and plasma. J. Physiol., Lond., 1923-24, 57: 36-46.—Dische, Z. Die Chlorver- teilung zwischen Blutkorperchen und Plasma und der Einfluss der Kohlensaurespannung auf dieselbe. Biochem. Zschr., 1922, 131: 596-600.—Feldmann, T. N., & Ulanowskaja, R. L. Ueber die Chlorverteilung im Blut in Abhangigkeit vom Zustand des Saure-Alkali-Gleichgewichts und tiber die Bedeutung, die die gesonderte Chloridbestimmung im Plasma und in den Erythro- zyten fiir die Klinik hat. Acta med. scand., 1935-36, 87: 65-79.— Glass, J. [Research on distribution of chlorides in the blood] Med. dosw., 1932, 15: 1-26.—Guillaumin, C. O. Influence du citrate trisodiquo sur la migration du chlore entre les globules et le plasma du sang humain. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1933,15: 1572-4.—Hogler, F., & Ueberrack, K. Ueber die Verteilung der Chloride auf Plasma und Korperchen im menschlichen Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1924, 150: 18-22.—Landou, A., Glass, G., & Kaminer, S. La repartition du chlore dans le sang; ses relations avec l'equilibre acido-basiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 594-6. Also Arch. mal. app. digest., 1930, 20: 546-81. Also Polska gaz. lek., 1930, 9: 177-9. Also Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1930, 20: 375-428.—McLean, F. C, Murray, H. A., & Henderson, L. J. The variable acidity of hemoglobin and the distribution of chlorides in the blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1919-20, 17: 180-2.—Muresanu, A. Ueber die Verteilung des Chlors auf Blutkorperchen und Plasma bzw. Serum. Biochem. Zschr., 1921, 124: 114-8.—Raszeja, S., & Slawinski, A. Sur la question du passage du chlore des h6maties dans les plasma sous l'in- fluence du citrate de sodium. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1933, 15:1569-71. ----- Sur la repartition du chlore entre le plasma et la cytoplasma des hematies dans le sang initial et dans le sang sale. Ibid., 1934, 16: 1692-707.—Ribadeau-Bumas, L., Mathieu, R. [et al.] Indications therapeutiques fournies par l'etude du chlore du sang et de sa repartition entre le plasma et les globules rouges. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1930, 3.ser., 46: 991-1002.— Skuiu, E. J. [Chloride distribution in erythrocytes and salt solutions containing them; relation of chloride equilibrium to the osmotic resistance of erythrocytes] Mosk. med. J., 1928, 8: 7-15. ---- Chlorides: Deficiency. See also Achlorhydria; Dehydration; Diabetes; Edema; Hydremia; Intestines, Obstruction; Kid- ney, Diseases; Pneumonia; Uremia, &c. Fleury, J. O. *Etude de la chloremie et choix des scrums artificiels dans les deshvdratations de la premiere enfance. 137p. 8? Par., 1930. Roux, A. La dechloruration et la rechlorura- tion en therapeutique. 87p. 8? Lyon, 1934. Rudolf, M. L'hypochloremie. 218p. 8°. Par., 1931. Achard, C. Hvpochloremie. Bruxelles med., 1930-31, 11; 496-502. Also Riforma med., 1930, 46: 1005-10. ----- Les 6checs de la rechloruration dans les etats d'hypochloremie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1930, 3.ser., 46: 623-9.—Ambard, L., & Stahl, J. Chloropenie sans deshydratation. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 713.—Argil, G. Acerca de la disminucion de los cloruros en los operados. Medicina, Mex., 1930, 137-40.— Ballif, L., & Gherscovici, I. Contribution a l'etude de la chloro- pexie et de la chloropenie tissulaire. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 319-22.—Binet, L., Viala, P. J., & Burnstein, M. L'hypo- chloremie au cours de l'occlusion intestinale n'est pas un mythe. Paris med., 1934, 93: 374-6.—Blum, L., Caulaert, C. van, & Grabar, P. Phenomenes d'hypochloruration apparaissant chez un uremique traite par le regime sans sei; n6cessit6 du contr61e de l'etat de la chloruration au cours du traitement des nephrites azotemiques. Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1929, 3.ser., 53: 251-9.—Bottin, J. Creation experimentale d'une forte hypochlo- remic chez le chien; survie de l'animal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 1392-4.—Castaigne, J., & Chaumerliac J., Les effets nocifs de la dechloruration et les indications, dans ces cas, de la thfra- peutique de rechloruration. J. med. fr., 1930, 19: 214-21.—Cau- laert, C. van, & Petrequin, P. S. Etude physio-pathologique, pathogenique et therapeutique de Phypochloruration appa- raissant au cours des nephrites seches avec anurie ou avec oli- guric. Arch. mal. reins, 1931-32, 6: 52-101.—Cotrufo, P. Sin- drome iperazotemica da cloropenia. Morgagni, 1935, 77: 435- 41.—Cristol, P. La physico-chimie des hypochloremies et le probleme de la rechloruration. Gaz. med. France, 1934, 585-7 — Curtis, G. M. Hypochloremia. California West M., 1930, 33: 625-8. -----& Pacheco, G. A. Experimental hypochloremia. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 874-6—Bechloruration et rechloruration [Rapports par Lucien B6co, Widal & Javal] C. rend. Congr. internat. physiother. (1910) Par., 1911, 3: 1044-9.—Fauvert, R. Les indications pratiques de la chlorura- tion et de la rechloruration. Gaz. med. France, 1934, 715.— Ferro-Luzzi, G. Ricerche sperimentali sul ricambio del cloro; rapporti tra ipocloremia sperimentale e azotemia. Arch. farm. sper., Roma, 1933, 55: 134-50.—Gseil, O. Klinik und Therapie der Hypochloramien. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 1197- 202.—Jaureguy, M. A., & Ayala, W. La chloremie dans les azo- temies infantiles. Arch. m€d. enf., 1932, 35: 339-45.—Kerpel- Fronius, E. Ueber die pathologische Bedeutung der Hypochlo- remic im Sauglingsalter. Mschr. Kinderh., 1933, 56: 240-6. ----- Chloropenie und Osmoregulation. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933,90: 676-83.—Mach, R. S. Les manifestations cliniques de l'hypochloremie. Rev. m6d. Suisse rom., 1934, 54: 829-55. ----- Hypochloremic et vomissements; la chloropenie des anachlorhydriques. Presse med., 1935, 43: 342-4. ----- & Sciclounov, F. Le traitement des hypochloremies et la rechloru- ration pr6op6ratoire. J. chir., Par., 1936, 48: 342-51. ---- L'hyperchlor6mie provoquee; etude de la rechloruration des hypochloremique. Presse med., 1936, 44: 431-3.—Merklen, P. Les hypochloremies et la rechloruration. Prat. med. fr., 1931, 12: 307-31.-----■ & Gounelle, H. Importance de la chloro- penie globulaire comme indication de la chloruration. Rev. med., Par., 1934, 51: 357-67.—Michelsen, J. Tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen zur Chlorverarmung des Organismus. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1933, 173: passim.—Nakamura, I., Isawa, S„ & Matuzaki, S. Chlordmie und AzotSmie. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1933, 23: 64.—Olsen, O. I. [Case of hypochloremia with azo- temia] Norsk, mag. laegevid., 1934, 95: 178-83.—Pierini, A. Estados di hipocloremia y recloruracion sodica endovenosa. Sem. med., B. Air., 1932, 39: 378-87.—Piersol, G. M., & Karr, W. G. Hypochloremia. Pennsylvania M.J., 1934-35, 38: 500-5.—Rathery, F. Hypochloremic et nephrites chronique. J. m6d. fr., 1930, 19: 362.—Schmitt, F. Ueber die Ionenverteilung im Blute bei hypochloramischen Zustandsbildern, bestimmt nach einer neuen Methode. Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 238.— Seckel, H. Hypochloramien im Kindesalter. Ibid., 1934, 13: 1457-61.—Tabanelli, M. Ricerche sulla cloruremia in chi- rurgia generale (variazioni indotte dall'intervento chirurgico ed applicazione della cura salina, ipertonica nei casi di defl- cienza clorurata postoperatoria) Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1931, 19: 203; 267.—Thiers, H. Hyperchlorie c6rebrale a forme d61i- rante et myoclonique au cours d'une chloropenie sanguine, hepatique et musculaire avec azotemie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 266-8—Vedel, Vidal, J. [et al.] Hypochloremic et azotemie. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1930,11: 467- 74.—VUlela, E. Cloropenia. Medicina, Mex., 1930, 11: 241-6.- Widal & Javal. Dechloruration et rechloruration. Bull. Soc. m6d. Yonne (1910) 1911, 51: 65-80. ---- Chlorides: Determination. See also Chlorine, Determination. Estay Hidalgo, M. *Estudio del cloro san- guineo; metodo de investigation e importancia clinica [Chile] 37p. 8? Santiago, 1931. Austin, J. H., & Van Slyke, D. B. The determination of chlorides in blood plasma. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 45: 461-3- Badouin, A., & Lewin, J. Une nouvelle methode de dosage des chlorures dans les liquides biologiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 485.—Bottin, J. Le dosage des chlorures sanguins. BLOOD CHEMISTRY 467 BLOOD CHEMISTRY Rev. beige sc. m6d., 1933, 5: 685-725.—Bruni, G. Semimicro- metodi per la determinazione quantitativa del cloruro di sodio nei siero sanguigno. Morgagni, 1926, 68: 1441-3. ■----- Semi- micrometodo per il dosaggio del cloruro di sodio nei siero san- guigno Rinasc. med., 1926, 3: 522.—Buday, L. Bestimmung aer Chloride im Harn und im Blut mit Hilfe der Leitfahigkeits- titration. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 200: 166-75— Cannavo, L. Note di tecnica sulla microdeterminazione della cloremia. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1929-30, 48: 471-5.—Castaigne, J., Vaurs, R., & Chaumerliac, J. Sur le dosage du chlore sanguin. Bull. Soc. med. h5p. Paris, 1930, 3.ser., 46: 185-7.—Cavett, J. W., & Holdridge, C. E. A new blood plasma chloride method. J Lab. Clin. M., 1933, 18: 944.—Christoffersen, N. R. [Obser- vations on the estimation of chlorine in the blood by Ivar Bang's method] Ugeskr. laeger, 1921, 83: 1126-30.—Christy, R. K., & Robson, W. The determination of chloride in biological fluids. Biochem. J., Lond., 1928, 22: 571-4.—Collier, V„ jr. Determina- tion of chlorides in biological materials. J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 115: 239-45.—Conway, E. J. An absorption apparatus for the micro-determination of certain volatile susbtances; the micro- determination of chloride, with application to blood, urine, and tissues. Biochem. J., Lond., 1935, 29: 2221-35—Duboux, M., & Parchet, L. Microdosage des chlorures dans le s6rum et le li- quide cephalorachidien par la methode des conductibilit6s electriques. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1929, 11: 504-16 — Duliere, W. L. Une methode pour la determination du chlore dans les elements du sang. Rev. beige sc. med., 1935, 7:10-20.— Dupray, M. A modification of Isaacs' colorimetric determination of blood chlorides. J. Biol. Chem., 1923-24, 58: 675-9.—Eisen- man, A.J. A note on the Van Slyke method for the determina- tion of chlorides in blood and tissue. Ibid., 1929, 82: 411-4.— Fearon, R. W, & GiUespie, W. A. A note on the use of tartrazine in the determination of chlorides in biological material. Bio- chem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 1629.—Filedt Kok, J. A. Micro chlo- ride determination in blood. Arch, neerl. physiol., 1931, 16: 132-5.—Fbldes, E., & Tauber, H. A new method for the deter- mination of chlorides in the blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1929-30, 15: 59-61.—Forbes, J. C., & Irving, H. An electrometric method for the determination of chlorides in whole blood and animal tissues. J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 83: 337-52.— Friend, H. Clinical method for the estimation of chlorides in blood. Ibid., 1922, 51: 115-9.—Grabar, P. Methode rapide de dosage du chlore; appli- cation au dosage des chlorures sanguins. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 27-9.—Greenwald, I., & Gross, J. Some sources of error in the determination of chlorides in blood and similar material. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 54: 589-94— Haden, R. L., & Orr, T. G. A note on a color change observed in blood chloride determinations after upper gastrointestinal tract obstruction. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1928-29, 14: 1037.—Hanna, M. I. A modifica- tion of the McLean-Van Slyke method for the estimation of chlorides in blood. Ibid., 1927-28, 13: 651-4.—Haslewood, G. A. B., & King, E. J. A new iodimetric procedure for the esti- mation of chloride in small amounts of blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1936, 30: 902-5.—Isaacs, M. L. A colorimetric determina- tion of blood chlorides. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 53:17-9.—Iversen, P. [Remarks on Ivar Bang's microscopical method for deter- mining chlorine in blood] Ugeskr. lseger, 1922, 84: 457. ----- & Schierberck, N. J. [A microscopical method for determining chlorine in the blood] Ibid., 454.—Janousgk, S. [Titration with mercury of ionic chlorine in blood] Cas. 16k. cesk., 1929, 68: 1302-4.—Korengold, M. [A new method for determination of chlorides in blood] Vrach. gaz., 1926, 30: 352.—Leiboff, S. L. A rapid method for the determination of chlorides in blood or urine. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1926-27, 12: 702-6— Letonoff, T. V. A colorimetric microdetermination of chlorides in blood and urine. Ibid., 1934-35, 20: 1293-6.—Levy, M. M. Note sur le dosage du chlore dans le serum sanguin et les globules rouges. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1929, 11: 633.—Lewis, R. C, & Binkley, N. L. A method for the determination of blood chlorides using palla- dious nitrate as indicator. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1931, 1: 231-5.— Madinaveitia, J. M., & Barriola, L. Cloro en sangre; algunas determinaciones. Progr. clin., Madr., 1929, 37: 781-3—Mislo- witzer, E., & Vogt, M. Die Elektrotitration in physiologischen Flussigkeiten; die Bestimmung der Chloride im Blute und Serum. Biochem. Zschr., 1925, 159: 80-2—Nitschke, A. Eine Mikromethode zur Bestimmung der Chloride in Korperflussig- keiten. Ibid., 489.—Norgaard, A., & Gram, H. C. Relation between the chloride content of the blood and its volume percent of cells. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 49: 263-78—Norris, J. H., & Ampt, G. The determination of chloride in blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1933, 27: 321-5—Nunes da Costa, A. Dosagens do cloro globular e plasmatico; sua importancia na clinica cirugica. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1931, 49: 91-5—Osterberg, A. E. Di- chlorofluorescein as an absorption indicator for the estimation of chlorides in blood. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1930, 5: 300-2. ---— & Schmidt, E. V. The estimation of plasma chlorides. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1927-28, 13: 172-5— Patterson, J. The determination of chlorides in body fluids. Biochem. J., Lond., 1928, 22: 758- 61—Petrounkin, M. L. [Determination of quantity of chlorine in the blood by Van Slyke method] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1925, 25: 279-86.—Prawdicz-Neminski, W. W. Ueber mikrochemische Bestimmung der Chloride im Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 215: 452-9.—Raquet, D. Dosage des chlorures dans le s6rum sanguin. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1928, 8.ser., 7: 487-9—Raszeja, S. Sur le microdosage du chlore plasmatique et globulaire dans le sang humain. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1932, 14: 873 — Rehberg, P. B. The determination of chlorine in blood and tis- sues by microtitration. Biochem. J., Lond., 1926, 20: 483-5 — Bieger, J. B. A note on the estimation of blood chlorides in tungstic acid filtrates. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1921-22, 7: 166 — Saifer, A., & Kornblum, M. Determination of chlorides in bio- logical fluids by the use of adsorption indicators. J. Biol. Chem., 1935-36, 112: 117-22. ----- The use of diphenylamine blue for the volumetric microdetermination of chlorides in urine and blood filtrates. Ibid., 1936, 114: 551-5. Also repr—Schbn- feld, H. Zur Bangschen Mikromethode der Bestimmung der Chloride im Blut und Serum. Biochem. Zschr., 1922-23, 134: 528-32.—Sendroy, J., jr. The gasometric determination of chloride in serum and urine. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 109: lxxxi.— Shapiro, C. S. A stable starch indicator for the iodometric esti- mation of chlorides in blood and urine. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 20: 195-8—Short, J. J., & Gellis, A. D. Blood chloride methods. J. Biol. Chem., 1927, 73: 219-22. Also repr.—Simorin, A. M. [Determination of chlorides in small quantities of blood] J. eksp. biol., 1930, 14: 35-7.—Smirk, F. H. The micro-estimation of chlorine in whole blood serum or corpuscles. Biochem. J., Lond., 1927, 21:31-5.—Smith, M. The determination of chlorides in trichloroacetic acid filtrates from whole blood and plasma. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 45:437f47.— Sunderman, F. W., & Williams, P. Some limitations of the Carius digestion for the measure- ment of chloride in biological material. Biochem. J., Lond., 1933, 27: 1578-80. ----- Diminution in chloride measurement after drying blood and tissues. J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 92: 99- 107.—Van Slyke, B. B. The determination of chlorides in blood and tissues. Ibid., 1923, 58: 523-9.—Wetmore, A. S. Determi- nation of chlorides in blood. Ibid., 1920-21, 45: 113-8.—White- horn, J. C. A system of blood analysis; simplified method for the determination of chlorides in blood or plasma. Ibid., 449- 60.—Wilson, B. W., & Ball, E. G. A study of the estimation of chloride in serum. Ibid., 1928, 78: L; 79: 221. Also repr — Yoshida, M. The leech method of blood analysis; a new micro- method; determination of blood chlorine. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1933-34, 22: 471-4. ---- Chlorides: Excess. See also Edema; Kidney, Function; Nephritis; Uremia. Ambard, L. La retention chloruree seche. Arch. mal. reins, 1925, 2: 330-40. ----- Les travaux recents sur la retention chlor6e seche. J. med. fr., 1925, 14: 447-9. -----& Schmid, F. Remarques sur les deux formes typiques de retentions chlorees. Bull. Soc. m6d. h6p. Paris, 1927, 3.ser., 51: 82-7.—Blum, L., & Van Caulaert. La composition du sang dans la retention chlo- ruree seche. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 283-5. ----- La retention chloruree hydropigene. Ibid., 285-7. ----- Le mecanisme de la retention chloruree seche. Ibid., 692; 694. Also Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1925, 3.ser., 49: 1175-80.— Castaigne, J., Chaumberliac, J., & Vaurs, R. Introduction chimique a l'etude clinique de la chloremie. J. m6d. fr., 1930, 19: 211-3.—Cathala. La retention chlor6e seche. Rev. g6n. clin. th6r., 1934, 48:422; 693.—Cristol. Chloremie et chlorur6mie. Arch. mal. reins, 1934, 8: 434-9.—Froment, P., & Sigwald, J. La retention chlor6e seche. Gaz. med. France, 1931, 558-62.— Goldberg, R. Hyperchloruremie et chloropenie. Clinique, Par., 1929, 24: 305.—LeSage, A. Chlorur6mie et chloremie. Union m6d. Canada, 1931, 60: 39-44.—Loiseleur, J. Modifica- tions physico-chimiques du sang au cours de l'hyperchlor6mie experimentale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 711-3.—Mach. R. S., & Sciclounov, F. L'hyperchloremie provoquee. Helvet, med. acta, 1936, 3: 265-73.—Pruche, A. Biochimie eiementaire du serum: la formule hematologique de la retention chloruree; le coefficient r6nal d'excr6tion des chlorures. Presse med., 1921, 29: 35-7.—Rodillon, G. La chloruremie ne peut pas fitre une valeur fixe. Ibid.,- 334.—Weill, A. Chlorur6mie. J. med. chir., Par., 1922, 93: 25-35. ---- Chlorides: Variations. Alessandri RodrIguez, M. *La cloremia en algunos estados patol6gicos; su aplicaci6n clinica yterapeutica [Chile] 204p. 8? Santiago, 1930. Aage, T., Jacobsen, B., & Palsberg, M. Recherches sur la teneur en chlorures du plasma au cours de divers etats patho- logiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 84: 1041-3—Achard, C, & Enachesco, M. De l'action r6ciproque de la chloruration et de l'alcalinisation de l'organisme dans les maladies aigues; epreuve de chloruration. J. physiol. path, gen., 1930, 28: 587-95 — Anikin, I. B. [Chlorides of the blood in surgical and endocrine- diseases] Vest, khir., 1929, 16-17: 191-206—Bergauer, V., Boucek, J., & Podrouzek, V. Changements dans les ions CI du serum sanguin sous l'influence de la thyro'ide et de l'hypophyse. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 281-4—Binet, L. Chlore sanguin et reactions digestives experimentales. M6decine, Par., 1930, 11: 665.—Blum, L., Belaville, M., & Van Caulaert. L'etat physique du chlore et du sodium au cours de quelques etats pathologiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 295-7—Bottin, J. Le chlore sanguin dans le regime mixte et le jeune alimentaire chez le chien; son rapport avec le volume globulaire et le volume plasmatique. Ibid., 1933, 114: 1389-91—Bruno, A. A. Clo- ruremia durante el periodo digestivo. Rev. m6d. Rosario, 1929, 19 • 350-2.—Buchhalter, I. V. [Relation of the chloride contents in the blood to gastric secretion and digestion] Arkh. med. nauk, 1929, 2: 301-9.—Bugnard, L., & Lescoeur, L. Variations du chlore sanguin sous l'influence de la cure alcaline. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 927-9.—Capani, L. Variazioni delle fra- zioni azotate e del cloro nei sangue circolante attraverso il pol- mone respirante e in apnea. Riv. pat. sper., 1936-37,16:251-6.— Castaigne, J. Les variations pathologiques du chlore sanguin; BLOOD CHEMISTRY 468 BLOOD CHEMISTRY application a la pathologie, la clinique et la therapeutique. J. m6d. fr., 1930, 19: 195-210.—Cellina, M. Delle variazioni del CI e del CO2 nei sangue durante la dieta aclorurata. Arch. sc. biol., Bologna, 1929-30, 14: 364-8.—Chabanier, H., & Lobo Onell, C. Cloremia y sindrome toxico post-operatorio. Rev. med. lat. amer., B. Air., 1933-34,19: 337-50.—Cipriani, C, & Dogliotti, G. C. Cloremia e ricambio del cloro in varie condizioni morbose. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1930, 54: 577-614. Also Minerva med., Tor., 1930, 21: pt2, 549-55—Coelho, E., & Rocheta, J. Le chlore du sang dans le collapsus circulatoire experimental. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 514-6—Cristol, P., Puech, A., & Monnier, P. Modifications de l'equilibre du chlore sanguin dans l'hyperazo- temie et l'acidose d'origine renale. Arch. Soc. sc. m6d. biol. Montpellier, 1929, 10: 195-7.—Cuatrecasas, J. El cloro plas- matico y globular en el edema y otros estados patologicos. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1936, 25: 254-65.—Belaville, M., & Tchernia- kofsky, P. Le chlore sanguin au cours de divers syndromes neu- ropsychiatriques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 342.—Di, F. Vergleichende Serumkochsalzbestimmungen im Venen- und Kapillarblut vor und nach Kochsalzbelastung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1924, 71:1167—Dodds, E. C. & Smith, K. S. Variations in the blood chlorides in relation to meals. J. Physiol., Lond., 1923-24,58:157-62.—Brouet, P. L., Verain & Collesson, L. Action de l'extrait post-hypophysaire sur le chlore sanguin. Rev. fr. endocr., 1934, 12: 1-14.—Ferro-Luzzi, G. Ricerche sperimentali sul ricambio del cloro; comportamento della cloremia e dell'azo- temia dopo dieta aclorurata ed ipoclorurata. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1932-33, 56: 477-86.—Glatzel, H. Warum sinkt der Chlorgehalt des Blutserums nach dem Essen? Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 555-9.—Gram, H. C. Chlorides of serum, blood, and corpuscles in various pathological conditions. J. Biol. Chem., 1924, 61: 337-43.—Haden, R. L., & Orr, T. G. The blood chlo- rides in proteose intoxication. J. Exp. M., 1928, 48: 639-45.— Hansen, H. L., Fosdick, L. S., & Dragstredt, C. A. A study of the effect of certain diuretics on the concentration of blood chlorides in dogs. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1931, 41: 325-31.— Levy, R. Sur la teneur en chlore du sang et des liquides intersti- tiels apres administration de KC1 et de CaCh. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 870-2.—Linder, G. C, & Carmichael, E. A. The chlorides and inorganic constituents of the serum and cerebro- spinal fluid in nephritis and acidosis. Biochem. J., Lond., 1931, 25: 1090-4.—Oselladore, G., & Sacerdote, G. Le modiflcazioni postoperatorie della cloruremia con particolare riguardo agli operati di forme dell' apparato digerente. Arch. ital. app. diger., 1931, 1: 67-85—Parhon, C. I., & Cahane, M. Le chlore plasma- tique, le chlore globulaire, le chlore et le CINa du liquide cephal orach id ien sous l'influence des injection, d'hormone parathyroidtenne chez I'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 835.—Parhon, C. I., & Derevici, M. Sur la chloremie globulaire et plasmatique chez les ehiens thyroparathyrol'dectomises. Ibid., 1929, 101: 1181.—Reggiani, M. M. Sul comportamento dei cloruri ematici in alcune affezioni chirurgiche. Ann. ital. chir., 1932, 11: 1075-84—Roberto, S. Sul comportamento della clo- remia in seguito ad interventi ginecologici. Arch, ostet. gin., 1936, 43: 17-30.—Rohrbock, F., & Istvancsics, J. [Chlorine con- tent of blood and plasma in childhood; their relation to stomach secretion under pathological conditions] Orv. hetil., 1927, 71: 1260-3.—Saradjichvili, P., & Raffiin, R. Effets de l'histamine, de l'adr6naline et de l'atropine (sympathique et vague-equilibre, acide-base-mouvements du chlore et de l'eau) J. physiol. path. g6n., 1929, 27: 795-810, 3diagr— Schober, W. Die Schwankungen des Chlorspiegels im Gesamtblut und im Blutserum des Saug- lings in ihrer Abhangigkeit von der Magensaftsekretion. Mschr. Kinderh., 1923, 22: 297-307.—Schteingart, M„ Ontaneda, L. E., & Rinaldi, J. F. Effet de la ponction cisternale sur 1'azote et le chlore du sang. C. rend. Soc biol., 1931, 106: 148.—Sindler, A. Ueber den Chlorspiegel des Blutes (Experimentalbeitrag zur Frage der Abhangigkeit der Kochsalzkonzentration des Blutes von der Magensaftsekretion) Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1925, 47: 156-66.—Urechia, C. I., & Retezeanu, A. L'influence de quel- ques substances sur le chlore du sang (globules et plasma) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 1013.—Wesselow, O. L. V. de. The variation in the chloride content of the blood. Internat. Clin . 1924, 34.ser., 3: 191-9. ---- Cholesterol. See Blood cholesterol. ---- Choline. See also Acetylcholine; Blood pressure; Choline. Stern, K. *Die Bestimmung des Blutcho- linspiegels mit einer chemischen Methode [Frankfurt] 16p. 8? Bresl., 1933. Ambo, H., & Aoki, T. Experimentelle Untersuchung des Cholins; fiber die mikrochemische Bestimmung des Cholins im Blut und Gewebe. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1931, 31: 171-4.— Bohn, H. Ueber Cholin und Cholinester im Blute. Klin Wschr., 1930, 9:2147. -----Schlapp, W., & Stern, K. Unter- suchungen zum Mechanismus des blassen Hochdrucks; fiber das Verhalten des Blutcholinspiegels beim blassen und roten Hochdruck; zugleich Mitteilung einer chemischen Methode zur Bestimmung des Cholins in kleinen Blutmengen. Zschr klin. Med., 1934, 127: 226-32—Bolaffi, A. Ricerche sul con- tenuto di colina nei sangue in alcune condizioni sperimentali. Arch. ital. sc. farm., 1933, 2: 126-40.—Heesch, O. Ueber eine vereinfachte Cholinbestimmung im Blut. Arch, ges Physiol 1925, 209: 779— Kapfhammer, J., & Bischoff, C. Acetylcholin und Cholin aus tierischen Organen; Darstellung aus Rinder- blut. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1930, 191: 179-82, pi.—Maxim, M. Les variations de la teneur du sang en choline avec les repas Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Bucarest, 1929, 11: 103-6. ----- Che- mische Methode der Cholinbestimmung im Blute. Biochem Zschr., 1931, 239: 138.—Rosso, C. Colina ed equilibrio elettro- litico del sangue. Med. inf., Roma, 1934, 5: 209-15.—Sasso, E. Sul controllo dell' esistenza di colina libera nei sangue. Boll' Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 856-9.—Sharpe, J. S. A method for the quantitative estimation of choline in blood. Biochem. J., Cambr., 1923, 17: 41.—Spath, B. Untersuchungen Uber die Veranderung des Blutcholingehaltes in der normalen und toxi- schen Schwangerschaft. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1936, 102' 167-83.—Wrede, F., & Bruch, E. Ueber das Schicksal des Cho- line im Blut. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1931, 195: 255-9. ---- Citric acid. See also Citric acid. Benni, B., Schersten, B., & Oestberg, O. Der Zitronensaure- gehalt im Blutserum des Menschen. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 223:443.—Lindholm, H. Der Zitronensauregehalt im Serum von Kaninchen unter spezieller Berucksichtigung verschiedener Diaten. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1934, 70: 295-302.— Oestberg, O. Ueber die Bestimmung von Zitronensaure in Blutserum mit der Thunbergmethode; eine materialsparende Modifikation. Ibid., 1933-34, 67: 265-74.-----Citronen- saure in Blut und Harn. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1934, 94: 442- 52.—Thunberg, T. Einige Beobachtungen fiber die Beeinflus- sung des Zitronensaurespiegels des Blutes durch die Einnahme von Zitronensaure. Acta path, microb. scand., 1933, suppl. 16, 535-42. ---- Clinical aspect. De Wesselow, O. L. V. S. The chemistry of the blood in clinical medicine. 255p. 8? Lond., 1924. Kilduffe, R. A. The clinical interpretation of blood chemistry. 186p. 8? Phila., 1927. Alexander, M. E. The practical application of blood chem- istry findings. Proc. Connecticut M. Soc, 1924, 132: 163-89.— Bandler, C. G., & Killian, J. A. The practical value of chemical analysis of the blood in urological conditions. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 19: 1-30.—Barron, M. The value and importance of blood chemistry in clinical medicine. Minnesota M., 1923,6:238-44.— Bauer, J. C, & Stoneburner, R. W. Prognostic value of blood chemistry in surgery. West Virginia M.J., 1922-23,17: 265-70.— BeccadeUi, G. L'influenza del sangue sulle reazione chimiche (con applicazioni alia medicina legale ad alia clinica) Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1923, 36: 137-44.—Bloem, T. F. The relative value of clinical tests for blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1933, 27: 121-31.—Bolin, Z. E. Clinical interpretation of findings in blood chemistry. Mil. Surgeon, 1922, 51: 527-39—Brines, 0. A. Chemical blood analysis as a diagnostic aid. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1921, 20: 235-40—Byrd, T. L. Blood chemistry and in- ternal medicine; its aid in diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment. J. Med. Ass. Georgia, 1930, 19: 420-4.—Cammidge, P. J. The diagnostic value of blood analysis. Practitioner, Lond., 1924, 112: 234-44.—Corkill, A. B. The clinical significance of plasma phosphorus, cholesterol, chloride, and serum calcium estima- tions. Med. J. Australia, 1932,1: 60-2.—Bickinson, A. M. The value of blood chemistry studies to the surgeon. N. York State J.M., 1926, 26: 190.—Bie y Mas, J. Interpretation clinica de los analisis quimicos de la sangre y sus aplicaciones a la practica. Gac. med. Caracas, 1929, 36: 97; 114; 134.—Fabrikant, E. N. [Clinical value of chemical analysis of the blood] Odessk. med. J., 1928, 3:447-51—Fleming, W. B. Possibilities and limitations of blood-chemistry in diagnosis. Internat. Clin., 1925, 35.ser., 4: 1-18.—Hansman, F. S. The clinical importance of certain chemical constituents of the blood. Med. J. Australia, 1931,1: 560-3.—Higgins, W. H. Clinical significance of changes in the blood chemistry. Virginia M. Month., 1925-26, 52: 76-80 — Ibarrola Grande, J. Las investigaciones de quimica sanguinea en cirugia. An. Sanat. Valdes, 1927, 3: 163-8—Isvekov, V. G. Chemical analysis of the blood and functional tests as an aid in diagnosis. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1930, 23: 310-6—Janjigian, R. R. Some points in the biochemistry of the blood as related to medicine. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc. (1922-23) 1924, 23: 76-87 — Klugh, G. F. The practical application of blood chemistry. J. S.Carolina M. Ass., 1925, 21: 160—Labbg, H. Limites d'in- terpretation dans la recherche clinique du sang par le r6actif de Meyer. Arch. mal. app. digest., 1923, 13: 600-8—Lattimore, J. L. Clinical interpretation and application of blood chemistry. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1931, 32: 220-4.—Lematte, L. Composition chimique et s6m6iologie du sang. Rev. med., Par., 1931, 48: 81-125.—Ling, S. M. The value of chemical blood findings in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. Nat. M.J. China, 1928, 14: 6-15.—Luden, G. The chemistry of the blood as a clinical thermometer. Med. Woman J., 1924, 31: 152-9—McGavack, T. H. The application of blood chemistry findings to diagnosis and prescribing. J. Am. Inst. Homoeop., 1926,19: 804; 894; 964. Also repr.—Mason, E. H. The use and interpretation of blood chemistry by the general practitioner. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1928, 18: 34-40.—Maxwell, E. S. Blood chemistry in diagnosis and prognosis of disease. Kentucky M.J., 1926, 24: 206-9—Mayo, W. J. Advances in surgery through physicochemic studies of theblood. J.IowaM.Soc, 1925,15: 105-8—Miller,S.R. Blood BLOOD CHEMISTRY 469 BLOOD CHEMISTRY chemistry and its relation to periodontal problems. J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1930, 17: 458-69.—Miranda, F. P. de. El analisis quimico de la sangre, su importancia en el diagnostico y pronostico de las enfermedades. Gac. m6d. Mexico, 1927, 58: 496-533.—Mookher- jee, H. N. The present position of blood chemistry in clinical medicine. Calcutta M.J., 1924-25, 19: 267-70.—Morris. M. F. Clinic; blood chemistry in modern medicine. N. York M.J., 1921, 113: 726.—Muggia, A. II valore prognostico della diazo e della xantoreazione. Rinasc. med., 1928,5: 1002-7, pi.—Myers, V. C Chemical changes in the blood and their clinical significance. Physiol. Rev., 1924, 4: 274-328.—Newcomb, P. B. The value of blood chemistry to the practitioner. Southwest. M., 1922, 6: 371-6.—Pedersen, V. C, & Exiner, M. Chemistry in the blood; a clinical review of 750 questionnaires sent to urologists in the United States and Canada. Internat. J.S., 1925, 38: 424-36 — Also Med. Times, N.Y., 1925, 53: 263; 286.—Peters, J. P. The clinical value of blood chemistry. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1935, 62-7.—Smith, E. B. A review of the value of blood chemistry. Long Island M.J., 1921,15: 185-7.—Squier, J. B., Bandler, C. G„ & Myers, V. C. Significance of chemical blood findings in urologic conditions. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 79: 1384-6 IDiscussion] 1389-91.—Stier, R. F. E. The clinical appli- cation of blood chemistry. Northwest M., 1921, 20: 148-52 — Valle Sarraga, R. del. El analisis micro-quimico de la sangre y su interpratacion teorica y pratica. Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1921-22, 16: 179-98.—Way, C. T. Practical blood chemis- try. Ohio M.J., 1926, 22: 499—Webster, R. W. Blood chem- istry as an aid to the general practitioner. Nebraska M.J., 1924, 9: 295-302.—Wiener, R. von E. Application of newer methods in blood-chemistry to clinical medicine. Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1925, 2.ser., 1: 214-29.—Williams, J. L. The sig- nificance of blood chemistry. Am. J. Nurs., 1925, 25: 2-5.—Wil- son, C. Blood chemistry. Eclect. M.J., 1932, 92: 16. ---- Colloids. See Blood, Physico-chemical properties; Blood plasma; Blood proteins; Blood serum; Colloid; Flocculation; Water metabolism. ---- Copper. See also Anemia, Treatment: Copper; Copper. Bence.J. Die Rolle des Kupfers in der Blutbildung. Zschr. klin. Med., 1933-34, 126: 143-51.—Bjerrum, J., & Henriques, V. Ueber die Bestimmung des Kupfergehaltes von Plasma und Blutkorperchen mit der Warburgschen Zystein-Oxydations- methode. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1935, 72: 271-82 — Chanoz, M., Ponthus, P., & Niel, R. Mise en evidence du cuivre contenu dans le sang d'escargot par coloration eiectrolytique d'une membrane proteique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 1109-12.—Currado, C. Ricerche sul contenuto di rame nei sangue dei bambini. Pediatria (Riv.) 1933, 41: 54-66.—Eisler, B„ Rosdahl, K. G., & Theorell, H. Untersuchungen fiber die Zustandsform des Kupfers im Blutserum mit Hilfe der Kata- phorese. Biochem. Zschr., 1936, 286: 435-8.—Elvehjem, C. A., Steenbock, H., & Hart, E. B. Is copper a constituent of the hemoglobin molecule? the distribution of copper in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 83: 21-5.—Fieschi, A., & Storti, E. Ricerche sulla cupremia; il contenuto normale di rame nei sangue e la sua ripartizione nelle diverse frazioni ematiche. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1933, 47: 411-24.—Guillemet, R. Sur la teneur en cuivre du serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 32. ---- Dosage de quelques centiemes de milligrammeducuivre; application au sang, a l'h6mocyanine et a divers autres tissus animaux. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1932, 14: 1350-85. ----- Sur le cuivre sanguin; sa repartition entre les differents consti- tuants du sang normal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 652-4. ---- Sur reiectrolyse de traces du cuivre; facteurs suscep- tibles de l'influencer; application au dosage de cet element dans le sang et les tissus. Ibid., Ill: 36. ----- Sur le cuivre du sang; variation de sa repartition entre les globules et le serum ou le plasma; influence des saignees et de l'ingestion de cuivre. Ibid., 39. -----& Gosselin, G. Sur le rapport entre le cuivre et la capacite respiratoire, dans les sangs h6mocyaniques. Ibid., 733-5.—Itizyo, M. Studies in the biochemistry of copper; effect of rapid loss of blood followed by intravenous injection of physio- logical salt solutions upon the blood copper content. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1935, 3: Biochem., 67-72.—Krebs, H. A. Ueber das Kupfer im menschlichen Blutserum. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 584.— Lesne, E., Zizine, P., & Briskas, S. B. Note sur les variations du cuivre dans ie sang des enfants normaux aux differents ages. C rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 1582.—Locke, A., & Main, E. R. The copper and iron content of the blood serum in cancer and in pregnancy. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1931, 13: 438. -----& Rosbash, D. O. The copper and non-hemoglobinous iron con- tents of the blood serum in disease. J. Clin. Invest., 1932, 11: 527-42.—Muller, A. H. Die Rolle des Kupfers im Organismus mit besonderer Berucksichtigung seiner Beziehungen zum Blut. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1935, 48: 444-69—Sachs, A., Levine, V. E„ & Fabian, A. A. Copper and iron in human blood. Arch. Int. M., 1935, 55: 227-53.—Sarata, U. The copper content of the blood with a method for its determination. Jap. J.M.Sc, 1933, 2: Biochem., 261-75. ----- Distribution of copper between the corpuscles and plasma. Ibid., 305-8. ----- Copper in relation to the menstruation and pregnancy, with the copper content of men's blood. Ibid., 1935, 3: 1-8. ----— Behaviour of the blood copper in some anaemic conditions in man and horses, and the copper content of children's blood. Ibid., 55-62. ----- Effect of a gradual loss of blood upon the copper content of blood, with the copper content of bone-mar- row. Ibid., 63-6. ----- Effect of fasting and different foods upon the copper content of blood. Ibid., 73-7. ----- & Suzuki, A. Studies in the biochemistry of copper; the copper content of red and white blood cells. Ibid., 1933-34,2: Biochem., 309-12. ----- Studies in the biochemistry of copper; effect of rapid loss of blood upon the copper content of blood. Ibid., 341-54.—Schindel, L. Ueber den Kupfergehalt des Blutes. Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 743—Tompsett, S. L. The copper con- tent of blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 1544-9. -----& Anderson, D. F. The copper content of the blood in pregnancy. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1935, 16: 67-9— Warburg, 0. Methode zur Bestimmung von Kupfer und Eisen und tiber den Kupfergehalt des Blutserums. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 187: 255-71. Also Klin. WsChr., 1927, 6: 1094. ----- & Krebs, H. A. Ueber locker gebundenes Kupfer und Eisen lm Blutserum. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 190: 143-9. ---- Creatine and creatinine. See also Creatine and creatinine. Derot, M. *La creatininemie. 235p. 8° Par., 1932. Souza Soares, J. B. de. *Da importancia da determinacao da creatininemia e da creatininuria para o progn6stico das nephrites chronicas. 80p. 8? S. Paulo, 1928. Alexandresco-Bersca, C, Ciocalteu, V., & Tocilesco, A. Re- cherches sur la cr6atinemie normale et pathologique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest, 1925, 7: 38-52.—Behre, J. A., & Benedict, S. R. Studies in creatine and creatinine metabolism; on the question of the occurrence of creatinine and creatine in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 52: 11-33.—Bohn, H., Friedsam, A., & Hahn, F. Zur Frage des wahren und falschen Kreatins und Kreatinins im Blut und Harn. Zbl. inn. Med., 1935, 56: 465- 73.—Ciaccio, I. Ricerche sui corpi creatiniei; sulla fosfocreatina del sangue. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 308-10.—Clarke, M. L. B. Blood creatinin; case report. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1929, 18: 34.—Cristol, P., & Boukovala, A. Creatininemie et creati- ninorachie. Bull. Soc. sc. m6d. biol. Montpellier, 1922-23, 4: 337.—Banielson, I. S. On the presence of creatinine in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 113: 181-95. Also repr.—De Favento, P. Considerazioni sulla creatininemia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933, 8: 156-8.—De Leon, W., & Leyva, J. F. Report on the fatal limit of blood creatinine and its relation to uric acid among Filipinos. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1935, 15: 417-9.— Dias, A. Creatininemia. Arch, rio-grand. med., 1921, 2: 44-52.—Bominguez, R., & Pomerene, E. Studies of the renal excretion of creatinine; on the functional relation between the rate of output and the concentration in the plasma. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 104: 449-71. Also repr.—Feinblatt, H. M. Crea- tininemia; based upon a study of 1,500 blood chemical analyses. Am. J.M.Sc, 1923, 166: 249-56.— Ferro-Luzzi, G. Ueber das sogenannte wahre Kreatinin des Blutes. Biochem. Zschr., 1934-35, 275: 422-9. ----- II comportamento della creatini- nemia in varie affezioni morbose. Gior. clin. med., 1934, 15: 163-78.—Gaebler, 0. H. Further studies of blood creatinine. J. Biol. Chem., 1930, 89: 451-66.----- Isolation experiments on serum creatinine. Ibid., 1935, 109: xxxv. -----& Keltch, A. K. On the nature of blood creatinine. Ibid., 1928, 76: 337-59.—Gavrila, J. Creatinine et creatine du sang et du liquide c6phalorachidien chez les sujets normaux et chez les nephre- tiques azot6miques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 316. ----- Vior, V., & Ramneantzu. La creatininemie et la creatinemie chez I'homme normal. Ibid., 1929, 100: 380.----- La crea- tininemie et la creatin6mie dans quelques etats patholo- giques. Ibid., 381-3.—Haymam, J. M., jr., Johnston, S. M., & Bender, J. A. On the presence of creatinine in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1935,108: 675-91. Also repr.—Jeanbrau, E., & Cristol, P. Repartition de la creatinine entre les globules et le plasma san- guin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 7-9. ----- La creatini- nemie normale. Ibid., 65.—Kacl, K. Sur I'adsorption de la creatine et de la creatinine par les globules rouges. Ibid., 1935, 120: 916. ----- De l'influence du pH sur I'adsorption de la creatinine par les globules rouges du sang. Ibid., 918-20.— Kessler & Albers, H. Zur Frage des Kreatin-Kreatininstoff- wechsels in normaler und pathologischer Gestationsperiode, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Serumwerte. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1933-34, 155: 353-62.—Lapolla, A. Influenza della splenectomia sulla creatinemia totale. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1935, 45: 522-5.—Linneweh, F. Kommt Kreatinin im normalen Blut vor? Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 293—Maydell, R. Vergleichende Untersuchungen Uber das Kreatinin im Blut- serum und im Liquor cerebrospinalis. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 91: 455-62.—Meucci, A. Sul valore del coeficiente creatini- nemico nelle nefropatie. Prat, chir., Arez., 1930-31, 3: 150-63.— Nathan, M. La cr6atinin6mie; sa valeur pronostique dans les nephrites. Presse med., 1922, 30: 953—Patch, F. S„ & Rabino- witch, I. M. Urea and creatinine contents of the blood in renal disease; a statistical analysis of 5,000 observations. J. Am. M, Ass., 1928, 90: 1092-5.—Poyales, F. Indice de creatinina en sangre; su valor pronostico en las lesiones retinianas de origen renal. Progr. clin., Madr., 1927, 35: 20-2.—Rathery, F., Berot, M., & Bataille. Etude du taux sanguin de la creatinine chez l'ani- mal nephrectomise et chez l'animal atteint de nephrite experi- mentale (bismuth, mercure et toxine dipht6rique) C. rend. BLOOD CHEMISTRY 470 BLOOD CHEMISTRY Soc biol., 1932, 110: 923.—Saravia Gallo, R. Creatinina en la sangre. Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1924-25,16:337-58.—Scaffldi, V., & Giliberti, P. Ricerche sulla soppressione della funzione renale; la creatina e la creatinina del sangue. Riv. pat. sper., 1935,14:59-69.—Selman, J. J., & Linegar, C. R. A case of marked creatinemia with recovery. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1933, 18: 1032.— Service, S. F. Prognosis in creatininemia. Clifton M. Bull., 1924-25, 10: 38-42— Vignes, H. La creatininemie. Rev. crit. path. th6r., 1932, 3: 359-67—Wang, C. C, & Dentler, M. L. Creatinine and creatine in the blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1920, 46: 237-43.—Zacherl, M. K., & Lieb, H. Untersuchungen fiber den Kreatin- und Kreatininstoffwechsel; tiber das Kreatinin und Kreatin des Blutes. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1934, 226: 130-8 — Zappacosta, M. Sul significato della ipercreatinemia nelle ipertensione essenziale. Riforma med., 1935, 51: 1430-5. ---- Creatine ancf creatinine: Determination. Block, Z., & Motta, L. M. J. Sobre a photometria de Pulfrich e suas applicacoes clinicas; dosagem da creatinina e creatina no sangue e na urina. Brasil med., 1935, 49:15-7.—Ferro-Luzzi, C, & Ciaccio, I. Ricerche sulle sostanze ehe danno la reazione di Jaffe nei sangue ed in altri liquidi organici. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1934, 5: 361-71.—Folin, O. Bemerkungen zur Bestim- mung von Kreatinin (und Kreatin) im Blut. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1934, 228: 268-72.—Fonteyne, P., & Ingebricht, P. Etude sur la teneur du sang en creatine et en creatinine chez I'homme normal et chez I'homme malade. Ann. m6d., Par., 1923, 14: 470-500.—Gaebler, 0. H. Precipitation of apparent creatinine from serum ultrafiltrates. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 771-3.—Hubbard, R. S. Creatinine determinations in the blood. Clifton M. Bull., 1923-24, 10: 10-2—Koplo witz, E. Bestimmung des Kreatinins und des Kreatins in kleinen Blut- mengen. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 211: 475; 1930, 221: 264.— Kristeller, L.. Kreatinbestimmung im Blute und ihre klinische Bedeutung. Verh. Deut. Kongr. inn. Med., 1914, 31: 592-4.— Lesne, Hazard & Langle. Teneur du sang en creatinine chez l'enfant normal et chez l'enfant malade. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 23-5.—Lieb, H„ & Zacherl, M. K. Zur Methodik der Kreatininbestimmung in Harn und Blut. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 1572. Also Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1934, 223: 169-79 — Moreau, E. Dosage de la creatinine dans le sang. C. rend. Soc biol., 1923, 88: 249-51.—Slosse, A. Recherches sur la teneur du sang en creatine et en creatinine. In Vol. jubil. Soc. sc. med. natur. Bruxelles, 1922, 155-62. ---- Electrolytes. See also Blood, Acid-base equilibrium; Blood, Electrophoresis; Blood chemistry, Minerals; Blood serum. Atchley, B. W., & Benedict, E. M. Serum electrolyte studies in normal and pathological conditions; pneumonia, renal edema, cardiac edema, uremic and diabetic acidosis. J. Clin. Invest., 1930, 9: 265-94.—Austin, J. H., Sunderman, F. W., & Camack, J. G. The electrolyte composition and the pH of serum of a poikilothermous animal at different temperatures. J. Biol. Chem., 1927, 72: 677-85.—Bernhard, A., & Beaver, J. J. The electrodialysis of human blood serum. Ibid., 1926, 69:113-24.— Brauchli, E., & Schnider, O. Ueber die Ionenverschiebungen im Blut bei Narkose- und Erregungszustanden. Arch. exp. Path.. Lpz., 1926,119: 240-53.—Di Benedetto, E. Electrodialyse des electrolytes du s6rum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933,113: 453.—Divella, D. Influenza della narcosi e del trauma opera- torio sul comportamento delle sostanze elettrolitiche del siero di sangue. Riv. pat. sper., 1933-34, 10: 281-9.—Ehrismann, G. Ueber vergleichende Ionenbestimmungen im Blutserum, ins- besondere bei Nierenkrankheiten und bei Pneumonie. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1925,147:147-58—Ettisch, G., & Ewig, W. Zur Elektrodialyse des Serums. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 195: 175-88. ----- Zur Frage der Serumfraktionierung mittels Elektro- dialyse. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1928, 40. Kongr., 457-60. ----- & Bradfleld, R. Zur Frage der Elektrodialyse des Serums. Kolloid Zschr., 1928, 45: 141-5.—Ettisch, G., & Beck, W. Die elektrodialytische Fraktionierung des Blutserums. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 1950.—Gollwitzer-Meier, K. Zur Frage des Ionenaustausches im Blut. Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 140: 608-11—Greene, C. H., Bollman, J. L. [et al.] The distribu- tion of. electrolytes between serum and transudates. J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 91: 203-16.—Greene, C. H., & Power, M. H. The distribution of electrolytes between serum and the in vivo dialysate. Ibid., 183-202.—Hastings, A. B., Salvesen, H. A. [et al.] Studies of gas and electrolyte equilibria in the blood; the distribution of electrolytes between transudates and serum. J. Gen. Physiol., 1927, 8: 701-11—Hsien Wu. Note on Donnan equilibrium and osmotic pressure relationship between the cells and the serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 70: 203-5.—Ide, M. Les equilibres du sang. Rev. m6d. Louvain, 1926, 260-7.—Keller, R. Molekfile und Ionen im Plasma. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 195: 14-9.—Kroetz, C. Ein unstetiger lonenaustausch zwischen Blutkorperchen und Phosphatpuffergemischen steigender Wasserstoffionenkonzentration. Ibid., 1923, 136: 250-65.— Mangili, C. La soglia elettrolitica del siero di alcune specie animali. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1933, 53:1174-8.—Meier, K. Ueber den lonenaustausch zwischen Blutkorperchen und Serum. Klin. Wschr., 1922,1:1748. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1922, 29: 322-33—MeUanby, J., & Wood, C. C. The influence of carbon dioxide on the interchange of ions between the cor- puscles and the serum of blood. J. Physiol., Lond., 1923-24, 57:113-28.—Mond, R., & Netter, H. Zur Frage des sogenannten Anionendefizits im Blutserum; die Bestimmung der Dissozia- tionskonstante und der Konzentration einer im Serum vorhan- denen unbekannten Saure. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1925, 207; 515-22.—Mutzenbecher, P. Dissoziationen und Assoziationen der Serummolekfile. Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 266: 259-65.— Neuhausen, B. S., & Marshall, E. K. An electrochemical study of the condition of several electrolytes in the blood. J. Biol Chem., 1922, 53: 365-72.—Pontoni, L. Valore clinico della soglia elettrolitica del siero umano. Riv. clin. med., 1933, 34:105-35.— Putzeys, P. Sur l'application de la theorie des electrolytes aux equilibres du sang. Bull. Acad. m6d. Belgique, 1936, 6.ser., 1: 317-26.—Rossier, P. H. Comparaison entre les points isoelec- triques du serum et du plasma humains. Arch. phys. biol Par., 1926,5: 212-21.—Smith, P. K., & Smith, A. H. Electrolytes in the serum of the rat. J. Biol Chem., 1934,107: 673-80.----- Electrolyte balance in the serum of rats receiving a diet deficient in inorganic constituents. Ibid., 681-8. Also repr.—Sommer, R. Ueber das Auftreten bewegter Korper im menschlichen Blutserum nach Elektrolyse. Zschr., ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1930-31, 131: 358-62.—Stadie, W. C. Studies on the oxygen-, acid-, and base-combining properties of blood; extension of the Debye-HUckel theory of ionic interaction to hemoglobin, bicar- bonate-sodium-chloride systems. J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 77: 303-23.—Sunderman, F. W., Austin, J. H., & Williams, P. Studies of serum electrolytes; the concentration of electrolytes and non-electrolytes in the serum following insulin administra- tion in diabetic patients. J. Clin. Invest., 1932, 11: 1261-71 — Sunderman, F. W., Austin, J. H., & Camack, J. G. Studies of serum electrolytes; in infections, nephritis, and other pathologi- cal conditions. Ibid., 1928, 6: 37-51. ---- Globulins. See Blood proteins. ---- Glucose, See Blood sugar. ---- Glutathione. See also Blood, Respiratory function; Blood chemistry, Sulphur; Glutathione; Respiration. Amat Bargues, M. Glutathion y glutatiemia. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: 113-5.—Arnovlyevich, M. Rapport entre le taux du glutathion dans le sang et la glycemie chez le lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 1479.—Bach, I. [Catalase and glutathion content of blood] Magy. orv. nagyhet jegyzokve, 1931, 84.— Bansi, H. W., & Rohrlich, M. Die Anteilnahme einer Gluta- thionfraktion am Atmungszyklus des Blutes; ein Beitrag zur Atmung bei Anoxamie. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1934, 176: 609-24.—Benedict, S. R., & Gottschall, G. The analysis of whole blood; the determination of glutathione. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 99: 729-40.—Benedict, S. R., & Newton, E. B. Studies on the non-sugar reducing substances of the blood and urine; gluta- thione and thioneine in blood. Ibid., 1929, 83:361-5.—Binet, L., & Barret, S. Glutathionemie et respiration pulmonaire. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 16-8—Blanchetiere, A., Binet, I., & Melon, L. Le glutathion r6duit du sang; ses relations avec la respiration pulmonaire. Ibid., 1927, 97: 1049-52.—Bowman, R. O. Glutathione content of blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 31: 616.—Braier, B., & Marenzi, A. D. Determina- tion colorimetrica del glutatione en la sangue y en los tejidos. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1931, 7: 523-34. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932,109: 319-21—Caridroit & Chanton. Variations de la teneur en glutathion reduit du sang des gallinac6s en rapport avec le sexe. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol., 1932, 47.—Chanton, L. B. Teneur en glutathion reduit du sang du coq et de la poule domestique adultes normaux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 556-8. ----- La teneur en glutathion r6duit du sang duchapon. Ibid., 665. ----- Teneur en glutathion reduit du sang des coqs feminises , des poules masculinis6es et des intersexes. Ibid., 757. -----& Caridroit, F. La glutathionemie chez les coqs et chez les poules Sebright. Ibid., 1933, 114: 893.—Graifa- leanu, A. [Glutathione in the blood] Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1931, 20: 1103-8.—Beietang, R., Desbordes, J., & Briskas, S. B. La glutathionemie chez l'enfant. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935,118: 768-70.—Gabbe, E. Ueber die Bedeutung des Glutathions der Blutkorperchen bei Gesunden und bei Anamien. Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wiirzburg, 1928, n.F., 53: 98-101.—Harding, T. S„ & Cary, C. A. Glutathione in blood and its utilization in milk secretion. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1925-26, 23: 319-22 — Herbert, F. K., & Bourne, M. C. The non-sugar reducing substances of human blood, with special reference to glutathione. Biochem. J., Lond., 1930, 24: 299-309. -----& Groen, J. The effect of glutathione on the determination of blood-sugar. Ibid., 291-8.—Holden, H. F. A note on the presence of glutathione in the corpuscles of mammalian blood. Ibid., 1925, 19: 727.— Hunter, G., & Eagles, B. A. Non-protein compounds of blood; glutathione. J. Biol. Chem., 1927, 72: 133-46.—Inglessi, E. L'influenza delle ghiandole endocrine sulla glutathionemia. Pediatria (Riv.) 1934, 42: 31-43. ----- & Cabitto, A. L'in- fluenza del sistema neurovegetative sulla glutationemia. Clin. pediat., Mod., 1933, 15: 784-95—Jowett, M., & Quastel, J. H. The glyoxalase activity of the red blood cell; the function of glutathione. Biochem. J., Lond., 1933, 27: 486-98.—Litarczek, G., Aubert, H. [et al.] Sur un facteur tissulaire (glutathion) qui pourrait influencer la tension en oxygene du sang veineux BLOOD CHEMISTRY 471 BLOOD CHEMISTRY chez les lapins normaux ou an6mies par saignees. C. rend. Soc biol, 1931, 106: 110-2. ----- L'influence du glutathion sur la courbe de dissociation de l'oxyhemoglobine. Ibid., 1932, 109- 779-81 ----- & Cosmulesco, I. Glutathion intraglobu- laire et variations de l'affinit6 de l'hemoglobine pour l'oxygene (variations de la courbe de dissociation) Ibid., 1931,107:1190-2. 2____ Course de dissociation du glutathion reduit du sang total Ibid., 108: 343-5. ----- Recherches sur le mecanisme de Paction du glutathion sur la courbe de dissociation de l'oxy- hemoglobine. Ibid., 1932, 109: 781-3.—Litarczek, G., & Binis- chiotu, G. T. Sur la pen6trabilit6 du glutathion a l'interieur de l'hematie. Ibid., 1933, 114: 285-7. ----- & Litarczek, S. Sur la relation existant entre une certaine propriete spectroscor pique de l'hemoglobine et le glutathion intrahematique chez diverses especes animales. Ibid., 113: 1255-7.—Litarczek, G., Tomesco, M., & Nestoresco, B. Methode de dosage, dans le sang du glutathion total sous forme reduite. Ibid., 1932, 109: 1310-^2—Lucca, A. Ricerche sul glutathione ematico nell' in- fanzia! Pediatria (Riv.) 1933, 41: 499-516—Molteni, P., & Beccagutti, G. Ricerche sulla glutationemia nell' infanzia. Riv clin pediat., 1934, 32: 1025; 1038.—Moncorps, C, & Schmid, R Zur Methodik des Glutathionnachweises in Blut und Ge- webe. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1932, 205: 141-53.-Nolli, F. Glutathione ridotto ematico e sistema nervoso vegetativo. Riv. sper. freniat., 1934, 58: 306-40.—Oberst, F. W., & Woods, E. B. Relation between reduced and oxidized glutathione and the oxygen content and capacity of blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 111: 1-7.—Pegoraro, C. Ricerche cliniche e sperimentali sui rapporti tra glutationemia e glicemia. Riv. clin. med., Fir., 1934 35: 633-43.—Pickard, R. J. Trois corps r6ducteurs du sang: le glucose, le glucide X et la reduction Y (glutathion?) Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1932,14: 598-613. -----& Marsden, C. S. The relation of blood glutathione to the hemoglobin and amount of red cells. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 19: 395-404.—Schelling, V. A study of the blood glutathione. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 96: 17-24. Also repr.—Urbain, A., Cahen, R., & Pasquier, M. A. Teneur en glutathion reduit du sang de quelques onguies. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 1210.—Villela, G. G., & Campos, f,G. Glutathion du sang humain normal. Ibid., 1934,115: 83. Also Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1934, 29: 1-17.—Woodward, G. E., & Fry, E. G. The determination of blood glutathione. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 97: 465-82. Also repr. ---- Glutathione: Variations. Bracht, F. * Untersuchungen iiber das Ver- halten des Glutathions im Blute bei normaler und pathologischer Schwangerschaft nach der Me- thode von Gabbe. 35p. 8? Bonn, 1932. Achard, C, & Levy, J. Action de quelques gaz toxiques sur la glutathionemie. J. physiol. path, gen., 1934, 32: 380-4 — Antona, G. G. d'. Comportamento del glutatione ematico e tissurale nelle anemie sperimentali e nei trattamento con sangue omologo ed eterologo. Riv. pat. sper., 1932, 8: 476—Arnovlje- vich, V. Augmentation du glutathion dans le foie et dans le sang apres administration d'hyposulfite de soude par voie enterale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931,106: 681. ----- Le rapport entre le taux du glutathion sanguin et la glycemie chez I'homme normal et chez les diabetiques. Ibid., 107: 1481.—Barbaro- Forleo, G., & Cattaneo, F. Determinazioni del glutatione del sangue in stati morbosi vari. Arch. se. med., Tor., 1935, 59: 949-74.—Beaux, A. R. Glutathion erythrocytaire dans l'hyper- et l'hypothyroldisme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 822 — Bernabeo, E. Comportamento del glutatione ematico e tissu- lare nella artrite purulenta e nella setticemia. Riv. pat. sper., 1933-34,11:188-200.—Binet, L., & Arnaudet, A. Recherches sur le taux du glutathion du sang au cours des affections hepatiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 24.—Bosco, I. II comportamento del glutatione nei sangue ed in alcuni organi dei conigli trattati con acetato talloso. Arch. ital. derm., 1935, 11: 535. Also Riv. pat. sper., 1935-36, 14: 385-416, 2pl—Brice, A. T. The blood glutathione level in mental diseases. Am. J. Psychiat., 1934-35, 91: 1389-401—Caso, G. II glutatione del sangue nei lavoro muscolare. Fol. med., Nap., 1932, 18: 1387-96—Cerbone, R. Ricerche sul glutatione in gravidanza ed in puerperio. Arch. ostet. gin., 1935, 42: 326-34, ch.—Collinelli, G. Comportamento del glutatione nei sangue e sue modiflcazioni in seguito a intro- duzione di materiali solforati. Rinasc. med., 1930, 7: 469-71.— Deschwanden, J. von. Der Glutathiongehalt des Blutes im Hochgebirge und bei Bestrahlung mit natiirlicher Hohensonne. Strahlentherapie, 1930-31,39: 278-82—Bogliotti, G. C, & Beretta, A. Glutationemia ed ipertiroidismo. Minerva med., Tor., 1936, 27: 473-5 —Bogliotti, G. C, & Castellani, T. Glutatione e anemie. Boll.Soc.ital.biol.sper., 1935,10:521-3—Bogliotti,V. II glutatione ridotto, totale ed ossidato nei sangue della gravida, dellapuerpera e dei vasi del funicolo. Riv. ital. gin., 1933-34,15: 336-50—Brisch, J. Blutzucker und Glutathiongehalt in Blut und Geweben nach parenteraler Glutathionzufuhr. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1936, 182: 301-12.—Ferrari, R. II glutatione in diverse condizioni sperimentali; influenza del pancreas sul glutatione del sangue e degli organi. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1933, 47: 305-9. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933, 8: 508-n. ----- & Cadeo, L. Influenza dell' asportazione del fegato sul glutatione del sangue e degli organi. Ibid., 511-3. Also Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1933, 47: 311-4—Formeles uiibarri, F. El glutathion en la sangre normal y en el cancer. An. vias digest., Habana, 1930, 2: 291; 242.—Fusco, G. yaria- zioni del contenuto in glutatione del sangue e degli organi nello stato gravidico. Arch, ostet. gin., 1932, 2.sef., 19: 149-66 — Gallet, T. Contribution a l'etude des variations du taux du glutathion dans le sang et dans les tissus sous certaines influences chimiotherapiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 688-90.— Garrelon, L., & Gallet, T. Variations du taux du glutathion dans le sang sous l'influence d'injections de vagotonine. Ibid., 1932,109:1195.—Geremia, A., & Baroni, E. Comportamento del glutatione del sangue in seguito ad applicazioni Rontgen. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1931, 3: 589-98.—Giordano, C, & Battistini S. Contributo alio studio del glutatione nei sangue umano di soggetti normali e in condizioni patologiche. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1931, 94: 241-5.—Gullotta, S. II glutatione nei sangue di alcuni malati di mente e dei dementi precoci in ispecie. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1931, 6: 499-501.—Inglessi, E., & Cabitto, A. Contributo alio studio della glutationemia nell' eta infantile e della situazione ormonica del bambino; timo, corticosurrenale e paratiroidi nella glutationemia. Pediatria (Riv.) 1934, 42: 1421-31.—Kashiwabara, K. On the reduced glutathion in the blood in various internal diseases. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1930-32, 2: int. med., 146.—Kawai, H. Ueber die Verhaltnisse zwischen Hypophysen und verschiedenen inneren sekretorischen Drtisen- praparaten vom Standpunkte der reduzierten Glutathionsmenge im Blute aus. Sei i kwai, 1934, 53: no.578, 17-22.—Kunde, M. M., Becker, T. J. [et al.] Effect of pancreatectomy on glu- tathione content of blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 31: 535.—Kushiyama, I. Effects of narcosis upon the quantity of glutathion in tissues, organs, and blood. Jap. J. Obst. Gyn., 1933, 16: 360-4.—Labbe, M., & Nepveux, F. Les composes sulf- hydryies du sang humain a l'etat normal et dans les etats patho- logiques. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1931, 192: 1061.—Laczka, S. [Changes of glutathione contents in the blood in diseases of the genital organs in women] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1930, 28:1203-7.— Lemeland, H. J., & Beletang, R. Glutathionemie et accouche- ment. C. rend. Soc biol., 1934, 115: 1518-20. ----- Teneur comparee en glutathion reduit du sang maternel et du sang foetal au moment de l'accouchement; rdle du placenta. Ibid., 116: 953-5.—Litarczek, G., Aubert, H., & Cosmulesco, I. In- fluence de la pression CO2 (acidification du milieu) sur le pour- centage en glutathion reduit du sang total. Ibid., 1931, 108: 345-7.—Litarczek, G., Aubert, H., & Nestoresco, B. Le gluta- thion intrahematique chez les hyperthyroidjens. Ibid., 1933, 112:82.—Lolli, N., & Campus, P. Glutationemia e stati morbosi. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1934-35, 14: 561-620.—Morel, A., Gatg, J., & Dorche, J. Variations du taux du glutathion sanguin dans l'eczema et le psoriasis. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931,108:899-902 — Moschella, P., & Trimarchi, E. Sul comportamento del gluta- tione del sangue in alcuni stati morbosi. Biochim. ter. sper., 1932,19:125-30.—Muggia, A. Gerontoglutationemia. Minerva med., Tor., 1934, 25: pt 1, 581-7.—Negri, C. Tasso di glutatione ridotto nei sangue e negli organe della cavia dopo somministra- zione di mercurio e di bismuto. Gior. clin. med., 1931, 12: 205-18 —Nitzulescu, J., & Ornstein, L. La glutathionemie chez les vieillards. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933,114:1134-6—Ohashi, K. Ueber den Einfluss der Gallensaure auf den Glutathionsgehalt im Blut und Organe. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1933, 45:1028.— Paraf, J., Besbordes, J., & Beletang, R. La glutathionemie du vieillard. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 1359-61. Also Ann. med., Par., 1935, 37: 219-23—Parker, F. P., & Kracke, R. R. Further studies in experimental granulopenia with particular reference to sulphydryl (glutathione) metabolism in blood dyscrasias. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1936, 6: 41-56—Pegoraro, C. Glutatione e febbre. Sperimentale, 1934, 88: 404-11—Piatt, R. The blood glutathione in disease. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1931,12: 139-43.—Randoin, L., & Fabre, R. Recherches comparatives sur la teneur en glutathion de quelques tissus et du sang, chez le pigeon normal, chez le pigeon sous-alimente et chez le pigeon priv6 de vitamines B. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1927, 185: 151-3.— Ruggieri, E. Comportamento del glutatione del sangue nelle suppurazioni. Gior. clin. med., 1931, 12: 248-54—Sella, M„ & Taddei, P. Intorno agli effetti delle irradiazioni Rontgen sul tasso del glutatione ematico. Ann. radiol., Bologna, 1934, 8: 188-206 —Valentini, P. II glutatione nei sangue dei bimbi sani ed ammalati. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1934, 16: 285-304—Varela, K„ Apolo, E., & Vilar, A. Das Glutathion im Blute bei patholo- gischen Zustanden. Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 1029— Waelsch, H., & Weinberger, E. Glutathionspiegel im Blut und Vergiftung. Arch exp. Path. Lpz., 1930, 156: 370-6—Zanini, R. Influenza della tiroidectomia sul glutatione del sangue e degli organi. Arch fisiol., Fir., 1933-34,33:116-23— Zunz, E. Recherches sur l'influence de l'adrenaline et de la cortine sur la teneur du sang en glutathion reduit. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1934, 10: suppl., 555_75 -----& Vesselovsky, O. Influence de l'adrenaline et de la cortine sur la teneur du sang en glutathion sous sa forme r6duite et sa forme oxyd6e. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936,123:114-6. Guanidine. See also Blood pressure; Encephalitis; Guani- dine; Kidney, Diseases; liver, Diseases; Tetany. Andes, J. E., & Myers, V. C. Studies on the guanidine con- tent of human blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 97: cix—Bryan, W R , & Minot, A. S Incidental hyperguanidinemia in dogs in parathyroid tetany. Proc. Soc. Exp. Bid., N.Y., 1933, 30: 595_7 —Casparis, H. Guanidine as a toxic substance in the blood of infants following acute dehydration. South. M.J., 1932 25- 147-9.—Bordi, A. Sulla guanidinemia nell infanzia. Riv' clin. pediat., 1935,33:59-71—Ellsworth, R. McL. Response of blood guanidine base concentration in normal individuals and in patients with liver injury to the ingestion of methyl-guanidine sulphate. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1930, 47: 106-12.— Malmejac, R. Les rapports de la guanidinemie avec la puerpe- BLOOD CHEMISTRY 472 BLOOD CHEMISTRY ralite. Gyn. obst., Par., 1931, 24: 689-729—Marcolongo, F., & Bernarbo-Silorata, A. Ricerche cliniche sulla guanidina nelle ipertensioni arteriose. Clin. med. ital., 1934, 65: 23-64.— Parenti, P., & Pekelis, E. Ricerche sulla guanidinemia; il tasso della guanidina, della creatina e creatinina, dell' urea, dell' inda- cano, della reazione xantoproteica e dei fenoli nei sangue in varie affezioni morbose. Riv. clin. med., 1933, 34: 673-84.—Pekelis, E. Contribution a l'etude de la concentration des bases guani- diniques dans le sang et dans le liquide cephalo-rachidien au cours de divers etats pathologiques. Gaz. hop., 1933, 106: 1417-20.----- Ulteriore contributo alla conoscenza del com- portamento clinico della iperguanidinemia. Riv. clin. med., 1934, 35: 849-62, ch—Pfiffner, J. J., & Myers, V. C. On the col- orimetric estimation of guanidine bases in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1930, 87: 345-55. Also repr.—Rossi, G. La tensione oculare nella tetania guanidinica. Lettura oft., 1935, 12: 147- 53.—Rosso, C, & Cabito, A. Guanidina ed equilibrio jonico- salino nei siero di sangue. Riv. clin. pediat., 1932, 30: 492-507.— Turries, J. Sur la guanidine du sang dans les affections hepa- tiques et rinsufflsance r6nale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933,112: 659. -----& Robert, S. Recherches cliniques sur la guanidine du sang (en dehors de la tetanie) Presse med., 1930, 38:85.—Weber, C.J. The determination of guanidine bases in the blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1926-27, 24: 712-4—Zappacosta, M. I metodi per ricercare la guanidina e la mia ipotesi sui suoi rap- porti con i corpi creatinici del sangue di ipertesi e nefritici. Clin. med. ital., 1934, 65:1115-28. ----- L'arginina come causa di aspecificita dei metodi di dosaggio della guanidinemia. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1934, 5: 919-27. ■----- Un nuovo metodo di recerca dei derivati metilici della guanidina nei sangue; osservazioni preliminari nella ipertensione solitaria e renale. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935,10: 705-8. ---- History. See also Biochemistry; Chemistry. Chandler, J. Some recent developments in blood chemistry. J. Am. Inst. Homceop., 1931, 24: 561-74.—Cowgill, G. R. Chem- istry of the blood 100 years ago. Sc. Month., N.Y., 1922, 14: 161-7.—Noury, P. La chimie du sang dans Aristote. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1921, 28: 104-6.—Pulay, E. Kritische Bemerkun- gen zu den blutchemischen Arbeiten Dr E. Pulays; eine Erwide- rung auf die Arbeit von Urbach. Klin. Wschr., 1933, 2: 1265.— Rimington, C. Recent advances in the chemistry of certain blood constituents. Erg. Physiol., 1933, 35: 712-43.—Thompson, H. E. Recent developments in blood chemistry. J. Maine M. Ass., 1922-23, 13: 80-4.—Urbach, E. Kritische Bemerkungen zu den blutchemischen Arbeiten Dr E. Pulays. Klin. Wschr., 1923,2: 785-7. ---- Identification of blood. See also Blood, occult [3.ser.] Blood-stain; Feces, Blood in; Hematoporphyrine; Hematuria; Hemin. Fa-Djaen Schen. * Vergleichende Untersu- chungen iiber den Wert der einzelnen Methoden zum Nachweis okkulter Blutungen in den Faces. 18p. 8? Berl., 1927. Sarov, J. *Comparaison des divers reactifs employe's en clinique pour la recherche du sang; benzidine, gaiac, pyramidon, phenol, gaiacol et hydroquinone [Geneve] 16p. 8? Sofia, 1929. Werner, A. J. *Ueber die Bedeutung der Stuhluntersuchung auf occultes Blut [Zurich] 16p. 8? Basel, 1926. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 1067-76. Alvarez, R. S., & Wight, T. H. T. The Gregersen test. U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1929, 5: 888-90.—Becker. Zur Heller- schen Probe des Nachweises von Blut im Urin. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 134.—Boas, I. Kann die Guajacprobe heutzutage als zuverlassige Methode fiir den Nachweis von okkulten Blutun- gen angesehen Werden? Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 109. —■— Das okkulte Hamoglobin in den Fazes, sein Nachweis und seine klinische Bedeutung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 1271-4.— Bramkamp, R. G. The benzidine reaction; some observations relating to its clinical application. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1928-29, 14: 1087-91.—BrunS, G. Ricerche delle emorragie occulte nelle feci in casi di scompenso circolatorio. Gazz. osp., 1924, 45: 772-4.—Casolari, A. La ricerca del sangue nell'urina e le sue cause di errore. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1932, 3: 382.— Clogne, R. La recherche chimique du sang dans les humeurs de l'organisme. J. med. fr., 1920, 9: 482-4.—Eusterman, G. B. Obscure gastric lesions; diagnostic significance of tests for occult blood. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1930, 5: 160.—Fanis, U. de. La ricerca del sangue nelle feci. Biochim. ter. sper., 1926, 13: 399- 404.—Filifiski, W., & Maka, Z. [Practical value of recent tests for blood in feces] Polska gaz. lek., 1926,5:884-6.—Fortwaengler, A. Ueber Blutnachweis mit Pyramidon. . Zbl. inn. Med., 1922, 43: 313-7—Gird wood, R. H. Testing for occult blood in faeces. Brit. M.J., 1927, 1: 855.—Gu§pin. Moyen simple pour dceeler une hematurie; action de l'eau oxyg6nee sur Purine. Rev. prat mal. org. genit. urin., Lille, 1904, 1: 327-32.—Hirschberg, F. Ueber die Pyramidonprobe zum Nachweis von okkultem Blut Deut. med. Wschr., 1923, 49: 414. ----- Zur Methodik des okkulten Blutnachweises in dem Fazes. Ibid., 1927, 53: 971.— Hirsch-Mamroth, P. Ist es beweiskrSftig, wenn der okkulte Blutnachweis an kleinen Fazespartikeln geffihrt wird? Arch. Verdauungskr., 1928, 43:207-ll.—Ingham, J. An improved and simplified benzidine test for blood in urine and other clinical material. Biochem. J., Lond., 1932, 26: 1124-6.—Jacchia, L. Sopra una nueva causa di errore nella prova della benzidina Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1931, 2: 857-64.—Joseph, F. Nachweis okkulter Blutungen mittels der Pyramidonreaktion. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 150.—Larsen, K. [Chemical determina- tion of small quantities of blood in the urine] Ugeskr. laeger, 1935, 97: 533-8.—Malcangi, L. Sulla ricerca delle piccole quan- tity di sangue nelle feci e nei contenuto gastrico. Morgagni, 1925, 67: 1633-40.—Maselli, B. La ricerca del sangue nelle feci Probl. nutriz., Roma, 1924,1: 168-79.—Merkel, H. Ueber Wert und Technik der Vorproben bes. der Benzidinprobe beim forensischen Blutnachweis. Festschr. H. Zangger, Ziir., 1935, 1: 121-7.—Molnar, A. L. Ueber das Wesen und die klinische Bedeutung der Pyramidonblutprobe. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 1978-80.—Nicoletti, F. Sul metodi chimico Ganassini per la diagnosi specifica del sangue. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1932, 40: 444.—Ogilvie, A. G. Testing for occult blood in faeces Brit. M.J., 1927, 1: 755.—Poirot, G., & Lambert, A. Sur la re- cherche du sang dans les urines. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1926,8.ser, 4: 337-45.—Roux, J. C, Goiffon, R., & Waltz, J. Identification du sang dans les feces par sa transformation en porphyrine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 368.—Schrijver, J. [Examination of feces for occult blood in practice] Geneesk. bl., 1929, 27: 247-69 Also Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: 376-9.—Stas, M. E. Der Nachweis von Blut im Stuhl. Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 1469.— Stammers, A. B. A note on the relative sensitivity of the benzidine and phenolphthalein tests for blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1926, 20: 620.—Thevenon. Procede de recherche du sang dans Purine, les matieres fecales et les liquides pathologiques. Lyon med., 1918, 127: 512.—Tizianello, G. Dei metodi colori- metrici di ricerca del sangue nelle feci. Minerva med., Tor., 1927, 7: 603-12.—Usami, K. Ueber eine neue Leukofarbstofl- probe fiir den Nachweis okkulter Blutungen in den Fazes. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 786-9—Vandorfy, J. Studien fiber die Guajakprobe. Arch. Verdauungskr., 1922, 30: 1-7. ---- Imidazol. Loeper. M., Lesure, A., & Thomas, A. Contribution a l'etude du dosage des imidazols dans les urines, les selles et les s6rums. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1934, 16: 1385-409 — Loeper, M., Perrault, M., & Lesure, A. Imidazoiemie d'origine parenterale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 578.—Schwartz, A., &Eiegert, A. Sur le dosage des imidazols dans le serum. Ibid., 1935, 120: 1309-12.—Trabucchi, E. Su di alcuni metodi proposti di recente per la determinazione dei corpi imidazolici nei siero. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 264-7. ---- Indican, indol, indoxyl bodies. See also Indoxyl; Protein, Decomposition; also under names of diseases associated with indoxyle- mia as Pleurisy; Uremia. Baar, G. Die Indicanamie; ihre Bedeutung als Nierenfunktionsprobe. 148p. 8? Berl., 1922. Also Med. J. & Rec, 1925, 121: 677-9. Hensel, S. *Ueber den Indikangehalt im Serum am Ende der normalen Graviditat bei Mutter und Kind [Halle] 18p. 8? Stuttg., 1931. Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1930, 98: 276-90. Thompson, R. E. *Indicanemia: its diagnostic and prognostic value in chronic nephritis. 13p. 4? Wauwatosa, Wise, 1929. Beltrametti, L. Lo studio della funzione renale con partico- lare riguardo all' indacanemia. Clin. med. ital., 1932, 63: 505.— Bbhm, F., & Griiner, G. Quantitative Serumindicanbestim- mung mittels des Stufenphotometers. Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 450.—Broekmeyer, J. Quantitative Indicanbestimmung im Blutserum. Ibid., 1933, 12: 1025. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1933, 77: 2795-8.—Brugi, A. Ricerche sull' indacano contenuto nei sangue. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1925, 4: 383-92.—Cabriiu, S. II comportamento dell' indacano nei sangue degli individui presunti sani e normali. Morgagni, 1926, 68: 1409-13. ----■ L'indacanemia nella insufficienza epatica e nei diabete mellito. Ibid., 1473-86.—Caporali, L, Sull' indacanemia pre- e post- operatoria. Minerva med., Tor., 1927, 7: 1420-30.—Cezmi, T. Y. M. [Indican and indoxyl in the blood] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1934, 63: 119-26.—Coutinho, E., & Pedrosa, E. Valor clinico da dosagem do indican no sangue. Arch, brasil. med., 1931, 21: 366-75—Be Gaetani, G. F. Azione dell' indolo sulla idremia, cloremia e glicemia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 441-3.—Besbordes, J. Les tests de l'indoxyiemie et de l'indoxylurie. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1934, 41: 402-14.—De Souza Bo 0', J. Semiologia da indicanemia em clinica urologies medico-cirurgica. Rev. brasil. med. pharm., 1934, 10: 70-93 — Earlam, M. S. S., & Bolliger, A. Experimental hyperindica- naemia and its relation to uraemia. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1931, 8: 209-16.—Ferrari, R. A. Indicanemia de la gestation, parto y BLOOD CHEMISTRY 473 BLOOD CHEMISTRY puerperio. Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires, 1935, 14: 259-72.— Galvez, I„ & Garato, F. 0. La indicanemia; su valor pronostico en cirugia urinaria. Rev. especialid., B. Air., 1931, 6: 552-66 — Houssay, B. A., Beulofeu, V., & Mazzocco, P. Organes qui reglent l'indol6mie et l'indoxyiemie apres Tinjection d'indol. C rend. Soc. biol., 1935,119: 875.—Houssay, B. A., Mazzocco, P., & Potick, B. Origine de l'indoxyle sanguin. Ibid., 1934, 117: 1235-7. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1934, 10: 307-15. ----- Papel de los organos en la elimination del indoxilo sanguineo. Ibid , 316-21. ----- R61e des organes dans l'eiimination de l'indoxyle sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 1237.— Jolles, A. Ueber den Nachweis von Indikan mittels alkoholi- scher Thymollosung und fiber Indikanamie. Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1928, 266: 40-4.—Keith, N. M., & Wakefield, E. G. Indican in the blood: a test of activity of renal function. Med. Clin. N. America, 1933, 16: 1401-4.—Klein, 0., & Mahler, P. Ueber das Verhalten des Indolspiegels im Blute nach Indolbelastung. Med. Klin., 1935, 31: 1043-6.—Lankford, J. S. Cheyne-Stokes breathing and indicanemia. Med. Rev. of Rev., 1932, 38: 3-6.— Laroche, G., & Grigaut, A. Les renseignements cliniques fournis par le dosage de l'indoxyle du sang. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1934, 258-63 —Laroche, G., Schulman, E., & Besbordes. L'indoxy- iemie chez les vieillards. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 290-2.— Livierato, S., & Simoneto, A. De l'indicanemie et de l'hyperin- dican6mie (recherches cliniques et experimentales) Acta med. scand., 1930, 74: 59-84.—Macchia, E. Studii sull' indolo; com- portamento dell' indolemia provocata legando il peduncolo epatico; l'indice indacano-indolo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935,10: 528-30. ----- L'indice indacano-indolo del sangue in varie condizioni sperimentali. Ibid., 717-20. ----- L'indice indacano-indolo del sangue negli individui a fegato sano e negli epatopazienti. Ibid., 720-2. ----- Metodo per dosage l'in- dolo libero su piccole quantita di sangue. Ibid., 723-5. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 879-81. Also Diagn. teen, lab., Nap, 1935, 6: 628-36.—Mazzocco, P. Dosaje del indol en la sangre. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1935, 11: 31-7.—O'Herne, P. [Jolles-Rosenberg method in determination of the indican con- tent of the blood serum] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1934, 74: 32-7.—Olivet, J. Histohamorenale Verteilungsstudien; Indol- und Indicanverteilung (Methode, Technik, Tierversuche, Ergebnisse) Zschr. klin. Med., 1929,110:195-206.—Palomba, G. L'indossiluria e 1'indossilemia in alcune alterazioni del tubo digerente. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 644-6.—Phocas, A. G. L'indicanemie des n6phretiques et la nephrite experi- mentale par l'indol. Arch. Inst. Pasteur helien., 1928, 2: 145-50.—Pinelli, L. L'indacano nei sangue in condizioni nor- mali. Biochim. ter. sper., 1935, 22: 563-7.—Polonovski, M., & Warembourg, H. Determination de l'indose du plasma sanguin par l'indice chromique residuel. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 310-2.—Portes & Cristol. Les filtrats trichloracetiques colores; indoxyiemie et reactifs desalbuminants. Bull. Soc. sc. m6d. biol. Montpellier, 1922-23, 4: 65-7.—Savona, B. Indacanemia in gravidanza. Fol. gyn., Genova, 1933, 30: 55-74.—Schlierbach, P. Quantitative Indikanbestimmung im Blutserum ohne Vergleichslbsung. Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 1569; 1934, 13: 556 — Sharlit, H. A method for the quantitative estimation of indoxyl compounds in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 104: 115-20. Also repr. Also J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 850-4—Snapper, I., & Bommel van Vloten, W. J. van. Ueber quantitative Indican- bestimmungen in Blutserum. Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 718-21 — Solomin, S. P. [Clinical importance of indicanemia] Vrach. gaz., 1930,34: 609.—Tarsitano, A. Sui rapporti tra indacanemia, indacanuria e indolo delle feci. Fol. med., Nap., 1930, 16: 1202-19.—Thiers, H. A propos de la valeur pathogenique de l'indicanemie dans les uremies. Prat. med. fr., 1930, 11: 103-7. ----- L'indoxyle du serum n'est pas ultrafiltrable. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931,107:162.—V., H. InterBt clinique de l'indoxyie- mie et de l'indoxylurie. Progr. med., Par., 1934, 1049—Valeur (La) de l'indoxyiemie. Rev. prat, biol., Par., 1934, 27: 207 — Vasconcellos, A. de, & Povoa, H. Um caso de indicanemia muito alta. Arch, brasil. med., 1931, 21: 507-9. ---- Inorganic constituents. See Blood chemistry, Minerals. ---- Iodine. See also Iodine, Metabolism. Baldauf, L., & Pincussen, L. Untersuchungen fiber den Jod- und Bromgehalt des Blutes. Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9:1505 — Cheymol, J., & Gley, E. Teneur en iode de la thyro'ide et du sang du cobaye. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 1348—Cool. R. B., Gamble, C. J., & Starr, I. The solubility of ethyl iodide in hu- man blood and its correlation with the erythrocyte count. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: 97-105. Also repr.—Cucco, C. P. Con- tributo alla conoscenza sul contenuto iodico del sangue. Fisiol. med., Roma, 1932, 3: 117-30.—Curtis, G. M., Bavis, C. B., & Phillips, F. J. Significance of the iodine content of human blood. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 901-5. Also repr.—Bavis, C. B., Curtis, G. M., & Cole, V. V. Blood iodine studies; the normal iodine content of human blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 19: 818-30— Belaville, M., & Kowarski, L. Etude de l'indice d'iode du sang; l'absorption d'iode par le sang et la notion de l'indice d'iode. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1932, 14: 660-7.—Boer- ing, H. Die Blutjodwerte. Biochem. Zschr., 1935, 280: 442-7. Also Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 1255—Eitel, H., & Loeser, A. Die Bedeutung des Ductus thoracicus fiir die Ausscheidung des Jods im Blut. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1931, 161: 713-8 — Elmer, A. W., & Luczynski, Z. Role du foie dans la regulation du taux de l'iode dans le sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 1717.—Gley, E., & Cheymol, J. Presence de l'iode dans le sang veineux de la thyro'ide. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1924, 179: 930-2.— Kowarski, L. Etude de l'indice d'iode du sang; application experimentale des notions theoriques. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1932, 14: 668-81—Lahey, F. H. Blood iodine. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1935, 379-83.—Leblanc, A., & Grigaut, A. Indice d'iode et capacite lipoiodique du serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 645.—Leipert, T. Zur Kenntnis des physiologischen Blutjodspiegels. Biochem. Zschr., 1934, 270: 448-54— Lbhr, H. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Jodstoffwechsels; Blutjodstudien unter physiologischen Ver- haltnissen. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1935-36, 180: 332-43.— McClendon, J. F. Blood iodine. Contr. Dep. Physiol. Univ. Minnesota, 1930-33, no.62, 575-7.—McCullagh, B. R., & Picha, V. The application of a new chemical procedure for the study of diffusible blood iodine. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: lix.—Pfeiffer, G., Mbbius, W., & Pohl, K. Beitrag zur Frage des Blutjodspie- gels. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1936, 181: 444-50.—Pote, H. Nos connaissance actuelles sur l'iodemie et les renseignements cli- niques que Ton peut en tirer. Progr. med., Par., 1934, 833.— Sturm, A., Plotner, K., & Maass, K. Zur Blutjodfrage. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1935, 280: 396-412.—Veil, W. H. Ueber den Jod- spiegel des Blutes beim Menschen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1925, 21: 643. Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 636-9. ---- Iodine: Determination. Sturm, A. [R.] *Klinische Brauchbarkeit der Methoden des Jodnachweises in Korperflussig- keiten und Geweben und Blut jodspiegel des nor- malen Menschen [Munchen] 26p. 8? Lpz., 1925. Aitken, H. A. A. An improved method for the determination of iodine in blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1930, 24: 1456; 1931, 25: 446.—Allott, E. N., Bauphinee, J. A., & Hurtley, W. H. The de- termination of small quantities of iodine in blood. Ibid., 1932, 26:1665-71.—Baumann, E. J., & Metzger, N. The determination of iodine in blood, foods, and urine. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 98: 405-16.—Brack, W. Ueber das Verhalten von eingenommenen Jodmengen in Blut, Urin und Hautblasenflfissigkeit (ein Beitrag zur Pathogenese des Jodpemphigus) Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929, 59: 1205.—Bavis, C. B., & Curtis, G. M. Blood iodine studies; the quantitative determination of the iodine content of blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1932, 18: 24-9—Boering, H. Eine neue Methode zur Bestimmung des Jods im Blut. Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 1010-2.—Eyckerman, J. Eine Mikrobestim- mungsmethode des Jods im Blut und anderen fltissigen oder verflfissigten organischen Produkten. Zschr. Kinderh., 1932-33, 54: 435-9.—Liicker, H. Kritik der Blutjodbestimmungsmetho- den bei alkalischer und saurer Verbrennung. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1933, 175: 681-90.—Lunde, G., & Closs, K. Ueber die Bestimmung des Blutjodspiegels. Norsk mag. laegevid., 1928, 89: 500-6.—McClendon, J. F., Hamilton, R. H., jr., & Holdridge, C. The determination of iodine in blood, urine, and cabbage. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: lviii.—McCullagh, B. R. Studies in blood iodine by the use of a new chemical method. Cleveland Clin. Q., 1935, 2: 15-37. -----& McCullagh, E. P. Clinical experiences in the use of determinations of blood iodine. Arch. Int. M., 1936, 57: 1061-6.—Mbbius, W. Vergleichende Blut- joduntersuchungen bei trockener und feuchter Veraschung. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 253: 275-8.—Paal, H. Elektrochemische Blutjodbestimmung. Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 1394. ----- & Motz, G. Elektrometrische Jodbestimmung in Blut und Geweben. Ibid., 1291-3.—Perkin, H. J. Determination of iodine in blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1933, 27: 1078-81. ----- & Cattell, R. B. The practicability and significance of blood iodine estimations. N. York State J.M., 1936, 36: 1033— Phil- lips, F. J., & Curtis, G. M. Blood iodine studies; the clinical determination of iodine in blood, urine, and feces. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1934, 4: 346-53.—Turner, R. G. A micro colori- metric method for the quantitative estimation of iodine in blood. J Biol. Chem., 1930, 88: 497-511. Also repr—Widmann, E. Zur Methodik der Blutjodbestimmung. Biochem. Zschr., 1932,254: 223-8. ---- Iodine: Variations. See also names of diseases as Cretinism; Myxedema; Thyreotoxicosis, &c. Dotschev, Z. *Untersuchungen iiber den Jodgehalt des Blutes nach peroraler Einverlei- bung grosserer Jodmengen. 20p. 8? Munch., 1928. Egner, W. *Der Jodgehalt des Blutes und Jodausscheidungen nach Jodtroponeingabe; Ex- perimentaluntersuchung [Giessen] 20p. 8°. Darmstadt, 1928. T J . „, . Barkan, G., & Leistner, W. Ueber das Jod in Blut und Driisensekreten nach Jodeiweissfutterung. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz 1929, 144: 83-104.—Bennholdt-Thomsen, C, & Wellmann, M Ultraviolettlicht und Jodspiegel; ein weiterer Beitrag zur Bioklimatologie. Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 800-3.—Breitner, B. Blutiodwerte und Jahreszeit. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1932, 79: 513 —Curtis, G. M., Barrow, L. E., & Phillips, F. J. Blood iodine BLOOD CHEMISTRY 474 BLOOD CHEMISTRY studies; the blood iodine after total thyroidectomy in man. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 813-6—BeQuervain, F., & Smith, W. E. The iodine content of blood in ordinary goitres and in cretinism. Endocrinology, 1928,12:177-89.—Eitel, H., & Loeser, A. Die Ausscheidungskurve des Jodes aus dem Blute nach Zufuhr von Tetrajodphenolphthaleinnatrium unter normalen und pathologischen Verhaltnissen im Tierexperiment. Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 109-11.—Elmer, A. W. Beitrage zum Jodstoff- wechsel im menschlichen Organismus; der Blutjodspiegel und die Harnjodausscheidung nach einmaliger intravenoser Injek- tion von anorganischem Jod beim Menschen; Falle mit normaler Schilddrtise (Euthyreosen) Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1932, 174: 390-8.—Eufinger, H., & Schulte, W. Der Nachweis des organisch gebundenen Jods im Blute und seine Bedeutung in der normalen und toxischen Schwangerschaft. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1932-33, 152: 479-91.—Evvard, J. M. Iodine deficiency symptoms and their significance in animal nutrition and pathology. Endo- crinology, 1928, 12: 539-90.—Gallina, E. Sul comportamento dello jodio circolante nei sangue, nelle cisti ovariche, nei fibromi uterini e nelle gravidanze tubariche. Rass. ostet., 1930, 39: 344-56.—Grimes, E. Albuminuria in iodine deficiency. Med. J. & Rec, 1931, 134: 523-5. Also repr.—Haro, F., & Regidor, P. P. Jodgehalt des Blutes und Menstruation. Zbl. Gyn., 1936, 60: 922-6.—Jahn, B., & Kesselkaul, O. Die Abhangigkeit des Blutsjodspiegels von der Tatigkeit der Ovarien. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1928, 161: 143-51—Kisch, F. Ueber das Ver- halten des Blutjodspiegels Kreislaufkranker. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 1317-20. ----- Zur Klinik atypischer Blut- jodwerte. Klin. Wschr., 1936,15: 342-6—Kbhler & Jiirgens, R. Ueber den Blutjodgehalt nach Einreibung von Jodsalbe. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1933, 171: 38-45.—Leitch, J. Variations in blood iodine associated with changes in ovarian activity. Rep. Internat. Conf. Goiter, Berne (1927) 1929, 244.—Lbhr, H. Die Beeinflussung des Blutjodspiegels durch Ascorbinsaure. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1935-36,180: 344-53.—Maurer, E., & Bucrue, H. Die Beeinflussung des Jodblutspiegels durch einmalige Zufuhr anorganisch gebundenen Jods. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 193: 364-71.—Mills, R. H. Calf losses due to iodine deficiency. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1934, 85: 645-52—Nitzescu, 1.1., & Binder, E. Iodemie normale; variations saisonnieres; iodemie des goitreux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 279.—Sasama, T., & Takemura, B. Chirurgische Erkrankungen und Jodsauregehalt in Blutserum. Gun'idan zasshi, 1933, 238: 5.—Scheringer, W. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Blutjodspiegels beim Weibe unter physiologi- schen Bedingungen. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1930, 143: 319-37 — Schittenhelm, A., & Eisler, B. Der Blutjodspiegel in seiner pathologisch-physiologischen und klinischen Bedeutung. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 6-9.—Vermes, E. [Blood iodine, especially in cancer] Gyogyaszat, 1935, 75: 199; 217; 232—Wittkower, E., Scheringer, W., & Bay, E. Ueber aflektiv-somatische Veran- derungen; zur affektiven Beeinflussbarkeit des Blutjodspiegels. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 1186.—WottschaU, B. Ueber den Jodge- halt des Blutes nach Jodkali und Dijodyl-Darreichung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1927, 54: 123-30.—Yasuzawa, K., Koyama, H., & Yoshida, T. Die Jodsaurewerte des Blutserums bei verschiede- nen Erkrankungen und seine Beziehungen zu den verschiedenen Pharmaka beim Kaninchen. Jap. J.M.Sc, 1936, 4: int. M., 120-2. ---- Iron. See also Anemia; Hemoglobin. Ehrenstein, H. W. *Ueber den Gehalt des Serums an leicht abspaltbarem saureloslichem Eisen bei Schwangeren und Neugeborenen [Frankfurt] 16p. 8? Berl., 1931. Maier, M. *Untersuchungen iiber Eisenge- halt, Hamoglobin und Blutkorperchenvolumen bei geburtshilflichen und gynakologischen Pa- tientinnen [Freiburg] 26p. 8? Stuttg., 1914. Wagner, H. *Serumeisen im Zyklus. 15p. 8? [Frankfurt a.M.] 1930. Barkan, G. Ueber saurelosliches Eisen im Blutserum. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 1615. ----- Ueber das leicht abspaltbare Bluteisen und sein Verhaltnis zum Hamoglobin. Zschr. phy- siol. Chem., 1927,171:179-93. ----- Die Verteilung des leicht abspaltbaren Eisens zwischen Blutkorperchen und Plasma und sein Verhalten unter experimentellen Bedingungen. Ibid., 194-221. ----- Ueber den Gehalt des Blutserums an Eisen, Ibid., 1928, 177: 205-7. ----- Die Unterscheidung des leicht abspaltbaren Bluteisens vom Hamoglobineisen und vom anor- ganischen Eisen. Ibid., 1933, 221: 241-51. ----- Zur Frage des Bluteisens bei Hamocyanintieren und fiber die leichte Abspaltbarkeit des Kupfers im Hamocyanin. Klin. Wschr., 1933,12:546. ----- Zur Frage der Identitat der Blutkatalase mit dem leicht abspaltbaren Bluteisen. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1935, 236: 197-200. ---■— Weitere Untersuchungen fiber das siiurelosliche Plasmaeisen. Ibid., 1936, 239: 97-108. ----- Das leicht abspaltbare Bluteisen und das Serumeisen. Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 169. -----& Berger, E. Differenzierung des leicht abspaltbaren Bluteisens auf Grund seiner Reaktion mit Kohlen- oxyd und Sauerstoff. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 136: 278- 99.—Bing, F. C, Hanzal, R. F., & Myers, V. C. Hypersideremia following the oral administration of iron. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 109: viii.—Bogniard, R. P., & Whipple, G. H. The iron content of blood free tissues and viscera; variations due to diet, anemia, and hemoglobin injections. J. Exp. M., 1932,55:653-65.—Coons, C. M. Iron retention by women during pregnancy. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 97: 215-26.—Bominici, G. Ricerche sull' esistanza nei sangue di un ferro non emoglobinico. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1929, 92: 216-21.—Bupray, M. Iron studies on the blood. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1935, 36: 282-4— Fontes, G., & Thivolle, L. Sur la fixite du rapport entre le fer et la capacite respiratoire maxima (determinee par CO) dans le sang normal et dans le sang an6mique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931,108:1190-3—Gallo, C. Ricerche sul contenuto in ferro nei sangue dei neonati. Pedia- tria, Nap., 1924, 32: 606-10. ----- Ricerche sul contenuto in ferro del sangue nelle anemie spleniche e nella leishmaniosi infantile. Ibid., 1925, 33: 251-6.—Guthmann, H., & Blessing, E. Ueber die Beeinflussung des ultrafiltrablen Eisens im Blut durch Eisenverfutterung und Ultraviolettbestrahlung. Strah- lentherapie, 1935, 54: 428-37.—Guthmann, H., Bruckner, M. A. [et al.] Das ultrafiltrable Eisen im Serum der Frau. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1931, 147: 469-514.—Guthmann, H., Hess, L., & Knoblauch, W. Ueber den Gehalt des Serums an saureloslichem ultrafiltrablem Eisen und seine Beeinflussung durch Moor- und Wasserbiider. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1934-35, 95: 349-59 — Halfer, G. Le fer dans le sang chez les enfants sains et chez les enfants malades. Arch. m6d. enf., 1930, 33: 659-69—Helmer, O. M., & Emerson, C. P. The iron content of the whole blood of normal individuals. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 104: 157-61. Also repr.—Hendrych, F., & Mori, S. Die Bedingungen der Oxyda- tion des Eisens im Blute. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1933, 172: 1-4.—Henriques, V., & Roche, A. Sur le fer du serum sanguin de diverses especes animales. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1927, 9: 501-4.—Iron, the oxygen carrier. Ther. Notes, Detr., 1935, 42: 279-86.—Iron and copper retention in children. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 1154.—Josephs, H. W. The iron of the blood; a comparison of values for haemoglobin determined by the New- comer method and calculated from the iron content. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1935,56: 50-6.—Klumpp, T. G. The varia bility of non-hemoglobin iron. J. Clin. Invest., 1935,14:351-5 — Kotikov, I. A. Ueber den Eisengehalt im Blute der Sauglinge. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1931, 3.F., 82: 180-93.—Langer, A. Ueber den Gehalt an Ferrieisen in normalen und pathologischen Seren. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 242: 316-9.—Marlow, A., & Taylor, F. H. L. Constancy of iron in the blood plasma and urine in health and In anemia. Arch. Int. M., 1934, 53: 551-60.—Maurizio, E., & Menichella, B. Variazione del contenuto in ferro nei sangue durante la gravidanza ed il puerperio. Monit. ostet. gin., 1933, 5: 258-70.—Morito, K. Ueber die Eisen verteilung in den ver- schiedenen Organen und Veranderungen des peripheren Blutes bei Kaninchen, denen Hemosol wiederholt intra venos mit unter- bundenem Ductus choledochus injiziert wurde. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1932, 22: 135-7.—Nakayama, S., & Inoue, S. Iron content in the maternal and fetal blood. Jap. J. Obst. Gyn., 1929, 12: 273-5.—Olesk, J. Ueber den Normalgehalt an leicht abspalt- barem Eisen im Blut des Menschen. Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 1006.—Powden, C. W., & McNeill, C. A clinical study of blood iron and hemoglobin. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 19: 362-71 — Proescher, F., & Arkush, A. S. On the pathology of iron. Ibid., 1927-28, 13: 807-18.—Sachs, A., Levine, V. E., & Appel- sis, A. Iron in human blood. Arch. Int. M., 1933, 52: 366-77. Also repr.—Sackett, G. E. Hemoglobin and iron in blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1924-25, 10: 1018-20—Shorland, F. B., & WaU, E. M. The action of certain reagents on the loosely bound iron in blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1936, 30: 1049-52- Shulutko, I. B. [Problem of constitutional correlation (iron in the blood)] Vrach. gaz., 1929, 33: 2099—Starkenstein, E., & Harvalik, Z. Ueber eine im intermediaren Eisenstoff- wechsel entstehende Ferriglobulinverbindung. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1933, 172: 75-92—Streef, G. M. A comparative investigation about the normal content of iron in the blood of the inhabitants of the tropics and of the temperate zones. Arch, neerl. physiol., 1931, 16: 552-66. Also Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indi*, 1931, 71: 1162-74. ---- Iron: Determination. Charlier, M. T. *Der Einfluss der Ver- aschung auf die mikrochemische Reaktion des maskierten Eisens im Blut und in den Geweben [Wurzburg] 18p. 8? Duren-R.L., 1933. Barkan, G. Zur colorimetrischen Mikrobestimmung des leicht abspaltbaren Bluteisens; einfaches Verfahren zur getrenn- ten Bestimmung von Ferro- und Ferri-Iouen. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 598. ----- Verfahren zur Bestimmung des leicht abspaltbaren Bluteisens. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Ab- derhalden, E.) 1935, Abt. V, Teil 8, 1207-15. Also Zschr. phy- siol. Chem., 1933,216:1-16.—Bennett, C. B. The demonstration of masked iron in blood. Univ. California Pub., 1912, 4: phy- siol., no.13, 107.—Bing, F. C, & Hanzal, R. F. A method for the estimation of serum iron. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 1013—Blackwood, J. H„ & Stirling, J. B. An iodimetnc method for the determination of iron in blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1932, 26: 353-6—Brown, A. L. A new quantitative method for the determination of iron in the blood. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1922, 44: 423-5.—Bucciardi, G. Microdetermina- zione fotometrica del ferro nei sangue. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1936, 11: 316.—Burmester, B. R. An investigation of a method for iron determination in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: 189-98. Also repr.—Coombs, H. I. The determination of the total iron of blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1936, 30: 1588-91.- Courty, C. Microdosages magnfttiques du fer dans le sang. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 201: 362-4.—Bominici, G. La determi- BLOOD CHEMISTRY 475 BLOOD CHEMISTRY nazione quantitativa del ferro nei sangue in condizioni normali e patologiche. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1929, 53: 193-224 ----- La determinazione quantitativa del ferro lnorganico del sangue. Ibid 538^4—Brilhon, A., & Brilhon, M. Microdosage du fer dans le sang et les liquides biologiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932 109: 1234.—Bupray, M. A colorimetric method for the determination of iron and hemoglobin in the blood. J. Lab. Clin M , 1926-27, 12: 917-20—Fabian, A. A., Sachs, A., & Levine V. E. Comparison of wet and dry ashing methods for determining blood iron. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y , 1934-35, 32- 662-4 —Fleury, P. Technique pour le dosage du fer dans le sang J." pharm. chim., Par., 1929, 8.ser., 9: 561-8. -----& Marque, J. Le dosage du fer sanguin par molybdomangani- m6trie; nouvelle technique. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1929, 11- 1123-9 —Fontes, G., & Thivolle, L. Microdosage molybdo- manganimetrique du fer dans 1 c.c. de sang.. C. rend. Soc. biol 1923, 88: 752-4.—Fowwaether, F. S. The determination of iron'in blood, tissues and urine. Biochem. J., Lond., 1926, 20: 93_S ----- The determination of iron in blood-plasma. Ibid 1934, 28: 1160-4.—Jacono, G. La determinazione quanti- tativa del Fe del sangue. Rass. ostet., 1931, 40: 715-33 — Laszl6 T , & Klein, L. Ueber Eisenbestimmung im Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 237: 483; 492.—Murphy, W. P., Lynch, R., & Howard, I. M. The value of determinations of the iron con- tent of whole blood. Arch. Int. M., 1931, 47: 883-92. Also repr—Rappaport, F., & Hohenberg, E. Eine Mikromethode zur Bestimmung des Eisens im Blute. Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12-1810.—Reis, F., & Chakmakjian. H. H. Colorimetric method for quantitative determination of iron in blood in the form of dispersed Prussian blue. J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 92: 59-63 — Roncato, A. II dosamento del ferro nei sangue. Gior. biol. med sper., 1923-24, 1: 192-6. Also Arch. sc. biol., Nap., 1924, 6 ■ 278-97.—Roosen-Runge, E. Beitrag zur Methodik der Bestim- mung des leicht abspaltbaren Eisens im Serum und einige klinische Ergebnisse. Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 1540-2—Rose, A R [et al.] The determination of iron in minute amounts of blood Am. J. Clin. Path., 1936, 6: 349-56—Shorland, F. B., & Wall, E. M. A rapid method for the estimation of total iron in blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1936, 30: 1047—Smirk, F. H. The micro-estimation of iron in blood. Ibid., 1927, 21: 36-9. ■---- The effects of congestion and heat on the composition of venous blood samples, together with some observations on the indirect determination of iron and chlorine in blood cor- puscles. Ibid., 1928, 22: 739-44—Sobel, I. P., & Brekter, I. J. Determination of the iron content of the blood m children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1933, 45: 486-97. Also repr—Wong, S. Y. Colorimetric determination of iron and hemoglobin in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1923, 55: 421-5. ---- Ketone bodies. See Diabetes; Ketonemia. ---- lactic acid and lactates. See also Blood sugar; Carbohydrates, Metabo- lism; Diabetes; lactic acid; Metabolism. Basiliou, B., & ZeU, F. Beitrage zu den Beziehungen zwi- schen Milchsaure und Sympathicus. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 238: 418-26— Bott, P. A., & Wilson, B. W. The concentrations of lactic acid in blood and liver of rabbits. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 109: 463-6— Collazo, J. A. L'acide lactique du sang dans les vaisseaux de foie et des muscles. C. rend. Soc biol., 1925, 93.407-9 -----& MoreUi, E. L'acide lactique du sang dans les especes animales. Ibid., 406. ----- Investigaciones experimentales sobre el acido lactico de la sangre; el acido lactico de la sangre en las especies animales. An. Fac. med., Montev., 1926, 11: 30-45. Also J. physiol. path, gen., 1926, 24: 54; 508.-CoUazo, J., & Supniewski, J. L'acide lactique du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 367-9—Bevadatta, S. C. Distribu- tion of lactate between the corpuscles and the plasma in blooa. Q.J. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1934, 24: 295-303 Also repr — Field, J. Distribution of lactate between corpuscles and plasma in the dog. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 724 - Hochrein, M., & Meier, R. Ueber den Milchsauregehalt des Blutes. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1928, 161: 59-83.-Leopold, J. S„ & Bernhard, A. Lactic acid in the blood in children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1931, 41: 758-65. Also repr.-Matakas, F. Beitrage zur Physiologie und Pathologie des Milchsaurestorl- wechsels; der Milchsauregehalt des Blutes bei den verschiedenen Tierarten. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1932, 165: 221-?.-Nishi- mura, K. The lactic acid content of blood and spinal Quid. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1924-25, 22: 322-4.-Noshi, K. Studien fiber die Milchsaure im Blute; tiber das Perrneabilitats- problem der Blutkorperchen gegen dl-, und 1-Mfichsaure. J. Biochem., Tokyo, 1929, 11: 321-31—Roche, A., & Roche, J. Recherches sur l'existence du lactacidogene dans le sang. o. rend. Acad, sc, 1927,185:873-5.-Sanchez Cuenca, B. Estudios clinicos sobre lactacidemia. Arch, med., Madr., 1928, £9: ,ui-i. Also Rev. m6d. Barcelona, 1928, 9: 556-60.-Sotgiu, G. Con- tributo alio studio della latticemia. Riforma med 1934, 50. 719-26—Valentin, F. Ueber den Milchsauregehalt des Blutes. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 86-90—Vitali, M. II comporta- mento dell' acido lattico nei circolo fetale. Ann. ostet. gin , 1930, 52: 931-9.-Warkany, J. Zur Frage der Milchsaurezer- storung durch Erythrocyten. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 184. 480-3.-Wendel, W. B. Oxidations by erythrocytes and the catalytic influence of methylene blue; the oxidation of lactate to pyruvate. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 102: 373-83.-Wmd, F., & Oettingen, K. von. Milchsaurebestimmung in den Uterus- und Nabelgefassen. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 197: 170-4.—Wortis, S. B., & Marsh, F. The lactic acid content of blood and cerebro- spinal fluid. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1935, 61: 156. ---- Lactic acid: Determination. Avery, B. F., & Hastings, A. B. A gasometric method for the determination of lactic acid in the blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1931,94:273-80. Also repr.—Bishop, W. B. S. The estimation of lactic acid in blood. Med. J. Australia, 1931,1: 219-25. Also repr.—Brehme, T., & Brahdy, B. Zur Frage der Milchsaure- bestimmung in kleinen Blutmengen; Modifikation der Clausen- schen Methode. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 175: 348-56.—CoUazo, J., & Supniewski, J. Nouvelle methode de determination de l'acide lactique dans le sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92:370.— Berviz, G. V. [Mendel-Goldscheider colorimetric method for the determination of lactic acid in the blood] J. eksp. biol., 1929, 11: 147-51.—Bische, Z., & Laszl6, B. Ueber eine neue kolorimetrische Bestimmungsmethode der Milchsaure im Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 187: 344-62—Ernst, E., & Truka, J. Milchsaurebestimmung im Blut. Ibid., 1934, 272: 51-5. Also Magy. orv. arch., 1934, 35: 386-91.—Jonata, R. Ulteriore modifi- cazione al metodo di Jervell pel dosaggio dell' acido lattico del sangue. Gior. clin. med., 1934, 15: 276-81.—Kayser, F., & Masius, N. Sur les condition de la determination de la lactaci- demie et sur ses variations. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 1171-3.—Macleod, J. J. R. The determination of lactic acid in blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1921-22, 7: 635-42—Matakas, F. Zur Methodik des Milchsaurenachweises im Gewebe und Blut. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 239:417-23.—Mendel, B., & Goldscheider, I. Eine kolorimetrische Mikromethode zur quantitativen Bestimmung der Milchsaure im Blut. Ibid., 1925,164:163-74 — Milton, R. Notes on Mendel and Goldscheider's method for determining lactic acid in blood. Analyst, Lond., 1936, 61: 91-6.—Miiller-Parcham, W. Beitrag zur Milchsaurebestim- mung im Blut. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1933, 218: 209-17 — Nelson, C. F., & Lehnherr, E. R. The determination of lactic acid in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 78: xlix— Outeirino Nunez, J., & Soleto, M. H. Metodo preciso y simple para la dosificacion del acido lactico en la sangre. Med. ibera, 1931,15: pt2,152-5.— Pi-Suner i Bayo, C, & Folch i Pi, J. Estudis sobre la determi- nacio de l'acid lactic i en especial de la lactacidemia. Tr. Soc. biol., Barcel., 1932, 14: 317-41, diag.—Ronzoni, E., & Wallen- Lawrence, Z. Determination of lactic acid in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1927, 74: 363-77. Also repr.—Vas, M., & Lang, A. Beitrage zum Mendel-Goldscheiderschen Blutmilchsaure- bestimmungsverfahren. Biochem. Zschr., 1926,172: 428-31. —— lactic acid: Relation to blood sugar. See also Blood sugar. Abraham, A. Ueber die milchsaurebildende Fahigkeit des menschlichen Blutes gegenfiber Monosacchariden. Zschr. klin. Med 1926, 104: 609-19.—Best, C. H., & Ridout, J. H. Observa- tions on blood lactic acid after insulin. J. Biol. Chem., 1925, 63: 197-203.—Collazo, J. A„ Puyal, J., & Torres, I. Hipofisi 1 metabolisme anaerobi dels glucids: l'acid lactic de la sang. Tr. Soc. biol., Barcel., 1932, 14: 276-302. ----- Hypophyse und anaerober Kohlehydratumsatz: die Milchsaure im Blute. Arch ges. Physiol., 1933, 233: 503-13—Folch, J., & Carrasco Formiguera, R. Etudes sur la lactacid6mie; la courbe de la lactacidemie avant et apres l'ingestion de glucose, et son rapport avec la courbe de la glycemie, chez I'homme sain et chez le gluci- dystrophique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934,115: 1012-4—Klein, O., & Zirm, C. Untersuchungen zur Frage fiber die Beziehung von Hvperlactacidamie und Kohlehydratstoflwechsel beim Men- schen Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1931, 43. Kongr., 407-16 — Koster, H., Goldzieher, M. [et al.] Studies on lactic acid in the blood; the effect of glucose and insulin. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1929-30, 15- 723-6 —Lanyi, A. [On the lactic acid contents of the blood after the'administration of laevulose] Magy orv. arch., 1926, 27- 566-71 —Mendel, B„ Engel, W., & Goldscheider, I. Ueber den Milchsauregehalt des Blutes unter physiologischen und pathologischen Bedingungen; der Milchsauregehalt des Blutes nach Zufuhr von Traubenzucker; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom Diabetes mellitus. Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 542-4. —— Ueber den Milchsauregehalt des Blutes nach Insulmzufuhr; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom Diabetes mellitus. Ibid., 8o£-6 —Servantie, L. Variations de l'acide lactique dans le sang'de l'animal normal apres injection d'insuline. C rend Soc bk>L, 1925, 92: 700-2.-Wright, S. L. Herr, E. F. & Paul, J R The relationship of lactic acid to the optical activity of normal and diabetic blood before and after glycolysis. J. Biol. Chem., 1928,80: 571-87. ---- Lactic acid: Variations. Arens, G. *Die Beeinflussung des Milch- sauregehaltes des Blutes durch die Wehentatig- keit bei Gebiirenden und durch die Arbeit bei Graviden [Freiburg i. Br.] 19p. 8! Volklingen a.d. Saar, 1927. ,,.,,.. . , Fey C. *Ueber Milchsaureuntersuchungen im Blut nach der Methode Mendel-Goldscheider; die Werte in der Schwangerschaft; experimen- teller Beitrag zur Arbeitsphysiologie der Schwan- gerschaft. 38p. 8? Bonn, 1933. BLOOD CHEMISTRY 476 BLOOD CHEMISTRY Adams, L. E., & Foster, G. L. Blood lactic acid in relation to metobolic rate. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1927-28, 25: 310-2.—Bean, J. W., & Haldi, J. Alterations in blood lactic acid as a result of exposure to high oxygen pressure. Am. J. Physiol. 1932, 102: 439-4.—Benedetti, G, Stimoli farmacodinamici e lat- tacidemia nell' individuo sano. Rass. ter. pat. clin., 1934, 6: 11- 38.—Binet, L., & Klukowski, J. Recherches physiologiques sur les variations de la teneur du sang circulant en acide lactique. J. physiol. path, gen., 1933, 31: 372-9—Bock, A. V., Bill, B. B., &,Edwards, H. T. Lactic acid in the blood of resting man. J. Clin.Invest., 1932,11 :| 775-88—Bruman, F„ &Leeb, H. Der Einfluss des Acetonitrils auf die Blutmilchsaurekonzentration beim Kaninchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1935-36, 97: 362-6 — Bziano, M. L'influenza del sistema vegetativo sulla curva lattacidemica dopo iniezione endovenosa di lattato di sodio. Fisiol. med., Roma, 1931, 2: 229-50.—Calabrese, M. Sull' iper- latticemia da adrenalina. Riforma med., 1931, 47: 1365.— Collazo, J. A., & Morelli, E. Recherches experimentales sur la physiologie de l'acide lactique du sang; influence des regimes et des anesthesiques. J. physiol. path, gen., 1926, 24:76-85.— Collazo, J. A., & Puyal, J. Adrenalinwirkung auf die Blut- milchsaure. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 1947-9. —---& Caste- llano, J. Accion de la adrenalina sobre el acido lactico de la sangre en el hombre normal. Med. ibera, 1932, 26: pt2, 217. Also Tr. Soc. biol., Barcel., 1932,14:142-4—Cook, L. C, & Hurst, R. H. Blood lactic acid in man during rest. J. Physiol., Lond., 1933, 79: 443-54.—Cori, C. F. The influence of insulin and epi- nephrine on the lactic acid content of blood and tissues. J. Biol. Chem., 1925, 63: 253-68.—Forti, E. Ricerche sul comporta- mento dell' acido lattico nei sangue materno'e fetale al momento del parto. Riv. ital. gin., 1933-34, 15: 277-82.—Franke, M., & Malczynski, S. Lactacidemie apres extirpation du foie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935,118:1607.—Friesz, J., & Mohos, E. [Effect of blood epinephrine on lactic acid] Orv. hetil., 1931, 75: 1108-10. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1931, 118: 193-7—Goldblatt, M. W. Ergotamine and the effect of adrenaline on blood lactate. J. Physiol., Lond., 1933, 78: 96-105.—Hastings, A. B. The lactic acid in the blood of dogs in exercise. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21, 18:306.—Joos.G. Experimentelle Beeinflussung der Blut- und Gewebsmilchsaure am ruhenden Organismus. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1930, 39: 403-25.—Kato, K. Milchsaure- stoffwechsel bei gestorter Schilddrfisenfunktion; Schwankungen des Blutmilchsaurespiegels bei Laktatinjektion. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1933, 21: 238-56.—Laquer, F. Ueber den Milchsaure- gehalt des Blutes im Hohenklima; Einfluss der Muskelarbeit. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1924, 203: 35-41.—Laug, E. P. Observations on lactic acid, total CO2, and pa of venous blood during recovery from severe exercise. Am. J. Physiol., 1934, 107: 687-92.—Long, C. N. H. The lactic acid in the blood of a resting man. J. Physiol., Lond., 1923-24, 58: 455-60.—Maisel, E. P., Kravets, B. A., & Gubanova, E. P. [Contents of lactic acid in the blood during pregnancy and in post-partum states] J. akush. zhensk. boliez., 1933, 44: 205-10.—Marenzi, A. B. Action de l'extrait ant6-hypophysaire sur l'acide lactique du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 464. ----- Acido lactico sanguineo de los perros hipoflsoprivos. Rev. Soc. argent biol., 1934, 10: 121-3. ----- Accion del lobulo posterior de hipofisis sobre el acido lactico de la sangre. Ibid., 173-8.—Matakas, F. Beitrage zur Physiologie und Pathologie des Milchsaurestoffwechsels; der Milchsauregehalt des Blutesin der Narkose; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Pharmakologie des Pernoctons. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1931, 163: 493-504.—Nitzescu, I. I., & Munteanu, N. Les sub- stances parasympathicotoniques et l'acid lactique du sang. C. rend. Soc biol., 1932, 109: 314.—Noshi, K. Studien fiber die Milchsaure im Blute; fiber den Ruhewertund die Verteilung der Milchsaure im Blute. J. Biochem., Tokyo. 1929, 11: 307-20 — Orskov, S. L. Untersuchungen fiber die Milchsauremenge sowie fiber die Gesamtmenge der atherloslichen Sauren im Blut von Hunden bei verschiedener Nahrung. Skand. Arch. Phy- siol., Berl., 1931-32, 63: 213-39— Parfentjev, I. A., Suntzev, V. B., & Sokolov, B. F. Lactate concentration in the blood of the rabbit after injection of sodium lactate. J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 93: 797-803.—Parhon, C. I., & Urzica, C. La lactacidemie chez les ehiens thyroparathyroidectomises. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 750.—Policaro, R. B. Variazioni del potere riducente, dell' acido lattico, del pH e dell' nD del siero di sangue e del liquido di bolla, in vitro in funzione del tempo e per aggiunta di fermenti e bacteri. Biochim. ter. sper., 1933, 20: 216-27.— Ponzi, E. Sulle variazioni della latticemia dopo gli interventi operativi. Riv. ital gin., 1930, 11: 472-6, ch.—Riabuschinsky, N. P. Zur Frage fiber die Beziehung zwischen der Milchsaure im Blut und der Ermfidung. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1930, 226: 79-85.— Schluter, H. Ueber die Beeinflussung der Blutmilch- saure. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1930, 157: 124.—Sebening, W. Ueber die Wirkung von Operation und Narkose auf das Ver- halten der Milchsaure im menschlichen Blute. Schmerz, 1931-32, 4: 104-17.—Sugimoto, H., & Miyamoto, T. Ueber den Einfluss der Muskelarbeit ajuf den Stoffwechsel bei Erkrankun- gen des extrapyramidalen Systems; Beeinflussung des Milch- saureumsatzes. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1934, 24: 215-24.—Tanaka, H., & Motobayashi, F. Influence of low atmospheric pressure on lactic acid in blood. Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo, 1935,24:1.— Titomanlio, M. Ricerche sulle variazioni da florizina dell' acido lattico nei sangue. Riv. pat. sper., 1934-35, 12: 169-76.—Truka, J. T. [On the lactic-acid content of blood in pregnancy, and childbed] Magy. orv. arch., 1934, 35: 482-6. Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1934-35, 110: 137-41.—Velicogna, A. Com- portamento dell' acido lattico nei sangue per ingestione di lattato di sodio con e senza insulina. Riv. pat. sper., 1930-31, 6: 148-53. ---- Lactic acid: Variations, pathologic. Habedank, H. *Beobachtung des Milch- saurespiegels im Blut bei renaler Schadigung, 29p. 8? Bonn, 1933. Jervell, O. Investigation of the concentra- tion of lactic acid in blood and urine under physiologic and pathologic conditions. 135p. 8? Oslo, 1928. Forms Suppl. 24 of Acta med. scand., 1928. Anrep, G. V., & Cannan, R. K. The concentration of lactic acid in the blood in experimental alkalsemia and acidaemia. J. Physiol., Lond., 1923-24, 58: 244-58— Arai, Y. Ueber die Blutmilchsaure bei verschiedenen Krankheiten. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1936, 4: Int. M., 119.—Bufano, M., & Santucci, G. Le varia- zioni della lattacidemia dopo iniezione intravenosa di lattato di sodio nei vizi di cuore. Cuore & circol., 1931, 15: 65-88.— Calabresi, M., & Schwarz, W. Sul contenuto in acido lattico del sangue in condizioni normali e patologiche (nota preventiva) Riforma med., 1930, 46: 1111-4. Also Clin. med. ital., 1933, 64: 423-84.—Friesz, J., & Mohos, E. [Determination of lactic acid in the blood in myasthenia] Orv. hetil., 1929, 73: 977.—Hahn, P. F. Liver injury and blood lactic acid. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 101: 29-34. Also repr.—Jervell, O. [Estimation of lactic acid in blood in cancer and liver diseases] Norsk mag. laegevid., 1930,91: 528-37.— Juarros, C. Contribucion al conocimiento de los sindromes por exceso de acido lactico en la sangre. Med. ibera, 1936, 30: 533-6.—McGinty, B. A. Blood lactic acid and the coronary circulation. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1930-31, 28: 451-3.—Margreth, G. Ricerche sul comportamento del- 1'acido lattico del sangue; polmonite crupale. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 519. ----- Affezioni epatiche. Ibid., 521. ----- Cardiopatie. Ibid., 522. ----- Ricerche sul com- portamento dell' acido lattico; tumori. Ibid., 523. ----- Infezione tifoide ed infezione tubercolare. Fol. clin. chim., Bologna, 1928, 3: 5-43.—Martin, E. G., Field, J., & Hall, V. E. Blood lactates in various anoxemic states. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1927-28, 25: 273—Massobrio, E., & Michailov, M. Sul comportamento dell' acido lattico del sangue nelle epato- patie. Minerva med., Tor., 1930, 21: pt 1, 650-6.—Mendel, B., Engel, W., & Goldscheider, I. Ueber den Milchsauregehalt des Blutes unter physiologischen und pathologischen Bedingungen. Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 262; 306.—Noah, G. Milchsaureun- tersuchungen im Blut, insbesondere bei Lebererkrankungen. Ibid., 1927, 6: 1465. ----- Ueber das Verhalten des Blut- milchsaurespiegels bei normalen und leberkranken Kaninchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928, 61: 59-62.—Perger, H. Ueber die Resynthese der Milchsaure bei Kreislaufkranken. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 1324-6. ---- Lipids. See Blood lipids. ---- Lipochrome. See also Lipochrome; and names of lipochromes as Carotin, &c. Bonorino Udaondo, C, Carulla, J. E., & Zunino, H. Sobre la lipocromemia normal y patologica. Arch, med., Madr., 1925, 20: 145-54.—Baniel, E., & Beres, T. Zur Kenntnis des Lipo- chroms im menschlichen Blutserum. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1936, 238: 160-2—Frisch, C, Lederer, E., & Willheim, R. Lipo- chromes et glycolyse. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1936, 18: 401-5.—Hijmans van den Bergh, A. A., & Muller, P. On serum- lipochrome. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1920, 22: sect, sc, 748; 1921,23: 765. ■--- Magnesium. See also Magnesium. Kruger, E. *Ueber den Magnesiumgehalt des Blutserums. p.83-91. 8? Kiel, 1932. Naumes, E. *Ein Beitrag zum Magnesiumge- halt des Blutes. 32p. 8? Frankf. a.M., 1933. Velluz, J. *Recherches sur le magnesium serique. 158p. 8? Lyon, 1934. Aguilar, A. El magnesio del suero sanguineo humano. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1934, 10: 146-8.—Benjamin, H. R., Hess, A. F., & Gross, J. The forms of magnesium in serum and milk. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 103: 383-90.—Bonorino Udaondo, C„ Schteingart, W., & Gaibros, R. Le magnesium du liquide c6phalorachidien et du sang. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1933,114: 806.— Eichholtz, F., & Berg, R. Magnesiumbestimmung im Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 225: 352-7.—Fleischhacker, H., & Schei- derer, G. Mikrobestimmung des Magnesiums im Liquor und Blut nach der Methode von F. L. Hahn. Deut. Zschr. Ner- venh., 1932, 128: 270-7.—Greenberg, B. M„ Lucia, S. P. [et al.] The magnesium content of the plasma and the red corpuscles in human blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 100: 139-48—Greenberg, B. M., & Mackey, M. A. The determination of magnesium in blood with 8-hydroxyquinoline. Ibid., 1932, 96: 419; 99: 19. Also repr.—Guercio, F. Magnesio in gravidanza normale e patologica; magnesiemia e cationemia in gravidanza, in travaglio BLOOD CHEMISTRY 477 BLOOD CHEMISTRY ed in puerperio. Fol. gyn. demogr., Genova, 1934, 31: 607-21. ----- Magnesio e gravidanza; comportamento del magnesio negli organi di animali gestanti. Ibid., 1935, 32: 59-70.—Hirth, A. Le dosage du magnesium dans le plasma sanguin. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 460.—Jolyet, F. Sur le magnesium du plasma sanguin et de l'eau de mer. Ibid., 1906, 60: 553.—Kallinikova, M. N. [Titrimetric method of determining magnesium in the blood] J. eksp. biol., 1930, 14: 73-5. Also Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 220: 278-82.—Lang, K. Untersuchungen tiber die Phy- siologie, Pathologie und Pharmakologie des Blutmagnesiums. Zschr. klin. Med., 1932, 122: 206-43—Lucchi, G. Ricerche sul contenuto in magnesio del siero di sangue e di altri liquidi organici in condizioni normali e patologiche. Gior. clin. med., 1934,15:894-921.—Pavia, M. Ricerche sperimentali sul magnesio ematico nell' infanzia. Riv. clin. pediat., 1928, 26: 700-17.— Puca, A. II contenuto in magnesio nei sangue e nei liquido cefalo-rachidiano; nuevo metodi di determinazione. Rass. stud, psichiat., 1934, 23:298-319.—Simonini, A. Lamagnesiemia del neonato. Lattante, 1936, 7: 354-8.—Spiegler, R. Ein Beitrag zum Magnesiumgehalt des Serums (unter Beriicksichti- gung einer neuen Methode) Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1934, 97: 22-36.—Stary, Z., & Winternitz, R. Ueber das physikalisch- chemische Verhalten des Magnesiums im Serum. Zschr. phy- siol. Chem., 1929, 182: 107-16.—VeUuz, L. Technique de micro- dosage du magnesium dans le serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 253. Also J. pharm. chim., Par., 1934, 8.ser., 19:346-8.—Yoshimatsu, S. A new rapid method for the determi- nation of magnesium with one c.c. of blood, without prelimi- nary elimination of calcium. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1929, 14: 29-35.—Zaharesco-Karaman, N., Alexiu, M., & Ursu, I. Re- cherches sur le taux du magnesium dans le sang des femmes enceintes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 559-61. ----- Re- cherches sur le taux du magnesium chez la parturiente et le nouveau-n6. Ibid., 122: 705-7. --- Magnesium: Variations. Aguilar, A. Contribucion al estudio del magnesio hematico en condiciones normales y patologicas. Sem. med., B. Air., 1934, 41: pt2, 691-720.—Allcroft, W. M., & Green, H. H. Blood calcium and magnesium of the cow in health and disease. Biochem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 2220-8.—Bonorino Udaondo, C, Schteingart, M., & Gaibrois, R. La magnesiemia en los estados patologicos. Progr. clin., Madr., 1933, 41: 473-8. Also Prensa m6d. argent., 1933-34, 20: 1679-85.—Brookfield, R. W. Mag- nesium deficiency in the rat. Brit. M.J., 1934, 1: 848.—Cabitto, A., & Rosso, C. Influenza dei raggi ultravioletti sulla magnesie- siemia e sul rapporto K/Ca mg del sangue. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1934, 16: 1-21.— Bay, H. G., Kruse, H. B., & McCollum, E. V. Studies on magnesium deficiency in animals. J. Biol. Chem., 1935-36, 112: 337-59. Also repr.—Belbet, P. La carence en magnesium; ses causes actuelles. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1929, 3.ser., 102: 4; 19. -----& Palios. Carence et magnesium. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 390-2.—Hirschfelder, A. B. Clinical manifestations of high and low plasma magnesium; dangers of Epsom salt purgation in nephritis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 102: 1138-41—Kruse, H. B., Orent, E., & McCollum, E. V. Chemical changes in the blood following magnesium deprivation. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 97: iii. Alsorepr. ----- Studies on mag- nesium deficiency in animals; species variation in symptoma- tology of magnesium deprivation. Am. J. Physiol., 1932, 101: 454-61. ----- Chemical changes in the blood following magnesium deprivation. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 100: 603-43. ---- Chemical changes in the bone, with associated blood changes, resulting from magnesium deprivation. Ibid., 1934, 106:573-93. Also repr.— Lavollay, J. Observation sur les acci- dents presentes par les jeunes rats carences en magnesium. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111: 545-7.—Melli, G., & Karadimova, N. La magnesiemia nell' uomo in trattamento paratiroideo e suoi rapporti coi valori calcici e fosforici. Policlinico, 1935, 42: sez. med., 629-36.—Plass, E. B., & Bogert, L. J. The calcium and magnesium content of the blood serum during pregnancy, labor, and the puerperium. Am. J. Obst., 1923, 6: 427-43.—Reiche, F. Ueber Veranderungen des Magnesiumgehaltes des Blutes unter pathologischen Bedingungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 1820.—Seekles, L., & Sjollema, B. Ueber die Herabsetzung des Magnesiumspiegels des Blutserums in vivo mittels intravenoser Einspritzung magnesiumfailender Substanzen. Biochem. Zschr., 1934, 272: 222-6.—Tufts, E. V., & Greenberg, B. M. Cal- cium involvement in magnesium deficiency. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1936, 34: 292-4.—Veil, P. Les troubles circulates fonctionnels par intoxication chronique d'origine hepatique frequente; etats de carence magnesienne. J. m6d. Lyon, 1934, 14: 635-7.—Velluz, L., & Velluz, J. Sur les variations physiolo- giques du magnesium s6rique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 417.—Watchorn, E. Calcium and magnesium in some patho- logical sera. Q.J. Med., Oxford, 1924-25, 18: 288-93—Weil, M. P., Guillaumin, C. O., & Weismann-Netter, R. Le calcium et le magnesium seriques chez l'adulte normal, hypertendu, ou ath6romateux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 732-4—Wolff, R, Rangier, M., & Bourquard, A. Sur l'influence de l'alcalose sur le taux du magnesium serique. Ibid., 1936, 122: 391. ---Methods (general and combined) See also Biochemistry. Baltes, J. *Ueber die Wiedergewinnung der Saponine aus dem Blute. 54p. 8? Rostock, 1914. Diebschlag, E. *Ueber den Nachweis von Glukuronsaure im menschlichen Blut mit der Orcin- und der Naphthoresorcinprobe [Giessen] Also Virchows Arch., 1921, 230: 179-90. Letsche, E. Aufarbeitung des Blutes zur Gewinnung und Bestimmung seiner organischen Einzelbestandteile. p.589-684. 8? Berl., 1924. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Bed., 1924, Abt.4, Teil3. Steinberger, E. *Ueber Tyrosin- und Harn- saurebestimmungen im normalen und pathologi- schen Blut [Zurich] 35p. 8? Gbtt., 1920. Zumbusch, H. *Ueber quantitative Bestim- mungen von Ameisensaure im menschlichen Blute. lip. 8? Giessen, 1920. Adler, E., & Hilgenfeldt, B. Untersuchungen Uber die chemische und klinische Bedeutung der Ehrlichschen Alde- hydreaktion im Blutserum. Zschr. klin. Med., 1926, 103: 614- 27.—Barcroft, J. Some forms of apparatus for the equilibration of blood. J. Physiol., Lond., 1934, 180: 388-93.—Baril, G. H., & Labarre, J. Modifications des techniques de determination du cholesterol, du phosphore et du calcium inorganiques dans le serum sanguin, en vue de l'association de ces dosages sur une m6me prise d'essai. Tr. R. Soc. Canada, 1930, 3.ser., 24: sect. biol., 185-7. -----• Note sur les limites de sensibilite de la technique de determination du cholesterol, du phosphore et du calcium inorganiques dans le serum sanguin, ces dosages 6tant associes sur une mSme prise d'essai. Ibid., 1931, 3.ser., 25: sect.5, 43.—Bayliss, L. E., Fee, A. R., & Ogden, E. A method of oxygenating blood. J. Physiol., Lond., 1928-29, 66: 443-8.—Benedict, S. R., & Osterberg, E. The effect of certain blood constituents on picrate solutions. Arch. Int. M., 1921, 27: 135.—Bienias, C. Ein Pipettenapparat zu Blutuntersu- chungszwecken, der die Ansteckungsgefahr ausschliesst. Med. Klin., Berl., 1934, 30: 94.—Bing, J. Are serum proteins affected by the time the blood stands before removing the serum from the coagulate? Acta med. scand., 1935, 86: 367-9.—Boivin, A. Sur revaluation du carbone et de l'azote de l'ensemble des substances cristallo'ides du serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 153-5.—Claria, C. Error causado en ciertos analisis de sangre y otros liquidos organicos por el agua que humedece la jeringa y el tubo de envase. Sem. med., B. Air., 1922, 29: 969-71.—Cohn, G. An abnormal reaction in centrifugalised blood. Lancet, Lond., 1934, 1: 627.—Cox, G. J., King, H., & Berg, C. P. The preparation of lysine, histidine, and arginine from hydrolyzed blood corpuscle paste by electrical transport. J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 81: 755-64.—Binberg, M. C. A simple device for drying blood diluting pipettes. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1936, 34: 432.—Falisi, J. V„ & Lawton, V. A. Tables for blood chemistry calculations. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1923-24, 9: 566-71.— Finck, C. J. Du dosage simultane dans le plasma et les globules de l'acide urique et du cholesterol. Rev. med. Nancy, 1936, 64: 241-8.—Folin, 0. Note on the necessity of checking up the quality of sodium tungstate used in the system of blood analysis. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 51: 419.—Folley, S. J. An electric, furnace for micro-Kjeldahl digestions and similar purposes. Biochem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 890.—Gaebler, O. H. The effect of anti- coagulants on determinations of inorganic phosphate and protein in plasma. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 99: 99-107.—Gamble, W. G. Rapid and accurate blood chemistry determinations. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1928-29, 14: 684—Ganter, G. Ueber die Beseitigung giftiger Stoffe aus dem Blute durch Dialyse. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1923,70:1478-80.—Gault, P,S. Reactions and technique involved in chemical analysis of blood. U.S. Nav. M. Bull., 1923, n.s., 7: suppl., 38-52.—Goldschmidt, S., & Light, A. B. A method of obtaining from veins blood similar to arterial blood in gaseous content. J. Biol. Chem., 1925, 64: 53-8.—Gorter, E. Spreading in a monolayer as a method of studying biologic problems. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1933, 45: 41-3.—Gruskin, B. A new and shorter method for the determination of urea and sugar in the blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1924-25, 10: 233-6 — Himmerich, F. Gleichzeitige Protease-und Reststickstoffbestim- mung im Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 191: 74-82.—Hirth & Tschimber, C. Technique de ^ultrafiltration du plasma; determination du ph et du calcium, du magnesium, du sodium et du phosphore dans l'ultrafiltrat. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 592.—Hunt, R. S. A note on blood chemistry. J. Lab. Clin M., 1929-30, 15: 42.—Jackson, F. L. Demineralization of the blood. Med. World, 1926, 44: 124.—Kauffmann, F„ & Schulz, W. Ueber Imidazolderivate im enteiweissten Blut und anderen Korperflussigkeiten (Transsudate, Exsudate) Zschr. klin. Med., 1933, 123: 1-15.—Kennaway, E. L., & Mcintosh, J. The action of whole blood upon acids. Biochem. J., Cambr., 1922, 17: 380-6.—Landsberg, M. Die Verwendung einer capil- laren Mischpipette zur mikrochemischen Blutuntersuchung. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 788.—Latham, O. Some observations on Folin and Wu's method of blood analysis. Med. J. Australia, 1924, 1: suppl., 412-7.—Lazarew, N. W., Brussilowskaja, A. J., & Lawrow, J. N. Quantitative Bestimmung einiger flfichtiger Stoffe im Blut. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 240: 12-8.—Legroux, R., & Jeramec, C. Extrait aqueux de serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933,113: 688.—Leiboff, S. L. A note on the measure- ment of blood for chemical examination. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1926-27, 12: 911. ----- & Witchell, I. S. The use of sodium citrate as anticoagulant in the chemical examination of blood. BLOOD CHEMISTRY 478 BLOOD CHEMISTRY Ibid., 1928-29, 14: 1094-6.—Levi, P. Theoretische und experi- mentelle Untersuchungen fiber Bilirubin und Fibrinogen im Blut. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2:305—Liubimova, M.N. [Method of simultaneous estimation of sugar, phosphorus, and lactic acid in the blood] J. eksp. biol., 1929, 11: 40-6.—McFarlane, A. S. The behaviour of pathological sera in the ultra-centrifuge. Biochem. J., Eond., 1935, 29: 1175-201.—Mirkin, A., & Bruskin, S. J. A simplified technic for clinical blood chemistry. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1922-23, 8: 395-405—Morgulis, S., & Pinto, S. Simul- taneous determination of inorganic phosphate, sugar, and lactic acid in blood. Ibid., 1930-31, 16: 60-4.—Moritz, F. Ueber die Normalisierung von Zahlenreihen, die sich auf quantitative biologische Bestimmungen oder auch auf Quotienten aus solchen beziehen, und die Vorteile dieses Verfahrens. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75:1023.—Myerson, A., & Halloran, R. B. Studies of the biochemistry of the brain blood by internal jugular puncture. Bull. Massachusetts Dep. Ment. Dis., 1931, 15: 9-17.—Myrback, K. Zur Methodik der Calcium- und Phos- phorbestimmung in kleinen Blutmengen. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1925, 148: 197-206.—Nattan-Larrier, R., & Tcherniakof- sky, P. Quelques examens chimiques sur des sangs moranyies ou liquoides. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 857-9.—Paul, J. R. Post mortem blood chemical determinations. Bull. Ayer Clin. Lab., 1925, no.9, 51-62.—Petersilie, H. A simple device to be used in connection with microkjedahl digestion process. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 19: 672.—Petschacher, L. Beitrag zur Bestimmung des Zuckers und Reststickstoffs in kleinen Blut- mengen. Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 142: 370-6.—Phillips, F. J., & Curtis, G. M. Blood iodine studies; a simple reservoir buret for making microtitrations. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 19: 896-8.— Richter-Quittner, M. Zur Methodik der chemischen Blutana- lyse; Veraschungsmethoden. Biochem. Zschr., 1922, 126: 97; 1925, 158: 176.—Rockwood, R. Chemical tests of the blood; indications and interpretation. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 157-66.—Samson, K. Kurze Bemerkungen zu einigen klinisch wichtigen biochemischen Blutanalysen. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1928, 173: 220-6.—Schmidt, E. G. A routine blood chemistry unit. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1929-30,15:1013-6—Smirk, F.H. The accurate micro-determination of chlorine and iron in blood and other liquids. Biochem. J., Lond., 1928, 22: 201-7.—Strauss, H. Ammoniakbestimmungen im Blutserum. Zbl. inn. Med., 1922, 43: 26-8.—Sturm, R. Bestimmung von Milchsaure und Aceton- korpern aus derselben kleinsten Blutmenge; methodischer Beitrag zu den Verfahren von Brehme und Brahdy und von Clausen. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1932, 167: 654.—Thomas, P., & Carpentier, G. Action de divers sels metalliques et en par- ticulier, des sels de cuivre sur le reactif de Kastle-Meyer. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1922, 4:143-53.—T6th, A. Konzentrierung von Serum durch Ultrafiltration mittels der Zentrifuge. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1928, 197: 353-6.—Wacker, L. Zur Methodik der Blutanalyse (Bestimmung von CI, Na, K und Lipoiden wie Lecithin, Cholesterin, Cholesterinester und Neutralfett im Blutserum) Ibid., 1932 245: 149-58.—Weiss, R. A rapid method of blood analysis. N. York M.J., 1922, 116: 585-7.— West, F. A new method for the determination of calcium and thrombin in serum. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78: 1041-3.—Win- ling. Les analyses de sang en chimie biologique. Arch. m6d. pharm. nav., 1932, 122: 146.—Wu, H. Separate analyses of the corpuscles and the plasma. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 51: 21-31. ----- Blood analysis, with especial reference to some new methods. China M.J., 1923, 37: 1019-24. ---- Methods: Colorimetry. See also Colorimetry. Stone, W. J. Blood chemistry; colorimetric methods for the general practitioner, with clini- cal comments and dietary suggestions. 75p. 8? N.Y., 1923. ---- Also 2.ed. rev. 129p. 1926. Becher, E., & Herrmann, E. Kolorimetrische Mikrometho- den der Blutuntersuchung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 1601.—Brucker, P., & Cullen, G. E. [Colorimetric reaction of arterial blood in children and adults] Hospitalstidende, 1925, 68: 601-8.—Kanitz, H. R. Ein neues vereinfachtes Kolori- meter fiir das arztliche Laboratorium (Blutzucker-, Hamo- globin- oder Reststickstoflbestimmung) Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 1482.—Kofman, T. Application de la cellule photo- 61ectrique a 1'oxyde de cuivre pour la colorim6trie du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 481.—Komm, E., & Sonntag, K. Ueber die Anwendung der Leitz-Colorimeter nach Dubosq bei der quantitativ-chemischen Blutuntersuchung. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 1275-7.—Laurent-Gerard, P. Dosage colori- metrique en lumiere monochromatique de la cholesterine, du glucose, de l'acide urique et de l'hemoglobine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928,98:1325-9.—Weise, W. Colorimetrische Bestimmung von Phosphorsaure und Magnesium. Handb. biol. Arbeits- meth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1924, Abt.4, Teil3, 685-8. ---- Methods: Deproteinization. See Blood proteins. ---- Methods: Filtration. See also Filtration; Blood, Filtrates [3.ser.] Brukner, B., & Uhlenbruck, P. Ueber die Ultrafiltration des Blutserums. Zschr. Biol., 1925, 83: 586-92.—Egerer-Seham, G. Ultrafiltration of blood serum and cerebrospinal fluid, with special reference to a new apparatus. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1922-23, 8: 818-24.—Groen, J., & Meyer, J. W. The influence of gluta- thione on reduction and rotation of blood-filtrates. Biochem. J., Lond., 1932, 26: 624.—Haden, R. L. The modification of the Folin-Wu method for making protein-free blood filtrates. J. Biol. Chem., 1923, 56: 469-71.—Laporta, M. Proprieta chimi- cofisiche del siero di sangue concentrato per ultrafiltrazione e diluito con ultrafiltrato. Arch. sc. biol., Bologna, 1935-36, 21: 45-62.—L§vy, J., & Pacu, M. M. Ultrafiltration du s6rum et du plasma; teneur des ultrafiltrats de serum et de plasma en chlore., potassium, sodium, calcium, magnesium. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1933, 15: 1317-29.—Mestrezat, W. Sur les dialysats du plasma. Montpellier m6d., 1921, 43: 475.—Richter-Quittner, M. Zur Methodik der chemischen Blutanalyse; die Bedeutung der Ultrafiltrationsmethode fiir die Blutanalytik. Biochem. Zschr., 1921,124:106-13.—Somogyi, M. A method for the prepa- ration of blood filtrates for analysis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.. N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 353.—Trenti, E. Reazioni biologiche del sieri filtrati attraverso membrane di collodio. Policlinico, 1925, 32: sez. prat., 867-72.—Wilson, C, & Holiday, E. R. A rapid method for obtaining protein-free ultrafiltrates of blood and plasma. Biochem. J., Lond., 1933, 27: 1095-8. ---- Methods: Micromethods. See also Microchemistry. Bang, I. Mikromethoden zur Blutuntersu- chung. 4.&5.Aufl. 48p. 8? Miinch., 1922. Mandel, J. A., & Steudel, H. Minimetrische Methoden der Blutuntersuchung. 26p. 8? Berl., 1921. ---- Also 2.Aufl. 60p. 1924. Rappaport, F. Mikrochemie des Blutes. 206p. 8? Wien, 1935. Bloch, A. Die Mikro-Blutanalyse fur die Praxis. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1930, 60: 1040.—Briihl, H. Eine Mikromethode zur direkten Bestimmung der organischen Sauren im Blut- serum. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 256:293-307.—Flatow, L. Ueber ferricyanometrische Mikromethoden in der Blutanalyse. Ibid., 1928, 194: 132-9.—Groak, B. Mikro-Calciumbestimmung fin Serum und Plasma. Ibid., 1929, 212: 47-52.—Scheunert, A. Minimetrische Blutuntersuchungen bei Haustieren. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1923, 39: 291.—Teplov, I. Zur Methodik der Blutmikroanalyse. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 202: 14-7.—Toni, G. Be. Das Lithiumcitrat als allgemeines koagulationshem- mendes Mittel in der minimetrischen Blutuntersuchung; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Systematisierung der Blutmikro- analyse. Ibid., 1927, 181: 289-95.—Valle Sarraga, R. del. El analisis micro-quimico de la sangre y su interpretation teorica y practical comentarios y revistas extractados de la literatura sobre datos analiticos de caracter general. Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1921-22, 16: 179; passim. ---- Minerals. See also Blood calcium; subheadings of Blood chemistry; also Minerals, Metabolism. Feigl, J., & Weise, W. Nachweis und Bestim- mung der anorganischen Stoffe von Blut und Serum, p.515-88. 8? Berl., 1924. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1924, Abt.4, Teil 3. Hoff, F. Blut und Mineralstoffe. p.967- 1024. 8? Berl., 1934. Handb. allg. HSmat. (Hirschfeld) Berl., 1934, 2: 2.Halfte. Wolf, J. * Kolorimetrische Untersuchungen iiber die wichtigeren Alkalien und Erdalkalien im Blutserum gesunder Rinder. 46p. 8? Lpz., 1932. Abderhalden, E., & MbUer, P. Untersuchungen Uber den Gehalt des Blutserums an Eisen, Kupfer und Mangan. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1928, 176: 95-108—Bethe, A., & Berger, E. Variationen im Mineralbestand verschiedener Blutarten. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1931, 227: 571-84.—Boutiron. Sur la composition min6rale du sang, du rein, du foie et du muscle de lapin normal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94:1151—Briggs. A. P. A study of the inorganic elements of blood plasma. J. Biol. Chem., 1923, 57: 351-7.—Burstein, A. I. Die Verteilung des Zinks im Blute des Menschen und der hoheren Tiere. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 216: 443-56.—Bakin, W. J., & Edmonds, E. The regulation of the salt contents of the blood of aquatic animals, and the problem of the permeability of the bounding membranes of aquatic inver- tebrates. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1931, 8: 169-87.—Bepisch, F., Hogler, F., & Ueberrack, K. Bemerkungen zur Arbeit von M. Richter-Quittner: Uber den Mineralgehalt des Blutplasmas. Wien. med. Wschr., 1924, 74: 1371.—Besgrez, A., & Meunier, J. Sur l'incineration des matieres organiques en vue de l'analyse des elements mineraux qu'elles contiennent; application a l'analyse du sang. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1920, 162: 179; 1923, 176: 608.—Brilhon-Courtois, A. De la regulation de la composition minerale de l'h6molymphe des crustaces. Ann. physiol., Par., 1934, 10: 377-414.—Flinn, F. B., & Inouye, J. M. Metals in our blood. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 1010-3.—Greenwald, I. A note on the determination of the inorganic constituents of blood BLOOD CHEMISTRY 479 BLOOD CHEMISTRY and other physiological material. J. Biol. Chem., 1919, 38: 439. Also repr.— Henze, M. Ueber das Vanadiumchromogen des Ascidienblutes. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1932-33, 213: 125-35.— Hughes, E. H. The calcium and inorganic phosphorus content of the blood serum of swine. J. Agr. Res., 1936, 53: 267-79.— Jansen, W. H., & Loew, A. M. Die Mineralstoffe des menschli- chen Blutes; der Gehalt des normalen Blutserums an Kationen und Anionen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1926-27, 154: 195-220.— Kerr, S. E. Studies on the inorganic composition of blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 67: 689; 721—Kotikov, J. A. Ueber den Mineralgehalt im Blute der Kinder im ersten Lebensjahr. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1933, 3.F., 88: 280-318—Kramer, B., & Tisdall, F. F. The direct quantitative determination of sodium, potas- sium, calcium, and magnesium in small amounts of blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 48: 223-32.—Mirkin, A., & Bruskin, S. J. A new method for the determination of calcium, magnesium, po- tassium, and sodium in human blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1922- 23, 8: 334-9—Neuhausen, B. S., & Pincus, J. B. A study of the condition of several inorganic constituents of serum by means of ultrafiltration. J. Biol. Chem., 1923, 57: 99-106.—Nitschke, A., & Meyer, G. Beobachtungen fiber den Mineralgehalt und das Saurebasengleichgewicht im Sauglingsserum. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1928, 3.F., 71: 111-22.—Pincus, J. B., Peterson, H. A., & Kramer, B. A study by means of ultrafiltration of the condi- tion of several inorganic constituents of blood serum in disease. J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 68: 601-9.— Pora, E. A. Differences mine- rales dans la composition du sang suivant le sexe, chez Cyprinus carpio. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935,119: 373-5.—Regulation of blood salinity in aquatic animals. Nature, Lond., 1934, 133: 763.— Richter-Quittner, M. Ueber den Mineralgehalt des Blut- plasmas. Wien. med. Wschr., 1924, 74: 948-51.—Spiegler, R. Die Elektroultrafiltration, eine neue Methode zur Bestimmung der physikalischen Zustandsart der Minerale im Serum. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1930-31, 143: 566-91. Also Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 230: 253-8.—Trunecek, K. I sali minerali e la loro importanza nei sangue. Riforma med., 1930, 46: 2019. -----& Lepicovsky, J. Les sels mineraux du plasma sanguin et leur role dans l'economie. Rev. med., Par., 1935, 52: 47-56.—Urbeano, A. La constante biominerale statique du serum sanguin normal de I'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 467-9—Van Slyke, D. B., Hiller, A., & Berthelsen, K. C. A gasometric micro- method for determination of iodates and sulfates, and its applica- tion to the estimation of total base in blood serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1927, 74: 659-75. Also repr.—Waelsch, H., Kittel, S., & Busztin, A. Die Bewegung der Mineralstoffe zwischen Blutkorperchen und Plasma und die Grundformen der Permea- tion. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1935, 234: 27-53.—Yoshimatsu, S. Colorimetric method for the determination of inorganic sul- phates, inorganic phosphates, and chlorides in small amounts of blood. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1926, 7: 553-9. --- Minerals: Variations. Christmann, R. *Vergleichende Untersu- chungen uber den Gehalt des Blutserums an Na, K, Ca, anorg. P und Wasser bei Graviden und Nicht-Graviden, sowie bei Mutter und Kind unmittelbar nach der Geburt [Heidelberg] 40p. 8? Mannheim, 1927. Beckmann, K. Leber mid Mineralhaushalt; die Wasser- und Ionenabgabe der Leber an Blut, Lymphe und Galle nach Schadigungen des Leberparenchyms. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 66: 702-17. ----- Die Wasser- und Ionenabgabe der Leber an das Blut bei Blockierung des Retikuloendothels und nach Cholesterinffitterung. Ibid., 67: 175-86.—Blanchetiere, A., & Cardot, H. Sur la composition minerale du sang du chien et ses variations. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 90: 1017-9.—Blum- garten, A. S., & Rohdenburg, G. L. Mineral salt content of the blood in disease. Arch. Int. M., 1927, 39: 372-84.—Brecher, L. Die anorganischen Bestandteile des Schmetterlingspuppen- blutes (Sphynx pinastri, Pieris brassicae) Veranderungen im Gehalt an anorganischen Bestandteilen bei der Verpuppung (Pieris brassicae) Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 211: 40-64.—Brook- field, R. W. Variations in the concentrations of magnesium, calcium, and inorganic phosphorus in the serum of the rabbit. Biochem. J., Lond., 1933, 27: 173-82.—Benis, W. Recent work on the inorganic constituents of the blood as related to internal medicine. N. Orleans M.&S.J., 1921-22, 74: 8-13— BuprS, E. F., & Semeonoflf, E. Two factors influencing the serum calcium and inorganic phosphate of the rabbit; the influence of diet; diurnal variation. J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 94: 341-51.— Gerschmann, R. Calcio y fosfora del plasma sanguineo de los perros hipofisoprivos. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1931, 7: 302-4. ----& Marenzi, A. B. Action de l'extrait alcalin ant6-hypo- physaire sur les substances minerales du plasma. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 817-20. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1934, 10: 131; 350.—HeUer, V. G., & Paul, H. Effect of inorganic salt intake upon the mineral composition of the blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: 655-61.—Hess, J. H., Calvin, J. K. [et al.] Calcium and phosphorus determinations in the blood plasma in rickets and tetany. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1923, 26: 271-9.—Hess, J. H., Wang, C. C. [et al.] Calcium and phosphorus determinations in the blood plasma in rickets and tetany. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1923, 35: 278-87.—Higaki, R. Studien fiber den Kalzium- und Kaliumgehalt im Blutserum bei verschiede- nen Dermatosen. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1929, 41: 2806.— Kaplanski, S., & Tolkatschewskaia, N. Ueber die Wirkung der Sauren und Alkalien auf den Mineralstoffgehalt der Gewebe und des Blutes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929-30, 69: 748-57 — Kisch, F. Der Kalium- und Calcium-Gehalt des Gesamtblutes Kreislaufkranker und das Verhalten desselben unter dem Einfluss korperlicher Arbeit. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 1555-7 — Kugelmass, I. N. Blood buffer values in mineral deficiency. Am. J. Digest. Dis.. 1935-36, 2: 730-2.—Malczynski, S. Sur le comportement du taux des elements mineraux dans le sang sous l'influence de l'irradiation par les rayons infra-rouges. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 805. ----- Variations de la compo- sition min6rale du sang sous l'influence de l'irradiation par les rayons solaires. Ibid., 1933, 113: 1297-300. ----- [Effect of radiation energy on the mineral constituents of the blood] Polska gaz. lek., 1933, 12: 358; 916. -----Boryszewicz, A., & Toczynski, T. [Effect of radiations on the level of the mineral elements of the blood] Ibid., 529-32. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931,108:165-7—Notkin, J., Garcia, T., & Killian, J. A. Halogen balance of blood, spinal fluid, and urine in patients with con- vulsive states on bromide-chloride therapy. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1933, 30: 114-22.—Rohdenburg, G. L., & Kreh- biel, O. F. On the relation of certain endocrines to the salt content of rat blood. J. Cancer Res., 1924-25, 9: 422-4—Schun- termann, E. Der Wert der Zusatznahrung fiir den Stoflansatz und den Mineralstoffwechsel des Blutes. Miinch. med., Wschr., 1928, 75: 2175-8—Theiler, A. The pathological aspect of phosphorus and calcium deficiency in cattle. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1931, 11: 1143-7.—Thielmann, F. Ueber das Verhalten des normalen menschlichen Organismus bei Mineralmangel. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 129: 367-9.—Weber, J., & Krane, W. Kalium-, Natrium- und Calciumgehalt des Blutes nach Ein- nahme von Calciumchlorid. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1927, 163:134-40.—Wesselow, 0. L. V. de. The inorganic constituents of the blood in certain pathological conditions. Lancet, Lond., 1924, 1: 1099-101. ---- Nitrogen. See also Blood proteins; Nitrogen, Metabo- lism; Protein, Metabolism; Urea; Uremia; Uric acid. Mielke, H. *Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Beziehungen zwischen dem Stickstoff- gehalt des Magensaftes und des Blutes. 14p. 8? Greifswald, 1932. Bigwood, E. J., & WuiUot, A. A propos du reste de fermenta- tion du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 43-5.—Erler, S. J., & Pawlowsky, K. J. Der Stickstoffwechsel beim Saugkalb mit Milchfutterung (Bestimmung des Gesamtstickstofls, des Harnstofls, der Harnsaure, des Kreatinins, Kreatins, der Hip- pursaure und des Ammoniaks) Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 228: 89-100.—Escudero, A., & Izzo, R. A. L'azotemie chez les sujets normaux a Buenos Ayres. Rev. sudamer. med. chir., Par., 1932, 3: 289-96.—Florkin, M., & Bosson, G. Sur l'azote sanguin et l'azote urinaire d'un mollusque lamellibranche (Anodonta cygnea) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 1368.—Guillaumin, C. O. Sur les composes uriques du sang humain. Ibid., 1933,88: 31-3.— Guyer, M. F., & Lepkovsky, S. Immunization and the nitroge- nous constituents of the blood. J. Immun., Bait., 1929, 16: 175-208.—Hawkins, J. A., & Shilling, C. W. Nitrogen solubility in blood at increased air pressures. J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 113: 273-8.—Labbe, M., Nepveux, F., & Hiernaux, A. Valeur du rapport azotemique a l'etat normal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1492.—Le Noir, M., Richet, C, fils, & Sarle. L'azoturie et l'azotemie basales chez I'homme adulte normal. Ibid., 1926, 95: 91-3.—Lesn6, E., & Richet, C, fils. Azoturie et azotemie basales chez l'enfant de 4 a 14 ans. Ibid., 1090-2.—Lustig, B., & Haas, P. Zur Kenntnis der Unterfraktionen der Globuline und Albumine im Serum; die elementare Zusammensetzung, die Verteilung des Amid-N, Humin-N, Diamino-N, Mono- und Nichtamino-N, des Tryptophans und der Kohlenhydrate auf die einzelnen Unterfraktionen des Rinderserums. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 231: 472-92.—Nepveux, F., & Hiernaux, A. Valeur du rapport azotemique. Medecine, Par., 1926-27, 8: 757-61.—Piazza, G. Ricerche sperimentali sulla regolazione del tasso azotemico. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1927, 2: 657-60. Also Minerva med., Tor., 1927, 7:1295-301.—Russo, F. Sulla distribuzione dell'azoto incoagulabile del sangue fra il plasma ed i globuli. Ibid., 1935, 26: pt2,243-7.—Schmidt, A. A., & Tuljtschinskaja, K. Verhaltnis zwischen dem Serum- und Plasmastickstofl. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 90: 150-8.—Swanson, W. W. A study of the occur- rence of peptide nitrogen in the blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1924-25, 22: 193. -----Pearl, P., & Smith, A. H. Total nitrogen of the blood plasma of normal albino rats at different ages. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 97: 745.—Urbain, A., & Cahen, R. Teneur en derives de degradation de l'azote de serum de quel- ques onguies. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 203: 343-5.—Van Slyke, B. B., Billon, R. T., & Margaria, R. Studies of gas and electro- lyte equilibria in blood; solubility and physical state of atmos- pheric nitrogen in blood cells and plasma. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: 571-96. Also repr.—Van Slyke, B. B., Page, I. H. [et al.] Nature of nitrogenous constituents in petroleum ether extract of plasma. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 837— Widal, F., & Laudat, M. Formule azotee du serum sanguin; sa con- stance chez le sujet sain. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 1233.— Wiley, F. H., & Lewis, H. B. The distribution of nitrogen in the blood and urine of the turtle (Chrysemys pinta) Am. J. Physiol., 1927, 81: 692-5—Wohlfeil, T. Bakterieller Abbau stickstoffhaltiger Bestandteile des Blutserums. Zbl. Bakt., 1 Abt., 1935-36,135:182-96.—Yamamoto, Y. Ueber den Einfluss BLOOD CHEMISTRY 480 BLOOD CHEMISTRY der Milz auf die stickstoflhaltigen Substanzen in Blut. Nagoya J.M. Sc, 1936, 10: 11-4.—Yang, E. F. Solubility of nitrogen in corpuscles. Chin. J. Physiol., 1934, 8: 383-97. ---- Nitrogen: Determination. See also Nitrogen. Barrett, J. F. A simple test for gross nitrogen retention in the blood. Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 84.—Berhaus, A. [Micro- method of determining nitrogen in the blood (Acel method)] Mosk. med. J., 1926, 6: no.9, 1-4.—Bierry, H., & Moquet, L. Dosage des albumines globales, de l'azote proteique et non proteique, du plasma sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 87: 329-31.—Bizzarri, A. Nota di tecnica sul dosaggio azotemico. Pathologica, Genova, 1924, 16: 152.—Breuer, M. J. A blood- nitrogen method for the practitioner. Nebraska M.J., 1925, 10:178.—Cassuto, A. Dosage colorimetrique de l'azote du sang (semi-micromethode) un tres simple procede. Presse m6d., 1930, 38:1156-7.—Cavett, J. W. A modification of the Van Slyke nitrogen determination method. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 95: 335-43.—Cesare Piazza, V. Un nuovo azotometro capillare per la determinazione minimetrica dell' azoto del sangue. Ann. clin. med., Pal., 1927, 17: 215-21.—Chisholm, R., & Kirk, R. Nitrogen retention in the blood; a simple method of estimation. N. Zealand M.J., 1933, 32: 336-9.—Cristol, P. Le dosage de l'azote total non proteique du serum; etude comparee de la desalbumination trichloracetique et metaphosphorique. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1922, 4: 267-71.—Bavenport, H. A. A note on the Koch and McMeekin method for the determination of nitrogen; with special reference to the nonprotein nitrogen of blood and urine. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1926-27, 12: 286.—Be Souza Bo 0', J. Dosagem da hiper-azotemia. Rev. brasil. med. pharm., 1935, 11: 29-43.—Foit, R. Eine einfache Methode zur raschen und verlasslichen Bestimmung des Stickstofls im Harne und Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1926,169:161-8.—Iwatsurn, R., Nakai, Y. [et al.] Eine manometrische Methode zur Bestim- mung des Reststickstoffs sowie Gesamtstickstoffs. Ibid., 1932, 256: 18.—Kleinmann, H. Mikrokolorimetrische Stickstoff- bestimmung; Gesamt-und Rest-N-Bestimmung in Bluttropfen. Ibid., 1926, 179: 287-300—Kotikov, J. A. [Value of colloid reactions of blood and urine, for determining total nitrogen] Russ. klin., 1928, 9: 461-6.—Kowarski, A. Zur Vereinfachung der Reststickstoffbestimmung im Blute und der Gesamtstick- stoffbestimmung im Harne. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926,52:790.— Laudat, M. Methode d'analyse permettant d'etablir la formule azotee du serum sanguin. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1927, 9: 137-48.—Lustig, B., & Furst, K. Zur Bestimmung der einzelnen stickstoflhaltigen Bestandteile im Blut und in serosen Flussig- keiten auf dem Wege fraktionierter Sublimatfallung. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 215: 286-92—Martens, R. Contribution a l'etude de l'azote peptidique dans le sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1928, 10: 1336-71.—MascrS, M., & Herbain, M. Influence du formol sur la precipitation des matieres azot6es des serums par l'acide trichloracetique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1929, 189: 876-8 — Melli, G., & Tasso, G. Una nuova tecnica per la determinazione dell' azotemia. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1930,1: 842-58.—Nogara, G. Sul valore dell' azotemia preoperatoria in chirurgia generale e su un metodo pratico per la sua rapida determinazione. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1930, 18: 121-9.—Osborn, B. P. Apparatus for the determination of the blood nitrogen by the Folin method. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1923-24, 9: 788—Solowjew, L. Ueber die Genauigkeit der gasometrischen Stickstoffbestimmung in kleinen Blut- und Harnmengen mit Hilfe von Bromlauge und des Apparates von Borodin. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 190: 199-216.—Steinbach, R. Eine Verbesserung der Mikro-Kjel- dahlmethode bei Blutuntersuchungen. Zschr. Biol., 1922, 75: 219. ---- Nitrogen, non-protein. See also Ammoniemia; also other subheadings of Blood chemistry as Creatinine, Urea, Uric acid, &c. Dolinski, A. *Der Gehalt des enteiweissten Blutes an freiem Amino-Stickstoff bei Krank- heiten. 16p. 8? Halle., 1927. Kremmer, R. K. *Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss von Harnstoffgaben auf die Menge der iibrigen Rest-Stickstoff-Komponenten im Blute [Halle] 35p. 8? [Grafenhainichen] 1927. Ohnacker, W. *Das Verhalten des Rest- stickstoffspiegels im Blut nach Phosphorinjek- tionen. 21p. 8? Giessen, 1933. Vierhub, W. *Untersuchungen iiber Aen- derungen des Aminostickstoffs beim Stehen des Blutes. 19p. 8? Halle, 1927. Achard, C, Levy, J., & Marynowski. Sur l'azote non pro- teique du serum. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111: 256-8.—Basile, G. L'azote residuel chez les urinaires. J. urol. med., Par., 1931, 32: 201-6.—Becher, E., & Herrmann, E. Untersuchungen Uber die Beziehungen zwischen dem Wert des freien und gebundenen Blutaminostickstofles zu dem Gehalt des Blutes an kernhaltigen Zellen; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Blutaminostickstofles bei verschiedenen Tierarten. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1230. ----- Der freie und gebundene Aminostickstofl im enteiweiss- ten Blut und Gewebe unter normalen und pathologischen Ver- haltnissen; Studien fiber die Methode und fiber die im freien und gebundenen Amino-Stickstoff des enteiweissten Blutes enthaltenen Substanzen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1931, 171: 529-46.—Bernhard, A., & Leopold, J. S. The amide nitrogen of the blood in children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1931, 42: 1100-2.— Blau, N. F. The amino-acid nitrogen of the blood. J. Biol Chem., 1923, 56: 861; 867; 873.—Bliss, S. The amide nitrogen of blood; muscular exercise: the role of ammonia in the neutraliza- tion of lactic acid. Ibid., 1929, 81: 137-58. ----- A theory of ammonia metabolism. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1930, 40:171-93.— Brugsch, H., & Fulling, G. Die Bedeutung der Reststickstoff- bestimmung und der Nierenschadigung bei der malignen Diphtherie. Klin. Wschr., 1936,15:366-8.—Buttner, H. E. Das Verhalten des Reststickstoffes im Blut nach Gaben von Arsen, Phosphor, chlorsaurem Natrium und bei Sauerstoffmangel Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1934, 93: 391-401—Bufano, M. II com- portamento dell' azoto aminico nei sangue dopo iniezione endo- venosa di glicocolla come saggio della funzione epatica. Ri- forma med., 1928, 44: 554-7.—Charest, G. Substances azotees non proteiques du sang. J. Hotel Dieu Montreal, 1935, 4: 157-69.—Cherbuliez, E., & Herzenstein, A. Etude de la teneur du s6rum sanguin de I'homme en amino-acides et polypeptides, a 1'aide d'un procede de dosage global de ces corps. Bull. Acad med., Par., 1934, 3.ser., 112: 670-3.—Cohn, E. Ueber das Ver- halten des Reststickstoffs im Blute bei krupposer Pneumonie, Scharlach, Maseru, und Diphtherie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48: 226.—Cristol, P. Nouvelles etudes sur la desalbumination du sang en vue du dosage de l'azote total non proteique et de la determination de l'indice de polypeptidemie. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1929, 11: 92-110. -----Puech, A., & Monnier, P. Repartition de l'azote total non proteique dans les globules et le plasma; variations en fonction de l'azotemie. Arch. Soc. sc. m6d. biol. Montpellier, 1929, 10: 200-3. ----- Variations de la repartition de l'azote total non proteique dans les globules et le plasma en fonction du taux de Puree du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 531-3—Cristol, P., Puech, A., & Trivas. Le coefficient de dysdesamination; rapport entre certaines fractions de l'azote non proteique du sang propose comme indice d 'evalua- tion de la formule ur6ogenique. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Mont- pellier, 1926-27, 8: 281. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 676.— Belaunay, H. Sur la repartition de l'azote restant du sang et du liquide cavitaire de quelques invertebres. Ibid., 1913, 74: 151.—Elias, H., Kaunitz, H., & Taubenhaus, M. Zur Lehre des Stoffwechsels im Unterdruck; fiber den Einfluss der Kohle- hydrate auf den Rest-N bei 02-Mangel. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1932, 82: 742.—Folin, O. Non-protein nitrogen of blood in health and disease. Physiol. Rev., 1922, 2: 460-78.—Forsgren, E. Vierundzwanzig-Stunden-Variationen des Reststickstofige- haltes im Blute. Acta med. scand., 1930, 73: 213-23. ---- [Daily variations of residual nitrogen of blood] Sven. lak. tidn., 1930, 27: 1126-9.—Fortunate, A. L'azoto residuo del sangue in rapporto agli stati emolitici. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1930, 38: 665-73.—Fujimori, Y. Studien fiber die Giftigkeit der non-protein N-haltigen Substanzen im Blutserum der Tiere. Mitt. Med. Fak. Univ. Tokyo, 1922-23,30: 207-67, ch — Hausler, H. Ueber Aminosaureaufnahme durch Erythrocyten und ihre Beziehung zur Reststickstoffverteilung. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1926, 116: 173-88—Hetenyi, S. Die Wirkung der Rontgentiefentherapie auf den Serum-Rest-Nitrogenspiegel. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1924,36. Kongr., 283.—Ivanov, N. M. [Effect of cane sugar on the general and residual nitrogen of the blood] Klin, med., Moskva, 1929, 7: 503-9.—Kashiwazaki, A. Some influences of rapid change of temperature on the living organism; influence on the residual nitrogen in the blood. Jap. J. Exp. M., 1935, 13: 401-18— Kerpel-Fronius, E. Ueber die Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Kochsalz und Reststickstoff. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1932-33, 85: 235-47.—Kohlschutter, E. Reststickstoffsteigerung und Kochsalzverlust. Deut. med. Wschr., 1934, 60: 817-20.—Landsberg, M. Studien Uber den Aminostickstoffgehalt im Blutserum des Menschen. Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1922, 4: 235-46.—larizza, P. Sulla ripartizione dell' azoto non proteico del sangue tra plasma e globuli in condi- zioni normali ed in vari stati patologici. Fisiol. med., Roma, 1936, 7: 547-59—Lowe, W. Ueber das Verhalten des Rest-N im Blute bei der Reiztherapie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1923, 49: 1463-5.—Matusov, M. [Blood nitrogen residue in certain surgical diseases] Vrach. gaz., 1927, 31: 1086-92— Milheiro, E. In- fluence de la digestion sur la teneur du sang en azote amine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 865.—Miyazaki, H. Studies on the hormone in the venous blood of the kidney by biochemical methods; on the regulation of the non-protein nitrogen of the blood by the kidney. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1932, 22: 642-7 — Nonnenbruch, W., & Weiser, J. Ueber die Beziehung des Resi- dualstickstoffes zum Harnstoflstickstoff im Blutserum. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1935, 178: 239-54.—Paolini, R. Modiflcazioni del ricambio delle sostanze azotate non proteiche del sangue in condizioni fisiologiche, nelle itterizie e nella stasi biliare speri- mentale (ricerche fisiologiche e biochimiche) Fol. med., Nap., 1927, 13: 1096; 1127.—Peano, E. Dosage del azote total no pro- teico, Hamado incoagulable o residual, en el suero de sangre humana, con relation especial al dosage del azote de la urea y del azote correspondiente a las, asi llamadas, substancias ureicas o acompafiantes de la urea. Rev. sudamer. endocr., B. Air., 1926, 9: 784-803—Petijean, F. Influence de la coagula- tion sur la teneur du sang en azote amine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 87: 1001-4—Petschacher, L. Der Reststickstoff. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl., 1934, 2: 2.Haifte, 779-818.— Pincussen, L. Reststickstoff und Blutzucker. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1930, 27: 250-3—Plass, E. B. Variations in the distri- BLOOD CHEMISTRY 481 BLOOD CHEMISTRY bution of the non-protein nitrogenous constituents of whole blood and plasma during acute retention and elimination. J. Biol. Chem., 1923, 56: 17-29. ----- Non-protein nitrogen retention during eclampsia and allied conditions; the blood nitrogen curve normal and in toxemic pregnancies. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1924, 35: 345-61.—Pribram, H., & Klein, O. Ueber die Beziehungen der reduzierenden Substanzen des Blutes zu den Fraktionen des Reststickstoffes. Zbl. inn. Med., 1924, 45: 850-7.—Radsma, W. The rest-nitrogen percentage of the blood with natives and with Europeans in the tropics. Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indil4,1930,19: 227-32.—Scheiner, H. L'azoto residuale nei sangue e suo valore diagnostico e prog- nostico. Morgagni, 1924, 66: 1089-95.—Simon, A., & Zemplen, B. Ueber die Amino-Nitrogen-Fraktionen des Blutes bei Gesun- den und Kranken. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1935, 179: 712-6.— Skrkanek, G., & Otter, K. Untersuchungen fiber den Rest- stickstoffgehalt im Blutplasma des Pferdes und des Rindes. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1927-28, 57: 567-74.—Takeda, E. In- fluence of muscular exercise on the residual nitrogen content of blood in animals kept on different kinds of diet. Jap. J. Exp. M., 1935, 13: 529-34—Taubenhaus, M. Zur Lehre des Stoff- wechsels im Unterdruck; fiber die Verteilung des Reststick- stoffes auf Vollblut und Plasma bei Nahrungskarenz und bei Luftverdiinnung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 76: 210-9 — Tonietti, F. 11 comportamento dell' azoto aminico del sangue in varii stati morbosi. Policlinico. 1928, 35: sez prat., 1767-73 — Tscharny, A., & Krassowitzkaja, S. Die Rolle der Lunge im intermediaren Stickstoffwechsel; Reststiekstoffgehalt des von der isolierten Lunge abund zufliessenden defibrinierten Blutes. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 188: 378-80.—Will, G. Die Beeinflussung des Rest-N-Spiegels im Organismus durch die Nebennieren. Arch exp. Path., Bed., 1931, 160: 317-28—Zunz, E. Sur le teneur en azote amine aliphatique du sang de mammifere et sur son pouvoir proteoclastique. Tr. Inst. ther. Univ. Bruxelles, 1913,11: 72-7. --- Nitrogen, non-protein: Determination. Feller, A. *Zur Methodik der Bestimmung des gebundenen Amino-N im Blutserum. lOp. 8? Giessen, 1926. Anderson, A. K., & Howell, S. F. The determination of non- protein nitrogen in one-tenth of a cubic centimeter of blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1930-31, 16: 183-6—Arnesen, A. J. A. [The evaluation of the residual nitrogen in the blood, and the bromide method] Norsk mag. laegevid., 1923, 84:136-52.—Bliss, S. The amide nitrogen of blood; a quantitative method. J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 31: J29-35— Bolaffi, A. Nota di tecnica sulla determinazione dell' azoto totale non proteico e dell' urea del siero di sangue. Fol. med., Nap., 1925, 11: 401-10.—Brossa, G. A., & Fontana, L. Un metodo per il dosaggio dell' azoto residuo nei sangue. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1928, 91: 302- 11.—Brossa, G. A., & Gedda, L. Un micrometodo diretto per determinare l'azoto residuo nei sangue. Ibid., 1930, 93: 219-27.— Cannavo, L. II dosaggio dell' azoto aminico del sangue. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1926, 42: 225-34.—Canniff, T. L. Finger blood method for micro-Kjeldahl non-protein nitrogen. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1930-31, 28: 348.—Christomanos, A. A. Zur Fraktionierung des Reststickstoffs unter pathologischen Bedingungen. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 221: 473-83.—Cristol, P. A propos du dosage de l'azote total non proteique du serum du choix d'un desalbuminant convenable. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1922, 7.ser., 26: 298-309. -----& Nikolitch, S. Influence de la desalbumination sur les resultats du dosage de l'azote totale non-proteique du sang; plasma et globules. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1923, 5: 469-86.—Cuny, L. Dosage colori- metrique de l'azote non proteique du serum. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1926, 8.ser., 33: 150-62.—Banielson, I. S. Amino acid nitrogen in blood and its determination. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 101: 505-22.—Folin, O. A system of blood analysis; a new colorimetric method for the determination of the amino-acid nitrogen in blood. Ibid., 1922, 51: 377-91. ----- The deter- mination of non-protein nitrogen in blood and its relation to nephritis. Proc Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America, 1931, 17: 319-37.—Grigaut, A., & Thiery, J. Procede simplifl6 de dosage de l'azote non proteique du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 812—Groak, B. Kolorimetrische Mikro-Reststickstoff- bestimmung im Blut und Serum. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 29: 148-53.—Hinsberg, K. Zur Methodik der Rest-N-Bestim- mung. Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 792.—Hubbard, R. S. Total non-protein nitrogen content of the blood. Clifton M. Bull., 1923-24, 9: 70-3—Irving, H., & Forbes, J. C. A micromethod for the determination of blood non-protein nitrogen. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 316.—Iwatsuru, R. Zur Mikrobestim- mung des Blutreststickstoffs mittels Natriumhypobromit. Biochem. Zsohr., 1928, 195: 442-8.—Kennaway, E. L. The esti- mation of non-protein nitrogen in blood by a micro-Kjeldahl method. Biochem. J., Cambr., 1921, 15: 510-2.—Kultiugin, A., & Ivanovsky, N. [Problem in determination of the residual nitrogen of the blood] Uchen. zapiski Saratov. Univ., 1927, 6: 347-M.—Lapin, L. N., & Kill, W. E. Eine vereinfachte Mikro- methode der Reststickstoffbestimmung im Blut. Zschr. klin. Med., 1931, 118: 278-85— Leiboff, S. L. Some modifications in the determination of non-protein nitrogen in blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1929-30, 15:155-7—Lickint, F. Kann in der allgemei- nen Diagnostik die Reststickstoffbestimmung durch die Krea- tininbestimmung ersetzt werden? (Erfahrungen an 1,000 Fallen) Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 2341—Lublin, A. Vereinfachte Methode der Reststickstoffbestimmung durch direkte Nesslerisation. Ibid., 1932,11:110. Also Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1931, 201:1-8 — Mimch, J. Zur Bestimmung des Reststickstoffs im Blute. Biochem Zschr., 1923, 142: 266-73.-Palladin, A. V., & Palla- dma, L. I. [Colorimetric microestimation of residual nitrogen m the blood] Vrach. dielo, 1927, 10: 108-10.-Peremy, G., & Feledy, K. [The determination of amino N in diseases of the endocrine glands and joints] Magy. orv. arch., 1932, 33: 296- 3(12.—Ponder, E. The estimation of non-protein nitrogen in blood. Biochem. J., Cambr., 1922, 17: 368.-Poworinskaja, S. A. Ueber die Anwendung der Methodik von Folin zur Aminostickstoffbestimmung in 0,2 ccm Blut. Biochem Zschr., 1931, 232: 69-71.-Purjesz, B. [Simple method of the determination of non-protein nitrogen] Orv. hetil, 1932 76- mell., 19.—Rappaport, F. Zur Bestimmung des Rest-N und se|?er Fraktionen; Mikrobestimmung des Rest-N im Blute. Klin. A\ schr., 1932,11: 688.—Reis, F., & Powers, H. H. Selenium as a catalyst in the determination of non-protein nitrogen in blood J Lalx Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 1204-6.-Rosenblat, S. Quantitative Bestimmung der Einzelbestandteile des Rest- stickstoffes. Med. Klin., Berl., 1930, 26: 899.-Rosenthal, S. M. The liberation of absorbed substances from the proteins; the effect of addition of sodium oleate to whole blood upon the non- protein nitrogen in blood filtrates. J. Biol. Chem 1926 70' 129-33—Sannicandro, G. Sulla tecnica pel dosaggio dell' azoto amminico nei sangue col procedimento gassometrico di Slyke Diagn. teen lab. Nap., 1931, 2: 933-43.-Schuftan, G. Zur Praxis der Reststickstoffbestimmung. Klin. Wschr 1927 6- 1783—Somogyi, M. Nitrogenous substances in zinc nitrates of human blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1930, 87: 339-44 Also repr— Sopp, J. W. Der Reststickstoff, seine Bestimmung und seine Bedeutung. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1934, 46: 151-207 — Stehle, R. L. Gasometric determination of nitrogen and its application to the estimation of the non-protein nitrogen of blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1920, 46: 223-8— Szilvasi, L. [Effect of precipitants on the non-protein-nitrogen value of the blood] Kozl. osszehas. elet. & kort., 1931, 24: 552-4.—Trautmann, S , & Beviller, C. Dosage de l'azote residue apres defecation de l'ur6e par le xanthydrol. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111: 1016-8 — Urbach, C. Quantitative Bestimmung des Reststickstoffs im Blute mittels des Stufenphotometers. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 252: 406. ----- Stufenphotometrische Bestimmung des Reststickstoffs im Blut. Med. Klin., Berl., 1933, 29: 16S4 — Van Slyke, B. B. Manometric determination of primary amino nitrogen and its application to blood analysis. J Biol Chem 1929, 83:425-47— Warren, M. Hospital laboratory examinations; non-protein nitrogen in the blood. Maine M.J., 1935, 26: 133 — Wilhelmj, C. M. A micromethod for nonprotein nitrogen using two-tenths of a cubic centimeter of blood. J. Lab Clin M 1921-22, 7: 622-6— Winternitz, R., & Stary, Z. Eine einfache Methode zur Reststickstoffbestimmung im Blutstropfen Med. Klin., Berl., 1930, 26: 1006. Nitrogen: Variations. See also Uremia, Dubois, F. G. J. *[On the retention of nitrogenous substances and their mutual rela- tions in the blood serum] 84p. 8? Amst., 1923. Allen, F. W., Lucia, S. P., & Eiler, J. J. The nucleotide nitro- gen content of pathologic human whole blood. J. Clin. Invest., 1936, 15: 157-61.—Bertolini, A. L'azoto non ureico del sangue ed il significato clinico del suo aumento. Riforma med., 1921, 37: 410-2.—Buval, P. L'infideiite de l'azotemie normal dans les indications et le pronostic operatoire. Bull. Soc. nat. chir , Par., 1934, 60: 1144-9—Elias, H., Lbffler, A., & Taubenhaus, M. Zur Lehre des Stoffwechsels bei Unterdruck; Gesamt-N, Rest-N und seine Fraktionen in verschiedenen Gefassbezirken bei un- vollstandigem Hunger und bei Luftverdiinnung. Zschr. ges exp. Med., 1930, 73: 755-86.—Franke, M., Toczyski, T., & Lan- kosz, J. L'hepatectomie et le taux des corps azotes dans le sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935,119:1209-12.—Griffith, R. S., & Cantarow, A. Transitory nitrogen retention. Med. Clin. N. America, 1931, 15: no.2, 481-501—H0st, H. F., & Hatlehol, R. [Investiga- tions on the concentration of nitrogenous products of metabolism in the blood under physiological and pathological conditions] Norsk mag. lasgevid., 1922, 83: 1-16.—Kylin, E. Ueber die N- Retention als blutdrucksteigernder Faktor. Acta med. scand., 1923, 58: 342-9.—La Rosa, R. Sulle modiflcazioni quantitative delle proteine, dell' urea e dell' azoto residuo del sangue in differenti condizioni morbose. Rass. ter. pat. clin., 1929, 1: 193-210.—Lucacer, M. Sul comportamento e significato della iperazotemia provocata in vari stati patologici. Ann. clin med., Pal., 1928, 18: 137-52.—Midana, A. Sul tasso dell' azoto incoagulabile del sangue nelle dermatosi. Dermosifilografo, 1933, 8: 496-504—Okey, R., & Erikson, S. E. Studies on the metabolism of women; cyclic variations in uric acid and total non-protein nitrogen content of blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 68: 687-709.—Parenti, P., & Pekelis, E. Contributo alio studio dei rapporti fra la concentrazione dei prodotti azotati ed aro- matici nei sangue di soggetti affetti dalle piu varie condizioni morbose. Riv. clin. med., 1934,36:48-57, tab.—Pepper, O. H. P. The influence of oliguria on nitrogen retention in the blood. Am. J.M. Sc, 1923, 165: 81-6.—Sachs, A., & Silberstein, F. Beeinflussung der Stickstoffverteilung im Blute durch paren- teral Zufuhr von Bakterien und Bakterienproteinen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1924-25, 44: 425-35.—Sas, L. Ueber den Einfluss der Eiweissbelastung auf die Stickstoflkomponenten des Blutes beim Hunde. Biochem. Zschr., 1935, 282:308-16.—Schliephake, 21767—vol. 2, 4th series- -31 BLOOD CHEMISTRY 48: E. Zur Frage der Art der Stickstoffretention bei Futterung von Ammoniaksalzen. Ibid., 1927, 190: 59-66.—Simonini, A. II tasso dell' N totale del sangue, delle urine e feci nei bambino con- siderate in rapporto a diversi tipi di alimentazione. Clin. pediat., Mod., 1930, 12: 487-512—Tscharny, A. M. Die Rolle der Lunge im intermediaren Stickstoffwechsel; der Gehalt an Gesamt-und Reststickstoff im rechten Herzenund im arteriellen Blute in der Norm und nach intravenoser Seruminjektion. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1927, 188: 372-7.—Van de Velde, J. Modifications de l'azote sanguin au cours de l'acidose et de l'alcalose experi- mentales. Ann. physiol., Par., 1932, 8: 414.—Wilensky, A. O. Relation of nitrogen bodies of blood to surgical problems in liver and in biliary tract disease; interrelationships of nitrogen body metabolism and criteria on which judgments are to be based. Arch. Surg., 1927, 14: 955-67. -----& Colp, R. Rela- tion of nitrogen bodies of the blood to surgical problems in liver and in biliary tract disease; status of nitrogen bodies of blood in severe cases of biliary tract disease and its use in differentiating a terminal hepatic and a terminal renal group of cases. Ibid., 15: 635-59. Also repr. ---- Normal values. See also Blood, Composition. Bigelow, A. E. A review of 300 cases of blood chemistry. Boston M.&S.J., 1921, 184: 459-63—Borchardt, W. Die physio- logische Chemie des Blutes in den Tropen. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1930, 34: 608-12.—Byron, F. E. The calcium and phosphorus content of the blood and the creatinine coefficient of the urine of some inhabitants of Malaya. Bull. Inst. M. Res. Malay, 1930, 1-4.—Charles, E. Comparative studies of sex differences in calcium and magnesium content of serum. Q.J. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1931-32, 21: 81-91.—Conception, I., & Ocampo, M. Chemical analysis of blood in 48 normal indi- viduals. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1927, 7: 143-54.— Csapo, J. Der organische Sauregehalt des Blutserums gesunder und kranker Kinder. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1929, 3.F., 73: 307-15 — Be Toni, G. Ricerche sulla costituzione chimica normale del sangue infantile. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1926, 8: 449-93.----- La costituzione chimica del sangue del neonato e del lattante. Arch. ital. pediat., 1933-34, 2: 1-123. ----- Ricerche sulla costituzione chimica del sangue nella prima infanzia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933, 8: 1188-90.—Biez Fernandez, C. Con- tribution al estudio del cociente entre calcemia y kalihemia en Espafia. Progr. clin., Madr., 1930, 38: 122-46—Edgar, S. H. Some biochemical findings for the blood of normal children. Birmingham M. Rev., 1929, 4: 16.—Fabre, R. Contribution a l'etude de l'ald6hyde contenue dans le sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1925, 7: 429-35.—Fleming, W. B. Respiratory metabolism and blood chemistry of Filipinos. J. Metab. Res., 1924, 4: 105-19.—Fontes, G., & Yovanovitch, A. Sur l'absence probable d'ammoniaque dans le sang veineux circulant. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 271.—Gram, H. C. Composition and physical properties of normal human blood; a compilation of values from the literature. Am. J.M. Sc, 1924, 168: 511-26. Also Hospitalstidende, 1924, 67: 521; 529.—Guthmann, H., & Grass, H. Ueber den Arsengehalt des Blutes der Frau (seine Beeinflussung durch Zvklus, Gestation und Carcinoma) Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1932-33, 152: 127-40.—Hackspill, L., Rollet, A. P., & Nicloux, M. Sur 1'argon du sang. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1926, 182: 719-21.—Holman, A. W., & Mathieu, A. Blood chemistry studies of normal newborn infants. Am. J. Obst., 1933, 25: 13)s-40.—Johnson, R. E., Meiklejohn, A. P. [et al.] A note on the level of carbonyl compounds in human blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1935, 29: 25C6-9—Jones, M. R., & Nye, L. L. The distri- bution of calcium and phosphoric acid in the blood of normal children. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 47: 321-31—Khazhinsky, P. K., & Grishchenko, I. I. [Comparative data on the quantity of calcium and potassium in the serum of the umbilical vein and arteries in women in labor] Vrach. dielo, 1931, 14: 1049-64.— Klisiecki, A. Ueber einen regelmassigen Unterschied in der Zusammensetzung des mannlichen und weiblichen Menschen- blutes. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 176: 490-500—Kotsovsky, B. Le sang et l'age; etude des modifications bio-chimiques des caracteres du sang en rapport avec l'age de l'individu. Riv. biol., 1930, 12: 84-113—Kuster, W. Ueber individuelle Blutun- tersuchungen. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1924, 138: 21-37. ----- & Oesterlin, H. Individuelle Blutuntersuchungen. Ibid., 136: 279-92.—Metzger, H. Teneur en tyrosine, tryptophane et cystine de la s6rum et de la globuline du serum de I'homme nor- mal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111: 52—Mukherjee, H. N. Studies in blood chemistry of Ber galee students; physiological normals. Calcutta M.J., 1925-26, 21: 143-8. ----- & Saha, J. C. Studies in blood chemistry of Bengalee students; physio- logical normals. Ibid., 20: 415-21.—Nakasone, K. Serologische Untersuchungen fiber die biochemische Konstruktion des Blutes von Japaner. Sei i kwai, 1927, 46: no.4, 38.—Needles, M. S., & Marberg, C. M. A study of the total and ultrafiltrable calcium and the acid-soluble phosphate content of the blood serum of 422 healthy children. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1933,18: 1227-34.—Newton, E. A. Blood chemistry, with a report of 50 examinations. Southwest. M., 1922, 6: 240-4.—Pora, E. A. Differences chi- miques et physico-chimiques du sang suivant le sexe. Ann. physiol., Par., 1936, 12: 206-37. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 102; 105.—Racchiusa, S. Prime ricerche di ematologia chimica sulle costituzioni. Policlinico, 1923, 30: sez. prat., 1653-5.—Radsma, W. Something of the chemical composition of blood in the tropics. Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1925, 122-5.—Rocco Capo. Sul contenuto in calcio e potassio nei siero di sangue dei vecchi. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1928, 36: BLOOD CHEMISTRY 390-400.—Sachs, A., Levine, V. E., & Fabian, A. A. Copper and iron in human blood; normal children. Arch. Int. M., 1936, 58: 523-30.— Sellek y Azzi, A., & Monteavaro, C. M. Algunas notas clinicas y de laboratorio de interes para el medico practico, obtenidas de 4,000 examenes quimicos de sangre. Rev. med. cubana, 1933, 44: 762-73.—Sherman, BeW. H., Lohnes, H. R., & Pucher, G. W. Blood chemistry of the new born (preliminary report) Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1923, 35: 156-60, ch.—Teding van Berkhout, P. J. Dosages du glucose, de l'azote non proteique, de l'acide urique et du phosphore total dans le sang de I'homme sain habitant les regions tropicales et dans celui de 1'oiseau atteint d'avitaminose. Arch, neerl. physiol., 1925, 10: 304-22. Also Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1925, 326; 1930, 42. ---- Normal values—in animals. See also Blood—in animals. Boccard, M. *Contribution a l'etude de la composition chimique du sang de cheval [Lyon] 145p. 8? Trevoux, 1935. Brix, H. *Natrium-, Kalium-, Calcium- und Magnesiumbestimmung im Gesamtblut von gesunden und kranken Hunden. 40p. 8? Lpz., 1933. Allardyce, J., Fleming, R. H. [et al.] Blood normals for cattle; some pathological values. Canad. J. Res., 1930, 3: 120-4.— Allcroft, W. M. 0. Some biochemical studies on the composition of the blood of the bovine, with special reference to the changes occurring at different stages of the growth and reproductive cycles. Abstr. Theses Aberdeen Univ., 1934, 21. -----■ & Strand, R. Studies on the lactic acid, sugar, and inorganic phosphorus of the blood of ruminants. Biochem. J., Lond., 1933, 27: 512-22.—Anderson, A. K., Honeywell, H. E. let al.] The composition of normal rat blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1930, 86: 157-60.—Bingold, K. Ueber eigenartige Unterschiede im chemi- schen Verhalten von verschiedenen Tierblutarten. Zschr. klin. Med., 1932, 120: 503-9.—Bishop, G. H., Briggs, A. P., & Ronzoni, E. Body fluids of the honey bee larva; chemical con- stituents of the blood, and their osmotic effects. J. Biol. Chem., 1925, 66: 77-88.—Blanchard, L. Recherches sur la protidemie, la lipidemie totale et la cholesteroiemie totale du serum du chat normal. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1935, 17: 1677-92—Brown, W. H. Calcium and inorganic phosphorus in the blood of rab- bits; results of repeated and prolonged observations on normal rabbits. J. Exp. M., 1928, 47: 539-61. ----- Results of single determinations on normal rabbits from recently acquired stocks. Ibid., 563-76. ----- Periodic and progessive varia- tions in normal rabbits. Ibid., 637-62.—Briiggemann, J. Ueber einige blutchemische Werte vom Elch. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1936, 242: 169.—Cholopov, A. B. Herkunft und Ver- teilung des Blutammoniaks nach Untersuchungen an angiosto- mierten Hunden. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1927-28, 218: 670-6.— Benis, W. The non-protein organic constituents in the blood of marine fish. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 54: 693-700—Buval, M. Concentration mol6culaire du sang de quelques mollusques d'eau douce; role des carbonates. Ann. physiol., Par.. 1928, 4: 27-43.—Byer, H. M., & Roe, J. H. The chemistry of the blood of normal chickens. J. Nutrit., 1934, 7: 623-6.—Flaschentrager, B., & Lbhr, G. Kommt Bernsteinsaure im Rinderblut vor? Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1928, 174: 302-5.—Haag, J. R., & Jones, I. R. The calcium and inorganic phosphorus content of the blood plasma of normal dairy cattle. J. Biol. Chem.. 1935,110: 439-41.—Haden, R. L., & Orr, T. G. Chemical findings in the blood of the normal dog. Ibid., 1925, 65: 479-81.—Hamersma, P. J. A serial study over a 12-month period of some organic constituents in laked and unlaked blood filtrates of healthy sheep (Merino) of various ages. Onderstepoort J. Vet. Sc, 1934, 2: 153-228.—Harnes, A. R. Biometry of calcium, inorganic phosphorus, cholesterol, and lipoid phosphorus in the blood of rabbits; normal animals from recently acquired stock. J. Exp. M., 1928, 48: 549-65. ----- Repeated observations of normal animals. Ibid., 1929, 49:287-301. —---• Biometry of calcium, inorganic phosphorus, cholesterol, and lecithin in the blood of rabbits. Ibid., 50: 109-20— Holt, R. L., & Reynolds, F. H. K, Blood chemistry of the horse. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1924-25, 65: 732-6.—Muller, G. L. The serum cholesterol, lecithin phos- phorus, and fatty acids of pigeons fed beef tissues. J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 84: 345-52—Okahara, Y. Ueber die Zusammen- setzung des Finwalblutes. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1925, 1: 43-7.— Okamura, H. Ueber das Blut der Wild- und Hausente, mit besonderer Riicksicht auf seinen Chlor-und Lavulosegehalt; ein Vergleieh der Stamm- und Haustiere. Ibid., 1933-34, 2: Bio- chem., 323-39.—Pora, E. A. Quelques donnees analytiques sur la composition chimique et physico-chimique du sang; quelques invertebres et vertebres marins. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 291-3.—Pupilli, G. Le quantita medie di acido urico e di urea nei sangue degli uccelli. Boll. Soc. med. Parma, 1922, 2.ser„ 15: 115. Also Arch. ital. biol., Pisa, 1924, 73: 181-6—Robinson. C. S., & Huffman, C. F. Studies on the chemical composition of beef blood; the concentrations of certain constituents in normal beef plasma. J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 67: 245-55. ----- The composition of the blood of dams and calves immediately after calving. Ibid., 257-66.—Rochlina, M. Le taux des differents elements dans le sang des poules en liaison avec la ponte. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1934, 16: 1652-62.—Scheunert, A., & Pelchrzim, H. von. Ueber den Gehalt des Blutes verschiedener Tierarten an Zucker, Rest-N, Harnstoff-N, Kreatininkorpern BLOOD CHEMISTRY 483 BLOOD CHEMISTRY und Harnsaure nach den Folinschen Methoden. Biochem. Zschr 1923, 139: 17-29.—Teich, B. Determination de quel- nues constantes chimiques dans le sang des cobayes normaux. C rend Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 151-3—Watchorn, E. The normal serum-calcium and magnesium of the rat; their relation to sex and age. Biochem. J., Lond., 1933, 27: 1875-8. ---- Oxalic acid. See also Oxalic acid. Battistini, G. Ossalemia ed ossaluria in alcune alterazioni del sistema glicoregolatore. Clin. med. ital., 1934, 65: 971-81.— Bezza, P. Le variazioni dell' ossalemia in rapporto agli inter- venti chirurgici. Ann. ital. chir., 1935, 14: 255-70— Blum, P. Therapeutique des etats oxaiemiques. Bull. gen. ther., 1926, 177- 433-47.—Campanacci, B., & Recusani, A. Azione dei preparati di zolfo sull' ossalemia. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1935, 59- 689-702 —Chierici, A. L'azione polmonare sull' acido ossa- lico circolante. Clin. med. ital., 1936, 67: 501-6— Corradini, G. Ossalemia e ossaluria. Riv. clin. med., 1931, 32: 122-37. ----- Ricerche sui rapporti tra l'uricemia e 1'ossalemia nella patologia medica. Ibid., 1932, 33: 683-8.—Cuatrecasas, J., & Gomez Marcano, A. Nota clinica sobre dos casos de discrasia oxal6- mica. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1931, 15: 507-11—Botti, B. Sul contenuto in acido ossalico nei sangue durante la gravidanza, il parto ed il puerperio normali. Fol. gyn., Genova, 1934, 31: 161-76.—Bouris, R., & Beck, J. Recherche de l'acide oxalique dans les tissus et dans le sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 578-80.—Fortunato, A. La ossalemia. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1924, 29: 237.—Gomez Marcano, A. Estado actual del problema de la oxalemia. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1931, 16: 153-61.—Guillaumin, C. 0. Faite experimentaux sur la caract6- risation et la mesure de l'oxaiemie et de l'oxalorachie. Bull. Soc chim. biol., Par., 1927, 9: 247-62. ----- Sur la mesure de l'oxaiemie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 317—Izumi, S. The micro-determination of oxalic acid in blood. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1933, 2: Biochem., 195-204—Jurgens, R., & Juergensohn, E. Untersuchungen fiber die Oxalsaurebestimmung im Blut und den intermediaren Oxalsaurestoffwechsel. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1934, 93: 441-6.—Khouri, J. Determination de faibles quantites d'acide oxalique avec application au dosage de l'acide oxalique de Purine et du serum sanguin. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1923, 5: 926-9. ----- Uremie et oxal6mie. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1926, 6: 122-30. -----■ Dosage de l'acide oxalique dans le sang, Purine et les humeurs de l'organisme. BuH. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1927, 9: 957-60—Kbpplin, F. Zur Methodik der Oxalsaurebestimmung im Blutserum. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1935, 96: 784-92.—Laumonier, J. Les troubles oxaiemiques. Vie m6d., 1930, 11: 313-7— Loeper, M. L'oxa- iemie et l'oxalurie; expose general de la question. Congr. fr. m6d , 1912, 13: 1-80. ----- Oxaiemie et eaux bicarbonatees. Progr. med., Par., 1928, 43: 729-33. ----- & Degos, R. Les manifestations digestives de l'oxaiemie. J. m6d. chir., Par., 1930, 101: 769-77.—Loeper, M., Soulie, P., & Tonnet, J. Les originesde l'oxaiemie. Pressemed., 1931,39:961-3— Loeper, M., & Tonnet, J. Comment on reconnait l'oxaiemie. J. rued, fr., 1924, 13: 207-12. ----- Les grandes oxalemies. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1929, 3.ser., 53: 59-65. Also Progr. med., Par., 1929, 44: 369-73. ----- L'oxyde de carbone dans le sang des oxaiemiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 1064—Marcolongo, F., & Barone, V. Studi sulla patologia dell' acido ossalico: l'ossalemia normale e in diverse condizioni patologiche. Clin. med. ital., 1934, 65: 403-64.—Martin, H. Sur le traitement de l'oxaiemie. Marseille med., 1931, 68: 325-8—Maugeri, S. Sull' origine e sulle variazione dell' ossalemia fisiologica. Ri- lorma med., 1932, 48: 1094-6. ----- Sul potere ossalolitico del sangue. Ibid., 1933, 49: 1061.—Melocchi, W. Ossalemia e fermentazioni intestinali. Gior. clin. med., 1934, 15: 1669-79.— Merz, W., & Maugeri, S. Ueber das Vorkommen und die Bestimmung der-Oxalsaure im Blut. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1931, 201: 31-7.—Putzu Boneddu, F. Ossalemia materna e fetale. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1934, 58: 201-32—Rek [Effect of acidosis and alcalosis on the level of oxalic acid in the blood of normal rabbits] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1935, 15: 719-27.-Sca- glioni, C. Ossalemia e ossaluria in rapporto alia funzionalita renale. Riforma med., 1935, 51: 359-63— Schneider, J. Oxa- iemie et syndrome entero-renal. J. med. Paris, 1927, 46: 458. ---- Methodik der Oxalsaurebestimmung im Blut. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1034-35, 95: 508-13. —--- Der normale Blut- oxalsSurespiegel des Menschen und seine Abhangigkeit von der Ernahrung. Ibid., 91: 673-88.—Suzuki, S. On the oxalic acid in blood. Jap. J.M.S., 1933-34, 2: Biochem., 291-303. ----- The oxalic acid content of the blood in relation to the nature of food. Ibid., 373-9. ----- The effect of changes in the blood sugar concentration on the level of oxalic acid in the blcod; glucose as a source of oxalic acid. Ibid., 401-11. ----- Obser- vations on the state of oxalic acid in blood and its concentration after injection of sodium oxalate. Ibid., 1935,3: Biochem., 19-22. ---- Adrenaline and insulin as factors causing variations in the blood oxalic acid level. Ibid., 23-31. ----- Blood oxalic acid as influenced by colloid sulphur and silver. Ibid., 33-5. ----Behaviour of blood oxalic acid in some physiological and pathological conditions. Ibid., 37-9.----- The relation of oxalic acid to thyroid. Ibid., 41-4. ----- The body tempera- ture and the blood oxalic acid. Ibid.. 45-50.----- Oxalic acid in hibernation. Ibid., 51-3.—T., R. M. L'oxaiemie. Praxis, Bern, 1933, 22:461-4.—Tanga, G. Prime ricerche sull os- salemia nei bambini. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1935, 17: 869-95 — Thomsen, A. Ueber den Oxalsauregehalt des Blutes. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1935, 237: 199-213.—Tonnet, J. Dosage de l'acide oxalique dans le sang. Nutrition, Par., 1933, 3: 15-20.— Toscano, C. Contributo alio studio dell'ossalemia. Policlinico, 1933, 40: sez.prat., 1639-43.—Tremolieres, F. Les troubles digestifs de l'oxaiemie. Nutrition, Par., 1933, 3: 25-35.—Udeles, A. L., Egorov, M. M., & Manusova, N. B. [Biochemical genesis of oxalemia and oxaluria] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1935, 40: 77- 80.—Van Slyke, B. B., & Sendroy, J. Gasometric determina- tion of oxalic acid and calcium, and its application to serum analysis. J. Biol. Chem., 1929,84: 217-32.—Viale, G. Ossalemia e ossaluria. Rass. clin. sc, 1932, 10: 547-50.—Villar Caso, J. Aportacion al estudio de la oxalemia. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1934, 22: 197-204. ----- La oxalemia en la cbniea. Arch. med., Madr., 1936, 39: 122-7. ----- & Tous Santamaria, L. Inf'.uencias del embarazo y puerperio sobre la oxalemia: accion de las hormonas folicular y lutea sobre la oxalemia y glicemia. Rev. espan. obst. gin., 1936, 21: 214-24. ---- Pathology. See under names of diseases; also Blood chemistry, Variations. ---- Phenols. Asada, Y. A micro modification of blood phenol method. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1930, 15: 363-8—Banfi, R., Lida, E., & Marenzi, A. B. La constancia horaria de la fenolemia en el hombre en estado normal y patologico. Rev. Soc. argent. biol., 1935, 11: 543-51. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 358 — Banfi, R. F., & Marenzi, A. B. Observations sur la determina- tion des phenols dans le sang et Purine. Ibid., 1935, 120: 812-4. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1935, 11: 509-18— Barac, G. Le dosage du phenol (C6H5OH) ajoute au sang et a Purine par la diazoreaction a la p-nitraniline. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 259-61. ----- L'etat du phenol ajoute au sang. Ibid., 1935, 120: 522.—Becher, E., Litzner, S., & Tasjlich, W. Ueber das Vorkommen von Phenolen im normalen Blut, fiber ihren qualitativen und quantitativen Nachweis mit der Millonschen Reaktion und fiber bemerkenswerte Blutphenolwerte bei Krankheiten, insbesondere bei pernizioser Anaemia (vorlaufige Mitteilung) Miinch. med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 1676—Haas, G. Ueber die Millonsche Reaktion im Blute und deren quantita- tiven Ablauf. Verh. Deut, Ges. inn. Med., 1922, 34. Kongr., 147-9. Also Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1923, 127: 39-51—Marenzi, A. B. Role du rein dans l'eiimination des phenols du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 741. Determination de los fcnoles de la sangre; algunas observaciones referentes al metodo de Theis-Benedict. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1931, 7: 498-502. ----- Dosage des phenols du sang; quelques observations sur le procede de Theis et Benedict. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 321.—Pekalis, E., & Parenti, P. Ulteriore contributo alia determinazione dei fenoli nei sangue di soggetti sani e di malatti; sulla distillazione frazionata dei fenoli liberi e coniugati e sulla saturabilita del sangue con fenolo e para-cresolo. Riv. clin. med., 1934, 35: 791-803.—Rakestraw, N. W. A quantitative method for the determination of phenols in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1923, 56: 109-19.—Theis, R. C, & Benedict, S. R. The determination of phenols in the blood. Ibid., 1924, 61: 67-71.— Yamakawa, S., & Okubo, K. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Auto- lyse des normalen Serums; Verhalten der Substan/.en der Phenoteruppe gegen die Serumautolyse. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1920, 1: 120-30. Phosphorus. See also Blood calcium; Blood lipids; Phos- phorus. Dolhaine, H. *Beitrag zur Frage der im Serum vorkommenden Calcium-Phosphatver- bindungen [Freiburg i. Br.] p.233-42. 8? Berl., 1926. Also Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 178: Machebceuf, M. *Recherches sur les com- poses phosphores du sang normal. 61 p. 8° Par., 1927. Also Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1927, 41: 1036-44. Anderson, G. H. The inorganic phosphorus content of the blood of normal children. Biochem. J., Cambr., 1923, 17: 43_g —Bodansky, A. Inorganic phosphorus and phosphatase of the serum in new-born puppies. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 104: 717-26—Brain, R. T., Kay, H. B., & Marshall, P. G. Observa- tions on phosphates in blood and on the urinary excretion of Phosphates. Biochem. J., Lond., 1928, 22: 628-48-Buell, M W On the phosphorus compounds in normal blood. J. Biol Chem , 1923, 56: 97-107—Cabitto, A. L'adrenahna, 1 in- sulina la tiroxina e l'ipofisina nella regolazione della fosfatemia. Lattante, 1934, 5: 315-25. ----- II sistema neurovegetative nella regolazione della fosfatemia. Med. inf., Roma, 1934, 5: 216-31 —Buval, M., & Portier, P. La teneur en phosphore mineral du sang de quelques invertebres. C. rend. Soc biol., 1928 99- 18U—Euler, H., & Brandt, K. M. Phosphate und Pho'sphatstoffwechsel in roten Blutzellen. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1936, 240: 215-31.-Ferranti, F, & Giannetti, O. II fosforo ematico negli adulti normali. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1933, 4:845-54—Garrahan, J. P., & Bettinotti, S. I. El fosforo en BLOOD CHEMISTRY 484 BLOOD CHEMISTRY la sangre. Sem. med., B. Air., 1927, 34: pt 1, 641-55.—Green- berg, B. M. On the state of calcium and phosphate of the blood. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 30: 1005-7— Greenwald, I. The nature of the acid-soluble phosphorus of serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1916, 25: 431-5. ----- A new type of phosphoric acid compound isolated from blood, with some remarks on the effect of substitution on the rotation of 1-glyceric acid. Ibid., 1925, 63: 339-49.—GroUman, A. The condition of the inorganic phos- phorus of the blood, with special reference to the calcium concen- tration. Ibid., 1927, 72: 565-72—Gybrgy, P. Ueber den Gehalt des Blutserums an Kalk und anorganischem Phosphor im Sauglingsalter. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1922, 3.F., 49:1-12—Halpern, L. The transfer of inorganic phosphorus across the red blood cell membrane. J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 114: 747-70.—Harnes, A. R. The inverse relation between inorganic and lipoid phos- phorus in blood of rabbits. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 360-2.—Heringa, G. C, & Hoekstra, J. Further researches on the phosphor content of the blood. Acta brevia neerl., 1935, 5: 117.—Hess, A. F., & Matzner, M. The inorganic phosphorus and calcium in maternal and foetal blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1922-23, 20: 75.—Irving, L., & Bastedo, G. M. The inorganic phosphorus of blood and muscle. Am. J. Physiol., 1928, 86: 225-37.—Kay, H. B. Note on the phosphorus content of the blood of ruminants. Biochem. J., Lond., 1925, 19: 447-9. ----- Blood phosphorus in health and disease; note on the chemical composition of reticulocyte. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1929-30, 11: 148-52.—Laskowski, M. Ueber die Bedingungen der Entstehung des Kolloid-Calcium-Phosphorkomplexes im Serum. Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 265: 401-12.----- Ueber die Phosphorverbindungen im Blutplasma der Legehenne. Ibid., 1934-35, 275: 293-300.—Lawaczeck, H. Ueber die Dynamik der Phosphorsaure des Blutes. Ibid., 1924, 145: 351-72.—Lehman, E. P. Studies in organic blood phosphate. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 48: 293-303.—Leulier, A., & Beruard, G. Phosphore total chez le jeune rat. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 483.-Marenzi, A. B., & Gerschman, R. Le phosphore total acido-soluble du sang. Ibid., 1934, 116: 892. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1934, 10: 55-63.—Muyldermans, S. Le phosphore dans le sang. Arch. med. beiges, 1935, 88: 113-20.—Nitschke, A. Darstellung einer den Calciumgehalt und einer den Phosphatgehalt des Serum senkenden Substanz; Nachweis in Milz und Lymph- knoten. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 794.—Pitts, R. F. The excretion of urine in the dog; inorganic phosphate in relation to plasma phosphate level. Am. J. Physiol., 1933, 106: 1-8.—Potop, I. Recherches sur le phosphore acido-soluble, le phosphore mineral et le phosphore ultrafiltrable du sang. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 201: 490-2.—Roche, J. Recherches sur le phosphore acidosoluble du sang; sur la composition 616mentaire des filtrates de sang d6f6que et sur le fractionnement des combinaisons phosphorees; sur la participation de corps phosphores au pouvoir reducteur du sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1930, 12: 636-56.—Sahyun, M. Some observations on blood phosphate. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 101: 295-9. Also repr.—Seidel, H. Der anorganische Phosphor im menschlichen Vollblut und in den Blutkorper- chen; die Ueberfiihrung von anorganischen Blutphosphor in lockere organische Bindung in vitro. Zschr., ges. exp. Med., 1927, 57: 698-708.—Suntheim, H. Weitere Beitrage zur Phos- phatolyse in den menschlichen Erythrocyten. Zschr. Kinderh., 1936, 58: 54-66.—Thurzo, J. [Inorganic phosphor in blood serum and cerebrospinal fluid] Gyogyaszat, 1935, 75: 243; 262; 278 — Tolstoi, E. The inorganic phosphorus of the serum and plasma of 91 normal adults as determined by the Bell and Doisy method. J. Biol. Chem., 1923, 55: 157-60.—Toni, G. de. Ricerche sul fosforo labile del sangue. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 161-5.—Ulmer, O., & Hillenberg, E. Untersuchungen fiber den Kalk- und Phosphorgehalt des Blutserums bei Sauglingen. Arch. Kinderh., 1928, 83: 106-33.—Vallette, A., & Bubois, R. Le taux de la phosphoremie chez l'enfant et chez le nourrisson. Rev. fr. pediat., 1931, 7: 84-94.—Walker, B. S. Normal relation- ships of blood and urine phosphorus. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1932, 17: 347-53.—White, H. L., & Monaghan, B. Comparison of inorganic phosphate contents of serum, fluoride plasma, and native plasma. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 31: 1-5.— Wigglesworth, V. B., & Woodrow, C. E. The relation between the phosphate in blood and urine. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1923-24, s.B, 95: 558-69— Youngburg, G. E., & Youngburg, M. V. Phosphorus metabolism; a system of blood phosphorus analysis. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1930-31, 16: 158-66. ----Phosphorus: Determination. Guerra Loyola, J. *Determinacion del fosforo inorganico en la sangre [Chile] 40p. 8? Santiago, 1931. Schnyder, J. P2O5 Bestimmungen im Blut- serum und in einigen andern Korperflussigkeiten [Zurich] 41p. 8? S. Gallen, 1930. Benedict, S. R., & Theis, R. C. The modification of the molybdic method for the determination of inorganic phosphorus in serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1924, 61: 63-6.—Bloor, W. R. Me- thode nepheiometrique pour la determination de l'acide phos- phorique et de ses composes contenus dans de petites quantites de sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1921, 3: 451-75.—Bolton, R. P. A note on the Gunther-Greenberg method; for determi- nation inorganic phosphorus on the filtrate from calcium analy- sis. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1930-31, 16: 503—Brehme, T., & Lepski, E. M. Phosphatbestimmung in wenigen Tropfen Serum. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 1905.—Burkens, J. C. J. [Necessary pre- cautions in clinical determinations of phosphorus in the bloodl Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 4944-50. —— The use of sodium fluoride as a blood anticoagulant in blood phosphorus determinations. Biochem. J., Lond., 1935, 29: 796-8. -Cannavd, L. Titrimetrische Methode zur Bestimmung des anorganischen Phosphors im Blutserum. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 237: 136-8.— Denis, W., & Meysenbug, L. von. Note on a possible source of error in the Bell-Doisy method for the determination of phos- phates in blood plasma. J. Biol. Chem., 1922,52:1-3.—Essinger, R., & Gybrgy, P. Beitrag zur kolorimetrischen Bestimmung des anorganischen Serumphosphors. Biochem. Zschr., 1924, 149: 339-43.—Ferranti, F., & Giannaeeti, O. Microdeterminazione del fosforo (inorganico, acidosolubile, lipidico, totale) nei sangue e negli escreti. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1933,4: 664-82.—Gaddum, J. H. The estimation of phosphorus in blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1926, 20: 1204-7.—Gherardini, G., & Brasi, M. Sulla determinazione micrometrica del fosforo organico, inorganico e totale. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1930, 1: 1043-50.—Gunther, L., & Greenberg, D. M. A note on the determination of the inorganic phosphate of the serum on the filtrate from calcium analysis. J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 82: 551-3. Also repr.—Holtz, F. Verfeinerte Blutphosphorbestimmung (mit Demonstration der Ultrawage) Mschr. Kinderh., 1925-26, 31: 227—Indovina, R. Sul dosaggio del fosforo inorganico del sangue. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1932, 3: 390.—Jorpes, E., & Magnusson, H. An application of Pregl's micro-analysis to the determination of free phosphates in the blood. Acta paediat., Upps., 1927, 7: 1-14.—Judelovich, R. [Micromethod for the determination of phosphorus in the blood] Mosk. med. J., 1926, no.2, 40-3.— Katsura, S., Hatakeyama, T., & Tajima, K. Eine titrimetrische Bestimmungsmethode fiir sehr kleine Mengen Blutphosphatide. Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 257: 22-31.—Kleinmann, H. Ueber die Bestimmung der Phosphorsaure; fiber die Bestimmung der Phosphorsaure als Magnesiumammoniumphosphat und die Behinderung der Failung durch Serumbestandteile; tiber die Bestimmung der Phosphorsaure als Uranylphosphat und als Silberphosphat. Ibid., 1919, 99: 19-44. ----- Die Bestim- mung der Phosphorsaure im Phosphorsaure-Molybdankom- plex; gravimetrische und colorimetrische Bestimmungsformen. Ibid., 45-94. ----- Die Bestimmung der Phosphorsaure im Phosphorsaure-Molybdankomplex; volumetrisch und sedi- metrische Bestimmungsformen. Ibid., 95-114. ----- Die Bestimmung der Phosphorsaure als Strychnin-Phosphorsaure- Molybdanverbindung (Nephelometric); allgemeine Prinzipien der Nephelometric und Konstruktion eines neuen Nephelome- ters. Ibid., 115-49. ----- Die Bestimmung der Phosphor- saure als Strychnin-Phosphorsaure-Molybdanverbindung; spe- zielle Phosphorsaure-Nephelometrie und Neuformung des Strychnin-Molybdanreagenzes. Ibid., 150-89.—Leibov, S. 1. A colorimetric method for the determination of inorganic phos- phate in blood serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 79: 611-9. ---- The reduction of phosphomolybdic acid by monomethylpar- amidophenol and its use in the quantitative determination of phosphorus in blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1930-31, 16: 495-9 — Lepsky, E., & Brehme, T. [The micro-method for estimation of non-organic phosphorus of the blood] Klin, med., Moskva, 1928, 6: 775-8.—Machebceuf, M. Methode permettant le dosage exact du phosphore dans de petites quantites de sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1926, 8: 464-8. ----- Proportions de phosphore contenues dans les divers constituants du sang nor- mal; methode de dosage. Ibid., 1927, 9: 94-8. -----& Zwil- ling, G. Essai de perfectionnement de la destruction des substances organiques en vue du microdosage du phosphore dans le sang. Ibid., 697-9.—McCluskey, K. L. A modification of the Bloor method for blood phosphates. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1924-25, 10: 143-9.—Magnusson, H., & Sylvan, H. On the deter- mination of free phosphates in small quantities of blood-serum, Acta paediat., Upps., 1929, 9: 9-21.—Martland, M., & Robison, R. Note on the estimation of phosphorus in blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1924, 18: 765-8—Motz, G. Zur Methodik der Phos- phorbestimmung im Blute. Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 789 — Muller, E. Die Bestimmung der anorganischen Phosphate in kleinsten Serummengen. Zschr. Kinderh., 1934-35, 57: 243-50. ----- Zur Technik der Phosphorbestimmung in kleinen Serummengen. Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 863.—Myers, B. A., & Shevky, M. C. The estimation of inorganic phosphorus in blood plasma by the method of Bell and Doisy. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1921-23, 7: 176-80—Obermer, E., & Milton, R. The Vernes-Bricq-Yvon photometer; its application to routine bio- chemical work, with special reference to the estimation of phos- phorus in blood. Ibid., 1932, 17: 792-804— Popoviciu, G. Le dosage du phosphore dans de petites quantites de serum. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1931, 13: 548-51. ----- & Oprisiu, C, [Role of phosphorus in mineral metabolism and its determina- tion in minimal quantities of the blood] Cluj. med., 1933, 14: 499-504.—Pribram, E. A. New simple quantitative micro- cry stallographic estimation of phosphates in blood serum. Arch. Path., Chic, 1933, 16: 520.—Roe, J. H. The estimation of the total phosphorus and lipoid phosphorus of the blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 67: xv. —-— Irish, O. J., & Boyd, J. I. A study of the molybdic acid colorimetric method for the esti- mation of the phosphorus compounds of the* blood. Ibid., 579-84. Also repr.—Samson, K. Titrimetrische Phosphor- bestimmung in kleinen Mengen Serum und Liquor. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 208: 230-6. Also Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 1029.- Schaaf, F. Bemerkungen zur colorimetrischen Mikrophosphor- bestimmung mit Hilfe das Pulfrich-Photometers; Mikrophos- phorbestimmung im Serumfett. Ibid., 1935, 14: 1609-11.—Siwe, S. A. Stufenphotometrische Bestimmung von Phosphor in BLOOD CHEMISTRY 485 BLOOD CHEMISTRY kleinen Blutmengen. Biochem. Zschr., 1935, 278: 437-41 — Smith, C. S., & Brown, A. L. A quantitative method for the determination of total phosphorus in the blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1923-24, 9: 203-5—Stanford, R. V., & Wheatley, A. H. M. The estimation of phosphorus compounds in blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1925, 19: 697-705—Stewart, C. P., & Archibald, W. The estimation of phosphorus and magnesium. Ibid., 484-91 — Tisdall, F. F. A rapid colorimetric method for the quantitative determination of the inorganic phosphorus in small amounts of serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 50: 329-37.—Warkany, J. Be- stimmung des anorganischen Serumphosphors in kleinen Blut- mengen. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 190: 336-9.—Wiener, S. Zur Methodik der Phosphorsaurebestimmung; Anwendung des Preglschen Verfahrens auf die Serumanalyse. Ibid., 1921, 115: 42-5. ---- Phosphorus: Distribution. Hoff, A. *Ueber den Gehalt des arteriellen und venosen Blutes an anorganischer Phosphor- saure [Giessen] p.195-9. 8? Berl., 1929. Also Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 209: Roller, F. J. H. *Ueber die Verteilung der Phosphorsaure im menschlichen Blute und ihre Schwankungen bei den einzelnen Individuen [Giessen] p.483-9. 8? Berl., 1926. Also Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 176: Bomskov, C, & Nissen, H. Ueber die Verteilung der Phos- phorfraktionen im Blut des wachsenden Organismus. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1932-33, 85: 142-7.—Bowd, J. H. The phosphatic index. Clin. Med., 1926,33:868-71.—Egorov, M. N., & Minusova, N. B. [Phosphorus fractions of venous blood] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1935, 40: 99-104.—Feigl, J. Ueber das Vorkommen von Phosphaten im menschlichen Blutserum; die P-Verteilung, nach den derzeitigen Methoden zur Trennung und Isolierung. Biochem. Zschr., 1920,112: 27-50.—Iversen, P. Untersuchungen iiber die Verteilung der Phosphate zwischen Blutkorperchen und Plasma innerhalb und ausserhalb des Organismus. Ibid., 1921, 114: 297-309.—Kay, H. B. The distribution of phosphorus compounds in the blood of certain mammals. J. PhvsioL, Lond., 1928-29, 65: 374-80. ----- & Byrom, F. B. Blood- phosphorusjn health and disease; the distribution of phosphorus in human blood in health. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1926-27, 8: 240-53— McKellips, G. M., Be Young, I. M., & Bloor, W. R. The distribution of phosphoric acid in the blood of normal infants. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 47: 53-8. Also repr.—Minusova, N. B., & Egorov, M. N. [Fractions of acid soluble phosphorus in the venous blood of a healthy individual] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1935, 40: 91-8.—Morel, A., & Aalam, F. K. Sur la repartition du phosphore en formes inorganiques et organiques dans le sang humain, au cours de la tuberculose pulmonaire. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 1345.—Nissen, H. Die Verteilung der Phosphor- verbindungen im Blut von Mensch und Tier. Zschr. Kinderh., 1934-35, 57: 291-320.—Posternak, S. Sur la repartition du phos- phore dans le s6rum et les globules rouges du sang. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1926, 182: 724-7.—Riesenfeld, E. A., Rose, A. R., & Handelman, I. The distribution of inorganic phosphorus in the blood of the new-born. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1925, 29: 611-7. Also repr.— Rona, P., & Iwasaki, K. Beitrage zur Frage der Glykolyse; fiber die Verteilung des Phosphors im Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 174: 293-307.—Sokolvich, M. Distribution of the phosphorus compounds and calcium in the blood of children. Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1931, 6: 183-208—Stanford, R. V., & Wheatley, A. H. M. The distri- bution of phosphorus compounds in blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1925, 19: 706-9.—Stearns, G., & Warweg, E. Studies of phosphorus of blood; the partition of phosphorus in whole blood and serum, the serum calcium, and plasma phospha- tase from birth to maturity. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 102: 749- 65. Also repr.—Walker, B. S., & Huntsinger, M. E. The phosphorus partition in normal whole blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1930-31, 16: 247-52.—Warweg, E., & Stearns, G. The partition of phosphorus in blood in relation to the corpuscle volume. J. Clin. Invest., 1934, 13: 411-8.—Watson, R. H. The concen- tration and distribution of phosphorus in the blood of merino sheep on pasture. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1933, 11: 253-60 — Zamorani, V. Contenuto in P inorg. del plasma, del sangue e delle cellule ematiche e diffusibilitS del P inorg. dalle cellule nei plasma in condizioni normali e in soggetti rachitici. Lat- tante, 1931, 2: 496-505.—Zucker, T. F., & Gutman, M. B. The distribution of inorganic phosphate of the blood between plasma and cells. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1921-22, 19: 169-71. ----- Distribution of phosphorus in the blood. Ibid., 1922-23, 20: 133-6. ----Phosphorus, lipoid. See Blood lipids. ---- Phosphorus, organic. See also Blood lipids. Jost, H. Ueber die Bedeutung des saurelos- lichen organischen Blutphosphors [Frankfurt] p.171-214. 8? Berl., 1927. Also Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1927, 165: Bomskov, C. Ueber organische Phosphorverbindungen im Blut. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1932, 210: 67—Freudenberg, E. Die biologische Bedeutung der Phosphatester der Blutkorper- chen. Klin. Wschr., 1935,14:1530—Goodwin, H. W., &Robison, R. The possihle significance of hexose-phosphoric esters in ossification; the phosphoric esters of the blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1924, 18: 1161.—Greenwald, I. A new type of organic phosphoric acid compound isolated from blood. Science, 1924, n.s., 60: 529.—Kuttner, T., & Lichtenstein, L. Micro colori- metric studies; estimation of organically bound phosphorus; a system of analysis of phosphorus compounds in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 95: 661-70. Also repr—Lawaczeck, H. Ueber das Verhalten der Hexosephosphorsaure des Blutes im normalen Organismus gegenfiber Adrenalin. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1928, 159: 257-66. ----- Ueber das Verhalten der Hexosephosphorsaure des Blutes im normalen Organismus gegenfiber Insulin. Ibid., 267-74.—Machebceuf, M. Methode de microdosage de l'acide phosphorique combine a l'etat d'ethers organiques dans le sang et le serum. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1927, 9: 700-2—Martland, M., & Robison, R. Possible significance of hexose-phosphoric esters in ossification; phos- phoric esters in blood-plasma. Biochem. J., Lond., 1926, 20: 847-55.—Toni, G. de. Ricerche sul fosforo organico del sangue studiato per mezzo dell' idrolisi spontanea prolungata nei soggetto umano ed in alcuni animali domestici, sia adulti ehe lattanti. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 1258-61. Also Arch. Ist. biochim. ital., 1935, 7: 303-40. -----& Graf, G. Sul meccanismo dell' idrolisi spontanea del fosforo organico del sangue in vitro. Biochim. ter. sper., 1935,22:395-410.—Warweg, E., & Stearns, G. A comparative study of acid and enzymatic hydrolysis of the acid-soluble organic phosphorus, with particu- lar reference to the phosphoglycerate fraction. J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 115: 567-81. ---- Phosphorus: Variations. See also under names of factors as Exercise; Fatigue; Growth, &c. Angelini, V., & Rasi, F. L'ipofosfatemia adrenalinica ed il suo meccanismo di produzione. Riv. clin. pediat., 1935, 33: 1019-44.—Arapova, A. A. [Distribution of various fractions of acid-soluble phosphorus in the blood of fasting dogs; experiments on angiostomized dogs] Vest, rentg., 1934, 13: 338-53.—Ben- jamin, H. R., & Hess, A. F. The 'crms of the calcium and inorganic phosphorus in human and animal sera; a comparison of physiological and experimental hypercalcemia. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 103: 629-41.—Bierry, H., & Moquot, L. Glycolyse et variations du phosphore inorganique dans le sang, in vitro. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 250-2.—Bloor, W. R. Blood phos- phates in the lipemia produced by acute experimental anemia in rabbits. J. Biol. Chem., 1920, 46: 171-87.—Bolliger, A., & Hartman, F. W. Observations on blood phosphates as related to carbohydrate metabolism. Ibid., 1925, 64: 91-109.—Boyd, J. B., Hines, H. M., & Stearns, G. The effect of experimental hyperphosphatemia on calcium and phosphorus excretion. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1929-30, 27: 766-8—Braunstein, A. E. Ueber den Einfluss von Arsenat auf Phosphatumsatz und Glykolyse im Blut. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 240: 68-93 — Bruun, K. Seasonal variations in the phosphate content of the blood during the first 2 years of life. Acta paediat., Upps., 1927-28, 7: suppl. 2, 226-39. Also Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1927, 69: 694-707.—Bullock, J. K. The physiologic variations in the inor- ganic blood phosphorus content at the different age periods; an attempt to explain these in the growing child. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1930, 40: 725-40—Cavins, A. W. The effect of fasting (and refeeding) on the calcium and inorganic phosphorus in blood serums of normal and rachitic rats. J. Biol. Chem., 1924-25, 59: 237-42.—Ciaccio, I. Comportamento dei fosfati e del glucoso del sangue di cam' normali e di cani deficienti di tes- suto adrenalogeno per azione del bagno freddo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 997-1001.—Colonna, A. Comportamento del P inorganico e del P totale acidosolubile sotto I'influenza dei raggi ultravioletti nei siero irradiato fuori dell' organismo. Riv. clin. pediat., 1932, 30: 71-85.—Corbiau, L. Modifications de la phosphatemie provoquees par 1'ingestion journaliere de phosphate bisodique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 474 — Bella Giustina, R. Influenza dei raggi ultravioletti sul tasso fosfatemico nell' organismo a digiuno. Riv. clin. pediat., 1933, 31: 1205-26.—Bische, Z., & Sachs, K. Herabsetzung der Glyko- lyse und Erhohung des leicht abspaltbaren saureloslichen Phos- phors im Blut nach langdauernder, ermudender Arbeit. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1934, 274: 346-57.—Bodero, G. L'azione dell' es- tratto di lobo posteriore di ipofisi sul comportamento dei fosfato inorganici del sangue e dell' orina. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1935, 60: 422-9.—Engelhardt, W. A., & Braunstein, A. E. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen der Phosphorsaure und der Glyko- lyse im Blut. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 201: 48-65. ----- Koh- lehydratabbau und Phosphorsaure im Blut. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 215.—Euler, H. von, Lbvgren, T., & Rydbom, M. Ein- fluss fettloslicher Vitamine und Faktoren auf den Gehalt des Rattenblutes an gesamter und anorganischer Phosphorsaure. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1927, 170: 79-90—Frontali, G. Ver- mehrung des anorganischen Phosphors im bestrahlten Blut- serum. Zschr. Kinderh., 1936, 58: 188-90.—Gemmill, C. L„ & Ribeiro, B. A. A study of the phosphates in the blood after strenuous muscular exercise. Am. J. Physiol., 1933, 103: 367- 73.—Grant, J. H. B., & Gates, F. L. Some factors affecting the levels of the serum calcium and phosphorus of normal rabbits. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1924-25, 22: 315-7— Gunther, H. BLOOD CHEMISTRY 486 BLOOD CHEMISTRY Ueber das Verhalten der Blutphosphate bei der Arbeit. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 90: 479-88.—Guercio, F. Fosfatemia iu gravidanza normale e patologica, in travaglio ed in puerperio. Fol. gyn., Genova, 1934, 31: 323-36—Guest, G. M., & Warkanv, J. Effects of overdosage of irradiated ergosterol in rabbits; changes in the distribution of phosphorus in blood cells and plasma. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 100: 445-54.—Hansen, F. Ueber das Verhalten der saureloslichen Phosphorfraktion des Blut- serums be) Einwirkung von Ultraviolettlicht und von Vitamin D. Zschr. Kinderh., 1934-35, 57: 668-74—Hartman, F. W., & Bolliger, A. Curve of inorganic blood phosphates during the sugar tolerance test; significance in diagnosis and prognosis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1925, 85: 653-6—Hartman, F. W., & Foster, B. P. Clinical evaluation of blood phosphate and sugar toler- ance curves; an analysis of 500 clinical cases. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1932, 2: 289-97—Havard, R. E., & Reay, G. A. Normal varia- tions of the inorganic phosphate of blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1925, 19: 882-7—Heller, V. G., Hunter, K. R., & Thompson, R. B. Phosphorus distribution in chicken blood as affected by the diet. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 97: 127-32. Also repr.—Hess, A. F., & Lundagen, M. A. Seasonal tide of blood phosphate in infants. Proc. Soc. Exp., Biol., N.Y., 1921-22, 19: 380-2. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 79: 2210-2.—Janecek, A. Le phos- phore dans le sang des lapins normaux, pendant la gestation, la puerperalite et apres l'administration de quelques sels de magnesium. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 404-6.—Javillier, N., & Fabrykant, M. Recherches experimentales sur le phosphore sanguin et particulierement sur les variations de la phospha- temie. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1931, 13: 1253-62— Kastler, A. 0. Variations of blood inorganic phosphorus with exercise. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1926-27, 24: 875—King Li Pin, Woo Ping Soung & Shih Yuan Kao. La teneur en phosphore et en calcium du sang suivant l'alimentation, dans le nord de la Chine. Contr. Inst. Physiol. Nat. Acad., Peiping, 1934, 1: 29-33.—Kramer, B., & Howland, J. Factors which determine the concentration of calcium and of inorganic phosphorus in the blood serum of rats. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1922, 33: 313-7. Also J. Nutrit., 1932, 5: 39-60—Labbe, M., Fabrykant, M., & Petresco, M. Les variations du phosphore sanguin sous l'influence des injections intra-musculaires d'adrenaline chez I'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 1089-91—Labbe, M., Fabrykant, M., & Zamfir, C. Les variations du taux du phos- phore sanguin sous l'influence de l'absorption d'acide phospho- rique chez I'homme. Ibid., 108: 678-80.— Lehwirth, S. Veran- derungen des anorganischen Blutphosphors wahrend der Schwangerschaft. Zbl. Gyn., 1936, 60: 1882-5.—Mackay, R. L. On the inorganic phosphate changes in the blood during sur- gical anaesthesia. Brit. J. Anaesth., 1929-30, 7: 23-7—Marti- netti, N. Influenza del timo sul contenuto fosforico del sangue. Riv. clin. pediat., 1933, 31: 163-88.—Masamune, H., & Ueta, A. The effect of various autonomic nervous drugs upon the inor- ganic blood phosphate. Fukuoka ikwadaigaku zasshi, 1929, 22: 69.—Messini, M. Rapporti fra glicemia e fosforo nei sangue sotto l'azione di sali di uranile e di estratti di timo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 982-4.—Millet, R. F., & Essex, H. E. Studies of serum phosphate and glucose in the visceral organism and heart-lung-limb preparation. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1933, 8: 74.—Molteni, P., & Vanoncini, G. Ricerche sul comportamento della fosfatemia dopo iniezioni di sostanze farmacodinamiche (adrenalina-pilocarpina-atropina) Clin, pediat., Mod., 1934, 16: 681-97.—Parhon, C. I., & Cahane, M. Sur le phosphore sanguin salin et lipoTdique, chez les animaux hyperthyroidises. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 284—Pollack, H., Millet, R. F. [et al.] Serum phosphate changes induced by injections of glucose into dogs under various conditions. Am. J. Physiol., 1934-35, 110: 117-22.—Rasi, F. Comportamento della fosfatemia prima e dopo irradiazione nei bambino. Riv. clin. pediat., 1935, 33: 211.—Rek, L. Ueber den Einfluss einiger Fluoride auf den Phosphorspiegel im Blute und auf den gesamten P-Stoff- wechsel beim Kaninchen. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1934-35, 177: 343-9.—Savino, E. Action de l'insuline sur le phosphore du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 29. Also Rev. As. med. argent., 1924, 37: no.231, Soc. argent, biol., 50-9.—Sawada, B. Studies in the rise and fall of the phosphorus content in the blood. Polyclin. Dairen, 1924-26, 2: no.48, 1. Also J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1925-26, 4: 62.—Schiaparelli, P., & Bassi, A. L'in- fluenza della tiroide e del timo sul comportamento della fosfa- temia e della glicemia. Riv. clin. pediat., 1934, 32: 1217-32.— Timpe, O. Der Phosphorspiegel im Serum Schwangerer und Neugeborener. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1931, 146: 232-9.—Toni, G. de & Murtas, C. de. Le variazioni del fosforo inorganico del sangue per azione dei raggi ultravioletti e dell' aria irradiata; influenza dell' ossigeno e dell' ozono. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 828-34.—Toni, G. de, & Stancati, A. Le variazioni del fosforo inorganico del sangue par azione dei raggi ultravioletti e dell'aria irradiata. Ibid., 165-70. ----- Ricerche su bambini normali e rachitici e su adulti normali. Ibid., 824-7.—Vahlquist, B. Blood-phosphorus in fat absorption. Biochem. J., Lond., 1931, 25: 1628-33.—Variations (Les) du phosphore sanguin sous l'in- fluence des injections intra-musculaires d'adrenaline, chez l'liomme. J. med. Paris, 1931, 51: 1117.—Youngburg, G. E., & Youngburg, M. V. Changes and relationships in blood phos- phorus of rats subjected to blood regeneration by repeated bleedings. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1935-36, 21: 798-808. ---- Phosphorus: Variations, pathologic. See also names of diseases as Diabetes; Rickets; Tuberculosis, &c. Ashley, A., & Guest, G. M. The distribution of blood phos- phorus after suppression of renal function. J. Clin. Invest., 1934, 13: 219-35— Buckman, T. E., Minot, G. R. [et al.] Blood phosphorus; its relation to cancer and anemia. Arch. Int. M., 1924, 34: 181-90.—Byrom, F. B. The clinical significance of the blood phosphorus. Lancet, Lond., 1930, 1: 368-70.----- & Kay, H. B. Blood-phosphorus in health and disease; changes in the phosphorus compounds of the blood in renal disease. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1926-27, 8: 429-36. •----- The alleged value of blood phosphorus determinations in suspected malignant disease; the phosphorus distribution in anaemia, polycythemia, and leukaemia. Ibid., 1928, 9: 72-81.—CannavS, L., & Indovina, R. II fosforo inorganica del sangue in condizioni normali e patologiche. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1931, 6: 326—Crandall, L. A., & Feinberg, S. M. Blood inorganic phosphorus in allergy. J. Allergy, 1934, 5: 515-8.—Feigl, J. Ueber das Vorkommen von Phosphaten im menschlichen Blutserum; Orthophosphat und Restphosphor bei Morbus Brightii; Zusammenfassung bisheri- ger Ergebnisse. Biochem. Zschr., 1917, 84: 231-45. ---- Hyperphosphatamie und Salzretention bei Morbus-Brightii. Ibid., 1920, 111: 108-14—Ferranti, F., & Giannetti, O. Ricerche sui liquidi di versamento; le diverse frazioni del fosforo nei liquidi versamento e i loro rapporti quantitativi con le stesse frazioni del fosforo ematico. Riv. clin. med., 1934, 35: 445-51.—Fetter, W. J. Gravimetric estimation of phosphates of the blood; phosphates in nephritis. Arch. Int. M., 1923, 31: 413-22.— Fittipaldi, A. II fosforo nei sangue dei paralitici progressivi, degli epilettici, e dei dementi precoci. Osp. psichiat. Napoli, 1933, 1: 335-46—Gereb, S., & Laszl6, B. Ueber Phosphatver- bindungen des Blutes bei Gesunden und Kranken. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 800-2.—Hughes, T. A., Shrivastava, B. L., & Sahai, P. N. Observations on the serum calcium and inorganic phosphorus in health and disease. Ind. J.M. Res., 1929-30, 17: 461-9.—Labbe, M., & Fabrykant, M. Le phosphore sanguin dans le rhumatisme chronique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 1092. ----- Le phosphore sanguin dans la pathologie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1932, 3.ser., 48: 157-66—Labbe, M., Pe- tresco, M., & Fabrykant, M. Le phosphore sanguin et ses diffe- rentes formes dans les leucemies et les anemies. J. med. Paris, 1931, 51: 943.—Laurinsich, A. Ricerche sul fosforo nei sangue in alcuni stati morbosi dell' infanzia. Pediatria (Riv.) 1927, 35: 913-9.—Lesn6, E., Zizine, P., & Briskas, S. B. Contribution a l'etude du metabolisme du phosphore sanguin au cours de quelques maladies infectieuses de l'enfance (angine diphterique, meningite, tuberculeuse, rougeole) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 1309-11.—Manganotti, G. Ricerche sul contenuto in fosforo nei siero di sangue e nei liquido de bolla in malati cutanei. Arch. ital. derm., 1935, 11: 490.—Nekrassov, S. M. [Observa- tion and data on the phosphorus content of the blood in endo- crine and surgical diseases] Vest, khir., 1928, 13: 50-65. ---- & Elberg, G. A. [Content of phosphorus in the blood and urine in some of the surgical and endocrine diseases] Ibid., 1929, 16:-17: 207-13.—Parhon, C. I., & Werner, G. Recherches sur la phosphathemie des animaux parathyreoprives ou thyropara- thyroldectomises. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 228— Schulz, I. Phosphorus in the blood and urine; a study of the excretion and retention of phosphorus in a normal subject and in patients with renal disease. Ann. Int. M., 1929-30, 3: 667-89—Sokolo- vich, M. The effect of X-ray therapy on the partition of phos- phorus compounds in the blood in disease. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1931, 12: 147-50.—Stearns, G., & Warweg, E. Phosphorus par- tition in the blood of children with disease. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1935, 50: 1164-72.—Stoicesco, S., & Schvartz, L. Variations du phosphore mineral sanguin chez les hepatiques sous l'in- fluence des injections intraveineuses de glucose. Bull. Soc. m6d. h8p. Bucarest, 1933, 15: 84-91.—Vorschutz, J., & Vorschiitz, J. Zur Frage des relativen Phosphorgehaltes des Blutes, besonders bei Krebskranken. Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48: 861-3—Wohl- farth, F. Zur Frage des Phosphorgehaltes des Blutes bei ver- schiedenen Erkrankungen, insbesondere bei Karzinom. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1924, 186: 20-4. ---- Potassium. See also Blood chemistry, Minerals; Potas- sium. Achard, C, L6vy, J., & Pacu, M. Le potassium du sang et des serosites dans les cirrhoses ethyliques et chez les cardio- renaux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 784-6. ----- Le potas- sium du sang dans quelques affections a pneumocoques, pneu- monies et pleuropneumonies. Ibid., 787-9.—Breh, F., & Gaeb- ler, O. H. The determination of potassium in blood serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1930, 87: 81-9. Also repr.—Crosetti, L. L'au- mento del potassio nei siero come nota di anemia emolitica. Haematologica (Arch.) Pavia, 1933, 14: 495-513— Bresel, K., & Katz, R. Der Kaliumspiegel des Blutserums und seine Beein- flussung durch verschiedene vegetative Gifte. Klin. Wschr., 1922,1:1601-3.—B'Silva, J. L. The action of adrenaline on serum potassium. J. Physiol., Lond., 1934, 82: 393; 1936, 86: 219- Buliere, W. L. La teneur en potassium et l'age d'un serum. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 261-4. ----- Donnees experi- mentales sur la repartition du potassium dans le sang extravase; comparaison entre la concentration physiologique dans le plasma et la concentration dans le liquide cephalorachidien. Ibid., 108: 416-8.- Burupt, A., & Schlesinger, A. Microdosage colorimetrique du potassium dans le sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1931, 13: 700-2— Gram, C. N. J. [Potassium content of blood] Hospitalstidende, 1928, 71: 308; passim.—Hastings, BLOOD CHEMISTRY 487 BLOOD CHEMISTRY A. B., Sendroy, J., & Van Slyke, B. B. Studies of gas and electro- lyte equilibria in blood; the value of pK in the Henderson- Hasselbach equation for blood serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 79: 183-92.—Hoffman, W. S., & Jacobs, H. R. B. The partition of potassium between the serum and corpuscles in health and disease. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934,19: 633-44.—Kerr, S. E. Studies on the inorganic composition of blood; changes in the potassium content of erythrocytes under certain experimental conditions. J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 67: 721-35. Also repr.—Kramer, B., & Tisdall, F. F. A clinical method for the quantitative determi- nation of potassium in small amounts of serum. Ibid., 1921, 46: 339-49.—Levy, J., & Pacu, M. Le potassium du plasma et du s6rum normal chez le chien et chez I'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931,107: 661-4.—Mclntyre, A. R. The concentrations and distribution of potassium in the serum and cells in the blood of normal unanesthetized dogs. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 98: 115.— Marenzi, A. B., & Gerschmann, R. Methode de dosage dupotas- sium dans le plasma sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 145-7.—Myers, V. C, & Short, J. J. The potassium content of normal and some pathological human bloods. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21, 18: 72. Also J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 48: 83-92.—Olmer, B., Payan, L., & Berthier, J. Dosage du potas- sium dans le serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 87: 865-7.—Ponder, E., & Robinson, E. J. The escape of potassium from rabbit red cells into hypotonic solutions. Biochem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 1940-3.—Remond, A., & Cantegril, E. Teneur en potassium du serum sanguin a l'etat normal et dans quelques cas pathologiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 63. ----- Le potassium normal du sang chez I'homme et chez l'animal. Ibid., 391-3.—Richter-Quittner, M. Le potassium dans Tultra- filtration du serum sanguin. Ibid., 1924, 91: 594.—Scholtz, H. G. Ueber den Kaliumgehalt des Blutserums bei cardialer Stauung und nach Oedemausschwemmung. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1933, 175: 90-5.—Schwarz, H. Einwirkung des Adrenalins auf den Kaliumgehalt des Blutserums. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1934-35, 177: 628-34—Taylor, F. H. L. The determination of potassium in blood serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1930, 87: 27-32. Also repr.—Tomasson, H. Kalium im Blute gesunder Men- schen; Nachuntersuchungen Uber die Kramer-Tisdallsche Methode zur Kaliumbestimmung. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 195: 475-85.—Unger, H. Ueber den Kaliumgehalt des Serums und Liquors. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1934, 150: 757-64.— Unshelm, E. Das Gehalt des Serums an Kalium bei Asthma und Spasmophilic Jahrb. Kinderh., 1929-30, 3.F., 76: 75-82.— Vohtz, H. [Some remarks on potassium content in serum] Hospitalstidende, 1924, 67: 369-73.—Wilkins, L., & Kramer, B. Studies on the potassium content of human serum. Arch. Int. M., 1923, 31: 916-22.—Yoshimatsu, S. A colorimetric method for determination of potassium with 0.2 c.c. of blood. Tohoku J.Exp. M., 1926,8: 174-9. ---- Proteins. See Blood protein, ---- Purin bodies. See also Purin bodies; also subheadings of Blood chemistry as Creatin; Guanidine. Boivin, A. Contribution a l'etude des corps puriques du sang des crustaces decapodes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 688-90.—Cole, W. H., Ellett, W. H., & Womack, N. A. A quan- titative test for the determination of xanthine and hypoxan- thine in the blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1930-31, 28: 215. Also J. Lab. Clin. M., 1931, 16: 918-23—Engelhardt, W. A. Zur Kenntnis des intermediaren Purinstoffwechsels; fermentative Bildung von Harnsaurevorstufen im Blute. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1927, 182: 121-30.—Lovaglio, R. Le purine del sangue e I'influenza su di esse delle glandole a secrezione interna. Fol. med., Nap., 1924, 10: 296-306. ---- Relationship and distribution of con- stituents. See also Blood chemistry, Variations. Sussner, H. * Ueber das Verhaltnis der or- ganischen und anorganischen Stoffe im Blut- serum und im Transsudat. 19p. 8? Bonn, 1934. Achard, C, Bariety, M. [et al.] Etude comparative des pro- tides et de l'azote non-proteique dans le sang de 1'artere et de la veine renales chez le chien. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1934,116: 94.— Antognetti, L. Studi sull' imbibizione; equilibrio minerale e situazione colloidale ematica. Pathologica, Genova, 1934, 26: 802-12.—Bachromeyev, I. R., & Pavlova, L. The redistribution of K and Ca between the blood and muscles. Arch, fisiol., Fir., 1935-36, 35: 39-54—Beer, E. J. de, & Wilson, B. W. The inorganic composition of the dog and its relation to the compo- sition of the serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 95: 671-85—Behrendt, H. Ueber Elektrolytverschiebungen zwischen Blut und Gewebe. Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 1600.—Castex, M. R., & Schtein- gart, M. Relations entre le glucose, l'azote et le cholesterol du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 745.—Corradini, G., & Pegoraro, C. Ricerche sperimentali sui rapporti tra l'uricemia e l'ossalemia. Riv. clin. med., 1931, 32: 665-70.—Bell' Acqua, G. Distribuzione umorale del cloruro di sodio nei sangue e nei versamenti. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 765-8.—Ed- wards, H. T., Hochrein, M. [et al.] Das physikalisch-chemische System des Blutes in seiner Beziehung zu Atmung und Kreis- lauf: fiber die Ionenverteilung in Ruhe und Arbeit. Arch, exp Path., Lpz., 1929, 143: 161-9—Falta, W., & Richter-Quittner, M. Ueber die Verteilung des Zuckers, der Chloride und der Reststickstoffkorper auf Plasma und Kbrperchen im stromenden Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1919, 100: 148-90.—Folin, O., & Sved- berg, A. Diffusible non-protein constituents of blood and their distribution between plasma and corpuscles. J. Biol. Chem., 1930, 88: 715-28. Also repr—Glass, J., & Beiless, I. [Relation between chloride and sugar metabolism and effect of hyper- tonic solutions of sodium chloride on glycemia in diabetes] Polska gaz. lek., 1930, 9: 345-8—Glatzel, H., & Schmitt, F. Das Saure-Basengleichgewicht im Blut nach Kochsalzzufuhr. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1934, 94: 370-7.—Goebel, F. [Correlation between contents of sugar and cholesterine in the blood] Med. dosw., 1931,13:335-54—Gollwitzer-Meier, K. Ueber die Elektro- lytverteilung in Blut und Gewebsflfissigkeiten. Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 2181-3.—Herrick, W. W. The reciprocal relationship of chlorides and glucose of the blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1923-24, 9: 458-62.—Karger, K. Chemische Untersuchungen im arteriel- len, capiliaren und venosen Blut. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 1994 — Kauftheil, L., & Kisch, F. Der Kalium- und Calciumgehalt des Gesamtblutes bei Blutkrankheiten. Ibid., 1328-30.—Krai, A., Stary, Z., & Winternitz, R. Ueber die Verteilung der Elektro- lyten suf Serum und Liquor cerebrospinalis; Kalium, Natrium. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 66: 691-701.—Kramer, B., & Tisdall, F. F. The distribution of sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium between the corpuscles and serum of human blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 53: 241-52—Kylin, E. Ueber den K-Ca- Gehalt und die K/Ca-Quote im Blutserum bei physiologischen und gewissen pathologischen Zustanden. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1925, 149: 354-65.—Laudat, M., & Grandsire, A. Etude du rapport chlore-sodium dans le serum sanguin de I'homme normal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 683—Levy, M., Levy, E., & Mignon, S. L'action parfois paradoxale des injections de chlorure de sodium en solution hypertonique, sur le rapport CIGR/CIP et sur l'equilibre acide-base dans la phase post- operatoire. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1934, 283-8.—Lundsgaard, C, & Holbbll, S. A. Untersuchungen fiber die Verteilung einiger Nicht-Elektrolyte auf Blutkorperchen und Plasma des Men- schenblutes. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 173: 269-74.—McCay, C. M. Phosphorus distribution, sugar, and hemoglobin in the blood of fish, eels, and turtles. J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 90: 497-505.— Malamud, W., Mullins, B. M., & Brown, J. R. Relationship between chloride content and blood/cerebrospinal fluid bromide ratio. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 30: 1084-7.—Manzini, C. II quoziente di ripartizione degli anioni cloro e fosforo fra sangue e liquido cefalo-rachidiano. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 417-9—Mozai, T., Akiya, M. [et al.] Der Einfluss der Pilocarpininjektion auf die Verteilung der anorganischen Salze und Ionen im Blutserum. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1930, 2: Int. med., 79; 91; 99.—Mukai, G. The action of carbon dioxide on salt and water distribution in blood. J. Physiol., Lond., 1921- 22, 55: 356-70.—Muntwyler, E., Myers, V. C, & Way, C. T. The distribution of chloride and bicarbonate between plasma and cells in the blood of various pathological conditions. J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 92: 721-31. Also repr.—Ni, T. G. The inverse change between the concentration of glucose and chloride in the blood. Am. J. Physiol., 1926, 78: 158-67—Oberst, W. F., & Plass, E. B. The relation between the serum calcium, pro- tein, and inorganic phosphorus in early and late pregnancy, during parturition and the puerperium, and in non-pregnant women. J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 92: xiii.—Parnas, J. K., & Jasin- ski, W. von. Ueber die Verteilung von Zucker, Reststickstoff und Calcium im Blute (nach Analysen am genuinen Blute) Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 2029.—Perazzo, G. L'equilibrio calcio- potassico del siero di sangue dopo l'iniezione di soluzioni iper- toniche di clorure di sodio. Fisiol. med., Roma, 1934, 5: 627- 48.—Pincus, J. B., & Kramer, B. Comparative study of the con- centration of various anions and cations in cerebro-spinal fluid and serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1923, 57: 463-70.—Pribram, E. A. Mutual influence of crystalloids of human blood serum on their equilibrium. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 32: 8-10. ----- Das dynamische Gleicbgewicht des Zuckers und des Harnstoffs im Serum Gesunder und Kranker. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65:184-7— R6na, P., & Melli, G. Beitrag zur Frage der Ionenverteilung im Blutserum. Biochem. Zschr., 1925, 166: 242-50—Rona, P., & Petow, H. Beitrag zur Frage der Ionenverteilung im Blutserum. Ibid., 1923,137: 356-63. ----- & Haurowitz, F. Beitrag zur Frage der Ionenverteilung im Blutserum. Ibid., 1924, 149: 393-8— Rona, P., Petow, H., & Wittkower, E. Beitrag zur Ionenverteilung im Blut. Ibid., 150: 468-75.—Sartory, A., Hufschmitt, G., & Cueny, J. L'in- fluence du pH et de l'hyperlipemie artificielle sur l'equilibre lipido- proteidique du serum determine par la methode de Lemeland- Macheboeuf. Strasbourg med., 1934, 94: 515.—Seekles, L. Ueber eine quantitative Beziehung zwischen Calcium, Eiweiss und anorganischem Phosphat des normalen Rinderblutserums. Acta brevia neerl., 1936, 6: 80-2.—Schpiat, J. U., & Glucksberg, E. S. [Correlation between residual nitrogen and chlorides of the blood] Vrach. gaz., 1931, 35: 1582-6—Sironi, G. C. Sul rapporto K/Ca nei siero di sangue dei vecchi. Gazz. osp., 1936, 57: 184-7.—Sjollema, B., & Seekles, L. Die minerale Zusam- mensetzung von Blutserum und Muskelpressaft beziehungs- weise deren Ultrafiltraten im Zusammenhang mit der neuro- muskuiaren Reizbarkeit; der Einfluss der Parathyreoidek- tomie auf das Ca-Mg-Verhaltnis des Blutserums. Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 264: 316-33—Stary, Z., Krai, A„ & Winternitz, R, BLOOD CHEMISTRY 488 BLOOD CHEMISTRY Ueber die Verteilung der Elektrolyten auf Serum und Liquor cerebrospinalis; Calcium, Magnesium. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 66: 671-90. ----- Ueber die Verteilung der Elektro- lyten auf Blut und Liquor cerebrospinalis; Chlor; Phosphor. Ibid., 68: 441-7.—Stearns, G., & Knowlton, G. C. The lack of relationship between the calcium, protein, and inorganic phos- phorus of the serum of non-nephritic children. J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 92: 639-49.—Streef, G. M. Ueber den Austausch von Natrium, Kalium und Calcium zwischen Blutkorperchen und Plasma und fiber den Gehalt dieser Stoffe in Blutplasma und Serum. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1936, 242: 1-14.—Sturm, R. Ueber die correlative Regulation organischer und anorganischer Bestandteile des Venenblutes bei krankhaften Zustanden; Parallelbestimmung von Milchsaure, Acetonkorpern, Phenolen, Kohlensaure, Natrium, Chlor (Kalium, Calcium, Phosphor) und Wasserstoffzahl; Beitrag zur Frage der physiologischen Beeinflussung der aktuellen Blutreaktion (PH) durch kor- pereigene Stoffe. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1932-33, 169: 633-54 — Sunderman, F. W. The chloride and nitrogen balances, and weight changes in pneumonia. J. Clin. Invest., 1929-30, 7: 313-32.—Underhill, S. W. F. The relative concentration ratios of some constituents of the urine; the distribution between plasma and corpuscles, and the condition in the blood, of urea, creatinine, inorganic phosphate and uric acid. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1923-24, 4: 87-91.—Vaccarezza, R. A., Silva, L. L. [et al]. Equilibrio calcio-potasio y reaction sanguinea. Prensa med. argent., 1929-30, 16: 137-40. ---- Sodium. See also Sodium. Gambino Gagliotti, E. *Sodio en el suero sanguineo [Chile] 19p. 8? Santiago, 1934. Ball, E. G., & Sadusk, J. F., jr. A study of the estimation of sodium in blood serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 113: 661-74. Also repr.—Benard, H., Lenormand, J., & Merklen, F. P. So- dium sanguin et rapport chlore-sodium chez I'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 743.—Beruard, G., & Baniel, M. Rapports du salicylate de sodium et de l'iodure de sodium dans le sang et dans le liquide cephalorachidien. Ibid., 1933, 112: 176-8 — Boisy, E. A., & Bell, R. B. The determination of sodium in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 45: 313-23—Grigaut, A., & Bou- troux, A. Le dosage du sodium dans le serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 872-4.—Haden, R. L. A modification of the Kramer-Tisdall method for the determination of sodium in blood serum. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1924-25, 10: 236.—Harvey, F. T. Hyposodaemia. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1936, 16: 1083.—Hug, E. Methode de dosage du formaldehyde-sulfoxylate de sodium dans le plasma sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 577-9.— Kramer, B., & Gittleman, I. An iodometric method for the determination of sodium in small amounts of serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1924, 62: 353-60.—Kramer, B., & Tisdall, F. F. A simple method for the direct quantitative determination of sodium in small amounts of serum. Ibid., 1921, 46: 467-73.—Kylin, E., & Elmquist, H. Ueber den Blutnatriumspiegel bei essentieller Hypertonie und Simmondsscher Krankheit. Acta med. scand., 1936, 88: 507-16.—Lebermann, F. Ueber eine einfache klinische Mikromethode der Natriumbestimmung im Blutserum. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1924, 152: 345-54. Also Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 2196.—Marenzi, A. B., & Gerschman, R. La microdosage du sodium du serum ou du plasma. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 1212-4.—Michaelis, L., & Kawai, S. Die Aktivitat des Natriums im Blutserum. Biochem. Zschr., 1925, 163: 1-7.—Ornstein, I. & Vascauteano, E. Sur la teneur du serum sanguin en sodium, au point de vue ilikibiologique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 1335.—Raszeja, S. Sur le dosage microvolumetrique du sodium dans le sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1935, 17: 817-30 — Rona, P., & Gybrgy, P. [Sodium- and carbonate-ion in serum; non-diffusible alkalies in serum] Magy. orv. arch., 1913, 14: 159-73.—Rourke, M. B. On the determination of the sodium content of small amounts of serum or heparinized plasma by the iodometric method. J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 78: 337-44.— Rusznyak, S., & Hatz, E. Eine neue volumetrische Bestimmung des Natriums im Blutserum. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 252: 414.—Uga, Y. Leech method of blood analysis; a new micro- method; determination of blood sodium. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1934, 24: 324.—Wilkins, W. E. A method for quick dry ashing of blood serum for the determination of sodium by the uranyl zinc acetate method. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: 177-9.—Wilson, S. J. The determination of sodium in serum without the use of platinum dishes. Ibid., 1922, 50: 301.—Yoshimatsu, S. Colori- metric method for the determination of sodium with 0.1 cc. of serum or blood. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1926-27, 8: 496-500. ---- Sulphur [and compounds] See also Blood chemistry, Glutathione; Er- gothioneine; Sulphur. Audo Gianotti, G. B. Sui rapporti della tioemia con la fun- zione delle capsule surrenali e del sistema vegetative Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1929, 53: 369-89.—Benedict, S. R., Newton, E. B., & Behre, J. A. A new sulfur-containing compound (thiasine) in the blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 67: 267-77.—Browinski, J. Du soufre neutre et oxyde dans le sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1924, 6: 352-6.—Cahane, M. Etat sexuel et soufre total du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 260-2.—Campanacci, B. Kohlehydratstoffwechsel und losliche Schwefelverbindun- gen in den Erythrocyten und Geweben. Klin, Wschr., 1930, 9: 1212.—Campbell, B., & Geiling, E. M. K. Labile sulphur in the blood. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1926, 28: 389-94—Be Meio, R. H. lye soufre non proteique du sang et ses relations avec les surrenales. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 807-9. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1933, 9: 325-34.—Benis, W. Sulfates in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 49: 311-7. -----& Reed, L. The action of blood on sulfides. Ibid., 1927, 72: 385-94.—Bezani, S. II tenore in solfo totale del sangue umano. Biochim. ter., sper., 1931,18:34-7.—Bresel, K. ChondroitinschwefelsSure im Serum; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Beziehungen zwischen Amyloid und Chondroitinschwefelsaure. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 2344.— Haggard, H. W. The fate of sulfides in the blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 49: 519-29.—Hajdu, N. Ueber den nichtproteinen Schwefelgehalt der geformten Bestandteile des Blutes. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1932, 206: 217-24.—Hunter, G., & Eagles, B. A. Non-protein sulfur compounds of blood; sympectothion. J. Biol. Chem., 1927, 72: 123-32.—Kahn, M., & Postmontier, R. S. On the nonprotein sulphur of the blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1924-25, 10: 317-20.—Kuhnau, J. Ueber den durch Wasserstofi abspaltbaren Schwefel des Blutes und Insulins und sein Ver- halten gegenfiber Blausaure und Cyanamid. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1927, 123: 24-49.—Larizza, P. Le varie frazioni di solfo ematico plasmatico e globulare in condizioni normali. Fisiol. med., Roma, 1935, 6: 203-33.—Loeb, R. F., & Benedict, E. M. Inorganic sulphates in human blood. J. Clin. Invest., 1927-2X, 4: 33-6.—Loeper, M., Becourt & Tonnet. Le passage dans le sang du soufre contenu dans les exsudats. Progr. med., Par., 1926, 9.—Nitzescu, I. I., & Georgescu, I. Soufre du sang affe- rent et du sang efferent du pancreas. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111: 343.—Parhon, C. I., & Cahane, M. Sur la thiemie chez quelques espeees animales. Ibid., 1934, 116: 466-8.—Segre, G. V. Sul contenuto di solfo nella placenta e nei siero di sangue di feti, di donne gestanti e puerpere. Ann. ostet. gin., 1930, 52: 840-58. ---- Sulphur: Determination. Behre, J. A. A note on the determination of ergothioneine in blood filtrates. Biochem. J., Lond., 1932, 26: 458-60. ----- & Benedict, S. R. The occurrence and determination of thio- neine (ergothioneine) in human blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 82: 11-5.—Chatron. Microdosage des sulfates; application au dosage du soufre et des bases totales du serum. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1931, 13: 300-25. Also J. pharm. chim., Par., 1931, 8.ser., 13: 425-35.—Cope, C. L. Determination of inorganic sulphate in human blood-plasma by micro-titration. Bio- chem. J., Lond., 1931, 25: 1183-9—Cuthbertson, B. P., & Tomp- sett, S. L. A preliminary note on the inorganic sulphate content of the blood, with a method for its determination. Ibid., 1237-43.—Benis, W., & Reed, L. Methods for the determina- tion of some of the non-protein sulfur compounds of blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1926-27, 71: 191-204.—Bezani, S., & Colombino, S. Sul dosaggio e sul contenuto del solfo e delle sue varie fra- zioni nei siero di sangue umano. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1927, 49: 144-57.—Bi Frisco, S. I solfati nei liquor e nei sangue; nuovo metodo per il dosaggio quantitativo del solfati per via volumetrica. Rass. stud, psichiat., 1935, 24: 986-94.—Hoffman, W. S., & Cardon, R. The determination of inorganic sulfate in the serum of normal persons. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 109: 717-27. Also repr.—Hubbard, R. S. The determination of inorganic sulfate in serum. Ibid., 1930, 88: 663-8.—Lesure, A., & Bunez, A. Dosage du soufre dans le sang et dans les produits organiques. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1928, 10: 879; 1929, 11: 600. Also J. pharm. chim., Par., 1929, 8.ser., 10: 433-42 — Lesure, A., & Thomas, A. Dosage du soufre sanguin et du soufre urinaire. Ibid., 1933, 8.ser., 17: 114-30.—Letonov, T. V., & Reinhold, J. G. A colorimetric method for the determination of inorganic sulfate in serum and urine. J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 114:147-56.—Lorant, I. S., & Kopetz, L. Ueber eine neue Mikro- methode zur Bestimmung des Schwefels im Blute und fiber die Gesamtschwefelmenge im enteiweissten Vollblutfiltrat bei gesunden Menschen. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 238: 67-79 — Meio, R. H. de. Sur une micromethode pour le dosage de quelques fractions du soufre non proteique du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 397-401. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1933, 9: 105-12.—Ollgaard, E. Eine mikrotitrimetrische Methode zur Bestimmung von Sulfaten im Plasma. Biochem. Zschr., 1934, 274: 181-8—Power, M. H., & Wakefield, E. G. A method for the determination of inorganic sulphate in blood serum. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1931, 6: 401. -----& Peterson, R. B. The microdetermination of ethereal sulfate in blood serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: lxvii.—Wakefield, E. G. The colorimetric determination of total and inorganic sulfates in blood serum, urine, and other body fluids. Ibid., 1929, 81: 713-21—Yoshi- matsu, S. Colorimetric method for the determination of inor- ganic sulphates in urine, blood, and milk. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1926,7: 119-24. ---- Sulphur: Variations. Bonorino Udaondo, C, Schteingart, M., & Zanalda, B. La tiemia: sus variaciones en los estados patologicos. Arch, med., Madr., 1932, 35: 877-90. ----- El azufre inorganico san- guineo en las azotemias. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1932, 8: 539-41. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 462.—Castellino, P. G. La tiemia nelle dtrmatosi. Arch. ital. derm., 1930-31, 6: 156-64 — Colarizi, A. Tiorachia e tiemia nei sani e in alcune forme di meningite. Fisiol. med., Roma, 1936, 7: 189-209. Also Progr. med., Par., 1936, 765-70.—Colombino, S. Sulle variazioni pato- BLOOD CHEMISTRY 489 BLOOD CHEMISTRY logiche del contenuto in solfo totale e delle sue frazioni nei siero di sangue umano. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1927, 49: 455-67.— De Meio, R. H. Lo zolfo non proteico del sangue e i suoi rap- porti con le surrenali. Monit. endocr., 1934, 2: 301.—Denis, W., Hermann, G. R., & Reed, L. The nonprotein sulphur of the blood in certain pathologic conditions. Arch. Int. M., 1928, 41: 385-402—Denis, W., & Reed, L. Concerning the effect of diet on the concentration of the non-protein sulfur of blood. Am. J. Physiol., 1927, 83: 47-51. ----- Concerning the effect produced by the administration of sulfur on the concentration of certain sulfur compounds in blood and urine. J. Biol. Chem., 1927, 73: 51-7.—Hejda, B. [Relative amount of non-protein sulphur in the blood in diseases of the liver] Cas. 16k. cesk., 1930, 69: 1176-8.—Loeper, M. La thiemie normale et patholo- gique. Progr. med., Par., 1926, 41: 1701-6.—Mattice, M. R., Bruger, M., & Beren, M. Effect of dextrose ingestion on serum inorganic sulfate. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 109: lx.—Parhon, C. I., & Cahane, M. La thi6mie chez les animaux hyperthyroidises C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930,103:191—Potter, V. R., & Franke, K. W. The effect of diet upon the blood thioneine of the albino rat. J. Nutrit., 1935, 9: 1-10—Salt, H. B. The ergothioneine content of the blood in health and disease. Biochem. J., Lond., 1931, 25: 1712-9.—Serra, V., & Nunberg, M. Untersuchungen fiber das Verhalten des Schwefels im Blute bei Herzkrankheiten Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1934,26:321-8.—Vorschutz, J. Ueber den Gesamt-Schwefelgehalt der Erythrocyten und des zugehorigen Serums hauptsachlich bei Krebskranken und Tuberkulosen Zschr. klin. Med., 1924, 100: 478-84—Wakefield, E. G. Inor- ganic serum sulphates in renal insufficiency; a comparative study of blood urea and creatinine; the effect of diuresis on serum sulphates. Arch. Int. M., 1929, 44: 244-51. ----- & Power, M. H. The significance of serum inorganic sulphates in early renal insufficiency. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1931, 6: 403-5. --- TJrea. See also Blood chemistry, Nitrogen, non-pro- tein; Urea; Uremia. Gemeinhardt, H. *Die Norm des Harnstoff- wertes im menschlichen Blute. p.622-9. 8° Halle [1933] Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 88: Bergman, A., & Barg, I. Relation de la urea en sangre y saliva. Rev. Soc. med. int., B. Air., 1927, 3: 605-11. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 192S, 35: 167-9.—Brocq-Rousseu, Roussel, f}., & Gallot. Sur Puree du sang du cheval. Sang, Par., 1929, 3: 175-7.—Chalier, J., Boulud, R., & Chevallier, A. La con- renale d'apres la valeur du rapport du taux de l'ur6e sanguine a l'uree urinaire des 24 heures (rapport ur6ique hemato-urinaire) Presse m6d., 1933, 41: 437-60.—Belaunay, H. Sur 1'excretion azotee des vers; la surcharge en ur6e des hematies du siponcle (Sipunculus nudus) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 1357.— Feyel, P. La concentration du sang en chlorures et la secretion renale de l'uree chez la souris. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 202: 507-9.—Fronticelli, E. Intorno al tasso ureico sanguigno ma- terno, fetale e placentare. Clin, ostet., 1935, 37: 641-7.—Grim- berg, A. Uree et azote residuel du sang. Clinique, Par., 1936, 31: 288-90.—Hayashi, K. Urea concentration in normal human blood; with special reference to the question of blood corpuscles containing urea. Japan M. World, 1929, 9: 253-66.— Hubbard, R. S. Urea and creatinine concentration in the blood; a statistical study. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1927- 28, 25: 261-4.—Leipold, W. Harnstoffbefunde im Blut und in der Hirnruckenmarksflussigkeit. Med. Klin., Berl., 1934, 30: 85-7.— Lucherini, T. Studio comparativo del contenuto in urea del sangue e dei versamenti delle sierose. Arch. farm. sper., Roma, 1929-30, 48: 271-9.—MacKay, E. M., & MacKay, I. L. The concentration of urea in the blood of normal indi- viduals. J. Clin. Invest.. 1927-28, 4: 295-306.—Marie, A. Re- cherches sur Puree dans le sang des animaux. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1922, 36: 820-9.—Mastroieni, G. Sul contenuto e sul dosaggio dell' urea nei sangue. Pensiero med., 1926, 15: 522.—Neyman, K. [Contents and clinical value of urea in the blood, saliva, gastric juice, and in pleuritic exudates] Lek. wojsk., 1932, 19: 548-54.—Paz, O. Urea sangufnea; su normal entre nosotros. Gac. med. Caracas, 1935, 42: 294-300.— Pendleton, W. R., & West, F. E. The passage of urea between the blood and the lumen of the small intestine. Am. J. Phy- siol., 1932, 101: 391-5— Peyre, E. Dosage comparatif de l'ur6e du sang preieve par ventouses scarifees et par ponction veineuse. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 335. ----- Quantites compares d'albumines totales et d'uree dans les serum sanguin. Ibid., 1928, 98: 96-8— Pribram, E. A. Urea, promoter of the cata- lytic action of blood serum on a specific dextrose-phosphate reaction. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 32: 11.—Priestley, H., & Hindmarsh, E. M. The blood urea and nitrogen output of Australian students. Med. J. Australia, 1924, 1: 234 — Slemons, J. M., & Morriss, W. H. The non-protein nitrogen and urea in the maternal and the fetal blood at the time of birth. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1916, 27: 343-50. Also repr — Straube, G., & Hofmann, R. Die normale Harnstoffkonzen- tration im Blut und Liquor cerebrospinalis. Klin. Wschr., 1834, 13: 1377-SL—Tronchetti, F. L'influenza dell' urea sulla respirazione del sangue. Fisiol. med., Roma, 1935, $: 117-27 — Viotti, G. Sulla possibihta di stabilire la concentrazione in urea del sangue colla misura della concentrazione in urea della saliva Pathologica, Genova, 1924,16: 47-50— Weinberger, M & Peqla, F. Ricerche comparative sull' urea salivare ed urea sanguigna nei bambini. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1929, 11: 323-8. ---- Urea: Determination. Arcoverde de Albuquerque Cavalcanti, T. *Contribui^ao para o estudo da dosagem da urea no sangue pelo metodo da dissociagao hidrolitica em alta temperatura. 29p 8° S. Paulo, 1931. Moura Abreu, O. *Contribuicao para o estudo da dosagem da urea no sangue ante e post-mortem em suas applicacoes medico-legaes. 96p. 8? S. Paulo, 1931. Sonnleithner, J. N. von. *Novo micro- methodo de dosagem de urea no sangue por hydrolyse thermica 32p. 8? [S. Paulo] 1933. Ambard, L. Dosage de l'uree par l'hypobromite de soude; un micro-ureometre pour le dosage de Puree dans le sang. Presse med 1923, 31: 753-5. ----- & Schmid, F. Dosages compa- ratifs de 1 uree dans Purine et dans le sang par la methode a 1 hypobromite et par la methode a 1'urease. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1930, 12: 231-40—Anderson, A. B., & Tompsett, S. L. The error due to blood arginase in the urease method for the determination of blood urea. Biochem. J., Lond., 1936, 30: 1572-6.—Asz6di, Z. Hamocarbamidometer; ein Ap- parat zur Bestimmung des Harnstoffs in geringen Mengen von Blutserum. Biochem. Zschr., 1922-23, 134: 546-52.— Auguste, C, & Auguste, S. Procede rapide pour l'estimation du taux de l'uree sanguine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 641.—Bar- rett, J. F. A modified Nessler's reagent for the micro-determina- tion of urea in tungstic acid blood filtrate. Biochem. J., Lond., 1935,29:2442-5.—Beattie, F. A micro-method for the colorimetric determination of urea in blood. Ibid., 1928, 22: 711.—Behre, J. A. Observations on the determination of blood urea. J. Biol. Chem., 1923, 56: 395-404—Boggs, G. G., & McEUroy, W. S. A note on the determination of urea in blood by the Folin and Wu method; a modified apparatus. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1922-23, 8: 254.—Boivin, A. Nouvelle methode microanalytique de dosage de l'ur6e dans le sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1926, 456-61.—Breuer, M. J. Blood urea nitrogen by direct Nesslerization. Nebraska M.J., 1935, 20: 464-6.—Brooks, F. P. The Bunsen valve in blood-urea determinations. J. Lab Clin M., 1927-28, 13: 668-70—Chabanier, H., Lebert & Wahl, R. Sur le dosage de l'uree dans le sang. Bull. Soc. chim biol Par., 1927, 9: 277-9. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 449-51.— Christiansen, J. [Determination of urea in the blood] Ugeskr. laeger, 1923, 85: 701.—Cislaghi, F. Micrometodo per il dosaggio dell' urea nei sangue e nelle urine. Med. ital., 1936,17: 422-5 — Clark, E. P., & Collip, J. B. A procedure for the determination of urea in Folin-Wu blood filtrates by the autoclave method J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 67: 621-7— Claudius, M. [A method of colorimetric microdetermination of urea in blood] Ugeskr laeger, 1931, 93: 1301-3.—Combe & Levi, M. Contribution a' l'etude de la microanalyse de Puree sanguine. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1915, 35: 413-27.—Condorelli, L. Su un nuovo ap- parecchio per la determinazione dell' urea nei sangue. Poli- clinico, 1922,29 :sez.prat., 454-6.—Constam.G.R. Eine Methode ftir den praktischen Arzt zur Schatzung der Harnstoffkonzen- tration im Blut (Harnstoffbestimmung nach Hench und Ald- drich) Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1931. 61: 105-8.—Cooper, F. B. Contributing cause of turbidity of Nesslerized solutions in the determination of urea in the whole blood. J. Lab. Clin M 1924-25, 10: 1012—Cuffi, U. Un micrometodo para la determi- naeion colorimetrica de la urea en la sangre y orina. Rev. med Barcelona, 1926, 2.ser., 5: 228.—Cuny, L., & Robert, J. Sur le microdosage iodometrique de Puree sanguine; emploi de l'oxy- dation sulfo-chromique. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1931, 13: 1167-77.—Belcourt-Bernard, E. Sur la repartition de l'uree dans les flltrats trichlorac6tiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 500; 104: 781; 784; 786.—B'Este, G. Determinazioni gazometriche effettuabili con un ureometro tipo calcimetro; urea nell' urina, nei sangue, nei liquor. Boll. chim. farm., 1933, 72: 601-14.— Douris, R. Ureometre de precision pour le dosage de l'ur6e dans le sang. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1922, 29: 238-41.—Egidi, G. Tecnica per il dosaggio dell' urea in piccole quantita di sangue. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. prat., 587-9.—Eveleth, D. F. Note on the determination of blood urea by direct Nesslerization of a sodium-tungstate-sulphosalicylie acid filtrate. J. Lab. Clin M., 1934, 19: 783-6.—Fairley, K. D., & Splatt, B. A simple tech- nique for the estimation of the blood urea; the Hench-Aldrich method. Med. J. Australia, 1926, 1: 517-9.—Farr, L. E. A micromethod for blood urea and an automatic urine collector for urea clearance in infants. J. Clin. Invest., 1935, 14: 911-3.— Feinblatt, H. M. Determination of urea nitrogen in blood without aeration. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1923-24, 9: 66.—Fiessinger, N. Dosage de l'ur6e du sang suivant la technique de Pegurier. Rev. gen. clin. th6r., 1922, 36: mclxxxi-mclxxxv.—Fiorentino, M, Metodo per il dosaggio dell' urea in piccole quantita di sangue Riforma med., 1929, 45: 1271-5—Fowweather, F. S. The esti- mation of urea in blood by the hypobromite method. J. Path. Bact., Edinb., 1925, 28: 165-9—Fox, F. W. Determination of urea in the blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1928, 22: 545-7.—Frad- BLOOD CHEMISTRY 490 BLOOD CHEMISTRY kin, W. Z., & Siegel, J. A rapid method for the simultaneous determination of carbon dioxide capacity and urea nitrogen content of blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1933, 18: 949-54.—Gad- Andresen, K. L. A micro-urease method for the estimation of urea in blood, secretions, and tissues. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 51: 373-6.—Gothgen, E. W. [Quantitative determination of urea in blood] Hospitalstidende, 1925, 68: 313-31.—Hindmarsh, E. M., & Priestley, H. A method for the estimation of urea in 0.1 cc of blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1924. 18: 252-4— Ingram, W. W., & Rudd, G. V. The estimation of urea in blood. Med. J. Australia, 1928, 1: 775.—Insua, N. E. Determination cuantita- tive de urea en el filtrado sanguineo de Folin-Wu. Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1930, 37: pt2, 1736-40. Also Tr. pub. clin. Escudero, B. Air., 1930, 4: 833-46.—Iturrioz, G. Modification en la tecnica seguida en la determination de la urea en la sangue. Arch. Soc. clin. Habana, 1914, 21: 83-6—Johnson, S. L. A technical im- provement in the determination of blood urea by the Folin-Wu method. J. Lab. Clin. M.. 1923-24, 9: 860-3—Justin-Mueller, E. Moyen pratique pour le dosage de l'uree dans le serum sanguin. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1915, 22: 33W— Karr, W. G. A method for the determination of blood urea nitrogen. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1923-24, 9: 329-33—Kay, W. W., & Sheehan, H. L. Accuracy in the determination of blood-urea by the urease aeration-titration method. Biochem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 1784-94—Keller, A. G., jr. A micro method for blood urea nitrogen. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1932, 17: 1146—Kilduffe, R. A., & Springer, E. G. Effect of blood preservatives on urea determi- nation. Arch. Path., Chic, 1927. 4: 396-8—Kleiner, I. S. A method for the rapid determination of urea in minute amounts of blood. Proc. Soc. Exp.Biol., N.Y., 1921-22,19:195—Krieger, V. I. A simple colorimetric method for determining the concen- tration of urea in the blood. Med. J. Australia, 1935, 2: 340-7 — Laudat, M. Le dosage de l'uree dans le sang; etat actuel de la question. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1921, 7.ser., 23: 5-15.—Lauter - burg, A. Eine einfache Mikromethode zur Harnstoffbestim- mung im Blute. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1924, 54: 145-9 — Leiboff, S. L., & Kahn, B. S. A rapid and accurate method for the determination of urea in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 83: 347-52.—Levinson. Micro-m6thode pour la determination de la teneur du sang et des urines en ur6e. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1935, 17: 1157-62.—Lewis, R. C. A note on the distillation of ammonia in the Folin and Wu method of the determination of urea in blood. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1931,1: 227-9.—Manzini, C. I microdosaggi dell' urea nei sangue e nelle urine: microdosaggi comparativi col metodo del'ipobromito e col metodo dell' ureasi [French, English, and German summaries] Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1930, 1: 823-41.—Marie, A. Dosages d'ur6e sanguine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 87: 10-2—Matsumoto, B. Mikro- methode zur Harnstoffbestimmung in tierischen Flussigkeiten, besonders im Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 246: 383-4C0 — Meuwissen, T. J. J. H., & Van Ruyven, R. L. J. [Determination of urea in very small quantities of blood] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1922, 66: pt2, 1264-8.—Miller, H. A. Simple technic for estima- tion of blood urea. Southwest. M., 1929, 13: 82—Mirkin, A. A gasometric method for the determination of urea nitrogen in the blood (a preliminary communication) J. Lab. Clin. M., 1922-23, 8: 50-2.—Monimart, R. Dosage de l'ur6e dans le sang. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1923, 30: 23-8.—Mukherjee, H. N. A simple method for the estimation of blood urea applicable at the bedside. Ind. M. Gaz., 1929, 64: 252-5.—Munoz Cortazar, E. Algunas consideraciones sobre la urea y un procedimiento pratico para su determination en la sangre. Rev. san. mil., Madr., 1931, 21: 97-107.—Negro, G. La micro-determinazione dell' azoto ureico nei siero di sangue e nell' orina. Diagn. teen. lab., Nap., 1935, 6: 306-14.—Neri, A. Ulteriori modiflcazioni all' apparecchio di Folin per la determinazione dell' urea nei sangue. Biochim. ter. sper., 1930, 17: 379-87.—Nicloux, M., & Welter, G. Micro-dosage gravimetrique de Puree dans le sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1922, 4: 128-42. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 161-3.—Nodarse, O. Una nueva tecnica para la dosificacion de la urea en la sangre. Rev. m6d. cubana, 1925, 36: 693-701. ----- Dosificacion de la urea sanguinea utili- zando la urease en solution acuosa. Ibid., 1935, 46: 632-43.— Novick, N. The urease method of urea nitrogen determination in the blood; a modification to overcome the production of greenish discoloration incident to the test. U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1927, 3: 144-6.—Nyiri, W. Harnstoffbestim- mung im Blutserum. Wien. med. Wschr., 1921, 71: 1975-7.— Pagel, C. Note sur le dosage de l'ur6e dans le sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1924, 6: 190.—Patterson, J. Urea estimations on small quantities of blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1925, 19: 501-3 — Pedone, E. Sul valore della reazione di Hench-Aldrich per la determinazione dell' urea nei sangue. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1931, 2: 953-6.—Pegurier, G. Dosage de Puree dans le sang. R6pert. pharm., 1922, 3.ser., 34: 65-71.—Peskett, G. L. The determination of blood-urea. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1934, 15: 306-8.—Peters, J. T. [A simple method of estimating urea in blood and urine] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt2, 3513.— Piazza, V. C. Un nuovo metodo minimetrico per la ricerca dell' urea nei sangue. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1926, 5: 181-3 — Pohorecka-Lelesz, B. Le microdosage de Puree dans 0.1 cc. de sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1925, 7: 1085-8.—Rehberg, P. B. The determination of urea in 0.1 cc. of blood by micro- titration. Biochem. J., Lond., 1925, 19: 278-80.—Renaudin, J. Le dosage de l'uree dans le serum sanguin par action de l'hypo- bromite et titrage de l'exces de r6actif. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1936, 18: 908-17.—Roe, J. H., & Irish, O. J. An accurate method for the estimation of urea in blood and urine by direct Nesslerization. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1925-26, 11: 1087-90.—Rose, 0. F. M. The estimation of urea by urease methods in fluoride blood. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1933, 14: 339-42—Rosenblatt, A. Quantitative Bestimmung des Harnstoffes im Blute und in der Muskulatur unter verschiedenen experimentellen Bedin- gungen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1930, 60: 915-9—Serrallach, N. Valor semiologico del examen de la urea de la sangre. Rev. espan. urol. derm., 1914, 16: 303; 365; 434—Sevringhaus, E. I., & Hippie, F. Sources of error in blood urea and nitrogen deter- mination. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1924-25, 10: 934—Shapiro, C. S. A direct Nesslerization method for urea nitrogen in blood where commercial urease is employed. Ibid., 1934, 19: 659-66.— Simonnet, H., & Medynski, C. Applications pratiques de la determination du taux de l'ur6e sanguine (consultation d'acbat, assurances, expertises) Bull. Soc. centr. med. v6t., Par., 1923, 76: 302-11.—Slosse, A. Note sur les m6thodes de dosage de l'uree dans le sang. Tr. Lab. physiol. Inst. Solvay., 1914-20, 13: no.2, 1402.—Tauber, H., & Kwartin, B. A micro-modifica- tion of B. Gruskin's determination of urea in blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1929-30, 15: 260.—Taylor, F. H. L., & Adams, M. A. A note on the determination of urea in blood by the Folin distillation method. Ibid., 1934-35, 20: 983-5—Taylor, W. F., & Blair, W. M. An improved method for the determination of blood urea nitrogen by direct Nesslerization. Ibid., 1932, 17: 1256.—Tonnet, J. Sang: dosage de l'uree. Progr. m6d., Par., 1924, 39: 762; 797.—Torroella, E. Determination de la urea en la sangre. San. mil., Habana, 1921, 1: 226-9.—Un nuovo micro- ureometro per sangue ed urina. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1935,6: 229-31.—Van Slyke, D. D., & Kugel, V. H. Improvements in manometric micro-kjeldahl and blood urea methods. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 102: 489-97.—Watson, T., & White, H. L. An im- proved apparatus for use in Folin and Wu's method for the estimation of urea in blood. Ibid., 1921, 45: 465.—Weathers, A. T., & Sweany, H. C. An aeration apparatus for the determi- nation of urea in blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1922-23, 8: 752-4.- White, E. C, & Ricker, H. C. Experience with the Hench- Aldrich method for determining blood urea. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929,92:1324. Also repr.—Wittermans, A. W. [Micro-determi- nation of urea in the blood] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 311-9.—Yoshimatsu, S. A new colorimetric urea method with 0.1 cc. of blood. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1929,13:1-5.—Youngburg, G. E. The use of open delivery tubes in the distillations when determining urea and nonprotein nitrogen in blood. J. Lab, Clin. M., 1921-22, 7: 552-5.—Zappacosta, M. Un nuovo micro- metodo colorimetrico per dosar l'azoto ureico. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1935, 6: 388-95.—Zeifart, N. N. [New apparatus urea- minimeter, for determining small quantities of Urea in the blood] Vrach. gaz., 1914, 21: 914-7. ---- Urea: Distribution, Etienne, G., & Verain, M. Repartition de l'uree dans le sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 394.—Florkin, M. Sur la surcharge en uree (Delaunay) des h6maties du siponcle; repartition de Puree entre hematies et plasma dans les liquides coelomiques pourvus d'hematies. Ibid., 1936, 121: 158-60.—Johnston, C. A comparison of the urea nitrogen content of cutaneous and venous blood by micro gasometric analysis. J. Clin. Invest., 1930, 9: 209-13.—Polonovski, M., & Auguste, C. Repartition de l'uree dans le sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 87: 681. Also J. physiol. path, gen., 1923, 21: 267-82— Saadi-Nazim. Varia- tions du taux de l'uree dans le sang de la veine sus-h6patique et dans le sang arteriel, chez le chien normal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 910-5.—Taditch, R. Repartition de l'uree et de l'acide urique dans les parties constituantes du sang. Rev. m6d. est, 1923, 51: 547-66. Also J. physiol. path, gen., 1924, 22: 895-903. ---- TJrea: Variation. See also Uremia. Ayad, W. *Etude statistique sur l'augmen- tation du taux de l'ur6e dans les sang. 29p. 8? Geneve, 1933. Rosenblatt, A. *Quantitative Bestimmun- gen des Harnstoffes im Blute und in der Musku- latur unter verschiedenen experimentellen Be- dingungen. 15p. 8? Basel, 1930. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1930, 60: 915-22. Brocq-Rousseu, Roussel, G., & Gallot. Dosage de l'uree dans les prises differentes d'une mtae saignee. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1203.—Caso, G. II tasso ureico del sangue in rapporto alia fatica e all' alimentazione. Kass. ter. pat. clin., 1930, 2: 658-68.—Coca, F. La dosificacion de la urea en la sanpe (sus aplicaciones al diagnostico y prognostico de las nefritis) Med. ibera, 1923, 17: 52-4.—Coro, A. J. Variaciones de la urea en ia sangre despues de la excitation de algunos nervios sensibles (esplacnico, pneumogastrico y ciatjco) Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1925, 30: 627-30.—Covarrubias, A. Dosificacion de la urea san- guinea en cirugia. Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1926, 4: 237-9.-Dei Campo, J. C. Dosificacion de la urea sanguinea en el post- operatorio. An. Fac. med., Montv., 1922-23, 8: 40O:6.-I>el Valle, B., & Rechniewski, C. Dosaje de urea y acido unco en 70 operados. Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1927, 34: pt2, 213-Dubois, ^ & Polonovski, M. Influence de la saignee sur la concentration de l'ur6,e sanguine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 90: 217. ——- Influence de l'adrenaline sur la concentration urfeique du sang. Ibid., 91: 293-5—Dunnill, D. E. A case of abnormally mgn blood urea. Brit. M.J., 1935, 1: 154.-Feigl, J. Chemiscbe Pathologie der Harnstoffraktion nach verglelchendlrltlscnen BLOOD CHEMISTRY 49 Untersuchungen fiber die methodischen Prinzipien in deren Beziehung zur Bedeutung des Harnstoffs ftir die Diagnose wie fiir die Systematik des gesamten Nichtproteinstickstoffs. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1921,12: 55-133.—Foa, A. Ricerche sul dosaggio dell' urea nei sangue dei lattanti affetti da malattie della nutri- zione. Lattante, 1931, 2: 91-7.—Fruictier, P. Les problemes de la retention azot6e: l'uree sanguine, signe de defense organique? Clinique, Par., 1936, 31: 19-23.—Gomez Gonzalez. Como debe interpretarse en la clinica la cifra de la urea sanguinea; hiper- azoemias; azoemias; hipo-azoemias. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1935, 40: 447-55.—Grant, M. S. The value of blood urea deter- mination in medical and surgical cases. Kentucky M.J., 1921, 19: 303.—Ivanitzky-Vassilenko, E. S. The effect of the injection of blood on the urea in blood and urine. J. Physiol., Lond., 1932, 75: 190-200.—King Li Pin, & Woo Ping Soung. L'influence des anesth6siques generaux sur le taux de l'uree du sang. Contr. Inst. Physiol. Nat. Acad., Peiping, 1934, 1: 61-4.—Lurje, H. S., Turkeltaub, M., & Livschitz, A. Der Einfluss der Schlammbe- handlung auf den Harnstoffgehalt im Blute des Menschen. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1926,32:41-4—Mackay, L. L., & Mackay, E. M. Increased blood urea concentration of extrarenal origin. Am. J. Physiol., 1924, 70: 394-411—Osterberg, A. E., & Keith, N. M. The clinical significance of a very low concentration of urea in the blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 20: 141-4.—Parfitt, D. N. The blood-urea in psychotics. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1933, 79: 501-10.—Pasteur Vallery-Radot, L. Influence de la chloruration sur le taux de Puree sanguine (a propos de la com- munication de MM. Rathery et M. Rudolf: crises d'azotemie aigue recidivantes) Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1928, 3.ser., 52: 1393-6.—Patifio Mayer, C, & Tessieri, I. Perturbaciones ionicas y de la urea normales en ciertas nefro y cardiopatias; equilibrio acido-base. Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: 480-8—Piery & Pail- lier, A. Uree sanguine et ascensions en avion. Lyon med., 1922,131: 644-7.—Quinquaud, A. Augmentation de Puree dans le sang consecutive a l'excitation du nerf grand splanchmque. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 1242—Richon, L., Vigneul, M., & Girard, J. Un cas de dissociation entre l'uree sanguine et Puree du liquide cephalorachidien. Ibid., 1929, 100: 747.—Servantie, L., & Herment, M. Variations du taux de l'ur6e sanguine au cours d'un m6me prelevement. Ibid., 1926, 95: 1559-61.— Stanoy6vich, L., & Petkovich, S. Sur les variations du taux de l'ammoniaque dans le sang et dans Purine apres l'introduction de l'urease par differentes voies. Ibid., 1935, 118: 345-8.— Szour, M. Ueber den klinischen Wert der quantitativen Fest- stellung des Harnstoff- und Indikangehaltes im Blutserum. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 319.—Tashiro, K. Studies on urea- nitrogen concentration of the blood; physiological variations of the blood urea-nitrogen concentration and the influence of fixation and anaesthesia upon it. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1925, 6: 601-29. ----- The effect of caffeine on the blood urea-nitrogen concen- tration. Ibid., 630-43. ----- Studies on urea-nitrogen con- centration of the blood; the effect of the vegetative nervous system upon the blood urea-nitrogen concentration. Ibid., 1926, 7: 221-67.—Touw, J. F. Der Harnstoffspiegel im Blut nach Operationen. Zschr. klin. Med., 1936, 130: 497-504.—Wahlig, F. Untersuchungen tiber das Verhalten des Blutharnstoffes bei Scharlach und Angina. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 542.—Wantoch, H. Ueber den Einfluss der Rontgenstrahlen auf den Harnstoff- und auf den Ammoniakgehalt des Blutes. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1930, 226: 160-3.—Wesselow, O. L. V. de. The clinical signifi- cance of the blood-urea content. Lancet, Lond., 1929, 1: 353-5. --- Uric acid. See also Blood chemistry, Purin bodies; Gout; Uric acid. Schmidt, G. *Die Norm des Harnsaurespie- gels im Blute [Halle] 14p. 8? Gutersloh- Westf., 1934. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1934, 94: 76-83. Bornstein, A., & Griesbach, W. Ueber das Verhalten der Harnsaure im uberlebenden Menschenblut. Biochem. Zschr., 1919-20, 101: 184-96. Also Verh. Deut. Kongr. inn. Med. (1920) 1921, 32:195-200—Chabanier, H., Lebert, M., & Lobo-Onell. De l'etat de l'acide urique dans le serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 87: 1269-Chauffard. El acido urico de la sangre. Siglo med., 1921, 68: 675; 700.—Coste, F., & Grigaut, A. L'uri- cemie. Presse m6d., 1936, 44: 229-32.—Cristol, & Nikolich. Etudes sur l'acide urique total du serum. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1922-23, 4: 116-8. -----& Boukovala. Uri- cemie, creatininemie et constantes ureo-s6cretoires. Ibid., 231.— Davis, A. R., Newton, E. B., & Benedict, S. R. The combined uric acid in beef blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 54: 595-9—Garot, I. L'uricemie dans ses rapports avec le metabolisme nucieo- proteique; l'equilibre uricemique et les lieux de formation de l'acide urique endogene. J. physiol. path, gen., 1926, 24: 525-40. ■---- Action du foie sur les produits degrades des nucieopro- teides. Ibid., 556-71. ----- L'action du sang sur les produits de la degradation xanthique. Ibid., 779-87.—Gomolinska, M. Decomposition of uric acid in blood. Biochem. J., Lond., 1928, 22: 1307-11.—Griesbach, W. Ueber das Verhalten der Harn- saure im uberlebenden Menschenblut. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1923, 37: 154-62.—Grigaut, A. L'uricemie. Evolut. med. chir., 1923, 4: 35-7.—Guillaumin, C. O. Sur l'acide urique sanguin. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par.,' 1922, 4: 177-89—Heller, J. Ueber den Harnsauregehalt der menschlichen Blutkorperchen. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1935, 279: 149-56.—Izar, G. Uricemia. Med. BLOOD CHEMISTRY ital., 1920, 1: no.12, 8-20—Jones, C. M. Le taux de l'acide urique dans le plasma sanguin du sujet normal; rapport entre 1 acide urique hbre et l'acide urique total. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 298.—Lafranca, S. Sull' uricemia. Gazz. osp., 1919, 40: 880-5. Also Riforma med., 1919, 35: 958-60.—Litzner, S. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Blutharnsaurespiegel und Blutdruck. Zbl. inn. Med., 1925, 46: 330-3—Manca, S. Con- tributo alio studio dell' acido urico nei sangue. Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. prat., 882-6.—Marynowski, Z. [Comparative studies on nonprotein nitrogen and uric acid] Lek. wojsk., 1934,24:469-80—Menasci.R. Studi sulla uricemia. Riv. crit. clin. med., 1924, 25: 297; 313; 329.—Mora Herrera, E. Trabajo practico de clinica sobre uricemia normal en Quito. Arch. Fac. cienc. med., Quito, 1932, 1: 233-9—Morris, J. L., & Macleod, A. G. Studies on the uric acid of human blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 50: 65-75.—Newton, E. B., & Bavis, A. R. Combined uric acid in human, horse, sheep, pig, dog, and chicken blood. Ibid., 54: 603-5.—Pupilli, G. L'acido urico negli uccelli; le quantita medie di acido urico e di urea nei sangue di polio. Arch, fisiol.. Fir., 1923, 21: 61-7.—Rakestraw, N. W., & Swain, R. E. The uric acid content of the blood of the stellar sea-lion. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1923-24, 21: 135—Rathery, F. Uricemie. J. med. chir., Par., 1922, 93: 5-12.—Ringer, W. E. De afscheiding van urinezuur en uraten uit urine en bloed. Geneesk. bl., 1909-11, 40: 269-309—Rosenthal, F. Die Harnsaure im menschli- chen Blut. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 79: 528-35.—Scherk, G. Harnsaurestudien an Blut und Gewebssaft. Zschr. klin. Med., 1929, 111: 167-78—Schmitt-Krahmer, C. Ueber den Gehalt verschiedener Tierblutarten an Harnsaure. Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 139: 30-3.—Steinitz, E. Untersuchungen fiber die Blut- harnsaure. Deut. med. Wschr., 1914, 40: 953-6. Also Verh. Deut. Kongr. inn. Med., 1914, 31: 588-91. Also Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1914, 90: 108-23—Vauthey, P., & Vauthey, M. Valeur et interpretation des dosages respectifs d'uric6mie totale, plasma- tique et globulaire. Prat. m6d. fr., 1935, 16: 206-12.—Weathers, A. T., & Sweaney, H. C. Uric acid levels in the blood of man and animals. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1924-25, 10: 480-5.—Weil, M. P., & Guillaumin, C. O. Des diverses formes des composes uriques sanguins. Paris med., 1922, 45: 585-7. ---- Uric acid: Determination. Berckel, G. J. J. van. *[Determination of uric acid in blood serum by Grigaut's method] 39p. 8? Amst. [1923] Bauman, L., & Keeler, L. M. Suggestions for the determina- tion of uric acid in blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1921-22, 7: 551.— Beattie, F. Estimation of uric acid in blood for clinical purposes. Ulster M.J., 1932, 1: 54.—Benedict, S. R. The determination of uric acid in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 51: 187-207— Biffi, P. Sulla determinazione dell' acido urico nei sangue e sui metodi relativi. Riv. osp., 1921, 11: 29-40.—Blankenstein, A. Zur Methodik der Harnsaurebestimmung im Blutserum. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1931, 238: 461-75.—Brown, H. The determination of uric acid in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 68: 123-33. ----- & Raiziss, G. W. The estimation of uric acid in blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1922-23, 8: 129-34.—Brugsch, T., & Kristeller, L. Eine einfache und schnell ausfuhrbare Methode zur quantitativen Schatzung der Harnsaure im Blute aus 0.1 cc Blutserum. Deut. med. Wschr., 1914, 11: 746.—Buchteiev, S. [Benedict method of determining uric acid in the blood] Mosk. med. J., 1927, 7: 5-7.—Bulmer, F. M. R., Eagles, B. A., & Hunter, G. Uric acid determinations in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1925, 63: 17-35 — Chabanier, H., Lebert, M., & Lobo-Onell, C. Du dosage de l'acide urique et des purines dans le serum sanguin et dans Purine, par la methode a l'urate de cuivre. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1923, 5: 731-8.—Clark, G. W., & Lorimier, A. A. de. Direct and indirect determinations of uric acid in human blood. Am. J. Physiol., 1926, 78: 368-75.—Cristol & Nikolich. A propos du dosage de l'acide urique du sang; la methode de Benedict donne- t-elle le taux de l'acide urique total ou celui de l'acide urique libre? Bull. Soc. sc. m6d. biol. Montpellier, 1922-23, 4: 246. -----& Boukovala, A. Influence de la creatinine sur le dosage de l'acide urique total du serum. Ibid., 67-70.—Cuny, L., & Robert, J. Sur le microdosage iodometrique de Puree sanguine; emploi de 1'oxydation sulfo-iodique. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1930, 12: 171-95.—Belaville, M., & Jones, C. Le dosage de l'acide urique dans le plasma sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 522-4.—Flatow, L. Titrationsverfahren zur Bestim- mung der Blutharnsaure. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 176: 178-83. ----- Ueber eine Urikooxydase des Blutes und die wahren Werte der Blutharnsaure. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 12-4.—Folin, O. A system of blood analysis; a revision of the method for determining uric acid. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 54:153- 70 ----- An improved method for the determination of uric acid in blood. Ibid., 1930, 86: 179-87. ----- Standard- ized methods for the determination of uric acid in unlaked blood and in urine. Ibid., 1933, 101: 111-25. Also repr. ----- & Trimble, H. A system of blood analysis; improvements in the quality and method of preparing the uric acid reagent. Ibid., 1924, 60: 473-9.—Gardstam, R. [Estimation of uric acid in blood and urine] Svensk. lak. tidn., 1928, 25: 985-97— Grigaut, A. Proc6d6 colorimetrique de dosage de l'acide urique dans le sang. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1920, 83: 1273. Also Rev. g6n. clin. th6r , 1921, 35: cxlvi-cxlviii. ----- Le dosage de l'acide urique dans le sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1922, 4: 11-22.—Guil- laumin, CO. Sur le dosage et la constitution d'une fraction de l'acide urique sanguin. C rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 258-60. BLOOD CHEMISTRY 492 BLOOD CHEMISTRY -----, Sur le dosage de l'acide urique sanguin libre ou salifie. Ibid., 194-6. Also J. pharm. chim., Par., 1922, 7.ser., 25: 5-15.— Harpuder, K. Quantitative Bestimmung der Harnsaure im Blutserum. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 209. ----- & Mond, R. Die Brauchbarkeit der kolorimetrischen Methoden zur Bestim- mung vom Harnsauregehalt des Blutes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1922, 27: 54-60.—Heilmeyer, L., & Krebs, W. Bestimmung der Harnsaure im Blutserum mit dem Zeisschen Stufenphotometer unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der optischen Grundlagen. Biochem. Zschr., 1930,223:365-72.—Host, H. F. Kolorimetrische Bestimmung der Blutharnsaure. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1915, 95: 88-99.—Holbrook, W. P., & Haskins, H. B. Blood uric acid; comparative results by 3 methods, and technic necessary for accurate estimation. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1925-26, 11: 377-81.— Hibbard, R. S., & Finner, L. L. The determination of uric acid in blood by the method of Folin and Wu. Ibid., 1922-23, 8: 605-9.—Hunter, G., & Eagles, B. A. The isolation from blood of a hitherto unknown substance, and its bearing on present methods for the estimation of uric acid. J. Biol. Chem., 1925, 65: 623-42, pi.—Jonesco, A., Bibesco, I., & Popesco, B. Sur le dosage de l'acide urique dans le sang. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1926, 8.ser., 3: 457-66.—Krieger, V. I. The effect of molybdenum impurity in the arsenophosphotungstic acid reagent on the uric acid content of blood. Med. J. Australia, 1933, 1: 677-83 — Lennox, W. G., & O'Connor, M. F. Measurements of the uric acid in blood by various methods. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1924-25, 10: 99-103.—Maase, C, & Zondek, H. Eine Methode zur quantitativen Bestimmung der Harnsaure im Blut. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1915, 62: 1110.—Polak, E., & Kielberg, S. [Deter- mination of uric acid in the blood in children] Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: 1219-29.—Pritham, G. H., & Anderson, A. K. A com- parison of methods for the determination of uric acid in human, bovine, and avian bloods. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 19: 892-6 — Pupilli, G. Sui metodi di dosaggio dell' acido urico nei sangue. Gior. clin. med., 1922, 3: 681-8—Rother, J. Ueber Blutharn- saurebestimmung. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1922, 34. Kongr., 141. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1922, 95: 427-32.—Rusz- nyak, S., & Hatz, E. Neue massanalytische Mikro-bestim- mungsmethode der Harnsaure im Harn und Blut. Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 257: 420-6. Also Orv. hetil., 1933, 77: 200-2.— Savitzky, S. [Permanent standard solution for determination of uric acid content in the blood (Benedict's method)] Klin. med., Moskva, 1928, 6: 116.—Thomas, P., & Bulgaru-Puscariu, M. Methode pour le dosage simultane de l'acide urique dans le sang et dans Purine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 902-4.— Tonnet, J. Sang; dosage de l'acide urique. Progr. med., Par., 1925, 40: 305.—Trelles, R. A., & Ferramola, R. Sobre los meto- dos de determination del acido urico en la sangre. Sem. med., B. Air., 1929, 36: pt2, 1711—Vinokurov, S., & Turkeltaub, M. [Precipitation of uric acid in human blood] Vrach. gaz., 1928, 32: 682-5.—Wiener, R. v. E., & Wiener, H. J. Uric acid studies; comparison of the direct and the isolation methods of uric acid determination in blood filtrates and a modification of Folin's method. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1925-26, 11: 1035-45. ---- Uric acid: Distribution. Battistini, S., & Quaglia, F. Studi sulla ripartizione dell'acido urico fra il plasma ed i globuli nei sangue umano. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1936, 62: 437-56.—Benedict, S. R., & Behre, J. A. The analysis of whole blood; determination and distribution of uric acid. J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 92: 161-9.—Chauffard, A., Brodin, P., & Grigaut, A. Teneur en acide urique des hematies. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 31.—Cristol, P., & Nikolitch, S. Repartition de l'acide urique total, de l'acide urique libre et de l'acide urique combine organique entre les globules et le plasma du sang, chez I'homme, le chien et le lapin. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1922-23, 4: 290-6— Jacoby, M., & Friedel, H. Ueber die Verteilung der Harnsaure zwischen Blutzellen und Plasma. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 234: 46-53.—Kossiakowa, A. W. Die Verteilung der Harnsaure zwischen Plasma und Erythro- cyten. Ibid., 1930, 217: 212-5.—Newton, E. B., & Bavis, A. R. The distribution of the combined uric acid in the corpuscles of beef blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 54: 601.—Theis, R. C, & Bene- dict, S. R. Distribution of uric acid in the blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1920-21, 6: 680-3.—Vladesco, R. Sur la repartition de l'acide urique dans le sang et sur les causes d'erreurs dans le dosage de ce corps. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 462-4—Weil, M. P., & Guillaumin, C. O. L'acide urique libre et l'acide urique combine des globules sanguins et du plasma. Ibid., 1922, 86: 242-4.—Wohlgemuth, J., & Scherk, G. Ueber die Verteilung der HarnsSure zwischen Blut und Gewebssaft. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 1363. ---- Uric acid: Variations. See also names of diseases as Arthritis; Gout; Leukemia; Uremia, &c. Areosa Oliveira de Mendonca Cortez, J. *Contribuicao ao estudo das uricemias (cadeira de hygiene) 128p. 8? S. Paulo, 1924. Peter, L. *Ueber Harnsaurebestimmungen im normalen und im pathologischen Blut. 27p. 8? Ziir., 1917. Wehrle, F. E. *Ueber die Harnsaure in ihrer pathophysiologischen Bedeutung und iiber die Blutharnsaure im besonderen [Kiel] 52p. 8° Freib. i. Br., 1931. Alexandresco-Dersca, C, Ciocalteu, V., & Covrigeanu, E. Recherches sur l'uricemie normale et pathologique. Bull. Soc med. hop. Bucarest, 1925, 7: 26-33—Alexandrov, W. A., & Gazenko, G. G. Action du traitement thermal sur l'acide urique contenu dans le sang et Purine. Presse therm, clim., Par., 1929, 70: 749-52.—Bergami, G. Ricerche sull' acido urico; variazioni dell' acido urico e dell' azoto non proteico del sangue in seguito ad infezione endovenosa di acido urico. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 885-7. ----- Variazioni del acido urico del sangue di cani operati di stenosi della vena cava ascendente. Ibid., 889.—Binet, L., & Fabre, R. Variations de la teneur du sang en acide urique suivant l'etat de la fonction respiratoire; l'hyperuricemie asphyxique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1928, 186: 973-5.—Bouisset, L., Bugnard, L. [et al.] Modifications de l'acide urique sanguin et de la reserve alcaline du plasma, conse- cutives a l'hepatectomie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931,108: 611-3.— Bozzoli, A. L'uricemia nella etiologia e nella patogenesi delle iriditi e delle scleriti. Ann. ottalm., 1924, 52: 498-513— Bridges, M. A. Blood uric acid and precordial stress. Med. Times, N.Y., 1926, 54: 246; 257.—Buttu, G. D. A., & Be Flora, G. In- fluenza dell' estratto di ipoflsi anteriore e della iperventilazione pulmonare sul tasso uricemico. Riforma med., 1933, 49: 630.— Catteruccia, C. Contributo alio studio del tasso uricemico dei bambini nei decorso di alcune malattie. Gazz. internat. med. chir., 1931, 39: 518-22.—Chauffard, Brodin & Grigaut. L'hypo- uricemie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 918—Cristol, P., & Nikolich, S. Etudes sur l'acide urique total du serum: l'uri- cemie normale; le facteur r6nal de l'hyperuricemie. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1922-23, 4: 84; 94. ----- Etudes sur l'acide urique total du s6rum; le facteur m6canique de l'hy- peruricemie. Ibid., 111-3. ----- Etudes sur l'acide urique total du serum sanguin; le facteur hepatique de l'hyperuricemie. Ibid., 343. Also Montpellier m6d., 1923, 45: 364—Currado, C. Ricerche sui metodi di dosaggio dell' acido urico, e sul suo con- tenuto nei sangue e nei liquor di bambini sani e malati. Pedia- tria (Arch.) Nap., 1926-27,2:216-30. ----- L'uricemia nell'eta senile. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 9-13.—Butra de Oliveira & Santos, P. Estados hepato-renaes e uricemia; accao do infuso de cafe. Brasil med., 1931,45:1181-3.—Etienne, G. Le fonctionnement renal dans l'hyperuricemie. Progr. m6d., Par., 1922, 3.ser., 35: 612-4. -----& Verain, M. Le fonctionnement renal dans l'hyperuricemie. Rev. med. est, 1923, 51: 13; 1924, 52: 805.—Feinblatt, H. M. Uricacidemia; based on a study of 1,500 blood chemical analyses. Arch. Int. M., 1923, 31: 758-65 — Fontes, G., & Yovanovitch, A. Influence de l'inanition et de l'ingestion de saccharose sur l'uricemie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 690.—Frisco, B., & Fragola, V. Sull' influenza dell' uri- cemia degli ascendenti nella genesi delle neuro-psicopatie dei discendenti. Manicomio, 1916, 31: 111-30.—Harding, V. J., Allin, K. D., & Van Wyck, H. B. The influence of sodium chloride upon the level of blood uric acid. J. Biol. Chem., 1924, 62: 61-73.—Harding, V. C, Allin, K. B. [et al.] The effect of high fat diets on the content of uric acid in blood. Ibid., 1925, 63: 37; 1927, 74: 631—Hedon, L., Cristol & Nikolitch. In- fluence du choc peptonique sur l'uricemie chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 852-4. ----- Choc peptonique et uric6mie chez le lapin. Ibid., 1018.—Holmes, W. H. Headache and vertigo in uricacidemia; report of 2 cases without clinical signs of nephritis or gout. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1924, 11:195-200.—Bsar, G. Sull' uricemia; flsiopatologia del ricambio purinico. Policlinico, 1919, 26: sez. prat., 1210. ----- & Pellegrino, F. Calcium und Hyperurikamie. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 2288. Also Riforma med., 1929, 45: 1103.—Jeanbrau, E., Cristol, P., & Nikolitch, S. L'hyperuricemie: etude des princi- paux facteurs influencant la retention de l'acide urique. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1923, 15: 249-63.—Joel, E. Die Blut-Harnsaure und ihre klinische Bedeutung. Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 2212; 2250- Jones, C. M. Le taux d'acide urique dans le plasma sanguin dans les etats pathologiques; rapport entre l'acide urique libre et l'acide urique total. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 299- Jordan, E. P., & Gaston, B. The blood uric acid in disease. J. Clin. Invest., 1932,11: 747-52—Kasparov, K. [Clinicalobser- vation on uric acid in the blood] Klin, med., Moskva, 1928, 6: 536-8.—Kylin, E. Studien fiber das Hypertonie-Hypergly- kSmie-Hyperurikiimiesyndrom. Zbl. inn. Med., 1923, 44: 81; 105.—Liotta, B. L'acido urico del sangue (ricerche sulle varia- zioni del tasso dell' acido urico plasmatico e corpuscolare per azione di differenti sostanze) Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1928-29, 46: 241-58.—McDonald, J. F., & Levine, V. E. A hitherto over- looked source of uric acid, and its relation to pathological condi- tions involving high uric acid in the blood. Med. Herald, 1927, 46: 125-30.—Manunta, C. Variazioni del contenuto in acido urico del sangue di bachi normali e trasparenti. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 768.—Moraczewski, W. von, Grzycki, S. [et al.] Einfluss der Diat auf die Blutharnsaure und die Harnsaureausscheidung nach nukleinreicher Kost. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1932, 165: 482-93. Also Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 738-41.—Musumeci, G. Ricerca dell' acido urico nei sangue dei bambini sani ed ammalati. Pediatria (Arch.) Nap., 1927- 28, 3: 43-55.—Myers, V. C. Chemical changes in the blood in disease; uric acid. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1919-20, 5: 490-501.---- Killian, J. A., & Simpson, G. E. The influence of phenylcin- choninic acid and its methyl derivative on the uric acid and urea content of the blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1919-20, 17:187-9.—Omer, N., & Ali, R. Le metabolisme des nucleopro- teines et ses variations dans les cas pathologiques; l'uricemie et BLOOD CHEMISTRY 493 BLOOD CHEMISTRY les hyperuricemies. Arch. mal. app. digest., 1929, 19: 1197- 210—Pardo. Hiperuricemias involutivas. Med. ibera, 1934, 28- pt 1, 205.—Perroncito, A. Sull' uricemia sperimentale. Arch. sc. biol., Nap., 1928, 12: 395-400.—Picchiotti, A. II tasso uricemico nei flbromiomi e nelle metrorragie essenziali. Riv. ital. gin., 1929-30, 10: 581-96.—Polonovski, M., & Briessens, J. Hyperazotemie et uricemie post-op6ratoires en chirurgie gene- rale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111: 7— Reiche, F. Die Harn- saure im Blut und Liquor und in pathologischen Flussigkeiten. Zschr. klin. Med., 1933, 125: 565-83.—Remond & Rouzaud. Valeurs comparees du glucose et de l'acide urique dans le plasma sanguin; le regime hypersucre dans l'uricemie. Bull. Acad. med., Par., 1923, 3.ser., 89: 585.—Robecchi, A., & Quaglia, F. Ricerche sulla eliminazione dell' acido urico per via gastrica; la curva uricemica e urico-gastrica dopo somministrazione endo- venosa di acido fenilchinolincarbonico. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1936 61: 367-96.—Rondoni. P. Significato patologico dell' uri- cemia. Gazz. osp., 1928, 49: 1244-9.—Rosario, G. Sintomato- logia poco frequente dell' uricemia. Riv. idroclim., 1933, 44: 18-26.—Rouzaud. Investigaciones recientes sobre la uricemia; su valor en la orientation del tratamiento de los estados uricemi- cos por la cura alcalina. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1926, 2.ser., 5: 63-7—Saenz, A., & Haendel, M. Valor clinico de la uricemia. An. Fac. med., Montev., 1926, 11: 15-29, 2ch—Schneider, J. Considerations cliniques sur les fonctions intestinales de l'hy- peruricemique et du goutteux en particulier. Rev. g6n. clin. ther., 1924, 38: 423. ----- Un cas d'hyperuric6mie avec constante d'Ambard au-dessous de la normale. Rev. med. est, 1924, 52: 632.—Sugihara, N. Ueber die harnsaureausscheidende Wirkung des Atophanpriiparates Erycon; fiber den Einfluss des Erycons auf die Harnsauremenge im Urin und auf die Harn- saurekonzentration des Blutes in verschiedenen Gefassen. Keijo J.M., 1931, 2: 452-61.—Tashiro, K. The effect of the vegetative nerve poisons and some other drugs upon the uric acid concen- tration of the blood. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1926, 7: 482-508 — Tauber, H. The absence of uric acid in the blood in a case of liver damage. J. Am. Inst. Homoeop., 1931, 24: 515.—Tissier, P Les symptomes mineurs de l'hyperuricemie et leur traite- ment. Gaz. hop., 1926, 99: 1253-5.—Toni, G. de. Considera- zioni sul contenuto in acido urico e creatinina del sangue di bam- bini sani e malati. Pediatria, Nap., 1925, 33: 707-14—Trac- conaglia, F. Contributo alio studio della terapia della iperuri- cemia; l'acetochinolinsolfofenato di dimetilpirazolina (acifene) solvente dell' acido urico. Med. ital., 1931, 12: 285-93—Usse- glio, G. Uricemia ed uricuria. Gazz. osp., 1929, 50: 777-80 — Vedute (Le) piu recenti sugli stati uricemici. Med. nuova, 1924, 15: 7-9.—Voigt, W. Harnsaurestudien zur Frage der renal bedingten Hyperurikamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 91: 244-54.—Weil, M. P., & Guillaumin, C. O. L'augmentation en acide urique combine organique du sang humain. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 659-61. ----- Hyperuricemies et troubles du metabolisme urique. Paris med., 1926, 59: 439-42. --- Urobilin [and urobilinogen] See also Bilirubin; Hemolysis; Jaundice; Urobilin. Amer, A. dans le sang. *Sur les recherche de l'urobiline 38p. 8? Par., 1925. Lichtenstein, A. *Quantitatieve urobiline- bepaling en bloedafbraak. 134p.. 8? Amst., 1924. Barrenscheen, H. K., & Popper, L. Ueber Vorstufen des Harnfarbstoffes im Serum. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42: 704.— Blakenhorn, M. A. Blood urobilin; the urobilin content of normal human blood; description of a method. J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 80: 477-85.—Enriques, E. La ricerca dell' urobilma nei sangue. Riv. clin. med., 1925, 26: 29-31—Giordano, C, & Gnva, L. Sulla ricerca dell' urobilina nei liquidi organici, con speciale riguardo al siero del sangue. Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1927, 2: 734-6—Heilmeyer, L., & Ohlig, W. Ueber Urobilin im Blut. Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 1124-6— Loeb, L. F. Ueber das Vor- kommen von Urobilinogen im Blutserum. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 244: 426-30 —Oliva, G., & Massimello, F. Urobilinemia ed urobilinuria. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1934, 58: 253-88—Royer, M. L'urobiline sanguine, biliaire et urinaire du chien apres injec- tions d'urobiline. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1419. ---— & Cornejo Saravia, E. Origine de l'urobilinemie consecutive a Ph6patectomie. Ibid., 1929, 102: 424-6. --- Variations. Seidenberg, L. *Ueber den Einfluss des Lichtes auf den Zucker und Chlorgehalt des Blutes [Basel] 16p. 8? S. Louis, 1929. Wantoch, H. *Ueber den Einfluss verschie- dener Substanzen auf den Zucker- und auf den Ammoniakgehalt des Blutes [Basel] 21p. 8. Lpz., 1929. Also Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1929, 143: 337-57. Apitzsch, J. Untersuchungen fiber Calcium und anorgani- sches Phosphat im Serum bei Calcium und Phosphorbelastung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 76: 313-24—Apperly, F. L., & Sem- mens, K. The relation of gastric function to the chemical com- position of the blood; a preliminary report. Med. J. Australia, 1927, 2: suppl., 153-6— Baker, L. E., & Carrel, A. Effect of age on serum lipoids and proteins. J. Exp. M., 1927, 45: 305-18.— Bankow, G. Das Hamocitrat in seinem Einfluss auf Blutzusam- mensetzung und Blutkreislaufsystem. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 1694.—Berczeller, L., & Wastl, H. Ueber Veranderun- gen des Blutes in vitro. Biochem. Zschr., 1924, 145: 82-95.— Bbmer, M. Ueber die Wirkung einiger Krampfgifte auf Blut- zucker und Blutmilchsaure. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1930, 149: 247-56.—Breton, A. Influence du vieillissement sur les serums soumis a la reaction de Vernes a la resorcine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 1429-31—Brookfield, R. W. The effects of the injection of certain salts on the calcium, magnesium and inorganic phosphorus of the serum of the rabbit. Biochem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 725-33.—Brown, W. H. Calcium and inorganic phosphorus in the blood of rabbits; influence of light environ- ment on normal rabbits. J. Exp. M., 1929, 49: 103-26, ch.— Ch6, F. Der Einfluss der Rontgenbestrahlung von Hypophyse und Schilddruse auf den Kalium- und Calciumstoffwechsel im Blutserum. Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi, 1935, 30: 3; 26.— Barrow, B. C, & Cary, M. K. The effect of nutritional hypo- proteinemia on the electrolyte pattern and calcium concen- tration of serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1934,105:327-34. Alsorepr — Delcourt-Bernard, E. Quelques troubles par alteration du chimisme organique. Arch. m€d. belg., 1922, 75: 410-9.— Dell' Acqua, G. Ueber Austauschvorgange zwischen Blut und Geweben; die Zucker- und NaCl-Kurve im Capillar- und Venenblut nach NaCl- und Zuckerbelastung, Salyrgan und Insulin. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 88: 385-90—Bogliotti, G. C, Meleni, 0., & Castellani, T. Correlazioni neuro-ormoniche in rapporto al sistema elettrolitico del sangue; variazioni della calcemia, glicemia e pressione arteriosa in seguito ad iniezioni di citrato di Na e di ossalato di Na. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 206-11.—Dutra de Oliveira, J. Accao de oleo de capivara (Hydrocoerus capibara) sobre alguns componentes do sangue. Brasil med., 1935, 49: 23-7.—Ehrstrdm, M. C. Psychische Beeinflussung des Blutserum-Kalkspiegels. Acta med. scand., 1930-31, 74: 378-95.—Ets, H. N. Some chemical changes of the blood produced by drugs. Am. J. Physiol., 1924, 70: 240 — Fabre, R. Sur la nature et les variations de l'aldehyde contenue dans le sang. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1925, 180: 83-5—Gerloczy, G. von, & Faludi, F. Stabilitatskoefflzient der Blutstruktur. Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 135: 158-64.—Gigon, A. Ueber den Koh- lenstoff- und Stickstoffgehalt des Blutes unter verschiedenen Bedingungen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 66: 191-5.—Greis- heimer, E. M., & Amy, F. P. Variations in certain constituents of the blood of relatively normal individuals. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1933, 18: 680-3.—Hammett, F. S. Studies of variations in the chemical composition of human blood. Proc. Path. Soc. Philadelphia, 1920-21, n.s., 23: 23.—Harnes, A. R. Biometry of calcium, inorganic phosphorus, cholesterol, and lipoid phos- phorus in the blood of rabbits; influence of various types of light environment. J. Exp. M., 1929, 49: 859-82—Hiraoka, Y. Ein- fluss einiger sympathischen Gifte auf den Blutzucker und den Gehalt des Muskels an Glykogen, Kreatin und den Phosphaten des Kaninchen; Versuche am normalen Kaninchen. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kvoto, 1935, 13: 433-78—Hisinger-Jagerskiold, E, [The effect of narcotic substances on the calcium and phosphorus contents in blood serum] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1925, 67:880-93 — Hopping, A. Seasonal changes in the gases and sugar of the blood and the nitrogen distribution in the blood and urine of the alligator. Am. J. Physiol., 1923, 66: 145-63—Jaso & Outei- rifio. Nota previa experimental acerca de la calcemia y la glu- cemia por el influjo de las representaciones sugeridas. Arch. med., Madr., 1929, 30: 475.—John, H. J. A study of fasting blood sugar and urea in nondiabetic patients. Ann. Clin. M., 1926-27 5: 340-52—Knoop, F., & Jost, H. Einfluss einiger ah- nhatischer Substanzen auf Milchsaure- und Zuckerspiegel des Blutes Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1924, 141: 55-«2.—Krijanovsky, A. Influence exerc6e par un milieu hyperthermal sulfure ra'dioactif sur quelques composantes chimiques du sang. C. rend Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 1236-8— Kroetz. Die Allgemeinwir- kung der Rontgenstrahlen und der Proteinkorper, nach fort- eesetzten Versuchen fiber ihren Einfluss auf den Blutchemis- mus Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1925, 33. Kongresshft. 67 [Dis- cussion] 73 —Lang, C, & Jungmann, H. Ueber die Wirkung von Gallensaure auf Zucker- und Cholesteringehalt im Blute. Klin Wschr., 1927, 6: 2241.—Lim, R. K. S., & Ni, T. G. Changes in the blood constituents accompanying gastric secretion. Am J Physiol., 1925-26, 75: 475-86—Ling, S. M. Normal variations of blood chemical constituents in Chinese. Chm. J Physiol.. 1928, rep. ser., 119-22.—Mairano, M. Sulle modifl- cazioni dell' azotemia e della cloruremia dopo interventi chirur- eici sull' addome. Minerva med., Tor., 1930, 21: pt2, 370-5 — Mond, R. Untersuchungen fiber den Zustand der Eiweisskor- ner des Plasmas und Serums; der Einfluss von NaCl und CaCk Arch. ges. Physiol., 1923, 200: 422-8—Moretti, E., & Recchia, C. Contributo alio studio della regolazione neuro- vegetative della crasi sanguigna. Pensiero med., 1936, 25: 151-70 — Osolin, A. I. Der Einfluss einiger Hormone auf den Gehalt an Milchsaure und Zucker im Blut. Zschr. ges. exp. Med 1931, 76: 290-303—Peyrot, J. Chimisme sanguin et pathologie raciale; note preiiminaire. Marseille med., 1925, 62: 1237-42—Richter-Quittner, M. Sur les modifications de la composition min6rale du plasma apres administration de Set de MgCh. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924 91:596-8-Rigo, L., & Frey K. Ueber den Einfluss des Insulins und Adrenalins auf den Kreatinin-, Kreatin- und Phosphorsauregehalt des Blutes Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1934, 175: 8-13.-Shilhng, C. W.,'Thomson, R. M. [et al.] Studies on the effect of high BLOOD CHEMISTRY 494 BLOOD CHEMISTRY oxygen pressure; effect of high oxygen pressure on the sugar, phosphorus, non-protein nitrogen, chloride, creatinin, calcium, and potassium content of the blood. Am. J. Physiol., 1934, 107: 29-36.—Siwe, S. Einige Studien fiber Ca und anorganischen P in Serum und Ultrafiltrat bei parenteraler Zufuhrung verschie- dener Stoffe. Zschr. Kinderh., 1934-35, 57: 459-66—Takeshita, K. Untersuchungen fiber den Einfluss der Fesselung auf die Bestandteile und die Eigenschaften des Blutes. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1934, 12: 644— Tsai, C, & Hsu, F. Y. The effect of intravenous injection of sodium oxalate and citrate on the concentration of plasma calcium and inorganic phosphorus. Chin. J. Physiol., 1930, 4: 273-88—Tsuda, M. Ueber die Beziehung der vegetativen Nerven zu dem Kalium- und Cal- ciumgehalt des Blutes. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1930, 42: 299.—Urechia, C. I., & Popoviciu, G. Le calcium et le phosphore sanguins apres sympathectomie et dans les hemipiegies. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 1486-8.—Varvaro, G. B. La chimica del sangue in rapporto alla costituzione ormonica. Endocr. pat. cost., Roma, 1923, 2: 50-67.—Wollheim, E. Untersuchungen fiber lokale Veranderungen in der Blutzusammensetzung und Blutverteilung; alimentarer Reiz, Elektrolytverteilung und Wasserbewegung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 52: 508-24 — Zamorani, V. Sulle modiflcazioni del contenuto in Ca, K e P del siero, in seguito all' iniezione di un sale di Ca, di K e di P. Riv. clin. pediat., 1931. 29: 285-94. ---- Water. See also Blood proteins; Dehydration; Diure- sis; Edema; Water, Metabolism. Go Dhiam Ling. *Ueber den Wassergehalt des Blutes beim Saugling. 46p. 8? Berl., 1927. Albano, G. Ricerche sul contenuto acquoso del siero di sangue del neonato e di quello retro-placentare. Pediatria, Nap., 1924, 32: 1074-80.—Antognetti, L. Studi sull' imbibizione; influenze neuro-ormoniche sulla situazione colloido-elettrolitica del sangue. Riv. biol., 1933, 15: 29-69.—Bakwin, H. The water content of infants' blood during periods of rapid increase in weight. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1923, 25: 406-10.—Barath, E. Der kolloidosmotische Druck im arteriellen und venosen Blute und dessen Bedeutung im Wasserhaushalt. Zschr. klin. Med., 1932, 120: 370-2.—Barbaro-Forleo, G., & Riboni, S. La compo- sizione del sangue della porta e delle sovraepatiche in relazione alla attivita del fegato nei ricambio idrico. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1936, 62: 145-fi7 — Barbour, H. G., & Herrmann, J. B. The relation of the dextrose and water content of the blood to anti- pyretic drug action. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1921-22, 18: 165- 83.—Bracaloni, L. Microtecnica per la determinazione del contenuto in acqua del sangue. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1928, 46: 115-8.—Brahn, B., & Bielschowsky, F. Ueber Aenderung des Wassergehaltes des Blutes nach peroralen Wassergaben. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 2004-6.—Budylin, W. G. Die biologische Wirkung der mit einer Quecksilber-Quarzlampe bestrahlten Metalle; die Wirkung des mit einer Quecksilber-Quarzlampe bestrahlten Eisens und Kupfers auf den Wassergehalt des Blutes. Acta med. scand., 1935, 86: 95-9.—Cassinis, U., & Bracaloni, L. Ulterior! ricerche sulla curva idremica a riposo, nella marcia e nella corsa. Arch, fisiol., Fir., 1930, 28: 128-41.—Coda, M. Sulla concentrazione e diluizione del sangue in varie condizioni morbose. Pediatria, Nap., 1923, 31: 709-16.—Culbert, R. W. The vapor pressure of human blood by Hill's thermoelectric method; apparatus and technique. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 109: 547-63.—Diaz, C. J., Bielschowsky, F., & Minon, J. R. Unter- suchungen fiber den Wasserhaushalt; der Wassergehalt des Gesamtblutes, des Plasmas und der Erythrocyten. Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 995-8—Bolch, M., & Poechmueller, E. Eine exakte Schnellmethode zur Bestimmung von" Wasser in Blut und Serum. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1931, 195: 28-34.—Fiano, A. Sistema autonomo e adrenalina; I'influenza dell' adrenalina sul contenuto in acqua del sangue. Riv. clin. pediat., 1935, 33: 513-21.—Grollman, A. The vapor pressure of dog's blood at body temperature. J. Gen. Physiol., 1927-28, 11: 495-506 — Grunewald, E., & Rominger, E. Untersuchungen fiber den Wassergehalt des Blutes in verschiedenen Altersstufen nament- lich beim Saugling. Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 1461. Also Zschr Kinderh., 1922, 33: 65-84.—Guzzini, M. Contributo sperimen- tale sulle variazioni del tasso idremico nei bambini della prima infanzia in condizioni normali e patologiche. Fisiol. med Roma, 1934, 5: 601-8.—Hackmann, C, & Wolf, H. J. Eine neue Mikromethode zur direkten Bestimmung des Wassergehaltes im Blute. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 88: 96-101.—Harllee, C. Management of anbydremia in infancy and childhood from the standpoint of the general practitioner. J. Nat. M. Ass., 1934, 26: 69-72.—JimSnez Diaz, C. La signification de las dosi- ficaciones del agua en la sangre. Arch, med., Madr., 1935, 38- 379— Jochims, J. Zur Frage der Wasserbindungsverhaltnisse des kindlichen Blutplasmas. Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 2115 — Kapsinow, R. Anhydremia: its mechanism and treatment N. Orleans M.&S.J., 1933, 86: 33-8—Keller, K. Die Einwir- kung der Wiirme auf den Wassergehalt des Blutes. Zschr. ges phys. Ther., 1924, 29: 160-5.—Kerpel, E. Retention chloruree seche et regime hyperazote (contribution a l'etude experimen- tale de l'anhydremie) Paris med., 1931, 81: 366-8—King, G. L., & Scott, F. H. The distribution of water added to blood between the corpuscles and the serum. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N Y 1923-24, 21: 545—Kiss, J. [Changes of the water contents of the blood on the basis of dry material determinations in healthy individuals and in liver and hypophysis diseases] Magy. orv arch., 1927, 28: 613-9. Also Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1927, 157^ 202-7.—Kryzanowskaja, L. I. Wassergehalt des Blutes in ver- schiedenen Zirkulationsbezirken nach Versuchen an angiosto- mierten Hunden. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1927-28. 218: 667-9 — Kuroda, K. Contribution a la connaissance sur la teneur en eau dans le sang humain normal. Keijo J.M., 1934, 5: 111-21. ----- Etudes sur la teneur en eau dans le sang du ver-a-soie (Bombyx mori L.) au cours du developpement. Ibid., 151-64.— Langen, C. B. de, & Schut, H. About the quantity of water in the blood in the tropics. Meded. burgerl. geneesk. dienst Ned Indie 1919, deel5, 29-49—Lasch, C. H., & Billich, H. U. Die taglichen Schwankungen der Erythrocytenzahlen, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Blutwasserbestimmung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med. 1925-26, 48:651-7.—Margaria, R. The vapour pressure of normal human blood. J. Physiol., Lond., 1930, 70: 417-33.—Marriott W. McK. Anhydremia. Physiol. Rev., 1923, 3: 275-94.— Meczner, L. [Hydraemiaand hepatic diseases] Orv. hetil., 1931, 75: 1082-5.—Meyer-Bisch, R. Der Einfluss peroral gegebener Lavulose und Dextrose auf den Wassergehalt des Blutes. Klin Wschr., 1924, 3: 60. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1924-25, 44! 355-68.—Neuhausen, B. S. Free and bound water in the blood J. Biol. Chem., 1922, 51: 435-8.—Parhon, C. I. Action des glandes endocrines sur la teneur en eau du sang, des organes et des tissus. Bruxelles m6d., 1935-36,16:550-9.—Raab.W. Zur Frage: Pituitrin und Wasserhaushalt beziehungsweise Blut- wasser und Diurese. Wieu. Arch. inn. Med., 1929,17:471-512.— Rapoport, M. Ueber die Wechselbeziehungen zwischen einigen Indicatoren der chemisch-physikalischen Bluteigenschaften und der Wasserbalance im Blute. Zschr. ges. exp. Med 1932 83: 221—Rogers, F. T., & Lackey, R. W. The variations of the water content of the blood induced by atmospheric temperature changes in normal and splenectomized animals. Am. J Phys- iol., 1928, 86: 36-8—Ryo, T. Teneur en eau dans le sang humain normal adulte; correlation entre la teneur en eau dans le sang tire du lobe de l'oreille et de la veine mediane. Keijo J.M., 1935, 6: 9-22.—Schau Kuang Liu. Ueber die Regulation des Wasserhaushalts, der Salz- und Eiweisskonzentration im Blute; Beitrage zur Frage des Zwischenhirns als Zentralstelle der Regulierung von Wasserhaushalt, Salz- und Eiweisskonzen- tration im Blute. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928, 59: 569-72.— Solarino, G. Sul comportamento del contenuto in acqua del sangue durante il periodo digestivo e sui fattori ehe lo determi- nano. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1931, 6: 304-6.—Spencer, H, The water content of blood serum; a comparison of the deter- mination of the specific gravity by the falling drop method and by several other methods. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1929, 37: 546- 52.—Sunderman, F. W. The water of serum and the calculation of the molality of a solute in serum from the measurement of the specific gravity. Am. J.M. Sc, 1935, 190: 855— Takei, T. Ueber die Verteilung des zum Blute hinzugeffigten Wassers zwischen Blutkorperchen und Serum. Biochem. Zschr., 1921, 115: 220-34.—Tripodi, M., & Serianni, E. II tasso idremico in alcuni gruppi di malattie umane. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1934-35, 14: 221-46.—Usui, T. Experimentelle Untersuchung fiber den Wassergehalt des Blutes. Sei i kwai, 1931, 50: H.ll, 1—Van Slyke, D. D., Wu, H., & McLean, F. C. Factors controlling the electrolyte and water distribution in the blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1923, 56: 765-849— Veil, W. H. Ueber die Wirkung vermehrter Fliissigkeitszufuhr auf die Blutzusammensetzung. Verh. Deut. Kongr. inn. Med., 1914, 31: 625-8. BLOOD chlorides. See Blood chemistry, Chlorides. BLOOD cholesterol. See also Blood lipids; Cholesterol; lipids; Lipoidosis. Giani, E. Colesterinemia. 255p. 8? Como, 1917. Signorelli, E. Colesterinemia. 206p. 8? Fir., 1915. Brice, A. T., jr. Cholesterol equilibrium in the light of some recent studies. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1931, 1: 315—Bouisset, L., & Soula, L. C. Poumon et regulation cholest6rin6mique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1206-9— Bugnard, L. Cholesterol et travers6e pulmonaires. Ibid., 1929, 102: 369. ----- Au sujet de la regulation cholesterol6mique dans le poumon. Ibid., 550. Also Bull. Soc. chim. biol.., Par., 1930, 12: 98-104. ---- & Soula, C. La regulation cholesteroiemique. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1930, 191: 1382-4. ----- La colesterina, su valoracion y el mantenimiento de su constancia. Ars medica, Barcel., 1931, 7: 350-6. Also Presse m6d., 1931, 39: 1395-8—Casolo, G. Ri- cerche sulla colesterinemia. Morgagni, 1927, 69: 1001; 1928, 70: 385; 441.—Belas, R. Cholest6roiemie et resistance osmotique des hematies. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 1018-20—Eck, M„ & Besbordes, J. Interet de la mesure du pouvoir cholestero- lytique du serum pour l'etude du metabolisme du cholesterol. Ibid., 1934, 117: 429-31—Edelmann, F. Ueber den Einfluss des Cholesteringehaltes des Blutes auf die Wirksamkeit der Blutli- pase. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1923, 35: 322-7.—Falciatore, A. Sulla colesterinemia. Gior. clin. med., 1923, 4: 141-52.— Finck, C. J., & Remy, F. Cholesterinemie et cholesteropexie. Paris med., 1934, 91: 343-7.—Gainsborough, H. The significance BLOOD CHOLESTEROL 495 BLOOD CHOLESTEROL of blood cholesterol. Lancet, Lond., 1930, 1: 1085—Gardner, J A & Gainsborough, H. The relationship of plasma choles- terol and basal metabolism. Brit. M.J., 1928, 2: 935-7.----- The non-sterol unsaponifiable matter of human plasma. Bio- chem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 1631-4. ---— Studies in the choles- terol content of human plasma; the nature of the sterols in blood- plasma. Ibid., 1635-9.—Goebel, F. Sur l'influence du systeme vegetatif sur la teneur du sang en cholesterine. J. physiol. path. g6n., 1932, 30: 340. ----- L'histamine et le taux de la cholesterine dans le sang; nouvelle contribution au role de la rate dans le metabolisme cholest6rique. Ibid., 1934,32: 408-17 — Grabfield, G. P., & Campbell, A. G. A note on the relation between blood cholesterol and basal metabolic rate. N. Eng- land J.M., 1931, 205: 1148.—Handovsky, H. Ueber die kolloide Struktur der Blutfltissigkeit, besonders tiber die Bedeutung des Cholesterins. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1924, 71: 708. ----- Lohmann, K., & Bosse, P. Untersuchungen fiber den Zustand des Cholesterins im Blutserum. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1925, 210: 63-9 —Hirota, M. Die Beziehung zwischen Cholesterin und Gallensaure im Blut. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1936, 4: Int. med., 231.— Hurxthal, L. M., & Hunt, H. M. Clinical relationships of blood cholesterol, with a summary of our present knowledge of choles- terol metabolism. Ann. Int. M., 1935-36, 9: 717-27—Ide, M. La cholesterinemie. Rev. m6d. Louvain, 1926, 12-5.—Jackson, I.N. [Constitution and cholesterinemia] Vrach. gaz., 1929,33: 2020-2 —Kawaguchi, S. Ueber das Verhalten des Gesamt- cholesterins im Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 221: 241-6 — Koenigsfeld, H. Ueber Beziehungen zwischen Komplement und Cholesteringehalt des Serums. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1922 29: 190-6.—Laroche, G. Le cholest6rin6mie. J. med. chir' Par, 1922, 93: 12-25.—Leupold, E. Ueber das Blut- chole'sterin. Zbl. allg. Path., 1923, 33: Sonderbd, 8-21 — Loeper, M., Lemaire, A., & Degos, R. Cholesterinemie et cho- lesterolyse. J. med. fr., 1930, 19: 346-8.—Loeper, M„ Lemaire, A., & Lesure, A. Le pouvoir cholesterolytique du serum humain normal et pathologique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 101-3.—Manta, I. [Cholesterol of the human serum] Cluj. med 1936, 17: 361-3.—Marie, A. C. Recherches sur la choleste- rinemie. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1923, 37: 921; 1924, 38: 945. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 504.—Mellander, O. Kata- phoretische Untersuchungen tiber die Bindungsverhaltnisse des Cholesterins im Blutserum. Biochem. Zschr., 1935, 277: 305-13.—Miyazaki, H. Control of cholesterol in the blood by the kidney hormone. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1934, 24: 97-101.— Moruzzi, G. Contribution a l'etude des mecanismes regulateurs de la cholesterine exogene dans l'organisme animal. Arch. ital. biol., 1930-31, 85: 145-52.—Mrugowsky, J., & Schemensky, W. Physikalisch-chemische und klinische Untersuchungen zum Cholesterinstoffwechsel; die Rolle des Cholesterins im Serum und seine Bedeutung ftir die Blutkorperchensenkung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1932, 81: 208-17—Nekludow, W. N. Ueber die gegenseitigen Beziehungen zwischen Cholesterin und einigen Eiweissfraktionen. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 232: 50-7—Neu- schlosz, S. M. Ueber den Lbsungszustand des Cholesterins im Blutserum: Untersuchungen an kiinstlichen Lipoid-Eiweissge- mischen. Ibid., 1930, 225: 115-22—Orlowski, W. Recherches sur la cholesterinemie. Ann. med., Par., 1927, 22: 286; 473 — Papilian, V., & Jiano, M. Systeme v6getatif et cholesterinemie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 62—Pfeiffer, G. Die Cholesterine im Strukturverbande des Protoplasmas; Untersuchungen an Rindererythrocyten. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 220: 210-6 — Puech & Cristol. Influence de la cholesterol6mie sur la labilite des proteines. Bull. Soc. sc. m6d. biol. Montpellier, 1925-26, 7: 91-5.—Sassone, A. Rapporti tra colesterinemia ed indica- nuria. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1924, 29: 83-6.—Seel, H. Weitere experimentelle Beitrage zur Pharmakologie der saueren Oxydationsprodukte des Cholesterins und des Ergostenns. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1930, 150: 198-220—Sisto, P. Ricerche sulla colesterinemia. Ann. clin. med., Pal., 1921-22, 11:14-30 — Sperry, W. M. Cholesterol esterase in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 111: 467-78. ----- The effect of tissue extracts on esteri- fication of cholesterol in blood serum. Ibid., 1936, 113: 599-606. Also repr. -----& Schoenheimer, R. Cholesterol esterase in blood. Ibid., 1935, 109: Ixxxvi. Also repr—Strathmann- Herweg, H. Untersuchungen tiber den Cholesteringehalt des Blutserums. Mschr. Kinderh., 1920-21, 19: 20-7—Strauss, H., & Schubardt, W. Ueber den Cholesteringehalt des Blutserums. Zbl. inn. Med., 1922, 43: 425-37.—Troensegaard, N., & Koudahl, B. Cholesterin als prostethische Gruppe im Serum-Globulin. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1926, 153: 111-8. ----- Nachtrag zu der Arbeit Cholesterin als prostethische Gruppe im Serum- Globulin. Ibid., 157: 62. ---- Determination. Abramsohn, B. Zur Methodologie der modifizierten Sal- kowskischen Reaktion ftir quantitative Cholesterinbestimmung im Blutserum. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 118: 233-40—Acel, B. [Determination of cholesterol in the blood] Orv. hetil., 1927, 71: 1324-6. Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 431-3—Allardyce, J. The determination of cholesterol in blood. Canad. J. Res., 1930, 3: 115-9—Andes, J. E. A modified method for the deter- mination of blood cholesterol. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 410-5.—Barreda, P. Ueber den diagnostischen Wert von Blutcholesterinbestimmungen nach peroraler Cholestermbe- lastung. Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 290-2.—Bloch, A. Diei Cho- lesterin-Bestimmung im Blutserum; die Bloor'sche Methode. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1931, 61: 612; 1933, 63: 1106-Brill, E., & Hopf, G. Photometrische Cholesterinbestimmung im Serum. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 142-4.-Brun, G. C. [Micro- method for the determination of free and esterified cholesterin in serum and blood] Hospitalstidende, 1935, 78: 688-701—Can- toni, O. Contributo ai metodi di determinazione della coleste- rina nei sangue. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1930, 1: 535-7.— Castellano, J., & Torres, I. Colesterinemia; los metodos clinicos para su determinaeion y las cifras normales. Progr. clin., Madr., 1932, 40: 20-2.—Cornell, B. S. Accurate colorimetric technic for blood and tissue cholesterol estimations. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1928-29, 14: 251-7.—Becourt, J. Floculo-reaction de la cholesterine colloidale; technique pour l'etude des serums humains pathologiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 19.— Dragoni, C. Sur le dosage de la cholesterine dans le sang. J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 24: 421-3.—Drekter, I. J., Bernhard, A., & Leopold, J. S. Extraction of cholesterol from blood serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 110: 541-9—Brekter, I. J., Sobel, A. E„ & Natelson, S. Fractionation of cholesterol in blood by precipi- tation as pyridine cholesteryl sulfate and cholesterol digitonide. Ibid., 1936, 115: 391-9.—Festen, H. [Cholesterin determination in very small quantities of blood] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1933, 77: pt 1, 997-1000.—Fidler, R. S. A simplified technic for the colori- metric determination of blood cholesterol. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 307-11.—Fiorentino, M. Metodo per il dosaggio del colesterol in piccole quantita di sangue. Riforma med., 1929, 45: 845-7.—Fitz, F. The application to the colorimeter of the Schoenheimer and Sperry method for the determination of total and free cholesterol. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 109: 523-7. Also repr.—Forbes, J. C. Determination of cholesterol in blood plasma and serum. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1930-31, 16: 520. ----- & Irving, H. The determination of cholesterol in whole blood. Ibid., 909-12.—Foy, H., & Kondi, A. Spectrophoto- metric determination of blood cholesterol by means of oxide of silica. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1935. 16: 349-57.—Frbhling, W. Das Verhalten des Blutcholesterins nach Oel- und Cholesterin- Belastung beim gesunden und kranken Menschen. Arch. Verdauungskr., 1936, 59: 205-19— Gortz, S. Methode zur Bestimmung von Cholesterin in 0.1 cc Totalblut mit empfind- lichen stabilen Farbreaktionen. Biochem. Zschr., 1934, 273: 396-412.—Goffinet, R. Methode nouvelle de dosage de la cho- lesterine libre par la digitonine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 1481; 119: 330.—Grigaut, A. Adaptation de la methode colori- metrique au dosage du cholesterol libre dans le serum sanguin. Ibid., 1933, 112: 34-6.—Gruzewska, Z., & Roussel, G. Dosage colorimetrique du cholesterol dans le serum sanguin; colori- metre a main. Ibid., 1931, 108: 934-6—Handovsky, H., & Lohmann, K. Methode zur Bestimmung des Cholesterins im Blutserum. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1925, 210: 59-62—Heckscher, H. Ueber die nephelometrische Bestimmung der Neutralfett- Cholesterinfraktion im Blute nach Bing und Heckschers Me- thode; fiber die Genauigkeit der Methode und die ffir ihren Gebrauch geltenden Bedingungen sowie eingehende Erklarung der technischen Einzelheiten. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 181: 444-87.—Kamlet, J. A simplified microdetermination of choles- terol in whole blood, serum, and plasma. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 19: 883.—Kanner, 0. Dosage direct de la cholesterine libre dans le sang par une methode sans precipitation. C. rend. Soc. biol 1931, 108: 383. ----- & Chancogne, M. Etude com- parative de la methode de Kanner et du procede de Grigaut pour le dosage de la cholesterine libre de serum. Ibid., 1933, 113- 57-9 — Krastelewsky, S. Zur Methodik der kolorimetri- schen quantitativen Bestimmung des Cholesterins im Blutse- rum Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 143: 403-7. Also Vrach. gaz., 1928' 32- 181-5.—Kroner, W. Zur quantitativen Bestimmung des freien und veresterten Cholesterins. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935 65- 138 —Lavergne, V. de, Kissel, P., & Stankov, E. Pre- cipitation du cholesterol et pH; etude in vitro. C. rend. Soc. biol 1934 H5: 166-8—Leibov, S. L. A simplified method for cholesterol determination in blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1924, 61: 177 en _____ An improved apparatus for determination of cholesterol. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1924-25,. 10: 857-61 —— Modifications in the method for the determination of cholesterol in blood. Ibid., 1929-30, 15: 776-9.-Levine, V. E & Bien, G. E. Liebermann-Burchard reaction with carotene Proc Soc. Exp. Biol N Y 1934, 31: 804-8—Ling, S. M. The determination of cholesterol in small amounts of blood. J. Biol. Chem 1928, 76' 361-5 —Mancke, R. Eine gravimetnsche Methode zur Bestimmung von freiem und gebundenem Cholesterin in kleinen Blutmengen Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 231: 103-9.-Mane, A. Dosages de la cholesterine dans les s6rums therapeutiques. C. rend Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 76; 875.-Marmo, S. I metodi di deter- minazione quantitativa della colesterina nei sangue. Probl. nutriz., Roma, 1924, 1: 106-10.-Mirsky, I. A., & Bruger M A note on the Liebermann-Burchard color reaction for cholesterol. J Lab. Clin. M., 1932-33, 18: 304-6.-Muhlbock, O., & Kall- mann C Die gravimetrische Cholesterinbestimmung im Blut Zc^ Serum Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 233: 222-35. —— Eine neDhelometrische Mikro-Cholesterin-Bestimmung nach dem Sonmprinzip. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 284.-Nekludov, W. N & Chalatov, S. S. Vergleichende Studien uber die Verwer- tune der quantitativen Cholesterinbestimmungsmethoden im Blutserum nach Gewichts- und Kolorimetneprinzip Biochem. Zschr 1929, 208: 60-72.-Obermer, E., & Milton, R. A micro- photometric method for the determination, of free cholesterol and cholesterol esters in blood-plasma. Biochem J., Lond., icm 27-345-50—Oy, E.J. [Method of analysis in determination of cholesterin in serum, bile, and feces] Norsk, mag. brgeyid ?Q36 97- 144 -Pinto Viegas, A. Sobre a dosagem do choiestero no plasma; processo de Myers e Wardell modificado. Brasi medP 1935 49: 1089-91 .-PolanoM. K. Ueber die Messungdes Blutcholesterins. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1936,174:417-20- BLOOD CHOLESTEROL 496 BLOOD CHOLESTEROL Rappaport, F., & Klapholz, R. Eine Mikromethode zur titrime- trischen Bestimmung des Gesamtcholesterins im Blute. Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 333.—Reinhold, J. G. The nature of blood sterol; evidence obtained by a study of the Liebermann-Bur- chard reaction. J.Biol. Chem., 1934,105: p.lxxi. ---— Quan- titative determination of free cholesterol and cholesterol as esters without digitonin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 614-6. ----- The determination of blood cholesterol; a com- parison of standard colorimetric methods and a modified method with gravimetric determination of digitonin precipitates. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1936, 6: 22-30. ----- Factors influencing the accuracy of various methods. Ibid., 31-40.—Rosen, I., & Kras- now, F. Blood cholesterol findings in syphilis and in other skin diseases; an accurate technic for extracting blood cholesterol. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1926, n.s., 13: 506-18.—Sackett, G. E. Modification of Bloor's method for the determination of cho- lesterol in whole blood or blood serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1925, 64: 203-5. Also repr—Sannie, C, & Truhaut, R. Precipitation spontanee du cholesterol dans un plasma. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 1188-90. ----- & Huguenin. Precipitation spon- tanee du cholesterol dans un plasma sanguin. Sang, Par., 1935, 9: 317; 355.—Schoenheimer, R., & Sperry, W. M. A micro- method for the determination of free and combined cholesterol. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 106: 745-60. Also repr—Schube, P. G. A method of measuring cholesterol. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1932, 18- 306-9.—Shen, B. C. Y. Estimation of cholesterol in small amounts of blood. Chin. J. Physiol., 1929, 3: 405-8— Simondi, U. Ricerche sulla colesterinemia con un nuovo metodo di dosaggio. Riv. clin. med., 1930, 31: 459-73—Sperry, W. M., & Schoenheimer, R. A comparison of serum, heparinized plasma, and oxalated plasma in regard to cholesterol content. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 110: 655-8. Also repr.—Szajna, M. [Nephelo- metric determination of cholesterol in the blood] Polska gaz. lek 1927, 6: 258.—Teilum, G. On the determination of choles- terol in the blood. Acta med. scand., 1935, 85: 316-32. Also Hospitalstidende, 1935, 78: 701-12.—Toni, G. M. de. The colon- metric estimation of cholesterol and lecithin in blood in con- nection with Folin and Wu's system of blood analysis. J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 70: 207-10. Also Boll. Soc. biol. sper., 1926, 1: 492-6. Also repr.—Turner, M. E. The precipitation of phos- phatides and cholesterol from human sera. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: xciv.—Tutkewitsch, L. Mikromethode zur Bestim- mung des freien Cholesterins im Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 213: 439-42.—Yoshimatsu, S. A new colorimetric method for free ester, and total cholesterol determination with 0.1 cc of blood. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1931, 17: 147-53.—Zuckerstein, E. L., & Streicher, A. P. [Methods of determination of choles- terin in blood and serum] Soviet, vrach. gaz., 1932, 36: 367. ---- Distribution. Abelous, J. E., & Soula, L. C. Cholesterine du sang du cceur droit et du coeur gauche; action choiesterolytique du poumon. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 6.—Bruger, M. Studies of patho- logical body fluids: the cholesterol partition and the total protein content. xVm. J. Clin. Path., 1935, 5: 384-91—Iwatsuru, R. Untersuchungen Uber Fette und Lipoide im Blute; fiber die Verteilung des Cholesterins und sonstiger Lipoidkorper im Blute verschiedener Tierarten. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1924, 202:194-9 — Knudson, A. Relationship between cholesterol and cholesterol esters in the blood during their absorption. J. Biol. Chem., 1921, 45: 255-62.—Laroche, G„ & Grigaut, A. Le taux du cho- lesterol des hematies. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 1253-5. -----& Costes. Les variations du rapport des esters du cho- lesterol au cholesterol total en pathologie. Presse med., 1934, 42: 1417-9.—Loiseleur, J., & Morel, R. Sur la repartition de la cholesterine dans les serums normaux et pathologiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97:1271-3.—Macheboeuf, M. A. Sur l'etat physico-chimique des esters de cholesterol et de la lecithine dans le serum et le plasma sanguins. Medecine, Par., 1929, 10: 690.— Neuschlosz, S. M. Ueber den Losungszustand des Cholesterins im Blutserum; fiber die Alkoholextrahierbarkeit des Choleste- rins aus dem Blutserum und eine auf derselben beruhende Bestimmungsmethode fiir freies und esterifiziertes Cholesterin. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 225: 123-9. ----- Ueber die Bezie- hungen zwischen Cholesterin und Eiweisskorpern. Ibid., 130-40.—Sperry, W. M. The relationship between total and free cholesterol in human blood serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 114: 125-33.—Shilhto, F. H., Bidwell, E. H., & Turner, K. B. The blood cholesterol in the carotid artery, venae cavae, and portal vein. Ibid., 1935-36, 112: 551-6—Shope, R. E. Differ- ences in serum and plasma content of cholesterol ester. Ibid., 1928, 80: 125. Also repr.—Tamura, M. Untersuchungen fiber Fette und Lipoide im Blute; fiber die Verteilung des Choleste- rins und sonstiger Lipoidkorper im Blute von Kaltblutern. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1932, 230: 771.—Velluz, L. Sur la determi- nation simple du rapport esters du cholesterol/cholesterol total dans les s6rum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 255. ----- Sur la valeur du rapport esters du cholesterol/cholesterol total dans les immunserums. Ibid., 256-8.—Winter, I. C, Hale, B., & Farmer, C. J. Effect of dinitrophenol, sodium citrate, sodium bicarbonate, and citric acid upon distribution of choles- terol. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934, 32: 262-4. ---- Endocrine aspects. See also Blood cholesterol—in pregnancy. Akasu, F. Ueber den Cholesteringehalt des Blutserums nach der Rontgenbestrahlung von Hypophyse und der Injektion einiger Hormon-praparate. Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi, 1935, 30; 6.—Artom, C, & Cioglia, L. Ormone follicolare e colesterolo- mia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 791; 1247—Babarczy, M. [Blood cholesterol and epinephrine sensitiveness and their mutual relation] Orv. hetil., 1930, 74: 1321. Also Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1931, 160: 699-702—Benhamou, E., & Gille, R. Les variations de la cholesterinemie dans l'epreuve a l'adrenaline. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 1546.—BUnov, A. Cholesterinemie chez le chien; influence de l'hyperthyroldie et de la castration. Ibid., 1930, 103: 188.—Bonilla, E., & Moya, A. El valor de la colesterinemia en las enfermedades del tiroides. Rev. med. lat. amer., B. Air., 1930-31, 16: 1103-10—Bruger, M., & Mosen- thal, H. 0. The immediate response of the plasma cholesterol to the injection of insulin and of epinephrine in human subjects. J. Clin. Invest., 1934, 13: 399-409— Collazo, Maranon [et al.] Accion del extracto de corteza suprarrenal sobre la colesteri- nemia. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: ptl, 469— Inglessi, E. Contri- buto alio studio dell' influenza del sistema endocrino sulla colesterinemia e lecitinemia. Pathologica, Genova, 1933, 25: 877-85. Also Monit. endocr., 1934, 2: 443-51. ----- Ulteriori ricerche sull' influenza del sistema endocrino sulla colesterinemia. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1934, 16: 935-46—Kaufmann, C, & Muhl- bock, O. Ftihrt der Funktionsausfall der weiblichen Keim- drtise zur Cholesterinamie? Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 696-8- Lambranzi, M., & Margreth, G. Sul comportamento della colesterina nei sangue in seguito ad irradiazione della zona delle capsule surrenali. Atti Congr. ital. radiol., 1928, 7: 293- Laroche, G. Les variations de la cholesterinemie chez les thy- roidiens. Presse med., 1929, 37: 268.—Maurizio, E., & Nardelli, E. Ricerche ed osservazioni sulla ipercolesterinemiia ormonica sperimentale. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933, 8: 545-9 — Mazzeo, M. La colesterina del siero di sangue e degli organi nei eoniglio dopo introduzione d'adrenalina. Arch. sc. biol., Nap., 1928,11: 381-90.—Medvei, C. V. Zur Wirkung des Neben- nierenrindenhormons auf die Cholesterinamie. Zschr. klin. Med., 1925, 128: 58-68.—Messini, M., & Poli, A. Ricerche sulla colesterinemia in rapporto alla correlazione tra timo e midollare surrenale. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1931, 6: 608-11—Monte- fusco, M. La colesterinemia nella tubercolosi degli stati tiroidei sperimentali. Fol. med., Nap., 1924, 10: 81-90.—Neumark, S. Influence de la folliculine sur la cholesterinemie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 1125. ----- Influence de l'adrenaline et du l'ergotamine sur la cholesterinemie. Ibid., 1126-30.—Nuzzi, P. La colesterinemia dopo 1'irradiazione dei testicoli. Morgagni, 1930, 72: 1662-6.—Parhon, C. I., & Ornstein, I. Sur la choleste- roiemie des femmes amenorrheiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 839. ----- Action des lipoides ovariens sur la choleste- roiemie chez des femmes amenorrheiques. Ibid., 841.—Parhon, C. I., & Parhon, M. Sur les relations de la cholesterinemie avec les fonctions endocrines. Ibid., 1924, 90: 150-2—Parturier, G. De certains phenomenes endocriniens dans le cycle de la cho- lesterine. Presse med., 1925, 33: 219-21.—Pijoan, M., & Bfirard, M. Considerations physiologiques sur la valeur du metabolisme basal et de la cholesterol6mie suggerees par l'etude de l'etat thyr6oprive. Ibid., 1936, 44: 1324.—Poli, A. Timo e midollare surrenale nella regolazione del tasso colesterinico nei sangue. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1932, 54: 44; 49.—Pugsley, L. I. The effect of thyrotropic hormone upon serum cholesterol. Bio- chem. J., Lond., 1935, 29: 513-6.—RSmond, A., Colombes, H., & Bernardbeig, J. Cholesterinemie thyro- et parathyroldienne; le role de la parathyro'ide dans le parallelisme de l'azotemie rfisiduelle et de la cholesterinemie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 445.—Rosa, M., & Furtado, B. Colesterinemia e tiroideia. Lisboa med., 1929, 6: 493-8—Russo, P. Influenza di alcuni estratti di glandole a secrezione interna sul tasso di colesterina del sangue. Studium, Nap., 1927, 17: 407-10—Teilum, G. L'hypercholesterinemie primaire apres l'administration d'hor- mone de luteinisation (prolan B) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936,122: 981-4.—Tramontana, F. Colesterinemia, lipemia ed ormoni sessuali. Arch, ostet. gin., 1936, 43: 469-80, 2pl— Troisier, J., & Grigaut, A. L'hypercholesterinemie d'origine surrenale. Congr. fr. med., 1913, 13: 381-5— Vara-Lopez, R., & Thorbeck, K. Beeinflussung der Cholesterinamie durch die Funktion des Ovariums. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931-32, 80: 562-8—Westra, J. J., & Kunde, M. M. Blood cholesterol in experimental hypo- and hyperthyroidism. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1932, 29: 677. ---- Excess. See also Blood cholesterol, Variations; also names of hypercholesterolemic diseases as Arte- riosclerosis; Biliary calculus; Diabetes; Eclam- psia; Gall-bladder, Diseases; Lipoidosis; Liver, Diseases; Xanthoma, &c. Rubin, G. *Infiuence des injections de pep- sine sur la cholesterolemie. 76p. 8? Par., 1934. Azerad, E., & Beparis. Traitement de l'hypercholesteri- nemie et des hypercholest6rinies locales. Bull. gen. ther., 1934, 185: 27-35—Barat, I. Ueber Hypercholesterinamien. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1923, 36: 221-3—Bonnefous, R., & ValdiguiS, A. Hypercholesterinemie et lipomatose. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1924, 6.ser., 5: 290-6. ----- Lipomatose et hypercholesteri- nemie. Ibid., 1925, 6.ser., 6: 60-2—Brain, W. R., & By™i^ F. B. Hypercholesteremia. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 19^9- | 30, 23: sect, med., 22-4.—Bruschettini, G. II valore comple- BLOOD CHOLESTEROL 497 BLOOD CHOLESTEROL mentare e la velocita di sedimentazione nella ipercolesterinemia sperimentale. Pathologica, Genova, 1934,10:319-21.—Bugnard, L. Hypercholest6rin6mie et elimination de la cholesterine apres la spienectomie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929,101: 765—Carnevale- Ricci, F. Alterazioni istopatologiche dell' orecchio nell' iperco- lesterinemia sperimentale. Arch. ital. otol., 1935, 47: 825-33 — Bebray, M., Codounis & Hatzigeorge. L'action des injections intra-musculaires de pepsine sur l'hypercholesteroiemie. C. rend. Congr. internat. lith. biliaire, 1932, 2: 440-2— Becaux, F. Notions sur le metabolisme de la cholesterine et traitement des etats hypercholesteriniques a Vittel. J. m6d. chir., Par., 1932, 103: 433-47.—Becourt, J., Malinsky, A., & Lesourd, R. Sur un syndrome humoral caract6ris6 par une augmentation de la serine du cholesterol et du chlore plasmatique coexistant avec un faible taux d'uree sanguine. Bull. Soc. m6d. h6p. Paris, 1934, 3.ser., 50: 728-33.—Besgeorges, P. Hypercholesterinemie et lithiase biliaire d'origine intestinale. J. med. fr., 1930, 19: 80-4. ----- La colibacillose, facteur d'hypercholest6roiemie. J. med. Paris, 1933, 53: 441.—Diacono, H. Influence de l'hypercholesteroiemie et des anticorps hemolytiques sur la resistance globulaire. Arch. Inst. Pasteur, Tunis, 1932-33, 21: 276-86, ch.—Eck, M., & Des- bordes, J. Sur l'hypercholesterinemie exogene et endogene du lapin; influence de la stimulation hepatique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 681-3.—Finck. Un signe precoce d'hypercho- lesterinemie: le xanthome labial. Clinique, Par., 1924,19:120.— Firket, J. Les reactions reticulo-endotheiiales medullaires des lapins hypercholesteroiemiques. Arch. anat. micr., Par., 1929, 25: 471-81, pi.—Hawkins, W. B., & Wright, A. Blood plasma cholesterol; fluctuations due to liver injury and bile duct ob- struction. J. Exp. M., 1934, 59: 427-39. Also repr.—Jarno, L. Ueber die Decholesterinisierung. Arch. Verdauungskr., 1928, 42: 126-9.—Kimura, H. Ueber den Einfluss von Vitamin A auf die Hypercholesterinamie. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1928, 11: 319-24.—Lian, C, & Kovatchev, G. La thy- roxine dans le traitement de l'hypercholesteroiemie des affections arterielles. Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1934, 3.ser., 50: 1292-5.— Laroche, G. Le traitement de l'hypercholesterinemie. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1930, 44: 81-3.—Leites, S., & Golbitz-Katschan, Z. Alimentare Cholesterinamie bei Lebererkrankungen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 72: 690-8.—Levy, M., & Levy. Le traite- ment de l'hypercholesterinemie par la thyroxine. Bull. Acad. med., Par., 1931, 3.ser., 105: 666-75—Loeper & Binet, E. M. L'action decholesterinisante du sulfate de soude. Progr. m6d., Par., 1922, 3.ser., 35: 301.—Lyons, C. Emotional hypercholes- terolemia. Am. J. Physiol., 1931, 98: 156-62.—Mauriac, P., Servantie, L., & Bemenier, G. Variations du rapport serine- globuline dans le sang de lapins hypercholesteroiemiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 177.—Parhon, C. I., & Parhon, M. L'hypercholesterinemie de la vieillesse. Ibid., 1923, 88: 231-3 — Rachmilewitz, M. Hypercholesteremia associated with hepato- splenomegaly and nephrosis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 113: 604; 1934, 102: 1698.—Rix & Peitmann. Ueber die Verschiebungen des Kationengehaltes (Na, K, Ca) im Blutserum des Kanin- chens bei experimenteller Lipo-Cholesterinamie. Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1935, 28: 215-22.—Rohrschneider, W. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der experimentellen Hypercholesterinamie des Kanin- chens. Virchows Arch., 1925, 256: 139-49—Schally, A. O. Der Cholesterinstoffwechsel mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Hypocholesterinamien. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1936, 50: 480-526.—Schbnheimer, R. Ueber die experimentelle Choles- terinkrankheit der Kaninchen. Virchows Arch., 1924, 249:1-42. ---- Ueber eine Stoning der Cholesterin-Ausscheidung (ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hypercholesterinamien) Zschr. klin. Med., 1933, 123: 749-63.—Shope, R. E. The hypercholestero- lemia of fasting as influenced by the separate administration of fats, carbohydrates, and proteins. J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 80: 133-40.—Sokolov, N. A. [On the causes of cholesterinemia] Vrach. dielo, 1923, 6: 331-6. ----- Experimentelle Untersu- chungen fiber die Hypercholesterinamie. Virchows Arch., 1923, 245: 203-18. ----- Zur Charakteristik der experimen- tellen alimentaren Hypercholesterinamie beim Kaninchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1925, 46: 650-5.—Sunderman, F. W., & Weidman, F. B. Hypercholesterolemia; the experimental in- duction of hypercholesterolemia. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1925, n.s., 12: 840-50.—Tavastsherna, N. I. [Hypercholesteri- nemia in monkeys] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1935, 40: 155-62.—Thaler, N. Auditory acuity in hypercholesteremia. Laryngoscope, 1932, 42: 741-8.—Tholldte, M. Hypercholesterinamie, Blut- druck und Gefassveranderungen im Tierversuch. Beitr. path. Anat., 1927, 77: 61-120.—Thomas, E. Note sur l'hypertrophie du cceur et de surrenales chez le cobaye sous l'influence de l'hypercholesterinemie. Rev. m6d. Suisse rom., 1934, 54: 872-5.—Tixier, L., & Eck, M. Le traitement de l'hypercholesteri- nemie. Gaz. h6p., 1934, 107: 1592.—Tratamiento de la hiperco- lesterinemia. Med. ibera, 1935, 29: ptl, 16—Tregubow, A. Ueber das Verhalten des Blutdrucks bei Kaninchen mit experi- menteller Hypercholesterinamie. Krankheitsforschung, 1928, 6: 87-96.—Verse, M. Ueber die Augenveranderungen (Lipoido- sis oculi) bei der experimentellen Lipocholesterinamie des Ka- ninchens. Virchows Arch., 1924, 250: 252-74. ----- Bemer- kungen zur Frage der Cholesterinkrankheit des Kaninchens. Beitr. pat. Anat., 1928, 80: 235-8.—Wada, K. Chemische und histologische Studie zur experimentellen Hypercholesterinamie. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1925, 15: 36-52—Wendt, H. Hypercho- lesterinamie und Vitamin A. Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 1213-5.—Wilensky, A. O. Hypercholesterolsemia. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1924, 38: 163-70.—Wustmann, O. Experimentelle Unter- suchungen fiber die Bedeutung der Hypercholesterinamie fiir 21767—VOL. 2, 4th series----32 die Entwicklung solitarer xanthomutischer Granulome. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1925, 46: 731-9—Yuasa, D. Ueber die experi- mentelle Cholesterinkrankheit bei Omnivoren. Beitr. path. Anat., 1928, 80: 570-94. --- Normal values. Maren Bentz van den Berg, J. W. A. F. van *[Cholesterinaema in children] 69p. 8? Leiden, 1921. Sylvestre, R. Contribution a l'etude de la cholesterinamie chez l'enfant. 56p. 8? Par., 1929. Baranski, R. Contribution & l'etude de la cholesterinemie chez les enfants. Arch. m6d. enf., 1926, 29: 139-49. Also in Tr. sc. Clin. inf. Univ. Varsovie, 1930, 173-84— Brocq-Rous- seau, B., Roussel, G., & Gallot, G. La cholesterine du serum de cheval. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 1075.—Cioglia, L., & Tore, B. Tasso colesterolemico dei conigli normali. Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 788-91. Also Riv. pat. sper., 1935, 15: 401- 14.—Be Simone, R. Sul contenuto in colesterina del siero di sangue del neonato. Pediatria, Nap., 1921, 29: 1023-6—Galdo, A. Contribucion al estudio de la colesterinemia en la primera infancia. Arch, espan. pediat., 1933, 17: 49; 97.—Gardner, J. A. On the cholesterol content of the bile, blood, and flesh of the hippopotamus. Biochem. J., Lond., 1924, 18: 777-84. -----& Gainsborough, H. Studies on the cholesterol content of normal human plasma. Ibid., 1927, 21: 130-40.—Goldbloom, A., & Gottlieb, R. The cholesterol content of the blood of infants and children. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1927, 17: 1333-6.—Gartz, S, [Examination of blood cholesterol in infants] Ugeskr. laeger. 1935, 97: 786-8.—Kim, M. S. Blood cholesterol in Koreans on ordinary diet. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1934, 24: 35.—Kooy, R., & Rosenthal, W. Ueber die Konstanz des Cholesterinspiegels im Blut der Ratte. Acta brevia neerl., 1933, 3: 135-8.—Lesne, E., Zizine, P., & Sylvestre. Taux de la cholesterine sanguine chez l'enfant. Rev. fr. p6diat., 1929, 5: 423-15— Parhon, C. I., & Parhon, M. Sur la cholesterinemie chez les oiseaux et sur ses rapports avec la fonction de reproduction. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 349.—Radsma, W. La teneur en cholesterine du sang chez les habitants des tropiques. Arch. n6erl. physiol., 1929, 14: 371-85. Also Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1929, 69: 793-805 — Rosen, I., & Krasnow, F. Comparative studies on blood cho- lesterol in women. Am. J. Obst., 1927, 14: 321-9.—Santos, N. dos. Le taux de la cholesterine dans le sang arteriel et le sang veineux, chez les cobayes normaux et les cobayes tubereuleux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 917-9.—Shope, R. E. Cholesterol in blood of horseshoe crab and woolly bear caterpillar. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1928-29, 26: 336—Sperry, W. M. Cho- lesterol of the blood plasma in the neonatal period. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1936, 51: 84-90.—Tour, A. F. [Cholesterinemia in children] Russ. klin., 1928, 10: 30-45—Ward, K. M. Study of the blood cholesterol in childhood. Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1931, 6: 329-33.—Weidman, F. B., & Sunderman, F. W. The normal blood cholesterol figures for man and for the lower ani- mals. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1925, n.s., 12: 679-90. Also repr. ---- Variations. RtiGER, J. M. *Ueber die Wirkung von Salyr- gan auf den Cholesterinspiegel im Serum. 25p. 8? Berl., 1933. Thurnherr, A. *TJeber das Cholesterin des Serums; sein Sattigungsgrad bei physiologischen und pathologischen Zustanden. 16p. 8? Basel, 1931. Acuna, M., & Winocur, P. Variations physiologiques de la cholesteroiemie dans l'enfance. Acta paediat., Upps., 1931, 11: 199-201 [Discussion] 223. Also Arch. med. enf., 1931, 39: 409-15.—Argaud, R., & Soula, L. C. Rapports morphologiques et signification physiologique de la cholesterinemie. Prat. m6d. fr., 1926, 5: 401-12.—Baylac, J., & Sendrail, M. Les modi- fications de la cholesterinemie au cours de la croissance. Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1928, 3.ser., 52: 33-5.—Benso, F. Studio sulle variazioni della colesterinemia in vari generi di anestesia e negli interventi chirurgici. Gior. batt. immun., 1933, 10: 362-71.—Bruger, M., & Poindexter, C. A. The effect of the in- gestion of water and of urea on the cholesterol content of the plasma. J. Biol. Chem., 1933,101: 21-8.—Bruger, M., & Somach, I The diurnal variations of the cholesterol content of the blood. Ibid 1932, 97: 23-30. Also repr.—Brunton, C. E. Radium and the blood cholesterol. Q.J. Med., Oxford, 1926-27, 20: 321-9.— Bugnard, L. Rapports entre l'hypercholesterinemie des sple- nectomises et la secretion biliaire de la cholesterine; variations concomitantes du pH sanguin et de la viscosite. J. physiol. path, gen., 1929, 27: 741-5.—Castex, M. R., Ontaneda, L. E., & Schteingart, M. Action de la ponction cisternale sur le cho- lesterol sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931,16:147— Chilla, A. II comportamento della colesterina nella splenectomia e nella sieroanafilassi sperimentale. Fol. med., Nap., 1932, 18: 1251- 60 —Danysz-Michel & Laskownicki, S. Variations du taux de BLOOD CHOLESTEROL 498 BLOOD CHOLESTEROL cholesterine dans le sang sous Taction de certains antiseptiques et de certains vaccins. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 632-4.— De Candia, S. Azione di un nuovo preparato antibacillare sulla colesterina'ematica. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1927, 6: 121-3.— Del Zoppo, R. Azione della milza sulla colesterinemia. Riv. pat. sper., 1936-37, 16: 135-9—De Nito, G. Modificazione del contenuto in colesterina nei sangue per influenza della linfo- ganglina e della colina. Rass. ter. pat. clin., 1929, 1: 385-99. ----- Modiflcazioni del contenuto in colesterina nei sangue per influenza del calcio ione (contributo alio studio sull' azione vagale del Ca-ione) Ibid., 1933, 5: 233-47.—Dobreff, M., Peneff, L., & Wittkower, E. Ueber den Einfluss von Gemtitsbewegun- gen auf den Blutcholesteringehalt. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1936, 98: 428-31—Eck, M., & Besbordes, J. Sur le taux de la cho- lesterine et le pouvoir cholesterolytique du serum de vieillard. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 428. ------ Influence de l'age sur les variations de la cholesterinemie et du pouvoir cholestero- lytique. Ibid., 1935, 118: 498-501—Fedeli, C, & Torri, O. Delle colesterinemie e delle influenze su queste della terapia idro- minerale. Umbria med., 1921, 2: 246-8.—Finck. De Taction des eaux de Vittel sur la cholesterinemie. Rev. med. est, 1923, 51: 744.—Franke, M., & Malczynski, S. Le cholesterol total et ses fractions dans le sang apres 1'hepatectomie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 1212-6.—Goebel, F. L'histamine et le taux du cholesterol dans le sang. Ibid., 1934, 117: 535-7.—Gorini, P. Le inalazioni di aria irradiata in terapia; il comportamento del tasso colesterinico nei sangue dei bambini. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1928, 10: 789-809—Gray, S. H. The blood cholesterol follow- ing repeated administrations of chloroform, paraldehyde, and urethane. J. Biol. Chem., 1930, 87: 591-6. Also repr.—Gra- ze wska, Z., & Roussel, G. Les cholesterol du serum de cheval en fonction des saignees successives. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 1195.—Invernizzi, G. Colesterina e variazioni fisiopatolo- giche del tasso colesterinemico. Clin. med. ital., 1929, 60: 122-59.—Kameyama, M. Experimental studies on the metabo- lism of cholesterol; influences of injections of organ extracts and products on contents of cholesterol in blood. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1933, 18: 8—Kofler, L., Kollert, V., & Susani, 0. Stei- gerung der Cholesterinmenge des Serums durch intravenose Saponininjektionen. Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 1914.—Lasch, F., & Roller, D. Steigerung des Serum cholesterins nach peroralen Salzgaben. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1935-36, 97: 224-8.—Leopold, J. S. Changes in the blood cholesterol in children following lanolin inunctions and irradiation; preliminary report. Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1929, 46: 756-61.—Leszler, A. Ueber die Wirkung der intravenos verabreichten Farbstoffe auf den Cholesteringe- halt des Blutes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 71: 477-9.—Ligas, A. Sul tasso colesterinemico e sul contenuto in grassi e lipoidi della corteccia surrenale in animali splenectomizzati. Arch. farm, sper., Roma, 1935, 59: 210-9—Loeper, M., & Binet, E. M. Action comparee de quelques purgatifs sur la cholesterinemie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 903.—Loeper, M., & Begos, R. Action des rayons ultra-violets sur la teneur en cholesterine du serum. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1930, 3.ser., 46: 1458- 63.—McEachern, J. M., & Gilmour, C. R. Physiological vari- ations in blood cholesterol. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1932, 26: 30-3. -----Blood cholesterol in various conditions. Ibid., 158.— Malzcynski, S. Influence de I'emploi de la lampe de quartz (systeme Hanau) sur le taux de la cholesterine dans le sang chez I'homme et chez les animaux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 922-5.-----[Effect of ultra-violet rays on cholesterol in the blood of man and animals] Polska gaz. lek., 1928, 7: 724. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 808. Also Polska gaz. lek., 1932, 11: 772. ----- Comportement du taux du cholesterol dans le sang sous l'influence de l'irradiation unique par des rayons infra-rouges et des rayons Roentgen; variations precoces. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111: 1019-22. ----- Variations du taux du cholesterol dans le sang sous l'influence des rayons solaires. Ibid., 1933, 113: 1300-2—Maranon, J. G., & Collazo, J. M. L'ac- tion des extraits hepatiques sur la cholesterinemie et l'eiimina- tion de la cholesterine par la bile. Rev. med. chir. mal. foie, 1934, 9: 167-86.—Margreth, G., & Lambranzi, M. Sul com- portamento della colesterina del sangue in seguito ad irradiazione del fegato. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1927, 2: 507.—Marie, A. C. Acide citrique et cholesterol6mie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 13.—Maruta, K. Influence of X-ray irradiation of the spleen upon the cholesterin content of the blood. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1934-36, 4: Surg., 262. ----- Einfluss der verschiedenen Allgemeinnarkosen auf den Blutcholesteringehalt. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1936, 28: 479-502.—Mauriac, P. Les variations de la cholesteroiemie et leur significations. Liege m6d., 1934, 27: 1117; 1145.—Melka, J. [Quantity of cholesterin in the blood serum of elderly persons] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1927, 6: 296-9.— Mjassnikow, A. L. Ueber den Einfluss der Aderlass- und Pyri- dinaniimie und der Splenektomie auf den Blut-Cholesteringe- halt des Kaninchens. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 52: 171-9.— Munoz, J. M. Las variaciones horarias y diarias del colesterol sanguineo. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1932, 8: 595-603. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 463-5—Nalin, E. La colesteri- nemia senile (ricerche sperimentali) Gior. med. Alto Adige 1930, 2: 459-61—Nekludov, V. [Influence of starvation, hypo- thyroidism, parathyroid gland, and kidneys on cholesterinemia] Med. biol. J., Leningr., 1927, 3: 14-25.—Ornstein, T. La cho- lesterinemie et les rayons ultra-violets. C. rend. Soc. biol 1930, 103: 190— Parhon, C. I., & Ornstein, I. Action des purga- tifs sur la cholesteroiemie. Ibid., 1931, 108: 301.—Parturier, G. Influence de la temperature sur la teneur en cholesterine du serum de cobaye. Ibid., 1923, 89: 405. ------ Les variations de la cholesterinemie suivant certaines conditions exterieures a l'organisme. Bull. Acad. m6d., Par., 1925, 3.ser., 93: 381.— Pennetti, G. Rapporto fra colesterinemia e temperatura. Ann clin. med., Pal., 1927, 17: 61-93—Pilatre-Jacquin, R. The preseni significance of variations of cholesterin in the blood -Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1926, n.s., 121: 500—Pourbaix, Y., & Denisov, N. Etude de la cholesterinemie chez les lapins badi- geonnes ou injectes de benzopyrene. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936 122: 128-30—Pribrsky, J., & Andres, A. [Changes of blood cholesterin after provocative injections] Shorn. 16k., 1932, 33- 169-92—Roffo, A. H., & Be Giorgi, H. Las modificaciones in vitro de la colesterina de la sangue. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer B. Air., 1929, 5: 138-43. Also Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1929' 11: 1062-6. Also Strahlentherapie, 1929, 33: 385-8. ----- La funcion acida en la transformation de la colesterina por los rayos Roentgen en el suero sanguineo. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer B. Air., 1930, 7: 292-7—Saidl, J. [Effect of Roentgen rays on the quantity of cholesterol in the blood] Cas. lek. cesk., 1929, 68: 729-33.—Sanchirico, F. La colesterina nello stato di riposo e di fatica. Fol. med., Nap., 1929, 15: 1699-715.—Scheffer, J„ & Bardos, G. Ueber den Einfluss der Nervenreizung auf den Cholesterin- und Fettgehalt des von der Extremitat abfliessen- den Blutes. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 236: 493-9.—Schliephake, E. Ueber den Einfluss von Milzstoffen auf den Cholesteringehalt des Blutes. Klin. Wschr., 1933,12: 1936-8.—Shirato, Y. Gesamt- fettsauren- und Cholesteringehalt des Blutes bei Milzexstirpa- tion und bei Blockade des retikuloendothelialen Systems. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1934, 23: 588-98—Shope, R. E. The effect of age on the total and combined cholesterol of the blood serum. J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 80:141-8. Also repr.—Velardi, F. Coleste- rinemia da splenectomia e da siero-anafilassi. Fol. med., Nap., 1930, 16: 637-45.—Wischnowitzer, E. Der Einfluss des vermin- derten Luftdruckes auf den Cholesterolgehalt des Blutes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1935-36, 97: 780-97. ---- Variations, nutritional. Adler, A., & Schiff, L. Einige Beobachtungen fiber die Wirkung der Leberdiat besonders auf das Blutcholesterin. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1928, 161: 282-90—Burger, M., & Habs, H. Die alimentare Hypercholesterinamie beim stoff- wechselgesunden Menschen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1927, 56: 640-7.—Cornell, B. S. An immediate fall of blood cholesterol after eating or after histamine injection; a study of its physiologic significance. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1928-29, 14: 209-16—Gardner, J. A., & Gainsborough, H. Studies on the cholesterol content of normal human plasma; on the so-called alimentary hypercho- lesterolaemia. Biochem. J., Lond., 1928, 22: 1048-56—Gerloczy, G. [Effect of cholesterol and lecithin dosage on cholesterol contents in the blood and leucocytic blood picture in man] Orv. hetil., 1928, 72: 433-8—Lambin, P., & Sternhoudt, J. Influence de Texcitation du systeme reticulo-endothelial sur l'hypercho- lesterinemie alimentaire. C. rend. Soc biol., 1932, 111: 1088- 90.—Leites, S. Studien fiber Fett- und Lipoidstoffwechsel; fiber alimentare Cholesterinamie. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 184: 300-9.—Matsunami, K. Ueber die quantitativen Veranderun- gen des Cholesterins im Serum und verschiedenen Organen bei peroraler Verabreichung von Cholesterin an Kaninchen, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Altersverhaltnisse. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1932, 44: 2175.—Mjassnikow, A. L. Ueber ali- mentare Beeinflussung der Cholesterinamie beim Menschen. Zschr. klin. Med., 1926, 103: 767-78.—Morizawa, K. Der Cho- lesteringehalt des Blutes von mit Cholesterin geffitterten Kaninchen beim Hungern. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1924-25, 7: 357 -67— Nakae, R. Ueber den Einfluss der peroralen Zufuhr von bestrahlten Ergosterinpraparaten auf den Blut- cholesteringehalt normaler Kaninchen. Nagoya J.M. Sc, 1933, 7: 88-90.—Okey, R., & Stewart, B. Diet and blood cho- lesterol in normal women. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 99: 717-27. Also repr.—Pucher, G. W., & Sly, G. E. Blood cholesterol; after fasting and after cholesterol ingestion. Bull. Buffalo Gen. Hosp., 1929, 7: 10-4—Ralli, E. P., & Waterhouse, A. Blood cholesterol in dogs on an A deficient diet. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1933, 30: 519-23— Remesov, I., & Tavastatyerna, N. Experimentell-chemische Studien fiber den Lipoidstoffwechsel; fiber die Hypercholesterinamie bei Omnivoren und Herbi- voren, hervorgerufen durch parenterale Belastung mit kolloidem Cholesterin und Lecithin. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 76: 419-62.—Silvestri, S. Sul contenuto in colesterina nei sangue e nella bile nella alimentazione con le uova. Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1931,57: 231-4. ---- Variations, pathologic. See also Blood cholesterol, Excess; also names of various diseases as Cancer; Diphtheria; Epi- lepsy; Lead, Poisoning; Nephritis; Scarlet fever; Tuberculosis. Btjchler, H. *Cholesterin- und Lipoid- bestimmungen im normalen und pathologischen Blutserum. 23p. 8? Zur., 1928. Ewert, B. *TJeber die Einwirkung von Hyperthermic auf den Gehalt des Blutplasmas und verschiedener Organe an f reiem und Estercho- lesterin. p.421-559. 8? Upps., 1935. Also Uppsala lak.foren. forh., 1935, 40: BLOOD CHOLESTEROL 499 BLOOD CHOLESTEROL Huffmann, M. *Zur Bestimmung des Ge- samtcholesterins im Blut an gynakologischen und geburtshilflichen Fallen [Freiburg] lOp. 8? Lpz., 1915. Sohaefer, E. *Die Variabilitat des Choleste- rinspiegels im Blute bei fieberhaften gynakologi- schen Erkrankungen [Berlin] 14p. 8? Pots- dam, 1929. Stein, G. *Zur Frage des Cholesteringehaltes des Blutes mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Syphilis [Freiburg] 35p. 8? Berl., 1914. Tamches, A. *L6cithine et cholesterine du s6rum et leur rapport a l'etat normal et dans certains 6tats pathologiques. 64p. 8? Par., 1926. Alessandri, C. Brevi ricerche sulla colesterinemia nell'uomo in Svariate condizioni morbose. Riforma med., 1921, 37: 1095-9.—Audo-Gianotti, G. B. Colesterinemia e pneumoconiosi. Morgagni, 1932, 74: 1139.—Balice, G. Ricerche sul contenuto colesterinico del siero di sangue in rapporto alia colecistografia. Riforma med., 1927, 43: 1035.—Barmvater, K. [Research on the cholesterin content nf the blood in various diseases] Hos- pitalstidende, 1927, 70: 2S7-96—Baylac, J., & Sendrail, M. Sur la signification de la cholesterinemie en pathologie infantile. Arch. med. enf., 1928, 31: 662-8.—Bernardeo, V. II comporta- mento della colesterinemia nelle malattie chirurgiche dell' in- fanzia. Riforma med., 1934, 50: 1080-7.—Boyd, T. C, & Roy, A. C. Notes on the cholesterol content of Indian blood in health and in leprosy. Ind. J.M. Res., 1927-28, 15: 643-51.—Caporale, L., & Pecco, R. Sulla colesterinemia nelle affezioni chirurgiche delle vie urinarie. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1929, 1: no. 10, 27-41.—Chorazak, T. La cholesterine du sang et de la peau dans les dermatoses avec keratose atypique. J. physiol. path. gen., 1933, 31: 408-13—Cuizza, T. A propos de l'influence de l'amenorrhee chirurgicale sur le taux cholesterinemique. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1930, 2: 469.—Bavison, R. In- terpretation of blood cholesterol determinations. Southwest. M., 1935, 19: 311-4— Bominici, G., & Pecorella, G. Studi sul comportamento della colesterinemia nelle emopatie. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1931, 94: 123-33.—Buncan, A. G. The serum cholesterol in mental disorders. J. Med. Sc, Lond., 1930, 76: 284-91—Epstein, E. Z., & Greenspan, E. B. Clinical significance of the cholesterol partition of the blood plasma in hepatic and in biliary diseases. Arch. Int. M., 1936, 58:860-90.— Finucci, V. Ricerche sierologiche sulla colesterina in condizioni normali e patologiche. Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 7: 530-7.— Fogliani, U. II comportamento della colesterina del siero di sangue nell' ulcera peptica gastro-duodenale e nella calcolosi biliare. Riv. pat. sper., 1930, 5: 478-87.------ La colesteri- nemia e la secrezione cloridrica dello stomaco in alcune affezioni chirurgiche (ulcera G. o. d.; gastropatie semplici; calcolosi biliari; S.A.D. semplice o con colecistite) Ibid., 1934-35, 12: 63-75.—Gardner, J. A., & Gainsborough, H. Blood cholesterol studies in biliary and hepatic disease. Q.J. Med., Oxford, 1929-30, 23: 465-83.—Garside, E. Effect of complete biliary fistula on blood cholesterol. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1930-31, 28: 336-8—Gavrila, I., & Berariu, C. La cholesteri- nemie dans les maladies infectieuses aigues. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99:1814-6. Also Cluj. med., 1928, 9: no.ll, 662-7—Gosden, M., Fox, J. T., & Brain, W. R. The cholesterol of the blood plasma in epilepsy. Lancet, Lond., 1929, 2: 12-6.—Herzfeld, E., & Haudek, E. Vorkommen und klinische Bedeutung des Cholesterins im Blut. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1934-35, 53: 81; 172.— Hurxthal, L. M. Blood cholesterol and hypometabolism; suprarenal and pituitary deficiency, obesity, and miscellaneous conditions. Arch. Int. M., 1934, 53: 825-31.—Juarros, C, & Gallarreta, P. Colesterina sanguinea y anormalidad infantil. Arch, espan. pediat., 1931, 15: 29-39. ------ Colesterina y anormalidad infantil (100 observaciones personales) Med. ibera, 1931, 15: 385-9.—Kanocz, D. [Cholesterinemia in various dis- eases] Orv. hetil., 1934, 78: mell., 106.—Kipp, H. A. Variations in the total cholesterol content of the blood serum in pernicious anaemia and pneumonia. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21, 18: 25-7.—Koning, W. J. [Cholesterin content of the blood in various diseases] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1922, 66: pt2, 540-5 — Lang, I. Blutserumcholesterin und chirurgische Diagnostik. Arch. klin. Chir., 1930, 161: 355-97.-Laroche, G., & Grigaut, A. Les modifications de la cholesterinemie chez les oxaiemiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 1104.—Lubinski, H., & Stern, R. Ueber die klinische Bedeutung des Cholesterins in der Galle und im Blutserum; der Einfluss der Cholesterinbehandlung auf den Ablauf experimenteller Infektionen. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1926, 114: 1-5—MacAdam, W., & Shiskin, C. The cho- lesterol content of the blood in anaemia, and its relation to splenic function. Q.J. Med., Oxf., 1922-23, 16: 193-203.----- The cholesterol content of the blood in relation to genito-urinary sepsis. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1923-24, 17: sect, urol., 53-5 — Macchioro, G., & Romanin, V. La colesterinemia nelle affezioni delle vie biliari e nelle ulcere gastroduodenali. Minerva med., Tor., 1935, 26: pt2, 283-6.—Macciotta, G. Contributo alio studio del contenuto in colesterina del sangue del bambino normale ed in alcune malattie (malaria-tubercolosi) Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. med., 406-16— McGee, L. C. Blood cholesterol in disturb- ™of'h6 basal metabolic rate. Ann. Int. M., 1935-36, 9: ^8-38—Malerba, L. II ttisso colesterinico del siero di sangue in varie forme morbose. Cron. clin. med. Genova, 1921 27- 29 Also Riforma med., 1921, 37: 602-5—Mallardo, C A II com- portamento della colesterinemia in alcune sindromi cliniche Morgagni, 1930, 72: 699-702.-Manicatide, Bratescu, A., & Kusescu, A. Recherches sur la teneur en cholesterine du serum des nourrisson, au cours des affections du tube digestif C rend Soc biol., 1927, 97: 391-3.-Mattick, W. L., & Buchwald, K. Hlood cholesterol studies in cancer; relation to nonmalignant conditions J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 16: 1087-90. Also repr.— Maxwell, J. The significance of the blood-cholesterol in genito- urinary surgery. Brit. J. Surg., 1928-29, 16: 226-34.—Mazzeo, M. Le variazioni quantitative della colesterina nei corso di alcune infezioni. Rass. ter. pat. clin., 1931, 3: 286-95—Michail, p., & Vancea, P. Recherches sur le pouvoir cholesterinolytique du s6rum humain dans les affections oculaires. C rend Soc biol., 1928, 98: 1470.—Murphy, F. D. Chronic nephritis with and without edema; a study of cholesterol in these conditions. J. Clin. Invest., 1927-28, 5: 63-99.—Nobecourt, P. Comninos, A., & Ducas, P. La cholesteroiemie et ses relations avec les albu- mines du serum dans les etats de denutrition de la premiere enfance. Arch. med. enf., 1932, 35: 249-58. Also Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1932, 30: 59-62.—Nonay, T. [Cholesterol of the blood and intraocular pressure] Orv. hetil., 1930, 74: 315-7.— Petrynowski, M. Sur les rapports mutuels du la cholesterine libre et combmee dans le serum du sang humain surtout chez les icteriques. Sang, Par., 1928, 2: 321-32—Prevel, L. La cholesterinemie au point de vue medical. Vie med., 1924, 5: 855-8.—Schmidt, H. B. A clinical study of cholesterinemia in patients with nitrogen retention; a preliminary paper. Ann. Clin. M., 1922, 1: 66-8—Schwarz, L. S. [Contents of cholesterin in the serum in various diseases] Soviet, klin., 1931, 16: 251.— Simoni, A. II comportamento della colesterinemia in bambini sani, ed in bambini affetti da varie malattie. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1933, 15: 411-30—Stirpe, G. Sulle variazioni del tasso colesterinico del siero di sangue nell' uomo nei regime alimentare ipercolesterinizzante in condizioni normali e patologiche. Poli- clinico, 1930, 37: sez. prat., 1625-30—Thurnherr, A. Cholesterin- sattigungsbestimmungen des Blutserums unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Hypertonic und der Graviditat. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1932, 62: 111-5—Tietz, L. Ueber das Verhalten der Cholesterine im Blut und in den Nieren, sowie fiber die pathologisch-anatomischen Veranderungen derselben bei Cho- lesterinurie. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1922, 27: 353-67.— Titone, M. La colesterinemia nelle sindromi associate dell' addome destro. Ann. ital. chir., 1933, 12: 189-208.—Varone, L. Ricerche sul contenuto in colesterina nei sangue di bambini sani e malati: contributo alia conoscenza della sua azione biologica. Riv. clin. pediat., 1929, 27: 599-618.—Werner, G. Recherches sur la serocholesterinemie dans le syndrome anorchitique experimen- tal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1185. ---- in pregnancy and puerperium. Frenzel, M. *Cholesterinbestimmungen bei Schwangeren, Kreissenden und Wochnerinnen. 18p. 6ch. 8? Lpz., 1926. Pote, H. *Contribution a l'etude du cho- lesterol au cours de l'etat gravidique et puer- peral. 44p. 8? Par., 1933. Aujaleu, E., Bugnard, L. [et al.] Sur la cholesteroiemie au cours de la grossesse. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 1460.— Bugnard, L., Colombies, H., & Guilhem, P. Recherches sur la cholesteroiemie au cours de la grossesse. Gvn. obst., Par., 1936, 33: 346-65.—Cioglia, L. Ormoni dell' urina gravidica e colesterolemia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol sper., 1935, 10: 890-2.— Coppola, M. Sulle variazioni del tasso colesterinemico durante il decorso della gravidanza e del puerperio. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1934, 15: 727.—Govaerts, J. Etude de la cholesterinemie maternelle et foetale; consideration sur l'ictere du nouveau-ne. Bruxelles med., 1929-30, 10: 954-9—Guilhem, Bugnard & Colombies. Sur la cholesteroiemie au cours de la grossesse. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1935, 24: 366-8 —Kaufmann, C, & Muhlbock, O. Ueber Cholesterinbilanzen in der Schwanger- schaft und im Wochenbett; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Schwanger- schaftshypercholesterinamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 89: 200-10.—Kiirten, H. Cholesteringehalt und Suspensionssta- bilitat des Blutes wahrend Graviditat und Puerperium. Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 1216-8.—Manzi, L. Curve lipemiche, coleste- rolemiche e chetonemiche da carico lipidico nelle gravide. Arch, ostet. gin., 1936, ser.2, 23: 397-402—Niculescu, M. P., & Prutescu, B. [Fangotherapv for cholesteremia in pregnancy] Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1928,17: 747-60.—Parhon, C. I., & Cahane, T. Hypercholesterinemie serique des animaux recevant en injection Purine de femmes gravides. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 453.—Perez Velasco, B., & Maurolagoitia y Unda, J. A. Colesterina en el embarazo, parto, puerperio y recien nacido. Med. ibera, 1931, 25: pt2, 729; 761. Also Rev. espan. obst. gin., 1931, 16: 64; 108.—Rosenbloom, B. Cholesterol of maternal and fetal blood at the conclusion of pregnancy. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 908-10—Shope, R. E., & Gowen, J. W. Cholesterol and cholesterol ester in the blood serum of cattle late in pregnancy and during the early lactation period. J. Exp. M., 1928, 48: 25-30.—Teilum, G. [Examination of blood cholesterol in pregnancy] Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: 140-53. BLOOD CIRCULATION 500 BLOOD CIRCULATION BLOOD circulation. See also Blood pressure; Blood-vessels; Blood volume; Cardiovascular system; Heart; Pulse; Vasomotor nerves; also in 3.ser., Blood, Circulation; Circulatory system. Deutsche Gesellschaft fur Kreislauf- forschung. Verhandlungen. Dresd., v.l, 1928- Kisch, B. Vier Vorlesungen iiber Kreislauf - fragen, gehalten an der Spanischen Universidad Internacional de Verano en Santander. 64p. 8? Koln, 1934. Parsons W. The circulation of the blood. 204p. 8? Lond. [1934] Wiggers, C. J. Modern aspects of the circu- lation in health and disease. 2.ed. 662p. 8? Phila., 1923. Zeitschrift fur Kreislaufforschung. Dresd., v.19, 1927- Continuation of Zentralblatt ftir Herz- und Gefasskrank- heiten. Bodon, K. Neuere Gesichtspunkte in der Kreislaufslehre. Mschr. ungar. Med., 1929, 3: 423-31.—Bogomolets, A. A. [Con- troversies about circulation] Med. biol. J., Leningr., 1929, 5: 51-6.—Bohnenkamp, H. Der Kreislauf. Lehrb. spez. path. Physiol. (Becher, Bohnenkamp) Jena, 1935, 105-64.—Braun, L. Konstitution und Kreislauf. Mitt. Volksgesundhamt., Wien, 1930, 239-45.—Bollinger, A. Der Kreislauf des Blutes. Schwes- ter, 1922, 5: 49-52—Fornet, B. [Actual problems of blood cir- culation] Orv. hetil., 1933, 77: 481-4.—Klisiecki, A. Die Strbmung des Blutes im Aortabogen. Zschr. Biol., 1936, 97: 1-6.—Lauter, S. Kreislaufprobleme. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 526; 593.—Ludwig, H. Kreislaufuntersuchungen an Gesunden. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 794-7.—McCrae, T. The circulation in relation to surgery. Med. Clin. N. America, 1927, 10: 1501-12.—Marey, J. Recherches sur la circu- lation sanguine. Paris med., 1930, 78: annexe, 141.—Musumeci Grasso, F. Brevi considerazioni sulla circolazione generale e loro importanzia in fisiopatologia ed in terapia. Med. nuova, 1928, 19: 163-8—Plesch, J. Kreislaufsprobleme. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 1158; 1384; 1941; 2117. ----- [Kreislaufstu- dien] Sven. lak. sail, hand., 1929, 55: 72-87.—Pruche, A. Les types circulatoires eiementaires. Bull. Soc. m6d. Paris, 1934 290-3. Also Clinique, Par., 1935, 30: 178; 197.—Reid, M. R. A general consideration of blood supply in the practice of medi- cine and surgery. South. M.J., 1933, 26: 107-15.—Sprunt, T. P. Certain aspects of blood flow. N. York State J.M., 1936, 36: 1762-6.—Strubell-Harkort. Die Erforschung des Kreislaufs. Med. Welt. 1932, 6: 540; 578. ---- Blood reservoirs. See also Liver; Lung; Spleen. Barcroft, J. Stores of blood. Vet. J., Lond., 1931, 87: 466; 504.—Berglund, A. [Blood reservoirs and blood stability] Hygiea, Stockh., 1930, 92: 677-93.—Hansen, R. Ueber den Uterus als Blutdepot in der Schwangerschaft. Zschr. Ge- burtsh. Gyn., 1934, 109: 265-73.—Haynal, E. von. Ueber die Bedeutung der Leber und der Lunge fiir die Herzftillung und Blutverteilung . Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928, 62: 229-^41 Also Magy. orv. arch., 1930, 31: 263-75, 8ch—Hochrein, M. Zur Anatomie und Physiologie des Lungendepots. Zschr Kreis- laufforsch., 1934, 26: 898-906. ----- & Keller, C. J. Beitrage zur Blutzirkulation im kleinen Kreislauf; der Einfluss mechani- scher Vorgange auf die mittlere Durchblutung und die Depot- funktion der Lunge. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1932, 164: 529-51 ----- Wechselbeziehungen der Blutdepots. Klin. Wschr 1932,11:1574.—Jarisch, A., & Ludwig, W. Ueber das Pfortader- gebiet als Blutreservoir. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1927, 124: 102-17.—Kahlstorf, A., & Ludwig, H. Tierexperimentelle Unter- suchungen zur Lokalisation der Blutdepots. Zschr ges exn Med., 1931, 76: 804-18.—Ludwig, H. Zur Funktion der Blut- depots (ein Versuch zum Nachweis von Plasmadepots) Ibid 1931-32, 80: 36-52.—Magnus-Alsleben, E. Zur Kenntnis der Blutdepots. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1930, 42. Kongr 230-2—Morhardt, P. E. Les reservoirs sanguins en physiologie et en pathologie. Presse med., 1933, 41: 1142-5 —Pfeifer R A Die Angioarchitektonik der Lunge mit Rficksicht auf ihre Depotfunktion. Zschr. Kreislaurlorsch., 1934, 26- 906-16 — Sjbstrand, T. Funktionieren die Leber und die Lunee als Blutdepots? Klin. Wschr., 1934,13: 169-73. ---- capillary. See also Capillaries. Finsterwald, H. *Der Kapillarkreislauf im Hochgebirge bei Gesunden und Tuberkulosen und seine Beziehung zu der in der Hohe beob- achteten Blutkorperchen- und Hamoglobin ver- mehrung [Zurich] p.239-51. 8? Berl., 1923 Also Beitr. Klin. Tuberk., 1923, 54: Mandl, P. *Etudes sur la circulation capil- laire a la lumiere de la capillaroscopie (essai d'un capillarodiagnostic) 50p. 8? Par., 1923. Schreyer, E. * Ueber die Abweichung vom Poiseuille'schen Gesetz bei Durchstromung von Kapillaren mit Blut. 15p. 8? Munch., 1929. Basler, A. Ueber die Blutbewegung in den Capillaren- Beziehungen zwischen Strbmungsgeschwindigkeit und Druck' Arch. ges. Physiol., 1921, 190: 212-21—Bastai, P., & Bogliotti," G. C. Considerazioni sulla circolazione nei capillar! sanguigni nelle varie eta ed in varie condizioni morbose. Boll. Soc ital biol. sper., 1934, 9: 866-9—Beecher, H. K. The independent control of the capillary circulation in a mammal. Skand Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1936, 73: 1-6.—Bishop, P. M. Control of capillary circulation. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1927, 41- 143-8.—Bursanovsky, V. A. [Determination of the rate of capillary blood circulation] Klin, med., Moskva, 1933, 11- 901-3.—Bale, H. H. The circulation of blood in the capillary vessels. Proc. R. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1925, 24: 623-5.—Bavidson G. M. Psychosomatic phenomena and capillary circulation' Med. Rec, N.Y., 1934, 139: 219; 275; 326; 452.—Fahraeus, R., & Lindquist, T. The viscosity of the blood in narrow capillary tubes. Am. J. Physiol., 1931, 96: 562-8.—Freedlander, S. 0., & Lenhart, C. H. Clinical observations on the capillary circu- lation. Arch. Int. M., 1922, 29: 12-32.—Guillaume, A. C. Modifications de la circulation du sang dans les capillaires pendant la compression graduelle des arteres: application a la mesure de la tension sanguine dans les arteres et les arterioles Bull, med., Par., 1924, 38: 1137—Hagen, W. Die Schwankun- gen im Capillarkreislauf. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1922, 26' 80-6.—Harris, I. A method of estimating the rate of flow of blood through capillaries. Lancet, Lond., 1930, 1: 963.—Hase- broek. Zur Frage der selbstandigen Strombefbrderung des Blutes im Kapillargebiet der Organe. Zschr. Kreislauflorsch , 1933, 25: 745-57.—Hinselmann, H. Der Einfluss der Geburt auf die Kapillarstrbmung. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1923, 61- 11-22.—Hisinger-Jagerskiold, E. [Capillary studies in diseases with vasomotor symptoms and some remarks on the impor- tance of the capillaries in the blood circulation] Fin. lak. sail hand., 1924, 66: 404-32.—Holzlbhner, E., & Niessing, C. Ueber Kapillardrosselung bei vermehrter Organdurchblutung. Zschr. Biol., 1936, 97: 108-12.—Hurthle, K. Weitere Untersuchungen fiber die Geschwindigkeit des Blutstromes in den capillaren Gefassen mit Hilfe der Stromlinienmethode. Arch, ges Phy- siol., 1923, 200: 27-39, pi—Jurgensen, E. Mikrokapillarbeob- achtungen und extrakardialer Kreislauf. Deut. Arch klin Med., 1924, 144: 144-55—Krogh, A., Landis, E. M., & Turneri A. H. The movement of fluid through the human capillary wall in relation to venous pressure and to the colloid osmotic pressure of the blood. J. Clin. Invest., 1932, 11: 63-95—Krogh, A., & Rehberg, P. B. Kinematographic methods in the study of capillary circulation. Am. J. Physiol., 1924, 68: 153-60.— Kylin, E. Kann das Kapillarsystem als ein peripheres Herz angesehen werden? Zbl. inn. Med., 1922, 43: 297-303— Landis, E. M. Factors controlling the movement of fluid through the human capillary wall. Yale J. Biol., 1932, 5: 201-25. ---- Poiseulle's law and the capillary circulation. Am. J. Physiol., 1933, 103: 432-43.—Lederer, E. von. Kapillarkreislaufstudien; Grundbegrifle; Methodik. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1936, 182: 363-71. ----- Wirkung einzelner Medikamente auf den Kreislauf. Ibid., 372-83—Leriche, R., & Policard, A. Etude de la circulation capillaire chez I'homme pendant Texcitation des nerfs sympathiques periarteriels et la ligature des arteres. Lyon chir., 1920, 17: 703.—Lewis, T. Observations upon the regulation of blood flow through the capillaries of the human skin. Heart, Lond., 1926, 13: 1-25, 2pl.—Liebesny, P. Zur Frage des Kapillarkreislaufes im Hohenklima. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1923, 53: 777—Luscher, E. Zur Frage des Kapillar- kreislaufes im Hohenklima. Ibid., 778.—Magnus, G. Chirur- gisch wichtige Beobachtungen am Kapillarkreislauf im Bilde des Hautmikroskops von O. Mfiller und Weiss. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1921, 68: 908-10— Manfredi, L. Azione della adrenalina sul circolo capillare dell' uomo. Riforma med., 1923, 39: 1209- 12— Meszaros, K. [Observation on circulation in small capil- laries] Orv. hetil., 1930, 74: 477-80. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med. 1930, 71: 496-505.—Miller, F. R. Recent advances in the physi- ology of the capillary circulation. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1933, 29: 237-41.—Muller, O. Zur Beobachtung des Kapillarkreislaufes beim Menschen. Med. Kor. Bl. Wiirttemberg, 1921, 91: 141. Also Verh. Deut. Kongr. inn. Med., (1920) 1921, 32: 211-20.— Nothaas, R. Capillarkreislauf der Haut und arterieller Blut- druck in ihrer gegenseitigen Beeinflussung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931-32, 80: 53-65.—Oettli, M. Ein einfaches Verfahren zur Vorweisung des strbmenden Blutes in den Kapillaren. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg., 1923-24, 17: 198.—Olkon, B. M., & Joan- nides, M. The capillary circulation in the alveolus pulmonalis of the living dog. Arch. Int. M., 1930, 45: 201-5. Also repr- Perry, I. H. Vital injection as a method for the study of capillary circulation. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1930, 59: 67-74.- Pohcard, A. Un procede simple d'6tude directe de la circulation capillaire chez I'homme; la microangioscopie. Lyon med., 1920, 129: 84.—Ricker, G. Bemerkungen zu der Abhandlung Die Schwankungen im Capillarkreislauf; ein Beitrag zu seiner Physiologie und Pathologie, von Dr Wilhelm Hagen. Zschr, ges. exp. Med., 1921, 25: 252-61.—Rodriguez Saravia, L., & Ve- lasco y Castellanos, R. de. Circulation capilar. Rev. med. BLOOD CIRCULATION 501 BLOOD CIRCULATION cubana, 1934, 45: 1056-63.—Schneider, W. Die Wirkung von Hormonen auf den Kapillarkreislauf unter moglichst physiolo- gischen Bedingungen. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 173: 111-38.— Simoes-Raposo, L. Vitesse de filtration du plasma au niveau des capillaires chez le lapin et le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 513.—Stewart, G. N. Eine Bemerkung fiber die Notiz von Prof. 0. Zoth: In welcher Zeit fliesst ein Kubikmillimeter Blut durch eine Blutcapillare? Arch. ges. Physiol., 1924, 204: 165 — Tigerstedt, R. Die Strbmung des Blutes in den Kapillaren und Venen. Erg. Physiol., 1920, 18: 1-51.—Vannotti, A. Die Capil- larisierung und die Ernahrung des Herzens und der grossen Gefasse unter normalen und pathologischen Bedingungen; Capillarkreislauf und Herztatigkeit. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1936, 99:158-77.—Volterra, M. Sopra il determinismo della rego- lazione nervosa del circolo capillare. Sperimentale, 1927, 81: 269-93.—Weiss, E. Die Strbmung in den Kapillaren und ihre Beziehung zur Gefassfunktion. Verh. Deut. Kongr. inn. Med., (1920) 1921, 32: 221-5—Zoth, O. In welcher Zeit fliesst ein Kubikmillimeter Blut durch eine Blutcapillare? Arch. ges. Physiol., 1923, 199: 651. --- Cardiac output. See also Heart, Physiology. Grollman, A. The cardiac output of man in health and disease. 325p. 8? Springf., 111., 1932. Krane, G. *Untersuchungen iiber das Herz- minutenvolumen bei Schwangeren und seine Beeinflussung durch Prolan. 22p. 8? Bonn, 1933. Anthony, A. J., & Hansen, R. Schlagvolumen und Minuten- volumen des Herzens am Ende der Schwangerschaft und nach der Entbindung. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1934-35, 110: 1-8.— Barcroft, H. Cardiac output and blood distribution. J. Phys- iol., Lond., 1931, 71: 280-91—Bashmakov, V. I., & Blyin-Ka- kuev, B. I. [Minute volume of blood in man during repose and work] Gig. bezopass. pat. truda, 1930, 8: 3-19.—Baumann, H. Ueber die wahre Grosse des Minutenvolumens. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1930, 42. Kongr., 248-50.—Berconsky, I. El volumen circulatorio por minuto en el estado normal y pato- logico. Sem. med., B. Air., 1930, 37: pt2, 570; 621; 737; 817.— Berger, W., & Olloz, M. Untersuchungen zum Studium des Trainiertseins; Herzgrosse und Herzschlagvolum. Arbeits- physiologie, 1933, 7: 18-43.—Bielschowsky, P. Ueber den Ein- fluss des Lagenweehsels, insbesondere der Beinhochlagerung auf das Minutenvolumen des Herzens bei gesunden und kranken Menschen. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 1252-5.----- Ueber das Herz-Minutenvolumen des Menschen. Med. Welt, 1932, 6:1301.—Binet, L. Recherches sur le debit cardiaque chez Thomme. Presse med., 1927, 35: 134.—Binhold, H. Das Herz- volumen in der Schwangerschaft. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1933, 154: 251-5.—Bock, H. E. Das Minutenvolumen des Herzens im Liegen und Stehen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933-34,92:782-92 — Boger, A. Ueber die Beziehung des Schlafvolumens des Her- zens zu Blutdruck, Aortenquerschnitt, Pulswellengesehwindig- keit und den zeitlichen Verhaltnissen der Pulskurve. Zschr. Biol., 1930-31, 91: 1-12.—Bornstein, A., & Budelmann, G. Ueber den Einfluss von Badern auf das Minutenvolumen des Herzens. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch., 1932, 5: 166-71. ----& Rbnnell, S. Minutenvolumen des Herzens in Badern. Zschr. klin. Med., 1931,118: 596-617.—Brambilla, A., & Colombi, C. La portata cardiaca della gestante. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933, 8: 151.—Burwell, C. S., & Robinson, G. C. A note on the cardiac output of a single individual observed over a period of 5 years. J. Clin. Invest., 1928, 6: 247-9.—Christensen, E. H. Ueber die Versuchsdauer bei Bestimmungen des Herz- minutenvolumens wahrend korperlicher Arbeit. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol., Roma, 1932, 52. ----- [Minute volume of the heart] Bibl. laeger, 1933, 125: 1-67.—Cohn, A. E., & Stewart, H. The relatiou between cardiac size and cardiac output per minute following the administration of digitalis in dogs. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1928, 43: 16—Cullis, W. C. Heart output. Mag. London School M. Women, 1925-26, 21: 72-8.— Biebold, O., & Mertens, O. Ueber die zentral-nervose Regulierung des Herz- minutenvolumens bei Einatmung kohlensaurehaltiger Luft. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1936, 237: 585-9— Buomarco, J. Dur6e du temps d'evacuation ventriculaire par minute; influence de la frequence du rythme cardiaque et du debit circulatoire. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 563-6.—Eismayer, G., & Pohl, A. Ueber das Minutenvolumen des Herzens und die Utilisation des Blutes bei Schwangeren und Wochnerinnen. Zschr. Ge- burtsh. Gyn., 1932, 103: 34.—Ernst, C, & Weiss, R. Ueber das zirkulatorische Minutevolumen bei Kreislaufdekompensierten. Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 2393-5.—Euler, U. von, & Liljestrand, G. Die Wirkung des Adrenalins auf das Minutenvolumen des Herzens beim Menschen. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1927, 52: 243-52.—Ewig, W., & Hinsberg, K. Ueber das Minuten- volumen beim gesunden und kranken Menschen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1930,42. Kongr., 241-4.—Eyster, J. A. E., & Hicks, E. V. Effect of respiration on cardiac output. Am. J. Physiol., 1933, 104: 358-63—Fisher, I. L. Das Sehlag- und Minuten- volumen des menschlichen Herzens bei verschiedenen Kbrper- stellungen. Arbeitsphysiologie, 1932-33, 6: 111-32.—Fbllmer, W. Ueber das Verhalten des Minutenvolumens des Herzens nach kalten Seebadern. Zschr. klin. Med., 1933,124:146-52—Gabbe, E. Ueber die Wirkung der Nahrungsaufnahme auf das Schlag- volumen des Herzens. Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wfirzburg 1933, n.F., 58: 76-9.—Gammeltoft, S. A. Recherches sur le debit cardiaque par minute pendant la grossesse. C.rend Soc biol 1926, 94: 1099-101.—Gollwitzer-Meier, K. Zentrale Regulierung des Herzminutenvolumens. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1929, 222- 124-41. ----- & Schulte, H. Der Einfluss der Sinusnerven auf Venensystem und Herzminutenvolumen. Ibid, 1932 229: 264-77.—Grollman, A. The effect of variation in posture on the output of the human heart. Am. J. Physiol., 1928, 86: 285-301. ----- Changes in the cardiac output, metabolism] blood pressure, and pulse rate of man following the ingestion of fluids. Ibid., 1929, 89:157-63. ----- The effect of ingestion of food on the cardiac output, pulse rate, blood pressure, and oxygen consumption of man. Ibid., 366-70. ----- The effect of psychic disturbances on the cardiac output, pulse, blood pressure, and oxygen consumption of man. Ibid., 584-8. ----- The value of the cardiac output of the normal individual in the basal, resting condition. Ibid., 90: 210-7. ----- With constancy of the Cardiac output from day to day throughout the year. Ibid., 1930, 93: 536-43. ----- The effect of breath- ing carbon dioxide, and of voluntary forced ventilation on the cardiac output of man. Ibid., 94: 287-99. ----- The effect of variations in the environmental temperature on the pulse rate, blood pressure, oxygen consumption, arterio-venous oxygen difference, and cardiac output of normal individuals. Ibid., 95: 263-73. ----- The pulse rate, blood pressure, oxygen consumption, arterio-venous oxygen difference, and cardiac output of man during normal nocturnal sleep. Ibid., 274-84. ----- Variations in the cardiac output of man; the cardiac output of man during the malaise and pyrexia following the injection of typhoid vaccine. J. Clin. Invest., 1930, 8: 25-32.— Gross, R. E., & Mittermaier, R. Untersuchungen fiber das Minutenvolumen des Herzens. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1926, 212: 136-49.—Hahn, J. Ueber das Minutenvolumen des Herzen nach Badern. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1935, 27: 649-58 — Harrison, T. R., Wilson, C. P. [et al.] The regulation of circula- tion; the effects of anoxemia of mild degree on the cardiac output of unnarcotized dogs. Am. J. Physiol., 1927, 83: 275-83.— Hazay, L. Ueber die Abhangigkeit des Herzschlagvolumens von Veranderungen der Blutmenge. Mschr. ungar. Med., 1929, 3: 7-12.—Jordi, A. Untersuchungen zum Studium des Trainiert- seins; Minutenatemvolum. Arbeitsphysiologie, 1933, 7: 9-17.— Kahlstorf, A., & Ude, H. Herzvolumeu und Schlagvolumen vor und nach korperlicher Arbeit. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1932, 44. Kongr., 502-4. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1933, 125: 85- 97.—Kaup, J., & Grosse, A. Herzminutenvolumen in Ruhe und Arbeit nach der Jodathyl- und Stickoxydulmethode. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1929, 21: 44-8.—Kerkof, A. C. Relation be- tween basal metabolism and minute volume of circulation. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1935-36, 33: 534-6.—Kisch, B. Der gesamte und der zirkulierende Blutauswurf einer Herzabteilung. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1930, 22: 634-8.—Kisch, F. Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen tiber die Beeinfiussbarkeit der Sauer- stoffsattigung des arteriellen Blutes und des Herzminuten- volumens durch Aenderungen der Atemgrbsse und der Ateni- frequenz. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5:1227-9.—Krayer, O. Ueber die Beziehung zwischen Pulsifrequenz, Minutenvolumen und Venendruck am isolierten Saugetierherzen. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1930, 157: 90—Kroetz, C, & Wachter, R. Ueber das Minutenvolumen des Herzens in verschiedenen Baderarten. Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 1517-20—Lauber, H„ & Pannhorst, R. Ueber psychische Beeinflussung des Herz-Minutenvolumens. Zschr. klin. Med., 1930, 114: 111-9.—Lemort, A. L'influence de la position du corps sur le debit cardiaque. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 486-8.—Lequime, J. Le debit cardiaque physiolo- gique. Arch. mal. coeur, 1936, 29: 501-21.—Lysholm, E., Nylin, G., & Quarna, K. The relation between the heart volume and stroke volume under physiological and pathological condi- tions. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1934, 15: 237-57, 2pl.—Marschak, M. Die Blutverschiebungen beim Menschen bei hoher Umge- bungstemperatur; das Minutenvolumen bei korperlicher Arbeit bei hoher Umgebungstemperatur. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 77: 133-43.—Marshall, E. K., jr. Studies on the cardiac output of the dog; the cardiac output of the normal unanesthetized dog. Am. J. Physiol., 1926, 77: 459-73. ----- The cardiac output of man. Medicine, Bait., 1930, 9: 175-94. Also Harvey Lect. (1929-30) Bait., 1931, ser.25, 57-76—Miranda, F. de P. El debito cardiaco. Gac. m6d. Mexico, 1931, 62: 95-9.—Norlin, G. Das Minutenvolumen des Herzens bei experimenteller Azidose. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1933, 67:170-6. -----& Skoglund, C. R. Ueber den Einfluss einiger in der Therapie gebrauchten elektrischen Stromformen auf das Minutenvolumen des Her- zens. Ibid., 36-46.—Nylin, G. The relation between heart volume and stroke volume in recumbent and erect positions. Ibid., 1934, 69: 237-46, pi. ----- Fortgesetzte Untersuchungen fiber das Verhaltnis zwischen Herzvolumen und Schlagvolu- men. Acta med. scand., 1934, suppl. 59, 557.—Onozaki, N. Studien fiber die Veranderungen der Kreislaufsdynamik bei in- travasalen Flfissigkeitsinfusionen; Veranderungen des Minuten- und Schlagvolumens nach mtravenbser Infusion von isotonischen Losungen. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1934, 24: 410-29. ----- Veranderungen des Minuten- und Schlagvolumens nach dem Aderlass. Ibid., 430-9. ----- Veranderungen des Minuten und Schlagvolumens nach intravenosen Infusionen von isotoni schen Losungen im Anschluss an den Aderlass. Ibid., 440-62 ----- Veranderungen des Minuten- und Schlagvolumens nach intravenosen Infusionen von hyper- und hypotonischen Lbsun' gen. Ibid., 580-603.—Plesch, J. Funktionelle Gefassdiagno stik; Beziehung zwischen Schlagvolumen und Gefassystem Zschr. klin. Med., 1933, 123: 168-210— Ringer, M., & Altschule BLOOD CIRCULATION 502 BLOOD CIRCULATION M. Studies on the circulation; cardiac output in diseases of the heart, and under the influence of digitalis therapy. Am. Heart J., 1929-30, 5: 305-43.—Schneider, E. C, & Crampton, C. B. The effect of posture on the minute volume of the heart. Am. J. Physiol., 1934-35, 110: 14-8—Schroeder, C. Herz- minutenvolumen, Atemgrbsse und peripherer Kreislauf in der Schwangerschaft. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch., 1932, 5: 25X-67.—Singer-Schuler, W. Das Ruhe-Herzminutenvolumen und seine Beziehung zu einigen anderen physiologischen Gros- sen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 88: 17-32—Stander, H. J., & Cadden. J. F. The cardiac output in pregnant women. Am. J. Obst., 1932, 24: 13-9.—Stander, H. J., Buncan, E. E., & Sisson, W. E. Heart output during pregnancy. Ibid., 1926,11: 44-50.— Starr, I., & Collins, L. H., jr. Studies of cardiac output in normal men. Am. J. Physiol., 1931, 96: 228-42—Stewart, G. N. The output of the heart in dogs. Ibid., 1921, 57: 27-50. ----- The pulmonary circulation time, the quantity of blood in the lungs and the output of the heart. Ibid., 1921-22, 58: 20-44 — Syllaba, J., & Hejda, B. [Minute cardiac volume in normal and pathologic conditions] Cas. lek. cesk., 1931, 70: 1117-21.— Turner, A. H. The circulatory minute volumes of healthy young women in reclining, sitting, and standing positions. Am. J. Physiol., 1927, 80: 601-30.—Ude, H. Einfluss von Hitzeprozeduren auf das Minutenvolumen des Herzens. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1932, 81: 321-30. ----- Die Auswurfsgrbsse des Herzens im Liegen und Stehen (nach hamodynamischer Messung) Zbl. inn. Med., 1934, 55: 458. Also Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 520.—Voigt, F. Ueber den Einfluss heisser Teilbader auf das Herzminutenvolumen. Zschr. klin. Med., 1933, 124: 138-45. ---- Cardiac output: Determination. Bouthillier, P. V. E. M. *Le debit car- diaque; sa mesure par la methode a l'iodure d'ethyle; etude experimentale et critique. 225p. 8? Par., 1932. Also Medecine, Par., 1931, 12: 1-72. Bretey, J. *Etude critique de debit car- diaque; une technique nouvelle pour sa mesure en clinique. 198p. 8° Par., 1931. Weiss, R. Die Methoden zur Feststellung des zirkulatorischen Minutenvolumens beim Men- schen. p.377-556. 8? Berl., 1935. Handb. d. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) 1935, Abt.5, Teil8. Anthony, A., & Hansen, R. Ueber die Anwendbarkeit der Azetvlenmethode in der Schwangerschaft. Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 1022-4.—Anthony, A. J., & Koch, A. Das Herzminuten- volumen des Gesunden bei wiederholter Bestimmung mit verschiedenen Methoden. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1934-35, 177: 158-69.—Aub, R. Modellversuche zur Schlagvolumbestim- mung. Zschr. Biol., 1932, 93: 164-79—Bansi, H. W., & Gros- curth, G. Die Bestimmung des zirkulatorischen Minuten- volumens mittels Acetylen (nach Grollman) in der Ruhe und bei Arbeitsversuchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 77: 631-40.— Baschmakov, W. L, & Iljin-Kakujeff, B. I. Die Berechnung von Indices fiir das Minutenvolumen des menschlichen Herzens bei Ruhe und Arbeit. Arbeitsphysiologie, 1934-35, 8: 476-84 — Baumann, H. Neuere Untersuchungen fiber die Brauch- barkeit der Aethyliodidmethode zur Bestimmung des Minuten- volumens. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1929, 41. Kongr., 453. ■----- Ueber die Verwertbarkeit der verschiedenen Methoden zur Minutenvolumenbestimmung. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreis- laufforsch., 1930, 3: 109-14 [Discussion] 118-26. Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1930, 22:610-5. -----& Grollmann, A. Ueber die theoretischen und praktischen Grundlagen und die klini- sche Zuverlassigkeit der Acetylenmethode zur Bestimmung des Minutenvolumens. Zschr. klin. Med., 1930-31, 115: 41-53 — Baumann, H., & Lauter, S. Ueber die Brauchbarkeit der Aethyljodidmethode (Henderson-Haggard) zur Ermittelungdes Herzschlagvolumens. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 2000.—Broemser, P., & Ranke, O. F. Ueber die Messung des Schlagvolumens des Herzens auf unblutigem Weg. Zschr. Biol., 1930, 90: 467-507 — Christensen, E. H., & Nielsen, H. E. Die Brauchbarkeit der Fremdgasmethoden zur Bestimmung des Herzminutenvolu- mens bei niedrigem Druck. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1936 75: 149-54.—Bonal, J. S., jr., Gamble, C. J., & Shaw, R. The cardiac output in man; an adaptation of the katharometer for the rapid determination of ethyl iodide in estimations of cardiac output by the ethyl iodide method; a study of the effect of pos- ture upon cardiac output and other circulatory and respiratory measurements. Am. J. Physiol., 1934, 109: 666-82.—Ernst, C. LTeber die Bestimmung des zirkulatorischen Minutenvolumens beim Menschen. Zbl. inn. Med., 1929, 50: 833-40. ----- Er- fahrungen fiber die Verwendbarkeit des Acetylens zur Bestim- mung des zirkulatorischen Minutenvolumens. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1932, 81: 62-7.—Frank, O. Schatzung des Schlagvolu- mens des menschlichen Herzens auf Grund der Wellen- und Windkesseltheorie. Zschr. Biol., 1930, 90: 405-9—Getov, F. A. [Determination of cardiac output by Grollman's acetylene method] Ter. arkh., 1934, 12: 122-32—Giordano, C, & Vigliani, E. Studi sulla circolazione; metodi per la determinazione della portata cardiaca e della gettata sistolica nell' uomo. Rass. med. lavoro indust., 1933, 4: 527-58.—Gladstone, S. A. A modi- fied foreign-gas method for determination of cardiac output in man. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1934-35, 32: 1321-3—Groll- mann, A., Proger, S., & Bennig, H. Zur Bestimmung des Minu- tenvolumens mit der Azetylenmethode bei Arbeit, bei normalen und kranken Menschen. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1931, 162: 463-71.—Kagan, E. M. [Method of obtaining material for the estimation of the volume of cardiac output by Grollman's method] Ter. arkh., 1934, 12: 163-6. -----& Kustanowitsch, B. I. Ueber die Anwendung der Methode von Bock, Dill und Talbott zur Bestimmung des Minutenvolumens wahrend der Arbeit. Arbeitsphysiologie, 1934-35, 8: 485-9.—Hartl, K. Kli- nische Erfahrungen mit der Minutenvolumenbestimmungs- methode nach Brbmser. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1930, 42. Kongr., 245-8. ----- & Bonsmann, F. Physikahsche Schlagvolumbestimmung und deren vorlaufige Ergebnisse Zschr. klin. Med., 1932, 120: 549-86—Kaup, J., & Grosse, A. Ausbau der Aethyljodidmethode zur Bestimmung des Herz- schlag- und Minutenvolumens. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 755-9.----- Zur Bestimmung des Minutenvolumens mit Aethyljodid. Arbeitsphysiologie, 1928-29, 1: 357-76.— Keller, A. G., jr. Determination of the stroke volume of the heart. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 19: 994.—Klein, O. Zur Bestim- mung des zirkulatorischen Minutenvolumens beim Menschen nach dem Fickschen Prinzip (Gewinnung des gemischten ve- nbsen Blutes mittels Herzsondierung) Miinch. med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 1311.—Kroetz, C. Messung des Kreislaufminuten- volumens mit Acetylen als Fremdgas; ihre bisherigen Ergeb- nisse bei arteriellem Hochdruck und bei Dekompensation des Kreislaufs. Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 966-8. ----- Messung des Kreislaufminutenvolumens mit einem neuen Kohlensaurever- fahren. Zbl. inn. Med., 1930, 51: 275-86.—Lauber, H„ 4 Przywara, E. L. Ueber physikahsche Schlagvolumenbestim- mungen am Menschen. Zschr. klin. Med., 1930, 114: 96-110.— Lehmann, G. Nochmals Aethyljodid und Schlagvolumen. Arbeitsphysiologie, 1928-29,1: 595-9.—Liljestrand, G., & Zander, E. Vergleichende Bestimmungen des Minutenvolumens des Herzens beim Menschen mittels der Stickoxydulmethode und durch Blutdruckmessung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928, 59: 105-22.—Maltby, A. B., & Williams, J. E. Attempts to apply the acetylene method of determining the cardiac output to the dog. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1935-36, 21: 354-8—Marshall, E. K., & Grollman, A. A method for the determination of the circulatory minute volume in man. Am. J. Physiol., 1928, 86: 117-37. -----& Harrop, G. A. The use of nitrogen for determining the circulatory minute volume. Ibid., 99-116.—Mobitz, W. Die Ermittlung des Herzschlagvolumens des Menschen durch Einatmung von Aethyljodiddampf; Konstanz der Ergebnisse und Werte beim Gesunden. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1927, 19: 480-90.—Moore, J. W., Kinsman, J. M. [et al.] Studies on the circulation; cardiac output determinations; comparison on the injection method with the direct Fick procedure. Am. J. Physiol., 1929, 89: 331-9.—Neukirch, F. [Comparative exami- nation of the minute volume of the heart in man, determined partly by acetylene methods and partly by measuring the blood pressure and pulse] Hospitalstidende, 1935, 78: 383-92 — Noyons, A. K. M. Grundsatze einer neuen Methodik zur Bestimmung des Herzschlagvolumens. Acta brevia neerl., 1934, 4: 103. ----- & Goor, H. van. Die Bestimmung des Herzschlagvolumes mittels eines Luftgemisches mit zwei Zusatzgasen mit verschiedenen Absorptionskoeffizienten. Ibid., 1935, 5: 184.—Padilla, T., Cossio, P., & Berconsky, I. Sondeo del corazon; determinaeion del volumen minuto circula- torio. Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1932, 39: pt2, 445—Pellegrini, G. Sull' applicability del metodo di Grollmann per la determina- zione della portata cardiaca. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1935, 6: 469-81.—Polano, H. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber das Verhalten des Minutenvolumens des menschlichen Herzens bei Aethernarkose, Lumbalanasthesie und nach operativen Eingriffen (Bestimmung des Minutenvolumens nach Broemser) Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1933, 239: 505-13— Robinson, G. C. The measurement of the cardiac output in man and its variations. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 314-7.—Schwarz, H., & Schimmer, F. Zur Bestimmung des Herzminutenvolums beim Menschen, Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 64: 303-10.—Starr, L, jr., & Gamble, C. J. An improved method for the determination of cardiac output in man by means of ethyl iodide. Am. J. Physiol., 1928, 87: 45tP73— Tilmann, O. Die Brauchbarkeit und der Anwendungsbereich der Grollmannschen Acetylenmethode zur Herzminutenvolumenbestimmung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 90: 625-42. ----- Die Explosi»nsgefahr bei Anwendung der Azetylenmethode zur Herzminutenvolumenbestimmung und ihre Beseitigung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 391.— Tingman, I. [Difficulties in the use of Grollmann's acetylene method in experiments on untrained patients] Hospitalsti- dende, 1934, 77: 1409-16.—Weiss, R. Vergleich der Krogh- Lindhard'schen Methode der Minutenvolumenbestimmung mit Blutgasanalyse. Physiol. Papers (A. Krogh) Kbh., 1926, 284-9. ----- Ueber die Bestimmung des Herzminutenvolu- mens beim Menschen; zur Kritik der Methoden. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 1004-8. ----- Ueber die klinische Verwendbarkeit der Bestimmung des zirkulatorischen Minutenvolumens mit der Krogh-Linhard'schen Stickoxydulmethode. Wien. med, Wschr., 1927, 77: 1367-74. ---- collateral. See also Blood-vessels, Surgery: Ligation. Allen, E. V. How arteries compensate for occlusion; an arteriographic study of collateral circulation. Arch. Int. M., 1936, 57: 601-9— Bolgo-Saburoff, B. Die potentiellen Eigen- BLOOD CIRCULATION 503 BLOOD CIRCULATION schaften der Arterien der vorderen Extremitat bei Tieren unter den Bedingungen des Experiments; anatomisch-experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Lehre vom kollateralen Blutkreislauf. Zschr. ges. Anat., l.Abt., 1931, 96: 119-82— Ferris, H. W., & Harvey, S. C. A physiological study of the development of the collateral circulation in the leg of the dog. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1924-25, 22: 383-6—Goudsmit, J., & Vrendenberg, C. W. [On collateral venous circulation in the skin] Geneesk. gids, 1926, 4: 1086-95, 4pl—Hess, W. R. Die physiologischen Grundlagen fiir die Entstehung der reaktiven Hyperamie und des Kollateralkreislaufes. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1921, 122: 1-19.— Kramarenko, E., & Bobrovolskaia, N. Etude sur les collaterales artiftcielles. Presse med., 1922, 30: 27-9.—Lauda, E. Fall eines Kollateralkreislaufes. Mitt. Ges. inn. Med., Wien, 1922, 21: 159-61.—Mulvihill, B. A., & Harvey, S. C. The mechanism of the development of collateral circulation. N. England J.M., 1931, 204: 1032-4.—Pearse, H. E. An experimental study of arterial collateral circulation. Ann. Surg., 1928, 88: 227-32.— Reichert, F. L. An experimental study of the anastomotic circulation in the dog. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1924, 35: 385-90.—Shchelkunov, S. I. Beitrage zur Frage des Baues der Blutgefasse unter normalen und experimentellen Bedingungen; Veranderungen des elastischen Stromas der Arterienwand bei der Entwicklung des Kollateralblutkreislaufes. Zschr. Anat. Entw., 1934,103: 660-78.-----• [Changes of the elastic stroma of the arterial wall during the development of collateral blood circulation] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1935, 37: 590-607.—Wolff, E. K, Die Lehre vom Kollateralkreislauf seit August Bier. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1931, 234: 159-71. --- Disorders. See also Blood-vessels, Diseases; Cardiovascu- lar system, Diseases; Edema; Embolism; Heart, Diseases; Hemorrhage; Hyperemia; Infarction; Ischemia; Shock; Thrombosis, &c. Harrison, T. R. Failure of the circulation. 396p. 8? Bait., 1935. Mitteilungen des wissenschaftlichen komitees zur erforschung und bekampfung der Kreislaufstorungen. Heftl-2. 4? Dresd., 1931-32. Grunbaum, F. Die soziale Bedeutung und Beurteilung der Kreislauf erkrankungen. 128p. 8? Lpz., 1933. Forms Heft21, Arbeit und Gesundheit (Martineck) Bedford, D. E. Acute circulatory failure. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1934, 188: suppl., vii-ix— Gibson, G. A. Clinical lectures on circulatory affections. Edinburgh M.J., 1900, n.s., 8: 1-10; passim, pi.—Hift, R. Kreislaufstorungen und Arbeits- fahigkeit. Mitt. Volksgesundhamt., Wien, 1933, 129-36. Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933, 46: 200; 231.—Hofbauer, L. Das Versagen des Blutkreislaufes beim Gesunden und Kranken. Ibid., 1936, 49: 929-31.—Holzmann, M. Sozial-medizinische Feststellungen und Aufgaben bei Kreislaufkranken. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 812-6.—Laubry, C, & Tzanck, A. Les desequilibre de la circulation de retour. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1931, 3.ser., 47: 142-7.—Laughlin, C. B. Failures of the circulatory system. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1931, 24: 143-7.— Meyer, F. Arbeitspsychologische Untersuchungen an Kreis- laufkranken. Zschr. klin. Med., 1931-32, 119: 599-617.—Povoa, H. Perturbacoes circulatorias (edema, infarto. embolia e trom- bose) Arch, brasil. med., 1931, 21: 582-90.—Schmidt, F. [Acute weakness of cardiovascular system] Gyogyaszat, 1934, 74: 753.—Stolte, K. Kreislaufstorungen im Kindesalter. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1935, 32: 1-4.—Zurukzoglu, S. Die Kreislauf- storungen und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Volksgesundheit. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 732-8. --- Disorders: Causes. See also names of primary diseases. Aerztlicher Fortbildungskursus in Bad Salzuflen (7. und 8. Mai, 1932) Entstehung, Erkennung und Behandlung plotzlich eintre- tender Kreislaufstorungen; mit einem Sonder- vortrag: Tod als Operationsfolge. 92p. 8? Lpz., 1932. Eppinger, H., Kisch, F., & Schwarz, H. Das Versagen des Kreislauf es; dynamische und energetische Ursachen. 238p. 8? Berl., 1927. Grafe, E. Innere Sekretion und Zirkula- tionsapparat. 42p. 8? Halle a.S., 1927. Forms H.4, v.10, Samml. Verdauungskr., 1927. Koch, H. *Ueber die Theorien der Krcis- laufschwiiche. 45p. S? Bonn, 1932. Bansi, H. W. Die Kreislaufgeschwindigkeit beim Morbus Basedow und Myxbdem. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 1277.— Blalock, A. Acute circulatory failure as exemplified by shock and hemorrhage. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1933, 9: 405-12 — Blumgart, H L., Gargill, S. L., & Gilligan, D. R. Studies on the velocity of blood flow; the circulatory response to thyrotoxi- cosis. J. Clin. Invest., 1930, 9: 69-89. ----- The circulation in myxedema, with a comparison of the velocity of blood How in myxedema and thyrotoxicosis. Ibid., 91-106—Bodon, K-. IViinous symptoms and causes of circulatory insufficiency] Gyogyaszat, 1929, 68: 721.-Brugsch, T., & Grunke, W. Akute Kreislaufschwache bei Infektionserkrankungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 541-3.—Campbell, D. G. Circulatory failure in acute infectious diseases; typhoid, diphtheria, scarlet fever, and measles. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1927, 17: 639-42—Doxiades, L. Ueber kongenitale Kreislaufstorungen. Zschr. Kinderh., 1931- 'j :L141-4—Eberts, E. M. Circulatory failure in haemorrhage and shock. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1927, 17: 637-9—Gamna, C. Scompenso circolatorio di origine inconsueta. Gior. med. prat., 1935, 17: no. 1, 3; no.2, 5—Harrison, T. R. The pathogenesis of circulatory failure. N. England J.M., 1936, 215: 479-82. Also South. M.J., 1936, 29: 394-7. Also Med. Papers (H. A. Chris- tian Anniv. vol.) Bost., 1936, 6-16.—Herbst, R„ & Manigold, K. Kreislaufinsuffizienz und Sauerstoffmangel. Zschr. klin. Med., 1935-^6, 129: 710-8— Hbnck, E. Ueber mangelhafte Regelung des Blutumlaufes bei gewissen Kbrperbewegungen und nach starken Blutverlust. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 2180.— Hofbauer, L. Extrakardiale Kreislaufstorungen. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1935, 49: 464-521. '----- Die respiratorische Kreislaufschwache. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1935, 44: 93-9.—Kallo, A., & Oberling, C. Sur les troubles circulatoires angioneurotiques du poumon consecutifs a des lesions experi- mentales des noyau x gris centraux de l'encephale. C. rend. Soc biol., 1929, 102: 531—Kaup, J., & Grosse, A. Sauerstoffmangel und vermindertes Schlagvolumen als Ursache der Kreislauf- schwache nach Arbeitsleistungen. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1928, 20: 730-7.—Kutschera, H. Kann eine Insuffizienz des Kreislaufes durch Herzmuskelschwache bedingt sein? Wien. klin. Wschr., 1931, 44: 1059-61— Mautner, H., & Pick, E. P. Ueber die durch Schockgifte erzeugten Zirkulationsstorungen; das Verhalten der uberlebenden Leber. Biochem. Zschr., 1922, 127: 72-93.—Meakins, J. C. Circulatory failure in chronic intoxications and vascular disturbances; hyperthyroidism, chronic anaemia, chronic nephritis, diabetes, hypertension. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1927, 17: 647-51— Means, J. H. Relation of the endocrine glands to circulatory diseases. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1933, 57-60.—Netousek & Simer [Pathogenesis of circulatory insufficiency] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1930,10: 97-110—Rocco, B. Bergbevblkerung und Zirkulations- krankheiten. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1923, 53: 798-801.— Rossier, R' Ueber Versagen des Kreislaufes infolge von Gefass- lahmung (Pharmakologie) Aerztl. Prax., Wien, 1933, 7: 261-3.—Sachs, H. Kreislaufstorungen und Umwelteinfliisse. Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 403—Sanvitale, S. A. L'ereditarieta nelle malattie della circolazione. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. prat., 49-51.—Vogeler, K. Die Grundlagen der Kreislaufstorungen in der Chirurgie. Fortsch. Med., 1922, 40: 377.—Yanovski, M. V. [The importance of contractions of the vascular wall in disturbed circulation] Izvlest. Imp. Voy. Med. Akad., S. Peterb., 1909, 18: 3-21—Zak, E. Ueber das Versagen des Kreis- laufes infolge von Gefasslahmung (Klinik) Aerztl. Prax., Wien, 1933, 7: 260. ---- Disorders: Diagnosis. Wilson, R. McN. The clinical study of the early symptoms and treatment of circulatory disease in general practice. 245p. 8? London [1921] Bartels, E. C, & Powelson, M. H. The rate of the circulation of the blood in vascular diseases as determined by the use of histamine. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1929, 4: 217.—Burch, F. E. Ophthalmoscopic evidence of general circulatory disease. Minnesota M., 1927, 10: 495-501.—Burwell. C. S. Three types of circulatory failure. Med. Clin. N. America, 1928-29, 12: 1197-203.—Circolazione e collasso. Boll. med. trent., 1935, 50: 175-8.—Day, H. F. Tired legs from altered circulation. Com- monhealth, Bost., 1935, 22: 240-3—Delater, G., & Hugel, R. Insuffisance veineuse aigue paroxystique douloureuse avec desequilibre endocrino-neuro-vegetatif. Presse med., 1931, 39: 340.—Bietlen, H. Probleme der Pathologie des Kreislaufs; Herz- oder Kreislaufinsuffizienz? Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 566-9.—Boxiades, L. Kreislaufstorungen des Schulalters und die Methoden ihrer Priifung. Gesundhfiirs. Kindesalt., 1931, 6: 280-92.—Bumas, A. Insuffisance circulatoire et crises hypo- tensives. J. med. Lyon, 1924, 5: 559-62—Ehrstrom, R. [Mental condition in circulatory disturbances] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1929, 71: 453-8. Also Acta med. scand., 1930-31, 74: 370-7.— Engelen, P. Die Oszillometrie in der Kreislaufdiagnostik. Zbl. Herz Gefasskr., 1925,17: 70-3.—Fetzer, H. Die Anwendung der Rbntgenkymographie in der Kreislaufdiagnostik. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1933, 45: 485-530— Fishberg, A. M. Some cardinal circulatory syndromes. Am. Heart J., 1932, 7: 279-91.— Frost, H. M. Circulatory impairments; a few comments about their early detection and the evaluation of their significance. Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America, 1931, 18: 32-50.— Hansen, O. S. Important symptoms in circulatory disease; a review of 401 cases. Journal-lancet, 1923, 43: 399-401.—Heil- meyer, L., & Riemschneider, G. Gleichzeitige Bestimmung von Blutmenge, Blutstrbmungsgeschwindigkeit und Durch- mischungsgeschwindigkeit bei Blut- und Kreislaufkranken. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1930, 42. Kongr., 232-7.—Heitz, J., BLOOD CIRCULATION 504 BLOOD CIRCULATION & Violle, P. L. Du test d'Aldrich et McClure dans les troubles locaux de la circulation arterielle. Arch. mal. cceur, 1928, 21: 561-92—Hiller, F. Ueber fluchtige Hirnsymptome infolge von Kreislaufstorungen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1932, 79: 1465; 1516 —Hitzenberger, K. Ueber Storungen des Bewusstseins bei Kreislaufkranken infolge Sauerstoffmangels. Wien. klin. Wschr 1933, 46: 865-9.—Hochrein, M. Zur Diagnose der Kreislaufinsuffizienz. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch 1928 45-51 [Discussion] 63-8.—Hoffmann. Die Differential- diagnose der beginnenden Kreislaufinsuffizienz. Prakt. Arzt. 1927 n F 12:55-8.—Kroetz, C. Formen der Kreislaufschwache. Klin Wschr., 1930, 9: 2377-83—Kurshakov, N. A. [Indications of disorders in blood circulation] Klin, med., Moskva, 1933, 2: 1022-7—Lauda, E. Klinik der abdominellen Storungen bei Kreislauferkrankungen. Aerztl. Prax., Wien, 1934, 8: 13-7.— Lax H [Early symptoms of circulatory failure] Gyogyaszat, 1935 75- 788; 799— McClure, W. B., & Aldrich, C. A. Die intra- dermal Salzlbsungsprobe. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 1198-201.- Mankowski, A. Das daktyloskopische Phanomen: Daktyloskop (Beitrag zur frfihzeitigen Diagnose der Kreislaufstorungen) Munch? med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 1449—Martin, W. Diagnosis and treatment of certain types of circulatory abnormalities. Am Physician, 1926, 31:486-9— Poletti, R. A. Valor diagnOstico v pronostico del nitrito de sodio endovenoso. Dia med., B. Air., 1935 7: 1437; 1441.—Pruche, A. Comment rechercher les carac- teristiques neurovegetatives circulatoires et diagnostiquer leurs des6quilibres; l'epreuve conjugee du nitrite d'amyle et du reflexe oculo-cardiaque. Clinique, Par., 1930, 25: 63-9.— Rosenbliith, E., & Wassermann, S. Ueber das Cheyne-Stokes- sche Atmen bei Kreislaufkranken. Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 1859—Schiff, E. Zur Symptomatologie der Kreislaufsinsuffi- zienz beim Kinde. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1924, 3.F., 55: 341-4 — Spielmeyer, W. The influence of functional circulatory dis- turbances on the central nervous system. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1930 71: 293-300.—Stewart, G. N. Studies on the circulation in man'- the blood-flow in the hands in diseases of the heart. Arch. Int M 1914, 13: 1-38.—Strauss, H. Zur Diagnose beginnender Kreislaufinsuffizienz. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 926-8.— Taylor N. B. Observations upon the blood-flow in man; estimation of the blood-flow through the hands in clinical cases. J Lab Clin. M., 1922-23, 8: 153-6—Trace, I. M. Some respira- tory manifestations in circulatory disease. Illinois M.J., 1933, 63: 148-52.—Wassermann, S. Cheyne-Stokessches Atmen und Tachykardie; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Grosskreislaufs- dyspnoe. Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 881-3.—Weber, A. Die FunKtionsstbrungen im Kreislauf ausserhalb des Herzens und ihre Diagnose. Prakt. Arzt, 1923, n.F., 8: 205-11. ----- Ziele und Wege der Kreislaufdiagnostik. Kreislauferkr. & ihre Behandl., Lpz., 1932, 46-52. ----- Der Wert graphischer Methoden in der Kreislaufdiagnostik. Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 1600-5.—White, P. D., & Hahn, R. G. The symptom of signing in cardiovascular diagnosis, with spirographs obser- vations. Am. J.M.Sc, 1929, 177: 179-88.-Wiggers, C. J. The value and limitations of laboratory methods in clinical investi- gation of cardiovascular diseases. N. Orleans M.&S.J., 1928-29, g|. 601^1.—Wybauw, R. Quelques considerations generales relatives au diagnostic des maladies de la circulation. J. m6d. Bruxelles, 1911, 16: 347-51. ---- Disorders: Pathology. Baumann, H. *Ueber den Mechanismus der Dekompensation urid Stauiing (Studien iiber die aktiven Einfliisse der Peripherie auf Dekompen- sation und Stauung) [Freiburg] p.263-304. 8? Berl., 1932. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1932,121: Griessmann, H. *Das Pneumotachogramm bei Kreislaufinsuffizienz [Leipzig] 18p. 8? Zeu- lenroda i. Thur., 1933. Gross, E. W. *Ueber die Ursachen der Dekompensation. 20p. 8? Berl., 1931. Hisinger-Jagerskiold, E. *Klinische Ka- pillarstudien bei Blutkrankheiten und Zirkula- tionstorungen [Helsingfors] 86p. 8? Stockh., 1923. Lewin, E. *Die Veranderung der Alkali- reserve im Verlauf der Kreislaufinsuffizienz. 19p. 8? [Berl.] 1930. Also Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1931, 171: 224-31. Nordmann, M. Kreislaufstorungen und pa- thologische Histologie. 174p. 8? Dresd., 1933. Forms v.4, Erg. Kreislaufforsch. (B. Kisch) Parepeano, P. *Ueber Storungen im kleinen Kreislauf. 16p. 8? [Lpz.] 1927. Alzona, L. Das Verhaltnis zwischen Venendruck und Jugu- larvenenpuls bei den Kompensationsstbrungen des Kreislaufs. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933-34, 92: 753-63— Anca, E. [Bilirubi- nemia in circulatory insufficiency] Cluj. med., 1927, 8: 1-2; 19-23 —Armbruster, G. Ueber Hemmung der venbsen Blut- befbrderung. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1921, 31: 135—Bansi, H. W. Das Verhalten der Blutgase nach Verabfolgung von Cardiazol und Coramin bei akuten Infekten und Apoplexien mit Kreis- laufinsuffizienz. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1936, 181: 164. Kalinke, M., & Rohrlich, M. Ein wirkungen der Analep- ._*■ -r»i._i_____,,„^ x>i,,4-,,T-»-ilni-ifr'fT^cnV>Ti7inH icrlraif Hoi TT\fob-_ tika auf Blutgase und Blutumlaufsgeschwindigkeit bei Infek tionskranken und Kreislaufkollaps. Med. Welt, 1936,10:403.— Bariety, M., & Kohler, B. Recherches sur les anisergies circu- latoires, en particulier au niveau de la rate et du rein. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936,121: 829. ----- Anisergies circulatoires dues a certaines interactions pharmacodynamiques. Ibid., 1087.— Bergmann, G. von. Zum Problem der Kompensation und Dekompensation des Kreislaufs. Deut. med. Wschr., 1930, 56: 553-6.—Bibinova, L. S. [Effect of disorders of the blood circulation in the abdominal cavity on the distribution of india ink introduced into the blood] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1930, 30: 231-42 —Bier, A. Beitrage zur Physiologie und Pathologie des Blutkreislaufes. Virchows Arch., 1933, 291: 757-834; 1934-35, 294: 706.—Blumgart, H. L., & Weiss, S. Clinical observations on the velocity of bloodflow in auricular fibrillation and in em- physema. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1926, 41: 294-6— Boas, E P The role of the capillaries in circulatory disorders. Med. Clin N. America, 1921-22, 5: 1007-22—Carrasco Martinez, P. Die zirkulierende Blutmenge im Verlaufe der Krankheiten des Kreislaufes. Zschr. klin. Med., 1931,117: 540-52—Cesa-Bianchi, D & Calabresi, M. La fisiopatologia dello scompenso cronico di circolo. Riforma med., 1936, 52: 1518-24— Cooke, W. C. The beneficial effect of the development of an abnormal rhythm with slow ventricular rate in circulatory failure. Ann. Int. M., 1936 9-1143-8—Cornwall, E. E. Circulatory failure and heart failure' Med. Times, N.Y., 1932, 60: 106—Bautrebande, I. Physiopathologie du ralentissement circulatoire: ses rapports avec le debit cardiaque. Arch. mal. coeur, 1928, 21: 296-312.r Davies H. W., Meakins, J., & Sands, J. The influence of cir- culatory disturbances on the gaseous exchange of the blood. Heart Lond., 1923-24, 11: 299— Bienstfertig, A. Die Saurever- haltnisse bei den Magenbeschwerden Zirkulationskranker. Arch. Verdauungskr., 1921-22, 29: 346-56-Dietrich, A. Zur pathologischen Anatomie der Kreislaufschwache. Verh. Deut. Ges Kreislaufforsch., 1928, 40-5 [Discussion] 63-8 Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1928, 20: 277-82—Boxiades, L. Physio- logie und Pathologie des Kreislaufes im Kindesalter. Kinder- arztl Prax, 1930, 1: 19-28. Also Mschr. Kinderh., 1936, 67: 72-84 —Bresel, K., & Himmelweit, F. Kreislaufinsuffizienz und Muskelstoffwechsel. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 294-6.-B'Zmura, A P Symposium on circulatory disorders; cardiovascular coefficients. Pennsylvania M.J., 1931, 35: 66-8.-Eckstein, A. Ueber die Niereninsuffizienz bei Kreislaufstorungen im Kin- desalter. Arch. Kinderh., 1925, 76: 161-71.-Enger, R. Ueber den Einfluss von Atemfibungen auf den Milchsaurespiegel im Blut bei Kreislauferkrankungen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1931, 171 • 318-21 —Eppinger, H. Das Problem der Kreislaufschwache. Verh Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch., 1928,11-40 [Discussion] 63-8. ----- Ueber Kollapszustande. Aerztl. Prax., Wien, 1934, 8: 277_g3 -----Kisch, F., & Schwarz, H. Der Einfluss korper- licher Arbeit auf die Sauerstoffsattigung und auf die aktuelle Reaktion des Arterienblutes bei Kreislaufkranken. Klin. Wschr 1926, 5: 1316.—Ernst, C. Beitrag zur Frage der Stro- mungsgeschwindigkeit in der Kreislaufdekompensation. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1932, 81: 68-115.-Eyster, J. A E. The patholog- ical physiology of the circulation. Pract. Libr. M.&S., 1932, l: 711-19 — Fehgr, S., & Zak, E. Ueber Storungen des Himo- globinabbaues in Hautblutungen bei Kreislaufkranken nut Stauungsleber. Zschr. klin. Med., 1931-32, 119: 656-66- Goldscheider. Neues zur Pathologie und Therapie des Kreis- laufs. Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1930) 1931, 61: pt2, 5^75.- Gonzalo, G. R. Independencia patologica de ambas circulaciones. Siglo m6d., 1924, 74: 300—Grieshaber, H. Extrarenal Azo- tamie bei Kreislaufinsuffizienz. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1935, 65- 768-70 —Groag, B., & Schwarz, H. Der Einfluss der Muskel- arbeit auf die Blutmilchsaure, Alkalireserve, Aziditat des Harns usw. bei Kreislaufkranken. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1927, Ul: 23-34— Heida, B., & Syllaba, J. [Acid-base equilibrium in circulatory disorders] Cas. 16k. cesk., 1932, 71: I153.-Hitzen- berger, K., & Tuchfeld, F. Die zirkulierende Blutmenge Del Kreislauferkrankungen im kompensierten und dekompensierten Zustand. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1929, 41. Kongr., 358-60. Also Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1929, 18: 171-88— Hochrein, M., & Keller, C. J. Das Verhalten des kleinen Kreislaufes bei ver- schiedenen Krankheitsbildern. Klin. Wschr., 1932,11:231-3- Hoffmann, A. Ueber Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Storungen des Verdauungsapparates und des Kreislaufs. Verh Ges Ver- dauungskr., 1922, 3: 90-109—Jahn, B. Zur Storung des Milcn- saurehaushaltes Kreislaufkranker. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1929, 41. Kongr., 346-9.-Kauf, E., & Zak, E. Storungen des Wasserhaushaltes, insbesonders der Schweiss-Sekretion Dei Kreislaufkranken. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 1405*- Kisch, B. Beobachtungen fiber das Verhalten der glykami- schen Reaktion und der Magenmotilitat bei Kranken nut Kreislaufinsuffizienz. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 50: 218-^/. Kisch, F. Ueber den Gesamtstoffwechsel bei Kreislaufstorun- gen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1924, 20: 968-71. -—-Der Rest- Kohlenstoff des Blutes Kreislaufkranker. Klin. Wschr., mi, n. 150o ----- Ueber das Verhalten der am Rest-Kohlenston des Blutes beteiligten Substanzen bei Kreislaufkranken. IDia., 1589 —Kiss, P. von. Ueber die Pathologie des Blutkreislaures im Sauglings- und Kindesalter. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1936, A.*-, 97:223—Klotz, R. Storung des Kalium-Kalzium-Quotienten im Blute bei Gewebssauerung mit der Folge chronischer Kreis- laufschwache. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch., 1930, 3: iv- 84 Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1930, 22: 600-7.-Laszl6, V. BLOOD CIRCULATION 505 BLOOD CIRCULATION Stoffwechseluntersuchungen bei gestortem Kreislauf. Wien. Arch inn Med., 1934, 25: 161; 353; 2tab.—Luisada, A. Im- oortanza dei vasi epatiti e polmonari nella genesi dei disequi- libri vascolari. Cuore & circol., 1928, 12: 118-31—Mainzer, F. Die Messung der Sauerstoffspannung im Harn und ihre Be- deutung fiir die Pathologie des Kreislaufs und der Niere. Klin. Wschr 1928,7:1277.—Malkin, S. J. Glutathiongehalt bei Kreis- laufkranken. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 89: 193-9. ----- Makarowa, T. A., & Sarbejewa, W. S. Ueber die Dynamik des Glutathions bei Kreislaufkranken. Ibid. 1935-36, 97: 523-33 — Meakins, J. C. Modern muscle physiology and circulatory failure. Ann. Int. M., 1932, 6: 506. ----- & Christie, R. V. The intrapleural pressure in congestive circulatory failure. Tr. Ass. Am. Phys., 1933, 48: 121-4.—Meakins, J., & Long, C. N. H. Oxygen consumption, oxygen debt, and lactic acid in circulatory failure J. Clin. Invest., 1927-28, 4: 273-93—Meyer, F. Die Messung des Sauerstoffdruckes im Gewebe von Kreislauf- kranken. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1933, 45. Kongr., 194-7. ----- Ueber die Messung des Sauerstoffdruckes im Gewebe und die relative Anoxie der Kreislaufkranken. Klin. Wschr., 1935 14 • 627-9 —Nordmann, M. Kreislaufstorungen und Zell- stoffwechsel. Med. Klin., 1934, 30: 1216. ----- & Lenz, E. Der Fliissigkeitswechsel bei Kreislaufstorungen, mit Lumines- zenz an der Strombahn des lebenden Saugetieres beobachtet. Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1934, 27: 294-8 [Discussion] 302.—Reh- fisch, E. Zur Physiologie und Pathologie des Kreislaufs. Zschr. Bahnarzte, 1925, 20: 253-67.—Riccitelli, L. Betrach- tungen Uber die klinische Bedeutung der hamoendokrinopathi- schen Syndrome. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1932, 79: 1745.—Robb, G. P., & Weiss, S. The velocity of pulmonary and peripheral venous blood flow and related aspects of the circulation in cardio- vascular disease; their relation to clinical types of circulatory failure. Am. Heart J., 1934, 9: 742-63.—Rosenbliith, E., & Uiberall, H. Ueber den Grundumsatz bei Kreislaufstorungen. Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1928,16: 39-50.—Rossier, P. H. Le sang et le ralentissement circulatoire. Sang, Par., 1936, 10: 315-29.— Saito, Y. Beobachtungen fiber den Kohlenhydratstoffwechsel bei Kranken mit Kreislaufinsuffizienz. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1933,45:3091.—Schoen, R. Vorgange im Lungenkreislauf bei Herzkranken. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1929,41. Kongr., 422.—Schiirmeyer, A., & Schwarz, H. Ueber den Kohlensaure- gehalt der Lumbalflfissigkeit bei Kreislaufstorungen. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 2470-2.—Schwarz, H., Bibold, H., & Rappaport, D. Ueber Stoffwechseluntersuchungen bei Kreislaufstorungen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1931, 44: 281-4. ----- Ueber Stoffwech- selstbrungen bei Kreislaufkranken; tiber Ausscheidung unoxy- dierter Substanzen im Harn bei Kreislaufkranken. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 79: 413-22.—Schwensen, C. [Researches on the composition of venous blood in patients with circulatory dis- turbances] Hospitalstidende, 1924, 67: 70.—Solovtzev, A. S. [Regular mechanism of physico-chemical changes of blood- plasma in disorders of circulation] Klin, med., Moskva, 1926, 4: 49-55.—Strasser, A. Ueber Spatfolgen von Kreislaufstorun- gen. Veroff. Med. verwalt., 1922, 16: 806.—Velden, R. von den. Therapie der gestbrten Beziehungen zwischen Kreislauf und Verdauungssystem. Verh. Ges. Verdauungskr., 1922, 3: 109-24.—Villaret, M. Circulations r6gionales localisees et anis- ergies vasculaires. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1932, 46: 369-75. ----Justin-Besancon, L., & Cachera, R. Sur certains pheno- menes d'anisergie circulatoire. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 458—Walker, H. M. Some clinical disorders of the capillary circulation. Practitioner, Lond., 1926, 117: 56-60.—Waring, J. J., & Black, W. C. The syndrome of obstruction in the lesser circulation. Am. J.M.Sc, 1934,187: 652-62, 2pl—Wassermann, S. Zur Entstehungsweise der Kreislaufpsychosen. Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1929, 18: 449-56.—White, P. B., & Brenner, 0. Pathological and clinical aspects of the pulmonary circulation. N. England J.M., 1933, 209: 1261-5. Also repr—Wiesel, J., & Lowy, R. Studien zur Pathologie des Kreislaufs; die Erkran- kungen der peripheren Arterien im Verlaufe der akuten und chronischen Kreislaufschwache. Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1920, 1: 197-210, 5pl— Wollheim, E. Kompensation und Dekom- pensation des Kreislaufs. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 1261-5. Also Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1929, 41. Kongr., 352-8. Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1930, 56: 556-60—Zak, E. Ueber das ver- halten der Perspiration insensibilis und des Kbrpergewichtes bei dekompensiertem Kreislauf. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 215. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1929, 110: 44-57. ----- & Kauf, E. Ueber Storungen des Wasserhaushaltes, insbesonders der Schweissekretion bei Kreislaufkranken. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 507. Also Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 521. ---- Disorders, peripheral and regional. See also Blood-vessels, Diseases, peripheral; Extremities, Gangrene. Buerger, L. The circulatory disturbances of the extremities, including gangrene, vaso- motor, and trophic disorders. 628p. 8? Phila., 1924. Dumas, A. La circulation sanguine periphe- rique et ses troubles. 376p. 8? Par., 1926. Aievoli, E. La circolazione sanguigna perifenca in chirurgia. Riforma med., 1935. 51: 1762— Allen, A. W. The general man- agement of circulatory disorders of the extremities. Tr. N. England Surg. Soc, 1931, 13: 252-61. Also N. England J.M., 1931, 204: 859-62—Atchley, B. W. The role of peripheral circu- latory failure in clinical medicine. Mod. Concepts Card. Dis., 1935, 4: no.9, 1. Also N. England J.M., 1935, 213: 861-8 — Barker, N. W. Physical agents in treatment of circulatory diseases of extremities. Arch. Phys. Ther., Chic, 1936, 17: 554-61.----- Brown, G. E., & Roth, G. M. Effect of pan- creatic tissue extract on muscle pain of ischemic origin (inter- mittent claudication) Tr. Am. Ther. Soc, 1934, 33: 115-20 — Bernheim, B. M. Significance of blood pressure in circulatory disorders of the extremities. South. M.J., 1927, 20: 311-4.— Bickel, G., Frommel, E., & Mozer, J. J. L'insuffisance circula- toire peripherique. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1935, 55: 721-48.— Brooks, B. Diseases of the circulation of the extremities. J. Med., Cincin., 1926-27, 7: 642-6. ----- & Jostes, F. A. A clinical study of diseases of the circulation of the extremities; a description of a new method of examination. Arch. Surg., 1924, 9: 485-503.—Brown, G. E. Disturbances in peripheral circulation. Minnesota M., 1935, 18: 139-43.—Cohen, M. B. The intracutaneous salt solution test; preliminary report of a simple method for determining the efficiency of the circulation In the extremities. J. Am. M. Ass., 1925, 84: 1561.------ Applebaum, H. S., & Hainsworth, E. L. The intracutaneous salt solution test, its use as a test of the efficiency of the circula- tion in the extremities. Ibid., 1926, 86: 1677-9.—Cornel, M. Sulle sindromi ischemiche e asfissiche delle estremita; acrocia- nosi e acrorigosi. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1932, 73: 1595-611, pi.— Curiel, N. II cuore periferico nelle forme morbose dei genitali femminili. Riv. ital. gin., 1931-32, 13: 533-48.—Bumas, A. Exploration de la pedieuse dans l'appreciation de certains etats cardio-vasculaires. Medecine, Par., 1921-22, 3: 432-4. ----- & Ravault, P. Lesions cutanees a type de troubles trophiques des membres inferieurs par deficit circulatoire chez un vieillard. Lyon med., 1927, 139: 263-5.—Eimer, K. Periphere Durch- blutungsstbrungen und ihre Behandlung. Zschr. arztl. Fort- bild., 1935, 32: 96-100.—Emerson, W. C, & Warren, S. L. A study of the peripheral arterial circulation in arteriosclerosis and gangrene. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1929, 48: 236-8.—Eppinger, H. Ueber periphere Kreislaufpathologie. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 1684.—Fischer, B. Die Wirkungsmechanismen der lokalen Kreislaufstorungen nach experimentellen Untersuchungen von Jos. Tannenberg. Ibid., 1925, 4: 1758-63.—Fischer-Wasels, B, Die funktionellen Storungen des peripheren Kreislaufs. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1933, 45: 1-174.—Giannoni, A. I fenomeni conse'- guenti alla stasi e all' ischemia provocata negli arti nello studio delle sindromi emorragiche; variazioni del tempo di coagula- zione per effetto di alterazioni provocate di circolazione.' Riv. clin. med., 1934, 35: 370-87.—Graves, H. C. Early diagnosis of circulatory peripheral diseases. Colorado M., 1935, 32: 370-3.— Herrmann, L. G. Nonoperative treatment of inadequate peripheral distribution of blood; passive vascular exercises and local hyperthermia. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105: 1256-62 — Hollmann, W. Beobachtungen auf dem Gebiete der Kapillar- mikroskopie; die Anwendung der Diathermie bei dysbasischen Zustanden. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1927, 19: 751-62.—Horton, B. T., & Roth, G. M. Observations on some differences in the vasomotor reactions of the hands and feet. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1936,11: 433-7.—Jeanneney, G. Indications operatoires dans les gangrenes par ischemie. Clinique, Par., 1936, 31: 3-6.—Kahler, H. Ueber Storungen des Nervensystems bei arterieller Ischamie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 1186-9.—Kelso, B., Fosse, M. A., & Henry, F. The effect of massage upon peripheral circulation as measured by skin temperature. Res. Q. Am. Phys. Educ. Ass., 1934, 5: 34-41.—Knight, F.'X. Disturbances of the periph- eral circulation, with report of case. South. M.&S., 1929, 91: 383.—Koetz, C. Oertliche periphere Durchblutungstbrungen. Ther. Gegenwart, 1935, 76: 341-7.—Kohlmaier, H. Wegen schwerer peripherer Zirkulationsstbrungen eine lumbale Sym- pathektomie vorgenommen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1935, 85: 717.—Lazarew, N. W. Zur Frage nach dem Mechanismus einiger Reaktionen der Gefasse und brtlichet Zirkulations- stbrungen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 65:661-76.—Lowenstein, P. S. The treatment of peripheral circulatory diseases by means of alternate suction and pressure (Pavaex) Trained Nurse, N.Y., 1936,96:522-4.—Marshall, W., & White, C. Localized areas of ischemia on the hands. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1933, 18: 3g6-8 — Muller-Beham, A. Eine zweckmassige Kombinations- therapie bei intermittierendem Hinken und Angina pectoris. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928,54:2052.—Nothhaas, R. Ueber Storun- gen der peripheren Zirkulation bei Ulcus peptieum und Asthma bronchiale. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1935-36, 97: 296-328 — Pegoraro, C, & Bertoni, E. Le variazioni del glutatione nell' as- fissia locale provocata con la stasi o l'ischemia negli arti. Riv. clin. med., 1935, 36: 58-68.—Perlow, S. Local diathermy in peripheral circulatory disturbances. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 1869-71. Also Physiother. Rev., 1934,14: no.2,24-6.—Pohorecka, E. [Interesting case of disorder of the peripheral circulation] Cesk. derm., 1929, 10: 201-3.—Ratschow, M. Das Verhalten df S Blutdrucks bei peripheren Durchblutungsstbrungen. Deut. med Wschr., 1935, 61: 1589-91. Also Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1935, 48: 261-339.—Rechtman, A. M. Instructions to patients with circulatory disturbances of the extremities. Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 129: 633.—Reich, R. S. The pulses of the foot; their value in the diagnosis of peripheral circulatory disease. Ann. Surg., 1934, 99: 613-22. Also repr.—Reichert, F. L. Pre-gan- erenous arteriosclerot;c and thromboangitic ischemia—control of pain therein. California West. M., 1934, 40: 81-5.—Roth, G. M. The effect of pancreatic tissue extract on muscle pain of ischemic origin (intermittent claudication) Proc. Mayo Clin 1933, 8: 481-5—Saltzstein, H. C, Meyers, M. P., & Rosen- zweig, S. The value of Pavaex therapy. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1936 35: 385-7—Schulhof, O. Hydrostatische Baderwirkung BLOOD CIRCULATION 506 BLOOD CIRCULATION bei peripheren Kreislaufstorungen. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1098 «• 105—Scott, W. J. M„ & Morton, J. J. Sympathetic activityin certain diseases, especially those of the peripheral circulation. Tr. Coll. Physicians, Phila., 1931, 53. 30-65. S ern W G., & Cohen, M. B. The intracutaneous salt solution wheal test; its value in disturbances of the circulation in the extremities J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 1355-8.-Tannenberg, J. ExperimentelleUnter^^^ Frankf 7schr Path., 1925, 31: 173; 182; 285 351, 385. 2pl. - Regulation und Storungen des' peripheren Blut kreislaufes Dlfm Wschr., 1931, 93: 1581-9. -----& Fischer, B. Gefass- nerven und lokale Kreislaufstbrung. Frankf. Zschr. Path ^33 ?1-124-Theis, F. V„ & Freeland, M. R. Peripheral circulatory diseases; effect of alternating positive and negative pressure treatments on venous blood and the sk in■temperature^ r^-oiiminflrv report J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 107: 1097-1U4. TtaS^M& Kimball, H. S. Effect of local ischemia upon hnman nerve fibers in vivo. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1936. *Y?am 3 -Thomson, C. S. Physiotherapy of some peripheral tircSry diseases Am. J. Electrother., 1925, 43: 57-60.- VeaL J E- Recent diagnostic and therapeutic advances in nprinheral circulatory disease. N. Orleans M.&S.J., 1935-36, 8^8 P682-90-VHale, A. Contributo sperimentale alio studio del trattamento degli stati ischemic! degli arti inferior! Arch. Soc Ttal mhfr;? 1933, 39: 1146-55.-Weiss, S. Circulatory dis- tin^ances of the extremities: medical aspects N. England TM 1933 209- 267-74.-Wenckebach, K. F. Wie behandelt mm'den 'peripheren Kreislauf? Wien. klin Wschr. 1926, ^7n -White J C. Experiences with sympathetic ganglionec- omy in peripheral circulatory disease TrN England Surg. Soc; 1931, 13: 232-51. Also N. England J.M., 1931, 204: 852-9. ____ Disorders: Stasis and congestion. See also Edema; Hyperemia; Inflammation. Engel R. *Der Fliissigkeitsaustausch zwi- schen Blut und Gewebe unter dem Einfluss venoser Stauung Bonn] 16p. 8. JLpz-1 1928. Also Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1929, 141: 257-72. Aievoli, E. Forme e concetti dell' edemizzazione iperemica. Gaf/ internaz. med. chir., 1934, 42: 629-33.-Bazett H C , & McGlone B Chemical (A) factor in the causation of tingling |tf ^d^f 3Td87afieFrerEeK0f fuf DeSung^ &£ HlJn'u^eramie Arch klin Chir., 1930, 162: 334-40. Also Kc^STsch^mO, 77: 1179-81.-Goldblatt, H. Obser- vations upon reactive hypera?mia. Heart, Lond., 1925-26, 12. 28,-94-Hintze, A. Wesen und Bedeutung der reaktiven Hyperamie; Bestimmung der "lativra DurchstromuL^gMsse durch Temperaturmessung. Deut. Zschr. Chu 1931, 234. nTse-Jarisch, A., & Gaisbbck, F. Ueber das Verhalten des Kreislaufes bei' der postauamischen Hyperamie.Arch exp. Path Lpz, 1929, 139: 159-78— Kreyberg, L., & Rotnes, V. L. LTstase experimentale; methode pour la mettre, en evidence au moven de preparations speciales. C. rend. boc. biol., J931, ^895-7 -Landis, E. M„ Jonas, L. [et al.] The passage of fluid and protein through the human capillary wall during venous congestion J Clin. Invest., 1932,11: 717-34 -Langfeldt Eine Sbestimmung vitaler Stauung durch Wasser.Aerztl. RHsrh 1917 27: 42.—Lmzenmeier, G. Zur Deutung der Ka- nillfrstasen Zbl Gyn., 1922, 46: 1428-31.-Lipsky, E. Die ifmktar^randeruSi des Nierenepithels bei Venenstauung im Lichte der Vitalfarbung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med 1929 67: 582-91 -Loewy, A. Wirkung der Hyperamie auf die Folgen der Luftverdiinnung an Leber und Nieren. Virchows Arch., 1934-35 294: 702-5.-Lunedei, A. I fenomeni di sensibihzza- zione alle manifestazioni emorragiche e la genesi delle emorragie da stas spontanea e provocata (prova del laccio) l'angiofiha tesulare Riv. clin. med., 1932, 33: 499; 629 -Merk, C. Unter- suchungen fiber den Einfluss der Wasserstoffionenkonzentration auf die Entwicklung und Rtickbildung der Stase. Frankf. 7srbr Path 1927, 357 343-58.-Miranda, F. de P. Un smdromo di* t'a^s ve'nosa sin hiposfixia. Gac. med. Mexico, 1925, 56: SlVll^Monfgomery, MPL„ Moore, J. M„ & McGuinness J. S. Reactive hyperemia: relation of duration of increased blood flow to length of circulatory arrest. Am. J. Physiol., 1934, 108 486^97-Morian, R. Druckstauung, auf em Bern beschrankt. Zbl Chir 1926, 53: 66-9.-Ohmura, Y. Physikahsch-chemische und biologische Veranderungen des Blutes und Gewebes bei Naming. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1935, 245: 132-40-OkunevN. Die Wasserstoffionenkonzentration und die Pufferung der Gewebe und der subkutanen Lymphe bei lokaler venoser Hyperamie. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 220: 164-76.-Plass E. B & Rourke M. B. The effect of venous stasis on the proteins of blood plasma and on the rate of sedimentation of the red blood corpuscles. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1926r27 12: 735-42.-Reiss, H. [Pathogenesis of congestive hyperemia of the skin] Polska gaz. lek 1929 8- 272-7— Remijnse, J. G. [Acute stasis in veins of arm (so-called thrombose par effort)l Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1931 75- Pt4, 5078-83—Schoen, R. Ueber die Stauung im Lun- genkreislauf. Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 1849-53.-Schour, M. Untersuchungen fiber den Rumpel-Leedeschen Stauungsver- such. insbesondere bei inneren Erkrankungen. Ibid., 1929, 8: 213 —Schultz, J. H., & Cappeller, W. Zur Frage der capillaren Erythrostase. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1914, 26: Orig., 602 —Seckel H. Das Syndrom der chronischen Stauungshaut beim Kinde. Mschr. Kinderh., 1929-30, 45: 394-403—Sperling, A Kapillarstauung als Krankheitsanfang und palpatonsche Bauchmassage als Therapie der Kapillarstauungen des Bauches. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1922, 32: 291; passim.-Stephan, R. Die diagno- stische Bedeutung des Endothel-Symptomes. Munch med. Wschr 1925 72: 2223.—Tolstoi, E., & Eisenman, A. J. lhe effect of complete circulatory block on theq concentration of venous blood. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol , N \ ., 1925-26, 23 • 421-4 - Walter, J. Blutdruckmessung und Venenstauung. Munch. med. Wschr., 1914, 61: 1456,-Wenckebach, K F. Ueber die verschiedenen Formen der venosen Kreislaufstauung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 1-6. ---- Disorders: Statistics. See also Cardiovascular system, Diseases. Felker, B. *Ueber die Sterblichkeit an Kreis- laufserkrankungen in der Stadt Munster in den Jahren 1912-31. 32p. 8° Munster 1932. Roller, S. Kreislauferkrankungen und Kreislaufstorungen in den Vereinigten Staaten. Mitt. wiss. Kom. Erforsch. & Bekiimpf. Kreislaufstbr., 1933, H.3, 1-18. —— Ueber die iahreszeitlichen Schwankungen der Kreislaufsterbhchkeit. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch. 1933, s^0-6.—— Die Kreislaufsterbhchkeit in Europa. Ibid., 1934, 7: 289-95. ——- Die Sterblichkeit an Kreislaufstorungen Reichsgesundhbl 1935 10:504-6—Mortality from circulatory disorders J.Am M. Ass 1935 105 • 979 —Piersol, G. M. The incidence of circulatory abnormalities'in young women. Internat Clin., 1922, 32.ser 1- 86-100 —Zirkulationsstorungen als Volkskrankheit. Mitt. wiss. KOm. Erforsch. & Bekampf. Kreislaufstor., 1931, H.l, 7. ---- Disorders: Treatment. Erdman, F. The control of the circulation by physiological methods. 280p. 8? Germantown, Pa., 1921. Fortbildungs-Lehrgang in Bad Nauheim (17.-19. September, 1931) Ueber Kreislaufer- krankungen und ihre Behandlung. 174p. 8. Balen G F van [Regulation of blood circulation in ortho- static circulatory disorders] Geneesk. gids, 1934, 12: 434-42- Bitzer E W. Observations on the mechanism and treatment of circulatory failure. J. Florida M. Ass., 1935-36, 22: 349-53^ Bureer, M. Ueber Osmotherapy. Ther. Gegenwart, 1925, 66: 27- 72 —Cruickshank, M. M. Lumbar sympathectomy m the treatment of circulatory diseases. Ind. M. Gaz , 1935 70: 553 - Dodel, P. Influence de l'altitude sur les maladies de la cir- culation du sang. Presse therm. clim., 1934 75: 333-5- Elias, H. Storungen des Wasserhaushaltes bei Kreis auf- schwache und ihre Behandlung Wien. med, Wschr., 1932, 82- 1546-9 —Fischer, A. Kreislaufstorungen bei akuten Infek- tionskrankheiten und ihre Behandlung. Wien. klin. Wschr 1925 38- 124-6—Goldscheider. Die Behandlung der chroni- schen Kreislaufschwache. Med. Klin Berl., 1921, 17: 1566. _____ Neues zur Pathologie und Therapie des Kreislaufs. Ibid., 1930, 26: 879; 918—Graul, G. Einffihrung_in die Patho- logie und Therapie der Kreislaufschwache auf funktioneller Grundlage. Wiirzb. Abh. Med., Lpz., 1931, 27: 131-53 — Groedel, F. M. Die Behandlung der Verdauungsbeschwerden bei Erkrankungen des Zirkulationsapparates. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1925, 22: 419-23. - — Rekonvaleszenz, bei Kreis- lauferkrankungen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58. 845-s. Haeeeney. Die bkonomische Behandlung der Kreislauferkran- kungen. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1933, 43: 140-2.-Hecht, A. F Ueber die Behandlung einiger wichtige* Storungen des; Kreislaufs im Kindesalter. Wien. med. Wschr 1926, 76: 1418-22-Herr- mann, L. G. Apparatus and method for enhancing blood cir- culation. U.S. Patent Off., 1936, no.2055128.-Hochrein, X. Grundlagen einer naturgemiissen Heilbehandlung bei Kreislaui- stbrungen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 643-9.-Jagic, N. Antisyphilitische Behandlung bei Kreislauferkrankungen Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 535. ----- Practical experiences on the therapy of circulatory disturbances. Ars medici, Wien, 1932, 10: 51-4.-Kaboth, G. Die Shert-Engelmannsche Aorten- klemme bei Kreislaufstorungen. Klin. Wschr. 1922, 50. 348 Kopecky, J. The treatment of circulatory failure. Soutn. M J 1935, 28: 918-20—Korczynski, L. [Indications for tne choice of sanitariums in circulatory affections] Lek. wojsk., 1935 25: 65-82— Kfilbs, J. Akute Kreislaufschwache und ihre Behandlung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1933, 29: 797-9.-Langendorff, H W. Die Bedeutung vorbeugender Massnahmen bei (lronen- der Kreislaufschwache. Verh. Deut. Ges._ Kreislaufforsch,., 1928, 52-4 [Discussion] 63-H. Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1928, 20- 282-5—Loeper, M. Introduction a la therapeutique oes maladies de la circulation. In Ther. med (Loeper, Mjrar, 1933, 6: 3-19.-Misinski, J. [Occupational therapy in circula- tory disorders] Polska gaz. lek., 1936 15: 834-9-Peller, S. Die venose Stauungstherapie bei Kreislauferkrankungen. ««*. klin Wschr., 1923, 36: 449.-Ritchie, W. T. The treatment ol circulatory failure. Glasgow M.J., 1931 115: ^~^r^^ E. Die Behandlung des Kollapses und der Kreislaufschwache im friihen Kindesalter. Fortsch. Ther 1932 8: 449 -Rosm, H. Diat bei Kreislaufserkrankungen. Ibid., 1931, 7: ^b-Ji. Schaffer, H. Ueber die Diiitbehandlung der Kreislauferkran kungen Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 1428-32.-Schloss, J. DiatetiK BLOOD CIRCULATION 507 BLOOD CIRCULATION und Kreislaufstorungen. Herzneurosen [&c] (Ver. Bad- Nauheim Aerzte) Dresd., 1932, 93-107.—Schober, A. Ueber die Karellsche Kur bei kardialen Zirkulationsstbrungen. Zschr. phys. diat. Ther., 1910, 14: 65-71—Schoen, R. Richtlinien zur Diagnose und Therapie der Kreislaufstorungen. Berl. Klin., 1927, H.367-8, 1-36.—Schottmiiller. Ueber die Behandlung Kreislaufkranker. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 1357; 1401. Also Tung-chi, 1932-33, 8: 249; 294—Schwarz, H., & Dibold, H. Zur diatetischen Behandlung Kreislaufkranker. Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 857-60—Stadler, E. Diatetische Fragen bei Kreislauferkrankungen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 833-5.— Stein, B. Special considerations in the treatment of circulatory disease. Med. World, 1932, 50: 196-200—Stiasny. Therapie bei Kreislaufstorungen. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1934, 50: 609.— Straub, H. Bemerkungen fiber Behandlung der Kreislaufin- suffizienz. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1930, 22: 529-40.—Van Lint. La normalisation de la circulation. Bruxelles med., 1933-34, 14: 1599-602—Warfield, L. M. The treatment of circulatory failure. Ann. Int. M., 1934, 7: 981-90. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 106: 892-5—Wunderly, H. W. The treatment of circula- tory failure. Med. J. Australia, 1936, 1: 840-2.—Zachariae. Beitrag zur Therapie der Kreislaufschwache. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1929, 39: 62.—Zaidiner, I. L. [Combined method of treatment of some forms of grave disorders of circulation] Klin, med., Moskva, 1931, 9: 838-40. ---- Disorders: Treatment—with baths. See also Bath. Epstein, H. *Harnfarbstoffausscheidung nach Teilbadern bei Kreislauf dekompensierten. p.252- 70. 8? Berl.-Charlottenb., 1932. Cuatrecasas, J. Los efectos de la balneoterapia termal en la insuficiencia circulatoria. Rev. m6d. Barcelona, 1935, 23: 347-54.—Epstein, J. L. La elimination de las substantias colo- rantes de la orina mediante el procedimiento de los bafios par- ciales en la decompensation circulatoria. Rev. med., Rosario, 1934, 24: 595-616.—Fischer, J. Erfahrungen mit naturlichen Co2-Baderkuren bei Kreislaufstorungen. Med. Welt, 1934, 8: 556-8; Ausg., 20-2.—Fouilloux. La Lechere et les troubles de l'hydraulique circulatoire chez les dysendocriniens. Presse therm, clim., 1934, 75: 297-9.—Fox, R. F. Circulatory disorders of the middle life treated by waters and baths. Practitioner, Lond., 1930, 124: 628-37.—Groedel, F. M. Die Behandlung der Circulafcionsstbrungen mit Kohlensaurebadern. Erg. ges. Med., 1924, 5: 1-30. ----- Indikation und Wirkung der Kohlensaurebader bei Zirkulationsstbrungen. Med. Welt, 1929,3:1739-41.----- Behandlung der Zirkulationsstbrungen mit Kohlensaurebadern. Fortsch. Ther., 1930, 6: 170-4.— Hahn, H. Ueber die verschiedenartigen Heilanzeigen natiir- licher abgestufter C02-Bader bei Kreislaufstorungen. Veroff. Med. verwalt., 1922, 15: 208-16.—Hess, H. H. Die Wirkungs- weise der kohlensauren Bader bei Kreislauferkrankungen. Ther. Gegenwart, 1934, 75: 249-55.—Hubert, G. Anzeigen und Gegenanzeigen fiir die Behandlung Kreislaufgestbrter mit koh- lensaurehaltigen Badern. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1935, 32: 472-4—Hubener, G. Die Behandlung der Kreislaufkrank- heiten durch Kohlensaurebader. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1936, 46: 111-5.—Joly, P. R. Traitement hydro-mineral des maladies de la circulation. Presse therm, clim., 1927, 68: 385-92.—Kaiser, H., & Schneyer, J. Ein Beitrag zur Anwendung heisser Teil- bader nach Schweninger bei Zirkulationsstbrungen. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1927, 34: 121-7.—Kisch, F. Die Bedeutung des indifferentwarmen Moorbades in der Balneotherapie Kreislauf- kranker. Wien. med. Wschr., 1933, 83: 682.—Kornmann, F. Untersuchungen iiber Thermenwirkung auf Kreislaufstorungen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 569-77.—McClellan, W. S. Balneotherapy in circulatory disorders. Arch. Phvs. Ther., Chic, 1934, 15: 366-8.—Pflanz. Kohlensaurebader bei Kreis- laufstorungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1924, 20: 786.—Richard, G. Le bain carbo-gazeux dans les troubles circulatoires. Marseille med., 1932, 69:329-33.—Ruppel. Zur Behandlung der Kreislauf- storungen mit Kohlensaurebadern. Zbl. Herz Gefiisskr., 1923, 15: 189.—Schalle, A. Kreislaufstorungen und Kneippsches Heilverfahren. Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1935, 6: 773-83.—Seidl, W. [Newest methods in hydro-therapy in disorders of circulation] Polska gaz. lek., 1931, 10: 377; 502.—Wachter, R. Kreislaufindi- kationen und Kontraindikationen einer Bad-Nauheimer Kur. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 1038.—Weber, A. Anzeigen und Gegenanzeigen der Baderbehandlung bei Kreislaufserkrankun- gen. Ther. Gegenwart, 1924, 65: 529-31.—Wurthle, H. Zur Behandlung des Kreislaufkranken an der Hydrotherapeutischen Universitiitsanstalt. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 1678; 1716—Wybauw, R. The treatment of circulatory trouble by natural effervescent baths. Arch. M. Hydr., Lond., 1922, 1: 22-5. ■--- Disorders: Treatment—with drugs. See also Blood circulation, Pharmacology. Schmuschkowitz, AI. *Ueber die gleich- zeitige Behandlung Kreislaufkranker mit kleinen Chinidindosen und Digitalis. 13p. 8? Berl.- Charlottenb., 1933. Bassi, M. Osservazioni comparative sull' azione di estratti muscolari e pancreatici in ammalati di circolo. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1933, 14: 683; 731—Bufano, M. La terapia diuretica dell' insufficienza circolatoria. Gazz. med. lombard., 1935, 94: 225-8—Crampton, C. W. Circulatory efficiency-surgery, digi- talis, and death. N. York State J.M., 1936, 36: 1087-Fahren- kamp, K. Die Kampferbehandlung chronischer Kreislaufer- krankungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1923,19:1635-8.-Fleischmann, * £, , Benandlung von Kreislaufstorungen mit Organ- und Muskelextrakten. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 121-3 — buttmann, B. Ueber zweckmassige Behandlung akuter Kreis- laufscnwachen mit Coramin. Fortsch. Ther., 1927, 3: 549 — Habs, R. Herz- und Gefassmittel bei akuten Kreislaufschwa- chen. Zbl. Chir., 1925, 52: 2-8—Haeberlin, C. Mehrtiigig fortgesetzte Behandlung schwerer toxischer Kreislaufschwachen mit subkutanen Adrenalininjektionen. Miinch. med. Wschr , 1925, 72: 727-9—Hatieganu, I., Moga, A., & Preotescu, S. [Treat- ment of circulatory insufficiency, with combined digitalis and ouabaine] Romania med., 1936, 14: 186.—Heintsch, S. [Cor- pynn in circulatory disorders] Polska gaz. lek., 1935, 14: 255.— Hochrein, M. Zur Therapie von Kreislauferkrankungen mit korpereigenen Substanzen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 1354-6. ----- Zur Kreislaufbehandlung mit Organextrakten. Ibid., 1936, 83: 961-7.—Hubert, G. Zur Behandlung der Kreis- laufstorungen mit intravenoser Zufuhr von Traubenzucker Ther. Gegenwart, 1931, 72: 297-300—Jagic, N., & Klima, R. Die therapeutische Anwendung hypertonischer Dextroselbsun- gen bei Kreislaufstorungen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 561 — Januschke, H. Arzneitechnik bei der Kreislaufschwache akuter Infektionskrankheiten (Beobachtungen im Kindesalter und bei Erwachsenen) Ibid., 1928, 41: 1531-3—Johnston, J. I. Circula- tory support other than by digitalis. Tr. Am. Ther. Soc. (1929) 1930, 29: 85-8.—Kisch, F. Das Verhalten des Vakat-Sauerstoffes bei Kreislaufkranken. Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 1618-20. ----- Ueber den Bilirubinspiegel des Blutserums Kreislaufinsuffizien- ter und seine Beeinflussung durch die Quecksilberdiurese. Ibid., 1933, 12: 593-6—Kothe, R. Ueber die Behandlung von Kreislaufschwachen mit Adrenalininjektionen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 1076—Kiihl, G. Grundsatzliches zur medika- mentbsen Therapie der Kreislaufstorungen im Sauglings- und Kindesalter. Kinderarztl. Prax., 1933, 4: 168-76.—Lehr, F. Indikationen und Erfolge der Deriphyllinbehandlung Kreis- laufkranker. Med. Klin., Berl., 1936, 32: 1433-5—Lbhr, H. Ueber Kreislaufanaleptica. Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 1319-22.— Ludwig, W. Klinische Untersuchungen tiber die Wirkung von Herz- und Skeletmuskelextrakten bei Kreislaufkranken. Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 1531-4—Maliwa, E. Ueber die Indikation zur Chininanwendung bei Kreislaufstbrung. Wien. med. Wschr., 1933, 83: 802.—Mantz, J. Die Arzneitherapie der akuten Kreis- laufschwache. Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 2306-9.—Mertz, A., & Eschbacher, E. Cardiazol bei akuten Kreislaufstorungen im Kindesalter. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1321-3.—Meyer- Nobel, K. Ueber die Behandlung von Kreislaufkranken mit Recresal und Traubenzucker. Med. Welt, 1930,4: 165.—Middel- dorf, R. Therapeutische Beobachtungen und Erfolge mit Syn- thenephrin bei Kreislaufstorungen des Blutes. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1935, 51: 244.—Moga, A. [Digitalis (Adigan) in treat- ment of circulatory insufficiency] Cluj. med., 1936, 17: 169.— Pltigge, H. Ueber die Verwendbarkeit von Deriphyllin und Deriphyllin comp (Deriminal) zur Entwasserung dekompen- sierter Kreislaufkranker. Fortsch. Ther., 1936, 12: 418-22.— Roguski, J. Le glucose sanguin dans l'insuffisance circulatoire chronique. Arch, internat. neur.', Par., 1935, 27.ser., 349.— Rominger, E. Zur Gefassmittel-Therapie im Kindesalter. Mschr. Kinderh., 1921-22, 22: 269-74.—Rudolf, R. D. The use of circulatory stimulants in the care of the sick. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1922, 12: 697-701.—Schalenkamp, G. Behandlung der Kreislaufschwache mit Sympatol. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 1642.—Schretzenmayr, A. Ueber die experimentellen Grundlagen der Alkoholmedikation bei der Kreislaufschwache. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933-34, 92: 667-74— Serba, V. Sull' op- portunity dell' impiego delle sostanze ad azione adrenalmosimile en particolari condizioDi di collasso circolatorio. Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. med., 504-24.—Strauss, H. Intravenose Kombina- tionstherapie bei akuter Kreislaufinsuffizienz. Med. Klin., Berl., 1931, 27: 1818.—Trendelenburg, P. Ueber die Wirkung einiger neuerer Kreislaufmittel bei Kreislaufinsuffizienz. Ibid., 1929, 25: 1573-6. Also Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1929) 1930, 60: Teil2, 121-9.—Tsurumaki, T. Experimental studies on the in- travenous infusion of Ringer-Locke's solution in cases of circula- tory disturbance. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1923. 5: 451-75.—Weiss, R. Hypnotika und Sedativa bei Erkrankungen des Kreislaufes. Med. Klin., Berl., 1935, 31:1628; 1665—Zak, E. Wann darf bei Kreislaufkranken Morphium gegeben werden? Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 1238.-----Wie wirken Organ- extrakte in der Kreislauf therapie (Klinik)? Aerztl. Prax., Wien, 1933, 7: 292. Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933, 46: 308. Disorders: Treatment—by physical methods. Balmady, Z. [Physical exercises and massage in treatment of circulatory disorders] Orv. hetil., 1931, 75: 749-51.—Be Kraft, F. Diathermy in circulatory disorders; report of the committee on the high frequency currents. Phys. Ther., 1926, 44:627-34.—Eisenmenger, R. Neuartige physikahsche Therapie der Kreislaufstorungen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1932, 45: 591.— Goldscheider. Die Behandlung der chronischen Kreislauf- schwache (insonderheit die physikalisch-diatetische) Berl. klin. Wschr., 1921, 58: 1511. Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1921, 68: 1602 [Discussion] 1635. Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48: 10; 57.—Kottmaier, J. Die therapeutische Durchwarmung des Blutkreislaufs. Fortsch. Med., 1923, 41: 113. ----- Die BLOOD CIRCULATION 508 BLOOD CIRCULATION Durchwarmung des Kreislaufs. Strahlentherapie, 1923, 15: 676-82. ----- Warmetherapie bei Kreislaufstorungen. Zbl. Herz Gefasskr., 1924, 16: 65-71. ----- Rontgentherapie bei zentralen Kreislaufstorungen. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1928, 36: 44-9.—Lag uerriere & Belherm. Les courants de haute- frequence dans le traitement de quelques troubles circulatoires. Arch, electr. med., 1926, 36: 350. Also J. radiol. electr., 1926, 10: 295-9.—Morel-Kahn. La diathermie dans le traitement de quel- ques aflections circulatoires. J. med. fr., 1927, 16: 154-6.— Raab, L. Die Behandlung der Kreislaufschwache durch das elektrische Bad. Zschr. phys. diat. Ther., 1922, 26: 89-99 — Rausch, Z. Ueber Indikationen und Erfolge der Kurzwellen- diathermie .bei Erkrankungen des Kreislaufs und der Niere. Fortsch. Ther., 1934, 10: 394-8— Riippel, H. W. Ueber physi- kahsche Behandlung der Kreislaufstorungen. Zbl. Herz Gefasskr., 1923, 15: 89-100.—Schott, A. Die physikahsche Be- handlung der chronischen Kreislaufinsuffizienz. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 459-63.—Schlomka, G. Mechanische Behandlungs- massnahmen bei Kreislaufstorungen. Fortsch. Ther., 1935, 11: 65; 134.—Scholtz, H. G. Die physikahsche Behandlung der Kreislauferkrankungen. Erg. ges. Med., 1935, 20: 63-84 — Schloss, W. Ueber Radiumbestrahlung der Gefasse bei Zirku- lationsstbrungen. Strahlentherapie, 1932, 45: 793-5. ----- Ergebnisse der Radiumgefassbestrahlung bei Zirkulations- stbrungen. Ibid., 1935, 52: 652-5—Weiss, R.F. Neuere Ergeb- nisse der Radiotherapie bei Kreislaufkrankheiten. Internat. Radiother., Darmst., 1926-27, 2: 853-60. ---- Disorders—in pregnancy. See Pregnancy, Blood circulation in. ---- Examination. See also Blood pressure; Blood-vessels; Cardiovascular system; Heart; Pulse; Vaso- motor nerves. Henderson, L. J., & Murray, C. D. Nomo- graphische Methoden bei der Untersuchung von Blut und Kreislauf. p.261-344. 8? Berl. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Berl., 1935, Abt.5, Teil 8. Racine, M. G. J. *Aspects radiologiques de la circulation; 6tude experimentale, clinique et therapeutique. 130p. 8? Par., 1934. Brukhonenko, S. Appareil pour la circulation artificielle du sang des animaux a sang chaud. J. physiol. path, gen., 1929, 27: 12-8.—Cantoni, O. Circolazione crociata tra cane e gatto. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 916-8.—Cosacesco, A., & Lucinesco, E. Circulation active du sang in vitro; modification de la temperature centrale au cours de la petite circulation in vitro; etude experimentale chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 499-502.—Bormanns, E. Ein neues Kreislaufschema fiir den Unterricht. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 1272 — Firor, W. M. A review of crossed circulation experiments. N. England J.M., 1931, 204: 157-9.—Ganter. Experimentelle Gefass- und Kreislaufstudien. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 420.—Gomez, B. M., & Langevin, A. La piezographie directe et instantanee; nouvelle methode sans inertie. Bull. Acad. med., Par., 1935, 3.ser., 113: 329-34.—Grill, C. Die Venen- druckkurve bei artifizieller Stauung, ein Mass fiir die Kapillar- resistenz, den prakapillaren Widerstand und die Zirkulations- geschwindigkeit im Gefassystem des Armes. Uppsala lak.foren. forh., 1931, n.F., 36: 113-32.—Harvey, E. N. Blood corpuscle movement in the retina for classroom demonstration of circu- latory changes. Science, 1924, n.s., 60: 270.— Heilbronner, F. Untersuchungen des Kreislaufs nach der Methode von Fr. Kauffmann. Deut. med. Wschr., 1924, 50: 563-5.—Hochrein, M., Talbott, J. H. [et al.) Das physikalisch-chemische System des Blutes in seiner Beziehung zur Atmung und Kreislauf; die Bestimmung der Blutzirkulation in Ruhe und Arbeit. Arch, exp. Path., Lpz., 1929, 143: 147-60—Kaup, J., & Grosse, A. Acetylen- und Jodathylmethode zur Bestimmung der Kreis- laufleistung nach den wissenschaftlichen Grundlagen und prak- tischen Auswirkungen (Stoffwechsel und Kreislauf als Zell- dynamik und Eigengesetzlichkeit im Rahmen einer Gestalt- tlieorie des Lebens) Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 89: 275-469 — Kinsman, J. M. The dye-injection method of studying the cir- culation. Med. Papers (H. A. Christian Anniv. vol.) Bost., 1936,33-50. -----Moore, J. W., & Hamilton, W. F. Studies of the circulation; injection method; physical and mathematical considerations. Am. J. Physiol., 1929, 89: 322-30. ----- Studies on the circulation: analysis of some problems of the cir- culation in man in the normal and in pathological states, by the use of the injection method. Kentucky M.J., 1933, 31: 285-9.— Kisch, F. Tierexperimentelles fiber die Beeinflussung der Gesamtzirkulation durch die Abschaltung verschiedener Kreis- laufteilgebiete. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 67: 399-419 — Lauber, H. Ueber arterielle Blutstrbmung in normalem und krankhaftem Zustand; Ergebnisse einer sphygmo-manometri- schen Kreislaufuntersuchung. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1932, 44: 678-799.—Lewis, J. T. Sur une methode pour separer la circulation de la t6te de celle du tronc, en laissant intactes les voies nerveuses. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111: 90.—Marcou, I. Une nouvelle mfithode de perfusion pulsatile; son application et son utilite. J. physiol. path, gen., 1933, 31: 685-96, 2pl— Meek, W. J. Some X-ray studies of the circulation. Radiology, 1933, 20: 155-61.—Menkes, B. Ein Rbntgenverfahren zum Studium des Gesamtkreislaufs am lebenden Frosche. Fortsch. Ront- genstrahl., 1933, 48: 204-6.—Moore, J. W., Hamilton, W. F. [et al.] Studies on the circulation; description of the injection method of studying the circulation, with some clinical application. South. M.J., 1930, 23: 1131-5—Naegeli, T., & Janker, R. Ex- perimentell-rbntgenologische und rbntgenkinematographische Kreislaufstudien. Arch. klin. Chir., 1931, 167: 251. Also Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1931, 232: 560-9.—Neumann-Kleinpaul, K., & Zieger, W. Ueber die diagnostische Verwertbarkeit des Tonos- zillogramms fiir Kreislaufuntersuchungen beim Pferde. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1931-32, 64: 373-90— Never, H. E. Ein Durchblutungsapparat zur Durchstrbmung iiberlebender Or- gane. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1932,229:180—Oerskov, J. Methode pour l'examen direct de la circulation a travers la paroi intesti- nale, chez les petits animaux a sang chaud. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 963.—Ozorio de Almeida, M. Sur la separation des ondes arterielle et veineuse dans l'appareil circulatoire de la grenouille. Ibid., 1923, 89: 1019-21.—Rein, H. Neue Wege fiir die experimentelle Kreislaufforschung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1930, 60: 312-4.—Roger, H. La methode des circulations re- duites. Presse med., 1923, 31: 793-5.—Rominger, E., & Meyer, H. Sphygmographische Untersuchungen beim Saugling. Zschr. Kinderh., 1931-32, 52: 577-85.—Scarborough, E. M. The optimum temperature for investigations on the frog's circulation. J. Physiol., Lond., 1932, 76: 472-6.—Sereni, E. Un preparato per la circolazione crociata negli octopodi. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 1304-9.—Stigler, R. Kreislaufmodelle. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1927, Abt.5, Teil 4, 1047-76.—Turner, A. H. Personal character of the prolonged standing circulatory reaction and factors influencing it. Am. J. Physiol., 1928-29, 87: 667-79.—Verney, E. B. The heart-lung preparation; recent additions to our knowledge of the circulation. Lancet, Lond., 1928, 1: 1038.—Vogt, M. Zur Anwendbarkeit der Methodik des isolierten, unter Erhaltung des Rfickenmarks durchstrbmten Kopfes bei langfristigen Versuchen. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1931, 162: 124-8—Vonwiller, P., & Kotlarewskaya, M. A. Etudes sur les barrieres histo-h§matiques; observation des vaisseaux sanguins et de la circulation sanguine de la mem- brane hyalo'ide de la grenouille. Bull, histol. appl., Par., 1932, 9: 253-60.—Wertheimer, E. Untersuchungen am intakten Kreislauf verschiedener Organe beim Frosch. Arch. ges. Phy- siol., 1922, 196: 412-22.—Wolfer, P. Kreislaufanalyse durch kfinstliche Aortenklappen (Separator) Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1932, 164: 40; 81. ---- Examination, functional. Schmidt, F. *Kritische Bearbeitung der von Privatdozent E. Weiss (Tubingen) angegebenen neuen Methode zur Suffizienzpriifung des Kreis- laufs [Munchen] 59p. 8? Ansbach, 1924. Bansi, H. W., & Groscurth, G. Funktionsprufung des Kreis- laufs durch Messung der Herzarbeit. Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 1902-7. ----- Die Kreislaufleistung wahrend und nach der Arbeit beim gesunden und kranken Menschen. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch., 1930, 3: 126-38.—Broemser, P. Neuere Gesichtspunkte und Methoden zur Beurteilung der Leistung des Blutkreislaufs. Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 1283. Also Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1936, 33: 334-9.—Burger. Der Wert des Valsalvaschen Versuches als Kreislaufbelastungsprobe (fiber die Funktion des Herzens bei akuten Anstrengungen) Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1925, 37. Kongr., 282-91.—Heilmeyer, I. Die Funktionsprufung des Kreislaufs. Zbl. inn. Med., 1932, 53: 130-42.—Herrick, W. W. Functional tests of the circulation and their significance. N. York State J.M., 1923, 23: 53-9—Kisch, F. Ueber die praktische Eignung einer Funktionsprufung des Kreislaufs mittels des Amplitudenfrequenzproduktes. Med. Klin., Berl., 1930, 26: 1518-21.—Koch, E. Die theoretischen Grundlagen der Funktionsprfifungen des Kreislaufes. Kreis- lauferkr. & ihre Behandl., Lpz., 1932, 26-36.—MacKenzie, L. F., Wells, P. V. [et al.] Flarimeter tests of circulatory fitness; pre- liminary report. Am. J.M.Sc, 1930, 180: 372-86. ---- Functional tests of the circulation. Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America, 1930, 16: 36-140, 38pl— Magnus-Alsleben, E. Funktionsprfifungen des Kreislaufs. Kreislauferkr. & ihre Behandl., Lpz., 1932, 37-45.—Master, A. M., & Oppenheimer, E. T. A simple exercise tolerance test for circulatory efficiency with standard tables for normal individuals. Am. J.M. Sc, 1929, 177: 223-43.—Pachon, V., & Fabre, R. Indice d'efficacite de debit circulatoire chez I'homme; considerations physio-patho- logiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 1106-8—Prusik, B, [Index of efficiency of blood circulation] Cas. lek. fesk., 1925, 64: 525-31.—Rosin, H. Die funktionelle Kreislaufpriifung des Praktikers. Med. Welt, 1931,5:331; 369—Schellong, F. Funk- tionsprufung des Kreislaufs als Untersuchungsmethode. Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 361-6—Schilling, E. Kreislauffunktionsprobe durch Bestimmung des Amplitudenfrequenzproduktes. Ibid., 1931, 10: 2213-6—Usadel, W. Ein Beitrag zur Funktionspru- fung des Kreislaufes in Dienste der Chirurgie. Arch. klin. Chir., 1929, 157: 404-57. ---- fetal and placental. See also Fetus; Placenta; Umbilicus. Aievoli, E. La circolazione sanguigna nei feto a termine studiate con rbntgenografia. Riforma med., 1936, 52: 1318.— BLOOD CIRCULATION 509 BLOOD CIRCULATION Braun, G. Die Entwicklung des Herzens und der Blutkreislauf bei der ungeborenen Frucht. Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg, 1927, 42:177.—Cattaneo, L. Ricerche sulle cause della cessazione della circolazione cardio-placentare dopo la nascita. Ann. ostet. gin., 1931, 53: 981-1008, 14pl — Bellepiane, G. Sulla funzione della placenta: metabolismo degli idrati di carbonio; alcune osservazioni a proposito della circolazione della placenta isolata e sopravvivente. Riv. ital. gin., 1927, 6: 30-2.—Bubreuil, G., & Riviere, M. Les formations fibro-musculaires du placenta humain; quel role peuvent-elles jouer dans la circulation pla- cental? Gyn. obst., Par., 1933, 27: 385-92—Eisler, P. Zur Lehre vom fetalen Kreislauf. Anat. Anz., 1930, 69: 428-31.— Fournier, R. Contribution a l'etude de la circulation dans le placenta normal et pathologique. Gyn. obst., Par., 1932, 25: 349-400.—Franken & Krebs. Zur Biologie der Placenta; Blut- befunde im intervillbsen Raum und fiber den Eigenstoffwechsel der Placenta. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1933-34, 156:188-91 [Discus- sion] 193-5.—Gargiulo, M. La circolazione sanguigna nei feto atermine. Riv.chir., 1936,2:281-91.—Gelderen.C.van. Ueber die zeitliche Folge der Entstehung der Dotter- und Plazentar- kreislaufe bei Primaten. Zool. Anz., 1926, 66: 103-14. ----- [The fetal circulation and its changes at birth] Geneesk. bl., 1927-28, 26: 351-402. ----- Venensystem mit einem Anhang fiber den Dotter- und Placentarkreislauf. Handb. vergl. Anat., Berl., 1931-33, 6: 685-744.—Gross, L. Preliminary report on the reconstruction of the circulation of the liver, placenta, and lung in health and disease. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1919, 9: 632-4, 2pl.—Guttner, M. D. Ueber das Verhalten der Blutzirkulation des Fetus in der Geburt. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1932, 149: 70-87 — Haselhorst, G. Zum plazentaren Kreislauf unter der Geburt. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1929, 95: 32-42.—Kearns, P. J. The anatomy and histology of placental circulation. Am. J. Obst., 1934, 27: 870-7.—KeUogg, H. B. Studies on the fetal circulation of mammals. Am. J. Physiol., 1930, 91: 637-48.—Khanoum Kadjar, M. Contribution a l'etude de la circulation placentaire dans la grossesse multiple par la methode stereoradiographique. Gynecologie, 1927,26:449-67.—Mikulicz-Radecki, F. von. Ueber die Bewegung der Plazentarzotten; experimentelle Untersu- chungen fiber die Blutzirkulation im intervillbsen Raum. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1929, 96: 314-23, pi.—Mulherin, W. A., & Krafka, J., jr. Intravascular clotting in abandoned fetal chan- nels in the newborn. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1936, 9: 318-22.— Patten, B. M. The changes in circulation following birth. Am. Heart J., 1930-31, 6: 192-205.—Pohlmann, A. G. The compara- tive physiology of the circulatory changes at birth. Zschr. Morph. Anthrop., 1924, 24: 191-204.—Rech. Untersuchungen fiber die Herztatigkeit des Kindes bei Erlbschen des Plazentar- kreislaufes post partum. Mschr. Geburtsh., 1935-36, 101: 227.— Runge. Experimentelle Untersuchungen tiber den Nabel- schnurkreislauf. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1927, 132: 49-51 [Discus- sion] 63-7.—Schmitt, W. Ueber die Blutbewegung in Placenta und Nabelstrang. Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 1282-92.—Spanner, R. Der Kreislauf im intervillbsen Raum des Menschen; Unter- suchungen an den Uteroplacentargefassen schwangerer Uteri [Discussion] Verh. Anat. Ges., 1934, 42: 127-9.—Sternberg, H. Die Entwicklung des Blutkreislaufes bei menschlichen Embryonen. Zool. Anz., 1926, 68: 208-11. --- Hemodynamics. Jourdan, F. H. *Ueber den zeitlichen Ablauf der Stromstarke der Blutbewegung. 31 p. 8? Basel, 1927. Muller, A., & Lambossy, P. Einfuhrung in die Mechanik des Kreislaufes. p. 1-236. 8? Berl., 1935. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Berl., 1935, Abt.5, Teil8. Schleier, J. *Der Energieverbrauch in der Blutbahn. 35p. 8? Bresl., 1919. Stigler, R. Hamostatische Untersuchungen. p.1259-302. 8? Berl. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Berl., 1927, Abt.5, Teil4. Thoma, R. Die experimentell-mathematische Behandlung des Blutkreislaufes. p. 1103-258. 8? Berl., 1927. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Berl., 1927, Abt.5, Teil4. Bogomolets, O. O. [Certain disputable questions concerning hemodynamics] J. med., Kiev, 1935, 5: 245-51.—Broemser, P. Ueber die optimalen Beziehungen zwischen Herztatigkeit und physikalischen Konstanten des Gefassystems. Zschr. Biol., 1935, 96:1-10.—Baly, I. de B. A closed-circuit heart-lung prepa- ration; effect of alterations in the peripheral resistance and in the capacity of the circulation. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1926-27, s.B, 99: 306625.—Belater, G. Les moteurs de l'hydraulique sanguine. Presse med., 1934, 42: 1291.—Ganter, G. Ueber die Abhangigkeit des Stromvolumens von Blutdruck und Gefass- weite. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1933-34, 174: 1-6.—Gladstone, S. A. A few observations on the haemodynamics of the normal circulation; and the changes which occur in aortic insufficiency. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1929, 44: 83-121—Hamilton, W. F., Moore, J. W. [et al.] Further analysis of the injection method, > and of changes in hemodynamics under physiological and pathological conditions. Am. J. Physiol., 1932, 99: 534-51.— Hartl, K., & Peter, H. Zur physikalischen Bestimmung der menschlichen Zirkulationsgrbssen. Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 2030-2.—Hauffe, G. Physikahsche Gesetze und Blutkreislauf. Virchows Arch., 1930, 279: 159-80.—Homberger, E. Die Ener- gielehre der Blutbewegung. Zbl. Herz Gefasskr., 1921, 13: 209-14.—Kagan, E. M., Kustanovich, B. J., & Borschewsky, A. S. Korrelation der energetischen und hamodynamischen Funk- tionen bei verschiedenen Typen der Arbeit. Arbeitsphysio- logie, 1934-35, 8: 502-24.—Marcu, I. [Genesis of the circulatory rythmicity; a hydrodynamic phenomenon of resonance] Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1933, 22: 1420-43.—Martini, P., Pierach, A., & Schreyer, E. Die Strbmung des Blutes in engen Gefassen; eine Abweichung vom Poiseuille'schen Gesetz. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1930, 169: 212-22.—Muller, A. Experimentelles zur Hy- dromechanik und Hamodynamik; das rhythmische Stromen in einem einzelnen Schlauche. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1924, 39: 210-75. ----- Die ungleichmassige Strbmung in einem verzweigten System. Ibid., 41: 238-62. ----- Mechanische Grundlagen der Kreislaufregulation. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65:339.—Mussler, W. Beschreibung der Kreislaufvorgange durch die Gesetze des Blutdruckablaufes. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch., 1928, 119-23. Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1928, 20: 415-9.—Pachon, V., & Fabre, R. Loi de Constance du debit circulatoire en fonction des resistances peripheriques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 1103-6.—Plesch, J. Klinische Hamo- dynamik. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42:1429; 1465.—Russell, W. The significance of peripheral resistance in circulatory disturb- ances. N. York M.J., 1922, 115: 188-90— Schleier, J. Ueber den Widerstand der Blutbahn. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1925, 207: 534-47.—Seckel, H. Orthostatische Kreislaufreaktion bei alteren Kindern. Mschr. Kinderh., 1932, 52: 424-6.—Staehelin, R., & Muller, A. Experimentelles zur Hydromechanik und Hamodynamik. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1924, 39: 157-209.— Thoma, R. Die mittlere Durchflussmenge der Arterien des Menschen als Funktion des Gefassradius. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1921, 189: 282-310.—Turner, A. H., Newton, M. I., & Haynes, F. W. The circulatory reaction to gravity in healthy young women; evidence regarding its precision and its instability. Am. J. Physiol., 1930, 94: 507-20.—Ude, H. Blutverschiebungen bei Aenderung der Kbrperlage. Klin. Wschr., 1934,13:949-51.— Yasuoka, T. On the relation between the intraventricular pressure and the volume of the frog heart; the relation between the peripheral resistance and the intraventricular pressure. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1929, 12: 355-61.—Zimnitzky, S., & Schestakov, A. [Normal functional correlation between separate (algebraic) factors of the dynamics of the circulation] Vrach. dielo, 1928, 11: 101-6. ---- History. Beverwuck, J. van, Descartes, R. [et al.] Briefwechsel zwischen Joh. van Beverwijck, Renatus Cartesius, einem Arzt in Lowen (Vo- piscus Fortunatus Plempius) Guy Patin und Corn, van Someren, tiber die Bewegung des Herzen und iiber Nieren- und Blasenstein. p.121-213. ports. 8? Amst., 1935. Opusc. select. Neerland. de arte med., 1935, 13: Harvey, W. Exercitatio anatomica de motu cordis et sanguinis in animalibus. 72p. 8? Frankf., 1628. ---- Also with an English translation and annotations by Chauncey D. Leake. 72p. 154p. 8? Springf., 111., 1928. Heymann, R. C. *Die Geschichte der Ent- deckung des Kreislaufs und der Einfluss dieser Entdeckung auf die medizinische Wissenschaft und Praxis der folgenden Zeit [Leipzig] 51p. 8? Zeulenrode-Thur., 1934. Mariscal y Garcia, N. Discurso inaugural [Participaci6n que tuvieron los medicos espafioles en el descubrimiento de la circulaci6n de la sangre] 167p. 4? Madr., 1931. Marraro, H. R. Miguel Servet y el descubri- mento de la circulaci6n de la sangre. 12p. 4? N.Y., 1923. Mendelsohn, S. Die Funktion der Pulsadern und der Kreislauf des Blutes in altrabbinischer Literatur. 26p. 8? Jena, 1920. Forms H.ll, Jenaer Med.-Hist. Beitr. (T. Meyer-Steineg) Rolleston, Sir H. The reception of Harvey's doctrine of the circulation of the blood in England as exhibited in the writings of two contem- poraries. lOp. 8? Ziir. [1923] Singer, C. J. The discovery of the circulation of the blood. 80p. 8? Lond., 1922. BLOOD CIRCULATION 510 BLOOD CIRCULATION Adolph, E. F. Julius Robert Mayer and the blood's circula- tion rate. Science, 1926, 63: 626-9—Allan, G. A. The heart and the circulation: an historical sketch. Glasgow M.J., 1923, 99: 296-313.—Barcroft, H. Some recent research on the heart and circulation. Ulster M.J., 1936, 5: 205-13—Baudin, L. La decouverte de la circulation du sang. Scientia, Bologna, 1935, 57:420-30.—Brown, A. J. Old masterpieces in surgery: Harvey's circulation of the blood. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1925, 40: 444, ch — Brunn, von. Versuch einer endgfiltigen Kliirung der Stellung De la Reinas in der Geschichte der Entdeckung des Blutkreis- laufes; Bemerkungen zu dem Aufsatz von Lejeune. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1923, 70: 814. ----- Zur Geschichte der Ent- deckung des Kreislaufes vor Harvey. Ibid., 245-7.—Cerna, B. Shakespeare and the circulation of the blood. Med. Rec, S. Anton., 1927, 21: 443-7.—Clendening, L. The beginning of physiology; Harvey and Servetus. In his Behind the Doc- tor N Y 19:;:? 69-91.—Coffen, T. H. Ancient and modern views of the circulation. Med. Sentinel, 1924, 32: 199-206 — Cohn, A. E. The development of the Harveian circulation. Ann. M. Hist., 1929, n.s., 1:16-36.—Buprat, F. Les precurseurs: la circulation du sang etait parfaitement connue des anciens; la pretendue decouverte de Harvey. Chron. med., Par., 1924, 31 • 291-5.—Edgar, I. I. Elizabethan conception of the physiol- ogy of the circulation. Ann. M. Hist., 1936, 8: 359-70. ----- Shakespeare, Harvey, and the circulation of the blood. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1936, 144: 37-9.—Gallois. La part de Harvey dans la dgcouverte de la circulation du sang. Vie med., 1925, 6:197 — Garrison, F. H. Outline (An) of the history of the circulatory system. Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1931, 2.ser., 7: 781-806 — Haddad, S. I., & Khairallah, A. A. A forgotten chapter in the history of the circulation Of the blood. Ann. Surg., 1936, 104: 1-8, 2pl. Also repr.—Hieronymi, E. Die Entdeckung des Blut- kreislaufes; eine geschichtliche Studie. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1925, 33: 113-8.—Hochrein, M. Neuere Beobachtungen am venbsen und pulmonalen Kreislauf. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933 80: 1729-34.—Hoffmann, A. Zirkulation. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild , 1926, 17: H.2, 1-22.—Kirkpatrick, T. P. C. Precursors of Harvev. Irish J.M. Sc, 1931, 6.ser., 145-9.—Klisiecki, A. [Experimental proof of the accuracy of Harvey's theory] Polska gaz. lek., 1936, 15: 21-3.—Leeuwenhoek, A. van. The true circulation of the blood, and also that the arteries and veins are continued blood-vessels, clearly set forth. Opusc. select. Neerland. de arte med., 1907, 1: 39-81, pi., port.—Lejeune, F. Versuch einer endgfiltigen Klarung der Stellung De la Reinas in der Geschichte der Entdeckung des Blutkreislaufes. Miinch. med Ws"hr., 1923,70:675. ----- Montana de Montserrat und seine Kenntnisse vom Kreislauf. Ibid., 1925, 72: 313—Ljung- dhal, M. [A mystery hard to solve; a study of the theories of circulation from the ancient to the present times] Sven. lak, tidn , 1921, 18: 733; 757.—Mackall, L. L. A manuscript of the Christianismi Restitutio of Servetus, placing the discovery of the pulmonary circulation anterior to 1546. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1923-24, 17: sect. hist, med., 35-8.—Meisen, V. [William Harvey's book on the circulation of the blood; introduction to a Danish translation] Bibl. laeger, 1928, 120: 711-48—Meyerhof, M Ibn an-Nafis und seine Theorie des Lungenkreislaufs. Quellen Gesch. Naturwiss. Med., 1933, 4: 37-88, 22pl. ----- Ibn an-Nafis (xmth cent.) and his theory of the lesser circula- tion. Isis, Bruges, 1935, 23: 100-20.—Neuburger, M. Zur Ent- deckungsgeschichte des Lungenkreislaufes. Sudhoff's Arch., 1930 23- 7-9 —O 'Sullivan, P. M. Pre-Harveian conceptions of the'circulation. Canada Lancet, 1920-21, 54: 346-58— Pflei- derer, A. Kreislaufforschung des vergangenen Jahres. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1933, 94: 368-84.— Pincherle, B. Uno scritto di Giuseppe Mazzini sulla scoperta della circolazione del sangue. Riv. stor. sc. med., 1931, 22: 417-32.— Reichenmiller, H. Kreis- laufbericht Uber das Jahr 1934. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1935, 99: 360; 1936, 102: 329.—Richet, C. Histoire de la circulation: de Michel Servet a William Harvey. ^Esculape, Par., 1926, 16: n.s., 49-55.—Riddell, W. R. The circulation of the blood; a Harvaean or a Solomonian discovery. Canad. J.M.&S., 1928, 64: 39-43. Also repr. Also Med. J. & Rec, 1928, 128: 654 — Roshem. Trois illustres defenseurs de la circulation du sang. Paris med., 1925, 58: (annexe) 9-13.—Sachs, H. Zirkulation. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1924, 15: H.2, 35-44— Schoen, R. Kreislauf. Ibid., 1936, 27: no.2, 15-30.—Stephens, G. A. Les decouvertes de Walrus sur la circulation du sang. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1922, 16: 406-8. Also Nature, Lond., 1922, 109: 552 — Theories about the movement of the blood which were held before Harvey. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1928, 19: 235.—Vedrani, A. Gli storici della scoperta della circolazione del sangue: Angiolo Filippi. Illust. med. ital., 1922, 4: 25-30. ----- Gli errori f>elebri della medicina: la perforazione del setto mediano del cuore. Ibid., 1924, 6: 53; 75; 104; 108. ----- Cesalpino e Harvev. Ibid., 1930, 12: 75-81.—Wallach, E. Descartes und Harvey. Arch. Gesch. Med., 1928, 20: 301-6.—Woods, A. B. The epochal importance of De Motu Cordis. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1929, 19: 276-83.—Young, J. Harvey's part in the discovery of the circulation of the blood. N. Zealand M.J., 1922-23, 21: 309-20.—Z., A. [On history of the discovery of circulation] Allatorv. lap., 1932, 55: 52. ---- peripheral. Sjostrand, T. On the principles for the distri- bution of the blood in the peripheral vascular system. 150p. 8? Berl., 1935. Forms Suppl. 71, Skand. Arch. Physiol. Sternberg, W. F. *Durchblutung und Chlorgehalt am denervierten Ohr des Kaninchens [Berlin] 21p. 8? Charlottenb., 1930. Berczeller, L. Ueber die Rolle des peripheren Blutkreis- laufes im Gewebschemismus. Biochem. Zschr., 1924, 149: 592-604.—Brooks, B., & Johnson, G. S. An experimental study « of the distribution of the peripheral blood flow. J. Bone Surg., 1932, 14: 102-8.—Danielopolu, D. Recherches sur la circulation peripherique chez I'homme. J. physiol. path, gen., 1926, 24: 747-61. ----- & Asian, A. Recherches sur la circulation peripherique chez I'homme; action du travail musculaire sur le trace vasculaire brachial 6tudiee par la pl6thysmographie bilaterale. Ibid., 1925, 23: 306-8. -----■ Etude des vaso- moteurs dans l'amphotonie generale et dans certaines modifica- tions locales du tonus vasculaire. Ibid., 775-89. ----- & Canciulesco, M. Plethysmographie brachiale bilaterale dans l'inversion totale des visceres. Ibid., 764-8.—Danielopolu, D., Radovici, A., & Asian, A. Etude comparative des vaisseaux brachiaux droits et gauches dans les lesions unilaterales de la moelle dorsale et du bulbe. Ibid., 1926, 24: 309-15—Bogliotti, C, & Giannetti, G. Presentazione di apparecchio per lo studio della portata circolatoria nei piccoli vasi periferici. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 845-8.—Bomratschev, W., & Leontiev, I. Sur la rapidite du courant sanguin dans les vaisseaux periphe- riques. Arch. mal. coeur, 1936, 29: 522-39—Eckstein, A. Uehei den peripheren Kreislauf bei Fruhgeborenen. Zschr. Kinderh., 1932-33, 54: 317-28.—Florey, H., Marvin, H. M., & Drury, A. N. Concerning the central control of the peripheral circulation. J Physiol., Lond., 1928, 65: 204-13.—Frenkel, G. L. [Problem of the so-called peripheral heart] Vrach. gaz., 1930, 34: 120-5. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1932, 84: 279.—Frey. Die Regulation der peripheren Blutstromung. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1921, 58: 1196 Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1921, 47: 1411. Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1921, 68:1066.—Frbhlich, A., & Zak, E. Mikrosko- pische Studien am peripheren Kreislaufe von Kalt- und Warm- bliitern. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1924, 42: 41-79—Goetz, R. H. Zur Analyse der Blutffille peripherer Gefassgebiete des Men- schen. Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 1717-9. ----- Der Finger- pie thysmograph als Mittel zur Untersuchung der Regulations- mechanismen in peripheren Gefassgebieten. Arch. ges. phy- siol., 1934-35, 235: 271-87.—Guillaume, A. C. L'exploration de la circulation sanguine dans les vaisseaux des membres. Bull. med , Par., 1925, 39: 587; 701.—Hasebroek. Ueber den periphe- ren Blutkreislauf und dessen selbstiindige Stromforderung. Klin Wschr., 1928, 7:2352-7.—Hess, W. R. Die Regulierung des peripheren Blutkreislaufes. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1923, 23: 1-65.—Hoff, H., & Pichler, E. Experimentelle Studien zur Frage der peripheren Gefiissregulation; fiber die Bildung eines ahnlichen Stories im Zentralnervensystem. Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 1824-7.—Hoffmann, A. Ueber Beziehungen der Peri- pherie zum Zentrum des Kreislaufs. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1928, 19: H.2, 1-8.—Janowsky, M. W. Klinische Beitrage zur Lehre fiber das periphere arterielle Herz. Zschr. klin. Med., 1924, 98: 228-62.—Johnson, C. A. Studies on peripheral vascular phenomena; a new device for the study of peripheral vascular phenomena in health and disease. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1932, 55: 731-7. ----- Scupham, G. W., & Gilbert, N. C. Studies on peripheral vascular phenomena; observations on peripheral circu- latory changes following unilateral cervical ganglionectomy and ramisectomy. Ibid., 737-41—Karapetjan, O. K., & Frenckell, G. Weitere morphologische Untersuchungen fiber das so- genannte periphere Herz (Versuche mit der Quecksilberquarz- lampe) Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 90: 159-61—Klisiecki, A. J. [Circulation in small arteries] Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, 1930, B2: 35-51.—Klotz. Zur klinischen Bedeutung der Kreis- laufperipherie und ihrer therapeutischen Beeinflussung. Jahr- ber. Ges. Natur. Heilk. Dresden (1932-34) 1934, 20—Leriche, R., & Fontaine, R. De la mise en evidence par l'experimentation d'un systeme de regulation vaso-motrice peripherique indepen- dant de la regulation circulatoire generale. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1928, 187: 848.—Lobo Leite, A. A circulacao peripherica e o peristaltismo vascular. Brasil. med., 1924, 38: 262-4—Lowe, T. E. The peripheral circulation in health and disease. S. Mary Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1935, 41: 187-9.—Magnus-Alsleben, E. Herz und peripherer Kreislauf. Klin. Wschr., 1929,8:2169774.- Marcovich, P. Termooscillometria periferica. Cuore & circol., 1935, 19: 249-69.—Meyer, J. de. Observations physio-patholo- giques sur la circulation periphferique. Bruxelles med., 1930- 31, 11: 259-85.—Molitor, H., & Kniazuk, M. A new bloodless method for continuous recording of peripheral circulatory changes. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1936, 57: 6-18, pi—Nesmetrov, A. I. [Functional condition of the peripheral blood circulation) Klin, med., Moskva, 1925, 6: 216-21— Pick, E. Ueber Regula- tion der Blutverteilung durch den peripheren Kreislaufapparat. Wien. med. Wschr., 1922, 72: 408— Piersol, G. M., Tumen, H. J., & Lisker, S. The clinical value of the study of the peripheral circulation. South. M.J., 1934, 27: 413-8—Ratschow. Kli- nische Funktionsprfifungen der peripheren Durchblutung. Zbl. inn. Med., 1934, 55: 481-3. -----Funktionsprfifungen der peripheren Durchblutung. Balneologe, 1935, 2: 256-61—Rein- gold, M. L. Zur Frage tiber die Bedeutung des konstanten una pulsierenden Blutstromes ftir den peripheren Blutkreislauf. Zbl. inn. Med., 1928, 49: 114-7—Simonds, J. P., & Ranson, S.W. The effect of peptone on the peripheral circulation. J. Exp. M., 1923, 38: 275-81, pi.—Tannenberg, J. Dauerbeobachtungen am peripheren Kreislauf. Kreislauferkr. & ihre Behandl., Lpz., I 1932, 159-64—Tournade, A., & Malmejac, J. Des effets vaso- BLOOD CIRCULATION 511 BLOOD CIRCULATION dilatateurs qu'engendre, au niveau de la circulation periphe- rique (musculaire et renale) l'action strictement centrale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 1247-50. --- Pharmacology. Becker, F. *Ueber die Wirkung saurer Stoff- wechselprodukte auf den Kreislauf. 31p. 8? Wurzb., 1927. Schultz, F. *Ueber die Darstellung eines neuen Kreislaufstoffes [Munchen] 47p. 8° Berl.-Schoneberg, 1928. Schwarz, H. *Die Wirkung der buttersauren Salze auf den Kreislauf [Kiel] 17p. 8? [Libau] 1931. Abadie, C. Des medicaments vaso-constricteurs et vaso- dilatateurs; leurs applications therapeutiques. Presse med., 1927, 35: 579-81.—Beccari, L. Contributo sperimentale alla conoscenza dell'azione antagonista del citrato sodico e del cloruro di calcio nei circolo. Mem. Accad. sc. Bologna, 1931, 8.ser., 8: 65-8.—Binswanger, H. Einige Beobachtungen mit dem neuen Kreislaufmittel Kallikrein. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 1057.—Bloom, D. Ueber die Wirkung des Jodkali auf die Zirkulation; nach sphygmomanometrischen und volum- bolometrischen Untersuchungen am Menschen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1924, 54: 455-9.—Brednow, W. Beeinflussung der zirku- lierenden Blutmenge und der Blutverteilung durch physikah- sche und pharmakologische Massnahmen; Einfluss der Kohlen- saureeinatmung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 73: 557-72. ----- Einfluss von Adrenalin, Pituitrin und Histamin. Ibid., 1931, 78: 177-92.—Chen, K. K., & Meek, W. J. A comparative study of ephedrine, tyramine and epinephrine, with special reference to the circulation. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1926, 28: 59-76 — Cullis, W. C, & Scarborough, E. M. On the circulation, and on the circulatory effects of adrenaline and of sodium nitrite. J. Physiol., Lond., 1932, 75: 33-43.—Ba Cunha e Menezes. Ueber die Wirkung einiger gebrauchlicher Herz- und Vasomotoren- mittel auf die Zirkulation des Menschen untersucht mittelst der Sahli'schen Sphygmobolometrie. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1922, 52: 236.—Bale, H. Ueber Kreislaufwirkungen korpereige- ner Stoffe. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1932, 167: 21. Also Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1932, 44. Kongr., 17-29.—Embden, G. Ueber Kreislaufwirkungen korpereigener Substanzen. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1932, 167: 50. Also Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1932, 44. Kongr., 50-2.—Engelen. Ueber die hamodyna- mische Beurteilung von Medikamenten. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 496.—Eppinger, H. Balneologie und Kreislauf. Ibid., 1934, 84: 857-61.—Felix, K., & von Putzer-Reybegg, A. Isolie- rung einer neuen, auf den Kreislauf wirkenden Substanz aus Organextrakten. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 1838.—Gaisbbck, F., & Jarisch, A. Ueber den Einfluss von Natrium nitrosum auf den Kreislauf. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 1540—Galata, G. Ricerche sugli effetti cardiovasali degli ostacoli al circolo addo- minale. Cuore & circol., 1926, 10: 177-94.—Geraudel, E., & Luisada, A. De quelques effets curieux de l'injection d'adrena- line-trinitrine sur la circulation sanguine. Arch. mal. cceur, 1927, 20: 205-18.—Harpuder, K. Ueber die Pharmakologie einiger moderner kreislaufmittel. Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 877-80.— Harris, I. Digitalis and the peripheral circulation. Lancet, Lond., 1921, 2: 97.—Hartwich, A. Demonstrationen zum klini- schen Referat tiber Kreislaufwirkungen korpereigener Stoffe. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1932, 44. Kongr., 76-103. ----- & Hessel, G. Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Kreislauf- wirkung korpereigener Stoffe; Wirkung frischer und autoly- sierter Organpressafte auf den Blutdruck. Zbl. inn. Med., 1932, 53: 612-26.—Hildebrandt, F. Die Kreislaufwirkung hoch- prozentiger Zuckerlosungen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1933, 45. Kongr., 197-202. ----- Ueber kreislaufwirksame Substan- zen. Med. Welt, 1934, 8: 609-11. ----- Pharmakologie der Kreislaufanaleptika. Deut: med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 1426; 1465 — Hirschfelder, A. D., & Hewitt, E. A. Observations on the thera- peutic administration of camphor and strychnin as circulatory stimulants. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1924-25, 66: 75-9—Holl, L. Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die Einwirkung von Svmpatol, Adrenalin (und a.) auf Kreislauf und Blutzucker. Arch. Kinderh., 1933, 100: 47-51.—Holtz, P. Ueber Kreislauf- wirkungen der Hypophysenhinterlappenhormone. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1932, 44. Kongr., 104-6.—Homuth, O. Wirkun- gen des Trvpanblaus auf die innervierte Strombahn. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 64: 714-35.—Jarisch, A. Die Pharmakolo- gie der Zirkulationsgrosse. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1929, 139: 257-73.—Jonas, V., & Hofejsi, J. Ueber den Einfluss des thyreo- tropen Hormons auf die Blutzirkulation. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933-34, 92: 66-77.—Killian, H. Untersuchungen tiber die Wirkung von Adrenalin, Hypophysenextrakt und Histamin auf den Blutstrom in den kleinsten Gefassen der Froschzunge. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1925, 108: 255-79, 6pl— Kisch, F. Tier- experimentelle Studien fiber die Beeinflussung des Kreislaufs durch die endovenose Einverleibung hypertonischer Losungen. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 1505-7. ----- Experimentelles zur Kreislaufwirkung endovenos einverleibter hypertonischer Lo- sungen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1927,56:215-50. ----- Mikro- skopische Beobachtungen der Aenderungen des Blutkreislaufes im Mesenterium lebender Katzen bei intravenoser Injektion von Adrenalin. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1928,220:612-22. ----- Tier- experimentelle Untersuchungen tiber den Einfluss des Hista- mln™u 32: 25-35.-Thaddea, S. Ueber den Einfluss des Schilddrtiseninkretes auf die Blutbil- a%% ^rch- exp- Path-> LPz-> 1932> 166: 276-89. -----& Waly A. Ueber den Einfluss des thyreotropen Hormons der Hypo- ?£E£ aw^16 ?lu£b"d,ung- Zschr- f?es- exp. Med., 1934, 94: 359-69.-Weiss, S., & Kolta, E. Die Rolle der Milz be der Blut- bildung. Ibid., 1927, 57: 157-63. ---- Regeneration. Caputi, G. B. Osservazioni cliniche e sperimentali sul siero ai sangue degli animali in crisi di rigenerazione ematica Mor- gagni, 1925, 67: 65-75.-Eddy, N. B., & Bowns, A. W. Blood regeneration. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1926, 16: 391-5.—Gabbe E Eine neue Methode zur Beurteilung des Blutumsatzes. Verh »h-£sVme^- Ges' wii"burg, 1933, n.F., 58: 80-3.-Geiling| E. M. K. Studies in the regeneration of blood. Proc. Soc Exd Biol., N.Y., 1920-21, 18: 191.-Hollander, L„ & Pellathy, S. von Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Blutregeneration. Fol. haemat Lpz 1928, 36: 12-6.—Jencks, Z. Studies in the regeneration of the blood. Am. J. Physiol., 1922-23, 59: 240-53—Leichsenring, J. M., Blester, A. [et al.] Blood regeneration studies; observa- tions on the blood of normal dogs, with special reference to the measurement of volume, erythrocytes, leucocytes, and nitroge- nous constituents. Ibid., 1932, 99: 391-7.—Mavros, A. Rela- tive oder absolute Zahlen der polychromatischen Erythro- cyten zur Beurteilung der Erythrocytenregeneration? Zschr klin. Med., 1929, 110: 444-56.-0pitz, H. Ueber Blutregenera- tion bei Kindern, insbesondere bei Sauglingen. Mschr Kin- derh., 1922-23, 24: 113-204.^Pal, J. Zur Kenntnis der Blut- regeneration. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 1216—Robscheit- Robbins, F. S. The regeneration of hemoglobin and erythro- cytes. Physiol. Rev., 1929, 9: 666-709—Seggel, K. A. Unter- suchungen bei Blutregeneration. Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 574-6.—Teplov, I., & Mescheritskaja, R. Die Veranderungen des Blutumsatzes unter dem Einfluss systematischer Quarz- lampenbestrahlung. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1932,174:399-414 — Van den Eeckhout, A., & Lahaye, J. Contribution a l'etude de la regeneration sanguine apres la saignee, chez le cheval C rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 128. ---- Theories. Alexeiev, A. [Dualism or trialism (lymphocytes, granu- locytes, and monocytes) in hematology] Klin, med., Moskva, 1928, 6: 65-73.—Betances, L. M. Quelques precisions sur la morphogenese de la cellule hematique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1922, 175: 1002-5.-----La cy tohematogenese chez les meta- zoaires. Ibid., 1923, 176: 1252-4.----- La cellule primitive du sang. Ibid., 1924, 178: 337-9. ----- Nouvelles precisions sur la cy tohematogenese. Ibid., 179: 925-7.—Bloom, W. The relationships between lymphocytes, monocytes, and plasma cells. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1928, 37: 63-9, pi. ----- Recent studies on the origin and interrelationships of the blood cells Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1931, 8: 322-9.—Blumenthal, R. Re- cherches experimentales sur la genese des cellules sanguines et les modifications fonctionnelles des organes hematopoietiques Tr. Lab. physiol. Inst. Solvay, 1903-4, 6: 219-356, 3pl.—Chlopin, N. Einige Betrachtungen fiber das Bindegewebe und das Blut. Virchows Arch., 1924, 252: 25-32.—Cowdry, E. V. The reticular material of developing blood cells. J. Exp. M., 1921, 33:1-11, pi.—Craciun, E. C, Papazol, A., & Ursu, A. Reticulose experimentale par les rayons X; arguments indirects en faveur du trialisme leucocytaire. Arch, roumain. path., Par., 1933, 6: 207-17.—Cunningham, R. S. The relationship of endothelium to the development of the blood-cells. Proc. Path. Soc Phila- delphia, 1923-24, 26: 43—Gandolfo, S. Contributo alio studio della genesi delle primitive cellule del sangue (mammiferi e uccelli) e dei megaloblasti. Gior. biol. med. sper., 1923-24, 1: 475-7. Also Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1924-25, 9.ser., 16: 209-11 Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 139.—Hausmann, M. Ent- stehung und Funktion von Gefassystem und Blut auf cellular- physiologischer Grundlage. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1936, 55: 421.— Kato, K. Monophyletic scheme of blood cell formation for clinical and laboratory reference. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 1243-52, pi.—Komocki, W. Ueber die Bildungsart der Kbrner im Protoplasma der Leukocyten und tiber die Herkunft der Blutplattchen. Virchows Arch., 1924, 248: 21-47. ----- Etudes cytologiques et hematologiques; nouvelles recherches sur la nature des granulations dans les leucocytes et sur l'origine des plaquettes des mammiferes; transformation des hemato- blastes en erythrocytes dans le sang de la tortue; Tabsence vraisemblable des leucocytes dans le sang des poissons et des invertebres. Arch. anat. micr., Par., 1926, 22: 266-89, pi. ----- Ueber die Bildungsart der Erythrocyten und ihrer Vorstufen im Blute des Batrachoseps attenuatus Esch, fiber die Bildung der Zellen aus den freien Kernen und auch einige Bemerkungen tiber die Leukocyten dieses Tieres; ein Beitrag zur Kritik der Zellenlehre. Cellule, Louvain, 1933-34, 42: 313-52, 2pl.----- Ueber die Blutbildung beim Neunauge (Petromyzon fluviatilis) zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kritik der Zellenlehre. Arch, biol., Liege, 1935, 46: 315-38, pi.—Latta, J. S., & Moore, F. H. The interpretation of changes resulting in anemia induced by the intravital dye, trypan red: experi- mental evidence supporting the monophyletic theory of blood cell origin. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1932, 48: 178-209—Maximow, A. A. Relation of blood cells to connective tissues and endo- thelium. Physiol. Rev., 1924, 4: 533-63, ch. Also Ann. anat. path., Par., 1927, 4: 701-32. —----Sur le potentiel et les rap- ports genfitiques des cellules du sang, du conjonctif et de Tendo- BLOOD FORMATION 528 BLOOD GROUPS theiium. Strasbourg med., 1927, 85: ptl, 169-78.—Noel, R. La genese des elements figures du sang chez l'adulte. J. med. Lyon, 1929, 10: 93-8—Sabin, F. R. On the origin of the cells of the blood. Physiol. Rev., 1922, 2: 38-69—Silberberg, M., & Orzechowski, G. Blutbildung und mesenchymale Keimlager. Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 1051—Slonimski, P. Sur la dualite d'origine des elements rouges et blancs du sang chez les amphi- biens. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 1050-2.—Stump, C. W. Blood formation; a study of myelogenesis. Med. J. Australia, 1927, 2: 702-10, 2pl— Takeuchi, K. Untersuchungen fiber Blut- faden. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1927, 34: Teil 1, 359-80.—Wiseman, B. K., Boan, C. A., & Erf, L. A. A fundamental, reciprocal relationship between myeloid and lymphoid tissues; its recog- nition, nature, and importance as revealed by experimental and clinical studies. J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 106: 609-15. ---- in animals. Bantschakov, W. Ueber die Entwicklung des Blutes in den Blutbildungsorganen (Area vasculosa, Dottersackanhange, Knochenmark, Thymus, Milz und lockeres Bindegewebe) bei Tropidonotus natrix. Arch. mikr. Anat. Entwmech., 1915-16, 87: Abt.l, 497-587, 2pl— Ferrari, R. Recherches hematolo- giques sur la grenouille salee; erythropo'iese et erythemie experi- mentale. Arch. ital. biol., 1931-32, 85: 39-54, pi. Also Haema- tologica (Arch.) Pavia, 1931, 12: 19-44, 2pl—Jordan, H. E., & Speidel, C. C. Blood-cell formation in the horned toad, Phryno- soma solare. Am. J. Anat., 1929, 43: 77-93, 4pl. ----- Blood formation in cyclostomes. Ibid., 1930, 46: 355-79, 5pl.—Kruse, E. Die Blutbildungsvorgange im Saugetierkbrper. Mikro- kosmos, Stuttg., 1922-23, 16: 224-8.—Malyschew, B. T. Ueber die Hamatopoese beim Axolotl nach Entfernung der Rand- zone der Leber. Beitr. path. Anat., 1931-32, 88: 315-36, pi.— Maximow, A. Untersuchungen tiber Blut und Bindegewebe; iiber die Blutbildung bei den Selachiern im erwachsenen und embryonalen Zustande. Arch. mikr. Anat. Entwmech., 1923, 97: 623-717* 8pl— Mjassojedov, S. W. Die Zellformen des Binde- gewebes und des Blutes und die Blutbildung beim erwachsenen Huhn. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1925-26, 32: l.Teil, 263-96, 2pl.— Robeson, J. M. Hemopoiesis in Amia calva (Linnaeus) Zschr. Zellforsch., 1932, 16: 305-13.—Slonimski, P. Recherches experi- mentales sur la genese du sang chez les amphibiens. Arch, biol., Liege, 1931, 42: 415-77, 3pl. ----- [Formation of the blood elements of the African adder Bitis arietans Merr.] Polska gaz. lek., 1936, 15: 575.—Stolz, R. Hematopolese normale et experi- mentale dans les poissons teieosteens. Arch. ital. biol., 1928, 80: 136-48, 2pl. Also Haematologica, Pavia, 1928, 9: 419-58, 2pl.—Stolz, T. Nuove ricerche sulla ematopoiesi nella carpa: saponina e colorazione intra vitam. Arch. ital. anat., 1930-31, 28: 511-28. BLOODGOOD, Edith Holt, & LONG, Victor H. Index to the writings of Joseph Colt Bloodgood, M.D. 51p. roy.8? Bait., Lord Baltimore Press fl 93_ 1 BLOODGOOD, Joseph Colt, 1867-1935. What everyone should know about cancer. 4p. 8? Bait., Med. & Chir. Fac. Baltimore [1913?] ---- [Collected papers. 1904-24] [v.p.] 8? Wash., 1925. ---- The greatest scourge in the world; can- cer, and how it can be eradicated. 21p. 12? [Bait., 1929] ---- Preventive medicine and periodic exami- nation. [13]p. 8? [Bait.] 1932. See also Bloodgood, E. H., & Long, V. H. Index to the writings of Joseph Colt Bloodgood, M.D. 51p. roy.8! Bait. [193- ] For biography see Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 26: 397. Also Clin. M.&S., 1931,38:389, port. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1935,105: 1449. Also Tr. South. Surg. Ass., 1935, 48: 445, port. (J. M. T. Finney) BLOOD groups. See also Body constitution; Immunity. Andreu Urra, J. Contribucion al estudio de los grupos san- guineos. Arch, med., Madr., 1928, 28: 365-84.—Bacigalupo, J., & Veyga, C. de. Estadi'stica sobre 100 casos de grupos sanguf- neos. Sem. med., B. Air., 1926, 33: pt2, 734-6—Bruynoghe, R. Les groupes sanguins. Rev. med. Louvain, 1927, 257-65.— Bebre, R., & Hamburger, M. Groupes sanguins du nourrisson. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 1196—Bujarric de la Riviere. Les groupes sanguins. Nature, Par., 1932, 60: 250-5. ----- & Kossovich, N. Recherches sur les groupes sanguins. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1930, 45: 107-53—Buvoir, M., & Bervieux, F. A propos des groupes sanguins. Medecine, Par., 1924-25, 6: 25-7.—Ebner, P. I gruppi sanguigni; ricerche sperimentali nei neonato. Med. ital., 1932, 13: 649.—Falconi Villagomez, J. A. Crupos sanguineos. An. Soc. med. quir. Guayas, 1936, 16: 61-6.—Forro, E., & Gajzago, B. [Problem of blood groups] Orv. hetil., 1929, 73: 297-301—Gierke, E. von. Ueber Blutgruppen- forschung. Aerztl. Mitt. Baden, 1928, 82: 38-42— Hjfet, H. F. [Blood groups] Norsk mag. laegevid., 1929, 90: 383-94—Kosso- vich, N. Les groupes sanguins. Rev. anthrop., Par., 1929, 39: 244; 1931, 41: 131.—Lamy, M. Les groupes sanguins; considera- tions theoriques; applications pratiques. Sang, Par., 1927, 1: 224-52.—Marinescu, G., & Scheim, A. [Problem of blood groups] Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1929, 18: 1195-210.—Morel, F, Les groupes sanguins. Gaz. hop., 1930, 103: 389-99.—Owen, J. L. Some observations on blood grouping. Edinburgh M.J 1928, n.s., 35: Also Tr. Med. Chir. Soc, 1927-28, 107: 222-35.— Pudymaitis, O. [Blood groups] Medicina, Kaunas, 1928, 9: 196-207.—Rubashkin, V. [Blood groups] Tsentr. med. J., 1929,3:403-19.—Scheurlen, von. Die Blutgruppenlehre. Zschr Bahnarzte, 1929, 24: 228-35— Schiff, F. Die allgemeinen Grundlagen der Blutgruppenlehre. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 199-201.—Streng, O. Einige Bemerkungen zur Blutgrup- penfrage. Acta path, microb. scand., 1933, suppl.16, 500- 20.—Torres, O. Estudo geral sobre os grupos sanguineos. Arch brasil. med., 1931, 21: 189-214, 4pl.—Tranquilh-Leali, E. i gruppi sanguigni. Fisiol. med., Roma, 1931, 2: 596-628.— Wachtel, M. Ein Beitrag zur Blutgruppenforschung. Zbl Gyn., 1929, 53: 1119-23.—WeUisch, S. Ein mathematisches Blutgruppengesetz. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77:1286-8. Also Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1928-29, 1: 113-6—Wilckens, H. Zur Blutgruppenfrage. Med. Klin., Berl., 1929,25: 976-8.—Witebsky, E. Die Blutgruppenlehre unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung physiologisch-serologischer Fragestellungen. Erg. Physiol., 1932 34: 271-359.—Wbhlisch, E. Tatsachen und Probleme aus dem Gebiet der Blutgruppenkunde. Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 327-9. ---- Classification and nomenclature. See also Blood groups, Iso-reactions. Aronsohn, H. G. *Ueber Untergruppen der Blutgruppe A des Menschen [Berlin] 24p. 8°. Jena, 1929. Also Zschr. Immunforsch., 1929, 64: 418-40. Aldershoff, H. [Classification of blood groups; by Land- steiner, Jansky, Moss] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71: pt2, 1365-7.—BUnov, N. I. [Isohemoagglutinating sub-groups Ai and A2 and their practical value] Soviet, khir., 1934,7:335-48.— Carlinfanti, E. La dottrina dei sottogruppi sanguigni dal punto di vista biologico e clinico; nuovi extraricettori rivelati con espe- rienze immunitarie. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan., 1934, 13: 829-45.—Eisenberg, A. Zur Frage nach den Isoagglutinations- gruppen des Blutes bei Menschen. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1928, 36:316-36.—FalgairoUe. A propos de la terminologie des groupes sanguins: les iso-reactions; la notation des 4 groupes. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1925-26, 7: 312-9— Friedenreich, V. Ueber die Serologic der Untergruppen Ai und Aj. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1931, 71: 283-313. ----- & Worsaae, E. De l'existence de sous-groupes a l'interieur du groupe sanguin n(A) chez I'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 884-8.—Glosman, 0. S., Dymshits, R. A., & Nikiforova, N. V. [Isoagglutinin groups] Med. biol. J., Leningr., 1929, 5: 86-91—Guthrie, C. G., & Huck, J. G. On the existence of more than four isoagglutinin groups in human blood. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1923, 34: 37; 80; 128.—Guthrie, C. G., & Pessel, J. F. Further studies on blood grouping; the varied types of group IV blood. Ibid., 1924,35: 81-5.—Harper, J. Blood groups; the need of uniformity of terminology in classification. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1928-29, 14: 240-3.-----■ The international classification of blood groups. U.S. Nav. M. Bull., 1928, 26: 603-6— Kennedy, J. A. Blood group classifications used in hospitals in the United States and Canada; final report. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 610-5 — Klopstock, A. Zur Kenntnis der sogenannten Untergruppen von A. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1932, 74: 211-28.—Kovtunovich, G. [Isoagglutination of blood: existence of more than 4 groups] Vest, khir., 1927, 10: 76-9.—Kroeber, A. L. Blood-group classification. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., 1934, 18: 377-93, pi — Lattes, L. Quanti sono i gruppi sanguigni? Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. prat., 75-81.—Lauer, A. Thomsens neue Blut- gruppen. Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 398—Lehmann-Facius, H. Qualitative Verschiedenheit der beiden Typen der Blutgruppe A. Ibid., 1932, 11: 1222-4.—Lenart, G. Ein Vorschlag zu einer neuen Benennung der Blutgruppenbeziehungen. Zschr. Ras- senphysiol., 1933, 6: 132-5.—Maloletkov, S. [Blood groups and their classification] Voy. san. dielo, 1929, 96-104—Mino, P. Quanti sono i gruppo sanguigni umani? ricerche sperimentali e considerazioni critiche. Riforma med., 1923, 39: 386-9.—Niel- sen, H. [The 4 human blood groups] Ugeskr. laeger, 1927, 89: 909-13.—Popov, N. [Necessity of having uniform nomenclature for isoagglutinative groups] Vrach. dielo, 1928, 11: 710-2 — Sanford, A. H. Iso-agglutination groups; a diagram showing their interrelation. J. Am. M. Ass., 1916, 67: 808. Also repr — Schiff, F. Ueber einen eigenartigen serologischen Faktor des Menschen. Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1931-32, ser. A, 15: no.8, 1-20.—Thomsen, O. [Occurrence of blood types within or out- side of Landsteiner's 4 groups] Hospitalstidende, 1928, 71: 253-72. ----- Ueber die Existenz den vier Landsteinerschen Gruppen beigeordneter und untergeordneter Blutgruppen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1928, 57:301-19. ■----- Weitere Teilung der vier Blutgruppen beim Menschen. Med. Welt, 1930, 4: 547; 586. ----- Friedenreich, V., & Worsaae, E. [Possible existence of new blood types; a contribution to the elucidation of so-called subtypes] Hospitalstidende, 1929, 72: 1077-98. Also Acta path, microb. scand., 1930, 7: 157-90— Tranquilli-Leali, K. I gruppi sanguigni nell' uomo e loro classificazioni. Gior. med. prat., 1931, 13: 210-8.—Verzar, F. Die Unsicherheiten in der Nomenklatur der Blutgruppen und ihre praktischen Folgen. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 347—Waaler, G. H. M. [Two new blood types; a review and original research] Norsk mag. laegevid., 1930, 91: 511-8.—Wilhelm, M. M„ & Osgood, E. E. An unusual blood group. Arch. Int. M., 1933, 52: 133-6. Also repr. BLOOD GROUPS 529 BLOOD GROUPS ---- Clinical and practical aspects. See also Blood groups, Forensic aspect; Blood groups, Pathological aspect; Blood transfusion. Barsky, X. G. [Isoagglutinative characteristics of human blood and its importance in obstetrical-gynecological clinic] J. akush. zhensk. boliez., 1927, 38: 194-200—Breitner, B. Die Bedeutung der Blutgruppen. Naturwissenschaften, 1928, 16: 849-56.—Byke, S. C. The significance of blood groups. Lancet, Lond., 1930,1:977; 1029.— Etchevarne, A. Consideraciones sobre los grupos sanguineos. Sem. med., B. Air., 1936, 43: 868-71.— Falgairolle, P. L'identification des groupes sanguins en obste- trique. Rev. fr. gyn. obst., 1926, 21: 236-53.—Flamm, L., & Friedrich, R. Blutgruppen und chirurgische Erkrankungen. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1929, 219: 289-96— Forster, C. Ueber Blut- gruppenforschung und ihre praktischen Ergebnisse. Med. Klin., Berl., 1928,24:926-9.—Gedda, L. II valore clinico dell 'iso- agglutinazione. Minerva med., Tor., 1933, 24: 453-67.—Gybrgy, I. [Practical and theoretical importance of the recently recog- nized blood-groups] Orv. hetil., 1934, 78: 701-7.—Hagedoorn, A. C, & Hagedoorn, A. L. [Value of the study of blood groups for medicine and general biology] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1931, 75: pt3, 3794-807.—Hallion, L. Sur la notion des groupes san- guins; ses applications pratiques et son interBt biologique. Rev. prat, biol., Par., 1933, 26:193-201—Jeney, E. [Practical value of research on blood types] Orv. hetil., 1934, 78: mell., 137.— Klaften, E. Ueber Hemagglutination und ihre praktische Bewertung. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1927, 76: 91-107.—Lattes, L. I gruppi sanguigni in biologia e in medicina. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop., 1928, 3: 1069-83. Also Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1928, 8: 18-21.—Lederer, M. Practical appli- cation of the de-termination of blood groups. Med. Times, N.Y., 1932, 60: 209-13.—Lickint, F., & Troltzsch, J. Ist die Blut- gruppenbestimmung als differentialdiagnostisches Hilfsmittel verwendbar? Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 1339—Makarov, A. A. [The clinical value of isohemagglutinin] Vrach. dielo, 1928, 11: 1330-4.—Martial, R. Race, groupements sanguins et hygiene mentale. Hyg. ment., Par., 1935, 30: 166-79.—Martley, F. C. The value of blood-group determinations. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1935, 190: 35-7.—Montanari, A. I gruppi san- guigni in clinica. Riv. clin. med., 1929, 30: 724-54.—Moreau, P. Les groupes sanguins et leurs applications. Liege med., 1933, 26:225; 264—Muller-Hess. Die praktische Bedeutung der Blut- gruppenforschung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 201-4.— Oelschlagel, B. Die irrige Bewertung der Blutgruppenbestim- mung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 1917.—Ohmichi, N. Die Bedeutung der Blutgruppen im Gebiete der Dermatologie und der Urologie. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1928, 40: 1191.— Poehlmann, A. Ergebnisse der Blutgruppenforschung und ihre Bedeutung ftir die Venerologie und Dermatologie. Zbl. Haut Geschlkr., 1929, 29: 1-9.—Rosenthal, G. Remarques sur la valeur des groupes sanguins et sur l'epreuve directe. Sang, Par., 1935, 9: 543-8.—Sampietro, G. Gruppi sanguigni. Ann. igiene, 1930, 40: 438-43.—Schiff, F. Ueber den praktischen Wert der Blutgruppenbestimmung (Landsteinersche Reaktion) Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 5-7.—Vriesendorp, I. [Practical value of blood-grouping] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: ptl, 1670-4.—Walker, F. N. Blood groups in clinical investigation. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1932, 27: 157. ---- Determination. See also Blood groups, Iso-antigens in organs; Blood transfusion. Beccadelli, G. Eine neue Reaktion zur Unterscheidung ver- schiedener Blutarten und zur Diagnose der Syphilis. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1922, 35: 823-5.—Beck, A. Die richtige Bewertung der Blutgruppenbestimmung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 522—Clark, F. J. Blood grouping. Med. J. Australia, 1923, 2: 401-3.—Fiirst, T. Determination de la individualidad de la sangre con ayuda de la isohemaglutinacion y su campo de apli- caciones. Gac. med. Caracas, 1927, 34: 228-33. Also Rev. med. Hamburgo, 1927, 8: 174-9—Gregory, B. A. Blood grouping. Journal-lancet, 1923, 43: 445-8.—Hansen, S. Methodologisches iiber Blutgruppenforschung durch Massenuntersuchungen. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1929, 2: 73-7.—Huck, J. G., & Guthrie, C. G. Further studies on blood grouping. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1924, 35: 23; 33; 81; 126; 221.—Karavanov, G. A propos de la determination des groupes du sang. Sang, Par., 1936, 10: 942-6— Khreninger-Guggenberger, J. von. Blutgruppenunter- suchungen am Retroplazentar- und Nabelschnurblut. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1928, 80: 104-8—Lyon, M. W. Another dia- gram for blood grouping. J. Am. M. Ass., 1919, 73: 498 — Marini, G. Le isoagglutinine e la diagnosi individuale del sangue umano. Fol. med., Nap., 1924, 10: 853-71—Moureau, P. Peut-on distinguer serologiquement le genotype des hematies A et B? Sang, Par., 1935, 9: 484-99—Owen, J. L. Some obser- vations on blood grouping. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1928, n.s., 126: 74—Schmid, H. H. Beitrage zur Blutgruppenbestim- mung. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1927, 132: 12-4 [Discussion] 16-9 — Seeger, S. J., & Schaefer, A. A. Blood grouping. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1933, 45: 999-1006. Also repr.—Siracusa, V. SulT appli- cazione pratica dei metodi per la diagnosi individuale del sangue. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1927, 47: 307-39—Thomsen, O. Un- tersuchungen tiber die serologische GruppendifTerenzierung des Organismus. Acta path, microb. scand., 1930, 7: 250-78. ---- Determination: Sources of error. See also Blood groups, Fixity; Blood groups, Thomsen's phenomenon; Erythrocyte, Agglutina- tion. Becart, A. Les causes d'erreur dans Ia determination des groupes sanguins. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1935, 314-22—Burkle de la Camp, H. Sind die Testsera zur Bestimmung der Blut- gruppe immer zuverlassig? Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 45.—Falgairolle, P. La double epreuve au kaolin contre la pseudo-iso-agglutination; precautions a prendre dans son exe- cution. Bull. Soc. sc. m6d. biol. Montpellier, 1925-26, 7: 283-92. -----Les epreuves directes d'iso-agglutination: troisieme cause d'erreur. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 1185.—Goroncy, C. SulT importanza della temperatura per la differenziazione della vera dalla falsa isoagglutinazione. Gior. biol. med. sper., 1924- 25, 2: 91-6.—Harley, B. A false agglutination reaction observed with anti-M and anti-N sera. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1936, 17: 145.—Kernbach, M. Une nouvelle contribution a l'eiimination des erreurs dans la determination des groupes sanguins. Ann. med. 16g., 1927, 7: 1-7.—Landsteiner, K., & Witt, B. H. Obser- vations on the human blood groups; irregular reactions; isoag- glutinins in sera of group IV; the factor A. J. Immun., Bait., 1926, 11: 221-47.—Lusena, M. Una causa di errore nella deter- minazione dei gruppi sanguigni. Minerva med., Tor., 1929, 9: pt2, 647.—Mueller, B. Beeintrachtigen Kalte und Quarzlicht die Bestimmbarkeit der Blutgruppe an eingetrocknetem Blut? Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1934, 23: 40-5.—Peyre, E. A propos des pseudo-agglutinations dans la repartition des groupes san- guins. Progr. med., Par., 1926, 41: 645.—Rosenthal, S., & Matz, U. [Errors in the determination of blood groups] Voy. san dielo, 1936, 35-42—Schbtt, E. B. Wie soil man Irrttimer bei der Blutgruppenbestimmung vermeiden, vor allem, wenn es gilt, sie schleunigst durchzufuhren? Uppsala lak. fbren. forh., 1928, n.F., 34: 681-92.—Thomsen, O. [An efficient agent to influence the isoagglutinating property of red blood cells; a hitherto un- known source of error] Hospitalstidende, 1926, 69: 1154-75 — Traum, E. P'ehlerquellen bei der Blutgruppenbestimmung. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1931, 234: 849-51—Weil, P. E., & Lamy, M. Sur une cause d'erreur dans la determination des groupes san- guins due au vieillissement des serums-etalons. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1924, 3.ser., 48: 859-61. ---- Determination: Sources of error: Auto- and cold agglutination. See also Blood groups, Thomsen's phenome- non; Erythrocyte, Agglutination. Hunziker, W. *Beziehungen zwischen Iso- und Auto-Haemagglutination im Austauschver- such. 18p. 8? Basel, 1926. Altounyan, E. Un cas d'auto-hemo-agglutination chez un paludeen; disparition du phenomene apres la spienectomie. Marseillemed., 1925,62:171-3.—Amzel, R., & Hirszfeld, L. Ueber die Kaiteagglutination der roten Blutkbrperchen. Zschr. Im- munforsch., 1925, 43: 526-38.—Aubertin, C. Autoagglutination des hematies. Sem. hop. Paris, 1930, 6: 228.—Benhamou, E., & Nouchy, A. Grande auto-agglutination des hematies precedfie et suivie de grande auto-agglutination des plaquettes. Presse med., 1933, 41: 25-8—Bond, C. J. On auto-haemagglutination; a contribution to the physiology and pathology of the blood. Brit. M.J., 1920, 2: 925; 973.—Bonnard, R. La grande auto- agglutination des hematies. Sang, Par., 1933, 6: 807-20 — Box well, W., & Bigger, J. W. Autohaemagglutination. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1931, 34: 407-17—Brule, Hilleman, P., & Bonnard. Un nouveau cas de grande auto-agglutination des hematies. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3.ser., 49: 429-35.— Clough, M. C, & Richter, I. M. A study of an autoagglutinin occurring in a human serum. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1918, 29: 86-93, pi.—Balla Volta, A., & Azzi, E. La grande autoagglu- tinazione delle emazie e il suo valore semeiologico. Arch. pat., Bologna, 1929-30, 9: 382-401.—B'Antona, L. A proposito della grande autoagglutinazione delle emazie. Rinasc. med., 1930, 7: 184-7.—Bebenedetti, E. SulT azione agglomerante a freddo dei sieri; rapporti fra agglomeramento auto ed isoaggluti- nazione ed impilamento dei globuli rossi. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. med., 95-105. ----- La grande auto-agglutination des hematies; auto-agglutination familiale; nature intime du pro- cessus d'auto-agglutination. Presse med., 1929, 37: 1688-92 — Bebenedetti, V. Su un caso di autoagglutinazione in sangue umano. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. med., 311-9—Falgairolle, P. Rehabilitation des quatre groupes sanguins: refutation des iso- agglutinations atypiques (auto- et interiso-agglutination, mul- tiplicite et variabilite des groupes) la pseudo-iso-agglutination. C rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 1119-22—Gedroyc, M. de. Presence dans le serum, des substances inhibitrices de Tauto-agglutina- tion par les agglutinines renfermfies dans les hematies autogenes. Ibid., 1932, 109: 1025-7.—Greppi, E. II fenomeno della grande auto-agglutinazione dei globuli rossi nella sindrome delT ittero cronico da epatite ipertrofica splenomegalica. Riforma med., 1929 45: 1374-8.—Hoeden, J. van der, & Verbeek, A. G. M. [Autoagglutination in human blood] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1931, 75- pt3, 4767-80.—Kettel, K. Studien Uber die Frage der Kalte- aggluti'nation des Blutes bei Menschen; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Acta path, microb. scand., 1928, 5: 306-37. ----- Recherches 21767—vol. 2, 4 th series----34 BLOOD GROUPS 530 BLOOD GROUPS sur les agglutinines au froid dans les serums humains. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 371-3—Kligler, I. J. Autohemo-agglutina- tion of human red blood corpuscles. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78: 1195.—Koepplin, F. Ein Fall von Autohamagglutination; experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Aufkiarung der Entste- hungsweise des Phanomens. Zschr. klin. Med., 1935-36, 129: 512-31.—Landsteiner, K., & Levine, P. On the cold agglutinins in human serum. J. Immun., Bait., 1926, 12: 441-60.—Lattes, L. Sulla autoagglutinazione del sangue. Haematologica, Nap., 1922, 2: 101-20, pi.—Li Chen-Pien. Investigation on cold or autohemoagglutination. J. Immun., Bait., 1926, 11: 297-318.— Lloyd, R. B., & Chandra, S. N. A case of highly abnormal blood group associated with auto-agglutination in the cold. Ind. M. Gaz., 1930, 65: 1-4.—Manheims, P. J., & Brunner, E. K. Faulty blood grouping due to auto-agglutinins: an unusual case. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 207. Also repr.—Mino, P. Ricerche sul- Tautoagglutinazione dei globuli rossi nell' uomo. Policlinico, 1923, 30: sez. med., 533; 1924, 31: 65.—Montanari, A. Studi sul- Tautoemoagglutinazione. Riv. clin. med., 1929, 30: 659-79.— Nakamura, I. Studien fiber die Entstehung des Autohamoag- glutinins. Keijo J.M., 1931, 2: 425-51.—Neuda, P. Untersu- chungen fiber Auto-(Kalte-)agglutination; die autoagglutinie- rende Struktur. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1936, 89: 76-89.—Nin, M. Ueber die Antigene der Autohaemoagglutinine. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1928, 415.—Pellissier, L., & Falgairolles. De la nature de la pseudo-iso-agglutination et de son importance dans les etudes de serologie obstetricale. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1926, 15: 498-500.—Prospero, M. Ulteriori osservazioni sull' autoagglu- tinazione dei globuli rossi nell' uomo. Gior. biol. med. sper., 1923-24, 1: 411-5.—Rist, E. Remarques sur la grande auto- agglutination des h6maties. Presse med., 1929, 36: 737.—Sher- man, I. Autohemagglutination. Am. J.M. Sc, 1934, 188: 487-90.—Stillman, R. G. Report of an instance of autohemagglu- tination. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1926. 26: 86-9.—Thiodot & Bibiere. Grande auto-agglutination des hematies. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 1389-91.—Vasaturo, A. L'autoagglutina- zione nei vari tipi morfologici (genesi e caratteri; rapporti con Timpilamento) Fol. med., Nap., 1923, 9: 736-46.—Vishego- rodtseva, V. D. [Autohemoagglutination] Vrach. dielo, 1926, 9: 868-71.—Wyschegorodzewa, W. B. Zur Frage der Auto- hamoagglutination. Zschr. klin. Med., 1926,104: 524-9.—Yu, N. Ueber die Frigid-Haemoagglutinine. Acta med. Keijo, 1928, 11:23-34. Also J. Chosen M. Ass., 1928, 488. Also Zbl. Bakt., l.Abt., 1928, 106: 388-96. ---- Determination: Technic. Lattes, L. Methoden zur Bestimmung der Individualitat des Blutes. p.719-98. 8? Berl. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Berl., 1933, Abt.13, Teil2, ptl. Aliyev, G. K. [Determination of blood-groups by way of absorption of agglutinins] Russ. klin., 1927, 7: no.33, 55-67.— Balgairies, E., & Spriet, H. L'utilisation de la centrifugation dans les determinations sanguines. Ann. med. leg., 1935, 15: 955-7.—Beretvas, L. Sulla determinazione dei gruppi sanguigni (contributo di tecnica) Riv. pat. sper., 1929, 4: 205-14.—Blaurock, G. Ueber die Vererbung der agglutinier- baren Blutkbrperchenbestandteile M und N und die Technik der M- und N-Untersuchung. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1933, 79: 377-90.—BUnov, N. I. [Simplified method in the division of group A into subgroups Ai and A2] Soviet, khir., 1934, 7: 349-51. Also Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 1025—Brice, A. T. A rapid technic for the multiple typing of blood by the macroscopic agglutination method. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1927-28, 13: 773 — Burbn, F. A. Ueber Temperaturoptima bei Untersuchung gruppenspezifischer Blutantigene. Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 1759.—Clemens, J. Neue Blutagglutinationsprobe mit hamo- lysiertem Blut und ein Beitrag fiber Agglutinationsabweichun- gen der Blutgruppen. Zbl. Chir., 1926, 53: 3032-7.—Crome, W. Ueber die Untersuchungstechnik der Blutgruppeneigenschaften M und N und Mitteilung weiterer Untersuehungsergebnisse. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1933, 21: 435-50— Cruickshank, J. C. Modern methods in agglutination. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 841-54.—Cuboni, E. Vetrino a doppia celletta per la determinazione dei gruppi sanguigni. Arch, an- trop. crim., Tor., 1930, 50: 246-8. Also Sperimentale, 1S30, 84: 57-73, pi.—Byke, S. C. Determination of compatibility in bloods. Lancet, Lond., 1927, 2:910-2—Elbel, H. Zur Technik der Untersuchung auf die Bluteigenschaften M und N. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1934-35, 24: 242-5.—Falgairolle, P. La double 6preuve au Kaolin contre la pseudo-iso-agglutination; precautions a prendre dans son execution. Montpellier med., 1926, 48: 386.—Felsen, J. A simple method of testing for blood compatibility. Arch. Path., Chic, 1927, 4: 552-5.—Fischer, W. Beitrag zur Technik und Bewertung der Blutgruppenunter- suchung. Arb. Staatsinst. exp. Ther., 1929, H.22, 64-97.— Forster, R. Ein Beitrag zur Technik der Blutgruppenbestim- mung bei serologischen Reihenuntersuchungen. Zschr. Im- munforsch., 1928, 54: 434; 57: 130.—Friedenreich, V., & Zacho, A. Die Differentialdiagnose zwischen den Unter-Gruppen Ai und A;. Zschr. Rassenphysiol.. 1931, 4:164-91.—Gamalei, F. [Blood groups by Schiff's method of determination] Voy. san. dielo, 1931, 45-9.—Ganassini, B. Nuovo contributo alia diagnosi specifica del sangue umano per mezzo della reazione Ganassini. Arch. Ist. biochim. ital., 1930, 2: 401-10—Grosof, N. A rapid blood grouping method. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1929-30, 15: 85.— Guthrie, C. G., Pessel, J. F., & Huck, J. G. Further studies on blood grouping; the recognition of 3 types of group II blood Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1924, 35: 221-6.—Hara, K. Zur Methodik der Blutgruppenbestimmung. Zschr. Immunforsch 1930, 67: 174-86.—Hirszfeld, L., & Amzel, R. [Methods and technique of determination of group properties in blood stains and body fluids] Med. dosw., 1931, 13: 311-34—Holzer, F. J. Zum Nachweis der Bluteigenschaften M und N. Deut. Zschr gerichtl. Med., 1936, 26: 515-8.—Incze, G. [Differentiation oi Ai and A2 blood groups] Orv. hetil., 1933, 77: 667-9.--Kilduffe, R. A. A blood grouping chart. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1929, 26: 563 —Komiya, K. Untersuchungen zur Methodik des N'sich- weises gruppenspecifischer Organstrukturen. Zschr. Immun- forsch., 1930, 65: 502-14.—Kosich, S. [Comparative value of isohemoagglutination reactions of Vincent and hanging-drop methods] Omsk. med. J., 1926, 1: no.2-3, 18-21.—Kraus, R. Zur Frage der internationalen Regelung des Haemotest zur Blutgruppenbestimmung. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 1901.— Landsteiner, K., & Levine, P. The differentiation of a type of human blood by means of normal animal serum. J. Immun., Bait., 1931, 20: 179-85.—Laubenheimer, K. Ueber die Eigen- schaften M und N der roten Blutkbrperchen des Menschen, ihren serologischen Nachweis und ihre gerichtlich-medizinische Bedeutung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1933,29:6-9.—Lehmann-Facius, H. Zur Methodik der serologischen Differenzierung der Unter- gruppen Ai und A2. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1932, 19: 38-53.—Margorin, E. [Determining blood groups at night] Voy. san. dielo, 1935, 69-71.—Modern methods of diagnosis by agglutination. Brit. M.J., 1936, 1: 127— Muller, M. A. Das Agglutinin-Anreicherungsverfahren, ein neues Verfahren zur Blutgruppenbestimmung an altem, eingetrocknetem Blute. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1927-28, 11: 120-8—Olivi, G. Va- rianti di tecnica nelle determinazioni qualitative gruppo-speci- fiche del sangue. Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 7:683-90.—Palmieri, V. M. Le nostre attuali conoscenze sui gruppi sanguigni; le techniche per la determinazione del gruppo sanguigno. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1929, 10: 778-91.—Pietrusky. Technik der Blutgruppenuntersuchung. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 562.—Polayes, S. H. Principles and technic of the determination of blood groups. Med. Times, N.Y., 1932, 60: 206—Ponsold, A. Die Bestimmbarkeit der Blutgruppenzugehbrigkeit an frischem Blut in der Kapillare. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 1594-7. ----- Eine Mikromethode zur quantitativen Auswertung kleinster Serummengen (die Bestimmung des Agglutininge- haltes und der Receptorempfindlichkeit mittels Capillarrbhr- chen) Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1934, 23:46-60. ----- Der Nachweis von Agglutininen schwachster Wirksamkeit (eine Methode zur Bestimmung der Agglutinine im Serum von Sauglingen in den ersten Lebensmonaten) Ibid., 1934-35, 24: 60-8. ----- Der Serumtropfer zur Bestimmung der Blut- gruppenzugehbrigkeit und zur Aufbewahrung von Testsereu. Deut. med. Wschr.. 1935, 61: 1518. ----- Ein Absorptions- verfahren ohne Titerreduktionsbestimmung zum Nachweis der Blutimmunfaktoren M und N. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1936, 26: 303-10.—Postmus, S. [Technique of blood group exami- nations in the tropics] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1934, 74: 1411-5.—Sachs, H. Zur Technik und Methodik der Blutgrup- penbestimmung. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 2422—Sanford, A. H. A modification of the Moss method of determining isohemag- glutinationgroups. J. Am. M. Ass., 1918,70:1221. Alsorepr — Schiff, F. Naturaleza, tecnica y valor practico de la determina- eion de los grupos sanguineos (reaction de Landsteiner) Rev. m6d. germ, iberoamer., 1928, 1: 97-104. ----- Zur Methodik der serologischen Differenzierung der Untergruppen Ai und A2. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1932,19:454.-----Die Diagnose des serologischen Ausscheidungstypus in der Blutgruppe O mittels heterogenetischen Immunserums. Zschr. Immun- forsch., 1934, 82: 302-10.—Schbtt, E. B. [Apparatus for blood grouping and agglutination tests] Sven. lak. tidn., 1927, 24: 13; 34.—Servantie, L., & Soulage, J. Une technique clinique de determination des groupes sanguins. J. med. Bordeaux, 1930, 107: 926-9.—Simonin, C. Une expertise de taches de sang; micro-reactions et recherche des agglutinogenes A et B. Paris med., 1935, 97: 402-5.—Thomsen, O. Eine einfache Methode zur Ermittlung von Vertretern eines bestimmten, isoagglutina- torischen Typus (Gruppe) resp. zur Typen-(Gruppen-)Diffe- renzierung bei Massenuntersuchungen. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 1466-8. Also Acta med. scand., 1928, suppl., H.26, 301-7. ---- VollstSndige Bestimmung der Blutgruppen bei kleinen Quan- tita ten Blut. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 2286. ----- & Frieden- reich, V. Methode eiementaire pour la determination des groupes serologiques A et A' (groupes AAi et AA2 de Land- steiner) chez I'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 1301-4.— Vagner, L. B. [A method for determination of iso-agglutination] Vrach. gaz., 1926, 30: 256—Vogel, W. L. A method of blood grouping where only one known group is available. J. Lab. Clin. M., 192.5-26, 11: 386—Wildegans, H. Ueber die Technik der Blutgruppenbestimmung. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1928, 25: 655-9—Wohlfeil, T., & Voswinckel, H. Beitrage zur Blut- gruppenforschung; fiber die Unterscheidung der 4 Blutgrup- penphanotypen durch aktive Erythrocytenanaphylaxie. Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 495-7— Wiinsche, O. Verfahren zur Konser- vierung von Blutgruppenreaktionen. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1932, 5: 169-72. ---- Development. See also Blood groups, Heredity; Blood groups, Quantitative differences. BLOOD GROUPS 531 BLOOD GROUPS Annen, F. *Die Blutgruppenbestimmung beim Neugeborenen fBasel] 30p. 8? Gersau, 1927. Hamburger, M. *L'iso-agglutination; groupes sanguins du nouveau-ne' et du nourrisson. 148p. 8? Par., 1927. Beliaev, A. A., & Chekalin, I. A. [Isohemoagglutination reaction in infants] J. izuch. rann. detsk. vozr., 1929, 2: 3-8.— Biasi, B. de. Studies on iso-agglutinins in the blood of the new-born. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81: 1776-8.—Crowe, E. V. Analysis of the blood groups of children and infants. Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1928, 3: 114-6.—Bebre, R., & Hamburger, M. Groupes sanguins incomplets chez le nourrisson; teneur du serum du nouveau-n6 en agglutinines. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 134. ----- Apparition des isoagglutinogenes et isoagglu- tinines au cours des deux premieres annees de l'existence. Ibid., 135. Also Rev. fr. pediat., 1928, 4: 127-42—Ebner, P. I gruppi sanguigni; ricerche sperimentali nei neonato. Med. ital., 1932, 13: 649; 708, pi.—Ferraro, F. Di alcune ricerche sui gruppi sanguigni nell' infanzia. Riv. clin. pediat., 1926. 24: 758-74.— Franco, J. F. Consideraciones biologicas sobre los grupos san- guineos de la infancia. Rev. mex. biol., 1934, 15: 109-17.— Happ, W. M. Appearance of isoagglutinins in infants and chil- dren. J. Exp. M., 1920, 31: 313-34. Also repr. ----- & Zeiler, A. H. Studies on iso-agglutinins in the blood of the new- born. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 82: 227.—Hess, R. Ueber Isoag- glutinine beim Neugeborenen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1921, 47: 241 —Karshner, W. M. Hemoagglutination in the blood of infants. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1927-28, 13: 1134-8—Kemp, T. Recherches sur le degre de sensibilite des hematies des nouveau- nes (sang du cordon ombilical) vis-a-vis des iso-hemagglutinines du sang des adultes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 417-9.----- Ueber den Empfindlichkeitsgrad der Blutkbrperchen gegenfiber Isohamagglutininen im Fbtalleben und im Kindesalter beim Menschen. Acta path, microb. scand., 1930, 7: 146-56.----- & Worsaae, E. Fortgesetzte Untersuchungen tiber den Emp- findlichkeitsgrad der Blutkbrperchen gegenfiber Isoagglutininen im Kindesalter beim Menschen. Ibid., 1931, 8: 71-83.—Knudt- zon, T. G. Ueber Bluttypeneigenschaften bei Feten. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1929, 13: 358-72— Roller, T., & Meier, D". M. Isoagglutinine im Serum der Neugeborenen. Arch. Julius Klaus Stift., 1927-28, 3: 219-38—Mitchell, J. McK. Origin and fate of iso-agglutinins in blood from the umbilical cord. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1929, 37:1008-15—Oku, M. Blood groups of immature human fetuses. Jap. J. Obst. Gyn., 1930, 13: 472- 523.—Pagani-Cesa, A. Contributo alia conoscenza dei gruppi sanguigni nelT infanzia e nelle malattie. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1927, 9: 775-8.—Pollitzer, R., & Rapisardi, S. SulT isoagglutina- zione nei lattante. Pediatria, Nap., 1924, 32: 858-61—Routil, R. Zur Entstehung der Blutgruppen. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1933, 6:129-31.—Semzowa, O. M., & Terechowa, A. A. Die gruppen- spezifische Differenzierung der menschlichen Organe; die grup- penspezifische Differenzierung des Menschen wahrend der Onto- genese. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 206-9.—Thomsen, O. [Develop- ment of receptors in blood corpuscles in new-born and delicate children] Hospitalstidende, 1928, 71: 743-53. ----- [Devel- opment of blood groups in man] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1929, 71: 786-804—Uchimura, K. Studien fiber den Bluttypus des Neugeborenen, insbesondere fiber das paradoxe Phanomen. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1936, 28: 272-84.—Venuti, A. Ricerche sull' isoemoagglutinazione nei lattante. Riv. clin. pediat., 1932,30: 681-94. --- Fixity. See also Blood groups, Pathological aspect. Crassousi, M. *Ueber die angebliche Veran- derlichkeit der Blutgruppen. 20p. 8? Wurzb., 1935. Puhr, M. *Einfluss des Alterns der Blut- korperchen auf die Blutgruppenbestimmung. 16p. 8? Lpz., 1927. Barbanti-Silva, E. Gruppi sanguigni e colesterinemia du- rante lo stato puerperale. Fisiol. med., Roma, 1933, 4: 41-62.— Barsky, C. Zur Frage Uber die Konstanz der Isoagglutinations- charakteristik des Blutes. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1926, 74: 66-75.—Bebthy, K. Ueber die Konstanz der Blutgruppen nach dem Tode. Beitr. gerichtl. Med., 1929, 9: 172-5— Biancalana, L., & Teneff, S. Modiflcazioni del potere isoagglutinante dei sieri. Atti Congr. naz. microb., 1931, 462-6—Biemer, T. Wei- tere Untersuehungsergebnisse fiber willkfirliche Beeinflussung der Hamagglutinationsgruppen. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1922, 35:464-76—Bolter, W. Ueber den Einfluss der Temperatur auf die Agglutination des Menschenblutes durch tierische Sera, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der gruppenspezifischen Diflerenzierbarkeit. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1925, 43: 128-50 — Einaudi, M. Isoagglutinazione e fissita dei gruppi sanguigni nelT uomo. Rinasc. med., 1926, 3: 465-7—Esposito, A. Sugli allegati mutamenti artificiali dei gruppi sanguigni. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. med., 89-91.—Friedenreich, V. Y a-t-il des transi- tions entre les sous-groupes Ai et A2? C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 578-80—Gedroyc, M. de. Les changements des groupes sanguins provoques par Timpregnation des hematies. Ibid., 107: 871-3. —--- Les phenomenes du choc en relation avec le changement de groupe sanguin par Timpregnation. Ibid., 873-6. ----- [Change of group character of erythrocytes by impregnation and its relation with anaphylactic phenomena] Polska gaz. lek., 1931, 10: 684-90— Harper, J., & Bryon, W. C. Influence of diet on blood grouping. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 79: 2222.—Harvey, W. F. Variation in blood grouping. Ind J M Res., 1929-30, 17: 1307-11.—Klein, F. [Changes of hemaggluti- nation in anaphylactic shock and in anaphylactoid states] Bra- tisl. lek. listy, 1935, 15: 996-1003—Kovalevich, M. B. [Stead- fastness of iso-agglutinating properties of the blood] Russ. klin., 1929, 11: 460-8.—Lehmann, K. [Research on constancy of hu- man isoagglutination titer] Hospitalstidende, 1928, 71: 852-7.— Marcialis, G. Sulla immodificabilita dei gruppi sanguigni. Rinasc. med., 1924, 1: 347-9.—Meyer, K., & Ziskoven, H. Ueber die Konstanz der agglutinatorischen Bluttypen des Menschen und die praktische Bedeutung der Bluttypenbestimmung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1923, 19: 87-9—Michelazzi, L. Sopra le modiflcazioni del contenuto in emoagglutinine del siero e dei tessuti in seguito alla introduzione di antigeni di varia specie. Riv. pat. sper., 1935, 15: 423-31.—Mino, P. Ricerche sulla modificabilita dei gruppi sanguigni. Riforma med., 1923, 39: 75-8.—Moskow, I. Untersuchungen fiber Bestandigkeit und Vererbung der Isoagglutinationsempfindlichkeit der roten Blut- kbrperchen (Untergruppen in den Merkmalen B, M und N) Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1934-35, 24: 333-42.—Moureau, P. Un individu peut-il changer de groupe d'isoagglutination? Sang, Par., 1936, 10: 571-81—Munter, H., & Nitschke, B. Ist eine Blutgruppenanderung unter therapeutischen Eingriffen mbglich? Med. Klin., Berl., 1930, 26: 1516-8.—Nowak, H. Beitrage zur Frage der Konstanz der Blutgruppen. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 1075-7—Oliver, J., & Yamada, S. The agglu- tinating action of salvarsan in vitro and in vivo. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1920-21, 18: 313.—Ottenberg, R., & Johnson, A. A hitherto undescribed anomaly in blood .groups. J. Immun., Bait., 1926, 12: 35-44.— Poehlmann, A. Aenderung der Blut- gruppe oder Mangel der Technik? Miinch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 413.—Quater, E. I., & Raphalkes, S. B. [Changes in blood groups] Med. biol. J., Leningr., 1927, 3: 91-8.—Rosenthal, G. Precision sur un cas de variation de groupe sanguin. Sang, Par., 1932, 6: 891—Schiff, F., & Halberstaedter, W. Ueber Agglutinationserscheinungen bei gealterten Blutkbrperchen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1926, 48: 414-28.—Schrader, G. Unter- suchungen zur Frage der Blutgruppenanderung. Zschr. Ras- senphysiol., 1930-31, 3: 108-16—Schultz, W., & Ehrhardt, W. Zur Frage der Konstanz der menschlichen Blutgruppen. Arch. Krim., 1934, 95: 220-6.—Schumacher, P., & Atzerodt, K. Fehler und Gefahren bei der Bestimmung der Blutgruppen; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Veranderung und willkfirlichen Beeinflussung der Hamagglutinationsgruppen. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 2016-8.— Thomsen, 0. Au sujet d'un agent d'accroissement capable de modifier les conditions isoagglutinantes des globules rouges. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 556-8. ----- Die Moglichkeit einer Aenderung der menschlichen isoagglutinatorischen Blut- gruppen. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 773-6. ----- [The question of mutability of blood types] Ugeskr. laeger, 1929,91:196.—Tzanck, A., Moline, R., & Paris, A. Sur les pretendus changements de groupe sanguin. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 49: 1299.— Vassiliev, V. N. [Changes of blood groups by industrial factors] Profess, pat. gig., 1929, 53-8.— Vorschutz, J. Zur Frage der gruppenweisen Hemagglutination und fiber die Veranderungen der Agglutinationsgruppen durch Medikamente, Narkose und Rontgenstrahlen. Zschr. klin. Med., 1922, 94: 459-69—Wellisch, S. Ueber die Korrelation der Blutgruppen. Zschr. indukt. Abstamm., 1927-28, 46: 311-8. ---- Forensic aspect. Balgairies, E., & Spriet, H. La determination des groupes sanguins en clinique; l'epreuve de Beth Vincent; les causes d'erreur. Echo med. nord, 1935, 3.ser., 3: 553-62. ----- La doctrine des groupes sanguins en medecine legale. Ibid., 4- 292-302.—Berg. Die Verwertung der Blutgruppenforschung vor Gericht. Fortsch. Med., 1932, 50: 470—Bier, 0. G. Grupos sanguineos e medicina legal. Rev. biol., S. Paulo, 1935-36, 6: 41-56 —Bbhmer, K. Blutgruppen und Verbrechen. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1926-27, 9: 426-30. ----- Die Blut- gruppenbestimmung im Zivilprozess. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 319-21.—Buchanan, J. A. The inheritance and the medicolegal application of the blood group. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 123: 299; 354.—Cevidalli, A., & Bella Volta, A. II metodo morfologico nella diagnosi medico legale di sangue con speciale riferimento alla determinazione individuale. Haematologica, Nap., 1923, 4: 217-66.—Christensen, L. [Blood groups used in criminology, with special reference to blood platelets] Ugeskr. laeger 1932, 94: 187-98.—Clausen, J. Ueber die serologischen Eigenschaften M und N und ihre Bedeutung in der Gerichts- medizin. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1933, 6: 49-65.—Balla Volta, A. Per una revisione critica dei procedimenti di determinazione del sangue nella perizia ematologica. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor 1933, 53: 1153-64.—Berobert, L. L'iso-hemo-agglutination reroupes sanguins) son application en medecine legale, d'apres les travaux recents. Ann. med. leg., 1936, 16: 280-94.-Bogliotti, V Comportamento del sangue materno e paterno rispetto a nuello dei figli dal punto di vista della agglutinazione e delT emo- lisi Clin chir., Milano, 1926, 29: 901-9—Bujarric de la Riviere, R ' & Kossovitch, N. La question des groupes sanguins en medecine legale. Ann. med. 16g., 1927, 7: 390-400. ——- & Philippe. A propos des groupes sanguins. Ibid., 1928, 8: 13«i-56 — Ecker, E. E. Blood groups in forensic medicine. Bull. Acad M Cleveland, 1935, 19: no.5, 9-17—Foerster, A. Blut- gruppen und Verbrecher. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1927-28, BLOOD GROUPS 532 BLOOD GROUPS 11- 487-90.—Folomina, W. Isohamoagglutinationsgruppen bei Verbrechern. Arch. Krim., 1929, 84: 145-8—Gala, C., & Pribrsky, J. [Blood groups from the viewpoint of legal medicine and obstetrics] Cas. lek. Cesk., 1930, 69: 1145; 1188.—Gettler, A 0 , & Kramer, H. E. Blood grouping in forensic medicine. J.'Immun., Bait., 1936, 31: 321-9.-Goroncy, C. Zur Frage der individuellen Blutdiagnose. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1925, 5. ,7s^s:i ----- Blutgruppenbestimmungen in der gencnts- arztlichen Praxis. Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 306-8.-Gundel, M Blutgruppenuntersuchungen bei Strafgefangenen. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1927-28, 11: 99-119.-Hellwig, A. Die Blutgruppenprobe in der forensischen Praxis. Deut. mea. Wschr 1931 57: 723. ----- Die Verwertung der Blutgrup- penprobe im Strafverfahren. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 1843-5. _____ Blutgruppenprobe und Meineidsverfahren. Arcn. Krim 1936 99: 111-8—Hennemann, W. Ueber Blutgruppen- bestimmungen an Strafgefangenen. Deut. Zschr gerichtl. Med 1930 16: 126-38. Also repr—Hirszfeld, L. [Utilization Hirszfeld. of research' work on blood-groups in legal medicine] Polska gaz lek., 1933, 12: 277-80. ----- & Amzel, R. Beitrag zur eerichtlich-medizinischen Verwertung der Blutgruppen. Deut. Zschr gerichtl. Med., 1932, 19: 133-48.-Jacobi, J. Uebersicht fiber die Lehre und den bisherigen Stand der Blutgruppenfor- schung mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Forensischen. Psychiat neur. Wschr., 1927, 29: 510-5—Kan-Itiyosida. Con- tribution a l'etude des isohemoagglutinines au point de vue medico-legal. Ann. med. leg., 1928, 8: 249-54.-Roller, S. Statistische Untersuchungen zur Theorie der Blutgruppen und zu ihrer Anwendung vor Gericht. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1930-31 3: 121-83.—Krainskaja-Ignatowa, V. N., & Sobolewa, E L Die Artagglutination in ihrer Anwendung auf gerichtlich- medizinische Untersuchungen. Deut. Zschr. gericntl. Med., 1932 19-446—Landsteiner, K. Die Blutgruppen in der gericht- lichen Medizin. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 638 —— Forensic application of serologic individuality tests. J. Am. M. Ass 1934 103: 1041-4.—Lattes, L. Les groupes sanguins en ass., ,,, , AnQ mM lfeg ^ 1927< ;. 61&_23 medecine .~B— ----.-- .--«.-. -,. . , , Recenti notizie sui gruppi sanguigni in medicina legale. Arch. antrop erim., Tor., 1930, 50: suppl., 1127-34. ----- I gruppi saneuieni in medicina legale. Ibid., 1933, 53: 848-71. Also Ann m6d. leg., 1934, 14: 245-74. Also Presse med., 1934, 42: ] J72 ' ----- Sulla determinazione quantitativa degli aggluti- nogen! in medicina legale. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1933, 54: 1074-80 —Lauer, A. Die Bernsteinsche Theorie der Blutgrup- nenvererbung vor dem Hanseatischen Oberlandesgericht. Deut Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1932, 19: 76-8. ----- Die neue Blutuntersuchung nach M und N vor dem Hanseatischen Oberlandesgericht. Ibid., 457. ----- Ueber die Moglichkeit von Fehlbestimmungen bei der forensischen Blutprobe. Med. Welt 1934 8: 933-6.—Les groupes sanguins en medecine legale et en'anthropologie. Ann. med. leg., 1934, 14: 562— Levine, P. Blood groups, theory and medicolegal application. J. Lab. Clin M 1934-35,20:785-800. ----- Wisconsin law on blood tests' J. Am. M. Ass., 1935,105:1370— Lindberger, B. [Group agglutination in medico-legal practice] Hygiea, Stockh., 1925, 87: 164-7C—Martley, F. C. The use of the blood-grouping reac- tions in forensic investigations. Analyst, Lond., 1928, 53: 14-8 —Mayser, H. Erfahrungen mit gerichtlichen Blutgrup- penuntersuchungen. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1927, 10: 638-51-----Die Blutprobe als gerichtliches Beweismittel. Med Kor. Bl. Wiirttemberg, 1928, 98: 602. ----- Die Ver- wertung der Bluteigenschaften M und N in geriehtsarztlichen Gutachten. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1932, 38: 198—Meixner, K. Die Blutgruppen in der gerichtlichen Medizin. Wien. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 206; 1928, 41: 113; 163. ----- Die Bedeutung der Blutgruppen in Rechtsfragen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1930. 80: 1511; 1618.—Moharrem, I. Ueber den Nachweis von grup- penspezifischen Stoffen in formalinfixierten Organen. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1934, 23: 197-205—Moskow, I. Beitrag 7.ur Individualdiagnose des Blutes. Ibid., 1932, 19: 309.—Mou- reau, P. Contribution a l'etude des facteurs d'individualisa- tion du sang humain et leurs applications en medecine legale. Liege med., 1934, 28: 417-34. ----- Contribution a l'etude des facteurs d'individualisation du sang humain et leurs appli- cations en medecine legale; les groupes d'iso-agglutination de Landsteiner. Rev. beige sc. med., 1935, 7: 177-233. ----- Contribution a l'etude des facteurs d'individualisation du sang humain et leurs application en medecine legale; les groupes M et N d'hemoagglutination de Landsteiner et Levine. Ibid., 540-629.—Muehlberger, C. W., & Inbau, F. E. The scien- tific and legal application of blood-grouping tests. J. Crim., Chic, 1936, 27: 578-97—Oppenheim, F., & Voight, R. Blut- gruppenstudien an der Leiche. Krankheitsforschung, 1926, 3: 306-34, tab.—Ottenberg, R. Medicolegal application of human blood grouping. J. Am. M. Ass., 1921, 77: 682.—Paech & Trembur, R. Ueber Blutentnahmen im Strafverfahren und bei Unfallen; Blutgruppenbestimmung und Bestimmung von Alkohol im Blut nach Widmark. Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 1963-5.—Parr, L. W. The solution of medicolegal problems by blood grouping tests. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1932, 1: 129-33.—Popov, N. W. Isoagglutination und ihre forensische Anwendung in Russland. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med.,1926-27, 9: 411-25.—Raestrup. Blutgruppenzugehbrigkeit und Recht. Arch. Krim., 1928, 83: 278-81.—Reinheimer. Kritische Ueber- sicht fiber den gegenwartigen Stand des individuellen Blutnach- weises ftir forensische Zwecke. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1925, 6: 560-80.—Roth, H. W. Die gelegentliche Bedeutung der Agglutinintiterhbhe bei gerichtlichen Blutgruppengutachten im Strafprozess. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1931, 37: 115-7.— Sand, K. [Examination of blood groups in forensic work at the Forensic Medical Institute in Ktfbenhaven] Ugeskr. lffiger, 1932, 91: 610-5. -Scheurlen, von. Die Blutgruppen und die Senatsbeschliisse des Preussischen Kammergerichts. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 847-9—Schiff, F. Die Blut- gruppen und ihre Anwendung vor Gericht. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1926-27, 9: 369-401. ----- Blutprobe und Rechtsprechung. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1928, 34: 43-52. ----- Die gerichtlich-medizinische Bedeutung der serologischen Eigenschaften M und N von Landsteiner und Levine. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1931-32, 18: 41-65. ----- Die gericht- lich-medizinische Bedeutung der serologischen Eigenschaften M und N sowie einiger neuerer serologischer Typen. Ibid., 1932-33, 20: 315. ----- Die forensische Bedeutung der Fak- toren M und N anderer neuerer serologischer Typenmerkmale. Ibid., 1933, 21: 404-34.—Schmidt, A. Blutgruppenbestimmun- gen an Strafgefangenen. Ibid., 1929, 13: 373-6.—Schorn. Die Blutprobenentnahme in strafprozessualer und strafrechtlicher Bedeutung. Zschr. Med. Beamte, 1929, 42: 179-88.— Schutz, F. Ueber die forensische Bedeutung der Blutgruppenforschung Fortsch. Med., 1931, 49: 838-40.—Schumacher, W. La prova del sangue come mezzo probatorio processuale nella giurispru- denza tedesca. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1933, 53: 282-315. -----& Schumacher-Weber, P. Die Blutprobe als zivil- und strafprozessuales Beweismittel nach deutschem und auslandi- schem Recht. Veroff. Med. verwalt., 1933-34, 41: 99-230- Schusterov, G. A. [Isohemagglutinin qualities of human blood; observations on inmates in Omsk Correction House] Mosk. med. J., 1927, 7: no.5, 1-6.—Snyder, L. H. The medico-legal application of hereditary human characters, with especial reference to the blood groups. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 562. ----- The present status of the medico-legal applications of blood grouping. Eugen. News, 1936, 21: 45-50—Sommer, P Muss sich ein Zeuge einer Blutgruppenuntersuchung unter- werfen? Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 1490.—Strassmann, G. Ueber individuelle Blutdiagnose. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1925, 5 • 184-92. ----- Die forensische Bedeutung der Blutgruppen- frage. Zschr. Med. beamte, 1927, 40:327-36. ----- DasBlut- gruppenproblem mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung seiner foren- sischen Anwendung. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 436-9. ----- Im- portancia medicolegal de la investigation de los grupos sangui- neos. Rev. med. germ.iberoamer., 1930, 3: 664-73.—Swetlow, G. I. Symposium on the forensic value of tests for blood group- ing; blood grouping; its legal applications. Med. Times, N.Y., 1932, 60: 203-6.—Therkelsen, F. [Examination of blood platelets and determination of blood-groups in legal medicine] Ugeskr. lseger, 1934, 96:193-9.—Thomsen, O. Erweiterung des urspriing- lichen Viertypen-Blutgruppensystems besonders in gerichts- medizinischer Hinsicht. Med. Welt, 1934, 8: 213-6— Wellisch, S. Das Blutgruppenproblem vor Gericht. Zschr. Rassen- physiol., 1929-30, 2: 172-8— Weyrich, G. Blutgruppen, Kbrper- bau und Selbstmord. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1934, 23: 387-90.—Wiener, A. S. Medico-legal applications of blood- grouping, with special reference to the agglutinogens M and N of Landsteiner and Levine. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1935, 32: 393-9.—Wolff, F., Schilling, V., & Strassmann, F. Zur rechtli- chen Bedeutung der Blutgruppenbestimmung. Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 1147-50. ---- Forensic aspect: Affiliation. See also Maternity; Paternity. Draese, K. D. *Ueber das Ausschlussver- fahren in Vaterschaftsprozessen auf Grund der Blutgruppenbestimmungen nach gerichtlich- medizinischen Gesichtspunkten (Material des Instituts von 1929-31) [Breslau] 76p. 8? Wurzb., 1934. Etzler, W. *Die Theorie der Blutgruppen mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Vererbung und ihrer Anwendung in Vaterschaftsprozessen. 39p. 8? Bresl., 1930. Gros, E. *Die serologische Elternschafts- diagnose nach Zangemeister [Wurzburg] 9p. 8? Stuttg., 1931. Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1930-31, 99: Hahne, K. W. *Beitrage zu dem Kapitel: die Bedeutung der Blutgruppen und Tastfiguren in Vaterschaftsprozessen. 60p. 8? Bonn, 1929. Jordan, G. *Beitrag zur Anwendung der Blutgruppenbestimmung in Fallen strittiger Vaterschaft [Jena] 29p. 8? Apolda, 1930. Lefevre, J. A. *Da hereditariedade dos grupos sanguineos e sua applicacao na investi- gagao da paternidade (contribuicao ao estudo) 134p. 8? S. Paulo, 1928. Pach, J. *Recherche de la paternity par l'examen des groupes sanguins. 106p. 8. Par., 1934. BLOOD GROUPS 533 BLOOD GROUPS Thau, W. *Ueber die Technik der Blutgrup- penuntersuchungen zu gerichtlich-medizinischen Vaterschaftsbestimmungen [Breslau] 34p. 8? Ohlau i. Schl., 1931. Avendano, L., & Avendano, J. Investigacion de la paterni- dad y grupos sanguineos. Cron. med., Lima, 1935, 52:198-205 — Blutgruppe und Vaterschaft. Zschr. Sexwiss., 1929-30, 16: 417-23.—Bruynoghe. L'emploi de l'epreuve des isoagglutinines dans la recherche de la paternite. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1931 5 ser., 11: 358-67.—Couissin, P. La fraternisation par le sang. Chron.med., Par., 1926,33:310—Dockeray.G.C. Blood groups and paternity. Irish J.M. Sc, 1932, 6.ser., 163-9. Also Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1932,133:423-6—Buhig, J. V. Blood grouping in proof of paternity. Med. J. Australia, 1933, 2: 545_7.—Freimann, S. C. Die Isohamoagglutination bei der Bestimmung der Vaterschaft. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1935-36, 160: 594-600.—Freyschmidt, H. J. Zur serologischen Verwandt- schaftsbestimmung nach Zangemeister. Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 1412-7.—Goroncy, C. Ueber Meineidsprozesse gegen Kindes- miitter im Anschluss an Blutuntersuchungen. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1933, 22: 36-42.-----Erfahrungen mit der Blutgruppenbestimmung bei strittiger Vaterschaft. Arch, sozial. Hyg., 1926-27, n.F., 2: 413-9.—Harrasser, A. Ergebnisse der anthropologisch-erbbiologischen Vaterschaftsprobe in der bsterreichischen Justiz. Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1935, 65: 204-32— Haselhorst, G. Blutgruppen und Vaterschaft. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7:1816-8.—Heise, H. A. Some medicolegal aspects of iso-agglutinins. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1934, 4: 400-9.—Henke, M. Die Blutprobe im Vaterschafts-Beweise. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1928, 38: 298-300.—Herwerden, M. A. van [Medico-legal aspect of blood-grouping in paternity cases] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: ptl, 834-7. ----- Zwei Bemerkungen iiber Heterozygoten und Homozygoten bei der Blutgruppenforschung. Arch. Ras- senb., 1930, 23: 78-80—Hooker, S. B., & Boyd, W. C. The chances of establishing non-paternity by determination of blood groups. J. Immun., Bait., 1929, 16: 451-62. ----- The chances of establishing non-paternity by blood-grouping tests. J Am. Inst. Crim., 1929-30, 20:358-63. ----- Blood-grouping as a test of non-paternity. J. Crim., Chic, 1934, 25: 187-204.— Hutter, K. Moglichkeiten und Wahrscheinlichkeit der Eltern- hestimmung. Munch, med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 1865-7.—Kaboth, G. Blutgruppen und Vaterschaftsbestimmung. Ber. ges. (iyn., 1931-32, 21: 241-54.—Kaempffer, A. Blutgruppen und Vaterschaftbestimmung beim Pferd. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1935, 25: 231-8.—Kernbach, M. [Blood grouping in paternity research] Cluj. med., 1927, 8: 581-6.—Kbssler, M. Die Blutprobe als Beweismittel in Vaterschaftsstreitigkeiten. Arch. Krim., 1927, 81: 141-59.—Roller, S. Ueber die Wirkung von Fehlbestimmungen der Blutreaktion N auf die Erblich- keitsstatistik und die Anwendung vor Gericht. Zschr. Rassen- physiol., 1932, 5:102-10.—Krieger, E. Serologische Bestimmung der vaterlichen und miitterlichen Abstammung. Vererb. & Geschl.leben, 1928-29, 2:140-2.—Laguna, S. [Exclusion of pater- nity on the basis of serological properties of Ai, Az, M and N] Polska gaz. lek., 1933, 12: 812-5.—Lahiri, M. N. Observations on the medico-legal application of blood grouping with a note on blood-groups in a polyandrous family. Ind. J.M. Res., 1928-29, 16: 969-72.—Lattes, L. I gruppi sanguigni e la ricerca della paternita. Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med., 1927, 16: 297-319. ---- Filiazione; accertamento della paternita; prova del sangue: irrilevanza. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1931, 51: 319- 26—Lisser, K. Blutgruppenbestimmung und Vaterschaft. Zschr. Sexwiss., 1929-30,16: 529-41.—Marx, A. M. Blutgruppen- bestimmung in Paternitatsprozessen und arztliche Sachver- standige; unter Berucksichtigung der Verhaltnisse in der Tsche- choslowakei. Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 787-90—Mayser, H. Die Rolle der Blutgruppenuntersuchung in einem Vaterschafts- prozess. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1927, 33: 155-60. Also Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1927, 24: 658—Mazza, S.,Iraeta, D., & Franke, I. Observaciones de grupo sanguineo de recien nacidos en relation al de los padres. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 442-7. Also Prensa med. argent., 1928, 15: 691-3.—Merkel, H. Die Blutgruppenbestimmung in ihrer praktischen Bedeutung fiir die Frage nach der Abstammung des Kindes. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1927, 131: 188-202—Moritsch, P. Ueber den Wert der Blutgruppenbestimmung in der Paternitatsfrage. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 961—Morville, P. [On isohemagglutinins of the mother and the new-born child; development of group prop- erties during the first year of life; heredity of blood-groups; medico-legal application in paternity cases] Bibl. laeger, 1928, 120: 662-6.—Moureau, P. L'heredite des groupes sanguins et ses applications medico-legales. Ann. m6d. leg., 1936, 16: 413-S.—Meuhlberger, C. W. Blood grouping tests in the medico- legal determination of non-paternity. Illinois M.J., 1936, 69: 154-8.—Muller-Hess & Hallermann, W. Zur Frage des offenbar unmbglich im Sinne der §§ 1717 und 1591 BOB. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1935, 26: H.9, 14-23.—Nuck, K. Blutuntersu- chung als Beweismittel bei Feststellung der Vaterschaft. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1927, 24: 494-6—Pietrusky, F. Ueber die prak- tische Brauchbarkeit der Blutfaktoren M und N fur den Vater- schaftsausschluss, zugleich ein Beitrag zum Nachweis des defekten N-Rezeptors (N) Miinch. med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 1123— Piischel, J. Serologische Erfahrungen an Blutgruppen- bestimmungen in 600 Vaterschaftssachen. Zschr. Rassen- physiol., 1932, 5: 69-80.—Rabau, E. Zur serologischen Eltern- schaftsdiagnose nach Zangemeister. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1931-32, 101: 402.—Raitzin, A. Las propiedades sanguineas M y I N de Landsteiner y Levine en la individualization de la sangre y en la investigacion de la paternidad v la filiation. Rev. As. m6d. argent., 1935, 49: 1332-41. ----- Jurisprudencia argen- tina sobre la prueba medica en los juicios de filiation. Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: pt2, 1138-44.—Reichel, H. Die Bedeu- tung der Blutgruppenuntersuchung fiir die Beurteilung der Vaterschaft bestimmter Manner. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 1323-5.—Remund, M. H. Die gerichtlich-medizinischen Be- miihungen zur Feststellung der Vaterschaft unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Blutgruppenbestimmung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1932, 62: 81-5—Routil, R. Ueber die Wertigkeit der Blutgruppenbefunde in Vaterschaftsprozessen. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1933, 6: 70-4.—Rupp, H. Tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen iiber homologe Immunisierung und die Vater- schaftsdiagnose nach Zangemeister. Zbl. Gyn., 1930, 54: 1414-8.— Sachs, H. Blutgruppenforschung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74:4-9.—Sand, K., Munck, W., & Knudtzon, T. G. Blutgruppen- bestimmung in Patermtiitssachen. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1930, 15: 535-63—Schiff, F. Praktische Erfahrungen mit der Blutgruppenmethode bei strittiger Vaterschaft. Aerztl. Sach- verst. Ztg, 1926, 32: 15. ----- Die Blutuntersuchung bei strit- tiger Vaterschaft in Theorie und Praxis. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1926, 7: 360-75. ----- Die Erfolgsaussichten der Blut- probe nach der Gruppenzugehbrigkeit von Mutter und Kind. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1929, 35: 161—Schbtt, E. B. [Observa- tions on blood-grouping in paternity cases] Hygiea, Stockh., 1928, 90: 961-9.—Strassmann, G. Die Vaterschaftsdiagnose vor Gericht mittels der Blutgruppenbestimmung. Zschr. Sexwiss., 1927-28, 14: 369-76. ----- Ist die Blutgruppenuntersuchung im Alimentenprozess verwendbar? Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 321. ----- Gerichtsarztliche Erfahrungen fiber Blutgruppenunter- suchungen im Alimentenprozess. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1930, 141: 219-24.—Thomsen, 0. Konstitutionseigentiimlichkeiten im Blute mit besonderem Hinblick auf die Paternitatsfrage. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1927, 10: 1-16. Also Hospitalstidende, 1927, 70: 217-41. ----- Ueber kiinftige, individuelle Vater- schaftsbestimmung. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 198-200. ----- [Value of blood-grouping in paternity cases] Ugeskr. laeger, 1928,90:597-608. ----- Die gerichtsmedizinische Bedeutung der scheinbaren und der wirklichen O-Gruppe bei der Nach- kommenscbaft von Eltern der AB-Gruppe. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1930, 16: 1-13. ----- Der Wert der Blutgrup- penbestimmung in Vaterschaftssachen, wo die Gruppe der Mutter unbekannt ist. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1930-31, 3:103-7. ----- [Value of determination of blood groups in paternity cases] Hospitalstidende, 1931, 74: 33-7.-----[Blood type examination in determination of parentage] Ugeskr. laeger, 1932, 94: 615; 645. ----- [Significance of blood type determi- nation in cases of doubtful paternity] Hospitalstidende, 1933, 76: 169-91. ----- & Clausen, J. [Landsteiner's immune receptors M and N and their value in paternity cases] Ibid., 1931, 74: 321-30.—Traumann, F. E. Kammergericht und Blut- untersuchung im Kampf um die Vaterschaftsfeststellung, Zschr. Sexwiss., 1927-28, 14: 401-6.—Trettenero, M. Reazioni sierologiche materno-fetali; a proposito della diagnosi di pater- nita secondo Zangemeister. Riv. ital. gin., 1931, 12: 133-42.— Trombetti, M. I metodi biologici per la ricerca della paternita. Rinasc. med., 1931, 8: 229.—Waaler, G. H. M. [Blood-group- ing in paternity cases] Norsk mag. laegevid., 1929, 90: 1-5.— Weber, P. Das Blutprobeverfahren als Beweismittel im Vater- schaftsprozess. Arch. Rassenb., 1931, 25: 279-92.—Weninger, J. Der naturwissenschaftliche Vaterschaftsbeweis. Aertzl. Prax., Wien, 1935, 9:125-8. ----- Der naturwissenschaftliche Vater- schaftsbeweis. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1935, 48: 10-3.—Wiener, A. S. Determination of paternity by blood groups. Am. J.M. Sc, 1931, 181: 605-9. ----- Chances of detecting interchange of infants, with special reference to blood groups. Zschr. indukt. Abstamm., 1931, 59: 227-35. ----- Determination of non- paternity by means of blood groups, with special reference to the agglutinogens M and N of Landsteiner and Levine. Am. J.M. Sc, 1933, 186: 257-66. ----- On the usefulness of blood- grouping in medicolegal cases involving blood relationship. J Immun., Bait., 1933, 24: 443-54. ----- Determining paren- tage. Sc. Month., N.Y., 1935, 40: 323-31. -----Lederer, M., & Polayes, S. H. Studies in isohemagglutination; on the chances of proving non-paternity; with special reference to blood groups. J. Immun., Bait., 1930, 19: 259-82—Wiener, A. S., Rothberg, S., & Fox, S. A. Heredity of the agglutinogens M and N of Land- steiner and Levine; medicolegal application for the determina- tion of non-paternity. Ibid., 1932, 23: 63-71.—Wolff, E. [Re- search of paternity as an illustration of modern biological re- search] Hygiea, Stockh., 1924, 86: 897-917.-----Erfah- rungen mit isoagglutinatorischen Blutgruppenbestimmungen in Paternitatssachen. Acta med. scand., 1929. 71: 54-63.— -----Blutgruppen und Vaterschaft. Acta paediat., Upps., 1931, 11: 115-21.-----& Jonsson, B. Studien iiber die Unter- gruppen Ai und A; mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Pater- nitatsuntersuchungen. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1933, 22: 65-85. ----- Erfahrungen mit der Anwendung der MN- und Vier-Gen-Theorien besonders in der Paternitatspraxis; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Blutgruppenanalyse der schwedischen Bevblke- rung Acta path, microb. scand., 1935, 12: 131-64.—Zange- meister, W. Ueber die serologische Bestimmung vaterlicher und miitterlicher Abstammung. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1929, 137: 942-0 [Discussion] 967-74. ----- A new paternity test. Med. leg. J., Chic, 1929, 46: 5. ----- Die serologische Bestim- mung der vaterlichen und miitterlichen Abstammung. Med. Welt 1929, 3: 881.—Zannoni, A. Gruppi sanguigni e ricerca I delia paternita. Gazz. internat. med. chir., 1931, 39: 208-20. BLOOD GROUPS 534 BLOOD GROUPS ---- Forensic aspect: Blood-stains. See Blood-stain. ---- Geographical distribution. See also Blood groups, Racial aspect. Glosman, O. S. [Statistics on isohemagglutination] Vest. microb., 1930, 9: 517.—Hansen, S. Isoagglutinationens Sta- tistik. Hospitalstidende, 1928, 71: 767-73—Kline, B. S., Ecker, E. E., & Young, A. M. The incidence of 2 types of group II human red blood cells. J. Immun., Bait., 1925, 10: 595-7 — Parr, L. W. Blood studies on peoples of Western Asia and North Africa. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., 1931,16: 15-29— Stefan, P., & Wellisch, S. Die geographische Verteilung der Blut- gruppen. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1928-29, 1: 154; passim — Waaler. G. H. M. Haufigkeitsberechnungen bei den menschli- chen Blutgruppen. Zschr. indukt. Abstamm., 1929, 51: 442-9 — Weinberg, W. Zu der Frage der Blutgruppenstatistik. Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 2400. ---- Geographical distribution: Africa. Bruynoghe, R., & Walravens, P. L'indice biologique des indigenes du Haut Katanga. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 739 — Caillon, L., & Bisdier, C. A propos des groupes sanguins; leurs rapports avec les differentes races de la Tunisie. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1930, 19: 41-9. ----- Les groupes sanguins d'une tribu berbere tunisienne, les Douiret. Ibid., 50-4 — Carerj, L. Sul sistema neuro-vegetativo e sui gruppi sanguini di alcuni tipi etnici della Tripolitania (Gadames) Gior. ital. mal. esot. trop., 1934, 7: 88-99.—Elsdon-Bew, R. The distribu- tion of the 3 primitive serological races in the Bantu. S. Africa M.J., 1934, 8: 712-4. Also repr. ----- The blood-groups of the Hottentots. Ibid., 1935, 9: 651-3—Gusinde, M. Erfor- schung der Bambuti-Pygmaen und ihrer Blutgruppen. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1936, 8: 12-20.—Horrenberger, R. Recherches sur les groupes sanguins dans le Sahara oranais. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1933, 11: 433^4—Kahn, M. C. Blood grouping of 336 upper Aucaner Bush Negroes and 70 Alukuyana Indians in Dutch Guiana. J. Immun., Bait., 1936, 31: 377-85—Kosso- vich, N. Recherches s6ro-anthropologiques chez quelques peuples du Sahara francais. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 759-61.—Landsteiner, K., Strurron, W. R., & Chase, M. W. An agglutination reaction observed with some human bloods, chiefly among Negroes. J. Immun., Bait., 1934, 27: 469-72 — Muller, H. R. Blood groups among the Yoruba tribe of West African Negroes. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1926-27, 24:437 — Pijper, A. The blood-groups of the South African Dutch. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, sect, sc, 1929, 32: pt2, 1159-63. -----Blood-groups of Bushmen. S. Afr. M.J., 1932, 6: 35-7. -----Blood-groups in Hottentots. Ibid., 1935, 9: 192-5 — Rode, P. Les groupes sanguins chez les races indigenes de l'Afrique occidentale (Guinee, Soudan) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 206-8.—Shanklin, W. M. Blood grouping of Rwala Bedouin. J. Immun., Bait., 1935, 29: 427-33.-----Blood grouping of the Maualy and Akeydat Bedouin. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., 1936, 21:39-48. ---- Geographical distribution: America. Aben-Athar, J. Iso-aglutininas do sangue dos brasileiros. Sciencia med., Rio, 1927, 5: 145-53—Bay-Schmith, E. Blut- gruppenbestimmungen bei Eskimos. Acta path, microb. scand., 1930, 7: 107-16.—Coca, A. F, & Beibert, O. A study of the occurrence of the blood groups among the American Indians. J. Immun., Bait., 1923, 8: 487-91.—Chediak, M., Sellek Azzi, A., & Frade, A. del. Grupos sanguineos en Cuba. Rev. m6d. cubana, 1933, 44: 1029-33.—Freuchen, I. [Researches on distri- bution of blood-groups in Greenlanders; anthropologic aspect] Hospitalstidende, 1931, 74: 663-71. Also Zschr. Hyg., 1931-32, 113: 574-81.—Gates, R. R. Blood groups of Canadian Indians and Eskimos. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., 1928-29, 12: 475-85. -----& Barby, G. E. Blood groups and physiognomy of British Columbia coastal Indians. J.R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1934, 64: 23-44, 5pl.—Goodner, K. Incidence of blood groups among the Maya Indians of Yucatan. J. Immun., Bait., 1930, 18:433-5.—Heinbecker, P., & Pauli, R. H. Blood grouping of the Polar Eskimo. Ibid., 1927, 13: 279-83—Levine, P., Matson, G. A., & Schrader, H. F. Distribution of blood groups and ag- glutinogens M among Indian Blackfeet and blood tribes. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1935-36, 33: 297-9—Matson, G. A. Unex- pected differences in distribution of blood groups among Ameri- can Indians. Ibid., 1933, 30: 1380-2. -----& Schrader, H. F. Blood grouping among the Blackfeet and Blood tribes of Ameri- can Indians. J. Immun., Bait., 1933, 25: 155-63—Mazza, S., & Franke, I. Grupos sanguineos de indios y de autoctonos del norte argentino (nota preliminar) Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1927, 3: 137; 1928, 4: 448. Also Prensa med. argent., 1927, 14: 408; 1928, 15: 607.—Moss, W. L., & Kennedy, J. A. Blood groups in Peru, Santo Domingo, Yucatan, and among the Mexicans at the Blue Ridge Prison Farm in Texas. J. Immun., Bait., 1929, 16: 159-74.—Nigg, C. A study of the blood groups among the American Indians. Ibid., 1926, 11: 319-22.—Ocaranza, F. Hematologic de l'Indien du Plateau Central Mexicain. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 554.—Rahm, G. Blutgruppen in Sudamerica; eine Reise nach dem Feuerland. Umschau, 1931, 35: 777-81.— Ribeiro, L. Les groupes sanguins chez les Indiens guaranis du Bresil. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 777.—Rife, B. W. Blood groups of Indians in certain Maya areas of Central America. J. Immun., Bait., 1932, 22: 207-9—Seiler, E., & Bier, O. G. Dis- tribution des agglutinogens M et N de Landsteiner et Levine dans la population de Sao Paulo. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935,120: 1111.—Serra, A. Isohemaglutinacion y agrupacion de sangre; su relation a la transfusion; informe de 5,135 grupos sanguineos en Puerto Rico. Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1932, 24: 213-21.— Tcherniakofsky, P., & Le MShaute, P. J. Quelques deter- minations de groupes sanguins chez des Esquimaux de race pure (cbte est du Groenland) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 878.—Torres, O. Contribuicao ao estabelecimento dos grupos sanguineos na Bahia. Brasil med., 1930, 44: 186-8.—Vellard, J. Quelques recherches sur les groupes sanguins chez des Indiens du Paraguay. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 471. ---- Geographical distribution: Asia. Buining, D. J. *Bloedgroepenonderzoek in Nederlandsch Oost-Indie [Amsterdam] 158p. 8? Wageningen, 1932. Also Anthropologie, Par., 43: 289; 1934-35, 43: 77. Aiyappan, A. Blood-groups of the Pre-Dravidians of the Wynad Plateau, India. Man, Lond., 1936, 36: 191-4—Arm- strong, J. S., & Matheson, F. Blood groups among Samoans. Brit. M.J., 1924, 2: 575.—Ashmarin, I. [Characteristics of the Khirghises in relation to their blood groups] Antrop. J., Moskva, 1933, 29-31—Bais, W. J., & Verhoef, A. W. On the biochemical index of various races in the East Indian Archi- pelago. J. Immun., Bait., 1924, 9: 383-6—Besedin, G. I. [Iso- agglutinin properties of blood groups in Tartars of the mountains of Crimea] Vrach. dielo, 1926, 9: 1690-6—Bijlmer, H. J. T. [Research on blood groups on the Molucca Islands] Qeneesk. tschr. Ned.Indie, 1931, 71: 1479; 1932, 72: 1219. ----- [Blood groups in the Dutch East Indies from the anthropological view- point] Ibid., 1935, 75: 2186-97.—Brouwer, B. [Blood-groups in the Timor-Archipelago] Ibid., 1646.—Bunak, V. V. Einige Daten iiber die Isohamagglutination bei verschiedenen asiati- schen Stammen. Arch. Rassenb., 1925, 17: 316-8—Cabrera, C. On the iso-agglutination group percentages of Filipino bloods. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1921, 1: 100-2.—Campbell, H. E. Blood groups in Fukien province. Chin. M.J., 1934, 48: 1066 — Chi-Pan, L. A study of 1,500 Chinese blood groups. Nat. M.J. China, 1923-24, 10: 252-60.—Curran, J. A., Rosenow, E. C, & Feng, S. T. Blood groups in Shansi. Ibid., 1930, 16: 75-7- Dormanns, E. A. Blutgruppenstudien in Kanton (China) Miinch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 539.—Einthoven-Schuil, A. [Blood groups in Dutch East India] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1931, 71: 728-31.—Furuichi, T. Biochemische Koeffi- zienten der Isohaemagglutination bei Japanern, Formosanern und Wilden von Formosa. Taiwan igakkai zasshi, 1925, no.243.—Furuhata, T. The distribution of blood groups of the Japanese. Japan M. World, 1928, 8: 287-91.-----The blood group distribution of the Ainu, Formosan aborigines, and the inhabitants of Micronesian Islands. Ibid., 315-24. ---- & Kishi, T. A study on the geographical distribution of blood groups of the Japanese. Ibid., 115-20.—Gates, R. R. Tibetan blood-groups. Man, Lond., 1936, 36: 110.—Herviaux, A., & Rahoerson, R. Les groupes sanguins chez les Malgaches de l'Emyrne. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1931, 24: 247-50- Heydon, G. M., & Murphy, T. W. The biochemical index in natives of the territory of New Guinea. Med. J. Australia, 1924, 1: suppl., 235.—Huie, B. Blood grouping among Chinese. Nat. M.J. China, 1928, 14: 300-2.—Jettmar, H. M. Biochemical race index of Mongols. Ibid., 20. ----- Blutgruppenunter- suchungen in der Nordostmongolci und der Nordmandschurei. Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1930, 60: 39-47.-----& Lin Chia Swee. On the distribution of blood groups amongst Chinese in Fuchiatien (Harbin) Nat. M.J. China, 1928, 14: 239-44- Kennedy, W. P., & MacFarlane, J. Blood groups in Iraq. Am, J. Phys. Anthrop., 1936, 21: 87-9—Kiguchi, N„ & Miki, H. Ueber die Blutgruppen der Menschen im Kyoto Distrikt. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1934, 10: 197— Kikuchi, M. A study on the Japanese in Yamagata province from a serological stand- point, and the relation between Wassermann reactions and blood type. Verh. Jap. Chir. Ges., 1929, 30: 6 [Discussion] 10.—Kubo, T. On the agglutinogens M and N of the Ainu. J. Immun., Bait., 1936, 30: 287-90—Lehmann, W. Blutgruppen- untersuchungen im Malayischen Archipel (Buginesen una Makassaren von Celebes) Zschr. Morph. Anthrop., 1928-29, 27: 117-27.—Liang, B. Neue Untersuchungen uber Isohamag- glutinine bei den Chineseu, insbesondere die geographische Aen- derung des Hamagglutinationsindex (biochemischen Rassen- index) Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1924, 94: 93-104. Also Tung chi, 1925-26,1:377-92. ----- Blutgruppenforschung, insbesondere in China. Ibid., 1927-28, 3: 164-79.-----Blutgruppenstu- dien in Kanton (China) Miinch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 1466— Liu, J. H., & Wang, H. S. Iso-agglutination tests on 1,000 Chinese bloods. Nat. M.J. China, 1919-20, 6:118-20.-Liu Chia Swee & Jettmar, H. M. On the distribution of blood groups amongst Chinese in Fuchiatien (Harbin) Rep. N. Manchunan Plague Prev. Serv., 1927-28, 6: 276-9— Malone, R. H., & Lahin, M. N. The distribution of the blood-groups in certain races and castes of India. Ind.J.M. Res., 1928-29,16 -.963-8, pi— Maruyama, Y., & Wakeshima, T. Ueber die Blutgruppen der Formosa-wil- den. Taiwan igakkai zasshi, 1931, 30: 35—Mitra, P. N. Blood groups of the Angami Naga and the Lushai tribes. Ind. J.M. Res., 1935-36, 23: 685.—Oku, G. The value of the human blood groups applied to ethnology and the distribution of blood groups in the Eastern part of Harima province. Okayama igakkai BLOOD GROUPS 535 BLOOD GROUPS zasshi, 1931,43: 1439.—Pandit, S. R. Blood-group distribution in the Todas. Ind. J.M. Res., 1934, 21: 613-5—Pascual, W. Further observations on the blood grouping of Filipinos. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1926, 6: 157-60—Petrow, G. J. Zur Frage der Isoagglutination des Blutes bei den Tadjiken. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1928, 1: 85-91.—Postmus, S. Investigations as to the occurrence of the bloodtypes M and N of Landsteiner and Levine in the Netherlands Indies. Acta brevia neerl., 1934-35, 4: 152-4. Also Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1934, 74: 1416-30 — Shigeno, S. Das Vorkommen der serologischen Faktoren M und N bei Japanern. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1931, 71: 88-101.— Vishnevsky, B. N. Blood groups of Tungus. Human Biol., 1936, 8: 273-8.—Yang, F. M. Isohemagglutination examination of the Chinese. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1928, 9: 57.—Yang, S. Y„ & Lai, B. G. Blood groups of the Kiangsu Chinese in Kao- Chiao, Shanghai. Chin. J. Physiol., 1935, 9: 43-6. ---- Geographical distribution: Australia and Polynesia. Bijlmer, H. J. T. The relation of blood-groups to race and some particulars of the south-west Pacific. J.R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1935, 65: 123-31—Cleland, J. B. The blood group- ing of central Australian aborigines; 1930-32 series. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1931, 34: 353; passim. ----- & Johnston, T. H. Blood grouping of aborigines of the Diamantina district in the North-east of South Australia: 1934 series. Ibid., 1936, 39: 104 — Cleland, J. B., & Woollard, H. H. Further results in the blood grouping of South Australian aborigines. Med. J. Australia, 1929, 2: 2-7.—Lee, B. H. K. Blood groups of North Queensland aborigines, with a statistical collection of some published figures for various races. Ibid., 1926, 2: 401-10.—Nigg, C. A study of the blood groups among Polynesians. J. Bact., 1928, 15: 42.— Phillips, G. An introduction ,to the study of the isohaemag- glutination reactions of the blood of Australian aboriginals. Med. J. Australia, 1928, 1: 429-34. ----- The blood groups of full-blood Australia aborigines. Ibid., 2: 296-300.—Tebbutt, A. H., & McConnel, S. V. On human iso-haemagglutinins, with a note on their distribution amongst some Australian aborigines. Ibid., 1922, 1:201-9. ---- Geographical distribution: Europe. Sievers, O. *Studier over isoagglutinationen med sarskild hansyn till blodgruppernas fardel- ning inom svenska Finland. 152p. 8? Helsin., 1927. Amzel, R. La distribution de 1'eiement M du sang dans la population polonaise. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 1083.— Bay-Schmith, E. [Racial-biological researches in Greenland] Ugeskr. laeger, 1927, 89: 859-63.—Corvin, A. Ueber die Vertei- lung der Blutgruppen bei der Wiener Bevblkerung. Wien. med. Wschr., 1931, 81: 181; passim.—Elovuori, M. Das Vor- kommen der M- und N-Faktoren in Finnland. Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1930-31, s.A, 13: fasc.3, no.10, 1-10.—Farjot, A. La distribution des groupes sanguins dans le nord de la France. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 771. ----- & Spriet, H. Repar- tition des groupes sanguins dans le Nord de la France. Ann. med. leg., 1934, 14: 571.—Fogelgren [In southern Sweden] Lunds lak. sail, forh., 1925-26, 41-56.—Ganeff, P. Untersuchun- gen fiber die Blutgruppen der Bulgaren. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1935, 7: 43-6.—Grotten, O. Etude des groupes sanguins chez les Alsaciens et chez les enfants atteints de poliomyelite. Stras- bourg m6d., 1931, 91: 607-11. ----- & Kossovich, N. Classi- fication des groupes sanguins chez les Alsaciens. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 1059.—Halber & Mydlarski. Recherches sero- anthropologique en Pologne. Ibid., 1923, 89: 1373-5. ----- Untersuchungen iiber die Blutgruppen in Polen. Zschr. Im- munforsch., 1925, 43: 470-84.—Hers, F., Herwerden, M. A. van, & Boele-Nijland, T. J. Blutgruppen-Untersuchungen in der Hoeksche Waard. Zschr. Morph. Anthrop., 1934, 33: 84-95 — Herwerden, M. A. van. Ueber die Blutgruppenforschung in Holland. Arch. Rassenb., 1930, 24: 198-207. Also Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1930, 33: pt2, 659-73, tab.—Hoche, 0„ & Moritsch, P. Blutgruppe und Rasse im Rahmen der Wiener Bevblkerung. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 627-9.—Holzer, F. J. Blutgruppenverteilung in Tirol auf Grund von 20,000 Bestimmungen. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1936, 8:133-44.—Jeney, A. Rassenbiologische Untersuchungen in Ungarn. Deut. med. Wschr., 1923, 49: 546.—Jonescu, P., & Jonescu, E. Beitrage zum Studium der Blutgruppen in Rumanien. Fol. haem., Lpz., 42: 91-8—Jurgeliunas, A., & Ravensbergas, C. [Blood-group- ing in Lithuanians] Medicina, Kaunas, 1928, 9: 781-7. Also Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1929, 2: 39.—Kosonen, O. A. Isoaggluti- nationsuntersuchungen in Nord-Karjala. Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1930-31, s.A, 13: fasc.3, no.8, 1-22.—"Kossovitch, N. Les groupes sanguins chez les Francais et les regies de riieredite. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 494-6.—Kumaris. Die Blutgrup- pen bei den Griechen. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1928, 1: 16-20.— Kyrklung, R. Die Blutgruppenverteilung unter Kindern in Turku und Varsinais-Suomi. Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1931- 32, s.A, 15: no.14, 1-28—Lasas, V. [Blood groups of the Lithu- anians and their neighbors] Medicina, Kaunas, 1929, 10: 541-7. Also Arch. Rassenb., 1929, 22: 270-4—Lenart, G., & tajta, A. [M and N blood types in the population of Budapest] Gyogyaszat, 1936, 76: 291-3. ----- Die Verteilung der N-und M-Bluttypen in Ungarn, ihre Bedeutung fiir die theoretische und praktische Medizin. Verh. ungar. arztl. Ges., 1936, 8: 54.— Lofqvist, E. Die Blutgruppenverteilung bei den Bewohnern | von Nord-Sawolax in Suomi (Finnland) Acta Soc. med Duodecim, 1928, 9: fasc.3, no.5, 1-6—Manuila, S. Recherches sero-anthropologiques sur les races en Roumanie par la methode de risohemagglutination. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 90: 1071-3. -----■ & Popoviciu, G. Recherches sur les races roumaine et hongroise en Roumanie par risohemagglutination. Ibid., 542.— Miserachs Rigalt, M. Observaciones a 1,000 determinaciones de grupo sanguineo hechas a habitantes de Cataluna. Ars medica, Barcel., 1934, 10; 303-5.-----Los grupos sanguineos en Cataluna y en Espana. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1936, 25: 367.— Moureau, P. Repartition, en Belgique, des hemoagglutinogenes M et N de Landsteiner et Levine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 722.-----& Firket, J. Les agglutinogens M et N en Belgique. Ann. med. leg., 1931, 14: 563-8.—Parin, B. [Blood- groups and racial-biological index in Soviet Russia] Vrach. gaz., 1928, 32: 806-10. ----- Die Blutgruppen bei den Ostfinnen. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1929-30, 2: 179-83.—Penning, C. P. J., Herwerden, M. A. van, & Boele-Nijland, T. J. Blutgruppen- untersuchung in der Over Veluwe (Harderwyk und Umgebung) Zschr. Morph. Anthrop., 1932-33, 31: 395-402, tab.—Penrose, M., & Penrose, L. S. The blood group distribution in the eastern counties of England. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1933, 14: 160.— Popoviciu, G. Differences dans la structure biologique en Rou- manie d'apres la situation g6ographique; rapport entre les pro- prietes d'iso-hemagglutination B et 0. C. rend. Soc biol., 1924, 90: 1069-71. Also Rev. anthrop., Par., 1925, 35: 152-64.— Reicher, M. Sur les groupes sanguins des Carai'mes de Troki et de Wilno. Anthropologie, Praha, 1932, 10: 259-67.— Rietz, T. The blood-groups among the Laps in Sweden. J. Immun., Bait., 1927, 13: 37-9.—Rosztoczy, E. Untersuchungen fiber Isohamagglutination in der Umgebung von Szegedin. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1931, 4: 145-54.—Ryti, E., & Pikkarainen, J. On the division of blood-groups in Suomi. Acta Soc. med. Duode- cim, 1929-30, 12: fasc.2, no.8, 1-48.—Schmidt, A. Blutgruppen- bestimmungen an der Batschkaer Bevblkerung. Zschr. Rassen- physiol., 1930-31, 3: 57-66.—Schockaert, J. Sur Ia frequence en Belgique de l'hemo-agglutinogene N de Landsteiner et L6vine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 544—Schbtt, E. B. Research on blood-grouping in Lapplanders; technic used. Hygiea, Stockh., 1926, 88: 480-97. Also Acta med. scand., 1928, suppl., H.26, 292-300.—Sievers, O. [Distribution of blood groups among healthy and sick persons in Finland.] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1929, 71: 836-4S. -----• [Distribution of blood groups among the Swedish-speaking people of Finland] Ibid., 1931, 73: 960-9.— Steffan, P. Die Verteilung der Blutgruppen in Europa. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1928, 1: 83, ch.—Streng, O., & Ryti, E. Die Blut- gruppenverteilung bei Gesunden und Kranken in Suomi (Finn- land) Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1927, 8: fasc.l, no.fi, 1-57, ch.— Teixeira, W. Les groupes sanguins des Portugais. ('. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 1600-2— Thomsen, O., & Clausen, J. Das Vorkommen von Landsteiner's Immunre'ceptoren M und N in der danischen Bevblkerung. Hereditas, Lund, 1931, 15: 213-8.—Tingvald, G. Beitrage zu den Blutgruppenuntersu- chungen bei Westfinnen. Ada Soc. med. Duodecim, 1930-31, s.A, 13: fasc.3, no.7. 1-14.- Urra, A. Los grupos sanguineos en Castilla. Inform, med., Valladolid, 1928, 5: 51-6. Also Klin Wschr., 1930, 9: 2303.—Weidemann, M. Die Verteilung der Blutgruppen in Lettland. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 1286.— Zolotarev. Application de 1'iso-hemoagglutination a l'etude des Lapons et des Careliens. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 492.— Zrunek, K. [Blood grouping in soldiers in the Chekho-Slo- vakian army] Voj. zdravot. listy, 1928, 4: 302-5. ---- Geographical distribution: Europe: Ger- many. Deml, A. *Die Blutgruppenzugehorigkeit der baverischen Strafgefangenen. 15p. 8? Erlan- gen, 1932. Lauf, A. *Ueber die Verteilung der Blutgrup- pen auf die weibliche Bevolkerung von Unter- franken nach 1500 in der Wurzburger Universi- tatsfrauenklinik ausgefuhrten Bestimmungen. 31p. 8? Wiirzb., 1931. Meyer, G. O. *Ueber Blutgruppenforschung und die prozentuale Verteilung der Blutgruppen in Oldenburg-Ostfriesland [Freiburg i.B.] 17p. 8? Freib. (Baden) 1928. Schuhknecht, F. W. H. *Die Blutgruppen- verteilung im Erzgebirge nebst einem Beitrag zur Frage der Vererbung der Blutgruppen. 12p. 8? Lpz., 1932. Brekenfeld. Blutgruppen in Ostpreussen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 1826-8.— Budde, I. Die Blutgruppenverteilung in der Bremer Bevblkerung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 517.—Christiansen, W. Die Verteilung der Blutgruppen und der Faktoren M und X in Sachsen. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1935, 7: 114-34.—Bbrle, M. Blutgruppenuntersuchungen an der siidbadischen Bevblkerung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1930, 77 635.—Fiirst, T. Blutgruppenuntersuchungen in der Munchener Bevblkerung. Ibid., 1927, 74: 145; 640—Groetschel. Die Blut- gruppenverteilung in der oberschlesischen Bevblkerung. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 895.—Gundel, M. Einige Beobachtungen bei der rassenbiologischen Durchforschung Schleswig-Holsteins. Ibid., 1926, 5:1186. ----- Rassenbiologische Untersuchungen BLOOD GROUPS 536 BLOOD GROUPS an der schleswigholsteinischen Bevblkerung unter Anwendung der Blutgruppenbestimmung. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1928, 59: 156-84.—Hasselmann, C. M. Beitrage zur Blutgruppenvertei- lung der Bevblkerung von Frankfurt am Main. Zschr. Rassen- physiol., 1931, 4: 24-6.—Klein, W. Ergebnis der Blutgruppen- bestimmungen in Oberlahnstein und S. Goarshausen. Ibid., 1928, 1: 12-5; 1929-30, 2: 111—Kliewe, H. Ueber die Blutgrup- penzusammensetzung der Bevblkerung Oberhessens. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 406. -----& Nagel, R. Ueber die Blutgrup- penzusammensetzung der Bevblkerung Oberhessens. Ibid., 1927, 6: 2332-5.—Loele & Krumbiegel, I. Ueber Blutgruppen- bestimmung in der sachsischen Bevblkerung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 890.—Rinkel, M. Das Blutgruppenbild der Bevblkerung am Niederrhein. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1930-31, 3: 1-13.—Schaede. Blutgruppenuntersuchungen in Ostpreus- sen. Ibid., 1928-29, 1: 151-3—Schiff, F. Die Blutgruppenver- teilung in der Berliner Bevblkerung. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: !660 -----& Hien, A. Zur Serologie der Berliner Bevblke- rung. Ibid., 1934, 13: 375—Schiff, F., & Ziegler, H. Blutgrup- penformel in der Berliner Bevblkerung. Ibid., 1924, 3: 1078 — Schlossberger, H., Laubenheimer, K. [et al.] Blutgruppenun- tersuchungen an Schulkindern in der Umgebung von Frankfurt a.M. Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24:851—Schridde, P. Ueber die Blutgruppenzusammensetzung in einigen Odenwalddbrfern mit altangesessener Bevblkerung. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1929, 2: 62-72— Wellisch, S. Zur Blutgruppenbestimmung der Mun- chener Bevblkerung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 639.— Wiechmann, E., & Paal, H. Ueber die Blutgruppen der Kblner Bevblkerung. Ibid., 1926, 73: 606-8. ---- Geographical distribution: Europe : Italy. Archi, A. Ricerche comparative tra formula eritrocitometrica e gruppi sanguigni in individui italiani normali. Minerva med., Tor., 1932, 23: pt2, 578-83.—Benassi, G., & Atzeni, V. Contri; buto alio studio dei gruppi sanguigni e dei principali caratteri etno-antropologici nella popolazione sarda. Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1929, n.s., 31: 252; 1934, 36: 456—Cuboni, E. Contributo alio studio della distribuzione dei gruppi sanguigni in Italia. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan., 1928, 7: 153-60—Bel Carpo, I. La distribuzione dei gruppi sanguigni nella provincia di Catania. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 799-802. ---— La distribuzione dei gruppi sanguigni nella provincia de La Spezia (Liguria) Ibid., 1930, 5: 26-9—Gaetano, R. La distri- buzione dei gruppi sanguigni nella provincia di Napoli. Tera- pia, Milano, 1931, 21: 135-40—Goldstein, M. I gruppi sanguigni degli abitanti di Trieste. Policlinico, 1927, 34: sez. prat., 523-6 — Lattes, L., & Garrasi, G. Premieres recherches italiennes sur les antigenes individuels M et N; heredite et distribution des anti- genes M et N dans la population italienne. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1932, 4: 602-5—Lovaglio, R. I gruppi san- guigni nelle Puglie. Fol. med., Nap., 1927, 13: 502-18—Ma- caggi, B., & Gibelli, G. M. Contributo alio studio dei gruppi sanguigni nella popolazione ligure. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1933, 53: 1093-110.—Magi, C. I gruppi sanguigni nella provincia di Siena. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1932, lO.ser., 7: 11-9 — Manai, A., & Simula, M. La determinazione dei gruppi san- guigni negli abitanti delle zone settentrionali dell' isola di Sar- degna. Minerva med., Tor., 1929, 9: pt2, 202-7—Medulla, C. La distribuzione dei gruppi sanguigni in Cirenaica. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1931, 12: 14-33.—Mino, P. La distribuzione del gruppi sanguigni in Italia. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1923, 43: 438-45 —Minore, F. Le isoagglutinine di Landsteiner nei vari tipi siciliani. Pediatria (Riv.) 1927, 35: 431-6—Moricca, V. Sulla distribuzione dei gruppi sanguigni nella Campania. Ibid., 1935, 43: 288-97.—Nicoletti, F. La distribuzione dei gruppi sanguigni in alcune colonie albanesi della Sicilia. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1930, 50: suppl., 1597. Also Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1930, 9: 755-65.—Pennacchi, F. La distribuzione dei gruppi sanguigni nelle Provincie dell' Umbria. Ann. Osp. psichiat. Perugia, 1931, 25: 51-9.—Pennati, V., & Bianchini, F. La distri- buzione dei gruppi sanguigni nella provincia di Padova. Gior. clin. med., 1930, 11: 83-8.—Romanese, R. Contributo alio studio della distribuzione dei gruppi sanguigni nella provincia di Cagliari. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1925, 7: 272-81—Tad dia, L. Ricerche sui gruppi sanguigni negli indigeni della Marma- rica Orientale. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1930, 11: 490-6.—Tede- schi, C. Ricerche sui gruppi sanguigni fra le popolazioni indi- gene della Barca e della Marmarica. C. rend. Congr. internat. m6d. trop., 1928, 3: 1017-22. Also Gior. ital. mal. esot. trop., 1929, 2: 407-10.—Tranquilli-Leali, E. Quadro antropo-etnologico regionale completo dei gruppi sanguigni in Italia (gruppo san- guigno in rapporto al sesso ed al tipo metropolitano) Arch. antrop. crim., Tor., 1933, 53: 1063-73. Also Fisiol. med., Roma, 1934,5: 81-116.—Turchetti, A. Contributo alio studio della distri- buzione dei gruppi sanguigni nelle Marche. Gior. batt. immun., 1936, 17: 217-21.—Viola, B. I gruppi sanguigni come fattore etno-antropologico: contributo alla distribuzione regionale dei gruppi sanguigni in Italia. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Pavia, 1928, 6: 897-21. ----- La percentuale di frequenza dei gruppi san- guigni negli Italiani calcolata su un quadro regionale completo. Ibid., 1929, n.s., 4: 435-8. ---- Heredity. Deilmann, G. *Blutgruppenbestimmungen bei 150 Muttern und ihren Neugeborenen [Got- tingen] 22p. 8? Stuttg., 1929. Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1929, 96: 10-21. Pluss, H. * Ueber Isoagglutination im mensch- lichen Blute und ihre Vererbung [Zurich] 23p. 8? Basel, 1924. Also Arch. Julius Klaus Stift., 1925, 1: 123-6. Preger, A. *Ueber die Blutgruppen des Menschen unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Beziehungen zwischen Mutter und Kind [Berlin] 29p. 8? Jena, 1927. Also Zschr. Immunforsch., 1927, 53: 192-218. Quenzer, A. *Blutgruppenuntersuchungen an Neugeborenen und ihren Muttern [Heidel- berg] 24p. 8? Grotzingen (Baden) [1929] Vtjori, A. K. The hereditary transfer of the blood group, and its relation to other constitu- tional qualities. 137p. 8? Helsin., 1929. Forms no.2, Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1929, 12: fascl. Abbruzzese, G. Chiarificazioni a proposito del concetto di disafflnita costituzionale e di quello di diversita di gruppo san- guigno o etero-specificita sia fra i coniugiche fra genitori e feto. Rev. ital. gin., 1934, 16: 682-4.—Aschner, B. Zur Lbsung des Problems der Blutgruppenvererbung. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 113.—Banssillon, E. Signification clinique et therapeutique des cas d'agglutination reciproque des globules rouges de la mere et de l'enfant nouveau-ne. J. m6d. Lyon, 1929, 10: 637-44 — Bauer, K. H. Zur Vererbungsbiologie der Blutgruppen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 1525. Also Zschr. indukt. Abstamm., 1929, 50: 3-62.—Beni, V. Sulla ereditarieta dei gruppi sanguigni. Ann. ostet. gin., 1935, 57: 1237-60.—Berardi, A. L'isoemoagglutinazione net rapporti fra madre e figlio. Pediatria (Riv.) 1928, 36: 250-6—Bergauer, V. [Heredity and general biological meaning of blood groups] Cas. lek. cesk., 1929, 68: 365-8.—Bernstein. F. Ergebnisse einer biostatistischen zusa'mmenfassenden Betrachtung fiber die erblichen Blutstruk- turen des Menschen. Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 1495-7. Also Zschr. indukt. Abstamm., 1925, 37:237-70. ----- Ueber die Erblich- keit der Blutgruppen. Ibid., 1930, 54: 400-26. ----- Fortge- setzte Untersuchungen aus der Theorie der Blutgruppen. Ibid., 56-233-73. ----- Zur Frage der Blutgruppenvererbung. Klin Wschr., 1931, 10: 1911.—Bouchet, N. du. Interagglutination positive malgre l'identite de groupes entre le sang de la mere et du nouveau-ne C. rend. Soc. biol.. 1926, 94: 16— Buhler, E. Untersuchungen fiber die Erblichkeit des Isoagglutinintiters. Zschr. indukt. Abstamm., 1935, 70: 463-7—Buining, B. J. Die Vererbung der Blutgruppen. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 202- Canelli, A. F. Le determinazioni dei gruppi sanguigni nei gemelli. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1925, 7: 385-96.—Chaudhuri, A, Blood groups and heredity. Ind. M. Gaz., 1931, 66: 193-5 — Crema, C. Sull' influenza reciproca dei sieri gruppo-specifici in relazione all' epoca della loro mescolanza. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1933, 53: 1410-3.—Crome, W. Ueber Blutgruppen- fragen: Mutter M, Kind N. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1934-35, 24: 167-75. Also Munch, med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 1856 — Debre, R., & Hamburger, M. Pourcentage des groups sanguins chez les nourrissons; comparison avec le groupe sanguin de la mere. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 30-3.—Belfino, V. Los grupos sanguineos: contribucion al estudio de un alto problema de genetica humana (los trabajos del Doctor Leon Lattes) Progr. clin., Madr., 1930, 38: 499-501—Bossena, G. Osserva- zioni sulla modalita della trasmissione ereditaria nei caratteri dei gruppi sanguigni. Ann. ostet. gin., 1924, 46: 335-43 — Bungern, E. von, & Hirschfeld, L. Ueber Vererbung grup- penspezifischer Strukturen des Blutes. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1910, 6: Orig., 284-92—Byke, S. C, & Budge, C. H. On the inheritance of the specific isoagglutinable substances of human red cells. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1922-23, 16: sect. path., 35-43—Fischer, W. Beitrag zur Frage der Giiltig- keit der Bernsteinschen BlutgruppenerbformeL Zschr. Ras- senphysiol., 1929-30, 2: 153-71. Also Med. Klin., Berl., 1930, 26: 130; 1932, 28: 1563-5.—Friedenreich, V. Ueber einen eigen- tumlichen A-Receptor-Typus und seine Erblichkeitsvcrhiilt- nisse. Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 310—Furuhhata, T., Ichida, K., & Kishi, T. On heredity and biochemical structure of human blood; new theory on heredity of blood groups. Japan M. World, 1927, 7: 1-10.—Graff, E., & Werkgartner, A. Die Verer bung der Gruppeneigenschaften der roten Blutkbrperchen. Beitr. gerichtl. Med., 1928, 7: 98-123—Haselhorst, G. Blut- gruppenuntersuchungen bei Mutter und Kind in 2,300 Fallen, darunter solche bei Vater, Mutter und Kind in 1,000 Fallen. Zschr. ges. Anat. 2.Abt.. 1929-30, 15: 177-204. -----& lauer, A. Ueber eine Blutgruppenkombination Mutter AB una Kind O. Ibid., 205; 1931, 16: 227—Herwerden, M. A. van, & Koning, A. A. de [Distribution of blood-groups in a large family] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt 1, 1675-9—Hirsz- feld, L. Die Frage der Blutgruppenvererbung. Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 1910. ----- & Amzel, R. Sur la presence des ele- ments de groupe de foetus dans le sang retroplacentaire de la mere. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 252—Hirszfeld, L„ & Zbo- rowski, H. Sur la permeabilite elective du placenta en rapport avec le groupe sanguin de la mere et du foetus. Ibid., !925> ™; 1253-5.—Human blood relationships. Nature, Lond., 1922, 110: 738— Hyman, H. S. Genetic studies of the agglutinogens M and N. J. Immun., Bait., 1935, 29: 223-37.-Ichida, K- Mathematico-statistical consideration on the inheritance of the human blood groups. Ibid., 1929, 16: 81-98—Jenkins, R. L. BLOOD GROUPS 537 BLOOD GROUPS Random mating and blood groups. Ibid., 1931, 21: 279-86.— Juhasz-Schaffer, A. Beitrag zur Frage der Vererblichkeit der Blutgruppen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1928, 58: 1132-4. Also Zschr indukt. Abstamm., 1929, 50: 416-24. Also Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 725.—Kaboth. Der Uebergang der Blutgruppenanti- kbrper von der Mutter auf die Frucht. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1929, 137: 727-30 [Discussion] 752-74.—Kirwan-Taylor, G. K. The inheritance of the blood group factors. J. Path. Bact., Edinb., 1930, 33: 313-26.—Roller, T. Untersuchungen fiber das Ver- haltnis der Blutgruppen bei Muttern und ihren Neugeborenen, mit spezieller Berucksichtigung der gegenseitigen Isoagglutina- tion. Arch. Julius Klaus Stift., 1926, 2: 247-72. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1928, 58: 299.—Kossovich, N. A propos de l'here- dite des groupes sanguins. C.rend. Soc. biol., 1931,106:1087-9.— Kiihbacher, F. [Blood groups of infants and their parents] Orv. hetil., 1933, 77: 979-81.—Laguna, S. [Blood group examina- tion in a twin pregnancy] Polska gaz. lek., 1933, 12: 323-4. Also Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1933, 22: 405—Lambert, W. V. The heredity of the blood groups. Sc. Month., N.Y., 1931, 33: 37_44.—Lattes, L. Gruppi sanguigni ed ereditarieta. Difesa sociale, 1929, 8:21. -----Badino, P., & Juhasz, A. Contributo alio studio dell' eredita dei gruppi sanguigni. Gior. batt. immun., 1928, 3: 151-8.—Lauer, A. Zur Kenntnis der erblichen Blutstrukturen. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1927-28, 11: 264-77.—Learmonth, J. R. The inheritance of specific isoagglu- tinins in human blood. J. Genetics, Lond., 1920-21, 10: 141-8.— Leitmann, L. B. [Isohemagglutination in parents and children] Sudeb.med. ekspertiza, 1929, 41-53.—McQuarrie, I. Isoagglu- tination in the new-born infants and their mothers; a possible relationship between interagglutination and the toxemias of pregnancy. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1923, 34: 51-9.— Mariupolskaya, K. L. [Blood group in children and their rela- tion to certain hereditary and constitutional factors] J. izuch. rann. detsk. vozr., 1932, 12: 153.—Mayer. Serologische Unter- suchungen fiber die Frage, ob Mutter und Kind eine biologische Einheit darstellen. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1923, 120: 100.—Mayser, H. Der Einfluss der Blutgruppenforschung auf die Vererbungs- und Rassenlehre. Med. Kor. Bl. Wurttemberg, 1933, 103: 427-9.—Michaelis, P. Untersuchungen zum Problem der Plas- mavererbung. Zschr. indukt. Abstamm., 1935, 70: 537.— Mino, P. Sulla esistenza di un fattore letale nella trasmissione ereditaria dei gruppi sanguigni. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1923, 43: 524-8. Also Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. med., 293; 380. ----& Morra, G. Osservazioni e ricerche sulla emoagglutinine della madre e del feto. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1927, 49: 715-30 — Mitra, P. N. Blood groups and heredity. Ind. J.M. Res., 1934-35, 22: 495-7.—Montilli, P. Contributo alio studio della ereditarieta dei gruppi sanguigni. Arch, ostet. gin., 1931, 2.ser.. 18: 623-35.—Moureau, P. Sur l'heredite des agglutinogen M et N; etude de 200 families beiges comprenant 739 enfants. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 723. ----- Contribution a l'etude de l'heredite des agglutinogens M et N; examen de 461 combi- naisons mere-enfant. Ibid., 1390-2. ----- Transmission transplacentaire de l'immunite acquise anti-M et anti-N. Ibid., 1392.—Nather, K. Blutgruppe und Vererbung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 63.—Nicoletti, F. Rapports entre carac- teres anthropologiques et groupe sanguin, au point de vue hereditaire. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1931, 3: 690-5.—Ohnesorge, V. Ueber Blutgruppenbestimmungen bei Muttern und Neugeborenen. Zbl. Gyn., 1925, 49: 2884-90 — Oku, G. Heredity of blood type in man. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1930, 42: 2716; 3031. ----- Blood groups in obstetrics and gynecology; effect of the homospecific and heterospecific pregnancies upon the mother and the fetus. Jap. J. Obst. Gyn., 1931, 14: 478-84.—Olivi, G. Ereditarieta di gruppi sanguigni. Atti Congr. naz. microb., 1931, 503-6. Also Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1931, 3: 602-5.—Pearson, K. Note on the blood-relationship of double cousins. Ann. Eugen., Cambr., 1929-30, 4: 232.—Peyre. Sur l'heredite des groupes sanguins. Rev. anthrop., Par., 1926, 36: 237-45.—Polayes, S. H., Lederer, M„ & Wiener, A. S. Studies in isohemagglutination; the Landsteiner blood groups in mothers and infants. J. Immun., Bait., 1929, 17: 545-54.—Ponzi, E. Ricerche sull' afflnita siero- logica materno-fetale e su quella dei coniugi in rapporto alla prole. Ann. ostet. gin., 1932, 54: 205-18.—Rapisardi, S., & Pollitzer, R. Sui rapporti di isoemolisi tra madre e bambino. Pediatria, Nap., 1924, 32: 916.—Rech, W., & Wbhlisch, E. Die gruppenspe- zifischen Eigenschaften des Blutes bei Neugeborenen und ihren Muttern. Zschr. Biol., 1926, 84: 515-21.—Sabolotny, S. S. Zur Frage der Blutgruppenvererbung. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1930-31,16: 277-82—Schiff, F. Ueber Blutgruppenunter- suchungen an Miittern und Kinder, insbesondere Neugebore- nen. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 1317-20. ----- Die Vererbungs- weise" der Faktoren M und N von Landsteiner und Levine. Ibid., 1930, 9: 1956-9.—Schulz, K. Zur Vererbung und anthro- pologischen Bedeutung der Blutgruppen. Zschr. Rassenphy- siol., 1935,7: 161-4.—Shinichi, K., & Hakurinsai. The hereditary law of the human bloodgroups. Nagoya J.M.Sc, 1927, 2: 75-102.—Shipton, E. A. A contribution to the study of the heredity of blood groups in Australian families. Med. J. Aus- tralia, 1935, 1: 273; 1936, 1: 712.—Smith, C. H. Iso-agglutinins in the new-born; with special reference to their placental transmis- sion. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1928, 36: 54-69— Snyder, L. H. The inheritance of the blood groups. Genetics, 1924, 9: 465-78. Also repr. ----- Critical tests of blood group inheritance. South. M.&S., 1924, 86: 473-5. Also repr. ----- Human blood groups; their inheritance aDd racial significance. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., 1926, 9: 233-63.—Strandskov, H. H. Statistical study of the relative goodness of fit of the 2 proposed theories of £„u.mJin b'ood £rouP inheritance. J. Immun., Bait., 1931 21 ■ ?• J"~\ ■homsen- °- [Researches on blood-tvpes (isoagglu- tination) m children with forebears of 4 types; a contribution to the inheritance of blood-types] Hospitalstidende, 1927, 70: 29-44. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 1469-71 —___ [Heredity of the 4 human blood types illustrated by 275 individ- uals sprung from 100 marriages] Hospitalstidende, 1928, 71: 321-35. Also C . rend. Soc. biol., 192\ 98: 1270-2. ----- [The possibility of pheno-typical suppression of a dominant blood type] Hospitalstidende, 1928, 71: 727-43. ----- Ueber den Wert der von Furuhata und seinen Mitarbeitern aufgestellten neuen Hypothese betreflend die Erblichkeitsverhaltnisse der menschlichen Blutgruppen. Miinch. med. Wschr 1928 75- 1921. Also Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 149; 189. ----- Die Erblich- keitsverhaltnisse der menschlichen Blutgruppen: mit besonde- rem Hinblick auf zwei neue, A' und A'B genannte Blutgruppen Hereditas, Lund, 1929-30, 13: 121-63. ----- [Present views on the inheritability of human blood types] Hospitalstidende 1929, 72: 413-25. Also Norsk mag. laegevid., 1930, 91: 369-80. —— Neuere Ergebnisse der Erblichkeitsforschung hinsicht- hch der menschlichen Blutgruppen. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1931, 4: 119-35. ----- Untersuchungen fiber die Erblichkeit der Blutgruppen Ai und A2 in einem grossen Geschlecht. Ibid., 1932, 5: 97-101. ----- Structures de sang hereditaires chez 1 homme et les animaux. Scientia, Bologna, 1936, 60: 83-94.— Toomey, J. A. Agglutinins in mother's blood, baby's blood, mother's milk, and placental blood. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1934, 47: 521-8.—Wellisch, S. Ueber die Vererbung der Blutgruppen. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1928, 1: 92-100. ----- Die Gradations- theorie und ihre Anwendung auf die Blutgruppen. Ibid., 160-97. ----- Ueber die Genauigkeit der Kinderverteilung bei Ehen mit bekannter Aufspaltung. Ibid., 1931, 4: 32-6 — Wiener, A. S. Theory of blood groups, with special reference to heredity. Med. Times, N.Y., 1932, 60: 208. ----- He- redity of the agglutinogens M and N of Landsteiner and Le- vine: additional theoretico-statistical considerations. Human Biol., 1935, 7: 222-39. ----- Lederer, M., & Polayes, S. H. Studies in isohemagglutination; on the heredity of the Land- steiner blood groups. J. Immun., Bait., 1930, 18: 201-21.— Wiener, A. S., & Rothberg, S. Hereditv of the subgroups of group A and group AB. Human Biol., 1933, 5: 577-86—Zabo- lotniy, S. [Blood groups and superfetation] Vrach. gaz., 1928, 32: 725-9. ---- Heredity: Gene hypothesis. Arce Larreta, J. Herencia mendeliana de los grupos sangui- neos. Cron. med., Lima, 1931,48: 114-23.—Boyd, W. C. No- mogram for rapid computation of the frequency of the blood grouping genes in populations. Human Biol., 1934, 6: 558-61.— Buining, B.J. [Genhypothesisinbloodgroups] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1932, 72: 322-33— Furuhata, T. A summarized re- view of the gen-hypothesis of the blood groups. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., 1929-30, 13: 109-30—Hertwig, P. Kritisches zur Fak- torenaustauschhypothese der Blutgruppengene. Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 1395.—Hirszfeld, L. Ueber die genetische Bedingtheit der Isoagglutinine auf Grund der Blutgruppenuntersuchungen bei Schweinen. Ibid., 1932, 11: 950.—Kumaris, J. Zur Frage der Geschlechtsgebundenheit bei der Blutgruppenvererbung. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1931, 4: 6.—Mollison, T. Arteiweiss und Erbsubstanz. Zschr. Morph. Anthrop., 1934, 34: 261-9.— Snyder, L. H. Studies in human inheritance: The linkage relations of the blood groups. Zschr. Tmmunforsch., 1926,. 49: 464-80.—Stigler, R. Zur Vererbung der Blutgruppengene. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1929, 2: 78-85. Also Zschr. Sexwiss., 1929-30, 16: 541-54—Thomsen, O. Ueber den Wert der von Furuhata und seinen Mitarbeitern aufgestellten neuen Hypothese betreflend die Erblichkeitsverhaltnisse der menschlichen Blut- gruppen. Acta path, microb. scand., 1928, 5: 246-9. ----- Ueber die gegenseitige Starke (Dominanz) der Blutgruppengene A und B. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1928-29, 1: 198-203. ----- Ueber die Moglichkeit von Koppelung der Blutgruppengene. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 114.—Weinberg, W. Ueber die Berech- nung der Faktorenaustauschziffer bei der Blutgruppenverer- bung. Arch. Rassenb., 1929, 22: 183-91— Wellisch, S. Ueber die Genhypothesen des Blutes. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 545-9. ----- Ueber die Ausgleichung der Blutgruppen- und Gen- zahlen. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1932, 5: 177; 1933, 6: 38. ----- & Thomsen, O. Ueber die Vier-Gen-Hypothese Thomsens. Hereditas, Lund, 1930, 14: 50-2—Wiener, A. S. Method of measuring linkage in human genetics; with special reference to blood groups. Genetics, 1932, 17: 335-50. ---- Heredity—in animals. See also Blood groups—in animals. Gorer, P. A. The detection of a hereditary antigenic differ- ence in the blood of mice by means of human group A serum. J. Genetics, Cambr., 1936, 32:17-31.—Hicks, R. A., & Little, C. C. The blood relationships of 4 strains of mice. Genetics, 1931, 16: 397-421.—Kaczkowski, B. Die Vererbung der biochemischen Bluteigenschaften bei Schafen nebst einem Beitrage zur Blut- untersuchung des wilden Mufflones (Ovis musimon L.) Biol. gen.. Wien, 1927, 3: 449-58. ----- Recherches sur l'heredite des isoagglutinines et des proprietes d'isoagglutination chez les brebis. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 386—Kaempffer, A, Ueber die Vererbung der Blutgruppen des Schweines. Zschr. indukt. Abstamm., 1932, 61: 261-300— Keeler, C. E., & Castle, W. E. Blood group inheritance in rabbits. J. Hered., 1934, 25: BLOOD GROUPS 538 BLOOD GROUPS 433-9.—Schermer, S., & Kaempffer, A. Ueber die genetische Bedingtheit der Isoagglutinine auf Grund von Blutgruppen- untersuchungen beim Schwein. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 335. -----& Hofferber, O. Weitere Untersuchungen fiber die Blutgruppen des Pferdes einschliesslich ihrer Vererbung. Arch. prakt. Tierh., 1931-32, 64: 518-29—Thomsen, O. [Untersu- chungen iiber erbliche Blutgruppenantigene bei Huhnern[ Hereditas, Lund, 1934, 19: 243; 1936, 22: 129. ---- Hetero-reactions. See also Antigen, Heterophile; also names of antibodies and serological reactions as Hemol- ysis; Precipitin, &c. Andersen, T. T. Das Verhaltnis zwischen dem F-Antigen und dem A-Antigen in Menschen-Erythrozyten der Gruppen A und AB. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1931, 4: 49-87.—Bang, 0., & Kristensen, M. [Clinical examination on the occurrence of sheep blood antibodies-agglutinin (heterophilic antibodies)] Ugeskr. laeger, 1936, 98: 1049-54.—Betocchi, G. Sul potere emo- agglutinante del siero di sangue umano verso alcune specie ani- mali anche in rapporto ai gruppi sanguigni. Arch. antrop. crim., Tor., 1933, 53: 1125-35.—Biancalana, L. Sull' isoagglutinazione e su di una particolare attivita selettiva delle etero-agglutinine del sangue dei ratti albini sui globuli rossi umani. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1927, 49: 541-52. Also Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1927, 2: 743-6.—Bier, O. G., & Seiler, E. Untersuchungen fiber die Rolle des Komplements bei der toxischen Wirkung von Forssman-Antiseren auf Hfihnerembryonen. Zschr. Immun- forsch., 1936, 89: 211-7.—Braida, R. E. Ueber die Agglutination menschlicher Erythrozyten durch Tiersera. Zschr. Rassen- physiol., 1933, 6: 112-5.—Canute G., A Busatto, S. Sulla agglu- tinazione dei globuli rossi umani con siero di anguilla. Arch. antrop. crim., Tor., 1933, 53: 1C90-2— Clinical applications of heterophile antigens and antibodies. N. England J.M., 1935, 213: 1038.—Bavidsohn, I. Heterophile antigen in human blood. Arch. Path., Chic, 1928, 6: 632-7—Eagle, H. Reactions be- tween lipoids and antibodies; the isoelectric point and composi- tion of heterophile lipoid-antibody aggregates. J. Immun., Bait., 1935, 29: 485-99.—Friede, K. A., & Griinbaum, F. T. Ueber die Anwesenheit heterogenelischer Antigene in kernlosen Ery- throcyten. Klin. Wschr., 1925. 4: 1778. Also Zschr. Immun- forsch., 1925, 44: 314-28—Gray, G. A., & Upp, E. C. Agglutina- tion of human erythrocytes bv various therapeutic sera. U.S. Nav. M. Bull., 1921, 15; 86-92— Harp0th, H. Beitrag zum Studium der Heteroagglutination zwischen Ma'usen und Ratten und zwischen Miiusen und Menschen. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1935, 7: 135-43. Hyde, R. R. Heterophile antigen and antibody, a study of anti-chicken hemolytic sera. Am. J. Hyg., 1928, 8: 205-31.—Illenyi, A. Das Ausbleiben der Heterohamagglutina- tion beim Menschen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 1587.— Kindermann, M. Ueber das Auftreten von Hammelblutag- plutininen im menschlichen Ulutserum unter normalen und pathologischen Verhaltnissen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1935, 85: 357-70—Klein, F., & Subik, F. [Heterohemagglutination] Cas. lek. cesk., 1933, 72: 889-91. ----- [Changes in the hetero- hemagglutinant properties of the serum of rabbits after immu- nization with human serums of various groups] Ibid., 1769.— Koch, F. Ueber die Fiihigkeit des Pferdeserums, menschliche Erythrocyten zu agglutinieren. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 1015 — Maciel, H. Hetero-hemagglutininas consecutivas a injeccbes de soro renal-caprino. Sciencia med., Rio, 1926, 4: 165-74.— Merkel. Ueber Beziehung der Blutgruppen zu Krankheiten; Heterohamagglutinatior. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 1920.—Moers-Messmer, E. von. Ueber den Gehalt menschlicher Blutsera an Antikbrpern fiir Hammelblut und ihre Eignung zur heterogenetischeu Komplementbindung. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1934, 82: 203-17.—Ottensooser, F. Unterscheidung menschlicher Blutkbrperchen mit polyvalentem Hetero-Immunserum. Ibid., 1936, 89: 260-78—Parr, L. W. On isohemagglutination, the hemolytic index and heterohemagglutination. J. Infect. Dis., 1930, 46: 173-85—Perry, E. B., & Rhodes, G. B. Hemolysin and hemagglutinin for sheep corpuscles in human serums of all iso- agglutinativc groups. Ibid., 1929, 44: 05-7.—Fabbiosi, V. Sulle etero-agglutinine dei ratti e loro comportamento verso il sangue umano. Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 6: 67-70.—Shimidzu, T. Ueber Hemagglutination bei Tieren; Heteroagglutination. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1931-32, 18: 526-39— Stuart, C. A., Fulton, M. [et al.] The relations between certain heterophile antibodies and antigens. J. Infect. Dis., 1936, 59: 65-71.—Stuart, C. A., Sawin, P. B. [et al.] Group-specific agglutinins in rabbit serums for human cells; normal group-specific agglutinins. J. Immun Rait.. 1936, 31: 2,5-9.—Stuart, C. A., Tallman, J., & Anderson, E. G. E. Agglutinins for sheep and rabbit erythrocytes in human sera. Ibid., 1935, 28: 75-84— Veksner, B. G., & Levaniuk, I. P. [Mechanism of the action of heterogenous blood] Nov. khir arkh., 1936, 36: 547-53.—Warnowsky, J. Ueber Beziehung der Blutgruppen zu Krankheiten; Heterohamagglutination. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 1758-60.—Williams, H. U., & Patterson, H. A. The agglutination of human red blood cor- puscles by horse serum. J. Am. M. Ass., 1918, 70: 1754. Also repr.—Witebsky, E. Ueber die Antigenfunktion der alkohollbs- lichen Bestandteile menschlicher Blutkbrperchen verschiedener Gruppen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1926-27, 49: 517-31. ---- History of research. Berliner, M. Der heutige Stand der Blutgruppenforschung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 1615-7. Also Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1928) 1929, 59: 2.Teil, 231-7. Also Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1929, 38: 52-85.—Boda, K. Fiinfundzwanzig Jahre biologischer Blut- Nachweis. Apoth. Ztg, 1926, 41: 740.—Breves comentarios e informes sobre los trabajos de lleras acosta, anomalfas de los grupos sanguineos, bibliografia, etc., nos refiere el Dr. C. Picado T. Rev. med., S. Jose, 1936, 3: 303.—Corvin, A. Die Blut- gruppenuntersuchungsstelle des Gesundheitsamtes der Stadt Wien. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 1104.—Bockeray, G. C. Recent advances in blood typing. Irish J.M.Sc, 1934, ser.6, 267-77.—Favero, F. Contribuicao do Instituto Oscar Freire para o estudo dos typos sanguineos. Fol. med., Rio, 1935, 16: 465-8.—Fetscher, R. Der gegenwartige Stand der Blutgruppen- forschung beim Menschen. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 1881-4.— Hesch, M. Schrifttum fiber die Blutballung [Iso- und Hetero- hamagglutination] 1900-1907. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1928, 1: 43-5.—Hirschfeld, H. Ueber den gegenwartigen Stand der Blut- gruppenforschung. Klin. Fortbild., 1935, 3: 236-52.—Hirszfeld, L. Hauptprobleme der Blutgruppenforschung in den Jahren 1927-33. Erg. nyg. Bakt., 1934, 15: 54-218—Kennedy, J. A. Isohemagglutination; the work of Jan Janskjr, with a critical analysis. J. Immun., Bait., 1931, 20: 117-41.—Roller, S„ & Sommer, M. Zur Kritik der von S. Wellisch angewandten mathematischen Methoden in der Blutgruppenforschung Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1930-31, 3: 27-44.—Ruhr, R. Neue Blut- forschungen. Umschau, 1929, 33: 64.—Lattes, L. Les plus recentes acquisitions a propos de groupes sanguins. Boll. Sez. ital.Soc. internaz. microb., 1930,2:310-2. ----- Commissione internazionale per lo studio dei gruppi sanguigni. Riv. antrop 1930-32, 29: 597-602.—Learmonth, J. R. Human blood-grouping; a review of its present position and applications. Glasgow M.J., 1924,101:116-34.—Lutzeler, H. Ueber den gegenwartigen Stand und die Bedeutung der Lehre von den Blutgruppen, nebst Mitteilungen fiber eigene Untersuchungen. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1927,131:171-87.—Moureau, P. Quelques donnees recentes dans le domaine des groupements sanguins. Ann. Soc. med. chir., Liege, 1933, 66: 35-40.—Neugebauer, W. Neuere Ergebnisse auf dem Gebiete der Blutgruppenforschung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1936, 32: 603; 636—Palmieri, V. M. Le nostreattuali conoscenze sui gruppi sanguigni; i fondamenti della sierologia costituzionale. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1929, 10: 222-41. Also Rev. argent. neur. psiquiat., 1929, 3: 528; 1930, 4: 54—Ruggles Gates, K. Recent progress in blood group investigations. Genetica, Gravenh., 1936, 18: 47-65.—Schiff, F. Referat fiber den augen- blicklichen Stand der Blutgruppenfrage. Mschr. Kinderh., 1927, 37: 482-91— Steffan, P. Die Arbeitsweise der Deutschen Oesellschaft fiir Blutgruppenforschung. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 192s, 1: S-ll— Wellisch, S. Stand und Ergebnisse der Blut- gruppenforschung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 1124-8.— Wbhlisch, E. Die neuere Entwicklung der Lehre von den Blut- und Zellgrnppen. Kinderarztl. Prax., 1936, 7: 309-14.—Zinsser, H., & Coca, A. F. Remarks concerning Landsteiner's discovery of isoagglutination and the blood groups, with special reference toa paper by J. A. Kennedy. J. Immun., Bait., 1931,20: 259-62. ---- Individuality. See also Blood groups, Relation to somatic characters. Lattes, L. Individuality of the blood in biology and in clinical and forensic medicine; transl. bv L. W. Howard Bertie. 413p. 8? Lond., 1932. Holzer, F. J. Individualunterschiede des Blutes. Erg. ges. Med., 1935, 20:367-422—Landsteiner, K. Individual differences in human blood. Science, 1931, 73: 403-9. -----& Levine, P. Observations on individual differences of human blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1926-27, 24: 941; 1930-31, 28: 309. Also J. Exp. M., 1928, 47: 757-75— Levine, P. Menschliche Blut- gruppen und individuelle Blutdifferenzen. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1928, 34: 111-53— Mayser. Individuelle Bluteigen- schaften und ihre praktische Anwendung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 677.—Moritsch, P. Kann das Blut verschiede- ner Individuen unterschieden werden. Arch. Krim., 1926, 78: 12-23.—Oettingen, K. von. Untersuchungen tiber biologische Unterschiede im Verhalten des Blutes. Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 1161.—Palmieri, V. M. Le notre attuali conoscenze sui gruppi sanguigni; le caratteristiche essenziali delle proprieta specifiche di gruppo. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1929, 10: 406-26.—SchStt, E. B. [The individuality of the blood] Sven. lak. tidn., 1930, 27: 1549-81, port.—Spagnol, B. Aspetti del problema indivi- duality sanguigna studiato attraverso i gruppi sanguigni. Cer- vello, 1936, 15: 264-87—Todd, C. Cellular individuality in the higher animals, with special reference to the individuality of the red blood corpuscle. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1930, s.B, 106: 20; 107: 197; 1935, s.B, 117: 358. ---- Iso-antibodies [including anti-iso-anti- bodies] See also Blood groups, Iso-reactions. Betre, L. Ein neuartiges Hemmungsphanomen der Agglu- tination (Hemmungskbrper und Antihemmungskbrper) Zschr. Immunforsch., 1927, 51: 205-29.—Higuchi, S. Ueber die Hamo- agglutinine und Hamolysine im Menschenserum. Fukuoka acta med., 1927, 20: 25.—Moss, W. L. Studies on iso-agglutinins and isohemolysins. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1909, 24: 419-37. Also Ohio M.J., 1909, 5: 311-4. Also Bull. Johns Hopkins BLOOD GROUPS 539 BLOOD GROUPS Hosp., 1910, 21: 63-70—Reploh, H., & Bbtticher, H. Versuche iiber die gegenseitige Absattigung von Hamolysinen und Agglu- tininen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1936, 89: 107-11. ---- Iso-antibodies: Iso-agglutinins. See also Agglutinins. Andresen, P. H. [Demonstration of an immune agglutinin and corresponding blood type properties] Ugeskr. laeger, 1934, 96: 1159. Also Zschr. Immunforsch., 1935, 85: 227-32.— Belk, W. P. Minor hemagglutinins. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 1035-42. ----- Autohemagglutinin. Ibid., 1935-36, 21: 697.—Bjorum, A., & Kemp, T. De la sensibilite des hematies aux isoagglutinines dans le premier age, chez des individus du types AB (IV) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 589—Bohne. Ueber Isoagglutinine. Vjschr. gerichtl. Med., 1913, 3.F., 45: suppl., 254-61.—Collon, N. G. Les isoagglutinines. Arch, in- ternat. m6d. exp., Liege, 1927-28, 3: 237-54.—Baranyi, J. Sero- logische Bezeichnung der Isohamagglutinin-Sera bei den Blut- gruppen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 738.—Bujarric de la Riviere, R., & Kossovitch, N. Adsorption des agglutinines par les globules rouges. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 1459 — Bupont, M. L'isoagglutinine 0. Ibid., 1933, 114: 1378; 1934, 115: 1398.—Eisler, M., & Stigler, R. Die Theorie von der intra- vitalen Bindung der Isoagglutinine. Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1933, 6: 123-8.—Farjot, A., & Spriet, H. Le taux des iso-aggluti- nines du s6rum des individus du groupe O. Ann. med. leg., 1934, 14: 572-4.—Friedenreich, V. Sur les sous-groupes du groupe serologique A; nature de l'agglutinine irreguliere ai. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 770-3. ----- Wie wird das Vorkommen der Isoagglutinine reguliert? Zschr. Immunforsch. 1931, 71: 314-30. ----- & Waaler, G. Sur les sous-groupes du groupe serologique A; y a-t-il une relation entre la sensibilite du recepteur de globules et l'apparition de l'agglutinine <*i irreguliere? C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 773-6.—Gedroyc, M. de. Presence, dans le serum de la mere et de l'embryon, des substances inhibitriees pour les agglutinines renfermees dans les hematies. Ibid., 1932, 109: 1022-5. ----- De certaines pro- prietes physiques et biologiques des agglutinines autogenes provenant des hematies, et des proprietes des elements du groupes correspondents. Ibid., Ill: 308-10.—Grbnwall, A. Ueber die Verteilung der Isoagglutinine in durch Elektrophorese fraktioniertem Blutserum. Biochem. Zschr., 1935,282:257-62.— Guthrie, C. G., & Pessel, J. F. Further studies on blood group- ing: the demonstration of 2 additional isoagglutinins (D and Q) in the human blood. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1924. 35: 126-31—Huck, J. G., & Peyton, S. M. Study of iso-agglutinins before and after ether anesthesia. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 80: 670.—Johannsen, E. W. [On isoagglutinins in the human blood] Hospitalstidende, 1921, 64: 449-58.—Karsner, H. T., & Koeckert, H. L. The influence of desiccation on human normal isohemag- glutinins. J. Am. M. Ass., 1919, 73: 1207; 1459. Also repr.— Lacey, G. R. A disturbance of the isohemagglutinins in the blood of 3 fatal cases of bacteremias. Atlantic M.J., 1923, 26: 613. ----- Observations on irregularities in human iso- hemagglutinins. J. Immun., Bait., 1927, 14: 189-96.—Land- steiner, K. Zur Frage der Untergruppen der Blutgruppe A und der Agglutinine in Gruppe AB. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1929, 13: 1-4.----- & Levine, P. On immune isoagglu- tinins in rabbits. J. Immun., Bait., 1931, 21: 513-5.----- & James, M. L. On the development of isoagglutinins following transfusion. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y., 1927-28, 25: 672-4 — Landsteiner, K., & Witt, B. H. Observations on human isoag- glutinins. Ibid., 1923-24, 21: 389-92.—Meyer, K. Ueber Ham- agglutininvermehrung und Hamagglutination fbrdernde Wir- kung bei menschlichen Seren. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1922, 34: Orig., 229-34.—Mino, P. Ueber die angebliche Existenz von mehr als zwei Isoagglutininen im menschlichen Blute. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1924, 71: 1129.—Mizunuma, M. On the group-specific lipoidophile antibody contained in the human sera of blood type O. Jap. J. Exp. M., 1928-29, 7: 341-61 — Montenegro, J. Iso-agglutininas. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1922, 13: 85-9.—Morzycki, J. Ueber das Wesen der Agglutinine gegen das Menschenblut der O-Gruppe. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1934- 35, 84: 80-7.—Rosenthal, L., & Salomon, S. Les recepteurs des erythrocytes du groupe I-O. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 890-2.—Salazar, M. Hemoaglutininas. Siglo med., 1926, 78: 509.—Sartori, C. Sull' azione delle emoagglutinine in vivo. Haematologica, Nap., 1922, 3: 255-72.—Schneider, P. Untersu- chungen iiber den Isoagglutiningehalt im Menschenblut. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1923, 36:153-63.—Schroder, V. Die physi- kalisch-chemischen Eigenschaften der gruppenspezifischen Agglutinine, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Theorie des Mechanismus der Isohamoagglutination. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1930, 65: 81- 119.—Siperstein, B. M., & Kvenberg, A. L. The effect of drugs on blood agglutinins. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1923, 36: 65-8 — Siracusa, V., & Profili, E. Azione del calore sulle agglutinine del primo gruppo sanguigno. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 410-2. ----- Sulla attenuazione delle agglutinine del gruppo zero per opera della putrefazione e sull' inconveniente uso diagnostico di globuli rossi conservati. Ibid., 1930, 5: 94-6.— Staquet, J. Contribution a l'etude des iso-agglutinines. Arch. internat. med. exp., Liege, 1925-26, 2: 71-96.—Stuart, C. A., Sawin, P. B. [et al.] Group-specific agglutinins in rabbit serums for human cells; immune group-specific a agglutinins. J. Im- mun., Bait., 1936, 31: 31-6.—Thomsen, O., & Worsaae, E. [Pos- sible connection between isoagglutinins anti-A and Anti-B in the serum of O-types] Hospitalstidende, 1929, 72: 815-20. Also Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1929, 2: 19-24.—Verzar, F. Neue [ o.ti\. 366p. 8? Milano, 1934. Le Rasle, II. *Les groupes sanguins et leur importance dans la transfusion du sang. 207p. 8? Par., 1920. Schiff, F. Die Technik der Blutgruppenun- tersuchung fiir Kliniker und Gerichtsarzte nebst Beriicksichtigung ihrer Anwendung in der An- thropologie und der Vererbungs- und Konstitu- tionsforschung. 66p. 8? Berl., 1926.---- Also 2.Aufl. 91p. 1929.----Also 3.Aufl. 105p. 1932. --- Die Blutgruppen und ihre Anwendungs- gebiete; mit einem Beitrag, Indikationen und Technik der Bluttransfusion, von Ernst Linger. 267p. 8? Berl., 1933. Snyder, L. H. Blood grouping in relation to clinical and legal medicine. 153p. 8? Bait., 1929. Steffan, P. Handbuch der Blutgruppen- kunde. 669p. 8? Munch., 1932. Streng, O. Die Blutgruppenforschung in der Anthropologie. 318p. 8? Helsin., 1934-35. Forms no.8, Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1934-35, 17: ser.A, fasc.3. Wiener, A. S. Blood groups and blood trans- fusion. 220p. 8? Springfield. 111. [1935] Zeitschrift fur Rassenphysiologie; Mit- teilungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir Blut- gruppenforschung. Miinch., v.l, 1928- --- Military aspect. Bacigalupo, J. Determinaeion e importancia de los grupos sanguineos. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1934, 33: 489-98.—Farjot. Faut-il determiner le groupe sanguin de tous les soldats? Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1935, 29: 293-306.—Favero, F. Registro do typo sanguineo nas cadernetas de identidade. Ann. Fac. med. S. Paulo, 1934, 10: 23-7, 2 pi.—Hayashi, M. Ueber einige statis- tische Beobachtungen beim Bluttypus der Soldaten der Unter- offlzierschule zu Sendai. Gun'idan zasshi, 1932, no.228, 2.— Louwerse, J. J. La determination des groupes sanguins dans le personnel de la marine royale neerlandaise. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1932, 14: 89-97.—Olivi, G. Gruppo sanguigno e matricola nelle forze armate. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1932, 38: 69-79—Steffan, Kersting & Kafer. Welche Bedeutung hat die Bestimmung der Blutgruppen fiir das Heer, und welche Forde- rungen sind auf Grund .der heutigen Kenntnisse iiber Blut- gruppen fur das Heer zu erfiillen? Veroff. Heer. San, 1934, H.91, 8-99.—Tedeschi, C, & Lorenzini, G. Ricerche sui gruppi san- guigni delle truppe entree in Cirenaica. Gior. ital. mal. esot. trop, 1930,3: 171-84. ■--- Pathological aspect. See also Blood groups, Fixity; also names of diseases. Kriech, H. *Disponieren gewisse Blutgrup- pen zu gewissen Krankheiten? 19p. 8? Tub., 1931. Richter, K. G. P. *Blutgruppen und Frauenkrankheiten [Freiburg i. Br.] 18p. 8? Pforzheim, 1929. Wolf, J. ^Untersuchungen iiber die Bezie- hungen der Blutgruppen zu Tabes und Paralyse. 26p. 8? Jena, 1934. Ztjndel, W. *Blutgruppenbestimmungen bei Blutkrankheiten [Berlin] 22p. 8? Charlot- tenb., 1933. Also Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 1872-5. Abruzzese, G. Gruppi sanguigni e tumori nei campo gineco- logico. Riv. ital. gin, 1927, 6:365-76.—Balgairies. Reaction de Schick et groupes sanguins. Ann. med. leg, 1934, 14: 575-7.— Blazso, S. [Blood groups in relation to neuro-syphilisl Orv hetil, 1931, 75: 6-9.—Brody, H, Smith, L. W, & Wolff W l' Blood grouping in the infectious diseases. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1935-36, 21: 705-10.—Bruynoghe, E. La morbidity et la mor- talite d'apres les groupes sanguins. Rev. med. Louvain, 1930 155-60—Buchanan, J. A, & Higley, E. T. The relationship of blood-groups to disease. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1921-22, 2: 247- 55.—Diamantopoulos, J. Die Blutgruppen bei verschiedenen Krankheiten. Deut. med. Wschr, 1928, 54: 1839—Dujarric de la Riviere, R, & Kossovich, N. Au sujet des groupes sanguins des tubereuleux et des cancereux. G. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 137-9.- Espejo Sola, J. Contribution al estudio de los grupos sanguineos y su relation con la reaction de Schick. Sein med B. Air, 1930, 37: 1058-63— Gelli, G, & Tarozzi, G. II comporta- mento della isoagglutinazione umana nella malattia da siero Biochim. ter. sper, 1930, 17: 419-27.—Gerszon, L. Le isoemo- agglutinine del sangue umano e il loro titolo in condizioni nor- mali e patologiche. Minerva med. Tor, 1930, 21; 315-8.— Giannantoni, C. I gruppi sanguigni in relazione ad alcune malattie oculari. Ann. ottalm, 1928, 56: 654; 673.—Green, R. The relationship of the blood groups to immunity from malaria and to gametocyte formation. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1929-30, 23: 161-6.—Guerrini, G. Gruppo sanguigno e malattia. Gior. mod. mil, 1935, 83: 412-7. Also repr.—Gundel, M. Rassenbiologische Untersuchungen an der Schleswig-Hol- steinischen Bevolkerung; Blutgruppen und Krankheiten. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1928, 56: 60-76.—Gybrgy, E. [Blood typing in syphilitics] Magy. orv. nagyhet jegyzokve, 1931, 206.—Hermanns, L, & Kronberg, J. Blutgruppe und Krank- heitsdisposition. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 967-9.— Ihara, Y, & Yanagihashi, M. Ueber Krankheitsdisposition und Isohamagglutination. Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1929, 2: 32-8.— Landa, G. J, & Israelsohn, M. M. Les groupes sanguins en dermatologie. Ann. derm, syph. Par, 1932, 7.ser, 3: 416-27.— Ledentu, G. Groupes sanguins et Trypanosoma gambiense. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1931, 24: 664-7.—Lemke, C. Kom- men bei den Asthenikern und Tuberkulosen einzelne Blut- gruppen besonders haufig vor? (zugleich eine Studie iiber den heutigen Stand der Blutgruppenforschung) Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1928,14: 333-46—Lenart, G, & Biro, I. [Isoagglutination in the new-born and icterus neonatorum] Magy. orv. arch, 1929, 30: 262-9.— Lovaglio, R. II comportamento di alcune princi- pali malattie in rapporto ai gruppi sanguigni. Policlinico, 1927, 34: sez. prat, 1429.—Malinowski, J, & Siedleczka, K. [Serological groups in psychic patients of Kobierzyn asylum] Polska gaz. lek, 1926, 5: 922.—Meyer, F. Die Blutgruppenverteilung in der schlesischen Bevolkerung sowie die Beziehung der Blutgruppen zu Geisteskrankheiten. Deut. med. Wschr, 1928, 54: 1461 — Miki, H, & Kiguchi, N. Ueber die Korrelation der Blutgrup- penzugehorigkeit mit einigen chirurgischen Krankheiten, bes. mit Karzinom. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1935, 15: 897.— Mironesco, T, & Stefanov, G. Contribution a l'etude du rapport qui existe entre les groupes sanguins et les infections. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 95: 140. Also Seuchenbekampfung, 1926, 3: 138.—Mirsaian, A. [Problem of determining blood groups in subjects with malaria] Russ. J. trop. med, 1929, 7: 79-81 — Mitra, P. N. The influence of blood group in certain pathological states. Ind. J.M.Res, 1933, 20: 995-1004— Moureau, P. Les groupes sanguins et les maladies. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 228-30.—Nardelli, L. I gruppi sanguigni nelle dermatosi. Gior. ital. derm, sif, 1928, 69: 943-54—Narducci, F. Ricerche sui gruppi sanguigni nei dermopazienti. Ibid, 955-7.—Nowak, H. Ueber Blutgruppen und die Empfanglichkeit fiir Diph- therie und Scharlach. Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1933, 6: 136-57.— Pastore, R. I gruppi sanguigni in alcune malattie costituzionali dell' infanzia. Med. ital, 1930, 11: 135-41—Pismennaya, N. L, & Vilensky, T. M. [Blood group differentiation among men- tal patients] Dniepropetr. med. J, 1929, 8: 341-6.—Poindexter, H. A. Comparative study of the human blood groups in rela- tion to certain immunological reactions in a group of university students. Med. Times, N.Y, 1936, 64: 457-61—Rossi, 0. Allergieerscheinungen durch Isoantigene verursacht; isoneuro- toxisches Serum. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1911, 9: Orig, 652-64.— Rubashev, K. L. [Blood groups and their relation to infectious diseases] Pediatria, Moskva, 1927, 11: 405-17.—Schneider, G. H. Weitere Beitrage zur Isohamagglutination (mit Eklam- psiebefunden) Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 2383-7—Shaposhnikova, N. V, & Fanagorskaya, T. P. [Isohemagglutination and diseases of the nervous system] Sovrem. psikhonevr, 1930, 10: 339-44.— Speierer, C. Beziehungen zwischen Blutgruppenzugehorigkeit und Impfmalaria. Munch, med. Wschr, 1930, 77: 1357.— Swider, Z, & Kon, N. Recherches sur les groupes sanguine chez les tubereuleux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 98: 385.-----& Manoewicz, M. Role des groupes sanguins dans l'evolution clinique de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Ibid, 99: 1023-5.— Thomsen, O. Ueber den Zusammenhang der isoagglutinatori- schen Bluttypen (Blutgruppen) mit pathologischen Zustiin- den Acta path, microb. scand, 1927, 4: 45; 163 [Bemerkungen von L. Hirszfeld] 165-9. Also Ugeskr. leeger, 1927, 89: 808-12. ----- Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen den Landsteinerschen isoagglutinatorischen Blutgruppen und Krankheit. Seuchen- bekampfung, 1929, 6: 131; 161; 209—Tranquilli-Leali, E. Dis- aftinita del gruppo sanguigno paterno-materno quale causa costituzionale di aborto. Riv. ital. gin, 1931-32, 13: 491-532 — Weidemann, M. Zur Verteilung der Blutgruppen bei den Leprosen Lettlands. Med. Klin, Berl, 1930, 26: 1155— Wong, B H, & Chen, F. K. Blood groups in relation to syphilis and its treatment. Nat. M.J, China, 1931, 17: 354-9. BLOOD GROUPS 544 BLOOD GROUPS ---- Quantitative differences. See also Blood groups, Development. Grunwald, B. *Die Beeinflussung der Iso- agglutininmengen durch Schwangerschaft, durch Entzundung und durch Rontgenbestrahlung [Zurich] p.71-93. 8? Nordlingen, 1930. Also Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1930-31, 3: Bj0rum, A, & Kemp, T. Untersuchungen uber den Emp- findlichkeitsgrad der Blutkorperchen gegeniiber Isoagglutininen im Kindesalter. Acta path, microb. scand, 1929, 6: 218-35 — Blinov, N. I. [Titer of dry serums] Soviet, khir, 1934, 7: 332-4.—Boele, A. H. W. [Objective method of quantitative estimation of degree of hemagglutination] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: pt 1, 388-90.—Coca, A. F. A simple method of titrating blood-grouping sera. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1930-31, 16: 405-7.— Fischer, W. Ueber Schwankungen des Isohamagglutinations- titers beim Menschen. Arb. Staatsinst. exp. Ther, 1927, H.20, 49-58. ----- & Hahn, F. Ueber auffallende Schwache der gruppenspezifischen Reaktionsfahigkeit bei einem Erwach- senen. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1934-35, 84: 177-88—Haebara, C. Ueber den Isohaemagglutinintiter des Menschen in seiner Abhangigkeit von Jahreszeit, Alter und Geschlecht. Taiwan igakkai zasshi, 1933, 32: 118—Han, C. H, & Young, C. W. Ag- glutination titer following repeated intravenous injections of tab vaccine. China M.J, 1921, 35: 400-4—Isaacs, R. A quan- titative analysis of hemagglutination and hemolysis. J. Im- mun, Bait, 1924, 9:95-113.—Ishikawa, 0. On relation between concentration and quantity of hemagglutinin to be adsorbed by red blood corpuscles. Sei i kwai, 1927, 46: no.9, 1-3—Kettel, K, & Thomsen, O. Quantitative Untersuchungen iiber die menschlichen Isoagglutinine Anti-A und Anti-B. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1930, 65: 245-53.—Lattes, L. Le variazioni quan- titative delle proprieta gruppospecifiche. Atti Congr. naz. microb, 1931, 421-40. Also Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1931, 3: 570-88.—Lehmann, K. Untersuchungen iiber die Kon- stanz des menschlichen Isoagglutinintiters bei Gesunden und Kranken. Acta path, microb. scand, 1928, 5: 155-69.—Michon, P. Sur les variations quantitatives de risohemagglutination et les infractions aux schtinas de Moss. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 37-9.—Pikkarainen, J, & Suominen, Y. K. Ueber die Bestimmung des Isoagglutinintiters. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1933, 78: 145-51.—Price-Jones, C. The quantitative estimation of isohamagglutination. J. Path. Bact, Edinb, 1924, 27: 111-5.—Rabinovich, V. A. [Agglutination titer of preserved blood] Nov. khir. arkh, 1936, 36: 561-6.—Roszt6czy, E. von. Schwankungen des Isohamagglutinations-Titers (Einfluss der Jahreszeiten sowie der Aufbewahrung) Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1935,7:23-32. -----& Jeney, A. Wechselweise quantitative Isoh'amagglutinationsuntersuchungen an 100 Personen. Ibid, 1933, 6: 97-111.—Sandstrom, L. Die Agglutinabilitat (Empfind- lichkeit) gegen Isoagglutinine von in verschiedener Weise auf- bewahrtem Menschenblut. Acta path, microb. scand, 1927, 4: 260-7.—Schiff, F, & Hiibener, G. Quantitative Untersuchungen uber die Empfindlichkeit menschlicher Erythrozyten fiir Iso- agglutinine. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1925, 44: 207-22.—Schbtt, E. B. Einige Worte iiber Titrierung bei Blutgruppenunter- suchungen. Acta med. scand, 1929, 71: 115-46.—Shigeno, S. Quantitative Untersuchungen iiber die Empfindlichkeit menschlicher Erythrozyten fiir gruppenspezifische Agglutinine. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1930, 66: 403-23.—Thomsen, O. Etude des groupes serologiques chez les vieillards, au point de vue special de la vitalite dans les divers groupes. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927,96:198-200. ----- Ueber die quantitative Entwicklung der 'gruppenspezifischen Rezeptoren im Serum von Neuge borenen. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1931, 71: 199-206. ----- & Kettel, K. Die Starke der menschlichen Isoagglutinine und entsprechenden Blutkorperchenrezeptoren in verschiedenen Lebensaltern. Ibid, 1929, 63: 67-93. ---- Racial aspect. See also Blood group, Geographical distri- bution. Schutz, E. *Rassenbiologische und physi- kalisch-chemische Studien uber gruppenspezi- fische Isohaemagglutination. 30p. 8? [Kiel] 1927. Sucker, W. *Die Isohaemagglutinine des menschlichen Blutes und ihre rassenbiologische Bedeutung [Leipzig] lip. 8? Berl., 1924. Also Zschr. Hyg, 1924, 102: 482-92. Altounyan, E. H. R. Blood group percentages for Arabs, Armenians, and Jews; analysis of 1,758 groupings. Brit. M.J, 1928, 1: 546.—Apert, E. Les groupes sanguins et leur rapport avec la race. Presse med, 1928, 36: 1619-21—Bais, W. J, & Verhoef, A. W. [The phenomenon of iso-haemagglutination and its anthropological significance] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1924, 68: pt2, 1212-31.—Benoit, F, & Kossovich, N. Les groupes sanguins chez les Berberophones (He de Kjerba, Hoggar, Maroc) C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 109:198-200— Berliner, M. Blutgruppen- zugehorigkeit und Rassenfragen. Zschr. Morph. Anthrop, 1928-29, 27: 161-70, pi.—Bernstein, F. Ueber den anthropolo- gischen Wert der Blutgruppen nach Mendes-Corr§a. Anthrop. Anz, 1929-30, 6: 336-8.—Bertels, M. Hamolyse und Blutgrup- penreaktion im Mittelalter. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 1915- Bijlmer, H. J. T. [Blood groups and races] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1935, 79: 2738-55.—Bujarric de la Riviere, R, & Kossovich, N. Les groupes sanguins en anthropologie. Ann. med. leg, 1934, 14: 275-94. Also Bull, med. Par, 1934, 48: 496. Also Echo med. nord, 1934, 3.ser, 2: 202.—Elsdon-Bew, R. The effects of mixture of races on serological constitution. S. Afr. J.M. Sc, 1935-36, 1: 184-90.—Gauch, H. Beitrag zum Zusammen- hang zwischen Blutgruppe und Rasse. Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1933, 6: 116-22.— Grigorjewa, S. P. Die Manoilowsche Reaktion als Mittel zur Rassenbestimmung beim Menschen. Ibid, 1929, 2: 92.—Grove, E. F. On the value of the blood-group feature as a means of determining racial relationship. J. Immun, Bait, 1926, 12: 251-62.—Ide, M. Les 32 especes humaines. Rev. med. Louvain, 1928, 206.—Klein, W, & Osthoff, H. Haemag- glutinine, Rasse- und anthropologische Merkmale. Arch. Rassenb, 1925-26, 17: 371-8.—Kossovich. Recherches sur la race armenienne par risohemagglutination. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 69-71. ----- & Benoit, F. Contribution a l'etude anthropologique et serologique (groupes sanguins) des Juifs modernes. Rev. anthrop. Par, 1932,42: 99-125—Lewis, J. H, & Henderson, B. L. The racial distribution of iso-hemagglut- inin groups. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 79: 1422-4—Manoilov, E. 0. Discernment of human races by blood particularly of Russians from Jews. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop, 1927, 10: 11-21— Martial, R. Le parallelisme cephalo-hematique et ses consequences au point de vue de la race. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 200: 1682-4—Ma- tiegka, J. [Blood groups and classification of human races] Anthropologie, Praha, 1927, 5: 288-313.—Mazzola, V. Ricerche sui gruppi sanguigni degli Arabi Abeidat. Gior. med. mil, 1930, 78: 206-15.—Mendes-Corrga, A. A. Sur les pretendues races serologiques. Anthropologie, Par, 1926, 36: 437-45. ----- Sur la valeur anthropologique des groupes sanguins. Sang Par, 1927, 1: 322-32.—Reche, O. Blutgruppenforschung und Anthropologie. Volk & Rasse, 1928, 3: 1-13—Routil, R. Welche Bedeutung haben die menschlichen Blutgruppen fiir eine Rassendiagnose? Biol, gen, Wien, 1932, 8: 283-300. ---- Die Bedeutung der Blutgruppenkombinationen von O-A-B-AB und M-MN-N fur Phylogenie, Erblehre und Rassenkunde des Menschen. Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1935, 65: 233-41.- Scheidt, W. Die rassenbiologische Bedeutung der Isohamagglu- tination. Med. Klin, Berl, 1932, 28: 813— Schmidt, A. Blut- gruppenuntersuchungen an Zigeunern der Batschka. Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1930-31, 3:14-9—Schbtt, E. B. [Blood grouping from an anthropological viewpoint] Uppsala lak. fbren. forh, 1928, n.F, 33: 515-25. Also Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1928, 1: 35-43.—Shanklin, W. M. Blood grouping of the Rwala Arabs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934-35, 32: 754—Snyder, I. H. Human blood groups and their bearing on racial relationships. Proc. U.S. Nat. Acad. Sc, 1925, 11: 406—Streng, O. Eine Vblkerkarte; eine graphische Darstellung der bisherigen Isoag- glutinationsresultate. Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1927, 8: fasc.l, no.4, 1-17, ch. Also Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1929, 71: 805- 35 —Vargas, L, & Varela, G. Los grupos sanguineos humanos. Rev. mex. biol, 1930, 10: 119-27—Verzar, F, & Weszeczky, O. Rassenbiologische Untersuchungen mittels Isohamagglutininen. Biochem. Zschr, 1922, 126: 33-9—Viola, B. I gruppi sanguigni come fattore etno-antropologico. Riv. antrop, 1928-29, 28: 307- 26. Also Boll. Soc. med. chir. Pavia, 1929, n.s, 4: 515-55; 1930, 44: 45-8. ----- Gruppi sanguigni e caratteri mor- fologici, dal punto di vista delle correlazioni etno-antropologicbe. Arch, antrop. crim. Tor, 1933, 53: 891-913—Wasmann, E. Eiweissdifferenzierung und Stammesverwandtschaft. Natur- wissenschaften, 1926, 14: 504—Wellisch, S. Ethno-anthropolo- gische Betrachtungen iiber die Blutgruppen. Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1927, 57: 159-63. Also Volk & Rasse, 1928, 3: 202-6. Also Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1928,1: 21-34. ----- Serologische Untersuchungen uber das Rassentum der Juden. Ibid, 204-8 — Werner, H. Rassenserologische Fragen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1936, 62:187-9.—Wischnewski, B.N. Zur Frage iiber die konsti- tutionelle und Rassenbedeutung der Isohamagglutination. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1927, 13: 272-85—Wyman, L. C, & Boyd, W. C. Human blood groups and anthropology. Am. Anthrop, 1935, 37: 181-200—Young, M. The problem of the racial significance of the blood groups. Man, Lond, 1928, 28; 153; 171— Younovich, R. Contribution a l'fetude serologique des Juifs de Yemen. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 929-31. ----- Etude serologique des Juifs samaritains. Ibid, 1933, 112: 970. ---- Relation to physiological properties. Balassa, G. Ueber den Schwefelgehalt des Hamoglobins, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Blutgruppen. Biochem. Zschr, 1935-36, 283: 222-8—Bay-Schmith, E. [Rate of sedi- mentation of erythrocytes and blood-types] Hospitalstidende, 1928, 71: 773; 1931, 74: 202. Also Acta path, microb. scand, 1931, 8: 22-S —Elbel, H, & Holzer, F. J. Bestehen gruppenspezifische Unterschiede im Verhalten der Blutkorperchen gegen Hamo- lytika? Zschr. Immunforsch, 1934, 82: 175-8—Garrasi, 0. U rapporto fra gruppi sanguigni materni e fetali e peso del feto e della placenta. Ann. ostet. gin, 1933, 55: 729-40. ----- L in- fluenza dei rapporti fra gruppi sanguigni materno, paterno e fetale sullo sviluppo ponderale del feto e della placenta. Ibid., 1961-7—Groh, J, & Weltner, M. Ueber die chemischen una spektroskopischen Eigenschaften des Serumglobulins (Zusam- menhang derselben mit den Blutgruppen?) Biochem. Zscnr, 1934, 273: 389-95—Hoche, O. Ueber blutgruppenspezinsche pathologisch-biologische Vorgange. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1929, 42: 498-500.—Muzyka, M, & LUle, F. Rapport entre les groupes BLOOD GROUPS 545 BLOOD GROUPS sanguins et la vitesse de sedimentation des h&maties. C. rend. Soc biol, 1933, 113:1295-7.-Palm.ieri, V. M. Proprieta gruppo- specifiche e pressione osmatica del sangue. Arch, antrop. crim Tor 1933 53: 1143-52—Pijper, A. Blood-group and red-cell diameter. ' S. Afr. M.J, 1934, 8: 703.-Ponzi, E Gruppi san- euieni e sviluppo ponderale del feto e della placenta. Riv. ital. tin 1935-36 18: 267-77—Richter, L. Ueber Isohamagglutina- tion und Blutkbrperchensenkung. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 141: 28-32 —Roi, G. II comportamento dei sieri di sangue di varie SDecie animali nella reazione del benzoino colloidale. Sperimen- tale 1295, 79:885-94—Schiff, F, & Akune, M. Blutgruppen und Physiologie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1931,78: 657-60— Starlinger, W Ueber Agglutination und Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Ery- throcyten. Biochem. Zschr, 1921, 114: 129; 122: 105. ___ Relation to somatic character. See also Body constitution. Atzeni Tedesco, P, & Asuni, M. I gruppi sanguigni in rap- porto alle costituzioni. Endocr. pat. cost, Roma, 1929, n.s, 4- 247-57.—Benassi, G, & Atzeni, V. Contributo alio studio dei gruppi sanguigni e dei principali caratteri etno-antropologici nella popolazione sarda; relazioni fra i gruppi sanguigni ed i caratteri somatici. Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1935, 37: 39-72 —Buchner, A, Steffan, P, & Wellisch, S. Die Blut- gruppen und ihre Beziehungen zu Pigment und Kopfform; die Krumrne Horn, Ostfriesland ( 172) Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1932 5' 81-6—Fiirst, T. Blutgruppenforschung und Konsti- tutionshygiene. Umschau, 1926, 3: S61-3— Geipel. Bestehen korrelative Beziehungen zwischen den Fingerleistenmustern und den Blutgruppen? Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1935, 7: 165 — Gemignani, V. Gruppi sanguigni e costituzione. Haemato- logica, Pavia, 1936, 17: 511-5—Grigorowa, 0. Die Isoagglutina- tion bei Kindern im Zusammenhang mit den konstitutionellen Eigenschaften. Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1931, 4: 155-63.—Hirsz- feld, L. Ueber die Konstitutionsserologie im Zusammenhang mit der Blutgruppenforschung. Erg. Hyg. Bakt, 1926, 8: 367-512 Also Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1881; 1929. Also Med. dosw, 1931, 13: 239-55—Kakuta, S, & Nagayam, T. Ueber Beziehung zwischen Blutgruppen und Hautleistensystemen des Handtellers. Gun idan zasshi, 1931, no.219, 6— Nicoletti, F. Rapporti tra gruppi sanguigni e caratteri somatici, dal punto di vista ereditario. Cult. med. mod. Pal, 1931,10: 719-28. ----- Su le correlazioni tra gruppi sanguigni e caratteri morfologici. Arch, antrop. crim. Tor, 1933, 53: 871-91—Rosenfeld, P. E. [Isohemoagglutination and morphological indexes] J. mikrob, Moskva, 1927, 4: 159-71.—Schmerling, S. G. [Correlation of isohemoagglutinating properties of the blood in man with the constitutional-morphologic symptoms and predisposition to some infectious diseases] Voy. med. J, 1930, 1: 119-26.—Sell, F. Die Blutgruppen und ihre Beziehungen zu Pigment und Kopfform; Nordostrand des Harzgebirges. Zschr. Rassenphy- siol, 1930-31, 3: 49-56—Smirnov, A. P, & Tcherniaev, E. P. [Constitution and blood groups (isohemoagglutination groups)] Vrach. gaz, 1929, 33: 2091-6.—Soboleva, G. V, & Basarov, N. I. [Blood groups and constitutional types] Antrop. J, Moskva, 1932, 124-37.—Steffan, P. Die Beziehungen zwischen Blut- gruppe, Pigment und Kopfform. Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1928, j. 72-9 —Tamburri, T. Gruppi sanguigni e costituzione. Endocr. pat. cost, Bologna, 1930, n.s, 5: 139-63, 2ch— Viola, B. I gruppi sanguigni studiati in rapporto ai caratteri antropologici. Riv. antrop, 1928-29, 28: 501-4. ----- Groupes sanguins et constitution physique. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1932,4:535-50. ----- Contributo alio studio dei rapporti fra caratteri gruppo-specifici e caratteri psico-costituzionali. Gior. med.mil, 1934,82: 253-8. --- Thomsen's phenomenon [T-agent] Stimpfl, A. *Zur Kenntnis der Blutgruppen- fermente [Berlin] p. 159-86. 8? Jena, 1932. Also Zschr. Immunforsch, 1932, 76: Barla-Szabo, E, Kramar, E, & Reiner, L. Weitere Untersu- chungen iiber die Entstehung der pathologischen Hamaggluti- nation (Panagglutination) Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929, 145: 64-71—Balla Volta, A, & Azzi, E. Intorno all' agglutinma lpo- termica universale per le emazie del sangue umano. Bull. sc. med, Bologna, 1930, 102: 32-8.—Friedenreich, V. Bactene pro- voquant la panagglutinabilite des hematies humaines (pheno- mene de Thomsen) C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 1079-81. ---- Fortgesetzte Untersuchungen iiber bakterielle Umfor- mung der iso-agglutinatorischen Verhaltnisse der Blutkorper- chen in vitro (O. Thomsen) Acta med. scand, 1928, suppl, H.26, 308-18. ----- Investigations into the Thomsen hemag- glutination phenomena. Ibid, 1928, 5: 59-101. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 98: 894; 1267. ----- Forme inSdite d hemo- agglutination bacterienne (hemalligation) Ibid, 99: 1755-8. ■---- Untersuchungen iiber das von O. Thomsen beschnebene vermehrungsfahige Agens als Verfinderer des isoagglutinaton- schen Verhaltens der roten Blutkorperchen. Zschr. Immun- forsch, 1928, 55: 84-101. ----- Die serologische Auffassung des Thomsenschen Blutkorperchen-Rezeptors. Ibid, 1929, 64: 455-73. -----& Munck, J. On haemolysis conditioned by the Thomsen blood-corpuscle receptor. Acta path, microb. scand, 1930, 7: 117-33— Hallauer, C. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Ery- throzytenveranderung nach Thomsen. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1930, 67: 15-24.—Hochheim, W, & Rosenthal, G. Ein Fall von Panagglutination bei agranulozytarer Reaktion. Med. Klin, 21767—vol. 2, 4th series----35 Berl, 1930, 26: 1150.—Kramar, E. Ueber pathologische Hamag- glutination (Panagglutination) zugleich ein Beitrag zu den Transfusionsschaden. Deut. med. Wschr, 1928, 54: 2097-9 — Lattes, L, & Crema, C. Sui rapporti tra il fenomeno di Thomsen e la panemoagglutinazione da freddo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 52-5.—Mason, J. H. Thomsen's hemagglutination phenomenon; isolation of a J-like bacillus. Onderstepoort J. Vet. Sc, 1934, 2: 25-7.—Mino, P. Sui rapporti tra panemoag- glutinina ed eteroagglutinine del sangue umano. Gior. biol. med. sper, 1924-25, 2: 133-5.—Moldawskaja-Kritschewskaja, W. B, & Jermilow, A. P. Zur Frage der Veranderung der agglu- tinablen Eigenschaften der Erythrozyten unter dem Einfluss der Bakterien M und J; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Zschr. Rassen- physiol, 1929, 2: 25-31.—Nakadate, K. Eine neue Anschauung iiber das Wesen der Panhamagglutination der menschlichen Blutkorperchen. Jap. J.M.Sc, 1933-34, 2: sec. med. hyg.,11; 97; 121; 153.—Ninomiya, K. Studien iiber die Bakterio-hamag- glutination; iiber die hamagglutinierende Coli-Gruppe. Fu- kuoka acta med, 1924, 17: 32.—Palmieri, V. M. Interferenze microbiche nei fenomeni di isoagglutinazione. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1931, 12: 418-31.—Prati, M. Influenza dei microor- ganismi sulla emoagglutinazione. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Mo- dena, 1928, 29: 135-52. Also Zschr. Immunforsch, 1928, 57: 1-18.—Riebeling, C. Ueber einen Fall von sogenanntem Panag- glutination. Med. Klin, Berl., 1933, 29: 1440-2—Sandstrom, L. Untersuchungen iiber das Verhiiten der bakteriell bedingten Panagglutinabilitat (Thomsens Phanomen) einer Fehlerquelle bei der Blutgruppenbestimmung. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1929, 113: 256-61.—Schiff, F. Ueber den Abbau gruppenspezifischer Substanzen durch Bakterien. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 750. ■----- & Bur6n, F. A. Zur Kenntnis der sogenannten Blut- gruppenfermente. Ibid, 710-2.—Sievers, O. Ueber Blutgrup- penferment. Acta path, microb. scand, 1936, suppl.26, 216-8.— Thomsen, O. Ein vermehrungsfahiges Agens als Veranderer des isoagglutinatorischen Verhaltens der roten Blutkorperchen, eine bisher unbekannte Quelle der Fehlbestimmung. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1927, 52: 85-107.----- Ueber bakterielle Veranderung der Agglutinabilitatsverhaltnisse der roten Blut- korperchen. Acta med. scand, 1929, 70: 436-48— Witebsky, E., & Satch, T. Zur Frage des Blutgruppenferments und der Aus- scheidung von Blutgruppensubstanz. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 948. ---- in animals. See also Blood groups—in apes; Blood groups— in birds. Bergmann, A. *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hamagglutinine bei Tier und Mensch [Giessen] 25p. 8? Vechta i.O., 1925. Brebant, P. *L'iso-agglutination chez les animaux: recherches experimentales dans l'espece ovine [Alfort] 48p. 8? Par., 1932. Herlyn, K. E. *Ueber Blutgruppen bei Tieren. p.377-98. 8? Gott., 1928. Also Ziichtungskunde, 1928, 3: Winter, S. G. *Untersuchungen iiber die Isohaemagglutination im Blute von Pferd, Rind, Schaf, Ziege und Schwein. 23p. 8? Gott., 1930. Amadon, R. S. Blood typing studies upon the horse and ox. Vet Med Chic, 1930, 25: 60.—Andersen, T. Ueber die Blut- gruppeneigenschaften der Schafe; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1935, 7: 171-5— Anderson, J. Blood grouping in man and animals, with special reference to its occurrence in the equine. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1932,12: 691-8—Bialosuknia, W, & Kaczkowski, B. Recherches sur les groupes serologiques chez les moutons. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 1196-8. Also J Immun, Bait, 1924, 9: 593-601—Boyd, W. C, & Walker, E W Failure to find individual blood differences in guinea nigs or in mice. Ibid, 1934, 26: 435—Burghardt. Blutgruppen beim Pferde. Zschr. Veterinark, 1933, 45: 33-52—Cantacuzene, J Production experimentale d'hemo-agglutinines et de preci- p'itines chez Helix pomatia. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1916, 79: 528- 30 —Cuboni, E. Le isoemoagglutinine nei sangue del cavallo. Boll 1st sieroter. milan, 1928, 7: 469-77.—Bamboviceanu, A. Quelques recherches sur les proprietes agglutinantes et pre- emitantes du sang d'Anodonta cyanea. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924 91- 736-8.—Bujarric de la Riviere & Kossovich, N. Sur les groupes sanguins des chevaux et I'adsorption par les globules rouges Ibid, 1927, 97: 373-6.—Eisler, M, & Howard, A. Ueber Agglutinogen in Kaninchenerythrozyten und sein Verhaltnis zur Gruppensubstanz B. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1936, 87: 184-95—Fischer, W. Ueber Blutgruppeneigenschaften beim Kaninchen. Ibid, 1935, 86: 97-129. —— & Klinkhart, G. TTeber Isohamagglutination und Isohamolyse beim Kaninchen. Arb. Staatsinst exp. Ther,. 1929, H.22 31-9.----- Unter- suchungen iiber Hamagglutination und Hamolyse bei Feld- hasen Feldkaninchen und Stallkaninchen. Ibid, 1930, H.23, 65-80 ' tab —Fishbein, M. Isoagglutination in man and lower animals. J. Infect. Dis, 1913, 12: 133-9.-Frendzlowa, J, & Szymanowski, Z. [Immunoisoagglutinins in the blood of pigs] Med dosw, 1935, 19: 143-51—Friedberger, E, & Taslakows, T. Ueber Blutgruppen bei der zahmen und wilden Ratte. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1928, 59: 271-6, tab— Gara, P. von. Blutgrup- BLOOD GROUPS 546 BLOOD GROUPS penuntersuchungen an normalen und mit abgetoteten Typhus- bacillen vorbehandelten Kaninchen. Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 209-11.—Gorer, P. A. The detection of antigenic differences in mouse erythrocytes by the employment of immune sera. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1936,17: 42-50.—Grikurov, V. S. [Hemoagglutina- tion properties of the blood in marmots] Vest, mikrob, 1934, 13: 51.—Hamedy, A. Le phfinomene de l'iso-agglutination chez les chevaux avant et apres leur hyperimmunisation antitoxique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 106: 1095-7. ----- Le phenomene d'iso-agglutination chez les chevaux producteurs de sferum anti- toxique. Ibid, 1097-9.—Herman, V. A. A study of the blood- grouping factors in horses. J. Immun, Bait, 1936, 31: 347-53.— Hirszfeld, L, & Halber, W. Differences biochimiques et rapport mutuel des groupes sanguins chez I'homme et chez les animaux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 1166-8. ----- Ueber gegenseitige Beziehungen gruppenspezifischer Strukturen bei Menschen und Tieren. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1928, 59: 17-51— Hirszfeld, I., & Przesmycki, E. Recherches sur l'agglutination normale; de l'iso-agglutination des globules rouges chez les chevaux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 1360.—Hofe, F. W. Untersuchungen iiber die Blutgruppen des Pferdes. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh, 1934-35, 68: 371-96.—Hofferber, O, & Winter, S. G. Isohamag- glutinationen und Blutgruppen bei Rindern. Ibid, 1931-32, 64: 510-7. -----■ Die Wirkung intravenoser Injektionen von arteigenem, aber gruppenfremdem Blute auf die Isohamagglu- tinine des Pferdes. Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1932, 5: 87-90.— Holzer, F. J. Ueber die serologische Differenzierung zweier Meerschweinchenarten. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1934-35, 84: 170—6.—Ionesco-Mihaiesti, C, & Bumitresco, B. Groupes san- guins chez le lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 98: 1637.—Irwin, M. R. Dissimilarities between antigenic properties of red blood cells of dove hybrid and parental genera. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1932, 29: 850.—Kaempffer, A. Ueber ein zweites Isoagglutinogen-Agglutininpaar, B-/3, im Schweineblut. Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1932, 5: 53-8—Karshner, W. M. Hemoaggluti- nation in the blood of bovines. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1928-29, 14: 225-8.—Kayser, W. Individualitatsreaktionen des Blutes von Schafen, Ziegen, Schweinen und Rindern. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1929, 59: 89-102.—Lambert, W. V. On the absence of iso- agglutinins in rats. Am. Natur, 1927, 61: 382.—Lauer, A. Blutgruppendifferenzierung bei Hunden. Zschr. Immun- forsch, 1930, 68: 434-6— Lawson, G. B, & Redfield, K. T. Iso- hemagglutinins in the lower animals. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1929-30, 15: 629-32.—Lepukalna, A. [Reaction of isohemoagglutination in rabbits and the importance of microscopic verification, in the determination of blood groups] Vrach. dielo, 1929, 12: 975.— Levine, P, & Landsteiner, K. On immune isoagglutinins in rabbits. J. Immun, Bait, 1929, 17: 559-65.—Little, R. B. Iso- agglutinins in the blood of cattle. Ibid, 377-89. ----- Irreg- ularities observed in the isoagglutination reaction of the blood of bovines. Ibid.., 391-300. ----- Inactivation by heat of the isoagglutinins in the blood of cattle, with reactivation by the addition of fresh cow serum. Ibid, 401-10.—MacBowell, E. C, & Hubbard, J. E. On the absence of isoagglutinins in mice. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1922-23, 20: 93-5— Mira, F. de, & Jacobsohn, K. P. Ueber die serologische Verwandtschafts- bestimmung bei Tieren. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1931, 70: 315- 24.—Nosenzo, M. Ricerche sulla emoagglutinazione nei sangue di cavallo. Gior. batt. immun, 1928, 3: 89-106.—Panisset, I, & Verge, J. Sur l'existence des groupes sanguins chez les ani- maux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 87: 870-2—Plank, M. G. van der [Blood groups in man and animals] Tschr. diergeneesk, 1933, 60: 318-22.—Ringseisen, J. Die Blutgruppenforschung bei Mensch und Tier und ihre praktische Bedeutung. Miinch. tierarztl. Wschr, 1932, 83: 601-5—Rode, P. Etude des groupes sanguins chez les mammiferes; la sfirologie dans ses relations avec la systematique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 27-30. ----- Les groupes sanguins des mammiferes sauvages; pre- miere liste; terminologie. Ibid, 116: 42-5.—Rosahn, P. B, Pearce, L, & Ch'uan-K'Uei Hu. Comparison of the hemocyto- logical constitution of male and female rabbits. J. Exp. M, 1934, 60: 687-99. Also repr.—Rous, P, & Robertson, O. H. Free antigen and antibody circulating together in large amounts (hemagglutinin and agglutinogen in the blood of transfused rabbits) Ibid, 1918, 27: 509-17. Also repr.—Ruscher. Die Blutgruppenbestimmung beim Pferde. Zschr. Veterinark, 1934, 46: 388-97.—Schermer, S. Ueber das Vorkommen von Blutgruppen bei unseren Haustieren. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr, 1928, 36: 797-802. ----- Untersuchungen iiber die Blutgrup- pen des Pferdes. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1928, 58:130-42. ----- Ueber B lutgruppen bei Haustieren und ihre Vererbung. Zschr. indukt. Abstamm, 1934, 67: 261. Also Papers Internat. Vet. Congr, 1934, 12: no.27. Also Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1935, 7: 33-42. -----& Hofferber, 0. Individualitatsreaktionen (Iso- hamagglutination, Isolysis, Heteroagglutination und Hetero- lysis) des normalen Pferdeblutes. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh 1927-28, 57: 77-99. ----- Die Struktur der sogenannten Ne- benblutgruppen des Pferdes. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1930, 67: 497-506.—Schermer, S, & Kaempffer, A. Weitere gruppen- spezifische Differenzierungen im Pferdeblut. Ibid, 1933, 80: 146-71. ----- & Kayser, W. Vergleichende Untersuchungen uber die Isoagglutinine im Blute des Menschen und des Schweines. Ibid, 1930, 68: 437-49—Schneider, P. Blutunter- suchungen an Pferdebastarden. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr 1924 32: 268-70—Schwarz, M. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Isoaggluti- nine im Pferdeblut. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1926, 48: 79-96.— Schwarzmann, L. A. Die gruppenspezifische Differenzierung der Tierorgane; die Gruppendifferenzieruug der Kaninchenor- gane. Ibid, 1936, 87: 525-36— Semmler. Zur Frage der Blut- gruppenbestimmung bei Pferden. Zschr. Veterinark, 1927, 39: 321-32.—Shimidzu, T. Ueber Hamagglutination bei Tieren; Auto- und Isoagglutination bei Tieren. Tohoku J. Exp. M , 1931-32, 18: 97-115.—Snyder, L. H. Iso-hemagglutinitfs in rab- bits. J. Immun, Bait, 1924, 9: 45-8.—Szymanowski, Z. Blood groups in animals. Papers Internat. Vet. Congr, 1934, 12: no.26. -----& Frendzel, J. Ueber Immunoisoantikorper im Schweineserum. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1936, 88: 397-402.— Szymanowski, Z, Stetkiewicz, S, & Wachler, B. Les groupes serologiques dans le sang du pore et leur relation avec les groupes du sang humain. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 9: 4204.—Szyma- nowski, Z, & Wachlerowna, B. [Serological blood-groups in pigs] Med. dosw, 1927, 7: 37-58. ----- [Immune iso-agglu- tinins in the serum of pig's blood] Ibid, 275-8.—Thomoff, Z. Die Blutgruppen des Pferdes. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh, 1930, 61: 433-44.—Thomsen, 0. [Research on serologic group differen- tiation of organisms] Ugeskr. laeger, 1930, 92: 377; 409; 427; 468. -----• & Kemp, T. Blutgruppendifferenzierung bei Tieren. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1930, 67: 251-65.—Thorek, M. Blood affinity in animals and its importance in glandular transplan- tations. Med. Rev. of Rev, 1924, 30: 226-31.—Triebmann, W. Der Antagonismus im A-Gehalt der Zellen des Blutes und der Organe beim Kaninchen. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1933, 79; 274-86.—Usuelli, F. Ricerche sull' emoisoagglutinazione nei bovini. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1931, 10: 260-9. ----- U significato biologico e le probabili applicazioni zootecniche degli studi sui gruppi sanguigni degli animali. Clin, vet, Milano, 1931, 54: 590; 678.—Viebrock. Blutgruppenbestimmung bei Pferden der Kavallerieschule. Zschr. Veterinark, 1935, 47: 289-302.—Walsh, L. S. N. Hemagglutination in horses J. Immun, Bait, 1924, 9: 57-73. ----- The blood interrela- tionship of horses, asses, and mules. Ibid, 49-55—Wichels. Eine Voraussetzung fiir das Auftreten gruppenspezifischer Eigenschaften bei den verschiedenen Tierarten. Biol. Zbl 1930, 50: 327-9—Wiener, A. S. Individuality of the blood in higher animals. Zschr. indukt. Abstamm, 1933, 66: 31-84.— Witebsky, E, & Okabe, K. Ueber die Beziehungen des Rinder- blutes zu menschlichen Gruppenmerkmalen. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1095.—Wright, A. Isohemolysins and isoagglutinins occurring in dogs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936,34:440-3.— Wiinsche, O. Ueber gruppenspezifische Substanzen im Blut der Mause. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1933-34, 81: 293-316. ---- Hetero-Agglutinationsreaktionen zwischen Ratte und Maus. Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1933, 6: 201-3.—Zheltenkov, A. I. [Blood groups in immunized horses] Vest, mikrob, 1930, 9: 319-30. ---- in apes. Buchbinder, L. The blood grouping of Macacus rhesus; including comparative studies of the antigenic structure of the erythrocytes of man and Macacus rhesus. J. Immun, Bait, 1933, 25: 33-59. Also repr—Bahr, P. Ueber A-B-O-Blut- gruppen und M.-N.-Blutfaktoren anthropoider und niederer Affen. Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1936, 8: 145-63.—Fujiwara, K. Eine neue Methode, Menschenblut von Affenblut zu unter- scheiden. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1922, 1: 754-60.—Hirano, H. Blood groups in Philippine monkeys. Philippine J. Sc, 1932, 47: 449-62—Landsteiner, K, & Miller, C. P. Serological studies on the blood of the primates; the differentiation of human and anthropoid bloods. J. Exp. M, 1925, 42: 841-52. ---- The blood groups in anthropoid apes. Ibid, 853-62. ---- Distribution of serological factors related to human isoagglu- tinogens in the blood of lower monkeys. Ibid, 863-72 — Loeffier, L. Kurze Mitteilung iiber Blutgruppenuntersuchun- gen an niederen Affen. Verh. Ges. phys. Anthrop, 1931, 5: 40-2.—Troisier, J. Le groupe sanguin II de I'homme chez le chimpanze. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1928, 42: 363-79- Uhlenhuth, P. Die biologische Verwandtschaft zwischen Mensch und Affe. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 53:1945—Weinert, H. Blutgruppenuntersuchungen an Menschenaffen und ihre stammesgeschichtliche Bewertung. Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1931,4:8-23. ■----- Weitere Blutgruppenuntersuchungen an Affen. Ibid, 1932, 5: 59-68. ----- Neue Blutgruppenunter- suchungen an Affen im Jahre 1932. Ibid, 1933, 6: 75-81. ---- Blutgruppenuntersuchungen an Gibbonaffen im Jahre 1934. Ibid, 1935,7: 167-70. , ---- in birds. Bailey, C. E. A study of the normal and immune hemagglu- tinins of the domestic fowl, with respect to their origin, specific- ity and identity. Am. J. Hyg, 1923, 3: 370-93—Karshner, W. M. Hemoagglutination in blood of chickens. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1928-29, 14: 346-50— Thomsen, O, Engelbreth-Holm, J, & Rothe-Meyer, A. Untersuchungen iiber serologische Gruppen- verschiedenheiten bei Hiihnern. Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1935, 7: 47-66.—Usuelli, F. Ricerche sull' emoisoagglutinazione nei gallo domestico e nei tacchino. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan., 1931, 10: 270-4. BLOODLETTING. See also Blood volume; Cupping; Hemorrhage; Leeching. Burwinkel. Ueber den Aderlass. Deut. med. Wschr, 1923, 49: 221.—Cattaneo, P. Der Aderlass. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1934, 64:83-6—Holler, G. Der Aderlass. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl, 1934, 2: 2.HSlfte, 1479-512.- Hiibner, 6. Ueber den Aderlass. Aerztl.Rdsch, 1935, 45: 17-21— Loeper, M. La saignee. Progr. med. Par, 1933,150-8. Also Ther. med. BLOODLETTING 547 BLOODLETTING (Loeper, M.) Par, 1934, 7: 113-28.—Mathieu, L. Quelques considerations au sujet d'un cas d'hypotension brutale consecu- tive a une saignee chez une grande hypertendue. Rev. med. est 1926, 54: 605-8.—Nonnenbruch. Ueber den Aderlass. Munch, med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 2004-7.—Saignee. Progr. med. Par, 1925, 40: 426.—Sironi, C. Rara complicanza in seguito a salasso della vena mediana basilica. Gazz. osp, 1927, 48:387-9.— Theilhaber, F. A. Der Aderlass; eine kritische Wurdigung. Beitr. Probl. Gyn. & Karzinoms, Berl, 1924, 71-88. ---- Effects. See also Anemia; Blood formation; Hemor- rhage, Effects. Bernard, E. * Recherches clinique et physio- pathologiques sur la saignee; les rapports du plasma et des liquides interstitiels. 208p. 8? Par., 1925. Lannegrace, C. Considerations sur l'effica- cite" therapeutique immediate de la saign6e; ses rapports avec les 6tats d'hvpertension de la circulation de retour. 249p. '8? Par., 1933. Nebroni, F. *Contribution a l'etude des emissions sanguines suivies de restitution globu- laire. 39p. 8? Par., 1926. Netj, H. *Der Einfluss wiederholter mittel- grosser Aderlasse auf die bakteriziden, hamolyti- schen und agglutinierenden Wirkungen des Normalserums [Freiburg] 12p. 8? Jena, 1920. Also Zschr. Immunforsch, 1920, 29: Orig, 349-56. Sjovall, H. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber das Blut und die blutbildenden Organe be- sonders das lymphatische Gewebe des Kanin- chens bei wiederholten Aderlassen. 308p. 8? Copenhagen, 1936. Forms Suppl.27, Acta path, microb. scand, 1936. Aggazzotti, A. Recherches sur l'hyperglycemie par saignee; action de 1'insuline. Arch. ital. biol, 1926, 76: 107-9. ----- Ricerche sulla iperglicemia da salasso; il contenuto di adre- nalina nelle capsule e di glicogeno nei fegato e nei muscoli, prima e dopo il dissanguamento. Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 870-4. ----- Influenza delle capsule surrenali e dei nervi splancnici. Ibid, 875-81. ------ Rapporto fra pressione e tasso glicemico nei dissanguamento. Ibid, 863-83. ----- Topografla dell' iperglicemia da salasso. Ibid, 881-3.—Balen, A. van [Local bloodletting, its effect in relation to the function of the capillary vessels] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1924, 68: pt 1, 345-53.—Barry, B. T, & Chauchard, A. B. Influence de la saignee sur 1'excitabilite du pneumogastrique dans son action sur la pression arterielle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 170-3.— Bergel, A, & Kummer, F. Zur Morphologie der Erythrozyten nach Aderlass. Med. Klin, Berl, 1933, 29: 1369-72.—Binet, L, & Fournier, B. La reaction splenique de la saignee. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 95: 1141.—Brocq-Rousseu. Variations de la teneur en matieres proteiques et en sels, du serum de cheval, au cours de saignees successives. Ibid, 6. —■--- Du rendement en serum, a la suite de saignees successives. Ibid, 68. ----- & Gallot. Le pH du serum de cheval au cours de saignees suc- cessives. Ibid, 1927, 96: 34.—Brocq-Rousseu & Roussel, G. La soil apres la saignee. Sang, Par, 1929, 3: 44-50. ----- & Gruzewska, Z. Le rapport des albuminoldes du serum aux sucres d'hydrolyse et ses variations au cours des saignees suc- cessives. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 101: 537-9.—Campanacci, B. Di una particolare reazione febbrile al salasso in soggettie epa- tolienali. Gior. clin. med, 1927, 8: 243-58.—Chahovich, X. Ac- tion de la saignee sur le metabolisme de sommet et le quotient metabolique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 298.—Chauchard, A. B. Action de la saignee sur 1'excitabilite du centre respira- toire et des fibres centripetes du pneumogastrique. Ibid, 1930, 104: 80-2.—Cotti, L, & Balestrieri, F. Dati comparativi sull'eli- minazione del ferro e del bilinogeno (ricambio emoglobinico) doposalasso. Minerva med. Tor, 1936, 27: 234-7.—Cuvelier, R, & Patoir, G. La regeneration des albumines du serum sanguin apres la saignee chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 16.— Daumas, A, & Pages, G. Sur les variations de l'uree et des chlorures sanguins au cours de la journee. Ibid, 1930, 103: 103M. ----- Sur les variations de l'uree et des chlorures sanguins au cours de la saignee. Ibid, 1030.—Bejust, S, & Vaurs, R. Resistance du lapin aux saignees repetees. Ibid, 1929, 102: 510.—Bogliotti, G. C, & Amprino, R. Modiflcazioni isto-flsiologiche delle cellule vescicolose di Bizzozero del midollo osseo in seguito a salassi. Zschr. Zellforsch, 1931, 14: 317-22.— Eeckhout, A. Van den, & Lahaye, J. De la regeneration des globules rouges apres la saignee. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 95: 248-50.—Endres, G. AustauschvorgSnge zwischen Gewebe und Blut; der Aderlass und die Dissoziation der Serumelektrolyte. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1925, 48: 141-7. —— Zur Beeinflus- sung des Blutchemismus durch Blutentziehungen. Ibid, 694-711.-----Die spezifisch-dynamische Eiweisswirkung und die Regulation des Stoffwechsels nach Blutentziehungen. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5:1137. -----& Neuhaus, C. Austausch- vorgange zwischen Gewebe und Blut; die Wirkung des Ader- lasses auf die Blutgase und das Saurebasengleichgewicht des Organismus. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1925, 47: 585-605—Gambi- gliani Zoccoli, A, & Leonardi, M. Azione dell' aria compressa sulla rigenerazione del sangue e sul comportamento del quadro ematico negli animali salassati. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1934-35, 34: 168-88.—Gilbert, A, Tzanck, A, & Negroni. Emission sanguine avec restitution globulaire. Paris med, 1926, 61: 217-24.— Gordon, A. S. Quantitative nature of the red cell response to a single bleeding. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 31: 563-5 — Grothusen. Ueber die Wirkung des Aderlasses. Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23: 1615. ----- Ueber Verkleinerung des Herzens nach Aderlass. Ibid, 1929, 25: 265.—Hitzenberger, K. Ein Beitrag zum Verstandnis der Wirkung des Aderlasses. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47:1009-11.—Ito, W. Ueber die Veranderung des Stoffaustausches zwischen Blut und Gewebe nach Aderlass. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1929, 14: 236-53— Jung, L, & Collet, P. Variations leucocytaires consecutives a la saignee, sui vie d'injec- tion d'adrenaline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 257.—Kalecka, R. [Effect of blood-letting on blood cholesterine in normal and splenectomized dogs] Med. dosw, 1931, 13: 415-22.—Klein, O., & Rischawy, E. Ueber die Beeinflussung der Alkalireserve des Venenblut-Plasmas durch Aderlass. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1927, 57: 574-83— Kruger, F. von, & Gerlach, W. Weitere Unter- suchungen iiber den Einfluss von Blutentziehungen auf die Resistenz des Blutfarbstoffes. Ibid, 54: 653-60.—Lindenbaum, I. S. Das Knochenmark in den ersten Stunden und Tagen nach dem Aderlass. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1929-30, 39: 501-12, pi.— Lindlau, M, Schiirmeyer, H, & Uhlenbruck, P. Beitrag zur Aderlasswirkung: das Verhalten der Eiweisskorper. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1926, 50:191-6.—Magri, V. Sul comportamento delle ossidasi leucocitarie nell' anemia da salasso. Sperimentale, 1934, 88: 242-50—Mangili, C. Sulla stabilita della soglia elet- trolitica del siero nelle anemie da salasso ripetuto. Arch, antrop. crim. Tor, 1933, 53: 1531-3.—Marrassini, A. Osservazioni sulla presunta eritrocitemia da salasso. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1936, 11: 258.----- Sulla presunta iperglobulia da salasso; osservazioni sperimentali, seguite da alcune considerazioni sulle perfusioni riparatrici nei casi di perdite sanguigne e di collasso. Gior. clin. med, 1936, 17: 769-86.—Mauriac, P, Servantie, L, & Bemenier, G. Variation des proteines totales, du rapport sSrine-globuline et de la cholesteroiemie chez les lapins soumis a de fortes saignees quotidiennes. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 558-60.—Pasteur Vallery-Radot, Maure, G. [et al.] Modification apportees au s6rum des lapins par des saignees rep6t6es. Ibid, 1935, 118: 1185-8.—Pitzorno, P. Sulle anemie sperimentali da salassi ripetuti. Boll. Soc. ital biol. sper, 1934, 9: 246-8.— Pozzi, L. La rigenerazione delle agglutinine e delle sieroproteine dopo il salasso; e gli anticorpi negli organi. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1935, 14: 643-54. Also Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1935, 7: 214-7.—Razemon, P, Warembourg, H, & Driessens, J. Influence de la saignee sur le glucose et le carbone indose plasmatiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113: 780-2.— Robertson, H. F, & Fetter, F. The effect of venesection on arterial, spinal fluid, and venous pressures, with especial refer- ence to failure of the left and right heart. J. Clin. Invest, 1935, 14: 305-10.—Rosenthal, F, Friedlander, E, & Kohn, R. Unter- suchungen iiber die Entstehung der Aderlasslipamie. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1934, 175: 343-52—Scheffer, J, & Bbhm, F. Kreislaufregulationen bei der Aderlassanamie der Kaninchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 88: 543-61.—Schmitz, E, & Koch, F. Ueber Veranderungen der Blutphosphatide bei der Aderlass- lipamie. Biochem. Zschr, 1930, 223: 257-77.—Scotti-Bouglas, R, & Martinetti, R. Influence del salasso su alcuni componenti biochimici del sangue e sull' equilibrio acidi-basi negli ipertesi. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1933, 57: 672-94—Steffanutti, P. Di alcuni effetti del salasso sulla costituzione chimica e fisico-chimica del sangue. Policlinico, 1934, 41: sez. med, 57-78.—Stillmunkes. Saign6e et diurese. Gaz. hop, 1929, 102: 313-5— Tachi, H. Beitrage zum Mechanismus der Aderlasshyperglykamie (Ver- such an Kaninchen) Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1928, 10: 96-176.— Takahashi, S. Ueber den Einfluss der Volumveranderungen der Blutniissigkeit auf die zirkulierende Blutmenge im normalen und pathologischen Zustand; die Veranderungen der zirkulie- renden Blutmenge durch Aderlass bei gesunden sowie Kanthari- din- und Urantieren. Ibid, 1935, 26: 60-72.—Takeshita, K. Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss des Aderlasses und der Bluttransfusion auf die Verteilung des Plasmaeiweisses. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1934, 12: 643—Tschilov, K, & Christov, E. Die Wirkung des Aderlasses auf die Herzgrosse. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 89: 173-6.—Tzanck, A, & Charrier, J. Du role antitoxique illusoire de la saign6e. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1931, 3.ser, 47: 1180-3—Volin, M. A, & Sorochkina, S. N. [Process in restoring the entire blood volume: the cell elements, and some of the physicochemical properties, after a severe blood letting. Ter. arkh, 1935,13: 77-84. ---- History. Blecher, R. *Ein Aderlasstraktat von Johannes Kanzelberger aus Schwanfelden (Aus- zug) [Leipzig] lOp. 8? Zeulenroda i. Thur., 1925. Blume, K. *Der Aderlass bei Hippocrates. 16p. 8? Wiirzb., 1931. BLOODLETTING 548 BLOODLETTING Frenkel, H. M. *Ein Speculum Fleubo- thomiae (Text und Kommentar) angeblich eines Erfurter Arztes nach Wiesbadener, Munchener und Wiener Handschriften. 24p. 8? Lpz., 1922. Seyfert, H. *Die Flebotomia Richardi Anglici (Auszug) p.iii-xv. 8? [Lpz.] 1924. Andel, M. A. van [Bloodletting in theory and practicel Bijdr. gesch. geneesk, 1932, 12: 181; 1933, 13: 61; 224. .pi. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1932, 76: pt4, 4648; 5164; 1933, 77: pt 1, 1015, 2pl.—Avalon, G. II salasso nei tempi andati. Igiene & vita, 1928, 11: 57-60.—Avalon, J. La saignee chez nos aieux. ^Esculape, Par, 1923, 13: n.s, 97-101.—Balser. Ein Aderlass bei der bayerischen Konigin vor 100 Jahren. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71:1559.—Bernard, H. La saignee, traitement des hfimorragies (1750) J. med. Bordeaux, 1923, 53: 120.—Bock, K. A. Der Aderlass einst und jetzt; Theorie und Praxis. Med. Kor. Bl. Wurttemberg, 1932, 102: 277; 292.—Brav, A. Vene- section in Talmudic literature. Med. Life, 1921, 28: 350-5 — Brunn, von. Geschichtliches vom Aderlass. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 612-4.—Castiglioni, A. II salasso nell' arme gentilizia dei Manfredi, Signori di Faenza. Essays Hist. Med, Zur, 1924, 159-82, 8pl. Also Boll. Ist. stor. ital. san, 1925, 5: 82; 109.—Burodie. Indications diverses de la saignee dans les temps anciens. Bull. Soc. m6d. chir. Bordeaux (1925) 1926, 450-2.—Gougaud, L. The practice of blood-letting in monas- teries. Cath. M. Guard, Middlesex, 1925, 3: 119-26—Jourdin, C. La saign6e chez les cisterciens au xx* siecle. Paris med, 1936, 101: annexe, 123-5.—Kramer, B. W. Venesection a lost art. N. York M.J, 1920,112:898-902— Muller, H.K. Versuche iiber den Einfluss der Milz auf die Blutzusammensetzung nach grossen Aderlassen. Zschr. Biol, 1927-28, 87: 307-18.—Picca, P. Un apostolo del salasso: Pietro Montagnana. Igiene & vita, 1921, 4: 48-52.—Randolph, B. M. The blood letting controversy in the 19th century. Ann. M. Hist, 1935, 7:177-82—Rosenthal, R. Ein Aderlass-Streit in Wien am Ende des 18. Jabrhunderts. Janus, Leyden, 1922, 26: 216-24. ----- An early opponent of venesection. Med. Life, 1922, 29: 585-90.—Saignee derriere l'oreille, gravure de Lucas de Leyde. iEsculape, Par, 1928, n.s, 18: 120.—Sepulcri, A. Greco-lat. phlebotomu; e suoi continuatori germanici e romanzi franc, flamme. Rendic. Ist. lombard. sc. lett, 1914-15, 2.ser, 47: 1053-67—Sudhoff, K. Eine deutsche Aderlasschau-Vorschrift. Arch. Gesch. Med, 1919- 20, 12: 192.—Thorndike, T. W. A history of bleeding and leeching. Boston M.&S.J, 1927, 197: 473-7. ---- Indications. See also names of diseases as* Blood pressure, high; Brain, Apoplexy; Eclampsia; Uremia, &c. Burwinkel, O. Der Aderlass als Heilmittel in der Praxis. 30p. 8? Munch., 1922. Forms H.ll, Samml. diagn.-ther. Abh. Also Aerztl. Rdsch, 1922, 32: 102, passim. Aschner, B. Der Aderlass als Prophylaktikum gegen post- operative Komplikationen und bei Entziindungen innerer Organe. Munch, med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 344. ----- Die Heilwirkungen des Aderlasses in der Chirurgie. Wien. med. Wschr, 1926, 76: 574-6.—Balard, P. La saignee dans la thera- peutique obstetricale. Bull, med. Par, 1927, 41: 970-3.— Balen, G. F. van [Indications for blood-letting] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1931, 75: pt 1, 907-20.—Burger, M. Physiologische Grundlagen, Indikationen und Wirkungen des Aderlasses. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 1241-8.-—Chabe, A. Les indications de la saignee en clientele. J. m6d. Bordeaux, 1931, 108: 1033-44.— Cumston, C. G. Bloodletting. Med. J. & Rec, 1925,122: 738 — Banzer, C. S. Venepuncture in therapy. Ibid, 121: 150.— Buplant, F. Quelques indications de la saign6e (uremie coma- teuse brusque et transitoire; delirium tremens; intoxication par les champignons amanites) Lyon m6d, 1924, 133: 229-37.— Holler, G. Accion y empleo terapeutico de la sangria. Siglo m6d, 1935, 95: 710-2. ----- Ueber die Wirkung und die therapeutische Anwendung des Aderlasses. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935, 48: 468-70. Also Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1936, 10: 9-11 — Kollert, V. Indikationen des Aderlasses. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1927, 40: 427-9.—Kritzler-Kosch, H. [Blood-letting as a thera- peutic method] Vrach. gaz, 1927, 31: 1369.—Lemierre, A. Action physiologique et indications de la saignee. Rev. med. fr, 1926, 7: 457-62. ----- & Bernard, E. Recherches sur les indications et sur l'action physiologique de la saignfee. Presse med, 1926, 34: 705-10—Lbwy, J. Ueber Aderlass und Chlo- ramie. Zbl. inn. Med, 1921, 42: 330-3.—M, P. E. Les indica- tions de la saign6e. Vie med, 1923, 4: 76.—Meira, R. Notas therapeuticas: o emprego da sangria. Rev. med, S. Paulo, 1927, 11: 106-8.—Moncayo, B. Dosificacion de la sangria en la pneumonia fibrinosa, eclampsia puerperal y asfixia del recien nacido. Clin. & lab, Zaragoza, 1929, 13: 214-29.—Robertson, H. F. The importance of venesection and venous pressure to the general practitioner. Pennsylvania M.J, 1935-36, 39: 319-22.—Rosenow, G. Anwendung und Grundlagen des Ader- lasses. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 835-7.—Scholtz, H. G. Die Indikationen der allgemeinen und lokalen Blutentziehun- gen. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1936, 33: 104-6.—Trikurakis, G. II salasso nelle malattie di petto (reviste sintetiche) Morgagni 1928, 70: 2619-37—Veil, W. H. Der gegenwartige Stand der Aderlassfrage. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh, 1917, 15: 139-79.— Willius, F. A. A talk on venesection. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1936, 11:139.—Ziegler, K. Der gegenwartige Stand der Aderlassfrage. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1921, 18: 248-53. ---- Methods. Astraldi, A. Aparato para extraction de sangre por via venssa. Sem. med, B. Air, 1926, 33: 1055—Barth, K. Zur Technik des Aderlasses. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 857.— Bischoff, G. Zur Ausfiihrung der Arteriotomie im Kindesalter. Zschr. Kinderh, 1931-32, 52: 139—Flandin, C, & Tzanck, A. L'injection anticoagulante d'ars6nobenzene pour faciliter la saignee. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1924, 3.ser, 48: 1414-6.— Gilbert, A, & Tzanck, A. Emission sanguine avec restitution globulaire (instrumentation et technique) C. rend..Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 960-2.—Grellety Bosviel, P. De la saignee des veines jugulairesexternes. Presse med, 1932, 40:356-8.—Helouin. Les prelevements de sang a la veine. Clinique, Par, 1930, 25:193.— Huebener, G. Ueber ein Aderlassbesteck. Aerztl. Rdsch, 1928, 38: 113.—Jonesco, M. Sur la technique des prises de sang. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1925, 39: 698.—Mac Rae, T. A needle for venous puncture. N. York M.J, 1910, 92: 1307. Also repr.— Niitzel, G. Zur Technik des Aderlasses; die Aderlass-Dauer- Veniile. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1934, 81: 250.—Rechnitzer, S. Ueber eine Modification des Aderlasses. Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 1959.—Scharfbillig, C. Zur Technik des Aderlasses. Hippokrates, Stuttg, 1934, 5: 457-61. ----- Die Blutmenge beim Aderlass. Ibid, 1935, 6: 562-6—Smith, S. W. The phlebotomist's carrier. Lancet, Lond, 1933, 1: 301.—Sole, A. Ueber eine neue Aderlass-Punktions- und Infusionskaniile. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1936, 83: 145—Stahl, R. Der Aderlass. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 40-4.—Hnger, R. Aderlass mittels des Potainschen Aspirators. Med. Klin, Berl, 1924, 20: 937.— Wallet. La saignee periodique par ponction intra-veineuse aspiratrice. Progr. m6d. Par, 1930, 2157. ---- in animals, Brocq-Rousseu, D. *Le probleme des saignees successives chez le cheval [Alfort] 119p. 8? Par., 1927. Graire, G. J. L. *De la saignee [Alfort| 55p. S? S. Quentin, 1927. Baudin, L. Regeneration du sang des poissons consecutive a la saignee. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 330-2— Pora, E. L'influence des saignees successives^ur la composition chimique et physico-chimique du sang des animaux marins. J. physiol. path, gen, 1936, 34: 735-45.—Semmler. Ueber Versuche mit dem provokatorischen Aderlass. Zschr. Veterinark, 1922, 34: 272-5. BLOOD LIPIDS. See also Blood, Ferments, lipolytic; Blood chemistry, Lipochrome; Blood cholesterol; Chyle; also names of lipids. Milbradt, H. W. *Lipamiestudien [Breslau] p.278-322. 8? Berl., 1930. Also Biochem. Zschr, 1929-30, 223: Achard, C, Bariety, M, & Codounis, A. Sur l'equilibre lipidique du serum sanguin chez le chien normal. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 108: 623-5— Achard, C, Grigaut, A, & Leblanc, A. L'equilibre lipo'idique du serum sanguin. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1927, 184: 843-5.—Agandjanianz, I. [Lipemia] Med. biol. J, Leningr, 1926, 2: no.l, 38-45.—Baere, L. J. del [Distribution of fat injected into the blood current] Ned. mschr. geneesk, 1926, 13: 644-50, pi—Boyd, E. M, & Tweddell, H. J. The lipids of human blood. Tr. R. Soc. Canada, 1935, 3.ser, 29: sec.5, 113-21.—Burger, M. Fette und lipoide des Blutes. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl, 1934, 2: 2.Halfte, 881-922- Cowie, B. M, & Hoag, L. A. Studies in blood fat; preliminary report. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921, 77: 1493. -Esquivel, R. B, & Gramajo, G. M. La lipemia. Sem. med, B. Air, 1929, 36: pt2, 1507-14.—Gildea, E. F, & Man, E. B. The relation between blood lipoids and body build. Yale J. Biol, 1935-36, 8: 531.- Grigaut, A, & Yovanovich, R. L'equilibre lipoidique du serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 1310-3—Hyman, L. W. The distribution of lipids in the livers, blood, plasma, and sera of immunized and nonimmunized horses. Annual Rep. N. York State Dep. Health, 1933, 54: 55—Jung, P, & Wolff, R. Sur la teneur comparee du plasma et du serum en lipoSdes. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1923, 5:137-47—Oser, B. L, & Karr, W. G. The lipoid partition in blood in health and in disease. Arch. Int. M, 1925, 36: 507-15. Also repr.—Sterols of blood plasma. J. Am. M. Ass, 1935, 104: 653—Stewart, C. P, & Hendry, E. B. The fats of human blood. Edinburgh M.J, 1936, 43: 99-107- Theorell, H. Studien uber die Plasmalipoide des Blutes. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1930, 223: 1-99. ---- Cephalin. See also Cephalin. Nakamura, K. A microcliemical method of estimation of cephalin in blood and other tissues. Med. Bull. Univ. Cin- cinnati, 1931, 6: 158-i;s.-----Blood cephalin of normal BLOOD LIPIDS 549 BLOOD LIPIDS animals and man. Ibid, 169-71.----- Blood cephalin in urea retention patients. Ibid, 172-4.----- Blood cephalin of diagnostic value in differentiating cardiac from nephritic patients. Ibid, 175-83—Wadsworth, A, Maltaner, F, & Mal- taner, E. Studies on the activity of cephalin as it relates to the coagulative and complementary properties of the blood. J. Immun, Bait, 1936, 30: 417-44. Also repr. --- Chemistry. Boyd, E. M. The extraction of blood lipids. J. Biol. Chem, 1936,114:223; 115: 37.—Channon, H. J, & Collinson, G. A. Blood fat; preparation and general characteristics. Biochem. J., Lond, 1929, 23: 663-75. ----- The acetone-ether-soluble frac- tion. Ibid, 1212-21.—Belage, B. Contribution a l'etude de la stabilite des liaisons lipoproteidiques dans le serum sanguin. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1935, 17: 927-37. ----- Extracti- bilite des lipides seriques par l'ethcr en presence d'alcool a froid en relation avec l'etat de sante ou de la maladie. Ibid, 938-43.— Engelmann, B. Ist die Glyzerinreaktion nach Gabbe ein Indi- kator des Lipoidgehaltes im Blute nach Injektion korperfremder Stoffe? Munch, med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 120.—Frankenthal, K. Ueber die Beziehungen der Serumlipoide zu den Eiweissfrak- tionen. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1925, 42: 501-6.—Gorter, E, & Grendel, F. On the spreading of the different lipoids from chromocytes of different animals. Proc. Akad. wet. Amster- dam, 1926, 29: sect, sc, pt 1, 318-20.—Himwich, H. E, & Spiers, M. A. The degree of saturation of blood fats mobilized during diabetes. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1931, 29: 235.—Horisawa, K. Mikrochemische Untersuchungen iiber das Blutfett. Verh. Jap. path. Ges, 1920, 10: 133—Lattes, L, Schneider, P, & Bebthy, K. von. Absorptionseigenschaften der Blutlipoide. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1928, 41: 1038-41.—Lemeland, P. Re- cherches chimiques et physiologiques sur les matieres grasses et les lipoides du sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1921, 2: 134^69.—Lifschutz, I. Zur Kenntnis der chemischen Natur und der Wanderungen des Blutfettes. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1921, 117: 212-7.—Machebceufr M. A. Recherches sur les phospho- aminolipides et les sterides du serum et du plasma sanguins; entrainement des phospholipides, des sterols et des sterides par les diverses fractions au cours du fractionnement des proteides du serum. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1929, 11: 268-93. Etude physico-chimique de la fraction proteidique la plus riche en phospholipides et en sterides. Ibid, 485-503. ----- & Sandor, G. Etude de l'extraction des lipides du serum sanguin par l'ether en presence de petites quantites d'alcool. Ann. physiol. Par, 1932, 8: 380. Also Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1932, 14: 1168-90. Also C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 194: 1102-4 — Ogilvie, R. F. The alkali reserve and fat-content of the blood. Edinburgh M.J, 1934, n.s, 41:448-51.—Paul, B. [Hydrogen ion contentration and blood lipoid] Magy. orv. arch, 1929, 30: 359-62.—Radsma, W. Reaktion der Fettstoffe des Blutes mit Essigsaureanhydrid und Schwefelsaure. Acta brevia neerl, 1935, 5: 67-9.—Reale, L. Lipidi liberi e lipidi legati nei plasma sanguigno. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1935, 10: 886-9.—Scotti- Ecoglieni, R. Lipides sanguins et fixation du chlorure d'ethyle par le sang total. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 105: 959.—Spranger. Zur physikalischen Chemie der Zell- und Blutfette. Acta paediat, Upps, 1931, 11: 584.—Sullmann, H, & Verzar, F. Diffusibilitat des Blutfettes. Biochem. Zschr, 1934, 270: 44-51—Tashiro, S, Schmidt, L. H, & Tietz, E. B. Quantitative studies on the Pettenkofer reaction of different lipids and of blood filtrate. Med. Bull. Univ. Cincinnati, 1931, 6: 62-73 — Theorell, H. & Widstrbm, G. Zur Methodik der Lipoidanalysen im Blut unter besonderer Berucksichtigung des Gesamtcholeste- rins. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 75: 699-705. --- Chylomicrons. See also Chyle. Fish, P. A. The comparative fat content of the portal vein as determined by the presence of fat particles with the darkfield microscope. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1922-23, 20: 62-4.— Glaser, F, & Buschmann. Der makroskopische Hamokonien- nachweis (Fettnachweis im Blutserum) Med. Klin, Berl, 1922, 18: 203.—Knudson, A, & Grigg, W. K. The relation between the chylomicrons (free granules) and the lipoid content of the blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1922-23, 20: 462-6 — ludlum, S. BeW, Taft, A. E, & Nugent, R. L. The nature and importance of surface films on chylomicrons. Ibid, 1930-31, 28: 189-91.—MacArthur, E. H. Chylomicron content and total lipids of blood plasma as determined on dogs. Ibid, 555-7. ---- Fat metabolism; a study of the rate of digestion of fats as determined by the chylomicrons of the blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1930, 87: 299-306. Also repr. ■---Determination. Fournier, A. *Les matieres grasses du sang; methodes de dosage. 275p. 8? Par., 1915. Allen, N.N. A simple volumetric method for determination of fat in blood plasma. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 31: 991-3.—Bielschowsky, F, & Castro Mendoza, H. J. Un nuevo metodo gravimetrico para la dosificacion de grasas totales en suero o plasma. Arch, med, Madr, 1934, 37: 1230-3.—Bing, H. I, & Heckscher, H. [A micro-method for measuring the amount of fat in blood] Hospitalstidende, 1923, 66: 777-81. ---- Die quantitative Bestimmung des primaren Aether- extrakts des Blutes. Biochem. Zschr, 1925, 158: 395-402 — Blix, G. A critical study of the nephelometric determination of blood fat. Skand. Arch. Physiol, Berl, 1924-25, 46- 121-36 ^T~,I!?ur,^e^helometrie der Blutlipoide. Biochem. Zschr ' ™f?f,„J?V 3}u~2%\—~ .A critical study of Bang's micro- method for the determination of blood lipoids (together with a survey of the principles of quantitative estimation of blood lipoids) Skand. Arch. Physiol, Berl, 1926, 48: 267-315. Also Hygiea, Stockh, 1928, 90: 934-44.—Bloor, W. R. The determi- nation of small amounts of lipid in blood plasma. J. Biol Chem, 1928, 77: 53-73.—Cantoni, O, & Fossati, F. Comple- ment a un micrometodo per la determinazione dei lipidi nei sangue. Diagn. teen, lab. Nap, 1935, 6: 876-81— Condorelli, L. Micrometodo per la determinazione qualitativa e quantitativa dei grassi nei sangue. Riforma med, 1922, 38:746-8—Escudero, A. Determinaeion de los lipidos en el plasma sanguineo. Tr. pub. elm. Escudero, B.Air, 1930, 4: 261-9. -----& Waisman, G. Determinaeion de los lipidos en el plasma sanguineo. Ibid, 284-90.—Fauque, M. C. J, & Manceau, P. A. E. Dosage des lipoides dans le sang des hepatiques et des diabetiques; leurs modifications sous l'influence de la cure hydro-min6rale de Vichy. Arch. med. pharm. mil, 1933, 98: 769-78.—Festen, H. [Method of determination of blood fat] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1933, 77: 1893-6—Fleisch, A. Die Genauigkeit der Bangschen Mikro-Blutlipoidbestimmung. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 176: 453-60.—Foiling, A. Une nouvelle methode de determination des lipoides du sang. Acta med. scand, 1926, suppl. 16: 651-6.— Gorter, E, & Grendel, F. Die Ausbreitung in einer monomole- kularen Schicht als Methode zur Bestimmung von Blutfett. Biochem. Zschr, 1928, 192: 431-56.—Heckscher, H. [Nephelo- metric estimation of fractions of neutral fat and cholesterin in the blood] Bibl. laeger, 1927, 119: 611; 627. ----- & Krarup Mbller, 0. Errors in the iodometry of Bang's method for the determination of lipoids in the blood. Skand. Arch. Physiol, Berl, 1927, 52: 222-34—Herrmann, L. G, Ames, A, & Tapke, R. J. Observations upon the Lipokrit method for the determi- nation of the lipoid content of blood. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934, 19: 411-21.—Himwich, H. E. Note on the determinations of blood fat. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1932, 29: 777. ----- Friedman, H, & Spiers, M. A. A modification of the method of Stewart and White for the determination of blood-fat, with observations on several species in postabsorptive conditions. Biochem. J, Lond, 1931, 25: 1839-44.—Jenkinson, C. N. The estimation of fat in blood-serum. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1934, 15: 13.—Katsura, S, & Hatakeyama, T. Eine genaue titrimetrische Bestimmungsmethode fiir Gesamtfettsauren und Gesamtcho- lesterin des Blutes in sehr kleinen Mengen. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 234: 462-77. ----- & Tajima, K. Eine titrimetrische Bestimmungsmethode fiir kleine Mengen Phosphatide, freies Cholesterin, Cholesterinester, Neutralfette und Gesamtlipoide des Blutes, des Blutplasmas und der Blutkorperchen. Ibid, 1934,269:231; 1936,284:312—Kien, G, & Wetzler-Ligeti, C. Eine Mikrobestimmung des Fettes in Blutserum. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935, 48: 871—Kirk, E, Page, I. H, & Van Slyke, B. B. Gasometric determination of plasma lipids. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 105: xlvii. -----• Gasometric microdetermination of lipids in plasma, blood cells, and tissues. Ibid, 106: 203-34.— Lawaetz, B, & Vogt-M0ller, P. [Examination of Ruckert's method of fractional, quantitative determination of lipoid con- tent of serum] Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: 1061-75.—Man, E. B, & Peters, J. P. Gravimetric determination of serum cholesterol adapted to the man and Gildea fatty acid method, with a note on the estimation of lipoid phosphorus. J. Biol. Chem, 1933, 101: 685-95.—Milroy, J. A. A micromethod for the determina- tion of the fats and lipins of blood. Biochem. J, Lond, 1928, 22:1206-11.—Monasterio, G. Un metodo per la microdetermina- zione dei lipidi nei sangue e nei tessuti. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 1299-304.—Popper, H. L, & Scholl, R. Fett- bestimmungen im Blut. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1932,235: 565-72 — Radsma, W, & Pirngadi. Ueber die Bang'schen Methoden zur Bestimmung des Gehaltes an Stoffen fettiger Art im Blut. Arch, neerl. physiol, 1929, 14: 345-58. Also Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1929, 69: 479-91.—Rappaport, F, & Wachstein, M. Vereinfachte Gesamtfettbestimmung im Blut und in den Organen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1936, 99: 85.—Ruckert, W. Eine einfache volumetrische Mikrobestimmung des Blutfettes (Lipokritverfahren) Klin. Wschr, 1931, 10: 1853-8—Schnor- busch, M. T. Methodische Untersuchungen und Ergebnisse vergleichender volumetrischer und gravimetrischer Blutfett- bestimmung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1934, 94: 63-75—Schrip- pers, J. C. [Estimation of fat in the blood by Bang's method] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1920, 64: pt2, 1081-6.—Stewart, C. P, & White, A. C. The estimation of fat in blood. Biochem. J, Lond, 1925, 19: 840-4—Stoddard, J. L, & Brury, P. E. A titration method for blood fat. J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 84: 741-8. Also repr.—Street, H. R. A gravimetric technique for the determination of small amounts of plasma lipids. Ibid, 1936, 116: 25-31.—Suranyi, G, & Veghelyi, P. [A new method of fat determination in 0.1 cc of blood or serum] Magy. orv. arch, 1935, 36: 169-75. Also Biochem. Zschr. 1935-36, 283: 415-21.— Theorell, A. H. T. Ueber quantitative Bestimmung der Lipoide der aus Pferdeplasma ausgesalzten Eiweisskorper. Ibid, 1926, 175: 297-317.—Waisman, S. G. El metodo de A. Escudero para la determinaeion de los lipidos plasmaticos. Sem. m6d, B. Air, 1934, 41: 90.—Weehuizen, F, & Weehuizen, E. The amount of fat and lipoid in the blood in the tropics. Meded. burgerl. geneesk. dienst Ned. Indie, 1919, 5: 50-64—Wilson, W. R, & Hansen, A. E. Study of the serum lipids by a microgravi- metric technique. J. Biol. Chem, 1935-36, 112: 457-68. Also repr.—Zancan, B. Sulla determinazione delle frazioni lipidiche del sangue. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1934, ll.ser, 2: 139-41. BLOOD LIPIDS 550 BLOOD LIPIDS ---- Excess, See also Blood lipids, Variation; also names of hyperlipemic diseases. Cueni, J. *Le metabolisme lipido-proteidique chez le sujet normal et dans differentes affections d'hyperlipemie. 113p. 8? Strasb., 1934. Bing, J, & Starup, TJ. Investigations on hyperlipaemia and cholesterinuria. Acta med. scand, 1935, 86: 12-21.—Bodo, R, & Scheffer, L. Fortgesetzte Untersuchungen iiber das Schicksal intravenos infundierter Fettemulsionen. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1927, 124: 326-33.—Burger, M. Die Physiologie und Pathologie der Hyperlipamien. Deut. med. Wschr, 1932, 58: 582-6.—Feigl, J. Ueber das Vorkommen und die Verteilung von Fetten und Lipoiden im Blute nach Blutentziehung; chemische Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Lipamiegebietes. Biochem. Zschr, 1921, 115: 63-70.—Hatakeyama, T. Ueber eine bisher nicht beschriebene experimentelle Hyperlipamie bei Kaninchen, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Erkenntnis der Genese der Aderlassli- pamie. Ibid, 1936, 285: 11-28.—Kimura, M. Zur Frage des Uebertritts intravenos infundierter Fette in die Lymphbahn. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1929, 14: 275-82.—Lawaetz, B, & Vogt-M0l- ler, P. [Studies on fatty metabolism; observations on the appli- cation of the hemolypokrite methods, and on the physiology and pathology of hyperlipemia, especially with idiopathic steatorrhea (sprue, non-tropical sprue, and intestinal infan- tilism)] Hospitalstidende, 1936, 79: 1009-31.—Nomura, T. Experimentelle Studien iiber intravenose Fettinfusion unter besonderer Berucksichtigung parenteraler Ernahrung; Schwan- kung des Fettgehalts im Blute nach Fettinfusion. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1929, 12: 247-53. —---■ Blutbild- und Blutdruck- schwankung nach Fettinfusion. Ibid, 389-96.—Peretti, G, Reale, L, & Cioglia, L. Sulla distribuzione nell' organismo dei grassi iniettati direttamente in circolo. Riv. pat. sper, 1933-34, 11: 73-98— Rix, E, & Muller, E. Physikalisch-chemische Untersuchungen bei experimenteller Lipoidamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 78:15-31.—Rony, H. R, & Mortimer, B. Studies on fat metabolism; lipemia induced by intravenous fat adminis- tration. Endocrinology, 1931, 15: 388-404.—Starup, TJ. Unter- suchungen fiber die Aderlass-Lipamie. Zschr. phvsiol. Chem, 1934, 224: 116-20.—Ziegler & Edelmann. Untersuchungen iiber die Aderlasslipamie am Kaninchen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1921, 47: 1181. ---- Fatty acids. See also Acetonemia; Acidosis; Blood, Acids; Ketosis; also names of diseases as Diabetes; Nephrosis, &c. Bloor, W. R. The fatty acids of blood plasma. J. Biol. Chem, 1923, 56:711; 1923-24, 59:543. ----- The distribution of the unsaturated acids. Ibid, 1924-25, 59: 543-56. ----- Pelkan, K. F, & Allen, B. M. Determination of fatty acids (and cholesterol) in small amouuts of blood plasma. Ibid, 1922, 52: 191-205.—Bodansky, M. Distribution of unsaturated fatty acids in the blood during fat absorption. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-31, 28: 630-2. ----- Relation of hemolysis to the primary penetration of fatty acids through the red cell membrane. Ibid, 632-4.—Brandt, W, Hinsberg, K, & Holland, G. Untersuchungen iiber die Jodzahlbestimmung der un- gesattigten Fettsauren im Blut. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 90: 216-24.—Hinsberg, K, & Holland, G. Ueber das Jodbin- dungsvermogen im Blute unter normalen und pathologischen Bedingungen. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 1601.—Ling, S. M, & Liu, S. H. Studies on plasma lipoids; fatty acids of blood plasma in diabetes and nephrosis. Chin. J. Physiol, 1928, 2: 157-61.— Lustig, B, & Botstiber, G. Ueber Jod- und Rhodan-Bindungs- vermogen und Lipoidgehalt der Serumeiweissfraktionen bei Lues und Morbus Basedowii. Biochem. Zschr, 1930, 220: 192-203.— Man, E. B, & Gildea, E. F. A modification of the Stoddard and Drury titrimetric method for the determination of the fatty acids in blood serum. J. Biol. Chem, 1932, 99: 43-60.—Mtihl- bock, O, & Kaufmann, C. Eine Abanderung der Blut-Fett- saurebestimmung nach Bloor. Klin. Wschr, 1931, 10: 1128 — Munoz, J. M. Les variations horaires et journalieres des acides gras totaux du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 114: 803-6. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1933, 12: 293-9.—Nicholls, E. G, & Perl- zweig, W. A. The plasma fats and the iodine absorption ca- pacity of the fatty acids in hyperthyroidism. J. Clin. Invest 1928, 5: 195-204.—Norman, G. F. Studies on the cholesterol and fatty acid content in the blood of normal and icteric infants Proc. Soc Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1923-24, 21: 211-4.—Orestano, G. Oscillazioni quantitative degli acidi grassi del sangue in condi- zioni normali e per l'azione difarmaci. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1931, 6: 293-6. ----- Azione dei farmaci solventi dei lipidi sui contenuto in acidi grassi del sangue e dei tessuti. Cult, med mod. Pal, 1931, 10: 175-82.—Parry, T. W, & Smith, J. A. b' The fatty acids of ox blood. Biochem. J, Lond, 1936 30- 592-8—Peretti, G, & Tore, B. Gli acidi grassi totali del fegato e del sangue, dopo somministrazione di grassi di varia natura Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1933, 35: 291-7. Also Boll Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 1429-33—Smith, M. E, & Kik, M. c! A micromethod for the determination of fatty acids from small amounts of whole blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1933, 103: 391-8 — Stewart, C. P, & Hendry, E. B. The determination of total fatty acids in blood. Biochem. J, Lond, 1935, 29:1677-82.—Stoesser A. V. Effect of acute infection on iodine number of serum fatty acids. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934-35, 32: 1326—Szent- Gybrgyi, A. von. Der Nachweis der mehrfach ungesattigten freien hohen Fettsauren im Blute. Biochem. Zschr, 1924, 146: 239-44. -----& Tominaga, T. Die quantitative Bestimmung der freien Blutfettsauren. Ibid, 226-38. ---- Lecithin. See also Blood lipids, Phospholipids. Bianco, G. Lecitina e lecitinasi nei sangue arterioso e nei sangue surrenale. Biochim. ter. sper, 1929, 16: 340-2. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 102: 463.—Leites, S. Studien iiber Fett- und Lipoidstoffwechsel; iiber alimentare Lecithinamie Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 184: 310-7.—Lintzel, W, & Monasterio, G. Eine Methode zur Mikrobestimmung des Lecithins im Blute und Plasma. Ibid, 1931, 241: 273-9.—Randies, F. S, & Knud- son, A. The estimation of lipoid phosphoric acid (lecithin) in blood by application of the Bell and Doisy method for phos- phorus. J. Biol. Chem, 1922, 53: 53-9.—Went, I, & Farag6, F. [Effect of lecithin on the stability of serum proteins] Magy orv. arch, 1931, 32: 451-8. Also Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 230' 238-44. ---- Normal values. Boyd, E. M. A differential lipid analysis of blood plasma in normal young women by micro-oxidative methods. J. Biol Chem, 1933, 101: 323-36.—Kawamura, R, Ito, T. [et al.] Fett- befunde in Herz,. Gefassen, Blut und hamatopogtischen Or- ganen. Tr. Soc. path, jap, 1933,23:221-5— Kobus, E. M. [The blood-fat in children measured in monomolecular layers] Ned. mschr. geneesk, 1927, 14: 229-67.—Kuriyagawa, T, Okawa, H. [et al.] Vergleichende Untersuchung des Fett- und Lipoidge- halts des Blutes in der rechten und linken Herzkammer. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1935, 276: 336-42.—Monasterio, G. Les lipides du sang dans les conditions normales. Arch. ital. biol, 1934-35, 92: 151-60. Also Fisiol. med, Roma, 1934, 5: 435-50—Page, I. H, Kirk, E. [et al.] Plasma lipids of normal men at different ages. J. Biol. Chem, 1935, 111: 613-39. Also repr—Pirngadi, M. De la teneur du sang en matieres grasses chez les Europeens et les Indonesiens sous les tropiques (recherches d'apres les methodes de Bang) Arch, neerl. physiol, 1929, 14: 359-70. Also Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1929, 69: 492-500.—Sartory, A., Sartory, R. [et al.] Contribution a l'etude de l'equilibre lipido- proteidique dans le serum humain normal. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1934, 3.ser, 111: 440—Villela, G. G, Castro, A, & Anderson, J. V. B. Lipoides totaes, acidos graxos, indice de iodo e cho- lesterol total do plasma. Brasil med, 1936, 50: 155-7.—Villela, G. G, & Silva, C. Lipoides do plasma normal. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1933, 27: 1-15. ---- Pharmacology. Biissem, W. Veranderungen des Blutfettes nach Jodgaben am Kaninchen. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1927, 126: 63-76 — Chaikov, I. 1, & Kaplan, A. The blood lipids in completely depancreatized dogs maintained with insulin. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 106: 267-79. Also repr—Grigaut, A, Bebray, M, & Furstner, W. E. La constitution lipoi'dique du sang dans ses rapports avec la resistance globulaire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 935-7.—Grigaut, A, & Yovanovich, R. Lipogenese et lipoldo- genese dans l'organisme animal. Ibid, 17-20.—Hansen, A. E, Wilson, W. R, & Williams, H. H. Serum lipid changes in rela- tion to the intermediary metabolism of fat. J. Biol. Chem, 1936, 114: 209-22. Also repr.—Himmelweit, F. Die Rolle der Lipoide im vegetativen System; die Beeinflussung des Lecithin- und Cholesterinspiegels im Blutserum durch Adrenalin. Zschr. klin. Med, 1928, 107: 803-9—Jung, P, & Wolff, R. Variation de la teneur en lipoides du plasma sanguin apres injection de peptone; comparaison avec le choc anaphylactique. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1923, 5: 200-6.—Katase, A. Ueber den Einfluss der Salze auf den Lipoidgehalt des Blutes. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1924, 14: 238.—Lewin, A. I. Ueber den Einfluss des Insu- lins auf die experimentelle LipSmie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1935, 96: 532-47—Ornstein, I, Sibi, M, & Branover, F. In- fluence des substances vago- et sympathicotropes sur la choleste- roiemie et la 16cithinemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934,115: 779-83 — Potick, B. Accion de las ponzofias sobre las substancias grasas del plasma sanguineo. Sem. med, B. Air, 1931, 38: pt2,110-21. ---- Phospholipids. See also Blood chemistry, Phosphorus. Bloor, W. R. The oxidative determination of phospholipid (lecithin and cephalin) in blood and tissues. J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 82: 273-86.—Boyd, E. M. Low phospholipid values in dog plasma. Ibid, 1931, 91: 1-12.—Capizzi, I. Sul dosaggio del fosforo lipidico del sangue. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1934, 9: 809-11.—Chanutin, A, & Ludewig, S. The blood plasma cho- lesterol and phospholipid phosphorus in rats following partial hepatectomy and following ligation of the bile duct. J. Biol. Chem, 1936, 115: 1-7— Chopra, R. N, & Roy, A. C. On the colorimetric determination of lipoid phosphorus (lecithin) in the blood. Ind. J.M. Res, 1936-37, 24: 479-86—Cruto, A. U dosaggio dei fosfatidi nei sangue e nei tessuti. Biochim. ter. sper, 1930, 17: 242-8. Also Rass. clin. ter, 1931, 30: 22-6- Be Paoli, M, & Roncati, B. Ricerche sperimentali sulle modi- flcazioni del contenuto colesterinico e fosfatidico; a. nei sangue e BLOOD LIPIDS 551 BLOOD LIPIDS nei cervello di animali resi sperimentalmente tubercolotici; b. nei sangue di dementi precoci fisicamente sani; c. nei sangue di dementi precoci con lesioni tubercolari. Riv. sper. freniat, 1930-31, 54: 65-93.—Festen, H. [Method of determining phos- phatide content of blood] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1933, 77: pt 1, 1118-20.—Fiessinger, N, & Gothie, S. L'equilibre lipo-proti- dique du s6rum au cours de la plasmapherese chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933,112:1142—Gordon, M. B, & Cohn, B. J. Cholesterol and lipoid phosphorus in infancy and in childhood; normal incidence in cord blood and during infancy and early childhood. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1928, 35: 193-200.—Karssen, A, & Wering, C. R. van. Technisches zur Lipoidphosphorbestim- mung im Blute. Acta brevia neerl, 1932, 2:137. Also Biochem. Zschr, 1932, 253: 427-30.—Kugelmass, I. N, & Greenwald, E. Phospholipids in the blood in infants and in children. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1931, 42: 1134-6. Also repr.—Leibov, S. L. A colorimetric method for the determination of lipoid phosphorus in blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 80: 211-4—Lemeland, P. Re- cherches sur le dosage du phosphore lipoidique total dans le serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 84: 446-8. Also Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1923, 5: 119-24— Milbradt, W. Zur Bestimmung von Cholesterin und Phosphatiden in kleinsten Gewebs- und Blutmengen. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1933, 216: 181-8.—Monasterio, G. La microdeterminazione titrimetrica dei fosfatidi nei sangue e nei tessuti. Diagn. teen, lab. Nap, 1933, 4: 863-71.—Munoz, J. M. Dosage des phospholipides et du cholesterol sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 108: 919—Nor- berg, B, & Teorell, T. Eine einfache Mikrobestimmungs- methode fiir Phosphatide in Geweben und Blut. Biochem. Zschr, 1933, 264: 310; 1934, 269: 1.—Polano, M. K. Ueber die Mikromethoden zur Bestimmung des Lipoidphosphors. Klin. Wschr, 1936, 15: 1685—Schmidt, L. H. The nature of the dif- ference in phospholipid content of oxalated and heparinized plasma. J. Biol. Chem, 1935,109: 449-53. Also repr.—Stewart, C. P, & Hendry, E. B. The phospholipins of blood. Biochem. J, Lond, 1935, 29: 1683-9.—Tashiro, S, & Schmidt, L. H. Blood phospholipids and gastric ulcer. J. Med, Cincin, 1931, 12: 299-301.—Wendt, H. Ueber das Verhalten der Phosphatide und des Cholesterins in Gesamtblut, Plasma und Erythrocyten des gesunden Menschen nach Olivenolbelastung mit und ohne vorherige Phosphatdarreichung. Biochem. Zschr, 1932, 250: 212.—Went, S, & Goreczky, L. Die Verteilung der Serumphos- phatide und des Cholesterins in durch Filtration durch gross- porige Kollodiumfilter gewonnenen Serumultrafiltraten. Ibid, 1931, 239: 441-8.—Whitehorn, J. C. A method for the determina- tion of lipoid phosphorus in blood and plasma. J. Biol. Chem, 1924,62:133-8. Alsorepr.—Youngburg, G.E. Relation between urinary phosphate and blood phospholipids during absorption of fats. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934-35, 20: 920-2. --- Physiology. See also lipid, Metabolism. Baler, L. E, & Carrel, A. Lipoids as the growth-inhibiting factor in serum. J. Exp. M, 1925, 42: 143-54.—Epstein, A. A, & Lande, H. Studies on blood lipoids; the relation of cholesterol and protein deficiency to basal metabolism. Arch. Int. M, 1922, 30: 563-77.—Fleisch, A. Die hormonale Beeinflussung des Blutfettgehalts. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 176: 461-70.—Franca- viglia, A. Variazioni del tasso lipemico nei sangue ehe attra- verso il polmone. Riv. pat. sper, 1934, 13: 45-50.—Gorter, E, & Grendel, F. Bimolecular layers of lipoids on the chromocytes of the blood. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1926, 29: sect, sc, 314-7.—Grigaut, A. Sang et urines dans le metabolisme des lipides. Presse therm, clim, 1934, 75: 367-72.—Holm, K. Ex- perimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Beziehungen der Lipo- lyse im Blute zu den Abwehrreaktionen des tierischen Organis- mus unter verschiedenartiger Vitaminzufuhr. Zschr. Immun- forsch, 1934, 82: 479-94.—Iacono, I. Ricerche sul potere lipo- litico del sangtae e della linfa. Morgagni, 1927, 69: 1601-8 — Lapponi, B. II potere lipolitico del siero del sangue; dimostra- zione in vitro e dimostrazione microscopica. Ann. igiene, 1924, 34: 801-13, pi—Lattes, I, Schneider, P, & Bebthy, K. V. Sul potere assorbente gruppo-specifico dei lipoidi del sangue. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 511-7.—Munoz, J. M. Accion del extracto de lobulo anterior de hipofisis sobre la grasa san- Kufnea. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1932, 8: 587-90.—Nedswedsky, S. W, & Alexandry, A. K. Das Verhaltnis der verschiedenen Organe zu dem Cholesterin, dem Fett und den Lecithinen nach Versuchen an angiostomierten Hunden. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1928, 219: 619-25.—Ohlson, B, & Rundqvist, O. Ueber die Bedeutung der Plasmalipoide fiir die Suspensionsstabilitat des Blutes. Biochem. Zschr, 1932, 247: 249-56—Raab, W, & Kerschbaum, E. Die blutfettsenkende Hypophysensubstanz Lipoitrin. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 90: 729-49—Recht, S, & Flesch, S. Alimentare Lipoidamie und Hypophysenhinter- lappenwirkung im Kindesalter. Ibid, 1934, 94: 648-54 — Remesow, I, & Tavaststyerna, N. Experimentell-chemische Studien iiber den Lipoidstoffwechsel; die Blutlipase bei Carni- und Herbivoren wahrend der experimentell hervorgerufenen Lipamien. Ibid, 1933, 87: 613-22—Roger, H, & Binet, L. Le pouvoir lipolytique (lipodierese) du sang arteriel et du sang veineux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 86: 203—Schaeffer, G. Sur le mecanisme regulateur de la teneur en lipoides du plasma sanguin. Bull. mSd, Par, 1921, 35: 1050—Went, S, Kuthy, A, & Lissak, K. Ueber die Rolle der Serumlipoide. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1934, 82: 392; 474—Witebsky, E, & Okabe, K. Isoagglutinine und gruppenspezifische Lipoide. Ibid, 1927-28, 54: 131-7.—Wlassics, T. Der Transport von Lipoiden aus den Zellen der Epidermis in das Blut. Derm. Wschr, 1932, 95: 1474.—Wwedensky, N, & Bobrowitzky, P. J. Methode zur Bestimmung der lipolytischen Wirkung von Pankreassaft und Blut. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 188: 448-58. ---- Relation to blood sugar. See also Blood sugar. Hartmann, H. TJ. *Ueber das Verhalten der Blutlipoide unmittelbar nach Fettzufuhr bei normalen und zuckerkranken Menschen, mit und ohne Anwendung von Insulin [Zurich] p.307-17. 8? Berl., 1923. Also Biochem. Zschr, 1924, 146: Arnoldi, W, & Collazo, I. A. Blutzucker und Blutfett. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 40: 323-40.—Brunelli, B. Sul com- portamento della lipemia dopo carico di glucosio nei soggetti normali. Riforma med, 1934, 50: 301.—Hamburger, H. J. Ueber den Einfluss von Futterungslipamien auf die Insulin- und Adrenalinblutzuckerkurven. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 96.— Jacchia, L. Intorno all' azione dei lipoidi sul ricambio degli idrati di carbonio e ai vantaggi della terapia con insulina asso- ciata a lecitina ex ovo. Minerva med. Tor, 1933, 24: 209-15 — Morimoto, M. Untersuchungen iiber Fette und Lipoide im Blute; iiber die Verteilung der Fette und Lipoide im Blute nach der Insulininjektion bei Hunden mit pankreatogenem Diabetes. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1928, 219: 733-7—Oliver, T. H, & Ha worth, A. The inter-relationship of blood fat and blood sugar. Lan- cet, Lond, 1923, 2: 114-6.—Remesow, I, & Matrossowich, B. Blutzuckerkurven bei Carnivoren und Herbivoren, wahrend der experimentellen Lipamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 77: 67-86. ---- Soaps, Lemeland, P. Recherches sur le dosage des savons dans le s6rum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 84: 617-9.—Rozenblat, H. Untersuchungen iiber die Verteilung der Seifen im Serum. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1912, 14: Orig, 62-9.—Stewart, C. P, & White, A. C. The determination of soap in blood. Biochem. J, Lond, 1929,23: 1263-6. ---- Variation. Gruber, E. *TJeber die Aenderung der chemischen Blutzusammensetzung nach Oel- fruhstiick. 14p. 8? Bonn, 1932. Leppien, R. *Ueber den Blutfettspiegel und den zeitlichen Verlauf seiner Veranderung unter dem Einfluss eines Oelfruhstucks beim gesunden und kranken Menschen. p.728-38. 8? Bonn, 1932. Also Zschr. ges. Med, 1932, 81: Bishop, W. B. S. The blood lipoids in health and disease. J. Cancer Res. Com. Univ. Sydney, 1931, 3: 223-31.—Bloor, W. R. Diet and the blood lipids. J. Biol. Chem, 1932, 95: 633-44. Also repr. ----- The effect of occasional overfeeding on the postabsorptive level. J. Biol. Chem, 1933, 103: 699-705. Also Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-31, 28: 701.—Blotner, H. The effect of pitocin, pitressin, and antuitrin on fat tolerance tests. Endocrinology, 1935, 19: 587-91—Boyd, E. M. Diurnal variations in plasma lipids. J. Biol. Chem, 1935, 110: 61-70. Also repr.—Capra, P. La curva lipemica dopo somministrazione orale di colesterina nei sani, negli epatopatici, negli ipertiroidei e dopo ergotamina. Arch, pat, Bologna, 1928, 7: 367-92.— Cassano, C. La lipemia alimentare nelle affezioni epatiche. Minerva med. Tor, 1928, 8: pt2, 1264-73. ----- La curva lipemica nei digiuno. Riforma med, 1929, 45: 181-4.—Be Candia, S. Influenza della introduzione parenterale di olio neutro di oliva sul fosforo e sui lipoidi del sangue. Rinasc. med, 1926, 3: 300-2.—Escudero, P, & Escudero, A. Variaciones de la lipemia en relation con el peso corporal. Rev. med. lat. amer, B. Air, 1929-30, 15: 1289-97.—Fazekas, J. F, Spiers, M. A, & Himwich, H. P. Effect of nocuous stimulation on blood fat. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1931, 29: 236—Fishberg, E. H, & Fishberg, A. M. The mechanism of the lipemia of bleeding. Ibid, 1927-28, 25: 296-9.—Friedman, E. I, & Shmerko, B. Y. [Properties of nutritional lipemia in exudative diathesis in in- fants] Pediatria, Moskva, 1930,14:25-32— Glusker, B. Plasma lipid levels in normal post-absorptive dogs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol NY, 27: 933. Also repr.—Hejda, B. [Alimentary hyperlipemia] Cas. 16k. Cesk, 1929, 68: 193-6. Also Am. J.M. Sc 1930, 180: 84-90.—Horiuchi, Y. Studies on blood fat; varia- tion of the blood fat constituents of rabbits under normal condi- tions J. Biol. Chem, 1920, 44: 345-61.—Iwatsuru, R. Unter- suchungen iiber Fette und Lipoide im Blute; iiber die Ver- teilung der Fette und Lipoide im Blute B-vitaminfrei ernahrter Kaninchen. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1925,208:41-8. ----- Ueber die Verteilung der Fette und Lipoide im Blute bei erhohter Fettresorption. Ibid, 1926, 214: 295-301—Jezler, A. Blut- lipoidgehalt und Jodzahl der Blutlipoide beim Menschen und Kaninchen unter verschiedenen physiologischen und patholo- gischen Bedingungen. Helvet. med. acta, 1935-36, 2: 346-74.— BLOOD LIPIDS 552 BLOOD LIPIDS Kopec, T. [Digestion lipaemia in nurslings] Przegl. pedyat, 1908-9,1:18-30.—Leites, S. Studien uber Fett- und Lipoidstoff- wechsel; iiber alimentare Lipamie; die Beziehungen zwischen Neutralfett und Lipoiden in der Norm und bei Belastung mit Neutralfett beziehungsweise Oleinsaure. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 184: 273-99.—Leopold, J. S, Bernhard, A, & Tow, A. Changes of the blood lipid in children following the application of anhydrous wool fat and ultra-violet irradiation. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1932, 43: 882-8. Also repr.—Ling, S. M. The influence of fat deprivation and feeding on the distribution of blood lipoids. Chin. J. Physiol, 1931, 5: 381-97.—Lipaemia after fatty meals. Brit. M.J, 1933, 1: 300—McClure, C. W, & Huntsinger, M. E. Studies in fat metabolism; the influence on blood lipids of single foodstuffs. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 76: 1-18—Man, E. B, & Gildea, E. F. The effect of the ingestion of a large amount of fat and of a balanced meal on the blood lipids of normal man. Ibid, 1932, 99: 61-9.—Munoz, J. M. Lipemie post-absorptive selon le regime et les saisons. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1935,118:589.— Nissen, N. I. Beitrag zur Beleuchtung der alimentaren Lipamie des Menschen; die normale, alimentare Blutfettkurve. Acta med. scand, 1930-31, 74: 566-600. Also Bibl. laeger, 1934, 126: 75-81.—Okey, R, & Stewart, B. Effect of sterol content of the diet upon cyclic variations in blood cholesterol in women. J. Biol. Chem, 1931, 97: xxxix— Page, I. H, Pasternack, L, & Burt, M. L. Ueber den Transport von Fetten und Lipoiden durch Blut nach Oeleingabe. Biochem. Zschr, 1930, 223: 445-56.—Patrono, V. Azione dell' alimentazione ricca di lipidi (tuorli d'uovo) sulla funzionalita del fegato, su alcuni compo- nent! chimici del sangue e sul metabolismo di base. Fisiol. med, Roma, 1934, 5: 691-716—Patterson, J. W. T. Blood-fat and exer- cise. Biochem. J, Lond, 1927, 21: 958-66—Prochnow, F. Alimentare Lipamie und Gallenblasenfunktion. Arch. klin. Chir, 1935-36, 184:368-74. -----& Findeisen, L. [Postopera- tive quantitative changes in the blood fat] Orvoskepzes, 1933, 23: Jun. kiilonf, 259-74. Also Arch. klin. Chir, 1933, 175: 121-37—Raab, W. Die alimentare-Lipamie des Menschen im Fieber. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 89: 616-21—Sure, B, Kik, M. C, & Church, A. E. The influence of fasting on the concen- tration of blood lipids in the albino rat. J. Biol. Chem, 1933, 103: 417-24.—Takeda, E. Influence of muscular exercise on the blood fat content of dogs kept on different kinds of diet. Jap. J. Exp. M, 1935, 13: 521-7.—Theorell, H. Ueber den Einfluss kiinstlicher Hyperthermic auf den Lipoidgehalt des Pferde- blutes. Acta med. scand, 1928, 68: 248-52—UsueUi, F. I grassi del sangue nella vagotomia bilaterale bassa. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 1275-8.-----& Gottardi, G. Osservazioni istologiche sul comportamento dei grassi e dei lipoidi negli animali vagotomizzati. Ibid, 1291-4.—Wechsler, H. F. Varia- tions in the total blood lipid in alimentary lipemia. Arch. Int. M, 1932, 50: 37-45.—Werner, M. Alimentare Hyperlipamie beim Menschen und ihre Beziehungen zur Lipase des Blutes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1932, 83: 402—Wilson, W. R, & Hanner, J. P. Changes of total lipid and iodine number of blood fat in alimentary lipemia. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 106: 323-30. Also repr. ---- Variation, pathological. See also names of diseases as Diabetes; Lipoido- sis; Liver, Diseases; Obesity, &c. Bufano, M. La fisiopatologia clinica e speri- mentale della lipemia. 294p. 8? Milano, 1929. Eckerle, F. *Ueber das Verhalten des Blut- fetts bei inneren Krankheiten [Munchen] 60p. 8? Murnau, 1933. Achard, C, Grigaut, A. [et al.] L'equilibre lipoidique du s6rum sanguin dans les maladies aigues. J. physiol. path. g6n, 1928, 26: 415-25.—Borruso, G. Ricerche sulla lipemia nella magrezza endogena. Policlinico, 1935, 42: sez. med, 637-56.— Boyd, E. M. The reaction of lipids in the blood leucocytes to fever and infection. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1935, 60: 205-13 — Casolo, G, & Barengo, E. II quoziente lipoidico del sangue: Colesterina/lecitina nella ipertensionearteriosa. Clin. med. ital, 1933, 64:145-61.—Be Tullio, R. I lipoidi del sangue nelle malattie epatiche e renali. Fol. med. Nap, 1927,13: 367-81—Fahrig, C, & Wacker, L. Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber den Lipoid- komplex des Blutserums bei essentieller Hypertension, Muskel- arbeit, Hunger, Schwangerschaft und Nahrungsaufnahme. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 886-91.—Friesz, J, & Szabo, G. [Lipoids of bloodplasma in internal diseases] Magy. orv. arch, 1927, 28: 511-24. Also Zschr. klin. Med, 1927, 106: 701-16.—Gerard, P. Sur la reaction plasmale. Bull, histol. appl, Lyon, 1935, 12: 274-8.—Kaiser, A. B, & Gray, M. S. Blood lipids in children with scarlet fever and rheumatic disease. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1934, 47: 9-24.—Kozawa, S, Iwatsuru, R, & Tamura, M. Ueber den Einfluss verschiedener Krankheitszustande auf den Gehalt des Blutes an Fette und Lipoide sowie auf deren Verteilung im Plasma, resp. Serum und den Blutkorperchen. Jap. J.M.Sc, 1936,4: Int. Med, 1-22, tab.—Leeuwen, J. J. van [Researches on neutral fat contents of blood in man, with a contribution to functional liver diagnosis] Ned. mschr. geneesk, 1930-31, 17: 635-78.—McQuarrie, I, & Stoesser, A. V. Influence of acute infection and of artificial fever on plasma lipoids. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1932, 29: 1281-3—Mandelstamm, M. Ueber das Vorkommen von lipoiden Substanzen des Blutes in den Gefassen verschiedener Organe, insbesondere des Gehirns. Beitr. path. Anat., 1931-32, 88: 377-94, pi—Scheffer, J. [Effect of food on the degree of posthemorrhagic lipemia] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1932, 13: 267-79.—Seemen, H. von. Untersuchungen iiber Blutfett; Beitrage zur Fettembolie. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1931, 230: 1-12.—Stoesser, A. V, & McQuarrie, I. Influence of acuto infection and artificial fever on the plasma lipids. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1935, 49: 658-71.—Tulgan, J. The role of the lipoids in blood in disease and the effects of fat metabolism and lipaemia. Arch. Ther, N.Y, 1926, 5: 197-201—Tutkewich, L. M. Vegeta- tives Nervensystem und Blutlipoide. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz, 1929, 144: 55-60— Van de Velde, J. Variations du taux des lipides du serum dans les etats de choc, et sous l'influence de l'alcalose ou de l'acidose. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 97: 1825-7. ---- in pregnancy and puerperium. Bokelmann, 0, & Bock, A. Beitrag zum intermediaren Fettstoffwechsel in der Schwangerschaft; Nahrungsfett und Blutfett. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1934, 158: 505-30—Boyd, E. M. The lipemia of pregnancy. J. Clin. Invest, 1934, 13: 347-63. ----- The lipid composition of white blood cells in women during pregnancy, lactation, and the puerperium. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1934, 59: 744-51. ----- Blood lipids in the puerperium. Am. J. Obst, 1935, 29: 797-805— Carta, B. Sull' indice di iodio dei lipidi del sangue in gravidanza. Rass. ter. pat. clin, 1936, 8: 507-10.—Gybrgy, P. Ueber den Lipoidgehalt des Nabel- schnurblutserums und des mutterlichen Blutserums. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 483.—Hellmuth, K. Untersuchungen iiber den Lipoidkomplex und seine wichtigsten Komponenten (Choles- terin, Fettsauren und Lezithin) im mutterlichen und kindlichen Blut unter normalen und pathologischen Verhaltnissen, mit einem Anhang fiber Lipaseuntersuchungen in beiden Kreis- laufen. Zbl. Gyn, 1925, 49: 1566-9—PicineUi, G, & Filaci, L. Variazioni del contenuto lipoideo dei leucociti in gravidanza normale e patologica e la puerperio. Fol. gyn, Genova, 1935, 32: 653-68.—Rosenthal. Die osmotische Resistenz der Erythro- zyten und der Lipoidgehalt des Blutserums bei Mutter und Kind. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 2083—Schaible, P. J. Plasma lipids in lactating and non-lactating animals. J. Biol. Chem, 1932, 95: 79-88. Also repr.—Slemons, J. M, & Stander, H. J. The lipoids of maternal and fetal blood at the conclusion of labor. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1923, 34: 7-10. BLOOD picture. See also Blood, Examination; Blood cell, Examination; Guttadiaphot; Hematology; also names of formed elements of blood as Blood platelet; Erythrocyte; Leukocyte, &c. Herzog, D. Vergleichende Morphologie des Blutes. p. 1229-318. 8? Berl., 1932-33. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl, 1932-33, 1: 2.Halfte. Price-Jones, C. Blood pictures; an introduc- tion to clinical haematology. 91p. 8? Bristol, 1917. ---- Also 3.ed. 72p. 1933. Gage, S. H, & Fish, P. A. The ultraparticles of the blood and chyle. Cornell Vet, 1921, 11: 143-53— Garces, E. Formula hemoleucocitaria. Arch. Fac. cien. med, Quito, 1932, 1: 241-9.—Majbich, J. B. [Analysis of the morphologic composi- tion of the blood] Omsk. med. J, 1928, 3: 8-18—Panza, P. T, & Bucco, C. L. Contribucion al estudio de la formula hemato- logics. Sem. med, B. Air, 1927, 34: pt2, 566-72—Piney, A. The principles of haematological differentiation. J.R. Micr. Soc, Lond, 1926, 46: 103-6, 2pl.—Rochaix, A. L'examen cyto- logique du sang normal et pathologique. Bull. sc. pharm. Par, 1921, 28: 225-33.—Triolo, C. Nuova concezione sulla strut- tura del sangue. Haematologica, Nap, 1922, 3: 29-37. ---- Arneth count. See Blood picture, leukocytic: Arneth. ---- Clinical and forensic significance. See also Blood picture, Pathology. Gloor, W. Die klinische Bedeutung dei qualitativen Veranderungen der Leukozyten. 89p. 8? Lpz., 1929. Schilling, V. Blut und Trauma; praktische und gutachtliche Anwendung der Blutuntersu- chungen auf dem Gebiete der Unfall-, Gewerbe-, Versicherungs- und Versorgungsmedizin. 196p. 8? Jena, 1932. Alexeiev, A. Recherches sur la physiologie des globules blancs; cytodiagnostic et son application en clinique. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1926-27, 101: 240-79, 4pl—Alvim, J. A formula hemo-leucocitaria: seu valor diagnostico. Med. contemp, Lisb, 1929, 47: 365-71—Arneth. Das Blutbild als prinzipielles Untersuchungsmittel am Krankenbette. Deut. med. Wschr, 1921, 47: 1418—Arvanitopulo, F. I. [Clinical importance ol morphologic blood examination by the Sondern-Koslovsky method in surgery] Vest, khir, 1927, 9: no.26-27, 80-81- Barta, I. GrSssen- und Fprmveranderungen der Leukozyten BLOOD PICTURE 553 BLOOD PICTURE und ihre klinische Verwertbarkeit. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1931- 32, 46: 367-76.—Berri, P, & Weinberger, M. II valore clinico del rapporto fra polinucleati neutrofili e linfociti (indice leuco- citario) Clin. med. ital, 1926, 57: 55-8.—Bringmann, K. Die histologische Blutuntersuchung in der Chirurgie. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1923, 129: 99-156.—Ebersberger. Ueber die Bedeutung des Blutbildes bei akut entzundlichen, chirurgischen Erkran- kungen. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1922, 172: 318-21.—Epstein, T. [Importance of blood picture in diseases] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1926, 24: 1117-33.—Forti, E. La formula leucocitaria nelle forme ginecologiche. Ann. ostet. gin, 1926, 48: 481-507.—Gorsky, S. Interpretation of the leucocyte, differential count, and the Schilling nuclear shift in the blood. Med. J. & Rec, 1932, 135: 468-71.—Gutzeit, K. Die diagnostische Bedeutung des weissen Blutbildes. Wien. med. Wschr, 1931, 81: 1270-6.—Haagen, W. W. Ergibt die Leukozytenschatzung aus dem Blutausstrich und dem dicken Tropfen praktische Ergebnisse fiir die Klinik? Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 1736—Hauer, A. Das Blutbild als diagnostisches Symptom. Ibii . \\)2i, 40: 979-82.—Hayes, I. A, Spizin, A, & Oranskv, P. Versuch der topischen Diagno- stik im Bilde des weissen Blutes. AreY fclin. Chir.. 1933, 175: 300-13.—Hirschfeld, H. Morphologische Blutdiagnostik. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1922, 19: 618-25. ----- Ueber die Bedeutung des Blutbildes fiir Diagnose und Prognose innerer Krankheiten. Ibid, 1929, 26: 749-52.—Hoff, F. Kritik und praktische Bedeu- tung des Blutbildes. Erg. ges. Med, 1929, 13: 1-57. Also Med. Welt, 1930, 4: 1539; 1578—Hoffmann, W. H. Das Blutbild als klinisches Untersuchungsmittel. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 903.—Jagic, N. Diagnostische Verwertung morphologischer Blutbefunde. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1928, 41: 744-6.—Jensen, K. Ueber die Verwendung der biologischen Leukocytenkurve in der Chirurgie. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 1617-9.—Jimgnez Biaz, C, Espejo, M, & Be Avellaneda, G. La curva de las leucovaria- ciones y su signification. Arch. card, hemat, Madr, 1925, 6: 118-38.—Jones, W. C, & Brown, C. E. The clinical significance of total and differential leukocyte counts, with special reference to acute infections. Am. J.M.Sc, 1922, 164: 553-73.—Khurgin, M. I. [Clinical importance of the white blood picture in internal diseases] Vrach. gaz, 1931, 35: 366-70.—Kiss, L. [Importance of cytologic blood examination for acute and chronic febrile diseases] Gyogyaszat, 1927, 67: 678-84—Konrad, J, & Juszt, J. [Clinical value of leukocytic blood-picture] Orv. hetil, 1929, 73: 36-8.—Kovacs, O. [Value of blood picture in diseases of children] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1930, 28: 371-7.—Levy, M. B. The differential leucocvtic count in diagnosis (a study of 932 cases) Med. Rec, S. Anton, 1924, 18: 295. Also Dallas M.J, 1925, 11: 86-9.—Lindemann, P. Die Leukocytenkurve in der Kriegschirurgie. Zbl. Chir, 1917, 44: 210—Logefeil, R. C. The value of blood-smear examination in medicine and surgery. Journal-lancet, 1924, 44: 617-28— Miller, H. P. Value of white and differential count in abdominal surgery; a plea for routine use of differential counts. Illinois M.J, 1929, 55: 59-64 — Moschkowski, S. Zur Verwertung des weissen Blutbildes. Deut. me 1. Wschr, 1925, 51: 2110-2.—Nakata, I, & Takenaka, S. Die zusammenfassende Betrachtung des Leucocytenbildes und die Prognose der inneren Krankheiten. Jap. J.M.Sc, 1933-34, 3: no.2, Int. Med, 64.—Negreiros-Rinaldi. Sul significato clinico di due nuovi reperti ematici. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1921, 2: 145-50.—Niehaus, F. W. Value of leukocyte counts according to Arneth-Schilling formula in clinical medicine. Med. Clin. N. America, 1928, 12: 395-406—Panton, P. N. Inter- pretation of blood films. Lancet, Lond, 1930, 1: 1361. ----- Interpretation of blood films; the white cells. Ibid, 1419.— Patte, A. L'examen systematique de la formule sanguine au cours des affections bucco-pharyng6es est-il justifie? J. med. chir. Par, 1935, 106: 505-19.—Pelger, K. [Diagnostic and prog- nostic importance of morphological examination of the blood] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1924, 68: pt2, 2555-75.—Pines, A. Der Leukozytenindex als klinisches Hilfsmittel. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 1662.—Piney, A. Some principles of haemato- logical interpretation. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1926, n.s, 121:133-5. ----- The significance of the polynuclear (Cooke) and Schilling leucocyte counts. Q.J. Med, Oxf, 1928-29, 22: 405-11.—Recio, A. Consideraciones sobre hematologia clinica. An. Acad, cienc. med. Habana, 1936, 72: pt2, 32-7.—Renshaw, A. Cytological changes in the blood and their significance. Clin. J, Lond, 1930, 59:157-63.—Saidl, J. [Diagnostic and prognostic value of leucocytic picture in female diseases and in post-opera- tive period] Cas. 16k. cesk, 1926, 65: 1104; 1132.—Sammartino, R. El hemograma en ginecologia; su aplicacion al diagnostico, su valor para establecer el pronostico y para determinar la con- ducts terapeutica. Rev. med. lat. amer, B. Air, 1931-32, 17: 510-31.—Sartory, A, Sartory, R. [et al.] L'image leucocytaire en clinique. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1934, 3.ser, 112: 196-200 — Schafer, H. Zur Verwertung des weissen Blutbildes; insbeson- dere zur Frage: Relative oder absolute Leukocytenzahlen? Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1928,134:650-65.—Schilling, V. Das Blutbild als prinzipielles Untersuchungsmittel am Krankenbett. Deut. med. Wschr, 1921, 47: 771-3. —--- Grundlagen fiir die kli- nische Verwertung des Leukozytenbildes. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1921, 33. Kongr, 541-3. •----- Biologische Leuko- zytenkurven als klinisches Hilfsmittel. Deut. med. Wschr, 1924, 50: 1583. ----- Absolute oder relative Zahlen bei der Verwertung des weissen Blutbildes? Ibid, 1926, 52: 988; 1034. ---- Krankheitsablaufe im Spiegel der biologischen Leuko- zytenkurve. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild, 1932, 23: H.3, 45-55. Also Med. Klin, Berl, 1932, 28: 283; 319. Also Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1931) 1932, 62: Teil2, 349-73.—Schiissler, E, Ueber die praktische Bedeutung des Blutbildes im Sauglingsalter. nach neueren Methoden. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1924, 3.F, 54: 87-90.— Schultz, W. Las anomalias del cuadro sanguineo y su impor- tancia diagnostica. Rev. med. germ.-iber. amer, 1930, 3: 393-405.—Stahl, 0. Die Bedeutung der histologischen Blutun- tersuchung bei chirurgischen Erkrankungen. Arch klin Chir 1922, 121: 358; 1924, 128: 655. Also Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48'! 713. Also Munch, med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 763.—Storm, W. H. The role of the differential white blood count in surgery Med Times, N.Y, 1927, 55: 287-90— Strumpel, W. Das weisse Blut- bild in der Oto-Rhino-Laryngologie. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk , 1926-27, 116: 217-25—Suzuki, T. Topical diagnosis from white blood picture. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1936, 29:108-14.—Toprovera, G. S. [Importance of the leukocytic blood picture in surgery of inflammatory diseases] Vrach. dielo, 1931,14: 339-43.—Varga, V. L. Valeur diagnostique et pronostique des alterations mor- phologiques des leucocytes du sang. Paris med, 1930, 75: 491-6— Watkins, C. H, & Heck, F. J. The practical value of examination of blood smears. Minnesota M, 1930, 13: 860-4 — Weth, G. von der. Zur Blutbilduntersuchung in der Gutachter- tatigkeit. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 1989—Wikullil, L. von. Zur Blutbilddiagnostik. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1929, 42: 1284-6.— Wolff, S. Lebenswichtige Entscheidungen durch das Blutbild Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 863-5.—Wollenberg, H. W. Klinische Ver- wertung des Leukozytenbildes mit Kernverschiebung. Zschr. klin. Med, 1921, 91: 236-55. ----- Das Blutbild in der Praxis. Med. Klin, Berl, 1922, 18: 1139—Yates, J. L. The significance of normal and morbid formation and distribution of cellular and non-cellular constituents of blood and lymph. Am. J.M.Sc. 1936, 191: 153-60. ---- Development and heredity. See also Blood formation; Hematopoietic system. Bayer, A. L. *Ueber die Zahlenverhaltnisse der rothen und weissen Zellen im Blute von Neugeborenen und Sauglingen. 24p. 8? Bern, 1881. Agress, H, & Bowney, H. The blood picture of human new- borns, with special reference to lymphocytes. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1936, 55: 207-17.—Arneth & Nienkemper. Ueber das nor- male qualitative Leukocytenblutbild des Sauglings nach Arneth. Zschr. Kinderh, 1922, 34: 263-86.—Bauza, J. A. Leu- cocytose et formule leucocytaire chez le nouveau-ne. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1932, 30: 588-94. Also Nourrisson, 1933, 21: 29- 37.—Bayer, W. Klinische und experimentelle Untersuchungen zu den Veranderungen im weissen Blutbild des Neugeborenen. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1931-32, 3.F, 84: 304-29—Faberi, M. Osser- vazioni sulla formula leucocitaria del neonato. Lattante, 1930, 1: 713; 1931, 2: 793.—Glatzel, H. Der Anteil von Erbanlage und Umwelt an der Variabilitat des normalen Blutbildes. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1931, 170: 470-89—Heissen, F. Ueber die Bedeutung des weissen Blutbildes beim Saugling und Klein- kind. Mschr. Kinderh, 1926, 33: 225-43— Isaacs, R. Blood morphology as a basis of constitutional types. Univ. Hosp. Bull, Ann Arb, 1935,1:15. Also Med. Papers (H. A. Christian Anniv. vol.) Bost, 1936, 538-44.—Kato, K. Leucocytes in in- fancy and childhood; a statistical analysis of 1,081 total and dif- ferential counts from birth to 15 years. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1935, 7: 7-15.—Kovacs, E. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des leuko- zytaren Blutbildes im Sauglingsalter. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1930, 3.F, 78: 244-57.—Montes, J. E. La formula leucocitaria del filipino recien nacido (nota preliminar) Rev. filip. med, 1924, 15: 114-7.—Nicoletti, F. II quadro emoleucocitario nella vita fetale e nei primi periodi della vita extrauterina. Cult. med. mod. Pal, 1929, 8: 957-70—Ockel, G. Ueber das normale qualitative Blutbild des Sauglings (nach gemeinsamen Unter- suchungen mit Burlin) Arch. Kinderh, 1924, 75: 40-8. ----- Ueber die Bedeutung des qualitativen Blutbildes beim Kinde. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 1045.—Ogawa, M. Hamatologische Untersuchungen bei japanischen Neugeborenen; das Blutbild der gesunden reifen Neugeborenen. Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi, 1935, 30: 7. ----- Ueber das Blutbild der Friihge- borenen. Ibid, 46.—Ostertag, M. Die Abhangigkeit des Ery- throcytendurchmessers und des Blutbilds von erblichen Ein- fliissen nach Untersuchungen an Zwillingen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1935, 178: 201-6.—Pomini, F. La formula leucocitaria del feto in rapporto alio sviluppo endouterino. Fol. gyn, Pavia, 1923, 18: 157-64.—Roccati, P. La morfologia del sangue umano e la formula leucocitaria alla nascita, nella vita fetale e prefetale. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 1251-8—Sanford, H. N. The polymorphonuclear count in the new-born; prelimi- nary report. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1929, 38: 271-4.—Schilhng, E. Blutbild und Konstitution. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1924, 36. Kongr, 241.—Sidoti, N. Ricerche sullo sviluppo dello schema lobulare dei leucociti neutrofili nella vita intrauterina ed estrauterina. Ann. clin. med. Pal, 1922, 12: 253-9—Smith, C. H. Differential white count in infancy; comparison by supra- vital and fixed smear methods. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1930-31, 40: 505-14.—Stransky, E. Beitrage zur klinischen Hamatologie im Sauglingsalter. Zschr. Kinderh, 1923, 35: 195; 1931, 51: 111.— Washburn, A. H. Blood cells in healthy young infants: the leu- kocytic picture during the first 3 months, with special reference to hourly and daily variations. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1933, 45: 32. Also Am. J. Dis. Child, 1934, 47: 993-1010. BLOOD PICTURE 554 BLOOD PICTURE ---- erythrocytic. See Erythrocyte; also names of hematopoietic diseases and blood disorders as Anemia; Anemia, pernicious; Polycythemia, &c. ---- Hemograms [Schilling] Furstner, W. E. *Bijdrage tot de waarde van het bloedonderzoek uitgevoerd volgens de me- thode Schilling. 138p. 8? Leiden, 1924. Kolodny, F. G. *Die praktische Anwendung des Hamogramms im klinischen Betriebe [Ber- lin] 24p. 8? Charlottenb., 1927. Schilling, V. Das Blutbild und seine kli- nische Verwertung (mit Einschluss der Tropen- krankheiten) kurzgefasste technische, theoreti- sche und praktische Anleitung zur mikroskopi- schen Blutuntersuchung. 3. & 4. Aufl. 261p. 8? Jena, 1924. ---- Also 9. & 10. Aufl. 468p. 1933. ---- Also English transl. by R. B. H. Gradwohl. 7. & 8. ed. 408p. 8? S. Louis, 1929. Allen, J. B. Schilling's differential blood count. Kentucky M.J, 1930, 28: 363-7.—Bakerman, L. S. [The polymorphonu- clear blood picture in surgical inflammatorv diseases (Schilling's formula)] Vest, khir, 1928, 14: 12-23— Berghausen, 0. The clinical interpretation of the Schilling hemogram. J. Med, Cincin, 1934, 15: 79-84—Blank, V, & Mastbaum, M. [Schil- ling's leukocytic formula] Kazan, med. J, 1925, 21: 125-32.— Bobrov, N. N , & Kohan, F. A. [Comparative value of Schilling's hemogram in internal and cutaneous diseases] Russ. klin, 1927, 7: 336-55. Also Arch. Derm. Syph, Berl, 1928,154: 33-52 — Brandenburg, G. L. [Importance of blood examination by Schilling's method for the prognosis of diseases of internal organs] Vrach. dielo, 1929, 12: 646-9—Bredeck, J. F. The Schilling blood differential counts and diagnosis and prognosis. Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1933, 27: 453-8—Crocker, W. J, & Valentine, E. H. Hemography in diagnosis, prognosis, and treat- ment based on 6,000 Schilling hemograms. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934, 20: 172-92.—Cruz, L. M, & Salzano, E. Methodo graphico para registro do hemogramma. Rev. med, S. Paulo, 1930-31, 15: no.54, 80-90.—Be Michelis, U. Ricerche cliniche sull' emo- gramma di Schilling. Minerva med. Tor, 1930, 21: ptl, 307-15.—Bornedden, H. Das Hamogramm in der Poliklinik; praktische Untersuchungen an 200 weiblichen Patienten. Zschr. klin. Med, 1924, 98: 401-17—Bungal, N. Das Hamo- gramm in der Poliklinik; 210 poliklinische Hamogramme bei Mannern. Ibid, 378-400—Earhart, S. B. The differential blood count. Delaware M.J, 1931, 3: 21-4.—Eberhard, E. Das Hamogramm in der Poliklinik; die poliklinische Verwertung der Polychromasie und basophilen Punktierung im dicken Bluttropfen. Zschr. klin. Med, 1924, 98: 368-77—Ernst, M. Die Verwertbarkeit der Schilling'schen Hamogrammethode im klinischen Betrieb. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1925, 149: 1-30 — France, J. F. Hemograma de Schilling del nifio normal menor de 2 afios. Rev. mex. puericult, 1932-33, 3: 87-110.—Franken- stein, C, & Stecher, L. Die Verwertbarkeit des Hamogramm- verfahrens (Blutbilddifferenzierung) nach V. Schilling im Sauglingsalter. Zschr. Kinderh, 1924, 37: 145-58— Freundlich, W. Ueber die praktische Verwertbarkeit des Hamogramms. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1924-25, 9: 447-60.—Fuss, E. M. Das vollstandige Differentialleukocytenbild (Hamogramm) im Puerperium. Zschr. klin. Med, 1923, 96: 391-406.—Gradwohl, R. B. H. The Schilling blood methods. Long Island M.J, 1930, 24: 255-64. Also South. M.&S, 1932, 94: 53-63—Guarino, A. Significato clinico dell' emogramma di Schilling e delle granulazioni patologiche di Mommsen in varie forme morbose. Bull. sc. med, Bologna, 1930, 102: 398-408— Harter, J. S, & Lvons, C. Surgical applications of the Schilling differential Mood count. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1933, 56:182-6.—Haynal, E. von. Der diagnostische Wert des Schillingschen Blutbildes. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1922,3: 507-14.—Heyn. Ueber Hamogramme in der Gestationsperiode. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1923, 120: 100-11.— Hosen, H. The Schilling hemogram in pediatrics. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1933, 86: 229-36.—Hurtado Galtes, F, & Castellanos y Gonzales, A. Critica e interpretation del hemograma. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1926, 31: 532; 567.—Joseph, F. Erfahrungen mit dem Hamogramm nach Schilling. Zschr. klin. Med, 1924, 100: 785-801— Kilbury, M. J. Schilling's differential count. J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1932, 28: 143-8.—Kbster, R, & Brase. Ueber die klinische Bedeutung des Hamogramms in diagnostischer und therapeutischer Hinsicht. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 93-5.—Kolodny, F, G. Zur Verwertbarkeit des Hamogramms. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1928, 15: 179-82.—Kracke, R. R. The clinical value of the Schilling blood count. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1931, 20: 392-7.—Meissner, H. Hamogramm-Technik und Fehlergrenzen der Zahlmethoden. Zschr. wiss. Mikr, 1928, 45: 280-95—Milne, B. S. The Schilling differential count in private practice. N. Zealand M.J, 1930-31, 29: 179-94.— Niehaus, F. W. Value of leucocyte counts, according to Schilling formula, in clinical medicine. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1928-29, 14: 531-8.—Nussbaum, S. The Schilling hemogram; its application in pediatrics. Arch. Pediat, N.Y, 1932, 49: 207-35—Ockel, 6. Ueber den Wert des V. Schillingschen Hamogramms als prin- zipielles Untersuchungsmittel am Krankenbett. Zschr. klin. Med, 1923, 97: 338-65. ----- Das qualitative Blutbild (Hamogramm) als Untersuchungsmittel des praktischen Arztes. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1924, 21: 493-8. ■----- Die praktische Bedeutung des qualitativen Blutbildes nach dem Hamogramm- verfahren mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Kindesalters. Arch. Kinderh, 1925, 76: 119-55. —-— Das Hamogramm in der Praxis. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1936, 33: 305-7.—Ramsay, J. The hsemogram or blood-chart in diagnosis and prognosis Clin. J, Lond, 1931, 60: 325-31.—Rogatz, J. L. The Schilling blood count in the prognosis of acute infections in infancy and in childhood; preliminary report. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1930, 40: 70-80.—Rosenfeld, E. B. [Clinical meaning of Schilling's blood picture] Vrach. gaz, 1927, 31: no.3, 175-80— Rossi, L. L'emo- gramma di Schilling nell' infanzia (ricerche ematologiche) Clin, pediat. Mod, 1929, 11: 805-31.—Schilling, C. Versuche einer Verbesserung der Blutuntersuchung auf Leukozyten Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 1337. -----• Das Hamogramm in der Tropenpraxis. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg, 1923, 27: 1-12. ----- Biologische Kurven der Leukocytenbewegung als Grundlage der praktischen Bewertung einmaliger Blutunter- suchungen. Zschr. klin. Med, 1924, 99:232-47. ----- Hamo- gramm oder Feststellung toxischer Granulationen der Leuko- zyten als Methode praktischer Blutbildverwertung? Deut. med. Wschr, 1929, 55: 1455-7. ----- Teoria morfologia y clasificacion del cuadro hematico. Prensa med, Habana, 1931, 22: no.3, 9; passim.—Schleicher, E. M. Schilling's hemogram. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1935-36, 21: 1296-301—Sreiberis, M. [The importance of Schilling's hemogram in practical medicine] Medicina, Kaunas, 1928, 9: 343-8.—Stites, F. M. The Schilling blood count. Kentucky M.J, 1931, 29: 199-203.—Strasser, U. Relative oder absolute Leukozytenzahlen? zur Technik und Bewertung der Differentialzahlung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1932, 28: 1747-9.—Tomaszewski, W. [Schilling's erythrocount] Polska gaz. lek, 1935, 14: 312-4.—Trettenero, M. Ricerche sull' emogramma di Schilling nei campo ginecologico. Riv. ital. gin, 1928, 8: 279-306.—Usandizaga y Soraluce, M. El hemo- grama de Schilling, sus modificaciones durante el embarazo, parto y puerperio. Progr. clin, Madr, 1927, 35: 885-909.— Wilson, I, & Cooper, L. The Schilling index. N. Zealand M.J, 1934, 33: 10-5— Ziemilski, B. [The diagnostic and prog- nostic value of the blood picture according to Schilling] Polska gaz. lek, 1924, 3: 376; 400. Also Zschr. klin. Med, 1924-25, 101: 505-17.—Zolotarev, N. P. [Morphology of leukocytes in various diseases according to Schilling's method] Russ. klin, 1925, 3: 513-25. ---- leukocytic. See also Basophil; Eosinophil; leukemia; Leukocyte; leukocytosis; Lymphocytosis; Mono- cyte, &c. Pusinelli, A. *Versuche iiber die sogenannte Differentialzahlung der Leukozyten. 16p. 8? Lpz., 1919. Weber, A. *Experimentelle Studien zum weissen Blutbild. 28p. 8? Miinch., 1930. Arneth & Stahl, F. Ueber die azurgranulierten Zellen und ihr normales qualitatives Blutbild nach Arneth. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 963. Also Zschr. klin. Med, 1922, 95: 201-27 — Berri, P, & Weinberger, M. Studio sul rapporto tra polinu- cleati neutrofili e linfociti (indice neutro-leuco-linfocitario) Clin. med. ital, 1927, 58: 208-57.—Gonzalez Guzman, I. Una nueva constante leucocitaria; la imagen nucleolar linfocftica. Rev. mex. biol, 1925, 5: 259-64.—Hitchens, A. P. Standardization of the differential leukocyte count. Mil. Surgeon, 1935, 77: 84-8. Also repr.—Jones, W. C, & Crocker, F. L. Leucocytic indices of body resistance, with report of a new index. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1926-27, 12: 482-92—Krebs, M. Der Leukocytenindex. Klin. Wschr, 1923, 2: 2206-8. Also Mschr. Kinderh, 1933, 56: 377- 90.—Lang, S. Determinazione della formula leucocitaria con conteggio contemporaneo dei leucociti. Gazz. osp, 1935, 56: 1056.—Metelkin, A. [Method of determining the leucocytic formula and counting normal elements of blood] Vrach. gaz, 1926, 30: 1175— Napier, L. E. The differential blood count. Ind. M. Gaz, 1922, 57: 176-9, pi—Reed, E. B. The differential white blood cell count. Nebraska M.J, 1933, 18: 133; 173 — Reich, C, & Reich, E. A study of a lymphocytic hemogram. Am. J.M.Sc, 1933, 186: 278-83—Rinkel, H. J, & Gay, L. P. The leukopenic index; technic and interpretation. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1936,33: 182-86. ---- leukocytic: Arneth count. See also Blood picture, leukocytic: Polynuclear count. Schmid, J. *Die Arneth-Schillingsche Zell- verschiebung der Neutrophilen in der Kinder- praxis [Basel] p.681-96. 8? Lpz., 1925. Also Mschr. Kinderh, 1925, 29: Altschuller, G. Ueber die Wirkung des Strychnins auf das neutrophile Blutbild nach Arneth. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, BLOOD PICTURE 59: 182-91.—Arneth. Toxische Leukozytenveranderungen, Hii- mogramm und qualitative Blutlehre. Deut. med. Wschr, Lpz, 1929, 55: 1667.—Azzi, A. II comportamento della formula di Arneth durante il soggiorno in alta montagna. Gior. batt. immun, 1928, 3: 721-4.—Banerjee, B. N. Normal Arneth blood picture in the tropics, with special reference to Bengal. Cal- cutta M.J, 1924, 18: 615-7.—Becher, E. Die qualitative Blut- lehre von Arneth. Zbl. inn. Med, 1921, 42: 521-40—Bj0rn- Hansen, H. Ueber das Arnethsche Blutbild als klinisches Diagnostikum. Acta med. scand, 1924, suppl. no.7, 250-60. Also Norsk mag. laegevid, 1924, 85: 1031-53.—Cassinis, U, Formula leucocitaria; schema di Arneth in rapporto col feno- meno di Donaggio nella corsa. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1935-36, 34: 407-13.—Charipper, H. A, & Bavis, B. Studies on the Arneth count; a study of the blood cells of Pseudemys elegans, with special reference to the polymorphonuclear leucocvtes. Q.J. Exp. Physiol, Lond, 1932, 371-82—Climenko, B. R. Studies on the Arneth count; the effect of alterations of the serum- calcium level on the count. Ibid, 1930. 20: 369-77.----- The organ distribution of the neutrophilic polymorphs, with reference to their passage through mucous mf>mbrqr>es. Ibid, 1931, 21: 289-98. ----- The effect of the parenteral introduc- tion of certain colloidal metals on the count. Ibid, 1932, 22: 25-32. ----- The liberation of the neutrophils from the leuco- genic centres. Ibid, 153.—Cooke, W. E. The Arneth or poly- nuclear count. Lancet, Lond, 1928, 2: 1040.—Cooper, B. G. Leucocytic changes after the injection of peptone, with particular reference to the Arneth count. Edinburgh M.J, 1926, n.s, 33: 672-87.—Bel Carril, M. J, & Martinez, B. El esquema de Arneth en el lactante. Rev. As. med. argent, 1934,48:1447-54.— Di Francesco, S. La formula leucocitaria e la figura neutrofila di Arneth nella diatermia applicata per forme infiammatorie ginecologiche. Ann. ostet. gin, 1926, 48: 508-20.—Enrico, C. Sul valore dello schema lobulare di Arneth in medicina. Ri- forma med, 1927, 43: 1165-7.—Fabris, S. II quadro leucocitario qualitativo nei neonato secondo Arneth. Pediatria, Nap, 1923, 31: 1025-31.—Giuffre, M. Modiflcazioni in vitro del quadro neutrofilo di Arneth, in rapporto alla presenza di leu- colisine. Ibid, 1924, 32: 1374-9.—Herrmann, R, & Mirimanov. Modification de la formule d'Arneth chez le lapin apres des injections d'extrait de rate. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 365.— Hunt, E, & Weiskotten, H. G. The value of the Arneth count in determining the age of neutrophile (amphophile) leucocytes (rabbit) the action of benzol. Am. J. Path, 1930, 6: 175-81.— Kennedy, W. P. Studies on the Arneth count; the normal count inman. Q.J. Exp. Physiol, Lond, 1933, 22: 377-82. Alsorepr. ---- & Climenko, D. R. Studies on the Arneth count; the normal count in various mammals. Ibid, 1931, 21: 253-64.— Kennedy, W. P, & Grover, C. A. Studies on the Arneth count; the deflection of the count by X-rays. Ibid, 1927, 18: 79-87 — Kennedy, W. P, & Thompson, W. A. R. Studies on the Arneth count; the deflection of the count by ultra-violet rays. Ibid, 2S3-6. ----- The deviation of the count by various autacoids and animal extracts. Ibid, 1928-29, 19: 377-9.—Liverani, E. La formula di Arneth nell' elio ed attinoterapia. Gior. med. prat, 1929,11: 7-17.—Marotti, A. Comportame'hto dello schema neutrofilo di Arneth e della formula leucocitaria nelle intrader- moreazioni praticate con tossina attiva e inattiva di Dick e di Schick, con latte, con peptone e con siero di cavallo. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1931, 10: 141-51.—Minaki, T. Experimentelle Studien fiber das durch Eingriffe verschiedener Art bedingte Verhalten der weissen Blutkorperchen, mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung des Arnethschen Blutbildes. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1923, 5: 203; 243.—Moretti, A. Quadro neutrofilo di Arneth e inversione nucleare nella tubercolosi polmonare e nelle malattie infettive in genere. Riv. pat. clin. tuberc, 1932, 6: 215-26.—Newham, H. B, & Buncan, J. T. A note on the Arneth count in malaria and dysentery. J. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1921, 24: 301-3.—Paiva Reis, A. O indice normal de Arneth em S. Paulo. Brasil med, 1921, 35: pt2, 147-9.—Panza, P. T, & Bucco, C. L. Tecnica hematologics; indice de reaction neutrofila (una forma practica de expresion de la formula de Arneth) Sem. med, B. Air, 1927, 34: 670-3—Ponder, E. Studies on the Arneth count; the relation of nuclear configura- tion to nuclear area. Q.J. Exp. Physiol, Lond, 1926, 16: 221-4. ----- The deflection of the count by thyroid injections. Ibid, 227-39. ----- The steady state. Ibid, 241-50. ----- The relation between diapedesis and nuclear configuration. Ibid, 1927,18:127-31. ----- The relation of the Arneth count to the total polymorph count. Ibid, 345-53. ----- & Flinn, Z. M. The relation between phagocytosis and nuclear configuration. Ibid, 1926-27,16: 207-19—Ponder, E, & Flint, K. N. The effect of various drugs and extracts. Ibid, 393-8. ----- Experi- mental tuberculosis in the rabbit. Ibid, 1927, 18: 45-54.— Pons, C, & Krumbhaar, E. B. Studies in blood cell morphology and function; extreme neutrophilic leucocytosis, with a note on a simplified Arneth count. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1924-25, 10: 123-8.—Rindone, A. Sul valore dello schema lobulare di Arneth (ricerche sperimentali) Ann. clin. med. Pal, 1927,17:223-49.— Rubinstein, B. G. Zur Frage fiber den Einfluss der thermo- chemischen Reize auf das Arnethsche Blutbild bei Mensch und gesunden Tieren. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1928, 36: 5-11.—Sangio- vanni, V. Sul valore clinico della formula di Arneth. Arch. ital. otol, 1933, 45: 670-80— Siebner, M. Weitere Erfahrungen fiber das weisse Blutbild bei chirurgischen Erkrankungen. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1928, 208: 318-37—Simpson, E. D. The Arneth count in normal and in thyroidectomised sheep. Q.J. Exp. Physiol, Lond, 1928-29, 19: 309-15. ----- A note on the Arneth count in ungulates (cow, sheep, horse) Ibid, 317. BLOOD PICTURE ---- leukocytic: Nuclear shift. Chaimov, M. *Kernverschiebung und Blut- senkung [Berlin] 31p. 8? Charlottenb., 1926. Kochmann, G. *Nukleal- und Plasmalstu- dien am Blutbild. 22p. 8? Bresl., 1931. Egorov, A. [Shift to the right of the neutrophiles in the blood picture of healthy persons and the sick and the possibility of its clinical use] Russ. klin, 1926, 6: 297-307. Also Zschr. klin. Med, 1926, 103: 441-51—Gerard, J. H, & Boerner, F. The significance of shift to the left in differential leucocyte counts and the nuclear index as a means for interpreting and recording. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1930-31, 16: 306-10— Healy, J. C, Sweet, M. H, & Chillingworth, F. P. Effect of vibratorv stimulation on the neutrophilic index. Ann. Int. M, 1935-36,9:123-33.—Hofmann, A , & Welcker, A. Ueber die Bedeutung der Linksverschiebung im Blutbilde ftir Diagnose und Prognose; das Blutbild des gesunden Sauglings. Arch. Kinderh, 1925, 76: 1-7.—Holzer, P, & Schilling, E. Zur Pathologie des weissen Blutbildes; diagno- stische und prognostische Verwertung der Linksverschiebung nach Arneth-Schilling. Beitr. path. Anat, 1922-23,71: 632-44.— Meneses Hoyos, J. Estudio comparativo de diversos cuadros granulocitarios propuestos. Gac. m6d. mil, Mex, 1933-34, 1: 403-10.—Prag, S. Ueber Linksverschiebung des Blutbildes bei Brustkindern. Mschr. Kinderh, 1924-25, 29: 31-4.—Ruef, H. Ueber die Frage der Verschiebung des weissen Blutbildes im Organismus. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir, 1921-22,34:601-11.— Yamamoto, T. Die feinere Histologic des Knoehenmarkes als Ursache der Verschiebung des neutrophilen Blutbildes (ver- gleichende experimentelle pathologisch-anatomische und kli- nische Untersuchungen) Virchows Arch, 1925, 258: 62-107, 3pl. ---- leukocytic: Polynuclear count. Cooke, W. E., & Ponder, E. The polynuclear count; the nucleus of the neutrophil polymorpho- nuclear leucocyte in health and disease, with some observations on the macropolycyte. 79p. 8! Lond., 1927. Abels, J. C. The normal polynuclear count in man. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, 1934, 31: 560.—Bookman, J. J, & Fraad, B. J. Effect of prolonged exercise on polynuclear count in man. Ibid, 1935-36, 33: 183.—Burke-Gaffney, H. J. O'D. The polynuclear count of Cooke in tropical practice; a preliminary note. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1930-31,24: 549-56.—Dos Santos, M. C. Indice neutrophilo normal na Bahia. Brasil med, 1921, 35: pt2, 269.—Farley, D. L, S. Claii v , & Reisinger, J. A. The normal filament and nonfilameni, polymorphonuclear neutrophil count; its practical value as a diagnostic aid. Am. J.M.Sc, 1930, 180: 336-44.—Gazzotti, I. L'emogramma di Schilling (comportamento morfologico nucleare dei granulociti neutrofili nell' individuo normale ed in varie malattie) Clin. pediat. Mod, 12: 397-428—Gerrard, W. I. The differential polymorphonuclear count. J.R. Nav. M. Serv, 1928, 14: 285-9.—Kennedy, W. P. The polynuclear count in an Iraq population. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1934-35, 28: 475-80. ----- & Mackay, I. Further studies on the poly- nuclear count in Iraq. Ibid, 1935-36, 29: 291-8—Lamb, F. H. Reasons and technic for the lobe differential count. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1935, 25: 651-4.—Medlar, E. M. A critical study of the polynuclear count as advocated by Schilling. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1931, 17: 169-80.—Mullin, W. V, & Large, G. C. The filament- nonfilament count; its diagnostic and prognostic value. J. Am. M. Ass, 1931, 97: 1133-9. Also Cleveland Clin. Q, 1932, 1: 59_77.—pai, H. C. The polynuclear count in health and disease and its significance in China. Chinese M.J, 1936, suppl. 1, 13-20. ----- A comparison of the polynuclear count in healthy and diseased subjects in Moukden (China) and in Great Britain. J. Path. Bact, Cambr, 1935,40:381-9— Reveno, W. S, & Berent, M. S. The routine use of the filament-nonfilament count. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1932, 31: 443-9—Shaw, A. F. B. The poly- nuclear count in Egyptians and British subjects resident in Egypt. J. Path. Bact, Lond, 1936, 43: 165-72.—Wolk6wna, Z. [Segmentary forms in blood pictures] Polska gaz. lek, 1935, 14: 722-5. ---- leukocytic, pseudo-regenerative. See Leukocyte, Nucleus: Pelger-Huet ab- normity. ---- normal. See also Blood picture, Development. Blount, W. P. Studies on comparative haematology: the differential and polynuclear counts of veterinary students. Vet. J, Lond, 1931, 87: 215-22.—Boerner, F. Standard normals and normal ranges in hematology. Am. J. Clin. Path, 1931, 1: 391-8.—Broden, A. La formule hematologique chez les colo- niaux. Vol. jubil. Soc. sc. med. natur. Bruxelles, 1922, 495- 509 —chia Yu Tien. On the normal blood picture of Chinese. Polyclin. Dairen, 1930-33, 5: no.12, 40—Chuiko, 0. V. [The blood picture of locomotive engineers] Russ. klin, 1928, 10: 149-60 —Eggers, H. Das menschliche Blutbild im Hochtal von Mexiko. Munch, med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 779-81— Emrys- Roberts, E. The normal differential leucocyte count in South African natives, Chinese and others, J. Path. Bact, Edinb, BLOOD PICTURE 556 BLOOD PICTURE 1925, 28: 119-22.—Huppenbauer, C. B. Der naturliehe Blutatlas. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg, 1925, 29: Beih.l, 169-78.—Jerace, F. La formula leucocitaria negli individui adulti normali. Haema- tologica, Pavia, 1933, 14: 459-63.—Kennedy, W. P, & Mackay, I. The normal leucocyte picture in a hot climate. J. Physiol, Lond, 1936, 87: 336-44.—Liang, B. Ueber das normale leuko- zytare Blutbild bei Chinesen in Shanghai. Krankheitsfor- schung, 1931, 9: 226-40.—Lichtenstein, A. [The white blood picture in the tropics] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1925, 69: pt2, 1972-8.—Lindstrbm, K, & Tallqvist, T. W. Das normale Blut- bild von erwachsenen Finlandern mit Berucksichtigung der Einwirkung von Geschlecht, Alter sowie Wohnsitz in der Stadt oder auf dem Lande. Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1923, 65: 696- 704.—McGeorge, M. Haematological variations in 50 normal adult males. J. Path. Bact, Lond, 1936, 42: 67-73.—Osgood, E. E. Normal hematologic standards. Arch. Int. M, 1935, 56: 849-63.—Poindexter, H. A. The differential blood picture of a group of rural inhabitants of Alabama. Am. J.M.Sc, 1935, 190: 416-23.—Price-Jones, G, Vaughan, J. M, & Goddard, H. M. Haematological standards of healthy persons. J. Path. Bact, Lond, 1935, 40: 503-19.—Saupe, E. Das gegenwartige Blutbild beim Gesunden. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1920, 67: 1468.—Seppanen, A. Comparative study of the blood picture of Finnish and American hospital patients. Med. Papers (H. A. Christian Anniv. vol.) Bost, 1936, 621-5—Shtevko, V. G. [Characteristics of the morphologic blood picture of young adults] Mosk. med. J, 1928, 8: 14-9—Sweet, W. C. Notes on the differential white blood cell percentages of residents of Bris- bane, Queensland. Med. J. Australia, 1924, 2: 1-5.—Wallace, J. B. The differential leucocyte count in a sub-tropical climate. South M.J, 1924, 17: 827-9—Washburn, A. H. Blood pictures in average healthy infants during the first 6 months. Colorado M, 1933, 30: 413-8. ---- Pathology. See also names of primary diseases and blood disorders as Agranulocytosis; Anemia; Appendi- citis; Bone marrow, Diseases; Leukemia; Lym- phosarcoma; Malaria, &c. Alberts, H. * Ueber das weisse Blutbild (Linksverschiebung nach V. Schilling) als Hilfs- mittel fiir die Diagnose und Prognose acuter fieberhafter Krankheiten und uber sein Verhalten bei kiinstlichen Entzundungsprozessen (Terpen- tinabscess) [Leipzig] 39p. 8? Borna, 1927. Klingenfuss, A. *Die Veranderungen des weissen Blutbildes des Kaninchens, bei Setzung von aseptischen Wunden, bei Wundinfektion und unter Yatren (zugleich ein Beitrag zur Methodik der Auswertung von Blutbildverschiebungen) [Zurich] 86p. 8? Diessenhofen, 1926. Kohl, R. *Das weisse Blutbild bei akuten Infektionskrankheiten 32p. 8? Bonn, 1928. Wersch, M. van. *Beitrage zum Studium des Gesamtblutbildes bei verschiedenen Krank- heiten. 63p. 8? Bonn, 1915. Argy, W. P. The leucemoid blood picture. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1934, 140: 4S9-92— Barta, I. Die toxisch-degenerativen Veranderungen der Leukocyten und das Hamogramm. Zschr. klin. Med, 1929, 111: 268-91.—Bollettino, A. Ricerche sulla formula leucocitometrica nell' infanzia in condizioni normali ed in varie affezioni morbose. Clin, pediat. Mod, 1932, 14: 93-114.—Brero, F. S. L. van [The leukocytic picture in tuber- culosis and acute infectious diseases in children] Ned. mschr. geneesk, 1928, 15: 76-123.—Castagna, P. Ricerche clinico-speri- mentale sul rapporto fra polinucleati, neutrofili e linfociti (indice leucocitario di Krebs) nella affezioni ostetrico-ginecologiche. Rass. ostet, 1934, 43: 131-63.—Cordier & Van Caulaert. Sur quelques modifications de l'equilibre leucocytaire dans divers types de courbes febriles. Lyon med, 1923, 132: 68-71.— Corradi, G. Studio sul quadro di Arneth, emogramma di Schilling, indice neutro-linfocitario di Krebs nei decorso di alcune malattie infettive dell' infanzia. Clin, igiene inf, 1931, 6: 209-18.— Be Simone, G. Indice neutroleucocitario di Krebs nelle malattie dell' infanzia. Clin, pediat. Mod., 1928, 10: 443-50.—Bonath, F, & Perlstein, A. Ueber die Veranderung des peripheren leukozytaren Blutbildes durch den eintretenden Tod. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1924-25, 9: 503-10.—Heinsheimer, S. Ueber den Einfluss der Azidose und der Alkalose auf das weisse Blutbild. Frankf. Zschr, Path, 1930, 39: 277-87 — Klieneberger, C. Die Lymphozytose-Umstellung des normalen Blutbildes, zugleich kritische Glossen zur Methodik der Blut- morphologie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1917, 64: 757.—Krumb- haar, E. B. Leukemoid blood pictures in various clinical con- ditions. Am. J.M. Sc, 1926, 172: 519-33, 4pl—Kurlov, M. G. [Changes of the morphologic contents of the blood in pathologica] conditions] Kazan, med. J, 1926, 22: 167-76.—Massoud, F. The differential leucocyte blood count in relation to diseases of the eye. Bull. Ophth. Soc. Egypt, 1930, 23:38-65.—Preissecker, E. Die pathologischen Veranderungen im Blutbild des Weibes, Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1931, 5: S5-7— Quincke, H. Zur Kenntnis der hamatologischen Verhaltnisse bei einigen selteneren Erkran- kungen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1929, 55: 1124— Rieux, J. Les signes cytologiques de la reg6nerescence et de la deg6nerescence du sang. Arch. mal. cceur, 1920, 13: 254-66.—Romani, A. Ricerche cliniche e sperimentali sulle modiflcazioni numeriche e morfologiche dei leucociti in seguito ad atti operativi, ad anestesia eterea, a lesioni traumatiche. Riforma med, 1922, 38: 9.—Rosenblum, B. C, & Mendink, K. S. [Myogenic changes in a blood-picture] Mosk. med. J, 1928, 8: 20-6—Rostock, P. Die pathologischen Formbestandteile des menschlichen Blutes im mikroskopischen Bilde. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg, 1921, 14: 171-6.—Sai, S. Studies on the genesis of the changes in the number of lobules in the nucleus of the polymorphonuclear leucocyte; the influence of the disturbance of the acid-base balance of the blood on the nucleus of polymorphonuclear leuco- cytes. J. Chosen M. Ass, 1933, 23: 131; 1934, 24: 101.—Sato, A, & Tokue, K. The striatal blood picture; its pathological, experi- mental, and physiological occurrence. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1930, 16: 77-82.—Shawki, 0. Das Blutbild bei Tropenkrank- heiten. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop, 1929, 2: 839-53 — Sorina, E. Zur Frage der Strukturanderungen der Erythro- zyten und Leukozyten bei verschiedenen Krankheiten. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1930, 42: 75-9, pi.—Spengler, G. Das Leuko- cytenbild bei Infektionskrankheiten. Seuchenbekampfung, Wien, 1925, 2: 174-83.—Stejfa, M. [Les nomogrammes d'Hen- derson dans quelques maladies] Spisy lek. Masaryk. Univ., 1932, 11: 45-120.—Stettner, E. Leukocytenbild und Infekt. Mschr. Kinderh, 1925-26, 31: 287-94—Thompson, W. P. Ab- normalities in the white blood cell response (leukemoid, atypical leukemic, and leukopenic blood pictures) Am. J.M. Sc, 1931, 182:334-52.—Volker, H, & Erichson, K. Ueber Blutbildbefunde bei Durchstrbmungen iiberlebender Extremitaten. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1927-28,127: 269-76.—Weinberg. Die diagnostische und differentialdiagnostische Bedeutung der Leukozytenformel beim Karzinom und bei Achylia gastrica. Deut. med. Wschr, 1921, 47: 826-8.—Wichels, P, & Barner, W. Ueber die lympha- tische und monozytiire Reaktion des Blutes bei Infektionen. Munch, med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 14. ---- Pharmacology. See also under names of drugs. Bosl, M. *Ueber die Einwirkung parenteral zugefiihrten Lipoides auf das Blutbild. 21p. 8? Miinch., 1927. Dawidson, L. *Die Veranderung des Blut- bildes unter dem Einfluss verschiedener die Blut- gerinnung hemmender Mittel [Giessen] 13p. 8? Grunberg (Hessen) 1929. Henrion, J. *Contribution a l'etude des variations de la formule leucocytaire sous l'in- fluence de certaines actions toxiques ou m£dica- menteuses. 118p. 8? Par., 1929. Hirsch, R. *Der Einfluss der Lipoide auf das Blutbild. p.796-802. 8? Berl., 1928. Also Zschr. klin. Med, 1928, 107: Kraft, K. T. *Der Einfluss von Adrenalin, Pilokarpin und Atropin auf das weisse Blutbild des Menschen. 20p. 8? Marburg, 1930. Sandler, J. *Das Blutbild nach Injektionen einiger pharmakologischer Agentien. 28p. 8°. Lpz., 1927. Scheel, H. *Untersuchungen liber die phar- makologische Einwirkung auf das weisse Blut- bild [Jena] 15p. 8? Bad Blankenburg, 1929. Waser, A. *Das relative, weisse Blutbild nach Injektion von Eisen- und Schilddriisenpra- paraten [Bern] 12p. 8? Miinch., 1920. Akaiwa, K. Ueber die Veranderungen des Blutbildes bei verschiedenen therapeutischen Massnahmen. Okayama igak- kai zasshi, 1930, 42: 345.—Aversenq, Belas [et al.] De l'influence du thorium X sur la formule sanguine. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1924, 178: 1321-4—Bergstrasser, P. Ueber den Einfluss von Blut- und Milzextrakt-lnjektionen auf das weisse Blutbild des Kaninchens. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1934, 47: 262-75—Berke- meyer, W. Ueber die pharmakologische und toxikologische Wirkung des Yatren-Vakzin E 104 und des Peptren bei Pferden mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Blutbildes. Deut. tier- arztl. Wschr, 1925, 33: 522—Bickel, A, & Liss, G. Weinessig- und Zitronensaftgenuss in ihrer Beziehung zur morphologischen Beschaffenheit des Blutes. Arch. Verdauungskr, 1930, 48: 158-66.—Charipper, H. A. Studies on the Arneth count; the effect of injection of thyroid extract on the polynuclear count in a perennibranchiate amphibian (Necturus maculosus) Q-J- Exp. Physiol, Lond, 1928, 19: 109-13—Lisin, F. De l'in- fluence des sels de mercure sur la leucocytose et sur la formule leucocytaire. Arch, internat. pharmdvn, Brux., 1908,18:237-53.— Banielopolu, B, & Brauner, R, Die Wirkung des Cholins aul BLOOD PICTURE 557 BLOOD PICTURE die Morphologie des Blutes. Zschr. klin. Med, 1930-31, 115: 261-70.—Bi Renzo, F. Modiflcazioni quantitative e qualitative dei leucociti della formula leucocitaria e dello schema lobulare dei neutrofili per azione dell' arsenobenzolo. Ann. clin. med. Pal 1924 14: 251-9.—Bzsinich, A. Der Einfluss von Lipoiden auf "das Blutbild. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 70: 148-52 — Flaskamper, A. Der Einfluss des Silistrens auf das Blutbild. Zschr Tuberk, 1923-24, 39: 257-60—Fuss, E. M. Wirkung der Autovaccine auf das Blutbild. Zschr. klin. Med, 1924-25, 101: 467-72.—Gottsegen, G, & Wittman, I. Wirkung der Aceton- korper auf das weisse Blutbild. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1935-36, 97: 167-76. Also Gyogyaszat, 1936, 76: 289; 310—Herzer, B. Vitamina A y el cuadro sanguineo. Sem. med, B. Air, 1935, 42' pt2 1629-41.—Hess, O. Suprarenin und weisses Blutbild. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1922-23, 141: 151-64— Hickl, J. Ueber Leukocytose und Beeinflussung des weissen Blutbildes durch Phlogetan. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1923, 36: 400—Hoff, F, & Wal- ler, H. Untersuchungen iiber das weisse Blutbild bei Intraku- taninjektionen und bei der Hamoklasenkrise Widals. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1923, 70: 698-701—Kerti, F, & Stengel, F. Ueber die Einwirkung von gallensauren Salzen auf das Blutbild der weissen Maus. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929-30, 69: 600-15. ----- Ueber die Einwirkung von Natriumbicarbonat und Salzsaure auf das Blutbild der weissen Maus. Ibid, 616-29.— Kopylov, K. P. [Effect of bile on the blood-picture] Dneprop. med. J, 1928, 7: 182-93.—Kudriavtzev, V. G. [Effect of parenteral introduction of fat on the leukocytic blood-picture in a man, clinically free from tuberculosis] Vrach. gaz, 1929, 33: 184-9 — Levine, V. E, & Kolars, J. J. The effect of insulin on the mor- phological blood picture. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1924-25, 22- 169.—Leites, S. Ueber den Einfluss der biogenen Amine auf das Blutbild. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 40: 52-8 — Luddicke, K. Einwirkung minimaler Quecksilberdosen auf das Differentialblutbild. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 398-401.—Macchi, P. II comportamento della formula leucocitaria nella stomosin- terapia; contributo alla terapia stomosinica. Fol. gyn, Pavia, 1926, 22: 353-439.—Nekludow, W. N. Vom Einfluss photoak- tiver Stoffe auf das weisse Blutbild bei Kaninchen. Virchows Arch, 1933, 291: 600-6. ----- Nekludowa, E. A, & Bosche- wolnow, A. I. Der Einfluss unipolar geladener Luft auf das weisse Blutbild bei Meerschweinchen. Ibid, 1934, 293: 438- 47—Nishida, M. Ueber das Blutbild bei Lecithin-Injektion. Tr. Soc. path, jap, 1935, 25: 312-7.—Nitzescu, 1.1, & Mangiuca, I. Action de l'insuline sur l'equilibre hemoglobulaire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 1347-9—Pellathy, S, & Fernbach, J. von. Ueber die Wirkung des Parathyreoideaextraktes auf das Blut- bild. Endokrinologie, 1929, 3:406-12.—Reicher, E. Recherches sur Paction de l'adrenaline sur la concentration du sang et sur la formule leucocytaire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 977.— Roesler, G. Die Einwirkung vegetativer Gifte auf das Differen- tialblutbild des Menschen. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1933-34, 174: 28-44.-----& Seeber, K. Pharmakologische Untersu- chungen am weissen Blutbild; das Blutbild nach intracutaner Injektion von physiologischer Kochsalzlosung. Ibid, 1934-35, 177: 147-53.—Rosier, O. A. Das Blutbild und die Blutplatt- chen unter dem Einfluss intravenos injizierten Calciums. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1921, 2: 281-92—Sapinoso, P. R, Berg, B. N, & Jobling, J. W. The effects of repeated intravenous injections of india ink on the blood picture in rabbits. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1925-36, 23: 257.—Schilling, E, & Grobel, K. Cal- cium- und Kaliumstudien am Blutbild. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 40: 167-73.—Shoji, K. Experimental production of the striatal blood picture in the carp by the peroxidase puncture. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1928, 11: 613-7.—Simon, S. B, & Metz, M. H. Amidopyrine and the circulating leucocytes; effect of prolonged administration on the number and type of white blood cells. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1936, 21: 1154-7.—Skljar, W. Ueber die Wir- kung des kolloidalen Arsens (Ardiacol) auf das Blutbild des Kaninchens. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1929, 38: 265-75.—Stockinger, W. Experimentelle Studien an Blutbildern nach Adrenalin- und Thyroxininjektionen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 65: 52-97. ----- Das leukocytare Blutbild und die leukopoeti- schen Gewebe als funktionelle Einheit, vom unitarischen Standpunkt aus betrachtet, und deren Beeinflussung durch Hormone. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh, 1933, 45: 214-336 — Vitalone, V. Variazioni qualitative e quantitative dei globuli bianchi nei sangue circolante in seguito a stimoli diversi (adrena- lina-latte) Clin. med. ital, 1931, 62: 719-46—Wadi, W, & Loewe, S. Ist die Schilddriise fiir die Wirkungen der Jodalka- lien auf das Blutbild massgebend? Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 1583; 2011.—Wallbach, G. Ueber die Wirkung kleinster Mengen von Thorium X und von Benzol auf das weisse Blutbild. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 87: 340-58.—Weicksel, J. Ueber die Beein- flussung des Blutbildes durch Reizkorper. Zschr. klin. Med, 1923, 96: 372-82.—Yoshida, R. Ueber den Einfluss der Inhala- tion der verschiedenen aromatischen Mittel auf das Leuko- zytenbild des Blutes. Polyclin. Dairen, 1926-28, 3: no.21. Also J. Orient. M, Dairen, 1927, 7: 66. ■--- Regulation. Forestier, A. *Action du systeme nerveux sur le taux des elements figures du sang. 48p. 8? Par., 1934. Andreu Urra, J, Baena, V, & Parejo, M. La participation del sistema nervioso en la regulation del cuadro hematico. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1934, 21: 420-5- Castex, M. R. Le role du systeme nerveux central dans la regulation de la formule sanguine. Sang, Par, 1931, 5: 641-53.—Foa, P, & Roizin, L. Influenza del sistema nervoso centrale sulla composizione mor- fologiea del sangue. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1935-36, 35: 170-95 — Gavazzeni, M, & Borghetti, XJ. Sistema nervoso centrale e crasi ematica. Clin. med. ital, 1935, 66: 863-77.—Glaser, F- Zur Frage der Abhangigkeit der Blutbildveranderungen vom vegetativen Nervensystem und iiber den Wert der Leberfunk. tionsprufung Widals. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 674-6.— Hoff, F. Blut und vegetative Regulation. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh, 1928, 33: 195-265—Kuvatov, G. G. [Study of mor- phologic changes in the blood of dogs following excision of the autonomic nervous centers] Soviet, nevropat, 1933, 2: 98-100 — Lewitina, G. A, Lewina, A. J. [et al.] Der Einfluss geistiger Arbeit auf das weisse Blutbild; ein Beitrag zur Frage des neurogenen Ursprunges der Verschiebung in der Schillingschen Formel. Arbeitsphysiologie, 1931-32, 5: 115-24— Muller, E. F, & Hbl- scher, R. Ueber die Beziehungen der Haut und des autonomen Nervensystems zum qualitativen Blutbild (zweiter Beitrag zur biologischen Bedeutung der Haut) Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1923, 38: 478-95.—Riccitelli, L. Ricerche cliniche e sperimentali sulla regolazione encefalica degli elementi morfologici del sangue. Riv. pat. nerv, 1933, 42:389-416, pi—Roesler, G. Ueber zentrale und periphere Blutbildregulation. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1933-34, 174: 45-50.—Tinel, J, & Henrion, J. Variations de la formule leucocy.taire par actions toxiques et medieamenteuses; influence du systeme nerveux vegetatif sur la regulation san- guine. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1930, 3.ser, 46: 1130-40.— Wossidlo, K. Ueber die vegetative Regulation des weissen Blutbildes. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1934-35, 53: 113-25. ---- Reliability. Aubert, R. *La precision des numerations hematologiques; critique mathematique et re- cherches experimentales. 72p. 8? Par., 1934. Gyllensward, C. Some sources of error at differential count of white corpuscles in blood- stained smears. 81p. 8? Upps., 1929. Forms Suppl.2, v.8, Acta paediat, Upps. Ashkinasi, F. A. [Question of the value of various methods of determination of the leukocytic formula] Odess. med. J, 1929, 4: 49-61.—Barnett, C. W. The unavoidable error in the differential count of the leukocytes of the blood. J. Clin. Invest. 1933, 12: 77-85.—Beacom, B. N. Differential blood counts; a comparison of the accuracy obtained by various methods. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1927-28, 13: 366-76—Brandt, T. [Sources of error in hematologic research] Norsk mag. laegevid, 1924, 85: 844-57. ----- Ueber die Fehlerberechnung der hamatologischen Methoden; ein Beitrag zur kritischen Beurteilung der gefunde- nen Werte. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1925-26, 32: 1. Teil, 177-95. Also Norsk mag. laegevid, 1925, 86: 580—Glatzel, H. Zur Fehlerbestimmung einiger hamatologischer Methoden. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1931, 44: 352-67.—Haagen, W. W. Ergibt die Leukocytenschatzung aus dem Blutausstrich und dem dicken Tropfen brauchbare Ergebnisse fiir die Klinik? Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1927, 131: 95-103—Mainland, D, Bu Bilier, B, & Stewart, C. B. The accuracy of differential blood counts. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1935, 33: 667-70.—Mainland, B, Coady, B. K, & Horo- witz, W. The size distribution of lymphocytes in human blood films. Am. J. Clin. Path, 1936, 6: 66-80.—Mainland, B, Coady, B. K, & Joseph, S. Lymphocyte sizes in human blood films. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1934-35, 53: 407-25—Nayrac, P. Les erreurs probables dans la formule leucocytaire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 95: 1361.—Ockel, G. Ueber die Fehlergrenzen des V. Schillingschen Hamogramms. Arch. Kinderh, 1924, 74: 158-72. Also Munch, med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 304. ----- Der Wert des Leukocytenindex; kritische Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von Krebs. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 449.—Sanguigno, N. Sugli errori delle formule leucocitarie con particolare riguardo al cos! detto errore fortuito e inevitable e alia possibilita di valutarlo a mezzo di calcoli statistici. Morgagni, 1935, 77: 1051-7.—Silberstern, E. Untersuchungen uber die Fehlergrosse bei der Differentialzahlung der Leukozyten im gefarbten Aus- strich und deren in der Verteilung derselben gelegenen Ur- sachen. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1931-32, 46: 440-74—Stephens, J. W. W, Yorke, W. [et al.] Have differential leucocyte counts any value? Ann. Trop. M. Parasit, Liverp, 1920-21, 14: 371-88.—Zeller, H. Ueber das Vorkommen faden- und stab- chenformiger Gebilde im Blut. Deut. med. Wschr, 1923, 49: 120. ---- Technic. See also Blood, Examination; Blood cell, Examination; Guttadiaphot; Hematology; also names of diseases. Domarus, A. von. Methodik der Blutunter- suchung; mit einem Anhang: Zytodiagnostische Technik. 489p. 8? Berl., 1921. Fichtelmann, W. *Kann eine Anreicherung der Leukozyten fiir die Ergebnisse der morpholo- gischen Blutuntersuchung von Vorteil sein? 46p. 8? Lpz., 1930. BLOOD PICTURE 55 Schridde, H., & Naegeli, O. Die hamatolo- gische Technik! 2.Aufl. 150p. 8? Jena, 1921. Almen, H. Eine Methode, Leukozyten im Ausstrichpra- parat zu konzentrieren. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1928, 36: 377-82.— Altschuler, M. M, & Chazin, A. N. Perifokales weisses Blutbild und dessen differenzielldiagnostische und prognostische Bedeu- tung. Arch. klin. Chir, 1932, 172: 69-77.—Arakawa, T, & Sato, A. Differentiation of the peroxidase and the oxidase reaction by means of the striatal blood picture. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1927, 9: 646-9.—Baum, F. The importance of serial hemograms. Am. Med, 1929, 35: 348-52.—Bbge, A. [Typewriter as aid in differential leucocyte count] Ugeskr. laeger, 1933, 94: 1206 — Callerio, C. Metodo di arricchimento nell' esame morfologico del sangue. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Pavia, 1929, n.s, 4: 515-8.— Casey, A. E, & Rosahn, P. B. Delayed differential counting of the white blood cells by a modified supravital technique. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-31, 28: 658.—Be Nunno, R. Di un nuovo metodo per la ricerca della formula ematologica (nota di tecnica) Morgagni, 1928, 70: 784-8— Goldmann, J. Zur Ver- besserung der Methode der Differentialleukocytenzahlung (Mikroblutausstrich) Zschr. klin. Med, 1927, 106: 420-4 — Gonzalez Guzman, I. Sobre algunas modificaciones a mi tecnica para la enumeration de las diversas especies leucocitarias en la camara cuenta-globulos. Rev. mex. biol, 1925, 5: 281-3 — Hartz, P. H. Ueber die Technik der hamatolqgischen Unter- suchungen. Anat. Anz, 1931, 72: 106-9.—Heuler, K, & Hof- heinz, G. Eine Blutdifferenzierungsplatte. Med. Klin, Berl, 1929, 25: 28.—Hinkelman, A. J. Hematometric differential ' counting. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1922-23, 8: 196-9. ----- Differ- ential counting with the counting chamber. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 123: 13; 94.—Hittmair, A. Die mikroskopische Untersu- chung nativen Blutes. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl, 1933, 2: 1. Halfte, 17-9.—Holler, G. Der Wert der einfachen Zahlkammer-Farbemethode fiir die Bestimmung des quanti- tativen und qualitativen Blutbildes der Leukozyten. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1923, 22:1. Teil, 172-202.—Hoobler, H. R. Cover slip blood film apparatus. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 78: 423 — Koumans, A. K. J. [Technic of microscopical blood examina- tion] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1926, 70: pt2, 2847-56. Also Wien. klin. Wschr, 1929, 42:1372-4.—Meulengracht, E. [Observations on the technique and differential count of the white blood cells; cover glass preparations vs object glass preparations] Ugeskr. laeger, 1920, 82: 715-9. Also Acta med. scand, 1920-21, 54: 283-7.—Meyer, A. Leucocytenzahlung und Differenzierung auf der Zahlplatte nach Prym. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh, 1930, 61: 51-64.—Nolte, F. HSmokalkulator; ein Rechenschieber fiir Blutuntersuchungen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1931, 171: 624-8.—Pagniez, P, & Leobardy, J. de. Du meilleur procede pour etablir la proportion des diff6rentes varietes de leucocytes du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1920, 83:1474-6—Piney, A. Wich- tigkeit und Bedeutung einer einheitlichen Methodik bei der Beurteilung gefarbter Blutausstriche. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1926, 152: 99-107.—Sato, A, & Shoji, K. Counting chamber peroxidase method for blood; simultaneous rapid differential leucocyte count and total leucocyte count. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1927-28, 13: 1058-60.—SchiUing, V. Ein Apparat zur Schnell- flxation stromenden Blutes. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1921, 58: 1478. —--- Die Zeitdauer praktischer Blutbildbestimmung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 904.—Schlecht, H. Mikroskopie des Blutes. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl, 1924, Abt.4, Teil3, 409-50.—Senevet, G. L'emploi de la ma- chine a ecrire pour retablissement des formules leucocytaires. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Afrique Nord, 1922, 2: 622-4—Shoji, K. Differentiation of the peroxidase and the oxidase reaction by means of the striatal blood picture. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1927, 9: 642-5.—Ueckert, M. Nachpriifung des Prymscheu Ver- fahrens der Leukocytenzahlung auf der Zahlplatte. Zschr. klin. Med, 1927, 105: 714-35— Walsem, G. C. van [The native blood preparation] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1925, 69: pt 1, 2660-4. -----■ Umwaizungen in der klinischen morphologischen Blutuntersuchung. Zschr. wiss. Mikr, 1934, 51: 37-9, pi.— Washburn, A. H. Blood cells in healthy young infants; a com- parison of routine and special technics in the differentiation of leukocytes. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1935, 50: 395-412. ---- Technic: Graphic representation. Heister, H. *Ueber den Versuch einer graphischen Darstellung des weissen Blutbildes in Form einer Wertigkeitskurve [Frankfurt a.M.] 52p. 8? Wiesb., 1930. Kolligs, K. *Der Kolligs-Diehlsche Regis- trierapparat zur Aufstellung eines Differential- blutbildes mit vergleichenden Untersuchungen iiber absolute und relative Zahlungen mit anderen Methoden [Berlin] p.67-80. 8? Lpz. [1930] Also Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1930, 40: Monteiro da Croz, L. *0 quadro leucocy- tario em clinica (contribuicao para o seu estudo por um novo methodo graphico) 129p. 8? S.Paulo, 1932. Froes, H. P. Contribuicao a pratica da formula leucocy- taria: novo modelo de graphico para a contagem dos leucocytes. Brasil med, 1928, 42: 529-31—Milutina, E. N. Graphische BLOOD PICTURE Darstellung der Wechselbeziehungen der morphologischen Blutelement (Blutkurve) Zbl. Gyn, 1925, 49: 614-8—Schafer, H. Die graphische Darstellung des Differentialbildes der weis- sen Blutkorperchen. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5:1469.—Schwarzbart, A. [New graphic method of showing leukocytic formula and its clinical value] Polska gaz. lek, 1931, 10: 265-7.—Strasburger, J. Graphische Darstellung des roten Blutbildes. Deut. med. Wschr, 1934,60:105.—Volterra, M. A proposito dell' esecuzione e del modo di rappresentare graficamente i resultati della formula leucocitaria. Riv. clin. med, 1932, 32: 987-94.—Warburg, E. J. [A nomogram for haematological use] Hospitalstidende, 1926, 69: 1090-2. Also Acta med. scand, 1927, 66: 187. ---- Technic: Smears. Fugmann, J. [H. G.] *Wie erhalten wir ein genaues Urteil iiber das Zahlenverhaltnis der Leukozyten im Blutausstrich? 36p. 8? Lpz., 1933. Chaudhuri, R. B. Differential leucocyte count by thick-film method. Calcutta M.J, 1935-36, 30: 671-76—Fairlie-Clarke, A. J. Blood films in everyday practice. Practitioner, Lond, 1929, 122: 315-20.—Hittmair, A. Die Durchleuchtung von Blut- zellen im gefarbten Ausstrichpraparat. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1936, 55: 37-55.—H0yer Dahl, R. [Differential count of leuko- cytes in plate preparations] Norsk mag. laegevid, 1930, 91: 972-80.—Kato, K. A method for preparing blood smears. J. Lab. Clin. M , 1933,18: 527-9— Komiya, E. Ueber ein Verfahren der Anreicherung junger Erythrozyten im Ausstrichpraparat. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 1835.—Lubin, B. J. B. Appa- ratus for preparing blood films for the making of differential counts. U.S. Patent Off, 1936, no.2029496—Morell, H. Blood smears and counts. Canada Lancet, 1920-21, 54: 197-206.— Panza, P. T, & Bucco, C. Tecnica hematologica: extension, desecacion y fijacion; algunas observaciones de practica hemato- logica. Sem. med, B. Air, 1927, 34: pt 1, 99-103—Pa wan, J. L. The preservation in the tropics of blood smears stained by the Romanowsky stain. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit, Liverp, 1935, 29: 327. Also J.R. Nav. M. Serv, 1936, 22: 45—Plonskier, M. Zur Methodik der Blutausstriche und Differentialzahlung der Leukocyten. Zschr. klin. Med, 1930, 113: 753-8.—Rathmell, T. K, & Jones, H. W. The preservation of blood films. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934-35, 20: 954-6—Schill, E. Die Ursache der Ver- teilung der Leukocyten im Blutausstrich; iiber die Kernform der polymorphkernigen Leukocyten. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1936, 55: 175-81.—Shrewsbury, J. F. B. The examination of blood films in general practice. Birmingham M. Rev, 1929, 4: 242-54, 3pl.—Weiss, R. Ein neuer Blutausstrichapparat. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1921,68: 989. ---- Technic: Staining. See also Erythrocyte, Staining; Leukocyte, Staining; Stains. Mommsen, H. Die Theorie der Farbung mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Hamatologie. p.29-94. 8? Berl., 1933. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl, 1933, 2: 1. Halfte. Niemann, A. *Die Pappenheimsche panop- tische Farbemethode und das Farbemittel Fadi- zit, eine hamatologische Studie [Tubingen] p.323-49. 8? Lpz., 1930. Also Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1930, 42: Ochs, G. W. *TJeber den Einfluss der Tem- peratur auf die Farbung von Blutausstrich- Praparaten [Frankfurt a.M.] 20p. 8? Lpz., 1928. Also Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1928, 37: 241-57. Blasewitz, J. M. Zur Methodik der Farbung von Blutaus- strichpraparaten. Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23: 1455—Blumen- thal, W. Giemsa-Schnellfarbung fiir Blutpraparate. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 1922.—Brinnitzer, H. N. Ueber eine Kombination der Peroxydasereaktion und Giemsafarbung im Blutausstrich. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1930, 41: 240-4.—Coenaes, J. [Giemsa staining of blood preparations] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1927, 71: pt2, 1934-8.—Epstein, H. Weiterer Beitrag zur Blut- und Blutprotozoenfarbung (Toluidinblau-Eosin) Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1924, 92: Orig, 148-50—Gutstein, M. Ueber eine ein- fache Schnellfarbung fiir Blutausstriche. Med. Klin, Berl, 1933, 29: 1381.—Haden, R. L. The use of buffer solutions in staining blood films with Wright's stain. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1923-24, 9: 64—Hittmair, A. Die Farbung der Trockenpra- parate. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl, 1933, 2: 1. Halfte, 125-68, tab—Kleeberg, J. Gepufferte Losungen zur Blutbildfarbung bei Anamie und Bleivergiftung. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 805-7—Komocki, W. Zum Streit zwischen den AnhSngern der Ehrlich'schen Technik bei den haematologischen Untersuchungen und ihren Gegnern. Anat. Anz, 1930, 70: 154-60.- Lipschitz, M. Fadicit als neues FSrb- und Differenzie- rungsmittel zur Herstellung von Blutbildern. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 1067.—Mommsen, H. Ueber den Einfluss der Wasserstoffio- BLOOD PICTURE 559 BLOOD PICTURE nenkonzentration auf die Farbung von Blutbildern. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 844.—Nicholson, B. A combined diluting and staining fluid for differential leucocyte counts in the counting chamber. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1920-27, 12: 548-53—Nyfeldt, A. [Staining of blood specimens] Ugeskr. laeger, 1932, 94: 82 — Steil, W. N. A modified Wright's method for staining blood smears. Stain Techn, 1936, 11: 99-100—Suldey, E. W. Me- thode de coloration rapide pour recherches hematologiques. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1926,19:723.—Voit, K. Blutbild und Nuklealfarbung. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1927,122:66-8. ----- &Kochmann, G. Blutbild und Nuklealfarbung. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1929-30, 39: 496-500.—Washburn, A. H. A combined peroxidase and Wright's stain for routine blood smears. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1928-29, 14: 246-50. ---- Technic: Thick drop. Benavides, J. Comments and procedure on thick blood film technic. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934-35, 20: 289-95—Liubarskii, V. A. [A condensed drop of blood as a method of morphological examination of the blood] Arkh. klin. eksp. med, 1924, 3: pt 5, 52-6.—Assendelft, F. von. Ueber die Methodik der Dif- ferentialzahlung der Leukocyten und ein neues Verfahren fiir die Technik des dicken Tropfens. Zschr. klin. med, 1931, 118: 736-46.—Tempka, T. [Picture of a blood drop from the view- point of theory and practice] Polska gaz. lek, 1930, 9: 673; 693. ---- Variation. See also names of various physiological condi- tions and factors as Altitude ; Exercise; Light, &c. May, P. * Variations brusques de la formule sanguine sous certaines influences physiologiques. 21p. 8? Par., 1923. Scheinermann, W. *Ueber die Aenderungen der Leukocytenformel beim normalen Menschen im Verlaufe des Tages. 34p. 8? Strassb. i.E., 1914. Schonenberger, J. G. *Die Leukozyten- kurve in- und ausserhalb der Gestation; ein Beitrag zur Klarung des Wesens der hamokla- sischen Krise Widals. 41p. 8? Zur., 1930. Arneth. Bemerkungen zur Inkonstanz des morphologischen Blutbildes. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1431.—Arvanitopulo, F. I. [Postoperative complications in normal and abnormal leuco- cytic formula] Vest, khir, 1930,19: 225-35—Biehler, W. Weis- ses Blutbild, Seebader und Seeklima. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1921-22, 27: 1. Teil, 257-63.—Borchardt, W. Hamatologische Befunde im Polarwinter und -sommer. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1927, 218: 395-407.—Borrien, H. Sur les variations du nombre des leucocytes et les principaux aspects de la formule leucocy- taire. Monde med, 1925, 35: 506-14.—Boyd, E. M, & Stephens, D. J. A comparison of lipid composition with differential count of the white blood cells. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1935-36, 33: 558-60.—Bucciardi, G, & Lenzi, M. B. Variazioni della formula leucocitaria e dell' aspetto microscopico degli elementi figurati del sangue per modificazione della reazione del sangue e dei liquidi coloranti. Haematologica, Pavia, 1932, 13: 217-41.— Burkard, 0. Ueber die Veranderungen des neutrophilen Blut- bildes unter dem Einflusse der Ermudung. Oesterr. San. Wes, 1918, 30: Beih, 3, 1-7.—Bu Bois, A. H. Sur les rapports cytolo- giques du sang et du liquide cephalo-rachidien. Sang, Par, 1931,5: 331-9.—Eckel, P. Ueber den Einfluss der Grenzstrahlen auf Leukozytensturz und Blutbild. Strahlentherapie, 1932, 45: 525-37—Ernst, H, & Herzheimer, H. Ueber den Einfluss sportlicher Leistungen auf das weisse Blutbild. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 42: 107-18.—Fauvet, E. Ueber das weisse Blutbild im Wochenbett unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Lym- phozyten. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1930-31, 99: 58-71—Fer- nandes, C. P. Sobre oscillacoes normaes das formulas leucoci- tarias e erros de interpretacao a que podem dar origem. Arq. urdoport. med, 1926, 3: 336-92.—Fbldes, E, & Sherman, I. Ueber den Einfluss des Saure-BasCngleichgewichtes auf das weisse Blutbild. Zschr. klin. Med, 1928,107: 731-8—Gelera, M. Influenza della luce artiflciale sulla costituzione morfologiche del sangue. Gazz. osp, 1922, 43: 394.—Guareschi, G. Contri- buto alio studio della influenza delle alte pressioni nell' or- ganismo; influenza dell' ossigeno sotto pressione sulle formula leucocitaria. Arch, antrop. crim. Tor, 1933, 53: 714-25.— Hampf, C. [Occurrence of changes in the blood picture in rela- tion to the seasons in Finland] Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1936, 79: 141-61—Hatziegan, J, & Gola, J. Recherches d'h6matologie experimentale chez I'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 85: 569.—Hoff, F. Untersuchungen fiber das weisse Blutbild und seine biologischen Schwankungen. Krankheitsforschung, 1927, 4:89-119. -—— Zusammenhange zwischen Blutmorphologie und den humoralchemischen Verhaltnissen des Blutes. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh, 1934, 46: 1-93.----- Beziehungen zwi- schen dem weissen Blutbild und humoralen Blutveranderun- gen. Med. Welt, 1934, 8: 1150-4.—Huffman, C. F, & Robinson, C S. Studies on the chemical composition of beef blood; the blood picture of calves on a sole diet of milk or of milk with the addition of various supplements. J. Biol. Chem, 1926, 69: 101-12.—Jones, E, Stephens, B. J. [et al.] Studies in the normal human white blood cell picture; variations in recumbent basal subjects and in individuals with change of posture. Am. J. Physiol, 1933, 105: 547-55—Kashiwazaki, A. Some influences of rapid change of temperature on the living organism; influence on the blood picture. Jap. J. Exp. M, 1935, 13: 419-40.— Kobryner, A. Beobachtungen uber die Inkonstanz des mor- phologischen Blutbildes. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1043-5.— Komiya, E. Morphologische Blutveranderungen bei gespeicher- ten Tieren. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1927-28, 35: 201-28, pi.— Konchakov, P. The influence of food on the blood formula of man. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, Roma, 1932, 138.—Le Blanc, F. Relation of the Schilling differential count to the physico-chemical status of the blood colloids. Clin. M. &S, 1933, 40: 521-3—Lilge, K. Ueber den Einfluss schwacher elek- trischer Strome auf das weisse Blutbild. Balneologe, 1935, 2: 172-8.—Mainland, B, Coady, B. K, & Joseph, S. Observational variation in the differential blood count. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1935-36, 54: 8-21—Matoni, H. H. Ueber die Veranderung des Blutbildes nach Rdntgenbestrahlungen (ein Beitrag zur Frage: Uterus exstirpation oder Rontgenkastration) Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924,71:785.—Mauriac, P, & Cabouat, P. Contribution 4 l'etude des variations de la formule leucocytaire chez I'homme normal. Paris med, 1921, 39: 407—Mayr, J. K. Kolloidale Reaktionen, zentrale beziehungsweise peripherische Verschie- bungen im Blutbild. Deut. med. Wschr, 1924, 50: 1479.— Michailow, F. Die Schwankungen der Leukozytenzahl und Leukozytenformel im peripherischen Blute des Menschen und die Verdauungsleukozytose. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1925-26, 32: 1. Teil, 196-200, 3ch— Moewes, C. Leukozyten und Blutbild nach Reizung von konstitutionellen Gesichtspunkten aus betrachtet. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 1776.—Nassau, E, & Schohl, E. Blutbildveranderungen im Kindesalter (Differenzie- rung des neutrophilen Blutbildes nach der Methode von Schil- ling) Mschr. Kinderh, 1922-23, 24: 51-9—Pagniez, P. A propos des variations brusques de la formule leucocytaire sous l'influence d'actions nerveuses immediates. C. rend. Soc. biol. 1921, 85: 766.—Petersen, W. F, & Berg, M. Meteorological in- fluences on leukocyte curve. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 30: 830-2. ----- Meteorological influences on leukocytic par- tition. Ibid, 832-4.—Poire, A. F. Nota previa a proposito de las alteraciones de la formula sanguinea del conejo por inoculation de orinas patologicas. Dia m6d, B. Air, 1932-33, 5: 611.— Ramain, P. Recherches sur l'influence des radiations solaires, ultra-violettes et infra-rouges sur le taux des globules blancs et la formule hCmoleucocytaire. Arch. mal. cceur, 1923, 16: 714-21.—Regnault, J. Modification de la formula leucocitaria de la sangre bajo la accion de los reflejos espienicos y bajo la influencia de la orientation. Sem. m6d, B. Air, 1926, 33: 1031.—Rosier, O. A. Experimentelle Blutbildstudien beim Menschen. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1922, 4: 503-20.—Rosahn, P. D, & Casey, A. E. Quantitative variations in the hemo- cytologic constitution of healthy men and rabbits. Am. J.M. Sc, 1936, 192: 456-71.—Ruppanner, E. Ueber das leukocytare Blutbild im Hochgebirge. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1920, 50: 105-8.—Schenk, M. Beitrag zur physiologischen Veranderung des leukocytaren Blutbildes. Ibid, 845-9.—Schbnbauer, L, & Eichelter, G. Interessante morphologische Blutbefunde nach Operationen. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1924, 37: 384-7.—Schwarz- wald, M. [Changes of the blood picture after total roentgen irradiation of the body] Cesk. derm, 1931, 12: 537-42—Selpsn- jew, A. W. Ueber den Einfluss des Sauerstoffmangels auf das morphologische Blutbild der Tiere im normalen und pathologi- schen Zustande unter den Bedingungen eines akuten Ver- suches. Virchows Arch, 1929, 273: 178-90—Smidt, W. Das Seeklima und das weisse Blutbild. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1928, 3.F, 71: 180-208.—Stiner, O. Blutbild und Jahreszeit. Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch, 1928, 19: 85-9.—Stockinger, W. Zell- bilder und Zellformen des Blutes; die Wandlungen des Blut- bildes im Verlauf natiirlicher Reaktionen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 70: 599-633.—Takeda, E. Influence of muscular exercise on the blood figure of experimental animals kept on different kinds of diet. Jap. J. Exp. M„ 1935, 13: 511-20 — Tinel, J. Les variations brusques de la formule leucocytaire par causes physiologiques. Medecine, Par, 1922-23, 4: 463. ----- Les variations de la formule sanguine par causes meca- niques et nerveuses. Arch. mal. cceur, 1923, 16: 521-8. ----- & Santenoise, B. Variations brusques de la formule leucocy- taire sous l'influence d'actions nerveuses immediates. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 85: 715.—Urechia, C. I, & Georgescu, P. In- fluence de la ponction lombaire sur la formule leucocytaire du sang peripherique. Ibid, 1922, 87: 813.—Wagner, A. Beobach- tungen iiber das Verhalten des weissen Blutbildes wahrend und nach den ersten Tagen der Behandlung mit Rontgen und Radium. Strahlentherapie, Berl, 1920, 11: Orig, 140-50 — Weiss, J. Ueber die Ursachen der Variabilitat des leukozytoti- schen Blutbildes. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1924,36. Kongr, 243-5 —Wells, L. H. Diurnal fluctuations of the leucocyte count in man. S. Afr. J.M.Sc, 1935-36, 1: 157-68—Westergren, A, Juhlin-Bannfelt, C, & Schnell, R. Plasma-protein and leuko- cyte picture. Acta med. scand, 1932, 79: suppl.50, 307-15 — Wurzburger, M. Untersuchungen fiber das Blutbild und die Blutkorperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit in der Gynakologie und Geburtshilfe. Zbl. Gyn, 1925, 49: 1061-74. ---- in animals. See also Blood—in animals; Blood cell—in animals; Erythrocyte; leukocyte, &c. BLOOD PICTURE 560 BLOOD PICTURE Etzel, E. *Morphologia dos elementos do sangue circulante dos cavideos sylvestres. 80p. 8? S.Paulo, 1931. Klieneberger, C. Die Blutmorphologie der Laboratoriumstiere; neue morphologische und anatomische Untersuchungen und Anhangsun- tersuchungen normaler Physiologie. 2. Aufl. 136p. 8? Lpz., 1927. Tischtschenko, E. *Die experimentellen Untersuchungen am Frosch uber die Kernver- schiebung und deren Beziehung zu dem hamato- poetischen Svstem [Berlin] p.261-309. 8? [Lpz.] 1930. Also Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1931, 44: Agnesotti, A. La morfologia e la genesi del sangue in avanotti di anguilla e di trota. Arch, zool. Tor, 1931-32, 17: 289, pi — Arloing, F, & Malartre, J. Variations de la formule leucocytaire normale du cobaye au cours de la gestation et de la tuberculose experimentale. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 97: 1551.—Borrelli, G, & Falcucci, N. Nota di ematologia bovina: le oscillazioni della formula leucocitaria normale in rapporto all' eta. Nuovo ercolani, 1924, 29: 101-13.—Breusch, E. Beitrage zur Blutmor- phologie des Huhnes. Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1928, 33: 219-37.—Btirker, K. Ergebnisse vergleichender hamatologi- scher Untersuchungen. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh, 1931, 63: 12-22.—Casey, A. E. Studies in the blood cytology of the rabbit; blood cell relationships in groups of normal rabbits with respect to time. J. Exp. M, 1931, 53: 695-714. -----Rosahn, P. B. [et al.] The hemocytological constitution of adult male rabbits from 15 standard breeds. Ibid, 1936, 64: 453-69. Also repr — Dawson, A. B. A reinterpretation of the findings of Komocki on the blood of the urodele, Batrachoseps attenuatus. Anat. Rec, 1933, 58: 31-5.—Behorne, A. Valeur morphologique des corpuscles du sang de Magelona papillicornis F. Mull. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 195: 79-81.—Fiedman, L. M. [Blood pictures of monkeys] Russ. J. trop. med, 1929, 7: 620-9— Franke, I. Notas de hematologia comparada. Bol. Inst. clin. quir, B. Air , 1928, 4: 461-5, pi.—Gebhardt, A. von. Histologische Struk- tur des Caraben-Blutes. Zschr. Zellforsch, 1932, 15: 530-9 — George, W. C. The histology of the blood of Perophora viridis (ascidian) J. Morph, 1925, 41: 311-28, 2pl—Gudim- Lewkowich, M. Zur Frage der differentialen Zahlung der neu- trophilen Leukozyten im Blute des Rindes. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1929, 38: 391-5.----- Dynamik der Blutmorphologie bei Kiihen bei verschiedenen Fiitterungsbedingungen. Ibid, 1930, 41: 435-44.—Hall, B. E. The morphology of the cellular elements of the blood of the monkey, Macacus rhesus. Ibid, 1929, 38: 30-43, pi.—Harven, J. de. La courbe leucocytaire dans ses rapports avec l'onde mitotique provoquee chez le cobaye. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 673.—Herrel, H. Das Blut der Haustiere mit neueren Methoden untersucht; Differential- zahlungen der Lymphocyten und Monocyten im Pferde-, Rinder- und Hundeblut. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1922, 196: 560- 70.—Heyn, G. Ueber das Blutbild der Hiihner und seine ein- heitliche wissenschaftliche Untersuchung und Beurteilung an Hand eines Hamogrammes. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr,, 1936, 52: 51.—Hu, C. H, & Ch'In, K. Y. The relative proportion of dif- ferent types of cells in blood and lymphoid organs of normal rats. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 30: 433—Janecsk6, A. [Blood picture of the cow and dog during pregnancy, after delivery, and in diseases of the sexual organs] Allatorv. lap, 1933, 56: 271-9.—Jolly, J, & Ferester, M. Sur les ebauches sanguines du rat. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 1157-60 — Kalabukhov, N, & Rodionov, V. Changes in the blood of ani- mals according to age; changes in the blood of rodents (Mus musculus L. and Citellus pygmacus Pall, and birds (Passer montanus L. and Larus ridibundus L.) during the period of growth. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1934, 52: 145-58.—Kennedy, A. H. Morphology of mink's blood. Canad. J. Res, 1935, 12: 479-83, pi. ----- Morphology and numbers of the blood elements in raccoon. Ibid, 49.5-507.—Klemm, E. Mikroskopische Un- tersuchungen am Fischblut. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg, 1925-26, 19: 17-9.—Knoll, W. Das Blutbild der Cameliden. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1930, 42: 350-8. ----- Untersuchungen iiber die Morphologie des Saugetierblutes. Ibid, 1932, 47: 201-19. ----- Allgemeine und spezielle Morphologie der kernhaltigen Blutzellen der Saugetiere. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch, 1932, 30: 116-50, 2pl. ----- [Effect of pharyngeal streptococci on the blood-picture of animals] Magy. orv. nagyhet jegyzokve, 1931, 84.—Kohanawa, C. Beitrage zur vergleichenden Morphologie des Blutes der gesunden Haussaugetiere. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1928, 36: 174-247.—Loewenthal, N. La formule leucocytaire chez les amphibiens. Bull, histol. appl, Lyon, 4: 213-26.—Lucia, S. P, & Lucia, E. L. The differential blood count of the normal guinea-pig; a statistical study, with observations on the nature of the Kurlov body. Arch. Path, Chic, 1928, 5: 616-25.— Magnus, H. Das normale qualitative Blutbild bei Schafen. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh, 1926, 54: 341-7. ----- & Saim, I. Quantitative und qualitative Zellanalyse des Blutes gesunder Schweine. Ibid, 531-7.—Meyer, S. Die Blutmorphologie eini- ger Haus- und Laboratoriumstiere unter physiologischen und pathologischen Bedingungen. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1924, 30: 1. Teil, 195-229, 2pl.—Mirone, G. Presence de corpuscles endo- globulaires dans le sang des lezards. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1930, 45: 243-6.—Morris, M. I., Hanson, M. G, & Hanson, J, The Schilling blood picture in small animals. North Am. Vet, 1932, 13: no.7, 37-9.—Ohuye, T. The histology of the blood of some Japanese ascidians. Tohoku Univ. Sc. Rep, 1936, 11: 4.ser, 191-206, pi.—Orten, J. M, & Smith, A. H. The proportion of reticulocytes in the blood of albino rats. Am. J. Physiol, 1934, 108: 66-73.—Scarborough, R. A. The blood picture of nor- mal laboratory animals. Yale J. Biol, 1930-31,3:169; passim.— Schmidt-Reuter. Cytologische Studien iiber die Zusammen- setzung des normalen Rattenblutes in verschiedenen Lebensal- tern. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1936, 55: 368-85—Schwab. Die praktische Bedeutung des roten und weissen Blutbildes fur die internmedizinische und chirurgische Diagnostik in der Veteri- narmedizin (die Hamogramm-Methode) Miinch. tierarztl. Wschr, 1926, 77: 293; 313; 325, pi.—Sergent, E, Bonatien, A, [et al.] De la formule leucocytaire du sang des bovins, a l'etat normal et dans quelques piroplasmoses. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1929, 7: 1-30. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 100: 1015.— Slonimski, P. Sur le pouvoir d'auto-differenciation stricte de l'ebauche sanguine presomptive des amphibiens. Ibid, 1930, 104: 823-5.—Vedder, A. Das Blutbild des Kaninchens. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 73: 402-11.—Verge, J. La formule leucocy- taire du chien. Rec. med. vet, 1925, 101: 522-7—Vollmer, H. Ueber Formbestandteile (Erythrozyten und Leukozyten) und Hamoglobingehalt des Schafblutes (vergleichende Untersu- chungen an Muttertieren und jungen Lammern sowie an einigen Bocken des niedersachsischen Marschschafes) Deut. tierarztl. Wschr, 1927, 35: 286-9.—Warner, B. Normal curve of leucocyte count of the albino rat over a 24-hour period. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1935-36, 33: 230-5.—Yamamoto, S. Ueber das normale Blutbild der weissen Ratten. Acta derm, Kyoto, 1931, 18: 118-25. BLOOD plasma. See also Blood; Blood chemistry; Blood coagu- lation; Blood serum; Blood transfusion; Blood volume; Fibrinogen. Figueroa Pradena, L. *Contribuci6n al estudio de los equilibrios gl6bulo plasmaticos [Chile] 32p. 8? Santiago, 1934. Jung, E. *Refraktometrische und viscosime- trische Untersuchungen an Hirudinplasma [Zu- rich] 13p. 8? Winterthur, 1927. Pickering, J. W. The blood plasma in health and disease. 247p. 8? Lond., 1928. Addis, T. The bactericidal and hemolytic powers of paraffin plasma and of serum. J. Infect. Dis, 1912, 10: 200-9—Bieter, R. N, & Wright, H. N. Effect of novasurol upon the ultra- microscopic appearance of frog's plasma. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 551—Elizalde, P. I, Vivoli, B, & Mar- tinez, F. Examen ultra-microscopique du plasma sanguin citrate. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 85: 318-20. Also Rev. As. med. argent, 1921, 34: sect, biol, 67-79.—Fuchs, H. J. Herstel- lung eines reinen und stabilen Plasmas mittels einfachen Zen- trifugierens aus Saugetierblut. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1930, 69: 305-12.—Gruca, A, & Jankowska, W. [Variation in antipeptone qualities in blood-plasma under influence of parenteral injections of non-specific products] Polska gaz. lek, 1926, 5: 125-8.—Gu- reyev, T. T. [Effect of work on the physiological activity of blood plasma] Ukrayin. med. vist, 1930, 6: 84-90.—Gybrgy, E. [Rectal administration of bloodplasma in infants] Orvoskepzes, 1932, 22: Oct. kulonf, 95-100.—Haan, J, de, & Creveld, S. van. Ueber die Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Blutplasma und Gewebsfliissigkeiten, insbesonders Kammerwasser und Cere- brospinalfliissigkeit. Biochem. Zschr, 1921, 124: 172-84 — Hirschfelder, A. B, & Wright, H. N. Effects of neoarsphena- mine and of mercurochrome upon the ultramicroscopic appear- ance of the blood plasma. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 548-50.—Hyde, R. R. The completing properties of blood plasma. Am. J. Hyg, 1928,8:859-69.—Klopstock, F. Ueber die Komplementwirkung des Blutplasma. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1926, 98: 100-3.—Lampe, A. E. Technik der Blutentnahme; Plasma- und Serumgewinnung. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl, 1924, Abt.4, Teil 3, 1-18— Levi, P, & Castellani, E. Sulle modiflcazioni della massa plasmatica nella prova dell' acqua. Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. med, 61-73 — Levinson, S.A. The toxicity of human blood plasma obtained in various diseases; studies on the toxicity of human blood plasma for guinea-pigs. J. Immun, Bait, 1924, 9: 463-80—Mayer, E. Le role du plasma sanguin dans les cultures des tissus. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 119: 422-4—Pickering, J. W, & Glad- stone, R. J. The development of blood plasma; the genesis of coagulable material in embryo chicks. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1925-26, s.B, 98: 516-22—Piettre, M, & Vila, A. Etude des plasmas apres dialyse sucree. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1913, 157: 1542-5.—Sachs, H, & Oettingen, K. von. Zur Biologie des Blut- plasmas. Miinch.med. Wschr, 1921,68:351-3—Vines,H. W.C. The action of ultra-violet light, thyroid and parathyroid sub- stances upon an artificial plasma in vitro. Endocrinology, 1927, 11: 125-35.—Walbrum, L. E. Influence des sels metalliques sur le pouvoir bactericide du plasma sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923,89:1007; 1924,90:1171.—Weise, L. Ueber eine Flockungsre- aktion des Blutplasmas und ihr Verhaltnis zur Senkungsge- schwindigkeit der Erythrocyten. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1923- BLOOD PLASMA 561 BLOOD PLASMA 24, 57: 367-70—Wright, H. N, & Bieter, R. N. Effects of the commonly used anticoagulants on the ultra-microscopic appear- ance of frog's plasma. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 550. ---- Chemical and physico-chemical prop- erties. See also Blood, Acid-base equilibrium; Blood, Gases; Blood calcium; Blood chemistry; and related headings. Naoiiis, H. *Action des gelatoses sur la coagu- lation du plasma citrate. 16p. 8? Lausanne, 1924. Barbaro-Forleo, G, & Foli, A. Studi sulla plasmaferesi. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1936, 61: 410-56.—Bennett, M. A. A note on Cullen's colorimetric method for the determination of the pH of blood plasma. J. Biol. Chem, 1926, 69: 697-702.—Bierry, H, Rathery, F, & Vivario, R. Carbone residuel dans le plasma sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 18-20.—Bigwood, E. J. Contribution a l'etude de la concentration en calcium ions du plasma sanguin. Ibid, 842-4. Also Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1924, 6: 118-41. ----- A propos du calcium diffusible du plasma sanguin. Ibid, 473-6. -----• De la mesure du pH du plasma sanguin; remarques au sujet des memoires de P. H. Rossier et P. Mercier intitules: etudes sur l'equilibre acide-base dusang. Arch.internat.med.exp, Liege, 1932, 7: lM-s. —--- Liegeois, F. [et al.] De la mesure du pR du plasma sanguin au moven des indicateurs et de l'eiectrode d'hydrogene. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 97: 1189-92— Blix, G. Elastizitatserscheinungen an Blutplasma und Blutserum im Kapillarviskosimeter. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1933, 257: 180-7.—Blum, L, Belaville, M, & Van Caulaert. Action du gaz carbonique in vitro sur le calcium ultrafiltrable dans le plasma. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 1292.—B0e, J. [Plasmacolloidal function] Norsk, mag. laege- vid, 1934, 95: 874 — Bucher, R. Die Diffusionsanalyse am Blut- plasmagel; ein neuer Weg der Blutforschung (vorlaufige Mit- teilung) Klin. Wschr, 1936, 15: 205—Ceruti, G, & Maestri, O. Le curve di assorbimento del CO2 del plasma ed il loro com- portamento nello scompenso e nei compenso del cuore. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1932, 56: 341-71.—CoUip, J. B, & Backus, P. L. The alkali reserve of the blood plasma, spinal fluid and lymph. Am. J. Physiol, 1920-21, 51: 551-67— Cullen, G. E. Studies of acidosis; the electrometric titration of plasma as a measure of its alkaline reserve. J. Biol. Chem, 1917, 31: 369-88. Alsorepr. ---- The colorimetric determination of the hydrogen ion concentration of blood plasma. Ibid, 1922, 52: 501-15. ----- & Robinson, H. W. The normal variations in plasma hydrogen ion concentration. Ibid, 1923, 57: 533-40.—Bamboviceanu, A. Recherches sur les constantes physico-chimiques du plasma des invertebres a l'etat normal et en cours d'immunisation; cons- tantes du plasma de quelques crustaces decapodes a l'etat normal (premier m6moir) Arch, roumain. path. Par, 1929, 2: 5-38.—do Amaral, M. E, Germek, O. A, & Kieffer, J. Technica da determinacao da reserva alcalina no plasma sanguineo. Ann. Fac. med, S.Paulo, 1935, 11: 87-100.—Boenecke, F. Der Einfluss gerinnungshemmender isotonischer Losungen auf die Zusammensetzung des Blutplasmas. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1936, 98: 583-602.—Bunn, F. L, & Sudman, A. T. Ultraviolet spectrophotometric studies of human blood plasma. Arch. Path, Chic, 1936, 21: 463-71.—Eisenman, A. J, Bulger, H. A, & Peters, J. P. The effect of CO2 tension on the concentration of the acids of the plasma of oxygenated blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1926, 67: 159-64.—Fradkin, W. Z. A simplified portable appa- ratus for the determination of the carbon dioxide capacity of plasma. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1928-29, 14: 973-7—Frey, H. C. Blutpiattchen und Fibrinogen; ein weiterer Beitrag zur Genese der grobdispersen Eiweisskorper im Blutplasma. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1933-34, 51: 173-206.—Gabbe, E. Ueber oxydierende Substanzen im Blutplasma. Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1932, n.F, 57: 67-72—Girard, P, & Peyre, E. Modifications de l'etat colloidal du plasma par certains colorants fluorescents. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 95: 88-91. -----• Consequences phy- siologiques de la modification de l'etat colloidal du plasma par certains colorants fluorescents; sensibilisation anaphylac- tique empechee. Ibid, 181-3.—Govaerts, P, Sluys, F, & Stoupel, A. Abaissement de la tension superficielle du plasma apres les irradiations penetrantes. Ibid, 1923, 88: 650-2.— Gram, H. C. [Meulengracht's plasma color determination] Ugeskr. laeger, 1920, 82: 1137-9.—Haggard, H. W, & Henderson, Y. Hemato-respiratory functions; the degree of saturation of the corpuscles with HC1 as a condition underlying the amount of alkali called into use in the plasma. J. Biol. Chem, 1920, 46: 199-208.—Hirth, A. Le dosage du calcium dans le plasma sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 88: 458-60.—Hollo, J, & Weiss, S. Klinische Methode zur Bestimmung des Bicarbonat- gehaltes im Blutplasma. Biochem. Zschr, 1924, 150: 501-8 — Homes, G. Abaissement de la tension superficielle du plasma en fonction du temps. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 97:1171. ----- La tension superficielle statique du plasma dans le choc anaphy- lactique s6rique. Ibid, 1173.—Hueck, H. Einwirkung gerin- nungshemmender Salze auf Plasma und Serum. Biochem. Zschr. 1925,160:183-98.—Jochims, J. Ueber die Veranderungen der Vis- cositat von normalem und pathologischem Blutplasma mit der Temperatur. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1931, 227: 759-72. ----- Viscosimetrische Untersuchungen an Blutplasma von Kindern; zur Frage der Beziehungen zwischen Wasserbindung und | tliesselastizitat des Plasmas. Zschr. Kinderh, 1933, 55: 357- 71.—Kirk E, Lewis, W. H, jr., & Thompson, W. R. The effect ?f«Kge i0.1! Plasm» calcium content of men. J. Biol. Chem, 1935, 111: 641—Knorr. Veranderung in der physikalischen btruklur des Blutplasmas bei Anwendung orthopadischer Be- handlungsmethoden. Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1924-25, 46: Beil.H, .V . •T:La Barre> J- Sur les modifications du pH du plasma apres 1 injection intraveineuse d'eiectrargol chez le cobaye. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 1041-3.—Lacassagne, A, & Loiseleur, J. Variations du p„ plasmatique du lapin, consecutivement a Tin- jection intraperitoneale d'organes broyes ou de peptone. Ibid, 1933, 113: 1144-6.—Lecomte du Noiiy, P. Sur la nature de la dispersion des substances constituent le plasma et le serum, et sur les dimensions possibles de la molecule de plasma. Ibid, 1927 96: 1299. ----- Surface tension of serum; the thickness of the monolayer of rabbit plasma. J. Exp. M, 1927, 46: 1-6. -----& Hamon, V. Sur la mesure du pH du plasma sanguin; etude experimentale de lVlectrode rotative inclinee. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1934, 16: 177-93— Lepper, E. H, & Martin, C. J. A micro-method for titrating the bicarbonate in plasma. Bio- chem. J, Lond, 1925, 19: 573-80—Looft, A. [The calcium con- tent of the blood plasma in some pathological conditions] Med. rev, Bergen, 1923, 40: 281-7.—Marrack, J, & Smith, F. C. Color- imetric determination of pe in pathological plasma bv Cullen's method. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1924-25, 5: 13-6.—Martini, E. II potenziale di ossido-riduzione del plasma. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 446-9— Moore, N. S, & Stewart, H. J. The varia- tions of the specific gravity of the plasma of the blood and the means available for altering it. J. Clin. Invest, 1930,9:423-42.— Nicolas, E. La gelification des plasmas par l'aldehvde formique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 87: 669-71—Peters, J. P, Bulger, H. A. [et al.] Total acid-base equilibrium of plasma in health and disease. J. Biol. Chem, 1926, 67: 141; 159; 165; 175; 219. Also repr.—Peters, J. P, Wakeman, A. M. [et al.] Hypochloremia and total salt deficiency in nephritis. J. Clin. Invest, 1928-29, 6: 551; 577.—Pickering, J. W, & Reeves, H. G. The coagulation of blood plasma when divested of corpuscles. J. Physiol, Lond, 1925-26, 60: 276-81.—Ponthus, P. Variations de la visco- site et de la conductibilite electrique du plasma sanguin sous l'influence des acides forts et des bases fortes. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 586—Roffo, A. H, & Correa, L. M. Sobre an- tagonismo ionico y su relation con las constantes fisicoquimicas en el plasma. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air, 1924, 1: 277-9.—Runge, H, & Kessler, R. Der normale onkotische Druck im Blutplasma. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 1816.— Schloss, O. M, & Harrington, H. Comparison of the carbon dioxid tension of the alveolar air and the hydrogen-ion concen- tration of the urine with the bicarbonate of the blood plasma. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1918, 30: 206-16. Also Am. J. Dis. Child, 1919, 17: 85-94.—Scott, F. H, Rabinowitz, M, & Rupp, A. The effect of increase of blood pressure on the concentration of col- loidal dyes in the plasma. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1922-23, 20: 227.—Starlinger, W. Ueber das Flockungsvermbgen des menschlichen Blutplasmas. Biochem. Zschr, 1921, 123: 215- 24.—Swyngedauw, J. Application de l'eiectrode a saturation permanente a la determination du pH du plasma sanguine. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 1307—Tweedy, W. R, & Koch, F. C. A suggested modification of the Kramer-Tisdall method for the microchemical estimation of ionizable calcium in blood plasma. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1928-29,14: 747-50—Warburg, E. J. [Observa- tions on the estimation of calcium ion concentration in plasma] Bibl. laeger, 1926, 118: 323-42. Also Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 178: 208-23.—Warembourg, H. Sur la signification de l'indice chro- mjque residuel du plasma. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 107: 312- 4.—Zunz, E. De la teneur en fibrinogene du plasma chez les poissons. Bull. Acad.sc. Belgique, 1933,5.ser, 19:929-37.----- & La Barre, J. Sur les modifications du pH du plasma apres l'injection de serum traite par l'agar et ses rapports avec l'abaisse- ment de la tension superficielle. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1923,89: 676- 8. -----Abaissement de la tension superficielle du plasma apres l'iujection intraveineuse d'eiectrargol. Ibid, 1924, 90: 118-20. ---- Colloidal lability. See also Colloid; also names of diseases. Jochims, J. Untersuchungen iiber den kolloiden Zustand des Blutplasmas beim gesunden und kranken Kinde. Zschr. Kinderh, 1930, 50: 333-66.—Natale, P. La labilita colloidale del plasma saggiata col vanadato sodico. Ann. ostet. gin, 1934, 56: 1433-54.—Reinhardt, C, & Werner, E. Zur Frage der prognosti- schen Verwertbarkeit einer Kolloidlabilitatspriifung des Blut- plasmas beim Pferde. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1924, 40: 130.— Roaniello, G. La labilita colloidale del plasma nella madre e nei feto saggiata col metodo di Boyland-Natale. Ann. ostet. gin, 1936, 58: 17-45.—Torbk, G. Untersuchungen fiber Plasmalabili- tat bei kranken Sauglingen. Mschr. Kinderh, 1924, 28:14-24.— Wegierko, J. Eine Mikromethode zur Plasmalabilitatspriifung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1925, 38: 932. ---- Ferments. See also Blood, Ferments; Ferment. Pautrat, J. *Etude de la phosphatase plas- matique; distribution dans l'organisme; role dans le metabolisme du phosphore; variations patho- logiques et experimentales. 237p. 8? Par., 1935. 21767—vol. 2, 4th series----36 BLOOD PLASMA 562 BLOOD PLATELET Auchinachie, B. W, & Emslie, A. R. G. The effect of diet on the plasma phosphatase of sheep. Biochem. J, Lond, 1933, 27: 351-5.—Austoni, B, & Coggi, G. La phosphatase du plasma dans differentes affections (maladies des os, fractures, icteres, derivation externe de la bile, &c) Presse m6d, 1934, 42: 1594-6.—Bodansky, A. Determination of plasma phosphatase. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-31, 28: 760-2. -----& Jaffe, H.L. Effects of diet and fasting on plasma phosphatase. Ibid, 1931, 29: 199-202.—Celentano, P. Le fosfatasi del plasma in gravidanza. Arch, ostet. gin, 1936, ser.2, 23: 403-36.—Fies- singer, N, & Boyer, F. La phosphatase plasmatique. Sang, Par, 1935, 9: 318.—Kay, H. B. Plasma phosphatase; method of determination; some properties of the enzyme. J. Biol. Chem, 1930, 89: 235-47. ---— The enzyme in disease, particularly in bone disease. Ibid, 249-66. -----&Jenner, H.B. Plasma phosphatase; a clinical method for the determination of plasma phosphatase. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1932, 13: 22-7.—Kurokawa, H. Experimentelle Studien iiber die Erythrozyten- und Plas- makatalase; experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Plasma- katalase. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1929-30, 14: 539-68—Moller- stroem.J. Action de la peroxydasedu plasma sanguin. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1928,98:1361-4.—Smith, J, & Maizels, M. The plasma phosphatase in rickets and scurvy. Brit. J. Child. Dis, 1935, 32: 132.—Takizawa, Y. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber Plasmakatalase. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1931-32, 18: 223-38 — Vahlquist, B. On the esterase activity of human blood plasma. Skand. Arch. Physiol, Berl, 1935, 72: 133-60. BLOOD platelet. See also Blood, Examination; Blood coagu- lation; Blood picture. Mouzon, J." *Les plaquettes du sang humain. 238p. 8? Par., 1921. Abramson, H. A. The electrophoresis of the blood platelets of the horse, with special reference to their origin and to throm- bus formation. J. Exp. M, 1928, 47: 677-83—Beecher, H. K. A note on the distribution of platelets in the peripheral blood. Acta med. scand, 1935-36, 87: 311.—Bianchini, G. Recherches sur les plaquettes du sang. Arch. ital. biol, 1924, 73: 11-8.— Blacher, L. Recherches experimentales sur les methodes d'exploration et sur la morphologie des thrombocytes ainsi que sur leur importance clinique en tant que systeme autonome. Sang, Par, 1935, 9: 147-83—Brock, R. C, & Rake, G. W. Some observations on blood-platelets. Guy's Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1929, 79: 451-72.—Castronouvo, G. Piastrine e pseudopiastrine nei sangue circolante. Haematologica, Nap, 1920, 1: 474-84, pi.—Cremer, H. B. Ueber das elektrokinetische Potential der Thrombocyten. Biochem. Zschr, 1935, 281: 345-8—Belcourt- Bernard, R. Etat actuel de nos connaissances sur la nature et le role des plaquettes sanguines. Arch. med. belg, 1921, 74: 210-9.—Begkwitz, R, Studien fiber Blutplattchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1920, 11: 144-55.—Belbrenzi, E. Caratteri dei trom- bociti nelle colture in vitro. Monit. zool. ital, 1933, 44: suppl, 53-5. Also Arch. exp. Zellforsch, 1935, 17: 78-95.—Endres, G, & Kubowitz, F. Stoffwechsel der Blutplattchen. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 191: 395-7.—Estrada, A. A propos de la reproduc- tion des plaquettes de Bizzozero. Sang, Par, 1936,10: 1088-90.— Haurowitz, F, & Sladek, J. Ueber die chemische Zusammen- setzung der Blutplattchen. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1928, 173: 233.—Hittmair, A. Die Blutplattchen. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1927-28, 35: 156-98.—Holloway, J. K, & Blackford, L. M. Com- parison of the blood-platelet count in splenic arterial and venous blood. Am. J.M.Sc, 1924, 168: 723-8—Horwitz, S. Neuere Untersuchungen an Blutplattchen; direkte Funktionsprufung der Blutplattchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 73: 422-31. ----- Die Blutplattchen in methodischer Hinsicht. Klin. Wschr, 1931, 10: 1613-6—Iglauer, K, & Weber, S. Die Kata- lasewirkung der Thrombocyten. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 234: 489-95. Also Magy. orv. arch, 1932, 33: 177-82.—Jagic, N, & Hickl, J. Ueber die Thrombocyten. Wien. med. Wschr, 1924, 74: 373-5.—Jurgens, R, & Naumann, W. Klinische und experi- mentelle Untersuchungen fiber Funktionen der Blutplattchen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1931-32, 172: 248-59.—Klecki, C, & Pelczar, C. Etude physiologique des plaquettes du sang. J. physiol. path, gen, 1926, 24: 11-37—Krantzfeld, B. [Clinical material for the study of thrombocytes] Odess. med. J, 1926, 1: 18-21.—Lenggenhager, K. Neues von den Blutplattchen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1935, 65: 278-80.----- Eine neue, einfachste Plattchenzahlmethode. Ibid, 1936, 66: 1289.— Mills, E. S. The blood platelets. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1926, 16: 818-21.—Pagniez, P. Plaquettes sanguines. Traite physiol. norm. path. (Roger & Binet) 2.ed, Par, 1934, 7: 155-66 — Perroncito, A. Le piastrine del sangue. Atti fond. sc. Cagnola, Milano (1917-23) 1924, 26: 1-17— Roskam, J. Role des globulins (plaquettes de Bizzozero) en physiologie normale et patholo- gique. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1926,95: no.27, reun. pieniere, 29-46 — Roskin, G. 0, & Griinbaum, F. T. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Blutplattchen. Virchows Arch, 1926, 261: 528-32.—Schultz, W. Die Blutplattchen. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 30-2.—Spitz, S. Blutplattchenzahl und Gefassfunktion. Ibid, 1923, 2: 584.— Stubel, H. Ultramikroskopische Studien fiber Blutgerinnung und Thrombocyten. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1914, 156: 361-400, lOpl. Also Jena. Zschr. Naturwiss, 1914, n.F, 51: 573-6.— Tocantins, L. M. Platelets and the spontaneous syneresis of blood clots. Am. J. Physiol, 1934-35, 110: 278-86.—Tsuna- shima, Y, & Yoshinaka, K. On the quantitative changes of dispersion of blood-platelets. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1930, 42: 12.—Villagomez, A. Flaquetas sanguineas. Arch. Fac, med, Quito, 1932, 1: 203-9.—Zeller, H. Untersuchungen fiber Blutplattchen Gesunder und Kranker. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 197. ---- Clinical aspect. See also names of hemorrhagic and throm- botic diseases as Hemophilia; Purpura, &c. Jepsen, A. *Klinische Untersuchungen uber Throinbozyten. p.680-7. 8? Kiel, 1932. Also Zschr. klin. Med, 1932, 122: Blacher, L. Die hamatologische und klinische Bewertung der Blutplattchen. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 088-90.— Celentano, P. II comportamento delle piastrine in ostetricia e in ginecologia. Arch, ostet. gin, 1931, 2.ser, 18: 697-760.— Chernozatonskaya, E. P. [The importance of counting the blood platelets in internal and endocrine diseases] Russ. klin, 1928,10: 273-84—Cramer, W, & Bannerman, R. G. The clinical significance of the blood-platelets. Lancet, Lond, 1929, 1: 992; 1048.—Becoux, J. Les plaquettes en obstetrique. Gynecologie, 1935, 34: 647.—Byke, S. C. The blood platelets and their place in medicine. Lancet, Lond, 1924, 2: 714.—Foged, J. [Influence of the amount of blood platelets on operations] Ugeskr. laeger, 1930, 92: 678-81.—Horwitz, S. Die klinische Bedeutung der Blutplattchen-Zahlmethode nach Hofmann-Flossner. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1927, 57: 380-97.—Krantzfeld, B. [Clinical study of thrombocytes] Uzhn. med. J, 1926,18-21—Mackay, W. The blood-platelet; its clinical significance. Q.J. Med, Oxf, 1931, 24: 285-328.—Meyer, O. O. Estimation of the blood platelets as an aid in diagnosis. Wisconsin M.J, 1936, 35: 894.—Schilling, V. Klinische Verwendung des Blutplattchenbefundes. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1921, 58: 1009. Also Deut. med. Wschr, 1921, 47: 861-3.—Stahl, R. Ueber die Notwendigkeit prinzipieller Berucksichtigung der Blutplattchen bei klinischen Blutunter- suchungen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1921, 68: 667. ---- Count. Baunack, L. *Principien der Thrombocyten- zahlung und ihre Fehlerquellen. 42p. 8? Lpz., 1932. Dreyer [W. W.] K. *Untersuchungen iiber die Zahl der Blutplattchen. 30p. 8? Munch.- Pasing, 1933. Kristenson, A. *Studien iiber die Anzahl der Blutplattchen beim Menschen. 191p. 8°. Upps., 1924. Ploch, F. H. [K. W.] * Vergleichende Unter- suchungen iiber Thrombocytenzahlmethoden und ihre klinische Brauchbarkeit. 26p. 8? Gies- sen, 1933. Prestele, M. *Die Thrombocyten-Zahl- methode nach Flossner-Hofmann. 22p. 8? Miinch., 1934. Als, E. [Oluf Thomsen's microscopic method of counting blood platelets] Hospitalstidende, 1923, 66: 425-31.—Amantea, F. Nuovo metodo per la conta delle piastrine. Rinasc. med, 1934, 11: 137-9.—Austerhov. Vereinfachte Blutpiattcbenzab- lung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1928, 54: 1843.—Baedorf, K. Kri- tische Betrachtungen fiber die Methodik der Thrombozytenzah- lung. Ibid, 1933, 59: 1643.—Bannerman R. G. The technique of blood-plate counting in man. Lancet, Lond, 1923,1: 1154.—\ Barbieri, B. Nuovo metodo di conteggio di piastrine. Diagn. teen, lab. Nap, 1931, 2: 24-7— Behr, C H. Vergleichende Zah- lungen der Thrombocyten nach verschiedenen Zahlmethoden; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Abstammung der Throm- bocyten. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12:1771-4—Berger, I. Zur Blut- piattchenzahlung. Ibid, 1923, 2: 1506.—Bobrov, N. N. [A simple method for enumeration of blood platelets] Arkh. klin. eksp. med, 1923, 2: pt5, 33.—Boros, J. von, & Kaltstein, O. Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Blutpiattchenzahlung; ein einfaches Ver- fahren. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1927-28, 35: 419-26.—Boshamer, K. Ueber Zahlung, Resistenz und Neubildung von Blutplattchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1925-26, 48: 631-9— Brakefleld, J. L, & Malone, K. Blood platelet numbers in normal men and women. J.M. Ass. Alabama, 1935-36, 5: 380-4.—Buckman, T. E, & Hallisey, J. E. Studies in the properties of blood platelets; a new method for counting platelets. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921, 76: 427-9.—Casey, A. E, & Helmer, 0. M. An accurate and prac- tical method for blood platelet counting. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 655—Cumings, J. N. A method for the enumeration of blood-platelets. Lancet, Lond, 1933,1:1230.— Bameshek, W. A method for the simultaneous enumeration of blood platelets and reticulocytes, with consideration of the normal blood platelet count in men and in women. Arch. Int. M, 1932,50:579.—Banilin, J.J. Eine neue Methode der Throm- bocytenzahlung. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1936, 55: 82-7.—Bebler, C. Zur Frage der Blutpiattchenzahlung. Zschr. klin. Med, 1935, 128: 745-9—Begkwitz, R. Methodik der Blutpiattchenunter- suchung. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1924, Abt.4, Teil 3, 393-408, pi.—Bemmer, T. Blutplattchen im Senium. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1921-22, 27: l.Teil, 141-8.— Einthoven-Schuil, A. [Blood-platelet counting in medical BLOOD PLATELET 563 BLOOD PLATELET practice] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1928, 72: pt2, 5697-700—FlBss- ner, 0. Beobachtung und Zahlung von Blutplattchen. Zschr. Biol, 1922, 77: 113-30.—Gerlov, F. Vergleichende Betrachtung iiber die Thrombozytenzahlmethoden von Fonio mid Jiirgens. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61: 1557—Giffin, H. Z. A direct method of counting platelets in oxalated plasma. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1933, 8: 365-70.—Gram, H. C. [U. Thomsen's method of counting blood platelets modified for the use outside hospitals] Ugeskr. laeger, 1920, 82: 718.—Gutstein, M. Ueber eine Methode zur Zahlung der Blutplattchen in der Zahlkammer. Med. Klin, Berl, 1932, 28: 1277.—Hartmann, E. Ueber den Wert der Hofmann-Flossuerschen Methode der Blutpiattchenzah- lung. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 1828-30—Herwerden, M. A. van. A simple method for counting blood platelets. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921, 76: 723.—Hofmann, F. B. Ueber Blutpiattchenzahlung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 861—Horwitz, S. Zur Frage der physiologischen Thrombocytenzahl. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 705-10.—Jiirgens, R. Eine Mikromethode zur Thrombocyten- zahlung (Hautblut-Methode) Ibid, 1934, 13: 97-9— Kolozs, E. [Various new methods for determining the quantitv of throm- bocytes] Orv. hetil, 1928, 72: 273-5. Also Wien. klin. Wschr, 1928, 41: 1342-4.—Kranzfeld, B. Zur Frage fiber die physiologi- schen Tagesschwankungen der Thrombocytenzahl. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1925, 210: 583-5— Kristenson, A. Zur Methodik der Thrombozytenzahlung beim Menschen. Acta med. scand, 1928, 69: 227-31. ----- A new method for the direct counting of the so-called blood platelets in man. Ibid, 1922, 57: 301-12.— Lampert, H. Weitere Erfahrungen mit der Bernsteinmethode der Thrombozytenzahlung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1931, 57: 2016— Leake, C. D, & Guy, E. F. A diluting fluid for platelet counting. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 84: 890.—Lempert, H. A modified technique for the enumeration of blood platelets. Lancet. Lond, 1935, 1: 151.—Leslie, E. I, & Sanford, H. N. A method of quantitative and qualitative estimation of platelets in their own plasma. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1935-36, 21: 1078-83.— Louros, N. C. Zur Frage der Blutpliittchenzahl bei der Frau. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1923, 119: 110-4.—Mizuta, S. Beitrage zur experimentellen und chirurgischklinischen Untersuchung fiber die Schwankungen der Blutpliittchenzahl. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1934, 10: 745; 1025— Muller, H. Zur Blutpiattchenzah- lung nach Spitz. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 277.—Normann, E. [A practical method of counting thrombocytes] Sven. lak. tidn, 1928, 25: 87-9.—Olef, I. Blood platelets; an improved indirect method for their enumeration. Arch. Int. M, 1930, 46: 585-96. ---- The enumeration of blood platelets. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934-35, 20: 416-36. Also Arch. Int. M, 1936, 57: 1163-85.— Pagniez, P, & Mouzon, J. Procede de numeration des pla- quettes du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 85: 157-60.—Petri, S. [On the technic of counting blood platelets by Thomsen's method with experiments in animals] Hospitalstidende, 1924, 67: 65; 513. ----- A new method for counting blood platelets in undiluted titrated plasma. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1928-29, 14: 950-4.—Puxeddu, E. Ricerche ematologiche sul sangue dei vecchi precedute da uno sguardo d'insieme sulle piastrine. Diagnosi, Pisa, 1927, 7: 71-112.—Rees, H. M. An improved method for counting blood platelets. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 80: 621—Sabrazes, J. Frottis de sang veineux pour l'etude des globulins et pour la recherche de leur reaction iodophile. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1923, 44: 469.—Schenk, M. Ein Verfahren zum Zahlen der Blutplattchen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1921, 68: 427.—Spitz, S. Eine einfache Methode zur Zahlung der Blutplattchen. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1921, 58:1073-5. Also Med. Klin, Berl, 1921, 17: 385.—Thomsen, O. A method for direct count of the blood plates in the blood. Acta med. scand, 1920, 53: 507-16. Also ibid, 1923, 58: 515-8. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 800-2—Tschirkin, M. [Number of Bizzozero platelets in healthy personsl Russ. klin, 1926, 6: 18-21.—Vilarino, M, & Monterroso, R. Metodo de valoracion exacta de la cifra trom- bocitarfa sanguinea, mediante extracciones fraccionadas. Med. ibera, 1936, 30: 145-9—Windfeld, P. Ueber Blutpiattchen- zahlung. Acta med. scand, 1930, 73: 10-8. Also Hospitals- tidende, 1930, 73: 85-90—Zeller, H. Die Differenzierung der Blutplattchen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1921, 47: 505. --- Disintegration and fragility. See also Hemoconia. Baar, H, & Canaval-Szekely, L. Ueber die Plattchenzerfalls- geschwindigkeit. Klin. Wschr, 1931, 10: 2045—Bellucci, L. Sui prodotti della disintegrazione piastrinica nei ricambio inter- medio; ricerche sulla costituzione chimica delle piastrine del sangue. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1932, lO.ser, 7: 731-90. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 31-4—Fiorito, G. La fagocitosi delle piastrine. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1923, 1: 263-6. Also Haematologica, Nap, 1924, 5: 390-4.—Hittmair, A. Blutplattchen und Hamokonien. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirsch- feld) Berl, 1932-33, 1: 1.Halfte, 503-52—Irish, B. B. A new method of determining the fragility of blood platelets. J. Biol. Chem, 1933, 100: lvi—Mills, C. A, Necheles, H, & Chu, M. K. Relation of clumping and disintegration of platelets to body metabolism. Chin. J. Phvsiol, 1928, 2: 219-28—Olef, I. The fate of disintegration of platelets. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1936-37, 22: 128-46. ---Effect of various factors. Cornesco, A. *Contribution a l'etude du comportement des plaquettes dans le sang con- serve. 34p. 8? Par., 1935. Podbalkansky, S. *Ueber die Thrombo- cytenzahlveranderung in den letzten Monaten der Schwangerschaft und im Wochenbett (Aus- zug) 6p. 8? Lpz., 1924. Als, E. On the number of blood platelets in normal persons under different physiological conditions. Acta med scand , 1924, suppl. no.7, 263-8—Benhamou, E, & Nouchy, A. Les plaquettes sanguines au cours de la menstruation, de la grossesse et du travail. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 105: 782-4. Also Gyn obst. Par, 1932, 25: 97-110—Benigni, R. Modiflcazioni delle piastrine del sangue in seguito a forti sottrazioni di linfa dal dotto toracico. Boll. Soc. eustach, 1924, 22: 17-30— Eufinger, H, & Knobloch, K. Das Verhalten von Thrombocytenzahl und Gerinnungszeit wahrend der Gestationsperiode; auf Grund der neuesten Lutersuchunnsmethodik. Arch. Gyn, Berl 1932 149: 391-413—Field, M. E. The effect of emotion on the blood platelet count. Am. J. Physiol, 1930, 93: 245-8.—Gichner, M G Studies of citrated blood: behavior of platelets. J. Am M Ass, 1927, 88: 893-5— Mottram, J. C. Some effects of exposure to radium on the blood platelets. Proc. R. Soc. M , Lond 1922-23, 16: sect, path, 9-13.—Oselladore, G, & Sacchetto, L Comportamento delle piastrine di fronte ai materiali granulari sospesi non stabilmente nei sangue. Gior. biol. med. sper, 1924-25, 2: 257-66, pi.—Petri, S. Investigations concerning the origin of blood-platelets; experiments to produce an isolated effect on the blood-platelet system by means of bleeding and rein- jection of all constituents of the blood excepting blood platelets (the ideal blood-platelet bleeding) Acta path, microb. scand, 1925, 2: 357-65. ----- Experiments by a special bleeding technique to produce isolated influencing of blood-platelets and their source; bleeding and reinjection of erythrocytes and leuco- cytes. Ibid, 277-86.—Picardi, G. Comportamento delle pias- trine in seguito ad atti operativi. Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. prat, 917-20.—Steinmaurer, H. J. Zur Frage der Blutpiattchen- zahlen und ihrer Veriinderungen unter dem Einfluss des vege- tativen Nervensystems. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1931-32, 46: 269-74.—Valdoni, P. Le variazioni numeriche delle piastrine nei periodo post-operatorio. Ann. ital. chir, 1929, 8: 149-79.— Willinsky, B. A note on changes in the blood-platelets after operations and injuries. Lancet, Lond, 1930, 1: 1126. ---- Endocrine aspect. Bankow, G. Sexuelle Hormone in ihrem Einfluss auf die numerischen Veranderungen der Blutplattchen. Beitr. path Anat, 1931, 88: 113-26—Henning, N. Ueber Beziehungen der Thrombozyten zur inneren Sekretion. Deut. med. Wschr 1924, 50: 1078-80.—Hirsch & Hartmann. Thrombocythenzahi in ihrer Beziehung zur Menstruation beziehungsweise inneren Sekretion. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 329.—Hopman, B. C. [Rela- tion of blood platelets to the female sexual apparatus] Ned tschr. geneesk, 1930, 74: pt2, 4535-7.—Shecket, H. A, Friedman! B. L, & Nice, L. B. Number of thrombocytes and leucocytes in blood of adrenalectomized rats. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol N Y 1934-35, 32: 608-10—Zondek, H, & Kaatz. Hormonal'regula- tion of the number of blood platelets in the blood. Brit M J 1936,2: 387-9. ---- Histology. Betances, L. M. Quelques images' dites artificielles dans les frottis du sang; a propos de la morphologie du sitistocyte, du m6gakarocyte et de la plaquette. Haematologica, Nap, 1922, 3: 485-507.—Bobrov, N. N. [Present state of the question of the morphology of thrombocytes and their clinical importance in internal diseases] Klin, med, Moskva, 1932, 10: 678-81.— Corradetti, A. La reazione nucleare di Feulgen sulle piastrine Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 603-5.—Fegler, J. Sur la morphologie des plaquettes du sang humain. C. rend Soc biol, 1926, 95: 1203-5. Also Opusc. clin. Scholae San, Warszaw, 1927, 1-8.—Flbssner, O. Zum Vergleich der Spindelzellen des Blutes mit den Blutplattchen. Zschr. Biol, 1923, 78: 37-44 — Lion, G. Plaques et formations r6ticuiees. Arch. mal. coeur, 1923,16:689-95.—Nicoletti, V. Sul modo di ottenere con costanza una chiara dimostrazione delle piastrine nelle sezioni. Patho- logica, Genova, 1927, 19: 221-3,—Oselladore, G. Eine Methode zur histologischen Untersuchung und Zahlung der Blutplatt- chen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr, 1925, 42: 415-20. ----- Sulla mor- fologia e struttura delle piastrine nei mammiferi. Monit. zool ital, 1926, 37: 33-56, pi—Preiss, W. [Physiological quantity and morphology of the blood platelets] Polska gaz. lek, 1932, 11: 743-7. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1932, 84: 810-23.— Rock- wood, R, & Sheard, C. Instantaneous photomicrography of the blood platelets, with comments on their morphology. Arch, Path, Chic, 1926, 1: 742-6. Also repr—Rolla, A. Sulla pre- senza di sostanza nucleare nelle piastrine. Haematologica Pavia, 1935, 16: 619-24, pi—Roulet, E. L. Granulations mito- chondriales dans les thrombocytes de la grenouille. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1918, 81: 779—Schenk, V. W. B. [The pseudopodia of blood-platelets] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1926, 70: pt2, 2065.— Storti, E, & Storti, R. La reazione di Feulgen in ematologia; le piastrine. Monit. zool. ital, 1935, 46: 71-6.—Toporova, M. N. [Senile blood-platelets] Soviet, psikhonevr, 1933, 9: 79-87, 18pl.—Voit, K. Ueber den Nachweis von echter Kernsubstanz in den Thrombocyten. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 1188. ----- & Kempa, H. Ueber den Nachweis von echter Kernsubstanz in den Thrombozyten. Zschr. Biol, 1934, 95: 635-8. BLOOD PLATELET 564 BLOOD PLATELET ---- Immunologic aspect. Brussin, A. M, & Kalajev, A. W. Die Bedeutung des Kom- plements und der Blutplattchen fiir die Feststellung der Throm- bozytobarine. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1931, 70: 497-521. Also J. mikrob, Moskva, 1932, 9: 45—Cerikover, R. S, & Trivus, L. M. Sulle trombocitobarine normali del sangue di diversi animali. Gior. batt. immun, 1926, 1: 351-4—Cramer, W, Brew, A. H, & Mottram, J. C. On blood-platelets; their be- haviour in vitamin A deficiency and after radiation, and their relation to bacterial infections. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1921-22, s.B, 93: 449-67.—Govaerts, P. Effets de l'injection de plaquettes lav6es sur l'eiimination des microbes circulant dans le sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 85: 745-7. ----- Accolement des microbes aux plaquettes sanguines et charges electriques. Ibid, 1923, 88: 993-6.—Gunn, F. B. Increase of blood platelets in rab- bits by a specific bacterial infection. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1926-27, 24: 857-9.—Krantz, W. Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von Kritschewski und Tscherikower Ueber die Throm- bozytobarine. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1928, 59: 351.—Krichevski, J. L. Ueber neue Immunkbrper (Thrombocytobarine) Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1103-5. ----- & Brussin, A. M. [Defensive importance of thrombocytobarines in infectious processes] J. mikrob, Moskva, 1932, 9: 38. Also Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1931, 120: 150-62.—Krichevsky, J. L, & Tscherikower, R. S. Ueber Antikbrper, die die Mikroorganismen mit Blutplattchen beladen [Thrombozytobarinen] Zschr. Immunforsch, 1925, 42: 131-49. ----- Zur weiteren Erforschung der Thrombozyto- barine. Ibid, 1925-26, 45: 530-44. ----- Ueber die Throm- bozytobarine. Ibid, 1928, 57: 234-60—Lebedewa, M. N. Ueber die Thrombozytobarinen gegen Bakterien. Ibid, 58: 255-63.—Menne, F. R. Immunologic experiments with platelets of human blood. J. Infect. Dis, 1922, 31: 455-60—Messik, R. E. Ueber Thrombozytobarine gegen Amoeba endolimax und Leishmania tropica. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1926-27, 101: 413-7 — Otsuka, S. Experimentelle Untersuchung fiber Blutplattchen; fiber die immunologische Bedeutung der Blutplattchen. Oka- vama igakkai zasshi, 1928, 40: 633-58.—Popesco-Combiesco, C. Du pouvoir empgchant des plaquettes sanguines sur la staphy- lolysine. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 259-61. ■----- Sur les proprietes antivibrioniennes des plaquettes du sang. Ibid, 1924, 91: 750-2. ----- Recherches sur le role des plaquettes sanguines dans l'immunite; la fonction antix6nique des pla- quettes. Arch, roumain. path. Par, 1928, 1: 453; 1930, 3: 343, 8pl— Roskam, J. Fonction antixenique, plasma et globu- lins (plaquettes) C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 85: 733-5—Suzuki, S. Immunologische Thrombozytenuntersuchung; antixenische Wirkung der Thrombozyten. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1933, 8: 497; 740.—Taniguchi, T, Joogetsu, M, & Kasahara, T. Role of blood platelets against infection. Jap. J. Exp. M, 1930, 8: 55-64, 3pl. ---- Origin. See also Blood formation; Megakariocyte. Duesberg, R. *Ueber das Verhalten der Thrombocyten und Megakaryocyten bei gestei- gerter und gehemmter Erythropoese [Berlin] p.626-40. 8? Berl., 1930. Also Zschr. klin. Med.. 1929-30, 112: Petri, S. *Unders0gelser over Wrights blod- pladeteori [Observations on Wright's blood platelet theory] 243p. 8? Kbh., 1926. Scheumann, J. H. *Beitrag zur Blutplatt- chenfrage. 54p. 8? Lpz., 1922. Bedson, S. P. An enquiry into the genesis of the mammalian blood platelet. J. Path. Bact, Edinb, 1923, 26: 145; 1925, 28: 114, 2pl.—Betances, L. M. La genese des plaquettes sanguines. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1925, 180: 1780-2.—Bezancon, F, & Be Jong, S. I. A propos des plaques reticul6es du sang et de leur origine nucieaire. Arch. mal. coeur, 1924, 17: 85.—Bianchini, G. Les asphyxies et la geni'se des plaquettes. Arch. ital. biol, 1926, 76: 117-23.—Birch, C L. The origin of pseudothrombocytes from leukocytes. Anat. Rec, 1930-31, 46: 45-53—Bunting, C. H. Vicarious blood-platelet formation. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1920, 31: 439.—Cramer, W, Brew, A. H.. & Mottram, J. C. On the behaviour of platelets in vitamin A deficiency and on the technique of counting them. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1923-24, 4: 37-44.—Begkwitz, R. Zur Schillingschen Losung der Blut- piattchenfrage. Deut. med. Wschr, 1921, 47:12.—Bemel, A. C. Sulla origine delle piastrine. Gior. biol. med. sper, 1923-24, 1: 41-4. Also Haematologica, Nap, 1924, 5: 104-46, pi. ----- Sur l'origine des plaquettes par les megacaryocytes. Arch. ital. biol, 1926, 75:171-7. Also Haematologica, Pavia, 1930,1:1-23 — Bi Guglielmo, G. Megacariociti e piastrine negli organi emo- poietici e nei sangue circolante. Atti Accad. med. chir. Napoli, 1919, 73: 283-97.—Erede, TJ. Sulla genesi delle piastrine. Poli- clinico, 1921, 28: sez. med, 203-11.—Falkenheim. Serologische Untersuchungen fiber die Struktur und die Herkunft der Blut- plattchen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 439.—Finding new lung function solves human blood puzzle. Science News Lett, 1935, 28: 358.—Firket, J. Recherches sur la regeneration des plaquettes. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 87: 84-6. ----- Sur la nature et l'origine des plaquettes du sang circulant. Bull. histol. appl, Lyon, 1925,2: 348-66.—Gaspar, S. Untersuchungen fiber Ursprung, Zahl und Form der Blutplattchen und fiber das Benehmen der Knochenmarksriesenzellen (Megakaryo- zyten) unter normalen und pathologischen Verhaltnissen. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1926, 34: 460-81—Govaerts, P. Donnees actuelles sur l'origine et le role des plaquettes sanguines. Ann. Soc. sc. med. natur. Bruxelles, 1924, 79:16-34—Grunbaum, F. T. Untersuchungen fiber die entstehungsgeschichtlichen Bezie- hungen der Blutplattchen und der spindelfbrmigen Zellen mit- tels der Immunitatsmethoden. Virchows Arch, 1928, 267: 126-43.—Hartmann, E. Beitrage zur Thrombozytengenese bei niederen Vertebraten, sowie zur Frage ihrer Stellung zu Megakaryozyten der Sauger. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1925-26, 32: l.Teil, 1-14, 3pl.—Jiirgens, R. Darstellung einer Entwicklungs- reihe der Blutplattchen und ihre klinische Bedeutung. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1936, 48. Kongr, 370-5.—Katsunuma, S. Genese der Blutplattchen im Lichte der Oxydasereaktion. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1925-26, 32: l.Teil, 29-32. ----- Eine weitere Stfitze fiir die Wrightsche Auffassung der Blutpiattchen- genese. Ibid, 1929, 38: 214.—Kaznelson, P. Zur Entstehung der Blutplattchen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1922, 34. Kongr, 557-9.—Klecki, K. [Problems of blood platelets] Polska gaz. lek, 1927, 6: 813-5.—Lega, G. Ricerche sulla genesi megacariocitica delle piastrine in base alle alterazioni prodotte dall' asfissia nella crasi sanguigna e negli organi ematopoietici di gattini normali e splenectomizzati. Haematologica, Pavia, 1928, 9: 169-84, 2pl.—Marchesini, R. Sulla piastrinosi e piastrino- genesi. Policlinico, 1921, 28: sez. med, 546-8. Also Haematolo- gica, Nap, 1922, 3: 193-214, 2pl. ----- Sulle origini delle pia- strine del sangue. Riv. biol, 1923, 5:615-26, 3pl. ----- Due nuovi esperimenti sulla piastrinosi (dei vertebrati inferiori) e la costituzione e funzione delle cellule del Bizzozero (megacario- citi) Ricer. morf, 1926, 6: no.2-3, 99-105, pi. ----- Eritro- blasti e piastrine. Arch. farm, sper, Roma, 1929-30, 48: 323-9, 2pl.—Mariconda, G. Osservazioni intorno alia origine istio- citaria delle piastrine del sangue. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1933-34, 32- 387-404.—Martelli, C. Sulla poligenesi delle piastrine. Atti Accad. med. chir. Napoli, 1919, 73: 127-37, 4pl— Martino, L. Sulla genesi delle piastrine. Haematologica, Pavia, 1935, 16: 177-91.—Modification of Wright's theory on the production of blood-platelets modified by Cesaris Demel. Internat. Clin, 1927, 37.ser, 2: 190.—Petri, S. Investigations concerning the origin of the blood-platelets; Wright's theory. Acta path. microb. scand, 1925, 2: 23-54. Also Bibl. Iseger, 1926, 118: 293-301.—Perroncito, A. Megacariociti e piastrine del sangue. Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1919, 31: 607-14. ----- Sulla derivazione delle piastrine. Haematologica, Nap, 1921, 2: 510- 1926, 7: 86, pi. ----- L'origine des globulins et la theorie de Wright. Sang, Par, 1927, 1: 298-306—Polettini, B. Sulla preesistenza delle piastrine nei sangue circolante. Haemato- logica, Nap, 1921, 2: 47-64. Also Arch. ital. biol, 1924, 73: 39-51 —Rohr, K, & Koller, F. Ueber die Abstammung der Thrombocyten. Klin. Wschr, 1936,15:1549-53.—Rosenthal, F, & Falkenheim, C. Serologische Untersuchungen fiber die Abstammung der Blutplattchen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1921,33. Kongr, 544-8. Also Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1922,92:231- 53—Rosskin, G. O, & Grunbaum, F. T. [Problem of blood- platelets] J. mikrob, Moskva, 1926, 3: 213-6.—Sato, H. Zur Kenntnis der Regeneration der Blutplattchen. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1927, 17: 158-61, pi.—SchiUing, V. Erganzungen zur Plattchenkerntheorie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1920, 46: 1274. ----- Zur Lbsung der Blutpiattchenfrage. Ibid, 1921, 47: 178.—Schilsky, B. Die klinischen Blutpiattchenbefunde vom erythrozytaren Standpunkt. Zschr. klin. Med., 1921, 91: 256-86.—Souza Campos, E. de. Plaquetas e megalocaryo- cytos; estudo experimental. Bol. Soc. med. cir. S.Paulo, 1923- 24, 6: 3.ser, 18-22. Also Tribuna med, Rio, 1923, 29:152; 166.- Spaldolini, I. Sui fenomeni di disintegrazione cellulare nei monociti endotelioidi della polpa splenica (ulteriori osservazioni sull' origine delle piastrine) Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1929, 27: 255-84. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1929, 4: 1121-5. —77- Su alcuni fenomeni di disintegrazione nucleare nei monociti endo- teliodi della polpa splenica in rapporto alia origine delle piastrine. Monit. zool. ital, 1929, 40: 378-83. ----- Ancora sui process) di disintegrazione nucleare con cui si originano le piastrine del sangue. Ibid, 1930-31, 41: suppl, 248-51— Stahl, R. Glyko- genreaktion (Jodfixation) der Zellen des Knochenmarkes und des stromenden Blutes; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Blutplattchen- genese. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 589-91. ----- Horstmann & Hilsnitz. Glykogenfeaktion (Jodfixation) der Zellen des Kno- chenmarkes und des stromenden Blutes; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Blutplattchengenese. Zbl. inn. Med, 1924, 45: 988. Also Virchows Arch, 1925, 257: 392-414— Steinbrinck, W. Ein Beitrag zur Thrombocytenfrage. Zschr. klin. Med, 1922, 94: 447-58.—Vita, P. Attuali conoscenze sulle genesi e funzione delle piastrine. Diagnosi, 1927, 7: 347-80—Watson, C. H. The genesis of blood platelets. Edinburgh M.J, 1932, n.s, 39: 229; 311, 2pl—Weicksel. Zur Blutpiattchenfrage. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 291-3—Wittkower, E. Klinische und experi- mentelle Untersuchungen zur Blutpiattchenfrage. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1921, 25: 73; 1922, 26: 250. ---- Pathology. See also under names of diseases. Lohnes, F. *Das Verhalten der Blutplattchen bei Ulcus ventriculi und den bosartigen Tumoren. lip. 8? Giessen, 1922. . Albanese, A. Sul contegno delle piastrine nei puerperio . Also Brit. M.J, 1930, 2: 10-3 —Belaunay, H. Quelques donnees cliniques de l'oscillometrie. Vie m6d, 1920, 1: 423-7—Ene- buske, C. J. Significant reactions of the arterial tension, mani- festations of the angio-kinetic energy, clinically observed and interpreted. Boston M.&S.J, 1921, 184: 407-15.—Faught, F. A. A rational interpretation of blood pressure findings. Am. J. Electrother, 1920, 38: 420-7. Also N.York M.J, 1921, 113: 93-5. --->— A plea for the routine use of blood pressure tests. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1929, 26: 307-10.—Franquet, O. Breviario de la tension arterial. Siglo med, 1933, 92: 108-12—Gardner, H. D. Blood pressure. Med. Soc. Rep, Scranton, 1933, 27: 9-13 — Geigel, R. Die klinische Bedeutung der Herzgrosse und des Blutdrucks. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh, 1921, 20: 1-35.—Gigon, A. Der Blutdruck in der Praxis. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1920, 50: 1075.—Herzog, F. [Importance of blood pressure studvj Orv. hetil, 1929, 73: 589-93—Hodges, F. M. The diagnostic significance of alterations in blood pressure. Tr. M. Soc. Vir- ginia, 1916, 46: 165-7.—Izard, L. M. J. A. La tension arterielle en clinique. Arch. med. pharm. mil, 1926, 85: 253-78.—Ja- nowski, W. I vantaggi pratici dell' esame clinico della pressione arteriosa. Riforma med, 1927, 43: 313-6.—Jeanneney, G. Ap- plications chirurgicales de 1'ostillometrie. Arch. fr. belg. chir, 1922, 25: 429-68.—Jones, A. A. Interpretation of blood pressure readings. N. York State J.M, 1930, 30: 194-7—Kabanow, N. Neue Blutdruckformeln. Acta med. scand, 1933, 80: 352-63.— Kryszek, H. [Clinical value of the determination of arterial tension] Polska gaz. lek, 1933, 12: 655-60— Lehrnbecher, A. Die theoretische Grundlage und praktische Anwendung der Blutdruckmessung bei chirurgischen Eingriffen. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1922, 127: 291-330.—McBonald, E. A consideration of blood pressure. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 124: 706. Also repr — Macgregor, J. A. Clinical aspects of blood pressure. J. Michi- gan M. Soc, 1921, 20: 371-4.—McNelis, J. The clinical inter- pretation of blood pressure. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc. (1922-23) 1924 23: 45-55.—Martini, T, & Bossola, A. La oscillografia en clinica. Sem. med, B. Air, 1933, 40: 1117-9—Meakins, J C. The significance of blood pressure in clinical medicine. Long Island M.J, 1927, 21: 379-84.—Morrissey, F. B. Clinical aspects of blood pressure. U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull, 1931, 7: 133-8.—Muller, F. Die Bedeutung des Blutdrucks fiir den praktischen Arzt. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1923, 70: 1-5 — Nesbitt, J. H. The value of blood pressure in diagnosis. U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull, 1928, 4: 12-4.—Nizzoli, A. Sul valore del rapporto sfigmoviscosimetro in pediatria. Pediatria, Nap, 1920, 28: 368; 1923, 31: 609—O'Connell, C. J. Estimation of blood-pressure in relation to disease. J.R. Nav. M. Serv, 1922, 8: 48-53.—Osborn, G. R. Blood pressure in obstetrics. South. BLOOD PRESSURE 568 BLOOD PRESSURE M.J, 1927,20:710-3- Pal, J. Ueber die Blutdruckmessung und ihre Bedeutung fiir Diagnose und Therapie. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1932, 45: 1369-73. Also Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1933, 7: 1-5.—Porter, F. The sphygmometer in general practice. Edin- burgh M.J, 1927, n.s, 34: no.5, Tr. Med. Chir. Soc, 85-98 — Powell, R. B. Blood pressure in diagnosis. Practitioner, Lond, 1926, 116: 42-52.—Read, J. M. Interpretation of blood pressure readings. Mod. Concepts Card. Dis, 1936, 5: 1—Red, S. C. Notes on blood pressure. Texas J.M, 1935-36, 31: 450-3 — Schmitz, K. L. Beurteilung gemessener Blutdruckwerte. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1936, 33: 609-11—Schneyer, K. Zur Frage der Blutdruckcharakteristik. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1934- 35, 235: 176-83.— Schulze, A. G. The value and significance of blood pressure in obstetrics. Minnesota M, 1920, 3: 585-9.— Sladen, F. J, & Johnston, R. L. The significance of basal blood- pressure readings. Ann. Clin. M, 1926-27, 5: 593-8—Smith, T. A. Some observations on blood pressure. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1936, 33: 391-6.—Stewart, J. F. Notes on blood-pressure readings and their value. Med. J. Australia, 1925, 2: 359-62.— Wilkinson, K. B. Blood-pressure. Clin. J, Lond, 1935, 64: 397-402. ---- Disorders. See also Blood pressure, high; Blood pressure, low; also names of diseases as Cardiovascular system, Diseases, &c. Andrews, C. L. How's your blood pressure? 225p. 8? N.Y., 1931. Kungta Huang. *Ueber den physiologischen und pathologischen Blutdruck [Berlin] 69p. 8? Charlottenb., 1928. Morandi, E. Fisiopatologia della pressione arteriosa. 187p. 8? Tor., 1920. Schmitz, R. *Ueber Hypertonic und Hypo- tonic 75p. 8? Bonn, 1930. Stieglitz, E. J. Abnormal arterial tension. 261p. 8? N.Y., 1935. Stone, C. T. Blood pressure, high and low. 63p. 8? N.Y. [1925] Achard, C. Lecons sur les troubles de la tension arterielle. Progr. m6d. Par, 1929, 44: 638-46.—Anderson, R. A. An osteo- pathic method for normalizing blood pressure. J. Am. Osteo- path. Ass, 1935-36, 35: 128-34.—Barath, E. Presenile disturb- ances of blood pressure. Arch. Int. M, 1928, 42: 379-85.—Bauer, J, & Neuburger, F. Die Blutdruckreaktion auf kbrperliche Arbeit bei abnormem Blutdruck. Zschr. klin. Med, 1932, 120: 628-33.—Bauke, E. E. Ueber hyper-und hypotonische Zustande und ihre Behandlung. Fortsch. Ther, 1935, 11: 750-6.—Behr, V. Blutdruck und Blutdruckkrankheit. Prakt. Arzt, 1927, n.F, 12: 99; 130; 149—Bergmann, G. von. Die Blutdruck- krankheit als Problem. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild, 1924,15: H.2, 22-34.—Burwell, C. S, & Smith, W. C. The output of the heart in patients with abnormal blood pressures. J. Clin. Invest, 1929-30, 7:1-10.—Banielopolu, B. Der normale und pathologische Tonus des Zirkulationsapparates des Menschen. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1930, 20: 1; 157.—Bavis, N. S. Some observations on the etiology and treatment of pathological blood pressures. Illinois M.J, 1927, 51: 38-43.—Boxiades, L. Hypertonic und Hypo- tonic im Kindesalter. Zschr. Kinderh, 1932, 53: 366.—Bumas, A. L'involution tensionnelle et ses manifestations physiques et cer6brales. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1928, 3.ser, 52: 1485-9.—Enger, R. Die kbrpereigenen, gefasserweiternden Sub- stanzen und ihre therapeutische Verwertbarkeit. Zbl. inn. Med, 1935, 56: 49-59.—Euziere, Blouquier de Claret & Pages. Un cas d'arythmie de tension. Bull. Soc. sc. m6d. biol. Montpellier, 1922-23, 4: 398.—Ferber, J. Blood pressure and its pathological changes. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 124: 742-7—Grafe, E. Ueber die Blutdruckerkrankungen. Zschr. Urol, 1926, 20: 696-704.— Grassmann, K. Ueber Messung und Bewertung abnormen Blutdrucks. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1921, 68: 921.—Hay, J. The treatment of patients with abnormal blood-pressure. Prac- titioner, Lond, 1936, 136: 669-78.—Hochrein, M. Zur Frage der Blutdruckanomalien. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1926, 119: 193- 203.—Hoyle, C. The treatment of high and low blood-pressure. Practitioner, Lond., 1934,133:434-44.—Kabanov, N. A. [Hyper- tension and hypotension] Klin, med, Moskva, 1929, 7: 275-80. Also in Acta med. scand, 1931, 76: 408-15.—Kahler, H. Blut- druck und Blutdruckkrankheiten. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935, 48: 337-40. Also Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1936, 10: 233-6—Mc- Donagh, J. E. R. Vascular hypertension and hypotension. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1924, 117: 71; 89—Marrassini, A. Com ributo sperimentale alla fisiopatologia della pressione arte- riosa del sangue. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1920, 18: 21-47.—Meakins, J. Arterial hypertension and hypotension and their clinical significance. Physiol. Rev, 1927, 7: 431-97—Miller, A. H. A blood-pressure paradox. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 82: 1511.— Naroditzky. E. [Atypical forms of blood pressure] Vrach. dielo, 1927, 10: looi.-Nott, H. W. The thyroid and manganese treat- ment; its inlliience on abnormal blood pressures. Brit. M J 1925, 2: 1209-12.—Pal, J. Hypertension and hypertonia; hypo- tension and hypotonia. Internat. Clin, 1926, 36.ser, 4:151-7.— Palacios Macedo, J. Estados anormales de la tension arterial Medicina, Mex, 1928, 9: 81-91.—Peters, J. T. [Diagnosis of hypertension, as well as hypotension in systolic and diastolic blood pressure] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1923, 67: pt2, 1844-8. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 503-5. Preston, J. W. Arterial hyper- and hypo-tension. Virginia M. Month, 1921- 22, 48: 293-6.—Riesman, B. Evaluation and treatment of abnormalities in blood pressure. Atlantic M.J, 1923-24, 27: 484-91.—Rimbaud & Boulet. L'arythmie de tension. Bull Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1923, 3.ser, 47: 398. ----- & Puech. L'arythmie de tension: sa valeur semeiologique et pronostique. Presse med, 1924, 32: 159.—Roberts, S . R. The clinical relation of hypotension and hypertension to mortality. Med. Insur, 1926, 42: 59-63.—Rolleston, Sir H. The clinical significance of abnormal blood-pressure. Internat. Clin, 1928, 38.ser, 3: 78- 105. Also repr.—R0mcke, 0. [Pathologic course of normal blood pressure and its clinical significance] Norsk mag. laege- vid, 1933, 94: 70-82.—Sakurasawa, F. Hypertonie und Hypo- tonic. Jap. J.M.Sc, 1936, 4: Int. Med, 138-40—Schuz, H. Die Wirkung des Organpraparates Animasa auf den pathologisch erniedrigten und erhohten Blutdruck. Zbl. Herz Gefasskr 1924, 16: 33-7.—Strasburger, J. Blutdruckfragen. Kreislauf- erkr. & ihre Behandl, Lpz, 1932, 53-64.—Taylor, J. M. The control of the circulation, by simple physical methods, affording relief for many disorders. Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18: 420-5 — Veronesi, E. Pressioni estreme (Mx. e Mn.) e pressioni medie (Md.) in cardiofisiopatologia. Riv. med, 1933, 41: 161-4 — Villaret, M, Justin-Besancon, L, & Cachera, R. Les anisergies circulatoires. Presse med, 1931, 39: 1573-7. Also Rev. med fr, 1932, 13: 333-8. Also Lancet, Lond, 1934, 2: 479-81 — Weiss, R. F. Wechselbeziehungen zwischen arterieller Hyper- und Hypotonie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928,24:451—Werdesheim, L. Grenzfalle zwischen normalem und pathologischem Blut- druck. Wien. med. Wschr, 1930, 80: 531. ---- Disorders: Causes. See also names of primary diseases as Brain, Injuries; Heart, Diseases; Nervous system, Dis- eases, &c. Fuhrman, S. Contribution a l'etude de la pression arterielle moyenne en particulier chez les Brightiques cedemateux et les 6clamptiques. 79p. 8? Par., 1932. Barath, J. [Disorders of blood-pressure regulation in the aged] Orv. hetil, 1926, 70: 1377-80.—Brogi, G. La pressione media in rapporto alle pressioni estreme, alio sforzo e ad alcuni stati patologici. Clin, pediat. Mod, 1936,18: 67-«4.—Ceruti, G. Sulle variazioni della pressione sanguigna regionale in rapporto alia stasi ed all' anemia. Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1926, 1: 531-4.—Cordier. Variations des tensions arterielle et veineuse; de la viscosite et l'auscultation arterielle au cours de divers types de reactions febriles. Lyon med, 1923, 132: 122-5.— Dumas, A. Courbes tensionnelles (palpatoires, auscultatoires et oscillometriques) comparees au membre superieur et au membre inferieur chez des hypertendus et des hypotendus; conclusions a en tirer sur le role du facteur cardiaque ou vascu- laire dans chacun de ces etats. Ibid, 1922, 131: 395-9. ---- Gardere, H, & Badinant. Les albumines et le quotient albumineux du serum dans l'hypertension et l'hypotensinn arterielle. Presse med, 1930, 38: 1235.—Eivine, P., & Zelditsch, L. Sur la pression sanguine au cours de certaines affections aigues des enfants. Arch. med. enf, 1935, 38: 133-46—Elaut, L. La tension arterielle chez les urinaires. J. urol. mfd. Par, 1930, 29: 441-58.—Fuente Veloso, S. La presion media dinamica en la insuficiencia cardiaca y en el la insuficiencia aortica. Med. ibera, 1932, 26: pt 1, 305-11.—Gillespie, R. D. The variability of the blood-pressure in some morbid conditions. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1926, 72: 325-30.—Gordon, A. Mental and emotional phenomena of some psychoses in their relation to blood pressure; diagnostic and prognostic significance of the latter. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1930, 72: 396-404—Hare, H. A. Vascular tension in chronic illness. Am. J.M.Sc, 1906, 132: 171-4. Also repr.—Harrower, H. R. Some considerations of blood pressure disorders, thyroid hypertension, and adrenal hypotension. Med. J. & Rec, 1924,119: 57.—Janowski, W. La pression sanguine dans l'arteriosclcrose et les nephrites. Arch. mal. cceur, 1920, 13: 354-61.—Martin, A. F. Blood-pressure observations in functional bruits in children and young adults. Brit. M.J, 1922, 1: 99.—Meo Colombo, I. Pressione arteriosa e glicemia nelle varie forme morbose. Fisiol. & med, Roma, 1931, 2: 50-61.—Radnai, P. [Role of skin capillaries in blood- pressure disorders] Magy. orv. arch, 1930, 31: 292-301.— Rasumov, N. P, & Sladkova, E. 0. [The oscillometric curve in the course of various acute diseases] Klin, med, Moskva, 1930, 8: 943-50.—Reingold, M. L. [Effect of the blood of patients with hypertension and hvpotension, upon the vessels of the isolated ear of rabbit] Ibid, 1932, 10: 821-3—Sigler, L. H. Spontaneous nonrhythmic variations in the blood-pressure levels and in the silent gap; a theory of vasomotor arrhythmia. Am. J.M.Sc, 1929, 177: 494-506—Villaret, M, & Theodorescu. Contribution a l'etude des modifications de la tension arterielle chez les anciens traumatisCs cranio-cerebraux et chez les hemi- pl6giques. Ann. m6d. Par, 1923, 13: 189-205. ---- Graphic registration. See also Blood pressure, Measurement; Pulse, Graphic registration. BLOOD PRESSURE 569 BLOOD PRESSURE Bernin, J. *La courbe de pression intra- arterielle; controle des m6thodes indirectes et considerations cliniques. 37p. 8? Par., 1934. Woillez, J. Contribution a l'etude de la courbe oscillometrique [Paris] 91p. S? Beau- vais, 1920. Alexandre, R, & Moulinier, R. Problemes d'oscillom6trie medicale; calculs pour servir a l'etude des courbes. J. med. Bordeaux, 1920, 50: 614. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1920, 83:1484-8. ----- Problemes d'oscillometrie medicate; courbes oscillo- metriques et dynamique cardiaque. Ibid, 1921, 84: 696-8. ----- Presentation de courbes oscillometriques a propos du Mn Mn. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1921, 42: 308. Also Bull. Soc. m6d. chir. Bordeaux (1921) 1922, 244-6. ----- Courbes oscillometriques etudiees en fonction des variations des charges statiques de 1'artere. Gaz. sc. m6d. Bordeaux, 1921, 42: 592. ----- Ou placer Mn sur la courbe oscillometrique? J. med. Bordeaux, 1921, 51: 215. ----- Oscillom6trie medicate; ana- lyse et interpretation des courbes oscillometriques: etude mathe- matique des oscillations; courbe mathematique et courbe cli- nique. Arch. mal. cceur, 1923, 16: 593; 625.—Amblard, L. A. Presentation du sphygmom6trographe. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1921, 3.ser, 45: 94-8. -----■ Mesure clinique de la tension arterielle par la methode graphique. J. med. Paris, 1927, 46: 495-7. Also Marseille med, 1927, 64: pt 2, 80-8 — Arnovljevic, V, & Milovanovitch, J. B. Du caractere differentiel des oscillations des versants systolique et diastolique de la courbe oscillographique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 874; 877. ----- De Interpretation des variations d'amplitude et des denivellements des oscillations sphygmographiques enregistrees a contrepression constante. Ibid, 116: 661-3.—Aubertin, C, & Pascano, 0. La courbe oscillometrique obtenue avec l'appareil de Pachon-Gallavardin. Presse med, 1924, 32: 969.—Barr, D. R. Preliminary note on a new method of recording blood pressure, with presentation of a model. Brit. J. Anaesth, 1927, 5: 11-3.—Barrieu. Inscription de la tension arterielle par le tonoscillographe et etudes des courbes oscillographiques. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1932, 250-9.—Billard, G. La courbe oscillo- metrique obtenue avec l'oscillometre sphygmometrique de Pachon. J. med. fr, 1919, 8: 369-76.—Bishop, L. F, & Bishop, L. F, jr. A clinical study of a graphic method of recording blood pressure. Ann. Int. M, 1929-30, 3: 808-14. Also J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1930, 27: 299-303.—Blankenhorn, M. A. An automatic method for serial blood pressure observation in man. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921, 77: 90-3.—Blavier, L. Oscillometries inter- pretation de l'oscillogramme. Rev. beige sc. med, 1932, 4> 559-86.—Bonsdorff, B. von [Blood pressure; registration of the absolute sphygmogram in man] Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1933, 75: 169-78.—Boulet, P, Balmes, A, & Ginestie, J. Courbe sphyg- momanometrique et pression moyenne; comparaison des resul- tats de la methode graphique a ceux de la mesure par oscillo- metrie. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1932,13:108-23.— Brechot, A. Quelques traces oscillometriques. Mem. Acad. chir. Par, 1936, 62: 192-6.—Bugnard, L, & Gley, P. Sur un appareillage denue d'inertie permettant l'inscription de la pression arterielle chez l'animal. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 173-5 -----& Langevin, A. Inscription et mesure de la pres- sion sanguine. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1933, 196: 293-5— Bally, J. F. H. Graphic blood pressure records; a new clinical method. Lancet, Lond, 1931, 1: 71-3.—B'Arbois de Jubainville, B. Etude de la courbe sphygmomanometrique tracee par un oscillometre enregistreur. Rev. med. est, 1934, 62: 512-23.— Delaunay, H. La courbe oscillometrique; son etude analytique. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1917, 38:157-9. - - L'anachrotisme des oscillations supramaximales. Ibid, 1919, 40: 230-2. —--- L'exploration oscillometrique de la circulation; te graphique oscillo-auscultatoire poignet-bras. Medecine, Par, 1919-20, 1: 737-40.—Be Meyer, J. Sur un nouveau procede d'obtention de traces oscillographiques. Ann. physiol. Par, 1928, 4: 743 — De Somer, E. Contribution a 1'interpretation du normogramme arteriel; signification de la seconde onde systolique; signification des ondulations tardives. J. physiol. path, gen, 1936, 34: 55-64—Eldahl, A. [Apparatus for photographic registration of blood pressure and oscillograms] Hospitalstidende, 1931, 74: 73-82—Eldblom, E. A method for making a graphical, inter- mittent-continuous registration of the arterial blood pressure (pletonography) Acta med. scand, 1936, 88: 45-52—Fabre, P. Un enregistreur de pression sanguine ft oscillographe electrique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 107: 321.—Fahrenkamp, K. Ueber den Wert der Blutdruckkurve fiir Prognose und Therapie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1924, 20: 179-81— Finck, C. La courbe oscillometrique. Paris m6d, 1921, 39: 395-9 ——■ The oscillogram. Med. J. & Rec, 1925, 122: 411-4.—Fried tender, E. Optische Methode der Blutdruckmessung. Wien. med. Wschr, 1935, 85: 120—Fritz, A. Sur un principe nouveau d enregistre- ment de traces ptethysmo-oscillographiques. Arch, internat. med. exp, Liege, 1929-30, 5: 573-84. -----• Etude theonque et experimentale de courbes ptethysmo-oscillographiques ob- tenues dans des tubes eiastiques. Ibid, 1930-31, 6: 328-64 — Giroux, R, & Boulitte, G. Etude du systeme circulatoire et du fonctionnement cardiaque au moyen de l'enregistrement de la pression arterielle; nouvelle methode d'exploration. Presse med, 1933, 41:1586-8—GoUa, F. L, & Antonovitch, S. A clinical method for the continuous registration of blood-pressure. Q.J. Med, Oxf, 1929-30, 23: 167-70, pi—Gosmann, W. Der von Recklingshausensche Grypotonograph; ein neues grapniscnes Verfahren der Blutdruckmessung. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1930 42 Kongr , 187-91.—Groedel, F. M. Zur graphischen Blut- druckmessung. Ibid, 1927, 39. Kongr, 160-2.—Guillaume, A. C. La desintegration de la pression sanguine dans les vaisseaux; etude des courbes de pente de la tension sanguine dans l'en- semble de l'appareil circulatoire et application de ces courbes a l'etude des etats morbides et au diagnostic. Bull, med. Par, 1924, 38: 987-94—Harlg, H. La double courbe en oscillometrie. Vie med, 1920, 1: 427.-----• Sur une double courbe repre- sentant tres exactement les oscillations sphygmometriques. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1921, 172: 475—Hedon, L. Nouvelle tech- nique permettant d'obtenir avec le kymographion des traces de pression sanguine de tres longue duree sans coagulation. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103:861-3. ----- Sur une cause d'erreur dans l'inscription de la pression arterielle par la technique classique. Ibid, 1931, 106: 893-5. ----- Etude d'une nou- velle technique d'inscription de la pression arterielle; presenta- tion de traces. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1931, 12: 224-31.-----Technique d'inscription de la pression arterielle evitant la coagulation et le reflux des solutions manometriques. J. physiol. path, gen, 1933, 31: 30-41.—Hesse, H. Autotono- graph und fortlaufende Blutdruckmessung. Zschr. Kreislauf- forsch, 1935, 27: 473-91.—Houssay, B. A, Orias, 6, & Giusti, L. Registro optico de las presiones intracardiacas en el caballo. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1936,12:259-77.—Jongbloed, J, & Noyons, A. K. Une methode d'enregistrement ft distance de la pression du sang. Arch, neerl. physiol, 1934, 19: 20-3.—Kahn, M. H. A method for recording continuous blood pressure. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1924-25, 22:166-8—Koch, E, & Simon, H. Ein neues Verfahren zur fortlaufenden Verzeichnung des Blut- druckes am Menschen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 65: 594-603. -----& Wachter, R. Methode zur fortlaufenden Verzeichnung des arteriellen Blutdruckes beim Menschen. Zschr. Kreislauf- forsch, 1933, 25: 161-71.—Lange, K. Die fortlaufende selbst- tatige Messung und Registrierung des menschlichen Blut- drucks. Deut. med. Wschr, 1932, 58: 406— Lebedev, A. S. [On the influence of the width of the sleeve upon the curve of the pulse recorded by Uskoff's sphygmotonograph] Izvist. Imp. voy. med. Akad, S. Peterb, 1911, 23: 408-15—Lian, C. De 1'interpretation des chiffres fournis par les sphygmomano- metres. Presse therm, clim, 1927, 68: 361-72. -----& Golblin, V. De l'inscription simultanee des bruits arteriels et des pulsa- tions a l'humerale en sphygmomanometrie auscultatoire; procede pour la determination precise de la pression arterielle minima. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 334-7.—Loffredo, L. La curva e l'indice oscillometrico in rapporto alle alterazioni anatomiche della parete arteriosa. Riforma med, 1932, 48: 867-74.—Martini, T, & Curutchet, R. E. Las curvas oscillograficas. Sem. med, B. Air, 1935, 42: 1262-7. ----- El signo del desnivel oscillo- grafico. Ibid, pt2, 620-3.—Montoro, O. El esfigmomano- metro grafico de Levine; estudio de algunas graficas. Vida nueva, Habana, 1931, 27: 1-32.—Mougeot, A. Orientation actuelle de la sphygmographie; l'oscillogramme a contre-pression rationnelle. Presse med, 1921, 29: 621-3.—Noyons, A. K. M. Une methode d'inscription continue de la pression sanguine. Acta brevia neerl, 1936, 6: 112.—Pachon, V, & Fabre, R. La position du dicrotisme sur les oscillogrammes aux differents degres de contre-pression. J. med. Bordeaux, 1922, 52: 187.— Plesch, J. Graphotonometer, ein neuer selbstregistrierender Blutdruckapparat. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1922, 34. Kongr, 428. ----- Tonoszillographie und Blutdruckkurve. Med. Klin, Berl, 1931, 27:1557-62. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 76: 34-74. Also Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) 1935, Abt.5, Teil8, 773-844.—Pruche, A. Contribution a l'etude clinique de la courbe oscillometrique. Presse med, 1922, 30: 613.—Rigoni, M. Le oscillazioni sfigmiche del tono vasale; loro origine e carattere. Cuore & circol, 1933, 17: 281-7.— Rijlant, P. Technique d'enregistrement simultane de plusieurs oscillogrammes distincts a l'aide d'un seul oscillographe catho- dique; enregistrement simultane des derivations I, II et III de l'oscillogramme cardiaque. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 798; 1935, 119: 1187.—Sugiyama, S. Study of the pressure volume curve of the peripheral blood vessels; a new clinical method and its physiological meaning. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1928-29, 11: 373-81.—Talentoni, C. Applicazioni cliniche dello sfigmofotografo alla misura della pressione sistolica diastolica ed indici sfigmobolometrici e sfigmodinamometrici. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1920, 8.ser, 12: 245-9, pi—Teitel-Bernard, A. Eine einfache Vorrichtung zur optischen Blutdruckregis- trierung bei vertikaler Papierbewegung. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1928, 220: 653.—Thompson, J. H. An apparatus for obtaining continuous records of human blood pressure. Brit. M.J, 1929, 1: 649. Also J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1930, 39: 141-51 — Tilmann, O. Druckverzeichnung mit Hg-Manometer und elek- trischer Transmission. Klin. Wschr, 1936,15: 130.—Trendelen- burg, P. Verfahren zur Verhinderung der Blutgerinnung bei der Blutdruckschreibung. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1924, 203: 413 — Vaquez, H, Mouquin, M, & Gley, P. La forme en plateau des courbes oscillometriques. Presse med, 1934, 42: 721-3 — Webster R K, & Fry, W. E. A manometer for magnification of blood-pressure tracings. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1932, 17: 482-4.- Wolf, H. J, & Bonsdorff, B. von. Registrierung absoluter Sphygmogramme beim Menschen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1932, 44. Kongr, 517-22. Heredity. See also Blood pressure, high, Causes. Augustin, V. Statistische Untersuchungen fiber die Verer- bung des systolischen Blutdruckes. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 62- 388 Also Orv. hetil, 1935, 79: 430-2— Buday, L. [Heredity of blood pressure] Ibid , 79: 329; 427. Also Deut. med. Wschr, BLOOD PRESSURE 570 BLOOD PRESSURE 1936, 62: 387—Vererbung (Die) des Blutdrucks. Umschau, 1936,40: 696. ---- History of measurement. Brim, C. J. The story of blood pressure. Med. Life, 1930, 37: 60-104.—Bally, J. F. H. Milestones in the history of blood pressure. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1932, 184: 273-6.—Holmes a Court, A. The history of recording the blood pressure. Med. J. Australia, 1932, 1: 425-8.—Major, R. H. The history of taking the blood pressure. Ann. M. Hist, 1930, n.s, 2: 47-55 — Pflanz, E. Zur Geschichte und Bedeutung der Blutdruck- messung. Wien. med. Wschr, 1931, 81: 368-74. ---- life insurance aspects. See also Blood pressure, high. Alexander-Katz, R. Blutdruck und Lebensprognose. Mschr. Unfallh, 1933, 40: 1-20—Bassford, H. R. Blood pres- sure mortality in the light of reported diastolic readings. Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America, 1932, 19: 77-88.—Cloyd, A. B. Blood pressure determinations in life insurance. Med. Insur, 1924-25, 40: 328-33.—Fisher, J. W. The diagnostic value of the use of the sphygmomanometer in examination for life insurance [Discussion] Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America (1906-11) 1912 (17.-22. meeting) 393-406. ----- Fuller report upon the use of the sphygmomanometer, in examination for life insurance [Discussion] Ibid, (1912-14) 1915 (23.-25. meeting) 90-4.—Hauck, E. F. Observations on blood pressure. Med. Insur, 1924-25, 40: 493-6—Hilton, R. The estimation of blood pressure and its relation to life assurance. Practitioner, Lond, 1936, 136: 729-34—MacKenzie, L. F, & Wells, P. V. On the interpretation of blood pressure. Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America, 1932, 19: 89-154.—Marsella, F. La pressione arteriosa e la sua applicazione alla medicina delle assicurazioni. Rass. previd. sociale, 1931, 18: no.7, 73-96.— Wenstrand, B. E. W. The interpretation of blood pressure in risk selection. Journal-lancet, 1933, 53: 51.—Wheeler, F. H. The value of blood-pressure readings in life insurance. Med. Insur, 1924-25, 11: 600-6.—Wilson, G. Remarks on blood pressure. Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America (1912- 14) 1915 (23.-25. meeting) 441-1. ---- Maintenance of equilibrium, See also Arteries, Elasticity and tension; Arteries, Physiology; Blood circulation, Hemo- dynamics; Blood pressure, Regulation; Blood- vessels; Blood volume; Heart, Physiology. Rohner, H. *Beziehungen zwischen Blut- druck und Wandmasse bei Arterien. 30p. 8°. Ziir., 1920. Schoenewald, G. *Ueber die Beziehungen des Blutdrucks, besonders des Amplitudenfre- quenzprodukts, zum Minutenvolumen des Her- zens beim Menschen. p.620-34. 8? Berl., 1931. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 76: 620-34. Verut, M. *Energie cardiaque et tension arterielle. 107p. 8° Par., 1915. Barbier, J. L'etude clinique de la paroi arterielle. J. m6d. Lyon, 1926, 7: 289-95—Behrens, A, & Lampe, W. Studien fiber die Beziehungen zwischen Blutdruck, Blutmenge und Herzgrbsse. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, 61: 651-64.—Bramwell, J. C, McBowall, R. J. S, & McSwiney, B. A. The variation of arterial elasticity with blood pressure in man. pt I. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1923, s.B, 94: 450-4.—Boumer, E. Pression san- guine et tension des arteres. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1922, 3.ser, 87: 316-9.—Dumas, A. Pulsatilite et tension arterielle: regimes circulatoires de resistance et de laxite. Lyon med, 1924, 134: 526-30.—Fisch, M. Der Blutdruck als Maass der Herzfunction. Bain. Centr. Ztg, 1903, 77; 83— Freeman, E. F, & Vosburgh, F. E. A study in blood pressures following blood transfusions and gum- glucose infusions. Rep. Surg. Staff Woman Hosp. State N. York, 1925-28, 6: 388-98—Gomez, B. M. Caracteristiques physiques des vaisseaux, debit circulatoire et loi de d6croissance, en fonction du temps, de la pression arterielle. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1936, 203: 1030-2—Hougardy, A. Les facteurs de la pression arterielle. Liege med, 1933, 26: 997-1025.—Jansen, W. H, Tams, W, & Achelis, H. Blutdruckstudien; zur Dynamik des Blut- drucks (nach experimentellen Untersuchungen an Mensch und Tier) Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1924, 144: 1-13. ----- Zur Dynamik des peripheren Kreislaufs (nach tierexperimentellen Untersuchungen) Ibid, 145: 310—21.—Marrasini, A. Ulteriore contributo alio studio della pressione arteriosa del sangue; effetti delle infusioni di solUzione salata di gomma arabica in animali normali ed in animali assoggettati ad abbondanti sottrazioni sanguigne. Gior. clin. med, 1922, 3: 446; 490.— Morandi, E. Concetti nuovi in tema di emodinamica. Mi- nerva med. Tor, 1922, 2: 688-93. Muller, A. Ueber die Bestimmung des Arterienwanddruckes, der sich bei der unbluti- gen Blutdruckmessung geltend macht. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 67: 698-722—Mussler, W, & Ruckle, G. Blutdruckkom- ponenten und Blutdruckablauf. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1927 19: 101; 625—Plesch, J. Theorie der Entstehung und die prak- tische Deutung der Blutdruckkurve. Verh. Deut, Ges, inn Med, 1928, 40. Kongr, 445-55.—Ruyter, F. de. Observations relatives ft l'influence des parois arterielles sur l'allure des courbes oscillometriques. Arch, internat. med. exp, Ltege, 1929-30, 5: 277-313, 3ch.— Stbwsand, W. Die Arterienwandspannung. Zbl. Herz Gefasskr, 1926, 18: 373; 401.—Weitz, W. Hiimodyna- mische Fragen. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 2553-6—Zunz, E, & Govaerts, P. Influence des conditions de la transfusion (vitesse, pression, heterogen6it6) sur le maintien ulterieur de la pression arterielle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1920, 83: 1226-8. ---- Measurement. See also Blood pressure, capillary: Measure- ment; Blood pressure, Graphic registration; Blood pressure, venous: Measurement. Bergouignan, P. Mesure clinique de la pression arterielle. Arch. mal. reins, 1922, 1: 98-111.—Broemser, P, & Liedholm, K. Ueber die Blutdruckmessung am Menschen. Zschr. Biol, 1936, 97: 313-28.—Christensen, S. [The measurement of blood pressure] Ugeskr. laeger, 1925, 87: 175-9.—Clauss, 0. Blut- druckmessung als psychisches Trauma. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1923, 70: 741.—Dickson, A. T. B. Note on blood pressure. Edinburgh M.J, 1934, n.s, 41: suppl, Tr. obst. soc, 85-91 — Durig, A. Einfiihrung in die Blutdruckmessung und die phy- siologischen Blutdruckgrundlagen. Wien. med. Wschr, 1928, 78: 187, passim.—Engelen, P. Ueber Blutdruckquotienten. Zbl. inn. Med, 1923, 44: 625-8. Also Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 947. -----■ Klinische Pharmakologie: Blutdruckmessun- gen und Pulsoszillometrie. Ibid, 1924, 50: 236. ----- Bemer- kungen zur Blutdruckmessung. Prakt. Arzt, 1924, n.F, 9: 323-6. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 2129. Also Zbl. Herz Gefasskr, 1925, 17: 247-52. ----- Ueber die Druckver- haitnisse in den Arterien. Fortsch. Med, 1929, 47: 3.—Gonzalo, G. R. Necesidad de medir sistematicamente la tension arterial. Siglo med, 1924, 73: 61.—MacWilliam, J. A, Kesson, J. E, & Melvin, G. S. The estimation of systolic and diastolic blood- pressures. Physiol. Stud, Aberdeen, 1916, 1. ser, 1-4.— Nogues, P. Les mesure de la pression arterielle. C.rend. Acad. sc, 1935, 200:1357-60.—O'Connell, C. J. Estimation of the blood pressure. J.R. Nav. M. Serv, 1922, 8: 44-8.—Pari. Misura della pressione. Gaz. osp, 1923, 44: 966-9.—Sahli, H. Ueber die Messung des arteriellen Blutdruckes beim Menschen. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh, 1923, 24: 73-99—Serra, V, & Marchionni, M. Sulla misura della pressione arteriolare, capillare e venulare nell' uomo. Fisiol. & med, Roma, 1932, 3:1-14.—Van Wagenen, G. A. Report of the committee on the blood-pressure test. • Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America (1912-14) 1915, (23.-25. meeting) 239-50. ---- Measurement: Apparatus. See also Plethysmography. Beetschen, E. *Mesure de la tension arte- rielle; pelote ou manchette? 31p. 8? Geneve, 1923. Amblard, L. A. Le sphygmometroscope. C. rend. Congr. internat. physiother, 1911, 3: 379-84.—Appareil pour la mesure des tensions (le pressiometre de M. P. M6nard) Presse med, 1936, 44: 643.—Attinger, E. Zur Rechtfertigung meiner Bemerkungen fiber Herrn Prof. Sahli's sphygmographische Arteriometrie. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1924, 54: 90.—Bala- voine, H. Theorie et pratique de l'oscillometre Pachon. Rev. mal. nutrition, Par, 1911, 2.ser, 9: 463-72.—Bamberger, J. Ein neues Stethoskop zur Blutdruckmessung nach Korotkow. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922,48:594.—Bandoly, E. Sphygmomanom- eter. U.S. Patent Off, 1936, no.2051539—Barr, D. R. A new recording sphygmomanometer. J. Am. M. Ass, 1927, 89: 1513.—Bondia, A. R. Una modification util del esfigmotensio- metro. Med. ibera, 1929, 24: 376-8.—Broemser, P. Das Hebel- plattenmanometer. Zschr. Biol, 1926, 85: 130-7.—Brugsch, T. Zur Frage der Sphygmotonographie nebst Beschreibung eines neuen Sphygmotonographen. Zschr. exp. Path. Ther, 1911,11: 169-74.—Bruno, A. Sullo sfigmodinamometro del Prof. S. Sala- ghi. Bull. sc. med, Bologna, 1910, 8.ser, 10: 127-35— Bucking- ham.C.T. Blood pressure gauges. Clin. Med, 1925,32:381-3- Bugnard, L, Gley, P, & Nougues, R. Nouvel appareil de me- sure et d'inscription de la pression arterielle base sur I'emploi du quartz piezoeiectrique. J. physiol. path, gen, 1934, 32: 5-17.— Cawadias, A. P. Une modification de l'oscillometre Pachon pour permettre l'application de la methode palpatoire ou auscul- tatoire a la determination de la tension systolique. Paris med, 1929, 71: 95.—Chauvois, L. Sur une nouvelle presentation du Pachon, dite Pachon de sport. Presse med, 1924, 32: annexe, 1240.—Cossor, F. Sphygmomanometer bandage. U.S. Patent Off, 1936, no.2029912—Birken, M. N. J. Un appareil pratique et precis pour mesurer la pression du sang. Arch. neerl. physiol, 345-52.—Donzelot. Arteriotensiometre. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1929, 3.ser, 53: 328.—Dubus, A. Separateur double pour la determination oscillometrique de la pression arterielle par les methodes de Pachon et de Riva-Rocci. Presse med, 1921, 29: 1022.—Emerson, G. B. Arteriomanometer. U.S. Patent Off, 1934, no. 1982505.—Engelen, P. Der Energotonometer. Prakt. Arzt, 1927, n.F, 12: 552-6—Erlanger, J, & Meek, W. J. An ad- justable sphygmoscope for the recording sphygmomanometer. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1926-27, 12: 172-82—Fabre, P. Explorateur tensiometrique permettant une mesure rapide et precise des tensions maxima et minima. Bull. Acad, nted. Par, 1925, 3.ser, 93: 150.—Fieschi, F. Manometre enregistreur & BLOOD PRESSURE 571 BLOOD PRESSURE mercure a amplitudes reglables. C. rend. Soc. biol. 1933, 113; 1351-3.—Fiorini, M. Un utile artificio per aumentare le oscil- lazioni nell' esploratore dinamico dello sfigmodinamometro del Prof. S. Salaghi. Bull. sc. med, Bologna, 1913, 9.ser, 1: 399.—Frangois Franck, C. A. Application des procedes ptethys- mographiques a l'examen des resultats fournis par le sphygmo- manometre de Potain. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1908, 65: 16-8.— Fulchiero, A. Un nuovo sfigmo-oscillometro. Riforma med, 1922, 38: 7-9.— Galata, G. Di un tono-pletismografo cardiaco Boll. Soc. biol. sper. Nap, 1926, 1: 380-2.—Gallavardin, L. Sur un nouveau brassard sphygmomanometrique. Presse med, 1922, 30: 776.—Genaud, P. Arterio-oscillographe enregistreur' Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1935, 29: 85-8.—Giroux, R. Nouvel ap- pareil pour la mesure de la pression arterielle; te pulsotensio- metre. Bull. Soc. nted. Paris, 1935, 79-81. Also Presse nted, 1935, 43: 37.—Gomez, M, & Langevin, A. Sur l'utilisation du quartz ptezoeiectrique pour l'etude de certains phenomenes bio- logiques et notamment pour l'etude des variations de la pression du sang dans les vaisseaux. C.rend. Acad.sc, 1934,199:890-3 — Halls, J. F. The tonoscillograph. West London M.J, 1930, 35: 149-52—Harle, F. H. Presentation d'un appareil le pressio- phone, pour l'etude auscultatoire des tensions arterielles C rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92:1377-9.—Hediger. Ein Oszillometer fiir den praktischen Arzt. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1935, 65: 351.— Hesse, H. Hemadynamometer operating according to the com- pensation method. U.S. Patent Off, 1936, no.2039000.—Hirsch, E. Korrektur am Recklinghausenschen Tonometer Deut med. Wschr, 1919, 45: 994.—Jacquet, A. Der Oscillotonograph zur graphischen Registrierung der oscillatorischen Pulsdruck- schwankungen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1922, 52: 29.—Jean- neney, G. L'oscillometre de Pachon et le chirurgien. Clinique Par, 1923, 18: 35-8.—Kanatsoulis, A. Electrosphygmomano- metre. Presse med, 1934, 42: 1913.—Kanitz, H. R. Das neue Taschenmodell des Blutdruckmessapparates Erkameter. Deut med. Wschr, 1934, 60: 616.—Kleinknecht, F. Ein kleiner Hilfsapparat bei der Blutdruckmessung am Menschen. Miinch med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 592-4.—Klisiecki, A. J. [Circulation and blood pressure in the arteries; theoretical examination of the hydrodynamic properties of the tube of Cybulski's photo- hematachometer] Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, 1930, B2: (zoology) 1-34.—Langevin, A, & Gomez, D. M. Nouvelle methode piezo-eiectrique pour la mesure et l'enregistrement de la pression arterielle chez I'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113:1123-6.—Laubry, C. Manometre etalon portatif. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1923, 3.ser, 47: 735.—Laufman, I, & Laufman, A. L. Sphygmomanometer. U.S. Patent Off, 1935, no. 2020469.—Legrand & Auguste. Separateur double, pour la mesure de la tension arterielle a l'aide de l'oscillometre du pro- fesseur Pachon muni du double brassard. Presse med, 1921, 29: 716.—Lian, C. Etude critique des ntethodes sphygmomano- metriques et presentation d'un phono-sphygmometre. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1920, 3.ser, 44: 1643-57—Lorentz, F. H. Ein neuer Apparat zur Blutdruckmessung. Arch. Hyg, Miinch, 1928, 100: 149-53—Machado, J. C. Sobre um novo esphygmomanometro de mercurio, denominado oscillotensio- metro. Brasil med, 1929, 43: 1366.—Menard, P. Sphygmo- manometre a mercure inversable a ostillations amorties. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1921, 3.ser, 85: 102-5. Also Bull. Soc. nted. h6p. Paris, 1921, 3.ser, 45: 71-4.—Meyer, P. Modification de la manchette de l'appareil de Pachon permettant le rCglage de la compression de la manchette au moment de sa poste. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 106: 595.—Mosonyi, J. Ein neuer Apparat zur Bestimmung des arteriellen Maximal- und Minimaldruckes und des systolischen Pulsvolumens. Sunti Congr. internaz. fi- siol, 1932, 188. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1932-33, 85: 307-14.—Mougeot, A. Presentation d'un dispositif et d'une ampoule sphygmo-oscillographiques. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1919, 3.ser, 43: 391-5.—Nadaud, P. Sphygmomano- metre a mercure clinique. Presse med, 1920, 28: annexe, 1161.— Nolan, W. P. Arterial blood pressure measuring device. U.S. Patent Off, 1936, no.2039337.—Novaes, J. Sobre uma segunda modificacao no oscillometro de Pachon. Brasil med, 1917, 31: 399.—Noyes, B. A comparison of mercurial and aneroid sphyg- momanometers. Rev. Sc. Instrum, 1931, 2: n.s, 632-7.—Om- berg, A. C. An apparatus for recording systolic blood pressure. Ibid, 1936, 7: 33.—Pachon, G. A propos de l'oscillometre. Union m6d. nordest, Reims, 1911, 35: 65-8.—Peller, S. Oszilla- torische Tonometrie mit einem einfachen Oszillomanometer. Deut. med. Wschr, 1920, 46: 1189-91.—Plesch, J. Ueber einen neuen selbstregistrierenden Blutdruckapparat. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24: 41.5-7. ----- Tonoszillograph ein Apparat zur klinischen Blutdruckbestimmung. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1929, 41. Kongr, 400-21. ----- Studien fiber Blut- druckregistrierende Apparate einschliesslich des Tonoszillo- graphen und fiber die Deutung der Blutdruckkurve. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929-30, 69: 255-96. ----- Hydrodynamische Prinzipien einer richtigen Blutdruckmanschette (Druckring) .Miinch. med. Wschr, 1930, 77: 1632-5.—Poncin. Sphygmo- metre oscillometrique avec nouveau brassard a double man- chette. Presse med, 1929, 37: 840— Ranke, O. F. Die Regis- trierleistung der Blutdruckmanschette. Zschr. Biol, 1934, 95: 207-17.—Recklingshausen, H. von. Eine neue Pumpe zur Blutdruckmessung am Menschen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1925, 146: 212-25. Also Rev. nted. Hamburgo, 1925, 6: 160- 2.—Rimbaud, L. Le sphygmometroscope de Amblard; son emploi en clinique. Montpellier med, 1910, 30: 184-92 — Roger, H, & Giraud-Costa, E. A propos d'un nouvel appareil pour la mesure de la tension arterielle; l'angeiopter du Dr. Walter. Marseille med, 1931, 68: 757—Sbrocchi, A. Alcune considerazioni sujl' oscillometro del Pachon. Fol, med,, Nap, l*k tt IMtrSc^ff<2' £ Testing aneroid sphygmomanom- & ™,-S=Nv?V- M-uBu11-' 1920' ^PP1- 40-4.-Schulthess, H. fcine neue Sphygmophotographie zur Blutdruckmessung und Herzprufung kontrolhert durch Modellversuche. Zbl. Herz- krankh. 1915, 7: 197; 221.-Soler, L. Eine neue sphygmo- ?ooP «ch,m.anometrl?cne Vorrichtung. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1921 58: 484. Also Presse nted, 1921, 29: 930.—Sturm, A. Der btufentonosphygmograph (ein neues optisches Blutdruckre- gistriergerat) Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1935, 96: 579-98. ----- Dooenecker, O Ein Beitrag zur Dynamik der Blutdruck- manschette. Ibid, 573-8—Telson, B, & Resnik, E. D. Blood pressure testing means. U.S. Patent Off, 1936, no.2053383.— lurlais, C. L oscillometre sphygmometrique. Arch. med. An- gers, 1910 14: 60-2.-Vaquez, C, & Laubry, H. Sphygmotensio- phone Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1919, 3.ser, 43: 899.—Walde- man, V. IMethod of determining blood pressure; new appara- tus] Russ. klin, 1927, 8: no.39, 3-8.—Walter, A. Angeiopter a monocommande rapide pour la mesure de la pression arterielle Mx, My, Mn. Rev. g6n. clin. ther, 1931, 45: suppl, 2811-7. -—— Systolmetre a mesure totale en millimetres d'eau et cen- timetres de mercure. Ibid, 1934, 48: suppl, 910-2—Yacoel, J. Un nouyel appareil a mesure la tension arterielle; le sphygmo- oscillometre. Presse med, 1933, 41: 45. ---- Measurement, comparative. Alissat, E. *Vergleichende Messungen des Blutdruckes nach Riva-Rocci und mit dem Oscillometer von Pachon. p.436-43. 8? Berl., 1932. Fleischer, H. *Ueber vergleichende Blut- druckmessungen. 22p. 8? Berl., 1919. Margulis, A., geb. von Blumenfeld. *Zur Sphygmotonographie, vergleichende Blutdruck- untersuchungen mit den Apparaten von Uskoff und Brugsch. 25p. 8? Berl., 1911. Alissat, E. Vergleichende Messungen des Blutdruckes nach Riva-Rocci und mit dem Oszillometer von Pachon. Zschr. klin. Med, 1932, 122: 436-43.—Bormann, F. von. Zur Kritik der Messung des Blutdrucks; nach Riva-Rocci mit von Reckling- hausen'scher Manschett. Acta med. scand, 1929, 72: 359-93.— Buomarco, J, & Oliver, B. Mesure directe de la pression arte- rielle moyenne chez I'homme; rapport avec la determination oscillometrique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 525-7—Erlanger, J. A criticism of the Uskoff sphygmotonograph. Arch. Int. M, 1912, 9: 22-31.—Faber, A, & Mackeprang, E. Etude anthro- pontetrique; mesures de la pression sanguine de 1,000 individus ag6s de 20-25 ans; comparison entre 2 sphygmomanometers (Riva-Rocci et Sahli) C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 781-4 — Fabre, P. Dissociation experimentale des criteres auscultatoires et oscillometriques. Ibid, 1925, 92: 579-81.—Galata, G. Ri- cerche comparative fra il metodo di misura diretto della pressione arteriosa e il metodo oscillometrico. Cuore & circol, 1925, 9: 441; 485.—Gallavardin, L. Pression systolique oscillatoire ou palpatoire? Lyon med, 1912, 119: 761-8.—Giroux, R. La pression intra-arterielle; controle des ntethodes indirectes. Presse med, 1934, 42: 1388-90—Jarotsky, A. I. [Critical review of the methods of determination of blood-pressure in clinics] Klin, med, Moskva, 1932, 10: 514-23.—Langeron, L. Tension intra-arterielle chez I'homme et tension arterielle prise par les ntethodes usuelles. J. med. Paris, 1936, 56: 340.—Livingstone, H. M, & Adams, W. E. Simultaneous direct and indirect blood- pressure determinations. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-31, 28: 130-2. ----- & Andrews, E. Simultaneous direct and indirect blood pressure determinations. Am. J. Physiol, 1931, 97: 588-91.—Meszaros, K. Ueber die Zuverlassigkeit der Riva- Roccischen Blutdruckmessung auf Grund von Volumenmessun- gen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 79: 511-6. ----- & Schiff- beck, E. Ueber die Zuverlassigkeit der Riva-Roccischen Blut- druckmessung auf Grund von Capillarbeobachtungen. Ibid., 1930, 74:157-61.—Mougeot, A. De l'exactitude des mensurations sphygmomanometriques. Presse med, 1921, 29: 216.----- & Petit, P. Controle graphique du critere palpatoire de la pres- sion maxima en sphygmomanontetrte clinique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1922, 3.ser, 46: 424-32.—Rimbaud & Boulet. La mesure pratique de la tension arterielle; comparaison des resul- tats fournis par les diverses ntethodes. Prat. med. fr, 1925, 4: 235-9—Rimbaud, L, & Vallet, P. Etude comparative des resultats fournis par les diverses ntethodes d'exploration clinique de la tension arterielle. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1924, 3.ser, 48: 1666-8.—Salamanca, E. de. La differentia Pachon-Riva Rocci. Arch. card, hemat, Madr, 1920, 1: 341-9.—Saragea, T. Sur les ecarts entre les chiffres systoliques donnes par la methode oscillatoire et Riva-Rocci. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest, 1924, 6: 167-72—Staehelin, R, & Mtiller, A. Kritik der gewbhnlichen Blutdruck-Messungsmethoden; die hamo- dynamischen Instrumente. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1925, 46: 263-331.—Tobias, J. W. Estudio comparativo de los valores tensionales obtenidos con los ntetodos oscilometrico y ausculta- torio; su estudio critico. Sem. med, B. Air, 1925, 32: pt2 137-41.—Weiss, R. F. Vergleichende oszillatorische, auskulta- torische und palpatorische Blutdruckmessungen. Zschr. Kreis- laufforsch, 1928, 20: 217-25. Measurement: Diastolic pressure. Aalsmeer, W. C. [Production of auscultatory sound in the so-called minimal blood pressure] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1932, BLOOD PRESSURE 572 BLOOD PRESSURE 76: pt2, 3165-75.—Balen, G. F. van [Auscultatory estimation of diastolic blood pressure] Geneesk. gids, 1930, 8: 614-8 — Barbosa Correa, J, & Oliveira Bastos, C. de. Sobre a determi- nacao oscilometrica da pressao minima. Ann. paul. med. cir, 1933, 25: 95-104.—Engelen, P. Zur Bestimmung des arteriellen Minimaldruckes. Deut. med. Wschr, 1923, 49: 550. ----- Die Bestimmung des diastolischen Blutdruckes nach Korotkow. Prakt. Arzt, 1923, n.F, 8: 55. ----- Die Messung des dias- tolischen Blutdruckes. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1929, 21: 77- 80.—Giesen, J. T. [Determination of diastolic blood pressure by oscillography by means of the cuff pressure of the oscillograph] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1935, 79: 856-68—Gley, P, & Gomez, D. M. La mesure de la pression arterielle minima par la methode oscillometrique. J. physiol. path, gen, 1931, 29: 217-24 — Guillaume, A. C. Determination de la pression arterielle mi- nima. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 85:1019— Kisthinios, N. Deter- mination de la pression diastolique. Presse med, 1932, 40: 1318.—MacWilham, J. A, & Melvin, G. S. The estimation of diastolic blood-pressure in man. Physiol. Stud, Aberdeen, 1916, l.ser, 5-48.—Melvin, G. S, & Murray, J. R. Diastolic blood pressure estimations by the auscultatory and oscillation meth- ods. Ibid, 49-63.—Mougeot, A, & Petit, P. Le signe du pouls de chien, critere oscillographique de la pression diastolique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1920, 83: 1465—Neter, E, & Schneyer, K. Ueber den Einfluss des Adrenalins auf den diastolischen Blut- druck bei Hvperthyreose und Aorteninsufflzienz; Anregung zur Kritik der "Bestimmung des diastolischen Blutdruckes nach Korotkow. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1934, 26: 136-42.—Pachon, V, & Fabre, R. Sur le critere de la pression minima dans la methode oscillometrique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 84: 871; 85:1073.—Peller, S. Zur Theorie des arteriellen Minimaldruckes und dessen Bestimmung. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1922, 3: 249-62.—Petit, P, & Mougeot, A. Sur la ptezometrie oscillo- graphique; discussion des criteres de la pression diastolique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1920, 83: 1462-4.—Sachs, A. Eine Modifikation der auskultatorischen Minimaldruckbestimmung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1932, 45: 1476—Sahli, H. Zur Kritik der Bestimmung des arteriellen Minimaldruckes. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1923, 6: 515-32.—Salamanca, E. La medida en la presion minima ar- terial. Arch. card, hemat, Madr, 1921, 2: 421-7.—Volhard. Ueber die Messung des diastolischen Blutdruckes beim Men- schen. Verh. Kongr. inn. Med, 1909, 200-8— War field, L. M. Diastolic pressure; its determination and importance. N. York M.J, 1915, 102: 508-11. Also repr. ---- Measurement, direct. Bonsdorff, B. von [Technique of direct blood pressure determination] Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1935, 78:60-8.—Bameshek, W, & Loman, J. Direct intra-arterial blood-pressure readings in man. Am. J. Physiol, 1932, 101: 140-8—Besliens, L. Men- suration de la pression arterielle par la methode sanglante; proc6de hemodynamontetrique tres exact et d'application cou- rante. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1923, 176: 1750-2.—Buomarco, J, & Oliver, R. Mesure directe de la tension arterielle chez I'homme par ponction arterielle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 114: 786.— Goudsmit, J. [Direct measurement of blood-pressure] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1926, 70: pt2, 945-57—Merke, F, & Muller, A. Blutige Druckmessungen am Tier und am Menschen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1925, 46: 332-70, ch—Peller, S. Blutige Blut- druckmessungen mit einem eigenen Differentialmanometer; Versuche am Tier und Menschen. Wien. med. Wschr, 1933, 83: 116-20.—Piollet, P, Bodel, P., & Boucomont, R. Determina- tion directe sur I'homme du critere des pressions arterielles maxima et moyenne. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1932, 3.ser, 107: 974-0.—Wolf, H. J, & Bonsdorff, B. von. Blutige Messung des absoluten Sphygmogramms beim Menschen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 79: 569-77— Wolf, H. J, & Kindler, K. Zur Metho- dik der direkten Blutdruckmessung beim Menschen (blutige Registrierung des absoluten Sphygmogramms) Ibid, 1934, 93: 746-50. ---- Measurement: Mean pressure. See also Blood pressure, Types: Mean pres- sure. Arnovljevic, V, & Milovanovich, J. B. Le critere oscillo- graphique de la pression moyenne dans les courbes a plateau. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935,119: 633-6.—Bogaert, A. van, & Beerens, J. Mesure directe de la tension moyenne par ponction arterielle. Ibid, 1933, 112: 1186. ----- Presentation d'un nouvel appa- reil de mesure de la tension moyenne par voie intra-arterielle; rrtemodynamometre. Ibid, 1266.—Boucomont, R. Premiere determination de la pression moyenne dynamique sur I'homme dans 1'artere nteme. Gaz. m6d. France, 1933,517.—Castex, M. R, & Bi Cio, A. V. Presion arterial maxima, mediana y minima; algunos metodos clinicos para su determination con especial referenda a la presion media. Prensa med. argent, 1931-32, 18: 1673-7.—Djuricic, I, & Milovanovich, J. B. Sur la determination de la pression arterielle moyenne dynamique par la methode oscillographique sur 1'artere isotee et in situ. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 352-5—Gley, P, & Gomez, B. M. La determination de la pression moyenne par la methode oscillometrique. J. physiol. path, gen, 1931, 29: 38-41, ch. ----- La pression moyenne; sa mesure et son interet pour la clinique. Paris med, 1931, 81: 31-6.—Gomez, D. M. Un importante problema resuelto en esflgmomanometria; la determination de la presion media en clinica. Prensa med. Habana, 1932,23:1-16. Also Rev. med. cubana, 1932, 43: 263-77.—Gotsch, K, & Klein, O. Zur Bestim- mung des wirklichen arteriellen Mitteldrucks beim Menschen. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1932, 23: 75-84, tab.—Hennequin, L. Sur la mesure de la pression arterielle moyenne. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 107: 1153.—Kisch, F. Leber die klinische Feststell- barkeit des arteriellen sogenannten dynamischen Mitteldrucks. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 297.—Kisthinios, V. N, & Papaionnou, M. Pression movenne constante sphygmomanontetrique. Presse med, 1931, 39*: 58').—Martini, T, & Bossola, A. La presion media en clinica; su determination oscilografica. Sem. med, B. Air, 1931, 38:1583-6.—Menard, P. La mesure de la pression moyenne. Bull. Soc. med. Par, 1932, 430.—Pachon, V. Sur la determina- tion oscillometrique de la pression moyenne dynamique du sang dans les arteres ou pression efflcace arterielle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 84: 868-71.—Peschard, A. Determination de la presion media dinamica. Medicina, M6x, 1932, 12: 443; 468.— Rutich, E. von. Ueber die Messung des durchschnittlichen Blutdruckes (pression moyenne dynamique) Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1931-32,172: 673-85.—Serra, A, & Perez de los Reyes, R. iSe puede medir la tension arterial media por el metodo auscultatorio? Cron. med. quir. Habana, 1932, 58: 482-6 — Ungar, I. Dispositif permettant la lecture facile de la pression moyenne. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 108: 505. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1931, 7: 393-7—Vaquez, H, & Gley, P. Deter- minisme des oscillations et pression moyenne. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 119: 461. -----& Gomez, D. M. Etude trteorique et pratique de la mesure de la pression moyenne par la methode oscillometrique. Presse nted, 1931, 39: 1309—Vaquez, H, Gley, P, & Mouquin, M. Valeurs comparees de la mesure de la pression moyenne par les ntethodes intra-arterielle et oscillo- metrique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 114: 1305-7. ---- Measurement: Methods. Bonsdorff, B. von. Zur Methodik der Blut- druckmessung. 197p. 8? Helsin., 1932. Forms Suppl.51, Acta med. scand. Recklinghausen, H. von. Neue Wege der Blutdruckmessung; fiinf Abhandlungen uber Blutdruck und Puis in den grossen Arterien des Menschen. 289p. 8? Berl., 1931. Also Zschr. Klin. Med, 1930-31, 115: 316-26. Balen, G. F. van [Measuring blood pressure on both arms] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: ptl, 932-9—Bazett, H. C, & Laplace, L. B. Studies on the indirect measurement of blood pressure; a 3-bag system for measurement of blood pressure in man. Am. J. Physiol, 1933, 103: 321-37.—Chantraine, H. Ueber ein Verfahren zur Bestimmung des wahren Blutdruckes. Zbl. inn. Med, 1923, 44: 1-4.—Clark, C. H. Blood-pressure technique clarified. Minnesota M, 1922, 5: 529-34—Dodel, P, & Dastugue, G. Sur un dispositif experimental permettant l'irrigation rythmique d'un segment de membre par un schema de circulation et le contrdle de la valeur des methodes cliniques de mesure de la tension arterielle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935,118: 236-8. ----- Essai de controle sur le schema de circulation a l'aide d'un dispositif experimental nouveau, des methodes de mesure indirecte de la tension arterielle. J. physiol. path, gen, 1935, 33: 813-32.—Fellner, B. Neuerung zur Messung des systo- lischen und diastolischen Druckes. Verh. Kongr. inn. Med, 1907, 24: 404-7.—Frank, O, & Wezler, K. Zur Bestimmung des Blutdrucks beim Menschen. Zschr. Biol, 1930-31, 91: 439-43 — Frossard, H. J. Sur la tension arterielle et sa mesure par la methode pulsatoire. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1930, 190: 1207 — Gelman, I. G. [Method of determining blood pressure] Vrach. dielo, 1926, 9: 1981-7.—Goinard, P, & Bardenat, C. Peut-on mesurer la pression arterielle par voie veineuse? Presse m6d, 1934, 42: 958.—Gosmann, W. Beurteilung der arterioskleroti- schen (Starrheits-) Komponente bei den Blutdruckanomalien; Blutdruckmessungen mit dem neuen von Recklinghausenschen Grypotonographen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1930, 42. Kongr, 181-6.—Griffith, J. Q, & Collins, L. H. A method for obtaining blood pressure by arterial compression and simul- taneous capillary observation. Am. Heart J, 1933, 8: 671-5 — Gurevich, T. Z. [Determination of blood pressure without instruments] Soviet, vrach. gaz, 1934, 38: 1047.—Heckel, F. Le signe de la pulpe digitate indique sans appareil la pression arterielle. Clinique, Par, 1924, 19: 57.—Hediger, S. Ueber die neueren hamodynamischen Untersuchungsmethoden. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1920, 50: 1073.—Ignatowski, A. I, & Lemesic, M, Zur Frage der Blutdruckmessung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1933- 46: 1151. Erwiderung von A. Sachs, 1152—Jelace, K. [Meth. ods in indirect determination of blood pressure] Voj. san. glasnik, 1936, 7: 269-88—Klisiecki, A. J. [Circulation and blood pressure in arteries; blood pressure in pulsating arteries] Bull. internat. Acad, polon. sc, 1930, B2: [zoology] 53-77.—Kylin, E. [On the estimation of arterial blood pressure; some viewpoints on the blood pressure question with regard to Dr Zander's book; the arterial blood pressure] Hygiea, Stockh, 1922, 84: 217-38.— Lyon, D. M. Some observations on the estimation of blood pres- sure. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1927, n.s, 123: 87 — Marchi, E. Metodo pratico per la presa del sangue specialmente nei bambini lattanti. Pediatria, Nap, 1922, 30:17.—Mendes, T. Sphygmo- viscosimetria. Tribuna med, Rio, 1929, 33: 107; 113.—Men- ninger von Lerchenthal, E. Gleichzeitige beiderseitige Blut- druckmessung. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1930, 22: 393-409.— Mohr, R. Indikation und Technik der Blutdruckmessung fiir den Praktiker. Prakt. Arzt, 1918, 58: 155-9—Mtinzer, E. Sphygmo-tonographische Studien. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1910, 136: 443-65.—Murray, V. F. Technic of taking blood pressure. I Am. J. Nurs, 1934, 34: 1057-64—Naroditsky, E. E. [Clinical BLOOD PRESSURE 573 BLOOD PRESSURE determination of blood pressure] Klin, med, Moskva, 1930, 8: 369-79.—Petrov, V. F. [Combined determination of blood pressure and number of erythrocytes] Ibid, 940-3.—Pruche, A. Les mesures en clinique circulatoire, leur technique, leur interpretation. Clinique, Par, 1927, 22: 283-5.—Rasumov, N. P. [On the method of blood pressure examination] Arkh. klin. eksp. med, 1923, 2: no.3-4, 77-89—Revai, J. Einige praktische Ratschlage zum Blutdruckmessen. Mschr. ungar. Med, 1935, 9: 1-3. Also Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 198—Roudouly. Technique et enseignements de la tension arterielle en clinique medicale. Gaz. h6p, 1922, 95: 1525; 1557—Roudovich, M. J, & Milovanovich, B. J. [Clinical method for measuring arterial pressure] Voj. san. glasnik, 1933, 4: 299-318—Stephens, G. A. A simple method of determining the basic blood pressure. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1929, n.s, 128: 321. ----- The need for a standard method of estimating the blood-pressure. Bristol Med. Chir. J, 1933, 50: 121-6. Also Med. Rev. of Rev, 1933, 39: 491-6.—Sturm, A. Die klinische Brauchbarkeit der Grypo- tonographie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1932, 84: 153.—Uskov, L.I. [Clinical and experimental investigations on the recently im- proved sphygmotonograph] Ter. obozr, 1913, 6: 74-84.— Walter, A. La systolntetrie et la mesure de la pression arterielle par les intersections ntetriques. Gaz. hop, 1935, 108: 1616.— Weiss, S. The normal arterial blood pressure and its measure- ment. N. England J.M, 1931, 204: 600-2.—Yoshino, G. Simul- taneous blood pressure measurement in both arms. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1933,16:191-202—Zarday, I, Razgha A, & Zilahy, M. [Clinical determination of blood pressure] Orv. hetil, 1931, 75: 605-8. ---- Measurement: Methods, oscillometric. Dufour, L. Contribution a l'etude de la methode auscultatoire en sphygmomanometrie clinique; l'application du principe des pesees a la methode oscillo-sphygmophonique (methode de Maurice-Boudet-Delaunay) 63p. 8? Par., 1919. Almeida Pintos, R. La teoria de la esflgmomanometria oscilo- metrica. Dia med. urug, 1934, 2: 247-50.—Barbier. Des oscil- lations negatives du Pachon; leur explication. Lyon med, 1925, 136: 249-52.—Billard, G. Exploration des reactions arterielles avecl'oscillometrede V. Pachon. Presse med, 1927,35:1409-12. ---- & & Merle, E. L'oscilloscopie sphygmometrique; les precisions qu'elle apporte a la mesure de la pression arterielle a l'aide de l'oscillometre de Pachon. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1921, 3.ser, 45: 933-7.—Bonjour. Etude sur roscillometrie. Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1922, 42: 636-52.—Capuani, G. F. Ele- menti di oscillografia clinica. Cuore & circol, 1934, 18: 284- 302.—Carles, J. Oscillontetrie et pratique courante. Clinique, Par, 1923,18:31-5.—Castex, M. R, & Bi Cio, A. V. La tonooscilo- grafla de la tension arterial de Plesch. An. Fac. med, Montev, 1933, 18: 30-42, 2diagr. Also Prensa med. argent, 1933-34, 20: 619-26.—Clerc, A, & Bascourret, M. Amplitude et ceterite pulsatiles arterielles en oscillometrie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 110: 484-6—Be Meyer, J, de Ruyter, F, & Yernaux, R. Etude sur roscillometrie arterielle. Arch. mal. cceur, 1933, 26: 481- 518.—Be Somer, E. De la technique sphygmo-tensiographique et des perfectionnements realises dans un nouvel appareil, le normographe; technique. J. physiol. path, gen, 1935, 33: 1059- 75. ----- Recherches faites au moyen du normographe. Ibid, 1936, 34: 36-54.—Eldahl, A. [Investigations on the oscilla- tory method] Bibl. laeger, 1935, 127: 105-18—Engelen, P. Die supramaximalen Zeigerausschiage bei der oszillatorischen Blut- druckmessung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1923, 49:519. -----■ Der oszillometrische Optimaldruck. Zbl. Herz Gefasskr, 1924, 16: 197. ----- Oszillometrische Pulsuntersuchungen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1927, 39. Kongr, 163-6.—Froment, J, & Barbier, J. Oscillometrie simultan6e et reactions vaso-motrices locales. Rev. neur.. Par, 1926, 33: 1154—Galli, G. Sur les oscillations de troisieme ordre de la pression arterielle. Arch. mal. coeur, 1923, 16: 512-20.—Gley, P., & Gomez, B. M. La determination des oscillations supra-maximales et infra-mini- males. J. physiol. path. g6n, 1931, 29: 695-9. ----r La determinations des pressions moyenne et minima par la methode oscillometrique. Presse med, 1931, 39: 284-6—Gomez, D. M. Decroissance en fonction du temps de la pression arterielle; sa determination chez I'homme par un dispositif ptezoelectrique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 202: 1*14-6— Guillaume, A. C. Appa- reil clinique de mesure de la tension arterielle a l'aide de varia- tions ptethysmographiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 88: 425-7.—Harle, H. Contribution a l'etude de l'oscillometne. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1922, 43: 146; 158— Hediger, S. Oszillographische Studien mit neuer Methodik. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1922-23, 141: 117-23—Ionescu, T. V, & Cerkez, I. Nouvelle methode pour amplifier et produire des oscilla- tions a base frequence. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 198: 1482-4.— Jung, E. Note di sfigmomanometria; un nuovo oscillometro. Mal. cuore, 1921, 5: 303-8.—Kudenko, M. V. [Clinical signif- icance of oscillography; methods in determining the real volume of blood pressure and vascular tonus] Ter. arkh, 1935, 13: 105-14.—LaRocque, C. Blood pressure with Pa- chon's oscillometer. Current Res. Anesth, 1927, 6: 125-30 — Legrand, R. Comment utiliser l'oscillometre du Professeur Pachon pour la determination de la pression arterielle. Prat. med. fr, 1920-21,1: 505-9— Miller, H. R, & Chester, W. Studies in oscillometric pressure. Am. Heart J, 1932, 8: 388-99.— Milovanovich, J. B. L'indice oscillometrique; critere de mesuer correcte. Presse nted, 1932, 40: 1305. ----- Quelques re- marques au sujet de la precision des determinations oscillo- metriques de la pression arterielle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 356-8.—Mougeot, A. L'oscillographie double superposee, son champ d'information. Ibid, 1922, 86: 196. ----- & Petit, P. Les criteres de la systolique en ptezometrie oscillo- graphique; le crochet negatif predicrote. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1920, 3,ser, 44: 1544-51.----- Sur les variations de deuxieme et de troisieme ordre de la pression arterielle chez I'homme d'apres 1'oscillographie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 85: 78-80.—Muller, A. Die oszillographische Blutdruckmessung und deren Ergebnis bei normalen Kreislaufe. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 71: 1-39.—Pachon, V, & Fabre, R. Experiences relatives aux bases exactes du raisonnement dans le determi- nisme ttteorique de l'oscillation maximale en sphygmomano- metrie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 951. ----- Sur le deter- minisme physique de l'oscillation maximale en sphygmomano- metrie. Ibid, 1924, 90: 210-3.—Paillard, H. L'exploration arterielle segmentaire a roscillometrie de Pachon. J. med. fr, 1933, 22: 40-2.—Pierret, R. Les applications pratiques de l'oscil- lontetrie de Pachon. Echo nted. nord, 1913, 17: 581-5.—Plesch, I. [Tonoscillographic method in determination of blood pres- sure and arteriosclerosis] Cluj. med, 1931,12: 78; 145.—Pons, R. A propos du critere oscillometrique dans la mesure de la pression minima et de la pression movenne efficace; role du facteur temps. C.rend. Soc.biol, 1935,118:299;622.—Rijlant.P. L'oscillographie cathodiqueen biologie. Ann. Soc. sc. med. natur. Bruxelles, 1934, 123-39—Savitzky, N. Nouvelle methode tacho-oscillographique pour la determination de la pression arterielle chez I'homme. Arch. mal. cceur, 1936, 29: 486-95.—Schill, I. [Plethysmography and determination of blood pressure] Orv. hetil., 1931, 75: 639- 42.—Siciliano, L. L'oscillometria nella determinazione della ] nes- sione arteriosa. Cuore & circol, 1926, 10: 485-502.—Soler, F. L. Esflgmomanometria oscillografica. Rev. As. med. argent, 191s, 29: 813-25.—Stienon, E. A propos d'un nouveau procede d'utili- sation de l'appareil de Pachon d'apres le Prof. Surmon. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1932, 33: 1-5.—Strohl, A. L'oscillographie arterielle comme procede d'exploration de l'appareil cardio- vasculaire. Presse med, 1918, 26:620.—Szilagyi, A. [Oscillome- try] Orv. hetil, 1934, 78:72-5.—Vaquez, H. [Oscillometry and permeability of arteries] Cas. tek. cesk, 1927, 66: 915-9. ---- Measurement: Methods, sphygmomano- metric. Bieber, J. *Beitrage zur Sphygmomano- metrie [Zurich] 32p. 8? Gott., 1919. Fabre, P. *La mecanique des phenomenes sphygmomanometriques. 117p. 8? Par., 1925. Faught, F. A. The sphygmomanometer and its practical application, with a full description of the several instruments and a resume of recent literature pertaining to clinical sphvgmomanome- try. 3.ed. 72p. 8° Phila., 1912". ---- Also 6.ed. 123p. 1918. Todorovich, M. *Determination compared de la tension arterielle par la palpation et l'auscultation. 23p. 8? Geneve, 1921. Alvarez, A. C. La esfigmanometria auscultatoria. Med. ibera, 1919, 9:177-9.—Barbier, J. La methode palpato-ausculta- toire pour la recherche de la tension arterielle. Lyon med, 1922, 131: 895-901. ----- Abordons-nous une nouvelle etape de la sphygmomanometrie. Ibid, 1931, 147: 641; 681.—Berard, A. Technique sphygmomanontetrique; methodes de mesure de la tension arterielle. Loire nted, 1920t 34: 299-308.—Bergouignan, P. Que mesure le sphygmomanometre? Bruxelles med, 1932- 33, 13: 913-7.—Bebenedetti, E. Manometria arterial. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1931, 38: pt2, 1961-4. Also Rev. As. med. argent, 1935, 49! 387-90.—Fabre, P. Sur la mesure de la pression inci- dente en sphygmomanometrie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 1169-71. ----- Coups de b61ier de fermeture et tons arteriels mats. Ibid, 95:1531-3. ----- II giuoco dei rumori sanguigni in sfigmomanometria. Biol, med, Milano, 1931, 7: 203-25.— Gladstone, S. A. Concerning the mechanism of production of the Korotkov sounds and their significance in blood pressure determinations. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1929, 44: 122-37.— Grtin, G. [Blood pressure estimation with Herzog's tonometer] Orv. hetil, 1931, 75: 873-9.—Kurshakov, N. A. [Blood-pressure determination according to Riva-Rocci's method] Vrach. dielo, 1925, 8: 954.—Laroche, G, & Richard, G. Du choix d'une des methodes sphygmomanometriques et de quelques details de leur application. Arch. nted. chir. province, 1921, 11: 303- 10.—Leitman, Y. S. [Proper way to adjust the cuff in determi- nation of blood pressure] Klin, med, Moskva, 1930, 8: 382-4 — Lian, C. A propos de la technique sphygmomanontetrique. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1922, 3.ser, 46: 529-33. ----- De l'origine des bruits arteriels dans la sphygmomanometrie auscul- tatoire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 106: 638. -----& Welti, H. Les bruits arteriels supra-maximaux dans la methode sphygmo- manontetrique auscultatoire. Ibid, 1921, 85: 909.—Miasnikov, A. L, & Miller, A. A. [Observations on blood pressure by the method of Potain] Klin, med, Moskva, 1928, 6: 401-10.— Miasnikov, A. L, Neshel, E. V, & Skrzynskaya, I. [Murmurs heard, in taking the blood pressure by Korotkov's method] Ibid, 410-8.—Minerbi, G. La misura della propagabilita del BLOOD PRESSURE 574 BLOOD PRESSURE fenomeno di Korotkow lungo la radiate, e la sua applicazione alla sfigmomanometria. Mal. cuore, 1920, 4: 133-48.—Mougeot & Giroux, R. Les donnees cliniques de la sphygmomanometrie. Medecine, Par, 1919-20, 1: 350-3.—Razumov, N. P. [Average sphygmomanometrie pressure] Russ. klin, 1929, 12: 657-64.— Rumpf. Erfahrungen bei der Blutdruckmessung nach Korot- kow. Deut. med. Wschr, 1923, 49: 71-3.—Rutich, E. von. Ceber den Doppelton bei der auskultatorischen Blutdruck- messung. Klin. Wschr, 1936, 15: 54-7.—Sainsbury, H. State of the artery and the circulation under the sphygmomanometer cuff during compression. Brit. M.J, 1929, 1: 191-3.— Skulsky, N. A. [Blood pressure determination by means of Gartner's tonometer] Vrach. dielo, 1925, 8: 110-2.—Stienon, E. S6m6io- logie sphygmomanometrique. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1929, 30: 185-9.—Twhigg, J. M. The clinical use of the sphygmo- manometer. N. Zealand M.J, 1930-31, 29: 4-11.—Vaquez, H, Gley, P, & Gomez, B. M. Une nouvelle etape de la sphygmo- manometrie. Presse med, 1931, 39: 281-4.—Venza, A. Genesi del tono consecutivo alla compressione delle arterie (il metodo auscoltatorio di Korotov per la determinazione della pressione arteriosa) Ann. clin. med. Pal, 1924, 14: 59-73.—Warner, E. C, & Hambly, W. B. An investigation into the physiological basis of the U-tube manometer test. Rep. Guy's Hosp, Lond, 1925, 75: 286-305.—Weber, A. Die auskultatorische Blutdruckmes- sung und ihr Wert fiir die Beurteilung des Schlagvolumens. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1924, 36. Kongr, 261.—Wilkinson, K. D. The sphygmomanometer in diagnosis. Midland M.J., Birm, 1922, 21: 13; 25. Also Brit. M.J, 1924, 2: 1189-91. ---- Measurement: Sources of error. See also Blood pressure, Measurement, com- parative. Braune, R. *Die elastische Gefasswandfunk- tion bei der Blutdruckmessung (eine experimen- telle Studie an uberlebenden, tierischen Ge- fassen) [Jena] 14p. 8? Wurzb., 1935. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1935, 96: Barry, D. T. Intermittent pulse in blood pressure investiga- tion. Am. J. Physiol, 1926, 77: 256-62.—Bauer, J. Ueber die Auslosung eines lokalen Gefasskrampfes durch die Blutdruck- messung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 68: 82-5.—Bazett, H. C, & Laplace, L. B. Studies on the indirect measurement of blood pressure; sources of error in the Riva Rocci method. Am. J. Physiol, 1933,103: 48-67.—Blavier, L. de. Causes d'erreur dans la determination de l'indice oscillometrique; correction de ces causes d'erreur par un dispositif nouveau. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 108: 252-7.—Branchini, B. Ueber Fehlerquellen bei der Blutdruckmessung am Pferde. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh, 1931-32, 64: 350-61—Brim, C. J, & Wolffe, J. B. The silent or auscultatory gap. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1934, 139: 113-5. Also repr.—BuUrich, R. Los agujeros de auscultation en esflgmo- manometria. Dia med, B. Air, 1931-32, 4: 271— Bana, H. W. Sources of error in blood pressure readings. N. England J.M, 1932, 207: 535.—Bmitriev, M. S, & Rastorguev-Mikhnov, S. A. [Increase of peripheral blood pressure by pressure upon the afferent arteries] Klin, med, Moskva, 1929, 7: 686-92.—En- gelen, P. Die UnzulSnglichkeit der Blutdruckmessung fiir die Wertung therapeutischer Massnahmen. Ther. Gegenwart, 1927, 68: 285.—Erlanger, J. Studies in blood pressure estimation by indirect methods; the movements of the artery under com- pression during blood pressure determinations. Am. J. Phys- iol, 1920-21, 55: 84-158, 2pl.—Fulchiero, A. Modiflcazioni sfigmomanometriche ed oscillometriche ehe si osservano in un'arteria per compressioni esercitate a monte di essa. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1922, 4.ser, 28: 395-401. Also Mal. cuore, 1923, 7: 37-56.—Harris, I. The resistance of arterial walls and its effect on blood-pressure readings. J. Physiol, Lond, 1934, 81: 270-6.—Hartz, H. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber Fehlerquellen bei der klinischen Blutdruckmessung. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1921, 137: 337-47.—Hein, G. E. Errors and oversights resulting from the use of the blood pressure apparatus. Pennsylvania M.J, 1920-21, 24: 55-9.—Hering, E. Ueber den Einfluss der Weichteile auf die Werte der Blutdruckmessung. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1920, 133: 306-15.—Hirschbruch, A. Reflektorische Blutdrucksteigerung bei der Blutdruckmessung. Klin. Wschr, 1931, 10: 778-83—Koranyi, A. Ueber Irrtumer in der ublichen Interpretation der Methoden zur unblutigen Blut- druckmessung. Wien. med. Wschr, 1935, 85: 313.—Masson, C. B. Influence of the soft parts upon blood pressure. Med. J. & Rec, 1925,122: 210-2—Mudd, S. G, & White, P. D. The aus- cultatory gap in sphygmomanometry. Arch. Int. M, 1928, 41: 249-56.—Paillard, H. Verifiez l'exactitude des manometres de vos appareils a tension arterielle. Clinique, Par, 1926,21:175.— Pines, I, & Scherf, D. Ueber die auskultatorische Liicke. Klin. Wschr, 1934,13:1721—Razgha, A, & Maio, M. Die Rolle der Stauungstranssudation bei der Blutdruckmessung auf Grund des Prinzipes der stehenden Blutsaule. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1936, 98: 339-44—Reh, M. Ueber die durch die Blut- druckmanschette hervorgerufenen Schallerscheinungen des Pulses und ihre Bedeutung (zugleich ein Beitrag zur Theorie der Manschettenwirkung) Zschr. klin. Med, 1923, 97: 413-43.— Serio, F. Sull' errore di principio nei metodo Korotkow-Ehret nella determinazione della tensione arteriosa. Mal. cuore, 1921, 5: 157-9.—Sturm, A. Der experimentelle Nachweis des Stau- iiberdrucks bei der Blutdruckmessung an Mensch und Tier. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1932, 44. Kongr, 538-42. ----- Bobenecker, 0, & Braune, R. Die elastische Gefasswand- funktion bei der Blutdruckmessung (eine experimentelle Studie an uberlebenden, tierischen Gefassen) Zschr. ges. exp. Med , 1935, 96: 561-72.—Tinker, M, & Saidenberg, A. Ueber den Menninger'schen Gefass-Herz-Reflex bei Blutdruckmessung mittels der Arterienkompressious-Methode. Zschr. Kreislau-j forsch, 1931, 23: 12-9.—Van Dooren, F. I'eut-on en clinique mesurer exactement la pression sanguine intra-arterielle? Bruxelles nted., 1925-26, 6: 284— White, P. D, A Mudd, S. G. The auscultatory gap in sphygmomanometry. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1927, 42: 263-70—Wolf, H. J, & Aurin, W. Der Einfluss der Pulsdrosselung auf das Ergebnis der Blutdruck- messung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1934, 93: 740-5. ---- Measurement: Systolic pressure. See also Blood pressure, Types. Alexandre, R, & Moulinier, R. Probleme d'osciHontetrie medicate; determination de Mx par une courbe dynamome- trique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 85: 929-31. Also J. med. Bordeaux, 1921, 51: 536.—Fabre, R. Determination de la pression arterielle maxima par la methode oscillometrique C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 87: 951. -----& Belmas-Marsalet, P. Sur le controle capillaroscopique de l'exactitude de la determina- tion oscillometrique de la tension arterielle maxima. Ibid, 1921, 85: 69-71. Also J. med. Bordeaux, 1921, 51: 356—Faught, F. A. A simple method for determining the normal average systolic blood pressure at any age. Med. J. & Rec, 1932, 135: 160.— Katz, G. J. Moyens d'appreciation de la tension maxima systo- lique sans application d'aucun appareil. Progr. med. Par, 1930, 1294-7.—Libersone, U. E. Moyens d'appretiation de la tension systolique maximum sans application d'aucun appareil; d'apres la methode du Dr G. I. Katz. Ibid, 1931, 2214-8 — Medini. Critere pour determiner la maxima par l'oscillometre de Pachon et la valeur clinique de l'indice oscillometrique de la maxima. Clinique, Par, 1923, 18: 43.—Pruche, A. Une nou- velle donnee en sphygmomanometrie; l'indice voluntetrique systolique. Bull, med. Par, 1930, 44: 887-91.—Schaschenstein, I. A. [Measurement of systolic blood pressure] Klin, med, Moskva, 1924, 2: 181.—Zolotarievsky, B. E. [Determination of maximal (systolic) blood pressure without instrument] Vrach. dielo, 1931, 14: 228-30. ---- Measurement—in animals. See also Blood pressure—in animals. Haack, S. *Blutdruckmessungen bei Hunden und ihr Wert als klinische Untersuchungs- methode. 54p. 8? Lpz., 1933. Lafaye, P. J. *La tension arterielle en cli- nique veterinaire; instruments; technique [Al- fort] 35p. 8? Par., 1932. Allen, F. M. Auscultatory estimation of the blood pressure of dogs. J. Metab. Res, 1924, 4: 431-3.—Anderson, H. C. Demonstration of an instrument for taking repeated blood pres- sures in rabbits, with report of some experiments. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1922-23, 20: 295-7—Behrens, A. Zur Me- thodik der unblutigen Blutdruckmessung beim Kaninchen. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1926, 212: 372-4.—Behrens, B. Spricht die Hohe des Blutdrucks kleiner Saugetiere gegen die Annahme eines Filtrationsprozesses in der Niere? experimentelle Ermitt- lung des Blutdrucks der weissen Maus. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929,139:154-8.—Biasotti, A. Determination non sanglante de la pression arterielle chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 97: 597.—Bieter, R. N, & Scott, F. H. Blood pressure and plasma protein determinations in the same frog. Am. J. Physiol, 1929, 91: 265-74.—Bonsmann, M. R. Blutdruckversuche an der Maus und Ratte mittels Photozelle. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1934, 176: 460-7.—Branchini, B. Sulla determinazione della pressione del sangue nei cavallo. Profilassi, 1932, 5: 41-54.—Desliens, L. Hemo-dynamometrie et nouvelles methodes d'inscription de la pression sanguine; les injections intra-art6rielles; note sur la transfusion sanguine. Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1935, 8:269-72 — Bominguez, R. The systolic blood pressure of the normal rabbit measured by a slightly modified Van Leersum method. J. Metab. Res, 1924, 6: 123-35, 4ch. Also J. Exp. M, 1927, 46: 443-61.—Eweyk, C. van, & Schmidtmann, M. Zur Methodik der Blutdruckmessung beim Kaninchen. Virchows Arch, 1922, 236: 420-3—Ferris, H. W, & Hynes, J. F. Indirect blood pres- sure readings in dogs: description of method and report of re- sults. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1930-31, 16: 597-610.—Fontaine, J. Die arterielle Blutdruckmessung beim Pferde. Arch. Anat, Lpz, 1919, physiol. Abt, 217-48— Grant, R. T, & Rothschild, P. A device for estimating blood-pressure in the rabbit. J. Physiol, Lond, 1934, 91: 265-9.—Griffith, J. Q, jr. Indirect method for determining blood pressure in small animals. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 32: 394-6—Hamilton, W. F, Brewer, 6, & Brotman, I. Pressure pulse contours in the intact animal; analytical description of a new high-frequency hypodermic manometer, with illustrative curves of simultaneous arterial and intracardiac pressures. Am. J. Physiol, 1934, 107: 427-35.— Harne, 0. G, & Butts, C. E. A solution pressure dome for the mammalian laboratory. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934, 20: 207-10.— Jensen, C. R, & Apfelbach, C. W. Method of repeated intra- arterial systolic blood pressure determinations in dogs. Tr, Chicago Path. Soc, 1928,13: 20. Also Arch. Path, Chic, 1928, BLOOD PRESSURE 575 BLOOD PRESSURE 6: 99-101. Also repr.—Kiesel. Ueber ein einfaches Verfahren der unblutigen Blutdruckmessung. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh, 1927, 56: 384-99.—Koch, E, & Mies, H. Ein neues Verfahren, den Blutdruck an Tieren ohne Gefasserbffnung zu messen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, 62: 551-6—Kottlors, E, & Rothschild, F. Versuche zur unblutigen Blutdruckmessung am Kaninchen. Ibid, 1932, 84: 795-805— Kunstmann, H. K. Ein Verfahren zur Blutdruckbestimmung bei Maus, Ratte und Kaninchen. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1928,132: 122.—Kuraya, T. A new nonsurgical method for blood pressure measurement of a rabbit, with special reference to the blood pressure in pericarditis. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1923-24, 6: 373-88—Lafaye, P. J. Le zoo- tensiometre. J. physiol. path, gen, 1933, 31: 1021-4.—McGregor, L. A new indirect method for taking blood pressure in animals. Arch. Path, Chic, 1928, 5: 630-60—Maekawa, M. A bloodless method of measuring the blood pressure in small animals. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1929, 12: 341.—Mies, H. Ein neues Verfahren, den Blutdruck im Tierversuch ohne Gefasserbffnung zu messen (nach E. Koch und H. Mies) Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1928, 117-9—Moberg, E. Eine Methode zur unblutigen Bestimmung des Blutdruckes bei der Ratte. Skand. Arch. Physiol, Berl, 1934, 69: 218-26.—Montanari, A. Sopra un metodo incruento per determinare la pressione arteriosa massima e minima nell' aorta del eoniglio. Riv. clin. med, 1933, 34: 221-31.—Neumann, B. Zur Technik der Blutdruckmessung am Tier. Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 695—Parkins, W. M. Observa- tions on direct intra-arterial determination of blood pressure in trained unanesthetized dogs. Am. J. Physiol, 1934, 107: 518-25.—Perikhaniants, Y. I. [Method of simultaneous estima- tion of blood pressure, work of the precapillaries with the capil- laries and heart in situ in cold-blooded animals] J. eksp. biol, Moskva, 1929, 11: 30-2—Petrov, J. R. Methodik und Ergeb- nisse der unblutigen Blutdruckmessung an Hunden. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1929, 223: 477-86—Rai, S. Neue Methode fiir unblu- tige Blutdruckmessung bei kleinen Tieren. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1930-31, 13: 245-9, ch.—Schlesinger, M. Priifung einiger Methoden zur fortlaufenden Bestimmung des Blut- drucks am Tiere. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1930, 149: 317-20.— Schmidt-Weyland, P. Eine einfache Apparatur zur unblutigen Blutdruckmessung beim Kaninchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931-32, 80: 341-6.—Squier, T. L. Simple apparatus for repeated blood pressure determinations in rabbits. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1927-28, 13: 279-81— Watson, E. M. A method for estimating blood pressure in rabbits. Ibid, 1926-27, 12: 706. ---- Normal values. See also Blood pressure, Variation. Pourich, R. V. *La pression arterielle chez les normaux. 15p. 8? Geneve, 1923. Addis, T. Blood pressure and pulse rate levels; the levels under basal and daytime conditions. Arch. Int. M, 1922, 29: 539-53.—Alvarez, W. C. The blood pressure in 6,225 prisoners and 422 guards. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1929, 4: 321-3. ----- & Stanley, L. L. Blood pressure in 6,000 prisoners and 400 prison guards; a statistical analysis. Arch. Int. M, 1930, 46: 17-39. Also repr.—Alvarez, W. C, Wulzen, R, & Mahoney, L. J. Blood pressures in 15,000 university freshmen. Ibid, 1923, 32:17-30 — Britten, R. H, & Wallace, C. R. Consecutive readings of pulse rate on a small group of clerks. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1930, 45: 3128-35—Castex, M. R, Di Cio, A. V, & Loyber, J. La ten- sion arterial mediana dinamica y minima en los sujetos sanos. Prensa med. argent, 1933-34, 20: 959; 1823-6. ----- Tabla de los valores correlativos de la tension arterial. Ibid, 1934-35, 21: 830-3.—Donle. Puis- und Blutdruckverhaitnisse beim Gesun- den. Veroff. Heer. San, 1931, H.85, 61-6.—Enebuske, C. J. The normal arterial tension. Boston M.&S.J, 1919,180: 272-5 — Faber, A. [Blood pressure measurement in 1,000 normal persons between the age of 20-25; anthropometric study] Hospitals- tidende, 1924, 67: 217; 225. Also Skand. Arch. Physiol, Berl, 1924, 45: 189-203.—Hromadko, F. [Evaluation of the arterial tension in soldiers] Cas. tek. cesk, 1927, 66: 951-8.—Huber, E. G. Systolic and diastolic blood pressure in healthy men. Human Biol, 1933, 5: 541-76. Also repr.—Ide, M. La tension sanguine normale. Rev. med. Louvain, 1925, 220-3.—Kao, C. L. The blood pressure in healthy individuals. Nat. M.J, China, 1921-22, 8: 101-16.—Livingston, J. M. Blood pressure, normal and abnormal. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1934, 30: 54-7.—McKinlay, P. L, & Walker, A. B. Observations on blood pressure in healthy adult males. Edinburgh M.J, 1935, 42: 407-20— Mac- William, J. A. Blood pressures in man under normal and pathological conditions. Physiol. Rev, 1925, 5: 303-35 — Moog, 0. Der normale Blutdruck. Med. Welt, 1930, 4: 947- 50— Moulinier, R. La tension arterielle conception clinique; valeurs Mx, Mn reelles et usuelles. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bor- deaux (1921) 1922, 562-70. Also Gaz. sc. nted. Bordeaux, 1922, 43: 29-32.—Savitzky, N. Pression arterielle maxima laterale et pression maxima conclusive. Arch. mal. coeur, 1936, 29: 578- 81.—Sordo y Cuervo, F. J. Presion arterial normal y patologica. San. mil, Habana, 1921-22, 1: 377-98—Symonds, B. Blood- pressure in health. Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18:408-17. AlsoMed. Insur, 1924, 40: 171-9 ----- The blood pressure of healthy men and women. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 80: 232-6—Treadgold, H. A. Blood pressure in the healthy young male adult. Lan- cet, Lond, 1933, 1: 733-40.—Wetherby, M. A comparison of blood pressure in men and women; a statistical study of 5,540 individuals. Ann. Int. M, 1932, 6: 754-70.—Zavodskoy, S. P. [Data on the problem of normal blood pressure] Klin, med, Moskva, 1930,8: 379-82. ---- Regional differences. See also names of blood-vessels and organs as Aorta, Blood pressure in; Skin, Blood supply, &c. Mordket, X. *Contribution a l'etude des tensions arterielles locales. 189p. 8? Par., 1922. Brunelli, B. Contributo sperimentale alio studio del regime tensivo nei piccolo circolo. Fisiol. med, Roma, 1933, 4: 781; 872—Fischer, P. Zur Frage differenter Blutdruckwerte im Bereich verschiedener Gefassgebiete beim Menschen. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 784-6.—Herzog, F. Ueber den Blutdruck in den Hautgefassen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1929, 164: 108-21 — Lombard, W. P. The blood pressure in the arterioles, capillaries, and small veins of the human skin. Am. J. Physiol, 1911-12, 29: 335-62.—Mandelstamm, M. Ueber Blutdruckdifferenzen in verschiedenen Gefassgebieten beim Menschen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1926, 153: 28-52— Matthes, K, & Hochrein, M. Beitrage zur Blutzirkulation im kleinen Kreislauf; der Druck im kleinen Kreislauf. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1932, 167: 687.— Ory. Modifications regionales de la tension arterielle. Arch. med. belg, 1923, 76: 928-42—Pari, P. Pressione arteriosa nelle parti declivi del corpo e contrazione delle arterie. Gazz. osp, 1923, 44: 1075-7. -----■ Sulla pressione arteriosa nelle parti del corpo piu elevate del cuore. Ibid, 1099-101.—Recklinghausen, H. von. Zwei-Messtellen-Vergleichsmessung; Gleichheit des systolischen, Verschiedenheit des diastolischen Drucks in den grossen Arterien. Zschr. klin. Med, 1930, 113: 157-94, 2pL— Scarff, J. E. Pulmonary blood pressures; an experimental study. Arch. Surg, 1926, 12: 591-600—Smith, F. J. C, & Bennett, G. A. The pulmonary arterial pressure in normal albino rats and the effect thereon of epinephrine. J. Exp. M, 1934, 59: 173-80.— Yokoi, T, Yamagata, S. [et al.] Studies on the pulmonary arterial blood pressure. Jap. J.M.Sc, 1930-32, 2: int. med, 180. ---- Regional differences: Extremities. See also Extremities, Blood vessels. Burel, A. R. *Oscillom6trie au membre sup6rieure et au membre inferieur chez l'enfant; resultats comparatifs. 108p. 8? Par., 1935. Balen, G. F. van [Pulse differences in both arms in relation to blood-pressure] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: pt2, 5861-7.— Bazett, H. C. Factors in the causation of differential blood pressure. Am. J. Physiol, 1924, 70: 550-84, pi.—Bodenstab, W. H. Blood pressure; difference of readings in the 2 arms. Journal-lancet, 1925, 45: 360.—Bogaert, A. van, Beerens, J, & Samain, L. Etude comparative de la tension moyenne intra- arterielle dans 1'artere temorate et dans 1'artere hunterale. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113: 355-7—Burdick, W, Clarke, N. [etal. Differences in blood pressure in the arm and leg in normal sub- jects. Am. J. Physiol, 1925,72:169-76— Cyriax, E. F. Unilateral alterations in blood-pressure; the differential blood-pressure sign. Q.J. Med, Oxf, 1920-21, 14: 309-13—Bumas, A. De l'interet des tensions compares au membre superieur et au membre inferieur; flechissement oscillatoire et tensionnel au membre interieur, signe precoce d'insuffisanee ventriculaire. Arch. mal. cceur, 1922, 15: 495-9.—Edelmann, A, & Kahan, A. Ueber die Blutdruckdifferenz an den oberen und unteren Extremitaten. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1933-34, 24: 377-86—Eldahl, A, Hansen, E, & Lindhard, J. Vergleichende Blutdruckmessungen an verschiedenen Extremitatenabschnitten mittels eines selbstre- gistrierenden Oszillometers. Arbeitsphysiologie, 1933, 7: 430-6.—Forti, F. Variazioni della pressione omerale sotto I'in- fluenza di compression! prolungate col bracciale. Riv. clin. med, 1930, 31: 517-29.—Glasermann, S. Ueber die Ursachen der Blutdruck-Differenz zwischen oberer und unterer Extremi- tat. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1932, 45: 1008—Heitz, J. L'etendue comparee des oscillations fournies par l'appareil de Pachon sur les differentes arteres des membres chez le sujet normal. Arch. mal. cceur, 1916, 9: 14-8.—Jonas, V, Krai, J, & Stritesk?, J. Der Blutdruck in den unteren Extremitaten im Verhaltnis zu dem der oberen vor und nach einem Wettkampf. Zschr. Kreislauf- forsch, 1933, 25: 208-15—Kay, W. E, & Gardner, K. B. Com- parative blood pressures in the 2 arms; some clinical observations. California West. M, 1930, 33: 578—Kobro, M. [Mean blood pressure and its relation to the difference of blood pressure in the right and left arms] Norsk mag. laegevid, 1932, 93:1330-7.— Luisada, A. Modifications regionales de la tension arterielle dans les etats pathologiques avec regard special aux differences entre les membres superieurs et les membres interieurs. Arch. mal. coeur, 1926, 19: 598-614.—Michaux, J, & Fraboulet, A. Re- cherches sur les tensions arterielles comparees des membres superieurs et inferieurs chez les vieillards. Progr. nted. Par, 1935, 869-77.—Pearse, H. E, & Morton, J. J. The blood pressure in the arteries of the extremities in normal subjects and in patients with peripheral vascular disease. Am. J.M.Sc, 1932, 183: 485-94.—Rodriguez Egana, A. Grafico para anotacion de medidas e indice oscilometrico de los miembros. Prensa nted. argent, 1934-35, 21: 465.—Salomon, M. De l'utilite en clinique de prendre systematiquement la tension arterielle aux 2 bras. Livres jubil. (Roger, G. H.) Par, 1932, 189—Scukarev, K. A, & Zawodskoy, S. P. Ueber die Veranderungen des peripheren arteriellen Druckes bei der Kompression des Oberschenkels und der Femoralgefasse. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, 63: 44-51.— Singer, R. Neue Beobachtungen iiber die Kreislaufverhaitnisse in den unteren Extremitaten lind ihre Beziehung zur Klinik; BLOOD PRESSURE 576 BLOOD PRESSURE der arterielle Druck in den Beingefassen. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 44.—Southby, R. Some clinical observations on blood pressure and their practical application, with special reference to variation of blood pressure readings in the 2 arms. Med. J. Australia, 1935, 2: 569-80 [Discussion, 600]—Stieglitz, E. J, & Propst, B. W. Differential arterial tension. Am. J.M.Sc, 1932, 184: 336, pi.—Strang, J. M. The variations of blood pressure in the extremities. N. England J.M, 1929, 200: 167-73.—Yoshini, G. Studies in pulsus differens; pulsus differens and the maxi- mum blood pressure difference in both arms. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1933-34, 16: 317-28. ---- Regional differences: Heart. See also Blood circulation, Cardiac output; Heart, Physiology. Bayer, R, & Wagner, R. Die Beeinflussung des Druckab- laufes in verschiedenen Herzabschnitten bei wechselnden Be- dingungen der Herztatigkeit; fiber die Veranderung des Druck- ablaufes im rechten Ventrikel bei Inspirationsbewegungen. Zschr. Biol, 1933-34, 94: 92-6.—Cattell, McK, & Edwards, D. J. The influence of hydrostatic pressure on the contraction of car- diac muscle in relation to temperature. Am. J. Physiol, 1930, 93: 97-104.—Dunn, J. S. Measurement of pressure in the right ventricle. J. Physiol, Lond, 1919-20, 53: hi. Also Q.J. Med, Oxf, 1919-20, 13: 46-56.—Duomarco, J. Determination de la pression moyenne intraventrieulaire pendant le temps de l'eva- cuation chez I'homme; rapport avec la pression arterielle maxima. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934,117: 887-90. -----& Piaggio-Blanco, R. Presion media arterial y presion media intraventricular. Arch. urug. med, 1934, 5: 312-9. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 890-3.—Edwards, D. J, & Brown, D. E. S. The action of pressure on the form of the electromyogram of auricle muscle. J. Cellul. Physiol, 1934-35, 5: 1-19.—Edwards, D. J, & Cattell, McK. Some results of the application of high pressure to the heart. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1927-28, 25: 234. Also Am. J. Physiol, 1928, 84: 472-S4— Frossard, H. J. Sur la mesure de la pression ventriculaire par la methode pulsatoire. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932,195: 974.—Gaertner, G. Die Messung des Drucks im rechten Vorhof. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1903, 50: 2038-41 — Gross, K, & Wagner, R. Ueber den Einfluss der Atmung auf den Druckablauf im rechten Vorhof. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1934, 234: 730-6—Hausler, H, & Wagner, R. Die Beeinflussung des Druckablaufes in verschiedenen Herzabschnitten bei wech- selnden Bedingungen der Herztatigkeit; fiber die Beeinflussung des Druckablaufes im rechten Ventrikel durch die Atmung. Zschr. Biol, 1931-32, 92: 579-604—Hallion & Nepper. Sur la technique d'exploration des pressions intra-cardiaques particu- lierement chez te lapin (premier ntemoire) J. physiol. path. gen, 1911, 13: 881-4.—Ishida, N. Dynamics of the heart; some studies on the pressure-course of the heart during one systole. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1925-26, 8: 103-16— Kaempffer. Eine neue Methode der intracardialen Druckerhohung beim Kaltbluter (Frosclr) ihre Ergebnisse und ihr Wert im Vergleich mit den anderen, aiteren Methoden. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1919, 175: 285-326, 6pl.—Matsunaga, K. Dynamisehe Untersuchung der Herzkontraktion; der Einfluss der Fullungsdruckveran- derung auf das in Ringerscher Lbsung befindliche Froschherz. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1929,12: 363-74.—Mazzucco, A. Presion arterial media y presion ventricular media. Arch. urug. med, 1934, 5: 399-404.—Muller, H. Ueber das Verhalten des Vorhofseptums bei einseitiger Drucksteigerung. Beitr. path. Anat, 1931, 87:365-80.—Piper, H. Der Verlauf und die wechsel- seitigen Beziehungen der Druckschwankungen im rechten Vorhof, rechten Ventrikel und in der Arteria pulmonalis. Arch. physiol, Lpz, 1914, 365-79.—Sasaki, Y. Eine neue Methode zur Bestimmung des Kammerdruckverlaufes wahrend der Herz- systole. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1929, 12: 275-80.— Straub, H. Der Druckablauf in den Herzhohlen; der Mechanis- mus der Herztatigkeit. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1911, 143: 69-90.— Wagner, R. Die Beeinflussung des Druckablaufes im rechten Ventrikel durch die Atmung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1931, 44: 1181-5. Also Zschr. Biol, 1931-32, 92: 54-86. ----- Ueber die Beeinflussung der Druckschwankungen in der rechten Herz- kammer durch den Atemapparat. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1932, 44. Kongr, 523—Wiggers, C. J. The interpretation of the intraventricular pressure curve on the basis of rapidly summated fractionate contractions. Am. J. Physiol, 1927,80:1-11. ----- The harmonic analysis of intraventricular pressure curves. Ibid, 1928, 86: 435-49—Yasuoka, T. On the relation between the intraventricular pressure and the volume of the frog heart; influence of several drugs on the intraventricular pressure and the work done by the heart contraction. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1929-30, 12: 449-54—Zwaluwenburg, J. G. van, & Agnew, J. H. Some details of the auricular pressure curves of the dog. Heart, Lond, 1911-12, 3: 343-51, pi. ---- Regional differences: Retina. See also Blood pressure, high, Manifestation, retinal. Adrogug, E, & Lida, E. Sobre la presion de la sangre en los capilares de la retina. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1926, 2: 232-41 — Aglialoro, M. Comportamento della pressione arteriale retinica nello stato gravidico; suoi rapporti con la circolazione cerebrate. Ann. ostet. gin, 1936, 58: 1573-92.—BaiUiart, P. La pression arterielle retinienne dans l'hypertension cephalo-rachidienne. Ann. ocul. Par, 1929, 166: 271-95. Also Marseille nted, 1929, 66: 1st semest, 68-73. ----- & Gomez, D. M. La pression moyenne dans 1'artere centrale de la retine. Prat. nted. fr 1932, 13: 368-72.—Candido Silva, J. Valor da tomada da pressuo retiniana na hypertensao craneana. Rev. As. paul. med, 1935, 7: 318-20.—Colrat, A. La tension arterielle retinienne et son interet clinique. J. med. Lyon, 1929, 10: 197-203.—Costi, C. La presion arterial retiniana. An. Hosp. S. Jos6, Madr, 1930-31, 2: 209-13.—Cuenod & Nataf, R. Note sur les rapports de la tension arterielle retinienne de la tension intracranienne. Rev tunis. sc. med, 1928, 22: 233-6.—Dumas, G, Lamache, A, & Dubar, J. Variations de la tension arterielle retinienne sous l'influence de l'emotion. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 159.— Fritz, A. Souplesse, calibre et pression de 1'artere retinienne Bull. Soc. beige opht, 1931, no.63, 97-102. ----- Valeurs de calibre, souplesse et pression de 1'artere, retinienne correspon- dant a une circulation normale. Ibid, 1932, 50-3. ----- La pression differentielle des vaisseaux retiniens. Ibid, 1934, no.68, 36-46. ——- Alterations unilaterales de la pression des vaisseaux retiniens. Ibid, no.69, 103-14.—Hambresin. La recherche de la pression dans 1'artere centrale de la retine. Rev. med. Louvain, 1930, 113-22.—Hermann, P. Mesure de la tension arterielle retinienne. Arch. med. Angers, 1935, 39: 3-8.—Kukan, F. Ueber die Beziehungen des Gefassdruckes der Netzhaut zu dem Hirndruck auf Grund von mit eignem Qerat angestellten Untersuchungen. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1936, 97: 331-44.—Lauber. Der Einfluss des Verhaitnisses des allge- meinen Blutdruckes und des Druckes in den Netzhautgefassen zum intraokularen Druck, auf den Sehnerven und die Netzhaut. Ibid, 1935, 95: 110-2. Also Zschr. Augenh, 1935, 87: 65-76. ----- Die Blutdruckmessung in den Netzhautgefassen und ihre Fehlerquellen. Zbl. ges. Ophth, 1936, 36: 347.—Lida, E, & Adrogue, E. Pression du sang dans les capillaires de la retine. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 95:1160. Also Rev. especialid, B. Air, 1926, 1: 264-75. Also Sem. med, B. Air, 1926, 33: pt2, 225-8.- Lindberg, J. G. [Experimental examination of the pressure in the retinal vein in rabbits in high cerebral pressure] Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1934, 76: 694-719.— Magitot, A, & Besvignes, P. Modification de la pression arterielle retinienne apres decortica- tion carotidienne (sympathectomie arterielle) chez I'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 302-4—Magitot, A., & Dubois, A. Retinite hypertensive et hypertension retinienne. Bull. Soc. opht. Par, 1932, 403.—Marchesini, E. II comportamento della pressione arteriosa retinica in rapporto alla circolazione gene- rale ed in rapporto ad alcune affezioni oculari. Ann. ottalm, 1935, 63: 532; 621.—Mathieu, C. T. Sphygmomano- metrie retinienne. Union med. Canada, 1934, 63: 564-7 — Pereyra, G. La misura della pressione arteriosa retinica: importanza per la diagnosi di ipertensione intracranica. Boll. ocul, 1931, 10: 1295-308.—Ramon Roda, J. Valor de la pres- sio arterial retiniana. An. Hosp. S. Cruz, Barcel, 1932, 6: 310-2.—Salvati, G. La pression arterielle retinienne en position assise et coucltee. Ann. ocul. Par, 1928, 165: 917-9. Also Qior. ocul, 1928, 19: 31-3—Schibtz, I. Der diastolische Druck in der Arteria centralis retinae. Acta ophth, Kbh, 1927, 5: 293-7.— Suganuma, S. Studien tiber den Blutdruck in der Zentral- arterie der Netzhaut; fiber den Blutdruck in der Zentralarterie der Netzhaut bei gesunden Menschen und fiber seine Beziehung zum allgemeinen Blutdruck. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1936, 96: 74-84.—Uyemura, M. Ueber den Blutdruck in den Kapillaren der Makulagegend der Netzhaut. Ibid, 324-41.—Vancea, P. Recherches sur la tension arterielle retinienne dans la gravidite, C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 1353. ---- Regulation. See also Blood circulation, Regulation; Blood pressure, Variations; Blood pressure, high, Path- ogenesis. Alpern, D. Ueber die Blutdruckreaktion bei normalen und parathyreopriven Hunden. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 551 — Avezzu, G. II meccanismo regolatore della pressione arteriosa. Gazz. osp, 1922, 43: 368.—Bard, L. Le probleme de la regulation de la tension arterielle a l'etat physiologique. Arch. mal. cceur, 1929, 22: 228; 289.—Burn, J. H. The control of the blood-pressure. Proc R. Soc M, Lond, 1934, 28: 15-28— BaUy, J. F. H. Varia- tions in arterial pressure and their control. Practitioner, Lond, 1931, 126: 39-46—Hamilton, W. F, Woodbury, R. A, & Harper, H. T, jr. Physiologic relationships between intrathoracic, intraspinal and arterial pressures. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 107: 853-6.—Hartmann, W. Ueber das Verschwinden der blut- drucksteigernden Wirkung der Hypophyse im Korper. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1930, 154: 254-62—Inaba, C. Ueber die Ein- wirkung von Hormonen, insbesondere von Pituitrin auf die Vasomotoreuzentren. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, 63: 523-6.— Karasek, F. [Regulation of blood pressure] Sborn. tek, 1931, 33: 1-40.—Konschegg, T. Zur Frage des Mechanismus des normalen und des erhohten Blutdruckes. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 1452-4.—Langlois, J. P., & Binet, L. Le ntecanisme regula- teur de la pression arterielle. Presse nted, 1922, 30: 194.— Ludwig, W. Untersuchungen zur Frage der Blutdruckregula- tion. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1931, 160: 302-16.—Marrassini, A. Contributo sperimentale alio studio della pressione arteriosa del sangue. Policlinico, 1921, 28: sez. prat, 1259-63.—Meo Colombo, I. Pressione arteriosa e glandole a secrezione interna. Fisiol. med, Roma, 1930, 1: 320-33—Mollard, J. La regulation de la tension arterielle. Lyon nted, 1922, 131: 564-72— Mussler, W. Die Gesetze des Blutdruckablaufes. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1929, pt2, 89-91.—Pesci, E. II meccanismo regolatore della pressione e l'ipertensione. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1934, 97: 295-316— Puche i Alvarez, J. El reflexosregu- BLOOD PRESSURE 577 BLOOD PRESSURE ladors de la pressio arterial. Tr. Soc. biol, Barcel, 1932, 14: 31-9.—Rein, H, & Rossier, R. Die Abhangigkeit der Blut- druck-Regulationsfahigkeit von gleichzeitig ablaufenden War- meregulationsvorgangen. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 1457.—Rose- mann, H. U. Ueber die Bahnung der Gegenregulationen gegen experimentell erzeugte Blutdruckanderungen. Zschr. Biol, 1935, 96: 325-31.—Ruvidic, Z. M, & Milovanovic, Z. B. [Auto- regulation of arterial pressure and its disorders] Voj. san. glasnik, 1935, 6: 105-59, pi.—Sacchi, V. I reciproci rapporti fra pressione arteriosa, ritmo cardiaco e pressione endocranica. Fisiol. med, Roma, 1934, 5: 403-19.—Sawasaki, C. Ueber den Blutdruck und seine Adrenalinempfindlichkeit beim Kanin- chen nach Rontgenbestrahlung von Hypophyse und Schild- drfise. Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi, 1935, 30: 49-53.—Sunder- Plassmann, P. Physikalisch-nervbse Kreislaufregulation und ihre klinische Bedeutung. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 1832-7 — Tournade, A. Au sujet de la regulation de la pression arterielle; l'experience de Filehne et Biberfeld: critique et refutation. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 84: 660.—Viale, G. Role de la rate dans la regulation de la pression sanguine. Ibid, 1928, 99: 1437. ---- Regulation: Carotid sinus. See also Blood pressure, high, Pathogenesis; Carotid sinus; Chromaffine bodies; Oculocardiac reflex, &c. Heymans, C, Bouckaert, J. J., & Reuniers, P. Le sinus carotidien et la zone homologue eardio-aortique; phvsiologie, pharmacologic, pa- thologie, clinique. 334p. 8? Par., 1933. Mehrmann, K. *Der Heringsche Carotis- druckversuch am Menschen. 31p. 8? Bonn, 1925. Abe, K. On the efferent paths of the heart reflex in rabbits, elicited by stimulating the carotid sinus and aortic nerve. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1936, 29: 115-27.—Ara, G. Ricerche sulla funzione del glomo carotideo. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1933-34, 33: 325-31. ----- II riflesso di Pagano-Hering nei polio. Ibid, 332-6—Aszodi, Z, & Paunz, L. Chemisches fiber die Zugehbrig- keit der Carotisdrusen zu dem Adrenalsystem. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 126: 159-62.—Bacq, Z. M, Brouha, L, & Heymans, C. Les voies centrifuges des reflexes vasomoteurs d'origine sino- carotidienne. Ann. physiol. Par, 1933, 9: 807-10. Alsorepr.— Badertscher, J. A. The carotid bulb and the sinus reflexes of H. E. Herring. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1931, 24: 211-4—Benard, H, Merklen, F. P, & Dermer, L. Mesures de 1'excitabilite du nerf de Hering. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 446-8.—Bergami, G, & Sacchi, TJ. Ricerche sulle correnti d'azione del nervo depressore. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1935-36, 35: 104-17, ch—Binet, L. Le nerf carotidien. Medecine, Par, 1930, 11: 197-201—Bordet, E, & Fischgold, H. Nouvelles courbes radiokymographiques de com- pression sino-carotidienne. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3.ser, 52:438-41.—Bouckaert, J. J, Dautrebande, L, & Heymans, C. Dissociation anatomo-physiologique des deux sensibilites du sinus carotidien: sensibilite a la pression et sensibilite chimique. Ann. physiol. Par, 1931, 7: 207-10.—Bouman, H, & Chauchard, A. B. Mesures de 1'excitabilite du nerf depresseur. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 394-6.—Boyd, J. D. The carotid sinus mechanism. Ulster M.J, 1934, 3: 14-20.—Braeucker, W. Beitrage zur Funktion der pressorezeptorischen Nerven. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1932, 5: 341-57 [Discussion] 357-9. ----- Das pressorezeptorische Nervensystem und seine prak- tische Bedeutung in der Chirurgie. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1933,158: 309-36. Also Zbl. Chir, 1933, 60: 854-7—Bronk, B. W, Fergu- son, I. K, & Solandt, B. Y. Inhibition of cardiac accelerator impulses by the carotid sinus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 31: 570.—Bronk, D. W, & Stella, G. Afferent impulses in the carotid sinus nerve; the relation of the discharge from single end organs to arterial blood pressure. J. Cellul. Physiol, 1932, 1: 113-30. ----- The response to steady pressures of single end organs in the isolated carotid sinus. Am. J. Physiol, 1934- 35, 110: 708-14.—Bucy, P. C. Carotid sinus nerve in man. Arch. Int. M, 1936, 58: 418-32.—Cevolotto, G. Luigi Concato e il riflesso del seno carotideo di Hering. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1929,1: 37-9.—Chalusov, M. A. [Relation of the depressor nerve to the vaso-motor and vaso-dilator centres] Nevr. vestnik, 1909,16: 132; 351; 3pl.—Cherniakhivsky, O. [Innervation of the sinus caroticus, glomus caroticum and termination of the de- pressor nerve in the fetus] Ukrayin. med. vist, 1929, 5: 64-8.— Code, C. F, & Bingle, W. T. The carotid sinus nerve. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1935,10:129-32.—Cordier, P, & Coulouma, J. Con- tribution a l'etude du sinus carotidien et du nerf carotidien. C rend. Soc. biol, 1932,109: 675-7. Also Echo nted. nord, 1933, 37:121-8.—Cyon, E. von. Die Beziehungen des Depressors zum vasomotorischen Centrum. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1901, 84: 304-8.—Danielopolu, B. Reflexogene Zonen der Carotis. Zschr. Ses. exp. Med, 1928, 63: 139-42. -----Asian, A. [et al.] Les zones reflexogenes carotidiennes. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1927, 3.ser, 98: 292-7. Also Gaz. hop, 1927, 100: 1217. Also Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 2098. Also Presse med, 1927, 35:1585-8. ----- Der Pressor-Depressor-Carotissinusreflex beim Menschen. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 408. ----- Les trois zones reflexogenes et la regulation du tonus cardio-vasculaire dans la station verti- cale. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1933, 3.ser, 109: 767-73. ----- Depressorische Phanomene beim Menschen, hervorgerufen durch Verschluss der Carotis communis; zum Amphotropismus- nachweis des sinocarotischen Tonus. Zschr. Zellforsch, 1932, 16: 650-72.—Banielopolu, D, & Manescu, E. Reflexogene Zonen der Carotis; anatomische Untersuchungen fiber die In- nervation der Sinus caroticus beim Hunde, beim Affen und beim Menschen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, 63: 143-56.—Danielo- polu, D, Marcu, I. [et al.] Ueber die reftexogenen Zonen der Carotis beim Affen. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 2339. ----- Re- flexogene Zonen der Carotis; der respiratorische und zirkulato- rische Carotisreflex; Beeinflussung des Zentralnervensystems durch Reizung des Sinus caroticus (Untersuchungen am Hunde, an der Katze, am Affen und am Menschen) Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 70: 268-93. ----- Influence de la zone reflexogene eardio-aortique sur l'ecorce cerebrate. Rev. neur. Par, 1931, 38: pt2, 810-5. ----- Amphotropisme du tonus; reflexe sino- carotidien. Presse m6d, 1932, 489-93.—Bautrebande, L. The carotid sinus—its controlling influence on the circulation and respiration. California West. M, 1934, 40: 145-7.—Buncan, D. The anatomy of the depressor nerve in man. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1929, 21: 1010-9— Eyster, J. A. E, & Hooker, D. R. Vagus inhibition from rise of pressure in the aorta. Am. J. Physiol, 1907, 19: xii.—Fischer, M. H, & Lbwenbach, H. Aktionsstrome des Ganglion stellatum und des Nervus depres- sor. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1933-34, 233: 722-31.—Gavazzeni, M. Velocita di circolazione e com pressione del seno carotideo. Minerva med. Tor, 1935, 26: 361.—Geremia, A. Riflesso di Pagano Herring e pressione arteriosa. Gior. clin. med., 1933,14: 1459-83.—Hedon, L. Le sinus carotidien. Montpellier med, 1930, 2.ser, 52: 181: 205—Hering, H. E. Der Karotisdruckver- such. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1923, 70:1287-90.-----Werden beim Vagusdruckversuch die herzhemmenden Vagusfasern direkt oder indirekt erregt? Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1923, 35. Kongr, 93. ----- Ueber die Wand des Sinus caroticus als Reizempfanger und den Sinusnerv als zentripetale Bahn fiir die Sinusreflexe. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 1140. ----- Tierexperiment zur Demonstration des Tonus der Blutdruck- ztigler. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 1598. ----- Ueber die Blutdruckregulierung bei Aenderung der Kbrperstellung vermittels der Blutdruckzfigler und das Zustandekommen der Ohnmacht beim plotzlichen Uebergang vom Liegen zum Stehen. Ibid, 1927, 74: 1611-3. ----- Die reflektorische Selbststeuerung des Blutdruckes vermittelst der Blutdruck- zfigler. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1927, 19: 410-5. ----- De- monstration der Karotissinusreflexe. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreis- laufforsch, 1928, 91. ----- Die Blutdruckzfigler. Umschau, 1930, 34: 161. ----- Der Blutdruck regelt vermittelst der Blutdruckzfigler (die Aortennerven und die Sinusnerven) den Tonus des Parasympathikus. Deut. med. Wschr, 1931, 57: 528-30. ----- Methodik zur Untersuchung der Karotissinus- reflexe. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) 1935, Abt.5, Teil8, 685-92.—Hermann, H, & Jourdan, F. Les reflexes d6presseurs et respiratoires a point de depart sinusien sont des reflexes bulbaires. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 107: 706-8.— Heymans, C. The control of heart rate consequent to changes in the cephalic blood pressure and in the intracranial pressure. Am. J. Physiol, 1928, 85: 498-506. ----- Perfusion chez un chien B, du sinus carotidien isole et anastomose sur la circulation carotido-jugulaire d'un chien A. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 100: 196-8. ----- Le sinus carotidien son r61e en physiologie et en pathologie. Bruxelles med, 1929-30, 10: 282-91. ■----- Les fonctions reflexogenes de l'aorte et du sinus carotidien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 107: 1293-330. -----& Bouckaert, J. J. Sur la regulation reflexe de la pression arterielle cephalique. Ibid, 1928, 99: 1871-4. ----- Le sinus carotidien, zone reflexogene regulatrice du tonus des vaisseaux cephaliques. Ibid, 1929, 100: 202-4. ----- Perfusion des sinus carotidiens isoles avec la pompe de Dale-Schuster; reflexes vasomoteurs. Ibid, 1930, 103: 31-3. ----- Sinus carotidien et regulation reflexe du tonus vasomoteur arteriel peripherique. Ibid, 104: 336-8. ---— Sinus carotidien et regulation reflexe de la circulation arterielle encephalo-bulbaire. Ibid, 1932,110:996. ----- Sur le tonus des nerfs r6gulateurs de la frequence cardiaque. Ann. physiol. Par, 1933, 9: 795-801. ----- Zones vasosensibles et regulation reflexe neuro-vasculaire et neuro-adrenalinique de la pression arterielle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 114: 148. ----- Reflexes sino-carotidiens chez le chien non anesthesie. Ibid, 149-51.—Heymans, C, & Van den Eeckhout, A. Reflexes cir- culatoires d'origine sino-carotidienne chez le cheval. Ibid, 1932, 111: 143.—Hoet, J. Le sinus carotidien et les reflexes car- dio-vasculaires. Rev. nted. Louvain, 1929, 49-56.—Holtmeier, O. Elektrokardiographische Untersuchungen fiber den Karo- tisdruckversuch am Menschen nach H. E. Hering. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 682.—Hovelacque, A, Maes, J. [et al.] Le nerf carotidien; etude anatomique et physiologique. Presse med, 1930, 38: 449-53.—Inaba, T. On the efferent paths of the heart reflex in dogs and cats, elicited by stimulating the carotid sinus nerve. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1931-32,18:185-206—Ionescu, B. Experimentelle Beitrage zur Kenntnis der sensiblen cardio- aortalen Bahnen. Zschr. klin. Med, 1928, 107: 415-26.— Izquierdo, J. J. Influence of the aortic and carotid sinus nerves upon the height and form of the rise of blood-pressure produced by peripheral stimulation of the splanchnic nerve. J. Physiol, Lond, 1930, 70: 221-43.—Jacobovici, J, Nitzescu, 1.1, & Pop, A. Sur la fonction de la glande (paraganglion) carotidienne; la glande et le reflexe du sinus carotidien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 98: 640-3.—Jarisch, A, & Ludwig, W. Ueber die Wirkung des N depressor mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Beteiligung des Herzens. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1926, 114: 240-51- Jung, F. Physiologische Versuche fiber Pressorezeptoren an der Karotisteilungsstelle bei Vogeln. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1934, 21767—vol. 2, 4th series-----37 BLOOD PRESSURE 578 BLOOD PRESSURE 26:, 328-34.—Kahn, R. H. Die Blutdruckregler. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 68: 201-15.—Karasek, F. L'activite du nerf depresseur de Cyon. Ann. physiol. Par, 1933, 9: 793. ----- L'activite du nerf depresseur et ses rapports avec les variations de la pression sanguine. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 1582. ----- Die Aktionsstrome des Nervus depressor. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1933, 6: 100-4 [Discussion] 105.—Koch, E. Ueber den depressorischen Gefassreflex beim Karotisdruckver- such am Menschen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1924, 36. Kongr, 218. ----- Ueber Gefassreflexe, insbesondere fiber die Blutdruckzfigler. Erg. ges. Med, 1929, 13: 297-320. ----- Die Blutdruckcharakteristik (quantitative Untersuchungen am Karotissinuspraparat fiber die Beziehung zwischen dem endosinualen Drucke und der Blutdrucksenkung) Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1929, 21: 586-94. ----- Quantitative Unter- suchungen am Karotissinuspraparat fiber den durch die Blut- druckzfigler vermittelten Herzreftex. Ibid, 1930, 22: 220-30 — Koch, J. Sind die Blutdruckregulationen bei Aenderung der Korperlage allein von den vier bekannten Blutdruckzfiglern abhangig? Zschr. Biol, 1935, 96: 314-24—Kruger, K. Ist der Sinus caroticus bei der Entstehung der Blutdruckwellen hoherer Ordnung beteiligt? Ibid, 1933-34, 94: 135-49—Lewis, T. The influence of intrapericardial pressure upon the inspiratory rise of blood pressure, in vagotomised cats. J. Physiol, Lond, 1908, 37: ix-xi— McDowall, R. J. S. The relation of the carotid and aortic reflexes to undulatory changes in blood-pressure. Ibid, 1935, 84: suppl, 56.—Maignon, F. Appareils de securite et autor6gulation de la pression sanguine; zones reflexogenes eardio-aortique et sino-carotidiennes. Rec. nted. vet, 1936,112: 641-52.—Mandelstamm, M. E. [Subjective sensations in vegeta- tive cardiac reflexes; carotid sinus phenomenon] Vrach. dielo, 1931, 14: 1015-27. ----- & Lifschitz, S. Die Wirkung der Karotissinusreflexe auf den Blutdruck beim Menschen. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1932, 22: 397-434.—Marmorstein, M. Contri- bution a l'etude topographo-anatomique du nerf depresseur chez le lapin. J. physiol. path. g6n, 1929, 27: 762-9, 2pl. ----- Contribution a l'etude du nerf depresseur et nerf sinusien de Hering chez le chien. Ibid., 1933, 31: 734-46. -----Koulik, N., & Loukatscher, M. Influence des nerfs depresseur et sinusien sur le coeur chez le chien. Ibid, 1934, 32: 1128-39, ch—Mar- morstein, M, Loukatscher, M, & Tschernik, M. Excitation du nerf depresseur situe sur le tronc vago-sympathique chez te chien. Ibid, 1140-3.—Matton, L. L'excitabilite d'un nerf du sinus carotidien (nerf de Hering) C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 440 — May, E. Le sinus carotidien et la regulation de la pression arterielle. Rev. crit. path, ther, 1931, 3: 337-51— Meyer, F. Versuche fiber Blutdruckzfigler beim Frosch. Arch. ges. Phy- siol, 1926-27, 215: 545-52.—Milcou, S. M. Peut-on classer le ganglion carotidien parmiles paraganglions? C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 115: 55-8.—Monteiro, H, Rodrigues, A, & Pereira, S. Le nerf depresseur chez I'homme. Ibid, 1928, 99: 958-60. —---- Sur la duplicite du nerf depresseur. Ibid, 1929, 100: 521-3 — Moore, R. L. A study of the Hering-Breuer reflex. J. Exp. M, 1927, 46: 819-37.—Muratori, G. Connessioni tra sistema del vago e sistema del paraganglio carotico. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1931, 6: 861-3. ----- Ricerche istologiche e sperimentali sul- 1'innovazione del tessuto paragangliare annesso al sistema del vago (paraganglio carotico; paragangli iustavagali e intravagali) Ibid, 1932,7:137-42. ----- L'innervazione del glomo carotico studiata sperimentalmente. Ibid, 1143-5. ----- Ricerche istologiche sull' innervazione del glomo carotico. Arch. ital. anat, 1932-33, 30: 573-602. —— Sull' esistenza di un riflesso carotideo negli uccelli. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 1273-6.—Nathanson, M. H. Site of hypersensitiveness of the exaggerated sinus caroticus reflex. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1932, 29: 1037-9.—O'Leary, J, Heinbecker, P, & Bishop, G. H. The fiber constitution of the depressor nerve of the rabbit. Am. J. Physiol, 1934, 108: 274-85.—Ozorio de Almeida, M, & Xavier, A. A. Sur le mecanisme de production des reflexes de Hering et Breuer. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 1109-12—Pagano, G. Note sur la sensibilite cardio-vasculaire et les reflexes carotidiens. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1934, 3.ser, 111: 592-6—Palme, F. Die Paraganglien tiber dem Herzen und im Endigungsgebiet des Nervus depressor. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch, 1934, 36: 391-420, pi.—Partridge, R. C. Afferent impulses in the carotid sinus and cardiac depressor nerves. Tr. R. Soc. Canada, 1932, 3.ser, 26: 129-39.—Pieri, G. Contributi alla fisiologia del sistema nervoso vegetativo nell' uomo; il nervo carotideo interno. Riforma med, 1933, 49: 1384-8.—Pistocchi, G. Esperienze sul seno carotideo. Arch. ital. chir, 1933, 33: 69-96.—Rijlant, P. Le courant d'action du nerf depresseur. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1932,110: 589-91.----- & Aldaya, F. Le controle du centre pneumogastrique par l'activite des nerfs vasosensibles. Ibid, 1936, 122: 790.—Ren- ders, H. Ueber das Nervenmaterial in der Wand des Bulbus caroticus. Acta brevia neerl, 1933,3:22-4.—Rossi, L. Influenze della stimolazione seno carotidea sul sistema eccito-conduttore del cuore. Cuore & circol, 1932, 16: 121^0.—Sacchi, H. Ri- cerche sperimentali e osservazioni cliniche sul riflesso carotideo. Fisiol. med, Roma, 1932, 3: 773-804.—Santenoise, B, Bonnet, V, & Richard, A. Etude electro-physiologique du reflexe de Hering. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 273-6— Schmidt, P. Der jetzige Stand unserer Kenntnisse Uber die Glandula carotica. Zbl. Herz Gefasskr, 1922, 14: 267; 283; 299—Schneyer, K. Der pressorezeptorische Herzreftex. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1935, 27: 217-26.—Schweitzer, A. Zur Frage der Irradiation der pressorezeptorischen Erregungen auf den sakralen Parasym- pathikus. Ibid, 1934, 26: 601-4.—Sestini, F. Ricerche morfo- logiche e topografiche sul nervo depressore nell' uomo. Ricer. uiorf, 1932, 12: 187-203— Sigler, L. H. Electrocardiographic observations on the carotid sinus reflex. Am. Heart J, 1934, 9: 782-91.-----Further observations on the carotid sinus reflex. Ann. Int. M, 1935-36, 9: 1380-92—Spychala, V. Ueber den Einfluss der pressorezeptorischen Reflexerfolge auf die Aktions- strome von Skelettmuskeln. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1933, 6: 140-4 [Discussion] 145.—Stbwsand, W. Carotisdruck- versuch und Blutdruckkomponenten. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 988.—Sunder-Plassmann, P. Untersuchungen tiber den Bulbus carotidis bei Mensch und Tier im Hinblick auf die Sinusreflexe nach H. E. Hering; ein Vergleich mit anderen Gefasstrecken; die Histopathologie des Bulbus carotidis; das Glomus caroticum. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1930, 93: 567-622.----- Der Ner- venapparat des Sinus caroticus und des Glomus caroticum von Menschen der verschiedenen Altersstufen und Foetus humanus von verschiedenen Tieren und von Kaninchen vor und nach Durchschneidung des Sinusnerven. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreis- laufforsch, 1933, 6: 69-78 [Discussion] 79-81.—Tomanek, Z. Carotissinusreflex beim Menschen. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 898.—Tournade, A. Des ntecanismes nerveux regulateurs de la pression arterielle, la regulation reflexe et sa provocation par l'hypertension aortique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 84: 721-3. ----- Le sinus carotidien et le nerf de Hering; leur role dans le fonctionnement de l'appareil cardio-vasculaire. Lyon med, 1930,146:97-110,11 pi.----- Le sinus carotidien chez le chien nouveau-n6. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 110: 515. ----- Effet de l'excitation des nerfs de Cyon-Ludwig et de Hering sur l'energte des contractions cardiaques. Ibid, 1935, 119: 1173. ----- Hermann, H, & Jourdan, F. Le nerf depresseur de Hering, sa stimulation physiologique par les variations de la pression intra-sinusienne. Ibid, 1929, 100: 1025-7.—Tournade, A, & Malmejac, J. Diversite des actions reflexes que declenche l'excitation du sinus carotidien et de son nerf. Ibid, 708-11. ----- Sur les condition experimentales qui font, occasionnelle- ment du nerf de Hering, un nerf presseur. Ibid, 1930, 103: 672-4. ----- Nerfs vaso-sensibles et adr6nalino-secretion. Ibid, 1931,106:444.------Existe-t-il d'autres nerfs fr6nateurs de la pression que ceux de Cyon-Ludwig et de Hering? Ibid., 1932,110: 61. ------ M6canisme du reflexe vaso-dilatateur que provoque l'excitation du nerf de Hering. Ibid, 1933,112:679-82 ----- Le reflex cardio-moteur sinusien peut-il s'accomplir ou non par l'interntediaire du vague oppose au nerf de Hering qu'on excite? Ibid, 113: 226-8.—Velluda, C. [Irritation of Cyon's nerve in a dog brings decrease of blood pressure] Cluj. med, 1926, 7: 43-56. ----- Contribution a l'etude morphologie du nerf depresseur chez le chien. Arch, anat, Strasb, 1927, 7: 323-34. Also J. physiol. path, gen, 1927, 25: 244-8.----- Considerations morphologiques sur le nerf depresseur chez I'homme. Arch, anat, Strasb, 1928-29, 9: 227-51—Winiwarter, H. de. Signification du ganglion carotidien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926,94: 407. ---- Regulation: Carotid sinus: Clinical as- pects. See also Blood pressure, high, Pathogenesis, neural. Egberts, M. A. *De beteekenis van den Carotissinusreflex en den Oogbolreflex voor de kliniek der hartziekten [Significance of the carotid sinus reflex and the eye-ball reflex in the clinical aspect of diseases of the heart] 234p. 8? Amst., 1932. Also Acta brevia neerl, 1932, 2: 113-5. Merklen, F. P. *Recherches cliniques et experimentales sur le sinus carotidien. 166p. 8? Par., 1933. Also Rev. m6d. est, 1933, 61: 787-90. Regniers, P. *Physio-pathologische, phar- makologische, en klinische onderzoekingen over den sinus caroticus [Physio-pathological, phar- macological, and clinical examination of the carotid sinusl 79p. 8? Gent, 1932. Benard, H, & Merklen, F. P. Le sinus carotidien et les per- turbations tensionnelles. Bull, nted. Par, 1935, 49: 8. A so Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3.ser, 50:1517-28— Banielopolu, D, Asian, A. [et al.] L'epreuve du reflexe carotidien: reflexe carotidien presseur, reflexe carotidien depresseur et reflexe caro- tidien dissocte. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest, 1928,10: 21-39.- Banielopolu, B, Marcou, I, & Proca, G. G. Sinus carotidien et contractions ltet6rotopes; contractions h6t6rotopes provoquees par l'excitation du sinus ou par sa suppression fonctionnelle, les nerfs du cceur etantintacts. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931,106:962-4, -----Mecanisme de production des contractions heterotopes par excitation du sinus carotidien ou par sa suppression fonction- nelle. Ibid, 967-9. ------ Sur le mecanisme de production des variations du reflexe sino-carotidien a l'etat patbologique. Ibid, 1932, 109: 767-9.-----Role des zones reflexogenes sino- carotidienne et eardio-aortique dans la production des contrac- tions heterotopes (extrasystoles et tachycardie Iteterotope) •>• physiol. path, gen, 1931, 29: 228-41—Flesch, J. Die diagnosti- sche Bedeutung des Carotidenkompressionsversuches. Med. Klin, Berl, 1916, 12: 948. ----- Prognostische Bedeutung des Karotis-Sinusreflexes (Vagusdruckreflex) Wien. klin. BLOOD PRESSURE 579 BLOOD PRESSURE Wschr, 1930, 43:1318.—Foa, C. L'importanza fisiologica e pato- logica del seno carotideo: zona riflessogena cardio- e vaso-regola- trice. Med. ital, 1931, 12: 457-63—Freundlich, J. Ueber die Beeinflussung intraventrikuiarer Leitungsstbrung durch den Carotisdruck. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1930, 168: 360-7 — Greppi, E. Alcuni aspetti di patologia circolatoria secondo le attuali conoscenze sui seni carotidei. Rass. clin. sc, 1936, 14: 323-7.—Guarino, A. Le variazioni della gettata cardiaca sotto I'influenza della provocazione del riflesso del seno carotideo in varie affezioni del' apparato cardio-vascolare. Cuore & circol, 1934, 18: 325-35. ----- Studio clinico ed elettrocardiografico sul comportamento del riflesso del seno carotideo in alcune affezioni morbose dell' apparato cardio-vascolare e nei morbo di Flajani-Basedow. Gazz. osp, 1934, 55: 163-73.—Hering, H. E. Dieklinische Bedeutung der Carotissinusreflexe. Klin. Wschr, 1927,6:232. Also Med. Klin, Berl, 1927,23:155—Heymans, C. Le sinus carotidien et les autres zones vasosensibles reflexogenes; leur role en physiologie, en pharmacologic et en pathologie. Ann. Soc. sc. Bruxelles (1929) 1930, 49: ser. C, 5-121. Also Rev. med. Barcelona, 1930,14:417-30.—Kisch, F. Klinische Beobach- tungen fiber den Einfluss des Carotissinusdruckversuchs auf die Erregungsausbreitung in den Vorhofen. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 1332.—Kobayashi, Y. Clinical significance of the blood pressure reflex and the mechanism of its cause. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1931-32, 14: 389-95—Koch, E. Klinische Beobachtungen zum Karotisdruckversuch. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1923, 70:1316-8— Moses, H. M, & Feinstein, S. S. Caro- tid sinus reflex hypersensitivity. Ann. Inst. M, 1934-35, 8: 1413-20.—Prusik, B, & Herles, F. Ueber die Gefahren des Karotissinusdruckes. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1933, 6: 83-93.—Rossi, L. Riflessivita e iperriflessivita del seno caro- tideo. Cuore & circol, 1930, 14: 529-45—Schroeder, E. Kli- nische Untersuchungen fiber den Carotisdruck von H. E. Hering. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 110-2.—Sigler, L. H. Clinical observations on the carotid sinus reflex; the frequency and the degree of response to carotid sinus pressure under various dis- eased states. Am. J.M.Sc, 1933, 186: 110-24.—Weiss, S, & Baker, J. P. The carotid sinus reflex in health and disease; its role in the causation of fainting and convulsions. Medicine, Bait, 1933, 12: 297-354. ---- Regulation: Carotid sinus: Effect of denervation. Froehlich, F. *L'enervation sinu-caroti- dienne: son inter et chirurgical; 6tude experi- mentale et clinique. 88p. 8? Strasb., 1935. Bacq, Z, Brouha, L, & Heymans, C. Section des nerfs aortiques et sino-carotidiens chez le chien totalement sympa- thectomise; quelques comparaisons entre le chien et le chat sympathectomises. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 1380-3 — Bovet, D, & Simon, A. Antagonisme du dtethylaminom6thyl- benzodioxane (883 F.) et des amines a fonction ether phenolique vis-a-vis de la tachycardie consecutive a la section des nerfs reflexogenes cardioaortiques et sinocarotidiens chez te lapin. Ibid, 1935,119:1335-8.—Budde, M. Chirurgische Erfahrungen uber den Carotis-Sinusdruckversuch. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1926, 50: 207-11.—Banielopolu, D, & Asian, A. Dauerwirkung der sinocarotischen Neurektomie auf den Herzrhythmus und auf den Blutdruck beim Menschen. Zschr. klin. Med, 1932, 120: 237-9—Banielopolu, B, Marcou, I, & Proca, G. G. Sur l'inhibition cardiaque provoquee par la suppression fonctionnelle du sinus carotidien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 106: 989-92.— Hartwich, A, & Hessel, G. Der Einfluss der Blutdruckzugler- ausschaltung auf den Adrenalingehalt des Blutes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 76: 263-89.—Hering, H. E. Arteriosklerose als Folge der Dauerausscbaltung der Blutdruckzfigler. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1929, 76: 191-4.—Heymans, C, & Bouckaert, J. J. Modifications de la pression arterielle apres section des quatre nerfs frenateurs chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 252-5—Konschegg, T. Der Einfluss der Ausschaltung der Blutdruckzfigler auf die vasokonstriktorische Blutwirkung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935, 48: 65-7.—Kottlors, E, & Rothschild, F. Die Ausschaltung der Blutdruckzfigler nach Hering-Koch am Kaninchen: eine Methode zur Priifung blutdrucksenkender Substanzen. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1933, 6: 94-6 — Leriche, R, Fontaine, R, & Froelich, F. L'enervation sinu- carotidienne est-elle permise au point de vue physiologique? etudes experimentales et cliniques, indications. Presse med, 1935, 43: 1217-20.—Malmejac, J, & Imbert, R. Etude par l'arteriographie, des reactions vasculaires qu'engendre, au ni- veau des membres, la section des nerfs depresseurs. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935,119:114-7.—Michelazzi, L. Alterazioni dell'aorta del eoniglio indotte dalla soppressione dei nervi depressori e delle zone reflessogene senocarotidee. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1934, ?: 308-10. -----• Influenza esercitata da alcune sostanze ipertensive e ipotensive sopra la pressione di animali privati del seno carotideo e dei nervi depressori. Riv. pat. sper, 1934, 13: 163-8, 5pl— Pieri, G. La resezione del nervo carotideo in- terno. Ann. ital. chir, 1933, 12: 1029-36.—Hngar, G. Action de l'adrenaline sur les arteres cerebrates chez les animaux a sinus carotidiens 6nerves. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 114: 460. ---Regulation: Carotid sinus: Effect of various factors. Aducco, V. Action reflexe cardio-inhibitrice du stimulus du nerf depresseur a values coupes. Arch. ital. biol, 1927-28, 78: 173-7.—Aiazzi Mancini, M. Azione degli anestetici locali sul seno carotideo. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1935-36, 35: 77-85. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1935, 10: 963—Allen, W. F. Studies on the depressor-cardiac reflex after vagotomy. Am. J. Physiol, 1934-35, 110: 602-10—Bacq, Z. M, Brouha, L, & Heymans, C. Reflexes vaso-moteurs d'origine sino-carotidienne chez le chat sympathectomise. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 152. ----- Reactions vasomotrices d'origine sino-carotidienne dans les pattes posterieures du chien apres enervation sympathique. Ann. physiol. Par, 1933,9: 745-7. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 208-11. ------ Reactions vasodilatatrices chez l'animal totalement sympathectomise. Ibid, 114: 154-7. Also repr.— Barbaro-Forleo, G. Sugli effetti della perfrigerazione della regione del seno carotideo sulla pressione arteriosa. Riforma med, 1936, 52: 78—Becchini, G. Sull' irradiazione del seno carotideo e sulla questione del potere stimolante dei raggi. Nuntius radiol, Siena, 1935, 3: 73-83.—Benard, H, Merklen, F. P, & Vitanyi, L. Sur l'excitation electrique du nerf de Hering. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 442-5.—Bettencourt, J. M. de. Adrenaline et zone reflexogene carotidienne. Ibid, 1935, 120: 541-4.—Boriani, A, Beccari, E, & Boriani, G. Ricerche speri- mentali sull' eccitazione radiologica del seno carotideo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1935,10:393-5.—Bouchaert, J. J, & Heymans, C. Sur le sensibilite reflexogene circulatoire et respiratoire des sinus carotidiens (ganglions carotidiens) aux excitants chi- miques. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932, 40.—Cuypers, H. Au sujet du role compensateur joue par les zones vasosensibles sino-carotidiennes et cardio-aortiques dans l'action vasomotrice des substances pharmacologiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933,114: 151-4.—Banielopolu, B, Asian, A, & Marcou, I. Inversion du reflexe amphotrope sino-carotidien chez I'homme par l'es6rine- adr6naline. Ibid, 1932, 109: 765-7. ----- Le siege d'action du facteur ntecanique et du facteur chimique dans la sensibilite sino-carotidienne. J. physiol. path. g6n, 1933, 31: 338-47.— Banielopolu, B, Marcou, I, & Proca, G. G. Inhibition cardiaque provoquee par la suppression fonctionnelle du sinus carotidien apres l'interception des filets sympathiques du coeur. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 106: 731-3. ----- Sinus carotidien et contrac- tions heterotopes; contractions heterotopes provoquees par l'exci- tation du sinus carotidien ou par sa suppression fonctionnelle apres la section du vague ou apres la section des filets sympa- thiques du coeur. Ibid, 964-7.—Banielopolu, B, & Proca, G. G. Reflexe amphotrope sino-carotidien apres extirpation unilaterale ou bilaterale du premier ganglion thoracique chez le chien, le coeur 6tant normal ou experimentalement altere. Arch. mal. coeur, 1929, 22: 778-82, 6ch— Bautrebande, L, Aiazzi- Mancini, M, & Philippot, E. Abolition elective et passagere de la sensibilite chimique des sinus carotidiens. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 538-40—Bautrebande, I, & Philippot, E. Ac- tion sinocarotidienne reflexe de la pyridine, de la piperidine, de la confine et de l'hydrastinine. Ibid, 1371-3.—Belphaut, J. Papaverine et reflexes sino-carotidiens chez le chien. Ibid, 1933, 114: 1177-9.—Heymans, C. Sinus carotidiens et substances biologiques. Acta brevia neerl, 1934-35, 4: 162-7. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1935, 79: 5702. -----& Bouckaert, J. J. Sensi- bilite reflexogene respiratoire et circulatoire du sinus carotidien (ganglion carotidien) aux excitants chimiques (avec demonstra- tion) Acta brevia neerl, 1932, 2: 98. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 654-6. ------ Sur la sensibilite reflexogene respira- toire des zones cardio-aortiques et sino-carotidiennes a la pression endovasculaire et aux agents chimiques. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932, 117. ------ Influence de l'acetylcholine sur les recepteurs chimio-sensitifs du sinus carotidien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 1354-6—Heymans, C, & Jourdan, F. In- fluence de l'hyperthermie exogene ou endogene sur les reflexes vasomoteurs d'origine sino-carotidienne. Ibid, 118: 790-2 — Heymans, C, & Regniers, P. Ergotamine et reflexes du sinus carotidien. Ibid, 1929, 101: 157-9.—Mercier, F, Belphaut, J, & Rizzo, C. Sparteine et reflexes vaso-moteurs du sinus caro- tidien. Ibid, 1934, 115: 544-6—Mies, H. Ueber die Ein- wirkung von Gasen auf den Carotissinus. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1932-33, 85: 282-8.—Moniz, E, Martins, A, & Coelho, E. Zones reflexogenes carotidiennes, chez I'homme, excitabilite par les injections d'iodure de sodium dans la carotide primitive. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 98: 1008.—Muratori, G. Conseguenze di lesioni sperimentali del vago sull' innervazione del glomo caro- tico. Monit. zool. ital, 1932-33, 43: suppl, 87-9.—Nathanson, M. H. Effect of drugs on cardiac standstill induced by pressure on the carotid sinus. Arch. Int. M, 1933, 51: 387-402—Palme, F. Ueber die Wirkung des Adrenalins auf den Sinus caroticus. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1936, 28: 173—Samaan, A, & Stella, G. The response of the chemical receptors of the carotid sinus to the tension of CO> in the arterial blood in the cat. J. Physiol, Lond, 1935, 85: 309-19.—Santenoise, B, Franck, C. [et al.] Vagotonine et effet depresseur des reflexes de Cyon et de Hering. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932,110: 1171— Somer, E. de, & Suy, R. Re- cherches sur l'effet respiratoire et cardiaque des variations de la pression trach6ale artificiellement provoquees chez le chien (reflexe Breuer-Hering) effet de l'excitation electrique du nerf vago-sympathique. Arch, internat. med. exp, Ltege, 1929-30, 5: 493-507, ch.—Tournade, A, & Curtillet, A. De 1'excitabilite comparee des sinus carotidiens a la compression et a la distension apres certaines agressions chimiques et ntecaniques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 1580.------Syncope cardiaque experi- mentale par excitation faradique du nerf de Hering chez le chien 6th6ris6. Ibid, 120: 15.—Tournade, A, & Bubreuil, G. Au sujet du sinus carotidien: modification de son excitabilite en fonction de son refroidissement et de son rechauffement altentes. Ibid, 1932, 110: 58-60—Tournade, A, & Rocchisani, L. De BLOOD PRESSURE 580 BLOOD PRESSURE Taction inhibitrice qu'exerce la compression transcutanee des sinus carotidiens sur l'agitation du chien insuffisamment anes- thesie. Ibid, 1934, 115: 1107. ----- Persistance, chez le chien spinal des effets vaso-moteurs et adrenalino-secreteurs qu'engendre l'excitation chimique des nerfs vaso-sensibles de Heger. Ibid, 1639. —— Des effets hypertenseurs de la faradisation du nerf de Cyon-Ludwig chez le chien curarise et vagotomise. Ibid, 116: 211.—Van Damme, J. Sensibilite reflexogene de la region de la bifurcation carotidienne du mouton vis-a-vis des modifications du pression et des substances chi- miques. Ibid, 1933, 113: 909-12—Vanderlinden, P. Influence de l'eserine, de la prostigmine, de l'ergotamine, de la morphine, du CO2, de ^hyperventilation et du numal sur les reflexes cardio- iuhibiteurs du sinus carotidien. Ibid, 1932, 110: 574-6.— Vannotti, A. Das Verhalten des Blutdruckes bei der Kurzwel- lenbesendung der Carotissinusgegend am Menschen und am Versuchstier. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1935-36, 97: 826-34 — Vercauteren, E. Influence de la chloralosane , de l'hyperven- tilation, du CO2, de l'eserine, du chloroforme, de l'ether, de la novocaine, de la tutocai'ne, de la morphine, du somnifene, du numal, et de la quinine sur les reflexes vasomoteurs du sinus carotidien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932,109: 563-5.—Vleeschhouwer, G. de. Action paralysante du dtethylaminontethylbenzodioxane sur les reflexes vasomoteurs du sinus carotidien. Ibid, 1934, 115: 187-9.—Zancan, B. L'azione isolata ed associata degli analettici respiratori e cardio-vascolari sulla zona reflessogena del seno carotideo. Rass. ter. pat. clin, 1936, 8: 42-63.—Zby- szewski, L. Les zones reflexogenes carotidiennes et les excitants thermiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 1040-3. ---- Regulation, chemical and physico- chemical. See also Acetylcholine; Blood, Gases; Blood, Physico-chemical properties; Blood, Viscosity; Blood chemistry; Blood pressure, high, Patho- genesis, chemical; Carbon dioxide; Diuresis; Rhodan. Bain, V. *Densite sanguine et tension arte- rielle. 51p. 8? Par., 1933. Greve, C. H. *Over de verhouding tusschen den bloedsdruk en het suikergehalte van het bloed. 116p. 8? Leiden, 1919. Ara, G, & Sacchi, TJ. La presenza di una sostanza ipertensiva nei glomo carotideo. Arch, fisiol., Fir, 1933-34, 33: 307-24. Also Arch. ital. biol, 1934-35, 92: 76-85— Arnoldi, W. Ueber die Aenderungen des Wasserhaushaltes des Organismus und seine Folgen auf die Zusammensetzung des Blutes und den Blutdruck. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1921, 27: l.Teil, 69-76.—Bacq, Z. M, & Henri, V. Preuve spectrographique de la formation de substances par excitation des nerfs cardiaques. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1933, 196: 135-7. ----- & Schepers, P. Etude specto- graphique des substances forntees au cours de l'excitation des nerfs cardiaques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 703.—Baena, V. Abhangigkeit der Konzentration des Blutes vom Blutdruck. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1935, 96: 426.—Becher, E, Hartner, F, & Herrmann, E. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Blutdruck- hbhe und Rhodangehalt des Blutes. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreis- laufforsch, 1935, 8: 235—Benard, H, & Merklen, F. P. Vago- tonine et nerf de Hering. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932,110: 521-5.— Binet, L, & Minz, B. Sur un corps du type de l'acetylcholine present dans le tronc du nerf vague. Ibid, 1934, 115: 1669-71. ----- Sur une substance sensibilisant a l'acetylcholine, forntee dans le tronc du nerf vague au cours de l'excitation electrique. Ibid, 116: 107-9.—Borgert, H, & Keitel, K. Ueber die vasokonstriktorischen Substanzen im Blutserum. Biochem. Zschr, 1926,175:1-7.—Bouckaert, J. J. L'ion calcium, condition d'excitabilite des nerfs vaso-dilatateurs de meme que du pneu- mogastrique. J. physiol. path. g6n, 1927, 25: 507-17.—Brink- man, R, & Velde, J. von der. Nachweis einer momentanen Zunahme der capillaraktiven Substanzen des Kaninchenblutes unmittelbar nach direkter oder reflektorischer Vagusreizung. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1925, 207: 492-6—Chiba, M. Ueber den Nachweis der Vagusstoff-Bildung wahrend der Vagusreizung. Ibid, 1926, 212: 158-62.—CoUip, . A non-specific pressor principle derived from a variety of tissues. J. Physiol, Lond, 1928-29, 66: 416-30—Bautrebande, L. Le role de l'acide carbo- nique dans la regulation de la pression arterielle. Medecine, Par, 1932, 13: 181-5. ----- & Martinetti, R. L'action de l'acide carbonique sur la pression arterielle. Presse med, 1933, 41: 2029-33—Bufour, H. Poids du sang; tension arterielle. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1932, 3.ser, 48: 1391-8. Also J. med. Paris, 1932, 52: 559; 1933, 53: 207—Esveld, L. W. van. Pharma- kologie des Vasomotorenzentrums; der Anteil des Herzens und Vasomotorenzentrums an durch niedrige COrKonzentrationen hervorgerufenen Blutdrucksteigerungen. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929-30,147:317-30— Frey, E. K, & Kraut, H. Ueber einen von der Niere ausgesehiedenen, die Herztatigkeit anregenden Stoff. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1926, 157: 32-61, pi.—Gley, E, & Gley, P. Sur la presence dans le sang d'une substance a action dite vagale. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 269.—Gley, E, & Kokas, E. de. La diminution d'excitabilite du nerf depresseur chez le lapin thyroparathyroidectomise et sa cause. Ibid, 1929, 102: 902-6.—Heitz, J. Sobre las relaciones existentes entre el tenor de sangre en colesterina y el nivel de la presion arterial. Prensa m«d. argent, 1924-25, 11: 1013-7.—Hemingway, A, & McDowall, R. J. S. The chemical regulation of capillary tone J. Physiol, Lond, 1926-27, 62:166-73.—Heymans, C, Bouckaert! J. J, & Samaan, A. Action de l'acide carbonique et de Toxygeiie sur le tonus et sur 1'excitabilite reflexe et directe du systeme nerveux regulateur de la frequence cardiaque. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 423-5.—Hofer, B. Chemische Untersuchungen uber die Erregung des Nervus accelerans unter dem Einflusse von Wasserstoffionen und kapillaraktiven Substanzen. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1932, 246: 46-58.—Janssen, S. Der Einfluss der Blutdruckzfigler auf die Ausschiedung von Wasser und Koch- salz. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1933, 6: 67-9 [Dis- cussion] 79-81.—Kabanow, A. N. Ueber die vasoruotorisclien Eigenschaften des Blutes bei Exstirpation der Nebennieren Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 64: 268-73—Kokas, E. de. Relation entre les variations de la teneur du sang en calcium chez les lapins et les effets de l'excitation du nerf depresseur. J. physiol. path g6n, 1930, 28: 337-41—Konschegg, T. Experimented Beitrag zur Rolle des Blutes beim Blutdruck. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935,48:1250-2.—Lange, F. Nachweis des vierten blutdrucksen- kenden Stoffes im menschlichen Harn und Blut. Deut. Arch klin. Med, 1933-34, 176: 1-13.—Lenaz, L. L'importanza dei rapporto fra la pressione sanguigna ed il numero dei globuli nei sano e nei malato. Riforma med, 1923, 39: 152-5.—Lequime, J, & Van Bogaert, A. Viscosite du sang arteriel et ses rapports avec le taux de la tension moyenne intra-arterielle. C. rend Soc biol, 1933,114: 582-5.—Lyon, B. M. Blood viscosity and blood- pressure. Q.J. Med, Oxf, 1920-21, 14: 398-408—Major, R. H. Chemical factors regulating blood pressure. Am. J.M Se 1932, 183: 81-7. Also Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1932, 184! 297-9.—Matsunami, K. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Blut- druck und Serumcholesteringehalt. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1933, 45: 477.—Mattonet, C. Arterieller Blutdruck und arterio- venbse Sauerstoffdifferenz. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 224.— Meyer, O. B. Untersuchungen fiber die vasokonstriktorischen Eigenschaften des Blutserums. Zschr. Biol, 1924-25, 82: 400-16.—Mosenthal, H. 0. The relation of blood sugar to blood pressure. Am. J.M.Sc, 1928,176: 761-9.—Noyons, A. K. L'ion de calcium comme antagoniste de l'adrenaline dans la perfusion des vaisseaux et dans la pression sanguine. Arch, neerl. phy- siol, 1924, 9: 283.—Page, I. H. Pressor substances from the body fluids of man in health and disease. J. Exp. M, 1935, 61: 67-96. Also repr. ----- Observations on the depressor extracts of human blood and on the vascular action of extracts of rabbit and dog blood. Ibid, 97-102. ----- A highly active pressor substance from cerebral ventricular fluid of human beings. Science, 1935, 82: 550.—Plattner, F. Der Nachweis des Vagus- stoffes beim Saugetier. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1926, 214: 112-29. -----& Galehr, O. Zur Frage der Zunahme der capillaraktiven Substanzen des Blutes nach der Vagusreizung. Ibid, 1928, 219: 609-12.—Plattner, F, & Hintner, H. Ueber die Aufhebung der Blutdruckwirkung des Acetvlcholins durch Blut und Serum. Ibid, 1929, 222: 395-9.—Raab, W. Die Beziehungen zwischen C02-Spannung und Blutdruck bei Normalen und Hvpertoni- kern. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 68: 337-70—Rylant, P. La transmission humorale de l'action des nerfs cardiaques de Loewi chez le mammifere. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 204; 1054 — Sato, I. Influence of aorta muscle cell constituents on blood pressure. Jap. J. Exp. M, 1931, 9: 527-51.—Schiappoli, F. Esiste una secrezione adrenalinica del glomo carotideo? Fisiol. med, Roma, 1936, 7: 387-94.—Schmidtmann, M. Cholesterin und Blutdruck. Verh. Deut. path. Ges, 1925, 20: 118-20- Spadafina, L. Ricerche sperimentali sulla influenza ehe esercita sulla pressione arteriosa il plasma sanguigno in confronto delle emazie. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1930, 5: 829-32.—Straub, W, & Scholz, J. Versuche fiber den Vagusstoff. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1936, 182: 331-9.—Stuber, B, & Proebsting, E. Weitere Untersuchungen Uber die gefassaktive Substanz des Blutes. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1925, 37. Kongr, 416.—Tarras- Wahlberg, B. Gibt es eine humorale Antiadrenalinregulierung? Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 793-5—Thannhauser, S. J, & Weiss, S. Untersuchungen fiber die Beziehungen stickstoffhaltiger Sub- stanzen im Aether- und Chloroformextrakt des menschlichen Blutes zum Blutdruck. Ibid, 1923, 2: 388-90—Tiegs, 0. W. A cardio-depressor substance (acetylcholine?) released by dorsal nerve root stimulation. Austral. J. Exp. Biol, 1934,12:161-7 — Tsukiji, Y. Ueber das Wesen des sog. Vagusstoffes. Fukuoka ikwadaigaku zasshi, 1927, 20: 43.—Villaret, M, Bariety, M, & Justin-Besancon, L. Action de l'acetylcholine sur la tension arterielle (etude experimentale a propos d'une tumeur englobant le pneumogastrique droit) Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1926, 3.ser, 50: 1365-75—Waele, H. de, & Van de Velde, J. Les nerfs vasosensibles et les reactions vasomotrices des amines. C. rend Soc. biol, 1931, 107: 1331—Zipf, K. Die chemische Natur der depressorischen Substanz des Blutes. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1931, 160: 579-98. ---- Regulation, hormonal. See also Blood pressure, high, Pathogenesis, hormonal; also names of endocrine glands as Gonad; Pancreas; Pituitary, &c, also names of endocrine secretions as Vagotonin, &c. Bogaert, A. van. Action des extraits de l'hypophyse sur le diencephale et sur la tension arterielle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 450-2—Brunn, F. Ueber den Einfluss der Hypo- physenextrakte auf den Blutdruck. Wien. med. Wschr, 1923, 73: 197-200.—Champy, C. Etude microscopique des effets vasculaires de l'adrenaline et des extraits de pancreas. C. rend. BLOOD PRESSURE 581 BLOOD PRESSURE Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 961-3.—Besruelles, M, Leculier, M, & Gardien, P. Action de la vagotonine sur la pression arterielle. Paris nted, 1934, 91: 446-52.—Eppinger, E. C, & Levine, S. A. Effect of total thyroidectomy on response to adrenalin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 31: 485-7.—Fabris, S. Le variazioni della pressione sanguigna in seguito ad iniezioni di ipofisina in vari stati morbosi dell' infanzia. Pediatria, Nap, 1921, 29: 548-57.—Franck, C, Merklen, L, & Vidacovitch, M. Specificite de Taction de la vagotonine sur les effets adrenalinogenes de l'excitation de splanchnique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 1355-8.—Gruber, C. M. Blood pressure in unanesthetized ani- mals affected by vasopressin, oxytocin, pituitary extract, and other drugs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1928-29, 26: 243. Also J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1929, 36: 155-72.—Hahn, L. Ueber die zweiphasische Wirkung des Insulins auf den Blutdruck. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 1429— Henstell, H. The pituitary gland and the maintenance of blood pressure. Yale J. Biol, 1933, 5: 531-44.—Hermann, H, Merklen, L. [et al.] Action de la vago- tonine sur l'intensite des effets adrenalinogenes consecutifs a l'excitation du bout peripherique du pneumogastrique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 942-5—Houssay, B. A. Hypophysis and blood pressure. N. England J.M, 1936, 214: 1086-92 — Klemperer, P. Insulin and blood pressure. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1923, 23: 185-9—Leimdorfer, A. Ueber die Wirkung intralumbal eingeffihrter Hypophysenpraparate auf den Blut- druck. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1926, 118: 253-8—Liebhart, S. [Effect of sexual hormones on blood pressure] Polska gaz. lek, 1935, 14: 173; 196; 213.—Melville, K. I. The action of pituitary extract upon the blood pressure of the normal unanesthetized animal and the effects of ephedrine or adrenaline thereupon. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1933, 47: 355-63—Merklen, L, Franck, C, & Grandpierre, R. Action des secretion internes du pancreas sur l'effet cardio-moderateur reflexe de l'excitation du nerf larynge superieur. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 1565-8.— Merklen, L, Santenoise, B, & Vidacovitch, M. Action de la vagotonine sur le reflexe depresseur de Cyon. Ibid, 1932, 109: 5124.—Moffat, W. M. The effect of pituitrin injections on blood pressure in man. Am. J.M.Sc, 1933, 186: 854-60.—Poulsson, L. T. Observations experimentales sur l'action de la pituitrine et de l'histamine sur la pression arterielle. Physiol. Papers (A. Krogh) Kbh, 1926, 232-47.—Santenoise, B, Franck, C. [et al.] Vagotonine et regulation de la pression arterielle. Bull. Acad. med, 1932, 3.ser, 107: 1032. Also Rev. fr. endocr, 1932, 10: 429-85. Also Strasbourg med, 1932, 92: 467. ----- Vago- tonine et hypertension adrenalinique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 110: 82-4. ----- Vagotonine et efficacite de l'adrenaline. Ibid, 1933, 112: 1628-32— Santenoise, B, Merklen, L. [et al.] Vagotonine et excitabilite reflexe cardio-moderatrice. Ibid, 1932, 109: 1197-201. ----- Vagotonine et pression arterielle. Ibid, 110: 84-6. ----- Action de la vagotonine sur refficacite de l'adrenaline chez les animaux vagotomises ou atropinises. Ibid, 1933, 113: 28-30. ----- Role du foie dans la regulation de la vagotoninemie. Ibid, 1936, 121: 1258-62. ----- Vago- tonine et adrenalinemie. Ibid, 1567-9.—Schur, M. Zur Frage der endokrin-nervosen Blutdruckregulierung im Stehen und nach Arbeit. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1936, 29: 271-90.—Seely, H, & Cutler, E. C. Effect of total thyroidectomy on response to injection of adrenalin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 34: 23-5. Also repr.—Skarzynska, M. Action de quelques corps sur la pression arterielle et la secretion du pancreas. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 1476-8.—Spadafina, L, & Jeva, R. Ricerche sperimentali sull' azione ehe l'estratto del lobo anteriore dell' ipo flsi esercita sulla pressione sanguigna e sul cuore isolato e in sito di eoniglio. Fisiol. med, Roma, 1933, 4: 901-14, 2diagr — Steinkamm, E, & Giesen, W. Beitrag zur Frage der Wirkung des Follikelhormons auf den Blutdruck. Zbl. Gyn, 1936, 60: 370.—Vaquez, Gley, P, & Kisthinois, N. Sur l'attenuation de la toxicite de l'adrenaline par la substance hypotensive du pan- creas. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 100: 1088—Weinberger, W, & Holzman, A. Does the pancreatic hormone (insulin) lower the blood pressure? is this effect due to its action on the suprarenal glands? J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 83: 1215. ---- Regulation, hormonal: Epinephrin [and suprarenal glands] See also Blood pressure, high, Pathogenesis: Suprarenal gland; Epinephrin; Suprarenal gland. Abel, J. J. Caprenalin; the active pressor principle of the suprarenal capsule. 4 1. 8? [Phila., 1903] Adrenalinemie (L') existe-t-elle? Rev. g6n. clin. ther, 1924, 38: 671.—Aomura, T. Effect of stimulation of the carotid sinus nerve upon the rate of epinephrine liberation from the supra- renal glands of dogs. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1930, 15: 1-10 — Basu, H. K. Role of adrenaline in maintaining the normal tonus of organs of the body. Ind. J.M. Res, 1932, 19: 877-81.— Biasotti, A. Role de la medullaire surrenale dans la regulation de la pression arterielle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 97: 598-600. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1927, 3: 279-302. Also Sem. med, B. Air, 1927, 34: pt 1,1163-84. Also Rev. sudamer. med. Par, 1931, 2: 881-99—Blalock, A, & Beard, J. W. The effects of adrenalectomy on the cardiac output and blood pressure. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1933, 18: 941-3.—Cameron, H. G. Cardiassm; a new cardiac accelerator extracted from the suprarenal gland. Endocrinology, 1926, 10: 577-601.—Crocetta, A. Adrenalina e tonovagale. Boll. Soc. ital. biol.sper, 1933,8:1714-7—Banielo- polu, B, Maxim [et al.] Modifications de la teneur du sang en K, Ca et choline apres l'excitation du sinus carotidien chez le chien. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest, 1928, 10: 1-4.—Bomenech Alsina, F. La production d'adrenaline dans le choc, et son role dans la vaso-constriction de defense contre l'hypotension. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 1251— Egorv, P. I. [Peripheral heart in suprarenal glands] Vest, khir, 1924, 3: pt8, 193-205 — Forster, J, & Benkovits, Z. [Are the actions of adrenaline exercised upon the bloodpressure and bloodsugar dissociated or not?] Magy. orv. arch, 1926, 27: 288-94. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1926, 49: 1-8—Heller, H. Ueber die zentrale Blut- druckwirkung des Adrenalins. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1933, 173: 291-300.—Hermann, H, Merklen, L. [et al.] Compression des globes oculaires et decharges d'adrenaline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 1075-8.—Heymans, C. Le sinus carotidien isole et perfuse , zone reflexogene regulatrice de l'adrenalinosecretion. Ibid, 1929, 100: 199-201. ----- Sur la regulation r6flexe du tonus vasomoteur et de l'adrenalinosecretion en rapport avec la pression arterielle. Ibid, 765-7.—Houssay, B. A. Role de l'adrenaline dans les effets hypertensifs produits par excitation du nerf splanchnique ou par piqure bulbaire. Ibid, 1922, 87: 695-701. Also Rev. As. med. argent, 1922, 35: sect. soc. biol, 131-4, pi. ----- & Marconi, A. P. Nuevas comprobaciones sobre el papel de la adrenalina en la hipertension producida al excitar el nervio esplancnico mayor. Ibid, 303-7, 3pl— Hous- say, B. A, & Molinelli, E. A. Nerfs pneumogastriques et secre- tion surrenale d'adrenaline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 97: 1343. Also Rev. Soc. argent. biol, 1927, 3: 563-72—Kbnig, W. Schild- drfisenfunktion und Blutdruckwirkung des Adrenalins. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1928, 134: 36-43—Konschegg, T. Adrenalin, Nebennieren und Blutdruck. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1932, 81: 559-627. -----& Monauni, J. Quantitative Bestimmung des Adrenalingehaltes der vasopressorischen Substanz. Zschr. klin. Med, 1936-37, 131: 99-111—La Barre, J. A propos de la note de A. Tournade et H. Hermann intitutee: l'adrenalinosecretion au cours du choc provoque par Tinjection intraveineuse de pep- tone. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 98: 861-3.—La Grutta, L. Su di alcune modiflcazioni istologiche dei surreni in seguito al taglio del midollo spinale. Sperimentale, 1931, 85: 513-22, pi — Langeron, L, Paget, M, & Loheac, P. Note sur les rapports entre la tension arterielle et la teneur en adrenaline des capsules surrenales humaine. Lyon med, 1929, 143: 794-6.—Langsdorf, 0. Kreislauf befunde nach experimenteller Nebennierenent- fernung. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 1169.—Lanz, A. [On the formation of adrenalin-like substances in the heart after stimu- lation of the sympathetic] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1928, 72: pt 1, 478-80.—Lewis, J. T, & Luduena, F. P. Action de 1 atropine sur la secretion d'adrenaline produite par l'excitation du nerf splanchnique, la nicotine et les ammoniums quaternaires. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 10K5-8— Maniscalco, G. Adrenali- nemia e pressione arteriosa. Ann. clin. med. Pal, 1924, 14: 351-82.—Meythaler, F. Die Sicherungsfunktion des Adrenalins. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1935, 178: 330-2. Also Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 542.—Molinelli, E. A. Influence des variations de'la pression arterielle (saignee ou transfusion) sur la secretion de l'adrenaline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 95: 1081-3. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1926, 2: 200-6. ----- Influence de l'adre- nalinemie normale sur la pression arterielle et la glycemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 95: 1084-7. Also Rev. Soc. argent. biol, 1926, 2: 218-25.—Nowak, S. J. G. Surrenales et regulation reflexe de la circulation. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 1731-4.— Ohmi, F. Effect of histamine upon the blood pressure in supra- renalectomized rabbits. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1933, 21: 323-8 — Pozzi, A. Le modiflcazioni della pressione arteriosa in seguito alla irradiazione delle capsule surrenali. Bol. Inst. clin. quir, B. Air, 1926, 2: 558-63.—Raymond-Hamet. Influence de la bivagotomie sur Faction vaso-constrictive renale de l'adrenaline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 109: 713-5. -----■ Role de l'hyper- secretion adrenalinique dans 1'hypertension provoquee par la faradisation du bout central du pneumogastrique. Ibid, 1933, 112: 1183-6.—Rogov, J. M, & Bominguez, R. Blood pressure following adrenalectomy. Am. J. Physiol, 1927, 83: 84-91.— Rusznyak, S. Nebennieren und Blutdruck. Deut. med. Wschr, 1932, 58: 573.—Rydin, H. Importance des capsules surrenales au point de vue de Taction de la nicotine sur la pres- sion du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 810-2.—Saito, S. Influence of application of cold or heat to the dog's body upon the epinephrine output rate. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1928, 11: 544-67.—Sanders, G. B. A survival period and blood pressure of adrenalectomized decerebrate cats. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-31, 28:288-90.—Schlossmann, H. Zur Frage der Blutdruck - regulation durch die Nebennieren. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1928,138:142.—Silvestroni, E. II comportamento delle grandezze nucleari del glomo carotico in seguito a surrenalectomia bilate- rale. Monit. zool. ital, 1936-37, 47: 1-9—Sugawara, T, Wata- nabe, M, & Saito, S. Effect of stimulation of the sensory nerves upon the rate of liberation of epinephrine from the suprarenal glands. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1926, 7: 1-79—Swingle, W. W, Pfiffner, J. J. [et al.| The relation between blood pressure, blood urea nitrogen, and fluid balance of the adrenalectomized dog. Am J Physiol, 1934, 108:428-37.—Tournade, A, & Chabrol, M. L'adrenalinemie. Rev. med. Par, 1923, 40: 222-45. ----- Realite de l'adrenalinemie physiologique: sa fonction cardio- et angio-tonique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 587-90.----- Demonstration de l'adrenalinemie physiologique par la methode m8me de E. Gley et Alf. Quinquand. Ibid, 1041-4. ----- Intervention synergique des reactions adrenalino-secretoires et neuro-vasculaires dans la correct ion des troubles de la pression arterielle. Ibid, 1926, 94: 1080. ----- Au sujet de Tadrena- BLOOD PRESSURE 582 BLOOD PRESSURE lino-secretion reflexe; effet moderateur habituel de l'excitation centripete du vago-sympathique sur Tadrenalino-secr6tion. Ibid, 1199-201. ----- La suractivite adrenalino-secretoire compensatrice d'un deficit du tonus neuro-vasculaire. Ibid, 1927, 96: 930. -----& Perrin-Terrin. L'adrenalinemie physio- logique n'existerait-elle qu'au prix d'une paralysie intestinale? Ibid, 1926, 94: 1171—Tournade, A, Chabrol, M, & Taditch, S. Intervention d'actions vaso-constrictives independantes du systeme nerveux et imputables a l'adrenaline dans la genese de Thvpertension post-depressive qui suit l'excitation centrifuge du vague. Ibid, 1923, 89: 879-81. ---— Mecanisme de Thyper- adrenalinemie que provoque l'excitation centrifuge du vague. Ibid, 881.—Tournade, A, Hermann, H, & Malmejac, J. Adre- nalino-secretion par excitation des meninges craniennes et rachi- diennes. Ibid, 1931, 106: 1149.—Tournade, A, & Malmejac, J. Au sujet de Tadrenalino-secretion reflexe. Ibid, 1932,109:119.— Tournade, A, & Rocchisani, L. Part de Tadr6nalino-secretion dans la realisation des effets hypertenseurs qu'engendrent les injections intra-arterielles de solutions salines hypertoniques et Tapplication de ces m6mes solutions sur le bulbe. Ibid, 1934, 116: 1081.—Troilo, E. Action Itemodynamique de l'adrenaline et de la choline chez les ehiens surrenaloprives. Ibid, 1928, 99: 1521. Also Rev. nted. Rosario, 1928, 18: 447-50.—Viale, G. Le tonus vagal, fonction de l'adrenalinemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928,99:2008. Also Rev. nted. Rosario, 1928, 18: 488-92. Also Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 73. ----- Comportamento emodina- mico degli animali senza surreni. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 1707. Also Arch. sc. biol, Bologna, 1934-35, 20: 45-54.— Vincent, S, & Thompson, J. H. The role of the adrenal medulla in the maintenance of blood pressure. Endocrinology, 1930, 14: 93-100—Volhard, F, & Hulse, W. Zur Frage der Blutdruck- steigerung; der Adrenalingehalt des Blutes bei der Blutdruck- steigerung durch Splanchnicusreizung und durch Asphyxie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1923, 38: 524-7.—Wheelon, H. The inter- pretation of blood pressure variations; with observations on normal pressure variations and the relation of the adrenals and the autonomic nervous system to the production of blood pressure. N. York M.J, 1921, 113: 505-13.—Yen, T. J, Kaiwa, T, & Wada, M. Influence of the piqfire of CI. Bernard upon the epinephrine discharge, the blood-sugar content, and the blood pressure. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1931, 17: 345-77. ---- Regulation, hormonal: Epinephrin : Hemo- dynamic effects. See also Blood pressure, high, Diagnosis- Epinephrin test. Doenecke, F. *Ueber die Beeinflussung des Blutdrucks durch Infusion blutisotonischer Lo- sungen bei gleichzeitiger Erhohung des Gefassto- nus durch Adrenalinda.uerinfnsion. p.1217-30. 8° [Halle] 1925. Also Zbl. inn. Med, 1925, 46: Stuting, J. *Ueber den Einfluss von Saure- und Alkalizufuhr auf die Blutdruckwirkung des Adrenalins. 15p. 8? Miinster i. Wpst.f 1990. Aalsmeer, W. C. Ueber den Einfluss des Adrenalins auf den diastolischen Blutdruck bei Aorteninsufflzienz und Morbus Basedowi in Analogic zur Beriberi-Krankheit. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 362-6.----- & Richter, C. S. [Influence of adrenalin upon diastolic blood pressure in aortic insufficiency and Base- dow's disease] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1932, 76: pt2, 3025-34.— Allen, W. F. Contributing factors to the pulse changes resulting from injection of epinephrin in rabbits. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1934, 50: 70-8.—Angelesco, C, & Chauchard, A. B. Modifica- tion de 1'excitabilite du nerf sptenique et de la rate sous l'influ- ence de l'adrenaline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 110: 459-61.— Averianov, P. [Neurocrine action of adrenalin in statu nascendi on cardio-vascular system] Med. biol. J, Moskva, 1926, 2: no.3, 24-30.—Backman, E. L, & Lundberg, H. Action de Tatro- pine sur les effets provoques par Tadr6naline sur la pression du sang. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 87:481-3.—Barcroft, H. A study of the influence of adrenaline on the systemic blood flow. J. Physiol, Lond, 1932, 76: 339-46—Baudouin, A, Benard, H. [et al.l Injections intraveineuses et intra-arterielles, lentes et continues, d'adrenaline; action sur la pression arterielle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 119: 73-6.—Blumgart, H. L. The circula- tory response to epinephrine. Contrib. Med. Sc. Libman Anniv. Vol, 1932, 1: 215-9—Borysiewicz, A. Action de l'adre- naline sur la pression arterielle et lieu d'injection (veines periphe- riques, veine-porte et arteres p6ripheriques) C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 102: 97-9.—Brems, A. Ueber die perorate Adrenalin- blutdruckwirkung. Acta med. scand, 1926, 64: 69-90.—Carbo- naro, G. L'azione delT adrenalina sulla pressione sanguigna in rapporto alle diverse vie d'introduzione nelT organismo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 413-6. ----- L'azione delT adre- nalina, introdotta nelT organismo per via pericardica, pleurica e peritoneale, sulla pressione sanguigna. Ibid, 1929, 4: 958-61.— Cattell, McK, & Edwards, B. J. Epinephrin action in relation to the hydrostatic pressure effect on the contraction of cardiac muscle. Am. J. Physiol, 1931, 96: 657-61.—Combemale, P, & Bizard, G. Action des vieilles solutions d'adrenaline sur la pression arterielle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929,101: 841.—Coombs, H. C, & Rogoff, J. M. Observations on the relation of the adrenal glands to the blood-pressure response during cerebral anaemia in cats and rabbits. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1922-23, 20: 41-3.—Cori, C. F, Cori, G. T, & Buchwald, K. W. Changes in blood sugar, lactic acid, and blood pressure during continuous intravenous injection of epinephrine. Am. J. Physiol, 1930, 93:273-83.—Bale, H. H, & Richards, A. N. The depressor (vaso- dilator) action of adrenaline. J. Physiol, Lond, 1927-28, 63: 201-10.—Be Angelis, F. Modiflcazioni della pressione e del polso per effetto delT adrenalina in bambini ammalati. Pedia- tria, Nap, 1921, 29: 542-7.—Be Gaetani, G. F. Modifications de la pression arterielles et du rythme cardiaque et respiratoire dans l'hvpothermie, sous l'influence de l'adrenaline. Arch ital. biol, 1935-36, 94: 158-67. Also Riv. pat. sper, 1935-36, 15: 201-11.—Bragstedt, C. A. Observations on the hemo-dynamic action of epinephrine. J. Am. M. Ass, 1928, 96: 1035. ---- & Huffman, J. W. Comparative sensitiveness of blood pressure and intestinal motility to epinephrine. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1927-28, 25: 241. ----- The comparative effect of epinephrin upon blood pressure and internal motility in the dog Am. J. Physiol, 1928, 85:129-34.—Bragstedt, C. A, & Wightman, A. H. Observations on hemodynamic effect of epinephrine in unaesthetized dog. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1927-28, 25: 22-4. ----- & Huffman, J. W. The hemodynamic action of minimal effective doses of epinephrin in the unanesthetized dog. Am. J. Physiol, 1928, 84: 307-13.—Enocksson, B, & Gjertz, A. The tono-glycaemic index of the adrenalin. Acta med. scand., 1934, suppl.59, 116-27—Feldberg, W, Hahn & Schilf. Ueber die gefasserweiternde Wirkung des Adrenalins und des Sym- pathicusreizes; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Gift- bezie- hungsweise Nervenwirkung an der Zelle. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1925, 210: 697-707.—Fritz, G. [Mechanism of the decrease of blood pressure from the effect of small doses of epinephrine] Magy. orv. arch, 1929, 3: 414-37.—Fromherz, K. Die Blut- druckwirkung des racemischen Suprarenins und seiner optisch aktiven Komponenten. Deut. med. Wschr, 1923, 49: 814.— Gayet, R, Gayet, T, & Guillaumie, M. Actions vasomotrices de l'adrenaline sur les muscles; processes peripherique vaso- constricteur et processes central vaso-dilatateur. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 97: 1145-7.—Gramenitzki, M. J. Zur Frage von der Verteilung der physiologischen Wirkung des Adrenalins zwi- schen den Gefassen und dem Herzen. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz, 1929, 143: 31-4.—Grandinesco, A, & Marcu, I. L'action de Tephedrine sur la tension sanguine chez des ehiens decapsuies. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 77-81— Greppi, E. Rapporti fra tumor di milza e massa sanguigna nella reazione all' adrenalina. Minerva med. Tor, 1930, 21: pt2, 585-93.—Gruber, C. M. The depressor effect of epinephrin in decerebrated animals. Am. J. Physiol, 1928, 84: 345-9. ----- Arterial blood pressures and blood flow in skeletal muscles as influenced by epinephrine. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1928-29, 26: 472. ----- The arterial blood pressure and the blood flow in skeletal muscles in unanesthetized cats as influenced by the intravenous injection of epinephrin. Am. J. Physiol, 1929, 89: 650-61—Guevara Rojas, A. Presion arterial durante la adrenalinemia provocada. Medicina, Mex., 1934, 14: 358-61.—Guggenheim, K. Ueber den Einfluss des Adrenalins auf den Cholesterin- und Cholesterin- estergehalt des Blutes im Vergleich zum Blutdruck und Blut- zuckerspiegel. Zschr. klin. Med, 1931, 116: 717-31.—Herlitzka, L. SulT azione ipotensiva tardiva dell' adrenaline iniettata endovena. Minerva med. Tor, 1934, 25: 698-704.—Hermann, H, Morin, G, & Vial, J. Sur Taction vaso-motrice des doses infimes d'adrenaline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 122: 1099-101- Hess, 0. Die Wirkung intraarterieller Adrenalininjektion auf den arteriellen und venbsen Blutdruck beim Menschen. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1921, 91: 303-11.—Heymans, C. Sur la pharma- codynamic de Taction vasomotrice et cardiaque de l'adrenaline J. med. Paris, 1934, 54: 347-51—Hitzenberger, K, & Tuchfeld, F. Ueber den Einfluss des Adrenalins auf die zirkulierende Blut- menge. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 1208-10—Hoskins, R. G, & Gottlieb, J. S. Is the pressor effect of glycerin extract of adrenal glands due to epinephrine? Endocrinology, 1936, 20: 188-91.— Hoskins, R. G, & McClure, C. W. The comparative sensitive- ness of blood pressure and intestinal peristalsis to epinephrin. Ohio Univ. Coll. Med. Collect. Source Material, 1934, 309-12- Jensen, J. Clinical studies on cardiovascular response to adrenalin administered subcutaneously. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1928-29, 26: 259.—Jourdan, F, & Galy, P. Inversion par le F.883 de Taction vasculaire p6riph6rique de l'adrenaline et de l'extrait de genet. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936,122:1244— Kaliaeva. S. I, & Miasnikov, A. L. [Observations on the effect of adrenalin and nitroglycerin on the blood pressure in the brachial and ulnar arteries] Ter. arkh, 1935, 13: 163-80—Krayer, 0, 4 Verney, E. B. Veranderung des Acetylcholingehaltes im Blute der Coronarvenen unter dem Einfluss einer Blutdrucksteigerung durch Adrenalin. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 1250.—Landau, A, Fejgin, M, & Beiless, I. [Effect of certain substances on the parasympathetic system, sugar regulation, pulse, and blood pressure: adrenalin (epinephrine) ephetonin (synthetic ephe- drine) ergotamin (ergot preparation) insulin, and pituitrin] Polska gaz. lek, 1930, 9: 421-42; 469—Luckhardt, A. B, & Koppanyi, T. Conditions under which subcutaneously injected epinephrine gives a hemodynamic effect. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1925-26, 23: 774-6—Lutz, B. R. The effect of adrenalin chloride and toad venom on the blood pressure and heart rate of the tropical toad, Bufo marinus. Biol. Bull, 1933, 64: 299- 303.—Machii, H. Ueber den Einfluss des Kalziumgehaltes des Blutes auf die Blutdruckwirkung des Adrenalins. Fol. pharm. jap, 1929, 8: fasc.3, Brev, 4.—Malmejac, J, Bonnet, V, 4 Besanti, E. Injection continue d'adrenaline et adrenalino- 1 secretion. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935,119:1152-4. ----- Surun BLOOD PRESSURE 583 BLOOD PRESSURE des ntecanismes par lequel une injection continue d'adrenaline reduit Tadrenalino-secretion. Ibid, 1155-7.—Manfredi, L. SulT aumento di pressione postadrenalinico. Pathologica, Genova, 1926, 18: 12-8.—Ogawa, M. Ueber die Blutdruck- wirkung des Adrenalins. Fol. jap. pharm, 1925, 1: Brev, 21.— Pak, C, & Read, B. E. A comparative study of the blood pres- sor action of pseudoephedrine and adrenaline. Chin. J. Phys- iol, 1928, 2: 1-17.—Pal, J. Ueber die Adrenalinreaktion, die Innervation der Aorta ascendens und den Minimaldruck. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24: 647.—Petzetakis, M. De Taction vagotrope predominante de l'adrenaline en injections intra- veineuses; troubles cardio-vasculaires et de la conductibilite auriculo-ventriculaire apres injections intraveineuses d'adrena- line. Arch. mal. coour, 1926, 19: 513-21, 3ch.—Plumier-Cler- mont & Garot, L. L'action hypertensive de l'adrenaline suivant la voie d'introduction dans l'organisme. Bull. Acad. nted. Belgique, 1926, 5.ser, 6: 127-57.—Raymond-Hamet. Effets de l'adrenaline sur les vaisseaux de la patte et du rein. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932,194: 906-8. —---- Sur une nouvelle demonstra- tion experimentale de Tinversion par Tergotamine, des effets vaso-constricteurs de l'adrenaline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933,113: 1472. ----- Sur Tinversion physiologique des effets hyper- tenseurs de l'adrenaline. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 201: 570-2. ----- Influence de l'etat du tonus sympathique sur les effets tenseurs de l'adrenaline. Bull. Acad, nted. Par, 1936, 3.ser, 115: 116-21.—Read, B. E. The effect of benzyl-ephedrine on blood pressure. Chin. J. Physiol, 1932, 6: 237.—Schretzenmayr, A. Ueber die Wirkung des Adrenalins und der adrenalinver- wandten Korper auf den Gefasstonus. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1930, 152: 210-28.—Schulten, H, Budelmann, G, & Lippelt, H. Beobachtungen fiber die Kreislaufwirkung des Adrenalins beim gesunden Menschen. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 1017.—Shkavera, G. L, Kuznetsov, A. I, & Abramov, V. I. [Action of adrenalin on the blood vessels and secretion of an isolated suprarenal gland] Arch. biol. nauk, 1926, 26: 1-3; 123-5.—Sollmann, T, & Rossides, T. N. The effects of epinephrine on the auricular tonus waves of the turtle heart. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1927, 32: 19-22 — Spoto, P. Azione vasocostrittrice della adrenalina iniettata in trachea. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1932, 7: 271-6.—Stella, G. The action of adrenaline upon the cardiac vagus centres. J. Physiol, Lond, 1932-33, 77: 68-80.—Stewart, G. N, & Rogoff, J. M. The supposed relation of the adrenals to reflex volume changes in the denervated limb. Am. J. Physiol, 1923, 63: 436-78.—Storm, C. J. Plethysmographic observations on the action of adrenalin in the monkey. Acta brevia neerl, 1935, 5: 57-60—Stropeni, L. L'azione delle ghiandole surrenali sulla pressione arteriosa e sulla gangrena spontanea degli arti. Ann. ital. chir, 1926, 5: 567-76.—Tomesco, P. L'action ptethysmo- graphique a la suite des injections intraveineuses d'adrenaline chez des malades sympathectomises. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest, 1929, 11: 48-60.—Tournade, A. L'adrenaline exerce-t- elle une action stimtdante sur les centres nerveux vaso-moteurs? C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 97: 1143. ------ Sur Taction centrale de l'adrenaline. Ibid, 1931, 106: 442. ------ De Taction de l'adrenaline sur Tadrenalino-secretion. Ibid, 1932, 109: 114-6. ----- Action vaso-dilatatrice centrale de l'adrenaline. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1933, 5.ser, 13: 271-302. -----& Chabrol, M. L'adrenaline en injection intraveineuse stimule-t-elle Tadrenalino-secretion? C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 535-7 — Tournade, A, & Malmejac, J. De Taction vaso-dilatatrice centrale de l'adrenaline. Ibid, 1933, 113: 163-6— Velich, A. Ueber die Veranderungen in der Blutcirculation nach Ein- wirkung des Nebennieren-Extractes. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1897, 42: 301; 313; 325.—Verlot, M. Influence de Tadr6naline et de l'eserine sur le systeme cardio-inhibiteur vagal. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 1485-8.—Vowinckel, E. Adrenalinwirkung auf den Blutdruck bei Schwangeren, Wochnerinnen und Eklamp- tischen. Zbl. Gyn, 1924, 48: 1394-403.—Weinberg. Adrenalin- wirkung auf Blutdruck und Blutzucker bei verschiedener Kon- centration und Applikation. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1922, 34. Kongr, 406-8.—Wolf, H. J, Heinsen, H. A, & Aunn, W. Der Einfluss korpereigener Substanzen auf den Blutdruck beim Menschen; die Wirkung von Suprarenin bei intravenbser Verabreichung. Zschr.klin. Med, 1933-34,126: 606-15.—Wyman, L. C, & Lutz, B. R. The effect of adrenalin on the blood pressure of the elasmobranch, Squalus acanthias. Biol. Bull, 1932, 62: 17-22.—Yang, C, S. & Chang, H. C. The effect of adrenalin on the circulating blood volume in individuals with normal and enlarged spleens and after splenectomy. Chin. J. Physiol, 1930,4: 21-30. ---- Regulation, neural. See also Autonomic nervous system; Blood circulation, Regulation; Blood-vessels, Inner- vation; Heart, Innervation; Heart beat; also subdivision of Blood pressure, Regulation. Bohnenkamp, H. Energieumsetzung und Nervensystem in ihrer Bedeutung fiir Herz und Kreislauf. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1933, 6:193-203—Corone, A. La defense neuro- vasculaire de l'organisme. Arch. Soc. sc. nted. Montpellier, 1932, 13: 199. Also Prat. nted. fr, 1932, 13: 307-43.-Foa, C. La regolazione neuro-umorale della pressione arteriosa. fol. med. Nap, 1934, 20: 847-52. Also Gior. med. mil, 1934, 82: 645-9.—Heymans, C. Beziehungen zwischen Blutdruck, Herz- frequenz, Blutgefasstonus und Lungen ventilation. Klin. Wschr, 1930 9- 673-7----- Systeme nerveux et pression arterielle. Bull. Acad. nted. Belgique, 1934, 5.ser, 14: 594-611. -----Sur les ntecanismes regulateurs de la frequence cardiaque. Liege med, 1934, 27: 1577-93—Hill, I. G. W. Stimulation of the vagus nerve and carotid sinus in man. Q.J. Exp. Physiol, Lond, 1932, 22: 79-93—Hirschbruch, A. Blutdruck und Blut- druckreflex. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 2002-4.—Kauffmann, F. Kreislauf und Nervensystem. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislauf- forsch, 1933, 6: 153-76. -Kerr, R. B. Known physiological fac- tors controlling blood pressure; nervous factors. Univ. Toronto M.J, 1933, 10: 188-96—Koch, E. Die nervose Bedeutung des arteriellen Blutdruckes. Herzneurosen [etc] (Ver. Bad-Nau- heim Aerzte) Dresd, 1932, 1-8. ----- Blutdruck und Herz- schlagzahl. Zbl. inn. Med, 1935, 56: 2-13.—Meo Colombo, I. Pressione arteriosa e glicemia in rapporto alle funzioni neuro- vegetative endocrine ed epatiche. Fisiol. med, Roma, 1930, 1: 825-43.—Spiegel, E. A, & Taga, K. Beitrage zum Studium des vegetativen Nervensystems; Uber den Entstehungsmechanis- mus der Blutdruckschwankungen drifter Ordnung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 70:494-9—Wada, M, & Satow, Y. Der Einfluss der Blutdruckerniedrigung bei Aderlass auf die Pulsfrequenz des die Durchtrennung der extrakardialen Herznerven fiberlebten Hundes. Jap. J.M.Sc, 1933-35, 3: Biophys, 223. ---- Regulation, neural: Afferent pathways. See also subheadings of Blood pressure, Regulation. Aburel, E, Chauchard, A, & Chauchard, B. Le reflexe vaso- moteur par excitation du nerf hypogastrique; mesure de 1'excita- bilite de voies centripetes sympathiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 106: 1218-20.—Bachrach, E, Bonnet, V, & Richard, A Etude du r6flexe cardio-inhibiteur de Goltz. J. physiol. path. g6n, 1932, 30: 17-23.—Bettin, G. G. Ricerche sulla pressione sanguigna in rapporto al riflesso naso-facciale. Riv. otoneur, 1933, 10: 525-37.—Clark, G. A. The development of blood- pressure reflexes. J. Physiol, Lond, 1934-35, 83: 229-35 — Collet, F. J. Reflexe cesophago-vasomoteur. Ann. mal. oreille, 1930, 49: 873-9. Also J. nted. Lyon, 1930, 11: 415-20— Con- tenein, J. A propos du reflexe oculo-vasculaire de D. Danielo- polu. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 101: 43-6—Baly, I. de B, & Verney, E. B. Cardiovascular reflexes. J. Physiol, Lond, 1926-27, 61: 268-74.—Banielopolu, B. Zonas reflexogenas. Arch. med, Madr, 1928, 28: 118-24. -----& Marcou, L. Presence de filets centripetes depresseurs et presseurs circulatoires et de filets centripetes excitateurs et inhibiteurs respiratoires dans le vago-sympathique du chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 114: 213-7.—Epifanio, G. Un riflesso del fascio cardio-vascolare; il restringimento delT aorta e dei grossi vasi alla percussione (esame ortodiagrafico) Riv. crit. clin. med, 1913, 14: 689-92.— Farmachidis, C. B. Un nuovo riflesso (vago-gastro-cardiaco) per la ricerca della tonicity del miocardio sinistro. Riforma med. 1927,43:729. -----& Yalloussis, E. Studio clinico-radiologico del riflesso vago-gastro-cardiaco nella ricerca della tonicita del miocardio sinistro. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1927, 32: 361-4.— Gallucci, M. Modiflcazioni vascolari nei riflessi della vita vege- tativa; ricerche pletismografiche sui bambini. Arch. ital. pe- diat, 1933-34, 2: 356-89.—Geremia, A, & Chiorazzo, G. Com- portamento dei valori di pressione arteriosa e delT indice oscillo- metrico durante la compressione dei bulbi oculari; contributo alio studio del riflesso oculo-vasomotore. Cuore & circol, 1933, 17: 354-83.—Govaerts, J. Etude d'un pseudo-reflexe cardio- acc6terateur du ganglion stellaire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 1334-8.—Hirschbruch, A. Der Blutdruckreflex. Med. Klin, Berl, 1929, 25: 1206-9.—Lim, R. K. S, & Hsu, F. Y. The depressor or vasostatic reflexes. Chin. J. Physiol, 1931, 5: 29-52.—Lutz, B. R, & Wyman, L. C. Reflex cardiac inhibition of branchio-vascular origin in the elasmobranch, Squalus acan- thias. Biol. Bull, 1932, 62: 10-6— Mandelstamm, M, & Lif- schitz, S. Die Wirkung der Augenreflexe (des Aschnerschen Bulbusdruckversuches) auf den Blutdruck. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1932, 22: 435.—Mandelstamm, M, Zaitschik, A. [et al.] Les reflexes cardiaques vegetatifs. Arch. mal. cceur, 1929, 22: 457-77 —Marcu, I. The interaction between pressor vaso-motor reflexes. Q.J. Exp. Physiol, Lond, 1928-29, 19: 387-95.—Mari- nesco, G, & Bruch, H. A. Sur un nouveau reflexe vasculaire, le reflexe oculo-capillaire. Rev. neur. Par, 1929, 36: pt2, 591.— Markowitz, J, & Mann, F. C. Cardiovascular reflexes. Surg. Clin N America, 1930, 10: 115-26— Miller, F. R. Blutdruck- veranderungen bei Reizung des Magenvagus; vorlaufige Mit- teilung. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1911, 143: 21-4—Minerbi, C. Riflessi tonotropi immediati dissociati del cuore destro provo- cabili mediante stimolazione del frenico e del filetto etmoidale (endorinocnisi) Gazz. osp, 1930, 51: 787-91—Muratori, G. Contributo istologico alio studio dei riflessi aortici e della caro- tide Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 387-91—Nakamura, G. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die vom zweiten und dritten Trigeminus-Ast sich auslbsenden Reflexe; fiber den Ein- fluss der Reflexe auf Atmung und auf Blutdruck. J. Orient. M, Dairen, 1933, 19: 21.—Petzetakis. Le r6flexe sus-orbitaire; trouble's du rythme cardiaque de la respiration et du tonus vasculaire provoques par la compression du nerf sus-orbitaire. Paris med, 1929, 73: 129-34.—Rolandi-Ricci, P. Variazioni della pressione arteriosa con i riflessi tonici del cuore. Cuore & circol, 1928 12: 543-62— Rubinsztejn, M. [Effect of the vestibular apparatus on arterial tension] Warsz. czas. lek, 1935, 12: 640- 665—Vermel, S. S. [Blood pressure and temporal reflex] Soviet vrach. gaz, 1934, 38: 120-2— Wotzilka. Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss der Labyrinthreizung auf den Blutdruck. Internat. Zbl. Ohrenh, 1924, 23: 67. BLOOD PRESSURE 584 BLOOD PRESSURE ---- Regulation, neural: Centers. See also Brain; Medulla oblongata; Spinal cord; Suprarenal gland, Secretion. Bogaert, A. van. Hypothalamus und zentralnervose Blut- druckregulation. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 1061-7 — Busser de Bareene, J. G, & Kleinknecht, F. Ueber den Ein- fluss der Reizung der Grosshirnrinde auf den allgemeinen arte- riellen Blutdruck. Zschr. Biol, 1924, 82: 13-20.—Finkler, W. Das Hirnzentrum des Blutdruckes entdeckt; vor der Entratse- lung der Hochdruckkrankheit. Umschau, 1934, 38: 565-7.— Govaerts, J. Tonus et reflexes cardio-acceterateurs segmentaires spinaux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 1207-10.—Hermann, H, Bechaume, J, & Morin, G. Sur la teneur en adrenaline des capsules surrenales apres la destruction de la moelle dorso- lombo-sacree chez le chien. Ibid, 1936, 121: 1000-2.—Houssay, B. A, & Molinelli, E. A. Centro adrenalinosecretor hipotala- mico. Prensa med. argent, 1925-26, 12: 846.—Jaegher, M. de, & Van Bogaert, A. Regulation de la tension arterielle et hypo- thalamus. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 544-6.—Jourdan, F Existence de centres adrenalino-secreteurs dans la moelle cervi- cale chez le chien. Ibid, 1934, 117: 467-9.—Kabat, H, Magoun, H. W, & Ranson, S. W. Electrical stimulation of points in the forebrain and midbrain; the resultant alterations in blood pressure. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 34: 931-55.— Kaiwa, T, & Wada, M. Effect of the piqure diabetique upon the blood sugar and the mean blood pressure of dogs with the suprarenal glands or medullae removed. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1934, 23: 536-55.— Leimdorfer, A. Experimentelle Untersuchun- gen zur zentralen Regulation des Blutdruckes. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 1191-3.—Leiter, L, & Grinker, R. R. Role of the hypothalamus in regulation of blood pressure; experimental studies, with observations on respiration. Arch. Neur. Psy- chiat, Chic, 1934, 31: 54-86.—Rogers, F. T. On the relation of the cerebral hemispheres to arterial blood pressure and body temperature regulation. Proc. Chicago Path. Soc, 1920-21, 11: 115-9. Also Am. J. Physiol, 1920-21, 54: 355-74—Sherman, R. S. The blood-pressure effects of the application of creatin to the cerebral cortex. Univ. California Pub, 1914, 4: no.19, Physiol, 201-6, pi.—Tournade, A, Chabrol, M, & Marchand, H. Des mecanismes nerveux regulateurs de la pression arterielle; la regulation centrale. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 84: 610-2 — Tournade, A, & Malmejac, J. Existe-t-il un centre medullaire adrenalino-secr6teur. Ann. physiol. Par, 1931, 7: 327-32.— Wada, M, & Kaiwa, T. Significance of the augmented epineph- rine liberation by the piqfire upon the fluctuation of the blood sugar and of the mean blood pressure, simultaneously occurring. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1934, 23: 556-77.—Yates, A. B. The mech- anism of the recovery or maintenance of systemic blood pressure after complete transection of the spinal cord. Am. J. Physiol, 1921, 57: 68-94. ---- Regulation, renal. See also Blood pressure, high, Pathogenesis, renal; Diuresis; Kidney. Aiello, G. Sui rapporti tra glicemia, pressione arteriosa e funzione renale. Lavoro, 1924, 20: 72-5.—Antonelh, G. Sui rapporti fra pressione arteriosa e funzionalita renale. Cuore & circol, 1928, 12: 593-636.—Beckmann, K. Ueber die Beziehun- gen zwischen Blutdruck, Kapillardruck und Nierenveranderun- gen im Tierexperiment. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1925, 149: 177-88.—Braun, L. Experimentelle Untersuchungen Uber Blutdruck und Niere. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1933, 46: 225-8. ----- & Samet, B. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Beziehungen zwischen Blutdruck und Niere. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1934-35, 177: 662-74.—Hartwich, A. Die Beziehungen zwischen Niere und Blutdruck im Tierexperiment. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1929, 41. Kongr, 187-91. Also Sunti • Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932, 108.—Hessel, G, & Hartwich, A. Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Kreislaufwirkung korpereigener Stoffe; chemische Eigenschaften des blutdruck- steigernden Prinzips in Nierenautolysaten. Zbl. inn. Med, 1932, 53: 626-33— Volhard, F. [Significance of the kidneys for blood pressure] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1935, 79: 5703.—Weich- mann, E, & Paal, H. Bestehen Wechselbeziehungen zwischen der Hohe des Tag- und Nachtblutdrucks und der zugehorigen Harnmenge? Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1926, 50: 197-206. ---- Regulation: Splanchnic nerve. See also Blood pressure, Regulation, hormonal: Epinephrin; Splanchnic nerve; Sympathetic nerves; Vasomotor nerves. Bacq, Z. M. The effects of abdominal sympathectomy, adrenal inactivation and removal of the stellate ganglia on the spontaneous activity of the albino rat. Endocrinology, 1931,15 • 34-40—Barry, B. T, & Chauchard, A. B. Les effets de la saignee sur Texcitabilite du nerf grand splanchnique. C. rend. Soc. biol 1931,108:850-2. ----- Les modifications de Texcitabilite du nerf grand splanchnique sous l'influence de l'adrenaline. Ibid 1932, 109: 281-3.—Bouma, N. G. Zur Frage der Blutdrucksen- kung bei der Splanchnicusunterbrechung. Zbl. Chir, 1921 48 • 1236-9.—Fralick, F. B, & Peet, M. M. Hypertensive fundus oculi after resection of the splanchnic sympathetic nerves Arch. Ophth, Chic, 1936,15: 840-6.—Gley, E, & Quinquaud, A. Variations de la teneur du sang veineux surrenal en adrenaline. pendant et tout de suite apres l'excitation du nerf splanchnique. I C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 1128; 1132— Gotsev, T. Blutdruck und Splanchnicusgebiet. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1935, 236: 220-5.— Hara, K. Ueber den Einfluss der Reizung des N. splanchnicus auf den Druck und die Durchstrbmungsgrbsse in der Pfortader der Katze. Ibid, 1929, 222: 350-5.—Hermann, H, Merklen, L. [et al.] Action de la vagotonie sur les effets de l'excitation du nerf splanchnique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 748-51.— Houssay, B. A, & Marconi, A. P. Nouvelles experiences sur le role de l'adrenaline dans Thypertension produite en excitant le nerf splanchnique. Ibid, 1922, 87: 1049-52.—Houssay, B. A, & Molinelli, E. A. Action de la yohimbine sur l'excitation du nerf splanchnique, Taction de la nicotine et la secretion d'adrenaline. Ibid, 1926, 95: 808. ----- Descargas de adrenalina de una suprarrenal unida a los vasos del duello, por influencia de la excitation del nervio esplacnico o de la nicotina. Rev. Soc argent, biol, 1927, 3: 509-12.—lino, Y. Ueber den Einfluss des N. splanchnicus auf den Adrenalingehalt der Nebenniere und den Glykogengehalt der Leber beziehungsweise des Muskels der Krote. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1930, 4: H.l, no.20,11-30, 2tab.—Izquierdo, J. J, & Koch, E. Ueber den Einfluss der Nervi splanchnici auf den arteriellen Blutdruck des Kanin- chens. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1930, 22: 735^43— Koch, E, & Nordmann, M. Mikroskopische Kreislaufbeobachtungen im Splanchnikusgebiet des Kaninchens mit gleichzeitiger Blut- druckverzeichnung. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1928, 105-9. Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1928, 20: 343-7—Kremer, M, & Wright, S. The effects on blood-pressure of section of the splanchnic nerves. Q.J. Exp. Physiol, Lond., 1932, 21: 319-35.—Leffkowitz, M. Einwirkungen der Splanchnikusdurch- schneidung auf Herz und Gefasse. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1929, 41. Kongr, 423-47.—Saizyo, K. Augmented epinephrine secretion by insulin or peptone depends upon the integrity of the splanchnic nerves. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1936, 30: 33-48 — Snow, M. L. H. A. Vascular relaxation of the splanchnic area and its effects upon the organs involved. Phys. Ther, 1926, 44: 131-42.—Thompson, J. H. Vasomotor effects of stimulating the right splanchnic nerve. J. Physiol, Lond, 1928-29, 65: 441-8.—Tournade, A. L'tiyperadrenalhtemie par excitation du nerf splanchnique; examen de quelques objections. Rev. fr. endocr, 1924, 2: 153-81. ----- Splanchnique et surrenale; le splanchnique est-il nerf adrenalino-secreteur ou excreteur? Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1929, 5.ser, 9: 160-86. -----& Chabrol, M. Demonstration de Thyperadrenalinemie par excitation centrifuge du nerf splanchnique chez le chat. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 176-8.—Tournade, A, Malntejac, J, & Rocchisani, L. Les reactions vaso-motrices de la patte irriguee pendant l'excitation centrifuge du splanchnique. Ibid, 1933, 113: 892-4.—Vincent, S, & Curtis, F. R. Adrenin and the splanchnic nerve. J. Physiol, Lond, 1927-2*, 63: 151-4. ---- Regulation: Sympathetic nerves. See also Blood pressure, Regulation: Splanch- nic nerve; Blood pressure, Regulation: Vaso- motor nerves; Heart, Innervation; Sympathetic nerves. Bacq, Z. M, & Brouha, L. Sympathectomie totale, en une seule operation, chez le chat et le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 69.—Barlow, O. W, & Sollmann, T. The effects of epineph- rine on the response of the frog heart to stimulation of the ac- celerator nerve. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1926, 28: 157.—Cannon, B. The effects of progressive sympathectomy on blood pressure. Am. J. Physiol, 1931, 97: 592-6.—Banielopolu, B, Savesco, V. [et al.] Sur l'existence de filets centripetes presseurs et depres- seurs dans le sympathique cervical chez I'homme; production du reflexe presseur par l'excitation du bout cephalique du sym- pathique cervical. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 109: 995-7 — Freeman, N. E, & Rosenblueth, A. Reflex stimulation and inhibition of vasodilators in sympathectomized animals. Am. J. Physiol, 1931, 98: 454-62.—Gfeller, F. Untersuchungen fiber die allgemeinen physiologischen Eigenschaften des Sympathi- kus, gepriift am Nervus accelerans des Frosches. Zschr. Biol, 1929, 89: 202-16.—Harting, K. Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von Sunder-Plassmann: fiber neuro-vegetative Receptorenfelder im Kreislaufregulationsmechanismus und durch deren Ausschal- tung; experimentell erzeugte, morphologisch fassbare Verande- rungen im sympathischen Nervensystem; zur Frage der Zwei- kernigkeit sympathischer Ganglienzellen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1935, 152: 611-6—Hermann, H, & Guiran, J. B. Nouvelle preuve du tonus vaso-constricteur des ganglions de la chaine sympathique chez la grenouille. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 1049-52.—Koreisha, L. A. [Role of the cervical sympa- thetic and regulation of blood pressure and heart rhythm] Med. biol. J, Moskva, 1929, 5: 29-37.—Kresto vnikov, A, & Savich, V. [Effect of irritation of cervical ^fmpathetic on vasomotor centers] Ibid, 1928, 4: 3-16. Mso ftschr. ges. exp. Med, 1927, 58: 613-22.—Kuntz, A, & Morehouse, A. Thoracic sympathetic cardiac nerves in man; their t elation to cervical sympathetic ganglionectomy. Arch. Surg, 1930, 20: 607-13 — Lanz, A. B. Sur la formation dans le cceur d'une substance semblable a l'adrenaline par suite de l'excitation du nerf sympa- thique. Arch, neerl. physiol., 1928-29, 13: 423-36.—Leriche, B., & Fontaine, R. Les modifications de la pression arterielle conse- cutives aux ramicotomies cervicales inferieures. Arch. mal. coeur, 1926, 19: 21-9.—Morgan, L. O, & Goland, P. P. Demon- stration of the accelerator nerve and of postganglionic parasym- pathetic fibers in the vago-sympathetic trunk of the dog. Am. J. Physiol, 1932. 101: 274-81—Panella, P. Sulle modiflcazioni I ehe, in seguito alia resezione dei rami comunicanti X-XI-XII- BLOOD PRESSURE 585 BLOOD PRESSURE XIII dorsali e I lombare nei cane, subiscono la sensazione dolo- rosa e Taumento della pressione arteriosa del sangue, proprii della stimolazione del plesso celiaco. Ann. ital. chir, 1927, 6: 147-62 —Teitel-Bernard, A. Ueber einen besonderen diphasi- schen Verlauf der Blutdruckkurve nach elektrischer Reizung der linkseitigen Acceleratoren beim Hunde. Arch. ges. Phy- siol 1928-29, 221: 526-33.—Tournade, A, & Malmejac, J. Sur la presence de fibres adrenalino-secretoires dans la chaine sympa- thique. C rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 109: 89—Wilson, H, Roome, N W, & Grimson, K. Complete sympathectomy; observations of certain vascular reactions during and after complete exclusion of the sympathetic nervous system in dogs; an experimental study. Ann. Surg, 1936, 103: 498-509. .---- Regulation: Vagus [parasympathetic nerve] See also Heart, Innervation; Parasympathetic nerves; Vagus nerve. Allen, W. F. Effect on respiration, blood pressure, and caro- tid pulse of various inhaled and insufflated vapors when stimu- lating one cranial nerve and various combinations of cranial nerves; vagus and vagotomy experiments. Am. J. Physiol, 1928-29, 87: 558-65.—Barry, B. T. Cardio-inhibitory fibres in the thoracic vagus. Brit. M.J, 1935, 1: 672. -----Chauchard, A, & Chauchard, B. Recherches sur Texcitabilite des nerfs inhibiteurs cardiaques chez les Selaciens. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 105: 458.—Campos, F. A, de Moura & Cavalcanti, T. A. Lim'iar das fibras hypotensoras e presenca de fibras hyperten- soras nos nervos pneumogastricos. Ann. Fac. med. S. Paulo, 1935, 11: 155-63, ch.—Banielopolu, B, Marcu, L, & Proca, G. G. Der Effekt der mechanischen Reizung am zentralen und am peripheren Ende des Vagosympathicus. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, 63: 157-62.—Eisenfarb, J. [Study of the parasympathetic system in vascular crises] Polska gaz. lek, 1929, 8: 703-10.— Heymans, C, Bouckaert, J. J, & Jongbloed, J. Sur le mecanisme et l'origine de Taction vaso-hypertensive et cardio-acceieratrice de l'excitation centripete du nerf vague. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 119: 320-4.—Jappelli, A. II tracciato della pressione arte- riosa nei cane frenicectomizzato. Arch. sc. biol, Bologna, 1932-33, 17: L40— Kochmann, M. Ist das Vaguszentrum durch eine Steigerung des Blutdrucks direkt erregbar? Zschr. Phy- siol, 1906, 20: 418.—Kronhaus, E. Frecuencia de la estimulos y cardio-inhibicion vagal en los sapos normales; sa variation estacional. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1936,12: 229-36—Marcou, I, & Gheorghiu, P. Au sujet de la sensibilisation du centre cardio- inhibiteur par l'adrenaline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 147-50.—Raymond-Hamet. Sur les effets vasculaires de la biva- gotomie. Ibid, 1932, 109: 1357-9—Reed, C. I. Effects of bilateral vagotomy on blood pressure. Am. J. Physiol, 1925, 74: 61-9. -----& Layman, J. A. Effert.s of bilateral vagotomy on blood pressure and heart rate. Ibid, 1930, 92: 275-81 — Romm, S, & Serduke, I. [Influence of parasympathetic nervous system on secretion and blood-vessels of isolated suprarenal glands] Vrach. dielo, 1927, 10: 1159-63. -Sollmann, T, & Bar- low, 0. W. The effect of epinephrine and prolonged accelerator stimulation on the response of the frog heart to stimulation of the cardio-inhibitory nerve. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1926, 28: 159_64.—Takahashi, W. T'eber den Wlederanstieg der Blut- druckkurve nach einer Vagusreizung. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1930, 224: 770-8.—Thompson, T. C, & Bick, MacB. Note on the change of blood pressure after section of the vagi. Am. J. Phvsiol, 1928, 86: 542-4—Tournade, A, & Malmejac, J. Des modifications de la pression arterielle par section des deux vagues au cou chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113: 610. ---- Regulation: Vasomotor nerves. See also Blood-vessels, Innervation; Capil- laries, Permeability; Vasomotor nerves. Celis, J. P. Vasomotor reactions to depressor reflex in periph- eral and splanchnic areas. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass, 1928, 8:375-80.—Boumer, E. Pression sanguine et tension des arteres. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 86: 683-5.—Ebbecke, U. Gefassreflexe. Naturwissenschaften, 1921, 9: 439-45— Esveld, L. W. van. Die Wirkung einiger Analeptika auf den Blutdruck und die Erreg- barkeit des Vasomotorenzentrums fiir Kohlensaure. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1930, 149: 348-69.—Fleisch, A. Venomotorenzen- trum und Venenreflexc. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1930, 225: 26; 226: 393; 1931, 228: 399.—Ganter, G. Ueber den Blutdruck in seiner Abhangigkeit von Gefassweite und Herztatigkeit. l>eut. Arch. klin. Med, 1926, 151: 266-74.—Gondard, L. L hypoten- sion qui suit la section de la moelle est-elle due au choc hemor- ragique operatoire ou a la suppression du tonus vaso-rnoteur bulbaire? C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 110: 671-3. :-----Contri- bution a l'etude de Thypotension consecutive a 1 interruption de la voie vaso-motrice bulbo-ntedullaire. Ibid, 1933, 113: xi-i. Hertz, E. Beitrag zur Frage der Gefassreflexe. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1931-32, 172: 646-56—Heymans, C. Sur les actions vasomotrices reflexes determiners par les variations de la pression arterielle dans la circulation cephalique. C. rend. boc. bioK, 1928, 99: 1236-9. ------Bouckaert, J. J, & Wiebzouchowski, M. Reflexes vasomoteurs medullaires d'origine barosensible. I bid, 1936,123: 286-9.-Hoffmann, R. Beitrag zur Frage der zerebraten Vasomotion. Zschr. Laryng, 1919-20 9: 341; 1921,10:155; 45£- Ipsen, J. [Arterial reflexes] Bibl. laager 1932, 124: 287r309. Also Acta chir. scand, 1933, 73: 219-61.-Kisch, F Klinische Beobachtungen fiber Kreislaufreflexe, welche yon der Arteria brachialis auslosbar sind. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 1299,-Laqua, K. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die neurohormonale Theorie der Vasomotorenfunktion. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1930, 150: 405-13, pi.—Leriche, R, & Fontaine, R. Recherches experi- mentales sur Tinnervation vaso-motrice; les reflexes vasculaires des membres. Presse med, 1927, 35: 852-4.—Lieb, C. C, Muli- nos, M. G, & Taylor, H. L. Studies on vasomotor reflexes; vaso- constriction from a deep inspiration of air. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 34: 89—Michail, B, & Vancea, P. Action du froid, de la chaleur et de la diathermie en application oculaires sur le reflexe oculo-vasculaire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 105: 897-9.—Pupilli, G. L'attivita funzionale del centro vasomotore bulbare in rapporto con le oscillazioni della pressione sanguigna. Bull. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 910-44.—Sacchi, TJ. Sulla reazione diretta dei centri vasomotore e cardioinibitore alle variazioni della pressione arteriosa. Ibid, 1934, 9: 429-32. Also Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1934-35, 34: 84-101. -----■ Sulla diversa reazione dei centri bulbari all' adrenalina ed alla pituitrina. Ibid, 34: 503-14.—Takahashi, W. Zur Lokalizationsfrage der Zentren fiir die Epinephrinsekretion. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1931-32, 18: 339-81.—Tournade, A. Des reactions neuro-vascu- laires dans la regulation de la pression arterielle. Ann. phys. Par, 1925, n.s, 4: 281-97. -----& Malmejac, J. Sur le centre bulbaire de Tadrenalino-secretion. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 109: 404-6.—Tournade, A, & Rocchisani, L. Constatation, chez le chien, du reflexe cesophago-vaso-moteur de Collet. Ibid, 1934, 115: 1103.—Vincent, S, & Thompson, J. H. Further obser- vations on the vaso-motor reflexes and associated phenomena. J. Physiol, Lond, 1928-29, 65: 327-40— Waele, J. de, & Van de Velde, J. Vasosensibilite viscerate et peripherique. Ann. physiol. Par, 1933, 9: 811-5. ---- Types (manometric) See also Blood pressure, Measurement and its subdivisions (diastolic, mean, systolic) Boulet, P, Balmes, A. [et al.] Relations numeriques entre les pressions maxima, moyenne et minima; formule d'eusystolie; coefficient fonctionnel circulatoire; leurs modifications dans Tin- suffisance cardiaque. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1932, 13: 133-8.—Bodel, P. Le nouveau critere de la minima et la pression efficace au Pachon. Arch. nted. pharm. nav, 1924, 114: 346-9. Also Clinique, Par, 1926, 21: 3. ----- Valeur du rapport S de la pression efficace arterielle aux pressions sanguines maxima et minima a l'etat physiologique et dans certains etats pathologiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 1342. ----- Sur le rapport de la pression efficace arterielle aux pressions maxima et minima du sang dans les arteres. Ibid, 95: 3.—Buomarco, J. Signification e interes practicos de las presiones arteriales maxi- ma, media y minima. Arch. urug. med. cir, 1934, 4: 495-9. - Geremia, A. Pressioni estreme e pressione media. Gior. med. prat, 1932, 14: 271-90.—Hrom, S. [Maximum, minimum, and medium arterial pressure in French literature] Polska gaz. lek 1932, 12: 314-8.—Ide, M. Tensions maxima et minima. Rev. m6d. Louvain, 1921, 431 42.-----Tensions maxima, minima et moyenne. Ibid, 1934, 33-6.—Lian, C. La ten- sion arterielle moyenne dans ses rapports avec les tensions maxima et minima. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 107: 498-500. -----& Zamfir, C. Du caractere a peu pres solidaire des pres sions arterielles moyenne et minima; etude oscillometrique et oscillographique. Presse med, 1933, 41: 169—Van Bogaert, A, Beerens, J, & Samain, L. Rapports entre le taux de la tension moyenne intra-arterielle, la tension systolique et la tension diastolique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113: 53,5-8. ---- Types: Diastolic pressure. Engelen. Der diastolische Blutdruck. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1924 54: 349-51.—Gallois, P. Critique de la tension minima. Vie med 1924, 5: 1013.—Gomez, B. M. Le probleme de la pression minima. Presse med, 1930, 39: 1768. Also Prensa med Habana, 1932, 23: 4-12— Hubener.G. Ueber den diastoli- schen Blutdruck. Med. Klin, 1936, 32: 1103.—MacKenzie, L F The significance of the diastolic blood pressure. Med. Insur, 1920-21, 30: 43-50.—Moulinier, R, & Pachon, V. A propos du critere de la pression minima. J. med. Bordeaux, 1921 51- 391.—Pachon, V. A propos du critere de la pression minima. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 85: 65.—Peller, S. Zur Kritik des arteriellen Minimaldruckes; zugleich eine Erwide- rung an Herrn Prof. Sahli. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1922-23, 5: 553-66.—Rossiter, C. B. The mechanism of diastolic blood pressure; a new conception. Lancet, Lond, 1932, 1: 71-3.— Sahli H. Zur Kritik des arteriellen Minimaldruckes und der Kreis'laufslehre zugleich eine Erwiderung an Herrn Dr Peller. Wien Arch inn. Med, 1922, 4: 475-502— Sterling-Okumevski, S [Clinical importance of diastolic pressure] Lek. wojsk, 1929 13- 433-9. Also Wien. klin. Wschr, 1930, 43: 1084-7.- Truax W B Significance of diastolic blood pressure. J.Am. Osteopath. Ass, 1934-35, 34: 219-21.-Weiss, H B The clinical significance of the diastolic blood pressure. J. Med, Cincin, 1928-29 9- 12—Wieck, W, Zur Frage des diastolischen Blut- druckes 'Arch, orthop. Unfallchir, 1935-36, 36: 497-9. Also Zbl. Chir, 1936,63: 332-5. ____ Types: Mean pressure. See also Blood pressure, Measurement, and its subdivisions. Canale, H. Contribution a 1 etude clinique de la pression moyenne a l'etat normal et dans BLOOD PRESSURE 5X6 BLOOD PRESSURE quelques cas pathologiques. 92p. 8? Par., 1932. Oliveira Bastos, C. de. *Pressao arterial media. 137p. 8? S. Paulo, 1933. Adamson, J. B. Basal blood pressure. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1925, 15: 1112-6.— Amatucci Mallardo, C. La pressione media rardio-vaseolare in clinica. Morgagni, 1933, 75: 291-300.— Arnovljevic, V, & Milovanovich, J. B. Les criteres de la pression movenne dynamique dans les courbes a plateau. Presse med, 1935, 43: 576-9.—Beerens, J, Lequime, J. [et al.] Tension movenne vraie et frequence du cceur. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 114: 520-2.—Betocchi, G. Contributo alio studio della pressione arteriosa media. Med. lavoro, 1933, 24: 57-64.—Boucher, R, & Lafresniere, G. La pression moyenne. Union med. Canada, 1932, 61: 329-35.—Boucomont, R. La pression moyenne et la cure de Royat. Paris med, 1932, 83: 337-40.—Calabresi, C. La pressione sanguigna media. Cuore & circol, 1933, 17: 133-67 — Constantin, Z. [Clinical importance of mean arterial tension] Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1933, 32: 539-44.—Dragulescu, I. [Aver- age arterial tension in the clinic] Ibid, 1932, 31: 199.—Espejo Sola, J. La presion mediana dinamica en patologia. Sem. med, B. Air, 1934, 41: 261-75.—Freij6, G. L, & Martins Barbosa, J. A pressao media sob o ponto de vista clinico. Brasil nted, 1933, 47: 854-62.—Fulchiero, A, & Penati, F. Ricerche sulla pressione media dinamica. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1932, 95: 102. Also Minerva med. Tor, 1932, 23: pt2, 97-113.—Gutie- rrez Corrales, M. Contribucion al estudio de la tension arterial media. Rev. med, Managua, 1934-35, 4: 121-31. Also Cron. med. mex, 1935, 34: 285-92.—Kisch, F. Zur Klinik des arteriel- len dynamischen Mitteldrucks. Klin. Wschr, 1933,12: 862-5 — Kisthinios, N. La pression arterielle moyenne en clinique. Medecine, Par, 1932, 13: 1-71—Krai, J, & Horejsi, J. [Mean arterial pressure] Cas. tek. cesk, 1932, 71: 1074; 1105.—Lajoie, R. J. The average dynamic blood pressure, the new criterion of cardiac efficiency. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1933, 28: 276-80.— Laubry, C, Beerens, J, & Van Bogaert, A. Tension moyenne intra-arterielle normale chez I'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113:238-40. -----• Relations entre la tension moyenne intra- arterielle et la forme du pouls. Ibid, 393-5.—Lian, C. La pres- sion arterielle moyenne et son importance senteiologique. Presse med, 1932, 40: 121-4. ----- & Facquet, J. Average blood pressure. French M. Rev, Par, 1932, 2: 239-44.—Lizier, E, & Tagliaferro, E. Comportamento della pressione media in seguito a rachidocentesi. Minerva med. Tor, 1934, 25: pt 1, 388-91.—Lusena, R. Contributo alio studio della pressione arteriosa media. Cuore & circol, 1932, 16: 311-25.—Marko- vicius, S. [Mean pressure] Medicina, Kaunas, 1936, 17: 357; 513—Markus, V, & Benkb, S. [Dynamic mean pressure] Gyogyaszat, 1935, 75: 311-3.—Marta, A. Considerazioni sulla pressione media in ginecologia. Monit. ostet. gin, 1934, 6: 89-109, ch.—Mazzucco, A. Relaciones entre la presion arterial media y el gasto circulatorio. Arch. urug. med, 1934, 5: 405- 13.—Migliardo, J. P. El concepto de la tension media. Actas Congr. nac. med, Rosario, 1934, 5: pt4, 651-9.—Miller, F. N, & Romig, R. C. Basal blood pressure in the normal. Ann. Int. M, 1927, 1: 231-4.—Nagera, J. M. Presion media. Sem. med, B. Air, 1932, 39: pt2, 396.—Orgaz, J. Tension media dinamica. Ibid, 1931, 38: 1570-4.—Orlov, M. La pression moyenne arterielle dynamique. Presse med, 1935, 43: 1747.— Pachon, V, & Fabre, R. Lois fixant les relations de la pression efficace avec T6tat de suffisance ou d'insuffisance circulatoire. J. med. Bordeaux, 1931, 108: 487-92. ----- Tableau standard des pressions efficaces suffisantes a divers regimes variables de resistances vasculaires et de puissance cardiaque. Ibid, 575. ----- Pression efficace arterielle et valeur fonctionnelle circu- latoire. M6decine, Par, 1932, 13: 645.—Picchini, G, & Bena- roio, O. Contributo alio studio della pressione media. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1935, 23: 405-19— Pia, J. C, Fabregat, A, & Ponce de Le6n, R. La presion arterial media. Arch. urug. med, 1933, 3: 230-51.—Plesch, J. Funktionelle Gefassdiagno- stik; der effektive Blutdruck. Zschr. klin. Med, 1932, 121: 628.—Pruche, A. La pression moyenne dynamique ou effteace. Bull. Soc. nted. Paris, 1935, 175-80. Puente Veloso, S, & Gomez, D. M. Le presion media; sus bases experimentales, su determi- naeion en el hombre y su aplicacion a la clinica. Med. ibera, 1931, 15: 346-52.—Quarrelli. G, & Apolito, N. Pression arterielle et indice oscillometrique chez le personnel des machines des grands paquebots. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 614-6 — Renaud, M. Debit cardiaque et pression moyenne. Rev. crit. path, ther, 1932, 3: 139-52.—Santi, P. La pressione media in clinica. Cuore & circol, 1935, 19: 402-34.—Saragea, T. [Mean blood pressure] Romania med, 1931, 9: 173.—Tagliaferro, E. Studio sulla pressione media. Minerva med. Tor, 1934, 25: pt 1, 316-24.—Traina Rao, G. Sul valore della pressione media dinamica nei campo ostetrico. Riv. ital. gin, 1936-37, 19: 415-37.—Tremonti, P. Prove farmacodinamiche e pressione media. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1932, 4: 731-56.—Tripodi, M. Ricerche sulla pressione media arteriosa e suoi rapporti con la pressione capillare. Fisiol. med, Roma, 1933, 4: 65-76.— Van Booren, F. Rapports entre la pression moyenne et la cir- culation peripherique. Presse nted, 1933, 41: 1236-8—Vaquez, H, & Chaisemartin, J. G. B. de. Etude sur la pression moyenne. Arch. nted. pharm. mil, 1933, 98: 123-34.—Vaquez, H, & Giroux, R. Recherches sur la pression moyenne. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1935, 3.ser, 114: 312-6.—Vaquez, H, & Gley, P. Pression moyenne et courbes d'oscillations a plateau. Presse nted, 1935, 43: 1409.—Vaquez, R., & Kisthinios. La pression moyenne consideree comme pression basale. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1931, 3.ser, 105: 503-5. -Vaquez, H, & Lajoie, R. J. The physiological and clinical study of the average dynamic blood pressure (pres- sion moyenne) Contribut. med. sc. Libman Annivers. Vol, 1932, 3: 1163-74.—Velicogna, A, & Viziano, A. Pressione media dinamica nelT allenamento in rapporto agli altri valori oscillo- metrici. Med. lavoro, 1933, 24: 51-fi.- Waldorp, C. P, Bordo, C. A, & Genijovich, S. Importancia y significado de la llamada tension media dinamica en la hiperpiesis, la eupiesis, eD la insuficiencia cardiaca y en la hipopiesis. Sem. med, B. Air, 1931, 38: pt2, 104-10.—Zamfir, C. [Clinical importance of mean arterial tension] Rev. st. med, Bucur, 1933, 22: 1498-505. ---- Types: Pulse pressure. Boumer, E. La signification de la convergence des chiffres de tension. Presse med, 1932, 40: 177.—Earp, J. R. Pulse pressure in men and women. Ohio M.J, 1927, 23: 229—Kabanov, N. A. [Pulse pressure and vascular tonus] Vrach. dielo, 1926, 9: 1364-9.—Lang, G. [Concerning pulse pressure] Ibid, 1928, 10: 1737-42.—Read, J.M. A clinical interpretation of pulse pressure. Am. Heart J, 1927, 2: 541-7. Also California West. M, 1927,27: 211.—Rosen, I. T, & White, H. L. The relation of pulse pressure to stroke volume. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1925-26, 23: 746-8. Also Am. J. Physiol, 1926, 78: lf>S-84 — Sedillot, J. La douleur interscapulaire des sujets a tension differentielle basse (hypotendus vrais; hypertendus a maxima peu eievCe) Monde med, 1924, 34: 357-61.—Skelton, R. On the relation of pulse pressure to the output of the heart. J. Physiol, Lond, 1921-22, 55: 319-21.—Strasburger, J. Ueber den Einfluss der Aorten elastizitat auf das Verhaltnis zwischen Pulsdruck und Schlag volumen des Herzens. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1907, 51: 378-427. ---- Variations. See also Blood pressure, Regulation; Blood pressure, high, Vascular crisis. Crone, F. *Zur Frage der Traube-Hering- schen Blutdruckwellen [Marburg] 32p. 8°. Werdohl i.W., 1932. Aalkjaer, V. Ueber die Bedingungen fiir und die Methoden zur Hervorrufung der Traube-Hering'schen Blutdruckschwan- kungen. Skand. Arch. Physiol, Berl, 1934, 69: 167-81. ---- Ueber Aussehen, Bildungsstelle und Ursache der Traube- Hering-Mayer'schen Blutdruckschwankungen. Ibid, 1934-35, 71: 301-22.—Addis, T. Blood pressure and pulse rate reactions. Arch. Int. M, 1922, 30: 240-68.—Barcroft, J, & Nisimaru, Y. Undulatory changes of blood-pressure. J. Physiol, Lond, 1932, 74: 311-20. ----- & Steggerda, F. R. The effects of in- testinal rhythm on general blood-pressure. Ibid, 490-s.- Barrieu. La pression arterielle et ses variations. Hopital, 1927, 15: 356-9.—Boucher, R. Augmentation de la pression arterielle chez les gens normaux. Union nted. Canada, 1924, 5.1: 10.—Cyriax, E. F. Unilateral blood pressure changes in gynae- cology and obstetrics. J. Obst. Gyn, Lond, 1922, n.s, 29: 322-5.—Biehl, H. S. The variability of blood pressure; morning and evening studies. Arch. Int. M, 1929, 43: 835-45.----- & Lees, H. B. The variability of blood pressure; a study of systolic pressure at 5-minute intervals. Ibid, 44: 229-37.—Enebuske, C. J. Significant reactions of the arterial tension; manifestations of the angio-kinetic energy, clinically observed and interpreted. Boston M.&SJ, 1921, 184: 407; 185: 118; 150; 176; 196.—Foker- man, I. [Daily fluctuation in blood pressure in healthy and sick persons] Klin, med, Moskva, 1927, 5: 1285-8—Frank, L. Ueber arterielle Blutdruckschwankungen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 33. Kongr, 1921, 522-7.—Fukushima, K, Hayashi, S, & Kubota, T. On the variation of arterial blood pressure in same person. Jap. J.M.Sc, 1936, 4: Int. med, 223.—Gomez, B. M, & Langevin, A. Les variations instantanees de la pression du sang dans les arteres. Presse nted, 1934, 42: 1959-61.— Griffith, F. R, jr., Pucher, G. W. [et al.] Studies in human physiology; pulse rate and blood pressure. Am. J. Physiol, 1929, 88: 295-311.—Grusin, A. I. [Fluctuations of arterial pressure in relation to certain factors] Odess. med. J, 1929, 4: 52940.— Hahn, L. Ueber die kurzfristigen Spontanschwankungen des systolischen Blutdrucks. Zbl. inn. Med, 1925, 46: 738-49- Hunter, A. Blood pressure; what affects it? Proc. Ass. Life Insur. Presid, 1923, 17: 64-iSl. Also Med. Insur, 1923-24, 39: 505-17. -----& Rogers, O. H. Blood pressure as affected by sex, weight, climate, altitude, latitude, or by abstinence from alcoholic beverages. Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America (1919) 1920, 6: (30. meeting) 92-7.—Kilborn, L. G. The variability of blood pressure in normal persons. China M.J, 1930, 44: 533-40— Lafranca, S. Sulle variazioni fisiologiche e patologiche della pressione arteriale. Fol. med. Nap, 1924,10: 721-39.—Lane, Sir W. A. Variations in blood-pressure; their causation. Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18: 360—Laubry, C, Brosse, T, & Van Bogaert, A. Traces simultanes chez I'homme du pouls anacrote et des variations de la tension intra-arterielle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113: 229-31—Luisada, A. Le variazioni orane della pressione arteriosa. Riforma med, 1925, 41: 817-23.— Montanari, A. Sulle variazioni reciproche della pressione arteriosa (massima, media e minima) e capillare nei corso della giornata e in varie condizioni morbose. Riv. clin. med, 1933, 34: 263-88— Mueller, S. C, & Brown, G. E. Hourly rhythms in blood pressure in persons with normal and elevated pressures. Ann. Int. M, 1929-30, 3: 1190-200— Nelson, G. Inconstant blood pressure. Virginia M. Month, 1920-21, 47; 418-22.— BLOOD PRESSURE 5, :87 BLOOD PRESSURE Porak, R. La pression arterielle et les rythmies organiques. Progr. nted. Par, 1927, 42: 1770.—Rennati, B, & Mazzucco, A. Etude experimentale des differentes variations de la pression arterielle par la methode de l'oscillographie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932,109:141-4.—Trerotoli, P, & Scarangella, A. Considerazioni sul comportamento della frequenza del polso e della pressione arteriosa in rapporto alle diverse combinazioni morfologiche. Fol. med. Nap, 1928, 14: 957; 1021—Truesdell, B, & Croxford, G. Periodic variations in blood pressure, pulse, and the physical efficiency test. Am. J. Physiol, 1926, 79; 112-8.—Van Bogaert, A, Beerens, J. [et al.] La tension moyenne intra-arterielle; etude des principaux facteurs de ses variations. Presse med, 1934, 42: 791-4. ---- Variations: Age. See also Blood pressure, Normal values; Blood pressure, high, senile. Christ, F. *Blutdruck im Kindesalter. 20p. 8? Giessen, 1927. Girbal, E. *Etude de la tension art6rielle chez le nourrisson et l'enfant a l'etat normal, a l'etat pathologique et en particulier de ses varia- tions au cours des ponctions lombaires, des injec- tions intrarachidiennes et intra-ventriculaires. 46p. 8? Par., 1921. Joseph, R. *La tension arterielle chez le vieillard; renseignements fournis par la methode des tensions comparees aux membres superieurs et aux membres inf^rieurs. 117p. 162: 322-37— Koch, E, & Koller, S. Der Blutdruck des Kanm(. chens. Zschr. Biol, 1931-32, 92: 202-8—Kolls, A. C, & Cash J. E. The blood pressures in the unanesthetized dog. BulT Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1923, 34: 49-51—Kupper, A. TJntersu- 21707—vol. 2, 4th series----38 chungen fiber den Gefasstonus des Frosches. Zschr. Kreis- laufforsch, 1931, 23: 281-90—Rai, S. Blutdruck der Kanin- chen. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1931-32, 14: 23; 57; 107.—Skramlik, E. von. Ueber den Blutdruck in der Tierreihe. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1932, 5: 27-54 [Discussion] 158-66.—Yen, T.J. On rhythmic variations of the blood pressure in rabbits. J. Orient. M, Dairen, 1929, 10: 38. BLOOD pressure, high. See also Blood pressure, Disorders; Blood pressure, Variations. Bornstein, S. L. *Essential hypertension. 27p. 4? Wautosa, Wis., 1933. Koch, E. *Ueber Hvpertonie. 25p. 8°. Bonn, 1927. Zuhlke, P. F. *Ueber Hvpertonie. 8p. 8°. Lpz., 1920. Adson, A. W, & Allen, E. V. Essential hypertension: general considerations. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1937, 12: 1-4.— Agostoni, G. Ipertensione ed ipertesi. Rass. clin. ter, 1931, 30: 65-91.—Allen, E. V. Essential hypertension. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1934, 35: 409-16—Allen, F. M. Arterial hypertension. J. Am. M. Ass, 1920, 74:652. Also repr.—Amblard, L. A. Ar- terial hypertension. Med. Standard, 1922, 45: no.2, 11-6.— Anderson, H. B. Arterial hypertension. Canad. Pract, 1924, 49: 541-53.—Arnau, R. R. Arterial hypertension. Med. J. & Rec, 1932, 136: 415-7. Also repr.—Backer, M. Essential hy- pertension. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1931, 131: 494-6 — Baker, E. S. Arterial hypertension. U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull, 1931, 7: 139.—Barach, J. H. Essential vascular hyperten- sion. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 79: 2140-3. Also Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18: 426-9.—Barker, F. M. Essential hypertension. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1921, 20: 130.—Barton, J. K. Hyperpiesis. West London M.J, 1927, 32: 14-21.—Bauer, J. Ueber arteriel- len Hochdruck. Wien. med. Wschr, 1933, 83: 1281-4. Also Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 562. Also Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1935, 9: 206.—Baumgarten, W. Essential hypertension. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1936, 33:171-4.—Beach, T. R. Hypertension. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1931, 84: 362-9.—Bergmann, von. Ueber essentielle arterielle Hypertonie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 97.—Blanton, W. B. A study in vascular hypertension. South. M.&S, 1930, 92: 495-500.—Brim, C J. Hypertension. Med. Rev. of Rev, 1928, 34: 321-6.—Brockbank, E. M. High blood pressure. Lancet, Lond, 1923, 2: 880-3. Also Med. Brief, 1923, 51: 583-9.—Brooks, H. Hypertension. Proc. In- terst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1932, 363-7.—Brown, G. E. Essential hypertension. Med. Clin. N. America, 1935, 19: 517-24.—Brown, L. M. Essential hypertension. J. Nat. M. Ass, 1929, 21: 1-4.—Bryan, O. N. Essential hypertension. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1929-30, 22: 271-6.—Bullrich, R. A. Hiper- tension arterial. Dia nted, B. Air, 1933-34, 6: 329.—Calandre, L. Hipertension arterial. Arch, med, Madr, 1928, 28: 654-9.— Calvo Creado, V. Sobre la hipertension esencial. Med. ibera, 1929, 24: pt 1, 1-5.—Cameron, J. B. S. High blood-pressure. Clin. J, Lond, 1936, 65: 451-8—Campbell, M. High blood- pressure. Ibid, 1933, 62:270-8. Also Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond., 1933, 47: 72-80.—Castellani, E. Ipertensione essenziale. Boil. spec. med. chir, 1931, 5: 517-27.—Caviness, V. S. Arterial hy- pertension. South. M.&S, 1926, 88: 507-12.—Chambers, J. Q. Vascular hypertension. Month. Bull. Kansas City S.W. Clin. Soc, 1925-26, 2: no.3, 14^-7.—Chester, J. L. Hypertension. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1925, 24: 237-9.—Ciancio, N. A hypertensad. Gaz. clin, S. Paulo, 1931, 29: 341.—Comstock, B. B. Hyperten- sion. California J.M, 1923, 21: 49-52.—Cooper, I. W, & Hart, L. Hypertension. South. M.J, 1936,29:806-10.—Crile, G. Hyper- tension. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1935, 340-5.—Bassen, R. Sobre hipertension arterial. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1932, 39: pt2, 25-32.—Bavis, B. Essential hypertension. South. M.&S, 1929, 91: 757-61—Bouthwaite, A. H. Hyper- piesia. Rep. Guy's Hosp, Lond, 1928, 128: 59-81.—Bowden, C. W. Arterial hypertension. Kentucky M.J, 1922, 20: 456- 60.—Bube, J. E. Considerations generates sur la tension et Thypertension arterielle. Union nted. Canada, 1933, 62: 1115- 26.—Bu Bois, E. B. Essential hypertension. Med. Herald, 1932, 51: 119-24. Also Northwest M, 1933, 32: 179-83—Burig, A. Der arterielle Hochdruck. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1923, 35. Kongr, 124-33.—Elliott, A. R. Essential hypertension. Am. J.M.Sc, 1927, 174: 244-59—Evans, V. G. [Hypertonia] Ugeskr. laeger, 1927, 89: 554.—Faber, K. [Essential arterial hypertension] Ibid, 1924, 86: 219-23.—Fabrizio, A. Iperten- sione arteriale. Lez. med. biol. (Martelli) Nap, 1930, 361-6.— Fitch, W. E. Arterial hypertension. Med. J. & Rec, 1929,130: 312; 376.—Foshay, L. Essential hypertension. J. Med, Cin- cin 1928-29, 9: 4-6.—Frank, E. Ueber den essentiellen Hoch- druck. Wien. med. Wschr, 1932, 82: 171-6— Gemski, W. [Essential arterial hypertonia] Polska gaz. lek, 1932, 11: 99- 103.—Goodhall, J. S, & Rogers, L. A note of the pressure of the blood and hypertension. Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18: 361-7.— Grover, B. B. Hyperpiesia. Med. Herald, 1920, 39: 191-4. Also Clin. M.&S, 1932, 39: 365-8.—Guilleaume. Propos relatifs ai 'hypertension arterielle. Liege med, 1932, 25: 537-53.—Gun- son, E. B. Hyperpiesis. N. Zealand M.J, 1933, 32: 69-75.— Halbron, P, & Seze, S. de. A propos de Thypertension. Rev. crit path. th6r, 1931, 2: pt 1, 465-71—Hale, G. C. Arterial hypertension. Ann. Int. M, 1929-30, 3: 478-82.—Halpert, H. What the general practitioner should and must know about BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 594 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH hypertension. Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 120: 273-6.—Hamilton, J. C. nyperpiesis. Newcastle M.J, 1930-31,11:1-9.—Harding, T. S. The low-down on high blood pressure. Am. Med, 1936, 42: 36-41.—Hare, B. C. Essential hypertension. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1932, 25:1189.—Haynes, G. 0. Arterial hypertension. U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull, 1930, 6:675-8.—Helff, J. R. Hyper- tension. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, 1923,132: 102-17.—Horder, Sir T, Evans, G. [et al.] High blood pressure. Lancet, Lond, 1930, 1: 860-2.—Howell, J. B. Essential arterial hypertension. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1926-27, 79: 401-9.—Humphris, F. H. [Hypertonia] Ugeskr. laeger, 1927, 89: 576.—Hypertension (L') arterielle. Med. prat. Par, 1924, 31: 153-6.—Jablons, B. Hypertension. Internat. Clin, 1931, 3: 76-85. Also Barker Festschrift, 1932, 76-85.—Jex-Blake, A. J. High blood pressure. East Afr. M.J, 1934, 10: 286-300.—Jimenez Bias, C. Sobre la hipertension esencial. Progr. clin, Madr, 1932, 40: 625; 689 — Johnston, J. I. Hypertension. West Virginia M.J, 1930, 26: 11-4.—Jump, H. B. Essential hypertension. Med. Clin. N. America, 1924, 8: 763-70.—Kaye, J. T. Hypertension. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1928, 27: 634-6—Ketterer, C. H. Essential hypertension. U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull, 1930, 6: 671-4 — Khnkert, B. Hypertensie. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1920, 2: 457- 60 [Discussion] 465-70.—Kulbs, F. Ueber Hypertonien. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 717-9.—Kylin, E. Ueber die essentielle arterielle Hypertonic Erg. ges. Med, 1929, 13: 73-123.— Langley, W, & Sanders, J. Essential hypertension. Bull. Guthrie Clin, 1935, 5: 21-8.—Lankhout, J. [Observations on the increase of blood pressure] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1923, 67: pt 1, 2908-14.—Leblond, S, & Huot, A. Un hypertendu. Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Quebec, 1935, 111-5.—Lichwitz, L. Hypertonie. Wien. med. Wschr, 1922, 72: 405. Also Zbl. inn. Med, 1922, 43:137-9. Also Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1922, 19: 609-14. ----- Der arterielle Hochdruck. In his Path. Funktionen, Leiden, 1936, 235-48.—McGovern, J. J. Hypertension. Wisconsin M.J, 1928, 27: 439-48.—Major, R. H. Arterial hypertension. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1923, 23: 241-8. Also J. Indiana M. Ass, 1927, 20:89-94.—Maliwa, E. Ueber Hypertonie. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1927, 40: 1355-7.—Mancusi-Ungaro, L. Hypertension. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1933, 30: 559-64.—Matthes, M. Die Hypertonie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 229; 263; 271—May, O. [Hyper- tonia] Ugeskr. laeger, 1927, 89: 516-8.—Meara, F. S. Hyper- piesia of Clifford Allbutt (essential hypertension) Med. Clin. N. America, 1918-19, 2: 1-28.—Milne, L. S. Arterial hyperten- sion. Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18: 460-5. Also J. Missouri M. Ass, 1923, 20: 1.—Monro, T. K. Hyperpiesis and hyperpiesia. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1929, 5: 244-8.— Mora witz, P. Hypertension. Prakt. Arzt, 1928, n.F, 13: 432-9.—Morelli, E. Nota sulla ipertensione arteriosa. Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1919, 31: 393-400. Also Policlinico, 1920, 27: sez. prat, 355-8.—Mosenthal, H. O. Essential hypertension. Pennsylvania M.J, 1918-19, 22: 287-92. Also repr. ----- Hypertension. Bull. N. York Acad. M, 1929, 2.ser, 5: 107.— Motley, R. L. Arterial hypertension. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1920-21, 13: 52-5.—Muller, O, & Hubener, G. Ueber Hyper- tonie. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1925, 149: 31-53, 3pl— Musser, J. H. Hypertension. Med. Rec, S. Ant, 1934, 28: 483-5 — N, A. G. Some thoughts about hyperpiesia. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1936, 35: 311-3—Nisbet, B. H. Essential hypertension; report of a case. Charlotte M.J, 1920, 82: 140-2—Nolen, W. [Essential hypertonia; case] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1928, 72: pt2, 3652-62, pi.—Nuzum, F. R, & Evans, R. B. Some aspects of hypertension. Am. J. Nurs, 1928, 28: 327-33.—O'Hare, J. P. Vascular hypertension. Rhode Island M.J, 1920, 3: 103-8.— Owens, W. B. Arterial hypertension. U.S. Nav. M. Bull, 1924, 21: 637-44, lOpl—Pal, J. Arterieller Hochdruck. Klin. Wschr, 1923, 2:1151-3. ----- Hypertonie und Hypertension. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1925, 38: 414. —-— Hochdruck. Wien. med. Wschr, 1928, 78:1243-7. ----- Hypertonie der Arterien. Deut. med. Wschr, 1930, 56: 2205-8. Also Wien. klin. Wschr, 1930, 43: 1570. ----- Hypertension et hypertonie arterielles. Vie med, 1932, 13: 23-5—Pende, N. Sulla ipertonia essenziale. Minerva med. Tor, 1926, 6: 977-87.—Peters, J. T. [Is hyper- tension a disease?] Geneesk. gids, 1928, 6: 447; 584.—Pichon, E. L'hypertension arterielle. Sem. hop. Paris, 1931, 7: 369-78.— Propst, B. W. High blood pressure. Illinois M.J, 1924, 45: 431-5.—Rai Bahadur. Consideration of high blood pressure. Pract. Med, Delhi, 1933, 31: 251-9—Ramond, L. Ipertensione arteriosa permanente. Gazz. osp, 1935, 56: 407-9.—Ritchie, H. J. Some aspects of vascular hypertonus. Med. J. Australia, 1922, 1: 318-22.—Roberts, S. R. Hypertension. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1936, 25: 413-7.—Robinson, E. P. High blood-pressure. Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18: 465-7—Robison, N. W. Hypertension. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1930, 31: 401-6.—Rolleston, H. Essential vascular hypertension. Brit. M.J, 1933, 1: 223-6. Also repr.— Rouvidich, J. [Hypertonia] Voj. san. glasnik, 1932, 3: 271-82.— Rowntree, L. G. Some sidelights on hypertension. Med. Clin N. America, 1927-28, 11: 1509-26—Rudolph, R. B. High blood pressure. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1925, 15: 1093-8. ----- Arterial hypertension. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1930, 22: 38-41.—Rutioh, J, Schaffler, J. [et al.] [Pathological arterial hypertension] Magy orv. nagyhet jegyzbkve, 1933, 3: 59-69—Ryle, J. A. Hyper- piesia. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1925, 39: 540-5. Also Clin J, Lond, 1926, 55: 85-90— Schlayer, C. R. Ueber Hypertonie- krankheit. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1931, 28: 241-4.—Sexton, C. E. Hypertension. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1927, 20: 8-13.— Shuman, J. W. Arterial hypertension. Med. J. & Rec, 1930, 131:202. —■— High blood pressure. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1934. 140: 180.—Smith, E. S. Arterial hypertension Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1925, 1: 42-7.—Snoo, K. de. Hypertensie. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1920, 2: 460-70.—Speidel, F. G. Medical aspect of hypertension. Kentucky M.J.. 1936, 34: 240.—Sprunt, T. P. Arterial hypertension. West Virginia M.J, 1934, 30: 28-39—Stieglitz, E. J. Arterial hypertension Trained Nurse, 1931, 86: 33-9.—Stine, B. G. Hypertensive dis- ease. Southwest. M, 1931, 15: 473-7.—Strauss, H. [Hyper- tonia] Medicina, Kaunas, 1931, 12: 243-50—Siimegi, J. [Hy- pertonia] Gyogyaszat, 1927, 67: 558-62.—Sulle ipertonie. Mor- gagni, 1922, 64: pt2, 273-9.—Sutton, G. E. F. Hyperpiesia. Prac- titioner, Lond, 1935, 134: 205-16.—Swope, S. B. Hypertension of arteries. Southwest. M, 1923, 7:417.—Tomanek, Z. [Hyper- tonia] Polska gaz. tek, 1927, 6:353-61.—Turner, C. C. Hyper- tension. Kentucky M.J, 1929, 27: 100-5.—Ulrich, H. L. Hy- pertension. Journal-lancet, 1934, 54: 652-7.—Vaquez, H. Hy- pertension. An. Fac. med, Montev, 1919, 4: 421-68.—Veli- cogna, A. Ipertensione essenziale. Morgagni, 1931, 73: 1993- 2004.—Volhard, F. Der arterielle Hochdruck. Verh. Deut Ges. inn. Med, 1923, 35. Kongr, 134-84.—Weber, F. P. So- called essential arterial hypertension. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1932, 184: 121—Wesselow, O. L. V. de. Arterial hyper- tension. Lancet, Lond, 1934, 2: 579; 636.—Wheelock, M. C. Hypertension. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1933, 23: 197-200— Zoja, L. Sulla ipertensione arteriosa. Riv. idroclim, 1934, 45: 148-64. ---- Blood in. See Blood pressure, high, Pathogenesis, chemi- cal and physico-chemical. ---- Causes. See also Blood pressure, high, Pathogenesis; Blood pressure, high, symptomatic. Alvarez, W. C, McCaUa, R. L, & Zimmermann, A. Hyper- tension and constipation; a statistical study. Arch. Int. M, 1926, 38: 158-66.—Askenstead, F. C. Causes of arterial hyper- tension. Kentucky M.J, 1927, 25:64-7.—Bain, C. W. C. Etio- logical factors in hyperpiesia. Brit. M.J, 1932, 1: 57.—Barach, J. Vascular hypertension; etiological factors. Pennsylvania M.J, 1922-23, 26: 373-7.—Barath, E. Arterial hypertension and physical work. Arch. Int. M, 1928, 42: 297-300. ----- & Mirgay, A. von. Ueber die Rolle von Umweltfaktoren bei der Entstehung der primaren (vaskularen) Hypertonie. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1934, 25: 221-30.—Barker, L. F. The cause and treatment of the conditions underlying high blood pressure. Med. Brief, 1920, 48: 494; 544. Also Med. Insur, 1920-21, 30: 83-90. Also Ohio M.J, 1920, 16: 709-20—Barnes, G. E. Etiol- ogy and treatment of high blood pressure, arterial hypertension, and arteriosclerosis. N. York M.J, 1922, 116: 73; 155—Barr, J. High arterial blood-pressure; its nature, causes, effects, and treatment. Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18: 349-60.—Bell, E. T, & Pederson, A. H. The causes of hypertension. Ann. Int. M, 1930, 4: 227-37.—Bellamy, W. A. The causation and treatment of high blood-pressure. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1930, 130: 491.—Breitschu, A. Gibt es eine konjugale Hypertension? Miinch. med. Wschr, 1933, 80: 807.—Broadbent, Sir J. F. H. The etiology of high blood pressure. Med. J. & Rec, 1929,129: 185.—Buttersack. Hypertonie im Leib-Seele-Problem. Fortsch. Med, 1927, 45: 144.—Calhoun, A. W. Etiology of hyper- tension. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1933, 22: 403-7.—Chapman, B. G. High blood pressure: its causes, symptoms, and principles of treatment. Virginia M. Month, 1933, 60: 477-81.—Cross, J. G, Causes and care of arterial hypertension. Journal lancet, 1922, 42: 509-14.—Bufour, H. Etude de quelques facteurs condi- tionnant Thypertension. Bull, med. Par, 1934, 48: 63 — Bumas, A. La maladie hypertensive; considerations etiolo- giques et therapeutiques. Presse nted, 1931, 39:129-31.—Evans, G. The causation and treatment of essential hypertension. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1932, 55:122.—Faber, A. The causes of the increase of blood pressure; especially the permanent one. Acta med. scand, 1924, 61: 53-60. Also Ugeskr. lseger, 1924, 86: 151-8.—Fisher, E. B. High blood pressure arising from nervous strain in diseases of the nervous system. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull, 1912, 5: 581-3.—Fontaine, B. W. The causes and treat- ment of high blood pressure. South. M.J, 1922, 15: 987-92.- Gelman, J. Hypertoniestudien; Alters- und Berufsverschie- bungen im hamodynamischen System. Zschr. klin. Med, 1927, 106: 310-9.—Goepp, R. M. Hypertension; its significance and treatment. Ann. Clin. M, 1923, 2: 24-9.—Hess. Ueber die Aetiologie des Hochdrucks und Blutdruckreaktionen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 709.—Hess, W. R. Die physiologischen Grundlagen der pathologischen Blutdrucksteigerung. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1923, 53: 1077-82.—Izquierdo, J. J. On chronic hypertension of nervous origin. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1935-36, 21: 235-43.—Jenkins, W. A. Arterial hypertension; its significance and its management. Illinois M.J, 1924, 45: 330-7. Also J. Iowa M. Soc, 1925,15: 50-6—Keller, R. L. High blood pressure, its etiology and treatment. Texas J.M, 1927-28, 23: 272-6.— King, J. T. The causes of hypertension. Internat. Clin, 1933, 43.ser, 2: 103-24— Kylin, E. Zur Frage fiber die Aetiologie der essentiellen Hypertoniekrankheit. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4:806-9. Also Acta med. scand, 1926, suppl. 16: 282-5. ---— On the contrast in the clinical features of Simmonds' disease and essen- tial hypertension; contribution to the etiology of high blood pressure. Ibid, 1934, suppl. 59, 222-8. —— [Modern views on the causes of essential hypertonia] Hygiea, Stockh, 1935, 97: 609-23. Also Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935, 48: 1330-4— Langen, C. B. de. Bloeddrukziekte en voeding in IndiS. Ned. tschr. BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 595 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH geneesk, 1933, 77: pt 1, 147-52—Luczynski, W. [Hypertension from the social viewpoint] Polska gaz. tek, 1936, 15: 665-7 — McLester, J. S. The causes and treatment of high blood pressure. Am J M.Sc, 1926, 172: 643-59.—Major, R. H. Observations on the cause and treatment of arterial hypertension. J. Kansas M. Soc 1925, 25: 177-9.—Micheleau, P. E. Quelle est la significa- tion'de Thypertension arterielle? ne doit-elle pas etre consider comme un element de defense? Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1921) 1922,491-8. Also Gaz. sc. nted. Bordeaux, 1921,42: 547-50 — Moschcowitz, E. Cause of hypertension of the greater circulation. J Am. M. Ass, 1929,93:347-51. Also repr.—Muller [Causes and clinical aspect of hypertonia] Norsk mag. laegevid, 1934, 95: 93- 102—Palmer, R.S. Etiologie factors in hypertension. N.England JM 1931 205: 1233-8.—Pfalz, W. Hypertonie nach Starkstrom- unfal'l. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 1647— Ravine, W. Hyper- tension caused by psychic traumata. Cincinnati, J.M, 1926-27, 7- 491-3.—Reid, W. B. Arterial hypertension. Boston M. & S J , 1925, 192: 883-90.—Rinker, F. C. A consideration of the various causes of hypertension. Virginia M. Month, 1921-22, 48: 715-7.—Riseman, J. E. F, & Weiss, S. The age and sex incidence of arterial hypertension. Am. Heart J, 1929- 30 5: 172-90.—Risi, A. Ricerche farmacologiche sui presunti fattori delT ipertensione essenziale. Rass. ter. pat. clin, 1930, 2: 614-25.—Saragea, T. [Hypertension in women] Romania nied, 1929, 7: 214.—Schulze, H. Psychische Reaktionen in ihrer'genetischen Bedeutung fiir die Hypertonie; Beobachtun- gen bei Taucheruntersuchungen. Deut. Militararzt, 1936, 1: 289-93.—Secher, K. Eine Untersuchung fiber die Ursachen der Hypertonie (vorlaufige Mitteilung) Acta med. scand, 1930, 73: 309-23. Also Hospitalstidende, 1930, 73: 437-48.—Singer, F. Hypertension; an opinion concerning its cause and practical treatment. Colorado M, 1925, 22: 247-53.—Smith, N. M. Etiology and treatment of high blood pressure. Clin. M.&S, 1933, 40: 524-6.—Smith, P. S. Some factors in the etiology of vascular hypertension. Virginia M. Month, 1932, 59: 12-5 — Sprunt, T. P. The causes and treatment of arterial hyperten- sion Ibid, 1928-29, 55: 225-31.—Stieglitz, E. J. Emotional hypertension. Am. J.M.Sc, 1930, 179: 775-82.—Sweeney, J. S. Etiology of essential hypertension. Texas J.M, 1935-36, 31: 448-50.—Waller, R. G. The etiology of high blood pressure' Brit M.J, 1930, 2: 595-7.—Warr, O. S. The etiology of essential hypertension. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1927-28, 80: 822-6 — Weiser, F. A. Hypertension: etiology and effects. J.Michigan M Soc, 1936, 35: 323-6.—Weiss, S. The etiology of arterial hypertension. Ann. Int. M, 1934-35, 8: 296-314— Weitz, W. Zur Aetiologie der Hypertension. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1922, 34. Kongr, 255-7. ----- Zur Aetiologie der genuinen oder vascularen Hypertension. Zschr. klin. Med, 1923, 96: 151-81.—Wittkower, E. Zur Frage der psychogenen Hyperten- sionen. Nervenarzt, 1933, 6: 7-13.—Wright, A. H. Faulty diet and intestinal stasis in relation to high blood-pressure. Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18: 377-82.—Yarbrough, J. F. The etiology of hypertension. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1921, 100: 362—Ziskin, T. A consideration of some factors in early hypertension. U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull, 1932, 8: 442-8. - ---- Causes, constitutional and hereditary. See also Blood pressure, Heredity; Blood pressure, Variations, and its subdivisions. Gantenbein, K. *Hereditare und konstitu- tionelle Verhaltnisse bei Hypertonie. 34p. 8? Zur., 1928. Allan, W. A statistical study of heredity in hypertension. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1933, 48: 289. Also Arch. Int. M, 1933, 52: 954-8.—Ay man, B. The hereditary aspect of arteriolar (essential) hypertension; study of 3 generations of a family. N. England J.M, 1933, 209: 194-7. ----- Heredity in arterio- lar (essential) hypertension; a clinical study of the blood pressure of 1,524 members of 277 families. Arch. Int. M, 1934,53: 792-802. ---- Added evidence of heredity in arteriolar essential hypertension. Med. Papers (H. A. Christian Anniv. vol.) Bost, 1936, 291-9.—Backer, M. Essential hypertension; con- stitutional considerations. Am. J.M.Sc, 1936, 192: 395-404 — Badia Brandia, M. El factor herencia en la etiologia de la hiper- tonia esencial. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1930, 13: 3-14.—Barath, J. H. The constitutional factors in hypertensive disease. J. Am. M. Ass, 1928, 91: 1511-4.—Braun, E, & Schellong, F. Ueber die konstitutionellen Grundlagen der essentiellen Hyper- tonie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1936, 62: 371-3—BeCourcy, C. Heredity as an etiological factor in idiopathic hypertension. Cincinnati J.M, 1922, 3: 218-20.—Beleonardi, S. El fatore ereditario nelT ipertensione arteriosa. Endocr. pat. cost, Bologna, 1934, 9: 66-83.—Etienne, G, & Richard, G. L'heredite chez les hypertendus. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1933, 3.ser, 109: 648-52— Glomset, B. J. Hereditary hypertension. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1931, 21: 220-2.—Heredity in hypertension. Med. J. Australia, 1934, 2: 325.—Kiirten, H. Die Therapie von Volhards rotem Hochdruck vom Standpunkt der Erbgesundheitslehre. Zbl. inn. Med, 1932, 53: 698-704. ----- Die Alters- und Fruhform essentieller Hypertonie im Lichte der menschlichen Erblichkeitslehre. Ibid, 1933, 54: 433-42—Moschcowitz, E. Congenital peripheral resistance; its causative relation to the precocious hypertensive states. Arch. Int. M, 1924, 33: 566-75. Also repr.—Muller, 0, & Bock, K. A. Ueber konstitutionelle Blutdrucksteigerung und die sogenannte paradoxe Reaktion. Beut. med. Wschr, 1929, 55: 1291-3— O'Hare, J. P, Walker, W. G, & Vickers, M. C. Heredity and hypertension. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1924, 39: 320-4. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 83: 27.—Rosenbloom, J. Familial hypertension, with report of a case. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1922-23, 8: 681-3.—Schmidt, R. Zur Klinik des essentiellen Hochdruckes und zur Kenntnis seines konstitutionellen Milieus. Med. Klin, Berl, 1916, 12: 765; 792; 1923,19:1479.—Solda, 0. L'ereditarieta e i gruppi sanguigni nella ipertensione arteriosa. Med. ital, 1933, 14: 467-91.— Weiss, R. F. Ueber konstitutionelle familiare Hypertonie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 1049-51. ----- Konstitutionelle Hypertonie; kritische Betrachtungen zum Hypertonieproblem. Zbl. Herz Gefasskr, 1926, 18: 309-14. ----- Die konstitu- tionelle arterielle Hypertonie. Berl. Klin, 1927, H.378-379, 1-40.—Weichmann, E, & Paal, H. Ueber Hypertonie insbe- sondere fiber die Blutgruppen der Hypertoniker. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1926-27, 154: 287-95—Wiseman, J. R. Hereditary hypertension and arteriosclerosis. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 78: 409.—Zipperlen, V. R. Korperbauliche Untersuchungen an Hypertonikern. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1931, 16: 93-119. Causes, traumatic. Beiglbbck, W. Trauma und Hochdruck. Zschr. klin. Med, 1934, 127: 144-8— Rubensohn, E. Hypertonie als Unfallfolge. Mschr. Unfallh, 1929, 36: 211-6.—Weissmann, A. Ein Fall von traumatisch bedingtem Hochdruck. Mitt. Ges. inn. Med. Wien, 1934, 33: 187-9. Also Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935, 48: 494. Also Wien. med. Wschr, 1935, 85: 636. climacteric. See also Blood pressure, high, Pathogenesis, hormonal. Galata, G. Di un caso d'ipertensione climaterica grave trattato con la surrenectomia unilaterale; primi risultati. Riforma med, 1929, 45: 1449-57.—Haba, A. [Hypertension due to climactery] Orvoskepzes, 1932, 22: nov. kttlonf, 90-4.—Haub, F. Unter- suchungen fiber Hypertonien im Klimakterium (zur Arbeit von Dr Franz Kisch, Marienbad) Miinch. med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 1256.—Hopkins, A. H. The treatment of climacteric hyper- tension. N. York M.J, 1919, 110: 931-3.—Hypertension (L') de l'age critique; son traitement. Progr. med. Par, 1924, 39: 794. Also Vie med, 1924, 5: 1669—Munk, F. Ueber die genuine insbesondere die klimakterische Hypertonie. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1926, 90: 403-17—Nielson, A. L. The relation of hypertension of the menopause to arteriosclerosis. Am. J. Obst, 1928, 15: 212-5.—Rutich, J. [Climacteric and hypertonia] Orv. hetil, 1929, 73: 417-20— Stalworth, W. L. Climacteric hypertension. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1933, 86: 298-301. ---- Clinical course and types. Bac, A. A. Contribution a l'etude de Thy- pertension arterielle; revue clinique et thera- peutique. 62p. 8? Par., 1915. Frederick, A. J. *Clinical study of malig- nant hypertension [Marquette Univ.] 29p. 8? Wauwatosa, Wis., 1932. Kieffer, O. T. *Ueber das klinische Bild der Hypertonie [Munchen] 91p. 8? Berl., 1914. Lenegre, J. J. *De Thypertension perma- nente de l'adulte et de son retentissement arte- riel; etude bas6e sur l'observation clinique et anatomique de 20 hypertendus. 87p. 8? Par., 1933. Pellissier. L. L'hypertension arterielle soli- taire; essai critique, recherches cliniques, etiolo- giques et pathogeniques. 272p. 8? Par., 1927. Antonin, P. L'hypertension arterielle; etude clinique. Gaz. hop, 1922, 95: 149-52.—Aubertot, V. Reflexions sur Thyperten- sion arterielle. Paris med, 1935, 97: 384-8—Baldwin, L. B. Some clinical observations in essential hypertension. South- west J.M.&S, 1933, 17: 251-5—Bannick, E. G, & Watson, J. R. Acute vasospastic hypertensive disease with transition into malignant hypertension. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1931, 6: 529-34 — Barnes, F. R. Personal observations in hypertension. Boston M.&S.J, 1924, 191: 301-4.—Binswanger, H. F, & Strouse, S. Hypertension with a benign course. Med. Clin. N. America, 1932, 16: 351— Bishop, L. F. A very high blood-pressure; clinic. Internat. Clin, 1926, 36.ser, 3: 58-62, 23pl—Blackford, J. M, Bowers, J. M, & Baker, J. W. Follow-up study of hyper- tension. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 94: 328-33. Also repr—Blais- dell, E. R. Malignant hypertension. Maine M.J, 1930, 21: 222 —Boas, E. P, & Shapiro, S. Diastolic hypertension with increased basal metabolic rate. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 84: 1558-60.—Bolotin, M. T, & Brams, W. A. Some clinical obser- vations on essential hypertension. Med. Clin. N. America, 1932, 16: 337.—Borissenko, F. F. [Coagulation of blood and sedimentation of erythrocytes as a colloid-chemical reaction in renal and arteriosclerotic hypertony] Russ. klin, 1930, 14. 5i_7—Cornwall, E. E. Clinical aspects of arterial hy- pertension. Med. Times, N.Y, 1924, 52: 173.—Cross, J. G. Chronic arterial hypertension. Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18: 454- 60—B'Amato, H. J. Hipertonia maligna. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1931 38: 1513-8—Berow, H. A, & AUschule, M. B. Malignant hypertension. N. England J.M, 1935,213: 951-60—Beschamps, BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 596 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH P. N. Le probleme biologique de Thypertension permanente dite solitaire. Prat. med. fr, 1929, 8: 39-49. Also Presse med, 1929, 37: 221-3.—Boumer, E. Les formes cliniques de Thyper- tension arterielle et leur pronostic. Bruxelles med, 1927-28, 8: 1471; 1928-29, 9: suppl, 81.—Bu Bray, E. S. On some of the clini- cal aspects of hypertension. Med. J. & Rec, 1932, 136: 411-5. Also repr.—Dumas, A. Les trois phases de la maladie hyper- tensive. J. med. Lyon, 1931, 12: 555-64. ----- L'hyper- tension bloquee. Presse nted, 1931, 39: 1807. ----- & Bu- bouloz. L'hypertension arterielle a evolution depressive et cachectisante. Lyon med, 1927, 140: 589-99.—Ellis, L. B. The clinical course of malignant hypertension. Med. Clin. N. America, 1932, 15: 1025-39. Eshleman, C. L. Some types of hypertension. Ibid, 1928-29, 12: 1215-22.—Fiessinger, C. Notions pratiques sur Thypertension arterielle. Rev. g6n. clin. titer, 1918, 32: 281-3.—Fontan, A. L'hypertension moyenne solitaire existe-t-elle? J. med. Bordeaux, 1933, 110: 163-5.— Gardner, E. L. A clinical and laboratory study of hypertension. Minnesota M, 1923,6:436-42.—Gelman, J. Hypertoniestudien; klinische Formen der Hypertonie. Zschr. klin. Med, 1927, 106: 320-36.—Gherardini, G, & Brasi, M. Studi clinici e speri- mentali sulla ipertensione arteriosa. Clin. med. ital, 1926, 57: 1; 89.—Goyena, J. R. Algo sobre hipertension arterial perma- nente. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1925, 32: pt2, 234.—Gunson, E. B. Hyperpiesis; a clinical study. N. Zealand M.J., 1928-29, 27: 1-9.—Hartsilver, J. A note on high blood pressure. Brit. M.J, 1935, 2: 449.—Herrick, W. W. Certain phases of arterial hyper- tension. Virginia M. Month, 1923-24, 50: 163-8—Hirschboeck, F. J. Hypertension in its clinical aspects. Minnesota M, 1920, 3: 227-36.—Holt, B. W. The hypertension syndrome in general practice. South. M.&S, 1935, 97: 571-3.—Horton, B. T. Severe progressive hypertension with vasospastic features: report of a case. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1935, 10: 17-21.—Ide, M. Hypertensions sanguines. Rev. med. Louvain, 1926, 331-5.— Keeton, R. W. The management of a case of hypertension and chronic nephritis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1928, 12: 145-52.— Keith, N. M, Wagener, H. P, & Kernohan, J. W. The syndrome of malignant hypertension. Arch. Int. M, 1928, 41: 141-88.— Koenigsberger, C, Bannick, E. G, & Beaver, D. C. Acute vasospastic hypertensive disease with transition into malignant hypertension: final report of a case with necropsy. Minnesota M, 1933, 16: 186-92—Kylin, E. [Klinische und experimentelle Studien fiber die Hypertoniekrankheiten] Sven. lak. sail. hand, 1923, 49: 73-156. Also Zbl. inn. Med, 1923, 44: 81; 105.— Langeron, L. Hypertension renale permanente et crises hyper- tensives; hypertension physiologique d'adaptation; hyperten- sion pathologique de dereglement; les 2 phases successives, solitaire et r6nale, de la maladie hypertensive. Rev. nted. Par, 1929, 46: 789-805. Also J. med. Paris, 1931, 51: 213; 238—Le- clercq, A. Notes sur Thypertension arterielle. Presse nted, 1926, 34: 1380-2.—Lewis, T. K. Some observations concerning hypertension. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1926, 23: 18-22.—Lian, C. Forme cachectique terminate de Thypertension arterielle. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1928, 3.ser, 52: 1522-4—Lintz, W. Im- portant phases of essential hypertension. Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 126: 33-6.—Means, J. H. Hypertensive diseases. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1925, 1: 206-15— Meldolesi, G. Sulle forme cliniche ehe si accompagno ad aumento della pres- sione arteriosa. Mal. cuore, 1921, 5: 259-68.—Migliaro, J. P. Equilibrios tensionales dinamicos anormales e hipertension media solitaria. Arch. urug. med, 1935, 6: 663-87.—Mignot, R. A propos d'un cas d'hypertension arterielle. J. med. chir. Par, 1926, 97: 809-18—Miller, H. I. Malignant hypertension. Pittsburgh M. Bull, 1933, 22: 455-61—Montoro, 0. Hiperten- sion arterial esencial de 10 atios de duration. Vida nueva, Habana, 1931, 27: 249-59.—Morichau-Beauchant, R. Sur une forme commune d'hypertension arterielle. Arch. nted. chir. province, 1925, 15: 371-4.—Mornet, J. Les hypertendus devant le praticien. Gaz. nted. France, 1928, 2: 604-8.—Morrison, J. R. Arterial hypertension; case report. Kentucky M.J, 1927, 25: 63.—Mosenthal, H. O. Hypertension; clinical interpretation. Illinois M.J, 1929, 56: 406-13—Murphy, F. D, & Grill, J. So- called malignant hypertension; a clinical and morphologic study. Arch. Int. M, 1930, 46: 75-104, 2pl. Also repr.—Olivet, J. Grundsatzliches zur Frage der malignen Hypertonie (cerebrate Verlaufsform, maligne Pseudouramie) Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 47-51.—Pal, J. Ueber den bestandigen arteriellen Hochdruck. Prakt. Arzt, 1928, n.F, 13: 49-52—Poursines, Y. Les hyper- tonics. Marseille nted, 1933, 70:137-68.—Powers, J. H. Chronic hypertension. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1924, 14: 130-2.—Raff, A. High blood-pressure in general practice. S. Afr. M.J, 1932, 6: 628-31.—Ramond, L. Hypertension arterielle permanente. Presse nted, 1934, 42: 737.—Richter, A. Ueber Blutdruck im hoheren Lebensalter; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Klinik des Hoch- drucks. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1925, 148: 111-20.—Rodov, I. S. [Pathogenesis of functional hypertonia and its transition into organic hypertonia] Russ. klin, 1928, 10: 542-8.—Rolleston, H. High blood pressure from the clinical aspect. Lancet, Lond, 1926,2:1203-7. Also repr—Schenk, P, & Tdppich, G. Zur Klinik und pathologischen Anatomie der essentiellen Hypertonie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1920, 46: 1271-3.—Sigler, L. H. Periodic variability of some forms of arterial hypertension. Am. J.M Sc, 1926, 172: 543-8—Smith, E. S, & Liggett, H. S. Further clinical studies in essential arterial hypertension. Med. Clin N. America, 1927,11: 295-309—Smith, T. M. Malignant hyper- tension. Illinois M.J, 1935, 68: 539-42.—Stengel, A. The clinical significance of arterial hypertension. Atlantic M J 1925-26, 29: 744-7—Strasser, A. Zur Frage der permanenten Hypertonie. Zschr. phys. diat. Ther, 1919, 23: 252-8.—Strauss, H. Klinisches und Kritisches fiber Hypertonie. Med. Klin Berl, 1930, 26: 1735-8-Thome, L. T. A clinical aspect of hypertension. Practitioner, Lond, 1922, 108: 102-12.—Tru- necek, C. L'hypertension de la petite circulation; ses varietes1 blanche et rouge. Rev. nted. Par, 1927, 44: 1163-78.—Ulrich, H. I. Some aspects of hypertension. Journal-lancet, 1926, 46: 543-9.—Vaquez, H, & Gomez, D. M. Un syndrome hypertensif nouveau; Thypertension moyenne solitaire. Presse med, 1931, 39: 1790-3.—Verger, H. Quelques donn6es cliniques de Thyper- tension arterielle. J. med. Bordeaux, 1930, 107: 755-8.—Ver- hoogen, R. L'hypertension arterielle [essential hypertension a clinical entity] Bruxelles nted, 1926-27, 7: 37-47.—Vey, B. C. L. A case of hyperpiesia. Brit. M.J, 1923, 1: 672.—Walter, A. B. Notes and observations on hyperpiesia. Canad. M. Ass J ' 1936, 35: 38-46.—Weiss, R. F. Die Stadieneinteilung der konsti- tutionellen arteriellen Hypertonie als Grundlage einer rationel- len Hypertonie-Behandlung. Fortsch. Ther, 1928, 4: 681-6.— Yater, W. M. Malignant hypertension, a critique, with remarks on the nature of hypertension. South. M.J, 1930, 23: 413-6. Also repr.—Zamfir, C. [Case of permanent hypertension] Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1930, 29: 194-9.—Zemp, F. E. Hyper- tension—cardiac hypertrophy—nephrosclerosis. South. M.&S 1936, 98: 202-7. '' ---- Complications [and their treatment] See also Blood pressure, high, Manifestations; also names of complications as Angina pectoris; Brain, Apoplexy; Edema, &c. Gunewardene, H. O. High blood pressure and its common sequelae. 172p. 8?. Lond, 1935. Lindenberg, W. *Ueber Blutdrucksteigerung und Apoplexie. 36p. 8? Bonn, 1929. Velasquez, H. Contribution a la therapeu- tique de l'insuffisance cardiaque des hypertendus par Tassociation sucre-insuline. 56p. 8? Par., 1935. Averbuck, S. H. Heart failure in hypertension. Am. Heart J, 1936, 11: 99-110—Baer, H. Apoplexie und Hypertonie Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1924, 30: 128-43.—Boas, E. P. The signifi- cance and consequences of hypertension. Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 120: lxxii-lxxvi.—Buchner, F. Zur Pathogenese der Hoch- druckapoplexie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1936, 62: 369-71—Da- made, R. La digitate dans l'insuffisance cardiaque des hyper- tendus. Bull. Soc. nted. chir. Bordeaux (1921) 1922, 111-22. Also Gaz. sc. m6d. Bordeaux, 1921, 42: 170-4.—Bumas, A. Traitement des troubles cerebraux des hypertendus par des injections intra-veineuses hyper ou hypotoniques. Lyon nted, 1925, 136: 428-31. Also Clinique, Par, 1926, 21: 208.—Eliza- garay. Crisis agudas de insuficiencia cardiaca de la hiperten- sion. Siglo med, 1920, 67: 549.—EUiott, A. R. High blood pressure stasis. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921, 76: 1467-70.—Emrich, W. H. The consequences of arterial hypertension. Kentucky M.J, 1927, 25: 67-9— Falk, O. P. J. Management of the heart in hypertensive disease. South. M.J, 1935, 28: 915-8. Also Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1935-36, 30: 483-6.—Fisk, E. L, The relationship of high blood-pressure to other impairments. Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18: 446-54.—Gripwall, E. Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung psychotischer Zustande bei Hypertonie. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1932, 174: 305-11—Hallion, L. Les accidents cerebraux des hypertendus et leur signification: hemorrhagic, spasme arteriel, congestion. Rev. prat, biol. Par, 1922, 15: 97-102.—Holten, C. [Hypertension and its complications] Ugeskr. laeger, 1931, 93:1149-54.—Johnson, J. R. Effect of carbon arc radiation on the cardiac output of hypertensives. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y, 1934, 31: 649— Kremer, B. N, & Segal, L. Hypertension; a study of its relationship and modification by associated disease conditions. Med. Times, N.Y, 1933, 61: 366-70.—Lian, C, & Blondel, A. Hypertension arterielle: traitement de la c6phatee. Sem. hop. Paris, 1926, 3: 151.— Mandru, V. [Treatment of irreducible cardiorenal hyperten- sion] Rev. St. med, Bucur, 1928, 17: 71-9.—Meerloo, A. M. [Case of malignant hypertension with cerebral complications] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1935, 79: 3868-70.—O'Hare, J. P. A case of vascular hypertension with angina pectoris and cerebral hemorrhage; autopsy. Med. Clin. N. America, 1921, 4:1767-84. ——■ The heart and its management in hypertensive disease. Rhode Island M.J, 1926, 9: 1-3.—Schwartz, P. Apoplektische Schadigungen bei der essentiellen Hypertonie. Nervenarzt, 1930, 3: 450-62.—Snader, E. R, jr. Essential hypertension and its sequelae. Hahnemann. Month, 1936, 71: 833-40.—Stage, L. C. [A case of complicated hypertonia] Ugeskr. laeger, 1925, 87: 537.—Sydenstricker, V. P. Complications of hypertension. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1933, 22: 413-5.—Wilkes, G. A. High blood pressure and its associations. Midland M.J, Birmingh, 1921, 20:13-9—Wittstock. Schwere QallenkolikennachGallenblasen- blutung bei einem Hypertoniker. Ther. Gegenwart, 1927, 68: 479. ---- Diagnosis. See also Blood pressure, Measurement; Blood pressure, high: Manifestations, retinal. BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 597 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH Ay man, B. The early diagnosis and early treatment of arteriolar (essential) hypertension. N. England J.M, 1931, 205* 424-30.—Barrieu. Comment examiner un hypertendu. Monde med, 1927, 38: 893-8.—Bessone, F. Ricerche compara- tive sul comportamento della pressione locale nei territorio ehe lavora nei soggetti sani, negli arteriosclerotici e negli ipertesi senza arteriosclerosi. Minerva med. Tor, 1927, 7: 277-83 — Bettoni, I, & Beleonardi, S. Reazioni presorie agli stimoli farmacodinamici e tono vegetativo simpatico e vagale cardiaco nella ipertensione arteriosa. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1932, 20: 521; 582.—Bock, K. A. Die Wirkung adenylsaurehaltiger und anderer Organextrakte auf den Blutdruck von Hypertonikern und der Adenylsauregehalt des Blutes bei der Blutdruckkrank- heit. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 87: 799-805—Bohn, H. Die Bedeutung der Ninhydrinfarbreaktion des Blutserums fiir die Erkennung und Behandlung des blassen Hochdrucks. Med. Klin, Berl, 1936, 32: 536-8—Briggs, J. F, & Oerting, H. Vaso- motor response of normal and hypertensive individuals to ther- mal stimulus (cold) Minnesota M, 1933, 16: 481-6.—Banielo- polu. R6sultats de la compression du vague au cou dans Thy- pertension. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 88: 274-6. ----- & Missirlin, V. Excitabilite centrifuge du vague dans les hyper- tonics generates et les tesions chroniques du coeur; valeur diagnostique et pronostique de l'epreuve du vague dans ces affections. Ibid, 1925, 92: 538-40.—Belherm, L, & Chaperon, R. Le syndrome radiologique de Thypertension aortique. J. radiol. electr, 1924, 8: 401-9.—Bicker, E. Reactions locales des capillaires a l'histamine et a l'acetylcholine au cours des diverses varietes d'hypertension. Presse m6d, 1936, 44: 1454-6.—Enger, R, & Arnold, H. Das Verhalten der 1,2-Nitrosonaphthol- Reaktion bei Hypertonikern und Blutdruckgesunden; Blutun- tersuchungen. Zschr. klin. Med, 1936, 130: 725-33—Ernstene, A. C, & Snyder, M. Effect of arteriosclerosis and benign and malignant hypertension on the area of histamine flares. Arch. Int. M, 1934, 53: 865-77.—Espejo Sola, J. Contribucion al estu- dio radiografico y ostilontetrico de la hipertension arterial. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1935, 42: pt2, 417-20.—Farneti, P. L'Ace- tilcolina nella diagnosi degli stati ipertensivi. Bull. sc. med, Bologna, 1930, 102: 93-102.—Forstner, B, & Kaufmann, K. [Insulin and hypertonia] Orv. hetil, 1932, 76: 166-8.—Galla- vardin, L. Valeur senteiologique des hypertensions arterielles moderees. J. med. fr, 1924, 13: 83-9.—Hayasaka, E. Sur l'in- fluence de la compression oeulaire sur la pression sanguine et le pouls dans Thypertension. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1930, 15: 105-11.—Hines, E. A, & Brown, G. E. A standard test for meas- uring the variability of blood pressure: its significance as an index of the prehypertensive state. Ann. Int. M, 1933, 7: 209-17. ---- The cold pressor test for measuring the reactibility of the blood pressure: data concerning 571 normal and hypertensive subjects. Am. Heart J, 1936, 11: 1-9.—Hromadko. L'impor- tance de la pression arterielle systolique et diastolique pour appr6cier la valeur fonctionnelle de l'appareil circulatoire chez les gens de sport et les soldats. Rev. med. est, 1929, 57: 321-6 — Jansen, K. Glucosebelastung bei Hypertonien. Zschr. klin. Med, 1933,125:351-60.—Kisch, F. Bemerkungen zur diagnosti- schen und prognostischen Bedeutung hoher Blutdruckwerte. Med. Klin, Berl, 1922,18: 691-4.—Lauwers. Chute de tension et radiographie. Bruxelles med, 1935-36, 16: 61—Levi, P. Sul comportamento di alcune prove funzionali cardio-circolatorie nelT ipertensione arteriosa. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1936, 62: 260-74.—Lorenzi, A. Le prove statiche locali nelT ipertensione arteriosa. Cuore & circol, 1931,15:205-15.—Lucrezi, G. Criteri di orientamento diagnostico nelT ipertensione arteriosa. Mor- gagni, 1934, 76: 1335-42.—Magitot, A. Reactions hypertensives normales et pathologiques apres compression du globe. Ann. ocul. Par, 1931, 168: 785-807.—Mirtl, K. Zur Fruhdiagnose der Hochdruckerkrankung. Mitt. Ver. Aerzte Steiermark, 1928, 65: 121-9.—Moracchini, R, & Herlitzka, L. Ipertensione e iper- glicemia; azione delT insulina ed ergotamina sulla pressione e sulla glicemia nella ipertensione essenziale. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1929, 53: 517-37.—Muller, C. Die Messung des Blut- drucks am Schlafenden als klinische Methode speciell bei der gutartigen (primaren) Hypertonie und der Glomerulonephritis. Acta med. scand, 1921, 55: 381; 443—Mueller, S. C. Hourly studies of blood pressure in cases of hypertension and of normal subjects. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1929, 4: 163—O'Hare, J. P. Glu- cose tolerance test in chronic vascular hypertension. Am. J.M.Sc, 1920,160: 366-9. Also Med. Rec, N.Y, 1920, 98:164.— Peczenik, O. Graphische Darstellung des arteriellen Hyper- tonias und seiner Reflexe. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1932, 23: 123-38—Peiser, F. Ueber die Blutzuckerubertrittsschwelle bei Hypertonikern mit und ohne Diabetes. Zschr. klin. Med, 1927, 106: 290-309—Raab, W, & Redlich, F. K. Quantitative Erregbarkeitsprfifung der Vasomotorenzentren bei verschiede- nen Hochdruckformen. Ibid, 1935-36,129: 455-67.—Read, J. M. What constitutes hypertension. California West. M,. 1934, 40: 419-23.—Roshng, E. [Determination of increased blood- pressure] Ugeskr. laeger, 1934, 96: 341; 359.—Sanfilippo, E. II riflesso oculo-cardiaco negli stati ipertensivi. Morgagni, 1931, 73: 243-52— Ulrich, H. L. Diagnosis and treatment of hyper- tension. Journal-lancet, 1925, 45: 551-4— Valore diagnostico delT ipertensione. Gazz. osp, 1930, 51: 81-3—Weinstein, S. Rontgensymptome bei hohem Blutdruck. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24: 418.—Weiss, A, Grossman, A, & Feinstein, M. A. Hypertension: 3 problems in diagnosis. Med. Clin. N. Amer- ica, 1933, 17: 259-78—Westphal, K. Untersuchungen zur Frage der Entstehungsbedingungen des genuinen arteriellen Hoch- druckes; die paradoxe Gefassreaktion auf Abschnurung bei arteriellen Hochdruck. Zschr. klin. Med, 1924-25, 101: 545- 57.—Wiesel, J. Was ist normaler Blutdruck? Was ist erhohter Blutdruck? Wie und wann soil der Blutdruck gemessen werden und welche Ursachen hat die Erhohung des Blutdruckes? Wien. klin. Wschr, 1927, 40: 1306—Wikner, E. Ueber die Thiosulfatprobe bei Hypertonie ohne Albuminurie. Acta med. scand, 1926-27, 65: 591-601.—Williamson, O. K. Some consid- erations in the diagnosis of high arterial blood-pressure. Med. J.S. Afr, 1925-26, 21: 97-102. ---- Diagnosis, differential. See also Blood pressure, high, Clinical course. Johannsen, R. *Differenzierung von 50 Fallen von Hypertension. 29p. 8! [Tub., 1930] Allbutt, C. On high blood-pressures. Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18: 345-8.—Barath, E. Ueber die Bedeutung funktioneller Methoden in der Einteilung und Behandlung der arteriellen Hypertension. Deut. med. Wschr, 1928, 54: 1834.—Bell, E. T. The distinction between chronic glomerulonephritis and hyper- piesia (primary hypertension) Minnesota M, 1926, 9: 1-4.— Bordoli, L. II contegno delle prove aspecifiche di stato di ma- lattia nelle forme pure e nelle forme complicate di ipertensione arteriosa. Arch, pat, Bologna, 1934-35,14: 100-14, 2ch.—Camp, P. B. Essential hypertension and Bright's disease: their differ- ential diagnosis and treatment. Virginia M. Month, 1936-37, 63: 157-61.—Cionini, A. Sul valore di alcune prove funzionali nella differenziazione delle varie forme di ipertensione arteriosa. Minerva med. Tor, 1930, 21: 895-911.—Cordier, V, & Enselme, J. Essai de classification biochimique des hypertensions. Ann. nted. Par, 1932, 31: 393-431.—Bicker, E. La distinction entre hypertendus essentiels et hypertendus nephretiques est-elle justiftee? C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 95-7.—Ernstene, A. C. Types of arterial hypertension and their recognition. Cleve- land Clin. Q, 1936, 3: 222-9.—Finck, C. Determination de l'origine d'une hypertension arterielle par l'oscillogramme. Paris med, 1924, 51: 542-7—Hubert, G. Die differential- diagnostische Bewertung der Hypertonie auf Grund des Wasser- versuehs. Praxis, Bern, 1926, 15: H.32, 1; 3. Also Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1926, 23: 50-3.—Ide, M. Les diverses hypertensions. Rev. m6d. Louvain, 1931, 209: 226.—Keith, N. M. Classification of hypertension and clinical differentiation of the malignant type. Am. Heart J, 1926-27, 2: 597-608— Kiilbs. Ueber die fiir die Praxis wichtigsten Hypertonien. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 439.—Lichtwitz, L. Die Differentialdiagnose der Hyper- tonie. Zschr. Srztl. Fortbild, 1923, 20: 157-64.—McElroy, J. B. Classification of hypertension. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1928) 1929, 465-74.—Maliwa, E. Beitrag zur chemischen Differentialdiagnose der arteriellen Hypertonie. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1923, 36: 503—Nikolaev, P. N. [Types of arterial hypertension] Kazan, med. J, 1926, 22: 536-45.— Practical significance of various types of essential hypertension. Clin. Rev. Pittsburgh, 1933, 2: 41-8.—Pruche, A. Les hyper- tensions arterielles; diagnostic et classification. Clinique, Par, 1923, 18: 203-7.—Rafsky, H. A, Bernhard, A, & Rohdenburg, G. L. Studies in hypertension; a proposed classification of hypertension based upon the nitrogen distribution of the serum proteins. Ann. Int. M, 1936, 9: 1091-100—Riabov, M. F. [Cause and classification of high blood pressure] Klin, med, Moskva, 1925, 3: 289-93.—Roberts, S. R. Functional pressure versus structural sclerosis. Ohio M.J, 1926, 22: 1021-5.— Roemheld, L. Zur Unterscheidung funktioneller und organi- scher Hypertonie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1923, 70:1022—Vital- Lassance. Comment, en pratique, classer les hypertendus? Hopital, 1930, 18:165-70.—Weiss, R. F. Klassifikation und Ter- minologie der arteriellen Hypertonie. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreis- laufforsch, 1928, 124-30. Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1928, 20: 425-31. —--- Diagnosis: Epinephrin test. Kruger, E. *Adrenalinblutdruckkurven bei Kindern [Kiel] 16p. 8? Lpz., 1930. Also Mschr. Kinderh, 1930, 47: 147. Wiesner, B. *Untersuchungen iiber das Verhalten des Blutdruckes nach Injektion blut- drucksteigernder Pharmakabei Normalen, Hypo- und Hypertonikern. 30p. 8? Breslau, 1932. Arrillaga, F. C, & Espejo Sola, J. Las pruebas de la adrena- lina y la atropina en relation con la presion arterial. Sem. med, B. Air, 1933, 40: pt2, 512-22.—Baar, H. Adrenalinleukocytose und Adrenalinhypertonie in ihren Wechselbeziehungen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1926, 50: 594-609.—Brems, A. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der subcutanen Adrenalinreaktion bei der essentiellen Hypertonie und bei Asthma bronchiale. Acta med. scand, 1926, 64: 546-69.—Buccianti, E. Le modiflcazioni del ritmo cardiaco sotto l'azione delT adrenalina endovenosa nei soggetti normali e in quelli ipertesi. Cuore & circol, 1933, 17: 649-72.— Beicke, E, & Hiilse, W. Adrenalinversuche bei Hypertonien. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1924, 145: 360-72. Also Klin. Wschr, 1924,3:1724. Also Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1924,36. Kongr, 277.—Elliot, A. H, & Nuzum, F. R. Cardiovascular response to the'subcutaneous injection of epinephrin and pituitrin in essen- tial hypertension. Am. J.M.Sc, 1935,189: 215-20—Ginoulhiac, R. Variazioni glicemiche e pressorie da adrenalina, insulina, ergotamina, nelT ipertensione arteriosa. Policlinico, 1933, 40: sez. med, 360-75—Gordon, W., & Levitt, G. Blood pressure BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 59 changes in normals and in hypertensives after intravenous epinephrine and histamine. J. Clin. Invest, 1935, 14: 367-72.— Hetenyi, S, & Siimegi, S. Ueber die wirkliche Adrenalinemp- findlichkeit der Hypertoniker. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 188-90. ----- Die Adrenalinblutdruckkurven der essentiellen Hyper- toniker. Ibid, 1925, 4:2298-302.—Ichimi, T. Ueber Adrenalin- empfindlichkeit des Blutdrucks und des Blutzuekerspiegels bei Hypertonikern. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1929, 13: 405-23.—Jansen, W. H. Adrenalinversuche bei normalem Blutdruck und arte- riellem Hochdruck. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1925,147: 339-50 — Jensen, J. The adrenalin test in hypertension. Am. Heart J, 1929-30, 5: 763-80—Kerppola, W. Ueber die essentielle Hyper- tonie und die Verwendung des Adrenalins als Funktionsprobe. Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1928, 9: fasc.3, no.8, 1-10.—Kylin, E. Die Adrenalinblutdrucksreaktion bei Hypertonisten. Zbl. inn. Med, 1922, 43: 329-31. ----- The adrenalin injection test as a clinical investigation method. Acta med. scand, 1924, suppl. no.7, 260-3. ----- Ueber die Blutdruckreaktion bei der essen- tiellen Hypertonie nach intravenoser Adrenalininjektion und die Beeinflussung der Reaktion durch Atropin-Kalk-Medika- tion. Klin. Wschr, 1924,3:1175. ----- Ueber die Adrenalin- blutdrucks- und blutzuckerkurven bei Bronchialasthma, Ulcus venlriculi und essentieller Hypertonie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 41: 439-46. ---- Electrocardiography. See also Blood pressure, high, Manifestations, cardiovascular. Bacq, Z. M. Les troubles de conduction dans les etats hyper- tensifs. Arch, internat. med. exp, Liege, 1929-30, 5: 1-33, ch. ----- De la preponderance gauche dans les etats hypertensifs. Ibid, 35-54. ----- Des variations rythmiques de Telectro- cardiogramme dans les etats hypertensifs. Ibid, 55-68.— Buccianti, E. Rilievi elettrocardiografici en Tipertensione arte- riosa. Clin. med. ital, 1934, 65: 199-224.—Castex, M. R, & Battro, A. El electrocardiograma en la hipertension arterial. Prensa med. argent, 1930-31, 17: 533-45.—Castex, M. R, Rami- rez, L, & Nanclares, A. Formulas de predominio ventricular en la hipertension arterial. Actas Congr. nac. med, Rosario, 1934, 5: pt4, 628-40— Bavis, N. S. Four cases of arterial hyper- tension with electrocardiographic studies. Med. Clin. N. America, 1929, 13: 399-412.—Hengstmann, H. Ueber das Elek- trokardiogramm bei der Hypertension. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1935, 27: 523-33.—Krumbhaar, E. B. Note on electrocardio- graphic changes accompanying acutely increased pressure fol- lowing pulmonary artery ligature. Am. J.M. Sc, 1934, 187: 792-4, 2pl.—Markovits, F. [Hypertonia and electrocardio- gramm] Orv. hetil, 1933, 77: 852-4.—Merzahn, H. Ueber Veranderungen der S-T-Strecke im Elektrokardiogramm bei blassem Hochdruck. Zschr. klin. Med, 1935, 128: 324-31.— Master, A. M. Characteristic progressive changes in the hyper- tension roentgenogram and electrocardiogram. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1928-29, 26: 367-72. Also Am. Heart J, 1929-30, 5: 291-9.—Nix, J. T. Clinical and electrocardiographic findings in 100 cases of hypertension. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1934, 86: 683-5.—Ontaneda, L. E, Bel Rio, J. G, & Hbina, A. R. Estudios electrocardiograficos en la hipertension arterial; la cuarta deri- vation en los sujetos hipertensos. Actas Congr. nac. med, Rosario, 1934, 5: pt4, 585-90.—Radnai, P. Die elektrokardio- graphische Prognose und Frfihdiagnose der hypertonischen und hyperthyreotischen Herzveranderungen. Zschr. klin. Med, 1936, 130: 417-23— Rykert, H. E, & Hepburn, J. Electrocardio- graphic abnormalities characteristic of certain cases of arterial hypertension. Am. Heart J, 1934-35, 10: 942-54.—Schlomka, G, & Theiss, O. Beitrage zur klinischen Elektrokardiographie; Untersuchungen fiber das Verhalten der Herzstromkurve bei Hochdruokkranken. Zschr. klin. Med, 1935-36, 129: 552-71.— Ziskin, T. The electrocardiogram in hypertension. Arch. Int. M, 1928, 42: 512-20. ---- experimental. See also Blood pressure, high, Pathogenesis and its subdivisions. Bodel, P. Realisation experimentale de Thypertension systolique arterielle d'origine aortique. C. rend. Soc biol, 1926, 95: 1536.—Goldblatt, H, Gross, J, & Hanzal, R. F. Studies on experimental hypertension. J. Exp. M, 1937, 65: 233-41.—Hamperl, H, & Heller, H. Die Organveranderungen bei experimentellem Dauerhochdruck. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1933-34, 174: 517-31—Heymans, C, & Bouckaert, J. J. Observations chez le chien en hypertension arterielle chronique et experimentale. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 106: 471-3. ----- Influence hypotensive de Tergotamine et de l'acetylcholine sur la pression arterielle du chien en hypertension chronique experi- mentale; inversion par Tergotamine des effets vasomoteurs du C02. Ibid, 1933, 112: 717-9—Hoff, H. Untersuchungen der Reaktion der Hirngefasse beim experimentellen Hochdruck. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935, 48: 545-8.-----& Urban, H. Ex- perimentelle Studien zur Frage des essentiellen Hochdruckes. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 1366-8—H0st, H. F. Experimental in- vestigations of hypertonia. Acta med. scand, 1931-32, 77: 28-50.—Hiilse, W. Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Genese des essentiellen Hochdruckes. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929,146: 282-7—Kremer, M, Wright, S, & Scarff, R. W. Experimental hypertension and the arterial lesions in the rabbit. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1933, 14: 281-90, pi—Martinetti, R. Realizzazioni sperimentali di un'ipertensione arteriosa cronica. Biol, med. BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH Milano, 1936, 12: 3-28.—Nuzum, F. R, Osborne, M, & Sansum, W. B. The experimental production of hypertension. Arch. Int. M, 1925, 35: 492-9. Also repr.—Strisower, R. Experi- menteller Beitrag zur Frage der permanenten Hypertonie. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1929, 18: 445-8.—Tournade, A. Per- sistance de Thypertension post-d6pressive chez le chien a moelle cervicalesectiomtee. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115:1104.----- Contribution experimentale a l'etude pathogenique de Thyper- tension arterielle. Lyon nted, 1936, 157: 181-7.—Wood, J. E, jr, & Cash, J. R. Experimental hypertension—observations on sustained elevation of systolic and diastolic blood pressure in dogs. J. Clin. Invest,, 1936, 15: 543-57. ---- Historical aspects, Hines, E. A. Some recent concepts concerning essential hypertension. J. S. Carolina M. Ass, 1933, 29: 186-91.—Rom- berg, E. Die Entwicklung der Lehre von der Hypertonie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1924, 50: 1710-2—Ryle, J. A. Chronic Bright's disease without albuminuria; an historical note on the contributions of Bright and his successors of the Guy's School to the study of high blood-pressure and its consequences. Rep. Guy's Hosp, Lond, 1927, 77: 307-13.—Serro, A. Resefia histo- rica de la hipertension arterial. Vida nueva, Habana, 1931, 28: 706-14.—Weiss, S. The development of the clinical concept of arterial hypertension. N. England J.M, 1930, 202: 891-7. ---- Industrial aspects. See also Blood pressure, high, Prognosis. Bavis, N.S, III. Arteriosclerosis and hypertension. Indust. Med, 1933, 2: 317-9.—Elliott, A. R. Importance of arterial hypertension when found in railway employees. Surg. J, 1927-28, 34: 72-5.—Kirk, E. J. Hypertension in industry. J. Indust. Hyg, 1931, 13: 314-25.—Passler, H. Der Blutdruck und seine praktische Bewertung. Zschr. Bahnarzte, 1929, 24: 299-310.—Ritchey, J. 0. Hypertension in relation to industrial employment. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1930, 23: 113-7.—Schnizer. Dienstbeschadigung fiir Hochdruck angenommen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1931, 27: 436-8.—Wychgel, J. N. Arterial hypertension in industry. J. Indust. Hyg, 1930, 12: 319-23. ---- juvenile. See also Blood pressure, high, Causes, consti- tutional and hereditary. Bissery, P. L. *Des hypertensions arterielles permanentes de l'adulte jeune. 102p. 8! Par., 1935. Brisset, J. P. *Le syndrome d'hypertension arterielle permanente chez l'enfant. 144p. 8° Par., 1935. Hodanger, M. *Contribution a l'6tude des hypertensions arterielles des adultes jeunes. 116p. 8? Par., 1930. NlVELLEAU DE LA BRTJNIERE, F. M. Y. *R6- sultats de la cure h^liomarine sur la tension arterielle de l'enfant. 67p. 8? Par., 1925. Rettenmeyer, E. *Die Frage der essentiellen Hypertonie im Kindesalter [Freiburg] 17p. 8? Stuttg., 1931. Also Arch. Kinderh, 1931, 95: 41-55. Staff, H. von. *Zur Klinik des hohen Blut- druckes bei Kindern [Dusseldorf] 27p. 8°. Quakenbruck, 1930. Acuna, M, & Winocur, P. Sobre un caso de hipertension arterial permanente en una nina de 12 afios. Arch, argent. pediat, 1931, 2: 639-52. Also Prensa med. argent, 1931-32, 18: 1187-95.—Altenburger, E, & Voit, K. Endokrine Storung und Hochdruck bei Jugendlichen. Endokrinologie, 1935,16:38-41.— Amberg, S. Hypertension in the young. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1928, 3: 245. Also J. Dis. Child, 1929, 37: 335-50—Barber, T. M. Hypertension in a child. West Virginia M.J, 1928, 24: 186.— Carr, J. G. Juvenile hypertension. Med. Clin. N. America, 1931, 15: 623-G— Craig, J. Malignant hypertension in child- hood. Arch. Dis. Childh, Lond, 1931, 6:157-64—Biehl, H. S, & Sutherland, K. H. Systolic blood pressures in young men, in- cluding a special study of those with hypertension. Arch. Int. M, 1925, 36: 151-73—Faerber, E. Zur Frage der chronischen Blutdrucksteigerung im Kindesalter. Mschr. Kinderh, 1929, 42: 148-56.—Hanaun, G. Ipertensione giovanile. Gazz. osp, 1932, 53: 737-9—Hesnard, A, & Favreau. L'hypertonie con- genitale pure. Vie med, 1924, 5: 725. Also Gaz. sc. med, Bordeaux, 1924, 45: 283.—Holzmann, E. Essentielle Hyper- tension im friihen Kindesalter. Mschr. Kinderh, 1929-30, 45: 449-52.—Hoyle, C. Adolescent hypertension with excretion of an adrenaline-like substance in the urine. Lancet, Lond, 1933, 1: 230-3.—Hutchison, R„ & Moncrieff, A. A case of primary hypertension in a child. Brit. J. Child. Dis, 1930, 27: 201-4.- Isaacs, S. D. Hypertension in a young subject. Lancet, Lond, 1931,2: 739—Kloss, E. Die Hypertonien im Sauglingsal- ter. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1915, n.F, 82: 347-400—Liebenam, I. BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 599 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH Beitrag zum Krankheitsbild der essentiellen Hypertension im Kindesalter. Mschr. Kinderh, 1935, 63: 171-84—Macciotta, G. Considerazioni su una manifestazione episodica di ipertensione arteriosa essenziale in un bambino di sei anni. Pediatria (Riv.) 1933, 41: 297-313.—Moncrieff, A. Primary hypertension in a child. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1932, 25: 1226—Mondon, H, Lahillonne, P, & Berge, C. Sur un cas d'hypertension perma- nente chez un jeune. Lyon med, 1936, 158: 434-7.—Moog, 0, & Voit, K. Klinische Beobachtungen an jugendlichen Hyper- tonikern. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 9-12—Nobecourt, P. Sur deux filles de 15 mois et de 3 ans 11 mois presentant de Thypertension arterielle permanente sans symptomes de ne- phrite chronique. Progr. nted. Par, 1936, 221: 257. -----& Lebec, L. Hypertension arterielle permanente chez une enfant de 13 ans. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1927, 25: 31-4.—Pandikov, Q. A. [Congenital hypertonia] Omsk. med. J, 1927, 2: 60-77.— Pellissier, L. L'hypertension arterielle infantile; frequence et valeur. M6decine, Par, 1926-27, 8: 871-5.—Pierret, R, & Lefebvre, G. L'hypertension arterielle chez l'enfant. Echo med. nord, 1934, 3.ser, 2: 799-810—Ross, P. S. Hypertension in child; case report. Ohio M.J, 1936, 32: 983—Saragea, T. [Ar- terial hypertension in children] Romania med, 1928, 6: 263.— Taussig, H. B, & Rensen, B. B. Essential hypertension in boy of 2 years of age. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1935, 57: 183-92.—Tourniaire, A. Des hypertensions arterielles solitaires, juveniles non evolutives d'origine sympathique. Gaz. med. France, 1935, 42: 167-9.—Weinrich, H. Zur Frage der Haufig- keit arterieller Blutdrucksteigerung im jugendlichen Alter. Zschr. klin. Med, 1933, 123: 629-36—Westrienen, A. F. A. S. van [Case of hypertension in a young child] Mschr. kinderge- neesk, 1934, 3: 156-60.—Wilson, R. McN. Youthful hyperpiesis. Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18: 368-70.—Yokota, S. Die essentielle Hypertension bei einem Jugendlichen. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1936, 4: Int. med, 144-7. ---- Life insurance aspects. See also the same subheading under Blood pressure; also Blood pressure, high; Prognosis. Bolt, W. Hypertension as an underwriting problem. Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America, 1935, 21: 183-236 — Frost, H. M. Hypertension and longevity. Life Insur. M, 1926,1:178-98,11 ch.—Milne, L. S. Hypertension. Med. Insur. 1924-25, 40: 457; 470.—Riesman, D. Hypertension in women. Ibid, 1918-19,28:417-21. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1919, 73: 330-2 — Weber, F. P. High blood-pressure and life insurance. Clin. J, Lond, 1921,50: 193-7. ---- Manifestations. See also Blood pressure, high, Complications; Blood pressure, high, Pathological anatomy. Achard, C. Lecons sur les troubles de la tension arterielle. Progr. med. Par, 1929, 44: 677; 726.—Ayman, B, & Pratt, J. H. Nature of the symptoms associated with essential hypertension. Arch. Int. M, 1931, 47: 675-87. Also repr.—Bauer, J. [Pseudo- myxoedema in permanent high blood-pressure] Polska gaz. lek, 1927, 6: 761.—Bresadola, G. Sui sintomi morbosi delT iperten- sione arteriosa e sulla loro origine remota. Arch, pat, Bologna, 1933-34, 13: 607-J3, ch.—Cantelmo, 0. Sulle rotture arteriali interne spontanee negli ipertesi. Riv. chir. Nap, 1936, 2: 193-201.—Chrisman, W. W. Signs and symptoms of hyper- tension. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1933, 22: 410-2.—Coombs, C. F. The distal phenomena that accompany high arterial tension. Bristol Med. Chir. J, 1929, 46: 3.5-48, pi.—Copland, S. M. Some observations on the inaugural symptoms of hypertension. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1933, 85: 668-72.—Bavis, B. The nature of the symptoms in essential hypertension. Am. J.M. Sc, 1931, 181: 850-7.—Bube, J. E. Comment se revele Thypertension arterielle. Union nted. Canada, 1934, 63: 318-31.—Kahler, H. Die verschiedenen Formen von Blutdrucksteigerung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1923,36: 265-8.—Kauffmann, F. Ueber die Haufig- keit einzelner wichtigerer Klagen und anamnestischer Angaben bei Kranken mit arterieller Hypertension. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 1230-3.—Major, R. H. The clinical manifesta- tions of arterial hypertension. Internat. Clin, 1933, 43.ser, 2: 125-37.—Molle. Le signe de la jambe croisee dans Thyper- tension arterielle. J. med. Paris, 1917, 36: 53.—Moor, F. The etiology and svmptoms of hyperpiesia. Practitioner, Lond, 1931, 127: 576-86— Nazmi. [New symptom in arterial hyper- tension] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1933, 62: 112-7.—Ohler, W. R. The signs and symptoms of hypertension. Am. Heart J, 1926-27, 2: 609-12.—Powell, Sir R. B. On the symptoms and treatment of raised blood-pressure. Practitioner, Lond, 1920, 105: 309-24.—Riseman, J. E. F, & Weiss, S. The symptomatol- ogy of arterial hypertension. Am. J.M.Sc, 1930, 180: 47-59 — Schlosser, M. Untersuchung zur Manifestierung der Blut- druckkrankheit. Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 340-3— Schultz, J. H, & Biehn, W. Ueber die Haufigkeit einzelner wichtiger Klagen und anamnestischer Angaben bei Kranken mit arterieller Hypertension. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 25.—Torday, A. [Symptoms of essential hypertension] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1933, 31: 993-8.—Weiss, S. The interpretations of syndromes associated with arterial hypertension. N. England J.M, 1932, 207: 165-73. ----Manifestations, cardiovascular. See also Blood pressure, high, Electrocardiog- raphy. I Gladstone, S. A. Cardiac output and arterial hypertension. 56p. 8? N.Y., 1935. Adler, E. Klinische experimentelle Studien Uber die Gefass- tunktion bei Hypertensionen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 762. Also Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1922, 34. Kongr, 258- 73.—Amblard, A. Tension arterielle et bruit de galop. Presse med, 1920, 28: 263-6.—Aubertin, C. Absence d'hypertrophie cardiaque dans certains cas d'hypertension permanente soli- ^F?- t,Bu11, Soc- m6cL h°P- Paris> 1929> 3ser-> 53: 1371-5 — Bell, E. T, & Hartzell, T. B. Studies on hypertension: the relation of age to the size of the heart. J. Med. Res, 1923-24, 44: 473-88.—Bishop, L. F. Hypertonia vasorum of nervous origin as a cause of heart disease. Am. Med, 1908, n..s, 3: £?-—?Lumgart' H- J"< & Weiss. S. Studies on the velocity of blood flow; the velocity of blood flow and its relation to other aspects of the circulation in patients with arteriosclerosis and in patients with arterial hypertension. J. Clin. Invest, 1927-28, 4:173-97.—Bordet, E. Les images radioscopiques du cceur et de 1 aorte dans Thypertension. Prat. med. fr, 1925, 4: 25-9 — Cantoni, O. II lavoro del cuore nelT ipertensione arteriosa in rapporto con altre caratteristiche circolatorie e respiratorie. Cuore & circol, 1936, 20: 2-22.—Danielopolu, D, Marcou, I, & Proca, G. G. Reaction du myocarde a Thypertension ntecanique apres Textirpation du ganglion etoite. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 107: 854-8.—Donzelot, E. Le cceur camoufte des hypertendus. Presse nted, 1922, 30: 667.—Elliott, A. R. Cardiodynamics of arterial hypertension. Am. J.M.Sc, 1923, 166: 576-84. -----■ Clinical aspects of circulatory dynamics in arterial hypertension. Ann. Int. M, 1936-37, 10:194-9—Ernst, C, & Weiss, R. Ueber das zirkulatorische Minutenvolumen bei der Hypertonie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 68: 126-38—Fahr, G. Work of the left ventricle in normal, hypertension, and arteriosclerosis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1926-27, 24: 405-10. ----- The heart in hypertension. J. Am. M. Ass, 1935, 105: 1396-400.— Gager, L. T. What hypertension means in terms of vascular function. Virginia M. Month, 1930-31, 57: 307.—Goldie, W. Hypertension and its relationship to the functional activities of the vessels. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1924, 14: 836-41.—Graves, M. L. Hearts and high blood pressure. West. M. Rev, 1928, 33: 969-74.—Hayasaka, E. On the minute volume of the heart in hypertension. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1927, 9: 401-11.—Hoch- rein, M. Ueber den Kreislaufmechanismus bei der Hyperten- sion. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1928, 133: 325-84. ----- Die klinische Bedeutung der Herzgerausche bei der Hypertension. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1932, 79: 1309.—Isola, A. La kimografia nelle ipertensioni arteriose. Atti Congr. ital. radiol, 1934, 11: pt2, 299-302.—Jagic, N. Herz und Kreislauf bei Hypertonie. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1930, 43: 336.—Kahler, H. Herz und arte- rieller Hochdruck. Ibid, 1929, 42: 1589-91.—Katz, L. N, & Wiggers, C. J. The influence of high systemic blood pressures on the right ventricle and pulmonary circuit. Am. J. Phvsiol, 1927, 82: 91-8.—Kauffmann, F. Klinisch-experimentelle Unter- suchungen zum Krankheitsbilde der arteriellen Hypertension; iiber das Herzklopfen bei Kranken mit arterieller Hypertension. Zschr. klin. Med, 1924, 100: 677-701—Kinlaw, W.'B. The effect of hypertension on the cardiovascular system. South. M.&S, 1935, 97: 61-3.—Kinsman, J. M, & Moore, J. W. The hemo- dynamics of the circulation in hypertension. Ann. Int. M, 1935-36, 9: 649-61—Kroetz, C. Kreislaufkorrelationen beim arteriellen Hochdruck (Untersuchungen zur Genese der essen- tiellen Hypertonie) Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1930, 42. Kongr, 222-6.—Lange, F. Die Funktion der Blutstrombahn bei Hypertonie. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1927-28, 158: 214-30. ----- & Wehner, E. Das Herz bei Hypertonie und bei Ar- teriosklerose. Ibid, 1928, 160: 45-62.—Laubry, C, Samain, L, & van Bogaert, A. La radiologie du cceur et de Taorte dans Thy- pertension chronique. Gaz. med. France, 1934, 153-9.—Lauter, S. Kreislauf und Hochdruck. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislauf- forsch, 1929, pt2, 63; 1930, 3: 23. Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1929, 21: 441; 1930, 22: 544. -----& Baumann, H. Ueber den Kreislauf bei Hochdruck, Arteriosklerose und Apoplexie. Zschr. klin. Med, 1928, 109: 415-46—Levine, V. Myocardial changes in hypertension. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1934, 14: 150-64, pi.—Lippert, H. Capillarfunktion und Hypertonie. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 645.—Lutembacher, R. Les accidents cardiaques de Thypertension arterielle. Bull, med. Par, 1922, 36: 616-9.—Magniel, M. Syndrome angineux terminal chez une jeune femme grande hypertendue. Prat. med. fr, 1927, 6: (A) 51-3.—Nordmann, M. Das Verhalten der Kreislaufperipherie beim weissen und roten Hochdruck. Deut. med. Wschr, 1933, 59: 755-7. Also Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1933, 6: 225-30.—O'Hare, J. P. Vascular reactions in vascular hyperten- sion. Am. J.M.Sc, 1920, 159: 369-80. -----& Walker, W. G. The heart in hypertension. Boston M.&S.J, 1924, 190: 683-6.— Pal, J. Das Hypertonieproblem in den Kreislauf organen. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 995; 1032. Also Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 78.—Saragea, T. [The heart in arterial hypertension] Ro- mania med, 1930, 8: 125.—Scotti Bouglas, R, & Gallone, L. Modiflcazioni immediate e mediate delT equilibrio circolatorio e sanguigno degli ipertesi dopo il salasso. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1934, 58: 289-330.—Silvano, P. II segno de Giovanni-Zoja nello studio delT arterospasmo. Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1922, 35: 219-37.—Troutman, W. B. Symposium on hypertension; the heart in hypertension. Kentucky M.J, 1936, 34: 234-6.—Weiss, S, & Ellis, L. B. The quantitative aspects and dynamics of the circulatory mechanism in arterial hypertension. Am. Heart J, 1929-30, 5: 448-68.—White, P. B. The heart in hypertension and in nephritis. Boston M.&S.J, 1923, 189: 1015-8. ----- A note on the common occurrence of serious involvement of the heart in hyperpiesia. N. England J.M, 1936, 214: 719. BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 600 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH ■---- Manifestations, cerebral and mental. See also Blood pressure, high, Complications. Fahrenkamp, K. Die psycho-physische Wech- selwirkung bei den Hypertonie-Erkrankungen; eine klinische Studie iiber die praktische Bedeu- tung der Blutdruckkurve. 152p. 8? Stuttg., 1926. Krapf, E. Die Seelenstorungen der Blut- druckkranken. 120p. 8? Lpz., 1936. Aschner, B. Kleinhirnsyndrom bei arteriellem Hochdruck. Wien. med. Wschr, 1921,71:1851.—Ayman, B. The personality type of patients with arteriolar essential hypertension. Am. J.M.Sc, 1933, 186: 213-23.—Barilari, M. J. Tensofobia y psico- terapiadelhipertenso. Rev.med.lat.amer, B. Air, 1933-34,19: 1073-87.—Barrow, W. H. Cerebral symptoms in hypertension. California West. M, 1930,33:887.—Bonjour, J. Lesmodalit6sde Thypertension et leur symptomatologie sp6cialement psycho- nerveuse. Rev. nted. Suisse rom, 1933,53:24-33—Cannady, E. W. Hypertensive encephalopathy: a clinical and pathological study. Med. Papers (H. A. Christian Anniv. vol.) Bost, 1936, 300-11 — Charpentier, R. Un syndrome neuropsychiatrique au cours des etats d'hypertension arterielle. Medecine, Par, 1921-22, 2: 382-4.—Chavany, J. A. Manifestations c6rebro-oculaires de Thypertension arterielle simulant la tumeur cerebrate. Presse med, 1936, 44: 1983.—Bonzelot, E. Les eclipses cerebrates chez les hypertendus. Medecine, Par, 1923-24, 5: 434-7.—Bumas, A. Forme cerebro-meningee de Thypertension arterielle. J. nted. Lyon, 1930, 11: 577-84—Eshleman, C. L. The phobia of high blood pressure. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1935-36, 88: 219-25 — Fahr, G. A contribution to our understanding of the mechanism of hypertensive encephalopathy and their treatment in a certain group of these cases. Minnesota M, 1935, 18: 406.—Fahren- kamp, K. Die forensische Bedeutung kurzer Bewusstseinssto- rungen bei Kranken mit Hypertonie. Nervenarzt, 1930, 3: 668-73.—Gordon, A. Hypertension and cerebral manifestations. Internat. Clin, 1933, 43.ser, 4: 22-7.—Guttmann, E. Some psychiatric observations in arterial hypertension. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1935-36, 29: 1387-91.—Hallion, L. Role preser- vateur de Tencephale vis-a-vis des 6carts de la pression arterielle en particulier chez les hypertendus. Rev. prat, biol. Par, 1927, 20: 321-8.—HiU, L. B. A psychoanalytic observation on essential hypertension. Psychoanal. Rev, 1935, 22: 60-4.— Lian, C. Accidents cerebraux transitoires dans Thypertension arterielle. Rev. med. est, 1925, 53: 7-11. -----& Barrieu, R. Los accidentes cerebrates transitoire en la hipertension arterial. Prensa nted. argent, 1924-25, 11: 1069-71. Also Union nted. Canada, 1925, 54: 211-5.—Martin, A. Psychisch vorgetauschte Blutdrucksteigerung. Zschr. Krankenpfl, 1921, 43: 85.— Neuburger, K. Ueber Hirnveranderungen bei Hypertonikern. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1932, 5: 136-41 [Discussion] 158-66.—Oppenheimer, B. S, & Fishberg, A. M. Hypertensive encephalopathy. Arch. Int. M, 1928, 41: 264-78—Page, I. H. A syndrome simulating diencephalic stimulation occurring in patients with essential hypertension. Am. J.M.Sc, 1935, 190: 9-14.—Puech, P, & Thiery, J. E. Syndrome d'hypertension arterielle et d'hypertension intracranienne assoctees. Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 66: 12L44—Purser, F. C. Cerebral aspects of essential hypertension. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1933, 136: 428.—Schotman, J. W. [Case with extremely high blood-pressure and psychotic symptoms] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1928, 72: pt2, 5606-13.—Shaw, H. B. The disturbances of the brain in hyper- piesia. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1923-24, 47: 254-69. ---- Manifestations, gastrointestinal. Blum, P, & Bouttier, L. Troubles dyspeptiques et hyper- tension arterielle. Bull, med. Par, 1926, 40: 139.—Giddings, G. Gastric complications of vascular hypertension. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1919-20, 9: 128-32.—Le Sage, A. Dyspepsie et hyper- tension. Union nted. Canada, 1923, 52: 191-6.—Miller, J. L. The visceral manifestations of cardiovascular hypertensive disease. J. Am. M. Ass, 1926, 87: 383-8.—Robinson, S. K. The gastro-intestinal symptoms in hypertension. Am. J. Digest. Dis, 1936-37,3: 296-9. ---- Manifestations: Pressure. Martin, J. *Essai sur l'oscillom^trie dans l'hypertension arterielle. 176p. 8? Par., 1932. Alexandresco-Dersca, C, & Jonnesco, D. La pression veineuse peripherique dans Thypertension arterielle. Paris m6d, 1928, 69: 133-7.—Ayman, B. Normal blood pressure in essential hypertension. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 94: 1214-8. Also repr. ----- Essential hypertension; the diastolic blood pressure: its variability. Arch. Int. M, 1931, 48: 89-97. Also repr.—Barath, E. Die Blutdruckregulation der Hypertonie- kranken nach korperlicher Belastung. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1476-8.—Barbier, J., & Josserand, A. Les hypertendus a tension maxima variable. J. med. Lyon, 1928, 9: 39-44.—Bisbini, B. La pressione e la morfologia dei capillari nella ipertensione essen- ziale. Cuore & circol, 1931,15: 525-41.—Boas, E. P. The inter- pretation of high blood-pressure readings. Med. Clin. N. America, 1920, 4: 257-80. ----- & Frant, S. The capillary blood pressure in arterial hypertension. Arch. Int. M, 1922, 30: 40-56.—Boas, E. P, & Mufson, I. The capillary blood pressure in arterial hypertension and in nephritis. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1923-24, 9: 152-9.—Brown, G. E. Daily and monthly rhythm in the blood pressure of a man with hypertension; a 3-year study. Ann. Int. M, 1929-30, 3: 1177-89—Castellotti, F. La pressione del sangue durante il sonno negli ipertesi. Mal. cuore, 1923, 7: 139-46. ----- La replezione venosa nell' iper- tensione arteriosa: suoi rapporti con la pressione venosa; suo valore clinico e diagnostico. Cuore & circol, 1925, 9: 296-9.— Chabe, A. De la valeur clinique de l'indice oscillometrique chez les hypertendus permanents. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1921) 1922, 572-6. Also Gaz. sc. nted. Bordeaux, 1921, 42: 613.— Chapman, P. M. Raised blood-pressure. Practitioner, Lond., 1921, 106: 60-2.—Bumas, A. Signification des modifications tensionnelles apparaissant dans te cours de Thypertension per- manente. Gaz. m6d. France, 1934, 169-75.—Eckerstrbm, S, Ueber unternormale Blutdruckwerte bei essentieller Hypertonie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1932, 28: 1603-5—Ellis, L. B, & Weiss, S. The measurement of capillary pressure under natural conditions and after arteriolar dilatation; in normal subjects and in patients with arterial hypertension and with arteriosclerosis. J. Clin. Invest, 1930, 8: 47-67.—Ernst, C. Arterieller Hochdruck und Venendruck beim Menschen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 952-4. -----& Stagelschmidt, P. Blutmengenbestimmungen und Venendruckmessungen bei Hypertonikern. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 73: 678-91—Fahrenkamp, K. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tagesschwankungen des Blutdrucks bei der Hypertonie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1921, 17: 776-8. ----- Blut- druckkurven bei der Hypertonie. Ibid., 1923, 19: 600-2.—H0st, H. F. Investigations of blood pressure in hypertonia diseases. Acta med. scand, 1932, 79: suppl.50, 281-91.—Jaenisch, R, & Haug, K. Der Blutdruck der Hypertoniker bei Luftdruckver- minderung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 1670.—Jeanneney, G, & Tauzin, J. Hypertendus cliniques chirurgicaux en hyper- tension d6guisee et d6compensee. Presse med, 1923, 31: 207.— Kylin, E. Studien fiber das Verhalten des Kapillardruckes, im besonderen bei arteriellen Blutdruckssteigerungen. Acta med. scand, 1920, 53: 651-8—Legiardi-Laura, C. Basal blood- pressure; the coefficient of variation and the recuperation quo- tient of blood-pressure in normal and in hypertensive patients. Med. Rev. of Rev, 1929, 35: 12-9.—Lombardi, A. La pressione media nelT ipertensione e nelT arteriosclerosi; azione delT Ela- stina sulla pressione media. Gazz. med. Roma, 1932,58:134-8.— Luisada, A. Ipertensione arteriosa e ipertensione capillare. Riv. clin. med, 1925, 26: 598; 637.—McCloud, C. N. Essential hypertension; particularly stressing the significance of diastolic blood pressure. Minnesota M, 1930, 13: 369-74.—Massiere. Les hypertendus a pression invariable. J. med. Bordeaux, 1930, 60: 11-3.—May, E. L'oscillom6trie chez les hypertendus. Sem. h6p. Paris, 1926, 3: 260-3. -----& Kaplan, M. Poussees paroxystique au cours d'une hypertension permanente; com- paraison avec Thypertension adrenalinique. Bull. Soc. med. h5p. Paris, 1930, 3.ser, 46: 341-7.—Moukhtar, A. Etude des differentes formes d'hypertension a l'aide des sphygmotono- grammes; la tension postsystolique. Arch. mal. cceur, 1928, 21: 769-77.—Mufson, I. A study of the capillary pressure in nephri- tis and hypertension. Am. J.M.Sc, 1932,183:632-43.—Nicastro, C. La pressione arterioso negli ipertesi, con e senza insuffi- cienza renale, in seguito ad applicazioni sistematiche di correnti adaltatensione. Cult. med.mod. Pal., 1930,9:931-8.—Payan,I, & Giraud, E. Hypertension arterielle et tension veineuse. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 93: 1447.—Raybaud, A, & Giraud- Costa, E. Valeur diagnostique et pronostique de la tension moyenne dans les hypertensions arterielles et les insuffisances cardiaques. Marseille med, 1932, 69: 677-82.—Rutherford, B. S. The significance of extreme in blood pressure. Kentucky M.J, 1923, 21: 565-8—Sedillot, J. Hypertension moyenne soli- taire; installation r6cente d'un souffle d'insuffisance aortique; Thypertension moyenne est une affaire vasculaire. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1932,142-8.—Shellshear, C, & Sippe, C. The median pressure and hypertension moyenne solitaire syndrome; some new aspects of oscillometry. Med. J. Australia, 1932, 2: 412- 22.—Simili, A. II coefflciente pressorio; nuovo dato per lo studio delle tensioni e ipertensioni arteriose. Riforma med, 1935, 51: 1137-44.—Snyder, M. The capillary blood pressure in normal subjects and in patients with arterial hypertension. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1934, 35: 425-30.—Tripodi, M. La pressione venosa periferica bilaterale nella diagnosi e nella prognosi della iper- tensione arteriosa. Cuore & circol, 1931, 15: 232-40.—Vaquez, H. Les chutes accidentelles de la pression au cours de Thyper- tension permanente. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1919, 3.ser, 81: 283. -----& Gomez, B.M. Pression moyenne et hypertension arterielle. Ibid, 1931, 3.ser, 105: 234-42. -----& Lajoie, R. J. Hypertension moyenne a Teffort et aptitude fonctionnelle cardiaque. Presse nted, 1931, 39: 1533-65.—Volterra, M. Ueber den mittleren arteriellen Druck (Potain-Vaquez) und seinen klinischen Wert, besonders fur die sogenannte essentielle Hyper- tonie. Zbl. inn. Med, 1931, 52: 1153-5—Weiss, S, Haynes, F. W, & Shore, R. The relation of arterial pulse pressure to the hemodynamics of arterial hypertension. Am. Heart J, 1936, 11: 402-15.—Wilson, N. G. Blood pressure with special refer- ence to essential hypertension. Virginia M. Month, 1927-28, 54: 340-6.—Wood, J. E. The significance of blood pressure changes in hypertension. Ibid, 1931, 58: 143-8. ---- Manifestations, pulmonary and respira- tory. Clark, O. Hyperpiesia e hemoptise. Brasil med, 1921, 55: pt2, 376.—Corone. Hypertension et voies respiratoires supe- rieures. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1921-22,3:366-71. BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 601 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH Also Montpellier nted, 1922, 44: 375; 396.—Dumas, A, & Amic. La bronchite des hypertendus. Lyon nted, 1931, 148: 281-9.— Garcia Dominguez, A. Bronquitis gripal e insuficiencia ventri- cular en un hipertonico esencial; psicosis vascular. Siglo med, 1929, 83: 691.—Gonzalo, G. R. Fenomenos pulmonares en la hipertension arterial. Ibid, 1924, 74:122.—Rossi, R. Hemopti- sis en la hipertension. Rev. As. med. argent, 1925, 38: 424-32 Also Sem. nted, B. Air, 1925, 32: pt2, 250-2. ---- Manifestations: Pulse and pulse pressure. Beardwood, J. T. Right-sided carotid pulsation in hyper- tension. Med. Clin. N. America, 1930-31, 14: 989-92.—Beyer- holm, 0. Studies of the velocity of transmission of the pulse wave in different pathological conditions (principally arterio- sclerosis with and without hypertonia, and heart-arythmiae) Acta med. scand, 1927, 67: 323-52.—Bolotin, M. T. Right carotid and other pulsations in essential hypertension. Med J & Rec, 1933, 137: 419—Borgatti, G. Sulle cause delle modifl- cazioni del polso, a cuore enervato, per le alte pressioni arteriose Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1935, 10: 770-4.—Brown, G. E, & Rowntree, L. G. Right-sided carotid pulsations in cases of severe hypertension. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 84: 1016-9.— Haynes, F. W, Ellis, L. B., & Weiss, S. Pulse wave velocity and arterial elasticity in arterial hypertension, arteriosclerosis, and related conditions. Am. Heart J, 1936, 11: 385-401.— Hoist, J. E. [Carotid pulsation on the right side with arterial hypertension] Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: 79-84.—Lian, C. Hypertension arterielle divergente. Rev. med. lat.amer B Air, 1930-31, 16: 781-4. Also Prat. med. fr, 1931, 12: 19-22 — Mannaberg, J. Weiteres fiber die Hochdrucktachykardie. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1923, 6: 147-50.—Mond, H, & Oppen- heimer, E. T. Gallop rhythm in hypertension. Arch. Int. M , 1929, 43: 166-83.—Mougeot, A, & Aubertot, V. Macrosphygmie et microsphygmie chez les hypertendus. Medecine, Par, 1929, 10: 202-9.—Wybauw, R. Activite systolique des arteres et sa signification au point de vue pathologique et therapeutique. Mem. couron. Acad. med. Belgique, 1926-28, 23: no.7, 1-81.— Yernaux, R. Observations relatives a la microsphygmie dans Thypertension. Arch, internat. med. exp, Liege, 1927-28 3: 255-72, 4pl. ---- Manifestations, renal. See also Blood pressure, high, Pathogenesis, renal. Rigal, J. L. M. *La constante ureo-secretoire chez les hypertendus et le pronostic r6nal de l'hypertension permanente. 127p. 8? Par., 1925. Wolff, E. *Ergebnisse klinischer Unter- Buchungen tiber Nierenbeteiligung bei essentieller Hypertonie. 22p. 8? Bonn, 1934. Alvarez, C, & Vigetti, E. El valor funcional del rinon en la hipertension arterial permanente. Rev. nted. Rosario, 1929, 19: 447-61.—Bell, L. G. Renal insufficiency in essential hyper- tension. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1932, 26: 525-34.—Castaigne, J, & Chaumerliac, J. L'eiimination de l'eau et la densintetrie urinaire chez les hypertendus; deductions pratiques. J. med. fr, 1932, 21: 396-400— Cottet, J. Les modalites de l'eiimination urinaire de l'eau chez les hypertendus au point de vue pronos- tique et therapeutique. Medecine, Par, 1924-25, 6: 460-4.—Bos- sola, A. A. La funcion renal en la hipertension arterial. Sem. med, B. Air, 1935,42:pt2,1230-8—EUis, L. B, & Weiss, S. Renal function in arterial hypertension. J. Am. M. Ass, 1933,100:875- 8.—Farmachidis, C. L'ipertensione arteriosa e le perturbazioni funzionali dei reni. Gazz. internaz. med. rhir, 1926, 31: 3-9 — Franke, O. Klinische Erfahrungen fiber Hypertonie mit Albu- minurie. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1931-32,172: 281-97—Gennes, L. de. Etude de la fonction renale au cours des hypertensions paroxystiques. Presse med, 1933, 41: 641-4. Also Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3.ser, 50:1537-42.—Kisch, F. Essentieller Hochdruck und Nierenfunktion. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1924, 9:3144.—Klein, O. Zur Frage der Nierenfunktion bei den per- manenten arteriosklerotischen Hypertonien. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1924, 144: 207-22.—Lankhout, J. [Raised blood-pres- sure and the constant of Ambard] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1920, 1: 143944.—Laubry, C, & Walser, J. Hypertension arterielle permanente et troubles de la fonction r6nale. Presse therm. clim, 1933, 74: 835.—Lian, C, & Barrieu, R. De la frequence et de Timportance des lesions renales dans Thypertension arterielle permanente (recherche de la constante d'Ambard et de l'azo- temie chez 206 hypertendus) Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1924, 3.ser, 48: 1196-203.—Lutringer. Epreuve de pltenolsulfo- nephtateine chez les hypertendus. J. m6d. Lyon, 1927, 8: 69-71.—Major, R. H. Renal function in arterial hypertension. Am. J.M.Sc, 1928, 176: 637-44.—May, E. Les troubles renaux dans Thypertension arterielle paroxystique. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1931, 1505.—Merklen, P, Minvielle, M, & Hirsch- berg, F. Hypertension et epreuve de la phenolsulfonephtateine. Ibid, 1923, 1369-74.—O'Hare, J. P. Renal function in vascular hypertension. Boston M.&S.J, 1920, 182: 345-8.—Parenti, P. Osservazioni cliniche sopra la funzionalita renale e sopra il signi- ficato delT ematuria microscopica degli ipertesi essenziali. Riv. din. med, 1935, 36: 709-51.—Peters, J. T. [Function of the kidneys in so-called essential hypertension] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1921, 65: ptl. 2207.—Ravina, A. La fonction ur6o- s6cretoire des hypertendus; valeur de son etude dans la patho- genie de 1 hypertension. Presse med, 1926, 34: 54— Reid, C. ine ertect of renal efficiency of lowering the blood-pressure in 5??eln0f »Hh blood-pressure. Q.J. Med, Oxf, 1925-26, 19: 4U-30.—Richard, G, & Roesch, J. La fonction ur6o-s6cretoire ?oo« t? o'S'of ^hypertendus. Arch. nted. chir. province, J™6?, 16L229-3£ Also BuIL Acad- m<«i-, Par, 1926, 3.ser, 95: 380-2.—Starr, P., & Ballard, F. The blood-urine urea concen- tration ratio in hypertension. J. Clin. Invest, 1927-28, 5: 101-11.—Stone, C. T. Hypertension and the kidneys; 21 sepa- rate and definable types of defective kidney function. Am. Physician, 1924, 29: 155.-Vaquez & Saragea. L'epreuve de la diurese provoquee comparee aux autres methodes d'exploration renale chez les sujets hypertendus. Presse med, 1923, 31: 689-91— Villemin. Hematurie grave chez une hypertendue. Arch. mal. reins, 1935, 9: 231-4. ---- Manifestations, retinal. See also Blood pressure, Regional differences: Retina. Bonamotjr, G. *Etude clinique du fond d'oeil dans l'hypertension arterielle. 153p. 8? Lyon, 1936. BaiUiart, P. Les symptomes oculaires de Thypertension arterielle. Prat. med. fr, 1925, 4: 128-32. Also Bull. Soc. beige ophth, 1930, 18-32. Also Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1931, 132: 435.—Bidault, R. La tonoscopie retinienne chez les hyper- tendus. Ann. ocul. Par, 1931, 168: 255-64.—Bonnet, P, & Bonamour, G. Les signes ophtalmoscopiques de Thypertension arterielle; leurs variations au cours de Involution de la maladie hypertensive. J. m6d. Lyon, 1936, 17: 197-211, 2pl— Brussel- mans, P. Troubles visuels de Thypertension generate. Rev. med, Louvain, 1927, 221-4.—Cantonnet, A. Quels sont les troubles oculaires qui doivent faire rechercher et traiter Thyper- tension arterielle? Medecine, Par, 1920-21, 2: 280-3.—Cowin, C. C. Eye grounds in arterial hypertension. Med. J. & Rec, 1930, 131: 204-16—DeBoe, M. P. High blood pressure from the standpoint of the oculist. J. Florida M. Ass, 1924-25, 11: 126-8.—Espildora Luque, C. L'hypertendu arteriel c6phalique. Ann. ocul. Par, 1931, 168: 923-31. Also Cron. nted. ntex, 1931, 30: 486-91. ----- Hipertension retinal solitaria de origen vascular. Arch. oft. hisp.amer, 1931, 31: 487-504. ----- Hipertension retinal solitaria, de causa meningoencefalica. Ibid, 537-48. ----- Hipertension retinal solitaria de causa ocular. Ibid, 657-64. ----- Ophtalmoscopie de Thyperten- sion arterielle; angioscopie retinienne. Ann. ocul. Par, 1935, 172: 353-75.—Feiling, A. Hyperpiesia and arteriosclerosis; a record of cases showing changes in the fundus oculi. Internat. Clin, 1926, 36.ser, 2: 1-20.—Fishberg, A. M, & Oppenheimer, B. S. The differentiation and significance of certain ophthal- moscopic pictures in hypertensive diseases. Arch. Int. M, 1930, 46: 901-20—Friedenwald, H, & Friedenwald, J. S. I vasi sanguigni della retina nelT ipertensione e nelT arteriosclerosi. Boll, ocul, 1930, 9:1215-28.—Gallois, J. La mesure de la tension arterielle retinienne (methode de BaiUiart) et te diagnostic pre- coce des hypertensions cerebrates. J. nted. Paris, 1929, 48: 223-5.—Guist, G. Augenhintergrundbefunde bei Hypertension und Hypertonie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1931, 27: 195-7.—Haessler, F. H, & Squier, T. L. Measurements of retinal vessels in early hypertension. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1931, 29: 254-62. Also repr. Also Arch. Ophth, Chic, 1932, n.s, 7: 280-4.—Hermann, K. Ueber Stauungspapille bei essentieller arterieller Hyper- tonie. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1931,121: 281-90.—Hertel. Blut- druck und Auge. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 216.—Khorozian, K. G. The retina in hypertension; a hypothetical view as to its cause. WestVirginiaM.J, 1932, 28:117-20— Koyanagi, Y. Die pathologische Anatomie und Pathogenese des Kreuzungspha- nomens der Netzhautgefasse bei Hochdruck. Arch. Ophth, Berl, 1936, 135: 526-36.—Lange, I, & Lange, F. Ueber Augen- hintergrundsblutungen bei Hypertonie. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 2286.—Marcolongo, F. Alcune considerazioni a proposito di recenti ricerche sul comportamento dei vasi retinici nelle iper- tensioni arteriose. Cuore & circol, 1933, 17: 440-50.—Melle, B. G. von B. Hypertension with retinal changes in a 12-year-old girl. S. Afr. M.J, 1934, 8: 573—Ortin, L. Hipertension arte- rial y fondo de ojo. Arch. oft. hisp.amer, 1931, 31: 201-18.— Pal, J. Hochdruck und Auge; fiber Hypertension, Hypertonie und ihre Organzeichen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1931, 27: 193-5.— Pines, N. Arterial hypertension and retinal changes. Brit. J. Ophth, 1927, 11: 489-522.—Pirkey, F. The eye in hypertension. Kentucky M.J, 1936, 34: 239—Roger, H, Alliez, J. [et al.] Hypertension arterielle avec hypertension cephalo-rachidienne et stase papillaire. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1934, 12: 589-93.— Rollet, J, & Paufique. Etude ophtalmologique de Thyperten- sion arterielle. Paris med, 1931, 81: 180-3.—Salus, R. Veran- derungen der Netzhautvenen bei allgemeiner Blutdrucksteige- rung. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1929, 82: 471-5. ----- Die ophthalmoskopische Diagnose der allgemeinen Blutdruckstei- gerung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1935, 31: 906-8.—Scheerer, R, & Ernst, C. Hypertension und Augenhintergrund (unter beson- derer Beriicksichtigung der konstitutionellen Hypertension) Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1932, 174: 64.—Scotti, Douglas, R. II comportamento dei vasi retinici nelT ipertensione arteriosa; importanza del suo studio per la medicina interna. Cuore & circol, 1933, 17: 307-36—Smith, P. The blood-pressure in the eye and its relation to the chamber pressure. Brit. J. Ophth, 1923, 7: 449-69.—Stewart, T. M. High blood pressure in relation BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 602 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH to eye diseases. Mississippi Valley M.J, 1918, 25: 269-72 — Suker, G. F. Some facts concerning the retinal vessels in hyper- tension. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1933, 32: 319-24.—Vancea, P. [Study of retinal circulation: (syndrome of retinal hypotension and hypertension)] Cluj. med, 1930, 11: 117-27— Wagener, H. P. The retinitis of malignant hypertension. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1927, 25: 349-80, 2pl. Also Ann. Int. M, 1930, 4: 222-6. Also Proc. Mayo Clin, 1930, 5: 203. •----- & Keith, N. M. Cases of marked hypertension, adequate renal function and neuroretinitis. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1924, 39: 39-43 Also Arch. Int. M, 1924, 34: 374-87—Weber, F. P. High blood-pressure, with thrombosis of a retinal arteriole. Proc. Roy. Soc. M, Lond, 1927-28, 21: sect, clin, 82-4—Weisz, M. Ophthalmological aspects of high blood pressure] Gyo- gyaszat, 1934, 74: 701-3. Manifestations, sensory. Aymes, G. Les topoparestrtesies pseudo-radiculaires d'alarme des hypertendus. Marseille nted, 1926, 63: 973-81—Baillou. Le signe de la tension moyenne douloureuse. Union nted. nord est, 1933, 56: 161-4—Hatieganu, I, & Moga, A. [Submammary pains in women with hypertension] Cluj. med, 1935, 16: 628-33.—Veil, P. Le phenomene de la tension douloureuse. Arch. mal. cceur, 1932, 25: 171. ---- Manuals. Antognetti, L. Le ipertensioni arteriose; studio di fisiopatologia e di clinica. 588p. 8? Milano, 1930. Barker, L. F., & Cole, N. B. Blood pressure; cause, effect, and remedy. 153p. 8? N.Y., 1924. Castex, M. R. La hipertension arterial; hipertonia arterial o hiperpiesis y los estados hipertensivos, hipertonicos o de hiperpiesia. 590p. 8? B. Air., 1929. Dally, J. F. H. Highblood pressure, its variations and control; a manual for practitioners 155p. 8? Lond., 1923. Gager, L. T. Hypertension. 158p. 8? Bait., 1930. Kylin E. W. V. Die Hypertoniekrankheiten. 168p. 8? Berl., 1926. ---- Also 2.Aufl., 270p. 1930. Lassance, V. Hypertension arterielle. 308p. 8? ' Par., 1931. Lian, C. L'hypertension arterielle. 247p. 12? Par., 1924. Perrin, M., & Richard, G. L'hypertension arterielle. 109p. 12? Par., 1922. Sadler, W. S. Americanitis, blood pressure and nerves. 176p. 8? N.Y., 1925. Shaw, H. B. Hyperpiesia and hyperpiesis (hypertension) a clinical, pathological, and ex- perimental study. 191p. 8? Lond., 1922. Stieglitz, E. J. Arterial hypertension. 280p. 8? N.Y., 1930. ---- Metabolism. Maktjc Steinegger, A. *E1 metabolismo de los hidratos de carbono en las hipertensiones arteriales; su estudio mediante las curvas glu- cemicas experimentales [Chile] 148p. 8? Santiago, 1930. Andreucci, E. Ipertensione arteriosa e metabolismo basale. Arch. stud, fisiopat. ricambio, 1936, 4: 191-218.—Armentano, L. [Potassium metabolism in hypertonia] Orv. hetil, 1934, 78: gg_g —Becker, J. Grundumsatz und Hypertonie. Zschr. klin. Med, 1931-32, 119: 412-20.—Bohn, H, & Friedsam, A. Unter- suchungen zum Mechanismus des blassen Hochdrucks; Storun- gen im Muskelstoffweehsel beim blassen Hochdruck. Ibid, 1933-34, 126: 433-41.—Brocker, W, & Kempmann, W. Grund- umsatzbestimmungen bei Hypertonien. Munch, med. Wschr, 1930, 77: 8-10.—Castellani, E. Frequenza e significato delT au- mento del metabolismo basale nella ipertensione arteriosa. Arch. stud, fisiopat. ricambio, 1933, 1: 405-24.—Giordano, C, & Pennacchietti, M. 11 metabolismo basale nelT ipertensione e le sue modiflcazioni in seguito all' iniezione di adrenalina e di ergotamina. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1931, 94: 232-40 — Glatzel, H. Essentielle Hypertonie und Grundumsatz. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1930, 166: 216-26.—Handel, M. Ueber den Grundumsatz bei Hypertonien. Zschr. klin. Med, 1924, 100: 725-34 —Hayasaka, E. On the basal metabolism in hyperten- sion Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1929, 12: 270-80—Held, A. Mini- male Stickstoffausscheidung und Grundumsatzsteigerung bei der Hypertonie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 87: 578-84 — Herbst, R. Ueber Gasstoffwechseluntersuchungen bei Hyper- tonie. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1929, 41. Kongr, 191-4.- Hitzenberger, K, & Richter-Quittner, M; Ein Beitrag zum Stoffwechsel bei der vaskuiaren Hypertonie. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1921, 2: 189-216.—Kervarec, Enachesco & Danulesco. Le metabolisme humoral et ses variations dans Thypertension arterielle. Progr. med. Par, 1930, 1289-94—Kusakabe, S, & Ito, S. Ueber die Reaktion des Blutdruckes auf verschiedene Pharmaka bei der essentiellen Hypertonie und anderen Krank- heiten, und den Grundumsatz bei essentiellen Hypertonikern. Jap. J.M.Sc, 1936, 4: Int. med, 222.—Kylin, E. Ueber Kohle- hydratumsatz bei essentieller Hypertonie, Akromegalie und Simmondsscher Krankheit. Med. Klin, Berl, 1934, 30: X53_8._Ia.bb6, M, & Benoyelle, L. Hypertension arterielle et trouble de la glyco-regulation. Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1925, 3.ser, 49: 699-704.—Lupu, G, Papazian, R, & Baniel, I. Les troubles des echanges de l'eau dans les etats pathologiques; chez les hypertendus. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Bucarest, 1929, 11: 31-41 —Margreth, G. II metabolismo basale nella ipertensione arteriosa. Gazz. osp, 1927, 48: 268-70. -----■ Glucosio, calcio, colesterina del sangue e metabolismo basale nella iper- tensione essenziale. Cuore & circol, 1931,15: 30-41.—May, E, & Couder, R. Le metabolisme basal dans Thypertension arterielle. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 49: 551-6—Olshausen, W. Hypertonie, Grundumsatz und spezifisch-dynamische Eiweiss- wirkung. Zbl. inn. Med, 1930, 51: 850-7—Saragea, T. [Nutri- tion and metabolism in hypertension] Romania med, 1932,10: 20—Torday, A. [Metabolic disorders in pathologic hyperten- sion] Orv. hetil, 1933, 77: 922.—Waldorp, C. P. Metabolismo basal, calcemia y potasemia en la hipertension arterial. Sem. med, B. Air, 1926, 33: pt2, 387-91.—Wiechmann, E, & Elzas, J, Ueber die Ausscheidung von kupferoxydreduzierenden Sub- stanzen im Harn von Hypertonikern, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Ausscheidung solcher Substanzen im Harn von Stoff- wechselgesunden. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1929, 164: 50-60.- Zbinden, A. Untersuchung fiber die Harnabsonderung bei experimentell erzeugtem Hochdruck. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1934, 93: 502-14. ---- Military aspect. Alvarez, W. C. The surprising frequency of hypertension in a group of young drafted men. California J.M, 1919,17:367-73 — Cordier, V. Sur quelques episodes d'hypertension arterielle generate ou localisee et leur valeur pronostique; type d'acro- cyanose du soldat. Arch. mal. cceur, 1920,13: 241-9—Hartsock, F. M. Hypertension and the army officer. Mil. Surgeon, 1932, 70: 36 — Hoyos, G. M. The dynamic mean blood pressure and army retirement. Ibid, 1933, 72: 377-80—Jenss, R. M. Age variations of systolic blood pressure in United States Army officers. Am. J. Hyg, 1934, 20: 574-603. Also repr—Menard, P. La pression arterielle et le pouls chez le soldat dans les tranchCes. J. m6d. chir. Par, 1917, 88: 89-94—Thwaytes, W. G. The influence of arterial hypertonus on the clinical estimation of blood-pressure, with some observations on the arteries of submarine ratings. J.R. Nav. M. Serv, 1919, 5: 249-60. Pathogenesis. See also Blood pressure, Regulation; Blood pressure, high, Causes. Alizadeh, H. *Ein Beitrag zur Entstehung von Hypertension. 83p. 8? Berl., 1933. Galimard, H. P. Contribution a l'etude pathogenique des hypertensions arterielles. 56p. 8? Par., 1932. Golovchiner Itska, A. *Theories modernes sur les causes de l'hypertension arterielle. 16p. 8? Geneve, 1924. Gtjillot, R. Contribution a l'dtude sur l'origine de l'hypertension arterielle et sa com- patibility avec le travail. 45p. 8? Par., 1934. Achard, C Lecons sur les troubles de la tension arterielle. Progr. med. Par, 1929, 44: 759; 813— Agnoli, R. II problema patogenetico e terapeutico delT ipertensione arteriosa essenziale. Gazz. osp, 1929, 50: 199-206— Allen, F. M. Comments on some recent publications on hypertension. Boston M.&S.J, 1923, 189: 810-3—Askenstedt, F. C Present views regarding higti blood pressure. Kentucky M.J, 1922, 20: 845-54—Asian, A. [Problem of essential, arterial hypertension] Rev. st. med, Bucur, 1929, 18: 113-20—Backer, M. Essential hypertension; some critical remarks. Am. J.M.Sc, 1931, 181: 648-54.-Bansi, H. W. Zur Hypertoniefrage. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 409- Barath, J. [Pathogenesis of hypertonia] Orvoskepzes, 1933, a: 276-81.—Bard, L. De la pathogenie de Thypertension arterielle diatltesique, dite solitaire; le niveau tensionnel du milieu lnte- rieur. Arch. mal. cceur, 1928, 21: 705-16.—Bauer, J. Znr Kenntnis des premanenten arteriellen Hochdrucks. vern. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 33. Kongr, 1921,436-41.—Bergouignan, F. Tension arterielle et pression sanguine (analyse des hyperten- sions arterielles) Gaz. nted. France, 1931, 319-25— Berthier, a. Rapport sur la pathogenie de Thypertension arterielle dite essentielle. J. m6d. Bordeaux, 1928, 58: 432-40—Blum, R. Das BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 603 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH Krankheitsbild der genuinen Hypertension (die Blutdruck- krankheit) neuere Anschauungen und Erkenntnisse. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh, 1929, 35: 255-85.—Bohn, H. Mechanismus des blassen Hochdrucks. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1930, 42. Kongr, 198-202. Also Zbl. inn. Med, 1932, 53: 1593— Bor- chardt, H. Gibt es eine genuine Hypertonie? Virchows Arch, 1926, 259: 549-64.—Boycott, A. E. Hypertension: hens and eggs. Lancet, Lond, 1936, 2: 463.—Brelet, M. Pathogenie et traite- ment de Thypertension arterielle. Gaz. hop, 1922, 95: 1402-4.— Calvo Criado, V. El problema de la hipertension esencial; comentarios al estudio de 163 casos. Arch, med, Madr, 1928, 29: 647-52.—Cash, J. R. Further studies of arterial hyperten- sion. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1925-26, 23: 609-11.—Castex, M. R. La doctrina de la hipertension arterial y estados hiper- tensivos. Prensa med. argent, 1928,15: 705-13.—Christian, H. A. Nature of hypertension. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1921, 99: 975.— Cornell, B. S. Hypertension (a critical review) J. Indiana M. Ass, 1932, 25: 55-60.—D'Amore, S. Sulla patogenesi delT iper- tensione arteriosa essenziale. Gazz. osp, 1931, 52: 1413-5.— Dawson, L, Fraser, F. R. [et al.] Discussion on hyperpiesis. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1925-26, 19: sect, med, 27-44 — Dawson, L, Starling, E. H. [et al.] Discussion on hyperpiesia. Brit. M.J, 1925, 2: 1161-70— Belfmo, V. Conferencias del Doctor Vaquez sobre hipertension arterial. Sem. med, B. Air, 1924, 31: pt2, 104-9.—Dicker, E. Considerations sur la patho- genie des hypertensions. Ann. Soc. sc. med. natur. Bruxelles, 1933, 121-43.—Bietlen. Ueber die Blutdruckkrankheit. Ver- einsbl. pfalz. Aerzte, 1929, 41: 305-13— Bonnison, C. P. The cause of hyperpiesia; presentation of a hypothesis. Brit. M.J, 1934, 1: 704-8.—Fahr, T. Kurzer Beitrag zur Frage der Hyper- tonie. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1921, 58: 730. ----- Zur Frage der Hypertonie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1929, 55: 1454—Fujii, S. Studien zur Pathogenese und pathologischen Anatomie der Hypertonie. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1924, 14: 129; 1926, 16: 143 — Full, H. Zur Hypertonusfrage. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1921, 68: 1009.—Galli, G. L'ipertensione arteriosa. Riv. osp, 1929, 19: 443-63.—Govaerts, P. Hypertension: the hen and the egg. Lancet, Lond, 1936, 2: 319.—Granger, A. S. The present con- ception of essential hypertension. J. Am. M. Ass, 1929, 93: 819-24. Also Univ. Toronto M.J, 1929-30, 7: 183-90 — Hartwig, E. Beitrag zur Frage der Hypertonie (arterielle Hv- pertension) Zbl. inn. Med, 1922, 43: 825-8.—Helmann, I. [Genesis of essential hypertonia] Vrach. dielo, 1929, 12: 577-9.— Jaffe, R. H. The pathology of the cardio-vascular, cerebral, and renal changes in essential hypertension. Radiol. Rev, 1937, 59: 7-12.—JerveU, A. [Discussion on hypertonia] Norsk, mag. lsegevid, 1934, 95: 103-25.—Kabanov, N. A. [What is hyper- tonia?] Arkh. klin. eksp. med, 1924, 3: pt5, 3-9.—Kahler, H. Zur Pathogenese der essentiellen Hvpertonie. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1922, 3: 125-40. ----- Die Blutdruckstei- gerung, ihre Entstehung und ihr Mechanismus. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh, 1924, 25: 265-413. ---— Zum Problem der Pathogenese des arteriellen Hochdruckes. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1931, 44: 1241-4.—Kauffmann, F. Klinisch-experimentelle Un- tersuchungen zum Krankheitsbilde der arteriellen Hyperten- sion; tiber den Einfluss kfinstlicher Blutdrucksenkung auf die Harnsekretion; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Zweckmassigkeit arterieller Drucksteigerung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 43: 141-69. ----- Ueber die inverse Blutdruckwirkung der Warme (ein Beitrag zur Pathogenese arterieller Hypertension) Zschr. klin. Med, 1924, 100: 702-24.—Keith, N. M, & Kernohan, J. W. Some newer aspects in the problem of essential hyper- tension. Ann. Int. M, 1930, 4: 217-21.—Kerppola, W. [Contri- bution to the knowledge of essential hypertonias] Fin. lak.- sail. hand, 1922, 64: 352-63. Also Acta med. scand, 1922-23, 57: 515; 1924. 61: 14; suppl.7, 298-303.—Klinkert, D. Die Patho- genese der sogenannten primaren Hypertonie. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1919, 56: 745-7. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1919, 2: 554; 1219.—Kylin, E. The present phase of the question of hyper- tonia. Acta gyn. scand, 1923-24, 3: 501-16. ----- Ueber die essentielle Hypertonie als Teilsymptom bei einer funktio- nellen Krankheit. Acta med. scand, 1923, 59: 590-4. Also Klin. Wschr, 1923, 2: 2064. ----- Zur Frage des essentiellen Hochdruckes. Zbl. inn. Med, 1927, 48: 431-6.—Lassance, V. Les deux hypertensions (etude pathogenique) Paris med, 1928, 69: 37-42.—Lattimore, R. Newer aspects of high blood pressure. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1920-21, 10: 769.—Laubry, C, & Doumer, E. Pathogenie de Thypertension arterielle. Presse med, 1926, 34: 817-21.—Leech, C. B. Modern aspects of hypertension. Rhode Island M.J, 1931, 14: 187-92.—Legiardi-Laura, C. Status presens of hypertension pathogenesis. Med. Rev. of Rev, 1929, 35: 207-12.—Lenaz, L. Die hypotonische Hypertension (fiber die Ursache der Blutdrucksteigerung bei der essentiellen Hyper- tonie) Wien. klin. Wschr, 1926, 39: 1015—Lintz.W. The high blood pressure problem. Med. J.&Rec, 1933, 137: 411-6 — Loewy, A. Ein Beitrag zur Entstehung von Hypertonien. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 829.—Lucherini, T. Problemi e com- ment! in tema di ipertensione arteriosa essenziale. Riv. osp, 1935, 25: 589-611.—Lucrezi, G. Vedute teoriche in campo di ipertensione permanente. Morgagni, 1934, 76: 1053-62.— McDonald, C. H. Some physiological aspects of hypertension. J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1935-36, 32: 138-41.—Mac William, J. A. High blood pressure from the physiological aspect. Brit. M.J, 1927, 1: 125-9.—Malo Paulin, R. El problema patogenico de la hipertension arterial. Medicina, Mex, 1934, 14: 435; 469; 481 — Marx, H, & Hefke, K. Untersuchungen zur Pathogenese der Hypertonie. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 1318-22—Means, J. H. Certain aspects of hypertension. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1925, 1: 151-7.—Moschcowitz, E. Hyperten- sion; its significance, relation to arteriosclerosis and nephritis and etiology. Am. J.M.Sc, 1919, 158: 668-84. Also repr.— Munk, F. Die Hypertonie als Krankheitsbegrifl (genuine Hypertonie) Berl. klin. Wschr, 1919, 56: 1205-8. Also Deut med. Wschr, 1919, 45: 1263. Also Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1919) 1920, 50: 157-67, ch. Also Brasil med, 1922, 36: pt2, 66-8 — Myres, M. J. Two aspects of hypertension. J. Florida M. Ass, 1930-31, 17: 216-21. Also repr—Neuhof, S. Problems in hyper- tension; an attempt to correlate hypothetical and practical con- siderations. Am. J.M.Sc, 1924, 168: 668-83.—Pal, J. Ueber die Grundlage der Hypertonie und ihre Behandlung. Wien med Wschr, 1931, 81: 216-8—Perrin, M, & Richard, G. Les theories actuelles sur la pathogenie de Thypertension arterielle. Rev. med. est, 1922, 50: 1-8. ----- Considerations sur l'etiologie et la pathogenie de Thypertension arterielle. Paris med, 1930, 75: 267-71—Peters, J. T. [The problem of high blood-pressure] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1923, 67: pt2, 1016-23. ----- [The hyper- tension question] Geneesk. gids, 1926, 4: 733-9.—Popper, L. Studien zur primaren Hypertonie an einem lOjiihrigen Material. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1932, 22: 321-66— Raab, W. Zur Patho- genese der essentiellen Hypertonie. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 1130.—Richard, G. Les donnees actuelles sur la pathogenie de Thypertension arterielle. Rev. nted. Nancy, 1936, 64: 86-96 — Roch, M. Etiologie et pathogenie de Thypertension arterielle. Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1933, 53: 575-91.—Rolleston, Sir H. Re- flections on high blood pressure. Newcastle M.J, 1922-23, 3: 71-95. Also Lancet, Lond, 1923, 1: 519-21.—Rosin, H. Ueber den jetzigen Stand der Lehre von der Hypertonie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1921, 47: 1165; 1204; 1231. Also Med. wbl, Amst, 1922- 23, 29: 589; 601; 617—Scheffer, R. The blood-pressure problem. S. Afr. M.J, 1932, 6: 690-3.—Scheps, M. Beitrage zur Aetiologie der essentiellen Hypertonie und Eklampsie. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 1151-3—Sedillot, J. Pathogenie de Thypertension moyenne solitaire. Monde med, 1932, 42: 833-43.—Sisto, P. Concetti patogenetici delT ipertensione essenziale. Minerva med. Tor, 1935, 26: pt2, 161-7—Smith, E. S, & Shackleford, H. H. Is arteria] hypertension compensatory and conservative? Internat. Clin, 1921, 31.ser, 4: 88-107.—Sonnenwirth, F. Zur Mechanik der Hypertension. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1930, 43: 238.—Stein, P. S. [Problem of hypertonia] J.teor. prakt. med, Baku, 1927, 2: 577-88.—Sterne, J. Remarques critiques sur la pathogenie de Thypertension arterielle. Gaz. med. France, 1936, 43: 167-74.—Stieglitz, E J. The biologic unity of hyper- tensive arterial disease. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1935, 34: 70-8 — Sturm, A. Neuzeitliche Blutdruckprobleme. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 1416. ----- Klinische Blutdruckstudien; der Stauiiber- druck. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1932, 84: 107-52.—Thomas, R. E. Our present conception of essential hypertension. California West. M, 1926,25:36-8.—Tolubejewa, N. Zur Frage der Patho- genese und Prognose der essentiellen Hypertonie. Klin. Wschr. 1927, 6: 256-8.—Trunecek, C. L'hypertension vasculaire, ses origines et sa pathogenie. Rev. med. Par, 1921, 38: 319; 403.— Voigt, W. Beobachtungen zum Problem des Hochdrucks. Zbl. inn. Med, 1936, 57: 862-4.—Volhard, F. Kritische Beitrage zur Lehre vom arteriellen Hochdruck. Ibid, 1927, 48: 1-17. ----- Sobre el problema de la elevation de la hipertension sanguinea. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt2, 556.—Vovsy, M, Liass, M, & Schevliagina, M. [Pathogenesis of hypertonia] Med. biol. J, Leningr, 1926, 2: no.4-5, 98-116.—Wagner, F. Beitrag zum Hypertonieproblem. Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 1575-7.— White, S. M. The status of the essential hypertension problem. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1935, 34: 747-56.—Wybauw, R. Quelques aspects du probleme de Thypertension. Presse med, 1933, 41: 213-7. ---- Pathogenesis, chemical and physico- chemical. See also Blood pressure, Regulation, chemical and physicochemical; Blood pressure, high, Pathogenesis: .Toxic substances. Carriere, G., & Huriez, C. Le sang des hypertendus. 386p. 8? Par., 1936. Hanisch, S. *Ueber vergleichende Bestim- mung der Kationen—Na. K. Ca—im Blutserum von Kranken mit hohem Blutdruck. 19p. 8? Bonn, 1927. Kleberger, K. *Ueber die Beziehungen des erhohten Blutdrucks zu physikalischen Zustands- anderungen des Blutes. 22p. 8? Berl., 1916. Nesfield, V. Viscosity of the blood and its bearing on high blood pressure in the absence of renal disease. 19p. 8? Lond., 1932. Tadjer, S. *Temps de saignement et pression arterielle [Geneve] 19p. 8? Sofia, 1930. Adams, S. F, & Brown, G. E. The blood in cases of hyperten- sion; the relationship between anemia and renal insufficiency. Ann. Clin. M, 1925, 4: 463-7.—Alvarez, C, & Neuschlosz, S. M. Untersuchungen tiber das Blutcholesterin bei arteriellem Hoch- druck. Klin. Wschr, 1931, 10: 244-7.—Becher, E. Chemische Blutveranderungen bei der essentiellen Hypertonie. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1932, 5:108-12 [Discussion] 158-66. ----- Hartner, F, & Herrmann, E. Beziehungen zwischen BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 604 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH Blutdruck und Blutrhodanwert. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1936, 48. Kongr, 279— Beliaev, A. P. [Azotemia in arterio- sclerosis and hypertonia] Klin, med, Moskva, 1924, 2: 319- 21.—Bernard, E. Grandes hypertensions arterielles et azote- mies moderees. Prat. nted. fr, 1930, 11: 474-82.—Black, B. R. Blood sugar curves in high blood pressure cases. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1922, 22: 236-42.—Bohn, H. Chemische Blutbefunde beim blassen Hochdruck. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1931, 43. Kongr, 151-63. ----- Zum Mechanismus des blassen Hoch- drucks, vasoaktive und antidiuretische Stoffe im Blut, Liquor und Ham, Kreatin und Kreatinin im Blut und Harn. Ibid, 1933, 45. Kongr, 182-6. ----- Ueber den chemischen, nicht nervosen Mechanismus des blassen Hochdrucks. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1933, 6: 218-24— Bohn, H, & Hahn, F. Untersuchungen zum Mechanismus des blassen Hochdrucks; iiber das wahre und falsche Kreatin und Kreatinin des Blutes; die Erniedrigung des Blutkreatinspiegels beim blassen Hoch- druck. Zschr. klin. Med, 1933, 125: 458-74—Bohn, H, & Schlapp, W. Untersuchungen zum Mechanismus des blassen Hochdrucks; der Cholinspiegel des Blutes beim roten und blassen Hochdruck. Ibid, 1931-32,119:150-63. ----- Unter- suchungen zum Mechanismus des blassen Hochdrucks; eine quantitative chemische Methode zur Bestimmung des Cholins im Blute. Ibid, 140-9. ----- Untersuchungen zum Me- chanismus des blassen Hochdrucks; Phosphatid- und Gluta- thiongehalt des Blutes beim blassen und roten Hochdruck. Ibid, 403-11.—Brems, A. [Estimation of glucose in blood in high blood pressure] Bibl. laeger, 1931, 123: 173-83— Brumlik, J, & Janousek, S. [Blood volume in hypertonics] Cas. tek. Cesk, 1931, 70: 809-14.—Brundage, J. T, Cantarow, A, & Griffith, R. S. The viscosity, proteins, and lipids of the blood plasma in essential hypertension. Am. J.M.Sc, 1936, 192: 30-6—Burger, M, & Mbbius, W. Der Jod- und Cholesteringehalt des Blutes in seinen Beziehungen zur essentiellen Hypertonie. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 1349-52.—Cacciuri, S. Glutatione ed iperten- sione arteriosa. Morgagni, 1933, 75: 1203-8— Carriere, G, & Huriez, C. Les proprietes chimiques du sang des hypertendus. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1936, 3.ser, 52: 370-3.----- Le sens general des perturbations humorales au cours de Thyper- tension arterielle permanente. Paris med, 1936, 99: 371-5. ----- Les glucides du plasma des hypertendus. Progr. nted. Par, 1936, 89-98. ----- L'azotemie des hypertendus. Rev. g6n. clin. ther, 1936, 50: 67-72. ----- Quelques proprietes physiques du sang des hypertendus. Bull, nted. Par, 1936, 50: 155-60. ----- [et al.] Le sang des hypertendus; proprietes physico-chimiques d'apres T6tude de 105 cas d'hypertensions permanentes. Arch. mal. coeur, 1935, 28: 549-75, 3ch. Also Bull. Soc. m6d. h6p. Paris, 1935, 3.ser, 51:1216-20.—Carriere, G, Huriez, C, & Leperre, M. La protid6mie des hypertendus. Paris nted, 1936, 99: 117-23. ----- La pression oncotique du serum; son etude dans Thypertension arterielle permanente. Presse med, 1936, 44: 225-8—Carrtere, G, Huriez, C, & Sence, L. Les lipides du s6rum des hypertendus. Gaz. hop, 1936, 109: 21-6.—Castex, M. R, & Arnaudo, A. F. Consideraciones sobre los fenoles sanguineos en hipertonia maligna. Rev. Soc. nted. argent, 1936, 50: 878-87.—Castex, M. R, & Schteingart, M, L'equilibre Ca-K et la reserve alcaline chez les hypertendus. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 102: 453.—Chabrol, E, Craronnat, R. [et al.] Recherches sur les hypertensions biliaires experimen- tales. Ibid, 1932, 110: 780.—Cionini, A, & Baldacci, U. Pro- teine e pressione oncotica del siero nelT ipertensione arteriosa. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1934, 58: 331-52.—Cipriani, C, Moriondo, A, & Molfese, R. Studi sulla calcemia e potassiemia nelT iper- tensione permanente. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1930, 93: 253-68.—Clerc, A, Beschamps, P. N. [et al.] Densite et tension superficielle du sang au cours de Thypertension arterielle. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1932, 3.ser, 48: 1565-8—Coelho, E, Car- valho, H. de, & Rocheta, J. Quelques proprietes physico-chi- miques du sang chez les hypertendus. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 105: 800. Also Lisboa nted, 1930, 7: 482-525—Coester, C. Dis- kussionsbemerkung zu dem Vortrag von H. Bohn. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1933, 45. Kongr, 207-12.—CoUins, D. A, & Hoffbauer, F. W. Effect of transfusion of blood from dogs with experimental renal hypertension into normal dogs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936-37, 35: 539-41.—Decourt, J. Hyperten- sion arterielle et troubles humoraux. Bull. Soc nted. hop. Paris, 1936, 3.ser, 52: 26-30. -----Meyer, L. [et al.] Quelques faits concernant l'etat humoral au cours de Thypertension arte- rielle permanente. Ibid, 31-3.—Diena, G, & Cipriani, C. Rapporto fra iperglicemia ed ipertensione. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1922, 45: 176-90.—Dbrle, M, & Lieber, W. Kurze Mitteilung tiber die Beziehungen von Blutzucker, Cholesterin und Hyper- tonie. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 187: 385-7.—Bbrle, M, & Weiss, H. von. Ueber den Zusammenhang von Fettspaltvermogen und Cholesterinspiegel im Blutserum bei Hypertonien. Ibid, 1926, 167: 395-400.—Eckerstrbm, S. Ueber den kolloidosmoti- schen Druck im Blutserum bei essentieller Hypertonie. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1932, 173: 611—Elliot, A. H, & Nuzum, F. R. Cholesterol content of whole blood in patients with arterial hypertension. Arch. Int. M, 1936, 57: 63-72.—Esjuardo Prado, L. Los estados azoemicos en relation con la presion arterial. Bol. Hosp. S. Juan Quito, 1930, 5: no.36-41, 191-323.—Fishberg, A. M. The interpretation of increased blood uric acid in hyper- tension. Arch. Int. M, 1924, 34: 503-7.—Gheorghian, I, & Niculescu, G. Recherches experimentales sur la circulation generate avec le serum des malades hypertoniques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 1163.—Govaerts, P. Etude clinique de la pression osmotique des proteines du serum dans la pathogenie des cedemes et de Thypertension arterielle. Ibid, 91: 116. ----- Recherches cliniques sur le role de la pression osmotique des proteines du sang, dans la pathog6nie des cedemes et de Thypertension arterielle. Bull. Acad. nted. Belgique, 1924, 5.ser, 4: 161-214.—Harle, F. Hypertonie und Blutzucker. Zschr. klin. Med, 1921, 92: 124-33—Harris, I, & Lipkin, I. J. High blood pressure and cholesterin. Brit. M.J, 1930,1: 587.— Harris, I, & McLoughlin, G. The viscosity of the blood in high blood-pressure. Q.J. Med, Oxf, 1930, 23: 451-64.—Hattori, M. Die Fraktionen des Nicht-Eiweiss-Schwefels im Blute bei eini- gen Erkrankungen; die Untersuchung an Kranken mit Hyper- tonie verschiedener Aetiologie. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1935, 14: 1363-6.—Hetenyi, S. Zur Frage des Zusammenhanges zwischen Hyperglykamie und Hypertonie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1923,19:899-901. Also Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1925,10:369-76.— Heymans, C, & Bouckaert, J. J. Sur la pathogenie de Thyper- tension arterielle; r61e du C02 et de Toxygene. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 145—Hiilse, W. Zur Frage der Blutdruck- steigerung; experimentelle Untersuchungen tiber sensibilisie- rende Eigenschaften des Hypertonikerblutes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 39: 413-25—Iwai, S, & Lbwy, F. E. Zur Frage der Hyperglykamie bei Hochdruck. Klin. Wschr, 1924,3:1440-3.— Jackson, H, Sherwood, B. W, & Moore, O.J. The blood peptide nitrogen in arterial hypertension. J. Biol. Chem, 1927, 74: 231-3.—Kahler, H. Untersuchungen zur Frage der chemischen Entstehung von Blutdrucksteigerungen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1926, 38. Kongr, 424.—Koskowski, W. [Role of histamin in arterial hypertonia] Polska gaz. lek, 1932, 11: 162-4.—Kylin, E. Ueber den Blutkalkspiegel bei der essentiellen Hypertonie. Zbl. inn. Med, 1924, 45: 471-3. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 43: 53-6. -----& Myhrman, G. Der Kalium- gehalt des Blutes und die K/Ca-Quote bei essentieller Hyper- tonie. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 1870.—Labbe, M, & Benoyelle, L. E preuve d'hyperglycemie et hypertension arterielle. Mede- cine, Par, 1924-25, 6: 764-70.—Leiri, F. Om stromningspoten- tialen vid cirkulationen och dess betydelse i hypertonins pato- genes. Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1932, 74: 901-17. Also Acta med. scand, 1934, 82: 251-67.—Lian, C. Valeur s6nteiologique de l'azote residuel du serum dans Thypertension arterielle et les nephrites. J. urol. med. Par, 1922, 13: 204-17—Loeper, M, & Lesure, A. Le taux de certaines phtenylamines 6valu6es en tyra- mine dans les s6rums des hypertendus. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 122: 292-4.—Loewenstein, W. Chemische Blutbefunde bei der essentiellen Hypertension und ihre Bewertung. Zschr. klin. Med, 1928,107: 52-€0— Major, R. H. Blood chemical studies in arterial hypertension. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1928, 43: 74-81. Also Am. J.M.Sc, 1929, 177: 188-94—Maxim, M, & Vasiliu, C. La teneur du sang en: kalium, calcium et choline dans Thyper- tension arterielle. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Bucarest, 1928, 10: 366-9.—May, E, & Ollivier, J. Le chimisme humoral chez les hypertendus. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1936, 3.ser, 52: 120-2.—Mayer, E. Bemerkungen zum Hypertonieproblem (Kritik der Jaweinschen Hydramietheorie) Med. Klin, Berl, 1921,17:108-10.—Medvei, C. V. Zur Frage des Blutcholesterins bei artertellem Hochdruck. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 414-6 — Merklen & Chaumerliac, J. Quelques recherches sur l'etat physico-chimique du serum chez les hypertendus. Bull. Soc. nted. h6p. Paris, 1929, 3.ser, 53: 485-91.—Mohler, H. K. Hyper- tension and hyperglycemia. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 84: 243-5 — Mosenthal, H. O, Ashe, B. I. [et al.] Spontaneous hypoglycemia occurring in the course of essential hypertension. Med. Clin. N. America, 1933, 17: 41-65.—Neuschlosz, S. M, & Alvarez, C, La colesterinemia en la hipertension arterial. Rev. med. Rosario, 1930, 20: 143-51—Page, I. H, Kirk, E, & Van Slyke, D.D. Plasma lipids in essential hypertension. J. Clin. Invest, 1936, 15: 109-13.—Pennacchietti, M, & Maestri, O. Iperventila- zione polmonare ed equilibrio acido-basico del sangue negli stati. ipertensivi. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1934, 58: 46S-92— Piek, E. P. Ueber humorale Uebertragung hohen und niedrigen Blutdrucks. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935, 48: 634-7—Pribram, H, & Klein, 0. Ueber den Cholesteringehalt des Blutserums bei arterioskleroti- schem Hochdruck. Med. Klin, Berl, 1924, 20: 572— Puxeddu, E, & Leoni, A. Lipemia e colesterinemia nella ipertensione. Clin. med. ital, 1933, 64: 327-36, 3ch—Rafsky, H. A, Bernhard, A, & Rohdenburg, G. L. Studies in hypertension; the produc- tion of experimental hypertension and a correlated effect upon the nitrogen distribution of the blood proteins. Am. J.M.Sc, 1935, 190: 187-99.—Richard, G„ & Roesch, J. Du taux de la cho- lesterine chez 80 hypertendus. Bull. Acad, nted. Par, 1926, 3.ser, 95: 363-5.—Risi, A. Ricerche farmacologiche sui presunti fattori della ipertensione essenziale. Rass. ter. pat. clin, 1930, 2: 614; 669; 742.—Roelsen, E. [Holten and Rehberg's filtration determination in hypertonia] Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: 579-90.—Salit6wna, E, & Sokolowska, M. [Chemical and physico- chemical examination of the blood in hypertension] Polska gaz. lek, 1929, 8: 712-9— Scharpff, W. Hypertension und Gewebssauerung. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1933, 80: 1739.— Schwab, E. Pathologisch-anatomische Studien zur Frage der Hypertonie und Hyperglykamie. Virchow's Arch, 1923, 242: 1-13.—Stirpe, G. Azoto ureico, glicemia, curva iperglicemica e colesterinemia nelle varie forme di ipertensione arteriosa. Cuore & circol, 1930, 14: 447-70.—Tashiro, S. Ueber die den Sympathikus sensibilisierende Wirkung des Hypertonikerse- rums. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1926, 7: 1.44-52.—Thomas, E. Re- cherches experimentales touchant l'influence de la cholesterine sur le developpement de Thypertension arterielle. Arch. mal. coeur, 1926, 19: 641-6.—Uhlenbruck, P. Beitrag zur Aderlass- wirkung; das Verhalten des Reststickstoffs im Blut bei Hyper- tonien. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1926, 154: 70-8—Vasihu, C. Recherches sur la choline dans Thypertension arterielle. J BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 605 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH physiol. path. g6n, 1929, 27: 80-2.—Violle, P. L, & Armand, M. L'hydr6mie chez les hypertendus non oedemateux. C. rend Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 742-4—Voegelin, H. Ueber die Beziehung der Hypertonie zur Hyperglykamie. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1927 156: 178-81.—Wacker, L, & Fahrig, C. Ueber die mineralischen und lipoiden Bestandteile des Blutserums bei der essentiellen Hypertension im Vergleich zu den physiologischen Verhaltnis- sen. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 762-6—Weil, M. P, & Guillaumin, C. 0. Hyperglycemic, hypercholesterin6mie, augmentation des composes urique globulaires et hypertension arterielle variable- son origine renale. Ann. m6d. Par, 1926, 19: 415-27.—Weilerj E. S. Hipertension arterial permanente por retention de hidra- tos de carbono. Rev. med. Rosario, 1924,14: 357-63. Also Sem med, B. Air, 1927, 34: 155-7.—Weinstein, A. A, & Weiss, s! The significance of the potassium-calcium ratio and of the inor- ganic phosphorus and cholesterol of the blood serum in arterial hypertension. Arch. Int. M, 1931, 48: 478-99—Westphal, K Cholesterin und arterieller Hochdruck. Verh. Deut Ges inn Med, 1924, 36. Kongr, 230-2. ----- Untersuchungen zur Frage der Entstehungsbedingungen des genuinen arteriellen Hochdruckes; experimentelle Erzeugung von arteriellen Hoch- druck durch Cholesterinfutterung beim Kaninchen Zschr klin. Med, 1924-25, 101: 558-65. ----- Cholesterin als tono- gene Substanz der genuinen Hypertension im Zusammenspiel mit anderen Entstehungsbedingungen. Ibid, 584-670. ----- Ueber die Bedeutung der Lipoide fiir die Entstehung der genui- nen Hypertension. Ibid, 1930, 113: 323-48. ----- & Herr- mann, F. Untersuchungen zur Frage der Entstehungsbedin- gungen des genuinen arteriellen Hochdruckes; fiber den Einfluss des Cholesterins auf die Kontraktionsfahigkeit des isolierten Artenenstreifens. Ibid, 1924-25, 101: 566-83.—Weichmann, E Hypertension und Blutzucker. Deut. Arch. klin. Med 1928 161: 92-110—Williams, J. L. The total nonprotein constituents of the blood m arterial hypertension. Arch. Int. M, 1921, 27: 748-54.—Zappacosta, M. Ricerche sul comportamento della creatinina nei sangue e nelT urina degli ipertesi. Rinasc med 1928, 5: 93-7. Also Arch, pat, Bologna, 1929-30, 9: 421-48.— Zimmer, L. K. Cation balance theory of hypertension. J Kansas M. Soc, 1933, 34: 96-100. ---- Pathogenesis, hormonal. See also Blood pressure, high, Pathogenesis: Suprarenal gland. Harrower, H. R. The endocrines and blood- pressure. 224p. 18? Glendale, Calif., 1926. Abel, 0, & Thompson, J. W. Hypertension associated with hypothyroidism; report of cases. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1931, 28: 168.—Ahlstrbm, C. G. The occurrence of basophilic cell infiltra- tion into the neurohypophysis in hypertonic states [Discus- sion] Acta path, microb. scand, 1936, suppl.26, 12.—Barath, E. Die thyreogenen Hypertonieen. Verh. ungar. arztl. Ges, 1936, 8: 20.—Boas, E. P, & Shapiro, S. Further observations on patients, with hypertension and increased basal metabolic rate. Am. Heart J, 1925-26,1:643-8—Crile, G. W. The relation of the thyroid to high blood-pressure. Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18: 389-91.—Brouet, P. L. R61e de l'hypophyse dans Thypertension arterielle; bons resultats de la radiotherapie. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1934, 3.ser, 50: 139-44— Greppi, E. Fattori endocra- nici nelT ipertensione arteriosa. Riv. neur, 1933, 6: 201-25 — Gutman, J. A study of high blood pressure in women from the endocrine point of view. N. York M.J, 1921, 114: 31-5—Had- lich, E. Ueber Blutdrucksteigerung und Nierenerkrankung auf dem Boden der Migrane. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1922, 75: 125-38—Halbron, P, & Klotz, H. P. Hypertension arterielle permanente et glandes endocrines. Presse med, 1935, 43: 913-5.—Hirsch, W. Hypophyse und Hypertonie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1930, 56: 1211.—Hoyle, C. Pituitary secretion in high blood-pressure. Q.J. Med, Lond, 1933, n.s, 2: 549-60, 5pl — Jores, A. Hypophyse und Hochdruck. Zbl. inn. Med, 1935, 56: 737. Also Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1936, 48. Kongr, 276-9. ----- Die Bedeutung der Hypophyse fiir die Entste- hung des Hochdruckes insbesondere der essentiellen Hypertonie. Kim. Wschr, 1936, 15: 841-6—Kylin, E. Ueber Prolanausschei- oung bei essentieller Hypertonie; Beitrag zur Aetiologie des Hochdruckes. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1933-34. 176: 301-10. ■---- Prahypophysarer Hypertonie-Diabetes, eine Krankheit sui generis. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1935, 27: 1-13.—Labbe\ M. Hyperthyroidie et hypertension arterielle. Medecine, Par, 1929, 10: 506-13.—Lintz, W. Endocrines in blood pressure. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 123: 744—Mannaberg, J. Arterieller Hochdruck und gesteigerter Grundumsatz. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1924, 37: 84.—Marcano, A. G. Der Hypophysenhinter- lappen bei Hypertonie. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14:1525-9—Meals, R. W. Endocrines and arterial hypertension. Med. J. & Rec, 1930,131: 208—Page, I. H, & Sweet, J. E. Effect of extirpation of pituitary gland on arterial blood pressure of dogs with experi- mental hypertension. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 34: 260-2.—Roch, M. Le role des secretions endocrines dans la pathogenie de Thypertension arterielle. Bruxelles med, 1934- 35,15:1282; 1320; suppl.10, 63. Also Presse med, 1935, 43:1480 — Sajous, C. E. de M. The relation of the endocrine organs to high blood-pressure. Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18: 393-8—Scarf, M, & Israel, S. L. Excretion of prolan in essential hypertension. Endocrinology, 1936, 20: 180-3.—Schur, M. Ueber Beziehungen vongenuinem arteriellen Hochdruck und Schilddrfisenfunktion. wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 589-92—Waldorp, C. P. Rela- ciones entre la hipertension arterial primitiva (genuina o esen- cial) enfermedades de la nutrition y sistema endocrinovegeta- tivo. Sem. med, B. Air, 1928, 35: 1061-6 _____ Enfermp- ^I^T^^l6 WPe^'ension arterial esenciaHofd6, sanoedpf<;i7^cPAe'-.P; Hypertension arterielle par insufl^ sance des glandes g6nitales. Rev. fr. gyn. obst, 1922, 17: 401-5. ---- Pathogenesis, neural. See also Blood pressure, Regulation, and its subdivisions. . Abrami, P, Wallich, R, & Bernal, P. Hypertension arte- SSS.V°WreiMPr?Se m6d- 1936' 44: 32ty3^Bloch, S, 1 arrS'p mJo16 d? pneumogastrique dans Thypertension ™if ,%. Monde med, 1926, 36: 828-32.-Brown, G. E. The sfnn p5? ^P^tjc nervous system in essential hyperten- on-r,f ' Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1933, 256- arf^ipn« J'lo i' &- Lan?a°he' A Relations entre la pression ?"q97 oi6 oLla ^nsion cephalorachidienne. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96. 325.—Banielopolu, B, & Marcou, I. Sur la pression o^re?te dan?le smus carotidien et sur les resultats de l'epreuve t"wh 1o??ei,Sin°o,To0tldienne dans l'hypertension arterielle. J&™' v ■' ": 21°-3--;Dumas, A., & Condamin. Considera- tions cliniques stir les relations qui peuvent exister entre la ten- sion sanguine et la tension du liquide cephalo-rachidien; deduc- tions therapeutiques. Lyon nted, 1925, 136: 76-81.-Franca- u&: a- p anestesia dei seni carotidei nelT uomo; contributo ^5tt«e» Pathogenes! delT ipertensione. Cuore & circol, 1934 18: 646-53.-Frey, W. Die Hypertonie als Reflexvorgang Berl. klin. Wschr, 1921, 58: 1186-8. ----- & Hagemann, & JJie experimentellen Grundlagen fiir den Begrifl der Reflex- hypertonie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1921, 25: 271-89—Gam- mon, G. D. The carotid sinus reflex in patients with hyper- tension. J. Clin. Invest, 1936, 15: 153-6.—Gasparini, A , & Rigoni, M. II riflesso di Pagano-Hering negli ipertesi. Mor- gagni1932, 74: 1523-31.-Gravier, L. La pression rachidienne dans 1 hypertension arterielle. Marseille med, 1926, 63 • 641-6 — Green, M. F, Degroat, A. F, & McBonald, C. H. Observations on denervation of the carotid sinuses and section of the depressor nerves as a method of producing arterial hypertension Am J Physiol, 1934-35, 110: 513-20.-Greppi, E. L'ipertensione arteriosa come autonoma disfunzione e malattia Riforma med, 1932, 48: 1585-8. Also Studium, Nap, 1932, 22: 353-6 — Hammer, G, & Mies, H. Rontgenographische Untersuchungen insbesondere des Herzens, nach Dauerausschaltung der Blut- druckzfigler. Krankheitsforschung, 1929, 7: 257-67—Hassel- bach, H. von. Bestehen Beziehungen zwischen Veranderungen am Sinus caroticus und der Hypertonie? Beitr. path Anat 1931 86: 369-74.—Hering, H. E. Zur Analyse des arteriellen Hochdrucks beim Menschen mit Hilfe des beim Karotisdruck- versuch auslosbaren drucksenkenden Gefassreflexes. Miinch med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 339-41. ----- Herznerventonus und Gefassnerventonus mit Rficksicht auf das Hochdruckproblem Ibid, 1930, 77:7. ----- Ueber die Beziehungen des arteriellen Hochdruckes zum Parasympathicustonus und Sympathicusto- nus. Verh. Deut.-Ges. inn. Med, 1931, 43. Kongr, 141-4 -----• Der Entzuglungshochdruck. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1932J 45: 353.—Hines, E. A. A standard stimulus for measuring vasomotor reactions: its application in the study of hypertension Proc. Mayo Clin, 1932, 7: 332-5—Keele, C, A. Pathological changes in the carotid sinus and their relation to hypertension Q.J. Med, Lond, 1933, n.s, 2: 213-20—Klink, H. Beitrag zur Lehre von den Gefassreflexen; Blutdruckreflex und Hypertonie Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1931-32, 172: 135-44.—Koch, E. Arte- rieller Hochdruck durch Dauerausschaltung der Blutdruck- zfigler; Methodik der Dauerausschaltung der Blutdruckzfigler Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1927, 19: 585-600. ----- Der soge- nannte Entzuglungshochdruck. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn Med 1934, 46. Kongr, 230. ----- & Mattonet, K. Versuche zur Frage der arteriellen Hypertonie nach Dauerausschaltung von pressoreceptorischen Kreislaufnerven. Zschr. ges. exp Med 1934, 94: 105-13—Koch, E, & Mies, H. Chronischer arterieller Hochdruck durch experimentelle Dauerausschaltung der Blut- druckzugler. Krankheitsforschung, 1929, 7: 241-56.—Koch, E, & Roesch, G. Beobachtungen an Tieren mit chronischem arteriellem Hochdruck infolge Dauerausschaltung der pressore- zeptorischen Nerven. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 910.—Lenaz, L. L'ipertensione essenziale e te reazioni inverse del sistema vege- tativo. Minerva med. Tor, 1927, 7: 131-9.—Leschke, E. La influencia del sistema vegetativo sobre la presion sanguinea y la patogenesis de la hipertonia. Arch, med, Madr, 1931, 34: 641-5. Also Lisboa med, 1931, 8: 222-8.—Mason, M. F, Resnik, H, jr., & Harrison, T. R. Some effects of the introduction of electrolytes into the cisterna on the blood pressure of dogs J. Biol. Chem, 1935, 109: lix—Mies, H. Ueber Venendruck und zirkulierende Blutmenge bei experimenteller Hypertonie nach Dauerausschaltung der Blutdruckzfigler. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1930, 3: 19-23. Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1930, 22: 541-4. ----- Experimentelle und klinische Unter- suchungen fiber den Entzugelungshochdruck. Zschr. klin. Med, 1932, 120: 613-27—Nannini, G. II sistema nervoso vege- tativo nelT ipertensione essenziale. Cuore & circol, 1931, 15: 216-31.—Nordmann, M. Die pathologisch-anatomischen Folgen des chronischen arteriellen Hochdrucks nach experimenteller Dauerausschaltung der Blutdruckzfigler. Krankheitsforschung, 1929, 7: 268-88.—Olmer, J, & Carbonel, J. Du role du systeme neuro-vegetatif dans Thypertension arterielle permanente. Presse med, 1934, 42: 581-3—Patek, A, & Weiss, S. The tonus of the autonomic nervous system in arterial hypertension. N. England J.M, 1931, 205: 330-4—Pic & Belore, P. Sur la baisse de la tension arterielle chez les hypertendus apres rachi- BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 606 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH centese. Lyon nted, 1929,143: 463-7.—Raab, W. Central vaso- motor irritability; contribution to the problem of essential hypertension. Arch. Int. M, 1931, 47: 726-58—Resnik, H, Mason, M. F. [et al.] The effect of injecting certain electrolytes into the cisterna magna on the blood pressure. Am. J.M.Sc, 1936, 191: 835-50. ----- The effect of the injection of certain nitrogen-containing compounds into the cisterna magna on the blood pressure of dogs. Ibid, 192: 520-5.—Riser, Planques & Valdiguie. La tension rachidienne des hypertendus arteriels. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3.ser, 52: 186-93—Shelburne, S. A, Blain, B, & O'Hare, J. P. The spinal fluid in hyper- tension. J. Clin. Invest, 1932, 11: 489-96—Tournade, A, & Malmejac, J. Sur Thypertension post-depressive qui accom- pagne la reprise des battements du cceur apres excitation centri- fuge du nerf vague au cou. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 106: 533.— Wishnofsky, M. The autonomic nervous system in hyperten- sion. Med. J. & Rec, 1930, 131: 209-11— Zaccaria, P. II riflesso del seno della carotide negli ipertesi studiato con Telettro- cardiografo. Cuore & circol, 1936, 20: 481-91. ---- Pathogenesis, neural: Central nervous system. Heller, H. Ueber die Reizempfanglichkeit der Blutdruck - zentren und die experimentelle Erzeugung zentral bedingten Hochdrucks. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 241-4.—Jaegher, M. de, & Van Bogaert, A. Hypertension hypothalamique experimen- tale; sa nature. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 546; 1033.—Kahler, H, & Winkler, W. Ueber Stoffwechselbefunde bei Hochdruck und bei Kreislaufstorungen; ein Beitrag zur Frage der zentralen Genese von Blutdrucksteigerungen. Zschr. klin. Med, 1932, 122: 490-519.—Paillard, H. Tension arterielle et centres nerveux; hypertensions de cause centrale; abaissement de la tension arterielle par la ponction lombaire; vertige auriculaire et ponc- tion lombaire. J. nted. fr, 1933, 22: 46-8.—Pi-Suner, A, & Raventos, J. Sur Thypertension d'origine centrale. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 1015.—Raab, W. Hirnblutuntersuchungen bei Hypertonie. Zschr. klin. Med, 1930-31,115: 577-81. ----- Der zentralnervose Mechanismus der essentiellen Hypertonie. Mitt. Ges. inn. Med. Wien, 1932, 31: 59-63. ----- Der zen- trale Mechanismus des essentiellen und arteriosklerotischen Hochdruckes. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1932, 45: 1101; 1130. ----- Die zentrogenen Formen des arteriellen Hochdruckes. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh, 1934, 46: 452-555. ---- Pathogenesis, renal. See also Blood pressure, Regulation, renal; Blood pressure, high, Manifestations, renal. Netjfville, A. de. *D'hypertension arte- rielle dans les nephrites des enfants. 52p. 8? Par., 1922. Thibert-Riendeatj, P. *L'hypertension arte- rielle permanente dans les nephrites de l'enfance. 47p. 8? Par., 1927. Amendola. Gli aspetti renali delT ipertensione essenziale. Morgagni, 1934, 76: 145.—Bard, L. De la signification physiolo- gique et du mecanisme pathogenique de Thypertension arterielle d'origine renale. Presse med, 1928, 36: 1009-11.—Bingel, A, & Claus, R. Weitere Untersuchungen fiber die blutdruckstei- gernde Substanz der Niere. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1910, 100: 412-20.—Braun, L. Essentielle Hypertonie und Niere. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935, 48: 1165-8. ----- & Samet, B. Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen tiber Blutdruck und Niere. Ibid, 940-3.—Brodin, P. Hypertension arterielle et lesions renales. Rev. crit. path, ther, 1930,1:369-73.—Clinical remarks on hyper- tension and the kidney. N. England J.M, 1934, 211: 1195.— Condorelli, L. Ricerche sperimentali sulla patogenesi delT iper- tensione di origine renale. Ann. clin. med. Pal, 1926, 16: 138-58.—Beschamps, P. N. L'hypertension arterielle d'origine renale. Prat. med. fr, 1926, 5: (A) 488-99— Bominguez, C. Hipertension arterial, hipertension craneana, nefroesclerosis maligna. Cron. nted. mex, 1930, 29: 357-60.—Borst, S. Hyper- tension and nephritis. J. Med, Cincin, 1928-29, 9: 6-9.— Elliot, A. H, & Nuzum, F. R. The urinary excretion of a de- pressor substance (Kallikrein o Frey and Kraut) in arterial hypertension. Endocrinology, 1934, 18: 462-74.—Falta, W, Bepisch, F, & Hogler, F. Ueber den permanenten arteriellen Hochdruck und seine Beziehungen zur Niereninsuffizienz. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1923, 6: 37-92.—Frontali, G. Iperten- sione capillare ed ipertensione arteriosa nelle glomerulo-nefriti del bambino. Arch, pat, Bologna, 1929, 9: 111-35. Also Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1929, 4.n.s, 31: 121-31.—Goldblatt, H, Lynch, J. [et al.] Studies on experimental hypertension; the production of persistent elevation of systolic blood pressure by means of renal ischemia. J. Exp. M, 1934, 59: 347-79, 2pl. Also repr.—Hulse, W, & Franke, K. Weitere Untersuchungen zum Chemismus der nephritischen Blutdrucksteigerung. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929, 143: 257-68—Jaffe, R. H. The vascular changes of the kidney in hypertension. Am. J.M.Sc, 1925, 169: 88-102—Kinsella, R. A. Hypertension and nephritis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1923-24, 7: 1401-12— Kylin, E. Brief notes on hypertonia and kidney disease. Acta med. scand, 1921, 55: 368-80—McCrae, T. Hypertension and nephritis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1922-23, 6: 831-44—MacMahon, H. E. Renal changes in hypertension. Yale J. Biol, 1935-36, 8: 23- 30,6pl.—Mancera Sanchez, J. Hipertension esencial y fase renal. Med. ibera, 1935, 29: 142-56.—Mandru, V. [Theory of renal secretions and pathogenesis of hypertension] Rev. st. med, Bucur, 1929, 18: 1214-20. Also Paris med, 1930, 75: 40-3.— Mark, A. E. The kidneys and arterial hypertension. Med. J & Rec, 1930, 131: 206—Meillaud, P. Le role des nerfs du rein dans les hypertensions arterielles. Progr. med. Par, 1936, 1937-42.—Merklen. L'hypertension, phenomene glonterulaire extrarenal. Ibid., 1927, 42: 913-28.—Moschcowitz, E. Hyper- tension with minimal renal lesions. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921, 77: 1075-81. Also repr.—Nador-Nikitits, E. Sur l'etiologie de Thypertension arterielle essentielle et de la sclerose renale. Arch. mal. cceur, 1925, 18: 582-99.—Nuzum, F. R. Changes in the kidney in animals with increased blood pressures while on high protein diets. Arch. Int. M, 1927, 40: 364-76—Oberling, C, & Hickel, P. Le r61e du rein dans Thypertension dite essen- tielle. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1923, 93: 799-810. Also J. med. Paris, 1924, 43: 519-23.—Page, I. H. The effect of renal efficiency of lowering arterial blood pressure in cases of essential hyper- tension and nephritis. J. Clin. Invest, 1934, 13: 909-15.—Ra- thery, F. Hypertension arterielle et lesion renale. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1929, 3.ser, 53: 1341.—Rayer, K. N. Hyper- tension in chronic nephritis; a review. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1927-28, 80: 258-63.—Rosenberg, M. Blutdruckerhohung und Niere. Deut. med. Wschr, 1932, 58: 206. ----- & Munter, F. Zur Frage der renalen oder extrarenalen Blutdrucksteigerung Ibid, 1924, 50: 1437—Schlayer, C. R. Essentielle Hypertonie oder maligne Schrumpfniere? Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 14624 — Smith, E. S, & Liggett, H. S. The relation of arterial hyperten- sion to renal function. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1929, 5: 118-25.—Stites, F. M. The kidney in hyper- tension. Kentucky M.J, 1936, 34: 236-8.—Strouse, S, & Saphir, O. Hypertension, nephrosclerosis, and nephritis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1932, 16: 359.—Thomson, W. W. B. The renal aspects of essential vascular hypertension (hyperpiesia of Clif- ford Allbutt) Brit. M.J, 1933, 1: 910-4— Wedd, A. M. The kidney in hypertension. N. York State J.M, 1930, 30: 313-8.— Wesselow, O. L. V. de. Hypertension and renal disease. Post- grad. M.J, Lond, 1930-31, 6: 31-7. Also Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1931, 131: 7; 27. ---- Pathogenesis: Suprarenal gland. See also Blood pressure, Regulation, hormonal: Epinephrin. Azemar, A. V. G. V. J. *Le paragangliome surrenal et les syndromes d'hyper-adrenalisme; Stude anatomo-clinique et revue critique. 118p. 8? Par., 1930. Frei, W. *Nebennierenmark und Hyper- tonie [Zurich] 28p. 8? Wiesbaden, 1934. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1934, 46: 523-45. Achutin, M. N. Eine biologische Methode zur Bestimmung des Hohengrades der Hyperadrenalinamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1927, 56: 698-709.—Allen, E. V. The veins of the supra- renal gland and their possible relation to hypertension. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1928, 3: 334-8. Also Ann. Int. M, 1929-30, 3: 153-74.—Alzona, L. Surrene ed apparato cardiovascolare. Arch, pat, Bologna, 1936-37,16: 165-80.—Arloing, F, Josserand, A, & Levrat, M. Etude anatomique des lesions r6nales obser- vees chez les lapins normaux et chez les lapins traites par Tadre- noferrine et l'adrenaline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 521 — Aubertin, C. Hyperplasie surrenale dans Talcoolisme chronique experimental. Ibid, 1907, 63: 270-2.—Barlaro, P. M. El apa- rato cardio-vascular y la endocrinologia. Prensa med. argent, 1932 33,19:197; 253; 331—Bauer, J, & Leriche, R. Contribution clinique et therapeutique a l'etude des paragangliomes et des crises d'hypertension adrenalinique. Presse med, 1934, 42: 1385-8. Also Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 1224-8—Belt, A. E, & Powell, T. O. Clinical manifestations of the chromaffin cell tumors arising from the suprarenal medulla; suprarenal sym- pathetic syndrome. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1934, 59: 9-24. Also repr.—Beznak, A. von, & Perjes, J. Ueber den Zusammenhang der Nebennierenrindenhypertrophie mit der korperlichen Arbeit und mit dem Gehalt der Nahrung an Vitamin B. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1935, 236: 181-9.—Bottin, J. Un cas de tumeur de la glande surrenale; syndrome hypertension sanguine; hyper- glycemic, pseudo-hermaphrodisme. Ann. Soc. nted. chir. Liege, 1936, 64: 30-7. Also Liege med, 1936, 29: 277-90- Braithwaite, J. V. Specimens from case of congenital hyper- plasia of the suprarenal cortex. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934- 35, 28: 839.—Buchner, F. Spezifische Tumoren des Nebennie- renmarks mit Hypertonie. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 617-9.— Burgess, A. M, Waterman, G. W, & Cutts, F. B. Adrenal sym- pathetic syndrome with unusual variations in cardiac rhythm; report of a case. Arch. Int. M, 1936, 58: 431-47.—Cecil, H. L. Hypertension, obesity, virilism, and pseudo-hermapbroditism, as caused by suprarenal tumors. J. Am. M. Ass, 1933, 100: 463-6.—Charles, J. R. Suprarenal hypertrophy. Bristol Med. Chir. J, 1932, 49: 115-8, pi— Coller, F. A, Field, H, & Burant, T. M. . Chromaffin cell tumor causing paroxysmal hypertension, relieved by operation. Arch. Sfirg, 1934, 28: 1136-48. Also repr— Crile, G. W. Comparative anatomy and pathologic physiology of the adrenal-sympathetic complex, with relation to the genesis and surgical treatment of essential hyper- tension. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1936, 35: 694-7.—Bumas, A, & Bernay, P. Cortico-surrenalome avec hypertension perma- nente moderee. Lyon nted, 1936, 157: 344-8.—Buthoit, A. BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 607 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH Hyperplasie ntedullo-surrenale et hypertension chez le vieillard. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 1428. Also Progr. med. Par, 1933, 769-78.—Emery, F. E, & Atwell, W. J. Experimental hyper- trophy of the adrenal glands. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 31: 200.—Ernould, H, & Picard, E. Un cas de sympathome sympathogonique avec hypertension arterielle paroxystique. Ann. Soc. sc Bruxelles, 1933-34, 53: ser. C, 31-59—Faber, E. G. Adenoma of the suprarenal gland with hypertension. Colorado M, 1929,26:178.—Gartner, W. Das klinische Bild, insbesondere die Kreislaufstorungen, bei Paragangliom der Nebenniere. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1936, 28: 82-90.—Gamier, M, & Schul- mann, E. Sur Thypertension produite par les solutions isoto- niques a la suite d'une injection d'adrenaline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1920, 83: 1619-21.—Gilbert-Breyfus. Tumeurs ntedullo- surrenales; hyperepinephrie; crises d'hypertension paroxys- tique. H6pital, 1930, 18: 472-4—Goldzieher, M. A. Ueber die Nebennieren bei Hochdruck und Arteriosklerose. Virchows Arch, 1931,280: 749-75. ----- Nodular hyperplasia of adrenal medulla in hypertension. Endocrinology, 1932,16:20-8. ----- & Koster, H. Adrenal cortical hyperfunction. Am. J. Surg, 1935, 27: 93-106. Also repr.—Goldzieher, M. A, & Sherman, I. Hypertrophy of muscle in suprarenal vein in hypertension. Arch. Path, Chic, 1928, 5: 1-12.—Goormaghtigh, N, & Elaut, L. Histophysiologie de la surrenale pendant Thypertension arterielle experimentale. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 101: 501-4.— Graef, I, Bunim, J. J, & Rottino, A. Hirsutism, hypertension, and obesity associated with carcinoma of the adrenal cortex; indeterminate pituitary adenoma and selective changes in the beta cells (basophils) of the hypophysis. Arch. Int. M, 1936, 57: 1085-103, 3pl.—Gronchi, V. Sulle iperplasie sperimentali della corteccia surrenale. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 1355-7.—Gutowski, B. Role des surrenales dans Thypertension arterielle apres l'excitation du bout peripherique du nerf vague. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 1000-3.—Herman, H. Le role de la medullo-surrenale dans la regulation de la pression arterielle et la production de Thypertension. Bruxelles med, 1934-35, 15: suppl, 7; 50.—Hogler, F. Ueber den Adrenalingehalt des Blutes bei Normalen, bei Addisonkranken und bei Fallen mit vaskula- rer Hypertonie. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1923, 6: 343-54.— Hiilse, W. Zur Frage der Blutdrucksteigerung; experimentelle Untersuchungen tiber die Bedingungen der Adrenalinwirkung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1922, 30: 240-67.—Ichok, G. La hiperten- si nde origen suprarenal. Progr. clin, Madr, 1931, 39: 904-8.— Josephson, E. M. Effect of adrenal cortex hormone on hyper- tension and on the cardiovascular system. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1935,141: 250. ----- The adrenal cortical syndrome in a case with tumor from an accessory adrenal gland. Acta med. scand, 1936, 90: 385-96.—Kahlau, G. Ueber schwere Hypertonie durch Phaeochromocytom einer Nebenniere mit Adenomen in anderen innersekretorischen Driisen. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1936, 50: 86-99.—Kalk, H. Paroxysmale Hypertension; Blutdruckkrisen und Tumor des Nebennierenmarkes. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 613-7.—Kelly, H. M, Piper, M. C. [et al.] Case of paroxysmal hypertension, with paraganglioma of the right suprarenal gland. Proc Mayo Clin, 1936, 11: 65-70.—Kirch, F, & Lampl, B. [Ueberfunktion der Nebennieren und Hypertonie] Wien. med. Wschr, 1920, 70: 741.—Kosdoba, A. S. Zur Frage der experi- mentellen Adrenalinamie. Arch. klin. Chir, 1929, 156: 284- 308.—Kremer, B. N. Medullary tumor of the adrenal glands with hypertension and juvenile arteriosclerosis. Arch. Int. M, 1936, 57: 999-1007, 2pl—Kure, K, Nakaya, T. [et al.] Adrenali- namie bei essentieller Hypertonie und ihre Behandlung durch Atropin. Jap. J.M.Sc, 1933, 3: Int. med, 51-83—Kylin, E. Physiologie und Klinik der Nebennierenrinde; mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Beziehungen zu den Blutdruckkrank- heiten. Zbl. inn. Med, 1936, 57: 305-21.—Labbe, M. L'hyper- tension arterielle paroxystique d'origine surrenale. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3.ser, 50: 1535-7. -----& Nepveux, F. Un cas d'hypertension paroxystique d'origine surrenale. Ibid, 33747.—Labbe, M, Violle, P. L, & Azerad, E. L'adenome medullaire surrenal avec hypertension paroxystique. Presse med, 1930, 38: 553-5.—Lafargue, Broustet & de Miollis. Sur un cas de surrenalome hypertensif. J. nted. Bordeaux, 1936, 113: 104.—Landau, A, Paszkiewicz, L. [et al.] [Syndrome of grave arterial hypertonia, caused by a suprarenal, paragangliomic tumor] Polska gaz. lek, 1935, 14: 718-22. Also Rev. beige sc. m6d, 1936, 8: 330-43.—Langeron & Belcour. Hypertension arterielle et defaillance cardiaque; involution tensionnelle et anemie grave; coexistence d'une tumeur maligne des deux surre- nales et d'un cancer de Tcesophage; contribution a Tetude des relations entre les tumeurs surrenales et Thypertension arte- rielle. Arch. mal. cceur, 1928, 21: 13-8.—Langeron, L, & Bes- plats, R. Contribution a Tetude de Taction therapeutique de l'irradiation de la region surrenale dans Thypertension arterielle et dans les arterites obliterantes. Presse nted, 1929, 37: 299- 302.—Langeron, L, & Loheac, P. Tumeurs surrenales; hyper- tension arterielle; recherches sur le dosage de l'adrenaline dans les surr6nales humaines post-mortem. Ibid, 1928, 36: 1153-5.— Langeron, L, & Paget, M. Note sur le dosage de Tadr6naline dans les surrenales d'un grand hypertendu et d'un addisonnien. Lyon med, 1931, 148: 780-2. ----- & Loheac, P. Dosage de l'adrenaline dans trois cas de tumeurs surrenales; rapports avec la structure histologique de la tumeur et la tension arterielle du malade. C. rend, Soc, biol, 1929., 100: 873-5—Lucadou, W. von. Die Nebennieren bei der Hypertonie. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 1529.—Lyall, A. Carcinoma of the suprarenal cortex associated with hypertension. Brit. M.J, 1935, 1: 354.—Maggi, N. Der Einfluss der Genitalhormone auf die durch experimentelle Nebennierenuberfunktion verursachten Gef ass veranderungen. | Zbl. Chir, 1936, 63: 136-40—Mainzer, F. Nebennierenrinden- syndrom mit arterieller Hypertension. Acta med. scand, 1935- 36, 87: 50-64.—Martin, S. H. Suprarenal disease in a Korean male causing pseudo-hermaphroditism, hypertension, and hy- pertrichosis. China M.J, 1931, 45: 244-6, pi. Also repr — Maselli, B. Studi sull' ipertensione arteriosa: 1? sulla reazione all' adrenalina nei malati con ipertensione arteriosa e sulla proprieta del siero di sangue degli ipertesi di provocare ipersen- sibilita all' adrenalina. Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1931, 57: 349-57.—Meyler, L. [Hyperfunction of the suprarenal glands] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1933, 77: 4907-13, pi.—Nauhaus, F. Ueber die Bedeutung der Nebennierenrindenadenome bei der Hyper- tonie. Beitr. path. Anat, 1936, 97: 213-8.—Oberling, C, & Jung, G. Paragangliome de la surr6nale avec hypertension paroxystique. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1927, 3.ser, 51: 366-71. Also Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1927, 16: 279-83 — Pasteur Vallery-Radot, Albeaux-Fernet, M, & Belamare, J. Oedeme aigu du poumon et nephrite suraigue secondaires a Tin- jection massive d'adrenaline chez le lapin. Ann. med. Par, 1932, 32: 392-409—Pasteur Vallery-Radot & Belafontaine, P. Tumeur surrenale avec hirsutisme, amenorrrtee, glycosurie et hypertension; diagnostic confirnte par la radiographie. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1933, 3.ser, 74-9.—Peyron, A. Le para- gangliome surrenal et son syndrome cardio-vasculaire. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1930, 19: 618-50.—Piotrowski, G, & Ody, F. De Thypertension dans les affections de la surrenale. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1935, 65: 704-6.—Porter, M. F, & Porter, M. F, jr. Report of a case of paroxysmal hypertension cured by removal of an adrenal tumor. Surg. Gyn. & Obst, 1930, 50: 160-2.— Ravault, P. P, & Bouysse', C. Modifications apportees par Tinjection intraveineuse d'adrenaline a la circulation nourriciere des parois arterielles du lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 828.—Raybaud, A. Surrenalome hypertensif. Presse nted, 1935, 43: 1226.—Raymond-Hamet, Influence de la curarisation sur les effets hypertenseurs de l'adrenaline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 273-6—Regard, C. L. Une maladie generate bien definie due a Thypersecretion des capsules surrenales. Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1926, 46: 592-6.—Schroder, K. Eine doppel- seitige chromaffine Nebennierengeschwulst mit Hypertonie. Virchows Arch, 1928, 268: 291-9.—Seifert, N. Adrenalin und Synergismus; ein experimenteller Beitrag zum Hypertonie- problem. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1924, 54: 773-5.—SeUei, J. Die cutane Adrenalinreaktion und die sogenannten hyper- adrenalinamischen Krankheiten. Arch. Derm. Syph, Berl, 1933, 169: 127-41. Also Gyogyaszat, 1933, 73: 529; 555—Shapiro, S. Clinical symptomatic hyperepinephrinism. Endocrinol- ogy, 1926, 10: 413-8.—Shipley, A. M. Paroxysmal hypertension associated with tumor of the suprarenal. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1929, 47: 262-9. Also Ann. Surg, 1929, 90: 742-9—Siegel, A. E, & Thomas, P. C. Primary hypertension in childhood; the influence of hyper-adrenalism. Arch. Pediat, N.Y, 1930, 47: 473-81.—Silva, C. Sulle probabili cause determinant! Tiper- surrenalismo corticale gravidico. Ann. ostet. gin, 1933, 55: 1023-35.—Sin, S. TJ. Experimentelle Studien fiber die histologi- schen Veranderungen der verschiedenen Organe bei der Adrena- lininjektion; fiber die Veranderungen der Niere. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1929, 19: 413-5.—Sophian, A. Essential hypertension; primary hyperadrenalism. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1924, 21: 102-6.—Suermondt, W. F. Paroxysmale Blutdruckerhohung, geheilt durch Exstirpation einer Nebennierengeschwulst. Zbl. Chir, 1934, 61: 70-4.—Sussi, L. Contributo alio studio dell'iper- adrenalinemia sperimentale. Minerva med. Tor, 1930, 21: pt2, 76-80.—Tanzella, A. Tumori surrenali e ipertensione. Riv. clin. med, 1936, 37: 633-69.—Troisier, J, & Weiss-Roudi- nesco. Crise hypertensive provoqu6e par Tingestion d'adre- naline. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1930, 3.ser, 46: 383-5.— Van der Bogert, F. Virilism and hypertension in infancy asso- ciated with adrenal tumor. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1933, 3: 629-34.—Vaquez, H, & Bonzelot, E. Le surrenalome hyper- tensif. Livres jubil. (Roger, G. H.) Par, 1932, 217-9. ----- & Geraudel, E. Le surrenalome hypertensif. C. rend. Congr. internat. nted. trop, 1929, 2: 559-77. Also Presse nted, 1929, 37: 169-73.—Viale, G. Adrenalinemia e tono del vago. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 1196.—Weber, F. P. Cutaneous striae, purpura, high blood pressure, amenorrhoea, and obesity, of the type sometimes connected with cortical tumours of the adrenal glands, occurring in the absence of any such tumour; with some remarks on the morphogenetic and hormonic effects of true hypernephromata of the adrenal cortex. Brit. J. Derm, 1926, 38:1-19, 4pl.—White, R. J. Hypertension, obesity, virilism, and hirsutism associated with adrenal cortical carcinoma. Am. J. Surg, 1936, 32: 347-51. ---- Pathogenesis: Toxic [and allergic] sub- stances. See also Blood pressure, high, Pathogenesis, chemical; also names of poisonous substances as Lead; Tobacco, &c. Skorecki, V. *A propos d'un cas d'hyperten- sion arterielle chez un potier d'etain. 42p. 8? Par., 1935. Acton, H. W. The influence of the hydrogen-ion concentra- tion on the activity of pressor bases. Ind. J.M. Res, 1924-25, 12: 443-9, 2pl.—Aitken, R. S, & Wilson, C. An attempt to dem- onstrate a pressor substance in the blood in malignant hyper- tension. Q.J.Med, Lond, 1935, 4: 179-90, pi—Allbutt, Sir C. BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 608 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH High blood-pressure and intestinal toxaemia. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1923, n.s, 115: 348-50—Baldor, J. F. De las mio- cardias funcionales e hypertensiones esenciales en sus relaciones con el complejo hepatico y anafilactico. Rev. med. cubana, 1936, 47: 550-65.—Bauer, A. Ueber die blutdrucksenkende Wirkung des Harns. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1932,168:111-20.— Bienstock. Die Hypertonie, eine chronisch-allergische Tier- proteintoxikose? Miinch. med. Wschr, 1929, 76: 665; 1932, 79: 101. Also Paris med, 1932, 85: 449-54—Bohn, H. Untersu- chungen zum Mechanismus des blassen Hochdrucks; gefass- verengernde Stoffe im Blute beim blassen Hochdruck. Zschr. klin. Med, 1931-32,119:100-39. -----& Hahn, F. Blutdruck- steigernde Stoffe im Harn, insbesondere beim blassen und roten Hochdruck. Ibid, 1933, 123: 558-84—Bohn, H, & Schlapp, W. Untersuchungen zum Mechanismus des blassen Hochdrucks; der Guanidingehalt des Blutes beim blassen und roten Hoch- druck. Zbl. inn. Med, 1932, 53:571-9. ----- Weitere Erfah- rungen fiber den Nachweis pressorischer Stoffe im Blute beim blassen Hochdruck. Zschr. klin. Med, 1934, 127: 233-42.— Capps, R. B, Ferris, E. B. [et al.] Role of pressor substances in etiology of arterial hypertension. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 31: 1106-8. Also Arch. Int. M, 1935, 56: 864^-76—Coester, C. Untersuchungen zum Mechanismus des blasen Hochdrucks; pressorische und antidiuretische Stoffe im Harn beim blassen Hochdruck. Zschr. klin. Med, 1933-34, 126: 593-9. ----- Ueber biologisch wirksame Substanzen im Harn; vasoaktive und antidiuretische Stoffe im Harn bei Kreislaufgesunden und Hochdruckkranken. Ibid, 1935, 128: 665-9.—Cohen, M. B, Fineberg, M. H, & Rudolph, J. A. Allergy in hypertension. Am. J.M.Sc, 1933, 186: 35-8.—Covaerts, P, & Bicker, E. Mise en evidence de proprietes hypertensives dans le liquide cephalo- rachidien et dans le sang du n6phretiques hypertendus. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1936, 6.ser, 1: 141-68—Curtis, F. R, Moncrieff, A. A, & Wright, S. The supposed presence of a pressor substance in the blood of patients with high blood- pressure. J. Path. Bact, Edinb, 1927, 30: 55-9.—Banzer, C. S, Brody, J. G, & Miles, A. L. On the existance of a pressor sub- stance in the blood of clinical cases of hypertension. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1925-26, 23: 454-7—Bavis, N. S. Arterial hvpertension; its relationship to chronic intestinal disorders. Med. Clin. N. America, 1923, 7: 547-53.—Bicker, E. Modifi- cations de la pression arterielle apres injection de substances extraites de Purine des sujets normaux et des malades hyper- tendus. Presse nted, 1933, 41: 992-5. ----- Existence de substances hypertensives dans le sang du chien pendant la com- pression permanente des arteres renales. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 122: 476.—Bonaldson, A. N. The relation of protein foods to hypertension. California West. M, 1926, 24: 328-31.—Elliot, A. H, & Nuzum, F. R. The possibility of a pressor principle in the blood of persons with hypertension; an experimental study. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1933, 18: 1255-60.—Friedman, B, & Prinz- metal, M. Vasomotor effects of blood in patients with hyper- tension. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 34: 543-5—Funck, C. Ueber den allergenen Faktor bei Hypertonie- und Arterio- sklerose-Krankheiten. Arch. Verdauungskr, 1926, 39: 249-55.— Gaehlinger. II existe une hypertension arterielle d'origine intestinale; deductions therapeutiques. Clinique, Par, 1929, 24: 135-8.—Gelmann, J. Hypertoniestudien; Hypertonie und Stoffwechsel. Zschr. klin. Med, 1927, 106: 95-109— Giordano, C, Maestri, 0, & Ceruti, G. Ricerche sul potere vasocostrittore del sangue nelT ipertensione arteriosa. Minerva med. Tor, 1934, 25: pt2, 673-9.—Hantschmann, L. Vasokonstriktorisch wirksame Stoffe und arterieller Hochdruck. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh, 1935, 49: 311-36. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1935, 96: 442-67.—Hess, E. Ueber die blutdruckerhohende Wirkung des Guanidins; Versuche am Kaninchen. Zbl. allg. Path, 1928, 43: 199-201.—Howard, C. P, & Rabinowich, I. M. Guanidine excretion in relation to hypertension. J. Clin. Invest, 1925-26, 2: 587-92.—Htilse, W. Zur Frage der Blutdrucksteigerung; Untersuchungen fiber gefassverengernde Stoffe im Blute. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1922, 30: 268-92. Also Zbl. inn. Med 1922, 42: 1-7. -----& Strauss, H. Zur Frage der Blutdruck- steigerung; fiber die Wirkung hoherer Eiweisspaltprodukte auf den Blutdruck und ihr Vorkommen im Blute bei hypertonischen Nierenkrankheiten. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 39: 426-61.— Johnson, J. E. The intestinal tract as a source of etiologie factors in (essential) hypertension; a preliminary report. Texas J.M 1933, 29: 313-8—Kahn, I. S. Allergic high blood pressure and its control by epinephrin. Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 120: 596-8.— Kuhn, G. Nikotin und Blutdruck. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 1707.—Leiter, L. The nonspecific role of pressor sub- stances in the plasma of hypertensive patients. Arch. Int M 1936, 57: 729-48—Major, R. H. Relationship between certain products of metabolism and arterial hypertension. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 83: 81-4. ----- The possible relationship between guanidine and high blood-pressure. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians 1925, 40: 95-100. Also Am. J.M.Sc, 1925, 170: 228-32.----- The excretion of guanidine bases in 2 cases of arterial hyperten- sion with reduction in blood pressure. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1925, 36: 357-60. ----- Studies on the effect of hepafic extract upon experimental hypertension produced by guanidine compounds. Ibid, 1926, 39: 222-8. ----- Observations on the effects of certain guanidine compounds upon the blood- pressure. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1929, 44: 332-7. ----- Observations on arterial hypertension. Minnesota M, 1932 15: 797-803. ----- & Buikstra, C. R. The effect of parathy- roid extract and liver extract on the hypertension produced by guanidine compounds. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1925, 37' 392-9—Major, R. H, & Stephenson, W. The effect of methyl guanidine on the blood pressure. Ibid, 1924, 35: 140, pi. ----- Further observations on the elevation in blood pressure produced by guanidine compounds. Ibid, 186, 2ch— Major, R. H, & Weber, C. J. The possible increase of guanidine in the blood of certain persons with hypertension. Arch. Int. M, 1927, 40: 891-9. Also Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1927, 40: 85-9.—Mirtl, C. Darmtoxine und Hypertonie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 994.—Monier-Vinard. Observation d'un acces d'hypertension d'origine toxique et considerations sur Thyper- tension paroxystique pure. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1934, 3.ser, 50: 1553-9.—Nakazawa, F, & Abe, S. Ueber das Wesen der blutdrucksteigernden Wirkung des Guanidins (ein Beitrag zum Entstehungsmechanismus der Blutdrucksteigerung) Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1928, 11: 308-26.—Negrobov, A. [Role of vaso-constrictor substances of the blood in the mechanism of increased blood pressure in experimental brain anemia] Vrach. dielo, 1928, 11: 387-93.—Page, I. H. Vaso-pressor action of ex- tracts of plasma of normal dogs and dogs with experimentally produced hypertension. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 35: 112-6.—Popper, L. Hypertonie arterielle primitive et hyper- tonie toxogene. Arch. mal. cceur, 1932, 25: 513.—Reynold, V. L. Another experiment with high blood pressure and coffee. Med. Insur, 1923-24, 39: 401.—Sokolov, A. S. Arterieller Hochdruck und Allergie. Zschr. Kinderh, 1930-31, 50: 461-4—Soskin, S. On the physiologic action of pressor X (Collip) J. Lab. Clin. M, 1927-28,13:1117-22—Wakerlin, G. E, & Bruner, H. B. The question of the presence of a pressor substance in the blood in essential hypertension. Arch. Int. M, 1933, 52: 57-65. Also repr.—Waldbott, G. L. Hypertension associated with allergy. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 94: 1390-2. Also repr.—Weiser, J. Zum Nachweis von pressorischen Substanzen im Blute bei blassem Hochdruck. Zbl. inn. Med, 1934, 55: 65-70.—Wesselow, O. L. V. S. de, & Griffiths, W. J. The blood guanidine in hyper- tension. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1932, 13: 428. ----- On the question of pressor bodies in the blood of hypertensive subjects. Ibid, 1934, 15: 45-52.—Wollheim, E. Eine neue korpereigne blutdrucksenkende Substanz und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Patho- genese der essentiellen Hypertonie. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1936,66: 1231-6. ---- Pathogenesis, vascular. See also Arteriosclerosis; Blood pressure, Maintenance of equilibrium; Blood-vessels, Dis- eases; Cardiovascular system, Diseases. Grawert, M. *Gefasstudien bei erhohtem Blutdruck, im besonderen an der Conjunctiva bulbi [Tubingen] 19p. 8? Lucka [1929] Kodriansky, I. *Tension arterielle et art£- rioscle>ose. 22p. 8? Geneve, 1920. Vannotti, A. *Ergebnisse der Kapillarosko- pie bei den Hvpertensionen [Zurich] p.362-81. 8? Berl., 1932. Also Zschr. klin. Med, 1932, 122: Warfield, L. M. Arteriosclerosis and hyper- tension. 3.ed. 265p. 8? S. Louis, 1920. Allen, F. M. Nephritis, hypertension, and arteriosclerosis. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1925, 18: 445-51.—Amblard, L. A. Maladie hypertensive et prescterose. Bull, med. Par, 1931, 45:417-21 — Bbger, A, & Wezler, K. Zur Wirkung der Muskulatur auf die Elastizitat der lebenden Arterienwand; zugleich ein Beitrag zum Problem des roten Hochdruckes. Klin. Wschr, 1936, 15: 559; 605.—Bordley, J, & Baker, B. M. A consideration of arterio- sclerosis of the cerebral vessels and the pathogenesis of hyper- tension. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1926, 38: 320; 39: 229 — Brogsitter, M. Zur Anatomie der Splanchnikusgefasse beim Hochdruck. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 1049-51.—Chauf- fard. Les hypertendus ou les arteriosctereux. Rev. gen. clin. th6r, 1921, 35: 258-61.—Cornwall, E. E. Arterial peristalsis and essential hypertension. Med. Times, N.Y, 1931, 59:77. ---- The vascular peristalsis theory of circulatory dynamics and arterial hypertension. Ibid, 1935, 63: 243-5.—Cutler, 0. L Relation of arteriosclerosis of the cerebral vessels to hyperten- sion; distribution of arteries supplying pons and medulla. Arch. Path, Chic, 1928, 5: 365-79—Beusch, G, & Liepelt, A. Die Hautkapillaren beim arteriellen Hochdruck und ihre Beeinflussung durch Nitrite. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1928, 160: 207-11.—Bietrich, K. Wege zur Pathologie der Arterien mit Berucksichtigung ihres Verhaltens bei Hypertonie. Verh. Deut. path. Ges, 1929, 24: 308-18.—Fahr, T. Ueber die Bezie- hungen von Arteriolensklerose, Hypertonie und Herzhyper- trophie. Virchows Arch, 1922, 239: 41-63.—Fineberg, M. H. Systolic hypertension; its relationship to atherosclerosis of the aorta and larger arteries. Am. J.M.Sc, 1927, 173: 835-43.— Gosmann, W. Beurteilung der arteriosklerotischen (Starrheits)- Komponente bei den Blutdruckanomalien und Trennung von Starrheitsdruck und regulatorischem Hochdruck (auf Grund von Blutdruckmessungen mit der von Recklinghausenschen grypotonographischen Methode) Zschr. klin. Med, 1930, 114: 550-69.—Habein, H. C, & Wagener, H. P. Acute vasospastic hypertension; report of a case. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1936, 11: 650.—Hallion, L. Sur la pathogenie de Tarterioscterose et ses rapports avec Thypertension arterielle. Rev. prat, biol. Par, 1924, 17: 257-66.—Hering, H. E. Arterieller Hochdruck und Arteriolenveranderung. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1930, 22: 231- BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 609 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 6.—Hoffmann, A. Ueber Hypertonie (essentielle oder genuine Hypertonie, Prasklerose) Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild, 1922,13: no.2, 17-30.—Hood, C. T. Hypertension and arterial fibrosis. Med. Insur, 1919-20, 29: 415-22.—Kastanoian, E. M. [Arterial hypertony and arteriosclerosis] Klin, med, Moskva, 1931, 9: 93947—Keith, N. M, Barker, N. W, & Kernohan, J. W. His- tologic studies of the arterioles in various types of hypertension. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1931, 46: 66-70.—Kernohan, J. W, Anderson, E. W, & Keith, N. M. The arterioles in cases of hypertension. Arch. Int. M, 1929, 44: 395-423.—Lian, C, & Lambling, A. L'hypertension et Tarteriosclerose (leurs rapports cliniques et pathogeniques) J. med. fr, 1924, 13: 90-4.—Martini, P. Blutdruckamphtude und Elastizitatsmodul bei normalem (iefassystem und bei Aortensklerose. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1930, 42. Kongr, 179-81.—Meyer, J. Hypertension arte- rielle et sclerose vasculaire. Arch. mal. cceur, 1925, 18: 47-52.— Moritz, A. R, & Oldt, M. R. Arteriolar changes in essential hypertension. Am. J. Path, 1935, 11: 885.—Muller, A. Ueber die klinische Bestimmung der Arterienwandspannung und ihre Bedeutung. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1925, 146: 118-30 — Miinzer, E. Gefassklerosen und der arterielle Hochdruck; gleichzeitig eine Auseinandersetzung mit Volhards Referat iiber den arteriellen Hochdruck. Zbl. Herz Gefasskr, 1924, 16: 113; 129; 145; 163. -----& Selig, A. Vasculare Hypertonie und Schrumpfniere; gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der vascularen Hypertonie fiberhaupt. Veroff. Bain. Ges. Berlin, 1914,35:182-6.—Pal, J. Hypertonie, Hypertension und Arterio- sklerose. Wien. med. Wschr, 1921, 71: 917; 968; 1016. Also Wien. klin. Wschr, 1933, 46: 353-6.—Parsons-Smith, B. Hyper- tension and arteriosclerosis. Brit. M.J, 1935, 1: 1034-6.— Pilcher, J. F, & Schwab, E. H. Arteriolar changes in essential hypertension. Texas J.M, 1933, 28: 665-8. ----- The arterioles in malignant hypertension. South. M.J, 1935, 28: 688-93.—Prinzmetal, M, Friedman, B, & Rosenthal, N. Nature of peripheral resistance in arterial hypertension. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 34: 545.—Prinzmetal, M, & Wilson, C. The nature of the peripheral resistance in arterial hypertension with special reference to the vasomotor system. J. Clin. Invest. 1936, 15: 63-83.—Rigoni, M. Disfunzione elastica dei vasi centrali ed ipertensione arteriosa. Gior. clin. med, 1932, 13: 1227-45.—Riihl, A. Wie weit ist der genuine arterielle Hoch- druck anatomisch bedingt? Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1927, 156: 129-61—Scott, R. W, Seecof, B. P, & Hill, A. A. Arteriolar lesions of skeletal muscle in hypertension. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1933, 48: 283-8. Also Am. Heart J, 1934-35, 10: 355-9.— Seelig, S. Die Beziehungen zwischen arterieller Hyper- tension und Pulsstarre. Zschr. klin. Med, 1928, 108: 279-8*. - Tuthill, C. R. Hypertension in relation to the blood vessels of the medulla oblongata. Arch. Path, Chic, 1931, 11: 760-5.— Tuttle, G. H. Arterial hypertension and arteriosclerosis. Med. Times, N.Y, 1929, 57: 50-2.—Wassermann, S. Der aortale Hochdruck und sein Mechanismus. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1927, 40: 517-21.—Wiggers, C. J. Physical and physiological aspects of arteriosclerosis and hypertension. Ann. Int. M, 1932, 6: 12-30.—Wolff, A. Hypertonie, Hypertonophobie und Arterio- sklerose. Fortsch. Med, 1925, 43: 76-8.—Wood, H. Vascular hypertension. Bull. Fulton Co. M. Soc, 1934-35, 9: no.10, 3. --- Pathological anatomy. See also Blood pressure, high, Pathogenesis. Muller, O., & Parrisius, W. Die Blut- druckkrankheit; klinische, erbbiologische, an- thropometrische, biochemische, histologische, kapillarmikroskopische und andere Untersuchun- gen am Blutumlauf bei Hypertonikern. 142p. 8° Stuttg., 1932. Wehner, E. *Herzwagungen bei Hypertonie und bei Arteriosklerose [Munchen] 21p. S? [Naumb. a.S.] 1928. Andrews, V. L. Pathology of arterial hypertension. Med. J. & Rec, 1930,131: 207.—Aubertin, C. Absence d'hypertrophie cardiaque dans certains cas d'hypertension permanente. Presse therm, clim, 1929, 72: 817.—Bastenie, P. Les reactions histo- physiologiques de la thyro'ide au cours des etats hypertensives. C rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 122: 815-7.—Cain, E. F. Malignant hypertension: the histologic changes in the kidneys. Arch. Int. M, 1934, 53: 832-50.—Chevallier, P. L'hypertrophie du cceur et les autres manifestations qui accompagnent d'habitude l'hypertension chronique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1929, 3.ser, 53: 1489.—Fishberg, A. M. Anatomic findings in essen- tial hypertension. Arch. Int. M, 1925, 35: 650-68—Gebhardt, H. Ueber Veranderungen der feineren Lebergefasse bei Hyper- tension. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1933, 175: 568-76— Herrmann, L. G. The pathologic physiology of arterial hypertension in man. J. Med, Cincin, 1936-37, 17: 499-503.—Herxheimer, G, & Schulz, K. Statistisches zum Kapitel Bluthochdruck, Herz- hypertrophie, Nierenarteriolosklerose, Gehirnblutung nach anatomischen Befunden. Klin. Wschr, 1931, 10: 433-8 — Levine, V. Myocardial changes in hypertension. Arch. Path, Chic, 1934, 18: 331-46.—Moschcowitz, E. The pathology of hypertension. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 79: 1196-200—Mougeot, A. Physiologie pathologique de Thypertension arterielle. Gaz. m6d. France, 1929,3:12-4.—Nuzum, F. R, & Elliot, A. H. Trans- verse diameter of the heart in patients with hypertension, with clinical measurements checked by postmortem studies. Arch. Int. M, 1935, 55: 293-303.—O'Hare, J. P. Vascular hyperten- 21767—vol. 2, 4th series----39 sion; report of 2 cases, one with autopsy. Med. Clin N Amer- ica, 1920, 937-56.—Parenti, P. L'influenza della stasi e deil'ische- mia provocata sulla pressione arteriosa massima e minima negli ipertesi essenziali e secondari. Riv. clin. med, 1936, 37: 71-82 — Pund, E. R. Pathology of hypertension. J.M.Ass. Georgia, 1933, 22: 407-10. —Vannotti, A. Die nutritive Versorgung der Aortenwand und des Endokardes unter normalen Bedingungen und bei der Hypertonie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1936, 99: 557- 69— Wahl, H. R, & Curphey, W. C. The pathology of hyper- tension. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1934, 35: 161-4-Wilson, R. Path- ological and clinical observations on hypertension. South M.J, 1924, 17: 313-9. ---- Prevention. Arnsperger, H. Zur Prophylaxe der essentiellen Hyper- tonie. Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 1355-9—Ellis, L. B. Can high blood-pressure be avoided? Common Health, Bost, 1934, 21: 11-3.—Halls-Bally, J. F. High blood pressure; what it is, and how to avoid it. Med. J. & Rec, 1930, 131: 199-202.— Kalischer, S. Hypertonie und Nervensystem, sowie Verhiitung und Behandlung des Bluthochdrucks. Fortsch. Med, 1925, 43: 85-90.—Rossiter, C. B. High blood pressure; the problem of its control. Lancet, Lond, 933,2:132-4. ---- Prognosis. See also Blood pressure, high, Statistics. Clement, J. *Le pronostic sphygmomano- metrique de la grande hvpertension arterielle permanente. 80p. 8? Par., 1921. Sieben, A. *Beitrag zur Prognose der essen- tiellen Hypertension. 32p. 8? Tub., 1926. Alexander, L, & Ullmann, H. Die Prognose der essentiellen Hypertonie bei Frauen. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 1002-5.—Altnow, H. O. The patients' outlook in hypertension. Journal-lancet, 1930, 50: 612-8.—Aubertin, C, & Rigal, E. La constante ureo- secretoire chez les hypertendus et le pronostic renal de Thyper- tension permanente. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1924, 3.ser, 48: 1167-72. Also Rev. internat. med. Par, 1924, 35: 123-6 — Benni, B. Ein Beitrag zur Prognose der Hypertonien. Acta med. scand, 1926, 64: 512-9.—Bishop, L. F. The importance of highblood pressure. Med. J. & Rec, 1925, 121: 224-7.—Black, B. R. The relation of kidney function tests to the prognosis and treatment of hypertension. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1923, 20: 306-10.—Borman, W. C. The family physician's relationship to hypertension. West Virginia M.J, 1930, 26: 23-6.—Brana, J., & Radnai, P. Die Prognose der Hypertonie auf Grund der Gefassveranderungen im Augenhintergrund. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1934, 93: 455-65. Also Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1935, 27: 371-84.—Brockbank, E. M. High blood-pressure and dis- ablement. Clin. J, Lond, 1926, 55: 148-54.—Bruce-Porter, B. High blood pressure and its significance. Med. Mentor, 1930, 1: 349-52.—Cassidy, M. Prognosis in hypertension. Lancet, Lond, 1936, 2: 805.—Couturat, J. Les elements de pronostic de Thypertension arterielle. Presse med, 1936, 44: 724.—Cranch, A. G. Hypertension with relation to capacity for work. Ohio M.J, 1935, 31: 676-8.—Czyhlarz, E. Inwieweit beeinflusst Hypertonie die Lebensaussichten? Wien. klin. Wschr, 1931, 44: 1570.—Beneke, T. Zur Prognose der Hypertonie. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1932, 29: 229-33—Ehrstrom, R. [Prognosis of hypertonia] Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1925, 67: 939-42. Also Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 469. ----- [Some reflexes in prognosis of hypertonia] Ugeskr. laeger, 1925, 87: 1038-40. Also Acta med. scand, 1926, suppl, 16: 79-83.—Engel, R. Katamnese und Prognose der Hypertonie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61:498-501. Also Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1934) 1935, 65: 296-306.—Falk, O. P. J. Prognosis in hypertensive disease. Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18: 439-43.—Fiessinger, G. The prognosis in high blood pressure. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1926, n.s, 121: 313-5 — Fleischmann. Der erhohte Blutdruck; seine Prognose und Behandlung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 1822—Frost, H. M. Hypertension and longevity. Boston M.&S.J, 1925, 193: 241-51.—Giraud, G, & Ravoire, J. El porvenir de los hiperten- sos. Ars medica, Barcel, 1935, 11: 402-17.—Godlewski, H. Syn- these des conclusions departementates sur Tavenir des hyper- tendus. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1935, 49: suppl, 60-2.—Graham- Stewart, A. The progress in high blood pressure a suggestion for a revision of some of the views hitherto held. Practitioner, Lond, 1921, 107: 183-200.—Hamman, L. The prognosis of hy- pertension. Atlantic M.J, 1927-28, 31: 472-80. Also West Virginia M.J, 1928, 24:157-66. Also Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1932, 7: 97-103.—Heitz, J. Du pronostic dans Thypertension. Prat. med. fr, 1927, 8: ptA, 30-41.—Herrick, W. W. Factors in the prognosis of high blood pressure. Ann. Int. M, 1929-30, 3: 467-77.—Ide, M. Pronostic dans Thyper- tension essentielle. Rev. med. Louvain, 1926, 380-2.—Koranyi, A. Osservazioni sulla prognosi e sulla terapia delT ipertonia. Gior. clin. med, 1931, 12: 1103-12.—Kormos, A. [Prognosis of pathological arterial hypertension] Budapest orv. ujs, 1933, 31: 777-80.—Lian, C, Broca, R, & Clement, J. Le pronostic sphygmomanometrique de la grande hypertension arterielle permanente. Presse nted, 1921, 29: 743-6.—Masing, E. Ueber die Lebensaussichten der Blutdruckkranken. Deut. med. Wschr, 1934, 60: 591-5. ----- Wie lange lebt der Blutdruck- kranke? Umschau, 1934, 38: 425.—May, E. Le pronostic de Thypertension arterielle. Rev. crit. pat. Par, 1935-36, 5: 143; 171.—Millett, G. W. Progress of patients with hypertension BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 610 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH Northwest M, 1933, 32: 184-91—Murphy, F. B. The signifi- cance of essential hypertension in general practice. Wisconsin M.J, 1936, 35: 881-6—Nikolaev, P. N. [Arterial hypertonia and working ability] Klin, med, Moskva, 1932, 10: 963-72 — O'Hare, J. P. Common sense in the interpretation of hyperten- sion. Med. Clin. N. America, 1921-22, 5: 1349-62—Paillard, H. L'avenir des hypertendus. Progr. med. Par, 1935, 265-9.— Paullin, J. E. Ultimate results of essential hypertension. J. Am. M. Ass, 1926, 87: 925-8. Also Internat. Clin, 1933, 43.ser, 2: 138-44.—Phillips, J. General discussion of prognosis and treatment of arterial hypertension. Ohio M.J, 1925, 21: 637- 40.—Piersol, G. M. Factors of prognostic significance in per- sistent high blood-pressure. Med. Clin. N. America, 1921, 5: 705-13. ----- Prognosis in vascular hypertension. Tr. Am. Clim. Clin. Ass. (1920) 1923, 36: 51- 0— Rheinheimer, E. W. Hypertension; etiology and prognostic tests. Southwest. M, 1932, 16: 17-20.—Ribierre, P. Les elements de pronostic de l'hypertension arterielle permanente. M6decine, Par, 1924-25, 6: 436-41.—Riesman, B. High blood pressure and longevity. J. Am. M. Ass, 1931, 96: 1105-11. Also repr.—Rose, R. H. High blood pressure not a calamity. Med. J. & Rec, 1932, 135: 417-9. Also repr.—Rosling, E. Die Prognose des erhohten Blutdrucks. Acta med. scand, 1934, 83: 41-52.—Schwensen, C. [Prognosis in hypertonia; examination of 412 hospital cases of hypertonia] Ugeskr. laeger, 1936, 98: 1264-*.— Seward, B. P. Factors in the prognosis of arterial hypertension. Med. Insur, 1929-30, 45: 243-8—Singer, L. Beeinflusst die Witterung den Tod und die Todeszeit der Kreislaufkranken, besonders der Hypertoniker? Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1932, 5: 92-105 [Discussion] 158-66.—Sisto, P. Gli esiti della iperten- sione essenziale. Minerva med. Tor, 1935, 26: 584-92.— Soler y Bopff, C. Aeerca del valor pronostico de la hipertension arterial. Rev. nted. Barcelona, 1925, 2.ser, 4: 278-97. Also Rev. m6d. cubana, 1926, 37: 516-39.—Somlo, E. Warum endet der Hypertoniker mit plotzlichem Herztode? Wien. klin. Wschr, 1933, 46: 462-7.—Sprunt, T. P. Analysis of series of cases manifesting arterial hypertension, with special reference to prognosis. South. M.J, 1926, 19: 416-22.—Stieglitz, E. J. Ar- terial hypertension; evaluation of the prognosis. Arch. Int. M, 1930, 46: 227-35. Also repr. ----- Prognostication in hyper- tensive arterial disease. Illinois M.J, 1932, 62: 414-9.—Strauss, H. Das Schicksal des Hypertonikers. Med. Welt, 1930, 4: 1383-6.—Symes, J. 0. The end-results of some cases of high blood-pressure. Clin. J, Lond, 1925, 54: 331-4.—Tileston, W. The significance of hypertension. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1925, 1: 245-51.—Topp, V. [Prognosis of per- manently high blood pressure] Hospitalstidende, 1919, 62: 705-8.—TJllom, J. T. Hypertension, with especial reference to prognosis. N. York M.J, 1923, 117: 753— Upham, J. H. J. The hypertension syndrome in general practice. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1925, 15: 286-93. ----- Hypertension in general practice. Wisconsin M.J, 1924-25, 23: 594-602—Vaquez & Leconte. Le passe, le present et l'avenir des hypertendus. Paris med, 1921, 41: lis.—Veiel, E. Die Bewertung der Blutdrucksteigerung. Med. Kor. Bl. Wurttemberg, 1927, 97: 597-9— Wilson, B. C. Treatment and prognosis in the late stage of hypertension. Clifton M. Bull, 1924-25, 10: 73-8—Wilson, R. Prognosis in hypertensive disease. South. M.&S, 1930, 92: 819-21. ---- senile. See also Blood pressure, Variations: Age. Samain, L. G. *Etude critique de la sympto- matologie et du pronostic de l'hypertension; a propos de l'hypertension bien toler^e du vieillard. 22Sp. 8? Par., 1934. Barath, E. Blutdruckstudien an alternden Menschen; ein Beitrag zur Pathogenese der arteriellen Hypertension; Methodik der Untersuchungen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1927, 54: 58-63. ----- Die Blutdruckschwankung als Zeichen beginnender Regulationsstorung. Ibid, 64-7.—Ide, M. Hypertensions seniles. Rev. med, Louvain, 1931, 353-6.—Sachs, H. Der Altershochdruck und das Kreislaufsystem im Senium. Jahr- kurs. arztl. Fortbild, 1927, 18: H.2, 20-7—Vogelius, F. Etudes sur Thypertension arterielle chez des sujets ages. Acta med. scand, 1932, 78: 560-74. ---- Statistics. Abd el Aziz Ismail. Etiology of hyperpiesis in Egyptians. C. rend. Congr. internat. nted. trop, 1929, 2: 617-22.—Bell, E. T, & Clawson, B. J. Primary (essential) hypertension; a study of 420 cases. Arch. Path, Chic, 1928, 5: 939-1002.—Blackford, J. M, & Wilkinson, J. N. Hypertension; a study of 202 cases followed for an average of 10 years; with remarks on causes and treatment. Ann. Int. M, 1932, 6: 54-9.—Bowers, J. M. Ar- terial hypertension; analysis of 461 cases. Northwest M, 1929, 28: 124-9.—Calvo Criado, V. El problema de la hipertension esencial: comentarios al estudio de 169 casos. Arch, med Madr, 1928, 29: 470-9.—Chenoweth, L. B. Incidence of hyper- tension in college students. Cincinnati M.J, 1925-26, 6: 27-30.— Cummings, R. A study of 150 cases of hypertension. Cali- fornia J.M, 1919, 17:373-6.—Foster, J. H. The practice of medi- cine in China and New England, with observations on hyper- tension. N. England J.M, 1930, 203: 1073-6—Gibbes, J. H. Analysis of 100 cases of hypertension. South. M.J, 1926, 19: 413-6.—Gunewardene, H. 0. The stroke in high arterial pres- sure; a study of 150 cases. Brit. M.J, 1932, 1: 180-2.—Hashi- moto, H, Akatsuka, K, & Shiraishi, H. The incidence of hyper- tension in the Japanese. Jap. J.M.Sc, 1930-32, 2: Int. med, 178.—Hashimoto, H, Akatsuka, K. [et al.] The incidence of hypertension among urban Japanese. Ann. Int. M, 1933, 7: 615-24.—H0st, H. F. Clinical and statistical investigations in .hypertonic diseases. Norsk mag. laegevid, 1931, 92: 1045-87.— Ismail, A.-el-A. Aetiology of hyperpiesis in Egyptians. Lan- cet, Lond, 1928, 2: 275-7.—Koniecpolska, I. [Hypertension fre- quently observed among the Jews] Polska gaz. lek, 1930, 9: 702.—Marshall, R. Essential hypertension; a review of 100 cases Brit. M.J, 1932, 1: 468-70.—Massias, C. L'hypertension arte- rielle chez les Annamites. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1934, 27: 867-9.—Moore, A. G. Hypertension; observations on 293 exami- nations of 50 cases of essential hypertension. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1934, 27: 509-12—Murphy, F. D, Grill, J. [et al.] Essential (primary) hypertension; a clinical and morphological study of 375 cases. Ann. Int. M, 1932, 6: 31-53—Nuzum, F. R, & Elliot, A. H. An analysis of 500 instances of arterial hypertension. Am. J.M.Sc, 1931, 181: 630-8—Palmer, R. S, & Thorp, E. G. Clinical considerations in regard to etiology, characteristics, and prognosis of essential hypertension at different ages; a review of 224 cases. N. England J.M, 1936, 214, 21: 1019-22—Percent- age of cases showing high blood pressure readings (20 mm. Hg. or more above average for age) in each age group; 16,662 white mates; examination by Life Extension Institute. Statist. Bull. Metrop. Life Insur, 1923, 4: no.10, 7.—Rice, L. Arterial hyper- tension; a study of 327 patients observed for 5 to 10 years. South. M.J, 1933, 26:144-50—Schulze, V. E, & Schwab, E. H. Arterio- lar hypertension in the American Negro. Am. Heart J, 1936, 11: 66-74.—Stern, N. S. Hypertension in the South. Memphis M.J, 1926, 3: 189.—Thonnard-Neumann, E. Untersuchungen fiber den erhohten Blutdruck bei Negern in Zentralamerika. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg, 1930, 34: 83-97—Waples, F. A. A study in hypertension, founded on 1,060 blood pressure exami- nations in railroad workers over 50 years of age. Med. Rec, S. Anton, 1928, 22: 229-31. ---- Surgical aspects. See also Blood pressure, high, Treatment surgical. Adson, A. W, Craig, W. McK, & Brown, G. E. Surgery in its relation to hypertension. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1936, 62: 314-31 — Anthony, W. A. Is essential hypertension a surgical condition? South. M.&S, 1932, 94: 217.—Hays, H. High blood-pressure in relation to tonsil operations. Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18: 444.— Jeanneney, G. L'hypertension en chirurgie. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1923) 1924, 48-72. Also Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1923, 44:146-54. Also Rev. chir. Par, 1923, 61:468-72—Trubek, M. The hypertensive patient as a surgical risk. Surg Clin. N. America, 1935, 15: 295-9. ---- symptomatic. See also names of primary diseases as Diabetes; Eclampsia; Glomerulonephritis; Gout, &c. Bazoge. M. *L'hypertension arterielle syphi- litique solitaire; etude clinique. 48p. 8? Par., 1925. Andrews, C. L. Blood pressure as a therapeutic guide in cardiovascular-renal disease; with report of cases. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1927, 24: 100-6.—Audry & Nanta. Sur le traitement de Thypertension arterielle d'origine syphilitique par les arseno- benzols. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1921, 28: 202-6-Balyeat, R. M. Clinical use of epinephrin in allergic diseases; with special reference to a method of prolonging its effect and the importance of its use in cases of asthma complicated with hyper- tension. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1927-28, 13: 1019-26.—Berghoff, R. S, Hypertensive heart disease. Illinois M.J, 1934, 66: 573-9 — Bishop, L. F. Very high blood pressure and congenital heart disease. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 80: 547.—Cassaet, Bonnin & Secousse. Syndrome de forte hypertension coexistant avec des signes nets de retretissement mitral. J. med. Bordeaux, 1922, 52: 123.—Castellani, E. Discussione clinica su un caso di iper- tensione arteriosa a impronta pletorico-angiospastica. Mor- gagni, 1934, 76: 611-9— Catel, W. Diphtherie und Blutdruck- steigerung. Mschr. Kinderh, 1935-36, 64: 372-8.—Christian, H. A. The relation that exists between hypertension, myocar- ditis and nephritis. Wisconsin M.J, 1921-22, 20: 455-9 — Constant. Les fausses hypertensions des neuro-arthritiques. Rev. med. est, 1924, 52: 793.—Cotte, G. Hypertensionetfibromes uterins. Lyon med, 1923, 132: 117-9.—Baniel, J. Le role du facteur rtepato-biliaire dans la genese de Thypertension. Ann. nted. Par, 1934, 35: 300-22.—Fahr, G. E. Hypertension heart; the most common form of so-called chronic myocarditis. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 80: 981-4.—Fahr, T. Zystenniere und Herzhyper- trophie; zur Frage der konstanten Hvpertonie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1929, 55: 572—Fahrenkamp, K. Ueber Hypertension, die arterielle Blutdruckerhohung als Symptom und ihre Behand- lung. Erg. ges. Med, 1924, 5:144-86.—Falk, O. P. J. Factorsin the prognosis of, hypertensive renal and vascular disease. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1922, 19: 214-8.—Foster, N. B. The relations of hypertension to cardiorenal diseases. Am. J.M. Sc, 1922, 164: 808-19.—Genevrier & Breuniel. Hypertension arterielle infantile et heredo-syphilis. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1924, 22: 311-4.—Gonzalez Galvan, J. M. La hipertension arterial en los enfermos de vias digestivas. Cron. nted, Lima, 1931, 48: 3-9. Also Prensa med, Habana, 1931, 22: no.10, 18-26.—Graves, I M. L. Hearts and high blood pressure. Texas J.M, 1928-29, BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 611 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 24: 486-8.—Horton, B. T. Hypertension and polycythemia; the so-called Geisbock's syndrome. Med. Clin. N. America, 1927- 28, 11: 1535-41.—Hypertensive (the) heart. Med. J. Australia, 1934, 2: 756.—King, J. T. Hypertension—the role of infections therein. California West. M, 1934, 41: 145; 226.—Kinlaw, W. B. Hypertensive cardiovascular disease. South. M.&S, 1933, 95■ 378-82.—Legrand, C. La petite hypertension diastolique dans divers troubles morbides et en particulier dans Tlteredo-syphilis de l'adulte. Arch. mal. cceur, 1926, 19: 384-9.—Levine, S. A, & Fulton, M. N. The relation of hypertension to mitral stenosis Am. J.M. Sc, 1928, 176: 465-74—Levy, A. A. Essential hyper- tension; as the result of a general syndrome. California West M, 1931, 35: 466-70.—Magniel. Hypertension paroxystique chez un ancien saturnin; manifestations cerebrates coincident avec les crises hypertensives. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1924 3.ser, 48: 171-4.—Major, R. H. Hypertensive cardiovascular disease. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1922, 22: 103-7.—Moore, J. W, Hamilton, W. F, & Kinsman, J. M. Studies on the circulation- hypertensive cardiovascular disease: comparison of clinical with laboratory (injection method) findings. Tr. Ass. Am. Phy- sicians, 1932, 47: 56-66.—Paillard, H. L'hypertension arterielle de cause centrale (hypertension terminate au cours d'une hemorragie de Tisthme de Tencephale) J. med. fr 1927 16: 66-8—Pezzi, C. Esperienze sulla pressione arteriosa'e loro valore nella interpretazione di alcuni problemi e espec'al- mente del segno di Hill e Flack nelT insufflcienza aortica Mal. cuore, 1923, 7: 157-72—Raab, W. Zerebromedullare Ischamie als Ursache des essentiellen arteriellen Hochdruckes Med. Klin, Berl, 1931, 27: 248-51— Raybaud, A, & Bleinc L. Role du traitement spetifique dans l'evolution de hyper- tensions arterielles chez les syphilitiques chroniques J med chir. Par, 1935, 106: 863-70.—Riesman, B. The treatment of hypertension in cardio-renal disease. J.M. Soc N Jersey 1923, 20: 41-5—Schisler, E. High blood pressure as a symptom and when it may be called malignant. J. Missouri M. Ass 1935, 32: 56-9.—Siguret, G. Les bases therapeutiques de Thyper- tension survenant au cours des nephrites chroniques. Hopital 1927, 15: 194-6.—Smith, E. S. Cardiac aspect of hypertensive cardio-vascular-renal disease. Ann. Clin. M, 1923-24, 2: 380-6 ----- Prognosis and treatment of hypertensive cardiovascular renal disease. Med. Clin. N. America, 1925, 9: 263-75.—Stoll, H. F. Don'ts to be observed in the management of hypertensive cardiovascular disease. J. Am. M. Ass, 1916, 67: 874 Also repr— Toinon, C. L'hypertension arterielle syphilitique; etude clinique et therapeutique. Gaz. hop, 1927, 100: 945; 977 — Tournade, A, & Rocchisani, L. De Thypertension par hemor- ragie bulbo-protuberantielle; son mecanisme neuro-vasculaire et adrenalinique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 206-8.—Weber C. L'hypertension arterielle paroxystique au cours d'une meningite meningococcique subaigue; autopsie. Arch mal cceur, 1927, 20: 598-606.—Weiss, E. Hypertensive states. ' Med' Soc. Rep, Scranton, 1935, 29: 13. ---- Treatment. See also Blood pressure, Variations: Drugs. Cohn, H. *Zur Behandlung der Hypertonie [Berlin] 27p. 8° Charlottenb., 1925. Fischel, H. *Ueber die sogenannte Blut- druckkrankheit und ihre Behandlung. 24p 8° Rostock, 1929. Hypertension; arztlicher Fortbildungskurs in Bad Nauheim, Pfingsten 1926. 85p. 8? Lpz 1926. Stekne, J. J. *Essai sur l'etude de la tension superficielle en medecine; applications notam- ment au traitement de l'hypertension arterielle. 196p. 8? Par., 1935. Valette, H. P. Contribution a l'etude thera- peutique de Thypertension arterielle. 46p. 8? Par., 1933. Adams, S. F, & Brown, G. E. Consideration on the treat- ment of essential hypertension. Ann. Clin. M, 1926-27, 5: i,V1 5-—Allen, F. M. Treatment of arterial hypertension. Med. Clin. N. America, 1922, 6: 475-81. -----& Sherrill, J. W. 1 he treatment of arterial hypertension. J. Metab. Res, 1922, i, j 545' 10ch.—Alsever, W. B. Treatment of hypertension. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1921, 99: 976-8. Also N. York State J.M, 1921, 21: 294-9.—Amblard, L. A. Arterial hypertension; its clinical measurement, pathogenesis, prognostic value, and treat- ment Lancet, Lond, 1921, 2: 760-4.—Armani, L. Un nuovo metodo di cura delT ipertensione arteriosa? Riv. idr. clim, ./'•11: 434-9.—Aubertot, V. Traitement de Thypertension arterielle. Gaz. nted. France, 1930, 232-9.—Ayman, B. An evaluation of therapeutic results in essential hypertension; the interpretation of symptomatic relief. .7. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 95: #6; 1931, 96: 2091. Also repr—Bain, W. Notes on the treat- ment of hyperpiesis. Lancet, Lond, 1928, 1: 389—Barker, L. F. ~? Joe care of patients manifesting high blood pressure. South. M.&S, 1921, 83: 134-41. Also Virginia M. Month, 1921-22, 48: J-'- Also Med. Insur, 1924-25, 40: 388-96. - - The treat- ment of socalled essential arterial hypertension. Med. J. & «ec, 1925, 121: 221-4.—Barksdale, G. H. Hypertension, with special reference to treatment. West Virginia M.J, 1925, 20: mniuT ms U vTXme? d£ 'hypertension arterielle. 554?Q TWioW n 2^"21; A1«> Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1930, M^ntlT i£f fiP-7 JrQatment-hypertension. Hahnemann Month, 1931, 66: 754-9—Bazzicalupo, C. La cura della iDer- tensione arteriosa. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1935 43 21 - aearosley, E. J. G. Certain observations concerning hvDerten- s on and its treatment. Tr. Coll. Physicians, Phila ,1935 t ser , J. 16-9.-Bermejillo, M. Tratamiento de la hipertension arterial. Cron med. mex, 1931, 30: 181-90.-Bernard? E Les k- 9««mfin ie-l hypertension arterielle. Sem. hop. Paris, 1929 n^rf^iT penstock. Dle essentielle Hypertension, Ursache a ik .K,eh,ancilung' dargestellt auf Grund jahrzehntelanger ^ltbeS^htuaf Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1933V24 H 2 ^42.—Blackwood, A. L. Therapeutics of hypertension Cli- nique, Chic, 1921, 42: 539-45.-Bose, S. C Some clinica Wn a« K&Tfrty hign bl00d Pressure. Calcutta M.J, 1y.2s-.2y, z.i: 325-40—Boucomont, R. A propos de quelaues iqaio,mo?tS iecentsTde l'hypertension. Bull, med. Par 1^1! 49: 218-22.—Braun, L. Therapie des Hochdrucks. Wien klin Wschr, 1935, 48: 1188-90. Also Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1936 10 ■ ™lZ~t P : du' Practical considerations in the manage- ment,°f Patients presenting essential hypertension. Am J M ?™iJ^'^77K10~8-TBr(?let' M' Quelques remarques sur le i77'tementdei hypertension arterielle. Bull. gen. ther, 1926, ™thnH^~?r0,ka^'v,W;,rF- Bl00d Pressure; an effective method of control. Ohio M.J, 1935, 31: 448.—Brooks, H Es- sential hypertension—its implications and treatment Proc Interst Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1932, 396-404— Brown' ix. l. Report of a case of malignant hypertension and certain clinical and therapeutic features of a series of cases. Med Clin N. America, 1923, 7: 221-32. ----- Criteria for evaluating therapeutic measures in hypertension. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1935 10: 324-7.—Bunce, A. H. Practical management of the hyper- tension syndrome. J. Florida M. Ass, 1925-26, 12: 65-9 — Busch, H. Ueber eine neuartige Behandlung des Hochdrucks. Deut med. Wschr, 1936, 62: 1378.—Carriere, C. Le traitement de 1 hypertension arterielle. Echo med. nord, 1934 3 ser 1 • 861.—Charlton, T. J. Treatment of hypertension. ' J.M.Ass' Georgia, 1933, 22: 415-21.—Clerc, A. Le probleme de Thyper- tension arterielle permanente en clinique. Bull, med Par 1922, 36: 609-15—Cmunt, E, & Vancura, A. [Experimental treatment of hypertension with intravenous injections of waterj Cas. tek. Sesk, 1929, 68: 747.—Codina Castellvi, J. La clinica del prognostico y de la terap6utica en las grandes hipertensiones Med. ibera, 1921, 15: 257; 277.-Cornil, M. L'hypertension arte- rielle; apercu physiopathogenique; traitements recents. Ann med. phys, Anvers, 1930, 23: 247-61. Also Cron. med. mex.', 1931, 30: 77; 131.—Coruzzi, C. Ipertensione arteriosa e terapia lpotensiva. Gazz. med. Roma, 1929, 55: 70-80.—Crosetti, L II medico pratico davanti al problema della terapia delT iper- tensione arteriosa. Gior. med. prat, 1931, 13: 321-33. ----- & Bassi, M. Ricerche sulla terapia delT ipertensione arteriosa nelle sue diverse forme cliniche e considerazioni sulla patogenesi della medesima. Arch, pat, Bologna, 1931-32, 109-79, ch.— Czy2ewska, Z. A. [Study of modern treatment of hypertension] Polska gaz. lek, 1930, 9: 812-5—Baniel, I. Saggio di un tratta- mento patogenetico delT ipertensione arteriosa; rapporti e signi- ficato della terapia epatobiliare. Monit. endocr, 1934, 2: 157-66.—Bominguez, C. Algunos puntos relacionados con la hipertension arterial. Dia nted, B. Air, 1930-31, 3: 107-9 — Bouthwaite, A. H. The treatment of hyperpiesia. Brit. M.j, 1929, 2: 844-7.—Bumas, A. La enfermedad hipertensiva; con- sideraciones terapeuticas. Cron. med. mex, 1931, 30: 172-7.— Easby, M. H. Essential hypertension. Med. Woman J, 1934, 41: 152-78.—Edgecombe, W. Treatment of hyperpiesia. Brit M.J, 1932,1:58-60— Engelen, P. Herabsetzung der Blutdruck- werte. Aerztl. Rdsch, 1924, 34: 20—Esposito, A. Contributo alia terapia delT ipertensione. Rinasc. med, 1930, 7: 165-7.— Fahrenkamp, K. Ueber die Behandlung der Hypertonie Aerztl. Mitt. Baden, 1923, 77: 87-9. ----- Ungewohnlich hohe Blutdrucksteigerungen und Harnbefund; zur Prognose und Therapie bei Kranken mit Hypertension. Fortsch. Med 1927, 45: [l.Quar.] 12-6. Also Tung chi, 1927-28, 3: 182; 191 Also Dia med, B. Air, 1931-32, 89— Felix, W. Versuch einer Behandlung der arteriellen Hypertonie im Tierexperiment Arch. klin. Chir, 1929, 157: 458-61—Firnbacher, E. Klinische Studien uber arteriellen Hochdruck und seine therapeutische Beeinflussbarkeit. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1928, 161: 1-17.— Fisher, R. L, & Blashill, J. B. Comparative results of treat- ment of 70 cases of hypertension with liver extract, diathermy, and drugs. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1934, 33: 188-92.—Fleckseder, R. Kann man arteriellen Hochdruck dauernd herabsetzen? Wien. klin. Wschr, 1924, 37: 1127—Fleischmann, P. Der hohe Blutdruck; Entstehung, Prognose und Behandlung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 2059; 2104—Foster, N. B. Treatment of hypertension. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 79: 1089-94.—Frazer, T. The treatment of essential hypertension. South. M.&S, 1928, 90: 739-42.—Galewski, A. [Various treatments in hypertonia] Polska gaz. lek, 1931, 5: 733-7—Galli, G. La cura delle iperten- sioni. Riv. osp, 1931, 21: 361-79.—Ganter, G. Ueber die Blut- druckkrankheit und ihre Therapie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 210-2.—Gliem, L. High blood pressure; its care and treatment. Am. J. Nurs, 1923-24, 24: 1184-9—Goldscheider, A. Ueber Wesen und Behandlung der Hypertension des Blut- drucks. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1926, 23: 1-10. ----- Acerca del caracter y el tratamiento de la hipertension de la presion sanguinea. Rev. med. Hamburgo, 1926, 7: 183; 214.—Graham- Stewart, A. The rapid reduction of high blood-pressure in acute and dangerous cases. Practitioner, Lond, 1929, 122: 321-7.— BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 612 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH Gram, H. C. [Observations on medical treatment of arterial hypertension] Ugeskr. laeger, 1936,98: 704-7.—Granstrem, E. A. [Hypertension and its treatment] J. teor. prakt. med, Baku, 1926, 2: 181-93.—Grassmann. Behandlung des abnorm hohen Blutdrucks. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1921, 68: 951.—Greene, R. N. The treatment of arterial hypertension. South. M.J, 1923, 16: 411-7.—Grober. Zur Behandlung des arteriellen Hoch- drucks. Munch, med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 160.—Grover, B. B. Bigh blood pressure, its significance and treatment. Clin. M.&S, 1927, 34: 673-7— Gunewardene, H. 0. A new therapeu- tic measure in the treatment and control of non-renal high blood pressure (Clifford Allbutt's hyperpiesia) J. Ceylon Br. M. Ass, 1932, 29:22-34. ----- Treatment and control of essential hypertension; a new therapeutic measure. Brit. M.J, 1933, 2: 1114-6.—Hellstern, E. P. Krankhaft erhohter Blutdruck und seine therapeutische Beeinflussung. Fortsch. Med, 1925, 43: 312-4.—Henderson, J. High blood-pressure and its treatment Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18: 370-6. Also Glasgow M.J, 1923, 99: 209-18.—Henriques, A. The treatment of high blood pressure by a new original method. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1927-28, 80: 647-50.—Heumann, L. Zur Hypertoniebehandlung in der taglichen Praxis. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 1318.—Hoefler. Die Behandlung der Blutdruckkrankheit durch den praktischen Arzt. Wurzb. Abh. Med, Lpz, 1926-27, 24:305-31.—Hollmann, H. Blutdruckerhohung und ihre Behandlung. Med. Welt, 1930, 4:1217—Horine, E. F. The treatment of arterial hyperten- sion. Kentucky M.J, 1927, 25: 70-6.—Howard, C. P. Malig- nant hypertension, manifestations and treatment. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1934, 278-82. Also Canad. M. Ass. J, 1935, 32: 621-4.—Hull, E. The management of hypertension. Tri-state M.J, 1929-30, 2: 324-7.—Jacobowitz, L. Zur Behandlung der Hypertonie und des angiospastischen Symptornenkomplexes. Deut. med. Wschr, 1931, 57: 1411.— Jacobson, E. Use of relaxation in hypertensive states. N. York M.J, 1920, 111: 419-22—Johnson, W. R, & Adams, S. F. Three cases of idiopathic hypertension with a consideration of diag- nosis, prognosis, and treatment. Med. Clin. N. America, 1926, 10: 625-34.—Kahler, H. Ein neues Mittel zur Behandlung des arteriellen Hochdrucks. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1924, 37: 893-5 Also Wien. med. Wschr, 1924, 74: 1946-52—Kann man den arteriellen Hochdruck dauernd herabsetzen? Ibid, 2629.— Kauffmann, F. Die arterielle Hypertension als Funktionsver- halten und ihre Behandlung. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1935, 32: 222; 251.—King, H. C. The management of patients with hyper- tension. Ohio M-.J, 1936, 32: 220-3.—Kisthinios, N, & Gomez, M. Le traitement des hypertensions arterielles. Vie med, 1930, 11: 1081-4.—Klein, R. Ueber den permanenten arteriellen Hochdruck und seine therapeutische Beeinflussung. Zschr arztl. Fortbild, 1924, 21: 706-9—Kylin, E. Zur Therapie der essentiellen Hypertoniekrankheit. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3' 17124. Also Ther. Gegenwart, 1927, 68: 289; 342; 392—Lange, F. Therapeutische Beeinflussung der Hypertonie und ihre tierex- perimentelle Begriindung. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1930, 42. Kongr, 226-30.—Laubry, C. Le traitement de Thyperten- sion permanente. Bull, med. Par, 1924, 38: 1321-7.—Leconte, M. Traitement d'hypertension arterielle. Medecine, Par, 1920-21, 2: 489-92.—Leschke, E. Wesen und Behandlung der Blutdrucksteigerung. Med. Welt, 1930, 4: 1425-8—Levy- Barras. A propos du traitement de Thypertension arterielle Vie med, 1924, 5: 1967.—Lian, C. A propos de la pathogenie et du traitement de Thypertension arterielle permanente dite simple, solitaire ou diatttesique. Ibid, 1932, 13: 19-21 Also Hopital, 1933, 21: 259-62—Lintz, W. Practical consideration of essential hypertension. Clin. M.&S, 1934, 41: 412-5. ----- Suggestions in hyperpiesis. Ibid, 1935, 42: 222-4.—Livingstone, J. L. High blood pressure and its treatment. Lancet, Lond , 1935, 2: 961.—Lordick, M. Zur Hypertoniebehandlung. Deut med. Wschr, 1930, 56: 2132.—Lucrezi, G. Mezzi e criteri tera- peutici nelT ipertensione arteriosa. Morgagni, 1935, 77:179-88.— Lukin, N. An unusual management of essential hypertension Ann. Int. M, 1927, 1: 161-8—McBonald, R. H. Diagnosis and treatment of essential hypertension. Med. Clin. N. America, 1935-36, 19: 1865-73.—Mandru, V. Nouveaux proccdes dans le traitement des cardio-renaux et de Thypertension arterielle per- manente. Paris med, 1928, 69: 145-8.—Martin, W. Hyperten- sion and its treatment. Am. Physician, 1921, 26: 863-70 — Mattei, C. Resultats de la cure hypotensive par te repos, le regime, les diuretiques, les tonicardiaques, et sans medicaments dits hypotenseurs. Bull, ge.xi. ther, 1926,177: 258-70.—Meakins J, &Scriver, W. deM. Thetreatment of hypertension. Canad' M. Ass. J, 1931, 25: 285-8.—Michaud, J, & Boue, M. L'hyper- tension et le traitement des arterites chroniques. Vie med 1922, 3: 1181-6.—Mirande, A. Traitement de Thypertension' J. nted. chir. Par, 1921, 92: 104-10.—Morawitz, P. A hyper- tensao e seu tratamento. Brasil med, 1927, 42: pt 1, 158-63 — Moschcowitz, E. The treatment of hypertension. Am J M Sc, 1920, 159: 517-24.—Mosenthal, H. 0. The treatment of high blood pressure. Med. Clin. N. America, 1921-22, 5: 1139- 60. ----- The treatment of essential hypertension. J Am M. Ass, 1928, 91: 698-702. Also Internat. Clin, 1933, 43 ser ' 2: 145-62.—Munzer, E. Wesen und Behandlung der dauerndeii vascularen Hypertonic Ther. Gegenwart, 1920, 61 • 417-23 — Musser, J. H. Treatment of arterial hypertension N York M.J., 1920 112: 570-2.-Oeller, H. Klinische Bewertung und Therapie der Blutdruckkrankheit in der Praxis Med Welt 1934, 8: suppl, 15-9.-0'Hare, J. P. Treatment of hypertension' Am. Heart J, 1927, 2: 510-4. Also N. England J. M 1931 204: 602—Ohensis, A. E. Hypertension and its management' Med. Rec, N.Y, 1934,140: 313-5.-Paine, L, & Teas, J. C. Sat- isfactory control of hypertension in more than 400 cases with systolic pressures ranging from 170 to 275 mm. Med J & Ron 1929, 129: 200.-Pal, J. Die Behandlung des arteriellen Koch" druckes. Ther. Gegenwart, 1923, 64: 437-9.-----Die Be- handlung der Hypertonie und der Hypertension. Wien m«d Wschr, 1927, 77: 863; 900.-----Klinik und Therapie des arteriellen Hochdruckes. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24: 123 m ----- Ueber die Grundlage der Hypertonie und ihre Beli tint- lung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1931, 44: 521.- Palmer, R. S The treatment of essential hypertension. N. England J.M 1930 203:208-11. ----- The efficacy of medical treatment in'essen- tial hypertension. Ibid, 1936, 215: 569-72.—Parenti, Q "on stati ipertensivi e la loro cura. Rass. clin. ter, 1931,30:147-57 -- Pizzillo, G. SulT auto-emoterapia nelle ipertensione art erioso Riforma med, 1935, 51: 1505-8.—Pons Lezica, A. Nueva tera- p6utica de la hipertension arterial. Sem. med, B. Air 1930 37: 1231-5— Post, W. E. Hypertension; clinical aspects of the etiology and therapy. Am. J.M. Sc, 1926, 171: 648-54- Priddle, W. W. Observations on the management of hyperten- sion. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1931, 25: 5-8.—Propst, B. W. The treatment of high blood pressure. Med. Insur, 1924, 40: 5-7 — Pruche, A. Les hypertensions arterielles; traitement. Cliniaue Par, 1924, 19: 35-41.—Rabinowitz, M. A. Clinical lecture on the treatment of hypertension. N. York State J.M, 1928 28' 993-6.—Racine, M. A propos des traitements recents de Thyper- tension arterielle. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1935, 49- 753-6- Risak, E. Zur Behandlung der Hochdruckkrankheit Wien klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 340—Roch, M. Le traitement de Thyper- tension arterielle. Helvet. med. acta, 1934,1:127-47.—Rodriguez Olleros, A. R, & Arcos Castro, G. La llamada hipertension esencial. Arch, med, Madr, 1928, 29: 215-20.—Rommel, J. C A successful treatment for high blood pressure. Med World 1927, 45: 15-7—Rose, R. H. The treatment of hypertension' Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 124: 704-6. Also repr.—Rozkowski, K [Treatment of essential hypertension and anxiety neurosis due to hypertension] Polska gaz. lek, 1930, 9: 525-8—Rubino, E. Terapia moderna delle ipertensioni. Gazz. internaz med chir, 1935, 43: 94-8.—Rutenbeck, H. Ueber eine neuartige Behandlungsmethode der essentiellen Hypertonie und ver- wandter Zustande. Klin. Wschr, 1936, 15: 1920-2—Sacchetti, A. Autoemoterapia ed ipertensione. Osp. maggiore Novara 1936, 13: 231-49—Saragea, T. [Treatment of arterial hyperten- sion] Romania med, 1933,11:165. -----& Prunis, A. [Treat- ment of permanent arterial hypertension] Spitalul, 1929, 49: 240-2.—Schaftler, J. [Treatment of arterial hypertension] Orvoskepzes, 1933, 23: 913-22—Schultz, J. H. Psychothera- peutisches zur Hypertoniefrage. Deut. med. Wschr, 1929, 55: 1542.—Schweitzer, A. Contributo alla terapia della ipertonia arteriosa. Fol. med. Nap, 1930, 16: 278-83. Also Gior. clin med, 1930, 11: 563-9. ----- Neuere Beitrage zur Aetiologie und Therapie der arteriellen Hypertonie. Deut. Aerzte Ztg, 1935, 10: no.420—Schwensen, C. [Clinic and therapy of essen- tial hypertonia] Ugeskr. laeger, 1928, 90: 361-3— Scott, T. B. Arterial hypertension; its significance and treatment. Pre- scriber, Edinb, 1920, 14: 340-6—Senator, H. Zur Behandlung des arteriellen Hochdrucks. Deut. med. Wschr, 1928, 54: 1756.—Serra, M. A. Ideas directrices en el tratamiento de la hipertension arterial permanente. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1931, 36: 508-14.— Siebeck, R. Ueber die Beurteilung und Behandlung Kranker mit hohem Blutdruck. Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 193-7.—Simili, A. Sulla terapia delle ipertensioni arteriose. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1934, 22: 401; 468. Also Rass. clin. ter, 1934, 33: 358-401, 8ch—Singer, G. Ueber arte- riellen Hochdruck und seine Behandlung. Med. Klin, Berl., 1923, 9: 415-7—Sivo, R, & Egedy, E. Therapeutische Versuche zur Beeinflussung der pathologischen Blutdrucksteigerung. Verh. ungar. arztl. Ges, 1936, 8: 66—Smith, E. S. Treatment of essential arterial hypertension. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1930) 1931, 6: 421-31. -----& Liggett, H. S. Therapeutic management of arterial hvpertension in ambu- latory cases. Tr. Am. Ther. Soc. (1927) 1928, 28: 113-24- Stameri, B. Como precedo para medir la tension arterial. Rev. med. Rosario, 1922, 12: 102-7—Stone, C. T. The treatment of hypertension. Texas J.M, 1921-22, 17: 475-9—Stone, W. J. The treatment of hypertensive vascular disease. California J.M, 1923, 21: 499-502.—Stretch, C. L. The incidence, treat- ment, and prognosis of hypertension. U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull, 1935-36,12: 275-82.—Sutton, F. The treatment of essential hypertension. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1936, 192: 318-20- Thorne, L. T. Further research in the treatment of hyperten- sion. Practitioner, Lond, 1920, 104: 379-92—Tobias, E. Ueber Wesen und Behandlung der essentiellen Hvpertonie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1922,18:1280-3.—Tranquilli, E. Sulla cura dell'iper- tensione arteriale. Gazz. med. Roma, 1927, 53: 142; 162; 202. ----- Sulla cura delT ipertonia semplice. Ibid, 1934, 60: 229-32.—Tuohy, E. L. The management of essential hyperten- sion. Minnesota M, 1935, 18: 354-60.—Vergombello, C. Con- siderazioni sulla terapia delle ipertensioni. Gazz. osp, 1927, 48: 97-100.—Veronesi, E. Nuova impostazione della iperten- sione arteriosa permanente; terapia generale della ipertensione e terapia speciale delle crisi ipertensive; descrizione e terapia delle varie specie di ipertensione permanente e della sindrome Andrea Ferranini. Med. nuova, 1933, 24: 339; 371.—Vogel, S. A. Arte- rial hypertension and its treatment (with report of 212 cases) N. York State J.M, 1928, 28: 318-22.—Warfleld, L. M. Means which reduce hypertension. Wisconsin M.J, 1921-22, 20:577.— Warr, O. S. The practical management of hypertension. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1926-27, 79: 907-10— Weaver, W. A. The non-hospitalized blood pressure patient. Hahnemann. Month, BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 613 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 1936, 71: 372-81.—Weiss, E. The management of the patient with essential hypertension. Pennsylvania M.J, 1935-36, 39: 313-9.—Weiss, S. Recent advances in the treatment of arterial hypertension. Med. Clin. N. America, 1935-36, 19: 1343-65. ----& Ellis, L. B. The rational treatment of arterial hyperten- sion. Ind. M. Gaz, 1931, 66: 346-9—Wells, G. H. The treat- ment of essential hypertension. Hahnemann. Month, 1934, 69: 481-92.—White, S. M. The medical problem and manage- ment in essential hypertension. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1936, 62: 332-9.—Witt, S. E. Treatment of hypertonus and arteriosclero- sis. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 123: 369—Zak, E. Therapie der Hochdruckbeschwerden. Mitt. Volksgesundhamt, Wien, 1929, Aerztl. Prax, 197. ---- Treatment: Baths and climate. SrHNACKEXBERG, M. *Ueber das Schicksal der Hypertonie. 41p. 8? Kiel, 1917. Amblard, L. A. Le traitement rationnel de Thypertension arterielle par la cure diuretique de Vittel. J. nted. Paris, 1923, 42:401-6.—Anderson, J. A. [Increase of blood pressure from the practical point of view and the value of mineral springs in the treatment of high blood pressure] Sven. lak. tidn, 1924, 21: 353-61.—Aubertot, V. El bafio carbo-gaseoso en el tratamiento de los hipertensos. Ars medica, Barcel, 1929, 5: 239-42.— Bricout. La cure de Thypertension arterielle a Contrexeville. Presse therm, clim, 1924, 65: 240-2.—Carron de la Carriere. Les hypertendus arteriels et le bain carbo-gazeux naturel a tempera- ture indifierente de Royat. Presse med, 1919, 27: 349.—Cottet, J. Considerations sur le traitement hydro-mineral des hyper- tendus. Paris med, 1926, 59: 368-72—Coubin. Le reflexe de Salut. Gaz. med. France, 1935, 42: therm, no.7, 48.—Bebidour. Action de la cure hydrominerale d'altitude du Mont-Dore sur la tension arterielle. Arch. M. Hydr, Lond, 1922, 1: 65-7.— Fahrenkamp, K. Hypertension und Baderbehandlung, ein Beitrag zur psycho-physischen Wechselwirkung bei den Hyper- toniekrankheiten. Zschr. wiss. Baderk, 1926-27, 1: 593-606 — Forestier, H. Action hypotensive de la douche-massage d'Aix- les-Bains sur la tension sanguine. Presse therm, clim, 1925, 66: 693.—Fox, R. F. An arm-bath at rising temperature for relief of vascular hypertension. Lancet, Lond, 1935, 1: 984.—Glaze- brook, F. H. The treatment of high blood pressure with radio- active water. Am. Med, 1922, n.s, 17: 333-7.—Gondos, M. [On the treatment of increased blood-pressure with mineral waters] Gyogyaszat, 1931, 71: 608-11.—Guede. L'hypertension arterielle; point de vue thermal. J. med. chir. Par, 1935, 106: 254-9.—Hahn. Hypertonie und Balneotherapie. Veroff. Mod. verwalt, 1922, 16: 807.—Hediger, S. Zur Frage der essentiellen Hypertonie und ihrer Behandlung durch Kohlensaurebader. Klin. Wschr, 1923,21: 262.—Heitz, J. Les hypertendus a Royat. Prat. med. fr, 1921-22, 1: 943-6. Also Presse therm, clim, 1927, 68: 236-41.—Kartchikian, S. I. [Essential hypertony and its treatment in Kisslovodsk sanatoriums (Caucasus)] Klin, med., Moskva, 1930, 8: 49-58.—Koza, F. [Mechanism of carbonic acid gas baths in the treatment of hypertension] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1929, 9: 1163-2029.—Lange, F, & Stbrmer, A. Kohlensaure Wasserbader bei Hypertonie. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1927, 19: 745-51.—Liacre, A. Hypertensions arterielles et contre- indications aux cures thermales sulfurees. Bull. gen. ther, 1924, 175: 177. Also Presse therm, clim, 1924, 65: 651-3.—Mar- cuse, G. Ueber die Beeinflussung der arteriellen Hypertonie durch Kuren mit Kohlensaurebadern. Fortsch. Med, 1924, 42:145-S— Messerle, N. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber feuchte Einpackungen (ein Beitrag zur Behandlung der Hyper- tonie) Zschr. ges. phys. Ther, 1927, 34: 24-34.—Mougeot, A. Quelles sont les categories d'hypertendus chez lesquels la cure de Royat est contre-indiquee? Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1919, 33: 55.—Pavlik, L. [Electric, radioactive baths and their effect on blood pressure] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1935, 15: 405-8— Pflanz, E. Ueber Hypertonie und ihre Behandlung durch Trink- und Badekuren. Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23: 437-9. ----- & Guilleaume. Hypertension and balneotherapy. Arch. M. Hydr, Lond, 1926, 4: 177-9.—Piatot, A. Les hypertendus aux eaux minerales. Progr. med. Par, 1920, 3.ser, 35: 249-53 — Reichart. Arterial hypertension and treatment by hot mud. Arch. M. Hydr, Lond, 1927, 5: 250-2.—Seregg, H. La cure thermale de Vichy est-elle contre-indiquee chez tous les hyper- tendus? Medecine, Par, 1922-23, 4: 715-8.—Shymshelevich, B. J. [Treatment of non-renal hypertonia, with hot baths (Haufe's method)] Klin, med, Moskva, 1928, 6: 482-5, no.8 — Spindler. Hypertoniebehandlung durch Sol- und kohlensaure Solbader. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 827.—Strasser, A. Zur Therapie der Hypertonie (Balneo-Hydrotherapie) Zschr. ges. phys. Ther, 1930-31, 40: 215-25.—Turan, F. Die Behandlung der Hypertonie mit Kohlensaurebadern auf Grund neuerer physio- logischer Tatsachen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23: 515-7—Volk, R. B, & Rozhnov, F. V. [Carbonic acid baths in the treatment of hypertonia in Kislovodsk (Caucasus)] Vrach. gaz, 1930, 34: 682-7.—Wagner, F. Ueber die Beeinflussung der Hypertonien durch Trinkkuren. Arch. Bain. med. Klim, Berl, 1925, 1: 86-60.—Zehden, G. Ozontrockenbader und Hypertonie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1928, 54: 274. Also Zbl. inn. Med, 1928, 49: 209-19. ■--- Treatment: Bloodletting. Apperly, F. L. Venesection in arterial hypertension: a simple method. South. M.&S, 1933, 95: 8.—Civalleri, I, & Liverani, E. N'uovi orizzonti nei trattamento della ipertensione vascolare? il salasso incruento. Policlinico, 4929, 36: sez. prat, 187-92.— Galata, G. Salasso e pressione arteriosa (ricerche sperimentali) Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1928, 52:84-97.-Lian, C. Saignee et hyper- tension. Evolut. med. chir, 1925, 6: 69-71. Also Union med. Canada, 1925, 54: 413-5.—Merle, P. La saignee chez les hyper- tendus. Hopital, 1927, 15: 433-5.-Pleischmann, P. Die Be- handlung der Hypertonie und drohenden Arteriosklerose unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Balneologie. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1926, 23: 207-1 l.-Powilewicz, A. Hvpertension arte- rielle et saignee. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1922, 11: 671-3 — Vedrani, G, & Gallerani, C. Salasso ed ipertensione; contributo sperimentale alio studio fisio-patologico e terapeutico del salasso. Gazz. osp, 1926, 47: 3-5.—Weiss, R. F. Der Aderlass in der Hypertoniebehandlung. Ther. Gegenwart, 1926, 67: 485-7 — \lh.?!m' E" & Brandt, F. Blutzusammensetzung, Blutmenge und Blutdruck nach intravenoser Iniektion kleinster Wasser- mengen; unblutiger Aderlass zur Behandlung der Hypertension. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 646.—Ziegelroth, P. Aderlass oder deplethorische Diat bei bedrohlichen Hypertonien. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 2143. ---- Treatment: Diet, food extracts, and rest. Althausen, T. L, & Kerr, W. J. Watermelon-seed extracts in the treatment of hypertension. Am. J.M. Sc, 1929, 178: 470-89. Also repr.-----& Burnett, T. C. Liver extract in the treatment of hypertension. Ibid, 177: 398-425. Also repr.—Alvarez, C. Accion hipotensora del regimen hipo- clorurado. Rev. med. Rosario, 1927, 17: 479-kx.—Berger, S. S, & Fineberg, M. H. The effect of sodium chloride on hyperten- sion. Arch. Int. M, 1929, 44: 531-42—Bernard, E, Desbuc- quois & Falguiere. Du traitement de Thypertension arterielle par la cure de repos au lit et de diete. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1928, 3.ser, 52: 900-6.—Bernstein, M. Salt-restricted diet in the treatment of arterial hypertension. Ther. Gaz, Detr, 1925, n.s.. 49: 241-6—Blaisdell, E. R. Report of the results of treatment with salt-free diet, in 35 cases of arterial hvpertension. Boston M.&S.J, 1927, 196: 808-12—Blankenhorn, M. A. The effect of sleep on normal and high blood-pressure. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1925, 40: 87-91.—Coelho, E. O tratamento da hiper- tensao arterial. Lisboa med, 1928, 5: 735-43.—Cornwall, E. E. On the dietetic treatment of conditions signalized bv arterial hypertension. Med. Times, N.Y, 1936, 64: 137.—Davis, N. S. Hypertension; the value of calcium salts plus diet in its manage- ment; as possible classification and an historical perspective. J. Am. M. Ass, 1931, 97:1295-9. Alsorepr.—Becourt, J, Audry, M, & Lesourd, R. Hypertension arterielle avec hyperproti- demie et hyperchloromie plasmatique; influence des regimes dechlorure et deproteine. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3.ser, 50: 1308-13.—Biet, rest important for high blood pressure patients. Science News Lett, 1936, 29: 179.—Enoch, B. Arz- uei-, Balneo- und Diattherapie der Hypertonien. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch.. 1932, 5: 105-8 [Discussion] 158-66 — Godel, R, & Vannier, P. E. La severite des regimes dans Thy- pertension. Gaz. med. France, 1929, 3: 339.—Guede, M. Con- siderations sur te regime des hypertendus. Ibid, 1935, 42: 171-5.—Harris, I, Aldred, C. N, & English, A. G. H. The effect of high protein diet on arterial pressure in cases of hypertony. Lancet, Lond, 1935, 1: 1327.—Harrower, H. R. The hepatic depressor principle and its oral administration in hypertension. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 124: 83-6.—Hayman, J. M. Failure of salt restric- tion in the treatment of hypertension. Med. Clin. N. America, 1929-30, 13: 1021-6.—Helouin. Hvpertension arterielle et regime dechlorure. J. med. Paris, 1928, 47: 291.—Houghton, H. A. The treatment of arterial hypertension with low sodium chloride dietary. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1922, 101: 441-6— James, A. A, & Laughton, N. B. The control of blood pressure with liver ex- tracts. Canad. M. Ass. .J, 1925, 15: 701. ----- & Macallum, A. B. The antipressor fraction from liver and its physiologic action. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 317.—Koelbl, H. Mineralfreie Wassertherapie bei Blutdrucksteigerung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 174-6.—Konikow, M. J. The reduction of hypertension in an unusually difficult case by means of a salt-free diet. Boston M.&S.J, 1921, 185: 281-7.—Kylin, E. Ueber die Milchtherapie bei gewissen Hypertoniezustanden, ausserdem einige Worte iiber die Hypertoniefrage. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 1720.—Macdonald, W. J. Extractives of liver possessing blood pressure reducing properties. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1925, 15: 697- 701. ----- Liver extract and blood pressure. Wisconsin M.J, 1927, 26: 15-21.—Major, R. H. The effects of hepatic extracts on high blood pressure. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 85: 251; 1926, 87: 311.-----The effect of hepatic extract upon arterial hypertension. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1926, 41: 19-29. ----- Stoland, O. O, & Buikstra, C. R. Observations on the effects of liver extracts in hypertension produced by guanidine com- pounds. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1926, 38: 112-23.—Mbller, E. Die Behandlung von Hypertension mittels Leberextrakt. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1927, 155: 52-70. Also Ugeskr. Iseger, 1927, 89: 247; 273.—Mosenthal, H. O, & Short, J. J. The spon- taneous variability of blood-pressure and the effects of diet upon high blood pressure, with special reference to sodium chloride. Am. J.M.Sc , 1923,165: 531-50.—Murphy, F. B, Hershberg, R. A, & Katz, A.M. The effect of intravenous injections of sucrose solution (50%) on the cerebrospinal fluid pressure, the blood pressure, and clinical course in cases of chronic hypertension. Ibid, 1936, 192: 510-7—O'Hare, J. P, & Walker, W. G. Observations on salt in vascular hypertension. Arch. Int. M.. 1923, 32: 283-97.—Orr, J. B, & Innes, I. The effect on arterial hypertension of increased fluid intake. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1922-23, 3: 61-71.— Pulver, W. Die Behandlung der Hyperto- nien mit ungesalzener Kost. Helvet. med. acta, 1934, 1: 380- 400.—Rose, R. H. Weight reduction and its remarkable effect on BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 614 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH high blood pressure. North Am. J. Homceop, 1922, 70: 527-34. Also N. York M.J, 1922,115: 752-5. Also Am. Med, 1923, n.s, 18: 26; 418. Also Med. J. & Rec, 1930,131: 391—Rowland, V. C. The dietetic control of some forms of hypertension and the asso- ciated gastrointestinal and nervous symptoms. Ann. Int. M, 1932, 5: 971-81.—Schwahn, H. Hypertonie und Knoblauch. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1928, 58: 104-6— Selman, J. J. The management of hypertension by restriction of salt. Ohio M.J, 1923,19:852-60.—Seward, B. P. The extract of watermelon seed in the treatment of hypertension. Virginia M. Month., 1930-31, 57:788; 1932,59:391—Smith, G.C. Diet in hypertension. Med. Stand, 1918, 41: 507-11. Also J. Am. Inst. Homceop, 1918- 19, 11: 645-54. Also Med. Brief, 1919, 47: 299-304—Stanley, L. L. Hypertension influenced by ingestion of powdered whey. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1935, 141: 251—Strauss, H. Hypertonie und Durstkuren. Zschr. Urol, 1928, 22: 691-3.—Strouse, S. Hypertension; the effect of high protein and high salt intake. Med. Clin. N. America, 192L 5: 229-32. -----& Kelman, S. R. Protein feeding and high blood pressure. Tr. Ass. Am. Physi- cians, 1922, 37: 166-81. Also Arch. Int. M, 1923, 31: 151-63 — Traut, E. F. Progressive relaxation in the management of hyper- tension. Med. Clin. N. America, 1932, 16: 347— Turan, F. Ueber alimentare Hypertonie und ihre Beeinflussung durch vegetabile Diat. Wien. med. Wschr, 1926, 76: 486-91—Walter, H. La therapeutique de Thypertension vue par les ntedecins am6ricains; l'extrait de foie dans Thypertension. Rev. gen. clin. titer, 1926, 40: 710-2.—Weiler, E. S. Patogenia y trata- miento de la hipertension y de la obesidad; el regimen sin hidra- tos de carbono; avitaminosis consecutivas a su aplicacion. Rev. med. Rosario, 1923, 13: 401-30.—Weissenbach, R. J, & Li&vre, J. A. Deux cas d'osteopathies de carence consecutives a des regimes alimentaires restrictifs prescrits pour hypertension arterielle. Presse nted, 1935, 43: 1223— Wood, B. M. The die- tetic treatment of hypertension. Am. J. Nurs, 1928, 28: 333-5. ---- Treatment: Drugs. Calvet, J. P. *Traitement de l'hypertension arterielle par le nitrate de pilocarpine. 46p. 8? Par., 1935. Harrower, H. R. The hepatic principle, anabolin, detoxication by the liver and the con- trol of functional hypertension. 147p. 8° London., 1927. Osder, G. *Ueber medikamentose Behand- lung der Hypertonie unter besonderer Beriick- sichtigung des Anabolins. 26p. 8? Lpz., 1928. Perrion, G. *Le benzoate de benzyle et son emploi dans le traitement de l'hypertension arterielle. 80p. 8? Par., 1921. Addison, W. L. T. The use of sodium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium bromide, and potassium bromide in cases of arterial hypertension which are amenable to potassium chloride. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1928,18: 281-5.—Altnow, H. 0. Observations on the action of atropin and calcium and parathyroid prepara- tions in arterial hypertension. Ann. Int. M, 1927, 1: 367-76 — Axmacher, F, & Berger, P. Das Verhalten experimenteller Blutdruckerhohung gegen Alkalijodid. Klin. Wschr, 1936, 15: 445.—Barksdale, I. S. A review of the literature on the thera- peutic value of citrin (cucurbocitrin) in vascular hypertension. Med. J. & Rec, 1931, 133: 139-41.—Bascompte, F. Medica- mentos de la hipertension. Rev. espan. med. cir, 1930, 13: 603-8.—Bassi, M. Saggi clinici su diversi preparati ipotensivi. Clin. med. ital, 1934, 65: 88-112.—Beccari, G. L'ipertensione arteriosa trattata con la Ipotenina Serono. Rass. clin. ter, 1922, 21: 271-5.—Berliner, M. Praktische Erfahrungen mit dem den Blutdruck senkenden Praparat Desencin. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 194.—Berljand, A. S, & Weinstein, C. J. Hypertension und Inspiration vom reinen Sauerstoff. Miinch.med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 1468.—Boccia, B. Las inyecciones de tintura de ajo en el tratamiento de la hipertension arterial. Rev. sudamer. endo- cr, B. Air, 1931, 14: 361-70.—Boivin, G. Remarques sur la pharmacodynamie de quelques extraits hypotenseurs. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 101: 253.—Cady, J. B, Horton, B. T, & Adson, A. W. Drop in blood pressure produced by sodium amytal, sodium nitrite, amyl nitrite and pentothal sodium: a compara- tive study. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1936, 11: 825-8.—Canitano, S. La Ipotenina Serono negli stati ipertensivi da arteriosclerosi. Rass. clin. ter, 1930, 29: 226-32.—Carron de la Carrtere. Les hypertendus arteriels et la cure de diurese. Presse med, 1919, 27: 397.—Castellotti, F. La teocina nella cura delT ipertensione arteriosa. Cuore & circol, 1925, 9: 22-33.—Cazzamali, G. L'uso delT Ipotenina Serono nell' ipertensione. Rass. clin. ter, 1930, 29: 318-23.—Clerc, A, Sterne, J, & Paris, R. Sur le traitement de Thypertension arterielle par les injections intraveineuses d'alcool octylique. Presse med, 1933, 41: 1901-4. Also Prat. nted. fr, 1934,15: 291-6.—Costa Bertani, G. La accion depresora del salicilato de sodio sobre el aparato circulatorio. Rev. As. m6d. argent, 1935, 49: 1839-46.—Bamade, R. Hypertension et digitate. Prat. nted. fr, 1921-22, 1: 597-9—Bautrebande, L. Essai de therapeutique ntedicamenteuse de Thypertension experimentale. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 10?»x-41. Also Presse med, 1933, 41: 252-6.—Engelen, P. Oszillometrische Pulsuntersuchungen unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der kombinierten Jodbromtherapie. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 940-2.— Eversmann, J. Untersuchungen iiber blutdrucksenkende Mit- tel. Munch, med. Wschr, 1931, 78: 1734-7.—Flesch, M. Ani- masa forte; Selbstbeobachtung iiber deren Wirkung bei Altersar- teriosclerose. Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 1317.—Friedmann, L. Ueber den Einfluss kleiner Jodkalimengen auf den erhohten Blutdruck. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1929, 165: 243—Fuchs, B. [Oxygen in treatment of hypertonia] Orv. hetil, 1926, 70: 976—Gargasole, B. L'istamina nelT ipertensione arteriosa. Cuore & circol, 1934,18: 19-41.—Gargill, S. L, & Rudy, A. The value of cucur bocitrin in the treatment of arterial hypertension. Am. J.M. Sc, 1931, 181: 639-48.—Gruber, C. M. The pharmacology of benzyl alcohol and its esters; a clinical investigation of the effect of sodium benzyl succinate benzycin, and sodium dibenzyl phosphate benzyphos upon the blood pressure in arterial hyper- tension. J.Lab. Clin. M, 1925-26,11:451-3. -----& Shackel- ford, H. H. Some observations of the effect of benzyl-benzoate upon hypertension in man. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1924, 21: 27.— Harrower, H. R. The reduction of high blood pressure by means of a hepatic depressor catalyst. Am. Med, 1926, n.s, 21: 312-7.—Heinemann, M, & Neurath, O. Zur medikamentbsen Behandlung der essentiellen Hypertension. Fortsch. Ther., 1933, 9: 144-6.—Heinsen, H. A, & Wolf, H. J. Tyramin als blut- drucksteigernde Substanz beim blassen Hochdruck. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 1688. Also Zschr. klin. Med, 1935, 128: 213-22.—Huchard, H. La medication hypotensive (prescierose et cardiopathies arterielles) Bull. Acad, nted. Par, 1903, 3.ser, 49: 812-40. Also Bull, nted. Par, 1903, 17: 613-7. Also Rev. ther. med. chir, 1903, 70: 433-48.—Ide, M. Les hypoten- seurs. Rev. med. Louvain, 1931, 161-7.—Kanoky, J. P. Fall of blood pressure after injections of neo-arsphenamin. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921, 76: 1419.—Katzenelbogen, S. L'hypertension et la medication hypotensive. J. med. Paris, 1926, 45: 142-5.— Kisch, F. Systematische Abfiihrkuren als Mittel zur Herab- setzung dauernder Hypertonien. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1923, 36: 148.—Kbhler, H, & Wirth, R. Ueber die Behandlung mit Animasa -Injektionen bei Blutdrucksteigerungen speziell hohe- ren Grades. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926,22:1768.—Kur, K, Nakaya, T. [et al.] Hyperadrenalinamie bei essentieller Hypertonie und ihre Behandlung durch Atropin. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 454-8.—Kylin, E. Ueber medikamentose Behandlung bei essentieller Hvpertonie. Fortsch. Ther, 1930, 6: 481-5. Also Sven. lak. tidn, 1930, 27: 393; 430—Laubry, C, & Mougeot, A. Sur le traitement de Thypertension arterielle par le benzoate de benzyle. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1921, 3.ser, 45: 757-60- Legiardi-Laura, C. Hypotensine; clinical and theoretical aspects. Med. Insur. 1926, 42: 14-6.—Lemaire, A. Le traite- ment ntedicamenteux de Thypertension arterielle. Ther. med. (Loeper, M.) Par, 1934, 7: 77-91—Loeper, M, & Bebray, M. L'action hypotensive de la teinture d'ail. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1921, 3.ser, 45: 1032-7. Also Progr. med. Par, 1921, 3.ser, 36: 391. ----- & Chailley-Bert. Recherches experi- mentales sur Thypotension par les produits alliac6s. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 85: 160.—Loeper, M, Mougeot, A, & Aubertot, V, Etude critique et experimentale de 10 medicaments hypoten- seurs et de leur action sur la tonicite myocardique. Presse med., 1934, 42: 857.—Martina, A. L'ipertensione e la sua cura col- Telastina. Gazz. med. Roma, 1929, 55: 294—Mattei, C, & Bias-Cavaroni, J. Notes sur Taction de divers hypotenseurs dans les hypertensions arterielles. Presse nted, 1926, 34: 999-1002 — Mayer, P. Erfahrungen mit Adalin, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Therapie der essentiellen Hypertonie. Ther. Gegenwart, 1926, 67: 153-5.—Mondio, G. Contributo alio studio delT ipertensione arteriosa e delT arteriosclerosi curate con TElastina. Gazz. med. Roma, 1930, 56: 139; 166—Muller-Beham, A. Behandlung des arteriellen Hochdrucks; medikamentose Behandlung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1926, 39: 1282—Nakatani, T. Beziehung zwischen dem Adrenalingehalt im Blut bei essentieller Hyper- tonie und deren Atropinbehandlung. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1936, 4: Int. Med, 90—Nuzum, F. R, Elliot, A. H, & Bischoff, F. Treat- ment of essential hypertension with a depressor substance pre- pared from the urine. Arch. Int. M, 1937, 59: 136-43— Nuzzi, P. L'ipertensione ed i medicamenti ipotensivi. Morgagni, 1927, 69: 90-7.—Pasargiklian, A. LTpotenina Serono nella cura della ipertensione arteriosa. Rass. clin. ter, 1924, 23: 212-5.— Pellissier, L. Drogues anciennes et medicaments nouveaux dans Thypertension arterielle. Medecine, Par, 1927, 8: 435-8.— Perlmann. Zur Behandlung der Hypertonien und der Angina pectoris mit Betilon, einem neuen Benzylpraparat. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24: 221-3—Pezzangora, F. Etude clinique et experimentale de Thypertension arterielle traitee par Tinjection intraveineuse d'alcool octylique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935,119: 1331-3.—Piccinini, P. La terapia farmacologica della iperten- sione arteriosa e limiti di essa terapia. Med. ital, 1924, 5: 817-21—Plichet, A. Les medications de Thypertension per- manente. Bull. gen. ther, 1935, 186: 252-71—Raymond-Hamet & Colas, R. Sur un nouvel alcalolde a action hypothermisante et hypotensive. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1935, 3.ser, 114: 139- 43.—Robinson, W. B. Pilocarpine in high blood pressure. "lr. Am. Ther. Soc, 1925-26, 27: 231-4—Rossi Belgrano, C, & Zucal, E. Tratamiento de la hipertension arterial con el alcohol octi- lico. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1935, 42: pt2, 1073-80— Rusznyak, S. Die Schwefelbehandlung der arteriellen Hypertonie. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 272-4—Schramm, M. The medicinal therapy ol hypertension. Med. Wrorld, 1936, 54: 638; 678— Schroder, G. I., & Madsen, J. [Researches on the effect of phyllosan (a chloro- phyll preparation) on patients with hypertension] Igeskr. lseger, 1929, 91: 289-92—Senchin, V. I. [Influence of remedies on hypertonia] Odessk. med. J, 1928, 3: 585-8—Simili, A. Osser- vazioni comparative e critiche sull' azione di alcune sostanza BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 615 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH ipotensive. Gazz. osp, 1935, 56: 1143; 1168.-----Sulla terapia delle ipertensioni arteriose; Testratto di Crataegus oxyacantha. Gior. clin. med, 1935, 16: 64-97.—Sonnenwirth, F. Beeinflussung des Blutdruckes durch Desencin. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1927, 40: 164.—Suckau, W. Erfahrungen mit Desencin. Fortsch. Ther, 1927, 3: 621.—Tassart, J. C. El oleato de soda en el tratamiento de la hipertension arterial. Rev. med. lat. amer, B. Air, 1930-31, 16: 1187-93.— Theohari, A. La ttteocine dans le traitement de Thypertension arterielle et des acces angi- neux. Arch. mal. coeur, 1923, 16: 481-93.—Vancura, A. [Influ- ence of atropin on the cardiovascular system in hypertonics] Cas. lek. Cesk, 1928, 67: 576-81—Vondracek, V. [Ageron in the treatment of hypertonia] Ibid, 944-9.—Weiss, R. F. Medika- mentose Therapie der konstitutionellen arteriellen Hypertonie. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 794-8—Zickgraf. Behandlung der Hyper- tonie, Stenocardie und Arteriosklerose mit Kieselsiiure. Fortsch. Med, 1925, 43: 300-2—Zuck, J. A. Tasteless method for Epsom salt in hypertension. Med. World, 1936, 54: 49. --- Treatment: Drugs: Calcium preparations. Addison, W. L. T. The use of calcium chloride in arterial hypertension. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1924, 14: 1059-61. ----- & Clark, H. G. Calcium and potassium chlorides in the treat- ment of arterial hypertension. Ibid, 1925, 15: 913-5.—Basch, E. Zur therapeutischen Beeinflussung der essentiellen Hvpertonie mit Calcium-Diuretin. Ther. Gegenwart, 1924, 65: 398-400 — Biach, P. Angiopathien und ihre Behandlung. Wien. med. Wschr, 1929, 79: 32— Laufer, O. Ueber Subtonin (Lowenstein) nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Behandlung des arteriellen Hoch- drucks. Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23: 1150-2.— Loewenstein, W. Zur Behandlung des arteriellen Hochdruckes mit Subtonin. Ibid, 1925, 21: 1165. ----- Leber die Beeinflussung des erhohten Blutdruckes durch Calcium. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 354-7.—Miillern, K. Der arterielle Hochdruck und seine thera- peutische Beeinflussung durch Subtonin. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1927, 40: 288.—Santenoise, B, Merklen, L. [et al.] Cures sulfa- tees calciques et pression arterielle. Presse therm, clim, 1936, 77: 228-47. --- Treatment: Drugs: Cholin and deriva- tives. Grossmann, O. *Ueber die Wirkung des Cholins auf den Blutdruck beim Menschen, insbesondere bei der arteriellen Hypertonie [Munchen] 41p. 8? Heidelb., 1930. Michelbacher, O. W. *Die medikamentose Behandlung der Hypertoniekrankheiten mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Cholinprapa- rates Pacyl. 33p. 8? Marb., 1929. Cohn, F, & Cohn-Wolpe, C. Erfahrungen mit dem blut- druckherabsetzenden Mittel Depressin. Zbl. Herz Gefasskr, 1925,17:81-4—Braganescu, S, Hornet, T, & Runcan, V. [Treat- ment of hypertension with pacyl (choline preparation)] Ro- mania med, 1931, 9: 202—Eldahl, A. [Effect of acetylcholine on blood pressure, pulse, electrocardiogram, blood sugar, and temperature of the feet in old hypertonics] Bibl. laeger, 1932, 124: 237-65.—Glassner, R. [Hypertension, and the new remedy pacyl (choline preparation)] Polska gaz. lek, 1928, 7: 863-5.— Heumann, L. Hypertonieproblem und Pacyltherapie. Fortsch. Ther, 1928, 4: 797-9.—Huriez, C. L'eiectrocardiogramme des hypertendus traites par le cholalate de soude chimiquement pur. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 995-8—Kottlors, E, & Faust, H. Ueber die Wirkung des Svmpatols auf den Blutdruck und das Blutbild. Med. Klin, Berl, 1931, 27: 471-3.—Krumeich, A. Klinische Priifung der Wirkung von Arzneimitteln auf den erhoh- ten Blutdruck (Pacyl, Telatuten, Padutin, Nierenrindenex- trakt) Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1932-33, 174: 527-40.—Lewy, F. H. Perorate Behandlung des hohen Blutdrucks mit dem Cholinderivat Pacyl. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 2202. Also Progr. clin, Madr, 1928, 36: 69.—Markovits, F. [Treatment of pathological arterial hypertension by cholin] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1933,31: 780-2.—Page, I. H. Acetyl-0-methylcholin (mecho- lin) observations concerning its action on the blood pressure, skin temperature and the heart, as exhibited by the electro- cardiogram of hypertensive patients. Am. J.M. Sc, 1935, 189: 55-64.—Scharpff, W. Die Behandlung der Hypertonie mit dem Frey-Krautschen Kreislaufhormon Padutin (Kallikrein) Deut. med. Wschr, 1931, 57: 675-8—Stejskal, K. Zur Wirkung von Cholinpraparaten bei Hypertonien. Med. Klin, Berl, 1931, 27: 398—Vasiliu, C. [Choline in hypertension] Spitalul, 1930, 50: 65-7. ---Treatment: Drugs: Cyanates. Askanazy, S. Rhodan-Kalzium-Diuretin gegen Hypertonie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 1793.—Ayman, B. Potassium thiocyanate in the treatment of essential hypertension; its im- practicability. J. Am. M. Ass, 1931, 96: 1852-7—Barker, M. H. The use of cyanates in the treatment of hypertension. Wis- consin M.J, 1937, 36: 28-33.—Behrens, H. 0. Rhodan als blut- drucksenkendes Mittel. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1928, 131: 255-61.—Blum, R. Vom Rhodangehalt in Serum und Liquor cerebrospinalis. Zschr. klin. Med, 1928, 107: 61-71.—Egloff, W, Hoyt, L. H, & O'Hare, H. P. Observations on thiocyanate therapy in hypertension. J. Am. M. Ass.,1 931, 96: 1941.—Fineberg, I H. H. Potassium thiocyanate in the treatment of patients with hypertension. Ibid, 1930, 94: 1822-4. Also repr.—Gager, L. T. The incidence and management of hypertension; with a note on sulphocyanate therapy. Ibid, 1928, 90: 82-6 — Gheorgian-Popescu, I, & Cociasu, E. Beitrage zur Rhodan- therapie der arteriellen Hypertonie. Ther. Gegenwart, 1930 71: 445-7.—Goldring, W, & Chasis, H. The use of sulpho- cyanate in the treatment of hypertension. N. York State J.M, 1931, 31:.1322-4. ----- Thiocyanate therapy in hypertension' observations on its toxic effects. Arch. Int. M, 1932 49- 32P 934. Also repr—Hofmann, B. Ueber die Hypertoniebehand- lung mit Rhodan-Kalzium-Diuretin. Miinch. med Wschr 1929, 76: 540.—Lbrcher, W. Die Behandlung des genuinen Hochdrucks mit Rhodapurin. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 23.—Logefeil, R. C. Observations on the use of potassium sul- phocyanate (Rhodan) in the treatment of essential hyperten- sion. Minnesota M, 1929,12:151-9—McNeill, J. F. The treat- ment of hypertension with potassium sulphocyanate. Psychiat. Q, 1933, 17: 254-9.—Mondio, E. La rodanio-calcio-diuretina Knoll nella cura delT ipertonia. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1929 10: 212-21 —Palmer, R. S. The hypotensive action of potassium sulphocyanate in hypertension. Am. J.M. Sc, 1932, 184: 473. ——— Silver, L. S, & White, P. B. The clinical use of potassium sulphocyanate in hypertension; a preliminary report of 59 cases N. England J.M, 1929, 201: 709-14.-Petryriski, B. [Treatment of hypertension with theobromine, combined with rhodane] Polska gaz. lek, 1936, 15: 436.—Saleeby, P. J. Some observa- tions on the effects of potassium sulphocyanate on elevated blood pressure. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1930-31, 83: 93-6—Schwarz, F. K. T, & Klein, E. Zur Behandlung der essentiellen Hvper- tonie mit Rhodan-Kalzium-Diuretin (Knoll) Miinch. med Wschr, 1930, 77: 1446.—Smith, A. G, & Rudolf, R. D. The use of sulphocyanate of soda in high blood pressure. Canad. Al Ass. J , 1928, 19: 288-92.-Susslin, E.J. The present status of the sulphocyanates in the treatment of hypertension. Proc Con- necticut M. Soc, 1930, 138: 115-23.—Tutolmin, F. B. [Hypo- tonic effect of sulphocyanic and certain other drugs in hyper- tonia] Klin, med, Moskva, 1933, 11: 1126-30.—Westpha'l, K. Die Behandlung des genuinen arteriellen Hochdruckes mit kleinen und mittleren Rhodangaben. Klin. Wschr, 1926 5- 1995. Also Munch, med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 1187. Also Verh Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1926, 38. Kongr, 432-5. Also Zbl. inn] Med, 1926, 47: 585-9. ---- Treatment: Drugs: Nitrates and nitrites, Perrier, L. *Le nitrite de soude en injections chez les hypertendus. 79p. 8? Par., 1927. Alvarez, C. El nitrito de sodio por via endovenosa en el tratamiento de la hipertension arterial. Rev. med. Rosario, 1927, 17: 425-33—Ayman, B. Bismuth subnitrate in the treat- ment of arteriolar (essential) hypertension. J. Am. M. Ass, 1932,98:545-8. Also repr.—Bassi, M. Studio comparativa sul sottonitrato di bismuto a grandi e piccole dosi nei trattamento delT ipertensione arteriosa. Gazz. interna/, med. chir, 1934, 42: 321-6.—Blumenthal, F. Behandlung der Hypertonie mit Nitroscleran. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 1917.—Bruen, C. The therapeutic efficacy of bismuth subnitrate in arterial hyper- tension. Am. J.M. Sc, 1934, 188: 21-32.—Corbini, G. II nitrite di sodio per iniezioni endovenose nella cura delT ipertensione arteriosa. Minerva med. Tor, 1926, 6: 969-71.—Kafka, V. Ueber die Einwirkung des Nitroscleran (Tosse) auf patholo- gische Blutdrucksteigerungen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1924, 20: 1214.—Kauffmann, F. Klinisch-experimentelle Untersuchun- gen zum Krankheitsbilde der arteriellen Hypertension; die reaktive Blutdrucksenkung durch Nitroglycerin und ihre prak- tische Bedeutung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 42: 473-95.— Lepehne, G. Intravenose Natrium nitrosum-Injektionen bei Hypertonie. Ther. Gegenwart, 1924, 65: 104-7.—Mattei, C, & Bias-Cavaroni, J. Notes sur Taction du nitrite de soude dans les hypertensions arterielles. Marseille mod, 1926, 63: 268-77. Also J. m6d. Paris, 1927, 46: 89-92. Also Rev. nted. est, 1926, 54: 149-59.—Menzani, A. El nitrito de sodio endovenoso en los hipertensos. Rev. sud. amer. endocr, B. Air, 1925, 8: 409-16.— Portman, A. [Effect of Nitroskleran in arterial hypertension] Hospitalstidende, 1926, 69: 1045-54.—Sauer, W. Ueber Blut- druckherabsetzung mit Nitroskleran (Tosse) Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 1281—Scheitz, F. Ueber Hypernitron. Med. Klin, Berl, 1931, 27: 625.—Stieglitz, E. J. Bismuth subnitrate in the therapy of hypertension. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1927, 32: 23-35. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1930-31, 95: 843-6. Also repr- Vondracek, V. [Kathesine among the hypotensive remedies and relation between its effect and that of amvl nitrite] Cas. tek. cesk, 1932, 71: 453-60.—Weiss, S, & Ellis, L. B. Influence of sodium nitrite on the cardiovascular system and on renal ac- tivity; in health, in arterial hypertension, and in renal disease. Arch. Int. M, 1933, 52: 105-19— Zeiss, F. R, & Brams, W. A. Studies on the effect of nitroglycerin, amyl nitrate, and acetyl- choline on hypertension. Am. Heart J, 1929-30, 5: 300-4*— Zinn, W, & Liepelt, K. Ueber das Erythroltetranitrat in der Behandlung der Coronarsklerose und mancher Formen von Hypertonie. Ther. Gegenwart, 1921, 62: 329-33. ---- Treatment: Drugs: Sedatives. Giry, E. Contribution a l'etude du traite- ment de l'hypertension arterielle par la phenyl- ethylmalonylur^e (Gardenal) 52p. 8? Par., 1926. BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 616 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH Bascourret. La therapeutique des sedatifs nerveux dans Thypertension arterielle permanente. Medecine, Par, 1930,11: 218-25.—Bonjour. La codeine et la morphine au point de vue hypotenseur. Presse med, 1926, 34: 1283—Cheinisse, L. La papaverine comme medicament vasculaire. Ibid, 1923, 31: 498— Gruber, C. M, & Baskett, R. F. The points of action of sodium phenobarbital and phenobarbital in lowering blood pressure. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1924-25, 10: 630-41.—Gruber, C. M, Shackleford, H. H, & Ecklund, A. M. The effect of phenobar- bital (luminal) on blood pressure in arterial hypertension. Arch. Int. M, 1925, 36: 366-81— Lami, G, & Santini, S. Azione del luminale sul ricambio fondamentale degli ipertesi. Riforma med, 1935, 51: 1318-24—Mattei, C, & Bias-Caravoni, J. Notes sur Taction du chloral dans les hypertensions arterielles. Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1926, 3.ser, 1: 800-4—Muller, H. Ueber die Behandlung von Hochdruckbeschwerden mit Theo- minal. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 1030—Spalke, C. Prominal zur Behandlung der essentiellen Hypertonie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1933, 29: 431—Spengler, G. Chloralhydrat und Hypertonie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1929, 55: 1039.—Zohman, B. L, & Sternberg, B. The parenteral administration of mag- nesium sulphate in hypertension. Ann. Int. M, 1933, 7: 643-52. ---- Treatment: Drugs: Viscum album. Tobler, J. * Ueber Viscum album; ein Mittel gegen Hvpertonie [Bern] 52p. 8? Lausanne, 1920. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1921, 51: 633-5. Bijlsma. Ueber die Anwendung von Viscum album und Guipsin als Hypotensivum, nebst einigen Bemerkungen iiber die Anwendung blutdrucksenkender Mittel im Allgemeinen. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 334.—Cramer, J. Klinische Erfahrungen uber die Wirkung von Cigli bei erhohtem Blutdruck. Med. Klin, Berl, 1923,19: 832.—Esser, H. Ueber Hypertoniebehand- lung mit Viscysat. Fortsch. Med, 1928, 46: 335.—Grossmann, W. Zur Behandlung der Hypertonie mit Viscysatum Burger. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24:458—King-Li-Pin & Shih-Huan-Kao. The effect of Viscum album L. var. lutescens Mak. on the blood pressure. Contr. Inst. Physiol. Nat. Acad, Peiping, 1934, 1: 125-46, 8pl.—Lenhardt, K. Viscysat bei Blutdrucksteigerung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 1191—Muerdago (El) en el trata- miento de la hipertension. Med. ibera, 1929, 24: 686.—Muerdago (El) (Gui) hipotensor y antiespasmodico. Ibid, 1935, 29: 773.— O'Hare, J. P, & Hoyt, L. H. Mistletoe in the treatment of hyper- tension. N. England J.M, 1928, 199: 1207-13.— Pisani, A. SulT efficacia del Viscum album nella ipertensione arteriosa. Gazz. med. lombard, 1922, 81: 76-8.— Preuss, L. Ueber Erfah- rungen mit Viscysat bei Hypertonie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23:291.—Rutenbeck, H. Ueber die blutdrucksenkende Wirkung des Viscovasins. Munch, med. Wschr, 1934, 81: 715.—Schlenck, A. Viscysat zur Blutdrucksenkung. Ibid, 1928, 75: 383 — Schotten, F. Wesen und Behandlung der Blutdrucksteigerung mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Mistelpraparats Viscy- satum Burger. Med. Klin, Berl, 1936, 32: 572-5—Vetlesen, H. J. [Some remarks on Viscum album and other blood pressure reducing drugs] Norsk mag. laegevid, 1924, 85: 120-3. ---- Treatment: Hormones, sera, vaccines. Bayracdar, K. *Contribution a l'etude du traitement de l'hvpertension arterielle par la Vagotonine. 87p.' 8? Lyon, 1934. Abrami, Santenoise & Bernal. Effets de la vagotonine dans Thypertension arterielle. Presse nted, 1933, 41: 329-31 — Ayman, B. The treatment of arteriolar hypertension with crystalline ovarian hormone (theelin) Am. J.M. Sc, 1934, 187: 806-10.—Bandler, S. W. Endocrine therapy of high blood pressure; preliminary report. N. York M.J, 1920, 111: 972-4.— Bernal, P. Action de la vagotonine chez les hypertendus Presse med, 1935, 43: 507-10.—Bicak, J. F. High blood pressure treated with sensitized colon vaccine. N. York State J.M, 1925, 25: 419-22.—Bickel, G. Le traitement de Thypertension arterielle par les pretendues hormones hypotensives. Helvet. med. acta, 1934, 1: 159-65.—Boivin, G. Sur Taction hypotensive de divers extraites d'organes prepares a la maniere de quelques insulines. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 101: 22.—Castellani, E. Valore farmacodinamico e terapeutico degli estratti pancreatici nella ipertensione arteriosa. Fol. med. Nap, 1934, 20:139-67.— Chabanier, H, & Truchot, P. Hypertension arterielle avec syndrome d'insuffisance du cceur gauche trait6e et antelioree par un extrait d'origine pancreatique. Bull. Soc. fr. urol, 1929, 8: 313-20.—Badlez, J, & Koskowski, W. L'action hypotensive des extraits d'organes et spetialement de l'extrait renal. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 95-7.—Euler, TJ. S. von. Ueber die spezi- fische blutdrucksenkende Substanz des menschlichen Prostata- und Samenblasensekretes. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 1182.— Fellner, O. O. Menformon in der Therapie der essentiellen Hypertonie. Wrien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 595.—Giroux, R, & Kisthinios, N. Le traitement de Thypertension arterielle par les extraits pancr6atiques. Gaz. med. France, 1931, 336-40.— Gomez, B. M. Action therapeutique de certains extraits r6naux dans le traitement de Thypertension arterielle. Presse med, 1934, 42: 1371-3.—Lange, F. Blutdrucksenkung durch kbrperei- gene Substanz. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1930, 77: 2095-7—Le- giardi-Laura, C, & Brim, C. J. The control of hypertension by antipituitary serum. Internat. Clin, 1929, 39.ser, 3: 28-33 — Leventis, C. A preliminary report of the treatment of essential hypertension by serum. Am. Med, 1929, 35: 782-7.—Mac- donald, W. J. The present status of the effect of organ extracts on the control of blood pressure. Canada Lancet, 1926, 66: 169-82.-----& Burnett, T. C. The present status of the effect of organ extracts on the control of blood pressure. Boston M.& S.J, 1926, 194: 381-8.—Mayrhofer, H. Menformon in der Therapie der essentiellen Hypertonie. Wrien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 232; 596. ----- Ueber die Wirkung des mannlichen Sexualhormonpraparates Androstin beim weiblichen Hoch- druck. Wien. med. Wschr, 1935, 85:1038.—Molnar, B. Schild- driisentabletten bei Hypertoniekranken. Ther. Gegenwart, 1929, 70: 191.—Orlando, R. El sindrome de hipertension endo- craneanaysu tratamiento. Dia nted, B. Air, 1935,7:1229-33.— Paraf, J. Un cas de mort chez un hypertendu paroxystique a la suite d'injections d'adr6naline-hypophyse. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3.ser, 50: 1677.—Ritter, J. F. Vascular hyper- tension and its endocrine control. J. Am. Ass. Med. Phys. Res, 1924-25, 2: 27-30. Also Am. Physician, 1925, 30: 503-6 — Santenoise, B, Merklen, L. [et al.] Les bases physiologiques du traitement de Thypertension par la vagotonine. Presse med, 1933, 41: 1745-50.—Theodoresco, B, & Visineanu, N. Resultats obtenus avec l'extrait pancreatique desinsuline, dans le traite- ment de Tangine de poitrine et de Thypertension arterielle. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest, 1930, 12: 156-62—Via, E. Sulla terapia delT ipertensione arteriosa con Testratto pancreaticn disinsulinizzato. Cuore & circol, 1931, 15: 381-96.—Vogt, H. Endokrine (essentielle) Hypertonie und ihre Behandlung. Prakt. Arzt, 1929, n.F, 14: 208-14—Waller, K. [Treatment of arterial hypertonia by extract of the cardiac muscle] Polska gaz. tek, 1935, 14: 744.—Weiler, E. S. La insulinoterapia de la hipertensione arterial permanente. Rev. nted. Rosario, 1925, 15: 135-56. ---- Treatment: Indications. Amblard, L. A. Can we and ought we reduce arterial hyper- tension? Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1920, n.s, 110: 412. Also Monde nted, 1920, 29: 296-301.—Chapin, E. Rational treatment of high blood pressure; not a disease in itself, but a symptom of highest importance accompanying various diseases. Am. Physician, 1926, 31: 259-61.—Harris, I, & Pratt, C. L. G. Should high blood pressure be reduced? Lancet, Lond, 1931, 2: 629 — Hochrein, M, & Lauterbach, W. Richtlinien fiir die Beurteilung und die Behandlung der Hypertension. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1930, 166: 192-204.—Kroner, K, & Tobias, E. Nutzen und Gefahren der Hypertoniebekampfung. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1928, 35: 162-71.—Pal, J. Ueber die Richtlinien der Hypertonie- behandlung. Wien. med. Wrschr, 1935, 85: 1078-80.—Pressione deve essere abbassata? Boll. chim. farm, 1935, 74: 679.—Weiss, S, & Ellis, L. The rational treatment of arterial hypertension. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930-31, 95: 846-52. Also repr. ---- Treatment: Physical measures. See also Blood pressure, high, Treatment: Baths. Cohen, H. S. *Massotherapie dans l'hyper- tension arterielle (etude oscillographique des resultats immediats) [Geneve] 22p. 8? Anne- masse, 1935. Hoyt, J. M. *Le traitement, electrique de l'hypertension arterielle y compris l'usage des ionsatmospheriquesnegatifs [Geneve] 20p. 8? Annemasse, 1935. Muller, F. W. *Untersuchungen iiber die Einwirkung der strahlenden Warme auf Hyper- tonien. 31p. 8? Bonn, 1927. Apel, M. Effect of short-wave therapy on blood pressure. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1936, 144: 229.—Baird, P. C, Lingley, J. R, & Palmer, R. S. The failure of roentgen-ray therapy of pituitary and adrenals in essential hypertension. N. England J.M, 1934, 211: 952.—Besse, P. M. Considerations sur la physiotlterapie des affections arterielles et contribution particuliere a Teiectro- tlterapie de Thypertension. Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1935, 55: 81-94, pi.—Bisset, A. A. The treatment of hyperpiesia by in- testinal douches. Practitioner, Lond, 1930, 124: 241-5.— Bordet, E. La radiotherapie dans Thypertension. Bull, med. Par, 1935, 49: 213-5.—Breuer, M. J. Physiotherapy and high blood pressure. J. Radiol, 1925, 6: 271-3—Burnett, S. G. Autocondensation and blood pressure reduction. Med. Herald, 1927, 46: 3-6—Carulla, V, Gibert Queralto, J, & Mora- gues Gonzalez, P. Le traitement de Thypertension sanguine par l'excitation radiologique du sinus carotidien. J. radiol. electr, 1932, 16: 581-9—Casiello, A. Tratamiento de la hipertension arterial por estimulacion radiologica del seno carotideo. Sem med, B. Air, 1936, 43: 931-3—Castellani, E, & Gallone, L. L'influenza delle manovre respiratorie sulla ipertensione arte- riosa con speciale riguardo all' azione anti-ipertensiva delT O2. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1933, 57: 435-56—Cottenot, P. La radio- therapie surrenale dans Thypertension arterielle. J. med. fr, 1924, 13: 116—Crampton, C. W. Exercise in the treatment of hypertension. N. York M.J, 1923, 118: 31-5—Cuenca, H, & Araujo, R. L. Tratamiento de la hipertension arterial por la irradiation del seno carotideo. Gac. med. Caracas, 1933, 40: 83.—Cyriax, E. F. The effect of mechano-therapeutics on the maximum readings in cases of high blood pressure. Med. Press BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 617 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH & Circ, Dubl, 1926, n.s, 121: 315—Field, C. E. The influence of radioactivity in the treatment of hypertension. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1920, 98: 1051-4.—Foveau de Courmelles. Physiotlterapie hypotensive. Bull. Soc. nted. Paris, 1930, 401-4—Gavazzeni, A. Risultati delT irradiazione del seno carotideo nella ipertensione arteriosa. Atti Congr. ital. radiol, 1934, 11: pt2, 211-3. Also Radiol, med, Milano, 1936, 23: 694-708.—Gibert Queralto, J, Carulla Riera, V, & Moragues Gonzalez, P. Eccitamento del seno carotideo; cura della ipertensione sanguigna con stimoli radiologici. Cuore & circol, 1933, 17: 401-14.—Goldscheider. Die essentielle Hypertonie und ihre Behandlung. Zschr. phys. diat. Ther, 1921, 25: 1-17.—Grober. Die Behandlung der dauernden Blutdrucksteigerung mit physikalisch-therapeuti- schen Methoden. Med. Klin, Berl, 1922, 18: 1576-9.—Grover, B. B. High arterial tension, its significance and treatment. J. Radiol, 1924, 5: 385-9. Also Phys. Ther, 1926, 44: 263-72. ----- Maximum and minimum effects of autocondensation in arterial tension. J. Radiol, 1925, 6: 266-71. ----- Hyper- piesis and hypertension. Phys. Ther, 1930, 48: 337-42.— Gutman, J. Arterial hypertension and phvsical therapy. Arch Phys. Ther, 1929, 10: 259-65.—Hay, J, & Ince, P. The treat- ment of anginal pain and raised blood pressure by diathermv Lancet, Lond, 1926, 2: 799-803.—Henriques, A. The Henriques method of reducing high blood pressure by radium. Radiol Rev, 1929, 51: 97-101—Humphris, F. H. D'Arsonvalization in hyperpiesis. Arch. Phys. Ther, 1932, 13: 786-8.-----The electric treatment of hyperpiesia. Am. J. Electrother, 1925, 43: 374-6.—Hutton, J. H. Experiences in the treatment of hyper- tension with the X-ray. Illinois M.J, 1934, 66: 120-6. Also Internat. J.M.&S, 1934, 47: 343-8.-----Low-dose irradia- tion of the pituitary and adrenals for essential hypertension Clin. M.&S, 1936, 43: 429-32. ----- & Madden, E. E. Low dosage irradiation of the pituitary and adrenals for the treatment of non-nephritic hypertension. Illinois M.J, 1936, 70: 125-31.— Ito, T, & Hiratsuka, G. Einfluss der Diathermie- und Kurz- wellenanwendung auf das Glomerulusfiltrat und den Blut- druck bei Hochdruckkranken. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1936, 29: 540-54—Kaiser, H, & Loebel, R. Wirkung der Galvanisation des Nervus sympatbicus auf die Hypertonie. Zschr. ges. phvs. Ther, 1927, 34: 128-32.—Kimmerle, A. Der Einfluss gewisser Lichtarten auf den gesteigerten Blutdruck. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 108.—Knight, B. L. Causes of failure with autocondensation in hypertension. J. Radiol, 1924, 5: 242 — Laubry, C. Hypertension paroxystique guerie par la radio therapie de la region surrenale. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1927, 3.ser, 51: 1216-8.—Moniz de Bettencourt, J, & Corte Real, M. O tratamento da hipertensao arterial pela irradiagao dos seios carotidianos. Lisboa med, 1936, 13: 272-87.—Moor, F. B. Autocondensation in hypertension; a critical study. Arch. Phys. Ther, 1926, 7: 397-404.—Muller, E. Ueber blutdrucksen- kende Wirkung von Radiumbadern und Radiumemanation. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 2477.—Mutch, N. Radium by mouth or injection in the treatment of high blood pressure. Lancet, Lond, 1931, 2: 1013-7—Myres, M. J. The synchronizer; a furfher report on 2 aspects of hypertension. J. Florida M. Ass, 1932, 19: 158-66.—Nakashima, Y. Therapeutische Erfahrungen mit negativ ionisierter Luft bei Hypertonikern. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1936, 4: Int. med, 140.—Nelson, H. R. High blood pressure and its treatment by the high frequency current. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1926, 16: 686-8.—Petoe, A. Zur Beeinflussung des erhohten Blutdrucks durch physikahsche Massnahmen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23: 985.—Proger, S. H, & Ayman, B. Hyperventila- tion in arteriolar hypertension. J. Clin. Invest, 1933, 12: 335- 43, cb— Quadrone, C. Contributo clinico alla radioterapia delle ghiandole surrenali in alcuni stati ipertensivi. Riforma med, 1913, 29: 178-83— Raab, W. Diathermie des Hirnstammes bei arteriellem Hochdruck. Zschr. klin. Med, 1931, 118: 181-92 — Rappaport, I. Methods of hyper-respiration for the treatment of hypertension. J. Am. M. Ass, 1929, 92: 1697. ----- Blood pressure and respiration; hyperventilation as a treatment for hypertension. Ibid, 1158-62. Also repr.—Russ, S, Cotton, T. F. [et al.l Discussion on diathermy in relation to circulatory disturbances, esDecially high blood-pressure. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1927-28, 21: sect, electro-ther, 39-46—Sorrentino, M. La diatermia del sinus carotideus nelT ipertensione. Riforma med, 1935, 51: 284-90—Spangenberg, J. J, & Guagnini, F. Trata- miento de la hipertension arterial por la radioterapia penetrante de las regiones suprarenales. Rev. As. med. argent, 1936, 50: 1372-85.—Tirala, L. Hypertonie und Atmung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1929, 42: 137-40. ------ Die Behandlung des hohen Blutdrucks durch Atemubungen. Umschau, 1934, 38: 72.5-7. Also Med. Welt, 1934, 8: 946-8. ----- Die Wirkung der Tief- atmung auf das Herz der Hypertoniker. Ibid, 1936, 10: 1687- 92.—Tobias, E. Hypertonie und physikahsche Therapie. veroff. Med. verwalt, 1922,16: 808.—Trolow, Malkowa-Riabowa & Altmann-Pargmanik. Die Anwendung der lokalen Diather- mie bei essentieller Hypertonie. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 1121.—Trumpp, R. Atmungstherapie bei Bluthochdruck. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1935, 8: 205—Voyles, C. F. A brief consideration of auto-condensation in hypertension. Arch. Phys. Ther, 1927, 8: 255-8—Watkins, R. M. Institutional physiotherapy as an adjunct in the treatment of hypertension. Ohio M.J, 1930, 26: 604-6—Wichmann. Blutdruckkrankheit und Radium-Emanation. Zschr. wiss. Baderk, 1928-29, 3: 302-5.—Wigoder, S. B. Blood pressure, and the effect of Erlan- gen treatment on it, in cases of malignant disease. Brit. J. Radiol, 1927, 32: B.I.R. Sect, 359-64, pi—Wildenrath, H. Eine einfache Behandlungsform der chronischen essentiellen Hypertension und ihrer Folgeerscheinungen. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther, 1925, 3: 49-56.—Worster, W. W. Hypertension Arch Phys Ther, 1931, 12: 229,-Wybauw, R. L'Ltivftl systohque 1925, 18: 90-102.-Zunz, E, & La Barre, J. Action des rayons X c fijo^n11^!11,611116- BulL Acad- m6d- Belgique, 1926, S.ser, b. 049-69, lOpl. ---- Treatment: Surgery. See also Kidney, Decapsulation; Kidney, Surgery; Splanchnic nerve; Suprarenal gland, Surgery; Sympathetic nerves, Surgery. Gericke, W. * Versuch einer chirurgisch- therapeutischen Beeinflussung des kiinstlichen arteriellen Hochdrucks im Experiment [Berlin] 43p. 8° Finsterwalde X.L., 1929. Stephant, M. Contribution a l'etude de la surrenalectomie dans le traitement de l'hvper- tension arterielle permanente et solitaire. ~55p 8? Lyon, 1935. Abelson, L. Therapeutic nerve block for extreme hyperten- tion Med. Rec, N.Y, 1934, 140: 604.—Adson, A. W. Essen- tial hypertension; a report of the results obtained by bilateral ventral rhizotomy (sixth thoracic to second lumbar roots) and bilateral resection of splanchnic nerves. J. Nerv. Ment Dis 1935, 82: 190-2 [Discussion] 192. Also Fol. neuropath, eston ' 1936, 15-16: 281-97. Also West. J. Surg, 1936, 44: 619-23.----- & Allen, E. V. Essential hypertension; the rationale and meth- ods of surgical treatment. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1937, 12: 49-52 — Adson, A. W, & Brown, G. E. Malignant hypertension; report of case treated by bilateral section of anterior spinal nerve roots from the sixth thoracic to the second lumbar, inclusive. J. Am M. Ass, 1934, 102: 1115-8. -----& Craig, W. McK. Surgery in its relation to hypertension.Collect. Papers Mayo Clin, 1935. 27: 971-89—Allen, E. V, Lundy, J. S, & Adson, A. W. Pre- operative prediction of effects on blood pressure of neurosurgical treatment of hypertension. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1936, 11: 400-6 — Antognetti, L. L'operazione di Pende ed il blocco dello splanc- nico sinistro nella degli stati ipertensivi. Policlinico, 1936, 43: sez. prat, 1011-4.—Antonucci, C, & Galata, G. Di un caso d'ipertensione climaterica grave, trattato con la surrenectomia unilaterale; primi risultati. Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1929, 55: 191-209.-Arnott, W. M, & Kellar, R. J. The effect of renal denervation on the blood pressure in experimental renal hyper- tension. J. Path. Bact, Cambr, 1935, 42: 141-54.- Berglund, H, Medes, G. [et al.] Effects of spinal anesthesia on glomerular function in hypertension. Acta med. scand, 1935, 86: 292-301.— Bernardes de OTveira, A. Technica da ennervacao das capsulas supra-renaes. Ann. paul. med. cir, 1935, 30: 279-88. - Bodansky, M, Agress, C. M. [et al.] Mortality following bilateral adrenal- ectomy combined with renal decapsulation. Endocrinology, 1936, 20: 684.—Braeucker, W. Die chirurgische Behandlung der Hypertonie. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1936, 9: 336- 41.—Braun Menendez, E. Stase veineuse du rein normal ou enerve et hypertension arterielle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113: 461.—Brown, G. E. Sympathectomy for early malignant hypertension. Med. Clin. N. America, 1934, 18: 577-83.----- Craig, W. M, & Adson, A. W. The treatment of severe essential hypertension: effects of surgical procedures applied to the sym- pathetic nervous system. Collect. Papers Mavo Clin, 1934, 26: 588-95. Also Minnesota M, 1935, 18: 134-8.—Chabanier, H, Lobo-Onell, C, & Gaume, P. De la decapsulation et de Inner- vation des reins dans les etats hypertensifs permanents. Presse med, 1936, 44: 307-10.—Ciceri, C. Considerazioni su un caso di ipertensione arteriosa essenziale trattata con la resezione del nervo splancnico di sinistra. Arch. ital. chir, 1935, 41: 816-24.—Ciminata, A. Ueber Nebennierenentnervung und ihre Folgen fur den Organismus. Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien, 1926, 28: 95-102. ----- Sul contenuto adrenalinico della capsula surre- nale enervata. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1926, 24: 279-81, ch. ----- Risultati de ricerche sperimentali sull' enervazione bilaterale delle capsule surrenali. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1926, 1: 385-7. Also Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1926, 52: 231-5.—Craig, W. McK. Surgical approach to and resection of the splanchnic nerves for relief of hypertension and abdominal pain. Tr. West. Surg. Ass, 1933, 43: 411-23. Also West. J. Surg, 1934, 42: 146-52. ----- The surgical treatment of hypertension. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1935, 60: 115. -----& Adson, A. W. Ueber die chirurgische Behandlung der Hypertonie. Chirurg, Berl , 1936, 8: 917-23.—Craig, W. McK, & Brown, G. E. Experiments on the control of blood pressure by oneration on the sympathetic nervous system. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1932, 7: 61-4. ----- Unilateral and bilateral resection of the major and minor splanchnic nerves; its effects in cases of essential hypertension. Arch. Int. M, 1934, 54: 577-96.—Crile, G. Indications for and end results of denervation of the adrenal glands. Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1933, 36: 127. ----- Denervations of the adrenal glands. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1934, 46:188-95. Also Wisconsin M.J, 1934, 33: 87-93. ----- The surgical treatment of essen- tial hypertension; report of progress in 106 cases. Cleveland Clin. Q, 1936, 3: 201-4. ----- A critical review of 822 opera- tions on the adrenal sympathetic system, with special reference to essential hypertension. Illinois M.J, 1936, 70: 115-9. ----- & Crile, G, jr. Blood pressure changes in essential hypertension after excision of the celiac ganglion and denervation of the aortic plexus. Cleveland Clin. Q, 1936, 3: 368-77—Banielopolu, B. BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 61 Sur le tonus vasculaire a l'etat normal et pathologique et sur les possibilites d'un traitement chirurgical de Thypertension. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest, 1926, 8: 163-78—BeCourcy, C, & BeCourcy, J. L. Essential hypertension with treatment by bilateral subtotal adrenalectomy. Am. J. Surg, 1934, n.s, 25: 324-6.—Be Courcy, J. L. Subtotal bilateral adrenalectomy for hyperadrenalism (essential hypertension) Ann. Surg, 1934, 100: 310-8. Alsorepr. Also J. Med, Cincin, 1935-36, 16: 244-9. -----Surgical treatment of hypertension. Ibid, 1936-37, 17: 505-V-----BeCourcy, C, & Thuss, O. Subtotal bilateral suprarenalectomy for hypersuprarenalism (essential hyperten- sion) J. Am. M. Ass, 1934, 102: lllx-22.—Besmarest, E. La surrenalectomie dans les cas d'hypertension. Bull. gen. ther, 1936, 187: 206-15.—Bonati, M, & Greppi, E. Primi rilievi sull' operazione di Pende (resezione del N. splancnico di sin.) nelT ipertensione arteriosa. Monit. endocr, 1934, 2: 734-9.— Buncan, E. Surgical aspects of arterial hypertension. Ken- tucky M.J, 1927, 25: 69.—Burante, L. La midollectomia surre- nale nelle sindromi delT ipersurrenalismo midollare. Poli- clinico, 1936, 43: sez. prat, 1555-61.—Fontaine. La chirurgie du splanchnique dans Thypertension arterielle. Bruxelles med, 1935-36, 16: 17.—Freyberg, R. H, & Peet, M. M. The effect on the kidney of bilateral splanchnicectomy in patients with hypertension. J. Clin. Invest, 1937, 16: 49-65—Froelich, F. L'enervation des surrenales. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1934, 43: 918-22.—Fuchs, F. Ueber den Einfluss der Nierenentnervung auf den Blutdruck. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 495-7 — Galata, G. Sur un cas d'hypertension grave de la ntenopause traite par la surrenalectomie unilaterale. Arch. mal. cceur, 1929, 22: 722-33.—Gerbi, C, & Martinetti, R. Denervazione renale ed ipertensione arteriosa. Arch, sc med. Tor, 1936, 61: 397-409.—Grimson, K. S. Restoration of blood pressure and peripheral resistance in sympathectomized dogs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 34: 235-7.—Gutman, J. Practical treat- ment of hypertension. Tr. Am. Ther. Soc. (1929) 1930, 29: 89-94.—Hamburger, M, Jame & Couder. La ponction lombaire dans le traitement de Thypertension arterielle. Paris med, 1931, 81: 472-6.—Hermann, H, Jourdan, F, & Cornut, P. Pre- sentation de deux chiennes ayant subi la sympathectomie abdo- minale bilaterale; considerations physiologiques relatives a la mise bas, a la lactation, a la glycemie, a la pression arterielle. Lyon med, 1936,157: 501-6.—Heuer, G. J. Anterior spinal nerve root section; a surgical treatment of essential hypertension. Ann. Surg, 1935, 102: 1073; 1936, 104: 771. Also Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1936, 54: 298-313.—Heymans, C, & Bouckaert, J. J. Hyper- tension arterielle experimentale et sympathectomie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 82-4. Also Bull. Acad. med. Belgique 1936, 6.ser, 1: 42-56.—Kahn, E. A. The surgical treatment of hypertension. Yale J. Biol, 1934-35, 7: 573.—Langeron, L, Vincent, G, & Besorcher. Les possibilites d'un traitement chirurgical dans certaines formes d'hypertension arterielle. Presse med, 1934, 42: 1033-6.—Le Filliatre, G. Hypertension permanente; surrenalectomie gauche. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1935, 44: 338-40.—Leriche, R. Du choix de Tintervention dans Thypertension arterielle permanente; effets du blocage novo- cai'nique des splanchniques dans Thypertension arterielle per- manente. Rev. chir. Par, 1936, 74: 635-41.-----Fontaine, R, & Froehlich, F. Surrenalectomie et hypertension chronique experimentale. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 991.—Leriche, R, Hermann, H, & Etienne-Martin, P. Un cas d'hypertension permanente traitee par surrenalectomie unilaterale. Presse med, 1935, 43: 449-51.—Magniel, M. Rachicentese et hyper- tension arterielle. Prat. med. fr, 1925, 4: 41-4.—Meillere, J. Le traitement chirurgical des hypertensions arterielles. Bull. med. Par, 1935,49: 215-8. -----& Brehant, J. La resection des nerfs splanchniques (bases physiologiques; indications et resul- tats) J. chir. Par, 1935, 46: 727-57—Meillere, J, & Olivier, H. R. Trois cas de surrenalectomie gauche pour hypertension arterielle. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1934, 60: 304-11. ----- Traitement chirurgical des hypertensions arterielles. J. chir. Par, 1934, 44: 342-62.—Monier-Vinard & Besmarest. Hyper- tension arterielle permanente et primitive avec paroxysmes hypertensifs ctemesures; influence de la rachianestltesie, de la surrenalectomie, de la radiotherapie et de la ponction lombaire. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1930, 3.ser, 46: 1084-99.----- Resultat eioign6 (cinq ans) d'un surrenalectomie pour hyper- tension arterielle. Ibid, 1934, 3.ser, 50: 1116-8.—Ody & Pio- trowski. Un cas d'hypersecr6tion des surrenales traite par la surrenalectomie. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1933, 59: 1220-5 — Olivier, H. R, & Meillere, J. Surrenalectomie, hypertension arterielle et insuffisance renale. Presse med, 1934, 42: 729-31 — Pace, B. L'influenza della simpatectomia periarteriosa sulla pressione sanguigna. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1927, 8: 788-92, pi.—Page, I. H, & Heuer, G. J. A surgical treatment of essential hypertension. J. Clin. Invest, 1935, 14: 22-6. ----- The effect of renal denervation on the level of arterial blood pressure and renal function in essential hypertension. Ibid, 27-30.— Peet, M. M. Splanchnic section for hypertension. Univ. Hosp. Bull, Ann. Arb, 1935, 1: 17.-----The surgical treatment of hypertension. Ibid, 1937, 3:1-3.—Pende, N. Le traitement de Thypertension arterielle essentielle d'apres la methode de Pende. Paris med, 1936, 99: 509. ----- Sur Tintervention chirurgicale ou le blocage anesthesique ou alcoolique du splanch- nique gauche dans le traitement de Thypertension arterielle essentielle. Presse med, 1936, 44: 1155. ----- I fondamenti patogenetici neuroendocrini della ipertensione arteriosa soli- taria ed il suo nuovo trattamento razionale mediante Toperazione di Pende. Riv. osp, 1936, 26: 531-47.—Pieri, G. Tentativi di cura chirurgica delT ipertensione arteriosa essenziale. Ri- 8 BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH forma med, 1932, 48: 1173.—Rowntree, L. G, & Adson, A. W. Bilateral lumbar sympathetic neurectomy in the treatment of malignant hypertension. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 85: 959-61.— Santucci, G. La therapeutique chirurgicale de Thypertension arterielle selon la methode de Pende. Clinique, Par, 1932, 27: 9-11.—Sgrosso, J. A. Effets eloignes de l'enervation de la glande surrenale sur la secretion de l'adrenaline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 270-2.—Shipley, A. M, & Aycock, T. B. The surgical treatment of hypertension. South. M..J, 1937, 30: 160-4.— Simmons, H. T, & Whitehead, R. The technique of suprare- nalectomy in the guinea-pig and the survival period and cause of death of guinea-pigs after bilateral suprarenalectomy. J Physiol, Lond, 1936, 88: 235-8—Snell, A. M, Wilder, R. M, & Cragg, R. W. Suprarenal atrophy following denervation: report of a case with findings at necropsy. J. Path. Bact... Lond, 1936, 43: 473-8, 2pl— Torkildsen, A. Neurosurgical treatment of essential hypertension. Acta psychiat. neur, Kbh, 1934, 9: 489-93.—Ubelhbr, R. Hochdruck und Nierenent- nervung. Zbl. Chir, 1935, 62: 2230-3.—Walker, R. B. The treatment of arterial hypertension in women by ureteral cathe- terization and the application of medicaments to the renal pelvis (preliminary report) J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1928, 25: 176-8.— Wetherell, F. S. Surgery in essential hypertension. N. York State J.M, 1936, 36: 1284-9.—Wilmoth, P. La surrenalectomie pour hypertension arterielle. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1934, 60: 377. ---- Vascular crises. Bernal, P. *Crises hypertensives; 6tude clinique, pathogenique et therapeutique. 170p. 8° Par., 1933. Lappas, B. J. *Crises hypertensives au cours d'un lymphosarcome du mediastin; contribu- tion a l'etude de l'hypertension arterielle paroxy- stique. 60p. 8? Par., 1926. Aubertin, C. Hypertension paroxystique et (cdeme aigu du poumon. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1928, 3.ser, 52: 1768 — Costedoat. Hypertension arterielle paroxystique dans un cas de pouls lent permanent. Ibid, 1936, 3.ser, 52: 1509-11 — Bonzelot, E. Les hypertensions paroxystiques. Ibid, 1934, 3.ser, 50: 1510-6. Also Paris med, 1934, 94: annexe, 446. Also J. med. Paris, 1935, 55: 10-2.—Govaerts, P. Contribu- tion a l'etude clinique et therapeutique de Thypertension paroxvstique d'origine medullo-surrenalienne. Bull. Acad. med. "Belgique, 1934, 5.ser, 14: 639-41.—Hahn, L. Beitrage zur Klinik des Hochdrucks; der chronische intermittierende Hoch- druck. Zbl. inn. Med, 1925, 46: 2-17.—Hamburger, M. La ponction lombaire therapeutique de Thypertension arterielle paroxystique. Sem. hop. Paris, 1932, 8: 572-8—Harris, S. E. The treatment of hypertension with special reference to the management of vascular crises. Med. Clin. N. America, 1935, 19: 133-49.—Kalk, H. Krankheitsbild der paroxysmalen Hyper- tension und Hochdruckproblem. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1934, 46. Kongr, 351-5.—Langeron, L. Les hypertensions arterielles paroxystiques. J. med. Paris, 1932 52: 911; 932. -----& Lamoril, J. Les hypertensions arterielles paroxystiques. Quest, med. actual. Par, 1931, no.3, 1: 7-48—Laubry, C, & Tzanck, A. Hypertension paroxystique et circulation de retour. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3.ser, 50: 1562-7- Mouquin, M. Pathogenie de Thypertension paroxystique. Ibid. 1528-35. Also Bull, med. Par, 1935, 49: 209-13—Pal, J. Blutdruck-Krisen. Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1935, 9: 247. Alsn Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935, 48: 974.—Planteydt, J. N. [Essential paroxysmal hypertension] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1933, 77: 4774 80.—Rodriguez, F. Hipertension arterial y crisis hipertensivas. Rev. nted. cubana, 1928, 39: 24-35.—Sachs, A, & Russum, B. C. Paroxysmal hypertension. Nebraska M.J, 1936, 21: 84-7.— Takacs, L. [Transient increases in blood pressure] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1933, 31: 945-7—Tremolieres, F, & V§ran, P. Hyper- tension arterielle paroxystique par lesion du trijumeau. Bru- xelles med, 1930-31, 11: 992-7. ----- & Lhermitte, J. Hyper- tension paroxystique d'origine nerveuse. Rev. nted. Par, 1930, 47: 657-78, 4 pi.—Trunecek, C. La varieta spasmodica e pletorica della ipertensione vascolare. Riforma med, 1922, 38: 534.—Tzanck, A. Les reactions individuelles a type d'hyper- tension paroxystique. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1934, 3.ser, 50: 1615-8. Also J. med. Paris, 1935, 55: 74—Van Goidsenhoven, F, & Appelmans, R. Contribution a Tetude clinique et thera- peutique de Thypertension paroxystique d'origine medullo- surrenalienne. Bull. Acad. m6d. Belgique, 1934,5.ser, 14:672-94, ch.—Vaquez, H. Hypertension paroxystique aigue. Pans nted, 1920, 37: 433-7.-----& Bonzelot, E. Les crises d'hyper- tension arterielle paroxystique. Presse med, 1926, 34:1329-31.— Villaret, M. Les hypertensions arterielles paroxystiques; etude clinique, physio-pathologique et therapeutique. Ibid, 1931, 39: 393-7. ----- Bariety, M, & Justin-Besangon, L. Pneumo- gastrique et crises hypertensives paroxystiques. J. m6d.fr, 1927,16: 53-9—Villaret, M, Harvier, P. [et al] Les hypertensions arterielles paroxystiques par excitation nerveuse. Bull. Soc, med. h6p. Paris, 1934, 3.ser, 50: 1548-53. Also Presse med. 1934, 42: 1925. ---- venous. Cazanescu. Un caz cu syndromul de hypertensiune portala. Spitalul, Bucur, 1914, 34: 67-70—Brandt, F. Ueber den hohen Venendruck beim Hypertonus. Deut. med. Wschr, 1931, 57: BLOOD PRESSURE, HIGH 619 BLOOD PRESSURE, LOW 879-81. ----- & Katz, G. Ueber den hohen Venendruck des Hypertonikers. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 77: 247-72.— Pende, N. Essentieller oder konstitutioneller venoser Hoch- druck. Acta med. scand, 1932, 78: 86-94.—Pia, J. C. L'hyper- tension veineuse. Rev. sudamer. med. Par, 1930, 1: 283- 90.—Rice, P. The etiological significance of venous hyperten- sion. Pacific Coast J. Homoeop, 1934, 45: 125-7.—Rotky, H, & Klein, 0. Studien iiber Venendruck und Kreislaufsuffizienz- prtifung nach E. Weiss nebst einem Beitrag iiber die Ursachen der Steigerung des Venendrucks bei Hypertonikern. Med. Klin, Berl, 1923, 19: 1542; 1574.—Tarsitano, A. La ipertensione venosa solitaria. Morgagni, 1933, 75: 1047-55.—Villaret, M., Saint-Girons, F, & Grellety-Bosviel. Contribution a Tetude de la tension veineuse peripherique; le syndrome d'hypertension veineuse et d'acrocyanose avec insuffisance ovarienne. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1921, 3.ser, 45: 1013-6. ----- La pression veineuse peripherique au cours des syndromes d'hypertension veineuse localisee. Bull, med. Par, 1925, 39: 821-31. BLOOD pressure, low. See also Addison's disease; Asthenia; Ca- chexia; Debility; Edema; Fatigue; Heart, Dis- eases; Shock; and names of other primary diseases. Blondel, A. *L'hypotension arterielle per- manente d'allure idiopathique. 177p. 8? Par., 1928. Friedlander, A. Hypotension. 193p. 8°. Bait., 1927. Meyer, F. A. * Beitrage zur Kenntnis der arteriellen Gefasshvpotonie fWurzburg] 13p. 8? Duren-Rhld., 1931*. Monnier, J. L. M. Contribution a l'etude de l'hvpotension arterielle permanente idio- pathique. 80p. 8? Par., 1929. Aalsmeer, W. C. Ueber das Auftreten von Gefasstonen und die Senkung des sogenannten minimalen Blutdruckes. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1932, 23: 61-74.—Achard, C. Hypotension arterielle permanente. Monde med, 1931, 41: 733-41.—Barach, J. H. Arterial hypotension. Tr. Coll. Physicians, Phila, 1924, 46:578-93. Also Arch. Int. M, 1925, 35:151-61.—Behr, V. Der niedere Blutdruck und der hypotonische Symptomenkomplex. Hippokrates, Stuttg, 1936, 7: 469-74.—Broustet, P, & Bernes- Lasserre, J. L'hypotension arterielle n'est pas toujours un etat pathologique. J. med. Bordeaux, 1930, 107: 815-9.—Cursch- mann, H. Zur Frage einer essentiellen Hypotonie. Zschr. klin. Med, 1926, 103: 565-76. Also Zbl. inn. Med, 1926, 47: 605-7.—Bally, J. F. H. Low arterial blood pressure. West. London M.J, 1929, 34: 185-97.—Bearborn, G. Van N. Low arterial tension. Boston M.&S.J, 1919,181: 659-63.—Bumas, A. L'hypotonie arterielle primitive et les syndromes d'hypotension. J. med. Lyon, 1925, 6: 527-32. ----- L'insuffisance tension- nelle. Arch. mal. cceur, 1928, 21: 516-29. ----- Hypotension arterielle au cours de certaines affections hepatiques. Prat. med. fr, 1931, 12: 10-6.—Fisher, W. E. Hypotension. Med. J. Australia, 1935, 1: 110-8.—Friedlander, A. Clinical types of hypotension. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 83: 167-71. ----- Hypo- tension. Medicine, Bait, 1927, 6: 143-339. Also J. Med, Cin- cin, 1928-29, 9: 13-20. ----- The clinical significance of hypo- tension. Mod. Concepts Card. Dis, 1935, 4: no.4, 1.—Galli, G. L'ipotensione sanguigna essenziale. Gazz. osp, 1929, 50: 1527-9.—Giudiceandrea, V. L'ipotensione arteriosa. Rass. clin. ter, 1935, 34: 190-200.—Graham-Stewart, A. Observations on the significance of low arterial pressures. Practitioner, Lond, 1928, 120: 111-9.—Greaves, A. V. Low systolic blood pressure. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1925, 15: 174-7.—Halbrom, P. Les hypoten- sion arterielles. Rev. crit. path, ther, 1930,1: 236-44—Hollings- worth, T. B. Hypotension. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass, 1931, 22: 99-110.—Holt, E. Arterial hypotension. Med. Clin. N. Amer- ica, 1935, 19: 865-71.—Hoxie, G. H. The clinical significance of low blood pressures. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1921, 18: 113-5 — Ichok, G. La hipotension arterial. Arch, med, Madr, 1927, 26: 481-5.—Jeanneney, G, & Tauzin, J. Les hypotendus en chirurgie. Gaz. hop, 1923, 96: 117-23— Jex-Blake, A. J. Pri- mary arterial hypotension. East Afr. M.J, 1936-37,13: 34-43 — Johnson, W. M. Low blood pressure. South. M.&S, 1927, 89: 1-5.—Kendall, A. I. Hypotension. Illinois M.J, 1929, 56: 404-6—Kirby, B. W. Hypotension. J. Am. Inst. Homeop, 1931, 24: 1066-71.—Kisch, F. Der arterielle Tiefdruck (Hypo- tonie) Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh, 1930, 38: 96-172— Klemperer, G. Vom niederen Blutdruck und essentieller Hypotonie. Klin. Fortbild, 1934, 2: 560-82.—Levison, L. A. The significance of arterial hypotension. Ohio M.J, 1924, 20: 556-63— Lian, C. Hipotension arterial, cronica, permanente, de naturaleza idio- patica. Ars medica, Barcel, 1929, 5: 191. -----& Blondel, A. L'hypotension arterielle permanente d'allure idiopathique. Presse med, 1927, 35: 1065-7. Also J. med. chir. Par, 1929, 100: 761-9. ----- [et al.] L'hypotension arterielle. Gaz. hop, 1929, 102: 1545-7. Also Montpellier med, 1930, 52: 293; 313; 335; 355.—Libert, M. Low blood-pressure (hypotension) Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1931, 131: 449.—Luisada, A. In- fluenza della gravita sulla pressione arteriosa locale delT avam: braccio; studio delle prove funzionali statiche nelle sindromi ipotensive. Cuore & circol, 1924, 8: 291-301. Also Sperimen- tale, 1924, 78: 649.-McCulloch, J. A. Hypotension. J.Tennes- see M. Ass, 1930, 23: 94—McQuiston, J. S. The relationship of arterial hypotension to surgical risk. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1933, 8: 614-6. Also Collect. Papers Mayo Clin, 1934, 26: 596-9.— Mandybur, J. [Hypotonia] Polska gaz. lek, 1927, 6: 831.— Manes, A. J. Hipotonias e hipotonias agudas. Dia med B. Air, 1932-33, 5: 185—Martini. Ueber die Bedeutung des niederen Blutdrucks. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 1204.—Mor- hardt, P. E. Les hypotensions arterielles. Vie med, 1927, 8: 503-5.—Mougeot, A. L'hypertension arterielle minima par dilatation aortique senile sans insuffisance sigmoidienne. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1920, 83: 19— Munk, F. Der niedere arterielle Blutdruck, arterielle Hypotonie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 1403; 1444.—Pal, J. Der niedrige Blutdruck und die Blutdruck- senkung. Ibid, 1923, 19: 420.-Pepper, O. H. P. Hypotension, growing appreciation of its importance. Northwest M, 1935, 34: 325-380.—Peradotto, V. Hipotension arterial primitiva o pura. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1931, 38: 355-60.—Roberts, S. R. A study of hypotension. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 79: 262-8.—Rosa, L. [Histamine test in hypotonia] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1932, 30: 1206-8.—Schellong, F. Arterielle Hypotension. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1933, 45. Kongr, 143-60.—Schmidt, F. [Low blood pressure] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1934, 32: 1-6.—Schurig. Ueber niederen Blutdruck. Med. Welt, 1933, 7:1603.—Shwartz, L. S. [Essential hypotonia] Vrach. gaz, 1931, 35: 1298-302.— Strasser, A, & Lbwenstein, W. Ueber Hypotension. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1929, 17: 403-38.—Synnott, M. J. Hypotension. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1936, 144: 279—Tagliaferro, E. ipotensione arteriosa. Gior. ital. mal. esot. trop, 1935, 8: 276; 289.—Thomas, E. L'hypotension vasculaire. Praxis, Bern, 1928, 17: H.14, 1: 3.— Vaughan, W. T. A clinical study of hypotension. Virginia M. Month, 1927-28, 54: 757-60—Zimmern, A. Les ntefaits de la basse tension. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1922, 3.ser, 87: 155; 1931, 105: 1031. ---- Blood in. Be Nito, G. (Hi ipotensivi ed il tasso leucocitario del sangue. Riv. pat. sper, 1936, 17: 13-20.—Bomenech Alsina, F. Reduc- tion del volumen sanguineo y alteraciones quimicas hematicas en los procesos agudos quirurgicos hipotensivos. Tr. Inst, fisiol, Barcel, 1929-30, 3: 261-91, 2diagr—Kisch, F. Studien iiber den arteriellen Tiefdruck (Hypotonie) zur Frage der Beziehung zwischen Blutzuckerspiegel und Blutdruckwert. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 400; 546.—Krai, J, Jonas, V, & Stfitesky, J. Les relations de l'hypotension arterielle et de la reserve alcaline. Rev. nted. est, 1929, 57: 117-21. Also Cas. lek. cesk, 1930, 69: 676. ---- Causes. Dally, J. F. H. Low blood pressure; its causes and significance. 257p. 8? Lond., 1928. Artom, M. Cefalea vespertina a tipo luetico in donna non luetica con ipotensione arteriosa costituzionale. Studium, Nap., 1927,17:212-4.—Bondia, A.R. Hipotoniaconstitucional. Med, ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 411-5.—Ba-Rin, O, & Vialetto, E. Studio clinico sull'angioipotonia costituzionale del Ferrannini. Clin. med. ital, 1933, 64: 515-63.—Ferrannini, A. L'angioipotonia costituzionale. Riforma med, 1921, 37: 656-8. ----- Con- stitutional angiohypotony, or idiopathic permanent arterio- hypotension. Lancet, Lond, 1931, 1: 1131. Also Presse med, 1931, 39: 771. Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1931, 23: 547-57. Also Med. J. & Rec, 1932,135: 381.—Fossier, A. E. The cause of essential hypotension. Am. J.M. Sc, 1926, 171: 496-504 — Garvin, J. B. Hypotension; report of 6 cases in one family. J. Am. M. Ass, 1927, 88: 1875.—Houghton, H. A. Arterial hypotension; a study in etiology and classification. Med. Surg. Yearb. Physicians Hosp. Plattsburgh, 1929, 1: 237-50, 3pl.—Lankford, J. S. The causes of low blood nressure. Med. Insur. 1925-26, 41: 190-2.—Schiitz, J. Orthotische Hypotonie und ihre therapeutische Beeinflussung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1917, 43: 646-8.—Tarsitano, A. L'angioipotonia costituzionale. Morgagni, 1929, 71: 1234-41. ---- Incidence. Bejarano, J. Le syndrome de l'hypotension arterielle a Bogota. Rev. nted. hyg. trop. Par, 1929, 21: 178-80.—Bumas, A. Les hypotensions relatives. Lyon med, 1932, 150: 296.— Foster, J. H. Blood pressure of foreigners in China. Arch. Int. M., 1927, 40: 38-45.—Guiral, R. J. Sindrome cerebral hipotensivo. Vida nueva, Habana, 1930, 25: 118-29.—Rosenberg, M. Ueber den arteriellen Tiefdruck (Hypotension) bei Arabern Palastinas und seine Ursachen. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg, 1930, 34: 323-7.—Tung, C. L. Relative hypotension of foreigners in China. Arch. Int. M, 1927, 40: 153-8— TJstvedt, H. J. [Examination of blood pressure in healthy subjects with special attention to low blood pressure] Norsk, mag. laegevid, 1933, 94: 593-609.— Vaughan, W. T, & Graham, W. R. Hypotension in the South. South. M.J, 1930, 23: 1140-6. ---- juvenile, Andreucci, M. L'ipotensione essenziale nei bambini. Pedia- tria (Riv.) 1935, 43: 933-40.—Fejes, C. Studi sulla pressione sanguigna nei bambini ipotoniei. Ibid, 1936, 44: 110-6.—Free- man, R. G. Hypotension in children. Arch. Pediat, N.Y, 1930, 47: 589-93.—Gierthmuhlen, F. Hypotension im Kindes- alter. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1931, 78: 1987-9. Also Gazz. osp, 1932, 53: 1124.—Suranyi, G. Ueber arteriellen Tiefdruck im Kindesalter. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1936, 3.F, 97: 225.----- BLOOD PRESSURE, LOW 620 BLOOD PRESSURE, LOW SulTipotonia infantile. Pediatria (Riv.) 1936, 44: 425-36 — Veghelyi, P. Ricerche in base alia somministrazione di adre- nalina e sovracarico glicemico in bambini ipotonici. Ibid, 296-303. ---- Manifestations. Dietz, G. *Ueber die kombinierte Wirkung des Tonephins und einiger sympathomimetischer Arzneimittel auf den Blutdruck [Erlangen] 19p. 8? Munch. (Oberfr.) 1933. Barbier, P. Hypotension et asthme bronchique. Paris med, 1930, 75: 273-5.—Berberich, J, & Strauss, H. Hypotonie als Ursache vestibularer und nervoser Beschwerden. Deut. med. Wschr, 1936, 62: 226.—Balla Palma, M. I capillari negli stati di ipotensione e di iposfigmia. Cuore & circol, 1928, 12: 649-78.—Balla Torre, G. Valore dei dati sfigmomanometrici nello studio clinico evolutivo delle ipotensioni. Ibid, 1931, 15: 605-20.—Bumas, A. Les avantages de la tension moyenne; la tension moyenne et les etats de collapsus. Rev. med. fr, 1932, 13: 345-9.—Gemski, W. [Clinical symptoms of arterial hypo- tension] Polska gaz. lek, 1929, 8: 789-91.—Giroux, R. Bruit de galop et hypotension arterielle. Prat. med. fr, 1925, 4: 30-5.— Jeanneney & Tauzin. Sur quelques vartetes oscillometriques d'hypotension en chirurgie. Gaz. hop, 1922, 95: 1613-5 — Kisch, F. Studien iiber den arteriellen Tiefdruck (Hypotonie) arterieller Druck und Venendruck. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 833-6.—Lian, K, & Blondel, A. [Symptoms of hypotensionl Polska gaz. lek, 1930, 9: 253.—Lovaglio, R. Contributo alio studio della pressione media negli stati ipotensivi. Riforma med, 1933, 49: 1647-50.—Luisada, A. La courbe de pression arterielle dans un territoire vasculaire et ses variations dans les etats hypotenseurs. Presse nted, 1924, 32: 658-61. Also Speri- mentale, 1924, 78: 612. ----- Iposfigmia e ipotensione con particolare riguardo alle piu recenti vedute sulla semeiotica cardiovasale. Gior. med. prat, 1925, 7: 4.5-54.—Mahler, H. Die Hypotonie und ihre Beziehungen zu Gehirn und Ohr. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1935, 69: 952-69—Martini, P. Der Symptomenkomplex der Hypotonie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 1426.—Martini, T, & Comas, J. Estudio electrocardio- grafico en las hiposfixias de Martinet. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1926, 33: pt 1, 13-20.—Merklen, P, Waitz, R, & Kabaker, J. La tension moyenne dans l'hypotension arterielle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 825.—Naudascher, G. Anxtete avec hypo- tension arterielle, traitement par l'adrenaline. Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment. Par, 1923, 11: 137-41.—Navarro, A. Alternancia cardiaca con hipotension. Sem. med, B. Air, 1924, 31: pt2, 625-8.—Violle, P. L. La diurese des hypotendus. Presse med, 1935, 43: 163-5. ---- orthostatic Posnock, S. M. ^L'hypotension orthosta- tique [Geneve] 40p. 8? Annemasse, 1935. Allen, E. V, & Magee, H. R. Orthostatic (postural) hypo- tension with syncope. Med. Clin. N. America, 1934, 18: 585- 95.—Alvarez, W. C, & Roth, G. Orthostatic hypotension. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1935, 10: 483-9.—Arnovljevic, V, & Milovano- vich, J. B. L'hypotension orthostatique; sur la generalite du phenomene. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 879-81—Ashworth, 0. 0. Postural hypotension; a report of 2 cases. Virginia M. Month, 1929-30, 56: 260-3.—Barker, N. W. Postural hypo- tension: report of a case and review of the literature. Med. Clin. N. America, 1933, 16: 1301-12—Bickel, G, & Bemole, M. L'hypotension arterielle orthostatique. Rev. nted. Suisse rom, 1936, 56: 1-17.—Bradbury, S, & Eggleston, C. Postural hypo- tension; a report of 3 cases. Am. Heart J, 1925, 1: 73; 1927-28, 3: 105—Chew, E. M, Allen, E. V, & Barker, N. W. Ortho- static hypotension: a report of 6 cases. Proc. Mayo Clin, l!i:«i, 11: 535-8. Also Northwest M, 1936, 35: 297-303—Croll, W. F, Duthie, R. J, & MacWilliam, J. A. Postural hypotension; report of a case. Lancet, Lond, 1935,1:194-8.—Ganshorn, J. A, & Horton, B. T. Postural hypotension: report of a case. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1934, 9: 541-5.—Ghrist, B. G. Postural hypotension. Ibid, 1927, 2:117. -----& Brown, G. E. Postural hypotension with svncope; its successful treatment with ephedrin. Am. J. M. Sc!, 1928,175: 336-49.— Hughes, T. A. Postural hypotension with tachycardia. Lancet, Lond, 1935,1:1101.—Kisthinios. Sur un nouveau syndrome hypotensif: l'hypotension moyenne ortho- statique. Progr. med. Par, 1935, 1253.—Langston, W. Ortho- static hypotension; report of a case. Ann. Int. M, 1936-37, 10: 688-95.—Laubry, C, & Boumer, E. L'hypotension orthosta- tique. Presse med, 1932, 40: 17-20.—Lian, C, & Blondel, A. L'hypotension arterielle orthostatique. Paris med, 1933, 87: 179-84.—Moretti, E. SulT ipotensione ortostatica. Boll. spec. med. chir, 1933, 7: 367-406. Also Zbl. inn. Med, 1934, 55: 497-502.—Riecker, H. H, & Upjohn, E. G. Postural hypotension. Am. Heart J, 1930-31, 6: 225-9.—Sanders, A. O. Postural hypotension: a case report. Am. J.M. Sc, 1931, 182: 217-21.— Tripodi, M. L'ipotensione arteriosa ortostatica. Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. prat, 797-801. ---- Pathogenesis. See also Suprarenal gland. Veyrat, R. *Hypotension permanente par impregnation toxique d'origine digestive. 56p. 8? Lyon, 1935. Achard, C, Bariety, M, & Codounis, A. Hypotension arte- rielle permanente et troubles neuro-vegetatifs; etude du syn- drome humoral. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1930, 3.ser, 46: 1350-4.—Arnaud, M, & Cremieux, A. A propos du mecanisme pathogenique de l'hypotension par ponction lombaire. Mar- seille med, 1927, 64: 438-40.—Baker, J. P, jr. The carotid sinu? reflex as a cause of fainting and convulsions. Virginia M. Month, 1935-36, 62: 89-92.—Barach, J. H. Deficient oxygena- tion in arterial hypotension. Atlantic M.J, 1925-26, 29: 747.— Bogaert, A. van. Hypotension arterielle experimentale d'origine centrale. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 1043-5.—Braun Mengn- dez, E. Reaction de los perros hipofisoprivos a la hipotension experimental por sangria. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1934, 10: 204-6.—Chilla, A. Le surrenaliti e la ipotensione arteriosa nelle infezioni acute e nelle intossicazioni da piomba e da mercuric Fol. med. Nap, 1933, 19: 139-60.—Bumas, A. Les hypoten- sions d'origine toxique. Prat.med.fr, 1930,11:9-11.—Heymans, C, Bouckaert, J. J, & Bert, P. Reflexes circulatoires sino- carotidiens; mecanisme et traitement du collapsus circulatoire. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1933, 5.ser, 13: 109-32. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 714-6.—Kovalenok, M. I. [Causes of the zero minimal blood pressure] Soviet, vrach. gaz, 1934, 38: 919-21.—Kylin, E. Studien tiber den niedrigen arteriellen Blutdruck; ist es berechtigt, einen Symptomenkomplex essen- tielle Hypotonie aufzustellen? Acta med. scand, 1931, 75: 162-92.—Laignel-Lavastine. L'endocrinonevrose hypotensive. Rev. g6n. clin. ther, 1927, 41: 818-20.—McCrae, T. Low blood pressure; discussion of the parts of the circulation which may be responsible for low blood pressure. Med. Clin. N. America, 1919-20, 3: 1177-95.—Malmejac, J, & Capel, A. Intervention de reflexes locaux dans la genese de l'hypotension qui suit la desocclusion de Taorte. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 122: 958-61.— Osborne, W. A. Low blood pressure and secretory activity. Austral. J. Exp. Biol, 1928, 5: 171.—Raymond-Hamet. L'adre- naline et son derive ethylamine peuvent provoquer a la foie de l'hypotension et de la vaso-constriction renale. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 512-5.—Squier, T. L, & Bach, C. T. Experimen- tal hypotension in rabbits. Arch. Int. M, 1928, 42: 56-63. Also repr.—Tournade, A. L'adrenalino-secretion paralytique se renforce-t-elle a Toccasion d'une hypotension arterielle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 106: 640-2.—Weiss, S, & Baker, J. P, Dizziness, fainting, and convulsions due to hyperactivity of the carotid sinus reflex. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 30: 614-6. ---- symptomatic. Giraud, G. L'hypotension arterielle dans les maladies chroniques. 259p. S? Par., 1931. Toit, F. S. dtj. *Ueber die klinischen Ursa- chen des niedrigen Blutdruckes und iiber die Funktionsprufung des Herz- und Gefassvstems bei Hypotonie. 19p. 8? Heidelb., 1927. Bishop, L. F. Secondary low blood pressure of an insidious type. J.M. Soc. N.Jersey, 1923, 20:93— B'Amato, H.J. Valor de la hipotension arterial en el diagnostico del ulcus gastro- duodenal. Dia nted, B. Air, 1930-31, 3: 668-70—Bomenech Alsina, F. Reduction del volumen sanguineo y alteraciones quimicas hematicas, en los procesos agudos quirurgicos hipo- tensivos. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1929, 12: 315-38—Boumer, E. Hypotension permanente, acrocyanose et aplasie cardio-arte- rielle. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1930, 3.ser, 46: 1865-72- Bumas, A. Les hypotensions aigues et subaigues au cours des maladies infectieuses. J. med. fr, 1929, 18: 430-4. -----• Les hypotensions de convalescence. Prat. med. fr, 1929, 8: 15-22. ----- De Tabaissement de la tension arterielle au cours des maladies tebriles. Lyon med, 1934, 154: 557-64.—Gaggero, A. Los derrames inflamatorios bilaterales. Dia med, B. Air, 1929-30, 2: 679.—Giraud, A. L'hypotension arterielle dans le? maladies chroniques. Rev. med. est, 1930, 58: 373-90—Gonzalo, G. R. Sindromes de hipotension arterial. Siglo nted, 1926, 77: 533.—Joachim, G. Der hypotonische Svmptomenkomplex. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 648—Kisch, F. Gesichtspunkte zur Therapie differenter, mit arteriellem Tiefdruck (Hypo- tonie) einhergehender Storungen. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1929, 18: 201-8— Kylin, E. Ueber den Hypotoniekomplex. Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23: 273-5—Laederich, L, Mamou, H, & Beauchesne, H. Hypotension arterielle des membres supe- rieurs et hypotension retinienne avec tension normale aux membres interieurs, par aplasie arterielle localisee. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1932, 3.ser, 48: 1057-60—Lang, O. Der hypo- tone Symptomenkomplex in der Gynakologie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 809-12—Lian, C. Hypotension arterielle et grande insuffisance cardiaque. Union med. Canada, 1926, 55: 265-9. ----- & Blondel, A. Le syndrome hypotension arte- rielle. J.nted. fr„ 1929, 18:415-22. Also Clin. & lab, Zaragoza, 1930,15:112-7. Also Prat. med. fr, 1930,11:14-23—Luisada, A. L'hypotension arterielle et l'appareil cardio-vasculaire dans les phenomenes de shock. J. med. fr, 1929, 18: 435—Martini, P. Der Symptomenkomplex der Hypotonie und seine Behandlung. Ther. Gegenwart, 1929, 70: 433-7. ----- & Pierach, A. Der niedere Blutdruck und der Symptomenkomplex der Hypotonie. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 1809; 1857. Also Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1926, 38. Kongr, 436—Mikulowski, W. [Syndrome of Martinet hyposphyxia] Polska gaz. lek, 1926, 5: 881-4.— Sangiorgi, P. Ipotonia arteriosa primitiva e stati ipotensivi. Cuore & circol, 1927, 11: 507-13—Weiss, R. F. Der Sympto BLOOD PRESSURE, LOW 621 BLOOD PROTEIN menkomplex der arteriellen Hypotonie. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 1511. ---- Treatment. Hien, A. * Ueber blutdrucksteigernde Mittel. 25p. S° Giessen, 1932. . . .. Ambard, L, & Cahn, R. Action hypertensive du chlorure de sodium. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1926, H.ser, 1: 77-80.- Baur H Ueber Blutdrucksenkung und ihre Behandlung. Med' Welt 1935, 9: 785-8.—Colbert & Burand. Du danger de ['adrenaline chez un hypotendu. Rev. tuberc. Par, 1922, 3 ser 3-83-6.—Belaunay, H. S6rum de Locke gomnte en injec- tion 'intra-veineuse dans le traitement de l'hypotension des hemorragies graves et du shock (bases physiologiques et experi- mentales; resultats cliniques) Lyon chir, 1918, 15: 211-29.— Bomenech Alsina, F. Estudios sobre la fisiopatologia del shock- sensibilidad a la adrenalina en diferentes formas de hipo- tension Rev. cir. Barcelona, 1933, 6: 44-55—Bouyau, R. Les formes cliniques a hypotension arterielle et leur traitement; role des analeptiques cardio-vasculaires. Bull, med. Par, 1936, 50. 45g —Dumas, A. Les syndromes d'hypotonicite arterielle et leur traitement. Prat. med. fr, 1927, 6: (A) 68-70.-Horvath, F. Course and treatment of hypotonia] Gyogyaszat, 1927, 67: S94 —Hoxie G. H. Endocrine therapy in cases of low blood pressure. Endocrinology, 1921, 5: 773-6.—Hukuda, K, & Suzuki, T. On a contracture of the heart atrium, observed as an after-effect of a raised arterial pressure and its significance in connection with the subnormal phase of the blood pressure. Nagoya J M. Sc, 1934, 8: 1-18.—Ide, M. Traitement de l'hypo- tension Rev. nted. Louvain, 1927, 367.—Lemaire, A. Les bases experimentales du traitement de l'hypotension arterielle. Progr nted , Par, 1934, 105-13. Also Ther. nted. (Loeper, M.) Par 1934, 7: 92-109.—Lian, C, & Blondel, A. Traitement de ['hypotension arterielle. Union nted. Canada, 1930, 59: 226-32.— Libensky, V. Le traitement des hypotendus. Rev. nted. est, 1925 53 • 84'7-8 ----- [Modern views on hypotension and its treatment] Cas. tek. cesk, 1930, 69: 709; 755; 787.—Luisada, A. Associazione della adrenalina con la trinitrina (contributo alio studio dei sinergismi farmacologici) Sperimentale, 1924, 78: 602-8—MUler, T. G. The treatment of low blood pressure; with special reference to the use of ephedrin. Atlantic M.J, 1925-26 29- 748-52.—Myers, B. A case of low blood-pressure treated'with pituitary whole gland by the mouth. Postgrad. M J Lond, 1933, 9: 61-3—Quenu, E. Sur l'hypotension arte- rielle' d'origine traumatique et son traitement. Rev. chir. Par 1920 58: 304-19.—Rondelli, V. Ipotensione e adrenalina. Minerva med. Tor, 1927, 7: 677-85— Riischer. Die Wirkung des Ephedralins auf den Blutdruck der Pferde. Arch. wiss. prakt Tierh, 1930, 61: 511-21.—Schnetz, H. Ephetonin, Ephe- tonal und Sympatol bei den verschiedenen Formen der arte- riellen Hypotonie. Zschr. klin. Med, 1933-34, 126: 535-46- Uzan, M. L'hypotension arterielle et son traitement. J. med. Paris 1922 41: 759-68.—Walker, J. B. Intravenous injection of hypotonic sodium chloride solution in the treatment of some conditions of low blood-pressure. Brit. J. Surg, 1936, 24: 105-21, 11 ch. ---- venous. Carnot, P, Gayet, R, & Merklen, F. P. Les variations de la pression portale dans les etats d'hypotension arterielle. C. rend Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 1263-6— Surmont, H. Le syndrome mecanique de l'hypotension portale. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1926, 3.ser, 95:51-4. -----& Tiprez, J. Symptomes et traite- ment de l'hypotension portale. Prat. med. fr, 1927, 6: 363-7(1 BLOOD protein. See also Blood chemistry, Methods; Blood chemistry, Nitrogen; Blood chemistry, Varia- tions; Blood plasma; Blood platelet; Blood serum; Protid; also names of blood protids as Fibrin; Fibrinogen; Hemoglobin, &c. Berger, W. Das Eiweiss im Blutplasma. p.1175-252. 8? Berl., 1934. Handb. allg. Hiimat. (Hirschfeld) Berl, 1934, 2: 2.Halfte. Arcand, A. Recherches experimentales sur les proteines du sang. Rev. med. Par, 1934, 51: 333-42—Barrenscheen, H. K, & Messiner, L. Zur chemischen Charaktensierung der Serum- proteine. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 209: 251-62.-Belak, A , & Gartner, S. Die Eiweissfraktionen des menschlichen Blutse- rums. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 70: 16-26-Berger, W, & Petschacher, L. Die Eiweisskorper im Blutplasma. Pol. hamat., Lpz, 1930, 40: 81; 225; 305.-Bernhard, A, Leopold, J. S. & Brekter, I. J. The blood proteins of children, the dis- tribution of total nitrogen in whole blood, red blood cells and serum proteins from the same specimen Am. J. Dis. L/niia, 1934, 47: 1256-60; 48: 819-29— Brunetti, H, & Elek, L. Ueber das Verhalten des Eiweisses und seiner Fraktionen sowie der Chloride und der Viscositat im venbsen und arteriellen Plasma. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1925,47: 277-84.-Csapo, J, & Faubl, J. Calciumgehalt der Serumeiweissfraktionen. Biochem. Zschr. 1924, 150: 509-14.-Eisenman, A. J, Mackenzie, L. B, &: Peters, J. P. Protein and water of serum and cells of human blood, with a note on the measurement of red blood cell volume J. BioL Chem 1936, 116: 33-45— Ettisch, G.,& Sachsse, H. Zur I rage der chemischen Selbstandigkeit der Serumproteine. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 230: 129-35—Field, M. E, Leigh, O. C, jr [et al.] The protein content and osmotic pressure of blood serum and lymph from various sources in the dog. Am. J. Physiol, 1934- 35, 110: 174-81.—Fischer, A, & Blankenstein, A. Untersuchun- gen iiber die chemische Konstitution der Serumeiweisskbrper. Biochem. Zschr, 1930, 220: 380; 224: 211—Goldschmidt, S, & Kahn, H. Die Fraktionierung der wasserlbslichen Eiweisskorper des Blutserums. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1929, 183: 19-31 — Gromelski, A. Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss der Art der Gewinnung auf die Eiweisskonzentration des Serums. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1924, 149: 261-8—Hazay, L. [Colloidchemical system of blood proteins] Gyogyaszat, 1933, 73: 457-61.— Herzfeld, E, & Klinger, R. Studien zur Chemie der Eiweisskor- per; die Eiweissfraktionen des Blutplasmas; zur Theorie der Bakterien-Agglutination. Biochem. Zschr, 1917, 83: 228-43 — Hueck, H. Zur Untersuchung der Eiweisskorper des Blutes. Ibid, 1925, 159: 89-106.—Klobusitzky, B. von. Ueber die Frage der Einheit der Serumeiweissfraktionen. Kolloid. Beih, 1930-31, 32: 382-402.—Klopstock, F. Komplexe Konstitution des Komplements und kolloidchemische Struktur des Serumei- weiss. Deut. med. AVschr, 1924, 50: 1171.—Lang, K. Ueber die Moglichkeit eines individuellen chemischen Aufbaues der Bluteiweisskorper; der Schwefelgehalt der menschlichen Se- rumeiweisskbrper. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1930, 148: 222-31 — Leendertz, G. Beitrag zur Untersuchung der Serumeiweisskbr- per; Erwiderung auf die Arbeit von W. von Frey. Biochem. Zschr, 1924, 150: 494.—Lematte, L. Les hemoprotides et la mineralisation du sang; les protides du serum. Rev. med. Par, 1933, 50: 100-21.—Lepkovsky, S. The distribution of serum and plasma proteins in fish. J. Biol. Chem, 1929-30, 85: 667-73.—Lustig, B. Zur Kenntnis der Serumproteine. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1932, 244: 165.—McFarlane, A. S. An ultracen- trifugal investigation of the serum proteins. Biochem. J, Lond, 1935, 29: 407-29. -----■ The ultracentrifugal protein sedimentation diagram of normal human, cow and horse serum. Ibid, 660-93.—Mond, R. Untersuchungen iiber den Zustand der Eiweisskorper des Plasmas und Serums; sind die Serum- eiweisskbrper an Alkali gebunden? Arch. ges. Physiol, 1923, 199- 187-93.—Mutzenbecher, P. Die Fraktionen des Serums. Biochem. Zschr, 1933, 266: 250-8—Piettre, M, & Vila, A. Sepa- ration des proteines du serum. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1921,3: 483-9.—Rimington, C. Recent advances in the chemistry of the plasma proteins and their complexes. Onderstepoort J. Vet Sc, 1934, 3: 161-89.—Schmidt, A. A, & TuTjtschinskaja, K. Beitrage zur Charakteristik der Serumeiweisskbrper des Men- schen und einiger Tiere. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 77: 446-54 — Schmitz, A. Zur Kenntnis der Serumproteine. Biochem. Zschr 1931, 241: 271.—Snapper, I. Protein content of the plas- ma. Brit. M.J, 1931. 1: 399.—Stefanutti, P. Contributo alio studio delle variazioni della crasi idro-proteica del sangue fra arteria e vena. Policlinico, 1935, 42: sez.med, 65-78— Troense- eaard N, & Koudahl, B. Die Acetylierung der Proteine des Blutes. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1926, 153: 93-110.—Vila, A, & Ancelle, R. Differentiation des proteides du serum sanguin. C rend. Acad, sc, 1927, 185: 1164-7—Wiener, H. J, & Wiener, R. E. Plasma proteins. Arch. Int. M, 1930, 46: 236-65. ---- Albumin. See also Albumins; Blood protein, Variations. Schuster, T. *Ueber die Wirkung verschie- dener substituierter Benzoesauren und aromati- scher Sulfosiiuren auf das Flockungsoptimum des denaturierten Serumalbumins. 32p. 8? Bonn 1930. . _ Adair M E, & Taylor, G. L. Crystallisation of human serum albumin' Nature, Lond, 1935, 135: 387—Bierry, H, & Vivario, R Dosage des albumines globales du plasma sanguin. C. rend Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 13-5—Bungenberg de Jong, H. G, & Gwan O S. Zur Kenntnis der Komplexkoazervation; Se- rumalbumin-|-Gummi arabicum. Biochem. Zschr, 1930, 221: 182-205 —Burk, N. F. Osmotic pressure, molecular weight, and stability of serum albumin. J. Biol. Chem, 1932, 98: 353 — Balla Volta, A. Studii sulla genesi dei protidi del plasma sangui- eno- l'importanza del midollo osseo nella sintesi della siero- albumina Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1935, 10: 342-6.-Beutsch, V Adsorption de proteides; recherches sur la serum-albumme de cheval: C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 203: 252^.—Fernau, A. Ueber die Wirkung der durchdringenden Radiumstrahlen auf Serum- und Eialbumin. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 167: 380-3. _____ & Spiegel-Adolf, M. Die Veranderungen des Seralbu- min bei Einwirkung durchdringender Radiumstrahlung und ihre Beziehungen zur Hitze- und Lichtgerinnung. Ibid, 1929, 204- 14-27—Fischer, A. Transformation de la serumalbumine en serumglobuline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 108: 882-Grabar, P Preparation de serum-albumine seche, pure, cristalhsable. Ibid 1933 112: 1094-6.—Hewitt, L. F. Note on the alleged re- versal of the denaturation of serum-albumin. Biochem. J Lond 1934, 28: 575-9—Hooker, S. B, & Boyd, W. C. The al- leged 'transformation of serum albumin into serum globulins. J Biol Chem, 1933, 100: 187-94— Jaccottet, M. La determina- tion par la refractontetrie du pourcentage d'albumine du serum sanguin chez te nourrisson. Nourrisson, 1928, 16: 341-71 — Klobusitzky, B. von. Estudios sobre a unidade das fraccoes albuminosas so soro. Mem. Inst. Butantan, 1931, 6: 275-94 — Knstrzewski. J. [Quantitative estimation of serum albumin in normal ana diseased subjects] Polska gaz. lek, 1929, 8: 692-4. BLOOD PROTEIN 622 BLOOD PROTEIN -----Pazybylska, H, & Godlowski, X. [Experimental work on albumin of the blood] Ibid, 1931, 10: 727-30— Kylin, E. Ueber das Farbbindungsvermbgen verschiedener Albumin- Traktionen. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1934, 175: 711-8. ----- leber den isoelektrischen Punkt des nativen Serumalbumins des Menschen. Acta med. scand, 1935-36, 87: 536-50—Melka, J, & Melkove, L. [On the question of albumins in blood plasma] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1935, 15: 739; 840.—Michaelis, L. Der iso- elektrische Punkt und die Koagulation des Serumalbumins Verh. Physiol. Ges. Berlin (1910) 1911, 35: 4—Milter, B. F. An immunological study of native, denatured, and reversed serum albumin. J. Exp. M, 1933, 58: 625-33. Also repr.—Mostinski, V. [Isoelectric point of serum-albumin] Arch. vet. nauk, 1911, 41: pt2, 265-324.—Oeberius Kapteyn, W. H. [Rate of sedimenta- tion of chromocytes and estimation of serum albumin] Ned. mschr. geneesk, 1928, 15: 320-30.—Piettre, M. Sur quelques proprietes de la serum-albumine; sa cristallisation en Tabsence de tout element ionogenique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1929, 188: 463-5.—Prideaux, E. B. R, & Woods, B. E. The combination curves, hydrogen ion regulating powers and equivalent of serum albumin. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1932, s. B, 111: 201.—Quaglia- riello, G. Ricerche sulTimportanza biologica e sul metabolismo delle sostanze proteiche; sul destino dell'albumina del siero iniettata nei sangue. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1912-13, 11: 165-72.— Roche, A, & Marquet, F. Sur la pression osmotique et le poids moteculaire de Talbumine du serum. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 898-900.—Roche, A, Marquet, F, & Borier, M. Le poids moteculaire de la serumalbumine d'homme. Ibid, 119: 1150.— Rona, P, & Kleinmann, H. Nephelometrische Untersuchungen iiber fermentative Eiweisspaltung; Untersuchungen iiber die Kinetik der peptischen Spaltung von Serumalbumin. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1925, 159: 146-74— Spiegel-Adolf, M. Physika- lisch-chemische Untersuchungen bestrahlter Proteine; die Veranderungen des Seralbumins bei Ultraviolettbestrahlung und ihre Beziehungen zur Hitzegerinnung. Ibid, 1927, 186: 181-93.—Utkin-Ljubowzow, L. Ueber die sistoproteolytische Wirkung des Serumalbumins. Ibid, 1930, 220: 138-53. ---- Albumin—globulin ratio. See also Blood protein, Globulin. Girard, R. *Recherches sur les variations du rapport globuline/serine du serum sanguin au cours de quelques 6tats pathologiques. 50p. 8? Par., 1924. Achard, C, Grigaut, A. [et al.] Sur le quotient albumineir. du serum. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1929, 3.ser, 101: 725-33.- Auguste, C. Influence de Tingestion d'eau sur le rapport serine-globuline du serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 718—Bacher, S, & Kosian, M. M. Der Eiweissaufbau, insbesondere das Globulin-Albuminverhaitnis (Eiweissquo- tient) in Immunseris. Biochem. Zschr, 1924, 145: 324-44.— Cambier, P. Influence de la dilution du serum sanguin sur le rapport albumines-globulines. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 102: 944-6.—Campbell, W. R, & Hanna, M. I. A short method for determining albumin-globulin ratios in human serium. Tr. R. Soc. Canada, biol. sc, 1931, 3.ser, 25: sect. 5, 29-31.—Comhaire, S, Roskam, J, & Vivario, R. Plaquettes sanguines et rapport albumine-globuline du serum. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 72-^.—Corbini, G. II comportamento del quoziente sieropro- teine/globuline labili nei siero di sangue in condizioni normali e patologiche. Haematologica, Pavia, 1928, 9: 185-92.—Balla Volta, A. Studii sulla genesi dei protidi del plasma sanguigno; le variazioni delT albumina e della globulina in corso di plasma- feresi. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1935,10:163-6— Barrow, B. C, & Cary, M. K. The serum albumin and globulin of newborn, premature, and normal infants. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1933, 3: 573-9.—Bufourt, A, Robert & Moreau. Les albumines et le quotient albumineux du s6rum chez les tubereuleux pulmonaires. Presse med, 1930, 38: 843-5.—Farkas, G. Ueber die Wirkung des Albumin-Globulin-Quotienten auf den osmotischen Druck des Serums. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1926, 50: 410-4—Fillinski, W. Ueber den Einfluss der Leber auf das Globulin-Albumin- Mischungsverhaltnis im Serum. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1925, 38: 1110.—Geill, T. [Albumin and globulin contents in blood in normal and pathological conditions] Ugeskr. laeger, 1925, 87: 250-5. Also Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 220-4.—Govaerts, P. In- fluence du rapport albumines-globulines sur la pression osmo- tique des proteines du serum. C. rend. Soc biol, 1925, 93: 441-3; 1926, 95: 724-6—Hafner, E. A. Ueber den Globulin- und Albuminkoeffiztenten des Serums, besonders wahrend der Schwangerschaft. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1924, 101: 335- 64.—Henriques, V, & Klausen, U. Untersuchungen iiber den Serumalbumin- und Serumglobulingehalt des Serums unter wechselnden Umstanden. Biochem. Zschr, 1932, 254: 414- 33.—Hijman, A. J. On the determination of the total protein content of the blood serum and the albumin-globulin ratio. Acta brevia neerl, 1932,2:195. Also Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1932, 72: 761-5.—Kurten, H. Ueber den Globulin- und Albumin- koeffiztenten des Serums, besonders wahrend der Schwanger- schaft; Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von E. A. Hafner. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1924, 103: 237—Lecomte du Nouy, P. Re- cherches sur les equilibres ioniques du serum; relations entre la concentration des sels et l'equilibre du systeme albumine- globuline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 106: 85-7.—Leendertz, G. Das Verhalten der Bluteiweisskorper als Spiegel bestimmter krankhafter Vorgange im menschlichen Organismus; der Labil- globulin/Serumprotein-quotient. Klin. Wschr, 1926,5:175-9 — Lovett, B. R. The quantitative relation of serum albumin and globulin. Arch. Path, Chic, 1927, 4: 984-1024—Lustig, B Zur Kenntnis der Unterfraktionen der Globuline und Albumine im Serum. Biochem. Zschr, 1930, 225: 247-63—Mauriac, P, & Servantie, L. Variations du rapport serine-globuline dans le sang des lapins et etat de nephrite aigue oedematique par Turane. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 793-5—Melka, J, & Billes, L. [Relation of a labile globuline fraction to the total of albumin serum in some pathological conditions] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1927, 6: 571-80.—Mozai, T. Ueber die Eiweisskorper des Blutserums; iiber die physikahsche Bestimmungsmethode des Mischverhaitnisses der Serumproteine. Mitt. Med. Fak. Univ. Tokyo, 1924-25, 32:375-408, ch—Munk, J. [Albumin and globuline contents of blood in children] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: pt2, 4300-2.— Polonovski, M, Warembourg, H, & Cuvelier, R. Microdosage des protides du serum sanguin et microdetermination du rapport serine-globuline par oxydation chromique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 109: 673-5.—Prideaux, E. B. R, & Woods, B. E. The effect of deamination on the com- bination curves of serum albumin and globulin. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1933, s.B, 114: 110-23.—Righetti, H. An investigation of the ratio of globulins to albumins in the blood-serum of normal rabbits and of rabbits immunized against Bacillus typhosus. Univ. California Pub, Path, 1916, 2: no.19, 205-14—Roche, A, Dorier, M, & Samuel, L. Sur la signification du rapport: albumine/globuline dans te serum humain et pathologique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 202: 1720-2—Rohrer, F. Zur Bestim- mung des Albumin-Globulin Mischungsverhaltnisses im Blut- serum. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1922, 52: 789—Salkind, B. Sostanze proteiche e rapporto fra albumine e globuline del siero di sangue nelle varie forme morbose. Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1922, 35: 421-7. Also Haematologica, Nap, 1924, 5: 349-61.—Schultz, F. W, Swanson, W. W, & Ziegler, M. R. The distribution of the globulin and albumin fractions in the blood and in the urine in nephrosis. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1928, 36: 756-63.—Wanner, F. Le rapport ontre les albumines et les globu- lines (quotient albumineux) du s6rum et la methode de Rohrer. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1922, 52: 785-9.—Wladasch, A. Das Verhaltnis von Albumin zu Globulin im Blutserum gesunder Haustiere. Biochem. Zschr, 1936, 287: 337-41. ---- Albumose [Bence-Jones protein] See also Albumose; Albumosuria; Bone mar- row, Tumors. Klewitz, F. Ueber Albumosen im Blut. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 33. Kongr, 1921, 416-21.—Kydd, B. M. Bence-Jones protein in serum. J. Biol. Chem, 1934,107: 747-53. Also repr.— Santos Barbosa, S. dos. Consideragbes sobre a patogenia das albu- mosemias e das peptonemias e sua avaliacao por processo com- parative pela colorimetria com a reacvao da biureto. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1936, 44: 99-111.—Wolff, E. Ueber das Vorkommen von Albumosen im Blute unter physiologischen und patholo- gischen Verhaltnissen Acta med. scand, 1920, 53: 810-8. Also Ann. med. Par, 1921, 10: 185-97. ---- Clinical significance. See also Blood protein, Variations. Bogdanova, B. A, & Beliaeva, O. M. [Blood pictures] Vrach. dielo, 1931, 14: 1179-87.—Carrasco, P, & Trigueros, F. Las albuminas del suero: importancia de su determinaeion; sus alteraciones en patologia. Arch, med, Madr, 1928, 28: 547-55.— Buboczy, B. Diagnostische Kolloidbilder von Bluteiweiss. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1935-36, 97: 688-93.—Hecht Johansen, A. [Clinical significance of plasma-protein] Bibl. lseger, 1933, 125: 379-420.—Kahn, H. Chemische Grundlagen und klinische Bedeutung der Eiweissdifferenzierung im Blutserum. Klin, Wschr, 1930, 9: 262.—Kollert, V. Ueber die klinische Verwert- barkeit der Veranderungen des Bluteiweissbildes. Wien. med. Wschr, 1925, 75: 231-7.—Lewin, G. Die klinische Bedeutung der Globulin-Albumin-Bestimmungen im Serum. Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23: 643-5—McCann, W. S. The clinical significance of the plasma proteins. N. York State J.M, 1934, 34: 923-6- Manzini, C. Valore prognostico e terapeutico del contenuto in proteine del siero e delT indice di Leendertz in alcuni stati morbosi. Clin. med. ital, 1929, 60: 431-58—Rusznyak, S, Barat, I, & Kiirthy, L. Untersuchungen iiber die klinische Bedeutung der Eiweissfraktionen des Blutplasmas. Zschr. klin. Med, 1924, 98: 337-46.—Simonini, A. Ricerche sulla reazione di Boltz (anidride acetica ed acido solforico) in pediatria. Clin, pediat. Mod, 1934,16: 305-16.—Snapper, I. The practical significance of the protein-content of the plasma. Proc. R. Soc, M, Lond, 1931, 24: 1371-4.—Starlinger, W. Ueber die klinische Bedeutung des physikochemischen Zustandes der zirkulieren- den Eiweisskorper des Blutes und Gewebes. Zbl. inn. Med, 1927,48: 418-31. ---- conjugated. See also Hemoglobin; Protid. Avery, 0. T, & Goebel, W. F. Chemo-immunologicalstudies on conjugated carbohydrate-proteins; immunological specificity of synthetic sugar-protein antigens. J. Exp. M, 1929, 50: 533-50.—Bierry, H. Sur le sucre proteidique et sa repartition entre les diverses proteines du plasma sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 1152; 1929, 101: 544; 1932, 110: 889—Bigwood, E.J, & Wuillot, A. Des substances reductrices et fermentescibles combinees aux albumines du serum sanguin. Ibid, 187-91.— BLOOD PROTEIN 623 BLOOD PROTEIN Bonot, A. Sur les modifications des proteides seriques isotes par la methode a Tacetone et la myxoproteine. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1932, 195: 1046-8.—Belage, B. Liaisons lipides-proteides et vieillissement du serum sanguin. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1936, 18: 1304-10.—Gardner, J. A, & Gainsborough, H. Studies on the cholesterol content of normal human plasma; the attrac- tion of the proteins of plasma for sterols. Biochem. J, Lond, 1927, 21:141-7.—Goebel, W. F, & Avery, 0. T. Chemo-immuno- logical studies on conjugated carbo-hydrate-proteins; the syn- thesis of a-aminophenol 0-glucoside, a-aminophenol 0-galacto- side, and their coupling with serum globulin. J. Exp. M, 1929, 50: 521-31.—Grigaut, A. Etude de la dissociation du com- plexe lipoproteidique du serum par l'alcool. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1935, 17: 1031-9.—Janicki, J, & Kasprzyk, K. Com- pounds of serum proteins with polysaccharides. Biochem. J, Lond, 1936, 30: 1526-31.—Macherboeuf, M, & Sandor, G. Re- cherches sur la nature et la stabilite des liaisons proteides-lipides dans le serum sanguin. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932, 163.—Piettre, M. Action physicochimique de quelques electro- lytes sur la myxoproteine du serum sanguin. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1935, 201: 364-6.—Rimington, C. The isolation of a carbo- hydrate derivative from serum proteins. Biochem. J, Lond, 1929,23:430-43. ----- The carbohydrate complex of the serum proteins; improved method for isolation and re-determination of structure; isolation of glucosaminodimannose from proteins of ox blood. Ibid, 1931, 25: 1062-71—Turner, M. E, & Gibson, R. B. A study of the protein-lipid combinations in blood and body fluids; normal human and dog plasma and horse serum. J. Clin. Invest, 1932, 11: 735-46. ---- Deproteinization methods. Adant, M. La precipitation des azoproteines. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 950.—Aggazzotti, A. Influenza della tem- peratura sulla precipitazione del siero di cavallo con solfato d'ammonio. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1909, 7: 395-405—Avellar de Loureiro, J. Nouvelle technique de precipitation pour Tetude nepheiontetrique des proteines du serum. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930,104: 921.—Baudouin, A, & Lewin, J. Nouveau proc6de de desalbumination; application au serum, au sang total, aux glo- bules. Ibid, 1931, 108:875-7.—Benedict, S. R. The analysis of whole blood; the precipitation of the proteins. J. Biol. Chem, 1931,92:135-9. Alsorepr. -----& Newton, E. B. The use of molybdic acid as a precipitant for blood proteins. Ibid, 1929, 82: 5; 83: 357.—Cristol, P, & Nikolitch, S. Effets de la concen- tration des desalbuminants acides sur les protides du sang; cas de l'acide trichloracetique. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpel- lier, 1923-24, 5: 45-50.—Belcourt-Bernard, E. L'adsorption de l'uree au cours de la deproteination du sang et de liquide al- bumineux; deproteination par l'acide trichloracetique. Sang, Par, 1931, 5:61-77. -----& Babun, R. Deproteination par le reactifdeTanretetletungstatede soude. Ibid, 194-208.—Boak, E. K, Boone, G, & Paquin, F. A comparative study of blood protein precipitants. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1930-31, 16: 594-6 — Dumazert, C. Deproteinisation par Thydrate de cadmium et glycemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113: 1061—Ettisch, G. Zur Frage der Fraktionierung der Serumproteine; zur Theorie der Elektrodialyse. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 171: 454-66. ----- & Beck, W. Zur Frage der Fraktionierung der Serumproteine; die Elektrodialyse. Ibid, 443-53. -----Zur Frage der Frak- tionierung der Serumproteine; die Saurefadlung. Ibid, 172: 1-9.—Geill, T. Influence de la concentration en sulfate d'am- rnonium sur la precipitation de Talbumine et de la globuline du serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 95: 1101-7. ----- Etudes sur la proportion d'albumine et de globuline dans te serum et Purine; influence de la concentration en ions hydrogene sur la precipitation de Talbumine et de globuline dans le serum. Ibid, 1219. -----Influence de la concentration en ions hydro- gene sur la precipitation de Talbumine et de la globuline uri- naires. Ibid, 1221-4. ----- Ueber Fallungsreaktionen zwi- schen Schwermetallsalzen und gereinigten Serumeiweisskbrpern. Biochem. Zschr, 1929-30, 216: 165-78.—Grigaut, A, & Zizine, P. La desalbumination par l'acide ntetaphosphorique et son inte- ret en clinique. Medecine, Par, 1921-22, 3: 943.—Gronwall, A. Chloroform als Fallungsmittel fiir Serumeiweiss. Biochem. Zschr, 1935, 282: 85-7.—Guillaumin, C. O. Remarques sur la defecation du sang par les acides tungstique, ntetaphosphorique ou trichloracetique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 85: 1043-5.— Hayashi, I. Ueber die fraktionierte Fallung des Serumeiweisses. Mitt. Med. Fak. Univ. Tokyo, 1921, 26: 451-83—Hiller, A, & Van Slyke, B. B. A study of certain protein precipitants. I. Biol. Chem, 1922, 53: 253-67.—Howe, P. E. The influence of the cation in the precipitation of the proteins of blood by sodium phosphate. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N. Y, 1922-23,20:91.----- The relative precipitating capacity of certain salts when applied to blood serum or plasma and the influence of the cation in the precipitation of proteins. J. Biol. Chem, 1923, 57: 241-54 — Hsien Wu. Effect of removal of lipoids on precipitability of serum proteins by neutral salts. Chin. J. Physiol, 1933, 7: 125-34.—Jones, L. R. Plasma protein in relation to suspension stability of erythrocytes and precipitation of serum protein with aluminum sulphate. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1929-30, 15: 209-15 — J(frgensen, I. M. T. Studien fiber die Fallung der Serumpro- teine. Skand. Arch. Physiol, Berl, 1931, 61:134-58—Klobusitz- ky, D. von. Einfluss der Wasserstoffionenkonzentration auf die Salzflockung der Serumeiweisskbrper. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 209:304; 1930, 223:120.-----& Csapo, J. Einfluss der Wasser- stoffionenkonzentration auf die Salzflockung der Serumeiweiss- kbrper. Ibid, 1924,151:90-7—Lang,S,&Rigo,L. UeberdieWir- kung der Magnesiumeinfuhrung auf die Plasmaeiweisskorper. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930,71:741-3— Letonov, T. V. A zinc hydrox- ide powder for the preparation of protein-free filtrates of blood J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 106: 693-9. Also repr.—Lorber, L. Die Ausfallung der Eiweisskorper des Serums infolge der Einwirkung von Sauren und Schwermetallsalzen. Biochem. Zschr, 1927,183: 16-22.—Lucke, H. Reststickstoff und Kochsalz im Blutserum nach Enteiweissung durch Membranfiltration. Deut med Wschr, 1924, 50: 432—Manzini, C. Su di un metodo nuovo per la dealbuminizzazione del siero. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper 1934, 9: 573-5.—Matsumura, S, & Matula, J. Ueber die Fallung von Serumeiweiss durch Kupfersalze. Kolloid Zschr, 1923, 32: 115-8.—Mislowitzer, E. Kongorotals Enteiweissungsmittel. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1240—Muschel, A. Note on the fractionation of serum proteins by means of ammonium sulfate. J. Biol. Chem 1928, 78: 715-8. Also repr.—Paget, M, & Bupont, Y. Sur I'em- ploi d'un nouvel agent de defecation du sang; application a la determination de la chloremie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 22. -----& Guyader, G. La defecation ferrocyano-zincique et les composants azotes du plasma. Ibid, 1936, 121: 1105.—Petscha- cher, L. Ueber die Verteilung des Zuckers und Reststickstoffs auf Niederschlag und Filtrat nach der Enteiweissung. Biochem Zschr, 1923, 142: 377-9— Roche, A, Dorier, M, & Samuel, L. La precipitation des proteines du serum par le sulfate d'am- monium; I'homme normal. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 1019-21. -----La precipitation des proteines du serum par le sulfate d'ammonium; Thypertension arterielle. Ibid, 122: 231-3.—Ruzscyzynski, P. Die Fallungskurve der Serumeiweiss- kbrper. Biochem. Zschr, 1924, 152: 250-6.—Sandor, G, Bonne- fol, A. E, & Goret, P. Precipitation des albumines et des lipides du serum sanguin par les sels neutres en fonction du p„. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1933, 15: 1472-82.—Somogyi, M. Note on the tungstic acid precipitation of blood proteins. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1926-27, 12: 800. -----The use of copper and iron salts for the deproteinization of blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1931, 90: 725-9— Svehla, K, & Saitz, C. [Precipitation of frac- tions of blood proteins] Cas. lek. Cesk, 1927, 66: 216; 264.—Szu Chih Liu & Hsien Wu. Fractional precipitation of serum proteins with methyl alcohol. Chin. J. Physiol, 1934, 8: 97- 110.—Tasman, A, & Brandwijk, A. C. Removal of serum protein by means of electricity. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1931, 16: 1087-9.—Turner, G. Experimental studies in deproteinizing blood serum; preliminary report. Ibid, 1929- 0, 15: 720-3.— Vladesco, R. Sur la defecation du sang et de Purine par le ferrocyanure de cuivre. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 664-6. ---- Derivatives. Spielberg, A. *Quantitative Untersuchun- gen iiber den Eiweissabbau bei der Serum- Autolyse. 24p. 8? Ziir., 1918. Adamson, L, & Roaf, H. E. The effect of acid and alkali on the osmotic pressure of serum proteins. Biochem. J, Lond, 1908, 3: 422-38.—Bach, A, & Sbarsky, B. Dosage des produits de degradation des matieres proteiques dans le serum sanguin. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1920, 171: 1175-7.—Brocq-Rousseu, Gruzew- ska, Z, & Roussel, G. Le rapport du pouvoir hydrolysant, de Tamylase du serum de cheval aux proteines seriques. Ibid, 1929, 189: 1203-5.—Boladilhe, M. Contribution a l'etude des acido-globulines et d'un de leurs constituants: la proteine C. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1936, 57: 443-62—Fidler, A. Unter- suchungen iiber den Stickstoffumsatz im menschlichen Or- ganismus; die Hydrolysegeschwindigkeit des Blutserumei- weisses. Zschr. klin. Med, 1936, 130: 16-24.—Hahn, A. Nach- weis und Bestimmung der hoheren Abbauprodukte des Ei- weisses im Blute. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1921, 58: 802.—Henderson, L. J. A note on the union of the proteins of serum with alkali. Am. J. Physiol, 1908, 21: 169-72.—Manzini, C. Sulla possibilita di mettere in evidenza nell'ultrafiltrato di siero normale la pre- senza di prodotti di scomposizione proteica. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1934, 9: 569-71. -----Su di un nuovo metodo per dosare i prodotti intermediarii del ricambio proteico nei siero del sangue. Ibid, 576.—Mond, R, & Netter, H. Zur Frage der Alkalibindung an die Serumeiweisskbrper. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1926, 211: 333.—Nikolaeva, L. P. [Chloroform in denaturation of proteins in the blood serum of horses] Vest, mikrob, 1935, 14: 400-3.—Roaf, H. E. The relation of proteins to crystalloids; the osmotic pressure of ionising salts of serum proteins. Q. J. Exp. Physiol, Lond, 1910, 3:171-84.—Seekles, L. Die Bindung des Calciums, Magnesiums und anorganischen Phosphor an die Eiweisskorper des Rinderblutserums bei verschiedenem p„. Acta brevia neerl, 1936, 6: 83. ---- Derivatives, secondary. See also Amino-acids, Metabolism; Amino- acidemia; Pepton; Proteose; Trytophan, &c. Knusel, J. Quantitative Untersuchungen iiber polypeptidartige Abbauprodukte im Blut- serum. 28p. 8? [Zur., 1920] Block, R. J. The basic amino acids of serum proteins. J. Biol. Chem, 1933, 103: 261-7; 1934, 104: 343-6. ----- Barrow, B. C, & Cary, M. K. The basie amino acids of serum proteins; a chemical relationship between serum proteins of various origins. Ibid, 347-50.—Cary, C. A. A colorimetric method for the determination of free tryptophane in blood. Ibid, 1928, 78: 377-98. -----& Meigs, E. B. The free trypto- phane in cow blood and its utilization in milk secretion. Ibid, BLOOD PROTEIN 624 BLOOD PROTEIN 399-407—Ciocalteu, V, & Tanasesco, G. Recherches sur les limites de la reaction utilisee pour la mesure de Tindex tyrosine des polypeptides s6riques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 123: 49.— Cristol, P, & Puech, A. Indice de polypeptid6mie et indice de desamination. Ibid, 1926, 95: 1401.—Csapo, J, & Szongott, H. Das Aequivalentgewicht und reaktionsfahiger Amidostickstoff- gehalt der Serumeiweisskbrper im Kindesalter. Jahrb. Kin- derh, 1930, 3.F, 77: 194-200—Beseo, B. von, Lamoth, E, A Fodor, L. Ueber den Tyrosin- und Tryptophangehalt des Globulins und Albumins beim neugeborenen Kalbe und beim Muttertter. Biochem. Zschr, 1934, 271: 381-4—Beutschberger, 0. Ueber die an der Zusammensetzung des Restkohlenstoffs und des Reststickstoffs beteiligten Verbindungen, insbesondere die Oxyproteinsiiuren im Blute. Ibid, 1928, 198: 268-95 — Buliere, W. L. The amino-groups of the proteins of human serum; action of formaldehyde and ninhydrin. Biochem. J, Lond, 1936, 30: 770-7.—Forconi, A. II triptofano come amino- acido di costituzione delle proteine nei sangue umano. Arch. stud, fisiopat. ricambio, 1936, 4: 401-9—Ghiron, M. Alcuni appunti sul metodo della dialisi e sul metodo polarimetrico per la ricerca dei peptoni nei siero di sangue. Morgagni, 1918, 60: pt 1, 73-88.—Goiffron, R, & Spaey, J. Mesure de Tindex-tyro- sine des polypeptides s6riques. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1934, 16: 1675-85. ------- Methode colorimetrique de mesure des'polypeptides du serum. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 711-3 — Imai-Saburo. Ueber den Tryptophan-Gehalt des Blut- serums. J. Orient. M, Dairen, 1933, 19: 39-44—Kiyotaki, V. Ueber den Tryptophan- und Tyrosingehalt des Hiimoglobins und anderer Blutproteine. Biochem. Zschr, 1922-23, 134: 322-35.—Lang, K. Ueber die Tagesschwankung in dem Schwe- fel- und Tryptophangehalt der menschlichen Serumeiweiss- kbrper Arch. exp. Path. Pharm, Lpz, 1930, 154: 342-53 — Lefaux, R. Nouvelle mesure de Tindex-tyrosine des polypep- tides seriques. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1935, 17: 1822-7 — Legrand, G. Contribution a l'etude de la polypeptidemie chez la femme enceinte et chez le foetus (femme enceinte, parturiente, aecoucltee, serum fcetal) Bruxelles med, 1935-36, 16: 1131-7.— Manzini, C. Sulla polipeptidemia. Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1931, 57: 439-47.—Metzger, H. Teneur en tyrosine, tryptophane et cystine de la serum et de la globuline du s6rum humain dans quelques cas pathologiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 54. ----- Interpretation des variations de teneur en quelques acides amines des protides seriques dans quelques cas patholo- giques. Ibid, 56.—Neri, A. Contributo al dosaggio del I. triptofano nei siero di sangue. Biochim. ter. sper, 1932, 19: 49-54.—Olivier, H.R. Sur l'indice de polypeptidemie. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 95: 1548.—Reiner, L, & Marton, A. Ueber die Wirkung der Eiweissabbauprodukte im Blute bei Schwanger- schaft, Karzinom, Infektionskrankheiten usw. Zschr. Immun- forsch, 1923, 36: Orig, 503-17.— Reiner, M, & Sobotka, H. Tyrosine and cystine content of serum proteins. J. Biol. Chem, 1933, 100: 779-81. Also repr. ----- & Tuchman, L. R. The cystine content of human serum proteins. Ibid, 775-8. Also repr.—Valdiguie, P. Etude comparee du taux des peptides dans le sang et dans les liquides pathologiques. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1934, 16: 498-526—Wohlfeil, T, & Bndritz, E. Ueber die Brauchbarkeit des Colorimeters nach Autenrieth- Kbnigsberger fiir die Tryptophanbestimmung im Blutserum mittels der Voisenetschen Reaktion. Klin. Wschr, 3932. 11: 721-4. ---- Determination. See also Blood protein, Refraction; also names of methods as Interferometry; Nephelometry; Xanthoprotein. Kohler, A. *Bestimmung der Eiweissfrak- tionen des Blutplasmas insbesondere des Fibrino- gens mittels des Interferometers. lip. 8? Lpz., 1925. Adler, A. Bestimmung von Bluteiweisskbrpern mittels des Interferometers. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1924, 36. Kongr, 154-7—Adnot, A. Contribution a l'etude des protides dus6rum; dosage de la globuline et de la serine par une nouvelle methode. Strasbourg med, 1931, 91: 495; 587; 629—Andersch, M, & Gib- son, R. B. The colorimetric determination of plasma proteins. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1933, 18: 816-20.—Avellar de Loureiro, J. Re- marques sur le dosage neprtelometriques des proteines du serum. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 919-21.—Beltz, L, & Kaufmann, E. Interferometrische Untersuchungen; iiber die Bestimmung von Brechungs-Index und Eiweissprozentgehalt des Blutserums mittels des Interferometers (gleichzeitig uber den Brechungs- quotienten konzentrierter Salzlbsungen) Zschr. klin. Med, 1924-25, 101: 409-28.—Berg, W. N. Determination of coagulable protein in serum. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1920-21, 6: 223-6—Berger, W, & Petschacher, L. Vergleichende Untersuchungen zur Mikro-Eiweissanalyse des Blutserums. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1923, 36: 258-96.—Berglund, H, & Scriver, W. de M. Colori- metric methods for the determination of urinary protein, plasma protein, urinary and plasma albumin, and for the serial salting out of these proteins. Acta med. scand, 1935, 86: 82-7.—Bonnet, P. Note au sujet du dosage des albumines dans le serum san- guin. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1936, 29: 391-3—Boulanger, P. Methode permanganintetrique de dosage des proteides du serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 101: 837-9. -----& Warembourg, H. Dosage des protides du serum sanguin par les methodes d'oxydation. Ibid, 1931, 106: 958-60— Bowman, R. O. A rapid method for routine serum protein determination. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1935-36, 21: 1092-5. Breuer, M. J. A clinical method for serum protein. Ibid, 1933, 18: 723-5.—Cameron, A. T, Guthrie, J. S, & White, F. B. Estimation of proteins of blood plasma. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1936, 35: 32-7— Chailley- Bert, P, & Peyre, E. Les albumines totales et Tur6e dans le serum sanguin. Progr. med. Par, 1929, 44: 549-54.—Cristol, P, Puech, A, A Monnier, P. Dosage compare des albumines plas- matiques par azotontetrie et par refractometrie. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1929, 10: 487-9.—Baranyi, G. [Quantita- tive micro-analysis of the serum-proteins] Magy. orv. arch, 1931,32:293-300. -----& Gbzsy, B. Bestimmung der Eiweiss- zusammensetzung der Blutfliissigkeit. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 239: 110-27.—B'Arbela, F, & Rosselli del Turco, L. Contributo alio studio della determinazione delle sieroproteine mediante metodi fisici (nefelometria e refrattometria) Riv. clin. med, 1933, 34: 538-55.—Be Myttenaere, F, & Bessemans, A. Le do- sage de la serine et de la C02 globuline dans les serums; un pro- cede rapide et suffisamment exact. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 87:800-2.—Beseb, B. Bemerkung zur Bestimmung des Eiweiss- gehaltes im Pferdeserum. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 238: 104-15.— Bieckman, W. J. Use of the interferometer for serum protein and protein fraction determinations. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 616. Also J. Lab. Clin. M, 1930-31, 16: 513-9.—Exton, W. G, & Rose, A. R. The clinical partition of blood protein by scopometry; method. J. Biol. Chem, 1932,97: xxvii-xxix. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1932, 99: 1236. Also repr.- Feulgen, R, & Imhauser, K. Die quantitative Bestimmung des Plasmals im Serum. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 181: 30-48- Fine, J. The biuret method of estimating albumin and globulin in serum and urine. Biochem. J, Lond, 1935, 29: 799-803.- Fishberg, E. H, & Bolin, B. T. Determination of serum pro- teins. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-31, 28: 205. Also J. Lab. Clin. M, 1931, 16: 1107-12—Frey, W. von. Beitrag zur Untersuchung der Serumeiweisskbrper (Methode der Serumge- winnung und Kritik der Rohrerschen Albumin-Globulinbestim- mung) Biochem. Zschr, 1924, 148: 53-00.—Fried, E. Eine Mikromethode zur Bestimmung der Serumeiweisskbrper. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, 60: 515-20—Gbzsy, B. [Comparative investigation on the micro-analytical methods for determination of the serum proteins] Magy. orv. arch, 1931, 32: 369-79.- Gorter, E. [Micromethod for estimation of albumin and globulin in blood serum] Ned. tschf. geneesk, 1928, 72: ptl, 1161. -----& Grendel, F. Die Eiweissausbreitung als Methode zur Bestimmung von Serumalbumin und Serumglobulin. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1928, 201: 391-411— Greenberg, B. M. The colori- metric determination of the serum proteins. J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 82: 545-50. -----& Mirolubova, T. N. Modifications in the colorimetric determination of the plasma proteins by the Folin phenol reagent. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1935-36, 21: 431-5.- Grigaut, A, Boutroux, A, & Codounis, A. Le dosage des pro- teines du serum sanguin par precipitation alcoolique. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1930, 12: 20-4.—Guillaumin, C. O, Wahl, R, & Laurencin, M. L. Sur le dosage des albumines seriques; comparaison de quelques r6sultats obtenus par pes6e, par azo- tontetrie et par refractometrie. Ibid, 1929,11: 387-99—Haynes, F. W. The determination of serum protein by measurement of the volume of precipitate. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934, 19: 1320-3- Hetenyi, S. Wie kbnnen wir uns mit einfachen Methoden iiber das Bluteiweissbild orientieren? Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1927, 39. Kongr, 342-4.—Holm, S, & Tomasson, H. [Microtest for protein in serum] Hospitalstidende, 1925, 87: 721-9—Howe, P. E. The determination of proteins in blood; a micro-method. J. Biol. Chem, 1921, 49: 109-13—Hubbard, R. S. The determi- nation of blood proteins by a direct micro-kjeldahl method. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1930-31, 16: 500-3. -----& Sly, G. E. Note on the determination of protein in serum by a direct micro Kjeldahl method. Ibid, 1933, 18: 946-9—Kayser, F. Dosage rapide des proteines dans le serum sanguin. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1930, 12: 533-7—Knipping, H. W„ & Kowitz, H. L. Ueber die Bestimmung der Eiweissfraktionen in Serum und Plasma. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1924, 135: 84-94—Koranyi, A, & Hatz, E. [Determination of protein fractions of blood plasma by means of Zeiss' Stufenphotometer] Orv. hetil, 1934, 78: 780-2 — Looney, J.M. A new method for the determination of albumin and globulin in blood serum. J. Biol. Chem, 1932, 97: xxvi- Malowan, S. L. Die Bestimmung der Gesamtserumproteine unter verschiedenen Versuchsbedingungen. Biochem. Zschr, 1933, 264: 224-7—Medes, G. A micromethod for the quantita- tive estimation of the proteins of blood plasma. Am. J. Clin. Path, 1933, 3: 439-42—Merklen, P, Le Breton, E, & Adnot, A. Methode de dosage de Talbumine et de la globuline s6riques sans emploi d'electrolytesprecipitants. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931,107: 758-60—Minot, A. S, & Keller, M. A modification of the Green- berg technic for the colorimetric determination of serum protein. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1935-36, 21: 743-51—Osman, B, Naci [et al.] [Determination of proteins of the blood-serum] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1933, 62: 8-23—Petschacher, I, Berger, W, & Schretter, G. Vergleichende Untersuchungen zur Mikro- Eiweissanalvse des Blutserums. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1926,50. 149-72—Plbtner, K. Nephelometrische Untersuchungen der Bluteiweisskorper; die Sulfosalicylsaurereaktion als Eiweiss- bestimmungsmethode? Biochem. Zschr, 1936, 286: 135-9. ----- Ueber das Wesen der Eiweiss-Sulfosalicylsauretru- bungsreaktion; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Beziehung der Serum- eiweisskbrper zueinander. Ibid, 279-84. ----- BeitJ2?!Lz_ quantitativen Serumeiweissbestimmung. Ibid, 429-34. Puech, A. Le dosage des albumines du serum par la viscosi- metrie et la refractometrie (methode de Rohrer) Montpellier BLOOD PROTEIN 625 BLOOD PROTEIN med, 1925, 47: 337-45.—Race, J. The determination of blood- proteins by acid-acetone. Biochem. J, Lond, 1932, 26: 1571- 84.— Rappaport, F, & Geiger, G. Mikromethoden zur Bestim- mung von Eiweiss und seiner Fraktionen im Serum und Plasma ohne Destination. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 563.—Roche, A. Microdosage des albumines et des globulines du s6rum. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 1022—Rusznyak, S. Eine Mikro- methode zur quantitativen Bestimmung der Eiweissfraktionen im Plasma. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 141: 479-82. ----- & Erdbs, J. Die Bestimmung der Eiweissfraktionen des Blutes mit der gravimetrischen und nephelometrischen Methode. Ibid, 1929, 206: 482-4.—Schippers, J. C. Einige Beobachtungen mit der Rusznyakschen Methode zur Bestimmung der Plas- maeiweisse. Mschr. Kinderh, 1928, 40: 521-6—Schmidt, A. A, & Tuljtschinskaja, K. Ein Dialysierverfahren zur quantita- tiven Serumeiweisskbrperbestimmung. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 232: 323-34.—Schmitz, A. Bemerkungen zur nephelometrischen Eiweissbestimmung im Serum. Ibid, 1934, 273: 132-4.— Schneider, F. Vergleichende Untersuchungen zur Bestim- mung der Eiweisskorper im Blutserum. Ibid, 1929, 211: 207-12.—Schrijver, B. Ueber gravimetrische Eiweissbestim- mungen in kleinen Quantitaten Serum nach Starlinger. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 72: 228-31.—Starlinger, W. Ueber die Ge- wichtsanalyse der Eiweisskbrpergruppen des menschlichen Blutplasmas bei erlaubter Verarbeitung von Salzplasma. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1926, 168: 423-8. ----- & Hartl, K. Ueber die Methodik der quantitativen Bestimmung der Eiweisskbrper- gruppen des menschlichen Blutserums. Ibid, 1925, 160: 113; 129; 147.—Starlinger, W, Spath, K, & Winands, E. Fortgefiihrte Untersuchungen iiber Massanalyse, Aussalzbarkeit und spezi- fische Refraktion der Eiweisskbrpergruppen des menschlichen Blutplasmas nebst Bemerkungen iiber die vergleichende Visko- sitatsuntersuchung des Blutserums. Ibid, 1927, 183: 245-73.— Stary, Z, & Winternitz, R. Fraktionierte Bestimmung von Albumin und Globulin im Blutstropfen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1932, 81: 341-6.—Theorell, H, & Widstrom, G. Eine Methode zur Bestimmung von Fibrin, Globulin und Albumin im Blutplasma. Ibid, 1931, 75: 692-8—Toth, A. Eine quanti- tative Mikromethode zur Fraktionierung der Serumeiweiss- kbrper durch Elektrodialyse. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 189: 270-93.—Tuchman, L. R, & Sobotka, H. A comparison of the Wu and Kjeldahl methods of serum protein determination. J. Biol. Chem, 1932, 98: 35. Also repr.—Wernicke, R, & Modern, F. Reacciones del oro coloidal con las proteinas; com- portamiento de la seralbumina de caballo electrodializada con oros coloidales dializados y sin dializar. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1926, 2: 143-56.—Woltz, H. Remarques au sujet du dosage des albumines dans le serum sanguin. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1935, 28: 963-6.—Wu, H. A. new colorimetric method for the determination of plasma proteins. J. Biol. Chem, 1922, 51: 33-9. ----- & Ling, S. M. Colorimetric determination of proteins in plasma, cerebrospinal fluid and urine. Chin. J. Physiol, 1927, 1: 161-8. ----- Note on colorimetric determi- nation of serum proteins by means of phenol reagent. Ibid., 1928, 2: 399-402. ---- Effect of various chemical and physical agents. See also Blood protein, Variations. Abderhalden, E. Weiterer Beitrag zum Problem der Beein- flussbarkeit der Zusammensetzung von Blutplasma- beziehungs- weise Blutserumeiweisskbrpern durch die Art der aufgenom- menen Nahrung. Fermentforschung, 1933-34, 14: 443-61. ----& Buadze, S. Beitrag zum Problem der Abhangigkeit der Zusammensetzung der Blutplasma- beziehungsweise Blut- serumeiweisskbrper von der Art der aufgenommenen Nahrung. Ibid, 333-44.—Abderhalden, E, & Siebel, H. Beitrag zum Problem der Abhangigkeit der Zusammensetzung von Eiweiss- stoffen des Blutplasmas beziehungsweise -serums von der Art der aufgenommenen Nahrung. Ibid, 462-82. Also Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1936, 238: 169-76.—Abderhalden, E, & Tetzner, E. Studien iiber den Einfluss von ultraviolettem Licht auf Haut- und Serumeiweisskbrper mittels der Abwehrferment- reaktion. Fermentforschung, 1933-35, 14: 522-38.—Auguste, C. Influences comparees de Tingestion d'eau pure et d'une eau minerale diuretique sur les proteines du serum sanguin. Ann, med. Par, 1933, 33: 158-76. Also Echo med. nord, 1933, 37: 505; 522.—Bloomfield, A. L. The effect of restriction of protein intake on the serum protein concentration of the rat. J. Exp. M, 1933, 57: 705; 1935, 61: 465.—Breitlander, K, & Lasch, C. H. Verschiebungen der Serumeiweisskbrper nach Rbntgenbestrah- lungen. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 743.—Brossa, G. A. Azione del calore sulla siero-albumina e la globulina artificiale. Patholo- gica, Genova, 1924, 16: 507-10.—Cutting, W. C, & Cutter, R. B. Effect of a low calorie, low protein diet on blood proteins. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934-35, 32: 1053-6.—Heinlein, H. Das Verhalten der Bluteiweisskorper bei parenteraler Zufuhr von Eiweiss- und Nichteiweisskolloiden. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1935, 179: 127-44.—Keilhack, H. Das Verhalten der Serumei- weisskbrper unter verschiedenen Stoffwechselbedingungen. Ibid, 1935-36, 180: 1-11.—Knipping, H. W, & Kowitz, H. L. Ueber die Einwirkung der Rontgenstrahlen auf die Eiweiss- korper des Plasmas. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1923-24, 31: 660-4— Kostyal, L. [Action of ultraviolet light on the protein fractions of the blood plasma in vitro] Magy. orv. arch, 1932, 33: 235-45.—Lang, S. Ueber die Wirkung des Phenylhydrazins auf die Bluteiweisskorper. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931-32, 80: 217G7—VOL. 2, 4th series----40 637-9. -----Die Wirkung der Schilddruse und des Knochen- markes auf die Plasmaeiweisskbrper. Ibid, 1933-34, 92: 102-7. ----- & Veszelszky, L. Ueber die Beeinflussung der Blutei- weisskorper durch CaCl2-Injektionen. Ibid, 1929, 67: 558-66.— Mark, R. E. Ueber den Einfluss von Nahrungsfaktoren auf den Serumeiweissgehalt. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1926, 212:95-102 — Morbacher, A. [Studies on the coagulation of proteins of the blood serum of a horse, after introducing bovine and porcine bile and bile salts] Biol, spisy zver. lek, 1926, 5: 1-14—Mutzenbe- cher, P. von. Untersuchung der bei Serumelektrodialyse auftre- tenden Eiweissfraktionen mit der Ultrazentrifuge. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 235: 425-37—Ohlsson, E. Veriindert Antipyrin die Zusammensetzung des Serumeiweisses? Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1930, 48: 164-172—Piettre, M, & Guilbert, A. Influence des electrolytes, en particulier du chlorure de sodium, sur les proteides seriques. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 195: 282.— Randoin, L, & Michaux, A. Variations de la teneur du serum sanguin en globuline et en serine sous l'influence d'un regime alimentaire desequilibre par absence complete de vita- mine antiscorbutique. Ibid, 1931, 192: 1276-9.—Schenck, E. G, & Kunstmann, H. K. Ueber die Abhangigkeit des Baues der Proteine des Blutserums von den Stoffwechselvorgangen im Organismus. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1933, 215: 87-92.—Star- linger, F. Schilddriise und Bluteiweissbild. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1924, 37: 617-21— Stull, A, Glidden, M, & Loveless, M. Protein content of human serums: analyses of serums before and after pollen injections. J. Allergy, 1935-36, 7: 333-6.—Tanaka, I. Ueber die Schwankung in der Verteilung des Plasmaeiweisses, insbesondere des Fibrinogens, durch Einleiten von Gas in's Blut. Fukuoka acta med, 1928, 21: 52.—Torbert, H. C. The effect of fasting on the serum protein concentration of the rat, with special reference to the question of the existence of an im- mediately utilizable circulating protein fraction. J. Exp. M., 1935,62: 1-10. ---- Equilibrium. See also Blood plasma, Colloid lability. Carreras Pico, J, & Ugarte, C. La labilidad de los consti- tuyentes proteicos del hemoplasma y reacciones derivadas. Arch, med, Madr, 1936, 39: 246-51.—Codounis, A, & Stefano- poulo, G. J. Sur l'equilibre proteique du serum du lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 105: 756.—Bumas, A, Gardere, H, & Badinand, A. Equilibre proteique du serum sanguin au cours de divers etats tensionnels. Ibid, 104: 1006-8.—Gille.R. Propo- sition d'une reaction du desequilibre albumineux. Ibid, 1933, 112: 336.—Gozsy, B. Die disperse Veranderung der Eiweiss- kolloide des menschlichen Blutserums im Spiegel der quanti- tativen Eiweissanalyse und der Labilitatsreaktion. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1932, 82: 403-13— Holman, R. L, Mahoney, E. B, & Whipple, G. H. Blood plasma protein given by vein utilized in body metabolism; a dynamic equilibrium between plasma and tissue proteins. J. Exp. M, 1934, 59: 269-82—Piettre, M. A propos de l'equilibre proteinique du serum sanguin. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 199: 3U-3.—Puech, A. Labilite des pro- teides dans les maladies infectieuses tebriles et dans le cancer. Bull. Soc. sc. nted. biol. Montpellier, 1925-26, 7:147-58—Sartory, A, Sartory, R. [et al.] Contribution a Tetude de l'equilibre lipido-proteidique dans le serum humain normal. Strasbourg med, 1934, 94: 511.—Schmitz, A, & Fischer, A. Ueber die Eiweisslabilitat des Serums; ein Versuch zu einer allgemein giiltigen Fassung der serologischen Labilitatsreaktionen. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 424.—Spiegel-Adolf, M. Neue Beitrage zur Frage der Eiweissdenaturierung; Adsorption und Elution von Serumeiweisskbrpern mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Reversibilitat der Proteinveranderungen. Biochem. Zschr, 1932, 252: 37. -----& Krumpel, 0. Physikalisch-chemische Untersuchungen bestrahlter Proteine; Absorption des lichtdena- turierten Seralbumins im Ultraviolett. Ibid, 1927,190: 28-41.— Steinbrinck, W. Ueber Kolloidlabilitat und das Eiweissblut- bild (Eiweisspektrum) im Plasma vom gesunden und kranken Menschen. Zschr. klin. Med, 1924,100: 39^5—Straszynski, A. Labilite colloidale des proteines du sang dans les reactions serologiques; etude basee sur les recherches comparatives, par les methodes de Robert-Wassermann, de Sachs-Georgi, de Bauer-Hecht (modiftee par Latapie-Mutermilch) et de Daranyi. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 1297.—Wbhlisch, E. Zum Problem der Stabilitiit der Plasmaeiweisskbrper. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 1022. ---- Globulin [and its fractions] Loehve, S. *Untersuchungen iiber den Ver- lauf der peptischen Verdauung des Kaseins und Serumglobulins. 44p. 8? Strasb., 190S. Ostermann, W. *Die Beeinflussung des Euglobulinspiegels im Blutserum nach intra- venosen Salz- und Eiweisskorperinjektionen [Frankfurt] 27p. 8? Sobernheiin a.N.T 1926. Aszodi, Z. Ueber den Schwefelgehalt verschiedener Serum- globuline. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 212: 102-14—Bordet, J, & McKinley, E. B. Sur la toxicite des globulines du serum normal. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 762-4.—Cappellini, I. Recherches sur les rapports entre globulines et agglutinines dans te sang humain. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1929, 1: 233.—Fu-Tang Chu & Chi-Yuan Chou. Immunological potency of globulin fraction as prepared by methyl alcohol precipitation. BLOOD PROTEIN 626 BLOOD PROTEIN Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1935-36, 33: 323-6—Boladilhe, M. Contribution a Tetude des globulines du sang en rapport avec son pouvoir alexique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 201: 689. ----- & Morel, C. Contribution a Tetude de la floculation de la globuline dans un serum dihte. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 122: 1310.—Friedemann, U, & Rozenblat H. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen den Seifen des Serums und den antikomplementaren Eigenschaften der Serumglobuline. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1912, 14: Orig, 42-61.—Grendel, F. Determination de la globu- line du serum sanguin. Rev. fr. pediat, 1929, 5: 34-42.—Harris, T, & Eagle, H. The immunological specificity of the euglobulin and pseudoglobulin fractions of horse and human serum. J. Gen. Physiol, 1935, 19: 383-96. Also repr.—Henley, R. R. The determination of globulins in blood serum. J. Biol. Chem, 1922, 52: 367-75.—Howe, P. E. The use of sodium sulfate as the globulin precipitant in the determination of proteins in blood. Ibid, 1921, 49: 93-107.—Lecomte de Nouy, P, & Hamon, V. Recherches sur les equilibres ioniques du serum; action de la temperature sur le serum dilue; sedimentation des globulines. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 106: 352-4.—Leendertz, G. Eine Methode zur Bestimmung der labilen Serumglobuline. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 167: 411-8.—Legrand, C. Etude polarimetrique du serum au cours de la separation des globulines. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 24-6—McKinley, E. B, & Zunz, E. De la tension superficielle du plasma apres Tinjection au cobaye des globulines du s6rum normal de cobaye. Ibid, 1925, 93: 459-62.— Morel, C. Sur un cas particulier de dispersion exercee par le serum sanguin sur une fraction de ses globulines en voie de floculation. Ibid, 1936, 121: 836.—Mutzenbecher, P. von. Kolloidchemische Unterschiede zwischen Paraglobulinen aus normalen und antitoxischen Seren. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 243: 100-12.—Ornstein, 0. Ueber den Eiweissaufbau des Serumglobulins und dessen Beziehungen zu den Antikbrpern. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 1081-3.—Philippson, L. La teoria del Galeotti sulle globuline applicata agli studi sulle globuline del sangue. Riv. pat. sper, 1927, 2: 60-5.—Plbtner, K. Nephelo- metrische Untersuchungen der Bluteiweisskorper; quantitative Globulinschnellbestimmung. Biochem. Zschr, 1936, 286: 128-34.—Proca, G. Sur la separation des globulines du serum par l'alcool a basse temperature. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 721.—Reiner, H. K, & Reiner, L. The fractional precipitation of serum globulin at different hydrogen ion activities; experiments with globulin obtained from normal and immune (antipneumo- coccus) horse serum. J. Biol. Chem, 1932, 95: 345-61.—Reiner, L. Zur Kenntnis des Serumglobulins. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 191: 158-74. Also Magy. orv. arch, 1927, 28: 288-303. -----& Kopp, H. Zur Frage der Isolierung und Bestimmung des Serumglobulins mittels Elektrodialyse. Kolloid-Zschr, 1928, 46: 99-107.—Roche & Bracco, J. Pression osmotique et poids moteculaire des globulines du serum. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1934, 16: 1479-97.-----Contribution a l'etude du poids moteculaire des globulines du serum sanguin. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 199: 98.—Samson, K. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Serumglobuline des Menschen. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1924, 41: 311-35—Smith, F. C, & Marrack, J. R. Further ob- servations on the ultra-violet absorption spectra of the serum proteins; the specific extinction coefficient of serum pseudo- globulin. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1930, s.B, 106: 292-8.—Stewart, G. N. A propos des notes de M. J. Roskam, sur Taction vasomo- trice de l'extrait aqueux de globulins (plaquettes) C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 875. ---- Globulin: Disorders. Bing, J, & Neel, A. V. Two cases of hyperglobulinaemia with affection of the central nervous system on a toxi-infectious basis (myelitis, polyradiculitis, spinal-fluid changes) Acta med. scand, 1936, 88: 492-506.—Fischer, A. Die Tryptophan- bestimmung als chemischer Nachweis der Globulinvermehrung im Blutserum. Zschr. klin. Med, 1929, 110: 224-40.—Hetenyi, I, & Herzum, A. [Effect of hyperglobulinemia on the function of the liver] Orv. hetil, 1929, 73: 115.—Loepes, Ravier [et al.] La globulinemie a la periode critique de la pneumonic C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 101: 423.—Munk, J. [Hyperglobulinemia and hypoglobulinemia] Ned. mschr. geneesk, 1928-29, 15: 432-50. Also Acta paediat, Upps, 1930, 9: 411-31.—Reymann, G. C. Untersuchungen iiber die pathologische Globulinsteigerung (Versuch, einen Zusammenhang zwischen Hamoglobinzerfall und Globulinsteigerung nachzuweisen) Zschr. Immunforsch, 1924, 41: 209-310. ---- Hydration. Lasch, C. H. Schwankungen des Serumeiweissgehaltes wahrend des Wasser- und Konzentrationsversuches. Arch. klin. Chir, 1926, 139: 419-27.—Lecomte du Nouy, P. Etudes sur la viscosite du serum sanguin en fonction de la temperature et sur Thydration de ses proteines. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1928, 42: 742-69.—Peters, J. P, Eisenman, A. J, & Bulger, H. A. The plasma proteins in relation to blood hydration. J. Clin. Invest, 1924-25, 1: 435; 451.—Sigon, M. Sopra il grado d'imbibizione delle proteine del siero. Diagn. teen, lab. Nap, 1932, 3:994- 1009. ----- Ueber den Hydratationszustand der Serumei- weisskbrper. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 89: 211-4.—Spiro, P. Ueber den Quellungszustand der Blutserumeiweisskbrper. Klin. Wschr, 1923, 2: 1744-7. ---- Hydrolysis. See Blood protein, Derivatives. ---- Immunological aspect. See also Antibodies; Antigens; also specific names of antibodies and antigens. Brooks, C. Non-specific protein antigens prepared from shattered hemo-proteins. Science, 1919, n.s, 49:196.—Boerr, R, & Berger, W. Immunologische Analyse der komplexen Struk- tur des Serumeiweisses. Zschr. Hyg, 1922, 96: 191-215—Hek- toen.L, & Walker, W. H. Precipitin reactions of serum proteins J. Infect. Dis, 1924, 35: 295-304.—Horslall, F. L, jr. Formalde- hyde and serum proteins; their immunological characteristics J. Immun, Bait, 1934, 27: 553-67—Lustig, B, & Katz, R. Zur Kenntnis der Unterfraktionen der Globuline und Albumine im Serum; die Verteilung der Lipoide, des Prazipitinogens und der Bakterienagglutinine auf die einzelnen Unterfraktionen des Rinderserums. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 231: 39-44.—Maeji, Y. Antigenekonkurrenz der Bluteiweisse; das Konkurrenzphano- men zwischen den Albumin-, Euglobulin- und Pseudoglobulin- fraktionen aus Rinderserum. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1928-29, 11: 557-69—Michon, P, Verain, M, & Ziegler, A. Isohemoagglutination et albumines seriques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 1419.—Modern, J, & Ruff, G. Polarintetrie, refractometrie et contenu proteique des serums de chevaux immunises. Ibid, 123: 501.—Pirosky, I. Las fracciones pro- teicas del suero como antigenos diferentes. Fol. biol, B. Air, 1933, 142-5.—Wohlfell, T. Ueber chemische Veranderungen des Serums, insbesondere seiner Eiweisskorper nach' Infektion, Immunisierung und bei der Immunitat; der Tryptophan- und Tyrosingehalt des Serums und der Aminosaurenanteil der Reststickstoffsubstanzen bei der experimentellen Meerschwein- chentuberkulose. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1931, 72: 387-410. ---- Normal values. Fonseca Ribeiro, D. *Sobre as taxas nor- mais das proteinas do soro. 59p. 8? S. Paulo, 1930. Keilhack, H. Das Eiweissbild des Blutplasmas und Kno- chenmarks im normalen Organismus. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1935-36, 180: 440-57—Lehman, W, & Scott, F. H. Note on the total protein content of plasma and serum. J. Biol. Chem, 1935, 111: 43.—Miraglia, M. Ricerche sul contenuto proteico del siero di sangue dei neonati. Pediatria (Riv.) 1929, 37: 511-8.—Salvesen, H. A. Plasma proteins in normal individuals. Acta med. scand, 1926-27, 65: 147-51. ---- Physico-chemical properties. See also Blood, Physico-chemical properties. Debroise, G. M. M. F. * Contribution a l'etude des points iso-61ectriques de protides du serum; techniques de recherche; une application; leurs variations au cours de la grossesse normale. 134p. 8? Par., 1935. Achard, C, & Boutaric, A. Quelques recherches physico- chimiques sur les suspensions preparees i partir proteines sepa- r6es du s6rum par la methode dite a Tacetone. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1932,195:1196. -----& Piettre, M. Quelques recherches physico-chimiques sur les proteines du s6rum sanguin sepatees par la methode a Tacetone et par la methode aux sels. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1933, 3.ser, 109: 618-27.—Achard, C, Grigaut, A., & Codounis, A. La part des proteides et des lipides dans l'indice r6fractontetrique et dans la pression osmotique des proteides du serum sanguin. Sang, Par, 1930, 4: 385-91 — Bennhold, H. Ueber den Einfluss von Serumeiweiss auf Dif- fusionsvorgange. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1928, 40. Kongr, 455-7.—Bonot, A. Recherches experimentales sur la solubility des proteides du s6rum dans des solutions concentrees de sels neutres. J. chim. phys. Par, 1934, 31: 301-25.—Bosse, P, & Handovsky, H. Charakterisierung der Eiweissfraktionen des normalen Serums durch die Viscositat. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1925, 210: 50-5.—Boutaric, A. Sur quelques proprietes physico- chimiques des proteines separ6es des s6rums par la methode a Tacetone. Protoplasma, Lpz, 1933, 18: 286-98.—Butler, A. M, Blatt, H, &Southgate, H. The solubility of the plasma proteines; dependence on pH, temperature, and lipid content in concen- trated solutions of potassium phosphate and application to their separate precipitation. J. Biol. Chem, 1935, 109: 755-67. Also repr. -----& Montgomery, H. The solubility of the plasma proteins; dependence on salt and plasma concentrations in con- centrated solutions of potassium phosphate. Ibid, 1932, 99: 173-95.—Cavett, J. W, & Gibson, R. B. A comparison of the racemization curves for urinary, edema fluid, and blood plasma proteins. J. Clin. Invest, 1931, 10: 857-67—Ehrstrbm, M. C. [Adsorption properties of plasmoproteins] Fin. lak. sali. hand. 1936, 79: 802-7.—Freund, H. Ueber die Einwirkung des Quel- lungszustandes der Serum-Eiweisskbrper auf ihr Lichtbre- chungsvermbgen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1922,34. Kongr, 307-9—Grabar, P, & Weill, J. Influence de la mineralisation sur la pression osmotique des albumines du sang in vitro. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 868.—Groh, J, & Faltin, E. Ueber die Fraktionierung der Serumeiweisskbrper und die Absorptions- spektra der Fraktionen. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1931, 199: 13-24.—Gruzewska, Z, & Beraut, E. L'influence de la tempe- rature sur l'activite de la lipase du s6rum du cheval et sur le pouvoir adsorbant des proteines seriques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933,113:11^.—Hartl, K, & Starlinger, W. Ueber das physiko- BLOOD PROTEIN 627 BLOOD PROTEIN chemische Verhalten der elektrodialytisch gereinigten und in Natriumsalzform gelbsten Eiweisskbrpergruppen pathologischer menschlicher Blut- und Kxsudatplasmen (Fragestellung, Kennzeichnung der Proteinate, isoelektrischer Punkt, spezi- fische Viscositat, spezifische Refraktion, speziflscher Tyndallef- fekt) Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, 60: 289-314. ----- (Basen- bindung, Dissoziation, Beweglichkeit, Zusammenfassung der Ergebnisse) Ibid, 315-35.—Jochims, J. Viscosimetrische Un- tersuchungen iiber die Wasserbildung der Plasmakolloide; die Wasserbindung der Eiweisskorper im normalen Blutplasma. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1932, 230: 255-62.—Lecomte du Nouy, P. Sur la capacite d'adsorption des proteines du serum vis-a-vis des sels biliaires. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99:1097-9— Levy, M, Mignon, S, & Netter, A. La determination du point isoionique de l'hemoglobine et des proteides totaux du s6rum sanguin. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1936, 18: 1311-24.—Lewis, S. J. The ultra- violet absorption spectra and the optical rotation of the proteins of blood sera. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1921-22, s.B, 93: 17S-94 — Nitschke, A. Ueber das Volumen der Eiweisskorper im Serum. Arch.exp. Path, Lpz, 1926,115:134-7—Nugent, R. L, & Towle, L. W. The specific gravity of synthetic solutions of serum albumin and serum globulin. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 104: 395-8.— Paic, M, & Beutsch, V. Sur la pouvoir rotatoire spetifique, la dispersion rotatoire et la dosage polarintetrique des proteides seriques. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 200: 978-80.—Petschacher, L. Ueber die specifische Viscositatserlibhung der Serumeiweiss- kbrper. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 41: 142; 1926, 50: 473.— Piettre, M. Sur quelques proprietes chimiques et physiques des proteines du serum. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1928, 186: 1657-9 — Recknagel, K. Ueber die Beziehungen der Eiweisskorper des menschlichen Blutserums zu (lessen Farbe unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Verhaltnisse bei venoser Stauung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929-30,69: 439-52.- Roche, A. Sur les caracteres physico-chimiques de la fraction des proteines du serum pre- cipitables par l'acide ac6tique. C. reud. Soc. biol, 1931, 107: 636-8.—Sandor, G. Point isoionique des proteides du s6rum; methode de determination. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1936, 18: 877-907.—Sarazana, G. SulT assorbimento delle sostanze azotate; assorbimento delle siero-proteine introdotte in un' ansa alla Vella. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 1232-4.—Smith, F. C. The ultra-violet absorption spectra of certain aromatic amino-acids, and of the serum proteins. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1929, s.B, 104: 198-205—Spiegel-Adolf, M. Physikalisch- chemische Untersuchungen bestrahlter Proteine; der Einfluss kurzwelliger Bestrahlung auf das Absorptionsvermbgen des Serums und der Serumeiweisskbrper im Ultraviolett. Biochem. Zschr, 1928, 197: 197-209— Starlinger, W. Ueber die Bedeutung der physikalisch-chemischen Eiewiss-Struktur des Blutplasmas und eine einfache klinische Methodik zu ihrer Beurteilung. Klin. Wschr, 1923, 2: 1354-6. ----- Ueber die klinische Bedeutung des physikochemischen Zustandes der zirkulieren- den Eiweisskorper des Blutes und Gewebes. Ibid, 1927, 6: 235. ----& Hartl, K. Ueber die relative Viskositat der Eiweiss- korper des menschlichen Blutserums und die Methodik ihrer Bestimmung. Biochem. Zschr, 1925, 160: 225-36.—Svedberg, T, & Sjogren, B. The molecular weights of serum albumin and of serum globulin. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1928, 50: 3318-32. ---- Physico-chemical properties: Osmotic pressure. Godoy Quezada, L. *Contribuci6n al estudio de la presion osm6tica de las proteinas sanguineas [Chile] 25p. 8? [Santiago] 1930. Adair, G. S, & Robinson, M. E. The analysis of the osmotic pressures of the serum proteins, and the molecular weights of albumins and globulins. Biochem. J, Lond, 1930, 24: 1864- 89— Blum, L, Grabar, P, & Weill, J. Influence de la mineralisa- tion sur la pression osmotique des proteines du sang. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1928, 186: 466—Fahr, G, Kerkhof, A, & Conklin, C. Normal osmotic pressure of the plasma proteins of man. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-31, 28: 718—Farkas, G. Zum Pro- blem der Berechnung des kolloidosmotischen Druckes der Bluteiweisskorper. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1935, 97: 18-34 — Govaerts, P. Description d'un osmometre permettant Tetude clinique de la pression osmotique des proteines du serum. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924; 90: 969-72. ----- Influence de la teneur du serum en ions mineraux sur la pression osmotiques des pro- teines. Ibid, 1929, 101: 493. ----- Influence des ions chlore et sodium sur la pression osmotique des proteines sanguines. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1929, 5.ser, 9: 391-403.—Grbnwall, A. Studien iiber den kolloid-osmotischen (onkotischen) Druck; iiber den kolloid-osmotischen Druck verschiedener Albumin- und Globulinfraktionen. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1933-34, 174: 544-54.—Kasugai, F. Beeinflussung der Bluteiweisskorper und des kolloid-osmotischen Drucks des Bluts durch Einatmung sauerstoffarmer- beziehungsweise kohlensaurereicher Luft; Versuch an Hunden mit Leberschadigung. Tohoku J. Exp.M, 1935,27:505-24—Malkin, S.I. Ueber die Bedeutung der Bestim- mung des osmotischen Druckes der Proteine des Blutes in der Klinik der inneren Krankheiten. Klin. Wschr, 1931,10:1669 — Marrack, J, & Hewitt, L. F. The effect of hydrogen ion concen- tration and protein concentration on the osmotic pressure of serum-proteins. Biochem. J, Lond, 1927, 21: 1129-40 — Verney, E. B. The osmotic pressure of the proteins of human serum and plasma. J. Physiol, Lond, 1926-27, 61: 319-28 — Wells, H. S. The concentration and osmotic pressure of the proteins in blood serum and in lymph from the lac teals of dogs. Am. J. Physiol, 1932, 101: 421-33.-----Yoymans, J. B, & Miller, B. G. A formula and nomogram for the estimation of the osmotic pressure of colloids from the albumin and total pro- tein concentrations of human blood sera. J. Clin. Invest, 1933, 12: 1103-17—Wies, C. H, & Peters, J. P. The osmotic pressure of proteins in whole serum. Ibid, 1937, 16: 93-102—Yanagi, K. A clinical and experimental study of the stability of colloid osmotic pressure of serum protein. Ibid, 1935, 14: 853-62. ---- Physiology. See also Blood pressure, Regulation; Diuresis; Water metabolism. Adamek, G, Briak, F, & Starlinger, F. Wasserbilanz und Blutzuckerspiegel in ihrer Beziehung zum Bluteiweissbild. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1926, 39: 861.—Bennholt, H. Beitrag zur Funktion der Serumeiweisskbrper. Zbl. inn. Med, 1927, 48: 966-9. Also Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1929, 41. Kongr, 211-3. Also Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh, 1932, 42: 273-375. ----- Untersuchungen iiber das funktionelle Zusammenarbeiten von Plasmaeiweiss und Niere. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1933, 45. Kongr, 357-60. ----- Vehikelfunktion der Bluteiweiss- korper. Med. Kolloidlehr. (Lichtwitz) Dresd, 1935,474-94.— Bierich, R, Lang, A, & Rosenbohm, A. Ueber eine Funktion der Serumeiweisskbrper. Biochem. Zschr, 1936, 284: 329-38.— Eck, M, & Desbordes, J. Sur les rapports existant entre le pouvoir cholesterolytique d'un serum et sa teneur en proteines. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 615-8—Giraud-Costa, E, & Vidal, J. Albumines totales du serum et equilibre circulatoire. Ibid, 1933, 112: 379.—Gruzewska, Z, & Roussel, M. G. La disparition des acides gras en presence des proteines seriques. Ann.phvsiol. Par, 1932, 8: 806-38.—Howe, P. E. The function of the plasma proteins. Physiol. Rev, 1925, 5: 439-76.—Kylin, E. Ueber die Vehikelfunktion des Serumeiweisses und ihre Bedeutung fiir die serologischen Reaktionen. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1933-34, 174: 483-9. ----- Ist es berechtigt, das Bluteiweiss als ein spezifisches Organ aufzufassen? Med. Klin, Berl, 1935, 31: 171-6.—Taubenhaus, M, & Steinig, R. Bluteiweissbild und Blutzuckerkurve. Zschr. klin. Med, 1932, 121: 730—Wester- gren, A, Juhlin-Bannfelt, C, & Sohnell, R. Plasmaeiweiss und Leukozyten. Acta med. scand, 1931-32, 77: 469-84. ---- Refraction. Spaeth, K. *Ueber die spezifische Refrak- tion der Eiweisskbrpergruppen des menschlichen Blutplasmas [Freiburg i. Br.] 19p. 8? [Niirnb.] 1927. Achard, C, Grigaut, A, & Codounis, A. La part des lipides dans le dosage refractometrique des proteines du serum. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 679-81.—Adair, G. S, & Robinson, M. E. The specific refraction increments of serum-albumin and serum-globulin. Biochem. J, Lond, 1930, 24: 993-1011.—Arnd, O, & Hafner, E. A. Ueber die Refraktion der Serumeiweiss- kbrper und die Individualitat von Albumin und Globulin. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 167: 440-73.—Chalier, Boulud & Cheval- lier. Sur les relations entre l'indice de refraction, la viscosite et la teneur du serum sanguin en albumines. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 93: 173-5.—Cotellessa, M. Contributo alio studio refrattometrico delle frazioni proteiche del siero nell'infanzia. Pediatria (Riv.) 1931, 39: 1321-36—Beseo, B. Refraktome- trische Studien iiber das Serumeiweiss; die Bestimmung der Gesamteiweissmenge aus dem Brechungsindex. Biochem. Zschr, 1930, 217: 185-96. ----- Ueber den spezifischen Bre- chungszuwachs fiir das Gesamteiweiss und iiber den Brechungs- anteil der Nichteiweisstoffe im Pferdeserum. Ibid, 1931,230: 373-82.----- Ueber den spezifischen Brechungszuwachs der Eiweissfraktionen im Pferdeserum. Ibid, 383-94. ----- Ueber das Verhalten des Brechungsindex, des spezifischen Gewichts und der Konzentration der (NH^SO^Lbsungen. Ibid, 238: 116-24. -----Ueber den Einfluss der Verdunnung und der Ammoniumsulfatkonzentration auf die Menge der Eiweissfraktionen im Pferdeserum. Ibid, 239: 329-49. ----- Ueber die Bestimmung der Eiweissfraktionen im Pferdeserum. Ibid, 1932, 244: 382-9.—Galeotti-Flori, A. Osservazioni sulla refrattometria del siero di sangue nella gravidanza, nei puerperio e durante Tallattamento. Riv. clin. pediat, 1935, 33: 522-32 — Imai, Y. Das Verhaltnis des Brechungsindex zum Eiweissge- halt des Blutserums. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1935, 15: 323 —Paic, M, & Beutsch, V. Dosage refractometrique des proteines seriques. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 199: 1306-8.- Puech, A. Le dosage des albumines du serum par la viscosi- metrie et la refractometrie (methode de Rohrer) Prat. nted'. fr, 1925, 4: 240-8.—Robertson, T. B. On the refractive indices of solutions of certain proteins; the proteins of ox-serum; a new optical method of determining the concentrations of the various proteins contained in blood-sera. J. Biol. Chem, 1912-13, 11: 179-200.—Schretter, G. Der spezifische Brechungszuwachs des Gesamteiweisses im Blutserum. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 176: 335- is.-----Der spezifische Brechungszuwachs von Serumal- bumin und Serumglobulin. Ibid, 349-74. ---- Regeneration. Balla Volta, A. Studii sulla genesi dei protidi del plasma sanguigno; la restaurazione dei protidi del siero dopo plasma- feresi ripetute. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1935, 10: 167-71 — Holman, R. L, Mahoney, E. B, & Whipple, G. H. Blood plasma protein regeneration controlled by diet; liver and casein as potent diet factors. J. Exp. M, 1934, 59: 251-67—Jurgens, R. Ueber BLOOD PROTEIN 628 BLOOD PROTEIN die Herkunft der Bluteiweisskorper. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreis- laufforsch, 1934, 7: 42-8. [Discussion] 60-6. ----- & Geb- hardt, F. Untersuchungen iiber die Herkunft der Bluteiweiss- korper. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1934,175: 558-71.—Komatsu, M. On the question of the origin of plasma proteins. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1927,7:447-56—McNaught,J.B,Scott,V.C.[etal.] Blood plasma protein regeneration controlled by diet; effects of plant proteins compared with animal proteins; the influence of fast- ing and infection. J. Exp. M, 1936, 63: 277-301. Also repr — Melnick, B, Cowgill, G. R, & Burack, E. The influence of diet upon the regeneration of serum protein; the potency ratios of serum protein. Ibid, 64: 897-920. —— Standardization of experimental technique. Ibid, 877-96.—Pommerenke, W. T, Slavin, H. B. [et al.] Blood plasma protein regeneration controlled by diet; systematic standardization of food proteins for potency in protein regeneration; fasting and iron feeding. Ibid, 1935, 61: 261-82. Also repr.—Reimann, H. A, Medes, G, & Fisher, L. The origin of blood proteins. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1934, 52: 187-202.—Schultz, F. W, Swanson, W. W, & Ziegler, M. R. Experimental study of plasma protein regen- eration. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 78: vii.—Senshu, J. Some in- vestigations on the question of the origin of plasma proteins; the action of various tissues on serum proteins. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1929, 11: 47-54. ----— The relation of hyperalbumin- emic and hyperglobulinemic condition to the action of liver and muscle on serum proteins. Ibid, 55-63. -----The nitrogen and sulphur content of liver and muscle in hyperalbuminemic and hyperglobulinemic condition. Ibid, 65-8. ---- Regulation. Tsing Suh Kung. *Ueber den Einfluss des Zwischenhirns auf die Eiweisskonzentration im Serum [Berlin] 19p. 8? Charlottenb., 1929. Kruger, R, & Schau-Kuang Liu. Ueber die Regulation des Wasserhaushaltes, der Salz- und Eiweisskonzentration im Blute; Untersuchungen iiber die nervose Regulation der Eiweisskon- zentration im Blute. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1927, 58: 444-55. -----Studien iiber die nervb«e Regulierung der Eiweisskonzen- tration, Elektrolyten und Wasser im Blute. Ibid, 456-68. ---- Specificity. See also Blood groups. Bierry, H. Recherches biochimiques sur la specificite et les transformations des protides du plasma sanguin. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1929, 188: 740-2—Gybrffy, I. Beitrage zur Frage der Fraktions- und Artspezifizitat der Serumeiweisskbrper. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1931, 71: 428-41. Also Magy. orv. arch, 1932, 33: 147-58.—Lang, K. Ueber die Moglichkeit eines individu- ellen chemischen Aufbaues der Bluteiweisskorper; der Trypto- phangehalt der menschlichen Serumeiweisskbrper. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929, 145: 88-99. ----- & Braun, A. Weitere Untersuchungen fiber den individuellen chemischen Aufbau der menschlichen Serumeiweisskbrper. Ibid, 1932, 167: 708.— Samuel, L. Recherches sur la specificite des caracteres des proteines du serum chez divers animaux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 1514-6.—Schwarzmann, B. Zur biologischen Diffe- renzierung des Serumeiweisses zoologisch nahestehender Spezies durch den passivanaphylaktischen Versuch. Zschr. Hyg, 1926, 106:113-8. ---- Ultrafiltration. Beseb, B, & Lamoth, E. Refraktometrische Studien iiber das Serumeiweiss; Serumultrafiltration unter Hochdruck. Biochem. Zschr, 1932, 247: 322-8—Elford, W. J„ & Ferry, J. B. The ultrafiltration of proteins through graded collodion mem- branes; the serum-proteins. Biochem. J, Lond, 1934, 28: 650-62.—Grabar, P. Etude des proteides du s6rum par la filtra- tion sur des membranes de porosite gradu6e. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1934,198: 1640. ----- Ultrafiltration fractiomtee des pro- teides du serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 72-4. ----- & Weill, J. Application du procede d'ultrafiltration a Tetude des proteines du s6rum humain normal et pathologique Ibid, 1930,104:402-4. ---- Variations. Hagner, O. *Schwankungen im Eiweissge- halt und in der Leitfahigkeit beim Sauglingsblute. [Freib. i. Br.] 30p. 8? Berl., 1913. Also Zschr. Kinderh, 1913, 8: 50-75. Abderhalden, E, & Buadze, S. Studien iiber Altersveran- derungen von Blut von Organeiweisstoffen mittels der Ab- wehrfermentreaktion. Fermentforschung, 1933-34,14:357-69.— Burger, C. [On the conduct of serum-proteins following opera- tions] Magy. orv. arch, 1926, 27: 141-50. Also Zbl. Gyn 1926, 50: 294-300.—Carrel, A. Diminution artificielle de la con- centration des proteines du plasma pendant la vieillesse C rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 1005-7.—Buzar, J, & Rusznyak, s! Examination of plasma proteins in infants. Am. J. Dis Child 1924, 28: 441-6. Also Mschr. Kinderh, 1924, 28: 25-38—Hueck! H. Zur Untersuchung der Eiweisskorper des Blutes nach Operation. Arch. klin. Chir, 1925, 136: 774-94. Also Deut med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 1869—Keys, A, & Taylor, H. The behavior of the plasma colloids in recovery from brief severe work and the question as to the permeability of the capillaries to proteins. J. Biol. Chem, 1935, 109: 55-67. Also repr.— Latzka, A. von. Die Veranderungen der Plasmaeiweisse nach Abdominaloperationen in Lokalanasthesie. Arch. Gyn, Berl 1934,158: 426-41.—Lecomte du Nouy, P, & Lecomte du Noiiy, M. Spectrophotontetrie du serum dans Tultraviolet; sur une altera- tion chimique profonde des proteines suivie de mort. C. rend Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 1267-9.—Loeper, M, Merklen, F. P, & Tonnet, J. Variations des proteines acetopretipitables du serum. Ibid, 1932, 110: 1266.—Nonnenbruch. Ueber Aende- rungen im Gesamtbluteiweiss. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med 1922, 34. Kongr, 292.—Petschacher, L, & Tropper, E. Ueber voriibergehende Veranderungen der Eiweisskorper und der Viskositat des Blutserums unter physiologischen und patho- logischen Verhaltnissen. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1926,13:1-6.— Rennie, J. B. A note on the serum proteins in normal infants and children. Arch. Dis. Childh, Lond, 1935, 10: 415-20.— Sussmann, H. Ueber die physiologischen Aenderungen des Serumeiweisses beim Kind. Mschr. Kinderh, 1926, 34: 114- 28.—Zoltan, L. Sobre la conducta post-operatoria de los cuerpos albuminoideos del suero. Sem. med, B. Air, 1936, 43:1011-5. ---- Variations, pathological. See also names of diseases as Cachexia; Edema; Liver, Diseases; Nephritis; Nephrosis, &c. Lardet, G. Contribution a l'etude des variations des proteines du sang et de leur role dans la pathogenie de quelques syndromes circulatoires [Lyon] 114p. 8? TreVoux, 1934. Levy, E. *Etudes sur le taux des protemes du serum sanguin des nourrissons et en particu- lier des nourrissons ecz6mateux. 46p. 8? Par., 1928. Also Rev. fr. pediat, 1928, 4: 576-606. Metzger, H. *Recherches sur la constitution des protides du serum a l'6tat normal et patho- logique. 109p. 8? Strasb., 1932. Sauter, P. *Die Menge des coagulierbaren Eiweisses im normalen und pathologischen Blutserum [Zurich] 46p. 8? Bern, 1918. Schwob, L. *Ueber den Gesamteiweissgehalt und das Albumin-Globulinverhaltnis in normalen und pathologischen Pferde-, Rinder- und Kalber- seren. 46p. 8? Ziir., 1932. Zindel, J. C. *Ueber die Menge des Pekal- haring'schen Eiweisskorpers im Blutserum von Gesunden und Kranken. 17p. 8? Wiirzb., 1931. Achard, C, Grigaut, A., & Codounis, A. Les variations pathologiques de la pression osmotique des proteines et de la composition proteinique du serum sanguin. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1930, 12: 417-40.—Berger, W. Ueber die Hyperpro- teinamie nach Eiweissinjektionen; ein experimenteller Beitrag zur Pathologie des Serumproteins und zur Proteinkbrperthera- pie. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 1053. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1922, 28: 1-44.—Bierry, H, & Vivario, R. Etude comparative des proteines plasmatiques chez I'homme a l'etat normal et a l'etat pathologique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89:15-8— Bing, J. [Few cases of hyperproteinemia] Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1935,77: 354-68. -----Some cases of hyperproteinaemia (late diagnosis of myeloma; the formol-gel reaction; Bence Jones' proteinuria and renal lesion) Acta med. scand, 1936, 88: 478-91.—Blalock, A, Wilson, H. [et al.] Loss of protein from the blood stream; effects of the injection of solution of pituitary and of epinephrine. Arch. Surg, 1933, 26: 330-4. Also repr.—Blitstein, J. Modi- fications des proteines et du rapport serine-globulines du serum chez les suppurants. Ann. m6d. Par, 1933, 33: 470-98.—Bbger, A, & Schroder, H. Vitamin C und Plasmaeiweisskbrper. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 842.—Boyland, E. Changes in serum proteins in malignant disease. Cancer Rev, Brist, 1932, 7: 433-44.—Bruckman, F. S, & Peters, J. P. The plasma proteins in relation to blood hydration; serum proteins and malnutri- tional or cachectic edema. J. Clin. Invest, 1930, 8: 591-5. -----& B'Esopo, L. M. Malnutrition and the serum proteins. Ibid, 577-90.—Burkel, H. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hyper- proteinamie. Zschr. klin. Med, 1934, 127: 552-60.—Chambon, M, & Celliere, S. Relations entre le sang maternel et le sang foetel: proteinique et polypeptidemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936,123: 595.—Cope, C. L, & Goadby, H. K. Study of a case of idiopathic hypoproteinaemia. Lancet, Lond, 1935, 1: 1038- 40.—Cuthbertson, B. P, & Tompsett, S. L. Note on the effect of injury on the level of the plasma proteins. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1935,16:471-5— Barrow, B. C, Hopper, E. B, & Cary, M. K. Plas- mapheresis edema; the effect of reduction of serum protein on the electrolyte pattern and calcium concentration. J. Clin. Invest, 1932, 11: 701-15—Bodd, K, & Minot, A. S. The occurrence of moderately reduced serum albumin in 500 children in a southern clinic. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1936, 8: 452-8.—Ehrstrbm, M. C. [Hypoproteinemia, stasis albuminuria and cardiac edema] Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1936, 79: 59-67.—Gaebler, O. H. Diffusi- bility of the proteins of normal and pathological plasma. J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 93: 467-77. Also repr.—Gentili, A. La BLOOD PROTEIN 629 BLOOD PROTEIN proteinemia dell'infanzia in condizioni normali e patologiche. Arch. ital. pediat. 1934-35, 3: l-s.3.—Glass, J. [Quantitative fluctuations of albumin in the blood in various diseases] Polska gaz. lek. 1936,15: 376-81. -----Ueber qualitative physikalisch- chemische Veranderungen der Bluteiweisskorper bei patho- logischen Zustanden. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 1460-3 — Leendertz, G. Das Verhalten der Eiweisskorper des Blut- plasmas als Ausdruck pathologischer Vorgange im menschlichen Korper. Deut. med. Wschr, 1924, 50: 1512.—Ling, S. M. Changes of serum proteins in undernutrition. Chin. J. Physiol, 1931, 5:1-10.—Lloyd, R. B, & Paul, S. N. Serum protein changes in malaria and typhoid fever with suggestions as to their possible bearing on immunity. Ind. J.M. Res, 1929-30, 17: 583-610.— Loeper, Tonnet, J, & Lebert. L'Augmentation relative de la serine du sang dans l'hyperthyroidisme. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929,101: 424-6.—Lustig, B. Zur Kenntnis der Unterfraktionen der Globuline und Albumine im Serum; Menge, Stickstoff-, COOH-, NH2-, Kohlenhydratgehalt, COOH- und NH2-Index der Eiweissunterfraktionen von Cirrhose-, Sarkom- und Car- cinompunktionsfliissigkeiten. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 238: 307-20.—McFarlane, A. S. The ultracentrifugal analysis of normal and pathological serum fractions. Biochem. J, Lond, 1935, 29: 1209-26.—Mauriac, P, Servante, L, & Broustet, P. Desequilibre des albumines du sang au cours d'une dothtenen- terie. J. med. Bordeaux, 1933, 110: 172-6.—Meirelles, E. Da febre nas proteinemias asepticas. Tribuna med, Rio, 1925, 31: 251-8.—Mensi, E. Sul contenuto albuminoso del siero ematico nell'eta infantile con speciale riguardo alla tuberculosi. Pedia- tria, Nap, 1921, 29: 577-613—Myers, W. K, & Taylor, F. H. L. Hypoproteinemia probably due to deficient formation of plasma proteins. J. Am. M. Ass, 1933, 101: 198-200. Also repr — Peters, J. P, & Eisenman, A. J. The serum proteins in diseases not primarily affecting the cardiovascular system or kidneys. Am. J.M. Sc, 1933, 186: 808-33. ----- & Wakeman, A. M. The plasma proteins in relation to blood hydration; the plasma proteins in malnutrition. J. Clin. Invest, 1926-27, 3: 491-5.— Salvesen, H. A. Variations in the plasma proteins in non-renal conditions. Acta med. scand, 1929, 72: 113-23.—Schindera, M. Das Eiweissbild des Blutplasmas unter pathologischen Bedin- gungen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1924,144:113-25.—Schmidt, J. Toxische Hyperproteinamie als Todesursache bei Pferden und Schafen. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1928, 44: 309.—Schoch, A. Ueber Eiweisschwankungen im Blutserum bei akuten Infek- tionskrankheiten. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1926, 56: 1017-22 — Sigon, M. L'imbibizione delle proteine del siero in condizioni normali e patologiche. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1934, 58: 421-34 — Starlinger, W. Ueber das Verhalten der zirkulierenden Eiweiss- korper des menschlichen Plasmas unter normalen und krank- haften Bedingungen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1928, 54: 731-3. ---- & Winands, E. Ueber das Verteilungsverhaltnis der zirkulierenden Eiweisskorper im Verlaufe krankhafter Zustande (Fragestellung, Normalwerte, Diphtherie, Scharlach, Masern, Typhus, Grippe, Sepsis, Pneumonie, Bronchitis flbrinosa, Asthma, Bronchiektasie) Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, 60: 138-59. ----- Ueber das Verteilungsverhaltnis der zirkulie- renden Eiweisskorper im Verlaufe krankhafterZustande (Phthise, Lues, Malaria, Gelenkrheumatismus, Kreislaufstorungen, Nierenkrankheiten) Ibid, 160-84. ■—■— Ueber das Vertei- lungsverhaltnis der zirkulierenden Eiweisskorper im Verlaufe, krankhafter Zustande (Erkrankungen der blutbildenden und zerstbrenden Organe und der Leber, bosartige Geschwiilste, Leukamie, Granulom, Magendarmgeschwiir, Gastroenteritis, Diabetes und andere Erkrankungen der innersekretorischen Organe) Ibid, 185-207. -----Ueber das Verteilungsverhalt- nis der zirkulierenden Eiweisskorper im Verlaufe krankhafter Zustande (Spontan- und Reizschwankungen bei Gesunden und Kranken, eitrige und serbse Ergiisse, Zusammenfassung der Ergebnisse) Ibid, 208-32.—S2rum protein fractions in disease. Annual Rep. Calcutta School Trop. M, 1933, 59.—Tanaka, I. Ueber die Verteilungen der Plasmaeiweisskbrper, und zwar des Fibrinogens unter den verschiedenen Bedingungen. Fu- kuoka acta med, 1928,20: 53.—Tareev, E. M. [The hypoprotein- emic syndrome] Ter. arkh, 1934, 12: 376-85.—Uryson, A. [Research on the variations of serum proteins in pathological conditions] Polska gaz. lek, 1926,5:22-4.—Webb, CH. Serum proteins in infancy and in childhood; effects of malnutrition and of acute and chronic infections on serum proteins in infancy and in childhood. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1932, 44: 1239-48. -— in animals. Bieter, R. A, & Scott, F. H. Protein content of frog's plasma. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. N.Y, 1922-23. 20: 120.—Boucher-Firly, S. Sur la teneur en proteines du serum d'anguille et de congre et ses variations au cours des changements de salinite. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 952-4.—Bemenier, G. Sur la teneur en serine et en globuline du serum de quelques poissons. Ibid, 555-7.— Demmel, M. Der normale und pathologische Serumeiweiss- gehalt beim Rinde. Miinch. tierarztl. Wschr, 1932, 83: 457 — Deseo, B. Vergleichende Eiweissbestimmungen im Pferde- serum. Biochem. Zschr, 1928, 200: 126-34—Florkin, M. Sur la teneur en proteines du plasma sanguin des insectes. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 1224-6. ----- & Blum, H. P. Sur la teneur en proteines du sang et du liquide ccelomique des in- vertebres. Bull. Acad. sc. Belgique, 1934, 5.ser, 20: 239-52 — Holden, H. F, & Freeman, M. Observations on the proteins of ox serum. Austral. J. Exp. Biol, 1933, 11: 185-95—Howe, P. E. The relation between age and the concentrations of protein fractions in the blood of the calf and cow. J. Biol. Chem, 1922, 53: 479-94.—Matthew, C. W. The plasma proteins of nor- ' mal dogs. Ibid, 1927, 74: 557-60—Messineva, N. A. [Qualita- tive composition of plasma proteins in cattle] Biol. J, Moskva, 1933, 2: 44-58— Rochlina, M. Les proteines du sang et la ponte des poules. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1934,16: 1645-51.—Santa, G. [Quantity of protein in the plasma of cows and of calves] Kozl. osszehas. elet & kort, 1931, 24: 547-51.—Stefanopuolo, G. J, & Codounis, A. Sur la protehtemie du cheval, normal et immunise. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 105: 753-5.—Urbain, A, & Cahen, R. Teneur en composes protidiques du serum de quel- ques ongutes. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 203: 277-9.—Vidal, C. Sur le taux du fibrinogene, de Talbumine et de la globuline dans le plasma du cobaye. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1929,102: 214.—Weech, A. A, Goettsch, E, & Reeves, E. B. The proteins of blood and subcutaneous lymph in dogs. J. Clin. Invest, 1933,12: 1021-30. BLOOD SEDIMENTATION. See also Blood, Examination; Erythrocyte; leukocyte; Sedimentation; also in 3.ser. Blood, Corpuscles, red: Sedimentation. FAhr^eus, R. The suspension-stability of the blood. 228p. 8? Stockh., 1921. Also in Physiol. Rev, 1929, 9: 241. Also Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl. 1924, Abt. 4, Teil 3. 373-92. Reichel, H. Blutkorperchensenkung. 261p. 8? Wien, 1936. Berczeller, L, & Wastl, H. Ueber die Sedimentierung von Suspensionen und die Senkung der roten Blutkbrperchen. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 140: 368-73.—Colarusso, A. La sedimen- tazione del sangue. Diagn. teen, lab. Nap, 1933, 4: 553-627.— Bucceschi, V. La sedimentazione a strati, o discontinua, degli eritrociti. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1929, 27: 239-45, pi. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1929, 4: 182-5.—Fabisch, W. Arbeiten uber Blutsenkung im Jahre 1927. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1928, 37: 383-8.—Figuerido, A, & Bilbao, L. Algunas observaciones sobre la eritrosedimentacion. Arch, med, Madr, 1926, 25: 56-65.— Gbtzsche, P. [Sedimentation of erythrocytes] Ugeskr. laeger, 1927, 89: 223-7—Iturbe, P. M. La sedimentation globular. Gac. med. Caracas, 1926, 33: 358-66.—Katz, G, & Leffkowitz, M. Die Blutkorperchensenkung. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh, 1928. 33: 266-92—Krantsfeld, I. M. [Erythrocyte sedimentation] Klin, med, Moskva, 1925, 3: 387-9.—Lattes, L. Per la storia della sedimentazione del sangue. Policlinico, 1925, 32: sez. prat, 1151.—Leblond, S. Sedimentation globulaire. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Quebec, 1932, 32: 147-52.—Leffkowitz, M. Die Blutkorperchensenkung. Erg. ges. Med, 1932, 17: 171-210.— Mathieu, A. Sedimentation of red blood cells. Med. Sentinel, 1929, 37: 693-6—Newham, H. B, & Martin, P. H. Further notes on the sedimentation rate of erythroevtes. Q. J. Med, Oxford, 1928-29, 22: 145-52.—Ostendorf, L. Die Blutsenkung, ihre Geschichte, ihre Theorie und ihre klinische Bedeutung. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1927, 77: 359-69—Peyre, E. Rapport de sedi- mentation globulaire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 87: 406-9.— Reiche, F. Das Sedimentationsphanomen der roten Blutkbr- perchen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1929, 25: 899.—Reyner, C. E. The sedimentation of red blood cells. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1928-29, 14: 630-5.—Risquez, J. R. Nota acerca de la sedimentation globular. Gac. med. Caracas, 1926, 33: 129.—Turries. La sedimentation des hematies; etat actuel de la question. Gaz. hop, 1926,99: 101; 133.—Waugh, T. R. The blood sedimentation test; its history, technique, nature and clinical application. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1923, 13: 604-8.—Wiechmann, E. Ueber die Sedimentierung der roten Blutkbrperchen. Klin. Wschr, 1923, 2: 601-4.—Zarday, I, & Farkas, G. [The sedimentation of red corpuscles] Magy. orv. arch, 1932,33:446-51. ---- Clinical value, Castro Basto, R. A. de. *La signification d'une valeur normale ou infra-normale de la vitesse de sedimentation des globules rouges. 16p. 8? Lausanne, 1935. Cceytaux, P. *La sedimentation globulaire; recherches personnelles chez l'enfant; 6tude critique g6n<§rale de cette reaction; son incapa- cite a servir au diagnostic differentiel; son insuf- fisance a 6tablir un pronostic. 158p. 8? Ge- neve, 1927. Domarus, A. von. Die Blutkorperchensen- kungsreaktion in ihrer Bedeutung fiir die Klinik insbesondere der Verdauungs- und Stoff wech- selkrankheiten. 44p. 8? Halle, 1932. Forms H. 4, v. 12, Samml. zwangl. Abh. Verdauungskr. Froschauer, K. *Die Verwertung der Blut- korperchensenkungsreaktion als Stiitze fiir Di- agnose und Prognose [Erlangen] 24p. 8? Tirschenreuth [1930] Huszar, G. * Die diagnostische und prognos- tische Bedeutung der Erythrozytensenkungs- BLOOD SEDIMENTATION reaktion bei inneren Erkrankungen (auf Grund der Erfahrungen der Medizinischen Universitats- Klinik in Munster i. W.) [Munster i. W.] 53p. 8? Quakenbruck, 1928. Abderhalden, E. Die Priifung der Senkungsgeschwindig- keit der roten Blutkbperchen als diagnostisches Hilfsmittel. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1921, 68: 973.—Azevedo, T. de. Hemo- sedimentacao— suas applicacbes clinicas. Brasil med, 1929, 43: 650-3.—Balachowsky, S. Que peut demander la clinique a la reaction de sediotassement (sedimentation) des erythrocytes? Paris med, 1926,61:332-8.—Bannick, E. G. Sedimentation rate of the blood: its practical application in clinical medicine; prelimina- ry report. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1933, 8: 81-7.—Becker, V. Die Bedeutung der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrper- chen fiir die Praxis. Vereinsbl. pfalz. Aerzte, 1924, 36: 23-5.— Bertog, J. Die Fahraeussche Blutsenkungsprobe in der Hals- Nasen-Ohrenheilkunde. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1924,10:28-33 — Bilucaglia, G. La velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi con speciale riguardo alia pediatria. Pediatria, Nap, 1924, 32: 1274-87.—Bochner, M, & Wassing, H. The blood sedimenta- tion test (Fahraeus) in the diagnosis and prognosis of disease. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1925-26, 11: 214-26—Bonanno, M. II valore clinico della sedimentazione delle emazie in alcuni stati morbosi. Rinasc. med, 1925, 2: 421-4.—Brinkmann, R. Die praktische Bedeutung der Senkungsreaktion. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 236-9. -----Zur Frage der klinischen Bedeutung der Blutkorperchen- senkung. Deut. TuberkBl, 1936, 10: 227—Biirker, K. Die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Erythrozyten als diagnostisches Hilfsmittel. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 577.—Cardona, L. La velocita di sedimentazione de globuli rossi e le sue applica- zioni. Boll. Soc. eustach, 1934, 32: 117-36—Cutler, J. W. The practical application of the blood sedimentation test in general medicine; observations based upon approximately 5,000 patients over a period of 6 years. Am. J.M. Sc, 1932, 183: 643-57 — Bantin Gallegb, J, & Quereda de la Barcena, C. Datos para la interpretation clinica de la reaction de velocidad de sedimenta- tion de los globulos rojos. Arch, med, Madr, 1933, 36: 923-6.— BeCourcy, C, & Thuss, O. Value of blood settling time in diagnosis, prognosis and treatment. Ohio M.J, 1926, 22: 593-8. —Bumont. La sedimentation des globules rouges, reac- tion de pratique courante. Arch. med. belg, 1924, 77: 778-S(!.— Emr, J. [Practical significance of the sedimentation of ery- throcytes] Voj. zdrav. listy, 1933, 9: 12-8.—Eschbaum, O. Die Brauchbarkeit der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen fiir die allgemeine Praxis. Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23: 945—Fogelson, L. I, & Kisel, A. A. [Velocity of sedimentation of erythrocytes and its clinical importance in internal diseases] Russ. klin, 1924, 1: pt2, 394-407.—Frenckell, G, & Wyssotsky, I. Ueber die Senkungsreaktion und deren Bedeutung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1927, 55: 239-43.—Freuchen, J. [Practical experiences on sedimentation test of blood cor- puscles] Hospitalstidende, 1925, 68: 871-81.—Friedmann, A. P. Bedeutung der Senkungsreaktion bei Nervenkrankheiten. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1929, 119: 335-50—Frisch, A. V. Die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Erythrozyten; der praktische Wert der Reaktion. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1927, 40: 130-2 — Frosch, H. L. The sedimentation test as an aid to diagnosis and prognosis. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1925-26, 11: 43-9.—Gaehlinger, H. La vitesse de sedimentation des globules sanguins; sa valeur diagnostique et pronostique. Paris med, 1924, 51: 281-4.— Ganssbauer. Unsere Erfahrungen mit der Blutkbrperchensen- kungsgeschwindigkeitsreaktion. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 1990.—Gallagher, J. R. The value of the blood sedimenta- tion test in the routine medical examination of adolescents and in certain of their diseases. Am. J.M. Sc, 1934, 188: 450-5.— Gantenberg, R. Die klinische Bedeutung der Blutkbrperchen- senkungsreaktion. Deut. med. Wschr, 1929, 55: 879; 963 — Ginzburg, R. [Clinical importance of reaction of erythrocyte sedimentation in internal diseases] Bieloruss. med. misl, 1925-26, 2: no.10-11, 89-95.----- Ergebnisse der Senkungs- reaktion bei einigen inneren Krankheiten. Wien klin. Wschr, 1927, 40:189-91 —Glaus, A. Ueber die Bedeutung der Senkungs- geschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen in der Psychiatrie. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1924, 54: 260-4.—Goldwyn, J. The sedi- mentation test; its use as a routine procedure in psychiatric institutions. Am. J. Psychiat, 1928, 8: 59-74. ----- The erythrocyte sedimentation reaction; its value in psychiatry. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1928, 19: 110-9.—Gonzalez, E. La sedimentation de los globulos rojos de la sangre, su importancia practica en medicina. Rev. med. cir, Caracas, 1923-24, 7: 230-6.—Graef, W, & Ihm, L. Ueber die Blutkbrperchensen- kungsreaktion und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Praxis. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 1365-7.—Grant, M. S. Practical value of the blood sedimentation test. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass. Q, 1926-27, 18: 44-9.—Gruenfeld, G, Glass, O, & Baum, F. The blood sedi- mentation test; its diagnostic and prognostic value. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1928, 25: 577-81— Grunow. Diagnostische Einblicke in die Aktivitat kranker beziehungsweise gesteigerter Zell- prozesse durch die Beobachtung der Senkungsgeschwindigkeits- kurve der roten Blutkbrperchen wahrend einer Wildbader Thermalbadekur. Med. Kor. Bl. Wurttemberg, 1924, 94:159.— Hakansson, E. G. Experiences with the blood sedimentation tests. U.S. Nav. M. Bull, 1928, 26: 607-33.—Haselhorst, G. Die klinische Bedeutung der Blutsenkungsreaktion; eine Uebersicht nach Erfahrungen an mehr als 3,000 Fallen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 1544-6.—Haug, J. Verwertbarkeit der Blutsenkungsreaktion in der Praxis. Med. Kor. Bl. Wiirttem- berg, 1928, 98: 277— Hirschfeld, H, Die Methodik zur Bestim- BLOOD SEDIMENTATION mung der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Erythrozyten und ihre klinische Bedeutung. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1928, 25: 26-9.— Holzweissig. Der praktische Wert der Senkungsgeschwindig- keit bei inneren Erkrankungen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926 52: 173. Also Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 118—Khanina- Haiduk, F. P. [Clinical study on the erythrocyte sedimentation rate] Kazan med. J, 1925, 21: 169-75.—Khatenever, L. M. [Use of Fahraeus reaction in laboratory experiments and prac- tice] Vener. & derm, Moskva, 1930, 7: 69-72.—Kovacs, K. Der Wert der Senkungsreaktion der roten Blutkbrperchen bei inneren Erkrankungen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1923, 49: 785.— Libinsohn, B. Ueber die Bedeutung der roten Blutkbrperchen- senkungsreaktion in der Oto-Rhino-Laryngologie. Zschr Hals &c Heilk, 1925, 11: 221-5.—Lindstedt, F. [Importance of Fahraeus reaction for clinical medicine] Hygiea, Stockh, 1927, 89: 876; 929.—Linzenmeier, G. Die Bedeutung der Blutsen- kungsreaktion fiir den praktischen Arzt. Fortsch. Ther, 1925, 1: 205-10.—Lorenzen, J. N. Ueber Erfahrungen mit der Blutkbrperchensenkungsreaktion. Acta tuberc. scand, 1925,1: 137-46.—Masten, A. R. The value of the red cell sedimentation test. Colorado M, 1935, 32: 615-20.—Montagnari, A. II valore clinico e biologico della prova di velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi. Riv. crit. clin. med, 1923, 24: 237; 249; 265. Also Gior. med. prat, 1926, 8: 130-5.—Moral. Die Bedeutung der Senkungsreaktion der roten Blutkbrperchen bei inneren Krank- heiten. Deut. med. Wschr, 1923, 49: 74-6.—Neergaard, K. von. Ueber die Bewertung der Senkungsreaktion im Rahmen funk- tioneller Zellpathologie. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 1561-3.—Neu- mann, W. The erythrocyte sedimentation reaction in daily practice. Ars medici, Wien, 1935, 13: 3-6.—Nuzzi, P. L'im- portanza della velocita di sedimentazione delle emazie in clinica. Morgagni, 1927, 69: 332-6.—Pagniez, P. De la sedimentation des globules rouges du sang et de, la valeur biologique de ce phenomene. Presse med, 1921, 29: 405.—Pesa, M. [Diagnostic value of erythrocyte sedimentation reaction] Voj. zdrav. listy, 1929, 5: 147-9.—Pissarevsky, N. N. [Reaction of sedimentation of erythrocytes and its clinical significance] Russ. klin, 1927, 7: 193-204.—Ploman, K. G. [Ophthalmoscopic indications of various stability in suspension of blood corpuscles] Hygiea, Stockh, 1920, 82: 363-73.—Polak, J. O, & Tollefson, B. G. Clini- cal significance of the sedimentation test. J. Am. M. Ass, 1928, 90: 168-72.—Popp, J, & Grunbaum, M. Unsere Erfahrungen mit der Senkungsreaktion der roten Blutkbrperchen. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 605.—Popper M, & Kreindler, F. La vitesse de sedimentation des hematies et sa valeur clinique. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Bucarest, 1924, 6: 160-4.—Pribram, H, & Klein, 0. Bemerkungen zur klinischen Verwertbarkeit der Senkungs- geschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 546.—Reichel, H. Die praktische Bedeutung der Blutkorperchensenkung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 1517-22.—Rossier, P. H, & de Castro Basto, R. A. La significa- tion d'une valeur normale ou infra-normale de la vitesse de sedimentation des globules rouges. Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1934, 54: 531-43.—Rothpletz, H. Die Blutkbrperchensenkungs- reaktion in ihrer Bedeutung fiir den praktischen Arzt. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1929, 59: 676-9.—Rotnes, P. L. [Value of sedimen- tation reaction in dermato-venerology] Norsk mag. laegevid, 1932, 93: 280-98.—Sadlon, P. Die Blutkbrperchensenkungs- geschwindigkeit bei Blutkrankheiten. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 1997.—Salmon, V. J, & Greenspan, E. B. The value of the sedimentation test in routine medical practice. Health Exam, N.Y, 1934-35, 4: no. 11, 5-10.—Sauvan, A, & Simonpietri, C. La reaction de sedimentation des globules rouges dans le sang citrate; l'indice de sedimentation en clinique. Marseille med, 1924, 61: 1039-44— Schilling, E. Die Bedeutung der Blutsen- kungsprobe fur den praktischen Arzt. Prakt. Arzt, 1930, n.F, 15: 211; 246.—Schindler, J. A, & Gnagi, W. B, jr. The sedimen- tation rate in general practice. Wisconsin M.J, 1935,34:531-5 — Schurer, J, & Eimer, K. Ueber die klinische Bedeutung der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1921, 58: 1251.—Schulten, H. La determinaeion de la velocidad de sedimentation de los eritrocitos y su impor- tancia en medicina interna. Rev. nted. germ, iberoamer, 1930, 3: 691-7. -----Die Bestimmung der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen und ihre Bedeutung fiir die innere Medizin. Med. Klin, Berl, 1931, 27: 125-7—Sefcik, J. A. [Sedimentation speed of erythrocytes and its theoretical and practical importance] Cas. lek. Cesk, 1923, 62: 232; 259 — Stainsby, W. J. The practical value of the erythrocytic sedi- mentation test. Med. Clin. N. America, 1934, 18: 911-5 — Stemmler, W. Was kbnnen wir von der Reaktion der Sen- kungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen erwarten? Arch. klin. Chir, 1925, 137: 705-18.—Sul valore della sedimenta- zione degli eritrociti in chirurgia. Gazz. osp, 1936, 57:1133-5.— Thaler, W. Die Blutkorperchensenkung in der Praxis. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1935, 82: 1525-7.—Tollefson, B. The sedimenta- tion test; a substitute for the leucocyte count. Am. J. Surg.- 1930, n.s, 8: 322-4.—Van Antwerp, L. B. Repeated sedimenta- tion tests. Am J. Dis. Child, 1934, 48: 814-8—Verdina, C. Ricerche sul valore clinico della reazione sulla velocita di precipitazione dei globuli rossi. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. med, 105-17.—Vohwinkel, K. H. Ueber die Beurteilung und klinische Verwertbarkeit der Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit. Derm. Zschr, 1928-29, 55: 261-73—Wallgren, A. Technik und Wert der Blutkbrperchen-Senkungsreaktion in der kinderiirzt- lichen Praxis. Kinderarztl. Prax, 1930, 1: 155-60.—Weiss, A. Velocity sedimentation test (Fahraeus) in otology. Laryngo- scope, 1928, 38: 85-93.—Wyss, E. Die Bedeutung der Blutsen- kungsreaktion im schulfirztlichen Dienst. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1935, 65: 648-50.—Zimmermann, A. Ueber die Brauch- BLOOD SEDIMENTATION 631 BLOOD SEDIMENTATION barkeit der Blutkbrperchen-Senkungsreaktion fur den Prakti- ker Wien. klin. Wschr, 1924, 37: 1330—Zwerg, H. Die praktische Bedeutung der Blutsenkungsreaktion. Fortsch. Med, 1926, 44:464-6. ---- Clinical value: Gynecology and obstetrics. Heim, W. *TJntersuchungen iiber den klini- schen Wert der Blutkorperchensenkungsge- schwindigkeit fur die Gynakologie [Berlin] 24p. 8? Zeulenroda i. Thur., 1931. Prufer, J. *Die diagnostische und prognosti- sche Bedeutung der Blutkorpersenkungsge- schwindigkeit in der Gynakologie. 24p. 8° Berl., 1927. Silva Azevedo, J. da. *Reacgao da sedimen- tagao na propedeutica gvnecologica. 76p. 8°. S. Paulo, 1927. Arcieri, M. La prova della velocita di sedimentazione del sangue come aiuto nella diagnosi di gravidanza e delle affezioni ginecologiche. Clin, ostet, 1925, 27: 297-311.—Baer, J. L, & Reis, R. A. The sedimentation test in gynecology. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1925, 50: 291-6. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1925, 40: ggi_6-----Further studies in sedimentation. Tr. Am. Gyn.'Soc, 1926, 51: 206-13. Also Am. J. Obst, 1926, 12: 740-4 [Discussion] 757-9—Becher-Rudenhof, F. Blutkorperchensen- kungsprobe und gynakologische Diagnostik. Wrien. klin. Wschr, 1924, 37: 545-7.—Berlet. Die Senkungsreaktion der ro- ten Blutkbrperchen und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Gynakologie und Geburtshilfe. Vereinsbl. pfiilz. Aerzte, 1925, 37: 306; 322 — Black, W. T. The clinical significance of the sedimentation test in gynecology. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1927-28, 20: 200-6 — Brodersen, N. H. [Sedimentation of erythrocytes in gynecol- ogy] Med. rev, Bergen, 1927, 44: 120-8.—Bronnikov, X. Zur Frage iiber die Methode der Blutkbrperchensenkungsreaktion und ihrer Bedeutung in der Gynakologie. Zbl. Gyn, 1924, 48: 1483-9.—Burckhardt-Socin, O. Die Senkunsgreaktion der roten Blutkorperchen in spezieller Beziehung zu einzelnen geburts- hilflichen und gynaekologischen Befunden. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1924, 54: 693-6.—Bychowskaja, A. S. Einige klinische Beobachtungen tiber die Erythrozyten-Senkungsreaktion in der Gynakologie. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1932, 92: 373-7—Car- dauns, F. Erfahrungen mit der Blutkorperchensenkung in der Gynakologie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1924, 50: 513.—Clauser, F. I fenomeni fisico-chimici nella sedimentazione degli eritrociti e valore clinico del processo in ostetricia e ginecologia. Ann. ostet. gin, 1923, 45: 181-212.—Cotte, G, Roth & Durand. Sur la valeur de la sedimentation globulaire en gynecologie. Gyne- cologie, 1933, 32: 305-16. Also Lyon chir, 1934, 31: 87-90 — Cuizza, T. La prova della velocita di sedimentazione dei glo- buli rossi in ginecologia. Gior. batt. immun, 1926, 1: 241-88.— ---- Ulteriori esperienze con la prova della sedimentazione in ginecologia. Riv. ostet. gin. prat, 1928, 10: 640-6— Di Fran- cesco, S. Sul valore della reazione di Fahraeus in ginecologia. Fol. gyn, Pavia, 1926, 23: 231-50—Bodds, G. H, & Telfer, F. L. The value of the sedimentation test in obstetrics and gynaecol- ogy. J. Obst. Gyn, Lond, 1930, 37: 286-95— Dogliotti, V. La reazione di Fahraeus con particolare riguardo alle sue applica- zioni in ostetricia e ginecologia. Fol. gyn, Pavia, 1926, 23: 411-42.—Falta, B. Ueber die Verwendung der Senkungsge- schwindigkeit der roten Blurkbrperchen in der Geburtshilfe und Gynakologie. Zbl. Gyn, 1924, 48: 1478-83— Frosch, H. L. The sedimentation test in obstetrics and gynecology. Am. J. Surg, 1926, 40: 111-3. Also Bull. N. York Acad. M, 1926, 2.ser, 2: 205.—Gaifami, P. Sur la sedimentation des hematies dans le domaine gynecologique. Rev. fr. gyn. obst, 1923, 18: 87.—Geppert, F. Die Bedeutung der Blutsedimentierungs- reaktion nach Fahraeus fiir die Geburtshilfe und Gynakologie. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1921, 58: 226. ----- Wert und Methode der Blutsenkungsreaktion in der gynakologischen Praxis (Be- merkung zu der Arbeit von Molnar) Zbl. Gyn, 1923, 47:1292 — Grisi, A. Sulla precipitazione dei globuli rossi in ginecologia. Ann. ostet. gin, 1923, 45: 587-93.—Hildebrandt, O. Unsere Er- fahrungen mit der Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit, Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1923-24, 65: 275-8—Hirsch, T. Ein Jahr Mikrosedimetrie. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1927, 91: 37- 55—Huberman, J. Value of blood sedimentation test in gynecol- ogy. J.M. Soc. N.Jersey, 1931,28: 403-7— Hughes, F.L. Blood sedimentation in gynecology. Hahnemann. Month, 1932,67: 816-22.—Kretter, K. [Leucytic picture and sedimentation reac- tion in gynecology and obstetrics] Polska gaz. lek, 1934,13: 857- 9.—Kriele. Der diagnostische Wert mikroskopischer Blutsen- kungsbeobachtung. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1929, 96: 507-15 — Kugland, G. Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit und Leukocyten, ihre Bedeutung und Verwertung in der operativen Gynakologie. Zbl. Gyn, 1936, 60:1469-75.—Linzenmeier, G, & Hirsch, T. Die Bedeutung der Blutkbrperchensenkungsge- schwindigkeit fiir die Gynakologie. Ber. ges. Gyn, 1926, 10: 429-45—Mathieu, A, Trotman, F. E. [et al.] The sedi- mentation rate in gynecology and obstetrics; results by the modi- fied Westergren technic in over 2,000 determinations on 1,100 persons. Am. J. Obst, 1931, 21: 197-204—Molnar, S. von. Der diagnostische Wtert der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen in der Gynakologie. Zbl. Gyn, 1923, 47: 845-9.— Neumann, H. O. Der diagnostische Wert der Blutkor- perchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit in der Gynakologie. Ibid, 1925, 49: 354-62.—Nitschmann. Unsere Erfahrungen mit der Erythrozytensenkungsgeschwindigkeit in der Gynakologie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 393.—Noyes, I. H, & Corvese, A. The significance of blood sedimentation time in gynecology and obstetrics. Boston M.&S.J, 1926, 195: 891-6.—Nystrom, R, & Greisheimer, E. M. The sedimentation test in gynecology. Am. J. Obst, 1930, 19: 806-8.—Pewny, R. Die Blutkbrperchen- senkungsgeschwindigkeit als diagnostisches Hilfsmittel in der Gynakologie. Zbl. Gyn, 1922, 46: 1951-6—Polak, J. O, & Mazzola, V. P. The clinical significance of the sedimentation test as a diagnostic and prognostic sign. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1926, 51: 200-5. Also Am. J. Obst, 1926, 12: 700-5 [Discussion] 757-9.—Pratusevich, M. [Clinical tests of velocity of erythrocyte sedimentation in gynecology and obstetrics] Bieloruss. med. misl, 1927, 3: 76-87.— Rumpf, E. Die Verwendung der Bestim- mung der Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit in der Gyna- kologie. Zbl. Gyn, 1922, 46: 1242-6— Salmon, U. J. The value of the sedimentation test in gynecology. Health Exam, N.Y, 1934-35, 4: 14-9.—Satta Flores, G. Nota intorno alla velocita di sedimentazione delle emazie nei campo ostetrico e ginecologico. Ann. ostet. gin, 1924, 46: 40-5.—Schumacher, P, & Vogel, W. Die Bedeutung der Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit fiir die Diagnostik gynSkologischer Erkrankungen. Arch. Gyn. Berl, 1923, 119: 127-35—Serebrov, A. I. [Role of Fahraeus reaction in operative gynecology] J. akush. zhensk. boliez., 1930, 61: 321-5.—Smiley, I. The sedimentation test in gynecol- ogy. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 124: 34-7.—Specken [The rate of sedimentation in infectious gynecological processes] Ned. tschr. verlosk, 1934, 37: 299-312.—Stimson, C. M, & Jones, H. W. The erythrocyte sedimentation test in gynecology. Am. J. Obst, 1929, 18: 81-94 [Discussion] 146.—SummerviUe, M. J, & Falls, F. H. A critical study of the technic and clinical value of the sedimentation rate in gynecology. Ibid, 1932, 24: 389.— Terebinskaya-Popova, M. [Sedimentation of erythrocytes in gynecology and obstetrics] J. akush. zhensk. boliez, 1923, 34: 99-111.—Vida, A. Ueber die Verwendung der Blutkbrperchen- senkungsgeschwindigkeit in der Gynakologie. Miinch. med . Wschr, 1923, 70: 265-7.—Vignes, H, & Hermet, P. sedimenta - tion des globules rouges et gestation. Rev. fr. gyn. obst, 1923, 18: 42.—Vollmar, H. Die Blutkbrperchensenkungsreaktion und ihre praktische Bedeutung fur die Gynakologie. Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 1131-5.— Weinstein, J. H. The value of the Fahraeus reaction in gynecology. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1929, 22: 427-33. ---- Clinical value: Surgery. Bouchard-Potocki, R. L'epreuve de la sedimentation globu- laire en urologie. J. urol. med. Par, 1935, 39: 45-54.—Bouet, O. [Sedimentation of erythrocytes in some surgical diseases] Bibl. laeger, 1927, 119: 115-27.—Di Cianni, E. La velocita di sedimentazione degli eritrociti in chirurgia. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1932, 40: 276-88.—Hallberg, K. [Some experiences on the value of Fahraeus reaction in surgical cases] Hygiea, Stockh, 1923, 85: 675-82.—Haller, E. Zur Verwertung der Sen- kungsgeschwindigkeit der Blutkbrperchen in der chirurgischen Diagnostik. Arch. klin. Chir.. 1923, 125: 739-43—Hiroshi Otsuka. Clinical observation of sedimentation phenomena in urology. Jap. J. Derm. Urol, 1931, 31: 89-96—Huth, T, & Mayer, F. K. Ueber die klinische Bedeutung der Senkung der roten Blutkbrperchen, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung chirur- gisch-urologischer Erkrankungen. Zschr. urol. Chir, 1928, 25: 77-92.—Joseph, S, & Marcus, M. Die klinische Bedeutung der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen als differen- tialdiagnostisches Hilfsmittel bei akuter Appendizitis und Adnexitis. Med. Klin, Berl, 1923,19: 607—Lbhr, W. Weitere Ergebnisse bei Anwendung der Blutkbrperchensenkungsprobe in der Diagnostik chirurgischer Erkrankungen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 388. -----■ Die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen als diagnostisches Hilfsmittel bei chirurgischen Erkrankungen. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir, 1921-22, 34: 229-59.—Mensch. Die Blutkbrperchen-Senkungs- methode in der Chirurgie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924. 71: 1396—Pewny, W. Die Blutkbrperchensenkungsprobe in der Urologie. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1922, 35: 655.—Rothe, E. Ueber den Wert der Blutkorperchensenkung in der Chirurgie. Zbl. Chir, 1923, 50: 132S-32.—Rubin, E. H. The clinical value of the erythrocyte sedimentation reaction in surgery. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1926, 42: 652-6.—Sonntag. Blutkorperchensenkung in der Chirurgie Zbl. Chir, 1924, 51: 2383.—Starlinger, W. Bemer- kungen zur Mitteilung von W. Pewny in Nr 30, 1922, dieser Zeitschrift iiber Die Blutkbrperchensenkungsprobe in der Uro- logie. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1922, 35: 828.—Sidler, A. Ueber die Verwendungsmbglichkeit der Blutkbrperchensenkungsreaktion in der Orthopadie. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1926, 56: 1048-52 — Watermann, H. Die Verwertbarkeit der Senkungsgeschwindig- keit der roten Blutkbrperchen in der Orthopadie. Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1924-25, 46: Beih, 117-24. leukocytic. Barta, I, & Schulz, E. Klinische Untersuchungen iiber Entstehung und Praxis der Leukocytensenkungsreaktion. Zschr klin. Med, 1929-30, 112: 186-95— Bauer, E. Ueber die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der weissen Blutkbrperchen. Ibid, 1927, 105: 708-13.—Kunin, B. Weitere Untersuchungen der Leukocvtensenkung und ihre klinische Verwertung. Ibid, 1928 107: 305-18.—Manzini, C. La velocita di sedimentazione dei leucociti; valore ed importanza clinica della sedimentazione. Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1931, 57: 448-53. -----& De Orchi. Diflerenze artero-venose nella sedimentazione dei leucociti e loro BLOOD SEDIMENTATION 632 BLOOD SEDIMENTATION interpretazione. Ibid, 454-7.—Schilling, V, & Schulz, E. Die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Leucocyten, ihre Abhangigkeit von deren Agglutinationsgrade und ihre Unabhangigkeit von der Suspensionsstabilitat der Erythrocyten. Klin. Wschr, 1923, 2: 2198-201. ---- Mechanism. See also Agglutination; Blood groups, Isoreac- tions; Erythrocyte, Agglutination. Denys, G. F. *A study of the sedimentation test [Marquette Univ.] 36p. 8? Wauwatosa, Wis. 1932. Huan-Min, G. *Experimenteller Beitrag zu einer neuen Senkungstheorie [Berlin] 18p. 8? Charlottenb., 1936. Meyer, J. *Untersuchungen iiber die Ur- sache der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkorperchen [Berlin] 20p. 8? Giitersloh, 1936. Sartorius, W. *Blutkorperchensenkungs- geschwindigkeit und photochemische Reaktion [Basel] 32p. 8? Laupen b. Bern, 1928. Silber, J. Contribution a l'etude de la vitesse de sedimentation des globules rouges. 72p. 8? Strasb., 1932. Walther, G. G. *Autohamagglutination, Geldrollenbildung und Senkungsgeschwindigkeit [Berlin] 44p. 8? Lpz., 1929. Also Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1929, 38: 281. Wichmann, K. *Ueber die Beobachtung des feineren Ablaufs der Blutsenkungsreaktion. 23p. 8? Konigsb., 1931. Achard, G. Evolution, en fonction du temps du pouvoir tampon des suspensions d'hematies. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 481-4.—Aggazzotti, A, & Manzini, C. La velocita di sedi- mentazione del sangue studiata al nefelometro. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1929, 4: 850-3. ----- La curva della diflusione in- terna dopo aggiunta di siero agglutinante e nei sangue di gravida. Ibid, 854-6.—Alexander, M. E. Clinical and experimental observations on blood sedimentation. Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 119: 549-52.—Ambroglio, A. Alcune indagini sperimentali sopra il meccanismo e la speciflcita della reazione di agglutino-sedi- mentazione dei globuli formolizzati: agglutinine specifiche ed eteroagglutinine. Dermosifilografo, 1935, 10: 699-710.—Badino, P. Velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi e agglutina- zione. Fol. gyn, Pavia, 1925-26,21: 633-44.—Balachowsky, S. L'hemotonie; un nouveau facteur determinant la reaction dite de vitesse de sedimentation des erythrocytes. Ann. med. Par, 1925, 18: 201-8. Also Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1925 S.ser, 49: 1141-3. Also J. eksp. biol, 1926, 119-31.—Bendien, W. M, Neuberg, J, & Snapper, I. Beitrag zur Theorie der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1932, 247: 306-21.—Berczeller, L, & Wastl, H. Ueber den Mechanismus der Blutkorperchensenkung. Ibid, 1927, 181: 210-5. Also Gyogyaszat, 1927, 67: 178.—Bertrand, P., & Rousseaux, R. Contribution a l'etude du phenomene de la sedimentation globulaire. Rev. fr. endocr, 1931, 9: 445-64.— Borok, M. P. [Erythrocyte sedimentation in relation to change of constitution] Vrach. dielo, 1926, 9: 244-6.—Bredemose, G. [Sedimentation reaction and correlation with basal metalbolism] Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: 319-21.—Brokman, H, & Hirszfeld, H. Studien iiber die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen. Tr. sc. Clin. inf. Univ. Varsovie, 1930, 55-67.— Bykhovskaya, A. S. [Observations on the reaction of erythro- cyte sedimentation] Vrach. gaz, 1925, 29: 4-7.—Catelani, P. La sedimentazione delle emazie; contributo alio studio dell'in- tima essenza del fenomeno. Riv. clin. med, 1934, 35: 83-105.— Chaskin, S. G. [Capillaroscopy and sedimentation speed of erythrocytes] J. akush. zhensk. boliez, 1925, 36: 288-99.—Cini, N. Rapporto tra valore complementare del siero e velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 602-10.—Cordier, Chaix & Paufique. Nouvelles re- cherches sur la sedimentation sanguine. Lyon med, 1925, 136: 48-51.—Bemurtas, M. P. Sulla sedimentazione dei globuli rossi e sulle cause ehe ne determinano la velocita. Morgagni, 1930, 72: 1743-55.—Bi Macco, G. Stabilita di sospensione del sangue e sistema nervoso autonomo. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1928, 9: 744-58.—Bimanstein, V. I. [Rapidity of sedimentation of erythrocytes in connection with iso-agglutinative properties of blood] Vrach. dielo, 1926, 9: 491-5.—Bucceschi, V. Sulle azioni di parete nella sedimentazione degli eritrociti. Arch. fisiol. Fir, 1930-31, 29: 439-52. Also. Arch ital. biol, 1931-32, 86: 160-9.—Engelmann, B. Ueber Blutkbrperchensenkungs- reaktion und Hamoklasie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1924, 50: 1046- 8.—Fahraeus, R. The suspension-stability of the blood. Acta med. scand, 1921, 55: 1-228.—Gabbe, E. Untersuchungen iiber Sedimentierung von Blutkbrperchen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1921, 68: 1133.—Gawrilow, R. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Erythrocyten im Blute verschiedener Abschnitte des Gefassystems. Virchows Arch, 1928, 269: 340-9.—Georgopoulos, M. Zum Wesen der Erythro- cytensenkung. Zschr. klin. Med, 1925, 102: 46-52.—Goldem- berg, L. Relations entre le metabolisme basal et P6rythro- sedimentation. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 114: 1221. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1933, 9: 393-5. Also Sem. med, B. Air, 1934, 41: 595-603.—Gram, H. C. On the causes of the variations in the sedimentation of the corpuscles and the formation of the crusta phlogistica (size, buffy coat) on the blood. Arch. Int. M, 1921, 28: 312-30.—Henderson, J. M. Studies on the sedi- mentation of erythrocytes. Ind. J.M. Res, 1929-30, 17: 40-7.— Hunt, H. F. Studies of sedimentation of erythrocytes. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1927-28, 13: 327, 1928-29, 14: 1061—Joltrain, E, & Walton, A. C. Role du foie et des chocs sur la sedimentation des hematies. Rev. med. chir. mal. foie, 1930, 5: 193-219.— Kaminsky, V. Y. [Data from the Therapeutic Clinic of Odessa on sedimentation of erythrocytes] Odess. med. J, 1926, 1: 26-31.—Kaufmann, E. Zur Theorie und Praxis der Blutkor- perchensenkung. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 2287.—Klobusitzky, D. von. Klinische und theoretische Ergebnisse der Frage Erythro- cytensenkung. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 531-4.—Ktirten, H, & Gabriel, I. Kbrnige Strbmung und Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Erythrocyten. Zbl. inn. Med, 1923, 44: 337-41—Linzen- meier, G. Wesen und Bedeutung der Blutkbrperchensenkungs- geschwindigkeit. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1923, 20: 445-8.— Lucia, S. P, & Brown, J. W. Suspension stability of erythro- cytes in solutions of gum acacia. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 32: 189-92. Also repr.—Lundgren, R. A study of the phys- ical nature of the sedimentation of blood-corpuscles. Acta med. scand, 1927, 67: 63-104.—Mandelstam, A. [Biological basis for sedimentation of erythrocytes] J. akush. zensk. boliez, 1925, 36: 212-47. ----- Zur Frage fiber die Beziehungen zwischen Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit und Bakte- rienagglutination. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1925, 70: 180-9.— Manzini, C. La vitesse de sedimentation du sang, 6tudi6e au nepltelometre; importance de l'hemo-agglutination et de la formation des amas de globules rouges dans la vitesse des sedi- mentations des hematies. Arch. phys. biol. Par, 1931-32, 9: 97-109.—Meeker, B. O. Theoretical explanations of erythro- cytic sedimentation. Clifton M. Bull, 1925-26, 11: 72-6. Also repr.—Miyoshi, K. Studies on the descending velocity of red blood corpuscles. Sei i kwai, 1930, 49: no. 6,1.—Musa, G. Ueber die Senkungsreaktion der roten Blutkbrperchen und ihre Ursa- chen. Klin. Wschr, 1923, 2: 1591— Paolini, R, & Sanguigno, N, Sul valore della velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi. Riforma med, 1927, 43: 915-8.—Peserico, M. Contributo alio studio sul comportamento della sedimentazione degli eritrociti nei sangue. Biochim. ter. sper, 1925, 12: 371-7.—Pewny, W. Zur Theorie der Blutkbrperchensenkungsprobe. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1922, 35: 903.—Ponder, E. On sedimentation and rou- leaux formation. Q.J. Exp. Physiol, Lond, 1926, 16: 173-94. ----- The sedimentation of spherical erythrocytes. Ibid, 1932, 22: 281-4.—Puxeddu, E. Sulle cause determinanti la velo- cita di sedimentazione del sangue. Fol. med. Nap, 1924, 10: 885-99.—Raponsky, A. I. Contribution a l'etude de la sedi- mentation sanguine. Lyon med, 1934, 154: 281; 305; 337.— Richter, L. Ueber Isohamagglutination und Blutkorperchen- senkung. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 141: 28-32.—Rothe, E. Zur Theorie der Blutkorperchensenkung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1924, 50: 44-6.—Rousseaux, R, & Bertrand, P. Contribution a l'etude du phenomene de sedimentation globulaire. Arch. mal. coeur, 1932, 25: 262-76.—Rubin, E. H. The relation of the ery- throcyte sedimentation reaction to the ability of flocculation of the plasma and serum. Arch. Int. M, 1926, 37: 848-60. Also repr.—Russell, J, & Boyd, T. E. The sedimentation of ery- throcytes suspended in lymph. Am. J. Physiol, 1932, 99: 424-8.—Schloss, W. Bestehen Beziehungen zwischen Isoagglu- tination und Beschleunigung der Blutkbrperchensenkungs- geschwindigkeit? Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 181: 345-9.—Schmidt, W. Die Alkoholextraktreaktion in ihren Beziehungen zur Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen. Zbl. Gyn, 1928, 52: 429-32.—Schneider, G. H. Zur Abgrenzung der Agglutination von der Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 1445-7.—Seki, T. Experimentelle Unter- suchungen zur Frage von dem Wesen der Senkungsgeschwindig- keit der Blutkbrperchen. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 143: 365-86.— Stern, A. Beitrag zur Theorie der Blutkbrperchensenkungs- geschwindigkeit. Mschr. Kinderh, 1924-25, 29: 464-8.—Town- send, D, & Rogers, H. B. A contribution to the study of the erythrocyte sedimentation reaction. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1927-28, 13: 819-27—Vasarhelyi, B. [Mechanism of the erythrocyte sedimentation reaction] Magy. orv. arch, 1931, 32: 391-403 — Vorschutz, J. Die Blutkorperchensenkung im Lichte neuerer Forschung sowie kritisches Sammelreferat iiber dieses Blutzel- lenphanomen und seine Parallelen zur unspeziflschen Gruber- Widal-Reaktion. Med. Klin, Berl, 1923, 19: 269-72— Wester- gren, A. Einige Beobachtungen iiber die Senkungsreaktion. Acta med. scand, 1924, suppl. No. 7, 102-9.—Wiemer, P. Stu- dien zur Blutkbrperchensenkungsreaktion. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1927, 56: 39-60.—Zehnter, E. N. De la sedimentation des globules sanguins; nos connaissances actuelles sur les causes, le mecanisme et la valeur clinique de ce phenomene. J. med. Paris, 1924, 43: 475-9. Also M6d. inf. Par, 1924, 30: 97-113.- Ziegler, W. Erfahrungen iiber die Blutkbrperchensenkungs- reaktion. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1929, 59: 960. ---- Mechanism: Influence of blood picture and blood group. See also Blood sedimentation, Methods; Sources of error. BLOOD SEDIMENTATION 633 BLOOD SEDIMENTATION Mast, A. *Ueber den Einfluss der absoluten Erythrozytenzahl auf die Senkungsreaktion. 25p. 8? Basel, 1932. Bay-Schmith, E. Blutsenkungsgeschwindigkeit und Blut gruppen. Acta path, microb. scand, 1929, 6: 351-5.—Behr, C H. Die Abhangigkeit der Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwin- digkeit vom weissen Blutbild. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 706-9 — Bonniger, M, & Herrmann, W. Blutkbrperchensenkungs- geschwindigkeit und -volumen. Ibid, 1923, 2: 744.—Castex, M. R.i & Schteingart, M. Relation entre la eritrosedimentacion y el numero de globulos rojos. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1931, 7: 491-3. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 109: 327. ----- La eritrosedimentacion su relation con la leucocitosis y formula leucocitaria. Rev. Soc. med. int, B. Air, 1931, 7: 649-54 — Chaimov, M. Kernverschiebung und Blutsenkung. Zschr. klin. Med, 1927,106:628-39.—Ciotola, E. Fenomenos de reunion de los globulos rojos en rollos de monedas y en aglomerados irre- gulares: velocidad de sedimentation de los globulos rojos; grupos sanguineos; tecnicas. An. Fac. med. Lima, 1927, 10: 102; 144.— Corvin, A, & Kaufmann, F. Ueber die Beziehungen der Blut- gruppen zur Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrper- chen. Wrien. med. Wschr, 1933, 83: 1450-2—Gon, K. Studien uber die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen; iiber die Beziehungen der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit zur Zahl der roten Blutkbrperchen, Volumen der roten Blutkbrperchen, Hamoglobingehalt und Zahl der weissen Blutkbrperchen. J. Chosen M. Ass, 1933, 23: 143.—Gram, H. C. Ueber die Correc- tion der Senkungsreaktion fiir den Einfluss des Zellvolumen- procentes (Haemoglobin) und iiber die normalen Grenzen der Senkungsreaktion. Acta med. scand, 1928, 68: 108-22 — Greisheimer, E. M, Ryan, M, & Johnson, 0. H. The relation- ship between cell count and sedimentation index. Am. J. Physiol, 1929, 89: 170-5.—Hashimoto, R. Correlation among intracutaneous tuberculin reaction, red corpuscle sedimentation and hemotype in Japanese sailors. Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1935 24: 2—Hermann, F. Blutkorperchensenkung und Leuko- cyten. Zbl. Gyn, 1932, 56: 1378-83—Lukas, J. [Erythrocyte sedimentation and blood picture] Cas. tek. cesk, 1929, 68: 699; 737.—Meier, U. M. Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindig- keit und Erythrozytenkonzentration. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1931, 44: 527-48.—Ohno, M. Die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der menschlichen Erythrocyten in Beziehung zum Farbeindex. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1926, 52: 643-52.—Peyre, E. Etude sur la sedimentation globulaire; rapport entre le volume du tassement globulaire et le poids d'hemoglobine que renfermentles globules. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 876.—Rubin, E. H, & Smith, N. N. Relation of hemoglobin, cell count and cell volume to the eryth- rocyte sedimentation reaction. Arch. Int. M, 1927, 39: 303- 14. Also repr.—Schafer, H. Ueber den Einfluss der Erythro- cytenzahl auf di* Senkungsgeschwindigkeit. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1927, 130: 566-84; 1928, 135: 128-32—Trettenero, M, & Contini, A. Emogramma e velocita di sedimentazione. Gior. clin. med, 1932, 13: 657-77.—Varga, L. V. Recherches sur la vitesse de sedimentation des globules rouges et sur son paralte- lisme avec la formule d'Arneth. Sang, Par, 1929, 3: 149-60. Also Zschr. klin. Med, 1929, 111: 551-62—Vogel, I. Ueber den Einfluss der Erythrocytenzahl auf die Senkungsreaktion. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1929-30, 139: 665-8—Vogel, Y. Kritische Bemerkungen zum Aufsatz von Dr. Schafer iiber den Einfluss der Erythrocytenzahl auf die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit; Ver- such der Methode der Variationsstatistik zur Untersuchung der Frage iiber die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Erythrocyten anzuwenden. Ibid, 1928, 134: 129-40—Volk, G. Blutkbrper- chensenkungsgeschwindigkeit und qualitatives Blutbild. Deut. med. Wschr, 1924, 50: 610—Wolff-Eisner. Ueber Blutgruppen und Blutsenkung. Wien. med. Wschr, 1932, 82: 78-82— Zih, A. Blutgruppen und Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindig- keit. Klin. Wschr, 1936, 15: 1203. --- Mechanism: Role of chemical and physico- chemical properties of blood. Schneider, W. R. *Ueber Beziehungen zwi- schen dem Verlauf der Blutkorperchensenkungs- geschwindigkeit und sonstigen chemischen und physikalischen Eigenschaften des Blutes. 44p. 8? Lpz., 1925. Achard, C, Codounis, A, & Hadjigeorges, E. Recherches sur le mecanisme de la sedimentation globulaire; etude com- parative de l'influence des elements figures du sang, des colloides, de certains cristalloides et de la reserve alcaline. Arch. mal. coeur, 1931, 24: 657-69.—Aldred-Brown, G. R. P, & Munro, J. M. H. The blood sedimentation rate and the plasma proteins. Lancet, Lond, 1934, 1: 1333-6—Badino, P. Sedimentazione delle emazie e viscosita del liquido. Riv. ostet. gin. prat, 1924, 6: no.l, xxxi-xxxiii.—Beiglbbck, W, & Obersohn, G. Plasma- eiweisskbrper und Erythrozytensenkungsgeschwindigkeit. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1936, 29: 107-24—Bendien, W. M, & Snapper, I. Zusammenhang zwischen der Senkungsgeschwin- digkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen und dem Eiweisspektrum. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 235: 14-34— Berczeller, L, & Wastl, H. Ueber die Wirkung der Blutgase auf die Senkung der roten Blutkorperchen. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 143: 236-47. ——- Ueber die Viskositat von Blutkbrperchensuspensionen. Ibid, 1924, 153: 111; 1926, 167: 195—Berlandt, M. N. [Relation of the reaction of erythrocyte sedimentation to variations of the albumin coefficient in the plasma] J. mikrob, Moskva, 1926, 3: 206-11.—Bernou, M. Sedimentation globulaire et viscosite sanguine. Rev. tuberc. Par, 1936, 5.ser, 2: 152-66—Bruch- saler, S. Ueber Beziehungen zwischen der Blutkbrperchen- senkungsgeschwindigkeit und dem Fibrinogengehalt des Blutes (Untersuchungen an Schwangeren und Neugeborenen) Zbl. Gyn, 1927, 51: 2010-5— Brummer, K. Die elektrischen Ladun- gen der Erythrozyten als Hauptfaktor der Ursache der Sen- kungsgeschwindigkeit. Strahlentherapie, 1926, 22: 322-6.— Collaud, A. Ueber den Einfluss der Erythrocytenladungen auf deren Sedimentierungsgeschwindigkeit. Biochem. Zschr, 1925, 166: 431-41—Corral, J. M. de, & Villalonga, J. V. Estudios fisico-quimicos acerca de la velocidad de sedimentation de los hematies. Arch, med, Madr, 1932, 35: 615; 633.—Bebenedetti, E. Sull' importanza dei lipoidi nell' impilamento e nella velo- cita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi. Gazz. osp, 1924, 45: 1037-41.—Bi Macco, G. Sulla viscosita come fattore della sta- bilita di sospensione delle emazie. Ann. clin. med. Pal, 1925, 15: 69-76.—Fiedler, B. Untersuchungen iiber die Senkungs- geschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen und fiber das Verhal- ten physikalischer Eigenschaften des Blutes und Plasmas nicht trachtiger und trachtiger Rinder. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1923, 200: 330-53.—Gilligan, D. R, & Ernstene, A. C. The relationship between the erythrocyte sedimentation rate and the fibrinogen content of plasma. Am. J.M. Sc, 1934,187:552-6.—Greisheimer, E, Johnson, O. H, & Ryan, M. Relationship between fibrin content and sedimentation index in normal individuals. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1927-28, 25: 629. Also Am. J.M.Sc, 1929, 177: 816-27.—Greisheimer, E. M, Warwick, M, & Walton, M. The relationship between fibrin content and sedimentation index in orthopedic cases. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1929, 37: 953-6 — Grossmann, H. Ueber die Rolle des Cholesterins und des Al- bumin-Globulin-Quotienten bei der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 42: 496-501.—Hahn, F. V. von. Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwin- digkeit und Oberflachenspannung. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 215: 215.—Hatschek, E. Die Viskositat von Blutkbrperchen-Suspen- sionen. Kolloid-Zschr, 1920, 27: 163-5.—Hbber, R, & Mond, R. Physikahsche Chemie der Blutkbrperchensedimentierung. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 2412-4—Ito, W. Ueber den Einfluss der Blutgase (des Sauerstoffs und der Kohlensaure) auf die Sen- kungsgeschwindigkeit der Erythrozyten. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1924, 5: 139-47.—Jones, R. Erythrocyte sedimentation rate of titrated blood and distribution of plasma proteins. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1928-29, 26: 115.—Klobusitzky, D. von. Ueber die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Erythrocyten mit Rucksicht auf die Hofmeistersche Ionenreihe. Biochem. Zschr, 1925, 157: 277-82. Also Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 207: 80-90—Kurten, H. Die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen in ihrer Beziehung zu Cholesterin und Lecithin. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1920, 185: 248-61.—Kylin, E. Ueber die Bedeutung der Blutei- weisse fiir die Senkungsreaktion der roten Blutkbrperchen. Acta med. scand, 1935, 85: 574-84.—Lucia, S. P, Blumberg, T. [et al.] The relation between the suspension stability of ery- throcytes and various constituents of pathologic human blood- Am. J.M.Sc, 1936, 192: 179-85.—Maccabruni, F. La sedimen. tazione dei globuli rossi ed il peso specifico del plasma. Ann. ostet. gin, 1921, 43: 8-16— Monaghan, B. R, & White, H. L. Effect of proteins on electrophoretic mobility and sedimenta- tion velocity of red cells. J. Gen. Physiol, 1935-36, 19: 715-26. ----- & Wegner, C. A comparison of the electrophoretic mobilities and sedimentation velocities of red cells from normal and pregnant human subjects. J. Clin. Invest, 1936, 15: 313-5. —Nitschke, A. Ueber den Einfluss der Plasmaeiweiss- struktur auf die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbr- perchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 64: 120-5—Ohlsson, E, Nordh, G, & Swaetichin, T. Untersuchung iiber den Tryp- tophangehalt des Plasmaeiweisses und dessen Beziehung zu Fahraeus' Senkungsreaktion. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 215: 443-51.—Oliver, J, & Barnard, L. Electric charges and stability in suspensions of red blood cells. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1923-24, 21: 529-31.—Paulsen, E. Ueber Lipoidzufuhr und Blutsenkungsreaktion. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1928, 69: 667-9 — Pines, A. I, & Joffe, M. S. [Rate of erythrocyte sedimentation and surface tension] Klin, med, Moskva, 1929, 7: 1005-9. ----- Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen und Oberflachenspannung. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 211: 420- 5.—Pinner, M, Knowlton, K, & Kelly, R. G. The sedimen- tation rate of erythrocytes, its relation to fibrin value and cholesterol content and its application in tuberculosis. Arch. Path, Chic, 1928, 5: 810-27.—Pribram, H, & Klein, O. Klinische Studien uber die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Ab- hangigkeit vom Eiweissabbau. Acta med. scand, 1923, 58: 132-50.—Puxeddu, E. II plasma nella velocita di sedimentazione degli eritrociti. Riforma med, 1922, 38: 819-21.—Raponsky, A I. La sedimentation sanguine phenomene colloidal. Gaz. hop, 1934, 107: 1393; 1430. Also Lyon med, 1934, 153: 757; 27: 3, pi.—Rossier, P. H. Deplacements des points isoelectriques du plasma et variations de la vitesse de sedimentation des glo- bules rouges. Arch. phys. biol. Par, 1926, 5: 222-34. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1927, 57: 672.—Salomon, A. Ueber die Senkungsreaktion der roten Blutkbrperchen und ihre Bezie- hung zu den Globulinen des Blutes. Zschr. klin. Med, 1924, 99: 329-36.—Salomon, M, Potter, de, & Valtis. La vitesse de sedimentation globulaire est independante de la cholesterinemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 1410-2—Scuderi, G. Tensione superflciale del siero di sangue e velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi. Riforma med, 1935, 51:133-7.—Skrop, F. Bedeu- tung der elektrischen Ladung bei der Blutkbrperchensenkungs- geschwindigkeit. Mschr. ungar. Med, 1929, 3: 54-6.—Wester- BLOOD SEDIMENTATION 634 BLOOD SEDIMENTATION gren, A, Theorell, H, & Widstrom, G. Plasmaeiweiss, Blut- lipoide, Erythrocyten und Senkungsreaktion. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 75: 668-91.—Zarday, I. von, & Farkas, G. von. Quan- titative Beziehungen zwischen Plasmaeiweissfraktionen und Blutsenkung. Ibid, 78: 367-73. ---- Methods [of determination] Balachowsky, S. *La sedimentation des erythrocytes au moyen d'une goutte de sang arterio-capillaire; proc6de pratique et considera- tions theoriques [Geneve] 13p. 8? Lausanne, 1923. Everts, E. L. *The erythrocyte sedimenta- tion test [Milwaukee Hosp.] 14p. 4? Mil- waukee, 1927-28. McCabe, J. *The blood sedimentation test [Marquette Univ.] 6p. 4? Milwaukee, 1925-26. Stocklin, K. *Methodisches und Kasuisti- sches zur Senkungsreaktion [Basel] p.660-78. 8? Berl., 1926. Also Zschr. klin. Med, 1926, 104: Westergren, A. *Die Senkungsreaktion; allgemeinklinische Ergebnisse; praktische Bedeu- tung bei Tuberkulose [Stockholm] 156p. 8? Berl., 1924. Also Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh, 1924, 26: Adler, O. H. Zur Technik der Senkungsreaktion. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 741.—Balachowsky, S. La sedimentation des erythrocytes au moyen d'une goutte de sang arterio-capil- laire; proc6dc pratique et considerations theoriques. Rev. nted. Suisse rom, 1923, 43: 714-72.—Barbier, J, & Piquet, G. Une technique de sedimentation sanguine acceter6e. Lyon med, 1936,157: 29-33.—Berczeller, L, & Wastl, H. Zur Metho- dik der Blutkbrperchensenkungsprobe. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 228.—Berliner, K. Ueber Technik und Verwertung der Senkungsreaktion. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 2069-71— Blood sedimentation test. Annual M. Rep. Midhurst Sanat, 1934, 28: 19-29.—Blumenthal, F. Einige Nebenbeobachtungen bei der Bestimmung der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 114.—Bbnniger. Die naturliche Blutkorperchensenkung. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1924, 36. Kongr, 149. ----- Ueber die Methode der Blutsedimentierungsreaktion. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 269.—Bogason, P. [Westergren's method of sedimentation of erythrocytes] Ugeskr. laeger, 1929, 91: 1162.—Bogorad, F. [Test for speedy sedimentation of erythrocytes] Bieloruss. med. misl, 1924-25, 2: no. 6-9, 226-31.—Botkine, C. Reaction de sedimentation. Biol, med, Milano, 1929, 19: 175-84 — Branch, J. R. B, & Li Chen Pien. The blood sedimentation test. China M.J, 1926, 40: 27-38.—Brooks, C. A new method and a new pipette for blood sedimentation. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1935-36, 21: 971-4.—Bryan, C. G. The blood sedimentation test. S. Michael Hosp. M. Bull, Toronto, 1925-26, 2: 54-7.— Carreras Pic6, J. Estudio clinico y experimental de la reaction de Fahraeus. Progr. clin, Madr, 1928, 26: 625-46.—Carrigan, W. H. The technic for the erythrocyte sedimentation test and its diagnostic value. J. S. Carolina M. Ass, 1928, 24: 60.— Cutler, J. A finger puncture method for the blood sedimenta- tion test. Am. J.M. Sc, 1927, 173: 687-94. -----The graphic method for the blood-sedimentation test; presentation of 1 cc. technique and other important modifications and suggestions. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1929,19: 544-58.—Bavis, B. The determina- tion of the blood sedimentation time with capillary blood. N. England J.M, 1928, 198: 750.—Edhem. Une nouvelle tech- nique de la recherche de la vitesse de sedimentation. Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1931, 3.ser, 47: 984-6. Also Rev. tuberc. Par, 1936, 5.ser.. 2: 424-33.—Enocksson, B, Gjertz, A. [et al.] The sedimentation reaction with heparin. Acta med. scand, 1936, 88: 455-63.—Farley, B. L. The erythrocyte sedimentation test. Med. Clin. N. America, 1932, 16: 251-6.—Fetzer, H. Soil die Senkungsreaktion der roten Blutkbrperchen in niichternem Zustande vorgenommen werden? Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1927, 66: 738-41.—Forster, E. Zur Technik und Wertung der Blutsen- kungsreaktion. Med. Klin, Berl, 1935, 31:446-8.— Frimberger, F. Methodik und Auswertung der Blutkbrperchensenkungs- reaktion. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1935, 32: 165; 194.—Frisch, A. V. Die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Erythrozyten; Technik und Methodik. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1927, 40: 167—Fuente- Hita. Un nuevo cociente para la reaction de Fahraeus. Med. ibera, 1935, 29: 100.—Gilbert, A, & Tzanck, A. Mesure de la sedimentation sanguine. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 88: 873-5.— Goetze, E. Die Bestimmung der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen in vereinfachter Form. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 507-9.—Grimberg, A. Ltepreuve de la sedimentation des globules rouges. Gaz. hop, 1924, 97: 1670-3. Also J. med. Paris, 1925, 44: 157; 1933, 53: 685.—Gueissaz, E. Sur l'6preuve de la vitesse de sedimentation des globules. Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1923, 43: 296-305.—Guthmann, H. Zur Vereinfachung der Technik der Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit und ihrer Grundlagen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 1403 — Halpenny, A. R. Observations on the sedimentation test. Irish J,M, Sc„ 1932, 6,ser„ 30-5—Haro, F, & Garcia, F. La reaction de precipitation de los hematies: reaction de Fahraeus. Rev. sudamer. endocr, B. Air, 1926, 9: 420-4.—Haskins, H. D, Trotman, F. E. [et al.] A rapid method for determination of the sedimentation rate of the red cells with results in health and disease. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1930-31, 16: 487-94—Herold, K. Zur Methodik der Blutkbrperchensenkungsreaktion nach Henkel (Zentrifugensenkung in 5 Minuten) Zbl. Gyn, 1925,49: 634-6.—Hiti, M. Zur Methodik der Blutkbrperchensen- kungsreaktion. Zschr. Kinderh, 1934, 56: 449-56.—Holzapfel. Beschleunigte Feststellung der Blutsenkung. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1935, 82: 66.—Horvat, A. Bemerkungen zur Methodik der Blutsenkungsprobe. Ibid, 1922, 69: 1729.—Johnson, F. B, & Gamble, W. G. The sedimentation test. J. S. Carolina M. Ass, 1929, 25: 300-3.—Kaminsky, V. Y. [Westergren's method in sedimentation of erythrocytes] Uzhn. med. J, 1926, 26-31.— Katz, G. Zur Methodik der Senkungsreaktion. Deut. med. Wschr, 1923, 49: 585. -----& Leffkowitz, M. Die Blutkorper- chensenkung. Ther. Gegenwart, 1928, 69: 390-4.—Kilduffe, R. A. Observations on the estimation of blood sedimentation time. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1929-30, 15: 54-7.—Klaften, E, Bodnar, L, & Kbnig, W. Ueber eine neue Methode zur Bestimmung der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit im Serum nebst Untersuchungen iiber die Sedimentierungszeit unter der Geburt. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1924, 67: 180-5—Kok, F. Zur praktischen Ausfuhrung der Blutsenkungsprobe fiir die klinische Diag- nostik. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1923, 70: 264— Kiilbs, F. Die Senkungsreaktion des Blutes. Med. Klin, Berl, 1934,30:461 — Lattimore, J. L. The sedimentation test. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1929, 30: 115-7.—Leffkowitz, M. Die Bestimmung der Blutkor- perchensenkung. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl, 1933, 2: 1. Halfte, 435-90.—Levy, S. K. A simplified method for performing the red blood cell sedimentation test. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1934, 140: 16.—Lindborg, N. [Experiences with Lund- gren's sedimentation of blood corpuscles with correction of cell volume] Sven. liik. tidn, 1929, 26: 1546-63.—Litten, L. Photo- graphische Darstellung der Blutkorperchensenkung. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 2133-5.— Lottrup, M. C. [Sedimentation test] Hospitalstidende, 1933, 76: 489-503.— Lundgren, R. [Nils Lindborg and the oblique sedimentation test] Sven. lak. tidn, 1930, 27: 883-5.—McSweeney, C.J. A simple method of estimat- ing the sedimentation-rate of the red blood-cells. Lancet, Lond, 1934, 2: 756.—Mandelstam, M. E, & Punko, S. G. [Meth- od for determination of reaction of sedimentation of erythro- cytes] Vrach. gaz, 1925, 29: 181-3.—Martov, I. Z. [Methods of determining the rate of erythrocyte sedimentation] Mosk. med. J, 1929, 9: 1-8.—Morriss, W. H, & Rubin, E. H. The sedimentation reaction of erythrocytes. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1925-26, 11: 1045-52—Meier, U. M. Zur Technik und Beurtei- lung der Blutkbrperchensenkungsreaktion in der Praxis. Schweiz. med. AVschr, 1932, 62: 109-11.—Murphey, H. L. The sedimentation test. Am. J. Nurs, 1933, 33: 566-8.—Naranjo E, L. E. La sedimentation de la sangre v la reaction de Fahraeus. Arch. card, hemat, Madr, 1924, 5: 172; 203; 250—Nees, O. R. The red cell sedimentation test; a review of the literature with a report of its application in over 150 cases. U.S. Nav. M. Bull, 1925, 23: 471-7.—Peschel, G. Eine Methode zur genauen kur- venmassigen Darstellung der Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwin- digkeit. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1924, 58: 195-9.—Peters, J. T. [Sedimentation of erythrocytes; description of a modified meth- od] Geneesk. gids, 1935, 13: 409; 433.—Pezold, F. Die natur- liche Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit ohne Citratzu- satz nach Lampert und ihre Bedeutung fiir die arztliche Praxis. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1936, 98: 698-729.—Plass, E. B, & Rourke, M. B. A new procedure for determining blood sedimentation rates. J. Clin. Invest, 1928, 5: 531-9.—Poindecker, H. Zur Vereinheitlichung der Blutkbrperchen-Sinkprobe. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1924-25, 60: 503.— Raponsky, A. I. Contribution a l'etude de la sedimentation sanguine; methode de la sedimenta- tion sanguine. Paris med, 1934,93:461; 1935,97:129.— Rischel, A. [Convenient method in Westergren's blood sedimentation reaction] Ugeskr. laeger, 1936, 98: 484.—Rosenthal, N. The determination of the sedimentation rate of red blood-cells. Health Exam, N.Y, 1934-35, 4: 5-13.—Schneider, G. H. Zur Vereinfachung der Technik der Blutkbrperchensenkungsge- schwindigkeit und ihrer Grundlagen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1926, 73:1159.—Schuberth, K. Die Dreiphasensenkung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1931, 44: 1340-3—Smith, C. H. A method for determining the sedimentation rate and red cell volume in infants and children with the use of capillarv blood. Am. J.M. Sc, 1936, 192: 73-86—Stocklin, K. Methodisches und Kasuis- tisches zur Senkungsreaktion. Zschr. klin. Med, 1926, 104: 660-78.—Vail, V. [Methodology and clinical importance of reaction of sedimentation of erythroevtes] Pediatria, Moskva, 1926, 10: no. 2, 115-31.—Van Antwerp, L. B. A simplified technique for blood-sedimentation indices. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1934, 29: 214-9—Wail, W. S. Methodik und klinischer Wert der Senkungsreaktion der Erythrozyten. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1927, 3.F, 115: 79-94—Walton, A. C. R. The corrected erythro- cyte sedimentation test. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1933, 18: 711-23. -----The erythrocyte sedimentation test; a clinical and experi- mental study. Q.J. Med, Lond, 1933, n.s, 2: 79-115, pi — Westemen, A. Zur Methodik der Senkungsreaktion. Deut. med. Wschr, 1923, 49: 218. -----The technique of the red cell sedimentation reaction. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1926, 14: 94-101.— Wintrobe, M. M. The erythrocyte sedimentation test. Inter- nat. Clin, 1936, 46.ser, 2: 34-61, pi—Zirm, K. L, & Scherk, G. Ueber den Einfluss des Heparins auf die Blutsenkungsge- schwindigkeit. Zschr. klin. Med, 1933, 125; 475-9, BLOOD SEDIMENTATION 635 BLOOD SEDIMENTATION ---- Methods: Apparatus. Bunn, F. L, & Sharpe, J. C. The use of calculation charts for the Wintrobe hematocrit and sedimentation rates. Am. J. Clin. Path, 1936, 6: 497-501.—Frimberger, F. Photographische Darstellung des Ablaufes der Blutkbrperchensenkungsreaktion. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 1220. ----- Das Erythrocyten-Sedi- gramm; Studien iiber den Ablauf der Blutkbrperchen-Sedimen- tierungsreaktion; Methodik, Aussehen, Einteilung und Mes- sung der Sedigramme. Zschr. klin. Med, 1936, 130: 461-7.— Kanitz, H. R. Ein neues Mikrosedimeter. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61: 1929.—Kunin, B. Ein neuer Blutkbrperchensenkungs- apparat. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 479—Lee, T. The sedimento- meter; a photographic apparatus for automatic recording of blood sedimentation rate. Brit. M.J, 1936, 2: 809.—Lewicki, T. [New apparatus for determining the sedimentation rate of ery- throcytes] Polska gaz. lek, 1930, 9: 518—MacNeal, H. P. Sedimentation time of blood; improved apparatus for routine or research tests. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934, 19: 1010—Nathan, H. Eine zweckmiissige Abanderung der Glasrbhren fiir die Bestim- mung der Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit. Deut. med. Wschr, 1930,56: 2216.—Nordentoft, J. [Micrometer for the determination of the rate of blood sedimentation] Ugeskr. lseger, 1932, 94: 709.—Raykowski, W. Ein anschauliches Schema zur Darstellung der Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 1197.—Sechi, G. Un nuovo apparecchio per la registrazione fotografica della reazione di velocita di sedi- mentazione dei globuli rossi. Boll. spec. med. chir, 1933, 7: 545-8.—Slobodianik, I. [Macro-apparatus for ervthrocvte-sedi- mentation] Vrach.dielo, 1926,9:1116; 1928,11: 973,pi—Sulkowich, H. W. A photographic suspension stability (sedimentation rate) apparatus. Am. J.M.Sc, 1934,187: 65-71, pi.—Vilela, G. G. On a new model of pipette for the erythrocyte sedimentation test. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934-35, 20: 1082-4—Wintrobe, M. M Macro- scopic examination of the blood; discussion of its value and des- cription of the use of a single instrument for the determination of sedimentation rate, volume of packed red cells, leukocytes and platelets, and of icterus index. Am. J.M.Sc, 1933,185: 58-71. --- Methods: Comparison of values. Blither, W. *Die Blutkorperchensenkungs- reaktion und ihre Verwertbarkeit auf Grund von Beobachtungen aus den Jahren 1927-32 an 8,092 Fallen. 29p. 8? Wurzb., 1932. Hensel, G. *Kann man besonders bei beschleunigter Blutkorperchensenkungszeit von dem Ergebnis der Westergrenschen Methode mehr erwarten? 13p. 8? Konigsb. i. Pr., 1931. Salgo, S. *Ueber die klinische Sicherheit verschiedener Blutkorperchen-Senkungsmetho- den [Leipzig] 28p. 8? Zeulenroda i. Thur., 1931. Beaumont, G. E, & Maycock, J. W. The erythrocyte sedi- mentation rate; a comparison of the methods commonly em- ploved for its determination. Brompton Hosp. Rep, 1935, 4: 227-9. Also Lancet, Lond, 1935, 2: 19.—George, E. Ueber die klinische Sicherheit verschiedener Blutkbrperchen-Senkungs- methoden. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1932, 79: 174.—Greisheimer, E. M, Treloar, A. E, & Ryan, M. The inter-relation of Cutler, Linzenmeier, and Westergren sedimentation tests. Am. J.M. Sc, 1934, 187: 213-21.—Hbcker, H. Vergleichende Untersuchun- gen und eine Vergleichskurve iiber die Blutsenkung nach der Westergrenschen Methode und der Mikromethode nach Langer und Schmidt. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1931, 78: 1556 — Holzapfel. Kritische Bewertung der Stand- und Zentrifugier- Blutsenkungsmethode an Hand erhobener Vergleichsbefunde. Ibid, 1935, 82: 1163.—Huet, G. J. [Comparative estimation of sedimentation rate of chromocytes by Langer's micromethod and by Linzenmeier's method] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1928, 72: pt2, 4799-805.—Merkelbach, O. Vergleich zwischen Mikro- und Makromethode der Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1935, 65: 949—Pfaff, W. Die Blutkbr- perchensenkungswerte nach Westergren und Linzenmeier im Vergleich. Deut. med. Wschr, 1929, 55: 1667.—Poindecker, H. Tabelle fiir den annahernden Vergleich der Ergebnisse verschiedener, in Oesterreich gebrauchlicher Blutkbrperchen- Sinkproben. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 623.—Vilariiio, M. Algunas observaciones y ensayos acerca de los indices de sedi- mentation globular (estudio critico) Arch, med., Madr, 1933, 36: 1433-43.—Wellner, O. Eine einfache Vergleichskurve der Blutsenkungsreaktionen nach Westergren und Linzenmeier. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 1321.—Westergren, A. Ueber die Stabili- tatsreaktion des Blutes, nebst Vergleichwerten bei verschiedener Methodik; einige Mitteilungen fiber fortgesetzte Untersuchun- gen. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 1359. -----■ Korrektur der Ver- gleichstabelle bei verschiedener Methodik der Blutsenkungs- probe (in n. 27, S.1359, dieser Wochenschrift) Ibid, 2188. ---- [Value of Fahraeus' reaction in clinical medicine; results of 10,000 sedimentation tests performed on 4,000 patients; a critic of Lindstedt's article] Hygiea, Stockh, 1928, 90: 210-3 — Yanagawa, S, & Suzuki, T. Comparison of red cell sedimenta- tion value between Yoshida's micro-method and Westergren's method. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1936, 29: 41L-7, ---- Methods, micrometric. Raponsky, A. I. *La sedimentation sanguine, phenomene colloidal; une nouvelle methode de micro-sedimentation sanguine. 283p. 8? Lyon, Achard, C, Levy, J, & Guthmann, G. Sur la micros6dimen- tation des globules sanguins. Sang, Par, 1933, 7: 557-63 — Ackermann, W. Ueber die Mikromethode der Blutkbrperchen- senkungsreaktion. Med. Klin, Berl, 1931, 27: 394-6.—Burger, G. C. E. Die Bestimmung der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Erythrocyten in kleinen Blutmengen (Mikromethode) Arch neerl. physiol, 1930, 15: 565-84. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1930J 74: pt2, 3419-24.—Chattas, A. El micrometodo en la eritrosedi- mentacion; su verdadero valor en la clinica infantil. Actas Congr. nac. med, Rosario, 1934, 5: pt4, 1200-5.—Clausen, J. [Reliability and technique of micro-sedimentation] Ugeskr. teger, 1935, 97: 785.—Beinum, M. J. [Practical micromethod for the determination of the rate of sedimentation of erythro- cytes] Mschr. kindergeneesk, 1934, 3:367-70.—Eldahl, A. Eine kritische Bewertung und Verbesserung der Langerschen Mikro- Blutsenkungsmethode sowie eine vergleichende Untersuchung uber die entsprechenden Werte nach der Mikromethode und nach Westergrens Methode. Acta paediat, Upps, 1932-33, 14: 356-68.— Eufinger, H. Die Bedeutung der 6 momentigen Mikrosedimentierung fur gynakologische Probleme. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1931,146:261-72—Frostad, S. [Microsedimentation reaction by means of Landau's pipette] Norsk, mag. laegevid 1934, 95: 170-8.—Gragert, 0. Ueber Fehlerquellen bei der Bestimmung der Erythrozyten-Senkungsgeschwindigkeit mit der Linzenmeierschen Methode. Munch, med. Wschr, 1923, 70: 765-7.—Hadorn, W. Ueber Hamosedimetrie; spezielle Berucksichtigung des Mikroverfahrens. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1933, 63: 1134-8.----- Noch einmal: Makro- oder Mikro- haemosedimetrie. Ibid, 1935, 65: 1209.—Haselhorst, G. Ueber eine neue Mikromethode der Blutkbrperchensenkungsreaktion. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 325—Heimann, F. Die sechs- momentige Mikrosedimentierung der roten Blutkbrperchen und ihre Anwendung in Gynakologie und Geburtshilfe. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1934-35, 98: 266-70—Kaufmann, E. Ueber Mikrosedimetrie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 186.— Kowarski, A. Zur Methodik der Mikrobestimmung der Sen- kungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen. Klin. Wschr , 1931, 10: 1863—Landau, A. Die Anwendbarkeit der Mikro- methode bei Bestimmung der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen. Acta paediat, Upps, 1931-32,12:100-16. ----- Microsedimentation (Linzenmeier-Raunert method) its serviceability and significance in pediatrics; use of a modified apparatus, with simplified technic, also serviceable in ambulant practice. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1933, 45: 691-734. Also repr — Lebedev, F. F. [Simplification of the technique of taking blood for the sedimentation reaction by Panchenko's apparatus] Soviet, vrach. gaz, 1933, 37: 1035.—Linzenmeier, G. Die Sen- kungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen und ihre praktische Bedeutung. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1923, 70: 1243-5. ----- Ueber die Mikrosedimetrie der roten Blutkbrperchen. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 235. Also Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 223. Also Munch, med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 5. ----- Ein Bei- trag zur Blutsenkungsgeschwindigkeit unter Mitteilung einer verbesserten Kapillarmethode. Ibid, 1934, 81:174-7. -----& Raunert, M. Eine Mikromethode zur Messung der Senkungs- geschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 766. Also Zbl. Gyn, 1924, 48: 786-90.—Linzenmeier, G, & Rodecurt, M. Versuch einer Schnellmethode zur Bestimmung der Blutsenkungsgeschwindigkeit. Ibid, 1931, 55: 736-41.— Mandelstamm, A, & Gidalewitsch, N. Die sechsmomentige Mikrosedimentierung der roten Blutkbrperchen. Ibid, 1929, 53: 3046-54.—Muller-Scheven, E. Ueber eine neue Mikro- methode der Blutkbrperchensenkungsreaktion. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 1896-8.-Poindecker, H. Ueber eine neue Mikromethode der Blutkbrperchensenkungsreaktion. Ibid, 1927, 53: 326.—Rad, A. Ueber eine neue, verlassliche Mikro- methode zur Bestimmung der Blutkbrperchen-Sinkgeschwindig- keit nach Raskin. Med. Klin, Berl, 1933, 29: 1244.—Rau, H. Mikromethodik der Blutkbrperchensenkungsreaktion. Deut. med. Wschr, 1931, 57: 1410.—Reichel, H. Un micrometodo per la determinazione della velocita di sedimentazione del sangue. Rass. ter pat. clin, 1933, 5: 751-62. Also Zschr. klin. Med, 1933, 125: 623-31. ----- Ueber eine neue, verlassliche Mikro- methode zur Bestimmung der Blutkbrperchensinkgeschwindig- keit nach Raskin. Med. Klin, Berl, 1934, 30: 233.—Sahlgren, E. [Rapid method for Fahraeus' sedimentation reaction] Sven. lak. tidn, 1929, 26: 1001-7. Also Acta med. scand, 1931-32, 77: 141-70. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1929,76:1796—Sato, A. Eine Mikromethode fiir die Messung der Roten-Blutkbrperchen Senkungsgeschwindigkeit. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1933, 45: 1851.—Schuricht, F. Normalwerte der Blutkbrperchensenkungs- geschwindigkeit in der ersten Lebenszeit; zugleich eine Aus- wertung der Mikromethode nach Pantschenko. Zschr. Kin- derh, 1934, 56: 272-9.—Stephani, J. A propos de la micros6di- ntetrie d'apres Linzenmeier; undispositif destine a en simplifler la technique. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1927, 57: 765-7.—Strom, J. Mikromethode fiir die Senkungsreaktion. Acta paediat, Upps, 1932-33, 14: 567-83— Ungar, M. [Practical value of Stei- cer's micromethod] Polska gaz. lek, 1935, 14: 276-81.—Walsem, G. C. van [Micro-determination of blood sedimentation] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1925, 69: pt2, 1981-4.—Wanscher, 0. [Micro- sedimentation with Landau's apparatus] Ugeskr. Issger, 1935, BLOOD SEDIMENTATION 636 BLOOD SEDIMENTATION 97: 415-9.—Winter, E. W. Die Bedeutung der sechsmomentigen Mikrosedimentierung der Erythrozyten fiir die Gynakologie im Vergleich zur Makrosedimentierung nach Linzenmeier. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1933, 94: 245-54.—Yoshida, M. A new micro- method for the hemosedimentation with 0.05 cc. of blood. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1936, 29: 400-10. ---- Methods: Sources of error. Bernet, H. * Ueber den Einfluss der erhohten Korpertemperatur auf die Senkungsreaktion [Zurich] p.662-9. 8? Berl., 1931. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 80: Aggazzotti, A, & Bucciardi, G. La sedimentazione del sangue studiata al nefelometro; influenza della diluizione. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1930, 5:569-72. ----- La sedimenta- zione del sangue studiata al nefelometro; influenza della viscosita del mezzo. Ibid, 867-9. ----- Influenza della reazione alca- lina del mezzo. Ibid, 1931, 6: 159-62. ----- Le variazioni della luminosita in rapporto con le modiflcazioni micro ed ultramicroscopiche dei globuli. Ibid, 1932, 7: 148-50—Ber- czeUer, L, & Wastl, H. Ueber die Wirkung des Schiittelns auf die Senkung der roten Blutkbrperchen. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 143: 333-41.-----Ueber die Senkung der roten Blut- kbrperchen in verschieden hoher Blutsaule. Ibid, 1924, 146: 370-5.—Buchanan, J. A. Is the sedimentation test a reliable indicator of disease? Med. Rec, N.Y, 1935, 142: 464—Cherry, T. H. Factors influencing the sedimentation rate of erythro- cytes. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934-35, 20: 257-71. -----& Killian, J. A. Factors influencing erythrocytic sedimentation. Arch. Path, Chic, 1932, 13: 356.—Clausen, J. [Reliability and tech- nique of sedimentation reaction] Ugeskr. laeger, 1935, 97: 1091-4.—Cohn, G. Bedeutung der intermediaren Schicht zwischen roten Blutkbrperchen und Plasma im zentrifugierten Zitratblut. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1934, 64:179—Bel Zoppo, R. Azione delle depressioni barometriche sul valore complementare e sulla velotica di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi. Fol. med. Nap, 1935, 21: 1091-101.—Engel, H. Ueber die unscharfe Grenze bei der Sedimentierung der Erythrozyten im Zitratblute und im nativen Zustande im U-Rbhrchen. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1924, 9: 45-70.—Forestier, J, & Gerbay, F. Etudes critiques sur la sedimentation globulaire. Sang, Par, 1936, 10: 686-703.—Gordon, M. B, & Cohn, B. J. The effect of external temperature on the sedimentation rate of the red blood cor- puscles. Am. J.M. Sc, 1928, 176: 211-4—Gram, H. C. On the correction for cell-volume (hemoglobin) of the sedimentation reaction and on the normal limits of the said reaction. Acta med. scand, 1928, suppl, H.26, 462-8.—Greisheimer, E. M, Hodapp, A, & Goldsworthy, E. Effect of anticoagulants on sedimentation rate. Am. J.M.Sc, 1935,190: 775-9.—Haselhorst, G. Praktische Brauchbarkeit der Senkungsprobe der Erythro- zyten in der Gynakologie nebst Untersuchungen iiber Fehler- quellen des Verfahrens. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 1100-2.— Herold, K, & Gueffroy, H. Einfluss des Zentrifugenradius auf die Blutkbrperchensenkungsreaktion nach Henkel. Zbl. Gyn, 1926, 50: 529.—Hoverson, E. T. & Petersen,, W. F. Meterologic effects on the sedimentation rate of erythrocytes. Am. J.M. Sc, 1934, 188: 455-61.—Hubbard, R. S, & Geiger, H. B. Anemia as a factor in the sedimentation time of erythrocytes. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1927-28, 13: 322-6.—Josefowicz, J. Ueber Fehlerquellen bei der Bestimmung der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1922,18:1288-90—Kliment, E. [Unfavorable factors in Fahraeus-Westergren blood reac- tion] Cas. 16k. cesk, 1927, 66: 313-5.—Kosuge, Y. The influ- ence of blood stasis upon the sedimentation of the red blood corpuscles. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1934-35, 17: 364-7.—Krtiger, F. von. Beitrage zur Frage nach der Senkungs- geschwindigkeit der Erythrozyten; welchen Einfluss iibt die Plasma- beziehungsweise Serumverdiinnung auf die Senkungs- geschwindigkeit der Erythrozyten aus? Zschr. Biol, 1925, 83: 435-44.—Lebel, H, & Lottrup, M. C. [Does haemoglobin percent- age influence the sedimentation rate?] Hospitalstidende, 1933, 76: 125-35. ----- [Determination of hemoglobin in sedimenta- tion tests] Ibid, 597-9. ----- Is the sedimentation value to be corrected for variations of the hemoglobin percentage? Acta med. scand, 1933, 80: 650-65.—Lumiere, A, & Sonnery, S. Vi- tesse de sedimentation et hyperthermie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 1414.—Lundgren, R. [Observations on sedimentation reactions with oblique tubes] Sven. lak. tidn, 1930, 27: 465-71.—Luzzatti, C. A. Velocita di sedimentazione delle emazie e condizioni metereologiche. Riv. idroclim, 1933, 44: 297-304.—McGavack, T. H. Factors of error in performing blood sedimentation tests. Hahnemann. Month, 1925, 60: 653-62 — Maia, C. Causes d'erreur dans la determination de la vitesse de sedimentation sanguine; hauteur de la colonne, diametre des tubes. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1929,102:248. ----- Causes d'erreur dans la determination de la vitesse de sedimentation du sang; verticalite des tubes, temperature. Ibid, 1930, 103: 838-40 — Novak, I. V. [Effect of temperature on the rate of sedimentation of erythrocytes] Soviet, vrach. gaz, 1933, 37: 561-3.—Peisa- khovich, N. M. [Some factors affecting sedimentation speed of erythrocytes] Vrach. dielo, 1925, 8: 1327-31.—Raponsky, A. I. Influence des facteurs nteteorologiques, geographiques et cli- matiques sur la vitesse de sedimentation sanguine. Lyon med, 1934,154:137-46. ----- Influence de la longeur, du calibre, de la forme et de la position du sedimentimetre sur la vitesse de la sedimentation sanguine. Ibid, 281-7.—Rimini, R. Azione della temperatura sulla velocita di sedimentazione. Fisiol. med,, Roma, 1934, 5: 623-6. Also Minerva med. Tor, 1934, 25: pt2, 369-72.—Rourke, M. B, & Ernstene, A. C. A method for correcting the erythrocyte sedimentation rate for variations in the cell volume percentage of blood. J. Clin. Invest, 1930, 8: 545-59.—Rourke, M. B, & Plass, E. B. An investigation of various factors which affect the sedimentation rate of the red blood cells. Ibid, 1929-30, 7: 365-86— Sasano, K. T, Ordway, W. H, & Medlar, E. M. A study of certain factors which in- fluence the sedimentation rates of erythrocytes with special emphasis upon the effect of temperature. Am. J. Clin. Path, 1936, 6: 432-43.—Schbtt, E. B. [Errors in sedimentation of ery- throcytes due to alcohol in the injection needle] Sven. lak. tidn, 1928, 25: 1009-16.—Steinberg, S, & Kirichenko, N. B. [Factors affecting the speed of sedimentation of erythrocytes] Vrach. dielo, 1925, 8: 57-62.—Treloar, A. E, & Greisheimer, E. M. Variability due to technique of the sedimentation index. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 30: 962-6—Velicogna, A. Sull'influenza della temperatura sulla velocita di sedimenta- zione dei globuli rossi. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1930, 9: 64-70. ---- Methods; Standardization. Cabanis, P. L. R. Contribution a l'etude de la sedimentation sanguine (etat actuel de la reaction, necessite de standardisation des tech- niques) 108p. 8? Par., 1926. Berczeller, L, & Wastl, H. Ueber die Standardisierung der Untersuchung der Senkung der roten Blutkbrperchen. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1923, 142: 524-36.—Chung, H. L. A simple and accurate method for standardizing the cell volume percentage of any blood for sedimentation test. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934-35, 20: 633-8.—Harvey, W. F, & Hamilton, T. B. Studies in method and standardisation of blood examination; sedimentation rate and sedimentation volume of blood. Edinburgh M.J, 1936, 43: 29-46, pi.—Kaufmann, E. Zur Vereinheitlichung der Senkungs- reaktion. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1927, 58: 205-20—Lafont, J. Technique et standardisation de la reaction de sedimentation des globules rouges. Progr. med. Par, 1935, 321-7.—Poindecker, H. Zur Vereinheitlichung der Blutkbrperchensinkprobe. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1925, 38: 253.—Wintrobe, M. M, & Landsberg, J. W. A standardized technique for the blood sedimentation test. Am. J.M. Sc, 1935, 189: 102-15. ---- Military medical aspects. Brauer & Handloser. Ist die Blutsenkungsreaktion zur Einfiihrung in den Heeressanitatsdienst, insbesondere zur grundsatzlichen Anwendung bei den Einstellungsuntersuch- ungen geeignet? Veroff. Heer. San, 1934, H.91, 100-38—Ito, M, & Miyagi, T. Some investigation on the red cell sedimenta- tion in the sailors. Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1936, 25: 73 — Odenius, R. [Examination of sedimentation of red blood cells in an artillery regiment] Tskr. mil. halsov, 1927, 52: 203-9 — Schnell, R. [Sedimentation of erythrocytes in recruits] Hygiea, Stockh, 1928, 90: 658-62. Also Tskr. mil. halsov, 1928, 53: 168. ---- Variations. See also Blood sedimentation, Methods: Sources of errors. Balachowsky, S. Les variations post-prandiales immedia- tes de la vitesse de sedimentation des erythrocytes. Presse med, 1925, 33: 626-8.—Barovskaia, V. M, & Margolin, L. T. [Change of sedimentation speed of erythrocytes under the in- fluence of Roentgen rays] Klin, med, Moskva, 1924, 2: 274-9.— Boerner, F, & Flippin, H. F. A study of some of the factors influencing the sedimentation test. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934-35, 20: 583-9.—Caspari, J, Eliasberg, H, & Fiegel, L. Verhalten der Erythrocytensenkung bei physikalisch-chemischen Zu- standsanderungen im Blute. Klin. Wschr, 1923, 2: 390-4.— Cassinis, V. Indice di refrazione del siero e velocita di sedimen- tazione dei globuli rossi nei lavoro muscolare. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1928, 26: 355-61. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 493.—Beutsch, F, & Weiss, E. Sportliche Dauerleistung und Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit; gleichzeitig ein Bei- trag zur Frage der Blutkbrperchensenkungsreaktion. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1931, 21: 439-50.—Biringshofen, H. von, & Belonoschkin, B. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss hoher Beschleunigungen auf den Blutdruck des Men- schen. Zschr. Biol, 1932, 93: 79.—Fabroni, S. M. La velocita di sedimentazione delle emazie nei periodo premestruale. Mor- gagni, 1923, 65: (Arch) 238-9—Frederiksen, J. [Variations of sedimentation of erythrocytes after food ingestion] Hospitals- tidende, 1929, 72: 1312-7.—Hoverson, E. T. An explanation for normal dailv variations in the rate of sedimentation of erythrocytes. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1934, 14: 185—Ivanov, V, & Basilevich, I. [Periodical changes in the velocity of sedimentation of ervthrocytes] Klin, med, Moskva, 1926. 4,: 290-2. Also Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 497-500—Jores, A, & Strutz, H. Untersuchungen fiber die 24-Stunden-Rhythmik der Blut- senkung unter normalen und pathologischen Bedingungen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1936, 62: 92-6—Kaminski, V. La variabi- lity de la sedimentation des globules rouges. Presse nted, 1936, 44: 8-10.—MSllerstrbm, J. [Changes within short periods of the suspension stability of the blood] Hygiea, Stockh. 1929, 91: 497-508.—Palmieri, V. M. Velocita di sedimentazione ed lm- pilamento in particolari condizioni di lavoro. Studium, Nap, 1926, 16: 50-8— Palomba, G. Variazioni della velocita della sedimentazione dei corpuscoli rossi del sangue, in seguito 8 BLOOD SEDIMENTATION 637 BLOOD SEDIMENTATION bagni ed al soggiorno al mare. Arch. sc. biol, Bologna, 1931-32, 16: 57-70.—Pawlowski, E. Die Blutkbrperchensenkungsreak- tion unter den verschiedenen physiologischen und pathologi- schen Verhaltnissen mit besonderer Berucksichtigung fiir den praktischen Arzt. Physiatrie, Berl, 1933, 5: 6; 51.—Ploman, G. Demonstration ophtalmoscopique des variations de stabilite dans la suspension des globules rouges. Ann. ocul. Par, 1920. 157: 569-80.—Popper, M, & Kreindler, F. Vitesse de sedimen- tation des hematies et hemoclasies digestives (note preiiminaire) Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Bucarest, 1924,6: 164-7. ----- Vitesse de sedimentation et hemoclasie digestive; sur les variations post- prandiales immediates. Paris med, 1926, 61: 129-32.—Risquez, J. R. Observaciones acerca de la variation de la velocidad de sedimentation globular en estados fisiologicos. Gac. med. Cara- cas, 1926, 33: 209-12.—Roger, H, & Binet, L. Influence de la res- piration sur la sedimentation des globules sanguins. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 93: 1002-4.— Scala, E. Velocita di sedimenta- zione degli eritrociti alle varie altezze e a bassa temperatura. Studium, Nap, 1931, 21: 15-8.—Spitzer, P. Die Senkungsge- schwindigkeit der sensibilisierten roten Blutkbrperchen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1924,50:950. ---- Variations: Age. Aroni, M. A. [Sedimentation of erythrocytes in children] Vrach. dielo, 1927, 10: 423-6—Bardach, M. Ueber die Suspen- sionsstabilitiit der Blutkbrperchen im Kindesalter. Arch. Kinderh, 1921, 70: 114-30— Burkhardt, A. J. Die Blutkbrper- chensenkungsgeschwindigkeit im Greisenalter. Med. Welt, 1930, 4: 1789.—EUenberg, S. L. The sedimentation reaction in the newborn. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934, 19: 944-7.—Greisheimer, E. M, Myers, J. A. [et al.] The red-cell sedimentation test in children. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1927,16: 344-51.—Hille, G. Ueber Beziehungen der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Erythrocyten zur Kolloidlabilitat des Plasmas bei Sauglingen. Mschr. Kinderh, 1924, 28:137-45.—Lasch, F. Untersuchungen iiber die Ursache der beschleunigten Blutsenkungsgeschwindigkeit im hoheren Alter. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1932, 22: 155-60 — Levy-Solal. Difference de sedimentation entre le sang maternel et le sang fcetal. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 88: 875.—Liege, R, Grodnitzky & Herr, A. Recherches sur la vitesse de sedimenta- tion globulaire chez les enfants. Bull. Soc. p6diat. Paris, 1932, 30: 93-103.—Low-Beer, L. Die Blutsenkungsgeschwindigkeit im hoheren Alter. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 1909-11.—Luciani, P. La velocita di sedimentazione delle emazie nell' eta infantile. Pediat. med. prat. Tor, 1936,11: 418-32.—Miller, I. Blood sedi- mentation rates in middle-aged and old people. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1935-36, 21: 1227-30.—Moschini, S. Studio comparativo della velocita di sedimentazione delle emazie e della riserva alca- lina nei bambini. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1933, 12: 413-9.— Nadolny, G. Ueber die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Blut- kbrperchen bei Sauglingen. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1921, 58: 998.— Opitz, H, & Frei, M. Ueber die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen bei Kindern unter Berucksichtigung ihrer Abhangigkeit von dem spezifischen Gewicht des Plasmas und der Erythrozyten. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1922-23, 3.F, 50: 55-60.—Peterman, M. G, & Seeger, S. J. Sedimentation reaction in children. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1929, 37: 693-731. ---- Variations: Experimental factors. Luddy, J. J. *Recherches sur Taction des rayons X sur les points isoelectriques du s6rum et la vitesse de sedimentation des globules rouges. 16p. 8? Lausanne, 1927. Mielke, H. *Die Blutkorpersenkungsreak- tion und ihre Beeinflussung durch Adrenalin. 32p. 8? [Berl.] 1930. Otten, F. *Ueber die Beeinflussung der Blut- korperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit durch Ront- genstrahlen in vivo und in vitro. 31p. 8? Kiel, 1929. Ruschemeyer, P. *TJeber die Blutkorper- chen-Senkungsreaktion unter Berucksichtigung der Plasmaviskositat und deren Beziehungen zur Senkungsgeschwindigkeit nach Lichtkastenbe- handlung [Berlin] 36p. 8? [Osnabruck] 1926. Valeev, I. *Einfluss von Thorium X auf die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkorper- chen. 18p. 8? Berl., 1927. Also Strahlentherapie, 1927, 26: 363. Alexander, M. E. Ueber die Einwirkung des galvanischen Stromes auf den Agglutinationstypus und die Sedimentierungs- geschwindigkeit der Erythrozyten. Med. Klin, Berl, 1923,19: 1232.—Amore, G. Comportamento della velocita di sedimenta- zione dei globuli rossi in seguito alla immunizzazione con l'ana- tossina di Ramon. Pediatria (Riv.) 1933, 41: 1484-94—Bach- mann, F, & Bahn, K. Ueber die Beeinflussung der Blutkor- perchensenkung durch intravenos zugefiihrtes CaCb und KC1. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1924, 36. Kongr, 63. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 43: 170-4.----- Beeinflussung der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Erythrocyten durch Schilddru- senpraparate. Zbl. inn. Med, 1924, 45: 999.—Batinkov, E, & Skorobogat, A. [Effect of oxygen inhalation on erythrocyte sedimentation] Russ. klin, 1929, 12: 388-93—Baumecker, W. Der Einfluss der Narkotica auf die Blutkbrperchensenkungs- geschwindigkeit. Biochem. Zschr, 1924, 152: 64-78—Bennig- hof, F. Klinische Untersuchungen uber die Senkungsgeschwin- digkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen im Zitratblut. Munch, med. Wschr, 1921, 68: 1319—Berczeller, L, & Wastl, H. Ueber die Senkung der roten Blutkbrperchen im fliessenden Blute. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1924, 153: 100-10. Also Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 193.—Bieler, H. Endocrines and the sedimentation test. Clin. M.&S, 1930, 37: 436-9.—Binet, I, & Krasznai, I. Die Bestim- mung der Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit; die Wir- kung von Globulinlbsungen auf dieselbe bei Versuchen in vitro. Biochem. Zschr, 1935-36, 283: 190-8—Blum, P, Achard, G, & Grosfogel, S. De Taction des cures hydro-minerales sur la vitesse de sedimentation des globules rouges. Presse therm, clim, 1928, G9: 37-43.—Boehlke, W. Die Beeinflussung der Blutkbrper- chensenkungsgeschwindigkeit durch physikahsche Anwendun- gen verschiedener Art, insbesondere durch Teilwasserbader. Zschr. klin. Med, 1936, 130: 535-47.—Bordoli, L. Le variazioni della velocita di sedimentazione durante la prova adrenalinica. Haematologica, Pavia, 1936, 17: 529-39.—Brinkmann, J. Ein- fluss speziflscher und unspeziflscher Antigene auf die Senkungs- reaktion. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1926, 65: 343-50—Cherniak, I. [Sedimentation of red blood corpuscles in hypotonic salt solu- tions] Klin, med, Moskva, 1925, 6: 223-7.—Chernosatonskaya, E. P. Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddriisentatigkeit auf die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 66: 67-72—Choi, C. Y. The effect of hor- mones on the sedimentation velocity of red blood cells after blockade of the reticulo-endothelial system. J. Severance Union M. Coll, Seoul, 1934-35, 2: 17-39— Claude, H, L§vy- Valenci [et al.] Influence des toxiques sur la vitesse de sedi- mentation des globules rouges. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 1294.—Connerth, O. Ueber die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen nach kutaner, intra- und subkutaner Vakzination. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 1525.—Costabile, V. Influenza delle sostanze coagulanti sulla velocita di sedimenta- zione dei globuli rossi. Morgagni, 1927, 69: 81-9.—Balmatov, M. Senkungsreaktion der Erythrocyten bei Hunden in der Norm und bei Pancreas- und Milzentfernung. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh, 1930, 62: 157-63.—Bemurtas, M. P. L'influenza dei sali di calcio sulla velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi. Mor- gagni, 1932, 74: 699-704.—Be Victoriis-Medori, F. La velocita di sedimentazione delle emazie e l'indice refrattometrico del siero di sangue in seguito alla legatura dell' arteria splenica. Patholo- gica, Genova, 1935, 27: 386-97.—Bi Macco, G. Azione dell' alcool etilico sulla stabilita di sospensione del sangue. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1925, 30:153-7.—Bi Maio, G. Influenza della asporta- zione di alcune ghiandole a secrezione interna e della milza sulla velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi. Pathologica, Ge- nova, 1927, 19: 177-88.—Bonini, G. Sulla velocita della eritrose- dimentazione dopo l'impiego di emostatici. Gior. clin. med, 1928, 9: 783-9.—Ehrismann, G. Ueber die Beeinflussung der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Erythrocyten durch einige Elek- trolyte. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 141: 531-9.—Fabian, A. [In- fluence of hypertonic solutions on erythrocyte sedimentation and serum refraction] Bratisl. 16k. listy, 1927, 6: 554-66.—Gar- nier, M, & Oumansky, V. La sedimentation des globules rouges dans les liquides pleuraux et ascitiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 95: 1306-10.—Graziano, C. Le modiflcazioni della velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi in animali trattati con estratti di ghiandole a secrezione interna. Rinasc. med, 1927, 4: 528-30, ch.—Hara, S. The influence of medicaments on the velocity in the sedimentation of the blood corpuscles. Poly- clin. Dairen, 1922-24, 1: 1-2; 1924-26, 2: no.13, 1-9; no. 14, 1-4. Also J. Orient. M, Dairen, 1924,2: 21; 191—Ilsun Yun. Investi- gations on the effect of hormones on the sedimentation velocity of red blood cells. China M.J, 1930, 44: 141-8. Also repr — Jailer, C. Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen bei Rbntgenbestrahlung des Blutes in vitro. Deut. med. Wschr, 1924, 50: 1080.—Kanai, T. Zur Theorie der Sedimen- tierung der roten Blutkbrperchen (iiber den Einfluss von Er- warmen und Schiitteln der Eiweisslbsungen) Arch. ges. Phy- siol, 1922, 197: 583-98.—Kato, M. Klinisches Studium iiber den Einfluss der Bluttransfusion auf die Blutgerinnung. Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi, 1935, 30: 66-8.—Khorosh, Y. V, & Bubro- vina, U. P. [Importance of erythrocyte sedimentation reaction in physiotherapy] Tr. Syezda fizioter, 1927, 2: 153.—Klaus, K. [Contribution to the studies on biological effect of amines on the sedimentation of erythrocytes] Cas. tek. cesk, 1928, 66: 1640-4.—Klein, J. Untersuchungen iiber Senkungsgeschwin- digkeit der Erythrozyten vor und nach Rbntgenbestrahlungen. Strahlentherapie, 1923-24,16: 232-4—Kochnevaia, N. P. [Effect of Roentgen rays and radium on the velocity of sedimentation of erythrocytes] Vest, rentg, 1924-25, 3: 13-7—Lasch, F. Der Einfluss des Cholesterins auf die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 42: 548-54.— Leendertz, G. Untersuchungen iiber die Sedimentierungs- geschwindigkeit der Erythrocyten im Citratblut. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1921, 137: 234-50—Leitner, J. Die Wirkung der Rontgen- und Ultraviolettstrahlen auf die Blutsenkungsreak- tion. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1930, 41: 743-7.—Lenzi, M. Studii sulla sedimentazione degli eritrociti; analisi delle curve di velocita; azione della luce. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1934, 9: 180-4. ----- Azione di reazioni a tipo immunitario in vitro. Ibid, 1935, 10: 41.—Luzzatome-Fegiz, G. Le variazioni della velocity di sedimentazione delle emazie nei frenicectomizzati. Riv. pat. clin. tuberc, 1928, 2: 727-36.—Mikulicz-Radecki, von. Rbntgenbestrahlung und Blutkorperchensenkungsgeschwindig- BLOOD SEDIMENTATION 638 BLOOD SEDIMENTATION keit. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1923, 120: 187-93. Also Strahlenthera- pie, 1923-24, 16: 222-31. Also Zbl. Gyn, 1923, 47: 1075.—Mond, R. Zur Theorie der Sedimentierung der roten Blutkbrperchen; der Einfluss der Bestrahlung mit ultraviolettem Licht. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1922, 197: 574-82.—Nuzzi, P. Influenza del salasso sulla velocita di sedimentazione delle emazie. Morgagni, 1927, 69: 241-5.—Perrin, M. La sedimentation globulaire; methode d'appreciation de certaines actions therapeutiques. Bull. gen. ther, 1928, 179: 351-4. ----— Mosinger, M, & Grimaud, R. Action des eaux minerales sur la sedimentation globulaire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 95: 683-5.—Peyre, E. Etudes sur la sedi- mentation globulaire; du role des differentes concentrations des liquides anticoagulants sur les phenomenes observes. Ibid, 1924, 90: 1152-4.—Pezzola, V. Influenza di alcune sostanze sulla velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi e sulla produzione del siero. Clin, vet, Milano, 1928, 51: 599-615.—Pico, C. E, Franceschi, C, & Negrete, J. Influence de l'insuline sur la rapidite de la sedimentation des globules, chez les chevaux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 907.—Pohle, E. A. Studies on the suspension stability of the human blood; the velocity of the sedi- mentation of erythrocytes in X-ray therapy cases. Radiology, 1925,5:206-10. ------ The changes of the sedimentation rate of the erythrocytes in vitro and in vivo after X-ray exposure. Ibid, 1926, 6: 55-8.—Prebel, M. Modiflcazioni della velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi in seguito a somministrazione di acetato di tallio in dosi terapeutiche. Cult. med. mod. Pal, 1930, 9: 843-50.—Puxeddu, E. Influenza della diatermia sulla velocita di sedimentazione degli eritrociti. Clin. med. ital, 1925, 56: 42-57.—Rabboni F. Influenza della splenectomia sulla velocita di sedimentazione delle emazie. Cult. med. mod. Pal, 1933, 12: 457-71.—Radossavlievich, A. La reaction de sedimen- tation des globules dans des liquides organiques autres que le plasma sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 295-8.----- Vitesse de sedimentation dans les exsudats et transsudats. Ibid, 1001-3. ----- La vitesse de sedimentation dans differents liquides organiques en rapport avec les albumines. Ibid, 1004.—Roffo, A. H, & Rivarola, J. B. Accion de los rayos Roent- gen sobre la eritrosedimentacion. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air, 1924, 1: 303-12—Rourke, M. B, & Plass, E. B. Changes in the sedimentation rate of the erythrocytes and in the plasma proteins following prolonged chloroform administration to the dog. Am. J. Physiol, 1928, 84: 42-7.—Rubin, E. H, & Glasser, 0. The effect of Roentgen irradiation on the velocity of ery- throcyte sedimentation. Am. J. Roentg, 1927, n.s, 18: 520-7 — Schneyer. Die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Erythrozyten in der physikalischen Therapie. Zschr. wiss. Baderk, 1926-27, 1: 519-22.—Stukowski, J. Einwirkung der subcutanen, cutanen und percutanen Tuberkulinapplikation auf die Blutkbrperchen- senkungsgeschwindigkeit. Zschr. klin. Med, 1924, 99: 506-14.— Vajda, L. [Effect of hormones upon the sedimentation of red- blood cells] Gyogyaszat, 1932, 72: 44-6. ---- Variations, pathological. See also names of diseases. Angstwurm, J. *Die Sedimentierungsge- schwindigkeit der roten Blutkorperchen bei Der- matosen, einschliesslich der Syphilis. 40p. 8°. Miinch., 1927. Magnenat, R. *Recherches sur la vitesse de sedimentation des globules rouges dans diverses maladies [Geneve] 64p. 8? Par., 1924. Pichon-Delpuech, S. Contribution a l'etude de la sedimentation globulaire; la reaction de sedimentation dans les affections medicales de l'enfance. 91p. 8? Par., 1932. Wiedemann, H. *Ueber senkungsbeschleu- nigende Substanzen in pathologischen Korper- flussigkeiten [Kiel] p.569-81. 8? Berl., 1929. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 64: Bakkal, S, & Rovinsky, V. [Sedimentation of erythrocytes in different diseases of children] Pediatria, Moskva, 1926, 10: no. 2, 133-9.—Barberi, S, & Bi Maggio, G. La sedimentazione degli eritrociti nei kala-azar ed in altre emopatie nell'infanzia. Ann. clin. med. Pal, 1926, 16: 111-9, ch.—Bay-Schmith, E. [Rate of erythocyte sedimentation in infections and injections of metal salts] Ugeskr. laeger, 1928, 90: 528-31.—Bazzoli, G. La velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi del sangue in alcune malattie cutanee e nella sifilide. Gior. ital. derm, sif, 1925, 66: 1408-17—Benvenuti, M. Velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi del sangue e terapia malarica. Riv. sper. freniat, 1930-31, 54: 512-34.—Blumenthal, F. Die Senkungs- geschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen bei Blutkrankheiten. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1924, 30: l.Teil, 47-61.—Bonilla, E, & Moya, A. La eritrosedimentacion en las endocrinopatfas. Arch med, Madr, 1928, 29: 164-7—Borok, M. R, & Mordwinkina, V. I. Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen bei Veranderung der innersekretorischen Korrelation. Beitr Klin. Tuberk, 1926, 63: 128-31—Boye, B. A. [Sedimentation of erythrocytes in nervous and mental diseases] Sven. lak. sail hand, 1927, 53: 39-46— Brink, C. B, & Hatzky H. The sedi- mentation rate: a comparison in some grouDS of diseases. J.M Ass. S. Africa, 1931, 5: 346-9— Burkardt, A. J. Die Blutkor- perchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit ira Greisenalter und bei Diabetes mellitus. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 686—Carbonara, G. Velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi nelle enterile e nelle nefropatie infautili. Clin, pediat. Mod, 1928, 10: 46-53 — Bavydov, G. M. [Erythrocyte sedimentation in surgical disease material from Obauchov Hospital] Vest, khir, 1928, 12: 185- 91.—Belpiano, G. Sulla velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi nella sifilide, nelle malattie venere ed in alcune dermatosi. Minerva med. Tor, 1925, 5: 165-74.—Gavino-Perantoni-Satta. La velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi nella sifilide, nelle malattie veneree, ed in alcune dermatosi. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 252-6—Gavrila, I, & Pantea, P. V. [Rate of ery- throcyte sedimentation in certain acute, infectious diseasesl Cluj. med, 1936, 17: 69-74— Gram, H. C. The sedimentation of the blood-corpuscles in various internal diseases and the result of correction of this value for the variations of the hemoglobin percentage. Acta med. scand, 1929, 70: 242-75.—Grenet, H, Isaac-Georges, P, & Pichon. La reaction de sedimentation des hematies dans les maladies infectieuses chez les enfants. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1932, 30: 103-7—Groedel, F. M, & Hubert, G. Die Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit bei inneren Erkrankungen, besonders bei Kreislaufstorungen. Zschr. klin. Med, 1925, 102: 31-45.—Grodinsky, M. The sedimentation test of the blood in general surgery with special reference to disease in the lower right quadrant and to the mechanisms involved. Arch. Surg, 1932, 24: 660-74.—Hauberrisser. Ueber den Ein- fluss experimenteller, chronischer Entziindungen auf die Blut- korperchensenkung (Cytoptose) Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924-25, 44: 482-503.—Heckscher, H. The sedimentary rate as a control- ling test on patients with acute febrile diseases. Acta med scand, 1933, 80: 419-26.—Illyin, A. A. [Erythrocyte sedimenta- tion reaction in fangotherapy of gynecologic diseases] Klin. J, Saratov, 1928, 6: 29-35.—Ivanov, D. I. [Sedimentation of ery- . throcytes] Russ. klin, 1930, 14: 74-83.—Jonas, V. [Sedimenta- tion of ervthrocytes in diseases of the endocrine svstem] Cas. tek. Cesk, 1931, 70: 981-5.—Juarros, C, & Galafieta, P. La velocidad de sedimentation sanguinea en los ninos anormales. Siglo nted, 1926, 77: 577-80.—Kimura, S, & Nakazawa, F. Zusammenhang der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Erythrozyten mit dem kolloidosmotischen Druck des Bluts bei Nierenkran- ken. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1931-32, 18: 382-91—Kirkland, II. B. Die Senkungsreaktion bei Hypertonie. Zschr. klin. Med, 1933, 124: 398-405.—Landsberg, M. Sedimentation des ery- throcytes et crise hemoclasique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 1341.—Lintz, R. M. The red blood cell sedimentation rate in chronic sinusitis, chronic tonsillitis, and dental periapical infections. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1935-36, 21: 1259-64.—Lbhr, W, & Lbhr, H. Ueber die Veranderung der physikalisch-chemischen Struktur der Blutfliissigkeit bei beschleunigter Blutkorper- chensenkung im Gefolge von Reizkbrpertherapie, chirurgischen Operationen und Erkrankungen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1922, 29: 139-58.—Lojacono, V. Contributo alio studio della velocita di sedimentazione delle emazie in condizioni normali e patolo- giche. Arch, pat, Bologna, 1926, 5: 33-52.—Lunedei, A, & Forti, F. Variazioni della velocita di sedimentazione delle emazie da alterazioni provocate di circolazione. Boll. Soc. itali biol. sper, 1930, 5: 663-7.—Miani, A, & Filippa, C. La velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi nei tumori maligni e benigni prima e dopo gli interventi chirurgici. Clin, chir, Milano, 1925, 28: 480-93.—Mierzecki, H. Eosinophilie, lymphocytose et la sedimentation acceleree des hematies. Polska gaz. lek, 1924, 3: 80.—Montanari Reggiani, M. Le variazioni numeriche dei leucociti ed il comportamento della velocita di sedimenta- zione nelle colecistiti, appendiciti ed annessiti. Policlinico, 1932, 34: sez. chir, 104-12.—Mstibovsky, S. A. [Reaction of sedimentation of erythrocytes in measles and scarlet fever and its differential diagnostic meaning] Klin, med, Moskva, 1931, 9: 369-72.—Nadrai, A. [Blood sedimentation in endocarditis and polyarthritis] Magy. orv. nagyhet jegyzbkve, 1931, 135 — Neergaard, K. von. Ueber den Zusammenhang von Zirkula- tionsstbrungen bei Infektionskrankheiten mit der Agglutina- tion der roten Blutkbrperchen (beschleunigte Senkungs-Reak- tion) Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 689-94. ----- [Sedimentation of erythrocytes and functional cellular pathology] Med. rev, Bergen, 1929, 46: 512-4.—Newham, H. B. The sedimentation rate of erythrocytes in certain tropical disease. Q.J. Med, Oxford, 1926-27, 20: 371-82—Plonsker, H. Blutkorperchensen- kung bei akuten Krankheiten im Kindesalter. Deut. medi Wschr, 1932, 58: 370-2.—Rhodin, H. Les courbes des reactions de sedimentation dans la maladie serique et dans diverses affections epidemiques. Acta med. scand, 1928, suppl, H.26, 36-43.—Robecchi, A. La velocita di sedimentazione globulare nell'artrite uratica, nella osteoartrosi deformante e nelle algie. Minerva med. Tor, 1933, 24: pt 1, 327-31.—Rodriguez-Candela, J. L. Contribucion al estudio de la reaction de Fahraeus en algunas psicosis; probable influencia de la cifra leucocitaria en la velocidad de sedimentation. Arch, med, Madr, 1930, 32: 416-25.—R0mcke, O. The suspension-stability of the bloftd in morbilli and parotitis. Acta med. scand, 1928,68:123-50— Rohr- bock, F. [Erythrocyte sedimentation in acute infectious diseases] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1928, 26: 809-13. Also Jahrb. Kinderh, 1928-29, 3.F, 72: 192-201.—Santangelo, G. Sul valore della determinazione della velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi del sangue nelle malattie mentali. Riv. sper. freniat, 1924, 48: 365-90.—Santos Tejero, P. La reaction de Fahraeus en cirugia general e influencia de la anestesia, operation y curso clinico. Progr. clin, Madr, 1928, 36: 562-81— Solovchiev, A. S. [External cohesion and sedimentation of erythrocytes in certain diseases] Klin, med, Moskva, 1926, 4: 139-41.—Storm van Leeuwen, W., & Niekerk, J. van. Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der BLOOD SEDIMENTATION 639 BLOOD SEDIMENTATION roten Blutkbrperchen und allergische Disposition. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 73: 19-24—Szabo, E, & Szilagyi, A. [The pathology of blood-corpuscle sedimentation reactions] Magv. orv. arch, 1926, 27: 197-204.—Thomas, J. La vitesse de sedi- mentation des hematies a l'etat normal et a l'etat pathologique. Neoplasmes, Par, 1925, 4: 23-44.—Tomasino, A. Rapporto tra valore complementare del siero e velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi in ammalati affetti da paralisi generale, demenza precoce, frenastenia. Cervello, 1934, 13: 1-8.—Vancura, A, & Belikov, S. [Erythrocyte sedimentation in cases of nephritis and cardiac insufficiency] Cas. lek. Cesk, 1928, 67: 1399-403.— Vasaturo, A. La velocita di sedimentazione del sangue nelle malattie spleniche ed in altri morbi discrasici; contributo alia genesi del fenomeno. Fol. med. Nap, 1923, 9: 481-90.— Vickers, B. M, & Buryee, R. Sedimentation rates of the erythrocvtes in general disease. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1932-33, 18: 260-5—Warren, C. W. Sedimentation time in acute and chronic diseases com- pared with blood counts. Clifton M. Bull, 1926-27. 12: 102-x — Westergren, A. The red cell sedimentation reaction in some icute infectious conditions and in diseases of the joints. Inter- nat. Clin, 1928, 28.ser, 1: 70-7. --- Velocity. Barbacci, P. Contributo alio studio della velocita di sedi- mentazione dei globuli rossi. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena (1928) 1929, lO.ser, 3: 995-1013.—Bendien, W. M, Newberg, J, & Snapper, I. [Velocity of sedimentation of the red blood cor- puscles] Geneesk. bl, 1932, 30: 1-40.—Bbnniger, M, & Herr- mann, W. Weitere Untersuchungen iiber die Blutkbrperchen- senkungsgeschwindigkeit. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 403-5.— Bouet, 0. [Clinical research on the velocity of erythrocytic sedimentation] Ugeskr. laeger, 1926, 88: 240-6.—Britton, C. J. C. The sedimentation rate of the blood findings and interpretations in 800 cases. N. Zealand M.J, 1936, 35: 310-21—Brokman, H, & Hirszfeld, H. Studien iiber die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1924, 3.F, 55: 55-67.—Clemente, G. Contributo alio studio della velocita di sedimentazione delle emazie. Arch, ostet. gin, 1924, 2.ser, 11:307-26.—Cooper, H. N. Sedimentation rate of red blood cells. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1925-26, 11: 615-23.—Couchet. La vitesse de sedimentation des globules rouges. Vie med, 1923, 4: 1238.— Davis, J. W. Some observations on the blood sedimentation rate. South. M.&S, 1927, 89: 703-5.—Egorov, A. [Sedimenta- tion of erythrocytes in normal subjects] Klin, med, Moskva, 1932, 10: 60-5.—Ferrio, C. Osservazioni sulla velocita di sedi- mentazione degli eritrociti. Minerva med. Tor, 1931, 22: pt 1, 497-504.—Fohr, O. Ueber Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindig- keit. Prakt. Arzt, 1922, n.F, 7: 442-6.—Frola, G. Alcune osser- vazioni sulla velocita di sedimentazione. Arch, biol, Genova, 1928, 5: 47-61.—Gram, H. C. La vitesse de sedimentation des globules du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 84: 1045-7,—Greishei- mer, E. M. The blood sedimentation test in normal men and women. Am. J.M. Sc, 1927, 174: 338-43—Gyorgy, P. Notiz zur Kenntnis der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit von roten Blutkbr- perchen. Biochem. Zschr, 1921, 115: 71-84.—Hoffstaedt, E. Beobachtungen iiber Verlangsamung der Blutkbrperchen- senkungsgeschwindigkeit. Deut. med. Wschr, 1928, 54: 1925-7.—Johnson, F. B. Sedimentation rate of erythrocytes. South. M.J, 1929, 22: 655-7.—Kriiger, F. von. Beitrage zur Frage nach der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Erythrozyten. Zschr. Biol, 1923, 79: 1-14; passim.—Lawson, E. H. A consid- eration of the sedimentation rate of erythrocytes. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1928-29, 81: 727-31.—Leinati, L. La velocita di sedi- mentazione dei globuli rossi. Gior. Soc. ital. igiene, 1925, 47: 131-9.—Ley, R. Ueber die Sedimentierungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1922, 26: 59-08.—Linzenmeier, G. Untersuchungen iiber die Senkungs- geschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1921, 436: 272-89. Also Zbl. Gyn, 1921, 45: 347-53—Maia, C. Valeurs normales de la vitesse de sedimentation sanguine chez les Portugais; volume globulaire; courbes de sedimentation. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 105: 487.—Maizels, M. The sedimenta- tion-rate. Lancet, Lond, 1936, 2: 936.—Melli, G. Ricerche sul tempo di sedimentazione degli eritrociti (nota preventiva) Minerva med. Tor, 1927, 7: 804-7.—Miloslavich, E. L. Sedi- mentation speed of red blood corpuscles. Hosp. Progr, 1925, 6: 159.—Oettingen, K. von. Beitrage zur Frage der Senkungsge- schwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen im menschlichen Blute. Biochem. Zschr, 1921, 118: 67-92.—Oudendal & Zee, van der. [Rate of sedimentation of erythrocytes] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: 2820-2.—Pewny, W. Ueber die Blutkbrperchensen- kungsgeschwindigkeit. Derm. Wschr, 1922, 74: 537-40 — Popper, M, & Kreindler, F. La vitesse de sedimentation des hematies. Ann. med. Par, 1925, 17: 57-86.—Raue, F. Zur Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Erythrocyten. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1922, 93: 150-62.—Roesler, G, & Meisel, J. Ueber die verlangsamte Blutkorperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit. Deut. med. Wschr, 1934, 60: 1677.—Rud, E. [Velocity of sedimenta- tion of erythrocytes] Hospitalstidende, 1925, 68: 331; 348 — Schachter, M, & Klein, A. Etude critique sur la vitesse de sedimentation globulaire. Bull, med. Par, 1934, 48: 687-93 — Schattenberg, H. J. Sedimentation test as a routine laboratory procedure; observations on 1,100 persons. Arch. Int. M, 1932, 50: 569. Also repr.—Schlapper. Ueber Blutkbrperchen- senkungszeit. Aerztl. Rdsch, 1924, 34: 129—Schubert, M. Untersuchungen iiber die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten. Blutkorperchen. Derm. Zschr, 1924, 41: 132-8—Scuderi, G. La velocita di sedimentazione degli eritrociti del sangue umano; rivista sintetica e contributo. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. med. •V"41\TVeI"er- F- Delia velocita di sedimentazione degli entrocite. Riv. crit. clin. med, 1923, 24: 449-58—Willems Sur la vitesse de sedimentation des globules rouges Arch med. beiges, 1925, 78: 350-7—Zeckwer, I. T, & Goodell H The sedimentation rate of erythrocytes. Am. J.M. Sc 1925 169: 209-16—Zuccola. Sulla velocita di sedimentazione deMle emazie. Gazz. osp, 1924, 45: 171-4. in animals. Barranger, D. R. *La sedimentation spon- tanea du sang chez le cheval; ses applications a la clinique [Alfort] 78p. 8? Par., 1928. Bechade, R. R. *De la sedimentation du sang chez le chien [Alfort] 80p. 8? Chateau- roux, 1931. Hansmann, J. *Beitr£ge zur Senkungsge- schwindigkeit der roten Blutkorperchen bei Pferden [Auszug] 15p. 8? Lpz., 1924. Abderhalden, E. Weitere Forschungen iiber die Senkungs- geschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen bei gleichen und bei verschiedenen Tierarten und unter verschiedenen Bedingungen Arch. ges. Physiol, 1921-22, 193: 236-80.—Arievich, M. m! [Study of the erythrocyte sedimentation reaction during in- jections of neosalvarsan (neoarsphenamine) in rabbits] Vener derm, Moskva, 1929, 6: 62-9.—Cesari, E. A propos des indica- tions diagnostiques que peut fournir le procede de la sedimenta- tion spontanee du sang. Bull. Soc. centr. med. vet. Par , 1923, 76: 424-7.—Bupire, P. La vitesse de sedimentation globu- laire chez le cobaye normal. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 109: 669 — Grimard-Richard, L. Vitesse de sedimentation globulaire chez la femelle de cobaye pleine et chez le foetus. Ibid, 1934, 115: 1033.—Harn, K. Die Blutkbrperchensenkungsprobe nach dem Mikrosedimentierungsverfahren beim Hund. Arch, wiss prakt. Tierh, 1926, 54: 363-72—Houdemer. Contribution a l'etude de la sedimentation du sang des equides. Bull. Acad v6t. France, 1933, 6: 380-3— Hubner, K. Die Senkungsge- schwindigkeit der Erythrozyten im Zusammenhange mit an- deren Blutuntersuchungen bei gesunden und kranken Pferden. Mhefte prakt. Tierh, 1923-24, 34: 292-309—Jadassohn, W. Blutkbrperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit bei Trichophytie und Tuberkulose des Meerschweinchens. Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 682-4.—Jirina, K. Ueber den Einfluss des Pilokarpins und Arekolins auf die Sedimentation des roten Blutkbrperchens beim Pferde. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1930, 46: 180-3.—Kuhn, K, Die Sedimentierungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen bei gesunden und kranken Pferden und ihre Bedeutung als Diagnostikum bei der infektiosen Anamie der Pferde. Mhefte prakt. Tierh, 1922, 33: 193; 1923, 34: 135.—Lopo de Carvalho & Ferreira de Mira. L'epreuve de la vitesse de sedimentation des globules rouges chez le cobaye normal. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 908.—Lundgren, R. A method of studying sedimenta- tion in the blood of some of the animals most commonly used in experiment. Acta med. scand, 1928, 69: 405-16.—Mocsy, J. Die Blutkorperchensenkung als diagnostisches Verfahren. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr, 1923, 31: 207; 224.—Rix, E. Die Bezie- hung der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen des Kaninchens zum Cholesteringehalt, zu den Kationen und dem Albumin-Globulin-Quotienten des Blutserums. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1936, 99: 178-85— Roch, H. Ueber die Blutkbr- perchensenkungsreaktion des sensibilisierten Versuchstieres. Virchows Arch, 1935, 295: 399-413.—Runnstrbm, J. Die Ein- wirkung einiger Elektrolyte und Anelektroly te auf die Senkungs- geschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen des Pferdes. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1921, 123: 1-26—Sandor, G. Ueber die Senkungs- geschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen von Kaltbliitern. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1926, 213: 487-91—Stoss, A. 0. Die Sedi- mentierungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen als Trachtigkeitsdiagnostikum beim Pferde. Miinch. tierarztl. Wschr, 1921,72: 841-5.—Swedin, B. Plasmaeiweiss, Choleste- rin und Senkungsreaktion bei verschiedenen Tierarten. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1933, 257: 411-9—Tapernoux, A, & Pagnon, F. Contribution a l'etude de la sedimentation globulaire du sang de cheval. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 64-6.—Tsunekawa, S. Studien iiber die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbr- perchen und die Plasmaeiweissverschiebung bei Tuschetieren. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1926, 6: 237-60.—Zippel, W. Untersuchun- gen fiber die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkbrperchen im Zitratblut gesunder und kranker Hunde. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1930-31, 43: 486-507— Zunz, E. A propos de la vitesse de sedimentation des hematies de chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 1024-8. BLOOD serum. See also Blood and subheadings; Blood chem- istry; Blood plasma and subheadings; Blood volume. Brocq-Rousseu, D., & Roussel, G. E. Le s6rum normal, r£colte et caracteres physiques. 363p. 8? Par., 1934. Arciszewski, W, & Kopaczewski, W. Le pouvoir-tampon dus6rum. C.rend.Acad.sc, 1929,189:1029-32. ----- Etudes sur les phenomenes eiectrocapillaires; le pouvoir-tampon du serum. Protoplasma, Lpz, 1930, 9: 598-621—Atchley, B. W„ BLOOD SERUM 640 BLOOD SERUM Loeb, R. F. [et al.] Physical and chemical studies of human blood serum; a study of normal subjects. Arch. Int. M, 1923, 31: 606-10.—Augsberger, A. Ultrafiltration und Kompensa- tionsdialyse; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Ionenbindung im Blut- serum. Erg. Physiol, 1925, 24: 618-47.—Bigwood, E. J, & Wuillot, A. Du residu non fermentescible du serum ou plasma sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 349-52.—Boutaric, A, & Morizot, F. Action sensibilisatrice des s6rums sur la floculation de l'hydrate ferrique. Arch. phys. biol. Par, 1932-33, 10: 81-90.—Brocq-Rousseu & Roussel, G. Sur le rendement du sang en serum. Sang, Par, 1928, 2: 29-34.—Burridge, W. Experiments with serum. Q.J. Exp. Physiol, Lond, 1927, 18: 267-75.—Carrel, A, & Ebeling, A. H. Heat and growth-inhibit- ing action of serum. J. Exp. M, 1922, 35: 647-56—Chio, M. Formazione di precipitati nei sieri in rapporto alla tensione dell' anidride carbonica. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1922, 4.ser, 28: 270.—Frazer, A. C, & Stewart, H. C. Ultramicroscopic particles in normal serum. J. Physiol, Lond, 1936, 87: 53 — Handovsky, H. Untersuchungen iiber die Zusammensetzung des Blutserums und ihre Bedeutung fiir Giftwirkungen. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1925, 210: 35-49. ----- Beitrage zur Aufklarung der Struktur des Blutserums. Kolloid Zschr, 1925, 36: Er- ganzbd, 292-7.—Kerr, S. E. Studies in the inorganic composition of blood; the influence of serum on the permeability of erythro- cytes to potassium and sodium. J. Biol. Chem, 1929-30, 85: 47-64. Also repr.—Kofman, T. Nouveau caractere morpholo- gique des serums. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 689-91 — Kohler, H. Ueber wechselseitige Beziehungen von Magensaft und Blutserum bei Gesunden und bei Ulcuskranken. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir, 1923, 37: 87-106.—Kotchnev, N. Sur l'action nucteolytique du serum humain. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1916, 79: 1070-2.—Lattes, L. Sulla proprieta emoimpilante dei sieri umani. Haematologica, Nap, 1924, 5: 242-65. ----- & Siracusa, V. Sulla proprieta emoimpilanti dei sieri. Gior. biol. med. sper, 1923-24, 1: 33-6.—Lecomte du Noiiy, P. Au sujet d'une couche monomoteculaire absorbee sur les globules rouges et les parois des capillaires. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1924,90:1450-2.— Liesegang, R, & Lampert, H. Blutserumausscheidung und Synarese. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1932, 82: 172-9.—Lumiere, A. Contribution a l'etude des serums normaux. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1924, 179: 790-2.—Milkovich, G. L'action du serum humain sur les planaires. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 568-70.—Modern, F. L'avidite des serums concentres et non concentres. Ibid, 1933, 114: 1214-6.—Mohr, K. Aphorismen aus den Serumforschungen der Neuzeit. Ber. Deut. pharm. Ges, 1910, 20: 84-106 — Oda, T. Zur Frage des nichtlbsenden Raumes im Serum. Biochem. Zschr, 1930, 218: 459-64.—Parsons, T. R, & Parsons, W. Observations on some processes of oxidation in blood-serum. Biochem. J, Lond, 1927, 21:1194-205.—Roche, A, & Marquet, F. Recherches sur te vieillissement du serum. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 119: 1147-9—Salen, E. Serum und Plasma im Ultra- mikroskop. Biochem. Zschr, 1921, 124: 248-58.—Schmundak, B. E. Zur Frage der Einwirkung von Blutseren auf den iso- lierten Uterus und die peripheren Gefasse. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 43: 137-40.—Siracusa, V. Sulla proprieta emoimpi- lante dei sieri animali. Haematologica, Nap, 1924, 5: 395-408.— Starlinger, W. Ueber das Verhaltnis des nativen Serums zum Vollblutserum. Biochem. Zschr, 1924, 153: 144-9.—Wajzer, J, & Lipmann, R. Modalites de Paction interfaciale du serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 122: 922-5.—Wright, F. Ultramicroscopic activities of the serum and corpuscles of the blood. Clin. M.&S, 1931, 38: 17-9. ---- Acid-base equilibrium. Gerpott, O. * Experimentelle Untersuchun- gen iiber die aktuelle Reaktion des Blutserums bei Verdauung, Hunger und in pathologischen Zustanden. 27p. 8? Lpz., 1913. Atchley, B. W, Loeb, R. F, & Benedict, E. M. Certain appli- cations of the Donnan equilibrium to human blood serum. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1922-23, 20: 238.—Cullen, G. E, & Biilmann, E. The use of the quinhydrone electrode for hydrion concentration determination of serum. J. Biol. Chem, 1925, 64: 727-38.—Cullen, G. E, Keeler, H. R, & Robinson, H. W. The pK' of the Henderson-Hasselbalch equation for hydrion concentration of serum. Ibid, 66: 301-22.—Boisy, E. A, Eaton, E. P, & Chouke, K. S. Buffer systems of blood serum. Ibid, 1922, 53: 61-74—Earle, I. P, & Cullen, G. E. Studies of the acid- base condition of blood; normal variation in pa and carbon dioxide content of blood sera. Ibid, 1929, 83: 539-44.—Gex, M. Les variations du coefficient tampon des solutions de serum humain en fonction du pH. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1927,97:1564-7.— Hanke, M. E. The determination of the pH of blood serum with the quinhydrone electrode. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 972. ----- A new type of centrifuge tube for preparation of blood serum for accurate pH work. Ibid, 1933, 30: 1129-31— Joukovsky, N. I, & Bekker, W. A. L. De la determination du point isoeiectrique du s6rum sanguin. C. rend. soc. biol, 1935, 120: 805-8.—Lecomte du Noiiy, P. Equi- libres ioniques du serum en fonction de la temperature. Ann Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1932, 48: 187-207. ----- The p„ of serum inactivated by heat. Nature, Lond, 1934, 134: 628. -----& Ramon, V. Le p„ du serum inactive par la chaleur. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934,117:337. —— Equilibres ioniques en fonction de la temperature: te pH. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1935, 54: 442-60.—Moruzzi, G. Sull' equilibrio degli acidi e delle basi aggiunti agli sieri. Fol. clin. chim, Salsomaggiore, 1910-11, 3: no.5,145-S—Plotz, H, & Schoen, M. Quelques observations sur les changements de la reaction des serums. Ann. Inst. Pasteur Par, 1924,38: 923-36. Also C. rend. Acad, sc, 1924,178:1926-8 — Robinson, H. W, Price, J. W, & Cullen, G. E. Studies of the acid base condition of blood; the value of pK' in Hendenson-Hassel- balch equation for human and dog sera, determined with the Simms electrode. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 106: 7-27.—Rossier, P. H. Les d6placements des points isoelectriques du serum dans les maladies infectieuses aigues. Arch. phys. biol. Par 1927-28, 6: 129-38—Schreus, H, & Schulze, K. Praktische Er- fahrungen mit der potentiometrischen und colorimetrischen p„- Bestimmung (nach Holld und Weiss beziehungsweise Baiint) im Serum. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 64: 540-52.—Shohl, A. T, The determination of pB and carbon dioxide on a single smali sample of blood plasma or serum. J. Biol. Chem, 1929 83- 759-63—Stadie, W. C, O'Brien, H, & Laug, E. P. Determina- tion of the pH of serum at 38° with the glass electrode and an improved electron tube potentiometer. Ibid, 1931, 91: 243-69.— Wodon-Rousseau. Influence de l'extrait thyroidien sur le p, du serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 1450. ---- Alkalinity and alkali reserve. Bokay, Z. Untersuchungen iiber die Verteilung des Serum- alkalis im Sauglingsalter. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1926, 3.F, 114: 301-7.—Bosanyi, A, & Csapo, J. Das Saurebindungsvermbgen des Blutserums gesunder und kranker Kinder. Biochem Zschr, 1924, 153: 185-96.—Bouckaert, J. P. Methode pour le dosage du bicarbonate dans une petite quantite de serum. C rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 93: 841-3—Csap6, J. Der diffusibile Alkaligehalt des Blutserums gesunder und kranker Kinder. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1925, 3.F, 58: 112-21. -----& Henszelmann, S. Ueber die Alkalibindung des Blutserums im Kindesalter. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 170: 386-90— Bavidsohn, H. Ueber den Einfluss der Inaktivierung und starkerer Erhitzung auf die Alkalitat des Serums. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1910, 5: Orig, 181-5.—Ellinger, F. Eine einfache titrimetrische Methode zur Bestimmung der Alkalireserve im Serum. Biochem. Zschr 1931, 238: 80-94. Also Klin. Wschr, 1931, 10: 2036-8.—Vernoni, G. Titolazione colorimetrica col rosso neutro dell' alcalinita dei sieri. Biochim. ter. sper, 1920, 7: 1-7.—Viale, G. I colloidi come riserva di alcali nei siero di sangue. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1925,23: 572-6. ---- Antigenic properties. See Blood serum, Immunological aspect; Allergens, serum. ----Bactericidal and antitoxic power. See also Blood, Bactericidal power; Comple- ment ; Opsonin; Serotherapy; also names of anti- gens, antibodies, bacteria, and diseases as Meningococcus, Antibodies; Toxin [and anti- toxin] &c. Bellenberg, H. *Ueber die Wirkung von normalen, agglutinierenden und baktericiden Seren auf die oxybiotische Atmung gramnegati- ver Bakterien. 35p. 8? Bonn, 1931. Avdeeva, M. S, Messineva, N. A, & Provatorova, E. L. [De- fensive properties of blood serum in cattle] Biol. J, Moskva, 1933, 2: 59-63.—Chistoni, A. Contributo alla conoscenza del meccanismo di azione del siero di sangue e del sangue diflbrinato sugli organi a fibre muscolari Usee. Arch. sc. biol. Nap, 1924, 6: 244-55.—Colebrook, L, Lubinski, H, & Meissner, I. Die Messung der bakteriziden Kraft des Serums nach Pfeifier und nach Wright. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1930,116:294-304— Cuboni,E. Sul potere spirocheticida del siero di sangue di alcuni animali. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1929, 8: 813-8.—Culbertson, J. T, The cercaricidal action of normal serums. J. Parasit, Urbana, 1936, 22: 111-25. Also repr.—Bresel, E. G. Bakterientbtende Krafte im Serum von gesunden Menschen und Kaninchen und von Menschen und Kaninchen bei pathologischen Zustanden. Zschr. Hyg, 1923, 100: 113-28. -----& KeUer, W. Bakterien- tbtende Krafte im Serum von Gesunden und Kranken. Ibid, 1922, 97: 151-61.—Felix, A, & Olitzki, L. Serumbactericidie und qualitative Receptorenanalyse. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 72.— Finkelstein, M. H. Further observations on the specificity of the bactericidal properties of normal serum. J. Path. Bact, Cambr, 1933, 37: 359-65—Friedberger, E, & Bock, G. Der Gehalt des Blutserums an normalen Antikbrpern beim Men- schen in seinem Zusammenhang mit dem Lebensalter. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 1858.—Georgevich, A. Sur te pouvoir bacteri- cide du serum humain normal. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 95: 954; 1023. ----- Action neutralisante des microbes tues sur le pouvoir bactericide du serum humain. Ibid, 1099.—Goglia, G. Azione del siero di secondo salasso sulle anemie e le emottisi tubercolari. Minerva med. Tor, 1930, 21: pt2, 130-5.—Gordon, J. The action of certain dyes on the bactericidal activity of normal serum and on haemolytic complement. J. Path. Bact, Edinb, 1930, 33: 47; 689.----- The bactericidal power of normal serum. Ibid, 1933, 37: 367-80. ----- & Carter, H. S. The bactericidal power of normal serum. Ibid, 1932, 35: 549- 55.—Griinmandel, S, & Leichtentritt, B. Der Gehalt des kindlichen Serums an trypanozider Substanz; Untersuchungen bei Keratomalazie und bdematbsen Zustanden. Jahrb. Kin- derh, 1924, 3.F, 56: 203-14— Huntemuller, O. Die Wirkung BLOOD SERUM 641 BLOOD SERUM der Lichtstrahlen auf die naturlichen Abwehrkrafte (Alexine) im Blutserum; UV.-Strahlenwirkung. Strahlentherapie, 1930, 35- 489-500.—Ikegami, Y. Ueber thermostabile bakterizide Stoffe des Blutserums. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1925, 6: 567-600 — Kestermann, E. Ueber die bactericide Wirksamkeit des Men- schenserums bei inneren Erkrankungen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1934-35, 177: 486-98. ----- Ueber das Keimabtbtungs- vermbgen des Serums von gesunden und kranken Menschen. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1935, 85: 268-75.—Launoy, L. Etude sur le pouvoir antitryptique du serum sanguin; ses valeurs limites; leur expression num6rique; le mouvement de la proteolyse dans un milieu geiatine-trypsine-serum. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1919, 33: 1-27, 4pl.—Luengo, E, & Buen, S. de. Pouvoir try- panolytique du serum d'un malade traite par le Bayer 205. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 825-7.—Mackie, T. J, & Finkelstein, M. H. The bactericidins of normal serum: their characters, occurrence in various animals and the susceptibility of different bacteria to their action. J. Hyg, Cambr, 1932, 32:1-24. ----- Natural bactericidal antibodies; observations on the bactericidal mechanism of normal serum. Ibid, 1931, 31: 35-55. -----& Van Rooyen, C. E. The comparative bactericidal action of normal serum, whole blood and serum-leucocyte mixtures; with further observations on the bactericidal mechanism of normal serum. Ibid, 1932, 32: 494-515—Much, H. Unter- schiede in der bakteriziden Wirkung von Plasma und Serum gegeniiber einzelnen Bakterienarten. Mitt. Hamburg. Staats- krankenanst, 1913, 12: 88-98.—Nattan-Larrier, I, & Noyer, B. Ultrafiltration et pouvoir trypanocide du serum humain. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 105: 630-2.—Papilian, V, & Noveanu, V. [Effect of the parasympathetic system on the bacteriologie potency of serum] Cluj. med, 1929, 10: 377.—Pettersson, A. Ueber die thermostabilen bakteriolytischen Substanzen des Normalserums. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1924, 40: Orig, 43-56. ----- Ueber die bakterizide Wirkung des salzfreien Blutserums. Ibid, 1934, 82: 165-9.—Primmer, J. B. The immunizing and styptic properties of human serum. Brit. M.J, 1924, 1: 886.— Raspi, M. Delia produzione di sostanze battericide nei sangue in vitro. Haematologica, Nap, 1924, 5: 415-41.—Rosenthal, F. Die trypanociden Stoffe des menschlichen Serums, ihre biolo- gische und klinische Bedeutung. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 1657- 60. ----- & Freund, R. Weitere Untersuchungen iiber die trypanoziden Substanzen des menschlichen Serums. Ibid, 1923, 2: 836. Also Zschr. Immunforsch, 1923, 37: Orig, 48-76 — Rosenthal, F, & Spitzer, F. Die Bedeutung des Retikulo- endothels fiir den Mechanismus der trypanoziden Wirkung des Menschenserums. Ibid, 1924, 40: 529-51.—Schwartzman, G. Une nouvelle proprtete du serum sanguin emp6chant la neu- tralisation des substances toxiques bacteriennes. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 268.—Selter, H. Thermostabile bakterienfeind- liche Serumstoffe. Zschr. Hyg, 1918, 86: 313-23—Tanaka, H. Ueber den Einfluss des Serums auf die Wirkung einiger Phar- maka (Versuche am isolierten Kaninchendarm) Fol. jap. pharm, 1926, 2: [Brev.] 7.—Uhrovits, A. [Bactericide effect of the normal pig-serum] Magy. orv. arch, 1932, 33: 56-61.—Van der Scheer, J. On the action of serum on the fibrins of various spe- cies. J. Immun, Bait, 1930,18:17-22.—Vassiliadis, P. L'action du serum humain sur les trypanosomes. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop, 1930, 10: 117-22.—Viale, G. Azione del siero di sangue sulla peristalsi intestinale. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 219-21. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 97: 270—Wolff, L. K. Eine (neue) bakterienhemmende Eigenschaft des Menschenserums. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 2145. ---- Coagulation. See also Blood serum, Gelation. Muller, W. *Ueber die Hitzegerinnbarkeit des menschlichen Serums. p.271-283. 8? Wurzb., 1927. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1927, 55: CiambeUotti, E. Contributo alio studio delle modiflcazioni di comportamento dei sieri freschi o riscaldati. Atti fisiocr. Siena (1928) 1929, ser.10, 3: 657-9—Gybrgy, E, & Recht, I. [Se- rum coagulation in infants] Orvoskepzes, 1932, 22: Oct. kiilbnf, 108-10.—Hachez, E. Beitrag zur Serumhitzekoagulation des Blutes. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 2477.—Kashiwabara, K. On the heat coagulation of serum. J. Orient. M, Dairen, 1934, 20: 18.—Lecomte du Noiiy, P. Sur la temperature critique et la coagulation du serum par la chaleur. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104:289; 377. -----& Aynaud, M. Sur un serum pathologique incoagulable par la chaleur. Ibid, 1932, 110: 333—Mayer, R. L. Ueber den Hitzekoagulations-Punkt des Blutserums und seine Schwankungen. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 1693—Mayr, J. K, & Hofstadt, H. Lasst sich die Bestimmung des Hitzekoagulations- punktes im Blutserum differentialdiagnostisch verwerten? Munch, med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 470.—Reiner, S, Pluhaf, F, & Hanys, B. Unterschiede in der Koagulation des reinen und Hb-Serums des Pferdes, Rindes, Schweines und Hundes. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 171: 156-68— Rosenow, G. Ueber die klinische Verwertbarkeit der Serumhitzekoagulation. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 1694. ---- Coagulation: Weltmann's test. Boccara, M. II punto di coagulazione del siero sanguigno (reaz. di Weltmann) nei campo ginecologico. Riv. ital. gin, 1935-36,18: suppl, 621-39—Carriere, G, Martin, P, & Bufosse, A. La sero-coagulation de Weltmann en clinique. Presse med, -'1767 vol. 2, 4th series----41 1935, 43: 1649-51.—Famulari & Zindato, A. Sulla sierocoagulo- flocculazione di Weltmann; suo comportamento in istati morbosi diversi, in condizioni sperimentali ed in rapporto ad alcune costanti fisico chimiche del siero. Riv. pat. sper, 1934, 13: 325-43.—Fuente-Hita, F, & Jubes, E. Die Serumgerinnungs- reaktion von Weltmann. Zschr. Tuberk, 1936, 75: 255-8 — Gatta, R. La sieroreazione di Weltmann nei campo chirurgico. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1935, 23: 236-8.—Havas, A. Eine Mikromethode zur Weltmannschen Reaktion der Serumkoagu- lation. Wrien. klin. Wschr, 1936,49: 710-2—Kretz, J, & Kudlac, 0. Untersuchungen iiber das Verhalten der Serumeiweisskbr- per mittels der Weltmannschen Reaktion. Zschr. klin. Med, 1934, 127: 590-608—Kyriakis, L. Versuche zur Klarung der Entstehung des Weltmannschen Koagulationsbandes. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 828.—Lenci, E. La siero-coagulazione di Weltmann nella tubercolosi polmonare ed extra-polmonare. Gazz. osp, 1935, 56:1123-6.—Neseni, R. Das Koagulationsband im Blutserum unserer Haustiere. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh, 1935-36, 70: 71-8—Purper, G. Die klinische Bedeutung des Weltmann'schen Koagulationsbandes. Munch, med. Wschr, 1935, 82: 1124.—Schneiderbaur, A. Das Koagulationsband nach Weltmann und seine Stellung in der Klinik. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1933, 46: 390-3.—Teufl, R. Der diagnostische Wert der Serumkoagulation nach Weltmann. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1935-36, 28: 305; 415—Weltmann, O, & Klimesch, E. Beitrag zur physikalischen Chemie des Serums. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 43: 626-46—Weltmann, O, & Medvei, C. V. Untersuchungen fiber die Serumkoagulation. Zschr. klin. Med, 1931, 118: 670-87. ---- Collection and conservation. See also Blood serum, Manufacture. Devouassoux, J. *De Taction du formol et de quelques autres substances antiseptiques pour la conservation des scrums; application au diagnostic. [Alfort] 90p. 8? Par., 1930. Berdnikov, A, & Metalnikov, S. A propos de la conservation des serums. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 713.—Brocq-Rousseu & Roussel, G. Influence de la temperature sur le rendement du sang en serum, et sur l'etat physique du serum obtenu. Sang, Par, 1928, 2: 253-6.—Bruynoghe, R. Le phenol dans les serums therapeutiques. Rev. med. Louvain, 1934, 309-11. ----- & Baivy, A. Le serum formote. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 381-4.—Caserio, E. Ricerche sulla conservazione dei sieri con formalina. Gior. batt. immun, 1935, 14: 1361-8.—Bessy, A. Nuevo aparato para la obtencion de suero destinado a pruebas biologicas. Rev. sudamer. endocr, B. Air, 1922, 5: 317-9.- Hilgermann, R. Konservierung der Sera mit Formalin. Deut. med. Wschr, 1929, 55: 1224.—Holzer, F. J. Ein praktischer Behelf zur Aufbewahrung der Sera und Erfahrungen iiber ihre Haltbarkeit. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1935-36, 25: 373-7 — Lichtenstein, A. Dry storage of convalescents'serum. J.Am. M. Ass, 1931, 96: 2102. Also repr.—Marshall, M. S. Serum preservatives. California West. M, 1934, 41: 94-8.—Mudd, S, Flosdorf, E. W. [et al.] The preservation and concentration of human serums for clinical use. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 107: 956-9.—Paoletti, F. Un metodo semplice per ottenere il siero sangue per ricerche biologiche; considerazioni cliniche e pratiche. Studium, Napoli, 1924, 14: 25-7.—Strassmann, G. Die Konser- vierung forensischer Sera und Antisera. Deut. med. Wschr, 1924, 50: 374.—Voegtlin, C. The pharmacological action of some serum preservatives. Bull. Hyg. Lab, Wash, 1914, no.96, 87-119. ---- Colloids. Jones, A. The electro-chemical status of col- loids found in the blood serum. 26p. 8? [Dun- dee, 111.] 1930. Bendien, W. M, & Snapper, I. Weitere Untersuchungen iiber die Bindung der Serumkolloide mittels fiir Eiweiss durch- lassiger Ultrafilter. Biochem. Zschr, 1933, 261: 1-14.—Bloch, E Organkolloide und Blutkolloide in der klinischen Patho- logie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1924, 20: 1469—Brossa, G. A. Con- tributo alio studio della floculazione di sospensioni di mastice in presenza di colloidi idroftli (siero) Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1924, 4.ser, 30: 98-103. ----- Un apparecchio per la separa- zione degli elettroliti e dei proteidi dal siero per mezzo dell' os- mosi-elettrica. Ibid, 1930, 93: 209-18—Boerr, R, & Berger, E. Kolloidchemische Modelle des Doppelringphanomens. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1562.—Elger, L. [Ageing of the colloids of the serum and their faculty of absorption] Cas. tek. cesk, 1933, 72: 1682-6.—Ellinger, A. Zustandsanderungen von Serumkolloiden und ihre Bedeutung fiir den Flussigkeitshaushalt des Menschen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 762. ----- Zustandsanderun- gen der Serumkolloide und ihre Bedeutung fiir den Wasserhaus- halt. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1922, 34. Kongr, 274-82 — Fischer, R. Examen eiectrocollo'idal de serums humains. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923,88: 558—Gobel, W. Einwirkung des Ultra- violettlichtes auf die Serumkolloide. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 190: 95-100.—Hollo, J, & Lax, H. Untersuchungen fiber die Schutzwirkung des Blutserums gegeniiber Kongorubin (physi- kahsche Struktur und biologisches Verhalten des Blutserums) Ibid , 1923, 139: 482-90.—Klinke, K. Blut. Med. Kolloidlehr. (Lichtwitz) Dresd, 1935,383-403.—Loeb, L. F. Untersuchungen iiber die Schutzkolloidwirkung des menschlichen Blutserums. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 142: 11-8. ---- Zur Kasuistik der BLOOD SERUM 642 BLOOD SERUM Schutzkolloidwirkung des Serums. Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1923, 20: 432-8.-Lumiere, A, & Mayer, P. Caracteristiques colloldales du serum apres contact avec l'amidon. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 884— Meco, 0. Das Phanomen der Trubung des Blutserums durch den Kontakt mit Nervenge- webe. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1936,155: 670-4.—Reiner, L, & Kopp, H. Ueber Zonenphanomen, Doppelringphanomen und ihre Entstehung. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1563.—Schmitz, A. Zur Kenntnis der Serumkolloide im normalen und pathologi- schen Zustand. Ibid, 1931, 10: 23»h —Voge, C. I. B. The col- loidal properties of serum. Biochem. J, Lond, 1929, 23: 1137- 46.—Zuckerkandl, F. Le phenomene de zone. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 122: 1318-20. ---- Colloids: Lability. See also Blood plasma, Colloid lability. Fischer, R. *Les Equilibres colloidaux des scrums sanguins normaux et pathologiques. 48p. 8? Geneve, 1925. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 87: 124; 958; 1923, 88: 242. Baer, W. Klinische-experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Frage der Kolloidverschiebung im Serum. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 2380-4.—Balzano, I. Le reazioni di labilita colloidale d»l siero di sangue (Daranyi, Baum, Matefy) negli adenoidei. Arch. ital. otol, 1933, 44: 499-504— Bauer, K, & Eder, P. Die Mastix- reaktion im Blutserum. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1922, 29: 246- 50.—Brossa, G. A. Ueber den Nachweis der Labilitat des Serums mit Hilfe eines kapillaranalytischen Verfahrens. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1932, 256: 55-63. ----- & Zocchi, S. Ricerche sullo stato colloidale del siero nella madre e nei neonato. Ann. ostet. gin, 1926, 48: 71-81.—Carreras Pic6, J. La constitution fisicoquimica del suero en las reacciones de labilidad. Arch. med, Madr, 1932, 35: 857-64—Colle, G. La labilita colloidale del siero sanguigno nelle malattie chirurgiche e in dipendenza dell' intervento operativo. Minerva med. Tor, 1927, 7: 1248- 53.—Buboczky, B. [New method of making diagnostic colloidal graphicons of blood serum] Orv. hetil, 1935, 79: 97-9.—Buzar, J. Einfluss des Alters auf die Kolloidlabilitat des Blutserums im Sauglingsalter. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1922-23, 3.F, 50: 237-42 — Jonnard, R. Etude de la stabilite du s6rum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 841-3—La Terza, E. Ricerche sulla labilita colloidale del siero di sangue degli animali a dieta carenzata. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1930, 36: pt2, 625-48.—Lecomte du Noiiy, F. Sur l'equilibre superficiel du serum et de certaines solutions colloldales. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1922, 174: 1258—Nikisin, F. [State of colloidal stability of the serum as resisting measure of the organism against narcosis and operative trauma] Cas. tek. fesk, 1926, 65: 207-12—Petschacher, L. Die Kolloidstabilitat des Blutserums und ihre Bedeutung fiir die innere Medizin. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1924, 37: 1234; 1261—Polleri, P. M. II valore della reazione di Matefy in rapporto alla colloidolabilita dei sieri. Pathologica, Genova, 1927, 19: 424-43.—Reitler, R. Untersu- chungen iiber die Kolloidstabilitat des Serums mittels oligody- namischer Metallwirkung und ihre diagnostische Verwertbar- keit. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 136: 449-68—Reitstotter, J. Ueber die Goldzahl von normalem und pathologisch verandertem Blutserum. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1920, 30: Orig, 468-81.— Scuderi, G. Reazione biologica di labilita dei sieri umani. Biochim. ter. sper, 1935, 22: 351-5.—Simonini, A. Contributo alio studio della stabilita colloidale del sangue nella gravida, e nei bambino in differenti condizioni morbose (ricerche fisico- chimiche) Clin, pediat. Mod, 1929, 11: 29; 422.—Starlinger, W. Ueber die lichtkatalytische Beeinflussung der Kolloidstabilitat des menschlichen Blutplasmas. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1922, 35: 860-2.—Steinbrinck, W. Ueber pathologische Kolloidstabilitat; die Rechtsverschiebung des Bluteiweissbildes und ahnliches. Zschr. klin. Med, 1926, 104: 496-509.— Takenomata, N. Ueber nichtspeziflsche Komplementbindungserscheinungen und ihre Abhangigkeit von der Kolloidlabilitat des Blutserums. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1924, 41: 508-38.— Teichmann, J. Ueber eine Labilitatsreaktion mit salzfreiem Wasser im Serum von Immun- pferden. Ibid, 1926, 47: 134-40.—Tinozzi, F. P. Beitrag zur Frage der Kolloidlabilitat des Serums im Organismus, besonders bei Tuberkulose. Zschr. Tuberk, 1923-24, 39:338-43.—Zalkind, B. A, & Berman, E. G. [Changes of colloidal conditions of the blood serum from the effect of formalin in healthy subjects and in tuberculosis] Vopr. tuberk, 1929, 7: 1245-50. ---- Effects of various agents. See also other subheadings of Blood serum. Ettinger, H. * Aenderung der Abbaufahig- keit von Blutsera unter verschiedenen Ein- fliissen. 24p. 8? Ziir., 1918. Bosse, P. Untersuchungen iiber die Zusammensetzung des Blutserums und ihre Bedeutung fiir Giftwirkungen; die Wir- kung von Aether auf Serum. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1925, 210: 56-8.—Chanoz, M, & Ponthus, P. Donnees concernant te serum sanguin acidute par l'acide acetique pur. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 1401-L—Glaubermann, J. Experimentelle Untersu- chungen iiber die Wirkung von rbntgenisiertem Serum (X- Serum) auf das Blut. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1914, 61: 1867-9.— Handovsky, H. Veranderungen des Blutserums nach Injek- tionen kleiner Mengen krystalloider Substanzen. Klin Wschr, 1924, 3: 1354—Kiyotaki, D. Nephelometrische Studien iiber den Einfluss der Temperaturerhbhung auf Serum und Plasma. Biochem. Zschr, 1922, 128: 354-71.—Lorenzani, G. I mutamenti del potere vasocostrittore del siero di sangue con- secutivi all' azione dei bagni freddi e caldi. Boll. Soc. med. Parma, 1921, 2.ser, 14: 38.— Lumtere, A, & Couturier, H. Ac- tion du kaolin sur te serum geios6 C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 195-7.—Neuweiler, W. Ueber die giftende und entgiftende Wirkung einiger Adsorbentien auf das aktive Normalserum verschiedener Tierarten. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1923-24, 38: Orig, 369-402. -Niederhoff, P. Ueber die Veranderlichkeit von Serum durch das Quecksilberlicht. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933,' 90: 529-33. Oliveira, de, & Perez, J. R. Action du quinsol sur le s6rum normal de cheval et sur le serum Iteniolytique. C rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 87: 413—Ponthus, P. Modifications micellaires du s6rum humain par les electrolytes faibles. Ibid, 1930, 103: 1140-2.—Septehci, L. Action du chlorure de sodium et de differents sels sur la spectro-reaction. Ibid, 1931, 107: 403.—Vernes, A, & Bouris, R. Action du sulfocyanate ferrique sur le serum humain normal. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1918, 167: 972-4.—Yasaki, Y. Die Wirkung von Salvarsan auf Serum. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 137: 450-5.—Zimmer, H. Klinisch expe- rimentelle Untersuchungen fiber Blutserumkonzentration bei Arsenkuren. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1922, 30: 325-43. ---- Electrical conductivity. Dorner, E. *Die Grenzleitfahigkeit des menschlichen Blutserums [Leipzig] 16p. 8? Bleicherode, 1934. Spengemann, E. *Beitrag zur Elektrodialyse von Serum [Kiel] 20p. 8? [Gotha] 1926. Asby, W. R. A cell for the measurement of the specific con- ductivity of the blood-serum. Biochem. J, Lond, 1930, 24: 1557-9— Atchley, B. W, & Nichols, E. G. The influence of protein concentration on the conductivity of human serum. J. Biol. Chem, 1925, 65: 729-34— Berbauer, V, Boucek, J, & Podrouzek, V. Precipitation p6riodique pendant le phenomene de Pauli. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 174—Capo, R. La conducibilita elettrica del siero di sangue nei vecchi (con accenni generici alla applicazioni e al metodismo della ricerca) Mor- gagni, 1928, 70: 2561-79.—Bell'Aquilla, A, & Jaia, F. Con- ducibilita del siero di sangue per introduzione di calcio e per azione dei raggi ultravioletti. Arch. farm, sper, Roma, 1935, 60: 578-86.—Ettisch, G, & Ewig, W. Zur Elektrodialyse des Serums; die Wirksamkeit von Bluteiweissmembranen. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1929, 216: 401-29.-----Die Wirksamkeit von Membranen aus beliebigen (blutfremden) Eiweisskbrpern auf den Verlauf der Elektrodialyse. Ibid , 430-48.—Frei, W. Ueber Leitungshemmung durch Kolloide nebst Bemerkungen zum Serumleitvermbgen. Zschr. Chemie & Indust. Kolloide, 1909, 4: 94-103—Furth, R, & Keller, R. Dielektrizitatskonstante des alkoholhaltigen Serums. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 141: 187-92 — Gram, H. C, & Cullen, G. E. The accuracy of the ionometric method and of the protein correction in measuring serum con- ductivity. J. Biol. Chem, 1923, 57: 477-91.—Lacomte du Noiiy, P. Sur la temperature critique du serum (55°-57°) phenomenes ioniques; la conductivite du serum normal et immunise en fonc- tion de la temperature. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 110: 486-8 — Lasseur, P, Girardet, F, & Vermelin, H. Constantes physico- chimiques des serums: variations de la conductibilite electrique avec la dilution. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1925, 7: 401-18.— Peretti, G. Comportamento del calcio nella elettrodialisi del siero di sangue e del suo dializzato. Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1935, 37: 32-4.—Rana, M. Sulla conducibilita elettrica del siero di sangue di diversi animali in seguito ad irradiazione con raggi ultravioletti. Fisiol. med, Roma, 1935, 6; 261-5 — Rosenberg, H, & Sommerfeld, W. Ueber die Leitfahigkeit des Froschserums und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Ermittlung des Kernhiillenverhaltnisses am Froschnerven. Beitr. Physiol, 1922-23, 2: 93-6—Steigerwaldt, F, & Reiser, B. Ueber Leit- fahigkeitsmessungen am normalen und pathologischen Serum. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1933, 173: 15-25.-Voge, C. I. B. The dialysis of small volumes of serum under sterile conditions. Biochem. J, Lond, 1929, 23: 18.5-7. ---- Examination. See also Serology; also names of various sero- logical tests. Heiden, D. *Katadvnsilber in der serolo- gischen Praxis. 18p. 8? Rostock, 1933. Austin, J. H. A note on the estimation of carbon dioxide in serum by the Van Slyke method in the presence of ether. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1923-24, 21: 196. Also J. Biol. Chem, 1924, 61: 345-53.—Beutner, R. The binding power of serum for drugs tested by a new in vitro method. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1925-26, 25: 365-80—Carrel, A, & Ebeling, A. H. Indice de croissance du serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 170-2.—Erdstein, F, & Silberstern, E. Zur Kongorubinreaktion im Serum. Wien. med. Wschr, 1925, 75: 1858-62—Gerl6czy, G. [Effect of human serum of healthy and diseased subjects on the development of plants] Orv. hetil, 1928, 72: 375-7.—Gonzalez Guzman, I. La prueba de Duke en individuos sanos y enfermos; ensayo de interpretation. Rev. mex. biol, 1933, 13: 139-63 — Hollander, L, & Greb, R. J. Evaluation of the phytopharma- cologic test of Pels and Macht. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1936, 34: 650-5.—Kofman, T. Reactions morphologiques dans les serums. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1935, 3.ser, 113: 542-6 — Lauda, E. Zur Kottmannschen Jodsilbermethode. Zschr. BLOOD SERUM 643 BLOOD SERUM Immunforsch, 1922, 34: Orig, 455-72—Magath, T. B, & Sheard, C Srjectrophotometric analysis of blood serum in normal and nathologic conditions. Arch. Int. M, 1927, 39: 214-25-Mut- Jpnbecher, P. von. Die Analyse des Serums mit der Ultrazen- trifuge Biochem. Zschr, 1933, 266: 226-49.-Pennetti, G. La velocita di sedimentazione del caolino nei siero di sangue in alcuni stati morbosi. Riforma med, 1924, 40: 649-51—Peters, B A Ultra-microscopic examination of the blood-serum in disease Bristol Med. Chir. J, 1936,53:17-34, 3pl.—Rademaker, G A [Nephelometric serum examination] Mschr. kinder- eeneesk 1933, 3: 53-66.—Roman, W. Vakatsauerstoff und Oxydationsquotient im Serum; die Methode der Vakatsauer- stoffbestimmung im Serum. Biochem. Zschr, 1935, 276: 57- 60—Sachs, H. Aus neueren Ergebnissen der Blutserumfor- schung Deut. Revue, 1922, 47: 32-42.—Schmid, H. Ueber den Oebrauch des Stufenphotometers bei Serumuntersuchungen in der inneren Medizin. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 87: 231-46.- Sokolov V. E. [Active methods of blood-serum examinations] Russ klin, 1928, 10: 257-71.—Strasser, U. Die Pyknometrie des Blutserums im Dienste der Klinik. Wien. Arch. inn. Med 1929-30, 19: 451-76.—Van Byke, H. B, & Schurmeyer, A. Die Entfarbung von Lichtgriin durch Serum von mannlichen und weiblichen Menschen und Tieren. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 180' 353-6.—Wachstein, M. Untersuchungen verschiedener Sera mit der phytopharmakologischen Methode von Macht. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 65: 450-65. ---- Ferments. See also the same subheadings under Blood. Halsen, G. E. J. *Untersuchungen iiber Ferment-und Antiferment-Wirkungen des Serums [Heidelberg] 23p. 8? Berl., 1915. Bach, A, Sbarsky, B, & Nikolajew, K. Scheinbare auxo- und antifermentative Eigenschaften des Serums. Biochem. Zschr 1923 135: 32-8.—Block, W. Blutfremde Ferrnente im Serum'. Klin. Wschr, 1923, 2: 1793-5—Booth, V. H. A car- bonic anhydrase inhibitor in serum. J. Physiol, Lond, 1936. 87- 41—Chiray, M, Berdet, H, & Taschner, E. Les diastases pancreatiques du s6rum sanguin; la lipase pancreatique du serum sanguin. Arch. mal. app. digest, 1931, 21: 1137-53.— Crandall L. A, jr The origin and significance of the blood serum enzymes. Am. J. Digest. Dis, 1935-36, 2: 230-5.—Gabbe, E Ueber ein neues Ferment im Blutserum und seine klinische Bedeutung. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1933, 45. Kongr, 134_7 —Giavotto, G. Le attivita fermentative del siero della gravida normale sub partu e della puerpera recente: l'involuzione uterina studiata con l'enzimoreazione. Fol. gyn, Pavia, 1928, 25' 389-400, ch—Gottschalk, A. Ueber den Nachweis des Schardingerschen Enzyms im Serum. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1927 168:132-5. -----& Springborn, A. Ueber den Nachweis des Schardingerschen Fermentes im Serum und seine klinische Auswertung. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1927, 39. Kongr, 308-13—Jobhng, J. W, Petersen, W, & Eggstein, A. A. The ferment-antiferment balance of the serum. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1915 1: 172-80. Also Zschr. Immunforsch, 1916, 24: Orig, 459-81— Kwasniewski, S, & Henning, N. Ueber den Nachweis von Peroxydasen im Serum. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 1472 — Maubert, Jaloustre & Lemay. Application de la methode a l'hydroquinone de P. Lemay a l'etude de l'activite oxydasique du serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 87: 1327-Mertz, A. Fermentvermehrung im Serum nach Licht- und Rontgen- bestrahlungen, ein Index fiir Zellzerfallsvorgange. Strahlen- therapie, 1926, 22: 301-18.—Nomura, T. Zur Frage der Choles- terase im Blutserum und den Organextrakten. Tohoku J. Exp M 1923-24, 4: 677-84.—O'Bonovan, C, & Bavison, W. C. The amylase-accelerator and anti-trypsin of normal human serum. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1927, 40: 238-43-Papen- dieck, R. M. Mikroskopische Beobachtung fermentativer Vor- gange im Blutserum. Verh. Deut. Kongr. inn. Med, 1914 31: 489-93-Rona, P, Petow, H, & Schreiber, H. Eine Methode zum Nachweis blutfremder Ferrnente im Serum (ein Beitrag zur Diagnose von Organerkrankungen) Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 2366.-Stedman, E, & Stedman, E. The relative tiiolme- esterase activities of serum and corpuscles from tne^ blood of certain species. Biochem. J, Lond, 1935, 29: 2107-11. & Easson, L. H. Choline-esterase; an enzyme present in the blood-serum of the horse. Ibid, 1932,26:2056-66.-Wohlgemuth, I. Ferrnente und Antifermente im Serum. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) 1934, 2:2. Halfte, 1053-88. --- Ferments, glycolytic. Weyl, G. J. O. *Untersuchungen zur Kennt- nis der Gluzese des Blutserums. 26p. 8° Bresl., 1918. . u rt„ Beckman, T. M. Surgical experiences with Ottenstein s micro-method for analysis of diastase in the blood-serum. Acta chir. scand, 1936, 78: 253-6— Bongiorno, A. C. Suite variazioni della amilasi serica dopo iniezioni in circolo d amido e di gnco- geno. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 692-6.-Compton, A. Blood enzymes; the influence of temperature on the action ol the maltase of dog's serum. Biochem. J, Cambr., Viii, it>. 460-4. -----■ Glycogenolytic activity of mammalian sera, with remarks on serum toxicity. Ibid, 1923, 17: 536-43. Studies on the maltase of dog's serum: influence on activity ol the reaction of the medium, and of the state of digestion Ibid, 1824,18- 173-7 —Fine, J. On the invertase-accelerator of serum, with observations on other enzyme-accelerators reported in serum. Ibid, 1930, 24: 1282-93.—Fuchs, B, & Hetenyi, G. Un- tersuchungen iiber die Glykogen abbauende Fahigkeit des Blutserums. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 136: 469.—Gargasole, B. Influence endocrine sull'amilasi del siero sanguigno. Rass. ter. pat. clin, 1932, 4: 725-58. ---- Ferments, lipolytic. Achard, C, & Clerc, A. A propos du pouvoir lipasique du serum sanguin. Ann. nted. Par, 1933, 34: 494.—Adler, E. Ueber Serumlipase und ihre Beeinflussung durch chemische und physikahsche Angriffe. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 1987.—Amaki, J. Zur Frage des lipolytischen Vermbgens des Serums und der Organextrakte, mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung seiner Bestimmungsmethoden. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1924, 5:13-28.—Avellone, L. Azione della bile sul potere tributirrino- litico del siero di sangue. Riv. pat. sper, 1926, 1: 395-9. ----- & Colaianni, G. Le sierolipasi in condizioni normali e patolo- giche (ricerche sulle sierolipasi) Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 808. Also Fol. clin. chim, Bologna, 1927, 2: 455-65. Avel- lone, L, & Mattina, M. Sul valore diagnostico delle sierolipasi. Ibid, 467-78. Also Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 807 — Azuma, T. Studies on serum lipase. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1924-25, 4: 239-69.—Bate, J, & Bach, I. [Effect of intravenous introduction of pancreas lipase on the serum lipase level] Magy. orv. arch, 1931, 32: 95-101.—Bate, J, Gerlei, F, & Lovas, L. [Prevention of decrease of serum lipase in tuberculous rabbits] Orv. hetil, 1933, 77: 70-4. Also Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1933, 82: 164-72.—Bauer, J, & Feil, L. Ueber den Sturz der Serumlipase durch Thyroxin und dessen Hemmung. Zschr. klin. Med, 1935, 128: 77-89. ----- Der Einfluss von Keimdriisen- und Nebennierenrindenhormon auf die Serumlipase. Ibid, 90-4.— Bauer, J, & Hoffman, M. H. Ueber den Sturz der Serumlipase durch Thyroxin und dessen Hemmung. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 1933.—Benedict, J, & Mayer, G. Einfluss der Ketonkbrper auf die Serumlipase. Biochem. Zschr, 1936, 285: 299-305. Also Magy. orv. arch, 1936, 37: 124-36.—Benetato, G. Sur l'ac- tion antilipasique provoquee du serum du lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 476-8.—Bettinardi, G. Ricerche sulle variazioni ehe inducono iniezioni sottocutanee di sostanze grasse suite siero- lipasi e sul tasso agglutinante di siero umano. Clin, pediat. Mod, 1934, 16: 741-69.—Beumer. Ueber das Verhalten der Serumlipase unter verschiedenen Bedingungen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1921, 47: 370—Buchler, P. Chininfeste Serumlipasen in psychiatrischen und neurologischen Beziehungen. Mschr. Psychiat, 1924, 57: 127-41.—Bullo, E, & Poli, E. Dosaggio delle lipasi nei siero; modiflcazione al metodo di Rona. Diagn. teen. lab. Nap, 1936, 7: 1-5.—Chiray, M. La mesure de la lipase pan- creatique dans te serum sanguin humain. Livres jubil. (Roger, G. H.) Par, 1932, 69-74.—Bell' Acqua, G, & Strauss, W. Ueber den Sturz der Serumlipase durch Thyroxin und dessen Hem- mung; Blockade des reticuloendothelialen Systems. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 1935.—B'Ignazio, C. Sul significato e valore delle lipasi atoxil- e chinino-resistenti del siero. Fisiol. med, Roma, 1932, 3: 259-84. ----- Sulle lipasi del siero nei cane. Ibid 432-42.—Bi Prisco, L. Azione del benzolo sul potere lipolitico del siero di sangue. Morgagni, 1933, 75: 227-31 — Falk, K. G, & McGuire, G. Studies on enzyme action; lipase actions of horse serum. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 105: 379-89 — Fanconi, G. Studien uber die Serumlipase. Fermentforschung, 1923-24, 7: 307-48.—Fiessinger, N, & Gajdos, A. Influence des injections de lipase hepatique sur le taux de la lipase senque. Sang, Par, 1935, 9: 319-22. -----& Albeaux-Fernet, M. Con- tribution a l'etude des lipases du serum. Ann. med. Par, 1933, 34- 101-35—Genner, V. [Determination of quinine resistant lipase in the serum] Ugeskr. laeger, 1934, 96: 63-7.-Gruzewska, Z , & Beraut, E. Procede d'extraction et de conservation de la lipase du serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 119: 699.— Gruzewska, Z, & Roussel, G. La lipase a du serum de cheval; son activite au cours de multiples saignees. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1931 193-786 ----- Sur la lipase du serum sanguin. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932, 104-6. -----• L'activite de la lipase du serum de cheval en fonction du temps; 1 influence du temps de conservations du serum sur son activite lipasique. Ann. physiol. Par, 1933, 9: 369-90.-Hecker, E, & Vierhaus, J. Ueber den Lipasegehalt im Serum des Sauglings und Klein- kindes. Zschr. Kinderh, 1924, 38: 466-78.-Hiraoka, T, & Nin, M Die diagnostische Bedeutung der blutfremden Lipasen in Serum J. Chosen M. Ass, 1927, no.74,1-16— Hoffmann, M. H. Effect of thyroxin and antithyroid substances on the serum lipase Arch. Int. M, 1934, 54: 427-35—Katzenelbogen, S, & Wohlers, H. Le pouvoir lipolytique du serum sanguin: sa determination par la methode stalagmontetriquesasignification et sa valeur clinique. Ann. nted. Par 1926, 40: 373-91- Kudriawzewa, A. Zur Frage iiber den Einfluss einiger Gifte auf die Serumlipase warmbliitiger Tiere. Fermentforschung, 1926-27 9: 139-45.-Kunos, S, & Gerb, A. Untersuchungen iiber die klinische Bedeutung der atoxylresistenten Lipase des Blutserums. Arch. Verdauungskr, 1931, 50: 232-46. Also Klin. Wschr, 1931, 10: 1312,-Kobryner, A. Die diagnostische Bedeutung der Lipasen im Blutserum. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, Herescu, B. Recherches sur les lipases^eriques C. biol 1933 114- 747-9—Pantchenkov, T. P. [Material for the study of fluctuation of the lipolitic fermentation of blood serum dependent on nutrition] Klin, med, Moskva, 192b, 4: 292- BLOOD SERUM 644 BLOOD SERUM Paul, B. [On the weakening of the lipase of sera and organs by bromine] Magy. orv. arch, 1926, 27: 394-6— Pennetti, G. Azione di alcuni medicamenti sulla sierolipase tributirrinolitica. Riv. pat. sper, 1927, 2: 93-100.—Petow, H, & Schreiber, H. Ueber das Auftreten blutfremder Lipasen im Serum (ein Beitrag zur Diagnose von Organerkrankungen) Klin. Wschr, 1923, 2: 1248-50.—Roncato, A. Sulle lipasi del sangue e del liquido delle cavisierose. Lav. Lab. fisiol. Univ. Padova, 1928-30, 22: repr. no.20.—Simon, H. Chininresistente Lipasen im Blutserum und ihre klinische Verwertbarkeit. Deut. med. Wschr, 1923, 49: 506.----- Ueber rote Blutkbrperchen- und Serumlipase. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 39: 407-12.—Tokunoyama, Y. Das immunbiologische Studium der Fette; Einfluss enteral und parenteral zugefiihrter Fettkbrper auf die Serumlipase bei normalen und tuberkulbs erkrankten Kaninchen. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1933, 22: 263-92.—Tsuji, K. On the auxo-lipase of serum. Biochem. J, Lond, 1915, 9: 53-65. ---- Ferments: Phosphatase. Armstrong, A. R, & Banting, F. G. The site of formation of the phosphatase of serum. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1935, 33: 243-6 — Bodansky, A. Phosphatase studies; determination of serum phosphatase; factors influencing the accuracy of the determina- tion. J. Biol. Chem, 1933, 101: 93-104. ----- Non-osseous origins of serum phosphatase; its increase after ingestion of carbo- hydrates. Ibid, 1934, 104: 473-82. Also repr. -----& Jaffe, H. L. Serum phosphatase of non-osseous origin; significance of the variations of serum phosphatase in jaundice. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 31: 107-9. ----- Increase of serum phosphatase after bile duct ligation in dog. Ibid, 1934, 31: 1179-81. ----- Significance of clinical and experimental serum phosphatase variations; their osseous and non-osseous origins. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 105: xi.—Cayla, J, & Fabre, F. La phos- phatase s6rique pendant la gestation. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 748-50.—Crimm, P. B, & Strayer, J. W. Phosphatase con- tent of blood serum and tissues in the rat following administra- tion of vitamins D and A. J. Biol. Chem, 1935-36, 112: 511-5. Also repr.—Freeman, S, & Farmer, C. J. Influence of bleeding, diet, distemper, and starvation on serum phosphatase activity. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 31: 536-9—Muller, E. Die Phosphatasebestimmung in kleinen Serummengen. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1935,237:35-9.—Rosahn, P. B. Serum phospha- tase in normal young rabbits. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934-35,32: 1601-3. ---- Ferments, proteolytic. Burger, E. T. *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis antipeptisch wirkender Stoffe im Blutserum und zur quantitativen Bestimmung des Antipepsin. 27p. 8? Wiirzb., 1915. Chotzen, T. *Ueber die diagnostische Bedeutung des antitryptischen Titers des Blut- serums [Breslau] 18p. 8? Stuttg., 1915. Frey, H. *Ueber den Abbau von Nichtor- ganeiweissen mit Hilfe von normalen und pathologischen Blutseris. 23p. 8? Ziir., 1915. Banting, F. G, & Gairns, S. The antitryptic properties of blood serum. Am. J. Physiol, 1930, 94: 241-6.—Corneli, W. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des antitryptischen Faktors im mensch- lichen Blutserum. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 242: 61-6.—Epstein, A. A. On the nature of the anti-tryptic action of serum and its biologic significance. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1922-23, 20: 48-50.—Falkenhausen, M. von. Ueber proteolytische Ferrnente im Serum; Untersuchungen iiber die Moglichkeit einer Grund- einheit der Blutfermente. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 185: 334-43. ----- & Fuchs, H. J. Ueber eine chemisch messbare Toxin- Antitoxin-Bindung in vitro. Ibid, 1926, 176: 92-100. ----- Ueber das Verhalten von Immunserum und Immunfibrin. Ibid, 178: 155-60. ----- Ueber die Spezifitat des proteolyti- schen Fermentes im Serum verschiedener Kaninchenrassen. Ibid, 1927, 181: 43X-43. ----- & Schubert, M. Ueber das verschiedene Verhalten der Sera in den einzelnen Metamor- phosestadien der Anuren. Ibid, 1928, 193: 269-75.—Fiessinger, N. L'antiferment proteolytique du serum. Arch. mal. cceur, 1910, 3: 465-77—Frey-Bolly, E. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Ab- derhalden 'schen proteolytischen Ferrnente im Blutserum; klinisch-experimentelle Untersuchungen mit dem Mikrokjeldahl nach Abderhalden und der Kostlmann'schen Reaktion. Kor. Bl. schweiz. Aerzte, 1919, 49: 257-65—Fuchs, H. J. Ueber proteolytische Ferrnente im Serum. Biochem. Zschr, 1926. 170: 76; 175: 185; 178: 152. ----- Untersuchungen iiber die Umstimmung des Serums von tuberkulosen Meerschweinchen. Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1932, 37: 367.—Gentile, F. II potere anti- triptico del siero di sangue e sua determinazione (ricerche speri- mentali) Ann. clin. med. Pal., 1927, 17: 149-70. •----- Indice refrattometrico e potere antitriptico del siero di sangue. Ibid, 1928, 18: 83-6.—Gerner, K. [Antipeptic properties of serum Polska gaz. lek, 1929, 8: 122.—Hirsch-Mamroth, P. Ueber die pepsinhemmende Eigenschaft des Blutserums, zugleich eine neue Bestimmungsmethode. Arch. Verdauungskr, 1925, 35: 174-85.—Kimura, S. Ueber die Abbauprodukte durch Se- rumprotease. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1923-24, 4: 671-5. ----- Ueber die Mehrheit der Serumprotease, nebst Bemerkungen zur Differenzierung und Charakterisierung der verschiedenen Serumproteasearten. Ibid, 1926, 7: 560-601.- Kleinmann, H, & Scharr, G. Untersuchungen iiber tierische Gewebsproteasen; iiber proteolytische Ferrnente im Serum verschiedener Tierarten' Biochem. Zschr, 1932, 252: 145-84— Kuklova-Sturova, B, & Haviar, V. [Proteolytic ferments in the serum] Bratisl. lek listy, 1934, 14: 172-8—Lorber, L. Ueber das Wesen der anti- peptischen Wirkung des Blutserums. Biochem. Zschr, 1924, 148: 49-52.—Margiotta, S. Sul comportamento del potere anti- triptico del siero di sangue. Ann. clin. med. Pal, 1930-31, 20: 247-55.—Montani, L. G. La determinazione del potere triptico nei siero di sangue. Diagn. teen, lab. Nap, 1932, 3: 22-30 — Mozolowski, W, & Hilarowicz, H. [On so-called antipeptic qualities of blood serum] Polska gaz. lek, 1928, 7: 409.—Okubo, K. Verhalten des antitryptatischen Faktors des Serums gegen- iiber der Behandlung mit Azeton beziehungsweise Karbol Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1923-24, 4: 427-40. ----- Heterolytische Wirkung der Serumproteasen auf zugefiihrte Eiweisslbsungen. Ibid, 441-63. ----- Einfluss der Verdiinnungsfliissigkeiteo und Substratmengen auf die proteolytische Wirkung des Se- rums. Ibid, 1924, 5: 71-87. ----- Ueber Auswahl der Anti- septika fiir Proteolyse durch behandeltes und unbehandeltes Serum. Ibid, 89-102. ----- Optimale Reaktion und Tem- peratur der Serumproteasewirkung. Ibid, 103-10. ----- Vorkommen der Protease im Exsudate und Transsudate und ihre Eigenschaften. Ibid, 171-83. ----- & Kato, I. Zur Frage der proteolytischen Abwehrfermente. Ibid, 165-9.— Quarella, B, & Venturelli, G. Ricerche sul potere antitriptico del siero sanguigno. Biochim. ter. sper, 1919, 6:9-24.—Rondoni, P. Suite variazioni del potere rotatorid del siero; contributo alia questione della autoseroproteolisi. Sperimentale, 1922, 76: 293-311.—Rubinstein. Recherches sur le pouvoir antipeptique du s6rum humain. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1911, 71: 116-8.----- Sur l'antipepsine des serums. Ibid, 1918, 81: 511.—Schierge, M. Zur Kenntnis der proteolytischen Wirkung des Menschen- serums. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 2427. Also Zschr. ges. exp Med, 1923, 32: 142-57. ----- & Koster, O. Ueber die Aus- failung proteolytischer Ferrnente aus Menschenserum mittels Alkohol nebst einigen allgemeinen Bemerkungen iiber Pro- teasewirkungen im Organismus. ibid, 34: 442-56.—Sokohukov, O. I. [Methods of studying the protease of blood serum in relation to new methods of its determination] Klin, med., Moskva, 1930, 8: 64-9.—Standenath, F. Zur Kenntnis der Eigenschaften von Gewebe- und Serum-Proteasen beziehungs- weise Peptidasen. Fermentforschung, 1926, 9: ls-40.—Step- puhn, O, & Utkin-Ljubowzow, X. Experimentelle Verschie- bungen des Serumtryptasenwertes. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 183: 90-102.—Utkin-Ljubowzow, L. Ueber das Antitrypsin des normalen Serums. Ibid, 188: 134; 1928, 194: 292. -----& Utkin-Ljubowzow, X. Eine neue Methode zur Bestimmung der Serumtryptasen. Ibid, 1926, 169: 100-4—Weinberg & Rubinstein. Destruction des substances antitryptiques du serum humain par les rayons ultra-violets. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1911, 71: 258.—Wohlgemuth, J. Zur Frage nach dem Vorkom- men proteolvtischer Ferrnente im Serum. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 239: 493. ---- Fluorescence and opalescence. Beraut, P. J. E. ^Contribution a l'etude des scrums opalescents et lactescents. 65p. 8? Par., 1929. Brunnek, W. *Ueber Bestimmungen der griinen Fluoreszenz im Blutserum und deren quantitative Auswertung. 22p. 8? Ziir., 1933. Also Klin Wschr, 1935, 14: 121-3. Brocq-Rousseu, M. Le fluorescence des serums. Progr. med. Par, 1935, 529—Brocq-Rousseu, R, G. & Beraut, E Sur les scrums lactescents. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 1463 — Niederhoff, P. Ueber die Verschiedenheit des von normalen und pathologischen Blutseren gestreuten Tyndall-Lichtes, Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 79: 329-32.—Reche, 0. Fluoreszenz- erscheinungen bei Blutseren. Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1931, 4: 97-118. ----- Neues zur Entdeckung von Fluoreszenzer scheinungen bei Blutseren. Radiobiologia, Venez, 1932-33,1: no. 3, 3-7.-----& Schilling, J. Weitere Untersuchungen iiber Fluoreszenzerscheinungen an gesunden menschlichen Blutseren. Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1933, 6: 170-6. ---- Gelation. See also Formol-gel test. Costadoni, A. Ricerche sulla lattogelificazione dei sieri. Diagn. teen, lab. Nap, 1936, 7: 481-92—Gate, J, & Papacostas, G. La formol-geiification des serums dans diverses maladies. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 87: 543—Hinglais, H, Hinglais, M, & Legrand, G. Etude de la lactogelification serique chez les sujets normaux et cancereux, chez la femme enceinte et dans le sang du cordon. Bruxelles nted, 1934-35, 15: 1261-4—Kopaczewski, W. La geiiflcation du serum par les acides organiques. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 198: 1271-3. ----- Role des facteurs physiques dans la lactogelification du serum. Ibid, 1947-50. ----- Lacto-geiification des protides seriques. Ibid, 2282-5. -----Lacto-geiification du serum humain normal. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 869. ----- Geiiflcation des serums. Gaz. hop, 1934,107:987. ----- Geiiflcation des serum humain par les acides. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 200: 266-8. ----- 0> lification serique et espece animale. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118:339-41.-----Kopaczewska,I,& Marcziewska, S. River- BLOOD SERUM 045 BLOOD SERUM sibilite spontanee de la geiiflcation serique. r. rend. Acad, sc, 1Q.36 202' 1212-4.-Lefrou, G, & Auffret, L. Sur 1 absence de correlation entre la lacto-geiification et le ^sequilibre proteique du serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 614-6.- Leerand, G. Contribution a l'etude de la lactogelification serique. Ovnecologie, 1935, 34: 239-51.-Lumiere A, A Couturier, H" Sur la toxicite du serum g61ose. Arch, internat. pharm- dvn Brux 1925-26, 30: 151-5—Marczewski, S. Geiiflcation dii serum humain par les bases. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 202: 510— Salkind, B. Sulla gelatinizzazione del siero di sangue nelia lue, tubercolosi ed altre forme morbose. Boll. Soc. med. ohir Pavia, 1922, 35: 47; 147— Santyan y Velasco Suello. La lattogelificazione del siero di sangue in ostetricia e ginecologia. Oazz. internaz. med. chir, 1936, 46: 238-42. ---- Group specificity. See also Allergy and anaphylaxis, serum; Blood groups; Serum-anaphylaxis, 3.ser. Aubriot, P, Brouet, P. L, & Florentin, P. Modifications des amvedales palatines du lapin apres injections repetees de serum de cheval C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 1625-7— Camus, L, & Gley E. De l'action du serum d'anguille sur le chat. Ibid, 1911 71: 158.—Cornil, L, & Mosinger, M. Sur les reactions henatiques consecutives a l'injection intraabdominale repetee de serum heterogene. Ibid, 1936, 121: 61-3.—Boerr, R, & Berger W. Der Gehalt des Blutserums an artspezmscnem Eiweiss. Zschr. Hyg* 1921, 93: 147-62—Brouet, L, & Florentin, P Reaction du parenchyme sptenique aux injections de serum heterogene. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 1007—Fresdorf, E. Untersuchungen iiber die Beeinflussung des Kaninchenblut- bildes durch Injektion von hamagglutinierendem und nicht hamagglutinierendem Pferde- und Rinderserum. Deut. tier- arztl Wschr, 1925, 33: 420.—Fuse, N. Serologische Untersu- chungen iiber die verwandtschaftlichen Beziehungen verschie- dener Walarten. Jap. J.M.Sc, 1925, 1: 1-4—Igarashi, H. Experimentelle Forschungen iiber die Serumverschiedenheit der Tiergattungen. Jap. J. Gastroenter, 1933, 5: 128-31.— Micheli, F. Sui sieri eterogenetici. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1914 6 ser 6: 88. —---- & Negro, F. Sui sieri eterogenetici. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1914, 38: 437-69—Ouy-Vernazorbres, M. Le serum de taureau ... et les poules. Bull. Acad. sc. left. Montpellier, 1933, no.63, 42-5.—Philippson, M. Sur les pro- prietes specifiques et generiques des serums sanguins et leur importance au point de vue zoologique. Tr. Lab. physiol. Inst. Solvay, 1902, 5: 73-80.—Rabinovitch, J. Cause of death follow- ing intravenous injection of ox and dog serum into rabbits. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1928-29, 26: 117-9. Also Arch. Path , Chic, 1929, 7: 615-27.—Ramirez, E. Accion del suero de perro sobre la sangre humana. Bol. Inst, hig, Mex, 1923-24, 229-31. Also Rev. mex. biol, 1925, 5: 253-8.—Skarzynska, M. Sur la correlation de la differentiation serologique avec le degre de developpement phylogenetique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 93: 777-9.—Smith, J. T. Varying patterns of dried blood serum of women. Am. J. Obst, 1936, 31: 618-22.—Zuckerman, S, & Sudermann, A. E. Serum relationships within the family Cercopithecidae. J. Exp. Biol, Lond, 1935, 12: 222-8. --- Immunological aspect. See also Immunity; Serotherapy; also names of specific immune sera under names of diseases, organs, tissues, antigens, and antibodies. Friel, A. R., & Lister, F. S. Lysed bacterial serum. 14p. 8? Johannesburg, 1917. Forms No.9 Pub. S. Afr. Inst. M. Res. Hoofmann, E. *Experimentelle Untersu- chungen iiber die hemmende Wirkung inactivier- terSera. 16p. 8? Marb., 1909. Ancel, Bouin & Lambert. Sur la skeptophylaxie; la skepto- phylaxie n'est pas un phenomene d'immunisation specifique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1911, 71: 415—Baker, L. E, & Carrel, A. Au sujet du pouvoir inhibiteur du serum pendant la vieillesse. Ibid, 1926, 9: 5958-60. ----- La cause de l'augmentation du pouvoir inhibiteur du serum pendant la vieillesse. Ibid, 1014-6 — Basset, J, Macheboeuf, M, & Perez, J. J. Etudes sur les effets biologiques des ultra-pressions; modification de la specificite antigenique des serums sous l'influence des pressions tres eievees. C.rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 200: 496-8— Bigheri, R, & Fischer, A. Contribution al estudio de las propiedades anti- bacteriofagicas de los sueros humanos. Fol. biol, B. Air, 1932, 21; 27—Bizzozero, E. Ueber die Sensibilisierung der Haut gegen das Eigenserum und das Eigenblut. Arch. Derm. Syph, Berl, 1935-36, 173: 342-6—Briangon. Serum de Jousset. Loire med, 1933, 47: 300-7.—Brouwer, E. [The influence of blood serum on the phenomenon of agglutination in blood and milkj NTed. tschr. geneesk, 1925, 69: pt2, 528-34.—Brum, N. Avita- minosi e funzione complementare del siero sanguigno. igiene mod, 1926, 19: 179-84.—Chant, E. H, & Gay, L. N. Skin reac- tions to human sera. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1927, 40: 63-72.-Cluzet, Rochaix & Kofman. Variations du pouvoir agglutinant des serums sous l'influence du courant contmu. C.rend. Acad sc, 1924,179:1631-3— Craciun, E. C, & Nicolesco, E. Proprietes d'un serum anti-myocardique frtudiees in vitro. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 106: 413—Craciun, E. C, & Sorescu, A. Action d'un serum anti-myocardique sur les cultures de tissu in vitro. Ibid 671-3—Fermi, C. Sur le pouvoir immunisant du serum-vaccin chez les murides. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1909-10, 53: Orig, 394-7.—Freund, E, & Lustig, B. Zur Kenntnis des Chemismus der Seruminaktivierung. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 167: 374-9.—Gybrffy, I. Ueber die Selbsthemmung der Tiersera Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1934-35, 133: 260.—Hecht, H. Eigenhem; mung menschlicher Sera. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1910, 46: 830 — Hirszfeld, L, & Halber, W. Studien iiber die Konstitutionssero- logie; Untersuchungen iiber die Reaktionsfahigkeit der Tiere. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1927, 53: 419-38.—Hirschfeld, L, & Klin- ger, R. Zur Frage der Cobragiftinaktivierung des Serums. Biochem. Zschr, 1915, 70: 398-415.—Iwata, A. Biological action of immune serum on the organs of the rabbit. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1927-28, 10: 199-217.—Jacobs, J. Serological studies on iodinated sera; precipitins and precipitinogens. J. Immun, Bait, 1932, 23: 361-74.—Klopstock, A, & Lehmann- Facius, H. Studien iiber cytolytische Serum wirkungen; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Freund-Kaminerschen Reaktion. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 1085.—Kubikowski, P, & Gedroyc, M. [Influence of neurotoxic serums on blood pressure] Polska gaz. lek, 1928, 7: 177-9.—Landsteiner, K, & van der Scheer, J. On cross reactions of immune sera to azoproteins. J. Exp. M, 1936, 63: 325-39.—Lecomte du Noiiy, P. Modification physico- chimique momentanee du serum consecutive a l'injection d'an- tigene. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 93: 14. ----- Some physico- chemical characteristics of immune serum. Bull. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc, 1929,69: 146-69, 2pl— Liefmann, H, & Shtutzer, M. [Antihemological property of normal serum] Med. obozr, 1910, 74: 705-12.—Macht, B. I. Phytopharmacological reactions of blood serum from leprosy, tuberculosis, and syphilis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 150-2—Makarowa-Tarasse- witsch, J. N, & Lewkowitsch, E. N. Die Aviditat der Heilsera und die Methoden ihrer Bestimmung. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1933, 78: 429-36.—Meyer, P. Sur les rapports entre les proprietes agglutinante et Iteniolysante des serums humains. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 869-71.—Michele, M. Valore complementare; azione del siero di sangue normale rispetto ai microbi in genere ed a quelli patogeni in ispecie. Gazz. osp, 1921, 42: 233-5.— Moldovan, J, & Zulog, M. Action desensibilisante du serum humain provenant de diverses maladies. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928. 98: 636.—Molinari Tosatti, P. Sulla natura chimica dell' an- tigene serico. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1935, 14: 958-66.— Molnar, T. Ueber Selbsthemmung der aktiven Sera. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1924, 41: 148-51.—Moussu. A propos des pro- prietes du serum de chevaux hyperimmuns. Rec. med. \tet, 1911, 88: 252-4.—Piettre, M. La methode a Tacetone appliquee au traitement chimique des immuns6rums permet de mettre en evidence leurs proprietes actives. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1924, 3.ser, 92: 1053-6.—Pontano, T. Episodica comparsa di etero- agglutinine e di etero-emolisine ad alto titolo nei sieri umani; origine e significato. Policlinico, 1929, 36: sez.med, 437-44.— Rakusin, M. A, & Nesmejanow, A. N. Ueber die Adsorptions- verhaltnisse und einige andere Eigenschaften des Streptokok- ken-, Scharlach- und Tetanusheilserums. Zschr. Immunforsch. 1924, 40: 330-4.—Redfern, W. W. Skin reactions produced by antihuman serum. J. Immun, Bait, 1930,18: 109-20.—Robinson, S H. C. A comparison between the antigenic properties of whole and lipoid-free sera. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1928, 9: 299 — Scimone, V, & Torii, T. Ueber die antigene Wirkung entather- ter und gekochter Sera. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1923-24, 38: Orig, 264-70.—SSdallian, P. Experiences d'orientation pour augm'enter la valeur des serums antimicrobiens. Lyon med, 1934, 154: 689-93.—Shirosaki, T. Ueber die prazipitierende Wir- kung des Rinderserums. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1924, 41: 480-6 —Simon, F. A. A species nonspecific antigenic factor in mammalian serums. J. Allergy, 1934, 6: 1-8—Toshima, K. A cold-hemotoxin, newly discovered in heated serum; the existence of a cold-hemotoxin in heated immune serum. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1931, 13: 291-308.—Bngermann, E. Ueber die quantita- tiven Verhaltnisse bei der Wirkung antiinfektibser Immunsera. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1912, 54: Ref, Beil, 221-9—Wells, A. Q. Variations in the antigen content of serum in disease. Lancet, Lond, 1931, 2: 1348.—Went, S. Das gegenseitige Verhaltnis der bakteriotropen und agglutinierenden Wirkung von Immun- seris Zschr. Immunforsch, 1924, 39: Orig, 76-93.----- Ueber die agglutinierenden und phagozytosefbrdernden Stoffe von Normalseris. Ibid, 40: 509-28—Wiszniewska, J. Serum anti-phenol. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1915, 161: 609-12. ---- Manufacture. See also Biological products; Serotherapy. Doerken. E. *Histologische Untersuchungen bei Serumpferden mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der Amyloidablagerungen. p.4S9 -525. X? Marb., 1932. Also Virchows Arch, 1932, 286: Bach B. Les methodes modernes de preparation, de puri- fication et d'etalonnage des serums therapeutiques. Bull. sc. pharm Pur, 1927, 34:20-36—Blinov, N. Untersuchungen iiber Standardsen in Form von Pulvern und Stiften. Klin. Wschr, 1936 15- 89-91 —Bugge, G. Zur Serumgewinnung mittels Separator. Berl. tieriirztl. Wschr, 1920.36: 543. ----- Schlii- eer zum Defibrinieren von Blut fiir Impfzwecke und fiir Serum- bereitung mittels Zentrifuge. Ibid, 569-Carnot, P. Sur des demandes en autorisation de fabriquer et de vendre des serums. Bull Acad med. Par, 1923, 3.ser, 89: 230-2— Bemandes d'au- torisation de fabrication ou de vente des serums Bull, sc pharm. Par 1936 43: 205-9.—Eisler, M, & Spiegel-Adolf, M. Versuche zur Konzentrierung antikorperhaltiger Sera mit Hilfe physi- BLOOD SERUM 646 BLOOD SERUM kalisch-chemischer Methoden (Elektrodialyse und Adsorption) Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 204: 28-45.—Engelhardt. The manu- facture of sera. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop, 1928, 3: 1093-5.—Flosdorf, E. W. Preparation of dry lyophile serum. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1935, 50: 1630— Freund, J. New method for increasing yield of therapeutic and diagnostic serum. J. Infect. Dis, 1923, 33: 328-30.—Greenwald, I, & Levy, I. The prepara- tion of lipoid-free serum; apparatus for extraction at low tem- peratures. J. Biol. Chem, 1930, 87: 281-7.—Grigoryev, A. V. [New, simple, practical methods of the preparation and preser- vation of Uhlenhuth's powerful reacting serum] Russ. vrach, 1911, 10: 1397-402—Klein, A. J, Greenwald, C. K, & Falk, K. G. The refining of antiserums. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934,19:1324-32 — Krieger, A. Der Einfluss der Kulturinjektion und der Blutent- nahme auf das Blutbild der Serumtiere. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr, 1924, 32: 418-21.—Kyes, P, & Carey, E. S. The prepara- tion of fibrinogen-free fowl serum. J. Immun, Bait, 1929, 17: 529.—Lio, G. L'azione delle polveri metalliche sul potere aggluti- nante, precipitante, emolizzante dei sieri. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1927, 49: 472-9.—MacConkey, A. T. On the concentration of serum by means of sodium sulphate. J. Hyg, Cambr, 1923-24, 22: 413-6.—Moretti, P, & Lo Torto, G. Sulla conservazione dei sieri a scopo clinico. Gior. batter, immun, 1928, 3: 786-94.— Oppermann, E. Ueber Leberveranderungen bei Serumpferden. Zbl. allg. Path, 1923-24, 34:497-503.—Radais. Sur des demandes de preparation et d'autorisation de vente de serums et vaccins. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1932, 3.ser, 108: 1218-24.—Schiirmann, W. Antisera; Technik ihrer Gewinnung; ihre Auswertung und Anwendung. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden) Berl, 1922, Abt. 13, Teil 1, 117-75.—Sordelli, A. Preparation rapide des serums actifs. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 88: 353.—Takeno- mata, N. Ueber die Erzeugung heterogenetischer Antisera durch Vorbehandlung mit alkoholischem Pferdenierenextrakt und Schweineserum und iiber einige Eigenschaften der derart erhaltenen Immunsera. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1924, 41: 190- 208.—Wolters, K. L. Beitrag zur Serumkonservierung. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1929, 111: 483-91. ---- Physico-chemical properties. See also Blood protein; Blood serum subhead- ings Acid-base equilibrium, Electrical conduc- tivity, Fluorescence, Refractometry, Viscosity. Boegler, E. *Einfluss der Wasserstoffionen- konzentration auf Brechung und Viscositat des Blutserums und seiner Eiweissfraktionen [Basel] 1.4p. 8? Laupen bei Bern, 1927. Atchley, B. W, Loeb, R. F. [et al.] Physical and chemical studies of human blood serum; a study of miscellaneous disease conditions. Arch. Int. M, 1923, 31: 616-21.—Atzler, E, & Richter, F. Die spezifische W&rme des Blutes und des Serums unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Methodik. Biochem. Zschr, 1919, 100: 193-203—Bottazzi, F, & Laporta, M. Pro- prieta chimicofisiche del siero di sangue concentrato per ultra- filtrazione e diluito con ultraflltrato. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1934, 10: suppl, 182-203.—Calabresi, M, Bavoli, R, & Gianni, E. Ricerche di fisico-chimica sul siero di sangue. Clin. med. ital, 1933, 64: 564-75.—Carvalho, H. de, & Santos, N. dos. Sur les cons- tantes physico-chimiques de quelques serums normaux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 105: 804-6.—Catalano, A. II peso specifico del siero di sangue in alcune malattie nervose e mentali. Boll. Soc. med. Parma, 1921, 2.ser, 14: .50; 1922, 15: 226.—Chabanier, H, Lebert, M, & Lobo-Onell, C. De I'adsorption du salicylate de soude par le serum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 88: 178-80.—Chalier, J, & Chevallier, A. Sur les variations de la viscosite et de l'indice de refraction du serum de cheval avec la temperature. Ibid, 1924, 90: 224.—Chanoz, M, & Ponthus, P. Quelques recherches physico-chimiques sur le s6rum diverse- ment traite. Ibid, 1933, 112: 883-7.—Chopra, R. N, & Chaud- hury, S. G. Studies on the physical properties of different blood sera. Ind. J.M. Res, 1933, 21: 25-8—Cluzet, G. Viscosite, con- ductibilite electrique et indices photontetriques du s6rum san- guin acidifle. C.rend. Soc.biol, 1929,100:1039-41.—Collins, B. A, & Scott, F. H. The freezing points of serum and corpuscles. J. Biol. Chem, 1932, 97: 189-213.—Coquoin, R. A propos de I'ad- sorption du salicylate de soude par le serum sanguin, C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 1259-61.—Boladilhe, M. Recherches sur certaines proprietes physiques des serums sanguins. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1934, 53: 379-403. Also C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 198:1189-91. ----- Nouvelles observations sur les proprietes physiques du serum sanguin. Ibid, 1884-6.—Famulari, S, & Zindato, A. Comportamento di alcune costanti fisico-chimiche del siero in particolari condizioni sperimentali. Biochim. ter. sper, 1934, 21: 321-8—Furth, R, & Bliih, 0. Untersuchung einiger physikalischer Eigenschaften des alkoholhaltigen Serums. Biochem. Zschr, 1924, 146: 198-203. Also Kolloid Zschr, 1924, 34: 129-35— Furth, R, & Pechhold, R. Weitere Untersuchungen physikalischer Eigenschaften des Serums beim Zusatz wasserbindender Stoffe. Ibid, 1925, 37: 193-9. ----- & Keller, R. Weitere Untersuchungen physikalischer Eigen- schaften des Serums beim Zusatz wasserbindender Stoffe. Biochem. Zschr, 1925, 164: 9-17.—Goldberg, J. M. [Problem of physicochemical changes of the serum] J. teor. prakt. med, Baku, 1925, 1: 355-9. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1926-27, 53: 867; 1927,55:413.—Herman. Sur la resistivite du serum sanguin. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1920, 4.ser, 30: 912.—Hinsberg, K, & Schiirmeyer, A. Ueber die Gefrierpunktsdepression im Serum. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1932, 82: 696.—Hofhauser, S. Die klinische Bedeutung der optischen Aktivit&t des Blut- serums. Zschr. klin. Med, 1924,100:305-8.— Inouye, K. Phys- ico-chemical investigation of serum. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1925-26, 8: 155; 159, ch.—Koopman, J. [Some physical properties of blood-serum in healthy and sick persons] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1923, 67: pt 1, 264-75.—Lasch, G, & Reitstbtter, j! Zur physikalisch-chemischen Kennzeichnung von normalem und pathologisch verandertem Blutserum. Biochem. Zschr 1927, 190: 84-94.—Lecomte du Nouy, P. Sur le pouvoir rotatoire du s6rum en fonction de la temperature. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1929, 188: 660-2. ----- Sur l'indice de refraction, le coefficient de temperature et la dispersion du s6rum sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 100: 490. ----- Recherches sur la temperature critique du s6rum (55°-56°) au moyen de mesures photonte- triques. Ibid, 101: 359-61. Also Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1930, 44: 109-23. ----- Recherches sur la temperature critique du serum; mesure du facteur de depolarisation; mecanisme de la coagulation par la chateur. Ibid, 45: 251-89. Also Science, 1930, 72: 224. ----- Recherches physico-chimiques sur le s6rum et sa temperature critique. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932, 153. ----- Le serum sanguin; les proprietes physiques et physico-chimiques et les consequences biolo- giques de la theorie moteculaire oppos6e a la theorie colloi- dale. Arch. Inst, prophyl. Par, 1933, 5: 177-98. ----- & Lecomte du Noiiy, M. Spectrophotontetrie du serum dans le visible et le proche infra-rouge. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 108: 657-9.—Nageotte, J. Sur la solubilite des colorants liposolubles dans le serum. Ibid, 1924, 91: 539-41.-^Petschacher, L, Ritt- mann, R, & Galehr, 0. Kolloidzustand und chemische und physikahsche Konstitution des Blutserums. Zschr. ges. exp Med, 1925-26, 48: 421-43.—Pisa, M. Ricerche fisico-chimiche sul siero di sangue nelle nefropatie, nell' ipertensione e nell' ede- ma polmonare acuto umano e sperimentale. Clin. med. ital, 1931, 62: 203-15.—Rohdenburg, G. L. The light filtering action ol blood serum. Am. J. Clin. Path, 1933, 3: 291-7. ----- The clinical significance of the light filtration index of blood serum. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1936, 143: 136-40. ----— & Schleussner, R. The light filtering index of blood serum; a discussion of its clinical application. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934, 19: 705-12.—Rondoni, P. Polarimetrische Serumuntersuchungen und ihre Beziehungen zur Wassermannschen Reaktion. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1922, 34: Orig, 416-24.—Saito, M. Ueber den Violettstreifen des Blut- serums. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1926-27, 9: 303-6.— Schlade, H. Lbsungskunst im Serum. Med. Klin, Berl, 1914, 10: 65-70.—Schierge, M, & Solti, J. Einige vergleichende Mes- sungen physikalisch-chemischer Eigenschaften an Seren Ge- sunder und Kranker. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 39: 313-29- Scholtz, H. G. Ueber Aenderungen des physikalischen Zu- standes von anorganischen Bestandteilen des Serums durch gegenseitige Beeinflussung. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 231: 135- 43.—Schweizer, P. Die Absorption von Seren gesunder und kranker Menschen im unsichtbaren Teile des Spektrums. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir, 1924-25, 38: 344-61—SeeUch, F. Etudes sur la temperature critique du serum; une reaction quantitative et reversible du serum et de l'6ther en fonction de la temperature. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 110: 794.—Solowiev, B. M. Ueber das spezifische Gewicht des Affenblutes. Biol. Zbl, 1930, 50: 116-9—Stenstrom, W, & Reinhard, M. Ultra- violet absorption spectra of blood sera in relation to infectious diseases and to cancer. J. Cancer Res, 1924-25, 9: 394-403.— Tamura, A. Adsorptionsschicht beim Menschenserum; die Adsorptionsschicht beim Menschenserum auf der physiologi- schen Kochsalzlbsung. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1933- 34, 16: 244-7. ----- Die Adsorptionsschicht beim Menschen- serum auf der isotonischen Calciumchlorid-Lbsung. Ibid., 248-52. ----- Die Adsorptionsschicht bei mit Wasser und Ultraviolettstrahlen behandelter Menschenserumlbsung. Ibid., 253-6.—Vtes, F, & Coulon, A. de. Sur les proprietes physico- chimiques de certains constituants du serum. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1925, 181: 1189-91. ----— Recherches sur les proprietes physico-chimiques des tissus en relation avec l'etat normal ou pathologique de l'organisme (3e partie: recherches sur le serum humain) Arch. phys. biol. Par, 1926, 5: 161-211—Volta, A. dalla, & Benedetti, P. Contributo alla conoscenza dei rapporti fra stato fisico-chimico ed attivita biologica dei sieri umani; l'inattivazione dei sieri per opera dell' alcool etilico. Arch, sc, biol. Nap, 1923-24, 5: 287-307—Zozaya, J. A physicochemical study of blood sera. J. Biol. Chem, 1935, 110: 599-617. Also repr.—Zunz, E, & La Barre, J. Sur les modifications physico- chimiques du sang lors de l'injection de s6rum traite par l'agar. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 87: 805-7. ---- Physico-chemical properties: Onkotic and osmotic pressure. Hecht, G. *Ueber das Membrangleichge- wicht und den kolloidosmotischen Druck des Serums, p.214-28. 8? [Gott.] 1925. Also Biochem. Zschr, 1925, 165: 214. Barath, E. Klinische Beitrage zum Verhalten des onkotl- schen (kolloidosmotischen) Druckes; der onkotische Druck im Serum des arteriellen und venbsen Blutes bei Kranken mit una ohne Storungen im Wasserhaushalt. Zschr. klin. Med, 1930, 114: 702-7. ------& Elias, H. Der onkotische Druck im Serum des arteriellen und venbsen Blutes bei Kreislaufstorungen. Ibid, 708-12—Bonsmann, M. R, & Brunelli, B. Ueber Herab- setzung des osmotischen Druckes im Serum durch Narkotika und Hypnotika. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1930, 156: 125-30- Calabresi, M, & Gianni, E. I fattori dell' equilibrio osmotico BLOOD SERUM 647 BLOOD SERUM nei siero di sangue. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1931, 6: 781-4. Also Clin. med. ital, 1933, 64: 611-31, 2ch.-Christensen, I, & Warburg, E. J. [Preparation of isotonic solution of blood-serum for estimation of relative osmotic pressure of cations in serum and the number of blood corpuscles in cutaneous blood] Hospitals- tidende, 1928, 71: 1207-24.—Buval, M. Pression osmotique effective du serum des seiaciens vis-a-vis de leurs globules rouges. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 22-4—Farkas, G. von. Studien iiber den kolloidosmotischen Druck des Serums. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1926-27, 53; 666-76.—Fishberg, E. H. Relation between colloid osmotic pressure and concentration of serum proteins. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1928-29, 26: 1-3—Gerbi, C. La pressione colloidosmotica del siero. Arch. stud, fisiopat. ricam- bio, 1933, 1: 563-602.—Govaerts, P. Recherches cliniques sur la pression osmotique des collo'ides du s6rum. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 678-80—Gram, H. C. Observations on the regu- lation of osmotic pressure (conductivity, chlorides, freezing point, and proteins of serum) J. Biol. Chem, 1923, 56: 593- 624.—Hirota, K. On the conditions which influence the col- loidal osmotic pressure of the blood serum. J. Biochem , Tokyo, 1928, 9: 71-85.—Hrynakowski, C, & Rychter, A. L'adap- tation de la methode de distillation isothermique a la determina- tion de la concentration moteculaire du serum sanguin. Bull Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1925, 7: 1131-8.—Keys, A, & Taylor, H. The determination of the colloidal osmotic pressure in blood serum and similar fluids. J. Biol. Chem, 1935, 109: 47-53. Also repr.—Kylin, E. Studien iiber den kolloidosmotischen (onkotischen) Druck; iiber die Tagesschwankungen und die arteriovenbse Differenz des kolloidosmotischen Druckes im Blutserum. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1931, 161: 91-103. ----- Wie lange dauert es nach dem Koagulieren des Blutes ehe der k. o. D. im Serum sich stabilisiert? Acta med. scand, 1934, 83: 347-50. ----- Ueber die klinische Bedeutung der Eiweiss- konzentration fiir den kolloidosmotischen Druck im menschli- chen Blutserum. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1934, 93: 480-9.— Turner, A. H. The validity of determinations of the colloid osmotic pressure of serum. J. Biol. Chem, 1932, 96: 4.87-98.— Warburg, E, & Winge, K. [A method of estimating the osmotic pressure of kations in blood serum; results so far obtained] Hospitalstidende, 1927, 70: 841-53. Also Acta med. scand, 1928, suppl, H.26, 500-11. ---- Physico-chemical properties: Surface ten- sion. Drucker, E. *Ueber Schwankungen der Oberflachenspannung des menschlichen Serums bei den verschiedenen Krankheiten. 25p. 8? Berl., 1927. Bauer, E. T'eber eine Oesetzmassigkeit der Oberflachen- spannungsanderung des Blutserums nach Inaktivierung. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1923, 138: 341-3.—Beckmann, K. Ist die Ober- flachenspannung des Blutserums eine konstante Grosse? Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 215.—Benhamou, E, & Beguet, M. La tension superficielle du serum chez I'homme normal et dans quelques etats pathologiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 110: 54-6.— Chopra, R. N, & Chaudhuri, S. G. Studies in physical proper- ties of different blood sera; surface tension. Ind. J.M. Res, 1928, 16: 447-56—Gentile, F. Influenza delle variazioni della tensione superflciale e della viscosita sul potere antitriptico del siero di sangue (ricerche sperimentali) Ann. clin. med. Pal, 1927, 17: 269-75—Greenberg, G. U, & Berman, L. V. [Sur- face tension of biological objects; surface tension of active and inactivated blood serum in various animals] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1935, 38: 619-22—Greve, H. Ueber den praktischen Wert und eine Modification der Meiostagminreaktion. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 1466— Harkins, H. N, & Harkins, W. B. The surface tension of blood serum and the determination of the surface tension of biological fluids. J. Clin. Invest, 1929-30, 7: 263-81.—Hayman, J. M. The effect of gum shellac solution on the surface tension of rabbit serum. J. Exp. M, 1927, 45: 771-80.—Kopaczewski, W. Oberflachenspannung und Kontakt- schock; Bemerkungen iiber die Arbeit von E. Friedberger und E. Putter. Zschr. Immunforsch, Orig, 1924, 40: 34-42 — Lecomte du Noiiy, P. Spontaneous decrease of the surface ten- sion of serum. J. Exp. M, 1922, 35: 575-97. ----- Action of time on the surface tension of serum solutions. Ibid, 707-35, 5pl.-----Recovery after lowering by surface-active sub- stances. Ibid, 36: 115-34, 2ch, pi.-----Action of tempera- ture. Ibid, 547-58, 4pl.-----Relation between time-drop and serum antibodies. Ibid, 11923, 37: 659-69. Also repr. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 1146-8. ----- The study of immune serum; time-drop and initial value of surface tension. J. Exp. M, 1923, 38: 87-92, pi.-----Significance of the maximum time-drop of serum solutions. Ibid, 1924, 39: 37-41. Also C. rend. Acad, sc, 1923, 177: 1140-2.-----Surface ten- sion of serum; time-drop and smallpox vaccination. J. Exp. M, 1924, 40:129-32. ----- On the thickness of the monomolecular layer of serum. Ibid, 133-49.----- A technique for the ac- curate study of the drop in function of the time. Ibid, 1925, 41: 663-72.-----Surface tension of serum; on certain physico- chemical changes in serum as a result of immunization. Ibid, 779-93, 2pl. Also Biochem. Zschr, 1925, 165: 134-44.----- An improvement of the technique for measuring surface tension. J. Gen. Physiol, 1923-24,6: 625-8, pi. Alsorepr.-----Chute spontane de la tension superficielle du serum et de ses solutions. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 101.5-7.-----Chute de la tension superficielle due a I'addition de certaines substances et action antagoniste du serum. Ibid, 1148-50. ----- Studi speri- mentali sulla tensione superflciale del siero. Biochim. ter sper, 1925, 12: 72-8.-----& Baker, L. E. Concerning the change m surface tension occurring as a result of immunization. J Exp M, 1925 42: 9-15.-Loeb, L. F. Ueber das Wesen der Meiostagminreaktion. Biochem. Zschr, 1923,136: 190-7—Mo- retti, P. Azione degli idrati di carbonio sulla reazione'meio- stagmica stalagmometrica e precipitante (RMs-RMP) Bio- chim. ter sper, 1927, 14: 330-5.-Nattan-Larrier, L, & Grimard- Richard, L. Tension superficielle du s6rum et action des serums „„ter2l?gues °ormaux et antitoxiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113:.°71~4 — Ramsdell, S. G. Surface tension of serum of the sensitized guinea pig; surface tension changes incident to the process of sensitization. J. Exp. M, 1928, 47- 987-91_____ ^•riac sang. Arch internat. med. exp. Par, 1934-35, 9: 325-39.—Marx, A. M. Der Wert der Bestimmung der Protoplasmahysterese mittels der Alkoholausfallungsmethode fiir die forensische Blutunter- suchung Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1923, 3: 248-63.-Medin- eer P Zum Nachweis minimalster Blutspuren. Ibid, 1932- 33 20-74-85 —Oustinov, P. V. La reaction de Strzyzowski sur le'sang Ann. nted. teg, 1929, 9: 477-82—Pestalozza, L. Con- tributo alio studio delle varie reazioni per la ricerca del sangue. Pensiero med, 1923, 12: 547-54.—Picchi, L. Di un semplice artifizio di tecnica per l'esame a scopo medico legale delle macchie di sangue. Arch, antrop. crim. Tor, 1928, 48: 492-4.—Pisani, F. Nuovo metodo per la identificazione del sangue alio stato d'inso- lubilita. Arch. farm, sper, Roma, 1927-28, 44: 260-4— Roma- nese R. Tecnica per la dimostrazione di macchie di sangue su lame arrugginite. Arch, antrop. crim. Tor, 1930, 50: suppl, 1620-3 ----- & Pinolini, G. Osservazioni comparative sul valore dei metodi della epimicroscopia e della epitranscopia per la diagnosi di traccie di sangue su oggetti opachi. Ibid, 1922, 12- 149-63 —Schmidt, O. Beitrag zum forensischen Blutnach- weis Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1934-35, 24: 419-24.- Schmidt, R. Zur Kenntnis der U-Rbhrchenblutprobe und ihrer Verwendbarkeit. Med. Klin, Berl, 1921, 17: 459.—Schmidt, T. Ein Beitrag zur Blutmengenbestimmung an Blutspuren. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1936, 26: 519-21— Schumm, O. Fehler- auellen beim Blutnachweis in klinischen und gerichtlichen Fallen Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1927, 172: 38-49—Simonin, C. Le diagnostic medico-legal d'une tache de sang. Strasbourg med, 1929, 89: 288-91.—Stockis, E. M. Reacciones cataliticas para 'el examen clinico y medico-legal de la sangre. Rev. crim, B Air 1920,7: no.43, 64-72.— Tsukasaki, R. A solvent for blood stains.'' Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1923-24, 4: 663-9—Wagenaar, M, & Tas, J. V. Eine neue Methode, um schwache oder unsichtbare blutige Fingerabdriicke zu verdeutlichen. Arch. Krim, 1934, 95: 227-33, 2pl. --- Identification, chemical. Almeida Prado, E. J. de. *Revisao das reacgoes de Van Deen, Schaer e de Fleig em hematologia forense. 28p. 8? S. Paulo, 1928. Dos Reis, J. *Revisao das reaccoes de Meyer e de Adler em hematologia forense. 66p. 8°. S. Paulo [1930] u n Alke, R. Der Nachweis von Blut mit dem Fuldschen Rea- sons Rhodamin in der gerichtlichen Medizin. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl Med, 1922, 1: 52-9— Arnaud, R. La reaction du ben- join colloidal dans le sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 87: 324-6 — Cogan, G. [Simplification of Weber's reaction to determine presence of blood] Vrach. dielo, 1928, 11: 143.-Banila, P., & Stroe, A. Sur la reaction du benjoin colloidal dans le sane C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 87: 277—Elzas, M, & Lansberg, L. M [Pyramidon as a reagent for the blood] Pharm. wbl, Amst, 1927 64: 19-22—Glaister, J. The Kastle-Meyer test for the detection of blood; considered from the medico-legal aspect. Brit. M.J, 1926, 1: 650-2.—Greaves, A. V. The use of Taka- yama's solution in the identification of blood stains. Ibid., 1932, 1:933— Harvey, E. The pyramidon test for blood. Irish J M. Sc, 1936, 6.ser, 326-8.-Leiboff, S. L. The detection of blood by means of benzidine dihydrochlorides. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1928-29, 14:1187-91 —Neyron, C. Sur la recherche du sang par la solution alcoolique de gayac. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1923, 5: 935-9—Nicoletti, F. La reazione del piramidone per la ricerca medico-legale del sangue. Cult. med. mod. Pal, 1925, 4: 581-5. ----- La reazione dell' orto-toluidma per la ricerca medico-legale del sangue. Diagn. teen, lab. Nap, 1935, 6: 529- 36.-Scatamacchia, E. Ricerche relative al valore della reazione chimica del sangue coll' eosina. Zacchia, 1931, 10: nz-is.— Scheringa, K. [A benzidin blood test] Pharm. wbl, Amst, 1928, 65: 712—Schwarz, F. Eine Verscharfung der Benzidin- reaktion. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1928, 12: 216-8. — Quantitative Untersuchungen der Katalase und Peroxydase im Blutfleck; Beitrag zur Altersbestimmung yon Blutspuren. Ibid, 1936, 27: 1-34—Shibkov, A. I, Ssinelmk [et al.] Value of Dominici's reaction in legal medicine] Sudeb. med. eksper- tiza, 1929, 38-41.-Ustinoff, P. W [Zur Frage der Strzysowski- reaction auf Blutl Ibid, 1930, no.13, 15-8 -Uys-Smith, E. Ueber den Mechanismus der Guajakreaktion. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 168: 448-50. --- Identification, micro-crystallographic and spectrographic. See also Hematin; Hemin; Hemochromogen. Bierry, H, & Gouzon, B. Caracterisation des taches de sang par reaction spectrale. Bull. Acad, med Par 1932 3.ser 107. 635-8. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934 "5: 1301-3.-Borodatova, T. S. [Microscopic examination of blood stains in legal-medical Dracticel Kazan med J , 1926, 22: 437-9.—Balla Volta, A. uSriin spekiroTkopisches Verfahren fiir die spezifische Blutbestimmung. Beitr. gerichtl. Med, 1928, 7:154-9. *Blutgruppenbestimmung Blutflecken. p.3-15. 8? Delia preparazione deU'emocromogeno mediante soluzioni gliceriche di glicerinato potassico: contributo alla determina- zione forense di tracce di sangue. Diagn. teen, lab. Nap, 1931, 2:463-9.-----I metodi cristallografici possono fornire nella pratica peritale una prova di certezza sulla natura ematica di una macchia o di un'incrostazione? Arch, antrop. crim, Tor, 1932, 52: 164-84.—Bel Carpio, I. La spettrografia di fiuorescenza per il riconoscimento di tracce di sangue. Ibid, 1933, 53: 1170- 4.—Falco, G. Sulla possibility di utilizzare il metodo della cristallizzazione dell'emoglobina per la diagnosi specifica del sangue. Zacchia, 1925, 4: 275-83.—Kerr, B. J. A, & Mason, V. H. The haemochromogen crystal test for blood. Brit. M.J, 1926, 1: 134-6.—Mahler, K. Der Wert der mikrokristallographi- schen Proben fiir den forensischen Blutnachweis. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1923,2:671-91.—Meixner, K. Glycerin-Kalilauge zur mikroskopischen Untersuchung von Blutspuren. Ibid, 1927, 10: 253-5.—Oustinov, P. V. A propos d'un procede pour les recherches des cristaux d'rtemochromogene. Ann. med. 16g, 1930,10: 483-7.—Palmieri. V. M. Sul reale valore di cristalli di emina in ematologia forense e di alcuni metodi recentemente proposti per ottenerli. Diagn. teen, lab. Nap, 1934, 5: 836-47.— Puppe. Ueber den forensischen Blutnachweis mit Hilfe des Hamochromogens und seiner Krystalle. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1922, 1: 663-7.—Raitzin, A. Identification microcristalo- grafica in situ de manchas de sangre. Rev. As. med. argent, 1935, 49: 1115-22.—Rojas, N, & Daniel, C. Cyto-diagnostic in situ des taches de sang. Ann. med. teg, 1927, 7: 84-9. Also Sem. med, B. Air, 1927, 34: 957-60.—Simonin, C. Precisions sur l'identification du sang par le spectre de l'ltemochromogene. Ann. med. teg, 1935, 15: 958-63.—Sula, J. [Spectroscopic de- termination of blood stains] Spisy tek. Masaryk. Univ., 1929, 7: 1-6. ---- Identification, serological. See also Blood groups, Forensic aspects; Precipitin. Berger, K. H. an verunreinigten Konigsb., 1932. Also Zschr. Rassenphysiol, 1933, 6: Brunner, L. *Die Isoagglutination im eingetrockneten Blute und das Agglutininan- reicherungsverfahren von M. A. Muller [Zurich] 102p. 8? Chur, 1927. Glock, H. *Rasseverwandtschaft und Ei- weissdifferenzierung [Bern] p.385-415. 8? Erlangen, 1914. Also Biol. Zbl, 1914, 34: Junqtjeira Franco, J. *Do emprego do soro precipitante antihumano secco na reacgao de Uhlenhuth. 39p. 8? S. Paulo. 1933. Quaden, E. *Bestimmung der Faktoren M und N an Blutflecken. 16p. 3tab. 8? Bonn [1934] Schreiner, M. *Ueber die Zerstorbarkeit der agglutinablen Substanz der Blutkorperchen in Flecken unter Einwirkung verschiedener Reagenzien. 16p. 8? Bresl., 1933. Witte, R. *Die Bedeutung der Blutgruppen und ihre Verwendbarkeit in der Untersuchung von Blutspuren in der gerichtlichen Medizin. 35p. 8? Kiel, 1932. Beccadelli, G. Una nuova reazione per la diagnosi genenca e specifica del sangue. Arch, antrop. crim. Tor, 1922, 43: 100-10 —Blumenthal, G. Zur Frage der Gewinnung hochwer- tiger und speziflscher pracipitierender Antisera fur den foren- sischen Blutnachweis. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1927, 10: 17_30 —Boldrini, B. Diagnosi di gruppo sanguigno apphcata alia identificazione del proprietario di un paio di scarpe. Med. ital 1935 16: 451-9—Borges Vieira. F. Diagnose especifica das manchas de sangue pela reaccao das precipitinas de Uhlen- huth Fol med, Rio, 1927, 8: 73.—Busatto, S. Un caso di diagnosi individuale e regionale di sangue in macchia. Arch. antrop. crim. Tor, 1932, 52: 615-8.-Christensen, L. Ueber die Anwendung der Gruppeneigenschaften innerhalb der Kriminologie mit besonderem Hinblick auf die Untersuchung von Flecken; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl Med 1932-33, 20: 89-114.-Crema, C. Sulla specificita e sul comportamento del doppio anello nelle prove di precipitazione. Boll Soc. ital. biol. sper.. 1928, 3: 56-8.-Balla Volta, A. Sur un nouveau precede pour la determination specifique du sang. Arch. ital. biol, 1928, 79: n.s.19, 11-4, nl.-Bervieux. Procede de diagnostic individuel du sang et du sperme. C. rend. Acad. sc 1921 172- 1384-6.—Besclaux, L. Examen medico-legal d un cambrioleur; identification des taches de sang de 1'inculpe par la methode des serums precipitants et l'etude des groupes sanguins Paris med, 1934, 93: 400-5.-Biacono, H. Procede d'identification des taches de sang humain au moyen de la methode de deviation du complement, par utilisation du serum de cobaye antimouton. Bull. sc. pharm. Par, 1929, 36: 72-7.- BLOOD-STAIN 650 BLOOD SUGAR Ekeley, J. B. The precipitin reaction used as evidence for the identification of human blood in an American court. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1920-21, 6: 709.—Fujiwara, K. Die Serum- und Hamoglobinpracipitinreaktion in der Praxis der gerichtlich- medizinischen Blutuntersuchung. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1927-28, 11: 253-63. ----- Einige Erfahrungen mit der Blutgruppenbestimmung an Flecken in Kriminalfalien. Ibid, 1930, 15: 470-7.—Harley, B. Determining the group of human blood-stains: notes on an anomalous group of serum. Brit. J Exp. Path, 1936, 17: 35-8—Hauser, G. Zum 25jahngen Bestehen der Uhlenhuthschen Blutuntersuchungsmethode. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 433.—Higuchi, S. Studien uber das Stroh, vom serologischen Standpunkte. Fukuoka acta med , 1927,20:30. ----- Ueber den Nachweis der vier mensch- lichen Blutgruppen in Blutflecken. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1929, 60: 246-69— Hallauer, C. Beitrag zur Blutgruppenbestim- mung kleiner Mengen menschlichen Trockenblutes. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1934, 23: 206-10—Hirszfeld, L. Ueber die Anwendung der Blutgruppenforschung bei den Untersuchungen der Blutflecke. Ibid, 1936, 27: 189-93—Holzer, F. J. Ein einfaches Verfahren zur Gruppenbestimmung an vertrocknetem Blut durch Agglutininbindung. Ibid, 1930-31, 16: 445-58.— Jervell, F. Untersuchungen iiber die Marx-Ehrnrooth sche \gglutinationsprobe. Acta path, microb. scand, 1924, 1: 65-71 —Knobloch, E. [Precision in grouping blood stains] Cas. tek. cesk, 1927, 66: 1968-73— Kominami, M, & Takebe, T. On the application of dried blood-serum as antigen in the prac- tice of forensic medicine. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kyoto, 1929, 12: 69-71.—Krainskaja-Ignatowa, B. N, & Hecker, W. B. [Zur Methodik der Isoagglutination bei der forensisch-medizini- schen Untersuchung von Blutflecken] Sudeb. med. ekspertiza, 1930, no. 12, 18-21.—Lattes, L. Praktische Erfahrungen iiber Blutgruppenbestimmung in Flecken. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med 1926-27,9:402-10. ----- Le diagnostic individuel des taches de sang. Ann. med. teg, 1923, 3: 213-26.----- Un altro caso di diagnosi individuale di macchie sanguigne. Arch. antrop. crim. Tor, 1925,45:493-6. -----&Canuto,G. Ancora un caso di diagnosi individuale di macchie sanguigne (con nuovo procedimento tecnico) Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1926, 7: 248- 52 —Lauer, A. Zur Technik der Blutfleckdiagnose nach M und N. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1933, 22: 86-94—Lloyd. R. B. The serological analysis of bloodstains in criminal cases (•illustrativecases) Ind. M. Gaz, 1926, 61: 219-24.—Lynch, G. R. The technique of the precipitin test and its forensic value. Analyst, Lond, 1928, 53: 5-13.—Marx, A. M. Neue Methoden zur Differenzierung kleinster Blutspuren mittels der Uhlen- huth'schen Serumprazipitinreaktion und Untersuchungen fiber die Wirkung von Kokto-Antiserum auf gekochtes, koaguliertes Muskeleiweiss. Vjschr. gerichtl. Med, 1920, 3.F, 59: 149-76.— Mezger, O, Jesser, H, & Volkmann, M. Warum kann die Pracipitinreaktion versagen? Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1933, 21: 18-22.—Moureau, P. La recherche des proprietes de groupe dans les taches de sang et de liquides organiques. Ann. med. teg, 1936, 16: 344-9.—Nadeshdin, W. A. Eine neue Probe zur Erkennung des Geschlechts an Blutspuren. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1933, 21: 23-6.—Nicolesco, G. Etude critique experimentale sur les methodes d'identification du sang en medecine legale. Strasbourg med, 1933, 93: 466; 529.—Palmieri, V. M. Ricerche su un nuovo metodo, proposto per la diagnosi generica e specifica delle macchie di sangue. Studium, Nap, 1924, 14: 204-8.—Pichon, S, & Sannie, C. Influence du p„ dans la determination de 1 'origine humaine du sang par la reaction des serums precipitants. Ann. med. teg, 1931, 11: 733-6.—Ratcliffe, A. W. Cell group identification of dried blood spots and traces of saliva. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1936-37, 22: 191-8.— Serebrianikov, P. [Technique and medico-legal importance of the determina- tion of blood groups on bloodstains] Odess. med. J, 1927, 2: 87-93. Also Sudeb. med. ekspertiza, 1928, 3-7.—Siracusa, V. La sostanze isoagglutinabile del sangue e la sua dimostrazione per la diagnosi individuale delle macchie. Arch, antrop. crim. Tor, 1923,43:362-84.—Strassmann, G. Die Blutgruppenbestim- mung an Blutflecken. Deut. Zschr. ges. gerichtl. Med, 1932, 19:302 ----- Der Gruppennachweis an Flecken verschiedener Herkunft. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1933, 39: 199-206— Therkel- sen, F. L'examen medico-tegal de taches au moyen de la determination du type serologique; mise en evidence du type A2 B dans les taches de sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 975; 981. Also Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1934, 23: 29; 35.— Uhlenhuth, P. Zur Frage der Reaktionsfahigkeit von altem Blut- und Eiweissmaterial, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Herstellung prazipitierender Sera. Deut. med. Wschr, 1931, 57: 1782-4.—Walcher, K. Zur Technik der Uhlenhuth- schen Eiweiss-Pracipitinreaktion. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1926-27, 9: 728.—Werkgartner, A. Zur Ausfiihrung der bio- logischen Eiweissbestimmung in der gerichtsarztlichen Tatigkeit. Ibid, 1926, 8: 221-5.—Witebsky, E. Zur Methodik der Grup- penbestimmung in menschlichen Blutflecken. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 1581.—Witte, R. Der Wert des Agglutinin- bindungsverfahrens zur Untersuchung alter Blutspuren im Strafprozess. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1933, 22: 397-404.— Wolfe, H. R. Identification of blood serum by precipitin reac- tion. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 146-8. BLOOD sugar. See also Blood chemistry; Carbohydrates; Glucides. Hansen, K. M. Investigations on the blood sugar in man; conditions of oscillations, rise and distribution. 224p. 8? Kbh., 1923. Forms Suppl. 4, Acta med. scand, 1923. Mendelssohn, M. Etude sur la glycemie a l'etat normal et dans le diabe.te. 80p. 8? Par., 1918. Woensdregt, M. M. G. *Bijdrage tot de kennis van de bloedsuiker [Amsterdam] 87p. 8? Dordrecht, 1923. Bigwood, E. J, & Wuillot, A. Nouvelle contribution a l'etude de la glycemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 329-31—Cavaz- zani, E. Lo zucchero del sangue. Med. ital, 1922, 3: 768-73- Baniel, I. [On glycemia] Romania med, 1928, 6: 5.—Belaunay, H. La glicemia. Biol, med, Milano, 1934, 10: 59-88.—Foster, G. L. Blood-sugar studies. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1921- 22, 19: 408-12.—Gilbert, M, Schneider, H, & Bock, J. C. Blood sugar studies. J. Biol. Chem, 1926, 67: 629-45.—Harned, B. K. Blood sugar. Memphis M.J, 1925, 2: 291-4—Macleod, J. J. R. The sugar of the blood. Physiol. Rev, 1921, 1: 208-38.—Porter, E, & Langley, G. J. Studies in blood-sugar. Lancet, Lond, 1926, 2: 947.—Rona, P, & Fabisch, W. Untersuchungen tiber den Blutzucker. Biochem. Zschr, 1930, 227: 205-20—Saenger, E, & Mommsen, H. Blutzuckeruntersuchungen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 1427.—Schilling, E. Blutzuckerstudien. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1934, 93: 257-64.—Silvestri, S. Studi sulla glicemia. Policlinico, 1922, 29: sez.med, 362-90.—Stasiak, A. Zur Frage des Blutzuckers. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1922, 123: 104-15.—Stepp, W. Ueber einige den Blutzucker betreflende Fragen im Lichte neuerer Forschungsergebnisse. Erg. Physiol., 1922, 20: 108-28.—Svaar, E. [Research on blood sugar in Vens- moen Sanatorium] Norsk mag. laegevid, 1931, 92: 1176-82- Zeckwer, I. T, & Goodell, H. Blood sugar studies. J. Exp. M, 1925, 42: 43; 57. ---- Clinical significance. See also Blood sugar, Regulation: Disorders; Blood sugar, Regulation: Functional tests; Blood sugar, Variations. Alperin, J. The barometer of the blood sugar. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1933, 26: 427-32.—Falta, W. Ueber die klinische Bedeu- tung der Blutzuckerbestimmung. Wien. med. Wschr, 1924,74: 1153-61.—Gottschalk, A. Die Bedeutung der Blutzuckerbestim- mung fiir die arztliche Praxis. Prakt. Arzt, 1930, n.F, 15: 465-9.—Graham, G. The interpretation of blood-sugar estima- tions. Lancet, Lond, 1929, 1: 201.—Jacobi, J. Die Bedeutung der Blutzuckerbestimmung fiir den praktischen Arzt. Med. Klin, Berl, 1930, 26: 457-9.—John, H. J. The interpretation of blood sugar estimations that are the normal. J. Lab. Clin. M„ 1922-23, 8:145-52.—Kaufmann, E. Wras muss der Arzt von Blut- zucker wissen? Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 650-2—L6vai, M. [Prob- lem of sugar in the blood] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1926, 24:307-14 — Levin, C. M. Routine blood sugar determination as an aid in diagnosis (with resume of 5 cases) N. York State J.M, 1928, 28: 1050-2.—Mosenthal, H. O. Symposium on the significance of blood sugar. Bull. N. York Acad. M, 1936,12: 277.—Nadeau, C. Quelques aspects cliniques de la glycemie. J. Hotel-Lieu Montreal, 1936, 5: 33-44.—Sanna, G. B. Sull'importanza di indagare il tasso glicemico nei campo della dermatologia e sifilo- grafia. Gior. ital. derm, sif, 1935, 76: no.3, suppl, 322-4, pl- Schirokauer, H. Zur klinischen Bedeutung des Blutzuckers. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 1034—Seidel, W. Die Blutzucker- bestimmung in der arztlichen Praxis. Munch, med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 1630.—Sybrandy, B. [Blood sugar determination in practice] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1926, 70: pt2, 521; 2107. ---- Determination. See also under Blood sugar, Types. Baudouin, A. Les glycemies. Sem. hop. Paris, 1929, 5: 287-98.—Benedict, S. R. The determination of blood sugar. J. Biol. Chem, 1925, 64: 207; 1928, 76: 457; 1929, 83: 165.---- The estimation of sugar in blood and normal urine. Ibid, 1926, 68: 759-67.—Birt, C. Blood-sugar estimation. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1933, 61: 401-11.—Calvert, E. G. B. Estimation of sugar in the blood. Biochem J, Cambr, 1923,17: 117; 1924,18: 839 - Cruto, A. II dosaggio del glucosio nei sangue. Cult. med. mod. Pal, 1925, 4: 39-41.—Bi Renzo, F, & Be Giacomo, U. Sul dosag- gio degli zuccheri del sangue. Ibid, 1924, 3: 614-23—Dische, Z. Determination de los hidratos de carbono en la sangre. Bol. farm, mil, Madr, 1932,10:161; 193.—Fonda, M. Sulla determi- nazione dello succhero nei sangue. Probl. nutriz, Roma, 1924, 1: 23-33.—Fontes, G, & Thivolle, L. Regies pour la determina- tion d'une glyc6mie correcte. Sang, Par, 1928, 2: 209-17.— Lynch, G. R. The estimation of sugar in blood. Lancet, Lond, 1923, 1: 1178-80.—Offenbacher, R. Principielles zur Frage der Blutzuckerbestimmung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 1677 — Ponder, E, & Howie, L. The estimation of blood sugar. Bio- chem. J, Cambr, 1921,15:171-4—Poular. Etude sur le dosage du sucre dans le sang. Arch. nted. beiges, 1931, 84: 75-80.— Remy, F. Dosage du sucre hematique. Bull. sc. pharm. Par, 1930, 37: suppl, 255.—Schuntermann. Bestimmung des Blut- zuckers. Aerztl. Rdsch, 1928, 38: 265-7— Sellek y Azzi, A. BLOOD SUGAR 651 BLOOD SUGAR Glucemia, su dosificacion y valor en clinica. Rev. med. cubana, 1931, 42: 1295-305— Stanford, R. V, & Wheatley, A. H. M. Esti- mation of sugar in the blood. Biochem. J, Lond, 1924, 18: 22-8.—Thalhimer, W, & Perry, M. C. The quantitative determi- nation of glucose and lactose in blood and urine; preliminary report. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 79: 1506-8—West, E. S, Scharles, F. H, & Peterson, V. L. The determination of true sugar in blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 82: 137-53. ---- Determination: Apparatus. Staudacher, F. *Versuche mit dem Sangui- Dextrometer, einem neuen Apparat zur Blut- und Harnzuckerbestimmung. 38p. 8? Lpz., 1934. Byrd, T. L. A blood diluting pipet for micro-Folin-Wu method of blood sugar estimation, using 0.1 cc. of blood; prelimi- nary report. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 83: 508— Dexel, B. Das neue Blutzuckerkolorimeter nach Crecelius-Seifert. Med. Klin, Berl, 1933, 29: 648.—Fuchs, H. J. Zwei neue Laboratoriumsap- parate zur Blutzuckerbestimmung. Biochem. Zschr, 1930, 218: 487-90. ----- & Buss, W. Verbesserungen der Apparatur zur Blutzuckerbestimmung nach Hagedorn-Jensen. Ibid, 1935, 279: 314-7.—Kaufmann, E. Ein Doppelkeilkolorimeter zur Blutzuckerbestimmung. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 1685. ----- Ein Hamoglykosedimeter. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 206-8. ----- Ein neuer Blutzuckerkolorimeter. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 1888.—Kisch, B. Eine einfache Appa- ratur zur Blutzuckerbestimmung fiir den praktischen Arzt. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 621.—Lorber, L. Ein einfacher Apparat zur Bestimmung des Zuckergehaltes im Harn, Blut und Liquor cerebrospinalis fiir den praktizierenden Arzt. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 331—Mull, J. W. A simple light filter for microblood sugar determination. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934, 19: 667.—Tauber, H. A glass light filter for Folin's new microblood sugar method. Ibid, 1929-30, 15: 766. --- Determination, comparative. Kroner, W. Ueber Blutzuckerbestimmungen nach Hagedorn Jensen und Crecelius-Seifert. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1934, 64: 810-2.—Lyttle, J. B, & Hearn, J. E. A comparison of the Folin- Wu and the new Benedict method for sugar in blood and cerebro- spinal fluid. J. Biol. Chem, 1926, 68: 751-7— Melka, J. [Com- parative results in the determination of sugar in the blood, with Crecelius-Seifert's colorimeter and by Hagedorn-Jensen's method] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1930, 10: 881-3—Norris, E. R. A comparison of 4 blood-sugar methods. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1929-30, 15: 281-4.—Orent, E. R. Sugar in blood; a study of the accuracy of the Kramer-Gittleman modification of the method of Folin and Wu. Ibid, 1926-27, 12: 432-6—Oser, B. L, & Karr, W. G. The correction of Folin-Wu blood sugar values. J. Biol. Chem, 1926,67:319-23. Also repr—Osterberg, A. E, & Strunk, J. A comparison of the Folin-Wu and new Benedict methods for the estimation of blood sugar. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1926-27, 12: 278- 82.—Pickard, R. J, & Pierce, L. F. Blood dextrose determina- tions; a statistical comparison of the Folin-Wu method and the Benedict modification of the Lewis-Benedict method. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 94: 480-3. Also repr—Pinelli, L, & Corbia, A. Sui metodi da preferire per la determinazione clinica della glicemia. Biochem. ter. sper, 1931, 18: 19-33.—Piotrowski, G. L. Du choix d'une methode dans revaluation de la gly- cemie. Rev. med. Par, 1929, 46: 265-74—Pospelov, S. A, & Zuckerstein, E. I. [Various methods for determination of sugar in blood] Russ. klin, 1925, 4: 175-83.—Pratt, 0. B, & Swartout, H. O. Blood-sugar methods from a clinical point of view. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1929-30, 15: 760-3.—Preti, L. Sui metodi per la determinazione del glucosio nei sangue (considerazioni critiche) Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med, 1924, 13: 39-45. Also Clin. med. ital, 1924, 55: 1-5.—Rabinowich, I. M. Practical considerations in the selection of blood sugar methods for clinical use in dia- betes. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1928,19:49-51.—Rosenberg, M. Blut- zuckerstudien; Kritik der Blutzuckerbestimmungsmethoden und des Schwellenwertbegriffes. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1922, 92:153-64.—Stepp, W. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der reduzierenden Substanzen des Blutes; vergleichende Bestimmungen des Blut- zuckers durch Reduktion, Polarisation und Garung bei einigen Fallen von Diabetes und Nephritis. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1919, 107: 29-44. ----- Kritisch-analytische Betrachtungen und Untersuchungen zur Bestimmung des wahren Blutzuckers bei Gesunden und Kranken. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1921, 90: 105-28.—Thalhimer, W, & Updegraff, H. A comparison of several clinical quantitative blood sugar methods. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 78:1383-8. Alsorepr.—Tompsett.S. L. Thedetermi- nation of blood-sugar; critical analysis of the reduction of alkaline copper reagents bv glucose and other substances. Biochem. J, Lond, 1930,24: 1148-63. ---- Determination: Methods Gunther, P. *Beitrage zur Methodik der quantitativen Blutzuckerbestimmung [Zurich] 30p. 8? Bern, 1922. Rault, J. *Sur une nouvelle methode de dosage du sucre dans le sang et les autres hu- meurs de l'organisme. 72p. 8? Par., 1928. Stahl, R. *Beitrag zur Methodik der Blut- zuckerbestimmung unter besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Methoden von Mockel-Frank und For^chbach-Severin. 43p. 8? Bresl., 1915. Adams, T. W, & Payne, W. W. Optical estimation of blood sugar. Brit. M.J, 1923, 2: 899.— Adler, M. Zur Methodik der Blutzuckerbestimmung. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 757. Also Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 125: 730.—Baudouin, A, & Lewin, J. Une nouvelle methode de dosage de petites quantites de sucre; application au sang et aux autres humeurs de l'organisme. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1927, 9: 280-309.—Becher, E, & Herrmann, E. Eine einfach und rasch ausfiihrbare Mikro- methode zur Schatzung der Hohe des Blutzuckers. Miinch. med. Wrschr, 1924, 71: 1464. ----- Eine Modifikation der Mikromethode zur Schatzung der Hohe des Blutzuckers nach Becherund Herrmann. Ibid, 1925, 72:1734—Bethoux, L. P., & Mounter, P. La parvianalyse clinique; dosages simplifies du glucose dans le sang. Gaz. nted. France, 1931, 574-80.— Bierry, H, & Moquet, L. Microdosage du sucre libre dans le sang total. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 1316-8.—Bierry, H, & Voskressensky, A. Microdosage du sucre libre et du sucre proteidique dans le plasma sanguin. Ibid, 1927, 97: 659; 1928, 98: 287.—Blumenthal, R. A micro blood sugar method and the blood sugars of insects. Science, 1927, 65: 617-9.—Boruttau, H. Ueber die Ergebnisse einer einfachen Zweitropfenmethode der Blutzuckerbestimmung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1923, 19: 466.— Bose, J. P. A simplified method for estimation of sugar in the blood. Ind. M. Gaz, 1928, 63: 72-7, pi—Bugbee, E. P, & Simond, A. E. Simplified technic for the Shaffer-Hartmann method for blood-sugar analysis. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1925-26, 11: 990-3.—Carrasco Formiguera, R. Sobre la tecnica de la determinaeion de la glucemia. Rev. nted. Barcelona, 1932, 17: 391-9 —Cartagenova, L. II dosaggio dello zucchero sanguigno nei bambini col metodo Weiss-Reist. Riv. clin. pediat, 1927, 25 • 733-8 —Christiansen, J. [Rapid method for determining the amount of sugar in the blood] Ugeskr. laeger, 1922, 84: 1703; 1923,85:411.-----[The quickest, most convenient and cheap- est method in examination for blood-sugar] Ibid, 1934, 96: 220 —Citron, H. Ueber Mikro-Blutzuckerbestimmung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 1216.—Clogne, R, & Richaud, A. A Pick, M. F. *Beitrag zur Methodik der Blut- zuckerbestimmung (vergleichende Bestimmun- gen der Hagedorn- und Jensen'schen Methode und deren Modifikation nach Flatow) [Breslau] 24p. 8? Beuthen OS., 1925. Allison, C B, & Hubbard, R. S. A comparison of results obtained by various blood sugar methods. Clifton M. Bull, 1928-29, 14: 121.—Andreen-Svedberg, A. [Comparison of some newer methods of blood sugar estimation] Sven. lak. tidn, 1929, 26: 2-8.—Blumenthal, F. Nachpriifung einer neuen Mikro- Methode zur Schatzung der Hohe des Blutzuckers. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 1205.—Byrd, T. L. Studies on quantita- tive blood-sugar estimation: various methods compared with the author's micro-Folin-Wru method. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1926-27, 12: 609-13.—Cohen Tervaert, B. G. [Some peculiarities in esti- mation of sugar content in blood] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1925, 69: pt2,1110-2.—Csonka, F. A, & Taggart. G. C. Note on the relia- bility of the Benedict and Folin-Wu blood sugar determinations. J. Biol. Chem, 1922, 54: 1-3.—Bemmel, M. Vergleichende Blutzuckerbestimmungen beim Rind nach verschiedenen Methoden. Biochem. Zschr, 1933, 262: 294-9—Buggan, W. F, & Scott, E. L. A critical examination of 4 methods commonly used for the determination of sugar in blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1926, 67: 287-305.—Fontes, G, & Thivolle, L. La glucidemie imntediatement reductrice peut-elle etre determhtee par la methode de Hagedorn et Jensen? Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par , 1929, 11: 1212-8.—Glassmann, B, & Zwilling, A. Neue Gestal- tung der colorimetrischen Resorcinsalzsaure-Mikromethode der Blutzuckerbestimmung und Vergleich derselben mit der Methode von Hagedorn-Jensen. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1929, 180: 124-6.—Goertz, J, & Czezowska, Z. [The percentage of sugar in the blood by various methods] Polska gaz. lek, 1927, 6: 781-3.—Grafe, E, & Sorgenfrei, K. Ueber das Verhalten des wahren Blutzuckers bei Gesunden und Kranken (Untersu- chungen mit einer neuen Methode) Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1924, 145: 294-309. Also Zbl. inn. Med, 1924, 45: 989—Guszich, A, & Zoltan, L. [Comparative blood sugar examination in surgical cases] Orvoskepzes, 1933, 23: jun. kiilbnf, 297-309 — Guy, R. A. Note on the limitations of the modified Lewis- Benedict method of blood sugar estimation. Biochem. J, Cambr, 1921, 15: 575—Hastings, A. B, & Hopping, A. A criti- cism and modification of the Mac Lean blood sugar method. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1922-23, 20: 254-6—Herbert, F. K, & Bourne, M. C. The choice of a blood sugar method for clinical work. Brit. M.J, 1931, 1: 94-6—Herbert, F. K, & Groen, J. The distribution of reducing substances between plasma and corpuscles; a comparison of various blood-sugar methods. Bio- chem. J, Lond, 1929, 23: 339-51—Hopping, A. A review of the various methods for determining sugar in the blood. Arch. Ther, N.Y, 1926, 5: 399-401.—Ionesco-Matiu & Vitner, M. Etude comparative de quelques procedes de dosage des glucides sanguins (Baudouin, Ionesco, Hagedorn) Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1930,12: 626-35—Jimenez Biaz, C, & Sanchez Cuenca, B. Zur Mikrobestimmung des Blutzuckers (Bemerkung zu einer gleichnamigen Arbeit von Dressel und Rothmann) Bio- chem. Zschr, 1924, 153: 97-9— Kaufmann, E. Ist die Piknn- saurereaktion fiir die Bestimmung des Blutzuckers in der Praxis brauchbar? Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933-34, 92: 480-9.-Kleits- man, R. Ueber die Bestimmung des Blutzuckers mit ver- schiedenen Methoden. Deut. med. Wschr, 1924, 50: 576.— BLOOD SUGAR 652 BLOOD SUGAR propos de I'emploi du fluorure ou du citrate de sodium comme agents anticoagulants dans l'operation du dosage du sucre du sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1921, 3: 66-x.--Conill, V. Die Miiller-Bellido-Biirgersche Reaktion. Arch. Gyn, Berl., 1936,161:257-9 [Discussion] 262-7— Cruto, A. Nuovo metodo per dosare il glucosio nei sangue. Med. ital, 1924, 5: 104-6. Also Russ. clin. ter, 1924, 23: 6; 1925, 24: 85. Also Riforma med, 1924, 40: 1151.—Beniges, G. Dosage tres rapide du sucre du sang par reductimetrie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 87: 1283-5. -----Nouvelle methode pour le dosage clinique du sucre hCmatique. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1922, 43: 517-9.—Binge- manse, E. Zur Mikrobestimmung des Blutzuckers. Biochem. Zschr, 1924, 154: 483-5.—Bresel, K. Zur Mikrobestimmung des Blutzuckers. Ibid, 192S, 194: 466-72. -----& Rothmann, H. Zur Mikrobestimmung des Blutzuckers. Ibid, 1924, 146: 538; 1925, 157: 172.—Bumazert, C. Recherches sur le dosage de la glyc6mie; deproteinisation par l'hydrate de cadmium. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1935, 17: 1163-70.—Eisenhardt, W. Quan- titative Blutzuckerbestimmung mit Hilfe des Methylenblau. Miinch. med. Wrsehr„ 1920, 67: 1382.—Everett, M. R. Determi- nation of sugar in blood; observations upon Benedict's alkaline copper solution. J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 82: 369-76.—Fujita, A, & Iwatake, B. Bestimmung des echten Blutzuckers ohne Hefe. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 242: 43-60.—Gibson, H. V. A method for capillary blood sugar. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1926-27, 13: 906 — Gibson, R. B. The micro determination of blood sugar. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 480-3—Gilbert, M, & Bock, J. C. On the determination of sugar in small amounts of blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1924, 62: 361-9.—Galvyal, M. [Quantitative determination of sugar in blood by dialysis] Vrach. gaz, 1923, 27: 514.—Habliitzel, C. Eine Blutzuckerbestimmung fiir den Praktiker. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1934, 64: 1032.—Hawkins, J. A. Amicrotimemethodfordeterminationofreducingsugars, and its application to analysis of blood and urine. J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 84: 69-77. ----- & Van Slyke, B. D. A time method for determination of reducing sugars, and its applica- tion to analysis of blood and urine. Ibid, 81: 459-67.—Heine- mann, H. Die Kaufmannsche Methode der Blutzuckerbestim- mung. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg, 1930, 34: 559-61 .—Host, H. F, & Hatlehol, R. [Blood sugar concentration and blood sugar methods] Norsk mag. laegevid, 1920, 81: 877-89.—Hunt, B. Bedside blood sugar estimation: a new clinical method. Med. J. Australia, 1931, 2: 782.—Johannsen, N. [A practical micro-method for estimating blood sugar] Hygiea, Stockh, 1925,87: 785-95.—Jongh, C. L. de [Simple method of estimating amount of blood sugar] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1930, 74: pt 1, 74: 3115-8.—Kallos, J. Une methode nouvelle et simple pour la recherche du glucose dans les urines, dans le sang et le liquide cephalo-rachidien. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1928, 42: annexe, 1177- 83.—Kaufmann, E. Modifikation und Verftinerung der Mikro- Blutzuckerbestimmung nach Becher und Herrmann. Miinch med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 771.—Kiefer, E. B. A bedside method for determining blood sugar. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 84: 589-91.— Kleiner, I. S. A clinical method for the determination of blood sugar in minute quantities of blood. Ibid, 1921, 76: 172.-- Komm, E. Eine einfache Mikromethode zur Zucker-, im besonderen Blutzuckerbestimmung. Apoth. Ztg, 1925, 40: 977. Also Munch, med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 1602: 1926, 73: 157.— Kramer, B, & Gittleman, I. F. Technic for quantitative estima- tion of sugar in very small amounts of blood. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 81: 1171.—Labbe, H, & Nepveux, F. Technique de la determination de la glyc6mie. Bull, med. Par, 1921, 35: 616-20.—Lang, S. Determinazione rapida della glicemia. Minerva med. Tor, 1936,27: pt 1, 527.—Lapa, V. Sur te micro- dosage du sucre et des substances reductrices dans le sang (procede a l'acetate mercurique) Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1927, 9: 310-23.—Lax, H, & Szirmai, I. Ein Verfahren zur Haltbarmachung des Blutes fiir die Blutzuckerbestimmung. Munch, med. Wschr, 1929, 76: 58-60.—Lindauer, F. Eine Modifikation der Mikromethode zur Schatzung der Hohe des Blutzuckers nach Becher und Herrmann. Ibid, 1925, 72: 1422.—Lorber, L. Eine einfache Mikromethode zur Blut- zuckerbestimmung. Ibid, 1921. Also Biochem. Zschr, 1925, 158: 205-10.—Lustig, B, & Langer, A. Ueber die Bestimmung und den Gehalt an freiem, Eiweiss- und gebundenem Nichtei- weisszucker im normalen und pathologischen Serum, Liquor und Harn. Ibid, 1931, 242: 320-37. Also Klin. Wschr, 1931, 10: 2133.—Milroy, J. A. A method for the estimation of glucose in blood. Biochem. J, Lond, 1925, 19: 746-9.—Mommsen, H. Die Bestimmung des Blutzuckers mittels der Weiss'schen Ap- paratus Med. Klin, Berl, 1924, 20: 717.—Myers, V. C, & Root, C. W. A picric acid blood-sugar method after zinc precipi- tation. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1931, 16: 890-7.—Neergaard, K. von. Zur Pikraminsaure-Reaktion. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1931, 61: 88.—Niemeyer, R. Ueber Blutzuckerreaktion. Zschr klin Med, 1924, 98: 132-45.—Offenbacher, R, & Hahn, A. Zur Methodik der Blutzuckerbestimmung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1921, 47: 1419.—Ogawa, I, & Kodama, K. A new micro-method for the determination of blood sugar. J. Biochem, Tokyo 1928, 10: 1-4— Paget, H, & Bupont, Y. Sur I'emploi d'un nouvel agent de defecation du sang; application a la determina- tion de la glycemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 881.—Peters, J. T. [A simple method for approximate estimation of blood- sugar] Geneesk. gids, 1926, 4: 777-84. Also Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 2163— Petty, O. H, & Sherrill, W. P. The technic of blood-sugar estimation as done at the Memorial Hospital of Philadelphia. Internat. Clin, 1923,33.ser,3: 22-8,3p!.—Pickard, R. J, & Pierce, L. F. Accurate blood sugar determinations with Mo and Moo cubic centimeters of blood. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 91: 1134. Also repr.—Pincussen, L, & Klissiunis, N. Beitrage zur Blutzuckerbestimmung. Biochem. Zschr, 1924,150: 44-8. - Pittarelli, E. Sopra un nuovo metodo per dosare il glucosio nei sangue. Riforma med, 1924, 40: 801. - Pollock, H. O, & McEllroy, W. S. A micro-method for the determination of sugar in small amounts of blood. Am. J.M. Sc, 1922, 163: 571-6.— Rockwood, R. A study of the new Benedict method for the determination of blood sugar. J. Biol. Chem, 1926, 69: 187-96. Also repr - Rose, A. R, Schattner, F, & Exton, W. G. Turbidity micro- method for blood sugar. Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M Dir. America, 1930, lb: 178-200.—Rosegger, E. Beitrag zur Blutzuckerbestimmung mit den Pikrinsauremethoden. Wien med. Wschr, 1935, 85: 637.—Rothlin, H. [A micro-method of estimating blood sugar with the possibility of sending the test to the laboratory] Sven. lak. tidn, 1928, 25: 681-4.—Salomon, K. Zur Mikrobestimmung des Blutzuckers. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 178: 228-32.—Sankaran, G, & Rajagopal, K. Studies in carbohydrate metabolism; a micro-electrometric method of blood-sugar determination. Ind. J.M. Res, 1936-37, 24: 459- 78.—Schmidt, F. Einfacher Zuckernachweis am Krankenbett mit einem Trockenreagens. Zbl. inn. Med, 1935, 56: 482.— Schrijver. B. [Contribution to the methods of estimating blood sugar] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1921, 65: pt2, 2534-9.— Somogyi, M. A method for the preparation of blood filtrates for the determi- nation of sugar. J. Biol. Chem, 1930, 86: 655-63. Also repr.— Splatt, B. A note on the preservation of samples of blood for sugar estimations. Med. J. Australia, 1926, 2: 178.—Stammers, A. B. A simplified clinical method for the estimation of sugar intheblood. S. Afr. M. Rec, 1925,23:426.—Stekhoven. [Blood sugar examination in general practice] Geneesk. gids, 1923-24, 1: 626-33.—Stritesky, J, & Altschuller, T. I. [Modified McLean method of determining sugar in blood] Vrach. dielo, 1926, 9: 962-4.—Strzyzowski, C. Sur un precede simple de dosage du sucre dans le sang. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1931, 61: 89.— Sumner, J. B, & Graham, V. A. Dinitrosalicylic acid as a reagent for blood sugar. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1922-23, 20: 96.—Sweany, H. C, & Johnson, E. M. An investigation on the picramic acid methods for blood sugar. J. Lab. Clin. M , 1922-23, 8: 506-13.— Tervaert, B. G. C. [Estimation of sugar in blood and urine] Ned. tschr. geneesk. 1920, 64: pt2, 2735-8. ----- [New methods of estimating the sugar in the blood] Ibid, 1921, 75: pt2, 857-64.-----Estimation of sugar in small quantities of blood. Biochem. J, Lond, 1925, 19: 541-3.— Thiery. Emploi du ferrocyanure double de zinc et de potassium comme agent de defecation du sang; application a la determina- tion de la glycemie. J. pharm. chim. Par, 1922, 25: 7.ser, 209- 14.—Trifon-TJgarte. Nouvelle methode devaluation rapide du sucre reducteur dans les shops, le sang, le liquide cephalo-rachi- dien, le lait et Purine. Ibid, 1932,8.ser, 15: 60-77.—Tsunoda, E. Eine vereinfachte Blutzuckerbestimmungsmethode. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1932, 6: 2066.—Vails Conforto, A. Nueva tecnica para el dosado de la glucemia. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1925, 2.ser, 3:331-3—Walle, N. van der, & Noeridin, R. [Sodium fluoride in preservation of blood for the determination of con- tents of glucose] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1933, 73: 480-91.— Walsem, G. C. van. [Obtaining blood for the estimation of sugar with my precision aspirator] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1925, 69: pt 1, 734-7.—Weiss, R. Eine einfache, schnelle und genaue zwei Tropfen-Methode zur quantitativen Bestimmung des Blutzuckers. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1921, 68: 1255.—West, E. S, Peterson, V. L, & Scharles, F. H. The direct estimation of true blood sugar. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1928-29, 26: 351-3.—Wright, S. L. A discussion of the determination of sugar in small quantities of blood. Bull. Ayer Clin. Lab. 1924, 54: 65.—Zelmanovich, A. Y. [Methods for determination of blood-sugar] Ter. arkh, 1934, 12: 116-9. ---- Determination; Methods, chemical (titri- metric) Thepenier, A. J. *Les sucres du sang, leur dosages par la methode de Bang. 130p. 8? Par., 1925. Also Presse therm, clim, 1925, 66: 521. Barelli, L. II micrometodo di Hagedorn e Jensen per la deter- minazione della glicemia ed una sua utile modificazione. Diagn. teen, lab. Nap, 1931, 2: 219-35.—Barker, S. B. A note on the use of the Hagedorn-Jensen blood sugar technic in cases of phlor- hizinization. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934, 20: 192-5.—Bierry, H, Gouzon, B, & Magnan, C. Application de la methode iodomp- trique au dosage du sucre dans le sang. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1933, 196:862-4. ----- Dosage iodontetrique du sucre du sang chez les diabetiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 1350-2.—Bigwood, E. J, & Wuillot, A. De l'analyse de la glucid6mie par la methode de Hagedorn et Jensen. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1929, 11: 1219-22.—Breitmann, M. Y. [Simple formula applied to Hage- dorn-Jensen method for determination of blood sugar] Vrach. gaz, 1931, 35: 1021-3.—Bronstein, I. A. [Hagedorn-Jensen's method for determination of sugar in blood] Ibid, 1926, 30: 339-44—Cammidge, P. J, & Howard, H. A. H. An improved method for titrating sugar in urine and blood. Brit. J. Urol, 1929, 1: 17-22.—Carrasco Formiguera, R. Observations sur la methode de Hagedorn et Jensen pour la determination de la glycemie. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1932,110:730. Also Tr. Soc. biol, Barcel, 1932,14:19-21. ----- Sur I'emploi d'un reactif alcalin de ferricyanure potassique, plus concentre que celui de Hagedorn et Jensen, pour la determination de la glycemie avec de petites quantites de sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 110: 743. Also Tr. Soc. biol, Barcel, 1932, 14: 22-4.—Coppens, A. [Blood sugar determination by I. Bang's method] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1924, BLOOD SUGAR 653 BLOOD SUGAR 68: pt 1, 153-5.—Csik, L, & Juhasz, A. Beitrag zur Methodik der Blutzuckerbestimmung nach Hagedorn-Jensen. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 185: 420-2.—Bi Macco, G. Sul micrometodo di Hagedorn-Jensen per la determinazione della glicemia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1934, 9: 1008. Also Diagn. teen, lab. Nap, 1934, 5: 561-3.—Breyfuss, H. Reduktionstabellen zur Blut- zuckerbestimmung nach dem neuen Verfahren von I. Bang fiir Oewichte des Ausgangsmaterials von 50 bis 130 mg. Biochem. Zschr, 1924, 150: 211-23.—Bumazert, C. Recherches sur le do- sage de la glyc6mie; microdosage iodontetrique de la glyce- mie Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1935, 17: 1171-7. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 570-2. ----- & Bierry, M. Deproteinisation mercuro-cadmique et microdosage iodo- ntetrique de la glycemie. Ibid, 119: 737-9.—Ernst, Z, & St Weiss. Zur Bangschen Mikroblutzuckerbestimmung; Ab- messen des Blutes ohne Torsionswage. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1921, 34: 174.—Fazekas, E. von. Ueber die Hagedornsche Blut- zuckerbestimmung. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 168: 175-7.—Fontes, G, & Thivolle, L. Micro-dosage manganintetrique du glucose sur un centimetre cube de sang ou de liquide cephalo-rachidien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 84: 669-72—Fritz, G, & Paul, B. Eine einfache Methode zur Blutentnahme bei der Hagedorn-Jensen- schen Blutzuckerbestimmung. Biochem. Zschr, 1925, 159: 247-9.—Goubarew, E, & Rutes, M. Le dosage du sucre dans des quantites minimes de sang par oxydation avec l'hypoiodite. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1936, 18: 395-400—Hagedorn, H. C, Halstrffm, F, & Jensen, N. Quick method of blood sugar deter- mination with potassium ferricyanide. Hospitalstidende, 1935, 78: 1193-202.—Hagedorn, H. C, & Jensen, B. N. Zur Mikro- bestimmung des Blutzuckers mittels Ferricyanid. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 135: 46-58. ----- Die Ferricyanidmethode zur Blutzuckerbestimmung. Ibid, 137: 92-5.—Hanes, C. S. An application of the method of Hagedorn and Jensen to the deter- mination of larger quantities of reducing sugars. Biochem. J, Lond, 1929, 23: 99-106.—Haskins, H. B, & Holbrook, W. P. Adaptation of Shaffer's titration method for blood sugar to clinical use. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1922-23, 8: 747-51.—Hintzen, A. H. J, & Van Buchem, F. S. P. [Estimation of blood sugar by method of Hagedorn and Jensen] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1925, S9: pt 1, 974-86.—Kaufmann, E. Zur Mikroblutzuckerbestim- mung nach Hagedorn und Jensen. Biochem. Zschr, 1925, 166: 207-9.—Kramer, H, & Steiner, A. Notes on the Hagedorn- Jensen method for the determination of blood-sugar. Biochem. J, Lond, 1931, 25: 161-5.—Maricq, L. Le dosage eiectrotitrinte- trique du glucose a l'aide de l'iodomercurate potassique; appli- cation au sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1930, 12: 1366-81 — Martinson. E. Zur Methodik der Mikrobestimmung des Zuckers im Blute nach Hagedorn-Jensen. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 185: 400-4—MiUer, B. F, & Van Slyke, B. B. A direct microtitration method for blood sugar. J. Biol. Chem, 1936, 114: 583-95. Also repr.—Mosonyi, L. Blutzuckerbestimmung nach Hagedorn und Jensen bei grbsseren Zuckerkonzentratio- nen. Biochem Zschr, 1931, 238: 95-100.—Payne, W. W. The Hagedorn-Jensen method of estimating blood sugar. Rep. Guy's Hosp, 1924, 74: 240-4.—Reist, S. H. Ueber die Verwen- dung der Pavy-Sahli'schen Titrationsmethode zur klinischen Bestimmung des Blutzuckers in kleinen Blutmengen (0.1 ccm. Blut) als Mikromethode. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1921, 51: 419-23.—Rosenthal, A. Zur Methode der chemischen Blutun- tersuchungen; die Bestimmung des Zuckers im Blute. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1922, 133: 469-75.—Schuhecker, K. Methodisches zur Mikroblutzuckerbestimmung nach Bang und zur Mikro- chloridbestimmung nach Rusznyak. Wien. med. Wschr, 1927, 77: 1519.—Sorge, G. II valore medio della glicemia umana nor- male, determinata sul plasma col micrometodo di Bang. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1931, 6: 493-5.—Toscano, C. Sulla conserva- zione del sangue per la determinazione del glucosio con il metodo di Bang. Policlinico, 1926, 33: sez. prat, 545-7.—Blrich, V. [Determination of blood sugar according to H. C. Hagedorn's method] Cas. tek. Cesk, 1923, 62: 291-3.—Yukimori, T. A modification of Bang's method of blood sugar quantitative deter- mination. Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1924, no.41. --- Determination: Methods, colorimetric. Christ, H. *Kritik der kolorimetrischen Blutzuckerbestimmung nach Crecelius-Seifert. I9p. 8? Giessen, 1931. Dexel, B. *Untersuchungen iiber die Brauch- barkeit des Blutzucker-Kolorimeters nach Cre- celius-Seifert [Munster] 14p. 8? Coburg, 1934. Rascher, H. J. [E. E.] *Die Brauchbarkeit der Mikromethode von Crezelius-Seifert zur Blutzuckerbestimmung [Rostock] 21p. 8? Zeulenroda, 1932. Andreen-Svedberg, A. [Value of Folin's method of esti- mating blood sugar] Sven. lak. tidn, 1929, 26: 929-32—Bau- mann, E. J, & Isaacson, R. L. An adaptation of the Folin and Wu blood sugar method applicable to small amounts of blood; a comparison of the blood sugar content of venous and capillary blood. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1922, 7:357-60—Brown, H. A micro- modification of the Folin-Wu blood sugar method using per- manent standards. Ibid, 1934, 20: 86-9—Brummer, P. Eine kolorimetrische Schnellmethode zur Bestimmung des Blut- zuckers. Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1935, 18: ser.A, fasc. 1, no.2, 1-8.—Buttner, H. E, & Christ, H. Kritik der colori- metrischen Blutzuckerbestimmung nach Crecelius-Seifert Klin. Wschr, 1931, 10: 1815—Byrd, T. L. A Micro-Folin-Wu method of quantitative blood sugar estimation, using 0.1 cc of blood. Wisconsin M.J, 1924-25, 23: 492-9. Also J. Lab. Clin M, 1925-26, 11: 67-75—Caruso, G. Studi sulla glicemia; dosag- gio colorimetrico dei carboidrati del sangue. Pathologica, Ge- nova, 1921, 13: 404-6.—Folin, O. The determination of sugar in blood and in normal urine. J. Biol. Chem, 1926, 67: 357-70. ----- Supplementary note on the new ferricyanide method for blood sugar. Ibid, 1929, 81: 231-6. ----- Two revised copper methods for blood sugar determination. Ibid, 82: 83-93. ----- The micro method for the determination of blood sugar. N. England J.M, 1932, 26: 727-9. -----& Malmros, H. An improved form of Folin's micro method for blood sugar determi- nations. J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 83: 115-20.—Folin, Wu-Hein & Guillaumin, CO. Le dosage de la glycemie par la micro- ntethode. Rev. gen. clin. titer, 1921, 35: xci-xciii.—Foresti, G. Osservazioni sul metodo colorimetrico Crecelius-Seifert originate e modificato; I'influenza della temperatura nella determinazione quantitativa degli zuccheri col metodo all' acido picramico Diagn. teen, lab. Nap, 1933, 4: 872-81.—Glassmann, B. Ueber eine neue einfache colorimetrische Mikromethode zur quanti- tativen Bestimmung des Blutzuckers und Beitrage zur Physio- logie des Blutzuckers. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1925, 150: 16-43, -----■ Zur Methodik meiner colorimetrischen Blutzucker- bestimmung. Ibid, 1926, 162: 145-7.—Hansborg, H, & Iversen, P. [Colorimetric blood sugar estimation bv the method of Crecelius and Seifert] Ugeskr. laeger, 1929, ill: 239.—Hoglund, G. [A micro-method for colorimetric determination of the blood sugar] Hygiea, Stockh, 1924, 86: 732-7.—Jeghers, H. J, & Myers, V. C. A reduction in the amount of blood required for the Folin micro blood-sugar method. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1929-30, 15:982-4.—Jong, J. J. de [Colorimetric estimation of blood sugar by the Crecelius-Seifert method] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1930, 74: pt2, 6049-52.— Lasausse, E, Kermarec, R, & Frocrain, I. Dosage du glucose dans le sang par colorimetrie du cuivre. J. pharm. chim. Par, 1936, 8.ser, 24: 461-6.—Lazzarini, L. II metodo Crecelius-Seifert per la determinazione della glicemia. Gazz. osp, 1929, 50: 1455.—Leiboff, S. L, & Koppel, B. A study of the new Folin micromethod for the determination of blood sugar. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1929-30, 15: 151-4.—McClendon, J. F. Sugar in 0.02 cc blood by the method of Folin and Malmros. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 773-5—Mendel, B, & Bauch, M. Eine colorimetrische Mikromethode zur quantita- tiven Bestimmung des Blutzuckers in 8 Minuten. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 1329.—Morgulis, S, Edwards, A. C, & Leggett, E. A. A modification of the Folin-Wu blood sugar method. J . Lab. Clin. M, 1922-23, 8: 339-41— Neuweiler, W. Quantitative Bestimmung des Blutzuckers mittels des Stufenphotometers. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 90: 534-9.—Paton, F. J. A colori- metric method for the estimation of sugar in blood. Biochem. J, Lond, 1924, 18: 965-70.—Peters, J. T. [Estimation of blood sugar by wedge-shaped immersion colorimeter; necessity of adding glycolysis-inhibiting substances to blood in blood sugar examinations] Geneesk. gids, 1928, 6: 1209-14.—Randies, F. S, & Grigg, W. K. Estimation of blood sugar by the Folin-Wu method, using 0.1 cc of blood. J.Am. M. Ass, 1924,82:684-6 — Renda, C. Di un nuovo semplice colorimetro con applicazione alla determinazione della glicemia secondo il metodo di Benedict- Becher (modificato) Gazz. osp, 1936, 57: 566.—Roseberry, S. S. The use of a permanent standard in the Folin-Wu method of determination of sugar in blood. Med. J. Australia, 1935, 1: 461-3.—Rosegger, H. Beitrag zur Blutzuckerbestimmung nach Crecelius und Seifert. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 343.—Rothberg, V. E, & Evans, F. A. Studies with the Folin and Wu blood sugar determination. J. Biol. Chem, 1923, 58: 435-42. ----- A modified Folin and Wu blood sugar method. Ibid, 443-51.— Sahyun, M. Modification of Folin and Wu's method for sugar determination. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1935-36, 21:1089-91.—Sanchez, J. A. Nueva reaction cromatica de las exosas y sus polimeros y su aplicacion al dosaje colorimetrico de la glucosa en la sangre. Sem. med, B. Air, 1935, 42: pt2, 914-7. Also J. Pharm. chim. Par, 1936, 8.ser, 23: 377-87.—Sommerlad, G. Ueber die Brauch- barkeit der kolorimetrischen Blutzuckerbestimmung nach Crecelius-Seifert. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1933, 80: 1557 — Stovall, W. B, Foote, M, & Nichols, M. S. Permanent color standards for Folin's ferricyanide sugar method. Am. J. Clin. Path, 1933, 3: 299-303.—Thiel, W. Eine einfache und zuver- lassige Methode zur Blutzuckerbestimmung mittels des neuen Absolut-Kolorimeters (Leitz-Wretzlar) Miinch. med. Wschr, 1932, 79: 1758-61.—Urbach, C. Beitrage zur stufenphotometri- schen Mikroanalyse des Harnes und des Blutes; quantitative Bestimmung des Blutzuckers. Biochem. Zschr, 1933, 265: 390-400.—Vernes, A, Bricq, R, & Bazoche, F. A propos du dosage photontetrique de la glucose du sang par reduction du ferricyanure de potassium. Arch. Inst, prophyl. Par, 1933, 5: 203.—Wardlaw, H. S. H, & Pirie, E. M. A. The estimation of glucose in 0.1 millilitre of blood by a modified Folin-Malmros method. Med. J. Australia, 1934, 2: 571-3—Wolfer, R. Ueber die Zuverlassigkeit der kolorimetrischen Blutzuckerbestimmung nach Crecelius-Seifert. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1930, 60: 1039. ---- Determination: Methods, gasometric. Sokgenfrei, K. *Eine neue garungsanahti- sche Mikromethode zur Bestimmung des wahren Blutzuckers. 27o. 8? Rostock, 1926. BLOOD SUGAR 654 BLOOD SUGAR Folin, 0, & Malmros, H. Blood sugar and fermentable blood sugar as determined bv different methods. J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 83: 121-7.—Fontes G, & Thivolle, L. Sur la validite des chiffres de la glucidemie imntediatement reductrice; la fermente- scibilite totale des glucides sanguins; ses consequences. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1929,11:152-8. ----- Le reste de d6gluci- dation du plasma et du sang total par la levure. Sang, Par, 1929, 3: 625-37.—Fujita, A, & Okamoto, K. Manometrisehe Messungsmethode des Blutzuckers. Biochem. Zschr, 1930, 225: 368-85.—Morimune, M. Ueber die Vergarbarkeit des Blutzuckers, insbesondere des gebundenen Zuckers bei Diabeti- kern. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1934, 12: 281-8.-Raymond, A. L, & Blanco, J. G. Blood sugar determination and separation of sugars with live yeast. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 79: 649; 80: 631.— Van Slyke, B. B, & Hawkins, J. A. A gasometric method for determination of reducing sugars, and its application to analysis of blood and urine. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 79: 739-67. ----- Gasometric determination of fermentable sugar in blood and urine. Ibid, 1929, 83: 51-70— Wagner, R. J. The microde- termination of the fermentable blood sugar. J. Metab. Res, 1924,5:353-63. ---- Determination: Sources of error. See also Blood sugar, Determination, compara- tive; Blood sugar, Glycosis; Blood sugar, Types. Birchard, B. E. Loss of sugar in oxalated blood. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1922-23, 8: 346-9.—Carrasco Formguera, R, & Bieto, E. Effets des anti-coagulants et des antiglycolytiques sur les resul- tats de la determination de la glycemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 114: 116-8— Cowie, B. M, & Parsons, J. P. Studies on blood sugar-effect of blood constituents on picrate solutions; a consideration of the limitations of the modified Lewis-Benedict test. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1920, 32: 78-88— Czezowska, A, & Goertz, J. Influence du preievement du sang sur le taux du sucre du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 98: 147.—Be Meyer, J. Note sur la desalbuminisation et le dosage du glucose du sang. Tr. Lab. physiol. Inst. Solvay, 1903-04, 6: 149-71.—Bonhoffer.S, & Mittag-Bonhoffer, M. Ueber die Rolle reduzierender Kolloide bei der Blutzuckerbestimmung. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 213: 195-201.—Fontfes, G, & Thivolle, L. Sur la validite des chiffres de la glucidemie imntediatement reductrice. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1928, 10: 1164; 1929, 11: 146; 152; 159; 1930, 12: 196; 264; 270; 278; 283;—Frey, G. Ueber die Fehlerquellen der Blut- zuckerbestimmung nach Hagedorn-Jensen. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 1400—Funk, C, & Corbitt, H. B. The presence of a blood- sugar reducing substance in yeast. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1922-23, 20: 422.—Gruber, G, & Pellegrini, A. F. Kreatinin als Fehlerquelle bei der Blutzuckerbestimmung nach Crecelius- Seifert. Wien. med. Wschr, 1932, 82: 1253— John, H. J. The effect of potassium oxalate on blood sugar determinations. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1924-25, 10: 1000-4—Raith, E. Eine Fehler- quelle bei der Blutzuckerbestimmung nach der Bangschen Mikromethode. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 208: 357-60.—Romeo, F. L'importanza dei vari defecanti sul potere riducente del sangue nella valutazione della glicemia. Diagn. teen, lab. Nap, 1934, 5: 381-9.—Thomas, P, & Kalman, C. Action de divers sucres sur la reaction des solutions de molybdate de sodium. C. rend Acad, sc, 1933, 197: 330-2—Tompsett, S. L. The determination of blood-sugar; the effect of different deproteinising agents upon the estimation of blood-sugar. Biochem. J, Lond, 1930, 24: 1164-71.—Wilhelmj, C. M. Sources of error in the Epstein method for blood sugar determination and a modified technic. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1921-22, 7: 489-94—Wright, S. L. Observa- tions on the loss of reducing substances in blood and blood filtrates. Bull. Ayer Clin. Lab, 1924, 47-53. ---- Distribution. See also Cerebrospinal fluid. Gonzaga, A. C. Studies on sugar and calcium partition in the blood of normal and diseased animals. 40p. 8? Manila, 1934. Bigwood, E. J, & Wuillot, A. De la glyc6mie libre du serum sanguin. Ann. physiol. Par, 1928, 4: 723-6.—Boeters, H. Zucker in Liquor and Blut. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1936, 139: 238-41. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1935-36, 154: 462-72.— Bose, J. P. A study of the distribution of sugar in the blood of diabetic and non-diabetic Indian subjects. Ind. M. Gaz 1932, 67: 541-8—Carriere, G, & Martin, P. Valeur comparee du sucre du plasma sanguin et des epanchements pleuraux et peritoneaux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 1430.—Cohn, B. J, Levinson, A, & McCarthy, F. Physiological variations in the glucose ratio of blood and cerebrospinal fluid. Am. J. Physiol 1933, 103: 613-9—Creveld, S. van. Le probleme de la distribu- tion du sucre dans le sang. Arch, neerl. physiol, 1924, 9: 264- 72.—Cristol, P, & Banitch, M. Repartition du glucose entre le sang total, les globules et le plasma; stabilisation par le fluorure de sodium. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1923-24, 5: 250.—Csaki, L. Ueber die Verteilung des Blutzuckers im strbmenden Blute. Wrien. Arch. inn. Med, 1922, 3: 459-68 — Bowds, J. H. A note on the distribution of reducing sugar and the mode of glycolysis in human blood. Biochem. J, Lond, 1926, 20: 1173-6.—Folin, O. Some new observations on the distribution of sugar within the animal body. Abstr. Proc Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America, 1926-27, N.Y, 1928, 14: 428^ 35.—Fontes, G, & Thivolle, L. Recherches sur le glucide r6duc- teur et hydrolysable du plasma sanguin. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1928, 10: 261-71—Grande, F, & Hsu, F. Y. The distribution of blood sugar. J. Physiol, Lond, 1935-36, 84: 29.—Grayzel, H. G, & Orent, E. R. Blood and cerebrospinal fluid sugar. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1927, 34: 1007-12.—Haan, J, de & Creveld, S. van. Ueber die Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Blutplasma und Gewebsfliissigkeiten, insbesondere Kammer- wasser und Cerebrospinalfliissigkeit; der Zuckergehalt und die Frage des gebundenen Zuckers. Biochem. Zschr, 1921, 123: 190-214. -Katzenelbogen, S. Experimental study on the sugar in blood and cerebro-spinal fluid. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1929, 36: 231-4. ----- & Stoiloff, M. Le rapport entre la glyc6mie et la glycorachie; sa valeur senteiologique. Ann. med. Par 1928, 22: 160-5—Kerti, F, & Stengel, F. Ueber Blutzucker- verteilung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 88: 78-91.—Kochneva, N. P. [Effect of insulin, epinephrine and morphine on dis- tribution of sugar in the organism during the period of digestion in angiotomized dogs] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1930, 30: 45-56.— MacKay, E. M. The distribution of glucose in human blood J. Biol. Chem, 1932, 97: 685.—Mestrezat, W. Glycemie et glycorachie; a propos de la note de M. Servantie. C. rend. Soc biol, 1923, 89: 289-91. ----- Glycorachie et glyc6mie. Presse nted, 1923, 31: 157.—Mochizuki, N. Ueber das Verhalten des Blutzuckers beim Kaninchen unter verschiedenen Bedingungen und fiber seine Verteilung im Blut. Biochem. Zschr, 1924, 150; 123-43.—Mosonyi, L. Ueber die Verteilung des Zuckers im Blute und iiber die Zuckerpermeabilitat der roten Blutkbrper- chen. Ibid, 1932, 256: 308-25.—Polonoyski, M, & Buhot, E. Sucre libre du sang et du liquide cephalo-rachidien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921,84: 687.-----Glycemie et glvcorachie. Prat med. fr, 1923, 2: 180-3. Also Presse med, 1923, 31: 60-2.— Rusznyak, S, & Csaki, L. Beziehungen zwischen dem Zucker- gehalt des Plasmas und des Liquors. Biochem. Zschr, 1922, 133: 355-7.—Schmid, F. Teneur comparee en glycose du plasma et du sang total. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 87: 1367-9.—Siegel, R. Der Einfluss von Hormonen auf Zuckerverteilung und Zell- permeabilitat im tierischen Organismus. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 1655-60.—Somogyi, M. The distribution of sugar in normal human blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 78: 117-27. ----- Note on the distribution of blood sugar. Ibid, 1931, 90: 731-5. ---- Distribution: Blood cells. Ege, R. *Studier over glukosens fordeling mellem plasmaet og de r0de blodlegemer og nogle dermed sammenherende problemer [Stud- ies on the distribution of glucose between plasma and red blood cells and some remarks on related problems] 210p. 8° Kbh., 1919. Also Bibl. laeger, 1920, 112: 129-32. Nordmeyer, E. *Die Beeinflussung der Zuckerverteilung auf Blutkorperchen und Plasma durch Insulin und die Beziehungen zwischen Kohlenhvdrat-Stoffwechsel und Wasserhaushalt. 38p. 8? Lpz., 1930. Andreen-Svedberg, A. On the distribution of sugar between plasma and corpuscles in animal and human blood. Skand. Arch. Physiol, Berl, 1933, 66: 113-90—Bucciardi, G. Ricerche sulla distribuzione dello zucchero fra plasma e corpuscoli del sangue, e fra sangue e tessuti. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1927, 25: 645- 66.—Burger, M. Ueber die Permeabilitat der menschlichen Blutkbrperchen fiir Traubenzucker nach Untersuchungen am ungeronnenen Blut von Hamophilen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1921, 12: 161-7.—Ege, R. Die Verteilung der Glucose zwischen Plasma und roten Blutkbrperchen; zur Physiologie des Blut- zuckers. Biochem. Zschr, 1920, 111: 189-218. ----- Wie ist die Verteilung der Glucose zwischen den roten Blutkbrperchen und der ausseren Flussigkeit zu erklSren? zur Physiologie des Blutzuckers. Ibid, 1921, 114: 88-110. ----- Gottlieb, E, & Rakestraw, N. W. The distribution of glucose between human blood plasma and red corpuscles and the rapidity of its penetra- tion. Am. J. Physiol, 1925, 72: 76-83.—Ege, R, & Hansen, K. M. The distribution of sugar between the plasma and red blood corpuscles in man. Acta med. scand, 1926-27, 65: 279-99. Also Ugeskr. laeger, 1926, 88: 893-901—Falta, W, & Richter- Quittner, M. Nochmals zur Frage der Verteilung des Zuckers auf Blutkbrperchen und Plasma. Biochem. Zschr, 1922, 129: 576-81— Fock, E, & Holboell, S. A. Recherches sur la reparti- tion du glucose sanguin entre les globules rouges du sang et le plasma; etudes sur les echanges en hydrates de carbone. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 1315-7.—Fontes, G, & Thivolle, L. La repartition des substances glucidiques reductrices entre le plasma et les globules sanguins; influence des anticoagulants. Ibid, 1927, 96: 997. ----- La perm6abilit6 des hematies aux glucides plasmatiques. Ibid, 1929, 100: 1198. ----- Les glucides globulaires; reserve des glucides plasmatiques. Ibid, 101: 171-3.—Hausler, H. Ueber Glucoseaufnahme durch Rin- derblutkbrperchen. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1925, 210: 557-60. ----- Ueber das Vorkommen zweier verschiedener Arten von Glucoseschwund bei Menschenblutkbrperchen und ihre wech- selseitigen Beziehungen. Ibid, 561-5. -----& Margarido, R. Ueber Beeinflussung der Glucoseaufnahme von Menschen- blutkbrperchen durch Narkotica und Lipoide. Ibid, 566-75 — Hogler, F, & Ueberrack, K. Ueber die Verteilung des Blut- zuckers auf Kbrperchen und Plasma. Biochem. Zschr, 1924, 148: 150-9.-----& Thomann, A. Ueber die Glucosefixation durch Blutkorperchen. Ibid, 1929, 209: 1-31.—Holboll.S. A, & BLOOD SUGAR 655 BLOOD SUGAR Fock, E. [Research on glucose content in blood plasma and in red blood corpuscles in normal individuals and in patients with diabetes mellitus] Ugeskr. laeger, 1925, 87: 1073-8.—Jacchia, L. Sopra l'azione della insulina e della chinina sulla ripartizione del elucosio fra plasma e globuli sanguigni. Arch. stud, fisiopat. ricambio, 1933, 1: 142-76—Jacoby, M, & Friedel, H. Ueber die Verteilung des Zuckers zwischen Blutzellen und Plasma. Biochem. Zschr, 1932, 244: 357; 249: 308—John, H. J. Distribu- tion of sugar in whole blood, plasma and corpuscles; permeability of red blood corpuscles for sugar in diabetic and nondiabetic cases. Arch. Int. M, 1923, 31: 555-66. ----- A study of the relation of blood sugar in plasma to that in the corpuscles in normal and diabetic individuals. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1929-30, 15: 713-9.—Kahler, H, & Machold, K. Zur Frage der Verteilung des Blutzuckers auf Erythrocyten und Plasma. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 74: 162-79—Kotschneff, N. Vollblutzuckerge- halt verschiedener Gefassgebiete und seine Verteilung auf Plasma und Formelemente unter normalen Verhaltnissen und bei Insulin- und Adrenalineinverleibung nach Versuchen an angiostomierten Hunden. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1928, 219: 407-10, tab.—Medvedeva, N. B. [Distribution of sugar between the serum and blood cells in certain cases of experimental hyper- glycemia] Med. biol. J, Moskva, 1926, 2: 187-91.—Patrassi, G, & Teodori, U. Sulle curve di assorbimento di glucosio da parte dei globuli rossi di soggetti normoglicemici e diabetici in vitro. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1935, 10: 527.—Pico-Estrada, O, & Horera, V. Repartition du glucose entre le plasma et les glo- bules chez les animaux normaux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 93: 971.—Power, M. H, & Peterson, R. Distribution of the blood sugar between plasma and corpuscles in man. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-31, 28: 548-50— Rathery, F, & Kourilsky, R. Sur l'absorption globulaire du glucose. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 100: 816-8.—Rona, P, & Sperling, M. Untersuchungen uber den Blutzucker; fiber die Verteilung der Glucose auf Plasma und Blutkbrperchen. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 175: 253-67.—Shope, R. E. The distribution of sugar between blood corpuscles and blood plasma for several animal species. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 78: 107-10. ----- The distribution of sugar be- tween corpuscles and plasma in blood from normal human beings, and from diabetics with and without insulin therapy. Ibid, 111-5.—Somogyi, M. Distribution of blood sugar between corpuscles and plasma in diabetic and alimentary hyperglycemia. Arch. Int. M, 1928, 43: 931-8—Spannuth, J. R, & Power, M. H. Distribution of sugar in normal and diabetic blood, and a com- parison of the direct and indirect methods of measuring the corpuscle sugar. J. Biol. Chem, 1931, 93: 343-58. Alsorepr.— Sribner, I. M, & Rapoport, G. A. [Distribution of sugar in the blood between plasma and erythrocytes] J. eksp. biol, 1930, 14: 59-63. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 71: 314-20.—Szajna, IU. [Presence of glucose in the globules and blood plasma in normal and febrile states] Polska gaz. tek, 1931, 10: 534-6.— Vignolo Oalombella, A. Contributo alio studio del glucosio contenuto nei globuli rossi dell'uomo in condizioni normali e patologiche. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1927, 49: 678-82.—Wense, T. Ueber das geschlechtsabhangige Verhalten des Erythrocyten- zuckers nach Phlorrhizin und seine Beeinflussung durch Trans- plantation und Rekastration. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1936, 98: 375-S2. --- Distribution, regional. Meissner, E. H. W. P. *Der Blutzucker- spiegel im Nabelschnurblut (Arterie und Vene) und im mutterlichen Blute. 16p. 8? Lpz., 1926. Antuofermo, A. Ricerche sulle variazioni quantitative dello zucchero del sangue e della cute in condizioni normali e patolo- giche. Dermosifilografo, 1933, 8: 1-17.—Blitstein, I. La gly- cemie arterielle et veineuse. Arch, internat. med. exp, Liege, 1932-33,8:25-45.—Cavett, J. W, & Seljeskog, S. R. A comparison of sugar tolerance curves obtained on venous and capillary blood. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1933, 18: 1103-7.—Cori, C. F, & Cori, G. T. Comparative study of the sugar concentration in arterial and venous blood during insulin action. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. N.Y, 1924-25, 22: 72. Also Am. J. Physiol, 1924-25, 71: 688- 707. ---- The effect of epinephrine on arterial and venous blood sugar in men. J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 84: 699-701.----- & Goltz, H. L. Comparative study of the blood sugar concentra- tion in the liver vein, the leg artery and the leg vein during insulin action. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1923, 22: 355-73.—Ege, R, & Henriques, V. Recherches comparatives sur la teneur en glucose du sang arteriel et du sang veineux venant des muscles. 0. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 85: 610.—Ferrari, A. V. Raffronto fra il contenuto in glucosio del sangue e del liquido di bolla dopo la somministrazione di zucchero per via orale ad individui normali. Dermosifilografo, 1831, 6: 293-314.—Friedenson, M,Rosenbaum, M. K. [et al.] Cutaneous and venous blood sugar curves; in normal individuals after insulin and in liver disease. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 80: 269-88. Alsorepr. ----- [et al] In benign glycosuria and in diabetes. Arch. Int. M, 1929,43: 633-52 — Giragossintz, G, & Olmsted, J. M. B. Portal and hepatic blood sugar after glucose administration. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934-35, 32: 668-70.—Gjertz, A. The capillary-venous blood-sugar difference in adrenaline tests. Acta med. scand, '936,88:464-77.—Glassberg, B. Y. The arteriovenous difference in blood sugar content. Arch. Int. M, 1930, 46: 605-9. Also repr.-Hansen, K. M. Le sucre du sang auriculaire et du sang veineux apres ingestion de glucose. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923 89: 202-5. Also Hospitalstidende, 1923, 66: 37-44.—Henriques, V, & Ege, R. Vergleichende Untersuchungen uber die Glucose- konzentration in dem arteriellen Blut und in dem venbsen Blut aus den Muskeln. Biochem. Zschr, 1921, 119: 121-33—Hep- burn, J. H, Latchford, H. K. [et al.] The sugar of arterial and venous blood during the action of insulin. Am. J. Physiol, 1924, 69: 555-67.—Knapp, A. Ueber den Blutzuckergehalt des arteriellen und des venbsen Blutes. Biochem. Zschr, 1936, 287:342-4.—Kurokawa, T. Ueber das Schicksal des infundierten Zuckers mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Zuckerauf- nahmefahigkeit der Gewebezellen; Unterschied des Zuckerge- haltes zwischen Arterien- und Venenblut wahrend und nach Glukosezufuhr. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1928,10: 76-86.—La Barre, J, & Ledrut, J. Teneur en glucose du sang preiev6 a 1'artere et la veine femorales au cours de l'hypoglycemie provoquee soit par la secretine, soit par l'incretine. C. rend. Soc. bio), 1935, 118: 797-9—Meythaler, F, & Seeflsch, H. Experimentelle Untersuchungen uber den Blutzuckergehalt verschiedener Gefassbezirke nach intraduodenaler Glucosebelastung. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1935, 178: 470-9—Montanari, A. Ricerche sulla distribuzione del glucosio nei sangue dei diversi distretti circolatori. Riv. clin. med, 1932, 33: 12-24.—Neuwirth, I. The blood-sugar content of capillary blood as compared with that of venous blood. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1921-22, 7: 495-7.— Pettenati, A. Comportamento dello zucchero nei sangue capillare e nei sangue venoso. Riv. osp, 1924, 14: 243-7.— Postranecky, O. [Capillary and venous glycemia] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1934, 14: 435-47.—Rabinowich, I. M. Simultaneous determinations of arterial and venous blood-sugars in diabetic individuals. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1926-27, 8: 76-84.—Rathery, F, Kourilsky, R, & Laurent, Y. La glycemie porte; etude chez le chien normal, inanitte, d6pancreat6, phlorizine. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 755.—Roncoroni, C. Ricerche sul rapporto tra glucosio cutaneo e glucosio ematico. Gior. clin. med, 1933, 14: 753-6.—Rosenow, G. Vergleichende Blutzuckeruntersuchungen im arteriellen und venbsen Blut bei Normalen und Diabetikern. Klin. Wschr, 1927,6:805. ----- Der Blutzucker im arteriellen und venbsen Blut. Ibid, 1928, 7: 750-2.—Schwarz, L. S, & Kapitsa, S. N. [Sugar content of arterial and venous blood] Klin, med, Moskva, 1933, 11: 379-84.—Senga, H. On the blood sugar content at several regions of the vascular system in the various experimental hyperglycaemia and glycosuria. J. Orient. M, Dairen, 1924, 2: 110.—Turban, K. Vergleichende Unter- suchungen iiber den Blutzuckergehalt des arteriellen und des venbsen Gefassystems. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1922, 119: 4-10. ---- Formation, See also Blood sugar, Storage; Carbohydrate, Metabolism; lipid, Metabolism; Protide, Me- tabolism. Barelli, L. Iperglicemia da introduzione parenterale di grassi. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1929, 4: 898-901.—Bierry, H, Rathery, F, & Magnan, C. Presence dans le foie d'une sub- stance gen6ratrice de sucre: le glucidogene. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 109: 809—Burn, J. H, & Marks, H. P. The production of sugar in the perfused liver from non-protein sources. J. Physiol, Lond, 1926-27, 61: 497-517—Belaunay, H. L'equilibrio gli- cemico; le oscillazione fisiologiche ed il rinnovamento dello zucchero del sangue. Biol, med, Milano, 1934, 10: 405; 459.— Feyder, S, & Pierce, H. B. Rates of absorption and glycogenosis from various sugars. J. Nutrit, 1935, 9: 435-55.—Gemmill, C. L, & Holmes, E. G. The formation of carbohydrate from fat in the liver of the rat. Biochem. J, Lond, 1935, 29: 338-49.— Goldblatt, M. W. Insulin and gluconeogenesis. Ibid, 1929, 23: 243-55.—Gregg, B. E. Can the isolated perfused liver of the dog form carbohydrate at the expense of fat? Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 557—Hawley, E. E. Studies on the possibility of gluconeogenesis from fat; response of the phloridzinized dog to insulin. Am. J. Physiol, 1932, 101: 185-93—Henze, M. Neue Gesichtspunkte zum Problem der Umwandlung von Fett in Kohlehydrat im Organismus. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1931, 195: 248-54.—Kapeller-Adler, R, & Rubinstein, M. Ueber die Glykogenbildung in der Leber von Ratten bei reiner Fett- fiitterung; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Zuckerbildung aus Fett. Biochem. Zschr, 1932, 248: 196-207—Kojima, Y. Fortgesetzte Untersuchung zur Frage der Entstehung von Zucker aus Fett. Ibid, 1927,190:352; 1928,197: 31—Lesser, E.J. Ueber Ursprung, Schicksal und Hohe des Blutzuckers. Naturwissenschaften, 1923, 11: 422-5.—Markowitz, J. Glyconeogenesis. Am. J. Physiol, 1925, 74: 22-35.—Thannhauser, S. J. Kann der Or- ganismus aus Fett Kohlenhydrat bilden? Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 1676-80.—Young, F. G. Sugar formation from fat. J. Physiol, Lond, 1936, 87: 11-3.—Yriart, M. Recherches sur la possibilite de la formation du glucose aux depens de la tecithine. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 108: 136. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1931, 7: 203-15. ---- Glycolysis. See also Blood, Ferments, glycolytic; Carbo- hydrate, Metabolism; Insulin. Geigy, A. *Beitrage zur Frage der gly- kolytischen Wirkung des Blutes [Zurich] 40p. 8? Brugg, 1927. BLOOD SUGAR 656 BLOOD SUGAR Goldschmidt, E. *Die Glykolyse des Blutes unter verschiedenen experimentellen Bedingun- gen [Basel] 16p. 8? Freib. i. Br., 1932. Hovener, P. *Ueber Zuckerschwund im Stauungsblut. 24p. 8? Kiel, 1926. Suksin Lee. *Ueber Glykolvse [Berlin] 16p. 8? Charlottenb., 1926.' Abraham, A, & Friedberg, S. Zur Frage des hamatogenen Kohlehydratabbaues. Arch. Verdauungskr, 1928,42: 513-9.— Azuma, Y. Kleine experimentelle Beitrage zur Hamoglykolyse. J. Chosen M. Ass, 1935, 25: 82.—Barrenscheen, H. K, & Braun, K. Untersuchungen uber die Glykolyse des Blutes; die Hem- mung der Glykolyse. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 231: 144-72. -----Hubner, K, & Vasarhelyi, B. Untersuchungen iiber die Glykolyse des Blutes. Ibid, 1930, 229: 329; 1931, 230: 330 — Bornstein, A, & Ascher, 0. Glykolyse im Vogelblut nach Rbntgenbestrahlung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1926, 52: 615-8.— Burger, W. Ueber Glykolyse der roten Blutkbrperchen. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1930, 150: 298-307—Contarini, F. Glicolisi del sangue deflbrinato e del sangue spontaneamente coagulato. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1928, 33: 41-9.—Benecke, G, <£ Eimer, K. Ueber Glykolyse im Vogelblut. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 42: 667-9— Bonhoffer, S, & Mittag, M. Ueber Glykolyse im Blute. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1929,163:65-75 — Falcon-Lesses, M. Glycolysis in normal and in leukemic blood. Arch. Int. M, 1927, 39: 412-20. Also repr—Fodor, I. [Gly- colysis in blood] Gyogyaszat, 1935, 75: 307-9.—Francaviglia, A. Glicemia e glicolisi. Arch. farm, sper, Roma, 1929-30, 49: pt 2, 185-9.—Fritzsche, R. Versuche iiber Lichtwirkung auf die Glykolyse des Blutes. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1921, 51: 1018- 22.—Fujii, K. Klinische Untersuchungen iiber die glykoly tische Wirkung des Blutes. Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi, 1935, 30: 44-8.—Gentili, A. Ricerche sperimentali sulla emoglicolisi. Riv. clin. pediat, 1934, 32: 564-86.—Glassner, K, & Novotny, F. Glykolysestudien. Med. Klin, Beri, 1930, 26: 1448—Holboell, S. A. Recherches sur Paction de divers facteurs sur l'allure de la glycolyse sanguine; etudes sur les 6changes en hydrates de carbone. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 93: 1681-3. Also Ugeskr. larger, 1926, 88: 776-8.—Horsters, H. Vergleichende Versuche iiber die Glykolyse durch myeloische und lymphatische Leu- kocytenformen des menschlichen Blutes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1935-36, 97: 479-84.—Imanishi, Y. Ueber den Einfluss der endokrinen Driisen auf die Glykolyse des Blutes, besonders auf den gebundenen Zucker; iiber den Einfluss von Glukose- zusatz. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1930, 4: H.2, no. 17, 130-8 — Irving, J. T. The degradation of glucose by the blood corpuscle of the rabbit. Biochem. J, Lond, 1926, 20: 1320-5.—Jost, H. Ueber das Ineinandergreifen von Glykolyse und Oxydation beim Abbau des Zuckers in der atmenden Zelle. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1936, 48. Kongr, 424-9.—Kawashima, Y. Ueber die glykoly tische Kraft des Blutes. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1922- 23, 2: 131; 1923-24, 3: 273. Also Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis, Tokyo, 1922, 1: 441; 1923, 2: 553. ---— Untersuchungen iiber die Beziehung zwischen der glykolytischen Kraft und der O2- Zehrung der Erythrozyten. Ibid, 1924, 3: 193-205. Also J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1924-25, 4: 411-28. ----- Insulin und Glykolyse der Erythrozyten. Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis, Tokyo, 1924, 3:207-14.—Konomi, T. Studies on blood glycolysis; effect of hexokinase on the mitogenetic ray due to blood gly- colysis. Fukuoka acta med, 1936, 29: 38.—Lemann, I. I, & Liles, R. T. Glycolysis at varying blood-sugar levels. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1925-26, 11: 339-49—Lbhner, L. Ueber Glucosebin- dung und Glucoseschwund durch Leukocyten und Eiter. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1926, 214: 561-70.—Loewenstein, W, & Botstiber, G. Ueber die sogenannte Glykolyse des Blutes und ihre Bewertung in der Klinik. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 1402-4.—Machold, K. Zur Frage der Glykolyse; Versuche mit peroraler und intra- venoser Zuckerverabreichung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 70: 74-82.—Marino, S. Contributo alla conoscenza della glicolisi del sangue. Colt. med. mod. Pal, 1922, 1: 299-311.—Mauriac, P. Rapports entre la glycolyse et la glycemie. Presse therm. clim, 1929, 70: 7-11.—Moruzzi, G. Sul problema della posizione della glicolisi rispetto alla ossidazione del glucosio. Arch. sc. biol, Bologna, 1936, 22: 1-35.—Murata, H. Study on the de- composition of some mono-saccharides by mammalian blood. Jap. J. Exp. M, 1934, 12: 199-254—Nitzescu, I. I, & Cadariu, I. La glycolyse in vivo chez te chien normal et chez le chien cte- pancreate; action de l'insuline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 298-300.—Partes, A, & Herzog, A. Gesetzmassiger Zusam- rueiihati^ zwischen Blutzuckergehalt und Blutgerinnungszeit; das paradoxe Verhalten des Blutzuckers wahrend der Gly- kul\se Arch. ges. Physiol, 1931, 227: 181-7.—Reid, C, & Narayana, B. Studies in blood glycolysis. Biochem. J, Lond, 1931, 25: 339-41—Rohny, B. Beitrage zum Glykolyse-Problem; iiber Glykolyse im Blute normaler (nichtdiabetischer) Hunde. Biochem. Zschr, 1928, 192: 1-7—Sabatini, N. Ricerche sul potere glicolitico del sangue umano. Pathologica, Genova, 1935, 27: 787-9.—Tesauro, G. La glicolisi nei sangue materno e fetale. Arch. sc. biol, Bologna, 1935-36, 21: 197-200.—Thomas, J. Les processus de glycolyse. Neoplasmes, 1930,9:65-72.—Tsubura, S. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Blutglykolyse; der Einfluss von verschiedenen hyperglykamieerzeugenden Mechanismen auf die Blutglykolyse. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 41: 524-31.— Wittop Koning, J. [The power of the blood of decomposing sugar] Ned. tschr. geneesk.. 1921, 65: pt 2, 19-23. ---- Glycolysis: Chemistry. See also Blood chemistry, Lactic acid: Relation to blood sugar. Gebert, W. *Ueber den Nachweis von Milchsaure bei der aeroben Glykolyse und ihre Beziehung zu den Atemgrossen [Berlin] 19p 8? Charlottenb., 1934. Abraham, A. Ueber die milchsaurebildende Fahigkeit des menschlichen Blutes gegeniiber Kohlenhydraten. Klin Wschr, 1926, 5: 1664.—Aubel, E, Mayer, A, & Simonnet, R. Influence du taux de la glycemie sur la vitesse de conversion de l'acide lactique en glucose. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1925,93:1407-9.— Barrenscheen, H. K. Methylglyoxal als intermediares Spal- tungsprodukt bei der Glykolyse des Blutes. Biochem. Zschr 1928, 193: 105-8. -----& Hubner, K. Beitrage zum Problem des Blutzuckers; die Beeinflussung der Glykolyse des Blutes durch die Hofmeisterschen Reihen. Ibid, 196: 488-94.— Bertrand, A, & Riopel, P. Note preiiminaire sur l'action de l'acide monoiodacetique sur la glycolyse du sang in vitro. Union nted. Canada, 1934, 63: 1193-9.—Bornstein, A, & Ascher, 0. Ueber Glykolyse im Vogelblut unter dem Einfluss oxydations- hemmender Gifte. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1926, 52: 607-14.— Braunstein, A. E. On the effect of arsenate on blood glycolysis' a correction. J. Biol. Chem, 1932, 98: 379—Chahovich, X. Mecanisme de Taction du sulfate de zinc sur la glycolyse du sucre du sang in vitro. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 691.—Collazo, J. A, Puyal, J, & Torres, I. El acido lactico de la sangre durante la prueba de glucemia provocada por la ingestion de glucosa. Tr. Soc. biol, Barcel, 1932, 14: 150-3.—B'Alessandro, G, & Petrucci, S. Ueber den Einfluss einiger Fettsauren auf die Blutglykolyse. Biochem. Zschr, 1936, 285: 72-5—Bische, Z. Untersuchungen iiber die Bedeutung der Phosphorsaure-ester fiir den Ablauf und Steuerung der Blutglykolyse; Abbau der Hexosephosphorsaureester zu Triosephosphorsaureestern als erste Stufe der Glykolyse; Bildung eines Fructosephosphor- saureesters aus Glucose und Glycerinaldehyd durch intakte Erythrocyten; Versuch einer Erklarung der sogenannten Har- den-Youngschen Garungsgleichung. Ibid, 1934, 274: 51-74. ----- Zerfall des Hexosemonophosphats im hamolysierten Blut nach Phosphorylierung in einer mit der Dephosphorylie- rung der Adenosintriphosphorsaure gekoppelten Reaktion. Ibid, 280: 248-64. -----& Rand, C. Zur Frage der Differenz zwischen Zuckerschwund und Milchsaurebildung bei der Blut- glykolyse. Ibid, 276:132-46— Engelhardt.W. A,& Ljubimowa, M. Glykolyse und Phosphorsaureumsatz in den Blutzellen verschiedener Tiere. Ibid, 1930, 227: 6-15— Everett, M. R, & Sheppard, F. Total sugar of blood and urine; the hydrolyzable sugar of blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 80: 255-68— Fabisch, W. A new glycolysis activator. Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 28: 764-76 — Field, J, & Peeke, E. S. Action of sodiummonoiodoacetate on aerobic and anaerobic glycolysis in blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1932, 29: 358—Fukushima, K. Beitrage zur glykolytischen Wirkung des Blutes; Versuch bei den Warm- bliitern mit dem Phosphatgemisch. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1922- 23: 2: 447-53. ----- Versuch mit dem Zitratgemisch bei den Kaltbliitern. Ibid, 455-60. ----- Ueber die Reaktionski- netik der glykolytischen Wirkung des Blutes. Arch. ges. Phy- siol, 1924, 205: 344-53—Giaja, J, & Chahovich, X. Le sucre du sang et les ferments. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1926, 8: 306-10.—Guest, G. M. Studies of blood glycolysis; sugar and phosphorus relationships during glycolysis in normal blood. J. Clin. Invest, 1932, 11: 555-69. ----- Sugar and phosphorus relationships during glycolysis in the blood of infants and children with various diseases. Ibid, 571-87 —Hausler, H. Ueber Milchsaurebildung im Blute beim Glucoseanfangs- schwund. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1927, 217: 134-7.—Himwich, H. E, Koskoff, Y. B, & Nahum, L. H. Changes in lactic acid and glucose in the blood on passage through organs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1927-28, 25: 347-9— Holb^U, S. A. [Researches concerning the rapidity of the glycolytic process in human blood under various conditions] Ugeskr. larger, 1926, 88: 547-50 — Hsu, F. H. Factors affecting blood glycolysis in vitro and in vivo. J. Physiol, Lond, 1935-36, 84: 173-86—Indovina, R. Ricerche sui prodotti della emoglicolisi. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1936, 11: 267. ----- Sulla formazione di un conipostc fosforato nei corso della glicolisi in vitro. Ibid, 268.—Izar, 0, & Termine, M. Azione dei sali di manganese, cerio, bario e stron- zio sulla emoglicolisi. Biochim. ter. sper, 1924, 11: 461-7. Alsu Cult. med. mod. Pal, 1924, 3: 568—Jervell, 0. Ueber Glyko- lyse im Blut mit besonderem Hinblick auf die Milchsaure- bildung. Acta med. scand, 1930, 74: 221-34.—Katayama, I. Studies in blood glycolysis; general consideration of glycolysis; in relation to the blood cells, and the production of lactic acid and carbon dioxide. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1926-27,12: 239-54. ----& Garcia, T. Fate of blood sugar during glycolysis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1928-29, 26:122-7—Kawashima, Y. Ueber die glykolytische Kraft des Blutes; die Adsorptionsversuche des Traubenzuckers durch Tierkohle und Erythrozyten, besonders mit Berucksichtigung von der Glykolyse. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1925,5:113-31.----- & Chiwaki, J. Ueber die Beeinflussung der Hamoglykolyse durch die Nahrung, mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der avitaminotischen Diat. Ibid, 1931, 13:107-32 — Krontowski, A. A, & Magath, M. A. Glykolyse und Aciditats- zunahme in den Gewebskulturen und analoge Erscheinungen im Organismus. Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 2165-8 -Labarre, J, & BLOOD SUGAR 657 BLOOD SUGAR Riopel, P. Note sur Taction de quelques acides halogens sur la glycolyse du sang in vitro. Tr. R. Soc. Canada, 1934, 28: sec.5, H3-5 —Liungdahl, M. Technique pour mesurer le pouvoir gly- colytique du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 86: 498-500.-Lo Monaco, G. La glicolisi nei sangue incoagulabile da morfina. Arch farm, sper, Roma, 1928, 45: 1-6.—Marenzi, A. B, & Mundt, W. A. Arret de la glycolyse du sang par l'acide mono- iodacetique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 108: 127. ----- De- tention de la glucolisis sanguinea por acido monoiodoacetico. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1931, 7: 244-7.—Mauriac, P. Technique pour mesurer le pouvoir glycolytique du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol 1921, 84: 311.—Morgulis, S. Glycolysis and glutathione. J Biol. Chem, 1935, 109: lxviii. -----& Munsell, J. B. Stu- dien iiber die Blutglykolyse; Glykolyse und Verteilung der Phosphatverbindungen. Biochem. Zschr, 1935, 278: 89-100.— Morgulis, S, & Pinto, S. Studies on blood glycolysis; effect of arsenate. J. Biol. Chem, 1932, 95: 621-31. Also repr.—Muller, D Studien iiber ein neues Enzym Glykoseoxydase. Biochem. Zschr, 1928, 199: 136; 1929, 205: 111. Also Erg. Enzymforsch, 1936, 5: 259-72.—Nilsson," R. Einige Betrachtungen iiber den glykolytischen Kohlenhydratabbau. Biochem. Zschr, 1933, 258: 198-206.—Partos, A. S. Die Rolle der Milchsaure im inter- mediaren Kohlehydratstoffwechsel. Fermentforschung, 1928- 29 10: 50-65. ----- & Herzog, A. Das Verhalten des Blut- zuckers und der Milchsaure wahrend der Glykolyse. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1930, 226: 464-71.—Piazza, G. Le variazioni dell' acido fosforico durante la glicolisi nei sangue. Arch. farm, sper, Roma, 1925, 40: 49-57.—Policaro, R. B. Ricerche comparative sul contenuto in glucosio e acido lattico, sull' nD e sul p„ del sangue e del liquido di bolle in vari modi provocate. Arch. fisiol, Fir, 1933-34, 32: 566-90.—Polonovski, M, Warembourg, H, & Lamour, P. Modifications de la teneur du sang en gly- cerol au cours de la glycolyse in vitro. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 191.—Roche, A, & Roche, J. [On the connection between acid concentration and glycolysis in human blood] Hospitals- tidende, 1926, 69: 1002-7. —-— Variation du p„ du sang au cours de la glycolyse. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 359-61. ----- Sur les variations de la vitesse de la glycolyse du sang humain in vitro en fonction du pH. Ibid, 361-3. ----- De la participation d'un ether phosphorique a la glycolyse du sang in vitro. Ibid, 97: 802-4. -----■ Sur la participation d'acides hexosephosphoriques a la glycolyse du sang. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 195: 340.—Rona, P, & Iwasaki, K. Ueber die Beziehung der Verteilung des Phosphors im Blute zur Glykolyse. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1927, 184: 318-40— Rose, M. I, Giragossintz, G, & Kirstein, E. L. The formation of lactic acid following the admin- istration of glucose and fructose. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929-30, 28: 523.—Riiter, E. Ueber Glykolyse und Milchsaure- bildung im Vogelblute. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1923, 37: 151-3 — Ustvedt, H. J. Die Rolle des Eisens bei der Glykolyse des Blutes und der Muskulatur. Biochem. Zschr, 1933, 265: 154-6 — Zemplen, B. [Effect of cuprocollargol and electrocollargol in blood glycolysis] Orv. hetil, 1933, 77: 206. —- Glycolysis—in vitro. See also Blood sugar, Determination: Sources of error. Bierry, H, & Moquet, L. Glycolyse et variations du phos- phore inorganique dans le sang, in vitro. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 593; 93: 322.—Cruickshank, E. W. H, & Startup, C. W. On glycolysis and oxidation of sugar in blood, incubated and circulating in vitro. Am. J. Physiol, 1932, 99: 408-16— Frede- ricq, H. Absence d'action des acides amines sur la glycolyse du sang defibrine in vitro. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 88: 625 — Kleiner, I. S. Fluctuations of the concentration of blood-sugar in vitro. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-31, 28: 326. ----- &Halpera, R. Fluctuations of the blood sugar in vitro. J. Biol. Chem, 1933,101: 535-45—Mauriac, P. Methode pour le dosage en serie du pouvoir glycolytique du sang in vitro; resultats chez I'homme normal. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 105: 25-7. -----& Servantie, L. Recherches sur le pouvoir glycolytique du sang mesure in vitro. Ibid, 1921, 85: 1067; 1922. 86: 145. Also Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1922, 43: 44—Morgulis, S, & Barkus, O. Studies on glycolysis in vitro. J. Biol. Chem, 1925, 65: 1-5. Also repr—Mowat, B. M, & Stewart, C. P. The effect of lodo- acetic acid and other substances on the disappearance of glucose from shed blood. Biochem. J, Lond, 1934,28: 774-8—Neuwirth, I. Fluctuations of the blood sugar in vitro. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 104: 129. Also repr.—Nitzescu, I. I. Hemoglycolyse in vitro et acide monobromacetique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 110: 1144—Pico-Estrada, O, Morera, V, & Althauz, E. Action de l'insuline sur la glycolyse in vitro. Ibid, 1925, 93: 971 — Roche, A, & Roche, J. Recherches sur la participation d une combinaison phosphoree a la glycolyse du sang in vitro. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1929,11: 549-99—Rose, A. R. Preventing glycolysis in blood samples. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, NY 1924-25, 22: 363 ----- & Schattner, F. Glycolysis in blood samples. Am. J. Physiol, 1928, 84: 103-9—Sahyun, M, & Alsberg, C. L. The effect of whole skeletal muscle on blood sugar in vitro. J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 83: 129-36.—Stasiak, A. Ueber die in vitro auftretenden Veranderungen im Zuckerge- halte des Blutserums. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 140: .420^5 — Tafuri, G. B. Nuove ricerche sulla glicolisi nei sangue in vitro. Arch. sc. biol. Nap, 1928, 11: 71-6. ---Hereditary aspect. See also under Diabetes. 21767—vol. 2, 4th seriks----42 Hellmuth, K. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen fbtalem und miitterlichem Blutzucker. Zbl. Gyn, 1926, 50: 1952.—Revesz, T, & Turolt, M. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen fbtalem und miitterlichem Blutzucker. Ibid, 985-90.—Riddle, 0, & Honey- well, H. E. The behavior of blood-sugar values in heredity. Am. Natur, 1923, 57: 412-34—Werner, M. Blutzuckerregula- tion und Erbanlage; Belastungsversuche an 40 Zwilliugspaaren. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1935, 178: 308-38. ---- high [Hyperglycemia] See also Blood sugar, Regulation; Blood sugar, Regulation: Disorders; Blood sugar, Regulation: Functional test; Blood sugar, Variations; Dia- betes; also names of primary diseases as Acro- megaly, Pancreas, Inflammation, &c. Froment, A. P. *Les hyperglycemics sans glycosurie. 125p. 8? Par., 1925. Ambard, L, & Chabanier, H. Les glycemies. Presse nted, 1921, 29: 787. -----& Baudouin. Les glvcemies. Gaz. hop, 1921, 94: 1289-91.—Bliich, J, & Weisz, M. Reflex- oder Re- sorptionshyperglykamie? Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929-30, 69: 453-61.—Bremer, F, & Leclercq, R. Les hyperglycemics reflexes. C. rend, Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 1409-11.—Ceresoli, A. Sulle iperglicemie senza glicosuria e sulle glicosurie senza iper- glicemia. Clin. med. ital, 1929, 60: 87-104.—Ederer, S, & Kramar, E. Untersuchungen iiber Azidose und Hyperglykamie in dem toxischen Symptomenkomplexe des Sauglingsalters. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1923, 3.F, 51:159-74— Feinblatt, H. M. Hyper- glycemia; based upon a study of 2,000 blood chemical analyses. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1922-23, 8: 500-5— Godlewski, H. Les glv- cemies. Rev. med. Par, 1921, 38: 551-67—Griffiths, G. H. C. St G. Marked hyperglycaemia without glycosuria. Brit. M.J, 1930, 2: 559.—Haller. Dtetetique et physiotlterapie des hyper- glycemics. Nutrition, Par, 1931, 1: 95-103.—Hayasi, K. Sur la signification physiologique de l'hyperglycemie. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1929, 41: 489.—Horiuchi, S. Ueber Hypergly- kamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924-25, 44: 471-5.—Labbe, M, & Gavrila, I. J. [Hyperglycemic troubles at the end of acute in- fectious diseases] Cluj. med, 1926, 7: 373-80—Leech, E. B, & Thomas, G. A case of exceptional hyperglycaemia without coma. Lancet, Lond, 1926, 1: 20.—Major, R. H. Further observations on patients with high blood sugar but no glyco- suria. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934-35, 20: 1111.—Mallia, G. R. Su alcuni frequenti e su alcuni rari segni clinici degli stati piu o meno iperglicemici, ehe non presentano glicosuria. Riv. med, 1935, 43: 52-4.—Medvedeva, N. B. [Hemoglycosis] Med. biol. J, Leningr, 1925, 1: no. 3, 62-75.—Mendola, G. L'ipergli- cemia in rapporto ai processi piogenetici e rigenerativi. Arch. Soc. ital chir. (1927) 1928, 34: 821-6. Also Arch. farm, sper, Roma, 1929-30, 48: pt 1, 291-9.—Nothmann, M. Neuere Unter- suchungen iiber Hyperglykamie. Klin. Wschr, 1923, 2: 1849- 53.—Pi-Sufier, A. Reflexe hyperglycemic par faim locale. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1919, 82: 1287-91. ----- La glucemia y el hambre local. Med. ibera, 1921, 15: 103-7—Rathery, F, & Froment. L'hyperglyc6mie chez les sujets non glycosuriques. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1926, 3.ser, 1: 609-14. Also Paris med, 1926, 59: 557-62.—Recio y Forns, A. Estados hipergli- cemicos. An. Acad, cienc. med. Habana, 1923-24, 60: 639-44.— Roth, O. Ueber idiopathische Glykamie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1930, 26: 1777-80.—Schmidt, R. Ueber glykamische und gly- kosurische Dyskrasien. Ibid, 1924, 20: 511-6—Schwab, S. I, & Jones, A. B. Hyperglycaemia in a series of cases showing anxi- ety, fear, apprehension, etc. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1921,18:182.— Stahl, R. Ueber extreme Hyperglykamie und die Notwendig- keit der Blutzuckerbestimmung auch in der Praxis. Munch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 647-9—Terry, A. H. High blood sugar without glycosuria. J. Am. M. Ass, 1927, 88:1437.—Verdeau & Verdeau. Traitement hydromineral des hyperglycemics non diabetiques. Nutrition, Par, 1931, 1: 105-25. high, experimental. See also Blood sugar, Regulation, and its sub- headings; Blood sugar, Variations, experimental; Diabetes, experimental. Duby, R. P. *L'hyperglycemie provoquee ou glycemie experimentale [Geneve] 50p. 8? Par., 1928. . . . . , u Alessandri, H. L'hyperglycemie experimentale chez I'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 105: 237.—Arthus, M. L'hyperglycemie asphyxique. Rev. g6n. sc. pur, 1922, 33: 228—Bouckaert, J. P, & Strieker, W. Methode pour realiser l'hyperglycemie permanente chez le lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol 1924 90: 952-4—Hukuda-Kunizo & Takayanagi-Yukiharu- Note's on some experimental hyperglycaemia. Nagoya J. M. Sc 1933 7: 43-52—Labbe M, Labbe, H, & Nepveux, F. Gly- cemie et hyperglycemic experimentale chez les sujets normaux. C rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 85: 397-Papilian, V, & Pre da, V. [Effect of sodium bicarbonate on experimental glycemia] Cluj. med 1935. 16: 305—Sendrail, M, & Tamalet, L. Glycemie et hyperthermic provoquee par des facteurs externes. C. rend. Soc biol 1936, 122: 1262-4—Van de Velde, J. Contribution a l'etude 'de la glycemie experimentale du chien. Ann. Soc. nted. Gand, 1931, n.s, 10: 65-9. ----- Glycemie maximale experimentale chez le chien. Ibid., 70. Also Rev. beige sc. BLOOD SUGAR 658 BLOOD SUGAR med, 1931, 3: 274-8.—Vitiello, M. Contributo alio studio della glicemia sperimentale de vaccino. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1933, 39: pt2, 647-53.—Widmark, E. M. P, & Carlens, 0. Durch Lufteinblasen in das Euter milchgebender Tiere hervorgerufene Hyperglykamie. Biochem. Zschr, 1925, 158: 3-10. ---- high, experimental: Drugs and chemicals, See also Blood sugar, low: Treatment; Blood sugar, Regulation, and its subheadings; Blood sugar, Variations: Drugs; Diabetes, experi- mental. Arnovljevitch, V, & Chahovitch, X. Augmentation du sucre libre du sang provoquee par l'injection intraperitoneale de substances non albuminoides. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 1009.—Asada, T. Einfluss einiger Pharmaka auf die durch Adrenalon bedingte Zunahme des Blutzuckers und der Blut- milchsiiure beim Kaninchen. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1935, 15: 551-S1.—Blancher, M. Action, sur l'hyperglycemie adre- nalinique, du dtethylaminontethyl-3-benzodioxane (883 F) et de quelques ethers-oxvdes pltenoliques voisins. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 1185.—Campbell, B, & Morgan, T. N. On the hyperglycaemic action of certain drugs. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1933, 49: 456-65.—Chahovitch, X, & Arnovlevitch, V. Hyper- glycemic provoquee par l'injection intraperitoneale de differentes substances albuminoides. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 16-8.— Claude, H, Targowla, R, & Badonnel, M. Note sur la glycemie morphinique. Encephale, 1924, 19: 423-6.—Geiger, E. Ueber Kurarediabetes beim Frosch. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1931, 161: 88-90.—Hirai, K, & Gondo, K. Ueber Dopa-Hyperglv- kamie. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 189: 92-100.—Hiramatsu, T. The effect of potassium salt upon the hyperglycemia. Sei i kwai, 1929, 48: no. 5, 4.—Hirayama, S. Urethane hyperglycae- mia and glycosuria in the rabbit. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1926, 7: 364-81.—Horvath, A. A. Production of hyperglycemia in rabbits by subcutaneous injections of magnesium salts. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1926-27, 24: 198-200—Houssay, B. A, & Lewis, J. T. Etudes sur les hyperglycemics experimentales; mecanisme nerveux de l'action de la morphine. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 1120-2. Also Rev. As. med. argent, 1923, 36: sect. soc. biol, 208-22.—Jakoby, H. Ueber Hyperglykamie bei Vergiftungen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 70:100-9.—Kaiwa, T. Hyperglycaemic action of ^-dimethyltelluronium dichloride. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1932-33, 20: 163-77.—Kudo, F. Biochemical studies on hydrocyanic acid; on the cause of hydrocyanic acid hyperglycemia. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1931-32, 14: 447-61.— Labbe, H, & Theodoresco, B. Action de l'insuline sur l'hy- perglycemie cateinique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1924, 178: 886-8.— Lundsgaard, E. Ueber die Ursache der Aminosaurehyper- glykamie. Biochem. Zschr, 1930, 217: 147-61.—Martino, G. Contributo alla conoscenza dell'iperglicemia da morfina. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 388-92.—Masamune, H. Welche Komponenten spielen bei der Blutzuckersteigerung durch subcutane Applikation der Ammoniumsalze eine Rolle? Fu- kuoka acta med, 1927, 20: 42. —--- Nebenniere und Hyper- glykaemie durch Ammoniumsalze. Ibid, 87.—Mather, A, Katzman, P. A, & Boisy, E. A. Hyperglycemia produced by extracts of normal urine. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 31: 315-7.—Messina, R. L'influenza dell'atropina e della tiroidecto- mia suH'iperglicemia tripaflavinica. Arch. farm, sper, Roma, 1932-33, 54: 162-75.—Roncato, A. Hyperglycemic curarique et insuline. Arch. ital. biol, 1927, 78: 113-9.—Ross, E. L, & Bavis, L. H. A difference between the mechanism of hyperglycemia production by ether and by chloroform. Am. J. Physiol, 1920-21, 54: 474-8.—Schischerbakow, S. A, Bachromejew, I. R, & Andrejew, P. N. Zur Dynamik des glykaemischen Effektes. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1935-36, 35: 388-406—Senga, H. A compara- tive study of hyperglycaemia caused by caffein, theobromin and theocin. J. Orient. M, Dairen, 1924, 2: 109.—Stewart, G. N, & Rogoff, J. M. The effect of insulin upon morphine hypergly- cemia. Am. J. Physiol, 1923, 65:331-41.—Tatum, A. L. Picro- toxin hyperglycemia. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1922-23, 20: 385-92. -----& Atkinson, A. J. Is asphyxia the cause of drug hyperglycemias? J. Biol. Chem, 1922, 54: 331-49.—Tournade, A, & Malmejac, J. Hyperglycemic par injection intraveineuse de chlorhydrate d'hord6nine. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 107: 165.—Trimarchi, G. Sul meccanismo di produzione dell'ipergli- cemia da argento colloidale (a proposito di una nota del Demant) Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 274-7—Underhill, F. P., & Dimick, A. The production of hyperglycemia by subcutaneous injections of sodium arsenite in the rabbit. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 76: 163-70. ---- high: Pathology. See also Diabetes and its subheadings; Glycosuria; also names of organs and parts affected as Retina, &c. La Rosa, G. Modificazione del parenchima epatico sotto I'influenza dell'iperglicemia speri- mentale. 206p. 8? Catania, 1915. Blum, L, & Nakano. Contribution a l'etude de l'hypergly- cemie; action de l'hyperglycemie sur la formation des corps acetoniques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1919, 82: 1435-8.—Bornstein, A, & Muller, E. Ueber den respiratorischen Stoffwechsel bei toxischen Glykamien. Biochem. Zschr, 1922, 125: 64-76.— Ebeling, A. H. Effect of high concentrations of glucose on fibro- blasts, leucocytes, and epithelial cells. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol N.Y, 1936. 34: 886-9—Endres, G, & Lucke, H. Die Regulation des Blutzuckers und der Blutreaktion beim Menschen; die phy- sikalisch-chemische Atmungsregulation bei Hyperglykamien Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1925, 45: 89-101.—Evans, C. The investi- gation of the toxic effects of large amounts of sugar in the blood J. Physiol, Lond, 1933, 77: 189-93— Foshay, L. The relation of hyperglycemia to the relative blood volume, chlorine concen- tration, and chlorine distribution in the blood of dogs. J. Exp M, 1925, 42: 89-98.—Fujimaki, Y. Ueber die Beziehungen der experimentellen Hvperglykamie zum Reservealkali. Arch exp Path, Lpz, 1924, 102: 236-43.—Gayda, T. Influenza dell' iper- glicemia sul potere amilolitico della saliva e del sangue. Arch sc. biol, Bologna, 1930-31, 15: 147-61.—Lino, G. II punto di attacco dell' acidosi nei determinismo dell' iperglicemia. Riv pat. sper, 1933-34, 10: 52-8.—Pospielov, S. A, & Raievskaiaj G. A. [The mechanism of hyperglycemia] Russ. klin, 1927, 7: 326-35.—Strieker, W, & Bouckaert, J. P. Deperdition calorique pendant l'hyperglycemie experimentale. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 97-9.—Vidal, J. Hyperglycemic et acidose renale Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1928, 9: 394-401.—Villa- lobos Roldan, E. de. Hiperglucemia y trastornos circulatorios Progr. clin, Madr, 1931, 39: 202-10. ---- high, post-hemorrhagic [postoperative and traumatic] See also Blood sugar, Variations, post-hemor- rhagic, &c. Aggazzotti, A. L'iperglicemia da salasso. Arch. sc. biol Bologna, 1929-30, 14: 511-721 ----- L'hyperglycemie par saignee. Arch, ital biol, 1931-32, 86: 11-32. ----- Ricerche sulla iperglicemia da salasso; azione dell' insulina. Gior. biol. med. sper, 1924-25, 2: 225-7.—Bartle, I. B. Excess blood sugar in connection with certain surgical conditions. Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 120: 207.—Berberich, J. Trauma und Blutzucker. Mschr. Unfallh, 1933, 40: 187-90—Bonomini, B. Ricerche sulla iperglicemia postoperatoria. Clin, chir, Milano, 1930, 33: 1119-47.—Bucciardi, G. L'equilibrio dello zucchero del plasma e dei corpuscoli del sangue nell' iperglicemia da salasso. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 503-7.—Ferradas, J. B. La hiper- glucemia post-operatoria de los hepaticos. Actas Congr. nac. med, Rosario, 1934, 5: pt4, 939-44.—Kecht, B. Traumatische Hyperglykamien und Azetonurien; zugleich ein weiterer Beitrag zur Kenntnis zentral bedingter Stoffwechselstbrungen. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir, 1932-33, 43: 356-69— Kingreen, O. Die postoperative Hyperglykamie. Arch. klin. Chir, 1930-31, 163: 648-56.—Lamare, J. P, Larget, M. [et al.] Contribution a l'etude de l'hyperglycemie postoperatoire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 110: 689-91.—Levy, M. L'hyperglycemie post-operatoire du sujet apparemment normal. Arch. mal. app. digest, 1935, 25: 944.—Nitzescu, 1.1. L'ergotamine, la yohymbine et la reac- tion glyc6mique des hemorragies; contribution a l'etude du m6canisme de l'hyperglycemie post-hemorragique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 100: 386-8. -----& Popovici, G. H6morragie et proteidoglicemie; contribution 4 l'etude de l'hyperglicemie posth6morragique. Ibid, 1930, 105: 901.—Rindone, A. Sul meccanismo di produzione della iperglicemia post-operatoria; influenza dell' ergotamina sulla iperglicemia da interventi eseguiti con anestesia rachidiana. Ann. ital. chir, 1931, 10: 190-203.—Salvini, A. Ricerche sulla iperglicemia post-operatoria in ginecologia. Riv. ital. gin, 1935-36, 18: suppl., 649-74.— Santi, E. L'iperglicemia post-operativa. Riforma med, 1934, 50: 1198-206— Schonfeld, H. Hyperglykamie nach Lumbal- punktion. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1933, 3.F, 88: 174-8.—Tachi, H. Ueber den Einfluss verschiedener Blutersatzflussigkeiten auf die Aderlasshyperglykamie beim Kaninchen. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1928, 10: 319-43. ----- Influence of administration of alkali upon post-haemorrhagic hyperglycaemia. Ibid, 344-9. ---- Ueber die Aderlasshyperglykamie beim Hunde. Ibid, 11: 14-32.—Warembourg, H, & Briessens, J. L'augmentation de l'indose sanguin plasmatique au cours de l'hyperglycemie post- operatoire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 14.—Wiederer, R. Ueber die traumatische Hyperglukamie im Tierexperiment. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1933, 135: 328-39. ---- low [Hypoglycemia] See also Blood sugar, Variations; Diabetes, Complications; Insulin; Shock; also names of primary diseases and conditions as Liver, Dis- eases; Myxedema; Pancreas, Diseases; Preg- nancy, &c. Sigwald, J. *L'hypoglycemic. 320p. 8". Par., 1932. Barlow, H. C. A severe case of hypoglycaemia. Brit. M.J., 1927, 1: 833.—Brower, A. B. Hypoglycemia; its growing clin- ical importance. Ohio M.J, 1934, 30: 90-3.—Cammidge, P. J. Hypoglycaemia. Lancet, Lond, 1924, 2: 1277-9.---- Chronic hypoglycaemia. Practitioner, Lond, 1927, 119: 102-12. Also Brit. M.J, 1930, 1: 818. ----- Chronic hypo- glycaemia as an operation risk. Brit. J. Urol, 1930, 2:109-12.— Collip, J. B. Hypoglycemia. Minnesota M, 1924, 7: 9-11.— Dent, P. L. Hypoglycemia. West Virginia M.J, 1935, 31: 268-71.—Goldzieher, M. A. Chronic hypoglycemia. Endo- crinology, 1936, 20: 86-92.—Hartmann, F. L. Hypoglycemia. Med. Clin. N. America, 1928-29, 12: 1035-46.—Higgons, R. A. BLOOD SUGAR 659 BLOOD SUGAR Hypoglycemia in the new-born. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1935, 50: 162-5.—Hoxie, G. H, & Lisherness, G. M. Hypoglycemia. Am. J.M. Sc, 1927, 173: 220-8.—Jaudon, J. C. Hypoglycemia in children: report of a case. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1935, 49: 1379 — Jonas, L. Hypoglycemia. Med. Clin. N. America, 1924, 8: 949-56.—Judd, E. S, & Rynearson, E. H. Hypoglycemia. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1935, 259-62. Also Collect. Papers Mayo Clin, 1935, 27: 537-41.—Kramer, B.< Grayzel, H. G, & Solomon, C. I. Chronic hypoglycemia in child- hood. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1934, 48: 936. Also J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1934, 5: 299-321.—La Barre, J, Labbe, M. [et al.] Les etats hypoglyc6miques. Rev. fr. endocr, 1935, 13: 221-5.— Labbe, M. [Hypoglycemic coma] Rev.st. med, Bucur, 1931, 20: 435-51.—Landau, A, & Hercenbergowa, T. [Hypoglycemic states] Polska gaz. lek, 1933,12: 145; 168. Also Rev. beige sc. med, 1933, 5: 549-67.—Lankhout, J. [Relative hypoglycemia; case] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1928, 72: pt2, 4902-6—Leyton, 0. Hypoglycaemia. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1925-26, 19: sect. med, 47-50— Ljvraga, P. Ipoglicemie cliniche e sperimentali. Diagn. teen, lab. Nap, 1933, 4: 729-42.—Peco, F. Trastornos del metabolismo hidrocarbonado; hipoglucemias. Siglo nted, 1932, 89: 542-7— Petschacher, L. Die Hypoglykamie. Wien. med. Wschr, 1924, 74: 2074; 2188.—Pribram, E. Chronic glyco- penia; a clinical picture, an analysis of its causes and suggestions for its therapy. J. Am. M. Ass, 1928, 90: 2001—Priesel, R, & Wagner, R. Ueber Hypoglykamie. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 1055-7.—Sendrail, M, & Planques, J. Les etats hypoglyce- miques. Gaz. hop, 1927, 100: 1105; 1137.—Wauchope, G. M. Hypoglycaemia. Q.J. Med, Lond, 1933, n.s, 2: 117-56.— Wiechmann, E. Die hvpoglvkamische Reaktion. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1934, 31: 333-8. -Winans, H. M. Chronic hypogly- cemia. South. M.J, 1930, 23:402-6. -Zubiran, S. Sobreuncaso de hipoglicemia. Medicina, Mex, 1929, 9: 306-10. --- low, alimentary. See also Blood sugar, Variations, alimentary; Diabetes, Diagnosis. Benvenuto, E. L'ipoglicemia alimentare precoce, o prei- perglicemica, nell'infanzia. Riv. clin. pediat, 1936, 34: 632-8.— Labbe, M, Boulin, R, & Petresco, M. Hypoglycemic ali- mentaire tardive. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 109: 351.----- Hypoglycemic alimentaire precoce. Ibid, 419.—Lbvegren, E. Alimentare Hypoglykamie bei Kindern. Acta paediat, Upps, 1932,13: 520-5. Also Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1932, 74: 583.—McClel- lan, W. S, & Wardlaw, H. S. H. Hypoglycemic reactions follow- ing glucose ingestion. J. Clin. Invest, 1932, 11: 513-26 — Petresco, M, Chmino-Berenger, E, & Sutianu, A. Recherches sur l'hypoglycemie alimentaire precoce ou pr6hyperglycemique. Bull. Acad. med. Roumanie, 1936, 2: 680-3— Plass, E. D, & Woods, E. B. Starvation hypoglycemia in late pregnancy. Am. J. Obst, 1934, 27: 395-404.—Polonowski & Duhot, E. A propos de l'hypoglycemie par ingestion de glucose. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 995.—Rabinowich, I. M, Fowler, A. F. [et al.] Respiratorv metabolism studies in hyperinsulinism following ingestion of glucose. J. Nutrit, 1935, 9: 205-32.—Roch, Martin, E, & Sciclounov, F. De l'hypoglycemie reactionnelle provoquee par les injections intraveineuses de solution glucosee hyper- tonique. Union med. Canada, 1934, 63: 1059-62—Rubino & Varela. Reaktive Hypoglykamie durch parenterale Zucker- zufuhr. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 2370-4—Salvatore, F, & Pietro, A. Ipoglicemia alimentare precoce e tardiva. Riforma med, 1933, 49: 977-80.—Saric, R, Lacoste, A, & Aubertin, E. Etude de l'hypoglycemie alimentaire post-hyperglyc6mique chez le chien normal. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 1104-7—Schonfeld, H. Untersuchungen iiber die Hungerhypoglykamie des Saug- lings; iiber die Beziehung zwischen Nahrungspause und Ablauf der alimentaren Blutzuckerkurve sowie iiber das Verhalten des Traugott-Staub-Effektes beim Saugling. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1931, 3.F, 83: 331-45. ----- Ueber den Einfluss von Fett und Eiweiss auf die Hungerhypoglykamie des Sauglings. Ibid, 1934, 3.F, 93: 153-8—Schroder, I. [Alimentary hypoglycemia] Fin. lak.sail. hand, 1927, 69: 605-12. Also Acta med. scand, 1928, suppl, H.26, 157-63 [Discussion] 181-6. --- low: Causes. See also Blood sugar, low, alimentary. Aldrich, C. A, & Munns, G. F. Hypoglycemia in infants: a preliminary report on babies with symptoms referable to the autonomic nervous system. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1931, 43: 24-6— Bickel, G. Les hypoglycemics d'effort en clinique. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1934, 64: 576-8—Buchner, F. Insel- zellenadenom des Pankreas mit Hypoglykamie bei Diabetes. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 1494—Cammidge, P. J, & Howard, H. A. H. The hereditary transmission of hypoglycaemia in mice. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1929-30, 23: sect. comp. med, 19-21.— Collip, J. B. Animal passage hypoglycaemia. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol, NY, 1926-27, 24: 731—Creveld, S. van. Chronische hepatogene Hypoglykamie im Kindesalter. Zschr. Kinderh, 1931-32, 52: 299-324.-Foshay, I, & Boyd, B. Postoperative hypoglycemia. Arch. Surg, 1927, 15: 397-401-Geiger, E. Weitere Untersuchungen uber das Zustandekommen der Hypoglykamie bei Erwarmung des Zentralnervensystems. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932, 97.-Judd, E. S, Kepler, E. J, & Rynearson, E. H. Spontaneous hypoglycemia; report of two cases associated with fatty metamorphosis of the liver. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1934, 46: 155-73.-Koranyi, A. Die nach Magenoperationen auftretende spontane Hypoglykamie. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1935-36, 178: 353-8.—Levine, V. E. Secondary or compensatory hypoglycemia. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1926-27, 24: 627-31—Norris, G. W, & McClenahan, W. U. Hypertrophy (adenoma?) of the islands of Langerhans with associated hypoglycemia. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1928, 43: 168-73—Norris, J. C. Adrenal disease in relationship to hypoglycemia and death. Am. J. Clin. Path, 1935, 5: 120-30—Parhon, C. C, & Rudeanu, A. Hypoglycemic par r6flexe conditionnel. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 185.— Phillipsi A. W. Hypoglycemia associated with hypertrophy of islands of Langerhans. J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 96: 1195-8. Also repr.—Rabinovich, J, & Barden, F. W. Hypoglycemia associated with a tumor of the islands of Langerhans and with adrenal insufficiency, respectively. Am. J.M. Sc, 1932, 184: 494, pi.—Sippe, C. Hypoglycaemia and ketosis: their relation- ship to chronic antral disease and bronchiectasis. Med. J. Australia, 1934, 2: 527.—Stasiak, A. Hypoglykamie und Tier- passage. Biochem. Zschr, 1924, 151: 84-9.—Vercellotti, G. Sul comportamento della glicemia a digiuno in diverse forme morbose; contributo alio studio della ipoglicemia. Clin. med. ital, 1932, 63: 949-76— Weeks, C. C. The cocktail in hypogly- caemia. Lancet, Lond, 1933, 1: 664.—Widmark, E. M. P. On lactation hypoglycemias. Acta med. scand, 1928, suppl., H.26, 164-9 [Discussion] 181-6. ---- low: Causes: Drugs and chemicals. See also Blood sugar, Glycolysis; Blood sugar, Variations: Drugs; Diabetes, Treatment. Brugsch, H. *Blutzuckersenkende Extrakte aus menschlichen Organen [Halle] p.574-93. 8? Berl., 1929. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 65: Martins de Toledo, O. *Da accao hypo- glycemiante da pedra hume caa (estudo experi- mental) 81p. 8? [S. Paulo], 1929. Bischoff, F, Long, M. L, & Sahyun, M. Investigation of the hypoglycemic properties of reglykol, pancrepatine, and papaw. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1929, 36: 311-7.—Caltabiano, B. Ipo- glicemia da ergotamina nell'assideramento acuto. Riv. pat. sper, 1933-34, 10: 59-65.—Cannavo, L. Analisi dell'azione ipo- glicemizzante di un composto fenilico della guanidina (acoina) Arch. farm, sper, Roma, 1927-28, 44: 49-76—Cathcart, E. P, & Markowitz, J. A note on the hypoglycaemic action of dihy- droxyacetone in man. Biochem. J, Lond, 1927, 21: 1419-22.— Chistoni, A. I preparati di solfo nella cura delle iperglicemie (importanza della loro costituzione chimica) Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1931, 12: 1131-5.—Be Bonis, G. Sull'azione ipogli- cemizzante della ergotamina e del chinino. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1932, 20: 709-18.—Elias, H, Gudemann, J, & Kornfeld, F. Untersuchungen iiber den Angriffspunkt der blutzuckerher- absetzenden Wirkung des Phosphorsaureions. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 42: 560-9.—Florence, G, & Enselme, J. Chimie des principes hypoglycemiants. J. med. Lyon, 1927, 8: 427-36.— Foncin, R, & Sandor, J. Le probleme de l'abaissement de la glycemie par injections de soufre; contribution a l'etude du choc colloidal. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 95: 697-700—Fontes, G, & Thivolle, L. Action hypoglycemiante de l'acide allylisopropyl- barbiturique, son antagonisme avec l'adrenaline. Ibid, 1923, 99: 1977.—Gessner, O, & Siebert, K. Ueber die blutzuckersen- kende Wirkung von Phaseoluspraparaten (Decoctum Fructus Phaseoli sine semine und Phaseolanum fluid um Tosse) Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 853-5—Glaser, E, & Wittner, L. Ueber die blutzuckerherabsetzende Wirkung von Pflanzenextrakten und Oxydasen sowie den Nachweis von Fermenten im Insulin. Biochem. Zschr, 1924, 151: 279-95.—Gohr, H, & Hilgenberg, L. Tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die blutzuckersen- kende Wirkung des Phaseolanum fluidum Tosse mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Organanalyse. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz., 1929, 143: 269-82.—Hazard, R. Donnees experimentales sur les excitants de l'insulinosecretion et les inhibiteurs de l'hypergly- cemie adrenalinique. Progr. med. Par, 1935, 2001-6.—Kauf- mann, E. Insulinersatzmittel; iiber blutzuckersenkende Stoffe in Cerealien und Leguminosen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, 62: 147-53.—Kondo, J. Investigation on the restricting action of the red Chosen ginseng upon the sugar in the blood of rabbits. Fol. pharm. jap, 1927, 5: 20.—Kumagai, T, & Shikinami, Y. Ueber die Hypoglykamie erzeugende Substanz aus Austern (Ostraea gigas Thumberg) Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1928-29, 12: 425-32.—Levine, V. E, & Flaherty, R. A. Hypoglycemia in- duced by sodium selenite. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1926-27, 24: 251-3.—Minot, A. S. The mechanism of the hypoglycemia produced by guanidine and carbon tetrachloride poisoning and its relief by calcium medication. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1931, 43: 295-313.—Mukherjee, H. N. Hypoglycaemic and other action of phosphotungstic acid, phosphomolybdic acid and allied substances. Biochem. J, Lond, 1936, 30: 1583-5—Ochiai, K. Experimental study on the mechanism of the action of blood- sugar lowering substances; on the influence of synthalin (guani- dine preparation) on the glycogen deposit in a normal and glucose injected starved rat. J. Orient. M, Dairen, 1929, 10: 45 —Risi, A. Prime ricerche biologiche sull'azione ipoglicemiz- zante dell'ossidasi di Cyanara scolimus. Rass. ter. pat. clin, 1933, 5: 297-:i2S. —Ruiz, C. L, Silva, L. L, & Libenson, L. Etude de q'ueiques corps sulfures a action hypoglycemiante. C. rend. Soc biol, 1930,104:1029.—Rychlik, W. Sur la presence de corps a action hypoglycemiante dans la betterave. Ibid, 1934, 116: BLOOD SUGAR 660 BLOOD SUGAR 1135-7.—Salvatore, C. Dell'azione ipoglicemizzante degli infusi di alcune leguminose. Riv. pat. sper, 1934-35,12:509-19—Seno, F, & Bongiovanni, V. Sulle variazioni del tasso glicemico a digiuno e sulla azione ipoglicemizzante dei sali di nichelio e di cobalto. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 181—Shikinami, Y. Ueber die Hypoglykamie erzeugenden Stoffe aus verschiedenen tierischen Substanzen, besonders aus Eigelb des Hiihnereies. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1928, 10:1-25. ----- Ueber die Hypogly- kamie erzeugenden Stoffe aus Pflanzen und Mikroorganismen. Ibid, 560-79. -----& Yonechi, S. [et al.] Ueber blutzuckersen- kende Substanzen, deren chemische Struktur dem Guanidin nahe verwandt ist. Ibid, 1930, 15: 537-46—Tanno, H. Ueber den Einfluss einiger Hypoglykamie erzeugenden Stoffe ver- schiedenen tierischen und pflanzlichen Ursprungs sowie des Svnthalins auf den Glykogengehalt und das Korpergewicht von Versuchstieren. Ibid, 1936, 29: 17-50—Tennenbaum, M. Ueber die hypoglykamisierende Wirkung des Dekamethylen- diguanidinkarbonats. Munch, med. Wschr, 1931, 78: 748-50 — Tranquilli, E. Su alcuni ipoglicemizzanti per os. Gazz. med. Roma, 1933, 59: 357.—Van de Velde, J. L'eiimination du dex- trose sous l'influence de phosphates et de sulfates. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929,102:596-9.—Zunz, E, & La Barre, J. Frenation de la secretion interne du pancreas au cours de l'hypoglycemie pro- voquee par la decantethylenediguanidine. Ibid, 101: 141-3. ---- low: Death from. See also Diabetes, Complications; Diabetes, Mortality; Insulin; Pancreas, Diseases. Baur, H. Untersuchungen iiber den Insulintod bei Ausschal- tung der Krampfe. Beitr. path. Anat, 1929, 83: 1-12—Frank, H. Ipoglicemia spontanea letale. Gazz. osp, 1935, 56: 1285. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1935,82:1829.—Heimann-Trosien, A, & Hirsch-Kauffmann, H. Hypoglykamie mit tbdlichem Aus- gang. Klin. Wrschr, 1926, 5: 1655-7.—Holten, C. [Death from hypoglycemia; case] Bibl. lager, 1928,120: 667-82—Mainzer, F. Ueber Spattod nach Verabreichung grosser Insulingaben. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 1231-4—Membrez, G, & Raz- doljsky, I. Ueber die Gefahren der intravenosen und subkuta- nen Insulineinfuhrung; zwei Falle mit tbdlichem Ausgang. Zbl. Chir, 1931, 58: 1627-31.—Rathery, F, & Sigwald. Un cas de coma insulinique mortel en dehors du diabete. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1930, 3.ser, 46: 1702-6.—Winogradow, W. W, & Stein- berg, S. J. Ein Fall von Hypoglykamie mit tbdlichem Ausgang. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1338. ---- low: Hyperinsulinism. See also Blood sugar, Regulation: Pancreas; Pancreas, Diseases. Aehlen, N. Ein Fall von spontaner Hypoglykamie. Acta med. scand, 1934, suppl.59, 277-88—Allan, F. N. Hyperinsu- linism. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1928, 3: 367. Also repr. Also Arch. Int. M, 1929, 44: 65-70.—Alpern, B. E, & Besuglow, W. P. Beobachtungen iiber die Hyperfunktion des Inselapparates der Bauchspeicheldruse; experimentelle Untersuchung. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 586-9. Also Med. biol. J, Moskva, 1928, 4: 60-8.—Azerad, E. Hypoglycemic spontanee. Medecine, Par, 1927-28, 9: 757-62.—Barnes, J. A, & Richmond, E. L. Hyperin- sulinism. N. England J.M, 1935, 213: 225-8.—Bickel, G. Les hypoglycemics spontanees. Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1934, 54: 3-30.—Bielschowsky, F. Zur Klinik und Pathologie der Spon- tanhypoglykamie. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 1492.—Boone, J. A. A case of hyperinsulinism without demonstrable pancreatic changes in an 11-year-old child. N. England J.M, 1934, 211: 49-53.—Briggs, J. F. Spontaneous hypoglycemia. Minnesota M, 1934, 17: 526-34.—Brougher, J. C. Dysinsulinism; glucose tolerance tests in irritable colon. Northwest M, 1934, 33: 125-8.—Cammidge, P. J, & Poulton, E. P. Comment on the above case. Lancet, Lond, 1933, 1: 520.—Corff, M. Hyperin- sulinism. Am. J. Surg, 1936, 34: 241-7.—Bannenberg, A. M, Bell, M. A, & Gouley, B. Spontaneous hypoglycemia due to hyperinsulinism in a child. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1935, 49:1371.— Bragotti, G. L'iperinsulinismo spontaneo (nuovo sindrome deflnitiva) Policlinico, 1934, 41: sez. prat, 176-80.—Ehrich, W. Ueber angeborene Hypoglykamie. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 584.—Elias, H. I, & Turner, R. Spontaneous hypoglycemic shock in children: report of 4 cases. J. Am. M. Ass, 1932, 98: 2198.—Engelhard, A. Die praktische Bedeutung der Spontan- hypoglykamie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1934, 81: 666-8.— Ercklentz, B. W. Zur Kenntnis der konstitutionellen Spontan- hypoglykamie. Ibid, 550-4.—Evans, J. A, & McBonough, W. Hyperinsulinism; case reports and discussion. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1933, 23: 454-60.—Fedorov, P. S. [Clinical course of hyperin- sulinemia] Vrach. gaz, 1931, 35: 585-92.—Fellegi, G. [Spon- taneous hypoglycemia] Gyogyaszat, 1931, 71: 7.—Geiger, E, & Szirtes, L. Maximale Hypoglykamie ohne Insulinanwendung. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 1912-4. Also Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1926, 119: 1-23. Also Magy. orv. arch, 1926, 27: 25; 1927, 28: 261.— Ghiron, V, & Grasso, R. Ipoglicemia e iperinsulinismo. Clin. chir, Milano, 1934, 37: 56-65—Gibbs, C. B. F. Insulin in hypo- glycemia. N. York State J.M, 1933, 33: 638—Goehl, R. O. Spontaneous hypoglycemia (hyperinsulinism) with case reports. Journal lancet, 1935, 55: 47-51.—Goodhart, S. P, & Lander, J. Spontaneous hypoglycemia. Med. J. & Rec, 1932, 136: 309. Also repr.—Gordon, W. H. Fetal hypoglycemia due to hyper- insulinism. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1935, 34:167-71.—Gram, H. C. [Spontaneous hypoglycemia] Ugeskr. laeger, 1933, 95: 543-6.— Griffiths, W. J, & Wesselow, O. L. V, de. A case of dysinsulin- ism. Lancet, Lond, 1933, 1: 519.—Grbnberg, A. [Case of spon- taneous hypoglycemia] Hygiea, Stockh, 1932, 94: 1001-5.— Hagedorn, H. C. Spontaneous hypoglycaemia. Actn med. scand, 1932, 79: suppl. 50, 187-95.—Harnapp, G. 0. Hyperin- sulinismus. Deut. med. Wschr, 1936, 62: 840-2. Also Mschr. Kinderh, 1936, 65: 407-25.—Harris, S. Hyperinsulinism and dysinsulinism (insulogenic hypoglycemia) with a chronological review of cases reported in the United States and Canada. En- docrinology, 1932, 16: 29-42. Also Internat. Clin, 1932, 42.ser, 1: 9-29. ----- Hyperinsulinism, a definite disease entity; etiology, pathology, symptoms, diagnosis, prognosis, and treat- ment of spontaneous insulogenic hypoglycemia (hyperinsu- linism) J. Am. M. Ass, 1933, 101: 1958-65. ----- The diag- nosis of surgical hyperinsulinism. South. Surg, 1934, 3: 199- 210.—Heyn, L. G. Hyperinsulinism. J. Am. M. Ass, 1932, 98: 1441-3.—Jacobs, S. Hyperinsulinism; with report of a case. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1934, 86: 724-6—Jimenez Biaz, C, & Martin Carrasco, T. Los estados hipogluc6micos espontaneos. Med. ibera, 1931, 15: 105-21.—John, H. J. Hyperinsulinism. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1927, 44: 190-3. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1931, 97: 1708.—Josephs, H. Spontaneous hypoglycemia in childhood. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1929, 38: 746-57. Also repr.—Krause, F. Hyperinsulinismus mit hypoglykamischen Symptomenkom- plex. Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 2346-9.—LabbS, M, & Boulin, R. Hypoglycemic insulinique; hyperinsulinisme. Medecine, Par, 1927-28, 9: 746-54.—Laroche, G. Les hypoglycemics spontanees chimiques. Nutrition, Par, 1936, 6: 285-309. -----& BussiSre, J. A. Les hypoglycemics spontanees chroniques. Rev. nted. chir. mal. foie, 1928, 3: 481-527.—Laroche, G, Lelourdy & Bus- siere, J. A. Les hypoglycemics spontanees chroniques. Presse med, 1928, 36: 513-6.—Laurinsich, A. L'ipoglicemia da iperin- sulinismo. Pediatria (Riv.) 1935, 43: 218-22— Lemieux, R, & Leblond, S. Hypoglycemic spontanee. Presse med, 1934, 42: 1583.—Lenstrup, E. [Spontaneous hypoglycemia in children] Ugeskr.laeger, 1936, 98:481-4—Levy-Barras. L'hyperinsulisme. Vie med, 1925, 6: 203.—Markoff, N. G. Beitrag zur Klinik der Spontanhypoglykamie. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1935, 65: 717-9.—Marsh, H. E. Hyperinsulinism; with report of case. Wisconsin M.J, 1931, 30: 339-43—Marx, H. Die Spontanhypo- glykamie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1936, 62: 843-5.—Massa, M. Stati ipoglicemici ed iperinsulinismo. Gior. clin. med, 1929, 10:679-721.—MaxweU, J. A case of spontaneous hypoglycaemia. S. Barth. Hosp. J, Lond, 1933, 40: 105-7— Moore, H, O'Farrell, W. R. [et al.] Acute spontaneous hypoglycaemia. Brit. M.J, 1931, 2: 837-40. Also Irish J.M. Sc, 1931, 6.ser, 600-6. ----- Ultimate history of a previously reported case of acute spontane- ous hypoglycaemia. Brit. M.J, 1934, 1: 227-9. Also Irish J.M. Sc, 1934, ser.6, no.98, 77-80.—Munakata, M. Ueber einen Fall von spontaner Hypoglykamie. Arch. klin. Chir, 1936, 185: 624-32.—Oppenheimer, A. Arteflzielle und spontane Hypoglykamie. Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 2202-4.—Oyama Valen- zuela. Hipercrinia insular. Med. ibera, 1931, 25: pt2, 555-9.— Posel, M. M. A case of dysinsulinism. S. Afr. M.J, 1933, 7: 794.—Powell, E. Hyperinsulinism; a disease of great clinical importance. Clin. M.&S, 1935, 42: 319-21. ----- The endo- crines and hyperinsulinism. Ibid, 1936, 43: 433-5.—Rams- bottom, A, & Eastwood, C. G. Spontaneous hypoglycaemia. Brit. M.J, 1932, 1: 833-5.—Rosenfeld, G. Ein eigenartiger Fall von Hyperinsulinismus. Mschr. Kinderh, 1933, 57: 269-75.— Rynearson, E. H. Hyperinsulinism; the misuse of the term. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1934, 9: 573-6.—Salvatore, M. Contributo alla conoscenza dell' iperinsulinismo. Pathologica, Genova, 1930, 22: 407-10.—Sawyer, R. E, & Farnsworth, E. E. Report of a case of hyperinsulinism. Nebraska M.J, 1928, 13: 459.— Seino, Y. Ueber die sogenannte spontane Hypoglykamie. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1933-34, 3: no.2, Int. med, 55—Shih-Hao, L, & Hsiao- Chien, C. Hypoglycemia; report of a case unassociated with insulin administration. Arch. Int. M, 1925, 36: 146-8.— Sigwald, J. Les hypoglycemics spontan6es. J. med. fr, 1932, 21:245. Also Paris nted, 1932,85:321-32—Stenstrom.T. Einige Beobachtungen von spontaner hypoglykamischer Reaktion beim Menschen. Acta med. scand, 1928, suppl, H.26,170-86 — Stief, A. L'iperinsulinismo spontaneo. Riv. pat. nerv, 1932, 39: 139-44.—Tarsitano, A. Iperinsulinismo. Morgagni, 1931, 73: 1035-43.—Tedstrom, M. K. Hypoglycemia and hyperinsu- linism. Ann. Int. M, 1934, 7: 1013-25—Theisen, R.I. A case report of spontaneous hypoglycemia. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1935, 25: 94-6.—Tiberi, R. Iperinsulinismo. Diagnosi, 1935, 15: 206-25.—Tuttle, G. H. Hyperinsulinism. N. England J.M, 1931, 204: 1039-41.—Unverricht. Spontanhypoglykamie als transitorisches Symptom. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61: 207-9.—Wilder, J. Probleme der sogenannten spontanen Hypo- glykamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 76: 136-57. ----■ Ueber spontane und arteflzielle Hypoglykamie. Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1933,7: 253-9. Also Mitt. Volksgesundhamt, Wien, 1933, arztl. prax, 253-9.—Wilder, R. M. Hyperinsulinism. Internat. Clin, 1933, 43.ser, 2: 1-18. Also repr—Wilkinson, G. B., & Poole, E. B. A simple approach to the diagnosis of hyperinsu- linism; report of 50 cases. South. M.&S, 1936, 98: 465-8.— Wotzka, K. Weiterer Beitrag zur Spontanhypoglykamie. Munch, med. Wschr, 1934, 81: 1127—Ziskind, E. Hyperinsu- linism; report of a case of spontaneous hypoglycemia, with studies in dextrose tolerance. Arch. Int. M., 1933, 52: 76-85. Also repr. ---- low: Hyperinsulinism, artificial. See also Diabetes, Complications; Insulin. Aubertin, E, & Trinquier, E. Etude comparative des aires d'hypoglycemie determinees par des injections intraveineuses BLOOD SUGAR 661 BLOOD SUGAR et sous-cutan6es d'insuline chez le chien normal en etat de veille. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932,110: 968—Bearwood, J. T, jr. A case of attempted suicide with insulin. J. Am. M. Ass, 1934, 102: 765.—Brooks, C. M. The resistance of surviving spinal animals to hypoglycemia induced by insulin. Am. J. Physiol, 1934, 107: 577-83.—Cordier, Lesbouyries & Verge. Syndrome hypo- glycemique et fievre vitulaire. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1928, 186: 179 —Bunn, F. L. The variability of insulin hypoglycemia. Nebraska M.J, 1931, 16: 231-4.—Fiessinger, N. Les syndromes insuliniques. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1933, 47: 129-34.—Foshay, L. Observation upon the action of insulin on the blood, with special reference to the cause of the condition known as hypoglycemia. Am. J. Physiol, 1925, 73: 470-9. ----- Insulin reactions. Arch. Int. M, 1927, 40: 661-7.—Gravano, L. Clasiflcacion y formas clinicas de la hipoglucemia insulinica. Tr. pub. Clin. Escudero, B. Air, 1930, 4: 784-91— Hajnal, G. [Marked hypo- glycemic reaction in forced feeding with insulin] Gyogyaszat, 1930 70: 974.—Harrop, G. A, jr. Hypoglycemia and the toxic effects of insulin. Arch. Int. M, 1927, 40: 216-25.—Iversen, P. [Case of insulin poisoning] Ugeskr. laeger, 1929, 91: 216.—Julia Ros§s, R. Sobre el coma insulinico. Rev. nted. Barcelona, 1932,17: 457-59.—Klein, O, & Holzer, H. Weitere Mitteilungen iiber Insulinhypoglykamie und Insulinshock beim Menschen. Zschr. klin. Med, 1928, 107: 94-112.—Kurokawa, K, & Hosoya, W. Ueber experimentellen Hyperinsulinismus. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1932, 22: 270-3.—Labbe, M. Les accidents hypoglyce- miques provoques par l'insuline. Bull. Soc. med. hdp. Paris, 1931, 3.ser, 47: 1124-34. Also J. nted. Paris, 1933, 53: 749-52. ----- & Boulin. Pathogenese des accidents post-insuliniques dits hypoglycemiques. Gaz. med. France, 1934, 533-5.—Lami, G. Iperinsulinismo funzionale. Clin. med. ital, 1930, 61: 264-78.—McCormick, N. A, Macleod, J. J. R. [et al.] The influence of the nutritional condition of the animal on the hypoglycaemia produced bv insulin. J. Physiol, Lond, 1923-24, 57: 234-52.—Muller, E. F, & Petersen, W. F. Ueber den Insulinschock. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 1025-8.—Nordsted, A, Norgaard, A, & Hess Thaysen, T. E. Clinical investigations into the effect of intravenous injections of insulin; hypoglycemic symptoms in normal individuals. Acta med. scand, 1930, 73: 125-38.—Puche i Alvarez, J. Influencia de la hipoglucemia insulinica sobre el funcionament del cap aillat. Tr. Soc. biol, Barcel, 1932, 14: 83-90, 4 graph.—Rosenberg, M. Ueber arte- fiziellen und spontanen Hyperinsulinismus. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 2097-103.—Seckel, H, & KaUner, A. Insulinhypogly- kamie und Ionenwirkung im Sauglingsalter. Ibid, 1927, 6: 2044 —Sevringhaus, E. L. Difficulties in the diagnosis of insulin coma. J. Am. M. Ass, 1928, 91: 305-7—Singer, G. Insulin- schaden. Wrien. med. Wschr, 1933, 83: 297-9— Zagami, V. Contributi alla conoscenza dell'azione dell'insulina, con par- ticolare riguardo alia sindrome ipoglieemica. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1930, 28: 339-71.—Zunz, E, & La Barre, J. Hyperinsulme- mie consecutive a l'injection de solution de secretine non hypo- tensive. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 98: 143.5-8. ----- Sur les causes de l'hyperinsulinemie consecutive a l'injection intravei- neuse de solution de secretion non-hypotensive. Ibid, 99: 335. --- low: Manifestations. Mathis, C. *Ueber die Klinik des hypogly- kamischen Symptomenkomplexes (Erfahrungen an 1,530 klinisch beobachteten Diabetikern) [Berlin] 24p. 8? Charlottenb., 1932. Ashe, B. I, Mosenthal, H. 0, & Ginsberg, G. Hypogly- cemia; with and without insulin; with and without symptoms. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1927-28, 13: 109-16—Bickel, G. Les pheno- menes douloureux abdominaux de l'hypoglycemie spontanee; hyperinsulinisme a forme d'ulcus duodenal. Arch. mal. app. digest, 1934, 24: 953-8. ----- Hyperinsulinisme a forme de lithiase biliaire. Ibid, 959-64—Brems, A, & Holten, C. [Rise of bloodpressure and certain so-called hypoglycemic cases after insulin injections] Bibl. laeger, 1929, 121: 463-82. Also Acta med. scand, 1929, 72: 571-88—Cayrel, M. La sindrome d ipo- glicemia. Riforma med, 1925, 41: 493-5—Chatel, A. de. Das Elektrokardiogramm im schweren hypoglykamischen Shock. Klin. Wschr, 1935,14:1784-6—Gammon, G. B, & Tenery, W. C. Hypoglycemia; the clinical syndrome, etiology and treatment: report of a case due to hyperinsulinism. Arch. Int. M, 1931, 47: 829-54.-Gottschalk, A, & Springborn, A. Hypog'^ami- sches Coma mit Ketonurie. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 1.660.— Hadorn, W. Das Herz im Insulinschock (vorlaufige Mitteilung) Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1936, 66: 936. ----- Untersuchungen uber die Beeinflussung des Herzens durch Insulin und Hypo- glykamie (bes. Berucksichtigung der elektrokardiographiscnen Befunde bei der Insulinbehandlung der Schizophrenic) Zschr. klin. Med, 1936, 130: 643-59—Harris, S. Clinical types of hyperinsulinism. Am. J. Digest. Dis 1934, 1: 562-9. —— Gastro-intestinal manifestations of hyperinsulinism. Ibid, 1935-36, 2: 557-67.-Harvey, H. E. Clinical note on a case of hypoglycemia with unusual symptoms. Nebraska M.J, 1928, 13: 429.-Lauter, S, & Baumann, H. Kreislauf und At- mung im hypoglykamischen Zustand. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1929. 163: 161-75.-Le Clerc, V. La diurese aqueuse au cours de l'hypoglycemie insulinique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, u-i. 273-5.-MacBowell, A. Consideracoes sobre as syndromes acidosicas e hypoglycemicas. Brasil med, 1928, 42: 97ft-K. Maddock, S. J, & Trimble, H. C. Prolonged insulin hypogly- cemia without symptoms. J. Am._M Ass, 1928, 91. i316-21.- Massa, M„ & Maugeri, S. Contributo alla conoscenza delle sindromi ipoglicemiche. Minerva med. Tor, 1933, 24: pt 1, 905-7. ----- Per il riconoscimento delle manifestazioni ipoglicemiche; ipoglucosemia con tasso glicemico normale od elevato. Monit. endocr, 1934,2:506-10.—Modern, F.S. Chronic heart pain due to prolonged hypoglycemia. J. Am. M. Ass, 1931, 96: 357.—Monasterio, G. Le tre grandi sindromi ipogli- cemiche. Arch. farm, sper, Roma, 1931-32, 52: 33-52.—Neff, F. C. Some features of infantile hypoglycemia. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1936, 37: 95-7.—Reinwein. Beobachtungen iiber den hypoglykamischen Symptomenkomplex. Deut. med. Wschr, 1931, 57: 571-4.—Romano, N, Mazzei, E. S, & Baila, M. E. Per- turbaciones cardiovasculares en la hipoglucemia insulinica. Rev. As. med. argent, 1936, 50: 1175-90.—Schnetz, H. Die Funktionsprufung des Inselapparates bei Hyperinsulinismus. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1936, 179: 466-89.—Sippe, C, & Bostock, J. Hypoglycaemia: a survey and an account of 25 cases. Med. J. Australia, 1933, 1: 207-18.—Snapper, I, & Creveld, S. van. Un cas d'hypoglycemie avec acetonemic chez un enfant. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1928, 3.ser, 52: 1315-24.—Spaeth, H. Das hypoglykamische Symptomenbild. Zbl. inn. Med, 1933, 54: 306-21.—Turner, K. B. Insulin shock as the cause of cardiac pain; case report. Am. Heart J, 1929-30, 5: 671.—Weill, A, & Laudat. A propos du syndrome d'hypoglycemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 246-8— Widmark, E. M. P, & Carlens, 0. Beobachtungen iiber die hypoglykamischen Symptome bei Kiihen. Biochem. Zschr, 1925, 158: 81-6.—Wiechmann, E, & Koch, F. Ueber den Augendruck im hypoglykamischen Zustand. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1928, 40. Kongr, 258-60. Also Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1929, 163: 176-201—Wilder, J. Wie erkennt man larvierte hypoglykamische Zustande? Wien. klin. Wschr, 1932, 45: 722. low: Manifestations, mental and neural. Benedek, L. Insulin-Schock-Wirkung auf die Wahrnehmung. 78p. 8? Berl., 1935. Ourinowsky, P. Contribution a l'etude des troubles psychiques dans l'hypoglycemie. 24p. 8? Geneve, 1933. Andersen, B. [Insulin poisoning and Babinski's toe reflex] Ugeskr. laeger, 1931,93: 5.—Azgrad, E. Etat des reflexes au cours du coma hyperinsulinique. Medecine, Par, 1930, 11: 525-9.— Bersot, H. Le syndrome neurologique du choc insulinique. Ann. med. psychol. Par, 1936, 94: 665-70—Bickel, G. Acces d'hypoglycemie convulsive precedant un diabete juvenile grave. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1935, 3.ser, 51: 7-12—Bodechtel, G. Der hypoglykamische Shock und seine Wirkung auf das Zentral- nervensystem, zugleich ein Beitrag zu seiner Pathogenese. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1933, 175: 188-201—Bowen, B. B„ & Beck, G. Insulin hypoglycemia; 2 cases with convulsions; one necropsy report. Ann. Int. M, 1933, 6: 1412-25—Carr, A. B. Neurologic syndromes associated with hypoglycemia. J. Am. M. Ass, 1931, 97: 1850-2.—Bameshek, W, Myerson, A, & Stephenson, C. Insulin hypoglycemia; mechanism of the neurologic symptoms. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 33: 1-18 —Btinner, L, Ostertag, B, & Liicke, H. Insulinkrampfe und reticuloendotheliales System. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 101 —Filla, E. Fenomeni nervosi dell'ipoglicemia e loro pato- genesi. Minerva med. Tor, 1933, 24: 254-61—Fog, J, & Schmidt, M. Insulinvergiftung mit akuter Geistesverwirrtheit und Aphasie als Ursache eines Verkehrsunfalles. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1930-31, 16: 376-83. Also Ugeskr. la?ger, 1931, 93: 447-50.—Goldstern, S. Ein Fall von Spontanhypoglykamie mit epileptiformen Anfallen. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 1395-7.—Gozzano, M. Alterazioni istologiche del sistema nervoso nell'intossicazione da insulina. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1929 4- 73-6—Gray, P. A, & Burtness, H. I. Hypoglycemic headache. Endocrinology, 1935, 19: 549-60—Grayzel, B. M. Changes in the central nervous system resulting from convul- sions due to hvperinsulinism. Arch. Int. M , 1934, 54:694-701.— Greenwood, J. A case of psychosis due to hypoglycemia. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 33: 232-4. ----- Hypo- glycemia as a cause of mental symptoms; report of cases. Penn- sylvania M.J, 1935-36, 39: 12-6— Griffith, J. P. C. Hypogly- cemia and the convulsions of early life. J. Am. M. Ass, 1929, 93- 1526-9—Harris, S. Neurologic hyperinsulinism. South. M J 1935 28: 959-65.—Jordan, W. R. Neurological manifesta- tions'of hypoglycemia. N. England J.M, 1933, 209: 715-9 — Kiely C E Hypoglycemia with amnesia; a case report. J. Med', Cincin, 1936-37, 17: 139—Kbnighaus, W. Cerebrate Herdsymptome in Coma hypoglycaemicum. Med. Klin, Berl 1927, 23: 1616—Kuhn, H. Spontanhypoglykamie als Ursache einer organischen Anfallserkrankung. Mschr. Psy- chiat 1936, 93: 83-92.—Laroche, G, Lelouroy & Bussiere, J. A. TTn p'as d'hvDOglycemie spontanee avec accidents nerveux graves Bull. Soc; nted. hop. Paris, 1928, 3.ser, 52: 375-85.- Maarssrf, C. [Case of spontaneous hypoglycemia with spasms] Ugeskr laeger, 1933, 95: 612-4—Marinescu, G, Fagon, E. [et al.] [Study of the hypoglycemic syndrome; case of hypoglycemic hvnersomnia] Romania med, 1932, 10: 211. Also Ann. med. Par 1933 33-177-84.—Meignant, P. Les accidents nerveux et mentaux ltes a l'hypoglycemie. Encephale, 19321, 27: 310-29.- Miller W. L, & Trescher, J. H. Amnesia, epileptiform convul- sive seizures and hemiparesis as manifestations of insulin shock. Am J M Sc, 1927, 174: 453-9.— Moracci, E. Sui fenomeni convulsivi da sostanze ipoglicemizzanti nei Colombo; contributo alia conoscenza dei fattori ehe determinano la comparsa delle convulsioni da insulina. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1932, 7: BLOOD SUGAR 662 BLOOD SUGAR 302-6.—Naglo, 0. A case of over-dosage of insulin followed by hvsteria. Acta paediat, Upps, 1932-33, 14: 209—Nechkovich, M. Les causes possibles des convulsions insuliniques; antago- nisme entre le glucose et les ions H. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 683.—Putter, E. Tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Insulinwirkung; iiber die Abhangigkeit der hypoglykami- schen Krampfe vom Blutzuckerspiegel. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 2239-42.—Raiha, C. E. Eine mehrere Tage dauernde Funk- tionsstbrung des Grosshirns infolge schwerer Hypoglykamie. Acta paediat, Upps, 1935-36, 18: 315-21— Rynearson, E. H, & Moersch, F. P. Neurologic manifestations of hyperinsulinism and other hypoglycemic states. J. Am. M. Ass, 1934,103:1196-9. Also Collect. Papers Mayo Clin, 1934, 26: 501-7— Sehestedt, H. Das Babinskische Zeichen als Unterscheidungsmerkmal bei der Insulinvergiftung. Zschr. klin. Med, 1931-32, 119: 754_9—Sjogren, T, & Tillgren, J. On peculiar states of con- fusion in insulinism. Acta med. scand, 1926-27, 65: 684-96 — Sonne, C. The symptomatology of medicamental insulin poisoning, particularly with a view to the psychic disturbances. Acta path, microb. scand, 1930, suppl. 3, 397-410— Stbrring, F. K. Psychotische Insulinreaktion und Erbgut. Deut. med. Wschr, 1937, 63: 10-2.—Stone, L. Chronic endogenous hypoglycemia with neuropsychiatric syndrome. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1935, 36: 13-21. Also repr.—Tani, N. Experimentelle Beitrage zum Insulinkrampf, mit Beriicksichtigung histo- pathologischer Befunde. Psychiat. neur. jap, 1935, 39: 5.— Tannhauser, S. Psychische Storungen als hypoglykamische Reaktion. Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 1426—Vonderahe, A. R. Per- sonality change in hypoglycemia. J. Med, Cincin, 1936-37, 17: 189.—Weil, C. K. Functional hyperinsulinism; epileptiform convulsions accompanying spontaneous hypoglycemia. In- ternat. Clin, 1932, 42.ser, 4: 33-50— Wilder, J. Zur Neuro- logie und Psychiatrie der hypoglykamischen Zustande. Med. Klin , Berl, 1930, 26: 616-21.—Winter, L. B. Insulin convulsions and recovery. Biochem. J, Lond, 1926, 20: 668-75—Wuth, 0. Ueber psychische Krankheitserscheinungen bei Hypoglykamie. Mschr. Psychiat, 1929, 73: 129-39— Yaskin, J. C, & Dillon, E. S. Hypoglycemia with epileptiform seizures. Arch. Neur. Psy- chiat, Chic, 1936, 35: 923-5—Ziegler, L. H. Disturbances of sleep and maniacal delirium associated with spontaneously low blood sugar? Med. Clin. N. America, 1930, 13: 1363-5—Zunz, E, & La Barre, J. Sensibilite des centres nerveux superieurs S l'hypoglycemie provoquee par injection d'insuline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928,99:631. ---- low: Pathology. See also Blood sugar, Regulation; Blood sugar, Storage; also names of primary diseases. Germond, R. *Les mitochondries de la cellule hepatique dans l'hypoglycemie par l'in- suline. 46p. 8? Lausanne, 1924. Baudouin, A, Lewin, J. & Azerad, E. Considerations sur le mecanisme des accidents dits d'hypoglycemie. Presse med, 1936, 44: 89-91.—Brandt, F. &, Katz, G. Ueber den Nachweis von Adrenalinsekretion beim Menschen; die Insulinhypogly- kamie. Zschr. klin. Med, 1933, 123: 23-39.—Carriere, G, Martin, P, & Carbonnel. Le sucre proteidique et les albumines seriques au cours de l'hypoglycemie insulinique chez les sujets normaux et chez les diabetiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 114: 265.—Collin, R, Drouet, P. L. [et al.] Action histo-physiologique de l'hypoglycemie sur la glande pituitaire, la neurhypophyse et le tuber cinereum. Ibid, 1931, 108: 61-4. ----- Action histophysiologique de l'hypoglycemie sur les glandes thyroldes et parathyroides, le pancreas, les glandes salivaires et te thymus. Ibid, 64-6. ----- Action histophysiologique de l'hypogly- cemie sur le foie, la rate et les glandes surrenales. Ibid, 66-8.— Costedoat, A, & Aujaleu, E. Action de l'hypoglycemie sur reiectrocardiogramme du lapin. Ibid, 1932,110: 755.—Crocetta, A, & Franchini, A. Ricerche istologiche e biochimiche sull'- iperinsulinismo sperimentale cronico. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1934, 33: 578-91—Cruickshank, E. W. H, & Startup, C. W. The respiratory quotient, oxygen consumption and glycogen coutent of the mammalian heart in aglycaemia. J. Physiol, Lond, 1933, 80: 179-92.—Bannenberg, A. M, Bell, M. A, & Gouley, B. Spontaneous hypoglycemia due to hyperinsulinism in a child; report of a case with autopsy findings. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1935, 7: 44-54.—Botti, L. B. Studies in the carbohydrate meta- bolism of the rabbit; the true blood sugar value in convulsions due to insulin administration. J. Biol. Chem.. 1934, 104: 535-9. -----& Hrubetz, M. C. The true blood sugar level in insulin shock and convulsions. Ibid, 1936, 113:141-3—Drabkin, B. L, Page, I. H, & Edwards, D. J. Blood concentration in insulin hypoglycemia. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1923-24, 21: 309- 11.—Bucceschi, V. Sur le mecanisme de l'hypoglycemie par insuline. Arch. ital. biol, 1924, 74: 107-16— Btinner, L, Oster- tag, B, & Thannhauser, S. Klinik und pathologische Anatomie der chronischen Insulinvergiftung an Tieren. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 1054-6.—Edwards, B. J, & Page, I. H. Observations on the circulation during hypoglycemia from large doses of insulin. Am. J. Physiol, 1924, 69: 177-89—Endres, G, & Lucke, H. Die Regulation des Blutzuckers und der Blut- reaktion beim Menschen; die physikalisch-chemische Atmungs- regulation bei Hypoglykamien. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1925, 45: 285-95.—Ernstene, A. C, & Altschule, M. B. The effect of insulin hypoglycemia on the circulation. J. Clin. Invest, 1931,10:521-8.—Filla, E. Modiflcazioni ematologiche secondarie alle iniezioni di insulina e loro relazione con i fenomeni ipogli- cemici. Minerva med. Tor, 1932, 23: 59-61.-----La patogenesi del fenomeni ipoglicemici. Ibid, 1933, 24: 251, pt2, 866. Also Monit. endocr, 1934, 2: 501-5.—Fischler, F. Zur hypoglykamischen Reaktion und zur Zuckerverwertung im Tierorganismus. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 471-3.----- & Ottensooser, F. Zur Analyse hypoglykamischer Zustande und iiber die Wesensgleichheit der glykopriven Intoxikation und der hypoglykamischen Reaktion. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1925, 144: i-59.—Halliox, L. Sur les donnees anatomo-cliniques relatives a l'hyperinsulinisme. Rev. prat, biol. Par, 1932, 25: 289-90.—Jacchia, L. Sulle modiflcazioni del sangue in rapporto con le variazioni del tasso glicemico; loro probabile intervento nei meccanismo della ipoglicemia. Riforma med, 1931, 47: 247-9.—Kahn, R. H. Ueber die zentrale Reizung der Neben- nieren und der Paraganglien wahrend der Insulinvergiftung. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1926, 212: 54-63. ----- & Miinzer F. T. Ueber nervbs bedingte Veranderungen der Nebennierenrinde wahrend der Insulinvergiftung. Ibid, 1927, 217: 521-7.— Kermack, W. O, Lambie, C. G, & Slater, R. H. Influence of methylglyoxal and other possible intermediaries upon in- sulin hypoglycaemia. Biochem. J, Lond, 1927, 21: 40-5. -----Action of hydroxymethylglyoxal upon normal and hypoglycaemic animals. Ibid, 1929, 23: 410-5.—Klein, O, & Holzer, H. Zur Beeinflussung der Leukocytose im Insulinschock (Leukocytensturz nach Milchzufuhr) Zbl. inn. Med, 1927, 48: 828-31. ----- Beobachtungen fiber Insulin- hypoglykamie, Insulinshock und Insulinleukocytose beim Menschen. Zschr. klin. Med, 1927,106:360-85.----- Ueber die aktuelle Reaktion des Blutes im Insulinshock beim Men- schen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24: 1391. ----- Ueber das Verhalten des Kohlensauregehaltes im arteriellen und venbsen Blut im Insulinshock beim Menschen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 64: 798-803.—Klein, O, & Kment, M. Beobachtungen iiber Insulin-Hypoglykamie beim Menschen; Verhalten der Eiweissfraktionen des Blutes, des Bilirubins, der Blutkonzen- tration und der Blutgerinnung, insbesondere bei Leberkranken. Zschr. klin. Med, 1928,107:476-87.—Kugelmann, B. Zur Frage der Adrenalinausschuttung bei der Insulinhypoglykamie und bei Palschen Gefasskrisen. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 1488 — La Barre, J. Modifications humorales et eiectrocardiographiques produites chez un chien r6actif apres la transfusion de sang veineux pancreatique d'un animal donneur rendu hyperinsu- lhtemique par excitation du vague droit. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 1397-400. ----- Physiopathologie des etats hypo- glycemiques. Bull, med. Par, 1934, 48: 797. Also Presse med, 1934, 42: 1581. -----& Cespedes, C. de. Les variations de la secretion gastrique au cours de l'hypoglycemie insulinique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 106: 480-2—La Barre, J, & Houssa, P. A propos des variations de l'adrenalinemie au cours de l'hypo- glycemie insulinique! Ibid, 1932, 109: 967-9—Lax, H, & Petenyi, G. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der hypoglykamischen Reaktion. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 678.—Lichtwitz, L. Blutzuk- kerregulation und Hypoglykaemie. In his Path. Funktionen, Leiden, 1936, 18-39.—Magenta, M. A. Accion de las sales de niquel y cobalto sobre la hipoglucemia insulinica. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1927, 3: 687-90. ----- & Biasotti, A. Accion de algunas substancias sobre la hipoglucemia insulinica. Rev. As. med. argent, 1923, 36: sect. soc. biol, 262-70—Mahler, P. Der Tonus des menschlichen Magens und Darms im Insulin- shock. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 73: 817-21.—Mattioli, M. Sull' iperinsulinismo e sua azione sugli organi a secrezione in- terna. Morgagni, 1933, 75: 611-6, 2pl—Middleton, W. S, & Oatway, W. H, jr. Insulin shock and the myocardium. Am. J.M. Sc, 1931,181:39-52.—Moschini, A. Influence delaglycosa- mine sur l'hypoglycemie par insuline; possibilite de la transfor- mation de la glycosamine en glycose dans l'organisme. Arch. ital. biol, 1924, 74: 117-25.—Oppel, W. W. Zur Frage des hypo- glykamischen Symptomenkomplexes bei Kaninchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, 60: 86-101—Popper, H, & Wozasek, 0. Ueber Diastasehemmung in der Leber bei tbdlich verlaufender Insulin-Hypoglykamie. Virchows Arch, 1933, 288: 673-81 — Pucci, R. Influenza dell' atropina sull' ipoglicemia insulinica (contributo sperimentale alla studio del meccanismo d'azione delP insulina) Riv. pat. sper, 1935, 14: 161-76—Racchiusa, S. Influenza delle iniezioni di proteine eterogenee sull' ipoglicemia sperimentale da insulina. Boll. Soc. biol. sper, 1926, 1: 58-61. ----- Influenza delle proteine eterogenee e della adrenalina sulla ipoglicemia insulinica. Ibid, 62-4.—Rathery, F, & Sig- wald, J. Introduction a l'etude de l'hypoglycemie. J. nted. fr, 1932, 21: 227. ----- Etude experimentale des modifications humorales dans l'hypoglycemie insulinique chez te chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 107: 1074-6.—Recordier, M. Le rein et l'hypoglycemie insulinique. Marseille nted, 1935, 72: 781-7. -----& Andrac, M. Recherches sur les hypoglycemics provo- qitees par l'insuline en fonction de la pernteabilite renale. Ibid, 758-80.—Sanchirico, F. La lipemia negli stati ipoglicemici sperimentali. Fol. med. Nap, 1935, 21: 283-95—Schaffer, H, Bucka, E, & Friedlander, K. Ueber die Einwirkung des Insu- lins und der Hypoglykamie auf das menschliche Herz; nach elektrokardiographischen Untersuchungen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1927, 57: 35-67— Schereschewsky, N. A, Mogilnitzky, B. N, & Gorjaewa, A. W. Zur Pathologie und pathologischen Anatomie der Insulinvergiftung. Endokrinologie, 1929, 5: 204-24.—Schmid, H. L'histopathologie du choc insulinique. Ann. nted. psychol. Par, 1936, 94: 658-64—Scuderi, G. La tensione superflciale del siero di sangue nello choc insulinico. Biochim. ter. sper, 1933, 20: 420-3. ----- Variazioni delle costanti biologiche del sangue umano nello choc insulinico. Ibid, 485-92—Stenstrbm, T. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Sympto- matologie und Pathogenese der spontanen Hypoglykamie. BLOOD SUGAR 663 BLOOD SUGAR Acta med. scand, 1934, suppl.59, 263-76. ----- & Sjbvall, H. Die spontane Hypoglykamie und ihre Pathogenese. Acta path. microb. scand, 1933, suppl.16, 484-99.—Takahashi, K. Hypo- glykamie und Kohlenhydratstoffwechsel des Zentralnerven- systems. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 1914— Talbot, F. B, Shaw, E. B, & Moriarty, M. E. Hypoglycemia and acidosis. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1924, 36: 16-9. Also repr. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 83: 91-3.—Tarsitano, A. Modiflcazioni del valore comple- mentare, del valore opsonico, delle agglutinine e della velocita di sedimentazione dei corpuscoli rossi nell' iperinsulinismo speri- mentale. Morgagni, 1936, 77: 1339-44— Trimarchi, G. In- fluenza dell' argirolo sull' ipoglicemia sperimentale da insulina. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 323-5—Vercellotti, G. Sul comportamento della glicemia a digiuno in diverse forme mor- bose; contributo alio studio della ipoglicemia. Clin. med. ital, 1932, 63:949; 981.—Wiechmann, E, & Koch, F. Untersuchungen iiber den hypoglykamischen Zustand nach Insulininjektion; iiber die Ursachen der Augendrucksenkung im hypoglykami- schen Zustand. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1928, 160: 361-7. ---- Ueber die Sauerstoffsattigung des Venenblutes peri- pherer Gefassgebiete im Insulinschock. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 1800—Wilder, R. L, & Schultz, F. W. The action of atropine and adrenaline on gastric tonus and hypermotility induced by insulin hypoglycemia. Am. J. Physiol, 1931, 96: 54-8.—Yen, T. J, Aomura, :T, & Inaba, T. Epinephrine libera- tion during insulin hypoglycaemia. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1933, 21: 542-55.—Zunz, E, & La Barre, J. L'hypoglycemie insuli- nique diminue-t-elle la production d'insuline par te pancreas? C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 1045-8. ---- low: Treatment. See also Blood sugar, high, experimental: Drugs; Blood sugar, Variations: Drugs; Glucose, Therapeutic use. Allan, F. N. The diagnosis and treatment of hyperinsulin- ism. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1935, 15: 1481-8.—Barrow, S. C. A case of hypoglycemia treated by radiation, with benefit. Radiology, 1933, 21: 296. ----- Hyperinsulinism: 3 cases re- lieved by radiation. Ibid, 1935, 24: 320-5.—Blatherwick, N. R, & Sahyun, M. Concerning the effect of cobalt on insulin hypo- glycemia in rabbits. Am. J. Physiol, 1927, 81: 560-2.—Bjiggild, D. H. Weitere Versuche fiber die Bedeutung des Nebennieren- raarkes fiir die Vorbeugung des Insulinschocks. Acta med. scand, 1932-33, 79: 458-66.—Campbell, W. R, & Hepburn, J. The effect of dihydroxyacetone on insulin hypoglycemia. J. Biol. Chem, 1926, 68: 575-83.—Clark, B. B, & Greene, J. A. Effect of low carbohydrate diet on glucose tolerance in spon- taneous hypoglycemia. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934-35, 32: 1459-62.—Conn, J. W. The advantage of a high protein diet in the treatment of spontaneous hypoglycemia. J. Clin. In- vest, 1936, 15: 673-8.—Criado Cardona, R. Diagnostico y trata- miento de la hipoglucemia. Rev. san. mil, Madr, 1933, 23: 359; 384.—Filla, E, & Zoz, M. La compensazione spontanea delle ipoglicemie provocate con dosi crescenti di insulina. Minerva med. Tor, 1932, 23:814-7.—Hallion, L. L'hyperinsuli- nisme; ses symptomes et son traitement. Rev. prat, biol. Par, 1932, 25: 257-64.—Hewitt, J. A, & Reeves, H. G. A note on the action of glyceric aldehyde and dihydroxy-acetone on insulin hypoglycaemia. Lancet, Lond, 1926, 2: 703.—Hulgaard, H. [Treatment of insulin poisoning] Ugeskr. laeger, 1928, 90: 791; 1929, 91: 1131.—John, H. J. A case of hyperinsulinism treated with insulin. Endocrinology, 1933,17: 583; 1935,19: 689.—Kuhn, E. Zur Diagnose und Therapie der Spontanhypoglvkamie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1934, 81: 1380—Labbe, M, Brule, M, & Lenegre. Un cas d'hypoglycemie spontanee avec amelioration persistante. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1932, 3.ser, 48: 101-5 — levene, P. A, & Blanco, J. G. Dihydroxyacetone and insulin hypoglycemia. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 79: 657-66— McCullagh, E. P. Treatment of chronic hypoglycemia. Med. Clin. N. America, 1935-36, 19: 2005-20.—Moschini, A. Action de quel- ques monosaccharides et disaccharides administres par voie gastrique, sur l'hypoglycemie par insuline. Arch. ital. biol, 1924,74: 126-30.—Randall, L. M, & Rynearson, E. H. Successful treatment of spontaneous hypoglycemia of the infant of a dia- betic mother: a preliminary report. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1935,10: 705-7.—Selman, J. J, & Weinman, S. F. Observations on the effects of substance other than carbohydrate in relieving the toxic symptoms of insulin. Am. J.M. Sc, 1928, 176: 865-7 — Shepardson, H. C. Glycopenia: the efficacy of high fat diets in the treatment of chronic hypoglycemia. Endocrinology, 1932, 16: 182-92—Whipple, A. O. The therapy of chronic hypoglycemia. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1934,177-85.—Zagami, V, & Saltalamacchia, U. Contributo alla conoscenza dell' azione del glicosio nella sindrome ipoglicemia da insulina. Arch, fisiol., Fir, 1927, 25: 530-7. ---low: Treatment, surgical. See also Diabetes, experimental; Pancreas, Surgery; Suprarenals, Surgery. Allan, F. N, Boeck, W. C, & Judd, E. S. The surgical treat- ment of hyperinsulinism. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 94: 1116-9. Also repr.—Azerad, Motte & Vercier. Coma insulinique chez un sujet non diabetique; guerison apres simple rachicentese. Bull.Soc.med.h6p. Paris, 1934,3.ser,50:-782-6— Berry,J.A. A rase of hyperinsulinism relieved by partial pancreatectomy. Brit. J. Surg, 1935-36, 23: 51-65.—Caltabiano, B. Effetti della enervazione dei surreni sulla ipoglicemia insulinica. Morgagni, 1935, 77: 235-8.—Berick, C. L, Newton, F. C. [et al.] Spontane- ous hyperinsulinism; report of a case of hyperinsulinism cured by surgical intervention. N. England J.M, 1933, 208: 293-8 — Graham, E. A, & Hartmann, A. F. Subtotal resection of the pancreas for hypoglycaemia. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1934,59: 474-9.— Holman, E. Partial pancreatectomy for hyperinsulinism. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 71-6. ----- & Railsback, O. C. Partial pancreatectomy in chronic spontaneous hypoglycemia, with a review of the cases of hypoglycemia surgically treated. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1933, 56: 591-600— Judd, E. S, Allan, F. N, & Rynearson, E. H. Hyperinsulinism, its surgical treatment. J. Am. M. Ass, 1933, 101: 99-102—Koster, H, & Mirsky, A. I. Inhibition of hypoglycemic perspiration by spinal anesthesia. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 31: 135-8—McCaughan, J. M. Subtotal pancreatectomy for hyperinsulinism; operative technic. Ann. Surg, 1935,101: 1336-41— Mouzon, J. La pancreatectomie partielle dans le traitement des etats d'hy perinsulinisme. Presse med, 1930, 38: 1157-61—Patterson, J. C, & Elliott, W. G. Bysin- sulinism; report of cases treated surgically. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1934, 23: 419-21—Schur, M, & Taubenhaus, M. Zur Pathoge- nese und Klinik der Spontanhypoglykamie und deren operativer Behandlung. Zschr. klin. Med, 1935,128: 292-307.—Simon, H. E. Surgery in the treatment of hyperinsulinism. South. Surg, 1934, 3: 211-26.—Thomason, G. Hyperinsulinism, hypogly- cemia, subtotal pancreatectomy. Tr. West. Surg. Ass, 1934, 44: 85-102. Also West. J. Surg, 1935, 43: 185-92. ---- Normal values. See also Blood sugar, Variations. Butz, K. *Die Norm der Niichtern-Blut- zuckerwerte beim Menschen. p.287-300. 8? Halle [1931] Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 79: Barragan, P. Glucemia normal. Arch. Fac. cienc. med, Quito, 1932, 1: 193-202.—Bosisio, R. Sul contenuto in zucchero del sangue. Probl. nutriz, Roma, 1924,1:291-301.—Burgerhout. [Observation on the amount of sugar in blood] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1928, 72: pt2, 3497-505.—Everett, M. R, Shoemaker, H. A, & Sheppard, F. Total sugar of blood and urine. J.Biol. Chem, 1927, 74: 739-59.—Glassberg, B. Y. The blood sugar of normal fasting persons. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1931, 28: 889-93.—Gray, H. Blood sugar standards; normal and diabetic persons. Arch. Int. M, 1923, 31: 241-58.—Hansen, K. M. [Research on blood-sugar content in man] Ugeskr. laeger, 1923, 85: 263; 455.—Harned, B. K. The sugar content of blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1925, 65: 555-63.—Izquierdo. La curva de glucemia provocada ante la ingestion de alimentos. Arch, med, Madr, 1934, 37: 1382. Also Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt2, 760—John, H. J. A study of 22,808 blood sugar estimations; fasting and post- prandial; in non-diabetic individuals. Ann. Int. M, 1927-28, 1: 470-81.—Masumizu, Y. Ueber den Zuckergehalt des Blutes. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1925, 1: Tr. 55-60, ch.—Schumm, O. Untersu- chungen tiber den Zuckergehalt des Blutes unter physiologi- schen und pathologischen Verhaltnissen. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1915-16, 96: 204-35.—Shapland, C. B. Blood-sugar in the normal and diabetic. Lancet, Lond, 1926, 2: 589-94. ---- Physico-chemical properties. See also Blood sugar, Regulation, chemical; Blood sugar, Types. Anderson, A. B, & Carruthers, A. Studies in carbohydrate metabolism; the relation between optical activity and reducing power of normal blood filtrates; a note on the interaction of muscle tissue, insulin and glucose. Biochem. J, Lond, 1926, 20: 556-63.—Belaville & Richter-Quittner, M. Sur l'etat phy- sique du sucre du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 595.— Foster, G. L. Some comparisons of rotatory power and reducing power of ultraflltrates of blood plasma. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1923-24, 21: 210.—Groen, J. [Reduction and polarization value] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1934, 78: 928-33.—Lecomte du Noiiy, P. On the rotatory power of serum. Science, 1929, 69: 552.—Naumann, H. N. Die optische Aktivitat des Blutflltrats; iiber den Einfluss der Aziditat und die Beziehung von Dre- hungs- und Reduktionswert. Biochem. Zschr, 1933, 257: 32-40.—Onohara, K. The physico-chemical state of sugar in the blood. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1921, 2: 194-6.—Paul, J.R. A com- parative study of the rotatory and reducing properties of ultra- filtrates from blood plasma. J. Clin. Invest, 1926-27, 3: 631-52. -----A comparative study of the rotatory and reducing properties of plasma ultraflltrates from diabetic and nephritic patients. Ibid, 1928, 5: 303-16.—Power, M. H, & Greene, C. H. The state of the blood sugar as shown by compensation dialysis in vivo. J. Biol. Chem, 1931, 94: 281-93. ----- The nature of the blood sugar as shown by. a comparison of the optical rotation and the reducing power of the in vivo dialysate. Ibid, 295-305.—Rusznyak, S. Physikalisch-chemische Unter- suchungen an Kbrperflussigkeit; der Zustand des Zuckers im Serum. Biochem. Zschr, 1921, 113: 52-5. ----- & Hetenyi, G. Physikalisch-chemische Untersuchungen an Korperflussigkeiten der Zustand des Zuckers im Serum. Ibid, 121: 125.—Thomas, J. Contribution a l'etude du pouvoir rotatoire du sucre san- guin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930,104:331-5. ■----- Variation du pouvoir rotatoire du glucose sanguin en fonction du pB. Ibid, 105: 894-6. Also Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1931, 13: 377; 1223. BLOOD SUGAR 664 BLOOD SUGAR ---- Physiological relations. See also Blood coagulation, Mechanism: Role of sugar; Blood lipids, Relation to blood sugar; Blood sugar, Formation; Blood sugar, Glycolysis; Blood sugar, Regulation. Tabatznik, L. *Der Einfluss des Cholesterins auf den Blutzucker [Berlin] 16p. 8? Char- lottenb., 1930. Edwards, H. T, Margaria, R, & Bill, B. B. Metabolic rate, blood sugar and the utilization of carbohydrate. Am. J. Phy- siol, 1934, 108: 203-9—Elias & Fell. Ueber den kritischen Blutzucker. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1929, 41. Kong, 502. -----Zur Physiologie und Pharmakologie des kritischen Blutzuckers. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1930, 150: 146-59.— Federico Antras, A. de. Glucemia y acido clorhidrico. Med. ibera, 1936, 30: pt2, 214-6.—Feyder, S. Fat formation from su- crose and glucose. J. Nutrit, 1935, 9: 457-68.—Genes, S. G, & Binerstein, Z. M. [Correlation between carbohydrate and fat metabolism] J. eksp. biol, 1929, 11: 5-11.— Gigon, A. Kohlen- hydratstoffwechsel und Harnstoff. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1927, 39. Kongr, 220-7— Goebel, F. Sur les rapports mutuels entre le taux du sucre et celui de la cholesterine dans le sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 109: 259.—Greisheimer, E. M. Blood sugar and irritability. Minnesota M, 1928, 11: 239-44.— Hetenyi, G. [Role of sugar in muscular work] Orv. hetil, 1929, 73: 1005.—Jacoby, M. Die physiologische und patholo- gische Bedeutung des Blutzuckers und seine Bestimmung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1931, 57: 1848-50—John, H. J. The blood sugar blood urea relationship; and analysis of 10,368 synchronous sugar-urea determinations. Med. J. & Rec, 1928, 128: 498- 503.—Landau, A, Marjanko, T. [et al.] Recherches sur le taux de sucre et de la cholesterine dans le sang. Ann. nted. Par, 1925, 18: 143-52.—Mosenthal, H. 0. The relation of the sugar to the cholesterol in the blood. Tr. Ass. Am. Phys, 1932, 47: 323-9. Also Arch. Int. M, 1932, 50: 684-9. Also repr—Powell, E. Does normal mental function depend on normal blood sugar concentrations? Tristate M.J, 1934-35, 7: 1421-31.—Quaranta, L. Rapporti metabolici fra carboidrat i e colesterina. Studium, Nap, 1929, 19: 58-63.—Shirley, M. M. Blood sugar level and activity in rats. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y, 1926-27, 24: 933.— Svec, F. [Relation of blood sugar to blood coagulation] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1930, 10: 895-9.—Terroine, E. F, & Bonnet, R. L'in- fluence du taux de la glycemie sur la grandeur des echanges et les problemes de Taction dynamique sp6ciflque et de la con- sommation de luxe. Arch. sc. biol. Nap, 1928, 12: 185-96. ---- Regulation. See also Blood sugar, Formation; Blood sugar, Glycolysis; Blood sugar, high, experimental; Blood sugar, Storage; Carbohydrates, Metabo- lism; Diabetes, experimental. Hagedorn, H. C. *Unders0gelser vedrorende blodsukkerregulationen hos mennesket [Obser- vations on blood sugar regulation in man] 164p. 8? Kbh., 1921. Also Bibl. laeger, 1921, 113: 251-7. Baisset, A. Equilibre glycemique et secretions intestinales. Sang, Par, 1933, 7: 882-93. -----Bouisset [et al.] Equilibre glycemique et inondation de glucose. Ibid, 908-13.—Baisset & Bugnard. Equilibre glycemique et sCcretion gastrique. Ibid, 875-81.—Bertram, F. Die periphere Steuerung der Blutzucker- reaktion auf Gifte. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1927, 126: 267; 1928, 128: suppl, 97.—Bucciardi, G. Sul meccanismo glicorego- latore. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1928, 26: 537-85.—Bugnard, L, & Soula, C. Equilibre glyc6mique et secretions digestives. C rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 194: 2330-2.—Cammidge, P. J, Forsyth, J. A. C, & Howard, H. A. H. A study of some factors controlling the normal content of the blood. Brit. M.J, 1921, 2: 586-91.— Colwell, A. R. The use of constant glucose injections for the study of induced variations in carbohydrate metabolism; methods and controls. Am. J. Physiol, 1930, 91: 664-78.— Bepisch, F, & Hasenbhrl, R. Beitrag zur Blutzuckerregulation. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 1396; 2011; passim—Ernst, Z. [Mechan- ism of carbohydrate regulation following increase of blood sugar] Orv. hetil, 1931, 75: 408-11.—Falta, W. Regulation des Kohlen- hydratstoffwechsels und Aviditatstheorie. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 835-40.—Fenicia, M. Ricerche sperimentali sulla glico- regolazione dopo introduzione endovenoso di forti quantita di glucosio. Riv. pat. sper, 1933-34, 11: 225-40.—Fiessinger, N. La regulation glycemique. J. med. chir. Par, 1934,105: 11-9.— Geiger, E. Die neuesten Forschungsergehnisse iiber den Zucker- stoffwechsel. Umschau, 1928, 32: 67-9.—Gerbi, C. Studi sulla glicoregolazione; ricerche sul secondo complesso dell'iperglicemia alimentare. Arch, pat, Bologna, 1931-32,11: 591.-----• & So- sio, M. Studi sulla glicoregolazione. Arch. stud, fisiopat. ricambio, 1935, 3: 59-94.—Gerbi, C, & Weisselberger, L. Studi sulla glicoregolazione. Minerva med. Tor, 1933, 24: 908- 11.—Grott, J. V, Kowalski, F, & Windyga, S. Du cycle des recherches sur la regulation du sucre sanguin. Arch, mal app. digest, 1935, 25: 140; 1936, 26: 17; 28—Hagedorn, H. C. Studies concerning the regulation of the blood sugar. Physiol Papers (A. Krogh) Kbh, 1926, 80-100—Herlitz, C. W. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Blutzuckerregulierung bei gesunden sowie bei exsudativen Sauglingen. Acta paediat, Upps, 1927-28, 7: suppl.2, 286-94—Hetenyi, G. Die Rolle der Muskulatur in der Blutzuckerregulation. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 67: 772-82, -----[Regulation of the sugar content of blood] Orv. hetil 1932, 76: 809.—Horsters, H. Ueber die individuelle Konstam der Blutzuckerkurven beim Menschen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med , 1932, 83: 72.—Kessler, R. Glykogengehalt von Plazenta und fotaler Leber bei kiinstlicher Hyperglykiimie; Beitrag zur Frage der Qlykoregulation zwischen Mutter und Fot. Zschr Ge- burtsh. Gyn, 1930, 98: 487-95.—Kisch, B. Tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Blutzuckerregulation. Klin. Wschr , 1929, 8: 695-7.—Klein, O. Zum Mechanismus der Blutzucker- regulation (Sericnuntersuchungen am spritzenden Arterien- blut) Verh. Deut. Ges. inn.,Med, 1929, 41. Kongr, 497-502.— Lorthioir, P. Hyperleucocytose experimentale et glycoregula- tion. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113: 401-3.—Macleod, J. J. R. The control of carbohydrate metabolism. Lancet, Lond 1932, 1: 1079-86. Also Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1934, 54'! 79-139.—Mauriac, P. Glycolyse et glyco-regulation sanguine Nutrition, Par, 1931, 1: 21-42—Melka, J. [Regulation of the blood sugar after administration of carbohydrates] Bratisl lek. listy, 1931, 11: 253-64. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 90: 22-7.—Mbllerstrbm, J. Periodicity in the carbohydrate meta- bolism. Acta med. scand, 1932, 79: suppl. 50,250-7.—Obraszow, G. B, Kallinikowa, M. N, & Minker-Bogdanowa, E. T. Zur Physiologie des intermediaren Stoffwechsels bei Zuckerbelas- tung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 72: 710-6.—Partos, A. [Regulation of carbohydrate metabolism] Bratisl. lek. listy 1928, 8: 376-80—Pollak, L, & Wagner, R. Beitrag zum Studium der Blutzuckerregulation (nach Versuchen an einem Falleigen- artiger Kohlehydratstoffwechselstbrung) Med. Klin, Berl 1923, 19: 430-2— Sato, K. Ueber den Wasser- und N-Haushalt der Gewebe nach Glukoseinfusion; Wasserhaushalt der Gewebe nach Glucoseinfusion. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1929, 13: 545-67.— Soula, I.. C. L'equilibre glycemique. Sang, Par, 1933, 7: 873. -----Bugnard, I., [et al.] Equilibre glycemique et travail secietoire gastrique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932,109: 1242; 1335 — Turletti, A. La glicemia e la glicoregolazione nei metabolismo degli idrati di carbonio. Rass. clin. ter, 1935, 34: 72; 152 — Tuttle, G. H. The blood sugar and the sugar machinery which controls carbohydrate metabolism. Med. Times, N.Y, 1932, 60: 271.—Wachsmuth, W. Untersuchungen iiber den regula- torischen Reizablauf bei alimentarer Hyperglykamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 73: 645-58.—Zunz. A propos de la regula- tion de la glycemie. Bull. Acad. nted. Belgique, 1932, 5.ser, 12: 398. Also Strasbourg med, 1932, 92: 516. ---- Regulation, chemical. See also Blood, Acid-base equilibrium; Blood lipids; Blood proteins; Blood sugar, Variations, alimentary. Djivanov, S. A. *Glycemie et reserve alca- line; de leurs rapports reciproques et de leurs modifications par l'insuline. 29p. 8? Geneve, 1929. Nobd, F. *Etude sur l'influence de quelques derives de Talbumine sur la regulation du sucre du sang. 115p. 8? Stockh.. 1916. Also Acta med. scand, 1926-27, 65: 1-115. Abelin, I. Zur Kenntnis des Kohlehydratstoffwechsels; iiber die Bedeutung des Phosphats fiir den Umsatz der Kohle- hydrate. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 175: 274-92. ----- Elektro- lyte und Zuckerstoffwechsel. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1448.— Bierry, H, Rathery, F, & Bordet, F. Azotemie et hyperpro- teidoglycemie experimentales. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1922, 174: 97(5-3.—Binswanger, F. Ueber Einwirkung der Kohlensaure auf den Blutzucker im Organismus. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1921- 22, 193: 296-312.—Briiggemann, J. Untersuchungen iiber den Kohlehydratstoffwechsel des kleinen Wiederkauers; Untersu- chungen iiber das Saure-Basen-Gleichgewicht und das Verhalten des Blutzuckers beim kleinen Wiederkauer. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh, 1936, 71: 107-37—Burge, W. E, & Estes, A. M. A study of the inorganic constituents of the body with respect to their stimulating effect of sugar metabolism. Am. J. Physiol, 1928, 85: 103-5.—Caizzone, G. Azione della lecitina e colesterina asso- ciate all' insulina sul ricambio dei carboidrati. Biochim. ter. sper, 1933, 20: 339-43.—Ciaccio & Trimarchi. Sull' azione iper- glicemizzante di alcuni prodotti di disintegrazione proteica. Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 780-3—Cobet, R, & Nothmann, M. Ueber insulinartig wirkende Substanzen im Blute. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med. (1930) 42. Kongr, 105-8.—Conti, A, & Guarino, A. Sulle oscillazioni della glicemia in rapporto alle variazioni dell' equilibrio acido-basico. Gior. clin. med, 1933, 14: 643-61.—Cordier, B. Action de l'acide carbonique sur la glycemie; influence du trouble de l'equilibre acide-base. Ann. physiol. Par, 1934, 10: 1-39.—Cutler, J. T. Studies on the car- bohydrate metabolism of the goat; the blood sugar and the inor- ganic phosphate. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 106: 653-66. Also repr.—Bepisch, F, & Hasenbhrl, R. Blutzuckerregulation und Wasserhaushalt. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 2192—Endres, G, & Lucke, H. Die Regulation des Blutzuckers und der Blutreak- tion beim Menschen; die Blutzuckerregulation bei Aenderun- gen der Blutreaktion. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1925, 45: 669-81.— Engelhardt, W. A, & Parschin, A. N. Beziehungen zwischen Phosphorsaure und Kohlehydratstoffwechsel in der isolierten Leber. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 208: 221-9— Ernould, H. In- fluence de l'acetylcholine sur le metabolisme des hydrates de BLOOD SUGAR 665 BLOOD SUGAR carbone; gluc6mie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 108: 434.—Euler, H von. Aktivatoren des Kohlenhydratstoffwechsels und des Wachstums. Scientia, Bologna, 1931, 3.ser, 50: 209-18 — Florence, G, & Tsen Zola. Contribution a l'etude du phosphore dans le metabolisme du sucre sanguin. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1927, 9: 1244-52.—Friedlander, K, & Rosenthal, W. G. Ueber den Einfluss des Phosphorsaureions auf den Blut- und Harnzucker des normalen und des diabetischen Organismus. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1926, 112: 65-81— Geiger, E, & Kropf, H. Ueber den Einfluss der Ernahrung auf die Blutzuckerregulation. Ibid, 1929,139:290-301.—Harrow, B, Mazur, A. [etal.] Concen- tration of a hyperglycemic factor from urine. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 34: 688-90.—Hasenbhrl & Hogler, F. Ein Beitrag zur Frage des Einflusses der Elektrolyte auf den Blut- zucker des Menschen. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 399-401—Hoch- feld, O. Ueber den Einfluss von Kalk- und Kalisalzen auf den Blutzucker. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1923, 37: 119-22—Horsters, H. Ueber die Beeinflussung des Blutzuckers durch Gallen- sauren. Ibid, 1929, 66:129-42.—Ito, T. Die Veranderungen des Gaswechsels und des Blutzuckerwertes bei abnormer Blutreak- tion. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1926, 8: 75-90—Iversen, P, & This- ted, A. [Researches on phosphate excretion in carbohydrate metabolism] Ugeskr. laeger, 1926, 88: 1103-7—Izar, G, & Costantino, S. Ueber die Wirkung des Lecithins auf den Kohle- hydratstoffwechsel. Klin. W'schr, 1929, 8: 1624.—Jacohia, L. Le lecitine e il ricambio degli idrati di carbonio. Minerva med. Tor, 1931, 22: 529-36.—Jahn, B. Klinische Untersuchungen des Kohlehydratstoffwechsels unter Berucksichtigung seiner Beein- flussung durch Kreatin. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1934-35, 177: 121-38.—Johnston, J. A, & Maroney, J. W. Relation of salt and water to the oxidation of dextrose. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1935, 49: 1240-55.—Jonata, R. Sulle sostanze iper- ed ipoglicemizzanti presenti nei sangue e loro rapporto con le vitamine. Gior. clin. med, 1932, 13: 554-67.—Kauffmann-Cosla, O. L'action des ions sur le metabolisme des sucres. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1928, 10:397-405.—Kaufmann, E. Alkalizufuhr und Glykamie. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 990.—Keil, H. L, & Nelson, V. E. The role of copper in carbohydrate metabolism. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 106: 343-9. Also repr.—Kiyohara, K, Morita, M, & Muta, S. De l'influence des ions K et Ca sur la teneur en sucre du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935,120:1011-4—Kluyver, A. J, & Struyk, A. P. [Role of phosphates in catabolism of the hexoses] Versl. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, Afd. naturk, 1926, 35: pt 1, 177-89—Kylin, E, & Engel, A. Ueber die Einwirkung der K-Ionen auf den Blut- zuckerspiegel. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 653—Labb6, M. A propos de l'influence du calcium sur le ntecanisme glyco-regula- teur. Arch. mal. app. digest, 1927, 17: 1116—Lang, S. [The action of Ca and K ions on the concentration of blood sugar] Magy. orv. arch, 1927, 28: 607-12.—Loo, R. van der [Role of phosphates in metabolism of carbohydrates] Geneesk. bl, 1929, 27: 395-458.—Lundsgaard, E. Inwiefern beeinflussen Eiweiss- stoffe und deren normale Abbauprodukte den Zuckergehalt des Blutes? Biochem. Zschr, 1930, 217: 125-46—McClendon, J. F. On the relation of blood sugar to blood volume, and carbo- hydrate to water retention. Am. J. Physiol, 1931, 98: 216-9 — Markowitz, J. The relationship of phosphate and carbohydrate metabolism; the effect of glucose on the excretion of phosphate in depancreatised dogs. Ibid, 1926, 76: 525-31—Marx, H. Blut- zuckerregulation und Wasserhaushalt. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1750-4. Also Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1927, 39. Kongr, 210-2—Messini, M, & Poli, A. Ricerche suite variazioni ghce- miche in rapporto alia diminuzione del fosforo nei sangue. Clin. med. ital, 1930, 61: 421^2.—Moracci, E. Contributo alia conoscenza di sostanze ipo- ed iperglicemizzanti presenti nei sangue del cane. Arch. farm, sper, Roma, 1929-30, 50: 43; 49. Also Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1929, 4: 329-31—Murakami, K. Bedeutung der Gallensaure im Kohlenhydratstoffwechsel; antagonistische Wirkung der Gallensaure gegen Adrenalin. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1928, 9: 261-70.—Niccohm, P. M. Contri- buto alio studio della regolazione glicemica; azione del solfo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 39-43—Nishimoto, H. On the relation between carbohydrate metabolism and inorganic phosphates. Jap. J. Exp. M, 1928-29, 7: 207-24.—Okamura, T. Ueber den Einfluss des Gallensaureverlustes und der uber- schiissigen Zufuhr der Gallensaure auf den Zuckergehalt des Blutes. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1928, 9:271-83—Partes, A. [Reg- ulation of carbohydrate metabolism; influence of electrolytes on the blood sugar] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1928, 8: 532-49. Also Fer- mentforschung, 1928-29, 10: 66-71. ----- Regulation des Kohlenhydratstoffwechsels; die Milchsaure als Aktivator der Leberprodiastase. Ibid, 1926-28, 9: 403-10—Pollak, L. Ueber den Einfluss von Aminosauren und Fettsauren auf die Blut- zuckerregulation. Biochem. Zschr, 1922,127:120-36.—Pospelov, S, & Raievskaia, G. [Relation of phosphorus to carbohydrate exchange] Russ. klin, 1927, 7: 758-65—Rein wein, H. Glukose- regulation. Deut. med. Wschr, 1934, 60: 897-900.-Schenck, E. G. Ueber die Beeinflussbarkeit der Blutzuckerregulation durch Eiweisstoffe, Aminosauren und deren Derivate. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1933, 170: 546-50—Schwabauer, B. [Regula- tion of water-salt metabolism and blood sugar] Med. biol, J, Moskva, 1927, 3: 69-78—Slosse, A. Note sur 1 intervention du phosphore inorganique dans le metabolisme des glucides. Arch. fr. belg. chir, 1928, 31: 964-70— Sterkin, E. Zur Frage nach dem Einfluss der Ca"- und K'-Ionen auf den Blutzuckerspiegel. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1926, 174: 1-17.—Stransky, E. Ueber den Einfluss von Mineralstoffen auf den Zuckerstoffwechsel. Ibid, 1930, 22L 74-100—Uchida, K. Untersuchungen uber den Einfluss von Traubenzucker und Dioxyaceton auf den Blutzuckerspiegel unter wechselnden Bedingungen. Ibid, 1928 194: 11W7 — Underhill, F. P, & PetreUi, J. The influence of chlorine upon blood sugar content. J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 81: 159-62.—Yuuki, H. Einfluss der Cholsaure auf den Zucker bei der Resorption im Darm und auf sein Verhalten in der Leber. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1932, 209: 1-4—Zondek, S. G, & Benatt, A. Beeinflus- sung des Blutzuckerspiegels durch Elektrolyte. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 43: 281-3. ---- Regulation: Disorders. See also Blood sugar, high; Blood sugar, low; Blood sugar. Variations; Carbohydrate, Metabo- lism; also under names of diseases as Pancreas, Diseases; Tuberculosis, Blood in, &c. Darnis, F. * Contribution a l'etude de la glycemie au cours de certaines affections chirurgi- cales et de leur traitement. 92p. 8? Par., 1932. Herlitz. C. W. Studien iiber die Blutzucker- regulierung bei gesunden Sauglingen und solchen mit exsudativer Diathese. 125p. 8? Upps., 1928. Forms Suppl.3, v.7, Acta paediat. Arnovlyevich, M, & Schmid, F. Effets de rhyperinsulin6mle et de l'hyperglycemie sur les combustions, chez te lapin chlora- lose. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 788.—Bassi, P. La curva giornaliera della glicemia in varie affezioni morbose. Minerva med. Tor, 1927, 7: 1077-83—Bologna, A, & Sironi, G. C. Sul comportamento dello zucchero libero e dello zucchero proteico in condizioni patologiche. Arch. stud, fisiopat. ricambio, 1935, 3: 191-255.—Brown, W. L. The clinical importance of blood-sugars—high and low. Postgrad. M.J, Lond, 1932, 8: 49-59.—Byrd, T. L. Blood sugar studies on children with endo- crin dysfunctions, using the author's micro-Folin-Wu method of quantitative blood sugar estimation. South. M.J, 1929, 22: 729-35.—Castex, M. R, & Schteingart, M. La glucemia: sus oscilaciones flsiologicas en enfermos no diabeticos. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1933, 9: 57-63.—Condorelli, L. Comportamento dello zucchero libero e combinato e della iperglicemia adrenali- nica in alcuni stati morbosi. Gior. clin. med, 1924, 5: 41-54.— Creveld, S. van. [A peculiar disturbance of carbohydrate metabolism in childhood] Ned. mschr. geneesk, 1928, 15: 349-59. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: pt 1, 1634-43.— Bebre, R, Milhit, J. [et al.] Accidents nerveux graves et troubles profonds de la glycoregulation chez l'enfant. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3.ser, 52: 1633-63.—Bertil, L. La glicemia nelle malattie infettive. Policlinico, 1922, 29: sez. med, 391-400.— Bias, A. O systema nervoso nas glycopathias. Brasil med, 1935, 49: 492-7.—Bi Renzo, F. La glicemia nelle paralisi cere- brali infantili, nell'arteriosclerosi cerebrate, nell'emiplegia da lesioni cerebrali, nella paralisi generale progressiva, nella sifilide cerebrate, nell'idrocefalo. Riv. pat. nerv, 1925, 30: 61-77.— Bzsinich, A, & Pely, M. von. Die Veranderung des Kohlehy- dratstoffwechsels bei allergischen Zustanden und wahrend der Histaminreaktion. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 1499-1501.—Fedorov, P. S. [Sugar in the blood in certain surgical diseases] Vrach. gaz, 1926, 30: 415-8.—Fischler, F. Zur Wirkung einiger Ab- bauprodukte des Traubenzuckers bei Storungen des Kohlen- hydratstoffwechsels. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1927,165: 68-102 — Fitz, R, & Bock, A. V. Studies on blood sugar; the total amount of circulating sugar in the blood in diabetes mellitus and other conditions. J. Biol. Chem, 1921, 48: 313-21.—Fuss, H. Nicht- diabetische Kohlehydratstoffwechselstorungen in ihrer Bedeu- tung fur die Chirurgie. Erg. Chir. Orthop, 1933,,26: 265-380.— Gerbasi, M. La glicemia a digiuno e la glicemia adrenalinica nei lattanti con disturbi cronici della nutrizione trattati con la insulinoterapia. Lattante, 1931, 2: 186-202.—Giauni, G. Modi- flcazioni elettrocardiograflche negli squilibri glicemici. Clin. med. ital, 1936, 67: 309-23.—Gray, H. Blood sugar standards; in conditions neither normal nor diabetic. Arch. Int. M, 1923, 31: 259-62.—Grott, J. V. La glycemie dans les infections aigues. Sang, Par, 1928, 2: 479-95.—Harris, S. Nomenclature of the disorders of insulin secretion: Diabetes mellitus, hyper- insulinism and dysinsulinism; an analytical review of data relevant to the classification and terminology of the secretory disorders of the islands of Langerhans of the pancreas. Ann. Int. M, 1934, 7: 1084-100.—Hofrichter, C. H. Disturbed glucose metabolism; observations, with etiologie significance. North- west M, 1927, 26: 146-54.—Holsti, O. Studies concerning the variations of the bloodsugar reaction in disease. Acta med. scand, 1927, 66: 443-60.—Lapp, F. W, & Bibold, H. Ueber Blutzucker bei inneren Erkrankungen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1934-35, 177: 40-7.—Leibovich-Livshin, V. A. [Quantity of sugar in the blood in normal and pathological conditions] Omsk. med. J, 1928,3: 3-7.—Loebel, R. Einehyperglykamische Reaktion bei Erkrankungen der Gelenke und bei Ischias. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1928, 16: 107-18.—Maarssjl, C. [Blood sugar regidation in chronic alcoholism and epilepsy] Bibl. laeger, 1934, 126: 214-30.—Manicatide, M, & Bratescu, A. La glycemie dans les troubles de la nutrition chez les enfants. C rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 1370.—Manzoni, L. Ricerche sulla glicemia nella scarlattina, nei morbillo e nella varicella. Riv. clin. pediat, 1932, 30: 1558-80—May, E. Hypoglycemic et hyperglycemic pnradoxales. Rev. crit. path. Par, 1932, 3: 451-9 —Ohlmacher, J. C. Normal and perverted carbohydrate metabolism. Bull. Iowa Inst, 1907, 9: 106-12. Also Iowa M.J, 1906-7, 13: 452-8.—Panajotti, L. W. Rapporti tra glicemia e glicorachia nei bambino normale ed in varie affezioni morbose. Riv. clin. pediat, 1934, 32: 903-23— Pick, W. Blutzuckerbe BLOOD SUGAR 666 BLOOD SUGAR stimmungbei Psoriasis, Furunkulose und Lues Derm. W schr, 1921 72: 297-304.-Pi-Suner, A, & Collazo, J. A. Systeme des elvcopathies. Arch. mal. app. digest, 1933, 2.1: 4,8-504 Puchulu, F. Diagnostico de las formas dudosas e incipientes del mal metabolismo glucido. Prensa med. argent, 1927, 14: 707-12.-Ramsay, A. M. The ocular manifestations of dis- ordered carbohydrate metabolism. Med Press, Lond, 1926 n s 122: 87-91.-Schbnheimer, R. Ueber eine eigenartige Storung des Kohlehydrat-Stoffwechsels. Zschr physiol. Chem, 1929 182- 148-50.-Seitz, E. Das Verhalten des Blutzuckers bei 'chirurgischen Erkrankungen (Tuberkulose, Carcinom, Salpingitis, Ulcus ventriculi, Gallenblasenerkrankungen Er- krankungen der Schilddruse) Mitt Grenzgeb. Med. Chir 1921-22 34- 514-26.—Slosse, J. Etude comptementaire sur les troubles de'la glycoregulation aux|cours de maladies infectieuses. Ann Soc. sc. m6d. natur. Bruxelles, 1934, 53-78.—Sochafiski, H. [Disordered carbohydrate metabolism and its connection with the nervous system] Polska gaz. tek, 1927, 6: 82-7 -Striker, C. A study of 300 cases of errors of carbohydrate metabolism occur- ring in private practice. J. Med, Cincin, 1933, 14: 510-8 — Thomson, B. B. The influence of sepsis and endocrine dis- turhanrp on carbohydrate metabolism. Glasgow AI.J, i9^y, 112- 2T32-Wmter, E. W. Der Kohlehydratstoffwechsel bei verschiedenen geburtshilflichen und gynakologischen Zustands- bildern, einschliesslich Diabetes und Schwangerschaft. Arch. Gvn, Berl, 1934, 157: 509-20.-Wright, F. R. Disturbed carbo- hydrate metabolism in groups of nurses. Clifton M. Bull, 1927-28, 13: 62-6. Also repr. ____ Regulation: Duodenojejunal hormone. La Barre, J. Die Rolle der Duodenalhormone zur Regulie- rung des Kohlehydrat-Stoffwechsels. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935, 48 • 740-2 —Lambert, M, & Hermann, H. Secretine et glycemie. c'rend.'Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 440-2.-Mongui6, J. Haben Ex- trakte aus der Darmschleimhaut einen Einfluss auf den Blut- zucker? Zschr. klin. Med, 1933, 123: 793-6.-Oehme C, & Wimmers K Wirkung von Duodenalschleimnautextrakten (Secretin)'auf den Blutzucker; mit Bemerkungen zur Bewertung der Blutzuckerkurve bei alimentarer Hyperglykamie. Zschr. ees exp. Med, 1923, 38: 1-8— Rathery, F, Choay, A, & de Traverse P. Action compar6e de l'insuhne et du principe hypoglycemias du jejunum chez le chien depancreate. C. rend Acad, sc, 1936, 203: 206-8.-Yasuda, M. Ueber den Einfluss des Sekretins auf den Blutzuckergehalt. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1929-30, 11: 479-503. ---- Regulation, endocrine. See also other subheadings of Blood sugar, Regulation. Strauss, II. Kohlehvdrat-StofFwech.sel und innere Sekretion. 78p. 8? Berl., 1927. Forms H.8, v. 10, Samml. Verdauungskr. Bose J. P. A preliminary note on the inter-relationship of some of the endocrine glands in sugar metabolism. Tr. Far East Ass. Trop. M, 1927, 3: (7. Cong.) 335-42—Burge, W. F, Estes A M. [et al.] The effect of the internal secretions on sugar metabolism. Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 126: 716.-Elek, L. Hormonale Einfliisse auf die Blutzuckerregulation. Zschr. ges exp Med, 1932-33, 85: 227-34—Fratini, C. Sulle cosidette sostanze antiinsuliniche. Diagnosi, 1931, 11: 235-44—Hausler, H & Loewi, O. Ueber hormonale Vorgange nach Glukose- ztifuhr; Versuche am Hungertier. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1927, 123 • 120-8 —Hirayama, C. Ueber den Einfluss der verschiedenen innersekretorischen Organpraparate auf den Blutzuckerspiegel. Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi, 1934, 29: 20—Kikuta, T. Ver- gleichende Untersuchungen iiber die Veranderungen des Zucker- Milchsaure- und Eiweisspiegels in der Lymphe sowie im Blut (ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des intermediaren Kohlehydrat- Stoffwechsels in der Leber) Adrenalin- und Pituitrinwirkung. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1935, 25: 218-31—La Barre, J. Les varia- tions insulino-secretoires au cours des hyperglycemics extra- pancreatiques. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1931,106:1247—Lundsgaard, C, & Holboell, S. A. Recherches sur la presence du complement de l'insuline dans les muscles des animaux a sang chaud et a sang froid; etudes sur les echanges en hydrates de carbone. Ibid, 1925, 93: 1687.—Mattioli, M. Aspetti morfologici degli organi a secrezione interna sotto I'influenza di forti ed improvvise iperglicemie. Morgagni, 1932, 74: 859-67, 2pl—Messini, M. \zione combinata di estratti timici e della adrenalina sulla glicemia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1931, 6: 319-22.—Muggia, A. I fattori neuro-chimici ghiandolari del meccanismo regolatore della glicosuria e della glicemia (considerazioni su di un caso di diahete a sindrome plurighiandolare) Minerva med. Tor, 1926, 6: 1149-59.—Piana, G. A. Modiflcazioni della curva glicemica in rapporto all'azione del timo. Pediatria (Riv.) 1929, 37: 1013-20.—Schlbr, W. Zuckerharnruhr und Blutdriisen. Umschau, 1925, 29: 67-70.—Schbnfeld, H. Ueber die hormonale Regulation des Blutzuckers beim Saugling. Mschr. Kinderh, 1934-35, 61:241-8.—Schulz, W. Studien iiber Hormonwirkungen auf den Blutzuckerspiegel des Menschen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1935-36, 97: 343-53. ---- Regulation: Functional tests. See also Blood sugar, high; Blood sugar, Varia- tions, alimentary; also under names of diseases and affected organs as Diabetes; Glycosuria; Liver, Functional tests, &c. Neuenschwander, M. *La ^ glycemie et l'hypcrglvcemie provoquee chez l'enfant. 3(ip. 8? Geneve, 1931. Pfitzer, H. *Ueber experimentelle Hyper- glykaemie beim Menschen durch intravenose Zuckerinjektion. 21p. 8? Heidelb... 1915. Acuha, M, & Winocur, P. Tolerancia de los hidratos de carbono en la primera infancia. Prensa med. argent, 1928, 15: '^3^ — Albritton, E. C. The effect of frequent sampling on the form of blood sugar curves. Am. J. Physiol, 1924 69: 548-54.- Althausen, T. L. Effects of the administration of glucose and insulin on the glycogen content of normal and experimental damaged livers. Ann. Int. M, 1932, 6: 193 -Bhatia, S. LA lecture on blood sugar and sugar tolerance. Ind. M. Gaz, 1925, 60 • 565-70 -----& Coelho, G. Some observations on normal sugar-content of blood and the sugar tolerance test. Ind. J.M. Res, 1925-26, 13: 41-51—Bierry, H. Glycemie et indice glyce- mique C. rend. Soc. biol, 1920, 83: 894-6—Blatherwick, N. R. Blood and urine sugar after the ingestion of 50 grams of cane sugar preceded by a regular meal. Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M Dir America, 1931, 17: 310-8— Bock, J. C, Schneider, H, & Gilbert, M. Blood sugar studies; the initial rise. J. Biol. Chem, 1926 69' 9-16 —Bucciardi, G. Determinazione quantitativa dello succhero del sangue e dei tessuti dopo iniezione d'insulina, d'adrenalina e di glucosio. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 192/, 2: 512-5—Chabanier, H. Jeune et hyperglycemic provoquee. Livres jubil. (Roger, G. H.) Par, 1932,59-66. — Lobo-Onell, C, & Lelu, E. Jeune et hyperglycemic provoquee. Presse med, 1931 39- 1133 —Ciaccio, C, & Racchiusa, S. Contributo alio stud'io sulla giieemia alimentare; azione di vari succhen mtro- dotti nello stomaco sul tasso glicemico con speciale riguardo al comportamento paradossale di miscele di destrosio con alcuni disaccaridi e con fruttosio. Boll. Soc. biol. sper, 1926, 1: /35- 40 —Cori, C. F, & Cori, G. T. The tolerance of normal and msu- linized rats for intravenously injected glucose and fructose. J. Biol Chem, 1927, 72: 597-614—Beuel, H. J, jr., & Guhck, M. The relation between alkali deficit and glucose tolerance in the dog Ibid, 1930, 89: 93-5— Eisner, G. Ueber die Pfortader- hyperglykamie nach Fiitterung von Dextrose und Lavulose (zur Frage der Reiz- und Resorptionshyperglykamie) Zschr. ges. exp Med , 1928, 60: 271-84—Franco, P. M. Contributo alio studio della iperglicemia alimentare come metodo di esplorazione del meccanismo glicoregolatore. Fol. med. Nap, 1927, 13: 1263-318 —Grott, J. V., Kowalski, F, & Windyga, S. Recherches comparatives sur la tolerance du glucose, de la tevulose et de la galactose. Arch. mal. app. digest, 1933, 23: 505-26.-Harding, V J, Nicholson, T. F, & Armstrong, A. R. Cutaneous blood- sugar curves after the administration of fructose, mannose and xylose Biochem. J, Lond, 1933, 27: 2035-42—Harding, V. J, & Van Nostrand, F. H. Influence of the nutritive condition on the glucose tolerance test. Tr. R. Soc. Canada, 1929, 3.ser, 23: Biol Sc, 293-301—Helmholz, H. F. Renal changes in the rabbit resulting from intravenous injection of hypertonic solution of sucrose. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1933, 3: 144-57— Hosaka, N. Ueber die Veranderungen des Blutzuckers durch per os wieder- holt zugefuhrten Zucker. Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis, Tokyo, 1924,3:159-66—Hubbard, R. S, & Wright, F. R. The demonstra- tion of impairment of carbohydrate tolerance by Brill s test meal. Clifton M. Bull, 1926-27, 12: 155-64—Introzzi, P. La iperglicemia alimentare come metodo d'esplorazione del mec- canismo glicoregolatore. Probl. nutriz, Roma, 1925,2: 77-111.— Jensen, I. Contribution to investigation into the low blood sugar curves. Acta paediat, Upps, 1930,9:405-10—Jiittamann, 0. Der Ablauf der Blutzuckerkurve nach intravenoser Zucker- zufuhr. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1930, 156: 253-64—Klein, O, & Heinemann, J. Ueber den Zeitpunkt des Eintritts der ahmen- tiiren Hyperglykamie nach intraduodenaler Zuckerzufunr, sowie zur Frage des Resorptions- und Assimilationstypus der Hyperglykamiekurve (Untersuchungen im arteriellen Blute) Klin. Wschr, 1929,8: 977-9.—Klein, 0, & Holzer, H. Ueber das Verhalten des Blutzuckerspiegels im arteriellen Blut unmittel- bar nach intravenoser Injektion von hypertonischen Zucker- ldsungen. Zschr. klin. Med, 1929, 110: 540-56—Lapp, F. W, & Torriani, C. I. Blutzuckerkurve nach fraktionierter Obst- und Weissbrotbelastung. Med. Klin, Beri, 1931, 27: 1635-7 — Law, J. L, & Gay, H. Respiratory exchange in children follow- ing administration of various carbohydrates; relation to the curves for blood sugar. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1935, 50: 375-84- Lennox, W. G. Stimulation of the sugar-regulating mechanism as shown by duplicate blood sugar curves. J. Biol, ('hem, 1927, 73:237-49. ----- Repeated blood sugar curves in non-diabetic subjects. J. Clin. Invest, 1927-28, 4: 331-52—Lipmann, F, & Planelles, J. Einfluss von intravenoser Glykogen- und Star- keeinspritzung auf den Blutzucker beim Kaninchen. Biochem. Zschr, 1925, 163: 406-11.— Lbvi, L. [Test breakfasts in examina- tion for sugar content of blood] Gyogyaszat, 1931, 71: 326-30.— McCullagh, B. R, & Van Alstine, L. Phosphates in the sugar tolerance test. Am. J. Clin. Path, 1932, 2: 277-87— Marafi6n, G, & Morros Sarda, J. Hiperglucemia pituitrinica y su posible va'or diagnostico. Progr. clin, Madr, 1930,38: 433-7.—Martino, G. Effetti dell' inanizione sul comportamento della glicemia alimentare nei Colombo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 192/. 2: 316-20.—Medvei, C. V. Zum Mechanismus der alimentaren Blutzuckerkurve nach Doppelbelastung. Zschr. klin. Med, 1933,125: 554-64.—Meyer, P. F. Zur peroralen Zuckerbelastung. BLOOD SUGAR 667 BLOOD SUGAR Ibid 1932,121: 455—Moutier, F, & Camus, L. Etude comparee des courbes d'hyperglycemie provoquee apres ingestion de glu- cose ou de saccharose. Arch. mal. app. digest, 1929,19: 210-3.— Muller R. W. J. Ueber die glykiimische Reaktion des Kanin- chens nach intravenoser Injektion verschiedener Hexosen. Klin Wschr, 1936, 15: 1607—Nervi, C. La glicemia e te curve elicemiche alimentari nell' infanzia. Pediatria (Riv.) 1930, 38: L,64 —Niederhoff, P. Die alimentare Blutzuckerkurve in Abhangigkeit von der Art des Zuckerpraparats. Biochem. 7schr 1929, 210: 226-30.-0ppel, W. W. Zur Charaktenstik der alimentaren glvkamischen Kurve; iiber Veranderungen der elvkamischen kurve beim Durchlauf des Blutes durch die Qliedmassen. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1930,158: 348-67 ----r * Fedorov, P. S. [Characteristics of the alimentary glycemie curve] Vest, khir, 1930, 19: 192-203—Oszacki, A. Carbo- hydrate tolerance and its relation to the endo- and exogenic hyperglycemic curves. Acta med. scand, 1927, 66: 311-36.— Paasch, G, & Schbnfeld, H. Ueber den Ablauf der Blutzucker- kurve nach Fettbelastung. Mschr. Kinderh, 1933-34, 59:181.— PvkeH. B. Sugar tolerance tests. Bristol Med. Chir. J, 1928, 45- 129-36— Rabinowich, I. M. Blood sugar time curves. J. Clin Invest, 1925-26, 2: 579-86.—Rathery, F, & Cosmulesco, I. I 'hvoerglycemie provoqu6e chez le chien normal; etude du sucre libre C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933,113: 248-50—Rost, G. A. Ueber Belastungsproben bei Blutzuckeruntersuchungen. Schweiz. med Wschr, 1929, 59: 1217-9.—Rowe, A. H, & Rogers, H. Car- hnhvdrate tolerance in normal persons and in nondiabetic patients. Arch. Int. M, 1927, 39: 330-42.-Rumpf, F. Ueber den Blutzucker im Hunger und iiber die glykamische Reaktion nach kleinen Dosen Zucker beim Saugling und Kleinkinde. Jahrb Kinderh, 1924, 3.F, 55: 321-34.—Schellong, F, & Kramer, H Ueber die Ursachen der alimentaren Hyperglykamie bei Kohlehydratmast und Kohlehydratkarenz (zugleich ein wei- terer Beitrag zur Wirkungsweise der Insulinmastkuren) Klin. Wschr, 1928,7:1726-9.—Schmidt, E. G, Eastland, J. S, & Burns, J H A comparative study of glucose and sucrose tolerance tests' J. Lab. Clin. M, 1935-36, 21: 13-25—Schulutko, I. B. Einfluss der Zuckerbelastung auf einige biochemische Harnin- dizes. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1932, 45: 13S:s.-Serio, F. La prova della glicolisi alimentare. Riforma med, 1936, 52: 957-61.— Silvestre, J. L. Influencia de los regimenes desarmonicos sobre el resultado de la hiperglucemia diagnostica. Tr. pub. Clin. Escudero, B. Air, 1930, 4: 809-23.—Thompson, G, Mitchell, D. M, & Kolb, L. C. The influence of variations in systemic acid-base balance upon carbohydrate tolerance in normal sub- jects Biochem. J, Lond, 1933, 27: 1253-1—Tisdall, F. F, Drake, T. G. H, & Brown, A. The production of a lowered carbohydrate tolerance in dogs. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1926, 32: 854-61. ---- Regulation: Functional tests: Clinical significance. Atanasov, J. R. *The significance of the glucose tolerance test [Milwaukee Co. Hosp.] 19 1. 4? Wauwatosa, Wise, 1929. Brull, K. A. *Studium der Blutzuckerkon- zentration nach Glykosezufuhr bei Infekten im Kindesalter. 34p. 8? Bresl., 1934. Turk, H. *Ueber die Blutzuckerkurve nach alimentarer Belastung beim normalen und bei krankhaften Stoffwechselstorungen [Munchen] 18p. 8? Dortmund, 1928. Bagdasrov, A. A. [Diagnostic importance for determination of glycaemic curve by means of a test of alimentary hypergly- cemia] Russ. klin, 1925, 4: 184-93— Basnuevo, J. G. La prueba de la hyperglucemia diagnostica. Cron. med. quir, Habana, 1933, 59: 262-8—Bertram, F. Die AVirkung des Atro- pins auf die alimentare Glykamie bei Leberkranken und Diabe- tikern. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1926, 115: 259-62.—Blotner, H. Insulin and sugar tolerance in thin people. Arch. Int. M, 1934, 53: 153-8— Bott, H. P. Ueber die Bewertung des Staub- Traugott-Eflektes im Kindesalter unter besonderer Beruck- sichtigung der Blutzuckerregulation bei Fruhgeborenen. Zschr. Kinderh, 1934-35, 57: 160-72—Canale, P. Ricerche sulla gli- cemia; la glicemia a digiuno e la prova d'iperglicemia provocata nelle varie forme morbose. Riv. clin. med, 1929, 30: 218-28.— Cassano, C. Potere amilasico e curva glicemica nei sano e nell'epatopaziente. Rass. ter. pat. clin, 1930, 2: 325-35.— Castoldi, G. M. L'importanza diagnostica e prognostica della prova dell'iperglicemia alimentare. Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1931, 45: 721-9—Coller, F. A, & Troost, F. L. Glucose tolerance and hepatic damage. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1929, 47: 301-13. Also Ann. Surg, 1929, 90: 781-93—Condorelli, L. La glicemia alimentare: fisiopatologia e valore clinico. Policlinico, 1926, 33: sez.med, 230-54—Bemole, M. J. Action de 1 hyper- glycemic sur la chromopexie hepatique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 784. -----& Sciclounov, F. Influence des injections repetees de glucose sur la chromopexie hepatique. Ibid, 786.— Dominici, G. Note cliniche su la iperglicemia provocata e sulla glicorrachia. Riforma med, 1924, 40: 579-82.-Bossena, G. La glicemia e la glicosuria sperimentale in gravidanza, e U loro valore diagnostico. Ann. ostet. gin, 1922, 44: 74/-W).-Engel, R. [Diagnostic value of alimentary hyperglycemia] orv. netu, 1927, 71: 90-4—Erb, G. Klinisch-expenmentelle Lntersu- Chungen uber den Verlauf der alimentaren Blutzuckerkurve bei Kindern, namentlich bei solchen im Stadium der zunehmenden Fettsucht. Zschr. Kinderh, 1929, 48: 291-7—Escudero, P. La hiperglucemia diagnostica; estudio comparativo de los nteto- dos Maranon, Malmros y Escudero. Ars medica, Barcel, 1930, 6: 24-30. ----- Reaction paradojal de la hiperglucemia diagnostica. Ibid, 68-70. Also Tr. pub. Clin. Escudero, B. Air, 1930, 4: 81; 99.—Gavrila, J, & Caba, E. L'epreuve de l'hyperglvcemie provoqu6e dans les affections cardiaques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 98: 1466-8— Gavrila, I, & Sparchez, T. L'epreuve de l'hyperglvcemie provoquee dans les maladies du tube digestif. Ibid, 1927, 96: 61; 97:1019.—Goudsmit, J. [Blood sugar curve and hepatic function] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: pt 1, 2740-7.—Guthmann, H, Gentzsch, [et al.] Das Ver- halten des Stoffwechsels nach peroraler Traubenzuckerzufuhr bei nichtgraviden, graviden und carcinomatosen Frauen. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1932, 150: 78-125— Hahn, A, & Offenbacher, R. Ueber die diagnostische Verwertung der glykamischen Reaktion. Deut. med. Wschr, 1919, 45: 1298-300—Hale-White, R, & Payne, W. W. The diagnostic value of dextrose-tolerance curves. Q. J. Med, Oxford, 1926-27, 20: 457-69.—Hirschhorn, S, & Selinger, A. Doppelbelastungsversuche mit Dextrose bei Erkrankungen des Pankreas und der Gallenwege. Zschr. klin. Med, 1928, 108: 535-48— Hughes, T. A, & Malik, K. S. Glucose- and laevulose-tolerance curves in various conditions. Ind. J.M. Res, 1930, 18: 249-57—Ichihashi, T. Ueber die Veranderungen des Blutzuckers bei veranderten Zuckerkon- zentrationen und im pathologischen Zustand des Darmes. Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis, Tokyo, 1924, 3: 181-92—Inawashiro, T. Ueber die Veranderung des Blutzuckerspiegels nach intra- venoser Zuckerzufuhr bei verschiedenen pathologischen Zu- standen. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1932-33, 20: 517-43—Jimenez Garcia, F. Nuevas interpretaciones del valor de la curva de glucemia. Arch, med, Madr, 1934, 37: 141-56—John, H. J. Glucose tolerance and its value in diagnosis. J. Metab. Res, 1924, 4: 255-313.—Katayama, I. The significance of changes in the composition of the blood and urine after the ingestion of glucose. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1925-26, 11: 1024-34—Kestner, 0, Never, H. E, & Schestedt, H. Blutzuckerkurve und Verdau- ungskanal. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1934, 234: 544-9—Kbntzey, E, & Ambrus, M. [Variations of the blood sugar curve in pancreatic and hepatic metabolism] Orv. hetil, 1929, 73: 3-6.-Labbe, M, & Thepenier, A. Epreuve de l'hyperglycemie provoquee; son utilite en clinique. Medecine, Par, 1924-25, 6: 798-800 — Lanza, G. L'equilibrio glicemico nelle affezioni epatiche. Minerva med. Tor, 1933, 24: 847-58— Lishman, F. J. G. Four different types of blood sugar curve in one patient within 17 months. Brit. M.J, 1930, 2: 318—McCowan, P. K. The hyperglycaemic index as an aid to prognosis. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1936, 82: 589-91.—Macchia, E. Sulla iperglicemia provo- cata. Studium, Nap, 1930, 20: 200-3—Mosenthal, H. O. The interpretation of sugar tolerance tests; the common occurrence of renal glycosuria. Med. Clin. N. America, 1925, 9: 549-74.— Moutier, F, & Camus, L. La glycemie a jeun et l'epreuve de l'hyperglycemie provoquee dans la maigreur. Arch. mal. app. digest, 1928, 18: 1115-33. Also Presse therm, clim, 1929, 70:16-21.—Novoa Santos, R. Los tres tipos de curves diabetoides. Siglo med, 1929, 83: 33.—Oefelein, F. Alimentare Blutzucker- steigerung bei Nierenkrankheiten und ihre Bedeutung fiir den Zuckerhaushalt. Klin. Wschr, 1936, 15: 407-9—Offenbacher, R. Die alimentar-glykamische Reaktion und ihre praktisch- diagnostische Bedeutung. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1922, 34. Kongr, 166-70.—Pi-Suner Bayo, J. Sobre la hiperglucemia diagnostica. Ars medica, Barcel, 1930, 6: 154-7—Pollak, L. Zur Analyse pathologischer Zuckerbelastungskurven. Wien. med Wschr, 1933, 83: 1245; 1290— Powell, E. The story behind 2 blood sugar curves. Tristate M.J, 1935-36, 8: 1612; 1615.- Rosenberg, M. Die alimentare Hyperglykamie bei Gesunden, Diabetikern und Basedowischen. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1922, 93- 208-40 -----Ueber die praktische Bedeutung der ali- mentaren Hypeinlvkamie-Kurve. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 50: 3gO_2 — Ross, C. W. Impaired glucose tolerance in certain ali- mentary disorders of childhood with remarks on their treatment with liver extract. Lancet, Lond, 1936, 2: 556-9—Rowe, A. W. Sugar tolerance as an aid to diagnosis. J. Am. M. Ass, 1927, 89- 1403-7.—Scherk, G. Ueber die diagnostische Bedeutung von Blutzuckerkurven nach Glucosebelastung beim Ulcus pepticum und Carcinom. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 1459-61 — Schmidt, E. G, Eastland, J. S, & Burns, J. H. Infection and the tolerance for dextrose. Arch. Int. M, 1934, 54: 466-81—Sotgiu, G II valore clinico dell'iperglicemia alimentare ed adrenahmca. Fisiol med, Roma, 1934, 5: 265; 322—Strauss, M. B. Dextrose tolerance test in experimental toxemia. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp 1929, 44: 459-70.— Sweeney, J. S, Barshop, N. [et al.] Effect'of toxemia on the tolerance for dextrose and on the action of insulin. Arch. Int. M., 1934, 54: 381-8—Sweeney, J. S, Barshop, N, & LoBello, L. C. Effect of toxemia on tolerance for dextrose and on the action of insulin. Ibid, 53: 689-98 — Takuwa, M. Studien iiber die Leberfunktion; uber den Ein- fluss der Glukosezufuhr auf den gebundenen Zucker im Blute bei Leberkranken. Japan M. Wrorld, 1929, 9: 316-26 —--- Ueber den gebundenen Zucker im Blute und die Blutzucker- schwankung nach Glukosezufuhr bei der experimentellen Leberfunktionsstbrung. Ibid, 338-50—Tansella, G. Varia- zioni dell'equilibrio proteico del sangue nei corso di una curva glicemica da carico con e senza insulina in individui normali ed epatopazienti. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1936, 21: 353-60.— Thepenier. Etude de l'hyperglycemie provoquee, son mterfit en clinique. Hopital, 1925, 13: 310-2—Traugott, K. Ueber das Verhalten des Blutzuckerspiegels bei wiederholter und ver- schiedener Art enteraler Zuckerzufuhr und dessen Bedeutung BLOOD SUGAR 668 BLOOD SUGAR fiir die Leberfunktion. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 892-4—Watson, E. M. Factors in the interpretation of certain anomalous blood sugar curves. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1927, 17: 1036-40—Wilder, H. L. Diagnostic value of the glucose tolerance test. Texas J.M, 1926-27, 22: 319-21.—Ziegler, K. Die Blutzuckerkurve als Prufungsmethode vegetativ nervbser Einstellung. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1932, 62: 398. ---- Regulation: Functional tests—with galac- tose. Boer, J. *Over het verloop van de belastings- galactosaemie bij gezonden en patienten [The course of hypergalactosaemia in healthy subjects and patients] [Amsterdam] 60p. 8? Haarlem, 1932. Banks, B. M, Sprague, P. H, & Snell, A. M. A clinical evaluation of the galactose tolerance test. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1933, 8: 194-7. Also repr.—Bauer, R, & Wozasek, 0. Ueber den Wert der Blutzuckerkurven beim Versuch auf alimentare Galaktosurie. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1928, 15: 287-302 — Bescos, M. Grosse Galaktosegaben bei normalen und patho- logischen Zustanden. Ibid, 1935-36, 28: 197; 369— Blbch, J. Ueber den Einfluss von Adrenalin auf die Galaktoseassimilation der Leber. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 1707. ----- & Bergel, A. Ovarieller Zyklus und Kohlehydratstoffwechsel; die Galak- tosetoleranz. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1934-35, 26: 267-76 — Boer, J. Belastungsgalactosurie bei Menschen. Acta brevia neerl, 1932, 2: 154. ----- [Galactose tolerance in 2 cases of disorder of carbohydrate metabolism] Mschr. kindergeneesk, 1932-33, 2: 15.—BriiU, Z, & Hegedus, P. Ueber alimentare Galaktosurie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1933, 29: 182—Chiray, M, Albot, G, & Beparis, M. La valeur des concentrations galacto- suriques provoquees dans la pratique gastro-enterologlque cou- rante. Ann. med. Par, 1936,40: 5-27.—Corley, R. C. Galactose tolerance in the rabbit; the effect of the simultaneous enteral administration of dextrose and levulose on galactose tolerance in the rabbit. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 76: 31-42—Etienne, G, & Brouet, P. L. L'epreuve de la galactosurie provoquee dans le rhumatisme chronique. Nutrition, Par, 1932, 2: 139-42 — Fiessinger, N, Thiebaut, F, & Bieryck, J. La galactosurie provoquee; courbes d'eiimination et concentration de sortie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 107: 791-3.—Geill, T. Untersuchungen uber die Galaktoseprobe. Acta med. scand, 1934, 81: 31-62.— Gerard, M. J. Effets des injections de dioxyde de thorium sur les epreuves d'hyperglyc6mie et de galactosurie provoquees. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 227.—Harding, V. J, & Moberley, O. Urinary galactose in men and women after the ingestion of galactose. J. Biol. Chem, 1930, 89: 535-45— Harding, V. J, & Van Nostrand, F. H. Variations in blood and urinary sugar after the ingestion of galactose. Ibid, 85: 765-78. Alsorepr — Hirschhorn, S, Pollak, L, & Selinger, A. Ueber das Verhalten des Inselorganes bei Parenchymerkrankungen der Leber und seine Beziehungen zur Galaktosetoleranz. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1928, 41: 1678-82.—Hitzenberger, K, & Fantl, E. Intravenose Galaktosebelastung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1936, 32: 1017 — Hogler, F, & Zell, F. Beitrage zur zentralen Blutzuckerregula- tion; iiber den Einfluss verschiedener Pharmaca auf die ali- mentare Hyperglykamie nach Zufuhr von Galaktose. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933-34, 92: 181-92—Kahler, H, & Machoid, K. Ueber das Verhalten des Blutzuckers nach Einnahme von Galaktose. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1922, 35: 414-7—Kosterlitz, H. Ueber die Bedeutung der Galaktosamie und der Glykosrimie nach oraler Galaktosebelastung fiir die funktionelle Leber- diagnostik. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 90: 465-78.—Looney, J. M, & Jellinek, E. M. Galactose tolerance as measured by the Folin micro and macro blood sugar methods. J. Biol. Chem, 1935, 109: 57.—Machoid, K. Die Galaktosamie nach Galakto- severabreichung; Beitrag zur Frage der Glykolyse von Galak- tose. Zschr. klin. Med, 1930-31, 115: 244-60. ----- Ueber die Beeinflussung der Galaktoseprobe durch Salyrgan. Med. Klin, Beri, 1934, 30: 199.—Nitzulescu, J, Cumanov, L, & Cerkez, I. Sur l'epreuve de tolerance pour le galactose chez le lapin; l'influence du jeune. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 110: 817.— Oliver & Montejo. La prueba de la galactosa. Med. ibera, 1936, 30: 550.—Popper, H. L, & Hirschhorn, S. Die Beein- flussung der Galaktoseausscheidung durch paravertebrale Injektion. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1932, 45: 268.—Roe, J. H, & Schwartzman, A. S. Galactose tolerance of normal and diabetic subjects, and the effect of insulin upon galactose metabolism. J. Biol. Chem, 1932, 96: 717-35. Also repr.---— Galactose tolerance as a measure of liver function. Am. J.M. Sc, 1933, 186: 425-31.—Rowe, A. W. The metabolism of galactose; the influence on tolerance of coexisting endocrinopathies. Ibid, 1935, 190: 701-8. ----- & McGuinnes, M. The effect on the tolerance of the level of ovarian activity. Am. J. Obst, 1928, 16: 687-98. ----- The effect on the tolerance of the cycle of reproduction. Ibid, 1929, 17: 351-62.—Rowe, A. W, & McManus M. The influence of hepatic dysfunction on galactose tolerance. Am. J.M. Sc, 1931, 181: 777-88.—Schmiedt, E. Storungen des Galaktosestoffwechsels und Galaktoseprobe. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1935, 96: 185-94—Seuffert, R. W, & Herrfarth, F. Ueber alimentare Galaktosurie. Beitr. Physiol, 1929-30, 4: 73-86.—Singer, K, & Wechsler, L. Klinische Be- deutung und Entstehungsmechanismus des Symptoms: Agalak- tosurie. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 77-SO— Tarsitano, F. Contributi recenti alla prova della galattosuria in clinica. Morgagni, 1934, 75; 433— Weltmann, O. Ueber den Einfluss von Dextrose auf die alimentare Galaktosurie. Wien. klin Wschr, 1929, 42:8-10. ---- Regulation: Functional tests—with glu- cose. Constam, G. *Ueber den Einfluss peroraler Einnahme von Glucose auf Blutzucker und Glucurese beim Gesunden [Zurich] p.75-104 8? Brnschw., 1924. Also Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 43: Goede, M. *Kohlehydratbelastung mit rei- nem Traubenzucker oder mit Weissbrot? 34p. 8? Greifswald, 1933. Albritton, E. C. The effects of intravenous injections of glu- cose at a constant rate on blood sugar and hemoglobin concen- trations. Am. J. Physiol, 1924, 68: 542-56.—Althausen, T. I., Gunther, I, Lagen, J. B, & Kerr, W. J. Modification of the dextrose tolerance test as an index of metabolic activity of the liver. Arch. Int. M, 1930, 46: 482-93.—Aubel, E, & Targowla, R. Recherches sur la glycemie critique; leur interet pour l'etude du fonctionnement hepatique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 1230-2.—Barrenscheen, H. K, Kahler, H, & Hechl, H. Beitrage zum Problem des Blutzuckers; iiber das Verhalten von Reduk- tion und Polarisation des Blutzuckers nach peroraler und intra- venoser Glucosezufuhr. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 167: 77-91.— Beardwood, J. T, jr. Dextrose tolerance test; its uses and. dangers. Med. Clin. N. America, 1928-29, 12: 1121-5.—Ben- vivoglio, G. C. La prova della iperglicemia alimentare nella prima infanzia. Clin, pediat. Mod, 1926, 8: 705-40.—Blather- wick, N. R, & Ewing, M. E. Field glucose tolerance tests with determinations of blood sugar in the home office laboratory. Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. N. America, 1932, 19: 254- 74.—Bouckaert, J. P, Nayer, P. P. de, & Besmanet, J. L. Lesions hepatiques et renales apres injection sous-cutanee de glucose. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 94-6—Boyd, J. B, Hines, H. M, & Leese, C. E. Study of response to continuous intravenous in- jection of large amounts of glucose. Am. J. Physiol, 1925, 74: 656-73.—Bruger, M, & Mirsky, I. A. The variations of the urea, total nonprotein nitrogen, and chloride concentration in the blood following glucose ingestion. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934, 19: 474-81.—Brunelli, B. Sul comportamento della lipemia dopo carico di glucosio nei soggetti ndrmali. Morgagni, 1934,76:246.- Cavett, J. W, & Winkelstein, L. B. Plasma protein distribution by the modified Wru colorimetric method during glucose toler- ance tests. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1931, 28: 1041-3.- Chang, H. C. Variations of blood phosphorus in glucose toler- ance tests. Chin. J. Physiol, 1928, 2: 195-202—Ciaccio, C. Ulteriore contributo in rapporto all' azione inibente di alcuni zuccheri sull' iperglicemia da glucosio; con speciale riguardo al meccanismo determinante del fenomeno. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper.,1927,2:1029-32.—Cori, C. F. The tolerance of rats for intra- venously injected glucose. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1925-26, 23: 127-30.—Costa, A. La glicemia nella somministrazione en- terale e parenterale di glucosio a conigli. Pathologica, Genova, 1934, 26: 614-25.—Belrue, G, & Hollebeke, P. Modifications sanguines provoquees par l'injection sous-cutanee de glucose, C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 529—Eveleth, B. F, & Eveleth. M. W. Blood chemistry of swine; further studies of blood changes following the ingestion of glucose. J. Biol. Chem, 1935, 111:753-6. Also repr.—Exton, W. G, & Rose, A. R. The 1-hour 2-dose dextrose tolerance test. Am. J. Clin. Path, 1934, 4:3b 1- 99. Also repr.----- A new alimentary dextrose tolerance test. Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America, 1935, 21: 254-82.—Felsher, H. V, & Woodyatt, R. T. Sugar excretion curves in dogs under intravenous injection of glucose at lower rates. J. Biol. Chem, 1924, 60: 737-47.—Fiessinger, N, & Biron, A. Les courbes glyc6miques comparees apres injection intraveineuse de glucose hypertonique. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1935,119:839-41.— Folin, 0, & Blatherwick, N. R. Blood sugar curves after the ingestion of 50 grams of glucose. Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America, 1930, 16: 155-66.—Formicola, P. Le modiflca- zioni elettrocardiografiche in seguito ad iperglicemia provocata col glucosio. Morgagni, 1935, 77: 963-8, 2ch—Franke, W, & Wagner, R. J. Studies on the fermentable blood sugar after parenteral and rectal administration of glucose. J. Metab. Res, 1924, 6:375-91.—Gilchrist, M. L. Glucose tolerance and the blood-sugar curve in childhood. Arch. Dis. Childh, Lond, 1929, 4: 129-37.—Goldberger, B, & Goldberger, J. Harnzucker und Blutzucker nach Glukosebelastung. Arch. Verdauungskr, 1928, 44: 315-37.—G0rtz, S. [Examination of blood after ingestion of 70 g. glucose in 500 cc of water] Ugeskr. laeger, 1927, 89: 713-5.—Greisheimer, E. M, & Goldsworthy, E. Glucose toler- ance. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 31:1056-8— Gualdi, A, & Be Lipsis, F. II ricambio respiratorio, la glicemia, e la glico- suria dopo introduzione di glucosio nell' organismo in stato di inattivita muscolare. Riv. pat. sper, 1929, 4: 31-40—Hale- White, R, & Payne, W. W. The dextrose tolerance curve in health. Q.J. Med, Oxford, 1925-26, 19: 393-409—Hara, H, « Koga, A. Beziehung zwischen Blutzuckerkurve und Leuko- zytenzahl nach intravenoser Injektion von Traubenzucker. Fukuoka acta med, 1936, 29: 67-71—Herlitzka, L. Sulla tolle- ranza verso il glucosio dopo digiuno assoluto. Gior. Accad. med. Tor, 1935, 98: 174-81—Herrmann, E. T. Glycosuria ana the glycemie tolerance curve. Am. J. Clin. Path, 1932, Z: 87-123—Holt, G. W, & Greisheimer, E. M. True glucose tolerance n 42 normal individuals. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-di( BLOOD SUGAR 669 BLOOD SUGAR 28:547.—Horsters, H, & Rothmann, H. Glukosebelastung unter Berucksichtigung des Sollumsatzes. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1930, 167: 363-9.—Jbrgensen, S. Comparison between the in- travenous and oral application of glucose for loading of the carbohydrate-metabolism. Acta med. scand, 1926-27, 65: 116-46.—John, H. J. A summary of the findings in 1,100 glucose tolerance estimations. Endocrinology, 1929, 13: 388-92. ----- A study of 1,100 glucose tolerance tests. Med. J. & Rec, 1930,131: 287; 351; 30S. ----- Glucose tolerance studies in children and in adolescents. Endocrinology, 1934, 18: 75-85.—Jordan, E. M. The effect of injected glucose on tolerance. Am. J. Physiol, 1927, 80: 441-9.—Jordans, G. H. W. [The Traugott effect] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1931, 75: pt3, 3894-907.—Julesz, M. Die Bewer- tung der doppelten Glucosebelastungsversuche. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 79:153-63. -----& Winkler, E. Wirkung der rectalen Glucosebelastung auf den Blutzucker; rectal zuge- fiihrte konzentrierte Dextroselosungen und der Blutzucker. Ibid, 1931-32, 80: 823-8—Kelly, H. T. The 1-hour, 2-dose glu- cose tolerance test (Exton and Rose) Pennsylvania M.J, 1935-36, 39: 972-6.—Kern, R. A, & Jonas, L. Sugar tolerance testing; importance of blood sugar curve during the first hour after glucose meal. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 81: 1439-41—Kinu- gawa, K. Ueber den Einfluss der intravenosen Injektion von hypertonischer Traubenzuckerlbsung und der Funktion des reticulo-endothelialen Systems auf die Chlorverteilung im Blute und die Blutkonzentration. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1934, 12: 238-46.—Lennox, W. G. Blood sugar; comparison of blood sugar curves following ingestion and intravenous injection of glucose. Arch. Int. M, 1927, 40: lbJ-94.—Lewis, W. B. The glucose tolerance test. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1926-27, 12: 380-7.— Lipmann, F, & Planelles, J. Blutzuckerkurven nach intrave- noser Einspritzung von a-, 0-, und a, 0-Glucosebeim Kaninchen. Biochem. Zschr, 1924,151: 98-101.—McKean, R. M, Myers, G. B, & Von der Heide, E. C. Blood glucose clearance; its determina- tion by a microinterval method; studies in normal and diabetic persons. Am. J.M. Sc, 1935, 189: 702-14— MacLean, A. B, & Sullivan, R. C. Dextrose tolerance in infants and in young children. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1929, 37: 1146-60.—Magers, E. J. The influence of the ingestion of 50 grams of glucose on the blood sugar in health and in certain pathological conditions. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1930, 20: 113-7.-----A comparison of blood sugar curves when glucose is given orally and intraduodenally. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934, 19: 608-11— Magyar, K. [Sugar tolerance in childhood] Magy. orv. nagyhet jegyzokve, 1931, 107.— Meythaler, F, & Seefisch, H. Untersuchungen iiber den Mechanismus der alimentaren Hyperglykamie; Blutzucker- untersuchungen nach peroraler und intraduodenaler Glucose- belastung. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1935, 178: 461-6.—Morac- chini, R, & Barone, V. G. Sulle curve glicemiche, consecutive a somministrazione perorate, endovenosa, ipodermica e rettale, diglucosio. Clin. med. ital, 1932, 63: 399-413.—Myers, G. B, & McKean, R. M. The oral glucose tolerance test; a review of the literature. Am. J. Clin. Path, 1935, 5: 299-312.—Olmsted, W. H, & Gay, L. P. Study of blood sugar curves following a standardized glucose meal. Arch. Int. M, 1922, 29: 384-99 — Oppel, W. Zur Charakteristik der alimentaren glykamischen Kurve; von der protrahierten glykamischen Kurve. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 64: 170-6— Orr-Ewing, J. The tolerance of normal rabbits to intravenous injection of glucose. J. Physiol, Lond, 1931, 73: 365-70.—Pangaro, J. A. Curvas homogluce- micas o hipoglucemicas por la ingestion de glucosa. Dia med, B. Air, 1933-34, 6: 731.—Postranecky, O. [Primary reflex hyperglycemia; its relation to increase of the alimentary curve following administration of glucose] Cas. tek. desk, 1933, 72: 863-8.—Rabinowich, I. M, & Bazin, E. V. Blood sugar and respiratory metabolism time curves of normal individuals, fol- lowingsimultaneously administered glucose and insulin. J. Biol. Chem, 1928,80:723-31. Alsorepr.—Rouzaud, J.J, & Soula, L. C. La course de la glycemie post-prandiale; test de l'equilibre glycemique. Presse med, 1934, 42: 940-2.—Scott, E. L, & Zweighaft, J. F. B. Blood sugar in man following the rectal administration of dextrose. Arch. Int. M, 1932, 49: 221-6.— Solarino, G. Sull' azione inibente dei polisaccaridi sull' iper- glicemia da glucosio. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 1039-42. Also Arch. sc. biol. Nap, 1929,13: 31-8.—Soskin, S, & Allweiss, M. D. The hypoglycemic phase of the dextrose tolerance curve. Am. J. Physiol, 1934-35,110: 4-7.—Styrikovich, V. L. [Glycemie reaction and metabolism in infants] Tr. syezda detsk. vrach, (1927) 1929, 4: 611-5—Szepeshelyi, A. Die Schwankungen des Zuckergehaltes im Blut und im Urin nach Einfuhr von Traubenzucker. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh, 1933-34, 67: 405-9.— Tdrning, K. Intravenous glucose tolerance test on children. Acta paediat, Upps, 1931-32, 12: 219-25.—Torday, A. Ueber Blutzuckeruntersuchungen bei Belastung mit Traubenzucker. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1927, 40: 1263-5.—Wierzuchowski, M, & Gadomska, H. Die Reaktionsformen des normalen Hundes bei intravenoser Dauerinjektion des Traubenzuckers. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1927, 191: 198-219. ---■ Regulation: Functional tests—with in- sulin. Aubertin, E, & Castagnou, R. Interpretation de la ligne de restauration de la courbe d'hypoglycemie obtenue par injection intraveineuse d'insuline chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 122: 826-9.—Bellido, J. M. La hiperglucemia initial in- sulinica. Tr. Inst, fisiol, Barcel, 1929-30, 3: 58-60—Burger. Ueber die physiologische und klinische Bedeutung der primaren Iasulinhyperglykamie. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1929, 41. Kongr, 508—Burger, M, & Kramer, H. Ueber den hepatischen Angnffspunkt des Insulins; die primare paradoxe Insulinhy- perglykamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 65: 487-97.—Cruz Aufion, J. Valor de la hiperglicemia initial postinsulfnica. Arch, med, Madr, 1933, 36: 161-7—Botti, L. B. Insulin hyper- glycemia as a measure of the sensitivity of the individual to insulin. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 105: xxii.—Hennequin, L. L'hy- perglycemie initiate provoquee par les preparations d'insuline. Rev. fr. endocr, 1933, 11: 83-96—Ionesco, B, Cosmulesco, I, & Tomesco, M. Action hyperglyc6miante initiate de l'insuline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 102: 167-9. ----- Sur le mecanisme de l'hyperglycemie initiate provoquee par l'insuline. Ibid, 170-2.—Locascio, R. Sul meccanismo di azione della iperglicemia da insulina e da guanidina. Minerva med. Tor, 1935, 26: pt 1, 288-93.—Moutier, F, & Camus, L. L'epreuve de l'hypergly- cemie insulinique provoquee, chez les sujets normaux, et dans les syndromes pathologiques (maigreur, obesite, diabete) Arch. mal. app. digest, 1929, 19: 297-308—Neuwirth, I, Co Tui, F, & Wallace, G. B. The so-called hyperglycemic action of insulin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 194—Rathery, F, Kourilsky, R, & Gibert, S. Hyperglycemic insulinique immediate et variations du glycogene hepatique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 1235-8—Rathery, F, Kourilsky, R, & Laurent, Y. Hyperglycemic insulinique immediate chez le chien normal. Ibid, 563. ----- L'hyperglycemie insulinique immediate dans les divers territoires vasculaires chez le chien normal. Ibid, 565. ----- L'hyperglycemie insulinique chez le chien au cours de divers etats exp6rimentaux (depancreatation, inanition, inanition et phlorizine) Ibid, 881.—Rindone, A. Variazioni della iperglicemia provocato in rapporto alia via di somministrazione della insulina. Riv. pat. sper, 1931-32, 7: 142-59.—Siegel, R. Gibt es eine Insulinhyperglykamie? Med. Klin, Berl, 1931, 27: 428.—Suros y Forns, J. La hiperglucemia postinsulinica en clinica. Rev. m6d. Barcelona, 1932, 17: 527. ---- Regulation: Functional tests—with levu- lose. See also Blood sugar, Types: Levulose; Liver, Functional tests. Dobriner, K. *Die alimentare Fruktosamie bei Gesunden und Leberkranken. 24p. 8? Munch., 1934. Neuhaus, R. *Ueber die Blutzuckerkurve nach Lavulosebelastung bei verschiedenen Krankheitszustanden [Giessen] 22p. 8? Ha- gen i. Westf., 1931. Abelin, J, & Goldener, E. Ueber die Hyperglykamie nach Lavulose und nach Kohlenhydrat-Phosphat. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 1733.—Creveld, S. van, & Ladenius, W. L. Lavulosamie und Lavulosurie bei Schwangeren, Leberkranken und Leber- gesunden. Ibid, 1928, 7: 120. Also Zschr. klin. Med, 1928, 107: 328-52.—Jolliffe, N. The tolerance of normal subjects to levulose; factors influencing the variations in rise in blood sugar. J. Clin. Invest, 1930, 9: 363-80.—Kronenberger, F, & Radt, P. Ueber den Mechanismus der alimentaren Hypergly- kamie nach Versuchen mit Lavulosefutterung. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 190: 161-7.—Oppel, W. W. Zur Charakteristik der alimentaren glykamischen Kurve; fiber Fruetosamie. Ibid, 1929, 205: 47-62.—Rowe, A. W, McManus, M. A. [et al.] The metabolism of levulose; the influence on tolerance of certain non-endocrine disorders. Am. J.M. Sc, 1936, 192: 377-87. ----- The influence of endocrine dysfunction on tolerance. Endocrinology, 1936, 20: 648-56. ----- The influence of the reproductive cycle on tolerance. Am. J. Obst, 1935, 30: 841-9 — Rowe, A. W, Plummer, A. J, & McManus, M. A. Some general considerations on provocative levulosuria. Am. J.M. Sc, 1933, 186: 15-27.—Scott, L. B. The application of specific laevu- lose determinations to the laevulose tolerance test. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1935, 16: 489-96. ---- Regulation: Functional tests—with sac- charose. Ciaccio, C, & Racchiusa, S. Influenza del saccarosio som- ministrato in quantita varia suH'iperglicemia da destrosio. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 309-11—Galamini, A. Curva glicemica dopo ingestione di saccarosio a dosi frazionate. Ibid, 1928, 3: 490-3.—Le Goff, J. Glycosurie et saccharosurie chez I'homme sain consecutives a l'absorption de 100 gms de sac- charose. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1911, 152: 1785-7.—Oppel, W. W, & Fedorow, P. S. Zur Charakteristik der alimentaren glykami- schen Kurve; glykamische Kurve bei Kindern nach Belastung mit Saccharose. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, 63: 314-30— Utter, 0. Ueber die Saccharosetoleranz und Saccharose-Ausscheidung im Harn bei Kindern. Acta psediat, Upps, 1927-28, 7: [suppl. 2] 71-82 [Discussion] 92-4. Also Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1927, 69:613-23. ---- Regulation: Gonads. Botella, Amilibia y Mendizabal. Hormonas ovaricas y metabolismo hidrocarbonado. Med. ibera, 1936, 30: 352.— Gjuric, A, & Kucerova, B. [Effect of folliculin on glycoregula- tion] Cas. tek. £esk, 1932, 71: 1249—Grunewald, C. F., Cutler, C. H, & Beuel, H. J, jr. The sexual variation in carbohydrate metabolism; the metabolism of diacetic acid in normal and BLOOD SUGAR 670 BLOOD SUGAR castrated male and female rats with and without theelin. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 105: 35-43. Also repr.—Kamada, A. Der Einfluss der endokrinen Driisen auf den gebundenen Zucker im Blute des Kaninchens; der Einfluss der mannlichen Ge- schlechtsdrfisen auf den gebundenen Zucker. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1929, 3: 6.—Kaufmann, E. Ovarialhormon, Insulin und Kohlenhydratstoffwechsel. Deut. med. Wschr, 1929, 55: 650-2.—Lehwirth, S. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss der weiblichen Sexualhormone auf den Kohle- hydratstoffwechsel. Zbl. Gyn, 1935, 59: 78-83— Rathery, F, Kourilsky, R, & Laurent, Y. Insuline, folliculine et glycemie, chez le chien normal. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1928, 187: 255-7 — Verda, B. J, Burge, W. E, & Green, F. C. A study of the stimulating effect of the testicular substance on sugar metabo- lism . Endocrinology, 1929,13: 46-8.—Vogt, E. Ueber biologische Beziehungen zwischen Insulin und Follikulin. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1927, 132: 189-91 [Discussion] 221-37. ---- Regulation: Kidney. Aiello, G. Sui rapporti tra glicemia, pressione arteriosa e funzione renale. Riforma med, 1924, 40: 219.—Gaujoux, E, Recordier, M, & Andrac, M. Recherches experimentales sur I'hypoglvc6mie provoquee par l'insuline avant et apres nephrec- tomie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 119: 745.—Gnoinski, H. Le taux du sucre sanguin chez les ehiens nephrectomises. Ibid, 1927, 97: 912. ----- Influence de l'insuline sur le taux du sucre sanguin chez les animaux nephrectomises. Ibid, 1928, 98: 785.—Morita, S. The blood sugar content of the rabbit after the ligation of the renal vessels. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1922, 3: 226-65.—Rathery, F. Le role du rein dans les etats hypergly- cemiques. Nutrition, Par, 1931, 1: 75-94.—Rotky, H. Ueber renale und extrarenale Beeinflussung des Blutzuckers. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 544.—Santonocito, A. La glicemia alio stato normale e patologico con speciale riguardo alia funzionalita renale. Gazz. med. sicil, 1920, 23: 97; passim.—Sunzeri, G. Sulla iperglicemia consecutiva alla iniezione di amido solubile nei cani con ureteri legati. Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 794-6. ---- Regulation: Kidney: Renal threshold. See also Diabetes, renal; Glycosuria. Barbieri, B. Sulla soglia renale per il glucosio in funzione della teoria di Cushny-Rehberg. Minerva med. Tor, 1935, 26: pt2, 579-82.—Bjering, T, & Iversen, P. Zuckerschwelle und Nierenfunktion. Acta med. scand, 1934, 82: 193; 228.—Brah- machari, U. N, & Sen, P. B. Researches on blood-sugar in Indians; normal renal threshold for sugar in young Indians. Ind. J.M. Res, 1925-26, 13: 751-4.—BeUa Maggiore, B. Sulla soglia renale per gli zuccheri. Arch. stud, fisiopat. ricambio, 1936, 4: 167-79.—Eda, G. Einfluss der partiellen Pankreas- exstirpation"auf die Zuckerausscheidungsschwelle. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1927, 7: 79-99. —--- Ueber den Einfluss des Acetyl- cholinchlorids und des Pilokarpins auf die Zuckerausscheidungs- schwelle. Ibid, 319-31. ----- Einfluss des Atropins und Scopolamins auf die Zuckerausscheidungsschwelle. Ibid, 345-60. ----- Einfluss des Ergotamins auf die Zucker- ausscheidungsschwelle. Ibid, 1929, 11: 12-29.—Faber, K. Le seuil du sucre du sang dans la glycosurie des diabetiques et des femmes enceintes. Presse med, 1927, 35:1109-11.—Handels- man, M. B, & Oberdisse, K. Untersuchungen iiber den Ein- fluss des Nervensystems auf die Zuckerausscheidungsschwelle. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1933-34, 174: 81-7.—Hatlehol, R. Blood sugar studies, with special regard to the threshold of glycosuria in diabetes mellitus and benign chronic glycosuria. Acta med. scand, 1924, suppl. no. 8, 1-260.—Himsworth, H. P. The rela- tion of glycosuria to glycaemia and the determination of the renal threshold for glucose. Biochem. J, Lond, 1931, 25: 1128-46.—Iwanaga, Y. Weitere Untersuchungen fiber den Einfluss der Splanchnikotomie auf die Zuckerausscheidungs- schwelle. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1930, 12: 195-205—John, H. J. The relationship of blood-sugar content to kidney permeability and glycosuria. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1923-24, 9: 626-9—Kawas- shima, S. Ueber den Einfluss des Schilddriisenpraparates auf die Zuckerausscheidungsschwelle. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1927, 7:361-7. ----- Ueber den Einfluss der Kastration des Hodens auf die Zuckerausscheidungsschwelle. Ibid, 379-87. —---& Iwanaga, Y. Ueber den Einfluss der Vago-splanchnicotomie auf die Zuckerausscheidungsschwelle. Ibid, 1929,11: 293-305.— Klein, F. Zum heutigen Stande der Frage der Nierenschwelle fiir Zucker bei Normalen und Diabetikern. Med. Klin, Berl, 1929, 25: 1665-7.—Klein, 0, & Heinemann, J. Zur Frage der Nierenschwelle fiir die Zuckerausscheidung, beurteilt nach der Hohe des Blutzuckerspiegels im arteriellen Blut. Ibid, 1930, 26: 55-9.—Kuhlmann, B, & Beviller, C. De la secretion renale du glucose. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 773-5.—Maggiore, B. B. Sulla soglia renale per gli zuccheri. Arch. stud, fisiopat. ricambio, 1936, 4: 167-79.—Magyar, K. [The renal threshold of the blood-sugar in childhood] Magy. orv. arch, 1932, 33: 404-6.—Moracchini, R, & Natale, V. Dell'azione dell'insulina sulla soglia renale per il glucosio. Arch. stud, fisiopat. ri- cambio, 1934, 2: 253-73.—Nakayama, M. Ueber den normalen Wert der Zuckerausscheidungsschwelle. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1923-24, 3: 407-22. ----- Der Einfluss von kohlenhydratar- mer Kost und von Adrenalininjektion auf die Zuckeraus- scheidungsschwelle. Ibid, 1924-25, 4: 139-61. ----- Ein- fluss der Vagusdurchschneidung auf die Zuckerausscheidungs- schwelle. Ibid, 163-72. ----- Ueber den Einfluss der Schwangerschaft auf die Zuckerausscheidungsschwelle. Ibid, 1924-25, 4: 185-97.—Recordier, M. Le seuil renal du glucose Marseille med, 1935, 72: 795-811.—Sakaguchi, K, Mori, S. [et al.j Studien fiber die Zuckerausscheidungsschwelle. Jap. J.M. Sc 1933-34, 3: no. 2, Int. Med, 56— Salmon, U. J. Sub-threshold hyperglycemia and glycuresis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y 1929-30, 27: 823—Sherrill, J. W, & MacKay, E. M. The renal threshold for dextrose in man. Arch. Int. M , 1935, 56: 877*3.— Shim, H. S. Einfluss des Atropins und des Pilocarpins auf die Zuckerausscheidungsschwelle. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1925, 5: 333-58.—Sorge, G. L'azione dell'insulina sulle soglie renali Policlinico, 1931, 38: sez. prat, 1305-7. ----- & Iacono, g! L'azione dell'insulina sulle soglie renali. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1931, 6: 495-8.—Villa, L. Un nuova concetto di soglia renale per il glucosio in funzione della teoria di Cushny-Rehberg Minerva med. Tor, 1934, 25: 601-3. ---- Regulation: Liver. See also Blood sugar, Storage. Albertoni, P. Lo zucchero del sangue e la funzione protettiva del fegato. Policlinico, 1922, 29: sez. med, 349-62.—Arinstein, M. G, & Rubinstein, A. G. [Fluctuations of sugar content in the blood, due to d'Arsonvalization of the region of the liver] Vrach. dielo, 1928, 11: 1249-51.—Bassani, B. Sul metabolismo epatico; la curva glicemica nei preparato cuore-polmoni fegato Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1933-34, 33: 157-74—Best, C. H. The role of the liver in the metabolism of carbohydrate and fat. Lancet, Lond, 1934, 1: 1155-60.—Bickel, A. Die Bedeutung der Leber fur den Zuckerstoffwechsel. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1928, 25: 817-20—Bollman, J. I, & Mann, F. C. The utilization of fruc- tose following complete removal of the liver. Am. J. Physiol, 1931, 96: 683-95.—Campos, C. A, Curutchet, J. L, & Lanari, A. Role du foie dans Paction diabetogene du lobe glandulaire de l'hypophyse du crapaud. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113: 467-9.— Chiao Tsai. Carbohydrate metabolism of the liver; glycogen and other carbohydrates in decapitate cats. Chin. J. Physiol, 1933, 7: 215-27.—CoUens, W. S, Shelling, B. H, & Byron, C. S. Effect of adrenalin upon blood sugar following ligation of the hepatic artery. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1925-26, 23: 545. Also Am. J. Physiol, 1926-27, 79: 689-93. ----- Studies on the physiology of the liver; effect of ligation of the hepatic artery on carbohydrate metabolism. Ibid, 1926, 78: 349-57.—Condo- relli, L. Ricerche sperimentali sull' esistenza di un ormone epatico iperglicemizzante (Glicemia di Loewi) Arch. farm. sper, Roma, 1929-30, 49: pt2, 65-81.—Conti, F. Funzione rego- latrice del fegato durante l'iperglicemia da somministrazione enterale ed endovenosa di glucosio. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1927, 25: 497-510. ----- Sulla funzione regolatrice del fegato durante l'iperglicemia da introduzione enterale ed endovenosa di glu- cosio. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 660-4.----- Azione regolatrice del fegato sulla concentrazione dello succhero combi- nato del sangue; ricerche sperimentali. Minerva med. Tor, 1927, 7: 250-4. ----- Effetti della legatura dei vasi epatici sulla regolazione del tasso glicemico. Ibid, 1157-61. ---- Contributo al meccanismo dell' iperglicemia alimentare; in- fluenza dell' innervazione epatica. Policlinico, 1930, 37: sei. med, 183-96.—Cori, C. F, & Cori, G. T. Influence of epinephrine on blood sugar utilization of functionally hepatectomized rats. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1928-29, 26: 345-7—Bavenport, H. A. On liver amylase and its probable role in the regulation of blood sugar. J. Biol. Chem, 1926, 70: 625-38.—Bemant, P, L'effet de l'enervation hepatique sur la stabilite du glycogene du foie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 323-6—Bietrich, S, Hausler, H, & Loewi, O. Weiteres fiber den insulinantago- nistischen Stoff. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 856—Bonald, J. M. Studies on carbohydrate metabolism following denervation ol the liver. Am. J. Physiol, 1931, 98: 605-9—Brury, B. R, & Salter, W. T. The effect of glucose derivatives upon animals (rabbits) following hepatectomy. Ibid, 1934, 107: 406-13- Eitel, H, & Loeser, A. Beziehungen zwischen Hypophysen- vorderlappeu, Schilddriise und Kohlehydratstoffwechsel der Leber. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 1669—Erdelyi, P. [Data on the sugar metabolism of the liver] Orv. hetil, 1927, 71: 1357.— Evans, C. I, Tsai, C, & Young, F. G. Glycogen recovery after decapitation and decerebration. J. Physiol, Lond, 1931, 73: 81-102— Fiessinger, N, Benard, H. [et al.] L'equilibre glyce- mique du sang defibrine en perfusion hepatique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 413-6. —— L'equilibre glycemique du sang dans la perfusion hepatique a la fois portale et arterielle. Ibid., 1936, 122: 32—Fiessinger, N, & Cattan, R. Influence, sur la glycemie, des ligatures de la veine porte et de ses branches chez le chien. Ibid, 1933, 114: 483-6.—Fiessinger, N, Palmer, R. G., & Lancon, R. Hepatectomie totale en un temps et sans canule chez le chien; evolution de la glyc6mie. Ibid, 1932, 110: 454.— Fjodorov, N. A, & Namjatyschewa, A. M. Zur Frage der Rolle des Darmes in der Regulierung des Kohlehydratstoffwechsels der Leber (Befunde an angiostomierten Hunden) Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1936, 99: 66-73— Fontes, G, & Thivolle, L. L'insu- line n'augmente pas la fixation des glucides sanguins par les globules; refutation de la notion de glvcemire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 98: 847-9.—Forsgren, E. [The rhythmic function ol the liver and influence of insulin on the glycogen content of the liver] Hygiea, Stockh, 1929, 91: 369-78. -----Holmgren, H. [et al.] The connection between the functional activities of the liver and the susceptibility of the organism to insulin. Acta med. scand, 1930, 73: 60-70—Fortunate, A. Importanza del fegato nella iperglicemia adrenalinica. Gior. biol. med. sper, 1923-24, 1: 374-8—Frank, E, Nothmann, M, & Hartmann, E. Chemische und mikroskopische Untersuchungen fiber das Ver BLOOD SUGAR 671 BLOOD SUGAR halten des Glykogens in der Leber unter der Einwirkung des Insulins. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1927-28, 127: 35-46, pi — Frazier, W. D, & Frieman, H. Alterations in liver glycogen fol- lowing thyroid, iodine, and glucose feedings. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1935, 60: 27-9.—Glock, G. E. An investigation of the rates of digestion of starches and glycogen and the bearing on the chemi- cal constitution; liver amylase. Biochem. J, Lond, 1936, 30: 2313-8.—Gregg, B. E. The relation of carbohydrates and lipids in the perfused liver. Am. J. Physiol, 1933, 103: 79-88.— Hausler, H, & Loewi, O. Ueber hormonale Vorgange nach Glukosezufuhr; Uber Insulin- und Glykaminsekretion nach peroraler Glukosezufuhr. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1927, 123: 88-119— Hall, E. M, & MacKay, E. M. The relation between the mitochondria and glucose-glycogen equilibrium in the liver. Am. J. Path, 1933, 9: 205-20, pi.—Hejda, B, & Major, K. [New method in the determination of the glyeoregulatorv function of the liver] Cas. 16k. cesk, 1933, 72: 949-52—Hochfeld, H. A. Der Einfluss von Nebennierenrindenhormon auf den Glvkogen- gehalt der Leber. Biochem. Zschr, 1935, 282: 392-8.—Itelson, J. [Action of the liver in regulating hydrate exchanges and in the metabolism of carbohydrates] Polska gaz. lek, 1928, 7: 79-82.—Iwanow, N. M. Der Einfluss von Adrenalin und Insulin auf die Zuckerausscheidung der Leber durch die Galle bei dauernder Ernahrung mit Rohrzucker. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 71: 263-73.—Kikuta, T. Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die Veranderungen des Zucker-, Milchsaure- und Eiweiss- spiegels in der Lymphe sowie im Blut (ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des intermediaren Kohlehydratsloffwechsels in der Leber) Insulinwirkung. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1935, 25: 148-68.—Koster- litz, H, & Wedler, H. W. Ueber die Fahigkeit der Leber des pan- kreaslosen Hundes bei volliger Insulinkarenz, Glykogen zu bilden. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1933, 45. Kongr, 409-12 — La Barre, J, & Bestree, P. Fr6nation de la secretion externe de pancreas au cours de l'hypoglycemie consecutive a l'hepatec- tomie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 101: 147.—La Barre, J, & Hous- sa, P. A propos des effets du chlorhydrate d'adrenaline sur la glycemie des ehiens Itepatectomises. Ibid, 1935, 118: 1217.— Linksz, A. Versuche zur Narkose der Leberfunktionen; noch- mals die narkotische Beeinflussung des Zuckerstoffwechsels der uberlebenden Froschleber. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1926, 211: 335-8.—Loeser, A. Antithyreotrope Schutzsubstanz des Blutes und Kohlehydratstoffwechsel der Leber. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1935-36, 180: 325-31—Loewi, O. Ueber die Sekretion und den Angriffspunkt von Insulin und Glykamin und die Funk- tionsprufung ihrer Produktionsorgane. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 2013—Lundsgaard, E, Nielsen, N. A, & Orskov, S. L. The carbohydrate metabolism of the isolated cat liver. Skand. Arch. Physiol, Berl, 1936, 73: 296-313.—Lupu, N. G, & Iliesco- Stoicesco, C. Recherches experimentales sur la fonction sucrce du foie dans l'intoxication provoqitee par te phosphore et la toluylenediamine. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest, 1930, 12: 193-202—Mann, F. C, & Bollman, J. L. Studies on the physiol- ogy of the liver; the effect of insulin on the blood sugar following total removal of the pancreas and liver. Am. J. Physiol, 1933, 103: 45-7.—Matthews, S. A. The role of the liver in maintaining the normal sugar concentration of the blood. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1923-24,12: 13-5.—Melchionda, E. Fegato e ricambio idro-carbonato nei cardiopatici. Cuore & circol, 1934, 18: 693-712.—Meythaler, F, & Naegeli, T. Untersuchungen fiber den Mechanismus der Blutzuckerregulation bei differenzierten Gefassanastomosen zwischen Leber und Abdominalorganen. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1933, 172: 630-44—Narahara, K. Ex- perimentelle Untersuchung fiber den Hautzucker; Leberfunk- tionsstorungund Hautzucker. Jap. J. Derm. Urol, 1932, 32: 9.— Okada, S. Ueber den Kohlehydratstoffwechsel in der durch- stromten Kaninchenleber. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1936, 16: 1387-400.—Olmsted, J. M. B, & Read, L. S. Glucose and non- glucose portions of blood sugar in the hepatic and portal veins of the decapitate cat at different sugar levels. Am. J. Physiol, 1934,109:303-6—Olmsted, J. M. D, & Simpson, W. W. Relation of the liver to hyperglycemia in frogs. Univ. California Pub, 1929, 7: Physiol, 71.—Pannewitz, G. von. Beeinflussung des Kohlehydratstoffwechsels durch Leberbestrahlung. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1927. 36. Kongr. [Beih.] 74—Papilian, V. Influence de la ligature de la veine porte et du pedicuie hepatique sur la glyc.6mie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 733. Also Cluj. med, 1927, 8: 1-2.—Pencier, M. T. de, Soskin, S, & Best, C. H. The effect of liver on the blood sugar level and on the sugar excretion of depancreatized dogs. Am. J. Physiol, 1930, 94: 548-52.—Rathery, F. Le role du glycogene hepatique dans le metabolisme des glucides. Livres jubil. (Roger, G. H.) Par, 1932, 177-82. ----- & Bebienne, Y. Etude du metabolisme glucidique a la suite de lesions experimentales massives du foie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113: 30-2-Rathery, F, Gibert, S, & Laurent, Y. Action de l'insuline sur le glycogene hepatique et musculaire chez des ehiens normaux et depancrfates traites con- currement par des injections de glucose. Ibid, 1931, 107: 1264-6.—Rathery, F, & kourilsky, R. Sur la glycemine. Presse med, 1929, 37: 449. -----& Laurent, Y. La glycemie porte et ses variations au moment de l'hypoglycemie insulinique; re- charge glycemique du foie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 864-6.—Salvatore, B. Comportamento del glicogene epatico negli animali splenectomizzati. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1927,32:451-4.—Sasaki, T. Significance of the liver in the serum iodate reaction and the bloodsugar content. Verh. Jap. chir. Ges, 1932, 33: 58.—Sato, T. Ueber den Einfluss vegetativer Nervengifte auf den intermediaren Kohlehydratstoffwechsel in der Leber; Sympathikusgifte. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1935, 26: 194-227. ----- Parasympathikusgifte. Ibid, 228-67— Shin- men, M. The influence of the bloodsugar by the parenteral administration of the constituents of the liver cells to the living organism and the relation between the liver function and blood- sugar content. Sc. Rep. Gov. Inst. Infect. Dis, Tokyo, 1926, 5ii 4S_3(i' ----- The relation between the liver function and the bloodsugar content; the bloodsugar lowering substance con- tained in the parenchymatous cell components of the liver. Jap. J. Exp. M, 1929, 7: 481; 495.—Soskin, S, Allweiss, M. D, & Cohn, B. J. Influence of the pancreas and the liver upon the dextrose tolerance curve. Am. J. Physiol, 1934, 109: 155-65—Soula, C. Les facteurs ntecaniques circulatoires de la glycemie; role de la stase hepatique. Rev. med. chir. mal. foie, 1929, 4: 385-8 — Teule, P. Les fonctions du foie et du pancreas et l'insuline. Vie nted, 1926, 7: 605—Wachsmuth, W. Ueber die Blutzucker- regulation bei Leberschadigung durch Ecksche Fistel. Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 1453. ----- Ueber die Blutzuckerregulation bei partieller Leberausschaltung; gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur Frage der Leberfunktionspriifung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 73: 659-77.—Widstrom, G. Das Leberglykogen nach Neben- nierenexstirpation bei Ratten. Acta med. scand, 1936, 90: 397-403.—Wohlgemuth, J, & Sorochowisch. Ueber den Kohle- hydratabbau in der Leber. Arch. Verdauungskr, 1926, 37: 225-39.—Zagari. Glucorregulacion en la fisiologia y patologia hepatica. Dia m6d, B. Air, 1930-31, 3: 361.—Zunz, E, & La Barre, J. Frenation de la secretion interne pancreatique au cours de l'hypoglycemie consecutive a l'ltepatectomie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 101: 144-6. . ---- Regulation: lungs. Binet, L, & Marquis, M. La glycolyse pulmonaire chez le chien normal et chez le chien depancreate. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 1294-6—Fenicia, M. Influenza del polmone nella glico-regolazione. Fisiol. med, Roma, 1934, 5: 59-79.—Roger, H, Rathery, F, & Binet, L. Action du poumon sur le sucre du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 1228-30. ---- Regulation, neural. Marcus, I. *Die nervose Regulation des Kohlehydratstoffwechsels. 19p. 8? Berl., 1927. Bremer, F, & Leclercq, R. Recherches sur la regulation nerveuse de la glycemie: les fibres glycosecretrices radiculaires. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 1406-9— Bonhoffer, C, & Macleod, J. J. R. The nature of the mechanism of the nerve control. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1932, 110: s.B, 158-71—Ermakov, M. V, & Skovoroda-Zachiniaeva, I. A. [Nervous system and hydro- carbon metabolism in the invertebrates; role of the nervous sys- tem in the regulation of sugar in the hemolymph in molluscs] J. med, Kiev, 1935, 5: 143; 323—Hiller, F, & Grinker, R. R. The nervous regulation of sugar metabolism. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1929, 22: 919-25.—Hiller, F, & Tannenbaum, A. The nervous regulation of sugar metabolism; experimental studies. Ibid, 901-18. Also repr.—La Barre, J. Le systeme nerveux intervient-il dans la regulation de l'insulinemie physiologique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 97: 1184-7—Mahler, P, & Rischawy, E. Ueber den vom oberen Intestinaltrakt ausgehenden blutzucker- steigernden Reflex. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 1147.—Mallam, P. C. Der Einfluss der Innervation auf den Zuckeraustausch zwischen Blut und Geweben. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 71: 229-35.—Medvedeva, N. B. [Phylogenesis of correlations of the nervous system and hydrocarbon metabolism in lower animals] J. med, Kiev, 1935, 5: 173-88.—Meythaler, F. Die neuro-hor- monale Regulation der Leber im Kohlehydratstoffwechsel. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 753-8.—Monasterio, G. Le iperglicemie neurogene. Minerva med. Tor, 1931, 22: 540-6.—Mongute, J. Kann Hyperglykamie durch unmittelbare oder bedingte Re- flexwirkung von der Mundschleimhaut ausgeldst werden? Zschr. klin. Med, 1933, 123: 797-9.—Pannhorst, R. Hyper- glykamie durch Reflexwirkung von der Mundschleimhaut aus. Ibid, 1934-35, 127: 688-96—Pi y Suner, A. Los reflejos troflcos glucemiantes. Arch, neurob, Madr, 1920, 1: 338-55.—Rupp, F. Der Einfluss des Nervensystems auf den Zuckergehalt des Blutes. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 1741. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924-25, 44: 476-81. ---- Regulation, neural: Autonomic nervous system. Farber, B. *Ueber die Wirkung von Cholin, Pilocarpin und Ergotamin auf den Blutzucker beim normalen und beim splanchnicotomierten Kaninchen. p.525-37. 8? Berl., 1926. Also Zschr, ges. exp. Med, 1926, 49: Paetzold, H. *Die Ursachen der sogenann- ten Parasympathicushyperglykamie. 24p. 8°. Berl., 1925. Aisner, M, Gorney, A. J, & Segal, M. S. Influence of vagi and splanchnics upon blood sugar response to glucose adminis- tration. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 34: 454-9—Allard, E. Die Wirkung des Atropins auf die alimentare Glykamie. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1926, 115: 1-8—Amato, A. Influenza del sistema nervoso sulla glicemia; il comportamento del tasso glicemico nei blocco del vago. Riv. pat. sper, 1927, 2: 37-47.— Bacq, Z. M. Hyperglyc6mie chez le chat apres stimulation du bout peripherique de nerfs sympathiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 701.—Barlow, O. W, & Barnes, B. O. Does insulin BLOOD SUGAR 672 BLOOD SUGAR antagonize the action of atropine on cardiac vagus endings? J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1931, 41: 209-15—Bornstein, A, & Holm, K. Ueber den Mechanismus der Parasympathicusglykamie. Btechem. Zschr, 1922, 132: 138-53. Also Klin. Wrschr, 1922, 1: 1695.—Brauch, F. Carotissinusentlastung und Blutzuckerspie- gel. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1934, 175: 104-12.—Bucciardi, G. La glicemia pilocarpinica. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 70-3.-----■ Ancora sull'azione della pilocarpina sul tasso glicemico. Ibid, 73-6. ----- La glicemia ergotaminica. Ibid, 77-80. -----■ La glicemia atropinica. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Modena, 1928, 29: 55-65.—Buttner, H. E. Ueber den Ein- fluss des Sympathikus auf den Kohlehydratstoffwechsel. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1926, 38. Kongr, 293-6—Car- bonaro, G. Influenza del sistema nervoso sulla glicemia; com- portamento del tasso glicemico sotto I'influenza de l'arecolina. Riv. pat. sper, 1931-32, 7: 97-121.—Carriere, G, & Gineste, P. J. Syndromes vago-sympathiques et equilibre glycemique. Bull. Acad, nted. Par. 1935,, 3.ser, 114:106-8—Ciceri, C, & Gabrielli, S. Effetti del blocco anestetico dello splancnico sulla curva glicemica e sulla pressione arteriosa in individui sani ed in diabetici. Arch. ital. chir, 1934, 36: 89-110. Also Arch. Soc. ital. chir, 1934, 40: 802-5.—Clark, G. A. The influence of the vagus on the islets of Langerhans; the effect of cutting the vagus upon sugar tolerance. J. Physiol, Lond, 1926-27, 61: 676-82 — Czezowska, Z, & Goertz, J. Influence de Tergotamine sur le taux du sucre sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 98: 148-50.— Bemurtas, M. P, & Spanu, A. Ricerche sperimentali farmacolo- giche sull'antagonismo vago-simpatico nella glicoregolazione. Biochim. ter. sper, 1933, 20: 531-44.—Bepisch, F, Hasenbhrl, R, & Schbnbauer, L. Ueber die operative Beeinflussung des Zuckerstoffwechsels; die Durchschneidung der vegetativen Nerven im Ligamentum hepatoduodenale beim normalen Hund. Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 1437-41—Bestree, P. La paralysie des vagues par l'atropine modifie-t-elle chez I'homme l'hyperexcr6- tion pancreatique, consecutive a l'injection intraveineuse de dextrose? C.rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 1038-40—Be Takats, G, & Cuthbert, F. P. Effect of celiac ganglionectomy on sugar tolerance of dogs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1931, 29: 217. ■----- Effect of suprarenal denervation and splanchnic section on the sugar tolerance of dogs. Arch. Surg, 1935, 30: 151-61.— Bi Grazia, A. La glicemia nei colpo di calore negli organismi atropinizzati. Rass. ter. pat. clin, 1934, 6: 193-9.—Boppler, K, & Steinmetzer, K. Die Senkung des Blutzuckers nach Aus- schaltung der sympathischen Innervation des Pankreas durch Phenol. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1926, 39: 441.—Bresel, K, & Omohsky, F. Der Einfluss der Vagus- und der Splanchnicus- durchschneidung auf die Adrenalinhyper- und die Insulin- hypoglykamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1927, 55: 371-7—Bresel. K, & Zemmin, H. Die Wirkung parasympathischer Reizung insbesondere des Cholins. auf den Blutzucker. Biochem, Zschr, 1923, 139: 463-9.—Bworkin, S. The response of sym- pathectomized animals to insulin. Am. J. Physiol, 1931, 98: 467-74.—Ernould, H. Le role des nerfs vagues dans la glyco- regulation. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 946— Ernst, Z, & Haintz, E. Ergotamin und Blutzuckerregulation. Zschr. klin. Med, 1931-32, 119: 545-50— Filla, E. Esperienze sul significato del sistema nervoso vegetativo sulla regolazione della glicemia. Minerva med. Tor, 1935, 26: 489-94.—Galamini, A, Casale, R, & Minozzi, M. T. Sezione bassa del vago e ipergli- cemia alimentare. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1936, 11: 366-8.— Geiger, E, Binder, I, & Rusztek, A. Ueber die Rolle des Vagus bei der Blutzuckerregulation. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1934, 176: 355-66.—Goor, H. van. Die Zunahme des Insulingehaltes des Blutes nach reflektorischer Vagusreizung. Arch. n6erl. physiol, 1929, 14: 535-48.—Griffith, F. R. Reflex hyperglycemia; a study of the carbohydrate mobilization effected by afferent crural, sciatic and vagus stimulation. Am. J. Physiol, 1923, 66: 618-58.—Grunke, W. Ueber den Mechanismus der alimentaren Hyperglykamie; der Einfluss des vegetativen Nervensystems auf die alimentare Hyperglykamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1926, 52: 488-98.—Het6nyi, S, & Pogany, J. Ergotaminversuche zur Frage des Kohlehydratstoffwechsels. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1926, 38. Kongr, 306-8.—Hiraoka, Y. Einfluss einiger sympathischen Gifte auf den Blutzucker und den Gehalt des Muskels an Glykogen, Kreatin und den Phosphaten des Kaninchens; Versuch an Kaninchen mit durchschnittenem Riickenmark und weiter an mit Ergotamin vorbehandelten Kaninchen. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1935, 13: 511-45.— Hogler, F. Ueber den Einfluss der Vagektomie auf den Blut- zucker. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1933, 172: 325-42. ----- & Zell, F. Ueber den Einfluss der Vagektomie auf Reizhyper- glykamien. Ibid, 173: 674-9. ----- Beitrage zur zentralen Blutzuckerregulation; Blutdruckzfigler und Zuckerstoffwechsel. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933-34, 92: 234-40.—Home, E. A, Mc- Bougall, E. J, & Magee, H. E. Influence of the autonomic nerves on alimentary hyperglycaemia and on the absorption of glucose. J. Physiol, Lond, 1933, 80: 48-64— Itikawa, K. Effect of compression on the eye-ball upon the blood sugar con- tent in normal, bilaterally splanchnicotomized or suprarenalec- tomized rabbits. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1935, 27: 542-9.—Izar, G, & Cannavo, L. La iperglicemia da pilocarpina ed i suoi rapporti con la nota prova farmacodinamica. Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 771-4. Jianu, M. [Role of the parasympathetic system in the mechanism of experimental glycemia] Cluj. med, 1929, 10: 53.—Klein, 0, & Heinemann, J. Ueber das Verhalten des Blutzuckerspiegels im arteriellen Blute; Einfluss des vegeta- tiven Nervensystems auf die Schwankungen des Blutzucker- niveaus. Zschr. klin. Med, 1929, 111: 527-38.—La Grutta, L. Influence du systeme nerveux sur la glycemie: le taux glycemique sous l'influence de quelques substances a action sympathico- et para-sympathicomintetique, isotees ou assoctees. Arch. ital. biol, 1928, 80: 167-73, 5 diag. ----- II comportamento del tasso glicemico sotto I'influenza di alcune sostanze ad azione simpatico- e parasimpatico-mimetica, isolate od associate. Riv. pat. sper, 1928, 3: 206-21, 5ch— Lang, S. Zur Frage der Atropinwirkung auf die Blutzuckerkonzentration. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 242: 469-71. ----- & Rigo, L. Weitere Unter- suchungen fiber den Einfluss der parasympathischen Gifte auf die Blutzuckerkonzentration. Ibid, 1928, 192: 172-5.—Lang, S, & Vas, M. Einfluss der parasympathischen Gifte auf die Blutzuckerkonzentration. Ibid, 137-43.—Le Grand, A, & Bierent, G. Contribution a l'etude du mecanisme de l'hyper- glyc6mie consecutive aux injections intraveineuses de nitrate de pilocarpine chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 291.— Lehmann, J. Zur Kenntnis des Blutzuckers nach Vagusreizung und dessen Beziehungen zu den Insulinverhaitnissen im Muskel- gewebe. Skand. Arch. Physiol, Berl. 1927, 52: 169-86—Lesser, E. J, & Zipf, K. Ueber Herabsetzung des Blutzuckers beim normalen Kaninchen durch Ergotamin. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 140: 612-5.—Lewis, J. T, & Turcatti, E. S. Le diabete pancreatique chez le chien prive du systeme nerveux sympa- thique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 274-6.—Lipschitz, W. Sur la regulation sympathique de la glycemie normale et du metabolisme des chlorures tissulaires. Ibid, 1936, 121:1295-8.— Mallone, T. Sistema nervoso vegetativo e potere glicolitico del sangue. Fisiol. med, Roma, 1934, 5: 535-44.—Malmejac, J, Besanti, E, & Bumazert, C. Causes de la brievete de l'effet hvperglyc6miant qu'engendre la section des quatre d6presseurs chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 119: 731-3. ----- Effet hyperglycemia^ de la section des nerfs dCpresseurs chez le chien. Ibid, 118: 892-4.—Malmejac, J, Bonnet, E, & Besanti, E. L'excitation centripete du nerf de Cyon-Ludwig chez le chien peut-elle provoquer une hyperglycemic? Ibid, 1341-3.— Malmejac, J, & Bumazert, C. Sur l'origine de l'hyperglycemie qu'engendre l'excitation centripete du nerf vague sectionnG au cou chez le chien. Ibid, 1343-5. ----- & Bonnet, E. Etude critique de l'hyperglycemie qu'engendre l'excitation du nerf depresseur de Cyon-Ludwig chez le lapin. Ibid, 895 8.— Mondini, E. M. II comportamento del tasso glicemico in seguito alla estirpazione del plesso celiaco. Riv. pat. sper, 1929, 4: 41-58, 4ch. ----- II comportamento del tasso glicemico nei bambini sotto I'influenza di alcune sostanze ad azione simpatico e parasimpatico-mimetica isolate od associate. Pediatria (Riv.), 1930, 38: 75-89.—Moracci, E. Effetti delle iniezioni di glicosio sul tasso glicemico dei colombi normali e vagotomizzati. Riv. pat. sper, 1933-34, 10: 443-58.—Matsueda, A. Ueber die Histaminhyperglykamie und ihre Beeinflussungen durch andere autonome Gifte, wie Adrenalin, Atropin, Ergotamin und Insulin. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1933-34, 3: no.2, int. med, 57-9.— Ohmi, F. The effect of sensory stimulation on the blood sugar content of rabbits, splanchnicotomized or suprarenalectomized. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1932-33, 20: 498-507—Orru, A. Azione dell'atropina e dell'insulina sulla iperglicemia da pilocarpina. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 242-7.—Pannella, P. In- fluenza della narcosi sulla glicemia provocata dalla stimolazione del plesso celiaco nei cane. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1928, 52: 98- 105.—Papilian, V, & Funariu, L. [Function of pneumogastric nerve in the mechanism of hyperglycemia] Cluj. med, 1926, 127. Also Arch. ges. Physiol, 1926, 213: 668-70—Papilian, V, & Jianu, M. L'influence de la vagotomie double sur la glycemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 70.—Pollak, L. Der Mechanismus der alimentaren Hyperglykamie; der Einfluss von Ergotamin und Atropin auf den Ablauf der alimentaren Hyperglykamie. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929, 140:1-27.—Portoghese, G. Riflesso oculo-cardiaco e glicoregolazione. Riforma med, 1936, 52: 1621.—Puche Alvarez, J. El sistema nervioso autonomo en la regulation de la glucemia. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1927, 2.ser, 8: 255; 344—Quigley, J. P, Hallaran, W. R, & Barnes, B. 0. Vari- ations in blood sugar values of normal and vagotomized dogs following glucose administration. J. Nutrit, 1932, 5: 77-80 — Ranquist, R. C. The effect of the vagus nerves on sugar toler- ance in dogs. Am. J. Physiol, 1934, 108: 210-4.—Rigo, L, & Veszelszky, L. Der Einfluss von Ergotamin auf die Blut- zuckerkonzentration. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929, 139: 10-3.— Sakurai, T. Experimentelle Beitrage zur Wirkung der Para- sympathikusgifte auf den Blutzucker, besonders zur Frage der parasympathischen Hyperglykamie. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1926, 6: 211-36. ----- Fortsetzung der Untersuchungen fiber Herabsetzung des Blutzuckers durch Parasympathikus- reizung. Ibid, 1928, 8: 365-70. ----- Ueber Herabsetzung des Blutzuckers durch Parasvmpathikusreizung. Ibid, 1926, 6: 487-98.—Salvatori, G. B. Contributo alio studio del compor- tamento della glicemia dopo irradiazione della glandola carotica. Atti Congr. ital. radiol, 1934, 11: pt2, 213.—Santenoise, D, Fuchs, G. [et al.] Influence de la compression des globes ocu- laires sur la glycemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 110: 620 — Sunaba, Y. Einfluss der vegetativen Nervengifte auf die Blut- zuckerzunahme und die Veranderung des Glykogengehalts in der Leber und dem Muskel nach der oralen Zuckerverabrei- chung beim Kaninchen. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1936, 16: 1375-86— Schlossberg, T, Sawyer, M. E. M, & Bixby, E. M. Studies of homeostasis in normal, sympathectomized and ergo- taminized animals; the effect of insulin. Am. J. Physiol, 1933, 104: 190-4.—Schtscherbakow, S. A, Simnitzky, W. S, & Bmitn- jew, W. R. Ueber die Rolle der Marksuhstanz der Nebennieren in der Biochemie des Organismus; Einfluss der Reizung des N. splanchnicus auf die Sekretion der Nebennieren und den Blut- zucker. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1930, 224: 328-36—Tada, H. Effect of morphine upon the blood sugar content of rabbits deprived of either splanchnic nerves or suprarenals. Tohoku J. Exp. M, BLOOD SUGAR 673 BLOOD SUGAR 1932, 19: 405. ----- On the action of pilocarpine and phys- ostigmine upon the blood sugar concentration in rabbits, normal, splanchnicotomized and suprarenalectomized. Ibid, 1932-33, 20: 275-99.—Terashima, S. Ueber den Einfluss von Atropin auf die alimentare Hyperglykamie. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1927, 7: 489-503.—Tonietti, F. L'influenza della dose sull'azione di alcune sostanze para-simpaticotrope sulle variazioni del tasso glicemico. Policlinico, 1928, 35: sez. med, 662-70.—Wachholder, K. Zur Frage der blutzuckersenkenden Wirkung des Insulins nach Vagotomie beziehungsweise nach Atropin. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1934, 175: 62-6.—Wulf, H. Ueber die Wirkung von Parasvrnpathicusgiften auf den Blutzucker. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 214: 382-8.—Zagni, L. De l'influence des sympathectomies lombaires et de l'ablation du ganglion etoile du sympathique sur la fonction glyco-regulatrice du pancreas. Lyon chir, 1929, 26: 788-96. --- Regulation, neural: Centers. Chantraine, H. *Blutzucker-Untersuchun- gen bei Narkose und Nervenkrankheiten. ISp. 8? Bonn, 1920. Alters, R, & Brill, J. Ueber das Verhalten des Blutzuckers bei Tauben unter der Einwirkung einiger zentral angreifender Gifte. Biochem. Zschr, 1936, 285:6-10—Atwell, W.J. Effects of extracts of pars tuberalis on urine secretion. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol N.Y, 1926-27, 24: 864.—Bell, B. J, Home, E. A, & Magee, H. E. The decerebrate rat. J. Physiol, Lond, 1933, 78: 196- 207 —BelleUi, F. La iperglicemia nei traumi della midolla ence- falica. Riforma med, 1929, 45: 1138-40—Borghetti, U. Sulla regolazione diencefalica della glicemia. Sperimentale, 1935, 89: 560-72.—Brooks, C. M. A delimitation of the central nervous mechanism involved in reflex hyperglycemia. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-31, 28: 524-6. Also Am. J. Physiol, 1931, 99: 64-76.—Butturini, L. Azioni farmacologiche nell' iperglicemia sperimentale; farmaci del sistema nervoso centrale. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 1746-8. Also Monit. endocr, 1934, 2: 497.—Cleveland, B, & Bavis, L. Further studies on the effect of hypothalamic lesions upon carbohydrate metabolism. Brain, Lond, 1936, 59: 459-65.—B'Amour, M. C, & Keller, A. B. Blood sugar studies following hypophysectomy and experimental lesions of hypothalamus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 30: 1175-7.—Baniel, I, & Maxim, M. Influence de l'ablation des hemispheres cerebraux sur la glycemie chez le lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929,101: 302-4. ----- Der Einfluss des Grosshirns auf den Zuckergehalt im Blute. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 1769 — Davis, L. The relation of-the hypophysis, hypothalamus, and the autonomic nervous system to carbohydrate metabolism. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1934, 52: 200-12. Also Ann. Surg, 1934, 100: 654-66. -----Cleveland, B, & Ingram, W. R. The effect of hypothalamic lesions and stimulation of the autonomic nervous system upon carbohydrate metabolism. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1934, 60: 24-8.—Bonhoffer, C, & Macleod, J. J. R. Studies in the nervous control of carbohydrate metabolism; the position of the center. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1932,110: s.B, 125-41, pi.----- The chemical changes set up in the body during decerebration hyperglycaemia. Ibid, 141-57.—Eisler, B, & Hemprich, R. Ueber den Einfluss der Narkose auf die Gestaltung des Blut- zuckers. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1932, 83: 439-72—Ferradas, J. B. Influencia de la anestesia sobre la concentration glucemica. Tr. pub. Clin. Escudero, B. Air, 1930, 4: 802-7, 2ch—Forster, M. G. The effect of splanchnotomy and of phlorrhizin on decerebration hyperglycaemia. J. Physiol, Lond, 1933, 80: 323-8. ----- & Chalmers, A. K. The effect of atropine on adrenaline hyperglycaemia in rabbits decerebrated anterior to the pons. Ibid, 79: 239-48—Fujii, I. Ether hyperglycaemia and glycosuria on the rabbit. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1921, 2: 169-208.—Gayet, R, & Guillaumie, M. L'hyperglycemie des centres encephaliques influence-t-elle la secretion externe du pancreas? C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 1220-2. ----- Sur les modifications de l'excretion pancreatique consecutives a l'hyper- glycemie des centres encephaliques. Ibid, 105: 373-7.—Geiger, E. Beitrage zum Mechanismus der zentralen Blutzuckerregu- lation. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1927, 217: 574-81—Hatano, M. Effect of piqure diabetique upon the blood sugar content of rabbits, suprarenalectomized or medulli-suprarenalectomized. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1936, 29: 455-64— Heller, H, & Nathan, P. Ueber Storungen des Kohlenhydratstoffwechsels durch die Narkose und ihre klinische Bedeutung ; fiber die Beziehungen zwischen Pernocton und Kohlenhydrathaushalt. Deut. med. Wschr, 1933, 59: 956-8.—Hermann, H, Jourdan, F, & Cornut, P. Existe-t-il des centres glycos6creteurs medullaires? C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 119: 1223-5—Herzfeld, E, Kroner, K, & Kriiger, R. Experimentelle Untersuchungen im Gebiet des vegetativen Nervensystems; Zwischenhirnverletzungen und Zuckerstoff- wechsel. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1927, 55: 547; 797—Hiller, F. Ueber die nervose Regulation des Blutzuckers von der Medulla oblongata aus. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1929, 41. Kongr, 179. ----- Zur Frage des Zuckerzentrums in der Medulla oblongata. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1930, 77: 836-9.—Hogler, F. Beitrage zur zentralen Blutzuckerregulation; uber-die Wirkung von Hirnstammnarkoticis auf den Blutzucker. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 1190 ----- Beitrag zur Lehre der zentral-nervbsen Regulation des Zuckerstoffwechsels. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1932, 45: 1244. ----- & Zell, F. Ueber den Einfluss des Zentral- nervensystems auf die Insulin- und Adrenalinwirkung. Klin. Wschr , 1933,12:1719-22. ----- Ueber den Einfluss der Entfer- nung verschiedener Anteile des Zentralnervensystems auf die Pyramidon-und Magnesiumhyperglykamie. Ibid, 1735. ——- 21767—vol. 2, 4th series----43 Beitrage zur zentralen Blutzuckerregulation; fiber die Wirkung des Insulins auf die Pyramidonhyperglykamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 86: 158-72. ----- Ueber das Verhalten des Ntieh- ternblutzuckers nach Ausschaltung verschiedener Abschnitte. Ibid, 1933-34, 92: 193-210. ----- Ueber den Einfluss der Ausschaltung verschiedener Abschnitte des Zentralnervensy- stems auf die alimentare Hyperglykamie nach Zufuhr vop kor- pereigenem Zucker. Ibid,211-21. ----- Ueber den Einfluss der Entfernung verschiedener Anteile des Zentralnervensystems auf die Pyramidon- und Magnesiumhyperglykamie. Ibid, 222- 33.—Holobut, W. S, & Hoffmann, J. Influence du courant constant sur te centre glyeo-r6gulateur bulbaire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 931.—Honighaus, L. Ueber die Wirkung einiger Hypnotika auf Blutzucker Und Blutmilchsaure. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1932, 168: 561-8—Klein, 0, & Holzer, H. Zum Verhalten des Blutzuckerspiegel im arteriellen Blute, sowie zur Frage der zentralen Blutzuckerregulation. Zschr. klin. Med, 1928, 109: 389-402—Kohl, H. Ueber osmotiseh bedingte Storun- gen der zentralen Kohlehydrat- und Warmeregulation nach sub- occipitaler Injektion hypertonischer Losungen am Kaninchen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1932, ,83: 409.—Kornfeld, F, & Sammar- tino, U. Ueber den Einfluss des Zuckerstiches auf die Alkali- reserve des Blutes bei Kaninchen. Biochem. Zschr, 1922, 133: 212-4.—Krause, F, & Popper, A. Untersuchungen tiber die Topographie eines Zuckerzentrums in der Medulla oblongata. Krankheitsforschung, 1930, 8: 17-35.—La Barre, J. Sur les modifications de l'insulinemie physiologique apres section de la moelle allongee. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 102: 962-4. — The role of the central nervous system in the control of pancreatic secretion; the secretion of insulin during hyperglycemia. Am. J. Physiol, 1930, 94: 13-6. ----- Sur l'existence de centres glycosensibles encephaliques. Bruxelles med, 1932-33, 13: 1216. -----& Bestree P. Influence de l'hyperglycemie et de l'hypoglycemie des centres nerveux superieurs sur la secretion externe du pancreas. Ann. physiol. Par, 1928, 4: 715-23. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 1056. ----- L'hyperglycemie des centres nerveux superieurs stimule-t-elle la secretion externe du pancreas par l'interntediaire des vagues? Ibid, 1874-7.—La Grutta, L. II comportamento del tasso glicemico in seguito al taglio del midollo spinale. Riv. pat. sper, 1930-31, 6: 32-44.— terman, J. Experimentelle Untersuchungen tiber den Einfluss einiger Schlafmittel auf den Blutzuckerspiegel. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1932-33, 85: 536-46.—Leschke, E. Experimentelle Unter- suchungen tiber die zentrale Regulation der Insulin- und Gly- kaminabgabe sowie des Blutdrucks und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Pathogenese der Zuckerharnruhr und der Hvpertonie. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med. (1928) 40. Kongr, 234—Lewy, F. H, & Shinosaki, T. Die Bedeutung des Kleinhirnwurms fiir den Blutzuckerspiegel. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 2312— Macleod, J. J. R, & Donhoffer, S. Ueber die nervose Regulation des Blut- zuckerspiegels; die Decerebrationshyperglykamie. Ibid, 1933, 12: 778-81. ----- Experiments on decerebration hypergly- caemia. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932, 161-5.—Mader. Endolumbale Piqure und die Unterdrfickung der cerebralen Hyperglykamie durch Insulin. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 676-8.—Miki, S. Experimentelle Studien fiber das regulie- rende Zentrum des Kohlehydratstoffwechsels im Zwischenhirn. Fukuoka ikwadaigaku zasshi, 1932, 25: 35-7.—Monasterio, G. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Zentrums der Adrenalinsekretion und der nervbsen Blutzuckerregulierung. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1931, 21:451-4.—Montemartini, G. II ricambio degli idrati di carbonio nella cloronarcosi e l'insulina. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 1153-5:—Morita, S, & Naito, M. The blood sugar content of the heat-punctured rabbit. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1921-22, 2: 562-9.—Moschini, A. Azione dell'insulina sul cane operato di emiscerebellazione. Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1928, 1219-26. Also Arch. ital. biol, 1929-30,81: 32-6.—Olmsted, J. M. D. The blood sugar after asphyxia in decapitate cats and its relation to the adrenal glands. Am. J. Physiol, 1925-26, 75: 487-96.—Palies, A. L. [Influence of the brain-stem on the amount of blood-sugar] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1934, 78: 3353-6 — Pasteels, J. Centre organisateur et glycogenolyse. Arch, anat, micr. Par, 1936, 32: 303-14— Paz, B. de la. Ueber zentrale Blutzuckerregulation und ihren Mechanismus. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1925, 109: 318-31.—Pi Suner, A, Bomenech-Alsina, F , & Benaiges, B. La regulation de la glycemie dans le tronc decapite. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 114: 107-9.—Roth, E. Zur Frage der zentralen Regulation des Kohlehydratstoffwechsels. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 842-4.—Shinosaki, T. Die Bedeutung des Kleinhirnwurms fiir die Zuckerregulation. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1926, 106: 483-510—Tod, H. The effect of hypnotics on glucose tolerance. Biochem. J, Lond, 1935, 29: 914-8.— Tournade, A, & Malmejac, J. Sur le centre glyco-secreteur. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 109: 883-5—Trendelenburg, P. Ueber den Anteil der Adrenalinsekretion an der Zuckerstichwirkung. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1923, 201: 39-55.—Urechia, C. I, & Nitescu, I. Le role des noyaux du tuber cinereum dans le diabete experi- mental. Bull.* Acad, med. Par, 1925, 3.ser, 93: 188-94.— Viale, G. La regolazione diencefalica della glicemia. Biol. med, Milano, 1934, 10: 157-73.—Vidal, J. Influence de la surre- nalectomie partielle ou totale sur les effets de la piqure diabe- tique du bulbe. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 762-5. Also J. physiol. path, gen, 1933, 31: 348-65.—Wierzuchowski, M, & Gadomska, H. Einfluss der Amytal-Narkose auf die ver- schiedenen Reaktionsformen des Hundes bei intravenoser Dauerinjektion des Traubenzuckers. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 191: 398-410.—Zunz, E, & La Barre, J. Sur la sensibilite des centres nerveux superieurs a l'hyperglycemie provoquee par injection de dextrose. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 1400-3. ----- Influence de l'hyperglycemie et de l'hypoglycemie des BLOOD SUGAR 674 BLOOD SUGAR centres nerveux superieurs sur la secretion interne du pancreas. Ann. physiol. Par, 1928, 4: 688-93. ---- Regulation: Pancreas [insulin] Grubel, E. [O. P.] *Beitrag zur Frage der Regulierung der Insulinproduktion durch Trau- benzucker (Versuche mit iiberlebendem Ratten- pankreas) 20p. 8? Lpz., 1930. Hamburger, R. J. *Over den invloed van insuline op de permeabiliteit der weefsels voor glucose [Effect of insuline on the permeability of tissues to glucose] 55p. 8? Groningen, 1930. Hperling, M. *Ueber die Wirkung des Insu- lins auf den Zuckergehalt des Blutplasmas und der Formelemente. p.253-67. 8? Berl., 1926. Also Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 175: Albritton, E. C. The effect of intrapancreatic administration of glucose on the blood sugar curve. Science, 1924, n.s, 60:274.— Aubertin, E, & Castagnou, E. De Paction hypoglycemiante de l'insuline chez des ehiens ayant subi la ligature des canaux pancreatiques et atteints ou non secondairement de degeneres- cence graisseuse du foie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 1101-4.—■ Aubertin, E, & Trinquier, E. De Paction hypoglycemiante de l'insuline chez le chien chloralosc. Ibid, 1933, 112: 316-8.— Babkin, B. P. Blood sugar concentration and the external secretion of the pancreatic gland. J. Am. M. Ass, 1935, 105: 1659-62.—Baisset, A, Bouisset, L. [et al.] R61e du pancreas dans le stockage lacunaire du glucose. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 114: 1308.—Baisset, A, Bugnard, L. [et al.] Equilibre glycemique et stockage lacunaire du glucose chez le chien depancreate. Sang, Par, 1936, 10: 537-45. -----■ Equilibre glycemique et stockage lacunaire du glucose chez le chien depancreate (com- paraison des glycemies arterielle et veineuse) Ibid, 546-61.— Baisset, A, Bugnard, L, & Rouzaud. Equilibre glycemique du chien depancreate. Ibid, 1933, 7: 902-7.—Baldwin, W M. The relation of the pancreas to sugar metabolism. Am. J. Physiol, 1909-10, 25: xxi.—Barbour, A. B. The question of the interaction of insulin, muscle tissue, and glucose. J. Biol. Chem, 1926, 67: 53-8.—Battistini, S, & Rigoletti, L. Sulle modi- flcazioni della glicemia, della pressione e del polso dopo iniezione endovenosa di insulina in soggetti con normale ricambio idro- carbonato. Minerva med. Tor, 1933, 24: 656-63.—Baturenko, T. I, & Bakhvala, M. P. [Effect of changes of the external secretion of the pancreas on the blood sugar] Dniepropetr. med. J, 1929, 8: 235-45.—Baxter, S. G. Blood-sugar concentration and pancreatic secretion in the rabbit. Q. J. Exp. Physiol, Lond, 1932, 21: 355-63— Bellido, J. M, & Riofrio, F. F. Sur l'instabilite de la glycemie chez les animaux insulinfe. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 106: 1014.—Best, C. H. The liberation of insulin and the relation of this hormone to the other internal secretions. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1927) 1928, 3: 177- 82. ----- Carbohydrate metabolism and insulin. Texas J.M, 1932, 28: 334. -----Bale, H. H. [et al.] Oxidation and storage of glucose under the action of insulin. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1926-27, s.B, 100: 55-71.—Bierry, H, Rathery, F, & Laurent, Y. Le sucre proteidique chez les ehiens depancr6ates. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 108: 641-3—Boldyreff, E. B. Die Sekretion des Pankreassaftes, ein glykolytischer Faktor im Blut. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1927-28, 218: 553-67. Also Bull. Battle Creek San, 1929, 24: 349-67. ----- New aspects of the pan- creatic function in carbohydrate metabolism. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932, 37-9.—Boiler, R, & Ueberrack, K. In- sulin und alimentare Hyperglykamie. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 1391. ----- Der Einfluss chronischer und akuter Hyper- insulin isierung auf die alimentare Hyperglykamie. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1932, 23: 173-200, tab. —— & Falta, W. Ueber den Nachweis von Insulin im Blut mittels der Bluttrans- fusion; Untersuchungen an Stoffwechselgesunden und Diabeti- kern. Ibid, 1934, 25: 1-24—Bollman, J. I, & Mann, F. C. Utilization of various carbohydrates by the depancreatized animal. Am. J. Physiol, 1934, 107: 183-9— Brace, W. M. Insulin and carbohydrate tolerance. Ann. Int. M, 1927, 1: 203-11.—Brugsch, T, & Horsters, H. Glykolyse und Glyko- metamorphose, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Insulins. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 175: 90-114. ----- Zum Mechanismus der Insulinwirkung. Ibid, 127-9. ----- Glykolyse, Insulin, Coferment. Med. Klin. Berl, 1926, 22: 81^.—Burger, M, & Kramer, H. Ueber die durch Muskelarbeit hervorgerufene Steigerung der Insulinwirkung auf den Blutzuckergehalt beim normalen und gestorten Kohlehydratstoffwechsel und ihre praktische und theoretische Bedeutung. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 745-50.—Caccuri, S. Influenza della legatura dei dotti pan- creatic! sulla regolazione del tasso glicemico. Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 918-22—Caizzone, G, & Franz8, F. Le prove cliniche deH'insulinemia fisiologica. Studium, Nap, 1936, 26: 217-24.—Cavallaro, V. Zucchero introdotto neH'organismo ed insulinemia. Clin. med. ital, 1929, 60: 37-41.—Chabanier, H, Lobo-Onell & Lebert, M. De Paction de l'extrait alcoolique de pancreas (insuline) sur la glycemie critique. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1923, 5: 389-97— Chabrol, E. La part du pancreas dans les hyperglycemics non diabetiques. Nutrition, Par, 1931, 1: 63-74.—Chaikov, I. L. Observations on the ketone body extraction, the dextrose to nitrogen ratios, and the glycogen con- tent of liver and muscles of fasted, depancreatized dogs. J. Biol. Chem, 1927, 74: 203-18—Chambers, W. H, & Coryllos, P. N. The blood sugar and urinary dextrose-nitrogen ratio in the hours following pancreatectomy. Am. J. Physiol, 1926, 78: 270-80.—Cobb, P. W. Some observations on the carbohy- drate metabolism in partially depancreated dogs. Ibid 1905-6, 15: 12-5—Colwell, A. R. The effects of insulin, pan- createctomy and nervous manipulations of the pancreas. Ibid, 1930, 91: 679-89.—Combes, T. Accion in vitro de la insulina y de los miisculos de perros normales y perros diabeticos sobre la glucosa. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1927, 3: 711-5.—Cori, C. F, & Cori, G. T. The influence of insulin on the utilization of glucose, frutose, and dihydroxyacetone. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 76: 755-95.—Corsonello, P. Sur l'existence d'une insulinemie physiologique. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1929, 1- 167-9—Cruickshank, E. W. H, & Startup, C. W. The effect of insulin on the respiratory quotient, oxygen consumption, sugar utilization, and glycogen synthesis in the normal mammalian heart in hyper- and hypoglycaemia. J. Physiol, Lond, 1933, 77: 365-85.—Cuenca, B. S. Ueber die Verteilung der reduzie- renden Substanz zwischen Blutplasma und quergestreiftem Muskel (ein Beitrag zur Frage nach dem Mechanismus der Insulinwirkung) Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 190: 1-16.—Danielson, C. G. Action de l'insuline sur l'hyperglycemie produite par la picrotoxine. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 951-3.—Be Bominicis, N. Patogenesi della glicosuria ehe segne alla estirpazione del pancreas. Atti Accad. med. chir. Napoli, 1908, n.s, 62: 182- 90, pi.—Be Meyer, J. Contribution a l'etude de la secretion interne du pancreas et de l'utilisation du glucose dans l'or- ganisme. Tr. Lab. physiol. Inst. Solvay, 1906-7, 8: no.l, 141-9.—Bestree, P. Influence de l'hyperglycemie sur la secre- tion externe du pancreas chez I'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930,104: 1036-8. Also Arch, internat. med. exp, Liege, 1930-31, 6: 133-210.—Be Takats, G, Hannett, F. [et al.] Correlations of internal and external pancreatic secretion; effect of isolation of tail of pancreas on carbohydrate metabolism. Arch. Surg, 1930, 20: 866-84.—Be Tullio, R. Diastasi e ricambio degli idrati di carbonio: l'azione dell'insulina sull'amilasi del sangue e dell'urina negli individui normali, nei diabetici e negli epatiti. Fol. med. Nap, 1928, 14: 1764-82.—Bietrich, S. Der Nachweis von Insulin im Blut der Vena pancreatico-duodenalis. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 857.—Eadie, G. S. The behaviour of the blood sugar under the action of insulin and other agents. Brit. M.J, 1923, 2: 60.—Eaton, A. G, & Murlin, J. R. Influence of a certain fraction of pancreas lipids on carbohydrate metabolism of de- pancreatized dogs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 31: 378-80.—Eda, G. Ueber den Einfluss des Insulins und die Zuckerausscheidungsschwelle und seine Nachwirkung auf die Zuckerassimilation. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1927, 7: 53-77.— Epstein, A. A. Effect of ligation of the pancreatico-duodenal artery on the blood sugar and urine. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y', 1926-27, 24: 420-2—Ernst, Z, & Forster, J. Einige Bei- trage zur Chemie des auf dem Hohepunkt der Insulinwirkung beobachteten Blutzuckers. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 169: 498- 500.—Falin, L. Langerhanssche Inseln und Blutzucker nach Unterbindung der Ausftihrungsgange der Bauchspeicheldriise. Virchows Arch, 1932, 284: 713-53—Fischler, F. Zur Chemie des Traubenzuckerabbaus und fiber die Wirkung einiger Ab- bauprodukte im Organismus nebst Bemerkungen zur Insulin- wirkung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 598. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 131.—Forstner, B. Ueber die Wirkung des Insulins auf die Kohlehydratverbrennung im Hungertier. Biochem. Zschr, 1928, 194: 422-40.—Foglia, V. G, & Fernandez, R. Pancreas et formation du glycogene musculaire aux d6pens du glucose. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115:330-2. ----- Accion directa de la glucosa sobre la secretion de insulina por el pancreas. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1935,11: 556-72. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 355-8.—Fonseca, F, & Trincao, C. Modifications de la glycemie chez des sujets normaux par l'irradiation du pancreas. Ibid, 1928, 98: 1591—Galehr, O, Ladurner, P, & Unterrichter, L. Das Verhalten der Blutzuckerwerte nach Pankreasgang- unterbindung. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1927,218:477-87.—Gayda,T. Influenza dell'insulina sul potere amilolitico della saliva e del sangue. Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 849-53. Also Arch. sc. biol. Nap, 1928, 12: 197-202.—Gayet, R. Mecanisme regula- teur de la secretion d'insuline par le pancreas. Paris med, 1928,67:459-62.—Geiger, E. Zur Frage der hormonalen Wirkung des Traubenzuckers auf die Insulinproduktion. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1928, 134: 317-23.—Goldblatt, M. W. The action of insulin on the glycogen distribution in normal animals. Bio- chem. J, Lond, 1930, 24: 1199-1209— Grafe, E, & Meythaler, F. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Regulation der Insulinproduktion; der Traubenzucker als Hormon fiir die Insulinabgabe. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz., 1927, 125: 181; 1928, 128: suppl, 96. Also Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1240; 1928, 7: 358.—Gray, I. E. The effect of insulin on the blood sugar of fishes. Am. J. Physiol, 1928, 84: 566-73.—Gutowski, B, & Wasilkowska, H. [Quantitative sugar variations in the blood and the cephalorachidian liquid under influence of insulin] Polska gaz. lek, 1926, 5: 419-21—Hausler, H, & Loewi, O. Ueber hormonale Vorgange nach Glukose- zufuhr; Uber Insulinsekretion nach subkutaner Glukosezufuhr, ihre quantitative Verfolgung und ihren Mechanismus. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1927, 123: 72-87.—Hausler, H., & Weeber, R. Der Nachweis von Insulin im Blut nach peroraler Glucosezufuhr beim Menschen. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1521.—Handovsky, H. Zur Theorie der Insulinwirkung. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1928, 134: 324; 339—Harvey, B. The effect of insulin on the blood sugar of the pig. J. Physiol, Lond, 1927-28, 64: xxxi.— Hedon, E. Remarques sur la nutrition d'un chien totalement depancreate, traite par l'insuline depuis 30 mois. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 95: 187-9—Herxheimer, G. Insulinmehrbildung bei BLOOD SUGAR 675 BLOOD SUGAR Unterbindung der Pankreasgange. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 715.—Host, H. F. The influence of insulin on physiologic, alimentary increase of the blood sugar. Acta med. scand, 1930, 74: 186-90.—Horsters, H. Ueber die anfSng- liche Blutzuckerabnahme nach Pankreasexstirpation. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1931, 160: 692-8—Houssa, P. La tolerance aux glucides apres ligature des canaux pancrea- tiques chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 123: 519-21.— Houssay, B. A, Lewis, J. T, & Foglia, V. G. Influence de l'enervation du pancreas sur les variations de la glycemie pro- duces par l'injection de glucose. Ibid, 1929, 100: 144. ----- La fonction endocrine du pancreas normal ou enerve pendant l'hypoglycemie insulinique. Ibid, 101: 239-41.—Ide, M. In- suline et metabolisme glucose. Rev. med. Louvain, 1926, 71-7 —Johlin, J. M. On the action of insulin on glucose. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1927-28. 25: 11— Karelitz, S, Cohen, P, & Leader, S. B. Insulin inactivation by human blood cells and plasma in vitro; effect of normal and diabetic blood on insulin action. Arch. Int. M, 1930, 45: 546-58— Kauffmann-Cosla, O, & Roche, J. Action de l'insuline sur la disparition du glucose et les oxydations dans le sang in vitro. Bull. Soc. chim. biol.. Par, 1926, 8: 636-54.—Kepinov, L, & Petit-Butaillis, S. Le glucose excitant physiologique de la secretion interne du pan- creas. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 97: 1597. ----- Action hyperglyc6miante du sang de chien depancreate. Ibid, 1928, 98: 425-7. ----- Le pouvoir hyperglycemia^ du sang de chien depancreate n'est pas modifte par une injection prealable d'insuline. Ibid, 1930, 103: 1190-2—King, L, Kennaway, E L, & Piney, A. A note on the action of insulin in normal persons. J. Physiol, Lond, 1928-29, 66: 400-2.—Kusnetzov, J. T. Versuche fiber die Wirkung des Pankreasextraktes und des Insulins auf den Blutzucker. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1927, 55: 249-65.—La Barre, J. L'insulhtemie. Ann. Soc. sc. med. natur. Bruxelles, 1927, 121-40. Also Bruxelles nted, 1927-28, 8: 698-707. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 196-8.----- Les variations insulino-s6cretoires au cours des hyperglycemics intrapancreatiques. Ibid, 1931, 106: 1244-6. ----- & Boole- man, G. L'influence de l'hyperactivite de la fonction exocrine du pancreas sur rinsulhtemie. Ibid, 108: 227.—La Barre, J, & Destr&e, P. Sur l'origine de l'exageration post-hyperglycemique de la secretion externe du pancreas. Ibid, 1929,101:149. — Sur les modifications de l'excretion pancreatique au cours de l'hyperglycemie provoqu6e par l'injection intraveineuse de glucose. Ibid, 1930, 105: 35.—La Barre, J, & Ledrut, J. Sur les effets hypoglycemiants des injections intraduodenales d'acide chez les ehiens depancreates. Ibid, 1934, 116: 654.----- Action de l'incr6tine sur la glycosurie des ehiens depancreates. Ibid, 117: 1210-2.—Lesser, E. J. Ueber den Angriffspunkt des Insulins. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1926, 111: 301-3. ----- Der Wirkungsmechanismus des Insulins. Ibid, 1928, 128: suppl, 24-33.—Levai, M, Waldbauer, O, & Vamos, E. Die Beeinflussbarkeit des Blutzuckers beim Kaninchen; Insulin- kombinationen. Deut. med. Wrschr, 1927, 53: 488.—Lewis, J. T, & Magenta, M. Sur les mecanismes de recuperation de la glycemie apres Paction de l'insuline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 821—Long, C. N. H, Lukens, F. B. W, & Fry, E. G. Gly- cogen resynthesis in depancreatized animals. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 105: Hi.—Lubin, A. Der Einfluss des Insulins auf die Kohlenhydratverwertung im nichtdiabetischen Organismus (ein Beitrag zur Frage der Mastkuren mit Insulin) Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1926, 115: 101-16. ----- Ueber den Einfluss des Insulins auf die Kohlenhydratverwertung beim Nicbt- diabetiker. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 1236—McCormick, N. A, & Macleod, J. J. R. The effect on the blood sugar of fish of various conditions including removal of the principal islets (isletectomy) Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1925-26, s.B, 98: 1-29—Major, S. G, & Mann, F. C. The formation of glycogen following pancreatec- tomy. Am. J. Physiol, 1932, 102: 409-21—Martin, E, & Sci- clounov, F. Rythme nycthemeral de la glycoregulation et sensibilite a l'insuline. Presse nted, 1934, 42: 1936-8.—Martino, G. Glicemia digestiva e funzione pancreatica nei cane. Arch. sc. biol. Nap, 1927,10:438-55. ----- Sui rapporti tra glicemia digestiva e funzione pancreatica nei cane (nota preliminare) Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 777-9.----- Ancora sui rapporti tra glicemia digestiva e funzione pancreatica. Ibid, 1928, 3: 403-7.—Mauriac, P, & Aubertin, E. Les variations de la glvcemie consecutives aux injections de sang provenant d'un animal traite par l'insuline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 93: 130-2. ---- La physiologie de l'insuline. Ann. nted. Par, 1927, 22: 528-62— Meyer, P. F. Ueber die Abhangigkeit der Insulin- wirkung von der Stoffwechsellage. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 559-61—Meytaler, F, & Reinwein, H. Ueber initiate Hypogly- kamie nach totaler Pankreasexstirpation. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1931, 159: 583-8—Mikami, S. Effect of insulin upon the C08 content in the arterial blood and the blood sugar level in rabbits poisoned by carbon monoxide. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1926-27, 8: 278-83.—Muller, E. Ueber die Wirkung des Insulins aufden Blutzucker in vitro. Biochem. Zschr, 1926,175:491-5 — Muggia, A. Modiflcazioni istologiche delle isole di Langerhans nella iperglicemia a nella ipoglicemia sperimentale. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1924, 4.ser, 30: 132-5.—Musumeci, R. La enervazione del pancreas agli effetti della iperglicemia speri- mentale. Arch. ital. chir, 1932, 32: 545-56—Muto, C. The influence of insulin on the secretion of the pancreatic juice. J. Chosen M. Ass, 1927, no. 77, 1-17—Nather, K. Die Beein- flussung des Blutzuckerspiegels durch Unterbindung der Ausfiihrungsgange der Bauchspeicheldruss beim Hund. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 2089-91.-----Priesel, R, & Wagner, R. Die Beeinflussung des Blutzuckerspiegels durch Unterbindung der Ausfiihrungsgange der Bauchspeicheldruse beim Hund. Ibid, 1926, 5: 932-6—Ochiai, K. Histological study of the mechanism of insulin action; on the selective action of insulin in glycogen deposition. J. Orient. M, Dairen, 1927, 7: 108. Also Polyclin. Dairen, 1926-28, 3: no.8, 108.—Pachon, V. Sur le pouvoir glycolytique des tissus chez l'animal normal et chez l'animal depancreate (a propos de la communication de M. Mauriac et Aubertin) C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 557 — Panayotopoulos, E. S. Sensibilite pr6coce a l'insuline de la gly- cemie; apres pancreatectomie chez le chien. Ibid, 1936, 123: 403.—Partos, A. Regulation des Kohlehydratstoffwechsels; Ausscheidung des Insulins dutch die Nieren und ihre Bedingun- gen. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1928-29, 221: 562-70.—Paul, W. B, Clark, B. B, & Gibson, R. B. Transient hyperglycemia and glycosuria following discontinuation of insulin given non- diabetic patients. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1932, 30: 353.— Phillips, H. Theories concerning the mechanism of the insulin effect on carbohydrate metabolism. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1927, 25: 309-15.—Piy Sufier, A, & Turro, R. Inconstancia de la glu- cosuria despues de la extirpation total del pancreas. Gac. med. catal, 1909, 34: 161-5.—Poll, H. Die Veranderungen der Langerhans'schen Inseln bei Hyperglykamie. Verh. Anat. Ges, 1931, 39: 179-85, 2pL— Pollak, L. Der Mechanismus der alimentaren Hyperglykamie; die durch Zuckerzufuhr ausgeloste Insulinsekretion und ihr Einfluss auf die glykamische Reaktion. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929, 140: 28-55.—Racchiusa, S. In- fluenza del pancreas sull'iperglicemia da proteine e da acido cloridrico. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 101-5.—Radoslav, C. S. Ueber die Wirkung des Insulins auf den Blutzucker beim Menschen. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1924, 8: 395-412.—Radt, P. Ueber die mangelnde Beeinflussbarkeit der Mutarotation der Glucose und d-Fructose durch Insulin. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 188: 178-96.—Rathery, F, Bargeton & de Traverse. In- fluence du sang du chien depancreate sur la glycemie du chien normal. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 123: 1036-8.—Rathery, F, Gibert, S, & Laurent, Y. Les effets des fortes doses d'insuline sur la glycemie et le glycogene hepatique et musculaire chez le chien normal et depancreate. Ibid, 1931, 107: 1490-3.—Rathery, F, Kourilsky, R, & Laurent, Y. Influence de l'insuline sur l'absorption du glucose par les hematies normales. Ibid, 1929, 100: 726-8.—Rossi, G. Contributo sperimentale alia conoscenza del meccanismo d'azione dell'insulina; se l'insulina esalta in vivo il potere glicolitico del fegato, dei muscoli e del sangue. Biochim. ter. sper, 1928, 15: 41-53.—Sanchez Cuenca, B. Dis- tribution de las sustancias reductores entre el plasma sanguineo y el muscolo estriado (contribucion al estudio del mecanismo de accion de la insulina) Arch, med, Madr, 1928, 28: 340-6.— Santenoise, D, Fuchs, G. [et al.] Synergie fonctionnelle glyco- regulatrice de l'insuline et de la vagotonine. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1932, 3.ser, 107: 500-6.—Santenoise, B, Verdier, H, & Vidacovich, M. Insuline et glycogene hepatique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930. 104: 773.—Schereschewsky & Moguilnitzky. L'influence de l'insuline sur le systeme endocrinien. Rev. fr, endocr, 1928, 6: 456-62.—Schur, H. Zur Theorie der Insulin- wirkung. Verh. Ges. Verdauungskr, 1929, 8: 67-71.—Schwartz, A, & Aron, M. Modifications experimentales concomitantes de la structure des ilots pancreatiques endocrines et de la gly- cemie chez les anoures. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 977-9 — Schwartz, A, & Bricka, M. L'action de l'insuline sur la gly- cemie, l'etat general, et le glycogene hepatique des grenouilles. Ibid, 1924, 91: 1428-30.—Sendrail, M. L'etude de la glyco- regulation par le test de tolerance a l'insuline. Ibid, 1928, 99: 1901-3.—Silberstein, F, & Wachstein, M. Insulinproduktion nach Lavulosefiitterung. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 213: 301-11.— Simnitzky, W. S, Wischnewsky, A. A, jr., & Satwornitzkaja, S. A. Der Einfluss des Schmerzreizes auf die innere Sekretion der Bauchspeicheldruse und den Blutzucker. Arch. ges. Phy- siol, 1930, 225: 648-53.—Simpson, W. W. The effects of asphyxia and isletectomy on the blood sugar of Myoxocephalus and Ameiurus. Am. J. Physiol, 1926, 77: 409-18—Solarino, G. Azione inibente deH'insulina sull'iperglicemia da glucosio. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 108-11.—Soskin, S. The influence of feeding either fat and lipase or lecithin on the sugar excretion of depancreatised dogs. Biochem. J, Lond, 1929, 23: 1385-90. ----- The utilization of carbohydrate by totally depancrea- tized dogs receiving no insulin. J. Nutrit, 1930-31, 3: 99-120.— Soula, C, Bucuing, J. [et al.] Oscillations glycemiques post- prandiales chez les ehiens normaux et depancreates. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932, 235.—Soula, C, Rouzaud, J. [et al ] Variations glycemiques post-prandiales chez le chien pancr6atectomise. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 110: 346-8—Splatt, B. The liver glycogen after partial pancreatectomy in the guinea pig. Austral. J. Exp. Biol, 1927, 4: 213-9—Staub, H. Ueber Insulin und seinen Wirkungsmechanismus. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh, 1927, 31: 121-64. ----- Ueber die Regulation der Insulinsekretion. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 401— Sunaba, Y. Ueber den Einfluss des Insulins auf den Blutzucker und den Gehalt der Leber und des Muskels an Glykogen beim Kanin- chen. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1936, 17: 336— Tafuri, G. B. L'azione dell'insulina sulla glicolisi nei sangue in vitro. Arch. sc. biol. Nap, 1928, 11: 414-24.—Trimble, H. C, & Maddock, S. J. A study of the effect of insulin upon the sugar content of erythrocytes, including a comparison of the direct and indirect methods of measurements. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 78: 323-36.— Tuttle, G. H. The relation of pancreatic and cellular insulin to carbohydrate metabolism. Med. Times, N.Y, 1931, 59: 17L ----- Les rapports de l'insuline pancreatique et de l'insuline cellulaire dans le metabolisme des hydrates de carbone. Vie med, 1932, 13: 427-31.—Vauthey, M. Le controle de la secretion de l'insuline chez I'homme et les tests cliniques de l'insulino- regulation. Arch. mal. app. digest, 1934, 24: 598-618—Verzar, BLOOD SUGAR 676 BLOOD SUGAR F, & Kuthy, A. von." Die Erschopfung der Insulinbildung durch Kohlehydratiiberlastung. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1930, 225: 606-12.—Virtanen, A. I. Der Mechanismus der Insulinwirkung. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 171: 76-8. ----- & Karstrom, H. Die Einwirkung des Insulins auf den Zucker-, Phosphat-, Milchsaure- und Glykogengehalt im Blute. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1926, 161: 218-44.—Weiler, R. B. The splenopancreatic apparatus and its relation to endocrinology. Am. Physician, 1923, 28: 465-8.—Wilson, H. E. C, & Strieck, F. Der Einfluss intravenoser Injektion von Diastase auf den Blutzucker normaler und pank- reasloser Tiere. Biochem. Zschr, 1932, 251: 199—Zunz, E. Regulation de la glycemie et relations entre les secretions externe et interne du pancreas. Tr. Inst. ther. Univ. Bruxelles, 1931-32, 24: no.l, 1-4. -----& La Barre, J. Sur l'augmentation de la teneur en insuline du sang veineux pancreatique apres l'hyper- glvcemie provoquee par injection de glucose. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 421-3. ----- Sur les causes de l'augmentation de la teneur en insuline du sang veineux pancreatique lors de l'hyperglycemie provoquee par injection de dextrose. Ibid, 708-10. -----■ Sur les causes de l'augmentation de la teneur en insuline du sang veineux pancreatique apres l'injection intraveineuse de decam6thylenediguanidine. Ibid, 97: 1801-3. ---- Regulation: Pancreas: Antiinsulin. Baglioni, A. Sull' azione iperglicemizzante di liquidi rica- vati col metodo di Fredericq-Brunacci da pancreas e altri organi. Fisiol. med, Roma, 1936, 7: 111-28.—Barr, B. P, Ronzoni, E, & Glaser, J. Studies on the inhibitory action of an extract of pan- crens upon glycolysis; effect of the inhibitor upon the glycolysis of malignant, tumors. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 80: 331-44.—Born- stein, A, & Loewenberg.R. B. Ueber die Rolle des Pankreas bei einigen toxischen Glykamien. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 188: 243- 51.—Burger, M. Die klinische Bedeutung des hyperglykamisie- renden Prinzips im Pankreas (der sogenannten initialen Insulin- hyperglykamie) Klin. Wschr, 1931, 10: 351-4. -----Brandt, W, & Sopp, J. W. Ueber das Glukagon, die hyperglykamisie- rende Substanz des Pankreas. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1935, 96: 375; 817.—Martino, G. Su una sostanza iperglicemizzante otte- nuta dal succo pancreatico e dal pancreas di cane. Arch. sc. biol. Nap, 1927, 10: 408-37. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 392-fi.—Meyer-Bisch, R. Ueber die blutzuckerstei- gernde Wirkung des Pankreassaftes. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med. (1927) 39. Kongr, 207-10. -----Bock, B, & Wohlenberg, W. Antiinsulin und aussere Pankreassekretion. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1928, 136: 185-202.—Noorden, C. von. Ueber eine neue, im Korper vorgebildete, antiglykosurisch wirkende Sub- stanz (genannt: Glukhorment) Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1041-3 — Ronzoni, E, Glaser, J, & Barr, B. P. Studies on the inhibitory action of an extract of pancreas upon glycolysis; effect of pan- creatic inhibitor on the glycolysis of muscle tissue and muscle extract. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 80: 309-30. Also repr.—Sante- noise, B. La dualite hormonale de la secretion interne glyco- regulatrice du pancreas. Presse med, 1930, 38: 1529-34. ----- Verdier, H, & Vidacovitch, M. Vagotonine pancreatique et glycogene hepatique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1930, 190: 519-21.— Wohlenberg, W, & Muller, K. Untersuchungen tiber eine im Pankreas vorkommende Substanz mit antiinsulinartiger Wir- kung; ihr Vorkommen im ausseren Pankreassaft von Stoffwech- selgesunden und Zuckerkranken. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1933, 171: 340-5. ---- Regulation: Pancreas and pituitary. Anselmino, K. J, & Hoffmann, F. Ueber die Hemmung der Ausschtittung des Fettstoffwechselhormons und des Kohle- hydratstoffwechselhormons des Hypophysenvorderlappens durch Insulin. Zschr. klin. Med, 1936,130: 588-94.—Biasotti, A. Utilisation du glucose par les ehiens sans hypophyse et sans pancreas. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 898-900. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1934,10: 82-90.—Ellsworth, H. C. The antago- nism between posterior lobe pituitary hormones and insulin. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1936, 56: 417-20—Geiling, E. M. K, Britton, S. W, & Calvery, H. O. The modification of insulin action in medulliadrenal inactivated cats bv post-pituitary extracts. Ibid, 1929, 36: 235-41—Gurd, M. R. The effect of oxytocin and vasopressin on the action of insulin. Q.J. Pharm, Lond, 1934, 7: 661-71.—Houssay, B. A, & Biasotti, A. Le diabete pancreatique des ehiens hypophysectomises. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 105:121-3. ■----- Les troubles diab6- tiques chez les ehiens priv6s d'hypophyse et de pancreas. Ibid, 124-6. ----- Hypophyse et diabete pancreatique chez les batraciens et les reptiles. Ibid, 1933, 113: 469-71.—Houssay, B. A, & Potick, B. Antagonisme entre l'hypophyse et l'insuline chez te crapaud. Ibid, 1929,101:940-2.—Kepinov, L. Influence de l'hypophysectomie sur les troubles diabetiques chez les ehiens depancreates. Ibid, 1934,116:940.—Lambie.C.G. Insulin and glucose utilization; effects of anaesthetics and pituitrin. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1926-27, 7: 22-32—Lawrence, R. B, & Hewlett, R. F. L. The effect of pituitrin and insulin on blood sugar; their antagonism and the mode of its action. Brit. M.J, 1925, 1- 998-1002—Long, C. N. H, & Lukens, F. B. W. Observations upon hypophysectomized-depancreatized cats. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 32:326-8—Lucke, H. Ueber ein spezifisch auf den Kohlehydratstoffwechsel eingestellt.es, dem Insulin entge- gengerichtetes Hormon des Hypophysenvorderlappens. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 1078.-----Heydemann, E. R, & Berger, O. Der Einfluss von operativen Eingriffen am Hypophvsenvorder- lappen auf die Stoflwechsellage des pankreasdiabetischen Hundes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933-34, 92: 711-23.—Smith, B. E, Tyndale, H. H. [et al.] Response of normal and hypophy- sectomized Rhesus monkeys to insulin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol N. Y, 1936,34:250.—Ulrich.H. Theantagonism between insulin and pituitary extract; its demonstration in a patient with acro- megaly. Arch. Int. M, 1928, 41: 675-882.— Velhagen, K, jr. Ueber die antagonistischen Beziehungen zwischen Hinterlap- penhormonen und Insulin. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929, 142' 127-38. ---- Regulation: Pancreas and suprarenals. Biedermann, H, & Hertz, W. Der Einfluss von Adrenalin und Insulin auf den Kohlehydratstoffwechsel bei Glykogenspei- cherkrankheit. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1933-34, 176: 272-80.— Blotner, H, & Fitz, R. The effect of insulin, pituitrin, and adrenalin on the blood-sugar level. J. Clin. Invest, 1927-2X, 5: 51-61—Boden, Betermann & Wankell. Klinische und experi- mentelle Studien fiber den Antagonismus Insulin-Adrenalin Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 1761.—Bjfegild, B. H. Versuche iiber die" Bedeutung des Nebennierenmarkes fiir die Vorbeugung des Insulinschocks. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 236: 372-9.—Boiler, R, & Makrycostas, K. Ueber die Beeinflussung der Adrenalin- hyperglykamie durch vorhergehende Kost und durch vorheree- hende Insulinisierung. Klin. Wschr, 1935,14: 646. Also Wien Arch. inn. Med, 1935, 27: 179-88.—Bollman, J. L, Mann, F.C, & Wilhelmj, C. M. The origin of glucose liberated by epineph- rine in depancreatized animals. J. Biol. Chem, 1931, 93: 83-91.—Bucciardi, G. Sull' azione dell' insulina e dell' adrenalina nella cavia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 81-4.—Cario, R. ' Zur Frage des Antagonismus zwischen Adrenalin und Insulin; Versuche an nebennierenlosen Hunden. Klin. Wschr 1930, 9:1623.—Cori, C. F. The influence of insulin and epineph- rine on the fate of sugar in the animal body. Harvey Lect 1927-28, 23: 76-114. ----- & Cori, G. T. The mechanism of epinephrine action; the influence of epinephrine and insulin on the carbohydrate metabolism of rats in the post-absorptive state. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 79: 321-11. ----- & Buchwald, K. W. Changes in liver glycogen and blood lactic acid after injection of epinephrine and insulin. Ibid, 1930, 86: 375-88.—Corkill, A. B. The influence of insulin and adrenalin on carbohydrate metabo lism. Med. J. Australia, 1931, 2: 477-82.—Edelmann, A, & Singer, G. Hyperglykamie und Glykosurie; ein Beitrag zur Korrelation Insulin-Adrenalin. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1935- 36, 28: 397-414—Goldblatt, M. W. Insulin and adrenaline. J. Physiol, Lond, 1933, 79: 286-300—Grott, J. W. [Effect of adrenalin and insulin on arterial and venous glycemia] Polska gaz. lek, 1934, 13: 160.—Holmgren, H. Einige experimentelle Untersuchungen an Tieren fiber die Variationen des Blutzuckers und deren Beeinflussung durch Adrenalin und Insulin. Acta med. scand, 1934, suppl.59, 104-15.—Houssay, B. A, Lewis, J. T, & Molinelli, E. A. Role de la secretion d'adrenaline pen- dant l'hypoglycemie produite par l'insuline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 1011-3.—Iacono, I. L'influenza dell' insulina e dell' adrenalina sul glucosio del sangue e della linfa. Morgagni, 1928, 70: 497-503.—Issekutz, B. von. Insulin-Adrenalin-Antago- nismus. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 183: 283-97.—Kanowoba, Z. A further study of the effect of insulin upon the epinephrine load of the suprarenal glands in rabbits. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1935, 25: 97-106.—Koehler, A. E. Effect of suprarenal cortical extract on nitrogen and sugar elimination in depancreatized dogs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1931, 28: 989-91.—Kotschnev, N. Insulin- und Adrenalinwirkung auf den Blutzucker wahrend der Verdauungsperiode nach Versuchen an angiostomierten Hunden. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1928, 220: 628-32.—Kugelmann, B. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Insulin und Adrenalin im menschlichen Organismus. Klin. Wschr, 1931, 10: 59-63.— Lami, G. Sull' antagonisme insulina-adrenalina. Riforma med, 1931, 47: 295.—Locascio, R. Adrenalinemia e variazioni glicemiche da insulina, guanidina e sintalina B. Ibid, 1934, 50: 1719-25. ----- L'adrenalinemia nelle alterazioni glice- miche da insulina nell' uomo sano o ammalato. Ibid, 1935, 51: 935-9.—London, E. S, & Kotschnev, N. P. Dynamics of in- sulin secretion by the pancreas and epinephrine secretion by the suprarenal gland. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 1035—Lyman, R. S, Nicholls, E, & McCann, W. S. The respiratory exchange and blood sugar curves of normal and dia- betic subjects after epinephrin and insulin. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1923, 21: 343-65.—Macleod, J. J. R. Physiology of glyco- gen and the role of insulin and epinephrine in carbohydrate metabolism. Lancet, Lond, 1929, 2: 1-7, 55; 107.—Meythaler, F, & Cario, R. Ein Beitrag zur Frage des Antagonismus von Adrenalin und Insulin bei der Blutzuckerregulation. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1930, 154: 193-202.—Mueller, E. F„ Lewi, M. J, & Myers, C. N. The relation of adrenalin to the action o( insulin upon the blood sugar content. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1924-25, 22:142-6.—Nayer, P. P. de. L'equilibre insuline- adrenaline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 1049-51—Ohmi, F. Again on the hypoglycaemic ability of insulin upon rabbits, doubly suprarenalectomized or splanchnicotomized. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1933, 21: 211-20.—Pavlenko, S. M, & Zaitzeva- Kalinovskaya, N. A. [Certain properties of insulin and its correlation with epinephrine] Med. biol. J, Moskva, 1927, 3: 61-70.—Rogov, J. M, & Ferrill, H. W. Relation of adrenal glands to experimental pancreatic diabetes. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936,34:100.—Ross, E. I., & Bavis, L. H. Effect of adrena- lin and extracts of pancreas and liver on blood dextrose. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1922-23, 20:121-8— Saizyo, K. Significance of the augmented epinephrine secretion upon the alteration of the blood sugar content, etc, after insulin administration. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1936, 30: 103-22.—Sato, H, Ohmi, F, & Kanowoka, S. A note on the effect of insulin in accelerating the epinephrine discharge. Ibid., 1933, 22: 53-64.—Strand, B-. BLOOD SUGAR 677 BLOOD SUGAR Anderson, W, & Allcroft, W. M. Further studies on the lactic acid, sugar, and inorganic phosphorus of the blood of ruminants (a) following adrenalectomy and (b) after intravenous injection of insulin. Biochem. J, Lond, 1934, 28: 642-9.—Tada, H. On the hypoglycaemic action of insulin upon doubly suprarenalec- tomized rabbits. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1931, 17: 588-98—Wolf- Heidegger, G. Der Kohlenhydratstoffwechsel der Weinberg- schnecke (Helix pomatia L.) unter der Einwirkung von Insulin iind Adrenalin. Biochem. Zschr, 1935, 279: 55-63.—Zunz, E, & La Barre, J. Action stimulante directe de l'adrenaline sur les ilots de Langerhans. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 98: 858. ----- L'hyperinsulinemie consecutive a l'injection d'adrenaline ost- eite d'origine pancreatique? Ibid, 1931, 106: 1241-4. ----Regulation: Parathyroid and thyroid. Paul, H. *Der Einfluss des Thyroxins auf die Kohlehydratverwertung im nichtdiabetischen Organismus (das Verhalten des respiratorischen Stoffwechsels nach Kohlehydratdarreichung un- ter dem Einfluss von Thyroxin) 15p. 8° Bresl., 1931. Flesch, M. *Ueber den Blutzuckergehalt bei Morbus Basedowii und iiber thyreogene Hvper- glykamie [Heidelberg] 18p. 8? Tub., 1913. Abbott, A. J, & Van Buskirk, F. W. The blood sugar response to epinephrin in thyroid-fed animals. Am. J.M. Sc, 1931, 182: 610-26, pi.—Asher, L. Untersuchungen fiber die Harnabson- derung bei gemischter und fiberwiegend kohlehydratreicher Kost im normalen Zustand und unter dem Einflusse von Thyroxin. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1936, 66: 1109-11.—Baranov, V G. [Influence of the thyroid gland on the regulation of sugar in the blood] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1930, 30: 603-8—Benazzi- Lentati, G. Isole del Langerhans e glicogenesi epatica nell'iperti- roidizzazione. Riv. biol, 1934, 16: 237-44—Blau, N. F, & McNamara, H. Effect of thyroxin on formation of sugar in sur- viving liver of winter frog. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1927-28, 25: 659-01.—Blum, P. Beitrage zur Physiologie der Schilddrfise; uber Glvkogenmobilisierung an schilddrusenlosen Tieren. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1915, 161: 488-91. Also Magy. orv. arch, 1915, 16: 150-4—Bodansky, A. Effect of thyroxin upon the blood sugar of normal and thyroidectomized sheep. Am. J. Physiol, 1924, 69: 498-509. -----Simpson, S, & Goldberg, S. A case of hyperglycemia in a thyroidectomized sheep. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1922-23, 20:195.—Bdsl, 0. Ueber die Ein- wirkung von Thyroxin auf den Glykogengehalt des Skelett- muskels und der Leber bei Meerschweinchen. Biochem. Zschr, 1928, 202: 299-319.—Buell, M. V, & Strauss, M. B. Glycogenetic function of the liver in experimental hyperthyroidism. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1934, 55: 220-8.—Coelho, E, & Oliveira, C. de. Parathormone et metabolisme des hydrates de carbone. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 109: 497.—Coggeshall, H. C, & Greene, J. A. The influence of desiccated thyroid gland, thyroxin, and inorganic iodine, upon the storage of glycogen in the liver of the albino rat under controlled conditions. Am. J. Physiol, 1933, 105: 103-9.—Cramer, W, & Krause, R. A. The relation of the thyroid gland to carbohydrate metabolism. Tr. Internat. Congr. Med. (1913) Lond, 1914, Sect.2, Physiol, pt2, 19. Also repr.—Fiessinger, N, & Naville, M. L'influence de la thyroxine sur la traversee du galactose en experimentation et en clinique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936,122: 637.—Gregoire, P. E. De l'influence de la thyroxine sur la glycolyse du tissu musculaire. Ibid, 103-5. ----- Action de la thyroxine sur la glycolyse muscu- laire; le sucre reducteur fermentescible au cours de la glycolyse. Ibid, 123: 1029-32.—Hogler, F, & Zell, F. Ein Beitrag zur hormonalen Blutzuckerregulation (fiber die Wirkung von Para- thormone auf den Blutzucker) Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 86: 144-57.—Hoffman, O, & Gudernatsch, F. Sugars and hormonal regulators of sugar metabolism in relation to the activity of thyroxin. Endokrinologie, 1936, 18: 96-114—Holm, K, & Born- stein, A. Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddrfise auf einige toxische Glykamien. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 135: 532-5—Hykes, O. V. Influence du produit de perfusion de la glande thyroide sur le poids du corps et sur le glycogene du foie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 163-5.—Johnston, J. A. Carbohydrate metabolism; role of the thyroid gland. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1934, 48: 1015-29 — Knittel, G. Ueber die beeinflussung des Leberglykogens unter Thyroxinwirkung stehender Tiere durch Zucker-Insulingaben. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 76: 362-8.—Luttichau, A. Rapporti fra tiroide e glicemia. Bull. sc. med, Bologna, 1923, lO.ser, 1: 227—Mandowsky, C. Ueber Beziehungen zwischen Blut- zuckerspiegel und Ueberventilationstetanie. Zschr. klin. Med, 1929, 111: 135-46.—Mark, R. E. Hyperthyreoidisationsversuche an Hunden; Schilddrfise und Kohlenhydrattoleranz. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1926, 211: 523-47.—Massa, M. Variazioni della glice- mia per applicazioni diatermiche sulla regione tiroidea. Riforma med, 1926, 42: 145-7.—Riddle, O, Honeywell, H. E, & Span- nuth, J. R. A relationship of blood sugar to thyroid and supra- renal size in a fraternity of pigeons. Am. J. Physiol, 1923-24, 67: 539-46.—Rosenberg, M. Ueber den Antagonismus Insulin- Thyreoidin auf den Kohlenhydratstoffwechsel. Klin. Wschr,- 1927, 6: 631-4.—Schwarz, C. Ueber den Einfluss der einseitigen Thyreo-Parathyreodektomie auf den Blutzucker. Biol, gen, Wien, 1932-33, 9: 2.Haifte, 289-98—Scoz, G. Sul potere auto- glicolitico, autolipolitico e glicolotico del tessuto adiposo di cani tiroxinizzati. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 1567-70. -----: & Micheli, P. L. L'azione della tiroxina sul metabolismo dei grasso, sulla variazioni del glicogeno, del potere autolitico e del potere ghcolitico del tessuto adiposo sottocutaneo di cani tratta- mento con tiroxina. Arch. sc. biol, Bologna, 1934-35, 20: 373- 85.—Silver, S, & Mislowitzer, E. Studien Uber die Adrenalin- hyperglykamie; die Beeinflussung der Adrenalinhyperglykamie durch Thyroxin. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 78: 733-40.— Sternheimer, R. L'action de la thyroxine sur les hydrates de carbone et les matieres proteiques dans le foie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 422-4.—Vacirca, F. Lecitina e glicogeno epatico nei eoniglio normale stiroidato. Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1936, 50: 763-6.—Zunz, E, & La Barre, J. Action de la thyroxine sur la glycemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 108: 225-7. ---- Regulation: Pituitary. Anselmino, K. J., & Hoffmann, F. Ueber die getrennte Beeinflussbarkheit von Leberglykogen und Blutketonkorpern durch das Kohlehydratstoffwechselhormon und das Fettstoff- wechselhormon des HVL. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 1052. ---— Ueber die Blutzuckerwirkungen von Hypophysenvorderlap- penfraktionen. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1935, 179: 273-85.— Barnes, B. O, & Regan, J. F. The relation of the anterior pitui- tary to carbohydrate metabolism. Endocrinology, 1933, 17: 522-8— Battistini, G, Azione degli ormoni preipofisari e placen- tari sul ricambio degli idrati di carbonio. Gior. clin. med, 1935, 16: 1068-81. ----- Ricerche sul meccanismo di azione degli ormoni iperglicemizzanti di origine preipoflsaria e placentare. Ibid, 1261-74.—Benetato, G. Sur le mecanisme de l'hypergly- cemie post-hypophysaire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931,106: 502-4.— Biasotti, A. Tolerance au glucose chez les ehiens recevant des injections d'extrait ante-hypophysaire. Ibid, 1934, 116: 455. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1934, 10: 36-42.—Blanco Soler, C, Roda, C, & Piqueras, E. Los productos de la hipofisis sobre el metabolismo hydrocarbonado. An. Hosp. S. Jose, Madr, 1930-31, 2: 99-101—Butts, J. S, Cutler, C. H, & Deuel, H. J, jr. The sexual variation in carbohydrate metabolism; the role of the anterior pituitary in the metabolism of diacetic acid. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 105: 45-58. Also repr.—Clark, G. A. The origin of the glucose in the hyperglycaemia induced by pituitrin. J. Physiol, Lond, 1927-28, 64: 324-30.—Collazo, J. A, Puyal, J, & Torres, I. Hipofisis y metabolismo anaerobio de los hidro- carbonados: el acido lactico de la sangre. Rev. med, Barcel, 1932, 18: 227-41.—Collazo & Torres. Hipofisis anterior y meta- bolismo de los hidratos de carbono. Med. ibera, 1935, 29: 163.— Cor kill, At: B. The relationship of the pituitary gland to carbo- hydrate metabolism. Med.J. Australia, 1936, 1: 168-72.—Bi Benedetto, E. Inexistencia de la pretendida accion hipogluce- miante de la sangre de los hipofisoprivos. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1934,10: 23-7.—Eidelsberg, J. The pituitary and the sugar toler- ance curve. Ann. Int. M, 1932, 6: 201.—Fritz, G. Beitrage zum Mechanismus der Blutzuckerbeeinflussung durch Hvpo- physenextrakte. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1928, 220: 101-6.—Giauni, G. Ipoglicemie ipofisarie. Clin. med. ital, 1935, 66: 599-631.— Gombri, P, & Csomay, E. Ueber die Wirkung der isolierten Hypophysenhinterlappenausziige (Tonephin und Orasthin) auf den Glykogengehalt der Leber. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1934, 175: 17-22.—Habbe, K. Untersuchungen fiber die Beeinflussung des Glykogens in Leber und Muskulatur durch Hypophysen- hinterlappenextrakte. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1934, 108: 325- 9.—Harrow, B, Naiman, B. [et al.] The fat-metabolism hor- mone and hyperglycemia. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol, 1934, 31: 940-2.—Hogler, F, & Zell, F. Hypophysenhinterlappen und Kohlehydratstoffwechsel. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1935, 27: 141-58.—Holden, R. F, jr. Effects of anterior pituitary extracts of cattle on carbohydrate metabolism in the guinea pig. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 31: 773-6—Houssay, B. A, & Biasotti, A. Phlorrhizindiabetes beim hypophysektomierten Hund. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1931, 227: 657-63. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 494-6. ----- & Rietti, C. T. Propiedades diabetogenas del extracto anterohipofisiario en diversas con- diciones. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1933, 9: 489-98.----- La sostanza diabetogena delle preipofisi. Monit. endocr, 1934, 2: 494.—Houssay, B. A, & Leloir, L. F. Action diabetogene ante-hypophysaire independante des surrenales. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 670-2. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1935, 11: 464-73. -Hrubetz, M. C. Pituitary hormones and the blood sugar level. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934-35, 32: 842.—Imanishi, Y. Ueber den Einfluss der endokrinen Driisen auf die Glykolyse des Blutes, besonders auf den gebundenen Zucker; Einfluss der Hypophysenextraktes. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1930, 4: H.2, no.16, 120-9.—Jonas, V. Ueber den Einfluss des thyreotropen Hormones auf den Kohlehydratstoffwechsel. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1934, 94: 495-503.—Kepinov, L. Role de l'hypophyse dans Paction hyperglycemiante du sang de chien diabetique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 145-7—Kusunoki, G, & Nakamura, K. Ueber die glykamische Reaktion beim hypo- physektomierten Kaninchen. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 1832.— Kylin, E. Ueber die Einwirkung der Ca- und K-Ionen auf Pituitrin-Blutzucker-Reaktion. Ibid, 1925, 4: 2068.—Magis- tris, H. Action des graisses et de l'extrait antehypophysaire sur le glycogene hepatique des rats traites par la thyroide. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 397-9. ----- Ueber die Hemmung von SchilddrUsenwirkungen durch das Stoffwechselhormon des Hypophysenvorderlappens (Orophysin) Leberglykogen. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1935, 178: 15-26— Mahoney, W. Hypoglyce- mia hypophvsiopriva. Am.J. Physiol, 1934, 109: 475-82 — Medvedeva, N. B, & Kolpakov, E. V. [Roleof the pituitary body in carbohydrate metabolism; effect of hypophysectomy on the concentration of sugar in the blood of pigeons] J. med, Kiev, 1935, 5: 155-71.—Nitzescu, I. I, & Ramneantu, P. Sur le nte- BLOOD SUGAR canisme de l'hyperglycemie hypophysaire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927,97: 1105—Peterson, J. M. The relationship of the pituitary gland to carbohydrate metabolism. 'Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc, 1935, 433.—Russell, J. A. Carbohydrate levels in fasted and fed hypophysectomized rats. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 34: 279-81—Salter, W. T, & Hayes, B. R. The pituitary, in car- bohydrate metabolism; the effect of hypophysectomy on rat liver amylase activity. Med. Papers (H. A. Christian Anniv. vol.) Bost, 1936, 341-51—Selle, W. A, Westra, J. J, & Johnson, J. B. Effect of irradiation of hypophysis on experimental dia- betes. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 31: 949-51.—Slome, B. The diabetogenic hormone of the pituitary gland. J. Exp. Biol, Lond, 1936,13: 1-6—Smith, P. E, Botti, L. [et al.] Effect of hypophysectomv on blood sugar of Rhesus monkeys. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 34: 247-9—Testolin, M. Estratti postipofisari e glicoregolazione. Morgagni, 1932, 74: 603-7.— Thaddea, S. Ueber Beziehungen der isolierten Hypophysen- hinterlappenhormone zum Kohlehydratstoffwechsel beim Menschen. Zschr. klin. Med, 1933, 125: 175-94. ----- & Waly, A. Zur Frage der Wirkungsweise und des Angriffs- punktes des isolierten Hypophysenhinterlappenhormone auf den Kohlehydratstoffwechsel. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1933, 172: 535-50.—Tuttle, G. H. Anterior pituitary and carbo- hydrate metabolism. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1936, 143: 92-4.—Zunz. A propos de l'intervention de l'hypophyse dans la regulation de la glyc6mie. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1935, 5.ser, 15: 430-8. ---- Regulation: Pituitary and suprarenal. Anselmino, K. J, & Hoffman, F. Ueber die Blutzuckerwir- kung von Hypophysenvorderlappen-Fraktionen nach Aus- schaltung der Nebennieren. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1936, 181: 674-80.—Cope, O, & Marks, H. P. Further experiments on the relation of the pituitary gland to the action of insulin and adrena- line. J. Physiol, Lond, 1934-35, 83: 157-76.—Houssay, B. A, & Bi Benedetto, E. Extrait antero-hypophysaire et hyper- glycemics adrenalique et morphinique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 114: 82.—Kepinov, L. L'hypophyse et ses relations fonetion- nelles avec le pancreas et les surrenales dans la regulation de la glycemie. Presse nted, 1936, 44: 1564.—Lambie, C. G, & Red- head, F. A. The antagonistic action of pituitrin and adrenaline upon carbohydrate metabolism, with special reference to the gaseous exchange, the inorganic blood-phosphate and the blood- sugar. Biochem. J, Lond, 1929, 23: 608-23.—Long, C. N. H. The effects of hypophysectomy and adrenalectomy upon exper- imental diabetes. Yale J. Biol, 1933-36, 8: 399-401. -----& Lukens, F. B. W. Effect of adrenalectomy and hypophysectomy upon experimental diabetes in the cat. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934-35, 32: 743-5. Also repr. Also J. Exp. M, 1936, 63: 465-90.—Silver, S, & Mislowitzer, E. Die Beeinflussung der Andrenalinhyperglykamie durch die getrennten Hypophysen- hinterlappensubstanzen. Zsch. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 78: 741-8 — Torresini, A, & Nicoletti, G. L'azione degli estratti preipofisari e corticosurrenali sulla curva glicemica nella vecchiaia. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1936, 46: 606-11.—Usui, T. Ueber die Veranderung der Adrenalinhyperglykamie durch die Hypo- physen- bzw. Schilddrfisenbestrahlung bei gynakologischen Er- krankungen. Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi, 1935, 30: 10.—Zoppo, R. del. II ricambio degli idrati di carbonio negli animali smil- zati. Arch. farm, sper, Roma, 1934, 58: 175-86. ---- Regulation: Reticulo-endothelial system [including spleen] Heppe, O. *Ueber die Beeinflussung des Blutzuckers durch Milzhormon. p.209-22. 8? Jena. 1931. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 78: Bornstein, S. Ueber den Einfluss der intravitalen Spei- cherung auf den Kohlehydratstoffwechsel. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 66: 810-7.—Carmona, L. Ricerche sulla glicemia in animali bloccati. Arch. Soc. ital. chir, 1933, 39: 861.—Chaho- vich, X, Berovitch, R, & Vichnjitch, M. La rate et le metabo- lisme des hydrates de carbone. J. physiol. path, gen, 1935, 33: 1114-9.—Be Flora, G. Nuove ricerche sulla partecipazione della milza alla regolazione del tasso glicemico. Riforma med, 1931, 47: 1664-6.—Bienerstein, Z, & Geness, S. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen dem Kohlenhydrat- und Fett- stoffwechsel; die Beziehungen zwischen dem Zucker, der Milchsaure, dem Acetonkorper und den Fetten bei Be- lastung der normalen Hunde mit Fett und Zucker nach der Splenektomie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 65: 371-81.— Fiessinger, N, & Cattan, R. L'hormone glycolytique de la rate. J. physiol. path, gen, 1933, 31: 380-99—Francaviglia, A. In- fluenza della milza sulla regolazione del tasso glicemico. Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 922-4.—Gnoinski, H. Variations du niveau de la glyc6mie chez les ehiens nephrectomises sous l'influence du blocage du systeme reticuloendothelial. C. rend Soc. biol, 1928, 98: 72.—Horsters, H. Milz- und Kohlehydrat- stoffwechsel. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1935-36,97: 473-8.—Lrsigler. Storungen des Zuckerstoffwechsels bei Sternzellenvergiftung Arch. klin. Chir, Berl, 1933, 177: 708-15.—Iwasawa, H. Expe- rimentelle Untersuchungen Uber den Einfluss der Blockierung des Reticuloendothelialsystems auf den Kohlehydratstoff- wechsel. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1927, 1: Int.M, 203-31—Martinetti, R. Importanza del sistema reticolo-endoteliale nei metabolis- mo dei carboidrati; curva da carico con vari esosi prima e dopo blocco con inchiostro di china. Riv. pat. sper, 1936-37; 16: 257-64.—Messina, R. Iperglicemia sperimentale e sistema BLOOD SUGAR reticolo endotelio. Arch. farm, sper, Roma, 1930, 51: 229; 267 277.—Midorikawa, B. Die Bedeutung dor Milz fiir den Kohlen hydratstoffwechsel. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1929, 19: 312.- Pinelli, L, Pittalis, F, & Chessa, F. Influenza del sistema reticolo- endoteliale sul ricambio degli idrati di carbonio. Biochim. ter. sper, 1934, 21: 9-29.—Quaranta, L. La milza in rapporto ai ricambio degli idrati di carbonio. Riforma med, 1927, 43: 102-4.—Rathery, F, & Cosmulesco, I. Influence de la sptenec- tomie sur les glycemies et la glycosurie chez le chien depancreate C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113: 837-40—Rubegni, R. Contributo alio studio dei rapporti fra milza e ricambio degli idrati di carbonio. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1935-36, 35: 422-58.—Solarino, G. Comportamento della iperglicemia digestiva ed alimentare dopo splenectomia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 846-9. ----- Comportamento della glicemia alimentare e digestiva dopo splenectomia. Ann. clin. med. Pal, 1929, 19: (spec, no.) 43-52.—Travia, L. Ricerche sulla iperglicemia adrenalinica in animali operati di timectomia e di splenectomia. Boll. Soc ital biol. sper, 1936, 11: 371. ---- Regulation: Salivary glands. Cahane, M. Influence de la glande parotide sur le meta- bolisme hydrocarbone. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933. 112: 1438-14. -----& Cahane, T. Hyperglycemic provoquee par l'extirpation des glandes salivaires. Ibid, 1924, 91: 1232.—Hirschhorn, S, Popper, H. L, & Selinger, A. Blutzuckerkurven und Diastase- bestimmungen bei Pankreatitis und bei Parotitis. Klin Wschr, 1931, 10: 493-5—Horn, Z. [Unusual disorder in carbo- hydrate metabolism with hypertrophy of parotis] Orv. hetil 1935, 79: 238. ---- Regulation: Suprarenals. B0ggild, D. H. *[Experimental examina- tions on the significance of the suprarenal glands in regulation of the blood-sugar] 102p. 8? Kbh., 1925. Rothschild, M. *Studien iiber die Adrenalin- hyperglykamie. p.33-41. 8? Berl., 1933. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 88: Agren, G. Die cyclischen Veranderungen im Leberglykogen von Ratten nach Nebennierenexstirpation. Biochem. Zschr, 1935, 281: 367-9.—Akimoto, K. Vergleichende Untersuchung der Wirkung des Adrenalins, Ephedrins und Adrenalons und der Einfliisse der Applikationsorte auf diese Wirkung in Bezug auf den Blutzucker. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1933, 45: 744.— Alpern, B, & Tutkewitsch, L. Vegetativ-endokrines System als Regulator des intermediaren Stoffwechsels; die Rolle des Adrenalins bei der Regulation der Kohlehydrat- und Fetthe- standteile des Blutes. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 215: 319-36 — Anan, S. Vergleichende Untersuchungen fiber den Einfluss von 1-, dl-Adrenalin und Adrenalon auf den Blutzuckerspiegel des Kaninchens. Fol. pharm. jap, 1929, 8: fasc. 3, 1-7.—An- derson, I. Effect of adrenalin on blood sugar and lactic acid in Addison's disease and in adrenalectomized dogs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y', 1935-36, 33: 349-56—Aoki, H. Zur Frage der Glykogenbildung aus Fett unter der Einwirkung von Adrenalin. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1936, 29: 244-62—Banerji, H, & Reid, C. The adrenals and glucose tolerance. J. Physiol, Lond, 1934, 81: 93-101.—Baranov, V. G. [The rote of the suprarenal glands in regulation of the sugar in the bloodl Arch. biol. nauk, 1928, 28: 139-44—Barrenscheen, H. K, Eisler, A, & Popper, L. Beitrage zum Problem des Blutzuckers; Blutzucker- und Phos- phorkurve; Adrenalin. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 189: 119-24 — Baudouin, A, Benard, H. [et al.] Injection intraveineuses lentes et continues d'adrenaline; action sur la glycemie selon les doses injectees. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 529-31. ---- Injection intra-vasculaires continues d'adrenaline chez le chien; recherche de la dose limite hyperglycemiante pour differentes voies d'introduction. Ibid, 1936, 121: 1157-9.—Belak, A, & Klamartsik, A. Ueber den gegenseitigen Einfluss des Adre- nalins und Pilocarpins auf den Blutzucker. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 74: 324-8.—Bernardini, R. Enervazione dei surreni e iperglicemia adrenalinica. Riv. pat. sper, 1935, 14: 15-23. ----- & Caltabiano, B. Modiflcazioni del tasso glicemico en seguito alla denervazione unilaterale e bilaterale dei surreni. Ann. ital. chir, 1935, 14: 141-60— Bierry, H, & Rathery, F, Glycemies et glycosuries adrenaliniques. Paris med, 1923.47: 415-9. -----& Levina, L. Bases adr6naliques, hyperglycemic et glycosurie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 86: 1133-5. ---— Effets de bases adrenaliniques isomeres optiques sur la glycemie. Ibid, 1923, 88: 3-5.—Borysiewicz, A. La glycemie et le compor- tement des globules blancs du sang pe.riphfirique apres injection d'adrenaline dans la circulation. Ibid, 1929, 102: 99-102- Brill, S. Glycogenolysis due to epinephrine in hepatic disease. Arch. Surg, 1929, 18: 1803-16—Britton, S. W. Neural and hor- monal factors in bodily activity; the prepotency of medul!'.- adrenal influence in emotional hvpergl vcemia. Am. J. Physiol., 1928, 86: 340-52. ----- Geiling, E. M. K, & Calvery, HO. Medulliadrenal secretion and carbohydrate metabolism. Ibid, 84: 141-56—Britton, S. W, & Silvette, H. Efforts of cortico- adrenal extract on carbohydrate metabolism in normal animals. Ibid, 1932,100: 693-700. ----- On the function of the adrenal cortex—general, carbohydrate and circulatory theories. Ibid, 1934, 107: 190-206—Bulatao, E, & Cannon, W. B. Studies on the conditions of activity in endocrine glands; the role of the adrenal medulla in pseudaffective hyperglycemia. Ibid, 1925, 72: 295-313—Burge, W. E, Wickwire, G. C. [et al.] The effect pi BLOOD SUGAR 679 BLOOD SUGAR adrenalin on sugar metabolism. Endocrinology, 1928, 12: 157-60.—Cannavd, L, & Romano, A. Sulla reazione glicemica a minime quantita di adrenalina somministrate per via endove- nosa Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1930, 5: 810-3.—Cannon, W. B, Mclver, M, & Bliss, S. W. The effect of the blood-sugar level on adrenal secretion and sympathetic activity; a preliminary note Boston M.&S.J, 1923, 189: 141.—Cantarow, A., & Ric- chiuti, G. Epinephrine hyperglycemia, with particular refer- ence to the arteriovenous blood sugar difference in hepatic disease. J. Clin. Invest, 1934,13: 461-78.—Carrasco-Formiguera R Action de l'adrenaline sur la glycemie chez le chien sur- re'nalectomise. Ann. physiol. Par, 1933, 9: 905-11. ---— & Bieto, E. Sobre el mecanisme de la hiperglucemia adrenalinica. Tr. Soc. biol, Barcel, 1932, 14: 161-5. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, J933,113:333-6.—Carrasco Formiguera, R, & Puche, J. Enerva- tion'des surrenales et diabete experimental. Ibid, 1931, 108: 171-3.—Castoldi, G. M. Meccanismo ed importanza clinica della prova dell'iperglicemia adrenalinica; indice iperglicemico. Clin. med. ital, 1933, 64: 485-98, 2ch—Chabrol, E, & Sallet, J. Variations comparatives de la glycemie et de la secretion bili- aire, sous l'influence de l'adrenaline administrCe par voie vei- neuse en injection lente et continue. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 538-40.—Chahovitch, X. Role des capsules surrenales dans l'hyperglvcemie produite par la decantethylenediguanidine. Ibid, 1930, 103: 328-30.—Chikano, M. Ueber den Einfluss von Aminosauren und ihren Abkommlingen auf die Adrenalin- hyperglykamie. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 205: 154-65.—Ciceri, C, & Gabrielli, S. Effetti immediati e lontani sulla curva gli- cemica e sulla pressione arteriosa della enervazione monolaterale e bilaterale delle surrenali. Arch. Soc. ital. chir, 1934, 40: 794-801.—Claude, H, Santenoise, B, & Targowla, R. Parallele entre la glycemie adrenalinique et la glycemie alimentaire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 1030-2.—CoUazo, Puyal & Torres. Accion de la hormona cortical (corthormona) sobre la glucemia, la lactacidemia, la cloremia y la sodemia. Arch, med, Madr, 1934, 37: 436.—Collip, J. B, Thomson, B. L, & Toby, G. The effect of adrenaline on muscle glycogen in adrenalectomized, thyroidectomized, and hypophysectomized rats. J. Physiol, Lond, 1936, 88: 191-8.—Colwell, A. R. Suppression of glucose combustion by epinephrin administration. Endocrinology, 1931, 15: 25-33. -----& Bright, E. M. Suppression of glucose combustion by continuous prolonged epinephrin administra- tion. Am. J. Physiol, 1930, 92: 555-67.—Cori, C. F, & Buch- wald, K. W. Effect of continuous intravenous injection of epinephrine on the carbohydrate metabolism, basal metabolism and vascular system of normal men. Ibid, 95: 71-8. -----& Cori, G. T. Influence of epinephrine on carbohydrate metabol- ism of fasting rats. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1927-28, 25: 258-61. ----- The fate of sugar in the animal body; the car- bohydrate metabolism of adrenalectomized rats and mice. J. Biol. Chem, 1927, 74: 473-94. ----- The mechanism of epinephrine action; the influence of epinephrine on the carbo- hydrate metabolism of fasting rats, with a note on new formation of carbohydrates. Ibid, 1928,79:309-19.----- Theinfluence of epinephrine on the utilization of absorbed glucose. Ibid, 343-55. ----- The influence of epinephrine on lactic acid production and blood sugar utilization. Ibid, 1929, 84: 683-98. ---- The influence of constant intravenous injection of epinephrine on blood sugar of rats. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 560. ----- Plasma phosphates during changes in carbohydrate metabolism in normal and adrenalecto- mized animals. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem, 1932,8: Ixxxv.— Bambrosi, R. G, & Leloir, L. F. Papel de las suprarrenales en la reconstitucion del glucogeno muscular despues de la fatiga. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1933, 9: 408-12. ----- & Novelli, A. Influencia del extracto cortico-suprarrenal y de la glucosa sobre la recomposicion del glucogeno muscular en los suprarrenoprivos. Ibid, 417-21.—Belbaere, L. J. [Effect of adrenaline injections upon blood sugar and sympathetic nervous system] Ned. mschr. geneesk, 1927,14: 379-420.—Bemant, P. [Role of supra- renal glands in hyperglycemia after intravenous injections of colloidal silver] Med. dosw, 1930, 11: 81-7.—Bemole, M. Le r61e de l'ecorce des surrenales dans la regulation du metabolisme hydrocarbone. Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1935, 55: 252.—Be Tullio, R. Influenza dell'adrenalina sull'amilasi del sangue e delle urine negl'individui normali, negli epatici e nei diabe- tici. Studium, Nap, 1929, 19: 387-92.—Biaz, C. J, Mancera, J, & Roldan, R. La hiperglucemia adrenalinica en diferentes estados morbosos. Med. ibera, 1930, 14: 517-29.—Bragstedt, L. R. The effect of diverting the adrenal vein blood into the portal vein on the blood sugar of dogs. Am. J. Physiol, 1934, 108: 42-5.—Eadie, G. S. Epinephrin and hyperglycemia. Ibid, 1929,89:46-9. ----- A comparison of the glycogenolytic responses to epinephrin administered by the subcutaneous and intravenous routes. Ibid, 90: 711-7. ----- A comparison of the effects of epinephrin on carbohydrate metabolism in the cat and rat. Ibid, 1930, 94: 69-76.—Erichson, K. Adrenalingly- kamie und respiratorischer Stoffwechsel. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1926, 50: 637-48.—Euler, U. S. von, & Holmquist, A. G. Tagesrhythmik der Adrenalinsekretion und des Kohlehydrat- stoffwechels beim Kaninchen und Igel. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1934, 234: 210-24.—Fernandez, R, Foglia, V. G. [et al.] Cortico- glucose. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 334-7. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1933, 9: 522-30.—Fontes, G, & Thivolle, L. L'action hyperglucidemiante de l'adrenaline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 100: 1200-2.—Fujii, I, Inokuchi, T. [et al.] Diu- retinhvperglykamie und -laktacidamie beim nebennieren- losen "Kaninchen. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1936, 18: 699- 704.—Gasparini, A. Ipoglicemia iniziale adrenalinica. Fisiol. med., Roma, 1932, 3: 400-12.—Geiger, E. Ueber den Me- chanismus der Adrenalinhypoglykamie. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1928, 129: 93-9. -----& Schmidt, E. Einfluss des Adre- nalins auf die Zuckerneubildung. Ibid, 134: 173-84.—Gott- schalk, A, & Pohle, E. Untersuchungen fiber den Mechanismus der Adrenalinhyperglykamie. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 1310. Also Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1922, 34.Kongr, 397-404.— Griffith, F. R. Further evidence regarding the relationship of the adrenals to the amount of sugar in the blood. Am. J. Physiol, 1923, 66: 659-64.—Grunke, W, & Kairies, A. Ueber die Wirkung des Adrenalins auf die Zuckermobilisation im Muskel. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1928,133: 63-8.—Gybrgy, P, & Herzberg, E. Beitrag zum Mechanismus der glykamischen Reaktion nach subkutaner Adrenalinzufuhr. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 140: 401-9.—Hazard, R. La sparteine, antagoniste de l'yohimbine sur l'hyperglycemie adrenalinique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 202: 345-7.—Hebb, C. 0, & Stavraky, G. W. The presence of glucose in the salivary secretion after the ad- ministration of adrenalin. Q.J. Exp. Physiol, Lond, 1935-36, 26: 141-53.—Hill, E, & Koehler, A. E. Effect of suprarenalecto- my on sugar tolerance. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1932, 30: 244-7.—Hirayama, S. Notes on adrenaline hyperglycaemia on the rabbit. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1926, 7: 346-63.—Hoist, J. E. Untersuchungen fiber den Mechanismus der Adrenalingly- kosurie. Zschr. klin. Med, 1929, 111: 761-70—Horie, K. Ex- perimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Funktion der Neben- nierenrinde; Einflfisse des Nebennierenrindenextraktes auf den Blutzucker. J. Orient. M, Dairen, 1928, 8: 10.—Houssay, B. A. Papel fisiologico de la ntedula suprarrenal. Rev. espan. med. cir, 1928, 11:139-41.-----Lewis, J. T, & Molinelli, E. A. Role physiologique de l'adrenaline dans la production de l'hy- perglycemie produite par la morphine. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 1013.—Hrubetz, M. C. Epinephrine and the blood sugar level. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 32:218.—Itikawa, K. On the effect of cold upon the pupil, deprived of the upper cervical sympathetic ganglion, and upon the blood sugar content of dogs, normal and deprived of the suprarenal medulla. Toho- ku J. Exp. M, 1935, 27: 568-84.—Kaiwa, T. Significance of the augmented epinephrine discharge on peptone poisoning upon the hyperglycaemia simultaneously occurring. Ibid, 1932-33, 29: 471-97. ----- Peptone hyperglycaemia in the animals, deprived of suprarenals or suprarenal medulla. Ibid, 1933, 21: 1-12.—Kalmus, H, & Waldes, V. Ist die durch Adrenalin be- wirkte Glykolyse beim Flusskrebs spezifisch? Zschr. vergl. Physiol, 1936, 23: 712-4.—Koehler, A. E, & Hill, E. The rela- tion of the suprarenal glands to carbohydrate and lipid me- tabolism. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932, 138.—Kotorii, Y. Ueber die histologischen Veranderungen der inneren Organe, insbesondere der endocrinen Organe bei der intra- peritonealen Einfuhrung von Nebennierenmarks-Emulsion, nebst Verhalten des Blutbildes und Blutzuckers. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1929,19: 46.—Kunika, T. Studien fiber die Wirkung des Adrenalins im Organismus mit der Skala von Hypergly- kamie; fiber das Schicksal des Adrenalins im Organismus sowie das Verhalten der Adrenalinhyperglykamie zu den Applika- tionsstellen. Fol. jap. pharm, 1926, 2: [Brev.l 19.—Kylin, E. Zur Frage der Adrenalinreaktion; fiber die Bedeutung der K-Ca-Ionen fiir die Adrenalinblutzuckerreaktion. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, 59:230. ----- Ueber die Adrenalinblutzucker- reaktion besonders bei Fallen von essentieller Hypertonie und Diabetes. Ibid, 1929-30, 69: 710-20.—La Barre, J, & Houssa, P. L'adrenalino-s6cretion au cours du diabete experimental du chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 109: 1133-5.—Labbe, M, & Renault, P. Recherches sur l'action de l'extrait surrenal sur la glycemie. Ibid, 1927, 96: 248-50.—Landsberg, M. Sur l'hyper- glycemie apres 1'ingestion de l'adrenaline. Ibid, 1923, 89: 1342.—Lefebvre, F. Contribution a l'etude de l'hyperglycemie adrenalique. Arch, internat. med. exp, Liege, 1935-36, 10: 127-35.—Leys, B. The influence of adrenaline on carbohydrate metabolism. J. Physiol, Lond, 1931, 71: 275-9.—Long, M. L, & Bischoff, F. A carbohydrate balance sheet for the adrenalinized fasting rat sacrificed in the recovery period. J. Biol. Chem, 1932, 98: 85.—Malmejac, J, & Bonnet, V. Sur les variations de la glycemie au cours d'injections intraveineuses continues de petites doses d'adrenaline. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1935,119: 734-6 — Merlino, A. Influenza di alcuni zuccheri sull'iperglicemia adre- nalinica. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1930, 5: 390-2.—Meythaler, F, & Wossidlo, K. Untersuchungen iiber den Adrenalingehalt des Blutes bei Blutzuckerschwankungen. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1935, 178: 320-9.—Molflno, F. La glycemie dans l'irradia- tion surrenale. Rev. fr. endocr, 1930, 8: 325-31.—Morales Elizalde, A. La accion de la glucosa sobre el intercambio re- spiratorio de los perros suprarrenoprivos. Rev. Soc. argent. biol, 1935, 11: 12.5-32.—Nitzescu, 1.1, & Munteanu, N. Action differente de l'adrenaline sur le glycogene du foie et sur celui des muscles. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 108: 294-6—Nord, F. Etude sur l'influence de quelques derives de Talbumine sur la regula- tion du sucre de sang; action de quelques derives de Talbumine sur la courbe du sucre du sang et sur la courbe hyperglycemique de l'adrenaline. Acta med. scand, 1926-27, 65: 1-60. ----- Action de quelques derives de Talbumine sur la courbe glyce- mique de l'insuline; I'importance des capsules surrenales pour Teffet hyperglycemique des derives de Talbumine. Ibid, 61-115.—Pannella, P. Ricerche sperimentali sopra la influenza ehe svolge Tavvelenamento acuto da fosforo e da arsenico sulla iperglicemia adrenalinica. Pathologica, Genova, 1928, 20: 229-33. ----- Contributo alio studio delle modificazio»i ehe I'adrenalina determina sulla glicemia e sulla pressione arteriosa del sangue a seconda della via di inoculazione nelTorganismo. Riv. pat. sper, 1928, 3: 314-23—Papilian, V, & Preda, V. L'in- fluence du bicarbonate de soude sur la glycemie adrenalique. BLOOD SUGAR 680 BLOOD SUGAR C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935,118: 472—Phocas, A. L'hyperglycemie adrenalinique. Ibid, 1919, 82: 485—Racchiusa, S, & Cnsera, A. Presunta influenza della midolla surrenale sull'iperglicemia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1930, 5: 993-6—Radoslav, C, & StSices- co, S. Etude comparative des variations de la glycemie pro- voquees chez I'homme par Tinjection intraveineuse des doses fractionnees d'ephedrine et d'adrenaline. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest, 1927, 9: 171-9— Regnier, M. T, & Sinonnet, H. Sur te pouvoir hyperglycemiant de certains extraits de la substance corticale de la glande surrenale. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1932, 14: 614-22.—Roese, H. F. Beziehungen der Nebenniere zum Kohlehvdratstoffwechsel der Muskulatur. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 78: 426-37—Rogov, J. M, & Nixon, E. N. Epineph- rine secretion in animals with experimental diabetes. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Yr, 1936-37, 35: 257-9.—Rossello, H, & Rodri- guez, E. Reaction hipoglucemica por la adrenalina. An. Fac. med, Montev, 1926, 11: 183-208. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1926 2: 274-88.—Rossi, B. Glicemia adrenalinica in gravidanza. Fol. gyn, Pavia, 1930, 27: 1-12.—Rothschild, M. Studien Uber die Adrenalinhyperglykamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 88: 33-41—Rubinsztejn, M. [Adrenalin hyperglycemia in experimental acidification and alkalization] Warsz. czas. lek, 1935 12: 834; 855.—Sacks, J. The effect of epinephrine on muscle and liver glycogen. Am. J. Physiol, 1931, 96: 467-72—Sakurai, T. Experimentelle Beitrage zur Wirkung der Parasympathi- kusgifte auf den Blutzucker; fiber den Einfluss des Eserins und des Pilokarpins auf die Adrenalinhyperglykamie. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1926, 6: 465-85.—Sanpaolesi, G. Adrenalina e glicoregola- zione. Riv. clin. pediat, 1934, 32: 1153-8—Satake, Y. Chlor- ammonium-Hyperglykamie beim nebennierenlosen Kaninchen. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1926, 8: 26-36—Sato, H, & Ohmi, F. Epi- nephrine secretion and blood sugar content in dogs after chlora- lose. Ibid, 1933, 21: 433-43— Serefis.S. Ueber die Wirkung von Alkali und von Atropin auf die Adrenalinglykamie. Zschr. ges exp. Med, 1924, 43: 438-41—Shiosawa, S. Ueber die Funk- tion der Nebennierenrinde; fiber das Verhalten der Nebennieren mm Zuckerstoffwechsel. Sc. Rep. Gov. Inst. Infect. Dis, Tokyo, 1926, 5: 543-6—Soskin, S, Priest, W. S, & Schutz, W. J. The influence of epinephrin upon the exchange of sugar between blood and muscle. Am. J. Physiol, 1934, 108: 107-17.-Stef- fanutti, P. Azione del Ca e del K sull'iperglicemia post-adre- nalinica. Minerva med. Tor, 1931, 22: pt2, 557-63— Starring, G. Die Wrirkung des Adrenalins bei einseitiger Ernahrung mit Fett; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Stoffwechselphysiologie des Herzens und zur Frage der Kohlehydratbildung aus Fett. Arch. ges. Phvsiol, 1928-29, 221: 282-95—Suranyi, G, & Wollek, B. [Effect of cortigen upon the blood sugar of infants and children] Orv. hetil, 1934, 78: 102—Tachi, H, & Hirayama, S. Aetherhyperglykamie beim nebennierenlosen Kaninchen. TohokuJ.Exp. M, 1926, 8: 41-53—Tada, H. On the role of the augmented epinephrine secretion in dogs after guanidine upon the fluctuation of the blood sugar concentration simultaneously occurring. Ibid, 1932-33, 20: 1-13—Takehiro, S. Einfluss des Adrenalins auf den Kohlehydratstoffwechsel; Wirkung des Adrenalins auf die Zucker- und Milchsaurebildung der Uberle- benden Krotenleber und Einfluss von Saure beziehungsweise Alkali auf die erstere. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1931, 5: 164- 96, 3tab— Tanaka, H. On the role of the augmented epineph- rine secretion in dogs after morphine upon the fluctuation of the blood sugar concentration simultaneously occurring. Toho- ku J. Exp. M, 1936, 30: 123^9.—Targowla, R, Lamache, A, & Bailey, P. Hyperglycemic adrenalinique et hyperexcitabilite sympathique. Rev. neur. Par, 1926, 33: 1096—Tatum, A. L. Epinephrine hyperglycemia. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1920-21, 17: 395; 1921-22, 18: 121.—Thaddea, S. Nebennierenrinde und Kohlehydratstoffwechsel; experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die funktionelle Bedeutung der Nebennierenrinde zum Gesamt- kohlehydratstoffwechsel. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1934-35, 95: 600-26 — Viale, G. Die Bedeutung der Nebennierenrinde fiir den Stoffwechsel der Kohlehydrate. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 467-9.—Viale, G. H significato della corteccia surrenale nei ricambio degli idrati di carbonio. Rev. sudamer. endocr, B. Air, 1934, 17: 161-6.—Wada, H. Ueber das Verhalten des Harnquotienten C : N bei der Adrenalinglykosurie. Biochem. Zschr , 1926,171:204-9—Wada, M, Seo, M, & Abe, K. Further study of the influence of the rate of epinephrine secretion from the suprarenal glands with simultaneous determination of the blood sugar. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1935, 26: 381-411—Weger, P. De Taction des amers sur les effets hyperglyc6miques de l'adre- naline; contribution a l'etude de Taction des toniques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 729-32—Wertheimer, E. Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von E. Geiger und E. Schmidt: Einfluss des Adre- nalins auf die Zuckerneubildung. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929, 139: 378-80.—Wilenko, G. G. [Manner of action of adrenalin upon carbohydrates] Lwow. tygodn. lek, 1913, 8: 49-51 — Wyman, L. C, & Turn Suden, C. The effect of histamine on the blood sugar in suprarenalectomized rats. Am. J. Physiol, 1934, 108: 424-7.—Zunz, E, & La Barre, J. Role des capsules surrenales dans l'hyperglycemie produite par la decantethylene- diguanidine. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 929.—Zwemer, R. L, & Sullivan, R. C. Corticoadrenal influence on blood sugar mobilization. Endocrinology, 1934, 18: 730-8. ---- Storage [including glycogenolysis] See also Blood sugar, Regulation, and its sub- headings; Blood sugar, Types: Glycogen; Glyco- gen; Liver, Function. Rabe, E. H. F. J. *Ucber den Glykogengehalt von Plazenta und fotaler Leber sowie seine Beeinflussbarkeit durch alimentare Hypergly- kamie. 22p. 8? Kiel, 1930. Anderson, M. B, & Anderson, A. B. Insulin und Glykogen- bildung. Erg. Physiol, 1929, 29: 370-91—Barreda, P. Ueber die Glykogenbildung in der Leber. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1935, 178: 333-41.—Barrenscheen, H. K, Pany, J, & Berger, R. Untersuchungen fiber Glykogenolyse. Biochem. Zschr, 1930, 229:196-215.—Bastien, Bouisset [et al.] Equilibre glycemique et stockage cellulaire. Sang, Par, 1933, 7: 914-20. ----- Inon- dation de glucose et stockage hepatique. Ibid, 921-32.—Benazzi Lentati, G. Primo contributo alio studio delle isole del Langer- hans e della funzione glicogenica del fegato in alcune condizioni sperimentali: azione della insulina. Monit. zool. ital, 1932, 43: 344-9. ----- & Benazzi, M. Sulla presenza di glicogeno in Aplysia normale e sulla glicogenogenesi in seguito a somministra- zione de glucosio. Riv. biol, 1935, 18: 406-15.—Bennett, L. L. Glucose absorption and glycogen formation in the hypophysec- tomized rat. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 34: 277-9.- Borodulin, F. Experimentelle Beobachtungen fiber Zucker- retention und Zuckerbildung in der Leber bei Glykosebelastung. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 1373-5.—Brentano, C. Die Glykogen- bildung aus Traubenzucker wahrend der Kreatinurie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1936, 98: 677-91—Bridge, E. M, & Bridges, E. M. The relation of glycogen to water storage in the liver; a reply to the communications of Puckett and Wriley and of MacKay and Bergman. J. Biol. Chem, 1932, 96: 381-6. Also repr—Burg- hard, E, & Paffrath, H. Neue Wege in der Glykogenforschung. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1479.—Butsch, W. L. Glucose tolerance and the glycogen storage capacity of the dog. Am. J. Physiol, 1934, 108: 639-42.—Catron, L. F, & Lewis, H. B. The formation of glycogen in the liver of the young white rat after the oral ad- ministration of glycerol. J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 84: 553-9—Choi, Y. O. The relationship of glycogen formation in the muscles to the pancreas and to epinephrin. Am. J. Physiol, 1927-28, 83: 406-14.—Cori, C. F. The rate of glycogen formation in the liver during glucose absorption. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1925- 26, 23: 2,b<;-9. ------ The rate of glycogen formation in the liver during absorption of fructose and galactose. Ibid, 459-61. -----& Cori, G. T. The influence of insulin and epinephrine on glycogen formation of the liver. J. Biol. Chem, 1929-30, 85: 275-80.—Bann, M, & Chambers, W. H. Glycogenesis from glucose administered to the fasting dog. Ibid, 1932,95:413-26 — Baoud, K. M, & Gohar, H. A. F. The correlation between the action of insulin and adrenaline upon the muscle and liver glycogen. J. Physiol, Lond, 1933. 80: 314-22— Bebois, G. Sur le mecanisme de la glycopexie musculaire apres injection de glucose. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 944-6—Beuel, H. J, jr., MacKay, E. M, & Gulick, M. Glycogen formation in rats after administration of diets high in galactose, glucose, and lactose, Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1932, 30: 24—Eckstein, H. C. Gly- cogen formation after oral administration of sodium salts of propionic, butyric, valeric, and caproic acids. Ibid, 1931, 29: 160. ------ Glycogen formation in the white rat after oral administration of propionic, butyric, valeric, and caproic acids. J. Biol. Chem, 1933, 102: 591-4— Evans, C. L, Murphy, G. E, & Young, F. G. The behaviour of liver glycogen in experimental animals; some factors affecting liver glycogen recovery in the decapitate cat. J. Physiol, Lond, 1932, 76: 413-35—Fishberg, E. H. The rate of disappearance of foreign sugar from the blood stream. J. Biol. Chem, 1930, 86: 665-70. Also repr— Furth, O, & Majer, E. H. Ueber die Kohlehydratspeicherung in der Leber speckgeffitterter Ratten; zugleich ein Beitrag zum Pro- bleme der Rohfaserverwertung. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1932, 230: 475.—Gassmann, F. K. Ueber die Anreicherung von Glykogen in der erkrankten Leber durch Zufuhr verschiedener Zuckerar- ten. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933, 88: 599-604—Geiger, E. Ver- suche tiber die Wirkung des Adrenalins und fiber den Mechanis- mus der Glvkogenmobilisierung an der isolierten Froschleber. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 243: 160-74. ------& Schmidt, E. Ein- fluss des Adrenalins auf die Zuckerneubildung; Mobilisierung des Muskelglykogens durch Adrenalin. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929, 143: 321-8—Grant, R. The formation of liver glyco- gen in the cat, under various conditions, following infusion of ammonium lactate. J. Physiol, Lond, 1933, 80: 41-7. Greisheimer, E. M. Glycogen and fat formation in rats; carbo- hydrate-free diets. J. Nutrit, 1931, 4: 411-8. ----- & Arny, F. P. Glycogen formation from amino-acids. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1931, 28: 894-6.—Greisheimer, E. M, & Johnson, O. H. Glycogen formation in rats; diets containing 87.5 percent of total caloric value in lactose, glucose, and sucrose. Ibid, 1929-30, 27: 769.------ Diet containing 87.50 of total caloric value in maltose. Ibid, 770. ----- Diets containing about 60 percent of the total caloric value in the form of starch, sucrose, lard, and casein. Am. J. Physiol, 1930, 94: 11—Hausler, H, & Schnetz, H. Die Hemmung der Adrenalin-Glykogenolyse an der Froschleber durch Metalle. Biochem. Zschr, 1934-35, 275: 204-15— Hemmeter, J. C. Liver glycogen and insulin action. Tr. Am. Gastroenter. Ass. (1927) 1928, 30: 285-97.-Holtz, P. Der Einfluss des bestrahlten Serums auf die Zuckerabgabe der isolierten Warmbliiterleber. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1930-31, m. 578-84—Hrubetz, M. C, & Botti, L. B. Liver glycogen, with a note on the blood sugar level. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 107: 7S1-A. Also repr.—Imazu, T. Experimentelle Untersuchungen uoer die Glykogenbildung in der Leber mit Hilfe von Durchblutiings- versuchen bei kiinstlich hervorgerufenem Fieber. J. Biocnem, Tokyo, 1930, 12: 1-5—Ishii, R, & Sakata, S. Ueber den Syner- BLOOD SUGAR 681 BLOOD SUGAR gismus zwischen dem Adrenalin und dem Cocain bei der Zuckermobilisierung der Krotenleber. FoL pharm. jap, 1929,8: fasc.3, brev, 3.—Kagawa, Y. Ueber den Einfluss verschiedener Arzneimittel auf die Zuckermobilisierung in der Leber. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1930-31, 5: pharm, 113-38.— Kerly, M, & Reid, C. The relation of the spleen to formation of glycogen in the liver, with a note on the rate of absorption of glucose and lactic acid. J. Physiol, Lond, 1935-36, 84: 302-14—Kjer, K. Investigations into the relation of blood sugar to starch, in normal persons. Acta med. scand, 1924, 61: 159-74.—Koide, T. Histologische Untersuchungen des Gewebsglykogens in verschiedenen Zustanden des Blutzuckergehaltes. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1927, 17:183-90.—Kosterlitz, H. Ueber Glykogenbildung in der Leber ohne Insulin; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Theorie der Ersatzkohle- hydrate. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1933,173: 159-72—Kourilsky, R, & Laurent, Y. La recharge glycemique du foie. C.rend. Acad. sc, 1930, 190: 448.—Lesser, E. J. Die Beeinflussung der Zucker- bildung der Froschleber durch homologe Alkohole. Biochem. Zschr, 1926,171: 83-8. ----- Die Beschleunigung der Zucker- bildung in der herausgeschnittenen Froschleber durch Struktur- zerstorung. Ibid, 1927, 191: 175-80.—Livierato, S, Vagliano, M, A Dervenaga, A. Contribution a Tetude de Tassimilation des sucres chez les ehiens porteurs d'une fistule d'Eck; la glucosurie apres administration des sucres per os et par voie intraveineuse. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113: 1393-5. ----- La glycemie apres administration des sucres per os. Ibid, 1396-8. -----■ La glycemie apres administration des sucres par voie intraveineuse. Ibid, 114: 462-4.—Loeweneck, M, & Wachsmuth, W. Weitere Untersuchungen zur Frage der alimentaren Hyperglykamie beim Eckfistelhund. Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 396.—Long, M. L. The behaviour of the liver glycogen during decerebration hyper- glycaemia and the influence of atropine and of ergotamine on this condition. J. Physiol, Lond, 1933, 80: 296-304.—Lunds- gaard, C, & Holb0ll, S. A. Investigations into the transforma- tion of the liver glycogen into glucose in vitro. J. Biol. Chem, 1926, 68: 475-83—MacKay, E. M, & Bergman, H. C. The rela- tion between glycogen and water storage in the liver. Ibid, 1932, 96: 373-80. Also repr. ----- The influence of the preceding diet upon the rate of glucose absorption and glyco- gensynthesis. J. Nutrit, 1933, 6: 515-21.—Meyer, P. F. Glyco- gen storage and laevulose tolerance. J. Phvsiol, Lond, 1934, 80:480-90—Miki, T. Glykogenbildung der Leber durch Gallen- saure mit Adrenalin oder Insulin und das vegetative Nerven- system. Biochem. Zschr, 1932, 247: 445-58.—Molitor, H, & Pollak, L. Der Zuckerhaushalt der Leber; der Einfluss von Adrenalin und Insulin auf Zuckerabgabe und Glykogengehalt der Leber. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1930, 154: 280-300.----- Nach Versuchen an der vorgelagerten Leber; fiber den Gehalt der Leber an freiem Zucker und seine Veranderungen unter Insulin und Adrenalin. Ibid, 1931, 162: 488-505.—Murphy, G. E, & Young, F. G. The behaviour of liver glycogen in experi- mental animals; the effect of some anaesthel ics. J. Physiol, Lond,- 1932, 76: 395-412.—Nitzescu, I. I, & Benetato, M. Sur Tassimilation des pentoses dans l'organisme animal; formation de glycogene; glycogenic. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 102: 175-8. ---- L'acide lactique et la formation du glucogene dans la foie et dans les muscles. Ibid, 1932,109:1007-10.—Okada, S. Bezie- hung des Gehaltes der Leber und des Muskels an Glykogen zur Hyperglykamie und -lactacidamie zentralen Ursprungs. Jap. J.M. Sc, 193.5-36, 9: Pharm, 87-9. Also Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1936,18: 760-82.—Ostern, P, & Guthke, J. A. Les trans- formations initiates de la glycogcnolyse; la fonc'ion de Tester hexosemonophosphorique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 282-5.—Otomo, Y. Zur Frage, wie sich Glykogen in der Leber aus verschiedenen Zuckerarten bildet. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1935, 27: 420-33.—Parnas, J. K, & Ostern, P. Le mecanisme de laglycogenolyse. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1936,18:1471-92 — Pringsheim, H. Die Beziehungen des Blutzuckers zum Gly- kogen. Biochem. Zschr, 1925, 156: 109-17—Rathery, F, & Gibert, S. Les modifications du glycogene Itepatique et muscu- laire a la suite de Tabsorption massive de glucose chez le chien normal soumis a des etats divers: alimentation mixte normale ou alimentation tres riche en sucre. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 107: 953-5. ■----- Les modifications du glycogene hepatique et musculaire a la suite de Tabsorption massive de glucose chez te chien en 6tat d'inanition prolongee on soumis a des injections de phlorizine. Ibid, 956-8.—Rathery, F, Kourilsky, R. [et al.] Insuline et glycogene; etude chez le chien normal. Ann. physiol. Par, 1930, 6: 32-72. ----- Insuline et glycogene; etude chez le chien d6pancr6ate, inanitte ou phloridzine; conclusions generates touchant le role du glycogene. Ibid, 73-128.-----& Gibert, S. Les variations precoces du glycogene hepatique et musculaire chez le chien normal sous l'influence de l'insuline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 307. ----- Les variations jirecoces du glycogene du foie et du muscle chez le chien inanitte sous l'in- fluence de l'insuline. Ibid, 376-8. ----- Les variations precoces du glycogene du foie et du muscle chez le chien depan- create, avant et apres Tinjection d'insuline. Ibid, 378-80.— Rathery, F, Kourilsky, R, & Laurent, Y. Les rapports entre le glycogene du foie et du muscle et la glycemie arterielle chez te chien inanitte et phlorizing. Ibid, 472-4. ----- Les varia- tions tardives du glycogene hepatique et musculaire chez le chien normal sous l'influence d'iniections repetees d'insuline. Ibid, 104: 652-5—Salter, W. T, Robb, P. B, & Scharles, F. H. Liver glycogen from derivatives of glucose. J. Nutrit, 1935, 9: 11-23.—Santenoise, B, Verdier, H, & Vidacovitch, M. Insuline et glycogene hepatique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 773 — Schonfeld, H. Ueberdie Beziehungen zwischen Muskelglykogen, Leberglykogen und Blutzucker beim hungernden Kaninchen. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 346.—Schultheiss, H. Zur Frage des Glykogenabbaues. Schweiz. med, Wschr, 1928, 58: 91.— Sharp, J. G. Glycogenosis in fish-liver at low temperatures. Biochem. J, Lond, 1935, 29: 854-9.—Stiihr, R. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des physiologischen Verhaltens der Triosen und ihnen nahestehender Verbindungen; Verhalten des Leber- und Muskel- glykogens nach Verffitterung von Methylglyoxal bei gleichzeiti- gen Gaben von Insulin. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1936, 240: 2678.—Sunaba, Y. Ueber die alimentare Hyperglykamie und zeithche Veranderung des Gehaltes der Leber und des Muskels an Glykogen nach der oralen Zuckereinverleibung beim Kanin- chen. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1934-35, 8: H.3, Pharm, 118-20. -----■ Veranderung des Blutzuckers und des Glykogengehaltes in der Leber und dem Muskel des Kaninchens nach der oralen Verabreichung von Glukose. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1936, 16: 1001-26.—Taniuchi, Y, & Kiyohara, T. Ueber die antago- nistische Wirkung des Atropins gegen die Adrenalinzucker- mobilisierung in der Leber. Fol. pharm, Jap, 1929, 8: fasc.3, Brev, 6.—Tsai, C, & Yi, C. f. Carbohydrate metabolism of the liver; the sugar output. Chin. J. Physiol, 1934, 8: 245-71. ----- The sugar intake during glucose absorption. Ibid, 273-94. ----- Sugar output in amytalized cats. Ibid, 399-409.—Visscher, M. B. On the optimum p„ for glycogenese action and its bearing upon the regulation of the glucose level in the body. J. Biol. Chem, 1926, 69: 3-7.—Wertheimer, E. Ueber die nervose Regulation des Glykogenansatzes. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1926-27, 215: 796-803. ---- Storage: Disorders. See under Glycogen; see also Diabetes, Patho- genesis; Liver, Diseases. ---- Tolerance tests. See Blood sugar, Regulation: Functional tests. ---- Types. Bierry, H. Sur la presence pretendue du maltose dans le sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1912, 73: 453. ----- Sur la nature des matieres sucrees du sang. Ibid, 1928, 98: 431-3.—Bigwood, E. J, & Wuillot, A. Contribution a Tetude de la nature du sucre sanguin. Ibid, 1927, 96: 414-6. Also Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1927, 9: 867-83—Brunton, C. E. Blood sugars. Irish J.M. Sc, 1922, 5.ser, 57-64.—Castellani, A, & Taylor, F. E. Fur- ther researches on the identification of inulin and maltose by a mycological method; cases of maltosuria. J. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1923, 26: 59-62.—Creveld, S. van. Some experiments and remarks on the possible transformation of d-glucose in the intes- tine and on the nature of blood sugar. Biochem. J, Lond, 1923, 17: 860-71. -----• [Which form of glucose appears in the blood in normal and pathological conditions?] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1923, 67: 2542-6.—Be Lucia, P. Ricerche sullo stato dello zucchero nei sangue. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 626-31.—Benis, W, & Hume. H. V. On the nature of blood sugar. J. Biol. Chem, 1924, 60: 603-12.—Biebschlag, E. Ueber den Nachweis von Glucuronsaure im menschlichen Blut mit der Orcin- und der Naphthoresoreinprobe. Virchow's Arch, 1921, 230: 179-90—Bische, Z. Studien fiber den Kohlenhy- dratstoffwechsel des Blutes und der Organe mit Hilfe einer neuen, kolorimetrischen Methode; fiber das Vorkommen ver- schiedener Hexosen neben Glucose im menschlichen Blute und deren Bildung in vitro. Biochem. Zschr, 1930, 229: 169-95.— Fashena, G. J. On the nature of the saccharoid fraction of human blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1933, 100: 357-63.—Folin, O. The nature of blood sugar. Ibid, 1929, 81: 377-9.—Fontes, G, & Thivolle, L. Sur la presence dans le sang de deux glucides reducteurs. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 994-6.—Gigon, A. Die Kohlenhydrate des Blutes und ihre Verarbeitung im Organismus. Erg. Phy- siol, 1925,24: 196-215.—Haendel, M. La dosificacion del acido glucuronico en la orina y en la sangre; un nuevo procedimien- to. Rev. As. med. argent, 1929, 42: 215-20.—Hewitt, J. A. A note on the nature of the sugar in blood. Brit. M.J, 1923, 1: 590.—Horsters, H. Blutzucker (Glukose und andere Kohlen- hydrate) Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl, 1934, 2: 2.Halfte, 819-80.—Lagneau, G. A. Les sucres du sang. Arch. med. pharm. mil, 1929, 91: 411-60—Le pine, R, & Boulud. Sur les suctps du sang. Lyon mod, 1901, 96: 645-7. -----■ Malto- stirie dans un cas de traumatisme cranien. Rev. med. Par, 1905, 25: 166.—Loeb, L. F, & Kriiger, B. Der Zustand des (freien) Zuckers im Serum. Zschr. klin. Med, 1927,106: 354-9.— Lund, G. S, & Wolf, C. G. L. The glucose in blood. Biochem. J, Lond, 1926, 15: 259-62— Lundsgaard, C, & Holboll, S. A. [Research on glucose forms in blood in normal persons] Ugeskr. laeger, 1925, 87: 243-50. ----- [Researches on the form of glucose in blood in patients with diabetes mellitus and in pa- tients with benign glycosuria] Ibid, 431-7.—Mozotowski, W. Sur la nature du sucre sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 311-3.—Nitzescu, I. I, & Macovski, E. Sur la nature du sucre sanguin. J. physiol. path, gen, 1932, 30: 873-9.—Okamura, H. Zur Frage des Vorkommens anderer Zuckerarten als Glukose im Blut. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1933-34, 2: biochem, 313-21.—Pieskow, W, & Wierzuchowski, M. Metabolisme des mono-hexoses injectes par voie intraveineuse a vitesse constante; glucose, fructose et galactose du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 415.—Somogyi, M. The nature of blood sugar. J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 83: 157-64— Stepp, W. Ueber das Vorkommen von Glu- kuronsauren im menschlichen Blute. Zschr'. physiol. Chem, 1919, 107: 264-8.—Visscher, M. B. A critical study of the evi- dence for the presence of an isomer of d-glucose in blood. Am. J. BLOOD SUGAR 682 BLOOD SUGAR Physiol, 1926, 76: 59-68—Winter, L. B. The nature of the blood sugar. Biochem J, Lond, 1930, 24: 851-5. ■——& Smith, W. A note on the nature of the blood sugar. Brit. M.J, 1923, i: 894. Also J. Physiol, Lond, 1923-24, 57: 100-12. ---- Types: Combined sugars and glycoprotids. Baron, H. *TJeber den Zuckergehalt im Ultrafiltrat des nativen und des hydrolysierten Blutes [Basel] 16p. 8? S. Louis, 1930. Grevenstuk, A. *Experimenteele bijdragen tot de kennis van de zoogenaamde gebonden suiker van het bloed. 75p. 8? Amst. 1929. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: 495-500. ---- Ueber freien und gebundenen Zucker in Blut und Organen. 243p. 4? Miinch. 1929. In Erg. Physiol, 1929, 28: 1-243. Achard C, LSvy, J, & Pacu, M. Sur le sucre ultrafiltrable. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 368.-Bierry, H. Hydroly*j du plasma sanguin et sucre prot6idique. Ibid, 1927 97: 1456-8. Also Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1928, 10: 769-78. —— Sur la nature du sucre proteidique dans le plasma sanguin du cheval C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 1837-9. Also C. rend. Acad, sc, 1931, 192: 240. ----- Le sucre proteidique dans te plasma sanguin du chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 100: 229-31 ----- Clivage des albumines plasmatiques; sucre proteidique. Ibid, 1929, 101: 20-2. ----- Recherches sur la nature du sucre proteidique. Ibid, 1066-8----- bucre proteidique et especes animates. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1930, m. 1381 ----- Constitution du sucre proteidique chez le cheval. C rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 702-4. -----& Magnan, C. Mi- crodosage du sucre proteidique. Ibid, 1933, 114: 257—Bierry, H, Rathery, F„ & Kourilsky. Sucre proteidique et insuline. Ibid , 1924, 90: 36—Bierry, H, Rathery, F, & Laurent, Y. Foie et sucre proteique. Ibid, 1931, 108: 389-91. -----Variation du sucre proteidique apres injections de glucose, chez le chien normal Ibid, 454-6. ----- Sucre proteidique chez le chien soumis au jeune. Ibid, 704-7. ----- Phloridzoside et sucre proteidique. Ibid, 869-71. ----- Le sucre proteidique, chez le chien normal, apres injection de glucose et d'insuline. Ibid, 1036-8.-Bierry, H, Rathery, F, & Levina. Le sucre pro- teidique; son interet en physiopathologie. Paris nted, 1932, 83: 137-44—Bierry, H, & Voskressensky, A. Sur te microdosage du sucre libre et du sucre proteidique dans te plasma sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 98: 744-7—Bigwood, E. J, & Wuil- lot, A. Du sucre sanguin denontee proteidique. Ibid, 1927, 96: 186, 417; 1928, 99: 352. Also Ann. physiol. Par, 1928, 4: 726-8. Also Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1928, 10: 274-8 — Braun, H. Eine Studie zur Methodik der Blutzuckerbestim- mung mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des sogenannten ge- bundenen Zuckers. Biochem. Zschr, 1934-35, 275: 433-47.- Brocq-Rousseu, B, Gruzewska, Z, & Roussel, G. Sucre virtue! dusang. Ann. physiol. Par, 1928, 4: 728-33. ------ L'action de la potasse sur te rendement en sucre virtuel du serum de cheval. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 100: 555. ----- Sur le sucre virtuel du scrum de cheval; effet de la dialyse du s6rum et dis- tribution des glucides dans les albumines du s6rum. Ibid, 617 —Brugi, A. Lo zucchero combinato del sangue in condi- zioni normali e patologiche. Minerva med. Tor, 1925, 5: 776- 82 —Bufano, M. Sulla questione dell'esistenza dello zucchero combinato nei sangue. Arch. farm, sper, Roma, 1925, 40: 235; 241 —Carriere, G, & Martin, P. Sucre proteidique du sang et insuline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 114: 135— Chahovitch, X, & Arnovljevitch, V. Le sucre proteidique lors de l'hyperglycemie provoquee par l'injection intraperitoneale de peptone chez le lapin. Ibid, 1927, 96: 1010-2. ----- & Vichnjitch, M. Le sucre proteidique dans divers etats pathologiques. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1927, 184: 1495.—Condorelli, L. Lo zucchero combi- nato del sangue (micrometodo per il dosaggio; comportamento nei soggetti normali; glicolisi e zucchero combinato) Poli- clinico, 1924, 31: sez. med, 125-44—Condorelh-Aide, L. Sur le sucre combine du sang. Presse nted, 1927, 35: 962—Bische, Z. Ueber die Natur des eiweissgebundenen Blutplasmazuckers. Biochem. Zschr, 1928, 201: 74-86—Buelofeu, V. Absence du glucose virtuel dans te sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929,100: 136.— Grevenstuk, A. Quelques faits concernant le sucre combine. Arch n6erl phvsiol, 1927,12: 265-72. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1927 71' pt 1, 974-9.—Iizuka, N. Sur te sucre combine. Progr. med , Par, 1932, 9-17.—Imanishi, Y. Ueber den Einfluss der endokrinen Driisen auf den gebundenen Zucker im Blute. Mitt Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1929, 3: H.4, 6—Kamada, A. Immun- reaktion und gebundener Zucker; der Einfluss von Eiereiweiss auf den gebundenen Zucker im Blute des Kaninchens. Ibid, 22 —Langstein, L. Sind die bei der Saurehydrolyse des Blut- globulins nachweisbar werdenden Kohlenhydratgruppen ein Soaltungsprodukt des Eiweissmolekiils? Biochem. Zschr, 1922 127: 34-7—Lundsgaard, C, & Holboll, S. A. [Is the glucose in the blood free or bound?l Ugeskr. laeger, 1925, 87: 865; 1099- Lucca, A. Ricerche sullo zucchero libero e combinato del sangue nell'infanria. Pediatria (Riv.) 3931, 39: 681-96.—Morita, S. Sur le sucre virtuel du sang apres la ligature des vaisseaux renaux doubles. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1922, 3: 279-87— Neumann, I. M. Bound blood sugar in various disturbances of the carbohydrate metabolism] Med. biol. J, Leningr, 1929, 5:188-203.—Nitzescu, I. I, & Benetato, G. Action des substances parasympathico- tropes sur te sucre nroteidique du sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932,109:1005-7.—Nitzescu, 1.1, & Popescu-Inotesti, C. L'insu- line et le sucre proteidique du sang. Ibid., 1923, 89: U03-6 — Piazza, V. C. Sullo zucchero combinato del sangue e sulle sue modiflcazioni sotto I'influenza dell' insulina atossica. Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1926, 1: 556-61—Quagliariello, G. Sullo zuc- chero proteico del sangue; azione di alcuni enzimi. Ibid, 1926 1: 447. ----- E possibile la scissione ldrohtica del com- posto glico-proteico senza scissione delle proteine? Ibid, 445- 7 ----- Azione dell'adrenalina e dell'insulina sullo zucchero proteico del sangue di cani normali e spancreati. Ibid, 1927, 2. 890-2 ----- Considerazioni e ricerche sullo zucchero pro- teico del sangue. Arch. sc. biol. Nap, 1928,11: 106-43----- & Gullotta, S. Sullo zucchero proteico del sangue. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1926, 1: 213-6—Rathery, F, & Cosmulesco, I. L'hy- Derelvcemie provoquee chez le chien normal; etude du sucre proteidique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113: 250-3-Rona, P, & Fabisch, W. Untersuchungen iiber den Blutzucker; Unter- suchungen iiber den sogenannten Eiweisszucker im Blute. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1930, 217: l-33.-Scharles, F. H, & West.E. S. The combined sugar of tungstic acid filtrates of blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1931,93: 359-64. Alsorep— Sjollema, B. Zur Blutzucker- frage; weiteres uber die Nichtglucose der Blutflltrate. Biochem. Zschr, 1927,188: 465-74.—Toscano, C. Significato biologico dello zucche'ro combinato (ricerche su cani digiunanti) Policlinico, 1927 34: sez. med, 354-64. ----- Sul compartamento dello zucchero combinato durante la iperglicemia alimentare. Fol clin chim, Bologna, 1928, 3: 345-58— West, R. The level of glucosamine in normal and pathological sera. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1936. 51: 230. Types: Galactose. See also Blood sugar, Regulation: Functional tests—with galactose. Battistini, S, Herlitzka, L, & Cossu, B. Ueber das wahr- scheinliche Vorhandensein eines schwer vergarbaren Zuckers (Galaktose) im Blut der Schwangeren. Biochem. Zschr, 1933, 263 • 24-32 —Boer, J. [Quantitative estimation of galactose in small quantities of blood] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1930, 74: pt2, 6148-52 —Fay, M, & Wharton, P. S. Galactose in the thoracic lymph of the dog. J. Biol. Chem, 1935,109:695-701. Alsorepr. Fiessinger, N, & Schrumpf, A. Du residu non fermentescible du sang dans le metabolisme du galactose. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932 109- 289—Gottlieb, E, & Hansen, P. [Estimation of galac- tose' in blood] Hospitalstidende, 1931, 74: 871-f .-Harding, V J & Grant, G. A. The estimation of galactose in blood and urine J. Biol. Chem, 1931, 94: 529-39. Also repr—Hazard, R Herbain, M, & Vialle, C. L'epreuve de la galactosurie provoquee suivant la technique de N. Fiessinger; application de la methode de Fleury et Marque au dosage du galactose dans Purine. J. pharm. chim. Par, 1935, 8.ser, 21: 61-71—Machoid, K. Die Galaktosamie nach Galaktoseverabreichung; Studien uber die capillarvenose Differenz; Beitrag zur Frage der Insulin- wirkung auf Galaktose. Zschr. klin. Med, 1932, 120: 429-67 — Mason, H. H. The metabolisra of carbohydrates in a case of galactosuria. J. Biol. Chem, 1934,105: lviii.----- & Turner, M E. Chronic galactemia; report of case with studies on car- bohydrates. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1935, 50: 359-74.—Petow, H, Kosterlitz, H, & Naumann, H. N. Die Differenzierung des Gesamtblutzuckers nach Galaktosegabe in Glykose und Galak- tose. Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 1549—Schrumpf, A. La micro- dosage du galactose dans le sang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932,109: 105----- Einige Untersuchungen iiber die sogenannte Restreduktion im Blute, nebst einigen kritischen Bemerkungen der Galaktosebestimmung im Blut. Skand. Arch. Physiol, Berl, 1932-33, 65: 1-8. ---- Types: Glycogen. See also Blood sugar, Storage. Mainzer, H. *Die Schwankungen des Gly- kogens im Blut wahrend der Schwangerschaft, unter der Geburt, bei Eklampsie, im Nabel- schnurblut und im Wochenbett. 18p. 8. Frankf. a.M., 1931. Bong, E. Untersuchungen uber den Glykogengehalt des Blutes unter verschiedenen Versuchsbedingungen und seine Bedeutung fiir die Beurteilung der Stoffwechselvorgange. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1933, 232: 482-99—Eufinger, H. Die Be- einflussung des Glykogenblutspiegels durch die Gestation und den mensuellen Zyklus. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1932-33, 93: 51-60.— Gabbe, E. Ueber den Glykogengehalt des Blutes. Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1927, n.F, 52: 126-9- Golandas, G. Zur Physiologie des Blutglykogens. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1935, 236: 230-8— Kotschnev, N. Strahlenwirkung auf den Glvkogenumsatz einzelner Organe und auf die Glyko- genverteilung zwischen Blutkorperchen und Plasma verschie- dener Gefiissgebiete. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1935-36, 97: 771- 9.—Lombroso, U. Sul destino del glicogeno imettato in cir- colo di cani normali e spancreati. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 330-2.—Schwarz, L. S, & Gerson, S. L. Das Glykogen des Blutes bei pathologischen Zustanden. Deut. Arch. Kim. Med, 1929, 164: 98-107—Schwarz, L. S, & Pokrovskaya, G. «. [Glycogen in the blood in physiological conditions) Arkn. biol'. nauk, 1935, 38: 769-75. ----- Experimentell-khnische Untersuchungen iiber das Glykogen des menschlichen H lutes unter physiologischen und gewissen pathologischen Ver"na'1" nissen (Hepatitis, Diabetes mellitus) Zschr. ges. exp. Mea, 1935, 96: 799-810—Staub, H, & Golandas, G. Zur Physiologie BLOOD SUGAR 68 des Blutglykogens. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1935, 236: 355-60. ----- Zur Pathologie des Blutglykogens. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1935, 65: 823-6 — Unshelm. Ueber das Glykogen im Blut des Menschen. Mschr. Kinderh, 1935, 63: 225. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1935, 96: 129-58. ---- Types: Lactose. Hubbard, R. S, & Brock, H. J. Lactose in the plasma of pregnant and lactating women. J. Biol. Chem, 1935, 110: 411-20. Also repr.—Hubbard, R. S, & Kingsbury, M. The bacteriological determination of lactose in blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-31, 28: 93—Nitzescu, I. I. Les sucres absorbes du sang par la glande mammaire, comme precurseurs du lactose. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932,193. --- Types: levulose. See also Blood sugar, Regulation: Functional tests—with levulose. Corley, R. C. A colorimetric method for the determination of levulose in blood and urine. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1928-29, 26: 248. -----■ Studies on the metabolism of levulose with a colorimetric method for its determination in blood and urine. J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 81: 81-98.—Creveld, S. van. [Esti- mation of levulose in small quantities of blood] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1926, 70: pt2, 2779-87. Also Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 697. Also Arch, neerl. physiol, 1928-29, 13: 521-33.—De Lucia, P., & Claar, E. Ricerche sul metabolismo del levulosio; il dosaggio del levulosio nei sangue. Diagn. teen, lab. Nap, 1933, 4: 107-17.—Heeres, P. A. [Fructosurial Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1928, 72: pt2, 3507-12—Kozuka, K. Ueber die Lavu- lose des Bluts und der Lymphe. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1930, 15: 398-418.—Marble, A, & Smith, R. M. Essential fructosuria. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 106: 24-6.—Okamura, H. Ueber neue Oestaltung der colorimetrischen Cryogenin-Methode von Yamada fiir die Mikrobestimmung der Lavulose und die Bestimmung der Echt-Glukose. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1935, 3: Bio- chem, 9-14.—Orr, A. P. Laevulose in the blood of the human foetus. Biochem. J, Lond, 1924, 18: 171.—Oster, K. Blut- zuckeruntersuchungen in einem Fall von Lavulosurie. Mschr. Kinderh, 1936, 67: 155-65.—Patterson, J. The determination of fructose in blood. Biochem. J, Lond, 1935, 29: 1398.—Radt, P. Ueber den kolorimetrischen, quantitativen Liivulosenach- weis im Blute mittels der Diphenvlaminmethode. Biochem. Zschr, 1928, 198: 195-203.—Roe, J. H. A colorimetric method for the determination of fructose in blood and urine. J. Biol. Chem, 1934,107:15-22. Also repr.—Scott, L. B. A new method for the determination of fructose in blood. Biochem. J, Lond, 1935, 29: 1012-6—Silver, S, & Reiner, M. Essential fructosuria; report of 3 cases with metabolic studies. Arch. Int. M, 1934, 54: 412-26.—Snapper, I, Grunbaum, A, & Creveld, S. van. [A case of levulosuria] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1926, 70: pt 1, 1600-12.—Soisalo, P. Ueber die essentielle Fruktosurie. Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1931-33, 14: s.B, fasc. 3, no.8, 1-55.— Steinitz, H, & Riesen, I. von. Mikrobestimmung der Fructose im Blut. Biochem. Zschr, 1932, 252: 201.—Stdhr, R. Ueber eine einfache Methode zur Bestimmung der Fructose im Blut. Klin. Wschr, 1934,13:179.—Wierzuchowski, M, & Sekuracki, F. Sur rinterterence de la fructolyse hepatique et de la glycoge- nolyse adrenalinique chez un chien normal, aux trois niveaux d'assimilation. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 119: 661-4. --- Types: Polysaccharides. See also Blood sugar, Types: Glycogen. Abraham, A, & Friedberg, S. Ueber die milchsaurebildende Fiihigkeit des menschlichen Blutes gegeniiber Polysacchariden. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 2264.—Gabbe. E. Zur Frage des Vorkom- mens von komplexen Kohlehydraten im Blute; iiber die Wir- kung von Takadiastase und Emulsin auf die Reduktionskraft des Blutes. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 187: 57-71. ----- Ueber das Vorkommen von komplexen Kohlehydraten im Blute. Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1927, n.F, 52: 67-72 — Holboell, S. A. Recherches sur le dedoublement des monosac- charides du sang in vitro; etudes sur les echanges en hydrates de carbone. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 125-7.—Somogyi, M, & Ronzoni, E. The presence of a polysaccharide-like substance in blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1926-27, 24: 220-2. --- Types: Reducing substances. See also Blood sugar, Determination: Sources of error. Ackermann, M. *Ueber den Gehalt an reduzierenden und die Osazon-Reaktion erzeu- genden Stoffen im Serum der Pferde [Zurich] 52p. 8? Willisau, 1931. Trautvetter, M. *Ueber reduzierende und die Osazonreaktion erzeugende Stoffe im Serum und Vollblut. 32p. 8? Ziir., 1926. Wuest, F. *Ueber den Gehalt an reduzie- renden und die Osazon-Reaktion erzeugenden Stoffen im Serum erwachsener Tiere des Rinder- geschlechtes [Zurich] 23p. 8? Willisau, 1928. BLOOD SUGAR Baudouin, A. Le dosage des matieres r6ductrices du sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1928, 10: 977-1049.—Bigwood, E. J., & Wuillot, A. Du residu non fermentescible du sucre libre du sang. Ibid, 272.—Boivin, A, & Nebenzahl, H. Sur quelques faits concernant les substances reductrices du sang. C. rend. Soc biol, 1930, 103: 695-8— Brauner, R, & Soru, E. Le potentiel d'oxydo-reduction du sang normal et pathologique. Ibid, 1934, 116: 1176-8.— Bryant, H. L. A potassium ferricvanide method for the determination of reducing substances present in blood. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1928-29, 14: 1082-6—Bucciardi, G. Ricerche su potere riducente del siero di sangue. Biochim. ter. sper, 1929, 16: 196-204. Also Boll. Soc. med. chir. Modena, 1929-30, 30: 6-15.—Casier, H. Cyanure et glucolyse du sang; determina- tion des substances reductrices non fermentescibles. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 109: 1136-8.—Claudatus, I, Manoliu-Beke, M, & Ionescu-Garneata, E. Sur le pouvoir rcducteur total non proteique du sang. Ibid, 1934, 116: 1108.—Cooper, E. A, & Walker, H. The nature of the reducing substance in human blood. Biochem. J, Cambr, 1921, 15: 415; 1922, 16: 455.— Beutsch, F, & Weiss, E. Studien iiber den Oxydo-Reduk- tionsvorgang im Blute; ein weiterer Beitrag zur Chromosmon- wirkung. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1935-36, 28: 285-304 — Billman, L. M. The effects of ultraviolet irradiation on the reducing power of blood. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1931, 17: 44-8.— Bonhoffer, S, & Bonhoffer-Mittag, M. Ueber die Wirkung gerinnungshemmender Stoffe auf die reduzierenden Plasma- kolloide. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 214: 389-94.—Ege, R. On the residual reduction of blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1926, 68: 317-21.— ---— & Roche, J. Sur le taux des substances reductrices non fermentescibles, et non glycolysables dans te sang humain. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 101: 93-5. ----- Sur les substances reductrices non fermentescibles du sang; leurs variations et leur repartition entre les globules et le serum. Ibid, 95-7. ----- On the residual reduction of the whole blood, serum, and cor- puscles. Skand. Arch. Physiol, Berl, 1930, 59: 75-88.—Feigl, J. Bemerkung zur Frage der Restreduktion des Blutes. Biochem. Zschr, 1920, 112: 51-4.—Fontes, G, & Thivolle, L. Recherches experimentales sur le microdosage des substances glucidiques reductrices du sang. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1927, 9: 353- 445.—Gabbe, E. Ueber reduzierende Substanzen im Blute und ihre Beziehung zum Blutzucker. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1927, 39. Kongr, 192-6.—Grevenstuk, A. [Contribution to the knowledge of reducing substances of the blood after hydrolysis] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: pt 1, 781^.—Groen, J. [Newest observations on the reducing material in the blood] Geneesk. bl, 1934, 31: 379-410—Gulland, J. M, & Peters, R. A. Observa- tions upon the reducing substances of pigeons' blood. Biochem. J, Lond, 1930, 24: 91-104—Hanke, M. E, & Tuta, J. A. Studies on the oxidation-reduction potential of blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1928. 78: xxxvi-xxxviii.—Hemmingsen, A. M. Zur Bestimmung der Restreduktion. Physiol. Papers (A. Krogh) Kbh, 1926, 101-13.—Herbert, F. K, & Bourne, M. C. The non-sugar reduc- ing substances of human blood in pathological conditions. Bio- chem. J, Lond, 1930, 24: 1787-93.—Herlitzka, I, Battistini, S, & Cossu, B. Sull' importanza dei vari metodi di dealbuminizza- zione nella ricerca degli zuccheri estranei al sangue; glicemia e sostanze riducenti extrazuccherine. Arch. sc. biol, Bologna, 1933, 18: 393-408—Hiller, A, Linder, G. C, & Van Slyke, B. B. The reducing substances of the blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1925, 64: 625-38.—Jonsell, S, Jorpes, E, & Sikstrom, N. Determination of reducing substance in the blood. Acta med. scand, 192.5-26, 63: 446-77.—Kisch, B. Der Gehalt des Blutes einiger Wirbel- loser an reduzierenden Substanzen. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 211: 292-4.—Koehler, A. E. The rates of reduction and oxida- tion of blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1923-24, 8: 813-30— Labbfi, H, Nepveux, F, & Nomidis, M. Etude critique de la methode de Bang pour la determination des substances reductrices du sang. J. pharm. chim. Par, 1922, 7.ser, 26:49-63.—Ljungdahl.M. Zur Frage der Restreduktion. Biochem. Zschr, 1922, 129: 111-4 — Maugeri, S. Sul potere riducente residuo o residuo non fer- mentescibile del sangue. Pathologica, Genova, 1930, 22: 178- 82.—Nord, F. Influence du glycocolle et de l'acide glutamique droit sur les substances reductrices non fermentescibles du sang. Acta med. scand, 1929, 70: 277-85.—Olow, J. Nouvelles re- cherches sur la reduction du sang pendant l'accouchement et les suites de couches. Acta gyn. scand, 1923, 2: 1-13.—Pickard, R. J. The separation from blood glucose of 2 non-glucose reduc- ing substances. Am. J. Clin. Path, 1932 2: 255-63. ----- Pierce, L. F. [et al.] A nonglucose reduction present in normal and increased in nephritic blood. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1932, 17: 471-81.—Roche, J. Existe-t-il des substances reductrices non fermentescibles dans le sang (sur le dosage des substances re- ductrices du sang par la methode de Hagedorn-Jensen) C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 861-4— Silberstein, F, Rappaport, F, & Wachstein, M. Untersuchungen iiber das Reduktionsvermogen von Blutproben nach Saurehydrolyse. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 213: 355-74.—Sjollema, B. Zur Blutzuckerfrage; Fraktionierung der reduzierenden Substanzen in Blutfiltraten. Ibid, 1927,182: 453-9. ----- Grosse der Nichtglucosefraktion unter verschie- denen Verhaltnissen. Ibid, 185: 355-64—Sluiter, E, & Kok, J. [Some reports concerning the reduction of contents of blood in vitro] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1924, 68: pt2, 1592-9. Also Arch. neerl. physiol, 1926, 40: 189-99— Smith, C. H. Reduction of methylene blue by the blood of young infants. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 31: 588-90. Also Am. J. Dis. Child, 1935, 49: 1189-203.—Van Slyke, B. B, & Hiller, A. The residual reduction of blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1926, 68: 323.—Yokota, S. Ueber Veranderung des Stoffwechsels unter Bestrahlung; zur Verande- rung der reduzierenden Substanzen im Blute durch Strahlung. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 241: 398-402. BLOOD SUGAR 684 BLOOD SUGAR ---- Types: Saccharose. See also Blood sugar, Regulation: Functional tests—with saccharose. Abderhalden, E. Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von E. Knaffl-Lenz: iiber Blutsaccharase und iiber antigene Eigen- schaften der Ilefesaccharase; zugleich ein weiterer Beitrag zur Frage des Auftretens von Saccharase im Blutplasma nach paren- teraler Zufuhr von Rohrzucker. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1922, 121: 283-7.—Baranowski, T. [Determination of renal function in a case of alimentary saccharosuria] Polska gaz. lek, 1934,13: 611 ----- Die Saccharose im Blute bei einem Falle von Pankreaserkrankung. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 1719-22—Gerg, G. Tritt nach parenteraler Rohrzuckerzufuhr Saccharose im Blut auf? Arch. exp. Path, Beri, 1931-32, 163: 713-25—Lo Monaco, B. Sulla comparsa dell' invertasi nei sangue dei cani normali e di quelli spancreati, dopo iniezioni parenterali di sac- carosio. Rass. clin. ter, 1915, 14: 134-47. -----& Pacitto, E. Sulla comparsa dell' invertasi nei sangue dei cani normali e di quelli spancreati, dopo iniezioni parenterali di saccarosio. Arch. farm, sper, Roma, 1915, 14: 145. ---- Variations. See also Blood sugar, high; Blood sugar, low; Blood sugar, Regulation: Disorders. Hansen, K. M. investigations on the blood sugar in man; conditions of oscillations, rise, and distribution. 224p. 8? Copenhagen, 1923. Bock, J. C. Ein Beitrag zur Blutzuckerfrage. Wien. med. Wschr, 1929, 79: 43-7.—Boucher-Firly, S. Sucre libre et pro- teidique chez l'anguille; influence de l'asphyxie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 6-8.—Britton, S. W. Maternal and fetal blood sugar changes under various experimental conditions. Am. J. Physiol, 1930, 95: 178-85.—Castex, M. R, & Schteingart, M. La glycemie; ses oscillations physiologiques chez les malades non diabetique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 114: 78— Bamm, P. [Temporary fluctuations of blood-sugar content; studies on blood- sugar curves during periods of constant glucose in blood] Hos- pitalstidende, 1928, 71: 875; 887.—Bepisch, F, Hasenohel, R, & Schonbauer, L. Ueber die operative Beeinflussung des Zucker- stoffwechsels. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1930, 43: 321-4—Fanconi, G. Die Glykolabilitiit und ihre klinischen Manifestationen. Klin. Wschr, 1931,10: 2002.-5.—Garcia Bonas, A. Variaciones espon- taneas de la glucemia. Arch, med, Madr, 1935, 38: 158-60 — Gebhardt, F, & Fricke, G. Untersuchungen am Eck-Fistel- Hund; Blutzucker nach Glucosebelastung beim Eck-Fistel- Hund. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 74: 636-45—Geness, S. G, & Komissarenko, W. P. Ueber die physiologischen Schwankun- gen des Blutzuckerspiegels bei Kaninchen und Hunden. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1936, 285: 420-8.—Hasama, T. Klinische und ex- perimentelle Studien uber den Einfluss der peritonealer Reiz auf den Blutzucker und iiber sein Wesen; experimentelle Studien iiber den Einfluss der peritonealen Reize auf den Blutzucker. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1936,15:1416. ----- Klinische und experimentelle Studien iiber den Einfluss des peritonealen Reizes auf den Blutzucker und iiber sein Wesen; experimentelle Studien uber den Einfluss des peritonealen Reizes auf die Adre- nalinmenge im stromenden Blut und in der Nebennieren, und iiber ihre miteinanderen Beziehungen. Ibid, 17: 347-9.— Hirsch, O. Contribution a l'etude des variations fonctionnelles du svsteme adrenaline-insuline-glycemie. Paris med, 1936, 101: 117-20.—La Barre, J, & Bestree, P. L'influence des varia- tions glycemiques sur la motilite gastrique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 532-4.—Labbe, H, & Theodoresco, B. Contribution a l'etude des facteurs susceptibles de modifier la glycemie chez les sujets normaux et les diabetiques. Ann. med. Par, 1923, 14: 67-77 —Levine, V. E, & Kolars, J. J. The effect on blood sugar of injections of bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1926-27, 24: 36-8.—Marotta, G. Variazioni del tasso glicemico negli animali durante il processo d'immunizzazione attiva e passiva. Morgagni, 1934, 76: 712-4.—Mauriac, P, Broustet, P, & Bupin, A. Contribution a l'etude des oscillations spontanees de la glycemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 587-90.—Menten, M. L. Changes in the blood sugar of the cod, sculpin, and pollock during asphyxia. J. Biol. Chem, 1927, 72: 249-53—Nakahaya- shi, S, & Abelin, J. Ueber die Veranderungen des Blutzuckers. Biochem. Zschr, 1924, 147: 544-56.—Nielsen, O. J. On oscilla- tions of blood-sugar values within brief periods, and the blood- sugar curve on uniform ingestion of glucose. Biochem. J, Lond, 1928, 22: 1490-8. ----- [Temporary fluctuations of blood-sugar content; blood-sugar curves during periods of con- stant glucose in blood] Hospitalstidende, 1928, 71: 835; 863.- - Olmsted, J. M. B, & Coulthard, H. S. An attempt to strike a balance of carbohydrate metabolism at the time of rapid changes in blood sugar and liver glycogen. Am. J. Physiol, 1927-28, 83: 513-27.—Outeiriho Nunez, J. Des oscillations spontanees de la glycemie a l'etat normal et dans te diabete. Ann. med. Par, 1934, 36: 234-41. Also Arch, med, Madr, 1935, 38: 243-5. .-----& Hernanz Soleto, M. Variaciones espontaneas de la concentration glucemica en estado normal y en la diabetes. Ibid, 1934, 37: 596-9.—Petren, K. Studien iiber die Faktoren, welche bei gesunden Individuen und bei Diabetikern auf di, Blutzuckerkurve einen Einfluss ausiiben. Arch. exp. Path. Lpz, 1923, 99: 52-78.—Pierce, H. F, & Scott, E. L. Variations in the reducing power (sugar) of normal human blood. Arch. Int. M, 1928, 41: .r>Sf>-600.—Piticariu, I. [Glycemia and fluctuation in glycemie concentration] Spitalul, 1930, 50: 311-4.—Schmidt. L. E. C. Die Blutzuckerreaktion bei Hypoxiimie. Zschr. ges, exp. Med, 193.5-36, 97: 813-8.—Schut, H. The sugar content of the blood during the voyage: Holland-Dutch Indies. Meded. burgerl. geneesk. dienst. Ned. Indie, 1919, deel 4: 63-115.—Sil- vette, H, & Britton, S. W. The comparative effects on carbohy- drate metabolism of exhausting motive and emotive responses and exposure to cold. Am. J. Physiol, 1932,100: 685-92.—Strouse, S. Some variations in normal blood sugar. Arch. Int. M, 1920, 26: 751-8.—Tachigara, S. Ueber die biologische Bedeutung der Hyperglykamie bei intravenoser Bazilleninjektion. Mitt. Med. Fak. Univ. Tokyo, 1921-22, 28: 125-97.—Tsukada, S. Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Schwankung des Haut- und Blutzuckergehaltes unter verschiedenen Bedingungen. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1933, 21: 347-410.—Watson, E. M. Concerning certain factors which may influence the sugar content of the blood and urine. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1929-30,15:234-8.-Yun, I. S, & Lee, Y. C. Studies on the influence of anaphylaxis on blood .sugar variation. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1930, 20: 588-93—Zeck- wer, I. T, & Goodell, H. Blood sugar studies; rapid alterations in the blood sugar level of rabbits as result of intravenous injec- tions of killed bacteria of various types. J. Exp. M, 1925, 42: 43-56. ---- Variations: Age. Hurzeler, O. *Blutzucker-Bestimmungen bei Mutter und Kind unter besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Blutzuckerverhaltnisse beim Neugeborenen [Bern] 31p. 8? Geneve, 1917. Levy, B. *Blutzuckeruntersuchungen im arteriellen und venosen Nabelschnurblut und beim Saugling in den ersten 6 Lebenstagen [Leipzig] 19p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. Thur.] 1931. Lucius, K. *Beitrage zum Verhalten des Blutzuckerspiegels bei Sauglingen [und Klein- kindern] 28p. 8? Giessen, 1934. Punschel, A. *Der Blutzucker im hoheren Lebensalter unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der alimentaren Hvperglykamie [Basel] p.253- 78. 8? Berl., 1923. Also Zschr. klin. Med, 1923, 96: Acufia, M, & Winocur, P. Glucemia en el nifio normal de primera infancia. Arch, lat.-amer. pediat, B. Air, 1928,22:444- 53. Also Prensa med. argent, 1928,15:309-13—Aron,M. La glyce- mie chez l'embryon. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 187-9. ----- Conditions de la regulation glycemique chez l'embryon. Ibid. 189-91.—Ferri, U, & Giudilli, E. Ricerche sulla glicemia del neonato. Pediatria (Riv.) 1935, 43: 298-305— Holman, A, & Mathieu, A. Blood chemistry studies of normal newborn in- fants; blood sugar and alkali reserve estimations. Am. J. Obst, 1934, 27: 95-8.— Iagnov, S, & Marcus, R. [Observationson glycemia in the aged] Rev. st. med, Bucur, 1935, 24: 585-91 — Lbfner, W. Ueber ein unterschtedliches Verhalten des Blut- zuckers bei alten Individuen gegeniiber jungen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1921, 33. Kongr, 267-9.-----Das Verhalten des Blutzuckers in verschiedenen Altersstufen nach Einnahme von Glucose per os. Biochem. Zschr, 1922, 127: 316-21.— Marshall, F. W. The sugar-content of the blood in elderly peo- ple. Q. J. Med, Oxf, 1930-31, 24: 257-84—Mertz, A, & Romin- ger, E. Experimentelle Blutzuckeruntersuchungen bei Kindern. Arch. Kinderh, 1921, 69: 81-106.—Montanari Reggiani, M, & Fogliani, U. II comportamento della glicemia dopo i 50 anni di eta. Policlinico, 1931, 38: sez. prat, 1185-8—Muggia, A. Sul contenuto di glucosio del sangue nella prima infanzia. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1923, 4.ser, 29: 207-9. Also Riv. clin. pediat, 1924, 22: 1-11.—Nitzulescu, J, Ornstein, I, & Sibl, M. Sur le metabolisme des sucres chez les vieillards; l'epreuve de l'hypergluccmie alimentaire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 114: 1136-8.—Nysten, E. Ueber den Blutzuckergehalt bei Sauglingen. Acta pa?diat, Upps, 1921, 1: 79-98.—Peco, G, & Puchulu, F. La glucemia postcincuentenaria. Ars medica, Barcel, 1929. 5: 373-5.—Schmal, S. Blutzuckerwerte bei Friihgeborenen. Zschr. Kinderh, 1924, 38: 597—Schretter, G, & Nevinny, H. Der Blutzucker in den ersten Lebenstagen. Zschr. Geburtsh, Gyn, 1930, 96: 258-76.—Simoninin, A. II comportamento del tasso glicemico deLa nutrice e del lattante. Clin, pediat. Mod. 1934, 16: 325-37.—Siwe, S. A. Zur Frage der Blutzuckerkurve bei (ilvkosebelastung im Kindesalter. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1934, 3. K, 92: 344-50.— Solito, M. Ricerche sulla glicemia nella prima infan/ia. Pediatria (Arch.) Nap, 1926, 2: 38-48—Spence, J. C. Some observations on sugar tolerance, with special reference to variations found at different ages. Q.J. Med, Oxf, 1920-21,14: 314-26.—Torresini, A, & Nicoletti, G. Alcune osservazioni sul variare del tasso glicemico nella vecchiaia. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1936, 46: 476-82. ---- Variations, alimentary. Sec also Blood sugar, Regulation: Functional tests. Hesse, K. *Ueber die Bedeutung des Zuckerreizes und der Zuckerresorption fiir das BLOOD SUGAR 685 BLOOD SUGAR Zustandekommen der alimentaren Hypergly- kamie. 18 p. 8? Berl., 1926. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1927, 54: Leiser, R, *Ueber die diatetische Erzeugung eines kurzdauernden Diabetes mellitus beim Gesunden durch Gemiise-Fettkost (Petrensche Kost) (nebst Bemerkungen iiber einige andere Folgeerscheinungen bei dieser Kostform) 48p. 8? Bresl., 1929. Mollerstrom, J. *En klinisk-experimentell studie over blod- respective urinsockerhaltens dygnsvariationer vid naringstillforsel hos friska och diabetici. vii, 85p. 8? Stockholm, 1930. Also Sven. lak. sail, hand, 1930, 56: 211-95. Mohammed-Halil, H. *Ueber den Mechanis- mus der alimentaren Hvperglykamie. 16p. 8°. Miinch., 1929. Soisalo, P. *Ueber die Blutzuckerkurve des gesunden Menschen mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der Standardisierung der Diat. 115p. 8? Helsinki, 1930. Also Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1930-31, 13: s.B. Barone, V. G, & Costa, A. Comportamento della glicemia e di varie frazioni azotemiche nei sani e nei diabetici in seguito ad ingestione di proteine. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1931, 6: 24-7.— Bertazzoli, A. Influenza della dieta precedente sulla curva glicemica nei bambino. Riv. clin. pediat, 1926, 34: 289-323.— Bonorino Udaondo, C, & Casteigts, M. Influence de certains ali- ments hydrocarbones sur la glycemie de I'homme normal ou diabetique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 88: 392.—Bosio, P, & Giaume, C. L'assorbimento intestinale del glucosio in condi- zioni di glicemia normale e di iperglicemia provocata. Patholo- gica, Genova, 1928, 20: 504-9.—Boulin, R. L'hyperglycemie alimentaire. Prat. nted. fr, 1932, 13: 586—Brown, M. J. The sugar content of the blood in normal and under-nourished chil- dren, and the effect of fat on the absorption of carbohydrate. Q.J. Med, Oxf, 1924-25, 18: 175-90—Brill, I. C. The effect of a normal meal upon the blood sugar level in health and in certain conditions of disease. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1922-23, 8: 727-31.— Buch, P. O. [Blood-sugar curve in increased fluid intake] Fin. lak.sall. hand, 1936, 79: 557-69.—Bugnard, L, & Soula, C. Mecanisme des variations post-prandiales de la glycemie. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1932, 3.ser, 107: 1047.—Carreras, Pico, J, Ugarte, C, & Casado, P. Contribucion al estudio de la glucemia alimenticia. Arch, med, Madr, 1933,36: 253; 291.—Casteigts, M. Influencia de diversos alimentos hidrocarbonados sobre la glu- cemia. Bol. As. nted. argent, 1922, 35: sect. soc. biol, 28-41. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 86: 1110-2.—Ciaccio, C, & Rac- chiusa, S. Sul comportamento del tasso glicemico nei periodo digestivo e sui fattori ehe lo determinano. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1926, 1: 51-4.—Claude, H, Targowla, R, & Santenoise, B. Sur la glycemie alimentaire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 349- 51.—Conn, J. W, & Newburgh, L. H. The glycemie response to isoglucogenic quantities of protein and carbohydrate. J. Clin. Invest, 1936, 15: 665-71.—Bella Maggiore, B. Sull'essenza della reazione iperglicemica da somministrazione orale di zuccheri. Arch. stud, fisiopat. ricambio, 1936, 4: 83-121.—Biemair, W, & Fischler, F. Ueber die Einwirkung von Siisstoff auf den Blut- zucker und den Glykogengehalt der Leber beim Kaninchen. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 239: 232-4.—Bonard, E, & Labbe, H. Sur les proprietes hyperglyc6miantes du maltose et de la man- nite contenus dans les extraits de radicelles d'orge, avant et apres fermentation. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 1675.— Eisner, G. Ernahrungsschiidigungen in ihrer Bedeutung fiir Blutzucker und Glykogengehalt der Organe. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1926, 52: 214-48.—Eliassow, W. Ueber den Einfluss der Mono- und Polysaccharide auf den Blutzucker. Zschr. klin. Med, 1922, 95: 384-93.—Elzas, M. Ueber physiologische ali- mentiire Hyperglykamie. Arch. Verdauungskr, 1923, 31: 13- 22.—Ernst, Z. Resorptionsgeschwindigkeit der Kohlehydrate; Beitrag zum Mechanismus der alimentaren Hyperglykamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 78: 451-61. -----& Magassy, G. von. Zum Mechanismus der alimentaren Hyperglykamie. Ibid, 389-95.—Falin, L. Reaktionen des Kohlehydratstoff- wechsels der Hunde bei dauernder Kohtehydrateinfuhrung. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1933-34, 174: 12-27. -Ferber, J, & Ra- binowitsch, S. Increase in blood sugar following the ingestion nf glycerol. Am. J.M. Sc, 1929, 177: 827-32—Fitz, F, & Bruger, M. The effect of dextrose ingestion on the cholesterol fractions of the blood. J. Biol. Chem, 1935-36,113: 297-302. Alsorepr — Frank, E. & Leiser, R. Ueber die diatetische Erzeugung eines temporaren Diabetes mellitus beim Gesunden. Jahrber. Schles. Ges. vaterl. Cult, 1929 (1930) 102: Med. Sekt, Teil 2, 76-87. Also Med. Klin, Berl/, 1929. 25: 1841-5.—Galamini, A. Azione del l'ingestione di glicosio ed alcool in determinate dosi sulla curva glicemica e alcoolemica. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 483-6.—Gasparini, A. Ricerche sulla fase iniziale di iperglicemia da ingestione di glucosio. Gior. clin. med, 1931, 12: 917-39.— Gehrig, H. Kohlehydratreiche Nahrungsmittel und Glyka- mie. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1922, 34. Kongr, 143-6 — Geiger, E. Ueber den Einfluss der Ernahrung auf die Blut- zuckerregulation; Umkehr der Futterwirkung durch Schild- drusenentfernung. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1930, 156: 333-9 — beness, S, & Bienerstein, Z. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen dem Kohlenhydrat- und Fettstoffwechsel; die Beziehungen zwischen dem Zucker, der Milchsaure, den Acetonkorpern und aen i etten bei Belastung normaler Hunde mit Fett und Zucker. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 65: 362-70.—Greenwald, H. M, & fennell, S. The effect on the concentration of the blood sugar of feeding various sugars to new-born infants. Am. J. Dis. %hl}?"J2Z0' 39: 493-503.-Greisheimer, E. M, & Hoffbauer, ;•*• Tne influence of diet on the glucose tolerance of the dog. J. Nutrit, 1935,10: 525-34.-Grunke, W, & Hesse, K. Ueber die Bedeutung des Zuckerreizes und der Zuckerresorption fur das Zustandekommen der alimentaren Hyperglykamie Zschr ges. exp. Med, 1927, 54: 439-56.—Hausler, H, & Loewi, o'. Ueber die alimentare Hyperglykamie. Klin. Wschr 1927 ^.3.13-„——, Weiteres fiber alimentare Hyperglykamie. ibid, 85o— Hetenyi, I, & Pogany, J. [Mechanism of alimentary hyperglycemia] Orv. hetil, 1927, 71: 981-3. Also Klin. Wschr 1928,7:404-6. Himsworth, H. P. Dietetic factors influencing the glucose tolerance and the activity of insulin. J Phvsiol Lond, 1934, 81: 29-4S. -Hirsch, G. Ueber den Einfluss der Alkahzufuhr auf die alimentare Glykamie im Hungerzustand Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 189: 451-9—Hirsch-Eauffmann, H, & Knauer, H. Ueber den Einfluss von Kohlehvdrat- und Fettzu- fuhr auf Glykamie und Lipoidstoffwechsel. Med. Klin, Berl , 1933, 29: 562.—Hosokawa, M. Ueber den Blutzucker des Kanin- chens bei vitaminfreier Ernahrung. J. Biochem , Tokyo 1924-25, 4: 323-31.—Hrubetz, M. C. The blood sugar level after prolonged carbohydrate feeding. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1936, 21: 1142-4.—Jakovlev, N. N. Influence de 1'ingestion repetee de sucre et d'amidon sur le sucre du sang; lactacidigene et glycogene musculaires dans les cas d'inanition complete et d'alimentation msuffisante. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 784-6.—Johnston, J. A. Effect of previous diet on utilization of glucose injected intravenously. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1933, 46: 309-21. Alsorepr. —Knauer, H. Zur Frage der Beeinflussung der Blutzucker- kurve durch einmalige Fettbelastung. Mschr. Kinderh, 1935- 36,64: 356.—Kneip, J. Blutzuckerbeeinflussung durch perorale Fett- beziehungsweise Glycerinzufuhr bei Kindern. Ibid , 359-62.—Kohashi, M. Ueber die Veranderungen des Blut- zuckers und des Zuckers im Harn bei mit verschiedenem Fett und Lipoiden gefiitterten Kaninchen; bei mit Lanolin gefiit- terten Kaninchen. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1929, 41: 1219.— Labbe, M, & Nepveux, F. Les reactions d'hyperglycemie pro- voquees par les ingestions d'albumines. C. rend. Soc biol 1922, 87: 346-8—Labbe, H, & Theodoresco, B. Variations de la glycemie sous l'influence des graisses et des proteiques chez le sujet normal. Ibid, 1923, 88: 484-6.—Langen, C. B. de. [Re- search on blood sugar in partial nutrition] Ned. tschr. geneesk , 1927, 71: pt 1, 1660.—Larregla, S. Consideraciones sobre el mecanismo intimo de la hiperglucemia, por ingestion. Siglo med, 1931, 87: 241-3—Lewis, W. B, & Bond, R. P. Effect of different carbohydrates on blood and urinary sugar. J Michi- gan M. Soc, 1930,29: 300-5. Also Bull. Battle Creek Sanit, 1931, 25: 160-9.—Loewenberg, R. B. Pharmakologische Beitrage zur Frage der alimentaren Glykamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1927, 56: 147-56.—Lo Monaco, B, & Leone, A. L'azione delle inie- zioni sottocutanee ripetute di saccarosio nei diabetici; con- tributo alla patogenesi della iperglicemia e della glicosuria. Arch. farm, sper, Roma, 1929, 47: 219; 223; 267.—Magee, H. E. Alimentary hyperglycaemia. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932, 166.—Martino, G. Nouvelle contribution a la connais- sance de rhyperglycemie digestive. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 1002-4.—Melka, J. [Level of sugar in the blood after administration of carbohydrates] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1931, 11: 213-23.—Moracchini, R. Sul meccanismo della reazione iper- glicemica. Policlinico, 1929, 36: sez.med, 466-77.—Naeslund, J. Investigations into the transit of reducing substances from mother to foetus in alimentary hyperglycaemia. Acta obst. gyn. scand, 1928, 7: 25-42.—Niederhellmann, J. Das Verhalten des Blutzuckers nach Fettzufuhr beim Gesunden. Deut Arch. klin. Med, 1936, 179: 307-13—Obrastzov, G. D, & Kal- linikov, M. N. [Correlation of sugar and fat in the blood after excessive ingestion of sugar] J. eksp. biol, 1929, 12: 301-5 — Omeliantz, A. P. [Effect of fat on changes of the sugar in the blood] Klin, med, Moskva, 1930, 8: 88-90—Overgaard, K. [Sugar content of blood in man after oral administration of protein substances] Hospitalstidende, 1929, 72: 1241-51.— Panov, A. Ueber den Einfluss der Nahrung (Kohtehydrat-, Eiweiss- und Fettzufuhr) auf den Blutzuckerspiegel bei Kin- dern. Mschr. Kinderh, 1934, 60: 194-204—Parise, N. In- fluenza del chilo-linfa sulla glicemia alimentare. Morgagni, 1928, 70: 885-90.— Peco, G. Accion de las proteinas sobre la glucemia. Rev. As. med. argent, 1926, 39: 316-34— Pollak, L. Ueber den Mechanismus der alimentaren Hyperglykamie. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1942-6—Porges, O, & Adlersberg, B. Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit E. Frank und R. Leiser: uber die diatetische Erzeugung eines temporaren Diabetes mellitus beim Gesunden. Med. Klin, Berl, 1930, 26: 202-4— Rathery, F, & Laurent, Y. Les modifications de l'hyperglycemie provo- quee dans les divers territoires vasculaires a la suite d'absorption de glucose chez le chien normal, inanitte ou phlorizine. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 107: 776-8. ----- Les modifications de la glycemie secondaires a Tabsorption de glucose, chez le chien soumis a des etats divers: alimentation normale, alimentation hypersucr6e, inanition, injection de phlorizine. Ibid, 778-81.— Roller, M. Ueber den Einfluss der Vitamine A und C auf den alimentaren Blutzuckeranstieg. Med. Klin, Berl, 1936, 32: 1007-9.—Rosenthal, S. M, & Ziegler, E. E. The effect of un- cooked starches on the blood sugar of normal and of diabetic BLOOD SUGAR 686 BLOOD SUGAR subjects. Arch. Int. M, 1929, 44: 344-50—Sakaguchi, K, Matsuyama, T, & Watanabe, K. Ueber die alimentare Blut- zuckersteigerung des Gesunden beim gewohnlichen Leben. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1922,1: 371-9.—Schellong, F, & Kramer, H. Ueber den Einfluss von Insulinmastkuren und von verschie- dener Ernahrung auf den Blutzucker. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1928, 40. Kongr, 236-8—Schbnfeld, H. Zur Frage der Blutzuckerbeeinflussung durch perorate Fettzufuhr. Mschr. Kinderh, 1934-35, 61: 432-5.—Schwarz, C, & Smutny, J. Ueber- erriahrung und Blutzuckergehalt. Biochem. Zschr, 1928, 198: 243-9.—Scott, E. L, & Ford, T. H. The concentration of sugar in the blood of the rabbit during inanition and after the ingestion of glucose. Am. J. Physiol, 1923, 63: 520-34—Sigal, A, & King, C. G. The relationship of vitamin C to glucose tolerance in the guinea pig. J. Biol. Chem, 1936, 116: 489-92. Also repr.—Soula, C, Rouzaud, J. [et al.] Variations gly- cemiques post-prandiales des ehiens normaux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 110: 27-9.—Strouse, S. Observations on alimentary hyperglycemia. Arch. Int. M, 1920, 26: 759-67.—Styrikowich, V. L. [Influence of albumin, fats and carbohydrates on a natural glycemie reaction] Pediatria, Moskva, 1928, 12: 117-29 — Sunaba, Y. Veranderung des Blutzuckers und des Gehaltes der Leber und des Muskels an Glykogen nach der Verabrei- chung der Monosaccharide beim Kaninchen. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1936, 17: 335.—Sweeney, J. S. Dietary factors that influence the dextrose tolerance test; a preliminary study. Arch. Int. M, 1927, 40: 818-30. ----- A comparison of the effects of general diets and of standardized diets on tolerance for dextrose. Ibid, 1928, 42: 872-6. Also repr.—Talbot, F. B, & Bates, V. Effect of ketogenic diet on the blood sugar and the respiratory quotient of children. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1935, 50: 827-39.—Talbot, J. H. Blood sugar and respiratory exchange during high carbohydrate ingestion. J. Biol. Chem, 1935, 109: xei.— Van Creveld, S. Carbohydrate metabolism of premature infants; the blood sugar during fasting. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1929, 38: 912-26. Also repr.—Wachsmuth, W, & Loeweneck, M. Experimenteller Beitrag zum Mechanismus der alimentaren Hyperglykamie. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 2288. -----• Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen fiber die alimentare Hyperglykamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 70: 301-8.—Waentig, P. Ueber den Zuckergehalt von Blut und Harn des Pferdes bei Zuckerfut- terung. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1915-16, 96: 191-209—Wesson, L. G. & Murrell, F. C. Metabolism of various carbohydrates by rats maintained on a fat-deficient diet. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 105: xciv. ---- Variations: Blood pressure. See also Blood pressure, Regulation: Blood sugar, high. R0mcke, O. Dei- Blutzucker im alteren Alter, insbesondere bei hypertonischen Zustanden. 150p. 8? Oslo, 1931. Forms H.39, Acta med. scand. Aiello, G. Sui rapporti tra glicemia, pressione arteriosa e funzione renale. Lavoro, 1924, 15: 72-5.—Biena, G, & Cipriani, C. Rapporto fra iperglicemia ed ipertensione. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1922, 45: 176-90.—Euler, U. S. von, & Sjbstrand, T. A spinal reflex affecting the blood pressure and blood sugar. Skand. Arch. Physiol, Berl, 1936, 73: 27-47—Fratini, C. Sui rapporti fra glicemia e pressione arteriosa nell'uomo e nei eo- niglio. Diagnosi, 1931, 11: 289-306, diag.—Fritz, G, & Paul, B. Experimentelle Beitrage zur Frage der hypertonischen Hyper- glykamie. Biochem. Zschr, 1925, 157: 263-70.—Herrick, W. W. Hypertension and hyperglycemia. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 81: 1942-4.—Humbert, F, & Schmid, F. Azotemie, hypertension arterielle et hyperglycemic Arch. mal. reins, 1925-26, 2: 470- 9.—Jung, L, & Auger, L. Insuline, tension arterielle et gly- cemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 287-9—Kahler, H. Zur Frage der Hyperglykamie bei Krankheitszustanden mit Hoch- druck. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1922, 4: 129-48.—Kosterlitz, H. The relationship of the blood sugar level to the systemic blood pressure. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1935,s.B, 117: 436-54.—Kylin, E. Studien iiber das Hypertonie-Hyperglykamie-Hyperurika- miesyndrom. Zbl. inn. Med, 1923, 44: 81; 105—Mohler, H. K. Hypertension and hyperglycemia. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 84: 243-5.—Mosenthal, H. 0. The relation of blood-sugar to blood- pressure. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1928, 43: 64-73.—Musser, J. H, & Wright, B. 0. Hypertension, obesity and hypergly- cemia. J. Am. M. Ass, 1933, 101: 420-5.—Neter, E. Das Verhalten des Blutzuckers bei experimentellem Enthem- mungshochdruck. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 1317.—Wishnofsky, M, & Byron, C. S. Carbohydrate metabolism in hypertension. Arch. Int. M, 1931, 47: 790-8. Also repr. ---- Variations: Body constitution. Hirsch, 0. Ueber den verschiedenen Ablauf der Glukosebe- lastungsprobe bei den drei Korperbautypen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1932, 58: 1675-7. ----- Variations individuelles au cours de l'hyperglycemie alimentaire provoqu6e, leurs rapports avec differentes constitutions physiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 704.-----Le comportement de la glycemie apres injection d'adrenaline, apres injection d'insuline et apres injec- tion d'adrenaline et d'insuline assoctees chez des individus de constitution physique differente. Ibid, 706.—Holt, G. W, & Greisheimer, E. M. Individual variation in fasting blood sugar. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-31, 28: 764. -Tamburri, T. La curva glicemica alimentare nei quattro biotipi del Pende. Morgagni, 1931, 73: 1849-60, 4diag. ---- Variations, daily. Rey, W. *Die Schwankungen des Blut- zuckers beim Gesunden im Laufe des Tages bei normaler Ernahrung. 32p. 8? Zur., 1929. Bionne, M. J, & Arenstam, J. J. The fluctuations of the capillary blood sugar in normal young women during a 24-hour period. J. Biol. Chem, 1930, 87: 392-7—Eadie, G. S. The variations of the blood sugar of the rabbit throughout the day and the effect of the subcutaneous injection of glucose. Am. J. Physiol, 1923, 63: 513-9.—Forsgren, E. [Variations of blood sugar during 24 hours] Hygiea, Stockh, 1931, 93: 431-5.— Hrubetz, M. C. Diurnal variation in blood sugar level of the rat. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 32: 217—Jacobi, J, & Baumann, F. Die Tag- und Nachtwellen des Blutzuckerspie- gels bei Nichtdiabetikern und Diabetikern sowie bei Hyper- tonikern. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929, 145: 24-34—Jonas, L, Miller, T. G, & Teller, I. All day blood sugar curves in non- diabetic individuals and in diabetic patients with and without insulin. Arch. Int. M, 1925, 35: 289-314—Krasniansky, L. M. [Daily fluctuations of sugar in the blood in man] J. eksp. biol, 1929, 11: 33-6. Also Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 205: 180-5. -----& Bsikowsky, W. Periodische Schwankungen des Blutzuckerge- haltes bei Hahnen im Laufe von 24 Stunden. Ibid, 1931, 237: 282-9.—Lange, H, & Schloss, J. Ueber das Verhalten des Blutzuckers in der Nacht und in den Morgenstunden. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929, 139: 274-89—Miller, T. G, Jonas, I, & Teller, I. A study of all-day blood sugar curves in non-diabetic individuals and in diabetic patients with and without insulin. Tr. Coll. Physicians, Phila, 1924, 46: 682-8.— Mbllerstrom, J. [Variations of blood sugar during 24 hours] Hygiea, Stockh, 1931, 93: 435-9. -----• [Extreme variations of blood sugar during 24 hours] Ibid, 504-8.—Schbne, G, & Zimmer, H. Ueber Blutzuckertageskurven bei Gesunden und Zuckerkran- ken. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 1672-7.—Seyderhelm, R, & Oes- treich, C. Das Tagesprofil des Blutzuckers beim Gesunden und beim Diabetiker. Zschr. klin. Med, 1928, 109: 35-40.— Sweeney, J. S. Twenty-four hour blood sugar variations in fasting and in nonfasting subjects. Arch. Int. M, 1930, 45: 257-60.—Trimble, H. C, & Maddock, S. J. The fluctuations of the capillary blood sugar in normal young men during a 24-hour period (including a discussion of the effect of sleep and of mild exercise) J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 81: 595-611. ---- Variations: Drugs and other chemical factors. See also Blood sugar, high, experimental: Drugs; Blood sugar, low: Causes: Drugs; Blood sugar, Regulation, chemical; Diabetes, Treat- ment. Kopeliovitsch, J. *Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber den Einfluss verschiedener Stoffe auf den Blutzucker [Basel] 20p. 8? S. Louis, 1929. Altenburger, E. Ueber die Einwirkung des Padutins auf den Blutzuckerspiegel des gesunden Menschen. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 789-91.—Asakura, U. Ueber die Einflusse verschie- dener synthetischer Thymol- beziehungsweise Carvacrolderivate auf den Zuckerstoffwechsel und den Angriffspunkt dieser Deri- vate, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Beziehung zwischen ihrer chemischen Struktur und pharmakologischen Wirkung, dazu Vergleichung der Ergotaminwirkung mit der Wirkung dieser Derivate. Fol. pharm. jap, 1934, 17: brev, 9.—Audo- Gianotti, G. B, & Rivolta, C. Ricerche sulla glicemia sperimen- tale durante l'azione di sostanze fotodinamiche. Riforma med, 1933, 49: 783-6.—Barath, E. Calciumwirkung und Blutzucker. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 1618.—Barone, V. G. Influenza della sorbite sulla glicemia e sul ricambio respiratorio di individui sani, epatopazienti e diabetici. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1931, 94: 349-55—Baudouin, A, Lewin, J, & Azerad, E. Effet des injections hypertoniques intra-arterielles sur la glycemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 122: 1193-5.—Bertram, F. Blutzucker und Gifte. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 2172-7—Blanco Soler, C, & Torres, E. Las proteinas sobre la glucemia. Arch. med. cir, Madr, 1929, 30: 649-51.—Blatherwick, N. R, Maxwell, L. C, & Long, M. L. The effect of the oral administration of alcohol upon the blood sugar of rabbits. Am. J. Physiol, 1923-24, 67: 346.—Borghi, B, & Bettoni, I. L'azione dell'intezione di sangue deflbrinato omologo sul tasso glicoemico. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 489-93.—Brandes, W. W, & Simonds, J. P. Blood sugar changes following injections of peptone in the dog. Tr, Chicago Path. Soc, 1928,13: 54. Also Am. J. Physiol, 1928, 86: 618-22.—Burdi, I. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss einiger Arzneimittel auf die Blutzuckerkonzentration. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 71: 480-8.—Carreras, G, & Pellegrini, L. L'azione dei sali di calcio sulla glicemia. Ann. clin. med. Pal, 1929, 19: (spec, no.) 543-54—Carvalho, A. de. Contribu- tion a l'etude de Paction des antipyretiques sur la glycemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 98: 1583-6—Castorina, G. Comporta- mento del tasso glicemico in seguito all'introduzione per via parenterale di nucleinato di soda. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1926,1: 733—Chabrol, E, Cottet, J, & Sallet. J. Variations com- BLOOD SUGAR 687 BLOOD SUGAR parees du cholesterol et du sucre sanguin sous l'influence d'une eau bicarbonatee sodique, chloruree et arsenicale, administree par voie m6senterique en injection lente et continue. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 122: 905-7.—Cozzutti, G. L'azione dell'istamina sulla glicemia. Arch. stud, fisiopat. ricambio, 1935, 3: 483-501 .— Dubin, H. E, & Corbitt, H. B. On the nature of the action of vegetable extracts on the blood sugar of normal rabbits. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1923-24, 21: 16-8. ----- The isolation of a hypoglycemia-producing principle from vegetables and the nature of the action of vegetable extracts on the blood sugar of normal rabbits. J. Metab. Res, 1924, 4: 89-104. ----- The effect of some guanidine derivatives and other related sub- stances upon the blood sugar of normal rabbits. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1924-25, 10: 1023-5.—Ederer, S. Beeinflussung des Blut- zuckers durch einen peroral wirksamen Pflanzenextrakt. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 72—Fischler, F, & Hirsch, O. Beitrage zur Frage der Zuckerwirkung im Organismus; vergleichende Unter- suchungen iiber das Verhalten des Blutzuckers nach intraveno- sen Injektionen von Methylglyoxal, Dioxyazeton und Trau- benzucker. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1927-28, 127: 287-307 — Francaviglia, A. Azione dei colloidi inlettati endovena sulla glicemia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 664-7. Also Arch. farm, sper, Roma, 1927-28, 44: 33-48.—Gelera, M. L'azione dell'estratto tonsillare sulla glicemia. Pensiero med, 1924, 13: 357-60.—Glatzel, H. Ueber die Wirkung verschiedener Ei- weisstrSger auf den Blutzucker. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929, 143: 234-45.—Gnoinski, H. [Variations of the glycemia level in dogs from the effect of epinephrine and colloidal silver injec- tions] Med. dosw, 1930, 11: 117-23.—Goebel, F. Influence des extraits musculaires sur la glycemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 1135-7.—Gregg, B. E. The effect of intravenous ad- ministration of lecithin and sodium chloride on blood sugar values. Am. J. Physiol, 1933, 104: 344-6.—Grossmann, M, & Sandor, J. Die pharmakologische Beeinflussung des Blut- zuckers. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1922-23, 5: 419-28—Grott, J. V. Action mutuelle de la trypsine et de l'insuline sur la teneur du sang en sucre. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 1484 — Gunn, J. W. C, & Morrison, B. F. The action of Brachylaena elliptica, bitter blaar, on the normal blood sugar of rabbits. S. Afr. M. Rec, 1924, 22:522.—Hasegawa, S. Ueber den Einfluss von /Mndolathylamin auf den Blutzucker. Fol. jap. pharm, 1925, 1: Brev, 4.—Haurowitz, F, & Reiss, M. Ueber die Wir- kung hydrierter Imidazole auf den Blutzucker. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1479.—Herzfeld, E, & Kriiger, R. Studien iiber die Einwirkung des Natriumnitrits auf den Blutzucker. Ibid, 1929, 8: 1174.—Hetenyi, G. Der Einfluss des Alkohols auf die Blutzuckerregulation. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 40: 261-73.— Heubner, W. Ueber die Einwirkung der Inhalation von Sauer- stoff auf den Blutzucker. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 1508 [Erwiderung von H. Jacoby] 1509.—Holsti, O. Studies con- cerning the influence of potassium iodide and thyroid prepara- tions upon the blood sugar curve. Acta med. scand, 1927, 66: 461-6—Horvath, A. A. Ammonia and blood sugar. J. Biol. Chem, 1926, 70: 289-96.—Hughes, T. A. Effects of quinine on the sugar of the blood. Ind. J.M. Res, 192.5-26, 13: 321-36 — Imahasi, T. Weitere Studien iiber die Wirkung des Yohimbins auf den Blutzucker. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1928, 40: 1347.— Imai, S. Ueber das Verhalten von Acetylcholin, Neurin und Betain auf den Blutzucker und deren Einfliisse auf die Wirkung von Adrenalin und Insulin. J. Orient. M, Dairen, 1926-27, 5: 31. Also Polyclin. Dairen, 1926-28, 3: no.9.—Izar, G, Moretti, P, & Termine, M. Influenza delle iniezioni di proteine etero- genee e di estratti di organi sui tasso glicemico. Biochim. ter. sper, 1924, 11: 429-35.—Jorgensen, P. S, & Lynn, E. V. Vege- table extracts and blood-sugar. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, 1935, 24: 389-92.—Karatygin, V. M. [Effect of protein on fluctuation of the blood sugar] Klin, med, Moskva, 1930, 8: 69-76.—Kerti, F. Die Wirkung von Leber, Splenotrat und Ventramon auf den Blutzucker. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1933, 46: 553-6— King-Li-Pin. Recherches sur l'action de l'extrait des gousses de Sophora japo- nica L. sur la glycemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 108: 885-7 — Kolta, E. [Blood sugar after administration of alcohol] Orv. hetil, 1932, 76: 674.—Kon, S, & Funk, C. Ueber die Beziehung zwischen der chemischen Struktur und Wirkung auf Blut- zucker. Chem. der Zelle, 1926,13: 39-43— Labbe, H, & Kotzarev, A. Action du bromure de mesothorium sur la glycemie chez la souris normale et cancereuse. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1927, 184: 1484-6—Labbe, M, Nepveux, F, & Rohacek. Influ nee des sels de sodium et de calcium sur la glycemie. Arch. mal. app. digest, 1927, 17: 601-8. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 1145-7. ----- Influence sur la glyc6mie du nickel et du cobalt isoles ou associes a l'insulin. Arch. mal. app. digest, 1928, 18: 361-9.—La Barre, J. Sur les causes des variations de la glycemie au cours des chocs anaphylactique, histaminique et peptonique. Arch, internat. med. exp, Liege, 1927-28, 3: 41-111—Lang, S, & Rig6, L. Ueber die Wirkung der Magnesiumsalze auf die Blutzuckerkonzentration. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929, 139: 1-9—Lee, S. Photoaktivitatsstudien; Blutzuckerwirkung un- gesattigter Fettsauren. Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 179: 210-14 — Levai, M, & Waldbauer, 0. Die Beeinflussbarkeit des Blut- zuckers beim Kaninchen; Glukaugmentatoren und Glukode- pressoren. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 101-3— Loebel, R. Ueber den Einfluss des peripheren Kreislaufes auf die alimentare Hyperglykamie; Einwirkung von gefasserweiternden und gefflssverengernden Massnahmen. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1931, 21: 387-94 —Lbwv, J. Das Verhalten des Blutzuckers bei Vergiftungen. Zbl. iim. Med, 1921, 42: 713-9— Lolli, G, & Serianni, E. L'azione dell'insulina e della morfina sulla glicemia dell'uomo normale e di malati di diabete mellito. Boll. Accad. med. Roma, 1935-36, 61: 385-92—Lumiere, A, & Meyer, P. L action des injections intraveineuses de suspension de granules solutes sur la glyc6mie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 123: 606-8.— Magenta, M. A. Accion de la cloralosa sobre la glucemia. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1927, 3: 681-6. ----- Accion del fluoruro sodico sobre la glucemia. Ibid, 691-3.—Masamune, H. Salze und Blutzucker. Fukuoka acta med, 1927, 20: 80-2. ■----- Ueber den Mechanismus des Einflusses des Alkohols auf die Blutzuckerregulation. Ibid, 1929, 22: 18.—Mason, E. H. The influence of dihydroxyacetone upon the blood sugar and gly- cosuria. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1926, 12: 367-74.—Mathieu de Fossey, A, & Rouzaud, J. J. Etude de la glycemie au cours des cures alcalines. Presse therm, clim, 1931, 72: 537-42.—Mo- nasterio, G, & Campese, E. L'azione delle sostanze fotodina- miche sulla glicemia. Riforma med, 1930, 46: 560-2—Nicolay- sen, R. Ueber die Wirkung von Nikotintartrat auf den Blut- zucker beim Kaninchen. Norsk mag. laegevid, 1929, 90: 957-66.—Nielsen, 0. J. Die Einwirkung der Acridinderivate auf den Blutzucker in direktem Anschluss an Injektionen. Acta med. scand, 1929, 70: 12-29—Nord, F. Importance du glycocolle et de la peptone, sur l'action de l'adrenaline et de l'insuline sur la glycemie du lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 93: 1185-8.—Ogawa, T. Ueber den Einfluss verschiedener anor- ganischer Salze auf die Ab- und Zunahme der Menge des freien und gebundenen Zuckers im Kaninchenblut. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1936, 18: 177-204.— Papilian, V, & Preda, V. L'influence du bicarbonate de soude sur la glycemie pilocar- pinique et sur la glycemie par ligature de la veine porte. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 58-60.—Patrassi, G, & Teodori, V. Sulle caratteristiche di stabilita de glucosio globulare di fronte al lavaggio con soluzione fisiologica. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1935, 10: 525.—Peratoner, U. Azione della tetrajodofenolftaleina sulla curva glicemica. Policlinico, 1933, 40: sez prat, 163-6.— Pinali, R. Inalazioni di ossigeno e glicemia. Riforma med, 1923, 39: 1215.—Rabbeno, A. II glucosio del sangue dopo inie- zioni endovenose di acqua di mare. Biochim. ter. sper, 1927, 14:171-8. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 383-5. Also Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1927, n.s, 2: 649-55.—Rabinowich, I. M. Blood sugar time curves following the ingestion of di- hydroxyacetone. J. Biol. Chem, 1925, 65: 55-8.—Racchiusa, S. Influenza delle proteine eterogenee introdotte per via paren- terale sul tasso glicemico. Ann. clin. med. Pal, 1926, 16: 1-12. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1926, 1: 55-7—Ra- pinesi, B. Influenza delle iniezioni intramuscolari di pro- teine eterologhe sul tasso glicemico. Ibid, 1927, 2: 927-30.— Rewbridge, A. G, & Andrews, E. Effect of calcium chloride injection on the blood sugar of normal and jaundiced does. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-31, 28: 126.—Rizzotti, G. In- fluenza degli alcaloidi dell'oppio sul tasso glicemico; azione della morfina e dei suoi principali derivati. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1934, 9: 54-6. ----- Azione associata dell'eroina, della codeina e della dionina con l'insulina. Ibid, 56. ----- Azione associata della morfina e della guanidina. Ibid, 57.— Ro, A. The influence of opium-alkaloids on the blood sugar of rabbits; the action of papaverin on the blood sugar of rabbits. Taiwan igakkai zasshi, 1934, 33: 41. ---■— The action of narcotin on the blood sugar of rabbits. Ibid, 42. ----- The action of pantopon on the blood sugar of the rabbits and a com- parison of the results obtained with each of the alkaloids investi- gated in this study. Ibid, 45-8.—Ruggeri, G. Sul compor- tamento del tasso glicemico in seguito ad iniezioni di diuretina nei diversi periodi di gravidanza. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 404-6.----- Comportamento del tasso glicemico dietro iniezioni di diuretina in coniglie normali, in seguito a trattamento ripetuto con sangue citratato di coniglie gravide. Ibid, 1928, 3: 620-2.—Sabatowski, A, & Goertz, J. Influence d'imbibition hydrique sur la glycemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 93: 662.—Schatti, A. Ueber den Einfluss verschiedener Kohlehydrate und Aminosauren auf Blut- und Harnzucker des gesunden Organismus. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 143: 201-20 — Sefcik, J. A. [Action of protein injections on blood sugar after administration of insulin] Cas. tek. cesk, 1924, 68: 405-8.— Sotgiu, G, & Calabrese, C. L'azione della diastasi iniettata endovena sulla glicemia. Gior. clin. med, 1934, 15: 928-46.— Spatolisano, B. Comportamento del tasso glicemico in seguito all'introduzione parenterale di gelatina. Boll. Soc. biol. sper, 1926, 1: 762-4.—Stern, W, & Wozak, J. Der Einfluss von Pro- teinkorperinjektionen auf den Blutzuckerspiegel des Sauglings. Mschr. Kinderh, 1924, 28: 490-3.—Sula, J. [The estimation of glucose in the blood of rabbits, after application of insulin, diu- retics, cardiac stimulants and parasympathetic poisonsl Biol. spisy zver. tek, 1926, 5: no.9, 1-14.—Syllaba, G. [Effect of saccharin on glvcemia and respiratory metabolism as an ex- ample of conditioned reflex] Cas tek. cesk, 1929, 68: 1393-7. Also Guy's Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1930, 80: 230-3.—Tkachenko, L. Ueber den Einfluss von Metallsalzen auf den Blutzuckergehalt. J. Orient. M, Dairen, 1927,7: 66; 1928,8: 49-57. Also Med. Conf. Addr. commemor.... New Dairen Hosp, 1927, 62.—Trimarchi, G. Influenza dei metalli colloidali sul tasso glicemico. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1926, 1: 64-6.—Ulloa, R. V, & Bomingo, C. M. Proteintherapy and glucemia. Kitasato Arch, 1934,11: 78-86.— Ussolzew, S. Ueber den Einfluss von Kupferdarreichungen auf den Blutzuckerspiegel. Biochem. Zschr, 1935, 276: 431-3.— Valenciano, L, & Ortega, L. La influencia de la morfina sobre los mecanismos glucorreguladores. Arch, neurob, Madr, 1934 14: 191-7.—Van Byke, H. B. The effect of sodium arsenite on the blood sugar concentration of the rabbit and dog. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1925-26, 26: 287-96—Vollmer, H. Ueber den Einfluss der Proteinkorperbehandlung auf den intermedi- aren Stoffwechsel und den Blutzucker. Klin. Wschr, 1923, 2- 529-32—Wantoch, H. Ueber den Einfluss verschiedener BLOOD SUGAR 688 BLOOD SUGAR Substanzen auf den Zucker- und Ammoniakgehalt des Blutes. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929, 143: 337-57—Zagami, V. Suite modiflcazioni del tasso glicemico per effetto della stricniniz- zazione. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 320-3— Zunz, E, & Jourdan, F. Action du dtethylaminomethyl-3-benzodioxane sur la glyc6mie chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 638-41.—Zunz, E, & Perla, J. Action du pip6ridomethyl-3- benzodioxane sur la glycemie chez te chien. Ibid, 117: 473-6. ---- Variations: Exercise and work. Lillie, G. *Arbeit und Blutzucker [Got- tingen] 12p. 8? Ber., 1917. Sterkel, H. *Der Einfluss von Muskelar- beit auf den Blutzuckergehalt [Tubingen] 20p. 8? Lpz., 1919. Zachariae, G. *Ueber den Einfluss der Mus- kelarbeit auf den Gehalt des Blutes an Zucker bei Gesunden und Diabetikern. 8? Gott., 1914. B0je, O. [Blood sugar during and after physical work] Bibl. laeger, 1936, 128: 103-5.—Bracaloni, L. Saccarosemia ali- mentare ed esercizi fisici. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1928, 26: 175-85.— Brand, T. von, & Krogh, A. Das Verhalten der Kohlehydrate bei Ratten in einer auf erschopfende Arbeit folgenden Ruhepe- riode. Skand. Arch. Physiol, Berl, 1935, 72: 1-10.—Bruus- gaard, C. Effect of exertion on the blood sugar level. Norsk mag. laegevid, 1929, 90: 778-92.—Caccuri, S. Variazioni sul tasso glicemico dopo affaticamento. Rass. ter. pat. clin, 1929, 1: 484-93. ----- Glicemia e lavoro muscolare; modiflcazioni glicemiche da sostanze farmacodinamiche nella fatica. Clin. med. ital, 1933, 64: 249-62.—Cassinis, B. Lo scambio gassoso respiratorio nella glicemia alimentare senza e con lavoro musco- lare. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 676.—Cassinis, U, & Bracaloni, L. Valore glicemico ed esercizi fisici. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1926, 24: (suppl.) 652-63. ---■— Valore glicemico ed esercizi fisici; la curva glicemica alimentare nei riposo, nella corsa e nella marcia. Ibid, 1927, 25: 548-65. ----- La curva della glicemia normale e provocata nei lavoro muscolare. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 359-61. ----- Glicemia normale e alimentare nei lavoro prolungato (Corsa di km 6-10; Marcia di km 7-10-15) Ibid, 675. -----• Saccarosemia alimentare ed esercizi fisici. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1928, 31: 68-82. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 487; 499.—Bbrle, M. Ueber die Ein- wirkung von Muskelbewegung und Adrenalininjektion und Reizung mit mittleren galvanischen und faradischen Stromen auf den Blutzuckerspiegel. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929-30,69:242- 54.-----& Liehr, W. Vergleichende Blutzuckeruntersuchungen an kapillarem und venosem Blut nach Muskelbewegung. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 185: 365-72— Grott, J. V, Kowalski, F. [et al.] Recherches sur la regulation de la glycemie sous l'in- fluence de l'effort. Sang, Par, 1931, 5: 405-24.—Hiramatsu, T. Ueber den Einfluss von Muskelarbeit auf den Blutzucker- und Glykogengehalt, und der Zucker- und Phosphatinjektion auf den Blutzucker- und Glykogengehalt nach Muskelarbeit. Biochem. Zschr, 1932 (255) 295-303—Hromadko, F. [Glycaemic curve and muscular effort] Cas. tek. Cesk, 1927, 66: 959-63.— Jokl, E. Kohlehydratstoffwechsel der Warmbliiter bei Muskel- arbeit. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 1139-43.—Nolte, F. A. Ueber den Mechanismus der primaren Arbeitshyperglvkamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 66: 566-81.—Rondelli, U, & Chiabrera, G. Glicemia e fatica sportiva. Minerva med. Tor, 1930, 21: pt 1, 253-8.—Schneider. Blutzuckerbefunde vor und nach dem 50 km-Lauf. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1933, 46: 1448—Shulutko, I. B. [Alimentary glycemia curve and physical work] Klin, med, Moskva, 1931, 9: 45-8.—Takeda, E. Influence of muscular exer- cise on the blood sugar content and a few other changes in ani- mals kept on different kinds of diet. Jap. J. Exp. M, 1935, 13: 471-509.—Wollmer, M. Blutzuckerspiegel und Muskelarbeit bei Gesunden und Fettsiichtigen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1931. 170: 122-32. ---- Variations: Mental factors. Mieth, N. *Seelische Einfliisse auf den Kohlehydratstoffwechsel. 29p. 8? Berl.- Friedrichshafen, 1933. Bowman, K. M, & Kasanin, J. The sugar content of the blood in emotional states. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1929, 21: 342-62.—Bucciardi, G. Ricerche sull'iperglicemia emotiva: azione della pilocarpina. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1928, 26: 1-23.— Nielsen, O, & Geert-J0rgensen, E. [Research on the influence of hypnotic suggestion on blood sugar in non-diabetics] Ugeskr. laeger, 1928, 90: 749-51—Planelles, J, & Luwisch, B. Die blutzuckersenkende Wirkung des Appetits, ein bedingter Reflex. Klin. Wschr, 1936, 15: 1076—Povorinskij, J. A, & Finne, W. N. Der Wechsel des Zuckergehalts des Blutes unter dem Einfluss einer hypnotisch suggerierten Vorstellung. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 129: 135-46— Schuh, F. Psychische Einfliisse auf den Blutzuckerwert beim Hund. Arch, wiss prakt. Tierh, 1936, 71: 65-75—Whitehorn, J. C. The blood sugar in relation to emotional reactions. Am. J. Psychiat, 1934, 90: 987-1005. ---- Variations: Physical agents. Aggazzotti, A, & Balli, R. Influenza dei raggi rontgen sul- l'equilibrio delle zucchero nei sangue. Atti Congr. ital. radiol. 1925, 6: 327.—Benvenuto, E. Influenza delle radiazioni ultra- violette sulla glicemia. Pediatria (Riv.) 1935, 43: 675-85 — Bonomini, B, & Testolin, M. Effetti della rontgenirradiazione delle regioni temporali sulla iperglicemia provocata. Clin, med ital, 1935, 66: 733-52.—Br0chner-Mortensen, K. Untersuchun- gen iiber den Einfluss der Rontgenbestrahlung auf den Blut- zucker bei Menschen. Strahlentherapie, 1934, 51: 675-84.- Buchstab, L. B, & Sribner, I. M. Ueber den Einfluss der Koh- lensaurebader auf den Blutzuckerspiegel. Zschr. klin. Med, 1927, 105: 669-78.—Catrein, J. Untersuchungen iiber das Ver- halten des Blutzuckers bei See- un Luftbadern. Ibid, 1931,118: 688-96.—Ceresoli, A. Irradiazioni Roentgen dell'intestino e glicemia (nota preventiva) Atti Soc. lombard sc. med, 1925, 14: 103-10.—Beschwanden. Influence du soleil d'allitude naturel sur la courbe glycemique. Rev. actin. Par, 1928, 4: 409.—Engelbreth-Holm, J. [Effect of Roentgen rays on the blood sugar] Ugeskr. laeger, 1933, 95: 1315; 1334. Also Bibl. laeger, 1935, 127: 175-93.----- Ueber den Einfluss der RSnt- genbestrahlung auf den Blutzucker bei Kaninchen und iiber deren Verwendbarkeit zu Blutzuckerversuchen. Strahlenthe- rapie, 1935, 52: 101-14.—Ferraloro, G. Ricerche sul ricambio degli idrati di carbonio in alta montagna. Arch. sc. biol. Nap, 1929, 13: 109-26.—Flecker, H, & Cameron, G. A note on altera- tion in blood sugar values after intensive deep Rontgen irradia- tion. Med. J. Australia, 1925, 1: 478-80.—Frenkel-Tissot, H. C. Das Verhalten des Blutzuckers im Hochgebirge bei normalen und pathologischen Zustanden, sowie nach Besonnung, Be- strahlung und Ueberwarmung. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1920, 133: 286-302.—Galloro, S. La curva glicemia alimentare nel- 1'obscurita e con le varie irradiazioni. Fol. med. Nap, 1933,19: 1387-97.—Goldberger, S. II comportamento della glicemia in alta montagna e dopo irradiazione solare. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1929, 4: 710.—Gurwitsch, M. Ueber den Einfluss von Riisswasserbadern und Solbadern indifferenter Temperatur auf den Blutzucker. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther, 1924, 29: 96-9—Hall, F. G, & Root, R. W. The influence of ultra-violet radiations on the blood sugar of the rabbit. J. Elisha Mitchell Sc. Soc, 1928, 43: 187-92.—Held, A. Die Blutzuckerregulation unter Rontgen- strahlen. Strahlentherapie, 1930, 38: 27-39.—Kestermann, E, & Burgmann, W. Wirkung indifferenter und differenter ein- facher Wasserbader auf den Blutzuckerspiegel des Nichtdia- betikers. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther, 1930-31, 40: 226-35— Kotch- neva, N. P. Modifications du taux de la glycemie sous l'influ- ence de l'introduction dans l'organisme animal de l'6manation de radium. Ann. roentg. Par, 1926-27, 2: 379-87—Lbhner, L. Hat das Hohenklima Einfluss auf das Glucosebindungsvermo- gen der Erythrocyten? Arch. ges. Physiol, 1926, 214: 552-60 — Marchionini, A, & Hbvelborn, C. Ueber den Einfluss von Ultra- violettlichtbestrahlungen auf den Kohlehydratstoffwechsel; Veranderungen des Blutzucker- und Blutdiastasegehalts nach Hohensonnentotalbestrahlungen. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 1387-92.—Milhaud. Cures hydro-climatiques et glyco-regula- tion. Gaz. med. France, 1936, 43: therm, suppl. no.8, 33-6.— Muller, R. W. J. Glykamische Reaktion und Belichtung. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1935, 276: 416-20.—Perazzi, P. II comportamento della glicemia nelle donne trattate con la actinoterapia (nota preventiva) Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1927, lO.ser, 2: 311-34.— Pincussen, L. Ueber Veranderungen des Stoffwechsels unter Bestrahlung; iiber die Beeinflussung den Blutzucker verandern- der Faktoren in den Organen durch Strahlung und Insulin. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 239: 290-302.—Saidl, J. [Effect of radium on glycemia during treatment of cancer of the genital organs in women] Cas. tek. cesk, 1929, 68: 1679-83.—Schliephake, E, & Weissenberg, E. Versuche iiber Beeinflussung des Blutzucker- spiegels durch kurze elektrische Wellen. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1932, 45: 560.—Sendrail, M, Molinery, R, & Aversenq, J. Modi- fications de la glycemie en milieu hyperthermal et radioactif, C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 322. ---- Variations, posthemorrhagic and post- operative. See also Blood sugar, high, posthemorrhagic. Baffinee, R. W, Garland, J, & Gray, M. G. Blood sugar changes in children following surgical operation. N. England J.M, 1931, 205: 1182—Fujii, K. Ueber den Kohlehydratstoff- wechsel vor und nach gynaekologischer Laparotomie. Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi, 1934, 29: 15.—Gabrielli, S. Le modiflca- zioni della glicoregolazione dopo stimoli chirurgici. Rinasc. med, 1932, 9: 60-2, ch.—Hungerland, H. Ueber Veranderungen des Blutzuckergehaltes nach Arterienabklemmung. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1936, 181: 435-43—Jura, V. Glicemia pre- e post- operatoria. Boll. Accad. med. Roma, 1935, 61: 226-9.—Kodama, T. Ueber den Einfluss der gynakologischen Operation auf den Kohlenhydratstoffwechsel. Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi, 1935, 30: 41; 54.—Labbok, A. I. [Fluctuations of sugar in the blood in relation to surgical interference] Vest, khir, 1929, 18: 175-84.— Mandinaveitia, J. M. Algunos datos de glucemias operatorias. Arch, med, Madr, 1932, 35: 221-3.—Merino Hernandez, W. Nota acerca de las variaciones post-operatorias de la glucemia. Med. ibera, 1932, 26: pt 1, 718.—Papilian, V. L'influence de la ligature de la veine cave interieure, sur la glycemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 69.—Paroli, G. Comportamento della glicemia in forme ginecologiche e nei tempi pre- e post-operatori. Riv. ostet. gin. prat, 1924,6: 120-3.—Pecco, R. Ricerche sulla glicemia prima e dopo l'intervento chirurgico (acetonuria, acidosi ed iperglicemia post-operatorie) Clin, chir, Milano, 1929, 32: 1465-87.—Velo, C. A, & Bonomini, B. Ricerche della glicemia postoperatoria e postanestetica. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1927) BLOOD SUGAR 689 BLOOD SUGAR 1928, 34: 432-5.—Williamson, C. S. Some observations on blood sugar and the alleged glycosuria following operative procedures on the thoracic duct. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1922-23, 8: 19-22. ---- Variations, racial. Bhatia, S. L. Some observations on Indians in regard to the sugar content of blood and the sugar tolerance test. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M, 1928, 1: 143-51.—Brahmachari, U. N. Blood-sugar observations in young people in Bengal. C. rend. Congr. internat. nted. trop. hyg, Cairo, 1929, 2: 739-41. ----- & Bikash, P. Researches on blood-sugar in Indians; blood-sugar observations in young people of Bengal. Ind. J.M. Res, 1925- 26, 13: 271-4.—Conception, I. Notes on the blood-sugar content of Filipinos. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass, 1923, 3: 285-91.— Filla, E. L'influenza della psiche sulla glicemia. Minerva med. Tor, 1935, 26: pt 1, 256-9—Jacob, J. E, & McLavy, J. R. Studies in the chemistry of the blood; some normal values of blood sugar in the tropics. Proc. M. Ass. Canal Zone (1921-26) 1927, 14: 71-6—Lee, Y. C, & Choi, C. Y. Blood-sugar content of healthy Korean adults. J. Chosen M. Ass, 1934, 24: 36.— Morrison, H, & Ohler, W. R. A study of blood-sugar curves in Jewish and non-Jewish patients with no apparent glycogenic disturbance. Boston M.&S.J, 1923, 188: 852-4— Pales & Monglond. Le taux de la glycemie chez le noir en A.E.F. et ses variations avec les etats pathologiques. Presse med, 1934, 42: 765-8.—Souza, B. T. de. Determinacao da taxa glicemica nos individuos normais em Goa. Arq. Esc. med. cir. Nova Goa, 1931, s.A, 844-58.—Stott, H. Diabetes in the East I.; the normal fasting blood-sugar amongst Indians and the renal threshold for sugar in Indians. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M. (1927) 1928, 1: 138-42. ---- Variations, sexual. See also Pregnancy. Greisheimer, E. M. Sexual differences in fasting blood sugar. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 31: 1067-9—Manzi, L. Le variazioni del tasso glicemico durante il periodo mestruale. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 631-6.—Rogemont, L. Varia- tions de la glycemie pendant la puberte du coq domestique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 154. ---- Variations, thermal [including fever] Mulleh-Neff, H. *Die Wirkung asepti- schen Fiebers auf die Blutzuckerregulation des Menschen [Leipzig] 24p. 8? Zeulenroda i. Thur., 1932. Asakoshi, Y. Ueber den Einfluss der Temperaturveran- derungen der Umgebung auf den Kohlehydratstoffwechsel. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1936, 4: Int. Med, 135.—Bosman, L. P., & Zwaren- stein, H. The effect of temperature on the carbohydrate toler- ance in Xenopus laevis (South African clawed toad) Q. J. Exp. Physiol, Lond, 1930, 20: 231-43.—Caltabiano, B. Influenza dell' atropina sulla iperglicemia da freddo. Morgagni, 1933, 75: 1107-11.—Carvalho, A. de. Relations entre la glycemie et la temperature du corps. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 935 — ChiateUino, A, & Rowinski, P. La regolazione della glicemia sotto l'azione distimolifreddigenerali. Arch. sc. biol, Bologna, 1934-35, 20: 101-13.—Cox, W. C, & Jacob, J. E. Preliminary report on investigation of sugar content of human blood in the tropics, with special reference to the Canal Zone. Proc. M. Ass. Canal Zone (1921-26) 1927, 14: 77-83.—Bi Macco, G. La reazione iperglicemica al freddo nello stato di alcalosi. Biochim. ter. sper, 1933, 20: 265-72.—Geiger, E. Versuche iiber den Einfluss der Temperatur auf die Blutzuckerkonzentration. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 1265. Also Magy. orv. arch, 1926, 27: 13-24 — Itikawa, K, On the effect of the environmental temperature upon the blood sugar content of the heat-punctured rabbit. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1935, 27: 473-86.—Kisch, B, Simons, A, & Weyl, P. Untersuchungen iiber die Blutzuckerregulation beim Saugetier; die Einwirkung von Kalte und Hunger auf den Blut- zucker. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 204: 179-91.—Kuno, Y. Ueber die Beziehung zwischen dem Blutzuckergehalt und der Warme- regulation. Mitt. Med. Fak. Univ. Tokyo, 1919, 22: 165-88, 9ch— Loebel, R. Ueber den Einfluss des peripheren Kreislaufes auf die alimentare Hyperglykamie; Einwirkung von Warme und Kalte auf den Blutzucker. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1931, 21: 395-402.—Sardo, M. Iperglicemia da freddo e acidosi. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1933,14: 904-10.—Schear, E. W. E. The effect of temperature on the content of sugar in the blood of the albino rat. Am. J. Physiol, 1932, 99: 555-61.—Schwarz, C, & Kaspar, E. Ueber die Beziehung der Korpertemperatur zum Blut- zuckergehalt. Biol, gen, Wien, 1927, 3: 689-98.—Slosse, J. Etude du metabolisme glucidique au cours des hyperthermics. Ann. Soc. sc. med. natur. Bruxelles, 1933, 43-87; 1934, Ann. 1, 1-36— Taya, M. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Einflusses der Aus- sentemperatur auf den Blutzuckergehalt. J. Biochem, Tokyo, 1922,1: 479-509.—Tullio, P. II tasso glicemico come indice della resistenza dell' organismo al raffreddamento. Arch. sc. biol, Bologna, 1929-30, 14: 379-90. Also Arch. ital. biol, 1930, 83: 190-6— Weyl, P. Die Einwirkung von erhohter Aussentempera- tur auf das Verhalten des Blutzuckers von Kaninchen und Hunden. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 206: 48.5-502. ---■ in animals. Jarczyk, H. *Ueber den Blutzucker bei Gansen und Enten unter physiologischen und experimentell-pathologischen Bedingungen. 49d 8? Bresl., 1918. Moutaux, AI. *Recherches sur la glycemie (chez les femelles en gestation, parturition et lac- tation) [Alfort] 40p. 8? Bar-le-Duc, 1928. Summermatter, X. *Ueber den Gehalt an reduzierenden und die Osazon-Reaktion erzeu- genden Stoffen im Serum von Kalbern. 30p. 8? Ziir., 1929. Ackert, J. E, & Titus, R. W. The effect of the nematode Ascandia perspicillum on the blood-sugar content of chickens. Anat. Rec, 1924, 29: 120— Awdejewa, M. S, Prowatorowa, E. L. [et al.] Schwankungen des Blutzuckergehaltes beim Rind. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 187: 369-76—Berthoumeyroux, J, & Souterbicq, J. Sur la glycemie de quelques invertebres marins. C rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 232— Beutler, R. Ueber den Blutzucker der Biene (Apis mellifica) Naturwissenschaften, 1936, 24: 486-91—Botschkarev, P, & Grigoriev, N. Blutzucker- gehalt normaler und zur Eichung des Insulins benutzter Kanin- chen. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 215: 493-7.—Borlencourt, H, Trias, A, & Paychere, A. Stabilisation du taux de la glycemie chez le chien durant le sommeil chloralosique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 86: 1078-80.—Eveleth, B. F. The blood chemistry of swine; blood changes following the ingestion of glucose. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 104: 559-63—Florkin, M, & Bosson, G. Sur la glye6mie de l'anodonte. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 1348-50.—Fujii, I. Does the blood sugar level of the dogs un- dergo an annual variation? Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1922, 3: 74-93.—Gonzalez Guzman, I, Miranda, E, & Montes de Oca, E. Contribucion al estudio de las variaciones de la glicemia en el perro. Rev. mex. biol, 1930, 10: 5-38—Hemmingsen, A. M. The blood sugar of some invertebrates. Skand. Arch. Physiol, Berl, 1924, 45: 204-10. ----- Blood sugar regulation in the crayfish. Ibid, 46: 51-5—Hewitt, E. A. The blood-sugar level on the bovine. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1930, 77: 362-7.—Hodgson, R. E, Riddell, W. H, & Hughes, J. S. Factors influencing the blood-sugar level of dairy cattle. J. Agr. Res, 1932,44:357-65.— Honeywell, H. E. Studies of the sugar in the blood of pigeons. Am. J. Physiol, 1921-22, 58: 152-68—Kisch, B. Blutzuckerun- tersuchungen bei Selachiern. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 211: 276-91. ----- Der Blutzucker bei Feldhasen. Ibid, 1930, 220: 378.—Krzywanek, F. W, & Bruggemann, H. Zur Frage des Blutzuckerspiegels beim Wiederkauer. Ibid, 1933, 261: 170-5.—Levai, M, & Waldbauer, O. Die Beeinflussbarkeit des Blutzuckers beim Kaninchen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 1612-4—Luy, P, & Koser, A. Ueber den Gehalt des Blutes Trakehner Fohlen verschiedener Altersstufen an Blutzucker, Rest-Stickstoff und Alkalireserve. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh, 1933-34, 67: 347-57—Moussu, G, & Moussu, R. Glycemie normale chez les bovides; glycemie et maladie vitulaire chez les vaches laitieres. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1926, 183: 431-3.—Polo- novski, M, & Cuvelier, L. Valeur de l'indose glucidique plas- matique chez les honteothermes. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 190.—Richter, A. Ueber die Tagesschwankungen des Blutzuckers beim Rinde. Biochem. Zschr, 1928, 194: 376-84.— Roche, J, & Bumazert, C. Sur la glycemie de Cancer pagurus; nature des substances reductrices et facteurs de variation de la glycemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 1225-7.—Rogemont, L. Taux de la glycemie chez la poule domestique. Ibid, 1930, 104: 372.—Scott, E. L. Sugar in the blood of the dog-fish and of the sand shark. Am. J. Physiol, 1920-21, 55: 349-54. ----- The reducing power (blood sugar) of filtrates from the blood of the rabbit. Arch. Int. M, 1929,43: 393-412. ----- & Honey- well, H. E. A study of the sugar in the blood of normal pigeons. Am. J. Physiol, 1920-21, 55: 362-5—Scott, E. L, & Kleitman, N. Sugar in the blood of the common frog. Ibid, 355-61.—Schu- hecker, K. Beobachtungen iiber den Blutzucker der Ziege. Biochem. Zschr, 1925, 156: 353-64.—Schwarz, K. Untersuchun- gen fiber den normalen Blutzuckergehalt des Pferdes und des Rindes. Ibid, 1928, 194: 328-34. ----- Ueber den Blut- zucker der W'einbergschnecke (Helix pomatia L.) Ibid, 1934-35, 275: 262-9. ----- & Hamp, H. Ueber den normalen Blutzuckergehalt beim Hunde und seine physiologischen Schwankungen. Ibid, 1928, 194: 351-61—Schwarz, K, & Hein- rich, K. Untersuchungen fiber den normalen Blutzuckergehalt desHuhnes. Ibid, 346-50.—Schwarz, K, & Lubetz, A. Ueber die Erzielung konstanter Blutzuckerwerte beim Kaninchen. Ibid, 335-45.—Schwarz, K, & Mezler-Andelberg, E. Unter- suchungen fiber die Beziehung des Blutzuckergehaltes zur Milchproduktion bei Kiihen. Ibid, 362-75—Stott, F. C. Einige vorlaufige Versuche iiber Veranderungen des Blut- zuckers bei Dekapoden. Ibid, 1932, 248: 55-64—Uehara, T. Ueber den Blutzuckergehalt beim Hahn. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1935- 36, 9: Pharm, 43.—Vladimirov, G. The effect of some factors upon the blood-sugar of embryo chicks. J. Physiol, Lond, 1931, 72: 411-24.—Vblker, R. Blutzuckeruntersuchungen an gesunden und kranken Tieren. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh, 1929, 59: 16; 467.—Widmark, E. M. P, & Carlens, O. Ueber die Blutzuckerkonzentration bei Kiihen und den Einfluss der Lactationsintensitat auf dieselbe. Biochem. Zschr, 1925, 156: 454-9. BLOOD TRANSFUSION. See also Blood groups, Clinical and practical aspects. 21767—vol. 2, 4th series----44 BLOOD TRANSFUSION 690 BLOOD TRANSFUSION Benda, R, La transfusion du sang. 29p. 8? Par., 1930. Breitxer, B. Die Bluttransfusion. 113p. 8? Wien, 1926. Dupuy de Frenelle. La transfusion san- guine. 114p. 8? Par., 1923. Feil, J. *Bluttransfusionen [Munchen] 45p. 8? Borna-Lpz., 1930. Feinblatt, H. M. Transfusion of blood. 137p. 8? N.Y., 1926. Keynes, G. L. Blood transfusion. 166p. ». Lond. [1922] Oehlecker, F. Die Bluttransfusion. p.1513- 92. 8? Berl., 1934. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl, 1934, 2: 2.Halfte. Pauchet, V., & Becart, A. La transfusion du sang. 2.ed. 168p. 8? Par., 1930. Ravara, A. *A transfusao do sangue. 81p. 12? Lisb., 1873. Scannell, J. M. Blood transfusion simpli- fied; blood grouping, blood matching, and blood transfusion. 50p. 8? Brockton, Mass., 1930. Tzanck, A. Problemes theoriques et pra- tiques de la transfusion sanguine. 212p. 8! Par., 1933. Wildegans, H. Die Bluttransfusion in Theorie und Praxis. 157p. 8? Berl., 1933. Adams, B. S. Observations on the transfusion of blood. Boston M.&S.J, 1923, 188: 949-51—Adcock, B. F. Blood trans- fusion. J. S. Carolina M. Ass, 1936, 32: 236-9.—Agote, L. Transfusion de sang. Rev. As. med. argent, 1924, 37: Soc. med. intern 91-5 —Allen, W. G, & Murdock, L. H. The transfusing of blood N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1936-37, 89: 437-9—Anet. Con- cerning blood transfusion. Month. Bull. League Red Cross Soc 1935, 16: no.12 [222]—Balhorn, F. Ueber Bluttransfusion. Ther. Halbmhefte, 1921, 35: 289-97—Banks, B. Blood trans- fusion. West Virginia M.J, 1929, 25:390-5— Barsky, C. [Data on transfusion of blood] J. akush. jensk. boliez, 1927, 38: 567- 74.—Becart, A. Transfusion du sang. J. med. Paris, 1921, 40: 309 ----- A propos de la transfusion du sang. Clinique, Par 1925, 20: 308-10.—Beck. Ueber Bluttransfusion. Klin. Wschr 1925, 4: 1571. Also Munch, med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 1232-6 Also Rev. med. Hamburgo, 1925,6:423-8.—Beekman, M. Blood transfusion. South. M.J, 1919, 12: 487-9—Benassi, G. La trasfusione del sangue dal punto di vista biologico, tecnico, clinico. Med. ital, 1924, 5: 253-69—Bischoff, L. Einiges iiber die Bluttransfusion. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1924, 54: 616-8 — Bishkow, E. Blood transfusion. Illinois M.J, 1927, 51:69-71 — Boit, H. Bluttransfusion; Uebersichtsreferat. Jahrber. Chir. (1920) 1922, 26:12-54.—Breitner, B. Anmerkung zur Aussprache iiber die Bluttransfusion in der Freien Vereinigung der Chirur- gen Wiens. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1924, 37: 471-4—Brekke, A. [Some remarks on blood transfusion] Med. rev, Bergen, 1923, 40- 561-4.—Brines, O. A. Blood transfusion. Rep. Wayne Co M Soc, 1930-31, 99.—Britt, W. W. Blood transfusion. N York State J.M, 1919, 19: 377-9— Browne, B. Blood trans- fusion. Dis. Child. (Thursfield & Paterson) Lond, 1934, 32-9.—Bruynoghe, R. La transfusion sanguine. Rev. med. Louvain, 1919, 113-9.—Bryan, A. O. Blood transfusion. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1925-26, 78: 387-91—Burkle-de la Camp, H. Ueber die Bluttransfusion. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1933, 239: 1-17.—Carmona, L. Sulla trasfusione del sangue. Arch. ital. chir, 1923-24, 8: 241-78.—Carmona, M. Transfusao de sangue. Med. contemp, Lisb, 1928, 46: 260-4.—Casanova Seco, A, & S Bordona, J. M. Aportacion al estudio de la transfusion san- guinea. Arch, med, Madr, 1926, 23: 18-23—Clairmont, P. Zur Frage der Bluttransfusion. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 1150-2 — Cohn, B. Kritische Sammelreferat fiber Bluttransfusionen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 883.—Cooksey, R. T. Blood trans- fusion. Wisconsin M.J, 1921-22, 20: 322.—Curchod, H. La transfusion du sang. Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1920, 40: 666-74.— Currier, G. S. Blood transfusion. Am. J. Obst, 1921-22, 2: 573-81. Also Rep. Surg. Staff Woman Hosp, S. Louis, 1921-22, 4:203-12.—Bacus, R. M, jr. Blood transfusion. J.S.Carolina M Ass, 1936, 32: 40-3.—Bavis, E. P. Studies in blood trans- fusion. Progr. Med, Phila, 1923, 3: 90-6—Bavis, W. P. Blood transfusion. Rhode Island M.J, 1926, 9: 176-9—Bel Vicario, F. La trasfusione del sangue. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1924, 5: 155-67.—Berom, E. La transfusion du sang. Rev. nted. Louvain, 1929, 198-202.—Bick, E. [Blood transfusion] Gyo- gyaszat, 1935, 75: 167-70.—Bivis, J. [Blood transfusion] Cas. tek Cesk, 1923, 62: 965; 1002.—Boan, C. A. The transfusion problem. Physiol. Rev, 1927, 7: 1-84—Boles, H. M. The blood transfusion. Virginia M. Month, 1933, 60: 39-45 — Bomarus, A. von. Blutgruppen, Blutubertragung und Bluter- satzmittel. Naturwissenschaften, 1936, 24: 593-600—Bupuy de Frenelle, J. P. La transfusion sanguine. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1919, 28: 306-12. ----- A propos de la transfusion de sang. Rev. chir. Par, 1919, 57: 698.----- De la transfusion sanguine. Paris chir, 1922,14: 206-11. AlsoP.verb.Congr.fr. chir, 1923, 32: 222-4.—Burham, R. Blood transfusion. Long Island M.J, 1920, 14: 387-92—Egan, W. J. Regarding transfu- sion and intravenous injections. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1927, 17: 250 —Emile-Weil, P. Quelques remarques sur la transfusion du sang. Paris med, 1923, 49: 36-8. ----- La transfusion du sang. Traite physiol. norm. path. (Roger & Binet) Par, 1934 7: (2.ed.) 329-50. ----- Remarques sur la transfusion du sang. Helvet. med. acta, 1935-36, 2: 103-5—Eunike, K. W. Der Stand der Blutubertragung. Fortsch. Med, 1918-19, 36: 109.—Fantozzi, G. La trasfusione sanguigna. Gior. med. prat 1922, 4: no.l, 1; no.2, 13.—Field, S. E. Blood transfusion. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1932, 84: 764-9—Fleming, A. Blood trans- fusion. Brit. M.J, 1931, 2: 801-3. Also Tr. M. Soc. London, 1932, 55: 15.—Flbreken, H. Ueber Bluttransfusion. Prakt. Arzt, 1923, n.F, 8: 115; 128.—Foged, J. [Blood transfusion] Ugeskr. laeger, 1935, 97: 433-44.—Gallagher, J. F. Blood trans- fusion. Mil. Surgeon, 1930-31, 67: 419-34. Also repr—Galtieri, F, & Rochaix, A. Transfusion sanguinea. Sem. med, B. Air, 1929 36: pt 1, 1114-6.—Gonzalez, C. Transfusion sanguinea. Arch med, Madr, 1929, 30: 7-20.—Goodall, A. Transfusion of blood. Edinburgh M.J, 1919, n.s, 23: 334-9.—Haberer. Blut- transfusion. Wien. med. Wschr, 1925, 75: 1182—Haecker, R. Bluttransfusion. Jahrber. Chir. (1921) 1924, 27: ll-5.-Han- cock, J. B. Blood transfusion. Internat. J.S, 1926, 39: 344- 6 —H6ditaire du systeme nerveux. 106p. 8? Par., 1932. BLOTNIK, Haim Henri, 1884- *Con- tribution a l'etude obstetricale du bassin chez les femmes ayant eu une coxalgie bilaterale pendant l'enfance. 56p. 8? Par., 1924. BLOUNT, Ralph Earl, 1865- Health, public and personal. x, 316p. front. 8° Bost., Allyn & Bacon [1922] ---- Laboratory guide and pupil's note-book for the study of health, vi, 103p. 8? Bost., Allyn & Bacon [1930] ---- Teachers' manual for the science of everyday health, viii, 88p. 8? Bost., Allyn & Bacon [1935] BLOUNT, Raymond F. See Greisheimer, Esther M, & Blount, R. F. Physiology and anatomy. 2.ed. 697p. 8? Phila. [1933] BLOWSTEIN, Meer. *Beobachtungen iiber Melubrin wirkung. 48p. 8? Basel, 1917. BLOXAM, John Astley, 1844-1926. Obituary. Brit. M.J, 1926, 1: 171. Also Lancet, Lond, 1926, 1: 261. BLOYER, William Edward, 1853-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 81: 2131. BLU, Henri, 1894- *Considerations cli- niques sur l'6rytheme noueux chez l'enfant. 70p. 8? Par., 1922. BLUDAU [Joseph] Heinrich Alois, 1889- *Ueber Vizin in der Gelenktherapie (3 Sekundar- falle) 24p. 8? Bresl., 1920. BLUE book of optometrists; index to optome- trists in United States, Canada, and Cuba—ar- ranged alphabetically. 6v. 8? Chic, Profes- sional Press, 1916-36. BLUEHDORN, Kurt, 1884- Sauglingsheil- kunde der taglichen Praxis; mit einzelnen Hin- weisen auf das spatere Kindesalter. 2.Aufl. viii) 217p. 12? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1925. ---- & VOELCKERS, H. Ausgewahlte Kapitel aus dem Gebiet der Krankheiten des Sauglings- und Kleinkindesalters; mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung neurer therapeutischer Massnahmen. 28p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1924. Forms H.2, v.20 of Beih. Med. Klin. BLUEHER, Hans, 1888- Die Rolle der Erotik in der mannlichen Gesellschaft; eine Theorie der menschlichen Staatsbildung nach Wesen und Wert. 2v. 248p.; 224p. 8? Jena, E. Diedrichs, 1919-20. ---- Traktat iiber die Heilkunde, insbeson dere die Neurosenlehre. 2p.l. 123p. 8? Jena, E. Diederichs, 1926. BLUEHER, Walter, 1905- *Die Blutkor- perchensenkungsreaktion und ihre Verwertbar- keit auf Grund von Beobachtungen aus den Jahren 1927-32 an 8,092 Fallen. 29p. 8? Wurzb. [1932] BLUEMCKE, Walter Hermann Rudolf, 1898- *Ueber Defekte der Vorderarmknochen. 7p. 8? [Lpz., 1922] BLUEMEL, Charles Sidney, 1884- Men- tal aspects of stammering, x, 152p. 9pl. 8°. Bait., Williams & Wilkins Co., 1930. ---- Stammering and allied disorders. 2 1. 182p. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1935. BLUEMEL, Karl Heinz, 1880-1934. Einrich- tung und Betrieb einer Tuberkulosenfiirsorge- stelle. 102p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1925. Forms H.19, of Tuberk. Bibl, Lpz. For biography see Deut. TuberkBl, 1935, 9: 21 (Kniisli) Also Zschr. Tuberk, 1935, 72: 113 (B. Mollers) ---- v. ALSTAEDT [et al.] Handbuch der Tuberkulose-Fiirsorge, eine Darstellung der deutschen Verhaltnisse nebst einem Anhang iiber die Einrichtungen im Auslande. 2v. viii, 457p. 46pl.; vi, 533p. roy.8? Miinch., J.F. Lehmann, 1928. BLUEMEL, Therese, 1902- *Ueber Bauch- contusionen. 23p. 8? Berl., 1931. BLUEMEL, Werner [Maria] 1905- *Ueber operative Behandlung der Knochenbriiche. 23p. 8? [Berl.] 1931. BLUEMENER 725 BLUM BLUEMENER, Gunther, 1892- *Ueber Va- ginofixation und Uterusruptur. 32p. 8? Berl., W. Moeser, 1918. BLUEMLER, Ludwig, 1908- *Das Ende eines suggestiven Massenheilerfolges: Zeileis- Gallspach [Heidelberg] 40p. 8? Aschaffen- burg-Main, Wailandt [1934] BLUEMMERS, Karl [Johann] 1901- *Ueber Selbstmorde und Selbstmord versuche bei Melan- cholischen. 35p. ch. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1927. BLUHM, Agnes, 1862- Ploetz, A. [Biography] Arch. Rassenb, 1932, 26: 63. BLUHM, Gerda, 1906- *Die Frage der Leberparenchymschadigung beim Morbus Bier- mer und ihr klinischer Nachweis [Berlin] p. 185- 200. 8? Lpz., 1932. Also Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1932, 47: BLUHM, Isidor Leon, 1902- *Working test as clinical method for determining the func- tion of the lungs; an investigation in cases of tuberculous changes especially in collapse ther- apy. 209p. 8? Stockh., P. A. Norstedt & Soner, 1935. Also Suppl. 65, v.85, Acta med. scand. BLUHM, Kilian, 1890- *Die mit Op- tochin behandelten Ulcusserpens-Falle in der Universitats-Augenklinik Heidelberg. 30p. 8? Heidelb., Rossier & Herbert, 1917. BLUM, Andre. *De la compression manuelle de l'aorte abdominale en obstetrique. 58p. 8? Par., 1923. BLUM, August Wilhelm, 1889- *Zur Kasuistik der intraperitonealen Pfahlungsver- letzung im Felde. 35p. 8? Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1919. BLUM, Carmen, 1909- *Considerations sur un cas d'anus vulvaire, megacolon et n6phrite. 44p. pi. 8? Par., 1934. BLUM, Emmerich, 1898- *Wie andert ein Jodanstrich die ortliche und allgemeine Entzundungsfahigkeit der Haut? [Frankfurt] 25p. 8? Berl., H. Pusch, 1926. BLUM, Gaston, 1895- *L'hemostase dans l'hysterectomie vaginale; le procede du Pro- fesseur Logothetopoulos (d'Athenes) 47p. 8? Par., 1929. BLUM, Jean, 1898- ^Contribution a l'etude du syndrome oculo-moteur tardif de l'encephalite epidemique. 196p. 8? Par., 1928. BLUM, Josef, 1900- *Hereditat und Familiendisposition beim Diabetes mellitus. 7p. 8? Bonn, R. Stodieck, 1924. BLUM, Karl [Anton] 1905- *Ueber den Umsatz von Glycerin im Tierkorper. 24p. 8. Lpz., Frommhold & Wendler, 1934. BLUM, Kurt, 1894-1932. Hysterie (die abnormen seelischen Reaktionen im Korper- lichen) 3p.l. 36p. 8? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1927. Forms Spez. Teil, 7.Abt, 2 Teil, 2.Halfte of Handb. Psy- chiat. (G. Aschaflenburg) . .,_ „. For biography see Arch. Psychiat., Beri, 1932 98: 457-61 (H. Spatz) Also Nervenarzt, 1933, 6: 24 (Bostroem) BLUM, Leo, 1908- *Die Zunahme der Sterblichkeit an Tuberkulose im Kindesalter im Jahre 1931. 40p. 8? Berl., 1934. Also Gesundhfiirs. Kindesalt, 1933, 8: 260-94. BLUM, Leon, 1878-1930. Vaucher, E. [Obituary] Strasbourg nted, 1930, 90: 205. --- & CAULAERT, C. van. Le role du sei dans les nephrites; 6tude clinique physiopatho- logique et therapeutique, ayec la coUaboration de P.S. Petrequin. 4p.l. 292p. diagrs.. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1931. BLUM, Max, 1902- *Die bakteriologi- sche Untersuchung und Beurteilung eingesand- ter Wasserproben. 32p. 8? Gott., 1929. BLUM, Otto, 1888- *Ueber den Ersatz der Narkose durch die Methoden der Lokal- anasthesie in der urologischen Chirurgie [Hei- delberg] 31p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1914. BLUM, Otto, 1890- *Die Ernahrungs- verhaltnisse der kleinstadtischen und landlichen Bevolkerung wahrend der Kriegszeit. 15p. 8? Miinch., J. B. Grassi, 1917. BLUM, Paul, 1878-1933. Aron, M. [N6crologie] Presse nted, 1933, 41:1643. For biography see Rev. nted. Par, 1934, 51: 172-96 (A. Hanns) Also Ibid, 1934, 94: 205, port, passim. Also Stras- bourg med, 1933, 93: 675 (E. A.) Also Union med. nord-est, 1933,56:155 (E.Techoueyres) • —— & VOISIN, Roger. La fievre des armees en campagne. 78p. 8? Par., J. B. Bailliere & fils, 1918. BLUM, Sanford, 1873- Practical diete- tics for adults and children in health and disease. ix, 319p. 8? Phila., F. A. Davis Co., 1923. ---- Also 2.ed. xi, 362p. 1926. ---- Also 3.ed. rev. and enl. xi, 380p. 1928. ----Also 4.ed. xi, 380p. 1931. BLUM, Victor, 1877- Chirurgische Patho- logie und Therapie der Harnblasendivertikel. lOOp. 4pl. 4? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1919. ---- Also 2. Aufl. 157p. 5pl. 1929. ---- & GLINGAR, A., & HRYNTSCHAK, T. Urologie und ihre Grenzgebiete dargestellt fiir praktische Aerzte. vi, 318p. 8? Wien, J. Springer, 1926. BLUMAN, Jankel. * Contribution a l'etude des lesions intestinales chez les tubereuleux pulmonaires. 15p. 8? Geneve, 1925. BLUMANN, Ernst Ludwig, 1891- *Bei- trag zur Kasuistik der Rippensarkome. 41p. 8? Berl., H. Blanke, 1919. BLUMBERG, Alexander, 1897- *Ueber die primaren malignen Bindegewebsgeschwulste der Leber mit Beschreibung eines Falles von primarem malignen Hamangioendotheliom der Leber. 27p. 8? [Bresl.] 1924. BLUMBERG, Alma, 1902- *Ueber Granu- loma annulare mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des familiaren Vorkommens. 20p. 8? Marb., K. Euker, 1929. BLUMBERG, John, 1861- Aus der chirur- gischen Praxis. 83p. 8? Munch., J. F. Berg- mann, 1922. ---- Leitfaden fiir die chirurgische Kranken- pflege. 2.Aufl. ix, 133p. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1921. ---- Lehrbuch der topographischen Anato- mie; mit besonderer Berucksichtigung ihrer Anwendung. viii, 486p. roy.8? Berl., Ur- ban & Schwarzenberg, 1926. . , _ , . ____ Topographisch-anatomische Ergebnisse; der medizinischen Forschung von 1919 bis 1929. 130p. roy.8? Tartu (Dorpat) [K. Mattiesens Buchdruckerei Ant.-Ges.] 1931. BLUMBERG, M. *A propos d'un cas d'in- suffisance aortique sans souffle. 15p. 8? Geneve, 1920. BLUMBERG, Moise, 1894- *La valeur de I'ascension et de l'immobilite' du diaphragme pour Interpretation des resultats de la phr6- nicectomie chez les tubereuleux. 80p. Par., 1931. 8< BLUME 72 BLUME, Hans, 1902- *Die cystenartigen Bildungen im Epikard nach fibrinoser Peri- karditis [Jena] 20p. pi. 8? Apolda, 1929. BLUME, Hans, 1910- *Die Protrusionen der oberen Front bei normalen mesiodistalen Kieferbeziehungen (ihr Bild und ihre Behand- lung) 30p. 8? Munch., 1934. BLUME [Julius Wilhelm] Walther, 1899- *Untersuchungen zum Nachweis neuerer Mor- phinderivate in Arzneien, Speisen, Getranken und Leichenteilen. 38p. 8? Marb., J. Hamel. 1930. BLUME, Karl, 1903- *Der Aderlass bei Hippocrates. 16p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1931. BLUME, Louis Frederick, 1882- Remote control and animal action. 23p. diagrs. 8? Pittsfield, Mass., 1933. BLUME, Walter, 1903- *Das Aneurysma, der Arteria tibialis posterior nach Fraktur beider Unterschenkelknochen mit Ruckwirkung auf die Konsolidation. 22p. 8? Gott., A. Schonhutte & Sohnen, 1930. BLUME, Werner, 1906- *Der arztliche Eingriff zu Heilzwecken; seine Beurteilung in Deutschland und Oesterreich und seine Stellung im kiinftigen Recht [Jena] 68p. 8? Bochum- Langendreer, H. Poppinghaus, 1933. BLUMEN, Bercou. Contributions a l'etude de la maladie osseuse fibro-kystique de Reckling- hausen. 77p. 8? Par., 1931. BLUMEN, Milu, 1907- *Hippocratisme des doigts dans les affections intestinales. 33p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. BLUMENAU, Leonid Wassiljewitsch, 1862- 1932. Steblow, E. M. Nekrolog. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1935, 35: 200-6.—Wenderowic, E. Nekrolog. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1932, 139: 249-51. BLUMENBACH, Johan Friedrich, 1752-1840. Ueber die naturlichen Verschiedenheiten im Menschengeschlechte [transl. from the Latin, and ed. by Gottf. Gruber] xxxii, 291p. 3pl. 8? Lpz., Breitkopf & Hartel, 1798. BLUMENBERG, Ernst, 1888- *Die Tabes in der Rechtsprechung des Reichsversicherungs- amts [Gottingen] 106p. 8? Hannover, C. Kuster, 1918. BLUMENBERG, Georg Wilhelm, 1906- *Ein Beitrag zur Technik der Kronenarbeit unter Berucksichtigung des perimarginalen Gewebes. 35p. pi. 8? Berl., R. Bruckhoff, 1932. BLUMENBERG, Hedwig, 1901- *Ein Fall von Pseudogliom der Retina. 19p. 8? Heidelb., 1927. BLUMENFELD, Beno, 1906- *Facteurs de la distribution geographique des maladies. 50p. 8? Par., Edit. Jel, 1934. * BLUMENFELD, Felix, 1864- Die Laryn- gologie des praktischen Arztes nach ihrem gegen- wartigen Stande. 46p. 8? Berl., H. Kornfeld, 1928. Forms H.391-2, v.35, Berl. Klin. For biography see Tuberkulose, Miinch, 1934, 14: 161 (G. Schroder) Also Zschr. Laryng, 1934, 25: 153 (R. Hoffmann) BLUMENFELD, Hans, 1903- *Perflation der Tuben bei offener Bauchhohle. 31p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1931. BLUMENFELD, Therese, 1909- *Action des intoxications chroniques sur les fonctions de reproduction et sur la descendance. 50p. 8? Par., 1934. BLUMENFELD, Walter, 1882- Urteil und Beurteilung. 623p. 8? Lpz., 1931. Forms Erganzbd 3, Teil 1-2, Arch. ges. Psychol. BLUMENFELDT BLUMENFELDT, Simon. *I)ie Verteilung des Arsens im Korper mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung mehrfacher Giftdosen [Basel] p.501-21. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Also Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1930, 15: BLUMENFIELD, Fischel, 1908- *La tu- berculose des dements precoces; etude statis- tique, clinique et radiologique. 145p. 8? Par., 1933. BLUMENTHAL, Bruno, 1900- *Ueber Krebsentstehung in der Laparatomienarbe. 24p. 2pl. 8? Bresl. [L. Freund] 1927. BLUMENTHAL, Carla. *Zur Appendicitis im Kindesalter [Zurich] 39p. 8? Berl., H. S. Hermann & Co., 1919. BLUMENTHAL, Ferdinand, 1870- Der Starrkrampf, seine Entstehung und Behandlung. 79p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1914. ---- Die Krebskrankheiten; ihre Erkennung und Bekampfung. iv, 63p. 18illus. 8? Berl., O. Salle, 1919. ---- Ergebnisse der experimentellen Krebs- forschung und Krebstherapie. ix, 183p. 8? Leiden, A. W. Sijthoff, 1934. For Festschrift see Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1930, 32: port. BLUMENTHAL, Franz, 1878- Strahlen- behandlung bei Hautkrankheiten (Rontgen, Licht, Radium) ein Lehrbuch fiir Studierende und Aerzte. x, 238p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1925. See also Benda, C, Blumenthal, Franz [et al.] Allgemeine Pathologie [&c] 564p. 8? Berl, 1929. ---- & JAFFE, Kate. Ekzem und Idiosyn- krasie. vi, 188p. illus. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1933. BLUMENTHAL, Grete, 1906- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Storungen des Wasserhaus- haltes bei Lebererkrankungen. 16p. 8? Frankf. a.M., 1935. BLUMENTHAL, Hans, 1902- *Ueber die Metatarsalfracturen durch indirekte Gewalt [Berlin] 31p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1927. BLUMENTHAL, Helmut, 1906 *Ueber das Spatschicksal klinisch geheilter Falle von Collumkarzinom. 25p. 8? Berl., P. Funk, 1932. BLUMENTHAL, Hermann, 1887- *(Aus der chirurgischen Klinik zu Gottingen) Beitrag zur Casuistik der Epulis. 47p. 8? Gott., A. Riittgerodt, 1920. BLUMENTHAL, Sally, 1887- ♦Beobach- tungen iiber Entstehung, Erscheinungen und Behandlung der Querlagen. 41p. 8? Bresl., S. Lilienfeld, 1917. BLUMENTRITT [Horst Conrad] Walther, 1890r *Die Tiefenverhaltnisse der physiologi- schen Zahnfleischtasche und der physiologische Zahndurchbruch [Leipzig] 24p. 8? [Oschatz, F. Gothel] 1926. BLUMENWITZ, Arne, 1907- *Lokale schweisshemmende Mittel unter besonderer Berucksichtigung des Ammoriiumchlorids [Miin- chen] 28p. 8? Kallmiinz, M. Lassleben, 1932. BLUMER, Dietrich. *Tuberkulose und Trau- ma und Unfallversicherung. 16p. 8? Ziir., J. J. Meier, 1922. BLUMER, Emmy, 1906- * Ueber Epuliden und ihre Ausgangspunkte. 66p. 8? Ziir., J. H. Meier, 1932. BLUMER, George, 1872- Bedside diag- nosis, by American authors [with general index] 4v. 4? Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1928. BLUMER 727 BOARDS OF HEALTH BLUMER, Herbert, 1900- Movies and conduct, xivp. 257p. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1933. Payne Fund Studies. ----& HAUSER, Philip Morris. Movies, delin- quency, and crime, xiii, 233p. 8? N.Y., Mac- millan Co., 1933. Payne Fund Studies. BLUMER, Jakob. *Die Karpal- und Meta- karpalfrakturen in den Jahren 1919 und 1920 bei der Schweizer Unfall-Versicherung (Auszug) [Zurich] p.517-25. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann & J. Springer, 1922. BLUMGARTEN, Aaron Samuel, 1884- Materia medica for nurses. 4.ed. rev. xvi, 519p. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1924. ---- A text book of medicine for students in schools of nursing, x, p.l. 530p. pi. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1927. ---- Also 2.ed. xiv, 662p. 15pl. diagrs. 1932. ---- Textbook of materia medica. 5.ed. xiv, 623p. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1930. BLUMIN-SOURAWITSCH, Fanny. *L'aetion du nitrite d'amvle sur l'arvthmie; essai de pro- nostic. 24p. 8? Geneve', 1929. BLUMKLOTZ, Bruno, 1899- *Zur Frage der Parotismischgeschwiilste [Berlin] 25p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1929. BLUMSTEIN-JUDINA, Beila. *Die Pneuma- tisation des Markes der Vogelknochen [Bern] 54p. 2pl. 8? Wiesb., J. F. Bergmann, 1905. BLUM-ZILBERMANN, Isahelle. Contribu- tion a l'etude de l'ictere des noyaux cerebraux des nouveau-nes a propos de quatre observations personnelles. 30p. 8? Geneve, Imp. du Com- merce, 1935. BLUNDEN, Edmund Charles, 1896- Christ's Hospital; a retrospect, xvi, 206p. 7pl. 8? Lond., Christophers [1923] BLUNSCHI, Meinrad, 1903- *Die Korper- masse bei den Milchleistungsktihen der schweize- rischen Braunviehrasse [Zurich] 52p. 16 tab. 8? Wald, W. Hess, 1930. BLUNT, Katherine, 1876- , & COWAN, Ruth. Ultraviolet light and vitamin D in nutri- tion, xiii, 229p. 8? Chic, Univ. Chic. Press [1930] BLUSHING. See also Emotion; Erythrophobia; Shame. Feldman, S. Ueber Erroten; Beitrag zur Psychologie der Seham. Internat. Zschr. Psvchoanal, 1922, 8: 14-34.—Earten- berg, P. Psychologie pratique; la rougeur emotive. Presse med, 1927, 35: 1003—Maccurdy, J. T. The biological signifi- cance of blushing and shame. Brit. J. Psychol, 1930-31, 21: sect, gen, 174-82.—Weber, F. P. Darwinic blotchy flushing over neck and upper thorax in an elderly woman with high blood-pressure. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934-35, 28: 731. Alsorepr. Also Brit. J. Derm. Syph, 1935, 47: 203. Alsorepr. BLUTH, Karl Theodor, 1892- ' Medizin- geschichtliches bei Novalis; ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Medizin der Romantik. 60p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1934. Forms Heft No.2, Abh. Gesch. Med. Naturwiss. (P. Diepgen) BLUZAT, Georges, 1904- *Thrombo- phlebite dite par effort. 46p. 8? Par., 1932. BLYTH, Alexander Wynter, 1846-1921. Obituary. Analyst, Lond, 1921, 46: 177. For biography see Lancet, Lond, 1921, 1: 940. --- & BLYTH, Meredith Wynter. Poisons: their effects and detection. 5.ed. xxxiv, 745p. illus. 8? Lond., C. Griffin & Co., 1920. B0ARDMAN, William Sidney, 1859-1924. Pbituary. J. Am. M. Ass,, 1924, 82: 1710. BOARDS of health. See under Hygiene, public. BOAS, Ernst Philip, 1891- , & GOLD- SCHMIDT, Ernst Friedrich. The heart rate. xi, 166p. illus. diagrs. 8? Springf., 111. C. C. Thomas, 1932. BOAS, Ernst Philip & MICHELSON, Nicholas. The challenge of chronic diseases, ix, 2 1., 197p. 2pl. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1929. BOAS, Franz, 1858- Tsimshian texts. 244p. roy.8? Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1902. Forms Bull. 27 of Smithson. Inst. Bur. Am. Ethnol. ---- Changes in bodily form of descendants of immigrants (Final report) xii, 573p. 8? Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1911. Forms Doc. No. 208 Rep. Immigr. Comm. U.S. Senate, 61. congr, 2.sess. ---- Kultur und Rasse. viii, 256p. 8? Lpz., Veit & Co., 1914. ---- Also 2.Aufl. viii, 256p. 8? Berl., Verein. wiss. Verb, 1922. ---- Handbook of American Indian lan- guages, pt 2. 903p. 8? Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1922. Forms pt 2, Bull. 40 of Smithson. Inst. Bur. Am. Ethnol. The mind of primitive man, a course of x, 294p. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., lectures. 1922. Materials for the study of inheritance in man. viii, 541p. roy.8? N.Y., Columbia Univ. Press, 1928. ■---- Anthropology and modern life; a new and revised ed. 255p. 8? N.Y., W. W. Norton & Co. [1932] BOAS, Harald, 1882- Die Wasser- mannsche Reaktion, mit besonderer Beruck- sichtigung; ihrer klinischen Verwertbarkeit. 3. Aufl. vi, 176p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1922. BOAS, Ismar, 1858- Das Hamorrhoi- dalleiden, Wesen, Ursachen, klinisches Bild und Therapie. 66p. pi. 8? Halle, C. Marhold, 1922. Forms H.6-8, v. 7, of Samml. Verdauungskr. ---- Habitual constipation, its causes, con- sequence, prevention, and rational treatment set forth in non-technical language; transl. from the German by T. L. Stedman. xvi, 299p. 8? N.Y., Funk & Wagnalls Co., 1923. ---- Diagnostik und Therapie der Magen- krankheiten. 8.-9.Aufl. xvi, 817p. 6pl. 4? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1925. See also [Autobiography] p.51-98. 8? Lpz, 1928. Med. Gegenwart, Lpz, 1928, 7: For Festschrift see Arch. Verdauungskr, 1928, 43: port. For biographv see Deut. med. Wschr, 1928, 54: 492 (R. Ehr- mann) Also Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24: 477 (H. Strauss) Also Munch, med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 525, port. (R. Schorlemmer) BOAS, Johan Erik Vesti, 1855-1935. Steenberg, C. M. [Biography] Morph. Jahrb, 1936, 78: 253- 65, port. BOAS, Kurt [Walter Ferdinand] 1890- *Ueber Megalokornea. 39p. 8? Rostock, Adlers Erben, 1916. ---- Die Tabes dorsalis; der Knegsteil- nehmer und ihre militararztliche Begutachtung. 165p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1919. BOAS-OPPLER bacillus. See Lactobacillus; also Stomach, Bacteriology. BOAVENTURA Martins Pereira, Rodrigo. *A inflammacao sob o ponto de vista therapeutico. 130p. 8? Lisb., Lallemant freres, 1875. BOBARD, Paul, 1907- transmission des maladies contagieuses par le medecin, 60p, 8? Par., 1933. BOBAY 728 BOCHMANN BOBAY, Paul, 1892- Contribution a l'etude de la serotherapie antipneumococcique dans les infections a pneumocoques des voies respiratoires chez l'enfant. 66p. 8? Par., 1924. BOBBIO, Luigi. Chirurgia del torace. p.45U- 834. roy.8? Tor., Unione Tip.-ed. Tonnese, 1915. . . . 1a Trattato di patologia e terapia chirurgica generale e speciale. v. 2,1915. BOBE, Jean, 1905- *Les colonies fami- liales d'alienes; assistance et reglementation. 332p. 8? Par., 1933. BOBKE, Arthur [Johannes Julius] 1890- ♦Untersuchungen iiber den histologischen Bau des Wurzelgebietes der grossen Herzgefasse beim Pferd [Leipzig] 53p. pi. 8? Dresd., O. Franke, 1920. BOBKIEWICZ, Harry J., 1905- Contri- bution a l'etude du cancer du sein chez I'homme. 44p. 8? Par., Imp. Admin. Central, 1935. BOBKOWSKI, Stanislaus, 1889- *Ueber das Vorkommen der Gelenkmause bei Kriegs- teilnehmern mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Aetiologie. 22p. 8? Berl., C. Nigmann, 1917. BOBO, C. D. Practice of medicine made plain. xii, 148p. 8? Oakland, Calif., 1887. BOBONE, Tomaso, 1852-1935. 0, A. Necrologio. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1935, 53: 609; 822, port.'—C, P. [Necrologio] Otorinolar. ital, 1935, 5: 650. BOBROW, Nikolai. *Die Eklampsie an der Basler Frauenklinik, 1917-27 [Basel] 42p. 8? Riga, 1932. BOBROW, Wladimir, 1902- *Ueber Agra- nulocytose. 23p. 8? Giessen, J. Christ, 1928. BOCAGE, Andre, 1892- *Les albumines rachidiennes d'origine parenchymateuse. 151p. go par 1924. BOCCA, Claudius, 1888- *De la pro- these m^tallique temporaire dans les fractures compliquSes et infectees (chirurgie de guerre) 141p. 8? Lyon, 1916. BOCCARD, Henri Emile, 1897- *La forme asphyxiante aigue de la carcinose secon- daire du poumon. 60p. 8? Par., 1925. BOCCARD, Maurice, 1907- Contribu- tion a l'6tude de la composition chimique du sang de cheval. 145p. 8? Trevoux, G. Patissier, 1935. [BOCCHETTI, Federico] Guerra Italo Aus- triaca, MCMXV-MCMXVIII; il libro d'oro; i medici Italiani; ai loro eroi. xv, 522p. illus. pi. ports. 4? Roma, L. Alfieri [1924?] .---II nuovo sanatorio militare di Anzio. xlviip. illus. 5pl. roy.8? Bergamo, Ist. Ital. d'Arti Grafiche, 1933. BOCCHINI, Eugenic *A esterilizagao pelo methodo de Neumann e Rose. 30p. 8? S. Paulo, 1929. BOCCONE, Paulo, 1633-1704. Museo di piante rare della Sicilia, Malta, Corsica, Italia, Piemonte e Germania. [4] 1. 196p. 136pl. 8? Venetiis, J. B. Zuccato, 1697. BOCCONIA. Miller, E. R. The alkaloids of Bocconia frutescens L. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, 1929, 18: 12-4. BOCHEREAU, Francois Paul Marie, 1910- *De l'evipan sodique consider^ comme un anesthesique complet [Paris] 67p. 8? Angers, Imp. de l'Anjou, 1935. BOCHKOVICH, Boika. *Fr6quence des ade- nites externes chez les tubereuleux pulmonaires. 16p. 8? Geneve, 1921. BOCHMANN, Johannes Herbert, 1898- *Zur Statistik des syphilitischen Prinniraffektes an den Mundlippen [Leipzig] 32p. 8? Oclsnitz, P..F. Kopke, 1926. BOCHNER, Paja. * Recherches sur Taction des divers defecants. 67p. 8? Strasb., 1934. BOCHUM, Johannes, 1905- *Zwei Falle von Aderhautsarkom mit Phthisis bulbi. 22p. 8? Berl., F. Linke, 1932. BOCHYNSKI, Sigismund, 1887- •Ge- schichte der Atoxyltherapie [Breslau] 82p. 8? Wiirzb., F. Staudenraus, 1915. BOCION, Francois. Contribution a l'etude des bactenuries tuberculeuses transitoires. 37p. 8? Lausanne, Schwabe & Co., 1934. BOCK, A. V. See Bainbridge, F. A. The physiology of muscular exercise. 3ed.; rewritten by A. V. Bock and D. B. Dill. 272p. 8°. Lond, 1931. BOCK, August Wilhelm, 1897- *Diateti- sche Wundbehandlung im Mittelalter. p.258- 71. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1929. Also Kyklos, Lpz, 1929, 2: BOCK, Dorothee. *Plotzlicher Tod durch spontane (nicht traumatische) Subluxation des Dens epistrophei. 21p. 8? Gott., 1925. BOCK, Erich, 1895- *Die kongenitale Luxation der Patella und ihre operative Behand- lung. 17p. 8? Giessen, W. Herr, 1922. BOCK, Erich, 1907- *Ueber einen Fall von Pfeiffer'schem Driisenneber. 22p. 8? Kiel, 1933. BOCK, Franz. *Experimentelle Untersuchun- gen iiber die Folgen der langandauernden Chloroform-Narkosen [Bern] 99p. 8? Wiesb., Isselbacher & Zingel, 1910. BOCK, Georg, 1889- *Die seit dem 1. April 1910 an der Gottinger Universitats- Frauenklinik beobachteten Eierstocksgeschwul- ste und ihre primaren Operationserfolge. 36p. 8? Gott., E. A. Huth, 1915. BOCK, Georg, 1903- *Untersuchungen uber die Toxizitat und trypanocide Wirkung von Antimonverbindungen mit 3- bzw. 5wertigem Antimon (nach Versuchen mit Antimosan) [Tubingen] p.396-406. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. Also Zschr. Hyg, 1927, 107: BOCK, Hans, 1885- *Zur Lehre von den nach Unfallen auftretenden psychischen Storun- gen. 43p. 8? Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1913. BOCK, Harald, 1901- *Zur Pharma- kologie ungesattigter Alkohole. 13p. 8? Bresl., O. Gutsmann, 1930. BOCK, Heinrich, 1889- *Die Vulvovagi- nitis gonorrhoica infantum, ihre Therapie und deren Erfolge [Breslau] 24p. 8? Konigsb., A. Pabst, 1918. BOCK, Heinrich [Wilhelm] 1906- *Die Wirkung des Hvpophysen-Vorderlappenhorraon auf infantile mannliche Mause [Marburg] 47p. 8? Bethel-Bielefeld, 1931. BOCK, Hermann, 1887- *Die Tumoren des Ohres. 56p. Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1916. BOCK, Johannes Carl, 1867- & IVERSEN, Poul. The phosphate excretion in the urine during water diuresis and purine diuresis. 28p. 2 1. diagrs. 8? Kbh., A. F. H0st & S0n, 1921. BOCK, Julien Maurice, 1907- *La radio- therapie profonde dans la meningite tubercu- leuse. 56p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1935. BOCK, Lothar, 1889- *Ueber kunsthene Farbung und Entfarbung des menschlichen Haares in gerichtlich-medizinischer Beziehung BOCK 729 BODDAERT *Experimentelle Deutschmann'sche v. Kamp-Berger, *Ueber einen [Gottingen] 15p. 8? Berl., L. Schumacher, 1920. Also Vjschr. gerichtl. Med, 1920, 3.F, 60: 191-204. BOCK, Richard, 1893- *Zur Differential- diagnose der Driisen am Sehnervenkopfe. 26p. 8? Bonn, Carthaus, 1919. BOCK, Siegfried, 1907- *Ueber die Para- dentose und ihre endokrine Ursache [Kiel] 25p. 8? [Libau, G. D. Meyer] 1931. BOCKEL, Alexander, 1887- *Ueber Falle von schwerer Diphtherie bei Neugeborenen. 30p. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1919. BOCKENHEIMER, Phillipp, 1875- Die neue Chirurgie. 158p. 8? Berl., K. Siegismund, 1921. ----& FROHSE, Fritz. Atlas typischer chirur- gischer Operationen fiir Aerzte und Studierende; 4. Lieferung; Tafel XLIX-LX; nach Aquarellen von Maier Franz Frohse, Berlin; mit erlautern- dem Text und Abbildungen der gebrauchlichsten Instrumente. 35 1. 11 pi. 4? N.Y., Rebman Co., 1901. BOCKENMUEHL, Karl Emil, 1898- *Ueber Komplikationen nach Tonsillektomien [Giessen] 29p. 8? [Bonn, Gebr. Scheur] 1928. BOCKER, Dorothy. Mother's manual; the coming and care of the baby, x, 247p. 9pl. ch. 8? N.Y., Brentano's [1925] BOCKHOFF-POOM, Alide Untersuchungen iiber das Serum. 15p. 8? Bern, H, 1911. BOCKHOLD, Eugen, 1887- Fall von systematisiertem Naevus papillomato- sus. 46p. 8? Wurzb., C. J. Becker, 1925. BOCKSHAMMER, Werner, 1898- *Vom Haarkleide des Menschen. 27p. 8? Berl., A. Haack, 1925. BOCKSTAHLER, Friedrich Karl, 1910- *Ueber die Anwendung ultraviolett bestrahlten Blutes bei Anamien. 32p. 8? Giessen, W. Herr, 1936. BOCQUENTIN, Andre, 1902- *Le diagnos- tic precoce des tumeurs du testicule; etude clinique et therapeutique. 126p. 8? Par., 1932. BOCQUENTIN-DUCOSTE, Genevieve, 1903- *Le pronostic du cancer du sein op6re. 148p. 8? Par., 1932. ---- The same. 2p.l. 148p. 8? Par., Le Frangois, 1932. BOCQUET, Andre, 1902- *La cessation et les resultats eloignes du pneumothorax arti- ficiel. 168p. 8? Par., 1932. BOCQUET, Henri, 1908- *Le cheval de pur sang Anglais de course; son stud-book [Al- fort] 77p. 8? Par., 1931. BOCQUET, Rene, 1895- Contribution a I etude de la tuberculine-reaction; la cuti-reaction a la periode de generalisation tuberculeuse dans la premiere enfance. 56p. 8? Par., 1922. BOCSKAY, Etienne, 1907- *Le tire-lait electrique du Docteur Abt. 39p. 8? Par., 1933. BOCZKO, Abram, 1904- • *La baete- riurie et la pyelocystite a bacille paratyphique B. 121p. 8? Par., 1932. , i# BODANSKY, Meyer, 1896- Introduction to physiological chemistry. vii, 440p. 8. N.Y., J. Wiley & Sons, 1927. ---- Also 2.ed. ix, 542p. 1930. ---- Also 3.ed. xi, 662p. illus. 1934. ---- & FAY, Marion Spencer. Laboratory manual of phvsiological chemistry, vii, 234p. 8? N.Y., John Wiley & Sons, 1928. ---=- Also 2.ed. ix, 260p. 1931. BODDAERT, Richard, 1834-1909. Fredericq, L. [Biography] M6m. couron. Acad. med. Belgique, 1926, 23: 18-28, port. BODDIN, Maria, 1881- *Beobachtungen iiber das weitere Schicksal von Kindern mit sogenanntem Primarkomplex in der Lunge [Berlin] 31p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1931. BODDING, P. O. Studies in Santal medicine and connected folklore, vi, 131p. 4? Calc, Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1925. BODE [Adolf] Erich, 1886- *Ein Fall von Diplegia facialis bei lymphatischer Leukamie. 13p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1919. BODE, Boyd Henry, 1873- Conflicting psychologies of learning, iv, 305p. illus. 8? Bost., D. C. Heath & Co. [1929] BODE, Erich, 1900- *Ein Fall von Pseu- domyxoma peritonei e processu vermiformi. 31p. 8? Gott., W. Fr. Kaestner, 1927. BODE, Franz, 1886- *Die psychischen Storungen bei Paralvsis agitans. 29p. 8? Kiel, C. H. Jebens, 1916. BODE, Friedrich, 1908- *Entwicklungs- storung des Zahnsystems, gekoppelt mit Poly- daktylie und Anonychia congenita; Bericht iiber 2 Falle [Gottingen] 24 p. 8? Einbeck, W. Sprecht, 1935. BODE, Friedrich [Wilhelm] 1891- *Ueber den therapeutischen Wert des Kampferwassers. 30p. 8? Bonn, E. Eisele, 1918. BODE [Heinrich Wilhelm] Karl, 1891- *Der Nagelschmutz des Menschen in seiner ge- richtlich-medizinischen Bedeutung. 37p. 8? Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1921. BODE, O. B. See in 3.ser. Weber, F. Parkes, & Bode, O. B. Polycythe- mia, erythrocytosis and erythraemia [&c] 8! 34p. Lond, 1929. BODE, Otto, 1899- *Untersuchungen iiber die Bedeutung der Galaktoseprobe all Leberfunktionspriifung. p. 165-75. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1931, 170: BODE, Rudolf, 1881- Ausdrucksgymna- stik. 3. Aufl. v, 60p. 16pl. 4? Munch., C. H. Beck, 1925. BODECHTEL, Gustav, 1899- Cxyuren- eier in einem Netzzipgel bei fixiertcr Rrtro- flexio uteri [Munchen] 14p. 8? lSiurnb.; E. Nister, 1927. ---- Cehirnveranderungen bei Herzkrank- heiten [Habilitationsschrift] p.657-709. 8? Erlangen, 1932. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1932, 140: ---- BREMER, F. W. [et al.] Infektionen und Intoxikationen. 2.Teil. xi, 1116p. illus. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1936. Forms 13. Bd, Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) BODEK, Giinter. Das vegetative Nerven- system unde seine Erkrankungen (zugleich ein Beitrag zur Therapie derselben) 38p. 8? Berl., H. Kornfeld, 1927. Forms fl.380, Berl. Klin. ---- Das Kind in gesunden und kranken Tagen. 5.Aufl. 191p. illus. 8? Lpz., B. Konegen, 1928. BODEN, Alwin, 1904- *Ein Fall von primarem Lungencarzinom mit eigenartigem Rontgenbefund. 21p. 2pl. 8? Heidelb., 1928. BODEN, Erich, 1883- Elektrokardio- eraphie fiir die arztliche Praxis, xvi, 161p. illus. 8? Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1932. Forms Bd.14, Med. Prax. BODEN [Paul] Gerhard, 1894- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Kopfknochentuberkulose des BODEN 730 BODONIDAE Rindes mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Histologic [Leipzig] 37p. pi. 8? Dresd., A. Walther, 1920. BODENBENDER, Nelson W., 1864-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 80: 1790. BODENHEIMER, Wilhelm, 1890- *Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Sauerstoffverbrauch und Tatigkeit des Froschherzens [Heidelberg] 15p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1916. BODENHEIMER, Wolf, 1905- *Beitrage zur Stereochemie des reagierenden C-Atoms [Kiel] 45p. 8? Lpz., Frommhold & Wendler, 1932. BODENSTEIN, Kate [Meta Elisabeth Fran- ziska] 1901- *Ueber Mesenterialcysten und ihre Behandlung [Marburg] 44p 8? Greifs- wald, E. Panzig & Co., 1927. BODENSTEIN, Max, 1871- Festschrift. Zschr. phys. Chem, 1931, Erganzbd, 1931, port. BODET, Hubert, 1890- *Bericht iiber die Staroperationen in der Giessener Universitats- Augenklinik in der Zeit vom 1. April 1909 bis 1. April 1914, nebst Mitteilung eines Falles von massenhaften Cholestearinkristallen in der vor- deren Augenkammer nach eitriger Iritis bei Cataracta morgagniana. 33p. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt, 1919. BODIN, Andre, 1910- *Sur quelques observations de tuberculose de l'adulte avec adenopathies mediastines. 70p. 3pl. 8? Par., 1935. BODIN, Eugene, 1868-1931. [Necrologia] Bull. soc. fr. derm, syph, 1931, 38: 845 — Sabouraud, R. Nekrolog. Derm. Wschr, Lpz, 1931, 93: 1201. BODIN, Jean Eugene Edmond, 1899- *La sibvlle (fragment) critique de toute psycho- logie del'inconscient. 92p. 21. 8? Par., 1926. BODIN, Leon, 1899- *La desmotomie rotulienne chez les bovides [Alfort] 36p. 8? Par., 1926. BODINIA. See Favotrychophyton. BODKIN, Martin Laurence, 1869- Dis- eases of the rectum and pelvic colon. 2.ed. 487p. 8? N.Y., E. B. Treat & Co., 1925. BODLAENDER, Hans. Die Syphilis der Mund- hohle und ihre Bedeutung fiir den Dentisten. 113p. 32pl. 8? Berl., Zahntechn. Verb, 1926. BODLE [Heinrich] Wilhelm [Josef] 1892- *Uebcr tuberoses Bromexanthem. 34p. 8? Bonn, J. Wienands, 1919. BODLE, Karl [August] 1893- *Ueber die Prognose der Sarkome der langen Rohren- knochen. 24p. 8? Kiel, 1919. BODLEY, Rachel, 1831-[?] Mosher, E. M. The history of American medical women. Med. Woman J, 1923, 30: 19. BODMAN, Franz von, 1909- *Zur Kennt- nis der isolierten Milzvenenthrombose. 29p. 8? Tub., A. Becht, 1935. BODMER, Hans, 1894- *Aeussere Unter- scheidungsmerkmale, insbesondere solche des Haarkleides der schweizerischen Feld- und Alpenhasen (Lepus europaeus Pall, und Lepus varronis Miller) [Zurich] 106p. 4pl. 8? Lpz., Gebr. Borntrager, 1924. Also Zschr. indukt. Abstamm, 1924, 35: BODONIDAE [Doflein] See also Feces, Parasites; Flagellata; Protozoa; Urine, Parasites. Hollande, A. Sur la cytologie d'un flagelle du genre Bodo C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 123: 651-3.—Mello, F. de, Pinto Nunes, J, & Lima Ribeiro, J. Morphologie et cycle evolutif de deux bodonides. Ibid, 1922, 87: 699-701. -Michelson, E. Bodo urinarius Kiinstler, Parasit des Menschenharns. Zbl. Bakt l.Abt, 1929, 111: 403-6—Patane, C. In caso di flagellosi intes- tinale da Bodo caudatus (Prowazekia) osservato nell'uomo in Cirenaica; altri reperti locali dello stesso flagellato nella natura c, quale coprozoo, nell'intestino dell'iiomo e di erbivori. Patho- logica, Qenova, 1925, 17: 606-13.—Robertson, M. The effect of gamma-ray irradiation upon the growth of a protozoon, Bodo caudatus. Q.J. Micr. Sc, Lond, 1932, 75: 511-41.-----An invitro study of the action of immune bodies called forth in the blood of rabbits by the injection of the flagellate protozoon Bodo caudatus. J. Path. Bact, Cambr, 1934, 38: 3&3-90. ----- A study of the behaviour of cultures of Bodo caudatus upon re- lease from irradiation with gamma rays and of the effect upon the growth of interrupted or repeated irradiations. Brit. J. Radiol, 1935, 8: 570-87— Shortt, H. E. Note on Bodo phlebo- tomi (Herpetomonas phlebotomi) (Mackie, 1914) a re-considera- tion of its generic position. Ind. J.M. Res, 1926, suppl. 4, 205, pi. BODSON, Marc, 1898- Considerations sur quelques cas d'intolcrance au bismuth dans le traitement de las syphilis. 71p. 8? Par., 1924. BODUNGEN, Thilo von, 1910- *Epide- miologische Betrachtungen der Zoonosen der Haut an Hand des Krankenmaterials der Ber- liner Universitats-Hautklinik in der Zeit von 1919 bis 1934 [Berlin] 22p. 8? Potsdam, R. Mtiller, 1934. BODY [animal] See also Animals. Bond, C. J. On the genetic significance of hemilateral asvmmetrv in the vertebrate organ- ism. 38 p. 8° Lond., 1932. Forms Lecture I of William Withering lectures, 1932. On certain aspects of human biology. Univ. Birmingham Fac. Med. Barbara, M. Cranio e costituzione (saggio di sistematica costituzionalistica dei crani) Monit. zool. ital, 1932, 42: suppl, 201-15, 2ch.—Benedict, F. G. The surface-area constant in com- parative physiology. Yale J. Biol, 1932, 4: 385-98. Alsorepr. ----- Die Oberflachenbestimmung verschiedener Tiergattun- gen. Erg. Physiol, 1934, 36: 300-46.—Brown, W. H, & Greene, H. S. N. Hereditary constitutional deficiencies in the rabbit. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1933, 48: 248.—Carman, G. G, & Mitchell, H. H. Estimation of the surface area of the white rat. Am. J.Physiol, 1926,76: 380-4.—Crew, F. A. E. A case of lateral asymmetry in the domestic fowl. J. Genet, Lond, 1928-29, 20: 179-86, pi.—Crow, W. B. Symmetry in organisms. Am. Natur, 1928, 62: 207-35.—Biack, S. L. The determination of the surface area of the white rat. J. Nutrit, 1930-31, 3: 289-96 — Bonaldson, H. H. On the relation of the body length to the body weight and to the weight of the brain and of the spinal cord in the albino rat (Mus norvegicus var. albus) J. Comp. Neur. Psych, 1909, 19: 155-67, 3ch. Also repr.—Frey, M. Morpholo- gische und histologische Untersuchungen an der Hypophyse und Schilddriise verschiedener Hunderassen in Beziehung auf die einzelnen Konstitutionstypen. Endokrinologie. 1934, 14: 116-28.—Huxley, J. S, & Callow, F. S. A note on the asym- metry of male fiddler-crabs (Uca pugilator) Arch. Entwmech, 1933, 129: 379-92—Kisslovsky, B. A. [Method of accurate measurement of animals] Tr. Inst. eksp. vet. med, Moskva, 1928,5: 63-77.—Kucera, C. Contribution a l'etude de la consti- tution des animaux. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1928,98: 255-7.—Kuhn, A, & Engelhardt, M. von. Ueber die Determination des S\m- metriesystems auf dem Vorderfliigel von Ephestia kiihniella Zeller. Arch. Entwmech, 1933, 130: 660-703.—Latimer, H. B. Correlations of the weights and lengths of the bod v, systems, and organs of the turkey hen. Anat. Rec. 1926-27, 35: 365-77.—Lee, M. O, & Fox, E. L. Surface area inamonkev, Macacus rhesus. Am. J. Physiol, 1933, 106: 91-4— Leontjew, H. Zur Biophysik der niederen Organismen; die Bestimmung des spezifischen Gewichtes und der Masse von Dunaliella vir. Teod. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1925, 209: 705-12.—Macdonald, R. A study of sym- metry in the Centrechinoidea, based on behavior, with special reference to Lytechinus variegatus; including a short discussioD of linguistic difficulties in describing biological phenomena. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1936, 76: 87-123.—Rosenfeld. Die Be- standteile der Tiere und ihre Quellen. Jahrber. Schles. Oes. vaterl. Kult. (1928) 1929, 101: 42-4.—Scharrer, E. Ueber den Ursprung spiegelbildlicher Verdoppelungen von Amphibien- extremitaten. Sitzber. Ges. Morph. Physiol. Munchen (1930- 31) 1932, 40: 66-8.— Sherrington, Sir C. S. Some aspects of animal mechanism. Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance Sc. (1922) 1923, 90: 1-15.— Smuts, B. B. Ein experimenteller Beitrag zur Be- rechnung der Korperoberflache von Maus, Meerschweinchen und Kaninchen. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1933, 232: 105-10—Stang. Die Bedeutung der Konstitutionstypen fiir die Tierbeurteilung und ein Vorschlag zur Benennung der Konstitutionstypen beim Tier. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1935, 51: 703—Stultz, W. A. Rela- tions of symmetry in the hind limb of Amblystoma punctatum, BODY 731 BODY J.Exp. Zool. 1935-36,72: 317-67.—Wermel, J. Ueber die Korper- proportionen der Wirbeltiere und ihre funktionelle Bedeutung. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt . 1933-34, 102: 572-83. BODY [human] See also Anatomy; Anthropology; Beauty (human) Constitution; Environment; Growth; Height and weight, &c; also names of parts of the human body. Brown, G. W. *The human body in the Upanishads [Johns Hopkins] 230p. 12? Jub- bulpore, India, 1921. Galtier-Boissiere. L'homme. Anatomie; notice explicative des 5 grandes planches a feuil- lets decoupes et superposes representant 63 coups de I'homme en grandeur naturelle. 20p. fob, Par. [n.d.] Hoff, L. Ueber das spezifisch Menschliche in anatoniischer, physiologischer und patho- logischer Beziehung; eine kritisch-vergleichende Untersuchung. 4H9p. 8? Stuttg., 1907. ---- Also English ed., 457p. 8? Lond., 1909. Rawling, L. B. Landmarks and surface markings of the human bodv. 4.ed. 96p. 8? N.Y., 1911. Rothenaicher, L. Mensch, Natur, Gott. l.Teil. Der menschliche Korper; Organe, Funktionen, Krankheiten, Schutzvorrichtungen, Gesundheitspfiege, erste Hilfeleistung. 2.Teil. Die Einheit der Natur, Gott. 218p. 8? Munch., 1909. Stopes, M. C. C. The human bodv. 268p. 8? N.Y., 1926. Wilder, H. H. Historv of the human bodv. 573p. 8? N.Y. [1909] ---- Also 2. rev. ed. 623p., 1923. Abramovitsch. La duality du corps humain et l'independance de la tete. Rev. internat. med, 1925, 36: 60-4.—Baker, J. N. Why partition the human body? J.M. Ass. Alabama, 1934-35, 4: 250-2.—Bellin du Coteau. Le coefficient V. A. R. F.; contri- bution a l'etude de la valeur de l'fitre humain. Progr. m<;d. Par, 1922, 3.ser, 35: 387-90.—Gans, A. [The place of the chem- ical elements of our body in the periodical system] Ned. mschr. geneesk, 1926, 13: 493-500.—Hafferl, A. Ueber mechanische Probleme im Baue des menschlichen Korpers. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1933, 46: 1409-13.—Keith, Sir A. On the nature of man's structural imperfections. Lancet, Lond, 1925, 2: 1047-51.—Lee, R. I, & Brown, L. T. A new chart for the standardization of body mechanics. J. Bone Surg, 1923, 5: 753-6.—Meyer, A. W. Further evidences of attrition in the human body. Am. J. Anat, 1924, 34: 241-67.—Mollendorff, W. von. Fortschritte der funktionellen Betrachtung im Bau des menschlichen Kor- pers. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild, 1936, 27: no. 1, 1-9.—Sauser, G. Die Architektonik des menschlichen Korpers. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 13*5-9.— Sergi, S. L'Afrodite di Cirene; osser- vazione antropometriche. Riv. antrop, 1919, 23: 101-26.— Starling, E. H. The wisdom of the body. Brit. M.J, 1923, 2: 68.5-90. Also Lancet, Lond, 1923,2: 865-70.—What are we made of? the story of Justus von Liebig and his study of the human body. Health, Chic, 1923, 3: no. 8, 33-8. --- Center of gravity. Basler, A. Der Schwerpunkt des lebenden Menschen; Schwerpunktwage und Schwer- punktpendel. 100p. 8? Canton, 1931. Basler, A. Die Schwerlinie des menschlichen Korpers und ihre Verschiebungen. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1928-29, 221: 768-74. ---- Die Lage des Schwerpunktes im lebenden Menschen und seine Bestimmung. Fortsch. Med, 1931, 49: 425-7.— Croskey, M. I, Bawson, P. M. [et al.] The height of the center of gravity in man. Am. J. Physiol, 1922, 61: 171-85.—Faul, A. H, & Osborne, W. A. A new method for determining the center of gravitv of the human body. Austral. J. Exp. Biol, 1936,14,2: 117-9.—Palmer, C. E. Centerof gravity of the human body during growth; an improved apparatus for determining the center of gravity. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop, 1927- 2s, 11: 423- 54, pi. ---Constitution. See Body constitution. -— Specific weight. Rachold, R. *Experimentelle und kri- tische Untersuchung iiber das spezifische Ge- wicht menschlicher Gewebe und des ganzen Menschen I Wurzburg] 23]). 8? Kothen, 1931. Noyons, A. K. M, & Jongbloed, J. Luftdruckveranderungen als Mittel zur Bestimmung des spezifischen Gewichts beim lebenden Objekt. Acta brevia neerl, 1934,4: 105. ----- Ueber die Bestimmung des wahren Volumens und des spezifischen Gewichtes von Mensch und Tier mit Hilfe von Luftdruck- veriinderung. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1934-35, 235: 588-96 — Pfleiderer, H. Methodik der Bestimmung des spezifischen Gewichtes am Lebenden (Anthropopyknometrie) Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 2191-3— Sandcn, F. A note on the specific gravity of the living human body. Ann. Eugen, Cambr, 1934-35, 6: 372-6. ---- Surface area. See also Basal metabolism. Reischle, H. *Die Bestimmung der Ober- flache und des spezifischen Gewichts bezw. Volumens des menschlichen Korpers (ein ge- schichtlicher Ruckblick) [Tubingen] 20p. 8? Schwab. Hall, 1919. Bartalini, C. Metodo di determinazione della superflcie corporea e importanza di questa nei calcolo del bisogno ali- mentare nei bambino lattante. Riv. clin. pediat, 1934, 32: 654-8—Binet, L. La determination pratique de la surface du corps humain. Presse med, 1925, 33: 593-6.—Bordier, H. Evaluation de la surface du corps de I'homme; utility et significa- tion de las surface spficifique. Ibid, 1929, 37: 602.—Boyd, E. [Bibliography of the surface area of the human body] In her Growth of the surface area [etc.] [Minneapolis] 1935, 135-42. ----- & Scammon, R. E. A new method of estimating the surface area of the living subject applied to children. Anat. Rec, 1926-27, 35: 5. ----- The relations of surface area to body weight in postnatal life. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y 1929-30,27:449-53. ----- & Lawrence, D. The determination of surface area of living children. Ibid, 445-9.—Breitmann, M. Eine vereinfachte Methodik der Korperoberflachebestimmung. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1932, 17: 211-4. Also Klin, med, Moskva, 1933, 11: 242-4— Cisi, C. A proposito del lavoro della Dott.ssa Bartalini sulla determinazione della superflcie corpo- rea. Riv. clin. pediat, 1933, 31: 964-9.—Bekhuyzen, M. C. Quelques remarques sur la surface du corps de I'homme et de quelques animaux domestiques. Arch, neerl. physiol, 1922, 7: 366-77.—Bu Bois, B, & Bu Bois, E. F. A formula to estimate the approximate surface area if height and weight be known. Arch. Int. M, 1916, 17: 863-71—Faillie, R. Abaque tire des formules de Bouchard pour le calcul de la surface du corps de I'homme et de la femme. Bull. Acad, mfid. Par, 1924, 3.ser , 91: 21-4. Also Arch. Int. M, 1925, 35: 626-31. Also J. physiol. path, gen, 1924, 22: 604-11—Feldman, W. M, & Umanski, A. J. V. The nomogram as a means of calculating the surface area of the living human body. Lancet, Lond, 1922, 1: 273 — Falaschini, A. .Sulle correlazioni tra peso corporeo, superflcie corporea e ricambio respiratorio. Biochim. ter. sper, 1935, 22: 329-50, ch.—Howland, J, & Bana, R. T. A formula for the determination of the surface area of infants. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1913, 6: 33-7.—Kissane, R. W. Area of the body surface and measurements of the normal heart; a preliminary report. Arch. Int. M, 1928, 42: 135-47.—Lambolez.R. Sur une transformation de la formule de Du Bois donnant la surface du corps humain. J. physiol. path, gen, 1926, 24: 250-3.—Laniez, G. Une nouvelle formule de determination de la surface corporelle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 1300-2. ----- D'une constante propre a chaque methode dans la determination experimentale de la sur- face du corps humain. Ibid, 1931, 106: 1169.—Lassabliere, P. La mesure de la surface du corps chez l'enfant; son inter?t; nou- veaux procedes. Medicine, Par, 1923-24, 5: 934.—Mitchell, H. H. The significance of surface area determinations. J. Nutrit, 1929-30, 2: 437-42.—Roussy, B. Existence d'une loi geomctrique tres simple de la surface du corps de I'homme de dimensions quelconques, demontree par une nouvelle methode. C.rend. Acad, sc, 1911,153: 205-7. ----- Mecanique animale: metrostatique anatomique; examen critique de la methode in- directe et empirique, proposee par le professeur Charles Bou- chard pour calculer rapidement la surface du corps humain. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1924, 3.ser, 91: 834; 92: 866. Also Rev. gen. sc. pur, 1925, 36: 427-36.—Sawyer, M, Stone, R. H, & Bu Bois, E. F. Further measurements of the surface area of adults and children. Arch. Int. M, 1916, 17: N55-62 — Shattenstein, D.I. [Surface of body and active mass] Klin, med, Moskva, 1931, 9: 864-75.—Stevenson, P. H. Calculation of the body- surface area of Chinese. Chin. J. Physiol, 1928, rep.ser, 13-22, ch.—Trambusti, B. Misurazioni della superflcie corporea; estime indirette di essa. Riv. clin. pediat, 1935, 32: 53-8.— Voit, E. Die Messung und Berechnung der Oberflache von Mensch und Tier. Zschr. Biol, 1930, 90: 237-59—Waddel, S. S, Chung-Hsin Han & Yen-Ping Ch'en. Estimation of the surface area of the Chinese. Chin. J. Physiol, 1928, rep.ser, 25-31.— Wbrner, H. Die Oberflache des menschlichen Korpers. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1923, 33: 510-26. ---- Symmetry and asymmetry. See also Face, Hemiatrophy; and other similar headings. BODY 732 BODY CONSTITUTION Abderhalden, E. Beobachtungen zur Frage der morpholo- gischen und funktionellen Asymmetrie des menschlichen Kor- pers. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1919. 177: 213-6.—Astaurov, B. L. Analyse der erblichen Stbrungsfalle der bilateralen Symmetric im Zusammenhang mit der selbstandigen Variabilitat ahnlicher Strukturen. Zschr. indukt. Abstamm, 1930, 55: 183-262 — Bouterwek, H. Asymmetrieproblem und Zwillingsforschung. Arch Rassenb, 1935-36, 29: 391-419.—Busse, H. Ueber normale Asymmetrien des Gesichts und im Kbrperbau des Menschen. Zschr. Morph. Anthrop, 1936, 35: 412-45, pi.—Bi Mauro, S. Rilievi neurologici sulla dissimetria del corpo umano. Policli- nico, 1934, 41: sez.prat, 1685-7.—Elze, C. Rechts und Links im Korperschema. Med. Klin, Berl, 1924, 20: 529.—Engeland, R. Ueber funktionelle Asymmetrie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 1372-4.—Gangi, S. La dissimmetria del corpo umano e sua importanza come fattore predisponente. Policlinico, 1933, 40: sez.prat, 1281-5.—Halperin, G. Normal asymmetry and uni- lateral hypertrophy. Arch. Int. M, 1931, 48: 676-82—Hazel- hoff, F. F, & Wiersma, H. Untersuchungen iiber die Frage der sensorischen Asymmetrie. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg, l.Abt, 1922-23, 91: 349-64.—Jacobsohn-Lask, L. Die Kreuzung der Nervenbahnen und die bilaterale Symmetric des tierischen Korpers. Abh. Neur. Psychiat, 1924, H.26, 1-125— Kahn, R. H. Zur funktionellen Asymmetrie des menschlichen Korpers. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1925, 207: 431.—Morgan, T. H. The devel- opment of asymmetry. Sc. Month, N.Y, 1924, 18: 273-90 — Peabody, C. W. Hemihypertrophy and hemiatrophy; congenital total unilateral somatic asymmetry. J. Bone Surg, 1936, 18: 466-74.—Romich, S. Ueber Asymmetrien des menschlichen Korpers und ihre Bedeutung in der Orthopadie. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1933, 46: 1021-3.—Rossi, G. Asimmetrie toniche postu- rali, ed asimmetrie motoric Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1927, 25: 146- 57.—Rothschild, F. S. Ueber Links und Rechts; eine erschei- nungswissenschaftliche Untersuchung. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 124: 451-511.—Sabatier, C, & Bonne, C. L'homme est il symmetrique ou double? Arch, neur. Par. 1907, 3.ser, 2: 13-48.—Sachs, M. Ueber die Beziehungen ge- wisser Funktionen zum bilateralsymmetrischen Bau des Kor- pers. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 1424-6.—Scheidt, W. Die Asymmetrie der Korpergrbssenkurven und die Annahme der Polymeric Arch. Rassenb, 1924-25, 16: 414-20.—Sharlay, R. [Bilateral symmetry of organs and parts of the human body and the harmony of their development] Russ. klin, 1930, 13: 429- 34.—Sumner, F. B, & Huestis, R. R. Bilateral asymmetry and its relation to certain problems of genetics. Genetics, 1921, 6: 445-85.—Verschuer, O. von. Zur Frage der Asymmetrie des menschlichen Korpers; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Zschr. Morph. Antrop, 1928-29, 27: 171-8. Also Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1929, 59: Sitzber, 11.—Weiss, S. Ueber angeborene, regulare Asymmetrie im Kindesalter. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1924,37: 1288. ---- Temperature. See Temperature. BODY cavity. See Coelom. BODY constitution [somatic] Sec also Anthropology; Anthropometry; Body [human] Constitution; Growth; Height and weight; also names of parts of body. Arone, A. La morphologie humaine; sa genese; son 6tat actuel; ses applications. 352p. 12? Par., 1915. Brandt, W. Grundziige einer Konstitu- tionsanatomie. 382p. 8? Berl., 1931. Jacqtjin-Chatellier, L. *L'homme; les hommes (6tudes morphologiques) 142p 8? Par., 1932. Paris. Societe d'etude des formes hu- maines. Bulletin. Par., v.l, 1923- Scheffel, R. *Beitrag zum Korperbau- problem. 18p. 8? Bresl., 1930. Abraham, P. Une interpretation de la figure humaine. Bull. Soc. form, humain. Par, 1926, 158-70.—Aschner, B. Bemerkungen zu dem Artikel von H. Frey: Konstitution und Morphologie. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1925, 55: 101.—Bartel, J. Zur Morphologie und Entwicklungsgeschichte der Konstitu- tionsfrage. Wien. med. Wschr, 1923, 73: 1649-55.—Borchardt, L. Ueber die Abgrenzung des Normbereichs. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1928, 14: 264-8.—Bridou, V. Le sens commun de la morphologie universelle. Bull. Soc. form, humain. Par, 1923, 1: 1-19.—Ermisch, H. Menschentypus und Tierrasse; Unter- suchungen zur biologischen Unterbauung der Rassenkunde und zur Aufklarung der Stellung des Menschen im Lebensganzen; psychophysische und psychologische Untersuchungen an ver- schiedenen Hiihnerrassen. Zschr. Psych. Physiol. Sinnesorg, l.Abt, 1936, 137: 209-44.—Frey, H. Konstitution und Mor- phologie. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1924, 54: 809-17.—Garzon, W. P. Cronica medica. Dia med. urug, 1936, 3: 607; 626 — Goldbladt, H. GeschichtlicheF und Kritisches zur Korperbau- forschung. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1926-27, 79: 816-24.—Gruhle. H. W. Der Korperbau der Normalen. Ibid, 1926, 77: 1-31.—Hammar, J. A. Ueber Konstitutionsforschung in der normalen Anatomie. Anat. Anz, 1916-17, 49: 449-74.— Jaensch, E. R. Menschentypus und Tierrasse; die biologisch fundierte psychologische Anthropologie, ihre Stellung zur Ras- senkunde und Kulturphilosophie, ihr Gegensatz zur unbiolo- gischen Anthropologie. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg l.Abt, 1936, 137: 1-50.—Lubosch, W. Individualanatoniie Biol. d. Person (Brugsch & Lewy) Berl, 1926, 1: 431-88.- Mydlarski, J. [Problems of constitution from an anthropological standpoint] Polska gaz. lek, 1926, 5: 70-2.—Rautmann, H. Untersuchungen iiber die Norm, ihre Bedeutung und Bestim- mung. Veroff. Kriegs Konstpath, 1921, 2: II.6, 1-115, 6tab. —--- Konstitutionsforschung und Kollektivmasslehre. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2. Abt, 1923, 9: 115-35—Rohden, Ton. Ueber den Stand der konstitutionellen Kbrperbauforscbung. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1259.—Roshem. Comment M. Belot, Lyonnais, com- prenait la morphologie humaine. Paris m6d, 1923, 48: annexe, 459-61.—Scala, G. II fondamento anatomopatoiogico della costituzione. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1923, 28: 196-200.— Schilder, P. Erwiderung zu der Arbeit von Klaus Conrad: das Korperschema, eine kritische Studie und der Versuch einer Revision; zugleich eine Studie iiber die konstruktiven seelischcn Krafte. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1933-r;4, 149: 583-9.- Weichbrodt, R. Geschichtliches und Kritisctns zur Kbrperbau- forschung. Arch. Psychiat, Bed, 1926, 78: 3.(3-403. ---- Clinical aspects. See also Body constitution, Pathology. Borchardt, L. Klinische Konstitutions- Lehre; ein Lehrbuch fiir Studierende und Aerzte. 324p. 8? Berl., 1924.---- Also 2.Aufl. 386p. 1930. Draper, G. Human constitution, its signifi- cance in medicine and how it may be studied; the influence ol sex in determining human dis- ease potentiality; the patient and his physician. 75p. 8? Bait., 1928. Barbara, M, & Vidoni, G. O instituto biotipologico orto- genico de Genova. Arq. med. leg. ident, Rio, 1934, 4: 76-81.— Barker, L. F. Clinical aspects of the more important types of human constitution. Rev. Gastroenter, 1935, 2: 1-6. Also repr.—Castellino, P. Elementi di morfologia clinica. Fol. med. Nap, 1932, 18: 843-86— Ciurlo, I, Gualco, S, & Jellinek, A. Die Logopadie im Biotypologischen Institut in Genua. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1935, 69: 141-5.—Draper, G. Man as a complete organism—in health and disease. N. York State J.M, 1934, 34: 1052-63.—Fontes, V. Os tipos morfologicos humanos e sua aplicacao a medicina. Arq. anat, Lisb, 1926, 9: 717-40.— Funaioli, G. II valore del costituzionalismo in medicina legale militare. Gior. med. mil, 1926, 74: 114-9. —---- Costituzioni umane nei riguardi del loro determinismo, delle configurazioni cliniche e delle disposizioni medico-legali militari. Rass. stud. psichiat, 1930, 19: 638-57.—Grote, L. R. Ueber klinischen und anthropologischen Habitus. Prakt. Arzt, 1927, n.F, 12: 288; 316.—Heun, E. Die Biotypenlehre von W. Jaensch und ihre Bedeutung fur die Therapie. Fortsch. Med, 1934, 52: 381-4 — Kretschmer, E. Der Korperbau der Gesunden und der Begriff der Afflnitat. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1927, 107: 749-57- Love, A. G. Physical measurements—their relation to health, Army M. Bull, 1932, no.28, 1-51.—Morgano, P. La costituzione individuale in ottalmologia; secondo la concezione degli oculisti italiani dei due ultimi secoli. Endocr. pat. cost, Bologna, 1927, user, 2: 268-74.—Oseretzky, N. Korperbau, sanitiire Konsti- tution und Motorik. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1926, 10G: 120-35.—Rautmann, H. Wege und Ziele der klinischen Varia- tionsforschung. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 493; 551.—Rohden, F. von. Konstitutionelle Korperbau-Untersuchungen an Ge- sunden und Kranken. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1926-27, 79: 786-815.—Shrubsall, F. C. Health and physique through the centuries. Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc. (1924) 1925, 92: 190- 210.— Sochanski, H. [Somatic human types in internal medi- cine] Polska gaz. lek, 1927, 6: 953; 970; 985.—Thooris, A. Les traitements morphologiques. Bull. Soc. form, humain. Par, 1923, 1: 92-117.—Viola, G. L'antropometria clinica e i postulat icui deve soddisfare. Endocr. pat. cost. Roma, 1926, n.ser, 1: 1-13. ---- Correlations and proportions. See also Height and weight; also names of organs. Bauer, K. H., de Crinis, M. [et al.] Organe und Konstitution. 888p. 8? Berl., 1930. Forms v.3, Biol. d. Person (Brugsch & Lewy) Berl, 1930. Plattner, W. *Ueber die Abhangigkeit der relativen Korpermasse von der Korpergrosse (Korrektur der Indices nach der Korperlange) [Zurich] p.591-612. 8? Berl., 1931. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1931,13?; BODY CONSTITUTION 733 BODY CONSTITUTION Stossel, H. *Ueber das Verhalten der Kreislauf- und Atemorgane bei verschiedener Wuchsform. 16p. 8? Freib. i. Br., 1929. Albrecht, W. The general constitution and its local expres- sions (with special attention to the internal secretion, anaphyl- axis and the connective tissue development) Acta otolar, Stockh, 1932, 17: 362-76. Also Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 577-81 — Arnold, A. Lungenfassungsvermbgen, Handdruckkraft und Gesamtzugkraft bei korperlich gut entwickelten deutschen Studenten und ihre Beziehungen zu verschiedenen Kbrpermas- sen und Indices. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2. Abt, 1932, 17: 155-68. ■---- Ueber die Korrelationen verschiedener Kbrpermasse zueinander. Ibid, 1931-32, 16: 387-408.----- Beziehungen zwischen physiologischen Funktionen (Atembreite, Lungenfas- sungsvermbgen, Handdruckkraft und Gesamtzugkraft) und leichtathletischen Uebungen. Ibid, 169-79.—Bach, F. Kbr- perproportionen und Leibesiibungen; Kbrperbaustudien an 3,457 Teilnehmern am Deutschen Turnfest in Munchen 1923. Ibid, 1925-26, 12: 469-524. ----- Proportionsstudien au sporttreibenden Mannern und Frauen mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Korpergrbsse. Ibid, 1927, 13: 219-40.—Becchini, G. Misure cardiache e costituzioni. Radiol, med, Milano, 1927,14:459-76.—Bell, J. On pulse and breathing rates and their relation to stature. Biometrika, Cambr, 1911,8:232-6.—Berliner, M. Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die Weichteilhiirte am Lebenden. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1929-30, 15: 114-26 — Bilancioni, G. II sistema antropometrico di Leonardo; le proporzioni del naso e dell'orecchio. Illust. med. ital, 1920, 2: 87-91. ----- L'orecchio e il naso nei sistema antropometrico di Leonardo da Vinci (nei quarto centenario Leonardiano) Atti Clin, otorin. Roma (1919) 1920, 17: 1-97. Also Boll. mal. orecchio, 1921, 39: 61-4.—Bohnenkamp, H. Ueber das Volu- men, die Dichte und den Stoffwechsel des Menschen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1930, 42. Kongr, 88-92.—Bondi, S, & Schrecker, F. Ueber Variabilitat und zeitliche Wandlung konstitutioneller Merkmale bei Erwachsenen; iiber Abhangig- keit des Brustumfanges von den Faktoren Kbrperlange und Alter und iiber die Rangordnung der Faktoren. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1923-24, 9: 565-72.—Brandt, W. Methodik der konptitutionsanatomischen Untersuchung des Menschen, erlautert an 27 Neukaledoniern und konstitutionell gleichwerti- gen deutschen MSnnern. Ibid, 1931-32, 16: 660. ----- Konstitutionsstudien; die Bedeutung dreidimensionaler Brust- korb- und Bauchmessungen fiir den Praktiker; zugleich Mittei- lung von Messungsergebnissen bei Drillingen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1936, 32: 1094-6.—Breitmann, M. J. Ueber die unterir- dische Wurzel des Menschen und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Bewer- tung der normalen und pathologischen Proportionen des mensch- lichen Korpers, speziell fiir die innersekretorischen Storungen, Orthopadie, Schulhygiene, Malerei und Bildhauerkunst. sowie fiir Rekrutenuntersuchung. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1923, 9:201-16. ---— Ueber die Gesetzmassigkeit der Proportionen des menschlichen Korpers. Ibid, 1924,10:447-59.—Brezina, E, & Wastl, J. Ueber Kbrperbautypen und Korrelationen der Kbrpermasse bei Wiener Strassenbahnangestellten. Ibid, 1928-29, 14: 662-78—Brugi, G. Rapporto fra statura e grande apertura delle braccia. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena (1928) 1929, 10.ser,3:1041.—Castaldi,L. Alcune osservazioni preliminari sulla morfologia esterna corporea e sulla grandezza di vari visceri nei diversi tipi costituzionali del bambino e del ragazzo. Boll. Accad. med. Perugia, 1925, no.5, 15-20. -----& Vannucci, B. Le misure antropometriche esterne e i pesi viscerali piu im- portanti considerati in funzione del sesso, eta, statura e costi- tuzione; tre centurie di osservazioni nei territorio fiorentino. Scritti biologici (Castaldi, L.), Siena, 1927, 3-151, 2ch—Castle, W. E. Body size and body proportions in relation to growth rates and natural selection. Science, 1932, 76: 365.—Clark, C. P. Chest and abdominal measurements as related to height and weight, with presentation of tables of averages. Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America, 1930, 16: 341-51, 4pl — Clark, J. H. Three dimension graphs for correlating age-weight- gland relationships. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 35: 139-42.—Balla Volta, A. Le correlazioni fra volume del sangue, volume del cuore e tipi costituzionali. Bull. sc. med, Bologna, 1932, 104: 65-72.—Bavenport, C. B. The thoracic index. Hu- man Biol, 1934, 6: 1-23, pi. —— The development of trunk width and the trunk width index. Ibid, 1935, 7: 151-95 — De Castro, U. Ricerche di antropometria viscerate in rapporto alla costituzione individuale. Endocr. pat. cost, Bologna, 1935, 10: 317-53.—Be Vries Reilingh, B. [On the influence of ditlerent parts of the human body on each other] Geneesk. bl, 1920-21, 22: 161-78.—Biakonow, P. P. Kopf und Rumpf in ihren dynamiscben Beziehungen (anthropometrische For- schung) Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1928, 14: 212-26.—Ederer, S. Der kritische Wert verschiedener Indices fiir die Konstitutions- pathologie. Mschr. Kinderh, 1922, 23: 257-65.—Eickstedt, E. von. Eine Studie iiber menschliche Kbrperproportionen und (lie Ursachen ihrer Variabilitat. Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1926, 56: 139-72—Fischer, H, & Hofmann, H. Ein Beitrag zur Kbrperbauforschung; innersekretorische Faktoren in der Genese der Kbrperproportionen von der Pubertat bis zum Reifungsabschluss. Mschr. Psychiat, 1924, 56: 153-60.— Franzen, R, & Derryberry, M. Weight and skeletal build; a reply. Am. J. Orthopsychiat, 1933, 3: 445-63.-Frasset.to, F. Delle relazioni fra il perimetro toracico e la statura: formule di normalita e valori normali. Endocr. pat. cost, Roma, 1926 1: n.3, 107; 313; 317. Also Proc. U. S. Nat. Acad. Sc, 1926, 12: 583-7.—Freeman, R. G, jr. Chest width/hip width index. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 30: 791.—Gesselevic, A. M. Die Korrelation zwischen den Kbrperbautypen und den Blut- gruppen und ihre graphische Darstellung. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2. Abt, 1932, 17: 199-202— Giuffrida-Ruggeri, Vl L'indice scheletriconeiduesessi. Riv. antrop, 1916-17,21:111-28. ----- L'indice trocanterico e l'indice pubico; nuovo contributo alio studio delle proporzioni stomatiche dei gruppi etnici. Ibid, 1917-18, 22: 47-74. ----- L'indice barico; la microbaria dell'adolescenza, l'allobaria sessuale e proposta di classiflcazione. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1917-18,16: 49-62.—Goto, J. Ueber die Berech- nung der Korpergrbsse aus der Spur-Lange des Fusses. Taiwan igakkai zasshi, 1931, 30: 37.—Gray, H. A stem-stature index. Arch. Int. M, 1923, 31: 491-8. ----- Weight, body diameters and age; correlation coefficients. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1927-28, 25: 384. -----& Parmenter, B.C. Chest depth as an index of body weight. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 81: 2183.—Harris, J. A. On the relationship between stature and the length of the appendages in man. Am. Natur, 1924, 57: 254-71.—Hilmi, I. Brust- und Bauchlangenmessungen beim Saugling und deren Beziehungen zum allgemeinen Wachstumsgrad. Mschr. Kinderh, 1932,53: 250-3.—Iloppe, M. Das Proportionsproblem des menschlichen Korpers und seine Lbsung. Arch. Anat. Physiol, Lpz, 1919, Anat. Abt, 226-56, 2pl.—Kaup, J. Ein Kbrperproportionsgesetzzur Beurteilung der Langen-, Gewichts- und Index-Abweicher einer Populations-Altersgruppe. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1921, 68: 976; 1021. ----- Korrelationskoeffi- zient und funktionale Abhangigkeit von Kbrpermassen. Sitz- ber. Ges. Morph. Munchen (1922) 1923, 24: 39-72.—Kirsch, O. Wachstum und Verhaltnis der Herz-Lungengrbsse zur Kbrperlange. Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 881-3.—Knoop, L. Zum Index aus Kbrperhbhe und Armspannung. Kor. Bl. Deut, Ges. Anthrop, 1918, 49: 26.—Kornfeld, W. Kopfumfang, Brustumfang und Sitzhohe des gesunden Kindes. Kinderarztl. Prax, 1932, 3: 82-7.—Kraus, E. J, & Holzer, H. Ueber Bezie- hungen zwischen Gehirn, Schilddnise und Kbrperwachstum. Virchows Arch, 1924, 251: 253-67.—Kfizenecky, J. Beziehung der Variabilitat der Korpergrbsse zu den Assimilations ver- haltnissen und die spezifische Veranderung dieser Variabilitat. Zschr. indukt. Abstamm, 1922-23, 30: 317. Also Riv. biol, 1924, 6: 601-13.—Krotov, W. [Conical shape of head as a symp- tom of hemolytic constitution] Polska gaz. lek, 1929, 8: 548- 50.—Kunze, O. Grosse, Gewicht und Brustumfang von 18- bis 28jahrigen Mannern. Reichsgesundhbl, 1935, 10: 697- 705.—La Franca, S. Individuality morfologica e canoni d'arte. Riv. biol, 1935, 18: 224-48.—Lorentz, F. H. Die Konstitutions- indices des wachsenden Menschenkbrpers. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1928-29, 14: 618-61—Louttit, C. M, & Halford, J. F. The relation between chest girth and vital capacity. Res. Q. Am. Phys. Educ. Ass, 1930, 1: 34.—Lyon, R. M. M. The rela- tion between body weight and arterial cross-section. J. Exp. Biol, Lond, 1930, 7: 221-34.—Makarov, V. [Mean chest-weight index and corpulency of human body] Vrach. gaz, 1928, 32: M3-9.—Manara, M. II rapporto fra il diametrO trasverso cardi- aco ed il diametro trasverso toracico nelle varie costituzioni morfologiche. Riforma med, 1926, 42: 821-3.—Martin, E, & Grosjean, A. Une cause d'erreur dans la reconstitution de la taille d'un individu par la mensuration des os longs des membres. Ann. hyg. Par, 1920, 4.ser, 34: 16.—Pearl, R, Gooch, M. [et al.] Studies on constitution; endocrine organ weights and somato- logical habitus types. Human Biol, 1936, 8: 92-125.—Pina, L. de. Le developpement de la tfite chez les Portugais en rapport avec le taille et Page. Arch, anat, Strasb, 1931-32,14: 225-30.— Pittard, E. Influence de la taille sur l'indice cephalique dans un groupe ethnique relativement pur. Bull. Soc. anthrop. Paris, 1905, 5.ser, 6: 279-86.—Portigliotti, G. I canoni umani. Illust. med. ital, 1921, 3: 118-20.—Rainov, I. Untersuchungen iiber das maximale Atemvolum und seine Beziehungen zu Korpergrbsse, Korpergewicht, Brustumfang und Brustspiel- raum. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1927-28, 13: 531-53—Raut- mann, H, & Duras, F. Ueber die einfache und korrelative Variabilitat des Brustumfanges bei korperlich gut entwickelten deutschen Studenten. Ibid, 511-8.—Remerle, J. Les dimen- sions des organes ne croissent pas toujours en proportion de celles du corps. Savoir, Par, 1924, 4: no.20, 1—Ricci, P. R. Con- siderazioni sui rapporti dell'indice cefalico con la costituzione individuale. Ann. Ist. Maragliano, 1931,1: 88-112.—Romich, S. Fingerlangen bei verschiedenen Konstitutionstypen. An- throp. Anz, 1932, 9: 264-7.—Rosenow, C. Weight and skeletal build; a rejoinder. Am. J. Orthopsychiat, 1934, 4: 258-61.— Roussy, B. Geometrie du corps humain: perfectionnement dans la position des lignes du pied concurrant a la formulation de la loi geometrique de la surface de ce corps, surface necessaire pour etablir ses canons morphologique, anatomique, physi- ologique, etc. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1924, 3.ser, 91: 205-9 — Scatamacchia, E. Testa e habitus. Riforma med, 1934, 50: 146.—Scheidt, W. Untersuchungen iiber die Massenpropor- tionen des menschlichen Korpers (ein Beitrag zur somatome- trischen Charakterisierung des Individuums) Zschr. ges. Anat,2. Abt, 1921,8:259-68.—Schmidt, F. A. Der Querschnitts- Langenindex und das Kbrperproportionsgesetz nach Prof. J. Kaup. Zschr. Gesundhfiirs, 1923, 36: 97-101—Shepherd. G. R, & Branann. J. W. Report [of committee on statistics of height, weight, and chest and abdominal measurements at different ages] Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America (1907-12) 1912 (17.-22. meeting) 43-5.—Shrubsall, F. C. Stature in relation to hair colour. School Hyg, Lond, 1910, 1: 47.— Stewart, T. B. Anthropometric nomenclature; the cephalic (length-breadth) index. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop, 1936, 22: BODY CONSTITUTION 734 BODY CONSTITUTION 97-140.—Takamure, I. Zu spurious correlations, die bei der Anthropometric vorkommen. J. Chosen M. Ass, 1935, 25: 51-3.—Themido, A. A. Ind ice cephaliqueet taille des Portugais. C. rend. Sdc biol, 1928, 99: 945-7.—Thompson, J. S. Chest and abdominal measurements as related to height and weight (statis- tical study) Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America, 1930, 16: 352-67.—Tomasini, S. L'indice encefalo-cardiaco. Manicomio, Noc, 1922, 35: 47-63.—Tschernorutzky, M. W. Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Funktionseigenschaften und Konstitutionstypus; Beitrag zur Frage von der konstitutio- nellen Korrelation und den Konstjtutionsnormen. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1929-30, 15: 134-63.—Viola, G. La legge del- l'antagonismo morfologico-ponderale confermata nella popola- zione emiliana. Endocr. pat. cost, Bologna, 1927, n.s, 2: 189-94.—Weidenreich, F. Kbrperbautypus, Gesichts- und Kiefergestaltung und die Selbstregulation von Disharmonien. Paradentium, Berl, 1931, 3: 8-20.—Wellisch, S. Ueber den Konstitutionsindex. Zschr. Biol, 1927, 86: 140-6—Westphal, K, & Hartner, F. Die Indexbcrechnung als Hilfsmittel der Kbrperbauforschung. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 127: 216-24.—Westphal, K, & Strauss, E. B. Ueber den Wert der Indexberechnung bei der Kbrperbauforschung. Ibid, 130: 243-s.— Willoughby, D. P. An anthropometric method for arriving at the optimal proportions of the body in any adult individual. Res. Q. Am. Phys. Educ. Ass, 1932, 3: 48-77 — Wolff, E. Ueber die Proportionen von Arm-, Bein- und Kbr- perlangen beim Menschen. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir, 1929, 27: 156-65. ---- Determination. Aschner, B. Die Komplexion (Pigmentgehalt, Haar-, Haut- und Augeufarbe) als ein Hauptkriterium der Konstitution. Arch. Frauenk, 1925, 11: 365-76. ----- Morphologische und funktionelle Kriterien der Konstitution. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1925, 11: 117-26.—Benedetti, P. Ueber die Konstitutionstypenbestimmung mittelst anthropometrischer Indices. Ibid, 1932, 17: 180-98. ----- Sul valore di alcuni rapporti antropometrici come indici della costituzione nelle indagini collettive. Endocr. pat. cost, Bologna, 1933, n.ser, 8: 107; 222.-----Ricerche di antropometria morfologica e funzionale in rapporto alia costituzione; le misure fonda- mentali e la classificazione morfologica secondo il metodo di Viola. Ibid, 1934, 9: 3-65.—Borchardt, L. Die Anthropome- tric im Dienste der klinischen Konstitutionsforschung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1924, 50: 131S 20.—Brodsky, A. O. [Morphologic signs and the constitution. Vrach, dielo, 1931, 14: 215-9.— Draper, G, & Dunn, H. L. Studies in human constitution; clinical anthropometry. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 82: 431-4.— Fischer, G. H. Die Herleitung der Typen aus funktionellen und strukturellen Zusammenhangen. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg, l.Abt, 1934, 133: 222-32—Flatau, W. S, & Kirstein, F. Ein Messapparat fiir die Konstitutionsforschung. Zbl. Gyn, 1925, 49: 1266-8.—Gaukhman, S. L. [Indices for the deter- mination of constitutional type] Russ. klin, 1929, 12: 225-39.— Groedel, F. Die Konstitution des Menschen im Rontgenbild. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1923, 30: 55-61.—Hauchmann, S. In- dices als Bestimmer des Konstitutionstvpus. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1928-29, 14: 679-94.—Jacob, C, & Moser, K. Messungen zu Kretschmers Kbrperbaulehre. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1923, 70: 93-108.—Knebel, R. Das Omnimeter, ein neues Universal- Messgerat fiir die Konstitutionsforschung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 1505.—Kornfeld, W. Ueber Kbrpermessungen bei Kindern als Grundlage fiir die Beurteilung der Konstitution und der Storungen der Fermententwicklung. Wien. med. Wschr, 1927, 77: 1424-9.—Kuhnel, G. Die rechnerische Kontrolle der Kbrperbaudiagnosen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1933-34, 149: 629-37.—Makarov, B. E. [Morphological groups of the con- stitution and their physical equivalents] Med. biol. J, Moskva, 1925, 1: 148-54.—Mandelstamm, A. Ein praktischer Neigungs- messapparat fiir die Konstitutionsforchung. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 448.—Michelsson, G. Ueber die Bestimmung der Norm und der Konstitutionstypen durch Messungen und Formeln. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1923-24, 9: 417-33—Pao- lillo, S. Debolezza di constituzione e antropometria militare. Gior. med. mil , 1930, 78: 676-9— Plattner, W. Somatogramme; ein Beitrag zur Lehre der Kretschmerschen Habitusformen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1927, 109: 228-42—Rautmann, H. Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von G. Michelsson: iiber die Bestimmung der Norm und der Konstitutionstypen durch Messungen und Formeln. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1924, 10: 390-3. ----- Ueber die Gewinnung von Bestimmungs- tabellen mit Hilfe des Korrelationsverfahrens. Ibid, 1927-28, 13: 477-86.—Sellheim, H. Die Blutuntersuchung als eine Methode der Konstitutionsforschung. Arch. Menschenk, 1925-26, 1: 97; 145, pi.—Viola, G. Criteres d'appreciation de la valeur phvsique morphologique et fonctionnelle individuelle. Endocr. pat. cost, Bologna, 1936, 11: 113-35.—Vishnevsky, B. N. [Anthropometry in the study of constitution] Vrach. gaz, 1926, 30: 25-x.—Wigert, V. Versuche zur anthropometri- schen Bestimmung der Kbrperbautypen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1932-33, 143:651-700. Also Acta psvchiat. neur, Kbh, 1933, 8: 465-81.—Zundelevich, R. I, & Yakouenko, E. I. [Valuation of the physical development and differentiation of constitutional types] Antrop. J, Moskva, 1933, 133-62. ---- Development and heredity. See also Growth. Davenport, C. B. Bodv-build and its in- heritance. 176p. 8° Wash., 1923. Forms no. 35, Papers Carnegie Inst. Dep. Genet. ---- Body build; its development and in- heritance. 42]). S? Cold Spring Harbor, L. I., 1925. Forms no. 24, Bull. Carnegie Inst. Eugen. Rec. Off. Gorner, R. *Korpermessungen an sam- landischen schul- und vorschulpflichtigen Kin- dern; ein Beitrag zur Konstitutionsstatistik. 29p. 8° Konigsb. i. Pr. 1916. Muller, E. *Ueber die Variability der menschlichen Wuchsform [Freiburg] p.8-17. S° Berl., 1931. Also Zschr. ges. Anat, 2. Abt, 1931, 16: Abruzzese, G. Rapporti fra affinita o disafflnitacostituzionale dei genitori e grado di sviluppo fetale. Riv. ital. gin, 1930, 11: 401-14.—Arnone, G. Fato individuale ed azioni blastofto- riche nei rapporti della costituzione scheletrica. Cult. med. mod. Pal, 1929, 8: 625-32.—Atzeni, Tedesco, P. Le costitu- zioni morfologiche dei cagliaritani durante l'accrescimento dai 12 ai 19 anni. Endocr. pat. cost, Bologna, 1931, n.ser, 6: 403- 520, ch.—Backman, G. Die Abhangigkeit morphologischer Variationen von Differenzierungs- und Wachstumsgradienten. Anat. Anz, 1934-35, 79: 78-87—Bauer, J. Genotyp und Phanotyp. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1927, 40: H.27, Sonderb, 1-8- Bechterev, W. Das Individuum und die Bedingungen seiner Entwicklung und Gesundheit. Russ. med. Rdsch, Berl, 1906, 4: 143; 197.—Beloff, N. A. Das Prinzip des kompliziert-ausglei- chenden Aufbaues der Organismen als Ursache ihrer Veran- derlichkeit in verschiedenen Altersstufen. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2. Abt.. 1923,9:356-72.—Berghinz.G. Le costituzioni morfologiche normali dell'infanzia. Gazz. med. lombarda, 1924, 83: 164-6 — Castaldi, L. Su due problemi costituzionalistici: l'esistenza dei tipi morfologici fin dalle prime eta; le cause non patologiche delle extipie. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1927, 8: 397-402.—Davenport, C. B, & Nelson, L. A. Heredity and culture as factors in body build. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1925, 40: 2601-5—Draper, G. Studies in human constitution; heredity and environment; the disease makers. Am. J.M. Sc, 1926, 171: 803-13—Duhail, P. Influence de la constitution sur la puberte. Progr. mid. Par, 1928, 43: 390.—Enke, W. Konstitutionstypologie und Erbforschung. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat, 1934,102: 403-6—Galant, J. S. Konstitution und konstitutionelle Entwicklung; Princi- pielles gegen die genotypische Theorie der Konstitution. Arch. Frauenk, 1925, 11: 253-8.—Hammar, J. A. [On heredity and environment from the viewpoint of constitutional anatomy] Uppsala lak. fbren. forh, 1926, n.f, 31: 151-69. ----- Ueber Wachstum und Riickgang, iiber Standardisierung, Individuals sierung und bauliche Individualtypen im Laufe des normalen Postfbtallebens. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch, 1932, 29: 1-540, 5pl, 18tab.—Henckel, K. O. Der Kbrperbau in verschiedenen Lebensaltern. Mschr. Unfallh, 1924, 31: 248-62—Kluge, A. lieber die Entstehung der Kbrperbauformen. Arch. Psychiat, Berl,. 1927,80: 656-61. Also Orv. hetil, 1927,71: 229-31—Korn- feld, W. Die Beurteilung von Kbrperbau, Entwicklungsablaul und Entwicklungsstbrungen im Kindesalter. Wien. med. Wschr, 1931. 81: 949; 980.—Kruse. Leber die Veranderlichkeit korperlicher Merkmale. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 1222.— Liefmann, E. Ueber Kbrperbautypen bei Kindern und ihre Berechnung. Zschr. Kinderh, 1931-32, 52: 504-9—Lus, J. Etude de la question de l'h6redit§ de la taille et de la consti- tution. Bull. Soc. form, humain. Par, 1925, 3: 133-7.—Mac- Auliffe, L. Les origines de la morphologie humaine. Ibid, 155-200.—Neuville, H. De certaines caracteres de la forme humaine et de leurs causes. Anthropologie, Par, 1927, 37: 305; 491.—Schraenen, W. Structure du corps et herfidite; (Hude analytique du livre de Ch. B. Davenport: body-build and its Inheritance, published by the Carnegie Institution of Wash- ington, December 1923. Bull. Soc. form, humain. Par, 192L 2: 211-21.—Sinnott, E. W. Evidence for the existence of genes controlling shape. Genetics, 1935, 20: 12-21. ----- & Dunn, L. C. The effect of genes on the development of size and form. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1935, 10: 123-51— Stockard, C. R. Internal constitution and genie factors in growth deter- mination. Stud. Dep. Anat. Cornell Univ., 1934-35,16: no. 1- Veeder, B. The importance of body type and constitution in infancy and childhood. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1930, 29: 411-6- Verschuer, O. von. Die Erbbedingtheit des Kbrperwachstums. Zschr. Morph. Anthrop, 1934, 34: 398-412, 2tab.— Wurzinger, S. Habitustypen und Kbrperentwicklung im Schulalter nach Studien an 510 Munchener Volksschiilern. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2. Abt, 1927-28, 13: 715-78. ---- Occupational and social aspects. Barglowski, B. Beruf, Trieb und Kbrperbau; ein Beitrag zur Kretschmerschen Lehre von den Konstitutionstypen. Zschr. BODY CONSTITUTION 735 BODY CONSTITUTION ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1934,150: 122-45.—Belem, P. Lebensplane von Hauptschiilerinnen und ihre typologische Auswertung. Zschr. Kinderforsch, 1934-35, 44: 194-212.—Biondi, C. Pro- gramma di studi di biotipologia professionale. Arch, antrop. crim. Tor, 1930, 50: suppl, 1462.—Brezina, E. Ueber die Kbr- perbeschaffenheit von Wiener Lehrlingen verschiedener Berufe. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1928, 14: 493-8— Marotta, A. Im- portanza del biotipo umano individuale nei campo sociale e della medicina del lavoro. Morgagni, 1926, 68: 961-6.—Niceforo, A. Statura dei coscritti, condizione sociale e progresso eco- nomico. Difesa sociale, 1933, 12: 233-43.—Nowak, H. Kbrper- bautypus und Beruf. Arch. Gewerbepath, 1936, 7: 23-52. --- Pathology. Eberhardt, S. Der Korper in Form und in Hemmung; die Beherrschung der Disposition als Lebensgrundlage. 239p. 8? Miinch., 1926. Grote, L. R. Grundlagen arztlicher Be- trachtung; Einfuhrung in begriffliche und kon- stitntions-pathologische Fragen der Klinik fiir Studierende und Aerzte. 81p. 8? Berl., 1921. Hericourt, J. Le terrain dans les maladies. 248]). 16? Par., 1927. Martius, F. Konstitution und Vererbung in ihren Beziehungen zur Pathologie. 258p. 8? Berl., 1914. Forms Allg. Teil of Enzykl. klin. Med. (Langstein, et al.) Pende, N. Constitutional inadequacies; an introduction to the studv of abnormal consti- tutions. 270p. 8? Phila., 1928. Birnbaum, K. Methodologische Prinzipien der Patho- graphie. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1932-33, 143: 69-83.— Borchardt, L. Die vegetativen und die somatischen Funk- tionsanderungen der Organe als Ursache von Konstitutions- anomalien. Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 1347.—Bounak, V. Les caracteres morphologiques de la constitution tuberculeuse. Bull. Soc. form, humain. Par, 1925, 3: 69-72.—Businco, L. Esame morfologico costituzionalistico di sei campioni del ci- clismo. Atti. Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1932, 34: 188-93.— Castellino, P. Concerning certain morphological factors of predisposition. Sc. Ther, Lewist, 1926-27. 4: 23-36. Also Fol. med. Nap, 1926, 12: 161-74.—Charpentier, R. De l'idee de degenerescer.ee a la doctrine de constitutions. J. neur. psy- chiat, Brux, 1932,32:137-69.—Curtius, F. Organminderwertig- keit und Erbanlage. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 177-80—Feigen- baum, J, & Howat, B. The relation between physical con- stitution and the incidence of disease; the disease groups include peptic ulcer, cholecystitis and diabetes mellitus. J. Clin. Invest, 1934, 13: 121-38. ----- Physical constitution and disease; absence of correlation between the anatomic consti- tution and the predisposition to diabetes mellitus, cholecystitis and peptic ulcer. Arch. Int. M, 1935, 55: 445-56.—Fici, V. Fisiopatologia dei tipi morfologici costituzionali (studio statis- tlco) Endocr. pat. cost, Roma, 1926, 1: n.s, 321-75.—Freeman, W. Human constitution: A study of the correlations between physical aspects of the body and susceptibility to certain diseases. Coll. Papers Dep. Biol. Johns Hopkins, 1934*. 9: no. 14.—Graf, I. Kbrperbauuntersuehungen bei atypischen Psychosen, Psycho- pathen, Epileptikern und Episodikern. Mschr. Psychiat, 1927, 64: 25-107.—Guttmann, E, & Lange, J. Dysraphische Anomalien als pathogenetische und pathoplastische Faktoren. Munch, med. Wschr, 1930, 77: 1353.—Haag, F. E. Untersu- chungen iiber allergische Krankheiten; Konstitution und Verer- bung. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 1228-30—Hackel, W. Patho- Iogisch-anatomische und anthropometrische Studien iiber Konstitution. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1931, 16: 63-80.— Henkel, K. O. La correlation entre l'habitus et la maladie. Bull. Soc. form, humain. Par, 1926, 4: 229-35—Jausion, H, Gauch, M, & Goldberg. Les constitutions dermopathiques. Presse med, 1929, 37: 781-3.—Kermack, W. O, & M'Kendrick, A. G. The effect of constitutional vitality on prognosis, as illustrated by acute appendicitis. Edinburgh M.J, 1936, 43: 324-k. -Kerti, F. Beitrage zur klinischen Konstitutionspatho- logie; zur Erregbarkeitspriifung der Herznerven. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1923-24, 9: 434-8.—Kornfeld, W. Die Beurteilung von Korperbau, Entwicklungsablauf und Kntwicklungsstbrun- gen im Kindesalter. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1931, 14 :618—Kuschel. Die Erschlaffung der Kbrperkonstitution und ihr Nachweis am Auge; die Nervenerschlaffung (Neurasthenie) Zschr. Augenh, 1924, 52: 233-50.—Lehmann, R. Die menschlichen Kbrperformen und ihre Beziehungen zur Invaliditat. Mschr. Unfallh, 1924, 31: 121; 170; 265; 1925, 32: 1; 174; 193—Mayer, A. Konstitution und Genitaltumoren. Zbl. Gyn, 1924, 48: 2348 — Meerloo, A. M. [Structural pathology] Geneesk. gids, 1933, 11: 765-75.—Miihlmann, M. Der Tod und die Konstitution; nebst einem Beitrag zur Rechtshandigkeitsfrage. Beitr. path. Anat, 1926, 75: 409-19.—Naegeli. Los resultados mas impor- tantes que ha reportado el estudio de la fisiologia y la patologia de la constitution. Siglo meU, 1936, 97: 374.—Pende, N. Das Oesetz der morphogenetischen Korrelation von Viola und die Grundlagen der Pathologie des Wachstums und der Konstitu- tion. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1921-22, 8: 378-403.—Perelmann, A, & Biinkow, S. Ueber einige Faktoren, welche die Vertei- lung der Kbrperbautypen bei den Schizophrenen, Kriminellen und Geistig-Gesunden beeinflussen (zum Problem: Kbrperbau und Charakter) Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1928-29 86- 501-24 — Powers, W. J. S & Peppard, T. A. Beitrage zur klinischen Konstitutionspathologie; the correlation of the atypical asym- metries of the body. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1925 11 • 77-9 — Pruvost, E. La question du terrain dans la determination B., & ff°192J6 E87 T^2Vl30-pVaLSOBajy vaTd?r^ Bouncy sTsj ft S.llneS 1931^: Pt2, 2930-7, apl.-Redtog JJ. Some cystic appearances in bone. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond, 1927-28, 21: sect, surg, 99.—Roederer, C. Les kystes des os (kystes hydatiques exceptes) Gaz. hop, 1923, 96: 1378. Also Rev. orthop. Par, 1923, 3.ser, 10: 551-622.—Ruiz Moreno, M. Quistes simples de los huesos tratados con injertos oseos; re- sultados alejados. Rev. cir, B. Air, 1928, 7: 459-69.—Santos, J. V. Bacteriology of apparently normal bones; further corrob- orative evidence of the inflammatory nature of some cases of solitary bone cyst. J. Bone Surg, 1930, 12: 150-5.—Sarmiento Laspiur. Quistes simples de los huesos. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1924, 8: 154-8.—Schuster, B. Zur Pathogenese der Knochen- cysten. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1921,123:191-7—Seneque, J. Kystes osseux essentiels de l'adolescence. Presse med, 1924, 32: 62 — Spick & Roussille. Deux cas de Wsions osteotrophiques (kystes osseux) Bull. Soc. m6d. mil. fr, 1923,17: 41-4.—Strovnalik, A. [Contribution to the knowledge of bone-cysts] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1924-25, 4: 301-5.—Taubenschlag. Quistes simples de los huesos largos. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1924, 8: 186; 1928, 12: 647, pi.—Teichmann, T. Experimentelle Versuche zur Erzeu- gung von Knochencysten. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir, 1929, 27: 6-10.—Thiemke, G. Ueber Knochenzysten. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1928-29, 213: 217-25.—Trueta Raspail, J. A proposito de los quistes esenciales de los huesos. Ars medica, Barcel, 1930, 6: 387-91.—Turkus, E. N. Cystomata and flbrocystomata of the osseous system. N. York M.J, 1922, 115: 140-5. Also repr.—Weber, W. Aetiologie und Pathogenese solitarer Kno- chenzysten. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1936, 53: 861-76 — Witting, V, & Gillespie, J. B. Benign bone cyst in the newborn; report of a case. Illinois M.J, 1934, 65: 451-3—Woimant, H. Sur le kyste osseux essentiel. Arch. med. chir. province, 1925, 15: 429-32.—Zagni, L. Un caso di cisti ossea; nota clinica ed isto-patologica. Bull. sc. med, Bologna, 1926, lO.ser, 4:100-14.— Zaniboni, A. Intorno al trattamento delle cisti ossee. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1930, 2: 373-84. ---- Decalcification. See Bone, Histology; Osteoporosis. Deformities. See also Bone, Abnormities; Osteomalacia; Rickets. Babonneix, L, & Lonjumeau, P. Deformations osseuses de type particulier. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1928, 3.ser, 52: 1556-9.—Breinl, A, & Priestley, H. Note on boomerang leg—a bone disease occurring amongst Australian aborigines. Collect. Papers Austral. Inst. Trop. M, 1917, 2: repr. no.ll.—Curcio, A. Su di un caso raro di deformita par trofoneurosi delle ossa. Nuova riv. clin. ter, 1907, 10: 527-37.—Bebrunner, H. Zur naturlichen Aufrichtung verbogener Knochen (Kasuistik) Arch, orthop. Unfallchir, 1932-33, 32: 512-4—Keller, H. The muscular system as a causative and a contributing factor in deformities of the human skeleton. Med. J.&Rec, 1929, 130: 620- 684 —Kirschner. Der Ausgleich knocherner Deformitaten. Arch. klin. Chir, 1923, 126: 523-35 [Discussion] 97-112 — Murk Jansen, J. [Deformities of bones from pressure] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1921, 65: pt 2, 1385-90— Phemister, B. B. Opera- tive arrestment of longitudinal growth of bones in the treatment of deformities. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1932,7:418-22. Also J. Bone Surg, 1933,15: 1-15.—Rabl, C. R. H. Ein neues Verfahren zur Behandlung von Knochenverkriim- mungen. Zbl. Chir, 1924, 51: 131. ----- Gefahren beim Zurechtbiegen kindlicher Knochenverkriimmungen. Ibid, 1933 60: 806.—Schwartz, R. P. The determination of pre-opera- tive' indications for correction of bone deformities. J. Bone Surg, 1929, 11: 385-92.—Shawkey, A. A, & Lambert, A. C. A case of unusual congenital deficiency and deformity of bony structures. West Virginia M.J, 1927, 23: 252. Diseases. See also Osteitis; Osteochondritis; Osteomye- litis; and other words beginning with osteo-; also diseases as Leukemia; Rickets; Vitamin deficiency, &c. Gloger, H. *Kasuistischer Beitrag zu einer in letzter Zeit gehauft auftretenden Kno- chenerkrankung. 29p. 8? Bresl., 1919. Knaggs, R. L. The inflammatory and toxic diseases of'bone; a text-book for senior students. 416p. 8? Bristol, 1926. . Schiller, A. *Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik seltener Erkrankungen des Skelettsystems (multiple Myelome; osteopsathyrosis idiopathica) [Berlin] 73p. 8? Charlottenb., 1927. Allen B M Some uncommon bone lesions. Delaware M.J, 1936, 8: 60-5.-Bloodgood, J. C. A brief summary of benign and malignant lesions of bone. South. M.J, 1926, 19: 541-9—Businco, A. Nuove fonti dell'anatomia patologica. Riv biol 1928, 10: 1-17—Chevrier. A propos d'un cas d'osteo- lyse Mem Acad, chir. Par 1936, 62: 199.-Choyce, C C. Diseases of bones. Choyce's System of Surg, NY, 1923, 3: 728-86 2pl -Coenen, H. Die centralen Knochenerkrankungen. Med Klin , Berl, 1929,25: 510; 554; 596-Emerson, C. P. Achon- BONE 756 BONE droplasia, hypertrophic pulmonary osteoarthropathy, Pagets dis- ease, osteogenesis imperfecta, osteopsathyrosis, leontiasis ossea, microcephalus, facial hemiatrophy. Mod. Med. (Osier), 8!, Phila, 1909, 6: 683-732.—Fairbank, H. A. T. Some general dis- eases of the skeleton. Brit. J. Surg, 1927-28, 15: 120-42—Feigin, I.G,&Tikhodeev,S.M. [Rare case of osteopathy] Vest, rentg, 1932, 11: 416-20.—Grosh,L.C,& Stifel, J. L. Defects in the mem- branous bones, diabetes insipidus, and exopthalmus, with report of a case. Arch. Int. M, 1923,31:76-84.—Heidelberger, G. Krank- heiten und Storungen der Knochen. Mitt. Biochem, 1935, 42: 55-9.—Hueter, C. Die Erkrankungen der Knochen. Jahrber. Chir. (1918) 1922, 24: 102-13—Krijgers Janzen, E, & Goudsmit, J. [A strange bone disease with general and nervous symptoms] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: pt2, 4474-9, 2pl.—Leriche, R, & Policard, A. Essai de classification generale des maladies des os. J. chir. Par, 1935, 46: 161-86.—Lichtwitz, L. Erkrankungen des Skeletts. In his Path. d. Funktionen, Leiden, 1936, 122-42 — Lievre, J. A. Rapports de la maladie osseuse de Paget, de la maladie osseuse de Recklinghausen et de l'ostcose parathy- roldienne. Paris med, 1932, 83: 467-71.—MeUanby, E. Clinical applications of the recent work of bone disease. Brit. M.J, 1932, 2: 865-9.—Merhni, A. Die Akroosteopathien. Arch. orthop. Unfallchir, 1930, 28: 73-83—Michaelis, L. Zur Klinik der Systemerkrankungen des Skeletts. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1932, 45: 187-99.—Neustadt, E. Bone changes and their signi- ficance. J. Dent. Res, 1928-29, 9: 203-19—Overend, W, & Overend, T. B. Notes on certain lesions of bone. Arch. Radiol. Electrother, Lond, 1921-22,26: 82-5.—Paas, H.R. Eine neuartige Erkrankung des Skelettsystems. Zbl. Chir, 1932, 59: 2689-92.—Reichel. Ueber Osteopathie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1921, 68: 1242-4.—Ritzman, A. Z. Diseases and injuries of bone. Internat. J. S, 1924, 37: 527-32.—Schotte, M. Ueber eine Systemerkrankung des Skelets. Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 1826-8.—Sheldon, J. H. An undescribed disease of bone. Brit. J. Surg, 1928-29, 16: 405-30.—Snapper, I. Les maladies du squelette. Rev. m6d. Louvain, 1934, .154-7.—Solomon, I, & Gibert, P. Trois cas de lesions osseuses rares. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1926, 14: 120.—Volicer, L. [Rare diseases of the bones, cartilages, and muscles] Cas. lek. fesk, 1931,70:1021-4.— Walter, H. Ueber nicht spezifische Knochenerkrankungen. Zbl. Chir, 1930, 57: 2181-9. ---- Diseases: Causes. See also Tuberculosis; Syphilis. Eikermann, E. *Erbkonstitutionelle Kno- chensystem-Erkrankungen und ihre Bezie- hungen zum Zahnsystem [Gottingen] 30p. 8° [Quedinb.] 1926. Stocks, P., & Barrington, A. Hereditary disorders of bone development. Diaphysial aclasis (multiple exostoses) multiple enchon- dromata, cleido-cranial dysostosis, v.3. 182p. 4? Cambr., 1925. Forms Mem. 22, F. Galton Lab. Treas. of Human Inher- itance (K. Pearson) v.3. Thelen, R. *Eine Rachitisahnliche Kriegs- knochenerkrankung. 33p. 8? Bonn, 1920. Asal. Ueberlastungsschaden am Knochensystem bei Solda- ten. Zbl. Chir, 1936, 63: 1245.—Barr, B. P. The relationship of calcium metabolism to diseases of bone. Am. J. Cancer, 1932, 16: 1424-43. ----- & Charles, C. M. The relation of diseases of bone to arterial calcification and urolithiasis. Contr. med. sc. Libman Annivers. Vol, 1932, 1: 155-79.— Battain, M. Osteopatia ipertrofica di Marie congenita e stato demenziale. Riforma med, 1928, 44: 850-5.—Beath, R. M. Developmental and generalized bone diseases. Ulster M.J., 1934, 3: 111-25, 4pl— Bernstein, R. Zur Frage der Berufskrank- heiten der Perlmutterarbeiter. Zbl. Gewerbehyg, 1928, n.F, 5: 135-8.—Brancadoro, G. Contributo radiologico alia cono- scenza delle lesioni scheletriche insorte a distanza da un trauma. Arch, radiol. Nap, 1934, 10: 72-7.—Be Gaetano, L. Sviluppo storico ed indirizzo moderno della clinica ortopedica; malattie ossee della crescenza (pseudotubercolosi) Ann. ital. chir, 1930, 9: 199-221. Also Gazz. internat. med. chir, 1930, 38: 175- 80.—Bespaigne, E, & Puente Buany, N. Lesiones oseas secun- darias a procesos ulcerativos de los tegumentos. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1930, 5: 33-40.—Eisler, F. Knochenschadigung durch Unterernahrung. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1923, 30: Kongressheft, 67-9.—Ettore, E. Sulle lesione ossee da matite copiative (studio sperimentale) Arch, ortop, Milano, 1930, 46: 687-707.—Fevre, Gouyen & HuguSnin. Osteopathie post-trau- matique, simulant un sareome, chez un garcon de 14 ans. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1936, 34: 196-8—Gaugele. Erbkrankheiten des Knochensystems. Med. Klin, Berl, 1935, 31: 1295-9.— Greifenstein, A, & Rix, E. Histologische und rontgenologische Untersuchungen bei der experimentell erzeugten sogenannten sympathischen Knochenerkrankung (Martin) des Hundes und ihre Deutung als Anpassungserscheinung (vikariierende Osteose) Beitr. path. Anat, 1931, 86: 15-47, 8pl—Higier, H. Endemie dysalimentiirer Osteoarthropathie, Osteomalacie und Spatrachitis und ihre Stellung zur neuen Lehre von den Vita- minen oder Nutraminen. Zschr. klin. Med, 1922, 95: 445-68.— Howe, P. R. Further studies on the effect of diet upon the teeth and bones. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1923, 10: 201-20.—Hunter, B. New knowledge of metabolic diseases of bone. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1933, 29:901-3.—Katase, T, Kawabata, A, & Sakurane, T. Differences of various carbohydrates as causative factors of alimentary bone disease [Japanese text] Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1928, 18: 196-9.—Katase, A, & Matsumura, S. Ueber den Einfluss der Vitamine auf die durch Rohrzuckerfutterung hervorgerufene Knochenerkrankung. Ibid, 1925, 15: 223.— Koll, E. Chronische Darmstorungen und Knochenerkrankun- gen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1931, 170: 584-608—Kuntscher. Nachweis von Spannungsspitzen am Knochen und seine Be- deutung fiir die Aetiologie mechanisch entstehender Knochen- krankheiten. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1935, 162: 495. Also Zbl. Chir, 1935, 62: 2808-10.—Livingston, S. K. Demineralization of the skeleton; a report of 5 cases with different proved etiology. Am. J. Surg, 1935, 27: 464-75—Loll, W. Wesen und Ursache der Kriegsosteopathie. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1923, 36: 746-8.— MuUer, W. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber mechanisch bedingte Umbildungsprozesse am wachsenden und fertigen Knochen und ihre Bedeutung ftir die Pathologie des Knochens, insbesondere die Epiphysenstorungen bei rachitisahnlichen Erkrankungen. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1922, 127: 251-90. ----- Neue Experimente zur Frage des Einflusses der mechanischen Beanspruchung auf Knochen und Wachstumszonen. Ibid, 1923, 130: 459-72. ----- Die Insuffizienzerkrankungen am Skelett. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 509-12.—Narvi, E. J. Durch Ueberbelastung hervorgerufene Knochenerkrankungen. Acta chir. scand, 1931, 68: 211-24, 6pl— Oesterlin, E. Ein Fall kombinierter Knochen-Bluterkrankung. Virchows Arch, 1923- 24, 247: 589-98.—Okukubo, R, & Katase, T. Influences of alkali and salts of alkaline earth on the development of alimentary bone disease [Japanese text] Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1928, 18; 195.—Pehu, M, & Policard, A. Considerations histophysio- logiques sur les rapports entre maladies osseuses et maladies sanguines. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1936, 66: 1011.—Pierson, J. W. Some bone changes produced by diseases of the hema- topoietic system. South. M.J, 1931, 24: 191-5.—Sakurai, M. Ueber die Knochenveranderungen der mit den verschiedenen Nahrungen gefiitterten Albinoratten. Sei i kwai, 1929, 48: no.2, 1.—Shipley, P. G. Faulty diet and its relation to the structure of bone. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 79: 1563.—Sierra, I. Reflecciones y comentarios acerca de los traumatismos y las infecciones oseas; necesidad de servicios especiales para esos enfermos. Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1927, 5: 81-98.—Snapper, I. [Disorders in metabolism and diseases of the bones] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1934, 78: 5587-602.—Tanaka, A, Takahashi, S. [et al.] Eine neue Knochenkrankheit, die beim experimentellen Studium der Schwefelstoffwechselstorung gefunden wurde. Tr. Soc. path, jap, 1935, 25: 553, pi—Toverud, G. The in- fluence of diet on teeth and bones. J. Biol. Cnem, 1923, 58: 583-600.—Weissenbach, R. J, & Lievre, J. A. Deux cas d'osteo- pathies de carence consficutives a des rfegimes alimentaires restrictifs presents pour hypertension artlrielle. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1935, 3.ser, 51: 1292-303.—White, J. B. Bone lesions in tropical disease. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1928-29, 22: sect, electrother, 43-8.—Wollenberg. Experimentelle Ernahrungsstorungen am Knochen. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1926) 1927, 21. Kongr, 361-81. ---- Diseases: Diagnosis. See also Bone, Roentgenography. Bloodgood, J. C. How to diagnose and treat a bone lesion; central lesions. J. Bone Surg, 1926, 8:471-88, 2pl. ----- The working rule in the diagnosis of disease of bone. Illinois M.J, 1929, 55: 251-7—Caylor, H. B, & Jones, H. T. Microscopic examination of tissue curetted from bone sinuses. J. Bone Surg, 1929, 11: 36-8—Coley, B. L, & Higinbotham, N. L. The differential diagnosis between inflammatory and neoplastic diseases of bone. Yearb. N. York N. England Ass. Railw. Surg, 1932, 36-54.— Houdard, L, & Mouchet, A. Considerations sur les difficultes du diagnostic des lesions multiples du sque- lette. Presse med, 1936, 44: 1820-4.—Jostes, F. A. Diagnosis and treatment of benign cystic and fibro-cystic diseases of bones. J. Bone Surg, 1925, 7: 251-70.—Keiller, V. H. The differentia- tion of chronic suppurative disease from tuberculosis of bone. Med. Rec, S. Anton, 1927, 21: 514-8.—Kienbb'ck, R. Zur Diagnostik der gutartigen Knochenerkrankungen. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935, 48: 57.—Lenormant, C, Wilmoth, P., & Pergola, J. L'interet de la biopsie dans le diagnostic des lesions multiples du squelette (a propos de 3 observations) Presse med, 1934, 42: 449-53.—Saberton, C. W. S. Points in the differential diag- nosis of simple and malignant bone disease. Brit. M.J, 1922, 2: 561.—Valentin, B. Fehldiagnosen bei Knochenschmerzen; Hamophilie, Tuberkulose, Ostitis fibrosa localisata Reckling- hausen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1934, 60: 1386-8. Also Samml. wicht. Friihdiagn, Lpz, 1936, 68-74. ---- Diseases; Endocrine aspects. See also names of endocrine glands. Lievre, J. A. *L'ost6ose parathyroldienne et les osteopathies chroniques. 389p. 8? Par., 1931. Bakwin, H, & Bodansky, O. Effect of parathormone on bone phosphatase activity in vitro. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y, 1933, 31: 64— Ballin, M. Skeletal pathology of endocrine origin. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1933, 51: 392-405. Also Ann. Surg, 1933, 98: 868-81.—Bianchi, G. Sopra una rarissima osteo- BONE 757 BONE patia dell' eta giovanile (la cosidetta Disostosi ipofisaria) Arch, radiol. Nap, 1927, 3: 1121-36.—Compere, E. L. Patho- logic and biochemical changes in skeletal dystrophies; analysis of results of treatment of parathyroid osteosis. Arch. Surg, 1936, 32: 232-72, ch.—Cooley, T. B. Hyperparathyroidism and similar diseases of bone. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1931, 43: 20-2.— Frugoni, P. Contenuto minerale dell' osso di ratti in carenza ed in eccesso di ormone paratiroideo. Sperimentale, 1934, 88: 27-36.—Ghiron, V. Ricerche sulle paratiroidi nelle malattie delle ossa. Arch. Soc. ital. chir, 1934, 40: 591.—Glandes en- docrines et pathologie des os. Rev. prat, biol. Par, 1936, 29: 338.—Grauer, R. C. Calcium, phosphorus, and the para- thyroids; their association with diseases of bone. Pennsyl- vania M.J, 1933, 36: 765-8.—Jaubert. Troubles endocriniens et alterations osseuses. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1928, 26: 291-5.—Kerl, F. Zur Frage der Epithelkorperchenhyperplasien bei Osteomalazie und Osteoporose. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 1271-3.—Lievre, J. A. L'osteose parathyroldienne; docu- ments fondamentaux; formes cliniques. Ann. m<5d. Par, 1932, 32: 33-60.—May, E. Un cas francais d'osteopathie para- thyroldienne. Rev. crit. path. Par, 1930, 1: 491-3.—Mut- schlechner, A. Konstitutionell und endocrin bedingte Veran- derungen am Knochensystem; Stigmata und Deformitaten. Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1927, 49: 91-8—Parathyroid (The) glands and diseases of the bones. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 106: 1566.— Role des endocrines (parathyroides exceptees) sur la pathologie des os. Bruxelles med, 1936-37, 17: 49.—Snapper, J. Maladies osseuses et parathyroides. Ann. med. Par, 1931, 29: 201-21.— Wagoner, G. Clmical treatment of certain bone diseases caused by hyperfunction of the parathyroid glands. Pennsyl- vania M.J, 1934, 37: 983-5—Weil. Orthopadische Erkrankun- gen und Storungen der inneren Sekretion. Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1923, 44: 95-100—Welti, M. H. Du rfile de l'hyperpara- thyroidisme dans certaines dystrophies osseuses et dans la polyarthrite ankylosante. J. chir. Par, 1931, 38: 633-51. --- Diseases, mycotic. See also Bone, Actinomycosis; Osteomyelitis; Tuberculosis. Hauschild, F. [P. L. A.] *Ueber die ruhende Infektion nach Kriegsschussverletzungen der Knochen und ihre Begutachtung [Berlin] 34p. 8? Charlottenb., 1936. Aievoli, E. Per lo studio della patologia ossea (malattia Nicolas-Favre—malattia Bang) Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1935, 43: 71-6—AUenbach, E, & Zimmer, M. Sur une localisa- tion de predilection des mycoses osseuses primitives. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1935, 33: 306-8. Also Rev. fr. pediat, 1934, 11: 168-78.—Area Leo, A. E. de. Sur une mycose osseuse par Acremoniella; nouvelle espece de champignon trouvee chez I'homme: Acremoniella rugulosa n.sp. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 1158-60.—Beye, H. L. Differential diagnosis between infection of bone and sarcoma of bone. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1923, 13: 495-9.—Carone, C. Su di una rara complicanza di patereccio osseo. Riv. chir. Nap, 1936, 2: 242-8.—Fischer, A. W. Ueber Bakteriengifte als Knochenneubildungsreiz. Arch. klin. Chir, 1931, 167: 153.—Gorves, W. R. Three cases of acute bone infec- tion. Med. J. Australia, 1930, 2: 123-6.—Hagiwara, Y. Ueber die Koktoimmunogenbehandlung der typhosen Knochen- und Knorpelerkrankung. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1927, 205: 332-40.— Kofoid, C. A, & Swezy, 0. Amebiasis of the bones. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 78: 1602-4.—Krause, P. Posttyphose Knochener- krankungen, auf Grund von Kriegserfahrungen. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1922, 30. Kongr, 82-6.—Kunne, B. Zur Be- handlung der chronischen Knocheneiterungen. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1921, 58: 636-8.—Leinati, F. Le apofisiti suppurate. Bull. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1935, 49: 299-332.—Manzanilla, M. A. Dos casos de iesiones oseas supurativas, tratados con larvas de mosca. Hosp. gen, Mex, 1932-33, 7: 1403-8. Also Medicina, Mex, 1933, 13: 1-7.—Mason, G. A. Flares up; a note on 2 cases; illustrating the persistence of living germs in the human body. Newcastle M.J, 1926-27, 7: 47-52—Meyer, M. Infections primitives osseuses d'origine mycosique. Rev. or- thop. Par, 1929, 3.ser, 16: 624-31.-----Les mycoses os- seuses et osteo-articulaires. Gaz. hop, 1935, 108: 1668-70. ----Sartory, A, & Meyer, J. Sur un aspect caracteristique des mycoses osseuses. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1934, 60: 1090-9.—Meyer, M, & Sichel, B. Etude radiographique d'un cas de mycose osseuse (myotome ou paramycetome) J. radiol. electr, 1930, 14: 23-6.—Molinari, G. Aspetto radiologico delle micosi ossee. Riforma med, 1935, 51: 291.—Moulonguet, P. Les mycoses osseuses. Rev. crit. path. Par, 1930, 1: pt2, 201-5.—Myers, A. Bone infections. Virginia M. Month, 1926-27, 53: 115-9.—Nagata, T. Pathological changes of bone in the rabbit, due to bacteria: a study in bacteriology. Tr. Nippon Dent. Ass, 1933, 43-6.—Pirrone, A. Micosi sperimentali delle ossa. Ann. clin. med. Pal, 1929, 19: spec, no, 374-410.— Reischauer, F. Trauma und hamatogene Knocheninfektion. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1932, 156: 411-46.—Ruppe, C. Infections osseuses aigues d'origine dentaire. Gaz. hop, 1932, 105: 215; 259.—Rypins, E. L. Blastomycosis of the skeletal system; a brief review of the literature, with a report of 3 additional cases. Radiology, 1934, 22: 77-83.—Sartory, A. Quelques parasites des mycoses osseuses. Livres jubil. (Roger, G. H.) Par, 1932, 191-5.-----Sartory, R. [et al.] Essai de differentiation clinique entre les mycoses osseuses et les osteites banales (d'origine syphilitique, tuberculeuse, osteomyelitique et cancereuse) Strasbourg med, 1931, 91: 345-9. ----- Contribution k l'etude des mycoses; le diagnostic des mycoses par les methodes de laboratoire. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1935, 55: 182-207 — Schulze, W. Ueber die Ursachen der Bakterienablagerung im Knochen. Arch. klin. Chir, 1933, 177: 450-66—Shaw, F W & ^rtheJl' H- J- AsPergillosis of bone. South. M.J, 1936, 29: i0/0:-j?herman' G- H- Immuno-therapy in bone infection. Med. Progr, 1921, 37: 587; 600.-Starr, C. L. Acute infections in bone. Robert Jones Birthday Vol, Oxford, 1928, 183-8 — Thomson, J. E. M. Treatment of acute bone infections by the Orr method. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1929, 19: 233-6—Thorek, M A new and effective method of treatment of chronic suppura- tions, especially of bones. Internat. Clin, 1925, 35.ser 1 • 137- 68, 20pl. Also Med. J. & Rec, 1925, 122: 132-5. ----- Alu- minum-potassium nitrate in the treatment of chronic suppura- tions, especially of bones. Clin. M.&S, 1929, 36: 86-90.— Tilher, R. Lesions squelettiques analogues a des troubles rachitiques apparues tardivement d'origine probablement in- fectieuse. Rev. orthop. Par, 1921, 3.ser, 8: 399-406.—Verebgly, T. [Purulent processes of the bones] Orv. hetil, 1933, 77: 2-4.—Vincent, H. Les osteopathies typho'idiques ou paraty- pholdiques et leur traitement par la vaccinotherapie. Rev. internat. med. chir. Par, 1922, 33: 75-8.—Wilmoth, P. L'in- fection osseuse. Strasbourg med, 1926, 84: 455-9. ---- Diaseases, neuropathic. See also Bone, Dystrophy. Blencke. Die neuropathischen Knochen- und Gelenkaffek- tionen in ihren Beziehungen zum Unfall. Arch, orthop Unfallchir, 1932-33, 32: 553-66.—Kohlmann. Neurodystro- phische Veranderungen des Knochensystems bei Sklerode'rmie, Syringomyelic sowie bei spinaler und zerebraler Kinderlahmung Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1924, 32. Kongr, 47.—Kononov, E. [Trophic effect of the nervous system on the osseous tissue] Klin, med, Moskva, 1924, 2: 14-7.—Leriche, R, & Policard, A. Le mecanisme histophysiologique des troubles osseux d'origine nerveuse. Lyon med, 1926, 137: 560-2.—Martin, B. Die sym- pathische Knochenerkrankung. Arch. klin. Chir, 1924, 129- 45; 1933-34, 178: 81—Mumford, E. B. Trophic osteopathy. J. Bone Surg, 1926, 8: 601-6—Raggi, V. Sopra un caso di distrofia ossea di origine nervosa. Tribuna san, Milano, 1907, 1: 305-9.— Stopford, J. S. B. The clinical significance of certain neuro- osseous relations. Clin. J, Lond, 1923, 52: 126-8. ---- Diseases: Pathology. Bisping, H., jr. *Angeborene Dermatosen in Kombination mit Knochenveranderungen [Giessen] 36p. 8? Dusseld., 1932. Greig, D. M. Clinical observations on the surgical pathology of bone. 248p. 8? Edinb. [1931] Hertzler, A. E. Surgical pathology of the diseases of bones. 272p. 8? Phila., 1931. Leriche, R., & Policard, A. Les problemes de la physiologie normale et pathologique de l'os. 229p. 8? Par., 1926 ---- Also English ed. 236p. 8? S.Louis, 1928. Muller, W. Die normale und patholo- gische Physiologie des Knochens (experimentelle Orthopadie) 218p. 8? Lpz., 1924. Arndt, H. J. Die generalisierten Skeletterkrankungen des Haussaugetieres im Lichte neurer Forschungsergebnisse. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1923, 39: 539-43.—Baron. Beitrage zur Kno- chenbiologie und -pathologie. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1925) 1926, 20.Kongr, 93-101.—Barrenscheen, H. K, & Gold, E. Kalkuntersuchungen bei Skeletterkrankungen. Wien. med. Wschr, 1928, 78: 1340-2—Barsony, T, & Schulhof, 0. Ueber Kalkablagerungen im Kocheninneren. Rontgenpraxis, 1929, 1: 417-24.—Becks, H. Bone changes from the pathologic stand- point. Pacific Dent. Gaz, 1931, 39: 270-89.—Blechmann & Guillaumin, C. 0. Osteopathie complexe; resultats de l'examen dusang. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1932, 30: 634—Block. Che- mische und physiko-chemische Untersuchungen zur Physiologie und Pathologie der Knochen. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1927) 1928, 22.Kongr, 365-80.—Bodansky, A, & Jaffe, H. L. Phos- phatase studies; serum phosphatase in diseases of the bone: interpretation and significance. Arch. Int. M, 1934, 54: 88- 110.—Burns, L. The effects of bonv lesions on behavior. J.Am. Osteop. Ass, 1924-25, 24: 499; 582—Canelli, A. F, & Audo- Gianotti, G. B. Contributo alio studio della patologia delle ossa (note di anatomia-patologica) Pediatria, Nap, 1922, 30: 1057; 1126, 2pl. ----- Osservazioni sulle alterazioni ossee di alcuni casi di osteomalacia, rachitide, osteogenesi imperfetta (corpuscoli ossei e cartilagini epifisarie) Gior. biol. med. sper, 1923-24, 1: 277-9.—Bieulafe, L. Les adaptations fonctionnelles de l'archi- tecture osseuse a travers les £tats pathologiques. Paris med, 1923, 47: 461-3.—Bittrich, R. Zur Frage der Knochenriickbil- dung. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1929, 39: 421-8—Brennan, A. M. The pathology of osseous tissue. Brit. M.J, 1935, 2: 692; 1241.—Buvoir, M, Layani, F, & Pautrat, J. Phosphatase san- guine et maladies osseuses. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1935, BONE 758 BONE 3.ser, 51: 1602-11.—Eising, E. H. Remarks upon the physiology of bone in relation to bone diseases. Am. J. Surg, 1927, n.s, 3: 367-74.—Enselme, J, & Charlin, A. De l'interprfetation de la calcSmie dans les osteopathies generalisees. Lyon chir, 1935, 32: 257-68.—Evsmyfeev, E. [Pathology of the bones] Mosk. M.J, 1924, pt. 1, 45-9.—Fairbank, H. A. T. Generalized diseases of the skeleton. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934-35, 28: 1611-9 — Frank-Kamenetzky, L. S, & Schlapobersky, W. J. Zur Unter- suchungsmethodik pathologischer Veranderungen des Kno- chenhaus. Zbl. allg. Path, 1930-31, 50: 133-7.—Fromme, A. Die Bedeutung der Looserschen Umbauzonen fiir unsere klini- sche Auffassung (Os acetabuli und Gelenkkorper) Verh. Deut. Ges. Chir, 1921, 45: 190-206— Furst, N. J. Bone changes in the morbid processes of the cytoplasmic reticulum. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1936, 33: 690-2.—Galdau, B. Contributi alla nsteopatologia degli organi di movimento. Chir. org. movim, 1928, 12: 297-303.—Globig, H. Ueber eine eigenartige Kno- chenerkrankung mit multipler Tumorbildung im Skelettsystem bei einem Kinde. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1929, 75: 90-117.—Goldstein, A. E, & Abeshouse, B. S. Urinary calculi in bone diseases; review of the literature and report of cases. Arch. Surg, 1935, 31: 943-81.—Greig, B. M. Clinical studies in the pathology of bone. Edinburgh M.J, 1933, n.s, 40: 365; passim, 4pl— Heine, J. Ueber sogenannten Kittsubstanzmangel im Knochengewebe. Beitr. path. Anat, 1933, 92: 381-9—Hunter, B. Studies in cal- cium and phosphorus metabolism in generalized diseases of bones. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934-35, 28: 1619-39, 6pl — Jaffe, H. L. The resorption of bone; a consideration of the under- lying processes particularly in pathologic conditions. Arch. Surg, 1930, 20: 355-85. -----& Bodansky, A. Factors influ- encing types of bone resorption. Arch. Path, Chic, 1932, 14: 432.—Kay, H. B. Plasma phosphatase in osteitis deformans and in other diseases of bone. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1929, 10: 253-6.—Keith, A, & Hall, M. E. Specimens of long bones showing the processes of infection and repair; contained in the Army Medical collection now on exhibition in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England. Brit. J. Surg, 1919-20, 7: 55; 149; 302.—Knorr. Zur Mechanopathologie der Knochen. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1925) 1926, 20.Kongr, 101-12 [Dis- cussion] 172.—Kramer, B, & Shear, M. J. Composition of bone; pathological calcification. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 79: 121-3.— Kuttner, H. Demonstration einer 53 Praparate umfassenden Lehrsammlung aus dem gesamten Gebiete der chirurgischen Knochenpathologie. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1925,134: 482.—Kusmin, S. Durch immobilisierende Verbande hindurch fortgeleitete Temperaturschwankungen von Krankheitsherden in Knochen und Gelenken. Ibid, 1930, 149: 4"5-80—Labbe, M, & Fabry- kant, M. Le metabolisme du phosphore dans quelques maladies generalisees des os. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 108: 381.—Leriche, R. Bases fisiologicas de la patologia osea. An. Fac. med, Montev, 1929, 14: 1103-21. Also Cron. m6d. mex, 1930, 29: 173-81. -----& Policard, A. Some fundamental principles in the pathology of bone. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1926, 43: 308. Also Presse med, 1928, 36: 1282-4.—Loll, W. Die quantitative Ana- lyse der Knochenasche bei Kriegsosteopathie. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 135: 493-503. Also Klin. Wschr, 1923, 2: 594.— Mayer, J. H. The disorders of bone metabolism. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1935, 49: 174-80.—Melli, G. Nuovi problemi e nuovi orizzonti in campo di fisiopatologia ossea. Gior. clin. med, 1936, 17: 405-28.—Merlini, A. Le acroosteopatie. Ann. ital. chir, 1929, 8: 648-61.—Michaelis, L. Histologischer Befund und Krankheitsbild; ein erkenntniskritischer Versuch am Beispiel einiger Skeletterkrankungen. Klin. Wschr, 1933, 12: 1619.—Popa, G. T, & Alexandrescu, N. Mecano-structure d'un os pathologique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 107: 390-2.—Reiche, F. Betrachtungen fiber die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der Erythrocyten und fiber einen Fall von akuter calcipriver Osteo- pathie. Zschr. klin. Med, 1931-32, 119: 248-63—Ruppe, C. Les maladies de Recklinghausen, de Paget et les tumeurs a myelo- plaxes (acquisitions recentes) Paris med, 1935, 97: 377-84.— Schmidt, M. B. Virchows pathologisch-anatomische Forschun- gen fiber die Erkrankungen des Knochensystems. Virchows Arch, 1921, 235: 273-97—Schmorl, G. Ueber abnorme Far- bungen der Knochensubstanz. Ibid, 1930, 275: 13-36. ----- Ueber die an knorpeligen Skeletteilen bei allgemeinen Kno- chenerkrankungen auftretenden Veranderungen. Ibid 1933 290: 396-432— Scriver, W. de M, & Venning, E. M. Observa- tions upon the calcium and phosphorus metabolism in certain diseases of bone. J. Clin. Invest, 1934, 13: 139-53.—Seeliger Spatbildungen in den Knochen und schleichende Frakturen bei den sogenannten Hungerknochenerkrankungen Arch klin. Chir, 1922, 122: 588-602. Also Zbl. Chir, 1921, 48: 1861 - Setzer, E. M. A review of Wolff's law of the transformation of bone. Angle Orthodont, 1932, 2: 66-9—Taterka, H, & Binkin L. Kalkkonkremente in den Nieren und im Nierenbecken bei Knochenerkrankungen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 1054 — Thompson, K. Some aspects of bone pathology. Birmingham M. Rev, 1935, 10: 28-32.-Triepel, H. Knochentransformation in neuer Auffassung. Arch. klin. Chir, 1922, 120: 526-36 — Unrau. Zwei Beitrage zur Frage der Entstehung von Spaltbil- dungen im Knochen. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir, 1923-24 22' ?49-5iTVassmtR?hHin' Vl M- [Calcium metabolism and changes' in acid-base equilibrium in the organism in some surgical diseaies of the bones] Vest, khir, 1930, 19: 178-83.-Walter, H Die khmsche Bedeutung der Umbauzonen des Knochens. Arch klin. Chir, 1933-34, 178: 116-23. Also Zbl. allg Path 1933 58: Sonderbd, 203-14.-Wester, J. [Rickets, osteomalacia and osteonbrosis] Tschr. diergeneesk, 1929, 56: 1205; 1256 14nl- Woodard, H. Q, Twombly, G. H, & Coley, B. L. A study of the serum phosphatase in bone disease. J. Clin. Invest, 1936, 15: 193-201.—Zajewloschin, M. N, & Libin, S. J. Ueber die Struktur der Zahne bei ausgedehnten Veranderungen des Kno- chensystems. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1932, 43: 245-82. ---- Diseases: Treatment. Blauwkuip, H. J. J. [Contribution to the general treatment of the osseous system] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1924, 68: pt2, 1232-4.—Bloodgood, J. C. How to diagnose and treat a bone lesion; central lesions. J. Bone Surg, 1926, 8: 471-xx. —Brooke, C. R. Diathermy in osseous disease and injury. Phys. Ther, 1926, 44: 217-25— Carey, W. W. Diathermy in bone lesions. Med. J. & Rec, 1925, 122: 673-5.—Campbell, W. C. The practical application of orthopedic principles. Med. Rec, S. Anton, 1934, 28: 450-8.—Besplats & Bupas. Radiotherapie fonctionnelle neuro-endocrinienne et particulierement radio- therapie surrenale dans certains syndromes osseux; osteoporoses, fractures non consolidees. J. radiol. electr, 1933, 17: 321.— Hirsh, A. B. Diathermy in some bone lesions. Am. J. Elec- trother, 1921, 39: 351-9.—Kuhn, C. F. Diagnosing and treating bone lesions; successful treatment essentially a matter of early and comprehensive diagnosis. Am. Physician, 1923, 28: 817; 826.—Lyons, C. J. Bone changes from the surgical standpoint. Pacific Dent. Gaz, 1931, 39: 254-70.—Masotti, A. La cura delle affezioni ossee mediante il trapano diatermo-coagulatore Masotti. Dermosifilografo, 1927, 2: 457-61.—Moore, S. Discussion of the diagnosis and X-ray treatment of malignant disease of bone. Am. J. Surg, 1932, 18: 403-16.—Rishmiller, J. H. Bone lesions and their treatment. Journal-lancet, 1922, 42: 349-66.—Schulte, G. Seltenere Knochenerkrankungen, ihr Verlauf und ihre rontgentherapeutische Beeinflussbarkeit. Verh. Deut. Rbntg. Ges, 1932, 24: 88.—Sorrel, E. Indications des cures hydro- minerales et climatiques en chirurgie osseuse. Paris med, 1923, 47: 359-65.—Ynclan Bolado, J. L. Estado actual del trata- miento de algunas afecciones oseas y de la piel con hipercalcemia por la paratiroidectomia. Arch, med, Madr, 1932, 35: 349-56. ---- Diseases—in animals. Piat, B. A. L. *De I'emploi du diagnostic radiologique dans la pathologie osseuse du chien [Alfort] 50p. 8? Par., 1934. Bordeaux, E. F. J. Bone diseases in horses; a clinical study. J. Comp. Path, Edinb, 1924, 37: 27-37.—Houdemer, Genevray [et al.] Contribution a l'etude des osteopathies hypertrophi- antes des carnivores domestiques. Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1933, 6: 439-44.—Marcenac. Le radio-diagnostic dans les affec- tions du squelette chez le cheval. Rev. vet. mil. Par, 1934,18: 177-99, 6pl. ----- & Camus. Le radio-diagnostic dans les affections du squelette chez le cheval. Bull. Acad, vet. Par, 1936, 9: 276-8— Nitsche, O. Ein Beitrag zur Akropachie des Pferdes. Zschr. Veterinark, 1933, 45: 52-62. Diseases—in children. Aievoli. Nuove ricerche sulle osteopatie diffuse dell'infanzia. Morgagni, 1934, 76: 294-6.—Buperig, R, & Bargues, R. Lesions diffuse du squelette avec decalcification chez une enfant de 2 ans. J. med. Bordeaux, 1932, 109: 159-62.—Epstein, B, & Klein, M. Luesahnliche Rontgenbefunde bei unspezifischen Skeletterkrankungen im Sauglingsalter. Wien. med. Wschr, 1936, 86: 750-3.—Foote, J. A. Common non-surgical bone lesions of childhood. South. M.J, 1925, 18: 812-5.—Grulee, C. G. Bone changes in diseases of infancy and childhood. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1928, 17: 281-6.—Hassler, E. Zur Differential- diagnose kindlicher Knochenerkrankungen. Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 187-90. ----- & Krauspe. Beobachtungen fiber genera- lisierte Knochenerkrankungen des Kindes. Virchows Arch, 1933, 290: 193-236.—Hickey, P. M. A review of the Roentgen findings of bone diseases of childhood. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1929-30, 82: 515—Hiihne, T, & Schonfeld, H. Ueber eine eigenartige symmetrische Erkrankung der Epi- und Meta- physen eines 5jahrigen Knaben. Deut. Zschr. Chir.. 1928-29, 213: 73-90.—Jenkinson, E. L, & Lewin, P. Bone diseases in infancy and childhood. Am. J. Roentg, 1927, n.s, 17: 201- 14. Also Radiology, 1927, 8: 409-15—Mitchell, J. I. Bone lesions in children. Ibid, 1935, 24: 715-27.—Mouriquand, G, Weill, L, & Schoen, J. Affections medicales des os. Traite med. enf. (Nobecourt & Babonneix) Par, 1934, 4: 325-67.— Pehu. Alterations osseuses et maladies sanguines dans Ten- fance. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1936, 66: 1007-10.—Phemister, B.B. General pathology of bone in children. Abt's Pediatrics, Phila, 1924, 5: 40-111.—Roske, G. Eine eigenartige Knochener- krankung im Sauglingsalter. Mschr. Kinderh, 1930, 47: 385-400.—Shaverdova, O. S. [Calcium and magnesium in the serum in children in injuries and diseases of the bones] Soviet. vrach. gaz, 1934, 38: 912-4.—Thoenes, F. La importancia del examen roentgenologic del sistema esqueletico para la clinica de las enfermedades de los ninos. Rev. med. germ. iber. amer, 1932, 5: 633-9.—Vogel. Ueber Knochenerkrankungen im Jiing- lingsalter. Arch. klin. Chir, 1921, 118: 446-80. ---- Dystrophy. See also Bone, Atrophy; Bone, Growth: Disorders; Chondrodysplasia; Osteitis fibrosa, cystic. BONE 759 BONE Babonneix, L, & Lonjumeau, P. Deux cas de dystrophie osseuse de type particulier probablement liee k l'heredo-syphilis. Gaz hop, 1929, 102: 657-63.—Bianchini, A. Le osteodistrofie degli adulti. Atti Congr. ital. radiol, 1928, 8: 87-138—Boyd, J. B, & Stearns, G. Typas of disturbances of mineral metab- olism associated with bone dystrophies. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 241.—Brailsford, J. F. Dystrophies of the skeleton. Brit. J. Radiol, 1935, 8: 533-69—Brown, B. O, & Macdonald, C. Three cases of familial osseous dystrophy. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg, 1933, 3: 78-88.—Cammarano, P. Splenectomia e distrofie ossee rachitiformi. Ann. ital. chir, 1933, 12: 609-24.—Careddu, G, & Rossi, V. Su un caso di dis- trofi'a metaepifisaria giovanile a localizzazioni multiple e sim- metriche. Radiol, med, Milano, 1931, 18: 1142-60.—Cattaneo, F. Le osteodistrofie. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1930, 18: 463-6.— DebrS, R, Cleret, H, & S§e, G. Dystrophies osseuses multiples et evolutives chez une fillette de huit ans avec hypertrophic remarquable d'une amygdale. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1932,3.ser, 48:905-13.—Be Gaetano, L, & Bel Torto, P. Malattie ossee della crescenza (pseudo-tubercolosi) Morgagni, 1930, 72: 391-5.—Bel Valle, B, <& Bonovan, R. Resultados del procedi- miento de Robertson Lavalle en osteodistrofias no tuberculosas 2 observaciones) Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1927, 11: 183-8. Also Sem. med, B. Air, 1927, 34: 1423-5.—Bevuyst, A. Dystrophie osseuse chez des poussins, par desfiquilibre du rapport Ca/P dans les rations. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1935, 5.ser, 15: 19-10.—Ellman, P. A rare primary osseous dystrophy. Brit. J. Child. Dis, 1933, 30: 188-93.—Ferri, U. Osteodistrofia in- fantile a carattere prevalentemente discondroplasico. Riv. radiol, 1931, 3: 309-18.—Guiffre, M. Sopra una forma di osteo- distrofia della prima infanzia. Clin, pediat. Mod, 1931, 13: 297-319.—Hanke, H. Osteodystrophische Erkrankungen und ihre Begrenzung. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1935, 245: 641-91.— Jenkinson, E. L. Osseous dystrophies. Illinois M.J, 1931, 59: 130-3.—Jones, V. B. The possible relationship of the para- thyroids to the equine osteodystrophies. Vet. J, Lond, 1936, 92: 325-8.—Jorge. A proposito del procedimiento de Robertson Lavalle en osteodistrofias no tuberculosas. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1927, 11: 189.—Lemberg, A. A, & Brezhnev, V. S. [Clini- cal value of Roentgen rays in diagnosis and treatment of osteo- dystrophy] Nov. khir. arkh, 1936, 35: 518-41.—Lieri, A. Dys- trophie osseuse generalisee, congenitale et hereditaire. Presse m£d, 1922, 30: 13-6.—Lievre, J. A. La classification des dys- trophies osseuses et l'osteose parathyroldienne. Ibid, 1932, 40: 234-6.—Mariantschik, L. P. Ueber die Knochendystrophie. Arch. klin. Chir, 1931-32, 168: 349-70—Marx, J. [Etiology of osteodystrophia] Orv. hetil, 1932, 76: 760.-----• Osteodys- trophie und Hormonwirkung. Zbl. Chir, 1936, 63: 208-12.— Musante, E. Contributo alio studio clinico delle acrodistrofie. Policlinico, 1926, 33: sez. med, 414-21.—Rieder, W. Das hi- stologische Bild der akuten Knochendystrophie. Arch. klin. Chir, 1933, 177: 400-4 [Discussion] 39.—Rizzi, R. Ricerche sperimentali sulle osteodistrofie. Arch, ortop, Milano, 1928, 44: 716-39, 4pl.—Roche, A, & Garcia, I. Recherches sur l'ossi- fication; dystrophies osseuses chez le rat en croissance. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1936,18:1027-40.—Rutishauser, M. Osteo- dystrophie nephrogene. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1936, 13: 905; 999.—Sorrel, E, Berieux & BoeUe. A propos d'une epi- physite de la crete iliaque et de quelques autres dystrophies osseuses de l'adolescence. Mem. Acad, chir. Par, 1935, 61: 1455-61.—Strauss, K. Beitrag zur Einteilung der Osteodys- trophie. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1936, 33: 129—Theiler, A. The osteodystrophic diseases of domesticated animals. Vet. J, Lond, 1934,90:143-83. ---- Dystrophy: Morquio type. Barnett, E. J. Morquio's disease; presentation of 2 cases. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1933, 2: 561-6—Bavis, B. B, & Currier, F. P. Morquio's disease; report of 2 cases. J. Am. M. Ass, 1934, 102: 2173-6.—Giraud, G, & Bert, J. M. La dystrophie osseuse de Morquio dans le cadre des hyperlaxitfis familiales. Rev. neur. Par, 1935, 42: pt 1, 845-56—Macklin, M. T. Morquio's disease and allied conditions. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1935, 32: 429.— Meyer, H. F, & Brennemann, J. A rare osseous dystrophy (Morquio) Am.J. Dis. Child, 1932, 43: 123-35. Also repr- Morquio, L. Sur une forme de dystrophie osseuse famihale. Arch. med. enf, 1929, 32: 130; 1935, 38: 5—Price, M. R. Osteo- chondro-dystrophv of Morquio type. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 193.5-36,29:738-41. ■--- Echinococcosis. Robin, J. *Contribution a l'etude des kystes hydatiques des os. 104p. 8? Lyon, 1916. Abalikhin, A. A. [Echinococcus of the bone] Vest, rentg, 1931, 9: 45-50—Akselrad, L. Ueber den Echinokokkus im Knochen. Rontgenpraxis, 1931, 3: 436-42— Arnould. Un cas d'echinococcose des os du bassin et de l'extremite supeneure du femur. Marseille m6d, 1927, 64: 738-42—Boppe. Les kystes hydatiques des os. Bull, med. Par, 1924, 38: I351.-Christ- mann. A proposito de diagnostico de la hidatidosis osea. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1935,19: 405-9— Claessen, G. Roentgenologic characteristics of echinococcus disease in bones. Acta, radiol, Stockh, 1934, 15: 178-92, 3pl.-Costantini, H. Les kystes hyda- tiques des os longs. Rev. chir. Par, 924 62:^401-42,-Beve F. L'envahissement exogene de l'os dans 1 'j\f ln?™c.c°se-C rend Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 1004. ----- L'infiltration echinococcique extra-osseuse diffuse dans l'echinococcose osseuse. Ibid., 1931, 107: 755.—Edwards, J. G. Skiagrams of hydatid disease of bone. J. Coll. Surgeons Australasia, 1929-30,2:416.—Fossati, A. Quistes hidaticos oseos. Rev. tuberc. urug, 1931, 1: .500-18.—Gold, H. Knochenechinokokkose. Wien. med. Wschr, 1926, 76: 1338.— Himmelmann, V. N. [Echinococcus alveolaris of the bone] Omsk. med. J, 1929, 4: 55-73.—Hsieh, C. K. Echinococcus involvement of the bones; report of a case, with X-ray examina- tion. Radiology, 1930, 14: 562-70.—Ivanissevich, O, & Introzzi, A. S. Diagnostico de la hidatidosis osea. Bol. Inst. clin. quir, B. Air, 1935, 11: 373-8. Also Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1935, 19: 354-62— Also Sem. med, B. Air, 1936, 43: ptl, 161-6.— Khovenko, M. V, & Elenevsky, K. F. [Clinical aspect and patho- logical anatomy of echinococcus hydatidosus of the bones] Ortop. travmat, 1933, 7: 3; 1, 14pl.—Kirchmayr, L. Zur Kennt- nis des Knochenechinokkus. Arch. klin. Chir, 1924, 128: 162-74.—Leborgne. Les kystes hydatiques des os. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1927,15: 33, pi.—Most, A. Ueber Knochen- echinokokken. Arch. klin. Chir, 1936, 186: 537-46.—Pasquali, E. Sulla localizzazione ossea dell' echinococco. Chir. org. movim, 1930-31, 15: 355-80.—Racic, J. Ueber Knochenechino- kokkose. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1935, 161: 411-22.—Stone, R. S. Echinococcic involvement of bone; with a case report. Radiol- ogy, 1930, 14: 557-61.—Streignart. Un cas de ladrerie revele par les rayons. J. radiol. electr, 1932, 16: 608-12. ---- Endothelioma. See Bone marrow, Tumors: Ewing's sarcoma. ---- Exostosis. Jenny, E. *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Osteodysplasia exostotica [Basel] 34p. 8° Berl., 1918. Leclbrq, H. L. E. *Contribution a l'etude des exostoses osteog6niques. 66p. 8? Par., 1927. Banu, N. [Osteogenous exostoses; radiological and clinical study] Spitalul, 1933, 53: 314-8.—Battiloro, G. Contributo alio studio delle esostosi osteogeniche. Med. ital, Milano, 1927, 8: 354-74.—Bossi, J. Exostosis osteogenicas. Sem. med, B. Air, 1936, 43: pt2, 168-70.—Buchert. Komplikationen bei Exostosen. Aerztl. Mschr, 1927, 179-81.—Canavero, M. Eso- stosi osteogenetiche solitarie. Chir. org. movim, 1930-31, 15: 411-30.—Capecchi, E. Contributo alio studio delle esostosi osteogenetiche. Policlinico, 1929, 36: sez. chir, 560-90.—Castro G, J. Exostosis osteog6nicas. Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1928, 6: 11-9.—Chatzkelson, B. Hufeisenexostose. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1929, 221: 425.—Bel Valle, B, & Bonovan, R. E. Exostosis osteo- genicas. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1929, 13: 94-100—Berocque & Halipre. Osteome et exostose de croissance. Normandie med, 1921, 32: 100.—Bias da Silva, M. Exostoses osteogenicas. Brasil med, 1936, 50: 48-55.—Einaudi, M. Su di un caso di esostosi da trauma. Arch. ital. chir, 1933, 34: 93-105—Etorre, E. Ueber die Bildung von freien Korpern bei Exostosis bursata. Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1928, 50: 113-32, 6pl— Finucci, V. Due casi di esostosi borsata. Minerva med. Tor, 1931, 22: 118-23 — Froelich. Trois cas d'exostoses juxta-epiphysaires simulant des sarcomes. Rev. m6d. est, 1928, 56: 333.—Guenaux, G. Exostoses jschio-pubiennes chez un cyciiste. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1933, 21: 712-8.—Ivanissevich, O, & Ferrari, R. C. Osteoma y exostosis. Boll. Inst. clin. quir, B. Air, 1930-31, g. 204-8—Lo Cascio, V. A proposito di exostosi osteogenetiche solitarie. Chir. org. movim, 1931-32, 16: 414—Lupo, M. Su di un raro e curioso caso di esostosi osteogenetica solitaria. Osp. maggiore Novara, 1934, 11: 223.—Martin, A. Exostoses. Traite med enf. (Nobecourt & Babonneix) Par, 1934, 4: 502-7.— M6szaros, K. Ueber die Entstehung der solitSren cartilaginaren Exostosen und die Exostosis bursata mit freien Knorpelkbrpern. Arch. klin. Chir, 1927,146: 291-300.—Micotti R. Contributo alle esostosi osteogenetiche solitarie della prima infanzia. Riforma med 1931 47: 288-90.—Moriconi, L. L'esostosi bursata. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1930, 11: 239-51, 4pl.—Mosenthal. Ver- erbte Exostosen und ihre Umwandlung in Osteochondrome. Rontgenpraxis, 1930, 2: 748-50—Myerding, H. W. Exostosis. Radiology, 1927, 8: 282-8— Perpina, V. S. Artikuherte Sack- exostose Zbl. Chir, 1929, 56: 1863-71.—Perrando, G. Sulle esostosi osteogenetiche solitarie. Clin, chir, M llano, 1936 39: n.s. 12 219-60 —Pirazzoli, A. Esostosi solitarie rare. Radiol, med, Milano 1924, 11: 684-9.—Pollosson. Degenfrescence maligne d'une exostose osteogenique. Lyon chir, 1934, 31: 55.—Ruk- kensteiner, E. Ueber einen die Muskelsehne rohrenformig umschliessenden Knochensporn. Rontgenpraxis, 1936, 8: 321.— Salkind E M, & Ryndin, M. B. [Pathogenesis of exostoses] Soviet. ' psikhonevr, 1931, 7: 75.-Scherer, E. Exostosen, Enchondrome und ihre Beziehung zum Periost. Frankf. Zschr Path , 1928,36: 587-605—Sergi, V. Contributo alio studio delle esostosi traumatiche. Ann. ital. chir, 1931, 10: 83-100.- Sorrel E & Mauric, G. Cinq cas d'exostoses osteogemques. Rev. orthop. Par, 1927,14: 3.ser, 5-25 -Sorrel, E, Mondor, H & Welti A propos des exostoses osteogemques. Bull. Soc. nat. chir Par 1935 61: 392—Sousa Pereira & Bupertuis, M. Re- cherches experimentales sur la pathogenie des exostoses osteo- eeninues a l'aide de greffes de cartilage de conjugaison. Presse med 1936 44: 162-6—Stefanelli, C. L'esostosi osteogemca solitaria nei quadro della malattia osteogemca. Chir. org. movim, 1934-35, 19: 601-10.-Steinsleger, M. Exostosis osteo- BONE 760 BONE genicas. Rev. med. Rosario, 1928, 18: 296-303, pi.—Taver- nier, L. A propos du siege diaphysaire des exostoses osteo- geniques. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1931, 57: 1443—Tesio, A, & Emanuel, V. [Eburneous, stratified, periosteal exostosis, with rare localizations; lower jaw and sacrum] Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1934, 33: 738-41—Urechia, C, I, & Elekes, N. Exo- stoses osteogeniques avec complications medullaires. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3.ser, 52: 1594-7.—Vianna, B. Considera- coes sobre as exostoses. Fol. med, Rio, 1928, 9: 353-8.—Wakeley, C. P. G. Single exostosis. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond., 1928-29, 22: Sect. Clin, 3.—Weiss, A. G, & Meyer, M. Exostoses trau- matiques et exostoses de croissance. Strasbourg med, 1934, 94: 475-7.—Zilberberg, J. V. [Problem of solitary exostosis] Vest. khir, 1930, 19: 57-63. ---- Exostosis, cartilaginous. See also Bone, Chondroma. Weber, [H.] C. L. *Die Knochenbildung in cartillaginaren Exostosen [Wurzburg] p.253- 66. 8? Munch., 1928. Also Arch. Orthop, 1928, 26: Breitenborn, S. Beitrag zur familiaren Erkrankung an Exostosis cartilaginea. Kinderarztl. Prax, 1934, 5: 339-44.— Chrysospathes, J. Seltene Lokalisation von kartilaginaren Exostosen. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir, 1933-34, 34: 567—Ettore, E. Sulla formazione della capsula nelle esostosi solitarie car- tilaginee. Arch, ortop, Milano, 1928,44:249-67. ----- Ueber einen Fall von Ostitis fibrosa in einer kartilaginaren Exostose. Acta orthop. scand, 1934, 5: 244-60.—Herrnheiser, G. Das Verknbcherungsstadium kartilaginarer Exostosen als Quelle rbntgendiagnostischer Schwierigkeiten. Med. Klin, Berl, 1936, 32: 492-4.—Mir-Kasimov, M. A. [Cartilaginous exostosis] Vest, khir, 1926, 6: ptl7, 204-6. ---- Exostosis, cartilaginous, multiple [Dia- physeal aclasia] Holstein, A. *Beitrag zu Wachstumssto- rungen bei multiplen, kartilaginaren Exostosen [Erlangen] 28p. 8? Rothenb. o. Tbr., 1919. Lisak, A. *Ueber multiple cartilaginare Exostosen [Basel] 41p. 8? Strasb., 1930. Schreiber, E. *Ueber hereditare, multiple, cartilaginare Exostosen. 42p. 8? [Zurich] 1927. Thies, [H. O.] J. *Ueber einen ungewohn- lichen Fall von multiplen, kartilaginaren, heredi- taren Exostosen (Schulterblattexostose) 45p. 8? Lpz., 1928. Birkenfeld, W. Zur Erblichkeit der multiplen kartilaginaren Exostosen (Exostosen bei eineiigen Zwillingen) Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1930, 226: 397-403.—Bofinger. Ortswidrige Knochenbil- dung auf konstitutioneller Grundlage; multiple kartilaginare Exostosen. Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 277.—Bozzetti, G. Le esostosi cartilaginee multiple. Arch, radiol. Nap, 1931, 7: 1126-39 — Brouwer-Frommann, H. M. [Exostosis cartilaginea multiplex] Mschr. kindergeneesk, 1931-32, 1: 325-33, 4pL—Buckmann, I, Ueber multiple kartilaginare Exostosen. Zschr. orthop. Chir.. 1925, 47: 70-9.—Burke, G. R. Hereditary deforming chondro- dysplasia (multiple cartilaginous exostoses) a report of 3 cases in 1 family. J. Bone Surg, 1929, 11: 570-8.—Cunningham, S. R. Three cases of diaphysial aclasis. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1924, 17: 91.—Bueno, F. P. Las exostosis cartilaginosas multiplex. Arch, med, Madr, 1928, 28: 585-95.—Easton, J. H. Diaphysial aclasis. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1928-29, 22: sect, clin, 3 — Ellis, R. W. B. Diaphyseal aclasis. Ibid, 1936-37, 30: 110-2.— Epifanov, N. S. [Origin of multiple cartilagous exostoses] Vest. khir, 1930, 22: 89-98—Eriksson, J, & Fredbarj, T. Des exo- stoses cartilagineuses multiples. Acta orthop.scand, 1935, 6: 21-76.—Foa, A. Sur un cas d'exostoses multiples et enchon- dromes. J. radiol. electr, 1931,15: 241-6.—Gasinski, J. [Case of multiple, hereditary chondroexostosis] Polska gaz. lek, 1936, 15: 431-4.—Grignani, R. La malattia osteogenetica: exostosis cartilaginea multiplex. Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1926, n.s, 1: 829-87.—Harding, G. T, & Fockler, H. H. Hereditary de- forming chondrodysplasia or multiple exostoses; report of 6 cases in 1 family. Ohio M.J, 1931, 27: 366-71.—Henninger, H. Zur Kasuistik der Exostosis cartilaginea multiplex hereditaria. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1931, 232: 666-73.—Hernandez Beguerie, R, & Lopez, A. G. Exostosis cartilaginosa multiple. Vida nueva, Habana, 1935, 35: 386-401, 12pl—Ibrahim. Multiple carti- laginare Exostosen (Osteodysplasia exostotica) in Verbindung mit Idiotie, Epilepsie und fortschreitender Erblindung (Sehner- venatrophie) Kor. Bl. Allg. arztl. Verein. Thiiringen, 1919 48:119. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1919, 66:1069.—Jaroshevsky, V. M. [Multiple, cartilaginous exostoses] Ortop. travmat, 1936, 10: 35-8.—Kirchhoff, H. Beitrag zum Erbgang der multi- plen kartilaginaren Exostosen. Rontgenpraxis, 1932, 4: 383-7.— Lewin, P. Multiple cartilaginous exostoses; diaphyseal aclasis. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1927, 45: 48-53.—Linden, W. C. van der. [Multiple cartilaginous exostoses] Ned. tschr. geneesk,' 1927, 71: pt2, 1795.—Markovich, A, & Bavidovich, S. [Die multiplen kartilaginosen Exostosen] Voj. san. glasnik, 1932, 3: 481-8 — Maykova-Kudriavtseva, V. [Pathogenesis and roentgendiag- nosis of exostosis cartilaginea multiplex] Russ. klin, 1927, 8: 716-27.—Mettenleitei, M. Ueber multiple cartilaginare Exo- stosen und Enchondrome. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1922, 169: 153- 65.—Moene, I. Om exostosis cartilaginea multiplex. Med rev, Bergen, 1932, 49: 529-42—Ostergaard, C. R. [Case of multiple cartilaginous exostoses] Ugeskr. laeger, 1925, 87: 795. Pedroli, G. Esostosi osteo-genetiche multiple cartilaginee borsate. Gior. med. mil, 1935, 83: 628-47—Pokrovsky, S. A. [Congenital exostosis multiplex cartilaginea] Vest, rentg, 1929, 7: 145-54. Also Arch. klin. Chir, 1929, 65: 669-74—Pritzi, 0. Wochnerin mit Exostosis cartilag. multiplex. Zbl. Gyn, 1924, 48: 2498.—Raestrup. Ueber multiple cartilaginare Exostosen Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1930-31, 16: 292-304.—Ruggieri, E. Contributo clinico e anatomo-patologico alio studio delle esostosi multiple cartilaginee famigliari. Policlinico, 1929, 36: sez. prat, 1581-7.—Santos, J. V. Multiple osteocartilaginous exostoses with neurological manifestation; case report. J. Bone Surg, 1929,11: 260-71.—Schramm, G. Ein Beitrag zur Pathogenese der kartilaginaren Exostosen und Enchondrome. Arch, orthop Unfallchir, 1929, 27: 421-36—Scott, H, & Lall, R. Seven cases of diaphysial aclasis (multiple exostosis) in Indians, including 4 cases from 1 family. Ind. M. Gaz, 1929, 64: 9-17, pi.—Southam, A. H, A Paterson, R. S. A case of diaphysial aclasis. Brit. J Surg, 1922-23, 10: 562-4—Stott, H, & Shunandan Lall, P. A. A further case of diaphysial aclasis (multiple exostosis) with a marked family history. Ind. M. Gaz, 1929, 64: 258.—Ulrich, V. [Multiple cartilaginous exostoses] Cas. lek. cesk, 1924, 63: 1292-7.—Ungar. Multiple kartilaginare Exostosen. Wien med. Wschr, 1925, 75: 488—Wagner, E. Zum Erbgang der multiplen cartilaginaren Exostosen. Chirurg, Berl., 1933, 5: 492-9.—Wahren, H. Ein Fall von multiplen kartilaginaren Exostosen. Acta orthop. scand, 1930, 1: 236-44. ---- Exostosis: Injury. Bohm, F. Eine eigenartige Sportverletzung. Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1925-26, 47: 517.—Bonn, R. Spontane Dissektionsvor- gange und echte Frakturen bei Exostosen. Arch. klin. Chir, 1933,177:405-19 [Discussion] 120-3.—Esau, P. Exostosenab- brtiche. Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1927, 48: 289.—Schosserer, W. Ueber Exostosenabriss. Zbl. Chir, 1930, 57: 1413. ---- Exostosis, multiple. See also under Bone, Exostosis, cartilaginous. Hesterbrink-Lindenbaum, B. *Zur Ver- erbungs- und Konstitutionspathologie der multi- plen Exostosen. 25p. 8? [Gott.] 1926. Schwan, W. *Drei Fiille van multiplen Exostosen [Berlin] 19p. 8? Pritzwalk, 1933. Vital Chavarry, J. *Etude clinique de la maladie ost^ogenique. 59p. 8? Par., 1935. Agliati, M. Esostosi multiple osteoeenetiche. Boll. spec. med. chir, 1932, 6: 309-67.—Andersen, O. Ueber hereditare multiple Exostosen. Acta paediat, Upps, 1932-33, 14: 589- 605. Also Ugeskr. laeger, 1933, 95: 1116-22.—Apert, E, & Peyta- vin, C. L. Quelques cas de maladie exostosante h6reditaire. Arch. med. enf, 1929, 32: 403-10. Also Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1929, 3.ser, 53: 346-51.—Barret, M. Un cas de maladie de Bessel-Hagen; exostoses multiples; malformation du cubitus et luxation du radius en haut avec perforation des teguments. Mem. Acad, chir. Par, 1936, 62: 232-6.—Bellet, Exostoses multiples osteogeniques. Rev. orthop. Par, 1927, 14: 3.ser, 27-38.—Belot, J, & Simchowitz, H. Exostoses osteogeniques multiples avec degenerescence maligne chondro-sarcomateuse. J. radiol. electr, 1936, 20: 12-7.—Blanco, L. V, Grodsinsky, S, & Echegaray, E. M. Exostosis multiples osteogenicas. Arch. amer. med, B. Air, 1930, 6: 149-57.—Borra, V, & Reviglio, G. M. Un caso di esostosi osteogenetiche multiple con grave compressione midollare. Riv. clin. pediat, 1932, 30: 1000-28 — Brenckmann, E, & Trentz, F. Exostoses multiples osteoge- netiques familiales a grand developpement ayant exige plusieurs operations. Rev. orthop. Par, 1929, 3.ser, 16: 333-42—Cajal. Exostoses osteog6niques hereditaires. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Bucarest, 1924, 6: 229— Careddu, G, & Rossi, V. Esostosi osteogenetiche multiple, discondroplasia, condromatosi. Riv. clin. pediat, 1931, 29: 377-404, 3pl— Castex, M. R, Camauer, A. F, & Battro, A. Exostosis osteogenicas multiples; distrofias oseas. Prensa med. argent, 1926-27,13: 909-20.—Creyssel, J, & Peycelon, R. Maladie ost6ogenique terminee par revolution maligne d'un chondrome. Lyon chir, 1930, 27: 733-49.—Crook, E. A. Two cases of multiple exostoses. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1927-28, 21: Sect.Stud.Dis.Child, 10-2—Custodio Morais, V. Doenca exostosante (exostoses de crescimento) Med. contemp, Lisb, 1931, 49: 143-9— Bimitriu, V. [Case of multiple osteo- genic exostosis] Cluj. med, 1934, 15: 675.—Engel. Ueber schwere Deformitaten bei multiplen Exostosen und Enchondro- men Jugendlicher und ihre Behandlung. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1921) 1922, 16.Kongr, 495—Engelmann, G. Ein Fall von Osteopathia hyperostotica (sclerotisans) multiplex infantilis. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1929, 39: 1101-6.—Engstrom, H. A case of multiple exostosis. Acta paediat, Upps, 1933-34, 15: 137.— Favreau, J. C. Un cas de maladie ost6ogenique. Union med. Canada, 1933, 62: 154-62— Frejka, B. Exostoses osteogeniques multiples. Rev. orthop, 1928, 3.ser, 15: 225-31.—FroBhch. Exostoses osteogeniques multiples. Rev. m6d. est, 1923, 51: 210-2.—Gadrat, J, & Marques, P. Exostoses osteogeniques mul- BONE 761 BONE tiples et main de Madelung. J. radiol. electr, 1935, 19: 72-8 — Gauthier & Ribollet. Un cas d'exostoses osteogeniques multiples avec troubles de developpement du membre superieur droit et syndrome radiculaire inferieur associe. Paris med, 1933, 89: 381-9. Also Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1933, 27: 139-49—Giordano, R. La malattia osteogenetica. Chir. org. movim, 1935-36, 20: 435-59—Goni Moreno, I, & Millan, R. E, & Bunn, A. En- fermedad osteogenica. Sem. med, B. Air, 1935, 42: pt 2, 924- 30.—Hammer, E. [Multiple exostosis] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1934, 78: 2399.—Hora, K. [Case of multiple exostosis] Anthro- pologie, Praha, 1931, 9: 211-24.—Hume, J. B. The causation of multiple exostoses. Brit. J. Surg, 1929-30, 17: 236-41.—Iwan- ter, J. [Multiple exostoses] Warsz. czas. lek, 1935, 12: 874. 894.—Jakobowicz, M. Ueber eine Exostotikerfamilie. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1927-28, 13: 699-703.—Jansen, M. Dissocia- tion of bone growth (exostoses and enchondromata, or Ollier's dyschondroplasia and associated phenomena) Robert Jones Birthday Voir, Oxf, 1928, 43-71.—Jomini, P. A propos d'une observation d'exostoses osteogeniques multiples de croissance. Rev. m6d. Suisse rom, 1923, 43: 811-22.—Langenskibld, F. Ueber die Erblichkeit der Exostosenkrankheit. Acta chir. scand, 1925, 58: 210-34—Lereboullet, P, Baize, P, & Willot, G. Un cas de maladie osteogenique avec exostoses multiples. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1935,33: 390-6.— Leri, A, & Linossier, A. Les exostoses osteogeniques multiples et leur systematisation (la maladie exostosante) Paris med, 1925, 55: 535-43.—Leri, A, Weissenbach, R. J, & Lievre, J. A. Sur la maladie exostosante, dite exostoses osteogeniques multiples. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1928, 3.ser, 52: 300-6—Macera, J. M, & Fernandez, F. L. Exostosis multiple de crecimiento. Sem. med, B. Air, 1932, 39: pt2, 518-22—Marottoli, O. R. Exostosis osteogenica multiple familiar. Arch, argent, pediat, 1932, 3: 397.—Massabuau, Soulas & Guibal, A. Un cas de maladie osteogenique. Arch. Soc. sc. m6d. biol. Montpellier, 1929, 10: 499-509.—Milani, E. Esostosi osteogenetiche a tipo familiare, associate in un caso con altera- zioni discondroplasiche bilaterale. Arch, radiol. Nap, 1930, 6: 55-70.—Petta, G. Tre casi di esostosi multiple. Policlinico, 1929, 36: sez.chir, 262-71.—Pierre-Paul, Levy & Rubens-Buval, A. Maladie exostosante chez un enfant de 3 ans. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1935, 33: 161-72.—Plumier-Clermont, L, & Lam- brichts, L. Un cas d'exostoses osteogeniques multiples. Liege med, 1929, 22: 1061-70. Also Ann. Soc. med. chir, Liege, 1930, 63: no. 1, 1-6.—Presentacion de una familia con enfermedad osteogenica. Rev. mex. puericult, 1933-34, 4: 732-43, lOpl.— Reviglio, G. M, & Scarzella, M. Contributo alio studio delle manifestazioni esostosiche della discondroplasia, in una stessa famiglia, trasmesse per cinque generazioni. Riv. clin. pediat, 1932,30: 1029-04.—Roederer, Cretin & Lefournier. Une observa- tion de maladie exostosante. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1929, 21: 452-6.—Rorive. Un cas d'exostoses osteogeniques multiples. Arch. med. beiges, 1925, 78: 245-9.—Rovida, F. Delle esostosi multiple osteogenetiche. Gazz. med. lombard, 1928, 87: 259; 275.—Salarich, J. Un caso de enfermedad exostosante. Ars medica, Barcel, 1930, 6: 281-4.—Schiavone, G. Exostosis osteo- genicas multiples. Arch, argent, pediat, 1934, 5: 40-50.—Scotti, C. Esostosi multiple da crescenza. Med. ital, 1931, 12: 694- 718.—Simonini, A. Contributo alio studio delle esostosi multiple osteogenetiche nell'infanzia. Pediat. prat. Mod, 1930, 7: 83- 96.—Staffieri, B, & Imhoff, J. B. Exostosis osteogenicas multi- ples. Rev. med. Rosario, 1930, 20: 513-20, 11 pi—Stott, H, & Lall, R. Diaphysial aclasis (multiple exostosis) in Indians. Brit. J. Surg, 1928-29, 16: 633-40.—Talamo, L. Esostosi osteo- genetiche multiple e discondroplasia. Riv. radiol, 1931, 3: 355-72.—Tomesku, I. Angeborene generalisierte Exostosen mit einer begleitenden eigenartigen Entwicklungsstorung, die sich durch einen temporaren Ossificationsprozess aussert; das Hin- zukommen von 4 neuen iiberzahligen Skeletstfickchen, deutlich symmetrisch, an bestimmten, pbylo- und pathogenetisch pradestinierten, Stellen, d.i. in den randstandigen Karpal- regionen. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir, 1930, 28: 56-72—Troisier, J, Bariety, M. [et al.] Maladie exostosante; regression d'une tuberculose pulmonaire intercurrente; bilan calcique positif. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1935, 51: 3.ser, 1366-75—Tumenev, S. [Multiple exostosis, as an anomalie of skeletal system, and its origin] Russ. klin, 1927, 8: 709-15.—Vallino, M. T, & Macera, J. M. Sobre un caso de exostosis multiple de crecimiento y fibroadenoma de mama. Sem. med, B. Air, 1925, 32: pt2, 489-92.—Vidal, Jordana, G, & Torres Marty, L. Enfermedad osteogenetica. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 474-6.—Vigne, P, & Darcourt, G. Exostoses osteogeniques multiples. Marseille med, 1925, 62: 37-41.—Wakeley, C. P. G. Multiple exostoses in a mother and 2 children. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1931, 25: 7. ----- Multiple exostoses in father and children. Ibid, 1934-35, 28: 1639.—Walter, H. Untersuehungsergebnisse in einer Exo- stosenfamilie. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir, 1926-27, 24: 533-48. Also Munch, med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 1544.—Yenikomshian, H. A, & Blake, H. K. Familial bony dystrophy with multiple exostoses. Radiology, 1935, 24: 623-5.—Zagami, A. Sulle esostosi osteogenetiche multiple. Policlinico, 1930, 37: sez.chir, 400-16. ■---- Exostosis: Treatment, Baumwald, E. [Spontaneous disappearance of acquired exostosis] Polska gaz. lek, 1934, 13: 639.—Bruckmann, A. Ruckbildung einer Exostose durch Rontgenbestrahlung. Strahlentherapie, 1932, 44: 593.—Oiler, A, A Bordona, J. M. A proposito de dos casos de exostosis u osteomas. Arch, med, Madr, 1928, 28: 442-5.—Rudnev, N. M. [Cases of exostoses with excision of the epiphyses of all metatarsal bones] Vest, khir, 1928. 14: 117. ---- Exostosis—in animals. Ball, N. Ein Fall von multipler Exostosenbildung bei einem Hirsche (zur Frage fiber die Osteoarthropathie hypertrophiante Mane) Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh, 1929, 60: 235-42— Franken- berg, G. von. Geweihartige Exostosen bei Ricken. Zool. Anz , 1932-33, 101: 281-93. ---- Explantation. See also Bone, Transplantation. Bolschansky, L. Dauerzuchtung von Knochen- und Periost- gewebe. Zschr. Zellforsch, 1928-29, 8: 789-800— Fell, H. B. Experiments on the differentiation in vitro of cartilage and bone Arch. exp. Zellforsch, 1928, 7: 390-412, 3pl. ----- Osteogene- sis in vitro. Ibid, 1931, 11: 245-52 [Discussion] 257—Haas, S. L. Further observations on the survival of bone after removal from the body. Arch. Surg, 1925, 10: 196-211—Liek, E. Ver- suche fiber Knochenexplantation. Arch. klin. Chir, 1925, 137: 635-45— Menegaux, G, Moyse, P, & Odiette, B. Croissance des tissus conjonctif et osseux cultives in vitro en presence de certains metaux; contribution a l'etude biologique de l'ost6osynthese. Presse med, 1934, 42: 658-62. ----- Action cytotoxique de quelques metaux sur le tissu osseux cultive en vie ralentie. Ibid, 1844-8.—Wjereszinski, A. O. Vergleichende Untersuchun- gen fiber Explantation und Transplantation von Knochen, Periost und Endost. Virchows Arch, 1924, 251: 268-80.----- Nachtrag zu der Arbeit Vgl. Untersuchungen iiber Explanta- tion und Transplantation von Knochen, Periost und Endost. Ibid, 253: 592. ---- Fistula. See also Bone, Cavities; Osteomyelitis. Kautt, E. *Ueber die Behandlung alter Knochenfisteln nach Schussverletzungen. 87p. 8? Heidelb., 1917. Lambin, P. *Fistules rebelles consecutives aux lesions osseuses par plaies de guerre et leur traitement. 96p. 8? Paris, 1919. Nassetti, F. Fistole conseguenti a lesioni esposte delle ossa; studio anatomo-patologico e clinico con analisi critica di 208 casi operati. 133p. 8? Bologna, 1920. Also Arch. ital. chir, 1920, 2: 1-133. Tissot, G. *De I'emploi du melange iodo- form e dans le traitement des fistules osseuses; consecutives a des traumatismes de guerre. 88p. 8? Besangon, 1916. Cavina, G. L'impiego del BIPP in chirurgia ed in partico- lare nella cura delle fistole ossee croniche. Gior. med. mil, 1922, 70: 401-6.—Chiarolanza, R. Sulla cura delle fistole ossee consecu- tive a ferite esposte. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1917) 1920, 25: 75.— Griseri, V. Un caso di epitelioma su fistola ossea da osteosintesi. Clin, chir, Milano, 1932, n.s. 8: 1388-92.—Ritter. Zur Behand- lung der Knochenfisteln. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1920) 1921, 15. Kongr, 128-38.—Schneider, G. H. Die Rontgenbe- strahlung chronischer Knochenfisteln. Strahlentherapie, 1927, 26: 303-12. ---- Foreign bodies. Thonner, K. E. *Ueber die Einheilung von Fremdkorpern in Knochen. 34p. 8? Wiirzb., 1931. Begouen & Vallois, H. Un cubitus perce d'une fleche en silex. Anthropologie, Praha, 1932, 10: 109-12, 2pl.—Bouillon, A, & Baudouin, M. L'inclusion des silex taill6s, reveiee par la radiographie, dans les os prehistoriques. Progr. med. Par. ,1924, 39:170-3.—Ichok, G. La fixite parfaite et la tolerance osseuse vis- a-vis d'un corps etranger. Paris med, 1929,73:438-41.—Konig, F. Ueber versenkte Fremdkorper im Knochen. Zbl. Chir, 1928, 55: 897-900.—Marcenac & Camus. Les inclusions osseuses; causes possibles d'affections posttraumatiques. Rev. vet. mil. Par, 1933, 17: 191-7, pi. ---- Forensic aspect. See also Bone, Sarcoma, traumatic; Fracture, Gollin, K. *Ueber die Unterscheidung menschlicher und tierischer Knochenfunde [Ber- lin] 41p. 8? Dietenheim, 1927. Grass, E. *Untersuchungen zur Frage der Differentialdiagnose zwischen Menschen- und Tierknochen. 21p. 8? Berl., 1916. Kunowski, S. *Der Nachweis von Barium in Menschenknochen. p.265-75. 8! Lpz., 1932. Also Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1932, 19; BONE 762 BONE Profichet, J. P. *L'identification des os en medecine legale. llOp. 8? Par., 1931. Barret, M. Metastase osseuse d'un cancer epithelial ct traumatisme. Ana. m6d. 16g„ 1935, 15: 242-4.—Baudouin, M. Le diagnostic du sexe d'un squelette humain a l'aide de l'atlas. Progr. med. Par, 1920, 3.ser, 35:255.—Coley, W. B. Traumatic bone carcinoma. Ann. Surg, 1926, 83: 554-60.—Ehalt, W. Anomalie oder Verletzung? Mschr. Unfallh, 1933, 40: 76-8 — Esau. Die sogenannten selbstandig bleibenden Knochenkerne. Ibid, 1931, 38: 385-91.—Fontaine, R. L'identification des os. Union m6d. Canada, 1935, 64: 1214-8.—Hellner, H. Unfall und Krebsmetastase im Knochen. Mschr. Unfallh, 1933, 40: 65- 76.—Hey. Die histologische Differenzierung von menschlichen und tierischen Knochen. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1924, 4: 566-76.—Kummel, M. Medicolegal aspects of bone injury. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1933, 30: 728-39.— Muller, M, & Bemarez, R. Le diagnostic differentiel de l'os de singe et de l'os humain. Ann. m6d. leg, 1934, 14: 598-607. Also Echo med. nord, 1934, 3.ser, 2: 210.—Merkel, H. Zur Beurteilung des Lebens- alters aus Skelettbefunden. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1927, 10: 256-61.—Monti, A. Ricerche paleoistologiche su le ossa da vario tempo sepolte. Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1926, 1: 497-501.—Muller, M. Au sujet des deformations et modifications des os au cours de la calcination et de leurs consequences m6dico- lfigales. Ann. med. leg., 1921, 1: 298-308—Mutel & Gregoire. L'importance m6dico-16gale de quelques anomalies osseuses. Rev. med. est, 1928, 56: 471-83.—Nippe, M. Identifikation der Personlichkeit aus Skelettresten. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 1551-3.— Orth, J. Trauma und Erkrankungen der Knochen und Ge- lenke; kasuistische Mitteilungen aus meiner Gutachtertatigkeit in Unfallsachen. Sitzber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss, 1920, 151; 257; 1921, 31.—Piedelievre, R, Etienne-Martin, P, & Peiffer, E. Empreintes de vgtements sur des balles de plomb nu tirees dans une region osseuse. Ann. med. leg, 1933, 13: 54-61.—Rojas, N. Identification de un fragmento oseo. Rev. As. m6d. argent, 1934, 48: 399-404.—Trenel, M. Larrey et le squelette de Cadou- dal. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med, 1933, 27: 44-56.—Walcher, K. Oerichtsarztliche Untersuchung von Skeletteilen. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Berl, 1934, 4: Teil 12, 2.Halfte, 37-58. ---- fossil. See also Bone, Anthropological aspect. Lehmann-Nitsche, R. Ueber die langen Knochen der sudbayerischen Reihengraber- bevolkerung. 92p. 8? Miinch., 1895. Michaelis, L. Vergleichende mikroskopische Untersuchungen an. rezenten, historischen und fossilen menschlichen Knochen; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Syphilis. 92p. 8? Jena, 1930. Forms v.6, H.l Veroff. Kriegs. Konstpath. (Aschoff & Borst) Jena, 1930. Rouillon, A. *L6sions osseuses prehistori- ques de la Vendue [Paris] 260p. 8? Angers, 1923. Barbosa Sueiro, B. Annotations anatomiques; note sur les cas de perforation oiecranienne, d'apophyse sus-epitrochleenne et de canal humeral observes & la station neolithique de Melides. Arq. anat, Lisb, 1930-31, 14: 27.—Baudouin, M. La radio- graphie appliqu6e k l'etude des lesions osseuses humaines pre- historiques. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1923, 176: 782-5.—Bertwistle, A. P. Prehistoric bones. Brit. J. Radiol, 1932, 5: 589-91, 2pl.— Cotte, J, & Gerin-Ricard, H. Etude des ossements humains de la station n6olithique de Bruny sur l'etang de Berre. Rev. anthrop. Par, 1924, 34: 283-94.—Franchet, L. Sur la dissolu- tion des os et des dents dans les sepultures prehistoriques. Ibid, 1925, 35: 25-48. ----- La coloration des os dans le sol; le bouillage des cadavres au moyen-age; l'incineration et ses phenomenes. Rev. sc. Par, 1933, 71: 483; 520.—Judica, G. Intorno ad alcuni resti ossei attribuiti a Beatrice d'Este. Med. ital, 1936, 17: 319-30.—Lavialle, P. Sur la composition et la coloration des os du camp de Chassey (Saone-et-Loire) Bull. Soc. anthrop. Paris, 1928, 7.ser, 9: 35-43.—Leakey, L. S. B. Die Menschenreste von Kanam und Kanjera, Kenya-Kolonie. Anthrop. Anz, 1933, 10: 238-40.—Lehne, R. Klimatisch- alimentar bedingte pathologische Veranderungen eines fossilen Kiefers; Beitrag zur Pathogenese der krankhaften Veranderun- gen des Ehringsdorfer Kiefers. Zschr. Stomat, Wien, 1931, 29: 883-91.—Lienau, M. M. Ein ostgermanisches Skelett der Kai- serzeit in Lebus (Kreis Lebus) Zschr. Ethnol, 1927-28, 59: 66-78. Appendix, 78-80.—Maly, J. [Skulls and long bones of ancient Prague discovered in the church of S. Charles Bor- romee] Anthropologie, Praha, 1925, 3: 156-76.—Martin, H. Caracteres des squelettes humains quaternaires de la vallee du Roc (Charente) race de Chancelade. Bull. Soc. anthrop. Paris, 1927, 7.ser, 8: 103-29.—Moir, J. R. The fossil bones of early man. Sc. American, 1926, 135: 348.—Mollison, T. Friihe Menschenreste in Ostafrika. Anthrop. Anz, 1933, 10: 240-3.— Moodie, R. L. The elements of the Haversian system in normal and pathological structures among fossil vertebrates. Biol. gen, Wien, 1926, 2: 63-95, 12pl—Neuville, R, & Boureau, R. Squelettes palestiniens du premier age du bronze. Bull. Soc. anthrop. Paris, 1930, 8.ser, 1: 33-6.—Nikolaev, L. P. [Bone diseases in prehistoric times] Ortop. travmat, 1935, 9: 3-10.— Obermaier, H. Ein vorgeschichtlicher Skeletfund niichst der Altamira-Hbhle (Nordspanien) Anthrop. Anz, 1928, 5: 249.-- Olson, E. C. The dorsal axial musculature of certain primitive permian tetrapods. J. Morph, 1936,59:265-311.—Patenostre, H. Etude des os longs des squelettes de 3 peuls. Bull. Soc. anthrop. Paris (1922) 1923, 7.ser, 3: 71-85.—Reid, R. W. Remains of Saint Magnus and Saint Rognvald, entombed in Saint Magnus Cathedral, Kirkwall, Orkney. Biometrika, Cambr, 1926-27, 18: 118-50, 4pl.—Ritchie, W. A, & Warren, S. L. The occurrence of multiple bony lesions suggesting myeloma in the skeleton of a pre-Columbian Indian. Am. J. Roentg, 1932, 28: 622-8.— Saville, M. H. An ancient skeleton discovered in Ecuador. Science, 1921, n.s, 54: 147.—Schebesta, P. P, & Lebzelter, V. Schadel und Skelettreste von drei Semang-Individuen. An- thropos, Mbdling, 1926, 21: 959-90, 4pl.—ShruDsall, F. C. A brief note on 2 crania and some long bones from ancient ruins in Rhodesia. Man, Lond, 1909, 9: 68-70—Stock, C. A hyper- tragulid from the Sespe uppermost Eocene, California. Proc. U. S. Nat. Acad. Sc, 1934, 20: 625-9.—Vallois, H. Les ossements 6n6olithiques de l'Ombrive (Ariege) Anthropologie, Par, 1927, 37: 277; 473. ---- Fragility. See Bone, marble; Osteogenesis imperfecta, ---- Giant-cell tumor. See also Bone marrow, Tumors: Myelo- plaxoma. Dubois, R. H. *A propos du traitement des tumeurs a cellules geantes des os longs par la chirurgie et la radiotherapie combiners [Stras- bourg] 57p. 8? Colmar, 1935. Baker, S. L. Giant-cell tumours of bone in a fowl. J. Path. Bact, Edinb, 1928, 31: 657, 2pl.—Bloodgood, J. C. Benign giant-cell tumor of bone, its diagnosis and conservative treat- ment. Am. J. Surg, 1923, 37: 105-12. ----- The giant-cell tumor of bone and the specter of the metastasizing giant-cell tumor. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1924, 38: 784-9—Bost, J. R. Giant- cell tumor. Texas J.M, 1931-32, 27: 593-6.—Carty, J. R. A benign sclerosing central giant-cell tumor; case report. Am. J. Roentg, 1929, 21: 363.—Codman, E. A. Epiphyseal chondro- matous giant-cell tumors of the upper end of the humerus. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1931, 52: 543-8.—Coley, W. B. Prognosis in giant-cell sarcoma of the long bones; based upon the end-results in a series of 50 cases. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1923) 1924, 36: 127-97, 19pl. Also Ann. Surg, 1924, 79: 321; 561. ----- Prog- nosis and treatment of giant-cell sarcoma, based on a further study of end results in 69 cases. Ibid, 1927, 86: 641-65.—Cotton, F. J. Notes on giant-ceiled tumors of bone and cysts. Tr. N. England Surg. Soc, 1933, 16: 221-41. Also N. England J.M, 1934, 210: 1095-101.—Bollinger da Graga, von. Tumores dos ossos e tumores de cellulas gigantes. Brasil med, 1935, 49: 409-12.—Byke, S. C. Metastasis of the benign giant-cell tumor of bone (osteoclastoma) J. Path. Bact, Edinb, 1931,34: 259- 63, 2pl.—Evans, W. A, & Leucutia, T. The value of Roentgen- ray therapy in primary malignant tumors and benign giant-cell tumor of bone. Am. J. Roentg, 1928, n.s, 20: 303-38.—Finch, E. F, & Gleave, H. H. A case of osteoclastoma (myeloid sar- coma, benign giant-cell tumour) with pulmonary metastasis. J. Path. Bact, Edinb, 1926, 29: 399-406, 5pl— Fraser, J. Benign giant-cell tumour of bone. Clin. J, Lond, 1931, 60: 20.— Freeman, A. C, Kinney, K. K, & Moore, M. R. A case of giant- cell tumor of the sacrum which invaded the inferior vena cava. Am. J. Cancer, 1935, 24: 345-9—Freund, E, & Meffert, C. B. Giant cell tumors of bone. Am. J. Roentg, 1937, 37: 36-45.— Geschickter, C. F. Treatment of giant-cell tumors of the long bones. J. Bone Surg, 1935, 17: 550. ----- & Widenhorn, H, Ueber Riesenzellentumoren der Knochen; gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur Histogenese der Ostitis fibrosa. Arch. klin. Chir, 1932-33, 172: 694-717.—Goforth, J. L. Giant cell tumor of bone. Arch. Surg, 1926, 13: 846-70. Also Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 299-313.—Gold, E. Ueber die Riesenzellentumoren der langen Rohrenknochen. Arch. klin. Chir, 1926, 140: 763-81 — Grubauer, F. Mikroskopische Befunde bei einem mittels Rontgenstrahlen behandelten myelogenen Osteoidsarkom. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1924,184:289-303.—Herendeen, R. E. Giant- cell tumors of bone; with special reference to treatment technic. Am. J. Surg, 1930, n.s, 8:122.-----Results in the Rontgen- ray therapy of giant-cell tumors of bone. Ann. Surg, 1931, 93: 398-411.—Holland, C. T. The benign giant-cell tumour of bone. Brit. J. Radiol, 1934, n.s, 7: 227-32, 2pl—Holmes, G. W. Be- nign giant-cell bone tumors. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1926, 6: 597-606, 3pl.—Hotz, H. W. Ueber das Riesenzellensarkom der langen Rohrenknochen. Virchows Arch, 1934, 293: 493-508 — Jansson, G. Zur Rontgendiagnostik und Metastasenfrage bei Riesenzellgeschwiilsten im Knochensystem. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1937, 18: 303-18—Johnson, W. W. The giant cells of benign giant-cell tumors of bone. Arch. Path, Chic, 1930,10: 197-205.—King, E. S. J. An example of benign osteogenic sar- coma. Brit. J. Surg, 1931, 19: 330-3. ----- Malignant giant-cell tumour of bone. Ibid, 1932, 20: 269-78.—Konjetzni. Riesenzellengeschwulste der Knochen. Beitr. klin Chir, BONE 763 BONE 1935, 162: 492-4.—Korchow, W. J. Ueber die Riesenzellenge- schwulste der Knochen. Zbl. Chir, 1931, 58: 2694-701. Also Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1932-33.38:380-93— Korkhov,V.I. [Giant- cell tumors of the bone] Soviet, khir, 1932, 2: 125.—Lacharite, H. Radiotherapie des tumeurs des os a cellules g6antes; resul- tats et techniques de l'Institut du Radium de Paris pour les cas traites de 1919 a 1926. J. radiol. 61ectr, 1928, 12: 521-35. Also Union med. Canada, 1928, 57: 587; 651.—Lewald, L. T. Recurrence of giant cell tumor following resection and bone graft. Am. Atlas Stereoroentg, 1920, 3: 257-9. —--- Giant-cell bone tumors; 4 cases successfully treated by Roentgen rays. Med. Times, N.Y, 1930, 58: 232-5.—Martland, H. S. Primary bone tumors; their classification with special reference to benign giant-cell tumor. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1921, 21: 102-13.—Meda, G. Sulla diagnosi radiologica dei tumori a cellule giganti: relazione di un caso con guarigione spontanea. Radiol, med, Milano, 1928, 15: 887-903.—Meyerding, H. W. Benign foreign body giant-cell tumors of the long bones. J.Am. M. Ass, 1924, 83: 1323-9. ----- Giant-cell tumor of femur, with pathologic fracture; giant-cell tumor of tibia of a child, with cure by excision and bone graft; tumor diagnosed as sar- coma proved by biopsy to benign giant cell tumor, with 17-year cure; bilateral rupture of quadriceps tendon; sciatic pain pro- duced by desmoid tumor of left trochanteric region; a 5-year cure in a case of endothelial myeloma of the left femur. Surg. Clin. N America, 1935, 15: 1207-22. ----- Treatment of benign giant-cell tumors. J. Bone Surg, 1936, 18: 823-41.—Mbncke- berg, I. G. Zur Frage der sog. Riesenzellensarkome der Kno- chen. Virchows Arch, 1923, 246: 106-16— Orr, J. W. Malig- nant osteoclastoma. J. Path. Bact, Edinb, 1931, 34: 265, pi.— Palma, R. Sulla terapia dei sarcomi mieloidi delle ossa lunghe con lo svuotamento. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1922) 1923, 29: 167. Also Cult. med. mod. Pal, 1923, 2: 60-7.—Peirce, C. B. Giant- cell bone tumor; a consideration of the morphology of the neo- plasm, the response to surgical and radiation therapy, and report in detail of 2 apparently malignant cases. Am. J. Roentg, 1932, 28: 167; 1933, 30: 604. Also Radiology, 1933, 21: 348-51. ---— & Lampe, I. Giant-cell bone tumor; further observations on treatment. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 107: 1867-71.—Pfahler, G. E, & Parry, L. B. The treatment of giant-cell bone tumors by roentgen irradiation. Am. J. Roentg, 1932, 28: 151.—Piatt, H. Some remarks on the giant-cell tumor of bone. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1935, 60: 318-29.— Puente Buany, N. Tumor de cfelulas gigantes con malignidad local simulando un sarcoma osteoge- nicomaligno. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1933,8: 79-91.—Rhame, J. S, & Taft, A. R. Benign giant-cell bone tumors. J.S. Caro- lina M. Ass, 1925, 21: 209-15. Also repr.—Satta, F. Sui tumori giganto-cellulari dello scheletro e sul loro trattamento. Tumori, 1934, 20: 48; 133, 9pl.—Saupe, E. Uebergang von osteoklasti- schen in osteoplastische Metastasen. Rontgenpraxis, 1936, 8: 177.—Schroeder, F. Zur histologischen Unterscheiduug echter Riesenzellensarkome von riesenzellreichen Aufsaugungsge- schwiilsten am Knochen. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir, 1929, 27: 596-605.—Scott, S. G. Giant-cell tumours of bone and their radiological diagnosis. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 192X-29, 22: sect, electrother, 41-3.—Simmons, C. C. Malignant changes occurring in benign giant-cell tumors of bone. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1931, 53: 469-78.—Stone, W. S, & Ewing, W. An unusual alteration in the natural history of a giant-cell tumor of bone. Arch. Surg, 1923, 7: 280-96.—Stowe, W. R, & Lynch, P. P. Giant-cell tumours of bone. N. Zealand M.J, 1926-27, 25: 140-5.—Taylor, H. L. Bone tumors; report of 2 cases of benign giant-cell tumors. N. England J.M, 1934, 211: 267-73.—Troell, A. Zwei Falle von Riesenzellentumor in Knochen beobachtet V/i beziehungsweise 18 Jahre. Acta chir. scand, 1930, 67:906-13, 2pl.—Uher, V. [Giant-cell processes in the bones] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1934,14: 363-72.—Valdes, U. El radiologista y el cirujano: mutua ayuda que deben prestarse, ilustrada por un ejemplo de un sarcoma mieloide osteogeno. An. Sanat. Valdes, 1926, 2: 59-73. ---- Grafting. See Bone, Transplantation. ■--- Growth [and development] See also Bone, Mechanics; Bone, Regenera- tion; Skeleton. Amprino, R, <& Bairati, A. Processi di ricostruzione e di riassorbimento nella sostanza compatta delle ossa dell' uomo; ricerche su cento soggetti dalla nascita sino a tarda eta. Zschr. Zellforsch, 1936, 24: 439-511.—Bosanyi, A. de. The relation of the hematopoietic system to the development of bone. Dent. Cosmos, 1926, 68: 14-6.—Bovier, L. Quelques considerations de physique et de physiologie pathologique aboutissant a une hypothese sur 1'osteogenese. J. med. Paris, 1925, 44: 983-6.— Burkhardt, L, & Petersen, H. Ueber den Umbau im wach- senden Knochen. Zschr. Zellforsch, 1928, 7: 55-61.—Charles, S. W. On the growth of bone. Brit. Dent. J, 1926, 47: 49-55 — Dalyell, E. J. Recent investigations into growth of bones in infancy. Med. J. Australia, 1923,2:166-72, pi—Fell, H. Tissue culture and the study of skeletal development. Lancet, Lond, 1935,1:681.—Florentin, P. Le probleme de 1'osteogenese. Rev. med. Nancy, 1936, 64: 530-4.—Friedheim, E. A. H. La formation de la substance interstitielle cartilagineuse et osseuse etudiee en culture de tissu. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 100: 1012-4.— Haas, S. L. Interstitial growth in growing long bones. Arch. Surg, 1926 12: 887-900.-Hammett, F. S. A comparison of bone growth in length with bone growth in weight. J. Gen. Physiol , 1925-26,9:63-71. Also repr.—Harris, H. A. Some problems of bone growth. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1923-24, 17: sect. electrother, 35-48.—Jansen, M. Some of the life properties of bone substance. Internat. J. Orthodont, 1926, 12: 141-60.— Jasswoin, G. De l'histologie comparative du sang et du tissu conjonctif; sur l'origine de la substance fondamentale de l'os chez les mammiferes. Arch. anat. micr. Par, 1934, 30: 411- 52, pi.—Korff, K. von. Ueber die Weidenreich'sche Theorie von 2 verschiedenen Bildungsarten der Knochen- und Dentin- grundsubstanz. Anat. Anz, 1930-31, 71: 65-76.—Leriche, R. Quelques aspects nouveaux du probleme de 1'osteogenese. Odontologie, Par, 1935, 73: 421-31. ----- & Policard, A. Position actuelle du probleme de 1'osteogenese. Presse med, 1934, 42: 169-72—Ougarov, A. A. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Entwicklung des zellfreien Knochengewebes. Zschr. mikr anat. Forsch, 1931, 26: 327-46.—Policard, A. A propos des mecanismes de la croissance osseuse. Presse m6d, 1930, 38: 345- 8.—Robb, R, & Clarke, J. Growth of bone shafts in the human fetus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 31: 634-6.—Sawtell, R. O. Sex differences in the bone growth of young children. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop, 1928-29,12: 293-302—Schour, I. Meas- urements of bone growth by alizarine injections. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 34: 140— Shelton, E. K. Roentgeno- graphic studies in normal osseous development. J. Am. M. Ass, 1931, 96: 759-66. Also repr. ----- Osseus develop- ment as an index of metabolism. Radiology, 1933, 21: 241-6.— Thoma, R. Ueber die Geschwindigkeit des Volumwachstums des Knochengewebes. Beitr. path. Anat, 1923, 72: 184-94.— Tissue culture and skeletal development. Brit. M.J, 1935, 1: 669.—Vries, W. M. de [Interstitial growth of bony tissue] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1926, 70: ptl, 2066-79.—Weidenreich, F. Knochenstudien; fiber Aufbau und Entwicklung des Knochens und den Charakter des Knochengewebes. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1923, 69: 382-466.—Zweibel, L. Studies in the embry. ology of bone development. Am. J. Surg, 1930, n.s, 8: 517-25- ---- Growth: Calcification. Fell, H. B, & Robison, R. The development of the calcifying mechanism in avian cartilage and osteoid tissue. Biochem. J, Lond.,1934, 28: 2241-53, 3pl—Gbttcke, O. Asymmetrisches Auf- treten der Epiphysenkerne. Wien. med. Wschr, 1927,77: 999.— Howland, J, & Kramer, B. Factors concerned in the calcifica- tion of bone. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1922, 34: 204-8. Also Arch. Pediat, N.Y, 1922, 39: 400—Jones, R. W, & Roberts, R. E. Calcification, decalcification, and ossification. Brit. J. Radiol, 1934, n.s, 7: 321-91. Also Brit. J. Surg, 1934, 21: 461-99.— Kramer, B, & Shear, M. J. Composition of bone; primary calci- fication. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 79: 147-60—Linder, G. C. A re- view of recent work on calcium metabolism in relation to the calcification of bone. Rep. S. Barth. Hosp, Lond, 1927, 60: 173-80.—Niven, J. S. F, & Robison, R. The development of the calcifying mechanism in the long bones of the rabbit. Biochem. J, Lond, 1934, 28: 2237-42, pi.—Park, E. A. Certain factors causing the deposition of lime salts in bone. Dent. Cosmos, 1923,65: 176-85— Proell, F, & Biener, A. Modell- und Tierver- suche zum Problem der Verkalkung von Knochen. Zschr. Zellforsch, 1933, 18: 244-53—Rabl, C. R. H. Ueber die Kalkab- lagerung bei der Knochenentwicklung. Klin. Wschr, 1923, 2: 1644-6.—Rollo, S. Sulla voluta importanza del calcio nella produzione eterotopica di osso e di midollo. Riv. biol, 1930, 12: 17-26.—Schulze, W. Die Anwendung neuerer, mikroche- mischer Elektrolytreaktionen auf das Verkalkungsproblem bei der Osteogenese. Arch. Entwmech, 1925, 106: 62-74. Also Verh. Anat. Ges, 1925, 34: 172—Watt, J. C. The deposition of calcium phosphate and calcium carbonate in bone and in areas of calcification. Arch. Surg, 1925, 10: 983; 1927, 15: 89. ----- The development of bone (a) the process of development in bones of different types (b) normal physiologic calcification of the matrix in cartilage and in bone (c) the problem of the manner of deposition of the calcium salts. Ibid, 1928, 17: 1017-46, 4pl. Also repr.—Wells, H. G, & Benson, R. L. Studies on calci- fication and ossification. J. Med. Res, 1907-8, 17: 15-24. ---- Growth: Chemistry. Annovazzi, G. Produzione sperimentale di osso mediante iniezioni di un sale di calcio. Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med. biol 1928, 17: 77-82—Bisgard, J. B. Ossification; the influence of the mineral constituents of bone. Arch. Surg, 1936, 33: 926- 39.—Blum, L, Belaville, M, & Caulaert, van. Sur les rapports entre l'etat physico-chimique des humeurs et les phenomenes d'ossification et de decalcification. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1925, 180: 974.—Bodansky, O. The accelerant effect of a-amino acids on the activity of bone phosphatase. J. Biol. Chem, 1936, 114: 273-xx.—Borghese, E. I lipidi nei processo di ossificazione Zschr. Zellforsch, 1936, 25: 622-54—Fontaine, M. Rapport entre l'ossification du squelette et l'etat du calcium sanguin chez les poissons. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 199: 1452-4.—Green, H. N, & MeUanby, E. A rat technique for demonstrating the interfering effect of cereals on bone calcification. Biochem J Lond, 1928, 22: 102-12— Hammett, F. S. A biochemical study of bone growth; changes in the ash, organic matter, and water during growth (Mus norvegicus albinus) J. Biol. Chem, 1925, 64: 409-28. ----- Changes in the calcium, magnesium, and phosphorus of bone during growth. Ibid, 685-92.----- Changes in the composition of the ash during growth. Ibid, BONE 764 BONE 693-6. Also repr.—Hume, E. M, & Smith, H. H. Calcification of the bones of rats on a diet low in ergosterol. Biochem. J, Lond, 1931,25: 292-9.—Kay, H. B. The function of a phosphatase in bone-formation. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1926-27, 7: 177-80 — Kinke, K. Physikalisch-chemische Bedingungen der Ver- knocherung. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1927, 57: 866-8. Also Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 1327—Martland, M, & Robison, R. The possible significance of hexosephosphoric esters in ossification. Biochem. J, Lond, 1924, 18: 740; 1161; 1354.—Nitschke, A. Ueber phvsikalische und chemische Bedingungen bei der Knochenbildung. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 806-8.—Policard, A, Pehu, M. [et al.] Repartition histologique de la phosphatase dans la zone d'ossification des os long chez l'enfant normal et rachitique. Bull, histol. appl. Par, 1931, 8: 170-5—Pusitz, M. E. La bioquimica de la osteogenesis. Medicina, Mex, 1934, 14: 567-74.—Robison, R. The possible significance of hexose- phosphoric esters in ossification; a reply to Shiply, Kramer and Howland. Biochem. J, Lond, 1926, 15: 388-91.—Robuschi, L. Sul meccanismo d'azione dell'ergosterina irradiata; sviluppo dell'osso e suo contenuto minerale; calcemia e fosfatemia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1932, 7: 1025.—Roche, A, & Garcia, I. Variations du rapport; phosphore/azote de l'os au cours de la croissance chez le rat. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 1029-32. ----- Recherches sur l'ossification; ossification normale et constitution de reserves minerales dans les os au cours du de- veloppement. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1936, 18: 1014-26 — Scoz, G, & Marangoni, P. L. Variazioni del potere fosfatasico del sangue e dell'osso e del processo di ossificazione in rapporto con la velocita di accrescimento normale e sperimentalmente modificata. Arch. sc. biol, Bologna, 1936, 22: 43-65.—Stoye, W. Ueber histochemischen Nachweis von Phosphaten und anderen lonen im wachsenden Knochen. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 791-5.— Watt, J. C. The behavior, of calcium phosphate and calcium carbonate (bone salts) precipitated in various media, with appli- cations to bone formation. Biol. Bull, 1923, 44: 280-312, 3pl. ---- Growth: Disorders. See also Bone, Abnormities. Borel, G. * Ueber abnormes Langenwachstum der Knochen (Elongation) infolge venoser Stau- ung. 22p. 8? Zur., 1922. Ma ass, H. Knochen wachstum und Knochen- aufbau; eine kritische Studie zur Physiologie und Pathologie des Knochenwachstums. 72p. 8? Stuttg., 1926. Bergstrand, H. Ueber eine eigenartige, wahrscheinlich bisher nicht beschriebene osteoblastische Krankheit in den langen Knochen der Hand und des Fusses. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1930, 11: 596-613.—Boorstein, S. W. Developmental diseases of bones. Med. J. & Rec, 1930,131: 16; 77—Bruin, M. de. [Trans- versal stripes (growth-retardation lines) on roentgenograms of long bones in children] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1932, 76: pt2, 2096-106, pi.—Caan, P. Ueber infantile und juvenile Knochen- wachstumsstorungen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1924, 20: 886; 924 — Campbell, B. Zwei Falle von paraostaler Knochenbildung. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1927, 36: 1261-4—Cobb, W. M. Bony gauges of growth, age and disease. J. Nat. M. Ass, 1934, 26: 121-7. Also repr.—Cotton, A. Influence of pyogenic and tuber- culous infections upon epiphyseal activity and growth of bone. South. M.J, 1929, 22: 303-10.—Bervieux & Piedelievre. Per- sistence de lacunes d'ossification chez un enfant de 12 ans H. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1920, 90: 565-7.—Biscussion (A) on the fetal bone diseases. Brit. M.J, 1902, 2: 950-6—Eliot, M. M, & Jackson, E. B. Bone development of infants and young children in Puerto Rico; roentgenographic and clinical study, with special reference to rickets, osteoporosis and transverse lines in radius and ulna. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1933, 46: 1237-62—Engelbach, W, & McMahon, A. Osseous development in endocrine disor- ders. Endocrinology, 1924, 8: 1-53.—Erlacher, P. J. Osteo- pathia pubertatis. Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1932-33, 58: 157-74.— Gottesleben, A. Kalkringe im wachsenden Knochen. Rontgen- praxis, 1930, 2: 673-85.—Gray, G. B. Defective ossification. Brit. M.J, 1935, 2: 14.—Greifenstein, A. Experimenteller Beitrag zur Kenntnis der sogenannten schleichenden Spaltbil- dungen im Knochen unter besonderer Berucksichtigung ihrer Histogenese. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1930, 150: 588-615—Haas, S. L. The changes produced in the growing bone after injury to the epiphyseal cartilage plate. J. Orthop. Surg, 1919, 1: 67; 166; 226.—Harris, H. A. Lines of arrested growth in the long bones in childhood; the correlation of histological and radiographic ap- pearances in clinical and experimental conditions. Brit. J. Radiol, 1931, n.s, 4: 561; 622, 5pl— Hertz, J, & Levy-Lebhar. Sur les stries juxta-epiphysaires des os longs. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1923, 93: 260.—Hohenner, K. Welche Bedeutung hat der Zeitpunkt des Eintritts und die Lokalisation zerebraler Erkrankungen im Kindesalter ftir das Zustandekommen von Ossifikationsstorungen am Handskelett? Jahrb. Kinderh, 1932, 3.F, 85: 341-51.—Hussein, M. K. Arrest of growth at the epiphysis of lower end of femur. J. Egypt. M. Ass, 1934, 17: 515-7.—Introzzi, A. S. Contribucion experimental al estudio de la patogenia y fisiopatologia de las enfermedades distroficas epifisarias en la edad de crecimiento. Sem. med, B. Air, 1933, 40: 968-79.—Jensen, M. Ueber die Storungen des Knochen- wachstums. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1925) 1926, 20.Kongr, 35-7 [Discussion] 96-101. ----- Ueber atypische Chondro- dystrophie (Achondroplasie) und fiber eine noch nicht be- schriebene angeborene Wachstumsstorung des Knochensys- tems; metaphysare Dysostosis. Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1934, 61: 253-86.—Kemkes, B. Lieber familiar auftretende Storungen des Knochenwachstums im Rontgenbilde. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1929, 40: 90-S. -Krabbe, K. H. [Ossificate praecox] Hospi- talstidende, 1934, 77: (Neur. selsk. forh.) 45.—Krassniansky, A. I, & Aronov, M. S. [Incomplete ossification] Ortop. trav- mat, 1935, 9: 72-4.—Lacoste, A. Deg6nerescence partielle ou globale des osteoblastes dans les os en croissance. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 88: 435.—Landgraf, J. [Non-rachitic disturbances of ossification in puberty] Gyogyaszat, 1933, 73: 513-5.—Lazaro, A. Episodios fisio-patologicos del crecimiento. Arch, med, Madr, 1925, 20: 351-8.—Luzzi, G. F. Contributo alio studio sulla patologia del tessuto germinativo dell'osso. Policlinico, 1931, 38: sez.chir, 474-81.—Maass, H. Zur Physiologie und Patholo- gie des Knochenwachstums. Med. Klin, Berl, 1924, 20: 1493; 1532.—Mouchet, A. Stries transversales des metaphyses du femur, du tibia et du perone. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1921, 47: 178.—Okuyama, Y. Ueber das Verhalten des Wachstums und der Verknocherung von Rippen und Brustbein bei verschiede- nen Krankheiten bei Japanern. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1928, 18: 433-9.—Paterson, B. Case of failure of ossification and other abnormalities of bones. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1925-26, 19: sect. stud. dis. child, 15-7.—Piergrossi, L. L'origine delle strie trasversali para-epifisarie da crescenza. Rinasc. med, 1927, 4: 452-4.—Pyle, E. A case of unusual bone development. J. Bone Surg, 1931, 13: 874-6.—Rossenbaum, B. H. [Epi- and apophyseal diseases in period of development and their anato- mo-physiological origin] Nov. khir, Moskva, 1925, 1: no.4, 506-18.—Sacerdote, G. Sulle conseguenze di interruzioni circola- torie e di fratture nelle epifisi di animali in accrescimento. Chir. org. movim, 1931-32, 16: 291-305.—Severance, R. B. Bilateral asymmetrical cessation of growth of unknown etiology in epiphyses. J. Bone Surg, 1923,5: 443.—Speed, K. Longitudinal overgrowth of long bones. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1923, 36: 787-94 [Discussion] 847.—Spinner, A. Ueber vermehrtes Langenwachs- tum der Knochen bei Stauung. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1927, 207: 417-21.—Vogel, K. Knochenerkrankungen im Wachstumsalter. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 1691-5.—Wollenberg, G. A. Hemmung des Langenwachstums langer Rohrenknochen durch Schadigung der Wachstumsfuge. Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1933, 59: 272-86. ---- Growth: Endocrine aspects. Gressner, H. *Skelettreifung und ihre Beziehung zu Schilddriise und Thymus [Berlin] 62p. 8? Freib. i.Br., 1934. Baumann, E. Die Anregung der Knochenneubildung durch Schilddriisenpraparate. Zbl. Chir, 1931, 58: 655-7—Bulbring, E. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Epithelkbrperchen, Cal- ciumstoffwechsel und Knochenwachstum. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1931,162: 209-48.—Burns, C. M. Factors influencing bone formation in the albino rat; the effect of the injection of parathy- roid extract. Biochem. J, Lond, 1929, 23: 853-9.—Coryn, G. Etude de l'influence des glandes endocrines sur le squelette. Arch, internat. m6d. exp, Liege, 1936-37, 11: 135; 291. Also J. radiol. 61ectr, 1936, 20: 123-8.—Hammett, F. S. Studies on the thyroid apparatus; the role of the thyroid and the parathy- roid glands in the growth of the long bones. J. Exp. Zool, 1927, 47: 95-115.—Howard, C. C, & Elkin, A. A resume of 4 years of study at the Good Samaritan (endocrine) Clinic, with special reference to 700 X-ray hand pictures and their relation to general bone process. Internat. J. Orthodont, 1928, 14: 91- 105.—Kup, J. Beitrage zum Zusammenhang zwischen Epi- phvse und Eierstbcken. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1936, 50: 20-5 — Lasas, V, & Mozkus, Z. Die Beziehungen zwischen Gl. para- thyreoidea und dem Skelettwachstum. Anat. Anz, 1929-30, 68: 113-29.—Mannelli, M. La sinergia reciproca delle glandole a secrezione interna sull'attivita dell'osteogenesi. Gazz. inter- naz. med. chir, 1925, 3: 58-64—Nitschke. Untersuchungen uber die Abhangigkeit der Knochenbildung junger saugender Ratten von der Schilddrusen- und Nebenschilddriisentatigkeit des Muttertieres. Arch. Kinderh, 1934, 104: 49. Also Mschr. Kinderh, 1934, 62: 33-8.—Pianese, G, & Mannelli, M. La sinergia reciproca delle glandole a secrezione interna sull'attivita dell'osteogenesi. Rass. clin. ter, 1925, 24: 138-56—Reilly, W. A. Some endocrine observations on advanced ossification in chil- dren. Endocrinology, 1934,18:117-22.—Silberberg, M. Effects of extract of cattle ant. pituitary on endochondral ossification in thyroidectomized young guinea pigs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1935-36.33:554-8. ---- Growth: Experimental research. See also Bone, Pharmacology. Bahl, E. *Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber das Knochenwachstum. 24p. 8? K6- nigsb. i. Pr., 1927. Annovazzi, G. Produzione sperimentale di osso mediante iniezioni di un sale di calcio. Arch. ital. chir, 1929, 23: 537-52.— Aron, M, & Simon, R. Recherches sur les facteurs d'accroisse- ment des os longs par la methode des greffes embryonnaires. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 86: 379-81—Barthels, C. Ueber Kno- chenneubildungsvorgange an Gelenkenden im Tierversucn. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1935, 162: 371-84—Baunach, A. Ueber den Einfluss von Dosis und Rhythmus auf den Grad der wacns- tumsschadigung des Knochenwachstums bei Rbntgenstran- BONE 765 BONE lungen. Strahlentherapie, 1935, 54: 52-67.—Bisgard, J. B. Effect of sympathetic ganglionectomy upon bone growth. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1931,29:229. ----- Osteogenesis; an experimental study. Arch. Surg, 1935, 30: 748-76.—Boe- minghaus, H. Untersuchungen fiber die Beeinflussbarkeit des Knochenwachstums und der Knochenregeneration. Deut Zschr. Chir, 1932-33, 238: 684-704—Brash, J. C. The Madde. method in the study of the growth of bone; a reply to M. S. Wilson Charles. Brit. Dent. J, 1926, 47:1373-9.—Brooks, B, & Hillstrom, H. T. Effect of roentgen rays on bone growth and bone regeneration; an experimental study. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1933, 45: 389-404. Also Am. J. Surg, 1933, 20: 599-614.— Brooke, R. 0, Smith, A. H, & Smith, P. K. Inorganic salts in nutrition; change in composition of bone of rats on a diet poor in inorganic constituents. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 104: 141-8.— Burns, C. M. Factors influencing bone formation in the albino rat; the effect of guanidine intoxication produced by the suc- cessive injection of sub-lethal doses of guanidine salts. Bio- chem. J, Lond, 1929, 23: 840-52.—Bahl, B. Effets des rayons X sur les os longs en developpement. J. radiol. electr, 1934,18: 131-40.—Fahey, J. J. The effect of lumbar sympathetic ganglio- nectomy on longitudinal bone growth as determined by the teleoroentgenographic method. J. Bone Surg, 1936,18:1042-6.- Friedlander. K, & Thierse, J. Ueber den Einfluss der Inak- tivitat auf den wachsenden Knochen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, 59: 724-64.—Gate wood & Mullen, B. P. Experimental observations on the growth of long bones. Arch. Surg, 1927, 15: 215-21.—Giuliani, G. Ossificazione connettivale ed ossi- ficazione encondrale ottenute sperimentalmente. Arch. ital. chir, 1932, 31: 268-300.—Huggins, C. B, McCarroll, H. R, & Blocksom, B. H. jr. Experiments on the theory of osteogenesis; the influence of local calcium deposits on ossification; the osteogenic stimulus of epithelium. Arch. Surg, 1936, 32: 915-31.—Jachontowa, N. Ueber den Einfluss des Trypanblaus auf die Knochen- und Knochenmarksentwicklung in der Niere nach Unterbindung ihrer Gefasse. Arch. exp. Zellforsch, 1929-30, 9: 142-59, 2pl.—Kishikawa, E. Studien tiber einige lokale Reize, welche das Langenwachstum des Langrbhren- knochens steigern. Fukuoka acta med, 1936, 29: 4.—Klein- schmidt. Experimente fiber aperiostale Knochenbildung. Arch. klin. Chir, 1924, 133: 60-2.—Leriche, R. Recherches experimentales sur 1'osteogenese. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1934, 60:1184-91.—Lindsay. A note on percussion as a stimulus to the growth of bone. Internat. J. Orthodont, 1927,13:763-5.— McCollum, E. V. Experimental modification of bone and tooth development. Tr. M. Chir. Fac. Maryland, 1923, 125: 36-43 — Maynard, L. A, Goldberg, S. A, & Miller, R. C. The influence of sunlight on bone development in swine. J. Biol. Chem, 1925,65:643-55.—Morton, J. J, & Stabins, S. J. An experimental study of certain factors influencing osteogenesis. N. York State J.M, 1927, 27: 1197.—Muller, W. Der Einfluss der Ront- genstrahlen auf den Knochen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1923, 70: 980. ----- Ueber experimentelle Wachstumshemmungen an Epiphysen und Metaphysen. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1928, 212: 350-61.—Pearse, H. E, & Morton, J. J. The stimulation of bone growth by venous stasis. J. Bone Surg, 1930, 12: 97-111.— Pincussen, L. Der Einfluss verschieden bestrahlten Hafers auf die Zusammensetzung des wachsenden Knochens. Strah- lentherapie, 1932, 44: 183-92.—Regen, E. M, & Wilkins, W. E. The effect of large doses of X-rays on the growth of young bone. J. Bone Surg, 1936, 18: 61-8.—Russell, W. C, & Howard, C. H. The duration of the effect of winter sunlight on bone formation in the chicken. J. Biol. Chem, 1931,91:493-6— Schubert, A, & Bahl, E. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber Wachstums- beeinflussung. Arch. klin. Chir, 1927,148: 712-20—Scoz, G, & Marangoni, P. L. Variazioni nei processi di ossificazione in rapporto con la velocita di accrescimento normale e sperimental- mente modificata. Boll. Soc. ital. bioi. sper, 1935, 10: 678-80 — Stepp, W. Ueber den Einfluss des Sonnenlichtes auf die Kno- chenbildung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21:1789—Wilkins, W. E, & Regen, E. M. The influence of roentgen rays on the growth and phosphatase activity of bone. Radiology, 1934, 22: 674-7.— Zawisch-Ossenitz, C. Ueber Knochenwachstum und dessen Beeinflussung durch Fermentwirkung. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch, 1930-31, 23: 169-226. Also Wien. klin. Wschr, 1932, 45: 321-6. ---- Growth, heterotopic. See Bone, heterotopic. ---- Growth: Histology. Bast, T. H. Studies on the structure and multiplication of bone cells facilitated by a new technique. Am. J. Anat, 1921, 29: 139-57. ----- Bone cells in relation to bone growth and repair. Internat. J. Orthodont, 1923, 9: 187-203— Bauer, A. Die Erythrophilie des wachsenden Knochens im Lichte neuerer Forschung. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1929, 76: 712— Cone, S. M. Activities of bone cells. J. Bone Surg, 1925, 7: 894-910 — Dubreuil, G. Vacuoles k lipoides des osteoblastes, des cellules osseuses et des osteoclastes. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1910, 69: 189. ----& Charbonnel, M. L'ost6ogenese normale et pathologi- que; th6orie classique et theories nouvelles; le role des osteo- blastes. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1933, 59: 1028-31. -----& Masse, L. Les processus normaux et pathologiques de 1'osteo- genese; les theories et le role des osteoplastes. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1933, 10: 225; 337.—Ferro-Luzzi, G. Considerazioni anato- mo-patologiche e radiologiche sul tessuto germinativo dell'osso, studiato secondo le moderne vedute. Arch. ital. anat. pat., 1932, 3: 983-1018—Geddes, A. C. The origin of the osteoblast and of the osteoclast. J. Anat, Lond, 1912-13, 47: 159-76.— Harris, H. A. Bone formation and the osteoblast. Lancet, Lond, 1928, 2: 489-93—Hintzsche, E. Die Osteoblastenlehre und die neueren Anschauungen vom normalen Verknbcherungs- vorgang. Zschr. ges. Anat, 3.Abt, 1927, 27: 413-63—Jacobson, W. Ueber die Zellvorgange in den ersten Entwicklungsstadien des knorpel- und knochenbildenden Gewebes. Verh. Anat. Ges, 1932, 41: 186-93—Jordan, H. E. The relation of lymphoid tissue to the process of bone production in avian bone marrow. Am. J. Anat, 1936, 59, 1: 249-97—Krompecher, S. Die Ent- wicklung der Knochenzellen und die Bildung der Knochen- grundsubstanz bei der knorpelig und bindegewebig vorgebilde- ten sowie der primaren reinen Knochenbildung. Verh. Anat. Ges, 1934, 42: 34; 234.—Lang, F. J. Von den mikroskopischen Befunden der Knochenanbildung und ihren Abanderungen unter stbrenden Einwirkungen. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1924-25, 75: 424-34—Menegaux, G, & Odiette, B. Influence de quelques metaux sur la fixation des composes mineraux dans les cultures d'osteoblastes. Presse med, 1935, 43: 152-5. ----- Action cytotoxique de certains metaux sur des osteoblastes humains cultives in vitro; contribution k l'etude de l'ost6o- synthese au point de vue biologique. Ibid, 1555-7. -----& Moyse, P. Action de quelques metaux-simples sur la croissance des osteoblastes in vitro. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 38-40.— Pommer, G. Zur Kenntnis der mikroskopischen Befunde der Knochenanbildung und ihrer Untersuchungsmethoden (nebst Bemerkungen zur Osteoklastenlehre) Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1924-25, 75:382-423.—Renaut, J, & Bubreuil, G. Contingence et conditions de l'incorporation des fibrilles connectives a la sub- stance fondamentale des os. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1910, 68: 707; 810.—Rohde, C. Does bone form from osteoblasts or from a metaplasia of the surrounding connective tissue? Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1925, 41: 740-72. Also Internat. J. Orthodont, 1926, 12: 332; 438; 559.—Studitsky, A. N. [Experimental examinaiion on histogenesis of bone tissue] Biol. J, Moskva, 1933, 2: 531-43. ----- Experimentelle Untersuchungen tiber die Histogenese des Knochengewebes; tiber die Bedeutung der Wechselwirkung des Knorpelgewebes und des Periostes nach den Ergebnissen der Kulturen in der Allantois. Zschr. Zellforsch, 1933-34, 20: 636-57. ----- Ueber die Bedingungen der Differenzierung des Knochengewebes des menschlichen Embryos in der Allan- tois. Ibid, 658-76.—Stump, C. W. The histogenesis of bone. J. Anat, Lond, 1924-25, 59: 136-54, 7pl—Sturm, K. Die Lage des isoelektrischen Punktes bei den Osteoblasten und Osteo- cyten. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch, 1935, 37: 595-600.—Zawisch- Ossenitz, C. Ueber Inseln basophiler Grundsubstanz im wachsenden Knochen. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1927, 40: 1324. ---- Growth, longitudinal. Behring, I. Contribution to the question of growths of the long tubular bones, their diagnosis and treatment. Acta chir. scand, 1930, 66: 387-9.—Bennett, C. B. A case of continued growth after loss of bony epiphysis. J. Bone Surg, 1931, 13: 158.—Bergmann, E. Der Anteil der einzelnen Wachstums- zonen am Langenwachstum der Knochen. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1928-29, 213: 303-13. ----- Ueber das Langenwachstum der Knochen. Ibid, 1931, 233: 149-94— Bisgard, J. B. Longi- tudinal bone growth; the influence of sympathetic deinnerva- tion. Ann. Surg, 1933, 97: 374-80. ----- & Bisgard, M. E. Longitudinal growth of long bones. Arch. Surg, 1935, 31: 568-78.—Bohlman, H. R. Experiments with foreign materials in the region of the epiphyseal cartilage plate of growing bones to increase their longitudinal growth. J. Bone Surg, 1929, 11: 365-84.—Briicke, F. Zur Frage der Bedeutung des Epiphysen- fugenknorpels fiir das Wachstum der langen Rohrenknochen (experimentelle Untersuchung tiber Rtickeinpflanzung des um 180° gedrehten Fugenknorpels) Virchows Arch, 1930-31, 279: 641-70.—Flecker, H. Roentgenographic observations of the times of appearance of epiphyses and their fusion with the diaphyses. J. Anat, Lond, 1932, 67: 118-67, 3pl.—Franceries, J. Les differentes formations cartilagineuses de l'epiphyse jeune; leur role dans l'accroissement de l'os. Lyon chir, 1925, 22: 805-22.—Harris, H. A. The growth of the long bones in childhood; with special reference to certain bony striations of the metaphysis and to the role of the vitamins. Arch. Int. M, 1926, 38: 785-806.—Hesdorffer, M. B, & Scammon, R. E. Growth of long-bones of human fetus as illustrated by the tibia. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1927-28, 25: 638-41.—Maass, H. Zur Physiologie der Wachstumsknorpel. Arch. klin. Chir, 1927, 146: 787-93.—Nove-Josserand. Sur le role des cartilages de conjugaison dans la croissance des os. Lyon chir, 1936, 33: 684-8.—Payton, C. G. The growth in length of the long bones in the madder-fed pig. J. Anat, Lond, 1932, 66: 414; 1933, 67: 371, pi.—Pitzen, P. Experimente zur Beeinflussung des Langenwachstums von Rohrenknochen. Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1927-28, 49: 554-63.—Policard, A. Etudes de microdissection sur le cartilage d'accroissement des os. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1927, 185: 797-9. ■---— Remarques au sujet des mecanismes de croissance des os longs. Bull, histol. appl. Par, 1928,5: 364-wsi. ----- Recherches sur le cartilage d'accroissement des os longs; revolution des corpuscles cartilagineux et leur envahissement conjonctif. Ibid, 21-39. ----- & Pehu, M. Appreciation quantitative de I'ossification dans la zone de croissance des os longs chez l'enfant. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 823-5.—Seitz, R. P. Relation of epiphyseal length to bone length. Am. J. BONE 766 BONE Phys. Anthrop, 1923, 6: 37-49.—Selye, H. On the mechanism controlling the growth in length of the long bones. J. Anat, Lond, 1934, 68: 289-313—Silfverskibld, N. Ueber Langen- wachstum der Knochen und Transplantation von Epiphysen- scheiben. Acta chir. scand, 1934, 75: 77-104, 9pl. ---- Growth: Ossification. Bardeen, C. R. The relation of ossification to physiological development. J. Radiol, 1921, 2:no.5,1-8.—Bodds, G. S. Row formation and other types of arrangement of cartilage cells in endochondral ossification. Anat. Rec, 1930-31, 46: 385-99. ----- Osteoclasts and cartilage removal in endochondral ossification of certain mammals. Am. J. Anat, 1932, 50: 97- 127.—Fell, H. B. The histogenesis of cartilage and bone in the long bones of the embryonic fowl. J. Morph, 1925-26, 40: 417-59.—Grigorescu, I. I. [Ossification in the light of recent researches] Spitalul, 1935, 55: 24-7.—Holmgren, J. Die Ab- hangigkeit der Verknocherung von der Wachstumsintensitat; Antwort an A. Hasselwander. Anat. Anz, 1911, 38: 303.— Ivanissevich, O, & Ferrari, R. C. Osteogenesis de origen periostico. Sem. m6d, B. Air, 1930, 37: pt2, 1730-6—Krom- pecher, I. [The primary angiogenic ossification] Magy. orv. arch, 1934, 35: 418-25.—Leriche, R. Application a la pathologie et la therapeutique des lois generates de I'ossification. Bruxelles med, 1927-28, 8: 439-44.—Nauck, E. T. Zur Kenntnis der Topo- graphie enchondraler Verknocherungsherde. Morph. Jahrb, 1936, 77: 372-81.—Policard, A. Recherches sur le cartilage d'ac- croissement des os longs; sur les mecanismes de l'accroissement du cartilage dans I'ossification enchondrale. Bull, histol. appl, Lyon, 4: 325-7.—Retterer, E. De I'ossification enchondrale chez le Triton. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1917, 80: 291-L—Rollo, S. Pe- riostio, membrane connettivali e sali di calcio in relazione al- l'osteogenesi. Riv. biol, 1930,12: 27-36—Stettner, E. Ossifica- tionsfragen. Mschr. Kinderh, 1932, 52: 444-6.—Tretjakov, B. Die enchondrale Knochenbildung und die Verkalkung des Knorpels beim Frosch. Zschr. Zellforsch, 1929, 9: 83-105 — Weidenreich, F. Knochenstudien; fiber Sehnenverknocherun- gen und Faktoren der Knochenbildung. Zschr. Anat, l.Abt, 1923, 69: 558-97.—Yasvoin, G. [Comparative histology of the blood and connective tissue; origin of the basic bone substance in the mammalia] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1935, 37: 553-76. ---- Growth: Ossification centers. Bardy, J. *De la variability de points d'ossi- fication du fcetus; son importance en medecine legale et pour l'etude de la superf^tation. 65p. 8? Par., 1928. Tapon, E. *Contribution a l'6tude des points d'ossification du squelette par la radiographie. 54p. 8? Par., 1914. Bakscht, G. A, & Siltschenko, T. N. Ueber die Entstehungs- und Entwicklungsordnung der Fuss-Verknocherungskerne der intrauterinen Frucht (fiber das sogenannte Knochenalter der Frucht) Arch. Gryn, Berl, 1935, 159: 701-4— Balthazard & MuUer. Caract6risation des os de fcetus humains. Ann. m6d. teg, 1921, 1: 49-57— Camp, J. B, & CiUey, E. I. L. Diagram- matic chart showing time of appearance of the various centers of ossification and period of union. Am. J. Roentg, 1931, 26: 905, ch.—Giuliani, G. L'influenza dei tendini sullo sviluppo dei nuclei di ossificazione. Chir. org. movim, 1929,14: 243-65.— Hukahori, K. Roentgen studies on the ossification stage of long bones of extremities and other bones of the Japanese. Sei i kwai, 1927, 46: no.l, 8-11.—Keller, H. A study of epiphyseal ossifica- tion in children and young adults in the near East. Internat. J.M.&S, 1932, 45: 501-14.—Muller, H. [Ossification of the skele- ton in reaching puberty in Javanese girls] Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1932, 21: 48-63, 2pL—Pryor, J. W. Differences in the time of development of centers of ossification in the male and female skeleton. Anat. Rec, 1923, 25: 257-68, 3pl. ----- Time of ossification of the bones of the hand of the male and female, and union of epiphyses with the diaphyses. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop, 1925, 8: 401-10. ----- Roentgeno- graphs investigation of the time element in ossification. Am. J. Roentg, 1933, 29: 798-804.-----Bilateral symmetry as seen in ossification. Am. J. Anat, 1935, 58: 87-101, pi.—Remo Porta. Sulla comparsa di nuclei accessori di ossificazione epi- tisari metaearpali e metatarsali. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1926, 3.ser, 14: 201-6.—Siegert, F. Knochenbildung und Knochen- wachstum im friihen Kindesalter. Mschr. Kinderh, 1926, 34: 486-9.—Stettner, E. Ueber die Beziehungen der Ossifikation des Handskeletts zu Alter und Langenwachstum bei gesunden und kranken Kindern von der Geburt bis zur Pubertat. Arch. Kinderh, 1921, 69: 27-62. ----- Normaldaten fiir die Ent- wicklung der Knochenkerne. Kinderarztl. Prax, 1935, 6: 105-8.—Tarantino, G. Nuclei di ossificazione e maturita fetale. Arch, ostet. gin, 1934, 2.ser, 21: 324-30—VaccheUi, S. Di un nucleo osseo paracotiloideo. Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1922, 9.ser, 10: 99-101. ---- Growth—in animals. Koch, W. Ueber Wachstums- und Alters- veranderungen am Skelett des Wisents. p. 553- 678. 8? Munch., 1932. Forms Suppl. Bdl5, Abh. Bayer. Akad, math, naturwiss. Abt. Burns, C. M, & Henderson, N. Changes in growth and wa- ter content of the bones of newly born pups and kittens. Bio- chem. J, Lond, 1936, 33: 1202-6.—Bawson, A. B. The age order of epiphyseal union in the long bones of the albino rat. Anat. Rec, 1925, 31: 1-10, 3pl.—Brieux, H. M6taplasie osseuse de la paroi abdominale chez la truie castree; considerations generales sur I'ossification. Rec. med. vet, 1935, 111: 531-41.—Erdmann, K. Zur Entwicklung des knochernen Skelets von Triton und Rana unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Zeitfolge der Ossifikationen. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1933, 101,: 566-651.— Hammett, F. S. Systemic and sex determinants of bone growth (Mus norvegicus albinus) Biol. Bull, 1926, 50: 61-71.—Harris, H. A. The preliminary note on the relation of skeletal ossifica- tion in the hind-limb to the index of cerebral value of Anthony and Coupin. J. Anat, Lond, 1928-29,63: 267-76, 2pl—Johnson, M. L. The time and order of appearance of ossification centers in the albino mouse. Am. J. Anat, 1933, 52: 241-71.—Kreuzer, 0. Ueber Wachstum und Festigkeit langer Rohrenknochen im Laufe des postembryonalen Lebens; Untersuchungen am Os femoris von Cavia porcellus L. Arch. Entwmech, 1932, 126: 148-84.—Macewen, Sir W. The study of nature as shedding light on the structure and functions of man; the antler of the deer and its relation to the growth of bone. Brit. M.J, 1923, 2: 91-5.— Murray, P. B. F, & Huxley, J. S. Self-differentiation in the grafted limb-bud of the chick. J. Anat, Lond, 1924-25, 59: 379-84.—Shapiro, H. H. Growth and time corrections between ossification centers in the long bones and calcification centers in the mandibular dentition of the cat; a postnatal roentgen-ray study. Internat. J. Orthodont, 1930, 16: 690-702.—Strong, R. M. The order, time, and rate of ossification of the albino rat (Mus norvegicus albinus) skeleton. Am. J. Anat, 1925-26, 36: 313-44, 5pl.—Spark, C, & Bawson, A. B. The order and time of appearance of centers of ossification in the fore and hind limbs of the albino rat, with special reference to the possible influence of the sex factor. Ibid, 1928, 41: 411-19, 3pl. ---- Haversian canals. See Bone, Mechanics. ---- Hemangioma. Nussbaum, S. *Ueber Knochenhamangiome und Markzysten. 18p. 8? Wiirzb., 1934. Roizes, M. *Contribution a l'etude des an6vrysmes des os (a propos d'un observation inedite) 52p. 8? Par., 1932. Anspach, W. E. Sunray hemangioma of bone, with special reference to roentgen signs. J. Am. M. Ass, 1937,108: 617-20.— Bucy, P. C. Hemangioma of the bone. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1928-29,13:163. ----- The pathology of hemangioma of bone. Am. J. Path, 1929,5: 381-7, 3pl. -----& Capp, C. S. Primary hemangioma of bone; with special reference to roentgenologic diagnosis. Am. J. Roentg, 1930, 23: 1-33.—Bavies-Colley, R. Specimens of haemangioma and haemangiosarcoma. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1936, 59: 90.—Kolju, K. J. Zur Diagnostik und Strahlentherapie des Hamangioms der Knochen. Rontgenpra- xis, 1936, 8: 226-32.—Sieur & Tanguy. Contributions l'etude des angiomes osseux; volumineux h6mangiome de la main a revolution lente. Bull. Soc. radiol. m6d. France, 1936, 24: 673.—Zdansky, E. Zwei seltene Falle von Knochenhamangiom. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1936, 54: 263-9. ---- heterotopic [metaplastic] See also Myositis, ossificans. Mardersteig, K. *Ueber Verknocherungs- vorgange in knochenfernen Weichteilen. 29p. 8? Miinch., 1926. Abott, A. C, & Goodwin, A. M. Observations on bone forma- tion in the abdominal wall following transplantation of the mucous membrane of the urinarv bladder; a preliminary report. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1932, 26: 393-7.—Apert, E, & Abricossov. Maladie ossifiante progressive chez une fillette de 6 ans. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1930, 28: 387-97.—Benassi, E. Ossificazione post-traumatica para-tibiale. Arch, ortop, Milano, 1929, 45: 409-15.—Carone, C. Osteogenesi eterotopica in presenza di mucosa vescicale. Ann. ital. chir, 1936, 15: 461-84—Be Fermo, C. Sulle ossificazioni da trauma. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1934, 22:197-213.—Fiorentini, A. Contributo alio studio delle ossifica- zioni traumatiche paracondiloidee interne del femore. Clin. chir, Milano, 1932, 35: 543-57—Goldschmidt, W. Beitrag zur Frage der metaplastischen Knochenbildungen (nach Chininin- jektionen) Wien. med. Wschr, 1930, 80:1199.—Huggins, C. B. Influence of urinary tract mucosa on the experimental formation of bone. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 349-51- Ipponsugi, T. Studien Uber Verknocherung der Weichteile beim Menschen; fiber die Verknocherung der Pleura, Schild- drfise, des Auges, Gehirns und fiber die cartilaginare Exostosis. Mitt. allg. Path, Sendai, 1926-27, 3: 461-89. -----& Umeda, S. Ueber die Verknocherung und Entkalkung der menschlichen Weichteile. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1924, 14: 137.—Jung, A, & Cemil, S. Quelques experiences sur I'ossification heterotopique BONE 767 BONE dans la rate. Presse med, 1935, 43: 140-2.—Leriche, R, & Lucinesco, E. De l'ost6ogenese heterotopique obtenue a l'aide de greffes dans les muscles d'un lambeau de muqueuse vesicale ou de greffes d'aponevrose dans la vessie. Ibid, 137-9.—Levin, M. M. [Heteroplastic formation of bony tissue] Soviet, khir, 1931, 1: 403.—Lexer, E. Knochenbildung im Bindegewebe osteoplastischer Herkunft. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1929, 217: 1-32.—Lucinesco, E, & Cavalli, G. Recherches sur I'ossification heterotopique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 139-42.—Lucinesco, E, & Cavalli, G. F. Dell'osteogenesi etero- topica in presenza di epitelio urinario. Arch. ital. chir, 1936, 42: 581-612.—Marinelli, M. Formaciones oseas heterotopias. Sem. m6d, B. Air, 1935,42:950.—Mebius, J. Ueber die formate Genese der heterotopen pericalcaren Knochenbildung. Vir- chows Arch, 1925, 255: 416-48.—Merlini, R. Contributo alio studio della ossificazione eterotopica. Arch. ital. anat, 1931, 2: 1343-66.—Ceccarelli, G. Sulle ossificazioni eterotopiche. Arch. ital. chir,. 1933, 34: 109-59.—Okamoto, T, Kano, T, & Sugiyama, S. A case of hyperplasia fascialis ossificans progressiva (Goto) Orient. J. Dis. Inf, Kyoto, 1935, 18: 4.—Pinniger, A. E. A case of bone formation. S. Afr. M.J, 1934, 8: 885.—Rohde, C. Ex- perimentelle Beitrage zur bindegewebigen Degeneration spezi- flsch-knochenbildender Gewebe und zur metaplastischen Knochenbildung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1924, 50: 1799.—Rollo, S. Ulteriore contributo sperimentale alio studio delle ossificazioni e mielopoiesi eterotopiche. Riv. biol, 1931,13:14-8.—Samek, E, & Michelazzi, M. Secrezioni interne ed ossificazioni etero- plastiche; ricerche sperimentali. Pathologica, Genova, 1929, 21: 562-4.—Schapira, C. Sulle ossificazioni posttraumatiche. Clin, chir, Milano, 1934, n.s. 10: 997-1011—Schulze, W. Histo- logische und experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Frage der metaplastischen Knochenbildung. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1929, 217: 33-59.—Seemen, H. von. Ueber die Entstehungsbedin- gungen metaplastischer Knochenbildungen. Ibid, 60-108.— Tada, F. Ossification of soft tissue observed in the sisters. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1934-36, 4: Surg, ls9 — Wurm, H. Ueber die Bedingungen der heterotopen Knochenbildung. Beitr. path. Anat, 1930. 85: 401-44. Also Verh. Deut. path. Ges, 1930, 25: 191-5.—Yagi, K. Ueber heteroplastische Knochenbildung im Adergeflecht. Taiwan igakkai zasshi, 1925, no. 240, 22. --- Histology. See also Bone, Mechanics. Petersen, H., Schaffer, J., & Weiden-- reich, F. Die Gewebe. 2.Teil. Stutzgewebe, Knochengewebe, Skeletsystem. 699p. 8? Berl., 1930. Forms Bd 2, T. 2 of Handb. mikr. Anat. Menschen (von Mollendorff) Berl, 1930. Topous Khan, W. N. *Technique histologi- que du tissu osseux, 6tude comparee des liquides decalcifiants. 22p. 8? Par., 1920. Burkhardt. Ueber den Aufbau der menschlichen Osteone. Verh. Anat. Ges, 1929, 38: 97-102.—Bemeter, G, & Matyas, J. Mikroskopisch vergleichend-anatomische Studien an Rohren- knochen mit besonderer Rficksicht auf die Unterscheidung menschlicher und tierischer Knochen. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1928, 87: 45-99, 15pl.—Fraipont, C. Sur les caracteres microscopiques differentiels des os chez les Primates. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1933, 196: 1925.—Grynfeltt, E. Sur les fibres perfo- rantes de l'os des mammiferes. Ibid, 1922, 174: 966-8.— Green, H. L. H. H. A rapid method of preparing clean bone specimens from fresh or fixed material. Anat. Rec, 1934-35, 61: 1-3.—Jaffe, H. L. Methods for the histologic study of normal and diseased bone. Arch. Path, Chic, 1929, 8: 817-36. Also repr.—Johan, B. A simple and rapid method for preparing (macerating) macroscopic bone specimens. Bull. Internat. Ass. M. Mus, 1924,10: 22-4—Kallius, H. V. Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Lymphgefasse der Rohren- knochen. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1932, 155: 109-24, 2pL—Martin, J. F, & Belaunay, A. Quelques points de technique pour les preparations histologiques du tissu osseux. Bull, histol. appl, Lyon, 1936, 13: 457-9.—Michaelis, L. Grundlagen einer Histo- graphie des Skeletts; die Einordnung histologischer Befunde in den makroskopischen und Rbntgenbefund. Zschr. orthop. Cbir, 1932, 56: 321-53.—Petersen, H. Ueber Methoden zum Studium des Knochens. Zschr. wiss. Mikr, 1926, 43: 355-60 — Proell, F. Beitrage zur vitalen Knochenfarbung. Zschr. Zellforsch, 1925-26, 3: 461-71.—Retterer, E. Technique nouvelle du tissu osseux. Bull, histol. appl, Lyon, 1926, 3: 26-32.— Riemer, B. Some practical suggestions in the preparation of bone for histologic study. Bull. Internat. Ass. M. Mus, 1934, no.13, 72-6.—Sicher. H. Histologic Fortsch. Zahnh, 1927, 3: 252-64.—Schmidt, W. J. Ueber Bedeutung und Herstellung kollagenfreier Knochenschliffe. Zschr. wiss. Mikr, 1932-33, 49: 417-26.—Tehver, J. Zur Darstellung der Knochenkanaie mittels Korrosionsmethode. Ibid, 1936, 53: 42-5.—Toverud, K. TJ, & Toverud, G. Chemical and histological studies of bones and teeth of new born infants. Acta paediat, Upps, 1933,16: 459-67.—Vonwiller, P, Low, W, & Schilling, J. Ueber die Mikrotomie des unentkalkten Knochengewebes. Zschr. wiss. Mikr, 1930, 47: 47-57.—Voss, O. Eine praktische Vor- richtung zur Fixation von Knochenpraparaten (Felsenbeinen) bei Meisseltibungen. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1923-24 7- 249 — Wagoner, G. The technique of preparing and staining large bone sections for histological study. J. Bone Surg, 1931,13: 325-8. ---- Histology; Decalcification. Bi Poggio, E. La cura del cloruro di calcio per iniezioni endovenose nelle malattie da decalcificazione. Pensiero med • I'v12:609-12—Hallpike, C. S. X-ray control of decalcification in the histology of bone. J. Path. Bact, Cambr, 1934, 38- 249.—Kaewel. Mazeration von Knochenpraparaten mittels Antiformm. Zbl. allg. Path, 1927-28, 41: 385-8.-Scaglietti, O Di un nuovo procedimento tecnico per la decalcificazione delle ossa. Monit. zool. ital, 1929, 40: 94-6.—Shelling, D. H , & Halpershon, M. B. A rapid method for decalcification. Arch. Path, Chic, 1928, 5: 835—Shima, Z, & Hashida, M. Entkal- kungsversuche von mit Karmin und Wasserblau vital gefarbtem Knochengewebe. Tr. Soc. path, jap, 1936, 26: 219-22. ---- Hypertrophy See also Acromegaly; Leontiasis; Osteoar- thropathy. Carre, H, Thiery, J, & Bonnet, M. Sur l'etiologie del'osteite hypertrophiante. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936,123: 558.—Jarmai, K. Beitrag zur Akropachie der Haustiere. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr , 1926,34:587-91.—Labb6, M, & Renault, P. L'osteodermopathie hypertrophiante. Presse med, 1928, 36: 545—Lasserre, C Les osteopathies hypertrophiantes. Ibid, 1931, 39- 1674 Also Rev. orthop. Par, 1931, 3.ser, 18: 457; 730 Also Gaz. med. France, 1932, 48. ----- A propos des osteopathies hypertrophiantes. Marseille m6d. 1933, 70: 492.—Panne witz, G. von. Akromegaloide Osteose. Rontgenpraxis, 1935, 7- Inflammation. See Osteitis; Osteoarthritis; Osteochondritis; Osteomyelitis. ---- Injuries. See also Fracture. Mackowski, J. *Die Wirkung des Spitz- geschosses auf Schaft und Gelenkenden langer Rohrenknochen. 36p. 8? Lpz., 1916. Stevens, G. T. On excisions in cases of gunshot wounds. 13p. 8? Alb., 1866. Utzschneider, S. *Die Wirkung der Spitz- geschosse auf Knochen nach Versuchen von Prof. J. Fessler aus den Jahren 1906-8 (Auszug) 31p. 8? Munch., 1926. Vauzanges, G. J. *Du traitement des eclatements diaphysaires par projectiles de guerre. 72p. 8? Tulle, 1917. Bohler, L. Welche Grundsatze sind in Bezug auf erste Hilfe und Behandlung bei Knochenverletzungen zu beachten? Wien klin. Wschr, 1926, 39: 791.—Burns, L. Bones lesioned in early life. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass, 1935-36, 35: 86-9.—Busch, M. Spattod nach Kriegsverletzungen von Knochen. Beitr. path Anat, 1931, 87: 349-64— Belitala, F. Esiti delle lesioni osteo- articolari da ferite di guerra e loro trattamento. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. ortop, 1919, 9: 165-239.—Belorme, E. Esquillectomie totale primitive et traitement des sequelles osseuses P verb Congr. fr. chir, 1918, 27: 549-53.—Eckert. Zur Feststellung und Beurteilung von Knochenverletzungen. Zschr. Veterinark , 1922, 34: 316-23.—Garibdjanian, G. A. [Calcium content in the blood in injuries of the bones] Vest, khir, 1929, 18: 224-31.— Giongo, F. Di una particolare alterazione traumatica delle ossa lunghe in eta giovanile. Radiol, med, Milano, 1929,16: 63-74.— Groves, E. W. H. A dissertation on damages to bones and repu- tations. Lancet, Lond, 1928, 1: 167-72.—Heller, M. Esquil- lectomie primitive. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1918, 27: 553-s. Hey-Groves, E. W. The treatment of injuries of the long bones produced by accident or disease. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1924, 38: 1; passim.—Kirschner, M. Die Organisation plan- massiger Bewegungsiibungen bei bettiagerigen und knochen- verletzten Kranken in Krankenanstalten. Chirurg, Berl, 1935, 7: 313-9.—Krauss, F. Ueber mehrzeitige und vielzeitige Skelet- schaden bei Soldaten. Deut. Militararzt, 1936, 1: 282-4.— LaquerriSre, A. Les lesions osseuses graves compatibles avec un fonctionnement satisfaisant; leur importance dans les accidents du travail. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1924, 12: 64-7.— Masland, H. C. New mechanics in bone injuries. Ann. Surg, 1922, 76: 110-4, 4pl.—Morisson. Les sequelles inflammatoires tardives osseuses des blessures de guerre. Arch. med. pharm mil, 1922, 76: 283-90—Scarlini, G. Contributo alio studio delle gravi lesioni scheletriche di guerra. Atti Congr. Soc. ital ortop, 1919, 9: 249-57.—Stoner, A. P. Management of bone and joint injuries. Med. Rec, 1921, 100: 617-21.—Watkins, W. W. Physiology of bone in relation to traumatic injuries. Southwest M, 1935.19: 331-6. BONE 768 BONE ---- Innervation. Egger, M. La sensibilite osseuse. Rev. neur. Par, 1908, 16: 345-51.—Faldini, G, & Soto-Hall, R. Innervazione simpatica e patologia dello scheletro (ricerche sperimentali) Chir. org. movim, 1928, 12: 304-6.—Ferrannini, A. Azione della gan- gliectomia sulla composizione minerale della ossa. Pathologica, Genova, 1935, 27: 777-80.—Leriche, R. Le paradoxe de la sensi- bilite osseuse. Presse med, 1930, 38: 1059.—Sacchi, U. L'in- fluenza della simpatectomia gangliare sul contenuto dell'osso in fosfatasi. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1935, 10: 100-3—Sulger, E. Ueber den Einfluss der sensiblen Innervation auf den ausge- wachsenen Knochen. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1925, 193: 186-95. ---- Loss of substance. See Bone, Regeneration; Bone, Transplan- tation. ---- marble [Albers-Schbnberg] See also Melorheostosis; Osteosclerosis. Legrand, M. *Contribution a l'6tude de l'osteopoecilie. 55p. 8? Par., 1935. Mozer, J. J. *Les osteoscleroses diffuses; les anemies ost^osclerotiques. 34p. 8? Geneve, 1927. Wette, E. L. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Marmorkrankheit (Albers Schonberg) 26p. 8? Berl., 1933. Albers-Schbnberg's disease (marble bones; osteopetrosis) Am. J. Roentg, 1935, 33: 94-6.—Alexander, W. G. Report of a case of so-called marble bones with a review of the literature and a translation of an article. Ibid, 1923, n.s, 10: 280-301.— Altmann, F. Zur Anatomie und Klinik der Schiafenbeinver- anderungen bei der Marmorknochenkrankheit (Albers-Schon- berg) Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1933, 67: 1281-308.—Anagnostu, J. L. Beitrag zum Studium der systematischen Osteosklerosen (Knochenmarksklerose mit leukamoidem Blutbilde) Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1933, 50: 70-84.—Awalischwili, G. G. Zur Kasuis- tik der Osteopoikilie. Rontgenpraxis, 1930, 2: 831-3.—Barsony, T, & Schulhof, O. [Ivory bone in the spinal column] Orv. hetil, 1930, 74: 1040-2.—Bernhardt, H. Ein Fall von Marmor- knochenerkrankung (Albers-Schonberg) (Milztumor und uni- verselle Osteosklerose) Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 2127. ----- Fall von Marmorknochenerkrankung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 47. Also Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 415-7. Also Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 77.—Bloom, A. R. —Osteopoecilia. Am. J. Surg, 1933, 22: 239-43.—Brucke, H. Ueber multiple Enostosen (Osteopoikilie) Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1933, 239: 554- 64.—C, J. La maladie de Albers-Schbnberg (osteop6trose) Arch. m6d. enf, 1935, 38: 359-64.—Camauer, A. F, Burlando, A, & Mortola, G. Sobre un caso interesante de osteopatia mar- morea de Albers-Schbnberg (osteopetrosis) Rev. Soc. med. int, B. Air, 1931, 7: 429-46.—Clairmont, P, & Schinz, H. R. Klinische, rontgenologische und pathologisch-anatomische Beobachtungen zur Marmorknochenerkrankung. Arch. klin. Chir, 1924, 132: 347-80.—Cortes Llado, A. Contribution k l'etude de la maladie marmor6enne des os. Rev. orthop. Par, 1931, 3.ser, 18: 740-7.—Curth, H. O. Dermatofibrosis lenticu- laris disseminata and osteopoikilosis. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1934, 30: 552-60.—Berome. Deux cas d'ost6opoikilie. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1933, 21: 672-5, pi.—Bijkstra, O. H. [Marble disease of bones] Ned. tschr. geneesk , 193i, 78: 2405-11. Also Ann. anat. path. Par, 1935, 12: 131-41 — Edel, W. Albers-Schonbergsche Krankheit und Osteomyelitis des Oberkiefers. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1924, 21: 325-61, 5pl— Ellis, R. W. B. Osteopetrosis. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934, 27: 1563-71, 4pL—Erbsen, H. Osteopoikilie des Schadels. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 1306-8. ----- Die Osteopoikilie (Osteopa- thia condensans disseminata) Erg. Strahlenforsch, 1936, 7: 137-74.—Fawcitt, R. A case of osteo-pecilia. Brit. J. Radiol, 1934, n.s, 7: 559-62.—Fine Licht, E. de. [Case of marble bone disease (Albers-Schbnberg's disease)] Hospitalstidende, 1931, 74: Dansk radiol. selsk. forh, 50-3.—Fritsch, H. Ein Fall von generalisierter Osteosklerose. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1932, 23: 247-56.—Frcelich. Projections concernant des osteoses ou osteites 6burnantes. Rev. orthop. Par, 1928, 3.ser, 15: 706-8. ----- Quatre cas de tibias eburnes (ost6ose eburnante de Putti ou os marmoreen des Aliemands) Ibid, 1929, 3.ser, 16: 1-31.—Funstein, L, & Kotschiew, K. Ueber die Osteopoikilie. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1936, 54: 595-603.—Gandy, C, Guil- bert, C, & Crasneanschi. Un cas d'osteopoecilie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1935, 3.ser, 51: 315-25. ----- Une observa- tion d'osteopoecilie. Bull. Soc. nted. Paris, 1935, 202-4.—Gaus- sardo, G. Un caso di morbo marmoreo. Riv. clin. pediat, 1932, 30: 1531-5S, pi.—Heidger, P. Ein Fall von Marmorknochen- krankheit beim Erwachsenen. Beitr. path. Anat, 1936, 97: 509-25.—Henderson, M. S. Chronic sclerosing osteitis. Tr West. Surg. Ass, 1923, 33: 143-57—Hirsch, E. F. Generalized osteosclerosis with chronic polycythemia vera. Arch. Path Chic, 1935,19: 91-7—Hirsch,I.S. Osteopoikilosis. Radiology, 1935, 25: 349-54— Holly, L. E. Osteopoikilosis; a 5-vear study Am. J. Roentg, 1936, 36: 512-7—Jeter, H, & McGehee, C. l! Osteopoikilosis; a case report. J. Bone Surg, 1933, 15: 990-2.— Kadrnka, S, & Hirlemann, A. Osteopoikilie a caractere familial et syphilis congenitale. Rev. orthop. Par, 1933, 20: 29-41.— Kahlstorf, A. Zur Kenntnis der Melorheostose (Leri) und der generalisierten Ostitis condensans oder Osteopoikilie (Albers- Schbnberg) Rontgenpraxis, 1930, 2: 721.—Karshner, R. G. Osteopetrosis. Am. J. Roentg, 1926, n.s, 16: 405-19.—Kerr, H. B. A case of osteopetrosis (marble bones) complicated by osteogenic sarcoma. Ibid, 1936, 35: 212-4.—Kbnig, E. Osteo- poikilie. Chirurg, Beri, 1930, 2: 875-8— Kopylow, M. B, & Runowa, M. F. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Marmorknochen- krankheit. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1929, 40: 1042-54.—Kraus, E. J, & Walter, A. Zur Kenntnis der Albers-Schonbergschen Krankheit. Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 19-22.—Kreuter, E. Osteopoikilie. Zbl. Chir, 1936, 63: 2368.—Kudrjawtzewa, N. Ueber .Marmorknochenkrankheit. Arch. klin. Chir, 1930, 159: 65X-H7. -Lang, C. A. Studi sull'osso nei morbo di Albers- Schoenberg. Arch. ital. anat. pat, 1935, 6: 3-43.—Lauterburg, W. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Osteosclerosis fragilis generalisata (Marmorknochenerkrankung Albers-Schbnberg) Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1928, 58: 677-84. •-----Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Osteosclerosis fragilis generalisata. Festschrift F. de Quervain, Basel, 1928, 290-309.—Lewin, P, & MacLeod, S. B. Osteosclero- sis with the distribution suggesting that of ulnar nerve condi- tion. J. Bone Surg, 1925, 7: 969-81.—Lorey & Reye. Ueber Marmorknochen (Albers-Schonbergsche Krankheit) Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1923, 30: 35-43, pi.—McCune, B. J, & Bradley, C. Osteopetrosis (marble bones) in an infant; review of the liter- ature and report of a case. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1934, 48: 949- 1000.—McPeak, C. N. Osteopetrosis; report of 8 cases occurring in 3 generations of one family. Am. J. Roentg, 1936, 36: 816- 29.—Marble-bone disease. Edinburgh M.J, 1935, 42: 561-3.— Marque, A. M. Dos casos de osteoesclerosis en el nifio. Sem. med, B. Air, 1927, 34: 581-6.—Mascherpa, F. Sulla osteope- cilia; un nuovo caso di osteopecilia a strie. Radiol, med, Milano, 1931, 18: 1014-27.—Mayer, O. B, & Pitts, T. A. Osteo- petrosis; report of case. J. Am. M. Ass, 1933, 101: 22-4. Also repr.—Mozer, J. Les osteoscleroses diffuses; les an6mies osteo- scterotiques. Rev. nted. Suisse rom, 1927, 47: 802-31.—New- comet, W. S. Spotted bones. Am. J. Roentg, 1929, 22: 460-3.— Nichols, B. H, & Shiflett, E. L. Osteopoikilosis; report of an unusual case. Ibid, 1934, 32: 52-63.—Nopcsa, F. Vorlaufige Notiz fiber die Pacbyostose und Osteosklerose einiger mariner Wirbeltiere. Anat. Anz, 1922-23, 56: 353-9.—Pagenstecher, A. Ein Beitrag zur Erblichkeit der Marmorkrankheit. Rbntgeni praxis, 1935, 7: 14-6.—Parenti, G. C. La malattia delle ossa d- marmo; morbo di Albers-Schonberg. Chir. org. movim, 1935-6, 20: 200-56.—Pee, P. van. L'osteopoecilie etles osteites conden- santes. Ann. Soc. nted. chir. Liege, 1931, 64: 15-9. Also Liege nted, 1931, 24: 937-46—Pehu, M, Policard, A, & Bufourt, A. L'osteopetrose ou maladie des os marmoreens. Presse med, 1931, 39: 999-1003.—Petersen, G. F. A case of osteopoikilosis. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1936, 17: 388-96.—Piergrossi, L. Osteope- cilia ed osteosclerosi. Rinasc. med, 1931, 8: 513-6.—Pirie, A. H. The development of marble bones. Am. J. Roentg, 1930, 24: 147-53.-----Marble bones. Ibid, 1933, 30: 618-20—Pound- ers, C. M. Congenital osteosclerosis (marble bone) Ann. Int. M, 1934-35, 8: 966-71.—Raszeja, F. [Condensation of bony tissues: history of cases] Polska gaz. lek, 1926, 5: 10.—Robert- son, G. E. Congenital osteosclerosis. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1933, 3: 439-48.—Root, J. H. Albers-Schbnberg's disease. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1935, 49: 964-73.—Rosa, P. de. Considerazioni patogenetiche su un caso di osteosi eburneizzante. Arch. Soc. ital. chir, 1934, 40: 862-4.—Schmidt, M. B. Ueber osteosklero- tische Anamie und Albers-Schbnberg'sche Krankheit. Beitr. path. Anat, 1927, 77: 158-73, pi.—Schmorl, G. Anatomische Befunde bei einem Falle von Osteopoikilie. Fortsch. Ront- genstrahl, 1931, 44: 1-8—Shallow, T. A, Bavis, W. B, & Far- reU, J. T, jr. Osteopetrosis. Ann. Surg, 1934, 100: 512-7 — Sote, R, & Fernandez Rey, E. M. Osteopoiquilia. Rev. As. nted. argent, 1936, 50: 1539-48.— Speder, E. L'osteopetrose de la fluorose phosphatique de l'Afrique du Nord. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1936, 24: 200-7. ----- L'osteopetrose generalises ou marmorskelett n'est pas une maladie rare; sa frequence dans l'intoxication fluoree. J. radiol. electr, 1936,20: 1-11.— Staveren, C. van. [Case of osteopoikilosis] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1935, 79: 1254-6, pi.—Sutherland, C. G. Osteopoikilosis. Radiology, 1935, 25: 470-9—Svab, V. [Hereditary osteopoikilosis] Cas. tek. cesk, 1932, 71: 742-8. ----- A propos de l'osteopoecilie hereditaire. J. radiol. 61ectr, 1932,16: 405.—Wachtel, H. Ueber einen Fall von Osteopathia condensans disseminata. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1919-20, 27: 624, pi—Wassiljev, A. A. Eine eigenartige Form der Knochenmarksystemerkrankung mit Osteosklerose. Virchows Arch, 1929, 271: 134-46—Weber, F. P. Secondary marble bones. Lancet, Lond, 1935, 1: 377. Also repr.—West, J. W. Two cases of Albers-Schonberg disease. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934, 27: 1269-73— Wilcox, L. F. Os- teopoikilosis (disseminated condensing osteopathy) Am. J. Roentg, 1932, 27: 580; 1933, 30: 615—Winckler, R. Ueber einen Fall von Osteopoikilie. Zbl. Chir, 1936, 63: 1050-2.—Wortis, H. Osteopetrosis (marble bones) Am. J. Dis. Child, 1936, 52: 1148-57.—Zaleski. Un cas de maladie familiale dite des os marmoreens. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1932, 20: 134.— Zwerg, H. G, & Laubmann, W. Die Albers-Schonbergsche Marmorkrankheit. Erg. Strahlenforsch, 1936, 7: 95-136. ---- Mechanics [and structure] Hoff, M. *Les raies transversales des os [Lyon] 50p. 8? Bourg, 1935. BONE 769 BONE Jansen, M. On bone formation, its relation to tension and pressure. 114p. 8? Lond., 1920. Lange, W. [G.] *Ueber die Methodik zur Darstellung struktureller Eigenarten im Kno- chen. 15p. 8? Berl., 1933. Triepel, H. Die Architekturen der menschli- chen Knochenspongiosa; Atlas und Text. 32p. 8? Miinch., 1922. Amprino, R, & Bairati, A. Contributo alio studio del valore funzionale della struttura della sostanza compatta delle ossa. Chir. org. movim, 1935-36, 20: 527-41.—Anserov, N. I. Archi- tektonik der langen Knochen in Verbindung mit Alter und Konstitution. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1933-34, 18: 40-51 — Bader, L, & Canuto, G. I canali di Havers in rapporto all' eta. Arch, antrop. crim. Tor, 1930,50: 232-11.—Benninghoff. Spalt- linien am Knochen, eine Methode zur Ermittlung der Archi- tektur platter Knochen. Verh. Anat. Ges, 1925, 34: 189-206. ---- Ueber die Anpassung der Knochenkompakta an gean- derte Beanspruchungen. Anat. Anz, 1927, 63: 289-99. ----- Die Faserung von Perichondrium und Periost als Vorlaufer der Kompaktaarchitektur am Schulterblatt und Becken; vor- laufige Mitteilung. Verh. Anat. Ges, 1929, 38: 151-3.—Bett- mann, E. Eine einfache Methode zur Bestimmung der Kno- chendichte im Rontgenbild. Zbl. Chir, 1928, 55: 2391-5.— Bredig, M. A. Zur Apatitstruktur der anorganischen Knochen- und Zahnsubstanz. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1933, 216: 239-43, pi.—Bruhnke, J. Ueber die Struktur der Knochenkompakta bei Vierfusslern. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr, 1929, 37: 577-80. ---- Ein Beitrag zur Struktur der Knochencompacta bei Quadrupeden. Morph. Jahrb, 1929, 61: 555-88.—Bruni, A. C. Sussidi tecnici per lo studio dell' architettura delle ossa. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1920, 4.ser, 26: 201-3—Carey, E. J. Studies in the dynamics of histogenesis (a) experimental surgical and roentgenographic studies of the architecture of human cancellous bone, the resultant of the back-pressure vectors of muscle action (b) the remittent back-pressure vectors of muscle action in joint range of mobilization determine the mature pattern of cancellous bone, not the immobile static pressure of body weight (c) the clinica! significance of this study. Radiology, 1929,13:127-68.— D'Amato, G. Su alcune particolari formazioni ehe si riscontrano nella spongiosa metafisaria delle ossa lunghe. Radiol, med, Milano, 1931, 18: 315-25.—Bebrunner, H. Form und Funktion im Knochengewebe. Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 363-6.—Bubreuil, G. L'edification des travees architecturales osseuses. C. rend. Ass. anat. Paris, 1910, 12: suppl, 102-12.—Farill, J. La osteo- genesis y la funcion. Medicina, Mex, 1933, 13: 412-6.—Fowler, E. P, & Applebaum, E. Bone studies in ultra-violet light. Anat. Rec, 1933, 55: 23-39—Gellert, A. [Volume, proportion, and porositv of the human bones; study of 10 skeletons] Magy. orv. arch, 1930, 31: 229-46.—Gbcke, C. Ueber das Spannungs- Dehnungsdiagramm des spongiosen Knochens nach Stossbe- lastung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 108. ----- Das Ver- halten spongiosen Knochens im Druck- und Schlagversuch. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1925) 1926, 20. Kongr, 114-29 [Dis- cussion] 172. ----- Beitrage zur Druckfestigkeit des spongio- sen Knochens. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1928, 143: 539-66.—Gray, J. T. The influence of pressure on osseous growth and function. In- ternat. J. Orthodont, 1934, 20: 318-23.—Greifenstein, A, & Rix, E. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber funktionellen Knochenumbau. Sitzber. Ges. Naturwiss. Marburg, 1933,64: 63-77, 2pl.—Hamperl, H. Die anatomischen Grundlagen und die Entstehung der sogenannten Querschaften in den Meta- physen wachsender Knochen. Zschr. Kinderh, 1934, 56; 324-37.—Heidsieck, E. Vergleichend-anatomische Antworten auf einige Fragen des Knochenbaues. Deut. med. Wschr, 1928, 54: 694.—Henckel, K. O. Vergleichend-anatomische Untersu- chungen fiber die Struktur der Knochenkompakta nach der Spaltlinienmethode. Morph. Jahrb, 1931, 66: Teil 1, 22-45.- Henschen, C, Straumann, R, & Bucher, R. Ergebnisse rbnt- genspektrographischer Untersuchungen am Knochen; Krystal- litbau des anorganischen und des organischen Knochens. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1932, 236: 485-514.—Heuler, K. M. Besteht eine Korrelation zwischen Alter und Knochenstruktur? Zschr. Zellforsch, 1928, 7: 41-54—Huggins, G. B. Epithelial influ- ences on bone formation. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932, 121.—Ivanissevich, O, & Ferrari, R. C. Osteogenesis de origen periostico. Bol. Inst. clin. quir, B. Air, 1930-31 6: 73-84 — Karfiol, G. Ueber reaktiven Arbeitsumbau (Hilfskonstruktio- nen) am Knochensystem. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 1166.- Kohl- rausch, W. Ueber den Einfluss funktioneller Beanspruchung auf das Langenwachstum von Knochen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 513—Kuntscher, G. Die Darstellung des Kraftflusses im Knochen. Zbl. Chir, 1934, 61: 2130-6. ----- Ueber den Nachweis von Spannungsspitzen am menschlichen Knochen- geriist. Morph. Jahrb, 1935, 75: 427-44.—Laux, G. Les actions dynamiques des muscles et des ligaments sur l'architecture des os. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1930, 7: 401-13.—Lucinescu, E. Funktionelle Strukturen experimenteller Herkunft. Morph. Jahrb, 1936, 78: 234-52.—Maass, H. Ueber den Einfluss patho- logischer Druck- und Zugspannungen auf das Knochenwachs- tum. Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1923-24, 44: 352-75. ----- Die mechanische Arbeitsleistung des wachsenden Knochens. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 1745-52. ----- Knochenwachstum und Knochenaufbau. Virchows Arch, 1925, 256: 736-50. ----- Die anatomischen Auswirkungen mechanischer Wachstums- widerstande. Arch.orthop. Unfallchir, 1926.24:161-78.-Marsili, i". Osservazioni sulla struttura del tessuto osseo. Boll. soc. eustach, 1927,25: 75-7.-Meyer, H. von. Bemerkungen fiber Knochen- und Gelenkformung. Verh. Anat. Ges, 1928, 37: 3- 17—Meyer, M. Ueber den feineren Bau des geftechtartigen und aes lamellaren Knochengewebes. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1926, 23: 43-65.-----Ueber eine eigentiimliche Art von Knochengewe- pe beim erwachsenen Menschen (den lamellenlosen, feinfaserigen [strahnenartigen] Markknochen) und fiber den embryonalen Markknochen. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1927, 83: 734-51 — Muller, E. Untersuchungen fiber die durchbohrenden Knochen- kanaie. Arch. mikr. Anat. Entwmech, 1924, 103: 308-38 — Muller, W. Der E influss funktioneller mechanischer Beanspru- chung auf das Langenwachstum der Knochen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1923, 70: 1225. ■----- Neue Experimente fiber die Wirkung mechanischfunktioneller Beanspruchung auf Knochen und Wachstumszonen. Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1924, 45: 328-31 — Neustadt, E. The growth of bone as related to function, in- ternat. J. Orthodont, 1927, 13: 555-64—Oliveira, H. de. Notes sur la structure du tissu osseux. Fol. anat. Univ. Conimbr, 1932, 7: no.2, 1-5.—Petersen, H. Ueber den Feinbau der menschli- chen Skeletteile. Arch. Entwmech, 1927, 112: 112-41 Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 90— Policard, A. Les nteca- nismes physiologiques fondamentaux de la substance osseuse. J. med. fr, 1927, 16: 387-95— Regnault, F. La loi d'Ollier en morphogeny osseuse (l'htegalite d'accroissement d'un des deux os de l'avant-bras ou de la jambe incurve l'os qui s'allonge le plus) Bull. Soc. anthrop. Paris, 1926, 7.ser, 7: 89-91.—Retterer, E. Structure et evolution du tissu osseux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 93: 1199-202—Roseberry, H. H, Hastings, A. B, & Morse, J. K. X-ray analysis of the bone and teeth. J. Biol. Chem, 1931, 90: 395-407, 2pl—Rouviere, H, & Cordier, G. Sur la mor- phogenese des os; formation des saillies et des depressions non articulaires. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1935, 12: 459-63.—Ruotsa- lainen, A. Der Handgelenkumfang als Mass der Knochenderb- heit bei Schulkindern. Zschr. Kinderh, 1933, 55: 402-9.— Schabadasch, A. Beitrage zur synthetischen Erforschung des Mikroaufbaues des Rbhrenknochens. Morph. Jahrb, 1935, 76: 203-58.—Schinz, H. R. Vererbung und Knochenbau. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1924, 54:1151; 1176—Schmidt, W. J. Der Feinbau der anorganischen Grundmasse des Knochengewebes. Ber. Oberhess. Ges. Natur. Heilk, Naturwiss. Abt, 1933, 15: 219- 47.—Strength (The) of bone. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 107: 132 — Studitsky, A. N. Experimentalanalyse der Differenzierungs- faktoren primarer Skelete. Zschr. Zellforsch, 1936, 24: 269- 302.—Triepel, H. Die Architektur der Knochenspongiosa in neuer Auffassung. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1921-22, 8: 269- 311.—Vallebona, A. La struttura delle ossa studiata col metodo di microradiografia. Riv. radiol, 1930, suppl. no.l, 2: 38-40.— Wetzel, G. Die Erhbhung der Strebefestigkeit der Knochen durch die Weichteile. Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23: 304.— Wright, R. B. Factors concerned in bone structure. J. Anat, Lond, 1934, 69: 89, pi.—Zawisch-Ossenitz, C. Die Biologie der Auf- und Umbauprozesse des Knochens im Lichte neuerer histo- logischer und experimenteller Erfahrungen. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934,47: 801-4. ---- Metabolism. Beidl. Ueber die Beeinflussung des Knochenstoffwechsels. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1928) 1929, 23. Kongr, 42-55.—Block, W. Kalk- und Fettstoffwechsel in ihren Beziehungen zueinan- der und zum Knochen. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1931, 234: 68-75.— Coxon, R. V. The physiology of bone metabolism. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1935, 49: 152-7.—Gayda, T. Sul ricambio dell'osso isolato. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1924,22: 289-314. Also Gior biol. med. sper, 1923-24,1:449-51.—Gill, A. B, & Stein, I. Bone metabolism; its principles and its relations to orthopaedic sur- gery. J. Bone Surg, 1936, 18: 941-56.—Mouriquand, G, & Mi- chel, P. De l'action de certains aliments gras sur le metabolisme osseux; adjuvants et antagonistes de la substance antiscorbu- tique. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 86:1170-2. ----- L'equilibre alimentaire et la nutrition osseuse. Paris med, 1924, 51: 427-31. -----& Sanyas, R. Adjuvants et antagonistes de la nutrition osseuse. Presse med, 1923,31: 697.—Watanabe, T, & Suzuki, T. Morphologische Studien tiber die verschiedenen Einfliisse auf den Kalkstoffwechsel des Knochens. Tr. Soc. path, jap, 1933, 23: 329-31. ---- Necrosis- See also Bone, Atrophy; Osteomyelitis. Axhausen, G. Die aseptische Knochennecrose und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Knochen- und Gelenkchirurgie. Acta chir scand, 1926, 60: 369-96. Also Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1925) 1926, 20. Kongr, 37-44 [Discussion] 96-101.—Bayer, C. Zur Abkiirzung der Heilungsdauer nach ausgedehnten Nekroto- mien. Zbl. Chir, 1921, 48:1076—Bergmann, E. Theoretisches, Klinisches und Experimentelles zur Frage der aseptischen Knochennekrosen. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1927, 206: 12-87. - Burckhardt, H. Erzeugung von Knochennekrosen vermittels Anamisierung und Druckwirkung durch elastische Umschnu- rung. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1926-27,138: 625-46— Colaco Belmonte, A. [Analogies in various aseptic bone necroses] Ned. mschr. geneesk, 1929, 16: 301-21. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: pt2, 5317-9.—Freund, E. Zur Frage der aseptischen Knochenne- krose. Virchows Arch, 1926, 261: 287-314—Golst, L. [Necrotic diseases of bones in youth] Klin, med, Moskva, 1927, 5: 354- 65.—Hamburger, F, & Erlacher, P. Caries ossium non tubercu- 21767—vol. 2, 4th series- -49 BONE 770 BONE losa. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1921, 34: 253—Muller, W. Ueber das Verhalten des Knochengewebes bei herabgesetzter Zirkulation und das Bild von Nekrose der Zwischenlamellen. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1926-27, 138: 614-24—Phemister, B. B. The recognition of dead bone, based on pathological and X-ray studies. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1920, 38: 574-600. ----- Radium necrosis of bone. Am. J. Roentg, 1926, n.s, 16: 340-8. ----- Repair of bone in the presence of aseptic necrosis resulting from fractures, transplantations, and vascular obstruction. J. Bone Surg, 1930, 12: 769-87. Also Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1931, 55: 161-86 — Schaefer, V. Grundsatzliches fiber die subchondralen Knochen- nekrosen sowie ihre Beziehungen zum Unfall. Zbl. Chir, 1935, 62: 170-8.—Weiss, K. Zur Pathogenese der aseptischen Nekro- sen (lokalen Malazien) des Skelettes; ein rbntgenologischer Beitrag. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1931, 43: 442-59. ----- Ueber das Wesen der aseptischen Osteonekrosen. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1931, 44: 1077-9.—Wollenberg, A. Ueber Knochenne- krose. Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1928, 50: 415-31. ---- Osteoclastoma, See Bone, Giant-cell tumor. ---- Pharmacology. AUodi, F. Effetti della somministrazione di olio radioattivo sulla rigenerazione delle ossa (nota preventiva) Monit. zool. ital, 1926, 37: 264-7.—Bich, A. Azione dell'emanazione di radio sulla formazione del callo osseo. Arch. ital. chir, 1933, 33: 223-32.—Bleyer, B, & Fischler, F. Zur Frage der Beeinfluss- barkeit des gestorten Skelettmineralstoffwechsels durch Ca-Mg- Salze der Inositphosphorsaure im Verein mit biokatalytisch wirksamen Pflanzenextrakten. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 239: 224-31.—Brandes, M. Metaphysare Verkalkungszonen wach- sender Knochen im Rontgenbilde nach Verabfolgung von Phos- phor-Lebertran (zugleich ein Beitrag zur Behandlung der Kno- chen- und Gelenktuberkulose) Zbl. Chir, 1927, 54: 2434-8. ----- Ueber Knochenveranderungen nach Phosphorlebertran. Deut. med. Wschr, 1930, 56: 655.—Burckhardt. Chemische Beeinflussung der Knochenregeneration. Arch. klin. Chir, 1928, 152: 128; 1929, 157: 462.—Cerqua, S. Influenza della tiro- xina, della paratiroidina e della vitamina sulla regenerazione delle ossa. Ann. ital. chir, 1933, 12: 1011-27.—Ellis, G, & Maynard, L. A. Effect of low levels of fluorine intake on bones and teeth. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 35: 12-6—Emori, Y. The influence of fat-soluble A on the regeneration of the bone- tissues in rats. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1927-28, 2: pharm, 43-76, 5pl.— Felix, W, Synodinos, N, & Jasdi-Sadeh, M. Ueber experi- mentelle Priifung leistungsteigernder Mittel. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1932, 236: 381-90.—Fromme, A. Ueber metaphysare Verkalkungszonen wachsender Knochen im Rontgenbilde nach Verabreichung von Phosphorlebertran. Zbl. Chir, 1928, 55: 78- 30.—Fulda. Ueber Uvacol zur Behandlung von Knochenwachs- tumstbrungen. Klin. ther. Wschr, Wien, 1921, 28: 265-7 — Gassmann, T. Ueber den kiinstlichen Aufbau der Knochen und der Zahne; Darstellung von Glykokoll-Hexolsalz beziehungs- weise Glykokoll-Phosphatocalciumcarbonat. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1930, 192: 61-9.—Gazzotti, L. G. La osteogenesi in rap- porto alla azione chimica di alcuni metalli. Chir. org. movim, 1923, 7: 311-28.—Grauer, R. G. Effect of parathyroid hormone and sodium acid phosphate on bones of guinea pigs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1932, 30: 57-9. Also rep—Hanke, H. Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen fiber den Einfluss der Schilddrfise auf die Knochenregeneration. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1936, 247: 317-28.—Hellner, H. Experimentelle Untersuchungen tiber die Wirkung des Phosphors auf das Knochengewebe. Arch. klin. Chir, 1932, 169: 1-16.—Hess, A. F. Therapeutic measures conducive to bone formation. Dent. Cosmos, 1924, 66: 132-5.— Himmelmann, V. N. [Effect of certain metals on the healing of bone defects] Soviet, khir, 1933, 4: 225-32.—Irish, H. E. Effects of cod liver oil—skimmed milk feeding on bones of in- fants. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1933, 45: 96-104.—Korenchevsky, V, & Carr, M. A comparison of the values of yeast and of orange juice with those of marmite and of decitrated lemon juice, re- spectively, in the calcification of the skeleton. Biochem. J, Lond, 1924, 18: 1319-21.—Mondry & Boeminghaus, H. Unter- suchungen fiber den Einfluss saurer und alkalischer Ernahrung auf die Knochenregeneration. Arch. klin. Chir, 1930, 161: 273-80.—Morgan, A. F, Kimmel, L. [et al.] The effect of moder- ate doses of viosterol and of parathyroid extract upon bone composition. J. Biol. Chem, 1933, 100: lxxi.—Mouriquand, G. Remarques sur les medications osteotrophiques. Progr. nted. Par, 1929, 44: 1877-82—Otsuki, K. Experimentelle Studie fiber den Einfluss des gelben Phosphors auf die Knochenrege- neration und auf den endochondralen Ossifikationsprozess an der Epiphysenfuge. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1926-27, 1: pharm, 75-119, 5pl, 2 tab. ----- Untersuchungen tiber den Einfluss des Arsens auf den Regenerationsprozess des Knochengewebes und den endochondralen Ossifikationsprozess an der Epiphysenfuge. Ibid, 1929-30,4: pharm,23-45,3pl.—Rabl, C.R. H. Diepraktisch wichtigsten Gesichtspunkte in der Phosphor- und Kalkbehand- lung des Skeletts. Ther. Gegenwart, 1927,68:238-40.—Robuschi, L. Sul meccanismo d'azione dell'ergosterina irradiata; conte- nuto in lipidi dell'osso. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1932,7:1029 — Rossi, A, & BeRienzo, A. Azionedell'ergosteroloirradiato sulla fosfatasi delle ossa. Ibid, 1933, 8: 719-22.—Rubegni, R. In- fluenza di un trattamento prolungato con un sale di Mg, sulla composizione minerale dell'osso. Pathologica, Genova, 1936, 28:69-75.—Selye, H. On the stimulation of new bone-formation with parathyroid extract and irradiated ergosterol. Endo- crinology, 1932, 16: 547— Shipley, P. G, & Holt, L. E. The effect of inorganic salts on calcification; a preliminary note. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1927, 40: 1.—Silberberg, M, & Silberberg, R. Influence of acid extract of cattle anterior pitui- tary gland on bone repair in young guinea pigs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1935-36, 33: 177-9—Soeur, R. Etude experi- mentale de l'os dans l'intoxication par l'ergosterol irradie. Presse med, 1931, 39: 1003-5.—Strauch, C. B. Versuche fiber brtliche Entziehung von Kalk an lebenden Knochen. Arch. klin. Chir, 1925, 134: 181-90.—Tammann, H. Morphologische und chemische Untersuchungen fiber die Vitasterinschadigung. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir, 1930-31, 42: 125; 271—Uchida, T. Ueber die Entwicklung der rachitisahnlichen Knochenveriin- derung durch die perorate Darreichung von Strontium lacticum. Fukuoka acta med, 1936, 29: 84.—Van den Eeckhout, A. Con- tribution experimentale au sujet des effets de l'arsenic sur la croissance et le developpement des os. Arch, internat. pharm. dyn, Brux, 1921, 26: 197-213—Waltner, K. Ueber die Wirkung grosser Mengen Eisens; fiber die Wirkung des Eisens auf die Knochenentwicklung. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 188: 381-5.— Zawisch-Ossenitz, C. Beeinflussung des Knochenwachstums durch Fermentwirkung; histologische Untersuchung von kno- chenbehandelter Tiere. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch, 1931, 26: 173-215.—Zierold, A. A. Reaction of bone to various metals. Arch. Surg, 1924, 9: 365-412. Also repr. ---- Physical properties. Achard, J. Physikochemische Untersuchungen am lamel- laren Knochen. Zschr. Zellforsch, 1935, 23: 573-88—Bois- Reymond, R. du. Ueber Dicke und Festigkeit der Knochen bei grossen und kleinen Tieren. Zschr. wiss. Zool, 1928, 132: 1-36.—Ingalls, N. W. Observations on bone weights. Am. J. Anat, 1931, 48: 45-98.—Nishikawa, Y. Ueber die Absorption der 0- und y- Strahlung des Radiums in Knochensubstanz. Strahlentherapie, 1923, 15: 545-9.—Rbssle, R. Untersuchungen iiber Knochenharte. Beitr. path. Anat, 1927, 77: 174-208, pi — Sestini. Osservazioni col microscopio a luminescenza; osser- vazioni sul tessuto osseo. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1934, ll.ser, 2: 30.—Steindler, A. Physical properties of bone. Arch. Phys. Ther, 1936, 17: no.6, 336-45. ---- Regeneration and repair. See also Bone, Growth. Biaudet, C. *Quelques observations sur l'evidement des os et ses rapports avec l'osteo- genie [Berne] 48p. 12? S. Germain, 1870. Marcus, H. * Ueber Knochenregeneration im Rontgenbilde. 31p. 8? [Berl.] 1931. Seel, H. *Zur Frage der Knochenregenera- tion bei Plombierung von Knochendefekten mit Gips [Rostock] 35p. 8? Heppenheim a.d.B., 1928. Anderson, C. C. Regeneration of bone after intensive radia- tion of malignant disease. Brit. J. Radiol, 1924, 29: B.A.R.P. sect, 37-43.—Bancroft, F. W. Bone repair following injury and infection. Arch. Surg, 1922, 5: 646-77. ----- Clinical deductions following a study of bone repair. N. York State J.M, 1924, 24: 827-31—Bast, T. H, Sullivan, W. E, & Geist, F. B. The repair of bone. Anat. Rec, 1925, 31: 255-80 — Berard, L. Esquillectomie et reparation des pertes de substance osseuse. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1918, 27: 540-8.—Bier, A. Ueber Knochenregeneration, fiber Pseudarthrosen und fiber Knochentransplantate. Arch. klin. Chir, 1923, 127: 1-136 — Briining, F. Ueber Regeneration bei Knochensystemerkrank- ungen des kindlichen Korpers (Ostitis fibrosa, Rachitis, multiple Osteomyelitis, Osteogenesis imperfecta) Chirurg, Berl, 1931, 3: 728-36.—Biisch, E. Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Knochen- regeneration. Arch. klin. Chir, 1927,146: 586-92—Burckhardt, H. Knochenregeneration. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1926, 137: 63-147. ----- Ueber die Beziehungen der sogenannten Funktion des Knochens zur Knochenregeneration. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1926, 198: 21-42. ----- Ueber das Regenerationsproblem und fiber chemische Beeinflussung der Knochenregeneration. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1928, 144: 1-41.—Carravetta, M. Considerazioni sulla genesi degli elementi costitutivi del tessuto osseo nella sua rigenerazione; ricerche con il sistema della colorazione vitale. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1924, 29: 302; 317; 333.—Carter, L. J. Bone regeneration; a graphic story. J. Radiol, 1923, 4: 93.— Ceccarelli, G. Sul problema della rigenerazione; influenza del sistema endocrino nella rigenerazione della pelle e delle ossa. Arch, ital chir, 1930-31, 26: 641-726—Chen, L. Regeneration von kleinen Knochenstficken (Dritteln und Sechsteln) aus dem Innern von Molchextremitaten. Zool. Jahrb, Abt. allg. Zool, 1933, 53: 153-72.—Babasi, E. [Regeneration of small bones dur- ing inflammatory processes] Orv. hetil, 1932, 76: 527-30.— Bieterich, H. Die Regeneration des Knochens in ihrer Bedeu- tung fiir die Chirurgie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 1489; 92.—Bi Paola, P. Importanza del periostio nell'osteogenesi chirurgica. Nuovo ercolani, 1922, 27: 129-38.—Bragstedt, C. A, & Kearns, J. E. Experimental study of bone repair; effect of thyroparatlivroidectomy and of the administration of para- thormone. Arch. Surg, 1932, 24: 893-904. Also repr—Duver- bone 771 BONE guey, V. Esquillectomie et reparation des pertes de substance osseuse. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1918, 27: 582-91— Feuillie, E. Reparation des pertes de substance osseuse. Ibid, 620-5.— Fourmestraux, J. de. Esquillectomie et reparation des pertes de substance osseuse. Ibid, 601-7.—Ham, A. W. A histological study of the early phases of bone repair. J. Bone Surg, 1930, 12: 827-44. Also repr.—Heitz-Boyer, M. Esquillectomie et reparation des pertes de substance osseuse. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1918, 27: 565-82.—Hitchcock, H. Bone regeneration. Pacific Dent. Gaz, 1927, 35: 519-30—Howe, P. R. Decalcifica- tion of teeth and bones, and regeneration of bone through diet. Dent. Summary, 1923, 42: 133-7.—Koch, H. Experimentelle Studien fiber Knochenregeneration und Knochencallusbildung. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1924, 132: 361 440. Also Arch. klin. Chir, 1925, 135: 48-78.—Kratochwil, K. Ueber Ausheilungsvorgange nach frischer Osteotomie. Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1934-35, 62: 323-6.—Krompecher, S. Experimentelle Beeinflussung der Art der regenerativen Knochenbildung durch mechanische Ein- wirkungen. Verh. Anat. Ges, 1936, 43: 138-48.—Lazzarini, L. Periostio e rigenerazione ossea. Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med, 1927, 16: 84-91.—Lehman, E. P. The regeneration of bone. Internat. J. Orthodont, 1925, 11: 504-22.—Leriche & Haour. De la regeneration des diaphyses chez le lapin adulte, apres resection diaphysaire; recherches experimentales et considera- tions sur le r61e du perioste. Lyon chir, 1923, 20: 838-40.— Levander, G. On the causation of new-bone formation. Acta chir. scand, 1936, 78: 217-9.—Licastro, F. Contributo clinico alia capacita osteogenetica para e periostale nelle estese perdite di sostanza ossea. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1936, 46: 128.— McGaw, W. H, & Harbin, M. The role of bone marrow and endosteum in bone regeneration; an experimental study of bone marrow and endosteal transplants. J. Bone Surg, 1934, 16: 816-21.—McMaster, P. E, & Roome, N. W. Effect of sympa- thectomy on bone repair. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1932, 30: 123.—Martin, B. Zur Knochenregeneration aus dem Periost; zur Entwicklung des Ligamentum interosseum am Unterarm und Unterschenkel. Arch. klin. Chir, 1922, 120: 744-50 — Mazzarelli, M. Ricerche sperimentali sulla rigenerazione ossea. Riv. pat. sper, 1934, 13: 1-18, 4pl.—Meisenbach, R. O. Bone regeneration, its relation to fractures and arthritis. Maine M.J, 1931, 22: 91-8.—Mercade, S. Esquillectomie et reparation des pertes de substance osseuse. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1918, 27: 611-5.—Mouchet, A. Vaste perte de substance osseuse dans la continuite d'un os long, chez un enfant; restauration spon- tanee. Paris chir, 1923, 15: 98-104.—Niven, J. S. F. The repair in vitro of embryonic skeletal rudiments after experimental injury. J. Path. Bact, Lond, 1931, 34: 307-24, 3pl— Olivier, E. La reparation des pertes de substance osseuse et l'heliotherapie. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1918, 27: 453-8.—Oilier, L. Des moyens chirurgicaux de favoriser la reproduction des os apres les resec- tions. 'Gaz. hebd. med. Par, 1858, 5: 572; passim. Also repr — Partsch, F. Studien zur Knochenregeneration. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1924, 187: 145-215.—Pearse, H. E, & Morton, J. J. The influence of alterations in the circulation on the repair of bone. J. Bone Surg, 1931, 13: 68-74.—Peraire, M. De la reparation des pertes de substance osseuse. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1918, 27: 562-5.—Pfab, B. Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Knochenre- generation. Zbl. Chir, 1927, 54: 14-8.—Phemister, B. B. Bone growth and repair. Ann. Surg, 1935, 102: 261-85—Prat, B. Sur la regeneration osseuse. J. chir. Par, 1927, 30: 650-5.— Rabl, C. R. H. Knochenregeneration, Kalk, Rachitis, Tetanie. Virchows Arch, 1924, 249: 335-56.—Radasch, H. E. Senility of bone and its relation to bone repair. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1930, 51: 42-9.—Redenz, E. Die Bedeutung der Resektionsform fiir die Beurteilung der Regenerationsfahigke.it verschiedener Kno- chen. Arch. Entwmech, 1925, 106: 279-89.—Rohde, C. Ueber den Ablauf der Regenerationsvorgange am Rohrenknochen bei erhaltener und geschadigter Gefassversorgung, zugleich ein Beitrag fiber Herkunft und Entstehungsbedingungen des Bindegewebes nach Knochenverletzungen. Arch. klin. Chir, 1923, 123: 530-607. ----- Ueber Knochenregeneration und metaplastiscbe Knochenbildung. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 262-4.—Rossi, B. Sulla regenerazione ossea. Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med, 1922-23, 12: 30.—Selkov, E. A, & Vassiliev, A. A. [Certain factors that influence the regenerative processes] Soviet, khir, 1934, 6: 358-69—Shipley, P. G. Faulty diet and its relation to the structure of bone. Dent. Summary, 1923, 42: 137-43.—Stewart, W. J. Experimental bone regeneration; using lime salts and autogenous grafts as sources of available calcium. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1934, 59: 867-71.—Sutro, C. J. Regrowth of bone at the proximal end of the radius following resection in this region. J. Bone Surg, 1935, 17: 867-78— Todd, T. W, & Her, B. H. The phenomena of early stages in bone repair. Ann. Surg, 1927, 86: 71.5-36.—Torraca, L. Ricerche sperimentali sui mezzi atti ad impedire la rigenerazione ossea dopo l'asportazione sottoperiosfea delle costole. Clin, chir, Milano, 1930, 33: 1431-52—Viannay, C, Buhamel, G. [et al.] Faits de regenera- tion osseuse apres esquillectomie sous-periostee d'Ollier, Le- riche; intraosseuse de Tuffier; transosseuse d'Heitz-Boyer; sous- corticoperiostee de Chaput, etc. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1918, 27: 258-480.—Wagoner, G. Repair of induced bone defects; cellular changes which take place within the first 48 hours. Arch. Surg, 1937, 34: 291-309.—Walter, H, & Redenz, E. Die Bernhard Heinesche Sammlung von Praparaten uber Kno- chenregeneration. Miinch. med. Wschr 1925, 72: 1492 Also Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wiirzburg, 1925, n.F, 50: 191-6 — Weinstein, A. E. Ultraviolet ray and its relation to bone regen- eration. Dent. Cosmos, 1933, 75: 392-4.-Wenger, F Wie heilen Knochendefekte? Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1934, 50. 562-9.—Willich, C. T. Experimentelles fiber Knochenregenera- tion und Pseudarthrosenbildung. Arch. klin. Chir, 1924, 129: 203-51.—Zollinger, R. Effect of lumbar ganglionectomy upon repair of bone; experimental study. Am. J. Surg, 1933, 20: 70-6. ■--- Roentgenography. See also under Bone marrow. Baetjer, F. H., & Waters, C. A. Injuries and diseases of the bones and joints; their differential diagnosis by means of the Roentgen rays. 349p. 8? N.Y., 1921. Haret, G., Dariaux, A., & Quenu, J. Atlas de radiographie osseuse. 2.ed. 2v. in 3. fol. Par., 1932. Hoffmann, V. Verlauf der wichtigsten Knochen- und Gelenkerkrankungen im Ront- genbilde; eine anschauliche Prognostik. 264p. 8? Berl., 1931. Piat, B. A. L. *De I'emploi du diagnostic radiologique dans la pathologie osseuse du chien [Alfort] 94p. 8? Par., 1934. Ruckensteiner, E. Die normale Entwick- lung des Knochensystems im Rontgenbild. 80p. 8? Lpz., 1931. Forms v.15, Radiol. Praktika. Schnek, F. Rontgendiagnostik der Knochen- verletzungen. 333p. 8! Wien, 1932. Allen, B. An X-ray study of the development of the ossifi- cation centers of the skeletal system. Radiology, 1926, 7: 398-409.—Asada, T. Ueber die Entstehung und pathologische Bedeutung der im Rontgenbild des Rbhrenknochens am Diaphy- senende zum Vorschein kommenden parallelen Querlinienbild- ung. Mitt. Med. Fak. Univ. Kyushu, 1924, 9: 43-95, 12pl — Barclay, I. B. Some reflections on roentgen bone pathology. Brit. Dent. J, 1934, 56: 425-30.—Barret, J. H. Spur-like pro- jections met with in bone radiography. Ind. M. Gaz, 1927, 62: 313-5.—Barrow, S. C. Rontgen analysis of bone disease. Radi- ology, 1928, 10: 500-5.—Belden, W. W. Bone diseases. Ibid, 11: 281-314.—Belot & Lepennetier. Interpretations des ombres radiographiques du systeme osseux. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1927, 15: 95.—Billich, H. U. Ueber ein seltenes Bild einer symmetrisehen Erkrankung des Extremitatenskeletts. Rontgenpraxis, 1931, 3: 984-8.—Bistolfi, S. Considerazioni sull'impiego del diaframma antidiffusore nella radiografia dello scheletro. Ann. radiol, Bologna, 1934, 8: 314-32.—Bloodgood, J. C. The diagnosis and treatment of bone lesions; a brief summary of the salient features. Am. J. Roentg, 1923, n.s, 10: 42-7.—Braun, N. R. Ueber brtliche Querstreifung an den Metaphysen von Rohrenknochen. Rontgenpraxis, 1936, 8: 746- 9.—Bruin, M. de. Ueber Querschatten auf den Rbntgenbildern der langen Rohrenknochen bei Kindern. Zschr. Kinderh, 1932, 53: 309.—Camauer, A. F, Burlando, A, & Mortola, G.-A. Consi- deraciones radiologicas respecto a un sindrome oseo todavia no descripto. Rev. Soc. med. int, B. Air, 1931, 7: 447-60 — Camp J. B. Roentgenologic changes in malacie diseases of bone.' Radiology, 1936, 26: 399-408.—Casati, A. Come va interpretato il radiogramma di un'affezione ossea? Radiol. med Milano, 1930, 17: 49-56.—Clark, J. J. Diagnosis of bone disease by X-ray. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1920-21, 10: 442-4.— Culty & Jalet. Procede du mensuration des os avec lecture di- recte sur les cliches. J. radiol. electr, 1934, 18: 259—Byes, 0. Ueber die gleichzeitige Anwendbarkeit von Bleiraster und Tubus zur Darstellung tiefliegender Skelettabschnitte. Rbnt- eemiraxis, 1931, 3: 51; 617. ----- Zur Darstellung t.ief gele- eener Skelettabschnitte. Chirurg, Berl, 1932, 4: 558-63.----- Svstematisches zur Rontgenuntersuchung mehrfach gerundeter Skeletabschnitte. Ibid, 1933,5:23-6. ----- Frfiherkennung von Knochenerkrankungen im Rontgenbild. Med. Welt, 1934 8: 1047-50.—Eliot, M. M, Souther, S. P, & Park, E. A. Transverse lines in X-ray plates of the long bones of children. Bull Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1927, 41: 364-88.-Garrahan, J. P, & Muzio E. Sobre radiografia de la muneca del lactante. Arch. argent pediat, 1934, 5: 642-51.—Giacomini, G. Aspetti e signi- ficato clinico delle strie opache trasversali metafisarie. Arch. ital pediat, 1933-34, 2: 590-611.-Gilbert, R, Kadrnka, S, & Bardet, P. Contribution k l'iconographie radiologique de la pathologie osseuse; kyste epidermoide cranien, acrocephalo- svndactvlie d'Apert, osteoporose de la sprue nostras, Itemi- vertebre lombaire. J. radiol. electr, 1934, 18: 618-25.-Grashey, R Rontgenuntersuchung der Knochen und Gelenke. Handb. biol Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden) Berl, 1936,5: pt5 A, 1423-46.- Grav A L Some of the deforming bone diseases of adolescence. Am J.'Roentg, 1930, 23: 485-93—Grunwald, P. Ueber die Darsteilbarkeit junger Knochenkerne mittels der Rontgen- strahlen Anat. Anz, 1933-34, 76: 163—Haret, Bariaux & Belaplace, S. Mise en valeur d'une lesion osseuse par l'utilisa- tion du diaphragme Potter-Bucky. Bull. Soc. radiol. nted. France 1923,11:243—Hodgson, H. K. G. The radiology of bone BONE 772 BONE injuries. Practitioner, Lond, 1931, 127: 45-55, 8pl.—Holland, C. T. On rarer ossifications seen during X-ray examinations. Arch. Radiol. Electrother, Lond, 1921-22, 26: 105-18.—Kahn, M. An X-ray study of bone lesions, with special reference to bone tumors. West Virginia M.J, 1926, 21: 79-81.—Karshner, R. G. Roentgen studies of the bones in certain diseases of the blood and hematopoietic system. Am. J. Roentg, 1928, n.s, 20: 433-9.—Kennedy, R. L. J. Roentgenographic features of skeletal and extra-skeletal lesions in some diseases of children. Radiology, 1936, 26: 424-35.—Kienbock, R. Der radiologische Befund bei Knochenkrankheiten. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1921, 28: 538-59. Also Wien. med. Wschr, 1921, 71: 492-6. ----- Chirurgisch-radiologische Fehldiagnosen bei Knochen- krankheiten; Fortschritte seit dem Erscheinen von Rumpels Werk 1908. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1922, 29: 81-96. ----- Ueber die Entstehung der Irrttimer in der radiologischen Kno- chendiagnostik und ihre Verhiitung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23: 542-7. ----- Ueber die Schwierigkeiten in der klinisch- radiologischen Diagnostik der Knochenkrankheiten. Wien. med. Wschr, 1928, 78: 1039-41. ----- Die radiologischen Zeichen der haufigsten trophischen Erkrankungen des Skeletts und ihr Verlauf. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1929, 42: 755. ----- Ueber die rontgenologische Erkennung der Gutartigkeit und Bosartigkeit bei Knochenkrankheiten. Med. Klin, Berl, 1930, 26: 1655. ----- Zur Rontgendiagnostik der seltenen Erkrankungen der Knochen. Mitt. Volksgesundhamt, Wien, 1932, arztl. Prax, 323-5.—Kbnig, F. Umschriebene Aufhellungs- herde im Knochenrbntgenbild. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1933, 80: 1052^1.—Lauven, E. Kontaktaufnahmen in der Rbntgen- Knochendiagnostik. Zbl. Chir, 1933, 60: 2418-21.—Lawrence, W. S. Radiographic findings in certain of the more common bone diseases. Memphis M.J, 1927, 4: 57.—Lbmer, L. Ueber Bedingungen und Grenzen der rontgenologischen Wiedergabe pathologischer Knochenveranderungen. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1934, 243: 687-92.—Lbhr, R. Gezielte Knochenaufnahmen. Rontgenpraxis, 1935, 7: 334-6.—Lovett, R. W. X-ray diagnosis of bone lesions. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1924, 14: 177. ----- X-ray diagnosis of bone lesions. Wisconsin M.J, 1923-24, 22: 123.— Maggi, A, Bisio, S, & Tarradellas, J. R. Consideraciones clinico-radiologicas sobre un sindrome oseo generalizado. Dia m6d, B. Air, 1935, 7: 1298-301—Meade, N. A very rare bone condition. Brit. J. Radiol, 1928, n.s, 1: 486, 2pl.—Merlo Gomez, J. F. Algunas radiografias de los huesos que se prestan a errores de diagnostico; necesidad de los datos clinicos. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1924, 23: no.10-12, 70-8.—Moreau, L. Con- siderations radiologiques sur quelques affections osseuses. Bull. Soc. radiol. nted.'France, 1931, 19: 471-7.—Mottram, J. C. Sec- ondary radiation from bone. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1931, 24: 1491-3.—Muzii, M. Iconografia rara di malattie delle ossa. Radiol, med, Milano, 1926,13: 435-8.—Myerding, H. W. X-ray findings in bone tumors; exostosis, chondromas, bone cysts, osteitis fibrosa cystica, giant cell tumors. Radiology, 1924, 3: 216-21.—Ortega Lechuga, B. Identification de restos oseos mediante el examen radiografico. Progr. clin, Madr, 1933, 41: 555-95.—Parhon-Stefanesco, C. Agumentation de la trans- parence osseuse aux rayons X, a la suite d'injections de la para- thormone de Collip. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931,108: 300.—Parme- lee, A. H. The diagnostic importance of the roentgenologic examination of growing bones. Illinois M.J, 1933, 64: 131-3.— Pazzi, E. Qualche reperto radiografico di alterazioni ossee di difficile interpretazione. Atti Congr. ital. radiol, 1928, 8: pt2,45-50,3pl.—Pehu, M, Policard, A, & Boucomont, J. Etudes d'anatomo-radiologie; les rates transversales des os. J. nted. Lyon, 1931, 12: 519-28. ----- Structure et mecanisme de formation de certains stries transversales observers sur les radiographics d'os longs. Bull, histol. appl. Par, 1931, 8: 233-41.—Prat, B, & Barcia, P. A. Contribucion al estudio clfnico-radiologico de la patologia osea. An. Fac. med Montev 1928, 13: 229; 461, 7pl—Schinz, H. R. Grenzen des Normalen und Anfange des Pathologischen im Knochen-Rbntgenbild Riv. radiol, 1931, 6: pt2, 449-82—Schor, M. L, & Goldstein, L. M. Weichteilveranderungen als Quelle diagnostischer Fehler bei der rontgenographischen Untersuchung des Knochensys- tems. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1929, 40: 486-91.—Skinner, E H Differential X-ray analysis in bone disease. Surg. J, 1924-25 31 ■ 1-7. Also Q. Bull. Kansas Clin. Soc, 1925-26, 2: no.2, 20-7 — Sussini, M. Imagenes radiograficas de lesiones oseas de' natura- leza diferente. Sem.med, B.Air, 1923,30 :pt2,229.—Sutherland, C. G. Roentgenographic characteristics of lesions of bone Proc' Mayo Clin, 1929, 4: 245; 1935, 10: 45. Also J. Am. M Ass 1929' 93: 2024-6. Also repr—Teall, C. G. The radiological appearances of certain bone dyscrasias in infancy and childhood Proc R Soc. M, Lond, 1934, 27: 1385-93, 6pl— Thorn, J.' Roentgen findings in the common bone lesions. Southwest M 1922 6- 394-9, pi.— Trynin, A. H. The interpretation of roentgenograms of bone diseases. Med. J. & Rec, 1931, 134: 582-5 —Wahl F A Neues Spezialtubusverfahren zur rontgenologischen Darstellung umschriebener Knochenpartien bei umfangreichen Kbrnern Arch Gyn, Berl, 1932, 149: 63-9.-Wiese, 0. Der Phosphor als Ursache metaphysarer Bandschatten am wachsenden Knochen. Mschr. Kinderh, 1933, 57: 401-17— Wittek Zur Bedeutung der Rontgenuntersuchung ftir die Erkennung trau- matischer Schadigungen der Knochen. Verh. Deut orthon Ges. (1920) 1921, 15. Kongr, 32-44.-Zeitlin, A. Zur Kasuistfk 1% ten£r KnocJ?enerkrankungen. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl 1928 37: 329-35.—Zimmern. Deux radiographics se rapportant & des diagnostics difficiles. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1925, Sarcoma. See also Bone marrow, Tumors. Codman, E. A. Bone sarcoma, an interpreta- tion of the nomenclature used by the Committee on the registry of bone sarcoma of the American College of Surgeons. 93p. 8? N.Y., 1925. Junger, G. *Ueber Sarkom der langen Rohrenknochen [Kiel] 39p. 8? Koln, 1933- 34. Kolodny, A. Bone sarcoma; the primary malignant tumors of bone, and the giant cell tumor. 214p. 8? Chic, 1927. Acker, R. B. Bone sarcoma. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1936, 29: 320-5.—Ashhurst, A. C. P. Sarcoma of the long bones. Surg Gyn. Obst, 1922, 34: 333-5.—Axhausen, G. Zur Frage der Kno- chensarkome. Zbl. Chir, 1933, 60: 2594-8.—Bates, C. O. Osteo- genetic sarcoma. Internat. J.M.&S, 1934, 47: 489.—Bartlett, E. I. Bone sarcoma committee of the American College of Sur- geons. California West. M, 1929, 30: 111-3.—Baudouin, M, Un osteo-sarcome d'il y k 2,000 ans. Chron. med. Par, 1915, 22: 204.—Baugher, A. H. Osteosarcoma; report of 8 recent cases; reference to 6 cases previously reported. Surg. Clin, Phila, 1916, 5: 1021-3.—Bloodgood, J. C. Codman's registration of bone sarcoma and its bearing upon a study of malignancy else- where. N. England J.M, 1929, 21: 979-81.—Cabeca, C, Adao, L, & Vilar, B. Contribuicao para o estudo dos sarcomas dos ossos. Lisboa med, 1930,7:179,11 pi.—Campbell, W.C. Osteo- genic sarcoma, with report of cases. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1933,45:365-88. Also Am. J. Surg, 1933, 20: 575-98. Alsorepr. Also J. Bone Surg, 1935, 17: 827-43.—Capello, O. Sarcoma de los huesos en los ninos. Cron. med. mex, 1935, 34: 90-7.— Codman, E. A. Registry of bone sarcoma. Boston M.&S.J, 1922, 186: 161. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1924, 38: 712; 1926, 42: 381. ----- The nomenclature used by the registry of bone sarcoma. Am. J. Roentg, 1925, n.s, 13: 105-26.—Coley, W. B. Sarcoma of the long bones. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1925, 5: 117-45. ----- Bone sarcoma. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1928) 1929, 149-54, 3pl— Ewing, J. A review and classification of bone sarcoma. Arch. Surg, 1922, 4: 485- 533.—Fennel, E. A. Osteogenic sarcoma. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1928-29, 13: 123—Flower, R. S, Miller, G. I. [et al.] Sar- coma of long bones. Long Island M.J, 1922, 17: 112-6.— Geschickter, C. F. Osteogenic sarcoma. Arch. Surg, 1932, 24:602; 798. Alsorepr.—Gibbon, J. W. Bone sarcoma. J. Bone Surg, 1922, 4: 512-7. ■—— Sarcoma of the long bones. Vir- ginia M. Month, 1922-23, 49: 142-7—Guarini, C. Su tre casi di osteo-sarcoma in giovani soggetti. Riforma med, 1928, 44: 152-4.—Harvey Silva, J. Ensayo critico sobre la designation de sarcomas osteogenicos (sarcomas progeneosteoblasticos J.H.S.) Prensa nted. argent, 1931-32, 18: 851-5—Hellner, H. Klinische Einteilung und Abgrenzung der Sarkome und Riesenzelltu- moren des Knochens. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1933, 47:1-20.— Huguet. Trois cas simultanes d'osteo-sarcome chez des jeunes femmes. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1934, 22: 601-8 — Jentzer, A. Les sarcomes des os longs. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1926, 56: 465-86—Jeter, H. Osteogenic sarcoma. South. M.J, 1933, 26: 268-72—Keiller, V. H. Unusual types of osteogenic sarcomata. Med. Rec, S. Antonio, 1929, 23: 266-74.—Latimer, M. H. Osteogenic sarcoma—report of a case. Ibid, 1935, 29: 690-2.—Mangesh, N. Modern views on bone sarcomas. Madras M.J, 1930, 12: 85-95—Martin, A. Osteosarcomes. Traite med. enf. (Nob6court & Babonneix) Par, 1934, 4: 508- 20— Morison, J. M. W. Tumours of bone; the American registry of bone sarcoma. Brit. J. Radiol, 1934, n.s, 7: 208-26, 4pl — Pruis, G. W. A. [Three strange cases] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1930,70:183-5, pi—Ramirez Calderon, H. Osteosarcomas. Bol. Inst. med. exp. c&ncer, B. Air, 1936, 13: 141-66, 8pl — Ritch, O. S. Osteosarcoma, a report of 4 cases. North Am. J. Homeop, 1916, 31: 802-6— Rowlands, R. P. Sarcoma of bone. Guy's Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1925, 75: 197-208.—Silva, J. H. Sobre la clasificacion de los sarcomas oseos; sinopsis. Prensa med. argent, 1931-32, 18: 1440-7—Simmons, C. C. Bone sarcoma. N. England J.M, 1929, 21: 1242. Also Common Health, Bost, 1934, 21: 220-5.—Simon, W. V. Die Knochensarkome. Erg. Chir. Orthop, 1923, 16: 199-483.—Stone, H. W. Bone sarcoma. Northwest M, 1926, 25: 370-4.—Tiesenhausen, M. [Sarcoma growth in a case of ostitis fibrosa] Odess. med. J, 1928, 3: 133.—Tondo, F. Su i sarcomi delle ossa. Studium, Nap, 1932, 22: 227.—Torres Marty, L. Consideraciones sobre los sarcomas osteogenos. Med. ibera, 1936, 30: 240-2.—Trueta Raspail, J. Clasificacion moderna de los sarcomas oseos. Ibid, 1-4.— Wasson, W. W. Sarcoma of the bone, with report of cases. Radiology, 1924, 2: 95-8.—White, R. J. Osteogenic sarcoma. Texas J.M, 1931-32, 27: 596-600. ---- Sarcoma: Causes and pathology. See also Bone, Sarcoma, traumatic. Barnard, L. Primary liposarcoma of bone. Arch. Surg, 1934, 29: 560-5— Berg, R. H. The experimental production of several different varieties of bone sarcoma. Am. J. Surg, 1932, n.s, 15: 450-61. -----& Coley, W. B. Experimental produc- tion of several varieties of bone sarcoma by intramedullary in- jections of the virus of the filterable fowl endothelioma tumor. Ibid, 441-50.—Brunschwig, A, & Harmon, P. H. Experimental BONE 773 BONE bone sarcoma. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1933, 14: 126. ----- Studies in bone sarcoma; malignant osteoblastomata as evidence for the existence of true osteoblasts. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1933, 57: 711-8. ----- Is new bone formation in osteogenic sarcoma the result of a local supersaturation of tissue fluids with calcium? Am. J. Cancer, 1934, 22: 342-6. ----- An experimental and pathological study of the role of the periosteum in the formation of bone in various primary bone tumors. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1935, 60: 30-40.—Butler, F. E, & Woolley, I. M. Osteogenic sarcoma arising from a calcified hematoma. Radiology, 1936, 26: 236.—Codman, E. A. Bone sarcoma; prevalence in Massa- chusetts. Boston M.&S.J, 1922, 187: 543-5.—Connor, C. L. Experimental sarcoma of bone. Arch. Surg, 1929,19: 794-807.— Craver, L. F, & Copeland, M. M. Lymphosarcoma in bone. Ibid, 1934, 28: 809-24—Cuff, J. R. Subperiosteal osteogenic sarcoma. J. Nat. M. Ass, 1934, 26: 102-10.— Buplant, F. Redifferenciation des cellules neoplasiques mise en evidence dans un d'osteosarcome fibrocalcifiant. Lyon med, 1922, 131: 513; 913, 2pl.—Eising, E. H. Bone formation in osteogenic sar- coma; teleologic considerations. Arch. Surg, 1926, 12: 867-86.— Gaza, W. von. Beobachtungen fiber Vitalfarbung an einem Knochensarkom; zugleich ein Beitrag zu dem Problem der Histolyse und Phagozytose. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1925-26, 135: 476-511.—Geschickter, C. F. So-called fibrosarcoma of bone; bone involvement by sarcoma of the neighboring soft parts. Arch. Surg, 1932, 24: 231-91. Also repr.—Gobbi, L. Sarcomi primitivi della ossa; contributo istopatologico e clinico. Arch. ital. chir, 1924, 9: 73-96.—Golonzko, R. A. [Fibrous degenera- tion of the bones and sarcoma] Soviet, khir, 1932, 2: 45.— Lee, W. E. Bone sarcoma, its prevalence iu Massachusetts. Progr. Med, Phila, 1923, 4: 313.—Leriche, R, & Policard, A. Considerations generates sur les osteosarcomes; des relations existant entre les ntecanismes de 1'osteogenese normale et la structure des sarcomes osseux. Presse nted, 1924, 32: 957.— Martland, H. S, & Humphries, R. E. Osteogenic sarcoma in dial painters using luminous paint. Arch. Path, Chic, 1929, 7: 406-17.—Marziani, R. Sopra un caso di osteoblas- tocitoma. Arch, ortop, Milano, 1930, 46: 401-15.—Medri, R. Contributo alio studio degli osteosarcoma Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1917, 2.ser, 5: 87-93, 2pl.—Meyerding, H. W. Sarcoma of the long bones; a study of microscopically proved cases. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1922, 34: 321-32.—Michon, P, & Gregoire. Syphilis et osteosarcome. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1934, 41: 790.—Mondor & Moulonguet. De quelques phenomenes r6ac- tionnels du tissu osseux au voisinage des osteosarcomes. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1927, 4: 25-31.—Nicholson, G. W. Studies on tumour formation. Guy's Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1923, 73: 298- 353.—Phemister, B. B. A study of the ossification in bone sarcoma. Radiology, 1926, 7: 17-23.—Phillips, C. Osteogenic sarcoma; its pathologic characteristics. Ibid, 1935, 24: 728-34.— Pohle, E. A, Stovall, W. B, & Boyer, H. N. Concurrence of osteogenic sarcoma in 2 sisters. Ibid, 1936, 27: 545-8.— Rehbock, B. J, & Hauser, H. Liposarcoma of bone; report of 2 cases and review of literature. Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 27: 37-44.— Roberts, C. W, & Roberts, C. P. Concurrent osteogenic sarcoma in brother and sisters. J. Am. M. Ass, 1935, 105: 181-5 — Russell, B. R. G. Experimental osteo-sarcoma of rat. Sc. Rep. Cancer Res. Fund, Lond, 1923, 8: 71-3, pi— Schurch, O, & Uehlinger, E. Experimentelle Erzeugung von Knochen- sarkom durch Radium beim Kaninchen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1934, 64: 664-7.—Seemen, H. von. Schleichende eitrige Osteomyelitis; Myositis ossificans circumscripta; Knochen- sarkom (Zusammenhange und Abgrenzung) Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1933, 239: 160-83.—Shattock, S. G. Pathological remarks on sarcoma of the long bones. Brit. J. Surg, 1923-24, 11: 127- 30.—Stewart, F. W. Primary liposarcoma of bone. Am. J. Path, 1931, 7: 87-93, 3pl— Troell, A. Trauma und Knochen- sarkom. Virchows Arch, 1932, 283: 550-74.—Wanke, R. Sar- kom bei Ostitis deformans und Osteodystrophia fibrosa. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1932, 237: 198-233.—Williams, E. R. A case of osteo- genic sarcoma with no apparent bone involvement. Brit. J. Radiol, 1934, n.s, 7: 45.—Wissing, E. Sarkom bei Osteodystro- phia fibrosa. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1929, 40: 457-62. --- Sarcoma: Chondrosarcoma. Bergstrand, H. A note on chondroblastic sarcoma. Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 27: 326-8, 3pl.—Brown, G. A. Osteo-chondro- sarcoma. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1929-30, 82: 601-3— Cassar, A, & Jaubert de Beaujeu, A. Tumeur developpee au niveau d'un foyer de fracture ancienne; metastases osteo-chondro-sarcome probable. Bull. Soc. radiol. nted. France, 1928, 16: 200-3, pi — Geschickter, C. Chondrosarcoma of extra-osseous origin. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1929, 4: 147-9.—Guleke. Ueber die zentralen Chondrosarkome der Metaphysen. Arch. klin. Chir, 1933,174: 401-16—Kienbock, R. Ein Fall von Chrondrosarkom der Kno- chen. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1931-32, 154: 475-506.—Phemister, D. B. Chondrosarcoma of bone. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1930, 50: 216-33. --- Sarcoma: Diagnosis. Astier. Difficultes du diagnostic radiologique des osteo- sarcomes. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1935, 23: 324-8.— Axhausen, G. Das sarkomartige Granulom (Pseudpsarkom) der Knochen. Arch. klin. Chir, 1934, 180: 420-3 [Discussion] 147—Beve H L. Errors in the X-ray diagnosis of osteogenic sarcoma report of 2 cases with autopsy findings. Ann. Surg, 1924 80 • 730-8 -Bloodgood, J. C. Bone tumors; sarcoma, perios- tea] group, sclerosing type, osteogenic, methods of diagnosis and treatment. J. Radiol, 1923,4: 46-51. ----- Ossifying type benign ossifying periostitis and myositis. Ibid, 119-27. ----- Bone sarcoma; periosteal and diffuse type, and their diagnosis from benign lesions. J. Bone Surg, 1926, 8: 727-49. ----- Central sarcoma of bone; is there a central fibroma or fibrosar- coma and how can it be differentiated from osteitis fibrosa? Ibid, 1927, 9: 217-33.—Brodsky, S. R, & Ginsburg, I. S. [Erro- neous diagnoses in osteogenous sarcomas] Vest, khir, 1933, 31: 80-8.—Carrasco, L. Diagnostico radiologico del osteosarcoma. Ars medica, Barcel, 1933, 9: 289-92, 2pl—Clark, W. A. Three types of bone sarcoma with case reports. J. Bone Surg, 1928, 10: 231-9.—Cofield, R. B. Some difficulties in the diagnosis of osteosarcoma. J. Am. M. Ass, 1920, 75: 1264-8.—Coley, W. B. The differential diagnosis of sarcoma of the long bones. J. Bone Surg, 1928, 10: 420-73. ----- The diagnosis and treatment of bone sarcoma. Glasgow M.J, 1936, 126: 49; 128.—Cunha, J. Consideraciones sobre el diagnostico radiologico de los osteo- sarcomas. An. Fac. med, Montev, 1923-24, 9: 838-52.— Brerup, K. Sarkom und Osteodystrophia fibrosa (Beitrag zur Diagnose am Probeausschnitt) Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1935-36, 43: 386-402.—Eising, E. H. The diagnosis of sarcoma in the bone. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 80: 1429-32—Ewing, J. The place of the biopsy in bone sarcoma. Am. J. Surg, 1935, 27: 26-8. Also repr.—Hellner, H. Irrtttmer der Diagnose bei Knochensarko- men und die Bedeutung der Probeexcision. Arch. klin. Chir, 1932, 169: 423-65.—Judet, H. Trois cas d'osteo-sarcomes juxta- articulaires ayant simule des arthrites chroniques. Paris chir, 1923, 15: 377-87—Keiller, V. H. Unusual types of osteogenic sarcomata. Texas J.M, 1928-29, 24: 410-7.—Kolodony, A. Diagnosis and prognosis of bone sarcoma. J. Bone Surg, 1925, 7: 911-8. ----- Bone sarcoma; the primary malignant tumors of bone and the giant cell tumor. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1927, 44: 1-214, pi.—Konjetzny, G. E. Knochensarkome und ihre Begren- zung. Arch. klin. Chir, 1933, 176: 335-97.—Lexer, E. Erken- nungsfehler bei Knochensarkomen. Zbl. Chir, 1931, 58: 2941- 6.—Mathey-Cornat, R. Sur la classification et le diagnostic radiologique des sarcomes osseux; sarcomes osteogeniques ou osteosarcomes proprement dits. Presse nted, 1934, 42: 1127- 30.—Meyerding, H. W. The value of the roentgen ray in the diagnosis and prognosis of sarcoma of the long bones. J. Bone Surg, 1923, 5: 323-30. Also Radiology, 1924, 3: 457-63—Mon- selise, A. Sindrome radiologica dell'osteosarcoma delle ossa lunghe. Atti Congr. ital. radiol. med. (1913) 1914, 1: 138 — Palugyay, J. Zur Aetiologie und Rontgendiagnostik der Kno- chensarkome nebst einem Beitrag zur Osteoarthropathie hyper- trophiante pneumonique. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1934, 50: 107-20.—Satta, F. Sarcomatosi scheletrica metastatica sotto l'aspetto di una osteodistrofia, in soggetto infantile. Arch. ortop, Milano, 1930, 46: 1001-14.—Silva, J. H. Notas y comen- tarios sobre la fisonomia radiologica de los sarcomas oseos. Prensa med. argent, 1933-34, 20: 317-26.—Tavernier. Diag- nostic radiographique des osteosarcomes. Lyon chir, 1920, 16: 402. Also Arch. fr. belg. chir, 1923, 26: 527-39, 8pl — Wilson, R. T. Osteogenic sarcoma; roentgenologic characteris- tics. Radiology, 1935, 24: 708-14. ---- Sarcoma: Ewing's type. See Bone marrow, Tumors: Ewing's sarcoma. ---- Sarcoma, multiple. See also Bone marrow, Myeloma. Guilbert, Tardieu & Villeon, P. de la. A propos d'une obser- vation sur un cas d'ost6osarcomatose generalisee. Bull. Soc. m6d Paris, 1932, 637.—Kienbock, R. Ueber das multiple Lymphosarkom der Knochen. Wien. med. Wschr, 1927, 77: 193. -----&Selka,A. Ein Fall von Paget-Knochenkrankheit mit multiplen Sarkomen der Knochen. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1935, 162: 246-55.—Masci, B. Sarcomi multiple primitivi delle ossa. Policlinico, 1922,29: sez.chir, 473-84.—Paraf, Gaily & Bernard, P. Un cas d'osteosarcome ossifiant a metastases multiples et con- densantes. Bull. Soc. radiol. m6d. France, 1936, 24: 265-70.— Silverman, G. Multiple osteogenic sarcoma. Arch. Path, Chic , 1935, 21: 88-95.—Steinsleger, M, & Slullitel, I. Osteo- sarcomatosis generalizada. Rev. nted. Rosario, 1934, 24: 641- 59 —White, J. R. A case of multiple pulsating bone tumours. Brit. J. Surg, 1921-22, 9: 458-61. Sarcoma, traumatic. Samaropoulos, A. *Knochensarkom und Trauma [Leipzig] 29p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. Thur.] 1928. Weisflog, A. *TJeber Callustumoren (Callus- Sarkome) [Zurich] 36p. 8? Tub., 1893. Also Beitr. klin. Chir, 1893, 10: 433-68. Bonnet. Osteosarcome et traumatisme. Lyon chir, 1923, 20-775-8—Bressot, E. Traumatisme et osteosarcome. Bull. Soc chir Paris, 1928,20: 33-6—Chiappini, A. Trauma ed osteo- sarcoma' Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1931, 37: pt2, 689-99, 5pl.- Coley W. B. Local injury as a causative factor in bone sarcoma; with especial reference to the medico-legal aspects. Tr. South. Surg Ass (1925) 1926, 38: 440-85. Also Internat. J.S, 1926, 39: 259- 318—Bonati, B. Rilievi clinici ed istologici sul sarcoma BONE 774 BONE osseo post-traumatico. Ann. ital. chir, 1935, 14: 789-808.— Bujarier, C. Un faux cas de sareome traumatique. Sem. hop. Paris, 1931, 7: 467.—Fortin, M. Osteo-sarcome traumatique. Ann. nted. leg, 1933, 13: 62.—Leclerq, J, & Gaudier, H. Au sujet d'un osteo-sarcome. Ibid, 202-8.—Le Fort, R. Osteo- sarcomes post-traumatiques. Echo med. nord, 1930, 34: 73-6.— Masciotra, A. A. Responsabilidad traumatica en un caso de osteosarcoma. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1931. 38: pt2, 848-51 — Muller & Marchand. Osteo-sarcome r6vei6 au cours du travail normal. Ann. nted. teg, 1935, 15: 253.—Rallo, A. Su la genesi traumatica del sarcoma delle ossa e sui resultati lontani della sua cura chirurgica. Riforma med, 1929, 45: 558-64.—Schurch, 0, & Uehlinger, E. Experimentelles Knochensarkom nach Radiumbestrahlung bei einem Kaninchen. Zschr. Krebs- forsch, 1930-31, 33: 476-84.—Sebestygn, J. Traumatische Kno- chensarkome. Arch. klin. Chir, 1925, 136: 716-38— Stephens, P. Trauma and development of bone sarcoma. Am. J. Surg, 1928, n.s, 5: 364-8.—Tavernier. Osteosarcome et traumatisme. Lyon chir, 1923, 20: 768-71.—Troell, A. Sarkom in den langen Rohrenknochen, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung ihrer Be- handlung und der Bedeutung des Traumas fiir die Geschwulst- atiologie. Arch. klin. Chir, 1930, 163: 199-295—Zeno, A, Cames, O, & Sgrosso, J. Traumatismo y osteosarcoma. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1928, 12: 593-9, pi. ---- Sarcoma: Treatment. Bodle, K. A. *Ueber die Prognose der Sar- kome der langen Rohrenknochen. 24p. 8° Kiel, 1919. Czapek, H. *Heilung von Sarkomen spez. Osteosarkomen [Freiburg] 34p. 8? Berl. [1932] Lassig, W. *Ueber die als Knochensarkome behandelten Falle der Leipziger Chirurgischen Klinik. 40p. 8? Lpz., 1927. Saint-Rapt, de. *De la prothese interne, complement des operations conservatrices pour osteo-sarcomes [Lyon] 121p. 8? Tr6voux, 1914. Alamartine. A propos du traitement conservateur dans certains osteosarcomes des membres, de malignite reduite. Lyon chir, 1928, 25: 586-91.—Beck, E. G. Some observations on the treatment of bone sarcoma. Radiology, 1931,17:1270-5 — Berard. A propos du traitement des osteosarcome par les agents physiques. Lyon chir, 1927, 24: 451-4.—Bertolotti, M. Com- portamento radiobiologico di due casi di osteosarcoma tratati colla rbntgenterapia. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1923, 4.ser, 29: 3-8 [Discussion] annexe, 13.—Bloodgood, J. C. The treat- ment of bone sarcoma by toxins, radiations, amputation or resection. Am. J. Roentg, 1925, n.s, 14: 253-6.—Calderon, C. Algo sobre el tratamiento del osteosarcoma fusocelular. Med. ibera, 1919, 9: 139.—Christian, S. L, & Palmer, L. A. An ap- parent recovery from multiple sarcoma; with involvement of both bone and soft part treated by the toxins of erysipelas and Bacillus prodigiosus (Coley) Am. J. Surg, 1928, n.s, 4: 188- 97.—Codman, E. A. Symposium on the treatment of primary malignant bone tumors; the Memorial Hospital conference on the treatment of bone sarcoma. Ibid, 1935, 27:3-6. Also repr.— Coley, W. B. The value of conservative treatment in sarcoma of the long bones. Ann. Surg, 1921, 74: 655-61, 4pl.-----■ Diagnosis and treatment of sarcoma of the long bones. Internat. J. S, 1924, 37: 81-9. ----- Sarcoma of long bones; clinical lecture on end results. Am. J. Surg, 1928, n.s, 4:223-31.----- Diagnosis and treatment of sarcoma of the long bones. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1928) 1929, 165-82, 4pl. Also Cancer, Brux, 1929, 6: 193-223, 6pl. ----- Treatment of bone sarcoma. Cancer Rev, Lond, 1929, 4: 425-37.----- Types and treatment of bone sarcoma. Am. J. Surg, 1930, n.s, 8: 123-7.----- The treatment of sarcoma of the long bones. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1932, 50: 383-417. Also Ann. Surg, 1933, 97: 434-60. ----- Results of irradiation in the treatment of operable osteogenic sarcoma of the long bones. Radiology, 1933, 21: 318-36. Also Am. J. Surg, 1935, 27: 43-7. Also repr.—Crowell, B. C. Five-year cures of osteogenic sar- coma and of Ewing's sarcoma; accepted by the Registry of bone sarcoma. Ibid, 48.—Bahl, B. Die Strahlenbehandlung der osteogenen Sarkome und die Reaktion des Knochengewebes auf Rbntgenbestrahlung. Strahlentherapie, 1935, 54: 35-51. Also Acta path, microb. scand, 1936, suppl. 26, 110-6.—Bel Giudice, V. Tres casos de osteosarcoma tratados con rayos y que per- manecen curados despues de una observation que varia de 3 a 5 anos. Bol. last. med. exp. cancer, B. Air, 1934, 11: 72-86. Also Rev. m6d. Rosario, 1935, 9: 1-12.—Besgouttes, Ricard & Coste. Osteosarcome traite par la radiotherapie. Lyon chir, 1929, 26: 90-6— Boub, H. P. Osteogenic sarcoma treated with radiation and fever therapy. Abstr. Papers Annual Fever Conf, Dayton, 1935, 5: 77.—Briels, A. Zur Frage der Behand- lung von Knochensarkomen. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir, 1930, 28: 207-10.—Gangolphe & Bertein, P. Le p6rone greffon de choix: son utilisation dans les operations conservatrices pour osteosarcome en particulier. Lyon chir, 1914, 11: 549-87.— Gentil, F. O tratamento dos sarcomas dos ossos compridos; a proposito dum enxCrto pediculado praticado ha 20 anos. Med. contemp, Lisb, 1926, 44: 201-5.—Gibbon, W. H. Treatment of osteogenic sarcoma of long bones. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1930, 20: 297-9.—Goldhamer, K. Zur Rbntgenbehandlung der Knochen* sarkome. Strahlentherapie, 1934, 51: 636-49.—Grashey, Glauner & Meese. Zur Strahlenbehandlung der Sarkome, insbesondere der Knochensarkome. Ibid, 1936, 56: 234-48. -Greenough, R. B, Simmons, C. C, & Harmer, T. W. Bone sarcoma; an analysis of the cases admitted to the Massachusetts General and Collis P. Huntington Memorial Hospitals from January 1, 1911, to January 1, 1921. J. Orthop. Surg, 1921, 3: 602-39 — Gutierrez, J. Tratamiento de los sarcomas y osteosarcomas con radioterapia profunda. Sem. med, B. Air, 1927, 34: 10-31.— Haines, W. B. Coley's serum in a case of osteosarcoma. Lancet Clinic, 1915, 114: 335.—Handley, W. S. The treatment of sar- coma of bone by operation combined with radium or by buried radium alone with or without X-rays. Clin. J, Lond, 1925, 54: 485-8.—Hendrick, A. C, & Burton, E. F. Changes in bone tumours after intravenous injections of a colloidal solution. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1931, 24: 642-6. ----- Changes in bone sarcoma after intravenous injections of a colloidal solution of metallic arsenic. Ibid, 1933, 28: 192-4. ----- A case of bone sarcoma treated by colloidal arsenic. Ibid, 1935, 33: 421-3.— Holfelder, H. Unsere Erfahrungen fiber 25 Falle von Knochen- sarkomen, welche mit Rbntgentiefentherapie behandelt worden sind. Strahlentherapie, 1928, 31: 33-41.—Huguet. Centre anticancereux de Marseille; statistique des osteo-sarcomes traites de 1927 a 1935. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1935, 23: 319-24.—Huguier, A. R6sultats eloignes de 3 resections osseuses pour osteosarcomes reparees avec un transplant libre pris sur le perone du malade. Paris chir, 1914, 6: 505-15.—Jacoby, P. [Roentgentherapy of sarcoma of the bones] Hospitalstidende, 1936, 79: [Dansk radiol. selsk. forh.] 48-56.—Knerr, E. B. Osteo-sarcoma, roentgen-ray treatment; a case report. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1919, 16: 251-5.—Liidin, M. Knochensarkom nach experimenteller Rontgenbestrahlung. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1934, 15: 553-6—MacGuire, C. J„ & McWhorter, J. E. Sarcoma of bone; an analysis of 50 cases. Arch. Surg, 1924, 9: 545-92.—Magnusson, W. The results of radiological treatment in cases of bone sarcoma at Radiumhemmet, Stockholm, 1910- 28. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1931, 12: 101-20—Meyerding, H. W. Surgical treatment of osteogenic sarcoma. Am. J. Surg, 1935, 27:29-34. Alsorepr.—Palmer, M. B. Roentgen-ray treatment of bone sarcoma. Am. J. Roentg, 1924, n.s, 11: 550.— Paschetta, V, & Paschetta, J. Considerations sur le diagnostic radiologique et le traitement radiotlterapique de 1'osteosarcome. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1935, 23: 301-12.—Pereira Caldas, J. Con- trole arteriografico do tratamento roentgenterapico dos sar- comas osseos. Med. contemp, Lisb, 1932, 50: 117-22.—Pfahler, G. E. The healing process of osteosarcoma under the influence of the roentgen rays. J. Am. M. Ass, 1913, 61: 547-52 [Dis- cussion] 558. ---—■ The healing process of osteosarcoma under influence of the X-rays; lantern demonstration and demonstra- tion of patients. Proc. Path. Soc, Phila, 1914,16:40. —— & Parry, L. B. Treatment of osteogenic sarcoma bv means of irradiation. Am. J. Roentg, 1931, 25: 761-83.—Piot, E. La roentgenth6rapie des osteosarcomes. Progr. nted. Par, 1927, 42: 896.—Puente Buany, N. Comentarios sobre la radioterapia de los osteosarcomas a proposito de algunas observaciones personates. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1935,40:991-1007.—Sarcoma of bones. Annual Rep. Brit. Emp. Cancer Campaign, 1935, 12: 54-62.—Schumm, H. C, & Foerster, H. R. Osteo-sarcoma treated with X-rays; case report. Wisconsin M.J, 1926, 25: 499-501.—Tavernier, L. Le traitement radiotlterapique des osteosarcomes. Cancer. Brux, 1929, 6: 113-33. Also Lyon chir, 1933, 30: 725.—Troell, A. [Sarcoma of the long bones with special regard to treatment and the role of traumatism in the etiology of tumorsl Sven. lak. sail, handl, 1930, 56: 297-361. ---- Sarcoma—in animals. Maier, N. *Ueber Osteosarkome beim Pferd. 44p. 8? Giessen, 1915. Quarante, J. *Le sareome osteogenique des os du chien et du chat [Alfort] 77p. 8°. Par., 1933. Schwarz, G. [L. H. H.] *Ueber Osteosarkome bei Saugetieren. 34p. 8? Lpz., 1933. Bagg, H. J. Neoplasms in the lower primates, with a de- scription of an osteogenic sarcoma of the jaw in a Macacus rhesus. Am. J. Cancer, 1931, 15: suppl, 2143-8.—Brues, A. M, Osteogenic sarcoma in a rabbit. Ibid, 1936, 28: 587-90 — Coquot, A, & Moussu, R. Les osteo-sarcomes des membres chez le chien. Rec. med. vet, 1927, 103: 329-36.—Feldman, W. H, & Ford, F. A. An osteogenic sarcoma of a dog, path- ologic and roentgenologic observations. Am. J. Cancer, 1932, 16: 377-85.—Guastalla, R. Influenza dell'alimentazione insufficiente sullo sviluppo del sarcoma osteoide nei ratti albini. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1929, 53: 761-71.—Quarante, J. Deux cas d'osteo-sarcome des cotes chez les carnivores. Rec. med. vet, 1931,107:1056-61. ----- Deux cas de sarcomes des os du chien avec generalisation. Ibid, 1932, 108: 555.—Vecchi, G, & Vecchi, A. Influenza dell'alimentazione insufficiente sullo sviluppo di un sarcoma fusocellulare dei ratti albini. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1929, 53: 752-60—Wright, T. L. Osteo-sarcoma in a Great Dane. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1935, 15: 1414, pi. ---- Sclerosis. See Bone, marble; Melorheostosis; Osteo- sclerosis, BONE 775 BONE ---- Surgery. See also Bone, Transplantation; Fracture, Treatment; Joint, Surgery; Orthopedics. Aloi, V. Interventi sulle ossa (e casistica clinica) Gazz. med. nap, 1921, 4: 421-3.—Belke, G. Wird der Knochen durch den Lbtprozess geschadigt? Beitr. klin. Chir, 1928,142:450-3 — Brandes, M. Ueber Storungen der Konsolidation nach ortho- padischen Osteotomien langer Rohrenknochen. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1927) 1928, 22. Kongr, 387-99. Also Arch. klin. Chir, 1932, 170: 408-26.—Cannon, C. J. Bone surgery. Inter- nat. J.M.&S, 1932, 45: 580-2—Frund, H. Die Ursachen der Vereiterung implantierter Metallgegenstande bei Fixation von Knochenbrtichen und Knochenoperationen. Zbl. Chir, 1926, 53:2322.—Kirschner, M. Zur Frage der Fettembolie nach Osteo- tomien. Ibid, 1924, 51: 465.—Kiintscher, G. Die Bedeu- tung der Darstellung des Kraftflusses im Knochen fiir die Chirurgie. Arch. klin. Chir., 1935, 182: 489-551.—Leriche, R. L'avenir de la chirurgie osseuse. Progr. med. Par, 1936, 849-56. ----- & Policard, A. Un programme d'etude de la chirurgie osseuse. Presse med, 1926,34:242.—Meyerding, H. W. Surgical treatment of chronic lesions of the bone. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1925, 5: 709-20.—Rib6 Rius, L. iSierra o escoplo? Rev. espan. med. cir, 1934,17: 3-5. --- Surgery: Instruments. Eichentopf, O. *Ueber Artikulation und ihre Verwendung im Gelenk-Artikulator eigener Konstruktion; die Verwertung individueller Kau- und Beissweise. 8p. 8? Halle a.S. [1921] Baeyer, H. von. Pendel-Knochensage. Zbl. Chir, 1927, 54: 2394.—Bagrov, J. [New type of osteoclast] Vest, khir, 1927, 11: no.33, 145.—Beck, A. Ein sterilisierbarer elektrischer Handbohrapparat. Zbl. Chir, 1929, 56: 2692H1.—Bendixen, P. A. Improved bone clamp. Am. J. Surg, 1932, n.s, 15: 341.—Bingler, F. Zwei stanzende Instrumente zur Trepanation und zur Trennung schwacher Knochen. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1920, 17: 89.—Bosi, P. Contributo alla chirurgia delle ossa; un nuovo passalacci. Policlinico, 1934, 41: sez.prat, 335.—Bos- worth, B. M. Osteocamp for osteotomoclasis. J. Bone Surg, 1936, 18: 648-53, 7pl.—Cadenat, F. M. Instrumentation pour osteotomie cun6iforme. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1922, 48: 1111- 3.—Cayo, E. P. Cayo power instruments. J. Am. M. Ass, 1935, 105: 1678.—Chastenet de Gery & Larc. Instrumentation pour chirurgie osseuse. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1920, 29: 577-9.—Cryer, M. H. The spiral osteotome driven by a surgical engine in craniotomy. J. Am. M. Ass, 1908, 51: 1150-2.— Eikenbary, C. F. An instrument to facilitate the placing of Parham bands or suture material around bone. J. Bone Surg, 1930,12: 666.—Finochietto, E. El escoplo de lamina flexible con conductor. Prensa nted. argent, 1934-35, 21: 535.—Fohl, T. Staubfreie Kork-Zinkleim-Lagerungskissen zur Osteotomie. Zbl. Chir, 1925, 52: 1547.—Girard, P. M. A self-retaining re- tractor useful in open operations on bone. J. Bone Surg, 1931, 13: 612.—Goddu, L. A. O. Bone drilling and bone plating set. Boston M.&S.J, 1914, 170: 52. Also repr.—Hackenbroch, M. Osteoklast oder Meissel? Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 86 — Hall, W. W. Subcutaneous osteotomy; with report of cases; a new osteotome. Tr. Ohio M. Soc, 1894, 49:384-91.—Hethering- ton, E. M. A new device for the more universal use of the elec- tric bone saw. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 78: 191.—Jourda. In- strumentation pour chirurgie osseuse. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1929, 21: 171.—Judet, H. Instrumentation pour une technique de precision des osteotomies. P. verb. Congr. fr*. chir, 1933,42: 789-92.—Langworthy, M. A new bone saw. Northwest M, 1921, 20: 281. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1922, 35: 646-50—Lewin, P. Instruments for making curved holes in certain bones. J. Bone Surg, 1929, 11: 59. ----- A universal bone rongeur. J. Am. M. Ass, 1933, 101: 1066.—McKelvey, B. A beveled wheel-action drill. Lancet, Lond, 1936, 2: 1218.—Massart, R. Instrumentation electrique pour chirurgie osseuse. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1933, 25: 689-92.—Menciere, L. Mon nouveau modeled'osteotome-revolver. Arch. prov. chir. Par, 1907, 16: 413—Mitchell, J. I. A rotary bone file. J. Bone Surg, 1931,13: 598.—Moorhead, J. J. An electric cable driven bone instrument. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 84: 1333. Also repr.—Muck, O. Der Knochenmeissel mit Widiaschneide. Hals &c. Arzt, Teil 1, 1936, 27: 309.—Muller, W. Ueber Punktion durch Knochenge- webe mittels rotierender Kaniile. Deut. med. Wschr, 1930, 56: 1534.—Pavlik, A. Eine neue Modifikation der Knochen- sage bei den orthopadischen und chirurgischen Knochenopera- tionen. Zbl. Chir, 1937, 64: 291.—Petter, C. K. Handy bone- grasping forceps. J. Bone Surg, 1936, 18: 1084.—Pitkin, H. C. A pneumatic hammer for bone surgery. J. Am. M. Ass, 1927, 89: 1151.—Rabl. Zur Roerenschen Operation. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges, (1935) 1936, 30, Kongr, 130.—Rapaccini, M. Note di tecnica operativa: 1'osteotomia curvilinea con la sega Alessandri. Chir. org. movim, 1933-34, 18: 265-72.— Reder, F. A practical bone-clamp. J. Am. M. Ass, 1912, 58: 1194- Key, J. Eine neue Kreissiige. Zbl. Chir, 1936, 63: 2723 — Shaw, H. A, & Mason, J. T. A new hand-driven circular bone saw including a flexible shaft that can be adapted to various usages. Northwest M, 1914, n.s, 6: 142-5—Simon, H. T. A self-retaining bone retractor. J. Bone Surg, 1937, 19: 236.— Simpson-Smith, A. Bone drills. Lancet, Lond, 1932, 1: 20.— Soresi, A. L. Un nuovo apparecchio per la chirurgia delle ossa eseguita per mezzo di strumenti mossi da motore elettrico. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. ortop. (1918) 1919,9: 284-90— Spitzy, H. Werk- zeuge zur blutigen Knochendurchtrennung. Wien. med. Wschr, 1929,79: 1015-7. ---- Surgery: Methods. Henry, A. K. Exposures of long bones and other surgical methods. 80p. 8? Lond., 1927. Pietsch, P. *Erfahrungen bei Osteotomien. 19p. 8? Bresl., 1928. Rolland, P. Contribution a la pratique de la chirurgie osseuse. 85p. 8? Nemours, 1920. Baltisberger, W, & Port, J. Ueber die modellierende Osteo- tomie nach Perthes, ihre Indikation und Resultate. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1928, 143: 584-98—Bedrich, F. [Osteotomia medio- lateralis obliqua Chlumsky] Bratisl. tek. listy, 1924,3:329-35.— Bengen. Erfahrungen mit der anspitzenden Osteotomie nach Klapp. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1932-33, 238: 705-12.—Bledsoe, R. E. B. Some observations on bone surgery. Am. J. Clin. M, 1923, 30: 649-55. —--- Some observations on bone sur- gery. Texas J.M, 1923-24, 19: 458-61—Cadenat, F. M. Quel- ques precisions sur l'osteotomie cuneiforme (dans les deviations des os longs) Rev. orthop. Par, 1923, 3.ser, 10: 61-77. ----- Principles and technique of cuneiform osteotomy. Am. J. Surg, 1928, n.s, 5: 153-8. Also Livre jub. (Hartmann H.) Par. 1932, 91-103—Chaklin, V. B. [Observations on osteotomy] Ortop. travmat, 1930, 4: 35-40.—Comisso, E. Sull'osteotomia angolare. Arch, ortop, Milano, 1922, 38: 581-6.—Erler, F. Ueber Osteoklase nach vorheriger Bohrung des Knochens (Bohrosteoklase) Zbl. Chir, 1933, 60: 2187.—Fenkner. Einige lehrreiche Falle aus der Knochenchirurgie. Arch. klin. Chir, 1928, 151: 432-7—Frisch, O. Ist die Lanesche Methode der Knochenverschraubung zu verwerfen? Ibid, 1930, 160: 734- 56.—Gaugele. Osteotomie oder Osteoklasie (zugleich Beitrag zur Springerschen Operation) Arch, orthop. Unfallchir, 1922, 20: 440-4.—Haas, S. L. Longitudinal osteotomy. J.Am. M. Ass, 1929, 92: 1656-8. Also repr—Hamilton, G. An opera- tion for lengthening bone. Texas J.M, 1922-23, 18: 293-5.— Hirsch, L. Zur Technik des Meisselns am Knochen. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1925,113:104-10—Just, E. Ueber die intrakor- tikale Bolzung. Zbl. Chir, 1931, 58: 2499-504—Kirschner, M. Bemerkungen zu dem Aufsatz des O. Frisch: ist die Lanesche Methode der Knochenverschraubung zu verwerfen? Arch klin. Chir, 1930, 161: 319—Klapp, R. Die anspitzende Osteo- tomie. Chirurg, Berl, 1932, 4: 696.—MacMurray, W. A series of bone cases. Newcastle M.J., 1926-27,7:138-43.—Masmonteil, F. Tournevis porte-vis a echappement automatique. Presse med, 1923, 31: annexe, 961.—Meyer, A. Ueber Scnarnierosteo- tomie. Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1922-23, 43: 224-30.—Nash, W. S. More recent deductions in open bone operations. South. M J 1929, 22: 673-5—Newell, E. T. Improvements in the anesthetic complex, with special reference to local anesthesia in bone sur- gery. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1932, 25: 236-9.—Putti, V. Osteo- tomia ed osteoclasia. Chir. org. movim, 1932-33, 17: 1-24.— Regier, H. L. What not to do in bone surgery. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1921, 21: 117.—Robinson, W. H. Cuneiform osteotomy; a method of planning dimensions of wedge to be removed. Am. J. Surg, 1931, n.s, 12: 546. Alsorepr.—Ross, B. A method for the production of increased compression strength of bone; an experimental study (preliminary report) Brit. J. Surg, 1932, 20: 337-42.—Schanz, A. Die Sicherung der Resultate ortho- padischer Osteotomien. Zbl. Chir, 1923, 50:1167-9.—Stoffel, A. Indikation und Technik von Osteotomie, Osteoklase und Redressement. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1921) 1922,16. Kongr, 315-25.—Thomann, O. Ueber die bogenfbrmige Osteotomie Beitr. klin. Chir, 1923, 130: 393-8.—Walsh, J. W. Important points in bone surgery. N. York M.J, 1921, 114: 576-8.— Watkins, A. Some important points in bone surgery. J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1922-23, 19: 145-52—Wiemers, A. Parallel- verschiebung, eine neue Behandlungsart bei Osteotomien Arch, orthop. Unfallchir, 1922, 21: 309-16. ---- Surgery: Methods: Resection. Liceaga, E. *Exposicion de algunos hechos y esperiencias que demuestran la posibilidad de hacer las resecciones sub-periosticas y de sus ventajas. 46p. 8? Mex., 1869. Alcalfi, L. T. Algo de pediatria quirurgica; dos resecciones atipicas. Gac. nted. Mexico, 1908, 3: 413-24.—Brasovan, R, & SerdaruSic, I. Versuche fiber die Fluornatriumwirkung bei Kno- chenresektion. Arch. klin. Chir:, 1935-36, 184: 170-8—Chiaro- lanza, R. Beitrag zur Knochenchirurgie; die Technik der Kno- chenresektion unler Anwendung des Meissels. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1912, 59: 2910.—Behaye. Observations de chirurgie osseuse; resections. Ann. med. chir. Dour, 1904, 12: 29-40.— Bus Calderon, C. De la resection osea sub-periostica. Rev. Soc. med. argent, 1895, 4: 372-80.—Guidone, P. Contributo storico- clinico alle resezioni. Gazz. internaz. med. prat, 1900,3: 5; 20.— Heitz-Boyer & Scheikevich. Trois aspects du perioste chez le jeune et chez l'adulte apres la resection dite sous-p6riostee; i'esquillectomie sous-osteoperiostee ou transosseuse. Bull. BONE 776 BONE Soc. chir. Paris, 1918, 44: 1458-65.—Henrotin, F. Resections and exsections. Am. Med, 1901, 2: 366-8.—Kirmisson, E. Les re- sultats des resections d'apres une observation de 20 annees (1898-1918) a la Consultation orthopedique du Bureau central. Rev. orthop. Par, 1918, 6: 3.ser, 485-519.—Knott, J. Some re- marks on the epiphyses of the long bones, and their bearings on the operation of resection. N. Zealand M.J, 1904, 3: 408-17. Also repr. Also Dublin J.M. Sc, 1904, 118: 183-92—Lambotte, A. Pince-gouge pour les resections profondes. J. Soc. belg. chir, 1902, 2: 120.—Mayer, L. Ausgedehnte Knochenre- sektionen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1916, 42: 805—Molek, A. [The resection of the lower joints and the upper extremities] Cas. tek. cesk, 1906, 45: 599-601.—Russell, J. I. Subperiosteal resec- tions. Ann. Surg, 1920, 72: 396-9—SSdillot, C. Note sur les resections sous periostees. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1859, 49: 978-80 — Wilder, H. M. Resection of bone. Charlotte M.J, 1905, 27: 227. ---- Surgery, plastic. See also Bone, Transplantation. Beaume, M. *Prothese en ivoire pour reparer les pertes de substance des os. 106p. 8? Par., 1927. Loo, K. van de. *Casuistischer Beitrag zur Osteoplastik. 40p. 8? Freib. i. Br., 1917. Nebel, L. *Zur Frage der Osteoplastik. 8p. 8? Giessen, 1922. Baena, F. A endo-protese em cirugia ossea. Bol. Acad. nac. med, Rio, 1929, 101: 705-1S.— Blond, K. Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Osteoplastik. Arch. klin. Chir, 1923, 125: 378-91 — Bbhmig, R. Zur Frage und Kritik der Knochensubstitution auf Grund der Histologic eines Albee-Spanes. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1930, 149: 663-76.—Courtin. Emploi des chevilles d'ivoire comme moyen de coaptation dans les resections osseuses. Bull. Soc. anat. physiol. Bordeaux, 1902, 23: 90—Belbet, P. Endoprotheses en caoutchouc. Rev. chir. Par, 1928, 66: 181- 213.—Glass doubles for bones to permit growth of marrow. Science News Lett, 1936, 30: 7.—Gluck, T. Ueber Osteoplastik. Arch. klin. Chir, 1921,117: 13-21. Also Verh. Deut. Ges. Chir, 1921, 45: 257-65.—Ichok, G. Ideas nuevas en cirugia reparadora de los huesos. Arch, med, Madr, 1929, 31: 441-59.—Miller, O. L. Plastic bone repair after therapeutic irradiation; report of a case. J. Bone Surg, 1931, 13: 329-33.—Robineau. Contribu- tion a l'etude des protheses osseuses. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1927, 53: 886-96.----r & Contremoulins. Exemples de syntheses et de protheses en os, en metal nu ou caoutchouce, etablies sur des donnees metroradiographiques; resultats eloignes. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1929, 188: 1575.—Shapiro, G. L. [Application of plastic substances in bone surgery] Ortop. travmat, 1936, 10: 55-62.—Shoemaker, H, & Cleary, E. W. Re- construction of long bones. California West. M, 1929, 30: 399-401.—Soule, R. E. Experience in reconstructive bone and joint surgery. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1921, 18: 309-16—Ver- brugge, J. Considerations au sujet de I'emploi de la prothese externe dans la chirurgie osseuse. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1928. 54: 1039-44. ---- Syphilis. See under Syphilis. ---- Therapeutic effects. Laufer, B. Use of human skulls and bones in Tibet. 16p. 8? Chic, 1923. Forms Leaflet no. 10, Field Mus. Natur. Hist. Dep. Anthrop. Beube, F. E, & Silvers, H. F. Influence of devitalized hetero- rogenous bone-powder on regeneration of alveolar and maxillary bone of dogs. Bull. Colorado Dent. Ass, 1934, 12: 34-6. Also J. Dent. Res, 1934, 14: 15-9.—Kernbach, M. Sur l'organo- spetificite de la substance albuminoide des os. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 213-5.—Landauer, W, Upham, E, & Rubin, F. Studies on the creeper fowl; the effect of bone extract on skeletal growth and the phosphatase content of the bones. J. Biol. Chem, 1935, 108: 121-6. Also repr.—Maurin. Decalcification osseuse; osseine, agent recalcificateur et stimulant de 1'osteoge- nese. Paris nted, 1929, 73: 226-36. ----- Poudre d'os frais; sa valeur therapeutique. Bull. Acad, nted. Par, 1934, 3.ser, 111: 58-63.—Popov, V. I. [Therapeutic properties of bone meal] Vest, khir, 1932, 27: 32-8—Zawisch-Ossenitz, C. Ueber Fbr- derung des Knochenwachstums durch Injektion von Knochen- extrakt. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1926, 39: 1301; 1929, 42: 733. ---- Transplantation. See also Bone, Growth; Bone, Regeneration; Bone Surgery, plastic. Berthold, E. *Ueber Knochentransplanta- tionen bei Defekten der Rohrenknochen. 47p 8? Berl., 1919. Orell, S. Studien iiber Knochenimplanta- tion und Knochenneubildung, Implantation von os purum sowie Transplantation von os novum. 274p. 8? Goteborg, 1934. Forms Suppl. 31, v.74, Acta chir. scand. Regard, G. L. Des greffes osseuses ou premiere dtude chirurgiologique. 77p. 8? Par., 1921. Adams, W. R. Bone grafting. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1923, 36: 97.—Bardhan, P. K. Biological principles in bone grafting. Calcutta M.J, 1925-26, 21: 2-7.—Bingham, A. H. Bone graft surgery. J. Am. Inst. Homcep, 1921-22, 14: 745-51.—Camitz. Ueber Knochentransplantation, 2 alte und 2 neue Fiille. Acta chir. scand, 1929, 65: 208-10.—Christophe, L. Recherches sur les greffes osseuses. Presse med, 1921, 29: 204.—Dartigues. Les greffes osseuses humaines et animales. Rev. sc. Par, 1923, 61: 325-31.—Bufourmentel, L. Les auto, homo et hetero-greffes en chirurgie reparatrice. Bull. Soc. chir. Par, 1933, 25: 269- 82.—Burand. Les greffes csseuses. Lyon med, 1921, 130: 473-90.—Forgue. Sur les greffes osseuses. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1922, 31: 153-9— GaUie, W. E. The transplantation of bone. Brit. M.J, 1931, 2: 840-4.—Groves, E. W. H. Some notes on bone-grafting. Stethoscope, Bristol, 1921, 19: 47-51.----- Kelly, M. F. [et al.] Discussion on bone grafting. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1920-21, 14: sect.surg, 191-3—Hart, V. L. Bone grafting; some fundamental principles. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1932, 31: 184-7.—Imbert, L. Sur les greffes osseuses. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1922, 31: 172-8—Kropveld, S. M. [Bone trans- plantation] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1922, 66: pt2, 1333-9—Lazza- rini, L. A proposito di innesti ossei. Gazz. osp, 1931, 52: 389- 91.—Le Fur, R. A propos de onze cas de greffes osseuses. Bull. Soc. chir. Par, 1933, 25: 187-92.—Lozano Monz6n, D. R. Plastias oseas y de grasa segiin Lexer y Albee. Med. ibera, 1922,16: 189; 205.—MacAuley, H. F. Bone-grafting. Irish J.M. Sc, 1935, 6.ser, 669; 684, 6pl— Mamourian, M. The bone graft. Brit. M. J, 1921, 2: 934-8.—Martin, P. Le greffe osseuse dans 2 applications. Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1931, 51: 605-16.—Monaco, U. Trapianti ossei. Policlinico, 1923, 30: sez.chir, 203-20.— Morison, R, Cuff, C. H, & Russell, W. K. Bone grafts. New- castle M.J, 1920-21, 1: 110-4, 3pl—Nathan, P. W. The biology of bone development in its relation to transplantation. N. York M.J, 1921, 114: 454-6.—Oehlecker, F. Aus dem Gebiete der Knochen- und Gelenktransplantation. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1922, 126: 135-91.—Palacios, G. C. Dos casos interesantes de injertos oseos. Sem. med, B. Air, 1924, 31: pt2, 651-3.—Partsch. Ueber Knochenpfianzung. Jahrber. Schles. Ges. vaterl. Kult. (1918) 1919, 2: Abt. 2, 8-21.—Pineda, J. El ingerto oseo y cartila- ginoso. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1928, 33: 862.—Poate, H. R. G. Bone grafts. Med. J. Australia, 1922, 1: 209-15, pi—Rankin, W. Four cases of bone transplantation. Glasgow M.J, 1924, 102: 385-7, pi.—Schwartz, A. Contribution a l'etude des greffes osseuses. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1927, 53: 767-75.—Tixier, L. A propos des greffes osseuses. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1918, 27: 558-62.—Verechinskv, A. O. [Bone transplantation] Russ. klin, 1926, 5: 511-24.—Wheeler, W. I. B. Bone grafting. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1932, 379-81.—Young. Greffe osseuse pratiqu6e. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1930, 39: 396-9. ---- Transplantation, autoplastic. Hauer, A. *Ueber den Ersatz ausgedehnter Knochendefekte mittels autoplastischer Trans- plantation sowie iiber Auto- und Homoplastik im allgemeinen. 46p. 8? Berl., 1913. Calissano, 'G. Esperienze d'interposizione di cartilagine fissata fra monconi ossei al fine di ottenere una neoartrosi. Arch. ital. chir, 1928, 22: 206-17.—Gorbounov, V. P. [Data on auto- plastic grafting of bones and cartilages] Vest, khir, 1928, 13: 71-5.—Gebauer, J. Autoplastische Ersetzung von Rohrenkno- chen in den Extremitaten von Triton cristatus Laur. Zool. Jahrb, Abt. allg. zool, 1933, 53: 173-211.—Henderson, M. S. Autogenous bone transplantation. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921, 77: 165-8.—Hill, H. G. The autogenous bone graft. Memphis M.J, 1930, 7: 21-5.—Hoffmann, V. Die autoplastischen Kno- chentransplantationen vom Standpunkt der Biologie und Architektonik. Arch. klin. Chir, 1925,135: 413-85—Imbert, L. Recherches experimentales sur les greffes osseuses; les homo- greffes. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1925, 3.ser, 94: 1086-90. ----- Recherches sur la greffe osseuse; les autogreffes tteterotopiques. Ibid, 1926, 3.ser, 95: 538-42—Josselin de Jong, R. de, & Eykman van der Kemp, P. H. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Autotransplantation von Knochengewebe. Beitr. path. Anat, 1927-28, 79: 268-332, 2pl.—Lazzarini, L. Contributo alio studio dell'innesto omoplastico di osso vivente; nota preventiva Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1924, 37: 325-9—Poggi, J. Con- sideracoes em torno de 2 casos de autoplastia ossea. Fol. med., Rio, 1929,10: 13-7.—Polacco, E. Intorno agli innesti sperimen- tali omoplastici di callo osso. Arch. ital. chir, 1929,23: 731-40.— Santi, E. Innesti ossei autoplastici e simpaticectomia. Ibid, 1932-33, 32: 209-27.—Serafini, G, & Antonioli, G. M. Contributo clinico e istologico al trapianto osseo autoplastico nell'uomo. Ibid.; 1928, 16: 273-93—Stubenrauch, von. Beitrag zur auto- plastischen Knochenverpflamung in die Weichteile. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1922, 28: 477-500—Thomas, W. H, & Clark, W. A. Late results in autogenous internal bone splinting. Arch. Surg, 1920, 1: 524-37.—Tillier & Witas, L. Avantages de la greffe a.utoplastique osseuse a lambeau p6dicul6 musculaire BONE 777 BONE suivant les techniques de M. Curtillet. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1921,47:984-7. —— Transplantation: Experimental research. Bull, C. R. *Experimentelle Studien tiber Knochentransplantation und Knochenregenera- tion. 105p. 8? Oslo, 1928. Costa, T. Innesti ossei ed articolari; ricerche sperimentali. 274p. 4? Nap., 1916. Brooks, B, & Hudson, W. A. Studies in bone transplanta- tion; an experimental study of the comparative success of autog- enous and homogenous transplants of bone in dogs. Arch. Surg, 1920, 1: 284-309, pi—Ely, L. W. Bone growth in trans- planted bone; an experimental study. Ibid, 1924, 9: 215-25.— Ghormley, R. K, & Stuck, W. G. Experimental bone trans- plantation with special reference to the effect of decalcification. Ibid, 1934, 28: 742-70. Also Proc. Mayo Clin, 1933, 8: 253 — Hammer, H. Experimentelle Untersuchungen Uber das Schick- sal freitransplantierter Knochenstucke bei kiinstlich gesetzter Infektion. Deut. Mschr. Zahnh, 1932, 50: 529-69.—Imbert, L. La greffe osseuse: recherches experimentales. J. chir. Par , 1926, 27: 710-24.—Jourdain, E, & Imbert. Trois observations de greffe osseuse experimentale. C. rend. Sec. biol, 1921, 84: 791-3.—Kornew, P. G. Transplantation und Knochenwachs- tum; experimentelle Untersuchung. Arch. klin. Chir, 1929, 154: 499-564.—Kropveld, S. M. [Experimental contribution to the problem of bone-grafting] Ned. mschr. geneesk, 1921, 10: 471; 684.—Nageotte, J. Reflexions sur quelques causes d'erreur dans l'examen histologique des greffes osseuses, a propos de la note de MM. Et. Jourdan et Imbert, intitutee: Trois observa- tions de greffe osseuse experimentale. C. rend. Soc. biol 1921, 84: 828-30—Orell, S. Experimentalchirurgische Studie iiber Knochentransplantate und ihre Anwendung in der prak- tischen Chirurgie; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Deut. Zschr. Chir 1931, 232: 701-13—Sandison, J. C. A method for the micro- scopic study of the growth of transplanted bone in the trans- parent chamber of the rabbit's ear. Anat. Rec, 1928, 40: 41-9 — Traversa Gaudioso, E. Ricerche sperimentali sugli innesti ossei immediati e a distanza. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. prat, 735- 40.—Troell, A. Autoplastic and alloplastic grafting of skeleton tissue; an experimental study. Acta chir. scand, 1923-24, 56: 59-72, 6pl. Also Hygiea, Stockh, 1923, 85: 79-92, 3pl—Vazquez Lim6n, F. Ensayo de estudio experimental sobre los trans- plantes oseos. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1927, 2.ser, 7: 604-17.— Voronoff, S. Recherches experimentales faites au College de France et resultats cliniques de reparation de pertes de substance osseuse par la greffe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1918, 27: 447-53 — Willich, C. T. Die Bedeutung des Knochenmarkes fiir die Regeneration bei der freien autoplastischen Knochentrans- plantation im Tierexperiment. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1926, 136: 102-74. ■--- Transplantation: Fate and effect of graft. Binswanger, H. *Ueber physikahsche Zu- standsanderungen an Knochentransplantaten und krankhaft veranderten Knochen [Zurich] 18p. 8? Lpz., 1927. Also Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1927, 203-204: 413-28. Lagarde, R. *Contribution a l'etude de revolution des greffons osseux apres transplanta- tion. 39p. 8? Par., 1921. Angelelli, O. Sopra un caso di innesto osseo per resezione della clavicola osservato per lo spazio di 5 anni. Policlinico, 1928,35: sez.prat, 2493-501.—Annovazzi,G. Sull'esito a distanza (16 anni) di innesto osseo autoplastico. Clin, chir, Milano, 1928, 31: 1051-81.—Berard. Que deviennent les greffes osseuses autoplastiques par transplantation libre? Lyon nted, 1917, 126: 381-4.—Caldarera, E. Gli elementi istiocitari nell'ossi- ficazione eterotopica da innesto. Arch. ital. chir, 1936, 43: 144-72.—Camitz, H, Holmgren, H, & Johansson, H. Contribu- tion a l'etude de la nature de la transplantation osseuse. Acta chir. scand, 1934, 75: 1-67.—Cente. Presentation de radio- graphics de greffe osseuse et d'une piece anatomique. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1921, 9: 106-8.—Christophe, L. Note sur le mecanisme de 1'osteogenese de reparation et le processus de resorption de certains greffons osseux morts. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 85: 271—Bavison, C, & Kraft, A. The fate of the cortical bone graft. Arch. Surg, 1931, 20: 94-7, pi. Also repr — Ellmer & Schmincke. Demonstration eines 15 Jahre alten homoioplastischen Knochentransplantats. Med. Kor. Bl. Wurttemberg, 1925, 95: 70. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 161. Also Zbl. Chir, 1925, 52: 562-5—Guleke. Ueber den Umbau transplantierter Knochen im Rontgenbild. Verh. Deut. path. Ges, 1921, 18: 183-6. Also Arch. klin. Chir, 1926, 141: 325-44.—Haas, S. L. Spontaneous healing inherent in transplanted bone. J. Bone Surg, 1922, 4: 209-14. ----- A study of the viability of bone after removal from the body. Arch. Surg, 1923, 7: 213-26.—Halperin, G, & Walsh, E. L. The effect of bone transplantation on the blood calcium level. Ibid, 1929, 18: 819-23.—Harbin, M, & Liber, K. E. The behavior of transplanted bone. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1934, 59: 149-60 — Imbert, L. Les actions osteotropiques dans la greffe osseuse. Arch,, fr. belg. chir, 1923, 26: 1143, ----- Note sur les greffes Sn^flo16 roIe du Sreffon- Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1923, 3.ser, foos , -TT-0 La greffe osseuse; etude histologique. Ibid, 1928,3.ser, 99: 340-4. ----- Recherches histologiques sur on,VoVTlon deia greffe osseuse- Ann. anat. path. Par, 1930, 7: 291-315.—ito.K. Ueber das Schicksal des in die Weichteile transplantierten Knochens. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1924 14- »;—Jonas, A. F. The fate of the bone graft. Wisconsin M.J, 1921-22, 20: 407-10.—Kalima, T. Ein zwei Monate altes auto- plastisches Knochentransplantat. Acta chir. scand, 1929, 65: 196-208, pi— Kornev, P. [Transplantation and growth of bones] Vest, khir, 1927, 12: 10-61, lOpl.-Lazzarini, L. Sul diflerente comportamento del periostio e del tessuto connettivo dell ospite, di fronte all'innesto di osso deperiostato. Arch ortop, Milano, 1927, 43: 65-72.-Lexer, E. Ueber das normale und pathologische Ergehen der Knochentransplantate. Acta chir. scand, 1923-24, 56: 164-80, 9pl. ----- Zur Nichtein- heilung von Knochentransplantaten. Zbl. Chir, 1924, 51 ■ 2o8.—Matwejew, B. N. Histologische Untersuchung eines Knochentransplantats von 15jahrigem Alter. Mschr. Ohrenh , Wien, 1930, 64: 417-22.—May, H. Die Vaskularisation ganzer, replantierter Radii beim Hunde und ihre Beziehung zur Kno- chen- und Markregeneration, zum Wachstum und zum Ge- lenkknorpel. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1934,160: 30-74— Nakamura, I. Experimentelle Untersuchungen Uber die Heilung der Kno- chentransplantation. Verh. Jap. chir. Ges, 1929, 30: 20 — Ogawa, B. Ueber Knochentransplantation unter Beriicksich- tigung der Vitalfarbungslelire. Acta Scholae med. Univ Kyoto, 1923-24, 6: 275-326, 5pl.—Petrow, N. Ein 25 Jahre altes Knochentransplantat. Arch. klin. Chir, 1933, 175: 176-80.— Pokotilo, W. L, & Kosdoba, A. S. Das Schicksal des in weiche Gewebe verpflanzten Knochenexplantats. Mitt. GrenzgeD Med. Chir, 1935-36, 44: 390-400.—Polacco, E. Ricerche com- parative sulla neoformazione ossea negli innesti auto ed omo- plastici di periostio e di giovane osso. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1929, 92: 153-7.—Pollock, W. E, McKenney, P. W, & Blaisdeh\ F. E. The viability of transplanted bone; an experimental study. Arch. Surg, 1929, 18: 607-23.—Regard, L. Preuves anatomiques de la survie des greffes osseuses. Bull. Soc. anat Paris, 1921, 91: 161-71.—Rohde, C. Beitrage zur Frage der Metaplasie des Bindegewebes in Knochen; die Einheilungs- vorgange bei der Transplantation ausgekochter Knochenstiicke in Weichteile. Arch. klin. Chir, 1924, 128: 302-33.—Ruba- schewa, A, & Priwes, M. G. Vaskularisation der Rohren- knochen bei Autotransplantaten. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1932, 156: 299.—Satta, F. L'evoluzione dei trapianti ossei dal punto di vista radiologico e clinico. Chir. org. movim, 1923, 7: 345- 66.—Sebileau, P. La vie des greffons cartilagineux et osseux. Monde nted, 1926, 36: 489-503.—Serafini, G, & Antonioli, G. M. Contributo clinico ed istologico al trapianto osseo autoplastico nell'uomo. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1925, 4.ser, 31: 147-51.— Simon, R. Recherches sur la destinee des transplants osseux chez la souris. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 87: 1377-9. Also Gaz med. Strasbourg, 1922, 80: 404-9. ----- La greffe osseuse' etude biologique. Rev. chir. Par, 1922, 60: 207; 368. ----- Conditions de la survie des greffons d'os adulte dans les parties molles. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 88: 443-5. ----- Influence des rayons X a faible dose sur revolution des greffes osseuses. Ibid, 755.—Spitzy, H. Umbau und Anpassung freitransplan- tierter Knochen. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1925) 1926, 20. Kongr, 234-7 fDiscussion] 269-73.—Stein, G. Plantations- studien. Zschr. Stomat, 1928, 26: 284-309.—Stout, A. P. Some changes occurring in accidentally transplanted bone. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1923, 23: 121-30.—Tavernier, L. Influence de l'excitation fonctionnelle sur la croissance d'une greffe osseuse Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1921, 47: 314-7.—Verechinsky, A. O. [Influence of surrounding medium on the outcome of bone transplantation] Russ. klin, 1926, 5: 511-23.—Villata, G. Sulla sorte dell midollo, dell'osso nei trapianto omoplastico. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1930,93: 167-74.—Violato, A. Con- tributo alio studio dei trapianti ossei: sulla Dossibilita ehe le cellule ossee si sviluppino e vivano in mezzi artificiali nermeabili non viventi. Morgagni, 1927, 69: 1441-61—Wereschinski, A. Beitrage zur Frage iiber das Schicksal der Knochentransplan- tate. Arch. klin. Chir, 1925, 136: 545-67. ---- Transplantation, free. Jawitsch, S. *Beitrag zur freien Knochen- transplantation. 44p. 8? Berl., 1914. Rammelt, F. W. *Ueber freie Knochen- transplantation zur Deckung von Defekten langer Rohrenknochen. 30p. 8? Halle a.S., 1914. Buonsanti, P. II sussido radiologico nella questione della vitalita dei trapianti autoplastici ossei liberi. Arch, ortop, Milano, 1925, 41: 145-68.—Cestaro, C. Innesti di osso libero (ricerche sperimentali) Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1923, 28: 208; 220; 236; 245; 256.—Belchev, J. A propos de Involution des auto-greffons osseux libres; note sur un cas d'ossification interepi- neuse malgr6 l'eiimination du greffon. Bull. Acad. roy. med. Belgique, 1925, 5.ser, 5: 531-5, 4pl— Gaglio, V. Sugli autotra- pianti e sugli innesti liberi omo ed eteroplastici di periostio e di osso. Ann. ital. chir, 1932, 11: 603-40. ----- Innesti liberi omo ed eteroplastici di periostio e di osso in animali scnsibilizzati. Ibid, 2017-30.—Kartaschew, S. I. Beitrage zur Frage der freien autoplastischen Knochentransplantation; experimentelle Un- tersuchungen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Transplan- BONE 778 BONE tation feiner Knochenstiickchen und -Splitter. Arch. klin. Chir, 1929-30, 156: 758-805.—Koch, H. Rohrenknochendefekt- ersatz durch freie autoplastische Knochentransplantation (ex- perimentslle und klinische Untersuchungen mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der pathologischen Transplantatzustande) Beitr. klin. Chir, 1927, 139: 635-719.—Lazzarini, L. Sul tra- pianto libero di osso vivente. Arch. ital. chir, 1925,11: 111-38.— Matti, H. Ueber freie Transplantation von Knochenspongiosa. Arch. klin. Chir, 1931-32, 168: 236-58.—Tengwall, E. Einige Falle von freier Knochentransplantation. Nord. med. ark, 191*, afd. I, 51: 383-421.—Wustmann. Beitrage zur freien Trans- plantation periostgedeckter Knochenspane. Zbl. Chir, 1935, 62: 2098-101. ---- Transplantation, heteroplastic. Calve, J. De I'emploi du tissu spongieux heterogene en chi- rurgie osseuse. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1935, 61: 1170-4.— Christophe, L. Recherches sur les greffes d'os fixe a l'alcool et sur le mechanisme de 1'osteogenese. Arch. fr. belg. chir, 1923, 26: 13-56, 2pl.—Leriche, R. Resultat eioign6 de greffes de tissu osseux heterogene. Mem. Acad, chir. Par, 1935, 61: 1341-3 — Robineau & Contremoulins, G. Reactions de l'organisme humain sur les pieces protltetiques ou syntltetiques en os heterogene sterilise par l'alcool bouillant. C.rend. Acad, sc, 1925,180: 1543. ---- Transplantation: Indications. Albee, F. H. Certain fundamental laws underlying the sur- gical use of the bone graft. Ann. Surg, 1921, 74: 196-205. ---— Enlargement of the parturient canal by bone graft. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1928, 46: 845. ----- The various uses of the bone graft. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1929-30, 23: sect.orthop, 31-6—Ales- sandri. Trapianti ossei nelle estese resezioni. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1919) 1921, 26: 76-80. Also Riforma med, 1919, 35: 922 — Belageniere, H. De I'emploi des greffes osseuses dans la chirur- gie des os. J. med. fr, 1922, 11: 135-40.—Higelmo, G. Injertos oseos en sus aplicaciones a la cirugia infantil; procedimiento del Dr Ohvares para reparar las perdidas de substantia craneales. Pediat. espan, 1930, 19: 97-121.—Kurlander, J. J. Bone graft- ing and its clinical application. Ohio M.J, 1921, 17: 816-9.— McWhorter, G. L. Use of a cortical inlay bone-graft in non-union; importance and technic of avoiding encircling bone sutures; a clinical and experimental study. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, 8: 555-60.—Matolcsy, T. von. Praktische Bedeutung und Anwen- dung der Knochentransplantation. Arch. klin. Chir, 1933, 176: 319-34.—Mauclaire, P. A propos des greffes osseuses seg- mentaires en chirurgie de guerre. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1918, 27: 607. ----- A propos des greffes et des implants osseux pour reparer les grosses pertes de substance des epiphyses et des diaphyses, et de la prothese interne perdue. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1927, 53: 1363-73.—Michon, L. Contribution a l'etude de la transplantation osseuse (application a la reparation des ntetacarpiens et des phalanges) J. chir. Par, 1922, 20: 260-73.— Welchman, W. Some notes on the use of the bone graft with illustrated cases. Med. J.S. Africa, 1921-22, 17: 224-8. ---- Transplantation: Methods. Latombe, M. *Implantations du femur dans le tibia et du tibia et du p6rone dans le femur. 78p. 8? Par., 1921. Riess, E. *Ueber Knochentransplantationen aus der Scapula; 3 Falle von Schadel def ekt- Deckungen; ein Fall von Einpflanzung in eine Lucke der Ulna [Berlin] 23p. 8? Schwab. Ground, 1918. Bailleul & Regner. La greffe du tissu osseux par bouillie et poussiere (pate) d'os vivant. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1935, 27: 414-8.—Baron, A. Ueber die Bedeutung der Spongiosa bei der Knochentransplantation. Zbl. Chir., 1926, 53: 2332-41.—Bian- calana, L. Tnnesti ossei intraepifisari e metafisari. Arch. ital. chir, 1930, 27: 886-8—Buxton, S. J. B. The association of the surgeon and radiologist in bone grafting. Arch. Radiol. Elec- trother, Lond, 1922-23, 27: 289-304, 4pl.—Calve, J. De I'emploi du tissu spongieux de jeune veau comme mortier osseux. Rev. orthop. Par, 1934, 3.ser, 21: 660-3—Curtillet, J, & Tillier, R. Les indications et les avantages de la greffe osseuse a pedicuie. Lyon chir, 1925, 22: 789-804.—Bauriac, J. S. Apercu sur les greffes osseuses par incrustation. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1918, 27: 390-8.—Bupuy de Frenelle. Technique des greffes osseuses des os longs. Arch. med. chir. province, 1922, 12: 442-52.—Ertl, J. von. Biegsame Knochentransplantate. Zbl. Chir, 1937, 64: 362-71.—Forrester-Brown, M. F. Study of some methods of bone-grafting. Brit. J. Surg, 1921-22, 9: 179-99.—Gazzotti, G. Contributo alio studio del trapianto osseo alla Hahn-Codivilla. Policlinico, 1921, 28: sez.chir, 548-55.—Gorbunov, W. P. Ver- gleichende Studien fiber die Knochen- und Knorpel-Auto- und Homotransplantation. Arch. klin. Chir, 1930, 161: 651-70.— Haas, S. L. The ideal bone-graft as determined by exprimental investigations. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1923, 3: 761-3. ----- The transplantation of bone into joints. Arch. Surg, 1926 13- 426-34.—Henry, A. K. The hinged bone-graft. Brit. M.J, 1930, 1: 737, pi.—Imbert, L. La greffe osseuse et ses conditions de realisation. Marseille med, 1923, 60: 1097-107.------ Note sur les greffes osseuses; proportion a etablir entre I'importance de la breche osseuse et la longueur du greffon. Bull. Acad. med. Par, 1924, 3.ser, 91: 371-5, 2pl. ------ Nouvelle note sur les greffes osseuses: les greffes en semie. Ibid, 92: 1283- 90. ------ Note sur les greffes osseuses: les grellnns tues. Ibid 1925, 3.ser, 93: 204-14—Keith, W. S. Small bone grafts." j. Bone Surg, 1934, 16: 314-30.—Lazzarini, L. Innesti ossei Gazz. osp, 1928, 49: 97-100.—McWilliams, C. A. The values of the various methods of bone grafting, judged by 1,390 reported cases. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1921. 39: 601-11. Also Ann. Surg, 1921, 74: 286-93.—Massart, R. Le greffon osseux total et ses ap- plications en chirurgie. Techn. chir. Par, 1934, 26: 276-88. ----- Les greffes osseuses de la mere a l'enfant. Bull. Soc chir. Paris, 1935, 27: 142-4.—Masland, H. C. The self-retaining slide bone graft. Pennsylvania M.J, 1919-20, 23: 713-9.— Michon, L, Magrou, J, & Rouffiac. Etude comparative de quelques transplantations osseuses (transplants frais et trans- plants formoles) Ann. anat. path. Par, 1924, 1: 173-8.—Miller, 0. L. Massive bone grafts: report of cases. South. M.J, 1932, 25: 211-8.—Morison, A. E. Principles of bone graft surgery Edinburgh M.J, 1923, 30: Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc, 65-80— Page, C. M. Some points in the technique of bone-grafting, with a special reference to bridge-grafts. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1921-22, 15: sect.surg, 45. -----• & Perkins, G. Some observations on bone-grafting; with special reference to bridge-grafts. Brit. J. Surg, 1921-22, 9: 540-52.—Pont. Greffe osseuse par glissement. Lyon med, 1916, 125: 444.—Regard, G. L. Etude comparative entre la greffe osseuse et l'implantation d'os mort. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1921, 47: 603; 928.—Rich, E. A. Fibular transplant. J. Bone Surg, 1929, 11: 398-401— Rolland, P. De l'utilisation du tour dentaire a pedales dans la pratique des greffes osseuses totales. Rev. odont. Par, 1924, 45: 67-73.—Scherb, R. Zur Indikation und Technik der Albee- de Quervainschen Opera- tion. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1921, 51: 763-5.—Simon, R, & Aron, M. Sur la morphogenese des os longs par la methode des greffes embryonnaires. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 85: 943-6. ----- Recherches sur les greffes osseuses embryonnaires. Arch. fr. belg. chir, 1922, 25: 869-83, 4pl—Watkins, A. B. K. The dovetail joint simplified for bone graft purposes. Med. J. Australia, 1934, 1: 430. ---- Transplantation, osteo-periosteal. Belageniere, H. Methode generate et technique des greffes osteoperiostiques prises au tibia, pour la reconstitution des os ou la reparation des pertes de substance osseuse, d'apres 118 nouvelles observations personnelles, avec presentation de blesses operes. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1917, n.s, 43: 2288-316. -----■ Reparation des pertes de substance osseuse et des pseud- arthroses par la greffe osteo-periostique prise au tibia, et en particulier des greffes du maxillaire inferieur et des os longs. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1918. 27: 502-34. Also Am. J. Surg, 1921, 35: 281-7. ------ Applications cliniques des greffes osteo-poriostiques prises au tibia et indications operatoires. J. med. chir. Par, 1921, 92: 809-18. ----- Greffes osteo- periostiques: technique et application. J. chir. Par, 1921, 17: 305-24. ------ De la greffe osteo-p6riostique; ses applications en chirurgie et ses resultats d'apres 296 observations. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1922, 3.ser, 87: 396-416—Belegeniere, Y. Utilite des greffons osteo-periostiques, tumoro-resistants, pour combler les gros evidements osseux locaux. Mem. Acad, chir. Par, 1936, 62: 1087-94—Borrance, G. M, & Wagoner, G. W. Osteoperiosteal bone graft; experimental and clinical data con- cerning its application for repair of bone defect and extra- articular ankylosis. J. Am. M. Ass, 1926, 87: 1433-6.—Fang, H. C, & Miltner, L. J. Comparison of osteogenic power of peri- osteal transplants from rib and tibia. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933. 31: 386-8.—Haas, S. L. The importance of the peri- osteum and the endosteum in the repair of transplanted bone. Arch. Surg, 1924, 8: 535-56.—Haldeman, K. O. The influence of periosteum on the survival of bone grafts. J. Bone Surg, 1933, 15: 302-19.—Laffitte, H. Technique de la greffe osseuse intra- medullaire avec anneau ostco-perioste. J. chir. Par, 1933, 41: 738^4.—Mock, H. E. Periosteal transplants in the repair of de- layed union, ununited fractures, and loss of bone substance. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1928, 46: 641-57.—Poupardin, P. Vingt-trois greffes osteo-periostiques. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1918, 27: 616.—Treves, A. A propos des greffes osseuses: le role du pe- rioste. Arch. fr. belg. chir, 1928, 31: 213-9, 4pl.—Verechinsky, A. O. [Influence of periosteum on the result of bone transplanta- tion] Vest, khir, 1926, 7: no.19, 84-93. ---- Transplantation: Results. Becker, O. *Ueber Fernresultate bei Kno- chentransplantationen. 32p. 8? Halle, 1926. Albee, F. H. Fundamentals in bone transplantation; experi- ences in 3,000 bone graft operations. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 81: 1429-32.—Anderson, R. Successful transplant of tibia after contamination with dirt and perspiration. J. Bone Surg, 1929, 11: 394.—Berard, L. Resultats eloignes des transplantations ou greffes osseuses. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1922, 31: 162-9.— Blanc Fortacin, J. Valor terapeutico de los injertos oseos. Med. ibera, 1921, 15: 298.—Caprioli, N. Risultato tardivo di un trapianto osteo-periostale. Pediatria, Nap, 1924, 32: 418-21 — Cole, P. P. Late results of bone grafts. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1920-21, 14: sect, odont, 47.—Conclusions americaines sur les greffes osseuses. Arch. nted. pharm. mil, 1920, 73: 4-6—Cuneo. Resultats actuels des greffes osseuses. Presse med, 1922, 30: 847; 857; 869. ------ & Rouvillois, H. Resultats actuels des greffes osseuses. P. yerb. Congr. fr. chir, 1922, 31: 15-145, BONE 779 BONE Also Gaz. hop, 1922, 95: 1269-71.—Eloesser, L. Rib grafting operations for the repair of bone defects and their end results. Arch. Surg, 1920, 1: 428-68—Froelich. Deux cas de greffes osseuses reussies en milieu septique. Rev. med. est, 1924, 52: 369-71.—Haas, S. L. Function in relation to transplantation of bone. Arch. Surg, 1921, 3: 425-38. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1923, 36: 749-62.—Kartashev, Z. I. [Sequels and role of bone transplantations] Vest, khir, 1930, 20: 282-98—Laxer, E. Einige Erkrankungen von Knochentransplantaten. Zbl. Chir, 1935, 62: 1987-90—Odermatt, W. Pseudarthrosenbildung im transplantierten Knochenspan. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1924, 54: 56-9.—Putti, V. Resultat actuel des greffes osseuses. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1922, 31: 145-50.—Roger, J. P. Deux cas de fracture de greffon osseux. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Quebec, 1935, 285-9.—Schwartz, A. Contribution a l'etude des protheses osseuses. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1928, 54: 245-9.—Simon, R. Resultats actuels des greffes osseuses, d'apres le rapport et la discussion du xxxi" Congres de chirurgie. Gaz. nted. Stras- bourg, 1922, 80: 433-5.—Smith, S. A. Fractures occurring in bone grafts. J. Orthop. Surg, 1921, 3: 270-6.—Tavernier. Fractures des longs greffons osseux. Lyon chir, 1936, 33: 354- 6.—Viannay, C. Resultat eioign6 de 3 greffes libres du pCrone (auto-greffes) P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1922, 31: 194-206.— Walker, J. B. Resultats eloignes des greffes osseuses. Arch. med. pharm. mil, 1920, 73: 187-9.—Young. Seconde interven- tion; greffe osseuse. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1930, 39: H87-93. --- Tuberculosis. See Tuberculosis. --- Tumors. See also Bone subheadings Cancer, Chon- droma, Giant-cell tumor, Hemangioma, Sarcoma; also Bone marrow, Tumors. Geschickter, C. F., & Copeland, M. M. Tumors of bone. 709p. 8? N.Y., 1931. Huet, P. A. E. Considerations a l'etude des tumeurs des os; analyse de 28 observations inedites. 127p. 8? Par., 1925. Bartlett, E. 1. Bone tumors. West. J. Surg, 1935, 43: 276- 82.—Bloodgood, J. C. Tumors of bone. Northwest M, 1922, 21: 308-12. Also Med. Arts, 1934, 37: 247-9.—Brailsford, J. F. Tumours of bone. Brit. J. Radiol, 1934, n.s, 7: 233-6, 4pl — Brancati, R. Tumori delle ossa. Manuale di chir. (Alessandri, R.) 1934, 1: 393-440.—Bressot & Fischer. A propos de quatre cas de tumeurs osseuses. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1926, 20: 195-201—Brooks, B. Bone tumors. South. M.J, 1925, 18: 274- 82.—Campbell, W. C. Bone tumors. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1934, 27: 379-87. Also South. Surgeon, 1934, 3: 244-6—Castro Villagrana, J. Breves notas sobre tumores de los huesos. Rev. cir. Hosp. Juarez, Mex, 1934, 5: 147-57.—Cotton, F.J. Tumors and near-tumors of bone. N. England J.M, 1931, 205: 1223- 32.—Dalla Vedova, R. Los tumores de los huesos. Dia med, B. Air, 1932-33, 5: 1025.—Despaigne, E. Tumores de los huesos. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1932, 7: 22.5-39. Also Diagn. trat. cancer (Liga c. Cancer) Habana, 1932, 179-93.—Forssell, G. Tumours of the long tubular bones. Acta chir. scand, 1930, 66: 397-400.—Fraser, J. Tumours of bone. Edinburgh M.J, 1930, n.s, 37: Tr. Med. Chir. Soc, 153-74, 2pl—Frcelich. Deux observations de tumeurs osseuses. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1926, 52: 832-5—Gardner, R. A, & Urquhart, A. L. Two cases of bone tumour from ancient Egypt. Brit. M.J, 1930, 2: 211, pi- Grote, H. W. Report of a case of bone tumor. Illinois M.J, 1935, 68: 260-3.—Hall, I. C. An osteogenic tumor in the head of ahorse. Vet. Med, Chic, 1929, 24: 203-6.—Hellner, H. Kno- chengeschwiilste. Zbl. Chir, 1933, 60: 331-48.—Henderson, M.S. Bone tumors. Journal lancet, 1933, 53: 622-5.—Herkink. [Bone tumors] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 170.— Hipsley, P. L. Tumours of bone. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg, 1936-37,6: 134-46.—Hodgson, F.G. Bone tumors. South. M.J, 1921,17: 351-3—Lawrence, C. S. Bone tumors. South. M.&S, 1925, 87: 417-21—Lynham, J. E. A. Tumours of bone. Brit. J. Radiol, 1934, n.s, 7: 237.—Lysholm, E. Tumours of the long tubular bones. Acta chir. scand, 1930, 66: 391-3.—Martin, A, & Delon, J. Deux cas de tumeurs osseuses. Sem. hop. Paris, 1931, 7: 107-9.—Matz, P. B. A study of bone tumors among ex- service men. Radiology, 1931, 16: 664-78. Also U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull, 1931, 7: 321-36—Mensor, M. C. Bone tumors—a general practice problem. Am. J. Cancer, 1933, 19: 65-18.— Morison, J. M. W. Tumours of bone. Brit. J. Radiol, 1934, ns, 7: 213-26, 4pl.—Myerding, H. W. Bone tumors. Minne- sota M, 1925, 8: 628-33.—Palagi, P. Casistica di tumori delle ossa. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1930, 9: 831, 3pl— Parham, F. W. Tumors of bone. N. Orleans Al.&S.J, 1923-24, 76: 426-31 — Piatt, H. Some observations on bone tumours. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1931, 25: 71-112, pi.—Poyntz, L. K. Bone tumors. Med. Sentinel, 1924, 32: 340; 419.—Puhr, L. [Bone tumors] Orvoskepzes, 1933, 23: 564-85,—Putti, V. Tumori dello scheletro. Tumori maligni (Vernoni, G.) Milano, 1933, 313-46.—Ramond, I. Neoplasme osseux. Presse mod, 1934, 42: 489— Ryerson, E. W. Bone tumors. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1932, 12: 1113 — Schield, E. L. Tumors of bones. Minnesota M, 1927, 10: 345-58.—Schrock, R. B. Bone tumors. South. M.J, 1935, 28: 213-5.— Sights, W. P. Primary tumors of bones. Kentucky ^oo-,l93?',=33n:o30t_11--Sisk' J- N- Bone tumors- Radiology, m • i 115-23—Smith, H. O. A discussion of bone tumors. lexas J.M, 1930-31, 26: 627-33.-Snure, H. Bone tumors. California West. M, 1924, 22: 276—Thompson, J. E. Tumors of bone. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1922, 2: 1403-28— Thompson, M. Tumors of bone. Am. J. Surg, 1933, 19: 236-43. Alsorepr.— Tidaback, J. B, & Galasso, A. Osteogenic tumors. J.M. Soc. N.Jersey, 1935, 32: 7-11—Verebely, T. [Bone tumors] Magy. orv. nagyhet jegyzbkve, 1933, 3: 5-11. Also Orvoskepzes, 1933, 23: 539-63.—Whitby, E. V. Bone tumours. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1930.55: 367-71. ---- Tumors: Causes and pathology. Becker, F. E. Studies in bone tumors; with review of illustrative cases observed at the Colorado General Hospital. Colorado M, 1931, 28: 307-15—Bujard, E. Cartilage et os: quelques reflexions sur les relations genetiques des divers modes de I'ossification neoplasique. Bull, histol. appl. Par, 1931, 8: 265-71.—Castiglioni, G. Ostosi circoscritte e diffuse e tumori ossei. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1926) 1927, 33: 604-12.— Christensen, F. C. Bone tumors; analysis of 1,000 cases with special reference to location, age, and sex. Ann. Surg, 1925, 81: 1074-92.—Claassen, P. Zur Kenntnis der Knochentumoren des Hundes. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr, 1936, 44: 40.5-9.—Cohen, H. Benign bone tumors. Med. J. & Rec, 1931, 134: 111-5.— Coley, B. L, & Sharp, G. S. Pathological fractures in pri- mary bone tumors of the extremities. Am. J. Surg, 1930, n.s, 10: 251-63.—Bavis, K. S. Atypical bone tumors with pre- sentation of 2 cases. Radiology, 1931, 17: 79-84.—Belageniere, Y, & Beauchef, P. Trois cas de tumeurs rares des os. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1931, 20: 601-8.—Belbet, P. Sur les tumeurs secondaires des os. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1924, 3.ser, 91: 766-72.—Boub, H. P, & Menagh, F. R. Bone lesions in sarcoid; a Roentgen and clinical study. Am. J. Roentg, 1929, 21: 149-55.—Ferrero, V. Contributo alio studio degli osteoblastomi. Arch. ital. chir, 1925, 12: 236-43.—Franseen, C. C, & McLean, R. The phosphatase activity of tissues and plasma in tumors of bone. Am. J. Cancer, 1935, 24: 299-317.—Goin, L. S, & Carroll, R. L. Primary bone tumors in children. Radiology, 1936, 27: 261-78.—Goodwin, W. H. A comparative study of certain bone tumors. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1928, 41: 322-43, 24pl. Also Arch. Surg, 1929,18: 2353-85.—Inglis, K. Tumours and inflam- mation of bone. Med. J. Australia, 1927, 2: suppl, 485-8.— Jaches, L, & Sussman, M. L. Osteolytic bone tumors. Radiol- ogy, 1934, 22: 391-8.—Jansen, M. [Benign and malignant bone tumors] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 11)27, 71: pt2,1272-5.—Jenkinson, E. L, & Foley, J. M. Multiple bone tumors, with unusual diagnostic and therapeutic characteristics; report of case. Am J. Roentg, 1935, 34: 457-64.—Johansen, A. H. [Hyperprotei nemia and multiple bone tumors] Hospitalstidende, 1931, 74 562-7.—Kienboeck, R. On the tumourous diseases of the bones primary and metastatic. Brit. J. Radiol, B.I.R, sect., 1926, 31 374-85, 4pl.—Lauber, H. J. Ueber Enostosen. Beitr. klin Chir, 1931, 152: 424-30.—Le Pontois. Tumeur (?) osseuse con densante a foyers multiples. Bull. Soc. radiol. nted. France, 1936, 24: 319.—Levin, I. A comparative analysis between the pathogenesis of osteodystrophies and bone tumors. Radiology, 1934, 22: 266-74.—Monod, R. C. Tumeurs primitives et secon- daires des os. Oeuvre (Delbet, P.) Par, 1932, 191-6— Morton, J. J, & Buffy, W. C. A clinical and pathologic study of 10 bone tumors. Arch. Sing, 1923, 7: 469-531—Mosczytz, G. Zur Frage der primaren Multiplizitat von Knochentumoren. Deut. med. Wschr, 1923, 49: 1237.—Nisbet, A. T. Bone tu- mours, somewhat unusual in character. J. Cancer Res. Com. Univ. Sydney, 1935-36, 7: 40-3, 6pl— Ogilvie, W. H. Summary of recent work on bone tumours. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1928-29, 22: sect, orthopaed, 31-43.—Pokrovsky, S. A. [Enosto- sis] Vest, rentg, 1931, 9: 284-91.—Salinger, H. Ueber Enosto- sen. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1928, 37: 75-80—Schiirch, O, & Uehlinger, E. Ueber experimentelle Knochentumoren. Arch. klin. Chir, 1935, 183: 704-19 [Discussion] 23-9.—Sosman, M. C, & Canter, N. M. Primary tumors of bone. J. Radiol, 1921, 2: no.8, 1-21.—Steissler. Ein Fall multipler Knochen- tumoren. Mitt. Ver. Aerzte Steiermark, 1921, 58: 47-9.— Stohr, W. Ein Fall von multiplen Knochentumoren. Wien. med. Wschr, 1926, 76: 614-7.—Thomas, L. Deux cas de tumeurs osseuses chez des teteosteens. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1932, 21: 280-94.—Tonnel. Contribution a l'etude des 6nostoses; enostose palatine; osteogenese experimentale. Dauphhte mod, 1913, 37: 261-8 —Workman, W. G. Benign tumors of bone, with report of case. Surg. J, 1921-22,28: 195. Tumors: Diagnosis. See also Bone, Roentgenography. Lifschitz, R. *Diagnostic radiographique des tumeurs des cs. 9Sp. 8? Par., 1925. Assmann, H. Die klinische Diagnose der multiplen Kno- chengeschwulste. Med. Klin, Berl, 1924, 20: 108; 141—Babok, B. Diagnostic radiologique des tumeurs malignes du squelette. J radiol. 61ectr, 1928,12: 62-71— Baumecker, H. Probeexzision aus Knochentumoren. Zbl. Chir, 1932, 59: 1049—B6clere. A propos de l'arteriographie dans le diagnostic des tumeurs os- seuses. Mem. Acad, chir. Par, 1936, 62: 922.—Behring, I. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tumoren in den langen Rohrenkno- chen, ihre Diagnose und Therapie. Acta chir. scand, 1930, 66: 197-249 —Bellaire, R. F. Fundamental points in the X-ray BONE 780 BONE diagnosis of bone tumors. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1929, 19: 5-9.— Bloodgood, J. C. Bone tumors; the essential features of recogni- tion and relief. Atlantic M.J, 1926-27, 30: 403-8. ----- What every radiologist should know about bone tumors. Ra- diology, 1927, 8: 195-203.—Boutin. Tumeur osseuse atypique; desaccord entre la clinique etl'aspect radiologique et l'anatomie pathologique. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1932, 20: 142.— Bowman, W. B, & Goin, L. S. The Roentgen differentiation of bone tumors. California West. M, 1928, 28: 470-4.—Braine, J. Discussion sur le diagnostic actuel des tumeurs des os. M6m. Acad, chir. Par, 1936, 62: 947-55.—Bressot, E. Diagnostic radiographique des tumeurs osseuses. Paris chir, 1927, 19: 34-7.—Calzolari, T. Sugli aspetti radiologici dei tumori primi- tivi e secondari dello scheletro. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1935, ll.ser, 3: 387-444.—Coenen, H. Ueber den Wert der Probeexzi- sion bei Knochengeschwulsten, mit praktischen Vorschlagen. Zbl. Chir, 1932, 59: 66-70.—Cofleld, R. B. Differential diagnosis and treatment of some types of bone tumors. Ohio M.J, 1925, 21: 640-4. ----- Bone tumors; diagnosis and treatment. J. Med, Cincin, 1930-31, 11: 586-92— Coley, B. L. Some brief notes on the diagnosis and treatment of bone tumours. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1933, 28: 521-7. -----Sharp, G. S, & Ellis, E. B, Diagnosis of bone tumors by aspiration. Am. J. Surg, 1931, n.s, 13: 215-24.—Bidiee, J. J. Contribution a l'etude de la semiologie radiologique des tumeurs osseuses. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1935, 23: 275-81.—Bominguez Roldan, A. G. Diagnostico radiologico de los tumores oseos. An. radiol, Habana, 1929, 1: 171-7. Also Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1930, 5: 73-9.—Boub, H. P. The Roentgen diagnosis of bone tumors. Grace Hosp. Bull, Detr, 1919-20, 4: 78-82— Gery, Gunsett & Sichel. Contribution au diagnostic des tumeurs osseuses, Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1935, 23: 235-8.—Geschickter, C. F. The roentgenologic diagnosis of bone tumors. Radio- logy, 1931, 16: 111-80, ch. ----- The A B C of cancer; tumors of bone. Clin. M.&S, 1933, 40: 458-61. Also Am. J. Roentg, 1935, 34:1-29.—Glauner, R. Beitrage zur Diagnose und Prognose von Knochengeschwulsten. Arch. klin. Chir, 1934, 179: 672- 707.—Harris, R. I. Difficulties in the diagnosis of bone tumors. J. Bone Surg, 1936, 18: 631-40, 8pl— Hintze, A. Die Diagnose der Knochengeschwiilste. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1928, 25: 759; 797.—Hitzrot, J. M. Diagnosis of bone tumors. N. York State J.M, 1924, 24: 790-3—Holmes, G. W. Bone tumors; their classification and Roentgen appearance. Northwest M, 1927, 26: 13-8.—Huet. Les moyens de diagnostic actuels des tumeurs des os. Mem. Acad, chir. Par, 1936, 62: 283-90 — Hutchinson, R. W. The roentgenological diagnosis of bone tumors. U.S. Nav. M. Bull, 1923, 18: 679-85, 11 pi—Jean- neney, G. Des difficultes du diagnostic precoce des tumeurs des os (de la necessite de cr6er un Comite d'Etudes des tumeurs des os) Mem. Acad, chir. Par, 1936, 62: 1343-61.—Jenkinson, E. L. The X-ray diagnosis of bone tumors. Radiology, 1927, 9: 453-62.—Kautzky-Bey, A. Ein seltener Fall von Knochen- geschwulst. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1923-24, 31: 636-8, pi.— Kienbock, R. Ueber Rontgendiagnostik der Geschwiilste der Knochen und Gelenke. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1921,34:472. Also Acta radiol, Stockh, 1926, 7: 51-64. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1933, 80: 140; 182. ----- La roentgendiagnostica dei tumori delle ossa. Radiol, med, Milano, 1934, 21:1154-6.—Landaburu, J. C. Consideraciones clinico-radiologicas sobre los tumores oseos. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air, 1926, 2: 83-93 — Lang, F. J. Zur Bewertung der Probeexzision bei Knochen- geschwulsten. Zbl. Chir, 1932, 59: 1618-21.—Langenskibld, F. [Tumors of the long-bones, with special regard to diagnosis and treatment] Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1929, 71: 313-72. Also Acta chir. scand, 1930, 66: 389-91.—Lewis, B. Tumors of bone; clinical course; differential diagnosis. N. England J.M, 1930, 202: 11-7.—Lieblein, V. Ueber diagnostische Irrtiimer bei Knochentumoren. Med. Klin, Berl, 1935, 31: 1008-10—Mac- Carty, W. C. A key to diagnosis and prognosis of neoplastic lesions of bones. Radiology, 1927, 8: 277-81.—McBeed, W. G. Roentgen diagnosis of bone tumors. South Texas M. Rec, 1921-22, 15: no.4, 17-9—Marquis, W. J, & McBeed, W. G. Bone tumors from the roentgenologist's aspect. Texas J.M, 1932, 27: 652-4.—Mathey-Cornat, M. R. Quelques apercus sur le diagnos- tic radiographique et le traitement des tumeurs osseuses m6- tastatiques. Paris med, 1931, 79: 550-60.—Mauclaire. A pro- pos du radiodiagnostic de la nature des tumeurs osseuses avant l'operation. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1926, 52: 264-7.----- A propos du diagnostic des tumeurs. M6m. Acad, chir. Par, 1936, 62: 850; 1104—Menville, L. J. The roentgenological diag- nosis of bone tumors. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1934, 87: 73-7.— Meyerding, H. W. The pre-operative differential diagnosis of bone tumors. J. Am. M. Ass, 1927, 88: 365-72.—Moore, C. The diagnosis of primary tumors of bone by means of the roent- gen ray. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1932, 1: 285-8.— Moulonguet, P. Des renseignements a attendre de la radio- graphie dans le diagnostic des tumeurs osseuses. Prat. med. fr, 1926,5:313-8. -----& Lifschitz, R. Diagnostic radiographique des tumeurs des os longs des membres. J. chir. Par, 1926, 27: 113-42.—Nichols, B. H. Roentgen diagnosis of the more impor- tant tumors of the long bones. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1922, 35: 301-9.—Pereira Caldas, J, & Ba Costa, A. G. Consideracbes sobre o diagnostico e ctassificacao dos tumores osseos. Med contemp, Lisb, 1930, 3.ser, 48: 1-9.—Perussia, F. II riconosci- mento radiologico precoce delle metastasi neoplastiche dello scheletro. Radiol, med, Milano, 1931,18:1399-415.—Phemister, B. B. Bone tumors; the correlation of pathologic and X-ray findings in their diagnosis. Northwest M, 1929, 28: 1-8. Also Radiol, Rev, 1929, 51: 249-61— Polgar, F. [Roentgen diagnosis of the tumors of bones] Gyogyaszat, 1931, 71: 822; 1932, 72: 8. Also Rontgenpraxis, 1931, 3: 963-72.—Pomeranz, M. M. Roent- gen diagnosis of bone tumors. J. Bone Surg, 1930,12: 795-818.— Radiodiagnostic des tumeurs des os. Presse nted. Par, 1934, 42:1625.—Rcederer, C. Difficultes d'interpretation des tumeurs osseuses. J. nted. Paris, 1934, 54: 150.—Rossi, A. Radiologia e manifestazioni cliniche nella diagnosi dei tumori metastatici delle ossa. Radiol, med, Milano, 1928, 15: 586-99.—Roux- Berger, J. L, & Baclesse, F. Diagnostic des tumeurs des os Mem. Acad, chir. Par., 1936, 62: 312-25.—Santos, R. dos. L'ar- teriographie dans le diagnostic des tumeurs osseuses. Ibid 868-77. Also Med. contemp, Lisb, 1936, 54: 315-9—Schinz, H. R, & Uehlinger, E. Zur Diagnose, Differentialdiagnose, Prognose und Therapie der primaren Geschwiilste und Zysten des Knochensystems. Erg. med. Strahlenforsch, 1931, 5: 387- 506.—Schrock, R. B. Diagnostic difficulties in bone tumors J. Am. M. Ass, 1936,106:1882-5—Schwartz, A. De la difficulte' du diagnostic des tumeurs des os. Mem. Acad, chir. Par, 1936, 62: 983-92.—Sear, H. R. Diagnosis of bone tumours. Lancet Lond, 1935, 2: 1199. Also Brit. M.J, 1936, 1: 49-53.—Simmons, C. C, & Franseen, C. C. The diagnostic value of phosphatase determinations in the study of bone tumors. Tr. Am. Surg Ass, 1935, 53: 74-81. Also Ann. Surg, 1935, 102: 555-62 — Sorrel, E. A propos du diagnostic des tumeurs des os. Mem. Acad, chir. Par, 1936, 62: 575-8.—Sutherland, C. G. The roent- genographic image of neoplasms of bone. Radiology, 1936, 26: 391-8.—Tavernier. Valeur de la radiographie dans le diagnostic des tumeurs des os. Lyon chir, 1924, 21: 54-8.—White, J. W. Classification, diagnosis, and treatment of bone tumors. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1922, 17: 802-10—Wulfing, M. Zur Kritik der Knochentumoren unbestimmten Charakters (Pseudotumorenj Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1925, 191: 397-407. ---- Tumors, giant-cell. See Bone, Giant-cell tumor. ---- Tumors, malignant. See also Bone, Cancer; Bone, Sarcoma. Babok, D. *Diagnostic radiologique des tumeurs malignes du squelette (11 observations inedites) 63p. 8? Par., 1927. Brennan, F. J. *Malignant and benign tumors of bone [Marquette Univ.] 40p. 4? Milwaukee, 1931. [Typewritten] Nove-Josserand, G., & Tavernier, L. Tumeurs malignes des os. 424p. 8? Par.. 1927. Albee, F. H. The treatment of primary malignant changes of the bone. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 107: 1693-703—Alberti, 0. II quadro radiologico dei tumori maligni della ossa. Radiol. med, Milano, 1921, 8: 453; 505, 3pl.—Baensch. Differential- diagnostische Schwierigkeiten in der Rontgendiagnostik bosar- tiger Knochenerkrankungen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 1775.—Bainbridge, W. S. Posttraumatic bone malignancy. Congr. internat. nted. pharm. mil, 1925, 3:446-9.—Bethea, W. R. Diagnosis of malignant bone tumors. Memphis M.J, 1927, 4: 203-6.—Boheme, P, & Michon, P. Sur la classification actuelle des tumeurs malignes primitives des os. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1929, 6: 539-48—Bonne, C. [Malignant tumors of the bones] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1934, 74: 1250-361.—Brock- man, E. P. The early diagnosis of malignant disease of bone. Practitioner, Lond, 1933, 130: 199-205, 2pl—Campbell, W. C. An analysis of living patients with primary malignant bone tumors. J. Am. M. Ass, 1935, 105: 1498-502—Ciaccia, S. Tumori maligni delle ossa. Arch, ortop, Milano, 1927, 43: 627-795.—Comeld, R. B. Diagnosis of malignant neoplasms in the bones. Cincinnati J.M, 1920, 1: 16-8.—Coley, W. B. Trauma as a causative factor in the development of malignant bone tumors. Yearb. N. York N. England Ass. Railw. Surg, 1929, 39: 61-95. ----- & Coley, B. L. Primary malignant tumors of the long bones; end-results in 170 operable cases, in- cluding a small group of malignant central sarcoma. Arch. Surg, 1926, 13: 779; 1927, 14: 63. ----- Five vear cures in malignant bone tumors. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1934, 58: 471-3 — Be Bernardi, E. La radioterapia nei tumori maligni primitivi delle ossa. Arch, radiol. Nap, 1936,12: pt 1,42-8.—Beskardins, A. TJ. Bosartige, durch Radiotherapie geheilte Knochen- tumoren. Strahlentherapie, 1936, 56: 583-93— Engelstad, R. B. [Primary malignant tumors of the bone] Norsk, mag. laegevid, 1933, 94:1006-19.—Farinas, L, & Robau, M. Diagnostico arterio- graflco de los tumores oseos malignos. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, sc. ed, 1935, 10: 351-63—Harven, de, Murdoch & Tytgat. Les tumeurs malignes primitives des os longs. J. chir, Brux, 1929, 28: 57-95.—Hintze, A. Die Indikationsgrenze zwischen Operation und Bestrahlung bei den bosartigen Knochenge- schwulsten. Zschr. iirztl. Fortbild, 1929, 26: 118-22.—Hudson, 0. C, Robin, N. H, & Robin, P. A. Interesting malignant bone tumors. J. Bone Surg, 1936, 18: 215-28.—Jackson, H. Malig- nant disease of bones considered as rheumatism. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1929, 44: 212-4.—Johnson, J. B. A roentgenologic study of some malignant bone tumors. South. M.J, 1926, 19: 730.—Krabbel, M. Maligne Knochentumoren. Deut. med. Wschr, 1933, 59: 1044-6.—Krebs, C. [Primary malignant BONE 781 BONE tumors of the bones] Ugeskr. laeger, 1933, 95: 454-62—Ne- mours-Auguste. Diagnostic radiologique des tumeurs malignes osseuses. J. med. Paris, 1934, 54: 177-80. ----- A propos des tumeurs osseuses primitives malignes de la trame de soutien. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1935, 23: 377-9.—Nussbaum, A. Ueber Einwirkung von Hitze auf lange Rohrenknochen und Sterilisierung maligner Knochengeschwulste. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1923, 129: 711-5.—Payne, M. J. The early diagnosis of primary malignant bone tumors in early life. Virginia M. Month, 1934, 61: 263-7.—Pearse, H. E. Malignant disease of bone. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1922, 19: 61.—Pezcoller, A. Con- tributo alio studio dei tumori maligni primitivi delle ossa. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1932, 20: 657; 729—Piatt, H. Malignant tumours of bone. Clin. J, Lond, 1935, 64: 402; 452. ----- The Lady Jones lecture on malignant tumours of bone. Liver- pool Med. Chir. J, 1935, 43: 42-61, 4pl—Putti, V. Malignant bone tumors. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1929, 48: 324-32— Ratti, A. La cura radiologica dei tumori maligni delle ossa. Tumori, 1930 16: 565-93, 4pl.—Raven, R. W. Secondary malignant dis- ease of bone. S. Barth. Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1932, 65: 243-82 — Roscher, F. [Malignant tumors of the tubular bones] Norsk mag. laegevid, 1933, 94: 1081-120.—Rouslacroix. Absence d'un criterium histologique de malignite pour certaines tumeurs primitives du systeme osseux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 79-81.—Ruggles, H. E, & Bryan, L. Bone malignancy from the roentgenological aspect. Radiology, 1926, 7: 24-8.—Rutledge, C. P. The roentgen-ray treatment of malignant bone tumors, with report of cases. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1928-29, 81: -106-12 — Simmons, C. C. Primary malignant bone tumors; differential diagnosis; its importance in the selection of treatment. Am. J. Surg, 1935, 27: 19-25. Also repr.—Stubenrauch, L. von. Zur Frage der radikalen Exstirpation primarer maligner Knochenge- schwulste bei bestehender Spontanfraktur. Zbl. Chir, 1928, 55: 2562-8.—Yamamoto, T. An experimental study on the effect of X-ray to the metastasis of malignant tumor, especially in the ' bones. Jap. J. Obst. Gyn, 1936, 19: 388; 559, pi. --- Tumors, metastatic. Astuni, A. Sul contenuto in fosfatasi del plasma di portatori di tumori con metastasi ossee. Tumori, 1936, 22: 266-82.— Berliner, M. Zur Diagnose und praktischen Bewertung der Knochenmetastasen maligner Tumoren. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 737.—Borak, J. Rbntgenbehandlung metastatischer Knochen- geschwulste. Arch. klin. Chir, 1926, 143: 185-99.—Copeland, M. M. Skeletal metastases arising from carcinoma and from sarcoma. Arch. Surg, 1931, 23: 581-654.—Bowns, E. E, & Hastings, W. S. Observation in a preliminary study of tumor histology and bone metastases. Radiology, 1933, 21: 76-8.— Giles, R. G. Metastatic tumors of bone. Texas J.M, 1931-32, 27: 600-4.—Hellner, H. Primartumoren vortauschende Kno- chenmetastasen. Zbl. Chir, 1934, 61: 2258-63. ----- Kno- chenmetastasen bosartiger Geschwiilste. Erg. Chir. Orthop, 1935, 28: 72-196.—Joll, C. A. Metastatic tumours of bone. Brit. J. Surg, 1923-24, 11: 38-72.—Marchal, G, Mallet, L. [et al.] Metastases neoplasiques simulant un myeiome multiple des os. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1935, 3.ser, 51: 256-62.—Meldolesi, G. Diagnostica e terapia radiologica dei tumori ossei secondari da epitelioma della mammella e dell'utero. Radiol, med, Milano, 1931, 18: 615-46.—Patarin, P. Le metastasi alio schele- tro da tumori occulti. Tumori, 1932, 18: 634-67.—Perussia, F. Radiodiagnostic et radiotherapie des tumeurs secondaires des os. Cancer, Brux, 1935, 12: 147-59, lOpl.—Piney, A. Blood changes associated with metastatic tumours of bone. Brit. J. Surg, 1923-24, 11: 707-13.—Rose, C. B. X-ray treatment of bone metastasis. Radiology, 1931, 16: 536-47—Vilaga, C, & Almeida Toledo, P. Metastases tumorals nos ossos. Rev. As. paul. med, 1934, 5: 59-68, 6pL—Weber, F. P, & Bode, O. B. Das klinische und hamatologische Krankheitsbild der metasta- tischen Knochengeschwulste. Klin. Wschr, 1931, 10: 313. Also repr.—Zadek, I, & Sonnenfeld, A. Das klinische und hamatologische Krankheitsbild der metastatischen Knochenge- schwulste. Ibid, 1930, 9: 2245-8. --- Tumors: Myxoma. Bloodgood, J. C. Bone tumors; metastasis to lungs from a pure myxoma. Ann. Surg, 1923, 77: 106, pi. ----- Bone tumors; myxoma; with report of 3 cases (second paper) Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1924, 42: 429-69. Also Ann. Surg, 1924, 80: 817 — Shanin, A. P. [Myxoma of the bones] Vest, khir, 1929, 18: 218-23. ---Tumors: Osteoma. Djian, G. *Valeur de la radiotherapie dans le traitement des osteomes traumatiques. 63p. 8? Par., 1923. Bellucci, B. Contributo alla conoscenza ed alla roentgen- terapia degli osteomi post-traumatici. Actinoterapia, Nap, 1928, 7: 19-34.—Bouchet, G, & Bouchet, A. Ost6ome de nature indeterminee chez un chien. Bull. Acad. v6t. France, 1935, 8: 102-4.—Chevrier, L. A propos de la radiotherapie des osteomes. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1934, 60: 1182—B, P. Sur la pathoge- nie des osteomes. Presse med, 1924, 32: (annexe) 1349.—Bihl- mann. Ueber Osteome. Berl. tieriirztl. Wschr, 1922, 38: 267 — Gorbunov, V. [Diagnosis of osteomas] Vest, khir, 1927, 2: 48- 51.—Haller. Osteome du brachial anterieur. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1930, 22: 735-7-Jaffe, H. L. Osteoid-osteoma; a benign osteoblastic tumor composed of osteoid and atypical bone. Arch. Surg, 1935, 31: 709-28—Lambert, J. H. Report of a case of osteoma. Am. J. Roentg, 1921, n.s, 8: 483—Phelip, J. A, & Billenseger. Du traitement des osteomes. Presse med, 1935, 43: 1499.—Zambelli, A. Osteoma post-traumatico con rapido accenno alle piu importanti affezioni muscolari. Gior. med. mil, 1935,83: 875-9. ---- Tumors, traumatic. See also under Bone, Sarcoma. Finck, A. *Ueber Knochenneubildungen nach Traumen. 32p. 8? Freib. i. Br., 1917. Miemietz, W. A. *Ueber Knochengeschwul- ste nach Traumen. 32p. 8? Berl., 1917. Foster, S. B. Post-traumatic bone tumors. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 81: 807-9.—Gherardi, E. Contributo alla casistica delle neoformazioni ossee da traumi. Rass. previd. soc, 1928, 15: 37-56.—Gottlieb, A. Can trauma produce malignant bone tumors? a medico-legal answer. Med. leg. J, N.Y, 1933, 50: 1-4.—Merlin, H. Ueber parostale Callustumoren. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1935-36, 246: 319-25—Mori, A. Contributo alla patogenesi delle neoformazioni ossee di origine traumatica. Rass. previd. soc, 1926, 13: no.8, 14: no.9,19: 6pl.—Nestos, P. A. Bone tumors of traumatic origin. Surg. J, Chic, 1922-23, 29: 145. Also Journal-lancet, 1924, 44: 315-20. ---- Tumors: Treatment. Bloodgood, J. C. Value of preoperative irradiation in bone tumors, whether for biopsy or any type of operative procedure including amputation. Am. J. Surg, 1935, 27: 35-42. Also repr.—Borak, J. Rontgentherapie bei Tumoren des Knochen- systems. Jarhkurs. arztl. Fortbild, 1928, 19: H.8, 24-31. Also Strahlentherapie, 1929, 33: 435-55.—Costolow, W. E. Radiation treatment of bone tumors. Radiology, 1925, 5: 37-43.—Cuneo. A propos des resections osseuses pour tumeurs. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1929, 55: 606-8.—Be Rienzo, R. I tumori delle ossa e la loro cura. Studium, Nap, 1928, 18: 113-25.—Besjardins, A. TJ.. & Popp, W. C. Radiotherapy for bone tumors. Radiol- ogy, 1936, 26: 4C9-16.—Feijfer, F. M. G. de [The rubber bandage in the treatment of bone tumor] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1923, 67: pt2, 29-32.—Friedman, M. Treatment of bone tumors. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1933, 30: 214-22.—Herendeen, R. E. Diagnosis and results in the radiation treatment of some medullary bone tumors. Radiology, 1926, 7: 140-$. ----- Changes in pri- mary and metastatic bone tumors following various doses of roentgen ray. Ibid, 1929,13:326-37.—Huet, P. A. Valeur com- paree des methodes conservatrice et mutilante dans le traitement des tumeurs primitives des os. J. chir. Par, 1926, 27: 1-16.— Jaitner, A. Ueber chirurgische Behandlung von Tumoren des Knochensystems mit Einschluss der Ostitis fibrosa. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1924, 131: 699-707.—Kahn, M. X-ray treatment of bone tumors, with special reference to tumors of unconfirmed diagnosis. Radiology, 1928, 11: 78-82. ----- Experience in irradiating all types of bone tumors. Ibid, 1933, 20: 428-33.— Keatinge, L. Radiotherapy as the treatment of selection in 4 types of bone tumours. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg, 1932, 1: 404-12. Also repr.—Levin, I. The action of radium on tumors of the bone; with report of 2 cases. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1921, 100: 673-5.—Meland, O. N. Radiation therapy of bone tumors. Radiology, 1936, 27: 410-8.—Meyerding, H. W. The surgical aspect of bone tumors. Ibid, 1926, 7: 29-36; 1936, 26: 417- 23. ----- Roentgen-ray therapy of bone tumors. J. Bone Surg, 1936, 18: 617-30, 9pl.—Peabody, C. W. Conservation in surgery of benign bone tumors. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1927, 26: 660-4.—Pfahler, G. E. Irradiation in the treatment of bone tumors. Am. J. Cancer, 1933, 18: 318-44—Phemister, D. B. The surgery of bone tumors. Illinois M.J, 1935, 68: 258-60.— Pieri, G. II trapianto osseo nella cura dei tumori diafisari. Policlinico, 1933, 40: sez. prat, 226.—Plisson, L. Traitement des tumeurs des os. Progr. nted. Par, 1928, 43: 357-68—Possati, A. Roentgen-terapia dei tumori delle ossa. Arch, ortop, Milano, 1928 44: 425-54, 9pl.—Putti & Camurati. Trattamento dei tumori ossei. Clin, chir, Milano, 1928, 31: 42-7—Schulte, G. Rontgentherapeutische Erfolge bei Knochentumoren. Strah- lentherapie, 1936, 57: 370-84—Soiland, A, & Costolow, W. E. Radiation in the treatment of bone tumors. Radiology, 1926, 7- 36-8—Tavernier, L. A propos du traitement des tumeurs des os. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1926, 52: 204-7.—Tomanek, F. Ueber die Indikationsstellung der Strahlenbehandlung der primaren Knochengeschwulste. Strahlentherapie, 1935, 53: 682-709 —Vallebona, A. La rontgen, e la radiumterapia dei tumori delle ossa. Radiol, med, Milano, 1929, 16: 190-216.— Young, A. Deux cas de tumeur osseuse, traites par resection et greffe massive. P.verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1930, 39: 381-7. ---- Xanthomatosis. See Lipoidosis. ---- in animals. Berger, J. *Bestimmung des Knochen- wachstums-Koeffizienten an Hand von ver- gleichenden Knochenmessungen beim neuge- BONE 782 BONE AND JOINT bornen und ausgewachsenen Rinde. 53p. 8? Bern, 1920. Blumstein-Judina, B. *Die Pneumatisation des Markes der Vogelknochen [Bern] 54p. 8°. Wiesb., 1905. Matthew, W. D., & Stirton, R. A. Osteol- ogy and affinities of Borophagus. 46p. 8° Berkeley, Calif., 1930. Forms no.7, v.19, Bull. Dep. Geol. Univ. California. Bogdaschew, N. Funktionelle Unterscheidungsmerkmale im anatomisch-histologischen Bau der Rohrenknochen bei den Haustieren. Anat. Anz, 1934-35, 79: 242-58.—Koch, W. Form und Funktion rudimentarer Skeletteile bei Huftieren. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1933, 49: 196.—Lehmensick, R. Die Regula- tion einer nattirlich entstandenen Skelettanomalie bei einem Varan (Varanus niloticus) nebst Bemerkungen zur Homologie- frage. Morph. Jahrb, 1936, 78: 36-47.—Tretjakov, B. Das Knochengewebe bei den Pleuronectidenund den Plectognathen. Anat. Anz, 1924-25, 59: 379-87. ----- & Chinkus, F. Das Knochengewebe der Fische. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1927, 83: 363-96.—Wisniowski, P. Ueber den Aufbau der Knochen des Innenskelettes bei Cypriniden. Anat. Anz, 1935, 80: 161-204. BONE conduction. See under Sound. BONE grafting. See Bone, Transplantation. BONE and joint. See also Bone; Joint; Osteoarthritis; Osteo- arthopathy. Bertwistle, A. P. A descriptive atlas of radiographs of the bones and joints, for students and practitioners. 198p. 4? Bristol, 1924. Brailsford, J. F. The radiology of bones and joints. 500p. 8? Lond., 1934. Bryce, T. H. Osteologv and arthrologv. ll.ed. 329p. 8? Lond., 1915. Cohn, I. . Normal bones and joints roent- genologically considered. 219p. 4? N.Y., 1924. Forms v.4 of Ann. Roentg. (James T. Case) Lang, F. J., & Haslhofer, L. Verfahren zur Untersuchung des Knochen, des Knorpels und der Gelenke. p.1403-540. 8? Berl., 1935. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) 1935, Abt 4, Teil 8, 1. Seyerlein, A. Rontgendiagnostik der Knochen, Zahne und Gelenke. Jahrb. Rontg, 1930, 1: 25; 1931, 2: 34. ---- Diseases. Beitzke, H., Chiari, H. [et al.] Gelenke und Knochen. 680p. S? Berl., 1934. Forms v.9, pt2, Handb. spez. path. Anat. (Lubarsch & Henke) Blencke, A., & Blencke, B. Die neuro- pathischen Knochen- und Gelenkaffektionen. 304p. 8? Stuttg., 1931. Colonna, G. Le malattie chirurgiche delle ossa e delle articolazioni. 2v. 648; 473p. 8? Milano, 1929. Eiermann, H. *Untersuchungen des Grund- umsatzes bei Knochen- und Gelenkerkrankungen [Freiburg] 25p. 8? Amorbach i. Odenwald. Ely, L. W. Inflammation in bones and joints. 433p. 8? Phila., 1923. Foote, J. A. Diseases of the bones, joints, muscles, and tendons. 295p. roy.8? N.Y., 1927. Labbe, E. M. Maladie des os et des articula- tions. p.1125-91. 8? Par., 1935. Precis path. nted. (Bezancon, et al.) 3ted, Par, 1935, v.6. Leri, A. Etude sur les affections des os et des articulations (colonne vertSbrale exceptee) 460p. 8? Par., 1926. Markovits, E. Rontgendiagnostik der Kno- chen- und Gelenkerkrankungen in Tabellenform. 158p. 8? Lpz., 1929. Montant, R. J. F. M. *Sur les formes asso- ciees de la syphilis et de la tuberculose osteo- articulaires. 81p. 8? Par., 1928. Arendt, J. Ein eigenartiges Krankheitsbild aus der Gruppe endokrin neurotrophischer Osteoarthropathien. Fortsch. Ront- genstrahl, 1932, 45: 199-2C6.—Ashbury, H. E. Classification of bone and joint diseases. South. M.J, 1924,17:942-7.— Bazy.L, & Reboul, H. L'arteriographie dans les affections ost6o-articu- laires et osseuses des membres. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1934, 60: 682-5.—Beitzke, H. Seltene Mykosen der Knochen und Gelenke. Handb. spez. path. Anat. (Lubarsch & Henke) 1934, 9: pt2, 612-34.—Berard, L, & Gelas. Vaccinotherapie dans les affections osteo-articulaires. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1921, 30: 259-65.—Berthelon. Etio-pathogenie et prophylaxie des osteoarthropathies des petits ruminants. Rec. med. vet, 1933, 109: 257-68.—Borzini, A. Contributo alio studio delle affezioni chirurgiche osteo-articolari (morbo di Hoffa; cisti delle ossa) Tumori, 1919-21, 7: 215-41.—Busi, A. Radiodiagnostica delle malattie ossee e articolari. Teen, diagn. radiol. mal. chir. (Busi, A.) 1933, 160-314.—Compere, E. L, & Bisgard, J. D. Supportive treatment of bone and joint disease. Am. J. Surg, 1933, 19: 106-11. Also repr.—Cossu, B. Sopra un caso di mal- formazioni osteo-articolari multiple tendenti alla sistematizza- zione ed alla simmetria. Radiol, med, Milano, 1936, 23: 959- 76.—Eisler, F. Welche Knochen- und Gelenkserkrankungen sind durch die Rontgenuntersuchung sicherzustellen? Mitt. Volksgesundhamt, Wien, 1929, arztl. prax, 12-4.—Fairbank, H. A. T. Diseases of bones and joints. Dis. Child. (Thursfield & Paterson) Lond, 1934, 865-913.—Fenner, E. B. Acute pyo- genic infections of the bones and joints with illustrated cases. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1926-27, 79: 83-92—Folkmar, E. C. Medi- cal diathermy in joint and bone lesions. Am. Physician, 1922, 27: 567-70.—Geist, E. S. Heliotherapy in infectious diseases of the bone and joints. Minnesota M, 1923, 6: 263-6.—Gelber, L. J. A roentgen consideration of common congenital anomalies as related to injuries. Radiology, 1933, 20: 177-81.—Goering, D. Ueber den Einfluss des Nervensystems auf Knochen und Gelenke. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1924, 92: 1-33—Green, W. T. Pyogenic infections of bones and joints in infancy. N. England J.M, 1934, 211: 159-63—Haenisch, G. F. La radio- graphie des os et des articulations; sa valeur en chirurgie ortho- pfidique. Arch, electr. med, 1914, 24: 239-51—Horsch, K. Ueber hereditare degenerative Osteoarthropathie. Arch. orthop. Unfallchir, 1933-34, 34: 536-40.—Howard, T. The medical aspect of diseases of the bones and joints. N. York State J.M, 1933, 33: 1025-7.—Keating, P. M. Fungus infection of bone and joint. South. M.J, 1932, 25: 1072.—Key, J. A. Diseases of the bones and joints. Practit. Libr. (Appleton) 1933, 4: 889-980.—Kienbock, R. Ueber Erkrankungen der Knochen und Gelenke im Rontgenbild. Wien. med. Wschr, 1922, 72: 1595-601. ----- Zur Diagnostik und Therapie der Knochen- und Gelenkserkrankungen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1934, 30: 1445-9. Also Wien. med. Wschr, 1935, 85: 626-8 — Laignel-Lavastine. Syndromes sympathiques osteoarticulaires. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1923, 37: mmclxxxviii-mmcc.—Leriche, R. Sur quelques maladies osseuses et articulaires d'origine vaso- motrice et sur leur traitement. Bull. Sec. nat. chir. Par, 1927, 53:1022-30.—Lynn-Thomas, J. Bones and joints. Practitioner, Lond, 1923,110: 40-50.—Meehan, A. V. Treatment of suppura- tion in bones and joints. Med. J. Australia, 1934,1: 748-52, pi.— Meyer, M. Les mycoses osseuses et osteo-articulaires. Presse nted, 1935,43:1693—Moller, P. F, & Gudjonsson, S. V. Massive fluorosis of bones and ligaments. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1932, 13: 269-94.—Moutier, F. Lesions ost6o-articulaires et fautes de diagnostic en gastro-enterologie. J. med. chir. Par, 1936, 107: 176-83.—Nove-Josserand, G. La radiographie des os et des articulations; sa valeur en chirurgie orthopedique. Arch. electr. med, 1913, 23: 449-99—Orr, H. W. Listerism properly and improperly applied in the treatment of infections of bones and joints. Am. J. Surg, 1928, n.s, 4: 465-74.—Paschlau, G. Knochen- und Gelenkentziindungen bei kleinen Kindern. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1934, 81: 1882-5.—Petresco, M, Berenger, E. C, & Sutianu, A. Le metabolisme des differentes formes du phosphore sanguin dans les affections osseuses et articulaires. Bull. Acad. med. Roumanie, 1936, 1: pt2, 762-4.—Rabl, C. R. H. Allgemeine klinische Pathologie der Knochen und Gelenke; Bericht iiber die wichtigsten Fortschritte aus den letzten 5 Jahren. Chirurg, Berl, 1935, 7: 600-9.—Robineau, M. Vac- cinotherapie dans les affections osteo-articulaires. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1921, 30: 296-306—Rosenburg, G. Ueber lar- vierte Formen staphylomykotischer Knochen- und Gelenker- krankungen. Arch. klin. Chir, 1924, 129: 700-8.—Rostock. Knochen- und Gelenkschadigung durch Arbeit mit Pressluft- werkzeugen. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir, 1932-33, 32: 653-6.— Rottenstein, G. Vaccinotherapie dans les affections osteo- articulaires. Marseille med, 1923, 60: 150-S.—Scaglietti, 0, & Casuccio, C. Determinazione del pH in essudati osteoarticolari. Riforma med, 1936, 52: 210-2.—Schulhof, O. [Senile changes of bones and joints] Gyogyaszat, 1933,73:369-71.—Siedamgrotzky. Chirurgische Erkrankungen der Knochen und Gelenke. Bei- hefte Med. Klin, 1927, 23: 134—Silberberg, M. Effect of cattle anterior pituitary extract on bone and cartilage of the joint (acromegalic arthropathia) Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol,, N.Y, 1936, 34: 333.—Simon, S. Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete der Erkran- kungen der Knochen, Muskeln und Gelenke. Kinderarztl. Prax, 1931, 2: 446-56.—Steffen, W. C. A. Common diseases of the bones and joints in children. N. York State J.M, 1933, 33: 1031-4.—Stone, J. S. Joint and bone infections in children. BONE AND JOINT 783 BONEIIIA Boston M.&S.J, 1927, 197: 507-9—Thomson, J. E. M. Use of physiotherapy in certain orthopedic conditions with particular reference to the usefulness of the actinic ray. J. Radiol, 1924, 5: 46-9.—Vassilenko, U. V, & Lemberg, A. A. [Hereditary affections of bones and joints] Ortop. travmat, 1935, 9:79-88.— Vreden, R. R. [Value of roentgenograms in differential diagnosis of tuberculosis and diplococcal affections of bones and joints] Vest, khir, 1929,16:-17: 34-6.—Yamanaka, T. Studien iiber die Kaschin-Becksche Krankheit. J. Orient. M, Dairen, 1936, 25: 46.—Zakharzhevsky, V. [Auscultative-percutory method and its use in clinical cases of affections of the joints and bones] Ortop. travmat, 1934, 8: 12-5.—Zwanck, T. La cura rara en las infecciones piogenas osteo-articulares. Sem. nted. B. Air, 1932,39:1325-31. --- Injuries. See also Fracture. Delitala, F. Esiti delle lesioni osteoarti- colari da ferite di guerra e loro trattamento; relazione al IX Congresso della Societa Italiana di Ortopedia, Milano, novembre 1918. 83p. 8° Bologna, 1918. Bohler, L. Offene Kampfansage gegen Massage und passive Bewegungen bei frischen Knochen- und Gelenksverletzungen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1933, 80: 1040-2.—Brailsford, J. F. Path- ological changes in bones and joints induced by injury. Brit. M.J, 1936, 2: 657-63, 2pl.—Brooke, C. R. Traumata of joints and bones. Am. J. Phys. Ther, 1924,1: 259-63.—Conzett, B. C. Bone and joint lesions. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1933, 23: 514-7.— Denk, W. Typische Wintersportverletzungen der Knochen und Gelenke. Munch, med. Wschr, 1936, 83: 219-22.—Bonati, M. Assistenza agli storpi osteo-articolari. Atti Conf. interall. per l'assistenza agli inval. di guerra, Roma, 1919, 3: 123-57.— Durante, F. Comunicazioni sulle ferite con lesioni delle ossa e delle articolazione. Arch. Soc. ital. chir, (1917) 1920,25:50-2 — Fouts, R. W. Physiotherapy treatment of bone and joint injur- ies. J. Radiol, 1924, 5: 272-4. Also Med. Herald, 1924, 43: 202-4.—Ghillini, C. Comunicazioni delle ferite con lesioni delle ossa e delle articolazioni. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1917) 1920, 25: 87.—Jones, W. E. On the danger of treating injuries to bones and joints without an X-ray examination. Lancet, Lond, 1927, 1: 108.—Kolb, K. Die Verletzungen der Knochen und Gelenke. Jahrber. Chir. (1918) 1922, 24: 95-101—Mackay, R. M. Medico-legal difficulties following bone and joint injuries; the legal aspect. Med. J. Australia, 1931, 2: 187-94.—Mori, A. Della etiopatogenesi da microtraumi ossei di alcune limitazioni funzionali articolari. Rass. previd. soc, 1926, 13: no. 12, 2-38, 3pl.—Mouchet, A, & Pilatte, R. Dvstrophies ost6o-articulaires et accidents du travail. J. nted. chir. Par, 1920, 91: 332-8 — Orr, H. W. The control of infections in wounds of bones and joints. Minnesota M, 1927, 10: 362-4.—Rossi, B. Immobiliz- zazione e cura Carrel nei trattamento delle lesioni osteo-arti- colari per arma da fuoco. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. ortop, 9. Congr. (1918) 1919, 357-79.—Salinari, S. Trattamento delle ferite osteo- articolari d'arma da fuoco in 1° e 2° tempo, secondo gl'insegna- menti della recente guerra; memoria onorata del premio Riberi per il 1922 con prefazione del Prof. Roberto Alessandri. Gior. med. mil, 1924, 72: 337-538.—Steinmann, F. Ueber die funk- tionelle Behandlung der Knochenbriiehe und Gelenkverlet- zungen (Filmvortrag) Arch. klin. Chir, 1929, 157: 718 — Whitman, R. The influence of injury on bone and joint diseases. Med. Insur, 1926, 42: 75-7. --- Surgery. Lecene, P. Chirurgie des os et des articula- tions des membres. 591p. 8? Par., 1929. Whitacre, H. J. Excisions of bones and joints, p.367-467. 8? N.Y.. 1908. Am. Pract. Surg. (Bryant & Buck) N.Y, 1908, 4: Bosch Aviles, L. Las operaciones de urgencia en la cirugia osea y articular. An. Hosp. S. Cruz, Barcel, 1929, 3: 207-15 — Chiurco, A. G. Due casi interessanti di chirurgia osteo-arti- colare. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1935, ll.ser, 3: 353-8 — Geschickter, C. F. Laboratory aids in surgery of the bones and joints. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1931, 16: 795-822—Baggart, G. E. Bone and joint surgery mortality report 1932. Rep. Lahey Clin, 1932, 29-32—Mouchet, A, & Rcederer, C. Chirurgie osteo-articulaire et infantile. Paris med, 1933, 87: 521-37 — Serafini, G. Osservazioni cliniche di chirurgia osteo-articolare. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1924, 4.ser, 30: 119-28.— Sevnkov, N. I. [Use of nails in resection of bones and joints] Syezd. rossiysk. khir. (1908) 1909, 8: 214-6—Skinner, M. On the surgery of bones and joints with a description of new operative technic. South. M.J, 1921, 14: 558-66.—Steindler, A. Presi- dential address. J. Bone Surg, 1933, 15: 567-73. BONELI, Meinrad, 1902- *Die Becken- endlagen an der Universitats-Frauenklinik Mun- chen in den Jahren 1930-32 [Munchen] 48p. 8? Bressanone, A. Weger, 1934. BONELLIA. See Annelida; Echiurus. BONE marrow. See also Hemopoietic system; Reticuloendo- thelial system. Roger, G. H. La moelle osseuse. p. 167-88. 8? Par., 1934. Traite physiol. norm. path. (Roger & Binet) (2.ed.) Par, 1934,7: Arneth. Das Knochenmark als Organ. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 1350-2—Boan, C. A. The capillaries of the bone mar- row of the adult pigeon. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1922, 33: 222-6,2pl. ----- The circulation of the bone marrow. Contr. Embryol. Carnegie Inst, 1922,14: nos.65-71,27-46, pi.—Fairman, E, & Corner, G. W. The bone-marrow volume of the albino rat. Anat. Rec, 1934, 60: 1-4. Also repr.—Fairman, E, & Whipple, G. H. Bone marrow volume in adult dogs. Am. J. Physiol, 1933, 104: 352-7—Foa, P. Sur l'innervation fonction- nelle de la moelle des os. Arch. ital. biol, 1934-35, 93: 207-25. Also Arch. sc. biol, Bologna, 1935-36, 21: 113-66. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1934, 9: 447-52. -----& Roizin, L. Sul- l'innervazione funzionale del midollo delle ossa. Arch. sc. biol, Bologna, 1936, 22: 595-600.—Hashimoto, M. Ueber das kapillare Blutgefassystem des Kaninchenknochenmarks. Fukuoka acta med, 1936, 29: 117. Also Tr. Soc. path, jap, 1936, 26: 300-7, pi. ----- Ueber das grobere Blutgefassystem des Kaninchen- knochenmarks. Ibid, 1935, 25: 371-8, 3pl.—Iwao, T. Ueber die das Knochenmark der langen Extremitatenknochen versor- genden Blutgefasse bei Japanern. Ibid, 1926, 16: 145. ----- & Fujimoto, T. Ueber das Knochenmark. Ibid, 1936, 26: 308- 14.—Jaffe, R. H. The bone marrow. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936,107: 124-9.—Mechanik, N. Untersuchungen iiber das Gewicht des Knochenmarkes des Menschen. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1926, 79: 58-99. ----- Zur Charakteristik der physikalischen Eigenschaften des Knochenmarkes. Anat. Anz, 1928, 65: 54-61.—Nye, R. N. Bone marrow volume in rabbits. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1931, 39: 34-7.—Piney, A. The anatomy of the bone marrow; with special reference to the distribution of the red marrow. Brit. M.J, "1922, 2: 792-5—Plehn, A. Noch nicht beschriebene Korperchen im frischen Knochenmark. Virchows Arch, 1926, 259: 628-30.—Rossi, F. L'innervazione del midollo osseo. Arch. ital. anat, 1931-32, 29: 539-59, 3pl. Also Arch. zool. ital, 1931, 16: 707-10.—Sabin, F. R. Bone marrow. Physiol. Rev, 1928, 8: 191-244. -----& Boan, C. A. Bone marrow as an organ. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1927-28, 25: 121-5.—Stasney, J, & Higgins, G. M. The bone marrow in the monkey (Macacus rhesus) Anat. Rec, 1936-37, 67: 219-31, pi.—Takeyama, K. Morphologische Beobachtungen iiber die sich im Knochenmark verteilenden peripheren Nerven; ver- gleichende normalanatomische Untersuchung. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1936, 16: 1081-3.—Tretjakov, B. Das Knochen- mark des Frosches. Anat. Anz, 1929, 67: 66-77.—Varela, M. E. Circulation de la ntedula osea y consideraciones sobre algunos problemas de histofisiologia. Rev. med. lat. amer, B. Air, 1929-30,15: 1538-50, pi. Also Tr. pub. Clin. Escudero, B. Air, 1930, 4: 563-72, 6pl.—Wetzel, G. Geschichtliches zur Bestim- mung der Grosse des Mark organs. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1927, 82: 70-2.—Wolff, E. K. Das Knochenmark. Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl, 1932-33, 1: 2.Halfte, 1089- 130, pi. ---- Cancer. Barone, V. G, & Ceruti, G. Sulla carcinosi osteomidollare metastatica. Clin. med. ital, 19,34, 65: 346-65—Cohen, J. [Blood picture in metastatic cancer of bone marrow] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: pt2, 5485-7.—Hanhart, E. Ueber Fehldiagnosen bei Knochenmarkskrebs. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1923,53: 619-25.—Humphrey, A. Diagnosis of carcinosis of the bone marrow by the blood picture. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1936, 144: 75-7.—Kolodny, A. The relation of the bone marrow to the lymphatic system; its role in the spreading of carcinoma- tous metastases throughout the skeleton. Arch. Surg, 1925,11: 690-707.—Lewin, H. Knochenmarkscarcinose unter dem Bilde einer dystrophischen Skeletterkrankung (ein Beitrag zur Dif- ferentialdiagnose der Osteodystrophia fibrosa) Zschr. Krebs- forsch, 1927-28, 26: 494-518.—Meyer-Eorstel, H. Die zystische Knochenmarkskarzinose und verschiedene andere Typen von generalisierter Skelettkarzinose im Rontgenbild. Rontgen- praxis, 1930, 2: 604-13.—Piney, A. Carcinoma of the bone-mar- row. Brit. J. Surg, 1922-23, 10: 235-52.-Waugh, T. R. Hemo- lytic anemia in carcinomatosis of the bone marrow. Am. J.M. Sc, 1936, 191: 160-9. ---- Chemistry. Lurie, M. * Contribution a l'etude chimique de la moelle osseuse. 63p. 8? Strasb., 1933. Cheng, L. T. Die Lipoide des Knochenmarks. Zschr. phy- siol. Chem, 1911, 201: 209-18.—Johansen, A. H. The relation- ship between plasma proteins and bone marrow, as illustrated in different cases of bone marrow tumors. Acta med. scand, 1934, 82: 276-87.—Neumann, A. Die nicht an Hamoglobin gebunde- nen Oxydasen und Peroxydasen (Oxone) des roten Knochen- BONE MARROW 784 BONE MARROW markes und ihre Eigenschaften; Vorbemerkungen, Technik der Darstellung. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1927-28, 35: 30-7. ----- Weitere Untersuchungen iiber das oxydative Princip (Oxone) des Blutes und Knochenmarkes. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1927, 39. Kongr, 370-2. ----- & Gratzl, E. Die nicht an Hamoglobin gebundenen Oxydasen und Peroxydasen des roten Knochenmarkes (Oxone) und ihre Eigenschaften; Einfluss der Oxone auf das Blutbild. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1927-28, 35: 38-64.—Schbnberger, M. Ueber den Vitamingehalt des Kno- chenmarkes. Zschr. Kinderh, 1926, 42: 306-9. ---- Cytology and histology. See also names of bone marrow cells as Megakaryocyte. Garbe, A. *Versuch der Darstellung eines Schemas von dem Aufbau des Knochenmarks auf Grund vergleichend histologischer Studien [Bern] 23p. 8? Magdeb., 1910. Winhold, H. *Ueber das Vorkommen von Megaloblasten im Knochenmark. 40p. 8? Lpz., 1901. Barboni, U. La costituzione dell midollo osseo nei neonato normale. Boll. Soc. eustach, 1926, 24: 57-69.—Bargmann, W. Ueber den Feinbau der Knochenmarkskapillaren. Zschr. Zellforsch, 1930, 11: 1-22.—Battaglis, F. Esistono cellule di Franco e Ferrato nei midollo osseo normale? Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1934, 9: 876-8.—Ceresa, F. La struttura del reticolo del midollo osseo negli animali normali e digiunanti. Monit. zool. ital, 1933, 44: 202-8— Cowdry, E. F. A study on the differen- tiation of blood cells in the bone marrow with the aid of janus green and other supravital dyes. China M.J, 1920, 34: no.4, 22.—Bi Guglielmo, G. Sul sistema delle cellule giganti midollari. Haematologica, Nap, 1925, 6: 156-95, 2pl. ----- Sulla natura e sul significato dei prepolicariociti. Haematologica, Pavia, 1928, 9: 193-210.—Forti, C. Sulle manifestazioni vitali e sulle successive alterazioni dei corpuscoli bianchi del midollo osseo del cadavere. Fisiol. med, Roma, 1930, 1: 30-55.—Huddleson, I. F, & Munger, M. Phagocytic activity of bone-marrow cells. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 35: 27-9—Ishizawa, M. Histologische und zytologische Untersuchungen des Knochen- markes (Japanisch) Jap. J. Zool, 1924, 1: no.2, abstr.262.— Jordan, H. E. Mitochrondia and Golgi apparatus of the giant- cells of red bone marrow. Am. J. Anat, 1921, 29: 117-33, 2pl.— Katsunuma, S, Katsunuma, R, & Takagi, S. On the bone- marrow-cells of man and animal in the stone age of Japan; on chondriosoma. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1930, 20: 321-5.—Krumb- haar, E. B, & Custer, R. P. A note on differential cell counts of bone marrow, with special reference to the estimation of infre- quently appearing cell types. Am. J.M. Sc, 1935, 189: 630-3.— Lauda, E, & Flaum, E. Die basophilen Kugelhaufen im Kno- chenmark von Ratte und Maus. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1929, 38: 181-6.—Mas y Magro. Las ceiulas mesenquimatosas polimorfas (mesocitoblastos) de la ntedula osea estudiadas por un metodo de sensibilization intra vitam de sus formaciones mitocondriales. Arch. exp. Zellforsch, 1928, 6: 275-84, pi. Also Sang, Par, 1928, 2: 97-108, pi. ----- Les cellules phagocytakes de la moelle osseuse normale chez les vertebres superieurs. Ibid, 1930, 4: 513-23, pi.—Mayer, E, & Furuta, S. Zur Frage der Lymph- knotchen im menschlichen Knochenmark. Virchows Arch, 1924, 253: 574-86—Orsos, F. Fettgewebsstrukturen im Gallert- marke. Beitr. path. Anat, 1927, 78: 551-83, 3pl. Also Verh. Deut. pith. Ges, 1927, 22: 269.—Petri, S. Morphologische und numerische Untersuchungen iiber Knochenmarkzellen bei normalen weissen Laboratoriumsmausen. Acta path, microb. scand, 1933. 11: 1-43, 2pl—Rossi, F. La distribuzione di fibre nervose nell' osso e particolarmente nei midollo osseo, studiata con metodi specifici delle neurofibrille. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928,3:853-6.—Schilling, V. Das Knochenmark als Organ; die feinere Zvtologie des Markparenchyms. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 344-8.—Stasney, J, & Higgins. G. M. A quan- titative cytologic study of the bone marrow of the adult albino rat. Anat. Rec, 1935-36, 63: 77-89, pi.—Tretjakov, B. Einige Beobachtungen an den Fettzellen des Knochenmarks bei den Knochenfischen. Zschr. Zellforsch, 1930, 11: 700-26.—Varela, M. E. Un procedimiento sencillo para el estudio histologico de los vasos sanguineos de la ntedula osea. Rev. nted. lat. amer, B. Air, 1929-30, 15: 1218-23.—Weiner, W, & Kaznelson, P. Ueber die zellige Zusammensetzung des Knochenmarkes nach Erfahrungen mittels der Sternalpunktion nach Seyfarth. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1925-26, 32: l.Teil. 233-61.—Williams, R. J. Studies on the cellular pattern of bone marrow at routine au- topsy. Am. J. Path, 1935, 11: 868-71.—Zebrowski, E, & Stradomski, B. [Role of leukocytes in the bone marrow] Opusc. clin. int, Warsaw, 1927, 40-59. ---- Diseases. See also Osteomyelitis; also names of blood diseases as Anemia; Leukemia; Myelosis, &c. Bethell, F. H. The response to infection in bone marrow dyscrasias. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1934-35, 20: 362-74. Also repr — Bianchi, A. E. Agranulocitosis, trombopenia. anemia aplasica y mielopatlas totales aplasicas. An. Inst. clin. med, B. Air, 1931, 12: 144-234.—Brauner, R, & Popovici, N. De l'action des petits traumatismes sur la moelle osseuse. C. rend. Soc. biol. 1931, 106: 678-80.—Brocher, J. E. W. Les etats d'inhibition de la moelle osseuse. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1934, 11: 585-609.— Ciaccio, C. Un caso d'inclusioni muscolari nei midollo osseo femorale di una cavia e brevi considerazioni sulle inclusioni muscolari in genere. Monit. zool. ital, 1907, 18: 208-12.— Beutschlander, C. Zur Kenntnis der gelenknahen Nekrosen- herde im subchondralen Knochenmarkraum. Zbl. Chir, 1928, 55: 469-72.—Bvizhkov, P. P. [Case of peculiar affection of the bone marrow of whole system, of myelomatoid type] Klin. med, Moskva, 1929, 7: 1299-304. Also Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1930, 40: 59-66—Grulee, C. G, Apfelbach, C. W, & LeMaster, R. E. An unusual disease of the bone marrow (osteomyelodysplasia) J. Am. M. Ass, 1933, 100: 162-7.—Jackson, H. jr. The clinical importance of the sequence of events in bone marrow failure. Med. Clin. N. America, 1935-36, 19: 1525-31—Middleton, W. S, & Meyer, O.O. Marrow insufficiency. Ann. Int. M, 1934-35,8: 1575-90.—Oliveira, G. de. Ueber Erschopfung des Knochen- marks bei einem zweijahrigen Kind (Panmyelophthise) Vir- chows Arch, 1935-36, 296: 264-76—Peabody, F. W. A study of hyperplasia of the bone marrow in man. Am. J. Path, 1926, 2: 487-502, 5pl.—Vannucci, B. Intorno al reperto di arteriosclerosi nei midollo osseo senile. Sperimentale, 1924, 78: 97-103.— Weber, F. P. The erythro-leukaemic chain. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1929, n.s, 128: 475. ---- Diseases: Pathological anatomy. Staal, T. A. *Beenmerg en ziekte [Bone marrow and diseases] 124p. 8? Groningen, 1927. Askanazy, M. Funktionen des Knochenmarks unter nor- malen und pathologischen Bedingungen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1932, 62: 681.—Balsa men tow, A. Zur pathologischen Anatomie der Tuberkulose des Knochenmarks der Haustiere. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1929, 45: 485-8.—Barberi, S. II midollo osseo nei rachitismo e nell'anemia pseudoleucemica infantum. Pediatria (Riv.) 1930, 38:1089-111.—Barta, I, & Eros, G. Ueber die Knochenmarkiahmung mit besonderer Rticksicht auf die Agranulocytose. Virchows Arch, 1930-31, 279: 370-83.— Bergmann, E. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Druck- wirkung in der Knochenmarkhohle. Arch. klin. Chir, 1927, 145: 568-79.—Brauner, R, & Soru, E. Etude des actions a distance sur la moelle osseuse du lapin. Arch, roumain. path. Par, 1933, 6: 171-205, pi. ----- Variations, en fonction du temps, de l'effet mitogenetique produit par le Bacillus tume- faciens sur la moelle osseuse du lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 1122-4.—Brunschwig, A. Experimental infarction of bone marrow. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 1049-51 — Feuillie.E. Osteopathies et moelle osseuse. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 62.—Gerber, I. E. Amyloidosis of the bone marrow. Arch. Path, Chic, 1934, 17: 620-30—Guillot, G, & Pigoury, L. Presence du bacille du rouget dans la mcelle osseuse d'un cheval. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 554.—Hartwich, A. Bakteriolo- gische und histologische Untersuchungen am Fettmark der Rohrenknochen (Oberschenkel) bei einigen akuten Infektions- krankheiten. Virchows Arch, 1921, 233: 425-50.—Hayashi, K, & Takeda, Y. Tuberculose experimentale de la moelle osseuse chez le cobaye. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1933,114:243-6.— Introzzi, P. II comportamento del reticolo-endotelio del midollo osseo nella atrofia mieloide progressiva. Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1930, 44: 509-20.—Jeney, A. von. Ueber die unmittelbare Wirkung der Gallenbestandteile auf das Knochenmark. Virchows Arch, 1931, 280: 306-10.—Katzenstein, W. F. Zur Biologie des Knochenmarkes; experimentelle Untersuchungen an jungem und altem Knochenmark unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Infektionen durch Staphylokokken. Ibid, 1925, 258: 337-66.—Krumbhaar, E. B. Lymphoid metaplasia (hyper- plasia?) in the mammalian bone marrow. Proc. Path. Soc. Philadelphia, 1923-24, 26: 20-2. Also J. Med. Res, 1922, 43: 3C9-76, pi.—Lowy, R, & Bimmel, H. Ueber infektiose Reizun- gen des Knochenmarks; mit einem Beitrag zur Abstammung der Mononukleiiren. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1921, 2: 233-44.— Masugi, M. Ueber die Veranderungen des Knochenmarks bei verschiedenen Erkrankungen mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Gitterfasern; ein Beitrag zur Pathogenese der primaren Erkrankungen des myeloischen Systems. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1926-27,1: path, 1-38.—Merwe, C. F. van der. Bone-marrow studies in the clinic. Acta brevia neerl, 1935, 5: 147-9. Also Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1936, 55: 218-26.—Michael, P. Gelatinous degeneration of the bone marrow. J. Path. Bact, Edinb, 1930, 33: 533-8, pi.—Muller, E. F. Ueber die Bedeutung des blutbildenden Markes der Rohrenknochen fiir den Ablauf der akuten Infektionskrankheiten. Med. Klin, Berl, 1921, 17: 1238-40. Also Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1921, 33. Kongr, 555-64.—Muller, G. L. Influence of liver extract and acute infection on the reticulocytes and bone marrow of pigeons. Arch. Path, Chic, 1932, 14: 774-93. Also repr—Nissen, R. Ueber fibrosen Knochenmarksersatz (unter Benutzung des Parabioseversuches) Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1925, 191: 197-220 — Nordenson, N. G. [Histological quantitative studies of normal and pathologic bone-marrow] Hygiea, Stockh, 1934, 96: 193-204.—Ors6s, F. Das Bindegewebsgeriist des Knochenmarks im normalen und pathologischen Zustand. Beitr. path. Anat, 1926, 76: 36-86.—Pollitzer, R. Sulle modiflcazioni determinate dall'ostacolata respirazione nei midollo osseo del bambino. Rinasc. med, 1925, 2: 5-7, pi.—Rollo, S. La virulenza dello stafilococco nei midollo delle ossa. Pediatria (Riv.) 1931, 39: 949-55.—Santoianni, G. Primi risultati di ricerche in vivo sulla BONE MARROW 785 BONE MARROW citologia del midollo osseo nei corso di alcune dermatosi. Ri- forma med, 1936, 52: 1727-31.—Schaumann, J. Localisation dans la moelle des os au cours du lupus pernio type Hutchinson; contribution a l'etude de la lymphogranulomatose metascrofu- leuse et du lupus erytltemateux. Haematologica (Arch.) Pavia, 1930,11: 449-64, 2pl.—Schmidt, R. Wachsige Muskelde- generation als Folge gewebsanaphylaktischer Vorgange bei einem primaren Granulom des Knochenmarkes. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1925, 135: 378-90.—Schober, W, & Opitz, H. Atypische Erkrankung des myeloischen Systems mit enormer Hyper- leukozytose und auffallend starker monozytarer Reaktion. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 1273-6—Shibuya, K. Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen iiber das Verhalten des tierischen Knochenmarkes bei Luftverdiinnung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, 63: 353-9.—Soru, E, & Brauner, R. Le potentiel d'oxydo- reduction de la moelle osseuse du lapin normal et anemie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 107: 426. ----- Action a distance du bacille phosphorescent sur la moelle osseuse. Ibid, 1932, 111: 201. ----- Action a distance du staphylocoque et du coli- bacille sur la moelle osseuse du lapin. Ibid, 1933, 114: 231. ----- Nouvelle contribution a l'etude des actions a distance sur la moelle osseuse du lapin. Ibid, 1201.—Ssipowsky, P. W. Ueber das Verhalten der Speicherungsreaktion der reticulo- endothelialen Zellen des Knochenmarks bei akuter venoser Stauung (zur Frage der Storungen des Eisenstoffwechsels im Knochenmark) Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1932,82:678.—Standfuss, R, & Schnauder, F. Untersuchungen iiber das nachtragliche Eindringen von Fleischvergiftern in das Knochenmark. Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1925, 28: 178-94.—Verge, J, & Thieulin, G. Presence de l'ent6rocoque dans la moelle osseuse d'un cheval. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 477.—Winslow, K. Malignant neutropenia due to miliary tuberculosis of bone marrow. North- west M, 1934, 33:176.—Zurhelle, E. Ueber Hauterscheinungen bei Erkrankungen des myeloischen Systems (myelogene Leu- kamide der Haut [diffuse und umschriebene Myelose] Chlo- rome und Myelome) Derm. Zschr, 1922,37: 1-38. Also Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48:1610-2. --- Diseases: Treatment. Bogdanov, B, Beljajeva, O, & Majanz, J. Zur Frage iiber den Einfluss der Bluttransfusion auf die Funktion des Knochen- markes. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir, 1928-30, 41: 700-14 — Jugenburg, A. [Roentgentherapy in certain diseases of bone marrow] Vest, rentg, 1924-25, 3: 18-24. ----- La radio- therapie des affections de la moelle osseuse. Ann. roentg. Par, 1926-27, 2: 204-10.—Reich, C. The effect of blood trans- fusions on bone-marrow activity as indicated by the reticulocyte count. Am. J.M. Sc, 1931, 182: 513-20. --- Effect of physical agents. Aresu, M. Influenza della diatermia sul midollo osseo. Studium, Nap, 1922, 12: 45-7.—Beltrami, G. Le materiel osseux et la lumiere. Marseille med, 1934, 71: 613-28.—Casati, A. Nuove ricerche sul midollo osseo dopo irradiazioni. Atti Congr. ital. radiol, 1928, 8: pt2, 200. ----- Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Rontgenwirkung auf das Knochen- mark. Strahlentherapie, 1930, 38: 315-21—Boan, C. A, & Erf, L. A. Fundamental bone marrow reactions: the effect of small doses of X-rays and radium on myelopoiesis in the pigeon and rabbit. Arch. Path, Chic, 1934, 18: 591—Englmann. Die Einwirkung der Rontgenstrahlen auf das blutbildende Kno- chenmark des Menschen unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Wirkung in Abhangigkeit von der Intensitat der thera- peutischen Strahlung. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1935, 52. Kongr, 73-5. Also Zbl. inn. Med, 1935, 56: 741-3—Falconer, E. H, Morris, L. M, & Ruggles, H. E. The effect of X-rays on bone marrow. Am. J. Roentg, 1924, n.s, 11: 342-51, pi.— Guggenheimer, H. Steigerung der Knochenmarksfunktion durch Rontgenreizdosen. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 11.—Huggins, C, & Blocksom, B. H. Changes in outlying bone marrow accompanying a local increase of temperature within physio- logical limits. J. Exp. M, 1936, 64: 253-74, 4pl. Also repr — Huggins, C, & Noonan, W. J. An increase in reticulo-endothe- lial cells in outlying bone marrow consequent upon a local increase in temperature. Ibid, 275-80, 3pl.—Nitescu, I, Popoviciu, G, Bologa, V, & Benetato, M. [Role of the bone marrow in rickets and the effect of ultra violet rays on the marrow] Cluj. med, 1931, 12: 127-39.—Serio, F, & Sgroi, S. La poliglobulia transitoria da roentgen-stimolazione del midollo osseo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1929, 4: 519—Sipovsky, P. V. [Direct and reflected effect of Roentgen rays on the bone marrow] Vest, rentg, 1934, 13: 263-9. ---Examination. Nordenson, N. G. *Studies on bone marrow from sternal puncture [K. Karolinska Inst.] 204p. 8? Stockh., 1935. Adamson, J. B. Bone marrow efficiency. Manitoba M. Ass. Rev, 1934, 14: no.12, 3-6.—Amprino, R, & Penati, F. L'allestimento di preparati istologici di midollo osseo dal mate- riale estratto con la Duntura dello sterno secondo Arinkin. Minerva med. Tor, 1934,25: pt2, 463-5.—Antoncich, R. Explo- ration funcional de la ntedula osea. Cron. med, Lima, 1926, «: 3; 33; 65— Arinkin, M. [Methodology of examining bone- marrow in patients, with hematopoietic diseases] Vest khir, 1927, 10: no.30, 57-60. Also Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1929, 38: 233- 21767—vol. 2, 4th series----50 40.—Carnot, P, Lavergne & Mallarme. A propos de la myeio graphie chez l'adulte. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 314-6.— Caronia, J. De la ponction de la rate et de la moelle osseuse. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1922, 15: 722-9.—Custer, R. P. Studies on the structure and function of bone marrow; bone- marrow biopsy. Am. J.M. Sc, 1933, 185: 617-24, 2pl— Bebre, R, Lamy, M. [et al.] L'exploration de la moelle osseuse (la myeiographie et la ntedulloculture) Presse med, 1936, 44: 1853-5. ----- La myeiographie. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1935, 3.ser, 51: 1712-23.—Funk, E. H. Intravitam bone marrow studies. Progr. Med, Phila, 1923, 2: 368.—Gradwohl, R. B. H. A new apparatus for procuring sternal bone marrow material. J. Am. M. Ass, 1937, 108: 803.—Habetin, P. Ueber Funktionsprufung des Knochenmarkes. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1923, 7: 329-54.—Henning, N. Die Bedeutung der intra- vitalen Knochenmarksuntersuchung fiir die klinisch-hamato- logische Diagnostik. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61: 1543-7. ----- Ueber die bisherigen Ergebnisse der intravitalen Kno- chenmarkuntersuchung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1936, 32: 542-5. -----& Korth, J. Die diagnostische Sternalspiilung; eine neue Untersuchungsmethode des Knochenmarks in vivo. Klin. Wschr, 1934,13:1219—Holmes, W. F, & Broun, G. O. Clinical study of bone marrow by the method of sternal puncture. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 30: 1306-8—Kadrnka, S. Osteo- my61ographie experimentale par voie endoveineuse. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1933,14:148-60, 2pl— Karavanov, G. A propos de la technique de la ponction de la moelle osseuse pendant la vie. Sang, Par, 1936, 10: 562-70.—Koslovskaya, Z. I. [Study of methods of examination of bone marrow] Vrach. gaz, 1929, 33: 2101-3.—Kramar, E, & Hensch, V. Knochenmarkunter- suchungen bei Sauglingen. Mschr. Kinderh, 1925, 30: 440-9.— Morris, L. M, & Falconer, E. H. Intravitam bone marrow studies; preliminary report; description of a marrow trephine and experimental studies. Arch. Int. M, 1922, 30: 485-9. ----- Survey of the clinical field. Ibid, 490-506.—Rohonyi, N. Ueber den diagnostischen Wert der bakteriologischen Untersuchung des Knochenmarkes. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1927, 43: 785-8.—Rothe Mayer, A. [Technique in sternal bone marrow puncture] Ugeskr. laeger, 1936, 98: 87-90.—Segerdahl, E. Ueber Knochenmarkspunktionen. Acta med. scand, 1934, suppl.59,173-81 [Discussion] 182-4.—Seggel, K. A. Fluorescenz- mikroskopische Knochenmarksuntersuchungen. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1935-36, 54: 374-84.—Seyfarth. Einfache Methode zur Untersuchung von Knochenmark vom Lebenden zur Ver- meidung von Milzpunktion. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg, 1922, 26: 311. —--- Eine einfache Methode zur diagnostischen Entnahme von Knochenmark beim Lebenden. Ibid, 337-41.— Suarez, R. M. Comparative study of sternal marrow aspirated during life and venous blood. Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1936, 28: 87-93. ---- Explantation. Rasmussen, H. [C.] *Ueber das Verhalten von Knochenmark in der Gewebskultur [Berlin] p.285-323. 8? Jena, 1933. Also Arch. exp. Zellforsch, 1933, 14: Bock, H. E. Beitrage zur Physiologie der Blutbildungs- organe; fiber rote und weisse Blutbildung im uberlebenden Extremitatenknochenmark. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1932, 81: 628-55.—Carlinfanti, E, & Galli, F. L'anafilassi nelle culture di midollo osseo. Pathologica, Genova, 1935, 27: 538-42, 2pl — Carnot, P, Lavergne & Mallarme. Trois cas de ntedullo-cultures positives. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 313.—Bebre, R, Lamy, M. [et al.] La ntedulloculture. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1935, 3.ser, 51: 1723-7.—Grossmann, W. Ueber Knochenmark in vitro. Beitr. path. Anat, 1923, 72: 195-206.—Herwerden, M. A. van. Cultures de moelle osseuse en dehors de l'organisme. Arch, neerl. physiol, 1923, 8: 592-6.—Jeney, E. [Tissue cultures of theerythropoetic apparatus] Orv. hetil, 1932,76:613. ----- [Observations on explanted bone-marrow] Ibid, 1934, 78: 721 —Osgood, E. E, & Brownlee, I. E. Culture of human bone marrow. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 107: 123—Osgood, E. E, & Muscovitz, A. N. Culture of human bone-marrow. Ibid, 106: 1888-90.—Spadafina, L. Contributo alio studio delle culture in vitro di midollo osseo. Arch. exp. Zellforsch, 1935, 17: 43-67.—Torrioli, M, & Carlinfanti, E. Granulazioni tossiche nelle culture di midollo osseo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 609-13. ---- Hemopoietic function. See also Blood formation; Hemopoietic system, Bock, H. E. Beitrage zur Physiologie der Blutbildungsor- gane; fiber Erythro- und Myelopoese im uberlebenden Wirbel- und Rippenknochenmark; Durchblutungsversuche am iso- lierten Thorax. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1932, 82: 539—Cislaghi, F, & Tecilazic, F. Ricerche ematologiche in vivo sul midollo osseo nella prima infanzia. Pediatria (Riv.) 1936, 44: 693-710.— Custer, R. P. Studies on the structure and function of bone marrow; variability of the hemopoietic pattern and considera- tion o f method for examination. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1932,17:951- 60 —Brinker, C. K, Brinker, K. R, & Lund, C. C. The circu- lation in the mammalian bone-marrow; with especial reference to the f actors concerned in the movement of red blood-cells from the bone-marrow into the circulating blood as disclosed by per- fusion of the tibia of the dog and by injections of the bone- marrow in the rabbit and cat. Am. J. Physiol, 1922,62:1-92.— BONE MARROW 786 BONE MARROW Bubreuil, G. Lecons sur les organes lymphopotetiques, Itema- topotetiques et hematolytiques; moelle osseuse. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1922, 43: 326-30.—Feuillte, E. Moelle osseuse, tissu lympholde et ltematopol'ese; l'unicisme integral. Sang, Par, 1929, 3: 647-56—Gohs, W. Zur Frage der Blut- und Gefass- bildu'ng im Knochenmark. Virchows Arch, 1934-35, 294: 103- 12.—Isaacs, R. The physiologic histology of bone marrow; the mechanism of the development of blood cells and their liberation into the peripheral circulation. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1930, 40: 395-405.—Jordan, H. E, & Baker, J. P. The character of the wall of the smaller blood vessels in the bone marrow of the frog, with special reference to the question of erythrocyte origin. Anat. Rec, 1926-27, 35: 161-74, 4pl— Jordan, H. E, & Johnson, E. P. Erythrocyte production in the bone marrow of the pigeon. Am. J. Anat, 1935, 56: 71-95, 3pl—Merklen & Wolf, M. La liberation globulaire; correlations fonctionnelles entre la moelle etlesang. Presse med, 1930, 38: 329.—Muller, G. L. Experi- mental bone marrow reactions; polycythemia, normoblastosis, and erythrocytic hyperplasia on the bone marrow produced by gum shellac. J. Exp. M, 1927,45: 753-70, pi. -----& Scorpio, A. Experimental bone marrow reactions; the adequacy of kid- ney, pancreas, spleen, and brain for blood regeneration in pigeons with nutritional anemia produced by starvation. Am. J. Physiol-, 1929, 88: 259-66.—Ono, M. An experimental study on Jhe erythropoietic function of the bone marrow. Japan. M. World, 1928, 8: 235; 292; 1929, 9: 3. Also Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis, Tokyo, 1926,5:471-533, pi.—Ragnotti, E. Die Tatsache des Erscheinens der Epiphysenlinien durch die Erythropoese. Virchows Arch, 1930,277: 788-803.—Rindone, A. Ricerchesulla morfologia del sangue dopo la simpatectomia dell' arteria nutri- tizia del midollo delle ossa (brevi considerazioni sulla struttura e sulle funzioni del midollo osseo) nota preventiva. Monit. zool. ital, 1927, 38: 201-5.—Schaefer, K. Blutbildendes Knochen- mark bei Urodelen. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch, 1935, 38: 294- 317.—Schwarovich, N. A. [Erythropoietic functions of medulla ossium] Klin, med, Moskva, 1927, 5: 98-117.—Starkenstein, E. Periodische Schwankungen der Knochenmarksfunktion und der Blutbildung und ihre Abhangigkeit von der Jahreszeit. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1933,172:36-54.—Tecilazic, F. Ricerche ematologiche in vivo sul midollo osseo nella prima infanzia; il midollo osseo nei neonato a termine e nei prematuro. Pedia- tria (Riv.) 1935, 43: 568-74.—Tbtterman, G. [Study of the rela- tion between bone marrow and blood eosinophllia] Fin. 13k. sill, hand, 1935, 78: 525-32.—Zichis, J. Granulocytopoietic fractions of yellow bone marrow. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1936-37, 22: 231-7. ---- Heterotopia. Cattaneo, L. Sulle metaplasie mieloidi nelle malattie infet- tive sDerimentali. Haematologica (Arch.) Pavia, 1932, 13: 39- 47.—Cone, S. M. Bone marrow in the pleural veins. J. Bone Surg, 1929, 11: 582-5—Herzenberg, H. Zur Frage der Hetero- topic des Knochenmarkes. Virchows Arch, 1922, 239:145-52.— Plonskier, M. Ueber tumorformige (extrameduUare, hetero- tope) subpleurale Knochenmarksherde. Ibid, 1930, 277: 804-9.—Saleeby, E. R. Heterotopia of the bone marrow without apparent cause. Am. J. Path, 1925, 1: 69-76, 2pl.—Vigi, F. Contributo alio studio delle inclusioni di midollo osseo nelle car>sule surrenali. Endocr. pat. cost, Bologna, 1927, n.s, 2: 320-8. ---- Myeloma, See also Albumosuria. Christophe, L, Bivry, P, & Moreau, M. Contribution a l'etude neurologique du myeiome malin. Ann. Soc. med. chir. Liege, 1933, 66: 41-52.—Cutler, M, Buschke, F, & Cantril, S. T. The course of single myeloma of bone; report of 20 cases. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1936, 62: 918-32—Balla Volta, A. L'iperglobuline- mia quale varieta biologica dell'alterato ricambio proteico del mieloma. Arch, pat, Bologna, 1934-35.14:182-213.—Bavis, K. S. Myeloma. California West. M, 1928, 28: 366-8.—Biena, G. Mielomi e leucemia plasmocitica. Cancro, Tor, 1933, 4: 147- 50.—Ellerman, M, & Schroder, G. E. [Myeloma with epilepti- form attacks] Hospitalstidende, 1933, 76: 102-7.—Fessler, A, & Pohl, R. Zur Differentialdiagnose des Myeloms. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1929, 42: 1376-8.—Finzi, 0. Mieloma con preva- lenza delle cellule eosinoflle, circoscritto all'osso frontale in un giovane di 15 anni. Minerva med. Tor, 1929, 4: 239-41.— Grbgler, F. Zur Kenntnis des Myeloms. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1932, 43: 96-101—Hager, B. H, Roen, P. B, & Peterson, A. Myeloma, associated with renal impairment. J. Urol, Bait, 1933, 29: 475-:90.—Hance, J. B. The treatment of myelomata by curettage and autogenous cancellous grafting. Ind. M. Gaz, 1926, 61: 159-62.—HeUmann, P. Zur Myelomfrage. Beitr. path. Anat, 1928, 80:.652-7. Also Zbl. allg. Path, 1933, 58: 405-8.—Jersild, M. Die antikomplementare Eigenschaft des Serums bei Myelompatienten; die Moglichkeit einer serodiag- nostischen Probe auf dieser Grundlage. Zschr. klin. Med, 1936, 130: 670-8.—Kalischer, S. Ueber ein Myelom des Scltedel- daches und die Beziehungen der Myeiome zu dem Nerven- system. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1928, 117: 424-31.— Laesecke, M. Myelom und Unfallversicherung. Arch. klin. Chir, 1927, 149: 123-9—Magnus-Levy, A. Einige Besonder- heiten im Harn bei Myelomen (eigenartige Zylinder, Globuliten im Sediment, Verfliissigung fester Niederschlage; Nachweis des Bence-Jones-Eiweisses) Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1936, 179: 188-99.—Mancini, G. Difncolta diagnostiche in un raro caso di mieloma solitario dello scheletro. Chir. org. movim, 1935-36, 20: 370-8.—Mathias, E. Zur Myelomfrage. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1935, 161: 79-87—Milonov, B. V. [The so-called myelomas] Soviet, khir, 1934, 6: 25-33.—Overbosch, J. L. C. [Hematopoie- sis and myeloma] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1928, 72: pt2, 6019-33, 2pl.—Problem (the) of myeloma. J. Am. M. Ass, 1935, 104: 1420.—Reimann, H. A. Hyperproteinemia as a cause of auto- hemagglutination; observations in a case of myeloma. Ibid, 1932, 99: 1411.—Rutishauser, E. Zur Frage der solitaren Mye- iome. Zbl. allg. Path, 1933, 58: 355-60—Scotson, F. H. A case of myeloma. Lancet, Lond, 1934, 1: 346.—Sultan. Rontgen- behandlung des Myeloms. Med. Klin., Berl, 1927, 23: 109.— Tramontano, V. Contributo alio studio dei mielomi. Hae- matologica (Arch.) Pavia, 1931, 12: 273-96, pi.—Tsutomi, T. A case of post mortem examination of primary myeloma. Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1937, 26: 1-3. ---- Myeloma, multiple [Kahler-Bozzolo's dis- ease] See also Bone marrow, Myeloma, plasmocvtic. Kurschner, G. H. *Beitrag zum Krank- heitsbild der multiplen Myeiome (mit 3 eigenen Fallen) [Leipzig] 49p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. Thur.] 1931. Meyer, A. *Ueber einen Fall von sogenann- tem multiplem Mvelom [Jena] 28p. 8? Munch., 1913. Schatz, W. R. *Multiple myeloma and mye- lomatosis. 23p. 8? Pasadena, California, 1936. Souza Campos, E. de. *Doenca de Rustizky- Kahler (myeloma) 143p. 8? S. Paulo, 1919. Von der Heyde, F. *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des multiplen Myeloms. 39p. 8? Munch., 1908. Aschner, B. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des multiplen Myeloms. Zbl. inn. Med, 1924, 45: 722-9—Barr, D. P. Mul- tiple myeloma. Ann. Int. M, 1927-28,1:884-9.—Belden, W. W. A case report of multiple myeloma. Am. J. Roentg, 1925, n.s, 13: 442-7.—Bergh, B. van der [A case of Kahler's disease] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1923, 67: pt 1, 1809-11.—Bioglio, M. Mie- loma multiplo trattato con la radiumterapia. Actinoterapia, Nap, 1927, 6: 26-30. Also Atti Congr. ital. radiol. med, 7:1928, 157.—Bryan, L, & Levitin, J. Multiple myeloma; report of case. California West. M, 1931, 34: 15-20— Burgerhout, H. [Mul- tiple myelomata] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1920,1: 273-5.—Burnett, C. T, & Johnson, W. C. Multiple myeloma. Colorado M, 1930, 27: 178-82.—Castiglioni, G. Sul mieloma multiplo delle ossa. Arch. Ist. biochim. ital, 1932, 4:153-80, pi.—Center, C. D, & Merar, T. J. Multiple myeloma. Illinois M.J, 1931, 50: 286-9.—Charles, J. R, & Sanguinetti, H. H. Multiple myeloma. Brit. M.J, 1907, 1: 196.—Charlton, T. J. Multiple myeloma; with report of a case. Arch. Int. M, 1927, 40: 98-109—Chris- tiansen, A. Multiple myeloma; report of case. Minnesota M, 1928, 11: 183.—Clarke, C. Multiple myeloma, with case report. Tr. Canad. Soc. Dis. Child, 1924, 2:104-7—Coley, W. B. Mul- tiple myeloma. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1930, 48: 489-514. Also Ann. Surg, 1931, 93: 77-89.—Colombo, C. Contributo alla conoscenza della malattia di Kahler-Bozzolo. Arch. ital. anat. pat, 1932, 3: 441.—Conti, P. Contributo alla conoscenza della malattia di Kahler. Clin. med. ital, 1911, 50: 397-423— Craw- ford, A. M. Multiple myeloma. Glasgow M.J, 1933, 119: 111-5, pi.—Dassen, R, Fisher, A, & Rospide, P. C. Contribu- cion al conocimiento de la enfermedad de Kahler (mielomas multiples) Sem. med, B. Air, 1936, 43: pt 1, 1527-36— Beve, F. Sarcomatose multiple des os (my6Iomes multiples) Nor- mandie nted, 1907, 22: 289-99. Also Rev. med. Normandie, 1907,8:207-10.—Ehrlich, D.E. Multiple myeloma. Radiology, 1934, 23: 418-28.—Eikelenboom, J. [Case of primary multiple myeloma] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1930, 74: ptl, 154-9, pi — Enneking, J. [Diffuse myeloma (Kahler's disease)] Ibid, 1928, 72: pt2, 3424-8, pi—Enzer, N, & Lieberman, B. Multiple myeloma. Ann. Int. M, 1934-35, 8: 1062-70.—Evans, W. A. Multiple myeloma of bones. Am. J. Roentg, 1919, n.s, 6: 646-9.—Fieschi, A. Mieloma (malattia di Kahler-Bozzolo) Emopatie (Ferrata, A.) 2.ed, Milano, 1935, 2: pt2, 962-70.— Funk, E. H. Multiple myeloma. Progr. Med, Phila, 1923,2: 369—Carlson, G. B. Multiple myeloma. Texas J.M, 1935-36, 31: 627-32.—Geschickter, C. F. Multiple myeloma as a single lesion. Ann. Surg., 1930, 92: 425-33. -----& Copeland, M. M. Multiple myeloma. Arch. Surg, 1928, 16: 807-63.—Goadby, H. K. A case of myelomatosis. Lancet, Lond, 1934, 1: 568- 70.—Gottardi, G. Un caso di malattia di Kahler. Riv. veneta sc. med, 1906, 44: 97-109.—Hallay, I, & Odor, B. Ueber einen Fall von multiplem Myelom. Zschr. klin. Med, 1932, 120: 321-9.—Hansen, 0. S. Multiple myeloma. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 79: 2059-61.—Hart, C. Ueber das sogenannte multiple Myelom. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1909, 3: 756-74.—Harven, de, & Cahen. Myeloma multiple des os. J. chir, Brux, 1926, 25: 29-31.—Hekman, J. [Kahler's disease] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1920, 1: 275-7—Herscher, M, & Thevenard, A. Un cas de myeiome osseux multiple (sareome myeiolde) Ann. anat. path. Par, 1924, 1: 325-32.—Hirschfeld, H. Ueber die mul- tiplen Myeiome. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1910, 9: l.Teil, 1-37 — BONE MARROW 787 BONE MARROW Hynek, K, Bastecky, J., & Skorpil, F. [Case of osseous myeloma- tosis] Cas. 16k. Cesk, 1934, 73: 225-30, 9pl.—Ibanez Puiggari, M, Balado, M, & Gavina Alvardo, E. Un caso de mieloma mul- tiple. Sem. med, B. Air, 1930, 37: 781-6.—Isaac, S. Die mul- tiplen Myeiome. Erg. Chir. Orthop, 1921, 14: 325-54.— Jellinek, S. [Fall von multiplem Myelom] Wien. klin. Rdsch, 1903, 17: 566.—Jona, G. Un caso di morbo di Kahler-Bozzolo. Riforma med, 1921, 37: 595.—Jones, W. A. Multiple myeloma. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1932, 27: 595-7—Kahn, M. H. Four cases of multiple myeloma. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1914, 85: 843-8.—Kent, B. B. Multiple myeloma, with case report. Colorado M. 1927, 24: 268-72.—Lewis, B. Multiple mveloma. Internat. Clin, 1927, 1: 37.ser, 157-61, 3pl— Lombard, P, & Le Genissel. Deux cas de myelomes. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1935, 61: 446-53.—Longcope, W. T. Multiple myeloma. Internat. Clin, 1927, 37.ser, 2: 91-7, 2pl— MacCallum, W. G. A case of multiple myeloma. Proc. N.York Path. Soc, 1915, n.s, 15: 25-7 — McConnell, G. A case of multiple myeloma. Am. J.M. Sc, 1923, 165: 184-95.—McMahon, A. Multiple myeloma. Med. Clin. N. America, 1925, 9: 243-62.—Magnus-Levy, A. Multiple Myeiome. Deut. med. Wschr, 1931, 57: 703; 751.—Marconi, S. Sopra tre casi di malattia di Kahler-Bozzolo. Arch, ortop, Milano, 1928, 44: 573-80.—Marin, P. Caso insolito di mieloma multiplo. Minerva med. Tor, 1934, 25: 126-32.—Martelli, C, & Roccatagliata, M. Sul mieloma multiplo delle ossa (malattia di Kahler-Bozzolo) Rinasc. med. Nap, 1925, 2: 324-7, pi.— Martin, J. F, Bechaume, J, & Bourrat. A propos d'un cas de maladie de Kahler (considerations sur les myelomes osseux mul- tiples) Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1925, 14: 45-51.—Martiri, A. La malattia di Kahler-Bozzolo (con illustrazione di un nuovo caso) Policlinico, 1915, 22: sez. med, 451; 502.—Mewburn, F. H, & Vango, H. M. Multiple myelomata; with report of a case. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1925, 15: 502-9.—Meyer, A. W, & Swain, R. E. Side-lights on multiple myeloma. Am. J.M. Sc, 1918, 156: 329-58.—Myerding, H. W. Multiple myeloma. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1926, 6: 1306; 1927, 7: 1442. Also Radiology, 1925,5:132-46.—Minnich, W. R. Multiple myeloma; case report. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1935, 24: 332-5.—Murasawa, S. Ueber einen Fall von multiplem Myelom. Tr. Soc. path, jap, 1933, 23: 60-2.—Multiple myelomatosis. Rep. S. Barth. Hosp, Lond, 1906, 41: 246.—Norris, C, & Vance, B. M. Case of multiple myeloma. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1912, n.s,' 12: 179-82.— Odor, B. [Multiple myeloma] Magy. orv. arch, 1930, 31: 430-4, 2pl.—Oftedal, S. Multiple myeloma; report of a case. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921, 77: 1547—Oljenick, I, & Wilde, F. G. de [Kahler's disease] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1921, 65: pt2, 3129-32.— Pallasse, Regad, J, & Cade, R. Myelomes multiples. Lyon med, 1929, 143: 217-21.— Rawis, J. L. Multiple myeloma, with report of a case. Virginia M. Month, 1922-23, 49: 723-5.— Ritter, C. Ueber multiple Myeiome. Virchows Arch, 1920, 229: 277-302.—Rodino, B. Un caso di mieloma multiplo. Clin. chir, Milano, 1936, 39: 439-53.—Schmidtmann, M. Zur Kennt- nis der multiplen Myeiome. Virchows Arch, 1921,234:456-9.— Scott, E, Stanton, F. M, & Oliver, M. Multiple myeloma; a report of 5 cases. Am. J. Cancer, 1933, 17: 682-98.—Scott, J. W. Multiple mveloma, with report of 2 cases. South. M.J, 1924, 17:478-85.—Soupault, R, Gutmann, R. A, & Bertrand, I. Uncas de myeiocytomes multiples. J. radiol. electr, 1929, 13: 503-7.— Stericker, G. B. Multiple myeloma. Illinois M.J, 1934, 65: 335-7.—Stone, W. J. Multiple myelomata. Am. J. Roentg, 1924, n.s, 12: 543-5.—Stumm, T. W. Multiple myeloma. Jour- nal lancet, 1912, 32: 256-64. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1912, 15: 653-62.—Tassone, U. Un caso di morbo di Kahler e dirHcolta diagnostiche nei suo esordio. Riforma med, 1933, 49: 1873.— Testi, A. Contributo alia casistica del morbo di Kahler. Ibid, 1917, 33: 1073-9.—Townsend, E. M. Multiple myeloma; case report. Mil. Surgeon, 1928, 63: 48-56.—Uslenghi, J. P. Mielo- matosis multiple de hueso. Rev. As. nted. argent, 1935, 49: 1965-9.—Vigano, A. Considerazioni su di un caso di malattia di Kahler-Bozzolo. Arch, ortop, Milano, 1930, 46: 1047-71 — Wadi, W. Ueber einen Fall von multiplem Myelom. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 1646-8.—Walker, H, & Bloom, N. Multiple myeloma—a report of 5 cases. Virginia M. Month, 1936-37, 63: 616-21—Walkey, A. E. Multiple myeloma. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1923, 13: 908-10.—Weiler, E. S. Mieloma multiple (sindrome de Kahler) Rev. med. Rosario, 1931, 21: 336-54.— Whitlock, S. B. Multiple myeloma, with case report. Am. J. Roentg, 1924, n.s, 12: 331-5—Wilenko, M, & Wolberger, B. [Multiple myeloma] Polska gaz. lek, 1931, 10: 755; 772 — Willis, R. A. Multiple myeloma. J. Coll. Surg. Australasia, 1930, 3: 295-9.—Wilson, R. T. Report of a case of multiple myeloma. Texas J.M, 1931, 27: 308-10. --- Myeloma, multiple: Diagnosis. Alder, A. Zur Diagnostik des multiplen Myeloms. Praxis, Bern, 1936, 25: 247.—Bianchini, A. II valore dell'esame radio- logico nella diagnosi di mieloma multiplo delle ossa. Radiol. med, Milano, 1925, 12: 140-58.—Blaine, E. S. Myelomatosis; with special reference to the roentgenological features. Radiol. Rev, 1927, 4: 6-9.—Bloch. Ein Beitrag zur Klinik und Diag- nose des multiplen Myeloms. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1920, 26: l.Teil, 119-34.—Caylor, H. B, & Nickel, A. C. Multiple mye- loma simulating hyperparathyroidism. Ann. Surg, 1933, 97: 823-7—Emile-Weil, P, Isch-Wall, P, & Perlgs, S. La ponction de la rate dans la myelomatose. Sang, Par, 1935, 9: 467-83.— Flax, N. Multiple myeloma; an evaluation of its roentgen signs. Am. J. Roentg, 1933,29:479-86—Fleischhacker, H, & Klima, R. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des multiplen Myeloms, der plasma- cellularen Leukamie und des plasmacellularen Granuloms; mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der bioptischen Knochen- marksuntersuchung. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1936, 56: 5-17 — Gaube, K. Ein Fall von multiplem Myelom unter dem Bilde einer Querschnittsmyelitis. Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 244 — Heuss, von. Selbstmord 1928 durch Wurzelschmerzen bei Myelose (Kahlersche Krankheit) als mittelbare Dienstbe- schadigungsfolge nach Brustschuss 1918 anerkannt. Aerzt. Sachverst. Ztg, 1929, 35: 53-6—Kohlmann, G. Zur Klinik und Rdntgendiagnose der multiplen Myeiome. Fortsch. Rontgen- strahl, 1921, 28: 26-36—Mach, R. S, & Mach, E. Myeiome multiple simulant des ntetastes neoplasiques des os. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1935, 3.ser, 51: 876-80—Martiri, A. Per la conoscenza della malattia di Kahler-Bozzolo. Riv. crit. clin. med, 1917, 18: 506—Palugyay, J. Zur Rontgendiagnose der multiplen Myeiome. Rontgenpraxis, 1929, 1: 447-53 — Pazzi, E. Un altro caso di mieloma multiplo delle ossa messo in evidenza dall'indagine radiologica. Radiol, med, Milano, 1926, 13: 799-803.— Rypins, E. L. An unusual roentgenologic finding in multiple myeloma. Am. J. Roentg, 1933, 30: 56-8.— Skouge, E. Zur Diagnose des multiplen Myeloms mit Hilfe der Stemalpunktion. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1936, 83: 1382 — Sommerkamp, H. Zur klinischen Diagnostik des multiplen Myeloms. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 1274—Tassone, U. Un caso di morbo di Kahler e difficolta diagnostiche nei suo esordio. Poli- clinico, 1934, 41: 733-5. ---- Myeloma, multiple: Pathology. Cerrtjti, H. *Sobre um novo typo de mve- loma multiplo. 259p. 8? S. Paulo, 1929. Glaus, A. *Ueber multiples Myelozytom mit eigenartigen, zum Teil kristallahnlichen Zelleinlagerungen, kombiniert mit Elastolyse und ausgedehnter Amyloidose und Verkalkung [Basel] 41p. 8? Berl., 1917. Also Virchows Arch, 1916-17, 223: 301-39. Kaaltjnd-J0rgensen, O. Experimental stud- ies on a transmissible myelomatosis (reticulo- sis) in mice. 142p. 8? Copenhagen, 1936. Also Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1935, 42: 393-6. Schubert, G. E. *Ein Fall von diffuser Mye- lomatose (Abart des multiplen Myeloms) in den langen Rohrenknochen bei einem Kinde von dreieinhalb Jahren. 39p. 8? Miinch., 1928. Walter, L. * Nieren veranderungen bei multi- plem Myelom. 18p. 8? Rostock, 1929. Aballi, A. A. Mielomas multiples en un nino comenzado antes de los 17 meses. Rev. med. cubana, 1928, 39: 528-42.— Amorim, M, & Cerruti, H. Necrose primaria da medulla no decurso do myeloma multiplo. Ann. Fac. med. S. Paulo, 1930, 5: 207-43, 15pl.—Aronsohn, H. G. Zur pathologischen Anatomie und Symptomatologie der multiplen Myeiome. Virchows Arch, 1931, 281: 78-87.—Barfleld-Carter, M. Multiple myeloma and associated renal lesion; a review and case report. Am. J. Roentg, 1936,36: 830-5.—Barker, L. F. Discussion of the nature and relationships of multiple myeloma, with illustrative case. Med. Clin. N. America, 1933, 17: 1019-27.—Bauer, R. Zur Klinik und Serologic der Myelomkrankheit. Med. Klin, Berl, 1935, 31: 679-81.—Beitzke. Vorweisung von Praparaten eines Falles von vielfachen Myelomen. Verh. Deut. path. Ges, 1921, 18: 72.—Berblinger, W. Multiple Myeiome mit verschie- dener Ausbreitung. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1910-11, 6: 112-35.— Bergermann, W. Ein Fall von eosinophiler Myelomatosis. Rontgenpraxis, 1933, 5: 440-4.—Berkheiser, E. J. Multiple myelomas of children. Arch. Surg, 1924, 8: 853-81.—Bevacqua, A. Peritelioma multiplo delle ossa con linfosarcomatosi delle glandole linfatiche (morbo di Kahler?) Gior. med. mil, 1910, 58: 161-85.—Bbnniger, M. Ein seltener Blutbefund (Hyper- proteinamie) bei Myelomkrankheit. Deut. med. Wschr, 1933, 59: 770.—Bolhuis, J. H. [Myeloma multiplex sarcomatodes] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1932, 72: 1073, 2pl.—Brock, S, & Benker, P. G. The generalized and vertebral forms of myeloma; their cerebral and spinal complications. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1934, 60: 190.—Canale, P. Contributo alio studio dei mielomi multipli delle ossa (un caso di mieloma megacariocitico) Riv. clin. med, 1933, 34: 847-66.—Canestro, C. Mieloma multiplo con localizzazione otomastoidea. Riv. otoneur, 1927, 4: 128- 36—Cantarow, A. Bence-Jones proteinemia in multiple mye- loma. Am. J.M. Sc, 1935,189: 425-8.—Cantieri, C. Considera- zioni etiologiche e rilievi clinici su di un caso di morbo di Kahler- Bozzolo. Policlinico, 1921, 28: sez.med, 329-43.—Cappell, B. F. Myelomatosis with tumourtike nodules and visceral lesions. J. Path. Bact, Edinb, 1929, 32: 295-8, pi—Caussade, G, Mou- longuet-Bolgris, P, & Surmont, J. Contribution k l'etude anatomique et radiologique du myeiome a propos d'un cas de myeiome du cou-de-pied (my61ocytome) avec metastases multi- ples. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1924, 94: 218-28—Chester, W. Multiples Myelom und Hypoproteinamie. Zschr. klin. Med, 1933, 124: 466-77.—Christian, H. A. Multiple myeloma: a his- tological comparison of 6 cases. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1907, 22: 145-69, 4pl. Also J. Exp. M, 1907, 9: 325-51, 4pl—Chisto- BONE MARROW 788 BONE MARROW vich, F. Y, & Kolesnikova, Y. N. [Diffuse myeloma of bones with metastasis of lime into the lungs and other organs] Russ. vrach, 1908, 7: 1277; 1318—Benker, P. G, & Brock, S. The generalized and vertebral forms of myeloma; their cerebral and spinal complications. Brain, Lond, 1934, 57: pt3, 291-306.— Bucamp, Janbon, M. [et al.] Sareome my61o-erythroblastique k localisations multiples. Arch. Soc. sc. nted. biol. Montpellier, 1928, 9: 294-8.—Engel, H. Myelomatose, durch einen Rippen- bruch nicht verursacht oder verschlimmert. Med. Klin, Berl, 1935, 31: 1644.—Foord, A. G. Hyperproteinemia, auto- hemagglutination, renal insufficiency and abnormal bleeding in multiple myeloma. Ann. Int. M, 1934-35, 8: 1071-89.— Freund, E. Ueber diffuses Myelom mit Amyloidtumoren. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1930, 40: 400-16.—Freund, R, & Magnus- Levy, A. Multiple Myeiome; iiber Besonderheiten der Blut- zusammensetzung (Eigenhemmung, Koagulation, Hyperpro- teinamieusw.) Zschr. klin. Med, 1932,121: 1-13.—Froboese, C. Ein neuer Fall von multiplem Myelom (Erythroblastom) mit Kalkmetastasen in Lungen, Nieren und der Uterusschleim- haut. Virchows Arch, 1916, 222: 291-300.—Frykberg, B. [A case of myeloma with uremia] Hygiea, Stockh, 1925, 87: 667-73, 4pl.—Funk, E. H. Multiple myeloma; clinical his- tory; necropsy; pathological studies by Dr J. R. Paul, comments. Med. Clin. N. America, 1926, 10: 85-93.—Gil- more, M. E. Multiple myeloma syndrome in a child. Texas J.M, 1925-26, 21: 358-62.—Guggenheimer, H. Beteiligung der Nieren im Krankheitsbild der multiplen Myeiome. Zschr. Urolv 1924, 18: 523-7.—Hirschfeld, H. Die gene- ralisierten primaren und sekundaren Geschwulstbildungen im Knochenmark (primare und sekundare multiple Myeiome) Spez. Path. & Ther. inn. Frankh, Berl. & Wien, 1920, 8: 285-330, 4pl.—Horsch, K. Multiple Myeiome und metastatische Knochenmarkstumoren. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1935, 161: 195- 204.—Hueter. [Amyloidose mit besonderer Lokalisation in einem Fall von multiplem Myelom] Miinch. med. Wschr, 1907 54: 811.—Jacoby, P. Myelomatosis in a child of 8 years. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1930, 11: 224, pi.—Jenkinson, E. L, & Folev, J. M. An interesting study of bone lesions which proved to be myelomata. Med. Clin. N. America, 1934, 17: 1537-52.— Josam. Das multiple Myelom als Ursache kryptogener Ana- mien. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61: 2097.—Kaess. Erkrankung an multiplen Myelomen nicht durch Unfall verursacht. Med. Klin, BerL, 1915, 11: 1108.—Karlins, W. H, & Lundquist, A. R. Multiple myeloma; precipitation of Bence-Jones protein in the blood. Minnesota M, 1933, 16: 318.—Langeron, L, Martin, J. F, & Guichard, A. Considerations anatomo-cliniques sur les myolomes multiples des os (myeio-sarcomes) k propos d'un cas personnel. Lyon med, 1933,151: 709-15.—Lbhlein, M. Eiweiss- kristalle in den Harnkanalchen bei multiplem Myelom. Beitr. path. Anat, 1921, 69: 295-304.—Loi, L, & Rosiello, L. Sull'eri- troblastoma multiple delle ossa. Arch. ital. anat. pat, 1934, 5: 9J0-74.—Lunghetti, B. Sopra alcune particolarita istologiche rilevate nello studio di un caso di mieloma multiplo delle ossa. Clin. med. ital, 1912, 51: 359-96.—Magnus-Levy, A. Ueber die Myelomkrankheit; vom Stoffwechsel. Zschr. klin. Med, 1931-32, 119: 307-62. ----- Multiple Myeiome; der Stoffwech- sel ausserhalb der Proteinurie. Ibid, 1932, 120: 313-20. ----- Ueber die Myelomkrankheit; Beitrage zur Klinik und Patho- logie. Ibid, 121: 533-62. ----- Multiple Myeiome; Euglo- bulinamie; zur Klinik und Pathologie; Amyloidosis. Ibid, 1933-34, 126: 62; 194. ■----- Ueber krystallisiertes und amor- phes Bence Jones-Eiweiss; multiple Myeiome. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1936, 243: 173-88, pi.—Marcovici, E. E. Report of a case of primary multiple myeloma with Bence-Jones protein in the pleural effusion. Ann. Int. M, 1928-29, 2: 881-911.—Mezhova, F. A. [Primary multiple myeloma in infants] Pediatria, Moskva, 1930, 14: 41-7.—Nicholls, A. G. Multiple myeloma of unusual type with widely disseminated metastases of small size. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1927, 17: 301-6.—Paige, B. H. A case of myeloma with unusual amyloid deposition. Am. J. Path, 1931, 7: 691-9, pi.—Pentman, I. Beitrag zu den multiplen Myelomen. Virchows Arch, 1925, 258: 161-4.—Pepper, O. H. P, & Pearce, R. M. Myeloma with metastasis to liver and spleen. J. Med. Res, 1917, 37: 171-82, pi. Also Proc. Path. Soc. Philadelphia, 1918, 38: 11.—Perla, D, & Hutner, L. Nephrosis in multiple myeloma. Am. J. Path, 1930, 6: 285-98, 2pl— Perlzweig, W. A, Delrue, G, & Geschickter, C. Hyperproteinemia associated with multiple myelomas; report of an unusual case. J. Am. M. Ass, 1928, 90: 755-7.—Pines, L, & Pirogowa, L. Ueber die multiplen Myeiome und das Nervensystem. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1928, 84: 333-62.—Piney, A, & Riach, J. S. Multiple myeloma; aleukaemic and leukaemic. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1931-32, 46: 37-58, 5pl.—Quackenboss, A. Multiple myeloma with involve- ment of the orbit. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1906-8, 11: 113-20, pi. Also J. Med. Res, 1906-7, 15: 261-7, pi—Randall, O. S. Multi- ple myeloma complicated by intestinal obstruction due to amyloid infiltration of the small intestine. Am. J. Cancer, 1933, 19: 838-46.—Robinson, S. H. G. An investigation of the antigenic properties of 4 specimens of Bence-Jones protein obtained from cases of myelomatosis. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1926-27, 8: 454-6.— Rosenheim, M. L, & Wright, G. P. A case of multiple myeloma- tosis with generalised amyloid-like deposits and unusual renal changes. J. Path. Bact, Cambr, 1933, 37: 332-4.—Rowlands, R. P. Myeloma and cavities in bone. Brit. J. Surg, 1926-27, 14: 224-9— Shirer, J. W, Buncan, W, & Haden, R. L. Hyper- proteinemia due to Bence-Jones protein in myelomatosis. Arch. Int. M, 1932, 50: 829-35. Also repr.—Short, J. J, & Craw- ford, J. R. Bence-Jones protein in blood serum leading to detec- tion of multiple myelomatosis; report of a case. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1928-29, 14: 1092.—Siavens, J. J. Multiple myeloma in a child. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1934, 47: 821-35—Slawik, E. Multi- ple primare myelogene Tumoren der Knochen bei einem 8 Monate alten Saugling. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1916, 84: Orig, 279- 95.—Sweigert, C. F. Multiple myeloma with hyperproteinemia; case report. Am. J.M. Sc, 1935, 190: 245-56.—Symmers, B. The multiple myelomata and their ability to metastasize. Ann Surg, 1918, 67: 687-96.—Tavernier. Myeiome de la paroi thoraco-abdominale; remarques sur le pneumothorax opera- toire. Lyon chir, 1926, 23: 110-3.—Vance, B. M. A case of mul- tiple myelomata, with a discussion as to its nature and origin Am. J.M. Sc, 1916, 152: 693-714— Weber, F. P, & Blendinger, R. A note on mulberry cells and clusters of eosinophile spher- ules, probably a form of Russell's fuchsine bodies in the walls of a chronic cerebral abscess and in a case of multiple myeloma. J. Path. Bact, Edinb, 1906, 11: 59-63, pi—Wells, H. G. The relation of multiple vascular tumors of bone to myeloma. Tr Chicago Path. Soc, 1921, 11: 151. Also Arch. Surg, 1921, 2: 435-42.—Williams, H. W. Multiple myeloma of bone; report of 2 cases with remarks on the histogenesis. Am. J. Cancer, 1932, 16: 540-55.—Wulff, F. [Case of albumin crystals in multiple myeloma] Russ. klin, 1927, 8: 728-36.—Zadek, I, & Litchen- stein, H. Zur Klinik und Zytologie der multiplen Myeiome. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1931, 45: 60-74. ---- Myeloma, myeloblastic. Boidin, L, Barbois [et al.] My61omes osseux multiples (sarcomes myeioblastiques) radiotherapie; guerison se mainte- nant depuis 16 mois. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1926, 3.ser, 50: 807-15.—Ceelen, W. Ueber Myoblastengeschwiilste. Vir- chows Arch, 1931, 280: 741-8.—Barbois & Bavoigneau. Radio- graphics avant, pendant et apres le traitement radiotlterapique de tumeurs sarcomateuses myeioblastiques, actuellement gu6ries depuis 16 mois. Bull. Soc. radiol. nted. France, 1926, 14: 126-8.—Bialti, G. Sul mieloblastoma (mieloma multiplo delle ossa a tipo mieloblastico) Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1910, 34: 85- 135.—Nyfeldt, A. [Intermittent myeloblastoma] Ugeskr. lae- ger, 1934, 96: 1372. ---- Myeloma, plasmocytic. Mercier, C. ^Contribution a l'etude des sarcomes plasmocytaires. 23p. 8? Lausanne, 1930. Parow, J. E. E. *Ueber einen Fall von Plasmocy thorn des Knochenmarks; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Klinik und Pathologie des Myeloms. 32p. 8? Berl., 1932. Beck, H. G, & McCleary, S. Multiple myeloma with bone marrow plasma cells in the blood. J. Am. M. Ass, 1919, 72: 480-2. Alsorepr.—Bobbio, A. Su di un caso di mieloma multi- ple plasmocitario. Cancro, Tor, 1934, 5: 242-50, 3pl.—Cappell, B. F. Diffuse plasma cell myelomatosis. J. Path. Bact, Edinb, 1929,32:293-5, pi.—Carnot, P, Cachera, R, & Tissier, M. Un cas de myelomes multiples (plasmocytomes) Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1936, 3.ser, 52: 88-101—Carsky, K, & Dreu- schuch, F. [Cases of plasmato-cellular myeloma] Bratisl. tek. listy, 1929, 9: 225-34.—Case (A) of multiple plasmoma in bone. S. Barth. Hosp. J, Lond, 1925-26, 33: 40-2—Case, C. E. Mul- tiple myeloma, of the plasma cell type, with a report of a case. Clifton M. Bull, 1929, 15: 36-44, 2pl—Chesterman, J. T. Soli- tary plasmocytoma of long bones. Brit. J. Surg, 1935-36, 23: 727-33.—Gluzinski, A, & Reichenstein, M. [Myeloma et leu- kaemia lymphatica plasmocellularis] Lwow. tygodn. lek, 1906, 1: 73-87.—Goudsmit, J. [Myeloma of plasma-cells] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1926,70: pt 1,1158-69, 3pl.—Harven, de, Murdoch & Cahen. Plasmocytome multiple des os. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1927, 16: 287-300. Also J. radiol. electr, 1928, 12: 189- 92.—Hubbard, R. S, & Case, C. E. Note on the serum protein concentration in a case of multiple myeloma of the plasma cell type. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1929-30, 15: 554— Kleine, H. 0. Kris- talloide Riesenzylinder in Harnkanalchen bei plasmacellularem Myelom. Beitr. path. Anat, 1927-28, 79: 678-99.—Kreuzer, H. Plasmazelluiares Myelom mit multipler, teilweise haemorrhagi- scher Herd-Myelose der Medulla spinalis. Deut. Zschr. Ner- venh, 1926, 90: 224-37.—Perrin, T. G. Contribucion al estudio de los plasmocitomas; un caso de fibroplasmocitoma osteogeno. An. Sanat. Vald6s, 1926, 2: 75-89— Porchownik, J. B. Ein Fall von multiplem Myelom (Plasmocytom) Virchows Arch, 1931, 280: 534-45.—Raszeja, F., & Zeyland, J. [Plasmocellular sarcomatous multiple myeloma] Polska gaz. lek, 1927, 6: 663-7. Also Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1928, 37: 61-7—Reich, C. A case of plasma cell myeloma diagnosed by sternal puncture. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1936, 144: 216.—Ritter, A. Beitrag zum Bilde des myelogenen Plasmozytoms. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1928, 58:156-8.—Rogers, H. A case of solitary plasma-celled myeloma. Brit. J. Surg, 1929-30, 17: 518-22—Rosselet, A, & Becker, P. Ueber einen Fall von plasmozytarem Myelom mit nur einem Krankheitsherd. Strahlentherapie, 1936, 56: 337-40.—Stewart, M. J, & Taylor, A. L. Observations on solitary plasmocytoma. J. Path. Bact, Lond, 1932, 25: 541-7, 4pl.—Weber, H. Amy- loidablagerung in einem multiplen plasmacellularen Myelom. Beitr. path. Anat, 1931, 86: 1-14— Wood, A. C, & Lucke, B. A case of multiple myeloma of the plasma-cell type. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1922, 40: 268-88. Also Ann. Surg, 1923, 78:14-25. BONE MARROW 789 BONE MARROW ---- Myeloplaxoma. Rialland, J. A. Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs a myeloplaxes des os longs. 80p. 8°. Par. 1934. Austoni, A*. Sui tumori a mieloplassi (mieloplaxomi) Clin. chir Milano, 1929, 32: 755-78.—Bard, L. Tumeurs a myelo- plaxes. Paris chir, 1926, 18: 287-9— Bruyere. Tumeur a myeloplaxes de l'extremite inferieure de femur. Lyon med, 1928 142: 13-5.—Gunsett, Bouton & Schneider. Cinq cas de sarcomes a myeloplaxes. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1934, 22- 516-9.—Judet, H. Tumeurs k myeloplaxes des os. Paris chir , 1926, 18: 256-61.—Manfredi, M. Tumore a mieloplassi e cisti'ossea solitaria. Arch, ortop, Milano, 1930, 46: 515-50 — Mayet, H. Trois tumeurs osseuses a myeloplaxes traitees par des therapeutiques differentes. Bull. Soc. chir. Par, 1933, 25: 414-8.—Messuti, B. Contributo clinico e radiologico alio studio dei tumori a mieloplassi (o giganto cellulari) Sperimentale, 1931,85:125-46.—Mouchet, A, &Clavelin. Deux cas de tumeurs a myeloplaxes des os (humerus et tibia) Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1927, 53: 1030-6.—Sabrazes, J, & Bonnin, H. Absence de cellules d'infiltration dans les myeioplaxomes du tronc et des membres comme 6tement du diagnostic d'avec les granulomes. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 757. ----- Differentiation des pseudo-tumeurs inflammatoires granulomateuses d'avec les myeioplaxomes. Gaz. sc. nted. Bordeaux, 1924, 45: 173 — Sorrel, E. Des aspects radiologiques des sarcomes osseux et des tumeurs osseuses a myeloplaxes. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1934, 60: 1333.—Tavernier, L. Une forme de tesion osseuse interntediaire entre les tumeurs a myeloplaxes et les kystes des os. Ibid, 1926,52:17-25. --- Physiology. See also Bone marrow, Hemopoietic function. Brass, H. *Ueber physiologische Pigment- ablagerung in den Kapillarendothelien des Kno- chenmarks [Strassburg] p. 61-78. 8? Bonn, 1913. Annovazzi, G. Mielopoiesi extramidollare ottenuta spen- mentalmente mediante iniezioni di un sale di calcio. Arch. ital. anat. pat, 1930, 1: 321-7, 2pl.—Askanazy. Les fonctions de la moelle osseuse. Sang, Par, 1930, 4: 1-16.—Borchard, W. Beitrag zur Physiologie des Knochenmarks; iiber die Bedeutung der Nebennieren beim Zustandekommen der neutrophilen Reiz-Leukocytose. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929, 139: 47-67 — Boycott, A. E, & Oakley, C. L. The regulation of marrow activity; experiments on blood transfusion and on the influence of atmospheres rich in oxygen. J. Path. Bact, Cambr, 1933, 36: 205-41.—Brauner, R, & Soru, E. Action a distance des reactions oxydantes sur la moelle osseuse du lapin; apparition decaryocinesesatypiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933,114:297-9.— Breza, J. von. Studien fiber Knochenmarksatmung. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1926, 117: 240-6.—Ceresoli, A. Reazione mi- dollare da iniezioni di derivati dell'emoglobina (nota preventiva) Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med, 1925, 14: 95-102—Custer, R. P, & Ahlfeldt, F. E. Studies on the structure and function of bone marrow; variations in cellularity in various bones with advanc- ing years of life and their relative response to stimuli. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1932,17:960-2.—Boan, C. A. Studies on the structure and function of avian bone-marrow. Proc. Path. Soc, Phila- delphia, 1923-24, 26: 41-3.—Boornkaat Koolman, M. ten. Blut- befunde nach Entmarkung von Rohrenknochen bei Hunden. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 709.—Erb, K. H. Experimentelle Unter- suchungen zur Immunbiologie des Knochenmarks. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1933, 158: 337-56—Felix, K, Grassmuck, A. [et al.] Ein Beitrag zur Physiologie des Knochenmarks. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1933, 221: 137-44—Funk, E. H. The physiology of the bone marrow. Progr. Med, Phila, 1923,2:366— Gunn, F. B, & Vaughan, S. L. Bone-marrow reactions; the blood count in the albino rat; blood platelets. Anat. Rec., 1930-31, 45: 59-67.— Horiuchi, M, & Itoh, T. Experimentelle Untersuchungen uber die Regeneration des Knochenmarks. J. Orient. M, Dairen, 1929, 10: 31 —Iwao, T. Transplantation von Stuckchen ver- schiedener innersekretorischer Organe ins Knochenmark beim Kaninchen. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1930,20: 327-9. —---Murao- ka, M. [et al.] Direkte Reaktion des Knochenmarkes. Ibid, 1929, 19: 376—Magarinos Torres, C. A medulla ossea no de- cursodaimmunizacao. Brasil med, 1922, 36: pt2,403.—Muller, G. L. Experimental bone marrow reactions; normoblastosis produced by India ink; the influence of pregnancy on this phenomenon. J. Exp. M, 1927, 45: 399-410— Nakao, H. Fort- gesetzte Untersuchungen iiber die Beziehungen zwischen Thymus, Milz und Knochenmark. Biochem. Zschr, 1925, lbb: 337; 350.—Neumann, A. Experimentelles zur Knochenmarks- funktion. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 45—Papilian, V, & Jianu, S. [Influence of the sympathetic nervous system oni bone marrow] Cluj. med, 1926,7:447. Also Virchows Arch., 1927,264:361-5.— Parhon, C.I, & Cahane, M. Recherches sur le rajeunissement de la moelle osseuse. Bull. Sect. sc. Acad, roumain, 1927- 28,11:15-9.-Pheloukis, T. Le role de la moelle osseuse dans la genese des anticorps malteiniques. C. rend. Soc biol., ^117. 316.-Rosenow, G Ueber den Einfluss der Milz auf die Reak- tionsfahigkeit des Knochenmarks. Verh Deut Ges. inn Med 1921 33 Koner 487-90. ----- Ueber central-nervose Sflussung3- ferRealtionsfahigkeit des Sgjg^g; Ibid, 1931, 43. Kongr, 75-7.—Schilhng, V. Das Knochenmark als Organ; die Entwicklung der Grundkenntnisse vom Mark- organ. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 261-4. ---— Funktion des Markparenchyms und Leukozytose. Ibid., 467; 516. Klinische Wertung der Markfunktion. Ibid, 598-600.— Schoen, R. Untersuchungen am Knochenmarksvenenblut des Hundes; iiber den Mechanismus der Adrenalinwirkung aufs Knochenmark. Arch. Path, Lpz, 1925, 106: 78-88.—Schret- zenmayr, A, & Brbcheler, H. Ueber die Atmung des mensch- lichen Knochenmarks. Klin. AVschr, 1936, 15: 998.—Star- kenstein, E. Ueber die Abhangigkeit der Funktion des Knochenmarks von der Jahreszeit. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932, 240.—Stradomsky, B. N. [Functional experiment on bone marrow] Med. misl, 1925-26, 3: 1-4.—Waltner, K, & Waltner, K. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Knochenmarkfunktion. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 2382.—Warren, C. 0, jr. The oxygen consumption of rabbit bone marrow in relation to its morphol- ogy. Am. J. Physiol, 1934-35, 110: 61-73—Wislocki, G. B. Experimental observations on bone marrow. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1921, 32: 132-4, pi. ---- Therapeutic use. See also Anemia, Treatment. Kanazawa, K, & Nakagami, S. Modifications de la consti- tution du sang circulant de lapin consecutive a 1'injection du serum antimoelle-osseuse. Jap. J. Exp. M, 1936, 14: 453-6.— Kelser, R. A, & King, L. S. Studies of a paralysis syndrome produced in rabbits and guinea pigs by extracts of normal primate bone marrow. Am. J. Path, 1936, 12: 317-32. 2pl — Neumann, A. Ueber die Gewinnung eines wirksamen Be- standteiles aus den leukozytaren Elementen des roten Kno- chenmarkes. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1926, 38. Kongr, 260-4.—Ono, T. The effect of the components of the bone marrow cells upon the blood picture and the hematopoietic organ. Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis, Tokyo, 1927, 6: 309-21.— Schenk, B. Ueber Gewinnung und Reinigung des Knochen- fettes. Veroff. Mil. San, 1918, H. 72, 154-61.—Watanabe, K. Ueber den Einfluss des Knochenmarktcmns auf die Nieren. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1931, 21: 602. ---- Transplantation. See also Bone marrow, Explantation. Barbieri, B. Ricerche sugli innesti di midollo osseo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1930, 5: 250; 1931, 6: 412; 1065. Also Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1930, 44: 417-21. Also Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1931, 55: 639-62, pi.—Cortese, P. Sull'innesto di midollo osseo. Ann. clin. med. Pal, 1929, 19: spec.no, 607-33—Just. Ueber Knochenmarktransplantation. Arch. klin. Chir, 1924, 133: 209-11.—Katzenstein, W. F. Zur Biologie des Knochen- markes; die freie Transplantation des Knochenmarkes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1926, 52: 262-73.—RoUo, S. Sull'efficacia dei trapianti di midollo osseo giovanile nelle infezioni gravi generaliz- zate. Ann. ital. chir, 1929, 8: 402-13.—Romeo, M. Sulla effica- cia dei trapianti di midollo osseo e di organi vari nelle infezioni gravi generalizzate. Riv. pat. sper, 1930-31, 6: 390-404—Segre, G. Trapianti di midollo osseo e di organi vari nella cura delle infezioni streptococciche generalizzate. Gior. batt. immun, 1930, 5: 530-6. ---- Tumors. See also Bone, Tumors; also subheadings of Bone marrow as Cancer, Myeloma, Myelo- plaxoma. Roznowski, J. S. E. von. *Zur Diagnostik der metastatischen Knochenmarkstumoren aus dem Blutbefund. 16p. 8? Berl., 1915. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1915, 81: 377-90. Abrikossov, A. I. Weitere Untersuchungen iiber Myobla- stenmyome. Virchows Arch, 1931, 280: 723-40—Arkhangel- skaya-Levina, M. S. [Cases of bone-marrow tumors] J. teor. prakt. med, Baku, 1926, 1: 627-30.—Belbet, P, & Herren- schmidt, A. Deux tumeurs de la moelle des os et leur radio- sensibilite. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1925, 14: 510-8.—Ehrstrom, M C [Disorders in plasmaprotein metabolism and tests with bone-marrow therapy] Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1936, 79: 421-8.— Foa P. L'azione eritro-e leuco-cateretica del midollo osseo adi- poso del cane. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1935, 10: 685-7. Also Heematologica (Arch.) Pavia, 1935, 16: 673-88, ch—Hirschfeld, H Zur Kenntnis der primar-multiplen Geschwulstbildungen des Knochenmarks. Fol. harniat, Lpz, 1921-22, 27: l.Teil, 97-108 2pl.—Johnsson, V. [Operative treatment of a case of tumor'of the bone marrow with inversion of the radial reflex and facial paresis] Hygiea, Stockh, 1934, 96: 625-32.-Jordans, G, & Bartels, H. [Changes of blood picture in tumors of bone- marrow] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: pt 1, 2150-6—Katznel- son R B, & Malkina, M. G. [Diagnosis during life, and clinical aspect of metastases of malignant tumors in bone marrow] Klin. med Moskva, 1932, 10: 682-5—Kohn, E. Symptomatische Thrombopenie bei malignen Tumoren des Knochenmarkes. Med Klin , Berl, 1931, 27: 767—Leenhardt, E. My61omes et chloromes Traite nted. enf. (Nob6court & Babonneix) Par, 1934 2 • 917-25.—Puhl, H. Ueber Bau und Wesen der lokalisier- ten braunen Geschwiilste und Cysten des Knochenmarks. Arch. klin Chir , 1936, 186: 506-10. Also Beitr. path. Anat, 1936-37, 98- 335-48, pi—Shutschenko, B. Zur differentiellen Rontgen- BONE MARROW 790 BONE MARROW diagnostik des Myeloms und des Knochenkarzinoms. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1928, 38: 509-14.—Stuckgold, H. [Tumors of the bone-marrow] Warsz. czas. lek., 1936, 13: 805-10. ---- Tumors: Ewing's type [Reticulosarcoma] Mottet, F. *Le sareome d'Ewing (r6ticulo- sarcome de la moelle osseuse) 103p. 8? Par., 1933. Bonne, C. [Codman's and Ewing's tumors, the so-called bone-sarcoma] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1934, 78: 3236-43.—Borak, J. Zur Kenntnis der Ewingschen Knochensarkome. Arch. klin. Chir, 1932,172: 301-38.—Brunschwig, A. Radioresistant Ewing sarcomas of bone. Radiology, 1936, 27: 328.—Campbell, W. C. Endothelial myeloma; an analysis of cases. J. Bone Surg, 1934, 16: 761-80.—Carrell, W. B. Ewing's sarcoma. Texas J.M, 1931-32,27: 588-91.—Clement, R, & Belon, J. Reticulo-sarcome embryonnaire diffus de la moelle osseuse; sareome d'Ewing a forme grave. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1935* 33: 649-57.—Clopton, M. B, & Womack, N. A. The diagnosis of diffuse endothelial myeloma (Ewing's sarcoma) Am. J. Cancer, 1932, 16: 1444- 56.—Coley, W. B. Endothelial myeloma, or Ewing's sarcoma. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1931, 43: 65-95. Also Radiology, 1931, 16: 627-56. Also Am. J. Surg, 1935, 27: 7-18. Also repr—Col- ville, H. C, & Willis, R. A. Neuroblastoma metastases in bones, with a criticism of Ewing's endothelioma. Am. J. Path, 1933, 9: 421-9, pi.—Connor, C. L. Endothelial myeloma, Ewing, report of 54 cases. Arch. Surg, 1926,12: 789-829.-----A fur- ther consideration of Ewing's sarcoma. Am. J. Cancer, 1934, 22: 41-51.—Copeland, M. M, & Geschickter, C. F. Ewing's sarcoma; small round cell sarcoma of bone. Arch. Surg, 1930, 20:246-304. —--- The nature of Ewing's tumor. Ibid, 421- 36.—Craver, L. F. Metastasis to thyroid gland from endothelial myeloma of bone; rapid regression resulting from Roentgen-ray treatment. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1926-27,12: 878-82.—Belageniere, Y. Sur un cas de tumeur primitive des os. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 17: 3-11.—BeSanto, B. A. Ewing's tumor (primary intracortical and subperiosteal lymphangioendothelioma) report of a case. Arch. Surg, 1934, 28: 66-82.— Beutschlander, K. Zur Kenntnis der Ewing-Sarkome. Med. Welt, 1934, 8: 620-2.—Biez, J. El endotelioma difuso de los huesos (Ewing) Prensa med. argent, 1931-32,18: 396-414.—Bupont, A, & Weill, J. Reticulo-sarcome de la moelle osseuse (sareome d'Ewing) Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1930, 19: 567-74, 2pl.—Engelstad, R. B. Zur Rontgendiagnose des Ewingsarkoms. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1936, 53: 462-5.— Ewing, J. Diffuse endothelioma of bone. Proc. N.Y. Path. Soc, 1921, 21: 17-24.—Filippa, C, & Cal6, A. Un caso di sar- coma di Ewing. Policlinico, 1928, 35: sez.chir, 481-500 — Frauendorfer, O. Ein Fall von multiplem Myelo-Endotheliom des Skeletts. Rontgenpraxis, 1932, 4: 828.—Haberler, G, & Chiari, H. Zur Frage der Ewing-Tumoren. Zschr. orthop. Un- fallchir, 1935-36, 64: 33-63.—Hellner. Undifferenzierte Rund- zellensarkome des Knochens (Ewingsarkome) Zbl. Chir, 1935, 62: 1486-8.—Hellner, H. Das Ewingsche Knochensarkom (Reticulosarkom des Knochenmarkes) Arch. klin. Chir, 1935, 183: 672-96 [Discussion] 23-9.—Huguenin, R, & Nemours- Auguste. Sur le diagnostic radiologique et le traitement radio- tlterapique des sarcomes d'Ewing. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1933, 21: 556-61.—Ishihara, K. Ein merkwiirdiger Fall von Ewing'schem Sarkom. Zbl. Chir, 1936, 63: 2175-8 — Kienbock, R, & Griinspan, S. Ein Fall von zystischem Kno- chen-Endotheliom. Rontgenpraxis, 1931, 3: 1092-4.—Kirklin, B. R, & Weber, H. M. A roentgenologic consideration of endo- thelial myeloma. Am. J. Roentg, 1929,21: 355-60.—Kolodny, A. A case of primary multiple endothelioma of bone; with special emphasis on its roentgenologic features. Arch. Surg, 1924, 9: 636-46. ----- Angio-endothelioma of bone. Ibid, 1926, 12: 854-66.—Koster, H, & Weintrob, M. Diffuse endothelioma of bone; Ewing's sarcoma. Ann. Surg, 1931, 94: 111-6.—Krayen- biihl, H. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Ewingschen Knochensar- kome (retikulares, myelogenes Sarkom der Siebbeinzellen) Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1929,38: 362-78.—Lattman, I. A review of Ewing's tumour with case reports. Brit. J. Radiol, 1934, n.s, 7: 194-207, 4pl.— L6ri, A, Bupont, A, & Lievre, J. A. Reticulo- sarcome de la moelle osseuse (sareome d'Ewing) decalcification totale d'un cubitus. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1928, 17: 644-50.— Leri, A, & Laborde, S. Sareome d'Ewing avec decalcification complete d'un cubitus; reedification osseuse apres curietherapie. Ibid, 1929, 18: 355-9.—Melinck, P. J. Histogenesis of Ewing'5 sarcoma of bone, with post-mortem report of a case. Am. J. Cancer, 1933,19: 353-63.—Meyer, A. R. Ein Fall von Ewingsar- kom bei einem lH-jahrigen Kinde. Acta paediat, Upps, 1935, 17: 142-55.—Nielsen, J. [Ewing's sarcoma of the bonesl Ugeskr. laeger, 1937, 99: 72-88.—Newell, E. B. Small round-cell bone sar- coma. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1923)1924,36: 198-201—Oberling, C. Les reticulosarcomes et les reticulo-endotheliosarcomes de la moelle osseuse (sarcomes d'Ewing) Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1928, 17: 259-96.—Papadopoulos, A. S. Ewing's tumor; an unusual case. J. Bone Surg, 1933,15: 789-92.—Parenti, G. C. Ireticolo- sarcomi del midollo osseo (sarcomi di Ewing) Chir. org. movim, 1934-35,19: 77-97—Petrov, N. N, & Glasunov, M. F. [So-called bone endothelioma, and primary epithelial tumors of the bones] Vest, khir, 1933, 30: 51-62. Also Arch. klin. Chir, 1933, 175: 589-606.—Piergrossi, A. Sul tumore di Ewing. Arch, radiol. Nap, 1935, 11: pt 1, 152-64.—Porter, J. L, Lonergan, R. C, & Gunn, F. B. Ewing's sarcoma (endothehalmyeloma) case report with necropsy. Surg Gyn. Obst, 1936, 62: 969-76.—Pritchard, J. E. Ewing's sarcoma; a report of a case, Canad. M. Ass. J, 1927, 17: 1164-7— Reuben, M. S, & Peskin, A. R. Ewing's en- dothelioma. Arch. Pediat,N.Y, 1928,45: 116-26—Richardson, B. Endothelial myeloma; case reports. Texas J.M, 1928-29, 24: 701.—Roome, N. W. Undifferentiated round cell sarcoma with skeletal sarcomatosis (hemacytoblastoma?) Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1931,13: 449. ■-----& Belaney, P. A. Undifferen- tiated round-cell sarcoma of the ilium (Ewing tumor) containing hemopoietic elements. Am. J. Cancer, 1932, 16: 386-98.— Schiirch, 0, & Uehlinger, E. Experimentelles Ewing-Sarkom nach Mesothoriumbestrahlung beim Kaninchen. Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1936-37,45: 240-51—Scott, R. K. Ewing's tumour; 3 cases originating from ribs. Melbourne Hosp. Clin. Rep, 1933, 4: 102-5, 5pl.—Soeur, R. L'endottteliome osseux ou sar- eome d'Ewing. Rev. orthop. Par, 1932, 3.ser, 19: 197-221 — Sternberg, C. Zur Frage des sogenannten Ewings Tumor. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1935, 48: 525-32—Stewart-Harrison, R. Ewing's bone sarcoma. Brit. J. Radiol, 1934, n.s, 7: 580-90, ch. Also Rontgenpraxis, 1935, 7: 37.—Sycamore, L. K, & Holmes, G. W. Endothelial myeloma (Ewing's tumor) Am. J. Roentg, 1927, n.s, 18: 223-30—Troell, A. Ein Fall von Ewingsarkom nebst einigen Worten iiber die Behandlung von Knochensarkomen im allgemeinen. Acta chir. scand, 1932, 72: 501-18, pi.—Valenti, A. Sopra un caso di sarcoma di Ewing. Radiol, med, Milano, 1929, 16: 182-90—Warner, W. P, & Sin- gleton, A. C. A case of angio-endothelioma of bone with haemo- thorax due to pleural metastases. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1933, 29: 610-2.—Weill, J., & Mottet, F. Les reticulo-sarcomes de la moelle osseuse (sareome d'Ewing) Gaz. hop, 1933, 106: 1401; 1433.— Witmer, J. B. Endothelial myeloma; case report and discussion on bone sarcoma with emphasis on endothelial myeloma. Long Island M.J, 1927, 21: 619; 683.—Zuppinger, A. Ewingsarkom mit Spontanfraktur durch alleinige Rontgenbestrahlung seit X}4 Jahren symptomfrei. Arch. klin. Chir, 1933, 174: 397-400. ---- Tumors: Sarcoma. Fritz, A. *Ueber einen Fall von polycysti- schem myelogenem Sarkom [Leipzig] 15p. 8! [Zeulenroda i. Thur.] 1925. Nicholson, T. F. A study of several cases of leukosarcoma and myelosarcoma. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1929,21:563-6. Alsorepr — Puhr, L. Ueber das Riesenzellensarkom des Knochenmarkes. Virchows Arch, 1931, 282: 704-20. Also Magy. orv. arch, 1931, 32: 226-41.—Schultz, L, & Piette, E. C. Myelosarcoma, Radiology, 1928,11: 490-2. BONER, Therese, 1891- *Die penetrieren- den Bauchverletzungen vom 1/1/09 bis 31/12/19 [Leipzig] 4p. 8? Paderborn, Bonifacius, 1920. BONE-SETTING. Hewett, S. C. Dr S. C. Hewett, bone-setter, successor to the late Dr Job Sweet, who died in Boston, about 9 years since. Dr H. may be found at 297 Washington Street, nearly op- posite Avon Place, Boston, Mass. 16p. 8? Bost., 1860. Marlin, T. On bone-setting. Lancet, Lond, 1931, 2:60-2 — Robertson, G. The bonesetter and his professional brother. Practitioner, Lond, 1924,113: 442-6. BONETTI, Giocondo. *TJeber histologische Veranderungen bei Strychninvergiftung [Basel] 15p. 8? Locarno, Genti & Bernieri, 1932. BONEWITZ, Hans. Eine Studie zur Mor- phologie und Vererbung einzelner Merkmsle der menschlichen Ohrmuschel. 71p. pi. tab. 8°. Braunlage, A. Bonewitz, 1934. BONFILS, Heinz, 1899- *Ueber Saure- werte von Magensaftuntersuchungen nach ver- schiedenen Methoden. 7p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1924. BONGARD-POIRET, Catherine, 1906- *Projet de creation d'un centre medical con- sacre aux examens preVentifs peYiodiques. 64p. 8? Par., 1935. BONGARTZ, Theodor, 1884- *Ueber Ludwig Bitters Chinablaiu-Nahrboden zur Ty- phusdiagnose [Kiel] 6p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1913. BONGERT, Jakob, 1865- Bakteriolo- gische Diagnostik mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der experimentell-aetiologischen Forschung, der Immunitatslehre und der Schutzimpfungen, ftir Tierarzte und Studierende der Veterinarme- dizin. 5.Aufl. x, 582p. 7pl. 8? Berl., R. Schoetz, 1919. BONHEIM 791 BONHEIM, Erich, 1891- *Ueber die perforierenden Verletzungen des Auges an der Bonner Universitats-Augenklinik in den Jahren 1907 bis 1913. 27p. 8? Bonn, H. Ludwig, 1919. BONHOEFFER, Karl, 1868- For Festschrift see Mschr. Psychiat, Berl, 1928, 68: port. See also Mayer-Gross, W. Karl Bonhceffer zum 60. Geburts- tag. Nervenarzt, 1928, 1: 137. For portrait, see collection in Library. ---- & JOSSMANN, P. Ergebnisse der Reiz- therapie bei progressiver Paralyse. 154p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1932. Forms H. 65, Abh. Neur. Psychiat. BONHOEFFER, Karl, & KLEIST, Karl. Geistes- und Nervenkrankheiten. Teil 1-2. 4p.l. xviii, 1416p., paged consec. illus. pi. roy.8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1922-34. Forms Bd4. of Handb. arztl. Erfahrungen im Weltkriege. BONHOMME, Fernand, 1877- *Du traite- ment du tetahos du cheval par la serotherapie sp6cifique a dose massive [Alfort] 59p. 8° Par., 1926. BONHOMME, Henri, 1880- Contribu- tion a l'etude de la fievre typhoide du cheval [Alfort] 72p. 8? Par., 1926. BONHOMME, Roger, 1908- Contribu- tion a l'etude de la migraine duodenale [Paris] 85p. 8? Angers, Imp. Anjou, 1935. BONHOTE, Georges. *La secamine, un nou- veau constricteur uterin. 31p. 8? Neuchatel, 1930. BONHOTE, Jacques. *Determination de mini- mes quantites d'arsenic dans les matieres or- ganiques. 43p. 8? Neuchatel, 1916. BONIFACE Vin. Gualino, L. II delirio di Bonifazio VIII. Illust. med. ital., 1925, 7: 81-6. BONIFER, Philip Paul, 1904- *Anterior poliomyelitis [Marquette Univ.] lOp. 8? Grand Rapids, Mich., 1932. Typewritten. BONIFIELD, Charles Lybrand, 1863-1932. [Biography] Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1933, 45: 598, port — Tate, M. A. [Obituary] Am. J. Obst, 1932, 24: 1, port. B0NI Hominis, Alphonsus [Alfasi] ca 1337. Libellus arabicus in malos medicos [transl. Joannes Elisius Neapolitanus] 81. sm.4? [n.p., 1500] BONIN, Gerhardt von, 1890- ♦Aneurys- men durch Schussverletzung und ihre Behand- lung [Freiburg] 33p. 8? Tub., H. Laupp, jr, 1915. BONIN, Gilles, 1896- *Quelques con- siderations sur l'etiologie de la scarlatine. 63p. 8? Par., 1924. BONIN, Hans, 1905- *Ueber Stomatitis aphthosa infectiosa [Berlin] 23p. 2 1. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1931. BONIN, Hartmut, 1909- *Zur Behand- lung der chronischen Parotitis und der Speichel- fistel. 20p. 8? Halle, C. F. Rode & Sohn, 1933. BONINCONTRIUS, Laurentius, 1411-1502. Vaticinium anni praesentis 1486. 8 1. 8? [Roma, Stephanus Plannck, between Feb. 2 & Mar. 1, 1486] ---- Vaticinium (for 1488) 41. 8? [Roma, Stephanus Plannck, between Feb. 19 & Mar. 1, 1488] BONIS, Paul, 1896- Contribution a l'etude des fugues dans la paralysie generale; 6tude clinique et medico-legale. 64p. 8? Par., 1923. BONN, Andreas. Verhandeling over het Maaksel van de beweeglijke loswording der Beenvereenigingen van het Bekken, in Vrouwen, omtrent den Tijd der bevallinge [The method of separation of the union of the pelvis in delivery] p.33-64. 8? Amst., Ned. Maatsch. Geneesk., 1932. Opusc. sei. Neerl. art. med, 1934, v.12. Repr. from Verh. Bataaf. Genoot. Proefonderv. Wysb. Rotterdam, 1771. BONNAFOTJS, Pierre, 1893- Contribu- tion a l'etude des etats hallucinatoires avec deiire minimum. 34p. 8? Par., 1922. BONNAHON, Jean, 1901- Contribution a l'etude bacteriologique des suppurations auriculaires a microbes pyogenes aerobies. 80p. 8? Par., 1930. BONNAMOUR, Maurice. *Les injections in- traveineuses de digitaline cristallisee. 55p. 8? Par., 1919. BONNAR, William, 1857- The mind and what produces it; a new scientific system; physical psychology. 2p.l. xxv, 263p. 8? Chic, Diana Daylight Pub. Co. [1926] BONNARD, Maurice. *Le cancer de l'oeso- phage sans signes cliniques oesophagiens. 38p. 8? Par., 1921. BONNARD, Robert, 1904- *Les lipoides et en particulier le cholesterol dans les icteres hemoly tiques. 129p. 8? Par., 1933. BONNAXJD, Robert, 1904- Contribution a l'etude de l'appendicite a gauche. 121p. 2pl. 8? Par., 1931. BONNE, Georg, 1869- Wald, R. [Biography] Miinch. med. Wschr, 1934, 81:1233. BONNEAU, Raymond, 1875- Bartigues, L. [Biography] Fasc. script. (Dartigues, L.) Par, 1932, v.3, 493. BONNECAZE, Jacques, 1894- Contribu- tion a l'etude du volvulus de l'intestin grele. 136p. 8? Par., 1924. BONNEFOI, Antoine, 1908- *Recherches sur l'activite antigenique des proteides des bacilles tubereuleux. 84p. 8? Par., J. Peyron- net & cie, 1935. BONNEFON, Georges, 1884- Introduc- tion a 1'etude des hypertensions oculaires. 143p. 8? Par., G. Doins & cie, 1931. BONNEFOTJS, Louis Antoine, 1907- *L'ure- tero-pyeiographie retrograde. 156p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1935. BONNEFOY, Pierre, 1908- *Les mau- vaises odeurs des villes; leurs inconvenients. 71p. 8? Par., Vacherat, 1934. BONNEFOY, Pierre Marie Marcel, 1878- *Les membranes pericoliques; leur role patho- gene. 47p. 8? Par., 1924. BONNEL, Jacques, 1907- Contribution a l'etude d'une reglementation des specialtes pharmaceutiques. 108p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1935. BONNEMAISON, Marcel, 1891- ♦Avan- tages de la scie-fil sur l'embryotome dans quel- ques cas de dystocies foetales [Alfort] 25p. 8? Par., 1925. BONNEMAISON, Pierre, 1900- *De la protection des eaux minerales en France. 44p. 8? Par., 1929. BONNEMAISON, Raymond Maurice, 1895- *Les lesions nevritiques dans l'ulcere de l'es- tomac. 63p. 8? Par., 1925. BONNEMAISON, Robert Thenard Raoul, 1896- * Modifications des elements cellulaires du sang chez les cancereux (travail du Laboratoire du Docteur A. Coyon, medecin de I'Hopital St.-Antoine) 142p. 8? Par., 1924. BONNER, Horace, 1841-1924. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 82:1563. BONNEROT 792 BONNIER BONNEROT, Pierre, 1897- *Etude de quelques cas rares d'actinomycose humaine. 35p. 8? Par., 1924. BONNET, Albert, 1909- *Beitrage zur Pathologie des Milchgebisses. 59p. 2 1. 8? [Tub., 1931] BONNET, Amedee, 1809-58. Patel, M. [Biography] Biogr. med. Par, 1935, 6: 145-60, 2pl, 2 port.—Poncet, A Un 61oge d'Antedee Bonnet. Progr. med. Par, 1935, suppl, 73-80, port. BONNET, Andre, 1899- Contribution a l'etude de l'hepatomegalie chez les hyper- tendus. 47p. 8? Par., 1928. BONNET, Andre, 1908- Contribution a l'etude de la virulence du sang dans la fievre aphteuse [Alfort] 62p. 8? Par., 1932. BONNET, Eugene, 1899- *Les resultats du pneumothorax artificial precocement inter- rompu. 40p. 8? Par., 1926. BONNET, Gabriel, 1904- *Les modifica- tions de la proteinemie au cours de l'eczema. 82p. 8? Par., 1929. BONNET, Henri, 1909- *Hypertrophie et insuffisance cardiaques dans les anemies chro- niques graves. 95p. 8? Lyon, Bosc freres, 1934. BONNET, Louis, 1891- *La retention d'urine dans les fibromes uterins (a propos de 1,000 observations consecutives de fibromes) 159p. 8? Par., 1925. BONNET, Noel, 1885- *Du traitement des varices superficielles par les injections intra- variqueuses de carbonate de soude. 42p. 8? Par., 1920. BONNET, Pierre, 1904- *Les ruptures de cicatrice de Cesariennes basses. 5p.l. 109p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1934. BONNET, Raymond, 1900- Contribu- tion a l'etude du traitement des arthrites gono- cocciques en evolution; quelques cas traites par la vaccination regionale par la porte d'entree. 59p. 8? Par., 1929. BONNET, Rene Francois, 1904- Con- tributions a l'etude des variations du syndrome humoral au cours de la paralysie generale. 64p. 8? Par., 1932. BONNET, Robert, 1851-1921. Die Hand und ihr Ersatz; 26. vaterlandischer und Kriegsvor- trag gehalten am 10. uhd 20. Marz 1915. 29p. 18illus. 8? Lpz., L. Voss, 1915. ---- Lehrbuch der Entwicklungsgeschichte. 5.Aufl. x, 542p. 8? Berl., P. Parey, 1929. See also Verworn, M, Bonnet, R, & Steinmann, G. Der tliluviale Menschenfund von Obercassel bei Bonn. 193p. 4? Wiesb, 1919. For biography see Anat. Anz, 1922-23,56:145-58 (J. Sobotta) Also Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1922, 63: 425, port. BONNET, Robert, 1910- *L'etude de la circulation retinienne par la methode entoptique de Scheerer. 65p. 8? Lyon, Bosc freres, 1936. BONNETAT, Andre, 1888- Contribu- tion au traitement de la gale sarcoptique du chien par les gaz sulfureux [Alfort] 54p. 8? Par., 1930. BONNETTE, P. Service de Sante du Corps Expeditionaire Francais: Coste, medecin chef: son ceuvre; son role en Amerique (1780-83) 22p. illus. ports. 8? Par. [1932] BONNEVILLE, Antoine E., 1855-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 81:1894. BONNEY, Victor, 1872- See Berkeley, Comyns, & Bonney, Victor. A textbook of gynaecological surgery. 3.ed. 863p. 8? Lond, 1935. BONNICHON, Joseph, 1893- Contribu- tion a l'etude des tumeurs mixtes des levres 40p. 8? Par., 1923. BONNIER, E. Pierre. Centrotherapie et asuerotherapie. 61p. 12? Par., F. Alcan, 1931. BONNIER, Gaston Eugene Marie, 1853-1922. Plantes medicinales, plantes melliferes, plantes utiles et nuisibles. [70]p. 64col. pi. on 32 1. 12? Par., E. Orlhac [1920] For biography see C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 88: 2 (C. Richet) Also Rev. g6n. sc. pur, 1923, 34: 65 (M. Molliard) BONNIER, Jules, 1859-1908. Keilin, B. Notes on the lives of Giard, Bonnier and Delage. Parasitology, Lond, 1923,15:109-12, port. BONNIER, Michel, 1900- *Adaptation de l'appareil de marche aux fractures ouvertes de la jambe platre en 2 temps. 48p. 8? Par., 1927. BONNIN, Joseph, 1893- Considerations sur le diagnostic de l'adenopathie tracheo- bronchique tuberculeuse de l'enfant en vue de la cure en plein air et du preventorium. 62p. 8? Par. 1923. BONNIN, Roger, 1902- *Les formes gastralgiques de l'appendicite chronique. 64p. 8? Par. 1930. BONNIOT, Albert, 1890- Anatomie du plexus lombaire chez I'homme. lllp. 9pl. 8? Par., G. Doin, 1922. Forms no.12, Arch, morph. g6n, 1922. See also Wertheimer, Paul, & Bonniot, A. Chirurgie du sympathique. 134p. roy.8? Par, 1926. BONNIS, Lucie Renee, 1889- *Le de- veloppement de l'intelligence chez les arrieres. 70p. 8? Par., 1926. BONNO, Adolphe, 1902- *Valeur com- parative des differents traitements de 1'epithe- lioma greffe sur le xeroderma pigmentosum. 87p. 8? Par., 1928. BONNOT, Marcel, 1892- Contribution a l'etude des troubles de la tension arterielle chez les syphilitiques. 54p. 8? Par., 1924. BONOLA, Francesco. Note di traumatologia del sistema nervoso centrale. 107p. 8? Bolo- gna, L. Cappelli [1918] BONOME, Augusto, 1857-1922. Cagnetto, G. Necrologio. Pathologica, Genova, 1923, 15: 151. BONOMO, Lorenzo, 1857-1926. Capparoni, P. Necrologio. Boll. Ist. stor. ital. san, 1926,6: 50. BONORINO Udaondo, C, & RECALDE Cuestas, J. C. Sobre las aquilias gastro-pancreaticas. 18p. roy.8? B. Air., Flaiban & CamiUoni, 1915. BONOT, Victor, 1877- *Paralysie du femoral: son traitement efficace par les injections salines [Alfort] 48p. 8? Par., 1925. BONSDORFF, von. Cntersuchungen iiber Massverhaltnisse des Oberkiefers mit spezieller Berucksichtigung der Lagebeziehungen zwischen den Zahnwurzeln und der Kieferhohle. 157p. roy.8? Helsin., F. Tilgmann, 1925. BONSDORFF, Bertel von. Zur Methodik der Blutdruckmessung. 197p. 8? Helsin., Merca- tor, 1932. Forms Suppl. 51, v.79, Acta med. scand. BONSDORFF, Hjalmar von, 1858-1932. Langenskiold, F. [Obituary] Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1932, 74: 413-21, port. BONSE, Georg, 1894- *Aetiologie, Pro- phylaxe und Friihbehandlung der Zahnstellungs- und Kieferanomalien. 40p. 8? Munster (Westf.) 1933. BONSMANN, Fritz, 1906- *Beitrag zur Symptomatologie der Hiatushernien [Freiburg i.B.] 28p. 8? Koln, F. Paffenholz, 1931. BONSOR, Sir Cosmo, 1848-1929. _ Obituary. Rep. Guy's Hosp, Lond, 1930, 80: 1-3—Unveil- ing of a memorial tablet to Sir Cosmb Bonsor. Guy's Hosp. Qaz., Lond, 1933, 47: 270. BONSTETTEN 793 BOOK BONSTETTEN, Karl Victor von, 1745-1832. The man of the North and the man of the South; or, The influence of climate; transl. from the French, viii, 200p. 12? N.Y., F. W. Christ- ern, 1864. BONTE, Eugene, 1892- *Le traitement des cheioides, par la radiotherapie seule, la radio- therapie associee a 1'electrolyse et par la radio- therapie associee a la chirurgie. 52p. 8? Par., 1921. BONTE, Jean, 1901- *Ruptures intes- tinales produites par l'air comprime. 44p. 8? Par., 1926. BONTE, Jeanne, 1901- *Pleuresies me- diastines posterieures symptomatiques de la dilatation des bronches. 49p. 8? Par., 1927. BONTE, Pierre, 1906- Communications entre l'aorte et 1'artere pulmonaire sans persis- tance du canal arteriel. 76p. 8? Par., 1929. BONTE, Theodor, LIEFMANN, Else, & ROESS- LER, Fritz. Untersuchungen iiber die eidetische Veranlagung von Kindern und Jugendlichen. 371p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1918. Forms H.43, Beih. Zschr. angew. Psychol. BONTEMPS, Charles Auguste. Nudisme; pourquoi? comment? documente de 28 photo- graphies des centres gymniques francais de lettres de personnalites du monde medical [&c] 3 p.l. 188p. 20pl. 8? Par., Ed. Vivre [1930] BONTEMPS, Ernst, 1900- *Ueber die Genese der Myopie. 34p. 2tab. 8? Greifs- wald, H. Adler, 1929. BONTEMPS, Gustav, 1902- *Indikation und Verlauf der Tonsillectomien an der Kieler Universitats-Klinik fiir Ohren-, Nasen- und Hals- krankheiten in den Jahren 1920-1928 [Kiel] 16p. 8? [Grossenhain i. Sa., H. Plasnick] 1929. BONTIUS, Jacobus, 1592-1632. [Biography] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1931, 71: 1378, pi — Koolemans Beijnen, G. J. W. [Biography] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1925, 69: 1063-70.—Lint, J. G. de. [A portrait of Jacobus Bontius] Ibid, 1932, 76: pt4, 4669. BONTZ, Rudolf, 1895- *Die Hygiene des Schweinestalls. 5p. 8? Giessen, O. Meyer, 1921. BONVIN, Louis. *La reaction d'Abelin et le liquide cephalorachidien. 24p. 8? Lausanne, 1926. BONWICK, James, 1817-1906. Our nationali- ties. 4v.ini. 12? Lond., D. Bogue, 1880-81. BONZANIGO, Angelo. *Ueber Spatfolgen nach gewerblichen Vergiftungen mit Anilin und ahnlichen Substanzen [Basel] p.242-55. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1931,16: BONZANIGO, Curzio. *Klinisch-experimen- telle Untersuchungen der Ephetonin-Wirkung im Kindesalter [Basel] 33p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1931. BOOBBYER, Philip, 1857-1930. Obituary. Brit. M.J, 1930,1: 221. Also Lancet, Lond, 1930, 1: 265, port. BOODY, Bertha M., 1877- A psycholog- ical study of immigrant children at Ellis Island. 3 p.l. 163p. 8? Bait., Williams & Wilkins Co., 1926. BOOGHER, Jesse Leland, 1868-1926. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1926, 86: 1784. BOOHER, Lela E., 1898- *The calcium content of the bodv in relation to that of the food [Columbia Univ.] * 27p. 8? N.Y., 1928. BOOK, William Frederick, 1872- The intelligence of high school seniors as revealed by a state-wide mental survey of Indiana high schools, xviii, 371p. 12? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1922. BOOK. See also Bibliography; Catalog; Incunabulum; Library; Manuscript; Printing. Jahrbuch der Btjcherpreise; Ergebnisse der Versteigerungen in Deutschland, Deutsch-Oes- terreich, Holland, Skandinavien, der Tschecho- slowakei, Ungarn; bearb. von Gertrud Hebbeler. 26. Jahrgang: 1931. 342p. 8? Lpz., 1932. Kiser, E. F. Hoosier, incunabula; the earliest medical publications of Indiana authors. 12p. 8? [193?] Cost of German scientific publications. Nature, Lond, 1935, 135:843.—Esselin, G. J. Before papyrus ... beyond rayon. Ann. Rep. Bd Regents Smithson. Inst, 1934, 169-80.—Genty, M. Reliures en peau humaine. Progr. m6d. Par, 1926, 41: 1848- 50.—Heymann. Biicherprivilegien und Zensur in ihrer Bedeu- tung fiir die Sozietatsgriindung durch Leibniz im Jahre 1700. Sitzber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss, 1932, xeiii-cx.—Malloch, A. Cer- tain old American medical works. Bull. N. York Acad. M, 1936, 12: 545-65.—Miller, H. A rare book; Friar Bartholomew's encyclopedia, best seller of the Middle Ages. California West. M, 1937, 46: 108.—Reviews of the earliest Kentucky medical books. Kentucky M.J, 1937, 35: 2. ---- Disinfection and disinsection. Back-Chapiro, R. *La desinfection des livres. 32p. 8? Par., 1930. References on animals injurious to books (1897-1931) 2 1. (mimeographed) 4? South Kensington [1931] ---- Also 2.ed. [No. Ill] Forms no.28, Science libr. bibliogr. ser. Bryan, A. H. Book contamination by bacteria. Industr. Med, 1937, 6: 73.—Liiders, C. E. Bucherdesinfektion. Zschr. Desinfekt, 1924,16: 92-4.—Moureau, M, & Touchais, J. Etudes experimentales de 3 proc6des de desinfection des livres souilies par les bacilles tubereuleux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 562.— Schapiro, J. S. [Hygienic importance of paper in text-books] Mosk. med. J, 1927,7: no.4, 56-65.—Smiley, H. E. Books—shall they be sterilized? Rhode Island M.J, 1933, 16: 5.—Stolten- berg, L. [Disinfection of books] Med. rev, Bergen, 1924, 41: 386-90.—Tanon, L. A propos de la prophylaxie des maladies transmises par les livres. Ann. hyg. Par, 1933, n.s, 11: 566- 71 —Taylor, K. L. The destructive Mexican book beetle comes to Boston. Psyche, Bost, 1928, 35: 44-50.—Touchais, J. La desinfection des livres souilies par les bacilles tubereuleux. J. med. Bordeaux, 1925, 55: 359-70. Illustration. Hodnett, E. English woodcuts, 1480-1535. 483p. 4? Lond. [1935] Kirkbride, J. Engraving for illustration; historical and practical notes. 72p. 12? Lond., 1903. [Walsh, J. J.] Odd and quaint illustrations in medical science. 23p. 8? Yonkers, N.Y. [1920 vel subseq.] BrSdel, M. The new department in the Johns Hopkins Uni- versity: Art as applied to medicine. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull 1911, 22: 350.—Ledoux-Lebard, R. La gravure en couleurs dans l'illustration des ouvrages m6dicaux depuis les origines jusqu'a 1800. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med, 1912,11: 171-93.—Mayer, C F An exhibition on the history of the art of medical book illustration from the 12th to the 20th century arranged at the centennial celebration of the Army medical library, November 16 1936 Med. Life, 1936, 43: 590-604. ----- From drawing to photography in color; an exhibition on the history of the art of medical book illustration from the 12th to the 20th century arranged at the centennial celebration of the Army medical Library Nov. 16,1936. Mil. Surgeon, 1937,80: 31-44.—Schmeis- ser H C, & Scianni, J. L. Art as applied to medicine. J. Ten- nessee M. Ass, 1926-27,19: 311-5. BOOK of the dead. See Budge, Ernest Alfred Wallis. BOOKPLATE. Olivier, E., & Vialet, G. Essai de repertoire des ex-libris et fers de reliure des medecins et des pharmaciens francais anterieurs a la periode moderne. 235p. 8? Par., 1927. Bickinson, R. L. Aristocratic bookplates and their working cousins Proc. Charaka Club, 1935, 8: 177-84.-Fishbein, M. Medical bookplates. Bull. Soc. M. Hist. Chicago, 1917-22, 2: BOOKPLATE 794 303-20.—Henry-Andre\ Ex-libris de medecins. Chron. med. Par, 1906, 13: 417; 567; 689; 1907, 14: 65; 269; 573; 627.—Olivier, E. Les ex-libris medicaux anciens. Progr. mod. Par, 1925, 40: suppl. illust, 73-5.—Taupin, H. A. Quelques Ex-libris de pharmaciens et de dentistes. Ibid, 1929, 44: suppl, 4-8. BOOM, Hendrik. *Ervaringen over het begin van de longtuberculose bij volwassenen [Knowl- edge on the origin of pulmonary tuberculosis in adultsl [Groningen] 90p. 8pl. 8? Gravenh., G. Naeff, 1931. BOOME, Edward James, & RICHARDSON, M. A. The nature and treatment of stammering. vii, 135p. 8? Lond., Methuen & Co. [1931] BOOMER, Paul C, 1868- Moods and fancies. 310p. port. 8? [Chic, Methodist Bk Concern, 1935] BOOPHILUS. See Margaropus. BO ORD, Cecil Ernest, 1884- Laboratory outlines for premedical organic chemistry. 51p. 8? Columbus, Ohio State Univ. Press, 1927. BOORDE, Andrew, 1490-1549. Wisdom (The) of Andrew Boorde; ed. by H. Edmund Poole; illus. by A. E. Christopherson. 63p. illus. 8? Leicester, E. Backus, 1936. Buist, R. C. Andrew Boorde, of physycke doctour, and his Scottish experiences. Caledon. M.J, 1921, 11: 292-300.—Ro- bertson, W. G. A. The breviarie of health by Andrew Boorde. Ann. M. Hist, 1924, 6: 470-4. BOORSTEIN, Samuel William, 1885- The human spine and bad posture, xi, p. 50-6. 8? N.Y., 1923. Cuttings. ---- Orthopedics for the teachers of crippled children. 120p. 8? N.Y., Aidem Pub. Co. [1935] BOOT, Anselm de. Le parfaict joaillier; ou, Histoire des pierreries [transl. to French by Jean Bachov; ed. by Andre Toll] [16]1. 7461. [17]1. illus. pi. 8? Lyon, J. A. Huguetan, 1644. BOOT, Arnoldus, 1600?-53? Andel, M. A. van. Arnoldus Boot, author of one of the first descriptions of rickets (1649) Janus, Leyde, 1927, 31: 346-58. BOOT, Pieter. *De behandeling van asthma bronchiale met intraveneuze pepton inspuitingen [Treatment of bronchial asthma by intravenous injection of pepton] 3p.l. 135p. 8? Amst., H. J. Paris, 1925. BOOTH, Emmons Rutledge. History of osteopathy and twentieth-century medical prac- tice, xx, 835p. 35pl. 8? Cincin., Caxton Press, 1924. BOOTH, Frederick. Radiant energy and the ophthalmic lens, xxvii, 226p. illus. pi. diagrs. 8? Phila., P. Blakiston's Son & Co. [1921] BOOTH, George, 1840-1926. Obituary. Brit. M.J, 1926, 1: 509. BOOTH, John T., 1847-89. Manual of domes- tic medicine and guide to health and long life. 1024p. 8? Cincin., F. M. Dillie & Co., 1884. BOOTH, Lancelot Parker, 1851-1925. Obituary. S. Afr. M. Rec, 1925, 23:154. BOOTH, Meyrick. Youth and sex, a psy- chological study. 224p. 8? Lond., G. Allen & Unwin [1932] BOOTHBY, Walter M., & Sandiford, Irene. Laboratory manual of the technic of basal metabolic rate determinations. 117p ch 8° Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1920. BOOTLE, Engl. Medical Officer of Health. Annual report. 1910- BOOTLE, Engl. Medical Officer of Health. School Medical Officer. Annual report. 1911-21- 1923-29; 1931-32. BOPP, Josef, 1907- *Ueber die Erfolge der operativen und Strahlen-Behandlung des Carcinoma corporis uteri an der Universitats- Frauenklinik Wurzburg in den Jahren 1913-23. 42p. 8? Wurzb., G. Grasser, 1930. BOQTJEL, Georges, 1898- *La colpo- hysterectomie eiargie par voie combinee vagino- abdominale pour cancer de 1'uterus. 181p. 8? Par., 1930. BOQTJET, Auguste, 1882- See Calmette, Albert, Negre, L, & Bouquet, A. Manuel technique de microbiologic et serologic 3.ed. 759p. 8? Par, 1933.—Negre, Leopold, & Boquet, A. Antigenoth6rapie de la tuberculose [&c] 158p. 8? Par, 1927. ----- Le traitement de la tuberculose par l'antigene methylique (antig6notherapie). 235p. 8? Par, 1932. BOQUET, Henri, 1910- *Contribution a l'etude des osteomyeiites aigues primitives des os du crane. 62p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1935. BOQUET, Paul Alfred Henri, 1907- *Les encephalo-myeiites de la varicelle. 62p. 8? Par. 1933. BOQUET, Pierre, 1904- *Contribution a l'etude des calcifications pleurales. 56p. 8? Par., 1931. BOQUET, Robert, 1906- *Contribution a l'etude du syndrome de Spurway-Van der Hoeve; scierotiques bleues, fragilite osseuse, congenitale surdite. 114p. 12pl. 8? Par., 1932. BOQUIEN, Yves, 1904- *La meningite lymphocytaire curable. 77p. 8? Par., 1933. See also Troisier, Jean, & Boquien, Yves. La spirochetose meningee. 187p. 8? Par, 1933. BOQUIST, Harold Samuel, 1888-1934. Myers, J. A. [Obituary] Journal-lancet, 1934, 54: 480-2. BOQUOI, August, 1892- *Neuere Ar- beiten iiber Indikationen zur Unterbrechung der Schwangerschaft wegen nervoser und psy- chischer Storungen. 19p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1925. BORAKS, Artur Mieczyslaw. *La place de l'iontophorese en eiectrotherapie et particuliere- ment la dieiectrolyse dans le traitement des affections nerveuses centrales. 22p. 8? Geneve, Imp. du Commerce, 1935. BORAO, Gonzalo Palacios de, 1894- *An epidemiological study of leprosy in Porto Rico with special reference to topographic and climatic factors [Columbia Univ.] 28p. 8? Porto Rico, 1928. Also Porto Rico Rev. Pub. Health, 1928, 4: BORAX. See Boron [and compounds] BORBA s tuberkulesom [The fight against tuberculosis] Moskva, v. 10-11, 1932-33. Formerly Voprosy tuberkulesa. BORBECK, Hermann, 1898- *Ueber die Saugebehandlung in der Chirurgie. 40p. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1931. BORBERG, Niels Christian, 1880- *Bi- drag til binyrens fysiologi og patologi; det kro- maffine vaevs indre sekretion [Contribution to the physiology and pathology of the supra-renal glands; chromaffin tissues and their secretion] 268p. 8? Kbh., J. Lund, 1912. BORCHARD, Albrecht, 1900- *Ueber Hernia obturatoria. 23p. 8? [Rostock, 1929] BORCHARD, August, 1864- See Bauer, K. H, Borchard, A. [et al.] Chirurgie des Bauches. 6.Aufl. 1297p. 8! Stuttg, 1929. Also in 3.ser. Garre, Karl, & Borchard, A. Lehrbuch der Chirurgie. 3.Aufl. 725p. roy.8? Lpz, 1921. Also 8.Aufl. 789p. 8? Berl, 1935. For biography see Deut. med. Wschr, 1934, 60: 993 (A. N. Fischer) Also Zbl. Chir, 1934, 61: 1493-503, port. (V. Schmie- den) Also Ibid, 1934, 61:1581 (0. Struck) BORCHARD 795 BORCIC BORCHARD, Carl, 1903- *Ueber Muskel- plastiken [Heidelberg] 20p. 8? Bottrop, W. Postberg, 1931. BORCHARD, Franz, 1901- *Indikations- stellung und Erfolge bei 325 Kaiserschnitten an der Universitats-Frauenklinik in Heidelberg in den Jahren von 1908 bis 1924 [Heidelberg] 24p. 8? Bielefeld, G. Peiniger, 1927. BORCHARDT, Harold, BORRMANN, R. [et al.] Verdauungsschlauch. 3v. 4? Berl., J. Springer, 1926-29. Forms 4.Bd, pts 1-3 of Handb. spez. path. Anat. (Henke & Lubarsch) BORCHARDT, Johanna, 1904- *Ueber juxtaartikulare Knotenbildung bei Luetikern [Erlangen] 20p. 8? Numb., J. Rosenfeld [1930] BORCHARDT, Leo, 1879- Klinische Kon- stitutionslehre; ein Lehrbuch fiir Studierende und Aerzte. viii, 324p. pi. roy.8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1924.----Also 2. Aufl. x,386p. 1930. ----Konstitution und innere Sekretion. 56p. 8? Halle, C. Marhold, 1926. Forms H.6, v.9, Samml. Verdauungskr. ---Einfiihrung in das Studium der Medizin. 98p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1933. BORCHARDT, Moritz, 1868- Der heutige Stand der Knochenbruchbehandlung. 72p. 8? Berl., F. C. W. Vogel, 1932. Forms H.ll, Hefte zu Unfallheilk. ---DREVERMANN, P., & REICHEL, P. Chi- rurgie der unteren Gliedmassen. 6.Aufl. viii, 1175p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1929. Forms v.6, Handb. Prakt. Chir. (Bergmann, Bruns & Mikulicz) Stuttg, 1926-31. BORCHARDT, Paul [Robert] 1902- *Blut- harnsaurewerte bei gesunden und tuberkulosen Menschen im Hochgebirge [Berlin] p.473-80. roy.8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1928. Also Zschr. Tuberk, 1928,1: BORCHARDT, Resi [Therese Marie Frieda] geb. MEYER, 1902- *Ueber Roteln unter Be- riicksichtigung neuerer Beobachtungen. 18p. 8? Berl. [Gebr. Ernst] 1931. BORCHARDT, Werner, 1900-30. Fulleborn, F. Nekrolog. Klin. Wschr, 1931, 10: 239. BORCHERDT, Werner [Wilhelm Victor] 1877- *Studien iiber die Sprungbewegung des Pferdes [Bern] 31p. pi. 8? Berl., E. S. Mittler & Sohn, 1912. Also Zschr. Veterinark, 1913, 25: BORCHERS, Eduard, 1885- See Perthes, Georg. & Borchers, Eduard. Verletzungen und Krankheiten der Kiefer. 2.Aufl. xv, 623p. 8! Stuttg, 1932. Forms v.53. of Neue Deut. Chir. (P. Bruns) BORCHERS, Gerhard, 1906- *Ueber die primare akute und subakute purulenta der Wirbel [Kiel] p. 168-90. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Also Arch. klin. Chir, 1930, 158: BORCHERS, Hugo. *Die subcutanen Osteoto- mien des Kinderspitales Zurich (Eleonoren- stift) wahrend der Jahre 1876-81. 56p. 8? Ziir., Ziircher & Furrer, 1882. BORCHERT, Frank, 1906- *Der Einfluss der Hypophysenbestrahlung auf die Fortpflan- zungstatigkeit weiblicher Meerschweinchen und auf das Verhalten ihrer Nachkommenschaft. 24p. 8? Miinch., 1930. BORCHMANN, Hans, 1891- *Der ange- borene Handdefekt [Leipzig] 12p. pi. 8? Hamb., L. Grafe & Sillem, 1917. BORCIA, Helene, 1885- *La calcemie dans I'asthme chez l'enfant et son traitement par les rayons ultra-violets. 48p. 8? Par., 1926. BORCIC, Berislav. *Der Sterzwurm eine staphylogene Folliculitis des Schwanzendes beim Rinde [Bern] 46p. 8? Wien, 1914. BORDA, Jose T., 1869-1936. [Necrologia] Arch, argent, neur, 1936-37, 15: 71-3, port. BORDACHER, Marguerite, 1900- Con- tribution a l'etude de la physiotherapie des annexites; traitement diathermique. 82p. pi. 8? Par., 1934. BORDALLO Prostes Pinheiro, Manuel Maria. *Do parasitismo por larvas de insectos na especie humana. 87p. ch. 12? Lisb., 1875. BORDAS, Frederic, 1860-1936. Tanon, L. Necrologie. Ann. hyg. Par, 1936, n.s, 14: 557-61, port. Also Paris med, 1936, 102: annexe, 363-5. BORDAS, Paul, 1897- *Etude des cap- sules du rein et des tissus perirenaux. 88p. 12pl. 8? Par., 1927. BORDE, Albert, 1897- *La medication hypophysaire sans la diabete insipide; Taction oligurique des extraits de lobe posterieur d'hypo- physaire. 53p. 8? Par., 1925. BORDE, Andrew, 14907-1549. See Boorde. BORDAS, Luigi, 1860-1929. Pirani, R. [Necrologia] Bull. sc. med, Bologna, 1929, 101: 112-6. BORDEAUX, France. Clinique d'electricite medicale (Universite de Bordeaux) Archives d'electricite medicales experimentales et cli- niques. Bord., v.1-25, 1893-1915. Continued as the following. ----Archives d'electricite medicale et physio- therapie du cancer. Bord., v.26-39, 1916-31. BORDEAUX, France. Societe anatomo-cli- nique de Bordeaux, 1880- (Societe d'ana- tomie et de physiologie normales et patholo- giques) Bulletin. Bord., v. 1-23, 1880-1903. —— Journal de medecine de Bordeaux. Bord., v.8, 1878- Published by the Society since 1912. BORDEAUX, France. Societe de medecine et de chirurgie, 1798- Bulletin. Bord., 1905- ----Memoires. Bord., v.1-39, 1866-1904. Continued as preceding. BORDEAUX, France. Societe des sciences physiques et naturelles de Bordeaux, 1850- Memoires et proces-verbaux. Bord., l.ser., v.5-10; 2.ser., v.1-5; 3.ser., v.1-5; 4.ser., v.1-5; 5.ser., v.1-5; 6.ser., v.1-3, 1867-1903. ---- Proces-verbaux. Bord., 1894-99; 1921- 28; 1930. BORDEAUX, France. United States Base Hospital No.6. History of ... 1917-18. viii, 263p. 16pl. 8? Bost., 1924. BORDEN, Mary. The technique of marriage. 3p.l. 296p. 8? Lond., W. Heinemann [1933] BORDEN, William Cline, 1858-1934. Borden, B.L. [Obituary] Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1936, 5: 269.—[Obituary] Ibid, 310-8. BORDER, Francis, 1890- See Sergent, Emile, Border, Francis [et al.] Exploration radiologique de l'appareil respiratoire. 2v. 465p. paged consec. fol. Par, 1931. BORDERLINE ray. See under Roentgen ray. BORDET, Emile, 1871- cceur; etude radioscopique. J. B. Bailliere & fils, 1926. BORDET, Francis, 1890- du sucre libre et du sucre proteidique du plasma au cours des nephrites. 104p. 8? Par., 1922. ---- & TURPIN, A. R. Coeur et vaisseaux; sang et organes hematopoetiques. 3p.l. 439p. 16? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1927. La dilatation du 152p. 8? Par., *Les variations BORDET 796 BORESCH BORDET, Gaspard, 1857-1936. Sergent, E. N6crologie. J. med. chir. Par, 1936, 107: 641. BORDET, Jules, 1870- Immunite, anti- genes, anticorps. p. 517-645. 8? Par., 1934. Traite physiol. norm. & path. (Roger & Binet) Par, 1934, 7: (2.6d.) See also Renaux, E. L'ceuvre scientifique de J. Bordet. Bruxelles med, 1935-36, 16: 357-69. For biography see Arch. med. beiges, 1920, 73: 899-908 (E. Renaux) Also Biochim. ter. sper, 1932,19: 131-6 (E. Renaux) BORDET bacillus. See Hemophilus; Whooping cough, Bacteriol- ogy. BORDET-WASSERMANN reaction. See under Complement fixation. [BORDEU, Theophile de] 1722-76. Recherches sur quelques points d'histoire de la medecine concernant l'inoculation, et qui paroissent favorables a la tolerance de cette operation. 588p. 8? Liege, 1764. For biography see ^Esculape, Par, 1923, n.s, 200-3 (L. Cornet) Also Chron. med. Par, 1922, 29: 121 (Landouzy) Also J. med. Bordeaux, 1922, 52: 238-47 (L. Cornet) Also Paris med, 1921, 40: annexe, 49 (A. Gilbert) 1922, 44: annexe, 170. BORDIER, Henry, 1899- Contribution a l'etude du retentissement ureteral possible de certaines interventions principalement gyneco- logiques (les blessures de l'uretere exceptees) 164p. 15pl. 8? Par., 1931. BORDIER [Leonard Henri] 1863- Dia- thermie et diathermotherapie. 6.ed. 659p. 8? Par., J. B. Bailliere & fils, 1931. BORDIER, Marcel. *Etude critique du diag- nostic de la blennorragie et de son evolution; contribution a l'etablissement des donnees diagnostiques et pronostiques par une methode d'observation graphique. 192p. lOpl. 8? Par., 1920. BOREL, Alexandre. *Etude anatomo-micro- scopique des ganglions lymphatiques inguinaux- cruraux chez le fcetus humain. 32p. 8? Lau- sanne, Giesser & Banderet, 1924. BOREL, Gustave. *Ueber abnormes Langen- wachstum der Knochen (Elongation) infolge venoser Stauung. 22p. 8? Ziir., Nessonvaux, 1922. BOREL, Jacques Amphion, 1899- *Les meconnaissances systematiques chez l'aliene; la m6connaissance de la mort. 76p. 8? Par., 1931. BOREL, Jules, 1867-1935. Taillens. Necrologie. Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1936, 56: 645. BORELIUS, Jacques Ludwig, 1859-1920. Bauer, F. [Obituary] Hygiea, Stockh, 1921, 83: 209-12, port.—Berg, J. Nekrolog. Acta chir. scand, 1920-21, 53: i-ix—Petren, G. [Obituary] Sven. lak. tidn, 1921, 18: 265-76. BORELLI, Alfredo. Dermaptera. p. 1-8. 8? Lond., Brit. Museum, 1928. Forms pt.l, British Museum (Nat. Hist.) Insects of Samoa and other Samoan Terrestrial Arthropoda. Lond, 1928. BORELLI, Giovanni Alonso, 1608-79. De vi percussionis. [6] 1. 330p. [2] 1. 8? Bologna, Jac. Montius, 1667. For biography see Profili bio-bibliografici di medici (Cappa- roni) Roma, 1932, 64-6, port. Also Riforma med, 1934, 50: 307 (A. Ferrannini) Also Riv. stor. sc. med, 193L, 4.ser, 22: 53-63 (P. Capparoni) BORELLI, John F., 1901- *The conserva- tive treatment of head trauma [Marquette Univ.] 26p. 8? Hamilton, Ohio. 1932 Typewritten. BORELLUS, Petrus, 1620-89. De curationibus sympatheticis. p.526-8. 8? Niirnb., 1662. Rattray. Theatrum, Niirnb, 1662. BORELLY, Ferdinand, 1888- *Ueber Atresia auris congenita mit Mikrotie [Kiel] 28p. 8? Schwerin i.M., E. Herberger, 1918. BORESCH, K. See Bertram, F, Boresch, K. [et al.] Stoffwechsel und Ener- giewechsel. 1325p. 8? Berl, 1928. BORG, Daniel [Leander Johannes] 1901— *Einige Falle von Hundetuberkulose mit beson- derer Berucksichtigung der Gewebsreaktion. 27p. 2 1. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1933. BORGEL [Johann] Hermann, 1880- *Bei- trag zur Kenntnis der Ureterpapillome. 24p. 8? Bonn, J. F. Carthaus, 1916. BORGES, Fritz [Hans Heinrich] 1907- *Positive Wassermann'sche Reaktion nach Se- ruminjektionen. 31p. 8? Lpz., Ballin & Topfer, 1932. Borges, Manoel Jose. Hemorrhagia uterina durante o trabalho do parto, e seu tratamento. 23p. roy.8? Bahia, Poggetti de Tourinho, 1864. BORGES, Raul. *Prostatectomia perineal. 85p. 8? Lisb., Libanio da Silva, 1905. BORGGARDT, A. J. *Ueber die Bakterien- platten. 47p. 8? Bern, M. Drechsel, 1912. BORGHI, Mario. La litiasi con speciale riguardo alla patogenesi e cura chirurgica. 3p.l. 374p. 8? Milano, C. Sironi, 1921. BORGIA, Roderizo. See Alexander VI, pope. BORGIDA, Irma, 1904- *Geschichte der Zahnheilkunde in Ungarn. 22p. 8? Wiirzb., F. G. Kohler, 1927. BORGMANN, Hubert, 1897- *Die Be- handlung der Wurzelkanale bei Pulpitis gangre- nosa; eine Entwicklungsgeschichte vom Alter- tum bis heute [Leipzig] lOp. 8? Warendorf i. Westf., C. Leopold, 1924. BORGSTROEM, Carl Gustaf, 1864-1931. Bauer, F. [Obituary] Tskr. mil. halsov, 1931, 56: 189-92. BORIANNE, Louis. La tuberculose est cura- ble; comment la guerir. 126p. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1931. BORIC acid. See under Boron [and compounds] BORIE, Andre, 1910- Contribution a l'etude des fibres a myeiine de la retine [Lyon] 52p. 3pl. 8? Bourg, Imp. Berthod, 1935. BORIN, Paul, 1901- Contribution a l'etude des biles de choiecystostomies. 89p. 8? Par., 1933. BORISS, Erich, 1904- *Ein Beitrag zum Studium der Permeabilitatsvorgange am Am- nion. 18p. 8? Kiel, 1927. BORISSOWSKY, Nuchim, 1886- *Ueber den Knochenabscess. 32p. 8? Berl., C. Siebert, 1914. BORK, Albert Louis, 1899- *The use of intravenous saline and glucose in medicine and surgery [Marquette Univ. Hospital] 9 1. 4? Milwaukee, Wis., 1929. Typewritten. BORK, Walther, 1895- *Ueber die Be- ziehungen des Mundes zu den Erkrankungen der Oberkieferhohle, sowie die technischen Massnahmen der Zahnarzte. 32p. 8? Berl., 1932. BORKELOH, Friedrich. Die kochsalsalzfreie Krankenkost unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Diatetik der Nieren-, Herz- und Kreislauf- kranken; eine Rezeptsammlung. 3p.l. 114p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1932. BORKENHAGEN, Herbert, 1905- *Mo- derne Geburtseinleitung. 31p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1931. BORKON, Bernhard, 1906- *Ueber den Wert der kranial-excentrischen Rontgenauf- BORKON 797 BORNEMANN nahme bei Erkrankungen der Kieferhbhle. 28p. 8? Konigsb. i. Pr., G. Kahan, 1931. BORKOWSKI, Walter, 1887- *Ueber Blu- tungen in den ersten Monaten der Schwanger- schaft und ihre Beziehungen zum Abort. 33p. 8? Berl., H. Blanke, 1913. BORKOWSKY, Elsbeth, 1903- *Die Desin- fektion des zahnarztlichen Instrumentariums mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Desinfex [Heidelberg] 16p. 8? [Libau, G. D. Meyer] 1931. BORLAND, John, 1810-96. McVail, J. C. First surgeon to the Kilmarnock Infirmary: his life and work. Glasgow M.J., 1923, 99: 1-18, port. BORLE, James. Contribution a l'etude de l'embolie graisseuse apres le redressement brusque des contractures articulaires [Berne] 44p. 8? Geneve, 1905. BORMANN, Arwed, 1903- *Ueber die Bedeutung der Wangenlymphdrusen fiir den Zahnarzt. 22p. 8? Wiirzb., F. Staudenraus, 1928. BORMANN, Friedrich Otto Karl, 1890- *Ein Beitrag zur Paget'schen Krankheit der Brustdrtise. 35p. 8? Berl., H. Blanke, 1917. BORMANN, Wilhelm. *Ist die Fruhreife der Haustiere eine Degenerationserscheinung (cre- tinistischer, cretinoider oder anderer Art) oder ist sie ein normaler Zustand hochgezuchteter Rassen? [Bern] 31p. 2pl. 8? Hannover, M. & H. Schaper, 1911. BORMIO, Italy. Andres, A. II fango delle terme di Bormio (analisi micro- scopica di quello ehe si trova nelle vasche da bagno) Rendic. Ist. lombard. sc. lett, Milano, 1904,2.ser, 37: 723; 851, pi. ----- D fango dei bagni di Bormio. Atti. Congr. naz. idr. climat. (1906) 1907, 147-59. BORN [Friedrich] Ernst, 1907- *Ueber Missbildungen der Kranzarterien und ihre Be- ziehungen zu Zirkulationsstbrungen und plotz- lichem Tod. p.688-704. 8? Berl., 1934. Also Virchows Arch, 1933, 290: BORN, Helmut, 1906- *Ueber einen Fall von Tuberkulose der weiblichen Brustdruse in Verbindung mit Veranderungen im Sinne der Fibrosis und der Mamma lactans [Gottingen] 31p. 8? Braunschweig, Gutenberg, 1931. BORN, Paul, 1859- Compendium der Anatomie; ein Repetitorium der Anatomie, Histologic und Entwi cklungsgeschichte. 21 -26. Aufl. 400p. 12? Freib. i. B., Speyer & Kaerner, 1919. B0RNA disease. See Encephalomyelitis—in animals. BORNAND, Octave. *Traitement des dents infectees et de leurs complications infectieuses peri-apicales. 83p. 5pl. 8? Par., 1921. BORNEE, Otto. *Ein Fall von aleukaemischer Myelose. 8p. 8? Gott., F. Haensch, 1921. BORNEMANN, Heinrich, 1904- *Peno- disches Oedem und periodische SchweUungen der Brustdrusen bei einem lungentuberkulosen Mann. 33d. ch. 8? Tub., E. Gbbel, 1931. BORNEMANN, Johann Adolph Alfred, 1890- *Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den respitorischen Quotienten bei atrophischen und normalen Sauglingen nach verschiedener Nahrungszufuhr. 33p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1919 BORNEMANN, Paul, 1889- *Ein Fall von cerebraler Schwangerschaftslahmung (Hemi- paresis dextra mit Aphasie nach Abort) 15p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1916. BORNEMANN, Ruth, 1898- *Ein Fall von ungewohnlichem ausseren Durchbruch bei chro- nischer Stirnhohleneiterung. 15p. 8? Konigsb. i. Pr., J. Raabe, 1928. BORNEO. See also Brunei. Hose, C. Natural man, a record from Borneo. 284p. 8? Lond., 1926. Rtjtter, O. British North Borneo; an account of its history, resources, and native tribes. 404p. 8? Lond., 1922. Copeland, A. J. The Muruts of North Borneo; malaria and racial extinction. Lancet, Lond, 1935, 1: 1233-9.—Evans, H. N. The Raja and the pauper: a Borneo folk-tale. Man, Lond, 1918, 18: no.4.----- An unusual type of stone implement from British North Borneo. Ibid, 1930, 30: no.95.—Evans, I. H. N. Notes on some beliefs and customs of the Orang Dusun of British North Borneo. J. R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1917,20: 151-9, 2pl.---— A brass drum from Borneo. Man, Lond, 1918, 18: no.ll.—Jacques, E. W. H. Notes on certain games played by the Chinese in Sarawak. Ibid, 1927, 27: 94—Kalt- hofen, A. Brief aus Long Nawang in Zentral-Borneo. Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1924, 54: 17-9, 4fig— Staal, J. The Dusuns of North Borneo. Anthropos, Mbdling, 1923-24, 18:-19: 958-77; 1925, 20: 120; 929. ----- Dusun drinking and love-songs. Ibid, 1926, 21: 182-91. ----- The Dusun language. Ibid, 938-51. ----- A heathen Dusun prayer. Ibid, 1927, 22: .197-201. BORNEO!. See also Camphor. Jacobsohn, K. P. Sur la glucosidification a et P du borneol optiquement actif et du borneol racemique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929,102: 541-3.—Martin, F. Dosage, par acetylation, du borneol et de ses dfirives alcoyles. J. pharm. chim. Par, 1921, 7.ser, 23:168-71.—Tsuji, H. Wirkung des Essigsaureesters und einiger substituierter Essigsaureester des Borneols. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1934, 24: 374-9.—Vavon, O, & Berton, A. L. Sur le borneol obtenu a partir du magnesien du chlorhydrate de pinene. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1923, 4.ser, 33:-34: 218-28. BORNET, Gaston, 1906- *Monographie de l'incisive laterale superieure. 116p. 8? Par., 1933. BORNHAUSER, Heinrich. *Lebercoccidiose beim Hund. 35p. 4pl. 8? Bern, Ott & Bolliger, 1912. BORNHOEFT, Rudolf [Heinz Joachim] 1904- *Ueber intraokulare Impftuberkulose mit Rinderbazillus und anschliessende, chronische, milde verlaufende Uveitis des anderen Auges. 22p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1934. BORNHOFEN, Else, 1901- *Zur Wirkung des Cholins auf die Geburtswehen. 16p. 8? Greifswald, H/Adler, 1930. BORNHOIM'S disease. See Myositis, epidemic. BORNIKOEL [Gustav Adolf] Bernhard, 1902- *Die Bekampfung des Juckreizes bei Hautkrankheiten im Kindesalter [Berlin] 28p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1927. BORNSTEDT, Silvia von, 1904- *Beitrag zur Geschichte, Beurteilung und Operation des Ohrenkupierens bei Hunden. 86p. 8? Miinch., 1928. BORNSTEIN, Frieda. *Ueber Regeneration der Federn und Beziehungen zwischen Federn und Schuppen [Bern] lip. 2pl. 8? Berl., R. Strieker, 1911. BORNSTEIN, Jacob, 1903- *Die Be- einflussung der funikularen Myelitis bei Anaemia perniciosa durch Leber therapie. 20p. 8? Berl., 1932. BORNSTEIN, Norbert, 1903- *Sur des formes d'association entre catatonie et parkin- sonisme dans les nevraxites; etude clinique. 99p. 8? Par., 1932. BORNSTEIN 798 BORON BORNSTEIN, Samuel Louis, 1898- *Es- sential hypertension [Milwaukee Hospital] 27p. 4? Wauwatosa, Wis., 1933. Typewritten. BORNSTEIN, Stanislas, 1898- *Origine des contagions de la syphilis acquise. 77p. 8? Par., 1926. BOROCAIN. See Procain [and derivatives] BOROCK, Faiwusch. *Ueber multiple Neuro- fibromatose mit Beifiigung eines Falles derselben. 40p. 8? Ziir., J. J. Meier, 1915. BORON [and compounds] Broglie, M. de, & Leprince-Ringuet, L. Sur les neutrons du bore excite par 1'emanation du radium. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 195: 88.—Bupire, A. Contribution a l'fetude des esters boriques des polyalcools. Ibid, 1936, 202: 2086.—Goldschmidt, V. M, & Hauptmann, H. Isomorphie von Boraten und Kar- bonaten. Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen, 1932, 53.—Graff, W. Analyse thermique du systeme chloretrichlorure de bore. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1933, 196: 1390-2.—Ide, M. Le bore parfaite- ment neutre. Rev. m6d. Louvain, 1926, 157-9.—McLean, B. C, & Hughes, W. L. The quantitative distribution of boron in Vicia faba and Gossypium herbaceum. Ann. Appl. Biol, Lond, 1936,23: no. 2,231-44.—Moscati, G. II boro nell'organismo animale. Arch. sc. biol. Nap, 1922, 3: 279-88.—Roaf, B. The disintegration of boron. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1935-36, s.A, 153: 568-76, pi.—Spiegel, L, & Spiegel, T. Ueber Borsauresalze organischer Basen. Ber. Deut. pharm. Ges, 1904, 14: 350-5 — Stock, A. La chimie du bore. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1932, 4.ser, 51:-52: 698.—Webster, S. H, &Bennis, L. M. Preparation and purification of methyl borate and ethyl borate. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1933, 55: 3233-5. ---- Boric acid. Balir, E. M. M. Boric acid as a selective bacteriostatic agent. J. Hyg, Cambr, 1936, 36: 446-8—Bbeseken, M. Configuration des polyalcools deduite de leur influence sur le pouvoir conduc- teur de l'acide borique. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1933, 4.ser, 53:-54: 1332-57.—Barmois, E. Recherches sur l'influence exercee par l'acide borique sur le pouvoir rotatoire des acides malique et tartrique; generalites et complexes boromaliques. J. chim. phys. Par, 1926, 23: 130; 649— Hackspill, L, Rollet, A. P, & Andres, L. Action de l'acide borique sur les chlorures et ni- trates alcalins. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1931, 192: 48-50.—Hahn, F. Sur une reaction tres sensible de l'acide borique etudiee a propos d'un probleme biochimique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 197: 762-4.—Jaulmes, P, & Gontard, A. Sur la volatilite de l'acide borique; solution aqueuse. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1937, 5.ser, 4: m6m, 139-48.—Levy, L. Menthol-boracic acid solu- tion. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1933, 86: 292-4—Niculescu, M. Influence de l'acide borique sur la fermentation acetique. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1936, 18: 1831-41.—Ochsner, E. H. The biochemistry of topical applications, with special reference to the use of boric acid in septic infections. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1916) 1917, 30: 41-58, 2pl. Also repr. Also Illinois M.J, 1917, 31: 139-44.—Olea, G. Del acido borico como desinfectante. Rev. san mil, Madr, 1919, 3.ser, 9: 381-8.—S. John, B. H. Note on the determination of boric acid by titration in the presence of glycerol. Am. J. Pharm, 1917, 89: 8-10.—Schnegg, H, & Weigand, K. Borsaure-Studien. Zbl. Bakt, 2.Abt, 1936, 95: 154-67—Schulek, E, & Vastagh, G. Beitrage zur quantitativen Bestimmung der Borsiiure. Orsz. Kozegeszs Int. kozl, 1931, 4: no.18, 167-84—Tanner, F. W, & Funk, R. S. Some observations on the use of boric acid as a disinfectant Am. J. Pharm, 1919, 91: 206-10—Vertan, E. Ueber die Ver- wendung der Borsaure als Antiseptikum in der Chirurgie Zbl. Chir, 1929, 56: 2570-4.—Voicu, J, & Niculescu, M. Con- tribution a l'etude de Paction biochimique du bore en tenant compte de l'existence des composes sucro- et organo-boriques; influence de l'acide borique sur la fermentation alcoolique, et sur la production de l'acide lactique par la levure. Bull Soc chim. biol. Par, 1932, 14: 1290-328—Wirth, E. Das Triib- werden von Borwasser. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 2019.__ Wood, C. A. Boracicacid. Am. Encycl. Diet. Ophth. (Wood) Chic, 1913, 1: 64-6. ' ---- Poisoning. Hippe, H. *Ueber Borsaurevergiftung [Leip- zig] 7p. 8? Chemnitz, 1924. Bazin, A. T. Acute boracic acid poisoning (fatal) Canad M. Ass. J, 1924, 14: 419—Birch, J. Fatal poisoning by borax' Brit. M.J, 1928, 1: 177. Also Lancet, Lond, 1928, 1: 287.— Buzzo, A, & Carratala, R. E. Accion toxica del acido borico y de los boratos empleados como substancias conservadoras y antisepticas. Rev. As. m6d. argent, 1932, 45: 1493-5 Also Sem. med, B. Air, 1932, 39: pt2, 1258—Clough, G. W. Boron poisoning in dogs. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1933, 13: 585.—Besage. Un cas de dermatite exfoliante palmaire consecutive a I'ingestion d'acide borique. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1922-23, 4: 154.—Forsyth, B. C celiac disease or boric acid poisoning? Lancet, Lond, 1919, 2: 728-30—Gissel, H. Ein Beitrag zur Giftigkeit der Borsaure. Zbl. Chir, 1933, 60: 1635-8— Ide, M. Inconvenients du bore. Bull. Acad. roy. med. Belgique, 1923, 5.ser, 3: 111-5. Also Rev. m6d. Louvain, 1923, 60: 310.— McWally, W. B, & Rust, C. A. The distribution of boric acid in human organs in 6 deaths due to boric acid poisoning. J. Am. M. Ass, 1928, 90: 382.—Maguire, G. C. Boric acid poisoning? Practitioner, Lond, 1916, 97: 580.—Negri, G. Delia tossicita lontana dall' acido borico. Rass. ter. pat. clin, 1929, 1: 472-6.— Sezary, A, & Horowitz, A. Eczema artificiel du a l'acide bo- rique. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1935, 42: 734-6. ---- Therapeutic use. Dight, C. F. A study of the effect of borax and boric acid on the human body, with particu- lar reference to their use as food preservatives. 33p. 8? Minneap., 1902. Aiazzi-Mancini, M. II perborato di sodio (proprieta fisiche, chimiche, biologiche; applicazioni clinico-terapeutiche) Riv. crit. clin. med, 1924, 25: 345-53.—Copeland, A. J, & Notton, H. E. F. The borocaines; a new class of local anaesthetics. Brit. M.J, 1925, 2: 547-50.—Farriols, J. Primeros ensayos de uso en terapeutica ginecologica del nuevo antis6ptico borato de Merfen. Arch, med, Madr, 1935, 38: 52-6.—Fleischman, P. Effervescent sodium perborate. U.S. Patent Off, 1936, no. 2035267.—Francois, M, & Seguin, L. Proc6d6 de dosage du borate de soude officinal. J. pharm. chim. Par, 1927, 8.ser, 6: 244-50.—Hansen, K, & Gloppe, K. E. [Effects of small quanti- ties of boric acid and borax upon the living organism] Norsk mag. laegevid, 1932, 93: 1-29.—Kisch, B. Beeinflussung der Gewebsatmung durch Borverbindungen. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 235: 35-44.—Loeper, M. O borato de sodio na therapeutica gastrica. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1926, 34: 286-90. -----Garcin, R, & Tonnet, J. Le borate de soude en therapeutique interne. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1926, 3.ser, 1: 1656-65. Also Progr. med. Par, 1926, 41: 1819-22.—Loeper, M, & Turpin, R. Le borate de soude; son utilisation en therapeutique interne. J. med. chir. Par, 1928, 99: 837-45. BOROVOIE [Russia] Zarnitzin, P. [Government health-resort Borovoie; its cura- tive factors and the future] Omsk. med. J, 1926, 1: no.4-5, 85-96. BOROVSKY, Petr Fokich, 1863-1932. Astrov, M. [Obituary] Vest, khir, 1933, 29: 171-5. [BOROW, Joseph] Health education questions with model answers. [131] 1. fol. Bronx, N.Y., 1934. Mimeographed. BOROWA, Keriana, 1904- *Rontgeno- logische Untersuchungen zur Pyelitis gravida- rum. 30p. 8? Munch., V. Hofling, 1929. BOROWICZ, Abram Wolf, 1902- *Con- tribution a l'6tude des abces hepatiques primi- tifs a staphylocoque. 40p. 8? Par., L. Rod- stein, 1934. BOROWSKI, Paul, 1904- *Ueber maligne Adenomvome des Uterus [Berlin] 22p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1929. Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1929, 95: 311-28. BORRADAILE, Lancelot Alexander, 1872- Elementary zoology for medical students, viii, 378p. 6pl. 8? Lond., H. Frowde, Hodder, & Stoughton [1923] ---- Also 3.ed. ix, 429p. illus. Lond., H. Milford [1935] ---- A manual of elementary zoology. 7.ed. 2p.l., 749p. illus. pi. 8? Lond., H. Milford, Oxford Univ. Press, 1932. ----& POTTS, Frank Armitage. The Inver- tebrata; a manual for the use of students; with chapters by L. E. S. Eastham and J. T. Saunders. xiv, 654p. illus. diagrs. 8? Cambr., Univ. Press, 1932. BORREL, Amedee, 1867-1936. Magrou, J. N6crologie. Presse med, 1936, 44: 1697.— Marchoux, E. Necrologie. Paris m6d, 1936, 102: annexe, 362, port.—[Ngcrologie] Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1936, 57: 337-42. Also Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1936, 29: 809-12—Negre, L. Necrologie. Rev. tuberc. Par, 1936, 5.ser, 2: 1026-8, port. BORREL bodies. See under Fowl-pox. BORRELIA 799 BORSUTZKY BORRELIA. See under Spirochaetaceae ; Treponema. BORREY, Francis, 1904- *Le diagnostic radiologique de l'ulcere du duodenum. 59p 8pl. 8? Par., 1930. BORRI, Lorenzo, 1864-1933. Cazzaniga, A. Commemorazione del Prof. Lorenzo Borri Presidente dell' Accademia [Accademia Medico-fisica Floren- tina] Sperimentale, 1924, 78: 579-93.—Leoncini, F. L'opera scientifica di Lorenzo Borri. Riv. sper. freniat, 1923, 47- 630-55.—P, G. [Necrologia] Rass. previd. sociale, 1933 20 ■ no.8, 56-8. BORRICHIUS, Olaus. Hermetis Aegyptiorum et chemicorum sapientia. [6] 1. 448p. 8? Hafniae, Petrus Haubold, 1674. BORRIEN, Henri, 1892- ^Contribution a l'etude radiologique des plis de la muqueuse gastrique; aspect vermoulu, canalicule et areo- laire de l'estomac. 47p. 8? Par., 1922. BORRIES, Gustav Valdemar Theodor, 1887- Fixation und Nystagmus; klinische, experimen- telle und theoretische Studien. 2p.l. 112p 8° Kbh., T. Lind Eftf., 1926. BORRMANN, Alexander, 1897- *Ueber Polyserositis chronica fibrosa und verwandte Zustande (ein Fall von Zuckergussdarm) [Kiel] p.700-29. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. Also Virchows Arch, 1927, 264: BORRMANN, Kathe, 1884- *Die Ver- wendbarkeit des Festalkols als Desinfiziens fiir die Hebammenpraxis [Freiburg] 23p. 8° Erlangen, E. T. Jacob, 1914. BORRMANN, Robert, 1870- See Borchardt, H, Borrmann, R. [et al.] Verdauungs- schlauch. 3v. roy.8? Berl, 1929. BORSCHMANN, Hans, 1891- *Der ange- borene Handdefekt [Leipzig] 12p. pi. 8° Hamb., L. Grafe &c, 1917. BORSIERI de Kanilfeld, Giovanni Battista, 1725-85. Sembianti. Nei secondo centenario della nascita di Giam- battista Borsieri. Boll, Ass. med. trident, 1925, 40: 49-58.— Solenne (La) commemorazione della nascita di G.'B. Borsieri a Civezzano (1725-1925) Ibid, 197-206. BORSINGER, Kaspar. *Zur Lehre der echten Gelenkmause, auf Grund von anatomischen Stu- dien iiber die arterielle, intraostale Gefassver- sorgung des untern Femorabschnittes. 47p. 8? Ziir., Leemann & Co., 1917. BORST, H. L., & THATCHER, L. E. Life history and composition of the soybean plant. 96p. 8? Wooster, Ohio, 1931. Forms no. 499 of Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. BORST, Jacobus Gerardus Gerbrant. *Over experimenteele diffuse glomerulo-nephritis. 215p. 21. 14pl. 3tab. 8? Amst., P. H. Vermeulen, 1929. BORST, Max, 1869- Pathologische Histo- logic; ein Unterrichtskurs fiir Studierende und Aerzte. x, 371p. roy.8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1922. ---- Also 2.Aufl. xiii, 435p. 1926. ---- Allgemeine Pathologie der malignen Geschwiilste. iv, 322p. 6pl. 8? Lpz., S. Hirzel, 1924. For Festschrift see Beitr. path. Anat, 1929, 83: H.l. Also Monatsschrift fiir Krebsbekampfung. Miinch, v.l, 1933. ---- & KOENIGSDOERFFER, Hans. Unter- suchungen iiber Porphyrie mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der Porphyria congenita, viii, 281p. 41pl. ch. 8? Lpz., S. Hirzel, 1929. BORSTELL, Werner, 1911- *Uebt die erste Dentition AUgemeinreaktionen auf das Befinden des Kindes aus? 14p. 8? Halle, 1933. BORSUTZKY, Herbert, 1888- * Ueber Lymphogranulomatosis mit besonderer Beruck- sichtigung der im Kindesalter beobachteten | fllQ' 47P' 8? Mtinch" Kastner & Callwey, BORSZEKY, Karoly, 1876-1933. Wmtermtz, A. [Obituary] Orv. hetil, 1933, 77- 147 BORTHEN, Lyder Must, 1849-1924. XiJi' q m.w^113?1. Norlk mag- l«gevid, 1925, 86: 92.- Holth, S. Nekrolog. Acta opth, Kbh, 1924 2- 294 BORTHWICK, Thomas, 1860-1924 Obituary. Health, Melb, 1924, 2: 80-4. BORUCHIN, Salomon, 1902- *Mutter- und kaughngsschutz im neuen Russland [Jena] p.172-9. 4? Erfurt, G. Richter, 1930. Also Arch, sozial. Hyg, 1930, 5: BORUTTAU, Heinrich Johannes, 1869- Die Arbeitsleistungen des Menschen; Einfuhrung in die Arbeitsphysiologie. 2p.l. 88p. 12° Lpz., B. G. Teubner, 1916. BORY, Andre, 1903- Contribution a 1 etude des osteomes de l'ethmo'ide. 108d 4d1 8? Par., 1931. * BORY, Louis, 1880- Les phenomenes de destruction cellulaire, autolyse, hemolyse, bac- teriolyse, organolyse; I'importance de leur role en pathologie. iv, 21 lp. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1922. ---- Conferences sur les dermatoses et la syphilis. 2 1. 233p. 8? Par., Vigot freres, 1934. See also Loeper, M, & Bory, L. Le soufre en biologie et en therapeutique. 341p. 8? Par, 1932. BOS, Kornelis. *De iontophorese in de oog- heelkunde [Iontophoresis in ophthalmology] [Groningen] 95p. 8? Asen, van Gorcum & Comp. [1929] BOSAEUS, Wilhelm. *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Genese der Ovarialembryone; experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber parthenogenetische Ova- rialgraviditat bei Amphibien. 303p. 31pl. 8? Upps., Almqvist & Wiksells, 1926. BOSC, Gaston, 1877-1931. Bebre, R. Son ceuvre. Gaz. med. France, 1931, suppl, 3-6. BOSC, Paul, 1906- * Contribution a l'etude du syndrome condylo dSchire" posterieur. 133p. 8? Par., 1932. BOSCH, Carola. *Ueber einen Fall ausgetra- gener sekundarer Abdominalgraviditat. 26p. 8? Miinch., 1929. BOSCH, Erna, 1896- *Ueber Spontan- luxationen des Huftgelenkes. 29p. 8? Heidelb., 1930. BOSCH, Hans, 1905- *Ueber isolierte Frakturen der Querfortsatze der Lendenwirbel- saule [Heidelberg] 35p. 2 1. 8? Walldorf b. Heidelb., F. Lamade, 1930. BOSCH, Robert, 1861- Rabe. Robert Bosch zum Gruss und Gliickwunsch. Hip- pokrates, Stuttg, 1936, 7: 837, port. BOSCH, W[illem] G[erard] *Een salmonellose- epidemie ter Oostkust van Sumatra, veroorzaakt door een bacil van het type suipestifer (Neu- kirch, Hirschfeld) 123p. 8ch. lOtab. 8? Amst., 1927. BOSCH Arana, Guillermo. Las amputaciones cineplasticas. 352p. 191illus. 3pl. ch. 8? B. Air., E. Spinelli, 1920. BOSCHE, Camille, 1894- *Les polypes deformants et recidivants des fosses nasales. 90p. 2pl. 8? Par., 1924. BOSCHER, Edgar [Theodor] 1890- *Ueber 2 Falle von traumatischem Pfannen- bruch mit zentraler Luxation des Schenkel- kopfes und ihre geburtshilfliche Bedeutung. 18p. 8? Tiib., H. Laupp, jr, 1914. BOSCHER 800 BOSS BOSCHER, Rene, 1905- Contribution a l'etude des m^ningites ourliennes primitives. 50p. 8? Par., 1933. BOSCHETTI, Federico, 1864- Avvia- mento alio studio della sierologia nell'uomo e negli animali. 63p. illus. 4? Modena, Soc. Tipogr. Modenese, 1914-15. ---- Sterilizzazione dei microbi e prodotti uranio-radiogeni-Italia (con 2 lettere al Ministri della Guerra e della Pubblica Istruzione) 52p. 2 1. 8? Modena, Soliani, 1919. BOSCHI, Gaetano. La guerra e le arti sani- tarie. 268p. 2 1. 8? Milano, A. Mondadori [1931] BOSCHKOV, Archangel, 1901- *Zur Kai- serschnitt-Statistik. 16p. 8? Hamb., W. Nolting, 1932. BOSDEVEIX, Guy Lucien, 1901- Con- tribution a l'etude des kystes branchiaux de la region laterale du cou; un cas rare de kyste en bissac. 52p. 8? Par., 1928. BOSE, A. N. *Diagnostic serologique du kala- azar par la methode de Chopra modifiee. 31p. 8? Lausanne, 1928. BOSE, J. P. A handbook of diabetes mellitus and its modern treatment, xvi, 192p. 12? Calc, Thacker, Spink & Co., 1928. BOSE, Sir Jagadis Chandra, 1858- Com- parative electro-physiology; a physico-physiolog- ical study. xliii, 760p. illus. 8? Lond., Longmans, Green & Co., 1907. ---- Response in the living and non-living. xix, 199p. illus. 8? Lond., Longmans, Green & Co., 1910. ---- The physiology of photosynthesis, xx, 267p. 8? Lond., Longmans, Green & Co., 1924. BOSE, Sir Kailas Chandra, 1850-1927. Obituary. Brit. M.J, 1927, 1: 404. Also Ind. M. Gaz, 1927,62: 235-7. BOSELLINI, Pier Lodovico. La dermatologia nei suoi rapporti con la medicina interna (avvia- mento alia conoscenza clinica integrale delle malattie cutanee) per medici e studenti. xvi, 600p. roy.8? Milano, 1921. BOSHELL, Georges. *Action des rayons ultra- violets sur quelques substances prot&ques. 16p. 8? Lausanne, 1928. BOSHES, Benjamin. Lectures of the Cook County Hospital quiz course, xvi p. 595p. 4? Ann. Arb., Mich., Edwards Bros., 1934. Lithoprinted. BOSIO, Casimiro. La legislazione sulle inves- titure di acque per irrigazioni e movimento di opificii. vii, 398p. 8? Verona, Civelli, 1860. BOSLER, Alfred, 1890- *Ueber Nieren- funktionsprufung bei Sauglingen und alteren Kindern [Strassburg] 19p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1914. BOSMAN, Alexander Karel. *Scheeps-hy- giene. 2p.l. 261p. 7pl. ch. 8? Leiden, Gebr. van der Hoek, 1921. BOSNIERES, Augustin, 1902- *Etude de la phr^nicectomie dans la tuberculose pulmo- naire. 224p. 8? Par., 1930. BOSQUET, Andre, 1903- *La stase ileale. 209p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1935. BOSQUET, Jean Fernand, 1905- *L'em- ploi dans les collectivity de la radioscopie syste- matique pour le depistage de la tuberculose pul- monaire. 83p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1934. BOSS, Erwin. *Leukozytenzahl und Sen- kungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkorper- chen unter der Geburt und im Wochenbett [Basel] 38p. 8? Laupen b. Bern, 1929. BOSS, Hans. *Selektion und Pathologie in der Entstehung des Kammes der Huhnervogel [Bern] 64p. 2pl. 8? Thun, C. Muntwyler, 1916. BOSS, Julius, 1890- *Ueber den Tod durch ubermassige Nahrungsaufnahme. 15p. 8? Ziir., Fluntern, 1934. BOSS, Medard. *Zur Frage der erbbiologi- schen Bedeutung des Alkohols [Zurich] p.264- 92. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1929. Also Mschr. Psychiat, Berl, 1929, 72: BOSS, William, 1890- *Sechs Jahre Gallenchirurgie [Friedrich-Wilhelms] 56p. 8? Bresl., T. Schatzky, 1915. BOSSARD, August. *Ueber Leukocytenver- mehrung bei epileptischen Anfalien. 53p. 8? Ziir., J. J. Meier, 1917. BOSSARD, Franz. *Die operative Behandlung der Kiefergelenksankylose. 51p. 4pl. 8? Ziir., Buchdr. Berichthaus, 1920. BOSSARD, Konrad. *Die blassen Feuermale der Kinder [Zurich] 29p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1918. BOSSART [Karl] Heinrich [Reinhold] 1900- *Ueber die Anwendung der Zange bei Steisslage unter Berucksichtigung der Geschichte. 32p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1927. BOSSCHER, Roelf, 1845-1929. Kroes. [Obituary] Tschr. diergeneesk, 1929, 56: 1126. BOSSE [Anna] Dorothee, 1907- *Ueber primare Abdominalgraviditat. 80p. 8? Freib. i. B., W. Wiemken, 1933. BOSSE, Georg, 1879- *Die verschiedenen Theorien der Epilepsie und die daraus hervor- gehenden therapeutischen Gesichtspunkte. 48p. 8? Halle, O. Jung, 1926. BOSSELMANN, E[rnst] 1888- *Zur Kennt- nis der Eventeratio diaphragmatica und der subphrenischen Abscesse. 39p. 8? Berl., H. Blanke, 1914. BOSSELMANN, Gustav, 1889- *Sto- rungen der Nachgeburtsperiode. 29p. 8? Gott., E. A. Huth, 1919. BOSSERT, Otto. *Ueber Hyperplasie der Hiillen an den Nerven der Haustiere [Bern] 16p. 8? Berl., G. Reimer, 1910. BOSSERT, Otto [Alfred] 1887- *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom Versehen [Heidelberg] 38 p. 2 1. 8? Stuttg., A. Oelschlager, 1913. BOSSET, Iwan J. *Sur les canaux ou diverti- cules annexe's a la region du meat urinaire chez la femme (canaux dits paraur£thraux et canaux de Skene) 30p. 8? Lausanne, 1917. BOSSHARD, Heinrich. *Zur Kenntnis der Verbindungsweise der Skelettstiicke der Arme und Ranken von Antedon rosacea Linck (Coma- tula mediterranea Lam.) [Zurich] 48p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1900. BOSSHARDT, Marianne, 1888- *Ueber einen Fall von hereditarem Defekt von Fingern und Zehen [Marburg] 14p. 8? [Berl., Imberg - & Lefson] 1916. BOSSHARDT, Walter, 1890- *Ueber die Wirkung des Hexetons auf das Froschherz. 32p. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1926. BOSSI, Luigi Maria. In difesa della donna e della razza. xvi, 137p. 3pl. 8? Milano, R. Quintieri, 1917. BOSSLER, Ulrich. Dialogus der Specereien der Apotheken. [12] 1. 8? [n.p., 1521] BOSSMANN, Hans [Fritz Franz] 1900- *Die Aetiologie der Leukoplakia oris. 6p. 8? Lpz., E. Lehmann, 1923. BOSSO 801 BOSTON BOSSO, Matteo [di Verona] 1427-1502. De instituendo sapientia animo libri 8. 128 1. 8? Bologna, Franciscus [Plato] de Benedictis [Nov. 6] 1495. ---- Familiares et secundae epistolae. 143 1. fol. Mantua, Vincentius Bertochus, Nov. 9, 1498. BOSSOMAIER, Alfred [Hermann Carl] 1889- *Erhebungen tiber die Rachitis in Leipzig. 30p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1916. BOSSON, Maurice. *De la disintegration proteique au cours de la spirochetose ictcrigene; pathogenie, prognostic. 50p. 8? Par., 1922. BOSSUT, Jacques, 1887- *L'evolution de l'abbatoir public; ses consequences au point de vue fiscal [Alfort] llOp. 8? Lille, 1926. BOSTELMANN [Ernst Johann] Wilhelm, 1887- *Quinckesches Oedem in einem Fall von haemorrhagischer Nephritis. 26p. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1916. BOSTOCK, John, 1773-1846. The history of medicine from its origin to the commencement of the nineteenth century. p.199-367. 8? N.Y., Saalfield Pub. Co., 1906. In Biographical cyclopedia of medical history (Moulton, C. W.) 1906. .... See also Hurwitz, S. H. The lure of medical history; author of the first clinical description of hay fever. California West. M, 1929,31:137. BOSTOCK, John. The neural energy constant: a study of the bases of consciousness, xv, 181p. 8? Lond., G. Allen & Unwin [1931] BOSTON, Leonard Napoleon, 1871- See Anders, James Meschter, & Boston, L. Napoleon. A text-book of medical diagnosis, 3.ed. 1422p. roy.S! Phila. [1925] BOSTON, Mass. Boston Society of Natural History, 1830-1930. 117p. 4? Bost., 1930. Brief account of some of the scientific institutions of Boston and vicinity, August, 1880. 27p. 8? Bost., 1880. MacBonald, E. J. Boston of 1800. Commonhealth, Bost, 1935, 22: 229-33.—The Boston Medical History Club. Third meeting of. January 16, 1933. N. England J.M, 1933, 208: 504—Walker, W. F. The appraisal of city health work and what it shows in Boston. Boston M.&S.J, 1926,194:158-61. BOSTON, Mass. American Academy of Arts and Sciences, 1780- Memoirs, v.1-4,1785- 1818; 2.ser., v.1-10, 1833-68. --- Proceedings, l.ser., v.1-8, 1846-73; 2.ser., v.l, 1873- BOSTON, Mass. Associated Committee of the Massachusetts Medical Society for the Preven- tion and Control of Tuberculosis. Annual re- port. 1906; 1908;1910-12. BOSTON, Mass. Board of Registration of Nurses. Annual report. 1910-22. BOSTON, Mass. Boston City Hospital. An- nual reports of the trustees with reports of the superintendent to the mayor of the city. Bost., v.l, 1864- r , , ,- --- Medical and surgical reports, [v] 1-1 b, 1870-1914. __ BOSTON, Mass. Boston Dispensary, 179b- [Tuberculosis] Annual report. 62.-125., 1859- 1921; 139., 1935. Incomplete. BOSTON, Mass. Boston Insane Hospital; [formerly Boston Lunatic Asylum] See Boston, Mass. Boston State Hospital. BOSTON, Mass. Boston Sanatorium [Tubercu- losis] Annual report. 1906-23. BOSTON, Mass. Boston State Hospital, 1869- Annual report. 1.-69., 1[841-1908; n.s. 2.-4,, 1910-12; 6.-7., 1914-15; 14.-23., 1922-31. 21767__vol. 2, 4th series----51 Title 1841-96 Boston Lunatic Asylum; 1897-1908 Boston Insane Hospital. BOSTON, Mass. Boston State Hospital. Psy- chopathic Department. Annual report. Bost.. 3.-5., 1914-16. BOSTON, Mass. Boston Tuberculosis Associ- ation. Annual report. 1., 1903- BOSTON, Mass. Cancer Commission (Harvard University) Annual report of the Collis P. Huntington Memorial Hospital (for cancer research) and of the laboratories. 1.-22., 1913-1933/34. BOSTON, Mass. Carney Hospital. Annual report of the Board of managers and superin- tendent to the contributors. Bost., 1.-52., 1872-1915. Incomplete. BOSTON, Mass. Channing Home. Report. Cambr., 1., 1869; 4.-39., 1872-1907; 42.-44., 1910-12; 51., 1928- BOSTON, Mass. Children's Hospital, 1869- Annual report. 1.-45., 1869-1913; 47., 1915- 63, 1931 missing. BOSTON, Mass. Commissioner of Public Institutions. Annual report, v.1-3, 1889-91. BOSTON, Mass. Community Health Associa- tion. Annual report. 1891-1919; 1923. BOSTON, Mass. Consumptives Home; 1864- Annual report. Bost., 1.-33., 1864-96. Incomplete. BOSTON, Mass. Consumptives Hospital; De- partment of the City of Boston. Annual report. 2., 1907. BOSTON, Mass. Floating Hospital. Annual report. Bost., 2.-5., 1894^97; 1900-8. BOSTON, Mass. Forsyth Dental Infirmary for Children, 1910- Annual report, v.l, 1915- BOSTON, Mass. Free Hospital for Women [or- ganized in 1875] Annual report. 1.-40., 1875- 1914. Incomplete. ---- Bulletin, v.l, no.4, 1904. BOSTON, Mass. Gwynne Temporary Home for Children. Reports (annual) 1887-1909. Incomplete. BOSTON, Mass. Harvard Medical School. See Harvard University. BOSTON, Mass. Health Department [formerly Board of Health] Annual report of the superin- tendent of health. 1854-57; 1860-72; v.l, 1873- 1928. ___- Monthly bulletin, v.6-20, 1917-31. BOSTON, Mass. Home for Aged Colored Women. Annual report. 28.-51., 1888-1911. Incomplete. BOSTON, Mass. Home for Aged Men. Annual report. 1861-80; 1887-1904; 1909-15. BOSTON, Mass. Home for Aged Women, 1849- Annual report. 28.-58., 1878-1908. Incomplete. BOSTON, Mass. Home for Incurables. An- nual report. 1.-14., 1885-1900; 16., 1902; 21- 38., 1907-25. BOSTON, Mass. House of the Good Samaritan, 1861- Annual report of the board of man- agers. 1.-10., 1862-70; 12.-44., 1873-1905; 73., 1933. 23, 1884 missing. BOSTON, Mass. Industrial Home. Annual report. 12.-37., 1887-1914. Incomplete. BOSTON 802 BOSTON BOSTON, Mass. Industrial School for Crippled and Deformed Children. Annual report. 1.-21., 1895-1915. 15, 1909 missing. BOSTON, Mass. Infants' Hospital [formerly West End Nursery and Infants Hospital; also Thomas Morgan Rotch Sr Memorial Hospital for Infants] Annual report. 1.-40., 1882/83-1922; 52., 1934. 38, 1920 missing. BOSTON, Mass. Infirmary Department of the City of Boston. See Boston, Mass. Institution Department of the city of Boston. BOSTON, Mass. Institution Department of the City of Boston. Annual report. Bost., 1897- 1922. Title 1897-1907, Paupers Institute Bepartment; 1908-19, Infirmary Bepartment. BOSTON, Mass. Lahey Clinic. Report. 1932. BOSTON, Mass. Lying-in Hospital, 1832- Annual report. 42.-89., 1874-1920-21; 92., 1924; 97., 1930. 71, 72, & 87, missing. BOSTON, Mass. McLean Hospital. Annual report. Waverly, 10., 1823- Lhcomplete. BOSTON, Mass. Massachusetts Anti-Tuber- culosis League. Annual report. 1916-18. BOSTON, Mass. Massachusetts Babies Hos- pital [formerly Massachusetts Infant Asylum, Inc. 1867] Annual report. 46., 1912. BOSTON, Mass. Massachusetts Charitable Eye and Ear Infirmary [Inc. 1827] Annual report of the surgeon. 2.-5., 1826-28; 16., 1839; 20., 1843; 28., 1851; 42., 1866; 44., 1869; 46.-57., 1870-82; 58.-84., 1882-1909. BOSTON, Mass. Massachusetts College of Pharmacy. Bulletin, v.1-23, 1911-34. Incomplete. BOSTON, Mass. Massachusetts Eye and Ear Infirmary and Howe Laboratory of Ophthal- mology. A brief history ... 23p. 8? Bost., 1933. BOSTON, Mass. Massachusetts General Hos- pital. Address of the Board. 1813; 1819; 1822. ---- Annual report of the social work. 1., 1906. ---- By-laws and regulations. 1821-61; 1864; 1874; 1881; 1890. ---- [Circular letter to benevolent citizens, &c] Aug. 20, 1810. ---- Civil, religious, and masonic services at the laying of the corner stone, July 4, 1818. ---- Clinico-pathological case records. 8: 1922- ---- Ether day. 1903. ---— Memorial and historical volume. 1921. ---- News. 1, 1928- ---- Photograph of the Medical College and operating theatre [n.d.] ---- Publications, v.l, no.1-3, 1907; v.2, no. 1-2, 1909; v.3, no.1-3, 1911; v.4, no.l, 1913. ---- Reception to Physicians, Nurses [&c] 1919. ---- Report of the directors of the training school for nurses. 1879-86; 1888-89; 1891-95. ---- Statistics of the amputation of the larger limbs from its establishment. 1850. See also Bowditch, N.I. A history of the ... 2.ed. cont, 872. BOSTON, Mass. Massachusetts Homoeo- pathic Hospital. Annual report. 1., 1870; 7.-44., 1875-1913. BOSTON, Mass. Massachusetts Hospital for Consumptives and Tubercular Patients. Annual report. 1.-3., 1897-99; 1907-8; 1911-19. BOSTON, Mass. Massachusetts School for Idiotic and Feeble-minded youth. Reports. 1.-68., 1851-1915. Incomplete. BOSTON, Mass. Massachusetts State Sana- torium [Tuberculosis] Annual report. 1897- 1909. BOSTON, Mass. New England Baptist Hos- pital. Annual report of the trustees. 4.-12., 1897-1905. BOSTON, Mass. New England Hospital for Women and Children (and its Training School for Nurses) Annual report. 1.-61., 1862-1923; 64.-66., 1926-28; 68., 1930. BOSTON, Mass. Peter Bent Brigham Hospital. Annual report. 1., 1913- Incomplete. BOSTON, Mass. Psychopathic Hospital. Schi- zophrenia; statistical studies from the Boston Psychopathic Hospital (1925-34) [Reprints] v.p. roy.8? [Bost., 1934] BOSTON, Mass. Refuge and the Bethesda Hospital. Annual report. 1853-1912. Incomplete. BOSTON, Mass. S. Luke's Home for Conva- lescents. Report (annual) 1.-48., 1872-1919; 50., 1921; 57., 1928; 59., 1930. BOSTON, Mass. South End Dispensary [in- corporated 1893] Annual report. 1911—12. BOSTON, Mass. Statistics Department. Bos- ton yearbook. 1.-2., 1923-24/1924-25. BOSTON, Mass. Sunnyside Day Nursery. Annual report. 9.-10., 1895-96; 12.-14., 1898- 1900; 16., 1902. BOSTON, Mass. Trinity Dispensary (S. An- drews House) 1885- Reports (annual) 1889-91; 1898; 1899; 1904. BOSTON, Mass. Tuberculosis Association. Annual report. Bost., 21, 1904. BOSTON, Mass. Tufts College Medical School. See Tufts College Medical School, Boston. BOSTON, Mass. Vincent Memorial Hospital. Annual report of the directors. 1.-15., 1891- 1905. 10, 1900 missing. BOSTON, Mass. Washingtonian Home, 1859- Annual report. 1.-60., 1859-1917. Incomplete. BOSTON Foot Exerciser Co. A contribution to happiness. 4p. illus. 8? Bost., Bost. Foot Exerciser Co. [1934] ---- Foot health and energy with the method of using the Boston foot exerciser. 35p. illus. 8? Bost., 1934. BOSTON medical and surgical journal, v.-l 197, 1828-1928. See also Massachusetts Medical Society in 4.ser. BOSTON society of natural history. See Creed, Percy R. The Boston society [etc.] 117p. i°. Bost, 1930. BOSTROEM, August, 1886- Der amyo- statische Symptomenkomplex; klinische Unter- suchungen unter Berucksichtigung allgemein pathologischer Fragen. 205p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1922. Forms H.33, of Monogr. Geb. Neur. Psychiat. ---- BIRNBAUM, R., & THIELE, R. Storun- gen des Wollens, Handelns und Sprechens. viii, 377p. roy.8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. BOSTROEM 803 BOTANIC GARDEN Forms 2.Bd, 2.T, Handb. Geisteskr. (0. Bumke) Berl 1928. BOSTROEM, August, BROUWER, B. [et al.] Grosshirn vegetatives Nervensystem, Korper- bau und Konstitution. x, 1153p. illus. 8° Berl., J. Springer, 1936. Forms 6.Bd, Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) BOSTROEM, August, & DANIEL, Theodor Wilhelm. Methoden der angewandten Psycho- logie. xiv, 882p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwar- zenberg, 1928. Forms Abt.6, Teil C-l, Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth (E Abderhalden) • BOSTROEM, Eugen Waldemar, 1850-1928. Der Krebs des Menschen; eine morphogenetische Untersuchung. 176p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme 1928. See also Festschrift fiir Eugen Bostroem auf Anlass seines 70.Geburtstages. 582p. 8! Jena, 1921. Forms Bd 69 Beitr path. Anat, 1921. For biography see Beitr. path. Anat, 1928, 80: H 3 (L Aschoff) Also Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1928, 161: pi (Voit) Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 1419, port. (G. Herzog) BOSTWICK, Evelyn. See Voronov, Serge, & Bostwick, Evelyn. Acceleration in- tensive du bourgeonnement des plaies par la pulpe testiculaire 19p. 8? Par, 1919. BOSTWICK, Homer. A treatise on the nature and treatment of seminal diseases, impotency, and kindred affections: with practical directions for the management and removal of the cause producing them [&c] 2.ed. ix, 251p. 8° N.Y., Burgess, Stringer & Co., 1848. For biography see Lancet, Lond, 1926, 2: 625 (J. J Abra- ham) BOSWELL, Charles J., 1876-1921. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921, 77: 1590. BOSWORTH, Francke Huntington, 1843-1925. Belavan, B. B. Obituary. Laryngoscope, 1925, 35: 950-7. Also Med. J. & Rec, 1926,123: 125.—Obituary. J.Am M Ass 1925,85: 1503. ' ' ' BOSWORTH, Harry John, 1873- The ex- periences of Dr Everyfellow. 70p. 2pl. 12° [Phila., Electro Dent. Mfg. Co., 1928] ---- Dental economics. p.l. iv, 616p. port, illus. 8? [Chic] 1932. BOSWORTH, Newton. The accidents of hu- man life; with hints for their prevention or the removal of their consequences, xii, 209p. 6pl. 16? Lond., Lackington, Allen & Co., 1813. BOTAL'S duct. See Ductus arteriosus. BOTAN, P. P. Dictionnaire des plantes medicinales. 275p. 12? Par., Soc. Fr. Ed. Litt.&Techn. [1935] BOTANIC garden. Gtjignard, L. Le jardin botanique de la Faculty de pharmacie de Paris. Resume' des caracteres des families v6g6tales avec la liste des plantes cultiv^es en pleine terre et dans les serres et un plan du jardin. 3.^d. 179p. 12? Toulouse, 1922. Bucholtz, F. Der gegenwartige Zustand des Botanischen Gartens zu Dorpat und Richtlinien fiir die Zukunft. Acta Univ. Tartu, 1921, A-misc, 1-14.—Fedeli, C. Un nuovo docu- mento sul primo orto botanico pisano. Riv. stor. sc. med, 1923,14:177-81.—Gerber, C. Lesjardinsbotaniquestoulousains et les demonstrations de plantes medicinales aux etudiants en les trois branches de 1'art de gu6rir sous l'ancien regime, d'apres des documents inedits. Bull. sc. pharm. Par, 1925, 32: 148-83.— Hirst, H. M. The Scarborough Herb Garden; report for 1926. Pharm. J, Lond, 1927, 118: 298-300.—Hogstad, A. Aims and development of the Medicinal and Poisonous Plant Investiga- tions Gardens, South Dakota State College, Division of Phar- macy. Am. J. Pharm, 1925, 97: 325-50.—Kirkby, W. The beginnings of the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh. Pharm. T, Lond, 1934, 132; 661.—Nutall, Z. Los jardines del antiguo Mexico. Mem. Soc. Antonio Alzate, 1919-20, 37: 193-213, pi.— **£?' &?• Medicinal P1ant Garden, University of Kansas, School of Pharmacy. Am. Druggist, 1927, 75: 19. BOTANY. See also Botanic garden; Ecology; Geography, botanical; Materia medica; Pharmacology; Phys- iology, vegetable; Plant. Axon, W. E. A. Botanical books in the Manchester Free Library. 22p. 8? Oldham, 1879. tt9,RjEN' J' R> A nistory of botany in the United Kingdom from the earliest times to the end of the 19. century. 648p. 8? Lond., 1914. International address book of botanists; being a directory of individuals and scientific institutions, universities, societies, etc., in all parts of the world interested in the study of botany; prepared in accordance with a resolu- tion passed at the Fifth International Botanical Congress, Cambridge, 1930. 605p. 8? Lond., Moll, J. W., & Janssonius, H. H. Botanical pen-portraits. 472p. 8? The Hague, 1923. Oehlkers, F. *Beitrag zur Geschichte und Kritik des Lamarckismus in der Botanik. 79p 12? Hannov., 1917. Schreber, J. C. D. von, *Theses medicae. 21. 4? Upsaliae, 1760. Photostat facsimile. Borzi, A. Come dobbiamo insegnare la botanica nelle scuole secondarie? Riv. biol, 1921, 3: 464-70.—Fenton, E. W. The need for a permanent organisation for undertaking periodic botanical surveys of Great Britain. Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc, 1935, 446.—Gerber, C. Les vicissitudes de l'enseignement et de la chaire de botanique a la Faculte mixte de medecine et de pharmacie de Toulouse. Bull. sc. pharm. Par, 1921. 28: 414- 28.—Newcomb, E. L. Plant science laboratory seminar(botany; pharmacognosy; plant chemistry; pharmacology) Am J Pharm, 1924, 96: 80; 104—Racz, L. [Botany and medicine] Orv. hetil, 1933, 77: 1193.—Stakman, E. C. The promise of modern botany for man's welfare through plant protection. Sc. Month, N.Y, 1937, 44: 117-30—Vavilov, N. I. L'Institut de botanique appliqufie et d'amelioration des plantes cultivees de 1'Union des Republiques Socialistes Sovietiques. Proc Internat. Congr. Plant Sc. (1926) 1929, 1: 161-5.—Woods, A. F. Botany and human affairs. Science, 1935, 81: 573-8. Classification. International Congress of Botany (5th) International rules of botanical nomenclature adopted by the International Botanical Con- gresses of Vienna, 1905, and Brussels, 1910, revised by the International Botanical Congress of Cambridge, 1930. Comp. by John Briquet. 3.ed. 151p. 8? Jena, 1935. Babcock, E. B. Genetics and plant taxonomy. Science, 1924, n.s, 59: 327.—Eisentrager, 0. Untersuchungen iiber die Brauchbarkeit der Serodiagnostik fiir die Verwandtschafts- forschung in der Botanik, insonderheit innerhalb der Klasse der Gymnospermen, unter Anwendung der Prazipitations- methode wie der Konglutinationsmethode nach Mez. Beitr Biol. Pflanz, 1928, 16: 157-216.—Jaretzky, R. Die Bedeutung der Phytochemie fiir die Systematik. Arch. Pharm, Berl 1928, 266: 602-13.—Macbride, J. F. Shall the International Botanical Rules have the import of law? J. Washington Acad Sc, 1929, 19: 247-52.—Mattei, G. E. Un nuovo genere di piante dedicato al biologo italiano Enrico Marconi. Umbria med, 1921, 2: 214-6.—Merrill, E. B. A review of the new species of plants proposed by N. L. Burman in his Flora Indica. Philip- pine J. Sc, 1921,19:329-88.—Nabelek, V. [International botani- cal nomenclature] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1933, 13: 214-9.—Nahm- macher, E. Ueber die Brauchbarkeit kiinstlicher Immunsera fiir die Serodiagnostik in der botanischen Verwandtschafts- forschung. Beitr. Biol. Pflanz, 1929, 17: 1-44.—Pittier, H. Clasificacion natural de las plantas con especial mention de las familias mas importantes de la flora de Venezuela y de las especies de interns economico. Gac. med. Caracas, 1931, 38: 277; 291.— Rosen, F. Studien iiber das naturliche System der Pflanzen Beitr. Biol. Pflanz, 1927, 15: 1-60.—Schiemann, E. Die Be- deutung der experimentellen Genetik fiir die botanische Sys- tematik. Naturwissenschaften, 1932, 20: 145-50.—Timmerman, H. A. Stomatal numbers; their value for distinguishing species Pharm. J, Lond, 1927, 118: 241-3.—Weitz, R. Le codex et la nomenclature botanique. J. pharm. chim. Par, 1923, 7.ser 27: 97-102. BOTANY 804 BOTEZ ---- History. Dioscorides. The Greek herbal of Dio- scorides, transl. by John Goodyear. 701p. 8? Oxford, 1934. Roys, R. L. The ethno-botany of the Maya. 359p. roy.8? New Orleans, 1931. Forms Pub. No. 2, Tulane Univ. Louisiana. Middle Am. Res. Ser. Smith, H. H. Ethnobotany of the Meskwaki Indians. 117-326p. roy.8? Milwaukee [1928] Forms no.2. v.4, Bull. Pub. Mus. Milwaukee. ---- Ethnobotany of the forest Potawatomi Indians. 230p. roy.8? Milwaukee [1933] Forms no.l, v.7. Bull. Pub. Mus. Milwaukee. Wheelwright, E. G. The physick garden; medicinal plants and their history. 288p. 8? Lond. [1934] Beguinot, A, & Zenari, S. Illustrazione dell'erbario com- posta da G. B. Brocchi in Egitto e Nubia. Arch, storia sc, 1921, 185-98.—Bier, B. Botanische und zoologische Lehnworte in der Medizin. Fortsch. Med, 1932, 50: 597.—Blanco Just, F. J. La botanica arabe, aplicada a la medicina. Med. ibera, 1935, 29: pt2, 449; 457; 465.—Coleman, A. P. Paleobotany and the earth's early history. Am. J. Sc, 1921, 5.ser, 1: 315-9.— Cornilleau, R. Un botaniste Girondin, Bosc, ou la botanique au service de I'histoire. Chron. mfed. Par, 1923, 30: 35-41.— Coulter, J. M. Development of botany in the United States. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1927, 66: 309-18.—Garrigues, A. L'en- seignement de la botanique au temps de Rabelais. Vie mfid. Par, 1925, 6: 49-53.—Marzell, H. Flora diabolica. Natur, Lpz, 1925-26, 17: 185-9. ----- Die Pflanzenbilder der alten Krauterbiicher. Janus, Leyden, 1932, 36: 214.—Morvillez. L'historique de la chaire de botanique. Echo m6d. nord, 1935, 3.ser, 3: 681-97.—Muller, M. Friedrich Casimir medicus. Arch. Gesch. Math. Naturwiss, 1928-29, 11: 67-80.—Panini, F. Intorno ad un erbario di Giov. Batt. Casapini esistente in Modena. Arch, storia sc, 1924, 5: 41; 148; 378.—Paoli, U. G. Alcuni manoscritti inediti di botanica lucchese. Ibid, 1923, 4: 256.—Zenari, S. Illustrazione dell'erbario composto da G. B. Brocchi in Egitto e Nubia (1822-1826) Ibid, 1922, 3: 245-72. --- Manuals, Artschwager, E. F., & Smiley, E. M. Dictionary of botanical equivalents, French- English, German-English. 137p. 12? Bait. [1921] Bastin, E. S. A revision of Bastin's College botany for the use of students of pharmacy. 466p. 8? Chic, 1920. Bonnier, G. E. M. ... Plantes medicinales, plantes melliferes, plantes utiles et nuisibles, avec 372 figures en couleurs, etc. 70p. 12? Par., 1920. Flamm, S., & Kroeber, L. Die Heilkraft der Pflanzen, ihre Wirkung und Anwendung. 2.Aufl. 274p. 8? Stuttg., 1936. Hansen, A. Repetitorium der Botanik fiir Mediziner, Pharmazeuten, Lehramts-Kandida- ten und Studierende der Forst- und Landwirt- schaft. ll.Aufl. 184p. 8? Giessen, 1921. Kuster, E. Lehrbuch der Botanik fiir Medi- ziner. 420p. 8? Lpz., 1920. Rigg, G. B. The pharmacists' botany. 303p. 8? N.Y., 1924. Small, J. A textbook of botany for medical and pharmaceutical students. 681p. 8? Lond., 1921.---- Also 2.ed. 686p. 1929. ---- Also 3.ed. 717p. 1936. Stuhr, E. T. Manual of Pacific Coast drug plants. 189p. 8? [Lancaster, Pa.] 1933. Youngken, H. W. Pharmaceutical botany; a text-book for students of pharmacy and general science. 4.ed. rev.&enl. 538p. 8? Phila. [1923] ---- Also 5.ed. 692p. [1927] BOTERO-LONDONO, Jose, 1903- *Du prolapsus genital apres hysterectomie subtotale et le traitement pre>entif par la cervico-ligamen- topexie. 72p. 8? Par., 1932. BOTEZ, Iaon G. Etude morphologique et inorphogenique du squelette du bras et de l'avant- bras chez les primates. 174p. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1926. Forms fasc.24 of Arch, morph. gen. Par. BOTH, Erich, 1892- *Thermokrafte von Amalgamen und leichtflussigen Legierungen. 54p. 8? Erlangen, Junge & Sohn, 1914. BOTH, Erich, 1904- *Die Prokteuryse in der Reihe der wehenfordernden Mittel unter der Geburt. 51p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1932. BOTH, Horst [Eduard Ludwig] 1908- *Zur Pharmakologie der Adstringentien (mit beson- derer Berucksichtigung des Zinksulfats und des Ammonium sulfoichthyolicum) 27p. 8? Ro- stock, C. Hinstorff, 1933. BOTHENDORF, Erich. *Die neuere Therapie des Gelenkrheumatismus. 8p. 8? [Lpz.] 1925. BOTHMAN, Louis, 1893- See Brown, E. V. L, Bothman, Louis [et al.] The eye, ear, nose, and throat. 5v. 12? Chic, 1932-35. In Practical medi- cine series. Chic. BOTHRIOCEPHALUS. See Diphyllobothriidae. BOTKIN, Sergius Petrovich, 1832-89. Sirotinin.V. Obituary. Vrach. dielo, 1928,11: 5-8, pi. BOTREL, Maurice, 1904- Organisation du traitement des malades indigents aux stations thermales et climatiques. 64p. 8? Par., 1929. BOTRYLLUS. Grave, C, & Woodbridge, H. Botryllus schlosseri (Pallas) the behavior and morphology of the free-swimming larva. J. Morph, 1924-25, 39: 207-37, 6pl. BOTRYOMYCOSIS. Conrad, W. F. O. *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Botryomykose. 52p. 8? Giessen, 1916. Dtjchene, S. J. J. M. *Contribution a l'etude de la botryomycose Equine [Alfort] 35p. 8? Par., 1925. Potjzin, E. *Du botryomycome et de son traitement par les injections intra-veineuses de novarsenobenzol. 192p. 8? Par., 1927. Torlais, J. La botryomycose chez I'homme et chez les animaux; contribution a l'e'tude des granulomes. 120p. 8? Par., 1922. Forms fasc.3 of Arch. fr. path. gen. Aynaud. La botryomycose du mouton. C. rend. Acad. sc. 1922, 175: 1170-2. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 215-7 — Bottger. Ueber einen Fall von Botryomykom an der Schulter eines Pferdes. Zschr. Veterinark, 1926, 38: 344-7.—Clarenburg, A, & van Heelsbergen, T. [Botryomycosis in a pig] Versl. volksgezondh, 1932, 967-75, 2pl— Feldman, W. H. Botryomy- cosis in a dog. Cornell Vet, 1932, 22: 50-5—Fumagalli, C. R. La vraie botryomycose; a propos de 2 cas d'osteomyelite a grains botryomycose. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1927, 4: 513-29.—Jones, H. D. Abdominal case of botryomycosis. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1924, 4: 890.—Knapp. Ueber Botryomykose. Miinch. tier- arztl. Wschr, 1930, 81: 505-7—Nitsche. Atypische Botryomy- kose bei einem Pferde. Zschr. Veterinark, 1928, 40:433-41, pi — RabeUo, E. O termo botryomycose confunde 3 syndromes de natureza diversa. Brasil med, 1929, 43: 399-403.—Ronde, H. de [Botryomycosis of the anal region in the horse] Tschr. dierge- neesk, 1923, 60: 41.—Rottgardt, A. La supuracion caseosa de los ovinos; botriomicosis de los ovinos (Aynaud) Rev. sudamer. endocr, B. Air, 1928, 11: 777-85.—Torlais, J. La botryomycose chez I'homme et chez les animaux. Arch. fr. path, gen, 1922, no.3, 1-120, 7pl. ---- human [Pseudobotryomycosis] See Granuloma pyogenicum. BOTRYTIS. See also Fungi. Heald, F. B, & Bana, B. F. Notes on plant diseases in Wash- ington; botrytis diseases. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1924,43:136-44.— Masera, E. Un fungo del genere Botrytis parassita degli insetti. Riv. biol, 1934, 16: 266-72.—Pfaff, T. Untersuchungen iiber das Wachstum der Appressorien bei Botrytis cinerea. Zbl. Bakt, 2.Abt, 1924-25, 63: 161-73—Smith, J. H. The killing of Botrytis cinerea by heat, with a note on the determination of temperature coefficients. Ann. Appl. Biol, Lond, 1923, 10: BOTRYTIS 805 BOTULISM *Schul- 45p. 8? Per- 335-47.—Staritzky, K. Ueber die Keimung der Konidien von Botrytis cinerea in Losungen verschiedener Substanzen. Zbl. Bakt, 2.Abt, 1925, 65: 291-7. BOTSCH, Ludwig, 1891- *Vererbung und klinische Bedeutung der Zahnuberzahl, mit einem kasuistischen Beitrag [Munchen] 22p. 2pl. 8° Kallmiinz, M. Lassleben, 1928. BOTSCHEV, Sejo Christov, 1896- hygiene in Bulgarien einst und jetzt Lpz., H. Arnold, 1934. BOTT, Helen McMurchie, 1886- sonality development in young children. 139p diagrs. 8? Toronto, Univ. Toronto Press, 1934. Forms no.2, Univ. of Toronto Studies; Child develop, ser. BOTT, Stanley, 1879-1929. Obituary. Brit. M.J, 1929, 2: 328. BOTTA, Carlo, 1766-1837. Neveu, R. La vie et l'ceuvre de Carlo Botta. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med, 1932, 26: 409-12. BOTTANI, G. Semeiologia generale dei pro- cessi morbosi del mediastino. 107p. 8? Padova, A. Milani, 1931. BOTTAZZI, Filippo, 1867- Alimentazione dell' uomo; nozioni teoriche e pratiche. 227p. 12? Napoli, G. Giannini [1919] See also SpaUanzani, Lazzaro. Le opere di Lazzaro Spallan- zani; v.l. Circolazione, digestione, respirazione, animale. 567p. roy.8? Milano, 1932. For biography see Arch. sc. biol. Nap, 1928, 12: xi-xvi, port (A Herlitzka) Also Reale Accademia d'ltalia, annuario. 4:1931-32, anno 10, 1933, 129-31. BOTTENBERG, Heinz. Die Blutegelbehand- lung; ein vielseitiges Verfahren der biologischen Medizin. 128p. 8? Stuttg., Hippokrates, 1935. ---- Biologische Therapie des praktischen Arztes. 314p. illus. pi. 8? Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1936. BOTTENS, Adalbert Panchaud de. *Ueber medizinische Fragen in der Unfallversicherung sowie uber Aufgaben und Stellung des Arztes nach dem Bundesgesetz uber die Kranken- und Unfallversicherung vom 13. Juni 1911 unter besonderer Berucksichtigung des Art. 91 des U.V.G. 103p. 8? Zur., Leemann & Co., 1915. BOTTERI, Giuseppe. See Verga, Pietro, & Botteri, Giuseppe. II carcinoma primi- tivo del polmone (studio anatomo istologico e clinico) 204p. *° Bologna, 1931. BOTTGER, Georg, 1892- *Die Bakterien im Urin schwangerer Frauen. 28p. 8? Bresl., BOTTKE, Curt [Berthold] 1902- *Die Drahtextension im Dienste der Behandlung supracondylarer Frakturen [Berlin] 19p. 8. Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1929. BOTTLE fly. See under Maggot. BOTTO Micca, Augusto. Omero medico; me- dici ferite e medicine in Omero. 239p. roy.8. Viterbo, G. Agnesotti, 1930. BOTTOMLEY, John Taylor, 1869-1926. Obituary. Tr. N. England Surg. Soc, 1926, 9: 77. BOTTON, Samy Edmond de, 1905- *Contribution a l'etude de la pathogenie endo- crinienne de la ke>atite parenchymateuse. 93p. 8? Par., 1931. BOTTS, McDowell, 1875-1922. Obituary. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1922, 19: 313. BOTULISM. See also Food poisoning. Croise, A. *Le botulisme chez homme et les animaux [Alfort] 73p. 8? Par. 1934 Meyer, K. F., Botulismus. 1269-364p. 8. ^SlLPaS'sUniv. California Dep. Res. M, 1927-38,11: repr. 344. Batchelor, M. S. Food poisoning. Health Bull, Raleigh, N.C., 1936, 51: no.7, 7-9.—Bidault. Le botulisme. Prat. med. fr, 1926, 5: 439-49. Also Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1932, 12: 156—Bitter, L. Der Botulismus. Erg. allg. Path, 1921, 19: 2.Abt, 733-99—Botulisme, Le. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1923, 37: 381—Broquet, C. Botulisme. Rev. hyg. Par, 1923, 45: 44- 59—Cary, W. E. Botulism. Illinois M.J, 1933, 63: 472—Geiger, J. C. The clinical aspects of botulism; symptomatology, pathology, and rational treatment. South. M.J, 1923, 16: 106- 11—HaU, W. W, & Scott, B. V. B. Botulism. Bull. U.S. Nav. M, 1934, 32: 162-70—Landis, H. R. M. Botulism. Progr. Med, Phila, 1923, 4: 352—Leighton, G. R. Botulism. Pre- scriber, Edinb, 1923, 17: 310-3.—Marie, P. L. Quelques pre- cisions et donnees nouvelles concernant le botulisme. Presse med, 1921, 29: 324-6.—Olin, L. C. Botulism. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1933, 26: 446-53.—Pignot, J. Le botulisme. J. med. chir. Par, 1924, 95: 783-93.—R, L, & B, J. B. Botulism. Med. Sc. Abstr, Lond, 1923, 7: 457-86—Sacquepee, E. Botulisme. Nouv. trait6 med. (Roger) Par, 1921, 3: 386-92.—Vaughan, V. C. Botulism. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1921-22, 7: 116-20. Cases. Brener, H. H. A. *Die durch den Bazillus botulinus hervorgerufenen Nahrungsmitteler- giftungen; eine Zusammenstellung der bisher gemachten Beobachtungen [Giessen] 22p. 8? Diepholz, 1920. Josso, A. *Contribution a l'6tude du botu- lisme (a propos de 3 nouveaux cas) 88p. 8? Par., 1926. Leighton, G. R. Botulism and food preser- vation (the Loch Maree tragedy) 237p. 8? Lond., 1923. Wiener, K. *Ueber 7 Falle von Botulismus. 31p. 8? Bresl., 1917. Abel, E. Une observation de botulisme. Rev. med. est, 1924, 52: 621-6.—Aitken, R. S, Barling, B, & Miles, A. A. A case of botulism. Lancet, Lond, 1936, 2: 780-4.—Beauvieux & Pife- chaud. A propos de deux cas de botulisme. Rev. oto-neur. Par 1927, 5: 587-90.—Bleyer, A. Report of a case of botulism. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1924, 28: 787—Buncan, G. G, & Smith, O. N. Botulism—a report of 2 suspected cases. Med. Clin. N. Amer- ica, 1936-37, 20: 265-77.—FeUetar, E. [Severe sausage-poisoning] Gyogyaszat, 1911, 51: 514.—Foord, A. G, & Forsyth, A. E. Botulism; case report with clinical and laboratory investigations. N. York State J.M, 1926, 26: 239—Lavergne, V. de. Recherches biologiques a l'occasion d'un cas de botulisme. C. rend. Soc. biol 1924, 91: 689-91—May, E, Basch, G. [et al.l Trois cas de botulisme. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1936, 3.ser, 52:1024-9 — Myers W A. Botulism; an isolated case; antitoxin and recov- ery Med Clin. N. America, 1923-24, 7: 1277-87—Nash, W. G. A case of botulism; recovery. Brit. M.J, 1934 2: I199.-Pin- kerton, W. A, & Krobalski, J. Two cases of botulism. Med. J. & Rec 1924 120: 117.—Rivet, L. Les suites d'un diner de famille-'6 cas de botulisme. Bull. Soc. med. b6p. Paris, 1934, 3 ser 51: 174-6.—Seidelmann, W. Ueber einen besonders schweren Fall von Botulismus. Med. Klin, Berl, 1923, 19: 113 —Virshubski, A. M. [Case of poisoning with sausage virus] Prakt vrach, 1914, 13: 539—Woodbridge, J. H. Report on 2 cases of botulism. Colorado M, 1921, 18: 138. Cases, fatal. Leighton, G. R. Report of the circumstances attending the deaths of 8 persons from botulism at Loch Maree (Ross-shire) 47p. 8? Edinb., 1923 Anderson, F. R. Botulism^iue to freshly fermented food 5 fatal cases in a Japanese family. California West. M 1934 41- 321 —Bronfenbrenner, J. J, Schlesinger, M. J, & Orr, P. F Cause of immediate death by large doses of botulinus toxin T Fxr> M 1924 40: 81-9.-Cutter, J. B. Death from food poi soning'due'to Bacillus botulinus. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 79 825 —Bickey S. J. A report of 2 fatal cases of botulism. Penn svlvania M J 1933, 36: 424-6— Fatal cases of poisoning at Loch Maree Brit.'MJ. 1922, 2: 527.-Kitcat C. de W. A fatal case nf hn? ilism Ibid , 1935, 2: 580-Pando, P. J. Botuhsmo; sobre 7 casos de muerte de ^iembros de la familia Schmidt, producidos en Puan. Sem. med, B. Air, 1926, 33. pt2, 1013-6. ____ Clostridium [botulinum] See also Clostridium. Bengtson, I. A. Studies on organisms con- cerned as causative factors in botulism. lOlp. ft0 Wiluh 1924 Hyg^ Lab'.'Bull. no. 136 of U.S. Treas. Dep. U.S. Pub. Health Serv. . Bengtson, I. A. A toxin-producing anaerobe isolated pnnci- oallv from fly larvae; its relation to the organisms hitherto known to be causative factors in the production of botulism. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1923, 38: 340-4.-Bronienbrenner, J., • BOTULISM 806 BOTULISM Schlesinger, M. J, & Calazans, S. C. Typing of different strains of Bacillus botulinus by immunologic methods. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1921-22, 19: 21—Edmondson, R. B, Thorn, C, & Giltner, L. T. Experiments with Bacillus (Clostridium) botulinus under household conditions. Am. Food J, 1923, 18: no.3,143-5.—Gunnison, J. B. Studies on the antigenic substances of Clostridium parabotulinum. J. Immun, Bait, 1934, 26: 17-24. ----- Cummings, J. R, & Meyer, K. F. Clostridium botulinum type E. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936-37, 35: 278-80—Gunnison, J. B, & Schoenholz, P. Studies on the sero- logic classification of B. botulinus; the complement fixation reaction. J. Immun, Bait, 1927, 13: 79-92. ----- The pre- cipitation reaction. Ibid, 237-41.—Koser, S. A, Edmonson, R. B, & Giltner, L. T. Observations on Bacillus botulinus of canned spinach. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921, 77: 1250-3.—Lommel, J, & Gunnison, J. B. Studies on the antigenic substances of CI. botulinum; complement fixing substances in alcoholic extracts. J. Immun, Bait, 1929, 16: 403-9.—McClung, L. S. Studies on anaerobic bacteria; heat and heat labile antigens in the botulinus and related groups of spore-bearing anaerobes. J. Infect. Dis, 1937, 60: 122-8.—Meyer, K. F, & Gunnison, J. B. CI. botulinum type D n. sp. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1928-29, 26:_88. ----- European strains of CI. botulinum. J. Infect. Dis,1929, 45: 96-105. Also repr. ----- South African cultures of Clos- tridium botulinum and parabotulinum, with a description of CI. botulinum type D, n. sp. Ibid,106-18. Also repr.—Neill, J. M, & Fleming, W. L. Studies on bacterial enzymes; the mal- tase and lipase of the botulinus bacillus. J. Exp. M, 1927, 45: 937-46. Also repr.—Orr, P. F. Some observations on the bio- logical characteristics of Bacillus botulinus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1919-20, 17: 47. ----- Some observations on the biological characteristics Bacillus botulinus and its toxins. Abstr. Bact, Bait, 1920, 4: 10. ----- Studies on bacillus botulinus. J. Med. Res, 1920-21, 42: 127-36.—Pfenninger, W. Toxico-immunologic and serologic relationship of B. botulinus, type C, and B. parabotulinus, Seddon. J. Infect. Dis, 1924, 35: 347-52.—Reddish, G. F. An investigation into the purity of American strains of Bacillus botulinus. Ibid, 1921, 29: 120- 31. -----& Rettger, L. F. An investigation into the purity of strains of Bacillus botulinus obtained from different sources in this country. Abstr. Bact, Bait, 1921, 5: 14.—Rosebury, T. Anaerobic bacteria: Botulism. Agents of Disease (Gay, F. P.) Springf, 1935, 896-910— Schoenholz, P, & Meyer, K. F. Studies on the serologic classification of B. botulinus. J. Immun, Bait, 1925, 10: 1. ----- Studies on the serologic classification of B. botulinus; agglutination. Ibid, 1-53.—Shaw, R. M, & Simpson, G. S. Clostridium botulinum type C in relation to duck sickness in the province of Alberta. J. Bact, Bait, 1936, 32: 79-88.—Starin, W. A, & Back, G. M. Agglutination studies of Clostridium botulinum. J. Infect. Dis, 1923, 33: 169-83. ----- Complement-fixation studies on Clostridium botulinum. Ibid, 1924, 34: 137-47.—Tanner, F. W, & Back, G. M. Clostridium botulinum. Ibid, 1922, 31: 92-100 — Townsend, C. T. Comparative study of nontoxic and toxic strains of Clostridium para-botulinum. Ibid, 1929, 45: 87-95. ---- Clostridium: Culture. Bachmann, F. M. Growth of Clostridium botulinum in fermented vegetables. J. Infect. Dis, 1924, 24:129-31.—Bidault, C. Sur la culture de B. botulinus en conserves de viande. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 1002.—Bristol, P. Growth of B. botu- linus in 30% peptone. J. Infect. Dis, 1925, 36: 457.—Burke, G. S. Studies on the thermal death time of spores of Clostridium botulinum; dormancy or slow germination of spores under optimum growth conditions. Ibid, 1923, 33: 274-84.—Burrows, W. Growth of Clostridium botulinum on casein hydrolysate and on hydrolysate preparations. Ibid, 1932, 51: 298. ----- Growth of Clostridium botulinum on synthetic mediums. Ibid, 1933, 52: 126-37. Also repr—Coleman, G. E. Germina- tion of spores of B. botulinus in collodion sacs in abdomen of guinea pigs and rabbits. Ibid, 1923, 33: 384-90.—Back, G. M, & Baumgartner, M. M. Effect of reduced oxygen tensions on the growth of Clostridium botulinum (type A) in veal infusion broth. Ibid, 1928, 42: 4911-4—Back, G. M, Starin, W. A, & Werner, M. Growth of CI. botulinum and CI. sporogenes in veal infusion broth under reduced pressure. Ibid, 1927, 40: 525-32.—Bozier, C. C. Optimum and limiting hydrogen-ion concentrations for B. botulinus and quantitative estimation of its growth. Ibid, 1924, 35: 105-33.—Itano, A, Neill, J, & Garvey, M. E. Limiting and optimum reactions for growth of B. botulinus and organisms isolated from food. Abstr. Bact Bait, 1920, 4: 3—James, L. H. Growth of CI. botulinum in waterless-processed string beans. J. Bact, Bait, 1929,17: 32 — Schoenholz, P. Surface colony types of CI. botulinum of blood agar. J. Infect. Dis, 1928, 42: 40-7, pi.—Starin, W. A. Pure cultures of CI. botulinum from single cells. Ibid, 1924 24- 148-58. ---- Clostridium: Distribution. Burke, G. S. The occurrence of Bacillus botulinus in nature. J. Bact, Bait, 1919, 4: 541-65, 3pl.—Coleman, G. E. The dis- tribution of spores of B. botulinus in the soil of a restricted area in California. J. Infect. Dis, 1922, 31: 556-8.—Bubovsky, B J & Meyer, K. F. The distribution of the spores of B. botulinus in the Territory of Alaska and the Dominion of Canada. Ibid , 595-9—Easton, E. J, & Meyer, K. F. Occurrence of Bacillus botulinus in human and animal excreta. Ibid, 1924, 35: 207- 12.—Geiger, J. C, & Benson, H. Intensive localized distribution of the spore of B. botulinus and probable relation of preserved vegetables to type demonstrated. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1923, 38: 1611-5.—Leighton, G, & Buxton, J. B. The distribu- tion of Bacillus botulinus in .Scottish soils. J. Hyg, Cambr, 1928-29, 28: 79-82—Meyer, K. F. The distribution of the spores of B. botulinus in nature. Month. Bull. Bd Health California, 1920-21,16:38. -----& Bubovsky, B. J. The distribution of the spores of B. botulinus in California. J. Infect. Dis, 1922, 31: 541-55. ----- The distribution of the spores of B. botu- linus in the United States. Ibid, 559-94. ----- The oc- currence of the spores of B. botulinus in Belgium, Denmark, England, the Netherlands and Switzerland. Ibid, 600-9.— Meyer, K. F, & Geiger, J. C. The distribution of the spores of B. botulinus in nature. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1921, 36: 4-6.—Schoenholz, P, & Meyer, K. F. The occurrence of the spores of B. botulinus in the Hawaiian Islands and China. }. Infect. Dis, 1922, 31: 610-3. ---- Clostridium: Effect of various agents on. Bachmann, F. M. Effect of spices on growth of Clostridium botulinum. J. Infect, Dis, Chic, 1923, 33: 236-9.—Bidault, C. Influence de certains cations sur la culture en bouillon de Bacillus botulinus. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 1135.—Burke, G. S. The effect of heat on the spores of bacillus botulinus; its bearing on home canning methods. J. Am. M. Ass, 1919, 72: 88-92. Also repr. ----- Studies on the thermal death time of spores of Clostridium botulinum; the differential staining of living and dead spores. J. Infect. Dis, 1923, 32: 433-8.—Back, G. M, & Williston, E. H. Effects of oxygen on the viability of young cul- tures of CI. botulinum. Ibid, 1929, 44: 27-32.—Dickson, E. C. Dormancy or delayed germination of spores of Clostridium botulinum subjected to heat. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1927-28, 25: 426. ----- & Burke, G. S. [et al.] Botulism; a method for determining the thermal death time of the spores of Bacillus botulinus. Ibid, 1921-22, 19: 99-101. ----- Studies on the thermal death time of spores of Clostridium botulinum; preliminary report. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 79: 1239. ----- Studies on the thermal death time of spores of Clostridium botulinum; the resistance of spores to heat and the dormancy or delayed germination of spores which have been subjected to heat. J. Infect. Dis, 1925, 36: 472-83.—Bozier, C. C. Inhibitive influence of sugars and salt on viability, growth, and toxin pro- duction of B. botulinus. Ibid, 1924, 35: 134-55. ----- Re- sistance of spores of B. botulinus to disinfectants. Ibid, 156- 76.—Esty, J. R. The heat resistance of B. botulinus spores. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1923, 13: 108-13. ----- & Meyer, K. F. The heat resistance of the spores of B. botulinus and allied anaerobes. J. Infect. Dis, 1922, 31: 650-63.—Falk, I. S, & Powdermaker, F. The effect of hydrogen ion concentration on certain antigenic properties of Clostridium botulinum. Ibid, 1925, 37: 514-9.—James, L. H. Effects of freezing on the spores and toxin of Clostridium botulinum. Ibid, 1933, 52: 236-41.— Pettersson, A. Ueber die Einwirkung von Serum und Leuko- zyten auf B. botulinus. Gior. batt. immun, 1932, 9: 593- 604.—Sommer, E. W. Heat resistance of the spores of Clostridi- um botulinum. J. Infect. Dis, 1930, 46: 85-114.—Starin, W. A. Viability and toxicogenic power of small numbers of spores of CI. botulinum subjected to different temperatures. Ibid, 1926, 38: 101-5. ----- Relationship of incubation temperature to viability, rate of growth and toxin production of CI. botulinum in different vegetables. Ibid, 106-14.—Tanner, F. W, & Mc- Crea.F. B. Clostridium botulinum; resistance of spores to moist heat. J. Bact, Bait, 1923, 8: 269-76—Weiss, H. The heat resistance of spores with special reference to the spores of B. botulinus. J. Infect. Dis, 1921, 28: 70-92. ----- The thermal death point of the spores of Bacillus botulinus in canned foods. Ibid, 29: 362-8.—Wyant, Z. N, & Normington, R. The influence of various chemical and physical agencies upon Bacillus botu- linus and its spores; resistance to salt. J. Bact, Bait, 1920, 5: 553-7. ---- Clostridium: Metabolism. Bristol, P. Growth of B. botulinus in 30% peptone; with notes on Van Slyke's amino nitrogen method for study of bac- terial metabolism. J. Infect. Dis, 1925, 36: 457-71—Dack, G. M, & Wood, W. L. Quantitative estimation of casein hydrol- ysis by CI. botulinum. Ibid, 1928, 42: 172-5—Fildes, P." The tryptophan and sporogenes vitamin requirements of B. botu- linus. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1935, 16: 309-14.—Kendall, A. I, Bay, A, & Walker, A. W. Metabolism of Bacillus botulinus. J. Infect. Dis, 1922, 30: 177-81—Wagner, E. Biochemical activities of B. botulinus, type C, and B. parabotulinus, Seddon. Ibid, 1924, 35: 353-60. -----& Meyer, K. F. Studies on the metabolism of B. botulinus in various media. J. Bact, Bait, 1925, 10:321-412. ---- Clostridium: Toxin, antitoxin, and toxoid, Francillon, M. *Einfluss der aeroben Misch- infektion auf Entwicklung und Toxinbildung des Bacillus botulinus [Zurich] 19p. 8° Miinch., 1924. Also Arch. Hyg, Miinch, 1925, 95: 121-39. Bengtson, I. A. Standardization of botulism antotoxins. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1921,11:352-7— Bronfenbrenner, J. Ionio BOTULISM 807 BOTULISM nature of botulinus toxin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1923-24, 2i: 3^ ----- Further studies on the potency of botulinus toxin Ibid, 318. -----& Reichert, P. The flocculation of botulinus toxin antitoxin mixtures. Ibid, 1924-25, 22: 391-3 — Bronfenbrenner, J, & Schlesinger, M. J. The precipitation of botulinus toxin with alcohol. Ibid, 1920-21, 18: 304. ----- The composite nature of botulinus toxin. Ibid, 254. —--- Further studies on the nature of botulinus toxin. Ibid, 1921-22, 19: i. ----- The state of aggregation of particles of botulinus toxin. Ibid, 297-9.-----Concerning the nature of the toxic products of Bacillus botulinus. Science, 1921, n.s, 54: 444 ----- The effect of digestive juices on the potency of botulinus toxin. J. Exp. M, 1924, 39: 509-16. -----& Orr, p F Concerning toxic byproducts of Bacillus botulinus. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1920-21, 18: 181—Burrows, W. Effect of tyrosine on botulinum toxin. Ibid, 1933, 30: 823-5.—Back, G. M. Influence of some anaerobic species on toxin of CI. botulinum, with special reference to CI. sporogenes. J. Infect. Dis, 1926, 38: 165-73. ----- Behavior of botulinum toxin in alimentary tract of rats and guinea-pigs. Ibid, 174-81. ----- & Gibbard, J. Botulinum toxin in the alimentary tract. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1925-26, 23: 778. ----- Studies on botulinum toxin in the alimentary tract of hogs, rabbits, guinea- pigs, and mice. J. Infect. Dis, 1926, 39: 173-80. ----- Per- meability of the small intestine of rabbits and hogs to botulinum toxin. Ibid, 181-5.—Back, G. M, & Wood, W. L. Impermea- bility of the small intestine of rabbits to botulinum toxin. Ibid, 1927, 40: 585-7.—Bankerovits, A. K, & Zelevinskaya, S. A. [Comparative value of methods of titration of anti-botulinic serums on rats and guinea pigs] J. epidem. mikrob, Moskva, 1933, 2: 68-73.—Edmunds, C. W, & Keiper, G. F. Further studies upon the action of botulinus toxin. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1924, 39: 96-106. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 83: 495-502.—Geiger, J. C, & Gouwens, W. E. Effect of acidification on toxicity of B. botulinus toxin. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1923, 38: 2249-52.—Glotowa, E. W, & Bankerowitz, A. K. Zur Standardisierung des Antibotulinusserums. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1934-35,133:155-8.—Gogin, E, Breitzer, P, & Makarova-Tarasse- vich, TJ. [Preparation of serum against botulism] Soviet, vrach. gaz, 1933, 37: 124-7—Graham, R, & Thorp, F. Antigenic value of botulinum toxoids kept one year at ice-box temperature. J. Immun, Bait, 1931, 20: 305-12.—Graham, R, Tunnicliff, E. A. [et al.] The antigenic value of formolized botulinum toxins. J Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1929, 75: 21-37.—Gunnison, J. B, & Meyer, K. F. Susceptibility of Macacus rhesus monkeys to botulinum toxin type B, C, and D. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1928-29, 26: 89. Also J. Infect. Dis, 1930, 46: 335-40. Also repr—Hall, I. C, & Peterson, E. The effect of certain bacteria upon the toxin production of Bacillus botulinus in vitro. J. Bact, Bait, 1923,8:319-41.—Hart, G. H, & Hayes, F. M. The production and experimental use of botulinus antitoxin, types A and B. J. Am. Vet M. Ass, 1920-21,57:638-52.—Hetsch, H. Das neue Botuhs- musserum der Hochster Farbwerke. Deut. med. Wschr, 1924, 50: 6-8.—Hosoya, S, Stefanopoulo, G. J, & Miyata, S. Sur la purification de la toxine botulinique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 1465-7.—Jakobkiewicz, J. Toxine et anatoxine botuhque. Ibid , 1936,123: 262-4.—Jeramec, C. Toxine et antitoxine botu- lique. Rev. immun. Par, 1936, 2: 209-20—Legroux, R, & Jeramec, C. Etude sur la toxine et Pantitoxine botuliques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 641-3.—Mason, J. H, & Robinson, E. M. The antigenic components of the toxins of CI. botulinum types C and D. Onderstepoort J. Vet. Sc, 1935,5: no.l, 65-75.— Nelson, C. I. The relationship between the intracellular globu- lin and the toxin of CI. botulinum. J. Infect. Dis, 1927, 41: 9-12. Also repr—Schoenholz,P, & Meyer, K. F. Studies; sero- logical classification of B. botulinus; preparation of antiserum. Ibid 1923, 32: 417-20. ----- Effect of direct sunlight, diffuse daylight, and heat on potency of botulinus toxin in culture mediums and vegetable products. Ibid, 1924, 35: 361-89. ----& Esty, J. R. Toxin production and signs of spoilage in commercially canned vegetables and fruits inoculated with detoxified spores of B. botulinus. Ibid, 1923, 33: 289-327 — Schoop, G, & Harms, F. Ueber Botulinustoxin. Deut. tier- arztl. Wschr, 1935, 43: 755-7—Schubel, K. Ueber das Botu- linustoxin. Deut. med. Wschr, 1921,47:1047. Also Arch Exp. Path, Lpz, 1923, 96: 193-259—Shigeru Tani. Studies on botu- linum toxin. Jap. J. Exp. M, 1934, 12: 9-31. —--- On the toxin produced in biuret-free media and its characteristics. Ibid, 33-47.—Shippen, L. P. Toxin formation by a variety ol B. botulinus when cultivated aerobically under various condi- tions; its possible production in the animal body. Arch Int. M, 1919, 23: 346-61—Sommer, E. W, & Glunz, K. Effect of Ol. sporogenes on toxin production by CI. botulinum. J. Infect. Dis, 1927, 41: 442-7—Sommer, E. W, & Sommer, H. Studies on botulinus toxin; influence of nitrogenous and lipoid com- pounds on the potency of botulinus toxin. Ibid, 1928, 43: 496-506. Alsorepr. -----& Meyer, K. F. The purification of botulinum toxin. Ibid, 1926, 39: 345-50.-SommerH Puri- fication of botulinus toxin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936-37, 35:520. -----& Sommer, E. W. Botulinus toxin; the destruc- tion of botulinus toxin by heat. J. Infect. Dis , 1932, 51: 243— Sommer, H, Nealon, P. J, & Snipe, P. T- Studies on botulinus toxin; dialysis experiments. Ibid, 1928, 43: 161-6.-Snipe, P. T, & Sommer, H. Studies on botulinus toxin; acid precipi- tation of botulinus toxin. Ibid, 152-61. Also repr.-Stark, C. N, Sherman, J. M, & Stark, P. Extracellular production of toxin by Clostridium botulinum type B. Ibid, 565. Also repr. ----Glucose inhibition of extraceflular toxm-producing en- zymes of Clostridium botulinum. Ibid, 566-8.-Stewart, s. E. Determination of the L0 and the L-fdose of botulinus toxin by complement fixation. Ibid, 1932, 51: 324.—Tani, S. Methode de purification de la toxine botulinique. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 114: 237-9— Tanner, F. W, & Twohey, H. B. Action of heat on botulinus toxin in canned foods. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1926, 98: 136-41.—Velikanov, I. M. [Preparation of serums against botulism] J. epidem. mikrob, Moskva, 1932, 1: 52-9.—Wein- berg, M, & Goy, P. Recherches sur la toxine botulinique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 269-71. -—— De l'anatoxine botulinique. Ibid, 91: 148. ——— Etude comparative des toxines botuliniques formolee et iodfie. Ibid, 1140. ----- Emploi de l'anatoxine dans la prfeparation du sfirum anti- botulinique. Ibid, 1925, 92: 564.—Wheeler, M. W. Production of monovalent botulinus anti-toxic serum types A and B. J. Immun, Bait, 1923, 8: 501-5. Control. Alisov, P. A, & Eremenko, M. I. [Prevention of botulism] Soviet, vrach. J, 1936, 1: 191-3.—Boolittle, R. E. The problem of botulism in the United States; constant vigil against poison menace necessary among manufacturers, distributors, and in- spection officials. Am. Food J, 1921, 16: no.ll, 14.—Haranghy, L. [Prevention of botulism] Orv. hetil, 1935, 79: mell, 41-3 — Klebansky, I. [Problem of botulism] Voy. san. dielo, 1936, no.9, 19-24.—Meyer, K. F. The protective measures of the State of California against botulism. J. Prev. Med, 1931, 5: 261-93 — Thom, C. Botulism from the regulatory viewpoint. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1922, 12: 49-53.—Velicanov, I. Immunization experimentale de I'homme contre le botulisme. Gior. batt. immun, 1936,17: 451-6.—Weinberg, M, & Goy, P. Vaccination anti-botulinique par voie sous-cutanee et per os. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 93: 430-2.—Welikanow, I. M. Experimentelle Vakzination gegen den Botulismus. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1931,70: 186-94. ---- Diagnosis. Bach & Schommel. Ueber Falle von Feststellung des Bacil- lus botulinus (an Hand der Literatur) und iiber die ihm dem- nach zuzumessende Bedeutung bei Nahrungsmittelvergiftun- gen. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1924, 40: 165-7.—Bengtson, I. A. Direct inoculation test for B. botulinus toxin; determination of the presence of B. botulinus toxin by intraperitoneal inoculation of laboratory animals with suspected foods. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1921, 36: 1665-71.—Bickson, E. C. The diagnosis of botulism. Med. Clin. N. America, 1922-23, 6: 1423-31.— Bubovsky, B. J, & Meyer, K. F. An experimental study of the methods available for the enrichment, demonstration, and isola- tion of B. botulinus in specimens of soil and its products, in suspected food, in clinical and in necropsy material. J. Infect. Dis, 1922, 31:501-40.—Graham, R, & Schwarze, H. Differentia- tion of type A and type B botulinus toxins in food; a rapid and simple method. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921, 76: 1743—Kelser, R. A. The identification of Bacillus botulinus and its toxin in culture and in canned food-stuffs by serological methods. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1923, 13: 366-76.—Lane, C. R, & Jones-Bavies, T. E. A case of botulism, with a note on the bacteriological examination of the suspected food. Lancet, Lond, 1935, 2: 717.—Lavergne, V. de, & Abel, E. Diagnostic biologique du botulisme. Rev. hyg. Par, 1925, 47: 950-62.—Longo, B. Sulla specificita della prova biologica col siero di sangue per la diagnosi di botulisme Policlinico, 1936, 43: sez. prat, 1355-62.—Meyer, K. F, & Geiger, J C Some suggestions concerning the bacteriological diagnosis of human botulism. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1921, 36: 1313-7 —Meyer, M. Oesophagoskopie und Botulismus. Fort- sch Med, 1926, 44: 1255.—Orr, P. F. A rapid method of deter- mining the presence and type of botulinus toxin in contami- nated foods. J. Infect. Dis, 1921,29:287-90.—Porter, C. Diag- nosis of botulism. Med. Off, Lond, 1923, 29: 79—Wheeler, M. W, & Humphreys, E. M. Isolation of B. botulinus, type B, from feces by use of blood agar plates in anaerobic jar. J. Infect. Dis, 1924, 35: 305-10. --- Epidemiology. Geiger, J. C, Dickson, E. C, & Meyer, K. F. The epidemiology of botulism. 119p. 8°. Wash., 1922. Pub. Health Bull. no. 127 of U.S. Pub. Health Serv. Stoker, H. R. *Ueber eine Botulismus Epi- demie in der Schweiz [Zurich] 26p. 8? Schaff- Allen 'r W., & Ecklund, A. W. Botulism in North Dakota; report of outbreak of 13 fatal cases. J. Am. M. Ass, 1932, 99- 557-9 Also repr— Beall, C. G. Report of an outbreak of'botulism. Ibid, 1922, 79: 38.-Bergman, R, Insulander, S & Lindblad, Y. A serologically verified epidemic of botulism in Stockholm, involving 5 members of a family. Acta med scand , 1934-35, 84 : 496-516—Blue, R. Le botulisme dans Ss Etats Unis d'Amerique. Bull Off internat hyg. Par, 1922, \i- 824-9 —Canrio, F. S. An outbreak of botulism in New Jer- ' v j Am M Ass, 1936, 106: 687-9.-Clark,E. Outbreak of botulism, Westfield, N.Y. Am. J. Pub. Health 1929 19: 885 - Cooner A L. An outbreak of botulism m western Nebraska. Nebraska M.J, 1924, 9: 391-5.-Corbus, B. R, Wells, M, & Currier, F. P. Human botulism; studies in an outbreak of 29 S08 BOTULISM BOTULISM instances. Ann. Clin. M, 1922-23,1: 273-93.—Frequency (The) of botulism; a report of outbreaks from 1922 to 1927. J. Am. M. Ass, 1926, 86: 482; 1928, 90: 764. Also repr—Geiger, J. C. Epidemiology of botulism. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1922-23, 4: 158-65.—Glaspel, G. W, & Glaspel, C. J. An outbreak of botulism in North Dakota. Journal-lancet, 1932, 52: 540.— Hall, I. C. Outbreaks of botulism in the Rocky Mountain re- gion. Am. J. Hyg, 1933, 17: 235-51. ----- New outbreaks of botulism in western United States. Food Res, 1936, 1: 171- 98.—Hayhurst, E. R. The outbreak of botulinus poisoning in Solon, Ohio. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1926,16: 228-30.— Klimmeck. Kasuistik der Fleisch- und Wurstvergiftungen in Preussen im Jahre 1926. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1927, 43: 613-22—Meyer, K. F. The frequency of botulism. California West. M, 1936, 44: 38,5-8.—Monro, T. K, & Knox, W. W. N. Remarks on botu- lism as seen in Scotland in 1922. Brit. M.J, 1923, 1: 279-81 — Morel, C, & S. Martin, R. de. Une epidemie de botulisme. Presse med, 1922, 30: 829-31.—Naugle, J. E. Clinical report of botulism at Sterling. Colorado M, 1924, 21: 175-81.—Strieker, F. B , & Geiger, J. C. Outbreaks of botulism at Albany, Oregon, and Sterling, Colorado, February 1924. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1924, 39: 655-63.—Strieker, F. B, Levin, W, & Benson, R. L. Botulism in Oregon. Northwest M, 1924, 23: 316-24. Also Pantherapist, Chic, 1924, 72: 720-31.—Whiteman, R. T, & Wilkinson, E. A. Outbreak of botulism at Cambridge, Idaho. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 78: 1278.—Zlatogoro, S. I, & Soloviev, M. N. Botulism in the Union of Socialist Soviet Republics. Ibid, 1927, 88: 2024. Also repr. Also Vrach. gaz, 1927, 31: 1721-4. ---- Pathology. Patjltjs, E. A. *Polioencephalomyelitis nach Botulismus [Tubingen] 24p. 8? Lpz., 1915. Blumberger, K, & Gross, H. Beitrag zur Infektion mit Bacillus botulinus. Deut. med. Wschr, 1936, 62: 1451-5.— Bolten, G. C. [Changes in the brain caused by botulism] Geneesk. gids, 1934,12: 964-7.—Bronfenbrenner, J, & Schlesin- ger, M. J. Some of the factors contributing to toxicity of botuli- nus toxin by mouth. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 78: 1519-21.—Cole- man, G.E. Action of leukocytes and of brain tissue on toxin of B. botulinus; with note on peptone therapy in experimental botulism. J. Infect. Dis, 1924, 34: 614-20. ----- Intramuscu- lar infection of guinea pigs with spores of CI. botulinum. Am. J. Hyg, 1929, 9: 47-56. •-----& Meyer, K. F. Some observa- tions on the pathogenicity of B. botulinus. J. Infect. Dis, 1922, 31: 622-49.—Cowdry, E. V, & Nicholson, F. M. An histological study of the central nervous system in experimental botulinus poisoning. J. Exp. M, 1924, 39: 827-36.—Bickson, E. C. The present status of the botulism problem; pathogenicity, toxicol- ogy and immunology. J. Prev. Med, 1926, 1: 71-83. -----& Shevky, R. Botulism; studies on the manner in which the toxin of Clostridium botulinum acts upon the body; the effect upon the autonomic nervous system. J. Exp. M, 1923,37: 711-31. ----- The effect upon the voluntary nervous system. Ibid, 38: 327-46, pi.—Bi Bonato, B. Contributo clinico alia cono- scenza delle paralisi da botulismo. Arch. ital. otol, 1925, 36: 343-51.—Edmondson, R. B, Giltner, L. T, & Thorn, C. The possible pathogenicity of Bacillus botulinus. Arch. Int. M, 1920, 26: 357-66.—Edmunds, C. W, & Long, P. H. A contribu- tion to the pathological physiology of botulism. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1923, 38: 210-24. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 81: 542-7.—Geiger, J. C, & Fellow, P. H. The possible danger of absorption of toxins of B. botulinus through fresh wounds and from mucous membranes. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1924,14: 309.— Gunderson, M. F. Presence of Clostridium botulinum in livers of birds not affected with botulism. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933,30: 747-50—Hall, I. C, & Bavis, N.C. The influence of calcium chloride upon experimental botulism. J. Exp. M, 1923, 37: 585-99.—Hinkleman, A. J. The pathogenicity of the Bacillus botulinus. Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 126: 406-9 — Hoder, F. Botulismus und Tetanus. Fortsch. Med, 1933, 51: 1075-8.—Hurthle, R, & Gross, H. Beitrag zur Infektion mit Bacillus botulinus. Deut. med. Wschr, 1934, 60: 1232-4 — Jakobkiewicz, J. [Botulinus and septicemia due to its toxins] Warsz. czas. lek, 1936,13: 455'; 479.—Nevin, M, & Hazen, E. L. General and local immunity to CI. botulinum toxin. J. Immun, Bait, 1928,15: 489-506.—Orr, P. F. The pathogenicity of Bacillus botulinus. J. Infect. Dis, 1922, 30: 118-27.—Pisani, S. Considerazioni cliniche ed anatomo-patologiche sul botu- lismo. Policlinico, 1922, 29: sez.med, 567-95.—Semerak, C. B. Changes in the human central nervous system in botulism. J. Infect. Dis, 1921, 29: 190-9—Starin, W. A, & Back, G. M. Pathogenicity of Clostridium botulinum. Ibid, 1925, 36: 383- 412.—Sysak, N, & Meniowitsch, K. Zur pathologischen Veran- derung beim experimentellen Botulismus. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1929, 38: 261-5.—Tanner, F. W, & Back, G. M. Clostri- dium botulinum; presence in the alimentary tract. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 79: 132— Velikanov, I. M, & Guliak, P. Z. [Study of immunity against botulism] Klin, med, Moskva, 1929, 7: 1074-8.—Warthin, A. S. A preliminary report on the cerebral pathology of human botulism resulting from canned spinach. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1922, 37: 357-75.—Yuzo Kudo. Expe- rimentelle Forschungen iiber die Pathogenese des Botulismus. Jap. J. Exp. M, 1931, 9: 373-84. ---- Symptoms. Saegler, E. *Die Augen-Svmptome bei Botulismus. 29p. 8? Rostock, 1927. Bar, A. Augenveranderungen bei Botulismus. Klin. Mbl, Augenh, 1924,72: 675-82.—Colver, B. N. Botulism; importance to the ophthalmologist and the laryngologist. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1921, 20: 385-92. —Lenz, G. Anatomische Untersuchung eines Falles von Botulismus mit Ophthalmoplegic. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1924, 92: 221-35.—Saint-Martin, de. Le syn- drome oculaire du botulisme. Medecine, Par, 1922-23, 4: 274- 7.—Swab, C. M. Botulism and its ophthalmic lesions as deter- mined by research with the toxin of Clostridium botulinum. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1929, 27: 383-401, 3pl. ----- The his- tologic background of the ocular syndrome in botulism. Arch. Ophth, Chic, 1930, n.s, 3: 437-50. -----& Gerald, H. F. The ophthalmic lesions of botulism: additional notes and research. Brit. J. Ophth, 1933, 17: 129-44—Teulieres. Le botulisme et ses manifestations oculaires. Ann. ocul. Par, 1934, 171: 169. Also Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1933, pt 1, 234-49. Also Rev. med. est, 1933, 61: 389-404.—Worms & Gand. Paralysis de l'oesophage dans le botulisme. Bull, otorhin. Par, 1922, n.s, 20: 253; 1923, 30: 1-9. Also Rev. laryng. Par, 1923, 44: 387-94. ---- Sources of intoxication. Blum, J. Botulismus nach Genuss von eingeweckten Bohnen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1923, 70: 533.—Cary, W. E, Koser, S. A, & Laughlin, V. S. An outbreak of botulism due to home-canned string beans. J. Prev. Med, 1929, 3: 317-23.— Edmondson, R. B, Thorn, C, & Giltner, L. T. Canned spinach as a source of botulism. Am. Food J, 1923,18: 33-6.—Goerttler, V. Beitrag zur Frage des Vorkommens von Fleischvergiftungs- bakterien in Wiirsten. Zschr. Fleisch Milchhyg, 1928-29, 39: 253-7.—Graham, R, Schwarze, H, & Boughton, I. B. The rela- tion of contaminated rations to the presence of C. botulinum in the milk of lactating animals. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1922, 12: 659-65.—Harvey, H. E. Report of a case of botulism from eating commercially canned pork and beans. Nebraska M.J, 1922, 7: 170-2.—Koser, S. A, & Reiter, B. O. Botulism resulting from consumption of canned onions. J. Prev. Med, 1929, 3: 499- 504.—Meyer, K. F. Newer knowledge on botulism and mussel poisoning. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1931, 21: 762-70. -----• & Gunnison, J. B. Botulism due to home canned Bartlett pears. J. Infect. Dis, 1929, 45: 135-47. Also repr.—Ruchkovsky, S. N. [Flies, Lucilia Caesar, as possible carriers of Bacillus botulinusl Mikrob. J, Leningr, 1929, 8: 290-307.—Savage, W. G. Botu- lism and canned fruits and vegetables. Med. Off, Lond, 1922, 28: 23.—Starin, W. A. The persistence of botulinum toxin in discarded canned foods. J. Infect. Dis, 1927, 40: 579-84. Also repr.—Stone, W. J. Botulism from ingestion of ripe fruit. J. Am. M. Ass, 1929, 92: 2019-21. Also repr.—Thompson, I, & Tanner, F. W. Toxin production by Clostridium botulinum in canned foods. J. Infect. Dis, 1925, 37: 344-52.—Tuttle, P. V. Botulism and the ripe olive. U.S. Nav. M. Bull, 1921, n.s, 5: suppl. no. 2, 16-20.—Unusual source of botulism. Week. Bull. California Dep. P. Health, 1935, 14: 17.—Wagner, L. Ein Fall von Botulismus nach Genuss von konservierten Bohnen. Klin. Wschr, 1923, 2:130.—Wiloch, J. [Clinical observations on on a case of poisoning by sausage meat (botulism)] Lek. wojsk, 1934,23: 682-7. ---- Treatment. Bronfenbrenner, J, A Weiss, H. Anesthesia in the treat- ment of botulism. J. Am. Al. Ass, 1921, 76: 1741. ---- The use of morphine in connection with serumtherapy of botu- lism. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1921-22, 19: 296. ---- Serumtherapy of advanced botulism. Ibid., 1920-21, 18: 253. ----- The effect of anesthesia and of sedatives on the serum therapy of experimental botulism. J. Exp. M, 1924, 39: 517- 32— Back, G. M, & Wood, W. L. Serum therapy of botulism in monkeys. J. Infect. Dis, 1928, 42: 209-12.—Bickson, E. C. Nonspecific therapy in botulism. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1927, 42: 218-23—Edmunds, C. W. Experimental study of the treatment of botulism. Contr. Med. Sc. A. S. Warthin, Ann Arbor, 1927, 289-97.—Jakobkiewicz, J. Les antitoxines dans le serum therapeutique antibotulique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 123: 264-6.—Jensen, L. B. Some influences of anti- toxic and other serums on botulinum intoxication. J. Infect. Dis, 1926, 39: 413-23—Mackenzie, G. M. Three cases of botu- lism treated with antitoxin. Clin. Misc. Bassett Hosp, 1934,1: 53-63.—Ravina, A, & Gilbert-Breyfus. Deux cas de botulisme traites et gueris par l'anatoxine et le serum antibotulinique. Presse mgd, 1936, 44: 1379.—Sisco, B. L. The treatment of botulism. Boston M.&S.J, 1924, 191: 1023-5—Velikanov, I. M. [Clinical aspect and serotherapy of botulism] Soviet, vrach. gaz, 1934, 38: 742-4.—Wells, M. A typical case of botulism and its specific therapy. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1921, 20: 381-5. ---- in animals. Bennetts, H. W. Botulism of sheep in western Australia and its association with sarcophagia. J. Counc. Sr. Indust. Res, Melb, 1933, 6: 137-44.—Buxton, J. B. Grass disease and botulism. Vet. J, Lond, 1922, 78: 125-8—Cahill, E. A, Jake- man, H. W., & Munce, T. W. Botulism in its relation to anti- hog-cholera serum and hog-cholera virus. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1921-22, 60: 702-16—Bimock, W. W, & Healy, B. J. Botu- lism. North Am. Vet, 1922, 3: 199; 204— Bobberstein, J, & Piening, C. Beitrage zur Pathologie des Zentralnervensystems bei Tieren; Botulismus bei Schwanen. Berl. lieriirztl. Wschr, 1933, 49: 549-52.—Borweiler, P. O. Equine botulism. North Am. Vet., 1935, 16: no.8, 37-41.—Burant, A. J. Limberneck BOTULISM 809 BOUCHER (botulism) in fowls. Vet. Med, Chic, 1928, 23:225-7.—Graham, R. Botulism in swine and its relation to immunization against hog cholera. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1921-22, 60: 76-9. Bacillus botulinus in swine diseases. Ibid, 1922-23, 61: 316. —— & Eriksen, S. Experimental botulism in dogs. J. Infect. Dis, 1922,31:402-6.—Graham, R, & Schwarze, H. Avian botulism (type A) or limber neck. Ibid, 1921, 28: 317-22. ----- B. botulinus (type A) associated with fatal pasture disease of horses. Ibid, 29: 114-9—Hall, W. W, & Scott, B. V. B. Botulism. Vet. Bull, Wash, 1934, 28: 285-96.—Jones, T. E, Pillers, A. W. N, Josselin de Jong) Also Ned. tschr. geneesk 1934, 78. 5512 port (F A. de Wilde) Also Psychiat. neur. bl, Amst, 1936, 40. 1, port. (C U. Aritas Kappers) ---- & BOK, S. T. Histopathology of the central nervous system; an introduction by means of typical microphotographs and a short text. 37p. ch. 53pl. roy.8? Utrecht, A Oosthoek's Pub. Co. 1932. BOUQUET, Henri Maurice, 1867 - Initia- tion a la medecine. 159p. 12? Par., Hachette [1925] ---- La medecine du temps present; vul- garisation de la medecine; les maladies dont on parle; les nouvelles methodes de diagnostic; nouvelles therapeutiques; quelques questions d'hygiene. 256p. 12? [Par.] Hachette [1925] ---- Tout le corps humain; encyclopedic illustree des connaissance medicales. 2v. 364p.; 400p. illus. pi. fol. Par., Hachette, 1929. BOUQUET, J. Matiere medicale indigene de l'Afrique du Nord. 29p. 8? Par., Vigot freres, 1921. BOUQUET, Paul. Obstetrique; physio-pa- thologie de la reproduction. 3 1. 508p. illus. roy. 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1934. BOUQUET, Robert Jean Pierre Regis, 1896- *Incurvation congenitale des os de la jambe a concavite anterieure. 21p. 21. 8? Par., 1925. BOUQUIN, Philippe, 1908- Contribu- tion a l'etude de la bacillemie tuberculeuse par la methode de Loewenstein. 154p. 8? Lyon, Bosc freres, 1935. BOURBON, Daniel Joseph Andre, 1891- *Le troupeau ovin dans l'lndre et les principales maladies qui l'affectent [Alfort] 42p. 8? Levroux, 1925. BOURCART, Adrien J. A. Contribution a l'etude des changements de position du foie (etude anatomique) [Geneve] 106p. 8? Strasb. A. Vix & cie, 1924. Also Arch, anat, Strasb, 1924, 3: 63-106. BOURCART, E. Insecticides, fungicides, and weed killers; a practical manual on the diseases of plants and their remedies; transl. from the French, 2.Engl, ed., rev. and enl. by Thomas R. Burton, xii, 431p. 8? Lond., Scott, Green- wood & Son, 1925. BOURCIER, Loise. Fidele relation de l'ac- couchement, maladie et ouverture du corps de feu Madame. 21p. roy.8? Par., 1627. BOURDA, Sophie, 1895- *De l'origine congenitale du thorax en entonnoir par aplasie du plastron sterno-costal. 32p. 8? Par., 1932. BOURDEAU, Henri, 1906- *La prophy- laxie des maladies dues au lait et l'hygiene laitiere. 112p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1934. BOURDEAUX, Edme Louis, 1886- *Les menorragies de la puberte par dyscrasie sanguine (type decrit par P. Emile Weil) 64p. 8? Par. 1919. BOURDEL, Pierre, 1898- Contribution a l'etude de la sclerodermic des jeunes sujets. 77p. 8? Par., 1924. BOURDELOT, Pierre Michon, 1610-85. Denichotj, R. J. *Un medecin du grand siecle: l'Abbe Bourdelot. 70p. 8? Par., 1928. Levy-Valensi, J. L'abbe Bourdelot, medecin des Cond6. Sem. hop. Paris, 1929, 5: 444-67. BOURDERIONNET, Jean, 1902- q Con- siderations sur la momification. 50p. 8? Par., 1929. BOURDIER, Pierre Louis, 1887- *Quel- ques points du traitement dans les deformations rachitiques des membres inferieurs (thalasso- therapie; osteotomie cuneiforme et ses indications) 48p. 8? Par., 1921. . BOURDILLON, Andre Mane Camille Louis Julien, 1893- Contribution a l'etude des BOURDILLON 812 BOURGEOIS generalisations cutanees du cancer gastrique [Paris] 58p. 8? Marseille, 1927. BOURDILLON, Charles, 1891- *De la craniectomie decompressive dans les syndromes d'hypertension intracranienne; resultats eloi- gnes—indications. 91p. 8? Par., 1925. BOURDIN, Albert, 1895- *Recherches sur l'hemolysine du streptocoque gourmeux [Alfort] 71p. 8? Par., 1930. BOURDIN, Charles Louis, 1895- *L'anes- thesie par l'injection intra-ligamentaire pour l'extraction des dents. 51p. 8? Par., 1925. BOURDIN, Emile, 1898- *Les kystes dermoides de l'ovaire dans leurs rapports avec la grossesse. 106p. 8? Par., 1927. BOURDIN, Robert Francois, 1891- *Les eaux chlorurees de la Mouillere-Besancon, indi- cations therapeutiques, essai d'etude bacterio- logique [Paris] 60p. 8? Besangon, 1921. BOURDON, Andre, 1905- *Le bacterio- phage; traitement de la staphylococcic et de l'enterite diarrheique du chien [Alfort] 43p. 8? Par., 1931. BOURDON, J. R. Traitement pratique de l'impuissance masculine. 188p. 12? Par., Librarie Astra [1927] BOURDON, Jean, 1895- *Interet de l'inoculation au cobaye pour le diagnostic de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 79p. 8? Par., 1925. BOURE, Alexandre Leon, 1905- *De quelques aspects radiographiques inhabituels du mal de Pott et du cancer vertebral. 59p. 9pl. 8? Par., 1932. BOUREAU, Jacques, 1909- ^'anes- thesie de base au tribromoethanol (d'apres une statistique de 400 cas) 136p. 8? Par., Studio, 1934. BOUREAU, Rene Patrice, 1899- *A propos d'un cas de lymphogranulomatose in- guinale subaigue a forme febrile. 40p. 8? Par., 1927. BOURGEOIS, Claude Fernand, 1899- Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs rares de la langue (tumeurs fibreuses) [Paris] 62p. 8? Chartres, 1927. BOURGEOIS, Eusebe Auguste Gabriel, 1896- Contribution a l'etude des leucocytes du lait et essai de leucocyto-diagnostic des differents etats physiologiques et pathologiques de cette secretion [Alfort] 76p. 8? d'Ambilly- Annamasse, 1927. BOURGEOIS, H., & LENORMANT, Charles. Tete, cou, thorax. 4.ed. xii, 1120p. 12? Par., Masson & cie, 1924. Forms Tome 2 of Precis de path, chirurg. (Begouin, Bour- geois [et al.] BOURGEOIS, Jacques, 1621-1701. Jost, A. C. [Biography] Canad. M. Ass. J, 1926, 16: 190. BOURGEOIS, Jean, 1894- *La sero- therapie anti-scarlatineuse. 139p. 8? Par., 1929. BOURGEOIS, Leon, 1851-1925. For portrait see collection in Library. See also Poix, G. Leon Bourgeois et son oeuvre antituberculeuse. Rev. phtisiol. Par, 1933, 14:250-8. BOURGEOIS, Maurice. *Ueber disseminiertc postexanthematische hamatogene Tuberculosis verrucosa cutis [Basel] 29p. 2pl. 8? Berl. S. Karger, 1913. Also Derm. Zschr, 1914, 21: BOURGEOIS, Pierre, 1901- Contribu- tion a l'etude de la myasthenie (maladie d'Erb- Goldflam) 206p. 2pl. 8? Par., 1929. BOURGEOIS, Robert, 1907- hydro- cephalies aigues et subaigues d'origine otique; accidents meninges otogenes purement hyper- tensifs. 190p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1935. BOURGES, Jean, 1893- Contribution a l'etude des syndromes parkinsoniens au cours dc l'encephalite lethargique. 47p. 8? Par., 1923. BOURGES, France. Societe medicale de Saint Luc, Saint Come, Saint Damien. Bulletin. Bourges, v.32, 1926- BOURGET, Rene, 1906- *Etude medicale sur la legislation des accidents oculaires du travail. 63p. 8? Par., 1932. BOURGGRAFF, Raymond, 1904- Con- tribution a l'etude de la relation des ulceres de jambes et des deficiences organiques. 122p. 5ch. 8? Par., 1933. BOURGOIN, Henri, 1888- Contribution a l'etude du purpura chronique chez l'enfant. 64p. 8? Par., 1922. BOURGOIN, Pierre, 1903- *Essais de perfusion pulmonaire. 55p. pi. 8? Par., Vigot freres, 1934. BOURGOIS, Amable, 1898- Cranules curables. 68p. 2pl. 8? Par., 1927. BOURGOUDJIAN, Archak, 1874- Con- tribution a l'etude des kystes hydatiques de la region temporale. 31p. 8? Par., 1925. BOURGUET, Julien, 1877- Restauraci6n quirurgica de narices contrahechas sin cicatriz; nuestras resultados. 38p. illus. 18pl. 8? Madr., A. Romo, 1919. ---- The same. Misshapen noses and their surgical correction without cicatrix. 72p. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1920. See also Bartigues, L. [Biography] Fasc. script. (L. Dar- tigues) Par, 1932, 3: 404-7. BOURGUET, Pierre Francois Camille, 1892- *De l'eievage dans la moyenne region du Tonkin; ses relations avec l'agronomie [Alfort] 35p. 8? Par., 1926. BOURGUET, Rene, 1906- *Traitement des fractures pathologiques survenant dans l'osteo-periostite diffuse de la mandibule. 54p. 8? Par., 1933. BOURGUIGNON, Jean, 1904- *Les in- dications de la paralyse diaphragmatique dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 65p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1935. BOURGUIN, Fernand. *De l'organisation administrative de la lutte antivenerienne; etude comparative des mesures prises en France et dans les pays de l'Europe du Nord. 62p. 8? Par. 1922 BOURGUIN A, Anna, 1894- Contribu- tion a l'etude des rapports des traumatismes et du cancer. 48p. 8? Par., 1927. BOURGUINET, Louis. *Statistische Unter- suchungen iiber die gewerblichen Vergiftungen in Kreis Aarau seit Bestehen der Schweiz; Unfallversicherungsanstalt Luzern April 1918- Dezember 1919. 184p. 13ch. 8? Ziir., J. J. Meier, 1921. BOURIER, Jean, 1910- *Anomalies ute- rines et tubaires compatibles avec la fecondation normale. 50p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1935. BOURKE, Michael P. Some medical ethical problems solved. 24p. 8? Milwaukee, Bruce Pub. Co. [1921] BOURMALO, Andre, 1909- Contribu- tion a l'etude des stenoses de la troisieme portion duodenale par le pedicuie mesenterique. 46p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1935. BOURNE, Aleck William, 1886- Synopsis of midwifery. 2.ed. viii, 21 lp. 12? N.Y., W. Wood & Co., 1921. BOURNE 813 BOURRIER ---- The same. Synopsis of midwifery and gynecology. 3.ed. vii. 434p. 8? Bristol, J. Wright & Sons, 1925. ---- The same. Synopsis of obstetrics and gynecology. 6.ed. vii, 444p. illus. 8? Bristol, J. Wright & Sons, 1935. ---- Recent advances in obstetrics and gynaecology, vii, 344p. 6pl. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1926. --- Also 2.ed. x, 382p. 4pl. 1928 --- Also 3.ed. with Leslie H. Williams. x, 418p. 87illus. 1932. See also Banister, J. Bright, Bourne, Aleck W. [et al.] The Queen Charlotte's practice of obstetrics. 2.ed. 635p. 8? Lond, 1930. BOURNE, Geoffrey. An introduction to med- ical history and case taking, xii, 195p. 12? Edinb., E. & S. Livingstone, 1931. ---- & STONE, Kenneth. The principles of clinical pathology in practice; a guide to the interpretation of laboratory investigations for the use of those engaged in the practice of medi- cine, x, 392p. 8? Lond., Humphrey Milford, 1929. BOURNE, George M. Home doctor: a guide to health, xx, 505p. 16? S. Franc, S. Franc. News Co., 1878. BOURNE, Gilbert Charles, 1861-1933. Obituary. Nature, Lond, 1933,131: 496. BOURNE, Stephen. Trade, population, and food; a series of papers on economic statistics. xxvii, 348p. 8? Lond., G. BeU & Sons, 1880. BOURNE, W. Fitz G. Hindustani Musalmans and Musalmans of the eastern Punjab; compiled under the orders of the government of India. 2p.l. vi, llOp. 8? Calc, Supt. Govt. Print., India, 1914. BOURNEMOUTH, Engl. The Firs Home [ad- vanced cases of tuberculosis; founded 1868] Annual statements. 11., 1879; 13.-34., 1881- 1902. ---- Medical Officer of Health. Annual report. Bournemouth, 1892; 1894-95; 1910- 1915 & 1917 missing. BOURNIQUE, Raymond Valery, 1905- Vingt-cinq observations d' epitheliomas des voies aero-digestives superieures dans leurs rapports avec la syphilis. 43p. 8? Par., 1929. BOURON, Andre, 1898- *Hydronephro- ses et uropyonephroses partielles dans les cas de duplicite ureterale. lOlp. pi. 8? Par., 1924. BOUROULLEC, Robert, 1905- Contri- bution au traitement des fractures ouvertes de jambe. 108p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1934. BOURQUE, Norbert Odeon. * Nouvelle me- thode pour pratiquer la respiration artificielle. 16p. 3pl. 8? Lausanne, 1923. ---- The thyroid gland and its diseases. 250p. illus. 2pl. 8? [n.p., 1927] BOURQUELOT, Emile, 1851-1921. Bougault, J, & Herissey, H. Notice sur la vie et les travaux d'Emile Bourquelot. J. pharm. chim. Par, 1921, 7.ser, 24; 403-64. port—Bridel, M. Necrologie. Bull. Soc chim biol. Par, 1921, 3: 253-8.—Goris, A. Necrologie. Bull. sc. pharm , Par, 1921, 27: 305-39—Obituary. Analyst, Lond , 1921, 46: 123.-Richet, C. Obituary. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 84: 178. BOURQUIN, Anne, 1897- *Experiments on the quantitative determination of vitamin G [Columbia Univ.] 20p. 8? N.Y., 1929. BOURQUIN, Frederic, 1893- *Etude sur Tamelioration du regime des alienes envisage plus specialement a l'interieur de l'asile. 30p. 8. Par. 1925. BOURQUIN, Jean. *Die angeborene Melanose des Auges [Basel] 67p. 2pl. 8. Berl., b. Karger, 1917. BOURRIER, Auguste Francois Joseph, 1873- *Etudes sur la transmission de l'infection tuberculeuse. 55p. 8? Par., 1931. BOURROUET, Andre, 1908- *Les ori- gines ethnographiques de l'hygiene. 56p. 8? Par., Vigot freres,-1934. BOURSAT, Charles E., 1904- *L,himono- civite; etude clinique et interpretation des acci- dents de la transfusion sanguine. 140p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. BOURSIER, Andre, 1851-1909 Precis de gynecologic 3.ed. rev. cor. et aug. par M. Auvray. 2v. iv, 893p. 2p.l.; 1090p. 12? Par., O. Doin, 1925. BOURSIER, Paul Auguste, 1856-1934. Burand-Fardel, R. Necrologie. Presse therm, clim, 1934, 75: 773—Necrologie. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1935, 19. BOURTON-ON-THE-WATER, Engl. Cottage Hospital [founded 1861] Annual report. 23., 1883; 27.-40., 1887-1900; 43.-56., 1903-16; 58., 1918. BOURY, Jacques, 1895- Contribution a l'etude de l'appendicite au cours de la grossesse. 44p. 8? Par., 1925. BOURY, Jean Marie, 1908- *De cer- taines accidents consecutifs aux ponctions pleurales chez les cardiaques. 56p. 8? Par., 1934. BOUSCARLE, Marius, 1888- *Des uterus doubles au point de vue obstetrical. 78p. 8? Par., 1924. BOUSFIELD, Edward George Paul. Sex and civilization, vi, 294p. 8? Lond., K. Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co., 1925. BOUSFIELD, Guy. A practical guide to the Schick test and diphtheria and scarlet fever immunisation. viii, 72p. 3pl. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1929. BOUSFIELD, Paul, 1880- Pleasure and pain; a theory of the energic foundation of feel- ing, x, 114p. 12? Lond., K. Paul &c, 1926. ----& BOUSFIELD, W. R. The mind and its mechanism, with special reference to ideo-motor action, hypnosis, habit and instinct and the Lamarckian theory of evolution, vii, 224p. 8? Lond., K. Paul &c, 1927. BOUSFIELD, William Robert, 1854- A neglected complex and its relation to Freudian psychology, vii, 116p. 8? Lond., K. Paul, &c, 1924. See Bousfield, Paul, & Bousfield, W. R. The mind and its mechanism. 224p. 8! Lond, 1927. BOUSQUET, Andre, 1908- *Les cranio- pharyngiomes (tumeurs de la poche de Rathke) I33p. 2pl. 8? Lyon, Bosc freres, 1934. BOUSQUET, Jean, 1906- *La carotide intrapetreuse. 124p. 8? Par., 1933. BOUSQUET, Louis, 1873-1924. Belmas. Necrologie. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1923, 5: 344-7. BOUSQUET, Pierre, 1890- Vaccinothe- rapie antigonococcique. 64p. 8? Par., 1919. BOUSSANGE, Georges, 1890- *Le peril toxique en France et la loi du 12 juillet 1916. 80p. 8? Par., 1922. BOUSSARD, Camille Henri Eugene, 1880- *La prophylaxie de la typho-anemie infectieuse des equides par une reglementation sanitaire [Alfort] 49p. 8? Avallon, 1926. BOUSSARD, Louis, 1910- *R6flexions sur le resultat eioigne du traitement de PherSdo- eyphilis. 67p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1934. BOUSSEAU, Maurice, 1905- *Le decolle- ment de la retine et son traitement par la methode de Gonin. 177p. 8? Par., 1932. BOUSSER 814 BOUTROUX BOUSSER, Jacques, 1905- *Leucemie et traumatisme. 134p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1935. BOUSSI, Paul, 1886-1934. Belort, M. Necrologie. J. med. Paris, 1934, 54: 720. BOUSSIN, Maurice. Contribution a l'etude de la circulation placentaire (methode radio- graphique) 20p. 7pl. 8? Par., 1920. BOUSSOFARA, Sadok, 1906- Contribu- tion a l'etude de la reactivation du paludisme en Tunisie; adrenalino-reaction. 82p. 8? Par., 1933. BOUSSOULADE, Pierre, 1905- Contri- bution a l'etude du pemphigus congenital non syphilitique du nouveau-ne. 64p. 2pl. 8? Par., 1933. BOUTARIC, Augustin, 1885— Les colloides et l'etat colloidal. 2p.l. 259p. illus. 12? Par., F. Alcan, 1931. BOUTBOUL, Julien, 1908- *Rapports des hemopiegies avec l'hypertension arterielle. 47p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1935. BOUTBOUL, Nina, 1908- *De quelques difficultes d'interpretation des radiographics faites avec les grilles antidiffusantes. 63p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1935. BOUTEILLE, Henry, 1909- Contribu- tion a l'etude de la permeabilite hemo-meningee de I'homme dans divers etats pathologiques. 109p. 8? Lyon, Bosc freres, 1934. BOUTEILLE, Rene Albert Francois, 1906- *La diathese cholestero-precipitante et le foie dans I'asthme. 67p. 8? Par., 1933. BOUTELIER, Andre, 1892- Quelques der- matoses communes de Penfance. 3p.l. 231p. 8? Par., Gauthier-Villars & cie, 1930. See also Besaux, Alfred, & Boutelier, Andr§. Manuel pra- tique de dermatologie. 2v. in 3pts. 8? Par, 1922.—Lesne, E, & Boutelier, A. La syphilis hereditaire larvee; clinique, diag- nostic, traitement. 53p. roy.8? Par, 1931. BOUTET, Andre, 1903- Contribution a l'etude clinique des hemorragies secondaires des suites de couches. 72p. 8? Par., 1933. BOUTHELIER, Jean, 1906- *Etude the- rapeutique sur le citrate de soude. 46p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1934. BOUTHILLIER, Pierre Victor Emile Marie, 1891- *Le debit cardiaque; sa mesure par la methode a Piodure d'ethyle; etude experi- mentale et critique. 225p. 8? 3ch. Par., 1932. BOUTIGNY, Antoinette Marie. *Mort subite par eclatement ou rupture de Paorte. 52p. 8? Par., 1923. BOUTIN, Andre, 1899- Contribution a l'etude des perforations de la vesicule biliaire lithiasique en peritoine libre. 76p. 8? Par., 1927. BOUTIRON, Louis, 1902- *Etude de la peritonite tuberculeuse consecutive a la typho- bacillose dans Penfance et Padolescence. 57p. 8? Par., 1926. BOUTON, Emily S. Health and beauty; a book to help women in everyday life, viii, 288p. 8? Toledo, O., Locke Pub. Co., 1884. BOUTON, Maurice, 1899- Contribution a, l'etude de I'ossification heterotypique dans les cicatrices operatoires. 94p. 8? Par., 1926. BOUTON, S. Miles, jr., 1907- *Zur Nomenklatur des menschlichen Kleinhirns. 32p. 14pl. 8? Berl., 1934. BOUTONNET, Philippe. *La serotherapie du tetanos declaree. 59p. 8? Par., 1920 BOUTOT, Pierre, 1901- indications et technique de Pamygdalectomie totale en particu- lier chez les chanteurs. 94p. 8? Par., 1927. BOUTROUX, Louis. *Etude clinique et anato- pathologique d'un cas d'encephalite epidemique [Paris] 28p. 8? Joigny (Yonne) 1921. BOUTTEAU, Pierre, 1905- *Le diagnostic precoce de la syphilis par la recherche du trepo- neme dans le sue de Padenopathie primaire. 56p. 8? Par., 1931. BOUTTIER, Henri, 1888-1923. Massary, E. de. N6crologie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris 1923, 3.ser, 47: 1887-9. BOUTTIER, Leon, 1895- *Sur quelques effets physiologiques de l'histamine; leur applica- tion a l'etude de la secretion gastrique. 112p. 8° Par. 1925 ' BOUTWELL,'Henry W., 1848-1920. Obituary. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, 1921, 130: 199, port. BOUVART, Michel Philippe, 1711-87. Gutmann, R. A. A propos de Bouvart. Paris m6d, 1921, 42: annexe, 103.—Horn [Biography] Ibid, 40: annexe, 358-60. BOUVERET, Leon, 1850-1926. Lyonnet, B. [Necrologie] Lyon med, 1929,143: 281-5. BOUVET, Marcel Andre Albert, 1896- Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs kystiques peri-laryngees; un cas rare: kyste branchial latero-larynge en bouton de chemise. 45p. 5pl. 8? Par., 1926. BOUVET, Maurice. La fabrication industrielle des comprimes pharmaceutiques. 92p. 12? Par., J. B. Bailliere & fils, 1919. ---- Le service de sante francais pendant la Guerre d'lndependance des Etats-Unis (1777-82) ix, lllp. 8? Par., Hippocrate, 1934. BOUVET, Pierre. *Les lesions dentaires des hommes prehistoriques. 105p. 2pl. ch. 8? Par., 1922. BOUVIER, Eugene Louis, 1856- The psychic life of insects; transl. by L. O. Howard. xvi, 377p. 8? N.Y., Century Co., 1922. BOUVIER, Felix Joseph, 1886- *Apercu sur les mastoidites grippales et conclusions a en tirer au cours de PExercice 1930-31 a la clinique oto-rhino-laringologie de I'Hopital Can- tonal de Geneve [Geneve] 53p. 8? Aix-les- Bains, 1932. BOUVIER, Georges Victor, 1899- *La castration unilaterale dans les salpingites; indications et resultats. 49p. 4pl. 8? Par., 1930. BOUVIER, Henry, 1799-1879. Grancher, L. *Le Doctor Henry Bouvier, professeur agr6g£ a la Faculte de Medicine de Paris; medicin honoraire des enfants-malades, 1799-1879; sa vie; ses travaux. 31 p. 8? Par., 1927. BOUVIER, Jacques, 1909- *Etude experi- mentale des glycosures nerveuses. 59p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1935. BOUVIER, Marcel, 1898- *La forme hematurique du syndrome entero-renal. 83p. 8? Par., 1924. BOUVIER, Maurice, 1900- *Le syndrome Illusion des sosies. llOp. 8? Par., 1926. BOUVOT, Gerald, 1911- Contribution a l'etude des complications de la fievre aphteuse. 71p. 8? Lyon, Bosc freres &c, 1935. BOUWUET, Henri Maurice, 1867- Tout le corps humain; encyclopedic illustree des conaissances medicales. 2v. p.l. 364p.; 400p. 9pl. fol. [Par.] Hachette, 1929. BOUXIN, Jacques Jean Claude, 1902- Contribution a l'etude de Pergosterine irradiee. 62p. 2pl. 8? Par., 1929. BOUYER, Henri. Contribution a l'etude clinique des reticences chez les alienes. 116p. 8? Par., 1920. BOUYER 815 BOWDITCH ---- L'hygiene mentale et nerveuse indi- viduelle. 2p.l. iv, 352p. 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1926. BOUYSSOU, Pierre, 1901- *Voies d'en- tree dans la demence precoce [Paris] lOOp. 8? Bolbec, 1928. BOUZON, Roger, 1909- *Essais de traitement des cancers des organes genitaux externes par la methode du Docteur Coste. 90p. 8? Lyon, Bosc freres, 1934. BOVAIRD, David, 1867-1923. Obituary. Clifton M. Bull, 1923, 9: 93, port. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 81: 676. BOVARD, John Freeman, 1881- , & COZ- ENS, Frederick W. Tests and measurements in physical education, p.l. 364p. ch. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1930. BOVE, Charles. Considerations statistiques sur la mortalite par le cancer chez le vieillard. 47p. 8? Par., 1922. BOVEE, John Wesley, 1861-1927. Memoriam (Ix) John Wesley Bovee, M. D.; minutes of a special meeting of the Medical Society of the District of Columbia, December 3, 1928. 37p. port. 8? [Wash., 1928] Bell, W. B. Obituary. J. Obst. Gyn, Lond, 1928, n.s, 34: 528— Miller, G. B. Obituary. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1928, 53: 263, port.—Obituary. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1927, 40: 479, port. BOVERI, Margret. See Glasser, Otto. Wilhelm Conrad Rontgen [£brale chez l'en- fant par phlebite des veines ce>ebrales. 47p. 8? Par., 1927. Taegen, H. *Intracerebrale, nicht auf Traumen beruhende Blutungen im Kindesalter. 33p. 8? Berl., 1915. Bonaba, J. Un caso de hemorragia cerebral, tipo adulto, en un nino de 11 anos. Arch. lat. amer. pediat, 1922, 2.ser, 16: 556-61.—Bublichenko, L. I, & Kashinsky, A. V. [Etiology of cerebral hemorrhages in women at puberty] J. akush. zhensk. boliez, 1933, 44: 108-13.—Castleden, L. I. M. Cerebral hemor- rhage following meningitis in a child. Lancet, Lond, 1931, 1: 917-9.—Claude, H, & Piedelievre, R. La mort rapide par hemorragie primitive des centres nerveux chez l'enfant. Ann. m6d. teg, 1925, 5: 515-9.—Cockrem, G. B, & Besley, F. W. A case of cerebral haemorrhage in a young man. J.R. Nav. M. Serv, 1934, 20: 75.—Conti, L. L'emorragia cerebrate nell' in- fanzia. Pediatria (Riv.) 1921, 29: 168-75.—Bavid, M, Berdet, H. [et al.] Hemorragies cerebrates survenant chez des sujets jeunes, porteurs de dilatation ventriculaire ancienne par stenose du iv ventricule, a la suite d'interventions ayant retabli la per- meabilite de celui-ci. Rev. neur. Par, 1935, 42: pt2, 754-67.— Boyle, T. F, & Kraus, F. J. Non-traumatic cerebral hemorrhage, with case history of a young person. Woodlawn Hosp. Clin. Q, Chic, 1932, 2:19-22.—Gladstone, H. Cerebral haemorrhage and congenital obliteration of the gall bladder and ducts in an infant. Brit. M.J, Lond, 1924, 1: 820.—Lammerts van Bueren, S. M. [Case of cerebral hemorrhage in a 14-year-old boy] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1935,79:4171-3.—Lewsen, S. C. Cerebral haemorrhage in a young woman. Brit. M.J, 1930, 2: 313.—Marburg, 0. Zur Frage der Haemorrhagia cerebri bei jiingeren Menschen und de- ren differentieller Diagnose. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1928, 105: 22-34.—Neuburger, K. Ueber apoplektische Hirnblutungen bei Jugendlichen. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1928, 79-86 [Discussion] 91. Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1928,20: 229-36 — Pbtzl, N. 0. Sull' aumento della apoplessie nei soggetti giovani. Gazz. osp, 1934, 55: 1293-8.-----Ueber die Zunahme der Apoplexien bei Jugendlichen. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 609-15.—Potter, B. G. E, & Maggregor, A. R. A case of cerebral haemorrhage, with glycosuria in a child. Edinburgh M.J, 1925, n.s, 32: 482-4.—Remilly. Hemorragie cerebrate chez une fillette de 8\i ans. Bull. Soc. p6diat. Paris, 1922, 20: 452-5 — Sloan, LeR. H, & Bidwell, C. L. Spontaneous cerebral and meningeal hemorrhage in young adults. Illinois M.J, 1928, 53: 350-2.—Sorrentino, B. Sull' emorragia cerebrate fetale. Rinasc. med, 1933, 10: 471—Staemmler, M. Entstehung des Schlaganfalls; pathologische Demonstrationen. Med. Welt, 1928. 2: 94-6.—Synge, V. M. Spontaneous cerebral haemorrhage in a young man. Clin. J, Lond, 1927, 56: 429.—Ulrich. Uner- kiarte Hirnblutung bei einem organisch gesunden jungen Mad- ehen. Kor. Bl. allg. arztl. Verein. Thiiringen, 1921, 50: 174. ---- Apoplexy: Pathology. Canada. Dominion Bureau of Statistics. Special report on mortality in Canada from cere- bral haemorrhage and certain diseases of the heart, arteries, and kidneys, 1921-32. 121p. Ottawa, 1934. Kirschbaum, M. A. *TJeber kapillare Gehirn- blutungen [Bonn] 31p. 8? Miinch., 1920. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1920, 23: 444-70. Lombardo, G. Su due casi di emorragia cere- brale a sede rara. 16p. 8? Catania, 1924. Forms repr. no.6, Lav. Ist. anat. pat. Catania, 1924-25. Anglade, D., & Anglade, R. Hemorragies c6r6belleuse et thalamique. J. nted. Bordeaux, 1923, 53: 576.—Balo, J. Die Gehirnabbaufahigkeit des menschlichen Blutserums. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1934,102: 202-12— Balogh, E. Contribution a l'etude de l'histobiochime de l'hemorragie cerebrate (recherches sur la regression chimiques du pigment du sang du foyer apo- plectique) Ann, anat. path., Par, 1933,10: 1051-4.—Berlucchi, BRAIN 829 BRAIN C. Osservazioni cliniche ed anatomo-patologiche sull'emorragia cerebrate. Riv. pat. nerv, 1936, 48: 301-97, pi.—Bierent, P. Hematome intracerebral. Mem. Acad, chir. Par, 1936, 62: 145-7.—Cafissi, G, & Be Stasio, G. Studio sistematico delle emorragie cerebrali tratte dai reperti delle autopsie eseguite nel- l'lstituto di Anatomia Patologica di Firenze dal 1 gennaio 1919 al 31 decembre 1932. Sperimentale, 1933, 87: cxliv-clx.—Calwell, W. Mental symptoms following evacuation of cerebral blood- cyst. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1925, 71: 112.—Challiol, V. Sopra un caso di emorragia della fossa di Silvio. Arch, gen neur Nocera, 1929-30, 10: 253-61.—Fattovich, G. Su di un caso di lesione sottocorticale paracentrale con pianto spasmodico. Riv. pat. nerv, 1934, 43: 450-3.—Gabbi, U. Emorragia della seconda branca corticale della silviena destra. Gior. clin. med, 1924, 5: 666-72.—Guillain, G, & de Seze, S. Renseignements sta- tistiques concernant 56 cas d'hemorragie cerebrate observes a l'infirmerie de la Salp6triere entre 1923 et 1933. Ann anat path. Par, 1933,10: 1054.—Kabelik, K. [Annual periodicity in cerebral apoplexy] Cas. 16k. cesk, 1931, 70: 593-6.—Kubo, H, & Fujimoto, H. Ueber die Veranderungen an den intrazere- bralen Gefassen, insbesondere in der Gegend der inneren Kapsel, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Histogenese der Hirnblutungen. Tr. Soc. path, jap, 1936, 26: 548-52, 4pl.— Lindemann, H. Die Hirngefasse in apoplektischen Blutungen Virchows Arch, 1924, 253: 27-44.—Neuburger, K. Ueber Am- monshornveranderungen bei apoplektischen Hirnblutungen Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1927, 111: 325-31.—Nicholson, S. T, jr. Case report of cerebral hemorrhage with autopsy Clifton M. Bull, 1922, 14-6.—Packard, M, & Zabriskie, E. G. Basal cerebral hemorrhages. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 85: 1633-7. Also repr.—Paulian. D, & Bistriceanu, I. V. Nouvelles contributions a l'etude physiopathologique des hemorragies cerebrates. Presse med, 1935, 43: 2088. Also Spitalul, 1935, 55: 187-91.—Pekelis, E. Fattori generali (eta, sesso, processi infettivi, affezioni cardiache, vascolari e renali) e tissulari (locali e diffusi) nella patogeDesi dell'emorragia cerebrate (rilievi statistici e anatomo-patologici) Riv. clin. med, 1932, 33: 144-53.—Picchi, L. Imbibizione per sali di ferro delle pareti dei capillari cerebrali in prossimita di antichi focolai emorragici. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 699-701—PoUak, E, & Rezek, P. Studien zur Pathologie der Hirngefasse; die Blutgefasse bei Hamorrhagien des Gehirns. Virchows Arch, 1927, 265: 683-734.—Puente" Buany. Caso de hemorragia cerebral por raptura de la arteria cerebral posterior. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1924, 29: 267-71.—Robinson, G. W, jr. Encapsulated brain hemorrhages; a study of their frequency and pathology. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1932, 27: 1441-4. Also repr.—Rodriguez Arias, B. Estudio de las formas clinicas de la hemorragia cerebral, con especial referenda a las observadas en Cataluna. Arch, neurob, Madr, 1924, 4: 227-56.—Schwartz, P, & Goldstein, K. Typen und Lokalisationen der apoplek- tischen Hirnblutungen Erwachsener. Verh. Deut. path. Ges, 1925, 20: 400-3.—Staemmler, M. Ueber Veranderungen der kleinen Hirngefasse in apoplektischen und traumatischen Er- weichungsherden und ihre Beziehungen zur traumatischen Spatapoplexie. Beitr. path. Anat, 1927, 78: 408-29.—Stengel, E. Zur Pathologie der Ganglienzellen bei Hirnblutung. Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien, 1926, 28: 119-30.—Stiefler, G. Ueber Gehirn- blutung und Gehirnerweichung. "Wien. klin. Wschr, 1928, 41: 1442-4.—Vonderahe, A. R. Varieties of cerebral hemorrhage. J. Med, Cincin, 1930,11: 348-53—Vries, W. M. de. [Pathology] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1928, 72: pt 1, 650-65, pi — Winkelman, N. W, & Eckel, J. L. Extensive brain hemorrhage; a study to determine the duration of life after its occurrence. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.', 1925, 61: 593-602.—Wolff, K. Beitrag zur Mor- phologie der Kreislaufstorungen im Gehirn; Bau und Entste- hung der Ringblutungen. Virchows Arch, 1936, 298: 98-160 — Yamazaki, A. Pathologisch-histologische Untersuchungen iiber Gehirnblutungen. Tr. Soc. pat. jap, 1933, 23: 902. --- Apoplexy, posttraumatic, late. See Brain, Apoplexy: Forensic aspects. --- Apoplexy: Treatment. Sampaio, A. C. *Do emprego da sangria n'a congestao cerebrale n'a apoplexia. 15p. 8? Bahia, Pharol, 1867. Alajouanine, T. Les indications therapeutiques au cours des ictus. Th6r. med. (Loeper, M.) Par, 1935, 8: 125-46. -----& Thurel, R. Le traitement des ictus c6rebraux. Gaz. nted. France, 1934, 349-52.—Bernard, E. De la saignee dans te traite- ment de l'hemorragie cerebrate. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1933, 10: 1049-51.—Chavany, J. A. Le diagnostic differentiel de l'he- morragie et du ramollissement cerebral; te traitement de l'ictus apoplectique. J. nted. chir. Par, 1933,104: 101-12.—Colella, R, & Pizzillo, G. Un nouveau traitement de l'hemorragie cerebrate. Presse med, 1935, 43: 574-6. ----- Eine neue Behandlung der Gehirnblutung und ihrer Folgen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1935, 152: 337-44.—Derenx, J. II ne faut pas saigner les apoplec- tiques. Gaz. nted. France, 1930, no.l, v-vii.—Brysdale, H. H. Neglected factors in the prevention of apoplexy. J. Am. M. Ass, .1924, 83: 104-8.—Bupuy. Cas d'heureux effets de saignees tres-fortes chez un sujet ptethorique menace d'apoplexie. J. med. Bordeaux, 1926, 56: 549— Eliasberg, W. Praxis der Apha- siebehandlung; soil man die Sprachstorungen nach Schlaganfall behandeln? Med. Welt, 1928, 2:256. ----- Soil man die Sprachstorungen nach Schlaganfall behandeln? Prakt. Arzt, 1930, n.F 15: 396-9 —Erdmann, H. Medical aid with apoplectic attacks. Ars medici, Wien, 1936, 14: 536-Ferguson, B. Cere- bral hemorrhage and hydrochloric acid. Clin. M &S„ 1934, 41: 314. Also repr—Gordon, A. The preapoplectic period and treat- ment of apoplexy. Ther. Gaz, Detr, 1919, 3.ser., 35: 239-44 — beigel, R. Die Behandlung des Gehirnschlags. Miinch. med. Wschr 1921, 68: 645.-Hanau, G. Cura delle emorragie cere- brali. Gazz. osp, 1935,56: 1-3— Kaplan, A. Cerebral apoplexy: 2 cases of recovery following surgical intervention. Arch. Neur. Psychiat Chic, 1937, 37: 701-4.-Kisch, H. Die Prophylaxe der Hirnhamorrhagie. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1916,13: 368-72 — Nayrac, P. La therapeutique rationnelle de l'apoplexie. Clini- que Par, 1936, 31: 337-40. Also J. med. Paris, 1936,56: 480-2.— .?ly;,JTW- immediate spinal puncture for apoplexy. Tri- state M.J, 1933, 6: 1181.-Nonel, A. A. Electric treatment in- stituted in a case of recent apoplexy. Am. J. Electrother, 1919, 37: 200-2.—Paschetta, V. Les ondes courtes comme agent de resorption sanguine; applications therapeutiques dans les entorses, arthntes traumatiques, hemorragies cerebrates. Paris med, 1936, 99: 114-6—Sincke, G. E. Hohe Dosen von Lobelin bei Apoplexie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1936, 83: 661.—Smith, W. A. Apoplectic and apoplectiform seizures; etiology and management. J.M.Ass. Georgia, 1928, 17: 97-102.—Tucker, B.R. The prevention of apoplexy. South. M&S, 1930, 92: 239- 42.—Vasskin, I. S. [Methods of checking brain hemorrhages] Voy. med. J, 1930, 1: 3-13—Wertheimer, P, Dechaume, J, & Fontaine. Hemorragie cerebrate et hypertension arterielle ex- perimentales; deductions therapeutiques. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1933, 10: 1034-7. Also Lyon med, 1933, 152: 677-82.— Westphal, K. Zur Behandlung von Hirnblutungen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1934, 60: 1794-6. ---- Apoplexy: Treatment: Hemotherapy. Colella, R, & Pizzillo, G. Un nouveau traitement de l'hemor- ragie cerebrate et ses consequences. Arch, internat. neur. Par, 1935, 27.ser, pt 1, 145-52. Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1935, 82: 652-9. Also Cult. med. mod. Pal, 1934, 13: 220-6. Also Minerva med. Tor, 1934, 25: pt2,169-73. Also Riv. pat. nerv, 1935, 45: 116-27. Also Wien. med. Wschr, 1935, 85: 341-4 — Lloret Gil, F. Resultados inmediatos y lejanos de la auto- hematerapia en la apoplejfa. Med. ibera, 1935, 29: pt 1, 938-40 Also Siglo med, 1935, 96: 560-2.—Rabboni, G, & Gurrieri, S. E. Sul meccanismo di azione dell'autoemoterapia neU'emorragia cerebrale. Policlinico, 1935, 42: sez.med, 153-68.—Truzzi, G. L'autoemoterapia nelle emorragie cerebrali. Gazz. med. ital, 1936,95:81-5. ---- Apoplexy: Treatment, surgical. See also Brain, Surgery. Schmeisser, M. *Die chirurgische Behand- lung der Apoplexie [Jena] 27p. 8? Stadtroda, 1929. Bagley, C, jr. Spontaneous cerebral hemorrhage; discussion of 4 types, with surgical considerations. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1932, 44: 448. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1932, 27: 1133-74. Also repr.—Carlill, H. Ventricular puncture in apo- plexy, with remarks on the technique and uses of the operation. Lancet, Lond, 1926, 2: 1212.—Craig, W. McK, & Adson, A. W. Spontaneous intracerebral hemorrhage; etiology and surgical treatment; report of 9 cases. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1935, 61: 114-7. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1S35, 35: 701-16 — Guleke, N. Ueber die operative Behandlung des Hirnschlags. Chirurg, Berl, 1928-29, 1: 99-104—Lauwereyns, J. de. Hema- tome intracerebral isote; evacuation; guerison. Bull. ntem. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1934, 60: 228-35.—Londen, D. M. van. [Surgical interference in cerebral haemorrhage] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1925, 69: pt2, 2167.—Nagy, A. Die operative Therapie der frischen Apoplexie. Wien. med. Wschr, 1919, 69: 987-90.— Penfield, W. The operative treatment of spontaneous intra- cerebral haemorrhage. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1933, 28: 369-72. ---- Aqueduct. See under Brain ventricles. — Aspergillosis. Just, E. Aspergillusabszess des Grosshirns. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir, 1930-31, 42: 540-9—Moniz, E, & Loff, R. Asper- gillose cerebrate. Presse med, 1931, 39: 273.—Perazzo, G. Micosi cerebrali da Aspergillus fumigatus. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1933,12: 859-73, 3pl. ---- Atlases and casts, Jelgersma, G. Atlas anatomicum cerebri humani; 168 sections of the human brain; 108 photographic records of original sections, lip. fol. Amst. [1931] Prevost, J. V. Diagrammatic atlas of the brain stem with fiber components and central connections of the cranial nerves. 12 sections (drawings) 8? [n.p.] 1935. BRAIN 830 BRAIN Braus, H. Mitteilung iiber ein Gehirnmodell. Verh. Anat. Ges, 1921, 30: 124.—Bruck, C. Plastische Reproduktion von Gehirn und Hirnventrikel. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1932, 44: 739-51.—Exner, R. Das leuchtende Gehirnmodell. Psychiat. neur. Wschr, 1933, 35: 501.—Kramer, F. M. A method of pre- paring accurate anatomical casts of the brain. Psychiat. Q, 1931, 5: 642-5, 5pl— Schranz, B. Das vereinfachte Economo- Pollersche Abformverfahren des Gehirns. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1932, 141: 677.—Winkler, C. Preface to volume II of the microscopical atlas of the human brain. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, sect, sc, 1929, 32: pt2, 894-8, 4pl. ---- Atrophy. See also Atrophy, muscular; Brain, Diseases, degenerative; Brain cortex, Atrophy [Pick] Dementia; Encephalitis; Hydrocephalus. Farner, C. *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der partiellen Hirnatrophie begleitet mit chronischem Hydrocephalus. 48p. 8? Ziir., 1877. Alexander, L. The neurofibrils in systemic disease and in supravital experiments, with remarks on pseudo-atrophy of the brain. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1934, 32: 933-62—Bahr, M. A. Hemiatrophy of the brain. Indianapolis M.J, 1930, 33: 145-8.—Biemand, A. [Extraordinary case of Moebius' con- genital atrophy of nuclei] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1935, 79: 4334-7.—Cox, A. Ganglienzellschrumpfung im tierischen Ge- hirn. Beitr. path. Anat, 1936-37, 98: 399-409—Byke, C. G, Bavidov, L. M, & Masson, C. B. Cerebral hemiatrophy, with homolateral hypertrophy of the skull and sinuses. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1933, 57: 588-600.—Fay, T. Generalized pressure atrophy of the brain; secondary to traumatic and pathologic involvement of pacchionian bodies. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 94: 245-9. Also repr.-----& Winkelman, N. W. Widespread pressure atrophy of the brain, and its probable relation to the function of the pacchionian bodies, and the cerebrospinal fluid circulation. Am. J. Psychiat, 1929-30, 9: 667-85, 19pl— Frets, G. P. [Case of atrophy of both frontal lobes of the brain] Ned. tschr. ge- neesk, 1934, 78: 3476, pi.—Guillain, G, & Bertrand, I. La ne- crose atrophique symetrique des circonvolutions parietales ascendantes et des circonvolutions occipitales; forme anatomo- clinique encephalique des ischemies necrotiques symetriques des extremites. Ann. med. Par, 1932, 31: 35-58.—Heveroch, A. [Loss of initiative from atrophy of frontal lobe] Cas. tek. fesk, 1924, 63: 1655-61.—Leboucq, G. Troubles fonctionnels cons6cu- tifs a l'atrophie des 2 lobes parietaux. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1929, 5.ser, 9: 763-78, pi.—Marburg, 0. Zur Kenntnis der Miss- bildungen des Grosshirns (Hemiatrophia cerebri und Hydroke- phalus) Psychiat. neur. Wschr, 1930, 32: 457-9—Pekels- ky, A. Ueber die sklerotische Hemispharen-Atrophie. Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien, 1932, 34: 221-35.—Reich, F. Zur Patho- genese der circumscripten resp. systemartigen Hirnatrophie. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1927, 108: 803-12—Rhein, J. H. W. Central atrophy. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1917, 46: 251-60 — Spatz, H. Zur Anatomie der Zentren des Streifenhiigels. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1921, 68: 1441-6— Tbppich, G. Ueber die sklerosierende Hemispharenatrophie. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1935, 103: 335-46.—Trepte, G. Hemiatrophia totalis mit Sclero- dermic und Svmpathicusoperation. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat. 1930, 124: 809-19. ---- Basal ganglia [Striate body] See also Brain stem; Extrapyramidal system, Abbie, A. A. The morphology of the fore-brain arteries, with especial reference to the evolution of the basal ganglia. J. Anat, Lond, 1934, 68: 433-70— Addison, W. H. F, & Fraser, B. A. A reconstruction of the basal ganglia of the adult human brain. Am. J.M. Sc, 1934, 188: 871.—Ariens Kappers, C. U. The ontogenetic development of the corpus striatum in birds and a comparison with mammals and man. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1923, sect, sc, 26: 135-58. Alsorepr. Also Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1923, 13: 348-70. ----- The corpus striatum, its phylogenetic and ontogenetic development and functions. Acta psychiat. neur, Kbh, 1928, 13: 93-113.— Ashizawa, R, & Lewy, F. H. Folgen isolierter Reizung und Ausschaltung des Streifenhiigelkopfes bei der Katze. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 66: 157-70.—Berlucchi, C. Le funzioni del corpo striato secondo 1'esperienza clinica. Riv. sper. freniat, 1923, 47: 69-82—Blachfcrd, J. V. The functions of the basal ganglia. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1922, 68: 153-7.—Bratiano, S. Etude ontogenique sur la morphogenese du n6o et du paleostria- tum chez I'homme. Bull, histol. appl. Par, 1929, 6: 145-82.— Brzezicki, E. [Connection of striopallidum and locus niger] Polska gaz. tek, 1930, 9: 860-2.—Carnevali, G. Contributo alio studio delle alterazioni del corpo striato nella senilita. Ann. osp. psichiat, Perugia, 1935,29:77-88,4pl— Castaldi, L. Nota critica storica ed anatomica intorno alla denominazione di corpo striato. Riv. stor. sc. med, 1924, 15: 305-8.—Condorelli, L. In- fluenza dei nuclei della base sullo equilibrio elettrolitico del sangue. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 252-4.—B'Abundo, E. Contributo alio studio dei nuclei opto-«triati. Riv. ital. neu- ropat, 1920, 13: 261-303, 7p].—B'Antona, S. Per la conoscenza delle funzioni termo- e glicoregolatrici del corpo striato; con- tributo anatomico-clinico. Riv. neur, 1928,1: 97-116.—Bempe, H. Zur Morphologie des Epistriatums bei Lepidosternum microcephalum und Chamaeleo vulgaris. Anat. Anz., 1924-25, 58: 270-8.—Burward, A. The cell masses in the forebrain of Sphenodon punctatum. J. Anat, Lond, 1930-31, 65: 8-44. ----- Some observations on the development of the corpus striatum of birds, with special reference to certain stages in the common sparrow (Passer domesticus) Ibid, 1934, 68: 492-9.— Faul, J. The comparative otogenetic development of the corpus striatum in reptiles. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1926,29: sect, sc, 150-62.—Giannuli, F. Contributo alla dottrina anatomica del corpo striato del cervello umano. Riv. sper. freniat, 1934, 58: 1287.—Griinstein, A. Grosshirnrinde und Corpus striatum. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1924, 90: 260-2.— Gurdjian, E. S. The corpus striatum of the rat; studies on the brain of the rat. J. Comp. Neur, 1928, 45: 249-81.—Gurevich, M. [Cyto-architectonic study of neostriati of mammals] J. nevropath. psykh, 1930, 23: 105-16. Also Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1930, 93: 723-42.—Herman, W. The relations of the cor- pus striatum and the pallium in Varanus, and a discussion of their bearing on birds, mammals, and man. Brain, Lond, 1925, 48: 362-79.—Hunter, W. K. The basal ganglia; their functions and disease. Tr. R. Med. Chir. Soc. Glasgow, 1922, 15: 1-19.— Inui, S. Ueber die Verbindung des Corpus Luysi mit dem Globus pallidus und dem Corpus striatum, sowie iiber die Kommissuren'asern zwischen beiderseitigen Corpora Luysi. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1928, 40: 1966.—Itabasi, K. Pri la arterioj de la bazaj kernoj de cerbo. Fol. Anat. jap, 1928, 6: 617-35, 2pl.—Judson Herrick, C. Neurobiotaxis in the corpus striatum. Psychiat. neur. bl, 1934, 38: 419-25.—Kodama, S. Ueber die sogenannten Basalganglien (morphogenetische und pathologisch-anatomische Untersuchungen) Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1926, 18: 179; 19: 152—Kondo, T. Ueber die Nervenfasern, die beim nuhn aus dem Epistriatum entspringen oder in ihm endigen. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1933, 45: 124 — Krol, M. B. Corpus striatum. J. psikhol. nevr, 1923, 2: 227-54.—Kuhlenbeck, H. Ueber den Ursprung der Basalgan- glien des Grosshirns. Anat. Anz, 1924-25, 58: 49-74. ----- Weitere Mitteilungen zur Genese der Basalganglien; iiber die sogenannten Ganglienbiigel. Ibid, 1925-26, 60: 33-40. ----- Ueber die morphologische Bedeutung der Arteriae laterales corporis striati bei Reptilien; weitere Mitteilungen zur Genese der Basalganglien. Fol. anat. jap, 1925, 3:157-63, pi.—Lami, G, Diagnostica fisiopatologica del corpo striato. Gior. med. prat, 1936, 18: 372-4.—Lesne, E, & Richet, C. Le fonctionnement des corps opto-stries chez le nourrisson. Presse med, 1925, 33:18.— Mingazzini, G. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen den Balken- und den lentikularen Fasern und der inneren Kapsel. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1926, 94: 168-74.—Monakov, C. Recherches experimentales et anatomo-pathologiques sur les connexions du corps strie et du noyau lenticulaire avec les autres parties du cerveau. Encephale, 1925, 20: 359-67. Also Schweiz. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat, 1925, 16: 225-34.—Morgan, L. O. Fiber con- nections and functions of the corpus striatum in the cat. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1926-27,24:126.—Motta Rezende. Estudo anatomo-clinico do corpo estriado. Arch, brasil. med, 1926, 16: 771-82.—Mouchet, A, & Eescande, F. Caracteres morpholo- giques des arteres strtees chez I'homme et quelques mammiferes. C. rend. Ass. anat. Par, 1910, 12: suppl, 46-56.—Ohata, Y. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der striofugalen Bahnen beim Vogel. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1929, 41: 1233.—Oseki, M. Ueber die Veranderungen des Striatum im normalen Senium. Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien, 1924, 26: 339-64, 2pl— Precechtel, A. Some notes upon the finer anatomy of the brain stem and basal ganglia of Elephas indicus (communicated by C. U. Ariens Kappers) Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, sect, sc, 1925, 28: 81-93, 7pl.— Reynolds, R, & Speigel, E. Beitrage zum Studium des vegeta- tiven Nervensystems; tiber die Wirkung von Stichvertetzungen des Corp. striatum und seiner Nachbarschaft auf die Diurese. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 70: 504-12.—Riese, W. Zur ver- gleichenden Anatomie der striofugalen Faserung. Anat. Anz, 1923-24, 57: 487-94. ----- Beitrage zur Faseranatomie der Stammganglien. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1924, 31: 81-122, 8pl. ----- Ueber die Stammganglien der Wale; ein Beitrag zum Problem der Beziehung zwischen Ausbildung und Funktion eines Hirnteiles. Ibid, 1925, 32: 21-8.—Rizzo, C. Ricerche istologiche sulla sostanza grigia centrale del telencefalo. Gior. med. mil, 1936, 84: 535-42.—Rogers, F. T. Studies of the brain stem; an experimental study of the corpus striatum of the pigeon as related to various instinctive types of behavior. J. Comp. Neur, 1923-24, 35: 21-51, 4pl.—Shimada, K. Beitrage zur Ana- tomie des Zentralnervensystems der Japaner; Corpus striatum. Fol. anat. jap, 1928,6: 425-55, pi.—Smith, G. E. A preliminary note on the morphology of the corpus striatum and the origin of the neopallium. J. Anat, Lond, 1918-19, 53: 271-91.—Smith, O. C. The corpus striatum, amygdala, and stria terminalis of Tamandua tetradactyla. J. Comp. Neur, 1930, 51: 65-112.— Spatz, H. Ueber Stoffwechseleigentiimlichkeit in den Stamm- ganglien. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1922, 78: 641-8. ----- Zur Ontogenese des Striatum und des Pallidum. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1924, 81: 185-8. ----- Ueber die Entwicklungs- geschichte der basalen Ganglien des menschlichen Grosshirns. Verh. Anat. Ges, 1925, 34: 54-8— Spiegel, E. A. Streifenhiigel und Korperhaltung; nach Versuchen mit Tetanus- und Strych- ninvergiftung. Klin. Wschr.. 1924, 3: 1568-70. -----& Takano, K. Zur Analyse der vom Streifenhiigel erhaltenen Reizwirkun- gen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1928-29, 118: 429-32—Tokay, L. Ueber die Wirkung von Stichvertetzungen des Corpus striatum auf die Molenausscheidung mit dem Harn. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1931, 136: 47-61—Vercellini, G. On the basal ganglia. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1924, 60: 449-07—Wallen- berg, A. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der zentrifugalen Bahnen des BRAIN 831 BRAIN Striatum und Pallidum beim Menschen. Deut. Zschr. Ner- venh, 1923, 77: 201.—Winkler, C. Sur revolution du corps strte. Rev. neur. Par, 1930, 37: 849-67. ----- The double projection-system of the human corpus striatum. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1931, 34: pt2, 745-8, pi. ---- Basal ganglia: Amygdaloid nucleus. Hilpert, P. Der Mandelkern des Menschen; Cytoarchitek- tonik und Faserverbindungen. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1928, 36: 44-74.—Van der Sprenkel, H. B. Stria terminalis and amyg- dala in the brain of the opossum (Didelphis virginiana) J. Comp. Neur, 1926-27, 42: 211-54. ---- Basal ganglia: Apoplexy. Bechterew, V. Apoplektische Hemitonie (Hemitonia apoplectica) als eine wahrscheinliche Form der akuten Striatum- lasionen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1927, 110: 695-712. Also Klin, med, Moskva, 1928, 6: 257-67.—Comolli, A. Ferita da coltello alia regione temporale destra con emorragia cerebrale da lesione nei campo delle arterie striate laterali. Arch. ital. chir, 1929, 23: 314-22.—Bosuzkov, T. [A case of postapoplectic hemi- chorea with disorders of the parasympathetic system] Rev. neur. psychiat, Praha, 1928, 25: 84; 130.—Masylo, N. F. [Symp- toms of decerebrate rigidity in cerebral hemorrhages in man] Soviet, nevropat, 1933, 2: 11-7.—Molitch, M. Hemihypertonia postapoplectica; Hemitonia apoplectica (Von Bechterew) J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1932,76: 25-30.—Rotter. Ueber sogenannte Striatumapoplexie. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 2063.—Scatamacchia, E. Emorragia cerebrale traumatica nei nuclei della base. Zacchia, 1931,10: 73-8.—Schwartz, P. Studien zur Morphologie und Genese der apoplektischen Hirninsulte Erwachsener; die Putamen-Claustrum-Apoplexie; anatomische Untersuchungen. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1925-26, 32: 329-39, 5pl. -----& Gold- stein, K. Anatomische und klinische Beitrage zur embolischen Striatumapoplexie. Ibid, 312-28, 6pl. ----- Die embolische Striatumapoplexie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 2154.— Urechia, C. I, & Mihalescu, S. Deux cas d'hemiplegie sous- corticale; tesions du strte sans symptomes apparents. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1927, 3.ser, 51: 647-51. ----- Considera- tions sur l'apoplexie strtee. Rev. neur. Par, 1928, 35: pt2, 290-7. ---- Basal ganglia: Caudate nucleus. Bergouignan, M, & Verger, P. Les reactions labyrinthiques chez le chien apres lesion d'un novau caude. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 1539-41.—Bovy, J, & Bivry, P. Ramollissement traumatique au niveau du noyau caude. J. beige neur. psychiat, 1934, 34: 498-505.—Pachon, V, & Belmas-Marsalet, P. Effets produits par l'excitation electrique des noyaux caudes chez le chien eveille. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 558-60.—Potzl, O. Ueber eine eigenartige psychische Enthemmungsreaktion nach Punktion einer Cyste in der vorderen Schweifkerngegend. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1925, 98: 405-32. ---- Basal ganglia: Claustrum. Berlucchi, C. Ricerche di fine anatomia sul claustrum e sul- l'insula del gatto. Riv. sper. freniat, 1927, 51: 125-57.—Faul, J. The otogenetic development of the claustrum in mammals. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, sect.sc, 1926, 29: pt 1, 642- 7.—Landau, E. Zur Kenntnis der Beziehungen des Clau- strums zum Nucleus Amygdalae und zur Area piriformis, im speziellen zum Tractus olfactorius. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1923, 13: 391-400.—Pintus, G. Forma e connessioni grigie dell'antimuro umano. Arch. gen. neur. Nap, 1931, 12: 16-28, 2pl. ----- Connessioni bianche dell'antimuro umano. Ibid, 1932, 13: 9-20, 2pl.—Sanna, G. P. Struttura cellulare e citoarchitettura dell'antimuro umano. Riv. neur, 1930, 3: 289-311, pi. ---- Basal ganglia: Diseases. See also Athetosis; Chorea; Encephalitis; Extrapyramidal system; Muscle, Tone; Parkin- sonism; Posture; Rigidity; Tremor. Wald, A. *Systematische Untersuchungen iiber geburtstraumatische Veranderungen der basalen Ganglien bei Neugeborenen und Sauglin- gen und ihre Bedeutung fiir die sogenannten angeborenen Erkrankungen der basalen Ganglien [Frankfurt a.M.] p.375-97. 8? Berl., 1930. Also Zschr. Kinderh., 1930, 49: Andreu TJrra, J. Sindromes de cuerpos estriados de origen vascular. Med. ibera, 1926, 20: pt2, 443.—Babonneix, L. Le syndrome strie dans les encephalopathies infantiles. Ann. m6d. Par, 1922, 12: 70-9. Also Rev. neur. Par, 1923, 30: pt2, 35-8 — Berardinelli, W. Semiologia dos nucleos da base do cerebro. Brasilmed, 1923,37: pt2, 127-9— Beriel& Bevic, A. Emploi du datura dans les syndromes stries. Lyon med , 192 /, 140: 133-6 — Bernardini, B. La patologia del corpo striato. Gior. med. prat, 1922 4- noil 11; no.12, 8.—Bickel, G. Les syndromes des noyaux gris centraux. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1922, 42: 365; 434.—Binswanger, O. Die klinische Stellung und physio- pathologische Bedeutung des striaren Syndroms. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1922, 10: 230-9. ----- Kasuistischer Beitrag zur klinischen Analyse der Striatumerkrankungen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1922, 52: 601-7— Bouman, L, & Bok, S. T. Senile plaques im Corpus striatum. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1923, 85: 164-9—Buscaino, V. M. Effetti della mesencefalizzazione dell'uomo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1930, 5: 751.—Castex, M. R, Camauer, A. F, & Battro, A. Sindrome estriado. Prensa med. argent, 1926-27, 13: 971-83.—Claude, H, Lhermitte, J, & Meignant, P. Le syndrome de rigidite post- choreique avec demence; considerations sur la physiologie pathologique des corps opto-strtes. Encephale, 1930, 25: 417, pi.—Clemmensen, C. [Case of striatal syndrome] Hospitals- tidende, 1933, 76: (Neur. Selsk. Forh.) 39—Crothers, B. Lesions of the corpus striatum in childhood, with report of clinical cases illustrating various syndromes. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1921, 22: 145-65—Curschmann, H. Pallidostrial Syndrome. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 78-80.—Be Capite, A. Sindromi striate ed encefalopatie infantili. Pe- diatria (Riv.) 1926, 34: 426-33.—Bevio, A. Les syndrome, du corps strte et la motricite extra-pyramidale. Lyon med, 1924, 133: 647; 675. ----- Perron & Rougier. Quelques essais d'un nouveau medicament des syndromes stries; l'Harmine. J. med. Lyon, 1931, 12: 157-61.—Bragotti, G. Le sindromi de sistema pallido-striato. Policlinico, 1931, 38: sez.prat, 81-5.— Edwards, B. J, & Bagg, H. J. Localized lesions in the corpora striata produced by buried radium emanation. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1921-22, 19: 382-4. ----- Lesions of the corpus striatum by radium emanation and the accompanying struc- tural and functional changes. Am. J. Physiol, 1923, 65: 162- 73.—Enriques, E. Anatomia e fisiopatologia del corpo striato. Riv. crit. clin. med, 1923, 24: 88-92. ----- Le sindromi del corpo striato. Riv. clin. med, 1925, 26: 63-75.—Euziere, Blou- quier de Claret & Pages. Syndrome strte d'origine syphilitique et rhumatisme chronique deformant. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1922-23, 4: 234—Euziere, Pages [et al.] Etude anatomo-clinique d'une double hemiptegie pyramidale conside- r6e comme syphilitique: a l'autopsie; degenerescence lenticu- laire sans cirrhose hepatique et ramollissement protuberantiel. Ibid, 1926-27, 8: 315-7.—Farran-Ridge, C. Some symptoms referable to the basal ganglia occurring in dementia praecox and epidemic encephalitis. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1926, 72: 513-23 — Forster. Striarer Symptomenkomplex. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1921, 58: 975.—Frets, G. P. [Brain with a softening in the ante- rior portion of the nucleus caudatus and putamen] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1922, 66: pt 1, 728.—Freund, C. S. Seltenere Falle von Erkrankung des Corpus striatum. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1926, 77: 649-51.—Fritzsche, R. Eine familiar auftretende Form von Oligophrenie mit rontgenologisch nachweisbaren symmetri- schen Kalkablagerungen im Gehirn, besonders in den Stamm- ganglien. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1935, 35: 1-29.— Froment, J. Dysbarmonie des systemes flechisseur et extenseur du membre inferieur dans les syndromes stries; ses modalites. Lyon med, 1926, 138: 373—Funfgeld, E. Ueber die Stamm- ganglienerkrankung bei Alzheimerscher Krankheit und ihre Beziehung zum Problem des pathologischen Alterns. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1924.----- Zur Klinik und Pathologie friih- kindlicher, das striiire System bevorzugender Hirnerkrankun- gen. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1929-30, 40: 85-98, 9pl— Gerst- mann, J. Grundsatzliches zur Frage der Akinesen und Hyper- kinesen bei Erkrankungen des strio-pallidaren Systems. Mschr. Psychiat, 1923, 55: 35-54.—Gottschalk, A, & Hoesslin, H. von. Ueber den intermediaren Kohlehydratstoffwechsel bei Erkrankungen des strio-pallidaren Systems. Med. Klin, Berl, 1922, 18: 1312-4.—Guiraud, P, & Berombies, M. L6sions en foyer du striatum; troubles de la mimique, iterations motrices, hypertonie. Encephale, 1934, 29: 126-34, 2pl— Haberman, J. V. The amyostatic syndrome; lenticular, striate or dyskinetic dis- ease; new aspects and theories. N. York M.J, 1922, 116: 687- 93.—Herrmann, G. Zwangsmassiges Denken und andere Zwangserscheinungen bei Erkrankungen des striaren Systems. Mschr. Psychiat, 1922, 52: 324-30— Hoag, L. A. Familial corpus striatum syndromes; case report. Med. Clin. N. Amer- ica, 1922-23, 6: 1361-70.—Hurst, E. W. On the so-called calcifi- cation in the basal ganglia of the brain. J. Path. Bact, Edinb, 1926, 29: 65-85, 2pl— Jakob, A. Ueber eigenartige friihinfantil einsetzende Erkrankungen des Grosshirns mit besonderer Bevorzugung der grauen Substanz (Grosshirnrinde, Striatum, Pallidum und Thalamus) Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1930, 116: 240-53.—Jude & Trabaud. Syndrome strio-pallidal caracterise par un tremblement unilateral du type parkinsonien accom- pagn6 de crises hypertoniques generalisees en imposant pour des croses hysteriformes. Rev. neur. Par, 1929, 36: pt 1, 811-4.— Kalinowsky, L. Familiare Erkrankung mit besonderer Beteili- gung der Stammganglien. Mschr. Psychiat, 1927, 66: 168-90 — Kleist, K. Psychomotorische Storungen, Caudatum und Palli- dum externum. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1924. ----- Bewe- gungsstorungen und Bewegungsleistungen der Stammganglien des Gehirns (Myostase und Psychomotorik) Naturwissen- schaften, 1927, 15: 973-7.—Kodama, S. Ueber die sogenannten Basalganglien (morphogenetische und pathologisch-anato- mische Untersuchungen); pathologisch-anatomische Unter- suchungen mit Bezug auf die sogenannten Basalganglien und ihre Adnexe. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1927, 20: 209- 61.—Kbrnyey, S. Zur Nosographie und Histopathologie der striaren Erkrankungen degenerativer Natur. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1929, 108: 39-71.—La Torre. Sulla genesi epatica di alcune sindromi anatomocliniche del corpo striato. Policjinicc, Brain §32 BRAIN 1924. 31: sez.med, 559-66.—Lehrmann, J. La therapeutique pneumencephalique des maladies des noyaux gris centraux. Rev. neur. Par, 1928, 35: ptl, 423-5.—Lhermitte, J. Les symptomes syphilitiques du corps strte; la striatite primitive syphilitique. Progr. med. Par, 1925, 40: 817-25. Also Mede- cine, Par, 1927-28, 9: 349-53. ----- & Cornil, L. Sur un cas clinique de syndrome pyramido-strie. Rev. neur. Par, 1921. 28: 91-0.—Lhermitte, J, & Trelles, J. 0. Physiologie et physio- pathologie du corps strie et des formations sous-thalamiques. Encephale, 1932, 27: 235-71, diag.—Magnus-Alsleben, E, & Rapp, E. Zur Histologie der sogenannten Streifenhiigelerkran- kungen. Zbl. allg. Path, 1923,33: Sonderb, 96-9.—Mann, L. Ueber Storungen des Atmungsmechanismus bei progressiver Huntinetonscher Chorea und anderen striaren Erkrankungen. Mschr. Psychiat, Berl, 1923, 54: 109-16.—Marcus, H. Etudes cliniques et anatomo-pathologiques sur differentes affections des noyaux centraux du cerveau. Acta med. scand, 1923, 59: 230- 339.—Marinesco, G, Braganesco, S, & Lazaresco. Troubles visuels, hemiptegie avec mouvements choreo-athetosiformes, syndrome infundibulaire fruste par lesion traumatique optico- tubero-capsulo-striee. Rev. oto-neur. Par, 1927, 5: 568-71.— Marotta, A. S. Fisiopathologfa de los nucleos grises de la base del enc6falo. Rev. As. nted. argent, 1627, 40: 13-160.—Matzdorff, P. Beitrage zur Pathologie des extrapyramidal-motorischen Sys- tems; Kombination von Degeneration im striopallidaren und dentato-rubralen System. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1928, 105: 234-49.—Mella, H. The experimental production of basal gan- glion symptomatology in Macacus rhesus. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1924,11: 405-17.—Monteleone, R. Le sindromi dei gangli della base. Policlinico, 1926, 33: sez.prat, 41-50.— Morgan. L. 0. The corpus striatum; a study of secondary de- generations following lesions in man and of symptoms and acute degenerations following experimental lesions in cats. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1927, 18: 495-549—Munch-Petersen, C. J. Studien iiber erbliche Erkrankungen des Zentralnerven- systems; Falle von hereditarem, striarem Symptomkomplex. Acta psychiat. neur, Kbh, 1930, 5: 493-508. ----- & Wernjfe, T. B. Two methods of investigating diseases of the corpus striatum. Am. J.M. Sc, 1932, 184: 407.—Negro, F. Fisiopato- logia dei nuclei della base. Riforma med, 1925, 41: 103-5 — Niessl von Mayendorf. Gibt es striare Bewegungsstorungen? Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 883-6.—Novoa Santos, R. Patologia general del sistema estriopalidal. Arch, med, Madr, 1929, 30: 528.— Ostertag, B. Ueber eine neuartige heredo-degenerative Erkran- kungsform, lokalisiert in Striatum und Rinde, mit ausgedehnter Myelolyse und ihre Abgrenzung gegen die Pseudosklerose. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1926, 77: 453-93.—Raphael, T, & Potter, F. C. Blood creatinin findings in 5 cases of corpus striatum dis- order. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1922, 55: 492-6.—Roger, H, AymSs, G, & Pourtal. Syndrome thalamo-strte unilateral pseudo-par- kinsonien. Marseille med, 1922, 59: 478-84.—Kouznetsov, V. P. [Symptomatology of lesions of the large basal nuclei of the brain] J. nevropath. psykh, 1927, 20: 613-8.—Scheer, W. M. van der, & Stuurman, F. J. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Pathologie des Corpus striatum, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die extrapyramidalen Bewegungsstorungen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1915, 30: orig, 91-117.—Sherman, BeW. H, & Roman, B. Two cases of cerebral sclerosis in infants, affecting chiefly the region of the basal ganglia, with peculiar degenerative changes in the ganglion cells. Bull. Buffalo Gen. Hosp, 1923, 1: 98-104.—Sicard, J. A. Motricite chronique arythmique et rythmique; groupement? strtesetpallidaux. Rev. neur. Par, 1923, 30: 413-8. ■----- & Paraf. Syndome strio-cerebello-pyramidal. Ibid, 1921, 28: 295.—Souques & Blamoutier. Syndrome strte probable: spasmes de la face avec tachyphemie, tachymicrographie et tachypnee. Ibid, 1923, 30: pt2, 43-6. ----- Syndrome strte: spasmes de la face, du cou, des muscles glosso-palato-larynges et du membre sup6rieur gauche. Ibid, 739-43.—Spiller, W. G. Unilateral traumatic selective degeneration of the pallidum and striatum. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1936, 35: 310-22.— Steen, R. E. A new view of the function of the corpus striatum; its bearing on disease of this region in man. Irish J.M. Sc, 1931, ser.6, 258-73.—Tannhauser, S. Ueber einen Fall von striarer Bewegungsstorung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 649-51.— Tornaghi, E. Esboco clinico-therapeutico das syndromes pallido- estriadas. Brasil med, 1932, 46: 13-5.—Urechia, C. I. Gomme du strie et du pale sans symptomes extrapyramidaux. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1929, 3.ser, 53: 608-11. ----- & Miha- lescu, S. Demence arteriosclereuse avec gynecomastie; ramol- lissement du strie sans aucun symptome choreo-athetosique. Rev. neur. Par, 1926, 33: pt2, 609-12—Vincent, C. A propos de la malade de M. Souques; sur quelques caracteres propres a certaines lesions du corps strie. Ibid, 1923, 30: 743.—Waals, H. G. van der. [Symptoms of disease of the corpus striatum] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1926, 70: pt2, 1158-68.—Wimmer, A. [Striatal syndromes with congenital infantile cerebral affec- tions] Hospitalstidende, 1924, 67: 622; 629. ----- [Striatal monosyndrome after gas poisoning] Ibid, 1925, 68: 433-9. ----- Etudes sur les syndromes extra-pyramidaux; spasme de torsion infantile debutant par crises d'hemispasmes toniques (Epilepsie strtee) Rev. neur. Par, 1925, 32: pt2, 281-95.—Van Woerkom, W. Sur les troubles des mouvements actifs dans 2 cas de tesion bilaterale du corps strie. N. iconogr. Salpgtriere Par, 1914-15, 27: 273-98, pi—Woods, A. H, & Pendleton, L. Fourteen simultaneous cases of an acute degenerative striatal disease, necropsy in 1 case revealing gross necrosis of the globus pallidus (symmetrical) and substantia nigra. Arch. Neur Psychiat, Chic, 1925,13: 549-68, 2pl. ---- Basal ganglia: Diseases: Hepatolenticu- lar degeneration. See also, in 3.ser., under Lenticular nucleus, Degeneration; also Nervous system, Pseudo- sclerosis. Battro, A. *Papel de las alteraciones entero- hepaticas en la etio-patogenia de los sindromes nerviosos. 238p. 8? B. Air., 1928. Ceccaldi, P. *Le cercle pigments de la cornee symptomatique de la d6g6n£rescence hepato-lenticulaire; type ps6udo-scle'rose ou maladie de Wilson. 52p. pi. 8? Bourg, 1935. Denzer, E. *Ueber einen atypischen Fall von Pseudosklerose. 23p. 8? Rostock, 1926. Fracassi, T. Degeneraci6n hepatolenticular progresiva, tipo pseudo-sclerosis de Westphal y Strumpell con anillo de Fleischer visible solo a la fotografia. p.229-40. 8? Bucarest, 1932(?) Hall, H. C. *La degen^rescence hepato- lenticulaire (maladie de Wilson—pseudo-sclerose) 361p. 8? Kbh., 1921. Luthy, F. Ueber die hepato-lentikulare Degeneration (Wilson, Westphal, Strumpell) [Zurich] p.101-81. 8? Berl., 1931. Also Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1931, 123: Lutteken, W. * Ueber Leber- und Milzveran- derungen bei Wilsonscher Krankheit und West- phal-Strumpellscher Pseudosklerose [Erlangen] 35p. 8? Lippstadt, 1931. Merguet-Bassow, L. *Ein Fall von Pseu- dosklerose [Breslau] p.244-54. 8? Berl., 1927. Siedhoff, W. *Ueber Storungen der Leber- funktionen bei Erkrankungen des Mittelhirns. p.383-95. 8? Berl., 1931. Also Zschr. klin. Med. [1931] 118: Abely, P, & Guyot, P. Maladie de Wilson et troubles men- taux. Ann. med. psychol. Par, 1935, 93: pt2, 775-8.— Andre- Thomas & Jumentie, J. Hypertonie de la bouche et de la langue, type syndrome de Wilson; syntonie de la face et des membres avec etat paretique associe, sans tremblement ni athetose. Rev. neur. Par, 1923, 30: 257-63.—Antos, S. [Case of Westphal- Striimpell pseudosclerosis] Cas. tek. cesk, 1935, 74: 155-7.— Baltzan, B. M. A hepato-cerebral syndrome (Wilson's disease) Canad. M. Ass. J, 1936, 34: 544.—Barkman, A. Etude clinique sur un cas appartenant au groupe pathologique de la d6g6nere- scance hepato-lenticulaire de Hall. Acta med. scand, 1927, 67: 236-85—Barnes, S, & Hurst, E. W. Hepatolenticular degenera- tion. Brain, Lond, 1926, 49: 36; 1929, 52: 1-5.—Beriel, L, & Morenas. Syndromes du corps strie: 1° syndrome Wilsonien; 2° pseudosctercse de Westphal. Lyon nted , 1922,131: 827-31 — Berretta, F. P. Contributo clinico alio studio della pseudo- sclerosi di Westphal-Striimpell con particolare riguardo alle prove di funzionalita epatica. Fol. med. Nap, 1929, 15: 728- 51.—Bielschowsky, M, & Hallervorden, I. Symmetrische Ein- schmelzungsherde im Stirnhirn beim Wilson-Pseudosklerose- komplex. Jahrb. Psychol. Neur, 1931, 42: 177-209, 3pl — Bogaert, L. van. Sur la pseudo-scterose de Westphal. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1936, 6.ser, 1: 375-81. -----& Willcox, E. Etudes anatomo-cllniques sur la deg6nerescence hepatolenticu- laire. Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 43: pt2, 66: 461-97.—Bostroem. Ein Fall von Pseudosklerose. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1918, 55: 960.—Bothman, L, & Rolf, B. E. The Kayser-Fleischer ring in Wilson's disease and microcephaly. Am. J. Ophth, 1936,3.ser, 19: 26-33.—Bouman, K. H, & Brouwer, B. Ueber Pseudo- sklerose und die Kombination pyramidater und extrapyrami- daler Bewegungsstorungen. Psychiat. neur. bl, 1922, 26: 313- 28; 4pl.—Braunmiihl, A. von. Die Rinden-Markkomponente im anatomischen Bild der Wilson-Pseudosklerosegruppe; nebst Bemerkungen zur Pathogenese des Leidens vornehmiich unter dem Gesichtspunkt einer vergleichenden Krankheitsforschung. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.. 1930. 130: 1-65.-----■ Ueber Pseudosklerose mit akutem todlichem Schub. Ibid, 1932, 138: 453-80.—Brito del Pino, J. A. Sindrome hepato-estriado. Arch. urug. med, 1935, 6: 368-75.—Brouwer, B, & Bouman, K. H. [Clinical and histopathological examinations of pseudosclerosis] Ned. tschr. geneesk.. 1922, 66: pt' 1, 2465.—Buscaino, V. M. Ricerche sperimentali sulle zolle di disintegrazione a grappolo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1929, 4: 42 Also Riv. pat. nerv, 1930, 35: no.l, 136-8. ----- Le zolle di disintegrazione a grap- polo nell'encefalo di conigli; ricerche sulla genesi di esse e sulla produzione sperimentale della degenera/.ione epato-basilare. Ibid, 1929, 34: 382-409.—Cadwalader, W. B. A case of pseudo- sclerosis; presenting tremor, spasticity and contracture. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1913, 40: 321-3. Also Am. J.M. Sc, 1915,150: 556-62.—Camauer, A. F. Enfermedad de Wilson o degeneracion I hepatolenticular. Prensa med, Habana, 1929, 20: 524-30.— BRAIN 833 BRAIN Campbell, C. M, & Morse, M. E. A case of Westphal-Strtimpell pseudo-sclerosis following erysipelas, with a discussion of allied conditions. J. Neur. Psychopath, Brist, 1924-25, 5: 28-43, 2pl.—Cathala, J, & Font-Reaulx, P. de. Syndrome lenticulaire type Wilson; discussion du role eventuel de la vaccination anti- typhique. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1935, 3.ser, 51: 527-31.— Cathala, J, & Olivier, H. R. D6generescence hepato-lenticulaire a type de pseudo-scterose de Westphal. Rev. neur. Par, 1927, 34: pt2, 480-2.—Chasanow, M. Ein Beitrag zur Klinik der Pseudosklerose. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1928,116: 171-80.— Cohen, A. J, & Tamaela, L. [Case of hepatolenticular degenera- tion] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1928, 68: 269-77, 4pl.— Curran, F. J. Pseudosclerosis of Striimpell-Westphal in 5 mem- bers of a family. J. Neur. Psychopath, Lond., 1932, 12: 320- S.—Curschmann, H. Ueber eine atypische milde Form der hepato-lentikularen Degeneration. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1937, 142: 213-20.—Bawidenkov, S. Zur Differentialdiagnose zwischen der Wilsonschen Krankheit und dem postencephaliti- schen Wilsonismus. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1926, 103: 626-34.—Be Lisi, L. Sulla malattia del Wilson. Riv. pat. nerv, 1929, 34: 1-162, ch.—Bimitri, V, & Berconsky, I. Estudio clinico y anatomopatologico sobre un caso de enfermedad de Wilson. Bol. Inst. clfn. quir, B. Air, 1928, 4: 489-514, pi. Also Actas Conf. lat. amer, B. Air, 1929, 1: 560-89, pi.— Dunnavan, F. L, & Motto, M. P. Kayser-Fleischer ring in Wil- son's disease; report of a case. Am. J. Ophth, 1933, 3.ser, 16: 571-6, pi.—Bziembowski, S. von. Zur Kenntnis der Pseudoskle- rose und der Wilsonschen Krankheit. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1917, 57: 295-315.—Escuder Nunez, P. Un cas de pseudo-scte- rose. Encephale, 1928, 23: 527-32, pi— Fanielle, G, & Neujean, G. Contribution a l'etude de la degenerescence hepato-lenticu- laire; cas de degenerescence hepato-lenticulaire caracterise par la predominance des signes d'alteration hepatique. Rev. beige sc. nted, 1931, 3: 918-25, 2pl.—Filimonov, I. N. Ein eigenartiger Fall von hepatolenticuiarer Degeneration. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1928, 115: 27-33.—Fleischhacker, H. Afamiliare chronisch-progressive Erkrankung des mittleren Lebensalters vom Pseudosklerosetyp. Ibid, 1924, 91: 1-22.—Frblich, T, & Harbitz, F. Symmetrical familial lenticular degeneration (K. Wilson's disease) (with a supplement respecting anatomical findings in other lenticular lesions) Acta paediat, Upps, 1928, 8: 112-29.—Froment, J, Bonnet, P, & Masson, R. La pseudo- sclerose type Westphal-Strumpell. J. med. Lyon, 1935, 16: 393-408, pi.—Froment, J, Bonnet, P, & Bevic, A. Pseudo- scterose, epreuve du verre et geste accompagnfi. Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 65: 1462-6.—Gerlach, W, & Rohrschneider, W. Besteht das Pigment des Kayser-Fleischerschen Hornhautringes aus SOber? Klin. Wschr, Berl, 1934, 13: 48—Giannuli, F. Ueber die Pathogenese der diffusen Hirnsklerose (Striimpellsche Krankheit) Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1921, 71: 306-19.—Goiten, P. L. The extensity of a pallidal lesion, or disseminated pseudo- sclerosis; an unusual case. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1927, 73: 277- 82.—Gottlieb, E. [Liver function test in patients with suspected pseudo-sclerosis] Hospitalstidende, 1933, 76: (Neur. selsk. forh.) 7-9.—Graf, I. Ueber Wilsonsche Krankheit. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1931, 137: 537-51.—Halpern, L. Zur Frage einer traumatischen Entstehung Wilsonahnlicher Zustande. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1932, 127: 229.—Haug, K. Beitrag zur Frage der Leberfunktionsstorungen bei striaren Erkrankungen Mschr. Psychiat, 1934, 89: 320-36.—Heine, L. Ueber Augen- veranderungen bei Pseudosklerose. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1933, 91: 433-7, pi.—Holloway, T. B, & BeLong, P. Peripheral pig- mentation of the cornea associated with lenticular degeneration of the pseudo-sclerosis type. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1929, 27: 85-95, pi.—Huismans, L. Ueber striopallidare Erkrankungen, insbesondere den Morbus Wilson. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 749.—Hurst, E. W, & Hurst, P. E. The aetiology of hepato- lenticular degeneration; experimental liver cirrhosis; poisoning with manganese, chloroform, phenylhydrazine, bile, and guani- din. J. Path. Bact, Edinb, 1928, 31: 303-42, 2pl.—Jackson, J. A, & Immerman, S. L. A case of pseudosclerosis associated with a psychosis. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1919, 49: 5-13.—Jessen, H. Considerations cliniques sur un cas de pseudosclerose. Acta psychiat. neur, Kbh, 1927, 2: 229-50.—Kastan. Das Krankheitsbild der Pseudosklerose. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1919, 56: 402. Also Deut. med. Wschr, 1919, 45: 335. Also Med. Klin, Berl, 1919, 15: 299.—Kehrer, F. Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von J. L. Entres: Genealogische Studien zur Differen- tialdiagnose zwischen Wilsonscher Krankheit und Huntington- scher Chorea. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1925-26, 100: 476-9. ----- Zur Aetiologie und Nosologic der Pseudosklerose West- phal-Wilson. Ibid, 1930, 129: 488-542—KeUner, B. [Hepato- lenticular degeneration] Gyogyaszat, 1927, 67: 300-3—Kir- schenberg, E, & Kuriks, 0. Zur Kenntnis der Westphal- Striimpell-Pseudosklerose mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Augenbefundes. Fol. neuropath, eston, 1926, 5: 152-64, pi.— Krabbe, K. H. Pseudosklerose (Westphal-Strumpells Sygdom) Bibl. lseger, 1915, 107: 335-43.—Kryspin-Exner, W. Anato- mische Befunde in einem Falle von Westphal-Strumpellscher Pseudosklerose. Jahrb. Psychiat. Neur, Wien, 1930, 47: 251- 75.—Kubik, J. Ueber das Substrat des Pseudosklerosenringes (Kayser-Fleischerschen Ringes) Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1930, 84: 478-92.—Lafora, G. R. La pseudoesclerosis tardia (formas familiar y hereditaria) Arch, neurob, Madr, 1925, 5: 141-65. Also Siglo med, 1926, 78: 571-4—Lapinsky, M. N. [Causative role of the liver in diseases of the nervous system] J. nevr. psykh, 1927, 20: 159-70. Also Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1927, 97: 95-103.—Lauterer, Z. [Two cases of pseudosclerosis] 21767— vol. 2, 4th series----53 Bratisl. lek. listy, 1932, 12: 326—Lehoczky, T. Zur Anatomie und Klinik der Wilson-Pseudosklerose-Gruppe. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1931, 95: 481-514. ----- Beitrage zur Patho- genese der Wilson-Pseudosklerose-Gruppe auf Grund von zwei Fallen. Ibid, 1934, 102: 260-71. ----- Organveranderungen bei der Wilson-Pseudosklerose; zugleich Bericht iiber die bei dieser Krankheit gefundenen Abbauprodukte. Ibid, 788-803. ----- Zur klinischen und anatomischen Diagnose der Wilson- Pseudosklerose-Krankheit. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1936, 141: 28-48.—Ley, J. Pseudosclerose evoluant depuis 4 ans sans troubles mentaux. J. beige neur. psychiat, 1934, 34: 616-20 — Lhermitte, J. La cirrhose familiale splenomegalique; forme hepatique de la degeneration h6pato-lenticulaire de Wilson. Rev. med. chir. mal. foie, 1930, 5: 133-40.-----& Muncie, W. S. La cirrhose familiale splenomegalique; forme hepatique de la degeneration hepato-lenticulaire. Presse med, 1929, 37: 1495-9.—Liithy, F. Ueber die hepato-lentikulare Degeneration (Wilson-Westphal-Strumpell) Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1931, 123: 101-81.—Macdonald, W. L. A case of chrome lenticular degeneration. Med. J. Australia, 1927, 2: 718.—Mackenzie, G. M, & Penfield, W. A case belonging to the Wilson's dis- ease; pseudosclerosis group. N. York State J.M, 1929,29: 28 — Mahaim, I. La degenerescence h6pato-lenticulaire; etude cli- nique, anatomique et experimentale. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1925, 16: 252; 1925-26, 17: 43; 283. Also Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1926, 46: 43-9—Mankovsky, B. N, & Smirnov, B. [Hepatogenic diseases of the nervous system] Sovrem. psi- khonevr, 1929, 9: 832-50.—Marthinsen, R. Beitrag zu der Frage iiber die Leberfunktion bei einigen Nerven- und Geisteskrank- heiten. Acta psychiat. neur, Kbh, 1932, 7: 981-97.—Mayjes, F. E. P. Ueber einen Fall von Pseudosklerose. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1930, 115: 27-45.—Merguet-Bassow, L. Ein Fall von Pseudosklerose. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1927, 108: 244- 54.—Miskolczy, B. Wilsonsche Krankheit und Kleinhirn. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1932, 97: 27-63—Mourgue, R. The bio- logical significance of extra-pyramidal syndromes, apropos a case of Wilson's disease in the adult. J. Neur. Psychopath, Lond, 1931, 12: 97-136.—Myslivecek & Radimska-Jandova. [A case of Wilson's disease] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1926, 5: 497-507.— Obregia, Constantinescu, S, & Bimolescu, A. La pseudoscle- rose sans lesions hepatiques. Rev. med. roumain, 1931, 4: 95- 106.—Obregia, A, Paulian, E, & Bimolescu, A. Degenerescence hepatico-lenticulaire associee avec une epilepsie. Sem. hop. Paris, 1930, 6: 436-40.—Oppenheim. Differentialdiagnose der multiplen Sklerose und Pseudosklerose. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1917, 54: 711.—Orzechowski, K, & Sktodowski, J. [Case of lenticular degeneration (Wilson's disease)] Polska gaz. lek, 1927, 6: 845- 7.—Parachu, L. Sindrome encefalitico tardio tipo Wilson; leido con presentacion del enfermo en el Circulo M6dico. Rev. med. Rosario, 1932, 22: 917-28.—Paulian B. E, & Bimolesco, A. Syndromes amyostatiques varies; contribution a l'etude de la degenerescence hepatolenticulaire et des troubles mentaux sur- ajoutes. Encephale, 1931, 26: 198-203, 3pl—Pillat, A. Changes of the eyeground in Wilson's disease (pseudosclerosis) Am. J. Ophth, 1933, 3.ser, 16: 1-6, pi. Also Ars medici, Wien, 1934, 12: 3-9.—Pines, L. Klinisch-anatomischer Beitrag zur Frage der Wilson-Pseudosklerosegruppe. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1928-29,118: 307-26.—Pollak, E. Zur Frage der Beziehungen von Leber- und Gehirnerkrankungen. Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien, 1927, 30: 148-62. ----- Lebererkrankung und Gehirn; die Patho- genese der Wilsonschen Krhnkheit und Pseudosklerose. Jahrb. Psychiat, 1930, 47: 195-250.—Pollock, L. J. Pseudosclerosis. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1918, 47: 219-21. Also Internat. Clin, 1922, 32.ser, 1: 74-9—Pollock, L. W, & Barborka, C. J. Hepa- tolenticular degeneration (Wilson's disease) Med. Clin. N. America, 1927-28, 11: 1670-2.—Pretori, R. Limbuspigmentie- rung neben Kavser-Fleischerschem Ring bei Wilsonscher Krankheit. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1926, 76: 206—Rauh, W. Zwei Falle von Wilsonscher Krankheit. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1929-30, 123: 669-78.—Riccio, F. La forma portale della malattia di Wilson. Rinasc. med, 1931, 8: 112.—Ricker, G. Striatum und Skeletmuskulatur, Striatum, Hypothalamus und Leber in der Wilsonschen Krankheit. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1932, 140: 725.—Rodriguez-Arias, B, Cortes-Llado & Perpina-Robert, B. Sur un cas de maladie de Wilson avec symptomes de spasme de torsion. Rev. neur. Par, 1929, 36: 980-3.—Rotter, R. Zur Histopathologic der Wilsonschen Krank- heit. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1926, 77: 661. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1927, 111: 159-222—Sahlgren, E. [A case of pseudosclerosis] Hygiea, Stockh, 1924, 86: 1-13.—Saiz, G. Contributo alio studio pseudosclerosi. Policlinico, 1922, 29: sez.med, 63-80, pi.—Sammartino, U. Ein Beitrag zum Kreati- ninstoffwechsel bei einem Pseudosklerose iihnlichen Krank- heitsbild. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1922, 4: 609-13—Schemmel, A. E. Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Wilson'schen Krankheit. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1928, 106: 38-49—Schenk, V. W. B. Die Erbanlagen einer Familie, in der Pseudosklerose auftritt. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1933-34, 133: 161-6—Schneider, C. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der hepato-lentikularen Degeneration. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat, 1932, 97: 232-41—Schob. Zur patholo- gischen Anatomie der Wilson-Pseudosklerosegruppe. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1925, 84: 145-8—Schott, E. Zur Kenntnis der Pseudosklerose Westphal-Wilson. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1935, 178: 83-8.—Schultze, F. Zur Lehre von der Pseudosklerose (Westphal-Strumpell) Neur. Zbl, 1918, 37: 674-80.—Siemer- ling, E, & Jakob, A. Klinischer und anatomischer Beitrag zur Lehre von der Pseudosklerose Westphal-Strumpell mit Corneal- ring und doppelseitiger Scheinkatarakt (Spatfall) Deut. Zschr. BRAIN 834 BRAIN Nervenh, 1931, 123: 182-96.—Silbermann, M. Ueber einen eigenartigen Verlauf einer Pseudosklerose. Mschr. Psychiat, 1934, 89: 214-8.—Sjovall, E. Quelques problemes concer- nant la degenerescence hepatolenticulaire. Acta path, microb. scand, 1929, 6: 193-217. ----- & WaUgren, A. Some as- pects of hepatolenticular degeneration and its pathogenesis. Acta psychiat. neur, Kbh, 1934, 9: 435r64.—Sbderbergh, G. Eine semiologische Studie iiber einen Fall extrapyramidaler Erkrankung (Wilsons Krankheit, beziehungsweise Pseudo- sklerose) Nord. med. ark, 1918, afd.2, 51: 71-96. ----- Un syndrome singulier, probablement appartenant au groupe de Wilson, pseudosclerose; une sorte de cachexie pigmentaire avec opacite en ceinture de la cornee primitive et avec troubles ner- veux ressemblant a la sclerose en plaques. Acta med. scand, 1922, 56: 604-17.—Souques, A, Crouzon, 0, & Bertrand, I. Etude anatomo-clinique d'un cas de degenerescence lenticu- laire. Rev. neur. Par, 1927, 34: pt2, 740; 1928, 35: 1-13 — Spiller, W. G. The family form of pseudo-sclerosis and other conditions attributed to the lenticular nucleus. Rep. Philadel- phia Gen. Hosp, 1916, 10: 28-39—Stahl, R. Ueber Prufungen der Leberfunktion beim strio-lenticularen Symptomenkomplexi Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 2334.—Stefan, H. Ein Beitrag zur Klinik und Aetiologie der Pseudosklerose Westphal-Wilson mit Be- riicksichtigung der genealogischen Forschung. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 752-4.—Steiner. Demonstration zur Wilsonschen Krankheit. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 1055—Steinmann, I. Genealogische Ermittlungen in 4 Familien mit Westphal- Wilsonscher Pseudosklerose; neurologische und psychische Besonderheiten im klinischen Bild bei 4 erkrankten Ge- schwisterpaaren. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1936, 105: 514-38 — Stbcker, W. Ein Fall von fortschreitender Lenticulardegenera- tion. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1913, 15: Orig, 251-72 — Strumpell, A. Zur Kenntnis der sog. Pseudosklerose, der Wilsonschen Krankheit und verwandter Krankheitszustande (der amyostatische Symptomenkomplex) Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1915-16, 54: 207-58—Sydenstricker, V. P. Wilson's disease (progressive lenticular degeneration) Med. Clin. N. America, 1928-29, 12: 1443-9.—Syllaba, L. [Clinical study of Westphal's pseudosclerosis] Cas. tek. cesk, 1931, 70: 1245; 1290.—Uchimura, Y. Zur Kenntnis der Histopathologic und Pathogenese der Wilson-Pseudosklerosegruppe. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1929-30, 123: 679-93.—Urechia, C. I. Deux cas de pseudo-scterose (Westphal-Strumpell) Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1933, 3.ser, 1578-82.—Van Gehuchten, P. Un cas de mala- die de Wilson. J. neur. psychiat, Brux, 1931, 31: 567-71.— Verger, H, & Aubertin. Sur 3 cas d'une affection familiale rappelant la maladie de Wilson. Encephale, 1926, 21: 433-41, pi.—Verhaart, W. J. C. Zur Wilson-Pseudosklerosegruppe gehorende Erkrankungen bei jungen Kindern. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1934, 150: 493-9.—Vizioli, F. Sindrome parkin- sonhna-morbo Wilson-pseudosclerosi. Ann. nevr. Nap, 1922, 39: 153-94.—Vogt, A. Untersuchungen uber das Substrat des Descemetipigmentringes bei Pseudosklerose. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1929, 82: 433-49, 2pl. ----- Kupfer und Silber aufge- speichert in Auge, Leber, Milz und Nieren als Symptom der Pseudosklerose. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1929, 83: 417-9. ----- Weitere Untersuchungen iiber die Argyrose des Auges bei Pseudosklerose. Ibid, 1930, 85: 1-14, 3pl. ----- Kupfer und Silber aufgespeichert in Auge, Leber, Milz und Nieren, als Symptom der Pseudosklerose. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1930, 60: 73-8.—Wahl, E. F. Wilson's disease and allied conditions. South. M.J, 1926,19: 869-72—Weger, A. M, & Natanson, B. M. Zur Lehre von der Pseudosklerose, der Wilson-Krankheit und den Ringen von Kayser-Fleischer. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1929, 88: 598-611.—Wilson, S. A. K. Kayser-Fleischer ring in cornea in 2 cases of Wilson's disease (progressive lenticular degenera- tion) Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934,27: sect.ophth, 297. ----- Disorders of motility and of muscle tone, with special reference to the corpus striatum. Lancet, Lond, 1925, 2: 1; passim — Wimmer, A. Etudes sur les symptomes extra-pyramidaux pseudoscterose sans affection hepatique. Rev. neur. Par, 1921 28: 1206-16— Yakovlev, P. I, & Cobb, S. Hepatolenticular degeneration; report of a case with autopsy. N. England J.M. 1932, 206: 207-11—Yu-Lin Cheng. Hepatolenticular degenera- tion (pseudosclerosis, progressive lenticular degeneration, and torsion spasm) review of literature and report of 2 cases. Chin M.J, 1932, 46: 347-69, 3pl. ---- Basal ganglia: Diseases: Status mar- moratus [Vogt] Scali-Barsky, M. *Les syndromes strips; syndrome de Vogt. 40p. 8? Par 1922. Berlucchi, C. A proposito dei reperti simili alio stato mar- morizzato nei cervello di soggetti non affetti da malattie nervose Riv. neur, 1934, 7: 366-8.—Bielschowsky, M. Lteber den Status marmoratus des Striatums und atypische Markfaserge- flechte der Hirnrinde. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz., 1924-25, 31: 125-51, 3pl.—Be Benedetti, V. Un caso di status marmoratus del corpo striato (sindrome di C6cile Vogt) Clin, pediat. Mod , 929,11: 189-216.—Gareiso, A. Sobre un caso de sindrome de 6! Vogt (estado marmoreo del cuerpo estriado) Actas Conf lat amer. neur, B. Air, 1929, 1: 674-9. -----& Marotta, A. Ri- gidite congenitale regressive syndrome de Mme Cecile Vogt (etat marbre du corps strie) Arch. med. enf, 1928,31: 197-216.— Guillain, G, & Mollaret, P. Observation d'un cas d'etat dys- myelinique du corps strife (syndrome de Cecile et Oskar Vogt) avec atteinte hypothalamique. Bull. Soc. m6d h6p Paris 1931,3.ser, 47: 592-7.—Jakob, A. Zur Klinik der pathologischen Histologic des Status marmoratus des Striatums. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1926, 89: 17.—Malamud, W, & Lowemberg, K. Status marmoratus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1931, 29: 276.—Meyer, A. Zur Auffassung des Status marmoratus. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1925-26, 100: 529-44.—Onari, K. Ueber zwei klinisch und anatomisch kompliciert liegende Falle von Status marmoratus des Striatum (mit hochgradigen Veran- derungen in anderen subcorticalen und corticalen Qebieten) Ibid, 1925, 98: 457-86. ----- Ueber den Status marmoratus. Nat. M.J. China, 1928,14: 275-82.—Scharapow, B. I, & Tscher- nomordik, P. M. Zur Pathologie der Stammganglien (ein Fall des Status marmoratus und des Status myelinisatus) J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1927-28, 35: 279-82.—Scholz. Zur Histopatho- logic und Pathogenese des Status marmoratus (C. und 0. Vogt) Allg. Zschr. Psychiat, 1924, 80: 258-60. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1924,88: 355-82.—Springlova. Contribution a l'etude histologique de l'etat marbre. Rev. neur. Par, 1925, 32: 1075- 85.—Vogt, C. Sur l'6tat marbre du striatum. Arch. gen. neur. psichiat. Nap, 1926,7: 33-7. Also J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1924-25,31: 256-60. -----& Vogt, O. Die nosologische Stellung des Status marmoratus des Striatum. Psychiat. neur. Wschr, 1926, 28: 85-7. ----- Zur psychiatrischen Wiirdigung der Antonschen Entdeckung und Wertung des Status marmoratus striati. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1928, 37: 387-93. ---- Basal ganglia: Diseases: Torsion spasm. Beriel, L. Spasme de torsion; maladie de Wilson et encepha- lite. Lyon med, 1922, 131: 722-9.—Bogaert, L. van, & Ingel- brecht, P. Syndrome rigide progressif avec spasme de torsion en-avant. J. neur. psychiat, Brux, 1931, 31: 118-20.—Chavany, J. A, & Morlaas. Sur une variete speciale de spasme de torsion; analogies avec les phenomenes de rigidite dec6rebr6e. Rev. neur. Par, 1927,34: 629-35.—Cohn, H. Weitere Beobachtungen iiber Haltungs- und Bewegungsstorungen bei Schadigung des Stammganglienapparates (Zeigestellung, Mitbewegungen, in- duzierte Tonuserscheinungen) Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 125: 327-46.—Heinert, J. F. Sindrome distonia lenticular progresiva. An. Soc. med. quir. Guayas, 1933, 13: 456-65 — Lamelle & Van Bogaert. Etude anatomo-clinique d'un cas de syndrome rigide, avec spasme de torsion. Rev. neur. Par, 1929, 36: pt 1, 941-8.—Marotta, A. S. Los diversos perlodos evo- lutivos de la distonia de torsion. Rev. As. nted. argent, 1926, 39: 630-94.—Miki, Y. Ueber eine traumatische Zyste der Stirn- hirnrinde bei einem an Torsionsdystonie leidenden Knaben. Gun' idan zasshi, 1934, no.249: 4.—Vizioli, F. Sindrome Wil- soniana atipica con spasmo di torsione anteriore. Riv. neur, 1931,4: 768-98. ---- Basal ganglia: Lentiform nucleus. Belmas-Marsalet, P, Bergouignan, M, & Verger, P. Reac- tion vestibulaire chez le chien dont un noyau lenticulaire est detruit. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 119: 1219-21—Guillain, G, & Bertrand, I. Sur les connexions lenticulo-olivaires. Ibid, 1933, 113: 283-6.—Lopez Aydillo, N. Sindrome piramido-extrapirami- dal. Arch, neurob, Madr, 1933, 13: 805-16.—Rordorf, R. Su d'un caso di tubercoloma del nucleo lenticolare di sinistra senza sintomi striati. Cervello, 1934,13: 168-81.—Scharapow, B. J„ & Tschernomordik, P. M. Zur Klinik und pathologischen Anato- mie der Linsenkernerkrankungen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 129: 796-803.—Vincent, C. Foyer de ramollissement limite au noyau lenticulaire et a la tGte du noyau caude; aucun symp- tome strife. Rev. neur.. Par, 1925, 32: pt 1, 194-209. ---- Basal ganglia: lentiform nucleus: Pal- lidum [and its diseases] Ferrer y Cagigal, A, & Perpina Robert, B. Los sintomas dependientes de la alteration del sistema palidal en los sindro- mes extrapiramidales. Ars medica, Barcel, 1929, 5: 411-22.— Griinthal, E. Vergleichend anatomische Untersuchungen iiber den Zellbau des Globus pallidus und Nucleus basalis der Sauger und des Menschen. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1932, 44: 403-28.— Guillain, G, Bertrand, I, & Roques, L. Sur une affection de- generative speciale pallidodentetee se traduisant cliniquement par des phenomenes d'excitation motrice et d'hyperexcitabilite neuro-musculaire et un syndrome hypertensif terminal. Rev. neur. Par, 1936,65: pt 1, 737-55.—Hallervorden, J. Ein Beitrag zu den Beziehungen zwischen Substantia nigra und Globus pallidus: Befund melaninhaltiger Zellen im Globus pallidus. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1924, 91: 625.—Helfand, M. Status pigmentatus; its pathology and its relation to Hallervordon- Spatz disease. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1935, 81: 662-75. Also repr.—Hilpert, P. Ein Beitrag zur elektiven Erkrankung des Pallidum. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1926, 79: 269-75. ----- Ueber Pallidumstarre. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 1340 — Kodama, M. Ueber den Fettgehalt des Globus pallidus (das Pallidumfett) Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1926, 102: 236-49.— Lhermitte, J. La myoscterose retractile des vieillards et ses rapports avec les syndromes acineto-hypertoniques (syndromes pallidaux; rigidite des arterio-sctereux de Foerster) Encfiphale, 1928, 23: 89-113, 3pl—Lbwenberg, K. Zur Frage der elektiven Gefasserkrankung. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1928, 36:81-6. ----- Ueber eine elektive Erkrankung der Pallidumgefasse. Ibid, 1929,39: 8-13, 3pl—Monier- Vinard & Balsace. Syndrome pallidal. Rev. neur. Par, 1921, 28: 371-4—Muskens, I. J. J. Interrelation entre le faisceau longitudinal posterieur et le globus pallidus d'apres des donnees anatomo-physiologiques. BRAIN 835 BRAIN Rev. neur. Par, 1925, 32: 1100. [Anatomo-physiological correlation between globus pallidus and the hindmost longi- tudinal nerve bundle] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1930, 74: ptl, 1205-13, pi. ----- Anatomo-physiologische Correlation von dem Globus pallidus und dem hinteren Langsbtindel. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 26: 27-40.—Osman, M, & Schiikru, I. Beitrag zur Histopathologie der Hallervorden-Spatzsehen Erkrankung. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1935, 136: 78-86.— Pilotti, G. Sul valore del reperto del grasso pallidale. Note psichiat, Pesaro, 1928, 16: 1-8.—Ponzoni, L. Contributo alia conoscenza delle vie efferenti del globus pallidus. Riv. sper. freniat, 1936, 60: 460-80.—Scherer, E. Symmetrische Erwei- chungsherde im Globus pallidus bei sekundarer Anamie; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Morphologie der Pseudokalkablagerung in Hirngefassen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1934,150: 632-9.— Spatz, H. Ueber Beziehungen zwischen der Substantia nigra des Mittelhirnfusses und dem Globus pallidus des Linsenkerns Verh. Anat. Ges, 1922, 31: 159-80.—Urechia, C. I, & Malescu. La rigidite pallidale congenitale et la rigidite progressive. Rev neur. Par, 1923, 30: pt2, 496-503— Urechia, C. I, & Mihalescu, S. La rigidite pallidale et la rigidite progressive. Arch. gen. neur. psichiat. Nap, 1926, 7: 38-42.—Van Gehuchten, P. Rigi- dite pallidale progressive et rigidite congenitale regressive. J. neur. psychiat, Brux, 1931, 31: 560-6.—Vedel, Giraud, G, & Simeon. Syndrome pallidal d'origine arterielle chez une spe- ciflque. Montpellier nted, 1922, 44: 365-70.—Vincent, C, & van Bogaert, L. Contribution a l'etude des syndromes du globe pale; la d6g6n6rescence progressive du globe pale et de la portion reticulee de la substance noire (maladie d'Hallervorden-Spatz) Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 65: ptl, 921-59.— Vos, L. de, & van Bogaert, L. [Clinico-anatomical contribution to the studies of the pallidum syndrome in a child] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1934, 4073-8.—Warkany, J. Vergleichende anatomische Untersuchun- gen iiber die Beziehungen des Globus pallidus zur Substantia nigra. Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien, 1923-24, 25: 195-206.—White, E. B. Some points in the histology of the globus pallidus. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1928, 74: 247-50.—Winkelman, N. W. Pro- gressive pallidal degeneration; a new clinicopathologic syn- drome. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1932, 27: 1-21. ---- Blood circulation. See also Brain, Blood vessels; Head, Blood- vessels; Meninges, Permeability. Andreyev, L. A. Functional changes in the brain of the dog after reduction of cerebral blood supply; cerebral circulation and the development of anastomosis after ligation of the arteries. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 34: 481-507.—Becher, E. Der photographisch registrierte Gehirnpuls. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1936, 9: 334.—Becq, Couadeau [et al.] La circu- lation cerebrate. Ann. med. psychol. Par, 1936, 94: pt2, 126- 9.—Binet, L. La circulation arterielle du cerveau. Presse med, 1924, 32: 993-6. ----- & Gley, P. La circulation cerebrate. Traite physiol. (Roger, G. H.) Par, 1933, 9: 411-36—Cobb, S. The cerebral circulation; remarks on clinical physiology. Ann. Int. M, 1933, 7: 292-302. -----& Forbes, H. S. The cerebral circulation. N. England J.M, 1937, 216: 99-102, 2pl— Hasaga- wa, K. Formation of collateral circulation of the brain after ligation of the arteries to the brain in cervical region, experi- mental studies by means of arteriography. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1934-36, 4: Surg, 226-8.—Howe, H. S, & McKinley, E. Cerebral circulation. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1927, 18: 81-6.— Krogh, A. [Circulation of the brain] Hospitalstidende, 1930, 73: 637-43.—Pilcher, C, & Thuss, C. Cerebral blood flow. Arch. Surg, 1934, 29: 1024-38.—Riser. La circulation c6r6brale. Paris med, 1936, 102: annexe, 66. Also Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 65: 1061-173.—Sarradon, P. Physiologie de la circulation cere- brate. Gaz. hop, 1932, 105: 1919-26.—Schaeffer, H. La circu- lation cerebrate. Paris nted, 1936, 99: 445-60.—Schneider, D. Beziehungen zwischen Gehirndurchblutung und Gehirndruck. Arch. klin. Chir, 1935,183: 448-53 [Discussion] 118.—Stafford, J. Heavy and wrinkled brains do not make geniuses; it is the blood supply that counts, a noted scientist finds. Science N. Lett, 1933, 23: 294.—Takenaga, K. Beitrag zur Frage der Gehirn- durchblutung. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1924, 203: 72-9—Tinel, J. Etudes sur le pouls cerebral. Enc6phale, 1927, 22: 229-44 — Winterstein, H. Ueber den Blutkreislauf im Kaninchenhirn. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1934-35, 235: 377-88. ---- Blood circulation: Disorders. Alajouanine & Thurel. Pathologie de la circulation c6rebrale. Presse med, 1936, 44: 1373. Also Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 65: 1276-358.—Bailliart, P. L'influence de 1'arrSt de la circulation sur le cerveau et la retine. Presse med, 1934, 42: 2014-6 — Dabney, S. G. Ocular symptoms of disturbed cerebral circula- tion. Am. J. Ophth, 1924, 3.ser, 7: 685-8—Gaines, L. M. Vascular crises in the cerebral circulation. South. M.J, 1924, 17: 911-4.—Hiller, F. Zerebrale Zirkulationsstorungen organi- scher Art. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1933, 80: 1515; 1553. ----- Zirkulationsstorungen im Gehirn, eine klinische und patho- logisch-anatomische Studie. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1935, 103: 1-53 _____ Ueber zerebrale Zirkulationsstorungen mchtor- ganischer Art. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1933, 6: 182- 93,-Inman, T. G. Abrupt slowing of the cerebral circulation. California West. M, 1932, 36: 73-5.-Kroll, M. B. [Significance of the hemodynamic factor in the pathogenesis of certain diseases of the brain] Soviet, nevropat, 1933, 2: 78-84.-Magnus G, & Jacobi, W Experimentelle Zirkulationsstorungen an Gehirnge- fassen. Arch. klin. Chir, 1925, 136: 211-20.—Muck, 0. Nach- weis von vorubergehenden, durch kalorische Vestibularisreizung erzeugten Tonusstorungen der Gehirngefassinnervation mit dem Adrenalin-Sondenversuch. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 135.—Rossi, O. Aspetti moderni di problemi antichi; saggio di interpretazione delle encefalopatie a focolaio da disturbo cir- colatono. Riv. pat. nerv, 1934, 43: 945-97.—Stern, K. Ueber gefassabhangige Storungen im Briicken-Mittelhirngebiet und ihre Entstehungsweisen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1935, 152: 497-518—Spielmeyer, W. Die Bedeutung der Kreislauf- storungen fiir die Entstehung von Gehirnkrankheiten. Natur- wissenschaften, 1927, 15: 531-7.—Stewart, F. C, & Inman, T. G. Hemiplegia and death following temporary interruption of the cerebral circulation. Hosp. News, Wash, 1935, 2, 17: 6-10.—Tineh, J. Le probleme de la circulation cerebrate; te role des reactions vaso-motrices cerebrates dans quelques affections nerveuses et mentales. Sem. h6p. Paris, 1929, 5: 382-94.—Wil- son, G, & Winkelman, N. W. Segmental cerebral monoplegia of vascular origin. J. Am. M. Ass, 1926, 86: 619-21. ---- Blood circulation: Disorders: Anemia. See also Carotid artery. Anichkov, N. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Gehirnanamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1926, 49: 45-62. Also Vest, khir, 1929, 16:-17: 105-9.—Anrep, G. V, & Baly, I. de B. The output of adrenaline in cerebral anaemia as studied by means of crossed circulation. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1924-25, s.B, 97: 450-63— Cobb, S. The cerebral circulation; cerebral anemia—a discussion of the mechanism and a case report. Am. J. Psychiat, 1934, 90: 947-56, 4pl—Chauchard, A, & Chau- chard, B. Sur les variations de 1'excitabilite corticale au cours de l'anemie cerebrate experimentale. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 123: 979.—Groedel, F. M, & Hubert, G. Pseudoapoplektische und pseudoembolische zerebrale Zirkulationsstorungen auf ischamischer Basis. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 1023-5.— Houssay, B. A, & Hug, E. Action de l'an6mie enc6phalique sur les centres nerveux et vagaux cardiaques, gastriques et intesti- naux de la tfite isotee. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 1503-6.— Meyer, J. de. A propos d'un cas d'anemie cerebrate (hypo- trophie d'une carotide) Arch. mal. cceur, 1921, 14: 11-9.— Petrov, I. R. [Experimental examination of functional changes of some centers in anemia of the brain] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1930, 30: 443-57. ----- [Anemia of the brain in dogs] J. eksp. biol, 1929, 11: 88-94. ----- Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Funktionstbrungen der Nervenzentren bei Gehirn- anamie; Funktionstbrungen des Atem- und Vasomotorenzen- trums. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1931, 75: 1-22; 79: 506.—Prevost, J. L, & Mioni, G. L'anemie cerebrate modifiant la crise epi- leptiforme provoquee par le courant alternatif. Tr. Lab. physiol. Univ. Geneve, 1907, 6:1-5.—Roberts, F. The effect of cerebral anaemia upon blood-pressure and respiration. J. Physiol, Lond. 1924-25, 59: 99-120.—Rogov, J.M. The output of epinephrin from the adrenal glands during cerebral anemia. Am. J. Physiol, 1923-24, 67: 551-72. -----& Coombs, H. C* Observations on the supposed relation of the adrenal glands to the blood-pressure response during cerebral anemia. Ibid, 64: 44-74.—Solomon, S, & Boshes, B. A case of transient hemiplegia (intermittent anox- emic hemiplegia) Illinois M.J, 1931, 60: 73.—Swenson, E. A. The use of cerebral anemia in experimental embryological studies upon mammals. Anat. Rec, 1925, 30: 147-51.—Tour- nade, A, & Chabrol, M. L'an6mie des centres nerveux ence- phaliques, condition stimulante d'adr6nalino-secretion. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 590-3.—Tournade, A, Rocchisani, L, & Curtillet, A. Effet adr6nalino-secreteur de l'an6mie aigue bulbo-encephalique. Ibid, 1934, 116: 205—Wesselkin, P. N. Ueber die experimentelle akute Hirnanamie bei Katzen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, 59: 206-21. ---- Blood circulation: Disorders: Congestion. Buckley, S. F. Cerebral hyperaemia; does it exist? A consideration of some views of Dr William A. Hammond. 129p. 16? N.Y., 1882. Comte, A. Quelques reflexions k propos d'un cas de conges- tion cerebrate active. Livres jubil. (Roger, G. H.) Par, 1932, 81-4 —Hummelet, F. Die Beeinflussung der Gehirnhyperamie (Gehirnkongestion) des Hundes mit Luminal-Natrium. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1927, 43: 735-8—Nakamura, F. Ueber die Histopathologie der verschiedenen Neurogliaarten mit beson- derer Berucksichtigung der Nervenfasern; vergleichende histo- pathologische Beobachtung fiber die experimentelle Unter- suchung des Sonnenstiches, Hitzschlage und der Blutstauung im Kopfe. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1936, 18: 705-59, 3pl.- Orman, McB. A case of congestion of the brain, with some in- teresting sequelae. Med. Rec, S. Anton, 1924, 18: 275. Blood circulation: Examination. Iwata T. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Blut- zirkulation des Gehirns. Fukuoka acta med, 1932, 25: 39.— Moniz E Sur la vitesse du sang dans l'organisme; determina- tion de la vitesse de la circulation dans le cerveau, les meninges pt les narties molles de la boite cranienne par l'arterophtebo- grapnie Ann. nted. Par, 1932, 32: 193T220 —— L'arterio- phtebographic comme moyen de determiner la vitesse de la cir- culation du cerveau, des meninges et des parties molles du crane. Bull Acad, med. Par, 1932, 3.ser, 107: 516-8. ----- & AI- BRAIN 836 BRAIN meida Lima. Phtebographie cerebrate; essai de determination de la vitesse du sang dans les capillaires du cerveau chez I'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 109: 1037— Riser & Sorel. La circulation c6r6brale etudiee par la microphotographie. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1929, 7: 485; 601.----- Etudes sur la circulation cerebrale; comparaison des techniques; l'observation directe en milieu clos. Presse med, 1930, 38: 1073-6.—Tournade, A, & Chabral, M. Technique des circulations cephaliques crois6es. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 84: 608-10—Ungar, G, & Besvignes, P. Nouvelle methode d'exploration de la circulation cerebrate par la mesure simultanee de la pression arterielle reti- nienne et de la pression arterielle generate. Ibid, 1934,116: 299. ----- Blood circulation: Hemodynamics. Sepp, E. Die Dynamik der Blutzirkulation im Gehirn. 86p. 8? Berl., 1928. Forms H.53 of Monogr. Geb. Neur. Psychiat. Finley, K. H, & Forbes, H. S. Cerebral circulation; venous pressure; effect on caliber of pial arteries. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1933, 29: 765-70.—Fog, M. Influence of intracranial hyper- tension upon the cerebral circulation. Acta psychiat. neur. Kbh, 1933, 8: 191-8.—Forbes, H. S, & Nason, G. I. The cerebral circulation; vascular responses to (a) hypertonic solutions and (b) withdrawal of cerebrospinal fluid. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 34: 533-47—Lbhr, W, & Jacobi, W. Die Bedeutung des Hirndruckes fiir die Durchstromungsverhaltnisse im Gehirn in arteriographischer Darstellung. Zbl. Chir, 1934, 61: 1793- 807.—Mandelstamm, M. Ueber die Beurteilung der Blut ver- teilung in den Gehirngefassen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1936, 155: 298-312.—Wolff, H. G, & Blumgart, H. L. The cerebral cir- culation; the effect of normal and of increased intracranial cere- brospinal fluid pressure on the velocity of intracranial blood flow. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1929, 21: 795-804—Wolff, H. G, & Forbes, H. S. The cerebral circulation; observations on the pial circulation during changes in intracranial pressure. Ibid, 1928,20: 1035-47. ---- Blood circulation: Pharmacology. See also Brain, Pharmacology. Bouckaert, J. J, & Jourdan, F. Influences de la cateine, de al papaverine et du chlorure de baryum sur les vaisseaux cere- braux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 257-9. ----- Influence de l'anhydride carbonique sur les vaisseaux cerebraux. Ibid, 788-90. --- Reactions pharmacologiques des vaisseaux cere- braux. Ibid, 790-2.—Bruch, H. Histaminwirkung auf die Blutgefasse des Gehirns. Klin. Wschr, 1937, 16: 236—Co- lombi, C, & Sacchi, U. Studii sull'azione dei farmachi emodi- namici e delle soluzioni ipertoniche di cloruro sodico sulla circo- lazione encefalica. Arch. Ist. biochim. ital, 1934, 6: 13-40 — Finesinger, J. E. Cerebral circulation; effect of cafeine on cere- bral vessels. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1932, 28: 1290-325. Also repr. -----& Cobb, S. The action of narcotic drugs on the pial vessels. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1935, 53: 1-33. ----- Action on the pial arteries of the convulsants caffeine, absinth, camphor, and picrotoxin. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1933, 30: 980-1002.—Forbes, H. S, Finley, K. H, & Nason, G. I. Cere- bral circulation; action of epinephrine on pial vessels; action of pituitary and pitressin on pial vessels; vasomotor response in the pia and in the skin. Ibid, 957-79.—Forbes, H. S, & Krumb- haar, C. C. Cerebral circulation; action of hydrogen sulphide. Ibid, 29: 756-64.—Forbes, G. S, Wolff, H. G, & Cobb, S. The cerebral circulation; the action of histamine. Am. J. Physiol, 1929, 89: 266-72.—Gibbs, F. A, Gibbs, E. L, & Lennox, W. G. The cerebral blood flow in man as influenced by adrenalin, caffein, amyl nitrite and histamine. Am. Heart J, 1934-35, 10: 916-24.—Gruber, C. M, & Roberts, S. J. The effect of adrenalin and other vasomotor drugs upon the cerebral blood vessels. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1926-27, 27: 335-48—Hamm, L, & Pilcher, C. Cerebral blood flow; the effect of intravenous injec- tion of hypertonic and hypotonic solutions on the cardiac output and blood pressure. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1930, 24: 907-12. Also repr.—Heupke, W. Ueber die Einwirkung von Arzneimitteln auf die Gehirngefasse des Menschen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1924, 44: 198-214.—Howe, H. S. Microcinemato- graphic studies of the effect of certain drugs on the cerebral circu- lation. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1932, 76: 165-9—Kuhn, J. Ueber die Einwirkung von Arzneien und deren Kombinationen auf die intrakraniellen Gefasse. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1922, 94: 74-96.—Lennox, G. W, Gibbs, E. L, & Gibbs, F. A. Effect of ergotamine tartrate on the cerebral circulation of man. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1935, 53: 113-9.—Michelazzi, A. M. Sul l'innervazione vasomotrice dell'encefalo; inlluenze farmacolo- giche. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1934, 33: 472-518—Miwa, M, Ozaki, M, & Shiroshita, R. Pharmakologie der Gehirngefasse; die Wirkung des Pituitrins; die Wirkung des Strophanthins, Anti- pyrins und der Salizylsaure. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1928, 128: 211-24. ----- Pharmakologie der Gehirngefasse; die Wirkung des Adrenalins. Ibid, 1927, 123: 331-47.—Muhlmann, M, & Sehmel, J. Die Wirkung des Adrenalins auf die Hirngefasse. Beitr. path. Anat, 1928, 81: 211, pi—Pilcher, C. Cerebral blood flow; the effect of intravenous administration of hypertonic and hypotonic solutions on the volume flow of blood through the brain. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1930, 24: 899-906—Pool, J. I, & Nason, G. I. Cerebral circulation; the comparative effect of ergotamine tartrate on the arteries in the pia, dura and skin of cats. Ibid, 1935, 33: 276-82—Puusepp, L. Experimentelle Daten zur Frage Uber den Einfluss von Hirnextrakten auf den intracraniellen Blutkreislauf. Fol. neuropath, eston, 1931, 10: 106-28.—Riser, M, & Sorel, R. Etudes sur la circulation cere- brate; Paction de l'adrenaline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 297.—Ronchevsky, S. P. [Effect of epinephrine on the blood cir- culation of the brain] Arch. med. nauk, 1929, 2: 247-56.— Schneider, M, & Schneider, B. Einwirkung verschiedener Pharmaca auf die Gehirndurchblutung. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1934, 175: 640-64.—Tinel, J. Regulation de la circulation cerebrate k l'inhalation d'oxygene. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 665.----- & Ungar, G. Sensibilisation des arteres cere- brates k l'action de l'adrenaline par injection prealable de yo- himbine, d'ergotamine ou de peptone. Ibid, 1933,112: 758-60.— Ungar, G, & Eck, M. Etude manometrique de la circulation cerebrate; analyse de Paction vasoconstrictrice de l'adrenaline. Ibid,114: 459.—Weiss, S, & Lennox, W. G. The cerebral circu- lation; cerebral blood flow and the vasomotor response of the minute vessels of the human brain to histamine. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1931, 26: 737-44. Also repr—Wolff, H. G. The cerebral circulation; the action of amyl nitrite. Ibid, 1929, 22: 695-9. ----- The action of the extract of the posterior lobe of the pituitary gland. Ibid, 691-4. ----— The cerebral circula- tion; the action of acetycholine. Ibid, 686-90. Also repr. -----& Forbes, H. S. The cerebral circulation; the action of hypertonic solutions. Ibid, 1928, 20: 73-83. Alsorepr. ---- Blood circulation: Regulation. See also Carotid sinus. Anochina-Iwanowa, A. Ueber die Wirkung der Verande- rungen des Blutdruckes auf die Lumen der Gehirngefasse. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1933-34, 92: 334-40—Ask-Upmark, E. The effect of carotid sinus stimulation upon the cerebral circula- tion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1934, 79: 314-7—Berger, H. Zur Innervation der Pia mater und der Gehirngefasse. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1923-24, 70: 216-20. ----- Zur Innervation der Pia mater und der Hirngefasse. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat, 1924, 80: 260.—Binet, L, & Gayet, R. Du role des nerfs du sinus carotidien dans les reponses aux variations de la pression arte- rielle cephaliques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 100: 338-41 — Bouckaert, J. J, & Jourdan, F. Effets de l'adrenaline et de l'excitation du sympathique cervical sur la circulation intracra- nienne isolee. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 84-7. ----- Ex- istence de nerfs vasoconstricteurs cerebraux et action de l'adre- naline sur les vaisseaux du cerveau. Ibid, 88-90. ----- Sinus carotidiens et circulation cerebrate. Ibid, 1936, 121: 1354-7 — Bruch, H. L'influence du sympathique cervical sur la circula- tion cerebrate. J. physiol. path, gen, 1936, 34: 1198-201.— Brunnchweiller, H. A propos de 1'excitabilite vaso-motrice cerebrate. Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 65: 1410.—Chorobski, J, & Penfield, W. Cerebral vasodilator nerves and their pathway from the medulla oblongata with observations on the pial and intracerebral vascular plexus. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1932, 58: 24-56. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1932, 28: 1257-89 — Cobb, S. The cerebral circulation; the relationship of the cer- vical sympathetic nerves to cerebral blood supply. Am. J.M. Sc, 1929, 178: 528-36. -----& Finesinger, J. E. Cerebral cir- culation; the vagal pathway of the vasodilator impulses. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1932, 58: 10-23. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1932, 28: 1243-56.—Colombi, C. Ancora sulla motilita e sul tono dei vasi encefalici. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1936, 11: 292—Forbes, H. S, Nason, G. I, & Wortman, R. C. Cerebral circulation; vasodilation in the pia following stimulation of the vagus, aortic and carotid sinus nerves. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1937, 37: 334-50—Forbes, H. S, & Wolff, H. G. The vasomotor control of cerebral vessels. Ibid, 1928, 19: 1057-86 — Gollwitzer-Meier, K, & Eckardt, P. Ueber die Bedeutung von HirngefSssreflexen ffir die Hirndurchblutung. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1934,175: 689-96. ----- Weitere Untersuchungen iiber den Nerveneinfluss auf die Hirndurchblutung. Ibid, 177: 501-18.—Goodhart, S. P. The pathway of vagus impulses to the cerebral vessels. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1932, 85: 272- Hassin, G. B. The nerve supply of the cerebral blood vessels; a histologic study. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1929, 22: 375- 91.—Heymans, C, & Bohckaert, J. J. Reflexes sino-carotidien et cardio-aortiques; vasomotricite cerebrate. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933,113:74-6. -----& Moraes, A. Perfusion purement arti- ficielle de la circulation c6phalique isotee; reactions vasomotrices. Ibid, 1932, 109: 1138-41.—Keller, C. J. Untersuchungen fiber die Gehirndurchblutung; gibt es eine Autonomie der Gehirnge- fasse. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1930, 154: 357-80—Kosaka, T. On the vasomotor effect of the sympathetic nerve on the cerebral vessels in rabbits. J. Orient. M, Dairen, 1929,11: 41.—Lennox, W. G. Constancy of the cerebral blood flow. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1936, 36: 373-81— Levine, M, & Wolff, H. G. Cerebral circulation; afferent impulses from the blood vessels of the pia. Ibid, 1932, 28: 140-50. Also repr—Ley. J, & Be la Fontaine-Verwey, B. C. A propos de certaines reactions des vaisseaux cerebraux du lapin dans leurs rapports avec les con- ditions humorales et avec leur innervation sympathique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 101: 478-80—Michelazzi, A. M. _ Sur 1 in- nervation vaso-motrice de l'encephale. Arch. ital. biol, 1934^ 35, 94: 1-12. ----- Sull'innervazione dei vasi cerebrali. Pathologica, Genova, 1934,26: 203-5. ----- Particolare reperto nell'innervazione delle arterie cerebrali. Ibid, 476.—Noyons, A. K. M. La regulation du debit circulatoire du cerveau. L. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 119: 1497-1542. ----- Westennjk, N. van, & Jongbloed, J. Zur Kenntnis der Vasomotilitat des BRAIN 837 BRAIN Gehirns. Acta brevia neerl, 1935, 5: 82-4. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1935, 79: 3802. ------ Recherches sur la regulation du debit circulatoire du cerveau. Arch. n6erl. physiol, 1936, 21: 377-432.—Pal, J. Ueber die zerebrale Gefassinnervation des Menschen. Wien. med. Wschr, 1935, 85: 601-3—Penfield, W. Intracerebral vascular nerves. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1931, 57: 426-40. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1932,27: 30-44—Pool, J. L, Forbes, H. S, & Nason, G. I. Cerebral circulation; effect of stimulation of the sympathetic nerve on the pial vessels in the isolated head. Ibid, 1934, 32: 915-23.—Schneider, B. Ueber die Regulierung der Durchblutung des Gehirns. Arch. klin. Chir, 1934, 180: 461-5. [Discussion] 16.—Schneider, M, & Schneider, B. Untersuchungen fiber die Regulierung der Ge- hirndurchblutung. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1934, 175: 606; 640. ----- Die Rolle des Carotissinus bei der Regulierung der Gehirndurshblutung. Ibid, 176: 393-400.—Schretzenmayr, A. Tonusreaktionen der Hirngefasse. Ibid, 1933-34, 174: 151-9.— Talbott, J. H, Wolff, H. G, & Cobb, S. The cerebral circulation; changes in cerebral capillary bed following cervical sympathec- tomy. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1929, 21: 1102-6—Tinel, J. La vaso-motricit6 cerebrate. Nutrition, Par, 1933, 3: 299-330. ----- Realite clinique et probabilites physiologiques d'une vaso-motricit6 cerebrate; les systemes regulateurs de la circula- tion cerebrate. Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 65: 1255-72. ------ & Ungar, G. Section du sympathique cervical et Taction de l'adre- naline sur les arteres c6r6brales. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 12sii -8. ------ La regulation de la circulation cerebrale. Presse med, 1936,44:169-72.—Ungar, G. Sur la nature active ou passive de la vasoconstriction cerebrate adrenalinique chez l'animal prepare par des substances sympathicolytiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 1284-6. ------ & Zerling, M. R. Reactions vasomotrices des arteres cerebrales chez les selaciens. Ibid, 113: 1107-9.—Villaret, M, Justin-Besangon, L. [etal.] Physiolo- gie de la vasomotricite c6rebrale. Ann. med. psychol. Par, 1936, 94: 130-4. Also Presse med, 1936, 44: 1372. Also Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 65: 1174-254.—Westenrijk, N. Tierversuche iiber die Vasomotorik der Gehirngefasse. Verh. Deut. Ges, Kreislaufforsch, 1933, 6: 97-100. ------ Untersuchungen fiber die Wechselbeziehungen der einzelnen Kreislaufgebiete; fiber das vasomotorische Verhalten der Gehirngefasse. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1934,93: 1-6. --- Blood circulation: Variations. Cobb, S, & Fremont-Smith, F. The cerebral circulation; changes in the human retinal circulation and in the pressure of the cerebrospinal fluid during inhalation of a mixture of carbon dioxide and oxygen. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1931, 26: 731-6, pi.—Finesinger, J, & Putnam, T. J. Cerebral circulation; induced variations in volume flow through the brain perfused at constant pressure. Ibid, 1933, 30: 775-94. Also repr.—Fog, M. Cerebral circulation; the reaction of the pial arteries to a fall in blood pressure. Ibid, 1937, 37: 351-64.—Friedemann, U, & Elkeles, A. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Blut- zirkulation im Gehirn unter physiologischen und pathologischen Bedingungen. Klin. Wschr, 1931, 10: 2249-51.—Hartmann, F. Kreislaufverhaitnisse und Durchblutung des kunstlich durch- strbmten Gehirnes bei erhohter Spannung in der Schadelhbhle. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1936, 247: 242-73—Irving, L, & Welch, M. S. The effect of the composition of the inspired air on the circulation through the brain. Q.J. Exp. Physiol, Lond, 1935-36, 25: 121-9.—Lennox, W. G. The cerebral circulation; the effect of mental work. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1931, 26: 725-30. Also repr. ------& Gibbs, E. L. The blood flow in the brain and the leg of man, and the changes induced by alteration of blood gases. J. Clin. Invest, 1932, 11: 1155-77.—Noyons, A. K. M, Westenrijk, N. van, & Jongbloed, J. Ueber Veranderungen im Gehirnkreislauf bei experimenteller Anwendung ver- schiedener ausserer Temperaturen. Acta brevia neerl, 1935, 5: 181—Putnam, T. J. Induced variations in volume flow through the brain perfused at constant pressure. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1933, 78: 60-2.—Royle, N. B. Alteration of the circu- lation of the brain by surgical means in diseases of the central nervous system. Brit. M.J, 1932, 1: 1063-8.—Wolff, H. G, & Lennox, W. G. Cerebral circulation; the effect on pial vessels of variations in the oxygen and carbon dioxide content of the blood. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1930, 23: 1097-120. Also repr. --- Blood pressure. See also Brain, Apoplexy: Causes. Hatzieganu, J, & Vancea, J. Le syndrome de l'hyposystolie cerebrate. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1930, 3.ser, 46: 1169-79. Also Cluj. med, 1930, 11: 57.—Heymans, C. Les variations de la pression arterielle dans la circulation cephalique; declenche- ment des reflexes neuro-vasculaires et adrenalino-secr6toires. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 1239-41—Klein, C. Ueber das Ver- halten des Blutdruckes in den Hirngefassen nach Durchschnei- dung des Halses (Schachtschnitt der Juden) Deut. tierarztl. Wschr, 1925, 33: 533-5—Lucherini, T. Particolari imagini radiograflche del cranio nello studio dei rapporti fra ipertensioni endocraniche idrocefaliche ed ipertensione arteriosa generale. Policlinico, 1937, 44: sez. med, 18-46. -— Blood vessels. See also names of cerebral blood vessels as Basilar artery; Carotid artery; also names of meningeal vessels. Jenke, W. *Die Gehirnarterien des Pferdes, Hundes, Rindes und Schweines verglichen mit denen des Menschen [Leipzig] 103p. 8? Dresd., 1919. Voncken, J. * Ueber histologische Eigenarten der basalen Hirnarterien. 29p. 8? Bonn, 1931. Anton, G, & Volcker. Ueber die Venenwege im Gehirn und fiber Gehirndesinfektion. Jahrb. Psychiat. Neur, Wien, 1920, 40: 415-28, 5pl.—Behnsen. Ueber die Durchlassigkeit der Hirngefasse bei jungen und alten MSusen. Verh. Anat..Ges, 1926, 35: 179-86—Cobb, S. The cerebral circulation; the question of end-arteries of the brain and the mechanism of infarction. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1931, 25: 273-80 — Craigie, E. H. Changes in the vascularity in the brain stem and cerebellum of the albino rat between birth and maturity. J. Comp. Neur, 1924-25, 38: 27-48—Belerue, A. Contribution k l'etude des veines du cerveau. Echo med. nord, 1934, 3.ser, 2: 680-4.—Foix, C, & Hillemand, P. Les arteres de l'axe enc6- phalique jusqu'au diencephale inclusivement. Rev. neur. Par, 1925, 32: pt2, 705-39—Grigorjewa, T. Histologische Unter- suchungen fiber die Innervation der Hirngefasse. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch, 1932, 28: 418-26.—Hackel, W. M. Ueber den Bau und die Altersveranderungen der Gehirnarterien. Virchows Arch, 1927-28, 266: 630-9—Hindze, B. Les arteres du cerveau des hommes d'elite. Bull. Soc. anthrop. Paris, 1926, 7.ser, 7: 95-104; 1927, 7.ser, 8: 201-11. Also Anat. Anz, 1926-27, 62: 1-24. —---- [Auxiliary data on the methods for preparing, obtaining and studying the entire arterial system of the brain] Antrop. J, Moskva, 1933, 217-28. ------ Quelques notes supptemen- taires sur la methode de preparation de tout le systeme des arteres de 1'encephale. Arch, anat, Strasb, 1933-34, 17: 397-409.—Jacobi, W. Gefass- und Liquorstudjen am Hirn des lebenden Hundes. Arch. Psychiat, Berl,, 1925, 73: 126- 38.—Klosovsky, B. N, & Kiseleva, Z. N. [Development of vascular plexuses in the brain of the cat] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1936, 40: 11-21. -----■ [Development of vascular plexuses in birds] Ibid, 23-30.—Masayama, S. Ueber die lipofus- zinartige Substanz in den Gefasswanden des Menschenge- birns. J. Orient. M, Darien, 1934, 21: 111.—Miyata, D. Beitrage zur Anatomie der Hirnarterien des Kaninchens. Fukuoka acta med, 1934, 27: 41-4.—Mouchet, A. Note sur les arteres du cerveau. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1933, 10: 669-75.— O'Connell, J. E. A. Some observations on the cerebral veins. Brain, Lond, 1934, 57: 484-503.—Pfeifer, R. A. Anastomosen der Hirngefasse, dargestellt am asphyktisch hyperamischen Kindergehirn. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1931, 42: 1-173.— Roofe, P. G. The endocranial blood vessels of Amblystoma tigrinum. J. Comp. Neur, 1935, 61: 257-93. Also repr.— Sandor, G. Vergleichende Untersuchungen an den Froschge- fassen mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Gehirns. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1926, 213: 492-510.—Shellshear, J. L. The arteries of the brain of the orangutan. J. Anat, Lond, 1926-27, 61: 167-97, 4pl.—Socha, P. [Development of blood vessels in the brain of grassfrogs] Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, 1930, 479- 93, 2pl.—Tuthill, C. R. The elastic layer in the cerebral vessels; studies of the new-born and of children. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1931, 26: 268-78.—Wentsler, N. E. Microscopic study of the superficial cerebral vessels of the rabbit by means of a per- manently installed transparent cranial chamber. Anat. Rec, 1936, 66: 423-35. ---- Blood vessels: Abnormities. Bergstrand, H., Olivecrona, H., & Tonnis, W. Gefassmissbildungen und Gefassgeschwiilste des Gehirns. 181p. 8? Lpz., 1936. Vo£tte, H. *Hemmungsbildungen und Ano- malien der Arterien der Gehirnbasis [Zurich] 16p. 8? Hanau a.M., 1922. Hindze, B, & Freidmann, L. Die topographische Ver- breitung der peripherischen Hirnarterien eines Menschen bei rudimentarer Entwicklung einer der inneren Carotiden. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1931, 132: 458-74.—Pette, H. Gefassmiss- bildungen und Gefassgeschwiilste des Gehirns. Deut. med. Wschr 1936, 62: 1143.—Werden, B. H. Intracranial venous anomaly. Am. J. Surg, 1935, 29: 115-9. ---- Blood vessels: Aneurysm. See also Brain, Apoplexy: Causes; Brain tumor. Emrich, P. *Ueber das Dehnungsaneurysma und seine Genese auf Grund his-tologischer Untersuchungen an Hirnarterienaneurysmen [Zu- rich] 22p. 8? Berl., 1923. Hauradau, O. L. R. *AneVrysmes artdrio- veineux intra-craniens; 6tude sur Involution de quatre cas longtemps suivis et guens spontane- ment. 69p. 8? Par., 1931. Streuli, G. *Augenmuskellahmung und basales Aneurysma [Basel] 15p, 8? Luzern, 1933. BRAIN 838 BRAIN Berger, R. Beitrag zum Gehirnaneurysma. Prakt. Arzt, 1929, n.F, 14: 294; 313.—Berger, W. Ueber Aneurysmen der Hirnarterien unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Aetiologie, mit kasuistischen Beitragen. Virchows Arch, 1923, 245: 138-64.—Black, G. H. B. A case of intracranial aneurysm with ocular signs. Med. J. Australia, 1933,1:434.—Bolton, C. Intra- cranial aneurysm, with signs of pressure on the pons. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934, 27: 1236.—Borchardt, M. Die chirur- gische Bedeutung der Gehirnaneurysmen. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1925,133: 429-51, pi.—Bramwell, E. Neurological notes. Edin- burgh M.J, 1931, n.s, 38: 689-95.—Busse, 0. Aneurysmen und Bildungsfehler der Arteria communicans anterior. Virchows Arch, 1920, 229: 178-206.—Colares, J. V. Aneurismas intra- craneanos. Fol. med, Rio, 1934,15: 53-5.—Conway, J. A. Two cases of cerebral aneurysm causing ocular symptoms with notes of other cases. Brit. J. Ophth, 1926, 10: 78-98—Currier, F. P, & Bavis, B. B. Intracranial aneurysms. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1936, 35: 25-8.—Cushing, H. Contributions to the clinical study of intracranial aneurysms. Rep. Guy's Hosp, Lond, 1923, 72: 159-63.—Bandy, W. E. Arteriovenous aneurysm of the brain. Arch. Surg, 1928, 17: 190-243, 3pl— Bial, B. L, & Maurer, G. B. Intracranial aneurysms; report of 13 cases. Am. J. Surg, 1937, 35: 2-21.—Bott, N. M. Intracranial aneurysms; cerebral arterio- radiography; surgical treatment. Edinburgh M.J, 1933, n.s, 40: suppl. Tr. Med. Chir. Soc, 219-40.—Brennan, A. M. Aneu- rysms of the larger cerebral vessels. N. Zealand M.J, 1921, 20: 324-49.—Esser, A. Ueber Hirnarterienaneurysmen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1928, 114: 208-35—Fearnsides, E. G. Intracranial aneurysms. Brain, Lond, 1916, 39: pt3-4, 224^ 96.—Fitz, R. A case of intracranial aneurism. Boston M.&S.J., 1924, 191: 521-4.—Forbus, W. B. On the origin of miliary aneu- rysms of the superficial cerebral arteries. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1930, 47: 239-84.—Frazier, C. H. Intracranial aneurysms. Progr. Med, Phila, 1924, 1: 54-6.—Freeman, W. Intracranial aneurisms. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1932, 1: 206.— Gardner, W.J. Cerebral angiomas and aneurysms. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1936, 16: 1019-30.—GiUies, S. A case of cerebral aneurysm simulating meningitis. Med. J. Australia, 1923, 2: 37.—Goodhart, S. P. Aneurism of base of skull. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1919, 49: 416.—Graff, E. L. A case of congenital cerebral aneurysm. Rep. Guy's Hosp, Lond, 1928, 78: 493-8.—Green, F. H. K. Congenital aneurysm of the cerebral arteries. Q.J. Med, Oxford, 1927-28, 21: 419-32, 2pl. ----- Miliary aneu- rysms in the brain. J. Path. Bact, Edinb, 1930, 33: 71-7, 2pl.—Hahn, R. G. Intracranial aneurysm; report of a case. N. England J.M, 1931, 204: 549.—Howe, H. S. Aneurism in the posterior cranial fossa. Neur. Bull, 1919,2:323-8.—Jellinek, G. Aneurysmas an der Hirnbasis infolge Endarteriitis luetica. Wien. med. Wschr, 1921, 71: 1766—John, E. Zur Klinik und Symptomatologie der Aneurysmen der Hirngefasse. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1925, 86: 250-62.—Kuhn, M. J. Contribucion al conocimiento de los aneurismas cerebrates. Arch, argent. neur, 1931-32, 7: 32.—Lemmel, G. Drei klinisch diagnostizierte Falle von Aneurysmen der Hirngefasse. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1931, 78: 2193.—Loewenhardt, F. E. R. Zur Klinik des Hirnarte- rienaneurysmas. Deut. med. Wschr, 1923, 49: 439-41.—Lbwy, J. Das Hirnarterienaneurysma als Nachkrankheit des Gelenk- rheumatismus. Zbl. inn. Med, 1922, 43: 505-8. -—- Ueber das Hirnarterienaneurysma. Zschr. klin. Med, 1924, 98: 100-5.—Love, J. G. Arteriovenous aneurysmal varices of the brain. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1933, 8: 625-9.—Maass, U. Die Syphilis als haufigste Ursache der Aneurysmen an der Gehirn- basis. Beitr. path. Anat, 1936-37, 98: 307-22.—Markovits, F. [Cerebral aneurysm and paroxysmal hypertension] Orv. hetil, 1934, 78: 285. Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1934, 26: 512-5.— Martin, J. P. Intracranial aneurysm with calcified wall, visible, in skiagrams. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934, 27: 1358.—Men- ninger, W. C, & Bixon, J. L. Intracranial aneurysm; a case report. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1933, 34: 342-6.—Moersch, F. P, & Kernohan, J. W. Cerebral arteriovenous aneurysms, with report of case. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1931, 74: 137-48.—Nattrass, F. J. Clinical manifestations of intracranial aneurysms. Lan- cet, Lond, 1933, 2: 915-8. Also Newcastle M.J, 1933, 13: 109-16.—Ortm'ann, K. K. [Intracranial aneurysm in a 6-year-old girl] Hospitalstidende, 1931,74:1026-30.—Parker, H.L. Aneu- rysms of cerebral vessels; clinical manifestations and pathology. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1926, 16: 728-46.—Pedersen, T. [Three cases of intracranial aneurism] Hospitalstidende, 1921, G4: 721-31.—Pfingst, A. O, & Spurting, R. G. Intracranial aneurysms; their role in the production of ocular palsies. Arch. Ophth, Chic, 1929, n.s, 2: 391-8.—Pollock, L. J. Aneurysms of the cerebral vessels. Med. Clin. N. America, 1927,11:1-14.— Ranjard, R. Valeur semeiologique des bruits d'oreille dans le diagnostic des anevrismes de l'etage moyen de la base du crane. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1922, 28: 330-3.—Raverdino, E. Calcificazione di vasi orbitari e endocranici in un ammalato con esoftalmo da aneurisma arterovenoso guarito spontaneamente. Riv. otoneur, 1928, 5: 155-65.—Reid, H, & Gleave, H. H. Con- genital aneurysm of the brain. Brit. M.J, 1931, 1: 445.— Robertson, E. G. Intracranial aneurysms. Med. J. Australia, 1936, 2: 381-90, pi.—Sands, I. J. Intracranial aneurisms; report of a case. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1926, 64: 12-7. ----- Aneu- rysms of the cerebral vessels. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1929, 21: 37-46.—Sarb6, A. von. Beitrag zur Diagnostik der Hirnaneurysmen. Wien. med. Wschr, 1935, 85: 320.—Schmidt, M. [Intracranial aneurysms] Bibl. laeger, 1930, 122: 269 Also Brain, Lond, 1930-31, 53: 489-540—Shore, B. R. Intra- cranial aneurysms. Arch. Path, Chic, 1928, 6: 181-95. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1929, 21: 607-12— Sternborg, K. [Aneurysm of blood-vessels at base of brain] Klin, med., Moskva, 1929, 7: 1288-91.—Steininger, H. Zur Aetiologie und Symptomatologie der Aneurysmen der Hirngefasse. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1930, 43: 1062-4.—Symonds, C. P. Contributions to the clinical study of intracranial aneurysms. Rep. Guy's Hosp, Lond, 1923, 72: 139-58.—SzSkely, K. Aneurysmen der Hirnarterien. Beitr. gerichtl. Med, 1928, 8: 162-77— Tanaka, T. Ein seltener Fall von Gefassmissbildungen Im Gehirn (sogenannten Aneurysma racemosum) Tr. Soc. path, jap, 1934, 24: 458-62, 2pl.—Tromner [Aneurysma der Hirnbasis] Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 1534.—TurnbuU, H. M. Intra- cranial aneurysms. Brain, Lond, 1918, 41: pt 1, 50-6.—Tuthill, C. R. Cerebral aneurysms. Arch. Path, Chic, 1933, 16: 630-42.—Viole, P, & Love, A. A. Objective and subjective tinnitus aurium of vascular origin; report of case presumably due to cerebral aneurysm. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, S. Louis, 1935, 44: 418-25.—Volante, F. Contributo anatomo patologico alio studio degli aneurismi delle arterie cerebrali. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1933, 96: pt2, 203-13.—Yates, A. G, & Paine, C. G. A case of arteriovenous aneurysm within the brain. Brain, Lond, 1930, 53: 38-46.—Zador, J. Zur Kasuistik der Hirnaneu- rysmen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1927, 109: 716-32.—Zen- chenko, F. [Cranial murmurs; symptom of aneurysm of cerebral arteries] Klin, med, Moskva, 1927, 5: 1156-62. ---- Bloodvessels: Aneurysm: Rupture. Billault, J. *De la mort subite ou suspects par rupture des aneVrysmes intra-craniens. 89p. 8? Par., 1925. Strofer, F. W. C. *Ueber einen Fall von perforiertem Hirnaneurysma mit Beriicksichti- gung der einschlagigen Literatur (Auszug) [Leipzig] 14p. 8? Cothen, 1922. Andrews, M. C. Ruptured subarachnoid aneurysm; a note on a probable case. Brit. M.J, 1929, 1: 1075.—Antoni [Sub- arachnoid hemorrhage and cerebral aneurysm] Sven. lak. tidn, 1931, 28: invart. med, 95-104.—Biemond, A, & Ter Braak, J. W. G. Ueber die sogenannten spontanen subarachnoidalen Blutungen und ihre Beziehung zum Aneurysma der Hirnge- fasse. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1933, 132: 4-42.—Banson, J. G. Two cases of leaking cerebral aneurysm. J.R. Nav. M. Serv, 1936, 22: 342-4.—Be Crespigny. Two cases of rupture of aneu- rysm at the base of the brain presenting unusual features; leaking aneurysm at the base of the brain; symptoms perhaps dating back for 17 years. Med. Sc. Arch. Adelaide Hosp, 1932, no.12: 14.—Borman, P. Case report of an intracranial aneurysm with death. Laryngoscope, 1935, 45: 366-74.—Egas Moniz. Les hematomes sous-arachnoidiens et les an6vrismes cerebraux. Presse med, 1934, 42: 1017-9.—Greene, A. W. Report of a case of ruptured cerebral aneurysm. J. Ophth, Phila, 1926, 30: 106-11.—Griin, R. Beitrage zur Klinik der akuten Blutungen in dem Subarachnoidealraum (Ruptur von Aneurysmen der Hirnarterien und leptomeningeale Spontanblutungen) Deut. ZSchr. Nervenh, 1932, 127: 205.—Harper, R. M. J. Cerebral aneurysm with recurrent leakage. Brit. M.J., 1932, 1: 13 — Intracranial aneurism—atherosclerosis; rupture. Melbourne Hosp. Clin. Rep, 1930,1: 147-9.—Jacobi, J. Zur Diagnose per- forierter Gehirnaneurysmen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1930, 26: 730- 2.—Kersley, G. B. Leaking cerebral aneurysm. Brit. M.J, 1934,1: 376.—Leopold, S. S. Ruptured aneurysm at junction of right anterior communicating and anterior cerebral arteries; report of a case with resulting subarachnoid hemorrhage. Arch, Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1934, 31: 605-10— McCordock, H. A. A case of intracranial aneurysm with fatal rupture. Bull. Buffalo Gen. Hosp, 1923, 1: 87-91.—Piedelievre, R. Perte de connaissance au volant d'un chauffeur d'automobile; rupture d'un an6vrisme intra-cranien chez un homme de 36 ans. Ann. nted. teg, 1925, 5: 298.—Shaw, M. A case of congenital intra- cranial aneurysm with spontaneous subarachnoid haemorrhage. Rep. Guy's Hosp, Lond, 1927, 77: 242-7. Also Lancet, Lond, 1933, 2: 138.—Sztanojevits, L. Beitrag zur Diagnostik der Hirn- aneurysmenruptur. Neur. Zbl, 1917, 36: 737-41.—Thomas, F. Considerations anatomo-cliniques sur l'hemorragie sous- arachnoldale d'origine an6vrysmale; leur intertt en m6decine tegale. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1936, 13: 969-97.—Wallesch, E. Die Verlaufstypen der Rupturaneurysmen am Hirngrunde. Virchows Arch, 1924, 251: 107-36—Weber, F. P, & Bode, O. B. Congenital and developmental aneurysms, and their impor- tance in regard to the occurrence of sudden intracranial (espe- cially subarachnoid) haemorrhage. Internat. Clin, 1929,39.ser, 2: 1-14.—Wright-Smith, R. J. Intracranial aneurism—congen- ital; rupture. Melbourne Hosp. Clin. Rep, 1930,1: 146. ---- Bloodvessels: Aneurysm, traumatic. Bonnet, Sargnon & Blanc. Anevrysme arterioso-veineux traumatique de le base du crane. Ann. otolar. Par, 1935, 21-6.—Fowelin & Idelson. Gehirnaneurysma nach Schussver- letzung, geheilt durch Ligatur der A. Carotis communis. Deut. med. Wschr, 1918, 44: 345.—Harbitz, F. Konnen Aneurysmen der Schadelgrundflache (eventuell mit todlicher Verblutung) durch Trauma entstehen? Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1932, 19: 463-74. Also Norsk, mag. laegevid, 1933, 94: 241-58.- Schuurmans Steckhoven, W. [Death caused by rupture of basal cerebral aneurysm 3 lA months after injury of the skull] Geneesk. gids, 1932,10: 1101-12.—Spiegel, T. Aneurysma racemosum des Plexus chorioideus des linken Seitenventrikels mit Uebergreifen BRAIN 839 BRAIN auf die Hirnsubstanz und Ruptur in den linken Seitenventrikel nach Trauma. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1924, 89: 316-20 — Walcher, K. Ueber die extracerebralen Aneurysmen der Hirn- arterien und deren traumatische Entstehung. Mschr. Unfallh, 1933, 40: 433-45. ---- Blood vessels: Angiography [arterial encephalography] Heredia y Velasco, P. B. de. Arteriografia cerebral. 71p. 8? Salamanca, 1932. Lindblom, K. A roentgenographic study of the vascular channels of the skull, with special reference to intracranial tumors and arterio- venous aneurysms. 146p Forms Suppl. 30, Acta radiol. 8? Stockh., 1936. Die kombinierte 4? Lpz., 1933. Lohr, W., & Jacobi, W. Enzephal-Arteriographie. 53p Forms Erganzbd 44, Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl. Moniz, E. L'angiographie cerebrale; ses appli- cations et resultats en anatomie, physiologie et clinique. 327p. 8? Par., 1934. Amandio Pinto, M. Enc6phalographie arterielle. J. chir. Par, 1930, 36: 353-60—Bignami, G, & Serra, G. Appunti di tecnica sull'arteriografia encefalica. Arch, radiol. Nap,1933, 9: ptl, 1006-23.—Dixon, O. J. The physiodynamics of intra- vascular fluid injections for roentgenographic studies. Ann. Otol Rhinol, S. Louis, 1935, 44: 387-406—Byes, 0. Beitrag zur Hirngefassdarstellung. Rontgenpraxis, 1934, 6: 93-5 — Fay, T. The cerebral vasculature; preliminary report of study by means of roentgen ray. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 84: 1727-30 — Giacobbe, C, & Vitale, A. L'indagine encefalograflca per via endocarotidea; contributo sperimentale. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1931, 3: 86-97.—Kobcke, H. Die Angiographic der Hirn- gefasse. Deut. med. Wschr, 1936, 62: 1874; 1915.—Lacerda, R. de. Tecnica de angiografia cerebral. Lisboa med, 1935, 12: 476-88 —Lindon, L. C. E. Cerebral arteriography. Med. J. Australia, 1936, 1: 849-53, pi—Lohr. Die Arteriographie der Gehirngefasse im D ienst der Unfall- und Neurochirurgie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1936, 32: 470. ----- Erkrankungen der Hirnge- fasse in arteriographischer Darstellung. Arch klin. Chir, 1936, 186: 298-316 [Discussion] 83. ----- Die Arteriographie der Hirngefasse. Deut. med. Wschr, 1936, 62: 2102. ----- Hirn- gefassverletzungen in arteriographischer Darstellung; throm- botische Verstopfungen und Zerreissungen von Gefassen des Gehirns. Zbl. Chir, 1936, 63: 2593-608. ----- & Jacobi, W. Die kombinierte Encephalo-Arteriographie. Arch. klin. Chir, 1932, 173: 399-420 [Discussion] 158-61. ----- Gefasskrank- heiten des Gehirns in arteriographischer Darstellung. Ibid, 1933,177:510-27 [Discussion] 194. ----- Die Arteriographie und die kombinierte Enzephalarteriographie. Fortsch. Ront- genstrahl, 1933, 48: 385-97. Also Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1934,36: 199-207 [Discussion] 227-36.—Loman, J, & Myerson, A. Visualization of the cerebral vessels by direct mtracarotid injection of thorium dioxide (thorotrast) Am. J. Roentg, 1936, 35: 188-93. Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1936, 83: 583-7.— Matulay, K„ & Kauzal, G. [Cerebral arteriography] Bratisl. lek listy 1934, 14: 24-30.—Moniz, E. La radioart6nographie cerebrate. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1927, 3.ser, 97: 40-5. —— L'encephalographie arterielle. J. med. Bordeaux, 1928, 58: 915- 2i 8pl •-----■ Nouvelle technique de l'encephalographie arte- rielle; quelques cas de localisation de tumeurs cerebrales. Presse med , 1928, 36: 689-93. Also Rev. brasil. med, 1928, 4: 408-22. Also Bruxelles med, 1928-29, 9: suppl, 95. ---— Encefalo- grafia arterial; a proposito de las inyecciones carotideas. Key. otoneur, B. Air, 1929, 4: 276-82.----- Los progresos .de la angiografia cerebral. Rev. m6d. Barcelona, 1932, 18: 461-70. ----- Aspects an'atomiques, physiologiques et cliniques de l'arterographie c6r6brale; nouvelle technique par le thorotrast Rev. nted. Suisse rom, 1932, 52: 193-207, 2pl. ---— Cerebral angiography with thorotrast. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1933, 29: 1318-23. Also repr. ----- Cerebral angiography; its application in clinical practice and physiology. Lancet, Lond, 1933, 2: 1144-7. Also Arch, radiol. Nap, 1933 9: pt 1, 629-42 ----- Physio-Rontgenologie des Blutkreislaufs im Gehirn, in den Meningen und in den Ubrigen Geweben des Kopfes. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1933, 48: 398-405. - Resultats cliniques et physiologiques de l'angiographie cerebrale. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1935,65: 1112-5. ----- A angiogr&fia no diagnostico dos aneurismas e angiomas do cerebro. Lisboa nted, 1935, 12: 455-62. Also Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 65: 1359- 87. ----- & Alves, A. L'angiographie du cerveau obtenue des deux c6tes danp la nteme s6ance. Ibid, 1933, 40: 375. Also. Lisboa nted., 1933, 10: 111-21. —— & Almeida, F. de. Visibilidade aos raios X da veias profundas do cerebro Ibid, 1932, 9: 587 -Moniz, E, & Lima, A. A prova encefalograflca por injeccoes livres na carotida interna e na carotida primitiva Med! contemp, Lisb, 1931, 49: 229-34. —— & Bias, A. La filial Visibilidade! aosraiosi X,'do tronco basilar, arteria cerebral poste- rior e arterias cerebelosas. Med. contemp, Lisb, 1933, 51: 141.—Myerson, A, & Loman, J. Visualization of the cerebral vessels by direct carotid puncture method. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1935, 61: 141—North field, B. W. C, & Russell, B. S. The fate of thorium dioxide (thorotrast) in cerebral arteriography. Lancet, Lond, 1937, 1: 377-81—Palma, E, & Zerboni, E. Angiografia cerebral. Arch. urug. med, 1936, 9: 613-7, pi.— Pinto, A. L'encephalographie arterielle. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par, 1930, 56: 4-7.—Sai, G. Tentativi di encefalografla arte- riosa. Riv. otoneur, 1929, 6: 103-14. Also Riv. pat. nerv, 1930, 30: no.l, 100-6. ----- Angiografia e pneumografia del- l'encefalo. Arch. ital. chir, 1935, 39: 945. —---■ Angiografia cerebrate. Riv. otoneur, 1936,13: 1;93; 207.—Schaltenbrand, G. Die Arbeiten von Moniz fiber die Arteriographie des Gehirns. Med. Klin, Berl, 1935, 31: 20.—Sicard, Haguenau & Wallich. Enc6phalographie lipiodotee sinusoveineuse. Rev. neur. Par, 1927, 34: pt2, 657.—Souques. L'angiographie c6r6brale; ses applications et resultats en anatomie, physiologie et clinique. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1934, 3.ser, 112: 304.—Urban, H. Er- fahrungen mit der Arteriographie des Gehirnes. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935, 48: 924-7.—Vincent, C. Radiographie des arteres cerebrates. Rev. crit. path, ther, 1930, 1: 254.—Worms, G, & Bretton. L'arteriographie cranio-cerebrale. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1928, 5: 529-36.—Yanagisawa, K. Rontgenographische Untersuchungen der menschlichen Hirnarterien. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1934, 12: 1275; 1936, 17: 281, 20pl. ---- Blood vessels: Calcification. See also Brain, Blood vessels: Sclerosis. Brandes, G. *Beitrag zur Verkalkung der kleinen Hirngefasse. 24p. 8? Marburg, 1928. Goldmann, C. H. *Rontgenologische Unter- suchungen iiber Verkalkungen der Schadelge- fasse. 19p. 8? Borna-Lpz., 1929. Altschul, R. Pseudokalkbildungen in der Wand von Hirn- gefassen. Virchows Arch, 1936, 289; 401-5—Durck, H. Ueber eine eigentumliche Verkalkung von Hirngefassen. Verh. Deut. path. Ges, 1921, 18: 88-90. ----- Die vaskuiare Kalk- impragnation des Gehirns (akute toxiseh-infektiose Gefassver- kalkung) Miinch. med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 876— Fahr, T. Idio- pathische Verkalkung der Hirngefasse. Zbl. allg. Path, 1930- 31, 50: 129-33.—Kasanin, J, & Crank, R. P. A case of extensive calcification in the brain; selective calcification of the finer cerebral blood vessels. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 34: 164-78.—Monchy, S. J. R. de [Psychic disturbances in calcifica- tion of the blood-vessels of the brain] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1923, 67: pt2, 726-30.—Ostertag, B. Die an bestimmte Lokalisa- tion gebundenen Konkremente des Zentralnervensystems und ihre Beziehung zur Verkalkung intracerebraler Gefasse bei ge- wissen endokrinen Erkrankungen. Virchows Arch, 1930, 275: 828-59.—Pincherle, P. Dimostrazione radiograflca di arterie cerebrali calcificate. Atti Congr. ital. radiol, 1922, 4: 126-9. Also Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1922, 29: 315-8, pi.—Weimann, W. Zur Kenntnis der Verkalkung intracerebraler Gefasse. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1922, 76: 533-67. Blood vessels: Capillaries. Biriukov, M. L, & Livshits, Y. G. [New data on permea- bility of the capillaries of the brain] Klin, med, Moskva, 1931, 9: 88-90.—Cobb, S, & Talbott, J. H. Studies in cerebral circula- tion; a quantitative study of cerebral capillaries. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1927, 42: 255-62.—Moniz, E. Sur la capacite des capillaires cerebraux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 110: 1034.— Morgenstern, Z, & Biriukov, M. [Permeability of brain capil- laries with vital staining] Med. biol. J, Leningr, 1926, 2: no.6, 72-8 ----- [Permeability of the capillaries of the brain in suboccipital introduction of dextrose] Klin, med, Moskva, 1930 8: 808-13. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1926, 106: 743_50 ----- Weitere experimentelle Ergebnisse zur Frage der Permeabilitat der Gehirncapillaren. Ibid, 1928, 113: 640-50 —Pickworth, F. A. A new method of study of the brain capillaries and its application to the regional localisation of men- tal disorder. J. Anat, Lond, 1934, 69: 62-71, 6pL-Vries, E. de. ILaminar injections of brain capillaries in catsl Psychiat. neur. bl 1934 38: 712-22—Winkelman, N. W. The importance of the small blood vessels of the brain in psychiatric problems. Am. J. Psychiat, 1932, 12: 775-88. ____ Blood vessels: Circle of Willis. Albright, F. The syndrome produced by aneurysm at or near the junction of the internal carotid artery and the Circle of Willis. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1929, 44: 215-45.—Elmer, R F & Boylan, C. E. Aneurysms of the circle of W Uhs; discus- sion'and 2 case reports. Med. J. & Rec ,1932, 135: 557-9.- Garvev P H. Aneurysms of the Circle of Willis. Arch. Ophth, Chic 1934 n.s, 11: 1032-54— Gessner, H. B. The Matas band as a test of the collateral circulation through the Circle of Willis. South M.J, 1912, 307-10—Hindze, B, & Fedotowa, A. Em Fall von stark ausgepragter Asymmetrie des Circulus arteriosus Willisii beim Menschen. Zschr. Morph. Anthrop, 1931 29: 153-8 pi—Ironside, R. A ruptured aneurysm of Circle of Willis- spontaneous subarachnoid haemorrhage. West London M T 1929 34- 95 —Jacques, L. Aneurysm and anomaly of the Circte of Willis Tr. Chicago Path. Soc 1923-26 12: 189-97. Also Arch, Path, Chic, 1926,1: 213-20.-Lowrey, L. G. Anom- BRAIN 840 BRAIN aly in the Circle of Willis, due to absence of the right internal carotid artery. Anat. Rec, 1916, 10: 221. Also Bull. Massa- chusetts Com. Ment. Dis., 1918-19, 2: 87.—Oekrbs, S. [The anomalies of the arterial Circle of Willis as found by examina- tion of arteriography] Magy. orv. arch, 1934,35: 474.—Sai, G, & Constantinides, C. La diagnosi radiologica degli aneurismi del poligono di Willis. Riv. neur, 1932, 5: 449-70.—Saphir, 0. Anomalies of the Circle of Willis, with resulting encephalo- malacia and cerebral hemorrhage. Am. J. Path, 1935, 11: 775- 87, pi. ----- Anomalies of the Circle of Willis and the result- ing vascular disturbances of the brain. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1934-35, 14: 246—Thorpe, F. T, & Clegg, J. L. Multiple arterio- sclerotic aneurysms of the Circle of Willis. J. Path. Bact, Cambr, 1936, 42: 657-64, 2pl. ---- Blood vessels: Diseases. Adson, A. W, Horton, B. T, & Ziegler, L. H. Intracranial arteriovenous fistula; diagnosis by discovery of arterial blood in jugular veins. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1934, 60: 191-3.—Barre, J. A, Rousset & d'Andrade, C. Troubles dementiels; signe d'Argyll-Robertson; syndrome deitero-spinal avec areflexie vestibulaire par arteriolite et veinulite intracerebrale en zones. Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 65: pt 1, 313.—Bender, L. Psychiatric, neurologic, and neuropathologic studies in disseminated altera- tive arteriolitis. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1936, 36: 790- 815.—Bertrand, I, & Miyashita, K. Genese d'histiocytes dans les perivascularites centrales. Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 65: pt 1, 334-9.---— Le probleme des p6rivasculaires toxiques. Ibid, 409-16.—Binswanger, 0. Ein weiterer Beitrag zur pathologischen Anatomie der Hirnarterien. Zbl. allg. Path, 1918, 29: 601-8.—Bouman, K. H. [Mental disturbances in ar- teriolitis of the cerebral cortex] Psychiat. neur. bl, 1928, 32: 301-19, lOpl.—Brack, E. Ueber Hirnarterien-Veranderungen, speziell bei Vergiftungen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1928-29, 118: 526-31.—Brown, A. G, jr. Some arterial disorders of the brain complicating general medical diseases. Virginia M. Month, 1934, 61: 442-8.—Cannady, E. W. Cerebral vascular disease—hypertensive encephalopathy. Illinois M.J, 1936, 70: 521-6.—Davison, C„ Goodhart, S. P, & Needles, W. Cerebral localization in cerebro-vascular disease. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1933, 30: 749-74. Also Proc. Ass. Res. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1934, 13: 435-65, ch.—B'Oscaldo, E. Sull' importanza clinica del segno di BaiUiart come indice di ipertensione arteriosa cefalica (espildora) Lett, oftalm, 1933, 10: 455-66.—Elkington, J. St C. Cerebral vascular accidents unassociated with cardiovascular disease. Lancet, Lond, 1935, 1: 6-11, pi.—Fahr. Zwei Falle ungewohnlicher Gefassveranderungen im Gehirn. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48:114.—Fincher, E. F, & Bowman, C. E. Cerebral vascular lesions disclosed at operation. South. M.J, 1932, 25: 794-9.—Globus, J. H. Glia response in chronic vascular disease of the brain. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1928, 20: 14-33 — Goria, C. Sopra un particolare reperto di degenerazione dei vasi di alcune regioni dell' encefalo; contributo alio studio della degenerazione jalina. Riv. sper. freniat, 1921, 45: 145- 69, pi.—Herman, E, & Birenbaum, A. Cen6stopathie dans un cas presentant des lesions du cerveau d'origine vasculaire. Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 43: pt2, 647.—Hiller, F, & Grin- ker, R. R. Functional circulatory disturbances and organic obstruction of the cerebral blood vessels, with a contribu- tion of the pathology of pertussis eclampsia. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1930, 23: 634-55.—Horton, B. T, & Ma- gath, T. B. An undescribed form of arteritis of the temporal vessels. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1932, 7: 700—Horton, B. T, & Ziegler, L. H. Intracranial arteriovenous fistula; diagnosis by discovery of arterial blood in jugular veins. Ibid, 1930, 5: 178-80. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 33: 1232-4.— Katzenstein, E. Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Frage der juvenilen Gefasserkrankungen im Gehirn unter besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der Verhaltnisse in den Plexus choroidei; nebst einigen Bemerkungen zur Anatomie der zentralen optischen Bahnen. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1931-32, 28: 237-82.—Klissurow, A. Beitrag zur Frage der hyalinen Entartung der Grosshirn- capillaren. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1930, 90: 201-15.—Kretsch- mer, E. Ueber zerebrale Gefasschwache. Deut. med. Wschr 1932, 58: 1789-91. Also Herzneurosen [&c] (Ver. Bad- Nauheim Aerzte) Dresd, 1932, 30-5.—Lampert, H„ & Muller, W. Bei welchem Druck kommt es zu einer Ruptur der Gehirnge- fasse? (Durchspttlungsversuche an Leichengehirnen in situ) Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1925-26, 33: 471-7—Levin, P. M. Cerebral vascular disease; report of a group of unusual cases. Arch Neur Psychiat, Chic, 1936, 35: 932-4— List, C. F. Beitrage zur Differentialdiagnose und Pathogenese der im mittleren und hoheren Lebensalter. vorkommenden hirntumorahnlichen Gefassprozesse. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1931,134: 616-42.— Luhan, J. A. Total contralateral hemianalgesia in cases of vascular lesions of the medulla and pons. J. Nerv Ment Dis 1934, 80: 528-40—McAlpine, B. The hypertensive cerebral attack. Brit. M.J, 1935, 2: 990-3—Marklov, G. I. Du role du systeme nerveux v6getatif dans la pathogenie des troubles vasculaires du cerveau. Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 65: 1419-23 — Merritt, H. H. Cerebral vascular lesions. Pract. Libr M &S (Appleton) N.Y, 1936, 9: 657-82—Morgenstern, Z. I. Ein Fall von lokalem Amyloid der Hirngefasse. Virchows Arch, 1934- 35, 294: 334-9.—Morsier, G. de. L'indication operatoire dans les lesions cerebrates d'origine vasculaire. Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 65: 1405-7.—Moxon, H. W. Cerebral vascular lesions;'their varieties, symptoms, and sequela?. Med. J. Australia, 1926, 1: 690-6.—Pal, J. Sobre insultos cerebrales y su tratamiento. Rev med. germ, iber.amer, Lpz, 1931, 4: 513-20.—Prgvot, R. Ueber faserige Entartung der Gehirncapillaren im Alter. Zschr. klin. Med, 1929, 110: 259-81.—Ratner, J. Ueber endokrin-cerebrale Beziehungen (zur Pathogenese eines cerebrovasalen Syndroms) Ibid, 1927, 106: 774-82.—Riddoch, G. Modern technique in treatment; the treatment of cerebral vascular lesions. Lancet, Lond, 1924, 2: 77.—Roger, H, & Recordier, M. Arterites ce- rebrates et arterites des membres. Encephale, 1932, 27: 561.— Rohwer, C. J. Cerebral vascular syndromes. Northwest M, 1932, 31: 245-8.—Sands, I. J. Anatomic basis of clinical mani- festations of cerebral vascular disorders. J. Am. M. Ass, 1932, 99: 1599-603—Saltykow, S. Zur Frage des lokalen Amyloids der Hirngefasse. Virchows Arch, 1935, 295: 590.—Schneider, C. Ueber eine eigenartige Hirnerkrankung (vaskulare Lipoidose) Allg. Zschr. Psychiat, 1936, 104: 144-63, 8pl—Stern, K. Ueber Kreislaufstorungen im Gehirn bei Wandeinrissen in extracere- bralen Arterien; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Pathologie des Hitz- schlags. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1933, 148: 55-82.—Strauss, I, & Globus, J. H. Vascular lesions of the brain, simulating brain tumors [lantern illustrations] J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1925, 61:177.—Titus, E. C, & De Kraft, F. Employment of diathermy and galvanism in the management of sequelae of occlusion, partial or complete, and of rupture of the cerebral arteries. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1920, 21: 851-4— Urechia, C. J, & Elekes, N. La syphilis des petits vaisseaux du cerveau (Nissl et Alzheimer) mise au point et nouvelle contribution. Encephale, 1923, 18: 240-52, 2pl— Winkelman, N. W, & Eckel, J. L. Arterial changes in the brain in childhood. Am. J. Syph, 1935, 19: 223-37, 4pl.— Young, A. D. Arterial accidents in the brain. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1925, 18: 264. ---- Blood vessels: Distribution. Pfeifer, R. A. Grundlegende Untersuchun- gen fiir die Angioarchitektonik des menschlichen Gehirns. 220p. 8? Berl., 1930. Bdhne, C. Ueber die arterielle Versorgung des Gehirns; fiber die arterielle Blutversorgung der subcorticalen Ganglien. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1926, 81: 151-64.—Comfort, M. W. The distribution of the central branches of the arteries of the cere- brum. Tr. Ass. Physicians Mayo Clin. (1926) 1927, 7: 86-92.— Craigie, E. H. Notes on the blood vessels of the brain in a holo- cephalian; Hydrolagus (Chimaera) colliei. Anat. Rec, 1927-28, 36: 103-10. Also J. Comp. Neur, 1927, 43: 193-200—Eckstein, A. Untersuchungen fiber die Angioarchitektonik des Gehirns im friihen Kindesalter (zugleich ein Beitrag zur farberischen Darstellung der Angioarchitektonik des Gehirns) Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1935-36, 154: 298-313—Godinov, V. M. The arterial system of the brain. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop, 1929-30, 13: 359-88.—Herrick, C. J. The endocranial blood vascular system of Amblystoma. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch, 1934, 36: 540-4.—Hindze, B. Die Hirnarterien des Schimpansen. Zschr. Morph. Anthrop, 1928-30, 27: 468-91, 5pl—Pfeifer, R. A. Dis- krepanzen zwischen der Zytoarchitektonik und Angioarchi- tektonik des menschlichen Gehirns. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreis- laufforsch, 1933, 6: 247.—Stopford, J. S. B. The functional sig- nificance of the arrangement of the cerebral and cerebellar veins. J. Anat, Lond, 1930, 64: 257-61—Voris, H. C. The arterial supply of the brain and spinal cord of the Virginian opossum (Didelphis virginiana) J. Comp. Neur, 1928, 44: 403-23 — Wislocki, G. B, & CampbeU, A. C. P. The unusual manner of vascularization of the brain of the opossum (Didelphys vir- giniana) Anat. Rec, 1936-37, 67: 177-90, pi. ---- Blood vessels: Embolism [including thrombosis] See also Brain, Blood vessels: Obstruction. Bartolotti, C. Embolia cerebrali verificatasi in occasione di rifornimento pneumotoracico. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1925, 3.ser, 13: 251.—Berlucchi, C. Osservazioni sulle lesioni pseudo- laminari della corteccia cerebrate in casi di rammollimento embolico. Riv. sper. freniat, 1936, 60: 377-87—Camelis, F. L'embolismo a ripetizione (contributo anatomoclinico alia diagnosi di embolia cerebrale) Gazz. osp, 1927, 48: 844 — Bumas, A, & Croizat. Cinq embolies cerebrates en 6 mois surve- nues en phase d'arythmie complete au cours d'un retrecissement mitral ancien bien compens6; observation anatomoclinique. Lyon med, 1924. 133: 694-8—Buyzings, A. J. M. [Case of post- partum cerebral embolism] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1931, 75: pt4, 5594-8.—Byes, 0. Rontgenbefunde bei Embolie der Hirnarte- rien. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1934, 7: 187 [Discus- sion] 248-57.—Ehlers, H, & Courville, C. B. Thrombosis of internal cerebral veins in infancy and childhood; review of liter- ature and report of 5 cases. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1936, 8: 600-23.— Fernandez Sanz, E. Paralisis espinal infantil y hemiplejia por embolia cerebral. Siglo med, 1916, 63: 34-6.—Fuge, K. Ueber einen Fall von gtinstig verlaufener Hirnembolie als Folge eines kriminellen Abortes. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1933,94: 273-6 — Higgs, F. W. A case of monoplegia presumably due to embolism of a cortical artery. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child, Lond, 1906-7, 7: 190-2.—Kriiger, E. Die Veranderung der Hirndurchblutung bei Hirnembolien. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1936, 48.Kongr, 408-11.—Leavitt, F. H. Multiple cerebral emboli. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 34: 682^.—Le Blanc. Zur Klinik der Gehirnembolie. Virchows Arch, 1923, 246: 355-63.—Leriche, R, & Fontaine, R. De l'infiltration stellaire dans les embolies cerebrates, dans les spasmes vasculaires postop6ratoires de BRAIN 841 BRAIN l'encephale et chez les hemiptegiques. Rev. chir. Par, 1936, 74: 755-8.—Ley, J. Obliteration embolique totale de 1'artere sylvienne sans ramollissement en aval; repermeation du throm- bus; les arteres terminates du cerveau. J. neur. psychiat, Brux, 1931, 31: 497-508, pi.—Lhermitte, J, & Kyriaco, N. L'hemorragie! c6r6brale massive consecutive au ramollisse- ment cerebral thrombosique. Encephale, 1928, 23: 508-17.— McFadden, J. F. Embolic hemiplegia complicated by embolism of peripheral arteries. Med. Clin. N. America, 1927, 11: 547- 51.—Novelli, P. Embolismo cerebrale durante il travaglio di parto. Arch, ostet. gin, 1896, 3: 420-5.—Orlando, R. Embolia septica, tromboarteritis en las ramas de distribution profunda de la Silviana y hemorragia ventricular en el curso de una endocarditis lenta maligna. Rev. Soc. med. int, B. Air, 1928, 4: 35-44.—Processus des embolies cerebrates. Rev. crit. path. Par, 1935-36, 5: 243-5.—Schnizer, von. Dienstbeschadigung fiir Gehirnembolie abgelehnt. Med. Klin, Berl, 1929, 25: 232-5 — Silvestrini, R. Embolia cerebrale e variazioni del polso e della pressione. Diagnosi, 1932, 12: 23-6.—Stenbuck, J. B. A con- tribution to the subject of cerebral embolism of pulmonary origin. Am. J. Surg, 1933, 22: 330-2. Also repr.—Yates, A. G, & Guest, B. Cerebral embolism due to an ununited fracture of the clavicle and subclavian thrombosis. Lancet, Lond, 1928, 2: 225.—Zannoni, A. Embolia cerebrale mortale da lieve trauma contusivo del collo. Arch, antrop. crim. Tor, 1933, 53: 1735-41.—Zeldenrust, J. [Embolism in the brain tissue] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1935, 79: 623. ---- Blood vessels: Embolism, experimental. Berlucchi, C. Contributo sperimentale alio studio dell'em- bolia cerebrale. Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1932, 46: 659-97, 6pl.—Bodechtel, G, & Muller, G. Die geweblichen Veranderun- gen bei der experimentellen Gehirnembolie. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 124: 764-93.—Cone, W, & Barrera, S. E. The brain and the cerebrospinal fluid in acute aseptic cerebral em- bolism; an experimental and pathologic study. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1931, 25: 523-47. Also repr.—Hermann & Dechaume, J. Etude critique des embolies cerebrates experi- mentales. J. med. Lyon, 1935, 16: 409-24;1936, 17: 455-72.— Hermann, H, & Jourdan, F. Les effets hypertenseurs de l'embolie cerebrate experimentale sont-ils proportionnels k l'etendue du territoire nerveux embolise? C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931,107:1537-40. ----- & Cornut, P. Role de la moelle dans la production de l'hyperglycemie consecutive a l'embolie cerebral experimentale. Ibid, 1935,119:601-3.—Hermann, H, Jourdan, F, & Malmejac, J. Des effets hypertenseurs de l'embolie experi- mental exclusivement bulbaire. Ibid, 1931, 107: 708-10.— Hermann, H, Jourdan, F, & Vial, J. Precisions sur les effets cardio-vasculaires de l'embolie encephalo-medullaire. Ibid, 1935, 118: 561-4.—Hermann, H, & Vial, J. Nouvelle preuve de l'atteinte de la moelle par les injections embolisantes poussees vers le cerveau. Ibid, 1934,116: 1223.—Jacobi, W, & Magnus, G. Experimentelle Beitrage zur Frage der Hirnembolie. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1926, 91: 219-35.—Kbrnyey, S. Zur Anatomie und Pathophysiologic der Gehirnembolie im Tierexperiment. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1934, 102: 233-48.—Loeper, M, Lemaire, A, & Seze, S. de. Modification de la pression veineuse et de la pression rachidienne consecutive a l'embolie cerebrate experi- mentale. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1931,107: 1111-3.—Tinel, J, Ungar, G, & Grossiord, A. Liberation de substances histaminiques dans l'embolie cerebrate experimentale. Ibid, 1935, 119: 702.— Villaret, M, & Justin-Besangon, L. Recherches sur les effets circulatoires de l'embolie cerebrate. Livres jubil. (Roger, G. H.) Par, 1932, 227-30. ----- & Seze, S. de. Quelques precisions sur les effets cardio-vasculaires des embolies cerebrates; impor- tance de l'hypertension reactionnelle selon le volume de l'injec- tion embolisante. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 106: 883-5. ----- Augmentation tensionnelle en echelons, determinee par des embolies successives. Ibid, 1132-4. —---- Sur la duree de l'hypertension reactionnelle. Ibid, 1134-6. ----- Action de l'yohimbine sur les effets cardio-vasculaires de l'embolie cere- brate experimentale. Ibid, 1210. ----- Action de Tergota- mine sur les effets cardio-vasculaires de embolie cerebrate expe- rimentale. Ibid, 1211-3. ----- La response du coeur a l'embo- lie cerebrate. Ibid, 107: 137-9. ----- Influence de la section des vagues au cou et de l'injection d'atropine sur les effets cardio- vasculaires de l'embolie cerebrate experimentale. Ibid, 231. ----- Etude des effets cardio-vasculaires de l'embolie cerebrate experimentale apres la surrenalectomie. Ibid, 601. ----- Influence de l'anesthesie des vaisseaux cerebraux sur les effets cardio-vasculaires de l'embolie cerebrate experimentale. Ibid, 1105-8. —— Sur la repartition dans les vaissaux du cerveau des embolies cerebrates experimentales. Presse med, 1931, 39: 369-72. ■----- Sur les effets cardio-vasculaires des embolies cerebrates experimentales. Ibid, 1429-33. ----- Studies on the cardio-vascular reactions determined by experimental cere- bral embolism. French M. Rec, Par, 1932, 2: 295—Wesselkin, P. N. Experimentelle Untersuchungen Uber Gehirnembolie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 66: 325; 1931, 75: 615. ■---- Blood vessels: Embolism, fatty and gaseous. See also Fracture, Complications. Barthelmes, E. *Beitrag zur Differential- diagnose der cerebralen Fettembolie, insbeson- dere gegeniiber der Meningeamedialblutung. 30p. 8? Erlangen, 1933. Corlette, C. E. On cerebral fat embolism; report of a case with recovery. Med. J. Australia, 1925, 1: 229-34.—Hoesslin, u. von. Zur Frage der zerebralen Luftembolie nach Abtrei- bungsversuchen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 764.—Hom- merich & Weimann. Hirnbefund bei einem Fall cerebraler fettembolie. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1929, 35: 25— Kerr, R W Cerebral fat embolism. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1934, 35: 167-9.— Lhermitte & Aman-Jean. Un cas d'embolie gazeuse cerebrate a repetition avec hemiplegie recidivante. Rev. neur. Par 1933 40: pt2, 634-9.—Lhermitte, J, & Barrelet. Embolie gazeuse cerebrate d'origine peripherique. Ibid, 1934, 41: pt2, 851-7 — Lundsberg, S, Gesteigerter Hirndruck bei Fettembolie. Acta chir. scand, 1922-23, 55: 237-41.—Marsili, A. Sull'embolia grassosa cerebrale. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1936, 46: 35-9 — Meriwether, L. S, & Wilson, B. C. Cerebral fat embolism; an experimental study with special reference to the reaction of the gha. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1934, 31: 338-55.—Miller, N. Fat embolism of the brain. California West. M, 1926, 25: 215-7.—Neller, K. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der zerebralen Luftem- bolie bei Abtreibung. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1930-31, 99: 317; 1932, 102: 374.—Neuburger, K. Ueber cerebrale Fett- und Luftembolie (nebst Bemerkungen zur Frage der Schichter- krankungen der Grosshirnrinde und der Pathogenese der Keuchhusteneklampsie der Kinder) Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat , 1925, 95: 278-318.—Ramb, H. Cerebrale Fettembolie mit Stauungspapille. Chirurg, Berl, 1937, 9: 147.—Sarbo, A. Ein geheilter Fall von Fettembolie des Gehirns nach Unterschenkel- bruch, im Bilde der progressiven Paralyse verlaufend. Klin Wschr, 1925, 4: 1918-20.—Schmidt, O. Zum Nachweis cere- braler Fett- und Luftembolie. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1929, 13: 231-6—Strauss, H. Cerebrale Fettembolie. Zbl. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1933, 66: 385-400—Toenniessen, O. Ueber die Entstehung der Gehirnblutungen bei Fettembolie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1921, 68: 1280-2—Walcher, K. Ueber die gericht- lich-medizinische Beurteilung der Luftembolie im kleinen und grossen Kreislauf mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der cere- bralen Luftembolie. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1925, 5: 561- 73.—Weimann, W. Ueber die Hirnveranderungen bei cerebraler Fettembolie. Ibid, 1929, 13: 95-103. ---- Blood vessels: Examination. See also Brain, Blood vessels: Angiography. Chernyshev, A. S, & Grigorovsky, I. M. [Method of studying the blood vessel conformation of the brain] Sovrem. psikho- nevr, 1930, 10: 193-9.—Goldringer, E. Ueber die arteriellen Zeichen cerebraler Herde und ihre Wertung. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 124: 820-8.—Hindze, B. Wie sollen wir die Hirnarterien verarbeiten? zur Methodik der makroskopischen Erforschung der Hirnarterien. Ibid, 1931, 132: 443-57. ---- Blood vessels: Obstruction. See also Brain, Blood vessels: Embolism. Andreyev, L. A. Functional changes in the brain of the dog after reduction of the cerebral blood supply; disturbances of conditioned reflexes after ligation of arteries. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 34: 699-713—Bedford, T. H. B. The venous system of the velum interpositum of the Rhesus monkey and the effect of experimental occlusion of the great vein of Galen. Brain, Lond, 1934, 57: pt3, 255-65.—Berlucchi, C. Su di un caso di chiusura completa della silviana e della vertebrate. Riv. pat. nerv, 1934, 43: 60-6.—Coombs, H. C. The nervous mechanism of the cardiovascular response to repeated brief periods of occlusion of the head arteries in the cat. J. Am. Inst. Homceop, 1933, 26: 579-86.—Lecene, P, & Lhermitte, J. L' obi iteration complete de 1'artere sylvienne. Presse med, 1933, 41: 1862.—Misch, W. Die cerebralen Gefassverschlusse und ihre klinischen Syndrome. Zbl. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1929, 53: 673-91.—Sanchis y Banus, J. Sindromes de la obstruc- tion de las arterias cerebrales. Arch, med, Madr, 1930, 32: 24-7. Blood vessels: Sclerosis [cerebral arterio- sclerosis] Bannwarth, A. A. *Ueber einen Fall von isolierter, obturierender Arteriosklerose einer Carotis interna als Beispiel der differential- diagnostischen Schwierigkeiten bei der Diagnose der Arteriosklerosis cerebri. 27p. 8? Miinch., 1930. Bender, J. *Ueber die Bedeutung des Lowy'- schen Phanomens: Blutdrucksteigerung bei Vor- beugen des Kopfes, fiir die Diagnose der Arte- riosklerosis cerebri [Heidelberg] 23p. S? Berl., 1913. Biering, P. *Arteriosklerosis cerebri sive Tumor cerebri? ein Beitrag zur Schwierigkeit der Differentialdiagnose unter Berucksichtigung der BRAIN 842 BRAIN Pathologie, Aetiologie und Lokalisation beider Erkrankungen [Jena] 32p. 8? [Erfurt] 1929. Neuburger, K. Beitrage zur Histologic, Pathogenese und Einteilung der arterioskleroti- schen Hirnerkrankung. 118p. 8? Jena, 1930. Forms H.26, v.6, Veroff. Kriegs & Konstpath. Babikov, J. K. [Diagnosis of sclerosis of the brain vessels] Soviet, vrach. gaz, 1934, 38: 924-9.—Bachstez. Ein Fall von Aneurysma der Carotis interna und schwerer Arteriosklerose der Gehirn- und Netzhautgefasse bei Schrumpfniere. Zschr. Augenh , 1922-23, 49: 349.—Brinkmann, F. Ueber flachenhafte Rindenerweichungen bei Arteriosklerose der kleinen Rindenge- fasse. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1925-26, 100: 182-200 — Curschmann, H. Gehirnarteriosklerose, Apoplexie, Thrombose und Embolie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1923, 70:1434-6.—Bunlap, C. B. Cerebral arteriosclerosis and cerebral syphilis; a report of 9 cases received from the Kings Park State Hospital by the Psychiatric Institute. State Hosp. Bull, Utica, 1913-14, n.s, 6: 363-77.—Eliasberg, W. Arteriosklerose und Hirntrauma. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 1845-8.—Galli, G. I primi segni dell' arte- riosclerosi cerebrale e suo trattamento. Minerva med. Tor, 1924, 4: 620-8.—James, G. W. B. Cerebral arterio-sclerosis. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1925-26, 19: sect, psychiat, 30-45. Also Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1926, n.s, 121: 333—Katan, M. [Case of cerebral arteriosclerosis] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1927, 71: pt 1, 3460.—Kissinger, P. Arteriosklerose der Gehirnge- fasse und Schadeltrauma. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1930, 36: 150-4.—Knapp, A. Association of sclerosis of the cerebral basal vessels with optic atrophy and cupping; report of 10 cases. Arch. Ophth, Chic, 1932, 8: 637-48.—Kodama, K. Die regio- nare Verteilung der arteriosklerotischen Veranderungen im Grosshirn. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1926, 102: 597-619. ----- Histo-pathological changes in arteriosclerosis of the brain [Japanese text] Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1928, 18: 359-63 — Karchikian, S. N. [Diagnosis of early stages of sclerosis of the vessels of the brain] Klin, med, Moskva, 1931, 9: 729-36 — Kristeller, W. Zur Therapie der vorwiegend zerebralen Arterio- sklerose. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 579.—Kulkov, A. E, Veiland, V. I, & Tarnopolskaya, M. E. [Biochemical changes in cerebral arteriosclerosis] J. nevropath. psykh, 1931, 24: 20-4. ----- Sur les modifications biochimiques dans l'arterioscterose cere- brate. Acta med. scand, 1931, 76: 416-24.—Leppmann, F. Schlagaderverhartung im Gehirn und Unfall. Aerztl. Sach- verst. Ztg, 1933, 39: 227-35—Lowy, M. Einige Ergebnisse der Temporaldruckmessung mit dem Sphygmomanometer von Basch, ein Blutdrucksymptom der zerebralen Arteriosklerose. Wien. med. Wschr, 1931, 81: 352-60.—Marx. Ueber Erfahrun- gen bei Behandlung der Gehirnarteriosklerose mit Arterio- vaccine. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat, 1926, 85: 121.—Mathers, A. T. Cerebral arteriosclerosis. Manitoba M. Ass. Rev, 1934, 14: nos.1-2, 3-5.—Moniz, E. Le syndrome de la pseudo-hyper- tension cranienne art6riosclereuse; aspects radioarteriogra- phiques. Encephale, 1929, 24: 337-45, 2pl—Raeder, 0. J. Repeated multiple minute corticospinal hemorrhages, with miliary aneurysms in a case of arteriosclerosis. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1921, 5: 270-82, 2pl.~Rojas, L. Hematoma subdural cronico no traumatico y arteriosclerosis concomitante. Arch, neurob, Madr, 1934, 14: 445-59.—Rouvroy, C. Arte- rioscterose ou syphilis cerebrate? J. beige neur. psychiat, 1935, 35: 650-5.—Roxo, H. Tratamento da arterio-esclerose cerebral. Brasil med, 1933, 47: 581-3.—Schroder, G. E, & Br0ns, J. L'arterio-scterose cerebrate. Acta psychiat. neur, Kbh, 1933, 8: 463.—Schulz, B. Zur Frage einer Belastungs- statistik der Durchschnittsbevolkerung; Geschwisterschaften und Elternschaften von 100 Hirnarteriosklerotikef-Ehegatten. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1927,109:15-48. ----- Ueber die hereditaren Beziehungen der Hirnarteriosklerose. Ibid, 1929, 120: 35-67.—Spielmeyer. Lokalisation der Arteriosklerose im Grosshirn. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat, 1926, 85: 86-8—Stahl, R. Friihdiagnose und Behandlung der zerebralen Arteriosklerose. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1931, 28: 244-50.—Stevenson, G. H, & Hobbs, G. E. The blood pressure and blood vessels in cerebral arteriosclerosis. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1933, 29: 125-7.—Stone, C. T. Cerebral arteriosclerosis. Texas J.M, 1924-25,20: 344- 8.—Tuthill, C. R. Cerebral arteries in relation to arterio- sclerosis. Arch. Path, Chic, 1933, 16: 455-70—Urechia, C. I. Syphilis et arterioscterose du cerveau. Rev. neur. Par, 1931, 38: pt2, 96-9.—Wolkov, K. Ueber Atherosklerose der Gehirn- arterien. Beitr. path. Anat, 1933, 91: 515-53, 2pl. ---- Blood vessels: Sclerosis: Mental and neu- ral symptoms. Kamper, W. *Ein Beitrag zur Symptomato- logie der arteriosklerotischen Demenz [Kiel] 14p. 8? Wilhelmshaven, 1926. Monchy, S. J. R. de. *De ontleding van het psychische symptomenbeeld bij arterio-sklerosis cerebri. 112p. 8? Leiden, 1921. ■---- The same. Die Zergliederung des psy- chischen Krankheitsbildes bei Arteriosklerosis cerebri. 84p. 8? Berl, 1922. Forms H.17, Abh. Neur. Storp, H. *Verminderte Erwerbsfahigkeit bei cerebraler Arteriosklerose. 32p. 8? Bonn, 1930. Baruk, H, & Lagache, B. Stereotypes rythntees de la tete et du cou au cours d'un syndrome pseudo-bulbaire d'origine vasculaire avec dissociation albumino-cytologique du liquide cephalo-rachidien. Ann. med. psychol. Par, 1935, 93: pt 1, 289-93.—Brewster, G. F. Depressions with arteriosclerosis. State Hosp. Bull, Utica, 1913-14, n.s, 6: 206-13—Claude, H, & Cuel, J. La meiopragie c6r6brale par angioscterose pr6coce sans ischemic en foyer (forme de demence presenile arterio-sctereuse) Enc6phale, 1927, 22: 161-8, 2pl.—Ermakov, E. S. [Narcoleptic syndrome in cerebral arteriosclerosis] J. nevropath. psykh, 1930, 23: 44-50.—Fortanier, A. H. [Case of cerebral arterio- sclerosis with strange psychic structure] Psychiat. neur. bl, 1932, 36: 62-9.—Galli, G. Le sindromi nervose dell' arterioscle- rosi cerebrale. Gazz. osp, 1925, 46: 704-8.—Janota, O. Troubles de la faculte de localisation des impressions tactiles et auditives dans 1'espace, dans un cas de tesions arterioscterotiques du cerveau avec deux grands pseudocystes syntetriques des lobes parietaux. Rev. neur. Par, 1925, 32: 1085-97.—Kashida. Ueber Gehirnarteriosklerose des friiheren Alters und tiber die Kombination von corticalen, pyramidalen und extrapyramida- len Symptomen bei der Gehirnarteriosklerose. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1924-25, 94: 659-702.—Lhermitte, J, & Trelles, J. O. L'h6miptegie et la paraptegie protub6rantielles de l'ar- terio-scterose. Ann. nted. Par, 1934, 36: 358-94.—Lie, 0. [Early arteriosclerosis, arteriosclerosis praecox, with remarks on some forms of mental diseases, particularly dementia praecox] Norsk mag. laegevid, 1920, 81: 1115-29.—Liebers, M. Pres- byophrenic und Hirnarteriosklerose. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psy- chiat, 1932, 140: 765. ----- Alzheimersche Krankheit bei schwerer Gehirnarteriosklerose. Ibid, 142: 637-44.—Marchand, L, & Bupouy, R. Attteromasie cerebrate et paralyse generale assoctees chex un homme de 61 ans; difflculte du diagnostic. Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment. Par, 1924, 12: 164-7.—Martini, P., & Isserlin, A. Bilder von Paralysis agitans und Tetanie im Rahmen der Arteriosclerosis cerebri. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 510.—North, H. M, & Bostock, J. Arterio-sclerosis and mental disease. Med. J. Australia, 1925, 1: 156-61.—Pellacani, G. Le lacune di disintegrazione nell' arteriosclerosi cerebrale. Riv. pat. nerv, 1922, 27: 673-86.—Popova, G. P, & Skvortsov, K. A. [Attacks of pathologic somnolence in cerebral arteriosclerosis] Soviet, nevropat, 1932,1: 396-9.—Richter, W. G. Arteriosclerotic psychosis in the senile period. J. Am. Inst. Homceop, 1924,17: 130-4.—Rodionov, S. M. [Steinach's operation in a patient with arteriosclerotic psychosis] J. psikhol. nevr, 1924, 4: 144-51.— Roger, H, Alliez, J, & Paillas, J. Hemimyoclonies facio-palato- linguales 6voluant par crises chez un arteriosctereux. Rev. oto-neur. Par, 1935, 13: 203-6.—Snesarev, P. E. [Cerebral arte- riosclerosis and tuberculosis in mental diseases] Soviet, nevro- pat, 1932, 1: 103.—Spielmeyer, W. Vasomotorisch trophische Veranderungen bei zerebraler Arteriosklerose. Mschr. Psychiat, 1928, 68: 605-20.—Valabrega, G. Arteriosclerosi, pressione san- guigna e demenza senile. Ann. freniat., 1913, 23: 48-83. ---- Blood vessels: Spasm. See also Brain, Apoplexy: Causes. Versmee, A. L. V. *Troubles vaso-moteurs et trophiques dans l'h^mipl6gies d'origine c6r6- brale. 108p. 8? Lille, 1910. Abbott, G. A. Temporary interruption of the cerebral circu- lation with resulting hemiplegia followed by recovery. Hosp. News, Wash, 1935, 2,17: 1-5.—Arnaud, M. Deux observations de troubles vaso-moteurs encephaliques graves d'origine trau- matique traites et gueris par l'ac6coline. Marseille m6d, 1934, 71: 471-4.—Bremer, F, & Coppez, H. Angiospasmes des centres nerveux: essai de classification et de pathogenie. Arch, opht. Par, 1927, 44: 88-92.—Finesilver, B. Observation of a patient during a cerebral angiospasm. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 82: 1608 — Germain, A, & Morvan, A. Sur un cas d'angiospasme cerebral. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3.ser, 52: 101-3.—Gordon, A. Angiospasm of cerebral arteries; causing a temporary paralysis. Am. Physician, 1926, 31: 257-9.—Grasset, J. La claudication intermittente des centres nerveux. Rev. neur. Par, 1906, 14: 433-40.—Hammes, E. M. Cerebral vascular crises. Minnesota M, 1935, 18: 436-41—Kerr, W. J, & Underwood, F. J. Hemi- constriction of the vascular system associated with cerebral dis- ease. Am. Heart J, 1936,12: 713-23.—Louyot, P. Spasmes arte- riels cerebraux et acetylcholine. Rev. med. est, 1933, 61: 258- 60.—Meagher, R. H, & Ingraham, F. B. The relation of the cer- vical sympathetic trunk to cerebral angiospasm. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1929, 22: 570-4.—Paulian, B. Contributions cliniques k l'etudes des spasmes vasculaires encephaliques. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1928, 6: 625-8.—Phillips, J. Hypertonic contraction or intermittent closing of the cerebral arteries. Cleveland M.J, 1912, 11: 639-45. Also repr—Reynolds, C. E. Cerebral angiospasm. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 83: 212.—Riser, M, & Sorel, R. Etudes sur la circulation cerebrate; les spasmes des arteres cerebrates chez le sujet normal. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 295-7.—Roger, H. Quelques reflexions sur les spasmes vasculaires cerebraux; les crises de parestltesie brachio-facio- linguale a type ascendant. Marseille nted, 1932, 69: 7-14. Also Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 65: 1414. ----- & Sarradon, P. Etiologie des spasmes vasculaires sylviens. Presse med, 1934, 42: 225-8.—Russell, W. A post-graduate lecture on intermittent closing of cerebral arteries: its relation to temporary and perma- BRAIN 843 BRAIN nent paralysis. Brit. M.J, 1909, 2: 1109—Somogyi, I, & Horanyi-Hechst, B. Zur Klinik der cerebralen Angiospasmen. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1937, 142: 239-46—Sterling, W. Claudi- cation cerebrate. Rev. neur. Par, 1928, 35: pt 1, 733.—Tinel, J, & Pottier, G. Les h6miptegies intermittentes essentielles par angiospasm cerebral. Prat. med. fr, 1934,15: 811-7.—Uprus, V, Gaylor, J. B. [et al.] Vasodilation and vasoconstriction in re- sponse to warming and cooling the body; a study in patients with hemiplegia. Brain, Lond, 1935, 58: 448-55. ---- Blood vessels: Varix. Herrmann, W. [C. H.] *Ein Fall von Varix- bildung der Vena magna Galeni [Halle-Witten- berg] 45p. 8? Halle, 1929. Beger, H. Kasuistischer Beitrag zur cerebralen Varicenbil- dung. Virchows Arch, 1921, 231: 439-52.—Esser, A. Ueber einen Fall von Gehirnvarizen. Verh. Deut. path. Ges, 1925, 20: 411-8.—Romanowski, J. Varizen der Gehirnbasis. Zbl. allg. Path, 1935-36, 64: 210-2. --- Calcification and ossification. Jander, W. *Ueber Verkalkungsprozesse im Gehirn mit einem eigenen Fall. 32p. 8? Walldorf-Heidelb., 1931. Albrecht, K. RSntgenbefunde bei zerebralen Kalkherden mit einer Bemerkung zur rontgenologischen Hirndiagnostik mit aufsteigenden Jodolen. Mschr. Psychiat, 1928, 68: 1-20.— Berner, 0, & Bahlstr0m, S. [Bone formation in brain; case] Med. rev, Bergen, 1927, 44: 585-96.—Boening, H. Ueber intra- kranielle Verkalkungen im Rontgenbild. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1929-30, 40: 190-204.—Brunner, H. Ueber Verkalkung und Knochenbildung in Hirnnarben. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1921, 72: Orig, 193-206.—Buckley, R. C. Intracere- bral calculi; report of a case. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1930, 23: 1203-11. Also repr.—Camp, J. B. Roentgenologic studies of intracranial calcification. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1929, 4: 341.—Ba Fano, C. Calcification in the rabbit's brain. J. Path. Bact, Edinb, 1926, 29: 195-202, 2pl— Bale, T. Intra- cranial calcifications. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1934, 15: 628-34, 3pl— Beutsch, L. Ueber einen Fall von multiplen intra- kraniellen Verkalkungen nebst einer Variante des Ventrikel- systems. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1935, 137: 292-307.—Bivry, C, & Moreau. Calcifications intra-cerebrales en dehors des tu- meurs. Bruxelles nted, 1933-34, 14: 321. Also J. beige neur. psychiat, 1934, 34: 368-77.—Eaves, E. C. A contribution to the study of deposits containing calcium and iron in the brain. Brain, Lond, 1926, 49: 307-32.—Hurst, E. W. Calcification in the brains of Equidae and of Bovidae. Am. J. Path, 1934,10: 795-8, 2pL—Kasanin, J, & Crank, R. P. Extensive intracerebral calcification. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1934, 80: 466-70.—Lehoczky, T. Ueber die Knochenbildungen des Gehirns. Virchows Arch, 1927, 265: 366-85.—Levin, J. J. Intracerebral calcification. Brit. J. Surg, 1926-27, 14: 215-23—List, C. F. Ueber eine Beltene Form von cerebraler Kinderiahmung zugleich ein Beitrag zu dem Studium cerebraler Verkalkungen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1931, 132: 1-17.—Low-Beer, A. Intrakranielle Verkalkungen im Rontgenbilde. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1932, 45: 420-49.—Mencarelli, L. Focolaio osseo del cervello (con- siderazioni di istopatologia) Riv. sper. freniat, 1931-32, 55: 101-12.—Miller, E. A. Calculi within the brain; report of a case of intracranial calcification with successful operation and recov- ery. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1922, 34: 786-9— MiiUer, W. Multiple intrazerebrale Verkalkungsherde. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1936, 53: 30-4.—Muller, W. F. Zur Differentialdiagnose intra- cerebraler Verkalkungsherde. Zbl. Chir, 1936, 63: 2147 — Murphy, J. T. Intracranial calcifications. Radiology, 1928, 11: 213-6.—NeweU, R. R. Calcification of brain tumors. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1923, 3: 775-86.—O'SuUivan, J. Some rarer intracranial calcifications and ossifications. Brit. J. Radiol, 1925, 30: 295-304, 2pl.—Petitpierre, M. Zur Symptomatologie und operativen Entfernung intracerebraler Kalkherde. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1927, 140: 532-8.—Pick, A. Ueber eiseninnltrierte Ganglienzellen und deren Beziehung zur Anbildung konglo- bierter eisenhaltiger Kolloid- beziehungsweise Kalkmassen im Gehirn. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1923, 81: 224; 85: 83 — Puccinelli, E. Sulla reazione siderotica di alcune formazioni pseudocalcaree nell'encefalo. Riv. pat. nerv, 1925, 30: 471-86, pi.—Sauer, W. Intracerebrale Verkalkungen im Kindesalter. Zschr. Kinderh, 1928, 46: 457-67.—Schiele, B. G. Ueber vor- wiegend perivasale, sekundar verkalkende Konkrementbildung im Hirngewebe. Virchows Arch, 1931, 282: 790-820—Staemm- ler, M. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Verkalkungen im Gehirn. Beitr. path. Anat, 1922-23, 71: 503-13—Strom, S. Ueber die Rontgendiagnostik intrakranieller Verkalkungen. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1919-20, 27: 577-601, 3pl—Subirana, A, & Tosquelles, F. Un nouveau cas de calcification intracerebrale visible radiologiquement chez une hemiptegie de l'enfance avec crises 6pileptiques jacksoniennes: aspects encephalographiques. Rev. neur. Par, 1934, 41: pt.2, 875-9— Wake, I. Ueber intra- cerebrale Kalkablagerung. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1927, 17: 411- 9.—Wakeley, C. P. G. Intracranial calcifications. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1934, 189: 586-8—Weimann, W. Ueber einen eigenartigen Verkalkungsprozess des Gehirns. Mschr. Psychiat, 1921, 50: 202—34—Wolff, E. Ueber Steinbildung im Gehirn. Zbl. allg. Path, 1927, 39: 145-51. ---- Cerebration. See also Brain, Physiology; Inhibition; In- stinct, &c. Pavlov, I. P. Vorlesungen iiber die Arbeit der Grosshirnhemispharen. 480p. 8? Lenin- grad, 1932. Sherrington, C. S. The brain and its mechanism; the Rede lecture delivered before the University of Cambridge, 5 December 1933. 35p. 8? Cambridge [Eng.] 1933. Troland, L. T. The principles of psycho- physiology; cerebration and action. 446p. 8? N.Y., 1932. Altshuler, I. M. New facts regarding the function of the cerebral hemispheres. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1926, 25: 176-9.— Ariens Kappers, J. [Anthony's indice de valeur cerebrate and Coupin's cerebration coefficient] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1935, 79: 4099-103.—Berger, H. Ueber die Tatigkeit des menschlichen Grosshirns. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1933, 80: 844-6.—Boldyreff, W. N. Two new fundamental laws of cerebral function. Bull. Battle Creek Sanit, 1923-24, 19: 86-106. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 95: 542.—Brawner, J. N. A theory explaining the excitatory and inhibitory functions of the nervous system, especially those of the brain. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1934, 23: 214-25.—Brouwer, B. Certain aspects of the anatomical basis of the phylogeny of encephalization. Proc. Ass. Res. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1934, 13: 3-25.—Biirger-Prinz. Wandlungen der Anschauungen fiber die Hirnfunktionen seit Wernicke. Jahr- kurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1931, 22: 5-10.—Be Crinis, M. Der Auf- bau der Grosshirnleistungen. Med. Welt, 1934, 8: 1075-9.— Bunlap, K. Psychological hypotheses concerning the functions of the brain. Sc. Month, N.Y, 1930, 31: 97-112.—Economo, C. von. La cytoarchitectonie et la cerebration progressive. Rev. neur. Par, 1928,35: pt2, 643-72. Also Wien. med. Wschr, 1928, 78: 900-4. Also Psychiat. Q, 1930, 142-50—Fortig, H. Eine neue Theorie fiber die materielle Grundlage der funk- tionellen Superioritat der linken Hemisphare. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 312.—Franz, S. I. Conceptions of cerebral functions. Psychol. Rev, 1923, 30: 438-46.—Gerber, A. V. Cerebral excitation and inhibition. Soviet, nevropat, 1933, 2: 30-43.—Geringer, J. Kann man ohne Gehirn leben? Deut. Aerzte Ztg, 1932, 7: 340.—Jelgersma, G. [Switching, a contribu- tion to cerebro-cerebellar coordination] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1928, 72: pt2, 6272-80.—Johnson, G. T. A survey of the physiol- ogy of cerebration. J. Abnorm. Psychol, 1921-22, 16: 115-36.— Krechevsky, I. Brain mechanisms and hypotheses. J. Comp. Psychol, 1935, 19: 42.5-62, 6pl.—Lashley, K. S. Mass action in cerebral function. Harvey Lect, Bait, 1930-31, 26: 46-67. Also Science, N.Y, 1931, 73: 245-54. Also Nervenarzt, 1932, 5: 113; 179.—Marinesco, G. Estudios sobre las functiones del cerebro. Rev. nted. Rosario, 1930, 20: 384-9— Peiper, A. Das Erwachen der Hirntatigkeit in der Sauglingszeit. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1932, 139: 781-801—Schachter, M. Considera- tions sur l'activite cerebrate du nourrisson. J. neur. psychiat, Brux, 1932, 32: 405-16.—Stertz. Ueber periodisches Schwanken der Hirnfunktion. Jahrber. Schles. Ges. vaterl. Kult. (1918) 1919, 2: Abt.2, 93-9.—Vercellini, G. A few remarks on brain function. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1934, 79: 301-10. ---- Cerebration: Mental functions. See also Intellect; Mind. Carpenter, W. B. Principles of mental physiology, with their applications to the train- ing and discipline of the mind, and the study of its morbid conditions. 7.ed. 737p. 8? Lond., 1896. Fox, C. The mind and its body; the founda- tion of psychology. 316p. 8? Lond., 1931. Griffin, A. J. The legislative brain; remarks in the House of Representatives. 1 p. 4? Wash., 1933. The Congressional Record, 1933. Lashley, K. S. Brain mechanisms and intel- ligence; a quantitative study of injuries to the brain. 186p. 8? Chic. [1929] Macdonald, A. Brain weigbt and legislative ability in Congress. 7p. 8? Wash., 1932. Repr. from Congressional Record, April 12,1932. Stout, G. F. Mind and matter; the first of 2 volumes based on the Gifford lectures delivered in the University of Edinburgh in 1919 and 1921. 325p. 8? Cambridge, 1931. Bawden, H. H. Methodological implications of the mind- matter controversy. Psychol. Bull, 1906, 3: 321-49—Berry, J. J. A. Brain and mind. Brit. M.J, 1924, 1: 707-10. ----- The physical basis of mind, and the diagnosis of mental defi- BRAIN 844 BRAIN ciency. Eugen. Rev, 1930-31, 22: 171-82. ----- Brain size and mentality. Brit. M.J, 1936, 2: 62-5.—Bolton, J. S. On mind and brain. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1925, 71: 357-85.— Buytendijk, F. J. J. Le cerveau et l'intelligence. J. psychol. norm, path. Par, 1931, 28: 345-71.—Calligaris, G. Le catene del corpo nei meccandsmi dello spirito. Arch. gen. neur. psi- chiat. Nap, 1930,11: 61-94.—Catel, W. Ueber die Hirntatigkeit des Neugeborenen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1932, 58: 997-1002 — Ceni, C. Die Wechselwirkungen zwischen Hirn und Seelenleben und Innenorganen in ihrer Bedeutung fiir das Leben. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1933, 32: 7-17.—Bolbear, A. E. Known relations between mind and matter. Biol. Lect, 1896, 83-99.— Economo, C. Cerebration progresiva y fundamentos del talento. Arch, neurob, Madr, 1931, 11:103-20.—Erp Taalman Kip, M. J. van. Ueber den verschiedenen Anteil der beiden Grosshirn- hemisphaeren an den geistigen Funktionen. Psychiat. neur. bl, 1924, 6: 376-404, pi.—Houze, E. Crane, cerveau, intelligence. Tr. Lab. physiol. Inst. Solvay, 1905-6, 7: no.2, 49-63.—Kennedy, F. The relationship between mind and brain in the light of epidemic encephalitis. South. M.J, 1930, 23: 406.-9.—Krasno- gorski, N. I. Physiology of cerebral activity in children as a new subject of pediatric investigation. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1933, 46: 473-94. Also repr. Also Jahrb. Kinderh, 1935, 3.F, 94: 255-77, 2tab.—Lungwitz, H. Ueber Psyche und Mneme. Psychiat. neur. Wschr, 1936, 38: 189-91.—Mercier, C. The presidential address, on the physical basis of mind. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1908,59:619-38.—Morselli, E. Cervello e intelligenza. Illust. med. ital, 1928, 10: 1-5.—Reichardt, M. Brain and psyche. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1929, 70: 390-6.—Riese, W, & Requet, A. Une correspondance de Kant sur les rapports de rame et du cerveau. Ann. nted. psychol. Par, 1936, 94: pt 1, 44-51.—Ritchie, A. B. The relations of mental and physical processes. Mind, Lond, 1931, 40: 171-87.—Shaw, T. C. A lecture on mind and matter [Abstr.] Brit. M.J, 1906, 1: 1335-7.—Simkins, C. S. The physical basis of intelligence. Sc. Month, N.Y, 1930, 31: 517-23.—Tilney, F. A comparative sensory analysis of Helen Keller and Laura Bridgman; its bear- ing on the further development of the human brain. Laryngo- scope, 1929, 39: 343-78.—Weygand. El alma y el cerebro. Rev. espan. med. cir, 1934, 17: 113-8. Also Gior. psichiat, 1929, 57: 70-82.—Wiersma, E. B. [Physiological and psychological functions] Psychiat. neur. bl, 1932, 36: 555-67.—Wisdom, J. Problems of mind and matter; review by H. H. Price. Mind, Lond, 1935,44: 350-67. ---- Cerebration—in animals. See also Animals, Psychology; Behavior. Gertler, H. *Ueber den Einfluss des Gehirns auf die Ruckenmarkstatigkeit des Frosches [Jena] 23p. 8? Dingelstadt (Eichs- feld) 1933. Blankenagel, F. Untersuchungen fiber die Grosshirnfunk- tionen von Rana temporaria. Zool. Jahrb, Abt. allg. Zool, 1931, 49: 271-322.—Biebschlag, E. Zur Kenntnis der Grosshirn- funktionen einiger Urodelen und Anuren. Zschr. vergl. Phy- siol, 1934, 21: 343-94.—Droogleever Fortuyn, A. B. The cephali- zation factor in the hamster and the mouse. Psychiat. neur. bl, Amst, 1934, 38: 392-5.—Hosch, L. Untersuchungen fiber Gross- hirnfunktionen der Elritze (Phoxinus laevis) und des Grfind- lings (Gobia fluviatilis) Zool. Jahrb, Abt. allg. Zool, 1936, 57: 57-98.—Janzen, W. Untersuchungen Uber Grosshirnfunktionen des Goldfisches (Carassius auratus) Ibid, 1932-33, 52: 591- 628.—Jacobsen, C. F. Studies of cerebral function in primates. Comp. Psychol. Monogr, 1936, 13: no.3, 1-68.—Jordan, H. J. [Brain action, particularly in lower animals] Psychiat. neur. bl. 1936, 40: 416-32.—Kopec, S. Studies on the necessity of the brain for the inception of insect metamorphosis. Biol. Bull, 1922, 42: 323-42.—Marburg, 0. Ueber Verschiedenheiten im Bau des Gehirns hochgeziichteter Hunderassen. Psychiat. neur. bl, 1934, 38: 386-95—Segaar, J. [Central inhibition in crabsl Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: ptl, 743-8.—Tilney, F. Behavior in its relation to the development of the brain; correla- tion between the development of the brain and behavior in the albino rat from embryonic states to maturity. Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York, 1933, 3: 252-358. ---- Chemistry. See also Brain, Metabolism; Brain, Physiology. Markuszewicz, R. * Untersuchungen iiber die Zusammensetzung der Nukleoproteide aus menschlichem Gehirn [Zurich] 26p. 8? Gott , 1921. Weil, A. *Vergleichende Studien uber den Gehalt verschiedenartiger Nervensubstanz an Aschenbestandteilen [Halle] 18p. 8? Berl 1917. Ashford, C. A. The glycolytic mechanisms of brain. Bio- chem. J, Lond, 1933, 27: 903-10.—Astanin, P. [Biochemistry of the brain] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1924, 24: 87-96.—Avery, B. F, Kerr, S. E, fcGhantus.M. Thelactic acid content of mammalian brain. J. Biol. Chem, 1935, 110: 637-42. Also repr.—Bamber- ger, P, & Never, H. E. Der Sauerstoffgehalt des Gehirnvenen- blutes. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1934, 234: 675-9.—Bodansky, M. The zinc and copper content of the human brain. J. Biol. Chem, 1921, 48: 361-4.—Bonsignore, A. Ueber die Natur der reduzierenden Substanz im Gehirn. Klin. Wschr, 1936, 15: 483; 742.—Brown, J. B. The occurrence of a new highly unsat- urated fatty acid in the lipids of the brain. J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 83: 783-91. Also repr.—Cattaneo, L. Richerche sul contenuto colesterinico della sostanza encefalica del feto umano nelle varie eta. Ann. ostet. gin, 1931, 53: 1755-70, ch. ----- Contributo alio studio della biochimica fetale; ricerche intorno alla presenza di colesterolo combinato nella sostanza encefalica del feto umano. Arch. sc. biol, Bologna, 1933, 18: 372-7.—Cherniakofsky, P. L'etat actuel de la chimie du cerveau. Presse nted, 1929, 37: 530-3.—Chia Chi Wang. On the amount of the alcohol extract according to sex from the brain of the albino rat. J. Comp. Neur, 1928-29, 47: 67-74.—Bikshit, B. B. Action of acetylcho- line on the brain and its occurrence therein. J. Physiol, Lond, 1934, 80: 409-21.—Dudgeon, J. S. The Spatz test for iron in the brain. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1924, 70: 577—Eaves, E. C. Some observations on calcium and phosphorus in the brain in different conditions. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1931, 12: 113-22—Farago, S. Ueber den Calciumgehalt verschiedener Teile des Gehirns von normalen und thyreoparathyreoidektomierten Ratten. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1936, 288: 393-401—Filedt Kok, J. A, & Schaeffer, CO. [Does the brain contain gold?] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1930, 74: pt 1, 622-4.—Gans, A. Iron in the brain. Brain, Lond, 1923, 46: 128-36.—Gettler, A. 0, & Tiber, A. The alcoholic content of the human brain; its relation to intoxication. Arch. Path, Chic, 1927, 3: 218-26.—Haldi, J. A, Rauth, J. W. [et al.] A study of anion and cation effects on water absorption by brain tissue. Am. J. Physiol, 1927, 80: 631-8.—Harding, V. J, & Eagles, B. A. The creatine content of brain. J. Biol. Chem, 1924, 60: 301-10. Also repr.—Hernandez, R. Iron content of the brain (its normal and pathological occurrence) Psychiat. Q, 1931, n.s, 5: 95- 134.—Holmes, E. G. Observations on the variation of P„ of brain tissue. Biochem. J, Lond, 1932, 26: 2010-4. -----& Holmes, B. E. A note on the reducing substances found in alcoholic ex- tracts of brain. Ibid, 1926, 20: 595-7.—Holmes, E. G, & Sherif, M. A. F. The relationship between sugar in blood and lactic acid in brain. Ibid, 1932, 26: 381-7.—Kalnins, V. Ueber die Bestimmung des Gehaltes an C-Vitamin im menschlichen Gehirn mittels der Zahntestmethode. Klin. Wschr, 1937, 16: 93-6.— Kerr, S. E. Studies on the phosphorus compounds of brain; phosphocreatine. J. Biol. Chem, 1935,110: 625-35. Alsorepr.— Laszlo, D, Urban, H, & Weissenberg, E. Hirnblutuntersu- chungen beim Menschen im Wachen und im narkotischen Zu- stande. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1935, 179: 266-72—Lematte, L, & Beauchamp, L. Contribution k l'etude de la composition du cerveau humain. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1925, 181: 578-80.— Major, R. H, & Weber, C. J. Further observations on the de- pressor substance in brain tissue. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1930, 39: 247-52.—Martino, G. Sul potere glicolitico della sostanza cerebrale. Arch. farm, sper, 1929-30, 50: 228; 255. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1930, 5: 92-4.—Maruyama, H. Studien fiber die reduzierenden Substanzen im Gehirn; fiber eine neue Me- thode zur Unterscheidung des Reduktionsvermogens des Zuckers and des Kreatinins; fiber die Bestimmung des sogenann- ten echten Blutzuckers mit Hilfe einer neuen Methode. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1932, 253: 161.—Matsumoto, M. Ueber den Kationen- und Chlorgehalt des Kaninchengehirns. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1933, 2: biochem, 11-20. ---—- On the inorganic and phosphagen phosphorus content of the brain. Ibid, 85-91. -----■ On the creatine in brain. Ibid, 205-13.—May, R. M. Etudes microchimiques sur le systeme nerveux; la teneur en soufre et en phosphore des hemispheres cerebraux du cobaye. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1927, 9: 970-81. Also C. rend. Acad. sc, 1927, 85: 368-70.—Mayer, M. E. Ueber postmortale Milch- saurezunahme in der Geliirnsubstanz von Versuchstieren. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1928, 134: 218-24—Mitolo, M. A propo- sito di due recenti communicazioni sulla natura della sostanza riducente del cervello. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1936, 11: 697-9.—Myerson, A, & Halloran, R. B. Studies of the biochem- istry of the brain blood by internal jugular puncture. Am. J. Psychiat, 1930-31, 10: 389-406.—Nageotte, J. Sur les variations du signe de la birefringence dans les figures myeiiniques et formations connexes. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1931, 192: 584-6.— Naka, S. The quantitative study of reducing substances of the brain under various conditions; the micromethod for estimation of glycogen and other reducing substances in the brain. Fu- kuoka acta med, 1929, 22: 101. ----- The comparative study between the histological method and the biochemical micro- method upon the distribution of the glycogen in the brain. Ibid, 1930, 23: 4.—Page, I. H. Die Chemie des Gehirns. Zschr * ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1931, 135: 406-23. ----- & Rudy, H. Ueber Cephalin; fiber die Fettsauren des Cephalins aus Men- schengehirn. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1932, 205: 115-25.—Palla- din, A. Recherches sur la biochimie du cerveau. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1934,16: 1193-210— Parhon, C. I, & Werner, G. Recherches sur la teneur en phosphore du cerveau et du cervelet chez les ehiens parathyroi'dectomises ou thyroparathyroldecto- mises. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 455—Peters, R. A, Rydin, H, & Thompson, R. H. S. The relation of pyruvic acid in brain to certain tissue poisons. Biochem. J, Lond, 1935, 29: 63-71 — Petrunkina, A. [Sulphatides of the brain] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1924,24:77-86.-----& Petrunkin, M. L. [Chemical combina- tion of proteins of the brain with animal alkaloids and bases] Ibid, 1928, 28: 435-9. Also Biochem. Zschr, 1928, 201: 185-9 — Pighini, G. Veteni autoctoni di natura lisocitinica nei cervello. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1930, 5: 1131-8. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1932, 140: 218-25.----- Rapporti ormonali fra ipofisi, tiroide, e lo iodio del cervello. Biochem. ter. sper, 1935, BRAIN 845 BRAIN 22: 607-24.—Pohle, K. Ueber das Vorkommen von Adenylsaure im Gehirn. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1929, 185: 281-3.—Poison, C. An abnormal material occurring in the brains of rabbits. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1926-27, 8: 205-8, 3pl—Schiff, E, & Stransky, E. Besonderheiten in der chemischen Zusammensetzung des Sauglingsgehirns. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1921, 3.F, 46: 245-58 — Shimizu, T. Zur Kenntnis der chemischen Zusammensetzung des Gehirns. Biochem. Zschr, 1921, 117: 252-62—Schwarz, H, A-Dibold, H. Ammoniakbefundeimmenschlichen Gehirn. Ibid. 1932, 251: 187.—Singer, K. Beitrage zur physiologischen und pathologischen Chemie des Gehirns; fiber die Stickstoffvertei- lung in der Petroiatherfraktion des Pferdehirns. Ibid, 1926, 179: 432-42. -----& Deutschberger, 0. Beitrage zur physio- logischen und pathologischen Chemie des Gehirns; fiber die Phosphatide der Petroiatherfraktion des normalen Menschen- hirns. Ibid, 1928,198: 328-39—Slovtzov, B.I. [Biochemistry of the brain; glucosides in the brain] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1928, 21: 171-3.—Spatz, H. Ueber den Eisennachweis im Gehirn, be- sonders in Zentren des extrapyramidal-motorischen Systems. Zschr. ges. neur. Psychiat, 1*2, 77: 261-390.—Speransky, A, Proc6d6 d'obtention par la congelation de l'autoneurotoxine et d'autres autotoxines eellulaires. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 262-4.—Stamm, W. Die Abspaltung freier Phosphorsaure aus uberlebendem Gehirnbrei und ihre Beeinflussung durch Phar- maka. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1926, 111: 133-48—Stich, C. Zur Bildung flfichtiger Phosphorverbindungen bei der Gehirnfaul- nis. Mschr. Psychiat, 1933, 85: 301-4.—Strimpl, V. Action des poisons cerebraux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 1752.—Struwe, F. Eisenbefunde im Gehirn und ihre diagnostische Verwertung. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1928, 103: 10-41.—Takahashi, K. Fort- gesetzte Untersuchungen fiber den Kohlehydratgehalt des Gehirns. Biochem Zschr, 1925, 159: 484-8.—Tatsumi, M, Okamura, K. [et al.] Ueber den Einfluss der Krampfgifte auf den Vitamin C-Gehalt in Gehirn, Augenkammerwasser,Cere- brospinalflfissigkeit und Nebenniere. Psychiat. neur. jap, 1936, 40: 29.—Weber, C. J, Nanninga, J. B, & Major, R. H. Isolation of a crystalline depressor substance from the brain. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 30: 513-5.—Wuth, O. Ueber den Eisenge- halt des Gehirns; zu der Arbeit von H. Spatz. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1923, 84: 474-7.—Young, F. G. A note on the identity of the indophenol-reducing substances in brain tissue. Bio- chem. J, Lond, 1936, 30: 1883-5.—Zalka, E, & Lehoczky, T. Zur Frage der Eisenreaktion im Gehirn; Untersuchungen an normalen und nicht paralytischen Gehirnen. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1928, 85: 220-8.—Zuwerkalow, B. Zur Frage nach der chemischen Zusammensetzung des Nervengewebes (der Gehalt der Hirnrinde des Menschen und anderer Tiere an aromatischen Aminosauren) Biochem. Zschr, 1930, 223: 145-51. --- Chemistry: Ferments. Bernstein, F. [Fermentation of the brain in different ani- mals] Med. biol. J, Leningr, 1926, 2: no.3, 56-63.—Cedrangolo, F. Recherches sur la glycerophosphatase du cerveau. Arch. ital. biol, 1935-36, 94: 146-52. Also Arch. sc. biol, Bologna, 1935,21: 337-44. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1935,10: 374-6.— Dixon, K. C. The oxidative disappearance of lactic acid from brain and the Pasteur reaction. Biochem. J, Lond, 1935, 29: 973-7.—Edlbacher, S, Goldschmidt, E, & Schlappi, V. Ueber die Enzyme des Gehirns. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1934, 227: 118-23—Gibson, C. A, Umbreit, F, & Bradley, H. C. Studies of autolysis; autolysis of brain. J. Biol. Chem, 1921, 47: 333-9.— Giri, K. V, & Batta, N. C. Brain phosphatase. Biochem. J, Lond, 1936, 30: 1089-96.—Maruyama, H. Studien fiber die Ferrnente im Gehirn; fiber Oxydase, Katalase, Glykolyse und Glykogenolyse im Kaninchengehirn unter verschiedenen Be- dingungen. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1934, 102: 430-8. ----- Ueber die Oxydase, Katalase, Glykolyse und Glykogenolyse im Kaninchengehirn unter verschiedenen Bedingungen. Fukuoka acta med, 1933, 26: 78-80. ----- Ueber Oxydase, Katalase, Glykolyse und Glykogenolyse im Gehirn von dauernd unter etwa 38° C. gehaltenen Kaninchen und von Sommerencepha- litikern. Ibid, 1934, 27: 134-6.—Peters, R. A. Pyruvic acid oxidation in brain; vitamin Bi and the pyruvate oxidase in pigeon's brain. Biochem. J, Lond, 1936, 30: 2206-18— Quastel, J. H. Enzymic activity of the brain. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1935-36, 29: 200-4.—Slovtzov, B. I. [Biochemistry of the brain: lipolytic ferment of the brain] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1922, 12: 191-9—Takasaka, T. Ueber den Fermentgehalt des menschli- chen Gehirns. Biochem. Zschr, 1927, 184: 390-9—Waelsch, H. Ueber Dehydrasen und Wasserstorfdonatoren in den Gehirnen narkotisierter und hypnotisierter Tiere nebst Bemerkungen zu einer Theorie tierischer Immobilisationen. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 1177-80. ■--- Chemistry: Lipids. Backlin, E. *Beitrage zur quantitativen Kenntnis der Gehirnlipoide. 183p. 8? Upps., 1930. Also Uppsala lak.foren. forh, 1930, 35: 105-84, tab. Odefey, M. [R.] *Untersuchungen iiber das Vorkommen fetthaltiger Korper und Pigmente in den nicht nervosen Teilen des Gehirns unter normalen und krankhaften Bedingungen [Kiel] 29p. 8? Berl., 1918. Abadjiev, B. Ueber antigene Eigenschaften von Gehirnli- poiden. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1927-28, 54: 507-17.—Agnoli R Attivita ed applicazioni farmacoterapiche dei lipoidi cerebrali Gazz. osp, 1935, 56: 656-60.-Antoniani, C. Sul rapporto tra acido a e acido 0 glicerofosforico nelle lecitine cerebrali umane Arch. sc. biol, Bologna, 1933, 18: 420-5—Berberucg, J, & Bar' R. Fettbefunde im Gehirn fotaler und neugeborener Tiere Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 1287-9—Blix, G. Zur Kenntnis der schwefelhaltigen Lipoidstoffe des Gehirns; fiber Cerebron- schwefelsaure. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1933, 219: 82-98 — Brown, J. B. Observations on the nature of the highly unsat- urated fatty acids of beef brains. J. Biol. Chem, 1932, 97 • 183-7 Also repr.-----& Ault, W. C. A comparison of the highly unsaturated acids of beef, hog, and sheep brains. Ibid , 1930 89 ■ 167-71. Also repr—Frankel, S. Ueber Lipoide; fiber den'Di- Lignoceryl-N-di-Glykosaminmonophosphorsaureester, ein neues Diammomonophosphatid aus Gehirn. Biochem. Zschr 1919- 20, 101: 159-71. ----- & Karpfen, 0. Ueber Lipoide; Uber die Hypohirnsaure, ein neues Triaminomonophosphormono- sulfatid aus Menschenhirn (Oxydecansaure-Tricolamingly- cerinphosphorglycerinschwefelsaure) Ibid, 1925, 157: 414-24.— Frankel, S, & Kasz, A. Ueber Lipoide; fiber ein Lecithin aus Menschenhirn. Ibid, 1921, 124: 216-27.—Gilbert, O. Ueber Lipoide; Uber die Darstellung von Phosphorsulfatiden aus Gehirn. Ibid, 206-15.—Gorodisskay, H. Studien fiber die chemische Topographie des Gehirns; die Lipoide und der Ge- samtstickstoff der Grosshirnrinde des Menschen. Ibid, 1925, 164: 446-80.—Heimann, F, & Steinfeld, J. Ueber das Verhalten der Hirnlipoide und ihrer Antisera. Zschr. Immunforsch 1928, 58: 181-92—Kikuchi, G. Ueber die Verteilung des Cho- lesterins im Gehirne von normalen Kaninchen und Hunden. Fukuoka acta med, 1930, 23: 18.—Klenk, E. Ueber ein neues Cerebrosid des Gehirns. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1925, 145: 244; 1927, 166: 268. ----- Ueber eine Saure C24H46O3 aus Cerebrosiden des Gehirns. Ibid, 1926, 157: 291; 1927, 166: 287. Ibid. Ueber die Fettsauren der Kephalinfraktion des Gehirns. 1930, 192: 217-32. - - Ueber Phosphatide; tiber die ungesattigten Fettsauren der atherloslichen Phosphatide des Gehirns. Ibid, 1932, 206: 25-40.—Levene, P. A, & Rolf, I. P. Lecithin; lecithin of the brain. J. Biol. Chem, 1921, 46: 353-65. ----- Unsaturated fatty acids of brain cephalins. Ibid, 1922, 54: 91-8. ----- Unsaturated fatty acids of brain lecithins. Ibid, 99.—McConnell, K. P, & Sinclair, R. G. Evidence of selection in the building up of brain lecithins and cephalins. Ibid, 1937,118:131-6—Page, I. H, & Muller, E. Notiz tiber das Vorkommen von Dihydrocholesterin im menschlichen Gehirh. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1932, 204: 13.—Pighini, G, & Belfini, C. Ricerche sperimentali sulle lisocitine nei cervello di cavia. Biochim. ter. sper, 1931, 18: 56-63.—Pryde, J, & Humphreys, R. W. The nature of the sugar residue of the cerebrosides of ox- brain. Biochem. J, Lond, 1926, 20: 825-8.—Remesow, I, & Lewaschowa, N. Eine schnelle Methode zur Cholesterindar- stellung aus Hirn. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1936, 241: 81-3 — Stoesser, A. V, Petri, K. A, & McQuarrie, I. Influence of diet on lipid content of the rat's brain. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934-35, 32: 761—Thierfelder, H, & Klenk, E. Versuche zur Darstellung des glucosaminhaltigen Phosphatids von S. Frankel und F. Kafka aus Gehirn. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1925, 145: 221-6.—Tilney, F, & Rosett, J. The value of brain lipoids as an index of brain development. Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York, 1931, 1: 28-71.—Tropp, C. Neue Lipoide aus dem Reticulo-Endothel in Beziehung zu den Gehirnlipoiden. Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wiirzburg (1934-35) 1936, n.F, 59: 74. — Choroid plexus. See under Brain ventricles. — Commotio. See Brain, Concussion. — Compression. See also Brain, Injuries; Brain, Surgery; Cranium, Pressure, intracranial; Dura mater, Hemorrhage, &c. Lindner, L. *Ein Fall von Tuberkulose der platten Schadelknochen mit Kompression des Gehirns durch tuberkulose Granulationen. 21p. 8? Erlangen, 1913. Auche, J. Compression cerebrate. J. med. Bordeaux, 1931, 108: 739-42.—Barraquer Roviralta, L, & Barraquer Ferre, L. Lesions de compresion encefalica. An. Hosp. S. Cruz, Barcel, 1930, 4: 21-40—Bartoli, 0, & Benelli, R. Sindrome de com- pressione endocranica per sdoppiamento della squama dell' occi- pitale. Sperimentale, 1933, 87: cxxxvii-cxliv.—Bromley. Cere- bral compression. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1921, 35: 393-8.— Bj^rup, F. [Traumatic compression of brain and its operative treatment] Hospitalstidende, 1928, 71: 35; 49; 75; 101; 137.— Ferry, G. A propos du diagnostic des compressions cerebrates d'origine traumatique; particularites symptomatiques. Arch. fr. belg. chir, 1924, 27: 777-85—Laurenti, T. Cranio ed encefalo; la compressione del cervello. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez.prat, 1660.—Malone, J. Y. Value of blood-pressure in acute cerebral compression; an experimental and clinical study. Ann. Surg, 1922, 75: 732-5, pi. Also J. Missouri M. Ass, 1922, 19: 239 — Mir, L. Contribucion al estudio de las lesiones microscopicas BRAIN 846 BRAIN en la compresion cerebral. Arch, neurob, Madr, 1930, 10: 195-216.—Nuzzi, 0. Le immediate cagioni dei fenomeni clinici da compressione cerebrale. Arch. Soc. ital. chir, 1933, 39: 1073-7.—Poncet, J. A. Compression cerebrate par hematome localise. Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1935,55: 522-43.—Rodrigues, A. Compressoes cerebraes traumaticas. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1934, 42: 95-113.—StefaneHi, C. La dilatazione pupillare nelle compression! cerebrali. Med. prat. Nap, 1927, 12: 335.— Ugurgieri, C. Compression! sperimentali del sistema nervoso centrale; compression! cerebrali da parafflna e da laminaria: reperti isto-patologici. Riv. neur, 1933, 6: 593-641, pi. ---- Concussion. See also Cranium, Injuries; Head, Injuries. Barckhatjsen, E. *Gehirnerschutterungen in der Armee. 54p. 8? Lpz., 1916. Robert, H. *Das Wesen der Commotio und ihre ersten Symptome. 48p. 8? Bonn, 1932. Berner, O. Concussion of the brain. Am. J. Surg, 1935, 29: 273-81.—Bsteh, O, & Briak, F. Zur Klinik der Commotio cerebri. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir, 1928, 40: 182-6.—Filha, R. P. Concussao cerebral. J. clin, Rio, 1935, 16: 17-28 — Gamper, E. Zur Frage der Commotio und Contusio cerebri. Med. Klin, Berl, 1936, 32: 1353-6.—Germain, J. Sobre la con- mocion cerebral. Progr. clin, Madr, 1929, 37: 308-14.—Klotz, R. Commotio cerebri. Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 276.—Lombard, E. Quelques impressions apres une commotion. J. psychol. norm. path. Par, 1923, 20: 651-4.—Miller, G. G. Cerebral concussion. Arch. Surg, 1927, 14: 891-916. Also repr.—Reichardt, M. Hirnerschfitterung und Hirnquetschung. Arch, orthop. Un- fallchir, 1934-35, 35: 7-24. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1933, 80: 1922-6. Also Siglo nted, 1934, 93: 45-7.—Reuter, F. Ueber Commotio und Contusio cerebri. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1937, 50:310.—Scharfetter, H. Le consequenze immediate delle lesioni da corpi ottusi del cranio. Gazz. osp, 1933, 54: 105-11. ---- Concussion: Diagnosis. Aliandin, P. [Fainting, concussion of the brain or simula- tion?] Sudeb. med. ekspertiza, 1928, 111.—Bonhomme & Nordmann. Caracteres essentiels de la commotion cer6bro- spinale. J. psychol. norm, path. Par, 1915-17, 12: 434.— Farani, A. Commocao ou confusao cerebral? estudo de contri- buicao. Arch, brasil. med, 1926, 16: 105-12.—Hecht, P, & Weil, P. Polyzythamie und Hirnschfitterung. Aerztl. Sach- verst. Ztg, 1929, 35: 35-8.—Kat, W. [Objective controllable manifestations in commotio cerebri] Psychiat. neur. bl, 1933, 37: 105-20.—Kino, F. Reflexstorungen bei Erschfitterungen des Zentralnervensystems. Med. Welt, 1930, 4: 1684.—Linthicum, F. H, & Rand, C. W. Neuro-otological observations in concus- sion of the brain. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1931, 13: 785-821. Also repr.—Mann, L. Ueber ein haufig zu beobachtendes Syndrom bei Commotio beziehungsweise Contusio cerebri. Deut. med. Wschr, 1931, 57: 2172-5—Martland, H. S. Punch drunk. J. Am. M. Ass, 1928, 91: 1103-7.—Meerloo, A. M. [Certain observations in relation to diagnosis and treatment of commotio cerebri, and its sequelae] Geneesk. gids, 1936, 14: 1109-16.— Pomme, B, Robin, P, & Lubineau, J. Au sujet du syndrome subjectif commun des blesses du crane et des commotionn6s. J. m6d. Lyon, 1931, 12: 586-92.—Puca, A. II quadro ematico nella commozione cerebrale. Riv. otoneur, 1935, 12: 469-71.— Reys, L. Troubles pupillaires bilateraux (miosis, anisocorie, dissociation des reflexes lumineux et k la convergence) apres commotion c6rebrale (sans syphilis) remarques sur ltepithete Argyll-Robertson; n6cessite d'unification des moyens d'explora- tion pupillaire. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1927, 5:195-200.—Ritter, A. Die Forderung der Beachtung chirurgischer und psychiatrisch- neurologischer Gesichtspunkte bei der Beurteilung der soge- nannten Commotio cerebri. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 456-60.— Van Valkenburg, C. T. Lymphop6nie commotionnelle; un signe objectif de commotion cerebrate. Rev. neur. Par., 1933, 40: 740-2. ---- Concussion: Pathology. Dreisenstock, S. *Uebersicht iiber die Entwicklung der modernen Theorien iiber die Commotio cerebri. 20p. 8? S. Louis, 1931. Pedrazzini, F. Commozione cerebro-spinale; studio anatomico, clinico e sperimentale. 170p. 16? Milano, 1918. Bernardini, B. Contributo alio studio della commozione cerebrale. Policlinico, 1923, 30: sez.prat, 397-9.—Berner, 0. La theorie de Duret sur te choc cephalorachidien et les etudes plus r6centes sur la commotion cerebrate. Presse med, 1936, 44: 1055-8.—Breslauer-Schiick, F. Physiologische Betrachtun- gen zur Lehre von der Gehirnerschfitterung. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1920-21, 121: 590-2—Fuchs, A. Zur Pathologie und Sympto- matologie der Commotio cerebri. Wien. med. Wschr, 1927, 77: 1229; 1288.—Genewein, F. Die mechanischen Vorgange bei der Gehirnerschfitterung und der Gehirnkontusion. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1923,128: 348-65.—Grinstein, A. M, & Truten, M. B. [Pathological anatomy and the causes of the commotional syn- dromel Soviet, psikhonevr, 1933,9: 69-75.—Haase.E. Autopti- sche Befunde nach Gehirnerschfitterung. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 1293; 1335.—Heise, K. Zur Pathologie und Therapie der Gehirnerschfitterung. Mschr. Unfallh, 1929, 36: 120-3.— Hoff, H. Experimentelle Studien zur Frage des postkommo- tionellen Hirnbdems. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 129: 583-90.—Knauer, A, & Enderlen, E. Berichtigungen zur Arbeit: die pathologische Physiologie der Hirnerschfitterung nebst Bemerkungen fiber verwandte Zustande. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1922-23, 29: 1-54; 439, 8pl.—Krai, A. Zur Pathophysiologic der Commotio cerebri. Med. Klin, Berl, 1935, 31: 876; 910.— Kuntzen & Fliigel. Serienuntersuchungen nach Commotio cerebri. Zbl. Chir, 1936, 63: 1238—Lohr, W. Hirngefassver- letzungen in arteriographischer Darstellung; GefSssverande- rungen bei Commotio und Contusio cerebri. Ibid, 2642<-52.— Ritter, A, & Strebel, K. Neue Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Com- motio medulae oblongatae (Ritter), der Commotio cerebri s. s. und der Contusio cerebri diffusa. Mschr. Unfallh, 1928, 35: 369; 419.—Rahm, H. Relativistische oder nicht relativistische Darstellung der Gehirnerschfitterungsmechanik. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1920-21, 121: 593-6.'—Schonbauer, L, & Brunner, H. Commotio cerebri. Handb. Neur. Ohres, Berl, 1928, 2: l.Teil, 273-304.—Schweers, A. Untersuchungen tiber die alimentare Hyperglykamie bei Commotio cerebri und anderen Gehirner- krankungen; ein Beitrag zur vegetativ-nervosen Regulation des Kohlehydratstoffwechsels. Klin. Wschr, 1936, 15: 155-8.— Vara-Lopez, R. Beitrag zum Studium der Gehirnerschfitterung; Verschiebung der Wasserstoffionenkonzentration im Liquor nach experimenteller Gehirnerschfitterung. Arch. klin. Chir, 1928, 150: 111-4. Also Progr. clin, Madr, 1931, 39: 469-71. ---- Concussion: Sequelae. See also Brain, Apoplexy: Forensic aspects. Foerster, O. *Ueber einen Fall von De- pressionszustand nach Gehirnerschutterung. 9p. 8? Giessen, 1920. Franz, W. *Hypalgesie der Nasenschleimhaut nach Commotio cerebri [Freiburg] 20p. 8? Wiirzb. [1933] Griesheim, M. C. von. *Ueber 2 Falle von essentieller Hypertension nach Commotio cerebri [Jena] 14p. 8? Stadtroda, 1932. Rahner, R. *Ueber Vestibularisschadigung nach Gehirnerschutterung. 22p. 8? Freib. i.Br. [1933] Stapel, H. W. A. *Kommotionsfolgen bei Jugendlichen [Leipzig] 58p. 8? Bochum- Langendreer, 1932. Andre-Leri. L'etat mental et physique du commotionnfi, du contusionne cerebral et de ltemotlonne. J. psychol. norm, path. Par, 1915-17, 12: 457-510.—Bard, L. De l'inclination voltaique paradoxale dans les sequelles des commotions cerebrates. Lyon nted, 1927, 139: 739-49.—Barison, F. II risentimento mesoce- falico nelle commozioni cerebrali. Assist, social, Roma, 1934, 8: 129-51. Also Riv. pat. nerv, 1934, 43: 486—Bennett, A. E, & Hunt, H. B. Traumatic encephalitis; case reports of so-called cerebral concussion with encephalographic findings. Arch. Surg, 1933, 26: 397-406;—Benon, R. Commotion cerebrate et pronostic. Gaz. hop, 1926, 99: 1677. Also Bull, nted. Par, 1926, 40: 1198. ----- Commotion; surdi-mutit6; asth6nie chronique. Rev. med. Par, 1929, 46: 231-6. ----- Bless6s du crane et commotionnes, epilepsie et equivalents. Arch. internat. neur. Par, 1936, 55: 541-5.—Beringer, K. Begutach- tungsfragen bei Commotio und Contusio. Nervenarzt, 1935, 8: 561-7.—Bettin, G. G. Lesioni dissociate dell' VIII paio da trauma. Riv. otoneur., 1934,11: 292-8.—Brandis, W. Erwerbs- unfahigkeit, Folge des Alters oder einer Gehirnerschfitterung? Med. Klin., Berl, 1927, 23: 1307-9. ----- Leichte Hirner- schfitterung Ursache des Hirnschlags. Ibid, 1930, 26: 1488- 90.—Burger, H, & Kaila, M. Der Fall Meunier; ein weiterer Beitrag zur Frage der Verflechtung organischer und psychogener Symptome. Nervenarzt, 1929,2: 212-23.—Carrillo, R, Williams, H, & Oribe, M. Importancia de la encefalografia en la aprecia- cion m6dico-tegal del sindrome post-commocional. Sem. nted., B. Air, 1936, 43: pt2, 1716-24.—Chelyshev, A. G. [Character- istic organic affection of the brain caused by commotio cerebri] Soviet, vrach. gaz, 1933, 37: 1203-5.—Belanog. Sur un cas de m6decine legale dans le milieu indigene du Maroc; mort par commotion cerebrate indirecte d'un nourrisson emprisonne dans le Haik de sa mere. Marseille m6d, 1924, 61: 938.—Be Meo, E. Contributo clinico alio studio delle sindromi commozionali tardive. Riv. otoneur, 1933,10: 115-21.—Euziere, Blouquier de Claret & Pages. Syndrome mesocophalique postcommotionnel. Bull. Soc. sc. nted. biol. Montpellier, 1922-23, 4: 359-65. Also Montpellier med, 1923, 45: 422-7.—Fay, O. J. The industrial evaluation of cerebral concussion. Tr. West. Surg. Ass, 1929, 39: 191-200.—Hanse, A. Ueber die akute Kommotionspsychose und die Bedeutung der Hirhersehutterung ftir anderweitige psychische Storungen. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1925, 76: 172- 211.—Hartleben. Beitrag zur Frage der Hypertension als Folge von Gehirnerschtitterung. Zbl. inn. Med, 1934, 55: 1041-3.— Hauptmann, A. Die Objektivierung postkommotioneller Beschwerden durch das Encephalogramm. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1932, 96: 84-94. Also Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1932, 124: 130.—Henschen, C. Ueber die Ursachen des postkommo- tionellen und postkontusionellen Hirndruckes, insbesondere BRAIN 847 BRAIN iiber Hirnodem, Hirnschwellung und Hirnverkleinerung nach Schadelverletzungen. Zbl. Chir, 1927, 54: 3169-89—Hohaus W. Erwerbsbeschrankung und Berufswechsel bei cerebralen Kommotionsneurosen. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1924, 3: 41-6 — Jaensch, P. A. Fusionsstorungen nach Gehirnerschfitterung Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1935, 94: 470-6.—Jankau, V. Arbeiten zur Theorie und Praxis der arztlichen Sozialbegutachtung; zur Lehre von den Zustandsbildern nach Commotio cerebri' und Basisfrakturen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1931,136: 630-41 — Kehrer, F. Das Problem der sogenannten traumatischen Enze- phalopathien. Deut. med. Wschr, 1933, 59: 157; 206; 244 — Klar, J. Ueber ein okuiares Syndrom nach Commotio cerebri- ein Beitrag zur Ophthalmodynamometrie (Tonoskopie) Klin' Mbl. Augenh, 1935, 94: 500-5.—Knauer, A. Zur Erkennung und Begutachtung der Hirnerschtitterung und ihrer Spatfoleen Mschr. Unfallh, 1929, 36: 337-56—Krai, A. Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Klarung der Pathogenese und Pathophysiologie der Commotionspsychose. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1933-34 101: 729-38.—Krisch, H. Die organischen psychisch-nervosen Hirnerschutterungsfolgen und ihre Differentialdiagnose Deut med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 735-7.—Kuntzen. Serienuntersuchun- gen nach Gehirnerschtitterungen. Arch. klin. Chir, 1936, 186: 322-4 [Discussion] 80-2.—Lelong, P, & Courtois, A. Atrophie musculaire progressive et affaiblissement intellectuel chez un commotionn6 hypertendu. Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment. Par, 1928,16: 38-42.—Lische, R. Ueber nervose Erscheinungen nach Hirnerschtitterung und ihre Differentialdiagnose. Mschr Unfallh, 1931, 38: 1-35.—Mauss. Die Hirnverletzungen (com- motio und contusio cerebri) und ihre Folgezustande im Heere Veroff. Heer. San, 1934, H.92, 85-152. ----- Unfall, Selbst- mordversuch oder traumatischer Dammerzustand. Miinch med. Wschr, 1935, 82: 621.—MiiUer, A. Ueber die Folgen leichter Gehirnerschtitterungen. Ibid, 1936, 83: 779.—Osnato, M, & Giliberti, V. Postconcussion neurosis; traumatic encepha- litis; a conception of postconcussion phenomena. Arch. Neur Psychiat, Chic, 1927, 18: 181-214—Pignede & Abely, P. se- quelles lointaines des commotions cerebrates; tableau clinique tardif post-commotionnel. Encephale, 1930, 25: 436-43.— Rawak, F. Ueber zwei schwere organisch-neurologische Krank- heitsfaile im Anschluss an eine Stirnprellung. Mschr. Psychiat, 1933, 87: 155-67.—Rebucci, B. Di alcuni segni obbiettivi rivela- tori di lesione organica negli antichi commozionati cerebrali. Policlinico, 1934, 41: sez.prat, 843-7.—Rendu, R. Bruit d'oreille objectif postcommotionnel. Lyon nted, 1921, 130: 62.—Reuter, A. Ueber die Folgenl eichter Gehirnerschtitterungen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1936, 83: 520-2.—Ritter, A. Psychische Storun- gen nach sog. Commotio cerebri. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1922, 80: 29-55.—Rizzatti, E. II pericolo di vita nella commo- zione cerebrale. Arch, antrop. crim. Tor, 1936, 56: suppl, 567-81.—Rotter, R. Organischer Hirnprozess als Spatfolge von Gehirnerschfitterung. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1929, 119: 97-108.—Schnyder, P. Commotio cerebri, posttraumatische Neurosen und Storungen der Sexualfunktionen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1936, 66: 242-4.—Schuster, G. [Forensic aspect of com- motio cerebri] Gyogyaszat, 1936, 76: 442; 458.—Stern, F. Ueber die Spatfolgen von Gehirnerschtitterungen und Kontusionen. Ohirurg, Berl, 1932, 4: 3-14.—Sutter, T. Erblindung bei Com- motio cerebri. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1936, 83: 766.—Symonds, C. P. Disturbance of cerebral function in concussion. Lancet, Lond, 1935, 1: 486-8. ----- Prognosis in cerebral concussion and contusion. Ibid, 1936, 1: 854-6.—Trenel & Lelong. Com- motion cerebrate par accident de chemin de fer; troubles de la ntemoire et du caractere, revendication. Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment. Par, 1927,15: 70-3.—Valkenburg, C. T. van. [Symptoms and sequels of commotio cerebri] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1934, 78: 3648-55.—Ziegler, L. H. Delirium following concussion. Med. Clin. N. America, 1930,13: 1365. --- Concussion: Treatment. Broster, L. R. Concussion and its treatment. Practitioner, Lond, 1934, 133: 93-100.—Bemmer, F. Zur Pathologie und Therapie der Commotio und Laesio cerebri (zugleich ein Be- richt Uber die Frtih- und Spatresultate der geschlossenen Wundbehandlung im Gehirn und der Behandlung mit dem Tampon und der Lumbalpunktion) Beitr. klin. Chir, 1920-21, 121: 491-589, ch.—Mella, H. The use of sodium chloride in con- cussion of the brain. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1922, 55: 313-5.— Ritter. Zur Behandlung der Hirnerschtitterung. Zbl. Chir, 1936,63: 1609.—Scherwitz, K. Zur Beurteilung und Behandlung der Commotio cerebri. Ther. Gegenwart, 1936, 77: 501; 543 — Vich, J. [Study and treatment of concussion of the brain] Cas. lek. cesk., 1930, 69: 456-8. ---- Contusion and laceration. See also Brain, Edema; Brain, Injuries; Delir- ium; Head, Injuries; Headache; Vertigo. Schwarz, G. A. *Zur Kenntnis der Gedacht- nisstorung nach Granatenkontusion [Leipzig] 20p. 8? Berl., 1916. Arnaud, M, & Albert-Cremieux. A propos de quelques traumatismes fermes du crane; peut-on localiser et traiter la contusion encephalique en foyer? Rev. neur. Par, 1929, 36: pt 1, 1099-108.—Aubert, E. Contusion c6r6brale; trepanation sous-temporale decompressive; guerison. Arch. fr. belg. chir, 1923, 501-3.—Borchardt, M, & Ball, E. Beitrage zur Klinik und Prognose gedeckter Hirnverletzungen (Commotio und Contusio cerebri) Arch, orthop. Unfallchir, 1934-35, 35: 227-76—Cros- thwait, W. L. The surgical treatment of persistent headache due to unresolved cerebral contusions. Texas J.M, 1924-25, 20: 251-3.—Gay-Bonnet. Contusion cerebrate de la zone rolan- dique droite sans fracture du cr≠ paralysie du membre supe- rieur gauche; paresie faciale gauche tegere; ponctions lombaires; guerison. Bull. Soc. nted. mil. fr, 1921, 15: 180—Guttmann, E. Zur Symptomatologie der Hirnkontusion; die mangelnde Ernstwertung der eigenen Krankheitserscheinungen. Nerven- arzt, 1931, 4: 207-14.—Karsch, J. Zertrftmmerung des Balkens im Gehirn ohne Schadelbasisfraktur; ein Beitrag zur Entste- hungsursache der Gehirnzerreissung. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1931, 42: 375-83.—Katzenstein, E. Veranderungen der Pupillen- form bei Commotio et Contusio cerebri. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1931, 27: 286-300—Leoncini, F. Sulle lesioni contu- sive dell' encefalo. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1934, 42: 133; 162.—Loubat & Nard. Sur un cas de contusion mortelle du cerveau sans fracture du crane. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1921, 42: 105. Also J. med. Bordeaux, 1921, 51: 196—McBuffee, T. M. Severe concussion of brain with lacerations. Internat. J.S, 1922,35:68.—Moody, A. M. Contusion hemorrhages of the brain. California West. M, 1932, 36: 166—Ody, F. Atlanto-occipital evacuative trepanation in contusions of the brain. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1932, 28: 112-9. Also repr—Pieri, F. Con- tusion destructive du cerveau par contre-coup. Arch. fr. belg. chir, 1923,26: 507. ---- Cyst. See also Brain tumor, dermoid; Brain ven- tricles. Bader, S. *Ein Fall von Stirnhirncyste. 25p. 8? Berl., 1929. Muller, A. L. C. *Ueber einen Fall von rontgenologischer Darstellung einer Hirncyste durch Luftfullung. 26p. 8? Jena, 1930. Munscheid, H. [P. H. H.] *Ueber Hirncysten mit besonderer Berucksichtigung eines Falles von subkortikaler Cyste der Regio motorica. 67p. 8? Halle, 1928. Camauer, A, & Sacon, J. I. Sindrome de tumor del angulo ponto-cerebeloso por quiste de cerebelo. Prensa med. argent, 1931-32, 18: 605-8.—Craig, W. M, & Kernohan, J. W. Cerebral cysts. J. Am. M. Ass, 1934, 102: 5-11.—Bieterich. Ange- borene Hirnzysten. Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 323.—Bowman, CE. Traumatic cyst of the brain. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1923,12: 471-3.—Fischer, A, & Goldberger, M. [Operations in brain cysts] Gyogyaszat, 1926, 66: 270-3.—Fraenkel, K. Zur Patho- genese der Gehirncysten. Virchows Arch, 1921, 230: 479-99.— Gabrielle. Kyste du cerveau consecutif a une ancienne blessure de guerre. Lyon chir, 1925, 22: 387-91.—Gortan, M. Tre casi di cisti dell' encefalo messe in rilievo con l'indagine encefalo- graflca. Cervello, 1925, 4: 397.—Gradle, H. S. A successfully operated case of supra-sellar cyst. Arch. Ophth, N.Y, 1926, 55: 431-4.—Herrmann & Kerschner, H. Operativ geheilter Fall von Akalkulie (Zyste im Okzipitallappen) Wien. klin. Wschr, 1926, 39: 1350.—Jacobi, H. G. Cerebral cyst in an infant. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1923, 23: 2-8. Also Am. J. Dis. Child, 1923, 25: 435-40.—Janusz, W. [Large cyst of the frontal lobe with cavernous structure of the spinal cord, manifested as symp- tomatic epilepsy] Polska gaz. lek, 1929, 8: 930; 954.—Jossmann, P. Die Bedeutung der Enzephalographie fiir die Diagnose und Therapie von Grosshirnzysten. Mschr. Psychiat, 1928, 68: 320-38.—Knox, L. C. Sudden death associated with brain cysts. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 95: 1813-9. Also repr—Kroll, W. Ueber traumatische Gehirncysten. Zbl. Chir, 1936, 63: 1940- 53.—Larsen, B. [Fatal case of brain cyst due to an infection during an operation for otitis media suppurativa 13 years previously] Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: (Dansk. oto-lar. selsk. forh.) 15.—Mathews, A. A. Brain cyst. Northwest M, 1920, 25: 640-2.—Meumann, E. Eine ungewohnlich grosse spattrau- matische Cyste des Stirnhirns. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1930, 115: 1-8.—Moleen, G. A. Frontal lobe phenomena: as observed in a cyst in the left frontal lobe; marked remission of symptoms; decompression after 13 months; necropsy. Arch. Neur. Psy- chiat, Chic, 1921, 6: 640-51—Nordman & Bernard. Kyste cerebral developpe 18 ans apres une blessure du crane. Loire m6d, 1933, 47: 181.—Salzmann. Heilung einer traumatischen Hirnzyste nach einem vor 10 Jahren erlittenen Kopfschuss. Zschr. Bahnarzte, 1927,22: 72—Schley, W. Ueber das Zustande- kommen von Gehirncysten bei gleichzeitiger Geschwulstbil- dung. Virchows Arch, 1927,265:665-82.—Tarnauceanu. Kyste, intracranien de la region frontale gauche. J. radiol. electr, 1927, 11: 174.—Tropp, C, & Eckardt, B. Cerebrosidcyste in der vorderen Schadelgrube. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1936, 238: 31-4.—Wiemers, A. Ueber freie Netztransplantation ins Gehirn bei einem Fall von entztindlicher Hirnzyste. Festschr. Akad. prakt. Med. Coin, 1915, 761-70.—Winterstein, O. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der traumatischen Hirnzysten und ihrer Darstellung durch die Enzephalographie. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 26: 41-50.—Wylie, A, & Watkyn-Thomas, F. W. A case of pre-cerebellar cyst. J. Lar.Otol, Lond, 1927, 42: 824-7 — Zollinger, R, & Moritz, A. R. Effects of necrobiotic agents on the walls of cysts experimentally produced in the brains of dogs. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1932, 28: 1046-55. BRAIN 841 ---- Cysticercosis. See also Cysticercosis; Epilepsy; Taenia. Abou Bakr Amin. *Contribution a l'etude de la cysticercose cerebrale. 36p. 8? Geneve, 1932. BEROHOLn, F. *Ueber Cysticerkus cellulosae im Zentralnervensystem des Menschen. 34p. 8? Jena,1932. Forni, G. La cisticercosi cerebrale. 72p. 8? Bologna, 1920. Jaffe, E. *Ein Fall zur Kasuistik der Gehirncysticerkose. 29p. 8? Berl., 1919. Lammers, P. *Ueber Cysticerken im Gehirn [Gottingen] 23p. . 8? Schwerin i.M., 1917. Regensburger, K. *Ein Fall von Cysticer- cose des menschlichen Gehirns mit Cysticercus des 4. Ventrikels [Jena] 30p. 8? Bochum- Langendreer, 1932. Schwarzhatjpt, W. * Ueber Cysticerken im Gehirn [Bonn] 65p. 8? Koln-Kalk, 1929. Allen, S. S, & Lovell, H. W. Cysticercus of the brain. Ann. Surg, 1933, 97: 1-9.—Alurralde, M, & Sepich, M. J. Sobre un caso de cysticercus racemosus cerebral. Rev. Soc. argent, neur, 1925, 1: 65-76. Also Sem. med, B. Air, 1925, 32: pt2, 594 — Antonow, A. Ueber die Art der Kapselbildung bei Hirncysti- cercose. Virchows Arch, 1932, 285: 485.—Arce, J, Balado, M, & Franke, E. Anatomia patologica de la cisticercosis cerebral humana. Arch, argent, neur, 1929, 4: 7-12, 2pl. Also Bol. Inst. clin. quir, B. Air, 1928, 4: 377-82.—Arce, J, Bimitri, V, & Balado, M. A proposito de un caso de cisticercosis cerebral: ope- ration; curacion. Ibid, 371-6. Also Arch, argent, neur, 1929, 4: 1-6. Also Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1928, 12: 649-55—Baker, A. B. Cysticercosis of the central nervous system. Minnesota M, 1936, 19: 495-504.—Becker, F. Rontgenologisch nachge- wiesene Hirnzystizerken bei epileptischen Anfailen. Fortschr. Rontgenstrahl, 1934, 49: 587-93.—Bilello, A. Sulla cisticercosi cerebrale. Arch. ital. anat. pat, 1934, 5: 97-164.—Bourguet & Merat. Cysticercose multiple avec kyste cerebral provoquant depuis 10 ans de l'epitepsie Jacksonnienne; ablation au niveau du pied de la IIC frontale; siege conflrme par la faradisation centrale. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1927, 33: 1072-9 — Broughton-Alcock, W, Stevenson, W. E, & Worster-Brought, C Cystercicosis of the brain; with report of a case. Brit. M.J, 1928, 2: 980-2, pi.—Brunner, H. Beitrage zur otologischen Diagnostik der Hirntumoren; das Verhalten des Schiafenbeines bei Hirncvsticercose und bei Meningitis carcinomatosa. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1934, 68: 257-70—Bucy, P. C, & Huff, C. G. Cysticercus cellulosae of the human brain. Arch. Path, Chic, 1936, 21: 413.—Burnier, P, & Belfort Mattos. Mais tres novos casos de cysticercose intrabulbar. Bol. Soc. med. cir. S. Paulo, 1924-25, 7: 3.ser, 61.—Burzio, F. Contributo alio studio ana- tomo-clinico della cisticercosi cerebrale. Minerva med. Tor, 1932, 23: 345-7.—Buscaino, V. M. Un caso di cisticercosi cere- brale diagnosticata in vita (con un contributo alio studio delle asimmetrie di posizione) Riv. pat. nerv, 1927, 32: 136-47.— Castex, M. R, Romano, N, & Heudtlass, A. P. Cisticercosis cerebroespinal. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1926, 2: 257-62, pi.— Christophe, Bivry & Moreau. Un cas de cysticercose c6rebrale; extirpation; guerison. Liege med, 1933, 26: 1253-80.—Chung, H. L, & Lee, C. V. Cysticercosis cellulosae in man, with special reference to involvement of central nervous system. Chin. M.J, 1935, 49: 429-45.—Critchley, M. Cerebral cysticercosis; paroxysmal hydrocephalus. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934, 27: 1348.—Croveri, P, & Marcolongo, F. Su un caso di cisti- cercosi cerebrale; considerazioni cliniche, anatomo-patologiche e parassitologiche. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1932, 56: 193-244. Also Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1932, 95: 89.—Benny-Brown, B. Cerebral cysticercosis with epilepsy. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934, 27: 667.—Bick, J. C. Cerebral cysticerosis simulating epilepsy. Brit. M.J, 1936, 1: 364.—Bi Maggio, F. Sindrome di ipertensione endocranica; eosinofilia .del liquor; diagnosi; cisticercosi cerebrale. Gior. med. mil, 1934, 72: 1233-43.— Binaburg, G. [Pathological anatomy of cysticercosis of the brain (numerous cysts)] Ukrain. med. arkh, 1932, 8: 81-90.— Bixon, H. B. F, & Smithers, B. W. Cysticercosis (Taenia solium) J.R. Army M. Corps, 1935, 64: 227; 300; 375; 65: 28; 91.—Bobrotvorsky, V. I. [Operative treatment in cysticercus of the brain] Vest, khir, 1930, 20: 97-103.—Bunaburg, A. Zur pathologischen Anatomie des Hirncysticercus (multiple Cysten) Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1932, 142: 120.—Buncan, A. G. Cerebral cysticercosis. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1933, 135: 423-5.—Fleury Silveira, G. Diagnostico biologico das cysticercoses cerebraes. Rev. biol, S. Paulo, 1927-29, 1: no.4, 107.—Froment, J, Wertheimer, P. [et al.] Cystercose cerebrate. Lyon med, 1933, 151: 567-73.—Funccius, B, & Kraus, H. Ge- hirncysticerken und Unfallbegutachtung. Mschr. Unfallh 1932, 39: 161-6.—Gogl, H. Zystizerkose des Gehirns. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935, 48: 1417-9.—Guarnerio, G. C. Su quattro casi di cisticercosi cerebrale umana. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1922 3.ser, 10: 347-52.—Guillain, G, Bertrand, I, & Peron, N. Etude anatomo-clinique d'un cas de cysticercose cerebrate avec menin- gite parasitaire par Cysticercus racemosus. Rev. neur. Par, BRAIN 1926, 33: 1018-26.—Guillain, G, Perisson, J. [et al.] Cysticercose cerebrate racemeuse. Ibid, 1927, 34: pt2, 433-44—Haskovec, V. [Case of cerebral cysticercosis] Rev. neur. psychiat, Praha, 1929, 26: 555-60, pi.—Heilmann, P. Beitrag zur Pathologie der Hirn- cysticercose. Virchows Arch, 1932, 286: 176.—Hilarovski, V. A, & Khalfln, L. S. [A case of Korsakov's syndrom in cysticercosis of the brain] Mosk. med. J, 1924, 4: pt 1, 31-5.—Himmelmann, W. Zur chirurgischen Behandlung der Gehirncysticercose. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1927, 205: 362-7.—Jacobi, W. Zystizerkose des Gehirns und Kriegsdienstbeschadigung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1922, 18: 1529-31.—Korniansky, G. P. [Clinical aspect and operative treatment of cysticercosis of the brain] Soviet, khir, 1933, 4: 81-90.—Krol, M. B, & Chervakov, V. F. [Cysticercosis of the brain] Soviet, nevropat, 1932, 1: 160.—Kulkov, A. E. The diagnosis of racemose cysticercosis during life; changes in the cerebrospinal fluid. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1930, 24: 135-43. Also repr. Also J. nevropath. psykh, 1930, 23: 82-90. -----& Sternberg, A. M. Ueber die intravitale Diagnose des Zystizerkus des IV. Ventrikels und einige kombinierte Formen der Hirnzystizerkose. Mschr. Psychiat, 1935, 91: 107-20 — Lasarew, W. Zur pathologischen Anatomie der Cysticercose des Gehirns. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1926, 104: 667-88 — Lehmann, J. Ueber Hirncysticercen. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1929, 38: 439-49.—Lehoczky, T. Zystizerkose unter dem klini- schen Bilde eines Gehirntumors. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1933. 132: 193-211.—Leitzinger, N. R. [Cysticercus of the brain] Vest, khir, 1930, 21: 187-90.—Ley, R. Un cas de cysticercose cerebrate. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1923, 37: mmcccxxxix- mmccclxiv.—Lhermitte, J, Martel, T. de, & Nicolas. Kyste cysticercosique du lobe prefrontal; operation, guerison. Rev. neur. Par, 1924, 31: ptl, 364-9—Liesch, E, & Patrassi, G. Aspetti clinici ed anatomo-patologici della cisticercosi cerebrale. Riv. clin. med, 1934, 35: 189-239.—Lindeman, S. J. L, & Lyburn, R. S. Notes on 2 cases of epilepsy due to cysticercosis, with other suggestive cases. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1935, 65: 116-23.— Lipscomb, F. M. A case of cysticercosis (T. solium) Ibid, 397-400.—Lopez Albo, W, & Feij6, A. Cisticercosis cerebro- menlngea; aglucorraquia y eosinofilia subaracnoidea. Arch. med, Madr, 1936, 39: 137.—Luney, F. W. Cysticercus of taenia solium in human brain. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1924, 14: 143.— MacArthur, W. P. Cysticercosis and epilepsy. Lancet, Lond, 1935, 2:1430. ----- Cysticercosis as seen in the British Army, with special reference to the production of epilepsy. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1934, 27: 343-63, 4pl. Also J.R. Army M. Corps, 1934, 62: 241-59. Also Arch. med. belg, 1934, 87:101-7.—Maggi, A. Cisticercosis cerebroespinal. Sem. med, B. Air, 1928, 25: pt2, 1465-77.—Malaguti, A. Cisticerco race- moso cerebrale. Arch, pat, Bologna, 1932, 11: 404-34.—Meyer, E. Anatomischer Befund bei Pseudotumor; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hirncysticerken, insbesondere der Cysticerken- meningitis. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1928, 37: 195-207.—Nauck, E. G. Gehirnzystizerkosis. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg, 1930, 34: 158-61.—Ochoterena, I. Contribucion para ei conocimiento de la histopatologia de la cisticercosis cerebral humana en Mexico. An. Inst, biol, M6x, 1935, 6: 79-88.—Omorokow, L. Pathologisch-anatomische Studie eines Falles von Gehirn- cysticercus. J. psikhol. nevr, 1923, 2: 88-106, 2pl.—Opalski, A. Histopathologische Veranderungen des zentralen Nerven- systems bei Zystizerkose und ihre Pathogenese. Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc. lett, cl. nted, 1931, 277-341, 3pl.—Paciflco, A. Cisticercosi cerebrale e prove biologiche. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 1634-6.—Perry, I. H. Cysticercus cysts of the brain; report of a case with Jacksonian epilepsy. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1936, 35: 862-7—Povoa, H. Cysticercose cerebral. Fol. med, Rio, 1932, 13: 241.—Rasdolsky, J, & Romanov-Letrokov. Le cysticerque du cerveau; operation; radiotherapie; resultat favorable. Rev. neur. Par, 1927, 34: pt2, 530-2.—Redalie, L. Deux cas de cysticercose cer6brospinale avec meningite chronique et endarterite obliterante cerebrate. Ibid, 1921, 28: 241-66.—Rizzo, C. Diagnosi in vita di cisticercosi cerebrale (importanza dei reperti forniti dall' esame del liquido cefaloraehidiano) Riv. pat. nerv, 1927-28, 32: 952-81. ----- Cisticercosi cerebrale ed eosinofilia nei liquido cefalo-rachidiano. Ibid, 1929-30, 34: 936; 1931, 38: 609. ----- La diagnosi biolo- gica di cisticercosi del nevrasse; a proposito di un quarto caso di cisticercosi cerebrale diagnosticato in vita. Ibid, 1933, 41: 193-216.—Rothfeld, J. Ueber die Pracipitationsreaktion bei Hirncysticerkose. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1935, 137: 93-102 — Rovasio, A. Su di un caso di cisticercosi del cervello. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1928, 9: 113-24.—Sabatucci, F. Sopra un caso di cisticercosi cerebrale. Atti Congr. ital. radiol. med, 1928, 8: pt2, 279-81.—Salinger, F, & Kallmann, F. Zur Symptoma- tologie der Gehirnzystizerkose. Mschr. Psychiat. Neur, 1929, 72: 324; 1930, 76: 38— Schmite, P. La cysticercose cerebrate. Ann. nted. Par, 1928, 23: 288-305.—Schmitz, F. Ueber einen Fall von Gehirncysticercose. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24: 894-6.—Shek-Iovsseniantz, A. [Diagnosis of cysticercosis of the brain] Vrach. gaz, 1930, 34: 1404-9.—Trawifiski, A, & Rothfeld, J. Ueber Anwendung der Prazipitationsreaktion zum Nachweis der Gehirnzystizerkose beim Menschen. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1935, 134: 472-4—Tull, J. C, & Subrahmanyam, C. A case of Cysticercus cellulosae of the brain. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1934-35, 28: 165—Tyczka, W. [Cysticercosis of the nervous system] Lek. wojsk, 1936, 27: 431-8.—Ugurgieri, C. Reperti del liquido cefalo-rachidiano e diagnosi in vita di cisticercosi cerebrale. Riv. neur, 1931, 4: 477-504.—Urechia, C. I, & Mihalescu, S. Quatre cas de cysticercose c6r6brale. Arch. gen. neur, Nocera, 1926, 7: 298-304.—Wagner, W, & Cosack, H. Zur Diagnose der Hirncysticerkose. Zschr. ges. BRAIN 849 BRAIN Neur. Psychiat, 1936, 156: 660-76—Weinberg, S. B. Ueber den Cysticercus racemosus des Grosshirns. Zbl. allg. Path 1928-29 44: 33-6. Also Mosk. med. J, 1929, 9: 1-3.—Wickel, d! Cysti- cercosis cerebri. Psychiat. neur. Wschr, 1934, 36: 560-3. ---- Decompression. See under Brain, Surgery. ---- Degeneration. See Brain, Diseases, degenerative. ---- Development and growth [Ontogenesis] See also Brain, Cerebration; Brain, Histo- genesis; Cranium, Development. Altschuler, A. *Zur Kenntnis der Entwick- lung des Gehirns bei den Amphibien. 26p. 8° Bern, 1917. Sawidowitsch, \V. *Einfluss von Ernahrung und Erkrankungen auf das Wachstum des Gehirns im 1. Lebensiahre. 31p. 8? Berl 1914. Allen, B. M. Brain development in anuran larvae after thyroid or pituitary gland removal. Endocrinology, 1924, 8: 639-51.—Altschul, R. Der Uncus als Index der Entwicklungs- hohe des Gehirnes. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1935, 152: 451- 79.—Anthony, R. Sur un cerveau de fcetus de Megaptere. C rend. Acad, sc, 1925, 181: 681-3. -----& Botez, J. Contribu- tion a l'etude du developpement du cerveau de L'Ours Brun (Ursus arctos L.) J. Anat, Lond, 1925-26, 60: 449-59.—An- thony, R, teleostei Boll Soc ital. bol. sper, 1929, 4:1055-8—Schafler, K. Ueblr die Bedeutung der Hirnforschung. Psychiat. neur. 21767__vol. 2, 4th series----55 Wschr, 1936, 38: 5-8—Schilf, E. Ueber die Erregbarkeit des gesehadigten Gehirns von Hunden nach Ernahrung mit Ge- hirnlipoiden. Deut. med. Wschr, 1929, 55: 693.—Spiegel, E. Experimentelle Verletzungen des zentralen Hohlengraus im Mittel- und Zwischenhirn. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1928, 102: 144.—Stone, C. P. The effects of cerebral destruction on the sexual behavior of male rabbits; the frontal, parietal, and occi- pital regions. J. Comp. Psychol, 1926, 6: 435-48.—Stone, L. S. Experiments on the transplantation of placodes of the cranial ganglia in the amphibian embryo; heterotopic transplantations of the ophthalmic placode upon the head of Amblystoma puncta- tum. J. Comp. Neur, 1924-25, 37: 73-105—Syz, H. C. On the entrance of convulsant dyes into the substance of the brain and spinal cord after an injury to these structures. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1923, 21: 263-90. ---- Explantation. Costero, I. Studien an Mikrogliazellen (sogennanten Horte- gazellen) in Gewebskulturen vom Gehirn. Arb. Staats-Inst. exp. Ther, 1930, H.23, 27-37—Furuta, Y. On the formation of rosette observed in (brain) tissue culture of chick embryo. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1932, 22: 931—Martinovic, P. N. Survival in vitro of explants of the cerebral cortex of the cat cultivated in the cerebro-spinal fluid of the young animal. Arch. exp. Zell- forsch, 1931-32, 12: 249-73, 2pl— Mihalik, P. The effect of the media and of the pB on embryonic brain cultures. Anat. Rec, 1932, 54:149-56. ----- [In vitro culture of the brain of chicken embryo] Magy. orv. arch, 1932, 33j 219-30. ---- Extract. See also Brain, Chemistry. Cornwall, J. W, & Beer, W. A. The effect of etherized normal brain substance injected subcutaneously into rabbits. Ind. J.M. Res, 1925-26, 13: 807-16—Hyde, R. R, & Parsons, E. I. The lethal action of brain extracts for the rabbit and guinea pig. J. Immun, Bait, 1926, 12: 321.—Lagrange, E. La mort subite par injection intraveineuse de tissu cerebral. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 109: 536-9.—Leimdbrfer, A. Ueber die Einwirkung von Hirnextrakten auf den Blutdruck; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1930, 43: 1336—Obrador, S, & Kutz, A. Modificaciones humorales sanguineas en las crisis convulsivas experimentales provocadas por la inyeccion de extracto cerebral. Arch, med, Madr, 1934, 37: 456-8—Roffo, A. H, & Lopez Ramirez, R. Estudio experimental de la accion de los extractos cerebrales sobre el organismo. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air, 1924-25, 1: 904-11.—Rossiski, B. M. [Preparations of brain extracts] Vrach. gaz, 1923, 27: 451-3. ---- Fibers, commissural. Baldi, F. Studi istologici sulle fibre del centro ovale nel- l'uomo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1930,5: 619-22—B'Hollan- der. Contribution a l'etude anatomo-experimentale de la capsule externe et de la commissure anterieure. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1922, 5.ser, 2: 211-5, 2pL— Economo, C. von. Ueber den Zusammenhang der Gebilde des Retrosplenium. Zschr. Zellforsch, 1925-26, 3: 449-60.—Elze, C. Einige Fasersysteme des menschlichen Grosshirns mit der Abfaserungsmethode untersucht. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1928, 88: 166-78—Kbr- nyey, S. Zur Faseranatomie des Striatum, des Zwischen- und Mittelhirns auf Grund der Markreifung in den ersten drei Lebensmonaten. Ibid, 1926, 81: 620-32— Kreht, H. Ueber die Faserziige im Zentralnervensystem von Salamandra macu- losa L. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch, 1930-31, 23: 239-20—Morel, F, & Weissfeiler, J. La commissure grise. Encephale, 26: 659-70, pi.—Morselli, G. E. A proposito di rapporti fra lobo frontale ed aree temporo-occipitali; contributo anatomo-pato- logico alio studio el Tapetum. Riv. neur, 1931, 4: 685-701 — Revesz, B. Sulla via fronto-ponto-cerebellare. Valsalva, 1935, 11: 645-50.—Suzuki, N. On the nerve fibre systems of the lobi'inferiores in the brain of Salmonidae. Annual Rep. Saito Ho-On Kai, 1932, no.8, 154-64.—Tuge, H. The fiber tracts of the cerebrum of Carassius auratus (L.) Tohoku Univ. Sc. Rep, 1929, 4: 481-520, 2pl.—Wysocki, J. Contribution a la question de l'influence reciproque des hemispheres cerebraux. C rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 572-5. ----- & Zbyszewski, L. Sur l'influence reciproque des hemispheres cerebraux. Ibid, 1925 92: 1009-12. ----- Nouvelles recherches sur l'influence reciproque des hemispheres c6rebraux. Ibid, 93: 1629-31. ____ Fibers, commissural; Corpus callosum. Mingazzini, G. Der Balken; eine anatomi- sche physiopathologische und klinische Studie. 212p. 8? Berl., 1922. Forms H.28, Monogr. Geb. Neur. Psychiat. Ashby, W. R, & Stewart, R. M. The brain of the mental defective; a study of morphology in its relation to intelligence; the corpus callosum in its relation to intelligence. J. Neur. Psvchopath, Brist, 1934, 14: 217-26— Giannuli, F. Rapporti anatomici del corpo calloso dell'uomo con il fascio occipito- frontale e con la capsula interna. Riv. sper. freniat, 1934, 58: 1288—Hartmann, F, & Trendelenburg, W. Zur Frage der Bewegungsstorungen nach Balkendurchtrennung an der Katze und am Affen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1927,54:578-92.—Herzfeld, BRAIN 866 BRAIN E, Kroner, K. [et al.] Studien iiber augensympathische Symp- tome nach Balkenreizung. Ibid, 1929, 67: 567-70.—Kennard, M. A, & Watts, J. W. The effect of section of the corpus callosum on the motor performance of monkeys. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1934, 79: 159-69.—Lafora, G. R, & Prados, M. Investigaciones experimentales sobre la funcion del cuerpo calloso. Arch. neurob, Madr, 1921, 2: 363-83. Also Siglo med, 1922, 69: 169-74. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1923, 84: 617-41.— Levi, G. Sur la valeur des stries de Lancisi; remarques a propos de la note de M. Mutel. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 715 — Magri, F. Rapporti funzionali tra corpo calloso e corteccia cerebrate. Rass. stud, psichiat, 1935, 24: 995-1053.—Mutel. Sur la valeur des stries de Lancisi. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 88: 763-5. Also Rev. nted. est, 1923, 51: 312—Seletzky, W, & Gilula, J. Zur Frage der Funktionen des Balkens bei Tieren. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1928, 86: 57-73.—Suitsu, N. Compara- tive studies on the growth of the corpus callosum; on area of the corpus callosum, measured on the sagittal section of the albino rat brain. J. Comp. Neur, 1920-21, 32: 35-60.—Villaverde, J. M. de. Beitrag zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Balkens. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1919-20, 4: 45; 199. ----- Ueber die Endigungsweise der Balkenfasern in der motorischen Rinde bei der Fledermaus. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1933, 130: 85-8. ---- Fibers, commissural: Corpus callosum: Absence. Hertenstein, G.' *Ein Fall von Balken- mangel und Mikrogyrie des menschlichen Ge- hirns. 22p. 8? Ziir., 1918. Regirer, A. *Ueber zwei Falle von Balken- losigkeit am menschlichen Gehirn. 53p. 8°. Ziir., 1935. Also Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1935, 36: 306; 1936, 37:99. Schnabel, J. *Die Gehirnwindungen und Furchen des vollig balkenlosen Gehirns. 30p. 8? Rostock, 1914. Bertrand, I, & Hadzigeorgiou, G. Etude anatomique d'un cas d'agen6sie du corps calleux. Rev. neur. Par, 1929, 36: pt 1, 77-82.—Cameron, J, & Nicholls, A. G. Two rare abnor- malities occurring in the same subject; partial absence of the corpus callosum; the stomach situated entirely within the thorax. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1921, 11: 448-53.—Crinis, M. de. Ueber einen Fall von Balkenmangel. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1928, 37: 443-9.—Bavidov, L. M, & Byke, C. G. Agenesis of the corpus callosum and its diagnosis by encephalography; report of 3 cases. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1934, 60: 181. Also Am. J. Roentg, 1934, 32:1-10.—Giannelli, A. Un caso di mancanza del corpo calloso. Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1931, 57: 410-7. Also Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. med, 328-47.—Guttmann, L. Ueber einen Fall von Entwicklungsstorung des Gross- und Kleinhirns mit Balkenmangel. Psychiat. neur. Wschr, 1929, 31: 453-5.— Hecker, P. Sur un cas d'agenesie du corps calleux. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1923, 93: 441-8.—Hinrichs, TJ. Ueber eine durch Balken- und Fornixmangel ausgezeichnete Gehirnmissbildung. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1929-30, 89: 57-101.—Huddleson, J. H. Ein Fall von Balkenmangel mit Lipomentwicklung im Defekt. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1928, 113: 177-92.—Hultkrantz, J. V. Ueber die Hirnfunktionen bei Agenesie des Balkens. Uppsala lak. fbren. forh, 1921, 26: H.5-6, no. 14, 1-24. Also Festskr. J. A. Hammar, Uppsala, 1921, 1-24.—Juba, A. Ueber einen mit Cystenbildnng des Gehirns, Heterotopie der Plexus chorioidei und Mikrogyrie verbundenen Fall von vollstandigem Balken- mangel. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1934, 102: 731-48. ----- Ueber vollstandigen Balkenmangel bei einem 39jahrigen geistig normalen Menschen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1936, 156: 45-56.—King, L. S, & Keeler, C. E. Absence of corpus callosum, a hereditary brain anomaly of the house mouse; preliminary report. Proc. U.S. Nat. Acad. Sc, 1932, 18: 525.—Kisselewa, Z. N. Ein Fall von Balkenmangel bei der Katze. Anat. Anz, 1934, 78: 331-5.—Klieneberger, 0. L. Ein Fall von Balken- mangel bei juveniler Paralyse. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat, 1910, 67: 572-8.—Lange, C. de. On brains, with total and partial lack of the corpus callosum and on the nature of the longitudinal callosal bundle. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1925, 62:449-76.—Morsier, G. de. Un nouveau cas d'agenesie totale de la commissure cal- leuse; essai sur la pathogenie de cette malformation. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1934, 34: 401-3. ----- & Mozer, J. J. Agen6sie complete de la commissure calleuse et troubles du developpement de I'hemisphere gauche avec hemiparesie droite et integrite mentale (le syndrome embryonnaire precoce de 1'artere cerebrate anterieure) Ibid, 1935, 35: 64; 317.— Penfield, W. G, & Hyndman, O. Agenesis of the corpus callo- sum, with a discussion of ventriculograms in 2 living cases. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1934, 60:182-4.—Segal, M. Agenesis of the corpus callosum in man. S. Afr. J.M. Sc, 1935, 1: 65-74.— Thomas, L. A propos d'un cas d'absence congenitale du corps calleux sur un cerveau humain. Arch, anat, Strasb, 1929-30, 10: 347-69.—Tretiakov, C, & Balestra, S. Absence congenitale du corps calleux sans troubles psychiques apparents chez une femme morte a l'age de 32 ans. Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment. Par., 1922,10: 58-62. ---- Fibers, commissural: Corpus callosum: Diseases. Karsch, J. *Zertrummerung des Balkens im Gehirn ohne Schadelbasisfraktur; ein Beitrag zur Entstehungsursache der Gehirnzerreissung. p.376-83. 8? 1931. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1931, 42: Schneider, R. *Ueber einen Fall von erwor- bener Balkenerweichung. 21p. 8? Wiirzb., 1915. Alpers, B. J, & Grant, F. C. The clinical syndrome of the corpus callosum. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1931, 25: 67-86. Also repr.—Ayala, G. Di una singolare malformazione del corpo calloso non ancora descritta. Riv. sper. freniat, 1924, 48: 304-10.—Benelli, R. Contributo alle sindromi del corpo calloso. Riv. clin. med, 1931. 32: 461-80, 3pl.—Berlucchi, C. Corpo callose e disturbi disprassici. Cervello, 1926, 5: 176-84, 2pl.—Brennan, M. R. A microcallosal brain, with a discussion of the role of the corpus callosum in cerebration. S. Afr. M.J, 1935,9: 625-8.—Hayek, H. von. Ueber einen Fall von Hypoplasie des Balkens an einem in situ geharteten Gehirn eines Neuge- borenen. Virchows Arch, 1929, 273: 767-79.—Jacquin & Robert, H6miplegie ancienne; atrophie moniliforme du corps calleux. J. nted. Bordeaux, 1907, 37: 70.—Montgomery, L. C. Hemiplegia due to tuberculosis of the corpus callosum. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1933, 29: 375-8.—Risak, E. Ueber die Balkensymptome. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1932, 45: 1340; 1374— Roasenda, G, & Audo-Gia- notti, G. B. Considerazioni sulla fenomenologia della sindrome callosa. Minerva med. Tor, 1926, 6: 624-32.—Rosenblath. Ueber sekundare Degenerationen im Balkenwulst. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1931, 123: 54-71.—Rossi, O. Lesione del corpo calloso senza aprassia. Riv. pat. nerv, 1922, 27: 260-2. ---- Fibers, commissural: Corpus callosum: Diseases, degenerative [Marchiafava type] Guccione, F. Su un caso di degenerazione primaria del corpo calloso tipo Marchiafava. Riv. pat. nerv, 1929, 34: 722-35.— King, L. S. Primary degeneration of the corpus callosum: report of a case with autopsv. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 34: 893-5. -----& Meehan, M. C. Primary degeneration of the corpus callosum (Marehiafava's disease) Ibid, 1936, 36: 547-68.—Mariconda, P. Contributo alla conoscenza della ma- lattia del Marchiafava (degenerazione del corpo calloso) Poli- clinico, 1923, 30: sez. prat, 860-2.—Masignani, V. Contributo clinico ed anatomo-patologico alio studio della degenerazione primitiva del corpo calloso (malattia di Marchiafava) Riv. sper. freniat, 1934, 58: 1323. ---- Foreign bodies. See also Brain, Injuries; Brain, Surgery; Brain abscess. Becrenev, V. V, & Steinberg, S. V. [Extraction of foreign bodies from the brain and possible complications] Vest, khir, 1926,7: 89-101.—Begouin. Extraction sur le doigt d'une balle de shrapnell situee a 4 centimetres dans le cerveau. Gaz. sc. med.' Bordeaux, 1917, 38: 46.—Bruttin. Faux anevrisme de la base du crane par corps etranger. Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1928, 48: 749-52.—Chifoliau & Heymann. Extraction a l'aide de ltelectro-vibreur Bergonte d'un projectile intra-cerebral. Arch. electr. med, 1918, 28: 118-20.—Bavison, T. C. Knife blade in brain. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1921-22, 11: 267-9.—Bebenedetti. Toterance pendant huit annees, d'un projectile intracerebrale. Bull. med. mil. fr, 1928, 22: 154-7.—Bidiee, J. Eclat d'obus intra-c.6r6bral longtemps toler6 et ayant suivi un trajet anormal. Ann. med. teg, 1923, 3: 176.—Bretzka, L. Foreign bodies in the brain. Am. J. Surg, 1930, n.s, 8: 819-24. Also repr.—Gauthier, R. Recherches et extraction d'une balle ayant traverse l'ence- phale. P.verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1913, 26: 909-15.—Hassin, G. B. Reacting cells in the brain in the presence of a foreign body. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1936, 36: 231-47.—Jansen de Mello, E. A sciencia medica e o methodo estatistico. Fol. med, Rio, 1926, 7: 175—Key, S. N, & McCrummen, T. D. Foreign body in the brain. J. Am. M. Ass, 1932, 99: 1502 — Lemaitre, F, & Magdlaine, J. L'exclusion des espaces sous- arachnol'diens appliquee a 1 'extraction des corps etrangers de l'encephale. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1930, 36: 797-804 — Prokop, F. [Stabbing wound penetrating through the orbit into the brain; foreign body introduced by instrument into cranial cavity] Cas. tek. cesk, 1926, 65: 1558-63— Puelles y Ruiz, J. M. de. Plantilla localizadora cerebral por cuerpos ex- tranos. Siglo med, 1925, 76: 158.—Ratig, H. Erfahrungen iiber die Bedeutung von Fremdkorpern im Gehirn. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1923, 85: 98-119.—Rocher, H. L. Extraction magnetique des projectiles intracerebraux; 16 extractions dont 7 au moyen de 1'eiectro-aimant. P.verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1919, 28: 332-46. ----- Extraction tardive des corps etrangers cerebraux; presentation de 3 oper6s. Gaz. sc. nted. Bordeaux, 1921, 42: 189. — Extraction tardive des corps etrangers intra-c6rebraux. Ibid, 194-8. Also Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1921) 1922, 84-97.—Salamero, F, & Usua Marine. J. Cuerpo extrafio intracerebral. Cron. med. mex, 1935, 34: 345-7. Also Rev. m6d. Barcelona, 1935, 23: 29-32—Sauve. Extractions secondaires de projectiles intracraniens; 5 cas 5; BRAIN 867 BRAIN guerisons. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1922, 48: 470-5—Stevenson, A W, & Wiswall, R. B. Glass in brain. J. Radiol, 1922, 3: 247 —Stincer, E. Proyectiles intracerebrales. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1929, 34: 775-82. Also Rev. cubana oft, 1930, 2: 387- 93 —Swanberg, H. Foreign bodies in the brain. Illinois M J , 1921, 39: 433-7.—Truffi, A. Un caso di proiettile metallico profo'ndamente affondato nella massa encefalica. Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med, 1922, 11: 410-9, pi. ---- Forensic aspects. Zenglein, E. *Beitrag zum Nachweis ver- spritzter und vertrockneter Hirnsubstanz [Frei- burg] 16p. 8? Freising, 1933. Lichtenstein, P. M. The criminal brain. Med. Rev. of Rev, 1921, 27: 216-22.—Strassmann, G. Nachweis verspritzter Ge- hirnsubstanz auf Kleidungsstiicken. Arch. Krim, Lpz, 1921, 74:130-8. ----- Proof of brain substances on clothing. Med. Leg. J, N.Y, 1922, 39: 101.—Weimann, W. Zum Nachweis verspritzter Gehirnsubstanz auf Kleidungsstiicken. Vjschr. gerichtl. Med, 1921, 3.F, 62: 84. --- Frontal lobe. See also Brain, Prosencephalon; Brain cortex. Bianchi, L. La meccanica del cervello e la funzione dei lobi frontali. 431p. 8? Tor., 1920. --- Also French ed. 438p. Par., 1921. --- Also English ed. 348p. Edinb., 1922. Brickner, R. M. The intellectual functions of the frontal lobes; a study based upon observa- tion of a man after partial bilateral frontal lobectomy. 354p. 8? N.Y., 1936. Feuchtwanger, E. Die Funktionen des Stirnhirns, ihre Pathologie und Psychologie. 194p. 8? Berl., 1923. Forms H.38, Monogr. Geb. Neur. Psychiat. Abates, J. B. Nouvelles observations cliniques pour re- affirmer mon concept sur la fonction du lobe prefrontal, dans sa relation avec le langage (aphasie psychique) Arch, argent. neur, 1928, 3: i-xxi.—Ackerly, S. Instinctive, emotional and mental changes following prefrontal lobe extirpation. Am. J. Psychiat, 1935, 92: 717-29, 2pl.—Ariens Kappers, C. H. [Fis- sures of the frontal lobes of Pithecanthropus erectus Dubois in comparison to those of Neanderthalmen, Homo recens and chimpanzea] Versl. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, Afd. natuurk, 1928, 37: pt2, 924-36. -----• [The fissuration on the frontal lobe of Sinanthropus pekinensis Black, compared with the fissuration in Neanderthalmen] Psychiat. neur. bl, 1934, 38: 907-13. 6pl—Bailey, P, Poljak, S, & Levin, P. M. The efferent fibers of the frontal lobe in the monkey. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1935, 61: 147-50.—Barraquer, L. Etudes experimentales sur les fonctions des lobes frontaux. Rev. neur. Par, 1933, 40: pt 1, 485-7. Also Rev. otoneur. Par, 1936, 14: 276-8— Barre, J. A, Delmas-Marsalet, P. [et al.] Les fonctions du lobe frontal. Ann. med. psychol. Par, 1935, 93: pt 2, 479-81.—Barns, R. W. Cataleptic symptoms following bilateral one-stage removal of frontal cortex in cats. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1935, 35: 195-7—Brickner, R. M. An interpretation of frontal lobe function based upon the study of a case of partial bilateral frontal lobectomy. Proc. Ass. Res. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1934, 13: 259;- 351. Also Psychiat. neur. bl, 1934, 38: 596-604.-Bucy, P. C. Frontal lobe of primates; relation of cyto-arclntecture to func- tional activity. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 33: 546-57 — Charousek, G, & Kubie, A. Ueber die funktionellen Bezie- hungen zwischen Stirnhirn und Kleinhirn Beitr. Anat. Ohr , 1924 21: 118-26—Choroschko, W. K. Die Stirnlappen des Gehirns in funktioneller Beziehung. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psy- chiat, 1923, 83: 291-302. ----- Doctrine des lobes frontaux d'apres 30 annees de recherches personnelles. Anm med. psychol. Par, 1935, 93: pt2, 383-401.-Claude, H, Barre, J. A. [et al.] Les fonctions des lobes frontaux. Rev neur. Par 1935, 42: pt 2, 518-54.-Crile, G. W. The frontal lobe; racial memory; its power and its consequences (denervation) iroc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1932, 7: 492-97—Ue Lisi, I, & Pintus, G. Alterazioni della postura provocate nei gatto dalla separazione del cervello frontale. Arch. gen. neur Nocera, 1936, 17: chem. Zschr, 1924, 154: 444-75.—Weil-Malherbe, H. Studies on brain metabolism; the metabolism of glutamic acid in brain. Biochem. J, Lond, 1936,30: 665-76.—Wortis, S. B. Respiratory metabolism of excised brain tissue; the effects of some drugs on oxidations of the brain. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1934, 60: 176-80. ----- The respiratory quotient; carbohydrate and lactic acid utilization. Am. J. Psychiat, 1934, 13: 725-32. ----- Vita- mins and enzymes in brain tissue. Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York, 1935-36. 4: 588-96.—Yamakita, M. Tha gaseous metabolism and blood flow of the brain: under narcosis and hypnosis (a contri- bution to the theory of narcosis) Tokohu J. Exp.,M, 1922, 3: 414-95. ----- The effect of excited activity of the brain on its oxygen consumption and blood flow, and the action of drugs on the cerebral vessels. Ibid, 496-537. •----- The effect of hot and cold applications to the head on the gaseous exchange of the brain. Ibid, 538-55. ----- The relation of the blood flow to the oxygen consumption in the brain. Ibid, 556-66.—Young, L. Inositol and the respiration of brain. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936-37,35: 507-10.—Zain, H. Antagonistisches Verhalten von Calcium- und Magnesiumsalzen auf das Oxydationssystem der Gehirnzelle. Arch. Path, Berl, 1931, 163: 267-78. ---- Morphology. See also Brain, Anatomy. Landau, E. Anatomie des Grosshirns, form- analytische Untersuchungen. 146p. 4? Bern, 1923. Babor, J. F, & Frankenberger, Z. Studien zur Naturge- schichte des Gorillas; Beitrag zur Morphologie und Morphoge- nese des Grosshirns des Gorillas. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1932, 97: 780-93.—Connolly, C. J. The fissural pattern of the primate brain. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop, 1936, 21: 301-422.— Fuchs, A. Der goldene Schnitt. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1927, 111: 722.—Gerlach, J. Ueber das Gehirn von Protopterus annectens; ein Beitrag zur Morphologie des Dipnoerhirnes. Anat. Anz, 1932-33, 75: 310-405.—Groebbels, F. Die Mor- phologie des Vogelgehirns in ihren Beziehungen zur Biologie. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1921, 187: 299-325, pi.—Hwei-wen, W, & Ariens Kappers, C. TJ. Some features of the parietal and tem- poral lobes of the human brain and their morphological signifi- cance. China M.J, 1924, 38: 730-7— Kiese waiter, C. Basis und Pallium; ihre mediale Grenze am Grosshirn der Amphibien und Reptilien. Jena. Zschr. Naturwiss, 1925, 61: 375-406, 3pl — Kingsbury, B. F. The fundamental plan of the vertebrate brain. J. Comp. Neur, 1922-23, 34: 461-86, 3pl.—Kuhlenbeck, H. Zur Morphologie des Urodelenvorderhirns. Jena. Zschr. Naturwiss, 1920-21, 57: 463-90, 4pl. ----- Zur Morphologie des Gymnophionengehirns. Ibid, 1922, 58: 453-84.—Lissner, H. Das Gehirn von Macrurus petersoni Ate. und Bathylagus antarcticus Gthr. (ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Morphologie des Tiefseefischgehirns) Zool. Anz, 1923, 56: 31-6.—Rass, T. Zur Morphologie des Gehirns der Knochenfische. Anat. Anz, 1929-30, 68: 70-80.—Riese, W. Formprobleme des Gehirns; Kbrperform und Hirnform. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1924-25, 31: 233-7. ----- Ueber die Menschenahnlichkeit des Orangge- hirnes. Anat. Anz, 1925-26, 60: 533-6, pi. -----Anpassungen und Konvergenzen am Gehirn. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1923. Also Naturwissenschaften, 1927,15: 814-8.—Smith, W. K. Cere- bral hemispheres of the American black bear (Ursus americanus) morphologic and phylogenetic characteristics. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1933, 30: 1-13.—Wintrebert, P. Laneuromerie du cerveau chez les selaciens et le probleme de la ntetamerisation de la t6te. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 84: 191-4. ---- Movements. Ries, J. Die rhythmische Hirnbewegung; Beitrage zur funktionellen Bedeutung der Him- BRAIN 880 BRAIN haute und Furchen fiir die Circulation des Liquor und die Ernahrung des gesamten Nervensys- tems. 107p. 8? Bern, 1920. Becher, E. Ueber photographisch registrierte Gehirnbewe- gungen. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir, 1922, 35: 329-42. ---- Myelination. Alpers, B. J, & Haymaker, W. The participation of the neuroglia in the formation of myelin in the prenatal infantile brain. Brain, Lond, 1934, 57: pt2, 195-205.—Hirako, G. Ueber Myelinisation in der Grosshirnrinde. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1922, 10: 275; 307. -----■ Ueber Myelinisation und myelogenetische Lokalisation des Grosshirns beim Kaninchen. Ibid, 1923, 13: 325-47.—Keene, M. F. L. Some observations on myelination in the human central nervous system. J. Anat, Lond, 1931, 66: 1-13, 4pl— Miskolczy, D. Zur Markscheiden- entwicklung des Rautenhirns. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1922, 67: 330-51.—Pache, H. B. Ueber die Markarmut zentral-vegeta- tiver Gebiete des Gehirns. Ibid, 1935-36, 104: 137-62. ---- Nuclei and ganglia. See also other subheadings of Brain. Schlesinger, B. *Die Vorder- und Mittel- hirnganglien des Menschen als plastische Ge- bilde; ein Beitrag zur Anatomie und Prapara- tionstechnik des Zentralnervensystems. 55p. 8? Berl., 1928. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1928, 114: 476-529, 2pl. Ba Costa, A. C. Sur la constitution et le developpement des 6bauches ganglionnaires craniennes chez les mammiferes. Arch. biol, Liege, 1931, 42: 71-105, 2pl— Desclin, L. Etude de la localisation des ebauches ganglionnaires craniennes dans le germe de Rana fusca. Ibid, 1927, 37:485-514, 2pl.—Durward, A. Observations on the cell masses in the cerebral hemisphere of the New Zealand kiwi (Apertyx australis) J. Anat, Lond, 1932, 66: 437-77, pi. Also repr.—Fiterre, E. Fisiologia de los nucleos grises del encefalo. Rev. med. cir, Habana, 1923, 28: 711-20.—Frankel. Ueber die psychiatrische Bedeutung der Erkrankungen der subkortikalen Ganglien. Allg. Zschr. Psy- chiat, 1920-21, 76: 844-7.—Gelder, A. H. van. [Case of aplasia of various cerebral nuclei [infantile Kernschwund of Moe- bius)] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1927, 71: pt2, 2344-8, pi—Kiese- walter, C. Zur Morphologie der Ganglienkerne im Grosshirn von Lacerta. Jena. Zschr. Naturwiss, 1922, 58: 485-532.— Knouff, R. A. The origin of the cranial ganglia of Rana. J. Comp. Neur, 1927, 44: 259-349, 6pl.—Kuhlenbeck, H. Ueber die Homologien der Zellmassen im Hemispharenhirn der Wir- beltiere. Fol. anat. jap, 1924, 2: 325-63, 4pl— Landacre, F. L. Data on the relative time of formation of the cerebral ganglia of Amblystoma jeffersonianum. J. Comp. Neur, 1931, 53: 205- 23.—Muskens, L. J. J. [The supra-vestibular Commissural nuclei] Psychiat. neur. bl, 1935, 39: 335-79.—Neurath, R. [Ein sechs Wochen altes Kind mit multiplen Missbildungen und nervosen Symptomen, welche mbglicherweise auf eine kongeni- tale Kernaplasie zu beziehen sind] Mitt. Ges. inn. Med. Kinderh, Wien, 1906, 5: 44.—Sano, Y. Ueber ein corticofugales Biindel und die mit ihm in Verbindung stehenden Kerne des Vogelgehirns. Fukuoka acta med, 1932,25:2-4.—Schlesinger, B. Demonstration makroskopischer Praparate zur Anatomie der Vorderhirnganglien. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1928, 102: 145.—Sentini, F, & Donatelli, L. Su di un nucleo pericom- messurale anteriore di origine telencefalica impari nei mammiferi. Boll. Soc. ital. biol, sper, 1936, 11: 154-7. ---- Occipital lobe. See also Vision. Dietel, H. *Beobachtungen iiber die In- dividualanatomie der Oberflache des Occipi- tallappens von 25 unterfrankischen Gehirnen [Wurzburg] p.171-97. 8? Berl., 1931. Also Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1931, 95: Beck, E. Der Occipitallappen des Affen (Macacus rhesus) und des Menschen in seiner cytoarchitektonischen Struktur; Macacus rhesus. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1934, 46: 193-323, 22pl.—Cajal, S. R. Studien iiber den feineren Bau der regionalen Rinde bei den Nagetieren; suboccipitale Rinde (Brodmannsche retrospleniale Rinde) Ibid, 1923, 30: 1-28—Cohn, H. A, & Papez, J. W. The posterior calcarine fissure in the dog. J. Comp. Neur, 1933, 58: 593-602.—Economo, C. von. Zur Frage des Vorkommens der Affenspalte beim Menschen im Lichte der Cytoarchitektonik. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 130: 419-531.—Fulton, J. F. Observations upon the vascularity of the human occipital lobe during visual activity. Brain, Lond, 1928, 51: 310-20.—Kuhlenbeck, H. Bemerkungen zur Mor- phologie des Occipitallappens des menschlichen Grosshirns. Anat. Anz, 1928, 65: 273-94.----- Ueber die sogenannte Affensnalte des Occipitalhirns. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24: 937.—Kuzuoka, T. Beitrage zur Anatomie des Zentralnerven- systems der Japaner; Flachenausdehnung der Area striata im Occipitalhirn. Fol. anat. jap, 1933, 11: 291-305.—Lubosch, W. Ein Fall von Affenspaltenrest beim Menschen. Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1928, n.F, 53: 88. Also Anat. Anz, 1929, 67:493-7.—Shellshear, J. L. The occipital lobe in the brain of the Chinese, with special reference to the sulcus lunatus J. Anat, Lond, 1926-27, 61: 1-13—Urban, H. Zur Physiologie der Okzipitalregion des Menschen. Mschr. Psychiat, 1935-36. 92:32-9. ---- Occipital lobe: Diseases and Injuries. Balduzzi, O. Valore diagnostico delle reazioni ottico-motorie nelle lesioni temporo-occipitali. Rass. stud, psichiat, 1936, 25: 342-83.—Baruk, H, & Dereux, J. Syndrome occipital avec hallucinose et amnesie verbale visuelle. Bull. Soc. nted. hop Paris, 1926, 3.ser, 50: 1463-7—Berger, H. Klinische Beitrage zur Pathologie des Grosshirns; Herderkrankungen des Occi- pitallappens. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1923, 69: 569-99.—Bour- guet & Benson. Hemianopsie laterale gauche par balle de re- volver avec diminution de l'acuite visuelle; extraction de la balle du lobe occipital gauche; disparition de l'ltemianopsie et amelioration de l'acuite. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1926, 418-20 — Fleming, N. B. Gunshot wound of occipital lobes. Am. J. Ophth, 1920, 3.ser, 3: 438. Also Arch. Ophth, N.Y, 1920, 49: 324.— Herrmann, G. Beitrage zur Lehre von den Storungen des Rech- nens bei Herderkrankungen des Okzipitallappens (Akal- kulie Henschen) Mschr. Psychiat, 1928, 70: 193-278.—Hirsch, E. Lasion des Scheitellappens und des riickwartigen Teiles des Interparietalstreifens (corticale Erweichung) Riickbildung des Symptomenkomplexes; Rechts: Storung der Orientierung am eigenen Korper, Greiflahmung und Agraphie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 1282.—Jelsma, F, Spurring, R. G, & Freeman, E. Absence of occipital lobe of brain (porencephaly) with essentially normal vision. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1932, 28: 160-7.— Kleist, K. Ueber Form- und Ortsblindheit bei Verletzung des Hinterhauptlappens. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1935, 138: 206- 14.—Lassignardie & Manine. Balle de shrapnell logee dans le lobe occipital gauche au voisinage du pli courbe; hemianopsie laterale homonyme droite et cecite verbale. Ann. ocul. Par, 1923,160: 719-26.—Lhermitte, J, Massary, J. de, & Hueguenin, R. Syndrome occipital avec alexie pure d'origine traumatique. Rev. neur. Par, 1929, 36: pt2, 703-7.—Montanaro, J. C, & Hanon, J. L. Displasia post-traumatica dc la portion basilar del occi- pital; sindrome de compresion bulbar lenta. Sem. med, B. Air, 1932, 39: 1085-94.—Potzl, O. Ueber das Syndrom bei Herderkrankungen der Scheitel-Hinterhauptslappen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1924, 20: 10-3—Scarlett, H. W, & Ingham, S. D. Visual defects caused by occipital lobe lesions; report of 13 cases. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1922, 8: 22.5-46—Violate, A. Proiettile ritenuto nei lobo occipitale; sulla migrazione dei pro- iettili nella massa encefalica. Arch. ital. chir, 1935, 40: 673-94. ---- Olfactory lobe. See Olfactory tract. ---- Parasites. See also Brain, Actinomycosis; Amebiasis; Aspergillosis; Cysticercosis; Echinococcosis. Doerr, R, & Zdansky, E. Weitere parasitologische Befunde im Gehirn von Kaninchen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1923, 53: 1189.—Fiilleborn, F. Ueber Askaridenlarven im Gehirn. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg, 1921, 25: 62.—Kimura, O. A case of cysts in the brain caused by Paragonimus westermani. Mitt. Path. Inst. Univ. Sendai, 1919-21, 1: 375-84. ---- Parietal lobe. Besta, C. Sulla funzione della regione parietale dell'uomo. Riv. pat. nerv, 1922, 27: 531-8.—Clementi, A. Sull'esistenza di un centro auricolo-palpebrale nella regione parieto-temporale del cervello del cane. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1929, 4: 508-10 — Hoff, H, & Kamin, M. Reizversuche im linken Sulcus inter- parietalis beim Menschen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 125: 693-9.—Klein, R. Ueber die Funktionen des Parietallap- pens. Nervenarzt, 1933, 6:1; 67.—Spiller, W. G. The parietal lobe as sensory cortex. Progr. Med, Phila, 1923, 3: 317 — Trelles, J. O, & Leconte, M. Le lobe parietal; anatomie, physio- logie, physiopathologie. Gaz. hop, 1936, 108: 125. ---- Parietal lobe: Diseases and injuries. Schwob, R. A. *Les syndromes pari^taux. 179p. 8? Par., 1933. Audo Gianotti, G. B. Su alcune questioni tuttora discusse a riguardo della sindrome parietale sinistra. Pensiero med, 1923, 12: 1-7.—Conrad, K. Versuch einer psychologischen Analyse des Parietalsyndroms. Mschr. Psychiat, 1932, 84: 28-97.—Foix, C. Sur une vartete de troubles bilatCraux. de la sensibilite par lesion unilaterale du cerveau. Rev. neur. Par, 1922, 29: 322-31. ----- Chavany, J. A, & Levy, M. Syndrome pseudo-thalamique d'origine parietale; lesion de 1'artere du sillon interparietal (Pa PI P2, anterieures, petit territoire insulocapsulaire) Ibid, 1927, 34: 68-76.—Gerstmann, J. Zur Symptomatologie der Herderkrankungen in der Uebergangs- region der unteren Parietal- und mittleren Okzipitalhirnwin- dung. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1930, 116: 46-9. Also Nerven- arzt, 1930, 3: 691-5—Guillain, G, Girot, L, & Bertrand, I. Con- tribution a l'etude du syndrome sensitif cortical parietal. Rev. BRAIN 881 BRAIN neur. Par, 1927, 34: 238-43.—Hoff, H, & Potzl, O. Ueber ein neues parieto-occipitales Syndrom (Seelenlahmung des Schau- ens; Storung des Kbrperschemas; Wegfall des zentralen Sehens) Jahrb. Psychiat. Neur, 1935, 52: 173-218—Janota, 0. [Dis- orders of sensation due to lesions of parietal lobes] Sborn. tek, 1928, 30: 1-74.—Klein, R. Zur Symptomatologie des Parie- tallappens. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1931, 135: 589-608 — Koch, J, & Stockert, F. G. von. Storungen des Kbrperschemas und ihre Projektion in die Aussenwelt mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der akustischen Allasthesie. Klin. Wschr, 1935, II: 746-8.—Laubenthal, F. Zur psychologischen Analyse von Kranken mit einem Syndrom der linken Parieto-Occi- pitalgegend. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1933, 99: 633-82—Orlando, R. Fisiopatologia y sindromes anatomo-clinicos del lobulo parietal. Sem. med, B. Air, 1935, 42: 11-30. Also Arch. argent, neur, 1935, 11: 15-52.—Pedersen, 0. Zur Kenntnis der Symptomatologie der parieto-occipitalen Uebergangsregion. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1936,105: 539-49.—Pelnar, J, & Stretti, B. [Cortical, parietal syndrome; deceptive manifestations on left side] Cas. 16k. Cesk, 1927, 66: 837.—Pitha, M. V. Les atrophies musculaires au cours des tesions du lobe parietal. Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 65: pt 1, 756-65.—Potzl, 0. Ueber die Herderschei- nungen bei Lasion des linken unteren Scheitellappens (Erfah- rungen an einem palliativ trepanierten Hirntumor) Med. Klin, Berl, 1923, 19: 7-11.—Rad, C. von. Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Symptomatologie der Herderkrankungen in der Ueber- gangsregion des Parietal- und des Occipitallappens. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930-31, 131: 273-S8— Rezende, M. Considera- tions sur les syndromes partetaux et thalamiques. Rev. sud- amer. m6d. chir. Par, 1930, 1: 698-714.—Russkikh, V. N, Pliashkevich, V. I, & Basileva, N. G. [Subparietal syndrome] Soviet, nevropat, 1933,2: 142-9.—Schmite, P. Observation d'un tubercule central de la region parietale enleve chirurgicalement. Rev. neur. Par, 1935, 42: pt2, 703-6.— Stief, S. [New symptoms of parietal lobe and their diagnostical value] Orv. hetil, 1934, 78: mell, 107. Also Riforma med, 1934, 50: 1602-4— Trelles, J. 0, & Leconte, M. Le lobe parietal; physiopathologie. Gaz. hop, 1935, 108: 157-61.—Vlavianos, G. Zur Symptomatologie des Parieto-Occipitalhirnes. Wien. med. Wschr, 1933, 83: 502-5.—Wodak, E. Abkiihlungsversuche bei einer Affektion des Scheitellappens. Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 1688. Pharmacology. Pharma- See also Brain, Blood circulation cology. Szwarc, S. *Recherches sur les variations de la tension arterielle apres ionisation trans- cerebrale. 36p. 8? Par., 1929. Tholey, P. *TJeber die Verteilung von Scopolamin, Phenacetin und Nikotin im Gehirn; mit Bemerkungen iiber die Funktionen sub- kortikaler Zentren [Rostock] 15p. 8? Borna- Lpz., 1932. Amsler, C Beitrage zur Pharmakologie des Gehirns. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1923, 97: 1-14.—Bernheim, F, & Bernheim, M. L. C Action of drugs on the choline esterase of the brain. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1936, 57: 427-36.—Bourguignon, G. Klas- sifizierung von 24 Ionen in chemische Familien nach ihrer vaso- motorischen Aktion bei der transcerebralen Dielektrolyse. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1934-35, 135: 289-98—Breslauer- Schtick, F. Funktionelle Beeinflussung des Gehirns mittels direkt eingespritzten Substanzen. Prakt. Arzt, 1921, n.F, 6: 173.—Burge, W. E, Wickwire, G. C, & Schamp, H. M. A study of the effect of different anesthetics on the electrical poten- tial of the brain cortex. Current Res. Anesth, 1936, 15: 261-7 — Caskey, M. W, & Spencer, W. P. The effect of adrenalin on the temperature of the brain. Am. J. Physiol, 1924-25, 71: 507-18 — Clouston, T. S. The resistive power of the human bram against alcohol, and its limitations. Proc. Internat. Congr. Alcohol. [Discussion] 1909, 12.Congr, 314-22—Crile, G. W, Rowland. A. F, & Wallace, S. W. B io-physical stud ies of the effects of various drugs upon the temperature of the brain and the liver; strych- nin, morphin, bromides, curare, atropin, caffein, alcohol. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1923, 21: 429-42—Ebbecke, U. Ueber die Wirkung intrazerebral injizierter Substanzen beim Frosch Zschr. Biol, 1928-29, 88: 465-86—Emerson, G. A. Effects of various anesthesias on autoxidation rate of surviving brain tissue. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y., 1935-36. 33: 171-7—Friedberger, E , & Schroder, P. Histologische Veranderungen im Gehirn von Meerschweinchen und Kaninchen bei primarer Antiserum- Qiftigkeit und bei Einspritzung giftiger Normalsera (carotal- zentraler Einspritzung des Serums) Zschr ges. exp. Med, 192., 26: 287-300.— Haldi, J. A, Larkin, J, & Wright, P. The effect of suprarenin and thyroxin on water absorption by brain tissue. Am. J. Physiol, 1926, 78: 74-80. . ___• i_j_ _-i_j.;____i_ 4-Urt. ...n'KViifrt* "Krai Effects produced on weight'relations'in the'rabbit's brain by anesthetics and intrave- nous injections. Ibid, 1929, 88: "^■-=»1*«*"' &. |*°fle' welche Gehirnbildung verursachen. Umschau, 1934, 38. 50-2L— IdeM Pathologisch-histologische Un^rachun^n u^ die Ganghenzellen; Veranderungen durch Adrenahn und Cocaim Tr Tan Path Soc 1928, 18: 338-41— Koljubakin, S. L, & 0>oda?W. S DteexperimentaJer.Resultate der Injektionen von AlkohollSsuneen in der Hirnrinde bei den Tieren. Zbl. Chir, 1924 51 482 -Macht, D. I. A pharmacodynamic analysis of the cerebral' effectsTatropin, homatropin, scopolamin and related •_'1767—vol. 2, 4th skkies----50 drugs. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1923, 22: 35-48—Mercier, F, & Delphaut, J. Sur Paction experimentale de la strychnine, de la cateine, de la nicotine, de la lobeline administrees par voie sous- occipitale. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 1509-11.—Moracci, E. Azione di alcuni sali di litio applicati direttamente sui centri corticali sensitivo-motori del cane. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1930-31, 29:493-511. -----& Capri, A. Azione della creatina applicata direttamente sui centri corticali sensitivo-motori del cane. Ibid, 512-35—Nahum, L. H, & Himwick, H. E. Effect of adrena- lin on the glucose and lactic acid exchange of the brain. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1931, 39: 72—Neumark-Topstein, R. Ueber den Einfluss der Narkose auf den Lipoidgehalt des Gehirns. Schmerz, 1928, 1: 265-71.—Novi, I. Effetti di acqua distillata circolante nei sangue sui lipoidi del cervello. Mem. Accad. sc. Bologna, 1916-17,'7.ser, 4: 245-56. ----- Disinte- grazione minerale del cervello da perfusione di acqua distillata. Rendic. Accad. sc. Bologna, 1931-32, 36: 34.—Peterson, G. M, & Carter, G. W. The local application of drugs to the motor cortex of the rat. J. Comp. Psychol, 1936, 22: 123-7.—Quastel, J. H, & Wheatley, A. H. M. The effects of amines on oxidations of the brain. Biochem. J, Lond, 1933, 27: 1609-13.—Rubinstein, H. S, & Fox, L. M. The water and solid content of the brains of albino rats treated with the growth hormone. J. Comp. Neur, 1934, 60: 349-53—Schwarz, H, & Bibold, H. Ueber die Am- moniakbildung des Gehirns und ihre Beeinflussung durch Aenderung der Zirkulation und Insulin. Biochem. Zschr, 1932, 251: 190.—Steinach, E, & Kun, H. Notiz zur biologischen Priifung eines Hirnreizstoffes. Med. Klin, Berl, 1930, 26: 119-21.—Tuthill, C. R, & Beck, G. M. Reaction of cerebral tissue to direct injection of oil. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1933, 29:1263-78. Also repr.—Waelsch, H, & Klepetar, G. Ueber die Dehydrasen und Wasserstoffdonatoren im Gehirn narkotisier- ter, hypnotisierter und mit Monojodessigsaure vergifteter Tieie. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1934-35, 235: 60-9.—Wortis, S. B. Respiratory metabolism of excised brain tissue; the effects of some drugs on brain oxidations. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935,33: 1022-9. ---- Physiology. See also Psychology. Egan, G. The physiology of ambicerebral concentration. 23p. 8? Chic, 1930. Anton, G. Kompensation und Aushilfe in den Leitungsbah- nen des Gehirnes. Mschr. Psychiat, 1928, 67: 73-7.—Ariens Kappers, C. TJ. [Psvchic law concerning structure of brain] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1927,71: pt 1,2226-48.—Brouwer, B. [Cen- tripetal systems in brain as influenced by centrifugal stimuli] Psychiat. neur. bl, 1928, 32: 320-7.—Cazzamalli, F. Feno- meni elettromagnetici irradianti dal cervello umano durante l'attivita psicosensoriale intensa della creazione artistica e nello stato di piccola transe dei soggetti sensitivi e rabdomanti. Arch. gen. neur, Nocera, 1936, 17: 74.—Cottin, E. L'unite des centres et la double polarite des kinesie; les lois generates de la physiologie nerveuse selon la conception du Professeur Bard. Encephale, 1931, 26: 129-41.—Crinis, M. de. Ueber die Pho- toaktivitat des Gehirnes. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 213.—Devaux, E. Les causes physiologiques de la preeminence du cerveau chez I'homme. Rev. scient. Par, 1924, 62: 481-8.—Galdo, L. Rap- porti fra oscillazioni attentive e onde vasali cerebrali. Cervello, 1932,11: 255.—Gutowski, B. Corps actifs du cerveau. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 1471-3.—Kahn, J, & Chekoun, L. Degage- ment d'ammoniaque par le cerveau suivant l'etat d'excitation naturelle. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 201: 505—Kastan, M. Gehirn und Nebennieren. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1922,74: 220- 6 —Krause, F. Eigene hirnphysiologische Erfahrungen aus dem Felde. Verh. Deut. Ges. Chir, 1920, 44: 67-93— Krisch, H. Die cerebralen Reaktionsweisen [Lokalisation, Ursachen, Ein- teilung, Krankheitseinheit] Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1926, 102: 425-43.—Loevenhart, A. S, Lorenz, W. F, & Waters, R. M. Cerebral stimulation. J. Am. M. Ass, 1929, 92: 880-3—Mas- serman, J. H, & Schaller, W. F. Intracranial hydrodynamics; experiments on human cadavers. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic 1933, 29: 1222-31.—Mayendorf, N. von. Hirnrinde und Hirnstamm. Zschr. allg. Physiol, 1921, 19: 244-68—Muller, L R. Die Sensibilitat der inneren Organe insbesondere des Gehirns. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1925, 55: 465.—Pavlov, I. P. Physiology of the cerebral hemispheres. Brit. M.J, 1928,1: 809. Also Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1928, s.B, 103: 97-110. ----- Die dvnamische Stereotypic des hbchsten Teils des Gehirns. Acta psychol , Hague, 1935, 1: 185-90.—Pedrazzini, F. Meccanica cranica e fisica cerebrale. Policlinico, 1921, 28: sez.med, 174; 221- 250- 310 —Porter, W. H. Chemistry of phosphorus in brain activity with illustrative cases. Am. J. Clin. M, 1922, 29: 485- 91. Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1922, 55: 301.—Renauld, H. Sen- sibilite du cerveau aux pressions osmotiques. Tr. Lab. physiol. Inst Solvay, 1906-7, 8: 213-40.—Rieger, K. Wie geht es in dem Him zu? Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1924, 94: 392- 406 —Riese, W. Die Ueberwertigkeit der einen Hemisphare auf Grund hirnmorphologischer und hirnpathologischer Unter- suchungen. Zschr. Psychiat. Neur, 1927, 64: 185-228—Smith, J B. Selenic conditions of the brain. Med. Times, Lond, 1924, 52- gi__Spiegel, E. A, & Hotta, K. Experimentalstudien am Nervensystem; zur Physiologie des Stirn- und Temporallap- pens Arch. ges. Physiol, 1926, 212: 759-68.—Terashi, Y. Ri- cerche chronografiche sui movimenti bilaterali di reazione. \rch fisiol Fir, 1921, 19: 183-96.—Vogt, 0. Die anatomische Aequivalenz. Psychiat. neur. Wschr, 1927,29: 214-6,—Zelenyi, BRAIN 882 BRAIN G. P. [Latest researches in physiology of the brain in relation to pathology and therapy] Vrach. gaz, 1929, 33: 169-72. ---- Physiology, comparative. Chauchard, A, & Chauchard, B. L'anesthesie generate par compression du cerveau dans l'experimentation physiologique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 1495-7.—Kohra, T. Ueber die Phosphorspaltung im Vogelgehirn bei heftigen Gemiits- und Kbrperbewegungen. Fukuoka acta med, 1929, 22: 28-30 — Kuhlenbeck, H. Ueber die beiden Hauptprinzipien in der vergleichenden Hirnforschung. Psychiat. neur. bl, 1934, 38: 478-85.—Measures temperature change in brain while it works; illuminating eyes warm brain's optic pathways one hundredth degree; pressure heats touch centers. Science News Lett, 1936, 30: 149.—Rogers, F. T. A note on the excitable areas of the cere- bral hemispheres of the pigeon. J. Comp. Neur, 1923-24, 35: 61-5. ----- An experimental study of the cerebral physiology of the Virginian opossum. Ibid, 1924-25, 37: 265-303. ---- Pneumatosis. See also Cranium, Pneumocephalon. Henkel, H. *Ueber Pneumatosis cystoides unter Mitverwertung eines an der Chirurgischen Universitatskiinik Marburg beobachteten Falles [Marburg] 31p. 8? Kirchhain, 1929. Siegmund, E. Pneumocysta cerebri. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1926, 198: 259-69. Also Orv. hetil, 1926, 70: 695-9— Urech, E. Emphyseme cerebral post-traumatique. Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1931,51:88-98. ---- Porencephalon. See under Brain, Abnormities; Brain, Atrophy. ---- Pressure. See Cranium, Pressure, intracranial. ---- Prosencephalon. Ariens Kappers, C. U. [Influence of the cephalization coef- ficient and body size upon the form of the fore brain in mammals] Versl. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, Afd. natuurk, 1927, 36: pt2, 995-1010. Also Psychiat. neur. bl, 1928, 32: 52-67—Bagley, C. jr., & Richter, C. P. Electrically excitable region of the fore- brain of the alligator. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1924, 11: 257-63.—Cairney, J. A general survey of the forebrain of Spheno- don punctatum. J. Comp. Neur, 1926-27, 42:255-348.—Hafierl, A. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der ontogenetischen Entwicklung des Prosencephalon bei Scyllium canicula. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1926, 79: 395-412.—Herrick, C. J. Functional factors in the morphology of the forebrain of fishes. Libro en honor de Ramon y Cajal, Madr, 1922, 1: 143-204. ----- The amphi- bian forebrain. J. Comp. Neur, 1924-25, 37: 361; 373. ----- Necturus. Ibid, 1933, 58: 1-288.----- The architectural plan of the brain. Ibid, 481-505. -----■ Neuropil and other interstitial nervous tissue. Ibid, 1934, 59: 93-116. ----- The amphibian forebrain; localized functions and integrating functions. Ibid, 239-66.—Holmgren, N. Points of view con- cerning forebrain morphology in lower vertebrates. Ibid, 1922-23, 34: 391-440, 9pl—Hunter, J. I. The forebrain of Ap- tervx australis. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, sect, sc, 1923, 26: 807-24.—Koppanyi, T, & Pearcy, J. F. Comparative studies on the excitability of the forebrain. Am. J. Physiol, 1924-25, 71: 339-43—Kuppers, E. Die funktionelle Einheit des Vorderhirns. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat, 1924, 80: 261—Kuhlen- beck, H. Die Regionen des Anurenvoderhirns. Anat. Anz, 1921, 54: 304-16.—Loo, Y. T. The forebrain of the opossum, Didelphis virginiana; gross anatomy. J. Comp. Neur, 1930, 51: 13; 1931, 52: 1-148—Meyer, A, & Hausman, L. The fore- brain; a study and reconstruction based on the method outlined by the authors. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1928. 19: 573- 95.—Riese, W. Ueber das Vorderhirn des Walfbtus (Mega- ptera Boops) Anat. Anz, 1928, 65: 255-60.—Rose, M. Histo- logische Lokalisation des Vorderhirns der Reptilien. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1922-23, 29: 219-72—Woerdeman, M. W. [How the prosencephalic vesicle arises from the neural plate in am- phibia] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: pt 1, 395-7. ---- Pseudosclerosis. For Westphal's type, see under Brain, Basal ganglia; for Jacob's type, see under Brain, Diseases, degenerative. ---- Puncture. See also Brain, Surgery; Brain ventricles, Puncture; Cisterna magna, Puncture. Pincus, W. Diagnostische und therapeutische Ergebnisse der Hirnpunktion; eine kritische Studie. 215p. Berl., 1916. Posner, R. *Der Wert der Hirnpunktion fiir die Erkennung und Behandlung von Hirn- krankheiten. 32p. 8? Berl., 1916. Schukany, R. *Neuere Ansichten iiber die Gehirnpunktion. 69p. 8? Berl 1918. Creutzfeldt, H. G. Erfahrungen mit der Hirnpunktion. Mschr. Psychiat, 1928, 68: 140-56. ----- Die Indikation zur Hirnpunktion (l'indicazione su la puntura cerebrale) Cervello, 1932, 11: 465.—Eskuchen, K. Kopfhautfixierbesteck fiir Gehirn- und Ventrikelpunktion. Zbl. Chir, 1927, 54: 454-6.—Fremel. Ueber Hirnpunktion. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1925, 12: 524-34 [Discussion] 562-5.—Gaupp, R, jr. Die praktische Bedeutung der Hirnpunktion. Nervenarzt, 1935, 8: 529-31.—Hamperl, H. Ueber die verimpfende Wirkung von Gehirnpunktionen. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1929, 42: 432-6—Heymann, E. Ueber den diagnostischen Hirnstich und seine Gefahren. Nervenarzt, 1928, 1: 27-43.—Neisser, E. Die Hirnpunktion. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 43-46.—Penfield, W, & Buckley, R. C. Punc- tures of the brain; the factors concerned in gliosis and in cicatri- cial contraction. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1928, 20: 1—13.— Peter, C. Ueber Hirnpunktion als Hilfsmittel der klinischen Diagnostik in der Neurologie und Psychiatrie. Mschr. Psy- chiat, 1924, 57: 40-60.—Purves-Stewart, J. Triple puncture; lumbar, cisternal, and ventricular. Lancet, Lond, 1925, 2: 1159-62.—Rizzo, C. Sopra i disturbi di moto nei teleostei ence- falolesi (puncture del mesencefalo e del cervelletto) Arch. fisiol. Fir, 1932-33, 31: 398-426.—Rosenow, G. Hirnstichleu- kocytose; Untersuchungen iiber die zentralvegetative Blut- regulation. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 64: 452-61.—Sabrazes, J, & Massias, C. Hemorragie cerebrate et nteningee provoquee chez le lapin par piqure transpartetale et injection de son propre sang; albuminurie consecutive; piqure cranienne a l'aiguille, voie d'acces pour les inoculations au lapin. Gaz. sc. nted. Bordeaux, 1923, 44: 13. ---- Regeneration and repair, Anton, G. Kompensierter einseitiger Kleinhirndefekt bei abirrender Pyramidenbahn. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1931, 94: 1-15.—Coe, W. R. Regeneration in nemerteans; regeneration in Lineus pictifrons. J. Exp. Zool, 1932, 61: 29-43—Bel Rio Hortega, P. Phenomenes de regeneration nerveuse dans le ramollissement cerebral. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 93: 1018- 20. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1925, 1: 318-23— Gerard, R. W, & Grinker, R. R. Regenerative possibilities of the central ner- vous system. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1931, 26: 469-84.— Goldstein, K. Die Restitution bei Schadigungen der Hirnrinde. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1930, 116: 2-26.—Hugi, F. Anregung und Steigerung der Gehirnregeneration durch homoioplastische Hirntransplantation im Kaninchenversuch. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1935-36, 246: 114-23—Kropp, B. Brain transplantation in regenerating earthworms. J. Exp. Zool, 1933, 65: 107-29.— Marinesco, G, Sager, 0, & Kreindler, A. Etudes electroence- phalographiques; les phenomenes de restitution et de compensa- tion dans les tesions de I'encephate. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1936, 3.ser, 116: 383-5—Mayendorf, N. von. Ueber die Wieder- herstellbarkeit der Grosshirnfunktion. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 1040. ----- Das Restitutionsprinzip im Hirnleben. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1930, 116: 55. Also Allg. Zschr. Psy- chiat, 1931, 95: 193-206—Oiye, T. Experimentelle Studien iiber die Regeneration des Gehirngewebes. Tr. Jap. path. Soc, 1925, 15: 64. Also Mitt. allg. Path, Sendai, 1928-29, 5: 19-90.—Schwartz, H. G. Studies in the regeneration of central nervous tissues; origin of nerve cells in regenerated cerebral ganglia in the earthworm. J. Comp. Neur, 1932, 55: 545-71 — Spatz, H. Morphologische Grundlagen der Restitution im Zentralnervensystem. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1930, 115: 197-231.—Weissfeiler, J. Regeneration des lobes olfactifs et des hemispheres cerebraux chez les batraciens urodeles. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 543.—Wilson, R. B. Brain repair. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1926, 15: 75-84. Also repr. ---- Rhinencephalon. Anthony, R, & Coupin, F. Sur une circonvolution rhinen- cephalique particuliere aux Carnassiers; le gyrus transversus areae piriformis. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1924, 179: 712. Also J. Anat, Lond, 1924-25, 59: 113-9, pi.—Borowiecki, S. Ueber die sogenannten Arhinencephalie und ihre Stellung unter den Missbildungen des Gehirns. Bull, internat. Acad. sc. Cracovie, sc. nat, 1916, 279-91, 6pl— Culp, W. Ueber Arhinencephalie mit Defekt des mittleren Nasenfortsatzes nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Genese der Arhinencephalie und Cyclopie. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1921, 8: 1-14. ---- Rhombencephalon. See also Cerebellum; Medulla oblongata; Pons. Haller von Hallerstein, V. *Studien zur Anatomie und vergleichenden Anatomie der Rautengrube einiger Saugetiere [Berlin] 48p. 8? Lpz., 1914. Beccari, N. Studi comparativi sulla struttura del romben- cefalo; nervi spino-occipitali e nervo ipoglosso; centri tegmentali. Arch. ital. anat, 1922, 19: 122-291. ----- I centri tegmentali del rombencefalo. Riv. pat. nerv, 1922, 27: 231-4. -----■ A proposito di una nota del Luna sopra un nucleo a grosse cellule del rombencefalo e sopra i gruppi cellulari del nucleo dell'ipo- glosso nei Sus scrofa. Monit. zool. ital, 1923, 34: 238-43.— Bhimachar, B. S. A study of the correlation between the feed- BRAIN 883 BRAIN ing habits and the structure of the hind brain in the South Indian cyprinoid fishes. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1935, 117: s.B, 258-72 —Chernyschev, A. Ueber einige, die unteren Oliven, die Brucke und das Kleinhirn verbindende Bahnen. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1925-26, 76: 335-78—Chodos, C. G. Anatomi- sche Untersuchungen uber die Medulla oblongata und den Pons Varoli bei Russen. Anat. Anz, 1929-30, 68: 336-58 — Dancz, M. Zur Histopathologie des Rautenhirns bei organi- schen Erkrankungen des Zentralnervensystems, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Lokalisation der vegetativen Kerne. Zschr ges. Neur. Psvchiat, 1933, 147: 555-72.—Frazer, J. E. Development of the region of the isthmus rhombencephali. J Anat, Lond, 1928-29, 63: 7-18, 3pl— Holmdahl, B. E. Ein ratselhaftes, zirbeliihnliehes, embryonales Organ im mittleren Teile des Daches des Rhombencephalon. Anat. Anz, 1928, 65- 428-33.—Jermulowicz, W. Untersuchungen fiber die Kerne am Boden dor Rautengrube (Nucleus paramedians, Nucleus eminentae teretis, Nucleus praepositus hypoglossi, Kappen- kern des Facialisknies) Zschr. Anat. Entw, 1934, 103: 290- 302 —Klarfeld, B. Die Erkrankungen des Rautenhirns. Spez. Path. Ther. inn. Krankh, Berl, 1924, 10: Teil 2, 255-426.— Luna, E. Sopra un nucleo a grosse cellule da me descritto nei rombencefalo di Sus scropha, e sui gruppi cellulari del nucleo del xii. Monit. zool. ital, 1923, 34: 233-8. ----- Ueber die Gefassversorgung des Rhombencephalon. Anat. Anz, 1929, 67- 180-8.—Merritt, H, & Finland, M. Vascular lesions of the hind-brain (lateral medullary syndrome) Brain, Lond, 1930, 53' 290-305.—Schaltenbrand, G. Ueber einen seltenen Befund im Rhombencephalon: den Fasciculus longitudinalis medianus (impar) Psychiat. neur. bl, 1926, 30: 45-7, 3pl.—Voris, H. C, & Hoerr, N. L. The hindbrain of the opossum, Didelphis vir- giniana. J. Comp. Neur, 1932, 54: 277-355. ---- Sclerosis. See also Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis; En- cephalitis, periaxial; for atrophic lobar sclerosis see Diplegia, congenital. Brickner, R. M. Degeneration and sclerosis; white matter predominately involved. Pract. Libr. M&S. (Appleton) 1936, 9- 831-52—Bronson, E. Cortical sclerosis; a clinical instance of the decerebrated animal. Arch. Pediat, N.Y, 1925, 42: 108- 21 —Bechaume, J. Les elements nerveux dans la vie des scle- roses. Bruxelles med, 1936-37, 17: 572-87— Feuillie, E, & Thiers, J. Production experimentale de sclerose dans le systeme nerveux. Rev. neur. Par, 1926, 33: pt 1, 606-9— Freeman, W. The senile and presenile scleroses. Pract. Libr. M.&S. (Apple- ton) 1936, 9: 869-80.—Fuentes, M. Un caso de cerebroesclerosis. Medicina, Mex, 1933, 13: 97-105.—Gregg, H. W. Non-luetic sclerosis of the central nervous system. Med. Sentmal, 1927, 35' 741-56—Marburg, 0. Zur Sklerosefrage. Mitt. Ges. inn. Med Kinderh. Wien, 1912, 11: 202-4—Nikitin, M. Sclerosis cerebello-pyramido-intercorticalis, als eine besondere Form der systematischen Erkrankung des Grosshirns und Ruckenmarks. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1925, 75: 472-89 -Oster F Zum Aetio- logieproblem der fruhzeitigen Gehunsklerose. Med. Welt, 1928, 2- 975—Pino, F. Sopra un caso di emisclerosi cerebrale pro- gressiva. Pathologica, Genova, 1935, 27: 798-802.-Rosenfeld, H. Umschriebene Hirnsklerose mit Mikrogyrie bei liquor- positiver Lues congenita. Derm. Zschr, 1928, 54: 3957401.— Riihl A Wege zur hypertonischen Sklerose im Tierexperiment. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929,140: 257-305.-Scharrer, E. Bemer- kungen zur Frage der sklerotischen Zellen im Tiergehirn. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1933, 148: 773-7.-Wenderowic, E. Ueber Leitungs- und Zellveranderungen der Hemispharen bei Sclerosis cerebello-pyramido-intercorticahs und uber mter- stitielles spharisches Fett im Zentralnervensystem. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1925, 75: 490-549. ---- Sclerosis, diffuse. Bielschowsky, F. *Die Bedeutung des Infektes fiir die diffuse Sklerose zugleich ein Beitrag zur Klinik und Pathologie der diffusen Sklerose [Berlin] p.12-30. 8° Lpz., 1927. Also Jahrb. Psychol. Neur, 1927, 33: Barre J A, & van Bogaert, L. Contribution a la dissociation anatomique et clinique des leuco-encephalites subaigues, le type concentrique de Balo. Rey. neur. Par 1933, «. pt l, 547-78.-Benoit, W. Zur Frage der diffusen Sklerose. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1932, 140: 517-42^Bouman, L The role of the glial tissue in diffuse sclerosis. Psychiat neur bl 1934 38: 345^51.-Carrillo, R. Encefalitis esctero-atrofiante (esclerosis difusa) Arch, argent, neur, 1933 8: 59; 143; 185. Also Sera. med B Air 1934 41: pt q, 1033; 1114— Casper, J. Zur Fa- motede'der diffusen Sklerose (Leukencephalitis scleroticans) Wro^w 7,1, Path 1932 43- 69-79—Cassirer, R, & Lewy, ^"^^Formen-def'Ghoblastose und ihre Stellung zur diffusen Hirnsklerose. Zschr ges. Neur Psychiat . H«3, ". 200-310 — Chernvshev. A. S, & Tenan, K. G. lOlimcai aspect anu il , ■ i %Z!™1 ni Hiffnse sclerosis of the bram (Schilder's pathological anatomy of diffuse scieros L Un cas de disease) Soviet, klin, 1932, 18. *»r°'- ™ frontale Psv- sCierose;ldiffuse sous I'aTOgJ?" i^n^T&1ffiffiihe.1. Sseecereb« SSLSTd. ^ctero^Sralf aiffus^' £ Pscudoscle^osi. Ann. neur. Nap, 1921, 38: 115-36.— Flatau, E. Encephaloleu- copathia sclerotisans progressiva. Encephale, 1925, 20: 475-99—. Foix, C, Bariety [et al.] A propos d'un nouveau cas de sclerose intracerebrale centrolobaire et syntetrique; rapports de cette affection avec l'encephalite periaxiale diffuse; frequence de cas non evolutifs et de sequelles; possibilite de cas frustes. Rev. neur. Par, 1926, 33: 930-42.—Foix, C, & Marie, J. La sclerose cerebrate centro-lobaire a tendance syntetrique; ses rapports avec l'encephalite periaxiale diffuse. Encephale, 1927, 22: 81- 126. Also Presse med, 1927, 35: 417-20—Gagel, O. Zur Frage der diffusen Sklerose. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1927, 109: 418-37.—Higier, H. Die gegenseitige Stellung in klinischer, pathogenetischer und anatomisch-pathologischer Hinsicht der selteneren Formen der entziindlichen, degenerativen und blastomatbsen Hirnsklerosen im Lichte der neuesten Forschun- gen. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1923, 79: 65-103—Hillel. Ein seltener Fall von Sklerose. Med. Klin, Berl, 1919, 15: 1092 — Inada, S. Zur Histopathologie der difiusen Sklerose. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1936, 4: Int.med, 55-69, 3pl—Krausz, C. K. Psycho- logische Analyse eines Falles mit Stirnhirnsyndrom; Beitrage zur Erforschung der im ersten Mannesalter auftretenden Ver- blbdungsprozesse bei nichtluetischer diffuser (Schilderscher) Sklerose. Psychiat. neur.Wschr, 1931,33: 276; 293—Levaditi, C, Lepine, P, & Schoen, R. Maladie de Schilder-Foix (sclerose cerebrate centrolobaire) spontanee chez le singe. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 986-91.—Lewy, F. H. Die diffuse Sklerose (En- cephalitis periaxialis diffusa) Spec. Path. Ther. inn. Krankh, Berl, 1924, 10: Teil 2, 155-64.—Lbwenberg, K, & Fulstow, M. Atypical diffuse sclerosis. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1932, 27: 389-405.—Lbwenberg, K, & Hill, T. S. Diffuse sclerosis with preserved myelin islands. Ibid, 1933, 29: 1232-45—McKinley, J. C. Diffuse subcortical sclerosis of the brain. Minnesota M, 1931,14: 62-74.—Marie, J. La sclerose cerebrate centro-lobaire ou, maladie de Schilder-Foix (1»« memoire) Ann. med. Par, 1928, 24: 545; 1929, 26: 162.—Marie, P, & Foix, C. Triptegie spasmo- dique; sclerose intra-cerebrale, centro-lobaire et syntetrique. Rev. neur. Par, 1913, 21: 346.—Neuburger, K. Histologisches zur Frage der diffusen Hirnsklerose. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1921, 73: Orig, 336-52.—Pactet & Marchand, L. Syndrome para- lytique par sclerose cerebrate corticale diffuse. Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment. Par, 1927, 15: 58-61.—Pennacchi, F. Sclerosi a placche e sclerosi diffusa (studio clinico e istopatologico) Ann. Osp. psichiat. Perugia, 1929, 23: 69-92, 3pl— Pfleger, R. Die blastomatbse Form der diffusen Hirnsklerose (Leucencephalo- pathia blastomatosa) Jahrb. Psychiat. Neur, Wien, 1933, 50- 142-94 ----- Beitrag zur Kenntnis der diffusen Hirn- sklerose. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1936, 105: 1-16.—Reiche, A. Friihstadium der diffusen Hirnsklerose. Mschr. Kinderh, 1921-22, 22: 216-22.—Rusk, G. Y, & Nixon, C. E. Diffuse cortical sclerosis; a clinical and pathological report of 2 cases. J. Lab. Clin M 1926-27, 12: 644-60.—Scheinker, J. Beitrag zur Frage der diffusen Sklerose (diffuse Glioblastose des Zentralnerven- systems) Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1936,139: 253-64.—Schmidt, G. Fall einer diffusen Hirnsklerose. Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 1770-2 — Schuster, J. Sclerosis multiplex und diffuse Sklerose. Deut. Zschr Nervenh, 1923, 77: 207-13—Spieler, F. [Diffuse Hirn- Ruckenmarksklerose] Mitt. Ges. inn. Med. Kinderh. Wien, 1909 8: 55-8.—Urechia, C. I, & Mihalescu, S. Quelques remar- ques sur un cas de sclerose periaxiale. Rev. neur. Par, 1927, 34- pt2, 101.—Verger, H. Le syndrome bradykinetique dans la cerebro'-scterose lacunaire progressive. J. med. Bordeaux, 1924, 54' 746-50 —Verhaart, W. J. C. Multipele en diffuse sclerose in Nederlandsch Oost-Indie. Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1932, 72: 1643-51—Waggoner, R, & Lowenberg, K. Konzentrische Sklerose Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1933, 101: 184-94.-Weimann, W Zur Kenntnis der sogenannten diffusen Hirnsklerose. 7 schr ges Neur. Psychiat, 1926, 104: 411-20—Wertham, F. Small foci of demyelinization in the cortex and spinal cord in diffuse sclerosis, their similarity to those of disseminated sclerosis and dementia paralytica. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1932, 27: 1380-401. ____ Sclerosis, diffuse, familial. Bielschowsky, M, & Henneberg, R. Ueber familHire diffuse Sklerose (Leukodystrophia cerebri progressiva hereditaria) fpsychol. Neur,LPz, 1928, 36: 131-81.-Bodechtel, G. Zur Fraee der Pelizaeus-Merzbacherschen Krankheit. Zschr. ges. Neur Psvchiat, 1929, 121: 487-507.-Bogaert, L. van. Le type infantile de la sclerose diffuse. Echo med. nord, 1935, 3.ser, 77 4nfi _____& Bertrand, I. Les leucodystrophies progressives familiales Rev. neur. Par, 1933, 40: pt2, 249-86.-Bogaert, L. van & Scholz, W. Klinischer, genealogischer und pathologisch- pmafnmischer Beitrage zur Kenntnis der famiharen diffusen SHerose (famiMre juvenile Leukodystrophies Familie Ros) Zschr ees Neur. Psychiat, 1932, 141: 510-41.-Bostroem, A. Ueber die Pelizaeus-Merzbacher'sche Krankheit Deut. Zschr. Mprvpnh 1927 100: 63-90—Corsdress. Zweieinhalb Jahre altes K mitdiffuser Hirnsklerose. Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23: i^n— Curtius F Familiare diffuse Sklerose und familiare spasti- iehe SDinalparalyse in einer Sippe; ein Beitrag zur Genealogie der ^redodegenerationen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 19R- 209-27 —Bemianowska, M. [Symptoms of familial diffuse clerosis] Polska gaz. lek, 1931,10: 388-91.-Be Sanctis C Sulle sclerosi cerebrali infantali; contributo anatomico. Note psi- nhiat Pesaro 1926, 3.ser, 14: 219-42.-Buthiot, R, & Bogaert, t van Le tvpe juvenile de la sclerose cerebrate diffuse familiale fmatadie de Heubner-Schilder) Arch, nted, enf., Par, 1933, 36: 137-60—Friedmann, R, & Scheinker, J. Ueber erne familiare BRAIN 884 BRAIN Heredo-Degeneration vom Typus der Pelizaeus-Merzbacher- schen Krankheit. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1932, 127: 62 — Greenfield, J. G. A form of progressive cerebral sclerosis in in- fants associated with primary degeneration of the interfascicular glia. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1933, 26: neur, 690-7. Also J. Neur. Psychopath, Brist, 1933, 13: 289-302.—Kufs, H. Ein bemerkenswerter Uebergangsfall von diffuser zu multipler Hirnsklerose mit dem Beginn der Krankheit im 63. Lebensjahre und iiber einen Fall von Heubnerscher Form der diffusen Hirnsklerose. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1931, 93: 564-90 — Larminat, M. de. Quatre enfants atteints de sclerose cerebrate dans une nteme famille, tous d'un m6me pere alcoolique. Progr. med. Par, 1928, 43: 1161.—Liebers, M. Zur Histopathologie des zweiten Falles von Pelizaeus-Merzbacherscher Krankheit. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1928, 115: 487-509.—Lbwenberg, K, & Co wie, B. M. Diffuse sclerosis and malformations of the brain in a child 2 years old. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1932, 1: 435-46 — Ottonello, P. Varieta infanto-familiare della malattia di Schil- der? odierni criteri nosografici ed etiopatogenetici sulle sindromi multiloculari infantili e familiari affini alia sclerosi multipla. Riv. pat. nerv, 1933, 42: 416-73.—Perkins, 0. C. Aplasia axialis extracorticalis congenita (Merzbacher-Pelizaeus disease) Am. J. Dis. Child, 1933, 46: 1343-55— Scheftel, Y. Pelizaeus-Merz- bacher disease (familial centrolobar sclerosis) clinical findings in 3 cases. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1931, 74: 175-87— Scholz, W. Ueber das Wesen der pathogenetischen Grundstorung bei der familiaren, diffusen Hirnsklerose. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 1845. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 1491. ----- Klinische, pathologisch-anatomische und erbbiologische Untersuchungen bei familiarer, diffuser Hirnsklerose im Kindesalter (ein Beitrag zur Lehre von den Heredodegenerationen) Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1925, 99: 651-717.—Thomas, E. Ein seltener Fall von heredodegenerativer Nervenerkrankung (Leukodystrophia cere- bri hereditaria progressiva Typus Scholz; Auftreten allgemeiner Flaumbehaarung durch zentralen, innersekretorischen Reiz; Beziehungen zu Adenoiden und Verschlimmerung durch Unfall?) Kinderarztl. Prax, 1935, 6: 301-3. ---- Sclerosis, tuberous [Bourneville] Broers, J. H. *[Adenoma sebaceum and changes in the skin occurring in tuberous sclerosis] 104p. 8? Leiden, 1922. Untiedt, T. *Nierensarkom bei tuberoser Sklerose des Gehirns [Frankfurt] 29p. 8? Miinster i.W., 1919. Aihara, H. Ueber tuberose Sklerose. Verh. Jap. path. Ges, 1920, 10: 155-9,—Babonneix, L. Un cas de sclerose tuber- culeuse. Enc6phale, 1911, 1: 313-36, 5pl. ----- Brissot, M. [et al.] Maladie de Bourneville (sclerose tubereuse) k caractere familial et congenital avec association de symptomes de neuro- fibromatose (maladie de Recklinghausen) Ann. nted. psychol. Par, 1936, 94: pt2, 102-10.—Bau-Prussak, S. Ueber einen Fall von tuberoser Hirnsklerose mit Netzhautveranderungen und benignem Verlauf. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1933, 145: 275-82.—Berkwitz, N. J, & Rigler, L. G. Tuberous sclerosis diagnosed with cerebral pneumography. Arch. Neur. Psy- chiat, Chic, 1935, 34: 833-8.—Berliner, K. Tuberose Sklerose und Tumor. Beitr. path. Anat, 1921, 69: 381-8.—Bogaert, L. van. Sclerose tubereuse et spongioblastome multiforme. J. neur. psychiat, Brux, 1933, 33: 802-8.—Bolsi, B. Contributo all'istologia patologica cerebrale della sclerosi tuberosa. Riv. pat. nerv, 1928, 33: 656-77.---— & Be Benedetti, E. Un caso di sclerosi tuberosa. Rass. stud, psichiat, 1930, 19: 553- 83.—Borremans, Byckmans & Bogaert, L. van. Etudes cli- niques, g6nealogiques et histopathologiques sur les formes heredo- familiales de la sclerose tubereuse. J. neur. psvchiat, Brux, 1933, 33: 713-46.—Bouwdiik Bastiaanse, F. S. van. [A familial form of tuberous sclerosis] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1922, 66: pt 1, 718.—Bremer, G. Ueber tuberose Hirnsklerose mit bedeutenden Anomalien im Gebiss und im Durchbruch der Zahne. Acta med. scand, 1934-5, 84: 90-103.—Bychowski, Z. Zur Klinik der Sclerosis tuberosa. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1931, 120: 304-13.—Carol, W. L. L, & Heusden, J. C. van. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Morbus Bourneville-Pringle und der Reckling- hausenschen Neurofibromatosis. Arch. Derm. Syph, Berl, 1937,175:1-38— Critchley, M, & Earl, C. J. C. Tuberose sclero- sis and allied conditions. Brain, Lond, 1932, 55: 311-46.— BeJong, R. N. Tuberous sclerosis: encephalographie interpreta- tion. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1936, 9: 203-8.—Besogus, V. Con- tributo alio studio della sclerosi tuberosa. Riv. pat. nerv , 1923, 28: 426-37.—Bivry & Evrard. Un cas de sclerose tubereuse. J.neur.psychiat,Brux,1933,33:688-96.-Bonkersloot. [Tuberous sclerosis; 2 cases] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1927,71: pt2, 563.—Brake, R. L. A case of tuberous sclerosis with unusual clinical findings. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 34: 681.—BuwS, G, & van Bogaert, L. Adenomes s6bac6s du type Pringle avec fibromatose cutanee dans une famille atteinte de sclerose tubereuse. J. neur psychiat, Brux, 1933, 33: 749-51.—Feriz, H. Ein Beitrag zur Histopathologie der tuberbsen Sklerose. Virchows Arch 1930 278: 690-769—Ferraro, A, & Boolittle, G. J. Tuberous sclerosis Psychiat. Q, 1936, 10: 365-416—Fleischer. Ueber klinischen und anatomischen Befund bei tuberoser Hirnsklerose Klin Mbl. Augenh, 1935, 95: 397. Also Zschr. Augenh, 1935-36] 88: 158.—Francioni, G. Contributo alla etio-patogenesi della sclerosi tuberosa. Rass. stud, psichiat, 1930, 19: 48-77.— Freeman, W. Tuberous sclerosis. Arch. Neur. Psychiat Chic, 1922, 7: 614-29.—Freund, C. S. Ueber die tuberose Hirn- sklerose und iiber ihre Beziehungen zu Hautnaevi. Jahrber. Schles. Ges. vaterl. Kult. (1917) 1918, 2: Abt.2, Med. Sekt. [VortrSge] 94-107.—Globus, J. H, & Selinsky, H. Tuberous sclerosis in the infant. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1935, 50: 954-65.— Gottlieb, J. S, & Lavine, G. R. Tuberous sclerosis with unusual lesions of the bones. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 33: 379-88.—Guillain, G, & Lagrange, H. Phacomatos* retinienne de Van der Hoeve dans un cas de sclerose tubereuse. Bull, Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1934, 3.ser, 50:1421-5.—Hanser, R. Nieren- und Herzgeschwiilste bei tuberoser Hirnsklerose. Jahrber. Schles. Ges. vaterl. Kult, (1917), 1918, 2: Abt.2, Med. Sekt. [Vortrage] 108-118 [Discussion, Sitzung] 43.—Heimanovich, A. I. [Histological examination of the case of tuberous sclerosis; supplement to the article by M. M. Rleznikov & F. Yu. Roze] Kharkov. M.J, 1914, 18: 267-73.—Herrenschwand, F. von. Ueber Augenhintergrundsveriinderungen bei tuberoser Hirn- sklerose. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1929, 83: 732-6.—Hopwood, A. T. Tuberous sclerosis: report of 5 cases including 1 case in one of twins. Ohio M.J, 1937, 33: 277-82.—Horniker, E, & Salom, G. Alterazioni oculari nella sclerosi tuberosa. Boll, ocul. Fir, 1932, 11: 497-539, 7pl— Hyman, A. The association of hyper- nephroma with tuberose brain sclerosis and adenoma sebaceum. J. Urol, Bait, 1922, 8: 317-21.—Kirch-Hertel, M. P. Tuberose Hirnsklerose mit verschiedenartigen Missbildungen und Ge- schwulsten. Zbl. allg. Path, 1923, 33: [Sonderbd] 65-72.— Koenen, J. [A familial hereditary form of tuberous sclerosis] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1931, 75: pt 1, 731-8.—Korner, E. Die tuberose Hirnsklerose. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 745-7.— Kotsovski, A. B. [On tuberous sclerosisl Psikhiat. gaz, Petrogr, 1915, 2: 239.—Krabbe, K. H. [Relation between tuber- ous cerebral sclerosis, hydrocephalus and pubertas praecox] Bibl. laeger, 1922, 94: 1-28. Also Encephale, 1922, 17: 281; 437; 496.—Kristjansen, A. [Skin troubles as symptoms of tuberous cerebral sclerosis] Hospitalstidende, 1928, 71: 687-93.—Kufs, H. Ueber den Erbgang der tuberbsen Sklerose zugleich ein Beitrag zur klinischen Diagnostik und Histopathologie dieser Krank- heit. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1933,144: 562-82.—Lavitola, G. La sclerosi tuberosa delle circonvoluzioni cerebrali. Osp. psichiat. Nap, 1934, 2: 504-11.—Lazar, K. [Clinical course of tuberous sclerosisl Gyogyaszat, 1931, 71: 404-7.—Ley, A. Sur la sclerose tubereuse des circonvolutions cerebrates. J. neur. psychiat, Brux, 1931,31:689; 1933,33:679. ----- Scle- rose tubereuse de Bourneville sans troubles mentaux avec rteredite similaire dans la descendance. Ibid, 684-7.—Lhermitte, J., Heuyer & Vogt, C. Un cas de sclerose tubereuse avec spongi- oblastome paraventriculaire. Rev. neur., Par, 1935, 42: pt2, 109-14.—Manca, C, & Scarzella, M. La sclerosi tuberosa nel- l'infanzia. Pediat. med. prat. Tor, 1936, 11: 333-80, 15pl.— Mattirolo, G, & Zorini, O. Note sopra un caso di sclerosi tube- rosa del cervello. Minerva med. Tor, 1926, 6:289-95—Meduna, L. Tuberose Sklerose und Gliom. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 129: 679-712.—Mittasch. Demonstration makroskopischer und mikroskopischer Praparate von Organveranderungen bei tuberoser Hirnsklerose. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 571 — Myslivecek, Z. [Case of tuberous sclerosis of the brain] Rev. neur. psych, Praha, 1929, 26: 261-9.—Naito, H. Ein Beitrag zur pathologischen Anatomie der tuberbsen Sklerose. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1923-24, 70: 545-53.—Nieuwenhuijse, P. Zur Kenntnis der tuberbsen Hirnsklerose und der multiplen Neuro- fibromatosis und iiber die behauptete enge Verwandtscnaft dieser beiden Krankheiten. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1914, 23: Orig, 53-88.—Nitsch, M. Augenhintergrundsbefund bei tuberoser Hirnsklerose. Zschr. Augenh, 1927, 62: 73-5 — Olson, G. M. Adenoma sebaceum and tuberose sclerosis of the brain. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1922, n.s, 6: 21-6—Over- bosch, J. F. A. [A case of tuberous sclerosisl Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1926, 70: pt2, 2632-5.—Pacheco e Silva, A. C, & de Castro, B. filho. Sobre un caso de esclerosis tuberosa. Actas Conf. lat. amer, B. Air, 1929,1. Conf, 2: 551-75.—Pasqualini, R. Contributo alla istopatologia cerebrale della sclerosi tuberosa. Gior. psich, 1933, 61: 33-43.—Petersen, S. [Case of tuberous sclerosis with Pringle's disease, Recklinghausen's disease and mental symptoms] Hospitalstidende, 1935, 78: 883-8—Pin- cherle, P. Reperti radiologici nella sclerosi tuberosa. Atti Cong. ital. radiol. med, 1928, 8: pt2, 13.—Pollak, E. Ueber tuberose Hirnsklerose. Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien, 1922, 24: 93-184.—Rintelen, F. Fundusveranderungen bei tuberoser Hirnsklerose. Zschr. Augenh, 1935-36, 88: 15-9.—Salom, G. Contributo alio studio sulla familiarita della sclerosi tuberosa. Rass. stud, psich, 1932, 21: 945-60.—Scheltema, M. W. [Case of tuberous sclerosis] Geneesk. gids, 1927, 5: 1205.—Schob, F. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Netzhauttumoren bei tuberoser Sklerose. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1925, 95: 731-40.— Shimoda, M. Ein Fall von abortiver tuberoser Hirnsklerose. Mitt. Path. Inst. Univ. Sendai, 1919-21,1: 309-19—Stfrensen, E. [Case of tuberous sclerosis] Hospitalstidende, 1935, 78: [Kbh. med.Selsk.forh.] 1.—Sorger & Wendlberger. Beitrag zur Klinik der tuberbsen Sklerose. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1935, 153: 798-806.—Stewart, H. L, & Bauer, E. L. Tuberous sclerosis. Arch. Path, Chic, 1932,14:799-809. Also repr—Van Bouwdijk Bastiaanse, F. S. Recherches cliniques et histologiques sur une forme familiale de sclerose tubereuse. J. neur. psychiat, Brux, 1933, 33: 697-712. -----& Landsteiner, K. [A familiar form of tuberous sclerosis] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1922, 66: pt2, 248- 58.—Van der Hoeve, J. Eye symptoms in tuberose sclerosis of the brain. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, 1920, 40: 329-34. Also Arch. Ophth, Berl, 1921, 105: 880-98. ----- [Ocular changes in tuberous cerebral sclerosis and Recklinghausen's BRAIN 885 BRAIN disease] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1923, 67: ptl, 2863-5.—Verhaart, W. J. C. [Unusual case of Bourneville's disease] Psychiat. neur. bl, 1933, 37: 96-104, 3pl— Vries, W. M. de [Tuberous sclerosis] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1923, 67: pt 1, 1815-8.—Wey- gandt, W. Hautveranderungen bei tuberoser Sklerose. Arch. Derm. Syph, Berl, 1921, 132: Orig, 466-73.—Yamamoto, T. Ein Beitrag zur Erbforschung bei tuberoser Hirnsklerose. Fukuoka acta med, 1934, 27: 23-7. ---- Senile involution. Gellerstedt, N. *Zur Kenntnis der Hirn- veranderungen bei der normalen Altersinvolu- tion. p. 193-408. 8? Uppsala, 1933. Also Uppsala lak.foren.fbrh, n.F. 38: Berlucchi, C. Le cellule polimorfe della fascia dentata in animali alio stato di senilita. Riv. pat. nerv, 1923, 28: 241-55. Also Arch. ital. biol, 1924, 73: 132-8.—Biondi, G. Ueber eine Alterserscheinung an den Gliazellen des menschlichen Gehirns. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1935-36, 104: 425-30.—Bivry, P. Con- frontation morphologique et histo-chimique de l'amylo'ide et des productions analogues du cerveau senile. J. beige neur. psy- chiat, 1936, 36: 24-31, 2pl— Ladame, C, & Morel, F. Contribu- tion a la topographie des tesions histologiques du cerveau senile. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1931, 28: 301-10—Laignel- Lavastine, Bertrand, I, & Liber, A. F. Le cerveau d'un cen- tenaire, etude anatomoclinique. Ann. med. psychol. Par, 1934, 92: pt 1, 383-6. Also repr.—Lewy, F. H. Primar und sekundar involutive Veranderungen des Gehirns. Krankheits- forschung, 1925,1:164-76.—Marie, P. Le cerveau senile. Progr. nted. Par, 1921, 3.ser, 36: 14.—Minea, J. Gigantocytose cerebrate senile. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 85: 572-4— Miihl- mann, M. Altersveranderungen der vegetativen Hirnzentra und deren Zusammenhang mit der Alterns- und der Todesfrage. Zbl. allg. Path, 1925-26, 36: 1-6.—Schukrii-Aksel, I. Ueber das Gehirn des aitesten Mannes der Welt (Zaro Aga) Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1936-37, 106: 260-6. ---- Serology. Hildebrandt, A. Die Komplementbindungsreaktion mit cholesterinierten Gehirnextrakten. Derm. Wschr, 1934, 98: 769-76.—Lewis, J. H. The immunologic specificity of antigens of the brain. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1931, 13: 538.----- The immunologic specificity of brain tissue. J. Immun, Bait, 1933, 34: 193-211. ----- The antigenic relationship of the alcohol-soluble fractions of brain and testicle. Ibid, 1934, 27: 473-8.—Plaut, F. Gehirnantisera in ihrer Wirkung auf das Gehirn des Kaninchens bei subduraler Einfuhrung. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 1801-3.—Priisse, G. Zur Frage des Verhaltens von Hirnextrakten bei serologischen Reaktionen, unter beson- derer Berucksichtigung des Liquor cerebrospinalis. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1933, 78: 437-50.—Sachs, H, & Schwab, E. Zur Kenntnis der serologischen Reaktionsfahigkeit des Gehirns und seiner Bestandteile. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1935, 65: 547.—Schwentker, F. F, & Rivers, T. M. The antibody response of rabbits to injections of emulsions and extracts of homologous brain. J. Exp. M, 1934, 60: 559-74. Also repr— Tsuchiya, S. Untersuchungen iiber die Entleerung von Phosphorsaure durch den Harn bei Kaninchen, die mit Antihirnimmunserum be- handelt wurden. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1924, 90: 248-54. ---- Softening [Encephalomalacia] See also Brain, Apoplexy, and other primary diseases. Boinet & Petit, F. Deux cas de ramollissement c6rebral. Marseille med, 1920, 57: 722-30.—Belfosse. A propos du ramol- lissement cerebral. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1927, 28: 56-60 — Diamond, I. B. Encephalomalacia in infants (Virchows interstitial encephalitis) Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1934, 31: 1153-64— Foix, C, Chavany, J. A, & Bascourret. Foyers de ramollissement simultanes dans les deux hemispheres; role des causes occasionnelles et des obliterations incompletes dans la pathogenie du ramollissement cerebral. Rev. neur. Par, 1925, 23: pt2, 77-83.—Foix, C, Hillemand, P, & Ley, J. Rela- tivement au ramollissement cerebral, a sa frequence et a son siege. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1927, 3.ser, 51: .189-99.— Jakob, A. Ueber ein dreieinhalb Monate altes Kind mit totaler Erweichung beider Grosshirnhemispharen (Kind ohne Gross- hirn) Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1931,117-119:240-65—Muggia, A. Sindrome di rigidita decerebrata; rammollimento cerebrale in un lattante di 15 mesi. Minerva med. Tor, 1927, 7: 857-60.— Ramollissement (Le) du cerveau. Progr. med. Par, 1936, suppl, 23.—Roger, H. Les ramollissements cerebraux. Gaz. hop, 1930, 103: 1621-7.—Schob, F. Totale Erweichung beider Gross- hirnhemispharen bei einem zwei Monate alten Saugling. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1929-30, 40: 365—Thomson, A. P, & Piney, A. A case of de cerebrate rigidity in an infant, associated with the diffuse softening of the cerebral cortex and calcification of the cerebral vessels. Lancet, Lond, 1921, 2:1105. ---- Softening: Causes. Gerbergas, D. *Frequence des ramollisse- ments cerebraux chez les hypertendus; contri- bution a l'dtude des causes de l'hemiplegie. 23p. 8? Geneve, 1931. Seze, S. de. *Pression arterielle et ramollis- sement cerebral; recherches cliniques, physio- pathologiques et therapeutiques. 232p. 8°. Par., 1931. Beaussart, P. Ramollissements cerebraux (paracentral et parietal) arterioscterose et glucosurie. Bull. Soc. clin. nted. ment. Par, 1920, 8: 175.—Berlucchi, C. Sulla frequenza della sindrome emiplegica nei focolai di rammollimento da arterio- sclerosi localizzati nei lobo temporale. Riv. pat. nerv, 1936, 48: 494-505.—Bittersohl, H. Gehirnerweichung nach Thrombose im Gebiete der Carotis. Mschr. Unfallh, 1935, 42: 183-5 — Bfihne, C. Ueber die Bedeutung der Hirnerweichung in der Pathogenese der kompakten apoplektischen Hirnblutung. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1931, 137: 610-20—Brack, E. En- cephalomalacien und Herz. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1935-36. 104: 417-24.—Chavany, J. A. Role des causes occasionnelles dans le determinisme du ramollissement cerebral (reflexions therapeutiques a ce propos) Prat. med. fr, 1928, 7: 285-95.— Cremieu, R, & Gauthier, P. Le ramollissement cerebral par thrombose veineuse dans l'infection puerperale. Progr. mid. Par, 1921, 3.ser, 36: 101-3.—Buval, P, Lhermitte, J, & Vermes. Ramollissement cerebral a foyer double syntetrique consecutif a la ligature d'une veine jugulaire. Rev. neur. Par, 1935, 42: pt2,117-25.—Foix, C, & Levy, M. Les ramollissements sylviens; syndromes des tesions en foyer du territoire de 1'artere sylvienne et de ses branches. Ibid, 1927, 34: pt.2, 1-51.—Halbron, P. Pression arterielle et ramollissement cerebral. Rev. crit. path. Par, 1932, 3: 253-9.—Henschen, F. Encephalomalacia on tuberculous basis. Acta med. scand, 1932, 79: suppl. 50, 56-67.— Jergesen, F. H. Hypertension with retroperitoneal ganglioneu- roma and softening in brain and spinal cord; report of a case in a young man. Arch. Path, Chic, 1933, 16: 340-5.—Lecene, P, & Lhermitte, J. Une observation anatomo-clinique d'un cas de ramollissement cerebral cons6cutif a l'obliteration de 1'artere sylvienne gauche par une embolie ntetallique. Rev. neur. Par, 1920, 27:1116-21.—Levin, P. M. Cortical encephalo- malacia in infancy; a contribution to the study of infantile cerebral paralysis. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1936, 36: 264-92.—Lhermitte, J. Les idtees nouvelles sur la genese de l'ltemiptegie transitoire et du ramollissement cerebral. Ence- phale, 1928, 23: 27-39. ----- Forms anatomo-cliniques du ramollissement par obliteration complete de 1'artere sylvienne. Gaz. hop, 1933, 106: 1449-54.—Lbffler, E. Zur Frage der Genese der multiplen kleinen Erweichungen im Gehirn, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Genese der Angina pectoris (iiber Schaumthrombose und Schaumembolie) Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1934, 47: 239-48.— Meursing, F. [Apoplexy and encephalomalacia] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1923, 67: pt 1, 1045.—Overhof, K. Ueber das Vorkom- men symmetrischer Gehirnerweichungsherde bei sekundarer Blutarmut. Virchows Arch, 1932-33, 287: 784-9.—Pallasse, E, & Scouras, P. Contribution a l'etude des hemiptegies (hemor- ragie ou ramollissement cerebral) Progr. med. Par, 1930, 857-65.—Pappenheimer, A. M, & Goettsch, M. Protection afforded by certain vegetable oils against nutritional encephalo- malacia of chicks. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 31: 777-9 — Pappenheimer, A. M, & Graff, S. Blood volume in normal chicks and in chicks with nutritional encephalomalacia. Ibid, 1932, 30: 321-8.—Pintus Sanna, G. Sindrome di rammollimento silviano profondo in morbo di Vaquez. Riforma med, 1928, 44: 888-9.—Rosenblath. Ueber die apoplektiforme, nicht em- bolische und vorwiegend unblutige Hirnerweichung und iiber Arterio-capillary fibrosis. Zschr. klin. Med, 1927, 106: 482- 527.—Tisell, F. [Apoplectic cerebral hemorrhage and softening of the brain; comparative study] Hygiea, Stockh, 1932, 94: 934-50.—Vries, E. de. [Functional circulatory disturbances as cause of laminar softening of cerebral cortex] Psychiat. neur. bl, 1930, 34: 42-8, 2pl. Also repr.—Wirtz, H. Die disseminier- ten Erweichungsherde des Hypertonikergehirns und ihre patho- genetische Bedeutung fiir die grosse Hochdruckblutung. Beitr. path. Anat, 1936, 97: 219-32—Wolf, A, & Pappenheimer, A. M. The histopathology of nutritional encephalomalacia of chicks. J. Exp. M, 1931, 54: 399-405. Also repr. ---- Softening: Diagnosis. Levy, M. *Les ramollissements sylviens; etude de I'anatomie de 1'artere sylvienne et des syndromes anatomo-cliniques des lesions en fover de son territoire. 213p. 8? Par., 1927. Meyer, "W. *Ein Beitrag zur Differential- diagnose zwischen Encephalonialacie und Tumor cerebri. 19p. 8? Kiel, 1913. Schiff-Wertheimer, S. *Les syndromes h6mi- anopsiques dans le ramollissement cerebral. 155p. 8? Par., 1926. Barre, J. A, Metzger, 0, & Masson, J. Sur le diagnostic entre ramollissement et tumeur cerebrate. Paris med, 1931, 81: 273- g —Beaussart, P. Ramollissement de la couche optique; arterio- scterose et albuminuric Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment. Par, 1920, g. jyfj ----- Ramollissement occipitotemporal; pachynte- ningite hemorragique cerebrate bilaterale. Ibid, 177.—Benesi, 0 & Brunner, H. Multiple Hirnerweichungen unter dem BRAIN 886 BRAIN Bilde eines otogenen Schiafelappenabszesses. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1921, 55: 714-36. Also Verh. Ges. deut. Hals &c. Aerzte, 1921, 356-62.—Bickel, G, & Frommel, E. Ramollissement cerebral a forme de neoplasme encephalique. Rev. nted. Suisse rom, 1924, 44: 45.—Chatagnon & Trelles. Modifications du liquide cephalo-rachidien au cours de l'hemorragie et du ra- moiissement cerebral; leur signification. Bull, med. Par, 1930, 44:194.—Becourt, J, Kaplan, S, & Bonnard, Y. La polypeptido- rachie au cours du ramolissement cerebral. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 1050.—Ferrannini, L. Afasia con paralisi del braccio destro e lieve paresi dell'arto inferiore e del facciale di destra da rammollimento corticale. Minerva med. Tor, 1935, 26: pt 1, 649-52.—Foix, C, & Schiff-Wertheimer. Semiologie des hemia- nopsies au cours du ramolissement cerebral. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1926, 4: 561-84.—Lhermitte, J, & Ajuriaguerra. Syndrome he mialgique fruste par ramollissement parietal. Rev. neur. Par, 1935, 42: pt2, 204-10.—Lortat-Jacob, L, & Turpin, R. Foyer de ra- mollissement cerebral lie a revolution d'une meningite tubercu- leuse aigue. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1921, 3.ser, 45: 1128- 30. Also Progr. med. Par, 1921, 3.ser, 36: 531—Marburg, 0. Zur Kenntnis des Pseudotumor cerebri (Encephalomalacie mit Hirndrucksteigerung) Arch. klin. Chir, 1930, 160: 99-104. -----■ Scheitellappenerweichung unter dem Bilde eines Pseudotumor cerebri (zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Fin- geragnosie ohne Agraphie) Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien, 1931, 33: 1-13.—Radovici, A, & Meller, 0. Liquidographie d'un foyer de ramollissement cerebral par le thorium colloidal. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1933, 21: 444.—Rojas, N, & Lombardi, E. A. Sindrome bulbopontino lateral, por reblandecimiento. Prensa nted. argent, 1925-26, 12: 610. Also Rev. Soc. argent, neur, 1925, 1: 83-90.—Stoeber, R. Un cas de ramollissement hemorra- gique dans le precuneus droit ayant presente les apparences cliniques d'une tumeur de la region du chiasma. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1925, 3: 614-7.—Stone, T. T. Hemiplegia with hemiedema due to cerebral softening. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1929, 69: 651- 60.—Teufl, R. Der diagnostische Wert der Serumkoagulation nach Weltmann. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1936, 29: 37; 297 — Zimmermann, R. Ein Fall von Hirnerweichung mit atakti- scher, sensorischer und alectischer Sprachstorung, Bewegungsar- mut und Starre. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat, 1934, 102: 84-8. ---- Softening: Pathology. Alajouanine, T, Thurel, T, & Hornet, T. Conservation des couches superficielles du cortex cerebral dans les ramollissements corticaux. Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 65: 564-73, pt 1.—Botzian, R, & Roesner, E. Ueber primare progressive Gehirnerweichung. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1923, 80: 168-83.—Conti, A. Rammolli- mento silviano posteriore. Rinasc. med, 1929, 6: 207; 234, pi.— Gartner, W. Gelungene Uebertragungsversuche bei der kon- fluierenden perivascularen Hemispharenmarkerweichung des Affen. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 905—Jergesen, F. H. Hyperten- sion coincident with retroperitoneal ganglioneuroma and multi- ple areas of softening in the brain and the spinal cord of a young man. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1933, 14: 128.—Ley, J. Contribu- tion a l'etude du ramollissement cerebral, envisagee au point de vue de la pathogenie de l'ictus apoplectique. J. neur. psychiat, Brux, 1932, 32: 785; 895.—Marconi, S. Un caso di rammolli- mento della trave e di un tratto della sostanza bianca del cent ro ovale destro. Gazz. osp, 1923, 44: CO-2— Neuburger, K. Zur Frage des Wesens und der Pathogenese der weissen Hirner- weichung. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 192G, 105: 193-212 — Pollak, E, & Rezek, P. Die Hirngefasse bei roten und weissen Erweichungen. Ibid, 1928, 116: 93-139.—Ramond, L. Emi- plegia da rammollimento cerebrale. Gazz. osp, 1928, 49: 1511- 3.—Saito, S. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Nekrose, Erweichung und Organisation an der Hirnrinde des Kaninchens. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1925, 96: 539-71.—Sciclounov, F. Hemorragies et ramollissements cerebraux; renseignements statistiques concernant la pression arterielle, l'etat du liquide cephalo-rachidien, le taux de la mortalite, l'age et le sexe des malades. Rev. nted. Suisse rom, 1934, 54: 1149-52.—Singer, H. B. Histopathology of a focal brain softening. Am. J. Psychiat, 1923-24, 3: 717-20.—Terashima, S. Ueber die Arten und die Genese der Fettsubstanzen im Erweichungsherde des Gehirns. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1926, 16: 22-5. ---- Softening, traumatic. See also Brain, Injuries. Schwartz, E. A. *Ausgedehnte Gehirner- weichung nach traumatischer Durchtrennung der Carotis communis, p.67-73. 8? Basel, 1933. Also Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1932-33, 20: Courville, C. B, & Olsen, C. W. Post-traumatic cerebral softening; delayed symptoms suggesting interval hemorrhage following minor injury to the head. West. J. Surg, 1935, 43: 219-23.—Malet, J, & Medoc, J. Sobre un caso de muerte por focos multiples de reblandecimiento cerebral antiguos. simu- lando el cuadro de una cefalitis post-traumatica; estudio clinico y anatomopatologico. An. Fac. med, Montev, 1931, 16: 34-48.— Neuburger, K. Ueber den Begriff der weissen Hirnerweichung und ihre Entstehung durch Storung der (iefassfunktion nach Trauma. Verh. Deut. path. Ges, 1926,21: 424-7. ■-----Ueber zentrale traumatische Hirnerweichung und verwandte Prozesse Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1929-30, 14: 583-97—Rizzati, E. II rammollimento giallo traumatico del cervello (encefalite postraumatica non suppurativa) Note psichiat, Pesaro, 1931, 60: 297-332. ---- Softening: Treatment. Fumarola, G. Indicazioni curative della emorragia e del rammollimento cerebrale. Baglivi, Fir, 1935, 1:302-9.— Meignant, P. A propos du ramollissement cerebral; traitements preventifs d'urgence. Gaz. med. Fiance, 1931,196-9.—Neuda, P. Encephalomalazie mit Procythol behandelt. Wien. med. Wschr, 1936, 86: 300. ---- Surgery. See also Brain tumor; Cranium, Surgery; Nervous system, Surgery. Ballance, C. A. The Thomas Vicary lecture; a glimpse into the history of the surgery of the brain; delivered before the Royal College of Surgeons of England on December 8, 1921. llOp. 8? Lond., 1922. Cushing, H. Studies in intracranial physiol- ogy and surgery; the Third circulation; the hypo- physis; the gliomas; the Cameron Prize Lec- tures, delivered at the University of Edin- burgh, October 19, 20, 22, 1925. 146p. 8? Lond. [1926] Hoff, H., & Schonbauer, L. Hirnchirurgie; Erfahrungen und Resultate. 472p. 8? Lpz., 1933. Krause, F. Die allgemeine Chirurgie der Gehirnkrankheiten. 2 v. 580p.; 492p. 8? Stuttg., 1914. ---- Die spezielle Chirurgie der Gehirn- krankheiten. 735p. 8? Stuttg., 1930. Kuttner, H. Die Chirurgie des Gehirns, seiner Hullen und Gefasse. p. 197-466. 8? Stuttg., 1921. Handb. prakt. Chir, 5.Aufl, Stuttg, 1921, 1: Magnus, V. Bidrag til hjernechirurgiens klinik og resultater. 138p. 8? Kristiania, 1921. Tilmann. Chirurgie des Gehirns. 74p. 8? Lpz., 1924. Forms H.6, of Diagn. & ther. Irrt, Chirurgie. Arendt, A. A. [Material for study of blood pressure in cere- bral operations] Soviet, klin, 1932, 18: 457-83.—Balado, M, Anatomia del tronco encefalico; consideraciones quiriirgicas. Sem. med, B. Air, 1931, 38: pt 1, 1313; 1492— Ballance, C. The history of brain surgery. Brit. M.J, 1921, 2:1041. AlsoLancet, Lond, 1922, 1: 112; 165.—Behrend, C. M. Ueber Hirnchirurgie. Med. Welt, 1934, 8: 1799; 1936, 10: 5-8—Chiasserini, A. Chi- rurgia del cervello. Manuale di chir, 1933, 3: (Alessandri, R.) 69-116.—Coenen, H. Zur Hirnchirurgie. Zbl. Chir, 1934, 61: 1523-34.—Bandy, W. E. Contributions to brain surgery. Ann. Surg, 1925, 82: 513-25.—Berom, E. La chirurgie endocranienne aux Etats-Unis. Ann. Soc. med. Gand, 1932, n.s, 11: 17-27 — Bott, N. M. Recent experiences of intracranial surgery. Edinb. M.J, 1928, n.s, 35: no.10. Tr. Med. Chir. Soc. Edinburgh, 1927-28, 107: 182-212.—Eiselsberg, A. Hirnchirurgie. Wien. med. Wschr, 1932, 82: 1131—Elliott, C. C. Brain surgery. Med. J.S. Africa, 1923-24, 19: 384-90. Also South Afr. M. Rec, 1924, 22: 224-32—Ernst, M. Ueber die Grundlagen der moder- nen Gehirnchirurgie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1930, 77: 2012-4 — Felix, W. Gehirnchirurgie in den Vereinigten Staaten und Spezialistentum. Fortsch. Ther, 1933, 9: 257-61.—Frazier, C. H. The accomplishments of intracranial surgery. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1921, 99: 887. Also N. York State J.M, 1921, 21: 369-73- Heymann, E. Beitnige zur Chirurgie der Blutleiter des Ge- hirns; nach eigenen Beobachtungen. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1927, 139: 225-324. ----- Probleme der Hirnchirurgie. Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 433-7.—Hohenwallner, J. Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Hirnchirurgie. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935, 48: 1114-6 — Hohlen, K. S. J. Spinal pressure in brain surgery. Nebraska M.J, 1924, 9: 457-62—Hyndman, 0. R. Certain aspects and fundamentals of intracranial surgery. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1936, 26: 506-11.—Jessen, H. [Surgery of the brain in Paris] Ugeskr. laeger, 1934, 96:1308-11 —Krause, F. Die heutige H irnchirurgie; ein Riickblick auf 50 Jahre. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 515-8. ----- Ueber die Grundlagen und Erfolge der Hirnchirurgie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 1757-9—Kriiger, E. Das Ver- halten der Gehirndurchblutung bei operativen Eingriffen am Schadel und am Gehirn. Arch. klin. Chir, 1936, 186: 335-7.— Learmonth, J. R, & Voris, H. C. Points in the surgery of the frontal lobes of the brain. Arch. Surg, 1933, 27: 506-26 — Macewen, W. Brain surgery. Brit. M.J, 1922, 2: 155-65. Also Lancet, Lond, 1922, 2: 213-9.—Martel, T. de. Statistique d'une annee de chirurgie cerebrate et a propos des tumeurs de l'hypophyse. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1931, 57: 480-513.- Mayo, C. H. Headwork in medicine. Bull. Guthrie Glinic, BRAIN 887 BRAIN 1931, 1: 5-8.— Mintz, W. Hirnchirurgische Eingriffe in die Hin- terhauptsgruben. Arch. klin. Chir, 1922, 119: 825-32—Olive- crona, H. [New progress in brain surgery] Hygiea, Stockh, 1932, 94: 497-515. Also Ugeskr. laeger, 1932, 94: 921.—Oton, B. Hirnchirurgische Beobachtungen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1935, 31: 48.3.—Paterson, J. E. A year's work in intracranial surgery. Glasgow M.J, 1933, 120: 73-99.—Peiper, H. Hirnchirurgie. Zbl. Chir, 1929, 56: 2704; 1934, 61: 562—Putnam, T. J. Surgery of the brain and its coverings. Pract. Libr. (Appleton) 1933, 4: 167-218.—Razumovsky, V. I. [Surgery of the brain] Klin. med, Moskva, 1924, 2: 260-3— Reynolds, C. E. Further points in the physiology of brain surgery. J. Neur. Psychopath, Brist, 1925-26, 6: 35-41.—Rogers, L. The surgery of the brain, past, present and future. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1937, 194: suppl. ix-xii.—Sauerbruch, F. Grundsatzliches zur Hirn- chirurgie. Arch. klin. Chir, 1935. 183: 387-96 [Discussion] 114. Also Zbl. Chir, 1935J 62: 1588-93.—Schiassi. Chirurgia cerebrate. Rapp. Congr. Soc. internat. chir, 1926, 2: 303.— Schlaepfer, K. Gehirnchirurgische Beobachtungen auf einer Studienreise in Nordamerika (Winter 1920-21) Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1922, 168: 289-318.—Schonbauer, L. Technik und Re- sultate der Operationen am Gehirn. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 1145.—Schorcher, F. Gehirnoperationen und allgemeine Chirurgie mit Berucksichtigung der Anatomie und Physiologie des Liquorsystems. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1934, 81: 1924-8 — Sorrentino, F. Contributo alia chirurgia dei lobi frontali. Med. prat. Nap, 1922, 7: 2-9.—Thompson, W. H. Brain surgery and psychology. J. Abnorm. Psychol, 1936-37, 31: 285-90.—Tbnnis, W. Gehirnchirurgie in Schweden; Bericht iiber eine 7-monatige Assistentenzeit an der Neurochirurgischen Abteilung Dr Olivecronas in Stockholm. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1933, 131: 205-35. Also Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild, 1933, 24: H.12, 1-20 — Wakeley, C. P. G. Some practical points on the surgery of the brain. Med. Press, Lond, 1926, n.s, 122: 213-6. ---- Surgery: Anesthesia in. Ayre, P. Anaesthesia for intracranial operation. Lancet, Lond, 1937, 1: 561-3.—Brown, G. Anaesthesia for operations on the base of the brain. Med. J. Australia, 1931, 1: 258.— Brown, W. E. Methods of control of anesthesia in cerebral cases. Current Res. Anesth, 1924, 3: 123; 144.—Bott, N. M. Dis- cussion on anaesthesia in intracranial surgery. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1933, 26: 953-8.—McCarthy, K. C, McKesson, E. I, & Clement, F. W. Nitrous oxid-oxygen anesthesia in brain surgery. Current Res. Anesth, 1934, 13: 95-8.—Mennell, Z. Anaesthesia in intracranial surgery. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1921-22, 15: Sect. Anaesth, 13-8. Also Am. J. Surg, Q. Suppl. Anesth, N.Y, 1924, 38: 44-9. ----- Some difficulties which may occur in the administration of anaesthesia for cerebral operations. Brit. J. Anaesth, 1929-30, 7: 52-8.—Olivecrona, H. Remarks on local anaesthesia in intracranial operations with special reference to albromin as a substitute for novocaine. Acta chir. scand, 1925-26, 59: 552-63.—Schaltenbrand, G, & Cobb, S. Bulbokapninkatalepsie und Lokalanasthesie bei Grosshirnoperationen im Tierversuch. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1927, 218: 475.— Valdoni, P. L'impiego dell'ipopressione e delle inalazioni di anidride carbonica nell'emostasi indiretta in chi- rurgia cranio-cerebrale. Clin, chir, Milano, 1933, n.s, 9: 373-83. ---- Surgery: Complications. Ernst, M. Ueber Zwischenfalle nach Gehirnoperationen. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1933, 240: 663-72.—Fremel, F. Ueber post- operative Hirnprolapse. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1929, 24: 390-402 [Discussion] 446-62.—Heathcote, R. S. A, & Henry, A. K. Brain-flap; an infrequent occurrence in clinical surgery; its experimental production. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1928, 46: 809-25.—Keegan, J. J. The complications of brain surgery. Med. Herald, 1926, 45: 4.—Penfield, W. G. Meningocerebral adhesions; a histological study of the results of cerebral incision and cranioplasty. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1924, 39: 803-9—Ricard, A. Accidents operatoires et post-operatoires dans la chirurgie cere- brate. Gaz. med. France, 1937, 44: 81-7.—Schonbauer, L. Zur Rbntgenbestrahlung postoperativer Liquorflsteln. AVien. klin. Wschr, 1929, 42: 647.—Stockert, F. G. von. Psychische Sto- rungen nach Hirnoperationen. Psychiat. neur. Wschr, 1936, 38: 589-92.—Tbnnis, W. Storungen nach Hirnoperationen und ihre Behandlung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61: 1999. ----- Aseptische Arachnoiditis nach Hirnoperationen. Arch. klin. Chir, 1936, 186: 375-7. Also Zbl. Chir, 1936, 63: 1239. ---- Surgery: Diagnostic methods and indi- cations. Adson, A. W. Surgical consideration of cerebral lesions. Minnesota M, 1933, 16: 221-6.—Anton, G. Behandlung der Entwicklungsstbrungen des Zentralnervensystems durch Stoffwechselkuren und Hirndruckoperationen. Zsohr. arztl. Fortbild , 1927, 24: 513-7.—Be Crinis, M. Eine neue Methode zur histologischen Schnelldiagnose in ihrer Bedeutung fur die Hirnchirurgie. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 961—Beloge, C. L'ex- amen de I'oeil en neuro-chirurgie. Clinique, Par, 1935, 30; 235-8 —Bew, H. R. Some aspects of intracranial surgery, with special reference to the meningiomata Med. J Australia, 1936 2- 69-76—Eagleton, W. P. Clinical studies of vestibular and auditory tests in intracranial surgery. Laryngoscope, 1923, 33: 483-534 -Gardner, W. J. The diagnosis of surgical lesions of the brain; analvsis of 100 consecutive cases. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1935, 15: 909-14.—Grosz, E. [Ocular indications for operations on the brain] Orv. hetil, 1929, 73: 1187—Jentzer & de Morsier. Trois cas de chirurgie c6r6brale. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1933, 63: 943-8—Keeler, J. C. Neuro-otologic examina- tion in correlation with brain surgery. Laryngoscope, 1931, 41: 523-42.—Kobcke, H. De la radiodiagnosis y ventriculografia en cirugia cerebral. Rev. nted. germ, iber.amer, 1934, 7: 422-8— Lauche, A. Eine neue Methode zur histologischen Schnell- diagnose in ihrer Bedeutung fiir die Hirnchirurgie. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 1438—Malbran, J. La importancia de la campimetria en la cirugia cerebral. Sem. med, B. Air, 1932, 39: 985-77—Morsier, G. de, & Fischer, R. Le traitement chi- rurgical des contractures et des crises jacksoniennes post-apo- plectiques. Presse med, 1934, 42: 19.—Sabhesan, B. K. De- layed operation for traumatic intra-cerebral haemorrhage. Brit. M.J, 1930, 2: 777—Schwyzer, A. Three cases of brain surgery. Minnesota M, 1930, 13: 517-28.—Tbnnis, W. Anzei- gestellung und Technik der Resektion einzelner Hirnlappen. Chirurg, Berl, 1935, 7: 233-9. ---- Surgery: Methods. See also Brain, Puncture. Hiller, E. *Ueber die Verwendung von Fettgewebe zum Ersatz der Dura mater und zur Fiillung von Hohlraumen der Gehirnoberflache. 22p. 8? Tubingen, 1916. Alessandri, R. Alcune osservazioni di tecnica nella chirurgia cerebrale. Ann. clin. med. Par, 1929, 19: spec, no, 350-9.— Alexander, A. Ausbildung und Auf bau der reaktionslosen postoperativen Hirnnarbe. Arch. klin. Chir, 1935, 182: 114- 26.—Altschul, W, & Fischer, B. Ergebnis einer Encephalo- graphie nach Balkenstich. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1922, 29: 710^2.—Babitzky, P. Woran liegt es, dass der Balkenstich in der Praxis nicht die glanzenden Erfolge ergibt, welche er theoretisch zu versprechen scheint? Zbl. Chir, 1925, 52: 963-6.—Badt, B. Ueber Lappenbildung bei Hirnoperationen. Chirurg, Berl, 1935, 7: 826-34.—Bourguet, J. Un second cas de ponction du corps calleux. Ann. ocul. Par, 1921, 158: 813-23. Also Paris chir, 1921, 13: 211-7.—Budde. Ueber Balkenstich. Arch. klin. Chir, 1923, 126: 193-9.—Bune, J. M. Ueber Duraplastik. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1933, 157: 9-34.—Caporale, L, & Bernardis, M. de. Sur les heteroplasties durales avec le catgut lamine. Rev. chir. Par, 1936, 55: 11-27.—Carpenter, E. R. Surgical as- pects of certain brain tesions, with presentation of original instru- ments to facilitate the work. Texas J.M, 1927-28, 23: 189- 91.—Bei Poli, G. Ricostruzioni plastiche di cervelli scomposti secondo tre dimensioni; documentazione grafica di reperti neurochirurgici. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1936, 46: 361-3.— Besgouttes & Benis, R. La trepanation du corps calleux; son but, ses indications, sa technique et ses resultats. J. chir. Par, 1927, 30: 141-58.—Bogliotti, A. M. Sui fatti ehe si osservano nei cervello in seguito all'omo-innesto di cervello fissato (patogenesi delle aderenze meningo-encefaliche; plastica della dura madre con fascia lata fissata) Arch. ital. chir, 1926i, 15: 173-89.— Bundas-Grant, J. Removal of the right cerebral hemisphere in man. Lancet, Lond, 1928,'2: 39.—Fay, T. A new instrument combining suction and irrigation for intracranial surgery. J. Am. M. Ass, 1927, 89: 25.—Ferguson, L. K. A body rest for maintaining patients in prone position following intracranial operations. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1925, 41: 687—Gabriel, G. Die Kontrolle des Balkenstiches durch die Encephalographie. Zbl. inn. Med, 1922, 43: 841-3.—Gardner, W. J. Intracranial opera- tions in the sitting position. Ann. Surg, 1935, 101: 138-45. Also Surgery (Ravdin, I. S.) Phila, 1935, 138-45—Goldstein, K. Zur Frage der Restitution nach umschriebenem Hirndefekt. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1923, 13: 283-96. —--- Die Bedeutung des Balkenstiches und des Nackenstiches fiir die neurologisch-psychiatrische Therapie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 298.— Guleke. Dauerergebnisse der Fettgewebsver- pflanzung in das Gehirn. Arch. klin. Chir, 1933, 177: 569-84.— Gutierrez, A. Del acceso al quiasma optico y a la hipofisis por via frontal media. Rev. otoneur, B. Air, 1928, 2: 196-202 — Halstead, A. E, & Caylor, H. B. The repair of dural and brain defects by means of free fat and fascial transplants. Tr. West. Surg. Ass, 1923, 33: 59-77.—Heuer, G. J. Surgical experiences with an intracranial approach to chiasmal lesions. Arch. Surg, 1920,1: 368-81.—Heymann, E. Zur Blutstillung bei Gehirnope- rationen. Zbl. Chir, 1923, 50: 1497-9. ---— Ueber die Ge- hirnnaht. Med. Klin, Berl, 1933, 29: 493—Kastner, H. Er- fahrungen mit dem Balkenstich an der Leipziger Chirurgischen Klinik, mit Bemerkungen fiber den Binnendruck der Schadel- ruckgratshbhle unter normalen und pathologischen Zustanden. Arch. klin. Chir, 1922,121: 512-66. Also Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1923,77: 310-6.—Kleinschmidt [FalcitomienachPayr] Miinch. med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 1385— Koennecke, W. Der Umbau transplantierter Fettfascienlappen bei Hirn-Dura-Defekten. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1921, 162: 342-55.—Lereboullet, J. Une operation hardie: l'extirpation de I'hemisphere cerebrate droit. Paris med, 1933, 89: 390-2. ----- L'extirpation de I'hemi- sphere cerebral gauche. Ibid, 1936, 99: 358-60—McLean, A. J. Transbuccal approach to the encephalon in experimental opera- tions upon carnivoral pituitary, pons, and ventral medulla. Ann. Surg, 1928, 88: 985-93.—Martel, T. de. Presentation d'un 6carteur cerebral. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1934, 60: 739-41 — Martin, P. Ecarteur autostatique pour la chirurgie de I'ence- phate. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1928, 37: 590-4— Melina, F. BRAIN Piombaggio con muscolo fresco autoplastico di cavita residue da perdite di sostanza cerebrale. Arch. ital. chir, 1932, 31: 481- 504.—Mirotvortsev, S. P, & Sampsonov, N. A. [Experiment in using omental tissue in plastic surgery of brain] Vest, khir, 1927, 9: 25; 61. ----— [Checking hemorrhages in cerebro-cranial operations] Trudi obsht. neuropat. Saratov. Univ., 1927, 1: 42-8.—Muck, 0. Die sitzende Stellung, eine notwendige Lageveranderung bei bestimmten Operationen am Gehirn. Arch. klin. Chir, 1924, 128: 450-2—O'Brien, J. B. Removal of the right cerebral hemispheres; a case report. Ohio M.J, 1932, 28: 645.—Pacetto, G. II trapianto muscolare libero adoperato per colmare perdite di sostanza cerebrale; evoluzione ed esiti. Policlinico, 1931, 38: sez.chir, 569-88. •----- Richerche speri- mentali sull'emostasi con mezzi biologici, con particolare rigu- ardo alla chirurgia cranio-cerebrale. Ibid, 1932, 39: sez. chir, 112-29.—Pohlisch, K. Ergebnisse der Balkenstichoperation. Mschr. Psychiat, 1921, 50: 251-78.—Pons Tortella, E. Un nuevo modelo de cerebrotomo. Rev. nted. Barcelona, 1934, 22: 130-4.—Rogers, L. Modern methods of exposing the brain and its meninges. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1933, 136: 448-50 — Sachs, E. A method for exposing the anterior portion of the frontal lobes of the brain. Ann. Surg, 1925, 81: 1053-6.—Souttar, H. S. New methods of surgical access to the brain. Brit. M.J, 1928, 1: 295-300.—Sozon-Jaroshevits, A. J. [Anatomico-surgical daia on Balkenstich operation] Dniprop. M.J, 1926, 5: 572- 81. Also Arch. klin. Chir, 1924, 129: 328-40.—Spasokukotsky, S. I. [Temporary tamponade with fatty tissue as method to prevent hemorrhage in operations on brain] Vest, khir, 1931, 23, 3-7.—Zollinger, R. Removal of left cerebral hemisphere; report of a case. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 34: 1055-64. ---- Telencephalon. See also Brain, Prosencephalon; Brain cortex. Hines, M. The development of the telencephalon in Spheno- don punctatum. J. Comp. Neur, 1923-24, 35: 483-513, 12pl — Humphrey, T. The telencephalon of the bat; the non-cortical nuclear masses and certain pertinent fiber connections. Ibid, 1936, 65: 603-711.—Jacobsohn-Lask, L. Die Grundeinteilung des sekundaren Vorderhirns (Telencephalon) nach den Fort- schritten der anatomischen Forschungen der letzten 60 Jahre. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1927, 109: 793-812.—Johnston, J. B. The telencephalon in cyclostomes. J. Comp. Neur, 1912, 22: 341-404.—Young, M. W. The nuclear pattern and fiber connec- tions of the non-cortical centers of the telencephalon of the rabbit (Lepus cuniculus) Ibid, 1936, 65: 295-401. ---- Temporal lobe. Beck, E. Die myeloarchitektonische Felderung des in der Sylvischen Furche gelegenen Teiles des menschlichen Schlafen- lappens. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1928, 36: 1-21. ----- Der myeloarchitektonische Bau des in der Sylvischen Furche ge- legenen Teiles des Schiafenlappens beim Schimpansen (Troglo- dytes niger) Ibid, 1929, 38: 309-420, 28pl. ----- Die Mye- loarchitektonik der dorsalen Schlafenlappenrinde beim Men- schen. Ibid, 1930, 41: 129-264, 32pl. Also repr.—Economo, C. von, & Horn, L. Ueber Windungsrelief, Masse und Rindenar- chitektonik der Supratemporalflache, ihre individuellen und ihre Seitenunterschiede. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 130: 678-757.—Fomin, G. B, & Wolfson, S. I. [Roentgen diagnosis of chronic diseases of the temporal bone] Vest, rentg, 1931, 9: 395-403.—Fox, J, C, jr., & German, W. J. Observations following left (dominant) temporal lobectomy; report of a case. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 33: 791-806—Gordon, A. Visual field defects as a deciding diagnostic factor in lesions of temporal lobe simulating cerebellar involvement. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass 1934, 60: 212-5. Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1935, 82: 394-9.— Hauptmann, A. Zur Symptomatologie der Erkrankungen des rechten Schiafenlappens. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1931,117:-119: 170-83.—Herrmann, G, & Herrnheiser, G. Encephalographie- studien; Schlafenlappenatrophie bei halluzinierenden Paraly- tikern. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1925, 96: 730-6.—Hoff, H, & Silbermann, M. Aenderungen der akustischen Wahrneh- mungswelt bei Temporallappenlasionen. Ibid, 1933, 144: 657- 64.—John, K. Zur Beurteilung psychischer Krankheitser- scheinungen bei rechtsseitiger Schlafenlappenaffektion. Ibid 1930, 127: 596-614.—Klein, H. Gedankenhbren bei Affektion im linken Schlafenlappen. Ibid, 1924, 89: 51-9.—Kolodny, A. The symptomatology of the temporal lobe. Brain, Lond, 1928, 51: 385-417.—Marburg, 0. Zur Morphologie des Schiafenlap- pens. Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien, 1926, 28: 1-12.—Rhein, J. H. W. An anatomic study of the faisceau de Tiirck in relation to the temporal lobe. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1922, 7: 608-13.— Silbermann, H, & Tamari, M. Audiometrische Untersuchun- gen bei Erkrankungen des Temporallappens. Jahrb. Psvchiat Neur, Wien, 1933, 50: 98-114—Wenderowic, E. Zur Diagnostik der Erkrankungen des Schiafenlappens. Mschr. Psychiat 1931,80: 354-60. ---- Xanthomatosis. See Lipoidosis. BRAIN abscess. See also Cerebellum, Abscess; Cranium, Osteo- myelitis; Dura mater, Abscess; Encephalitis, BRAIN ABSCESS suppurative; Meninges, Abscess; Meningitis, suppurative; also names of primary diseases. Alvarez, R. L. *Brain abscess [Marquette Univ.] 15p. 4? Milwaukee, 1924-25. Atkinson, E. M. Abscess of the brain: its pathology, diagnosis and treatment. 289p. 8? Lond., 1934. Marinacci, S. Ascesso cerebrale. 86p. 8? Bologna, 1933. Rapoport, H. *Gehirnabszesse bei Sauglingen. 13p. 8? Berl., 1930. Acuna, M, & Winocur, P. Consideraciones sobre un caso de absceso cerebral. Arch. lat. amer. pediat, 1929, 3.ser, 23: 287-92.—Azerad & Meignant. Les abces du cerveau. Gaz. hop, 1924, 97: 997; 1029—Berkeley-Hill, O. A. R, & Chandra Bas, P. A case of cerebral abscess. Ind. M. Gaz, 1921, 56: 214-7.—Blackburn, W. J. Brain abscess; report of a case. J. Ophth, Phila, 1923, 27: 16-25—Briceno Rossi, A. L. Absceso cerebral. Gac. med. Caracas, 1921, 28: 310-2.—Broca, R, & Marie, J. Pyocephalie du nourrisson. Annee pediat, 1934, 1: 68-76.—Cairns, H. Cerebral abscess. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1927-28, 21: sect. stud. dis. child, 77. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1930, 45: 385-97.—Caliceti, P. Alcune osservazioni personali di ascessi encefalici. Otorinolar. ital, 1936, 6: 1-5.—Cary, E. H. Brain abscesses in children. Texas J.M, 1927-28, 23: 662-6 — Casares, J. Un caso de absceso cerebral. Med. ibera, 1928, 22: pt2, 473.—Cavazzutti, A. M. Consideraciones sobre un caso de absceso de cerebro. Sem. med, B. Air, 1927, 34: pt2, 1231-5.— Chatellier, H. P. Les abces encephaliques; introduction ana- tomique. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1935, 19: 321-429.— Collins, E. C. Brain abscess with unusual features; report of 2 cases. Brit. M.J, 1930, 1: 438-40.—Cooper, R. C. Report of a case of brain abscess. J. Ophth, Phila, 1921, 25: 286-93.— Curschmann, H. Hirnabszess. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1923, 70: 1258.—Barrow, H. Brain abscess. Colorado M, 1934, 31: 160-4.—Bavison, W. C. Brain abscess (pyencephalus) South. M.&S, 1934, 96: 534.—Bickerson, B. G. Brain abscess. North- west M, 1933, 32: 8-16.—Eagleton, W. P. Brain abscess. At- lantic M.J, 1925-26, 29: 739-44.—Fernandez, J. G. Considera- ciones a proposito de un caso de absceso de cerebro. Sem. med, B. Air, 1928, 35: pt2, 1144-50—Forster, F. J. R. Brain abscess- case report. Canad. J.M.&S, 1934, 76: 71-7.—Fronk, C. E. Brain abscess. Mil. Surgeon, 1921, 49: 458.—Grant, F. C. Brain abscess and epidural spinal abscess. Pract. Libr. M.&S. (Appleton) N.Y, 1936, 9: 217-34.—Guns, P, & Jadin. A propos de trois abces du cerveau. Ann. otolar. Par, 1932, 162.— Harry, P. A. Cerebral abscess. Med. Times, Lond, 1922, 50: 90.—Iglauer, S. Two cases of brain abscess. Cincinnati J.M, 1920, 1: 18.—Jay, H. M. An unusual case of brain abscess. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1936, 51: 787-90—Jobson, T. B. A case of cerebral abscess. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1923-24, 17: sect. otol, 68.—Johnson, G. S. Brain abscess. Colorado M, 1927, 24: 229-31—King, J. E. J. Brain abscess. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1935, 48: 7-28. Also Ann. Surg, 1930, 103: 647-68—Kle- stadt, W. Interessantes von Hirnabszessen. Zschr. Laryng, 1932, 23: 94.—Lanos, M. Quelques observations sur les abces encephaliques. Ann. otolar. Par, 1931, 751-3.—Leni, E. L'as- cesso cerebrale. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1931, 19: 395-403 — Ltius, A. Ein Fall von Abscessus cerebri bei einem 4 Monate alten Kinde. Fol. neuropath, eston, 1925, 3:-4: 357.—Mac- Kenzie, K. W. Abscess of the brain. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, .1934, 49: 357-74.—McLoone, J. J. Case of brain abscess with recovery. Southwest. M, 1928, 12: 406.—Mayfield, F. H, & Spurting, R. G. Brain abscess. South. M.J, 1937, 30: 191-5 — Nelson, W. Abscess of the brain. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1923, 20: 97-100.—Neumann, H. Abscess of the brain. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1929-30, 23: sect, otol, 41-5. Also Eye Ear N. Thr. Month, Chic, 1929-30, 9: 234; 1932, 11: 487. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1930, 45: 377-84.—Noica, B, Arama, O, & Parvulescu. [Observations on a case of cerebral abscess] Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1934, 33: 519-25.—Ott, W. O. A case of brain abscess. Texas J.M, 1931-32, 27: 25.—Parkinson, J. P, & Broster, L. R. A case of cerebral abscess in a child. Lancet, Lond, 1923, 1: 1107.—Perosi, A. Su di un caso di ascesso cere- brale. Riforma med, 1933, 49:407-11.—Peterman, M. G. Brain abscess; report of an unusual case. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1924, 28: 208-11.—Piquet, J, & Minne, J. Considerations sur les abces encephaliques. Ann. otolar. Par, 1936, 993-1022.— Rejtb, S. [Data on abscesses of the brain] Orv. hetil, 1929, 73: 805-10.—Rivarola, R. A. Algunas consideraciones sobre abscesos cerebrales. Rev. As. med. argent, 1921, 34: sect, med, 69-83- Reuben, M. S, & Bernstein, S. S. Abscess of the brain; report of 2 cases. Arch. Pediat, N.Y, 1924, 41: 575-7.—Rothfeld, J. [Cerebral abscess] Polska gaz. tek, 1926, 5: 448-51.—Sanson, R.B.de. Abcessosencephalicos. Fol. med,Rio, 1932,13: 217-24. Also Boll. mal. orecchio, 1936, 54: 8-19. Also Fol. med, Rio, 1936, 17: 133-6. Also Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1936, 20: 477-87.—Schlesinger, H. Hirnabscess. Spez. Path. Ther. inn. Krankh, Berl, 1924, 10: Teil 2, 69-93—Stenvers, H. W. [Clinical aspect of cerebral abscesses] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1934, 78: 2736-49.—Stincer, E. Abscesos encefalicos. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1935, 40: 1141-5.—Watson-Williams, E. Abscess of the brain, with reports of 2 cases. Bristol Med. Chir. J, 1934, 51: 231-46.—Winkelbauer, A. Ergebnisse der Beobachtungen an Hirnabszessen. Wien. med. Wschr, 1925, 75: 2607. BRAIN ABSCESS 889 BRAIN ABSCESS --- Bacteriology. Balozet, L, Cordier, G, & Menager, J. Le bacille pyogene de grips agent d'enzootie de masto'idites et d'abces du cerveau, chez te pore. Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1933, 6: 352-5.—Bender, W. Ueber einen Erreger von Hirnabszessen. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1931, 122: 469-76.—Bernstein, S. Report of a case of temporo-sphenoidal lobe abscess containing Streptococcus haemolyticus associated with Gradenigo's syndrome. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1933, 48: 196—Canuyt, G, & Wild, C. Abces a pneumocoques du lobe frontal gauche; intervention chirurgicale; abces de fixation, serum antipneumococcique; lavages a l'op- tochine. Ann. otolar. Par, 1934, 619-22—Chinaglia, A. Di un vecchio ascesso cerebrale da stafilococco; osservazione isto- batteriologica. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1929, 53: 328-36, pi.— Culross, J, & Hurst, A. F. A case of cerebral abscess, probably influenzal origin. Seale Hayne Neur. Stud, Lond, 1918-19, 1: 290-2.—Bolger, H. Zur Bakteriologie der otogenen endokraniel- len Komplikationen. Zbl. Hals &c. Heilk, 1927-28, 11: 49-71.— French, J. G. Temporo-sphenoidal abscess due to a variant of FriedlSnder's pneumobacillus. Lancet, Lond, 1933, 1: 128.— Galavotti, B. Un caso di ascesso cerebrale da bacillo piocianeo. Clin, pediat. Mod, 1935, 17: 509-26.—Gallagher, J. R. A Bacillus proteus brain abscess. Yale J. Biol, 1929-30, 2:143-6.— Grove, W. E. Brain abscess with peculiar bacteriological find- ings. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1932, 38: 395-9. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, S. Louis, 1932, 41: 555-62.—Lyons, H. R. Brain abscess; a bacterial study. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1933, 39: 397-400. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, S. Louis, 1933, 42: 592-5.—Pelfort, C, & Saldum, M. L. Absceso cerebral a pneumococos en un nifio de 2 meses. Arch. lat. amer. pediat, B. Air, 1928, 22: 637-9 — Quednau, F. Der Erweichungsherd des Gehirns als Bakterien- fgnger. Beitr. path. Anat, 1929-30, 83: 471-84.—Richards, L, Abscess of the brain due to colon bacillus with pneumocephalus. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1927, 6: 36-42. Also repr.—Steele, A. E. A streptothrix organism from a brain abscess. J. Med. Res, 1923-24, 44: 305-10, 3pl.—Thormann, H. Streptococcus viridans in Reinkultur im Lumbalpunktat bei otogenem Hirnabszess und Meningitis; zugleich Nachtrag zu der Mitteilung: Sensori- sche Aphasie bei otogenem Extraduralabszess in der linken mittleren Schadelgrube. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1926, 16: 322. --- Causes. Risos, J. G. *Des abces idiopathiques du cerveau. 62p. 8? Par., 1925. Westphal, R. *Hirnabszesse als Folge von Zahnerkrankungen. 28p. 8? Berl., 1931. Arauz, S. L, & Tato, J. M. Absceso cerebral sinusogeno contralateral. Rev. As. nted. argent, 1933, 46: 3203-5.—Bene- dict, W. L. Brain abscess from the standpoint of the ophthal- mologist. Laryngoscope, 1930, 40: 325-35.—Cantieri, C. Sul- l'ascesso tubercolare dell'encefalo. Morgagni, 1934, 76: 154. Also Riv. neur, 1934,7: 247-80, 2pl.—Costedoat, A. I. B. L'abces cerebral des tubereuleux. Arch. med. pharm. mil. Par, 1924, 80: 260.—Flood, H. C. Cerebral abscess following old meningeal hemorrhage. Pennsylvania M.J, 1922-23, 26: 28-30.—Fursten- berg, A. C. The pathology of the spread of osteomyelitis of the skull; its relation to brain abscess. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1933, 39:423-9.—Housden, E. G. Cerebral abscess following acute tonsillitis. Brit. M.J, 1929, 1: 1158.—Johnson, W. Cerebral abscess following tonsillar infection. Ibid, 1930, 2: 13.—Krecke, A. Gehirnabszess; Ursache ungeklart; trotz Erbffnung tod- licher Ausgang. In his Beitr. prakt. Chir, Miinch, 1934, 116 — Mello, C. de. Dois casos de abcesso cerebral optico. Med. con- temp, Lisb, 1915, 33: 345-9.—Mullin, W. V, & Beeton, W. L. Relations with adjacent structures. Am. J.M. Sc, 1935, 189: 876-9,—Pallasse, Josserand & Blanc. Abces cCrebral consecutif a une infection cutanee. Lyon med, 1932, 149: 637-41 .—Peter- man, M. G. Unusual case of brain abscess and sinus throm- bosis. Minnesota M, 1922, 5: 487.—Ramirez Corria, C. M. Trombosis de las venas rolandicas con absceso cerebral post- gripal; sindrome hipertensivo eon hemiplegia, epilepsia jack- soniana y fotofobia. Arch. med. int, Habana, 1935, 1: 139- 44. Also Rev. cubana otoneur, 1935, 4: 39-47—Robson, W. G. Cerebral abscess following tooth extraction. J.M. Ass. S. Africa, 1927, 1: 118—Saunders, T. L. Case of brain abscess in a syphilitic. Laryngoscope, 1922, 32: 619-21—Scheerer, R. Periphlebitis retinae non tuberculosa bei kryptogenetischem (traumatischem?) Hirnabszess; herdfbrmiges Fehlen der Neuro- epithelschicht der Netzhaut. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1926, 77: Kl-fi.—Silbert, S. A case of brain abscess of unusual etiology. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 79: 1427.—Thompson, L. E. A fatal case of brain abscess from Vincent's angina following extraction of a tooth under procaine hydrochloride. Ibid.. 1929, 93: 1063-5. Also repr.—Wolf, I. J- Abscess of the brain following acute osteomyelitis of the superior maxilla. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1933.45:1040-5. Alsorepr. --- Causes: Ear affections. See also names of ear diseases as Mastoiditis; Otitis media. , T , .,-..„ Janert B *Ueber die in den Jahren 1896- 1913 zur Beobachtung gelangten Hirnabszesse in der Ohrenklinik des Koniglichen Charit6-lvran- kenhauses und der Universitats-Ohrenklinik zu Berlin. 30p. 8? Berl., 1914. Korner, O. Die otitischen Erkrankungen des Hirns, der Hirnhaute und der Blutleiter. 5.Aufl. 213p. 8? Munch., 1925. Forms Bd3 of Ohrenh. Gegenw. (O. Korner) Aboulker, H. Ambulatory brain abscess of otitic origin. Eye Ear N. Thr. Month, 1922, 1: 249.—Black, W. B. Brain abscess of otitic origin. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1925, 22: 218-21.—■ Blumenthal, A. Ueber otogene Hirnabzesse. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1921, 55: 302-14—Boot, G. W. Otitic brain abscess. Illinois M.J, 1921, 40: 122—Borri, C. Osservazioni sopra un caso d'ascesso cerebrale otogeno. Arch. ital. otol, 1928, 39: 567-81.—Bremond, M, & Masson, A. A propos de 2 cas d'abces du cerveau d'origine otique. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1936, 14: 518-21.—Brock, W. Erfahrungen fiber den otitischen Hirn- abszess. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1928, 118: 161-83, 6tab — Brooks, E. B. Otitic brain abscess, with report of a case. Ne- braska M.J, 1928, 13: 4-9—Bryan, J. H. Abscess of the brain of otitic origin. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1928, 18: 276-91. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1928, 37: 819-24, pi. Also J. Med, Cincin, 1935-36, 16: 253-5— Carroll, C. H. Otitic cerebral abscess. Lancet, Lond, 1933, 1: 908—Clay, J. V. F. Cerebral abscess of otitic origin, report of a case. Hahnemann. Month, 1922, 57: 227-32.—Coleman, C. C. Brain abscess resulting from aural and sinus infections. Radiology, 1933, 21: 59-62.—Collet, F. J, & Charachon. Meningite otogene et abces cerebral. Ann. otolar. Par, 1935, 1239-41.—Banielewicz, J. [Cerebral and cerebellar abscesses of aural origin] Polska gaz. lek, 1936, 15: 27.—Bas Gupta, M. L. A case of cerebral abscess following otorrhcea. Ind. M. Gaz, 1927, 62: 25.—Bavidov, L. M. Case presentation of brain abscesses originating in otorhinological foci. Laryngoscope, 1934, 44: 62-5.—Becloux & Patoir, G. Enorme abces cerebral otitique gueri sans sequelles. Echo med. nord, 1934, 3.ser, 1: 702-5.—Bixon, O. J. Brain abscess as the otologist's problem. J. Am. M. Ass, 1931, 96: 481-7.— B'Onofrio, F. L'ascesso encefalico di origine otomastoidea. Morgagni, 1931, 73: 1626-30.—Buncan, R. A. Brain abscess from the otologist's viewpoint. Southwest. M, 1932, 16: 417-20.—Eagleton, W. P. Brain abscess from the standpoint of the otolaryngologist. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth, 1929, 34: 64-86. Also Laryngoscope, 1930, 40: 336-56, pi.—Faucher, H. Conside- rations sur les abces encephaliques d'origine otique ou sinusienne Rev. laryng. Par, 1929, 50: 403; 443; 469—Faunce, C. B, & Shambaugh, G. E. Abscess of the brain following mild transi- tory otitis media. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1933, 17: 673-8. Also repr.—Federici, F. Su alcuni casi di ascesso cerebrate di origine otitica. Ann. laring. Tor, 1928, 29: 166; 189—Gage, J. E. A case of cerebral abscess. N. York State J.M, 1921,21:127-9 — Ghon, A. Zur Aetiologie der otogenen Hirnabszesse. Beitr. path. Anat, 1931, 87: 222-8.—Graham, T. O. An otitic brain abscess. Irish J.M. Sc, 1934, ser.6, 310.—Guns, P. L'abces otogene du cerveau. Rev. nted, Louvain, 1928, 337-41. •---— & Jadin. Deux cas d'abces encephalitiques. Ann. otolar. Par, 1933, 937-9.—Harper, J. Brain abscess as a complication of middle-ear suppuration. Practitioner, Lond, 1927, 118: 107-13.—Hasty, F. E. Brain abscess of otitic origin. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1927, 36: 678-83—Jobson, G. B. Otogenous brain abscess. Pennsylvania M.J, 1933, 36: 322-7—Kiehle, F. A. Otitic brain abscess. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1929, 35: 444-50. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1929, 38: 482-7.-Klestadt, W. Der otogene Hirnabscess. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 361-7 — Kovacs, A. Otitic abscess of the brain; report of a case, with some consideration of operative indications of mastoid involvements. Arch. Otolar, Chic. 1930, 11: 438-44. Also repr.—Lemaitre, F, & Chouquet, L. Abces du cerveau d'origine otitique. Arch. internat. laryng. Par, 1922, 28: 197-9.—Meurman, Y. Experi- ences on otogenic brain abscesses. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1934, 20: 387-94.—Minne, J, Loorius & Gernez, L. Un cas de double abces encephalique d'origine oto-masto'idienne. Echo med. nord, 1931, 35: 85-7.—Moreau. Les abces d'origine otitique. Loire nted, 1924, 38: 172.—Morikawa, M. Zwei Falle von oto- genem Hirn-abscess. Zschr. Otorinolar, Tokyo, 1923-24, 29: H.4-5, 101-11.—Motley, F. E. Acute brain abscess as oto-rhino- logicai complication; with report of cases. South. M.&S, 1927, 89: 243-6.—Munyo, J. C. Absceso cerebral post-otitico, curado. Arch, lat.amer. pediat, 1929, 3.ser, 23: 293-5.—Neumann, H. Der otitische Hirnabszess. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild, 1926, 17: H.ll, 22-35.—Notin & Bressin. An sujet des complications cerebrates des otites moyennes chroniques. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1921, 15: 236—Ortona, Cortesi & Lumbroso. Abces du cerveau conse.cutif a une otite externe; operation; guerison. Tunis, med, 1929, 23:350-5.—Perrenot. Abces cerebral d'origine otitique; giterison. Lyon med, 1920, 129: 219.—Phleps, E. Ueber vermeintliche otitische Hirnabszesse. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1924, 21: 15-26.—Pond, C. W. Report of a case cerebral abscess following acute mastoiditis; operation; recovery. North- west M 1923, 22: 172-4.—Rejtb, S. [Abscess of the brain of otogenous origin] Orv. hetil, 1930, 74: 721-6. Also Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1930, 64: 1174-84.—Richter, H. Ueber die in den Jahren 1929-34 in der Erlanger Klinik beobachteten otogenen Hirnabszesse. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1934, 138:227-35 — Sanson, B. Abcessos cerebraes de origem otogenica. Brasil med, 1923, 37:169-72.—Schmiegelow, E. [Otogenic brain abscess In patients with intact ear drum or with healed middle ear suppuration] Hospitalstidende, 1929, 72: 260-4. Also Arch. Ohr &c Heilk, 1929, 122: 273-8—Sharpe, W. Observations BRAIN ABSCESS 890 BRAIN ABSCESS regarding brain abscess of otitic origin. N. York State J.M, 1924, 24: 112-5.—Smith, S. MacC. Three cases of otitic brain abscess. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1925, 17: 30-41. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1925-26, 34: 1109-20—Spira, J. Zur Kasuistik der Gehirnabszesse otogener Eerkunft. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1931, 65: 446-53.—Swierz, W. [Brain abscess of otogenic origin; a case report] Polska gaz. lek, 1924, 3: 340-2.—Van Poole, G. M. Brain abscess of otitic origin. Tr. Hawaii M. Ass, 1927, 2: 72-80. Also Med. Progr, 1929, 45: 26-30—Varady-Szab6, M. [Material on study of the causes of ear and brain abscesses] Orv. hetil, 1929, 73: 647-9.—Watson-Williams, E. Brain abscess following acute otitis media in a child with chronic nasal sinus disease and acute nephritis; operation; secondary encephalitis; recovery. Brit. M.J, 1935, 2: 1152.—Wildenberg, L. van den. A propos d'abces du cerveau d'origine otitique; presentation de 2operes d'abces cerebral gueris. Bull, otorhin. Par, 1921, n.s, 19: 97-104.—Witt, N. IThree cases of otogenic abscess of the cerebrum] Hygiea, Stockh, 1916, 78: 783-8—Woodhouse, W. W. Cerebral abscess of otitic origin. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1927, 42: 685-7.—Yerger, C. F. Case histories of otitic brain abscess observed at Cook County Hospital. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1925-26, 34: 528-53.—Yorke, C. Brain abscess of aural origin. Brit. M.J, 1925, 1: 354. ---- Causes; Nasal and paranasal sinus affec- tions. See also under names of paranasal sinuses. Markovic, D. *Rhinogener Hirnabszess. 16p. 8? Bern, 1916. Arnoldson, N, & Bostrbm, C. G. L'abces cerebral d'origine rhinogene; contribution casuistique. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1925, 8: 339-47.—Bombelli, V. Un caso di ascesso cerebrale da sinusite sfenoidale latente in paziente affetta da gravi compli- canze otitiche. Riv. otoneur, 1928, 5: 142-54.—Friedmann, J. Ueber die Hirnabszesse infolge Stimhohleneiterung. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1930, 60: 240.—Haugseth, K. [A case of brain abscess from nasal origin] Norsk mag. laegevid, 1919, 80: 822-5.—Lannois & Sargnon. Abces du lobe frontal par sinusite frontale de guerre. Lyon med, 1917, 126: 285.—Lischkov, M. A. Latent brain abscess secondary to sphenoid sinusitis. South. M.J, 1935, 28: 700-5— Middleton, W. S. Abscess of the frontal lobe complicating frontal sinusitis; a case report. Wisconsin M.J, 1927,26: 556-8.—OU, W. O. Brain abscess following frontal sinusitis. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1921, 33: 72.—Remus, I. [Cerebral abscess of rhinogenous origin] Cluj. med, 1934, 15: 6-15.— Ruttin, E. Zur Klinik und Pathologie des rhinogenen Hirn- abszesses. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1921, 55:1547-54—Vail, H. H. Rhinogenous abscess of the brain. J. Med, Cincin, 1935-36, 16: 255-7.—Westergaard [Rhinogenous cerebral abscesses in both frontal lobes] Hospitalstidende, 1933, 76: Dansk otolar. selsk. forh, 117-21. ---- Complications. Anderson, A. Respiratory failure due to cerebral abscess. Brit. M.J, 1929, 2: 802.—Barmwater, K. [Cyst of the temporal lobe caused by abscess of the brain] Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: Dansk otolar. selsk. forh, 42.—Beyer, H. Rezidivierender Hirnabszess mit Heilung. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1929, 122: 30-41.—Caldera, C. Raro caso infortunistico di frattura cranica in portatore di cronico ascesso cerebrale otitico. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1927, 45: 85-9.—Castelnau, E. R. Crise d'epilepsie due a un foyer d'infeetion juxta-nteninge chez une ancienne operee d'abces cerebral otogene. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1933, 11: 680-2.— Devic, A, & Petouraud, C. Abces du cerveau et zona. Lyon nted, 1926, 138: 536.—Gorter, E. [A case of cerebral abscess with abscess of the lungs after otitis media] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1921, 65: pt 1, 3171-3.—Heyninx. Abces gangreneux du cerveau. Ann. mal. oreille, 1928, 47: 402.—Karbowski, B, & Mesz, N. Ein otogener, durch spontanes Pneumokranium komplizierter Hirnabscess mit giinstigem Ausgang. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1936, 70: 1251-5.—King, J. E. J. Brain abscess; external rupture of capsule with pericapsular brain necrosis. Surgery (Ravdin, I. S.) Phila, 1935, 190-200—McGuckin, F. Ventricular com- munication and internal hydrocephalus as complications of brain abscess. Lancet, Lond, 1936, 2: 1387-90.—McKenzie, B. The leaking brain abscess. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1933, 48: 797-808— Polstorff, F. Tbdliche Blutung in das Ventrikel- system bei Hirnabszess aus der Abszessmembran. Zbl. allg. Path, 1934, 60: 371.—Pons, J. Epilepsie a la suite d'un abces du cerveau d'origine otique. Rev. laryng. Par, 1927, 48: 270-5.— Ruttin, E. Ein zweiter Hirnabszess, ein Jahr nach operativ erbffnetem Hirnabszess. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1923, 57: 64.— Sargnon & Bertein. Meningite, thrombo-phtebite, abces cerebral d'origine otitique. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1921, 15: 5-8.—Sperry, F. N. Suspended respiration in a case of brain abscess. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1924, 3: 405. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1924-25, 33: 1401—Stiller, K. Usnr der Schadelbasis durch einen Abszess. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1933, 49: 745.—Tavernier & Chartier. Recidive tardive d'abces c6rebral; operation, guerison. Lyon nted, 1918, 127: 117-9.— Unterberger, S. Geheilter Hirnabszess mit Ventrikelein- bruch. Zschr. Laryng, 1931-32, 22: 159-62.—Vandenbossche. A propos d'une thrombo-phtebite du sinus lateral avec abces cerebral d'origine otitique. Bull. Soc. nted. mil. fr, 1921, 15: 88-90.—Walter, F. Zwei Falle von Abscess und Hydrocephalus bei Sauglingen. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 2430. ---- Diagnosis. Dessauer, H. von. *Ein Beitrag zur Diag- nose der Hirnabscesse. 27p. 8? Miinch., 1926. Zimmermann, A. *Die Verwendbarkeit des Dialysier-Verfahrens nach Abderhalden in der Klinik der otogenen intrakraniellen Komplika- tionen, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Organspezi- fitat der Abwehrfermente (Abderhalden) auf Grund tierexperimeriteller und klinischer Studien [Halle] 91p. 8? Wiesb., 1914. Adelstein, L. J. Gradenigo's syndrome and brain abscess; secondary to otitis media; differential diagnosis; report of cases. California West. M, 1931, 34:23-6.—Adson, A. W. Pseudobrain abscess. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1924, 4: 503-12.—Atkinson, E. M. Abscess of the brain; its pathology, diagnosis, and treat- ment. Lancet, Lond, 1928, 1: 483-8. ----- The early diag- nosis of abscess of the brain. Clin. J, Lond, 1935, 64: 16-24.— Babbitt, J. A. Some notes on the diagnosis and symptomatol- ogy of brain abscess of otitic origin. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1928, 34: 5-13. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1928, 37: 850-9.— Bakulev, A. N. Beitrag zur Pneumographie der Hirnabszesse. Zbl. Chir, 1929, 56: 1619-26.—Bergara, R. A, & Bergara, C. Importancia de los pequefios sintomas en el diagnostico pre- coz de las complicaciones endocraneanas de las otitis. Rev. As. m6d. argent, 1936, 50: 244-50.—Borriers, G. V. T. [Cere- brospinal fluid in otogenous brain abscess] Ugeskr. laeger, 1926, 88: 375-8. ----- Le diagnostic des abces c6rebraux et sous-duraux par la ponction lombaire. Ann. mal. oreille, 1928, 47: 452-9.—Bourgeois, H, & Bourgeois, R. Sur le diag- nostic entre la meningite sereuse et les abces encephaliques. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1936, 20: 413-29— Brouwer, B. [Diagnosis of cerebral abscess] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1934, 78: 2020-7.—Cambrelin, G. La situation des abces de l'encephale dans la pathologie encephalique etudiee a la lumiere de la senteio- Iogie du nerf VIII. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1936, 20: 511-24.—Caneghem, B. Van, & Leroy, F. Examen du sang et du liquide cephalo-rachidien dans les abces encephaliques. Ibid, 1935, 19: 442-70.—Carpenter, E. R. Pneumoventriculo- graphy in the localization of brain abscess. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1925, 1: 392-6.—CiteUi, S. Su un nuovo metodo per la ricerca e l'apertura degli ascessi encefalici (con ricerche speri- mentale) Arch. ital. otol, 1925, 36: 352-9.—Biamond, I. B, & Bassoe, P. Abscess of the brain; report of 2 cases; 1 with the clinical picture of epidemic encephalitis and the other with that of tumor of the brain. Arch. neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1928, 19: 265-80.—Bixon, O. J. Some points in the diagnosis of brain abscess; report of cases. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1926, 23: 398- 403. Also J. Kansas M. Soc, 1930, 31: 170-2.—Burand, J. Con- tribution a l'etude du diagnostic differentiel entre l'abces du cervelet et l'abces du cerveau d'origine otique. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1927, 5: 391-4.—Eagleton, W. P. Localizing value of oph- thalmic examinations in suppurative diseases of the brain. J. Am. M. Ass, 1929, 92: 713-20.—Guillaume, J. Deux cas d'abces du cerveau a forme pseudo-tumorale. Rev. neur. Par, 1934, 41: pt2, 810-6.—GuiUain, G, Perisson, J, & Bertrand, I. Abces du cerveau ayant simule l'encephalite lethargique. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1929, 3.ser, 53: 922-7.—Hadfleld, G. Two cases of brain abscess, with remarks on the cytologv of the cerebro-spinal fluid. Lancet, Lond, 1923, 2: 929.—Hill, F. T. The importance of the history in the diagnosis of brain abscess. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1939, 39: 595-604.—Jacques. Gomme du polygone de Willis simulant un abces encephalique chez un vieil otorrheique. Rev. nted. est, 1921, 49: 594.—Kaplan, A. Abscess of the brain; report of 5 consecutive recoveries, with special reference to the Mosher drain and pneumographie visual- ization of the abscess cavity. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1935, 21: 385-405.—Kennedy, F. Diagnosis of brain abscess. Laryngo- scope, 1929, 39: 277-81.—Kessel, F. K. Hirnabscess beim Kinde unter dem Bilde eines paramedianen Tumors (zugleich ein Beitrag zur Rontgenologie des Schadels) Nervenarzt, 1935, 8: 189-94.—Kraft. Die rontgenologische Darstellung eines Hirn- abszesses mittels Kontrastfiillung der Abszesshbhle mit Jodipin. Wien. med. Wschr, 1925,75:1988.—Kraus, L. Zur rontgenologi- schen Darstellung otogener Hirnabszesse. Zschr. Laryng, 1931-32, 22: 230-42—Laskiewicz, A. Contributo alla radio- grafia degli ascessi cerebrali perforanti il ventricolo laterale con liquidi di contrasto. Riv. otoneur, 1933, 10: 143-55. ----- Sur le diagnostic des abces du cerveau d'origine otique progres- sant vers le ventricule lateral. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1936,20:488-510.—Levison, L. A. Spontaneous ventriculography from ruptured brain abscess. J. Am. M. Ass, 1927, 88: 921-3.— Lund, R. [Cerebrospinal fluid in otogenous brain abscess] Ugeskr. laeger, 1926, 88: 210-5. ----- [The action of the pulse in diseases of the labyrinth and in otogenous intracranial com- plications with special reference to brain abscess] Ibid, 246-50. ----- Diagnosis and differential diagnosis of the otogenous brain abscess. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1927, 11: 479-522. Also Hospitalstidende, 1927, 70: 695; 719; 743—Mclntyre, H. D. Diagnosis of brain abscess in general—rhinogenic abscess in particular. J. Med, Cincin, 1935-36, 16: 182-8.—Mauthner, O. Zur Kenntnis nur scheinbar otogener zerebraler Komplikationen bei akuten Infektionskrankheiten (ein histologisch iiberpriifter Fall von Encephalitis haemorrhagica und Kleinhirnabszess nach Masern und Masernotitis; eigentiimliches Verhalten der Blicklahmung bei Kaltspiilung) Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1925, BRAIN ABSCESS 891 BRAIN ABSCESS 59- 672-8 —Micks, R. H. The diagnosis of abscess of the brain. Irish J.M. Sc, 1934, ser.6, 618-21. Also Brit, M.J, 1935, 1: 79 — Oesterlen. Herzschlag, Hirnschlag oder Hirnabszess? Med. Klin Berl, 1931, 27: 1463-6.—0'Shea, H. V. The diagnosis of brain abscess. Brit. M.J, 1930, 2: 175-8— Portmann, G, & Retrouvey, H. La cephatee dans l'abces cerebral et cerebelleux d'origine otique. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1929, 7: 627-9.—Ramond, L. Ascesso e rammollimento cerebrate? Gazz. osp, 1934, 55: 1573-7. Also Presse med, 1934, 42: 1283—Rejtb, S. Ueber die Auffindung der otogenen Hirnabscesse. Fol. otolar. orient, 1932-33, 1: 25-9.—Richardson, R. B. Two cases of brain abscess, diagnosed as acute vascular accidents. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1925, 61: 178-81.—Rindfleisch, W. Ueber die Bedeutung der Hirnpunktion und der Lumbalpunktion fur die Diagnose und Prognose des Hirnabszesses. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 279.—Rockey, E. W. Value of radiographic contrast solutions in the study of brain abscess. Ann. Surg, 1927, 86: 22-30.—Rom- antzev, N. [Pseudo-abscesses of the brain] Russ. klin, 1927, 8: no. 39, 67-71.—Russi, P. Sulla diagnosi dell'ascesso encefalico di origine otitica (contributo clinico) Riforma med, 1927, 43: 585-9.—Seeland, C. M. Beitrag zur Differentialdiagnose zwi- schen Hirnabszess und Hirntumor. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1922-23, 19: 1-14.—Simeoni, C. Sulle difficolta diagnostiche dell'ascesso encefalico di origine otitica. Arch. ital. otol, 1926, 37: 487-508 — Smith, S. M. A consideration of otitic brain abscess, with special reference to diagnosis and localization; presentation of cases and specimens. Laryngoscope, 1924, 34: 534-49. -----• Otitic brain abscess; diagnosis and treatment. Med. Times, N.Y, 1929, 57:276-8.—Spasokukotzky, S. I, & Stefanenko, L. J. [Pneu- mography in abscess of the brain] Vest, khir, 1928, 14: 80-4.— Symonds, C. P. Some points in the diagnosis and localization of cerebral abscess. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1926-27, 20: sect, otol, 41-8. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1927, 42: 440-8 — Terracol & Pares. La radiographie des abces du cerveau. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1932, 13: 359.—Thienpont, B. L'examen radiographique dans les abces encephaliques. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1935, 19: 672-4.—Webster, H. G. Brain abscess versus lethargic encephalitis. Long Island M.J, 1921, 15: 373-7.—Weinstein, M. A. Evaluation of symptoms in meningitis and brain abscess. Laryngoscope, 1935, 45: 427-34.— Williams, H. L. Postoperative cyst in mastoid cavity producing symptoms of brain abscess. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1935, 10: 315 — Willis, F. E. S, & Thomas, C. H. A case of cerebral abscess simulating encephalitis lethargica. S. Barth. Hosp. J, Lond, 1920-21, 28: 154.—Young, G. A. Otitic brain abscess and its diagnosis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1928, 12: 407-21. --- frontal lobe. Laborde, J. E. * Abces du lobe frontal conse- cutifs aux osteites et aux sinusites frontales. 122p. 8? Par., 1928. Niehorster, H. H. B. *Ueber Stirn- hirnabszess. 36p. 8? Kiel, 1917. Aloin, H. Abces du lobe frontal gauche, consecutif a une sinusite frontale gauche; intervention; guerison. Lyon nted, 1927 140: 127-32.—Atkinson, E. M. A case of haematogenous frontal lobe abscess. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1933, 48: 104-7 — Bellomo, E. Su d i un caso d i ascesso del lobo frontale del cervello da sinusite fronto-etmoidale. Boll, clin, Milano, 1922, 39: 269- 77. Also Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1922, 3.ser, 10: 131-6—Bleyl, R. Stirnhirnabscess im Gefolge otogener Smusthrombose. Zschr. Hals. &c. Heilk, 1925, 13: 16-21— Boot, G. W. Abscess of the frontal lobe secondary to sinusitis. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1921, 30: 565-8— Boss, L. Zur Diagnose und Behandlung des rhinogenen Stirnhirnabszesses (Bericht iiber 2 Falle) Zschr. Laryng, 1924-25, 13: 128-35—Brandt, F. H. Brain abscess in frontal lobe resulting from acute frontal sinusitis and osteo- myelitis of orbital plate. Laryngoscope, 1928, 38: 712-22.— Butoiano, M, Bratasano, & Lupulesco, I. [Abscess of the left frontal lobe in a 2 months' old girl; operation and apparent con- valescence (during 2 months) followed by acute staphylococcic hydrocephalos] Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1932, 31: 391-8 — Calamida, U, & Carnevale-Ricci, F. Sopra un caso di ascesso del lobo frontale d'origine sinusale. Arch. ital. otol, 1934, 45: 640-50, 4pl— Cavenagh, J. B. A case of left frontal lobe abscess complicating chronic sinus infection. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1936, 51: 239-41 —Charachon & Mayoux. Abces du lobe frontal et thrombo-phtebite du sinus longitudinal superieur d origine sinusale. Ann. otolar., Par, 1934, 1029-32. Also Rass. ital. otorinolar, 1934, 5: 134.-Connor, C. E. Neurological aspects of frontal lobe abscess. Tr. Am. Laryng Ass, 1935, 41: 188-218 — Cusatelli, A. Sopra un caso di ascesso del lobo frontale d origine sinusale e di cisticercosi cerebrale. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1926, 3.ser, 14: 143-7, pl.-Bavis, E. B. B. Two specimens; abscess in frontal lobe of brain; sinus suppuration. Proc R Soc. M, Lond, 1934, 27: 1285-8, pi —Donald, C. Cerebral abscess (eft frontal lobe) following acute infective osteom yehtis of frontal bone Ibid, 665. ----- Cerebral abscess (right frontal lobe) following traumatic infective osteomyelitis of frontal bone Ibid, 666—Friedman, J, & Greenfield, S. B. SSSffij.' Etude anatomo-clinique sur un abces mycosique du lobe frontal. Rev. neur. Par, 1935, 42: pt2, 684-9.—Impera- tori, C. J. Brain abscess (frontal lobe) complicating frontal sinusitis; report of 5 cases. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1927, 49: 34- 45. Also Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 126: 401-5— Just, B. Geheilter rhinogener Stirnhirnabscess mit erneutem Auftreten von Hirnerschienungen. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1936, 41: 199- 208.—Kecht, B. Ueber die Histologie eines operativ geheilten Stirnhirnabszesses. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1936, 141: 349-57 — Kerr, H. H. Brain abscess; with especial reference to abscess of the frontal lobe. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1923,35:463-74 [Discus- sion] 489-91. Also Arch. Surg, 1923,7:297-305—Learmonth, J. R. Multiple abscesses of a frontal lobe of the brain; meningioma of the spinal cord with extradural spread. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1929, 9: 979-85.—Lewis, H. Report of a case of osteomyelitis of frontal bone followed by multiple frontal lobe abscesses; recov- ery. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1936, 51: 107-13, 3pl.—McCullagh, S. Abscess of the frontal lobe simulating frontal sinusitis. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1920, '26: 322-6.—Mahoney, P. L. Abscesses of the left frontal and temporal lobes, of metastatic origin. Laryngoscope, 1926, 36: 898-900.—Mathieu, P, & Peron, N. Les abces du lobe frontal a porte d'en tree faciale. Parisnted, 1926, 61: 269-72.—Mayer, O. Ueber Stirnhirnabszesse. Wien, med. Wschr, 1929, 79: 253-5.—Meves, H. Zur Differential- diagnose des Foster Kennedyschen Syndroms. Zschr. Augenh, 1932, 78: 242.—Mikheev, V. V, & Kogan, A. V. [Abscess of the frontal lobes of the brain] Soviet, nevropat, 1932, 1: 28, 4pl.— Neiman, B, & Jaffe, R. H. Abscess of the right frontal lobe of the brain. Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1935-36, 38: 502.—Patterson, G. H. Left frontal lobe abscess follow ing depressed skull fracture. Am. J. Surg, 1932, 18: 88.—Pauly, R, & Bergouignan, M. Abces cerebral latent du lobe frontal. J. nted. Bordeaux, 1935, 112: 942.—Portmann, G, & Moreau, N. Abces du lobe frontal d'origine sinusienne. Rev. laryng. Par, 1927, 48: 1; 41; 81. Also Rev. otoneur. Par, 1927, 5: 579.—Puech, P, Thomas, R, & Brun, M. Abces frontal droit encapsute a staphylocoques dores, consecutif a une infection sinus-ethmo'idale; ablation d'un seul bloc de l'abces, apres amputation du pole frontal. Rev. neur. Par, 1936 (66:) 43: pt2, 561-7.—Salinger, S. Frontal lobe abscess: subsequent history of a case previously reported. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1925-26, 34: 210-2.—Sander, P. Clinical notes on 2 cases of abscess in the frontal lobe. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1935, 50: 33-41.—Sandes, F. P, & Halloran, G. Frontal lobe abscess. Med. J. Australia, 1927, 2: 298.—Sanson, D. de. Abcesso en- eephalico da regiao frontal, consecutivo a osteomyelite; operado ecurado. Bol. Acad. nac. med, Rio, 1933,105: 249-67.—Skillern, R. H, & Coates, G. M. An enormous frontal-lobe abscess follow- ing infection of the frontal sinus; operation; recovery. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1930, 52: 48-78.—Sprowl, F. G. Rhinogenic frontal lobe abscess; report of 2 cases. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1928, 37: 922-36.—Sterling, W. Un cas d'abces du lobe fron- tal chez un individu avec malformation cardiaque conge- nitale. Rev. neur. Par, 1934, 41: pt2, 148.—Swindells, S. W, & Rankin, A. H. Abscess of frontal lobe; operation; recovery. Brit. M.J, 1924, 2: 622.—Szmurlo, J. Abces du lobe frontal du cerveau consecutif k l'ethmoidite purulente aigue. Rev. laryng. Par, 1930, 51: 189-97.—Weisser, E. A. Unilateral pro- ptosis due to abscess of the frontal lobe of brain. Pennsylvania M.J, 1922-23, 26: 331.—Wessely, E. Stirnhbhlenempyem und Stirnhirnabszess. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1935, 69: 1524-8.— Wickliffe, T. F. Abscess of the frontal lobe due to acute frontal sinusitis. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1932, 15: 290. Also repr—Win- nicott, D. W, & O'Flynn, E. Abscess in frontal lobe; post-mortem findings in case shown at a previous meeting of the section. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1927-28, 21: sect.stud.dis.child, 56-9 — Wishart, J. M. Abscess of the frontal lobe; case 1 and 2. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1924, 39: 638. ---- latent. Aboulker, H. Le diagnostic des abces intracraniens silen- cieux a la periode ambulatoire. Presse med, 1922, 30: 474-7.— Aubry, M, & Guillaume, J. Diagnostic de l'abces du cerveau latent. Ann. otolar. Par, 1935, 63.5-42.—Bressot. Abces cere- bral latent. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1923, 17: 140-2—Bavid- Galati. La latence de l'abces cerebral otique. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1924, 30: 835.—Bumas, A, & Madinier. Menin- gite puriforme aseptique, unique traduction clinique d'un abces cerebral latent du lobe frontal; autopsie. Lyon nted, 1919, 128: 556.—Espenel, A, & Haour, J. Sur un cas de mort foudroyaote au cours d'un abces latent du cerveau. Ibid, 1916, 125: 423-7.— Giannetto, J. Absceso cerebral latente de origen otico. Rev. oto- neur, B. Air, 1928, 3: 481-4.—Halphen, E, & Salomon, J. Diagnostic precoce des abces latents du cerveau. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1936, 20: 447-58.—Jude, Fribourg-Blanc & Gautier. Abces cerebral latent d'origine otitique. Bull. Soc. nted. mil. fr, 1923,17: 159-67.—Just, T. H. Brain abscess due to otitic infection; right temporosphenoidal abscess without clin- ical signs. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1922-23, 16: sect.otol, 54.— L'Heureux & ChambeUand. Abces cerebral latent. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1923,17: 89-92— Piquet, J, & Decoulx, P. Menin- gite foudroyante par abces cerebral nteconnu. Ann. otolar. Par, 1936, 819-24—Schwarzbart, A. Beitrag zur Sympto- matologie und Kasuistik latenter otogener Hirnabszesse. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1931, 65: 1236-44. ---- Metastatic. Beck, C. Two cases of rare brain lesions; metastatic abscess of the brain following a chronic suppurative osteomyelitis of the os ilei. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1925, 5: 915-21.—Bertone, C. BRAIN ABSCESS 89! Sopra due casi d'ascesso cerebrale metestatico. Riv. chir, Como, 1824,3:33-44.—BeWitt. F. B. Cerebral abscess and intra- thoracic suppuration. Med. Bull.Veterans Adm, 1934-35, 11: 328-31.—Ehlers, H. W. E. Ueber Hirnabscesse im Anschluss an einen Fall von Hirnabscess als Spatfolge nach Operation eines appendicitischen Abscesses. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1931, 233: 58-62.—Gibb, C. de W. A case of cerebral abscess complicating bronchiectasis. Lancet, Lond, 1922, 2: 177.—Gonzalez Villa- nueva. Absceso cerebral metastasico multiple. Med. ibera, Madr, 1935, 29: 16-8.—Hofer, I. Metastatische Grosshirnabs- cesse infolge otogener Py&mie bei einem 9jahrigen Kinde. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1932-33, 32: 221-6.—King, J. E. J. Acute metastatic brain abscess. South. Surgeon, 1936, 5: 407-37.— Levine, V. Multiple brain abscesses following bronchiectasis. Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1933, 36:16.—Lindeberg, W. Beitrag zur Frage der metastatisch entstandenen Hirnabszesse und deren Ausbreitungsmbglichkeit. Fol. neuropath, eston, 1925, 3:-4: 409-13.—Lugones, C. Absceso metastatico del cerebro con afasia amnesica. Sem. med, B. Air, 1936, 43:1239-49.—McKenzie, B. Haematogenous brain abscess associated with nasal sinusitis. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1932, 47: 468-70.—Parker, H. L. Metastatic abscesses of the brain; a clinical study. Am. J.M. Sc, 1930,180: 699-709. Also Proc. Mayo Clin, 1930, 5: 127.— Rabinowitz, M. A, Marcus, I. H, & Weinstein, J. Subacute bacterial endo- carditis with large brain abscess. J. Am. M. Ass, 1932, 98: 806.—Schafer, C. S. Metastatic brain abscess secondary to perirectal abscess and stricture of rectum; report of case. Ibid, 1927, 88: 240.—Valkenburg, C. T. van. Die Verbreitungsweise der cerebralen Infektion von einem hamatogenen Grosshirnabs- cess aus. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1924, 94: 1-19. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1925, 69: pt 1, 538. ---- multiple. Andr6-Thomas, Cochez, P, & Trelles, J. O. Abces de la couche optique, du noyau caud6 gauches; abces du lobe frontal droit. Rev. neur. Par, 1935, 42: 247-53.—Clay, J. V. F. Cere- bral and cerebellar abscess in the same patient. Hahnemann. Month, 1935, 70: 454-8.—Coates, G. M, & Case, E. A. Report of a case of multiple abscess of the brain following chronic sup- purative otitis media and suppurative labyrinthitis, with un- usual pathologic findings at autopsy. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1924-25, 33: 335-41.—Feldmann, P. M. Zur Frage der latent verlaufenden multiplen Hirnabscesse. Nervenarzt, 1929, 2: 139-46.—Newkirk, H. B. A case of double brain abscess. Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 1002-9.—Tavernier, L. Encephalite a abces areolaires multiples avec hernie cerebrate. Lyon nted, 1918, 127: 119-21. ---- occipital lobe. Richter, H. Ueber Entstehung und operative Heilung eines otogenen Hirnabszesses des linken Lobus occipitalis. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1934, 138: 158-63—Tommasini-Mattiucci, A. Cecita da ascessi metastatici simmetrici dei lobi occipitali ed emiplegia destra da ascessi del lobo parietale sinistro. Riv. otoneur, 1936, 13: 329-42. ---- parietal lobe. Carrari, G. Sindrome di paralisi allerna da ascesso otogeno del lobo parietale destro. Riv. otoneur, 1926, 3: 469-75.— Courville, C. B, & Nielsen, J. M. Otogenous abscess of the parietal lobe. Arch. Surg, 1935, 30: 930-55—Kulcsar, F, & Pir6th, A. Ein Fall von parietalem Abszess genau lokalisiert mit der Schadelperkussionsmethode nach Benedek. Mschr. Psychiat, 1935, 91: 293-300— Piffl, O, & Potzl, O. Ein otogener parietaler Hirnabszess (Riickbildung einer parietalen pseudo- sensorischen Aphasie) Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1924, 112: 93- 124.—Rocher, H. L. Extraction tardive d'un eclat d'obus au sein d'un abces cerebral, r6gion parietale superieure droite. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1924, 45: 24. •• Pathology. Gochban, R. Contribution a l'etude des abces cerebraux. 16p. 8? Lausanne, 1919. Schiller, W. *Ein Spatabscess des Thala- mus unter dem Bilde der Encephalitis lethargica; ein Beitrag zur Pathologie des Schlafes. 23p. 8? Kiel [K. J. Rossier] 1926. Adams, C. J. Interesting brain abscess of rather long dura- tion. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1922-23, 31: 984-9.—Atkinson, E. M. Pathology of adjacent brain abscess. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1929-30,23: sect, otol, 55-8.—Aubriot, P. Reflexions sur un cas d'abces du cerveau d'origine otique. Rev. med. est, 1925, 53: 731-40.—Bagley, C. Brain abscess; with pathological observations. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1923, 35: 475-91, 8pl. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1924, 38: 1-15, pi.—Bregman, L, & Simchowicz, T. [Suppurative menin- gitis in early stage of brain abscess] Polska gaz. lek, 1926, 5: 50.—Bronzini, A. Dell' ascesso cerebrale con propagazione diretta dall' uno all' altro emisfero attraverso il corpo calloso. Arch. ital. otol, 1933, 44: 283-92, pi.—Coates, G. M. Report of a case of brain abscess of otitic origin, with exhibition of brain. Tr. Coll. Physicians, Phila, 1923, 3.ser, 45: 401-4.—Coulet, G. Abces du cerveau latent; rupture spontanee. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1927,33:37-42.—Cruz, J. de la, & Becco, R. Absce- BRAIN ABSCESS so cerebral de evolution poco frecuente. Rev. As. nted. argent, 1923, 36: sect. soc. otorin, 49-53.—Belahet. Abces c6r6bral a evolution tardive. Rev. g6n. clin. titer, 1923, 37: 103.—Bem- mer, F. Tiefer Hirnabszess. Wien. klin, Wschr, 1928, 41: 787.—Dickie, J. K. M. A contribution to the study of brain abscess. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1922, 28: 58-68. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1922-23, 31: 683-713.—Drummond, H. Abscess of the brain that pointed externally. Brit. M.J, 1924,1: 995.—Bruss, J. G, & Friesner.T. Pathways of infection in abscess of the brain; report of 5 cases. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1931, 13: 532-55.—Eschweiler, R. Pathologie und Therapie des otitischen Hirnabscesses. Zschr. Laryng, 1922-23, 11: 245-53.— Evans, W. The pathology and aetiology of brain abscess. Lancet, Lond, 1931,1:1231; 1289. Also repr.—Faucher, H. Considera- tions sur les abces encephaliques d'origine otique ou sinusienne. Rev. laryng. Par, 1929, 50: 403.—Footer, D. S. [Pathological anatomy of abscess of brain] J. nevropath. psikh, 1931, 24: 83-7, 9pl.—Forselles, A. af. Der otitische Hirnabszess; Patho- logie und Therapie. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1926-27, 10: 395-477. Also Fin. lak.sail, hand, 1926, 68:1094-125.—Fremel, F. Ueber- leitungswege otogener Hirnabszesse. Internat. Zbl. Ohrenh, 1924,23:62. Also Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1924,10:217-9 [Discus- sion] 240-2.—Futer, B. S. Zur Klinik und pathologischen Ana- tomie der Hirnabscesse. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1931,93: 630- 8.—Globus, J. H, & Horn, W. L. Inherent healing properties of abscess of the brain; clinico-anatomic survey of 15 verified cases. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1932, 16: 603-60.—Grant, F. C. The mor- tality from abscess of the brain. J. Am. M. Ass, 1932, 99: 550-6. Also repr.—Griinthal, E. Ueber zwei zu unterscheidende For- men von ambboider Glia und ihre Abhangigkeit von verschiede- nen Hirnzustanden. Arch. Psychiat, Berl., 1936, 105: 40-8.— Hinsberg, V. Seltene Beobachtungen bei Hirnabszess. Zschr. Laryng, 1928-29, 17: 421-3.—Home, J. The formation of a circumscribed interdural abscess at the site of the saccus endo- lymphaticus. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond, 1926-27, 20: sect, otol, 96-100.—Knapp, E. Zur Pathogenese der bindegewebigen und gliosen Abkapselung von Hirnabscessen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 193% 139: 44-52.—Krukowski. Un abces des circon- volutions centrales remarquable par son evolution. Rev. neur, Par^, 1928, 35: ptl, 602.—Linck. Beitrag zur Klinik und Pathologie der Hirnabszesse. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1921, 166: 65-105.—Lund, R. [Pathology and treatment of otitic abscess of brain] Bibl. laeger, 1927, 119: 195-204, pi—Ninger, F. [Ulti- mate outcome of otogenous brain abscesses] Cas. tek. jesk, 1925, 64: 207-11.—Piquet & Boury. Contribution a l'etude histologique de l'abces cerebral. Ann. otolar. Par, 1936, 1113-43.—Roback, H. N, & Sherman, J. N. Brain abscess; a clinico-pathological resume and report of 1 case. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1936, 37: 492-7.—Samson, K. Zur Pathologie des Hirn- abszesses im Sauglingsalter. Arch. Kinderh, 1932, 96: 215-31.— Sanford, H. N. Abscess of the brain in infants under 12 months of age: a report of 2 cases with 17 collected cases. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1928, 35: 256-61.—Sussig, L. Contributo alio studio degli ascessi cerebrali di origine auricolare. Minerva med. Tor, 1928, 8: 1599-601.—Tonndorf. Die Venenanastomosen von Trolard und Labbe. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1935, 38: 106-8 [Discussion] 108-21.—Wickramasinghe, S. F. A case of abscess of the thalamencephalon. J. Ceylon Br. M. Ass, 1916,13:50.— Woltman, H. W. Spinal fluid cell count and encapsulation of brain abscess; an attempt to correlate these factors, and to determine the optimal time for drainage. J. Am. M. Ass, 1933, 100: 720-2. ---- superficial [subdural] Bisgard, C. V. Empyema of the subdural space. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1932, 26: 205-7.—Brunner, H. Ueber einen otogenen Subduralabszess in einem Fall von scheinbar traumatischer Taubheit (nebst Bemerkungen zur Lehre von der Commotio auris internae) Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1933, 67: 1021-41.— Fernando, A. S, & Ayuyao, C. B. Subdural abscess of otitic origin; report of an operated case that recovered. J. Philippine Island M. Ass, 1933, 13: 73-6.—Fremel, F. Linksseitige Enze- phalitis und Rindenabszess mit totaler Aphasie. Mschr. Oh- renh, Wien, 1923, 57: 249.—Gardner, W. J. Subdural abscess; its relation to sterile purulent leptomeningitis. Ohio M.J, 1933, 29: 235-8—Geraghty, W. R. Extensive bilateral subdural abscess; microscopic study of the meninges and brain; report of a case. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1936, 45: 452-63, 3pl.—Geschelin, A. Un cas d'abces sous-dural. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1931, 1G: 562-9.—Gill-Carey, C. Superficial abscess of the brain. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1926-27, 20: sect, otol, 49—Grunberg, K. Ein labyrinthogener Subduralabszess beim Kaninchen (ein Beitrag zur Pathogenese und pathologischen Anatomie otogener intrakranieller Entziindungen) Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1924, 21: 377-84, 3pl— Karbowski, B. Zur Frage der Subduralabszesse. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1936, 70: 970-83—Kocka, Z, & Sajdova, V. Abces otogene sous-dural de la fosse cerebrate moyenne. Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 66: 147-9.—Liebermann & Petzal. Zur Pathologie der otitischen Subduraleiterung. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1926, 15: 294-7 [Discussion] 300—Mayer, O. Ein Fall von subduralem Abszess an der Konvexit&t des Grosshirns nach akuter Mittelohreiterung. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1926, 23: 546-58. ----- Sub-dural abscess of the left motor region. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1934, 49: 201.—Mygind, H. [Demonstration of a brain with extreme compression resulting from a subdural abscess] Hospitalstidende, 1921, 64: Dansk otolar. selsk. forh, 94.—Ody, F. Abces sous-dural presinusal et cerebellar fits. Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1935, 55: 767-9.—Ruedi, L. Der otogene Subdural- abszess. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1930, 64: 3-43. BRAIN ABSCESS 893 BRAIN ABSCESS ---- Symptoms. Schluttig, W. *Beitrag zur Atiologie und Symptomatologie der Hirnabszesse. 21p. 8°. Kiel, 1915. Schmitz, W. *Ein Beitrag zur Pathologie und Klinik der otogenen Hirnabscesse. 43p. 8° Bonn, 1926. Barbier. Myoclonies abdominales rythntees au cours d'un abces du cerveau. Lyon med, 1934, 154: 438-43.—Benedict, W. L. Abscess of the brain from the standpoint of the ophthal- mologist. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth, 1929, 34: 52-63.—Borries, G. V. T. La sindrome della dissociazione negli ascessi cerebrali e subdurali. Rass. ital. otorinolar, 1932, 6: 132-42.—Cabot, R. C. Coma with right ptosis. Boston M.&S.J, 1927, 196: 359-62 — Coleman, C. C. Brain abscess; a review of 28 cases with com- ment on the ophthalmologic observations. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 95: 568-72.—Coughlin, R. E. Cerebral abscess with masked symptoms. Long Island M.J, 1921, 15: 82-7.—Cowan, A. Ophthalmic symptoms in brain abscess. Ann. Surg, 1935, 101: 56-63. Also Surgery (Ravdin, I. S.) Phila, 1935, 56-63 — Everhart, J. K. Report of a case of brain abscess with ocular manifestations. Pennsylvania M.J, 1922-23, 26: 404.—Ferretti, C. Su un interessante caso di ascesso cerebrale di origine otitica a decorso eccezionalmente lungo. Arch. ital. otol, 1927, 38: 135-43, ch.—Gomez-Buran, M. Aportacion clinica al estudio del absceso cerebral de origen otico. Med. ibera, 1930, 14: pt2, 65-72.—Jacques, P. Abces cerebral otogene a symptomatologie insolite. Bull, med. Par, 1936, 50: 139.—Jaroslawsky, E. I. [Clinics of cerebral otogenic abscess] Vest, soviet, otorinolar, 1932, 25: 336-40.— Lillie, W. I. The clinical significance of choked discs produced by abscess of the brain. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1928, 47: 405.—Lucci, C. Sintomatologia degli ascessi cerebrali d'origine otitica. Pensiero med, 1932, 21: 85-8.—Lund, R. Zur Klinik des otogenen Hirnabscesses. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1926, 14: 341-85.—Maggiore, L. Segni e sintomi oculari negli ascessi cerebrali e cerebellari. Ann. ottalm, 1928, 56: 054-62.—Meyers, I. L. Conjugate deviation of the head and eyes; its value in the diagnosis and localization of abscess of the brain. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1931, 13: 683-708.—Moulonguet, A. Les signes generaux des abces encephaliques. Otorhinolar. inter- nat, Lyon, 1935, 19: 666-71.—Norsk, F. The clinic of the oto- genous cerebral abscess illustrated by cases at the Rigshospital and S. Joseph's Hospital, Copenhagen. Internat. Clin, 1928, 28.ser, 1: 166-73.—Patry, L. Abces cerebral a forme ltemiptegi- que. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Quebec, 1934, 35: 113-7—Piquet, J. Les formes anatomo-cliniques de l'abces cerebral d'origine otique et leur pronostic. Echo nted. nord, 1931, 35: 541-8. Also Presse med, 1931, 39: 145-S— Quix, F. H. Les troubles vestibu- laires dans les cas d'abces du cerveau. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1935, 19: 513-29.—Rejto, S. [Localization of otogenic abscess of the brain] Orv. hetil, 1932, 76: 1077—Revello, M. Contributo alla conoscenza delle reazioni periferiche negli ascessi cerebrali. Pathologica, Genova, 1934, 26: 523-8.—Sabrazes, J, Bonnin, H, & Belaunay, A. L'abces du cerveau a forme Itemi- ptegique. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1924, 45: 514-22. --- temporal lobe. Willebrand, H. *Die partielle Okulo- motoriuslahmung als entscheidendes Symptom bei der Diagnose otitischer Schlafenlappen- abszesse. 37p. 8? Rostock, 1919. Alcalay, B. Ein Fall von otogenem Schlafenlappenabszess mit Nvstagmus nach der erkrankten Seite. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, "1924, 58: 107-9.—Beck, 0. Zur Chirurgie und Nachbe- handlung der Schlafenlappenabscesse. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1924, 10: 219-42. ----- Ueber Spontandurchbruche von Schlafelappenabscessen an die Hirnoberflache. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1927-28, 18: 651-71. ----- & Pollak, R. Kritisches zur Chirurgie und Pathologie otogener Schlafelappenabszesse (auf Grund einer Statistik von 40 Fallen) Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1927, 61: 413-29.—Bonvicini, G. Ueber Aphasie bei Schlafenlappenabszessen otitischen Ursprungs. Wien. med. Wschr, 1924, 74: 526; 794.—Brunner, H. Zur Differentialdiag- nose des otogenen Schlafenlappenabszesses. Arch. Ohr. &cr Heilk, 1932,131: 136-54. ----- Mukosusotitis; nach llwbchige. Dauer Operation; Symptome eines Schlafelappenabszesses; wiederholte Punktionen des Schlafelappens ohne Erfolg; Zister- nenblock; Enzephalographie mittels Subokzipitalstiches; Konvexitatsmeningitis. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1934,68:364- 9 —Calderoli, I, & Gavazzeni, A. La dimostrazione radiografica di un ascesso cerebrale otogeno del lobo temporale destro. Rrv. otoneur, 1933, 10: 505-13.-Caneghem, D. van. Abces du lobe temporal parti d'une infection otique de la fosse cerebrate poste- rieure. Ann. mal. oreille, 1930, 49: 340-8-Canuyt, G, La- croix M & Wild, C. Abces du lobe temporo-sphenoidal gauche avec nteningite puriforme aseptique chez une otor- rheique; traitement par la craniectomie, le serum anti-strepto- coccique de Vincent et l'abces de fixation; guerison Ann. oto- lar Par 1933 1170-3—Caron, S. Abces cerebral temporo- sphenoidal mort subite. Laval med, Quebec, 1936, 1: 162-7.- Courvi lefc. B, & Nielsen, J. M. The pathogenesis of otogenous ahsrWof the temporal lobe; a preliminary report. West. J. Sure 1935 43 681-90 -Bawson,G. W. Right temporo-sphe- noidal abscess Proc R. Soc. M, Lond, 1926-27, 20: sect.otol., 52.—Eden, E. Case of otitic brain abscess in the left temporal lobe. Acta chir. scand, 1923-24, 56: 74.—Eisinger, K. Schlafen- lappenabszess bei linksseitiger akuter Otitis; Operation mit breiter Inzision und fester Dauertamponade; derzeit 4 Wochen liegender Tampon. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1935, 69: 1017-21.— Esch, A. Embolischer Erweichungsherd oder otogener Hirnabs- cess im linken Schlafenlappen. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 781-3 — Ferreri, G. II riflesso vestibolo-pupillare nell'aseesso temporo- sfenoidale otogeno. Riv. otoneur, 1931, 8: 385-404. Also Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1932, 58: 4-20.—Fraser, J. S, & Blomfield, B. B. Temporal lobe abscess (notes on 17 consecutive cases oper- ated upon at the Royal Infirmary, Edinburgh, from 1908 to 1929) Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1929-30, 23: sect.otol, 52-5. Also Eye Ear N. Thr. Month, 1929-30, 9: 284-6—Gill, E. G. Brain abs- cess of temporo-sphenoidal lobe complicating acute mastoiditis; operation; recovery. Virginia M. Month, 1923-24, 50: 51-4.— Goldflam, S. Beitrag zur Symptomatologie des Schlafenlappen- abszesses. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1926, 90: 38-100—Grab- scheid. E. Otogener Schlafenlappenabszess bei chronischer Otitis media und chronischer zirkumskripter Labyrinthitis. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1931-32,130: 175-97.—Grahe, von. Pneu- matisation der Schlafenschuppe als Ursache von Extradural- abszess und Schlafenlappenabszess bei akuter Mittelohreite- rung. Internat. Zbl. Ohrenh, 1935, 41: 288.—Guthrie, B. Temporo-sphenoidal abscess in a boy aged 6. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1922, 37: 415.—Hastings, S. Temporo-sphenoidal ab- scess; hernia cerebri; recovery. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1928- 29, 22: sect.otol, 24.—Hofmann, L. Zur Frage der Ueberleitung des otogenen Schlafelappenabszesses. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1923, 57: 950-64, 2pl. Also Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1923, 6: 396-9 [Discussion] 406-8.-----Beitrage zur Lehre von den Schiafe- lappenabszessen. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1924, 58: 1061-106. Also Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1926, 14: 93-126. ----- Contribu- tion a l'etude des abces otitiques du lobe temporal. Ann. mal. oreille, 1927, 46: 980-1016.—Jauerneck, A. Umschriebene Menin- gitis am Brocaschen Sprachzentrum, unter den Erscheinungen eines Schlafenlappenabszesses verlaufend. Zschr. Laryng, 1935, 26: 237.—Jungert [Successful operative treatment of a case of otogenous abscess of the temporal lobe] Hygiea, Stockh, 1934, 96: 131-3.—Just, T. H. Right-sided temporo-sphenoidal abscess without localizing signs. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1926-27, 20: sect.otol, 50.—Kecht, B. Selten lange Latenz eines otogenen Schlafelappenabszesses mit besonderem histologischen Befund in Abszess und Schlafenbein. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1935-36, 140: 261-72.—Kompanejetz, S. Ueber zentrale Hbrstbrungen bei Schlafenlappenabscessen. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1933, 67: 1322-9.—Lesne, E, Bavid, M. [et al.] Volumineux abces encap- sute du lobe temporal droit consecutif a une otite latente chez un enfant; ablation d'une seule piece sans drainage. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1936, 34: 20-33—Lumsden, R. B. CO.M.S.; latent labyrinthitis; temporosphenoidal lobe abscess; operation; recovery. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1936, 51: 175—Lund, R. [Obser- vations concerning aphasias with otogenic abscess in the tem- poral lobe of the brain] Hospitalstidende, 1926, 69: 777-89 — McGillicuddy, O. B. Temporal lobe abscess of otitic origin. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1935, 34: 32-6.—McKenzie, B. Epilepti- form seizures subsequent to operation for temporo-sphenoidal abscess. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1922-23, 16: sect.otol, 52 — Maggiorotti, U. Meningite saccata della zona rolandica sinistra; ascesso temporo-sfenoidale destro- quali complicanze otitiche metapneumoniche in due casi operati e guariti. Valsalva, 1937, 13: 70-8.—Mayer, O. Falle von otitischem Schiafelappen- abszess. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1924, 37: 1267. ----- Rontgeno- graphische Darstellung der Ausdehnung von Schlafelappen- abscessen. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1925, 12: 534-8 IDiscussion] 562-5.—Muecke, F. Temporo-sphenoidal abscess. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1923, 38: 72-5.—Muller, G. C. Beitrag zur Klinik und Therapie der otogenen Schlafenlappenabszesse. Zschr. Laryng, 1930-31, 20: 305-12.—Mygind, S. H. [Case of cerebral cyst and otogenous temporal abscess] Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: Dansk otolar. selsk.forh, 34.—Potts, J. B. Brain abscess of the temporo-sphenoidal lobe and cerebellum, with comments on operated cases. Nebraska M.J, 1928, 13: 361-4—Rebattu & Mounier-Kuhn. Abces cerebral d'origine otique (lobe temporo- sphenoidal) avec aphasie sensorielle; trepanation; guerison. Lyon nted, 1927,139: 749-51.—Rejto, S. [Abscess of the temporal lobe and meningitis] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1930, 28: 227. Also Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1930, 64: 44-6.—Ricci, B. Mastoidite sinistra con osteomielite della squama del temporale; ascesso cerebrale del lobo temporale. Valsalva, 1936, 12: 472-4.—Rob- erts, E. R. Chronic temporosphenoidal abscess discovered dur- ing an apparent acute suppurative otitis media; report of a case with postmortem observations. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1927, 6:213-6. ----- Acute otitic temporosphenoidal abscess; septi- cemia, Gradenigo's syndrome, acute surgical mastoiditis, acute suppurative otitis media, fronto-ethmoidal empyema, grip; report of a case with postmortem observations. Ibid, 420-5 — Rutenburg, B. M. Schlafenlappenabszess otogenen Ursprungs mit Durchbruch in den Seitenventrikel. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1933 135: 97-102.—Ruttin, E. Zur Klinik des Schlafelappen- abszesses. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1936, 70: 617-9—Sanders, S. H. Brain abscess of the temporal lobe secondary to aural infection. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1934, 27: 357-63.—Sargnon. Un cas d'abces cerebral otitique du lobe temporal consecutif a un cholesteatome; gu6rison. Arch, internat. laryng. Par,. 1929, 35: 308-10. Also Lyon nted, 1929,143: 193-5—Sauer, P. Akuter Schlafenlappenabscess nach akuter Otitis media. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1926-27, 17: 203-8.—Scheer, H. M. Case of temporo- sphenoidal lobe abscess complicating chronic otitis media puru- BRAIN ABSCESS 89- lenta. Laryngoscope, 1931, 41: 407-10.—Scott, S. Left tempore sphenoidal abscess; amnesia for names of objects. Proc. R. Soc- M, Lond, 1922-23, 16: sect.otol, 55. also Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1926-27, 20: sect.otol, 53.—Singer, L. Das pathologisch- anatomische Bild eines oral entstandenen subtemporalen Abscesses mit Einbruch in das Gehirn. Deut. Mschr. Zahnh, 1928, l(i: 345-9.—Sonntag, R. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Sprach- storungen bei otogenen Schlafenlappenabscessen. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1927-28, 19: 435-43.—Sorsby, M. Temporo-sphenoidal abscess; pus in cerebrospinal fluid; drainage of abscess; recovery. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1935, 50: 372.—Soubiron, N. von, & Emilia - ni, C. M. Absceso otogeno del lobulo temporal derecho. Rev. As. med. argent, 1935, 49: 1057-60.—Souchet. Un cas d'abces temporal a point de depart dentaire. Rev. laryng. Par, 1922, 43: 406-8.—Stickney, O.D. Reportof case of temporo-sphenoidal lobe abscess. J. Ophth, Phila, 1924, 28: 171-5— Thomas, R. V. Chronic temporo-sphenoidal abscess. Brit. M.J, 1929, 1: 902 — Thouvenet, A, & Butheillet de Lamothe, G. Un cas d'abces du lobe temporal avec meningite aigue nteningococcique d'origine auriculaire, gueri par l'ouverture large de l'abces combine a la serotherapie intensive. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1922, 48: 334-8. Also Rev. laryng. Par, 1922, 43: 242-4.—Toporkov, I. A. [Ab- scess of the right temporal lobe with amnesic aphasia, agraphia and alexia in a right handed subject] Sovrem. psikhonevr, 1930, 10: 261-9.—Bffenorde, W. Ventrikeleinbruch und spon- tanes Pneumenzephalon im Rontgenbild bei einem geheilten Fall von otogenem Schlafenlappenabszess. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74:1118. Also Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1927-28,18: 567; 1928, 21: 577.—Urbantschitsch, E. Abscess of the right temporo-sphenoidal lobe with eosinophilia and varying bac- teriological report. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1934, 49: 412-5.— Varady-Szabo, N. Otogener Schlafenlappenabszess mit Klein- hirnsymptomen. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1929, 63: 515-9. Also Orv. hetil, 1931, 75: 89-91.—Vermes, E. Otogener Schlafelappenabszess mit Dauertampon behandelt; Heilung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1935, 69: 616-20.—Vincent, C, Bavid, M, & Askenasy, H. Abces encapsutes du lobe temporal d'ori- gine otitique. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1936, 14: 593-9.—Whitham, J. D. Temporosphenoidal abscess with word-deafness, hemi- plegia and hemianopsia. Laryngoscope, 1927, 37: 231-4.— Wishart, J. M. Abscess of temporo-sphenoidal lobe, compli- cated with a localised serous meningitis. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1924, 39: 640.—Wrigley, F. G. An unusual termination of a case of temporo-sphenoidal abscess. Ibid, 1923, 38: 76.— Yerger, C. F. Left temporal lobe abscess, with a report of 2 cases. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1924-25, 33: 1364-78. Also Eye Ear N. Thr. Month, 1924-25, 3: 457-9. ---- traumatic. See also Cranium, Injuries; Head, Injuries. Gartner, H. G. K. W. *Ueber Spathirn- abscesse nach Kriegsverletzungen [Leipzig] 19p. 8? Bad Essen, 1926. Grete, W. *Geheilter Temporallappenabs- cess nach Felsenbeinfractur. p.245-64. 8: Ziir., 1932. Also Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1932, 131: Lefort, A. *Contribution a l'6tude des abces du cerveau; suites de plaies du crane. 71p. 8? Par., 1920. Wiehler, A. *Ein Fall von traumatisch bedingtem Hirnabszess und seine forensische Bedeutung. 14p. 8? Freib. i. Br., 1931. Also Aerzt. Sachverst. Ztg, 1931, 37:161-5. Alajouanine, T, & Petit-Butaillis, D. Sur la clinique et le traitement des abces cerebraux posttraumatiques. Bull, med. Par, 1928, 42: 1288-92.—Berard. A propos des abces cerebraux post-traumatiques. Lyon chir, 1921,18:108-14.—Bonnus, E, & Villandre. Abces du lobe frontal droit, suite eioignee du plaie du crane; ponction cerebrate; liquide ambre coagulant en masse dans la seringue; intervention chirurgicale; gu6rison. Lyon nted, 1917, 126: 426.—Buckreuss, G. Ein Fall von Hirnabscess nach Ohrfeige. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1926, 7: 149-56.— Bespons.J. Abces du cerveau post-traumatique. Rev. laryng, Bord, 1933, 54: 659-62.—Engel, H. Unfall und Hirnabszess. Med. Klin, Berl, 1923, 19: 908.—Ertl, E. Hirnabszess Infolge von Pfahlungsverletzung der Nase. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1935, 69: 429-44.—Freund, C. S. Traumatischer Hirnabscess. Jahrber. Schles. Ges. vaterl. Kult. (1914) 1915, 2: Abt. 1, med. sekt., Vortrage, 140.—Guillemin, A. Abces cerebral traumatique tardif. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1929,55:945-9.—Jaensch, P. A. Seltene Befunde bei traumatischem Hirnabscess. Arch. Ophth, Berl, 1925-26, 116: 457-63.—Lucri, T. Su di un caso di ascesso cerebrale del lobo frontale sinistro, postumo a ferita da scheggia di granata. Policlinico, 1921, 28: sez. prat, 259-62.—Macfarlane, B. Case of cerebral abscess following a scalp wound. Tr. R. Med. Chir. Soc. Glasgow, 1928-29, 23: 118-20.—Oesterlen. Ein Fall von posttraumatischem Hirnabszess. Aerzt. Sach- verst. Ztg, 1930, 36:115-7.—Olmos, J. E. Absceso cerebral precoz del lobulo frontal izquierdo de origen traumatico. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1924,8: 238-40.—Paoh, J. Abces du cerveau conse- cutif a une ancienne blessure de guerre. Marseille nted, 1923,60: 779.—Petf ivalsky, J. [Cerebral abscesses after wounds] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1927-28, 7: 226-68—Porter, M. F. Report of a case of BRAIN ABSCESS traumatic brain abscess; operation; recovery; relapse; death; autopsy. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1925, 18: 56.—Rocher, H. L. Ex- traction tardive d'un 6clat d'obus au sein d'un abces cerebral, region parietale sup6rieure droite. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bor- deaux (1923) 1924, 426-9.—Rogers, L. Cerebral abscess follow- ing head injury. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1933, 135: 166.— Sassone, N. Sopra un caso di ascesso cerebrale traumatico. Policlinico, 1925, 32: sez. prat, 975-9.—Schneider, R. Stirnhirn- abszess nach Sportverletzung zugleich ein kasuistischer Beitrag zur Hirnabszessbehandlung nach Muck. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1931, 29: 61-78.—Shibuya, H. Pathologisch-anatomische Unter- suchungen iiber den traumatischen Hirnabszess. Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien, 1924, 26: 365-96, 2pl— Smith, A. P. Brain abscess consequent to latent head trauma. J. Nat. M. Ass, Newark, 1934, 26: 85-8. Also Med. Bull. Veterans Admin, 1934-35, 11: 337-41, pi.—Stein, F. Ein kasuistischer Beitrag zur Unfallbe- gutachtung beim Gehirnabszess. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1925, 85: 92-104.—Straaten, J. J. van. [Cerebral abscess and trauma] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1935, 79: 396-401.—Tanasescu, I, & Lazarescu, D. Hirnabszess nach Schadeltrauma und Stau- ungspapille. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1931, 77: 108-10.—Tavernier. Les abces cerebraux profonds posttraumatiques; leur evolution anatomopathologique et ses consequences therapeutiques. Lyon chir, 1921, 18: 88-96.—Tristant & Bouyala. Abces du lobe frontal droit consecutif a un traumatisme sans fracture, de la region fronto-parietale droite. Marseille med, 1922, 59: 952-5.— Villandre, C. Abces profonds du cerveau secondaires a des plaies du crane; resection de defense du ventricule lateral. Lyon med, 1917, 126: 420-3.—Winkelbauer, A, & Brunner, H. Zur Behandlung der traumatischen Stirnhirnabscesse. Arch. klin. Chir, 1925, 137: 160-73. ---- Treatment. Piquet, J. Les abces cerebraux et leur traitement. 151p. 8? Par., 1931. Aloin, H. Considerations sur revolution clinique et le traite- ment des abces du cerveau et du cervelet (forme encephalitique) Lyon chir, 1929, 26: 503-26.—Bender, H. A. Brain abscess; question of treatment. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1932, 22: 130-4.— Boenninghaus. Zur Behandlung des Hirnabszesses. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 387.—Cahill, H. P. Modern treatment of brain abscess. J. Am. M. Ass, 1934, 102: 273-6.—Cairns, H, & Bonald, C. The diagnosis and treatment of abscess of the brain. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1935, 50: 73-105, lOpl. Also repr.-----& Scott, S. Discussion on the diagnosis and treatment of abscess of the brain. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934, 27: 1643-86. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1935, 50:129-34.—Carter, N. The treatment of brain abscess. J. Med, Cincin, 1935-36, 16: 257.—Coleman, C. C. Reduction of mortality of brain abscess by simple methods of treatment. South. M.J, 1930, 23: 484-7.—Biagnosis and treatment of brain abscess. Brit. M.J, 1934, 1: 447.—Downs, A. W. K. Case report of brain abscess treated with vaccines. Southwest J.M.&S, 1921, 29: 56.—Flothow, P. G. Treatment of brain abscess. Laryngoscope, 1935, 45: 596-606.—Frazier, C. H. How shall we treat brain abscesses? Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1933, 57: 123.—Grant, F. C. The treatment of abscess in the brain. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1934, 72-5.—Herrmann, A. Ueber Hirnabszesse und ihre Behandlung. Internat. Zbl. Ohrenh, 1933, 37: 211-21.—Jung, G. Zur Therapie der otogenen Hirnabszesse. Med. Klin, Berl, 1933, 29: 1603.—Kahn, E. A. The treatment of brain abscess. Univ. Hosp. Bull, Ann Arb, 1936,2:1. ----- The treatment of encapsulated brain abscess. J. Am. M. Ass, 1937, 108: 87-91—Karbowski, B. [Use of lipio- dol in treatment of cerebral and cerebellar abscesses] Warsz. czas. lek, 1936,13: 322-4. Also Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1936, 70: 1044-9.—King, J. E. J. The treatment of brain abscess. Laryn- goscope, 1924, 34: 974-92. Also Kentucky M.J, 1932, 30: 371-5. ----- The treatment of abscess of the brain associated with extracapsular necrosis and suppuration of the brain. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1936, 35: 1160-4.—Kirch, A. Beobach- tungen iiber Campherwirkung bei Hirnabscessen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1930,26: 664-6.—Linck. Beitrag zur Therapie der Hirnab- scesse. Internat. Zbl. Ohrenh, 1921, 19: 115. Also Verh. Ges. Deut. Hals. &c. Aerzte, 1921,366-71.—Lund, R. [Case of abscess of the brain cured through the ventricle] Hospitalstidende, 1933, 76: Dansk otolar. selsk. forh, 44.—Marbaix. Abces du cerveau d'origine otique gueri depuis 4 ans. Rev. med. Lou- vain, 1930, 235-40.—Mayer, O. Ueber die Behandlung der Hirnabscesse. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1935, 38: 177-84 — Moulonguet, A. Le traitement des abces du cerveau d'origine otitique. Ann. mal. oreille, 1922, 41: 1007-43.—Moure & Canuyt, G. Sur un cas d'abces du cerveau droit d'origine otogene; guerison. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux, (1920) 1921, 564-7.— Neumann, H. Sur la pathologie, la symptomatologie et le traitement des abces du cerveau et du cervelet. Rev. laryng. Par, 1932, 53: 34.—Oljenick, I. [Treatment of cerebral abscess] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1934, 78: 2027-38.—Piquet, J. Les abces cerebraux et leur traitement. Echo nted. nord, 1931, 35: 539.— Puech, P, & Chavany. J. A. Le traitement chirurgical des abces encapsutes du cerveau; a propos de 2 cas enleves completement, d'un seul bloc, sans les ponctionner ni les ouvrir et qui sont actuellement gu6ris. Rev. neur. Par, 1934, 41: pt2, 801-10.— Puusepp, L. Zur Klinik und Therapie der Hirnabszesse. Fol. neuropath, eston. 1933, 13: 66-166.—Scott, S. The diagnosis and treatment of abscess of the brain. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1935,50: 106-26.—Sharpe, W. The diagnosis and treatment of brain abscess. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1914, 20: 232-42 — Simeoni, C. Su di un caso di ascesso cerebrale d'origine otitica BRAIN ABSCESS 895 BRAIN ABSCESS operato e guarito. Arch. ital. otol, 1930, 41: 637-47.—Sojo, F. de. Commentari di terapia degli ascessi cerebrali otogeni (considerazioni pratiche da statistica personate) Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1927, 8: 685-9.—Spasokukotsky, S. I. [Conservative treatment of abscesses of the brain] Vest, khir, 1928,13: no.39, 29-39.—Spira, J. [Treatment of cerebral abscesses of auricular origin] Polska gaz. lek, 1929, 8: 769.—Spurting, R. G. The diagnosis and treatment of abscess of the brain complicating ear, nose and throat disease. Kentucky M.J, 1930, 28: 498-502.— Trampnau. Beitrag zur Therapie der Hirnabszesse. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1922, 18: 105-10.—Uffenorde, W. Die Behandlung der Hirnabscesse mit Autovaccine. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1925, 12: 538-54 [Discussion] 562-5. ----- Behandlung und Prognose der Hirnabszesse. Deut. med. Wschr, 1930, 56: 1335-9.—Vincent, C. Sur une methode de traitement des abces subaigus des hemispheres cerebraux; large decompression, puis ablation en masse sans drainage. Gaz. med. France, 1936, 43: 93-6.—Wolff, E. [Lemaitre's method in the treatment of cere- bral abscesses] Fin. liik. sail, hand, 1934,76:122-33. Worms, G, L'aspiration dans le traitement des abces du cerveau. Ann. otolar. Par, 1933, 1029-38. Also Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1933,59:642-51. ----Treatment, surgical. Buller, G. *Die Nachbehandlung des Hirnabszesses mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Kleinhirnabszesses [Erlangen] 43p. 8? Lpz., 1915. Eagleton, W. P. Brain abscess, its surgical pathology and operative technic. 297p. 8? N.Y., 1922. Adson, A. W, & Craig, W. M. The surgical management of brain abscess. Ann. Surg, 1935, 101: 7-26. Also Surgery (Ravdin, I. S.) Phila, 1935, 7-26.—Alajouanine & Petit-Butaillis, D. Volumineux abces du cerveau gauche, 12 ans apres une blessure de guerre; guerison sans sequelles, apres intervention; considerations chniques et therapeutiques. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1926, 3.ser, 1: 1630-5.—Allegri, G. Craniectomia per ascesso del lobo frontale destro. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1927, 1: 47-53.—Arnaud, M. Deux cas d'abces du cerveau gueris par intervention chirurgicale; resultats eloignes. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1933, 59: 547-52.—Bagley, C. Brain abscess; clinical and operative data. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 81: 2161-6 [Dis- cussion] 2171.—Balabanov, I. P. Brain abscess; report of 2 cases. Northwest M, 1927, 26: 364.—Balado, M, & Franke, E. Consideraciones anatomoquirurgicas sobre 6 casos de absceso del cerebro. Arch, argent, neur, 1928, 2: 171-99, 3pl. Also Bol. Inst. clin. quir, B. Air, 1928, 4: 5-30, 3pl.—Ballance, Sir C. A glimpse into the surgery of abscess of the brain. Practitioner, Lond, 1927, 119: 1-9.—Barany, R. Zur Behandlung des Hirn- abszesses und zur Verhiitung der fortschreitenden Enzephalitis und des Ventrikeldurchbruchs mittels Lumbalpunktion, Balkenstich und Ventrikeldrainage. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1924, 6: 74-8.—Barling, G. Some reminiscences. Birmingham M. Rev, 1936, 11: 9-11.—Beck, O. Zur Chirurgie und Nach- behandlung der Schlafenlappenabszesse. Internat. Zbl. Ohrenh, 1924, 23: 61. Also Riv. otoneur, 1927, 4: 1-11 — Bernardie, C. B. de la. Abces du cerveau d'origine otique. Rev. laryng. Par, 1928, 49: 620-4.—Bourguet, J. Labyrinthie suppuree gauche avec abces cerebral; ablation de l'oreille interne et ouverture de l'abces; mort subite 9 jours apres. Paris chir, 1921, 13: 342-6.—Bozzi, E. Ricerche sperimentali sulla reazione delle meningi e dell' encefalo nei trattamento operatorio del- l'ascesso encefalico. Arch. ital. otol, 1935, 47: 679-731.—Cahill, H. P. Twelve cases of cerebral and cerebellar abscesses drained by the Mosher wire gauze cone. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1925, 17: 42-66. ----- Brain abscess; methods of drainage. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth, 1929, 34: 96-103. Also Laryngoscope, 1930, 40: 365-70.—Cairns, H. Brain abscess from the point of view of the neurological surgeon. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1929-30, 23: sect, otol, 45-52. Also Eye Ear N. Thr. Month, 1929-30, 9: 277-83.—Carrasco. Absceso,cerebral otico; trepanation; muerte. Siglo med, 1925, 75: 531.—Coleman, C. C. The treatment of brain abscess. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1927, 40: 360-8. Also Arch. Surg, 1929, 18: 100-16. ----- Some observations on the drainage of subcortical brain abscess. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1923) 1924, 36:225-31. Also Arch. Surg, 1925,10:212-6.—Bandy, W. E. Treatment of chronic abscess of the brain by tapping; preliminarv note. J. Am. M. Ass, 1926, 87: 1477—Davidov, L. M. The history of the surgical treatment of otogenic abscess of the brain. Laryngoscope, 1935, 45: 295-306. ----- Sym- posium: how to obviate failures in results of surgery in otolaryn- gology; how to obviate failures in the results of surgery of brain abscess. Ibid, 1934, 44: 871-5— Dowman, C. E. The treat- ment of brain abscess by the induction of protective adhesions between the brain cortex and the dura before the establishment of drainage. Arch. Surg, 1923, 6: 747-54—Dutheillet de la- mothe. Abces du lobe temporal traite et gueri par la methode d'exclusion des espaces meninges. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1926, 32: 681—Elsberg, C. A. The technic of operations for abscess of the brain. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1925, 1:: 14-25.- Ferey, D. Deux abces du cerveau traites selon la method de Worms. Bull, med. Par, 1934, 48: 531. Also Bull. Soc nat. chir. Par 1934, 60: 912-5— Hautant, Ramadier & Lanos. Trois abces encephaliques oPer6s et gueris Ann mal oreille 1924 43- 1074-83—Horrax, G. A method for the treatment of certain chronic, encapsulated brain abscesses. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1934, 14: 1179-86—Hiitten, F. von der. Zur Erbffnung von Hirnabscessen. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1924, 8: 538.— Jannuzzi, S. Considerazioni chirurgiche su due casi di ascessi cerebrali operati e guariti. Riv. chir. Nap, 1935, 1: 609-20.— Kaplan, A. Brain abscess; 2 recoveries in which the Mosher drain was used. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1934, 80: 684-93 Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 33: 667-73—King, J. E. J. The treatment of brain abscess by unroofing and temporary herniation of abscess cavity with the avoidance of usual drainage methods; with notes on the management of hernia cerebri in general. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1924, 39: 554-68. ----- The treat- ment of brain abscess; a surgical technic in which the usual drainage methods are avoided. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1925, 1: 26-41. Also repr. ----- Neuro-surgical treatment of brain abscess. Laryngoscope, 1929, 39: 246. ----- Brain abscess; external rupture of capsule with pericapsular brain necrosis Ann. Surg, 1935, 101: 190-200.—Korner, O. Ueber die Nach- behandlung der erbffneten otogenen Hirnabszesse. Deut. med Wschr, 1925, 51: 95-7. -----■ Zur Nachbehandlung der erbff- neten otogenen Hirnabscesse mit starren Kaniilen. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1926-27, 17: 293-9—Kunz, E. Der Einfluss der sitzenden Stellung des Patienten bei der Operation eines Hirnabscesses. Ibid, 1924, 8: 503.—Leriche, R. Traitement des abces cerebraux par la trepanation large, sans drainage, et la vaccinotherapie. Lyon chir, 1922, 19: 402-4—Lisovskaya, S. N. [On the technic of drainage for abscess of the brain] In Jubil. sbornik grekova, S. Peterb, 1921, 347-53.—McKenzie, K. G. The treatment of abscess of the brain. Arch. Surg, 1929, 18: 1594-620.—Marcorelles, R. Cinq abces du cerveau d'origine otique et sinusale operes et chirurgicalement gu6ris. Bull. otorhin. Par, 1921, n.s, 19: 14-23.—Mayer, O. [Operative Behandlung otogener Hirnabszesse] Wien. med. Wschr, 1924, 74: 2739.—Meurman, Y. Contribution to the treatment of brain abscesses; rubber sponge as drain. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1926, 9: 357-68.—Mixter, W. J. Brain abscess from the standpoint of the brain surgeon. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth, 1929, 34: 87-95. Also Laryngoscope, 1930, 40: 357-64.—Moure, E. J. Sur un nouveau mode de drainage des abces du cerveau. Bull. Acad med. Par, 1924, 3.ser, 91:110-2. Also Rev. laryng. Par, 1924, 45: 81-9.—Muck, O. Weswegen der Hirnabszess am sitzenden Patienten gebffnet werden soil? Zschr. Ohrenh, 1920, 80: 308-13, pi. ----- Entleerung eines Stirnlappenspatabszesses und Verhinderung des Ventrikeldurchbruches durch kiinstliche Blutleere des Gehirns (voriibergehende Carotidenkompression) Zbl. Chir, 1922, 49: 112.----- Luftungsbehandlung entleer- ter Hirnabscesshbhlen. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1928-29, 22: 343-8.—Nieuwenhuyse, van. Abces du cerveau; intervention; guerison. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1928. 34: 311-4.— Ninger, F. Resultats eioign6s du traitement chirurgical des abces cerebraux et des nteningites otogenes. Ibid, 1926, 32: 668-75.—Papayannopoulos, J. Un cas d'abces du cerveau gueri par une intervention chirurgical immediate. Ann. mal. oreille, 1929, 48: 824.—Petit, J. Abces du cerveau d'origine otique; trepanation; guerison. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1925, 51: 952.—Peyser, A. Hirnabszess, Meningitis, Heilung. Zschr. Laryng, 1929, 18: 327-9.—Piquet, J. Les regies du traitement chirurgical de l'abces cerebral d'origine otique. Echo med. nord, 1931, 35:582-8. Also Presse med, 1931, 39: 729-31. ----- & Minne, J. Etude clinique et traitement chirurgical de l'abces encephalique d'origine oto-masto'idienne. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1930, 36: 5-121.—Pogacnik, J. Ueber operative Ausheilung von Hirnabszessen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1934, 60: 287.—Potts, J. B. Localization and drainage of brain abscesses of otitic origin with case reports. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1928, 34: 522-34. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1928, 37: 513- 25, 7pl.—Sanvenero-Rosselli, G. Sopra due casi di ascesso cerebrale operati e guariti. Ann. laring. Tor, 1927, 28:147-57.— Sargent, Sir P. Remarks on drainage of brain abscess. Brit. M.J, 1928, 2: 971.—Schwarz, T. E. Hospital staff meetings and clinical photographic case demonstration. Radiography, 1933, 9: no.2, 6-8.—Smith, S. M. Post-operative treatment of brain abscess. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1921, 15: 302-10. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1921, 30: 970-5.—Steegmann, A. T, & Karnosh, L. J. Treatment of brain abscess by tapping. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930,95:410. Alsorepr.—Thormann, H. Ueber die Muckschen Methoden der Operation und Nachbehandlung otogener Hirn- abscesse. Zbl. Hals &c. Heilk, 1928-29, 13: 625-9.—Thouvenin, R, & Lory, G. Abces cerebral tardif chez un ancien trepane de guerre; trepanation, ouverture, guerison. Progr. med. Par, 1921, 3.ser, 36: 171.—Tobey, H. G. Electrosurgery in the drain- age of certain abscesses of the brain. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1930, 11:742-51. Alsorepr.—Urbantschitsch, E. Schiafelappen-und Okzipitallappenabszess mit Gegeninzision und wiederholter Durchspiilung sowie spater Hirnzyste; Heilung nach 4 Opera- tionen. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1923, 57: 56-8.—Vanden Wil- denberg, L. Les abces du cerveau d'origine otitique; presenta- tion de deux op6res d'abces cerebral gueris. Rev. nted. Louvain, 1920, 355-65, 2pl.—Vincent, C, & Bavid, M. Sur l'ablation en masse aans drainage des abces subaigus des hemispheres cere- braux. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1936, 14: 1-7, pi. -----& Aske- nasy, H. Sur une methode de traitement des abces subaigus et chroniques de: hemispheres cerebraux. J. chir. Par, 1937, 49: 1-46.—Vincent, C, & Martel, T. de. Abces cerebral; trepanation; guerison sans perte de substance osseuse cranienne. Rev. neur. Par, 1927, 34: pt 1, 1060-2—Voss, 0. Ein neues Messer zur Erbffnung von Hirnabscessen. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1923-24, 7: 248.—Winter, Puech & Bavid. A propos du traitement chirurgical des abces du cer- BRAIN ABSCESS 896 BRAIN CORTEX veau. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1936, 20: 525-40.—Zam- brini, A. Abces du cerveau d'origine otique;' traitement par l'exclusion des espaces sous-arachnoldiens (technique de Fernand Lemaitre) guerison. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1924, 30: 181. Also Rev. As. med. argent, 1923, 36: sect. soc. otorin, 62-5. BRAINARD, Annie Maria, 1864- The evolution of public-health nursing, xiv, 454p. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1922. BRAIN cortex. See also Audition; Brain; Olfactory tract; Optic tract; Vision, Centers. Herrick, C. J. Brains of rats and men; a survey of the origin and biological significance of the cerebral cortex. 382p. 8? Chic. [1926] Addison, W. H. F, & Donaldson, H. H. On the area of the sunken cerebral cortex as determined from the length and depth of selected sulci in 3 classes of human brains: scholars, hospital whites, hospital negroes. J. Comp. Neur, 1933, 57: 429-75. Also repr.—Anthony, R, & De Grzybowski, J. Le neopallium du boeuf; etude de son developpement et interpretation de ses plissements. J. Anat, Lond, 1934, 68; 558-70.—Ariens Kappers, C. U. The relative weight of the brain cortex in human races and in some animals and the asymmetry of the hemispheres, J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1926, 64: 113-24. Also Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, sect, sc, 1925, 28: 844-55.—Bok, S. T. [Thick- ness of cortex in cerebral convolutions] Ned. tschr. geneesk.. 1929, 73: pt 1, 391-5.—Craigie, E. H. The cerebral cortex of the ostrich (Struthio) J. Comp. Neur, 1936,64:389-415.—Economo, C. von. Die fiinf Bautypen der Grosshirnrinde. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1925-26, 17: 260-9.—Foerster, 0. The cerebral cortex in man. Lancet, Lond, 1931, 2: 309-12.—Fulton, J. F. An experimental analysis of the evolution of cortical dominance in primates. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932, 88.—Home Craigie, E. The cerebral cortex of Apteryx. Anat. Anz, 1929-30, 68: 97-105, 2pl—Krasnogorsky, N. I. Du processus de concentration dans l'ecorce des grands hemispheres. Rev. nted. Par, 1923, 40: 294-310—Michaels, J. J, & Kraus, W. M. Measurements of cerebral and cerebellar surfaces; measurement of cortical areas in cat, dog and monkey. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1930, 24: 94-101.—Popov, I, & Popov, N. Allocortex bei der Ratte (Mus decumanus) J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1929, 39: 257-322.—Retterer, E. Variations de structure de l'ecorce cerebrate avec l'age. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 98: 1123-5.—Rose, M. Der Allocortex bei Tier und Mensch. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1926, 34: 1-111, ?0pl— Rose, S. Verglei- chende Messungen im Allocortex bei Tier und Mensch. Ibid, 250-5.—Sattler, E. Cortex- und Subcortexuntersuchungen am Menschen. Arch. klin. Chir, 1934, 179: 300-11. Also Gyo- gyaszat, 1933, 73: 739; 760.—Smith, C. G. The volume of tho neocortex of the albino rat and the changes it undergoes with age after birth. J. Comp. Neur, 1934, 60: 319-47.—Steyerthal, A. Economos Hirnrindeforschung. Psychiat. neur. Wschr, 1928.30:33-6. ---- Abnormities. Culp, W. *Ein Fall von vollkommenem Mangel der Grosshirnwindungen [Heidelberg] 18p. 8? Mainz, 1914. Babonneix, L, & Lhermitte, J. Hemiptegie gauche chez un nourrisson de 22 mois; microgyrie avec heterotopics corticales. Rev. neur. Par, 1935,42: pt 1,403-6.—Bielschowsky, M. Ueber Mikrogyrie. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1915, 22:1-47, 5pl. ----- Ueber die Oberriachengestaltung des Grosshirnmantels bei Pachygyrie, Mikrogyrie und bei normaler Entwicklung. Ibid, 1923,30:29-76,3pl. -----&Rose, M. Ueber die Pathoarchitek- tonik der mikro- und pachygyren Rinde und ihre Beziehungen zur Morphogenie normaler Rindengebiete. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1929, 38: 42-6, 2pl— B'Abundo, G. Su d'una particolare microgiria parziale simmetrica negli emisferi cerebrali, e sui consecutivi probabili effetti compensativi. Riv. ital. neuropat, 1913, 6: 1-25.—Bonati, G. Alterazioni microscopiche in un caso di microgiria. Ann. Manic. Perugia (1914) 1915, 229.—Gerlach, E. J, & Weber, H. Ueber ein menschliches Gehirn mit beider- seitiger Verdoppelung der Zentralfurche. Anat. Anz, 1929, 67: 440-52.—Junius, E. W. [Some remarks on microgyria] Psy- chiat. neur. bl, 1924, 28: 10-5, 2pl.—Liebscher, K. Zur Kennt- nis der Mikrogyrie nebst einigen Bemerkungen iiber die soge- nannten Heterotopien im Riickenmarke des Menschen. Zschr Heilk, 1906, 27: Abt. path. Anat, 219-42.—Linell, E. A, & Koster, B. McB. A developmental anomaly of the cerebral cortex. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1924, 12: 167-72.—Lbwy, R. Zur Frage der Mikrogyrie; ein Beitrag zur Theorie der Windungsbildungen. Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien, 1914, 21:1-40.— May, W. P. Demonstration of a case of microgyria. Brit. M. J, 1905, 2: 1100.—Melissinos, K. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der pathologischen Anatomie der Mikrogyrie. Arch, psychiat, Berl, 1912, 49: 848-72, pi—Nieuwenhuijse, P. Zur Kenntnis der Mikrogyrie. Psychiat. neur. bl, 1913, 17: 9-53, 6pl.— Pellizzi, G. B. Sulle varie forme di microgiria. Ann. freniat. 1905, 15: 193-223.—Riederer von Paar, V. Ein neuer Beitrag zur Frage der Schizogyrie (Windungsspaltbildung) und ihrer traumatischen Entstehung. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1936-37, 106: 71-105.—Sacchini, G. Sopra un caso di paralisi cerebrale infantile (microgiria per suddivisione ed ulegiria) Gazz. osp, 1910, 31: 49-51.—Ugolotti, F. Contributo 9II0 studio della micro- giria. Ann. nevr. Nap, 1905, 23: 108-25.—Winkler-Junius, E, [Microgyria] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1924, 68: pt 1, 1351.—Ziveri, A. Sopra un caso di microgiria. Ann. nevr. Nap, 1915-16, 33: 168-92. ---- Association centers. See also Language; Speech; &c. Jacobsen, C. F. Functions of frontal association area in primates. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 33: 558-69. Also repr. ----- Experimental analysis of the functions of the frontal association areas in primates. Ibid, 34: 884-8. Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1935,81: 437-50. -----Wolfe, J. B, & Jackson, T. A. An experimental analysis of the functions of the frontal association areas in primates. Ibid, 82: 1-14. Also repr. Kreht, H. Zur Architektonik der Brocaschen Region beim Scbimpansen und Orang-Utan. Zschr. Anat. Entw, 1935-36, 105: 654-77. ----- Zur Volumengrbsse der architek- tonischen Felder 55-66 einiger menschlicher Gehirne im Ver- gleich zu der des Schimpansen und Orang-Utan. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch, 1936, 39: 409-14.—Marie, P. La troisieme cir- convolution frontale gauche ne joue aucun role special dans la fonction du langage. In his Trav. & mem. Par, 1926,1: 3-30.— Nolte, W. Experimentelle Untersuchungen zum Problem der Lokalisation des Assoziationsvermbgens im Fischgehirn. Zschr. vergl. Physiol, 1932-33, 18: 255-79—Poltyrev, S. S. Verborgene Assoziationen des Grosshirns bei Hunden. Zschr. Biol, 1936, 97: 306.—Prokofiev, G, & Zeliony, G. Des modes d'associations cerebrates chez I'homme et chez les animaux. Encephale, 1926, 21: 680-7. Also J. psychol. norm, path. Par, 1926, 23:1020-8.— Riegele, L. Die Cytoarchitektonik der Felder der Brocaschen Region. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1931, 42: 496-514. ---- Atrophy [Pick] See also Dementia. Holzheuer, E. *Formen friihzeitigen Al- terns (Picksche Atrophie) [Leipzig] 28p. 8? Zeulenroda, 1934. Husen, T. van. *Ueber einen Fall von Pick'scher Krankheit [Bonn] 18p. 8? Berl., 1934. Knipping, E. *Zur Symptomatologie der partiellen Stirnhirn-Atrophie (Pick'sche Atro- phie) 20p. 8? Rostock, 1927. Altman, E. Ueber die umschriebene Gehirnatrophie des spateren Alters. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1923, 83: 610-43 — Austregesilo. Umschriebene Picksche Gehirnatrophie. Ibid, 1932-33,143: 627-34.—Baonville, H, Ley, J, & Titeca, J. Maladie de Pick et maladie d'Alzheimer. J. beige neur. psychiat, 1935, 35: 441-52.—Becker, E. Klinische und anatomische Beitrage zur Pickschen Krankheit. Mschr. Psychiat, Berl, 1935-36, 92: 107-21.—Berliner. Picksche Hirnatrophie. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 377.—Bogaert, L. van. Syndrome extrapyramidal au cours d'une maladie de Pick. J. neur. psychiat, Brux, 1934, 34:315- 20.—Bonfiglio, F. Circa la diagnosi clinica dell'atrofia cerebrale circoscritta di Pick e de la malattia di Alzheimer-Perusini. Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1926, 52: 214-29. ----- La patoarchitettonica della corteccia cerebrate in psichiatria; la patoarchitettonica corticate nello studio della malattia di Pick. Ann. nevr. Nap, 1927, 41: 146-50. ----- Circa la diagnosi clinica della malattia di Pick (con dimostrazione del reperto anatomo-patologico in un caso di atrofia cerebrale a localizzazione fronto-temporale) Boll. Accad. med. Roma, 1935, 61: 103-13 — Braunmiihl, A. von. Zur Histopathologie der umschriebenen Grosshirnrindenatrophie (Picksche Krankheit) Virchows Arch, 1928,270:448-86. ----- Ueber Stammganglienveranderungen bei Pickscher Krankheit. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 124: 214-21. ----- Ueber die gerichtsarztliche Bedeutung der Pickschen Krankheit. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1935- 36, 25: 349-57. -----& Leonhard, K. Ueber ein Schwestern- paar mit Pickscher Krankheit. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1934, 150: 209-41—Carp, E. A. B. E. [Circumscribed cerebral atrophy of Pick] Ned. mschr. geneesk, 1930-31, 17: 687-702, 2pl.—Cimmino, M. Sul potere patogeno del liquido sieroso della malattia di Pick iniettato nelle cavie per via sottocu- tanea ed intraganglionare. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1933, 14: 103-112.—Bewulf, A. Un cas de maladie de Pick avec tesions pr6dominantes dans les noyaux gris de la base du cerveau. J. beige neur. psychiat, 1935, 35: 508-21.—Bivry, P. Maladie de Pick; anatomo-pathologie. Ibid, 481-5.-----Titeca, J, & Vermeylen, G. Atrophie de Pick; examen; anatomo-pathologie. Ibid, 486-94, 2pl—Ferraro, A, & Jervis, G. A. Pick's dis- ease; clinical and pathologic considerations. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 34: 1105-8. ----- Pick's disease; clinicopatologic study with report of 2 cases. Ibid, 1936, 36: 739-67— Frets, G. P. [Atrophy of Pick's; left temporal lobel Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1933, 77: 4261, pi.—Gans, A. Betrachtun- gen iiber Art und Ausbreitung des krankhaften Prozesses in einem Fall von Pickscher Atrophie des Stirnhirns. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1922, 80: 10-28—Gordon, A. Pick's (or Alzheimer's) disease. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 34: BRAIN CORTEX 897 BRAIN CORTEX 214.—Grasse, J. Ueber einen atypischen Fall von Pickscher Krankheit mit Echolalie und Palilalie. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1934, 102: 689-705.—Greenwood, J, jr. A possible case of Pick's disease. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1936, 35: 414-6.—Griin- thal, E. Ueber die Picksche umschriebene Grosshirnrinden- atrophie. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1406. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 614. Also Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1927, n.F, 52: 24. ----- Ueber ein Briiderpaar mit Pickscher Krankheit; eine vergleichende Untersuchung, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Verursachung und des Verlaufs der Erkrankung. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 129: 350-75. ----- Klinisch-genealogischer Nachweis von Erblichkeit bei Pickscher Krankheit. Ibid, 1931, 136: 464-82—Guillain, G, & Bertrand, I. Distribution architectonique des atrophies cere- brates dans deux cas de maladie de Pick. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935,119: 391-4. -----& Mollaret, P. Considerations anatomo- cliniques sur un cas de maladie de Pick. Ann. med. Par, 1934, 36:249-74. ----- Degenerescence pallido-olivaire dans un cas de maladie de Pick. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 342-4 — Guiraud, P, & Bonnafous-Serieux. Maladie de Pick au debut et remarques sur les iterations verbales et graphiques. Ann. med. psychol. Par, 1935, 93: pt2, 597-605.—Guiraud, P, & Caron, M. Maladie de Pick. Ibid, 1934, 92: 234-6.—Guiraud, P, & Ey, H. Diagnostic clinique et examen anatomique d'un cas de maladie de Pick. Ibid, 1936, 94: pt2, 823-31.—Gullotta, S, & Leusser, M. Contributo anatomo-clinico alla conoscenza della malattia di Pick. Riv. sper. freniat, 1935, 59: 33-82.— Hamelinck. Un cas de maladie de Pick. J. neur. psychiat, Brux, 1933, 33: 94-100.—Horn, L, & Stengel, E. Zur Klinik und Pathologie der Pickschen Atrophie; uber die nosologische Stellung der Pickschen Krankheit. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 128: 673-701.—Husen, T. van. Ueber einen Fall von Pick'scher Krankheit. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat, 1933-34, 101: 381-96.—llberg. G. Multiple Verbdungen in der Hirnrinde. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1922, 67: 363-72—Jervis, G. A, & Fer- raro, A. Pick's disease; clinical and pathological considerations. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1935, 82: 68-73.—Kahn, E, & Thompson, L. J. Concerning Pick's disease. Am. J. Psychiat, 1934, 90: 937-46—Kaplinsky, M. S. Zur Frage der Herdatrophien des Gehirns (Picksche Krankheit) Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1928-29, 118: 670-84. Also Arch, argent, neur, 1929, 5: 33-48 — Korbsch, H. Die Picksche Krankheit. Psychiat. neur. Wschr, 1934, 36: 381-5.—Kufs, H. Beitrag zur Histopathologie der Pickschen umschriebenen Grosshirnrindenatrophie. Zchr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1927, 108: 786-802—Lemke, R. Ein Beitrag zum Krankheitsbild der Pickschen Atrophie. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1933-34, 101: 623-36.—Ley, J. Symptomatologie de la maladie de Pick. J. beige neur. psychiat, 1935, 35: 425-40. ■----- Titeca, J. [et al.] Atrophie de Pick; etude anatomo- clinique. J. neur. psychiat, Brux, 1934, 34: 285-314, 7pl — Liebers, M. Zur Klinik und Histopathologie der Pickschen Hirnatrophie. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1931, 135: 131-42. ----- Alzheimersche Krankheit mit Pickscher Atrophie der Parteto-Occipitallappen. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1933, 100: 100 10.—Lbwenberg, K. Pick's disease; a clinicopathologic contri- bution. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1936,36: 768-89—Lua, M Zur Pathologie der Pickschen Krankheit. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 128: 281-9.—Marie, P. Sur un cas d'atrophie senile du cerveau presentant au niveau du pied de F3 a gauche, une depression qui aurait pu faire penser a une lesion en ce point. In his Trav. & ntem. Par, 1926, 1: 166. ----- Presentation d'un cerveau senile avec atrophie simple des circonvolutions simulant une lesion en foyer dans la region de la parietale ascen- dante et dans la region de la 3e frontale a gauche. Ibid, 165.— Meignant. La maladie de Pick (atrophie cerebrate circonscrite) Presse med, 1932. 40: 1320.—Moyano, B. A. Dementias pre- seniles; enfermedad de Alzheimer; atrofia de Pick. Arch, argent. neur, 1931-32, 7:231-79.—Nichols, I. C, & Weigner, W. C. Pick's disease—review of literature and presentation of case (abstract) J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1934, 79: 319-23.—Onari, K, & Spatz, H. Anatomische Beitrage zur Lehre von der Pickschen umschriebe- nen Grosshirnrinden-Atrophie (Picksche Krankheit) Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1926, 101: 470-511.— Pentschew, A. Die granuliire Atrophie der Grosshirnrinde. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1933, 101: 80-136—Pinero, H. M, & Orlando, R. Contribucion al estudio de la enfermedad de Pick. Arch, argent, neur, 1935- 36, 12: 113-26. Also Rev. crim, B. Air, 1935, 22: 43-59. Also Sem. med, B. Air, 1936, 43: 506-12.—Schmitz, H. A, & Meyer, A. Ueber die Picksche Krankheit, mit besonderer Berucksich- tigung der Erblichkeit. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1933, 99: 747- 61.—Schneider, C. Weitere Beitrage zur Lehre von der Pick- schen Krankheit. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1929, 120: 340- 84.—Springlova, M. [Lobar atrophy (Pick's) clinical, anatomic and genealogic study] Cas. tek. cesk, 1926, 65: 848; 897.— Stertz, G. Ueber die Picksche Atrophie. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1926, 101: 729-47.—Stief, A. Zur Kasuistik der Pick- schen Krankheit. Ibid, 1930, 128: 544-56.—Tannenbaum, E. Pick's disease; report of case. Arch. Pediat, N.Y, 1933, 50: 464-6.—Thorpe, F. T. Pick's disease (circumscribed senile atro- phy) and Alzheimer's disease. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1932, 78: 302-14, 2pl —Urechia, C. J. Contribution a l'etude de la maladie de Pick. Encephale, 1930, 25: 728-50, 3pl. -----& Bragomir, L, & Elekes, N. Deux cas de maladie de Pick; un cas de la maladie d'Alzheimer; existe-t-il des rapports entre ces maladies? Arch. internat. neur. Par, 1935, 27.ser, 55-83—Urechia, C. I, &' Mihalescu, S. La maladie de Pick (atrophie senile circonscrite) Encephale. 1928, 23: 803-20, 3pl— Verhaart, W. J. C. [Pick's disease] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1930, 74: pt2, 5586-98, pi. ——- Ueber das Vorkommen der Pickschen Krankheit und der 21767—vol. 2, 4th series----57 Krankheit von Alzheimer bei den Malaien und Chinesen in Niederlandisch-Ost-Indien. Meded. dienst volksgezundh. Ned. Indte, 1936, 25: 341-5.— Vermeylen, G. Un cas d'encephalose agnoso-apraxique (maladie de Pick) J. beige neur. psychiat, 1935, 35: 453-7—Vogt, M. Die Picksche Atrophie als Beispiel fiir die eunomische Form des Schichtenpathoklise. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1928, 36: 124-9, 4pl— Williams, H. W. The peculiar cells of Pick's disease; their pathogenesis and distribution in disease. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 34: 508-19. ---- Blood supply. Pfeifer, R. A. Die Angioarchitektonik der Grosshirnrinde. 157p. 8? Berl., 1928. Chauchard, A, & Chauchard, B. Role des collaterales des arteres vertebrates et carotides dans l'irrigation de l'ecorce cere- brate. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 1628.—Craigie, E. H. The vascularity of the cerebral cortex of the albino rat. J. Comp. Neur, 1921-22, 33:193; 1930, 51:1-11. ----- Postnatal changes in vascularity in the cerebral cortex of the male albino rat. Ibid, 1925, 39: 301-24. ----- The vascularity of the cerebral cortex in a specimen of Apteryx; additional evidence of the pres- ence of a homologue of mammalian neocortex. Anat. Rec, 1929, 43: 209-14. -----■ The vascular supply of the archicortex of the rat; the wild Norway rat (Mus norvegicus) in comparison with the albino. J. Comp. Neur, 1931, 52: 359-64.—Florey, H. Microscopical observations on the circulation of the blood in the cerebral cortex. Brain, Lond, 1925. 48: 43-64.—Gordon, A. Dilatation and engorgement of cortical veins simulating tumor of the brain. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1929, 55: 546-50.—Kubie, L. S, & Hetler, B. M. The cerebral circulation; the action of hypertonic solutions; a study of the circulation in the cortex by means of color photography. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1928, 20: 749-55, pi.—Lorente de No, R. Ein Beitrag zur Kennt- nis der Gefassverteilung in der Hirnrinde. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1927, 35:19-27, 2pl.—Mandelstamm, M. Ueber die Eigen- tiimliohkeiten der Blutverteilung in den Gefassen der Gross- hirnrinde. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1936, 155: 472-87.— Pfeifer, R. A. Die Angioarchitektonik der Grosshirnrinde (vorlaufige Mitteilung) Mschr. Psychiat, Neur, 1927, 65: 166-72.—Shellshear, J. L. A contribution to our knowledge of the arterial supply of the cerebral cortex in man. Brain, Lond, 1927, 50: 236-53. ----- The arterial supply of the cerebral cortex in the chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes) J. Anat, Lond, 1930-31, 65: 45-87, 6pl. ---- Calcification [Krabbe] Byes, O. Verkalkte Hirnrinde. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1935,51:409-12.—Krabbe, K. H. Facial and meningeal angioma- tosis associated with calcifications of the brain cortex; a clinical and anatomopathologic contribution. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1934, 32: 737-55.—Lachmann, E. Calcification of the brain cortex associated with hemangioma of the face and meninges. Radiology, 1936, 27: 75-9.—Moniz, E, & Almeida Lima. Pseudo-angiomes calcifies du cerveau; angiome de la face et calcifications corticales du cerveau (maladie de Knud H. Krabbe) Rev. neur. Par, 1935, 42: 743-50. ---- Chemistry and metabolism. Ciaccio, C, & Longo, V. Sul metabolismo del tessuto nervoso; comportamento del P solubile dei centri corticali motori in rapporto alia loro attivitft. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1934, 9: 133-5.—Bickens, F. Metabolism of normal and tumour tissue; the respiratory quotient of brain cortex. Biochem. J, Lond, 1936, 30: 661-4.—Bixon, K. C. The effect of rise in temperature on the carbohydrate catabolism of cerebral cortex. Ibid, 1483-8.—Gorodisskaia, H. [Lipoids and total nitrogen of cerebral cortex of man] Med. biol. J, Leningr, 1926, 2: no.2, 77-95.— Henschen, S. E. [Metabolism and functions of cerebral cortex] Hygiea, Stockh, 1929, 91: 417-41.— Lasnitzki, A. Kationenab- hangigkeit des Garvermbgens der Hirnrinde. Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 565.—Petrunkina, A, & Petrunkina, M. Etude analy- tique des rapports entre acides et bases dans l'ecorce cerebrate de I'homme. J. physiol. path, gen. Par, 1935, 33: 1102-13. ---- Connections and fibers. See also Pyramidal tract; also under Brain. Poliak, S. The main afferent fiber system of the cerebral cortex in primates; an investiga- tion of the central portions of the somato- sensory, auditory, and visual paths of the cere- bral cortex, with consideration of their normal and pathological function, based on experiments with monkeys. 370p. 8? Berkeley, 1932. Forms v.2 of Univ. California Pub. Anat. Rosett, J. Intercortical systems of the human cerebrum, mapped by means of new anatomic methods. 135p. 8? N.Y., 1933. Abbie, A. A. The projection of the forebrain on the pons and cerebellum. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1934, 115: s.B, 504-22, 8pi — Coenen, L. The connection of the cortex with the neo- striatum and palaeostriatum in rabbits. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, sect, sc, 1927, 30: pt2, 811-22. Also Encephale, BRAIN CORTEX 898 BRAIN CORTEX 1929, 24: 1-10, 5pl—Ehmann, F, & Winiwarter, F. Ein Modell der nervosen Leitungsbahnen in der Corona radiata. Anat. Anz, 1935-36, 81: 265-73.—Fulton, J. F, Hoff, E. C, & Kennard, M. A. Corticospinal pathways from the premotor area. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1934, 60: 32-6.—Hollander, d'. Les voies cortico-thalamiques et cortico-tectales. Bull. Acad. nted. Belgique, 1921, 5.ser, 1: 447-51 [Discussion] 415. ----- Con- tribution anatomo-experimentale a l'etude du cingulum et des localisations cortico-areales. Ibid, 492-6 [Rapp. de Leboucq] 465-7. ----- Recherches anatomiques sur les couches op- tiques; les voies cortico-thalamiques et les voies cortico-tectales. Arch, biol, Ltege, 1922, 32: 249-344.—Katzenstein, E. Der Fasciculus centroparietalis (von Monakow) entwicklungs- geschichtliche, experimentelle und pathologisch-anatomische Studie iiber ein mittelanges Assoziationsfasersvstem im Gross- hirn. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1929, 25: 3-55.—Koike- gami, H, & Imogawa, M. Ueber die Fasern, insbesondere die kortikalen extrapyramidalen aus der Area 19a der Grosshirn- rinde beim Affen. Morph. Jahrb, 1936, 77: 587-604—Mettler, F. A. Corticifugal fiber connections of the cortex of Macaca mullatta; the occipital region. J. Comp. Neur, 1935, 61: 221-56. ----- The frontal region. Ibid, 509-42. ----- The parietal region. Ibid, 263-91. ----- The temporal region. Ibid, 1935-36, 63: 25-47. ----- Corticifugal connections of the cere- bral cortex, a resume of experimental investigations. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1936, 35: 1338-44.—Mayendorf, N. von. Projektionsfaserung und Stammstrahlung. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1921, 63: 551-73.—Minkowski, M. Etude sur les con- nexions anatomiques des circonvolutions rolandiques, partetales et frontales. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1923, 12: 71; 227; 1924, 14: 255; 15: 97.—Okuma, T. Experimentelle Studie iiber die Faserverbindung der Grosshirnrinde des Kaninchens. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1929, 41: 2865.—Pfeifer, R. A. Der Faserverlauf von und nach den Zentralwindungen im Gehirn. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 1443. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 1136.—Poljak, S. An experimental study of the association, callosal and projection fibers of the cerebral cortex of the cat. J. Comp. Neur, 1927, 44: 197-258. Also repr. ----- Die zufiihrenden Bahnen des Vorderhirns und ihre Rindenbezie- hungen auf Grund experimenteller Untersuchungen an Af- fen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 125: 138-62. ----- The main afferent fiber systems of the cerebral cortex in prim- ates; an investigation of the central port ons of the somato- sensory, auditory, and visual paths of the cerebral cortex, with consideration of their normal and pathological function, based on experiments with monkeys. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1934, 31: 635-51.—Quercy, P, & Lachaud, R. de. Etudes sur les voies visuelles et auditives; la commissure de Gudden. Ence- phale, 1936, 31: pt2, 61-72, 2pl— Rabinovich, P. H. de. La relation de la corteza cerebral con las regiones subcorticales. Sem. med, B. Air, 1935, 42: pt2, 1558-60.—Ramon y Cajal, S. Sobre las fibras musgosas y algunos puntos dudosos de la textura de la corteza cerebral. Arch, neurob, Madr, 1926, 6: 77-101. Also Progr. clin, Madr, 1926, 34:3-29—Rosett, J. The myth of the occipitofrontal association tract. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1933, 30: 1248-58— Sestini, F. Su di un fascio di fibre mieliniche decorrente nella lamina terminate degli uccelli. Atti • Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1934, 11.ser, 2: 96.—Uchishima, S. Ueber die corticalen extrapyramidalen Fasern aus der Area 8 der Grosshirnrinde der Katze. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch, 1936, 40: 541-57.—Villaverde, J. M. de. Las connexiones corticotala- micas de algunas areas del cerebro del conejo. Libro en honor de Ramon y Cajal, Madr, 1922, 1: 591-624.----- Beitrag zur Kenntnis der kortiko-thalamischen Beziehungen in der motori- schen Zone beim Kaninchen. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1923, 13: 665-74.—Wenderowic, E. L. Ueber den Kern des hinteren Langsbiindels, die daraus entstehenden Fasern im unteren Langsbiindel und die wahrscheinliche Beziehung der beiden zu den automatischen Kopfstellungen. Mschr. Psy- chiat, 1936.94: 55-66. ---- Convolutions and fissures. Anthony, R. L'evolution des plissements du neopallium des mammiferes interieurs aux singes et a I'homme; le plan de description du neopallium humain. Bull. Inst. g6n. psychol. Par, 1919, 19: 5-27. -----& Grzybowski, J. de. Le Neopal- lium des equides; etude du developpement de ses plissements J. Anat, Lond, 1929-30, 64: 147-69, pi.—Bok, S. T. [Structure of cerebral convolutions] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1928, 72: pt2, 6354-6. ----- [The localization problem and the convolutions of the cerebral cortex] Ibid, 1929, 73: pt 1, 3414-7.----- [In- fluence of cerebral convolutions on thickness of cerebral cortex] Psychiat. neur. bl, 1929, 33: 220-5—Bork-Feltkamp, A. J. van [Fissuration of an Eskimo brain] Psychiat. neur. bl, 1934, 38: 329-34— Burkitt, A. N. S. G. The variability of the gyri and sulci in the cerebral hemispheres of Tachyglossus (echidna) aculeata. Ibid, 368-78.—Bavidov, L. M, & Byke, C. G. The demonstration of normal cerebral structures by means of en- cephalography; the cerebral convolutions and sulci. Bull Neur. Inst. N. York, 1933, 3: 147-89.—Economo, C. von. Die Bedeutung der Hirnwindungen. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat, 1926, 84: 123-32.—Filimonov, I. N. Ueber die Varianten der Hirn- furchen des Hundes. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1928, 36: 22-43, 4pl.—Fischer, E. Ueber die Variationen der Hirnfurchen des Schimpanzen. Verh. Anat. Ges, 1921, 30: 48-54.—Genna, G. E. Sulla morfologia dei solchi cerebrali dell' uomo, con osservazioni su cervelli di indigeni del Camerun. Riv. antrop, 1924-25, 26:19-173, 7pl— Goldin, L. S. Furchentypen des menschlichen Gehirns. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1929, 88: 295-324.- Kurz. Die Furchung der Grosshirnrinde beim Kainel. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1926, 78: 1-25.—Lambertini, G. Sulle cause ehe determi- nano la genesi delle circonvoluzioni cerebrali. Monit. zool. ital, 1922, 33: 172. Landau, E. Zur Frage der Hirnfurchung J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1923-24, 30: 201-7.-----Zur Kennt- nis der Gyri Andreae Retzii; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Anat Anz, 1926, 61: 159-65.—Mittelbach, M. Ueber erworbene Spalt- bildungen in der Grosshirnrinde; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der pathologischen Markfasergeftechte (plaques fibromyeii- niques) des Rindes. Beitr. path. Anat, 1929-30,83: 445-70.— Pines, L. Ueber Familienahnlichkeit der Hirnfurchen und Windungen (Gebriider Wl. und Nik. Bechterew) Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1933, 147: 683-95.—Preziuso, L. La superflcie cerebrate in alcune specie di animali domestici (Canis fam, Equus caballus, c. Mulus, Bos taurus, Sus scropha) Nuovo ercolani, 1922,27:145; 172; 177.—Rawitz, B. Die Hirnwindungen einiger niederer Menschenrassen; Buschmanngehirn. Zschr ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1927, 82: 720-32. ----- Tanga- und Xeu- guineagehirne. Ibid, 83: 778-92.—Riese, W. Ueber die Bezie- hungen zwischen Hirnfurchung und Rindenschichtung. Deut Zschr. Nervenh, 1924-25, 83: 314-8. Also Zbl. ges. Neur! Psychiat, 1925, 40: 257-65.—Rose, M. Gyrus limbicus anterior und Regio retrosplenialis (Cortex holoprotoptychos quinquestra- tificatus) vergleichende Architektonik bei Tier und Mensch J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1927, 35: 65-173, 21 pi.—Rosett, J. The central fissure of the human cerebrum. Bull. Neur. Inst N. York, 1935, 4: 365-98.—Schaffer, K. Histogenese der Hirn- furchung. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1923, 69: 467-82. ----• Zum Problem der Hirnfurchung. Arch. Psychiat, Berl 1923-24, 70: 452-65.—Schewior. Die Furchung der Grosshirn- rinde bei einer 18jahrigen Tigerin. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1928 88:469-99.— Shellshear, J. L. The evolution of the parallel sulcus J. Anat, Lond, 1926-27, 61: 267-78.—Vignoli, J. Evolution ontogenique des circonvolutions c6rebrales. Marseille med, 1923. 60: 225-41.—Vogt, O. Furchenbildung und architektonische Rindenfelderung. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1922-23, 29: 438.— Wetzel, G. Hirnwindungen und Brodmann-Vogtsche Felder in ihren gesetzmassigen Beziehungen. Ibid, 434-7. ---- Diseases, See also other subheadings of Brain cortex. Nissl, F., & Alzheimer, A. Histologie and Histopathologie; Arbeiten iiber die Grosshirn- rinde, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der pathologischen Anatomie der Geisteskrank- heiten. 367p. 8? Jena, 1921. Alajouanine, T, Hornet, T, & Thurel, R. L'aspect fen6tre de l'ecorce cerebrate (contribution a l'etude des troubles circula- toires localises a certaines couches cellulaires du cortex) Rev. neur., Par, 1936, 65: 819-29.—Bassi, A. Contributo alla conos- cenza delle alterazioni acute della corteccia cerebrale. Note psichiat, Pesaro, 1922, 3.ser, 10: 285-97, pi.—Benoit, W. Bei- trag zur Erkrankung der Hirnrinde im Sinne der primiiren Rei- zung der Ganglienzellen (retrograde Degeneration) Zbl. allg. Path, 1933, 58: Sonderbd, 16-21.—Berry, R. J. A. Cerebral cortical structure and its relations to mental disease. Stoke Park Monogr. Ment. Defic, 1933, 1: 97-103, 2pl— Bornstein, W. Ueber trophische Veranderungen in der Zungenschleimhaut (herdgekreuzten Zungenbelag) bei kortikalem Herd und die lokaldiagnostische Bedeutung des Zungenbelages; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Abhangigkeit der Trophik von der Hirn- rinde. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1926, 104: 776-99. ----- Beitrag zur Frage der Differentialdiagnose corticaler und sub- cortiealer Herde (Kau-, Schmeck-, Hbr-Trias) Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 2343.—Bourguignon, G. Repercussion d'une lesion corticale. sur les muscles allant jusqu'a un teger degre de dege- nerescence. Rev. neur. Par, 1926, 33: pt2, 390-4.—Bychowski, G, & Sternschein, E. Zur Kenntnis der Beziehung zwischen den corticalen Ausfallserscheinungen und dem Allgemein- zustand des Gehirns. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1923, 85: 68-77.—Catola. Quelques remarques de Taction de la pilocar- pine et de l'adrenaline dans les tesions cortico-pvramidales. Rev. neur. Par, 1926, 33: pt 1, 1155—Courville, C. B. Diffuse cortical contusion of the occipital lobe. Arch. Path, Chic, 1935, 20: 523-34—B'Hollander. De l'endarterite de l'ecorce cerebrate. J. neur. psychiat, Brux, 1932, 32: 240-4— Biirck, H. Ueber die sogenannten Kolloiddegeneration in der Grosshirn- rinde. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1924, 88: 1-25—Esser, A. Entstehung, Lokalisation und Vernarbung von Hirnrinden- verletzungen bei stumpfer Gewalt. Mschr. Unfallh, 1933, 40: 385-98.—Fuller, S. C. Histopathological alterations in the cellu- lar neuroglia and fibrillary mesoblastic components of the cere- bral cortical interstitium. Boston M.&S.J, 1924, 190: 314-22 — Gelli, G. Alcalosi e cronassia della corteccia cerebrale. Clin. pediat. Mod., 1934, 16: 523-36.—Gordon, R. G. Injuries to the head illustrating functions of the cortex. Bristol Med. Chir. J, 1922-23, 40: 139-52—Kennard, M. A. Vasomotor disturb- ances resulting from cortical lesions. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 33: 537-45. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1936, 155: 714-28.—Neuburger, K. Ueber streifenfbrmige Erkran- kungen der Grosshirnrinde bei Arteriosklerose. Ibid, 1926, 101: 452-69.—Pentschew, A. Gibt es eine Endarteriitis luica der kleinen Hirnrindengefiisse (Nissl-Alzheimer)? Nervenarzt, 1935, 8: 393-8.—Rives, J. Lesions architectoniques de l'6corce cerebrate chez les uremiques convulsifs et dans la senilite. Fol. BRAIN CORTEX 899 BRAIN CORTEX neuropath, eston, 1923, 1: 95-104, 2pL—Rose, M. Ueber dte elektivc Schichtcncrkrankung der Grosshirnrinde bei Geistes- krankheiten. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1936, 47: 1-23, 8pl.— Sante de Sanctis. Localizzazioni corticali, epilessia e allucina- zione. Gior. psichiat, 1931, 59: 1-17.—Sentis, T. Amyotrophie consecutive a une lesion de lVcorce cerebrate. Montpellier med, 1917, 39: 917-23. —Staussler, E, & Koskinas, G. Ueber den spongiosen Rindcnschwund, den Status spongiosus und die Iaminiiren Ilirnrindenprozesse. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1926, 105: 55-71.—Stefko, W. H. Pathologisch-histologische Veranderungen in der Grosshirnrinde bei schwerer nervbspsy- chischer Krschopfung und bei tuberkulbser Intoxikation. Krankheilsforschung, 1929, 7: 197-218.—Vries, E. de. Acute diseases of the brain due to functional disturbance of the circula- tion; laminated cortical disease. Arch. Neur. Psvchiat, Chic, 1931, 25: 227-51.—Wenderowie, E. Irrital ives Syndrom des architektonischen Fcldes 19 Brodmnnn. Ax-h. Psvchiat, Berl, 1928, 84: 759-67.—Winkelman, N. W, & Eckel, J. L. Pro- ductive endarteritis of the small cortical vessels in severe tox- aemias. Brain, Lond, 1927, 53: 608-23.-----Endarteritis of the small cortical vessels in severe infections and toxemias. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1929, 21: 863-75 — Zissitza, F. M.. & Pentzik, A. S. Les reflexes toniques de la nuque cnnsi'enUfs aux lesions du champ 4 de l'ecorce cerebrate. Rev. neur.. Par, 1936, 65: 766-75. ---- Electrophysiology. Adrian, E. B. The electrical activity of the cortex. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1935-36, 29: 197-200. ------ & Matthews, B. H. C. The interpretation of potential waves in the cortex. J. Physiol, Lond, 1934, 81: 440-71.------Elektrische Vor- gange in der Grosshirnrinde. Naturwissenschaften, 1935, 23: 19.—Bartley, S. H. Gross differential activity of the dog's cortex as revealed by action currents. Psychol. Monogr, 1933, 44: 30-56.—Bremer, F. L'oscillogramme du cortex cerebral chez I'homme et chez les animaux. Ann. med. psychol. Par, 1935, 93: pt2, 845. ------ L'activite electrique du cortex cerebral de I'homme et des animaux. Bruxelles nted, 193.5-36, 1G: 298; 330.-----Aclion de differents narcotiques sur les activites electriques spontanee et reflexe du cortex cerebral. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: S01-6.------Activite electrique du cortex cerebral dans les etats de sommeil et de veille chez le chat. Ibid, 122: 564-7.—Cybulski, N, & Jelenska-Macieszyna. Aktionsstrome der Grosshirnrinde. Bull, internat. Acad. sc. Cracovie, 1914, 776-81, 3pl.—Be Crinte, M. Die bioelektrischen Erscheinungen der Hirnrindenfeld'er. Deut. med. Wschr, 1937, 63: 279.—Busser de Barenne, J. G, & McCulloch, W. S. Some effects of local sf rychninization on action potentials of the cerebral cortex of the monkey. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1936, 62: 171.—Fischer, M. H. Elektrobiologische Erscheinungen an der Hirnrinde. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1932, 230: 161; 1933-34, 233: 738. -----Aktionsstrome der Hirnrinde. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932, 80.—Foerster, O, & Altenburger, H. Elektrobio- logische Vorgange an der menschlichen Hirnrinde. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1934-35, 135: 277-88—Gerard, R. W. Factors iniiuencing brain potentials. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1936, 62: 55-60.—Gozzano, M. Elettroencefalografia; le correnti bio- elettriche della corteccia cerebrale; corrispondenza topografica delle aree bioelettriche e delle aree citoarchitettoniche corticali. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1935, 10: 125-8. ■----- Effetti degli stimoli sensitivi e sensoriali sulle correnti bioelettriche della corteccia cerebrale. Ibid, 128-31. ------ Azione della stric- nina sulle curve bioelettriche della corteccia cerebrale. Ibid, 131-4.-----Ricerche sui fenomeni elettrici della corteccia cerebrale. Riv. neur, 1935, 8: 212-61—Kornmiiller, A. E. Bioelektrische Charakteristika architektonischer Felder der Grosshirnrinde. Psychiat. neur. Wschr, 1932, 34: 25. ----— Die Ableitung bioelektrischer Slffekte architektonischer Rinden- felder vom unerbffneten Schadel. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1933, 45: 172-84.------Die bioelektrischen Erscheinungen architektonischer Felder der Grosshirnrinde. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1935, 10: 383-426.— Martino, G. Ru alcuni fenomeni elettrici della zona corticale sensitivo-motrice del cane. Arch. sc. biol, Bologna, 1931-32, 16: 160-82. ---- Experimental research. Bard, P. On emotional expression after decortication with some remarks on certain theoretical views. Psychol. Rev, 1934, 41: 424-49.—Bremer, F. Quelques proprietes de l'activite electrique du cortex cerebral isole. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935,118: 1241-4.—Buytendijk, F. J. J. An experimental investigation into the influence of cortical lesions on the behavior of rats. Arch, neerl. physiol, 1932, 17: 370-443.—Chauchard, A, & Chauchard, A. Influence de l'ischemie sur 1'excitabilite de l'ecorce cerebrate. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1929, 188: 457-9.------ Mesure de 1'excitabilite corticate par la voie percutanee apres craniectomie et cicatrisation. Ibid, 1934, 198: 2203-5.—Chau- chard, A, & Chauchard, B. Influence de la ligature des ar- teres carotides et vertebrates sur 1'excitabilite de l'ecorce cere- brate. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 1572-4.—Cooper, S, & Denny-Brown, B. Responses to rhythmical stimulation of the cerebral cortex; preliminary communication. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1926-27, s.B, c, 99: 251-7, pi-Culler. E, & Mettler, F. A. Conditioned behavior in a decorticate dog. J. Comp. Psych, 1934, 18: 291-303—Busser de Barenne, J. G. Selektive Abtbtung der Nervenzellschichten der Grosshirn- rinde; die Methode der laminfiren^^Thermokoagulation der Rinde. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1933,147: 280-90—Fern, G. Primi tentativi per lo studio fisiologico degli strati della corteccia cerebrale; sul modo di produrre lesioni sperimentali variamente profonde della corteccia cerebrate. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2: 003-6—Juba, A. Leber das Verhalten der Occipital- rinde nach friihzeitig erfolgter Zerstorung der Strata sagittalia. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1936, 105: 66-77.—Kornmuller, A. E. Bioelektrische Erscheinungen architektonischer Felder; eine Methode der Lokalisation auf der Grosshirnrinde. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1933, 130: 44-00.—Laughton, N. B. Studies on the occurrence of extensor rigidity in mammals as a result of cortical injury. Am. J. Physiol, 1928, 85: 78-90—Lissitza, F. M, & Pentzik, A. S. Tonic neck reflexes in lesions of the cerebral cortex in dogs. J. Comp. Neur, 1934, HO: 185-200 — Loucks, R. B. Conditioning upon the basis of faradization of the cerebral cortex. Psychol. Bull, 1934, 31: 728.—Maier, N. R. F. A study of reasoning versus learning in rats with cortical injuries. Ibid, 1931, 28: 220. ----- The pattern of cortical injury in the rat and its relation to mass action. J. Comp. Neur, 1934, 60: 409-30—Martino, G. Contenuto in glicidi ed attivita dei centri sensitivo-motori corticali del cane. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1931, 6: 989-91.-----Azione del clora- losio sugli elementi corticali della zona sigmoidea del cane. Arch. fisiol. Fir, 1932, 31: 186.—Mettler, F. A. Preservation of learn- ing ability after total removal of the cerebral cortex. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1935, 24: 371; 379. -----& Culler, E. Action of drugs on the chronic decorticated preparation. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1934, 52: 366-77—Moracci, E. Sull' azione di varie sos tanze chimiche applicate direttamente sui centri corticali sensi- tivo-motori del cane. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1930, 5: 1003-6. -----Azione di alcuni sali applicati direttamente sui centri corticali sensitivo-motori del cane. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1930-31, 29: 487-92.—Olmsted, J. M. B, & Logan, H. P. Lesions in the cerebral cortex and extension rigiditv in cats. Am. J. Physiol, 1925, 72: 570-82.—Ozorio de Almeida, M. Observations sur l'excitation ntecanique ou electrique de l'ecorce cerebrate a travers la peau. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1934,10: suppl, 420-8.— Rizzolo, A. La chronaxie de l'ecorce cerebrate apres ligature des 2 arteres. carotides et des 2 arteres vertebrates et apres des saignees repetees chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 1209. ------ L'ecorce cerebrate grise repond-elle a l'excitation electrique. Ibid, 97: 1375-7.------Effet de l'excitation electrique de la peau sur Texcitabilite de l'ecorce cerebrate. Ibid, 1608-11. -----L'eft'et de la saponine et de la strophantine sur l'excita- bilite de l'ecorce cerebrate. Ibid, 1928, 98: 939-41. ------ Cold stimulation of a peripheral region and the excitability of the cerebral cortex. Brit. J.M. Psychol, 1929, 9: 258-62.----- The excitability of the corona radiata before and after stimula- tion of peripheral region. Arch. farm, sper, 1929-30, 50: 218; 223; 251.------The effect of auditory stimulation and its partial elimination upon the excitability of the cerebral cortex. Arch. sc. biol, Bologna, 1931-32, 10: 41-56.-----Chauchard, A, & Chauchard, B. Mesure des modifications de 1'excitabilite de l'ecorce cerebrate sous l'inlluenee de la cocaine en applications sur I'oeil. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1920, 95: 559-61.—Roncoroni, L. Nuovi risultati fisiologici delle ricerche sperimentali suite cor- teccia cerebrale. Q. psichiat, Genova, 1922, 9: 81-94.—Sper- anskiy A. D. Consequences of freezing portions of the cerebral cortex in dogs. In his Basis for the Theory of Med, N.Y, 1936, 21-8.—Ten Cate, J. Aktistische und optische Reaktionen der Katzen nach teilweisen und totalen Exstirpationen des Neopalliums. Arch, neerl. physiol, 1934, 19: 191-264.—Tbnnies, J. F, & Kornmuller, A. E. Registrierung der spezifischen Aktionsstrome von architektonischen Rindenfeldern mittels des Tbnniesschen Neurographen. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1933, 130: 166.—Tower, S. S. The dissociation of cortical excita- tion from cortical inhibition by pyramid section, and the syn- drome of that lesion in the cat. Brain, Lond, 1935, 58: 238-55, pi.—Waterman, L. Extirpation of the brain cortex of rats. Acta brevia neerl, 1934, 4: 96.—Yii-Chiian Tsang. Vascular changes following experimental lesions in the cerebral cortex. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1936, 35, 6: 1280-88. ---- Function. Adrian, E. B. Cortical rhythms. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1935, 81: 55-8. ------ The spread of activity in the cerebral cortex. J. Physiol, Lond, 1936, 88: 127-61.—Arullani, P. F. Sensibilita della corteccia cerebrale a stimoli esogeni ed endogeni. Gazz. osp, 1929, 50: 335-8—Ashby, W. R. The path theory of cortical function. J. Neur. Psychopath, Lond, 1931, 12: 148-57.— Bartley, S. H. Temporal and spatial summation of extrinsic impulses with the intrinsic activity of the cortex. J. Cellul. Phvsiol, 1936, 8: 41-62.—Bechterew, W. Grundsatze der Hirn- rindenarbeit. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1926, 212: 767-89.—Beritov, J. S. On the fundamental nervous processes in the cortex of the cerebral hemispheres; the principal stages of the development of the individual reflex; its generalization and differentiation. Brain, Lond, 1924, 47:109-48. ------ On the principal cortical elements in the arcs of the individual reflexes. Ibid, 358-76. Also J. Psychol. Neur, 1923-24, 30: 217-56. ------ Ueber die neuropsychische Tatigkeit der Grosshirnrinde; Physiologie der psychischen Prozesse. Ibid, 1924, 31: 46-80.—Bok.S. T. [Struc- ture and function of the cortex of the brain] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1934, 78: 217— Bykow, K. M, Alexandroff, I. S. [et al.] Influence du travail musculaire sur l'activite de l'ecorce cerebrate chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 97: 1398-400.—Chauchard, A, Chauchard, B, & Brabovich, W. La chronaxie de l'ecorce cere- brate aux divers temps du reflexe conditionne; isochronisme des neurones centraux et periprteriques. Ibid, 1936, 122: 57-9.— BRAIN CORTEX 900 BRAIN CORTEX Benny-Brown, B. Theoretical deductions from the physiology of the cerebral cortex. J. Neur. Psychopath, Lond, 1932, 13: 52.—Bolin, A. O. [Comparative study of the functions of inhibi- tions in apes and monkeys] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1935, 37 : 143- 78.—Busser de Barenne, J. G, & McCulloch, W. S. An ex- tinction phenomenon on stimulation of the cerebral cortex. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934-35, 32: 524-7—Friedemann, M. Neuropsyche und Hirnrinde. Nervenarzt, 1932, 5: 89-91.— Hollander, B. What are the functions of the cortex of the brain? Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1931, 131: 411-3—Kreps, E. [The positive induction and irradiation of the inhibition in the cortex of the upper hemispheres] Omeliansky & Orbeli. Sbornik Pavlova, Leningr, 1924, 323-9.- Lashley, K. S. Integrative functions of the cerebral cortex. Physiol. Rev, 1933, 13: 1-42.— Lindberg, A. A. [External inhibition or negative induction in the cortex of the large cerebral hemispheres] Priroda, Leningr, 1936, 25: 40-4.—Mazurkiewcz, J. Les integrations nerveuses; les integrations corticales. Arch, internat. neur. Par, 1935, 27.ser, pt 1, 167-97.—Orton, S. T. The three levels of cortical elaboration in relation to certain psychiatric symptoms. Am. J. Psychiat, 1928-29, 8: 647-59.—Pawlow, I. Die normale Tatig- keit und allgemeine Konstitution der Grosshirnrinde. Skand. Arch. Physiol, Berl, 1923, 44: 32-11— Schroeder, A. H. Contri- bution al estudio de la fisiologia de las capas de la corteza cerebral humana. Actas Conf. lat. amer. neur, B. Air, 1929,1: 308-21.— Tower, S. S. Extrapyramidal action from the cat's cerebral cortex; motor and inhibitory. Brain, Lond, 1936, 59: 408-44 — Waterman, L. On the vasomotor signification of the brain- cortex. Acta brevia neerl, 1935, 5: 87. ---- Functional areas. Alajouanine, T., & Cornil, L. Le probleme des localisations cerebrales corticales. p.263- 356. 8? Par., 1933. Traite physiol. (Roger, G. H.) Par, 1933, 9: Bolton, J. S. The cortical localisation of cerebral function. 23p. 8? [Edinb., 1933] Amantea, G, & Gliozzi, S. Alcune osservazioni sulla funzione dei centri corticali sensitivo-motori del gatto. Boll. Soc. biol. sper, 1926, 1: 727-30.—Astvatzaturov, M. I. [Localization of functions in the cortex of the brain] Vrach. gaz, 1930, 34: 263- 71.—Bard, P. Studies on the cerebral cortex; localized control of placing and hopping reactions in the cat and their normal man- agement by small cortical remnants. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1933, 30: 40-74. ——& Brooks, C. M. Localized cortical control of some postural reactions in the cat and rat together with evidence that small cortical remnants may function normally. Proc. Ass. Res. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1934, 13: 107-57.—Bechterew, W. Studium der Funktionen der Praefrontal- und anderer Ge- biete der Hirnrinde vermittelst der associativ-motorischen Reflexe. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1923, 13: 61-76.— Bianchi, L. L'area corticale della lettura. Scientia, Bo- logna, 1926, 40: 17-26.—Brooks, C. M. Studies on the cerebral cortex; localized representation of hopping and placing reac- tions in the rat. Am. J. Physiol, 1933, 105: 162-71.—Brown- ing, W. The moral center in the brain (cortical region for control of morals) its location and significance. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1921, 99: 1043; 1089.—Bucy, P. C. Electrical excita- bility and cyto-architecture of the premotor cortex in monkeys. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1933, 30: 1205-25. ----- The relation of the premotor cortex to motor activity. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1934, 79: 621-30.—Buscaino, V. M. Fattori corticali della personality psichica umana. Rass. clin. sc, 1934, 12: 421-30.—Bykov, K. M. [Functional relation of the cortex of the brain with the internal organs] Vest, khir, 1932, 27: 12-27.— Chauchard, A, Chauchard, B, & Benissov, P. Mesure de la reaction de l'6corce des deux hemispheres cerebraux aux excita- tions thermiques peripheriques unilaterales. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113: 826-8.—Bavison, C, & Bieber, I. The premotor area, its relation to spasticity and flaccidity in man. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1934, 32: 963-72—Be Concini, L. Contributo alla conoscenza dei centri corticali sensitivo-motori della cavia. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1923, 21: 355-61.—B'Hollander & Stoffels, J. Nouveau procede de localisation pour les recherches sur le cortex cerebral. J. beige neur. psych, 1937, 37: 1-24.—Bollken. Zentren und Sammelstellen der Hirnrinde. Deut. med. Wschr, 1936, 62: 757-62.—Bowman, C. E. Kinesthetic function of the precentral convolution; evidence obtained by alcohol injection in Jacksonian epilepsy. South. M.J, 1927, 20: 348-52.—Busser de Barenne, J. G. Corticalization of function and functional localization in the cerebral cortex. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1933, 30: 884-901. Alsorepr.----- A word of criticism on the designation localization of function in the cerebral cortex. Ibid, 1935, 33: 1081.—Economo, C. von. Nochmals zur Frage der arealen Grenzen in der Hirnrinde (Antwort auf die Vogt- schen Darstellungen) Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 124: 309-16.—Friedberg, C. K. Zur Frage der Identitat der corti- calen somatischen und vegetativen Zentren (nach Reizver- suchen an der degenerierten inneren Kapsel) Ibid, 1931, 134: 50-9.—Fulton, J. F. Some functions of the cerebral cortex; autonomic representation in the cerebral cortex. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1934, 33: 175-82.—Functions of brain areas revealed by new technique. Science News Lett, 1934,25:132.—Goldstein, K. Die Topik der Grosshirnrinde in ihrer klinischen Bedeutung. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1923, 77: 7-124. Also Psychiat. neur. Wschr, 1924-25, 26: 43; 55—GuUotta, S. La localizzazione dei centri sensitivomotori corticali nei ratto albino. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1928, 26: 345-54.—Hoff, E. C. Corticospinal fibers arising in in the premotor area of the monkey; distribution of bouton terminations. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 33: 687- 97.—Kennard, M. A. Corticospinal fibers arising in the pre- motor area of the monkey; as demonstrated by the Marchi method. Ibid, 698-711—Kleist, K. Der Bau- und Funk- tionsplan der Grosshirnrinde; gehirnpathologische und lokali- satorische Ergebnisse. Nervenarzt, 1934, 7: 329-34.—Korn- muller, A. E. Architektonische Lokalisation bioelektrischer Erscheinungen auf der Grosshirnrinde; Untersuchungen am Kaninchen bei Augenbelichtung. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1932, 44: 447-59.—Kulenkampff, B. Zum Umbau der Lehre von der Hirnrindenlokalisation nach Narkose und Hypnoseerfahrun- gen; ein Beitrag zur Theorie der Narkose. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1926, 136: 224-51.—Langworthy, 0. R. The area frontalis of the cerebral cortex of the cat, its minute structure and physiological evidence of its control of the postural reflex. Bull. Johns Hop- kins Hosp, 1928, 42: 20-60, 3pl.—Lashley, K. S. Function of the precentral convolution in primates. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1922-23,20:121. ----- Temporal variation in the function of the Gyrus precentralis in primates. Am. J. Physiol, 1923, 65: 585-602.—Martino, G. Contenuto in glicidi ed attivita dei centri sensitivo-motori corticali del cane. Arch. sc. biol, Bo- logna, 1932-33, 17: 169.—Mayendorf, N. von. Das kortikale Lokalisationsproblem im Licht der jiingsten Forschungen. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1923, 77: 177.—Noort, C. van. The audi- tory and the visual cortex in the brains of two Madurse. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, sect.se, 1918, 20: pt2, 779-87—Pfeifer, B. Dte Bedeutung psychologischer Leistungs- und Arbeits- priifungen fiir die Topik der Grosshirnrinde. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1923, 77: 139-42.—Radovici, A, & Bimitriu, V. Sur l'existence d'un centre vaso-moteur et accelerateur du coeur dans l'ecorce cerebrate. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 1351.—Ross, A. T. The premotor syndrome. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1937, 85: 1-7.—Sarkissov, S. A, & Livanov, M. N. [Bioelectrical mani- festations and their localisation in the cortex of the brain] Soviet, nevropat, 1933, 2: 1-7.—Shubin, N. V. [Problem of physiology of the central, frontal convolution of the brain] Izviest. Tomsk. Univ., 1926, 78: 365-83—Sohs, J. Ueber ein eigenartig gebautes, von Area striata umschlossenes Rindenfeld. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1935-36, 104: 454-68—Ten Cate, J. Essai d'6tude des fonctions de l'ecorce cerebrate des pigeons par la methode des reflexes conditionnels. Arch, neerl. physiol, 1923, 8: 234-73.—Vogt, C, & Vogt, O. Die vergleichend-architekto- nische and die vergleichend-reizphysiologische Felderung der Grosshirnrinde unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der mensch- lichen. Naturwissenshaften, 1926, 14: 1190-4.—Volkmann, von. Vergleichende Untersuchungen an der Rinde der motorischen und Sehregion von Nagetieren. Verh. Anat. Ges, 1926, 35: 234-43.—Wichert, F. Ein Beitrag zur Frage des Vorhanden- seins und der Lokalisation der vegetativen Zentren in der Grosshirnrinde. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1928-29, 37: 693-712. ---- Heterotopia. Gebhard, W. *Ein Fall von Heterotopie der grauen Hirnsubstanz [Wurzburg] 8p. 8? Wer- theim-M., 1935. ' Ajello, L. Contributo casistico alio studio della eterotopia della sostanza grigia cerebrale. Riv. pat. nerv, 1928, 33:1-14 — Freeman, W. Cortical heterotopia in the pontile meninges. Arch. Path, Chic, 1926, 2: 352-4.—Schroeder, K. Zur Kenntnis der subkortikalen Heterotopien. Mschr. Psvchiat, Berl, 1931, 80: 58-71.—Volante, F. Sulla eterotopia della sostanza grigia del cervello. Arch. ital. anat, 1930, 1: 183-201. ---- Histogenesis. Anthony, R, & Grzybowski, J. de. L'operculisation du territoire central du neopallium chez les Ongutes. Psychiat. neur. bl, 1934, 38: 292-6.—Aoki, N. Ueber die postnatale Entwicklung der verschiedenen Areae der Grosshirnrinde der Japaner. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1933-34, 3: int. med, 85-96, 20pl — Ariens Kappers, C. U. The development of the cortex and the functions of its different layers. Acta psychiat. neur, Kbh, 1928, 3: 115-32. Also J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1931, 77: 692-700 — Bergman, R. [Development of Purkinje cells in relation to the localization problem in the cerebral cortex] Versl. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1925, 34: pt2, 1111-20.—Be Crinis, M. Die Entwicklung der Grosshirnrinde nach der Geburt in ihren Beziehungen zur intellektuellen Ausreifung des Kindes. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1932, 45: 1161.—Economo, C. von. Ein Koeffizient fiir die Organisationshbhe der Grosshirnrinde (Zellanzahl derselben und einige andere Cortex-Masse) Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 593-5.—Filimonov, I. N. Zur embryonalen und postem- bryonalen Entwicklung der Grosshirnrinde des Menschen. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1929, 39: 323-89, 23pl— Hirako, G. Ueber sukzessive Differenzierung der Grosshirnrinde auf myelo- genetischer Grundlage. Arb. Anat. Inst. Univ. Sendai, 1925, H.ll, 1-59, 19pl—Jacob, H. Faktoren bei der Entstehung der normalen und der entwicklungsgestbrten Hirnrinde. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1936, 155: 1-39—Kuhlenbeck, H. Ueber den Ursprung der Grosshirnrinde; eine phylogenetische und neurobiotaktische Studie. Anat. Anz, 1922, 55: 337-65. ----- Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von M. Rose, Ueber das histogeneti- sche Prinzip der Einteilung der Grosshirnrinde. Ibid, 1928-29, 66: 403-9.—Langworthy, O. R. Correlated physiological and BRAIN CORTEX 901 BRAIN CORTEX morphological studies of the development of electrically re- sponsive areas in the cerebral cortex of the opossum. Contr. Embryol. Carnegie Inst, 1927, 19: no.103, 149-76. ■----- Factors determining the differentiation of the cerebral cortex in sea-living mammals (the Cetacea) a study of the brain of the porpoise, Tursiops truncatus. Brain, Lond, 1931, 54: 225-36, 2pl.—Loo, Y. T. On formation of human cerebral cortex, an ontogenetic study with a discussion on the function of different cortical layers. Anat. Anz, 1929-30, 68: 305-24—Marinesco, G, & Goldstein, M. Quelques donnees sur le developpement de l'6corce cerebrate. Bull. sect. sc. Acad, roumain, 1931-32, 14: 1-18.—Rose, M. Ueber das histogenetische Prinzip der Ein- teilung der Grosshirnrinde. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 192,5-26, 32: 97-160. ----- Die Ontogenie der Inselrinde; zugleich ein Beitrag zur histogenetischen Rindeneinteilung. Ibid, 1928, 36: 182-209, 11 pi. ----- Die morphogenetische Einteilung der Grosshirnrinde. Naturwissenschaften, 1928, 16: 399-404. ----- Entgegnung auf die Bemerkungen von H. Kuhlenbeck iu meiner Arbeit iiber das histogenetische Prinzip der Eintei- lung der Grosshirnrinde. Anat. Anz, 1929, 67: 318-23.—Tilney, F. Comparative ontogeny of the cerebral cortex in 4 mammals. Proc. Ass. Res. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1934, 13: 49-82—Weed, L. H, & Langworthy, R. Developmental study of excitability areas in the cerebral cortex of the opossum. Am. J. Physiol, 1925, 72: 8-24. --- Histology. Economo, C. von. Zellaufbau der Gross- hirnrinde des Menschen; 10 Vorlesungen. 145p. 8? Berl., 1927. ---- & Koskinas, G. N. Die C3rtoarchitek- tonik der Hirnrinde des erwachsenen Menschen. 810p. 4? Berl., 1925. Berger, H. Untersuchungen iiber den Zellgehalt der mensch- lichen Grosshirnrinde. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1921, 69: 46-60.—Bok, S. T. Messungen an den Ganglienzellen der Grosshirnrinde; die Einheitlichkeit der einzelnen Hauptzonen. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch, 1934, 36: 645-50.—Be Crinis, M. Ueber die Spezialzellen in der menschlichen Grosshirnrinde. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1933, 45: 439-49.—Economo, C. von. Eine neue Art von Spezialzellen des Lobus cinguli und Lobus insulae. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1925-26, 100: 706-12 — Juba, A. Ueber seltenere Ganglienzellformen der Grosshirn- rinde. Zschr. Zellforschung, 1934, 21: 441-7.—Mandelstamm, M. Ueber die lipoiden Einschlusse in den Zellen der Gross- hirnrinde. Beitr. path. Anat, 1934-35, 94: 508-42, pi.—Maspes, P. E. Studio sulla macroglia della corteccia cerebrale nei cane normale. Riv. pat. nerv, 1932, 40: 414-39.—Pfeiffer. Ueber mehrkernige Ganglienzellen in der menschlichen Hirnrinde. Zscbr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1928, 114: 530-66—Rose, M. Ueber den Einfluss der Fixierung auf das Zellbild der Grosshirnrinde. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1929, 38: 155-67.—Vergouwen, J. P. On the variability of the number of giant pyramidal cells in the Heschl convolution in man. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, sect, sc, 1918, 20: pt2, 788-92.—Vint, F. W. A preliminary note on the cell content of the prefrontal cortex of the East African native. East Afr. M.J, 1932, 9: 30-57, 2pl. --- Lamination. Vogt, M. *Ueber omnilaminare Struk- turdifferenzen und lineare Grenzen der architek- tonischen Felder der hinteren Zentralwindung des Menschen [Berlin] p. 177-93. 8? Lpz., 1928. Also J. Psychol. Neur, 1928, 35: Ariens Kappers, C. V. [Significance of the various cortical layers] Psvchiat. neur. bl, 1936, 40: 577-85—Gray, P. A. The cortical lamination pattern of the opossum, Didelphys virgini- ana. J. Comp. Neur, 1924-25, 37: 221-63—Home Craigie, E. Multilaminar cortex in the dorsal pallium of the emu, Dro- miceius novaehollandiae. Psychiat. neur. bl, 1934, 38: 702-11.— Woollard, H. H. The cortical lamination of Tarsius. J. Anat, Lond, 1925-26, 60: 86-105, 6pl. ■--- Motor area. Meier-Muller, H. *Physiologisch-anatomi- sche Untersuchungen iiber die sog. Armregion der Grosshirnrinde. 37p. 8? Ziir., 1919. Amantea, G. Intorno alla diversa azione di alcune sostanze sui centri rolandici del cane. Fisiol. med, Roma, 1935, 6: 735-41.—Bagley, C. jr. Cortical motor mechanism of the sheep brain. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1922, 7: 417-53—Bartels, M. Ueber Kortikale Augenabweichungen und Nystagmus sowie fiber das motorische Rindenfeld fiir die Augen- und Halswender. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1919, 62: 673-71 l.-Berardi, A. Ricerche comparative sopra la eccitabilita dei centri psi- comotori nei cani giovani ed adulti. Riv. biol, 1931,13:10-30.— Bonvallet, M, & Rudeanu, A. Sur le role de 1 ecorce cerebrate dans la regulation des chronaxies motrices. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 110: 696-8 -Boyton, E. P, & Hines, M. On the question ofthreshold in stimulation of the motor cortex. Am. J. Physiol, 1933, 106: 175-82.—Brody, B. S, & de Barenne, J. G. B. Effect of hyperventilation on the excitability of the motor cortex in cats; an experimental study. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1932, 28: 571.—Bucy, P. C. A comparative cytoarchitectonic study of the motor and premotor areas in the primate cortex. J. Comp. Neur, 1935, 62: 293-331, lOpl. -----& Fulton, J. F. Ipsilateral representation in the motor and premotor cortex of monkeys. Brain, Lond, 1933, 56: 318-42.—Chauchard, A, & Chauchard, B. Chronaxie de la voie motrice cortico-medullaire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 955-7.-----■ Modifications des parametres de Texcitabilite de zones motrices de l'ecorce cere- brate sous l'influence du chloroforme. Ibid, 1927, 96: 1263-5 — Chauchard, A. B, & Bumont, P. Les centres moteurs corticaux des cordes vocales; etude chronaxintetrique. Ibid, 1932, 110: 692.—Coombs, H. C. The effects of repeated electrical stimula- tion of the cortical motor area in the cat. Am. J. Physiol, 1932, 100: 64-7.—Cooper, S, & Benny-Brown, B. Responses to stimulation of the motor area of the cerebral cortex. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1927, s.B, 102: 222-36.—Busser de Barenne, J. G. Welche Elemente der Grosshirnrinde bringen bei ihrer elek- trischen Reizung die motorischen Reaktionen hervor. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1933, 233: 529-36. ----- Origin of motor re- actions produced by electrical stimulation of the cerebral cortex. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1934, 31: 1129-38— Ectors, L. Etude oscillographique des activites sensitive et motrice du cortex cerebral chez l'animal eveille. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 1339-43.—Foerster, 0. Die Topik der Hirnrinde in ihrer Bedeutung fiir die Motilitat. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1923, 77: 124-39. ----- The motor cortex in man in the light of Hughlings Jackson's doctrines. Brain, Lond, 1936, 59: 135- 59.—Fulton, J. F. The relation of the neocerebellum to the motor cortex: An experimental analysis on cats and monkeys. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1932, 75:167-78. ----- Somatic and auto- nomic motor functions of the cerebral cortex in ape and man. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1936, 11: 21-42. -----& de Barenne, J. G. B. The representation of the tail in the motor cortex of primates, with special reference to spider monkeys. J. Cellul. Physiol, 1933, 2: 399-426—Gans, A. Das Handzentrum in der linken hinteren Zentralwindung. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1922, 75: 689. ----- Das Handzentrum in der hinteren zentralen. Windung bei Javanern. Ibid, 1923, 85: 66.—Gray, P. A. jr, & Turner, E. L. The motor cortex of the opossum. J. Comp. Neur, 1923-24, 36: 375-85.—Huber, E. A phylogenetic aspect of the motor cortex of mammals. Q. Rev. Biol, 1934, 9: 55-91.—Kennard, M. A, & Fulton, J. F. A study of the cortical representation of the lower extremities in the gibbon. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932, 133.—Langworthy, O. R. Histo- logical development of cerebral motor areas in young kittens correlated with their physiological reaction to electrical stimu- lation. Contr. Embryol. Carnegie Inst, 1927, 19: no. 104, 177-208. ----- A physiological study of the cerebral motor cortex and the control of posture in the sloth. J. Comp. Neur, 1935, 62: 333-48. -----& Richter, C. P. The cerebral motor cortex of the porcupine. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1933, 45: 138-42.—Lashley, K. S. Studies of cerebral function in learn- ing; the motor areas. Brain, Lond, 1921,44:255-85.—McKibben P. S, & Wheelis, B. R. Experiments on the motor cortex of the cat. J. Comp. Neur, 1932, 56: 373-89—Michaels, J. J, & Bavison, C. Measurement of cerebral and cerebellar surfaces; measurement of the motor area in some vertebrates and in man. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1930, 23: 1212-26.—Motor cortex in man. Brit. M.J, 1935, 2: 260.—Nanagas, J. C. Anatomical studies on the motor cortex of Macacus rhesus. J. Comp. Neur, 1923-24, 35: 67-96.—Paulian, E. B, & Topa, P. Sur l'existence possible d'un centre ano-vesical d'origine corticale. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1922, 3.ser, 46: 915-7—Ping, C, Chang, T. H, & Cheng, L. T. Motor localization on the cerebral cortex of the guinea-pig (Cavia cobaya) J. Comp. Neur, 1931, 52: 247-54.—Rizzolo, A. La chronaxie de quelques points mo- teurs de l'ecorce cerebrate grise ou de l'ecorce cerebrate blanche chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 53. ----- Motor points located in the posterior central convolution of the dog's cerebral cortex have each a characteristic excitability. Arch. farm, sper, 1929-30, 49: pt2, 315-23. ----- The localisation of motor points in the cerebral cortex of the guinea pig. Arch. fisiol. Fir, 1930-31, 29: 31-47.—Roncoroni, L. Caratteri diffe- renziali delle aree citoarchitettoniche pre e postrolandiche. Riv. sper. freniat, 1927, 51:223-31.—Rontschewsky, S. P. Ueber den Einfluss des Adrenalins auf den Hirnblutkreislauf und die Erregbarkeit der motorischen Centren der Rinde. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 124: 794-808.—Rossi, G. Oscillazioni, di origine sottocorticale, nello stimolo minimo efficace della zona motoria. Arch. sc. biol. Nap, 1928,12: 432-41.—Rouquier, A. Le role moteur des circonvolutions prefrontales. Rev. nted. Nancy, 1936, 64: 751-7.—Smith, W. K. Motor cortex of the bear (Ursus americanus) a physiologic and histologic study. Arch Neur. Psvchiat, Chic, 1933, 30: 14-39.—Spiller, W. G. The cortical sensory hand center. Progr. Med, Phila, 1923, 3: 317.—Swindle, P. F. Incipient spasms caused by applying strychnin locally to cortical motor areas. Am. J. Physiol, 1926 77:650-61. ----- Slow and rapid variations in the mini- mal'stimulus required to excite cortical motor areas. Ibid, 638-49.—Tower, S. S. The threshold for electrical excitation of the motor cortex of anesthetized mammals. Bull. Johns Hop- kins Hosp, 1928, 43: 237-56—Ward, J. W, & Clark, S. L. Specific responses elicitable from subdivisions of the motor cortex of the cerebrum of the cat. J.Comp. Neur, 1935-36, 63: 49-64.—Weed, L. H, & Langworthy, 0. R. Physiological studies of cortical motor areas in kittens and in adult- cats. BRAIN CORTEX 902 BRAIN CORTEX Contr. Embryol. Carnegie Inst, 1926, 17: 89-106—Woolsey, C.N. Postural relations of the frontal and motor cortex of the dog. Brain, Lond, 1933, 56: pt4, 353-70, 3pl—Wysocki, J. Sill- ies voies reciproque? de la dynamogenie des centres psychomo- teurs. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 97: 1506-8. ---- Motor area: Diseases. See also names of types of paralysis and con- vulsions. Wohlfahrt, S. Die vordere Zentralwindung bei Pyramidenbahnlasionen verschiedener Art; eine histopathologische Untersuchung. 234p. 8? Stockh., 1932. Forms Suppl.46, Acta med. scand. Adler, A. Ueber die Lokalisation des Schlottergelenks auf traumatischer und degenerativer Basis in der Grosshirnrinde. Psychiat. neur. Wschr, 1925, 27:194.—Bornstein, W. Zur Frage der sensiblen und motorischen Storung entsprechender Bezirke von Hand und Fuss bei umschriebenem Herd im Handzentrum. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 487-9.—Euziere, Pages [et al.] Sur un syndrome alterne d'origine corticale (hemispasme facial droit et monoptegie brachiale gauche) Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1926-27, 8: 314—Pia, J. C, & Fulquet, E. Syn- drome d'irritation corticate motrice associe a des troubles sensi- tifs d'origine cerebrate. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1932, 3.ser, 48: 1540-6.—Robinson, I. Zur Frage der Motilitatsstbrungen peripheren Charakters bei Rindenlasionen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1924-25, 94: 473-7.—Russell, W. R. Crural monople- gia of cortical origin. Lancet, Lond, 1934, 2: 1099-101—Wilson, G. Crural monoplegia and paraplegia of cortical origin, with a discussion of the cortical centers for the rectum, bladder, and sexual functions. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1923, 10: 669- 79.—Winkelman, N. W, & Silverstein, A. Trophic disturbances of the limbs in retrorolandic lesions. Proc. Ass. Res. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1934, 13: 485-528. ---- Motor area: Diseases, experimental. Claude, H, & Montassut, M. Action des chocs sur des ehiens porteurs de lesions rolandiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 96: 139.— Busser de Barenne, J. G. B. The disturbances after laminar thermo-coagulation of the motor cerebral cortex. Brain, Lond, 1934, 57: 517-26.—Hut, L. J. Partielle Exstirpationen des motori- schen Rindenfeldes bei der Ratte. Arch, neerl. physiol, 1933, 18: 251-64.—Jacobsen, C. F. Influence of motor and premotor area lesions upon the retention of skilled movements in monkeys and chimpanzees. Proc. Ass. Res. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1934, 13: 225-47.—McKinley, J. C, & Berkwitz, N. J. Rigidity following ablation of the motor cortex in monkeys. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1933, 78: 604-26.—Rizzolo, A. La chronaxie du point moteur non optimum de l'ecorce cerebrate chez le chien normal (region correspondant au mouvement de la patte anterieure) apres destruction du point moteur optimum. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 129. -----■ Motor disturbances consequent upon experimental tesions of the cerebral cortex. Am. J. Physiol, 1930, 95: 584-91.—Ruch, T. C. Cortical localization of somatic sensibility; the effect of precentral, postcentral, and posterior parietal lesions upon the performance of monkeys trained to discriminate weights. Proc. Ass. Res. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1934, 15: 289-330. ---- Sensory area. Bartley, S. H, & Newman, E. B. Studies on the dog's cortex; the sensori-motor areas. Am. J. Physiol, 1931, 99: 1-8.—By- chowsky, G, & Eidinow, M. Doppelseitige Sensibilitatsstbrun- gen bei einseitigen Gehirnherden (vorlaufige Mitteilung) Ner- venarzt, 1934, 7: 498-506.—Busser de Barenne, J. G. Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Lokalisation des sensiblen Rindengebietes im Grosshirn des Affen (Macacus) Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1924-25, 83: 273-301. ----- 8ur la localisation de la region sensitive dans l'ecorce cerebrate chez le singe (macaque) Rev. neur. Par, 1925, 32:1004.—Economo, C. von. Die parasen- sorischen Zonen. Psychiat. neur. Wschr, 1928, 30:129-34.—Her- zog, F. [Cortical localization of senses of taste and smell] Orv. hetil, 1927, 71: 1488-92—Kirschenberg, E. Un cas d'atteinte de la sensibilite corticale. Fol. neuropath, eston, 1924, 2: 180-2.— Mankowski, B.N. Zur Frage der Lokalisation der Sensibilitat in der Hirnrinde des Menschen. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1929, 88: 179-94.—Milch, E. C. Sensory cortical area; an experimental anatomic investigation. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1932, 28: 871.—Niessl von Mayendorf. Zur Lokalisationsfrage der kutanen Sensibilitat in der Hirnrinde. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1925, 86: 220-36.—Noica, Bagdasar & Arama. Deux cas de syodrome sensitif cortical. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest, 1925, 7: 1-5.—Rodriguez Sarabia, L, & Velasco y Castellanos, R. de. Estudio fisiologico de los centros sensitivos, sensoriales, sensitivopsiquicos y sensoriopsiquicos de la corteza cerebral. Rev. med. cubana, 1934, 45: 790-5.—Rotenberg, S. I. [Disturb- ances of sensibility from cortical focal lesions] Sovrem. psikho- nevr, 1930, 12: 342; 1933, 9: 79.-Schaffer, K. Die funktionelle Gliederung des Gyrus supramarginalis als corticales Zentrum der Tiefensensibilitiit. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1936, 141: 191-9.—Sittig, O. Weiteres iiber corticale Sensibilitatsstbrungen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1922, 76: 265-74. ---- Structure. Aldama, J, & Economo, C. von. Cytoarchitektonik der Grosshirnrinde eines 5jahrigen und eines Ijahrigen Kindes. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930, 130: 532; 620.—Beck, E. Zur Exaktheit der niveloarchitektoniscben Felderung des Cortex cerebri. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1924-25, 31: 281-8.—Bok, S. T. Der Einfluss der in den Furchen und Windungen auftretenden Kriimmuniien der Grosshirnrinde auf die Kindenarchitektur. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1929, 121: 682-7f:o.—Borovansky, L. [Anatomy of the cerebral cortex from the cytoarchitectonic viewpoint] Cas. tek. cesk, 1931, 70: 20-4— Craigie, E. H. The hippocampal and parahippocampal cortex of the emu (Dromi- ceius) J. Comp. Neur, 1935, 61: 563-91; 3pl.-----Notes on cytoarchitectural features of the lateral cortex and related parts of the cerebral hemisphere in a series of reptiles and birds. Tr. K. Soc. Canada, 1936, 3.ser, 30: sect.5, 87-113, 6pl—Cunge, M. J. Ueber die Cytoarchitektonik der Grosshirnrinde der japanischen Tanzmaus. Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, 1936, s.B, 2: 215-43, 4pl— Economo, C. von. Einfuhrung in den Zellaufbau der Grosshirnrinde. Wien. med. Wschr, 1927, 77: 1226-9. ----- Der Zellaufbau der Grosshirnrinde und die progressive Cerebration. Erg. Physiol, !!i-!i, 29: 838-128 — Filimonov, I. N. Ueber die Variabilitat der (irosshirnrinden- struktur; Regio occipitalis beim erwachsenen Menschen. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1932, 44: 1-96, 19pl,4diag. ----- Regio occipitalis bei den hoheren und niederen Affen. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1933, 45: 69-137, lOpl, 3ch. Also Soviet, nevropat, 1933, 2: 166-72.—Gourevich, M, & Bichovskaia, G. [Archi- tectonics of isocortex of a dog] Med. biol. J, Leningr, 1927, 3: 58-84, 5pl. Also J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1927-28, 35: 283-300, 3pl.-----& Uranowsky, J. Zur vergleichenden Zytoarchi- tektonik der Grosshirnrinde der Saugetiere; Nager. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1929, 90: 549-96.—Gourevich, M, & Khatschaturian A. Zur Cytoarchitektonik der Grosshirnrinde der Feliden. Ibid, 1928, 87: 100-38.—Hines, M. Cyto-architecture of the cerebral cortex in man. Proc. Ass. Res. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1934, 13: 26-38.—Kawata, A. Zur Myeloarchitektonik der menschlichen Hirnrinde. Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien, 1927, 29: 191-225.—Klempin. Ueber die Arohitektonik der Grosshirn- rinde des Hundes. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1920-21, 26: 229- 49.—Lorente de No, R. Studies on the structure of the cerebral cortex. Ibid, 1933, 45: 381-438.—Niessing, K. Gliastrukturen der Grosshirnrinde. Verh. Anat. Ges, 1936, 43: 212-5—Rawitz, B. Zur Kenntnis der Architektonik der Grosshirnrinde des Menschen und einiger Saugetiere; die Hirnrinde des Menschen. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1925, 77: 389-418. ----- Die Hirn- rinde von Orang, Rhesus, Lemur, Kaninchen und Hund. Ibid, 1926, 79: 198-227. ----- Die Hirnrinde von Schwein Schaf, Pferd, Zahnwal, Bartenwal, Beutelratte; allgemeine Betrachtungen. Ibid, 1927, 82: 122-41. ----- Die Architek- tonik der Hirnrinde einiger niederer Menschenrassen; Busch- manngehirn. Ibid, 1928, 86: 168; 88: 152.—Retterer, E. Struc- ture variable de l'ecorce cerebrate des vertebres. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 98: 1198-201.—Rose, M. Der Grundplan der Cortex- tektonik beim Delphin. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1925-26, 32: 161-9. ----- Die Organdifferenzierung der Grosshirnrinde im Lichte der vergleichenden Architektonik. Naturwissenschaf- ten, 1926, 14: 1184-7. ----- Cytoarchitektonischer Atlas der Grosshirnrinde der Maus. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1929-30, 40: 1-51. ----- Cytoarchitektonischer Atlas der Grosshirn- rinde des Kaninchens. Ibid, 1931, 43: 353-440, 43pl— Sapir, I. B. Zur individuellen Architektonik der Grosshirnrinde des Menschen. Ibid, 1929, 39: 390-428.—Schroeder, A. H. La glio- arquitectura del campo no.10 de la corteza cerebral humana (nomenclatura de Brodmann) Actas Conf. lat. amer. neur, B. Air, 1929, 1: 294-307.—Smith, W. K. The extent and struc- ture of the electrically excitable cerebral cortex in the frontal lobe of the dog. J. Comp. Neur, 1935, 62: 421-42—Tomasi, L. Ricerche sulla cito-architettonica corticale del eoniglio. Riv. pat. nerv, 1932, 39: 255-90. ----- La cito-architettonica cor- ticate del pipistrello (Vesperugo noctua) Ibid, 1933, 42: 601- 68.—Vogt, O. Architektonik der menschlichen Hirnrinde. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 472. ----- Ueber fokale Besonder- heiten der Area occipitalis im cytoarchitektonischen Bilde. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1929, 39: 506-10. BRAINE, Jean Remi Andre, 1890- *Le mediastin; essai d'anatomie synthe/fcique; la mediastino-phreno-laparotomie posterieure ex- tra-sereuse, voie d'acces du cardio-cesophage. 184p. 8? Par., 1924. [BRAININ] [Road of life; popular hygiene] 267p. 3pl. 8? [Vilna] 1913. Hebrew text. BRAIN stem. See also Brain, Basal ganglia; Brain, Dienceph- alon; Brain, Mesencephalon; Medulla oblongata; Pons. Adrian, E. B, & Buytendiik, F. J. J. Potential changes in the isolated brain stem of the goldfish. J. PhysioL Lond, 1931, 71: 121-35.—Castaldi, L. Osservazioni sulla grandezza di varie cellule nervose del tronco encefalico. Boll. Accad. med. BRAIN STEM 903 BRAIN STEM Perugia, 1925, 10-3.—Foix, C, & Hillemand, P. Note sur la disposition generate des arteres de l'axe encephalique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 31-3.—Freeman, W. The columnar arrangement of the primary afferent centers in the brain stem of man. Fol. neuropath, eston, 1925, 3:-4: 27-101. ----- The columnar arrangement of the primary afferent centers in the brain-stem of man. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1927, 65: 1-20; 149; 2S2: 378.—Fuse, G. BeitrSge zur mikroskopischen Anatomie des Truncus cerebri; Experimentaluntersuchungen iiber die obere Olive und das Corpus trapezoides; lineal-vertikale Durchschnei- dung des Corpus trapezoides in und neben der Raphe (2 Ka- ninchen, von Guddensche Methode) Arb. Anat. Inst. Univ. Sendai, 1924, H.9, 1-107, 15pl. ----- Vergleichend-anatomi- sche Beobachtungen am Hirnstamme der Saugetiere. Ibid, 1926 H.12, 1-168, 54pl.—Goldin, L. S. Typen des menschlichen Hirnstamms. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1931, 95: 264-72—Her- rick, C. J. Conduction pathways in the cerebral peduncle of Amblystoma. J. Comp. Neur, 1936, 63: 293-352—Hess, W. R. Hirnstamm-Reizversuche. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1932, 124: 132-6.—Hoyt, R. Studies on the morphology of the gray matter in the brain stem of vertebrates bv the reconstruction method. Neur. Bull, N.Y, 1918, 1: 64; 227; 302.—Kleist, K. Gehirn- pathologische und lokalisatorische Ergebnisse; die psychokineti- schen, katatonen und myostatischen Storungen des Stamm- hirns. Jahrb. Psychiat. Neur, Wien, 1933, 50: 23-34—Lewy, F. H. Topographie und Aufbau der lebenswichtigen Zentren im Hirnstamm. Deut. med. Wschr, 1921, 47: 435.—Luna, E. Le curvature dell'asse encefalico negli embrioni dei Chirotteri. Monit. zool. ital, 1921, 32: 12-9.—Magnus, R. Die Bedeutung des Hirnstammes ftir Muskeltonus und Kbrperstellung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1923, 49: 501-4.—Mussen, A. T. A cytoarchi- tectural atlas of the brain stem of the Aiacaccus rhesus. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1922-23, 29: 451-518, 33pl—Niculescu, I, & Niculescu, M. [Comparison of the anatomic basis of the pyram- idal and extrapyramidal motor mechanism; the role of the commissures at the base of the brain in the mechanism of syn- kinesis, automatism and motor tonus] Spitalul, 1928, 48: 218-23. ----- Sull'importanza delle commessure della base del cervello nei meccanismo delle sincinesie, degli automatismi e della motilita tonica. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1928, 9: 651- 8.—Nishikawa, Y. Experimentelle Untersuchungen uber einige Bahnen des Hirnstammes des Kaninchens. Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien, 1922-23. 24: 357-96.—Pollock, L. J, & Bavis, L. Studies in decerebration; integrated reflexes of the brain stem. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1927, 17: 18-27. Also repr — Pupilli, G. Fenomeni emodinamici fasici e sezioni del tronco encefalico. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1934, 9: 299-301.—Ranson, S. W, & Hinsey, J. C. Extensor tonus after transection of the brain stem at varving levels. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1929, 70: 584-97.—Rogers. F. T. Studies on the brain stem; on the relation of cerebral puncture hyperthermia to an associated anhydremia. Am. J. Physiol, 1924, 68: 507-16.—Tilney, F. The brain stem of Tarsius, a critical comparison with other primates. J. Comp. Neur, 1927, 43: 371-432.—Verhaart, W. J. C. Die faseranatomi- schen Verhaltnisse des Hirnstammes nach Zerstbrung des Grosshirnmantels und des Thalamus diencephali beim Men- schen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1935-36, 154: 400-7 — Wallenberg, A. Beitrage zur vergleichenden Anatomie des Hirnstammes. Deut. Zichr. Nervenh, 1931,117 :-l 19: 677-98.- ramamoto, M. Beitrage zur mikroskopischen Anatomie des Truncus cerebri; iiber einen unmittelbaren Uebergang des bul- baren Seitenstrangkerns in die untere Olive bei den Saugern. Arb. Anat. Inst. Univ. Sendai, 1924, H.8, 21-5. --- Diseases. Stiefler, G. Vasculare Erkrankungen im Hirnstamm und Kleinhirn. p. 565-640. 8? Berl., 1928. Forms v.2, l.Teil. Handb. Neur. Ohres, Berl., 1928. Adlersberg, B. Ueber das Verhalten des Gallenblasenent- leerungsreflexes bei Erkrankungen des Hirnstammes. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1929,18:1-12. -----& Fnedmann, R. Stoff- wechseluntersuchungen bei Erkrankungen des Hirnstammes. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 1156-61.-Berner, 0. Ueber Blutungen im hintersten Teil des Hirnstammes bei Vergif- tungen und Entzundungen, verglichen mit solchen nach Trauma. Virchows Arch, 1935-36, 296: 636-44. -——Ueber Blu- tungen im hintersten Teil des Hirnstammes bei plotzlichem Tod. Ibid, 1936, 297: 495-501— Bogaert, L. van. Contribution a l'etude des myoclonies des troubles psychomoteurs et des troubles du sommeil par tesions en foyer du tronc cerebral. Rev. neur. Par, 1925, 32: pt 2, 189-200.-Freudovich G. M, A Shifrin, S. I. [Symptoms of lesions of the bram stem] ^ rach. dielo, 1931,14 : 1275-7.-Hochman, C H, & Kramer, F M. Rup- ture of the brain stem in cases of traumatic sudden death Psvchiat O 1935 9-271-8, 3 pi.—Jervell, A. [Hemorrhage in the posterior'part of the brain stem with sudden death] Norsk. ma* laegevid 1936, 97: [Forh.Norsk.med selsk.] 49-68—Kahn, E, & Cohen, L. H. 'organic drivenness; a brain-stem syndrome and an exnerience with case reports. N. England J.M, 1934, 2lO:fJXSlZ\ Der Schwindel bei Erkrankung des Hirnstammes. Mschr. Ohrenh.. Wien, 1M6 70. 1315-*^- Misch, W. Zur Pathologie des Hirnstammsfiiiber Hirnstamm- fiohor 7cr.hr cps Neur Psychiat, 1921, bb. urig, oy-o».— K^v™ T f f'Konmgierte Deviation von Kopf und Augen Muskens.L. J.J. KonJUgieriLe Psvchiat. Neur, 1930, 76: bei Hirnstamm-Affektion. f1^-1^ »,'3 ». upaisKi, a. Ser fentriSnSf-beut.' Zschr. Nervenh, 1926, 91: 21767__vol. 2, 4th series----59 1-15. Also Munch, med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 223—Sachs, E, & Jones, A. B. Obstruction of the foramen of Monro; sympto- matology, especially the mental changes in a case. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1932, 58: 110-4—Skalweit, W. Beitrag zu den Ventrikelsyndromen. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1928, 105: 289- 313.—Voss, 0. Operativ geheilte Hirnventrikelzysten. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1926, 23: 667-77—Wagner. Beitrag zur Kenntnis und Behandlung der traumatischen Ventrikelzyste. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1923, 177: 196-223. ---- Endoscopy. Balado, M. Examen endoscopico de los ventriculos cere- brales. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1931, 38: pt.2, 1942-9.—Mixter, W. J. Ventriculoscopy and puncture of the floor of the third ventricle; preliminary report of a case. Boston M.&.S.J, 1923, 188: 277.— Orlando, R. La ventriculoscopfa; un nuevo metodo de semio- logia cerebral y de investigacion experimental. Sem. med, B. Air, 1931, 38: pt2, 1938-42.—Volkmann, J. Ueber Versuche zur umittelbaren Besichtigung der Gebirnkammern (Enzepha- loskopie) Miinch. med. Wschr, 1923, 70: 1382. ---- Ependyma. See also Meninges. Charlton, H. H. A gland-like ependymal structure in the brain. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1928, 31: pt2, sect, sc, 823-36. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: ptl, 3418-20 — Collin, R, & Fontaine, T. L'innervation de l'6pendyme neur- hypophvsaire chez le chat et sa signification. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 122: 1087-9.—Deery, E. M. Nerve supply of the ventricular ependyma. Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York, 1935, 4: 133-43.—Fuchs, H. Ueber das Ependym. Anat. Anz, 1902, 21: Erganzungsh, 226-36.—Ganflni, C. Un organo di senso nell'ependima del ventricolo diencefalico. Boll. Soc. eustach, 1924, 22: 143-9.—Hanafusa, S. Studien fiber den feineren Bau der Ependymzellen; iiber die Mitochondrien. Tr. Soc. path. jap, 1935, 25: 573-82, 2pl.—Kolmer, W. Ueber einen supraepen- dymalen Nervenplexus in den Hirnventrikeln des Affen. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1930, 93: 182-7—Pensa, A. Delia esistenza di fibre nervose aventi speciali rapporti coll'ependima. Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1904, 156-60, pi.—Pfanner, A. Gliosi sotoependimale in un caso di paralisi progressiva a de- corso rapido. Arch. gen. neur, Nocera, 1927, 8: 5-25.—Stoklasa, L. [Ependyma and its ciliated cells] Spisy tek. Fak. Masaryk. Univ., 1930, 9: A.88: 1-24.—Valkenburg, C. T. van. Experi- mentelles und Pathologisches iiber Ependym und Plexus chorioideus. Mschr. Psychiat, 1929-30, 74: 133-52. ---- Ependyma: Diseases and tumors. Acuiia, M, & Vallino, M. T. Hidrocefalfa hemorragica por ependimitis. Arch. amer. med, B. Air, 1928, 4: 104-7.— Bailey, P. A studv of tumors arising from ependymal cells. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1924, 11: 1-27—Gold, E. Epen- dymom am Boden der Rautengrube und zerebrale Luftembolie mit protrahiertem Verlauf. Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien, 1923-24, 25: 223-46.—Hirsch, E. F, & Elliott, A. R. Ependymomas of the lateral and fourth ventricles of the brain. Am. J. Path, 1925, 1: 627-34.—Jorge. Sobre pio-ventriculitis cerebral derecha de origen traumatico en un lactante de 8 meses. Bol. Soc. cir, B. Air, 1928, 12: 373-5.—Jumentie, J. Gliomes sous-ependy- maires circonscrits des ventricules lateraux; ependymite chro- nique. Rev. neur. Par, 1924, 31: pt2, 81-5.—Loeper, M, & Forestier, J. Ependymite suppuree du ntesoeephale simulant l'encephalite epidemique. Progr. med. Par, 1921, 3.ser, 36: 111.—Margulis, M. S. Pathologische Anatomie und Patho- genesis der Ependymitis granularis. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1913, 52: 780-804.—Redaelli, P. Ependimopatie e loro pato- genesi'. Riv. pat. nerv, 1931, 37: 309-55. ----- Indagini sperimentali intorno ai fattori genetici delle ependimopatie. Pathologica, Genova, 1933, 25: 761-73.—Roussy, G. Ependy- mite hemorragique au cours du traitement par les rayons X penetrants d'un epithelioma de la face. Rev. neur. Par, 1923, 30: 298-300.—Sahovic, K. [Contribution to the study of tumors of the central nervous system; case of tumor of the ependyma] Voj. san. glasnik, 1935, 6: 175-8.—Schusterowna, H. [Tumors of the ependyma and choroid plexus] Polska gaz. lek, 1929, 8: 868-70.—Snell, A. C, & Roby, J. Ependymitis; report of a sub- acute case cured by lumbar puncture. N. York State J.M, 1916,16: 148-50.—Sziits, A. [Data on the histology of ependymo- ma]' Magy. orv. arch, 1936, 37: 46-52.—Terrien, F, Renard, G, & Dollfus, M. A. Stase papillaire et ependymite sereuse. Arch. opht. Par, 1928, 45: 288-97.—Urechia, C. I, & Bumbacescu, M. Ependymite de nature probablement syphilitique. Rev. neur. Par 1935, 42: ptl, 272-7.—Warfield, L. M. Ependymal carci- noma Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1923, 38: 347-57. Also Ann. Clin. M, 1923-24, 2: 179-86. ---- Fourth ventricle. See also Medulla oblongata; Pons. Alexander, L. Die Anatomie der Seitentaschen der vierten Hirnkammer. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1931, 95: 531-707 — Carrillo R. La radiografia del 4 ventriculo. Bol. Inst. clin. quir, B. Air, 1930-31, 6: 227-60. Also Sem. med, B. Air, 1931, 38: p't2, 719-33.—Establiery Costa, A, & Kayser, C. Sur les effets de' la piqure de quatrieme ventricule; hyperallanto'inurie et troubles de la regulation thermique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1927, 185: 1310-2. ----- Analyse du mecanisme de l'hyperallan- BRAIN VENTRICLES 930 BRAIN VENTRICLES toinurie observee apres la piqure du 4 ventricule. Ibid, 1928, 186: 535-7.—Haller, G. Ueber den Bau und die Entwicklung der Deckplatte des vierten Ventrikels, insbesondere beim Menschen. Verh. Anat. Ges, 1922, 31: 123-36.—Peter, K. Ein Plattenmodell der 4. Hirnkammer des Menschen. Zschr. Anat. Entw, 1936, 106: 398-406.—Rasmussen, A. T. Additional evi- dence favoring the normal existence of the lateral apertures of the 4th ventricle in man. Anat. Rec, 1926, 33: 179-82.—Richet, C, & Bublineau, J. Effets de la piqure du 4. ventricule sur la combustion des matieres proteiques. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1931, 192: 1588-90— Stuhl, L, Bavid, M. [et al.] Aspect pneumo- graphique du 4. ventricule a l'etat normal et pathologique. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1935, 23: 599.—Wislocki, G. B, & Putnam, T. J. Further observations on the anatomy and physi- ology of the areae postremae. Anat. Rec, 1924, 27: 151-6. ---- Fourth ventricle: Diseases and tumors. Lereboullet, J. *Les tumeurs du 4. ventri- cule; 6tude anatomo-clinique et therapeutique. 431p. 8? Par., 1932. Andre-Thomas & Jumentie, J. Gliome du 4. ventricule. Rev. neur. Par, 1924, 31: pt 1, 349-52.—Arend, R, & Messing, Z. Meciulloblastome du plancher du 4. ventricule et des parois internes des diverticules lateraux; ntedulloblastomatose des meninges. Ibid, 1929, 36: pt 1, 655.—Banus, J. S, & Bueno, R. Un caso de tumor de 4. ventriculo. Rev. otoneur, B. Air. 1929, 4: 515-22.—Barre. Les tumeurs de 4. ventricule. Bruxelles med, 1935-36, 16: 611-4. -----Alfandary & Stolz. Tumeur du 4. ventricule avec prolongements pontoeerebelleux bilateraux (etude anatomo-clinique) Rev. neur. Par, 1929, 36: pt 1, 248.—Barre, J. A, Masson, J, & Charbonnel, A. Crises nerveuses speciales et areflexie vestibulaire calorique totale, signes precoces d'une tumeur du 4. ventricule veriftee chirurgi- calement. Ibid, 1935, 42: pt2, 742-8.—Barre, J. A, & Metzger, 0. Importance des manifestations vestibulaires et du syndrome du plancher dans un nouveau cas de tumeur du 4. ventricule. Ibid, 1931, 38: 16-26. ----- Tumeur du 4. ventricule avec prolongements bilateraux. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1934, .12: 690.—Barre, J. A, Stolz, J, & Alfandary. Contribution a la symptomatologie des tumeurs du 4. ventricule; tumeur du 4. ventricule a symptomatologie vestibulaire presque pure. Rev. med. Par, 1929, 46: 869-85.—Barre, J. A, & Woringer, E. Tu- meur du 4. ventricule (Astrocytome fibrillaire chez un adulte) crises bulbo-cervicales speciales, hypertension spinale sans hyper- tension cranienne, syndrome du triangle inferieur du plancher du 4. ventricule, essai de classification des syndromes topogra- phiques des tumeurs du 4. ventricule. Enc6phale, 1934, 29: 291- 305.—Belloni, G. B. Un caso di cisti dermoide del 4. ventricolo. Pensiero med, 1925, 14: 254. ----- Dermoide del 4. ventri- colo associato a lesione infiammatoria dei plessi coroidei. Riv. pat. nerv, 1926, 31: 205-22.—Bertrand, I, & Medakovitch, G. Adenome kystique du 4. ventricule. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1924, 13: 330-4.—Bogaert, L. van. Nouvelle observation de tumeur du 4. ventricule chez l'enfant. J. neur. psychiat, Brux, 1930, 30: 270. -----■ Les tumeurs du 4. ventricule. Ibid, 1932, 32: 477-85. ----- & Martin, P. Les tumeurs du 4. ventricule et le syndrome cerebelleux de la ligne ntediane (etudes cliniques, histopathologiques et chirurgicales) Rev. neur. Par, 1928, 35: pt2, 431-83. Also Rev. otoneur, B. Air, 1928, 3: 494-501.—Busscher, J. de, & Bewulf, A. Medullo- blastome du 4. ventricule avec ntetastase tuberienne sans syndrome infundibulaire. J. neur. psychiat, Brux, 1933, 33: 605-24.—Canavan, M. M, & Hemsath, F. A. Glioma in the 4th ventricle of a prematurely born infant. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1931, 26: 1234-6.—Carpi, U. Glioma della meta destra dell'oblongata invadente il 4. ventricolo, il ponte e l'angolo ponto-cerebellare (studio clinico e anatomo- patologico) Clin. med. ital, 1924, 55: 210-42. ----- Ependi- moma del 4. ventricolo a decorso pseudo-meningitico cronico. Gazz. osp, 1925, 46: 627—Cardenal. Tumoracion del 4. ventri- culo. Med. ibera, 1933, 27: pt 1,388.—Chavany, J. A, Bavid, M, & Roizes. Un cas anatomo-clinique de tumeur de la moitie interieure du 4. ventricule evoluant depuis longtemps sans dis- tension ventriculaire importante. Rev. neur. Par, 1934, 41: pt 1, 92-100.—Christophe, Bivry & Moreau. Tumeur du 4. ventricule; a evolution clinique anormale. J. neur. psychiat, Brux, 1933, 33: 589-94—Coughlin, W. T. Tumors of the 4th ventricle. Tr. West. Surg. Ass, 1930, 40: 419-39—Bavid, M, Loisel, G. [et al.] Tumeur angiomateuse et calcifte inserte sur le plancher du4. ventricule; ablation; guerison. Rev. neur Par, 1934, 41: 426-34—Ba Villa, F. C. Su un caso di cavernoma del pavimento del 4. ventricolo. Policlinico, 1929,36: sez. prat, 449-51.—Elkington, J. S. C. Medulloblastoma of the 4th ven- tricle with repeated spinal recurrences. Proc. R. Soc. M Lond, 1936-37,30: 396-8—Erlach, F. Prima'res, nicht verhornen- dcs Platten-Epitel-Carcinoma des 4. Ventrikels mit eigenartigem klinischem Verlauf. Wien. med. Wschr, 1921, 71: 2238.— Foerster, 0 , & Gagel, 0. Ein Fall von Gangliogliom der Rauten- grube. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1932, 142: 507-18.—Frenzel, H. Tumoren im Bereich des 4. Ventrikels mit regelwidriger Schlagrichtung des calorischen Nystagmus (und Untererreg- barkeit des Vestibularis) bei beiderseits intakter Cochlearis- funktion. Klin. Wschr, 1932,11: 802-5.—Frets, G. P. [Demon- stration of a brain tumor originating from the roof of the 4th ventricle] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1923, 67: pt2, 730.—Fukuda, T. Ueber einen Fall von glioplastischem Sarcom im 4. Ventrikel Gann, Tokyo, 1925, 19: 13.—Gbrbg, B. Ueber ein Dermoid des 4. Gehirnventrikels. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1927, 35: 265-73.— Guillain, G, Lereboullet, J, & Rudaux, P. Medulloblastome du 4. ventricule a debut infectieux aigu. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3.ser, 50: 246-51.—Harrower, G. Tumours of the 4th ventricle. Malay. M. J, 1934, 9: 12-8—Hill, T. S. Con- genital ependymal cyst of the 4th ventricle; report of a case and resume of the symptomatology and pathology of tumors in this location. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1933, 77: 358-70.—Ingvar, S, & Edling, L. Case of tumour in the 4th ventricle with chronic periodic respiration; discussion. Acta med. scand, 1932, 79: suppl. 50, 141.—Kellner, B. Ueber Geschwiilste der 4. Ge- hirnkammer. Virchows Arch, 1933, 289: 656-69.—Lapicoirella, V. Sopra un caso di tumore del 4. ventricolo (contributo clinico e anatomo-patologico con 2 grafici nei testo) Riv. clin. med, 1929, 30: 551-90.—Leblanc, E. Petite tumeur p6diculee du 4. ventricule. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1924, 94: 566-8.—Lereboul- let, J. Les tumeurs du 4. ventricule, formes anatomiques, diag- nostic et traitement. Paris med, 1936, 99: 73; 161.—Ludo, Van Bogaert & Martin, P. Les tumeurs du 4. ventricule et le syn- drome cerebelleux de la ligne ntediane. Rev. neur. Par, 1928, 35: pt 1, 551.—Mackay, R. P. Ependymoblastoma in the 4th ventricle, with new bone formation. Arch. Neur. Psvchiat Chic, 1935, 34: 844-53.—Marcolongo, F. Tumore del 4. ventri- colo. Minerva med. Tor, 1933, 24: pt2, 177-87—Martin, P, Rapport sur les tumeurs du 4. ventricule au point de vue clinique, oto-neuro-ophtalmologique et neuro-chirurgical. J. neur. psy- chiat, Brux, 1930, 30: 255-67.—Nalin, E. Su di un caso di angioma cavernoso del pavimento del 4. ventricolo. Riv. sper. freniat, 1927, 51: 115-24—Neiding, M. Geschwulst des 4. Ventrikels. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1925, 84: 305-13—Note, G. G. Studio clinico-anatomico di un caso di ependimoma del 4. ventricolo. Rass. stud, psichiat, 1935, 24: 3-31.—Obarrio, J. M. Tumores del 4. ventriculo y de la linea media cerebelar. Prensa med. argent, 1933-34, 20: 2327-41.-----Bowling, E. [et al.] Ependimoma del IV° ventriculo. Rev. argent. neur. psiquiat, 1929, 3: 97-106. Also Rev. especialid, B. Air, 1929, 4: 57-71.—Oljenick, I. [Demonstration of a case of a tumor of the 4th ventricle with symptoms of pressure on the cerebellar tonsils in the spinal canal; bilateral examination of ventricles; replacement of the tonsils after excision of meningitic adhesions; excision of a glioma from the 4th ventricle] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1934, 78: 4375-82.—Peter, R. [Cholesteatoma of the fourth cerebral ventricle] Cas. lek. cesk, 1930, 69: 1773-7.—Poppi, U. La sindrome della linea mediana nei tumori del IV ventricolo. Riv. neur, 1932, 5: 175-9.—Rosenfeld, M. Zur Diagnose der Erkrankungen des IV. Ventrikels. Mschr. Psychiat, 1923-24, 55: 257-64—Roth- schild, K. Meduloblastoma del cerebelo; sobre un tumor de la linea media del cuarto ventriculo. Dia med, B. Air, 1931-32, 4: 567.—Sachs, E. Papilloma of the fourth ventricle; report of a case. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1922, 8: 379-82. Also J. Missouri M. Ass, 1922, 19: 93.—Sammartino, TJ. Con- tributo al meccanismo d'azione della lesione del 4° ventricolo. Arch. farm, sper, 1924, 37: 231; 241.—Sato, K. Ein Fall von Tumor des vierten Ventrikels. Fukuoka acta med, 1929, 22: 79.—Schaller, W. F. Glioma of the fourth ventricle with in- volvement of the triangular vestibular nucleus; report of a case with symptoms of dystonia, dysmetria, tremor and tonic fits. J. Neur. Psychopath, Brist, 1925-26, 6: 281-90.—Shuman, J. W. Two cases of sudden death associated with fourth ventric- ular tumor. Ann. Clin. M, 1925-26, 4: 595-8.—Schupfer, F. Sopra un caso di tumore del IV. ventricolo. Minerva med. Tor, 1935, 26: 10-6—Spiller, W. G. Removal of a papilloma of the fourth ventricle. Progr. Med, Phila, 1923, 3: 314.— Thomas, A, de Martel, T, & Guillaume, J. Volumineuse tumeur du 4e ventricule (astrocytome vermien) exerese ayant necessite l'ablation du vermis; gu6rison; considerations d'ordre neurologique. Rev. neur. Par, 1932, 39: 653-7.—Van Gehuch- ten, P. L'abolition des reflexes tendineux dans les tumeurs du IV* ventricule; contribution a l'etude du mecanisme des re- flexes tendineux. J. neur. psychiat, Brux, 1930, 30: 201-13.— Vincent, C, Bavid, M. [et al.] Papillomes du 4« ventricule obstruant l'orifice inferieur de l'aqueduc de Svlvius. Rev. neur. Par, 1931, 38: pt 1, 811-29. Also repr—Weber, F. P. Case of tumor of the fourth ventricle of the brain, accompanied by cutaneous pigmentation like that of Addison's disease. Internat. Clin, 1922, 32.ser, 2: 93-101. Also repr—Wechsler, I. S. Fourth ventricle tumor with surgical intervention. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1922, 55: 41.—Winther, K. Tumeur du qua- trieme ventricule, se manifestant seulement par une deviation de la t6te. Acta psychiat. neur, Kbh, 1930, 5: 45-53.—Zim- mermann, G. S, & Tchernyschew, A. S. Sur le syndrome anato- mo-clinique des tumeurs du quatrieme ventricule du point de vue oto-neurologique. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1936, 14: 29-36 — Zsako, I. [Papilloma of fourth cerebral ventricle] Gyogyaszat, 1934,74:689-92. ---- Hemorrhage. See also Brain, Apoplexy. Alpers, B. J. Ventricular hemorrhage with recovery; report of a case. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1924, 12: 695-700 — Brunschweiler, H. Deux cas d'hemorragie ventriculaire (con- siderations diagnostiques et physiologiques; indication ope- ratoire) Ann. anat. path. Par, 1933*10: 1037-40—Carles, J, & Belmas-Marsalet, P. Un cas d'hemorragie nteningee et du IV« ventricule avec albuminuric, glycosurie et ac6tonurie. J. med. Bordeaux, 1924, 54: 827.—Copeland, C. L. Intraven- tricular haemorrhage. Lancet, Lond, 1934,2: 757.—Be Sanctis, BRAIN VENTRICLES 931 BRAIN VENTRICLES C. La puntura lombare nelle emorragie ventricolari. Riv. pat. nerv,1921,26: 331-8.—Bosuzkov,T. AcaseoftheDavidenkov's hormetonia at an extravasation in the cerebral ventricles. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1930, 71: 735-9.—Favreau & Rautureau. Injections sous-cutanees d'oxygene dans un cas de souffrance fcetale par hemorragie ventriculaire. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1921, 13: 192-5.—Hemsath, F. A. Ventricular cerebral hemorrhage in the newborn infant; a pathologic and etiologie study of 20 cases. Am. J. Obst, 1934, 28: 343-54.—Kenel, C. Hemorragie du ventricule cerebral gauche avec hemianopsie homonyme partielle et recidive mortelle eioignee. Rev. gen. opht. Par, 1929, 43:348-55.—Meyer, E. Zur Kenntnis der pialen und Ventrikel-Blutungen. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1927, 81: 595-600.—Mohtoris, H. A. Zur Pathologie der Ventrikelblutung zugleich ein Beitrag zur Histopathologie der Wande des 3. Ventrikels. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1933-34, 133: 146-60 — Pilcz, A. Ueber einen ungewbhnlichen Fall von Ventrikelblu- tung bei angeborener Hypoplasie des Arteriensystems. Wien. med. Wschr, 1926, 76: 105.—Pow, B. L. Intraventricular haem- orrhage in a child. Brit. M.J, 1936, 1: 886.—Puech, P, Rappo- port & Brun, M. A propos de 2 cas d'hemorragie intraventri- culaire giteris par le traitement chirurgical. Rev. neur. Par, 1935, 42: 923-8.—Sands, I. J, & Lederer, M. Intraventricular hemorrhage; a clinical and pathological studv of 3 cases. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1927, 65: 360-71.—Strauss, H. Zur Sympto- matologie der Ventrikelblutungen. Mschr. Psychiat, 1933, 85: 1-19.—Vedel, Giraud, G, & Simeon. Inondation ventricu- laire chez un adolescent. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1922-23,4: 155-60. ---- Lateral ventricles. Austmann, K. J, & Moorhouse, V. H. K. On the function of the cerebral ventricles; demonstration of small changes in the capacity of the lateral ventricles of the brain. Am. J. Physiol, 1923, 66: 267-73.—Battelli, F, & Stern, L. Effets produits par les extraits de la glande pineale, des capsules surrenales, du foie, du testicule et de l'ovaire injectes dans les ventricules lat6raux du cerveau. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 86: 755.—Childe, A. E, & Penfield, W. The temporal horn of the lateral cerebral ventricle. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1936, 62: 149.—Ohnsorge, K. Die Vorder- hbrner der Hirn-Seitenventrikel im Enzephalogramm (schrag- axiales Enzephalogramm) Rontgenpraxis, 1934, 6: 84-7.—Stern, L, Battelli, F, & Jauffret, J. Action produite par les extraits d'hypophvse, de thyroide et de rate injectes dans les ventricules lateraux du cerveau. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 86: 753—Tor - kildsen, A. The gross anatomy of the lateral ventricles. J. Anat, Lond, 1934, 68: 480-91. ---- Lateral ventricles: Diseases and tumors. Dandy, W. E. Benign, encapsulated tumors in the lateral ventricles of the brain; diagnosis and treatment. 189p. 8? Bait., 1934. Bourguet, J. Abces cerebral ventriculo-lateral droit. Paris chir, 1924, 16: 174-6.—Busscher, J. de. Ueber das intraven- trikulare Meningiom des rechten Hinterhorns. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1935, 152: 522-9.—Campora, G. Due casi di tumore dei ventrieoli laterali del cervello. Gazz. osp, 1921, 42: 1058.—Challiol, V. Contributo alio studio dei tumori dei ventrieoli laterali. Riv. neur, 1929, 2: 387-404.—Cohen, I. Neoplastic cysts communicating with the lateral ventricles. Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York, 1936, 5: 21-7—Bandy, W. E. Benign encapsulated tumors in the lateral ventricles of the brain; diag- nosis and treatment. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1933, 51: 334-8. Also Ann. Surg, 1933, 98: 841-5.—Be Angelis, E. Contributo clinico ed anatomopatologico alla diagnosi delle cisti del cornu posterius del ventricolo laterale. Riv. otoneur, 1929, 6: 507-21.—Faber, V. Fall von carcinomatbs entartetem Papillom des Seitenventri- kels. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1934, 47: 168-72. Also Gyogyaszat, 1934, 74: 422-5.—Jacarelli, E. Sopra un caso di tumore del ventricolo laterale destro. Riv. osp, 1931, 21: 397-412—Ju- mentie, J, & Barbeau, A. Tumeurs multiples des ventricules lateraux; variation structurale de ces neoformations; ependymite chronique assoctee. Rev. neur. Par, 1926, 33: ptl, 957-68.— Livierato, S, & Cosmettatos, G. F. Tumeur du ventricule lateral droit du cerveau. Paris med, 1929, 71: 90-5.—Love, J. G. Pearly tumor (epidermoid) of the lateral ventricle; complete removal with recovery. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1936, 11: 40-4.— Obarrio, J. M. La hemiplejia en extension como signo de dilata- tion de los ventriculos laterales en los casos de hipertension intracraneana. Rev. crim. psiquiat, B. Air, 1920, 13: 331-9.— Poussepp, J. Tumeur de la partie anterieure de la base de la corne posterieure gauche du ventricule lateral, tumeur diagnos- tiquee et extirpee chirurgicalement avec succes. Rev. neur. Par 1925 32: 1059-62.—Radimska-Jandova [Contribution to the svmptomalogy of the tumors of the lateral ventricles of the brain] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1921-22,1: 319-26.-Rizzo, C. Ghomi astrocitari sottoependimali dei ventrieoli laterali. Riv. pat. nerv, 1926, 31: 223-32—Scharapow, B. J, & Weinberg, J. S. Zur Frage der Geschwiilste des Vorderhornes des Seitenventri- kels. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1931, 137: 735-44.-Sendrail, M A- Barthet J Sur Identification clinique des tumeurs Simftivesau ventricule lateral, Paris med 1931, 79: 441-6- Taft A R An unusual shadow in the head interpreted as calci- fication in the lefUateral ventricle. Am J. Roentg 1923, n.s, 10: 907 -Thomas, A, & Jumentie J. Un cas de tumeur du ventricule lateral. Rev. neur. Par, 1928, 35. pt2, 202-6.- Uchimura. Zur Pathogenese der brtlich elektiven Ammons- hornerkrankung. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1928, 114: 567-601. ---- Puncture. Crawford, A. S. A method of ventricular puncture. Am. J. Surg, 1932, n.s, 17: 20-4—Bogliotti. Via transvolto-orbitale per la puntura dei ventricolo cerebrali e sue applicazioni neuro- chirurgiche. Riv. otoneur, 1933, 10: 480.—Gomez de Rosas, N. Le puncion ventricular a traves del cuerpo calloso; proceder de Anton-Bramann; sus indicaciones y tecnica. Rev. med. cubana- 1923,34: 264-9.—Jacobaeus, H. C. Cerebral puncture and ventric, ulography in the service of diagnosis and therapeutics. Acta med. scand, 1923, 59: 666; 1924, Suppl. no.7,187-90.—Oljenick, I. [Puncture of ventricles and ventriculography] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1927, 71: ptl, 630-5.—Sharpe, W. Observations re- garding ventricular punctures. Ann. Surg, 1928, 87: 1-7.— Villandre, C. Sur la ponction ventriculaire. Paris chir, 1921, 13: 217-22. ---- Septum pellucidum. Beyers, C. F. Normal and abnormal negroid septa pellucida. J. Anat, Lond, 1924-25, 59: 358-68.—Hochstetter, F. Ueber das Cavum septi pellucidi. Morph. Jahrb, 1935, 75: 289-95.— Mascherpa, F. Visibilita del setto pellucido mediante l'ence- falografia. Riv. otoneur, 1935, 12: 705.—WaUenberg, A. Be- merkenswerte Endstatten der Grosshirnfaserung bei Siiugern (Verlauf und Endigung der Faserung aus der Neurinde des Frontalpols beim Meerschweinchen, insbesondere ihre Bezie- hungen zum Septum pellucidum) Jahrb. Psychiat. Neur, Wien, 1934, 51: 295-303.—Young, A. W. The comparative anat- omy of the septum pellucidum. Psychiat. neur. bl, 1926, 30: 203-34, 5pl. ---- Septum pellucidum: Cavity [5. ventricle] Backman, G. Septum Pellucidum und Verga's Ventrikel. Uppsala lak. fbren. forh, 1924, 29: 215-40.—Bart, R. A. The genesis of the cavum septi pellucidi. J. Anat, Lond, 1924-25, 51): 369-78.—Meyer, E. Die Erweiterung des Ventriculus septi pellucidi. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1930, 91: 9-36.—Pendergrass, E. P, & Hodes, P. J. Dilatations of the cavum septi pellucidi and cavum vergae. Ann. Surg, 1935,101: 269-95. Also Surgery (Ravdin, I. S.) Phila, 1935, 269-95.—Rawak, F, & Vaz-Ferreira, A. Eigenartige extrapyramidale Bewegungsstbrung; Beitrag zur Encephalographie des Cavum septi pellucidi. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1935, 152: 483-93.—Thompson, I. M. On the cavum septi pellucidi. J. Anat, Lond, 1932, 67: 59-77.—Van Wagenen, W. P, & Aird, R. B. Dilatations of the cavity of the septum pellucidum and cavum vergae; report of cases. Am. J. Cancer, 1934, 20: 539-57. ---- Septum pellucidum: Diseases and tumors. Berns, R. *Ein Tumor des Septum pelluci- dum mit Geruchshallucinationen. 13p. 8° [Gottingen] 1924. Basu, B. N. Complete absence of septum pellucidum. J. Anat, Lond, 1934-35, 69: 394.—Cardona, F. Sui tumori del setto pellucido. Riv. pat. nerv, 1936, 47: 265-77.—Bandy, W. E. Congenital cerebral cysts of the cavum septi pellucidi (fifth ventricle) and cavum vergae (sixth ventricle). Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1931, 25: 44-66.—Bella Torre, P. L. Lacera- zione del setto pellucido consecutiva a puntura del ventricolo laterale attraverso il corpo calloso. Arch. ital. chir, 1926, 16: 682-92.—Byke, C. G, & Bavidov, L. M. Congenital absence of the septum pellucidum, its diagnosis by encephalography. Am. J. Roentg, 1935, 34: 573-8— Gibson, J. K. A perforated septum pellucidum. Anat. Rec, 1924, 28: 103.—Hahn, O, & Kuhlenbeck, H. Defektbildungen des Septum pellucidum im Enzephalogramm. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1930, 41: 737-42.— Krishna, R, & Sivasubrahmaniam, B. Defective development of the septum pellucidum. J. Anat, Lond, 1932, 66: 432.— Marras, S. Sui gliomi del setto pellucido. Riv. pat. nerv, 1933, 42: 265-82.—Souques, Alajouanine & Bertrand, I. Tu- meur primitive du septum lucidum avec troubles dementiels. Rev. neur. Par, 1922, 29: 270-4—Sfintzescu, S, & Mihailescu, N. A propos d'un cas de malformation cerebrate congenitale; le manque de septum lucidum revete par le reperage ventriculo- graphique. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1936, 24: 258-65.— Thompson, I. M. On certain abnormal conditions of the septum pellucidum. Univ. California Pub. Anat, 1932. 1: 21-54, pi.— Tonnis, W. Kongenitale Cyste des Septum pellucidum. Zbl. Chir, 1935, 62: 1018-21.—Tramontano-Guerritore, G. Presenta- zione di un preparato di cervello fornito di doppio setto pellucido e considerazioni relative. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1923-24, 9.ser, 15:241-50, 2pl. ---- Surgery. Kosyrew, A. A. Drainage der Hirnventrikel durch Netz- streifen. Arch. klin. Chir, 1926, 141: 691-701.—Kubie, L. S. Intracranial pressure changes during forced drainage of the central nervous system. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1926, 16: 319-28.— Schmidt, E. O. Zur operativen Behandlung der offenen Ventrikelverletzungen. Zbl. Chir, 1923, 50: 1750-2— Shamov, V. N. [Surgery of the ventricles of the brain and choroid plexus] Soviet, khir, 1933, 4:135-48. BRAIN VENTRICLES 932 BRAIN VENTRICLES ---- Third ventricle. Balado, M. Radiografia del tercer ventriculo, mediante la inyeccion intraventricular de lipiodol. Arch, argent, neur, 1928,2:69-77. ----- Anatomia clinica v radiologica del tercer ventriculo. Sem. med, B. Air, 1931, 38: pt 1, 413-27. ----- Morea, R, & Bonovan, C. La radiografia del tercer ventriculo. Arch, argent, neur, 1927,1:237-55.—Cohrs, P. Dassubfornikale Organ des 3. Ventrikels; nach Untersuchungen bei den Haus- siiugetteren, einigen Nagetieren und dem Menschen. Zschr. Anat. Entw. 1935-36, 105: 491-518—Hochstetter, F. Ueber den Recessus postcommissuralis des Mittelhirnhohlraumes mensch- licher Embryonen und fiber sein Schicksal. Sitzber. Bayer. Akad. Wiss, (1921-22) 1923,130:-131: Math.-naturw. Kl, 1-11 — Knobloch, B. von. Das subfornikale Organ des dritten Hirn- ventrikels in seiner embyronalen und postembryonalen Ent- wicklung beim Hausschwein (Sus scrofa domesticus) Zschr. Anat. Entw, 1936,106: 379-97.—Muller, F. von. Um den dritten Ventrikel. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61: 1751; 1796.—Nathan, M. Le troisieme ventricule constitue-t-il un cerveau affectif? Presse med, 1931, 39: 857.—Pines, J. L. Ueber ein bisher unbea.ehtetes Gebilde im Gehirn einiger Saugetiere; das sub- fornicale Organ des III. Ventrikels. J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1926, 34: 186-93, 3pl. -----& Maiman, R. Weitere Beobach- tungen fiber das subfornicale Organ des dritten Ventrikels der Saugetiere. Anat. Anz, 1927-28, 64: 424-37.—Pines, L, & Scheftel, M. Ist bei den niederen Vertebraten ein Homologon des subfornikalen Organes der Saugetiere festzustellen? Ibid, 1929, 67: 203-16.—Putnam, T. J. The intercolumnar tubercle, an undescribed area in the anterior wall of the third ventricle. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1922, 33: 181. ---- Third ventricle: Cysts. Keller, K. *Ein Fall von Ependymcvste in der dritten Hirnkammer. 30p. 8? Berl.", 1934. Balado, M, Morea, R, & Bonovan, C. La radiografia del tercer ventriculo. Bol. Inst. clin. quir, B. Air, 1926, 2: 603-10, 14pl.—Barbu, V. Ueber eine neuroepitheliale Cyste des vor- deren Abschnittes des dritten Ventrikels. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1936, 156: 484-92—Bass, M. A. Zur Klinik uhd pathologischen Anatomie der echten Cysten (der Decke) der 3. Gehirnkammer. Virchows Arch, 1932-33, 287: 790-6 — Beutler, A. Ueber Ependymcysten im dritten Ventrikel als Todesursache. Ibid, 1921, 232: 358-67.—Boldrini, B. Morte rapida da cisti del plesso del III0 ventricolo cerebrate. Gazz. internat. med. chir, 1931, 39: 67-71.—Braganesco, S, & Sager, O. Contribution a l'etude du systeme vegetatif dienc6phalique; observation anatomo-clinique d'un cas d'ependymocytome kystique du IIIe ventricule. Rev. neur. Par, 1934, 41: 959-62. -----Ependymocytome kystique du troisieme ventricule. Encephale, 1935,30: pt2, 512-22, 2pl— Brennan, A. M. Impacted cyst in third ventricle of brain; report of 2 cases. Brit. M.J, 1929, 2: 47.—Eskelund, V. [Colloid cyst in the 3d ventricle; sudden death] Ugeskr. laeger, 1935, 97: 118.—Fingerland, A. [Ependymal cyst of the 3d ventricle of the brain] Cas. tek. cesk, 1931,70:375-8.—Foerster, O, & Gagel, O. Ein Fallvon Ependym- cyste des III. Ventrikels; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Beziehun- gen psychischer storungen zum Hirnstamm. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1933-34, 149: 312-44—Frey, L. Kyste du 111° ventri- cule, destruction totale de la region infundibulaire sans signes dits hypophysaires. Encephale, 1927, 22: 21-6—Hamby, W. B, & Gardner, W. J. An ependymal cyst in the quadrigeminal region; report of a case. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 33: 391-8.—Hassin, G. B, & Anderson, J. B. Cystic tumor of the 3d ventricle. U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull, 1930, 6: 56-61 — Hume, W.E. Cyst of the third ventricle. Durham Mus. Catal, 1928, 33:—Jaeger, J. R. Colloid cyst of the 3d ventricle. Col- orado M, 1936, 33: 475.—McLean, A. J. Paraphysial cysts. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1936, 36: 485-513.—MacPherson, B. J. A case presenting an epidermoid papillary cystoma in- volving the 3d ventricle. Bull. Massachusetts Dep. Ment. Dis, 1920-21, 4: 109-22.—Paterson, J. E, & Leslie, M. Colloid cyst of 3d ventricle of the brain; report of a case operated on, with recovery. Brit. M.J, 1935, 1: 920-2; 2pl— Rehbock, B. J. Neuro-epithelial cyst of the 3d ventricle. Arch. Path, Chic, 1936, 21: 524-30.—Rinder, C. O, & Cannon, P. R. Impaction of a neuro-epithelial cyst in the 3d ventricle of the brain. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1932, 14: 75. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1933, 30: 880-3. Also repr.—Rouquier, A, & Hoerner, G, Tumeur kystique du 3. ventricule d6veloppee aux depens des vestiges embryonnaires de la poche de Rathke; reaction ntenin- g€e aseptique primitive transitoire; etude anatomo-clinique. Rev. neur. Par, 1931, 38: pt2, 649-57.—Rubino, A, & Rubino, A. Tumore cistico del terzo ventricolo con prevalente sintomato- logia oculare. Riv. otoneur, 1936, 13: 343-88—Schukry, I. Ueber cystische Tumoren des III. Ventrikels. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1923, 86: 488-95.—Stookey, B. Intermittent obstruction of the foramen of Monro by neuroepithelial cysts of the 3d ventricle; symptoms, diagnosis and treatment. Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York, 1933, 3: 446-500—Wahlgren, F. Fall mit Ependymzvste im III. Ventrikel. Acta path, microb. scand, 1924, 1: 276^83. ---- Third ventricle: Diseases and tumors, Chausseblanche, L. *Les tumeurs du troisieme ventricule (er.ude anatomo-patholo- gique et clinique) 75p. 8? Par., 1923. Dandy, W. E. Benign tumors in the 3d ven- tricle of the brain; diagnosis and treatment. 171p. 8? Bait. [1933] Veknie, L. Contribution a l'dtude du syndrome infundibulaire dans les tumeurs du troisieme ventricule. 30p. 8? Par., 1919. Albrecht, K. RbntgendiagnostUt der Tumoren des III. Ventrikels. Mschr. Psychiat, 1931, 79: 136-51.—Aliaga, J. M, & Luque, O. Consideraciones sobre un caso de tumor cerebral de la region hipofisiaria y del tercer ventriculo. Sem. med, B. Air, 1928, 35: pt2, 1671-4.—Allen, S. S, & Lovell, H. W. Tumors of the 3d ventricle. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1932, 28: 990-1006. Also repr.—Arce, J, & Balado, M. Traitement chirurgical des tumeurs cerebrates (operabilite des tumeurs du 3. ventricule) Arch, argent, neur, 1934-35,11: 73-80. Also Bol. inst. clin. quir, B. Air, 1935, 10: 234-8—Balado, M. Sobre el tratamiento quirurgico de los tumores del tercer ventriculo. Ibid, 1933-34, 9: 5-9.—Bertolotti, M. Le alterazioni della sella turcica da tumori o da idrope del terzo ventricolo. Minerva med. Tor, 1935, 26: pt2, 1-14.—Cid, J. M, & Cames, O. Dos casos de ependimoma del tercer ventriculo. Rev. nted. lat. amer, B. Air, 1931-32, 17: 532-40.—Claude, H, & Lhermitte, J. Le syndrome infundibulaire dans un cas de tumeur du troisieme ventricule. Presse med, 1917, 25: 417.—Corachan Llort, M, & Serra Salsas, F. La ventriculografia de los tumores del III. ventriculo. Med. ibera, 1935, 29: 70.—Bandy, W. E. Diagnosis, localization and removal of tumors of the 3d ventricle. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1922, 33: 188.—Bavidov, L. M, & Byke, C. G. Congenital tumors in the rostral portion of the 3d ventri- cle; their diagnosis by encephalography and ventriculography. Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York, 1935, 4: 221-63—Bias, A. A. Ueber die Pathogenie der Geistesstbrungen bei Erdheimtumoren. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1933, 148: 250-62.—Boyle, J. B, & Kernohan, J. W. Ganglioneuroma of the 3d ventricle with dia- betes insipidus and hypopituitarism. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1931, 73: 55-61.—Fabian, A. [Contribution to the diagnosis of tumors of the brain localized in the neighborhood of the 3d ven- tricle] Bratisl. 16k. listy, 1922-23, 2: 31-6.—Foerster, O, & Gagel, O. Ein Fall von Gangliogliom des Bodens des dritten Ventrikels. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1933, 145: 29-37 — Ford, F. R. Cholesteatoma of the 3d ventricle with bilateral Argyll Robertson pupils. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 82: 1046 — Fulton, J. F, & Bailey, P. Contribution to the study of tumors in the region of the 3d ventricle; their diagnosis and relation to pathological sleep. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1929, 69: 1; 145; 261. Also Arch, argent, neur, 1929,5: 1-27.—Gautier, P, Jentzer, A, & de Movrier, G. Syndrome infundibulaire avec atrophie optique bilaterale chez l'enfant; putealome developpe dans le troisieme ventricule. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1932, 10: 407.— Gouriou, Guiraud & Scherrer. Tumeur du 3. ventricule a troubles mentaux predominants. Ann. med. psychol. Par.. 1936, 94: pt2, 842-8.—Guillain, G, Bertrand, I, & Perisson, Etude anatomo-clinique d'une tumeur du III. ventricule. Rev. neur. Par, 1925, 32: pt 1, 467-73 —Hallervorden, J. Ein Akti- nomykom im 3. Ventrikel. Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1931, 95: 527-36.—Heinze, H. Ein solitares Neurinom des 3. Ventrikels mit symmetrischer Cystenbildung. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1932, 128: 45.—Higier, H. [Endothelioma psammosum on the floor of the 3d ventricle and interpeduncular cyst on the base of the brain, simulating tumor of the cerebello-pontal angle; opera- tion] Gaz. lek, Warsz, 1913, 2.ser, 33: 753; 782—Hogner, P. Die klinischen Erscheinungen bei Erkrankungen des 3. Ge- hirnventrikels und seiner Wandungen. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1927, 97: 238-66.—Hoffmann, B, & Matulay, K. [Ganglioneu- roma—a tumor of the 3d ventricle] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1933, 13: 174-80.—Jumentie, J, & Chausseblanche. Formes cliniques des tumeurs du3. ventricule. Presse nted, 1924, 32: 225-8.—Kesch- ner, M , & Savitsky, N. Tumors of the 3d ventricl e. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1935, 33: 216-9.—Kramer, V. V, & Chernyshev, A. S. [Study on the symptomatology of the 3d ventricle of the brain] Soviet, klin, 1933,19: 805-39.—Lhermitte, J. Symptomes des tumeurs du III. ventricule et de l'infundibulum. Gaz. hop, 1932. 105: 1688-94.—Lorenzini, A. Papilloma cistico del terzo ventricolo. Riv. clin. pediat, 1922, 20: 705-49.—Masson, C. B. Complete removal of 2 tumors of the 3d ventricle with recovery. Arch. Surg, 1934, 28: 527-37.—Medea, E. Un caso di tumore del terzo ventricolo accompagnato da singolari manifestazioni psichiche. Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med, 1924, 13: 243-51 — Meignant, P. Les tumeurs du troisieme ventricule. Presse med, 1934, 42: 1342.----- Tumeurs du troisieme ventricule. Ann. med. psychol. Par, 1934, 92: pt2, 314. Also Rev. neur. Par, 1934, 41: pt2, 278-81.—Obregia, A, Bimolesco, A, & Constantinesco, S. Syndrome infundibulo-tuberien avec troubles mentaux complexes par tumeur suprasellaire du troisieme ven- tricule. Encephale, 1932, 27: 93-106.—Orlandi, N. Contri- buto alla conoscenza dei tumori epiteliali del III. ventricolo. Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med, 1922,11: 482-90.—Orzechowski, C, & Mitkus, W. De la forme parkinsonienne des tumeurs de la region infundibulo-hypophysaire (considerations sur la sympto- matologie des tumeurs du III. ventricule) Rev. neur. Par, 1925, 32: pt2, 1-17.—Puusepp, L. Tumeur du III. ventricule avec dvstrophie adiposo-genitale. Fol. neuropath, eston, 1923, 1: 5-10.—Ricaldoni, A. Infantilisme du type hypophysaire et signe d'Argyll Robertson avec tumeur developpee au niveau de la partie thalamique du troisieme ventricule et infiltrantjes couches optiques, mais n'envahissant pas la region de l'in- fundibulum ni l'hypophyse. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1922, BRAIN VENTRICLES 933 BRAIN VENTRICLES 3.ser, 46: 1238-49.—Riddoch, G. Progressive dementia, without headache or changes in the optic discs, due to tumours of the 3d ventricle. Brain, Lond, 1936, 59: 225-33.—Rousseau, F. Syn- drome chiasmatique pur; ntelano-sarcome du plancher du III. ventricule propag6 a l'hypophyse. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1933, pt2, 556-64.—Schaltenbrand, G. Hypophysare Insuffizienz- erscheinungen nach Geschosswanderung in dem 3. Ventrikel. Nervenarzt, 1936, 9: 8-11.—Schmidt, W. Kolloidtumor des dritten Ventrikels. Zbl. allg. Path, 1937, 67: 1-3— Strauss, I, & Globus, J. H. Tumor of the brain with disturbance in tem- perature regulation; the hypothalamus and the area about the 3d ventricle as a possible site for a heat-regulating center; report of 3 cases. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1931, 25: 506-22 — Thomas, A, Jumentie, J, & Chausseblanche. Lethargie inter- mittente traduisant l'existence d'une tumeur du III. ventricule. Rev. neur. Par, 1923, 30: pt2, 67-73. ----- Tumeur du 3. ventricule et de l'aqueduc de Sylvius; syndrome d'hypertension intracerebrale sans signes de localisation. Ibid, 1925, 32: pt2, 83-6.—Tonnis, W. Behandlung der Geschwulste im hinteren Teil des 3. Ventrikels. Arch. klin. Chir, 1935,183: 426-9 [Dis- cussion] 114. Also Zbl. Chir, 1935, 62: 1595—Tsyrlin, M. M. [Tumor of the third ventricle of the brain with anatomo-his- tologic examination] Vrach. gaz, 1930, 34: 860.—Vonderahe, A. R, & Abrams, N. R. Ependymoma of third ventricle; report of a case with extension into the optic chiasm and with wide- spread vegetative manifestations. Arch. Ophth, Chic, 1934, 12: 693-8.—Weinberg, M. H. Tremor of the tongue in 3d ventri- cle tumors—possibly a new sign. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1932, 76: 255.—Wieland, E. Makrogenitosomia pracox bei 4M>-jahrigem Knaben mit Carcinom des dritten Hirnventrikels und intakter Zirbeldruse. Praxis, Bern, 1928, 17: H.2, 1; 3.—Woelk, H. A. Ein Lipom des 3. Gehirnventrikels. Zbl. allg. Path, 1925-26, 36: 357-60.—YeaUand, L. R. Oligodendroglioma of floor of 3d ventricle. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1926-27, 20: sect.Neur, 21-4.—Zimmerman, H. M, & German, W. J. Colloid tumors of the 3d ventricle. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1933, 30: 309-25. ---- Tumors. Krause, W. *Ein Fall von Ventrikeltumor unter dem Bilde einer circumscripten Menin- gitis [Jena] 28p. 8? Weida i. Thur., 1926. Schaefer, G. *Beitrage zur Kasuistik der Tumorn der Hirnventrikel. 26p. 8? Bresl., 1917. Boukis, C, & Hoff, H. Die Leukozytose, ein diagnostisches Hilfsmittel bei Ventrikeltumoren. Nervenarzt, 1936, 9: 516- 20.—Biirger-Prinz, H, oder- mie et traumatisme. 90p. 8? Par., 1933. BRAMMELL, P. Roy. Health work and physi- cal education, vi, 98p. 8? Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1933. BRAMMER, Hans, 1902- *Ueber die Folgen der Operation bei Osteochondritis dis- secans. 39p. 8? Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1927. BRAMMERTZ [Friedrich] Wilhelm, 1890- *Morphologie des Glykogens wahrend Eibildung und Embryonalentwicklung von Wirbellosen [Munchen] 22p. 8? Lpz., W. Engelmann, 1913. BRAMWELI, Byrom, 1847-1931. Atlas of clinical medicine. 3v. fol. Edinb., T. & A. Constable, 1892-96. For biography see Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1932, 58: 701. Also Brit. M.J, 1931, 1: 823-6 (D. Drummond & R. Hutchison) Also Edinburgh M.J, 1931, n.s, 38: 444-7, port. Also Lancet, Lond, 1931, 1: 1108 (G. L. Gulland) BRAMWELI, Crighton. Heart disease; the principles of diagnosis and treatment. vii, 244p. illus. 8? Lond., E. Arnold & Co., 1932. BRAM WELL, J. Milne. Hypnotism, its history, practice and theory. 3.ed. xvi, 480p. 8°. Lond., Rider & Co., 1930. BRAN. See also Flour; Wheat. Wagon, D. *Les germes de ble" et leur action sur la ponte [Alfort] 85p. 8? Saumur, 1933. Alvarez, W. C. Opinions of 470 physicians in regard to the advantages and disadvantages of using bran and roughage. Minnesota M, 1931, 14: 296-300—Butzke, E. J, Barker, H. 0, [et al.] Impaction of bran in the gastrointestinal canal. U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull, 1928, 4: 549.—Cowgill, G. R, & Anderson, W. E. Laxative effects of wheat bran and washed bran in healthy men; a comparative study. J. Am. M. Ass, 1932, 98: 1866-75—Cowgill, G. R, A Sullivan, A. J. Further studies on the use of wheat bran as a laxative, observations on BRAN 935 BRANCHIAL APPARATUS patients. Ibid, 1933, 100: 795-802—Bunn, R. W, & Salle, A. J. Rice bran extracts and the growth of microorganisms. J. Bact, 1936, 31: 505-16.—Falcon-Lesses, M. The cause of the laxative action of bran. J. Nutrit, 1929-30, 2: 295-310—Food value of bran. Good Health, 1937, 72: 11; 27—Funnell, E. H, Vahlteich, E. M. [et al.] Protein utilization as affected by the presence of small amounts of bran or its fiber. J. Nutrit, 1936, 11: 37-45.— Gheorghiu, I. La fermentation du son de bie, comme aliment (borch) Rev. hyg. Par, 1925, 47: 528-33— Heupke, W. Un- tersuchungen fiber Verdauung aus geschlossenen Pflanzenzellen und ihre Bedeutung fiir Physiologie und Pathologie der Ver- dauung beim Menschen; die Verdauung der Weizenkleberzellen. Arch. Verdauungskr, 1931, 49: 263-71.—Hindhede, M. Ver- daulichkeit und Wert der Weizenkleie. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 158; 192.—Jones, B. B, & Gersdorff, C. E. F. Proteins of wheat bran; isolation and elementary analyses of a globulin, albumin, and prolamine. J. Biol. Chem, 1923, 58: 117-31.—Kaplan, L. B, [Dietetic value of bran] Profil. med, Kharkov, 1928, 7: 15-23.— Lapicque, M, A Nattan-Larrier, M. Valeur nutritive, pour la volaille, du son au taux de blutage actuel. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923,89:400-2.—Leon-Meunier, L. L'eau de son. Presse nted, 1933, 41: 809.—M, A. B. Le son; son emploi dans la dtetetique du premier age. Nourrisson, 1933, 21: 314-6.—Monceaux, R. Proportion d'indigestible dans le son actuel. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 402.—Murphy, J. C, & Jones, B. B. Proteins of wheat bran, the nutritive properties of the proteins of wheat bran. J. Biol. Chem, 1926, 69: 85-99.—Nutritional significance of bran. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 107: 874-7.—Olmsted, W. H, Curtis, G, & Timm, O. K. Cause of laxative effect of feeding bran pentosan and cellulose to man. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 32: 141.—Rose, M. S, MacLeod, G. [et al.] The influence of bran on the alimentary tract. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1932, 8: 133-56. Also repr.—Starr, G. Increasing recognition of bran as an element in diet. Am. Food J, 1922, 18: no.3, 9.— Wan, S. The biological value of proteins and the digestibility of food constituents of mixed vegetarian diets containing proc- essed wheat brans. Chin. J. Physiol, 1935, 9: 125-40.—Wil- liams, G. A. A study of the laxative action of wheat bran. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1925-26,23:630. Also Am. J. Physiol, 1927, 83: 1-14. BRANCA, Albert, 1868- , & VERNE, Jean. Precis d'histologie; la cellule, les tissus, les or- ganes. 635p. illus. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1934. BRANCA, W. Einige Betrachtungen iiber die altesten Sauger der Trias- und Liaszeit. 77p. illus. 4? Berl., 1915. Forms no. 5, Abh. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. BRANCHIAL apparatus. See also names of cervical and facial structures as Jaw; Mandible; Thyroglossal duct; Thyroid; &c. Frazer, J. E. The disappearance of the precervical sinus. J. Anat, Lond, 1926-27, 61: 132-43, pi.—Getzowa, S. Zur Kenntnis des postbranchialen Korpers und der branchialen Kanalchen des Menschen. Virchows Arch, 1911, 205: 208-57.— Plancher, C. Sui rapporti fra corpo ultimobranchiale e tiroide nelPuomo e in alcuni altri mammiferi. Monit. zool. ital, 1934, 45: 52-60.—Politzer, G. Zur Frage des Schicksales des telo- branchialen Korpers beim Menschen. Zschr. Anat. Entw- gesch, 1935-36, 105: 429-32. ----- & Hann, F. Ueber die Entwicklung der branchiogenen Organe beim Menschen. Ibid, 104: 670-708.—Rotmann, E. Der Anted von Induktor und reagierendem Gewebe an der Entwicklung der Kiemen und ihrer Gefasse. Arch. Entwmech, 1935, 133: 225-44.—Tandler, J. Gefasse des Kiemenkreislaufs und ihre Umbildung. Handb. vergl. Anat, Berl, 1931-33, 6: 557-62.—Winiwarter, H. de. Histologie du corps branchial ultime. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923,89:957-9. --- Abnormities and persistence. Schumann, D. *Ein Fall von Persistenz des Meckelschen Knorpels. lOp. 8? Greifswald, 1935. Frazer, J E. The nomenclature of diseased states caused by certain vestigial structures in the neck. Brit. J. Surg, 1923-24, IP 131-6—Johns A. H. G. Patent branchial cleft. Brit. M.J, 1930, 1: 1047.-Krummel, P. Zur Kenntnis der Kie- mengangsdivertikel. Rontgenpraxis 1930, 2: 470-2.-Mutel & Watrin. Appendice branchial. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1934, 41: 809—Pfecechtel, A. Quelques notes concernant les 1929, 9: 94-103. --- Cyst and fistula. See also under Ear; Neck; also 3.ser., Fistula, cervical. Asbeck, C. *Kongenitale Knorpelreste am Halse und ihre Beziehung zu den seitlichen Hals- fisteln [Freiburg] 16p. 8? Berl., 1931. Also Beitr. klin. Chir, 1931, 153: Bailey, H. Branchial cyst and other essays on surgical subjects in the facio-cervical region. 86p. 8? Lond., 1929. Bosdeveix, G. L. Contribution a, l'etude des kystes brancbiaux de la region laterale du cou; un cas rare de kyste en bissac. 52p. 8? Par., 1928. Coltelloui, A. *Sur la presence de tissu lympho'ide dans la paroi de certaines kyste branchiaux du cou. 38p. 8? Par., 1905. Gaitzsch, H. *Ueber die kongenitalen Halsfisteln und Halscvsten [Rostock] 24p. 8? Grossenhain i. Sa., 1933. Georgy, H. *Mediane und laterale Hals- cvsten. 34p. 8? Jena, 1933. Krumbiegel, I. *Ueber Kiemenspalten und Halsfisteln in Anlehnung an einen in der Leip- ziger chirurgischen Klinik operierten Fall von Fistula colli congenita [Leipzig] 24p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. Thur.] 1926. Lorenzen, F. *Cystis mediana colli; fistula colli congenita. 22p. 8? Kiel, 1933. Pilarczyk, T. *Ueber Kiemengangsfisteln [Breslau] 17p. 8? [Kreuzburg O. S.] [1925] Rossano, I. *Les kystes fistules et tumeurs de la region laterale du cou et le probleme de leur origine. 155p. 8? Par., 1932. Schindler, H. *Ueber 2 neue Falle von Hyomandibularfisteln [Heidelberg] 18p. 8? Lpz., 1933. Symanski, H. J. *Ueber Zysten der seit- lichen Halsgegend. 31p. 8? Kiel, 1930. Anardi, T. Cisti branchiogena latero-cervicale profonda destra. Tumori, 1926, 12: 217-25, pi.—Bailey, H. The clinical aspects of branchial cysts. Brit. J. Surg, 1922-23, 10: 565-72. ----- Branchial fistula. Clin. J, Lond, 1927, 56: 619. ----- The diagnosis of branchial cyst; with a note upon its removal. Brit. M.J, 1928,1:940. ----- The clinical aspects of branchial fistulae. Brit. J. Surg, 1933, 21:173-82.—Banet, V, & Bolanos, J. M. Quiste branquial con egteatonecrosis dermica. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1933,8:97-104.—Barajas y de Vilches, J. M. Fistula branquiogena integral del cuello y completa (nota clinica) Siglo med, 1929, 84: 85-7.—Barany, R. Grosse verei- terte Cyste des 2. Kiemenganges; operation; Heilung. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1930,14: 556-9.—Baumgartner, C. J. Branchial and thyroglossal duct cysts and fistulas in children. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1933, 56: 948-55.—Becker, J. Ueber Kiemengangsfisteln. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1925, 134: 470-2—Belfrage, K. Fall af ento- dermal lateral branchiogen halscysta. Gbteborgs lak. sail, forh, 1907, 31-4.—Berry, G. Branchial cyst; 2 instructive cases. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1933, 39: 154-9. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1934, 43: 287-93.—Blavet di Brlga, C. Un caso di voluminosa cisti branchiate epidermica. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1924, 4.ser, 30: 42-5.—Bloch. Ueber Residuen des ersten Kie- menganges (Fistulae praeauriculares congenitae) Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1928, 58: 439.—Bogolyubov, V. L. [Branchiogenic cyst of the neck] Med. obozr, 1907, 68: 295-300.—Bokastovaya, O. S. [Branchiogenetic cysts] Klin, med, Moskva, 1923, 2: 34-6.—Bosdeveix, G. L. Contribution a l'etude des kystes branchiaux de la region laterale du cou. Ann. mal. oreille, 1929, 48: 826-42.—Brown, J. M. Branchial and thyroglossal duct cysts and fistulas. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1935, 57: 39-52. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1935, 44: 644-52.—Carnevale-Ricci, F. Fistola congenita completa laterale del collo (faringo- sternale) Arch. ital. otol, 1934, 45: 473-82.—Carp, L. Bran- chial fistula; its clinical relation to irritation of the vagus. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1926, 42: 772-7.—Claes, E, & Meunier, M. Un cas singulier de kyste dermoide branchial chez un nourrisson; appa- rition brusque, avec accidents respiratoires, d'une rumeur cer- vico-thoracique a contenu hemorragique; extirpation; guerison. Scalpel, Brux, 1922, 75: 1049-58.—Cochez. Grosse tumeur du cou, kyste branchial probable. Bull. nted. Algerie, 1912, 23: 637-40.—Ertl, E. Branchiogene Zyste; Rbntgenaufnahme nach Jodipinfiillung; Demonstration der Rbntgenbilder. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1936, 70: 1265.—Eschbach, H. Fistules cong6- nitales multiples de la t6te et du cou; fibrochondromes congeni- taux de la region cervicale. Bull. Soc. p6diat. Paris, 1905, 7: 334-7.—Estor, E, & Massabuau, G. Les pretendus kystes branchiogenes multiloculaires du cou. Rev. chir. Par., 1908, 38: 341-75.—Fagge, G. H. Branchial cysts and fistulae. Clin. J, Lond, 1928, 57: 421-3.—Fournier, J. Un cas de kyste bran- chial avec fistule du type amygdaloide. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1924, 50: 168.—Gignoux, A. Fistule branchiate complete BRANCHIAL APPARATUS 936 BRANCHIAL APPARATUS du cou. Ann. otolar. Par, 1936, 1195-7.—Gill, E. G. Cervical cysts and fistulae. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1934, 40: 435-7.— Gilman, P. K. Branchial cysts and fistulas. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921, 77: 26-8.—Glover, G. E. Branchial cyst; report of a case. Med. Rec, S. Antonio, 1922, 16: 171.—Hamdi, H, & Uege, K. S. Suprascapular branchiogene ventriculoide Cyste. Virchows Arch, 1935, 295: 576.—Hyndman, 0. R, & Light, G. The bran- chial apparatus, its embryologic origin and the pathologic changes to which it gives rise, with presentation of a familial group of fistulas. Arch. Surg, 1929, 19: 410-52. Also repr.— Istomin, J. K. [Branchiogenic cysts of the neck and cysts taking their origin in supplementary thyroid glands] Russ. chir. arch, 1909, 25: 591-628.—Jacod, M. Fibrochondrome branchial pre- auriculaire fistulise. Lyon med, 1933, 151: 613-5.—Johnson, J. A. Branchial cysts and fistulas. Minnesota M, 1926, 9: 514-7.—Josa, L. Ueber Fisteln des ersten Kiemenbogens. Zbl. Chir, 1936, 63: 1760-3—Kleinert, M. N. Branchial fistula. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1933, 18: 510-5. Also repr.—Koch, F. Zum Vorkommen branchiogener Zysten am Halse. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1932,66: 1331-4.—Korkhov, U. [Formation of median cysts and fistulas of the neck I Vrach. gaz, 1930, 34: 779- 81.—Legg, T. P. Operation for branchial cyst of neck. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1907, n.s, 84: 15.—Lenzi, L, & Pellegrini, A. Contributo alia conoscenza delle cisti congenite del collo (cisti tiroidee e cisti branchiali) Sperimentale, 1906, 60: 5-58.— L'Heureux, M, & Piquet, J. Fistule branchiate du type amyg- daloi'de; extirpation; guerison. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1926, 52: 725-8.—Lyapustin, V. [Bronchogenic cvsts of the neck] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1909, 25: 223-8.—MacGuire, B. P. Bran- chiogenetic or branchial fistulae. Am. Med, 1935, 41: 324-7.— McNealy, R. W. Cystic tumors of the neck; branchial and thyro- glossal cysts. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 1083-100 — Meeker, L. H. The relation of the tonsil to branchiogenetic cysts. Arch. Path, Chic, 1932,13:683-5.—Meyer, H.W. Con- genital cysts and fistulae of the neck. Ann. Surg, 1932, 95: 1; 226.—Nepveu, A. Kyste branchial a fistule sus-amygdalienne. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1935, 19: 206—Nieden, H, & Asbeck, C. Kongenitale Knorpelreste am Halse und ihre Beziehung zu den seitlichen Halsfisteln. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1931, 153: 47-59.—Ochsner, C. G. Branchial cysts. Minnesota M, 1937, 20: 31-3.—Pagliani, F. Cisti laterale del collo e bran- chioma maligno. Bull. sc. med, Bologna, 1933, 105: 405-28.— Pariseau, L. Un cas de fistule branchiate. J. Hotel Dieu Montreal, 1935, 4: 276-83.—Paschoud, H. Kystes cervicaux, fistules cervicales. Rev. m6d. Suisse rom, 1934, 54: 300-19.— Patterson, N. Some observations on surgery of the neck as it concerns the otolaryngologist; branchial cysts and fistulae. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1935, 57: 53-76.—Pires de Lima, J. A, & Monteiro, H. B. Aparelho branquial e suas perturbacoes evolu- tivas. Arq. anat., Lisb. (1923) 1924, 9: If5-238.—Reinecke, R. Erfahrungen iiber laterale Kiemengangscysten und -fisteln. Arch. klin. Chir, 1925,136: 99-108.—Renaux, F. Kyste branchial juxta-laryngien chez un nourrisson. Rev. med. est, 1923, 51: 246-8.—Robitshek, E. C. The treatment of branchial fistulae with sclerosing fluids; a case presentation and report. Minnesota M, 1933,16: 760-2.—Rouvillois. Kyste branchial du type amyg- daloide. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1924, 50; 197-200.—Ruttin, E. Zur Klinik und Pathologie der branchiogenen Zysten. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1932, 66: 1111.—Saravia, E. C. Fistulas congeni- tas laterales del cuello. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1933, 17: 1224- 37.—Schwers, H. Kyste branchiogene du cou; errements du diagnostic; recidive postop6ratoire; gu6rison par injection modificatrice. Liege med, 1931, 24: suppl, 1-4.—Seed, L. Branchial cyst. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1926, 6: 1029-31 — Shedden, W. M. Branchial cysts and fistulae. N. England J.M, 1931, 205: 800-11.—Stammers, F. A. R. Pre-auricular fistulse. Brit. J. Surg, 1926-27, 14: 359-63.—Starkenstein, E. Ueber die Vererbung einer branchiogenen Fistel; ein Beitrag zur Familienforschung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24: 701.— Stupka, W. Complete unilateral branchial fistula in the right side of the neck; heated. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1934, 49: 191.— Swiatlowski, B. Ein Fall von Fistula colli mediana congenita; Beitrag zum Studium der Pathogenese und Histologie. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1934, 68: 1096-106.—Thomson, J. W. A case of branchial cyst. Lancet, Lond, 1927, 1: 7G.—Tomaselli, G. Contributo alio studio delle cisti e fistole congenite del collo. Clin, chir, Milano, 1909, 17: 344-63—Vassiliev, A. I. [Bran- chial cysts] Vest, khir, 1930, 20: 181-7— Wakeley, C. P. G. The clinical manifestations of branchial cysts. Clin. J,, Lond, 1929, 58: 109-11.—Wildenberg, L. van den. Fistules congeni- tales branchiales completes. Rev. med. Louvain, 1932, 126-8, pi.—Zbllner, F. Fehldiagnosen, verursacht durch angeborene Fisteln und Cysten an Ohr und Hals. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1932,32: 54. ---- Tumors. See also Neck, Tumors. Doze, P. A. le. Contribution a l'etude des branchiomes cervico-faciaux. 43p. 8 Montp., 1913. Duthu, L. J. L. Contribution a l'etude des branchiomes cervicaux. 112p. 8? Bord., 1908. Heinemann, A. *Zur Kasuistik branchioge- ner Bildungen; Struma postbranchialis und retrosternale Plattenepithelzellencyste. 23p. 8? Heidelb., 1931. Schallert, W. *Kiemengangscyste und Kiemengangscarcinom. 21p. 8? Kiel, 1932. Schwanecke, \Y. * Ueber das branchiogene Karzinom [Wurzburg] 30p. 8? Berl., 1916. Vallancien, B. Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs cong^nitales solides du cou. 46p. 8? Par.,1934. Aristovski, V. M. [Branchiogenic cancer] Vrach. gaz, 1909, 16: 1322-4.—Aubriot, P. Branchiome kystique du cou. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 1032.—Battista, A. Contributo clinico ed isto-patologico alio studio dei tumori branchiogeni. Gazz. internat. med. chir, 1930, 38: 565-73.—Belk, W. P. Branchio- genic tumors of the neck. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 453- 68.—Bellini, A. Su di un caso di fibrocondroma branchiate. Riforma med, 1908, 24: 1071-3.—Blanc, Fortacin. Branquioma cervical. Siglo med., 1933, 92: 13-5.—Borrel, A, & Pettit, G. Epithelioma branchial chez une jument; reussite de greffes cancereuses sur le sujet lui-m6me. Rec. med. vet, 1907, 84: 493- 503.—Brandt, G. Beitrag zur Frage des branchiogenen Karzi- noms. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1924, 187: 15-21—Caldagues. Epi- thelioma branchial du cou. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1906, 81: 569.—Carp, L, & Stout, A. P. Branchial anomalies and neo- plasms; a report of 32 cases with follow-up results. Ann. Surg, 1928, 87: 186-209.—Chevassu, M. A propos des branchiomes. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1934, 60: 666.—Cleland, J. B, & Hanson, B. S. Branchiogenic cancers and other carcinomata of the neck of cryptic origin. Med. J. Australia, 1934, 2: 241-9.— Condamin. Branchiome malin. Lyon med, 1926, 138: 362 — Crile, G, & Kearns, J. E, jr. Branchial carcinoma; lateral cer- vical neoplasm. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1935, 60: 703-9—Belbet, P. Congenital tumours of the neck. Med. Press, Lond, 1923, n.s, 115: 319.—Buret, H. Branchiomes malins du cou et tumeurs du ntediastin. Bull. Acad, nted. Par, 1907, 3.ser, 58: 518- 27.—Buthu. Branchiome du cou. J. nted. Bordeaux, 1908, 38: 539.—Forgue, E, & Massabuau, G. Comment se pose actuellement la question des tumeurs branchiogenes du cou. J. med. fr, 1908, 2: 189-99. Also Province med. Par, 1908, 19: 71-5.—Fourdinier. Sur un cas d'epitftelioma branchiogene de la region sous- maxillaire. J. sc. med. Lille, 1908. 2: 299-302.— Gruber, K. Ein Fall von branchiogenem Carcinom. Zbl. allg. Path, 1908, 19: 966-70.—Guyot & Foix. Un cas de branchiome. J. med. Bordeaux, 1924, 54: 205.—Halstead, A. E. Retromaxil- lary tumor probably of branchial origin. Surg. Clin. Chicago, 1917, 1: 334-7.—Hewetson, J. T. Branchiogenic papuliferous adenocarcinoma. J. Path. Bact, Cambr, 1908-9, 13: 198-203, 2pl.—Hudelo, L, & Merle, E. Branchiome malin du cou. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1909, 20: 30-5.—Hudson, R. V. The so- called branchiogenetic carcinoma; its occupational incidence and origin. Brit. J. Surg, 1926-27, 14: 280-94.—Hue, F. Fibrome du cou extrapharyngien (branchiome?) Normandie med, 1907, 22: 147-53. Also Rev. nted. Normandie, 1907, 8: 126-32 — Kolchin, P. F. [Branchiogenic cancer of the neck] Russ. chir. arch, 1907, 23: 785-811.—Lantuejoul & Seydel. A propos d'un cas de fibro-chondrome latero-cervical; branchiomes benins et branchiomes malins. Gyn. obst. Par, 1933,28: 684-7.—Lecene, T. Branchiome malin de la region carotidienne a evolution aigue. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1908, 83: 412.—Le Grand, J. Deux observations de branchiomes malins op6res. Normandie med, 1922, 33: 117-21.—Lenormant, C. Quatre cas de branchiomes malins. J. chir. Tar, 1921,18: 358-65.—Lillie, R. B, Cox, O. H, & Teufel, W. C. Multiple branchiogenic acanthoma; report of a case. Am. J. Path, 1934, 10: 97-9.—Lobenhoffer [Branchio- genes Karzinom] Miinch. med. Wschr, 1919, 66: 1041.—Molla. Epitelioma branqueogeno. An. Acad, med, Madr, 1915,35: 473-82 [Discussion] 499-508.—Morestin. Aieianome profond du cou; branchio-ntelanome. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1911, n.s, 37: 63-6.—Oliver, R. L. Malignant epithelial tumors of the neck; carcinoma of branchiogenic origin. Am. J. Cancer, 1935, 23: 16-44.—Patel & Regnier. Tumeur branchiate. Lyon med, 1920, 129: 354.—Pauchet, V. Branchiomes; diagnostic d'une tumeur du cou. Clinique, Par, 1908, 2: 100.—Peyron, A, & Thomas, L. Contribution k l'etude des tumeurs du revStement branchial chez les poissons. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1929,18: 825-37.—Plzak, A. [Branchiogenous carcinoma] Cas. tek. Cesk, 1935, 74: 910-3.—Reclus, P. Branchiomes du cou. Bull, med. Par, 1906, 20: 423. Also Rev. valenc. cienc. nted, 1906, 8: 257-60.—Siegel, R. L'epithelioma branchial du cou. Gaz. hop., 1907, 80: 1707- 73.—Truffert, P. Trois observations de branchiomes (tumeurs congenitales solides) du cou. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1934, 60: 602-11.—Vokoun, F. J. Carcinoma arising from epithelial rest in obliterated branchial cleft. Mil. Surgeon, 1931, 68: 378- 80.—Young, CO. Branchiogenic carcinoma of the neck, with report of a supposed case. Illinois M.J, 1907, 12: 196-8 [Dis- cussion] 200. ---- in animals. Bateman, J. B, & Keys, A. Chloride and vapour-pressure relations in the secretory activity of the gills of the eel. J. Physiol, Lond, 1932, 75: 226-40.—Bevelander, G. A compara- tive study of the branchial epithelium in fishes, with special ref- erence to extrarenal excretion. J. Morph, 1935, 57: 335-51. ----- Branchial glands in fishes. Ibid, 1936, 59: 215-22, pi — Broek, A. J. P. van den. [Branchial apparatus of vertebrate animals] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1927, 71: pt2, 445-50.—Citterio, V. II connettivo reticolare della lamella branchiate degli anfibi. Arch. zool. ital, 1930, 14: 303-9. ----- La branchia di Chi- BRANCHIAL APPARATUS 937 BRANCHIAL APPARATUS maera monstrosa. Ibid, 1931-32, 17: 365—Bornesco, G. T, & Busnitza, T. Sur la structure des branches de l'ecrevisse. Arch. roumain. path. Par, 1936, 9: 493-516.—Brach, P. Etude sur le systeme branchial des crustaces d6capodes. Arch. anat. micr. Par, 1930, 26: 83-133.—Biirken, B. Die postembryonale Ent- wicklung der Tracheenkiemen und ihrer Muskulatur bei Ephemerella ignita. Zool. Jahrb, Abt. Anat, 1922-23, 44: 439-614.—Feldotto, A. Erganzende Versuche iiber die Regenera- tion der ausseren Kiemen von Froschlarven. Arch. Entwmech, 1926,108: 463-81.—Franz, V. Einige Einzelheiten an den Nephri- dien von Branchiostoma lanceolatum (Amphioxus) Zschr. mikr.anat. Forsch, 1934, 35: 501-16.—Fukuda, Y. Zur Mor- phologie und Entwicklungsgeschichte des Hyobranchial- skelettes von Megalobatrachus japonicus. Fol. anat. jap, 1928, 6: 327-74.—Gerhardt, E. Die Kiemenentwicklung bei Anuren (Pelobates fuscus, Hyla arborea) und Urodelen (Triton vulgaris) Zool. Jahrb, Abt. Anat, 1932, 55: 173-220—Gickl- horn, J, & Sullmann, H. Die Permeabilitat der Kiemensiick- chen von Daphnia magna M. Protoplasma, Lpz, 1931, 13: 617-36.—Goodrich, E. S. The early development of the nephridia in Amphioxus; part II, the paired nephridia. Q.J. Micr. Sc, Lond, 1934, 76: 655-74, 7pl.—Granel, F. Structure histologique de la pseudobranchie des poissons. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 429-31. Also Arch. anat. micr. Par, 1927, 23: 175-317 — Grynfeltt, E. Sur l'appareil mitochondrial des cellules glandu- laires de la glande hvpobranchiale de Murex trunculus. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1912, 72: 261-3. Also Bibliogr. anat. Par, 1911, 21: 181-209.—Heuser, C. H. The branchial vessels and their deriva- tives in the pig. Contr. Embryol. Carnegie Inst, 1923, 15: 121-39.—Irving, L, Solandt, B. Y, & Solandt, O. M. Nerve impulses from branchial pressure receptors in the dogfish. J. Physiol, Lond, 1935-36, 84: 187-90.—Johnson, C. E. Branchial derivatives in turtles. J. Morph, 1921-22, 36: 299-319.—Keys, A. B. Chloride and water secretion and absorption by the gills of theeel. Zschr. vergl. Physiol, 1931,15: 364-88.—Klumpp, W, & Eggert, B. Die Schilddriise und die branchiogenen Organe von Ichthyophis glutinosus L. Zschr. wiss. Zool, 1934-35, 146: 329-81.—Kryzanovsky, S. G. Dte Pseudobranchie (Morphologie und biologische Bedeutung) Zool. Jahrb, Abt. Anat, 1934, 58: 171-238.—Lorenz, K. Ueber eine eigentiimliche Verbin- dung branchialer Hirnnerven bei Cypselus apus. Morph. Jahrb, 1936, 77: 305-25.—Martini. Ueber den Einfluss der Wasserzusammensetzung auf die Kiemenlange bei den Miicken- larven. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg, 1922, 26: 82.—Mitra, B, & Ghosh, E. On the hypobranchial artery of Cirrhinus mrigala (H.B.) and Catla catla (H.B.) with short notes on their heart and afferent and efferent branchial systems. Zool. Anz, 1932, 100: 67.—Morgan, A. H, & Grierson, M. C. The functions of the gills in burrowing Mav flies (Hexagenia recurvata) Physiol. Zool, 1932, 5: 230-45, pl.—Nikoljukin, N. I. Die Entwicklung der Kiemen bei Cobitis taenia (zur Frage iiber die Holologie der Kiemen der Wirbeltiere) Anat. Anz, 1930, 69: 289-315 — Okamuro, T. Ueber die Beziehung zwischen dem Hassalschen Kbrperchen und dem Kiemengang. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1928, 18: 285.—Perflljew, P. Ueber den Mechanismus der Kiemen- autonomie bei den Larven einiger Libellen. Arch. mikr. Anat. Entwmech, 1923, 98: 283-91.—Piatt, J. A comparative study of the hyobranchial apparatus and throat musculature in the Plethodontidae. J. Morph, 1935, 57: 213-51, 4pl—Pora, E. A. Influence du passage du courant continu dans le milieu exterieur, sur la composition du sang, chez Scyllium canicula, la region branchiate etant au voisinage de la cathode. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 411-3. ----- Sur les modifications du milieu inte- rieur de Scyllium canicula soumis au courant continu, quand la region branchiate se trouve a la proximite de l'anode. Ibid, 503—Rauther, M. Zur Kenntnis der Myxinoiden-Kiemen. Morph. Jahrb, 1935, 75: 613-33.—Retterer, E. De l'armure branchiate des teleosteens. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 95: 385 — Schrick, F. G. van. Ueber den Schwund der praehyalen Visceral- tasche bei Lepidosteus osseus; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Kiemendarmes der Wirbeltiere. Morph. Jahrb, 1927, 58: 197- 208 —Sereni, E. Sulla funzione dei corpi branchiali dei cefalo- podi. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1930, 5: 1156-61.—Sewertzov, A.N. Die Entwicklung der Kiemen und Kiemenbogengefasse der Fische. Zschr. wiss. Zool, 1923, 121: 494-556—Shen, T. H. Experimentelle und histologische Untersuchungen an der Kiemenanlage von Amphibien-Embryonen; iiber heteropla- stische Transplantation des Kiemenektoderms von Triton taeniatus auf Triton cristatus. Arch. Entwmech, 1934, 131: 205-19— Shimoyama, T. Ueber die Entwicklung des Hyo- branchialskeletts der Amphibien; Untersuchungen bei Bute vul- garis japonica. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1933, 45: 2594 —Stadt- miiller, F. Ueber Entwicklung und Bau der papillenformigen Erhebungen (Filterfortsiitze) auf den Branchialbogen der Sala- mandridenlarven. Zschr. Morph. Anthrop, 1924 24: 125-56. _____ Vorlaufige Mitteilungen uber die Filterfortsatze der Kiemenbogen niederer Wirbeltiere Verh Anat Ges 1926, 35-155-63 _____ Ueber das Kiemenfilter der Dipnoer. Mornh Jahrb 1926-27, 57: 489-529—Stewart, G. N. The gill IvemenL none oTthe perennibranchiate Urodela (Necturus maciilatns) and their relation to the central nervous system. Am J Phvsiol 1923 66: 288-96.-Stork, H. A, jr. Zur Homo- !?.£"SlSipWefi SWnhohi. des Flukes. Zschr. Zellforsch, 1933,20: 423-6.— Tretjakov, B. Das Gefass- system im Kiemengebiet des Neunauges. Morph. Jahrb, 1927, 58: 209-64.—Vialli, M. Branchie e pseudobranchie dello stori- one. Pubb. Staz. zool. Napoli, 1925, 6: 201-19..----- Le pseu- dobranchie dei pesei. Arch. ital. anat, 1926, 23: 49-117. L'organo epibranchiale dei Clupeidi. Monit. zool. ital, 1926, 37: 174-85. ----- II connettivo della lamella branchiate. Pubb. Staz. zool. Napoli, 1928-29, 9: pt2, 389-404. ----- Com- portamento e significato del connettivo reticolare negli organi branchiali accessori dei pesci. Arch. zool. ital, 1930, 14: pt 1, 291-302.—Vitali, G. Sul comportamento dell'organo della prima fessura branchiate in Athene noctua. Ricer. morf, 1923, 3: 153- 68. ----- II comportamento dell'organo della prima fessura branchiate negli anfibi, nei rettili e nei mammiferi. Ibid, 1924, 4: 191-221.—Watzka, M. Vergleichende Untersuchungen fiber den ultimobranchialen Korper. Zschr. mikr.anat. Forsch, 1933, 34: 485-533.—Weber, A. Les restes branchiaux d'un batracien anoure Bombinator pachypus. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 952-4.—Wolff, E. L'evolution de l'appareil branchial chez les poulets omphalocephales. Ibid, 1933, 112: 1092-4.— Wurmbach, H. Ueber die histologischen Vorgange bei der Kiemenregeneration von Axolotln. Zool. Anz, 1926, 68: 288-302. BRANCHIOSTOMA. See Amphioxus. BRANCO Ribeiro, Eurico. *As aguas medi- camentosas naturaes. 130p. map. pi. llch. 8? S. Paulo, 1927. BRAND, Albert, 1906- *Die Sauglings- sterblichkeit in der Stadt Munster in den Jahren von 1900 bis 1929, mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der Witterungsverhaltnisse [Munster] 30p. 8? Bottrop i. W. W. Postberg, 1932. BRAND, Alexander Theodore, 1852-1934. Cancer; its cause, treatment and prevention. viii, 120p. 8? Lond., J. Bale, Sons & Danielson, 1922. ----& KEITH, John Robert. Clinical memo- randa for general practitioner. 2.ed. xvi, 375p. 12? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1923. For biography see Brit. M.J, 1934, 2: 93. BRAND, Gerard Jean. *Over angina ulcero- membranosa (angina van Plaut-Vincent) 58p. 3pl. 8? Leiden, J. J. Groen & Zoon, 1921. BRAND, Heinz, 1893- *Kritische und experimentelle Studien zur Pasteurisierung der Milch (Kuhmilch und Frauenmilch) 90p. 8? Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & Co., 1925. BRAND, Hermann, 1902- *Ueber Auf- treten toxischer Granula der neutrophilen Leukocyten im Verlauf akuter Infektionskrank- heiten [Frankfurt] 27p. 2ch. 3tab. 8°. Heme i. W., Koethers & Rottsches, 1927. BRAND, Josef, 1886- *Ueber den Ein- fluss der mutterlichen Temperatur auf die Frequenz des. foetalen Herzschlags. 13p. 2 1. 2pl. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1919. BRAND, Klaus, 1900- *Zur operativen Behandlung der Varicen. 27p. 8? Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1927. BRAND, Orestes M. Lessons on the human body; an elementary treatise upon physiology, hygiene, and the effects of stimulants and nar- cotics on the human system, xii, 247p. 12? Bost., Leach, Shewell, & Sanborn, 1883. ---- Also Pennsylvania ed. xii, 240p. 1885. ---- Health lessons for beginners; a primer of physiology and hygiene, and simple treatise on the effects of stimulants and narcotics upon the human system, viii, 122p. 16? Bost., N.Y., Leach, Shewell & Sanborn, 1885. .---- & Van GIESON, Henry C. An academic physiology and hvgiene. xv, 386p. 8? Bost., Leach, Shewell & Sanborn, 1893. BRAND, Otto. *Ueber retroperitoneale Li- pome mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der myomatosen Mischformen. 41p. 2pl. 8? Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1919. BRAND, Philipp, 1904- *TJeber die Ab- hangigkeit der Giftwirkungen von der Reak- BRAND 938 BRANDER tionstemperatur; Versuche am uberlebenden Dunndarm [Frankf. a.M.] 18p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1930. Also Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929, 147: 105-22. BRAND, Theodor von, 1899- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Zusammensetzung des Fettes von Fasciola hepatica [Erlangen] p.613-24. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. Also Zschr. vergl. Physiol, Berl, 1928, 8: BRAND, Walter, 1900- *Ein Beitrag zur Frage des Tierschutzes; die Formen und rechtlichen Grundlagen desselben in der Schweiz, unter besonderer Berucksichtigung von Stadt und Kanton Zurich [Zurich] 56p. 8? Uster, E. Weilenmann, 1922. ---- *Ein arztlicher Ratschlag des Magister Heinrich, genannt Thopping von Sinsheim, fiir den an der Gicht leidenden Papst Innozenz VI [Leipzig] 12p. 8? Chemnitz, J. W. Geidels, 1924. BRANDAU, Gustav, 1909- *Die Remine- ralisation des Zahnschmelzes [Wurzburg] 15p. 8? Hagen-W., G. Butz [1933] BRANDAU, Gustav [Adolf] 1896- *Stru- maoperationen bei eingefuhrtem Tracheoskop. 23p. 8? Giessen, O. Mever, 1920. BRANDAU, Karl [Heinrich ludwig] 1892- *Unfalle durch elektrische Starkstrome unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der elektrischen Verbrennungen [Giessen] 46p. 8? Miihl- hausen i. Thur., Wingolfs-Blatter, 1919. BRANDBERG, Rudolf. Untersuchungen uber splenomegale Leberzirrhosen, sogenannten throm- bophlebitische Milztumoren und chronisch in- fektiose Milzvergrosserungen; unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Pathogenese und der Behandlungsresultate bei Splenektomie. 247p. 8? Lund, 1935. Forms suppl. 40, v.47 of Acta chir. scand. BRANDEIS, Julian Walter, 1875- The extraordinary exploits and experiences of Mun- chausen. 5p.l. 299p. 8? N.Y., Quip Pub. Co., 1924. BRANDEN, Paul Maerker. See Tannenbaum, Samuel A, & Branden, P. M. The patient's dilemma. 278p. 8! [N.Y.] 1935. BRANDENBERG, Joh[annes] 1899- *Der quantitative Nachweis grbsserer Jodkalium- mengen im Urin. 8p. 8? Giessen, A. Klein, 1926. BRANDENBERGER, Gertrud, 1902- *Stu- die iiber die qualitative Reinheitsprufung anor- ganischer Arzneistoffe. 108p. 8? Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & Co., 1928. BRANDENBERGER, Lily, 1908- *Gau- mendeformierung bei Nasenrachenfibroiden [Zu- rich] 23p. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & Co., 1934. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1934 (1934) 64: BRANDENBURG, Alfred, 1900- *Bericht iiber 100 suprasymphysaretransperitoneale Kai- serschnitte vom 1. Januar 1922 bis 1. April 1926. 52p. 8? Wiirzb., A. Boegler, 1926. BRANDENBURG, Eberhard, 1899- *Mor- phologische Beitrage zur Frage der endokrinen Funktion der Epiphvse [Berlin] 19p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1929. Also Endokrinologie, 1929, 4: BRANDENBURG, Georges, 1901- *Du certificat d'aptitude au mariage de son utility sous quelle forme il existe a l'etranger comment le concevoir en France. 64p. 8? Par., 1926. BRANDENBURG, Gilbert E., 1907- *Le souffle diastolique dans la maladie de Roger. 41p. 2 1. 8? Par., L'Expansion scient. fran- caise, 1934. BRANDER, Erich, 1906- *Stumpfe Bauch- verletzungen. 23p. 8? Heidelb. [1930] BRANDES, Felix, 1879- * Ueber Stieldre- hung bei Parovarialtumoren. 28p. 8? Ros- tock, Adlers Erben, 1917. BRANDES [Friedrich Wilhelm] Albert, 1900- *Ueber Harntaschenbildung in der weib- lichen Harnrohre [Konigsberg] 19p. 8? Berl., L. Schumacher, 1927. Also Beitr. klin. Chir, 1927, 139: H.4. BRANDES, Gustav, 1899- *Beitrag zur Verkalkung der kleinen Hirngefasse. 24p. 8? Marb., a. d. Lahn, 1928. BRANDES, Hans [Franz Paul Johannes] 1897- *Ueber Therapie der Rontgenschaden. 41p. pi. 8? [Gott.] A. Schonhiitte & Sohnen, 1927. BRANDES, Waldemar, 1906- *Kann die Gerinnungsstorung der Hamophilie auf Vermeh- rung des Blutfluorgehalts zuruckgefuhrt wer- den? 16p. 8? Bresl., 1931. BRANDHOFER, Georg, 1906- *Die nicht- syphilitische Keratitis parenchymatosa. 29p. 8? Wurzb., J. Schacherer, 1932. BRANDIS, Eleonore, 1900- *Ueber Aetio- logie und Therapie des Nabelschnurvorfalles; nach den Erfahrungen aus der Universitats- Frauenklinik der Charite zu Berlin in den Jahren 1913-28. 109p. 8? Berl., 1929. BRANDIS, Heinz von, 1895- *Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Beeinflussung der Haut durch die Faktoren des Nordseeklimas [Jena] p.47-80. 8? Berl., R. Schoetz, 1927. BRANDL, Arpad, 1903- *Ueber einen Fall von traumatischer Induratio penis plastica. 20p. 8? Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1930. BRANDL, Max, 1893- *Ueber die Brauch- barkeit pflanzlicher Ersatzmittel des Fleisch- wassers zur Herstellung von Bakteriennahr- boden. 6p. 8? Munch., J. F. Lehmanns, 1921. BRANDLEIN, Oskar [Gottfried Karl] 1888- *Beitrag zu den durch Beschattung und Belichtung des Auges auslosbaren abnormen Bulbusbewegungen. 16p. 8? Miinch., R. Muller & Steinicke, 1914. BRANDMARK, Martin B., 1908- *Le probleme de la baronarcose et de l'anesthesie entotracheale en chirurgie thoracique. 70p. 8? Par., 1935. BRANDON, Lucien Roger, 1893- traite- ment de la colique nephretique d'origine lithia- sique par le cathetensme ureteral. 99p. 8? Par., 1925. BRANDRETH, Benjamin, 1807-[?] Doctrine of purgation; curiosities from ancient and modern literature; a collection of quotations on the use of purgatives, from Hippocrates, and other medical writers, covering a period of over 2,000 years, proving purgation is the corner-stone of all curatives. 3.ed. 246p. 4? N.Y., Baker & Godwin, 1873. BRANDS, Gerrit Albertus. *Tspel van de Cristenkercke [Religious plays of the Christian Church] [Leiden] liii, 159p. 8? Utrecht, A. Oosthoek, 1921. BRANDSTRUP, E. *Om nogle stoffers over- gang fra moder til foster i sidste del af svanger- skabet [Certain substances that are transmitted from mother to the fetus during the last part of pregnancy] 135p. 8? Kbh., Levin & Munks- gaard, 1927. BRANDT 939 BRANDT BRANDT, Alexander von, 1759-1932. Brandt, W. [Biography] Anat. Anz, 1933, 77: 291-315. BRANDT, Edith R., 1901- *The memory value of advertisements, with special reference to the use of color [Columbia Univ.] 69p. 8? N.Y. [1925] BRANDT, Egon, 1908- *Klinische Er- fahrungen mit der Carcinomreaktion nach Fuchs. 28p. 8? Berl.-Neukolln, 1936. BRANDT, Ernst, 1900- *Beitrage zur pathologischen Anatomie des Asthma bronchiale. 55p. 8? Konigsb., E. Steinbacher, 1929. BRANDT, Eugen, 1911- *Ueber Chroma- tophorome in der Mundhohle. 16p. 8? Berl., 1934. BRANDT, Georg. *Die Torsion der unteren Extremitat und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Deformi- tatenentstehung [Halle] 62p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1928. Also Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1927, 49: BRANDT, George Henry. *Des phenomenes de contraction musculaire observes chez des indi- vidus qui ont succombe a la suite du cholera ou de la fievre jaune. 46p. roy. 8? Par., Rignoux, 1855. BRANDT, Gunter, 1908- *Ueber subku- tane Nierenverletzungen [Heidelberg] 32p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1934. BRANDT, Hannah [Marie Julie] 1887- *Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Morbus Base- dowii und Tuberkulose [Jena] 19p. 8? Halle, Waisenhaus, 1914. BRANDT, Hedwig, 1890- *Ueber Her- nienbildung in Laparotomienarben [Jena] 30p. 8? Berl., L. Schumacher, 1915. BRANT, Hermann. *Etude sur la form icte- rique de l'ulcere du duodenum. 35p. 8? Ge- neve. 1923. BRANDT, Karl, 1888- *Beitrag zur Kli- nik und Therapie der Perforation von Echino- coccuscysten in die Bauchhohle. 31p. 2 1. 8? Rostock, Adlers Erben, 1918. BRANDT, Karl Franz Friedrich, 1904- *Angeborener Verschluss der Gallenausfuhrgange [Freiburg i. Br.] 51p. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1929. BRANDT [Karl Ludwig] Julius, 1891- *Versuche iiber Kulturen von Malariaparasiten. 52p. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1919. BRANDT, Kristian Kornelius Hagemann, 1859- 1932. Petersen, L. S. Obituary. Acta obst. gyn. scand, 1932, 12: 111-3, port. BRANDT, Lida Roberts, 1894- *Social aspects of Greek life in the sixth century B.C. [Columbia Univ.] 108p. 8? Pbila., T. C. Davis & Sons, 1921. BRANDT, Lili, 1899- *Apht6se Erkran- kungen in der Mundhohle Schwangerer. 12p. 8? Wurzb., C. J. Becker, 1931. BRANDT, Margarete, 1892- *Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Ductus-thoracicus-Tuberku- lose und des Chylothorax. 31p. 8? Heidelb., J. Horning, 1917. BRANDT, Martha, 1901- *Die Ursachen der Sauglingssterblichkcit in den ersten 10 Lebenstagen und ihre Haufigkeit. 30p. 8. Erlangen, K. Dores, 1928. BRANDT, Max Friedrich Wilhfelm] 1886- ^Untersuchungen iiber die Ih^enverhaltnisae der Nervenfasern sowie des Mark- und des Achsenzylinders einiger Hirnnerven [Leipzig] 8p. 2pl. 8? Dresd., O. Franke, 1922. BRANDT, Otto, 1892- Selbstbestim- mungsrecht der Volker und Nationalitatsprinzip; Rede. 24p. 8? Erlangen, Palm & Enke, 1930. BRANDT, Paul, 1875-1929. Sexual life in ancient Greece, xv, 556p. 32pl. 8? Lond., G. Routledge & Sons, 1932. BRANDT, R. See Benda, C, Blumenthal, F. [et al.] Allgemeine Patho- logie. 564p. 8? Berl, 1929. BRANDT, Robert, & SZANDICZ, Stephan. Die serologischen Reaktionen der Syphilis; eine Anleitung fiir Praktiker und Studenten zum Verstehen und Verwerten der Laboratoriums- befunde. xii, 90p. 13pl. 16? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1928. BRANDT, Rudolf, 1889- *Die Bildung eines kiinstlichen Choledochus mit einfachem Drainrohr [Heidelberg] 22p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1912. BRANDT, Symcha. *La hernie diaphragma- tique; revue d'ensemble, plus particuiierement du point de vue radiologique. 47p. 8? Geneve, 1929. BRANDT, Thalkea, 1885- *Ueber Hae- matometra und Pyometra im klimakteriscben und praeklimaterischen Alter [Kiel] 23p. 8? Gott., E. A. Huth. 1916. BRANDT, Walter, 1889- Grundziige einer Konstitutionsanatomie. 2p.l. 382p. illus. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. BRANDT, Wilhelm. *Neue Untersuchungen uber die Zellformen in Zahnwurzelgranulomen. 7p. 8? Lpz., 1921. BRANDT, Wilhelm, 1879- See Gilg, Ernst Friedrich, & Brandt, Wilhelm. Lehrbuch der Pharmakognosie. 3. Aufl. 423p. 8? Berl, 1922. Also 4. Aufl. 530p. Berl, 1927. BRANDT, Wilhelm, 1904- *Ueber das Wandern der Zahne und die die Wanderung verursachenden Krafte [Munster i. W.] 31p. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1929. BRANDWAJN, Czeslawa, 1908- *L'ar- throdese extra-articulaire du genou (femoro- patello-tibiale) dans la tumeur blanche de l'en- fant. 68p. 8? Par., 1935. BRANDWEIN, Emanuel, 1905- Contri- bution a la recherche de l'ovulation chez la femme. 75p. 8? Par., 1933. BRANDY, Jean Joseph, 1904- Contri- bution a l'etude dc la typho-bacillose. 133p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1934. BRANDY and whiskey. See also Alcohol. Albert, L. L. Difficulty of obtaining brandy at drug stores. J Am M Ass, 1919, 73: 550.—Amrhein, F. J. Medicinal Whisky. Apothecary, 1933, 45: no.12, 7.—Baade, F. Neuge- staltung der deutschen Branntweinwirtschaft. Alkoholfrage, 1928 24 • 241-6 —Bonifazi, G. Etude critique et nouvelle contri- bution a l'analyse des eaux-de-vie. Mitt. Lebensmittelunter- such 1922 13: 69-97. ----- Analyses des eaux-de-vie par la methode de distillation fractionnee. Ibid 1931, 22: 21-38.- Brandy. Deficiency in esters. Brit. Food J, 1937, 39. 27.— Biittner, G. Ueber Beurteilungsnormen un Verkehr mit Trink- branntwein. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt, 1926, 52: 102-17. _____ 1st es bereits moglich, fiir Edelbranntweme chemische Kennzahlen aufzustellen? Ibid, 1935, 69: 463-7,-Feder, E, & Rath L. Ueber die Bestimmung des Alkohols m Branntwem durch Destination. Ibid, 1926, 52: 292-4.-Fellenberg, T. von. Obsttresterbranntweine mit unnormalem Geruch und Oe- srhmack Ibid , 1927, 54: 483. Also Mitt. Lebensmittelun- tersuch ' 1927 18: 337-9. ----- Zur Blausaurebestimmung im Kirschwasser. Ibid, 1930, 21: 43-52. —— Versuche zum Ausbau der Trinkbranntwemanalyse. Ibid, 1931, 22. 1-8. _____ Nachweis und Bestimmung von Vanillin in Brannt- weinen Ibid, 1922, 13: 98-110.—Fraser-Harris, B. F. Scotch whisky for the administration of alcohol. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1935, 191: 10-4.-Goy, S, & Koehler, A. Leber den Schwund beim Lagern von Trinkbranntwem. Zschr Unter- such. Lebensmitt, 1927, 54: 270-5.-Grelot, P. L'eau-de-vie de Mirabelle de Lorraine. Ann. falsific, 1924, 17: 261-9.-Kreis, H, & Studinger, J. Nachweis und Bestimmung von \ anilhn BRANDY 940 BRANTMAY in Branntwein. Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch, 1927, 18: 333; 1928, 19: 59.—Leithe, W. Refraktometrische Fuselolbestim- mungen in Trinkbranntweinen. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebens- mitt, 1936, 72: 351-4—Martell, P. Zur Geschichte des Brannt- weins. Alkoholfrage, 1923, 21: 220-3. ----- Der Kognak, seine Herstellung und Beurteilung. Zschr. ges. Kranken- hauswes, 1926, 22: 495-8—Meszlenyi, E. Die Girard-Lusson- Zahl des Weinbrandes. Zschr. Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt, 1922, 44: 351-3—Mohler, H, & Hammerle, W. Ueber Kirsch- wasser; iiber die Bukettstofle des Kirschwassers, Zschr. Unter- such. Lebensmitt, 1935, 70: 329-44.---— Konstitutionelle und analytische Eigenschaften des Kirschwasserbuketts. Ibid, 1936, 72: 504-24.—Muller, W. Aldehydbestimmung im Brantwein. Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch, 1923, 14: 1-14. ----- Zur Beurteilung der Tresterbranntweine. Ibid, 1924, 15:1-5.—Reif, G. Die Bestimmung des Acetons im Trinkbrannt- wein mit Hydroxylaminhydrochlorid. Zschr. Untersuch, Nahrungsmitt, 1921, 42: 80-7. ----- Der Nachweis des Iso- propylalkohols im Branntwein mittels Piperonal. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt, 1928, 55: 204-14.—Rudiger, M, & Bie- mair, W. Ueber die Beschaffenheit von Auslandsbrennweinen. Ibid, 144-8.—Saar, R. Refraktometrische Schnellanalyse von Branntweinen und Edelbranntweinen. Ibid, 56: 144-58 — Schmitt, R. Untersuchung von Branntwein und Branntweiner- zeugnissen auf Phthalsaurediathylester. Ibid, 1926, 51: 56.— Semenov, M. De l'alchimie et de la spagyrie a I'histoire du cognac. Presse nted, 1936, 44: 1237.—Zimmermann, W, & Malsch, L. Die Vergarung von Kirschmaischen unter Zusatz von Sauren. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt, 1936, 72: 499-503. BRANELLEC, Robert, 1907- *Bacterio- phage et cholera. 68p. 8? Par., E. Le Fran- gois, 1934. BRANERE, Pierre Gaston, 1903- *Le pin maritime et ses derives en therapeutique. 45p. 8° Par., 1928. BR ANN, Edgar, 1888- *Ueber den Liquor cerebrospinalis im Hinblick auf die Salvarsantherapie der Metalues. 33p. 8? Berl., H. Blanke, 1914. BRANN, Eva, 1904- *Die Vakzination gegen Pneumonie im friihen Kindesalter. 24p. 8? Berl., 1933. BRANN, Gunther, 1892- *Ueber einen Fall von sehr stark ausgedehnter Sklerodermie mit hochgradigen Veranderungen der Hande und Fusse, sowie iiber Beziehungen der Sklero- dermie zu den vasomotorisch-trophischen Neu- rosen und der Lehre der inneren Sekretion. 43p. 2pl. 8? Rostock, Adlers Erben, 1918. BRANN, Ludwig, 1899- *Ueber katalati- sche und peroxydatische Wirkungen des Blut- farbstoffs und seiner Derivate [Munchen] 153p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1928. BRANN, Nathan. Die chronischen Bein- leiden und ihre ambulante Behandlung; Krampf- aderleiden, Beingeschwiire, dicke Beine, nas- sende Flechten, Schmerzen und chronische Entziindungen der Fuss- und Kniegelenke. 179p. 8? Lpz., C. Kahitzschs, 1931. BRANSCHEID, Friedrich, 1908- *Ueber die Beeinflussung der Erythrocytensenkungs- geschwindigkeit Lungentuberkuloser durch ein- malige Rontgendurchleuchtung. 19p. 8? Marb., H. Kilber, 1934. BRANSCHI, Werner. *Ueber den Wert der Magenfunktionspriifung vermittelst Histamin [Lausanne] 25p. 8? Derendingen, W. Habeg- ger, 1930. BRANT, Sebastian, 1457-1521. Navis stulti- fera [comm. by Jodocus Badius Ascensius] 108 1. illus. 8? Parisiis, E. G., 1515. ---- Salutifera(l) Navis [with letter and prolog of Jacob. Locher] 152 1. 8? [Lyon] Jacobus Zachoni, June 28, 1488. ---- Varia carmina. 1401. 8?. Basileae, Johannes Bergmann [May 1] [14]98. See also Riddell, W. R. Sebastian Brant: De pestilentiali scorra sive impetigine anni xcxi. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1929,20: 63-74. BRANTHWAITE, Robert Welsh, 1859-1929. Obituary. Brit. M.J, 1929, 1:1062. BRANTMAY, Henry. *Un nouvel appareil pour demonstrations obstetricales [Geneve] 12p. 8? Bale, 1925. BRANTSCHEV, Bojan, 1904- *Unter- suchungen iiber Menge und Dauer der Spei- cherung von Jod in Organen des Kaninchens nach peroraler und rectaler Einverleibung. 27p. 8? Miinch., J. B. Grassi, 1927. BRASAVOLUS, Antonius Musa, 1500-55. Exa- men omnium simplicium medicamentoruin [24]1. 542p. 12? Venetiis, 1539. ---- Examen medicamentoruin simplicium. 32p.l. 629p. 8? Venetiis, Vine. Valgrisi, 1545. For portrait see collection in library. BRASCH, Erich. *Ueber die Papilla renalis der Haussaugetiere [Bern] 77p. 4pl. 8? Wien, J. N. Vernav, 1907. BRASCH, Hans, 1896- *Ueber Wesen der choreatischen Erkrankungen und ihre Behandlung besonders mit der Pregl'schen Jodlosung. 51p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. Also Arch. Psychiat. Berl, 1927, 81: 2-51. BRASCHE, Paul. *Die Lungenmetastasen bei malignem Chorionepitheliom mit besonderer Berucksichtigung eines eigenartigen Falles (aus dem Pathologischen Institut des Herzoglichen Krankenhauses in Braunschweig) [Gottingen] 116p. 8? Brnschw., 1914. BRASHEAR, Walter, 1776-1860. McCarty, A. C. [Biography] Ann. M. Hist, 1934, n.s. 6: 301-6. BRASIL, Vital, 1865- La defense contre l'ophidisme [2.ed.] 8 1. 319p. illus. pi. 8? Sao Paulo, Impr. Pocai-Weiss & Co., 1914. For biography see Sciencia med, Rio, 1926, 4: 55-9, port. BRASS, Hans, 1890- *Ueber physiolo- gische Pigmentablagerung in den Kapillar- endothelien des Knochenmarks [Strassburg] p.61-78. pi. 8? Bonn, F. Cohen, 1913. Also Arch. mikr. Anat. Entwmech, l.Abt, 1913, 82: BRASS-FOUNDER'S ague. See under Brass-workers. BRASSICA. Baumann, E. J, Cipra, A, & Marine, B. Nature of the goiter producing substance in cabbage. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1931, 28: 1017— Bikov, K. M. [The influence of cabbage juices on intestinal secretion in the use of various foods] Arch. biol. nauk, 1922. 22: 93-126—Boiled cabbage. Brit. M.J, 1935, 1: 1080.—Buston, H. W, & Schryver, S. B. The isolation from cabbage leaves of a carbohydrate, hitherto undescribed, contain- ing 3 carbon atoms. Biochem. J, Lond, 1923, 17: 470-2.— Channon, H. J, & Chibnall, A. C. The ether-soluble substances of cabbage leaf cytoplasm; the isolation of ?;-nonacosane and di-)j- tetradecyl ketone. Ibid, 1929,23:168-75. ----- The ether-sol- uble substances of cabbage leaf cytoplasm; summary and general conclusions. Ibid, 176-84.—Co well, S. J. A note on the calcium content of cabbage. Ibid, 1932,26:1422-23.—Bavis, W.H. Drop of Chinese cabbage and our common cabbage caused by Scleroti- nia sclerotiorum (LIB.) Massee (Sclerotinia libertiana FCKL.) Phytopathology, 1925,15:249-59.—Brechsler, C. Pythium infec- tion of cabbage heads. Ibid, 482-5.—Ferguson, J, & Bo wns, A. W. Calcium and haemoglobin; the influence of a cabbage diet on the haemoglobin of the raboit. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1935, 33: 634 — Franchini, G. Flageliosedu chou et des punaisesdu chou. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1922, 15: 163-5.—Gould, S, & Tressler. B. K, & King, G. C. Vitamin-C content of vegetables; cabbage. Food Res, 1936, 1: 427-34—Hsueh-Chung Kao. Nitrogen dis- tribution in the leaf proteins of Chinese cabbage during growth. Chin. J. Physiol, 1933, 7: 379-88—Jarussowa, N. Vitamintra- gerstudien; gekochter Kohl als Vitamintrager. Zschr. Un- tersuch. Lebensmitt, 1935, 69: 375-81.—Jones, P. M. Mor- phology and cultural history of Plasmodiophora brassicae. Arch. Protistenk, 1928, 62: 313-27—Kapsinow, R, & Underhill, F. P. Does cabbage fed to rabbits increase serum calcium? J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 82: 377-84.—Keipper, C. H, Fred, E. B, & Peterson, W. H. Microorganisms on cabbage and their partial removal by water for the making of sauerkraut. Zbl. Bakt, 2.Abt, 1932, 86: 143-54.—Kohman, E. F. Canned cabbage rich in vitamins. Am. Food J, 1924, 19: 188.—McCarrison, R, & Sankaran, G. Effect of an exclusive diet of cabbage on the in- ternal organs of rabbits. Ind. J.M, Res, 1933, 20: 723-38.— BRASSICA 941 BRAUCHLI McClendon, J. F, & Holdridge, C. E. Iodine in cabbage. Bio- chem. J, Lond, 1935, 29: 272-4—Matzko, S. N. Antiskorbuti- sche Eigenschaften des geschwefelten Trockenweisskohls. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt, 1935, 70: 283. ----- Anti- skorbutisches Praparat aus der Kohlrube. Ibid, 1936, 72: 77-9.—Pederson, C. S, & Kelly, C. B. Accuracy of certain methods used in analysis of sauerkraut. Food. Res, 1936, 1: 277-86.—Podzimkovz-Reglova, M. Le principe antiscorbutique dans le chou. Tr. Inst. hyg. pub. Tchecosl, 1936, 7: 106-114, 3 graph.—Skerrett, R. G. Immunizing cabbage by natural selection; how nature's standard biological process is adopted and speeded up by man. Sc. American, 1923, 129: 97.—Tisdale, W. B. Influence of soil temperature and soil moisture upon the Fusarium disease in cabbage seedlings. J. Agr. Res, 1923-24, 24: 55-86.—Weimer, J. L. Alternaria leafspot and brownrot of cauliflower. Ibid, 1924-25, 29: 421-41—Willstaedt, H. Ueber den Farbstofl des Rotkohls. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 242: 303; 1935, 276:262. BRASS-WORKERS. See also Zinc, Poisoning. Guelmann, J. Studien iiber Giessfteber an russischen Ar- beitern. Arch. Hyg, Miinch, 1925, 95: 331-8—Heim de Balsac, F, Agasse-Lafont, E, & Eeil, A. La fievre des fondeurs chez les ouvriers fabriquant te laiton. Presse med, 1926, 34: 866-8.— Koelsch, F. Metal-fume fever. J. Indust. Hyg, 1923, 5: 87-91. ----- Vom Giessfteber und anderen Metalldampffte- bern. Med. Klin, Berl, 1924, 20: 818-20—Mazzi, V. La febbre degli ottonai (febbre da inalazione di vapori di ossido di zinco) Med. lavoro, 1930, 21: 451; 499. BRATER, Else, 1906- *Alchimie in Wurzburg in den Jahren 1746-49 [Wurzburg] p.329-70. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1931. Also Sudhoffs Arch, 1931, 24: BRATISLAVA, CSR. Spolek ceskoslovenskych lekarov, 1920- Bratislavske lekarske listy. v.l: 1921- BRATISLAVA, CSR. Universita Komenskeho [*1919] Lekarska fakulta. See Bratislava, CSR. Spolek ceskoslovenskych lekarov, in 4.ser. BRATOV, Iwan, 1900- *Ueber die Meio- stagmin-Reaktion. 20p. 8? Miinch., 1926. BR ATT, Ivan, 1878- Kan nykterhets- fragan losas utan totalforbud? Ett reform- program [Can total abstinence be solved by prohibition? A reform program] 48p. 8? Stockh., A. Bonnier [1909] . ---- Nykterhetspolitiska utveckhngshn]er [Development of prohibition politics] 52p. 8? Stockh., A. Bonnier [1911] BRATTLEBORO, Vt. Brattleboro Retreat. Biennial report. Rutland, 12-15., 1892-1900; 1930- BRATTSTROEM, Erik, 1885- *Om kirur- gisk behandling av mag- och duodenalsaret [Surgical treatment of gastric and duodenal ulcer] 2pt. 152p.;158p. 8? Lund.H.Ohlsson, BRATTJSCH-MARRAIN, Alois, 1897-1933. Hamburger, F. Nekrolog. Arch. Kinderh, 1933, 99: 129. ____ & SIEGL, Joseph. Naturgemasses Sauglingsturnen; ein Leitfaden der korperlichen Erziehung des Sauglings und Kleinkindes. vii, 49p. 23illus. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzen- berg, 1931. . >T BRATZ, Emil, 1869- Humor in der Neu- rologie und Psychiatrie; gesammelt> yon den Facharzten des Deutschen Sprachgebiets. 74p. 8° Berl., W. de Gruyter & Co., 1930. BRATJ, Paul, 1872- Trois siecles de medicine coloniale francaise. 207p. roy.8. Par., Vigot freres, 1931. BRAUCH, Fritz [Otto Hermann] 1904- *Das primare Carcinom des Ohres [Freiburg i Br ] 37p. 8? Lahr, M. Schauenburg, 1927. BRATJCHLE, Alfred. Grundriss der normalen Histologie und mikroskopischen Anatomie. vm, 112p. illus. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1925. ---- Also 2.Aufl. viii, 153p. 1930. BRAUCHLI, Hermann. *Ueber eine Granula- tionsgeschwulst hervorgerufen durch einen Glassplitter. 29p. 8? . Zur., Fischer & Diggel- mann, 1897. BRAUCKMANN, Karl. Die Verkehrsfahigkeit des Gehorleidenden und das Absehproblem. 76p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1925. BRAUDE, Morris, 1883- Life begins: childbirth in lore and in literature. 3 1. 164 p. pi. 8? Chic, Argus Books, 1935. BRAUENSTEINER, Julius. *Ein Fall von Ute- rus duplex. 39p. 8? Miinch., Kastner & Call- wey, 1917. BRAUER, A. See Ltihe, Max. Die Siisswasserfauna Deutschlands. 2v. 215p; 153p. 8? Jena, 1909-10. BRAUER [Emil] Walter, 1891- *Stieltor- sion bei einem subserosen Myom des Uterus [Leipzig] 24p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1919. BRAUER, Helmut, 1905- *Ueber Be- teiligung der Speicheldriisen an Quecksilberver- giftung und experimenteller Stomatitis [Halle] 33p. 8? [Lpz., L. Staude] 1931. BRAUER [Kurt] Felix, 1884- *Ueber das Carrel- Dakinsche Verfahren der Wundantisepsis und seine Brauchbarkeit im Felde. 52p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1918. BRAUER, Ludolph, 1865- Deutsche Krankenanstalten fiir korperlich Kranke. 2v. vi, 453p.; vi, 460p. 4? Halle, C. Marhold, 1915. For Festschrift see Beitrage zur Klinik der Tuberkulose, Berl, 1925, 86: H.4, port. For biography see Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61: 1054 (R. von den Velden) ■--- & MOLDOVAN, Julius. Die Erkennung und Verhiitung des Fleckfiebers und Ruckfall- fiebers; nebst, Vorschriften zur Bekampfung der Lauseplage bei der Truppe. 2.Aufl. iv, 43p. 12illus. 6pl. diagr. 8? Wiirzb., C. Kabitzsch, 1916. BRAUER, Ludolph, & THEYS, E. Die Ruhr, ihr Wesen und ihre Behandlung. 2.Aufl. x, 118p. 8? Berl., H. Kornfeld, 1922. BRAUER, Rudolf, 1908- *Der Einfluss hauslicher Arbeit auf die Gebarfahigkeit. 32p. 8? Erlangen-Bruck, M. Krahl, 1934. BRAUER, Rudolf [Richard] 1907- *Die Korrosion und ihre Erscheinungsformen an sogenannten Goldersatzmetallen in der Zahn- heilkunde [Halle] 31p. 2tab. 8? Merseburg, 1933. BRAUER, Werner, 1906- *Blutungen nach Tonsillenerkrankungen [Leipzig] 39p. 8? Dresd., Uhlmann & Sohn, 1933. BRAULKE [Albert Friedrich Wilhelm] Hellmut, 1909- *Form- und Wachstumsveranderun- gen bei Vibrionen. p.25-46. 8? Lpz., 1933. Also Zschr. Hyg, 1933,115: BRAULT, COTTET [et al.] Reins et organes genito-urinaires. 2p.l. 891p. 8? Par., A. Maloine & fils, 1923. Forms v.13. Traite path. nted. ther. app, 1923. BRAULT, Albert, 1852- Le glycogene dans le developpement des tumeurs des tissus normaux et des etres organises; physiologie normale et pathologique. 367p. 15pl. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1930. BRAULT, Albert, 1902- *Les suppura- tions prostatiques a staphylocoques. 48p. 8? Par., 1930. BRAULT, Pierre Clement Charles Marie, 1889_ *La bacteriologie des dothienente- ries. 76p. 8? Par., 1916. BRAUN, Adolf, 1901- *Ueber den Ein- fluss der operativen Behandlung des Myoma BRAUN 942 BRAUN uteri auf das spatere Befinden der Frauen. 58p. 8? Wurzb., C. J. Becker, 1927. ---- Krankheit und Tod im Schicksal be- deutender Menschen. iii, 103p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1934. BRAUN, Adolphe Armand, 1869- The human form in art. 3p.l. 231p. sm.4? Lond., J. Lane [1926] BRAUN, Albert [Heinrich Max] 1902- *Ueber das Schicksal der expektativ behandel- ten Schwangerschaften an der Universitats- Frauenklinik zu Kiel in den Jahren 1921 bis 1924. 23p. 8? Kiel, 1926. BRAUN, Albrecht [Wilhelm Karl] 1903- *Die Abhangigkeit der Verschleimung von Para- typhusbazillen von chemischen Stoffen. 20p. 8? Miinch., 1928. BRAUN, Alfred, 1879- Sinus throm- bophlebitis; inflammatory diseases of the venous sinuses of the dura mater, xiv, 269p. 4? N.Y., P. B. Hoeber [1928] BRAUN, Alfred, 1894- *Ueber Sepsis durch Streptococcus viridans. 6p. 8? [Lpz., 19221 BRAUN, Auguste, 1902- *Hohe Zange? 20p. 2 1. 8? Wiirzb., 1925. BRAUN, Bernhard, 1891- *Die Scham- beintuberkulose. 16p. 8? Halle, Gebr. Bieler [1929] BRAUN, Charles Ernest, 1900- Stud- ies on the ultrafiltration and electrodialysis of insulin solutions [Columbia Univ.] 37p. 8? N.Y., 1925. BRAUN, Eberhard [Wilhelm Adalbert] 1910- *Beitrag zur forensischen Bedeutung der plotzlichen Todesfaile aus natiirlicher Ursache [Jena] 37p. 2 1. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1935. BRAUN, Ernst. *Die Haufigkeit der Miliartu- berkulose im Greisenalter. 17p. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & Co., 1917. BRAUN, Ernst, 1893- Die vitale Person. 3p.l. 79p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1933. Forms v.2. Samml. psychiat. neur. Einzeldarst. (A. Bo- stroem & J. Lange) See also Birnbaum, K, Braun, E. [et al.] Die psychopathi- schen Anlagen, Reaktionen und Entwicklungen. 578p. roy.8! Berl, 1928. ---- CASSRIER, R. [et al.] Epilepsie, Narko- lepsie, Spasmophile, Migrane, vasomotorisch- tropische Erkrankungen, neurasthenische Re- aktion, Organneurosen. vii, 575p. illus. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1935. Forms 17. Bd Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) BRAUN, Ernst, 1901- *Ueber zwei Falle von intraarticularen Tumoren. 29p. 8? Er- langen, K. Dores, 1929. BRAUN, Felix, 1889- *Ueber einen Fall von Doppelmissbildung. 18p. 8? Bresl., 1920. BRAUN, Franz, 1875- *Zur Frage der Contagiosity der epidemischen Encephalitis. 26p. 8? [Bonn.] 1926. BRAUN, Franz, 1911- *Zur Kasuistik ungewohnlicher Falle im poliklinisch-zahnarzt- lichen Betrieb. 27p. 8? Tub., 1935. BRAUN, Friedrich. *Zeitbestimmungen an Wasserleichen aus Veranderungen an ihrer Korperoberflache. 64p. 8? Ziir., E. Gull, 1924. BRAUN, Friedrich, 1862- Christoph Schorer von Memmingen; ein Beitrag zur Ge- schichte des deutschen Geisteslebens im 17. Jahr- hundert. viii, 2p.l. 345p. 2port. 8? [Miinch.] 1926. BRAUN, Fritz Bernhard, 1899- *Be- eintrachtigt die Narkose den onkotischen Druck des Blutplasmas? [Wurzburg] 23p. 8? Mel- sungen, A. Bernecker, 1926. BRAUN, Gustav. *Rudolf Virchow und der Lehrstuhl fiir pathologische Anatomie an der Universitat Zurich. 67p. 8? Ziir., O. Fiissli, 1925. — The same. 2 1. 68p. 8? Zur., O. Fiissli, 1926. BRAUN, Heinrich Friedrich Wilhelm, 1862- 1934. Die ortliche Betaubung; ihre wissenschaft- lichen. Grundlagen und praktische Anwendung. 6.Aufl. xvi, 508p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1921. ---- The same. Local anesthesia; its scientific basis and practical use; transl. and edited by Malcolm L. Harris. 2. Am. ed. from the 6. rev. German ed. xi, 41 lp. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1924. ---- Die Lagerung verletzter und erkrankter Gliedmassen; Leerschienen und verbanklose Wundbehandlung. 2p.l. 118p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1928. ---- Der iiberindividuelle Charakter des Psychischen. 58p. pi. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1934. See also [Autobiography] Med. Gegenwart (Grote) Lpz, 1925, 5: 1-34, port. For biography see Hippokrates, Stuttg, 1934,5: 224-34 (E. Liek) Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1934, 81: 874 (D. Kulen- kampff) Also Zbl. Chir, 1934, 61: 1393-5. ---- & LAEWEM, Arthur. Die ortliche Be- taubung, ihre wissenschaftlichen Grundlagen und praktische Anwendung; ein Hand- und Lehrbuch. 8.Aufl. xi, 571p. illus. 8? Lpz. J. A. Barth, 1933. ' BRAUN, Hubert, 1902- *Ein Beitrag zur kriminellen Fruchtabtreibung mittels Sei- fenwasserlosung. 21p. 8? Miinch. [J. G. Weiss] 1927. BRAUN, Hugo, 1881- , COLLIER, W. A. [et al.] Methoden der experimentellen Patho- logie. xxiii, 964p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarz- enberg, 1932. Forms 8.Abt, Teil 2, of Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) BRAUN, Jean, 1901- *La reaction du benjoin colloidal chez les paralytiques generaux avant et apres la malariatherapie [Paris] 47p. 8? Cornimont, 1931. BRAUN, Karl [Wilhelm August] 1889- *Ueber nicht-operative Heilung von Lungen- brand. 41p. 8? Bonn, T. Wurm, 1915. BRAUN, Ladislaus, 1904- *Modifica- tionen der Pockendiagnose nach Paul [Zurich] 15p. 2tab. 8? CegMd (Ungarn) Turi & Benedek, 1931. BRAUN, Ludwig, 1867- Herz und Psyche in ihren Wirkungen auf einander. 153p. 8? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1920. ---- Herz und Angst; eine arztlich-psy- chologische Studie. 3p.l. 119p. 8? Wien, F. Deuticke, 1932. BRAUN, Margarete, 1898- *Zur Be- handlung des Pylorospasmus. 40p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1930. BRAUN, Maurice. Contribution a l'etude de la pacbymeningite hemorragique interne. 26p. 8? Geneve, 1930. BRAUN, Max, 1908- *Die Korrektion des Keratokonus durch Vorsatzschalen. 14p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1934. BRAUN, Maximilian Gustav Christian Carl, 1850-1930. Beitrage aus der Tierkunde; aus Anlass seines goldenen medizinischen Doktor- Jubilaums als Festgabe dargebracht von Schiilern BRAUN 943 BRAUNECK und Freunden. 2p.l. 156p. 3pl. 8? Konigsb., Griife & Unzer, 1924. For biography see Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1930, 119: 161-4, port. (L. Szidat) Also Zool. Jahrb, Abt. allg. Zool, 1930-31, 48: p. i-xxxvi, port. (0. Koehler) ---- & SEIFERT, Otto. Die tierischen Para- siten des Menschen, die von ihnen hervorgeru- fenen Erkrankungen und ihre Heilung. l.Teil 5.Aufl. x, 559p. 8? Wiirzb., C. Kabitzsch, 1915. ---- Also 2.Teil, 2.Aufl. vi, 506p. Lpz., 1920. — Also 6.Aufl. 2v. x, 608p.; vi, 574p., 1925-26. BRAUN, Melanie, 1901- *Ueber Zungen- struma [Heidelberg] 15p. 8? Wiesb., 1927. BRAUN, Oswald, 1892- *Ein kritischer Beitrag zur Frage der vicariierenden Menstrua- tion. 43p. 8? Lpz., 1924. BRAUN, Otto, 1902- *Adhasionsprothe- sen. 30p. 8? Heidelb., 1932. Mimeograph. BRAUN, Otto, 1907- *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Herzbasisgeschwulste beim Hunde. 36p. pi. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1933. BRAUN, Peter, 1891- *Die Wirkungen der Palmitinsaureseifen. 18p. 8? Giessen, R. Lange, 1919. BRAUN, R. See Holthusen, Hermann, & Brann, R. Grundlagen und Praxis der Rontgenstrahlungdosierung. 249p. 8? Lpz, 1933. BRAUN, Richard, 1888- *Ueber Adi- positas dolorosa (Dercumsche Krankheit) 30p. ch. pi. 8? Heidelb., Rossier & Herbert, 1918. BRAUN, Sandor, 1907- *Zur Ront- gentherapie der Hvperthyreosen [Leipzig] 26p. 8? Emsdetten (Westf.) H.&J. Lechte, 1932. BRAUN, Suzanne, 1900- *Contribution a l'etude des complications oculomotrices du zona ophtalmique. 76p. 8? Par., 1930. BRAUN, Theodor, 1892- *Ueber die Grosse und Ursache der postpartalen Blu- tungen. 26p. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1919. BRAUN, Waldemar, 1883- *Ueber Klein- hirntumoren und ihre operative Behandlung. 34p. 8? Berl., W. Pilz, 1919. BRAUN, Walter, 1899- * Ausscheidung von Jod im Urin nach Eingabe von Yatren. 12p. 8? Giesen, R. Lange, 1926. BRAUN, Werner [Franz Gustav] 1908- *Die fokale Infektion in ihrer Bedeutung fur die Aetiologie entziindlicher Augenerkrankungen. 55p. 8? Greifswald, J. Abel, 1934. BRAUN, Wilhelm, 1898- *Ueber das Verhalten grobkorniger und feinkorniger Sand- boden bei Einfullung in Rohren und Wasserzu- fuhr von oben oder unten [Wurzburg] 60p. 6ch. 8? Ochsenfurt-Main, Fritz & Rappert, 1933 BRAUN, Wilhelm August, & WORTMANN, W. Der Darmverschluss und die sonstigen Weg- storungen des Darmes. xiv, 717p. roy.8? Berl., J. Springer, 1924. BRAUN [Wilhelm Max Johannes] Reinhard, 1902- *Beitrag zur Frage der Wirkung unspezifischer Reize auf die Kapillaren und das weisse Blutbild bei Tuberkulosen. p.70-85. 8. [Berl.] 1927. Also Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1928, 69: BRAUNBEHRENS, Gerda, 1900- *Hat der primare Lungenkrebs in Munchen zugenom- men? 15p. 8? Munch. [P. Waizmann] 1928. BRAUNE, Rudolf, 1909- *Die elastische Gefiisswandfunktion bei der Blutdruckmessung (eine experimentelle Studie an uberlebenden tierischen Gefassen) [Jena] 14p. 8? Wurzb., H. Stiirtz, 1935. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1935, 96. BRAUNECK, Wilhelm, 1895- *Die im- munisierende Wirkung von Antektrol und Abor- tin, ausgewertet in Mauseversuchen [Leipzig] 14p. 2ch. 8? Berleburg, W. Winckel, 1922. BRAUNINGER, Hermann, 1889- *Ein Divertikel des Ileums als Bruchsackinhalt. 25p. 8? Freib. i. Br., 1916. BRAUNS, Bernhard [Johann Sigismund] 1879- *Zur Lehre von den postoperativen Psy- chosen. 17p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1916. BRAUNS, Wilhelm, 1889- *Beitrag zur Lehre von der Talusfraktur. 24p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1914. BRAUNSCHWEIG, Hieronymus. See BRUNS- WICK, Hieronymus. BRAUNSCHWEIG, Paul, 1859-1927. Clausen. Nekrolog. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1927, 79: 644-6. BRAUNSHAUSEN, N. Einfuhrung in die experimentelle Psychologie. 2.Aufl. 2p.l. 117p. 16? Lpz., B. G. Teubner, 1919. BRAUNSPERGER, Gustav, 1902- *Beitrage zur Geschichte der Astrologie der Bliitezeit vom 15. bis zum 17. Jahrhundert. 72p. 8? Munch., H. Murauer, 1928. BRAUNSS [Karl Friedrich] Wilhelm, 1896- *Optische Iridektomie bei Cataracta polaris posterior im Zusammenhang mit Retinitis pig- mentosa [Halle] 36p. 8? Wiirzb., C. J. Becker 1929. BRAUNSTEIN, Agnes, 1897- *Klinische Erfahrungen bei Placenta praevia [Jena] 35p. 8? [Berl., T. Abb] 1927. BRAUNSTEIN, Aurel, 1906- *Pyreto- therapie regiee associee au traitement arsenical (tryparsamide) dans la paralysie generale. 60p. 8? Par., 1931. BRAUNSTEIN, Evsei Piotrovich, 1864-1026. Samkovsky, J. [Nekrolog] Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1926, 77: 705-7. BRAUNSTEIN, Jean, 1907- Conception actuelle sur le role des ecoles de plein air. 71p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1934. BRAUNSTEIN, Louis, 1902- *Frequence des mvcoses pures ou associees a la tuberculose. 47p. "8? Par., 1927. BRAUNWARTH, Anna M., 1857- Foley, T. P. [Biography] Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1936-37, 39: 357, port. BRAUS, Hermann, 1867-1924. Anatomie des Menschen; ein Lehrbuch fiir Studierende und Aerzte. 3v. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1921-34. —— Also l.Bd, 2.Aufl. xi, 822p. 1929. For biography.see Anat. Anz, 1926-27, 62: 255-91 (H. von Eggeling) Also Arch. Entwmech,. 1925, 106: p.i-xxv, port. (H. Spemann) Also Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 487 (H. Petersen) Also Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 95 (C. Elze) Also Munch, med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 304 (W. Vogt) Also Naturwis- senschaften, 1925, 13: 253-61 (H. Spelmann) Also Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1925, 50: 99-123, port. (F. Konig, H. Spemann & R. Wetzel) BRAUSE, Gustav [Hermann] 1895- *Bei- trage zur Kenntnis von pharmazeutischen Lecithinpraparaten. 58p. 3tab. 4? Konigsb. i. Pr. [A. Wilutzky] 1926, BRAVO, Francisco. Opera medicinalia. 2v. 304p. pag. consec. 8? Mexico, Petrus Ocharts, 1570. Photostat facsimile reproduced from the copy in the Henry E. Huntington Library. BRAVO, Joan. De hydrophobiae natura, cau- sis atque medela. 87 1. [4] 32? Salmanticae, Giamb. a Terranova, 1571. BRAVO, Julian. La medicina espanola y la medicina indigena en Marruecos. p.l. 220p. pi. 8? [Orense, Industrial, 1932] 144 BRAZIL BRAVO. BRAVO, Miguel Espinosa. *Investigaci6n de la paternidad. 40p. 8? Puebla, Imp. Artistica [1918] BRAVO, Vicente Espinosa. *Algunos datos sobre leucomainas y ptomainas. 35p. 8? Puebla, Tip. de J. Franco, 1897. BRAVO Bravo, Julio. *Tecnica de las aneste- sias tronculares per via externa [Chile] 43p. roy.8? Santiago, A. Poupin, 1929. BRAWERMAN, Moise, 1905- *De la dyspnee de Cheyne-Stokes. 51p. 8? Par., 1935. BRAXY [Pararauschbrand] See also Gas edema. Bamber, E. C. An apparent connection between braxy and thyroid activity. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1924, 4: 297.—Braxy in sheep. Brit. M. J, 1915, 1: 1017.—Carl, S. Malignes Oedem bei Haustie- ren. Verh. Ges. Deut. Naturforsch. (1911) 1912, 83: 2.Teil, 2.Halfte, 566-8.—Cleland, J. B. Investigations into the etiology, pathology, and bacteriology of black disease (braxy-like disease) in sheep in New South Wales. Rep. Gov. Bur. Microb, Syd- ney (1913) 1914, 4: 216-38.—Bodd, S. Studies in black disease; a braxy-like disease of sheep. J. Comp. Path, Lond, 1918, 31: 1; 1921, 34: 1-26.—Bungal, N. Recherches bacteriologiques sur le bradsot du mouton islandais; pathogfinie et vaccination. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1932, 48: 604-16. ----- & Bavesne, J. Recherches bacteriologiques sur l'etiologie du bradsot islandais. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 107: 1271—Forgeot, P, & Eaif Bey. Enzootie de bradsot determinfie par le Bacillus perfringens. Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1929, 2: 231-40.—Gaiger, S. H. Investi- gations into braxy. J. Comp. Path, Lond, 1922, 35: 191; 235.— Giese, C. Methodik der Schutzverleihung bei Bradsot. Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) 1922, Abt.13, Teil 1, 261-8.—Goerttler, V. Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Bradsot. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1924, 40: 502—Gbtze, R. Pararauschbrand beim Rind. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr, 1928, 36: 81-4.—Lane, B. A case of malignant cedema. Vet. J, Lond, 1907, 63: 28.—Lorscheid. Malignes Oedem und Gasbrand. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr, 1916, 24:199.—McGowan, J. P. Bradsot or Braxy. Zbl. Bakt. l.Abt, 1923-24, 91: Orig, 54-63.—Menk, W. Zur Wirkung des Pararauschbrandhamolysins. Ibid, 1931-32,123: 55-60.—Miessner, H, & Meyn, A. Der Pararausch- brand der Haustiere. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr, 1926, 34: 606-8. ----- & Schoop, G. Die Bradsot der Schafe. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1931, 120: 257-90, 2pl.—Morgan, E. Braxy; with special reference to the disease as seen in north Cardiganshire. Vet. J, Lond, 1918, 74: 179; 206.—Schumann. Malignes Oedem. Munch, tierarztl. Wschr, 1913, 57: 688.—Sobernheim, G, & Imanishi, K. Immunisierungsversuche mit keimfreien Filtra- ten und mit Kulturverdiinnungen des Oedembazillus (R. Koch) Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1924, 27: 161-70— Titze, C. Ueber einige Infektionskrankheiten des Schafes unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Bradsot. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1913, 29: 1-4. ----- & Weichel, A. Beitrag zur Erforschung der Bradsot der Schafe. Arb. Gesundhamt, Berl, 1910, 36: 171- 97.—Witte, J, & Schaaf, J. Die Schutzimpfung gegen das maligne Oedem. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh, 1931, 63: 239-61. BRAY, George W. Recent advances in allergy (asthma, hay-fever, eczema, migraine, &c.) xii, 432p. lOpl. 8? Phila., P. Blakiston's Sons & Co., 1931. ---- Also 3.ed. xv, 517p. illus. pi. 1937. BRAY, William Edward, 1882- Manual of laboratory methods in clinical pathology. 244p. 12? [Charlottesville, Va., 1928] ---- Synopsis of clinical laboratory methods. 324p. illus. pi. 8? S. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1936. BRAYERA. See Kousso. BRAYTON, Alembert Winthrop, 1848-1926. Obituary. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1926, n.s, 14: 508, port. Also J. Am. M. Ass. 1926, 87: 1144. BRAZIL, S. America. Departamento nacional de higiene. Almanaque da saude. Rio, 1929- 30. ---- Revista del Instituto bacteriologico. v.6, 1934. BRAZIL, S. America. Departamento nacional de higiene e saude publica. Annuario de esta- distica demographo-sanitarie [Rio] v.l, 1909- ■---- Archivos de hygiene. Rio, v.l, 1927- ---- Boletim de hygiene. Rio, v.1-2, 1930-31. — Boletim sanitario hebdomadario. Rio v. 1-5, 1922-26. ---- Revista de hygiene e saude publica. v. 1, 1925; v. 2, 1928; v. 4, 1930. BRAZIL, S. America. Instituto Oswaldo Cruz. Boletin de ... (supplemento das memorias) No. 1-6, 1921-28; no.9 & 11-12, 1929. ---- Memorias. v.l, 1909- BRAZIL, S. America. Ministerio da agricul- tura, industria e commercio. Annuario. 1929. BRAZIL [and Brazilians] See also names of Brazilian cities. Albino Bias da Silva, R. Plantas medicinaes brasileiras; estudio botanico e pharmacognostico. Rev. brasil. med. pharm, 1927, 3: 55-62, 4pl— Almeida, G. de. [Hospital Geral da Santa Casa da Rocha Faria; registro estatistico] Gaz. chir, S. Paulo, 1906, 4: 109-36.—Andrade, M. de. Folk music in Brazil. Bull. Panamer. Union, 1936,70: 392-9—Araoz Alfaro, G. Los pro- gresos sanitarios del Brasil y la accion de Carlos Chagas. An. Dep. nac. hig, B. Air, 1924, 30: 6-15.—Barros Barreto, A. L. C. A. de. Como organizar o ministerio de saude e assistencia publica no Brasil. Ann. Congr. brasil. hyg, 1929, 5.Congr, 2: 63-85.—Barros Barreto, J. de. Osnovosrumos da nossa saude publica. Fol. med, Rio, 1935, 16: 73-84.—Berardinelli, W. La biotipologia en el Brasil. Dia med., B. Air, 1932-33, 5: 607 — Campos, A, L'etat du Para au point de vue climatologie et balneologique. C. rend. Congr. internat. physiother, 1911, 3: 549-54.—Civil aeronautics in Brazil. Bull. Panamer. Union, 1936, 70: 327-38.—Comby, J. Hopital d'enfantp de Sao Paulo. Arch. med. enf. Par, 1926, 29: 349-57.—Farabee, W. C. The Arawaks of northern Brazil and southern British Guiana. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop, 1918,1: 427-42.—Fischer, L. Beobachtungen uber die hygienischen Verhaltnisse in den Hafen Siidbrasiliens. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg, 1920, 30: 253-60.—Fraga, C. La sani- dad en el Brasil. Bol. Ofic. san. panamer, 1929, 8: 114-6 — Kehl, R. Ethnic elements in the population of Brazil. Eugen. News, 1929, 14: 148-50.—Lobo, A. A estatura do brasileiro: analyse de 29,633 mensuracoes de individuos de 21 annos. Fol. med, Rio, 1926, 7: 232-4.—Parreiras, B. Notas e estudos sobre a peste no Nordeste do Brasil, problema nacional. Bol. Ofic. san. panamer, 1936, 15: 429-33.—Placido Barbosa, J. Typos de organizacao sanitaria applicaveis ao Brasil. Ann. Congr. brasil. hyg, 1929, 5.Congr, 2: 45-56.—Possolo, A. Dous annos de cli nica hospitalar. Arch, brasil. med, 1921, 11: 595-652.—Rabello, E. Prophylaxia da lepra e das doencas venereas no Brasil. Rev. brasil. med, 1926, 2: 1-8.—Roquette Pinto, E, Caracteristicas anthropologicas da populacao do Brasil. Fol. med, Rio, 1923, 4: 30.—Rubiao Meira. Hospital de Misericordia; servico clinico da 3tt enfermaria de medicina a cargo. Gaz. clin, S. Paulo, 1906, 4: 33-9.—Sa, C. A hygiene em Pernambuco; departa- mento de saude e assistencia. Fol. med, Rio, 1926, 7: 55-7 — Samaritan (The) hospital, Brazil. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1934, 30: 903.—Saude (A) publica em Minas Geraes. Bol. Ofic. san. panamer, 1936, 15: 215-23.—Saude (A) publica no Brasil. Ibid, 1933,12: 875.—Schreus, H. T. Eindriickein den Kranken- hausern Brasiliens. Zschr. ges. Krankenhausw es, 1927, 23: 385-7.—Silva, M, jr, & Pereira Guimaraes, F. Centros de saiide e sua organizagad. Fol. med, Rio, 1935, 16: 85-91. BRAZZOLA, Floriano. See Fabri, Ruggero, & Brazzola, Floriano. Guida sull'ispe- zione sanitaria delle carni mattate. 154p. 8! Urbino, 1915. BREA, Ramon, 1908- * Contribution a l'etude des fibro-myome? de l'espace des Retzius. 49p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1935. BREA, Tomas Antonio, 1896- *Les pous- sees evolutives et en particulier les syndromes ictero-ascitiques des hepatites sciereuses chez la femme. 46p. 8? Par., 1924. BREAD. See also Allergens, food; Baking; Barley; Cereals; Flour; &c. Abelin, I. Zur Brotfrage. Biochem. Zschr, 1929, 215: 162- 90.—Baumann, C, Kuhlmann, J, & Grossfeld, J. Niihrzwie- backe und ahnliche Backwaren des Handels. Zschr. Unter- such. Nahrungsmitt, 1924, 48: 436-42.—Baumgartel, T. Unser taglich Brot ... Deut. Aerzte Ztg, 1933,8 : no. 371.—Berczeller, L. Brotgetreidearten. Biochem. Zschr, 1922, 129: 270-88.— Besse, P. M. La reforme du pain. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1936, C6: 482—Bondy, P. Das tagliche Brot. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 1842.—Brotmarktordnung. Reichsgesuudhbl, 1935,10: 529 — Chevalier, J. Le pain de gluten; les pains de rfigime. Congr. internat. aliment, Brux, 2. Congr, 1: (sect.2) 181-5.—Co- menge, M. La mezcla de harina de arroz con la de trigo en la fabrication del pan. Bol. farm, mil, Madr, 1934, 12: 129-36.— BREAD 945 BREAD Bresel, E. G, & Hettche, H. 0. Untersuchungen fiber Knacke- brote im Vergleich mit anderen Broten. Arch. Hyg, Miinch, 1932, 108: 1-19.—Bucceschi, V. II pane: un capitolo di storia dell'alimentazione. Probl. aliment, Roma, 1931-32,1: 231-60.— Eckstein, E. Ueber Knackebrot (Zugleich ein Beitrag zur sogenannten Roggenbrotfrage) Miinch. med. Wschr, 1930, 77: 1105-7. ----- Alte und neue Brotprobleme. Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 750-2.—Fitz, L. A, Bailey, C. H. [et al.] Symposium on bread. Indust. Engin. Chem, 1923, 15: 1215-24.—Foata. Le probleme du pain. Marseille med, 1934, 71: 733-56—Goodrich- Freer, A. Bread in the Orient. Good Health, 1935, 70: 330; 347.—Hartmann, A. Vollkornbrot. Munch, med. Wschr, 1930, 77: 312-4.—Hartwell, G. A, & Mottram, V. H. The brown vs white bread controversy. Lancet, Lond, 1929, 2: 892-4.— Hautefeuille, J. La crise du bte et la question du pain. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1935, 49: suppl, 1932; 1920; 1974.—Heupke, W. Das Brot. Deut. med. Wschr, 1934, 60: 1823-7.—Hindherne, M. [Coarse brown bread] Ugeskr. laeger, 1934, 96: 221-3 — Ide, M. Le geste...malheureux. Rev. nted. Louvain, 1926, 242.—Kraft, W. Zur Brotfrage: Kritik eines Rattenversuchs. Hippokrates, Stuttg, 1934, 5: 367-75.—Labbe, H. Pains de re- gime et leurs diverses formes. Ann. hyg. Par, 1925, n.s, 3: 193-209. ----- Quelques raisons de dMectuositfi dans la fabri- cation actuelle du pain. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1935, 3.ser, 113: 674-9. Also Nourrisson, 1935, 23: 297-302. -----Hallion [et al.] Rapport de la Commission du pain. Bull. Acad, nted. Par, 1935, 3.ser, 114: 214-8.—LeWall, C. H. The history and romance of bread. Am. J. Pharm, 1932, 104: 431-63.—Lenglet, E. La farine, le pain. Presse nted, 1933, 41: 2016.—McCarrison, R. White and brown bread. Brit. M.J, 1929, 2: 913. Also Ind. J.M. Res, 1929-30, 17: 667-91— Meillere, G. Pain blanc et pain bis; urgence de la production d'un pain normal non carencfe en principes taergetiques; voeu a fimettre en ce sens. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1934, 3.ser, 112: 113-5.—Mohs. Weiss- brot oder Schwarzbrot? Umschau, 1929, 23: 4-6.—Morhardt, P. E. La question du pain. Vie med, 1927, 8: 263-6.—Pains (Les) de regime: ce qu'ils sont, ce qu'ils devraint etre. Clinique, Par, 1934, 29: 322.—PeteUa, G. II nostro pane quotidiano. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1921, 1: 49-84.—Pomiane, E. de. L'ami- don, la farine, le pain. Bull. Ass. fr. avance. sc, 1935, 64: 61-6.— Ruemele, T. Benetzungsfragen des Brotgetreides. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt, 1936, 71: 411-5.—Salomon, H. Ueber den Anschlagswert verschiedener Brotsorten. Arch. Ver- dauungskr, 1928, 44: 306-10.—Skinner, W. W. Supplementary reading for food study classes; the story of bread. Am. Food J, 1924, 19: 564-8.—Whole wheat bread without flour. Se. Amer- ican, 1923, 129: 177. ---- Chemistry and examination. Arpin, M. Le petrissage du pain. Congr. internat. aliment, 1910, 2.Congr, 2: (sect. 4) 172-6.—Baumann, K, & Kuhl- mann, J. Ermittelung des Zucker- und Fettzusatzes in Hefebackwaren. Zschr. Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt, 1921, 42: 225-32 —Cormack, G. A. Fat content of breads and cereals. Biochem. J, Lond, 1926, 20: 1052-4—Fellenberg, T. von. Zur Saurebestimmung im Brot. Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch, 1930, 21: 99-103.—Fleury, P, & Boyeldieu, G. Determination de l'amidon dans les pains, en particulier dans les pains dits de gluten. Ann. falsific, 1928, 21: 124-30. ----- Sur le dosage du glucose en presence des proteides; application a la determina- tion de l'amidon dans les pains, en particulier dans les pains dits de gluten. J. pharm. chim. Par, 1928, 8.ser, 7: 207; 249 — Hanson, E. A, & Katz, J. R. Abhandlungen zur physikalischen Chemie der Starke und der Brotbereitung; fiber Versuche, die gewachsene Struktur des Starkekorns mikroskopisch sichtbar zu machen, besonders an lintnerisierter Starke. Zschr. phys. Chem, Abt. A, 1934, 168: 339-52. ----- Weitere Versuche, die gewachsene Struktur des Starkekorns mikroskopisch sicht- bar zu machen (Anwendung von anderen Methoden zur Kon- trolle der bei der Lintnerisierung von Weizenstarke gewonnenen Ergebnisse) Ibid, 169: 135-24—Hesse, A. Ueber die Ver- wendung von Enzymen in der Industrie, neuere Arbeiten uber die Wirkung von Enzymen in der Biickerei. Erg. Enzym- forsch., 1935,4:147-72— Ksern, H. [Some remarks on bread analy- sis] Ugeskr. laeger, 1925,87:889—Kalning.H. Zur Bestimmung des Ausmahlungsgrades des Mehles im Brot. Zschr. Unter- such. Lebensmitt, 1926, 51: 145-7—Katz, J. R, & Berksen, J. C. Abhandlungen zur physikalischen Chemie der Starke und der Brotbereitung; Wiederverkleisterung des retrogradierten btar- kekleisters (im Zusammenhang mit der Frage der gewachsenen Struktur des Starkekorns) Zschr. phys. Chem, Abt. A, 1934, 168: 334-8.-Katz, J. R, & Hanson, E. A. Ueber die scharfe untere Temperaturgrenze der Verkleisterung und ihre Varia- bilitat bei den einzelnen Kbrnern eines Starkemusters, Ibid, 321-33.-Katz, J. R., & Itallie, T. B. van. Die Verkleisterung verschiedener nativer Starkearten mit viel Wasser verglei- chend untersucht Ibid, 1933, 166: 27-42—Katz, J. R, & Snger A Ueber die Farbstoffadsorption aus sehr ver- dunnten Kongorotlosungen ^ Oh«nAt«i8tikum verwhiedener notivor KtSrlrearten Ibid, 1934, 169: 14.3-0.—Jiener, u. ueuei dte Bestimmung des Kartoflelgehaltes im Brote durch Fest- steltof de™ Alchenahkalitat. Veroff. Mil. San.wes, 1917 ttfifi fin s —Koschkin, M. L. Untersuchungen uber mit Bte^^teSSSt^ B^ Za^ Untersuch. Lebens- ffdeau?\g< lOr^l-Han^tteL ^T^usa/z, tt Die Sung von Vollkornbrot (Knackebrot) im Wachsturns- versuch e°n Beitrag zur Brotfrage. Arch. Hyg, Munch., imw,' 115° 205-20.-Preliminary research on the chemistry 21767__vol. 2. 4th series----60 of bread. Congr. internat. aliment, 1910, 2. Congr, 2: (Sect. 4), 223.—Remy, E, & Schreiber, W. Vergleichende biologische und chemische Untersuchungen von deutschem Heeresbrot, Roggenvollkornbrot und Weissbrot zur Feststellung ihrer biologischen Wertigkeit bei Ratten. Arch. Hyg, Miinch, 1933, 110: 164-89.—Samuel, L. W. The amino-acid content of wheat flour dough. Biochem. J, Lond, 1935, 29: 2331-3.— Schweizer, C. Ueber das Wesen und die Verhinderung des Altwerdens der Brotkrume. Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch, 1930, 21: 1-27. ----- Die Bestimmung des Sauregrades in Brot, Mehl und Teigwaren. Ibid, 1931, 22: 117-24.—Sorensen, A. P. L. Hydrogen ion concentration in bread making. Am. Food J, 1924, 19: 556-60—Vitez, S. Tierexperimentelle Unter- suchungen fiber die Wirkung der Mehlbehandlungsmittel; Wirkung auf das Vitamin des Mehles und auf den tierischen Organismus bei ausschliesslicher Ernahrung mit Brot. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt, 1935, 70: 258-65.—Wagenaar, M. Ueber die Unterscheidung von Weizen- und Roggenmehl und -brot. Ibid, 1929, 57: 37-45. ---- Consumption. Hanemann, H. A. Consumer demand for bakery products in 15 cities of Pennsylvania. 58p. 8? Harrisburg, Pa., 1928. Forms No. 459, Bull. Pennsylvania Dep. Agr. Gauducheau, A. Consequence de la diminution de la con- sommation nationale du pain. Bull. Acad, nted. Par, 1936, 3.ser, 115:461.—Karantassis, T. Pain consomnte par des soldats grecs prisonniers en Asie Mineure. J. pharm. chim. Par, 1924, 7.ser, 30: 313-5.—Rochaix, A. Le probleme du pain; Darn actuel; bon pain; la diminution de la consommation du pain. J. med. Lyon, 1937, 18: 1-17. ---- Fermentation. Castelli, T. Su alcune Hansenule della fermentazione pana- ria. Arch. Mikrob, 1933, 4: 514-29.—Geoffrey, R. Glucides fermentescibles des farines de froment et fermentation panaire. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1935, 17: 1351-71. ----- Bilan de la fermentation panaire. Ibid, 1936,18:1569-77.—Guillemet, R, & Schell, C. Glucides fermentescibles, activite amylolyti- que et action sur la fermentation panaire de la farine de bte malte et de la farine de feves. Ibid, 1527-36. ----- L'allure generale de la fermentation alcoolique panaire. Ibid, 1803-16.— Marchoux, E. La fermentation panaire. Bull. Acad, nted. Par, 1935, 3.ser, 115: 335; 519.—Schweizer, C. Etude de la fermentation panaire par la levure pressfie. Mitt. Lebensmittel- untersuch, 1925, 16: 15-21. ---- Hygiene. Barthe, L. L'hygiene du pain. J. nted. Bordeaux, 1926, 56: 407.—Fouassier, M. L'hygiene du pain; contamination du pain et par te pain. Ann. falsific, 1930, 23: 418-29. Also Rev. hyg. med. prev, 1930, 52: 329-52.—Ichok, G. El pan bacterio- logica y quimicamente sano. Arch, med, Madr, 1931, 34: 624-9.—Schroder, F. Brotsorten des Handels, ihre Bezeich- nung, Herstellung und Beurteilung. Arb. Reichsgesundh- amt, 1935,68: 1-13. ---- Manufacture. Canna, S. Primo contributo alla flora dei lieviti del pani- ficazione. Atti. Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1933, 11.ser, 1: 190. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1934, 9: 335-7.—Cuvier, G. 1/'extraction de la farine et la panification normale. J. med. Bordeaux, 1931,108: 455-61.—Bucceschi, V. Studi sull'alimenta- zione e la nutrizione; la panificazione mista. Arch. sc. biol. Nap, 1931-32, 16: 84-110.—Escudero, P. Estudio de la pani- ficacion en la panaderia municipal (informe elevado a la Superio- ridad el 18 de abril de 1932) Sem. med, B. Air, 1932, 39: pt2, 1-12.—Fleurent, E. Contribution a l'etude physique et chimi- que de la panification. C. rend. Acad, sc. Par, 1936, 202: 1341-3.—Formenti, O. C. Le colture di lievito compresso per panificazione. Gior. Soc. ital. hig, 1931, 53: 260-3.—Guillement, R, Schell, C, & Le Fur, P. Glucides fermentescibles, fermenta- tion alcoolique et production gazeuse en panification. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1935, 17: 1058-60.—Pignetto, M. E. Debe reglamentarse la panificacion. Sem. med, B. Air, 1925, 32: pt 1, 156-60.—Pouchet, Gley [et al.] Deuxieme rapport a propos d'une question posee par MM. Ambroise Rendu et Caujolle sur l'adjonction des succedanes dans le pain. Bull. Acad. nted. Par, 1927, 3.ser, 97: 114-24.—Tramontano Guerritore, M, & Be Gori Pannilini, R. Panificazione e resa di panificazione. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1932, lO.ser, 7:196-218—Whymper, R. Colloid problems in bread-making. Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc, 1920,88:61-74. ---- Microorganisms. Ashby, G. K, Hedges, C. C, & Gibbons, E. H. Effect and efficiency of germicides and fumigants on microorganisms associated with the baking industry. J. Bact, Bait, 1937, 33: 96,—Beatty, M. C. Note on Bacillus mesentericus contamina- tion of bread [from infection of the bakery with this germ; disinfection difficult] J. R. Army M. Corps, 1928, 50: 214.— Ignatovich, Z. A, & Gochberg, R. B. [Bacterial infection of the surface of bread] Soviet, vrach. gaz, 1934, 38: 1812-6.—Koser, S A. Bacillus welchii in bread. J. Infect. Dis, 1923, 32: BREAD 94 208-19.—Rowlette, L. M. Ropy bread. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1933, 60: 109-13.—Violle, H. Les microbes et le pain. Rev. hyg. Par, 1930, 52: 409-25. ---- Nutritive value. Abelin, I. Zur Brotfrage; fiber die physiologischen Wir- kungen des Vollkornbrotes. Biochem. Zschr, 1931, 232: 278-94. ----- rachidiennes des cancers du sein. 79p. 8? Par., 1932. Arcelin. Radiotherapie des metastases vertebrates consecu- tives aux cancers du sein. Lyon med, 1933, 152: 461-4.—Baca- loglu, C, Raileanu, C, & Vasilesco, N. Generalisation exclu- sivement osseuse d'un cancer primitif du sein. Gaz. med. France, 1934, 491-4.—Beatson, G. T. Case of osseous metastasis from primary carcinoma of the right mamma. Brit. J. Surg, 1924-25, 12: 473-86.—Beck, A. Zur Strahlenbehandlung von Knochenmetastasen nach Mammacarcinom. Strahlentherapie, 1930, 35: 513-7.—Belot, J, & Lepennetier, F. Metastases os- seuses de cancers du sein. J. radiol. electr, 1925, 9: 409-16, 4pl— Bendick, A. J, & Jacobs, A. W. Report of a case of exten- sive generalized skeletal metastases following primary carcinoma of the breast. Am. J. Roentg, 1925, n.s, 14: 35-8— Bernard, E, Boyer [et al.l Metastases osseuses diffuses d'un cancer du sein avec hypercalcemie et hyperplasie parathyroldienne. Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1935, 3.ser, 51: 618-29—Bower, J. O, & Mengle, H. A. K. Primary carcinoma of the left breast asso- ciated with early metastatic involvement of the right scapula; case report. Am. J. Roentg, 1930, 23: 415-s—Canigiani, T. Ein Fall von universeller Skelett-Metastasenbildung nach Mammakarzinom. Rontgenpraxis, 1929, 1: 255-8.—Carnett, J. B, & Howell, J. C. Bone metastases in cancer of the breast. Ann. Surg, 1930, 91: 811-32.—Castex, M. R, Romano, N, & Carrega Casaffousth, C. F. Carcinoma de la mama con metas- tasis a la columna. Rev. Soc. med. int, B. Air, 1925, 1: 489- 94 —Carter, L. J. Spinal metastasis from breast carcinoma. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1926, 16: 48-51— Centeno, A. M, & Mascioc- chi A Cancer del seno y metastasis oseas. Rev. As. med. argent.', 1933, 47: 2545-7— Clarkson, W, & Barker, A. Five- vear cure of mammary carcinoma with multiple metastases to bone. Am. J. Roentg, 1936, 36: 615-21.-Contreras Ortiz, N, & Molinari, J. L. La roentgenterapia en la metastasis osea del cancer de mama Bol. Soc. obst. gin, B. Air, 1936,15: 704-12.— Bariaux & Truchot Epith61iomatose diffuse du systeme osseux cheTune malaue atteinte du cancer du sein Bull. Soc. radiol. mid Franct 19*191 108-10.-Bell' Oro, V. Dos casos de cancer del seno con metastasis en distintas partes del esqueleto; diagnos- ticyTaramfento radiologico deestas metastasis Y resultados Lu^G0\jnBca^ ^'mommSlffratteto con la radioterapia. Ann. radiol, Bolo- gna, l^oTo'^^^-Bowns, E. E. Bone metastasis in breast cancer. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1932, 29: 957.—Bresser, R. The effect of ovarian irradiation on the bone metastases of cancer of the breast. Am. J. Roentg, 1936, 35: 384-91.—Ducuing, J. Documentation pour l'etude radiographique des metastases vertebrates dans le cancer du sein. Gaz. med. France, 1936, 43: radiol, 130-8.—Fabre, J, Pons, H, & Garipuy, A. Anemie aplastique au cours de metastases osseuses diffuses d'un cancer du sein. Prat. med. fr, 1935, 16: 577-90.—Feci, L. Roentgen- terapia delle metastasi ossee da carcinoma della mammella. Arch, radiol. Nap, 1932, 8: 5-14.—Gamier, M, & Cathala, J. Cancer generalise du squelette secondaire a un cancer du sein. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1926, 15: 157-61.—Giles, R. G. Skeletal metastasis from primary carcinoma of the breast. Am. J. Roentg, 1925, n.s, 14: 442-8.—Gimena & Kuper. Osteitis can- cerosa difusa secundaria a un carcinoma de mama. Arch, med, Madr, 1936, 39: 373-5. Also Med. ibera, 1936, 30: pt 1, 860.— Ginsburg, S. Osteoplastic skeletal metastases from carcinoma of the breast; report of an unusual case. Arch. Surg, 1925, 11: 219-36.—Handley, W. S. Parasternal invasion of the thorax in breast cancer and its suppression by the use of radium tubes as an operative precaution. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1927, 45: 721-8.— Jacobs, A. W. Skeletal and pulmonary metastases from primary carcinoma of the breast; treatment by radiation. Med. J. & Rec, 1927,125: 237-9—Labbe, M, Boulin, R. [et al.] Metastases osseuses multiples au cours d'un cancer du sein. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1931, 3.ser, 47: 1089-92.—Lancaster, E. H. Metastasis in the bones following carcinoma of the breast. Med. Rec, S. Ant, 1929, 23: 433-5—Leddy, E. T. The Roent- gen treatment of metastasis to the vertebrae and the bone of the pelvis from carcinoma of the breast. Am. J. Roentg, 1930, 24: 657-72.—Lemaitre, L. Metastase vertebrate reveiatrice d'un cancer du sein. Echo nted. nord, 1935, 3.ser, 3: 353.—Mallet, L. Tei6roentgentrterapie et metastases osseuses generalisees dans le cancer du sein; influence sur la metabolisme calcique. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1935, 23: 291-7.— Martin, J, & Proby, H. Cancer du sein avec metastases osseuses multiples simulant l'osteomalacie. Lyon med, 1920, 129: 983.—Meldolesi, G. Diagnostica e terapia radiologica dei tumori ossei secondari ad epitelioma della mammella e del'utero Radiol, med, Milano, 1931, 18: 1160-83—Meyerding, H. W, Carman, R. B, & Garvin, J. B. Metastasis to the bones from carcinoma of the breast; a roentgenologic study. Radiology, 1925, 5: 486-9.—Mocquot, P, Herrenchmidt, A, & Worms, R. Metastases diffuses du squelette chez des malades atteintes de cancer du sein. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1933, 22: 526-42.—Moore, S. A case of carcinoma of the breast with metastasis of the bones. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1921,18:181— Neal, M. P, & Robnett, B. A. Generalized osseous metastases secondary to atrophic scirrhous carcinoma of left breast. Arch. Surg, 1927, 14: 529-41. Also repr.—Patey, B. H. Some notes on the clinical features and the distribution of secondary deposits in bone following carcinoma of the breast. Brit. J. Surg, 1927-28, 15: 182-92— Peden, J. C. Roentgen therapv of bone metastases following carcinoma of the breast. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1934, 31: 310-2—Plank, T. H. Metastasis in spine from cancer of the breast. J. Radiol, 1923, 4: 247.—Proust. Le traitement radiotlterapique des metastases osseuses du cancer du sein. Strasbourg med, 1929, 89: 77-9. -----& Piot. Perforation cranienne par metastase de cancer du sein. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1932, 58: 1637.—Roger, H, Simeon & Benizet. Aspect pageto'ide du crane et exostose sus- orbitaire par n6oplasme secondaire a un cancer du sein. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1927, 5: 565-7.—Rubin, H. Metastasis to the petrous apex following carcinoma of the breast. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1936, 24: 95-7.—Santoro B'Emidio, A. La radiumterapia nelle metastasi ossee da carcinoma mammario. Radiol, med, Milano. 1934, 21: 1286-97.—Soediono. [Carcinoma of the mam- mary gland with bone metastasis] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 374.—Sorrel, E, Sorrel-Bejerine & Mozer, J. Generali- sation d'un cancer du sein, metastases osseuses etendues a presque tout le squelette; tesions viscerates nombreuses. Rev. neur. Par, 1927, 34: pt2, 720-2.—Thompson, J. E, & Keiller, V. H. Multiple skeletal metastases from cancer of the breast. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1924, 38: 367-75.—Vinon & Roux. Cancer du sein et fracture spontanee du col femoral. Montpellier med, 1921,43: 251-4. ---- Cancer: Metastasis, regional. Kritzinger, F. J. *Mammacarzinom mit Supraklavikulardrusen von 1900 bis 1925. 35p. 8? Heidelb., 1927. Austoni, B. Sulle reazioni preneoplastiche delle linfoghian- dole regionali durante lo sviluppo del carcinoma mammario. Tumori, 1932, 18: 31-50.—Chiariello, A. G. La metamorfosi lipoidea nelle metastasi ascellari del cancro della mammella e l'azione lipolitica del tessuto adenoideo. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1923, 28: 281-6.—Besmarets, E. Le cancer du sein chez la femme: de I'importance pronostique de l'etude histologique des ganglions axillaires. Sem. hop. Paris, 1926, 3: 392-6.—Fiolle, J, Nouvelles recherches sur 1'envahisseinent des ganglions sous- axillaires dans le cancer du sein. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1929, 55: 1288-90.—Haefen, K. von. Untersuchungen an axil- laren Lymphknoten beim Mammacarcinom. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1931, 232: 542-59—Leddy, E. T, & Besjardins, A. TJ. Metastasis of carcinoma of the breast to the supraclavicular lvmph nodes. Am. J. Cancer, 1935, 25: 611-3— Meillere, J, Nicolas, M, & Alivisatos, C. N. Tumeur axillaire de structure malpighienne avec reaction giganto-cellulaire coexistant avec BREAST 952 BREAST un epithelioma glandulaire du sein. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1933, 10: 782-7.—Migmac, G. Volumineuse adenopathie axil- laire epitheiiomateuse, adenome du sein latent en voie de de- generescence. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1921, 91: 470-2.—Sampson, W. Invasion para-esternal del torax en el cancer de la mama; uso del radium como precaution operatoria. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1928, 3: 10-8.—Tirifahy. Cancer du sein; degeneres- cence des ganglions axillaires. Presse med. beige, 1867-8, 20: 261-3. ---- Cancer: Metastasis: Routes. Fuchs, M. *Zur Frage der Metastasenbil- dung beim Carcinoma mamma?. 31p. 8? Basel, 1916. Fiolle, J. L'importance du groupe ganglionnaire de Sorgius dans la propagation du cancer du sem et sa cure operatoire. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1928, 54: 1378-81.—FitzwiUiams, B. C. L. Carcinoma of the breast and its method of spread; embolism or permeation. Brit. J. Surg, 1924-25, 12: 650-f>2.—Kazda, F. Zur Metastasierung des Mammacarcinoms. Arch. klin. Chir, 1935, 182: 279-81.—Kuntzen. Ueber Metastasenbildung beim Mammakarzinom. Zbl. Chir, 1936, 63: 165.—Larson, C. P. Carcinoma of the breast with miliary metastasis. Northwest M, 1937, 36: 26.—Manzi, L. L'importanza del plesso linfatico aponevrotico nella diffusione del cancro della mammella. Arch. ostet. gin, 1927, 2.ser, 14: 569-90.—Martorell, J. Los canceres mamarios de diseminacion rapida. Rev. cir. Barcelona, 1935, 9: 217-39.—Roth, T. Ueber zwei Falle von gekreuzten Metastasen beim Mammacarcinom. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1935-36, 246: 380-3.—Salvin, A. A. Routeof metastasis in cancer of the breast, Am. J. Surg, 1930, n.s, 9: 478.—Siebert, H. Einige Beobach- tungen fiber Metastasen beim Mammakarzinom. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1923, 80: 87-94—Trueblood, B. V. The dis- semination of cancer from the breast. West. J. Surg, 1932, 40: 258-69.—Warren, S, & Witham, E. M. Studies on tumor metas- tasis; the distribution of metastases in cancer of the breast. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1933, 57: 81-5—Yoon, C. Pathologisch- anatomische Untersuchungen fiber die Verbreitungswege des Mammacarcinoms. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1923, 130: 473-94.— Zilberberg, Y. V. [Problem of metastasis in cancer of the mam- mary glands] Vest, khir, 1929, 18: 168-76. ---- Cancer: Pathology. See also Breast, Cancer: Types. Bellera Arocha, R. Epitelioma del seno. Bol. hosp, Cara- cas, 1924-25, 2.ser, 17: 16-8.—Braine, J. De la benignite relative devolution des cancers du sein chez les vieilles femmes et de ses consequences therapeutiques. Gaz. nted. France, 1930, 384-8—Brocq, P, Wolf & Giet. Epithelioma du sein. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1922, 92: 270.—Carcinoma of the breast; pathology. Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1934, 37: 247—Ceelen, W. Zur Pathologie des Brustkrebses. Chirurg, Berl, 1928-29, 1: 1001-8.—Cheatle, G. L. Late and early carcinoma of the breast. Practitioner, Lond, 1926, 116: 2S1; 337. ----- The primary tumour in breast carcinoma. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1930, 23: 621-6.—Chiarolanza. Di uno strano reperto in un tumore epite- liale della mammella. Riforma med, 1921, 37: 1084.—Bahl, E. [Studies in cancer of the breast] Norsk mag. lavgevid, 1925, 86: 1173-201.—Bickens, F, & Patey, B. H. Observations on the metabolism of human mammary carcinoma. Lancet, Lond, 1930, 2:1229-31.—Bingwall, A, & Beans, H. T. A spectrographic study of the occurrence of chromium and molybdenum in carcinoma of the human breast. Proc. U. S. Nat. Acad. Sc, 1934, 20: 416-20.—Buboucher, H, Montpellier, J, & Laffargue, F. Epithelioma mammaire avec reaction de type myeloplaxique. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1933,10:787-91.—Fitzwilliams, B. Three specimens of carcinoma of breast. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1925-27, 49: 84.—Flothow, P. G. Defensive factors in carcinoma of the breast. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1928, 46: 789-94.—Fraser, J. A study of the malignant breast by whole section and key block section methods. Ibid, 1927, 45: 266-86.—Gleize-Rambal, L, & Robert, J. P. Sur la presence, dans un epithelioma glandulaire du sein. de dispositifs secretoires rappelant ceux de la mamelle en lactation. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 1260-2.—Grand- claude, C, & Bedrine, H. La mucicarminophilie dans te cancer du sein. Echo med. nord, 1935, 3.ser, 3: 672-9.—Gussio, S. Tumore mammario o cellule funzionali. Arch. Soc. ital. chir 1929, 35: 911-28.—Handley, W. S. The origin of bone-deposits in breast cancer. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7:1-6.—Ingleby, H. The development of a carcinoma of the breast; report of a case. Arch. Path, Chic, 1929, 8: 653-60.—Jackson, C, & Babcock, W. W. Krukenberg tumor with massive hyperplasia of breasts. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1930, 10: 1271.—Jorstad, L. H. Pathology of carcinoma of the breast. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1934, 31: 272-5. Also Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1934, 28: 611 .—Kaplan, 1.1. Carcinoma of the breast in one of homol- ogous twin sisters. Am. J.M. Sc, 1935, 190: 331.—Kraatz. Demonstration zweier Mammakarzinome. Mschr. Geburtsh Gyn, 1936, 102: 118-20. Also Zbl. Gyn, 1936, 60: 713-5 Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1936, 112: 418-22.—Leroux, R. Reaction giganto cellulaire du stroma dans un epithelioma mammaire Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1931, 20: 692-7.—Lewis, B, & Geschickter, C. F. Unusual cancers of the breast. South. Surgeon, 1935 4: 112-20.—Mandl, F. Ueber seltenere Formen des Mammakar- zinoms. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 521-3.—Merk, L. Hin- weise auf das Wesen von Brustkrebsen. Med. Klin, Berl 1921, 17: 1418-22—MorreU, A. H. Pathology of carcinoma of the breast, pelvis and gastro-intestinal tract. Maine M.J., 1936, 27: 205-7.—Nicod, J. L. Considerations sur I'anatomie pathologique du cancer du sein. Bull. Schweiz. Ver. Krebs- bekampf, 1935, 2: 33-42, 5pl.—Peyron, A, Corsy, F, & Surmont, J. Sur l'identite de l'aspect foetal de l'assise myo-epitlteliale mammaire avec celui de ses proliferations dans les tumeurs. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 90-3.—Reiter. Ein Fall von mon- strbsem Karzinom der Mamma. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1921, 58: 337.—Roflo, A. H, & Correa, L. M. El coefteiente lipocitico en el cancer de mama. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air, 1929, 5: 129-37.—Smith, H. H. Cancer of the breast; pathology and diag- nosis. N. Zealand M.J, 1923-24, 22: 205-14.—Surmont, J. Sur la topographie festonnee de l'assise myo-6pitheiiale au debut de sa proliferation dans certains epitlteliomes mammaires. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 88-90.—Votta, E. A. El edema dermico en el carcinoma de mama. Prensa med. argent, 1931- 32, 18: 662-9. ---- Cancer: Pathology: Grading. See also Breast, Cancer: Prognosis. Bertrand, I, & de Nagy, A. Recherches sur quelques tests concernant te pronostic histologique des cancers du sein. Presse nted, 1931, 39: 991-5—Bufalini, M, & Mirolli, A. II criterio istologico di malignita del carcinoma mammario. Rass. in- ternaz. clin. ter, 1930, 9: 143.—Bawson, E. K, & Tod, M. C. Prognosis in mammary carcinoma; its relation to clinical and histological grading and to treatment. Edinburgh M.J, 1933, n.s. 40: suppl, Tr. Med. Chir. Soc, 157-65. ----- Prognosis in mammary carcinoma in relation to grading and treatment. Ibid, 1934, n.s. 41: 61-98.—Bupont, R, & Leroux, R. Impor- tance de l'histologie pour le pronostic des cancers du sein irradtes. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1923, 12: 49-62. Also Rev. internat. nted. chir, 1923, 34: 31—Ebhardt, K. Zur Klinik und Histologie des Mammakarzinoms. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1935, 161: 13-8.—Ewing, J. Classification of mammary cancer. Ann. Surg, 1935, 102: 249-52.—Firket, J, & Moureau, P. Sur la valeur, au point de vue du pronostic, des nouvelles classifications des cancers du sein; considerations sur la radiotherapie postoperatoire. Ann. Soc. med. chir. Liege, 1928-29, 62: no.12, 8-28. Also Liege med, 1929, 22: 1253; 1285— Grace, E. J. Graded cancer of the breast and metastasis. Long Island M.J, 1929, 23: 523-6.—Greenough, R. B. Varying degrees of malignancy in cancer of the breast. J. Cancer Res, 1924-25, 9: 453-563.—Haagensen, C. B. The bases for the histologic grading of carcinoma of the breast. Am. J. Cancer, 1933, 19: 285-327.—Lee, B. J, & Stubenbord, J. G. A clinical index of malignancy for carcinoma of breast. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1928, 47: 812HL Also Bull. N. York Acad. M, 1929, n.s, 5: 188-95.—Leroux, R, & Perrot, M. A propos de la classification pronostique des cancers du sein. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1928,17:180; 1932, 21: 37. ----- Pronostic histologique des cancers du sein. Ibid, 1930, 19: 439-48. ----- Etude anatomo-clinique des cancers du sein; valeur pronostique re- specitive de differents facteurs cliniques. Ibid, 1932, 21: 309- 17. ----- Valeur pronostique respective des differents tests histologiques. Ibid, 318-32.—Lipschiitz, B. Zur Kenntnis der Zellstruktur menschlicher Geschwiilste, insbesondere des Brust- drusenkrebses. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1929, 42: 671-4. ----- Ergebnisse cytologischer Untersuchungen an Geschwiilsten; Untersuchungen fiber den Brustdriisenkrebs. Zschr. Krebs- forsch, 1929-30, 30: 317-48.—Moureau, P, & Lambert, G. Les facteurs de malignite dans les cancers du sein. Ann. Soc. med. chir. Liege, 1932, 65: 175-81. Also Cancer, Brux, 1932, 9: 117- 205—Patey, B. H, & Scarfl, R. W. The position of histology in the prognosis of carcinoma of the breast. Lancet, Lond, 1928, 1: 801; 1929, 2: 492.—Siemens, W. Die Prognose des Mam- macarcinoms unter Berucksichtigung der Klinik, Histologie, des Reifegrades und des Malignogramms. Arch. klin. Chir, 1934-35, 181: 599-639—Sistrunk, W. E. The criteria of malig- nancy in carcinoma of the breast. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1929, 13: 50-3.—Sophian, L. Histologic grading of mammary carcinoma, in a series followed for 10 years. Ann. Surg, 1935, 102: 2^4-31. ----- Methods of grading mammary carcinoma compared with the clinical outcome. Arch. Path, Chic, 1935, 20: 660.—Stubenbord, J. G, 3rd. Cancer of the breast: an analy- sis of 108 cases of cancer of the breast; a clinical index of malig- nancy. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1931, 52: 1001-6—Toro, N. Classi- ficazione di malignita del carcinoma mammario. Arch, ostet. gin, 1935, 42: 17; 383. ---- Cancer: Precancerous conditions. See also Breast, Cysts, proliferative; Breast, Fibroepithelioma, proliferative; Breast, Nipples: Paget's disease. Lane-Claypon, J. E. A further report on cancer of the breast, with special reference to its antecedent conditions. 189p. 8? Lond., 1926. Gr. Britain Minist. Health Rep. Pub. Health & Med. Subj, no.32. Askanazy, M. Die Beziehungen der gutartigen Erkrankun- gen der Brustdriise zum Mammakarzinom. Beitr. path. Anat, 1931, 87: 396-424.—Buonsanti, P. Tumori della mammella con speciale riguardo alle lesioni precancerigene. Arch, ital chir, 1930-31, 27: 1-44. Also Arch. Soc. ital chir, 1930, 36: 881-3.— Burrows, M. T. Specific types of focal lesions associated with BREAST 953 BREAST cancers of the skin and breasts. Dent. Cosmos. 1931, 73: 1102- 16 —Charteris, A. A. On the changes in the mammary gland preceding carcinoma. J. Path. Bact, Lond, 1930, 33: 101-17 — Cutler, M. The diagnosis and treatment of precancerous lesions of the breast. Illinois M.J, 1932, 61: 313-6. ----- Relation of chronic mastitis, cysts and papillomas to cancer of the breast. J. Am. M. Ass, 1932, 99: 2152-7. Also repr—Bavis, B. B. Carcinoma of the breast; with a consideration of precancerous conditions. Ibid, 1922, 78: 779-84— Bietrich, A. Rfickbil- dungsvorgange, Fibromatose und Krebs der Brustdrfise. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1926, 195: 145-56.—Bupuy de Frenelle. Les tumeurs dites benignes du sein contiennent parfois des germes de cancer; leur operation large, mais estltetique. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1935, 27: 502; 535. ----- Toute tesion chronique du sein peut contenir un germe du cancer; il faut l'enlever tres largement. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1935, 606; 670. Also Clinique, Par, 1936, 77: 35. ----- La prophylaxie du cancer du sein par l'exerese large des tesions chroniques b6nignes. Techn. chir. Par, 1936, 28: 81-108.—Eberts, E. M. The evolution of cancer from benign cystic and papillomatous lesions of the breast. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1934, 30: 17-24.—Fitzwilliams, B. C. L. Cancer and cysts of the breast. Practitioner, Lond, 1925, 114: 394-9.—Hogenauer, F. Bilden gutartige Geschwiilste der Brustdriise die Grundlage einer Krebsentwicklung? Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 36-40 — Kilgore, A. R. Precancerous lesions of the breast. West. J. Surg, 1932, 40: 581-6.—Lawen, A. Ueber die Bedeutung der Reihenuntersuchungen im Kampfe gegen den Krebs, insbe- sondere den Brustkrebs der Frau. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1936, 83: 1703-7.—Lee, B. J. Significant problems for the obstetrician in the field of mammary cancer. Am. J. Obst, 1930, 20: 775-81 [Discussion] 855-9.—MacBonald, J. C. A clinical and patholog- ical study of simple and malignant tumours of the breast, with reference to the presence of mastitis and pre-cancerous changes. Glasgow M.J, 1924, 102: 1-35.—Mauer, G. Ueber die Vorsta- dien des Mammakarzinoms. Beitr. path. Anat, 1936, 97: 568- 96—Mintz, W. [Present day means of prevention of breast cancers] Latv. arstu Z, 1927,159-64.—Potter, C. A review of 50 cases of cancer and 20 cases of pre-cancer of the breasts. Med. Herald, 1924, 42: 27-37.—Rodman, J. S. Carcinoma of the breast; with especial reference to certain precancerous lesions. Atlantic M.J, 1923-24, 27: 13-6.—Rosenburg, A. Zu der Arbeit von A. Dietrich Rfickbildungsvorgange, Fibromatose und Krebs der Brustdriise. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1926, 198: 130.—Stropeni, L. Carcinoma e sarcoma della mammella in territorio di fibrosi cistica. Cancro, 1932, 3: 236-41. ---- Cancer: Prevention. See Breast, Cancer: Precancerous conditions. ---- Cancer: Prognosis. See also Breast, Cancer: Pathology: Grading. Garnier, R. Contribution a l'etude du pronostic des cancers du sein; recherches sur la reaction du muci-carmin. 58p. 8? Lyon, 1934. Auchincloss, H. Carcinoma of the breast; illustrating the uncertainty of prognosis. Ann. Surg, 1925, 81: 552-6—Bartlett, E. I. The curability of cancer of the breast. West. J. Surg, 1933, 41: 243-54—Blackburn, J. H. Prognosis in cancer of the breast. Kentucky M.J, 1926, 24: 56-64.-Bulkley, L. B. Prog- nosis of cancer of the breast. West. M. Times, 1923-24, 43: 99- 104 —Bunts, F. E. Clinical prognosis in cancer of the breast. West Virginia M.J, 1929, 25: 12-4.-Baland, E. M. Untreated cancer of the breast (100 cases) Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1927, 44: 264- 8—Graham, A. Cancer of the breast; prognosis in surgically treated cases. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1937, 64: 609-16-McKenzie, C. H. Carcinoma of the female breast; early diagnosis and other factors affecting prognosis. Minnesota M, 1932, 15: 528-34 — Meyer, L. B. Cancer of the breast; what can the generali prac- titioner do to improve the prognosis? N. York M.J, I9is, lis: 358-63.—Moore, J. T. Cancer of the breast-a curable disease. Surg Gvn. Obst, 1934, 58: 443-5—Nathanson, I. T, & Welch, C. E. Life expectancy and incidence of malignant disease; car- cinoma of the breast. Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 28: 40-53 -Nordholt, A. E. Prognostic difference of cancer of the right and left breast. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1930, 74: pt 1, 3265-9.-Patel, Martin, J. F, & Garnier, R. Le pronostic des cancers mammaires et la reaction au muci-carmin. Lyon chir, 1936, 33: 100-6 -Portmann, U. V. The factors which influence the curability of mammary cancer. Wisconsin M.J, 1936, 35: 538; 582.-Saltzstein H C Thepr°g- nosis in cancer of the breast. Am. J.M. Sc, 1923,165: 424-30^- Siemens, W. Der Einfluss der Probeexcision auf die Prognose des Mammacarcinoms. Arch klin Chir 1933, 177 66W»-- Wyard, S. Cancer of the breast; an attempt to estimate the dura- tion of life after operation. Lancet, Lond, 1925, 1. 1179-82. ---- Cancer: Recurrence. See also Breast, Cancer: Treatment: Statistics. Anger PEE. *Frequence des metastases apres le ' traitement chirurgical du cancer du sein; Stude statistique de 40 cas. 136p. 8. Par., 19^' A . ivmphangites de la main et du mem- Bnsset. Influence a« iy™Pj * recjdives du cancer du & W^SiTota^ffi derfcldlv. large en surface apres Dleuro-pneumonie grippale homolaterale. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1928, 54: 19-21.—Czirer, L. von. Ueber die ortlichen Rezidive nach Brustkrebsoperationen. Zbl. Chir, 1923, 50: 7-9.—Bahl-Iversen, E. Examen ulterieur de 109 malades ayant subi l'operation radicate du cancer du sein, concernant essenti- ellement le rapport entre la decouverte microscopique et la fre- quence de la r6cidive. Lyon chir, 1927, 29: 648-66.—Belbet, P. A propos de l'etude des recidives dans le cancer du sein. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1922, 48: 1004-17.—Fitzwilliams, B. C. L. Re- currence in carcinoma of the breast. Clin. J, Lond, 1921, 50: 713-6.—Hanrahan, E. M, jr. Marked structural alteration in a breast carcinoma recurring after 11 years. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1924,35: 52-4.—Hartmann, M. Un cas de retidive tardive d'un cancer du sein. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1935, 3.ser, 113: 684.—Hoche, L. Au sujet d'un cas de recidive precoce d'un can- cer du sein au niveau de points de suture. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1928, 17: 175-7.—Mann, G. Recidiva da cancro mammario dopo 28 anni? Policlinico, 1933, 40: sez.prat, 1013.—Moschcowitz, A. V. Pseudorecurrences after radical amputation of the breast for carcinoma. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1925, 43: 149-57. Also Ann. Surg, 1925, 82: 81-5.—Proust & Mallet. Epithelioma du sein recidive avec limitation precise de la recidive au pourtour d'une zone irradtee. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1922, 48: 195.—Quensel, U. Zur Frage der Spatrezidive bei Karcinoma mamma?. Uppsala lak. foren. forh, 1926, n.f, 31: 553-64—Quenu. Discussion sur les recidives dans le cancer du sein. Gynecologie, 1923, 22: 35.— Ratti, A, & Picchio, C. Le recidive postoperatorie del cancro della mammella. Tumori, 1935, 21: 62-77.—Roux-Berger, J. L. Cinquante et une observations de recidives postoperatoires de cancer du sein. Rev. internat. med. chir, 1922, 33: 117-9. Also Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1922, 48: 774-80—Schloffer, H. Das ortliche Rezidiv beim Brustkrebs; Bemerkungen tiber Brust- krebsstatistiken. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1930, 227: 170-97.— Schwartz, A, Fredet, P, & Mauclaire. Sur les recidives dans le cancer dusein. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1922, 48: 1094.—Schwartz, M. A. Sur les recidives dans le cancer du sein. Gynecologie, 1923, 22: 45-7.—Steward, F. J. Cancer of the breast; recurrence 31 years after operation. Brit. M.J, 1925, 1: 156.—Summers, J.E. Recurrences in cancers of the breast. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 81: 873-5.—Tod, M. C, & Bawson, E. K. Carcinoma of the breast; survival for 24 years with local recurrences and metas- tases in the opposite breast and axilla. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1936, 62: 91, pi.—Tuffier. Cancer du sein opere, immobilite du bras en abduction, en position verticale, suivant la technique de Wilhelm. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1922, 48: 1110. Also Gyne- cologie, 1923, 22: 47-9.—Vanverts, J. Les recidives du cancer du sein. Ibid, 49.—Wakeley, C. P. G. A case of carcinoma of the breast; death 13^ years after operation from diffuse secondary deposits. Brit. J. Surg, 1923-24, 11: 775-7— Walter. Sur les recidives dans le cancer du sein. Gynecologie, 1923, 22: 107-9 — Walther. Sur les recidives dans le cancer du sein. Bull. Soc. chir Paris, 1922, 48: 1302-6.—Wiart. Recidive des cancers du sein! Ibid, 979-91. Also Gynecologie, 1923, 22: 36-43 — Withers, S. A study of 65 cases of cancer of the breast recurrent after operation. Colorado M, 1935, 32: 100-4—Woolsey, G. Late recurrence after radical operation for carcinoma of the breast. Ann. Surg, 1924, 80: 932-8. ---- Cancer: Recurrence, heterotopic. Bergonie & Mathey-Cornat. Radiotherapie intensive pour metastase abdominale d'un cancer du sein opera. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1924) 1925, 96. Also Gaz. sc. nted. Bor- deaux, 1924, 45: 236.—Berthier, Rouit & Mockers. Cancer massif du poumon chez une femme operee 16 ans avant d'une tumeur du sein Marseille med, 1932, 69:43.—Brito Foresti, C, & Cozzohno, T F Metastasis osea craneana secundaria a un neoplasma del seno operado. An. Fac. med, Montev, 1929, 14: 134-41.— Belbet P. De la frequence des recidives pleuro-pulmonaires dans les cancers du sein operas et traites par les methodes mo- dernes. Neoplasmes, 1924, 3: 202-10—Bemole. Douleurs scia- tiques et crises d'epilepsie jacksonienne, dues selon toute proba- bilite aux metastases multiples d'un neoplasme du sein opere en 1910 Rev. nted. Suisse rom, 1915, 35: 409—Bunet & Polios- son Recidive abdominale d'un cancer du sein 14 ans apres une intervention. Lyon med, 1923, 132: 17-Hindse-Nielsen, S [Cancer of the mammary gland with metastasis in the peri- toneum-ileus-23 years after radical operation] Hospitalstidende, 1934f?™: Dansk. kir. selsk. forh.) 96. Also Zbl. Chir, 1934, 61: 1646^-8 —Kaplan, I. I. A case of diffuse skeletal metastasis fol- lowing radical removal of both breasts. Am J. Surg, 1932, ns 16- 25-7 —Laborde, S, Jouveau-Bubreuil, H, A Roques, A. Lesions osseuses multiples chez une femme operee d'un epithelio- ma du sein. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1925 14: 485-93—Le Fur, R Un cas dtepitlteliome des os du pied et de la jambe secondaire a un cancer du sein oper6 depuis 3 ans et non recidive. Bull. Soc chir Paris, 1930, 22: 194-209—Louste, Caillau & Mezard. Generalisation spetialement cutanee d'un n6oplasme du sein operefl 5 aIi ans Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1933, 40: 97-100- Marchand, L, Beaudoin, H, A Royer, J. Cancer du sein, operation; metastases cerebrates consecutives. Ann anat. nath Par 1933 10: 190-2—Mathey-Cornat. Radiotherapie intensive pour metastase abdominale d'un cancer du sein oper6. Arch electr. med, 1924, 34: 144-6.-Melchior, E. Multiple Oelcvsten als Scheinrezidive ernes Mammacarcinoms. Chi- rure 1932 4- 229-31— Natoli, G. Intorno ad un caso di carcinosi osteoclast'ica del bacino da carcinoma operato della mammella. RiV ostet gin 1927, 9: 41-3.-Palumbo, V. Metastasi ossee del bacino'da carcinoma mammario operato; radioterapia; esiti. 154 BREAST BREAST Riforma med, 1926, 42: 515.—Rouhier, G. Metastases criblant les 2 poumons et confluentes dans les regions hilaires chez une op6ree de cancer du sein, sans aucun symptome respiratoire, mais avec des crises douloureuses dont certaines a type cardialgi- que. Mem. Acad, chir. Par, 1936, 62: 1416-9. ---- Cancer: Recurrence: Treatment. Ferrandi, X. *Contribution a l'etude des recidives du cancer du sein et de leur traitement [Lyon] 51p. 8? Bourg, 1935. Friedrichs, R. *Ueber Rontgenbestrahlung der Recidive und Metastasen des Mamma- carcinoms. 38p. 8? Wiirzb., 1926. Amundsen, P. Roentgen-radium treatment of cancer mam- mae, especially of recurrences following operation. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1927, 8: 598.—Anderson, C. C. The treatment of re- current carcinoma of the breast. N. Zealand M.J, 1930-31, 29: 134-9.—Beck, E. G. Recurrent carcinoma of the breast (supra- clavicular resection) Internat. Clin, 1922, 32.ser, 1: 127.— Berard, L, Berard, M, & Bargent, M. Desarticulation inter- scapulo-thoracique pour une recidive de cancer du sein. Lyon chir, 1936, 33: 201-7.—Berard, L, & Pollosson, E. A propos d'un nouveau cas de desarticulation interscapulothoracique dans le cancer du sein. Ibid, 33: 582.—Coventry, W. A. X-ray and metastases in breast cancer. Minnesota M, 1926, 9: 316- 20.—Burand-Bastes. Recidive d'un cancer du sein 20 ans apres l'operation; curietherapie; guerison durable. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Par, 1933, 22: 253.—Goriainova, R. V, & Zandberg, S. M. [Roentgentherapy of cancer of the mammary gland treatment of metastases of the bones] Vest, rentg, 1933, 12: 342-53.—Handley, W. S. The radium treatment of sternal recurrences in cancer of the breast. Clin. J, Lond, 1927, 56: 73-6.—Hedri, A. Die Befreiung der Vena subclavia beim cy- anotischen Oedem. Zbl. Chir, 1921, 48: 1678-80.—Hernaman- Johnson, F. Painful recurrent carcinoma mammae treated by selenium and X-rays with immediate relief from first injection. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934-35, 28: 1182.—Hintze, A. Mam- macarcinomrezidive, nach Rontgenbestrahlung 5 Jahre und mehr klinisch geheilt. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 2187.—Leddy, E. T, A Besjardins, A. U. The treatment of inoperable, re- current and metastatic carcinoma of the breast. Am. J. Roentg, 1936, 35: 371-83. Also Collect. Papers Mayo Clin, 1935, 27: 1051.—Lee, B. J. Treatment of recurrent inoperable carcinoma of breast by radium and Roentgen ray. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 79: 1574-6. Also Radium Rep. Mem. Hosp. N. York (1923) 1924, 153-61. -----& Tannenbaum, N. E. Recurrent inoper- able carcinoma of the breast; an analysis of 363 cases treated by radium and roentgen ray. J. Am. M. Ass, 1926, 86: 250-6.— Mocquot, P. A propos de la desarticulation de l'6paule dans les recidives de cancer du sein. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1921, 47: 905.—Neill, W. jr. A case illustrating the value of radium in recurrent carcinoma of the breast. Radiology, 1925, 5: 343.— Proust. I e traitement radiotlterapique des metastases osseuses du cancer du sein. Strasbourg med, 1929, 89: 7A.—Prudente, A. La desarticulation inter-scapulo-thoracique dans des cas de recidive de cancer du sein avec metastases axillaires inoperables par acccs direct. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1936, 3.ser, 116: 318-21.—Swanberg, H. Recurrent carcinoma of breast, with Roentgen-ray fibrosis. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 85: 1059.—Turner. Desarticulation du bras pour recidive axillaire d'un cancer du sein, avec elephantiasis douloureux du bras. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1921, 47:882. ---- Cancer: Recurrence—in second breast. Cumston, C. G. The recurrence of cancer in the opposite breast. Internat. Clin, 1923, 33.ser, 2: 282-7.—Harrington, S. W. Bilateral primary carcinoma of the breast with an interval of 25 years between occurences. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1929, 9: 132.—Kilgore, A. R. The incidence of cancer in the second breast; after radical removal of one breast for cancer. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921, 77: 454-7.—Villar, R. Cancer non simultane des 2 seins. Gaz. sc. nted. Bordeaux, 1923, 44: 569. ---- Cancer: Spontaneous cure. Hoffman, W. J. Spontaneous disappearance of metastatic nodules from carcinoma of breast, following irradiation of ovaries. Surg. Clin. NT. America, 1933, 13: 494-8— Papadopoulo, T. [et al.] Un cas de guerison d'epitltelioma du sein a la suite d'infection grave de la tumeur. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1934, 60: 214-6. ---- Cancer: Statistics. See also Breast, Cancer: Surgery: Statistics; Breast, Cancer: Treatment: Statistics. Bulk ley, L. D. Cancer of the breast, with a studv of 250 cases in private practice. 336p. S? Phila., 1924. Etesse, A. A. *Etude statistique de 159 cas des cancers du sein; travail du centre antican- cereux de Rennes. 40p. 8? Par., 1932. Frankau, A. *Statistische Mitteilungen iiber Mammacarcinom auf Grund der in den Jahren 1903-13 an der Kgl. chirurgischen Poliklinik zu Munchen beobachteten Falle [Munchen] 40p. 8? Berl., 1914. Gassmayer, J. *Beitrag zur Statistik des Mammakarzinoms. 34p. 8? Wiirzb., 1915. Goldstein-Katzowitsch, M. *Uebersicht iiber die im Zuricher pathologischen Institut in den Jahren 1911-18 sezierten Mammacarcinome [Zurich] 46p. 8? Berl., 1921. Meier, U. M. *Die in den Jahren 1898-1920 an der Kantonalen Krankenanstalt in Aarau beobachteten Falle von Brustkrebs (ein Beitrag zur Mammacarcinom-Statistik) [Zurich] 39p. 8? Berl., 1927. Also Beitr. klin. Chir, 1927, 140: Bacon, L. C. Case of carcinoma of the breast. Journal- lancet, 1923, 43: 223.—Bulkley, L. B. Cancer of the breast; a study of 250 cases in private practice. Am. J. Clin. M, 1923, 30: 319; 479; 556.—Calonne, R. Un cas de cancer du sein. Ann. Soc. beige nted. trop, 1934, 14: 523.—Chatellier & Nanta. Epi- thelioma primitif de la glande mammaire et ganglion. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1924, 31: 500.—Clopton, M. B. Cancer of the breast. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1934, 58: 438—Colt, G. H. A note on a case of carcinoma mammae. Lancet, Lond, 1922, 2: 710.—Bonchess, J. C. Carcinoma of the breast in New Hamp- shire; a preliminary report. N. England J.M, 1935, 213: 752- 6.—Bufresne, E. Quelques observations de cancers du sein. Union med. Canada, 1934, 63: 134-40.—Feist, G. H, & Bauer, A. W. Zur Statistik des Brustkrebses. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1922, 125: 636-68.—Gentile, A, Murphey, B. R. jr, & Lehman, E. P. Carcinoma of the breast, a statistical fallacy. Am. J. Surg, 1934, n.s. 25: 91-6.—Greenough, R. B. Carcinoma of the breast at the Massachusetts General Hospital, 1918, 1919, 1920. South. M.J, 1925, 18: 187-92— Gutierre, A, & Ruiz, V. Con- sideraciones sobre 307 casos de cancer mamario. Congr. argent. cir, 1930, 970-9. Also Rev. cir, B. Air, 1931, 10: 341-8 — Hansen, R. Cancer of the breast, with report of case. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1923, 13: 388-91—Hoist, S. F. [Contribution to the statistics of mammary cancer] Norsk mag. laegevid, 1920, 81: 272-89.—Jiingling, 0. Zur Frage der Statistik des Mammakar- zinoms; Vorschlage zu einer Normierung. Zbl. Chir, 1926, 53: 1490-8.—Kagan, C. S. [Clinical cases of cancer of the mammary glands] Vest, khir, 1929, 16: 182-204.—Kon, Y. Zur Statistik des Brustdriisenkarzinoms. Mitt. allg. Path, Sendai, 1933-35, 8: 433-7.—Kreyberg, L. [Observations on H. Dahl's case of cancer of breast] Med. rev, Bergen, 1928, 45: 154.—Lockwood, C. B. Carcinoma of the breast; a critical study of 25 cases. West. J. Surg, 1932, 40: 53-5.—Molinengo, L. Un caso di cancro di mammella ad evoluzione non comuno. Minerva med. Tor, 1929, 9: pt2, 535-7.—Pacheco, R. Dois casos de cancer do seio. Brasil med, 1920, 34: 334.—Potter, C. A review of 50 cases of cancer and 20 cases of pre-cancer of the breast. Med. Herald, 1924, 43: 27-31.—Shaw, J. Cancer of the female breast; a statistical study. Med. Times, Lond, 1922, 50: 59-61.—Shore, B. R. An obscure case of breast carcinoma. Am. J. Cancer, 1931, 15: 221-8— Tondo, F. Sul cancro della mammella. Studium, Nap, 1929, 19: 153-61.—Tytgat, E. Le bilan des dernieres annees en matiere de cancer du sein. Ann. Soc. nted. Gand, 1930, n.s, 9: 112-7. Also Brasil med, 1931, 45: 252-4.—Villata, G. II carcinoma della mammella; considerazioni cliniche statistiche. Arch. ital. chir, 1928, 20: 586-605. Also Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1927, 4.ser, 33: 192-8.—Wood, H. B. Cancer of the breast, a statistical study in Pennsylvania. Med. J. & Rec, 1928,128: 567-9—Wright, G. W. Some practical points relating to cancer of the female breast with review of 289 cases. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1934, 87: 145-9.—Wybert, A. Carcinoma del seno. Congr. argent, cir, 1930, 980-9. ---- Cancer: Surgery. See also Breast, Surgery. Antoine, T, & Pfab, B. Einiges fiber das Mammakarzinom. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1927, 201: 99-109.—Bartlett, E.I. The cura- bility of cancer of the breast. Tr. Pacific Coast Surg. Ass, 1933, 8: 39-50.—Bevan, A. B. Carcinoma of the breast. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1930, 10: 203-11—Childe, C. P. Surgery of breast cancer. Brit. M.J, 1921, 1: 401.—Cuervo, R. Tratamiento quirurgico del cancer del seno. Rev. nted. veracruz, 1921, 1: no.2, 8-15.—Else, J. E. Lowering the mortality in cancer of the breast. West. J. Surg, 1933, 41: 326-30.—Fedorov, S. P. [Sur- gical treatment of cancer of breast] Vrach. gaz, 1925, 29: 162-4.—Fogelson, L. I. [Surgical treatment of cancer of the breast] Klin, med, Moskva, 1924, 2: 237—Frank, R. T. The treatment of early cancer of the female genital tract and breast. Am. J. Surg, 1923, 37: 38—Handley, W. S. El estado actual del tratamiento operatorio del cancer de la mama. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1929, 4: 294-306.—Harrington, S. W. Diagnosis and surgical treatment of carcinoma of the breast. Collect. Papers Mayo Clin, 1935, 27: 851-63—Hess, E. P. [Surgical treatment of cancer of the breast] Vrach. gaz, 1925, 29: 234-6.—Himmel- mann, W, & Lehmann, W. Zur Klinik und Behandlung des BREAST 955 BREAST Brustkrebses. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1930, 150: 31-58— Ide, M. Cancers du sein operts. Rev. nted. Louvain, 1927, 173-6.—■ Judd, E. S. The surgical treatment of cancer of the breast. Am. J. Roentg, 1925, n.s, 13:411-4.—Le Bentu, A. Sur le traite- ment operatoire du cancer du sein. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1923, 49: 125-34.—Lewis, B. Surgical principles in cancer of the breast. Ann. Surg, 1935, 102: 252.—Neugebauer. Das Mam- makarzinom und seine Behandlung. Zbl. Chir, 1934, 51: 2588-91.—Nicolson, W. P, & Berman, M. B. Carcinoma of the breast. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1935, 38: 43-55.—Olivares, L. Terapeutica quirurnica del carcinoma de mama. Arch, med, Madr, 1925, 21: 4K9-500—Pistolese, F. Contributo alla chirur- gia del cancro della mammella. Gazz. med. nap, 1921, 4: 177; 201.—Saint, C. F. M. Principles involved in the operative treat- ment of carcinoma of the breast. S. Afr. M. Rec, 1925, 23; 330-2.—Shallow, T. A. Cancer of the breast is curable. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1935, 60: 464—Stewart, R. B. Cancer of the breast; a review of the present status of the operative treatment. J Kansas M. Soc, 1921, 21: 225-8—Steiner, P. [The surgical treatment of cancer of the breast] Orv. hetil, 1907, 51: 817; 837.—Surgical treatment of cancer of the breast. Lancet, Lond, 1924, 1: 1074.—Tailhefer, A. Etat actual du traitement chirur- gical des epitheliomas du sein. Paris med, 1932, 83: 244-9 — Trout, H. H. Carcinoma of the breast. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1935, 60: 476.—Unwin, W. H. Cancer of the breast; operative treatment. N. Zealand M.J, 1923-24, 22: 197-205.—Zucker- mann, C. Cirugia del cancer mamario. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1936, 11: 12-31. Also Rev. mex. cir. gin. cancer, 1936, 4: 13-32. ---- Cancer: Surgery: Complications. Beyer, R. Ueber das Auftreten von Oedemen, Bewegungs- und Sensibilitiitsstorungen nach Radikaloperation des Mam- makarzinoms. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1935, 161: 347-60.—Biesen- berger, H. Zur Verhiitung des chronischen Armodems nach Radikaloperation des Mammakarzinoms. Zbl. Chir, 1929, 56: 1802-4.—Blesh, A. L. Case of advanced carcinoma of breast; radical amputation followed by lvmpbangitis of arm. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1921, 14: 351.—Bull, P. [Death due to embolism in the lung after operation for cancer of the breast; demonstration of diseased organs] Norsk mag. laegevid, 1932, 93: [Forh. norsk med. selsk.] 59-61.—Guibe, M. Un cas de lym- phorragie tardive a la suite d'ablation du sein pour epithelioma. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1924, 50: 550-2.—Halsted, W. S. The swelling of the arm after operations for cancer of the breast; ele- phantiasis chirurgica, its cause and prevention. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1921, 32: 309-13.—Hartshorn, W. E. Postopera- tive swelling of the upper extremity, following operations on the breast and axilla. Boston M.&S.J, 1923, 188: 477-83.—Leriche. De la lymphorrrtee consecutive a ltevidement de l'aissele dans te traitement des cancers du sein. Lyon chir, 1923, 20: 370-3. ----- Note sur la lymphorrttee consecutive a l'ablation du sein et 1'evidement de l'aisselle. Ibid, 1924, 21: 798.—Patel & Vergnorv. De la lymphorrrtee consecutive a l'operation de Halsted pour cancer du sein. Gaz. hop, 1923, 96: 365. ---- Cancer: Surgery: Indications. Anderson, E. B. The examination of the blood in cases of cancer of the breast in regard to operation and prognosis. Glas- gow M.J, 1921, 95: 321; 402.—Bendick, A. J. The importance of a pelvic roentgenogram in the treatment of mammary cancer. Am. J. Roentg, 1927, n.s, 18: 244-6.—Cantelmo, O. Sulla utilita di una sistematica esplorazione radiologica vertebro- pelvi-femorale per perfezionare la indicazione operativa dei tumori maligni mammarii. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1935, 43:274-6.—Corcoran, W. L. Conservative surgical considerations in the treatment of cancer of the breast. N. York State J.M, 1932, 32: 910-4.—Crosthwait, W. L. The surgical aspect of cancer of the breast. Texas J.M, 1925-26, 21: 543-8—Beelman, H. T. [Cancer of the breast and reduction of mortality by early opera- tions] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1927, 71: pt2, 320-3—Edye, B. T. The place of surgery in the treatment of the later stages of cancer of the breast. Med. J. Australia, 1935, 2: 72-5— Frank, J. W. The value of roentgenography before operating breast malig- nancy. Hahneman. Month, 1923, 58: 145-51—Gamlen, H. E. Case of inoperable carcinoma of breast. Newcastle M.J, 1923-24, 4: 52.—Hunt, V. C. Operability of carcinoma of the breast. Northwest M, 1935, 34: 129-32.—Jackson, J. N. Can- cer of the female breast; factors influencing best surgical results. Memphis Month. J, 1925, 2: 29-33.—Jeanneney. Des limites locales a l'operabilite dans te cancer du sein (cancers adherents au thorax) Gynecologie, 1934, 33: 341-6—Levin, I. The rela- tive value of surgery, radium, and roentgen therapy in carci- noma of the breast. Am. J. Roentg, 1935, 33: 59-70— Montana, E. Algunas observaciones de cancer del seno inoperable. Rev. med. Bogota, 1934-35, 44: 709-19.—Newton, A. The place of surgery in earlv carcinoma of the breast. Med. J. Australia, 1935, 2: 69-72.—Schnitzler, J. Kritisches zur Operation des Mammakarzinoms. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1929, 42: 1656-61. ■---- Cancer: Surgery: Methods. Bauard L. *A propos de l'amputation par- tielle du sein dans l'epithelioma mammaire. 32p. 8? Par., 1931. Bartels, K. *Ein Beitrag zur chirurgischen Behandlung des Mammacarcinoms [Jenal 34p. 8? Wolmirstedt, 1932. Calvanico, R. II cancro mammario e i methodi da preferirsi nella sua estirpazione; con xxvin tavole in vero. 166p. fol. Roma, 1928. July, E. L'anesthesie regionale; son applica- tion au traitement chirurgical du cancer du sein. 51p. 8? Par., 1925. Andrejew, L. A. Die ortliche Betaubung bei radikaler Mammaamputation wegen Krebs. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1927. 201: 349-57.—Aperle, G. Sobre el procedimiento de Tansini para la amputation de la mama en caso de cancer. Siglo med 1921, 68: 789-93—Babcock, W. W. Palliative transplantation of the breast in cancer. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, 8: 777-81 — Beer, E. Incision for radical amputation of breast permitting closure of extensive defects. Ann. Surg, 1925, 81: 560-2 — Bevan, A. B. The choice and technic of surgical methods in the treatment of carcinoma of the breast. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1932, 7: 395-402—Bischof, L. Notwendige Erweiterung der Operation von Mammakarzinom. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1923-24, 183: 400-5—Bonneau, R. Amputation partielle du sein pour epithelioma. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1930, 22: 29-33.—Bullock, W. 0. Cancer of the breast; a new incision with a review of the technique. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1934, 46: 206-26. Also repr. Also Am. J. Surg, 1934, n.s, 24: 396-416.— Carajannopoulos & Godard, H. Le curage du creux sus-clavicu- laire dans le cancer du sein. Oeuvre (Delbet. P.) Par, 1932, 185-90.—Ciulla, M. La plastica del Parlavecchio nelle estese demolizione del seno. Cult. med. mod. Pal, 1923, 2: 193-9 — Coombe, R. The modern operation for cancer of the breast. Brit. M.J, 1921, 2: 1106-8.—Costantini, H. Peut-on resequer la veine axillaire dans le traitement du cancer du sein? Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1932, 58: 1284-6— Coughlin, W. T. Plastic re- construction of the axilla in the operation for cancer of the breast; report of author's first 50 cases. Tr. West. Surg. Ass, 1926, 36: 441-50. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1927, 45: 523-9—Banis, R. Contribution a l'etude des bases anatomiques de la chirurgie du cancer mammaire; nouvelle technique de l'ablation du sein; resultats obtenus. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1928, 5.ser, 8: 47-71.—Bartigues. Neoplasme du sein; mammectomie par- tielle. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1930, 22: 49.—Beaver, J. B, & Reimann, S. P. Adenocarcinoma of the left breast; radical am- putation, with dissection of the axillary contents. Surg.Clin. N. America, 1922, 2: 21-30.—Bepage, A, & Banis, R. L'ablation, du sein cancereux et des voies efferentes. Ann. Soc. sc. med. natur. Bruxelles, 1922. 605-12.—Buval, P, Alglave, & Faure, J. L. Ablation des ganglions sus-claviculaires au cours de l'amputation du sein cancereux. Paris chir, 1924, 16: 136.—Buval, P, & Redon, H. Un point de technique dans l'amputation du sein cancereux. J. chir. Par, 1933, 42: 497-500.—Buval, P, & Rouviere, H. Technique de l'extirpation des ganglions sus- claviculaires (en particulier dans les cancers du sein) Ibid, 41: 849-60.—Eggers, C. Radical operations for carcinoma of the breast; a preliminary excision of the tumor or ablation of the breast. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1932, 50: 427-31. Also Ann. Surg, 1932, 96: 1098-102.—Enderlen, E. Bemerkungen zu der Mittei- lung von Steigelmann; Beitrag zur Forderung der erweiterten Mammakarzinomoperation. Zbl. Chir, 1926, 53: 720.—Fiolle, M. Une technique d'ablation en bloc du sein cancereux et des ganglions sus-claviculaires. J. chir. Par, 1935, 45: 49-53.— Fitzwilliams, B. C. L. Nine cases of partial amputation of the breast for early carcinoma. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1936-37, 30: 166-8.—Friedman, L. Skin conservation in radical mastec- tomy for carcinoma. Ann. Surg, 1933, 97: 844-8.—Gatellier, J, & Oberlin, S. Une technique d'operation elargie du cancer du sein; curage sus-claviculaire execute en continuite avec le curage axillaire grace a la desarticulation temporaire de l'extremite interne de la clavicule. J. chir. Par, 1928, 31: 28-37.—Gentil, F. A amputacao da mama por carcinoma; tecnica operatoria. Arq. pat, Lisb, (1928) 1926, 1: 138-51—Gerlach, K. Zur Frage der Verhiitung der Hautrezidive nach Operation des Mammakar- zinoms mit dem elektrischen Messer. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1933, 158: 638-44.—Gibbon, J. H. Amputation of the breast for car- cinoma; the Stewart incision. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1921, 1: 185-95.—Goldschmidt, W. Verstfimmelnde oder nicht ver- stiimmelnde Radikalbehandlung des Mammakarzinoms? Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 656-9. ----- Soil man auf nicht- radikale Krebsoperationen verzichten? Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1935, 65: 46.—Grace, E. J. Simple mastectomy in cancer of breast. Am. J. Surg, 1937, 35: 512-4— Groff, S. H. Radical electrosurgical mastectomy; report of illustrative case. Ibid, 1932, n.s, 15: 23-5.—Guthrie, B. Radical operation for cancer of the breast. Tr. Ass. Physicians Mayo Clin. (1919) 1920, 1: 26-36.—Gutierrez, A. Carcinoma de mama; edema cronico de miembro superior; operaciones de Handley y de Kondoneon, desarticulation de hombro. Rev. As. med. argent, 1921, 34: sect. Soc. cir, 131-9.—Jackson, J. N. The requirements of technic in operations for cancer of the breast. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1920, 38:314-33. ----- Technic of operation for cancer of the female breast. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1931) 1932, 41: 283-301.----- The modern operation for cancer of the breast. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1931, 28: 513-6.—Jeanneney, G. Le groupe ganglionnaire scapulaire intero-externe dans le cancer du sein; deductions operatoires. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1929, 55: 306-8.—Jen- nings, J. E. Dissection of the axilla in radical operations for BREAST 956 BREAST cancer of the breast. Ann. Surg, 1926, 83: 770-3. ----- A complete operation for cancer of the breast. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 895-900.—Klopp, E. J. Tumors of the breast; the Stewart incision for radical amputation. Ibid, 1932, 12: 1485-99.—Lanos, J. Sur l'amputation partielle du sein pour epithelioma. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1930, 22: 52-4.—Lapeyre, L. Chirurgie du cancer du sein; r6sultats differents selon Page, sterilisation ovarienne par la radiotherapie. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1921, 30: 595-9.—Leighton, W. E. The radical operation for cancer of the breast. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1934, 31: 275. Also Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1934, 28: 612-4— Leo, G. Sur l'amputation partielle du sein pour epithelioma. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1930, 22: 54-65.—Lowry, N. H. Standardization of electrosurgery; radical operation for cancer of the breast taken as an example in general surgery. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1930, 50: 261-5.—Luciuet, G. Sur l'amputation partielle du sein pour epithelioma. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1930, 22: 50-2.—Mandl, F. Versuche zur Klarlegung der LymphverbSltnisse bei der Opera- tion des Brustdriisenkrebses. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1924, 37: 1257.—Mannini, R. Considerazione suite mammellettomie parziali par cancro. Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez.prat, 721-7.— Mason, J. T, & Rose, H. W. Carcinoma of the breast removed by actual cautery. West. J. Surg, 1931, 39: 821-7.—Mason, R. L. The radical operation for carcinoma of the breast. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, 8: 101-7.—Meabe, O.J. El metodo de election en la tecnica de la extirpation del carcinoma de la mama. Congr. argent, cir, 1930, 990-8.—Melnikov, A. [New technical principle in removal of cancer of mammary gland in one breast] Vest. khir, 1927, 9: 25; 79-84.—Miranda Norgren, E. G. La electroci- rugia como toilette de los carcinomas ulcerados de la mama. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air, 1932, 9: 381-7.—Morton, C. A. Malignant diseases of the breast; with special reference to the supraclavicular extension of the operation. Brit. M.J, 1923, 1: 178-82.—Nahmmacher, F. Die erweiterte Behandlung des Mammacarcinoms. Strahlentherapie, 1928, 30: 490-6.—Nean- der, A. [Observations on radical operation on cancer of the breast] Hygiea, Stockh, 1919, 81: 937-52.—Neis, P. L'ampu- tation partielle du sein dans l'6pith61ioma. Clinique, Par, 1931, 26: 29.—Percy, J. F. A new and advanced surgical treatment for breast cancer. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1921, 33: 417-23. Also Southwest. M.,1922, 6: 198-205. ----- Cautery surgery in breast carcinoma (illustrated by motion picture) Tr. West. Surg. Ass, 1928, 38: 87-90.—Perthes, G. Bemerkung zu der Mitteilung von Steigelmann: Beitrag zur Forderung der er- weiterten Mammakarzinomoperation. Zbl. Chir, 1925, 52: 2837.—Quenu, J. La suture de la peau apres l'amputation du sein pour cancer. Bull, nted. Par, 1932, 46: 823-5.—Ramirez Calderon, H. La nueva tecnica belga Danis-Depage para la extirpation del cancer de mama. Bol. Inst. med. exp. can- cer, B. Air, 1930, 7: 1364-74.—Razetti. El cancer del seno y la operation de Halsted. Gac. m6d. Caracas, 1923, 30: 81-3.— Ruben£-^uval, H. Sur l'amputation partielle du sein pour epithelioma; au sujet du traitement des cancers du sein, con- siderations sur la collaboration des chirurgiens et des histolo- gistes. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1930, 22: 45-9.—Semken, G. H. Thoracotomy in breast cancer. Ann. Surg, 1927, 85: 146-51.— Seybolt, R. F. A resection for mammary carcinoma in 1718 [by Zabdiel Boylston, Boston Gazette, Nov. 28, 1720] N. England J.M, 1929, 200: 711.— Sittenfield, M. J. Sterilization of the ovaries as an auxiliary treatment in cancer of the breast. Radiol. Rev, 19J7, 59: 41-3.—Smith, E. G. Sterilization in carcinoma of the breast. Am. J. Roentg, 1936, 36: 65-72.—Smith, R. S. A two-flap incision for cancer of the breast. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1926, 43: 95.—Steigelmann, G. Beitrag zur Forderung der er- weiterten Mammakarzinomoperation. Zbl. Chir, 1925, 52: 2522-5.—Taylor, G. W. Artificial menopause in carcinoma of the breast. N. England J.M, 1934, 211: 1138-40.—Thompson, J. E. The importance of removing supraclavicular glands in cases of cancer of the breast. Texas J.M, 1920-21, 16: 524-9.— Villar, J, & Mathey-Cornat, R. Cancer du sein extensif (avec adenopathie sus-claviculaire fixe) operation de Willy-Meyer. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1936, 24: 472-4.—Wallace, C. Interscapulo- thoracic amputation for carcinoma of breast. Brit. J. Surg, 1925-26, 13: 163.—Wischnewsky, A. W. Lokale Infiltrationsan- asthesie bei Brustdriisenkrebsoperationen. Zbl. Chir, 1928, 55: 1475-8. ---- Cancer: Surgery: Statistics. Bocquentin-Ducoste, G. *Le pronostic du cancer du sein opere\ 148p. 8? Par., 1932. Boulard, E. *Contribution a l'etude de la statistique de la survie apres l'operation du cancer du sein. 122p. 8? Par., 1922. Great Britain. Ministry of Health. Re- ports on public health and medical subjects. No. 34: a report on the late results of operation for cancer of the breast (Leeds) 20p. 8? Lond., 1926. Lane-Claypon, J. E. Report on the late results of operation for cancer of the breast. 143p. 8? Lond., 1928. Forms no. 51, Gr. Britain Minist. Health Rep. Pub. Health & Med. Subj. Magens, A. [G.] *Die primare Mortalitat der Mammacarcinome und ihre Heilerfolge nach Radikaloperation, eine Zusammenstellung von 185 Fallen vom Mammacarcinom aus dem Anschar-Krankenhause zu Kiel. 23p. S? Kiel, 1932. Perrot, M. *Etude anatomo-clinique des cancers du sein; recherches sur le pronostic post-operatoire. 172p. 8? Par., 1932. Schwiedler, H. *Ein Beitrag zur Therapie und Prognose des Mamma-Carcinoms; statisti- sche Zusammenstellung der in der chirurgi- schen Universitatsklinik zu Marburg in den Jahren 1904 bis 1914 behandelten Falle von Brustkrebs. 54p. 8? Marb., 1920. Wiesmann, E. *Ueber die Endresultate der in den Jahren 1896-1916 operierten Mamma- carcinome [Zurich] p. 181-211. 8? Tub., 1921. Also Beitr. klin. Chir, 1921, 122: Adair, F. E. The results of treatment of mammary carcino- ma. Ann. Surg, 1932, 95: 410-24— Ashhurst, A. P. C. Ad- vanced carcinoma of the breast; no recurrence 7 years after operation. Med. Surg. Rep. Episc. Hosp, Phila, 1920, 5: 297-9.—Auvray, M. Resultats 61oign6s du cancer du sein. P. verb. Congr. fr, chir, 1921, 30: 585-7.—Baatz, H. Beitrag zur Statistik der operativen Dauerheilungen des Mammakar- zinoms. Zbl. Chir, 1935, 62: 2066-9.—Berard, L. R6sultats eloignes du traitement du cancer du sein. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1921, 30: 556-64.—Berry, J, Low, W. [et al.] Late results of operation for carcinoma of the breast; report by a committee of the Medical Society of London. Brit. M.J, 1927, 2:1082-6 — Bonneau, R. Resultats eloignes de l'amputation du sein pour cancer. Paris chir, 1924, 16: 76.—Brattstrom, E. Ueber das Resultat der Operationen wegen Cancer mammae in den Jahren 1898-1915. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1920-21, 121: 636-41.—Brodier, H. Resultats eloignes du traitement du cancer du sein. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1921, 30: 602-6.—Buchanan, J. J. End results in amputation of the breast for cancer. Atlantic M.J, 1927-28 31: 634-6.—Bunts, F. E. End-results of operation for cancer of the breast. Tr. Am. Surg, Ass, 1922, 40: 22-8. [Discussion] 139-59. Also Ann. Surg, 1922, 76: 341-5—Buquet, A. Resul- tats 61oign6s de 10 cancer du sein operes. Paris chir, 1924, 16: 30.—Claiborn, L. N, A- Foster, L. C. Carcinoma of the breast; the results on radical surgery alone over a 10-year period. Yale J. Biol, 1935-36, 8: 269-78—Coventry, W. A, & Moe, R. J. A resume of 10 years of surgery for cancer of the breast. Tr. West. Surg. Ass, 1933, 43: 65-79. Also West. J. Surg, 1934, 42: 163-9. Also Minnesota M, 1935,18:131-4.—Bahl, R. H. Cancer mam- mae dextrae 1913 and 1927. Med. rev, Bergen, 1928, 45: 49-60.— Bahl-Iversen, E. [Late examination, of 109 radically operated patients with special regard to microscopic findings and fre- quency of relapses] Hospitalstidende, 1927, 70: 854-64—Bar- rach, W. Nineteen years' immunity from recurrence after opera- tion for breast carcinoma. Ann. Surg, 1931, 93: 1262-4.—Bavis, B. B. Further experience in cancer of the breast. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1925, 41: 342-7.—Belageniere, H. Resultats eloignes de l'intervention sanglante pour cancer du sein. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1921, 30: 564-75.—Belbet, P. Resultats 61oign6s du traitement du cancer du sein. Ibid, 588-91.—Bucuing. Sta- tistique personnelle de 106 cas de cancers du sein traites par la chirurgie seule; constations et reflexions. J. chir. Par, 1928, 31: 814-26.—Faure, J. L. Resultats 61oign6s de l'exstirpation du cancer du sein. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1921, 30: 587.—Forgue, E. Les resultats eioign6s de la chirurgie des cancers du sein. Monde nted, 1921, 30: 368-70. Also P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1921, 30: 472-500—Gage, H, & Adams, B. S. End-results of 100 cases of carcinoma of the breast. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1922, 40: 41-8. (Discussion), 193-59. Also Ann. Surg, 1922, 76: 346-51 — Greenough, R. B, & Taylor, G. W. Cancer of the breast; end- results; Massachusetts General Hospital 1921, 1922, and 1923. Tr. N. England Surg. Soc, 1933, 16: 81-95.—Grenade, L. Re- sultats eloignes du traitement du cancer du sein. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1921, 30: 545-56.—Harrington, S. W. Carcinoma of the breast; surgical treatment and results. J. Am. M. Ass, 1929, 92: 208-13. ----- Carcinoma of the breast; surgical treatment and results 3, 5, 10, 15, and 20 years after radical amputation. Journal lancet, 1934, 54: 542-8. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1933, 56: 438; 1934, 58: 440—Hartmann, H, & Bergeret, A. Resultats eloignes du traitement des cancers du sein. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1921, 30: 579-84.—Ill, E. J. Cancer of the breast; 32 years' experience. Ann. Surg, 1932, 95: 401-9.—Jackson, J. N, & Ogilvie, J. H. Technique of operation for cancer of the female breast; end-results in 129 cases 7 years after operation. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1932, 55: 742-6—Jessop, W. H. G. Results of operative treatment in carcinoma of the breast. Lancet, Lond, 1936, 2: 424-6.—Klingenstein, P. Late results in the operative treatment of carcinoma of the breast. Ann. Surg, 1932, 96: 286-91.—Lardennois, G, Leroux, R, & Perrot, M. Recherches sur le pronostic post-operatoire des cancers du sein. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1932, 21: 170-204.—Lee, B. J. A survey of 5-year results in the treatment of 355 cases of mammary cancer at the Mcmoria BREAST 957 BREAST Hospital, an estimate of the therapeutic value of irradiation alone and in conjunction with surgery. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1927, 45: 445-72. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1933, 56:437. -----& Cornell, N. W. A report of 87 primary operable cases of carcinoma of the breast; admitted to the New York Hospital prior to April 1, 1919. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1924, 42: 275-302. Also Ann. Surg, 1924, 80: 400-18.—Le Jemtel, M. Contribution statistique (151 cas) a l'etude des resultats eloignes du cancer du sein. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1921, 30: 600-2.—Lewis, B, & Rienhoff, W. F. jr. A study of the results of operations for the cure of cancer of the breast performed at the Johns Hopkins Hospital from 1889 to 1931. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1931, 49: 10-74. Also Ann. Surg, 1932, 95: 336-400.—Lockwood, C. B. Carcinoma of the breast; a critical study of 25 cases. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1931) 1932, 41: 271-6— McWilliams, C. A. Ultimate results of 98 bilateral mammary cancer operations. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1925, 43: 158-80.—Mathews, F. S. Results of operative treat- ment of cancer of the breast. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1932, 50: 358-68. Also Ann. Surg, 1932, 96: 871. ----- The 10-year survivors of radical mastectomy. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1933, 51: 155-63. Also Ann. Surg, 1933, 198: 635-43—Meyer, W. Late results after the radical operation for cancer of the breast. Tr. Philadelphia Acad. Surg, 1922, 22: 69-72. ----- On cancer in general and on late results after the radical operation for cancer of the breast; remarks on colonic anesthesia. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1925, 5: 425-32.—Mills, G. P. The prognosis of carcinoma mammae; a review of 169 cases. Brit. J. Surg, 1921, 9: 91-8.—Moschcowitz, A. V, Colp, R, & Klingenstein, P. Late results after amputation of the breast for carcinoma. Ann. Surg, 1926, 84: 174-84.—Nicolson, W. P, & Berman, M. B. Carcinoma of the breast; a studv of the 5 year end-results. Ibid, 1936, 103: 683-95.—Ogilvie, J. H. Some facts concerning a series of 129 cases of cancer of the breast 7 years after operation. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1931) 1932, 41: 277-82.—Overholt, R. H, & Eckerson, E. B. The treatment of cancer of the breast and the results of operation. N. England J.M, 1934, 211: 703-8. Also repr.—Perrotti, G. Considerazioni sopra 52 interventi per cancro della mammella. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1928, 33: 398- 405.—Potherat, E, & Potherat, G. Resultats eioign6s de la chirurgie du cancer du sein. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1921, 30: 591-5.—Quenu, J, & Bocquentin, G. Le pronostic du cancer du sein opere. Bull, med. Par, 1933, 47: 753-7.—Results of surgical treatment of carcinoma of the breast at the Women's Hospital, Birmingham. Birmingham M. Rev, 1936, 11: 95- 108.—Reynes, H. Resultats eioign6s du traitement du cancer du sein. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1921, 30: 599— Roffo, A. H. Sobre el tratamiento del cancer de la mama; resultados obtenidos en el instituto en 4 anos. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air, 1928, 4: 282-319.—Sadlier, J. E. A study of the case of carcinoma mammae operated upon by myself and the end-results obtained in them. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1923, 36: 235-9.—Sakaian, P. G. [Cancer of the breast, its surgical treatment and result] Russ. klin, 1924, 1: 393-400.—Schreiner, B. F. The results of treat- ment of cancer of the breast, based on a study of 489 cases; 1914- 25. Ann. Surg, 1931, 93: 269-77. ----- & Stenstrom, A. T. Enl-results in 563 cases of breast cancer. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1927, 44: 608-12.—Scott, A. C. jr. Five year cures of cancer of the breast and of melanoma. Ibid, 1935, 60: 465.—Simmons, C. C, Taylor, G. W, & Wallace, R. H. Cancer of the breast; end-re- sults. Tr. N. England Surg. Soc, 1933, 16: 96-122—Sistrunk, W. E. Cancer of the breast with a study of the results obtained in 218 cases. Pennsvlvania M.J, 1920-21, 24: 781-6. Also Journal-lancet, 1922, 42: 75-81. -----& McCarty, W. C. Life- expectancy following radical amputation for carcinoma of the breast; based on a clinical and pathological study of 218 cases. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1920) 1921, 33: 160-79. Also Ann. Surg, 1922, 75: 61-9.—Smith, R. R. Results of radical operation for carcinoma of the breast. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1934, 58: 446 — Stanton, E. M. The postoperative prognosis of cancer of the breast; report of a series of cases studied with reference to the rapidity of progress of the growth previous to the time of opera- tion. Arch. Surg, 1928, 16: 879-86. ----- Results after from 7 to 20 years in a series of cases studied with reference to the rapid- ity of preoperative growth. Ibid, 1935, 30: 629-34.—Tedenat, E. Amputation large d'un sein cancereux, en pleine septicemic (pyarthrose des 2 genoux, de la coxo-femorale droite en luxation) guerison durant depuis 29 ans. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Pans, 1933, 22: 88-91.—Tixier, L. A propos des resultats eloignes du traitement du cancer du sein. Lyon chir, 1922, 19: 673-8 — Trout, H. H. The remaining breast after radical removal of the opposite side for carcinoma. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1921) 1922, 33: 223-41. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1922, 34: 630-2.—Vanverts, J. Les resultats eloignes de l'ablation du cancer du sein. Prat. med. fr, 1923, 2: 3-14.—Villata, G. Risultati lontani nell'inter- vento per cancro della mammella. Cancro, Tor, 1934, 5: 251- 62 —Wainwright, J. M. Significance of lymph glands on the anterior surface of the pectoralis major muscle, its bearing on operative procedure and end results in breast cancer. Am. J. Surg 1929 n s. 7:671-4. ----- Survival after, operation for carcinoma'of the breast in women under 35. Bull. Moses Taylor Hosp, 1933, 2:73-5. ----- Breast carcinoma; survival after operation when the pectoral muscles are involved. Ibid, 76—Walther, C. Resultats eloignes du traitement du cancer du sein. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1921, 30: 500-45.-White, W C Late results of operation for carcinoma of the breast. Ann ' Surg 1927, 86: 695-701—Wiener, F. Resektion der Thoraxwand im Verlauf des Mamma-Carcinoms, mit besonde- rer Berucksichtigung der Dauerresultate. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1923 129 • 479-82 —Wiesmann, E. Ueber die Endresultate der in den Jahren 1896-1916 operierten Mamma-Carcinome. Ibid, 1921, 122: 181-211.-Wilkins, G. C, & Bwinell, G. F. Results in mammary carcinoma at the Elliot Hospital. Tr. N. England Surg. Soc, 1935, 18:40-51. ---- Cancer: Symptoms. See also Breast, Cancer: Diagnosis. Adair, F. E. Sanguineous discharge from the nipple and its significance in relation to cancer of the breast; a study based on 108 cases. Ann. Surg, 1930, 91:197-209.—Ascoli, M. Di un nuovo segno per la diagnosi di epitelioma della mammella. Policlinico, 1928, 35: sez. prat, 571-3.—Aubert, V, & Moiroud, P. Valeur de la douleur comme signe de debut du cancer du sein. Marseille m6d, 1922, 59: 833.—Auche, J. Considerations sur {'innervation sensitive de la region correspondant a l'angle inferieur de 1'omoplate, a propos de la douleur qu'y localisent certains cancereux du sein. J. nted. Bordeaux, 1932, 109: 927-9.—Begouin, P. Ecoulement de sang par le mamelon et cancer. Bull. Soc. nted. chir. Bordeaux (1922) 1923, 556-60. Also Bull. med. Quebec, 1923, 24: 178. Also Gaz. sc. nted. Bor- deaux, 1923, 44: 103.—Chavannaz, G. Sur la douleur dorsale dans le cancer du sein. Livre jub. (Hartmann, H.) Par., 1932,' 105-10.—Gilbride, J. J. Edema of upper extremity in carcinoma of mammary gland. Am. J. Surg, 1936, 32: 463-6.—Ginsburg, S. Pain in cancer of the breast; its clinical significance; with special reference to bone metastases. Am. J.M. Sc, 1926. 171: 520-35.—Haggard, W. B. The lump in the breast. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1927) 1928, 3: 130-5.— Hald, J. K. [Mammary hemorrhage and some remarks on can- cer statistics from Drammer's Hospital] Norsk mag. laegevid, 1922, 83: 592-601.—Howard, R. Lumps in the breast. Clin. J, Lond, 1927, 56: 349-55.—Keen, W. W. A painless, little lump only as big as the tip of ber little finger and yet, if neglected, it would surely have killed her, after months of terrible suffering. Boston M.&S.J, 1922, 187: 695.—Klages, F. Die blutende Mamma in ihrer Beziehung zum Brustdriisenkrebs. Arch. klin. Chir, 1931-32, 168: 743-61. Also Mschr. Krebsbekampf, 1933, 1: 97-101.—Lee, B. J. A case of carcinoma of the breast illustrating the significance of bleeding nipple. Surg. Clin. N. America; 1933, 13: 421.—Phihpowicz, I. Dte blutende Mamma als Vorkrebsstadium. Zbl. Chir, 1933, 60: 2603-5.— Phocas. Sur un signe particulier de cancer de la mammelle. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1927, 36: 908-13.—Rebattu. Paralysie recurrentielle, premier symptome d'un cancer du sein. Lyon med, 1924, 133: 334. ---- Cancer: Treatment. Beyme, F. *Beitrag zur Therapie der Mam- macarcinome. 19p. 8? Ziir., 1918. Ahumada, J. C, & Caviglia, A. Estado actual del trata- miento del cancer de la mama. Congr. argent cir, 1930, 931- 69.—Anderson, J. Surgical diathermy in breast cancer; the application of the arc electrode or cutting current to the radical operation. Brit. J. Surg, 1927-28, 15: 500-13.—Arnout, J. C. The medical and surgical elimination of mammary carcinoma. Am. J. Phys. Ther, 1930, 6: 501.—Balduzzi, A. L'elioterapia usata dopo l'amputazione della mammella per cancro. Idr. clim, 1922, 33: 34-42.—Bass, H. H. Carcinoma of the breast and its treatment by combined methods. Internat. J. Surg, 1927, 40: 149-52.—Baumgardner, L. O. Present status of man- agement of carcinoma of the breast. Am. J. Surg, 1932, n.s, 17: 233-6.—Behan, R. J. The treatment of cancer of the breast. Pennsylvania M.J, 1935-36, 39: 139.—Berard. Quel doit fitre actuellement le traitement des cancers du sein? Cancer, Brux, 1927, 4: special no, 224-45. Also Strasbourg nted, 1927, 85: pt 1, 116-28.—Briesen, B. von. Treatment methods of breast carcino- ma. Southwest. M, 1936,20:12— Bulkley.L.B. Cancer of the breast treated medically. Cancer, Phila, 1925, 2: 232; 1926-27, 4: 164.—Castano, C. A. Cancer del seno; su tratamiento. Dia med, B. Air, 1935, 7: 1039^2.—Cheatle, G. L. Cancer of the breast; treatment of the proemial breast. Brit. M.J, 1922, 1: 869-71.—Christie, A. C. The diagnosis and treatment of car- cinoma of the breast. Month. Bull. Kansas City S.W. Clin. Soc, 1936, 12: no.2, 4-7.—Becker, P. Traitement du carcinome du sein. Bull. Schweiz. Verein. Krebsbekampf, 1935,2:43-55.— Belageniere, Y. Cancer du sein de haute malignite avec rficidive post-operatoire rapide; s6roth6rapie anticanc6reuse; radicotomie posterieure cervicale pour n6vrite du plexus brachial; survie de pres de 4 ans. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1930, 19: 333-42.— Erskine, A. W. The management of cancer of the breast. J. Am. M. Ass, 1927, 89: 1402.—Etherington, F. Some points in the treatment of breast cancer. Canad. Pract, 1924, 49:372-5.— Fitzwilliams, B. C. L. The treatment of cancer of the breast. Practitioner, Lond, 1929, 122: 167-78. ----- The modern treatment of carcinoma of the breast. Ibid, 1930, 125: 483; 1934,132: 596. Also Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1935,138: 413-6. ----- Recent advances in the treatment of carcinoma of the breast. Ibid, 1933, 135: 416-21—Forgue. Traitement des cancers du sein. Bull. Soc. chir. Par, 1922, 48: 1363.—Fran- gella, A. Tratamiento actual del cancer del seno. Arch. urug. med, 1933, 2: 813-22—Galvez Almengaud, F. Sobre tratamiento del cancer mamario. Siglo med, 1931, 87: 701-5.— Gauducheau, R. Cancer du sein et physiotlterapte. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1936, 24: 289-95.—Greenough, R. B. Treat- ment of cancer of the breast. J. Cancer Res, 1923-24, 8:173-5.— Grier, G. W. Treatment of cancer of the breast. Pennsylvania M.J, 1934-35, 38:19-23.—Gunsett, A. Le traitement du cancer BREAST 958 BREAST du sein; etat actuel de la question. Gynecologie, 1934, 33: 347-81.—Handley, W. S. The treatment of inoperable ulcerated and fixed cancer of the breast by diathermy combined with use of radium in the axilla. Clin. J, Lond, 1926, 55: 229.—Herna- man-Johnson, F. The management of patients suffering from cancer of the breast. Lancet, Lond, 1929, 2:1125-8.—Holfelder. Der gegenwartige Stand der Behandlung des Brustkrebses. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 1704.—Horwitz, A. Treatment of far-advanced inoperable carcinoma of the breast by intravenous colloidal lead; report of a case. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1934, 3: 285.—Ide, M. Cancers du sein non opfires. Rev. med. Louvain, 1927, 152.—Janes, R. M. Present-day methods of treatment of carcinoma of the breast; indications for the use of each method. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1936, 35: 531-5.—Kelly, H. A, & Fricke, R. E. Problems in treatment of carcinoma of the breast. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1924, 38: 399-402—Keynes, G. The treatment of early breast cancer. Lancet, Lond, 1929, 1: 156.— King, J. C. The management of mammary cancer. Memphis M.J, 1936, 11: no.10, 15-33.—Kbnig, F. Betrachtungen iiber die Behandlung des Brustkrebses. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1924, 87: 270-7.—Krecke, A. Dte Behandlung des Brustkrebses im hoheren Alter. Beitr. prakt. Chir, 1934, 177.—Leahy, L. J. The nonoperative management of cancer of the breast. Med. J, N.Y, 1933, 138: 231-3—Modern (The) treat- ment of breast cancer. Practitioner, Lond, 1930, 125: 449-52.— Moore, J. T. A discussion of the present status of the treatment of cancer of the breast. Med. Rec, S. Ant, 1935, 29: 681-5 — Moran, H. M. The modern treatment of cancer of the breast. J. Cancer Res. Comm. Univ. Sydney, 1929, 1: 100-5. ----- The modern treatment of mammary cancer. Med. J. Australia, 1931, 2: 512, passim. Also Brit. M.J, 1935, 2: 889-91—Neuge- bauer, F. Der Krebs der Brustdriise und seine Behandlung. Erg. Chir. Orthop, 1925, 18: 239-307.—Neuman, E, & Coryn, G. Traitement des cancers du seiu. Cancer, Brux, 1924, 1: 107- 27.—Nicolson, W. P, jr. Palliation in advanced mammary carcinoma. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1933, 45: 240-57. Also Am. J. Surg, 1933, 20: 615-32. Also repr.—Proust, R. L'etat actuel du traitement du cancer du sein. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1922, 11: 445-54.—Quick, B. Treatment of cancer of the breast. Proc. Connecticut M. Soc, 1934,142:177-96.—Redwitz, E. von. Ueber den heutigen Stand der Behandlung des Brustkrebses. Chi- rurg, Berl, 1928-29, 1: 993-1001.—Rolenson, J. R. Tratamiento moderno del cancer de la mama. Bol. As. nted. Puerto Rico, 1930, 22: 1772.—Roosen, R. Isaminblau gegen inoperablen Brustkrebs. Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1926, 24: 35-7—Rubens- Buval, H. La proteinotherapie spetifique employee* comme complement de la chirurgie des cancers du sein. Rev. chir. Par, 1935, 73: 604-13.—Schloffer, H. Fehler bei der Behandlung des Brustkrebses. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926,22:1023-6—Schmidt, W. H. Eleetrothermic methods in the treatment of inoperable cancer of the breast. Phys. Ther, 1927, 45: 569-80. Also Arch. Phys. Ther, 1928, 9: 13-7.—Schurch, O. Zur Behandlung des Mammakarzinoms. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1929, 59: 1387-90 — Sherwin, C. F. Carcinoma of the breast, its diagnosis and treat- ment. J. MissouriM. Ass, 1922,19:425-8.—Simons, A. Anam- nestische Ergebnisse bei Mammacarcinomen mit besonderer Berucksichtigung ihrer Bedeutung fiir die Therapie. Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1922, 19: 56-73.—Soiland, A. The management of breast cancer. J. Am. M. Ass, 1932, 98: 786-8. Also South- west M, 1932,16: 493. Also repr.—Willmoth, A. B. The use of physical energies in the diagnosis and treatment of cancer of the breast. Med. Aits, 1934, 37: 210-4.—Wilson, A. Cancer of the breast; prognosis, treatment (other than surgical) and preven- tion. N. Zealand M.J, 1923-24, 22: 214-24. ---- Cancer: Treatment, chemical. Le Berry, J. A proposito del cancer de los senos y del litero (metodo del Dr Baronaki) Sem. med, B. Air, 1927, 34: pt2 913.—Strobell, C. W. Painless, non-disseminating chemical removal of inoperable cancer of breast and axillary nodes, with report of the first 40 cases/1898-1920. N.York State J.M, 1921, 21: 411-7. ----- Remarkable freedom from local recurrence following chemical removal of advanced cancerous breast. Ibid, 1923, 23: 27-9. ----- The role of X-rays in the Strobell chemical operation for cancer of breast. Am. J. Electrother, 1925, 43:88-92. ----- Observations concerning painless chem- ical (zinc chloride) removal of 80 inoperable cancerous breasts, with outline of technic. Med. Herald, 1931, 5: 325-8. ----- Inoperable cancer of the breast removed with zinc chloride (a case report) Clin. M.&S, 1935, 42: 173-5. ---- Cancer: Treatment: Radiotherapy. Gliksman, S. *Les resultats fournis par la radiotherapie dans le traitement des cancers du sein. 146p. 8? Par., 1927. Gottfried, S. indications de la radio- therapie profonde dans les cancers du sein; resultats clinique observes. 68p. 8? Par., 1928. Lehmann, W. *Bestrahlungsergebnisse bei den Fallen von Mammakarzinom der Chirurgi- schen Universitatsklinik zu Bonn aus den Jahren 1916-25 im Vergleich mit den Ergeb- nissen der operativen Behandlung aus den Jahren 1908-25. 35p. 8? Bonn, 1931. Adair, F. E. The response of various types of breast cancer to radiation. Radiology, 1929, 13: 319-22. ----- The value of interstital radiation as evidenced in 2 cases of mammary cancer; failure of heavy external radiation to control growth. Radiol. Rev, 1930, 52: 140-2.—Audan. Quelques reflexions et r6sultats personnnels des traitements radiothferapiques des cancers du sein. Arch, electr. med, 1925, 35: 70-3. Also J. radiol. 61ectr, 1925, 9: 515-8.—Barrow, S. C. The treatment of carcinoma of the breast by radiation. Tristate M.J, 1930-31, 3: 486.— Begouin. Le cancer du sein est-il guerissable par la radiothe- rapie? Bull. Soc. m6d. chir. Bordeaux (1923) 1924, 419-26. Also Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1924, 45: 11-3.—Borak, J. Die Aus- sichten der Strahlentherapie bei den Adenokarzinomen der Mamma. Strahlentherapie, 1934, 49: 263-90.—Bordier, H. Deux cas de gu6rison de cancer du sein suivie de metastase, 2 ans et 3 ans apres te traitement radiotlterapique. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1924,12: 41-5.—Brams, J. The role of radia- tion in the management of carcinoma of the breast. Illinois M.J, 1936, 69: 345-9.—Buchholz, K. Die Behandlung des Mammacarcinoms. Strahlentherapie, 1928, 29: 698-706.— Burton, J. L, & Pack, G. T. Irradiation of mammary cancer with special reference to measured tissue dosage; an evolution toward an ideal method. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1931, 12: 416- 54.—Chambacher, C, & Rieder, W. Contribution a l'etude du traitement du cancer du sein par la radiotherapie penetrante. Presse nted, 1925, 33: 1718; 1934, 499.—Cheatle, G. L. Treat- ment of mammary carcinoma by radiation. Brit. M.J, 1930, 1: 807-11.—Cohn, L. C. Benign breast lesions, with special con- sideration of border-line tumors; cancer of the breast and the newer conception of preoperative irradiation. West Virginia M.J, 1936, 32: 1-9.—Coliez, R. Importance de la technique dans le traitement radiotlterapique du cancer du sein. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1923, 12: 416-28.—Bautwitz, F. Beitrag zur Radiumbehandlung der blutenden Mamma. Strahlentherapie, 1930, 38: 710-8.—Besjardins, A. U. Radiation in cancer of the breast. Texas J.M, 1923-24, 19: 384-91.—Bieterich, W. Die Entwicklung der Strahlentherapie des Brustkrebses. Vereinsbl. pfalz. Aerzte, 1925, 37: 92-7.—Bresser, R, & Pelletier, V. A. The radiological management of cancer of the breast. N. England J.M, 1936, 214: 720-3.—Ernst, E. C. Radiological viewpoint of cancer of the breast. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1934, 31: 277-81.— Fayard. Cicatrisation d'une ulceration neoplasique du sein par la radiotherapie. Loire nted, 1924, 38: 526-9.—Finzi, N. S. X-rays and radium in the treatment of carcinoma of the breast. Brit. M.J, 1927, 2: 728-33.—Foveau de Courmelles. La radio- therapie combinee du sein et des ovaires contre les tumeurs du sein. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1922, 174: 503—Fricke, R. E. Treat- ment of carcinoma of the breast. Radiology, 1927, 8: 39.— Ganz, E. Das Schicksal der im Rontgeninstitut behandelten Mammakarzinompatienten der Jahre 1920-32; Ziircher Erfah- rungen. Strahlentherapie, 1936, 57: 413-44.—Garcia Bonato, C.J. Radioterapia del cancer de la mama. Progr. clin, Madr, 1928, 36: 465-80.—Gelli, G. Radioterapia intensiva di un carci- noma mammario; note cliniche e istopatologiche. Actinotera- pia, Nap, 1923, 3: 1-56.—Gherardi, B. Neoplasie toraciche (in speciale modo carcinoma della mammella) e problemi tecnici nella loro radium-rbntgen-terapia profonda intensiva. Ibid, 1924, 4: 257-359.—Glauner, R. Bestrahlungsresultate beim inoperablen Mammakarzinom. Strahlentherapie, 1935, 54: 420-7.—Graham, A. Cancer of the breast, with particular reference to irradiation as a factor in the end-results. Pennsylvania M.J, 1935-36, 39: 561-72.—Groover, Christie & Merritt. The present status of Roentgen and radium treatment of cancer of the breast. J. Radiol, 1921, 2: no.8, 39-45.—Guedes, B. Die Strahlenbe- handlung des Mammakarzinoms. Internat. Radiother, Darmst, 1927-28, 3: 1095-7.—Gunsett, A. Cancers du sein; radiations. Cancer, Brux, 1927, 4: 245-99. Also Strasbourg med, 1927, 85: pt 1, 129-37.—Hamilton, C. M. The importance of radiation in cancer of the breast. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1924-25, 17: 353-5.—Hermet, P. La radiotherapie dans le traite- ment du cancer du sein (a l'exclusion des r6cidives et des me- tastases) Paris med, 1936, 99: 233-42.—Holfelder, H. Der ge- genwartige Stand der Strahlenbehandlung des Brustkrebses. Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 213; 255. —— Dte Strahlenbe- handlung von fortgeschrittenem Brustkrebs. Strahlentherapie, 1936, 56: 97-105.—Holmes, G. W. Present status of radiation treatment of carcinoma of the breast. Bull. Am. Coll. Sur- geons, 1929, 13: 46-9.—Hutchison, R. G. The value of radiation therapy in the treatment of carcinoma of the breast; a critical analysis of published statistics. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1936, 62: 653-64.—Johnson, J. B. The radiological treatment of carci- noma of the breast. Texas J.M, 1925-26, 21: 548-51—Joly. Cancers du sein traites primitivement par la radiotherapie ultra-pen6trante. Bull. Soc. radiol. nted. France, 1923, 11: 99- 107.—Kaplan, 1.1, & Rosh, R. Irradiation in carcinoma of the breast. Ann. Surg, 1933, 97: 62-7.—Keynes, G. Radiological treatment of carcinoma of the breast. Brit. J. Radiol, 1930, n.s, 3: 279-81. Also Lancet, Lond, 1936, 1: 480-2.— Lammers, H. [Results of radiotherapy in cancer of the female breast from 1915 to 1925] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1920, 70: pt2, 1396-410.— Larrain, V, & Guzman, O. Cancer inoperable de la mama y radioterapia. Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1933, 11: 13-7— Lee, B. J. Results to date in the treatment of primary inoperable carcinoma of the breast by radiation; a report of 83 cases in the Breast Clinic at the Memorial Hospital, New York. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1922, 40: 29-40 [Discussion] 139-59. Also Am. J. Roentg, 1923, n.s, 10: 62-7. Also Ann. Surg, 1922. 76: 359-85. Also Radium Ren. Mem. Hosp. N.York (1923) 1924,162-73. Also Canad. Pract. & Rev, 1924, 49: 141-7.-----Technique and results in the BREAST 959 BREAST treatment of carcinoma of the breast by radiation. Radium Rep. Mem. Hosp. N. York, 1924, 145-52. ----- The thera- peutic value of irradiation in the treatment of mammary cancer; a survey of 5-year results in 355 cases treated at the Memorial Hospital of New York. Ann. Surg, 1928, 88: 26-47. ----- Cancer of the breast treated exclusively by radiation therapy Am. J. Surg, 1930, n.s, 8: 134-6. ----- Interstitial irradiation of mammary cancer with special reference to measured tissue dosage; a supplementary report. Am. J. Roentg, 1932, 27: 547-61. ----- & Herendeen, R. E. The treatment of primary inoperable carcinoma of the breast by radiation; a report of 54 cases from the Breast Clinic. Radiology, 1924, 2: 121-36.— Leriche & Arcelin. Mort rapide apres ablation d'un cancer du sein traite 11 mois auparavant par la radiotherapie. Lyon chir, 1923, 20: 675-7.—Lockwood, I. H. Radiation in carcinoma of the breast. J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1931, 28: 51-5.—McCullough, J. F. Results of radiological treatment of carcinoma of the breast. Radiology, 1925, 4: 395-406.—MacFee, W. F. The treat- ment of advanced cancer of the breast. Ibid, 1931,16: 687-93.— McKinney, J. T. Treatment; X-ray and radium—end results Virginia M. Month, 1933, 60: 377-80.—Martin, C. L. New de- velopments in irradiation therapv of breast cancer. Texas J.M, 1933, 29: 186-91.—Meland, O. N. The therapeutic value of radiation in carcinoma of the breast. Radiol. Rev, 1929, 51: 262. ----- Experiences in interstitial irradiation of car- cinoma of the breast. Am. J. Roentg, 1932, 28: 223 Also Radiol. Rev, 1932, 54: 53-6. ----- The place of interstitial irradiation in cancer of the breast. Am. J. Roentg, 1936 35- 348-58.—Melchart, F, & Schloss, W. Die Radium-Rbntgen- Simultantherapie des Mammakarzinoms. Strahlentherapie, 1935, 52: 20-30.—Moran, H. M. Radiation treatment of breast cancer. Brit. M.J, 1935, 2: 686.—Nisbet, A. T. Place of deep therapy in carcinoma of the breast. Med. J. Australia, 1935, 2: 75-80.—O'Brien, F. W. Irradiation of primary cancer of the breast. N. England J.M., 1930, 202: 897-901.—Opitz, E. Prin- ciples of radiotherapy of carcinomata especially of uterine and mammary carcinomata. Am. J. Roentg, 1923, n.s, 10: 312-9.— Oppert, E. Expose du traitement actuel des cancers du sein par les radiations. Paris chir, 1927, 19: 143-54.—Paul, J, & Keith, B. Y. Radiation therapy in cancer of the breast. Kentucky M.J, 1926, 24: 86-90—Perry, G. X-ray and radium treatment of cancer of the breast. Illinois M.J, 1935, 67: 129-34. ----- Rad ium and other irradiation therapy in breast cancer. Radiol Rev, 1935, 57: 55-7.—Perussia, F. Raggi X e radium nella cura del carcinoma mammario. Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med 1922-23,12:58. Also Radiol, med, Milano, 1922, 9: 493-9. Also Gazz. med. lombard, 1923, 82: 29-31. Also Gazz. med. sicil, 1923, 26: 1-7.—Peter, G. Radioterapia del carcinoma de la mama. Rev. As. med. mex, 1929, no.24, 10.—Pfahler, G. E. Radium combined with X-ray treatment in carcinoma of the breast. Am. J. Roentg, 1921, n.s, 8: 661-8 [Discussion] 671-3. ----- Radiotherapy in carcinoma of the breast. Boston M.& S.J, 1922, 186: 318. Also Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1923, 30: 46- 56 Also South. M.J, 1924, 17: 203-7. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1922, 35: 217-26.-----■ Results of radiation therapy in 1,022 private cases of carcinoma of the breast from 1902 to 1928 (includ- ing 127 cases in which radium and roentgen rays were combined) Am. J. Roentg, 1932, 27: 497-508. ----- Irradiation therapy in cancer of the breast. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1933, 28: 602-4. -----& Vastine, J. H. Technique and results of irradiation in carcinoma of the breast; a review of 1,129 private cases. Am. J. Roentg, 1935, 33: 41-9.—Pfahler, G. E, & Widmann, B. P. Statistical study of radiation therapy in 801 cases of carcinoma of the breast. Ibid, 1925, n.s, 14: 550-62. Also repr. ----- The relative value of various technics in the radiation treatment of carcinoma of the breast, as reflected in the statistical analysis of 701 private cases, with observations as to the general value of radiation. Radiology, 1926, 6: 493-503.— Ponzio, M. Radio- therapie der Brustdriisenkarzinome. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 1097.—Portmann, XJ. V. The role of radiation in the treatment of cancer of the breast. Radiology, 1925, 5: 286-305.—Ratera, J. Tratamiento radioterapico del cancer de la mama. Siglo med, 1932, 89: 293-9.—Ratti, A, & Picchio, C. La radioterapia del cancro della mammella. Tumori, 1937, 23: 84-172.—Regaud, C. Fondements rationnels et indications de la radiotherapie (ra- dium, rayons X) dans le traitement des cancers du sein. Bol. Soc. obst. gin, B. Air, 1930, 9: 448b-66b. ----- Radioterapia en el cancer del seno. Dia med., B. Air, 1930-31, 3: 329.— Richards, G. E. X-rays and radium in the management of breast carcinoma. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1926, 16: 358-66.—Roffo, A. H, & Moner, G. Sobre radioterapia de un carcinoma de mama curado. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B.Air, 1924, 1: 85- 92.—Rousseau, J. P. The present status of the radiologist in treatment of breast cancer. J.S. Carolina M. Ass, 1935, 31: 30-4.—Rosselet, A. Contribution a la radiotherapie du cancer du sein. Bull. Schweiz. Verein. Krebsbekampf, 1935, 2: 56-63.— Scott, S. G. A case of cancer of the breast; treated with radium and X ravs. Lancet, Lond, 1931, 2: 292—Sittenfleld, M. J. Cancer of the breast; biological considerations in radiotherapy. N. York M.J, 1923, 118: 487-90. Also repr.—Smith, L. A. Newer aspects of radiotherapy with special reference to carci- nomaof breast. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1934,27: 325-9.—Soiland, A. The cancer problem of the female breast; an analysis based upon 25 years' personal experience with radiation therapy. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1925, 4: 391-6. Also repr. Also Arch. Clin. Cancer Res, 1925, 1: no.4, 53-7. —— The treatment, of cancer of the breast from the viewpoint of a radiologist. Ibid, no4 47-52 Also Brit. J. Radiol, B.I.R.sect, 1926, 31: 469-76. Also'Strahlentherapie, 1927, 25: 631-5. ----- Combined sur- face and interstitial radiation in the treatment of mammary cancer Radiology, 1934, 22: 657-62.-Stevens, J. T. Modern ^L™ lnibe treatment of cancer of the breast. Ibid, 1924 i: 156-70.—Tugendreich, J. In tema di radioterapia del carci- noma mammario. Radiol, med, Milano, 1923, 10: 66-8 — Turner, C. W, & Gomez, E. T. The radiosensitivity of the cells °/.,the .summary gland. Am. J. Roentg, 1936, 36: 79-93 — Vilvandre, G. Radiation treatment of breast cancer. Brit J Radiol, 1936, 9: 132-7.-Webster, J. H. B. Cancer of the breast; X-ray and radium treatment of operable and borderline cases. Brit. M J 1932, 2: 47-50. ----- Ueber die Rontgen- und Radiumbehandlung der operablen und Grenzfalle von Brust- krebs. Strahlentherapie, 1934, 49: 255-62. ■----- Thierens J. P., & Nicholas, F. G. The treatment of 15 cases of operable carcinoma of the breast by radium and X rays. Brit. J. Radiol B A.R.P.sect, 1926, 31: 59-64. Also Lancet, Lond, 1926 1: J'-j- Also Strahlentherapie, 1927, 25: 623-30—Weisswange, W. M. H. Die Aufgaben der Strahlentherapie in der Behandlung des Mammakarzinoms. Erg. med. Strahlenforsch, 1936 7- 513-/2—Williams, J. G, & Currin, F. W. Radiation therapy in cancer of the breast. Long Island M.J, 1927, 21: 692-9 — Wmtz, H. Experiences in the irradiation of breast cancer. Brit J. Radiol, B.A.R.P.sect, 1926, 31: 150-6. Also Cancer, Brux ' 1934, 11: 178-92. ---- Cancer: Treatment: Radiotherapy, pre- and postoperative. Beaupuy, J. Contribution a l'etude de la radiotherapie post-operatoire preventive des cancers du sein. 47p. 8? Par., 1925. Lepaumier, M. Contribution a l'etude du traitement du cancer du sein; chirurgie; radio- therapie; radiumtherapie. 86p. 8° Par 1925. Osten, E. *Ueber die Stadieneinteilung des Mammacarcinoms und die Ergebnisse mit post- operativer Nachbestrahlung an der Greifswalder chirurgischen Universitatsklinik. 20p. 8? Greifs- wald, 1934. Rozier, M. Contribution a l'etude de la radiotherapie post-ope>atoire des cancers du sein [Lyon] 92p. 8? Trevoux, 1906. Wilhelm, H. O. [F.] *Die Nachbestrahlung des operierten Mammakarzinoms in den Jahren 1913-29. 24p. 8? Rostock, 1931. Adair, F. E. The effect of preoperative irradiation in primary operable cancer of the breast. Am. J. Roentg, 1936, 35: 359-70. -----& Stewart, F. W. The value of preoperative irradiation in breast cancer. Ann. Surg, 1935, 102: 254-60.—Ahlbom, H. Castration by roentgen rays as an auxiliary treatment in the radiotherapy of cancer mammae at Radiumhemmet, Stockholm. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1930, 11: 614-35.—Anschiitz, W. Ueber Erfolge der Rontgennachbestrahlung radikal operierter Mam- makarzinom. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1921, 68: 191. ----- Ueber die postoperative Bestrahlung des Mammacarcinoms Beitr. klin. Chir, 1927, 139: 2,5-7. [Discussion], 50-5. -----& Hellmann, J. Ueber die Erfolge der Nachbestrahlung radikal operierter Mammakarzinome. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1921 68' 1005-7. Also Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1926, 197: 47-65.----- Die vervollstandigte Kieler Statistik fiber die postoperative Bestrahlung des Mammakarzinoms. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl 1926, 35: 94.—Anschiitz, Vi., & Siemens, W. Ueber die Erfolge der Nachbestrahlung radikal operierter Mammakarzinome. Zbl. Chir, 1933, 60: 923-30—Appelrath, H. Ein Vorschlag fur eine rationelle Methode der postoperativen Bestrahlung der Mammakarzinome. Strahlentherapie, 1921-22, 13: 611-7.— Arcelin, Charrat & Mugniery. Cancer du sein a marche rapide, avec adenopathie sus-claviculaire, traite par l'exerese imntedi- atement consecutive a un traitement radiotlterapique. Lyon chir, 1924, 21: 566-70.—Armani, L. Considerazioni sul tratta- mento radiochirurgico del cancro della mammella. Actinotera- pia, Nap, 1927, 6: 193-259.—Arnone, G. Rontgen-terapia cura- tiva e rbntgen-terapia preventiva post-operatoria del carcinoma mammario. Cult. med. mod. Pal, 1924, 3: 739-44.—Backer, P. de. Le traitement radium-radio-chirurgical du cancer du sein. Progr. nted. Par, 1924, 39: 522-4. -----• Klinische Daten betreflend die preoperative und die postoperative Bestrahlung des Brustkrebses. Strahlentherapie, 1931, 42: 744-52.—Bass, H. H. Carcinoma of the breast and its treatment by surgery, X-rays and radium. South. M.&S, 1926, 88: 640-3.—Beck, E. G. Suggestions for the reduction of recurrence in breast cancer. Tr. West. Surg. Ass, 1925, 35: 455-75—Beclere, A. La roentgentlterapie preventive post-operatoire du cancer du sein. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1924, 13: 537-59. Also J. radiol. electr, 1924, 8: 385-400. ----- Note complementaire sur la roentgentlterapte preventive post-operatoire du cancer du sein Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1925, 14: 328-36. Also Strahlentherapie, 1925-26, 21: 567-76.—Beclere, M. Die postoperative Pravenliv- rontgentherapie des Brustkrebses. Ibid, 1925, 19: 62-83.— Behne, K. F. Das Mammacarcinom und seine zeitgemiisse strahlentherapeutische und chirurgische Behandlung; Be- merkungen zu der Arbeit von H. Jarre. Klin. Wschr., 1924, BREAST 960 BREAST 3: 2101.—Beule, de. Le traitement radio-radium-chirurgical du cancer du sein. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1924, 5.ser, 4: 341-56. Also Gynecologie, 1924, 23: 517-31. Also J. nted. Paris, 1924, 43: 774-7— Billich, H. U. Zur Nachbestrahlung des radikal operierten Mammakarzinoms. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1931, 152: 390-9.—Bloodgood, J. C. Pre-operative irradiation in cases of cancer of the breast with and without biopsy. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1933, 51: 406-13. Also Ann. Surg, 1933, 98: 933-40. ----- Permanent results of irradiation for inoperable cancer, and remarks on irradiation as a preoperative treatment in operable cancer of the breast. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1935, 47: 298-305. Also Am. J. Surg, 1935, 28: 490-7.----- & Stewart, G. A. Preoperative irradiation of breast tumors. South. M.J, 1936, 29: 651-3.—Boggs, R. H. Ante-operative radiation of carcinoma of the breast. Am. J. Roentg, 1922, n.s, 9: 508- 13.—Borak, J. Ist die postoperative Nachbestrahlung bei Mammakarzinom berechtigt? Wien. klin. Wschr, 1926, 39: 593. ----- Post-operative irradiation of breast cancer. Radi- ology, 1926, 7: 471-4. ----- The treatment of carcinoma of the breast by extirpation of the tumor and roentgen irradiation. Ibid, 1930, 27: 33-5. Also Strahlentherapie, 1936, 56: 200-4.— Bordoni, L. Radioterapia postoperativa del cancro della mam- mella. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1925-26, 9.ser, 17: 657-9 — Bowing, H. H. Radium and X-ray treatment of advanced carcinoma of the breast prior to amputation. Radiology, 1924, 2: 143-50.—Bruttin, M. Operation et radiotherapie des carcinomes du sein. Rev. nted. Suisse rom, 1930, 50: 73-8 — Bunts, F. E. The relative roles of surgery and of radiation in the treatment of carcinoma of the breast. Proc. Interst. Post- grad. M. Ass. N. America, 1925, 1: 354-7.—Carson, H. W. Post- operative treatment of cancer of the breast. Brit. M.J, 1926, 2: 1095-7.—Cassidy, W. J. Carcinoma of the breast, its combined treatment, surgery, X-ray and radium. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1923, 22: 83-5.—Buroux, E. De l'irradiation du cancer du sein apres 1'acte operatoire. Progr. med. Par, 1932, 589.—Evans, W. A. jr. Histological factors in the prognosis of mammary cancer treated by radical operation and X-rays. Am. J. Cancer, 1933, 19: 328-38. -----& Leucutia, T. The value of postopera- tive irradiation in mammary carcinoma. Am. J. Roentg, 1925, n.s, 13: 415-9. ----- Deep Roentgen-ray therapy of mammary carcinoma; 5-year results, value of the method as an auxiliary to surgical procedures in the operable, and a primary procedure in the inoperable cases. Ibid, 1930, 24: 673-8.—Fuohs. Erfolge der prophylaktischen Nachbestrahlung radikaloperierter Brustkrebse. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 28.—Gnant, E. Re- sultate postoperativer Mammakarzinombestrahlung. Fortsch. Ront-rnstrahl, 1923, 30: 326-30.—Gbbell, R, & Magens, A. Die Heilerfolge des Mammacarcinoms nach Radikaloperation und Rontgen-Nachbestrahlung. Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 1676-8.— Grace, E. J, & Moitrier, W. jr. Simple mastectomy with X-ray in treat ment of cancer of breast. N. York State J.M, 1936, 36: 701-4.—Green, A. A. R. The result of the combined surgical and radiological treatment of cancer mammae at Radiumhem- met, 1921-23. Birmingham. Rev, 1930, 5: 246-8.—Greenough, R. B. Treatment of carcinoma of the breast by surgery and radiation. Tr. Med. Chir. Fac. Maryland, 1925, 127: 13-23.— Gued&j, B. Der gegenwartige Stand der prophylaktischen Rontgentherapie des Brustkrebses. Internat. Radiother, Darmst, 1926-27, 2: 831-40.—Gunsett, A. La radiotherapie preventive post-operatoire des cancers du sein (une statistique) Arch, electr. med, 1926, 36: 438-45. Also Cancer, Brux, 1926, 3: 5-20. Also J. radiol. electr, 1926, 10: 451-8.—Guyot, J. De la valeur de la radiotherapie post-operatoire prolongee dans le traitement du cancer du sein. Gynecologie, 1928, 27: 23.— Halberstaedter, L. Zur Frage der postoperativen Rbntgenbe- handlung des Mammakarzinoms. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1921, 58: 257.—Haller, Aubourg & Buque, A. De la radiotherapie pre- operatoire dans te traitement du cancer du sein. Paris chir, 1927, 19: 129-31—Hardt, A. F. Electrosurgery and radium in carcinoma of the breast. Internat. J.M.&S, 1934, 47: 199-201.— Haret & Lifschitz. Quelques resultats de la radiotherapie post- operatoire preventive -dans le traitement du cancer du sein. Medecine, 1927, 8: 681-4—Harrington, S. W. Unilateral car- cinoma of the breast treated by surgical operation and radia- tion. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1935, 60: 499-504.—Hartmann, H. Cancer du sein rendu operable par la radiotherapie. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1928, 54: 228.—Hintze, A. Die Verbes- serung der Operationsergebnisse beim Brustkrebs durch Nach- bestrahlung. Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 644-6. ----- Unsere Fortschritte bei der Behandlung des Brustkrebses durch Nach- bestrahlung; die Tangentialbestrahlungsmethode. Strahlen- therapie, 1931, 41: 601-46.—Hirsch, J. Radiumchirurgie des Brustkrebses. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 1419-21.—Hol- felder, H. Ist die postoperative Bestrahlung beim Mammakar- zinom berechtigt? Strahlentherapie, 1926, 22: 667-88.—Hiitten, F. von. Dauerheilung des operierten Brustkrebses mit und ohne prophylaktische Rbntgenbestrahlung. Munch, med. Wschr, 1923, 69: 13.—Hummel, R. Dauerergebnisse der prophy- laktischen Nachbestrahlung naclrBrustkrebsoperation. Ront- frenpraxis, 1932, 4: 300-3.— Iribarne, J, Contreras Ortiz, N, & Molinari, J. L. Roentgenterapia profllactica del cancer de la mama. An. Fac. med, Montev, 1933, 18: 99-108.—Iselin, H. The treatment of cancer of the breast by X-rays after operation Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1927-28, 21: Sect. Electrother, 1-9. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1928, 58: 693-7. Also Festschrift F. de Quervain, Basel, 1928, 255-68.— Jarre, H. Das Mammacarcinom und seine zeitgemasse strahlentherapeutische und chirurgische Behandlung. Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 584-7.—Jiingling, O. Das Mammacarcinom und seine zeitgemasse strahlentherapeuti- sche und chirurgische Behandlung; Bemerkung zu der Arbeit von H. Jarre. Ibid, 1077. —:— Ist die prophylaktische Nachbestrahlung beim Mammakarzinom berechtigt? Strah- lentherapie, 1926, 22: 653-66. ----- Die postoperative Ront- genbestrahlung des Mammacarcinoms und ihre Technik. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1928, 143: 171-4 [Erwiderung, von K. Luh- mann] 174-6. —— Ueber das Operieren und die Wund- heilung im rbntgenvorbestrahlten Gebiet mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung des Mamma-Carcinoms. Arch. klin. Chir, 1932, 173: 445-56. [Discussion], 243. Also Strahlentherapie, 1932, 44: 125-30.—Kahn, M. On the question of pre- and post- operative X-ray treatment of breast carcinoma. Radiology, 1929, 13: 422-6—Kirkendall, B. R. Radium in the treatment of carcinoma of the breast as an adjunct to surgery. Am. J. Roentg, 1921, n.s, 8: 668-73.—Laquerriere. Que faut-il penser de la radiotherapie post-operatoire, dite preventive, dans le cancer, et en particulier dans le cancer du sein. J. med. Paris, 1935, 55: 323-6. Also Union nted. Canada, 1935. 64: 38-45.— Larsen, T, & Lysholm, E. To the question of post operative treatment of mammary cancer. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1924, 3: 8-14.—Lazarus, P. Das Problem der Behandlung des Brust- krebses und der Prakanzerosen einschliesslich der anteoperati- ven Bestrahlung und der Praventorien. Ther. Gegenwart, 1931, 72: 74; 112; 165.—Lee, B. J. End results in the treatment of cancer of the breast by radical surgery combined with preopera- tive and postoperative irradiation. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1933, 45: 201-39. Also repr. Also Am. J. Surg, 1933, 20: 405-13. -----& Herendeen, R. E. An evaluation of preoperative and postoperative radiation in the treatment of mammary carcino- ma; a preliminary report. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1925, 43: 98- 118. Also Ann. Surg, 1925, 82: 404-12—Lehmann, J. C. Wei- tere Beobachtungen iiber die postoperative prophylaktische Bestrahlung des Mammakarzinoms. Zbl. Chir, 1924, 51: 262-4.—Lenz, M, Frantz, V. K, & Kasabach, H. H. Prophy- lactic postoperative roentgenotherapy for carcinoma of the breast. N. York State J.M, 1934, 34: 881-7.—Levin, I. The proper co- ordination between surgery, radium and X-ray therapy in cancer of the breast. Arch. Clin. Cancer Res, 1925, 1: no.4, 31-45. Also Bull. Am. Soc. Cancer, 1931, 13: 1; 8. Also Radiology, 1931, 17: 1018-27. ----- Radiotherapy and sur- gery in advanced cancer of the breast. J. Am. M. Ass, 1932, 98: 977-81. Also repr.—Linder, C. Resultate der postopera- tiven Rontgenbestrahlung der Mammakarzinome. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1924, 185: 385-94.—Lossen, H. Unsere postopera- tiv bestrahlten Falle von Brustkrebs. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1921, 68: 518.—Luhmann, K. Die postoperative Rbntgenbe- strahlung des Mammacarcinoms und ihre Technik. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1927, 139: 544-9.—Lynham, J. E. A. Pre- and post- operative treatment of cancer of the breast by radiation (metas- tasis excluded) Brit. J. Radiol, 1931, n.s, 4: 534-60. Also Rev. actin. Par, 1931, 7: 438-40. Also Strahlentherapie, 1931, 42: 710-43.—Mainoldi, P. Alcune considerazioni intorno alla roentgenterapia postoperatoria del cancro del seno, e casistica personate. Bull. sc. med, Bologna, 1929, 101: 267-76.—Mallet, L, & Coliez, R. Cancer du sein: chirurgie; radiotherapie; curietherapie. Arch. 61ectr. nted, 1923, 33: 5; 33—Mameli- Spinelli. Risultati attuali della rontgenterapia metaehirurgica inter-operatoria nei cancro mammario. Med. prat. Nap, 1924, 9: 370-6.—Mayer, L. Traitement radio-chirurgical du cancer du sein. Resultats eloignes. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1931, 40: 353-61. --- Valeur effective de traitement radio- chirurgical du cancer du sein. Livre jub. (Hartmann, H.) Par, 1932, 433-40. ----- Technique du traitement radium- chirurgical du cancer et du sein. Techn. chir. Par, 1933, 25: 65-78.—Menville, L. J, & Ane, J. N. Preoperative radiation of cancer of the breast. N. Orleans M.& S.J, 1936-37, 89: 474-7.— Monod, R. Cancer du sein rendu operable par la radiotherapie; guerison se maintenant depuis 3 ans et 3 mois. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1928, 92-4.—Moore, J. T. Radium therapy as an adjunct to surgical treatment of breast cancer. Texas J.M, 1929-30, 25: 453-7. ----- A further consideration of radium and surgery in cancer of the breast. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1931,43:352-60. Also Am. J. Surg, 1932, n.s. 15: 248-55. Also repr. ----- The fourth epoch in treatment of cancer of the breast; the use of radium at the time of operation followed by X-ray therapy. South. Surgeon, 1932, 1: 28-35.—Nassau, C. F. Radio knife in extensive malignant disease of the breast. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, 8: 751.—Neuman, Sluys & Coryn. Tech- nique radio-chirurgicale des cancers du sein; curiepuncture. J. radiol. electr, 1923, 7: 548. ----- Technique radiochirurgi- cale des cancers du sein; radiopuncture de quelques cas inoper- ables. • Arch, electr. nted, 1924,34: 33-6—Nordholt, A. E. [Pro- phylactic roentgen irradiation after operative removal of mam- mary cancerl Ned. tschr. geneesk, 75: 1931, pt3, 4892-905 — Orndoff, B. H. Radiotherapy and electrosurgery in the treat- ment of cancer of the breast. Illinois M.J, 1934, 66: 377-9 — Perthes, G. Bemerkungen zu dem Aufsatz von Prof. Lehmann: Weitere Beobachtungen iiber die postoperative prophylaktische Bestrahlung des Mammakarzinoms. Zbl. Chir, 1924, 51: 264.—Pettit, R. T. Value of surgery and X-ray treatment in carcinoma of the breast. Am. J. Surg, 1935, 30: 510-4.— Pierquin, J, & Richard, G. L'association de la chirurgie et des radiations dans le traitement du cancer du sein. Paris nted, 1932, 83: 250-8.—Ponjoan, A. Tratamiento fisico-quirfirgico del carcinoma de la mama. An. Hosp. S. Cruz, Barcel, 1928, 103-14.—Ponthus, P, & Rozier, M. Sur les indications de la radiotherapie post-op6ratoire des cancers du sein. Bull. Soc. radiol. nted. France. 1936, 24: 357-62.—Portmann, TJ. V. Sur- gery and the X-ray in the treatment of carcinoma of the breast. BREAST 961 BREAST Radiology, 1928, 9: 377-82. Postoperative roentgen therapy for cancer of the breast; a report of 103 consecutive cases. Am. J. Roentg, 1932, 27: 513-6. -----• A comparison of the results in a series of cases of carcinoma of the breast treated by postoperative roentgen therapy for prophylaxis with a similar series in which operation was the only treatment. Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 27: 1-25. ----- Ergebnisse postoperativer prophylaktischer Rontgentherapie des Mammakarzinoms im Vergleich zur Behandlung durch Operation allein. Strahlen- therapie, 1936, 56: 507-12.—Quick, B. Radiation in primary operable breast cancer. J. Am. M. Ass, 1933, 101: 2091-6.— Radiotherapie prophylactique dans le cancer du sein. Clinique, Par, 1934, 29: 265— Rahm, H. Zur Frage der Nachbestrahlung operierter Mamma-Carcinome. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1924, 131: 716-9.—Ratera, J, & Ratera, S. iEsta autorizada la irradiation postoperatoria en el carcinoma mamario? Siglo med, 1927, 74: 261-5.—Roffo, A. H. Sobre el tratamiento del cancer de la mama. Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires, 1928, 7: 294-330.—Rose, C. B. Breast carcinoma treated surgically and by roentgen-ray; clinical and postmortem findings in 2 cases. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 80: 1750-4.—Rovsing, C. M. jr. Ueber die postoperative prophylaktische Behandlung von Carcinoma mammae. Arch. klin. Chir, 1923, 124: 92-103—Schloffer, H. Zur Vermeidung des ortlichen Rezidivs beim Brustkrebs. Zbl. Chir, 1921, 48: 1310-2— Schmitz, H. The end results of the treatment of carci- noma of the breast with surgery, radium and roentgen rays. Am. J. Roentg, 1924, n.s, 12: 531-6.—Schoute, B, & Orbaan, C. The treatment of cancer of the breast with and without subse- quent roentgen treatment. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1927, 8: 239-44.—Schwarz, G. Ueber die Nachbestrahlung bei operier- tem Mammakarzinom. Strahlentherapie, 1935, 53: 674^81.— Schwyzer, A. Treatment of carcinoma of the breast; combined surgical and irradiation treatment. Minnesota M, 1934, 17: 683-91.—Siemens, W. Ueber die Erfolge der Nachbestrahlung radikal operierter Mammakarzinome. Strahlentherapie, 1933, 47:627-30. Also Verh. Deut. Rbntg. Ges, 1933, 26: 93. ----- Postoperative Rontgenbestrahlung des Mamma-Carcinoms. Fortsch. Med, 1933, 51: 711-7—Simon, L, & Wollner, W. Sollen die wegen Brustkrebs operierten Patienten nachbestrahlt werden oder nicht? Miinch. med. Wschr, 1924, 71: 1639-41.— Sistrunk, W. E. Radiation in the female breast before and after operation. South. M.J, 1924, 17: 201-3.—Sittenfleld, M. J. Does radiation enhance postoperative recurrence of carcinoma of the breast. J. Radiol, 1922, 3: 476-8—Smit, J. de [Breast cancer and post-operative X-ray treatment] Ned. tschr. ge- neesk, 1923, 67: pt 1,1425-9.—Spinelli, M. Un nuovo metodo di rontgenterapia metachirurgica nei cancro mammario. Acti- noterapia, Nap, 1921-22, 2: 320-9. Also Gazz. med. nap, 1922, 5: 334-7. ----- Sopra un metodo personate di rontgenterapia interoperatoria nei cancro mammario. Atti Congr. ital. radiol. med, 1922, 4: 233-5. ----- Risultati attuali della rbntgen- terapia metachirurgica inter-operatoria nei cancro mammario. Actinoterapia, Nap, 1924, 4: 65-73.—Steinthal. Radiumchi- rurgie des Brustkrebses. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 1779.— Stevens, R. H, & Jarre, H. Treatment of cancer of the breast by deep radiation and surgery; a rational method according to present-day knowledge. Radiology, 1923,1:16-23—Trout, H. H, & Peterson, C. H. Cancer of the breast; use of radium and roent- gentherapv in conjunction with the radical operation. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 95: 1307-10.—Warwick, W. T. A new technique combining the use of surgery and radium in the treatment of cancer of the breast. Lancet, Lond, 1930, 1: 1341.—Wassink, W. F. Die postoperative Rbntgenbestrahlung des Brustkrebses in der Klinik des Niederlandischen Krebsforschungsinstituts (Antoni van Leeuwenhoek-Huis) Strahlentherapie, 1931, 42: 753-8. ----- [Should the Roentgen ray be applied after the so-called radical operation for breast cancer?] Ned. tschr. :., 1923, 67: pt2, 1568-74. - --- & Wassonk-van Raams donk, C. P. [Is the application of roentgen rays necessary after the so-called radical operation for cancer of the breast?] Ibid, 1924,68: pt 1,440-51. ----- Rontgenbestrahlung nach Radikal- operation des Brustdrusenkrebses. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1924, 3: 113-28.—Westermark, N. The result of the combined surgical and radiological treatment of cancer mammae at Radiumhem- met 1921-23. Ibid, 1930, 11: 1-32.—Wetterstrand, G. A. [Pro- phylactic postoperative X-ray treatment of cancer of the breast] Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1929, 71: 261-7—Willis, G. S. Radium in in carcinoma of the breast; a necessary preoperative routine. N. York M.J, 1923, 117: 453-7.—Witherspoon, J. T. Roentgen irradiation of the ovaries as supplement to surgical and radium therapy for mammary cancer. Arch. Surg, 1936, 33: 554-9 — Zimmern, A, & Godet, S. R. Position de la radiotherapie pro- phylactique dans le cancer du sein. Presse med, 1934,42: 682-5. Cancer: Treatment: Radiotherapy—by radium. Berg, Y. La curietherapie des cancers inoperables du sein- Strasbourg nted, 1927, 85: pt2, 277-96—Boggs, R. H. The value of imbedding radium in addition to surface applications of radium and the X-ray in the treatment of carcinoma of the breast. Med. Rev. of Rev, 1921, 27: 283-8. Also J. Radiol, 1922 3- 317-9—Brooke, R. An improved technique for the introduction of radium needles in the treatment of carcinoma of the breast. Brit. J. Surg, 1935-36, 23: 501-4.-Cade, S. Obser- vations on radium therapy of cancer of the breast and mouth. Westminster Hosp. Rep, 1934, 22: 28-63.-Capizzano, N. Re- sultados alejados de la radiumterapia del cancer del seno. Rev. As. med. argent, 1935, 49: 1969.—Chilalditi. Cancer du 2U67—vol. 2, 4th series----61 sein, un an apres traitement par radium et radiotherapie pro- fonde. Gaz. med. orient, 1924, 69: 635; 812.—Costolow, W. E. Recent advances in radium therapv in breast cancer. Am. J. Roentg, 1931, 25: 247-9—Cramer, W. The therapeutic action of radium on spontaneous mammary carcinomata of the mouse. Sc. Rep. Imp. Cancer. Res. Fund, Lond, 1934,11: 127-46,12p].— Crile, G. W. Malignant tumors of the breast with special refer- ence to management and end-results. Bull. Am. Soc. Cancer, 1932, 11: 1; 8.—Cutler, M. The treatment of mammary carci- noma by means of removable radium needles. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1931, 53: 71-6.—Feldweg, P. Krebsbestrahiung mit weichgefiltertem Radium. Strahlentherapie, 1934, 49: 291-7 — Fitzwilliams, B. C. L. Carcinoma of the breast and its treatment by radium. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1936, 193: v-ix. Also S. Mary Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1937, 43: 3-8.—Gilbert, R. Contri- bution a l'etude du traitement du cancer du sein par la curiethe- rapie de surface. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 17: 25-39.—Grove, J. L, & Holman, W. P. The placing of long radon needles in the treat- ment of carcinoma of the breast; a preliminary note. Med. J. Australia, 1936, 2: 771-4.—Hutchison, R. G. Interstitial radium treatment of carcinoma of the breast; description of a radical technique. Brit. J. Surg. 1934-35, 22: 465-74—Julien, R. Traitement du cancer du sein par ^electrocoagulation, le radium et les injections formotees. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1932, 20: 443.—Keynes, G. The radium treatment of carcinoma of the breast. S. Barth. Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1927, 60: 91-5. Also Lancet, Lond, 1928, 2: 108-11. Also Acta radiol, Stockh, 1929, 10: 393-402. Also Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1930, 5: 84-9. Also Practitioner, Lond, 1930,125: 462-8. Also Canad. M. Ass. J, 1934, 30:24-30. ----- Radium treatment of carcinoma of the breast. Lancet, Lond, 1930,1: 439-42. Also Brit. J. Surg, 1932, 19: 415-80.—Lenth, V. T, & Brown, W. L. Treatment of tumors of the breast by radium. Radiol. Rev, 1930, 52: 117-20.—Mc- Coy, H. A, & Jose, I. B. Carcinoma of breast treated by radium; a short clinical experience. Med. J. Australia, 1931, 2: 515-7.— Nabias, de & Hufnagel. Le traitement du cancer du sein par le radium. Cancer, Brux, 1925, 2: 1-20.—Pack, G. T. The interstitial use of gold-filtered radon transfixion tubes in the treatment of mammary cancer. Am. J. Roentg, 1932, 27: 532- 46.—Richards, G. E. The treatment of chest-wall secondaries in breast carcinoma; a preliminary report of a new radium technic. Radiology, 1934, 23: 280-4.—Romanis, W. H. C. A case of carcinoma of the breast, suggesting that radium can stimulate the growth of cancer cells. Lancet, Lond, 1930, 2: 76.—Santoro, A. La radiumterapia del cancro della mammella. Radiol. med, Milano, 1931, 18: 1045-54.—Simpson, F. E, & Breed, J. E. Radium in carcinoma of the breast. Radiol. Rev, 1937, 59: 48- 50.—Souttar, H. S. Treatment of carcinoma of the breast by radium emanation. Brit. M.J, 1933, 1: 813-5.—Taylor, G. W. Radium dosage and technique in carcinoma of the breast. Am. J. Roentg, 1934, 32: 730-4.—Viannay. Cancer du sein, traite par la curietherapie (2 applications; 1919, 1920) puis par l'ampu- tation (1922) Loire med, 1922, 36: 591-3.—Wainwright, J. M. Muscle involvement in breast cancer; its relation to primary radium treatment. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1931, 52: 549-53.— Wetterer, J. Die Radiumbehandlung des Mammakarzinoms. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 1505-9. ---- Cancer: Treatment: Radiotherapy—by roentgen rays. Lutter, H. *Die Wirkung der Rontgen- tiefenbestrahlung bei Mammacarcinom unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Rezidive an einem Material von 1919 bis 1924. 41p. 8? Berl., 1926. Wintz, H. Die Rontgenbehandlung des Mammakarzinoms. 2pt. 52p.; 98p. ob. 8? Lpz., 1924. Aspray, J. High voltage therapy in treatment of carcinoma of the breast. Northwest M, 1923, 22: 85.—Beck, A. Zur Rontgenbehandlung des Mammacarcinoms. Arch. klin. Chir, 1924, 129: 194-202.—Borak. Rbntgenbestrahlung des Brust- drusenkrebses. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1936, 53: 192.— Bunts, F. E. The use of the X-ray in the treatment of cancer of the breast. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1925, 40: 435.—Carter, L. J. The X-ray treatment of carcinoma of the breast. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1934, 30: 173-6.—Comas, A, & Prio, C. De roentgenoterapia; tratamiento roentgen del carcinoma de la mama, segun«l Dr Herman Wintz. Rev. espan. med. cir, 1926, 9: 735-9.—Bel Regato, J. A. Concepto actual de la roentgenterapia en el cancer del seno. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1930, 5: 297-303. Also Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1930, 35: 589-96.—Besjardins, A. U. Certain unusual features noted in a case of inoperable cancer of the breast treated by Roentgen rays. Med. Clin. N. America, 1923, 7: 163-71.—Bowns, E. E. Lung changes subsequent to irradiation in cancer of the breast. Am. J. Roentg, 1936, 36: 61-4.—Evans, W. A, & Leucutia, T. Deep roentgen-ray therapy of mammary carcinoma. Ibid, 1925, n.s, 14: 135-48.—Fike, R. H. The occurrence of roentgen pleuropneumonitis in treat- ment of breast cancer. Ibid, 1932, 27: 509-12.—Gentil, F, & Guedes, B. Sobre roentgenterapia no cancro da mama; tecnica; resultados. Arq. pat, Lisb, 1926, 1: 122-37.—Gibert, P. Die Rontgenstrahlenbehandlung der intrakanalikular wuchernden Brustgeschwiilste (dendritisches Epitheliom, blutende Brust) Strahlentherapie, 1936,56: 81-7.—Giles, R. G. Roentgen therapy BREAST 962 BREAST in mammary cancer. South. M.J, 1935, 28: 620-5.—Giuliani, G. Studio isto-patologico di un adenocarcinoma della mammella, trattato con roentgenterapia. Tumori, 1926, 12: 420-51.— Groedel, F. M. Die Rontgentherapie des Mammakarzinoms mittels Nahbestrahlung und Homogenisierungsfilter; Ersatz der unbkonomischen Fernfeldbestrahlung. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1921, 163: 405-7.—Groover, T. A, Christie, A. C, & Merritt, E. A. Intrathoracic changes following roentgen treatment of breast carcinoma. Am. J. Roentg, 1923, n.s., 10: 471-6.—Hernaman- Johnson, F. Cancer of the breast; its treatment by X-rays and electricity. Practitioner, Lond, 1923, 110: 177-87. ----- The place of X-rays in the treatment of malignant disease; with especial reference to cancer of the breast. Ibid, 1931, 126: 259- 71. —■--- Secondary ulceration of breast treated by Todd's method (selenium injections followed by X-rays) Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934-35, 28: 758.—Hotz, G. Rontgenbestrahlung des Mammakarzinoms. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1925, 55: 521-4.— Jenkinson, E. L. Roentgen treatment of breast carcinomata. Radiology, 1924, 2: 151-5.—Jovin, I. [Actual state of Roentgen treatment of cancer of the breast] Rev. st. med, Bucur, 1933, 22: 1473-97.—Juul, J. [Roentgen treatment of cancer of breast] Ugeskr. laeger, 1931, 93: 215-21.—Kisfaludy, P. [Roentgen therapy of breast cancer] Magy. rbntg. kozl, 1936,10: 123-30.— Landau, W. Lungeninduration infolge Rbntgenbestrahlung des Brustkorbs bei Mammakarzinom. Zschr. Tuberk, 1932, 65: 212.—Leddy, E. T. The roentgen-ray treatment of inoperable carcinoma of the breast by the method of multiple converging beams. Radiology, 1934, 22: 67-73.—Lee, B. J. Inoperable carcinoma of breast; unusual recent result following X-rav radiation. Ann. Surg, 1922, 75: 117-9. ----- Pack, G. T. [et al.] Irradiation of mammary cancer, with special reference to measured tissue dosage. Arch. Surg, 1932, 34: 339-410. Also repr.—McGlasson, I. L, & Lehman, C. F. Cancer of the breast; a discussion of Roentgen-ray technic in its treatment. Texas J.M, 1926-27, 22: 528-30.—Mcintosh, H. C. Changes in the lungs and pleura following roentgen treatment of cancer of the breast by prolonged fractional method. Radiology, 1934, 23: 558-66.—Maisin, J, & Vaissiliadis, H. Le traitement des cancers du sem par radiotherapie et baryotherapie associees. J. radiol. 61ectr, 1935, 19: 209-17.—Mallet, L. Etude du rayonnement y en profondeur a l'aide de l'ionomicrometre; application au traitement du cancer du sein. Bull. Soc. radiol. nted. France, 1924, 12: 48-52.—Manges, W. F. X-ray treatment of inoperable cases and post-operative treatment. Atlantic M.J, 1925-26, 29: 524-6.—May, E. A. Methods of roentgen treatment in car- cinoma of the breast; report of 210 cases. Radiology, 1933, 21: 420-31.—Melchart, F. Die alleinige Rontgentherapie des Mam- makarzinom. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 1101.—Merrtit, E. A. Recent experiences in the treatment of mammary carci- noma by means of heavily filtered X-ray. J. Radiol, 1922, 3: 373-5.—Meyer. Vorfuhrung eines durch Rbntgenbestrahlung seit 2l/i Jahren geheilten inoperablen Mammacarcinoms. Arch. klin. Chir, 1924, 133: 39-41.—Navarro Canovas, B. La roent- genterapia en el cancer de la mama. Siglo med, 1922, 70: 173- 5.—Negru, B. [Roentgentherapy in cancer of the breast] Spitalul, 1934, 54: 441-50.—Nordentoft, S. [Cases of cancer of the breast treated by radiotherapy during 1915-19; with remarks on favorable and unfavorable Roentgen treatment] Ugeskr. lseger, 1922, 84: 1300-29.—Overgaard, A. P. The Roentgen-ray in mammary cancer. Med. Herald, 1925, 44: 88-92.—Pfahler, G. E. Deep Roentgenotherapy in the treatment of carcinoma of the breast. Am. J. Roentg, 1923, n.s, 10: 566-78. ----- & Parry, L. B. Results of Roentgen therapy in carcinoma of the breast. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 94: 101-5. Also repr. ----- Roentgen therapy in carcinoma of the breast; a statistical study of 977 private cases. Ann. Surg, 1931, 93: 412-27.—Pidone, M. Alterazioni del tessuto cellulo-adiposo perimammario postume a irradiazioni Rontgen. Arch, radiol. Nap, 1925, 1: 738-40.— Pilger, W. Cancer of the breast; deep X-ray treatment. J. Can- cer, Dubl, 1925, 2: no.8, 1-9.—Portmann, U. V. Roentgen irradiation in the treatment of mammary carcinoma. Am. J. Roentg, 1934, 31: 46-50.—Ratera, J. Tratamiento roentgen del cancer de la mama. Siglo nted, 1932, 89: 509-18.—Rehfisch, J. M, & Garland, L. H. Carcinoma of the breast—its roentgen treatment with special reference to the inoperable case. Cali- fornia West. M, 1033,39: 401-6.—Samssonow, N. Untersuchun- gen iiber die Rontgenbehandlung der spontanen Adenocarci- nome der Milchdriise bei der Maus. Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1932, 36: 442-58.—Schoute, D, & Orbaan, C. [Treatment by close Roentgen irradiation] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1927, 71: pt 1,1518- 25.—Solomon & Gottfried. Sur la frequence des tesions pulmo- naires consecutives a l'irradiation du thorax dans le cancer du sein. Arch, electr. med, 1929, 37: 443-6. ----- La roentgen- tlterapie du squirrhe du sein. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1932, 33: 127.—Walther, H. E. Die Rontgenbehandlung des Brust- krebses. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1923, 53: 747-52.—Webster, J. H. B. R-doses in primary mammary carcinoma. Brit. J. Radiol, 1936, 9: 463-6. —— Ueber die bei der Rbntgenbe- handlung primarer Mammakarzinome angewandten Herddo- sen in R. Strahlentherapie, 1936, 57: 175-80.— Wheatley, F. E. X-ray treatment of cancer of the breast. Boston M.&S.J, 1921, 185: 675.—Wintz, H. Ergebnisse der Rontgentherapie des Mammakarzinoms. Deut. med. Wschr, 1931, 57: 1569-73. ----- La roentgenoterapia del carcinoma de la mama. Rev. med. germ, iberoamer, 1932, 5: 545-57.—Wynen, W. Zur Frage der Rbntgenbehandlung des Mammakarzinoms. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 357-9.—Young, W. J. Saturation irradia- tion by deep X-ray treatment for cancer of the breast. Ken- tucky M.J, 1934, 32: 149-51—Zandberg, S. M, & Goryainova, R. V. [Roentgenotherapy of cancer of the mammary gland] Vest, rentg, 1933, 12: 227-34. ---- Cancer: Treatment: Statistics. See also under Breast, Cancer: Surgery. Koiiler, H. *Statistische Untersuchungen iiber die absolute Heilungszahl des Mamma- carcinoms [Freiburg] 39p. 8? Wiirzb., 1914. Schurmann, R. * Absolute Heilungsziffer des Mammacarcinoms = 7.54%. 20p. 8? Freib. i. Br., 1916. Arnaud, L. Resultats eloignes du traitement du cancer du sein. Loire med, 1921, 35: 657-64.—Berard, L, & Bargent, M. Methodes et limites therapeutiques dans les cancers du sein. Lyon chir, 1936, 33: 513-38.—Braine, J. F. C, & Massie, G. Carcinoma mammae; the results of treatment. Rep. Guy's Hosp, Lond, 1926,76:484-96.—Bulkley, L. B. End results with a medical treatment in cancer of the breast. Cancer, N.Y, 1926-27, 4: 158-64.—Greenough, R. B. Carcinoma of the breast; results of treatment; 1918-20. Am. J. Roentg, 1926, n.s, 16: 439-43.----- Five year cures of cancer of the breast at the Massachusetts General Hospital. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1934, 58: 437. ----- & Simmons, C- C. End-results in cancer cases; cancer of the breast. Boston M.&S.J, 1921, 185: 253-61.— Greenough, R. B, & Taylor, G. W. Cancer of the breast: end- results; Massachusetts General Hospital 1921, 1922, and 1923. N. England J.M, 1934, 210: 831-5.—Kagan, C. S. [Remote re- sults in treatment of cancer of the mammary gland] Soviet. vrach. gaz. 1933; 37: 93-7.—Luff, A. P. The incidence of cancer of the breast, and its history after treatment. Brit. M.J, 1932, 1: 897-903.—Luque. Criterio terapeutico en el cancer de mama. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 19—Martindale, L. Treatment of cancer of the breast; a clinical review of 150 cases. Lancet, Lond, 1931, 1: 229-34.—Mason, J. M. Five year cures in a series of 54 breast cancers. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1934, 58: 442—Moffat, H. A. The treatment of carcinoma of the breast and the results. S. Afr. M. Rec, 1925, 23: 326-30—Perry, G. What is the best way in which to treat breast cancer? Radiology, 1936, 27: 481-4.—Portman, U. V. What may we expect from the treat- ment of cancer of the breast? Texas J.M, 1928-29, 24: 467-74 — Potts, W. J. Results of delay in treatment of breast cancer. Ann. Surg, 1928, 88: 842-4.—Raven, R. W. An investigation into the end-results in the treatment of cancer of the breast. Rep. S. Barth. Hosp, Lond, 1933, 66: 45-64— Roffo, A. H. Sobre el tratamiento del cancer de la mama: resultados obtenidos en el Instituto en 4 anos. Prensa med. argent, 1928, 15: 541- 55.—Royster, H. A. Cancer of the breast is curable. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1935, 60: 474.—Schmitz, H. The 5-year end-results in carcinoma of the breast. Radiology, 1929, 13: 392-402 — Simmons, C. C, Taylor, G. W, & Adams, H. B. Cancer of the breast; end-results, Massachusetts General Hospital, 1927, 1928 and 1929. N. England J.M, 1936, 215: 521-5—Simmons, C. C, Taylor, G. W, & Wallace, R. H. Cancer of the breast: end-results, Massachusetts General Hospital 1924-26. Ibid, 210: 836-44—Wilkins, G. C, & Bwinell, G. F. Results in mam- mary carcinoma at the Elliott hospital. Ibid, 1936, 214: 503-7. ---- Cancer: Types. Guerin, P. *Sur une forme anatomique du cancer du sein; la forme hemorragique. 29p. 8? Par., 1933. Berard & Heitz. Enorme cancer epithelial ulcere du sein gauche, du type glanduliforme endocrinien a evolution tres lente. Lyon chir, 1933, 30:111-7.—Bolanos, J. M, & Cardenas, M. B. Carcinoma a celulas claras de la mama. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1929, 34: 940-2—Busacchi, A, & Miani, A. Due cancri della mammella ad epitelio piatto. Bull. sc. med, Bolo- gna, 1921, 9.ser, 9: 337-41—Czudiere, M. Recherches sur revolu- tion des cellules pigmentaires dans les cancers mammaires en- vahissant ltepiderme. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 93: 1444-6.— Caviglia, A. Epitelioma dendritico de la mama. Sem. med, B. Air, 1925, 33: pt2, 1577-9.—Coopman, H. L. [A case of breast cancer with secretions] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1922, 66: pt2, 1753.—Bal Pozzo, G. Due casi di carcinoma dimorfico della mammella. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1927, 51: 221-9.—Bawson, E. K. Sweat gland carcinoma of the breast; a morpho-histologi- cal study. Edinburgh M.J, 1932, n.s, 39: 409-38.—Belannoy, E, & Briessens, J. Epithelioma du sein a type sudoripare. Echo med. nord, 1935, 4: 169-71.—Belbet, P., & Herrenschmidt, A. Note sur un cas de cancer h6mophile. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1923, 12: 664-70— Belbet, P, & Mendaro, A. Epitlteliomes mammaires secretants. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1925, 3.ser, S3: 463-7. Also Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1925, 14: 337-50. Also Presse med, 1925, 33: 553-5.—Bunet, C. Epithelioma calcine du sein. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1922, 11: 74-9. ----- Epithe- lioma dyskeratosique de la glande mammaire d'origine dysem- bryoplasique. Ibid, 420-6.—Faber, V, & Rottenstein, M. Carcinoma cribrosum mammae pluricentricum. Zbl. allg. Path, 1935-36, 64: 100-3—Forlini, E. Di due forme diverse neoplastiche epiteliali primitive della medesima mamella. Pathologica, Genova, 1929, 21: 307-13.—Gertzen, P. A. [Car- cinosis of the mammary gland] Soviet, klin, 1932, 18: 44-51.— Guieysse-Pellissier, A. Etude d'un epitheliome atypique du sein a developpement concentrique lin6aire. Bull. Ass. fr. BREAST 963 BREAST cancer, 1922,11:557-64.—Guzman, L. Epitheliomas cylindriques de la glande mammaire traites par les radiations. Arch, electr. nted, 1931, 39: 219-22.—Hernaman-Johnson, F. Acute carci- noma of breast, peau d'orange type. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1935-36, 29: 223.—Horan, M. Melanotic carcinoma cutis. Ibid, 1931,24:1010.—Kuckens, H. Ueber seltenere Formen von Mam- mageschwiilsten (Epidermoidcysten, Carcinoma hamorrhagi- cum, Carcinoma psammosum, Carcinosarcoma, multiple Carcinome) Beitr. path. Anat, 1928, 80: 116-34.—Lee, B. J, Pack, G. T, & Scharnagel, I. Sweat gland cancer of the breast. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1933, 56: 975-96.—Leroux, R, & Vermes, E. Epithelioma du sein a cellules independantes. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1930, 19: 674-82.-----Etude histologique de trois cas de cancer du sein generalises. Ibid, 1931, 20: 136-43.— Masson, P. La pigmentation des cancers mammaires enva- hissant l'epiderme. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1925, 323-34.—Nanta, A, & Chatellier, L. Sur un epithelioma du sein a cellules disso- ciees ayant subi une infection mycosique. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1925, 14: 159-61—Pulvertaft, R. J. V. Spheroidal-cell carcinoma of breast; extension of growth within the perimysium. Brit J. Surg, 1934, 21: no.8-1, 701-3.—Roux & Vinon. 'Epithelioma dendritique du sein. Montpellier med, 1921, 43: 13-6.— Schreus, H. T. Ueber Entstehung und Behandlung des Panzer- krebses. Strahlentherapie, 1936, 56: 168-72.—Tambe, G. R, Epithelioma of the breast. Sind M.J, 1935, 8: 64.—Villar, F. Epithelioma dendritique de sein s'accompagnant d'une volu- mineuse adenopathie axillaire de nature tuberculeuse. Gaz. sc. med, Bordeaux, 1921. 42: 490. Also J. nted. Bordeaux, 1921, 51: 417. Also Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1921) 1922, 419-22.—Xavier Morato, M. J. Sur un carcinome lipo-secreteur de la glande mammaire. Fol. anat. Univ. Conimbr, 1934 9- no. 3, 1-10. ---- Cancer: Types: Adenocarcinoma. Blavet di Briga, C. Adenocarcinoma papillifero a tipo apocrino della mammella. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1927, 49: 385-93.—Chu, H. P. On the diagnosis of adenocarcinoma of the breast. China M.J, 1924, 38: 824-8.—Beveze, L, & Grynfeltt, E. Epithelioma mammaire fondamental polymorphe simulant l'adenome chez une femme jeune. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1924-25, 6: 435-7.—Havemann, H. TJ. Wachstum und Differenzierung des Adenocarcinoms der Mamma. Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1936, 44: 365-74.—Klemperer, P. Case of mam- mary adenocarcinoma with peculiar relation to the glands of internal secretion. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1919-22, 11: 295-7.— Lacassagne, A. Hormonal pathogenesis of adenocarcinoma of the breast. Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 27: 217-28. Also Yale J. Biol, 1935-36, 8: 541. ----- & Nyka, W. A propos d'une pathogenie de l'adeno-carcinome mammaire; recherche de la folliculine dans te colostrum. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 844.—Schwartz, A. Une forme interessante de cancer du sein; l'adenome degenere. Paris med, 1932, 83: 323.—Veratti, E. Osservazioni istologiche sopra un caso di adenocarcinoma della mammella. Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1926, n.s, 1: 117-25. ---- Cancer: Types: Duct cancer. Grynfeltt, E. Etude histologique d'un epithelioma intra- canaliculaire hemorragique du sein. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1928, 17: 428-52.—Laurenti, T. Contributo clinico alia casistica del carcinoma intracanalicolare della mammella. Gazz. med. Roma, 1925, 51: 122-5.—Lepper, E. H, & Baker, A. H. Diffuse intraduct carcinoma of the breast. Brit. J. Surg, 1934-35, 22: 415-23.—Muir, R, & Aitkenhead, A. C. The healing of intra- duct carcinoma of the mamma. J. Path. Bact, Cambr, 1934, 38: 117-27.—Pirrung, J. E. Primary duct cancer of the mam- mary gland. Cincinnati J.M, 1921-22, 2: 405—Scholz, W. Ueber das Verhalten der Milchgange im Mammacarcinom. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1932, 43: 102-13.—Tourneux, J. P. Deux cas d'epitheiiomas intra-canaliculaires du sein. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1922, 92: 129-31. ---- Cancer: Types: Erysipelas carcinomato- sum. Fischer, H. Bildet das subepidermoidale Karzinom als Hautaffektion eines Brustkrebses ein selbstandiges Krank- heitsbild? Zbl. Chir, 1926, 53: 2519-22. ----- Zur Klinik und Histologie des subepidermoidal wachsenden Mammakar- zinoms. Munch, med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 86.—Freund, L, & Knoflach, J. G. Teleangiektasien und Strahlenbehandlung (ein Beitrag zur Frage des Erysipelas carcinomatosum) Strah- lentherapie, 1934, 50: 326-32.—Gordon, H. W. Carcinoma ery- sipelatodes. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1932, 25: 1551—Krecke, A. Brustkrebs (Erysipelas carcinomatosum) In his Beitr. prakt. Chir, Miinch, 1934, 178.—Kuttner, H. Beitrage zur Pathologie des Mammacarcinoms; eine bisher unbekannte Form des kombinierten Mamma- und Mammillacarcinoms; Erysipe- las carcinomatosum. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1924, 131: 1-9.—Lom- bardo, C. Epitelioma erisipelatoide della mammella. Gior. ital. derm, sif, 1936, 77: suppl, 11.—Melnikov, A. V. [Erysipelas carcinomatodes of the skin in cancer of the mammary gland] Vest, khir, 1929,17: 18-35.—Nolle, H. Krebs oder Entzundung, zugleich ein Beitrag zum Krankheitsbilde des Erysipelas car- cinomatosum? Zbl. Chir, 1927, 54: 724-7—Rasch, C. Carci- noma erysipelatodes. Brit. J. Derm, 1931, 43: 351-54. Also repr. Also Ugeskr. laeger, 1931, 93: 675.—Riider, F. B. Zur Frage des Erysipelas carcinomatosum beziehungsweise subepi- dermoidalen Karzinoms der Mamma. Zbl. Gyn, 1928, 52: 236^?;~T?antero> N- Contributo alia conoscenza di una rara varieta di carcinoma della mammella: erysipelas carcinomatosum. Minerva med. Tor, 1932, 23: pt2, 846-9.— Van Vonno, N. C. A case of carcinoma telangiectaticum. Brit. J. Derm Syph 1933, 45: 423.—Weber, F. P. Bilateral thoracic zosteroid spread- ing margmate telangiectasia—probably a variety of carcinoma erysipelatodes (C. Rasch)—associated with unilateral mammary carcinoma, and better termed carcinoma telangiectaticum. Ibid, 418-23. Also repr. ---- Cancer: Types: Gelatinous cancer. Spangenthal [H. F.] F. *Ueber den Gallert- krebs der Brustdriise. 87p. 8° Gott., 1919. Cheatle, G. L, & Cutler, M. Gelatinous carcinoma of the breast. Arch. Surg, 1930, 20: 569-90.—Bel Rio, S. Sur les epi- theliomas dits colloides du sein. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1927, 1927, 4: 257-62.—Enzer, N. Gelatinous carcinoma of the breast. Am. J. Clin. Path, 1932, 2: 457; 1933, 3: 443.—Lazzarini, L. Osservazioni sul cancro gelatinoso della mammella. Arch. ital. anat. pat, 1930, 1: 367-82— Lee, B. J, Hauser, H, & Pack, G T Gelatinous carcinoma of the breast. Surg. Gvn. Obst, 1934, 59: 841-57— Leroux, R, & Perrot, M. Epithelioma du sein a cellules independantes mucipares. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1932, 9: 322-9—Marcus. Zwei Falle von Gallertkrebs der Mamma. •Berl. klin. Wschr, 1921, 58: 1085—Nesselrode, C. C, & Walker, M. A. Colloid carcinoma of the breast—case report. J.Kansas M. Soc, 1933, 34: 178.—Parreira, H. Sobre cancro coloide de mama. Arq. pat, Lisb, 1931, 3: 183-90—Rubenson, A. [A case of carcinoma gelatinosum mammae] Hygiea, Stockh, 1915, 77: 498-506.—Tirelli, S. Sul cancro gelatinoso della mam- mella. Policlinico, 1935, 42: sez. chir, 615-2«. ---- Cancer: Types: Mastitis carcinomatosa. Bassal, L, & Fabre, P. Pseudo-mastite carcinomateuse. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1936, 13: 506-12.—Fox, C. M. Inflamma- tory carcinoma of the breast. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 43-6.—Ford, M. J. Carcinoma of the breast, with a report of a case of mastitis carcinosa. Med. Herald, 1922, 41: 227-9.— Gernez, L, & Touraine, A. Mastite et cancer du sein chez une syphilitique de 31 ans. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1932, 39: 519-23.—Harsha, W. M. Carcinomatous mastitis, with the report of a case. Tr. West. Surg. Ass, 1917, 27: 173-81.—Lee, B. J. Inflammatory carcinoma of the female breast. Ann. Surg, 1926, 83: 838-41. -----& Tannenbaum, N. E. Inflam- matory carcinoma of the breast; a report of 28 cases from the Breast Clinic of the Memorial Hospital. Surg. Gyn. Obst , 1924, 39: 580-95.—Orbach, E. Ueber Mastitis carcinomatosa. Zbl. Chir, 1931, 58: 1258-64.— Pianese, F. La cosidetta mastite carcinomatosa presenta sempre lo stesso quadro istopatologico? Arch, ostet. gin, 1929, 2.ser, 16: 693-710.—Probert, W. H. In- flammatory carcinoma of the breast; with report of 2 cases. Dallas M.J, 1926, 12: 77.—Stahr, H. Plastische Mastitis bei Magenkrebs (Mastitis carcinomatosa) Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1922, 19: 231-44. ---- Cancer: Types: Scirrhus. Carnett, J. B. Scirrhous carcinoma of breast with extensive metastases. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 7-30.—Ceballos, A. Sobre un caso de escirro de la mama. Dia nted, B. Air, 1933-34, 6: 109.—Hartmann. Squirrhe se propageant d'un sein a l'autre; squirrhe li' ite a un sein. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1927, 41: 389.— Marshall, W, Neidhold, C. B, & Marshall, V. F. Diphtherial infection of a scirrhous carcinoma. West. J. Surg, 1936, 44: 230-2.—Martin, A. M, & Brummond, H. Diffuse scirrhus cancer of left breast showing peau d'orange. Newcastle M.J, 1923-24, 4: 66.—Sauer, P. K. Medullary carcinoma of breast, 14 years without recurrence; scirrhous carcinoma of opposite breast. Am. J. Surg, 1937, 35: 580-5.—Solomon & Gibert. La roentgen- tlterapie du squirrhe du sein. J. radiol. electr, 1932, 16: 545-50.—Weeks, A, Belprat, G. D, & Stowe, W. P. Scirrhous carcinoma of the breast with serous-surface metastases. Surg Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 1515-23. ---- Cancer—in animals. See also Breast, Cancer, experimental. Bonser, G. M. A comparison of the normal oestrous cycle and of the response to the administration of oestrin in 2 strains of mice differing greatly in incidence of spontaneous mammary cancer. J. Path. Bact, Cambr, 1935,41:33-42.—Bobrovolskaia- Zavadskaia, N. Sur une lignee de souris, riche en adenocarci- nome de la mamelle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 1191-5. —---- Sur la transmission hereditaire de la non predisposition au cancer de la mamelle chez la souris. Ibid, 1934, 115: 113-5.— Heiman, J. Spontaneous mammary carcinoma in a female rabbit. Am. J. Cancer, 1937, 29: 93-101—Heinkele, T. Kern- messungen an Mammacarcinomen der Maus. Zschr. Krebs- forsch, 1935-36, 43: 323-36—Hueper, W. C. Megakaryocytosis in white mice with spontaneous mammary carcinomas. Am. J.M. Sc, 1934, 188: 41-9—Moskop, M, Burns, E. L. [et al.] Incidence of mammary cancer and nature of the sexual cycle in various strains of mice. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1935-36, 33: 197-9.—Ochoterena, I. Estudio de un adenoma carcinoma- toso de la mama de una perra. Bol. Inst, hig, Mexico, 1923-24, 50: 139-45.—Pitschugin, I. M. Das Fibromyxochondroadeno- cystencarcinom der Milchdriise des Hundes (Beitrag zur Ueberschreitung der Formengrenzen einer Gattung seitens der BREAST 964 BREAST Gewebe) Virchows Arch, 1931, 280: 136-44.—Pybus, F. C, & Miller, E. W. Hereditary mammary carcinoma of mice (a de- scription of 100 consecutive tumours) Newcastle M.J, 1934, 14:151-69.—Strong, L. C. The genetic appearance of spontaneous carcinoma of the mammary gland in the C3H mice. Am. J. Cancer, 1935, 25: 599-606. ----- The establishment of the C3H inbred strain of mice for the study of spontaneous carci- noma of the mammary gland. Genetics, 1935, 20: 586-91.— Suntzev, V, Burns, E. L. [et al.] On the relation between the incidence of mammary cancer and the nature of the sexual cycle in various strains of mice; the relative constancy of the charac- teristics of the sexual cycle in these strains. Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 26: 761-6.—Surmount, J. L'epitlteliome mammaire de la jument et ses metastases pulmonaires. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1926, 15: 98-101— Williams, A. C, Silcox, L. E, & Halpert, B. Carcinoma of the mammary gland in an inbred stock of albino mice. Am. J. Cancer, 1935, 24: 823-30.—Woglom, W. H. The regression of spontaneous mammary carcinoma in the mouse, J. Cancer Res, 1922, 7: 379-94. ---- Cancer—in pregnancy. Bisterucci, J. *Cancer du sein et grossesse. 58p. 8? Par., 1922. Gibotteau, A. *Forme clinique de la recidive^ du cancer du sein en cas de grossesse. 52p. 8? Par., 1923. Ahumada, J. C. Cancer del seno y gestation. Sem. med, B. Air, 1926, 33: pt 1, 567-9—Barthelemy. Carcinomatose aigug du sein survenue chez une femme de 20 ans pendant la grossesse. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1927, 16: 543.—Bromeis. Beeinflussung des Mammakarzinoms durch Schwangerschaft. Zbl. Chir, 1935, 62: 2985.—Eparvier & Santy. Cancer du sein et grossesse. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1926, 15: 313-5.— Farati, M. Cancro mammario in gravidanza ed allattamento. Arch, ostet. gin, 1934, 2.ser, 21: 51-8. Also Riv. ital. gin, 1934-35, 17: 548-76—Gaehtgens, G. Milchbildung in einem Drusenzellencareinom der Mamma wahrend der Stillperiode (Beitrag zur Frage der Bewertung des Fettvorkommens in Mammatumoren) Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1935, 48: 30-4.— Klopp, E. J. Carcinoma of the lactating breast. Atlantic M.J, 1925-26, 29: 520-2.—Lapeyre. Cancer du sein op6r6 et grossesse, recidive dans le sein restant, pr6coce et maligne. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1922, 48: 1249-51.—Ottow, B. Ein ungewbhnlich langsam fortschreitendes atypisches Mammakarzinom mit Schwangerschaft. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1935-36, 101: 102. ----- Ein langsam fortschreitendes atypisches Mammakar- zinom mit Schwangerschaft. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1936,112: 109-11.—Pery. Cancer du sein et grossesse. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1934, 23: 222—Rechou, Pery & Jeanneney. Cancer du sein et grossesse. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1926) 1927, 482-6.—Rubinacci, G. Mastite carcinomatosa e cancro mam- mario in gravidanza. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1930, 11: 753- 70.—Vignes, H. Evolution du cancer du sein pendant gestation. Progr. med. Par, 1923, 3.ser, 36: 409. Also J. Cancer, Dubl, 1924, 1: 149-55.—Wachsmuth, W. Mammacarcinom und Schwangerschaft; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Operationsindika- tion, Schwangerschaftsunterbrechung und Sterilisation. Chir- urg, Berl, 1933, 5: 585-8.—Wolff, G. Mammacarcinom wahrend Graviditat und Lactation. Arch. klin. Chir, 1921, 117: 505-11. Also Berl. klin. Wschr, 1921, 58: 1083. ---- Chemistry. FoUey, S. J, & Kay, H. B. The alkaline phosphomono- esterase of the mammary gland. Biochem. J, Lond, 1935, 29: 1837-50.—Grynfeltt, J. Sur les cristalloides de la glande mam- maire. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 202: 1300-2.—Kleiner, I. S, & Tauber, H. Enzymes of the mammary gland; the presence of glucomaltase in the mammary gland. J. Biol. Chem, 1932, 99: 241-7.—Schultz, A. Ueber das Vorkommen von Eisen in der Milchdriise bei Ratte und Maus. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1933-34, 155: 479-89.—Svanberg, O. Enzymatische Versuche mit Milch- driisen. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1930, 188: 207-18.—Tateyama, R. Ueber die Ferrnente in der menschlichen Brustdriise. Biochem. Zschr, 1925, 163: 297-307. ---- Cysts. See also Breast, Diseases; Breast, Hyper- plasia, parenchymatous. Brady, J. C. Cystic diseases of the breast. Med. J. & Rec, 1933, 138: 235-9.—Bunts, F. E. Cysts of the breast; a statistical study. Ohio M.J, 1926, 22: 209-13—Cheatle, G. L. A further contribution to the study of cysts and papillomata of the breast. Brit. J. Surg, 1921-22. 9: 235-41.—Francais, R. A propos d'un kyste du sein. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1931, 23: 72-4.—King, P. R. Cystic tumor of the mammary glands in a bitch. Vet. Bull, Wash, 1934, 28: 162—Martin, J. B. Inflammatory cyst of the breast. Ann. Surg, 1932, 96: 460.—Mathews, F. S. Aspiration of breast cysts. Ibid, 1936,104: 220-6. ---- Cysts, blue-domed. See also 3.ser., Breast, Inflammation, chronic. Adams, L.J. Carcinoma of the blue domed cyst of the breast. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1928, 19: 190-2—Bartlett, E. I. The treat- ment of blue dome cyst. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 83: 343-8 — Bloodgood, J. C. The pathology of chronic cystic mastitis of the female breast; with special consideration of the blue-domed cyst. Arch. Surg, 1921, 3: 445-542. ----- The blue-domed cyst in chronic cystic mastitis, its relation to the cure of cancer, to benign lesions of the breast, and to the educational program. J. Am. M. Ass, 1929, 93: 1056-9.—McGlannan, A. Blue-domed cysts and cancer of the breast. Arch. Surg, 1930, 21: 912-5. Also repr. ---- Cysts, proliferative. See also Breast, Cancer: Precancerous condi- tions; also in 3.ser., Breast, Tumors, papillo- matous. Ascanio Suarez, R, Bolanos, J. M, & Aleman, E. V. Adeno- carcinoma desarrollado en la pared de un quiste de la mama. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1931, 6: 175-8.—Avoni, A. Contri- buto alio studio del galattocele. Rass. ostet, 1919, 28: 287.— Bartlett, E. I. A case of clinically doubtful breast tumor. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1922, 2: 453-61.—Bloodgood, J. C. Comedo carcinoma (or comedo-adenoma) of the female breast. Am. J. Cancer, 1934, 22: 842-53.—Clemente, G. II galattocele (studio clinico ed anatomo-patologico) Clin, chir, Milano, 1926, 29; 1112-35.—Colucci, C. Su speciali forme di tumori cistiti della mammella e sulla cura precoce del cancro mammario (studio istopatologico e clinico) Policlinico, 1929, 36: sez. chir, 285- 314.—Bogliotti, A. M. Contributo alla conoscenza dei papillomi endocanalicolari della mammella femminile e maschile. Arch. ital. chir, 1925, 14: 621-40.—Grynfeldt, E, & Tzelepoglou, C. Les galactoceles; leurs diverses modalites anatomiques et clini- ques. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1921, 10: 424-6. Also Gyn. obst. Par, 1922, 5: 107; 204-27—Harp0th, H. [Case of intra- eanalicular papilloma of breast] Ugeskr. laeger, 1931, 93: 183.— Hart, B. Intracystic papillomatous tumors of the breast, benign and malignant; analysis of 124 cases. Arch. Surg, 1927, 14: 793-835.—Hasselblatt, R. [Clinical course of galactocele] Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1932, 74: 786-92— Hill, F. C. Comedo adenocarcinoma of the breast with report of a case in a girl 19 years of age. Northwest M, 1931, 30: 502.—Kaump, B. H, & Mendes Ferreira, A. E. Papillomas of the breast; study of 273 specimens. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1936, 11: 308.—Kilgore, A. R. Breast cysts and cancer. Internat. Surg. Digest, 1935, 19: 195-201.—Lepper, E. H, Baker, A. H, & Hartog, H. A series of causes of duct papilloma of the breast. Lancet, Lond, 1933, 2: 1031-3.—Mcintosh, J. A. Galactocele. Memphis M.J, 1925, 2: 238.—Millul, G. Intorno ad un caso di galattocele. Riforma med, 1926, 42: 961-3.—Panchenko, A. B. [Case of galactocele] Vest, khir, 1928,13: 363-5.—Perez, M. L, & Jakob, A. Epitelioma quistico gigante del seno, de evolution subaguda. Sem. med, B. Air, 1925, 32: 1398-403.—Pieraccini, P. Sopra un cancro a cisti unica della mammella. Ann. ital. chir, 1924, 3: 905-20.—Protopopescu-Pache, J. [A rare clinical case: galacto- cele of the left mammary gland] Spitalul, 1928, 48: 347 — Santa, L. Un caso di adenogalattocele. Arch. ital. chir, 1936, 43: 475-86.—Taddei, A. Intorno ad un caso di galattocele. Arch, ostet. gin, 1933, 2.ser, 20: 287-98.—Virnicchi, T. Su di un caso di epitelioma dendritico intracanalicolare in incipiente degenerazione maligna insorto su malattia cistica della mam- mella. Riv. chir. Nap, 1936, "2: 109-27. ---- Dermoid cyst and teratoma. Coues, W. P. A case of teratoma of the breast. N. England J.M, 1931, 204: 656.—Mclver, M. A. Teratoid mixed tumors of the breast. Ann. Surg, 1923, 77: 354-7.—Menville, J. G. Simple dermoid cysts of the breast. Ibid, 1936, 103: 49-56. ---- Development. See also Breast, infantile; Puberty. Goens-Rosales, A. *Contribution a, l'etude de la glande mammaire senile et de ses 6tats pr6cancereux. 40p. 8? Geneve, 1919. Teigeler, W. *Beitrage zur Entwickelungs- geschichte der menschlichen Brustdriise. 31p. 8? Gott., 1916. Brack, E. Ueber histologische Erscheinungen an der Mam- ma, speziell an den Mamillen, in den verschiedenen Lebensal- tern. Arch. Gyn, Berl.,1924, 122: 711-7—Broman, I. Weitere Argumente fiir die Abstammung der Milchleiste aus der Seiten- linie. Verh. Anat. Ges, 1921, 30: 40-6.—Babelow, A. Ver- gleichende Untersuchungen zur Entwicklung einiger Driisen, ihrer Gefassbaume und ihrem Verhalten zum umgebenden Gewebe. Ibid, 1934, 42: 165-88—Bietrich, E. F. Unter- suchungen iiber das Verhalten der menschlichen Brustdriise im ersten Lebensjahre. Virchows Arch, 1927, 264: 486-97 — Harms, C. Entwicklungshemmung der weiblichen Brustdriise durch Rbntgenbestrahlung. Strahlentherapie, 1925,19: 586-8.— Hirata, Y. Ueber Wachstum und Involution der Milchdriise. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1927, 17: 311-4— Levi, G. Nuovi studii sull'accrescimento delle individuality morfologiche nell'embrione; l'accrescimento dell'abbozzo degli organi mammari. Arch. sc. biol. Nap, 1928, 12: 610-22.—Richarz, A. Entwicklungshem- mung der weiblichen Brustdriise durch Rbntgenbestrahlung. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1925, 33: 573.—Riedel, G. Die Ent- wicklung und Entartung des elastischen Gewebes in der senilen Mamma. Virchows Arch, 1925, 256: 243-67.—Walchshofer, E. BREAST 965 BREAST Ueber Riickbildungsvorgange in der alternden Mamma. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1930, 224: 137-49. ---- Diseases. Aufricht, J. *Jahresbericht der Chirurg. Universitatsklinik zu Heidelberg tiber Erkran- kungen der Brust in den Jahrgangen 1923, 24-25. 13p. 8? Heidelb., 1926. Dietrich, A., & Frangenheim, P. Die Erkrankungen der Brustdriise. x, 309p. 8? Stuttg., 1926. Evans, W. H. The diseases of the breast. 495p. 8? Lond., 1923. Beaumont. Les affections benienes du sein. Vie med, 1923, 4: 1283.—Bloodgood, J. C. The medical aspects of disease of the breast (what every physician should know about the breast) Med. Insur, 1923-24, 39: 304-11.—Braitenberg, F. von. Brust- driisenerkrankungen. Chirurg, Berl, 1936, 8: 611-21.—Cheatle, G. L. Early and curable disease of the breast. Brit. M.J, 1923, 1: 928.—Beaver, J. B. Malignant and benign diseases of the female breast. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1928, 41: 95-111.—Finney, J. M. T. Breast lesions. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1932, 23-8.—Hertzler, A. E. A preview of my book on surgical pathology of the mammary gland. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1934, 31: 72.—Howard, R. J. Diseases of the breast. Clin. J, Lond, 1921, 50: 561; 577.—Jennings, J. E. Common diseases of the breast. Pract. Lect. (Hoeber) 1923-24, N.Y, 1925, 199- 220.—Lazzarini, L. Le mastosi. Gazz. osp, 1936, 57: 941-3.— Ledderhose, G. Erkankungen der Brustdriise. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 633-5.—Nicolson, W. P, jr. Breast lesions. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1935, 24: 55-9.—Overholt, R. H. Diseases of the breast for the year 1932. Rep. Lahey Clin, 1932, 24—Sala- mero, F. Mastopatias. Clin. & lab, Zaragoza, 1933, 23: 836- 42.—Schwarz, H, & Freund, G. Statistische Beitrage zu den Erkrankungen der Brustdriise. Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1935, 42: 497-509.—Scott, W. J. M. Diseases of the breast. Pract. Libr. (Appleton) 1933, 4: 80-108.—Shroyer, F. I. Problems in disease of the mammary gland. Aled. Rec, N.Y, 1936, 143: 322-4 — Siemens, W. Ueber Brustdrtisenerkrankungen. Zbl. Chir, 1930, 57: 89-98.—Stern, W. Les affections de la mamelle. Hopital, Par, 1937, 25: 108; 141.—Suermont, W. F. [Affections of the mammary gland] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1933, 77: 2174- 83.—Tankersley, J. W. Lesions of the breast. South. Surgeon, 1936.5: 384-9. ---- Diseases: Causes and pathology, See also Breast, Inflammation. Schultz, A. Pathologische Anatomie der Brustdriise. p. 1-208. 8? Berl. [1930] Handb. spez. path. Anat, 1930, 7: pt2. Abell, I, & Graves, S. A review of 300 oases of breast disease. South. M.J, 1922, 15: 390-4.—Askanazy, M. Ueber Amyloid in der Mamma und die Abhangigkeit der Amyloidablagerung von der Organfunktion. Beitr. path. Anat, 1922-23, 71: 583- 94.—Birkenfeld, W. Beitrag zur Zwillingspathologie der Mam- ma. Arch. klin. Chir, 1931-32, 168: 568-76.—Campbell, J. L. A clinical study of diseases of the mammary gland. J.M Ass. Georgia, 1932, 21: 12-7.—Celesia. Sobre un caso de esporotricosis de la mama. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1924, 8:844-7— Celidonio, C. Um caso de mycetoma primitivo do seio. Brasil med, 1928, 42: 491-3.—Cheatle, G. L. Some pathological changes in the epithelium of the breast. West London M.J, 1921, 26: 122-8. ----- Clinical signs and indications of changes in the breast. Practitioner, Lond, 1929, 10: 69-70. ----- The diagnosis and pathology of some breast diseases. Newcastle M.J, 1934, 14: 59-66. -----& Wale, R. S. A lesion common to breast and prostate glands. Brit. J. Surg, 1929-30, 17: 619-22—Belbet, P. Les cellules a granulations argentaffines dans la mamelle hu- maine pathologique. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1925,14:250-5,, 4 pi.— Benk, W. Gutartige und bosartige Erkrankungen der Brust- driise. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1926, 39: H.49 [Sonderbeil] 1-8 — Faelli, C. Diabete e glandola mammaria. Monit. endocr, 1934, 2: 407-10.—Gate, J, Ricard, A. [et al.] Ulceration chro- nique du sein gauche. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1934, 41: 361-3.—Graham, R. R. Some aspects of the pathology of chronic breast lesions. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1924, 14: 921-9— Gruber, G. B. Beitrage zur Histologie und Pathologie der Mamma. Virchows Arch, 1924, 248: 397-426—Ingleby, H. Influence of the sexual cycle on breast lesions. Lancet, Lond, 1932, 2: 835 — Kilbury, M.J. Review of 444 cases of breast lesions. J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1935-36, 32: 83-6.—Lamb, F. H. Clinico-pathological relationship in common breast lesions. Am. J. Clin. Path, 1934 4- 327-35 —Miller, E. M. Lesions of the breast associated with a'discharging nipple. Surg Clin. N America, 1924, 4: 757_63 —Watters W H. A pathological study of the incidence of surgical mammary lesions. .Boston M.&S.J., 1924, 190: 280- 2—Wellbrock W I. A. Clinical and pathologic consideration of the more common lesions of the breast. J.S. Carolina M. Ass, 1935, 31: 76-83. ---- Diseases: Diagnosis. See also Breast, Examination; Breast, Roent- genography. Bainbridge, W. S. The human breast, a plea for well directed treatment based on more accurate diagnosis. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1922,12:354-60. ----- Nonmalignant breast conditions, diag- nosis and treatment. Am. J. Obst, 1930, 19: 255-66 Also Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1930, 130: 148-51. Also repr.— Bloodgood, J. C. Biopsy in breast lesions in relation to diagnosis, treatment and prognosis. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1934, 52: 402-12 Also Ann. Surg, 1935, 102: 239-49—Cheatle, G. L. The impor- tant early symptoms in diseases of the breast. Brit. M.J, 1927, 2: 47.—Gould, E. P. Prognosis of non-malignant diseases of the breast. Lancet, Lond, 1935,2: 899.—Grasso, R. Contributo alio studio radiologico della mammella muliebre in condizioni normali e patologiche. Arch. Soc. ital. chir, 1935, 41: 573-8.— Gronwald, G. Differentialdiagnose seltener Mammaerkrankun- gen post partum. Med. Klin, Berl, 1931, 27: 735-7.—Lewis, E. C. The significance of discharge from the nipple in breast lesions. Lancet, Lond, 1922, 1: 1093-5—Lotheissen, G. Wie hat man sich bei Auftreten einer Brustdriisenharte zu ver- halten? Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1936, 10: 11.—Olch, I. Y. The differential diagnosis of diseases of the breast. Med. Clin. N America, 1936-37, 20: 625-49—Trinca, A. J. Some diagnostic points in diseases of the breast. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg.. 1933,2:395-9. Diseases: Treatment. Adair, F. E. The diagnosis and treatment of breast lesions. N. England J.M, 1935, 212: 336-40.—Aud, G. Operation in diseases of the breast. Kentucky M.J, 1936, 34: 387.—Bain- bridge, W. S. The human breast; a plea for well directed treat- ment based on more accurate diagnosis. Wisconsin M.J, 1920- 21, 19: 619-25.—Bazin, A. T. Surgical treatment of chronic tesions of the breast. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1924, 14: 918-20.— Bleach, G. M. The mammary problem. Arch. Phys. Ther, 1934, 15: 587-93.—Bloodgood, J. C. Benign lesions of female breast for which operation is not indicated. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1921) 1922,34:210-22 [Discussion] 229-41. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 78: 859-63.—Dieulafe. A propos de quelques cas d'engorgemant mammaire. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1936, 25: 283-6.—Goodman, B. A. Glandular therapy in diseases of the breast. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1932, 12: 539-47.—Harring- ton, S. H. Diagnostico y tratamiento de las lesiones de la mama. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1933, 8: 329-39.—Keith, J. P, & Keith, B. Y. Radiation therapy of the female breast. Kentucky M.J., 1926, 24: 222-9.—Nicolson, W. P, jr. Irradiation versus surgery in breast lesions. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1936, 25: 120-4.— Philpott, N. W. Intramuscular injections of camphor in the treatment of engorgement of the breasts. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1929, 20: 494.—Seitz, A, & Vey, E. Die Diathermiebehandlung der weiblichen Brust. Zbl. Gyn, 1921, 45: 1748-50.—Vey, E. Die Diathermiebehandlung der weiblichen Brust. Ibid, 1923, 47: 468-71. ---- Ducts. Horn, A. *Das Epithel der Ausfiihrungs- gange der weiblichen Milchdriise [Breslau] 23p. 8? Weimar, 1930. Also Anat. Anz, 1930, 70: 1-22. Bloodgood, J. C. The clinical picture of dilated ducts be- neath the nipple frequently to be palpated as a doughy worm- like mass; the varicocele tumor of the breast. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1923, 36: 486-95.—Finsterbusch, R, & Gross, F. Kalkablage- rungen in den Milch- und Ausfiihrungsgangen beider Brust- driisen. Rontgenpraxis, 1934, 6: 172-4—Horn, A. Das Epithel der Ausfiihrungsgange der weiblichen Milchdriise. Anat. Anz, 1930, 70: 1-22.—Richter, I. Zur Frage iiber die Struktur der Ausfiihrungsgange der Milchdriisen. Ibid, 1928, 66: 145-56. Echinococcosis. Burkhardt, W. Ein Fall von Echinococcus hydatidosus in einer Mamma lactans. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 1255.— Canavero, M. Su di una rara localizzazione dell'echinococco alveolare alla ghiandola mammaria. Ann. ital. chir, 1931, 10: 567-81 —Gargano, C. Cisti di echinococco della mammella. Ibid 1924, 3: 772-80.—Melchior. Echinococcus der Mamma. Jahrber. Schles. Ges. vaterl. Cult. (1917) 1918, 2: Abt.2, Med. Sekt 20—Pasman, F. R, & Mosto, B. Quiste hidatidico de mama. Prtosa nted. argent, 1929-30,16: 1545-8—Sereda, A. P. [Case of petrified unicellular echinococcus of the mammary gland] Soviet, khir, 1932, 2: 251—Vergoz & Brincat. Kyste hydatique du sein. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1936, 13: 794.— Zancani, A. Echinococco della mammella. Arch ital. chir, 1924 9: 574-82.—Zhelvakov, N. V. [Echinococcus of the mam- mary gland] Trop. med. vet, Moskva, 1931, 9: 40* ---- Eczema. See Eczema. Elephantiasis. See also Breast, Hyperplasia; Breast, pendent. Thaysen [H.] A. *Ueber Elephantiasis nach Mammaamputation [Kiel] 18p. 8? Libaii, 1932. Copello, O. Mama elefantiasica por fibroma. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1923, 7: 382-5—Favier, G. Au sujet d'un cas d ele- BREAST 966 BREAST phantiasis du sein. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1935, 28: 530-2.— Jackson, M. Elephantiasis of the breast. Brit. M.J, 1925, 2: 609.—Le Roy des Barres. Abces chronique du sein ayant determine un 6tat etephantiasique de la glande. Bull. Soc. nat. chir . Par, 1929, 55: 1247-50.—Pasqual, J. H. A case of elephantiasis mammae. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1927-28, 21: f'.u. ---- Endocrine relations. See also Breast, Hormones. Yoiriot, P. Contribution a l'etude des rap- ports ovaro-mammaires. 72p. 8? Par., 1932. Aberle, S. B. B. Size of mammary glands of normal rhesus monkeys and those injected with theelin, corpus luteum extract, and anterior pituitary extract. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 32: 246-9.—Action de l'hypophyse sur la glande mammaire. Nourrisson, 1935, 23: 104-6.—Allen, E, Gardner, W. U„ & Biddle, A. W. Experiments with theelin and galactin on growth and function of the mammary glands of the monkey. Endocri- nology, 1935, 19: 305-13—Brownell, K. A, Lockwood, J. E, & Hartman, F. A. A lactation hormone of the adrenal cortex. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933,130:783. -Burrows, H. Patho- logical changes induced in the mamma by oestrogenic com- pounds. Brit. J. Surg, 1935-36, 23: 191-213—Bondoli, C. Modiflcazioni mammarie prodotte dall' urina di gravida. Gior. clin. med, 1933, 14: 134-44.—Ernst, M. Untersuchungen iiber hormonale Wachstumsantriebe der Brustdriise unter Einbe- ziehung des Parabioseverfahrens. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1927, 202: 231-40.—Ferreira da Silva Pinto, 0. Correlacao funccional ovario-mammaria. Fol. med, Rio, 1934, 15: 133-5.—Ferrigno, P. Azione di estratti glicerici di preipoflsi sulla ghiandola mam- maria di ratte istero-ovariectomizzate. Arch. Ist. biochim. ital, 1933, 5: 31-56.—Gardner, W. TJ, Smith, G. M, & Strong, L. C. Stimulation of abnormal mammary growth by large amounts of estrogenic hormone. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1935-36, 33: 148-50.—Hadden, B. Female mammae in relation with the pelvic organs. Am. J. Obst, 1923, 5: 536.—Heim, K. Brustdriise und Hypophysenvorderlappen. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1930-31,144:471 [Discussion] 475-96. ----- Zur Biologie der Brustdriise; gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur Frage der Hypophysen- vorderlappenhormone. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1932, 90: 172-97.—Herold, L, & Effkemann, G. Beziehungen des Follikel- hormons zu pathophysiologischen Wachstumsvorgangen der Brustdriise; Brustdrusenentwieklung unter gesteigerter Zufuhr von Follikelhormon bei der Ratte. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1936-37, 163: 85-93. ----- Unterschiedliche Wirkung einer lang- dauernden Follikelhormonzufuhr auf die Brustdriisenstruktur kastrierter und nichtka„strierter Ratten. Ibid, 309-15.—Hirsch, G. Die Brustdriise in ihrer Beziehung zur inneren Sekret'on. ITandb. inn. Sekret. (Hirsch.) Lpz, 1928, 3: 1.Halfte, 530-57 — Jongh, S. E. de. Fortsetzung von Untersuchungen iiber den Angriffspunkt der Menformonwirkung auf dte Mamma. Acta brevia neerl, 1933, 3: 99.—Levi, L, & Hirsch, M. Note sur la senteiologie des seins par rapport aux endocrines. Clinique, Par, 1930, 25: 107.-----Contribution a la senteiologie des seins et au fonctionnement mammaire par rapport aux autres glandes endocrines. Rev. med. Par, 1930, 47: 182-201 — Lyons, W. R. Preparation and assay of mammotropic hormone. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936-37, 35: 645-8—MacBonald, I. G. The response of the mammary gland to prolonged stimu- lation with ovarian hormones. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1936, 63: 138-44—McEuen, C. S, Seleye, H, & Collip, J. B. Effect of the testis on the mammary gland. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 35: 56-8.—Maniscalco, S. Preipoflsi e attivita mammaria. Ann. ostet. gin, 1932, 54: 1619-52.—Moszkowicz, L. Die hor- monale Beeinflussung des Wachstums der Brustdriise. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1927, 40: 117-20—Nelson, W. O. The effect of hypophysectomy upon mammary gland development and function in the guinea pig. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1935-36, 33: 222-4.—Pallot, G. Reactions de la glande mammaire de la lapine a la folliculine, au corps jaune et a la prehypophyse. Bull. hist, appl, Lyon, 1936, 13: 90-105—Philipp, E. Ein Beitrag zur hormonalen Wirkung der Placenta auf die Brustdriise. Zbl. Gyn, 1924, 48: 2527—Plaut, R. Ueber den Einfluss des Uterup und der Ovarien auf die Entwicklung der Brustdriise. Zschr: Biol, 1923, 79: 263-76 —Reece, R. P, Turner, C. W, & Hill, R. T. Mammary gland development in the hypophysec- tomized albino rat. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 34: 204-7.—Robson, J. M. The action of oestrin on thfe mammary secretion. Q.J. Exp. Physiol, Lond, 1934-35, 24: 337-44 — Romaniello, G. Azione dell' urina di donna gravida sulla mam- mella. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1936, 11: 797.—Salle, A. J, A Shechmeister, I. L. Effect of lactogenic hormone on embrvonic tissues cultivated in vitro. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y,~1936, 34: 603-6.—Sawizki, W. Ueber den Zusammenhang zwischen der Funktion der Brustdriise und den Hormonen der inkretori- schen Driisen. Zbl. Gyn, 1935, 59: 2784-S—Scaglione, S. In- fluenza dell' ormone follicolare sulla glandola mammaria (ricerche sperimentali e considerazioni) Riv. ital. gin, 1929-30, 9- 463-8—Selye, H, McEuen, C. S, & Collip, J. B. Effect of testosterone on the mammary gland. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol N.Y, 1936, 34: 201-3—Spirito, F. Correlazioni funzionali surre- no-mammarie; proposta di un nuovo metodo di cura del morbo di Addison. Rass. clin. ter, 1923, 22: 265-s— Stimson, C. M. The influence of the placenta on the mammary gland Am J Obst, 1922, 4: 413.—Tesauro, G. Contributo alio studio del- I'ormone galattogeno. Pediatria (Riv.) 1936, 44: 665-88.— Turner, C. W, Frank, A. H. [et al.] The effect of theelin and theelol on the growth of the mammary gland. Anat. Rec, 1932, 53: 227-41.—Vintemberger, P. Action des injections de liquide folliculaire sur la glande mammaire. Arch, biol, Liege, 1925, 35: 125-54—Weichert, C. K, Boyd, R: W, & Cohen, R. S. A study of certain endocrine effects on the mammary glands of female rats. Anat. Rec, 1934-35, 61: 21-43. ---- Endothelioma [including perithelioma] See also Breast, Angioma. Agrifoglio, M. Sopra un caso di emoangioendotelioma peri- vascolare della mammella. Pathologica , Genova, 1927, 19: 172-7.—Amorosi, 0. L'endotelioma della mammella. Clin. chir, Milano, 1930, 33:1106-18—Billi, A. Contributo alla cono- scenza del peritelioma della mammella. Rass. internaz. clio. ter, 1934, 15: 1003-19.—Cagnetta, V. Endotelioma della mam- mella. Arch. Soc. ital. chir, 1929, 35: 720-32. ----- Altera- zioni cutanee ed ossee metastatiche nell' endotelioma della mammella. Ibid, 1931, 37: 768-72.—Ciceri, C. Endoteliomi e periteliomi della mammella. Gazz. internat. med. chir, 1930, 38: 608; 643.—Edye, B. T. Haemangioma (endothelioma) of the breast. Med. J. Australia, 1922, 2: 663-6.—Forni, G. L'endotelioma e il peritelioma della mammella. Arch. ital. chir, 1924, 10: 140-69.—Ghiron, V. Di due tumori rari della mammella (morbo Paget-peritelioma) Tumori, 1926, 12: 452-67.—Jaki, J. Chondro-osteo-endothelioma mammae. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1929, 219: 413-21.—Memmi, R. Un caso di peri- telioma della mammella. Clin, chir, Milano, 1933. n.s, 9: 1253-62.—Nigrisoli, P. Emangioendotelioma della mammella. Ann. ital. chir, 1924, 3: 429-44.—Piccaluga, N. Su di un raro tumore della mammella (endotelioma angiomatoso) Tumori, 1924,11: 9-35.—Zaniboni, A. Su di un caso di endotelioma della mammella maschile. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1929, 1: 19-26. ---- Examination. See also Breast, Roentgenography. Aievoli, E. La transilluminazione in ausilio diagnostico delle affezioni mammarie. Riforma med, 1929, 45: 1248.—Bower, J. O, & Clark, J. H. Skin prints; their use in the diagnosis of tesions of the breast. Arch. Surg, 1929, 18: 2386-99.— Caporale, L. La transilluminazione nelle affezioni mammarie. Minerva med. Tor, 1931,22: pt 1, 952-4.—Cutler, M. Transillu- mination as an aid in the diagnosis of breast lesions; with special reference to its value in cases of bleeding nipple. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1929, 48: 721-9. Also Ann. Surg, 1931, 93: 223-34. Also Bull. Am. Soc. Cancer, 1933, 15: 1-6.—Foster, G. S. An instru- ment for clear transillumination of the breast. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1934, 140: 241.—Sato, A, & Moriwaki, Y. Proposal of functional test of mammary glands; preliminary report; a factor to be considered before actual weaning. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1936, 29: 384-92.—Ulrich, P. Une nouvelle methode pour le diagnostic des tesions de la glande mammaire; la transillumina- tion ou diascopie du sein. Rev. fr. gyn. obst, 1932, 27:182-93.— Visual observation of breast lesions. Surg. Equip, 1934, 1, 2: 6.—Wilson, A. K. Transillumination of the breast. West Virginia M.J, 1936, 32: 245-9. ---- Explantation. Francescon, A, & Zambelli, G. Primi risultati di coltiva- zione in vitro di ghiandola mammaria di adulto. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1933, 8: 576-82. ----- Ricerche sulla ghian- dola mammaria di adulto coltivata in vitro. Ibid, 1268-70.— Maximow, A. Ueber krebsahnliche Verwandlung der Milch- driise in Gewebskulturen. Virchows Arch, 1925, 256: 813-45. ---- Extract. See under Breast, Pharmacology. ---- Fat necrosis [traumatic mastitis] Auriol, M. *Contribution a l'etude de la cytosteatonecrose du tissu cellulo-adipeux peri- mammaire. 72p. 8? Par., 1929. Bernard, J. K. *Posttraumatische Mastitis mit Einschluss der Tuberkulose. 48p. 8? Bonn, 1934. Adair, F. E. Traumatic fat necrosis of the female breast. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1921, 100: 1141—Bartsch, G. H. Ueber lipo- phage Granulombildungen (im besondern der weiblichen Brustdriise) Arch. klin. Chir, 1933-34, 178: 62-80.—Bazy, L. Un cas de cytosteatonecrose du tissu cellulo-adipeux du sein diagnostique cliniquement. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1926, 52: 711-3. Also Gynecologie, 1926, 25: 611.—Brancati, R. Le necrosi grassosa della mammella. Arch. ital. chir, 1930-31, 26: 585-617. ----- Tre casi di liponecrosi della mammella. Arch. Soc. ital. chir, 1930, 36: 784-95.—Cabeca, C. Necrose gorda mamaria. Lisboa nted, 1930, 7: 821-31.—Cohen, I. Traumatic fat necrosis of the breast. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 80: 770.—Cookson, H. A. Fat necrosis of the breast. Brit. M.J, 1930, 2: 1043—Bupont, R, & Perrot, M. Cyto-steato-n6crose et gangrene du sein. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1927, 4: 507-12.— Enzer, N. Traumatic fat necrosis of the breast. Am. J. Surg., 1931, n.s, 12: 102-4.—Fitzwilliams, B. Fat necrosis of the BREAST 967 BREAST breast. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1931, 24: 976-9—Gohrbandt, P. Lipophage granulome der Mamma. Arch. klin. Chir, 1927, 148: 684-90.—Gottesman, J, & Zemansky, A. P. Fat ne- crosis of the breast; a study of 20 cases. Ann. Surg, 1927, 85: 438-49.—Hadfleld, G. Fat necrosis of the breast, with an ac- count of a case. Brit. J. Surg, 1925-26, 13: 742; 1929, 17: 673.- Keynes, G. A case of fat necrosis of the breast. Ibid, 1924-25, 12 ■ 663-5 —King, E. S. J. Post-operative fat necrosis of the breast. J. Coll. Surgeons Australasia, 1929-30, 2: 233-42—Klin- genstein, P. Fat necrosis of the breast. Am. J. Surg, 1927, n.s, 3: 291.—Lee, B. J, & Adair, F. E. Traumatic fat necrosis of the female breast and its differentiation from carcinoma; with report of 2 cases. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1920, 38: 295-313. Also Med. Rec, N.Y, 1921, 100: 1141. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1922, 34: 521-31. Also Ann. Surg, 1924, 80: 670-91—Levin, J. J. Traumatic fat necrosis of the breast. J. M. Ass. S. Africa, 1931, 5: 552-4.—Moir, P. J. Traumatic fat necrosis of the breast. Brit. M.J, 1929, 1: 640.—Nicaud, P. Cytosteatonecrose pre- mammaire et epiplo'ique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3.ser, 52: 1501-9.—Paggi, B. Considerazioni sopra un caso di liponecrosi della mammella con degenerazione xantomatosa. Policlinico, 1935, 42: sez. chir, 102-15.—Pi Figueras, J, & Cora- chan Llort, M. Esteato-necrosis de la mama. Rev. cir. Barce- lona, 1931, 1: 307-19.—Puente Buany, N, Leza, F. Granuloma lipofagico del seno. Arch. med. int, Habana, 1935, 1: 975- 85, pi.—Roffo, A. H. (iranuloma lipofagico de la mama. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air, 1924, 1: 57-69. Also Ann. anat. path , Par, 1925, 2: 56-61.—Rowntree, C. Fat necrosis of the breast. Lancet, Lond, 1925, 2: 1065—Stulz, E, & Fontaine, R. Le granulome lipophagique du sein. Rev. chir. Par, 1923, 61: 646-58. ---■— & Biss, A. Granulome lipophagique du sein d'origine traumatique. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1923, 93: 505-8.— Trinca, A. J. Fat necrosis of the female breast. J. Coll. Sur- geons Australasia, 1929, 2: 21-31.—Vignes, H. Necrose totale de la glande mammaire consecutive a une injection r6tro-mam- maire de serum artificiel. Rev. g6n. clin. ther, 1925, 39: 08.— Weber, H. Ein posttraumatisches Fettgranulom der Mamma. Zbl. Chir, 1934, 61: 1042-4. ---- Fibroepithelioma: Adenoma. See also Breast, Cysts, proliferative. Loehe, F. * Ueber den Bau des Mammaade- noms. 25p. 8? Bonn, 1913. Bell, R. Mammary adenomata. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1924, n.s, 118: 249-51.—Bloodgood, J. C. Benign tumors of the breast; encapsulated adenoma; a brief summary of their clinical and pathological features. Ann. Surg, 1924, 79: 172- 97—Bothe, A. E. Simple lactating adenoma of the breast. Am. J. M. Sc, 1925, 170: 731-5—Cheatle, G. L. Chronic masti- tis, cysto-adenoma and adenoma of the breast. Arch. Surg, 1928 17: 535-60.—Cores, L. B. de. Adenoma mamario de excep- cional desarrollo. Bol. Inst. clin. quir, B. Air, 1928, 4: 899- 901 — Cornil, L, Prat, L, & Imbert, R. Adenome pur du sem. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1936, 13: 527-9—Goormaghtigh, M, & Amerlinck, A. Production de formations adenomateuses mammaires par des injections prolongees de folliculme. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 527-9.—Kreibig, W. Ueber das Schwangerschaftsadenom der weiblichen Brustdruse. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1930, 43: 972-4—Laroyenne, L, Bouget, H, & Rousset, J. Hemorragies mamelonnaires par adenomes dittus intracanaliculaires. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Pans, 1933, 22: 61-6 — Neumann, H. O. Ein reines Adenom der Mamma. Virchows Arch. 1927, 264:143-9.—Pauchet, V. Adenoma del seno; enuclea- tion estetica. Cron. nted. mex, 1933, 32: 291-301.—Pa vie, P. Adenomes purs de la glande mammaire. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1930, 7: 449-58—Titone, M. Singolare decorso di adenoma mammario in gravidanza. Riv. ital. gin, 1936-37, 19: 368-79. ---- Fibroepithelioma: Fibroadenoma. See also Breast, Hyperplasia, parenchymatous. Gertsmeier, C. H. *Ueber ein Fibroadenoma mammae peri- et intercanaliculare cystic um sive lacunare degenerativum mit senilen Involu- tionscvsten im Tumorgebiet [Heidelberg] 46p. 8? Speyer am Rhein, 1919. Klossner, A. R. *Studien uber Zellstruk- turen in den epithelialen Mammatumoren und in den Epithelien der Fibromatosis diffusa mammae (Dietrich) [Helsingfors] 154p. 8. Jena, 1930. . t inQn _, c Also Arb. Path. Inst. Helsingfors, 1930, n.F, 6: m9fiU^f dof CheaUe GeL The formation and treatment of 1926, 123: 498-°h?rple^reast Arch. Surg, 1926, 13: 617-22- fibro-adenomas oTthe breast■ f d,unBc'as d^dteo.flbrome Chevalier, O. Eramen ™n ^*h 1490,-CopeUo, J. M. Ma^Stesic^prfibrama.' Sem. med, B. Air, 1923, 30: pt2, 231.—Burante, L. Su di un tumore complesso della mam mella (adeno-fibro-mixoma) Arch. ital. chir, 1924, 9: 526-36.— Fraenkel, A. Ist das Fibroadenom der Mamma ein Blastom? Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1933, 46: 195-201—Gargano, C. Rilievi clinici ed istologici sopra i flbromi puri della mammella. Med. prat. Nap, 1922, 7: 441-57. Also Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1924, 5:578-90. ----- Contributo alia conoscenza dei flbroadenomi delle mammelle a localizzazione mullipla. Ann. ital. chir, 1934, 13: 122-31—Halpert, B, & Bial, B. L. Fibroma of the breast. Am. J. Path, 1933, 9: 905-7.—Hartmann. Fibro-adenome du sein. Rev. gCn. clin. ther, 1926, 40: 214.—Ingleby.H. Relation of fibro-adenoma and chronic mastitis to sexual cycle changes in the breast. Arch. Path, Chic, 1932, 14: 21-41.—Ingraham, C. B. A case of fibroadenoma of the breast. Am. J. Obst, 1928, 15: 521-8.—Kahler, M. V. The bio-assay of a fibro-adenoma of the breast for estrogenic substance. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1936, 29: 374.—Kiraly, E. Sur l'ad6no-fibrome diffus des 2 seins. Gaz. hop, 1928, 101: 1861.—Klossner, A. R. Studien iiber Zell- strukturen in den epithelialen Mammatumoren und in den Epithelien der Fibromatosis diffusa mammae (Dietrich) Arb. Path. Inst. Helsingfors, 1930, n.F, 6: 81-234—Kon, Y. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des reinen Fibroms der Mamma. Mitt. allg. Path, Sendai, 1930, 6: 191-8.—Koyama, M. A case of mammary fibroadenoma in albino-rat. Gann, Tokyo, 1925, 19: 9.—Labry, R. A propos d'un cas d'adeno-fibrome bilateral du sein. Lyon med, 1925, 136: 596-8.—Lamas, A. Fibro-adenoma quistico de la mama. An. Fac. med, Montev, 1923-24, 9: 617-22—McFar- land, J. Adenofibroma and fibro-adenoma of the female breast. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1927, 45: 729-46— Mackenzie, K. A huge fibro-adenoma of the breast. Brit. J. Surg, 1935-36, 23: 234 — Melnick, P. J. Fibromyoma of the, breast. Arch. Path, Chic, 1932, 14: 794-8. Also repr.—Mohns, F. E. Lack of estrin con- centration in adenofibroma of the mammary gland in rats. Am. J. Cancer, 1937, 29: 356-62.—Moiroud, P. Association d'une tumeur adeno-conjonctive du sein et de ganglions tubereuleux de l'aisselle; erreur clinique. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1924, 94: 439.—Moran, C. S. Fibro-adenoma of the breast during preg- nancy and lactation. Arch. Surg, 1935, 31: 688-708—Papin, F, & Laporte, F. Sur un cas volumineux d'adeno-fibrome du sein chez une jeune fille, extirpation par incision esthetique. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1935, 24: 561-3—Pattarin, P. Fibro- adenoma intracanalicolare in nodo mammario accessorio. Tumori, 1934, 20: 534-55.—Picco, A. Trattamento con Prolan di ratti portatori di flbroadenomi da innesto. Cancro, Tor, 1934, 5: 64-70. ----- Trattamento di ratti portatori di fibro-adenoma della mammella con corpo luteo. Ibid, 134-9. ----- Ulteriori esperimenti di trattamento con follicolina di ratti portatori di fibro-adenoma. Ibid, 263-70, 2pl— Prym, P. Pseudoade- nome, Adenome und Mastome der weiblichen Brustdruse; Studien fiber die Enstehung umschriebener adenomahnlicher Herde in der Mamma und fiber die Nachahmung des Brust- driisengewebes durch echte Adenome und Fibroadenome. Beitr. path. Anat, 1928, 81: 1; 221—Ritter von Linhardt, S. Ein Fall von sogenannter totaler Fibroadenomatose der Mam- ma. Frank. Zschr. Path, 1924, 30: 304-10—Schaudig, H. Ueber totale Fibroadenomatose der Mamma. Zbl. Chir, 1924, 51 ■ 2106 —Searcy, G. H, & Pack, G. T. A case of paramammary adenofibroma. J. Am. M. Ass, 1928, 91: 566—Semb, C. Fibro- adenomatosis cystica mammae. Acta chir. scand, 1930, 66: 457—Smith, I. H. Giant intracanalicular fibroadenomyxoma of the breast. Am. J. Surg, 1935,30: 545-7—Sokolov, M. [Enor- mous fibroma of mammary gland] Mosk. med. J, 1926, 6: no 3 8-10 —Sudler, M. T. Lactating intracanalicular lipo- myxofibro-adenoma of the breast. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1923 3* 1599-602 —Teneff, S. Fibroadenoma multiplo bilaterale della. mammella. Cancro, Tor, 1933, 4: 27-34—Touraine, A, & Renault, P. Hvpertrophie massive des seins sur fibroadenome. Bull Soc fr. derm, svph, 1935, 42: 300-2.—Treves, N. A case of intracanalicular fibroadenoma of the breast with associated tuberculous lymphadenitis mistaken for carcinoma. Am. J. Surg 1929, n s, 6: 781-4.—Vallebona, U. Sul fibroma puro intracanalicolare della mammella. Minerva med. Tor, 1928, 8: pt2, 169-74. ____ Fibroepithelioma, proliferative. See also Breast, Cancer: Precancerous condi- tion; Breast, Sarcoma. Binkert, M. *Fibrolipoadenoma intracanali- culare sarcomatodes xanthomatodes mammae [Zurich] p.498-511. 8? Munch., 1924. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1924, 30: Knapp, T. *Untersuchungen zur Frage der krebsigen Entartung adenomatoser Geschwulste der Brustdruse. 16p. 8? Tub., 1913. La Roy L. *Les tumeurs kystiques du sein; anatomie pathologique et pathogenie de l|addno- fibrome de la maladie kystique et de 1 adeno- carcinome du sein. 143p. 8? Gand, 1912. Platjt R *Ueber das spaltcystenbildende Adenom der Brustdruse. 25p. 8? Bonn, 1918. Schossberger, F. *Ueber ein schnellwach- sendes Fibroadenoma mammae bei einer jugend- BREAST 968 BREAST lichen Patientin [Berlin] 24p. 8? Char- lottenb., 1931. Alamartine, Comte & Labby. Cysto-sarcome du sein. Lyon med, 1925, 136: 595.—Asteriades, T. Les adeno-sarcomes du sein et leur traitement chirurgical. Bull, med. Par, 1922, 36: 1015.—Brezovnik, V. [Fibro-adenoma of the breast and its change into cancer] Cas. tek. cesk, 1925, 64: 490-7.—Bar, W. [Cystosarcoma phyllodes mammae] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1934, 78: 4030-4.—Binkert, M. Fibrolipoadenoma intracanaliculare sarcomatodes xanthomatodes mammae. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1924, 30: 498-511.—Bloodgood, J. C. Border-line breast tumors, encapsulated and non-encapsulated cystic adenomata, observed from 1890 to 1931. Am. J. Cancer, 1932,16: 103-76.—Bouchut, L, & Martin, J. F. A propos d'un cas de tumeur complexe du sein (conformations 6pitlteliales glandulaires et malpighiennes dans un stroma fibreux et sarcomateux) considerations histo-patho- logiques. Lyon chir, 1921, 18: 425-36.—Brites, G. A propos d'un cas de flbro-adenome kystique de la mamelle en evolution sarcomateuse. Fol. anat. Univ. Conimbr, 1929, 4: no.6,1-11.— Contini, V. Contributo alio studio dei tumori misti della mam- mella (a proposito di un fibro-adeno-cisto-mio-angio-sarcoma) Clin, chir, Milano, 1935, n.s. 11: 988-1004.—Hindse-Nielsen, S, Monstroses cancroses Hautrecidiv; 15 Jahre nach Exzision eines papilliferen Cystadenoma mammae. Zbl. Chir, 1934,61: 1863.— Jeanneney, G. Tumeur r6cidivante (6 fois) du sein; adeno- fibrome-vegetant evoluant vers te sareome. J. nted. Bordeaux, 1933, 110: 108-10— Bieulafg, L, & Bieulafe, R. Fibromatose du sein; galactorrhagie; epithelioma canaliculaire. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1933, 22: 254.—Burante, G, & Roulland, H. Adeno- fibromc du sein en evolution maligne; adenome typique de la couche interne coexistant avec epithelioma atypique de la couche externe. Gyn6cologie, 1921,20: 389-409,—Buvergey & Jeanneney. Adeno-fibrome du sein evoluant comme un epithelioma intra- canaliculaire. J. nted. Bordeaux, 1921, 51: 538.—Gibbon, J. H. Papillary cystadenoma of the breast. Tr. Philadelphia Acad. Surg, 1922, 22: 159.—Grauer, R. C, & Robinson, G. H. Patho- genesis of fibro-adenosarcoma of the breast. Arch. Surg, 1935, 31: 677-87. Also repr.—Grynfeltt, E. A propos d'un cas de flbro-adenome veg6tant endocanaliculaire de la glande mam- maire; remarques sur le pronostic de ces tumeurs. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1928, 9: 378-84. ----- & Guibert, H. L. Adeno-fibro-myomatose mammaire simulant le sareome. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1931, 20: 612-30.—Kramarenko, J. J. [Fi- bromatosis of mammary gland and cancer] Vest, khir, 1927, 9: no.26-27, 92-5.—Lecene, P, & Galtier, M. Remarques sur le traitement chirurgical des tumeurs veg6tantes intra-canalicu- laires du sein. J. chir. Par, 1928, 31: 481-96.—Lee, B. J, & Pack, G. T. Giant intracanalicular fibro-adenomyxoma of the breast; the so-called cystosarcoma phyllodes mammae of Jo- hannes Miiller. Am. J. Cancer, 1931, 15: 2583-609.—Lindberg, L. Osteogenic sarcoma in a fibro-adenoma of the breast. Arch. Path, Chic, 1936, 21: 250— Lindsay, M. B, & Schmeisser, H. C. Adenofibroma (fibro-adenoma) malignum of the breast. South. M.J, 1935, 28: 594-9.— Lbrincz, F. [Fibro-adenoma of the mammary gland transformed into malignant sarcoma] Orv. hetil, 1930, 74: 188-90.—Lukowsky, A. Ueber die diffuse Fibromatose der Mamma und ihren Uebergang in Karzinom. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1921,167: 81-115—Markowitz, B, & Howell, H. L. Rapid growth of a large breast fibroma in a young girl. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 107: 1043.—Moure, P. L'adeno-flbrome arborescent et proliferant du sein. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1932, 58: 269-78.—Nirnova, E. [Histogenesis of cystoma sar- comatodes of the mammary gland] Nov. khir, Moskva, 1925, 1:4; 475-86.—Ohmura, Y. Ueber zwei Falle von karzi- nomatos entartetem Cystadenoma papilliferum der Brust- driise. Zbl. Chir, 1934, 61: 2710-6—Palumbo, E. Sopra un caso di adenofibromixosarcoma del seno eon concomitante adenofibroma di mammella aberrante dell'ascella. Fol. med. Nap, 1933, 19: 1567-87.—Pasternack, J. G, & Wirth, J. E. Adeno- acanthoma sarcomatodes of the mammary gland. Am. J. Path, 1936, 12: 423-35, 2pl.—Picco, A. Trasformazione del fibro- adenoma mammario trapiantabile dei ratti in sarcoma, mediante iniezioni di follicolina. Cancro, Tor, 1933, 4: 293-304. Also Monit. endocr, 1934, 2: 212-20.—Rigoletti, L. Perle e cisti di epitelio spinoso, corneo, in fibroadenoma della mammella. Cancro, Tor, 1934,5:211-5, pi.—Rossi, B. Contributo alla cono- scenza del cisto-adenoma papillifero della mammella. Rass. ostet, 1929, 38: 346-71.—Scagliosi, G. Epidermoidi multipli, con concomitante fibroadenocarcinoma, della mammella. Riv. osp, 1931, 21: 1-14.—Sarcomatous degeneration in the stroma of fibro- adenomata of the breast. Annual Rep. S. Afr. Inst. M. Res, 1934, 52.—Sophian, L. H. Adenofibrosarcoma of the breast. Arch. Path, Chic, 1930, 9: 1007-14. Also repr—Turner, P. Two cases of multiple rapidly growing soft fibro-adenomata of the breast. Rep. Guy's Hosp, Lond, 1929, 79: 241-8.—Wester- mark, H. [A case of cystosarcoma of mamma with genuine sarcoma character] Hygiea, Stockh, 1918, 80: 352-7.—Wiilflng, M. Das Cystosarcoma phyllodes der Mamma. Virchows Arch 1923-24,247: 613-22. ---- Fibrosis. Follikelhormonwirkung in der Genese der Fibrosis mammae cystica. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1936-37, 163: 94-101.—Ktickens, H. Ueber dte Fibrosis mammae und die mit ihr zusammenh&ngen- den Geschwulstbildungen. Beitr. path. Anat, 1928, 80: 40-115. Also Miinch med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 628. ---- Galactocele. See Breast, Cysts, proliferative. ---- Gangrene. Hause, E. *Ueber einen seltenen Fall von Mastitis gangrenosa [Leipzig] 12p. 8? Osch- atz, 1927. Jellinghaus, C. Ueber akute, septische Gangran der hyper- trophischen Mamma. Zbl. Gyn, 1933, 57: 2122-4.—Kiistner, H. Behandlung gangranoser Formen von Mastitis mit ultraviolet- ten Strahlen. Munch, med. Wschr, 1930, 77: 14. ---- Hemorrhage. See also Breast, Cancer: Symptoms; Breast, Nipples: Hemorrhage. Scherwitz, K. *Die blutende Mamma, ihre histologischen Grundlagen mit 20 nachunter- suchten Fallen [Berlin] 35p. 8? Lippstadt- Westf., 1933. Schwan, H. *TJeber blutende Mamma [Heidelberg] 27p. 8? [Frankf. a.M.] 1926. Wolpers, C. *Die blutende Mamma, p.447- 74. 8? Lpz., 1932. Also Arch. klin. Chir, 1933, 174: Agueci, A. La mammella sanguinante. Clin, chir, Milano, 1935, n.s. 11: 562-74.—Bazterrica, E, & Paez, E. M. Considera- ciones sobre mama sangrante. Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires, 1935, 14: 543-50.—Bellini, A. Contributo alio studio della mammella sanguinante. Policlinico, 1935, 42: sez. chir, 235.— Bonomo, V. Sulla mammella sanguinante. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1930, 9: 717, 4pl.—Borchardt, M. Wie sollen wir die blutende Mamma auffassen und behandeln? Ther. Gegen- wart, 1929, 70: 542-7.—Cernezzi, A. La mammella sanguinante. Gazz. osp, 1932, 53: 481-3.—Christmann, F. E, & Foutel, J. M. Consideraciones sobre la mama sangrante y la enfermedad de Reclus. Rev. cir, B. Air, 1932,11: 48-55.—Cutler, E. C. Apo- plexy of the breast; report of case. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924,82: 1763.—Erdheim, S. Ueber die blutende Mamma. Wien. med. Wschr, 1924, 74: 2361. Also Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 225. ----- Wie sollen die mit pathologischer Sekretion aus der Mamilla einhergehenden Brustdriisenerkrankungen operiert werden? Zbl. Chir, 1927, 54: 131-4 [Schlusswort von H. Klose] 136-8.—Escobar, J. A proposito de un caso de hemorragia por el pezon. Progr. clin, Madr, 1930, 38: 718-24—Frank- Kamenetsky, L. Z. [Case of a bleeding mammary gland] Soviet, klin, 1933, 19: 414-21.—Greco, T. Contributo alio studio della cosiddetta mammella sanguinante. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1933, 21: 425-9.—Gronwald, G. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der blutenden Mamma. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1928, 144: 336-S4 — Hendriock, A. Die echte blutende Mamma. Chirurg, Berl, 1931, 3: 9-11—Kaiser, F. J. Soil die blutende Mamma kon- servativ oder radikal operiert werden? Zbl. Chir, 1927, 54: 905-10.—Kaminsky, B. Ueber einen besonderen Fall von blutender Mamma. Zbl. Gyn, 1934, 58: 567.—Klose, H. Soil die blutende Mamma konservativ oder operativ behandelt werden? Zbl. Chir, 1926, 53: 2708-11.—Knoflach, J. G, & Urban, K. Zur Pathologie und Therapie der blutenden Mam- ma. Arch. klin. Chir, 1928, 150: 355-82.—Kon, Y. Zur Anato- mie und Klinik der blutenden Mamma. Mitt. allg. Path, Sendai, 1933-34, 8: 231-46—Krauss, F. Ueber die doppelseitig blutende laktierende Mamma. Zbl. Gyn, 1931, 55: 165-7 — Lactation associated with bleeding from the breasts. Clin. J, Lond, 1934, 63: 259.—Machado, L. M. Sobre a mamma sangra- dora. Rev. gyn. obst, Rio, 1929, 23: 70-4.—Masciottra, R. I, & Varela Chilese, R. Un caso de mama sangrante. Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires, 1936, 15: 473-8—Mattina, A. Contributo alio studio etiopatogenetico della mammella sanguinante. Riforma med, 1933, 49: 1772-82.—Meyer, C. Conduite a tenir vis-a-vis des seins saignants. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1933, 22: 689-91.—Micotti, R. Sulla mammella sanguinante. Clin. chir, Milano, 1932, 35: 442-55.—Mintz, W. Sind wir berechtigt bei blutender Mamma eine Entfernung der Druse vorzu- schlagen? Zbl. Chir, 1930, 57:1220-2—Nishiyama, I. Ueber die sogenannte blutende Mamma. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1928, 40: 1449—Polya, J. [The bleeding breast] Orv. hetil, 1934, 78: mell, 105.—Pribram, B. O. Die blutende Mamma. Erg. Chir. Orthop, 1921, 13: 311-88. ----- Zur Frage der Aetio- / logie und Therapie der blutenden Mamma. Zbl. Chir, 1927, 54: 139-42. ----- Die pathologische Bedeutung der bluten- den Mamma. Med. Klin, Berl, 1931, 27: 1853-5. Risak, E. Zur Frage der sogenannten blutenden Mamma. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1926, 39: 544-6. ----- Erwiderung zu Klose's Arbeit: Soil die blutende Mamma konservativ oder operativ behandelt werden? Zbl. Chir, 1927, 54: 134-6 [Schlusswort von H. Klose] 136-8.—Robles, A, & Bannd S. La mammella sangui- nante. Minerva med. Tor, 1932,23:6-14— Rochet, P, & Fran- See also Breast, Hyperplasia, parenchymatous; also Breast, Inflammation, chronic. Carinci, N. Contributo alio studio della fibrosi della mam- mella. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1935, ll.ser, 3: 701-9.— Herold, I., & Effkemann, G. Tierexperimentelle Untersuchun- gen iiber die Bedeutung einer langdauernden und vermehrten BREAST 969 BREAST cillon. Intervention conservatrice pour mamelle saignante. Lyon chir, 1935, 32: 366-70—Scherwitz, K. Beitrag zur Histo- logie und Therapie der blutenden Mamma mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Spatergebnisse bei 20 Kranken. Deut Zschr. Chir, 1933, 239: 677-91—Sinha, B. N, & Mukherjee, R. K. A case of bleeding from the breast. Ind. M. Gaz, 1929, 64: 149.—Sussi, L. Su un caso raro di mammella sanguinante Gazz. internat. med. chir, 1931, 39: 289-92.—Taddi, A. Con- tributo alio studio della mammella sanguinante. Clin chir Milano, 1932, 35: 763—Tzovaru, S. La mamelle saignante' Rev. chir. Par, 1933, 71: 313-48.—Wainwright, J. M. The treatment of the bleeding breast. Am. J. Cancer, 1933 19- 339-52. ---- Histology. Boubrow, M. S. Note sur les cellules interstitielles de la mamelle. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1925, 14: 376-8.—Gerard, P. Les cellules pigment6es de la mamelle de la chatte et leurs rap- ports avec les cellules interstitielles. Arch, internat. med exp, Liege, 1927-28, 3: 139-66.—Higuchi, K. Die Gewebs- mastzellen in der Mamma. Fol. haemat, Lpz, 1930, 41: 401-14.—Hooft, C. Recherches sur le role du tissu conjonctif dans la glande mammaire. Bull, histol. appl. Par, 1936, 13: 178-93.—Migliavacca, A. Ricerche isto-fisiologiche sulla mam- mella. Zschr. Zellforsch, 1929-30, 10: 552-72.—Rossi, P. Lo stroma di sostegno e il sistema reticulo-endoteliale nelle varie fasi di sviluppo e di attivita funzionale della mammella. Rass ostet. gin, 1929, 38: 529. ---- Hormones. See also Breast, Endocrine relations; Breast. Pharmacology. Adler, L. Versuche mit Mamminum Poehl betreflend die Funktion der Brustdruse als innerlich sezernierendes Organ Miinch. med. Wschr, 1912, 49: 13.—Geschickter, C. F, & Lewis, B. Lactogenic substance in the human breast; its use in experi- mental stimulation of mammary secretion and its assay in cases of cystic disease. Arch. Surg, 1936, 32: 598-617.—Ghiandola (La) mammaria e una ghiandola endocrina? Gazz. med. lom- bard, 1924, 83: 45.—Lahm, W. Physiologie der Brustdruse als innersekretorisches Organ. Handb. inn. Sekret. (Hirsch) Lpz, 1929, 2: l.Halfte, 385-96—McJunkin, F. A, & Yuskis, A. S. Growth inhibiting agent in extracts of desiccated mammary gland. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 31: 105.—Zadik, P. Zur Frage des Brustdriisenhormons. Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 2305. ---- Hygiene. See also Breast, lactating; Breast—in preg- nancy; Breast feeding, Hygiene. Cox, T. L. Breast protector. U.S. Patent Off, 1934, no. 1984253.—Klose, H. Pflege und Behandlung der Briiste. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 1132-5.—Krebs, O. S, Soule, S. B, & Crosby, H. C. A new elastic breast binder for support or com- pression. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1933, 30: 245.—Seabold, P. S. The well-fitted brassiere and its use. Pennsylvania M.J, 1935-36, 39: 16-9. ---- Hyperplasia. Cheatle, G. L. Hyperplasia of epithelial and connective tis- sues in the breast; its relation to fibro-adenoma and other patho- logical conditions. Brit. J. Surg, 1922-23, 10: 436-55. The early stages of breast hyperplasia. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1924-25, 48: 242-6. Also Ann. Surg, 1925, 82: 673-7. ----- Desquamative and dysgenetic epithelial hyperplasias in the breast; their situation and characteristics; their likeness to lesions induced by tar. Brit. J. Surg, 1925-26, 13: 509-32.—Heiman, J, & Krehbiel, O. F. The influence of hormones on breast hyper- plasia and tumor growths in white rats. Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 27: 450-73; 18pl. ■--- Hyperplasia, diffuse. See also Breast, lactating; Breast, Menstrual changes; Breast, pendent; Breast—in pregnancy. Kassem, Abd El Magtjid. Contribution a l'etude de l'hypertrophie du sein chez la femme. 16p. 8? Geneve, 1925. Rammelt, W. *Ueber Mammahyperplasie. 34p. 8? Berl., 1916. Schaefer, C. *Ueber einen Fall von fami- liarer Makromastie [Heidelberg] 29p. 8? Schorndorf, 1913. Bartlett, E. I. Breast hypertrophy; non-surgical breast conditions. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1924, 38: 798-805. Also repr — Blond, K. Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Mammahyper- trophie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1921, 17: 497-9—Brohee, G. Deux cas d'hypertrophie massive des seins. Arch. fr. belg. chir, 1928 31- 451-68—Burnell, M. Diffuse hypertrophy of the breasts. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1932, 31: 324.-Chauvin, E. Hypertrophic du sein a allure maligne. Arch, fr belg. chir, 1923 26- 303-6 —Combier, V, & Murard, J. L'hypertrophie mammaire. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1923, 37: 165-8 —BhaUuin A Mn^H'l°Q S l6tu£? d! l^yPertrophie massive deda mamelte: un cas d'hypertrophie debutant en dehors de toute CTossesse et evoluant au cours d'une gestation consecutive Arch fr path gen, 1924, no.8, l-t2.-Frommel, E. La macronfastie sa Tenlocr11 TqIo\"fl^T et leS? glandes endoS*'1^ ir. endocr, 1926, 4: 24-31—Gasparn, F. Un caso di iDertrofia mammaria Rass. ostet, 1933, 42: 145-51.-Ghosh, N P Acase of diffuse hypertrophy of the breasts. Ind. M. Gaz, 1926 61 395.-Greenwood, H. H. Massive enlargement of the breast' Lancet, Lond, 1932, 1: 232-4.-Hendricks, R. G Massive hypertrophy of the breasts. Indianapolis MJ 1926 29- J 1-3--Huben.er' A- W. Zur Kasuistik der echten'beiderseiti- gen Mammahypertrophie. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1923 181- 40-7—Keyser, L. B. Massive hypertrophy of the breast' Surg. Gyn Obst, 1921, 33: 607-20-Leriche. Hypertrophic mammaire douloureuse, ftetrie par castration. Lyon chir 1923 20: 653-5.—Lowman, C. L. Heavy breasts as a factor in the pro- duction of faulty posture. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922 78- 173-5 — JST*?!8' ;V 1£J£ertrophia bilateral da mama. Brazil med, 19J1, /5:pt2, 129-31.----- Hypertrophie mammaire double J. med Pans, 1924, 43: 815-7.-Mayer, A. Ueber Behandlung der Mammahypertrophie mit Rontgenstrahlen. Strahlen- therapie, 1921, 12: Orig, 139-43. Also Verh. Deut. Ges Gvn 1920-21,16: pt2,101,-Nitter, H. [Hyperplasia of breast] ' Norsk mag. laegevid, 1922, 83: 673-7.—Offutt, S. R. Hypertrophy of the breasts. Med. Clin. N. America, 1927-28, 11: 1459 — Patel. Hypertrophie mammaire traitee par des injections soiis- cutanees de lait de femme. Lyon med, 1920, 129: 361 —Hum- mer, S. C, & Bump, W. S. Massive hypertrophy of the breasts. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1926) 1927, 36: 219-29. Also Ann. Surg 1927, 85: 61-6.—Roussy, G, & Mosinger, M. Le role du systeme neuro-vegetatif et des glandes endocrines dans le fonctionnement mammaire normal et pathologique; a propos de l'hyperplasie mammaire et de la galactose dans la syringomyelic et les affections ntedullaires. Ann. med. Par, 1934, 35: 108-23.— Sartorelli, TJ. Sull' ipertrofia mammaria. Gazz. osp. 1923 44: 1175—Syms, P. Massive hypertrophy of breasts. Ann Surg, 1922, 76: 290-2—Trinca, A. J. Abnormal hyperplasia of the female breast and its relation to tumour formation Med J. Australia, 1928, 1: 732-41.—Winkler, H. Ueber eine seltene Form der wahren, diffusen Mammahypertrophie. Mschr Geburtsh. Gyn, 1936, 102: 144-9.—Wolowelsky, A. Ueber Mammahypertrophie. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1926, 56: 104-6. ---- Hyperplasia, diffuse, virginal. Aubert, V. Hypertrophie mammaire de la puberte; resec- tion partielle restauratrice. Arch. fr. belg. chir, 1923, 26: 284-9.—Bebre, R, Marie, J, & Bernard, J. Hypertrophie mam- maire isotee chez une enfant de 8 ans. Bull. Soc. p6diat. Paris, 1935, 33: 460-2.—Goodman, B. A. Mastitis gargantuan; an unusual case of puberty hypertrophy of the breasts. J. Am M. Ass, 1934, 103: 335.—Greig, B. M. On puberal mammary hypertrophy. Edinburgh M.J, 1922, n.s, 28:153-67.—Hamant, A, & Cornil, L. Sur un cas d'hypertrophie mammaire diffuse unilaterale de la puberte. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1924 13- 399-401. Also Gynecologie, 1924, 23: 477.—Heyn, A. Ueber die diffuse Mammahypertrophie im Pubertatsalter. Zbl. Gyn, 1923, 47: 263-5.—Meio, N. L. Un caso de macromastia juvenil. Rev. med. Veracruz, 1931, 11: 238-40.—Tourneux, J. P. Deux cas d'hypertrophie des mamelles de la puberte. Rev. fr. gyn obst, 1923, 18: 454-9—Wakeley, C. P. G. Diffuse hypertrophy of the breast in a girl aged 17. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1931, 54: 146-8. ----- Massive diffuse hypertrophy of the breasts in girls; a report of 4 cases. Practitioner, Lond, 1934,132: 608-13.— Wright, T. A case of massive hypertrophy of the breasts in a young girl. Bull. Buffalo Gen. Hosp, 1924, 2: 31. ---- Hyperplasia, interstitial. See Breast, Fibrosis; Breast, Inflammation, chronic. ---- Hyperplasia, parenchymatous. Batjtze, L. *Statistik iiber die Haufigkeit des Vorkommens der Cystenmamma und ihrer Kombination mit anderen Erkrankungen der Brustdruse. 26p. 8? Greifswald, 1934. Hahn, E. *Die Mamma cystica und ihre Vorstufen bei jungen Frauen. p.531-64. 8? Berl., 1926. Also Virchows Arch, 1926, 262: Harpprecht, H. *Ueber die Beziehungen der Fibrosis cystica mammae zu Fibroadenom und Carcinom [Tubingen] 71p. 8? Winsen- Luhe, 1934. Mothoneos, G. J. *Contribution a l'etude de la maladie sclero-kystique du sein (maladie de Reclus) 58p. 8? Par., 1934. Planson, E. *Etude anatomo-clinique de la mastite chronique sclero-kystique et du cancer BREAST 970 BREAST du sein; considerations sur les stades precan- cereux. 103p. 8? Lyon, 1935. Roeren, L. [W. H.] *Mastitis chronica cys- tica u:.d Carcinom. 55p. 8? Bonn, 1914. Semb, C. Pathologico-anatomical and clinical investigations of fibro-adenomatosis cystica mammae and its relation to other pathological conditions in the mamma, especially cancer. 484p. 8? Oslo, 192S. Forms Suppl. 10, v.64, Acta chir. scand. Wix, W. *Das Schicksal der gutartigen, nicht entzundlichen Mammaerkrankungen speziell der chronischen Mastopathie und des Fibroadenoms. 43p. S? Kiel, 1932. Askanazy, M. Dte Cysten-Mamma (Morbus Reclus) und ihr latenter Zustand. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1925, 55: 1017- 21.—Ber;i, G. Contributo alio studio della malattia di Reclus. Ann. ital. chir, 1923, 2: 729-47.—Bezza, P. Morbo di Reclus. Tumori, Milano, 1932,18: 515.—Bloodgood, J. C. The pathology of chrome cystic mastitis. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1920) 1921, 33: 100-12 [Discussion] 164-79. ----- The clinical picture of the diffuse type of chronic cystic mastitis (the shotty breast) (reprint 108) South. M.J, 1922, 15: 907-12. ----- Chronic cystic mas- titis of the diffuse, non-encapsulated, cystic adenomatous type (shotty breast) Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1929, 47: 353-70. Also Ann. Surg, 1929, 90: 886-903— Borchardt, M, A Jaffe, R. Zur Kennt- nis der Zystenmamma. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1932, 155: 481-514.— Brustlein, I. Un cas de degenerescence maligne d'une maladie sctero-kystique du sein. Progr. med. Par, 1936, 1118-27.— Buschke, W. Cystenmamma und Axillarorgan (auf Grund von Untersuchungen an den apokrinen Achselschweissdriisen im Klimakterium) Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1932-33, 152: 431-46 — Campbell, 0. J. Relationship between cystic diseases of the hreast and carcinoma. Arch. Surg, 1934, 28: 1001-56.—Cheatle, G. L. Hyperplasia of breast tissues (Mazoplasia; chronic mas- titis) Brit. M.J, 1924, 1: 653-5— Christmann, F. E, & Foutel, J. M. Consideraciones sobre la mama sangrante y la enferme- dad de Reclus. Rev. As. med. argent, 1931, 44: 765-74.—Bahl- Iversen, E. La maladie kvstique et son traitement par la folli- culine. Lyon chir, 1935, 32: 513-46. Also Ugeskr. laeger, 1935, 97: 1151-3.-----Oestrin treatment of cystic disease of the breast. Lancet, Lond, 1936, 1: 1294—Bal Pozzo, G. Fibrosi microcistica della mammella in bambina di 12 anni. Cancro, Tor, 1930, 1: 254-6.—Bel Valle & B6novan, R. Mastitis esclero- quistica. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1923, 7: 506-16.—Bietrich, A. Cystenmamma und Krebs, ihre Erkennung und Bedeutung. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 797-9.—Bi Gioia, C. Sul morbo di Reclus; nuove vedute sul meccanismo etio-patogenetico. Arch. ital. chir, 1927, 17: 513-31.—Bominici, L. Un caso di fibromatosi cistica della mammella (Morbo di Reclus) Bull. Accad. med. Roma. 1926, 52: 30-8.—Boubrow, S. Les phenomenes cytolo- giques de secretion dans la maladie kystique du sein; leur com- paraison avec les phenomenes de la secretion lactee normale. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 1048-50. ----- Sur l'origine et revolution des cellules lipophages dans la maladie kystique du sein. Ibid, 1924, 90: 225. ----- Etude cytologique des d6ge- n6rescences neoplasiques dans la maladie kystique du sein; documents concernant les modifications du rapport nucteo- cytoplasmique. Ibid, 1248-50.—Emmert, M. Chronic cystic mastitis. Nebraska M.J, 1923, 8: 24-8.—Filer, C.L. The breast lesion in rabbits resembling chronic cystic mastitis. Arch. Surg, 1934, 29: 555-9.—Fitzwilliams, B. C. L. Parenchymatous hypertrophy of the breast. Lancet, Lond, 1923, 2: 218-21 — Franzas, F. Ueber die Mastopathia cystica latens und andere bemerkenswerte Veranderungen in klinisch symptomfreien weiblichen Briisten. Arb. Path. Inst. Helsingfors, 1935-36, n.F, 9: 401-530.—Gargano, C. Malattia cistica del Reclus. Med. prat. Nap, 1923, 8: 321-37.—Gatta, R. Involuzione senile della ghiandola mammaria e fibrosi cistica. Arch. ital. chir, 1934, 36: 529-74.—Geschickter, C. F. The early literature on chronic cystic mastitis. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1934, 54: (suppl.) 249-57.—Goldzieher, M. A, & Kaldor, J. Cystic cirrho- sis of the breast. Arch. Surg, 1930, 20: 473-90.—Goormaghtigh, N, & Amerlinck, A. Realisation experimentale de la maladie de Reclus de la mamelle chez la souris. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1930, 19: 527-43.—Hahn, E. Die cystische Mamma und ihre Vorstufen bei jungen Frauen. Virchows Arch, 1926, 262: 531- 64.—Haro Garcia, F. Un caso de enfermedad de Reclus. Clin. & lab, Zaragoza, 1923, 19: 190-7.—Harrold, C. C. Chronic cystic mastitis. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1931, 20: 49-52—Harvey, S. C. Chronic cystic mastitis as a physiological aberration, and its significance in the diagnosis and treatment of tumors of the breast. Yale J. Biol, 1934-35, 7: 521-32.—Hawk, G. W, & Brown, M. J. Chronic cystic mastitis. Bull. Guthrie Clin, 1936-37, 6: 150-8.—Hell wig, C. A. Die chirurgische Indikation bei chronischer cystischer Mastitis. Arch. klin. Chir, 1930, 159: 763-81.—Henke, F. Cystenmamma, Mastitis chronica und Karzinom. Zbl. Chir, 1936, 63: 1720-3.—Herzenberg, H. Beitrage zur Pathogenese der Zysten-Mamma (Morbus Reclus) Zbl. allg. Path, 1927, 39: 229-32—Iannelli, G. Sulla malattia cistica della mammella (morbo di Reclus) Rinasc. med, 1926, 3: 252-5, pi.—Jensen, E. V. [On the cystic disease of the mam- mae (Reclus disease)] Hospitalstidende, 1923, 66: 761-72.— JoeT, W. Die Maladie kystique (Reclus) der Brustdruse, ihre Entstehung und ihre maligne Entartung. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1930, 85: 358-74.—Junge, W. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen der Fibrosis cystica, den gutartigen Tumoren und dem Karzinom der Brustdruse. Beitr. path. Anat, 1931-32, 88: 595-650.—Kilgore, A. R. Chronic cystic mastitis; its relation to cancer of the breast. California West. M, 1928, 29: 289-93. ----- The risk of cancer in cystic disease of the breast. West. J. Surg, 1935, 43: 243-52. ----- Cancer of the breast; relation of cystic disease of the breast to cancer. California West. M, 1936, 44: 47-51.—Klingenstein, P. Cystic disease of the breast. Ann. Surg, 1935, 101: 1144-52—Konjetzny, G. E. Die Masto- pathies Fibromatose und zystische Entartung der weiblichen Brustdriise. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 405; 444.—Kozhevnikov, A. I. [Morbus Reclus as a precancerous diseases of the mammary glands] Mosk. med. J, 1930, 10: 13-9—Krompecher, E. Weitere Beitrage iiber das Polycystoma mammae und dessen Beziehungen zu den Geschwiilsten. Virchows Arch, 1924, 250: 495-516.—Lazzarini, L. La malattia cistica della mammella. Arch. ital. chir, 1927, 17: 489-507. Also Gazz. osp, 1927, 48: 913-5.—Lewis, B, & Geschickter, C. F. Ovarian hormones in relation to chronic cystic mastitis. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1934 46: 90-114. Also repr. Also Am. J. Surg, 1934, n.s, 24: 280- 304.—Liedberg, N. Ueber Mastopathia cystica. Acta chir. scand, 1931, 68: 369-424.—Loeschcke. Untersuchungen iiber die Zystenmamma. Verh. Deut. path. Ges, 1930, 25: 309-19 — Lombardi, R. Su di un caso di malattia cistica del Reclus. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1934, 42: 434-8.—McFarland, J. Residual lactation acini in the female breast; their relation to chronic cystic mastitis and malignant disease. Arch. Surg, 1922, 5: 1-64.—Malattia (La) del Reclus. Studium, Nap, 1923, 13: 328.—Menegaux, G. La maladie kystique du sein. Progr. med. Par, 1929, 44: 317-22.—Miller, C. J. Pelvic lesions as a contributing factor in chronic cystic mastitis. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1925, 50: 138-45. Also Am. J. Obst, 1925,10: 375-9 [Dis- cussion] 437.—Milone, S. La fibrosi cistica della mammella. Arch. ital. chir, 1932, 32: 401-84.—Moriconi, L. M. Contributo alio studio della mastite cistica. Riforma med, 1928, 44: 377- 81.—Morpurgo, B. Beziehungen der Fibrosis cystica zu anderen Krankheiten der Brustdruse. Verh. Deut. path. Ges, 1930, 25: 306-9.—Moszkowicz, L. Sexualzyklus, Mastopathie und Ge- schwulstwachstum der Mamma. Arch. klin. Chir, 1927, 144: 138-61.—Orbach, E. Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Fibroadenoma- tose der Brustdruse (Mastopathia chron. cyst.) Ibid, 1931-32, 168: 584-96.—Pazzagli, R. Sulla patogenesi della mastite cistica. Clin, chir, Milano, 1934, n.s. 10: 1049-69—Perazzo, G. Contri- buto isto-patologico alio studio della cosidetta mastite cronica cistica. Ann. ital. chir, 1935, 14: 1119-44.—Pochy-Riano, R. Forme cliniche ed anatomiche della malattia cistica di Reclus. Rass. clin. ter, 1933, 32: 191-224.—Pressly, T. A. Fibrocystic disease of the breast. Texas J. M, 1934, 30: 402-5.—Proto, M. Su di un caso di fibroadenoma cistico della mammella. Ann. ital. chir, 1930, 9: 451-67—Rankin, F. W, & Grimes, A. E. Changing views on cystic diseases of the breast. Kentucky M.J, 1936, 34: 245-8.—Ransom, H. K. Chronic cvstic disease of the breast. Univ. Hosp. Bull, Ann Arb, 1935, 1: 33 — Renaud, M. Les adeno-flbromatoses kystiques du sein (maladie de Reclus) Rev. crit. path. Par, 1930,1: 161-3.—Rodman, J. S. Chronic cystic mastitis; preliminary report on the nature of the process. Arch. Surg, 1930, 20: 515; 1935, 28: 452.—Rogers, H, & Nathanson, I. T. Chronic cystic mastitis; practical manage- ment in a cancer clinic. N. England J.M, 1935, 212: 551-6 — Sebening, W. Zur Physiologie und Pathologie der Brustdruse (die menstruellen Veriinderungen der weiblichen Brustdruse; das Krankheitsbild der schmerzhaften Knotenbildung; Mastitis chronica cystica) Arch. klin. Chir, 1925, 134: 464-85.—Ta- gliavacche, N. Sobre la enfermedad poliquistica de las glandulas mamarias o enfermedad de Reclus. Rev. As. med. argent, 1918, 28: 484-99—Taylor, H. C, jr. The relation of chronic mastitis to certain hormones of the ovary and pituitary and to coincident gynecological lesions; theoretical considerations and histological studies. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1936, 62: 129-48.—Tedenat. Mas- tite microcystique diffuse. Bull. Soc. sc. nted. biol. Montpellier, 1925-26, 7: 292-8—Tendler, M. J. Chronic cystic mastitis. Memphis M.J, 1935, 10: no.2, 7-13.—Thompson, J. E. Cystic disease of the breast. Texas J.M, 1921-22, 18: 344-52.—Tovbin, V. [Indications for operation in cystic d isease of breast] Vest. khir, 1927, 11: 33; 121-25—Wieser, C. Ueber die hormonale Beeinflussung der M iiusebrustdriise; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Aetiologie der Reclusschen Krankheit. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1933, 154: 548-64. ---- Hypertrophy. See Breast, Hyperplasia, diffuse. ---- infantile. Apert, E. La pouss6e mammaire et la secretion lact6e du nouveau-ne. Bull, med. Par, 1931, 45: 3-5.—Balthazard, V, & Mggevand, E. C. L'hyperemie des glandes mammaires et des glandes endocrines chez le nouveau ne. Ann. med. teg, 1922, 2: 272.—Betti, U. A. Secrezione lattea in un neonato. Cesal- pino, 1906, 2: 7-9.—Fabris, S. Tumefazione mammaria e secre- zione lattea nei neonato. Pediatria (Riv.) Nap, 1927, 35: 457-64.—Fonseca e Castro. Secretion lactee du nouveau-ne prolongee jusqu'aux 11. mois. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 105: 485.—Gruber, G. B. Ueber die Brustdriisenschwellung der Neugeborenen. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1921-22, 56: 289-92.— Guerrero Abellan, A. El infarto mamario en el recten nacido. BREAST 971 BREAST Med. ninos Barcel, 1931, 32: 244-7.—Jaroschka, K. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Sekretionsvorgange der Brustdruse von Saug- lingen. Mschr. Kinderh, 1929, 42: 523-7.—Joseph, S. Zur Biologie der Brustdruse beim Neugeborenen. Mschr. Ge- burtsh. Gvn, 1929, 83: 219-24.—Kolbow, H. Ueber Mastitis neonatorum und ihre Folgen. Zbl. Gyn, 1936, 60: 1821-4 — Lorenz, E. Ueber das Brustdriisensekret des Neugeborenen. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1929, 3.F, 74: 268-74—Pierra, L. La galac- tophoiite chez le nouveau-ne et son traitement. Obstetrique, Par, 1902, 7: 299-306.—Ponzi, E. Ricerca delle isoagglutinine nei secreto mammario dei neonati. Riv. ital. gin, 1930,11: 279-82.— Widdows, S. T, Lowenfeld, M. F. [et al.] A study of the antena- tal secretion of the human mammary gland and a comparison between this and the secretion obtained directly after birth. Biochem. J, Lond, 1935, 29: 1145-66.—Wieczorek. Fall von ausserordentlicher Schwellung und Sekretion der Brustdriisen beim Neugeborenen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1923, 49: 916. ---- Inflammation [Mastitis] See also Breast, Abscess; Breast, Diseases. Adair, F. E. Plasma cell mastitis—a lesion simulating mam- marv carcinoma; a clinical and pathologic study with a report of 10 cases. Arch. Surg, 1933, 26: 735-49.—Fattori, F. Un caso di mastite in gravidan/a. Med. prat. Nap, 1927, 12: 59-61.— Moschcowitz, A. V. Vestigial mastitis; a hitherto unrecognized syndrome. Ann. Surg, 1933, 98: 855-67— Parker, A. J. In- flammatory diseases of the breast. Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 120: 314. Also repr.—Pauchet, V. Les mammites stercoremiques. J. med. Paris, 1922, 41: 607.—Schmidt, 0. Mastitis. Erg. ges. Med, 1924, 5: 39-44.—Stefanelli, C. Mastite in gravidanza. Med. prat. Nap, 1927, 12: 130.—Walzel-Wiesentreu, P, & Starlinger, F. Nachuntersuchungen an im Laufe von 20 Jahren an der Klinik behandelten Brustdriisenentziindungen. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1925, 191: 336-42. ---- Inflammation: Causes and pathology. See also Breast, Cancer: Types: Mastitis. Kolbeck, E. *Zur Aetiologie der Mastitis [Leipzig] 15p. 8? Zeulenroda i. Thur., 1932. Plassat, E. *Mastite suppuree de l'adoles- cence. 43p. 8? Par., 1927. Soto-Iribarren, R. *Ervsipele du sein pendant l'allaitement. 53p. 8? Par., 1932. Cattaneo, L. Contributo alio studio della mastite tifosa. Clin. med. ital, 1929, 60: 410-5.—Clairmont, P. Entzundung der weiblichen Brustdruse durch diphtheroide Bazillen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1926, 56: 685-7. Also Festschr. z. 70. Geburst. Hermann Sahli, Basel, 1926, 350-5.—Be Bonno, E. Su una setticemia consecutiva a mastite a grappolo. Clin, ostet, 1933, 35: 214-7.—Bomanig, E. Eitrige Mastitis durch Fried- lander-Bazillen hervorgerufen. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1927, 40: 877—Erdmann, J. F. Chronic suppurative mastitis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1921, 1: 277.—Fabris, U. Contributo alio studio della mastite difterica in gravidanza, con ombelizzazione del capezzolo. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1932, 40: 720-3.— Feletti, C. Sulla flora batterica nella mammella Sana e nella mastite. Rass. ostet, 1921, 30: 241-66.—Fitzwilliams, B. C. L. Chronic and rare forms of suppuration in the breast. Practi- tioner, Lond, 1923, 111: 173-86.—Forget-Urion. Infection sta- phylococcique du sein sans manifestations cliniques. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1925, 14: 53.—Gcrlach, W. Ein Fall von Spatabszess nach Mastitis typhosa. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 1324.—Gorini, C. Coccus mammaires heterogenes, leur dissociation. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1930, 190: 222-4.—Kon, Y. Zur Statistik der eitrigen Brustdriisenentziindune. mit beson- derer Beriicksichtigung ihres Erregers. Mitt. allg. Path, Sendai, 1930, 6: 366-74.—Leigh, S. Infections of the breast. Am. J. Surg, 1929, n.s, 6: 538.—Prati, M. Microbismo latente della mammella umana. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan, 1931, 10: 461-9 — Rating, J. Ueber zwei Falle von puerperalem Mammaerysipel. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1921, 55: 129-32— Schiffmann, J. Mastitis typhosa suppurativa bilateralis. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 1643.—Steblin-Kaminsky, G. E. [Prevention of suppu- rative mastitis in the mammary glands] Soviet, klin, 1933,19: 998-1000.—Tapfer, S. Echte Diphtheriebazillen im Eiter einer puerperalen Brustentziindung. Zbl. Gyn, 1934, 58: 116-21. ---- Inflammation, chronic. 2562—Faber, V, & Rottenstein, M. [Giant cells in chronic mastitis] Gyogyaszat, 1934, 74: 663-7. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1934, 47: 173-80.-Glass, E. Weitere Beobachtungen uber das Krankheitsbild der subakuten Mastitis mit Knoten- bildung in der Mamma. Deut. med. Wschr, 1923, 49: 275 — Grant, A. J. Chronic mastitis. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1926, i6: 1064-70— Handley, W. S. Chronic mastitis. Lancet, Lond, 1931,2:1169-74.— Iselin, M. Les mammites chroniques. Oeuvre (Delbet, P.) Par, 1932, 163-7.—Keynes, G. Chronic mastitis. Brit. J. Surg, 1923-24, 11: 89-211. Also Lancet, Lond, 1923, 2: 439-45—Reynolds, R. The X-ray treatment of chronic mastitis and certain leukaemias. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1932, 25: 969-72.—Ribeiro de Castro, B. Mastite chronica extensa curada pelos raios ultra-violetos. Arch, brasil. med, 1922, 12: 422.— Taylor, H. C, jr. Chronic mastitis in association with gyne- cological disease. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 431-3. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1933, 57: 627-36. ----- The relation of chronic mastitis to certain hormones of the ovary and pitui- tary and to coincident gynecological lesions; clinical and hor- mone studies. Ibid, 1936, 62: 562-84— Torchiana, L. Sopra un caso di mastite cronica dolorosa; studio clinico ed anatomo- patologico. Policlinico, 1925, 32: sez. chir, 410-20.—Turner, W. The importance of chronic mastitis. Westminster Hosp. Rep, 1934, 22: 228-33—Weber, H. Zur Behandlung der sogenannten chronischen Mastitis. Arch. klin. Chir, 1936-37, 187: 715-28.— Whitehouse, B. Mastophathia and chronic mastitis. Surg. Gyn. obst, 1934, 58: 278-86. ---- Inflammation, chronic, cystic. See Breast, Hyperplasia, parenchymatous. ---- Inflammation: Prevention. Marx, E. *Ueber die Verhiitung der Brust- drusen-Entztindung im Wochenbett. 39p. 8? Giessen, 1917. Rudinger, F. *Ueber die Verhiitung der puerperalen Mastitis durch Brustwarzenhiitchen. 16p. 8? Lpz., 1919. Anders, F. Prophylaxe der Mastitis. Zbl. Gyn, 192S. 52: 1965-7.—Briihl, R. Prophylaxe und Therapie der Mastitis. Deut. med. Wschr, 1930, 56: 473-6.—Caccia, G. Vecchi e nuovi mezzi di profilassi e cura delle mastiti. Arte ostet, 1934, 48: 139-41.—Hamm, A. Quelques donnees nouvelles pour le traite- ment et la prophylaxie de la mastite puerperale. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1928, 17: 475-7.—Moraes, A. de. Prophylaxia das mastites puerperaes pelo methodo De Buys. Fol. med, Rio, 1931, 12: 157.—Offermann, W. Ueber die Schwanger- schaftsprophylaxe der puerperalen Mastitis. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1923, 62: 281-4—Pascale, M. Sulla profilassi e cura delle mastiti incipienti. Riv. ostet. gin. prat, 1930, 12: 189-92.— Preissecker, E. Ueber die Mathessche Form der Mastitis und iiber die Prophylaxe der Brustdriisenentziindung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1926, 39:158.—Valerio, A. Novo tratamento e prophy- laxia das mastites puerperaes. Brasil med, 1936, 50: 953. ---- Inflammation, puberal. Harbeson, A. E. Mastitis adolescentium. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1934, 30: 648-50.—Meyer, L. F. Ueber Pseudomastitis ado- lescentium. Kinderiirztl. Prax, 1932, 3: 489-91.—Ochsenius, K. Ist die Mastitis adolescentium stets tuberkuloser Aetiologie? Mschr. Kinderh, 1933, 59: 120-2.—Rosenblum, P. Pubertv mastitis. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1936-37, 11: 137. Also j. Pediat, S. Louis, 1936, 9: 758-62.—Schachter. De la fausse mastite des adolescents dans la puberte. J. med. Paris, 1933, 53: 531. Also M6d. inf. Par, 1933, 40:235-40— Walther, E. Mastitis adolescentium, ein Immunitatsvorgang. Mschr. Kinderh, 1933,58: 452-9. ---- Inflammation, puerperal. Azalbert, J. Contribution a. l'etude des in- fections mammaires dans les suites de couches et leur traitement. 67p. 8? Par., 1927. Chazel, R. *La mastite necrosante dans les suites de couches. 76p. 8? Par., 1926. Enggruber, J. *Die Erfolge der Stauungs- therapie bei Mastitis puerperalis. 44p. 8? Miinch, 1914. Schoneberg [W.] E. *Ueber Mastitis puer- peralis in der Marburger Enlbindungsanstalt in den Jahren 1911-18. 31p. 8? Marb., 1919. Wolpert, K. *Ueber Mastitis puerperalis an der Frankfurter Universitats-Frauenklinik in den Jahren 1918-23. 16p. 8? [Frankf. a.M.] 1925. Balard, P. La vaccinotherapie dans les infections mam- maires au cours de l'allaitement. Rev. fr. gyn. obst, 1923, 18: 379-88.—Bland, P. B. Infection of the lactating breast. Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 125: 1-3.—Bohler, E. L'op6ration de la mastite puerperale. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1929, 18: 269. Also Gynecologie, 1929, 28: 193-203—Cohn, L. C. Chronic lactation mastitis, suppurative and non-suppurative; the difficulty of See also Breast, Cysts; Breast, Fibrosis. Aud, G. Surgical treatment of chronic mastitis. South. M.J, 1928, 21: 352-7.—Berard. De l'influence du traitement par I'ingestion de corps jaune dans les poussees de mastite chronique, douloureuses ou non, avec ou sans neo-formations glandulaires. Lyon chir, 1934, 31: 464-9.—Bolanos, J. M, & Aleman, E. Mastitis cronica y tuberculosis ganglionar. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1931, 6: 259-62.—Chauvin, E. Comment peut-on comprendre aujourd'hui les mastites chroniques. Progr. med. Par, 1922, 3.ser, 35: 443-7.—Cheatle, G. L. Chronic mastitis as a term; its fallacy and the danger of its clinical signs. Brit M J 1925, 1: 5-9. Also Med. Brief, S. Louis, 1925, 53: 541-50 Also Proc. Mayo Clin, 1928, 3: 177.—B'Abreu, F. Chronic interstitial mastitis. Brit. J. Surg, 1931-35, 22: 456- 64 — Bifferentialdiagnose zwischen chronisch-indurativer Mas- titis und Mammakarzinom? Wien. med. Wschr, 1924, 74: BREAST 972 BREAST distinguishing it from cancer clinically, at exploratory incision, from its fresh appearance and in microscopic section; an analysis of 43 cases. Am. J. Cancer, 1932,16: 487-501.—Borman, F. A, & Mossman, J. K. Puerperal mastitis. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921, 77: 509-12. Also Rep. Surg. Staff Woman Hosp, S. Louis, 1921- 22, 4: 90-5.—Bippel, A. L, & Johnston, R. A. Suppurative mastitis as a complication of pregnancy and the puerperium. Am. J. Obst, 1935, 29: 258-63—Ehrlich, H. Ueber Mastitis lactantium. Wien. med. Wschr, 1904, 54: 774; 833; 888; 936; 1010.—Fryman, S. A. [Treatment of puerperal mastitis] Vest. khir, 1926, 8: no.19, 114-21.—Granzow, J. Zur Rontgentherapie der Mastitis puerperalis. Med. Klin, Berl, 1931, 28: 1201-3.— Hamm, A. Traitement dermo-antergique de la mastite puer- perale. Presse med, 1928, 36: 628.—Hanne, W. H. Ueber Entziindungsbestrahlung bei beginnender Mastitis puerperalis als Verfahren der Wahl. Deut. med. Wschr, 1936, 62: 683 — Hebert, M, & Nicoglou, T. Traitement des mastites aigues de l'allaitement. Rev. fr. gyn. obst, 1931, 26: 548-56.—Heyrowsky, K. Zur Strahlenbehandlung der beginnenden puerperalen Mastitis. Fortsch. Ther, 1935,11:21-6.—Holzapfel, K. Puer- perale Mastitis. Zbl. Gyn, 1935, 59: 969-72.—Jellinek, K. Kurzwellentherapie der puerperalen Mastitis. Wien. med. Wschr, 1936, 86: 609.—Kahr, H. Ueber Mastitis puerperalis. Ibid, 369-72.—Kautsky, K. Rontgenbehandlung der puer- peralen Mastitis. Ibid, 1934, 84: 1104.—Krecke, A. Ueber die Behandlung der puerperalen Mastitis. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1921, 68: 617.—Le Lorier. Mastite suppuree totale suraigue le cinquieme jour apres l'accouchement; quelques reflexions au sujet de la fievre de lait. .Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1923, 12: 38. Also Gynecologie, 1923, 22: 302.—Margraf, C. Die Stellung der Rontgenbestrahlung in der Behandlung der puerperalen Mastitis. Strahlentherapie, 1936, 57: 303-12.—Martin, E. B. Mastitis puerperalis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1922, 2:1463-8.— Meyerhoff, K. Therapie und Prophylaxe der puerperalen Mastitis an der Universitats-Frauenklinik in Giessen. Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 1551—Moon, A. A, & Gilbert, E. A study of acute mastitis of the puerperium. J. Obst. Gyn, Lond, 1935, 42: 268-82.—Naujoks, H. Seltenere Formen puerperaler Brust- entziindungen (nebst Bemerkungen iiber eine Pemphigusepi- demie) Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1928, 133: 776-90—Nurnberger, L. Ueber Folgezustande der puerperalen Mastitis, ihre Diagnose und ihre Behandlung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 354-6.— Perez, M. L, & Mosca, A. Septicopiemia en el puerperio a punto de partida mamario. Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires, 1933, 12: 714-8.—Pfalz, G. J. Die Strahlentherapie der experimentel- len Gesaugeentziindung des Meerschweinchens und ihre Bezie- hungen zur puerperalen Mastitis des Menschen. Jahrber. Schles. Ges. vaterl. Kult. (1932) 1933, 105: Teil2, 61-9 [Dis- cussion] Teil 1, 24. ----- Ueber Wesen und Wert der Ront- genschwachbestrahlung bei puerperaler Mastitis; tierexperi- mentelle Studien immunbiologischer, hamatologischer und histologischer Schwachstrahlcnwirkungen. Strahlentherapie, 1934, 49: 357-406.—Pototschnig, G. La cura della mastite puer- perale. Boll. med. trent, 1927, 42: 27-33.—Puppel, E. Ueber puerperale Mastitis. Zbl. Gyn, 1935, 59: 1874-6.—Raiga, A. Traitement des mastites aigues de l'allaitement par 1c bacterio- phage de d'H6relle. Presse m6d, 1930, 38: 197-201.—Silzer, O, & Meyer, W. Zur Therapie der puerperalen Mastitis. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 1688-90— Sinn. Mastitisbehandlungmit Eigenblut. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1935, 99: 93.—Steinkamm, E. Behandlung der puerperalen Mastitis mit Rontgenschwach- bestrahlung. Zbl. Gyn, 1936, 60:103-6.—Tassi, B. La mastite purulenta acuta da allattamento. Riv. ital. gin, 1934, 16: 428-51 .—Temesvary, N. Die Behandlung puerperaler Bruster- krankungen mit Licht. Zbl. Gyn, 1923, 47:1513-6.—Theiss, H. Erfolge der Rontgentherapie bei Mastitis puerperalis an 135 Fallen. Ibid, 1935, 59: 1644-7.—Thorbecke. Dte ambu- lante Stauungsbehandlung der puerperalen Spatmastitis in der Praxis. Verh. Deut. Ges. Gyn, 1920-21, 16: pt2, 155.—Vignes, H. A propos des affections aigues de la glande mammaire pendant l'allaitement. Gynecologie, 1931, 30: 65-81. ---- Inflammation: Treatment. Anthes, E. *Ueber die Behandlung der Mastitis nach dem Material der Heidelberger Frauenklinik 1906 bis 1918. 31p. 8? Heidelb., 1919. Harde, H. *Die verschiedenen Formen der Mastitisbehandlung [Freiburg] 22p. 8? Qua- kenbruck [1932] Rohloff, F. *Die chirurgische Behandlung der Mastitis im Krankenhaus am Friedrichshain in den Jahren 1909 bis 1915 und von 1920-26 mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Aufklap- pung und der Rivanoltherapie. 28p. 8? [Berl.] 1928. Schilling [H.] W. *Moderne Behandlung der Mastitis. 37p. 8? Lpz., 1929. Segall, D. *La radiotherapie dans les mastites aigues. 46p. 8? Par., 1935. Witzmann, S. *Stauungstherapie bei Masti- tis. 35p. 8? Kiel, 1914. Baecker, F. Erfahrungen iiber Rivanolbehandlung der Mastitis. Zbl. Gyn, 1922, 46: 1262-6—Balard, P. La vacci- notherapie antistaphylococcique dans le traitement des infec- tions mammaires. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1922) 1923, 573-6. Also Gaz. sc. nted. Bordeaux, 1923, 44: 116.—Billings, A. E. Surgery in breast infections. Atlantic M.J, 1925-26, 29: 522-4.—Binet & Remy, A. Emploi de la serotherapie dans un cas de mastite aigue suppuree. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1920, 9: 624-7.—Bodin. Behandlung der Mastitis mit Opsono- gen. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1922, 57: 52-4.— Cary, E, & Van Busen, A. K. New method of treatment for breast infections. Illinois M.J, 1927, 52: 328-30.—Bella Mano, N. Sulla terapia della mastite. Boll. spec. med. chir, 1931, 5: 361; 429.—Encinas Munagorri, J. Mastitis; contribucion a su tratamiento. Med. ibera, 1921, 14: 447.—Gajzag6, E. Die Rontgentherapie der Brustdriisenentztindung. Strahlentherapie, 1935, 54: 639-44.— Gota Galligo, A. Vacunoterapia en las galacto-foritis y linfangitis mamarias. Clin. & lab, Zaragoza, 1931, 17: 124-6.—Gret, L. G. Tratamiento de las mastitis agudas. Sem. med, B. Air, 1923, 30: pt2, 1196-1204.—Grunzweig, B. Abortivbehandlung der beginnenden Mastitis mit Omnadin. Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 1893.—Harttung. Zur Behandlung der Mastitis mit Eigen- blut, Bardenheuerschem Schnitt und Sekundarnaht. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1927, 76: 4-7.—Kameniczky, A. Zur Ver- wendung des Gliihbrenners in der kleinen Chirurgie mit be- sonderer Berucksichtigung der Mastitisbehandlung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1925, 38: 843.—Knobloch, J. [Experimental treat- ment of purulent mastitis by autopyotherapy] Cas. tek. 6esk, 1929, 68: 1361-7.—Lindemann, W. Follikelhormon bei Milch- flstel und Mastitis. Zbl. Gyn, 1936, 60: 1045.— Naumann. Ueber die Behandlung der Mastitis mit besonderer Beruck- sichtigung der Aufklappung nach Bardenheuer. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1923, 181: 1-25.—Offermann. Dte Brustdriisenentziin- dung und ihre Therapie. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1925, 22: 78- 81.—Pesaresi, A. A. A proposito di un metodo di cura della mas- titi incipienti. Riv. ostet. gin. prat, 1930,12: 382.—Poljanskaja, A. N. Zur Frage iiber die rationelle Behandlung von Mastitiden und Fisteln der Brustdruse mit Diathermie. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1934, 97: 44-7.—Raiga, A. Traitement des mastites aigues de l'allaitement par le bacteriophage de l'H6relle. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1930, 56: 106-12. Also Sem. nted, B. Air, 1930, 37: pt 1, 1382-8.—Rosenstein, P. Zur Rivanolbehandlung der Mastitis. Zbl. Gyn, 1923, 47: 86-8—Rubeska, V. Be- merkungen zum Aufsatz von W. Schmidt; die Behandlung der beginnenden Mastitis mit lokalen Eigenblutinjektionen. Ibid, 1926,50: 284-6.—Rucker, M. P. The treatment of mastitis. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 82: 870.—Ruder, F. B. Zur Behandlung der Mastitis (die Bestrahlung mit der Solluxlampe) Zbl. Gyn, 1930, 54: 2704-12—Schmidt, W. Die Behandlung der beginnen- den Mastitis mit lokalen Eigenblutinjektionen. Ibid, 1925, 49: 1893-5.—Schnapek, F. Mastitisbehandlung mit Omnadin. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1930, 43: 430.—Schwarz, F. Ueber Behand- lung der Mastitis. Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23: 1968.—Seitz, L. Zur Behandlung der Mastitis mit dem Bardenheuerschen Schnitt. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1925, 71: 134.—Starlinger, F, Zur Verwendung des Gliihbrenners in der kleinen Chirurgie mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Mastitisbehandlung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1925, 38: 552-6.—Steichele, H. Ueber die Behandlung der Mastitis mit Vuzin. Zbl. Gyn, 1922, 46: 1099- 102.—Suarez, M. P. Tratamiento de las mastitis. Sem. med, B. Air, 1935, 42: pt2, 361—Tauber, J. Behandlung der Mastitis suppurativa mit kiinstlicher Hohensonne. Med. Klin, Berl, 1924, 20: 607.—Torviso, R. E, & Castoldi, A. Tratamiento esen- cial de la mastitis. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1930, 37: pt2, 395-7.— Wiemer, W. T. Dte Behandlung der Mastitis. Munch, med. Wschr, 1937, 84: 132.—Zweifel, E. Die Behandlung der Masti- tis mit Rontgenstrahlen. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1926, 35: Kongressheft, 23. Also Strahlentherapie, 1926, 24: 318-23. ---- Injuries. See also Breast, Fat necrosis. Brouha. Les plaies du mamelon et leur traitement. Scalpel, Liege, 1899-1900, 52: 149.—Burckhard, G. Experimentelle Un- tersuchungen iiber die Veranderungen in der Mamma nach Verlust der Brustwarze. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1931, 42: 494- 501.—Gurevich, G. M. [Biological tamponade in injuries of the mammary duct] Soviet, khir, 1933, 4: 113-5. ---- Innervation. See also Breast milk, Secretion. Ernst, M. Experimentelle Untersuchungen und klinische Beobachtungen iiber Entnervung der weiblichen Brustdruse. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1929, 215: 302-8—Jung, I, Tagand, R, & Pierre, M. Sur l'innervation s6cretoire de la mamelle chez la chevre. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 1538.—Kahn, R. Die Innervation der Milchdriise. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 2256. ---- lactating. See also Breast, Inflammation, puerperal; Breast—in pregnancy; Breast feeding. Beck, A. Care of the breast during pregnancy and the puer- perium. Am. J. Nurs, 1928, 28: 798-802.—Bedo, E. Ueber die Behandlung der Briiste saugender Mutter. Med. Klin, Berl, 1922,18: 928—Cowan, M. C. A study of breast care; methods of breast care during the puerperium. Am. J. Nurs, 1929, 29: 1299-306—Banielson, E. S. A study of breast technic. Ibid., BREAST 973 BREAST 1933, 33: 462-4.—BeBuys, L. R. Observations upon the breasts of the mothers of the newly born. Ann. Clin. M, 1922, 1: 204- 10. ----- Observations upon the functioning human breast. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1928) 1929, 31-7 — Emmert, F. Care of the breast during pregnancy and puerpe- rium. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1933, 30: 155-8—Ferro, A. Con- siderazione su di un caso di enorme ipertrofla mammaria in puerperio. Riv. ostet. gin. prat, 1933, 15: 198-203.—Gaines, W. L, & Bavidson, F. A. The effect of advance in lactation and gestation on mammary activity. J. Gen. Physiol, 1925-26, 9: 325-32.—Koeneke, I. A. An anatomic study of a mammary gland 24 hours postpartum. Am. J. Obst, 1934, 27: 584-92.— McNeile, L. G. "Breast care, with special reference to the use of camphor in oil in the suppression of milk secretion after still- births, and at the time the infant is weaned. "West. J. Surg, 1935,43: 61-70.—Maygrier, C. Lobes mammaires axillaires avec polytheiie pendant la lactation. Bull. Soc. obst. Paris, 1905, 8: 107.—Richardson, F. H. How shall the mother's breast be emptied after nursing? Trained Nurse, 1923, 71: 410-3.— Sherrick, J. W. The physiology and minor pathology of the functioning breast. California West. M, 1926, 24: 764-8. Also Pacific Coast J. Nurs, 1926, 22: 528-33.—Van Bolsen, W. W. The fallacy of the present treatment of the nost-parturient breast. Am. J. Obst, 1927, 13: 236. ---- Lipoidosis. Ciechanowski, S. [Lipogranulomas, especially of the breast] Polska gaz. lek, 1935, 14: 4: 21.—Haagensen, C. B. Xanthoma of the breast. Am. J. Cancer, 1932, 16: 1077.—Kdnigstein. Xanthom der Brusthaut bei Ikterus und Lebercirrhose. Zbl. Haut. Geschlkr, 1925, 16: 642.—Krauss, F. Beitrag zu Wesen und Aetiologie der Lipogranulomatosis mammae. Zbl. Chir, 1933, 60: 1272-5—Pana, C. Ueber Lipogranulom der Mamma. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1933-34, 46: 341-9.—Unna, P, jr. Xan- thom der Mamma. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 1117. ---- lipoma. Muller, E. R. *Ueber die gutartigen Tu- moren der weiblichen Brust in Anlehnung an einen speziellen Fall von Lipom. 31p. 8? Lpz., 1926. Fitzwilliams, B. C. L. Three eases of unusual forms of lipo- mata of the breast. Lancet, Lond, 1925, 1: 1074-6.—Menville, J. G. Fatty tissue tumors of the breast. Am. J. Cancer, 1935, 24: 797-806.—Schneider, L. S. [Lipoma of the breast in a woman with absence of glandular tissue] Soviet, khir, 1933, 4: 614-7. ---- Lymphatics. Apostoleano, E. C. Contribution a l'etude du systeme lymphatique mammaire chez les carnivores domestiques (etude anatomique, physiologique et pathologique) [Alfort] 121p. 8? Par., 1925. Apostoleano, E. La distribution et le role du systeme lym- phatique dans la fonction de la glande mammaire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 324-6.—Broglio, R. I linfatici della mam- mella dal punto di vista chirurgico. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1931, 3: 410-4.—Caeiro, J. A. Topografia quirurgica de los linfa- ticos de la region del seno. Congr. argent, cir, 1930, 999-1032.— Becoulx, P. Les lymphatiques du sein au point de vue anato- mochirurgical. Echo nted. nord, 1931, 35: 97-103.—Eisendrath, D. N. The lymphatics of the female breast in relation to carci- noma of the breast. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1921,1: 1025-35. ---- Lymphoblastoma. Bellepiane, G. Linfoblastoma bilaterale della mammella simulante una ipertrofla mammaria gravidica. Riv. ital. gin, 1930, 11: 162-88.—Frascella, P. Linfoblastomatosi sistemica mammaria simulante una ipertrofla patologica gravidica (contri- buto ai rari blastomi bilaterali della mammella) Tumori, Tor, 1923, 10: 343-60.—Kiickens, H. Ein lokales Lymphogranulom der Brust in Form eines Mammatumors. Beitr. path. Anat, 1928, 80: 135-9.—Pasqualino, G. Linfoblastoma bilaterale delle mammelle. Tumori, Tor., 1932,18:172-92.—Patti, F. Linfoblas- toma bilaterale della mammella. Monit. ostet. gin, 1933, 5:101- 11.—Schleiter, H. G, & Bruecken, A. J. Lymphosarcoma involv- ing both breasts. Atlantic M.J, 1925-26, 29: 693-6.—Slaviero, A. Linfoblastoma mammario. Clin, chir, Milano, 1936, n.s, 12: 125-38. ---- Menstrual changes. Aberle, S. B. B. Proliferation of epithelium of nipple of the rat and guinea-pig during the oestrus cycle. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N Y , 1934, 32: 245.—Cotte, G, & Pallot, G. Etude histo- logique et experimentale de certaines hyperplasies mammaires pr6menstruelles douloureuses. Gyn. obst. Par, 1936, 33: 113-33. Also Lyon chir, 1936, 33: 638-42.—Gonzalez Burate, P. Consideraciones sobre la fisiopatologia de la glandula mamaria. Arch med Madr, 1928,29:485-92. Also Rev. med. Barcelona^ 1928,'10: 106-16. Also Rev. med. Rosario, 1928, 3: 403-17.- Luchsinger y Centeno, J. Ueber die cyklischen Veranderungen der weiblichen Brustdruse. Beitr. path. Anat, 1927, 78: 594-617.—Moszkowicz, L. Ueber den monatlichen Zyklus der Brustdruse. Arch. klin. Chir, 1926, 142: 374-418 [Discussion] 83. Also Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 1058. Also Wien. klin. Wschr, 1926, 39: 405; 465—Pallot, G. Recherches histologiques sur la mamelle premenstruelle. Bull, histol. appl, Lyon, 1935, 12: 378-86. ----- Le developpement et la croissance pre- menstruels de la mamelle. Ibid, 386-9. ----- Les modifica- tions tissulaires et l'activite glandulaire de la mamelle a la fin du premenstruum. Ibid, 389-99.—Polano, O. Mamma und Menstruation. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1923, 120: 259. —--- Untersuchungen iiber dte zyklischen Veranderungen der weib- lichen Brust wahrend der Geschlechtsreife. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1924, 87: 363-73—Rosenburg, A. Ueber menstruelle, durch das Corpus luteum bedingte Mammaveranderungen. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1922, 27: 466-506. ----- Die Bedeutung der menstruellen Mammaveranderungen fiir die Chirurgie. Zbl. Chir, 1923, 50: 510. ----- Die menstruellen Mam- maveranderungen. Zbl. Gyn, 1923, 47: 111-6. ----- Zu der Arbeit Dieckmauns Ueber die Histologie der Brustdruse bei gestbrtem und ungestbrtem Menstruafcionsablauf. Vir- chows Arch. 1926, 262: 298-303 [Bemerkungen von H. Dieck- mann] 304. ——- Die menstruellen Veranderungen der weiblichen Brustdruse. Med, Welt, 1930, 4: 112-5.—Scaglione, S. Ricerche sul ritmo estruo della mammella. Riv. ital. gin, 1928, 8: 200-16.—Stajano, C. La mastalgia del periodo premen- strual. Arch. urug. med, 1936, 8: 373-82. ---- Nipples. See also in 3.ser., Nipples. Martinov, V. [F.] *[Nerve apparatus in the nipple of man and mammals] 106p. 8? S. Peterb., 1913. Gatta, R. Su di un particolare reperto istologico nei capezzolo della donna. Arch. ital. derm, 1934, 10: 472-8.—Gonzalez Guzman, I. El contenido nucleolar de las glandulas sebaceas; glandulas del mamelon. Rev. mex. biol, 1934, 15: 39-44, 3pl — Kengyel, H. Ueber eine eigenartige Ansammlung lymphati- schen Gewebes in der Mamilla. Wien. med. Wschr, 1929, 79: 451.—Marcus, G. H. Untersuchungen iiber die arterielle Blut- versorgung der Mamilla. Arch. klin. Chir, 1934, 179: 361-9.— Massia, G, & Rousset, J. La structure du mamelon chez la femme. Bull, histol. appl, Lyon, 1930, 7: 118-28. ----- Presence de cellules dyskeratosiques abondantes dans des ma- melons feminins normaux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 103: 789.— Nipple (the) as a landmark. Lancet, Lond, 1909, 1: 780.— Payenneville, J. Dermatologie topographique du mamelon. Nouv. prat. derm. (Darter, Sabouraud, et al.) Par, 1936, 8: 352-62.—Perkins, O. C, & Miller, A. M. Sebaceous glands in the human nipple. Am. J. Obst, 1926, 11: 789-94.—Rousset, J. La constitution anatomique du mamelon humain; ses conse- quences pathologiques. Gyn. obst. Par, 1930, 22: 205-28, pi.— Selye, H, & McKeown, T. The effect of mechanical stimulation of the nipples on the ovary and the sexual cycle. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1934,59:886-90. ----- Production of pseudo-pregnancy by mechanical stimulation of the nipples. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 31:683-7. ---- Nipples: Abnormities. See also Breast, Nipples, supernumerary. Durand, F. *Des vices de conformation du mamelon. 67p. 8? Toulouse, 1908. Hass, H. *Ueber Hohlwarzen beim Saugling und Kleinkind. 16p. 8? Bonn, 1932. Billups, H. B. A note on defective nipples. Brit. M.J, 1910, 1: 988.—Mercier,' L. A propos d'une malformation d'un mamelon inguinal chez la souris. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 88: 69-71.—Valsik, J. A. [Certain phenomena accompanying the- lotismus papillae mammae] Cas. tek. 5esk, 1934, 73: 625-7. ---- Nipples: Cancer. Horand, R. Cancer des mamelles chez une chatte. Lyon med, 1912, 119: 912.—Muller. Cancer du mamelon, caracterise par l'allongement hypertrophique du mamelon. Loire med., 1921,35:202. ---- Nipples: Diseases and tumors. Bamber, G. Keratosis of the nipples. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1935-36, 29: 1289.—Fischel, E, & Jorstad, L. H. Unusual tumor of the nipple. Am. J. Surg, 1931, n.s, 11: 121-4. Also repr.—Harris, W. H. Histological changes in the mammary glands of animals from inversion of the nipple. South. M.J, 1928, 21: 593.—Pautrier, L. M. Abces a levures des 2 mamelons et des aisselles. Bull. Soc. fr. derm. syph. (Strasbourg) 1933, 40: 199-202.—P6ppelmann, W. Ueber schlechte Brustwarzen. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 1317.—Popov, M. Z. [Causes of ulcerated nipples] Med. misl, 1925-26, 3: 38-47—Stewart, F. W. Neuro- ma of the nipple. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 434-6.— Weber, H. Ueber ein papillares Cystadenom der Mamilla. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 422-4.—Wissenbach, R. J, & Levy- Franckel. Hyperkeratose du mamelon. Bull. Soc. fr. derm. syph, 1936,43: 1781. BREAST 974 BREAST ---- Nipples: Fissure. Gkxgxagel, E. [H.] *Beitrag zur Behand- lung der Brustwarzenschrunden. 17p. 8? Giessen, 1929. Gouait, A. *L'antivirusth6rapie appliquee a la prophvlaxie et au traitement des crevasses du sein. 38p. 8? Par., 1934. Henry, C. *De I'emploi de la succi-pompe de Rohan dans le traitement des crevasses du sein. 75p. 8? Par., 1911. Riou-Kerangal, A. A. E. *Du traitement des gercures du sein par le bleu de methylene. 48p. 8? Bord., 1909. Teisseire, M. L. *Du traitement des ger- cures et crevasses du sein par l'orthoforme. 54p. 8? Par., 1898. ---- The same. 54p. 8? Par., 1899. Abramov, M. M. [Prophylaxis and treatment of cracked nipples during pregnancv and confinement] Mosk. med. J, 1928, 8: 53-60.—Blech, G. Fissure of the nipple. J. Phys. Ther, 1906-7, 2: 22.—Brach, A. Erythemes medicamenteux dus a l'usage d'orthoforme sur des crevasses du sein. Bull. nted. Alger te, 1909, 20: 242.—Chevrier, L. Sur un cas de gueri- . son rapide de crevasse du sein par les pansements a l'ltemostyl Roussel. Gaz. prat, Lille, 1914, 21: 87-9—Grigoriu, C, & Iancu, A. [Detrimental effect of alcohol lotions in mammary rhagades] Cluj. med, 1933, 14: 13-5.—Home, R. Beitrag zur Behandlung von Brustwarzenrhagaden im Wochenbett. Zbl. Gyn, 1933, 57: 811-3.—Iancou, A. Contribution k la pathogenie des crevasses du mamelon. Rev. fr. pediat, 1934, 10: 69-74.— Kofman-Bvoretskaya, R. J. [Treatment of cracked nipples with the quartz lamp] J. rann. detsk. vozr, 1933, 13: 456-9.—Kunz, A. C. Die lokale Behandlung der Brustwarzenrisse durch Vitamin A in verschiedenen Konzentrationen. Zbl. Gyn, 1936, 60: 106.—L, P. Tratamiento de las grietas del pezon. Dia med, B. Air, 1933-34, 6: 754.—Olivier, A. Traitement des crevasses du mamelon. Ann. Policlin. Paris, 1899, 9: 145-53.— Povzhitkov, V. A. [Prevention and treatment of fissures of the nipples with Prof. Moiseev's silver preparations] Soviet. vrach. J, 1936, 1: 187-91.—Rouzand, M. Prophylaxie et traite- ment des crevasses du mamelon. J. med. Paris, 1907, 2.ser, 19: 391.—Sacco Ferraro, L. Grietas del pezon. Arch. urug. med, 1933, 3: 805-23.—Traitement des crevasses du sein: il faut avant tout les "v'venir en preparant les seins. Progr. med. Par, 1925, 40: K6.—Trambusti, B. Contributo alla cura delle ragadi del capezzolo. Riv. clin. pediat, 1928, 26: 470-4. ---- Nipples: Hemorrhage. Dupuy, R. A. *Les Ecoulements de sang par le mamelon. Sip. 8? Par., 1932. Wechsler, R. B. *Contribution a l'etude des ecoulements sanglants par le mamelon. 61p. 8? Par., 1933. Abrazhanov, A. A. [Hemorrhage of the nipples] Dnie- propetr. med. J, 1927, 6: 555-60.—Arnvig, J. [Hemorrhage from the papilla mammae] Hospitalstidende, 1935, 78: 1259-68.— Bloch, J. C, & Wechsler, R. B. Les ecoulements sanglants par te mamelon. Presse nted, 1934, 42: 789-91.—Cazzamali, P. Sull'interpretazione clinica dello scolo di sangue dal capezzolo della mammella femminile. Boll. Poliamb. Giuseppe Ronzoni, 1933, 7: 171-206.—Cutler, M. A new method for the treatment of bleeding nipple by radium implantation. Am. J. Roentg, 1934, 31: 819-22.—Bickinson, G. K. The breast physiologically and pathologically considered with relation to bleeding from the nipple. Am. J. Obst, 1922,3: 31-4 [Discussion] 78-81.—Boo- little, H. M. Bleeding nipple. Med. Rec, S. Antonio, 1927,12: 429-33.—Erdheim, S. Ueber die klinische Bedeutung und die pathologische Grundlage der sogenannten blutenden Mamma (pathologische Sekretion aus der Brustwarze) Arch. klin. Chir, 1926, 139: 366-412.—Harp0th, H. [Case of hemorrhage from the nipple] Ugeskr. larger, 1929, 91: 843— Kopp, J. G. Les ecoulements sanguins du mamelon. Acta chir. scand, 1927, 62: 115-32. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1927, 71: pt 1, 1431- 47.—Kuthe, F. Blutende und nassende Mamille. Zbl. Chir, 1930, 57: 341-3.—Mazer, C. The endocrine glands in relation to abnormal breast hyperplasias with particular reference to the associat e d nipple bleeding and its treatment. Med. Rec , N.Y, 1934, 140: 417— Miller, E. M, & Lewis, B. The significance of a serohemorrhagic or hemorrhagic discharge from the nipple. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 81: 1651-7.—Moulonguet, P., & Rousset, J. Ecoulements sanglants par le mamelon et ectasie generalisee des galactophores. J. chir. Par, 1934, 43: 488-504.—Orbach, E. Blutende Mamille. Zbl. Chir, 1930, 57: 2060-3—Stowers, J. E. The significance of bleeding or discharge from the nipple. Tr. West. Surg. Ass, 1934, 44: 103-28. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1935, 61: 537-45. ---- Nipples: Neurosis. Beck, H. Ein neuer Fall von Brustwarzenkrampf. Deut. med. Wschr, 1929, 55: 1675. ----- Gesammelte Erfahrungen iiber den Brustwarzenkrampf von 1929 bis 1931. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1932, 45: 1316.—Chambers, H, & Somerset, A.M. Breast disease and the Demodex folliculorum. Lancet, Lond, 1925, 1: 172.—Rodecurt, M. Ueber Brustwarzenkrampf und ahnliche Krankheitsformen. Zbl. Gyn, Lpz, 1931, 55: 3185-7.—Starer, M. Beitrag zur vasokonstriktorischen Neurose der weiblichen Brustwarze. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24: 453—Steinthal, B. Zur vasokonstriktorischen Neurose der weiblichen Brust- warze. Ibid, 1927, 23: 1106.—Warnecke. Beitrag zur vasokon- striktorischen Neurose der weiblichen Brustwarze. Ibid, 683. ---- Nipples; Paget's disease. Dobkevich, O. S. *Contribution a. l'etude de la maladie de Paget du sein. 52p. 8? Par., 1926. Dtjpotjy, F. R. M. *Maladie de Paget (du sein) Evolution, pronostic et traitement. 102p. 8? Bord., 1910. Maier, M. *Ueber Pagetsche Erkrankung. 31p. 8° Munch., 1910. AIeschtschanski, J. *Ueber Paget's disease [Konigsberg] 16p. 8? Lpz., 1931. Also Derm. Wschr, 1931, 86: Abrahams, R. Paget's disease. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph, 1907, 25: 187.—Alvarez Cascos. In caso precoz de enfermedad de Paget del pezon. Med. ibera, 1935, 29: pt 1, 902—Aly Pasha Ibrahim. A pathological report on .a case of Paget's disease of breast. Livre d'or (T. Papayoannou) Naumburg, 1932,138-42.— Ambrosoli, G. A. Morbo di Paget (Paget's disease of the nipple) Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1915, 2.ser, 3: 383-98, pi.—Banti, G. I parassiti nella malattia mammaria del Paget. Sperimentale, 1894, 121-6.—Barber, H. W. Paget's disease of the nipple asso- ciated with diffuse carcinomatosis of the chest wall. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1932, 25: 670-2.—Barbier, G. Maladie de Paget a son debut; epithelioma canaliculaire sous-jacent. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1927, 34: 150-9. ----- Maladie de Paget du mamelon a son debut avec participation des canaux galacto- phores sousjacents; coexistence d'un cancer mammaire profond. Ibid, 1929. 36: 649-52.—Bargues. Maladie de Paget du sein. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1909, 30: 556.—Belot, J. Traitement de la maladie de Paget (du mamelon et cutanee) par la radiothera- pie. Arch, electr. med, 1907, 15: 283-91. Also Arch. Roentg, Lond, 1907-8, 12: 67-70—Bender, X, & Vaudescal, R. Note sur 3 cas de maladie de Paget du mamelon. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1914, 3: 489.—Bessone, L. Osservacioni istologiche sopra un caso di morbo di Paget della mammella. Gior. ital. derm.sif. 1935,76: suppl, 182.—Billi, A. Rapporto fra cancro della mammella e morbo di Paget. Arch. ital. chir, 1933,35: 621-43.— Bindi, F. Sulla cosidetta malatti di Paget. Gazz. osp, 1926, 47: 867-71.—Bogolyubov, V. L. [Paget's disease] Russ. khir. arkh, 1907, 23: 505-24.—Bory, L. A propos d'un cas de maladie de Paget du mamelon; operation limitee; recidive intra-glandu- laire. Bull, med. Par, 1928, 42: 984. Also Bull. Soc. fr. derm. syph, 1928, 35: 327-9.—Bowlby. Paget's disease of the nipple and breast. Lancet, Lond, 1891, 1: 1096.—Bruusgaard, E. [A case of Paget's disease] Forh. Med. selsk. Kristiania, 1916, 149-51.—Bunch, J. L. Paget's disease of the nipple. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1913-14, 7: derm.sect, 255-7.—Buzzi, A. En- fermedad de Paget del mamelon. Rev. As. med. argent, 1922, 35: sect. soc. pat. quir, 67-9.—Cailliau.F. A propos de la maladie de Paget du mamelon. Bull. As. fr. cancer, 1931, 20: 486-501.— Calderon, C. La frecuencia de la enfermedad de Paget. Med. ibera, 1935, 29: pt2, 601—Caylor, H. D. Paget's disease of the nipple and adenocarcinoma of the breast; report of a case. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1929, 9: 951-6.-Cheatle, G. L. Paget's disease of the nipple. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1906, n.s, 82: 669.— Cheatle, L. A note on Paget's diseases of the nipple. Lancet, Lond, 1936, 2: 1462—Ciotola, E. Enfermedad de Paget de la piel de ambas mamas. Cron. med, Lima, 1932, 49: 341-6 — Cohn, L. C. Paget's disease of the female breast, with special consideration of biopsy and preoperative irradiation. Arch. Surg, 1937, 34: 201-29—Crosti, A. II morbo di Paget cutaneo; interpretato quale epitelioma epidermotropo dell'apparato ghiandolare sudorale (ghiandola mammaria; ghiandole sudori- fere) Gior. ital. derm, sif, 1932, 73: 1021-62, 5pl.—Bambrin & Clermont. Un cas de maladie de Paget du sein. Toulouse med, 1906, 2.ser, 8: 139-41—Davis, H. Case of Paget's disease of the nipple. Pioc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1912-13, 6: serm.secc, 5.— Bawson, G. W. Paget's disease of the breast. Brit. J. Derm, 1907, 19: 19.—Divanin, L. I. [Paget's disease] Prakt. vrach, 1909, 8: 203.—DSrffel, J, & Grimm, O. Beitrag zur Histogenese des Morbus Paget. Derm. Wschr, 1935, 101: 1169-73.—Eberts, E. M. Paget's disease of the nipple. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1932, 7: 403-7, pi. Also Internat. Clin, 1933, 43.ser, 4: 192-210, 7pl.—Eller, J. J, & Anderson, N. P. Paget's disease of the nipple; a manifestation of intraduct cancer; report of 3 cases. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 94: 1653-5. Also repr.—Evans, W. Case of Paget's disease. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1908-9, 2: derm.sect, 162.—Fraser, J. F. Bowen's disease and Paget's disease of the nipple, their relation to dyskeratosis. Arch. Derm. Svph, Chic, 192S, 18: 809-2S.-----Paget's disease of the nipple. N. York State J.M, 1930, 30: 13-5.—Gaal, A. [X-ray treatment of Paget's disease] Orv. hetil, 1934, 78: 520.— Gaarenstroom, G. F. [Paget's disease of I tie nipple] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1913, 1: 314; 1870, pi.—Gaucher A Bricout. Maladie de BREAST 975 BREAST Paget du mamelon gauche avec noyaux secondaires de la peau et envahissement ganglionnaire chez un homme. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1912, 23: 148.—Gioia, E. Un singolare reperto anatomo-patologico in metastasi ghiandolari di carcinoma della mammella tipo Paget (considerazioni intorno alla presenza di cellule giganti nei tumori) Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1925, 38: 441-60.—Gottheil, W. S. Paget's diseases. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph, 1907, 25: 324.—Gougerot, Burnier & Eliascheff, 0. Maiadie de Paget du mamelon a son debut; origine epidermique de la neoplasie. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1933, 40: 1299-301 — Srynfeltt, E, Margarot, J, & Guibert, H. J. Maladie de Paget du mamelon avec atrophie de la glande mammaire et cancer des glandes sudoripares sous-jacentes. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1932, 2L 348-80.—Hartmann, P. Maladie de Paget. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1917, 31: 581; 1926, 40: 694.—Hartzell, M. B. Two cases of Paget's disease treated by the X-ray, with a report of the micro- scopic findings in one of them after prolonged treatment. Tr. Am Derm. Ass, 1905, 196-202. Also J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph, 1906, 24: 289-98. Also Rev. prat. mal. cutan., 1906, 5: 372-8.— Heil'mann, P. Ueber beginnenden Pagetkrebs der Mamma. Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1926, 23: 446-52.—Hilber, J. J. P. [Paget's disease of the nipple] Ned. tschr. genessk, 1913, 1: 1082.— Jung, A, & Woringer, F. Maladie de Paget du mamelon avec localisations glandulaires profondes. Bull. Soc. fr. derm. syph. (Strasbourg) 1934, 41: 1441-3.—Kon, Y. Zur Anatomie und Klinik der Pagetschen Erkrankung der Brustwarze und des Warzenhofs. Mitt. allg. Path, Sendai, 1933-35, 8: 417-32, pi — Lapowski. Paget's disease. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph, 1908, 26: 319 — I»euwen, T. M. van. [Treatment of Paget's disease of the breW] N'ed. tM-hr. geneesk, 1931,75: pt2, 2959-63, pi.----- [Paget's disease of the nipples] Ibid, 1930, 74: pt2, 5544-6 — Lenglet. La radiotlHiapieguerit-elte la maladie de Paget? Bull. Soc radiol nted. Paris, 1909,1: 204-11.—Levin. Paget's disease of the nipple. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1922, n.s, 6: 96 — Lieeeois Daubresse-Morelie. A propos d'un cas de maladie de Paget du sein. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1933, 34: 26-30, 2pl — Louste, A. Maladie de Paget du mamelon; epithelioma page- toide; maladie de Bowen. Medecine, 1930, 11: 861. ----- & Cailliau, F. La maladie de Paget du mamelon. Presse med, 1934, 42: 1838-42.—Louste, A, Levy-Franckel & Cailliau. Maladie de Paget du mamelon. Bull. Soc. fr. derm. syph. (Nancv) 1933, 40: 252.—McKenty, F. E. On Paget's disease of the breast. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1912, 15: 457-61.-Magee, R. K. Paget's disease of the nipple. Univ. Toronto M.J, 1929-30, 7- 194-201.—Malapret. Sur un cas de maladie du sein de Paget. Poitounted, 1910, 25: 101.—Marcorelles, A. P, & Tizon, 0. Maladie de Paget du mamelon; ablation du sein apres biopsie; degenerescence neoplasique de la glande. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1909 84: 419.—Martin, W. Paget's disease of the nipple. Ann. Surg, 1916, 64: 725.—Massia, G, GabrieUe, H, & Rousset, J. Nteoplasme du sein avec exulceration mamelonnaire a type histologique de maladie de Paget. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1930 37: 165-71.—Massia, G, & Rousset, J. A propos de la mala- die de Paget; discussion de la theorie; la maladie de Paget est un cancr epidermotrope. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1930, 19: 450-8. ----- Las acquisitions recentes sur la question de la maladie de Paget du mamelon. J. med. Lyon. 1930, 11: 311-21—Matas, P J. Mal de Paget. Rev. balear. cienc. med, 1899.17: 25-32 — Mengeaux, G. La maladie de Paget du mamelon. Progr. med. Par 1929 44: 365-9.—Mestschanski, J. Ueber Paget's disease. Derm Wschr, 1928. 86:173-83—Milian, G. Maladie de Paget avec participation des canaux galactophores. Bull. Soc. fr. derm. svph 1926, 33: 652—Muir, R. Paget's disease of the nipple and its relationships. J. Path. Bact, Edinb, 1927, 30: 451-71, 4pl. -----■ The pathogenesis of Paget's disease of the nipple and asso- ciated tesions. Brit. J. Surg, 1934-35, 22: 728-37.-Nicolas, J, Moutot, H, & Gravier, L. Un cas de maladie de Paget du sein. Lyon med, 1913,120: 1195-8—Pautrier, L. M. Paget's disease of the nipple; a true cancer tending to invade the epidermis and ne- cessitating total and early amputation of the breast. __ Arch. Derm Syph, Chic, 1928,17: 767-90. Alsorepr.---— Levy, G, & Biss, A. Maladie de Paget du sein, cancer canaliculaire epi- dermotrope verifte histologiquement apres extirpation chirurgi- cale du sein. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1926, 33: (Reun. Stras- bourg! 261-8 ----- La maladie de Paget du mamelon n est pas une simple dyskeratose precancereuse mais un veritable cancer epidermotrope necessitant l'ablation totale et precoce du sein. Presse med, 1927, 35: 993; 1041.-Pautrier, I. M, & Woringer, F. Maladie de Paeet du mamelon. Bull Soc. fr. derm. svph. (Strasbourg) 1933, 40: 1514.----A propos du cas de maladie de Paget du mamelon prfeente a la seance de novembre dernier. Ibid, 1934, 41: 190. —— Maladie de Paget du mamelon avec cancer intracanaliculaire profond. Ibid 1438-41 ----- Nouveau cas de maladie de Paget du mamelon sans trace d'aucune tumeur profonde dans la glande mammaire, mais avec lesion initiate sous forme d un petit nodule cancereux dans un canal galactophore audessous du mamelon. Ibid, 1813-7. ----- Nouveau cas de maladie de Paget du mamelon avec vaste cancer mammaire. Ibid, 1935, 42-407- 556 ----- Nouveau cas de maladie de Paget avec cancer mammaire profond et disposition glandulaire au niveau de l'epiderme, des cellules de Paget. Ibid, 1936, 43: 528-30.- Perriol & Bosquette. Sur un cas de maladie de Paget du mame- lon. Dauphine med, 1910, 34: 256-8.-Pico Bum, R, & Gavina Alvarado, E. R. Enfermedad de Paget del mamelon Rev. med. lat. amer, B. Air, 1930-31, 16: 1778-84.-Power D. A. Epo- nyms; Sir James Paget. Brit. J. Surg, 1922-23, 10: 1, 161- Prat B. Un caso de enfermedad de Paget. Rev. nted. Uruguay, 1910 13- 321-5— Rasch, C. [A case of Paget's disease] Hospi- talstidende, 1914, 5.R, 7: 1318.—Ravogli, A. Die Aetiologie der Pagetschen Krankheit. Mhefte prakt. Derm, 1894, 19: 74-7.— Roberts, J. E. H. Specimen of Paget's disease of breast with microscope slide. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1926-27, 50: 119.— Rosenberg, J. [On the nature of Paget's disease] Przeg. chorob skor. i wen, 1909, 4: 49-64.—Ross, J. P. Paget's disease of the nipple. Lancet, Lond, 1936, 1: 1025.—Rubenstein, M. W. Paget's disease of the male nipple and areola. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1930, 22: 281-300. Also repr— Sainz de Aja. Sindrome de Paget bilateral. Med. ibera, 1935, 29: 719.— Sampietro, V. Considerazioni pratiche su due casi di morbo di Paget. Gazz. med. ital, 1936, 95: 61-5.—Sechi, G. II morbo di Paget della mammella. Policlinico, 1926, 33: sez. chir, 529- 39.—Sezary, A, & Lemant, J. Forme inveteree et g6ante de la maladie de Paget du mamelon. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1935, 42: 1748-50.—Simard, C. La maladie de Paget du mamelon; cancer epidermotrope. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1930, 19: 50-81.— Sinozerski, A. A. [Paget's disease] Khir. arkh, 1913, 29: 336- 47.—Taylor, J. A case of Paget's disease treated by X-ravs. Arch. Roentg, Lond, 1907-8, 12: 100.—Touraine, A, & Vialatte. Epithelioma pageto'ide a marche rapide apres cancer du sein. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1936, 43: 449.—Wainwright, J. M. A contribution to the discussion of Paget's disease of the nipple and Gye's hypothesis. Am. J. Surg, 1927, n.s, 3: 218-22.— Waite, W. W. Paget's disease of the nipple. Southwest. M., 1930, 14: 429.—Welsh, A. M. The problem of Paget's disease of the nipple and its relation to cancer of the breast. J. Cancer Res. Com. Univ. Sydney, 1931, 3: 243-8. ----- Discussion of the origin and spread of Paget's disease of the nipple and other allied conditions. Ibid, 1934, 6: 71-5.—Wise, F. Paget's disease of the nipple. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1936, 33: 583. ---- Nipples, supernumerary. Richter, J. [H. T.] *Beitra,n; zur Kenntnis der Mehrzitzigkeit beim weiblichen und mann- lichen Rind. 37p. 8? Lpz., 1931. Bok, E. J. Ueber das Vorkommen iiberzahliger Brust- warzen bei Javanen. Anat. Anz, 1926, 61: 492-7.—Bozhovski, V. G. Politelia. Tr. Imp. kavkazsk. med. obsh, 1908-9, 45: 272-80.—Hartman, C. G. A case of supernumerary nipple in Macacus rhesus, with remarks upon the biology of polymastia and polythelia. J. Mammal, 1927, 8: 96-106, pi.—Henckel, K. 0. Ueber sekundare Knospenbrust. Anthrop. Anz, 1924, 1: 147-50.—Jaki, J. Hyperthelia erratica auf dem Riicken. Zbl. Chir, 1935, 62: 2«52-4 — Jellinek, S. Haufigeres Auftreten von nyperthelie auf der linken Korperseite. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1917, 30: 612.—Koopmann. Beitrag zur Bedeutung des iibcrzahligen Brustwarzchens. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1935-36, 25: 369-72.—Polesitsky, N. [Frequency of super- numerary nipples in the Mogilev population] Bieloruss. med. dumka, 1927, 3: 70.—Ragonnet, P. Sein a double mamelon. Rev. g6n. clin. titer, 1927, 41: 264.—Shnitkind, J. R. [Man with supernumerary nipple] Russ. J. kozhn. i vener. boliez, 1913, 25: 407.—Slobozianu, H, & Cohen, E. [Cases of axillary mamilla adherent to the skin] Spitalul, 1928, 48: 267-70—Zeana, B. [Neoplasm of supernumerary mamilla] Ibid, 1930, 50: 134-6. ---- Nipples: Surgery. See also Breast, Surgery, plastic. Bartigues. Points dc repere des mamelons par rapport au thorax, en chirurgie mammaire. Bull. Soc. mod. Paris, 1935, 494-9. Also Rev. chir. struct, Brux, 1936-37, 6: 287-92 — Halla, F. Vereinfachung von Brustkorrekturen. Wien. med. Wschr, 1930, 80: 417.—Harris, W. H. Histological changes pro- duced by inversion of nipple flaps of mammary gland of the rabbit. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1925-26, 23: 840-7.— Michalek-Grodzki, S. Operations plastiques des mamelons. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1936, 28: 387-99.—Noel, A. Refection plastique du mamelon apres necrose survenue a la suite d'une operation esthetique des seins. Bull, med. Par, 1933, 47: 633.— Thorek, M. Histological verification of the efficiency of free transplantation of the nipple. Med. J. & Rec, 1931,134: 474-6. painful [Mastodynia] See also Breast, Nipples: Neurosis. Baker, B. M. The significance and clinical complex of left mammary pain. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1934, 138: 566-8.— Bertner, E. W. Painful breasts: a gynecological problem. Texas J.M, 1932, 28: 528-31.—Bogaert, A. van, & Bogaert, L. van. L'angeioncvrose douloureuse du sein. Presse med, 1929, 37: 1592.—Cotte, G, Pallot, G, & Berard, M. Traitement des seins douloureux par des extraits folliculaires. Lyon chir, 1934, 31: 453-5.—Cutler, M. The cause of painful breasts and treat- ment by means of ovarian residue. J. Am. M. Ass, 1931, 96: 1201-5 Also repr.—Fitzwilliams, B. C. L. The hysterical breast. Postgrad. M.J, Lond, 1928, 3: 138-42.— Gabriellanz, A. G. Organotherapy of mastodynia. Am. J. Obst, 1933, 25: 499-505.—Gernez, C, & Gernez, L. Reflexions sur l'origine endocrinienne et le traitement de certaines algies mammaires. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1934, 23: 410-2—Hastrup, R. Et tilfaelde af mastodyni. Hospitalstidende, 1911,5.R, 4 : 1521-7.— Leo, G. De la mastodvnie. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1935, 27: 162-6. Also Clinique, Par, 1935, 30: 269—Samuel, M. Dte Mastodynie. Zbl. Gyn, 192S, 52: 1267.—Trueblood, B. V. The patient's complaint is of the breast. West. J. Surg, 1935, 43: 402-9. BREAST 976 BREAST ---- Paraffinoma. Krohn, K. H. *Ueber Paraffinome der Mamma [Kiel] p.2772-81. 8? Lpz., 1930. Also Zbl. Chir, 1930,57: Kbrbler, G. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Parafflnoms der Brustdriise nach kosmetischen Injektionen. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 652.—Krohn, K. H. Ueber Paraffinome der Mamma. Zbl. Chir, 1930, 57: 2772-Sl.—Mauclaire & Claude, H. Paraffi- nome ulc6r6 du sein. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1924, 50: 162-6. ---- pendent. See also Breast, Surgery, plastic. Kostlin, R. *Die plastischen Operationen zur Beseitigung der Hangebrust. 50p. 8? Berl., 1934. Nending-Spielman, P. *Traitement de la Mastoptose. 20p. 8? Geneve, 1923. Amersbach, R. Richtlinien und Erfahrungen bei der opera- tiven Behandlung der Hangebrust. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1930, 60: 974-6.—Arlotta, M. Cura della mastoptosi associata o no ad ipertrofla della mammella. Cult. med. mod. Pal, 1924, 3: 357-66.—Asis y Garcia de la Camacha. Nueva tecnica en el tratamiento del prolapso mammario. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 10.—Eames, H. O. The correction of pendulous breasts. Am. J. Surg, 1930, n.s, 10: 80-3.—Baum, G. Beitrag zur Opera- tion der Hangebrust. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 684—Beck, C, & Beck, W. C. Plastic correction of the pendulous breast. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1934, 14: 769-73.—Biddle, A. G. Improved technique for the restoration of pendulous breasts. Am. J. Surg, 1934, 23:191-3. Also repr.—Bjbrkenheim, G. A. IPlastic surgery in pendulous breasts] Fin. lak.sail, hand, 1934, 76: 57-77.—Cesari, M. Spunti di chirurgia del prolasso mammario. Bull. sc. med, Bologna, 1927, 5: 373-9.—Claoue, C. Chirurgie reparatrice mammaire; reduction de volume de la glande. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1935, 454-8.—Bartiques. Traitement chirurgi- cal du prolapsus mammaire. Arch. fr. belg. chir, 1925, 28: 313-28. Also Paris chir, 1924, 16: 145-51. ----- De la masto- pexie costale transpectorale par voie peri-areolaire. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1929, 21: 287-9.-----Hypertrophie mammaire et technique de la mammectomie bilaterale totale avec greffe areolomamelonnaire libre. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1929, 38: 745.—Belfourd, A, Vermelin, H, & Riff. Hypertrophie mam- maire bilaterale; excision partielle du sein. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1926, 15: 454.—BerBrucke, M. G. A simple surgical method for the esthetic correction of pendulous breasts. Am. J. Surg, 1931, n.s, 11:324-7. Alsorepr.—Bowkontt, C. F. A modi- fication of the double circle operation for pendulous breasts. N. York State J.M, 1931, 31: 264-6.—Bufourmentel, L. La mastopexie; technique et resultats eloignes. Bull. Soc. chir. Par, 1933, 25: 292-5.—Ehrenfeld, H. Neuere Anschauungen in der Frage der korrektiven Hangebrustplastik und ein neues Verfahren. Zbl. Chir, 1935, 62: 628-34.—Eitner, E. Hange- brustplastik. Wien. med. Wschr, 1926, 76: 1254; 1927, 77: 1572.—Farrar, L. K. P. Nonmalignant nodules of the breast, the result of prolapse. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 95: 1329-32.— Foged. J. fOperative treatment of hypertrophy of breast] Bibl. lceger," 1927, 119: xlvii-lvi. Also Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: (Dansk. kir. selsk. forh.) 31-8. —--- [Demonstration of hypertrophy of the mammary gland] Ibid, 95.—Fomon, S. Surgical treatment of idiopathic hypertrophy of the breast. Arch. Surg, 1936, 33: 253-66.—Frist, J. Hangebrustplastik. Wien. med. Wschr, 1926, 76: 617-9.—Gillies, H. Operation for reduction of hypertrophied breast. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1934, 201.—Glaesmer, E, & Amersbach, R. Die Pathologie der Hangebrust und ihre moderne operative Behandlung. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 1171-6.—Glass, E. Mamma pendula-Beschwerden und Bustenhalter. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 660.—Grafenberg, E. Gynakologie und Kosmetik. Med. Welt, 1930, 4: 886-8.—Hollander, E. Die Operation der Mammahypertrophie und der Hangebrust. Deut. med. Wschr, 1924, 50: 1400-2. ----- Zur operativen Behandlung der vergrosserten Hangebrust. Aled. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 976.—Joseph, J. Zur Operation der hypertrophischen Hangebrust (Mastomiopexie) Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 1103-5. ----- Zur Beseitigung der einfachen und der hyper- trophischen Hangebrust. Ibid, 1927, 53: 1853.—Kapp, J. F. Eine neue Operationsmethode der hypertrophierten Mamma. Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 631.—Kraske, H. Die Operation der atro- phischen und hypertrophischen Hangebrust. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1923, 70: 672—Kurtzahn, H. Zur Operation der Gyna- komastte und der Hangebrust. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1928, 209: 403-6.—Leydier, M. L'hypertrophie mammaire, sa pathologie et son traitement par une nouvelle technique chirurgicale. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1934, 43: 1007-13.—Lotsch, F. Ueber Hangebrustplastik. Zbl. Chir, 1923, 50: 1241-4. Also Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 603-6. ----- Ueber Hangebrustplastik. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 805—Maliniak, J. W. Pendu- lous breasts. Med. Times, N.Y, 1931, 59: 355-9. ----- Plastic repair of pendulous breasts. Med. J. & Rec, 1932, 136: 312. Also repr. ----- The pendulous hypertrophic breast; comparative values of present-day methods of repair and the procedure of choice. Arch. Surg, 1935, 31: 587-600.—Meyer, A. W. Die Operation der Mamma-Hvpertrophie und Hange- brust. Deut. med. Wschr, 1930,56:1165.—Montant, M. Traite- ment chirurgical plastique des dystrophies mammaires. Techn, chir. Par, 1935, 27: 155-64.—Mornard, P. Le traitement chirurgical des prolapsus mammaires. Clinique, Par, 1926, 21: 81.—Noel, A. Aesthetische Chirurgie der weiblichen Brust; ein neues Verfahren zur Korrcktur der Hangebrust. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 51-3. -----& Lopez-Martinez. Nouveaux procectes chirurgicaux de correction du prolapsus mammaire. Arch. fr. belg. chir, 1928, 31: 138-53.—Orlando-Salinas, F. Terapia chirurgica della mamma propendula. Cult. med. mod. Pal, 1928, 7: 455-62.—Passot, R. Mon proc6d6 de correction esthe- tique de la ptose mammaire. Hopital, Par, 1925, 13: 162-5. ----- La correction esthetique du prolapsus mammaire par le procede de la transposition du mamelon. Presse nted, 1925, 33: 317.—Picard, H. Zur operativen Technik der weiblichen Brustplastik. Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 741-3— Quervain, F. de. Zur operativen Behandlung der Hangebrust. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1926, 56: 451-3.—Schlesinger. Mastopexie. Zbl. Chir, 1925, 52: 1821-6.—Schreiber, F. Operation der Hange- brust. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1929, 147: 56-9.—Sebening, W. Zur Mammaplastik. Chirurg, Berl, 1931, 3: 510-5.—Thorek, M. Esthetic surgery of the pendulous breast, abdomen, and arms in the female. Illinois M.J, 1930, 58: 48-57. ----- Simplicity versus complicated methods in the reconstruction of pendulous breasts. Ibid, 1936, 69: 338-45.—Wolfsohn, G. Die Operation der Mammahypertrophie und Hangebrust. Med. Welt, 1928,2: 477. ---- Pharmacology. See also Breast, Hormones; Breast milk, Secretion. Chabrol, Y. *Contribution a l'etude chi- mique de l'extrait opotherapique de la glande mammaire [Strasbourg] 99p. 8? Par., 1933. Burke, V, & Rodier, E. A. Excretion of antiseptic dyes through the mammary gland. J. Infect. Dis, 1927, 40: 673-6.— Grant, G. A. Diphenyl compounds and .mammary growth. Nature, Lond, 1937, 139: 155.—Henderson, V. E. The physi- ology and pharmacology of the mammary glands. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1921, 11: 328-31.—Macchiarulo, O. La formazione del lattosio nella mammella funzionante sotto l'azione dell'insulina. Arch. farm, sper, 1929-30, 48: pt 1, 175-85.—Manzi, L. Azione degli estratti mammarii sulle capsule surrenali con speciale riguardo alle variazioni del loro contenuto in adrenalina. Arch. ostet. gin, 1922-23, 2.ser, 10: 368; 404.—Mikheev, N. A. [Effect of poisons on the vessels of the isolated mammary gland] J. eksp. biol, 1926, 30-6.—Nikolaev, M. P, & Herbst, W. W. Ueber die pharmakologische Wirkung der Fliissigkeit aus den isolierten Mammae. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1927, 56: 169-80.—Puckner, W. A. Mammary gland preparations. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 83: 2018.—Spirito, F. Azione degli estratti mammarii sul sistema circolatorio e contributo alla conoscenza del loro meccanismo d'azione nell'organismo animale. Arch, ostet. gin, 1922-23, 2.ser, 10: 385-403. Also Rass. clin. ter, 1924, 23: 31-41. ----- Modiflcazioni urinarie degli individui sottoposti ad opoterapia mammaria; alcune reazioni biologiche dell'urina, relative ad un suo eventuale contenuto in adrenalina. Ibid, 147-59.—Vignes, H. Opotherapie mammaire. Rev. fr. endocr, 1926, 4: 165-74. ----- A propos de l'opottterapie mammaire. Bull. g6n. ther, 1928, 178: 439-46. ---- Physiology. See also Breast milk, Secretion. Addessi, G. II comportamento della mammella in seguito ad innesti di decidua. Ann. ostet. gin, 1930, 52: 805-39 — Bratianu, S, & Guerriero, C. Sur le pouvoir phagocytaire des cellules epitheiiales de la glande mammaire. C. rend. Acad- sc, 1930, 190: 1529.—Brouha, L. Considerations sur la physi. ologie de la glande mammaire. Ltege nted, 1933, 26: 929-52. ----- & Refik Recep, B. [Physiology of the mammary gland] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1933, 62: 127-40.—Ba Fano, C. On Golgi's internal apparatus in different physiological conditions of the mammary gland. J. Physiol, Lond, 1922-23, 56: 459- 76.—Ba Re, O. Dell'attivita mammaria e delle sue probabili cause. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1929, 27: 415-92. Also Arch. ital. biol, 1930-31, 84: 127-39.—Jeffers, K. R. Cytology of the mammary gland of the albino rat; experimentally induced conditions. Am. J. Anat, 1935, 56: 279-303, 2pl.—Kestner, A. G. [Formation and physiology of the mammary glands] Mosk. med. J, 1929, 9:1-15.—Khokhlov, A. V. [Physiology of the mammary glands] Kazan, med. J, 1925, 21: 1164-8.—Piettre, M. A propos de la nernteabilite de la cellule mammaire. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 202: 166-9. ----- & Celan, B. Role des differents elements cellulaires dans la mobilisation des lipides au sein de la glande mammaire; le corpuscule de Donne. Ibid, 1931, 192: 700-3 — Rossi, B. Lo stroma di sostegno e il sistema reticolo-endoteliale nelle varie fasi di sviluppo e di attivita funzionale della mam- mella. Rass. ostet. gin, 1929, 38: 529; 593.—Wendt, G. von. [Physiology of the mammary gland] Fin. lak.sail, hand, 1928, 70: 116-24.—Winter, E. W. Hormonanalysen im Urin und im Brustdriisensekret; Beitrag zur Biologie und Pathologie der Brustdriise in und ausserhalb der Schwangerschaft. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1932, 151: 201-19. ---- Reclus' disease. See Breast, Hyperplasia, parenchymatous. BREAST 977 BREAST ---- Roentgenography. Espaillat-G., A. Contribution a l'etude radiographique du sein nqrmal et pathologique. 154p. 8? Par., 1933. ; Baraldi, A. Roentgen-neumo-mastia. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1934, 18: 1254-67.—Benzadon, J. Contribucion al estudio de la roentgenneumo-mastia. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1935, 42: pt2, 1085-91.—Bianchini, A. Lo studio radiologico della mam- mella muliebre. Radiol, med, Milano, 1935, 22: 167-72.— Fagnano, G. Lo studio radiologico della mammella muliebre. Atti Congr. ital. radiol, 1934, 11: pt2, 272-7—Fray, W. W, & Warren, S. L. Stereoscopic rontgenographv of the breasts. Ann. Surg, 1932, 95: 425-32.—Grasso, R. Contributo alio studio radiologico della mamella muliebre in condizioni normali e patologiche. Arch. ital. chir, 1935, 39: 858.—Gunsett & Sichel. Sur la valeur pratique de la radiographie du sein. J. r-irtiol. electr, 1934, 18: 611-4.—Hicken, N. F. Radiographic demon- stration of breast lesions. Radiogr. Clin. Photogr, 1937, 13: 2-9. ----- Mammography; the roentgenographic diagnosi* of breast tumors by means of contrast media. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1937, 61: 593-603—Ledoux-Lebard, R, Garcia-Calder'on, J, & Espaillat, A. L'examen radiographique du sein et le radiodiagnostic de ses affections benignes et malignes. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1933, 22: 543-55. Also Paris mod, 1935, 95:92-9 — Lockwood, I. H. Roentgen ray studv of the mammary gland. South. M.J, 1932, 25: 903. ----- The value of breast radiog- graphy. Month. Bull. Kansas City S.W. Clin. Soc, 1934, 10: 9. Also Radiology, 1934, 23: 202-7.-----& Stewart, W. A roentgen study of the physiologic and pathologic changes in the mammary gland. J. Am. M. Ass, 1932, 99: 1461.----- The roentgen ray examination of the breast. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1932, 29: 557-63.—Paschetta, V. Etude radiologique de la glande mammaire. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1931, 19: 346-8.—Reimann, S. P, & Seabold, P. S. Correlation of X-ray picture with histology in certain breast lesions. Am. J. Cancer, 1933, 17: 34-41.—Romagnoli, M. La radiologia delle mammella. Riv. radiol, 1931, 6: pt2, 689-728—Seabold, P. S. Roentgeno- graphic diagnosis of diseases of the breast. Surg. Gvn. Obst, 1931, 53: 461-8. -Warren, S. L. A roentgenologic study of the breast. Am. J. Roentg, 1930, 24: 113-24. ---- Sarcoma. See also Breast, Fibroepithelioma, prolifera- tive. 99-112.—Lenormant, C. Volumineux sareome du sein; guerison apres 3 ans. Bull. Sotf: nat. chir. Par, 1926, 52: 166-9. ----- & Moure, P. Volumineux sareome du sein. Bull. Soc. anat. Pans, 1923, 93: 176-80. Also Presse nted, 1923, 31: (annexe) 513.—Lifvendahl, R. A. Liposarcoma of the mammary gland 1r. Chicago Path. Soc, 1928-29, 13: 167. Also Surg. Gvn Obst, 1930, 50: 81-4.—Melnichenko, V. B. [Mixed tumors; sarco-carcinoma of the mammary gland] J. med, Kiev, 1935, 5: 361-6 [French summ.]—Montpellier, J, Piana, L, & Barone, R. L6io-myo-sarcome du sein. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1936, 13: 795-7.—Napoleao, B. Sarcoma da mamma em virgem de 15 annos. Rev. gyn. obst, Rio, 1931, 25: 11.5-7.—Norden, A. [A case of sarcoma of the breast] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1921, 65: pt 1, 3361-6— Offergeld, H. Doppelseitiges primares Mam- masarkom. Arch. klin. Chir, 1928, 153: 395-406—Pellicano, S. Un caso di melanosarcoma primario della mammella. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1930, 11: 771-5—Petersen, A.J. Sarcoma of the female breast. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1923-27, 12: 367-70.—Rose, J. Die Sarkome der weiblichen und die Ge- schwulste der mannlichen Brustdriisen nach dem Material der chirurgischen Klinik zu Leipzig. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1935-36, 246:151-87.—Sai, P. An advanced case of spindle-celled sarcoma of the breast. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1924-25, 18: Sect. Surg, 78-80.—Sailer, S. Primary sarcoma of the breast. Arch. Path, Chic, 1936, 21: 257—Schreiner, B. F, & Thibaudeau, A. A. Sarcoma of the breast; a report of 7 cases. Ann. Surg, 1932, 95: 433-9.—Schriver, L. H. A case of sarcoma of the breast. J. Med, Cincin, 1936-37, 17: 350.—Speziale, V. Contributo alla conoscenza del sarcoma della mammella muliebre. Mor- gagni, 1932,74:827-35.—Thinnes, H. Ueber einen Fall von Chon- drosarkom der weiblichen Brustdruse. Virchows Arch, 1927, 264:150-7.—Thiir, W. Zur Kenntnis seltener Geschwulstformen der weiblichen Brustdruse (Lymphosarkom, Spindelzellen- sarkom) Ibid, 265: 96-102— Vaidya, J. B. Sarcoma of the breast. Ind. M. Gaz, 1927, 62: 88.—Vautrin. Sareome du sein et grossesse. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1921, 10: 693-5 — Wakeley, C. P. G. A case of carcinoma of the right breast fol- lowed by sarcoma of the left breast after an interval of 18 vears. Brit. J. Surg, 1933, 21: 156-8.—Zorraquin. Mixosarcoma"de la mama o fibromixosarcoma de la mama. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1923, 7:574-80. ---- Secretion, Soc Breast milk, Secretion. ---- Sexual aspects. See also Breast, Endocrine relations. Bauer, A. W. Die weibliche Brustdriise wahrend der einzel- nen Geschlechtsphasen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1931, 27: 1358; 1398.—Bergler, E, & Eidelberg, L. Der Mammakomplex des Mannes. Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal, 1933, 19: 547-83.— Giordano, B. Sympathie genito-mammaire. Arch. fr. belg. chir, 1928, 31: 647-52.—Piccone, L. A. M. Ricerche sperimentali a proposito della influenza della asportazione delle mammelle sulla attivita genetica. Monit. ostet. gin, 1936, 8: 81-8.— Schweitzer, B. Zu den Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Genital- und Mnmmafunktion. Zbl. Gyn, 1923, 47: 719.—Traina Rao, G. Ricerche sperimentali intorno all'inlluenza ehe ha l'ablazione delle mammelle sulla capacita di concezione, sull'an- damento della gravidanza e sull'involuzione uterina post partum. Arch, ostet. gin, 1933, 2.ser, 20: 795-9.-----Influenza dell'ablazione della mammella sulla capacita di concepimento, sull'andamento della gravidanza e sulla involuzione uterina post partum. Riv. ital. gin, 1933-34, 15: 487-516. —— supernumerary [Polymastia] John, C. [J. W.] *Ueber akzessorische Milch- driisen und Warzen, insbesondere iiber milch- driisenahnliche Bildungen in der Achsenhohle [Breslau] p.691-708. 8? Goldberg, 1927. Also Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1927, 126: Wien, S. vax. *Ueber die Achselhohlen- milchdruse. 31p. 8? Miinch., 1931. Abgabekov, G. Ein seltener Fall von Polvmastie und Polv- thelie. Zbl. Gyn, 1926, 50: 1921. Also J. teor. prakt. med, Baku, 1927, 2: 353-6.—Anderson, R. E. Two cases of axillary breast. Brit. M.J, 1930, 1: 283—Bell, J. W. Supernumerary breast near labium. Am. J. Obst, 1926, 11: 507-9.—Bergner, E. [Case of milk cyst in the labium majus] Hygiea. Stockh, 1934, 96: 573.—Block, E. B. A case of epilepsy with megacolon (Hirschsprung's disease) and polymastia. South. M..T, 1923, 16: 15-7.—Carrieu, F. Polymastie. Montpellier med, 1921, 43: 412.—Cramer, A. Au snjet d'un cas de polymastie. Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1917, 37: 715-8.—Cruickshank, A. Super- numerary breast. Brit. M.J, 1926, 1: 140.—Eccles, C. E. A case of polymastia. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1930, 55: 371.— Elder, J. H. Report of a case of inherited polymastia in chim- panzee. Anat. Rec, 1936, 65: 83-v, pi.—Fabiana, T. D, & Orr, T. G. Polymastia, with report of a case. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass, 1923-24, 3: 70-2.—Falsia, M. V. A proposito de un caso de polimastia; mamas supernumerarias axilares. Sem. med, B. Air, 1928, 35: pt2, 709-13—Federici, N. Mammelle multipli nella donna. Riv. ostet. gin. prat, 1922, 4: 540.—Ferrazini, P. Un caso de mamas supernumerarias axilares. Rev. med. Ro- Kuxsemuller, G. J. * Ueber ein Karzinosar- kom der Mamma. 23p. 8? Breslau, 1920. Asteriades, T. Sareome du sein opere et reste gueri depuis 5 ans. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1926, 52: 488.—Banet, V, Volanos, J. M, & Sutter, R. Sarcoma osteogenico de la mama. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1933, 8: 321-8.—Batzdorff, E. Das Mam- masarkom. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1927, 139: 199-204.—Bauer, C. Ueber einen Fall von rnetastatischem Melanosarkom der Mam- ma. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1929, 217: 280-3.—Begouin. Sareome dusein. J. nted. Bordeaux, 1921, 51: 260.-----Volumineux sareome du sein a longue allure clinique benigne. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1921, 42: 342. Also Bull. Soc. nted. chir. Bordeaux (1921) 1922, 273-6.—Behrend, M, & Rothschild, N. S. Myxo- sarcoma of the breast; report of a case. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila- delphia, 1923-24, 26: 113.—Biebl, M. Das Mammasarkom und seine Beziehungen zur Fibrosis mammae wie zu den gutartigen Mammageschwulsten. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1927, 140: 52 74.— Boldrey, E. B. Primary sarcoma of the breast; with a report of 4 cases. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1936, 35: 16-21.—Boncinelli, U. Un caso non comune di sarcoma ulcerato della mammella con metastasi cutanee, polmonari ed ossee. Gior. ital. derm, sif, 1936, 77: 985-94, 2pl.—Brites, G. Aspectos morfologicos do sar- coma da mama. Rev. espan. obst, 1931, 16: 582-6.----- Le sareome de la mamelle. Fol. anat. Univ. Conimbr, 1933- 36, 8:—11: passim.—Cathcart, R. S. Massive sarcoma of the breasts. South. M.&S, 1930, 92: 810-3—Cesaris-Bemel, V. Di un caso di sarcoma mammario. Pathologica, Genova, 1934, 26: 431-5.—Chavannaz & Nadal, P. Epithelio-sarcome du sein. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1923, 12: 144-8.—Chen Shun-ming. Sarcoma of the breast; with report of 3 cases. China M.J, 1929, 43: 1209-14—D'Aunoy, R, & Wright, R. W. Sarcoma of the breast. Ann. Surg, 1930, 92: 1059-66.—Edelmann, H. Ueber ein Osteoidsarkom der weiblichen Brustdriise. Beitr. path. Anat, 1927, 78: 618-21.—Figueras, W. Relato de un caso de sarcoma puro del seno a ceiulas mixtas. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1935, 10: 339-44.—Flynn, C. W. Sarcoma of the breast. South. M.J, 1927, 20: 191-6.—Fox, S. L. Sarcoma of the breast with a report of 60 cases. Ann. Surg, 1934, 100: 401-21—Fry, H. J. B. Osteoclastoma (myeloid sarcoma) of the human female breast. J. Path. Bact, Lond, 1927, 30: 529-36, 2pl—Fullerton, A. Sarcoma of the breast followed 20 years later by abdominal carcinoma. Lancet, Lond, 1928, 1: 26— Hamann, C. A. Sar- coma of the breast. West Virginia M.J, 1929, 25: 257-9.— Hartmann, H, Bertrand-Fontaine, T, & Guenn, P. Sur 3 cas de sarcomes a cellules geantes du sem. Bull. Ass. fr cancer, 1933 22- 378-92 —Hollosi, K. [Sarcoma of the breast] Buda- pesti orv. ujs, 1936, 34:409-13.-Isidor, P. Essai d'etude critique des sarcomes du sein. Gynecologie, 1934 33: 382-410.-Jaki, J. Zur Genese der Brustdrusensarkome. Med Welt, 1936, 10: 1040,-Kurosu, S. Ueber eine bindegewebige Mischgeschwulst der weiblichen Brustdriise. Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1927-28, 26: 21767—vol. 2, 4th series----62 BREAST 978 BREAST sario, 1925. 15: 324-30.—Ferre. Pseudo-mamelles supptemen taires axilaires. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1925, 14: 627.— Forster, A. Ein Fall iiberzahliger rudimentiirer Mammabildung an der Innenseite des Oberschenkels eines Mannes. Anat. Anz, 1916-17, 49: 529-35.—Guttmann, E. Ueber einen Kail von sezer- nierenden Achselhohlenmilchdriisen; Beitrag zur Kasuistik der akzessorischen Milchdriisen. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 1561.— Hirasawa, M. Ueber akzessorische Briiste. Zbl. Gyn, 1932, 56: 585-91.—Horn, J. Hypermastia axillaris; klinische und anatomische Untersuchungen. Acta gyn. scand, 1924, 3: no.3 [Suppl.] 7-126.—Klinkerfuss, G. H. Four generations of poly- mastia. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, S2: 1247.—McFarland, J. A case of mammary gland tissue in the axilla. Am. J. Path, 1929, 5: 23-7. ----- Mammary gland situated on the labium majus; report of a case. Arch. Path, Chic, 1931, 11: 236-40. Also repr.—McGee, W. A. A case of abscess of a supernumerary mammary gland. Virginia M. Month, 1925-26, 52: 179-81.— Mason, L. W. Polymastia. Colorado M, 1934, 31: 141 — Mengert, W. F. Supernumerary mammary gland tissue on labia minora. Am. J. Obst, 1935, 29: 891.—Neumann, H. 0, & Oing, M. Polymastie und Polythelie; eine klinische Studie mit einem entwicklungsgeschichtlichen histologischen Beitrag. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1929, 138: 494-542.—Noronha, A. J. Cystic disease in supernumerary breasts. Brit. J. Surg, 1936, 24 : 143-6, 3pl.— Pankow, L. J. Accessory, extra, supernumerary, multiple breasts. Journal lancet, 1929, 49: 539.—Purves, R, & Hadley, J. A. Accessory breasts in the labia majora. Brit. J. Surg, 1927-28, 15: 279-hl.— Radu, L. [Polymasty after a miscarriage in the 4th month of pregnancy] Cluj. med, 1935, 16: 312 — Schmidt-Tannwald, W. J. Ein Fall vonungewbhnlich lokali- sierten iiberzahligen Milchdriisen, nebst einigen Bemerkungen iiber die axillaren Milchdriisen. Zbl. Gyn, 1927, 51: 917-21.— Storey, C. F. Polymastia, with special reference to super- numerary axillary breasts; brief review with case report. U.S. Nav. M. Bull, 1936, 34: 362-75, 2pl—Tagliasacchi, F. Poli- mastia. Riv. ostet. gin. prat, 1923, 5: 21-7.—Theodor, L. B. [Polvmastia and polythelia] Med. misl, Rostov, 1925-26, 3; 17-22. Also Zbl. Gyn, 1926, 50: 286-8— Thorek, M. Super- numerary breasts, with report of case. Japan M. World, 1921, 1: no.4, 10— Watts, E. W. Accessory breasts. J. M. Ass. S. Africa, 1927, 1: 631.—White, R. J. Fibroadenoma in an accessory breast. Am. J. Surg, 1930, n.s, 8: 830. ---- Surgery. Sre also Breast, Cancer: Surgery; Breast, pendent. Brancati, R. Chirurgia della mammella. p.203-302. 8? Roma, 1934. Manuale di chir. (Alessandri, R.) 1934, 2: pt2. Cocco, L. Chirurgia della mammella. 249p. 8? Cagliari, 1915. Frangenheim, P. Die Chirurgie der Brust- drusen. p.609-85. 8? Stuttg., 1934. Handb. prakt. Chir, 5.Aufl, Stuttg, 1924, 2: Hertzler, A. E., & Koeneke, I. A. Surgical pathology of the mammary gland. 283p. S? Phila. [1933] Leydier, J. M. M. *La fonction mixte endo- exocrinienne de la glande mammaire; elie est n^gligeable dans la chirurgie du sein. 53p. 8? Par., 1931. Auchincloss, H. Indications for radical surgery of the breast. Am. J. Roentg, 1936, 35: 344-7—Cameron, M. H. V. Surgery of the breast. S. Michael Hosp. M. Bull, Toronto, 1928, 3: 50-3.—Dartigues, L. Cuales son los resultados de la ablacion parcial o total de las glandulas mamarias; desde el punto de vista, menstruacion, gestacion y endocrinismo. Clin. & lab, Zaragoza, 1930, 15: 265-9—Floyd, W. O, & Haggard, W. B. A study of 500 breast cases with surgical end results. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1930, 23: 24-9.—Frazier, C. H. Surgery of the head, neck, and breast. Progr. Med, Phila, 1923, 1: 17-94.—Malone, B. Surgery of the breast. Memphis M.J, 1926, 3: 161-4.— Rosenburg, A. Brustdruse; Uebersichtsreferat. Jahrber. Chir, 1922, 26: 422; 1924, 27: 525.—Schneider, G. H. Schwangerschaft nach doppelseitiger Mammaamputation. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1923, 64: 295.—Vick, R. M. Minor surgery of the breast. Practitioner, Lond, 1936, 136: 438-44—Wainwright, J. M. Cer- tain principles of breast surgery, illustrated by sections showing approximatelv the entire breast. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1927, 45: 435-44. Also Atlantic M.J, 1927-28, 31: 625-9. ---- Surgery: Methods. Egert, K. C. *Die Technik der Amputatio mammae im Lichte der Geschichte der Medizin [Leipzig] 59p. 8? Zeulenroda-Thur., 1934. May, J. *Zur topographischen Anatomie der Mamma-Amputation. 23p. 8? Lpz., 1926. Pradines, H. *Des incisions esth^tiques dans les inflammatiors du sein. 31p. 8? Montpel., 1916. Alhaique, A. Tumori della mammella ed amputazione del seno. Rinasc. med, 1930, 7: 329.—Baldwin, J. F. A method to avoid skin grafting in breast amputations. Am. J. Surg, 1934, n.s. 26: 298. Also repr.—Banet, V. Casos de amputacion de mama. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1932, 7: 280.—Begouin, P. Resultats eloignes d'amputation du sein. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1921, 30: 576-9.— Bartlett, E. I. Technique of the complete breast operation. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1931, 52: 71-8.—Bartigues, E. Quelles sont les consequences de l'ablation partielle ou totale des glandes mammaires? Clinique, Par, 1930, 25: 109.— Bartigues, L. Mammectomie bilaterale totale avec greffe areolo-mamelonnaire libre. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1933, 25: 289-91. Also P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1934, 43: 634. ----- Mammectomie totale et grossesse. Rev. g6n. clin. ther, 1935, 49: suppl, 2578.—Bucuing, J, Gouzi, J, & Lazorthes, G. Ampu- tation du sein cancereux. Techn. chir. Par, 1936, 28: 273-92.— Bufourmentel. L'incision areolaire dans la chirurgie du sein. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1928, 20: 9-14— Foster, G. S. Breast amputation; a draping canopy and forearm holder for use in these cases. Internat. J.M.&S, 1935, 48: 125-7—Franz, L. Verhalten der Sensibilitiit der Haut nach Durchschneidung des Nervus intercostobrachialis bei Mamma-Amputation. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1922, 127: 641-6.—Fraser, J. Radical excision of the breast. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1934, 58: 171-7.—Glass, E. Prothe- sen- und Stiitzkissen fiir Mammaamputierte. Zbl. Chir, 1925, 52: 351.—Gonzalez Marmol, B. Amputacion radical de la mama con el bisturi electrotermico. Rev. med. cubana, 1928, 39: 1445-59.—Handley, W. S. Operations on the breast. In Mod. oper. surg. (Turner, G. G.) Lond, 1934, 1: 494-541 — Harrold, T. The seasponge as a postoperative dressing follow- ing radical mastectomy. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1935, 24: 119 — Heidenhain, L. Ueber die Deckung des Hautverlustes nach Amputatio mammae. Zbl. Gyn, 1924, 48:2649.—Kelly, H. A, & Ward, G. E. The radical breast operation with the endotherm knife (acusector) and without ligatures. Ann. Surg, 1926, 83: 42-6.—Kuttner, H. Die Operationen an der Brustdruse. In Chir. Operationslehre (Bier, Sauerbruch, Schmieden) Lpz, 1934, 2: 164-202.—Leunckens & Pastiels. Panphlegmon de seins; amputation bilaterale; son influence au point de vue physiologique et sur l'etat de grossesse. Bruxelles med, 1928- 29, 9: 739-42.—Lundy, J. S. An easy method of inducing local anesthesia for simple amputation of the breast. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 85: 824.—McKillop, L. M. Radical amputation of the breast. Med. J. Australia, 1934, 1: 307-9.—Martin, E. Der Bardenheuersche Schnitt. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1920, 72: 183-5.—Mason, J. T. Radical amputation of the breast, done exclusively with the cautery; report of 3 cases. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 1355-66—Matern, H. L. A report of 50 cases of breast operations; performed at Hahnemann Hospital, Worcester, Mass, from January 1, 1925, to January 1, 1930. Hahnemann Month, 1931,6G: 499-505.—Moszkowicz, L. Schnitt- fiihrung bei der Exsthpation von Mammatumoren. Wien. med. Wschr, 1926, 76: 230.—Noble, G. H. Plan of flap cutting in amputation of female breast, designed for purpose of preserv- ing free range of arm motion and avoiding skin-grafting. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1931, 43: 361-6.—Orator, V. Eine Armstiitze fiir Operationen an der Mamma und Axilla. Zbl. Chir, 1929, 56: 2701.—Overholt, R. H. Drainage in breast amputation wounds. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1932, 12: 757-9.—Polissadova, K. I, & Belosor, I. S. [Fate of a transplanted mammary gland in a dog] Vest, khir, 1930, 19: 352-5.—Power, B. The history of the amputation of the breast to 1904. Liverpool Med. Chir. J, 1934, 42: pt 1, 29-56. Also repr.—Proust, R. Ablation parti- elle du sein et du mamelon pour hemorragies r6pet6es semblant ltees a une tumeur papillaire benigne. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1929, 55: 377.—Roberts, C. G. Restoration of function of hand and arm following radical amputation of the breast. Am. J. Surg, 1933, 19: 494-6—Rumold, M. J, & Orr, T. G. Sea sponge dressing to promote healing and arm function following radical breast amputation. South. M.J, 1935, 28: 609.—Sanz de Frutos, F. iDebe drenarse la axila despu6s de las amputaciones externas de la mama? Arch, med, Madr, 1932, 35: 720.— Schrager, V. L, & Gault, J. T. Discussion of technic of radical breast operation. Illinois M.J, 1933, 63: 365-7.—Shields, H. J. Anaesthesia in breast operations. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1924, 14: 929.—Soupault, R. Le lambeau abdominal dans les amputations larges du sein. Presse nted, 1923, 31: 177.—Stone, R. E. Stew- art's incision in radical surgery of the breast. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1926-27, 79: 417-9—Tuffier. Ablation du sein et des ganglions axillaires par section au bistouri diathermique (Hopi- tal de la Cite du Midi, 18 octobre 1923) Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par., 1929, 55: 180.—Vigil, E. La aponeurectomia del seno, tecnica del Professor Lorenzo M6rola. Sem. med, B. Air, 1936, 43: 496-506. Also Bol. Inst. clin. quir, B. Air, 1936-37, 12: 126-36.—Walczak, S. L. The surgical treatment of diseases of the breast. Med. J.& Rec, 1933, 138: 227-9. ---- Surgery, plastic. See also Breast, Nipples: Surgery; Breast, pendent. Biesenberger, H. Deformitaten und kos- metische Operationen der weiblichen Brust. 209p. 8? Wien, 1931. Boivon, J. *Une technique de mastoplastie. 44p. 8? Par., 1933. BREAST 979 BREAST Glasmer, E. Die Formfehler und die plastischen Operationen der weiblichen Brust. 94p. 8? Stuttg., 1930. Medina, S. Contribution a l'etude du procede" d'autoplastie de Heidenhain dans l'amputation du sein. 120p. 8? Par., 1927. Sanchez Puyana, A. *De la chirurgie plastique mammaire; de ses indications et de ses contre-indications. 55p. 8? Par., 1934. Aperlo, G. A proposito del metodo plastico Parlavecchio nelle estese demolizione del seno. Ann. ital. chir, 1922. 1: 404- 6 —Au sujet de la conception de M. Claoue concernant l'opera- tion de seins. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1935, 627-33.—Axhausen, G. Ueber Mammaplastik. Med. Klin.. Berl, 1926, 22: 1437-40 — Barnes, H. O. A review of plastic operations on the breast. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1936, 143: 273.-----Plastic reconstruction of the anomalous breast. Rev. chir. struct, Brux, 1936-37, 6: 293-8—Bergeret, A, & Martin, J. La chirurgie esthetique du sein. Gvn. obst. Par, 1934, 29: 55-70.—Biesenberger, H. Eine neue Methode der Mammaplastik. Zbl. Chir, 1928, 55: 2382; 1930, 57: 2971. ----- Weitere Erfahrungen auf dem Gebiete der operativen Brustkorrektur. Wien. med. Wschr, 1932, 82: 734.—Bourguet, J. La plastique mammaire. Bull. Soc'med. Paris, 1936, 411-7.—Breitfuss, F. F. Mammaplastik als Hilfsoperation bei Brandnarben der Brust und des Halses. Zbl. Chir, 1934, 61: 436.—Breteche, Millant & Noel, A. L'anes- thesie regional en chirurgie plastique mammaire. Bull, nted. Par, 1935, 49: 685.—Burian [Esthetic surgery of the breast] Cas. tek. Cesk, 1934, 73: 373; 397.—Cinquemani, F. II metodo plastico Parlavecchio nelle estese demolizione del seno. Ann. ital. chir, 1922, 1: 246-51. ----- Risposta alia nota del Prof. Aperlo a proposito del metodo plastico Parlavecchio nelle estese demolizioni del seno. Ibid, 1923, 2: 203-6—Claoue, C. Le reperage operatoire en chirurgie reparatrice mammaire. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1935, 130-4. ----- Chirurgie reparatrice mammaire; la voie d'acces operatoire. Ibid, 205-12. ----- Chirurgie plastique mammaire. Ibid, 459. ----- Sur la r6const'itution de la glande mammaire. Ibid, 1936, 33-6. ----- Chirurgie reparatrice mammaire; distribution de la peau surle sein ne'ofornte. Ibid, 418-23. -----& Bernard, I. Chirurgie reparatrice mammaire. Ibid, 466.—Dartigues, I. Instruments pour la chirurgie esthetique du sein. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1927,36:584. ----- Mammectomie totale etautogrefle libre areo- lomamelonnaire; mammectomie bilaterale esthetique. Bull. Soc chir. Paris, 1928, 20: 739-44. ----- Appareil de localisa- tion plastique des seins. Ibid, 1929, 21: 43. ----- Encercleur contentif pour chirurgie. plastique mammaire. Ibid, 263. ----- Etat actuel de la chirurgie esthetique mammaire; les differentes procedes de mastoplastie en general et de la greffe areolo-mamelonnaire en particulier. Monde med, 1928, 38: 75_s5 ----- De la greffe autoplastique libre areolo-mame- lonnaire combinee a la mammectomie bilaterale totale; les raisons de sa prise. Paris chir, 1929, 21: 11-9.-----Estado actual de la cirugia plastica mamaria. Clin. & lab, Zaragoza, 1933, 23: 737-41 ----- Chirurgie plastique mammaire. Bull. Soc. chir Paris, 1936, 28: 400. ----- Comment examiner une d6- ficience des seins en vue d'une operation reconstructive, plas- tique et esthetique. Bull. Soc. nted. Paris, 1936, 15L-60.— Bufourmentel, L. Comment obtenir une forme satisfaisante dans les operations de relevement du sein par deplacement. Bull med. Par, 1932, 46: 194—Eitner, F, Ueber Verwendung von Kutislappen bei kosmetischen MammaplasUken Zbl. Chir, 1935, 62: 625-7—Fraenkel, L. Ueber^ Mammaplastik. Zbl. Gvn, 1932, 56: 1506-10—Frankenberg.B.E. [Operative improvement of the form of breasts in womenl Vest, khir, 1930, 21- 67-70— Frisch, O. Dte Indikationsstellung zur Korrektur von Formfehlern der weiblichen Brust. Wien. klin Wschr, 19"8 41- 640-----Ueber die Ergebnisse von plastischen Operationen an der Mamma, die nach der Methode von Biesen- berger. Wien.med. Wschr, 1936,80: 490-GlasmerE. Ueber Kosmetik und kosmetische Operationen der weiblichen Brust. Med Welt 1930, 4: 630. ----- Anatomisch-physiologische Gesichtspunkte zur Methodik der plastischen Brustoperation Zbl Gvn, 1930, 54: 2202-4. ----- Das Dermatogram und seine Bedeutung fiir die plastische Brustoperation Derm Wschr 1932: 95: 1713-S.-Grodzki, M. Fautes technique et dangers' dans'la chirurgie plastique du sein. Rev. chir. struct, Urnv 1935^36 5- 39-58 —Grosse, O. Neue Mammaplastik. ZbL Chir , 1933, 60: 8-12.-Gruca, A. Zur plastischen Dcckung grosser Defekte nach Mammamputationen Ibid, 1927, 54 12QV7 —Haberland, H. F. O. Mammaplastik. Med. Welt, S I. ,i« 20 Also Zbl Chir, 1936,63:118. ----- Endergeb- ni se bei Mamm^Jriken. Ibid '510 -Hagenbach, E. Ein Poll ,mn Mammanlastik. Helvet. med. acta, 1936, 3. su. Kaufman R Tproposde la chirurgie esthetique mammaire. bSPb£. m6dA Parjs 1935 «Ml.-Kleinschmidt 0 Ueber iMamm-i Plastik Zbl. Chir, 1924, al: 488-9,5.—Aran, «. plShc Operationen nach' Mammaamputation Deut. 7«Phrrhir 1927 207: 171-83.-Kurtzahn. Zur Beseitigung der ISfehK^ h0f H»r Rrmtnlastik Rev. chir. struct, Brux, 1936-37, 6: Mi 7 Ma ntek J W. Prevention of necrosis in plastic repair S3-7.-M»lini8M. « A]sQ _ Meye'r, A" W. AMaimaUpllstik. Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 1313.- Montant. A propos des differentes techniques pour la chirurgie plastique mammaire; presentation d'operts. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1935, 566-71.—Moszkowicz, L. Ueber eine neue Methode der Mammaplastik. Wien. med. Wschr, 1936, 86: 385 — Nissen, R. Zweizeitige Brustdriisenplastik. Zbl. Chir, 1933, 60: 1330.—Noble, G. H. A plan of flap cutting in amputation of female breast, designed for purpose of preserving free range of arm motion and avoiding skin-grafting. South. AI.J, 1931. 24: 841-3—Noe, C. G. N. Ueber Mammaplastik. Zbl. Gyn, 1932, 56: 2721-3.—Noel. Rapport des operations estftetiques des seins avec les ulandes ovariennes et mammaires. Bull, med. Par, 1934, 48: 611-3.—Peraire, M. Sur la chirurgie esthetique mammaire. Bull. Soc. nted. Paris, 192X, 27-33.—Peugniez, M. Esthetique du sein. Rev. internat. nted, 1924, 35: 128-30.— Reese, E. Ueber Organfunktion der weiblichen Brust nach vorhergehender Plastik. Zbl. Chir, 1934, 61: 3011—Reinhard, W. Totale Mastoneoplastik nach Amputatio mammae. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1932, 236: 309-17.—Schepelmann, E. Plastische Deckung nach Mammaamputation. Zbl. Gyn, 1924, 48: 1902.—Schlesinger, E. Zur Technik der Brustplastik. Ibid, 1933, 57: 440-2.—Schnitzler, J. Neubildungen der weibli- chen Brustdruse. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1931, 44: 973.—Schwaab, A. Incision esthetique, basse, du sein et fonctionnement ulte- rieur dc la glande. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1933, 22: 386 — Schwarzmann, E. Dte Technik der Mammaplastik. Chirurg, Berl, 1930, 2: 932-43. ----- Mammaplastik, Stililahigkeit und Mammillenuekrose. Wien. med. Wschr, 1932, 82: 611-3. ----- Ueber eine neue Methode der Mammaplastik. Ibid, 1936. 86: 100-2.—Schwarzmann, P. E. La tecnica de la plastica mamaria. Dia med, B. Air, 1930-31, 3: 830-5—Sellheim, H. Pftege, Erhaltung und Wiederherstellung der weiblichen BrusU Deut. med. Wschr, 1932, 58: 1414—Senechal, M. Une tech- nique de mastoplastie. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1931, 40: 401-4.—Sonntag, E. Zur Mammaplastik nach Hollander. Arch. klin. Chir, 1931, 161: 812-24.—Totis, B. [Cosmetic treatment of female breast] Gyogyaszat, 1933, 73: 467— Updegraff, H. L. Reconstruction of the breast. California West. M, 1937, 46: 28-31 —Verrier, E. Nueva teehnica operatoria para enderezar los senos. Rev. espan. med. cir, 1935,18: 68-70—Waring, T. P. Plastic operation on the female breast. Bull. Georgia M. Soc, 1935, 1: 4-7. ---- Syphilis, See under Syphilis. ---- Tuberculosis. See under Tuberculosis. Tumors. See also subheadings of Breast. Cheatle, G. L., & Cutler, M. Tumours of the breast, their pathology, symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment. 596p. 4? Lond., 1931. Marangoni, G. Patologia e terapia chirur- gica dei neoplasmi delle ghiandole mammarie. 428p. 8? Padova, 1915. Schultz-Bratjns, O. Die Geschwulste der Brustdruse. p.209-398. 8° Berl. [1930] Handb. spez. path. Anat, 7: pt2. Abell, I. Tumors of the breast. South. Surgeon, 1934, 3: 1_10 —Baker, W. T. H. Tumors of the female breast. South- west M , 1930, 14: 561-5.—Bell, E. T. A clinical classification of tumors of the breast. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1936, 29: 265 — Bevan, A. B. The story of tumors of the breast from the stand- point of the general practitioner and surgeon; diagnosis, treat- ment, pathology, and prognosis. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass N America (1929) 1930, 5: 112; 140-6. Also Wisconsin MJ 1921-22, 20: 460-7. Also Illinois M.J, 1922, 42: 85-92. Also J Iowa M. Soc, 1922, 12: 489-96—Black, C. E. Tumors of the breast. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1921) 1922, 31: 371-87. Also Surg Gyn Obst, 1923, 37: 63-8.—Bloodgood, J. C. Tumors of the breast. Northwest M, 1922, 21:338-41. ----- The disap- pearing lump in the breast. Am. Med, 1933, 39: 344.—Bunts, F. E. Tumors of the breast. Ohio M.J, 1923,19: 561-6. -----■ A clinical discussion of tumors of the breast. Surg. Clin. N. America 1924, 4: 871-83. ----- Benign tumors of the breast. J Med.', Cincin, 1927-28, 8: 225-30.—Caylor, H. B. Breast tumors (observations on the diagnosis, surgical pathology, and treatment) J. Indiana M. Ass, 1931, 24: 610-4.—Ciceri, C. Due osservazioni di tumori non comuni della mammella. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1932, 40: 797-9—Crile, G, & Graham, A. Benign and malignant tumors of the breast. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1935, 15: 783-821.—Curtis, S. H. Tumors of the breast, their origin and course of development. N. York State J.M, 1934 34: 526-31.—Bavis, B. B. Tumors of the breast. Ne- braska MJ, 1923, 8: 341-6.—Bierker, B. J. Tumors of the breast J Iowa M. Soc, 1936, 26: 296-9— Bupuy de Frenelle. Les tumeurs, dites benignes du sein. Techn. chir. Par, 1935, 27 • 143-53 —Erdmann, J. F. A clinical consideration of tumors of the breast. Am. J. Obst, 1923, 5:116-24 [Discussion] 188-90. _____ Tumors of the breast; a clinical consideration. Am. J M Sc 1924,168:799-807. Also Illinois M.J, 1924, 46: 178-83. Also'J. Iowa M. Soc, 1924, 14: 458-62. Also Med. Rec, N.Y., breast 980 BREAST 1934, 140: 583-8. Also South. Surgeon, 1934. 3: 277-89—Fitz- williams, B. C. L. A demonstration of some rare conditions of the breast. S. Mary Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1923, 29: 109-11.— Frank, L. Case of breast tumor. Kentucky M.J, 1924, 22: 190; 1933, 31: 200— Gibbon, J. H. Benign tumors of the breast. Atlantic M.J, 1925-26, 29: 526-8.—Gibby, H. B. Breast tumors; study of 100 cases. Pennsylvania M.J, 1934, 37: 735-42 — Gonzalez Bonoso, E. Tumores de la mama. Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1932, 10: 13-23.—Gosset. Les tumeurs des seins. Progr. med. Par, 1921, 3.ser, 36: 15. -Guy, C. C. Breast tumors in children. Am. J. Surg, 1936, 33: 135-40.—Guyot, J. Sur une malade at- teinte d'un volumineuse tumeur du sein. Progr. med. Par, •1936, 1682-8.—Haggard, W. B, & Bouglas, H. L. Tumors of the breast; a study of 255 cases. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 80: 445-8.— Haines, W. B. Tumor of the breast. Cincinnati J.M, 1920, 1: 114; 263.—Hamann, C. A. Breast and oral cavity tumors. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1929) 1930, 5: 93-8.-----Benign tumors of the breast. Ibid, 147-50 — Hartmann. Tumeur benigne de la mamelle. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1921, 35: 407.—Hughes, B. M. Tumours of the breast. Brit. Homoeop. J, 1926,16:-22-5.—Husted, E. [Case of relapsing benign tumor of the mammary gland] Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: 226.—Jepson, W. Tumors of breast. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1923, 13: 5-10.—Johnson, C. C. Breast tumors. Nebraska MJ, 1922,7:204-6—Kholdin, S. A. [Tumors of the mammarv glands] Vest, khir, 1933, 30: 70-96—King, A. C. Breast tumors. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1927-28, 80: 242-6— Kleinschmidt, O. Die gutartigen Mammageschwulste. Chirurg, Berl, 1931, 3: 297- 302—Klopp, E. J. Benign turners of the breast. Froc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1935, 29-32.—Kcrabelnikov, I. B. [Cases of mammarv tumors] Odess. med. J, 1928, 3: 54H. - Lewis, B. Tumors of the breast. N. England J.M, 1934, 211: 1088.—McLellan, P. G. A practical consideration of breast tumors. Proc. Connecticut M. Soc, 1933, 141: 146-59.—Macrae, B, jr. Benign and early malignant neoplasms of the mammarv gland. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1925, 15: 358-63—Man, W. Tumors of the breast. Nat. M.J. China, 1923-24, 10: 178-w. Martin, A. Tumeurs du sein chez l'enfant. Medecine, 1925-2(1, 7: 44-8.— Maxwell, A. Tumors of the breast. J.M. Ass Alabama, 1934, 4:136-8.—Mead, E. Some clinical aspects of tumors of the breast. Colorado M, 1933, 30: 289-94—Mora, 0. J. Clinica de los pequefios tumores del seno. Cir. cirujan, Mex, 1936,4:330-7.— Nelson, B. A. Breast tumors. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1935, 36: 101-3—Peck, C. H, & White, W. C. Tumors of the breast, benign an dmalignant. Ann. Surg, 1922, 75: 631; 641.—Primrose, A. Tumors of the breast; innocent and malignant. Ibid, 1923, 77: 668-80.—Prinecke, H. Nachuntersuchungen iiber die klini- schen Ergebnisse der in den Jahren 1915 bis 1928, diagnostizierten Mammatumoren. Zbl. Gyn, 1931, 55: 213-22.—Schnitzler, J. Neubildungen der weiblichen Brustdruse. Wien. med. Wschr, 1931, 81: 871-7—Sieber, P. R. Tumor of the breast. Atlantic M.J, 1924-r.', °.°,: 454—Smith, G. V. S, & Marks, G. A. Benign tumors of the female breast: a clinical and pathological study of 201 cases treated between 1*75 and 1928 at the clinic of the Free Hospital for Women, Brookline, Massachusetts. Surg. Gvn. Obst, 19:9, ■■"': 316-21.—Smith, R. R. Tumors of the female breast. J. V k\:igan M. Soc, 1932, 31: 787-90.— Snodgrass, T. J. Tumors of the mammary gland. Wisconsin M.J, 1935, 34: 624-7.—Warwick, M. Tumors of the breast. Med. Woman J, 1931, 38: 245-9— White, W. C. Breast tumors. Med & Surg. Rep. Roosevelt Hosp. 1915-24 (1925) 2.ser, 356-64— Willis, J. C. Tumors of breast. Tristate M.J, 1936-37, 9: 1734. -Winslow, R. An analysis of 102 cases of tumor of the breast. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1921,-39: 195-208. Also Ann. Surg, 1921, 74: 341. ---- Tumors: Diagnosis. Habibi, M. *La transillumination dans le diagnostic des tumeurs du sein. 126p. 8? Par., 1935. Pelisse, F. *De la biopsie extemporanee dans les amputations pour tumeur du sein. 43p. 8? Par., 1925. Albertin. Pseudo-neoplasme au niveau d'une cicatrice d'abces du sein datant de 30 ans; amputation du sein; examen histologique. Lyon med, 1923, 132: 1069.—Antonioli, G. M. Blutende mamma e tumori mammari. Minerva med. Tor 1926, 6: 1090-6—Bartlett, E. I. Clinically doubtful breast tu- mors; their diagnosis and treatment. Ann. Surg, 1921, 73: 740-8. Also repr.—Baumecker, H. Erkennung und Behand- lung der Verhiirtungen in der Brust. Zschr. iirztl Fortbild, 1934, 31: 488-93.—Bertrand, I. Examens histologiques extem- poranes au cours d'intervention chirurgicales, particulierement dans les turreurs du sein. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1930, 56: 525-40.—Bloodgood, J. C. Diagnosis of early breast tumors, based on their clinical picture or their gross and microscopic picture at the exploratory incision. Boston M.&S.J, 1922 187- 243-58. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 81: 875-82.-----The diagnosis of benign and malignant lesions of the breast. Proc Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, (1927) 1928, 3: 325-33! ----- Borderline breast tumors, biopsy and postbioj sy treat- ment. J. Am. M. Ass, 1935, 104: 439-45.- Cadenat, F. M. Les difficult<'s de diagnostic de tumeurs du sein. Hopital Par 1926,14: 233—Carson, H. W, & Benians, T. H. C. Sections from growth of skin over breast. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1926-27 50- 120—B'Abreu, F. The diagnosis and treatment of breast tumours. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1935, 190: 144-7.—Fisher C. F. Tumors of the breast producing discharge from the nipple (phantom tumor of the breast) West Virginia M.J, 1931, 27: 201-5.—Fitzwilliams, B. C. L. The diagnosis of indefinite masses in the breast. Brit. M.I, 1923, 1: 94-7.—Gibbon, J. W. Early diagnosis of breast tumors. South. M.&S, 1922, 84: 417-21.—Guillaume-Louis, P. Diagnostic clinique des tumeurs du sein. Arch. med. chir. province, 1925, 15: 198-203.—Hewitt, H. W. Breast tumors; their diagnosis and treatment. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1926, 25: 179-83—Hicken, N. F, Best, R. R. [et al.] The prepoerative visualization of breast tumors. J. Am. M. Ass, 1937, 108: 864-7— Horsley, J. S. Tumors of the breast, with special reference to their diagnosis and treatment. Virginia M. Month, 1926-27, 53: 713-9-Huguenin, R. La transillumination dans le diagnostic des tumeurs du sein. Presse med, 1934, 42: 1534-6.—Klopp, E. J. The diagnosis and treatment of benign tumors of the breast. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1935,16: 437-44.—Krecke, A. Zur Differentialdiagnose der Mammatumoren. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 866. - Ladwig, A. Die his.tologische Untersuchung von Brustdriisen- tumoren wahrend der Operation. Ibid, 1923, 70: 1049.— Lee, B. J. Accurate diagnosis in mammary tumors. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1932, 7: 316-9.—Leusden, F. P. Ueber Verhiirtungen in der Mamma, ihre Diagnose und Behandlung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 1551-3— Limburg, H. Zur histologischen Diagnose und Prognose von Neubildungen in der Mamma. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1936-37, 114: 7-28 — Lockwood, I. H. The aid of the X-ray in the diagnosis of breast tumors. Illinois M.J, 1934, 66: 371-5.—Olch, I. Y. The exam- ination of neoplasms of the breast and skin by the method of micro-incineration. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 30: 511-3.—Patel, J. Semiologia de los tumores del seno. Dia med, B. Air, 1935, 7: 1554; 1566. Also Presse med, 1935, 43: 907 — Petta, G. Un caso di tumore della mammella di difficile diag- nosi. Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. chir, 540-6.—Popov, S. M. [Diagnosis of tumors of the breast] Kuban nauch. med. vest, 1928, 7: 106-16.—Puente Buany, N. Nuevo metodo diagnostico de los tumores del seno por medio de la sensation tactil que se obtiene al puncionarlos. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1935, 10: 161-79.—Reimann, S. P. A consideration of lumps in the breast. West Virginia M.J, 1927, 23: 455-60—Ritvo, M, Butler, P. F, & O'Neil, E. E. Roentgen diagnosis of tumors of the breast. J. Am. M. Ass, 1935, 105: 343-8. Also repr.—Schwartz, A. Les fausses tumeurs de la glande mammaire. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1925, 51: 618; 1151, Also Paris med, 1926, 59: 249- 51.—Tod, M. C, & Bawson, E. K. The diagnosis and treatment of doubtful mammary tumours. Lancet, Lond, 1934, 2: 1041- 5.—Vivier, P. J. The patient with a lump in the breast. S. Afr. M.J, 1937, 11: 47-53.—Vogel, W. Die Rbntgendarstellung von Mammatumoren. Arch. klin. Chir, 1932, 171: 618. ---- Tumors, malignant. Doerr, E. *Zur Frage des Fibrosarkoms und des Basalzellenkrebses der weiblichen Brust- driise [Kiel] 27]>. 8? Saarbrucken, 1929. Dresel, E. *Zur Kenntnis der Brust- driisengeschwulste im Kindesalter (Leiomyoma laevicellulare) [Konigsberg] 38p. 8? Berl., 1913. Maricot, R. *Contribution a l'etude clinique des tumeurs malignes bilaterales du sein. 91p. 8? Par., 1935. Nader, K. N. *A propos d'un cas de meta- stases osseuses consecutives a un nebplasme du sein. 33p. 8? Geneve, 1932. Silberberg, M. *Ueber doppelseitige ma- ligne Mammatumoren zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik mehrfacher bosartiger Geschwulste. p.427-41. 8? Bresl., 1921. Also Beitr. klin. Chir, 1921, 120: Sti-uger, B. von. *Laktation und maligne Tumoren der weiblichen Brustdruse [Bern] 19p. 8? Basel, 1918. Banet, Bominguez, & Nobo. Fibroma maligno suprama- mario. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1935, 10: 384-9.—Blood- good, J. C. Border-line breast tumors. Ann. Surg, 1931, 93: 235-49.—Cade, S. Diagnosis of malignant disease of the breast. Early diagn. malign, dis. (Donaldson, M, Cade, S.) Lond, 1936, 5-18— Campbell, O. J. The early diagnosis and treatment of malignancy of the breast. Minnesota M, 1930, 13: 803-7.—Casey, A. E. The experimental alteration of malignancy with an homologous mammalian tumor material; concerning the filtrability of the material. Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 26: 276- 90.—Crile, G. W. An analysis of 1,347 cases of malignant tumors of the breast, with special reference to management and end- results. Journal lancet, 1931, 51: 99; 122. Also Cleveland Clin. Q, 1932, 1: 49-57.—Debedat & Bardon. Ablation des tumeurs malignes du sein par la diathermie. J. m6d. Bordeaux, 1928, 58: 93-5.—Bominguez, C, & Cisneros, A. B. Metastasis oseas multiples secundarias a un neo de mama. Rev. As. nted. argent, 1932, 45: 15*2-5— Buval, P. Tumeur maligne du sein. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1924, 50: 239.—Ellison, E. M. An BREAST 981 BREAST unusual case of malignancy. Med. Rec, N."i , 1921, 100: 106 — Frank, L. Malignancv of the breast. Am. J. Surg, 1925, 39: 241-4 —Gauducheau, R, Picard & Castagnary. Polyadeno- pathie axillaire neoplasique, symptomatique d'une minuscule tumeur du sein tardivement reconnue. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1928, 17: 423-7.—Guyot & Ichon. Sur un cas de tumeur maligne du sein chez une femme presentant les signes cliniques d'une tuberculose pulmonaire en evolution et un kyste de l'ovaire. J med. Bordeaux, 1923, 53: 465.—Hertzler, A. E. Chromato- phore (myo-epithelial) tumors of the mammary gland. Arch. Surg 1934, 28: 307-16.—Ilchenko, P.L [Intra-scapular-thoracic amputation of breast in malignant tumors] Soviet, khir, 1933, 4' 242-51 —Jarvis H. G. Malignancy of the breast. Tr. N. England Surg. Soc.. 1935, 18: 32-9. Also N. England J.M, 1936 214: 501-3.- Lewis, B. Malignant tumors of the breast. Proc. Interst. Posttuad. M. Ass. N. America, 1935, 192-4.— Marulli, A. Contributo alio studio delle metastasi dei tumori rari nella mammella con speciale riguardo alle localizzazioni nei cervello. Arch, biol, Genova, 1927, 4: 11-29. -Meade, R. H, jr. Malignant tumors of the breast; a study of cases admitted to the Peking Union Medical College Hospital from July 1, 1921, to September 1, 1925. China M.J, 1927, 41: 13-8— Muir, R. Malignancy with illustrations from the pathology of the mamma Lancet Lond, 1936, 1: 877-86— Mullin, W. V, & Langston, F. V. Malignant tumor of the breast with metastasis to the opposite side of the larynx and contralateral vocal cord paralysis. \nn. Otol. Rhinol, 1930, 39: 125-7.—Perry. A. C. The after- results of operations for malignant disease of the breast. Brit. J Surg, 1925-26, 13: 39-49.—Petit-Butaillis, B. Metastase cerebrate' unique d'origine mammaire traitee par l'ablation chirurgicale; excellent resultat maintenu 16 mois plus tard. Bull Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1933, 59: 1281-3—Peyron, A. Sur les cellules interstitielles de la mamelle et leur presence dans les tumeurs malignes. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 84: 934-8.-Proust & Vignal. Ablation d'une tumeur maligne du sein au moyen du couteau diathermique. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1928, 54: 1211 —Salotti, A. Metastasi ossea di raro tumore della mam- mella con strano comportamento alla rontgenterapia. Ann radiol. Bologna, 1935, 9: 447-54.—Schauder, H. Ueber Leio- mvome der Brustdruse. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1927, 205: 58-68.- Siins G P, & Hamilton, C. S. A study of 158 consecutive cases of breast malignancy. Ohio M.J, 1936, 32: 406-1 n.-Smith, G V S & Bartlett, M. K. Malignant tumors of the female breast- a clinical and pathological study of 234 cases from the Free Hospital for Women. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1929, 48: 314-20— Soiland, A. The present status of roentgen-ray therapy in breast malignancy. Radiology, 1929, 13: 388-91.-Steel, B. Radiation castration in the treatment of malignancy of the breast Ibid, 1936, 26: 700-5—Surmont, J. Sur les neoforma- tions de l'assise myo-epitlteliale dans certaines tumeurs mam- maires a evolution maligne et de structure en apparence mixte chez la chatte. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 93: 1296-9.-Thomson S. C. Paralvsis of both vocal cords, secondary to malignant tumours of the mammae. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, lf2*:^^;- Wevill, L. B. Malignant disease of the breast; a statistical sur- vey of 1,000 case records. Edinburgh M.J, 1932 39: 714-3,.- White, H. P. W. The results of operative treatment of malignant disease of the breast. Practitioner, Lond, 1925, 115: 255-63- Winslow, N. The conservation of skin m radical mastectomy for malignancy. Bull. School M. Univ. Maryland, 1934, 19. 14-16. Alsorepr. ---- Tumors: Pathology. Arnold, S. *Ueber einen knorpel- und knochenhaltigen Tumor der Brustdruse [Zurich] 21p. 8° Berl., 1897. ,„,+ ,, ,1 Hiely J. *Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs' avec tissus heterotopiques du sein. 122p. 8? Par., 1927. Zander K. *Histologische Untersuchungen iiber das Vorkommen von Fett in ^mmage- schwiilsten [Gottingen] p.458-65. 8. Berl., Al«o Virchows Arch, 1932. 283: Aievoli, E. Le transizioni dottrinali "elie studio della patologia chinirsnca dei blastomi mamman. Ann. ital. chir, 1928, i. ioa 8.lmdr-AClLi^es, F,°& Hiely, J- Tumeurs a tissus ^terotop.ques mammari, in vitro. Tumori, Milano, 936, 22 375-84 Argaud, R, & Buboucher, H. Megacaryocytome hi sem Bun. a^ : ' .nm ii. ■•(>•> 4.09__Bambndee, W. b. Benign main- (1920) 1921, ii. io< <• h* rplasie myoepithelmle. J. med. de la BlandOQ^™^a^hI^/rP„d, L, & Creyssel, L. Deux Bordeaux, 192/ »7. »£* %m. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1928, types rares de tumeurs au s n COmune di tumore 17: 377-S4.-Bianch. L. foprauncas ^ .^ ^^ _ mammario. Boll. Soc. mea. - q{ jumors Qf th mam. Carnathan, W. G- * P^V Ass, 1922, 15: 217-20.-Conway, mary gland J. renn.e^fmnrc Am J. Surg, 1936, 31: 72-6.- J.H. Calcined J^ ^ tatmtitielles et'leur argentaffin!* SamiefneopTastes mammaires chez la chienne. C rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 86-8. -----■ Sur les aspects baso-cellulaires de certaines tumeurs du sein ct leurs analogies avec tes dispositions de l'ebauche mammaire primitive. Ibid, 1926, 94: 341-3. Also Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1927, 16: 383-95. ----- & Robert, J. P. Sur la presence, dans les tumours mammaires de la chienne, d'epitheliums retieuter (a evolution conjonctive) analogues a ceux des tumeurs mixtes para-buccales. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 89-91.—Culpepper, A. L. Breast tumors as related to the anterior pituitary gland. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1934, 87: 39.—Bawson, E. K. A histological study of the normal mamma in relation to tumor growth. Edinburgh M.J, 1934, 41: 682; 1935, 12: 569; 633, 4pl.-----Metastatic tumour of the breast, with report of a case. J. Path. Bact, Lond, 1936, 43: 53-60, 3pl.—Be Nicola, R. Coristoma mammario ascellare bilaterale. Kinase, med, 1930, 7: 597.—Bor, J, & Capel. Une forme excroi- sante de tumeur ulceree du sein. Marseille med, 1936, 73: pt 1, 256-61 .—Bore, S. E. Case of breast tumour with atrophy of skin (shown at a previous meeting) Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1922- 23, 16: sect.derm, 96.—Boubrow, S. Rapports entre les cajrac- teres des tumeurs mammaires et les phases secretoires do la glande normale. Bull, histol. appl, Lyon, 1925, 2: 51-64.— Bretzka, L. An unusual recurrent mammary tumor; with path- ological opinions. Am. J. Surg, 1929, n.s, 7: 693-5.—Briak, F, & Sternberg, H. Ueber Mvome der Brustdruse. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1927, 207: 352-9—Bufly, J. J, & Arneson, A. N. Multiple tumors of the breasts. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 449- 56.—Dyke, S. C. A bony tumour of the breast. Brit. J. Surg, 1926-27, 11: 323-8.—Fischer, W. Ueber die klinische und patho- logisch-anatomische Beurteilung von Geschwulsten und zysti- schen Veranderungen der Brustdriise. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1925, 192: 1-12.—Fowler, F. E. A case of osteochondroma of the female breast; with a review of the literature. Northwest M, 1925, 24: 122-4.—Fricke, H, & Morse, S. The electric capacity of tumors of the breast. J. Cancer Res, 1925-26, 10: 340-76 — Gabnelli, S. Contributo all'istologia dei tumori mammari. Ann. ital. chir, 1934, 13: 71-121.—Glass, E. Zur Frage der entziindlichen Geschwiilste der Mamma. Deut. med. Wschr , 1921, 17: 1585—Gougerot, Meyer, J, & Stewart, W. Neuro- fibromatose de Recklinghausen; tumeur royale mammaire enorme et petites tesions disseminees tres nombreuses. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1935, 42: 429-31.—Gronwald, G. Ueber ein Plasmocytom der Mamma. Zbl. Chir, 1931, 58: 663-71 — Guccione, F. Contributo alio studio dei tumori dei dotti mam- mari Cult. med. mod. Pal.. Wl-\, 3: 513-26.—Harrington, S. W. Attachment of the skin to tesions of the breast. Surg. Gyri Obst 1935. M : X39-4L— Hnidei, T. Ueber einen seltenen Mammatumor. Zbl. Chir, 1924, 51: 688.— Husted, E. [Relaps- ing histologically benign tumor of the breastl Hospitalstidende, 1933,76: 835-9. Kreibis.W. Zur Kenntnis seltener Oeschwulst- formen der weibbch'-n Brustdruse. Virchows Arch, 1925, 256: 649-65- Lee, B. J, & Pack, G. T. Giant intracanalicular mvxoma of the breast, the so-called cystosarcoma phyllodes mammae of Johannes Miiller. Ann. Surg, 1931, 93: 250-68.— Leorat, L. Les tumeurs du sein a tissus multiples. Gaz. hop, 1921, 94: 661; 693.—Leroux, R, & Chaton. Dysembryome complexe de la glande mammaire. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1933, 22: 80-5.—Lewis, D. Ovarian hormones and their relation to breast tumours. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg, 1935-36, 5: 350- 8.—Limburg, H. Beitrag zur pathologischen Histologic von Mammatumoren. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1935, 111: 353-71.— Little, C. C. The constitutional factor in the incidence of mam- mary tumors. Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 27: 551-5—Martin, W. F. Giant tumor of the breast; report of case. South. M.J, 1933, 26- 822—Meltzer, H. Die mikroskopische Darstellung und Differenzierung des anorganischen Gewebegeriistes in der Chirurgie- die normale und die geschwulstkranke Brustdruse. Arch klin Chir, 1935-36, 184: 229-39. Also repr—Menegaux, G Tumeurs vegetantes intra-canaliculaires du sein. Progr. med , Par, 1929, 44: 461-5.—Montpellier. J. Double mctaplasic cpidermoide et epitltelio-ntesenchymateusc dans une tumeur de la glande mammaire, C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 100: 891-3 — Noel R , & Martin, J. F. Tumeur du sein presentant une cun- euse'disposition porivasculaire des elements tumoraux. Bull. •\ss fr cancer, 1926, 15: 92-7.—Nunez, A. S. Estudio nucleolar de los tumores del seno. Rev. mex. biol, 1935,16: 115-30, lOpl.— Oliver R L, & Major, R. C. Cyclomastopathy; a physio- nathol'oincal conception of some benign breast tumors, with an ' rialv'is of 400 cases. Am. J. Cancer, 1934, 20: l-85.-Patel & Martin Pronostic histologique des tumeurs du sein. Presse med i')3r 43- 1241.—Pevron, A. Sur la pathologic comparee des tumeurs de la mamelle. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1924, 13: 349- a-_____Corsy, H, & Surmont, J. Sur la pathologie comparee des tumeurs de la mamelle; les cellules interstitielles de la glande mammaire et leur presence dans les tumeurs. Ibid, 1925, 14: 17S- 1996 15' 21—Polissadowa, X, A Bjelosor, I. Atypische. Fnithelwucherungen im uberpflanzten Milchdrusengewebe. Virchows Arch, 1929, 272: 759-62.—Pupini, G. Alcune conside- ririoni sui tumori elaiopatici. Bull. sc. med, Bologna, 1933, or. 9S6-M — Razemon, P, & Bizard, G. Des tumeurs mam- mire's aberrantes. Rev. chir Par, 1929, 67: 226-62.-Renner. TTeberirrosse Mammatumoren bei einer Jugendlichen. Jahrber. Schtes Ges. vaterl. Kult. (1913) 1914, 2: Abt.l, Med.Sekt , 61-4 —Rossi F. Coesistenza di due tumori successivi con carat- teristica istologica diversa nella medesima mammella. Atti Soc. ombara sc med, 1926, 15: 107-18.-Santa, L. Sui tumori mkomat'osi della mammella. Ann. ital. chir, 1935, 14: 85-97.- Se aemann H Seltener Mammatumor. Mschr. Geburtsh. r vn ^928 78 • 310-3.-Sonntag. Ueber Geschwulstbildung in versprengtem Brustdrusengcwebe. Beitr, klin. Chir, 1922, BREAST 982 BREAST 127: 627-40.-----Einige seltenere Brustdriisengeschwulste. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 523.—Tanner, W. E. An unusually large tumour of the right breast. Brit. J Surg, 1925-26, 13: 393-5.—Tavernier & Pollosson. Metastases osseuses dans les tumeurs du sein a evolution locale en apparence benigne. Lyon chir, 1936, 33: 122-5.—Taylor, H. C, jr. The etiology of neo- plasms of the breast; with notes on their relation to other tumors of the reproductive system. Arch. Surg, 1930, 21: 412; 597. -----The evidence for an endocrine factor in the etiology of mammary tumors. Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 27: 525-41.—Tourneux, J. P. TJn cas dc cylindrome du sein. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1922, 92: 517.—Tovaru, S, & Marinescu-Slatina, B. [Observa- tions on a series of a 100 anatomo-clinieal examinations of tumors of the breast] Spitalul, 1934, 54 : 104-7.—Turco, A. Contributo alio studio del colesteatoma della mammella. Ann. ital. chir, 1926, 5: 195-208.—Twining, C. N. Congenital tumour of the breast. Brit. M.J, 1927, 2: 550.—Venot, A. Volumineuse tumeur de la region mammaire. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1921, 42: 341. Also Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1921) 1922, 270- 3.—Vos, T. [Effect of pregnancv on benign tumors of the mam- mary glandl Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1933, 73: 1497-520 — Walsem, G. C. van [Enlargement of the lymph glands in mam- mary tumors] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1924, 68: pt2, 1018, 1926, 70: 148.—Zander, K. Histologische Untersuchungen iiber das Vorkommen von Fett in Mammagesehwiilsten. Virchows Arch, 1932,283: 458-65. ---- Tumors: Treatment. Aud, G. Some surgical considerations of tumors of the breast. Kentucky M.J, 1926, 24: 220-2. Also Internat. J.M.&S, 1935, 48: 122-5.—Babcock, W. W. Breast tumors and surgical clinic. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1937, 27: 49-55—Bell, R, & Thomson, W. B. A plea for the'conservative treatment of mammary tumours. Med. Times, Lond, 1922, 50: 153-5.—Berard, L. Traitement des tumeurs du sein. Clinique, Par, 1923, 18: 247.—Blanco Acevedo, E. La cirugia de los tumores del seno. Dia med, B. Air, 1931-32, 4: 102.—Collet. N6oplasme du sein; operation; r6cidive; generalisation; coexistence d'une tuberculose mortelle. Lyon chir, 1922, 19: 784.—Escalona y Herrerias, J. Breve nota sobre un caso operado de tumor mamario. Bol. Inst, hig, Mex, 1923, 1: 90.—Ezpeleta, R. Los tumores del seno. Rev. nted. Bogota, 1934-35, 44: 1077-83.—Froelich. Pronostic thera- peutique des neoplasmes du sein. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1921, 10: 711-3.—Gentil, F. Apontamentos sobre o tratamento cirurgico das neoplasias do seio. Lisboa med, 1928, 5: 406-9.— Greenwood, H. H. Removal of non-malignant tumours of the breast. Lancet, Lond, 1930, 2: 12-5.—Hancock, J. B. Mod- ern treatment of breast tumors. Bull. Am. Soc. Cancer, 1936, 18: no.8, 4-8. Also Kentucky M.J, 1936, 34: 200-8.—Irish, T. J. The rational management of tumors of the breast. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1932, 22: 534-7.—Jackson, J. N. Diagnosis and surgical management of tumors of the breast. Ibid, 1927, 17: 149-54.— Klopp, E. J. Surgery in breast tumors; problems concerning diagnosis and treatment. Ann. Surg, 1929, 90: 424-32.—Macrae, D, jr. Cancer and benign growths of the female breast. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1922) 1923, 32: 285-302—Miller,, J. Some prac- tical points in relation to breast tumours. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1935, 33: 161-6.—Moszkowicz, L. Indikationsstellung bei Tu- moren der Mamma. Wien. med. Wschr, 1926, 76: 636.— Nazarov, V. M. [Breast tumors and their operative treatment] Vrach. gaz, 1923, 28:12-4.—Nogier, T. Enorme tumeur du sein traitee et gu6rie par les rayons X filtres sur 3 millimetres d'alu- minum seulement. Bull. Soc. radiol. nted. France, 1937, 25: 91-3.—Peterson, F. R. Tumors of the breast; an attempt to rationalize their management. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1933, 23: 306-8.—Petit, J. Les resultats lointains de la chirurgie dans les tumeurs du sein. Arch. med. chir. province, 1927, 17: 243-7 — Portmann, U. V. The relative roles of surgery and of radiation in the treatment of tumors of the breast. Proc. Interst. Post- grad. M. Ass. N. America, 1925, 1: 358-62.—Rawis, J. L. Treat- ment of breast tumors. Virginia M. Month, 1926-27, 53: 145-8.—Rorke, W. W. Medical and surgical aspects of the treat- ment of breast tumours. Brit. Homceop. J, 1926, 16: 26-46.— Roux-Berger. Traitement des tumeurs du sein. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1922, 48: 1476-8—Sistrunk, W. E. The surgical aspects of benign lesions of the breast. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1922, 75: 47-57.—Walzel, P, & Starlinger, F. Nachuntersuchun- gen an im Laufe von 20 Jahren an der Klinik behandelten gutartigen, weiblichen Brustdriisengeschwiilsten. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1925-26, 194:152-60—Wiley, A. R. Tumors of the breasts disappearing under X-ray exposure. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1921, 14: 96. ---- Tumors—in animals. Allen, E, Biddle, A. W. let al.] The estrous cycles of mice during growth of spontaneous mammary tumors and the effects of ovarian follicular and anterior pituitary hormones. Am. J. Cancer, 1935, 25: 291-300.—Anderson, C, & Lumbroso, U. Note sur une neoproduction intramammaire constatee chez un cobaye d'experiences. Arch. Inst. Pasteur, Tunis, 1932-33, 21: 504-9.—Bittner, J. J. The spontaneous incidence of lung tumors in relation to the incidence of mammary tumors in an inbred strain of albino mice (strain A.) Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 27: 519-24.—Blumensaat, C, & Champy, C. Un cas de tumeur mammaire chez le cobaye, coincidant avec la presence de nema- todes. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1928,17: 716-23.—Braca, F. Di un Jumore primitivo della mammella maschije nei cane, Profi- lassi, 1933, 6: 113-6.—Cloudman, A. M. A comparative study of transplantability of 8 mammary gland tumors arising in inbred mice. Am. J. Cancer, 1932, 16: 568-630. ----- Gross and microscopic diagnoses in mouse tumors at the site of the mam- mary glands. Ibid, 1936, 27: 510-2.—Fekete, E, & Green, C. V. The influence of complete blockage of the nipple on the incidence and location of spontaneous mammary tumors in mice. Ibid, 513-5.—Gardner, W. U, & Strong, L. C. The normal develop- ment of the mammary glands of virgin female mice of 10 strains varying in susceptibility to spontaneous neoplasms. Ibid, 1935, 25: 282-90. ----- & Smith, G. M. An observation of primary tumors of the pituitary, ovaries, and mammary glands in a mouse. Ibid, 1936, 26: 541-6.—Glaize-Rembal, L, & Robert, J. P. Sur une curieuse disposition peritlteliforme de la prolife- ration myoepitlteliale dans les tumeurs de la glande mammaire, chez la chienne. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 620-2.—Grauer, R. C, & Robinson, G. H. Lactation jn transplantable benign mammary adenomas in rats. Am. J. Cancer, 1932,16:191-201.— Heiman, J. The studv of benign neoplasms of the rat's breast. Ibid, 1934, 22: 497-524.—Hueper, W. C, & Rami, S. Effects of neoarsphenamine on spontaneous breast tumors of mice. Ibid, 1933, 17: 106-15.—Little, C. C. The relation of coat colcr to the spontaneous incidence of mammary tumors in mice. J. Exp. M, 1934, 59: 229-50.—Marchetti, E. Di un caso di metastasi viscerali multiple da neoplasie mammarie. Gior. med. vet, 1925, 74: 419-24.—Murray, W. S. Factors influencing the inci- dence of mammary gland tumors in an inbred strain of mice. J. Cancer Res, 1930, 14: 602-18. ----- & Little, C. C. The genetics of mammary tumor incidence in mice. Genetics, 1935, 20: 466-96. ----- Further data on the existence of extra- chromosomal influence on the incidence of mammary tumors in mice. Science, 1935, 82: 228-30.----- Extrachromosomal influence in relation to the incidence of mammary and non- mammary tumors in mice. Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 27: 516-8.— Nieberle, K. Zur Kenntnis der sogenannten Mammamisch- geschwiilste des Hundes. Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1933, 39: 113- 27.—Oberling, C, & Guerin, P. Recherches sur des greffes en serie de tumeurs mammaires benignes chez le rat. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1933, 22: 606-30.—Ortiz Berumen, B. Breve nota sobre un caso de tumor mamario en una perra, cuyo tumor ftte operado. Bol. Inst, hig, Mex, 1923-24, 50: 138—Peyron, A. Reticulation et evolution conjonctive d'elements epitlteliaux dans certaines tumeurs mixtes de la mamelle de la chienne. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 88: 1303-5. ---— Sur I'importance de l'assise myo-epitheiiale des canaux galactophores dans le developpement des tumeurs de la glande mammaire chez le chien. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1924, 178: 734-6. ----- Sur le mode de proliferation de l'assise myoepitheliale dans les tumeurs dites mixtes de la glande mammaire de la chienne. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90:1273-6— Pybus, F. C, & Miller, E. W. Mam- mary neoplasia in the mouse. Newcastle M.J, 1936, 16: 49-63, 14pl.—ReynSs, H, & Caudiere, M. Tximeurs des mamelles chez la chatte. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1923, 12: 509-16.—Schmidt, I. Zur Frage der Entstehung der Mischgewachse an Hand von 2 Fallen von Milchdriisenmischgesehwulsten des Hundes. Vir- chows Arch, 1933, 291: 491-506. ---- Xanthoma. See Breast, Lipoidosis. ---- in animals. See also Udder. De veaux, J. *La mamelle; notes de chi- rurgie canine [Alfort] 74p. 8? Par., 1934. Gisler, E. *E)ie Entwicklung der Milch- driise bei der Katze; 12 Beitrage zum Bau und zur Entwicklung von Hautorganen bei Sauge- tieren. 29p. 8? Zur. [1923] TJehlinger, P. *Studien zur Entwicklung der Milchdriise des Pferdes; Beitrag zum Bau und zur Entwicklung von Hautorganen bei Saugetieren [Zurich] 37p. 8? Basel, 1922. Aberle, S. B. B. Growth of mammary gland in the Rhesus monkey. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 32: 249-51 — Cole, H. A. The mammary gland of the mouse, during the oestrous cycle, pregnancv, and lactation. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1933, s B, 114: 130-61, 6pl—Babelow, A. Der Entfal- tungsmechanismus der Mamma; das Verhalten von Gefiiss- system und Driisenbaum wahrend der Laktationsentwicklung der Mamma bei Maus, Ratte, Meerschweinchen und Kanin- chen. Morph. Jahrb, 1933-34,73:69-99.—Biermen. F. A. A. van [Contagious mammary gland diseases in hogsl Tschr. dierge- neesk, 1923, 50: 783.—Engle, E. T. Hypertrophy of mammary gland in adult male rats with experimental ovario-testes. Proc. Soc. Fxp. Biol, N.Y, 1927-28, 25: 715—Fici. Contributo alio studio istogenetico e morfogenetico della ghiandola mammaria. Ricer. morf, 1923, 3: 317-55, pi.—Gibson, L. M. A comparative study of the life history of the female mammary gland in 2 strains of albino mice. J. Cancer Res, 1930, 14: 570-601.— Hass, E. Die Beziehungen zwischen Driisengewebe und zuge- horigen Fettlager bei der Milchdriise der Maus. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch, 1933, 34: 201-37.—Krediet, G. [On the structure and position of the mammary gland in our domestic animals] BREAST 983 BREAST, MALE Tschr. diergeneesk, 1923, 50: 693-703—Locchi, R, & Erhart, M. B. Le arterie della glandula mammaria in Myocastor (Myopotamus) coypus. Monit. zool. ital, 1933, 44: suppl, 308-11. ----- Morphologia comparativa das arterias da glan- dula mammaria; as arterias da glandula mammaria no Brady- pus tridactylus L. Rev. biol, S. Paulo, 1934, 5: 77, pi—Maeder, L. M. A. Changes in the mammary gland of the albino rat (Mus norvegicus albinus) during lactation and involution. Am. J. Anat, 1922, 31: 1-26—Ognev, I. F. [Structure of the mammary gland in the aurochsl Russ. arkh. anat, 1925, 4: 3-17—Reich, H. Zur Entwicklung der Milchdriisen bei der weissen Hausmaus. Zschr. Anat. Entw, 1935, 104: 238-53 — Scaglione, S. Influenza della mammella sull'attitudine alia fecondazione (ricerche sperimentali) Riv. ital. gin, 1928, 7: 125-32.—Sokolowsky, A. The milk gland of the Mammalia including man in the light of our knowledge of phylogenesis. Urol. Cut. Rev, 1925, 29: 213-7.—Turnau, S. Sur la morpho- logie syntltetique de la glande mammaire. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 98: 1051.—Weatherford, H. L. A cytological study of the mammary gland; Golgi apparatus, trophospongium, and other cytoplasmic canaliculi, mitochondria. Am. J. Anat, 1929, 44: 199-281.—Wieser, C. Untersuchungen iiber die Mausebrust- driise und ihre physiologischen und pathologischen Verande- rungen. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1933-34, 156: 534-49. ---- in pregnancy. Schmahl, K. *Ueber Grosse und Form der Briiste und Brustwarzen bei Schwangeren bezie- hungsweise Wochnerinnen. lip. 8? Giessen, 1919. Ancel & Bouin. Sur le determinisme des phenomenes utCrirS preparatories a la nidation de l'ceuf et du developpement gravi- dique de la glande mammaire. Rev. fr. endocr, 1924, 2: 199.— Andreev, Z. A. [Development of mammary glands during pregnancy and lactation] J. akush. zhensk. boliez, 1925, 36: 377_94.—Carter, P. J. The care of the breast and its complica- tions during pregnancy. Am. J. Obst, 1927, 14: 81-4 [Dis- cussion] 106-8.—B, J. Double hypertrophie mammaire gravi- dique avec lobe axillaire aberrant hypertrophie. Presse med, 1926, 34: 61.—Ernst, M. Die physiologischen Ruckbildungs- erscheinungen in der weiblichen Brustdruse nach Graviditat und Menstruation. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1925, 31: 500-6 — Gala, C. [Hvpertrophic conditions of breast during pregnancy and secretions of the mammary gland; yohimbin as lactagogue] Cas. 16k. cesk, 1927, 66: 1509; 1545—Guiroy, A.J. Sobre 2 casos de tumores de mama y gestation. Sem. med, B. Air, 1924, 31: pt2, 1206-8.—Jeffers, K. R. Cytology of the mammary gland of the albino rat; pregnancy, lactation and involution. Am. J. Anat, 1935, 56: 257-77, pi—Kilgore, A. R. Tumors of the breast arising during pregnancy and lactation. California JM 1923, 21: 15-9. Also Arch. Surg, 1929, 18: 2079-98 — Le Roy des Barres. Double hypertrophie mammaire gravid ique avec lobe axillaire aberrant hypertrophique. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Per, 1925, 51: 14-7.—Migliavacca, A. Sulla presenza di singolari formazioni nella mammella durante la seconda meta della gravidanza. Fol. gyn, Genova, 1930, 27: 285-95—Nak- anishi, Y. The temperature of breasts in pregnancy and pu- erperium. Jap. J. Obst, 1927,10: no.3, 43-7—Ramirez Ohvella, J Hipertrofia difusa de las mamas durante l'a gestation. Rev. med cubana, 1930, 41:131-7—Scalese, G. Di un caso d'lpertro- fia mammaria gravidica. Gazz. med. lombard, 1926, 85: 41-3 — Voron & Banssillon. Hypertrophie mammaire gravidique considerable. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1931, 20: 141-3. BREAST [male] Bailev, H. Studies in the male breast. Lancet, Lond, 1924 1: 1258-60.—Jung, F. T, & Shafton, A. L. The mammary eland in the normal adolescent male. Proc. Soc. Exp Biol, NY 1935-36 33: 455-8—Lipschutz, A. A propos de la pig- mentation de la region mammaire chez le cobaye male hyper- feminise. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 108: 848.-Lyons, W. R, & Pencharz, R. I. Reactions of mammary glands of normal and hypophysectomized male guinea pigs to female sex hormone. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1935-36, 33: 589-92. ---- Abnormities and deformities. Bobrev, M. Aussergewohnlicher Sitz einer Mamma virilis accessoria am Riicken. Munch, med Wschr, 1934, 81: 515^- Bucamp & Carrieu. Un cas de polymastie chez 1 homme. Montpellier med, 1921, 43: 142-Gladstone, R. J Axillary mamma in a man. J. Anat, Lond 1929-30, 64: 23 i espiratorio. Policlinico, Roma, 1932, 39: sez.med, 534-52—BUny-Schliachto, F. A. Zur Frage der Gynakomastie. Virchows Arch, 1928, 269: 45-53.—Bonhoff, F. Ueber Ursache und familiares Auftreten von Gynakomastie. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt., 1925-26, 12: 528-32—Botteselle, R. Sulle correlazioni esistenti tra un caso di paraganglioma del didimo sinistro e un fibroadenoma della mammella con masto- dinia omolaterale e ginecomastia bilaterale. Riv. chir, Como, 1924, 3: 142-54.—Bredt, H. Ueber Wesen und Formen der Gynakomastie. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1932, 17: 29-54.— Capriglione, L, Berardinelli, W, & da Costa Cruz, F. Cirrhose hepatique et gynecomastie. Presse med, 1934, 42: 1419-21.— Carayannopoulos, G. Sur 3 cas de gynecomastie. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1923, 93: 590-4.—Christopher, F. Unilateral idio- pathic hypertrophy of the male breapt. Am. J. Surg, 1931, n.s, 14: 652.—Cioni, C. Sulla cosidetta reviviscenza mammaria in rapporto a lesioni epatiche ed endocrine. Pathologica, Ge- nova, 1934, 26: 23-37.-----Sopra un caso di grave disfunzione del timo accompagnata da ginecomastia. Endocr. pat. cost, Roma, 1935,10: 165-87.—Correia, M. Sur un cas de hypertrophie des mamelles chez I'homme. Fol. anat. Univ. Coimbra, 1926, 1: no.ll, 1-3.—Dartigues. A propos de la gynecomastie. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1930, 22: 391-4—Davydov, M. S. [Study of the pathogenesis of unilateral gynecomastia] Mosk. med. J, 1929, 9: 25-30— Bey, A. C. A case of gynecomastia. Ind. M. Gaz, 1935, 70: 77.—Durrance, F. Y. A case of bilateral gynecomastia. Med. J. & Rec, 1925, 122: 67.—Emiliani, L. Riviviscenza mam- maria nell'uomo. Gior. med. prat, 1934, 16: 68-76.—Erdheim, S. Ueber Gynakomastie. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1928, 208: 181- 225.—Fetscher, R. Zur Vererbung der Gynakomastie. Zschr. Sexwiss, 1926-27, 13: 20S-10—Finkler, R. S. Report of a case of gynecomastia. Med. Woman .I, 1935, 42: 117-9.—Gasparini, A. Contributo alio studio della ginecomastia. Morgagni, 1929, 71: 1213-33.—Geimanovich, Z. [Gynecomasty] Ukrain. med. arkh, 1927, 1: 168-77.—Gibson, H. J. C. Notes on a case of ex- aggerated gynecomazia. Edinburgh M.J, 1923, n.s, 30: 668- 70.—Ginecomastia e tumori del testicolo (contributo alio studio dei tumori ad azione ormonica morfogenetica) Bull. sc. med, Bologna, 1934, 106: 156-63.—Goldenberg, M. A. [Cases of gyne- comasty] Vrach. dielo, 1929, 12: 331-5.—Hangarter, W. Zur Histologie der Gynakomastie. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1931, 231: 262-7.—Herzenberg, H. Beitrage zur Lehre von der Gynako- mastie, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Beziehung zum Chorioneritheliom beim Manne. Virchows Arch., 1927, 263: 781-99.—Hinze, R. [Case of gynecomasty weighing 125 g.] Polska gaz. lek, 1932, 11: 11.—Jaros, M. [Cases of gyneco- mastia] Cas. tek. cesk, 1928, 67: 1238-42—Jordans, G. H. W. [Gynecomasty in a case of malignant testicular teratomal Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1933, 77: 2915-24.—Kriss, B. Ueber Gynako- mastie; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Beziehungen zwischen Keimdriisen und Geschlechtscharakteren. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1930,141: 503-38— Laederich & Le Goff. Un cas de gynecomastie douloureuse guerie par la radiotherapie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris. 1922, 3.ser, 46: 764-7.—Lazzeroni, A. Contributo alio studio della ginecomastia essenziale. Minerva med. Tor, 1933, 24: pt 1, 799-803.—Lefevre & Laporte, A. Un cas de gvnt'co- mastie. J. med. Bordeaux, 1935, 112: 662—Levi, M. II proble- ma della ginecomastia; descrizione di 3 nuovi casi. Endocr. pat. cost, Roma, 1930, n.s, 5: 567-85.—Lewis, B, & Geschickter, C. F. Gynecomastia, virginal hypertrophy and fibroadenomas of the breast. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1934, 52: 238-54. Also Ann. Surg, 1934,100: 779-95.—Lilienthal, H. Choreoepithelioma with gynecomast ia; diagnosis by thoracotomy. Libman Anniv. Vol, 1932, 2: 745-52.—Loi, L. Revisione sintetico-critica del problema ginecomastia e cirrosi epatica. Monit. endocr, 1934, 2: 351-62.— Manai, A. Contributo alia conoscenza della ginecomastia nei l'uomo. Policlinico, 1927, 34: sez.prat, 784-6.—Meisenheimer, J. Gynakomastie bei einem Ziegenbock. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch, 1932, 30: 645.—Menville, J. G. X-ray treatment in gynecomastia. Radiology, 1932, 18: 295-301.-----Gyneco- mastia. Arch. Surg, 1933, 26: 1054-83. Also repr—Milakhina, K. Y. [Pseudo-gynecomastia; case] J. izuch. rann. detsk. vozr, 1929,9: 418.—Monaschkin, G. B. Gynakomastie und Hoden- tumor; Beitrag zur Frage iiber die sexualorganischen Wechsel- beziehungen. Zschr. Urol, 1926, 20: h-19—Nicolle. Gyneco- mastie chez un Soudanais. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1933, 26: 1109.—Numers, C. von. [Histological changes in the mam- mary gland; gynecomasty and its relation to cystic mastopathy in man] Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1933, 75: 388-406—Parhon, C. I,. Milcou, S. M, & Schachter, M. Sur un cas de gynecomastie. Rev. fr. endocr, 1935, 13: 351-65—Patiiio Mayer, C, Rossi, A. R, & Boccia, B. La reviviscencia mamaria en el hombre. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1934, 41: pt2, 1088-92—Paula, F. Gynako- mastie und Leberzirrhose. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1930, 169: 83-99.—Pinetti, P. Su di un caso di ginecomastia in sogetto leproso. Gior. ital. derm, sif, 1934, 75^192-4—Pistocchi, G. Fibromatosi mammaria maschile e ginecomastia. Studium, Nap, 1924, 14; 333-7.—Pomfret, A. A. Unilateral gynecomas- tia. Brit. M.J, 1923, 2: 609—Prange, F. Die Gynakomastie des Mannes und ihre Beziehungen zur Gesamtkonstitution. Aroh. Frauenk, 1926,12: 63-73. Also repr—Ramdas, S. A case of gvnaecomastia. Ind. M. Gaz, 1935, 70: 78—Resa, R. Gine- comastia. Progr. clin, Madr, 1932, 40: 455.—Riebler, R. Ueber einen Fall von Gynakomastie und Leberzirrhose. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 1076— Rovnov, A. S. [Gynecomasty] Soviet. BREAST, MALE 985 BREAST, MALE klin, 1933, 19: 402-13.—Rufanov, I. G. [Gynecomasty] Russ. klin, 1924, 1: 83-105.—Santorsola, B. La ginecomastia dal punto di vista clinico e patogenetico. Riv. chir. Nap, 1936, 2: 636- 46.—Schachter, M. Contributo alio studio clinico della gineco- mastia. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1934, 15: 774-80.—Schere- schewsky, N. A. Sur la pathogenie et le traitement de la gynecomastie. Rev. fr. endocr, 1928, 6: 57-64.—Schmidt, O. Zur Kenntnis der Gynakomastie. Zschr. ges. Anat, 2.Abt, 1928-29, 14: 588-609.—Schoen, R. Lymphosarkomatose mit Beteiligung der Brtiste bei einem Gynakomasten. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1921, 25: 112-23.—Serfonstein, B. A case of uni- lateral gynaecomasty. S. Afr. M.J, 1933, 7: 220—Simons, R. B. G. P. Un cas de gynecomastie. Bruxelles med, 1935-36, 16: 1733.—Starr, P. Gynecomastia during hyperthyroidism; report of 2 cases. J. Am. M. Ass, 193,"), 104: 1988-90.—Takata, R. On a case of extragenital chorionepithelioma with gynecomasty in male sex. Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1933, 22: 4.—Tobler, T. Zur Kenntnis der Gynakomastie. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1922, 52: 412-6.—Urechia, C. I. Gynecomastie chez un paralytique general. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3.ser, 52: 975-9 — Visani, A. Sulla reviviscenza mammaria maschile. Rass. ter, pat. clin, 1936, 8: 650-64, 2pl.—Votta, E. A, & Bargelli, C. Breves comentarios sobre 2 casos de ginecomastia. Prensa med. argent, 1934-35, 21: 1069-75.—Weber, F. P. A note on the causa- tion of gynaecomastia (mammary feminism) Lancet, Lond, 1926,1: 1034-6. Also repr.----- A note on mammary enlarge- ment from endocrine disturbances in males. Med. Press, Lond, 1928, n.s, 126: 425.—Zum Busch, J. P. Gynakomastie bei Hypernephrom. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 323. ---- Inflammation. Bressot, E. Quelques cas de mastite chez I'homme. Lyon chir, 1924, 21: 640-2. ----- De l'etiologie infectieuse de cer- taines mastites de I'homme. Paris med, 1925, 57: 222-4.— Canalis, G. Singolari aspetti istologici di una mastite cronica traumatica in un uomo. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1935, 16: 128-32, pi.—Garin, C, & Coullard-Bescos. Mammite chez des soldats paludeens. Lyon med, 1917, 126: 410-3.—Garrahan, J. P. Absceso necrosante por mastitis. Rev. especialid, B. Air, 1926. 1: 526-33.—Giordano Giacinto. Sul cosiddetto granu- loma lipofagico in una mammella maschile. Ann. ital. chir, 1<)28, 7: 1259-6*.— Leo, E. La mastite purulenta nei maschio; note etiopatogenetiche a proposito di due casi. Clin, chir, Milano, 1933, n.s, 9: 209-21.—Nicastro, M. Algunas considera- ciones sobre mastitis y ginecomastia. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1935, 42: pt2, 1609-13.—Torraca, L. Mastite acuta purulenta in un uomo. Riforma med, 1926, 42: 680-2. ---- Secretion. Brunton, J. Lactation in a male infant. Brit. M.J, 1905, 1: 131 —Calandre, L. Un caso de secretion lactea masculina. Rev. clin. Madrid, 1915, 14: 161-8.—Haenel, H. Ein Fall von dauernder Milchsekretion beim Manne. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 261-3.—Hanel, H.. Mamma lactans persistens mascu- lina. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 386.—Keller, B. H. Men who suckle infants. Sexology, N.Y, 1933-34, 1: 85-7.—Murray, M. A case of precocious lactation in a male child. Lancet, Lond, 1905, 1: 25.—Sardi, J. L. Secretion lactee sous Paction de l'ex- trait ante-hvpophysaire chez les cobayes males. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 503. ---- Tumors. Lurje, B. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Mam- matumoren beim Manne. 18p. 8? Berl., 1924. Mohnle, \Y. *Ueber Geschwulste der mannlichen Brustdruse. 49p. 8? Kiel, 1919. Reinlein, G. *Ein Beitrag zu den Tumoren der mannlichen Brustdruse. 42p. 8? Giessen, 1915. Wollermann, C. *Die Geschwiilste der mannlichen Brustdruse. 21p. 8? Berl., 1914. Zimmermann, G. A. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tumoren der mannlichen Brustdruse [Berlin] 19p. 8? Berl., 1930. Aneerer, H. Geschwulstbildungen der Brustdruse beim Mann Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1933, 241: 104-10.—Baldoni, A. Contributo alio studio dei tumori delle mammelle maschili negli animali domestici. Mem. Accad. sc. Bologna, 1927-28, ser 8 5 • 33-41__Beccherle, G. Su due casi di tumore della mam- mella maschile (a proposito di trauma e tumori) Gior. med. ferrov 1921 1: 223-32.—Benjamin, J. B, & Quirk, T. C. Be- nign tumors' of the male breast U.S. Nay. M. Bull, 1922 17: 660—Blavet di Briga, C. Adenoma tubulare con ghiandole apocrine della mammella maschile Arch. sc. med Tor, 1927, 51- 335-40—Bologna, M. Contributo sui neoplasmi della ehiandola mammaria maschile; sarcoma polimorfo-cellulare. Gift med mod Pal, 1927, 6: 61-74.-Braca, F. Ulteriore contributo alla conoscenza dei.tumori primitivi^elte mammella maschile nei cane. Profilassi, 933 6 254-6. Bus a Lay E. 30 hombre. Bol Contributo alia casistica dei tumori mammari nell'uomo. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1930, 11: 628-47.— Cay lor. H. D, & Shugrue, J. J. Fibrosarcoma of the male breast. Med. Clin N. America, 1926, 10: 665-9.—Cesana, A. Contributo alio studio dei tumori della mammella maschile. Boll, spec med chir, 1932, 6: 501-15.—Chevalier, G, & Brousse, R. Un cas d'adeno-fibrome du sein chez un homme de 21 ans. Bull Soc. chir. Paris, 1921, 47: 810.—Cholnoky, T. Benign fibrous tumors of the male breast. Am. J. Surg, 1935, 30: 298-304.— Cioffi, A. Tumori mammari maschili. Ann. ital. chir, 1930, 9: 1147-6*.—Cusani, M. Sui flbroadenomi della mammella maschile. Morgagni, 1929, 71: 2349-59.—B'Alessandro, F. Su di un caso di tumore della mammella maschile. Pathologica, Genova, 1922, 14: 139-43.—Bavid, V. C. Papillarv cystadenoma of the male breast. Tr. West, Surg. Ass. (1921) 1922, 31: 361-70 Also Ann. Surg, 1922, 75: 652-7— Be Poe, G. Fibro-angioma della mammella maschile. Policlinico, 1934, 41: sez. chir, 679-85.—Bespaigne, E, & Bolanos, J. M. Consideraciones sobre el sarcoma de la mama en el hombre. Vida nueva, Ha- bana, 1931, 27: 522-9.—Egiies, A. Tumores benignos de la mama en el hombre. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1936, 43: pt2, 1469- 72.—Estela Rague. Neoplasias de mama en el hombre. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1927, 2.ser, 7: 380-7.—Galindez. Tumor benigno de la glandula mamaria en el sexo masculino. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1925, 32: 1240.—Geldmacher. Beitrag zur Kasui- stik und Statistik der Tumoren der mannlichen Brustdruse. Fortsch. Med, 1926, 44: 1427.—Geschickter, C. F, Lewis, B, & Hartman, C. G. Tumors of the breast related to the oestrin hormone. Am. J. Cancer, 1934,21:828-59.—Gioia, T, & Bianchi, A. E. Tumor mixto de la glandula mamaria en el hombre. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1930, 14: 146-55. Also Sem. med, B. Air, 1930, 37: pt2, 1193-8.—Grupen, J. Beitrag zu den Ge- schwiilsten der mannlichen Brustdriise (papillares Cystadenom) Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1923-24, 183: 406-9.—Gutierrez, A, & Mon- serrat, J. L. Tumores de la glandula mamaria en el hombre. Rev. cir, B. Air, 1929, 8: 549-78.—Heifitz, A. B. [Nonmalig- nant tumors of the mammary glands in men] Vrach. dielo, 1931, 14: 333-6.—Helvestine, F, jr. Benign tumors of the male breast. Virginia M. Month, 1926-27, 53: 35-8.—Hemenway, R. V. Sarcoma of male breast; report of a case. Chin. M.J, 1935, 49: 763.—Herrenschmidt, A. Tumeurs du sein chez I'homme. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1921, 91: 411-8.—Holland, T. E. Lipoma of the male breast. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1935, 32: 74.—Johnston, C. C. Hemangioma of the male breast. Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 27: 341-3.—Lastra, J, & Ramirez, C. Fibro- adenoma de la mama de un hombre. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1924, 29: 95-8.—Maes, U. Melanoma of the male breast. In- ternat. Clin, 1934, 44.ser, 1: 163-72.—Mathieu. P, & Topous- Khan. Fibro-adenome du sein chez I'homme. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1920, 90: 586.—Miani, A. Fibroadenoma della ghiandola mammaria maschile. Gazz. osp, 1921, 42: 877-9.— Neal, M. P. Malignant tumors of the male breast; preliminary and abbreviated report. South. M.J, 1932, 25: 841-4. Also Arch. Surg, 1933, 27: 426-65. Also repr.—Palacios, Brachetto Brian & Orozco. Fibro-mixoma gigante de la region mamaria en el hombre. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1927,11: 436-8.—Preti, L. Sopra un caso di neoplasma della mammella maschile. Boll. med. trent, 1929, 44: 366-70.— Roffo, A. H, & Meabe, O. Osteo- ma ebiirneo de la mama del hombre. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air, 1933, 10: 280-6.—Rud, H. [Fibro-adenoma in mate breast] Hospitalstidende, 1922, 65: 253; 269- Schisano, A. Su di un caso di sarcoma della mammella maschile. Riv. chir. Nap, 1935, 1: 557-66.—Schreiner, B. F. Tumors of the male breast, based on a study of 31 cases. Radiology, 1932,18: 90-2.— Sereghy, E. [Tumors of the mammary glands in men] Gyo- gyaszat, 1927, 67: 417.—Speed, K. Male breast tumors. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1925, 43: 119-48. Also Ann. Surg, 1925, 82: 45-62.—Takahata, M. Zur Kenntnis der sogenannten Fibroa- denome der mannlichen Brustdruse. Mitt. allg. Path, Sendai, 1927, 4: 169-80.—Terencio Gioia & Bianchi, A. E. Tumor, mixto de la glandula mamaria en el hombre. Rev. cir, B. Air., 1930, 9: 279-89.—Torraca, L. Sopra un rarissimo caso di lipoma profondo della regione mammaria in un uomo. Riforma med, 1922, 38: 1157-60.—Tull, J. C, & Alam, M. Report on a large lipoma in a child. Ind. M. Gaz, 1920, 55: 299.—Weitzel. Les adeno-fibromes du sein chez I'homme. Rev. chir. Par, 1936, 55: 515-33.—Weitzel, L. Tumeur du sein chez un jeune soldat. Loire med, 1921, 35: 16-20.—Zeno, A, & Ruiz, F. Tumores benignos de la glandula mamaria en el sexo masculino. Sem. med, B. Air, 1925, 32: pt 1, 1196. BREASTED, James Henry, 1865-1935. Edwin Smith surgical papyrus, published in facsimile and hieroglyphic transliteration with translation and commentary. 2v. xxiv, 596p.; xiii, 46pl. 4? Chic, Univ. Chic. Press, 1930. For biography see Archeion, Roma, 1935, 17: 419 (M. Meyerhof) BREAST feeding. See also Breast milk; Infant, Nutrition. Emslie, M. Breast-feeding. 142p. 12? Lond., 1931. Haberkamp, M. *Stillwille und Stillfahigkeit bei arbeitenden Frauen. 44p. 8? Bonn, 1931. BREAST FEEDING 986 BREAST FEEDING Hotjsden, L. G. The breast-fed baby in general practice. 118p. 8? Lond., 1932. Nunes Godinho, F. *Da amamentacao materna. 69p. 12? Lisb., 1876. Thieme, H. *Die Beziehungen von Form und Grosse der weiblichen Brust zum Stillge- schaft [Gottingen] lip. 8? Hamcln, 1925. Allaria, G. B. La protezione del lattante nelle fabbriche. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1930, 2: 577-605.—Arkhangelskaya, O. A. [Antonov's formula for determination of insufficiency of breast milk in nursing women] Soviet, vrach. gaz, 1934, 38: 1299- 302.—Armstrong, I. Breast feeding for infants; a reestablish- ment program. Pub. Health Nurs, 1932, 24: 426-8—Barabas, Z. [Importance of breast feeding in protection of newborn] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1933, 31: 729-31.—Bendix, B. Stillwillig- keit, Stillfahigkeit. Stilldauer. Mschr. Kinderh, 1928, 41: 422- 39.—Bickel, L. Die Bedeutung der submammaren Temperatur- erhohunTen in Schwangerschaft und Wochenbett. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1932, 90: 304-15.—Bocchini, A. Lezioni di puericultura; ostacoli e controindicazioni aH'allattamento materno. Arte ostet, 1934, 48: 307; 387.—Breast and artificial feeding. J.M. Ass. Alabama, 1934-35, 4: 286.—Cacace, E. Stu- dio comparato dei mezzi migliori per sviluppare l'allattamento materno. Riv. nipiol, 1928-29, 1: 24-7.—Cline, G. M. Breast feeding from the standpoint of practice. Illinois M.J, 1936, 70: 261-4.—Conklin, C. B. Infant feeding; resume for a period of 20 years, stressing the importance of breast feeding. Med. J. & Rec, 1928, 127: 374-7.—Cordua, 0. B. Human milk for human babies; a preliminary report on 250 infants, with com- mentary. Arch. Pediat, N.Y, 1935, 52: 845-8.—Cozzolino, 0. In tema di obbligatorieta legale all'allattamento materno. Lat- tante, 1932, 3: 675-92.—Czerny, A. Ueber die Ernahrung der Kinder an der Mutterbrust. Arch. Kinderh, 1931-32, 95: 166-9.—Be Petinto, M. P. Lactancia materna. Med. ibera. 1928, 23: pt2, 29-34.—Emslie, M. The function of breast feeding. Arch. Dis. Childh, Lond, 1927, 2: 302-14.—Feaster, J. F, & Nelson, V. E. Factors involved in lactation and rearing of young. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934-35, 32: 1456-8 — Fedders, G. Zur Vereinheitlichung stillstatistischer Darstel- lUngen. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1936, 3.F, S8: 149-51.—Femenia, J. Consideraciones sobre lactancia. Med. ninos, 1930, 31: 198- 204.—lischl, R. Ueber Sauglingsentehrung. Fortsch. Ther, 1927, 3: 265-9. ----- De la alimentation del nifio de pecho. Rev. med. Hamburgo, 1927, 8: 5-10.—Freund, W. Der heutige Stand der Lehre von der naturlichen Ernahrung. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh, 1931, 40: 136-86.—Garabedian, G. Some obser- vations on breast feeding. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1926, 19: 212- 5.—Garland, J. Maternal nursing. Boston M.&S.J, 1926, 194: 519-22.—Geller, F. C. Stillhaufigkeit und -dauer erwerbs- tatiger und nichterwerbstatiger Frauen. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1930-31,144:392 [Discussion] 399-413. Also Deut. med. Wschr, 1931, 57: 1778.—Gerstley, J. R. Breast feeding. Med. Clin. N. America, 1928, 12: 185-91. Also Arch. Pediat, N.Y, 1929, 46: 749-55.—Gil de Avalle, R. G. Contraindicaciones de la lactancia materna. Clin. & lab, Zaragoza, 1933, 22: 519-25—Gille, M. Paradoxe sur l'allaitement maternel. Rev. prat, biol. Par, 1927, 20: 203-9.—Gimpelson, A. [Variations in temperature under the breast in women a symptom of their aptitude for lactation] J. akush. zhensk. boliez, 1928, 39: 728-34.—Grulee, C. G. Breast feeding as a preventive measure. Illinois Health Mess, 1935, 7: 35.-----Breast feeding. Illinois M.J, 1936, 70: 257.—Guerra, A. Contributo alio studio deH'importanza dell'alimentazione colostrale nei neonato. Pediat. prat. Mod, 1931,8: 147-59.—Guiffrida, S. II latte della madre appartiene al suo bambino; l'allattamento materno contro la mortalita infan- tile. Arte ostet, 1935, 49: 215-20—Guthrie, S. K. Breast-feed- ing. Clin. J, Lond, 1936, 65: 205-7—Harsl0f, V. J. [Should modern mothers nurse their infants?] Ugeskr. laeger, 1932, 94: 324.—Herzmann, K. Wann darf eine Mutter als stillunfahig bezeichnet werden? Med. Klin, Berl, 1936, 32: 316-9 — Husler, J. Die Stillfrage als zentrales Problem der Sauglings- fiirsorge. Mschr. Kinderh, 1937, 68: 399-411.—Ichock, G. La protection de l'allaitement maternel dans l'industrie. J. med. Paris, 1927, 46: 813-5.—Koch, H. Die natiirliche Ernahrung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 1172-4. Also Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1935, 9: 19-21.—Lereboullet, P. Des meilleurs moyens d'encou- rager et de developper l'allaitement maternel. Nourrisson, 1928, 16: 193-217. ----- Comment developper l'allaitement maternel. Infirm, fr, 1929, 7: 197; 244. ----- & Joannon, P. Les primes a l'allaitement maternel comment en faire un en- couragement efficace? Nourrisson, 1930, 18: 113-7.—Le Roux, L. L'allaitement chez les cardiaques. Med. prat. Par, 1907, 3: 389-91. Also Obstetrique, 1907, 12: 227-41—Lesage, A, & Cruveilhier. Enquete sur l'allaitemenfr au sein a la campagne. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1936, 3.ser, 115: 651-7. Also J. nted. Paris, 1936, 56: 787-9. Also Med. inf. Par, 1936, 43: 217-26 — Magni, S. La galattoforite puerperale e le sue conseguenze sul- l'allatamento. Riv. clin. pediat, 1932, 30: 1419-39.----- L'importanza della galattoforite puerperale per il pediatra. Lattante, 1935, 6: 86-90.—Meysenbug, L. von. Breast feeding with especial reference to some of its problems. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1934-35, 87: 738-43.—Montoya, J. M. Alimentation del nifio por la madre. Repert. med. cir, Bogota, 1929, 20: 237- 45.—Moore, C. U, & Bennis, H. G. Breast feeding problems; maternal. J. Am. M. Ass, 1926, 87: 1970-2. Alsorepr. ----- The re-establishment of breast milk; clinical data. Med. Rev. of Rev, 1926, 32; 176-80—Paterne, Des meiUeurs moyens d'encourager et de developper l'allaitement maternel. Gaz. med. France, 1928, 2: 575-80—Pinard, M, & Le Melletier. Syphilis et allaitement. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, i!i:u, 41: 45.—Pooler, H. W. Observations on breast-feeding. Brit.M ,1, 1928, 2: 1085-8.-----Breast feeding. Med. Press. A ('ire, Dubl, 1934, 137: 570-2.---Ramsey, W. R. Breast feeding. Med. Rev. of Rev, 1926, 32: 185.—Reuss, A. Physiologie des Friih- und Neugeborenen und des Sauglings, natiirliche Ernah- rung. Mschr. Kinderh, 1935-36, 64: 444-61.—Richardson, F. H, The breast feeding demonstration and the physician. J. Am. M. Ass, 1926, 87: 1977-80. Also repr.-----Progress of breast feeding in New York State. Ibid, 1927, 89: 1487-9.—Robin, P. De la physiologie de la tetee au sein et de la forme que doit avoir la tetine du biberon. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1929, 27: 54-62 — Salge, B. Einige Bemerkungen iiber die Bedeutung der Frauen- milch in den ersten Lebenstagen. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1907, 44: 223.—Schlegel, M. Zur Stillfrage bei Mrsiitis der Mutter. Mschr. Kinderh, 1934-35, 61: 191-3-Schreiner, R. Soil bei Mastitis das Kind angelegt werden? Zbl. Gyn, 1924, 48: 1015- 8.—Seuffert, E. R. von. Was kann man auch Laien klarmachen zur Fbrderung des Selbststillens? Miinch. med. Wschr, 1930, 77: 1193-7.—Snedeker, L. Some thoughts on breast feeding. Publ. Health Nurs, 1935, 27: 648-51—Souvestre, A. Sur l'allaitement maternel. Arch. med. Angers, 1926, 30 141-5.— Springthorpe, G. Breast feeding. Med. J. Australia, 1930, 2: 152-8. ----- Natural feeding. Ibid, 221—Stux, H. Zur Frage fiber die Vereinbarung des Stillens mit der Schwanger- schaft. Mschr. Kinderh, 1928, 38: 4X1-99— Taramelli, T. Rapporto fra temperatura ascellare e sottomammaria e secre- zione lattea. Clin, pediat. Mod, 1931, 13: 939-49.—Tettoni, M. T. L'uso della bilar.cia nell'allattamento materno. Arte ostet, 1934, 48: 428-30—Tonks, E, & Enochs, E. S. Develop- ment of breast feeding education in the United States. Trained Nurse, 1931, 87: 36-41,—Tow, A. The rationale of breast feed- ing; a modern concept. Hygeia, Chic, 1934, 12: 406-8.—Tysse, C. Why has breast feeding become unfashionable? Med. Rec, N.Y. 1936,144: 201.—Wardlaw, H. S. H, & Bart, E. E. P. Relations between the size and state of nutrition of mothers, the properties of their milk, and the weight of their infants. Med. J. Australia, 1934, 2: 377-80.—Weinshank, O. B, & Furman, M. L. Breast nutrition vs. artificial feeding. Med. J. & Rec, 1931, 134: 222-3. Also repr.—Weiss, F, & Holzel, A. Erhebungen iiber die Verbreitung und Durchfiihrung der naturlichen Sauglingser- nahrung. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1935-36, 3.F, 96: 98-117.—Weitzel, J. S. Problems in breast feeding. Virginia M. Month, 1935-30, 62: 328-34— Wylder, M. K. Breast feeding. Southwest. M, 1927, 11: 395-7—Zelic, M, & Bjokic. Die submammale Tem- peratur als Kriterium der Laktationsfahigkeit. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1933, 80: 1238-40. ---- Complementary feeding. See also Infant, Nutrition. Schellhotjse, E. M. * Complementary feed- ing of infants [S. Joseph's Hospital] 9 1. 4? Fort Wayne, Ind., 1929. Brockington, C. F. Insufficiency of breast milk; comple- mentary feeding. Mat. & Child Welf, Lond, 1933,17:185-7 — Carbonell, M. Determination de la relacion aproximada entre el alimento y las heces en la lactancia natural y artificial. Arch. espan. pediat, 1933,17: 560.—Bwyer, H. L, & Neff, F. C. Com- plemental feeding in the new-born infant, its effect on breast nursing. J. Am. M. Ass, 1932, 99: 463-7. Also repr.—Elias, H. L, & Turner, R. Vitamin B supplements during infancy. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1935, 50: 279-81.—McCosh, S. S, Macy, I. G. [et al.] Human milk studies; vitamin potency as influenced by supplementing the maternal diet with vitamin A. J. Nutrit, 1934, 7: 331-6.—Poncher, H. G. Relation to supplementary feed- ing in the newborn. Illinois M.J, 1936, 70: 258.—Toothaker, J. E. Routine complementary feeding of the newborn. North- west M, 1930, 29: 158-60. ---- Effect on infant, Backiieuer, W. *Ueber das Verhalten des Korpergewichts sp-it angelegter Neugeborener in den beiden ersten Lebenswochen. 28p. 8? Bonn, 1931. Ferrari, A. *Hungernde Brustkinder. 23p. 8? Zur., 1928. Guttfrettnd, A. *Besteht ein Zusammen- hang zwischen dem Sattigungszustand und der Starke des Saug- und Suchreflexes des Sauglings [Berlin] 19p. 8? Lpz., 1930. Aburel, E, & Ornstein, J. La calcemie maternelle et les courbes de poids des nourrissons. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 105: 432.—Baliassnikowa, N. J, & Model, M. M. Zur Neurologie des Saugens. Zschr. Kinderforsch, 1931, 39:1-16.—Catel, W, & Tunger, H. Ueber das Vorkommen von Nitrat (und Nitrit) im Harn junger Sauglinge bei ausschliesslicher Frauenmilch- ernahrung. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1933, 3.F, 90: 253-62, tab — Childers, A. T, & Hamil, B. M. Emotional problems in chil- dren as related to the duration of breast feeding in infancy. Am. J. Orthopsychiat, 1932, 2: 134-42.—Breyfus, S. La tetfee des nourrissons, influence des conditions mecaniques de la tetee sur le developpement de l'enfant. Praxis, Bern, 1927,16; BREAST FEEDING 987 BREAST FEEDING H.48,1; 3; 5. Also Med. Welt, 1928, 2:1358; 1392—Faber, H. K, & Sutton, T. L. A statistical comparison of breast-fed and bottle-fed babies during the first year; with special reference to gain in weight and to morbidity. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1930, 40: 1163-76. Also repr.—Gil, S. A. Ueber die Bedeutung der Brustmilch als eines auf die Entwicklung des Kindes wirkenden Faktors. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1930, 3.F, 78: 86-94.—Glazier, M. M. Comparing the breast-fed and the bottle-fed infant. N. Eng- land J.M, 1930, 203: 626-31.—Gravinghov, W. Brustkind und Magendarmspasmus. Med. Welt, 1929, 3:1070.—Grulee, C. G, Sanford, H. N, & Kantor-Amtman, J. K. A study of the seasonal incidence in the morbidity and mortality of 20,000 brea,st and artificially fed infants for the first 9 months of life. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1935,6: 825-9.—Grulee, C. G, Sanford, H. N, & Schwartz, H. Breast and artifically fed infants; a study of the age incidence in the morbidity and mortality in 20,000 cases. J. Am. M. Ass, 1935, 104: 1986.—Harrell, T. H, & Boyd, E. Dyspepsia in the breast-fed infant. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1926, 19: 402-4 — Hoefer, C, & Hardy, M. C. Later development of breast fed and artificially fed infants; comparison of physical and mental growth. J. Am. M. Ass, 1929, 92: 615-9.—Legiardi-Laura, C, The suckling and the mother. Med. Rev. of Rev, 1935, 41: 293-5.— Melodia, G. Comportamento del potere opsonico del siero di sangue prima e dopo la somministrazione di vitamina A nei lattanti sani ed allattati regolarmente al seno. Med. inf, Roma, 1936, 7: 281-6.—Moll, L. Zur Psychologie und Phvsiologie des Stillens. Kinderarztl. Prax, 1930, 1: 7-12.— Munchberg, F, & Warkany, J. Ueber den Ernahrungserfolg mit Brustmilch und Frauenmilch. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1932, 45: 1201.—Peiper, A. Der Saugvorgang. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh, 1936, 50: 527-67.—Schiotz, C, & Berghoff, H. Weight development in breast-fed infants during the first 26 weeks. Acta paidiat, Upps, 1927-28, 7: 216-48.—Selye, H, & McKeown, T. Further studies on the influence of suckling. Anat. Rec, 1934, 60: 323-32.—Sengenhoff, A. Abweichungen von der phy- siologischen Darmflora bei mit Frauenmilch ernahrten Friihge- borenen. Mschr. Kinderh, 1928, 40: 263-9—Upton, M. F. The anaerobic intestinal flora of normal breastfed and artificially fed infants. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1929, 37: 1221-32. Also repr — Wardlaw, H. S. H, & Bart, E. E. P. Relations between the weight of breastfed infants, their order of birth, and the yield and composition of their mothers' milk. Med. J. Australia, 19321,2:564-72. ---- History. Bartet, A. Comment les femmes de Bonifacio (Corse) pendant le siege de cette ville (13 aout 1420-2 Janvier 1421) par Alphonse V, roi d'Aragon, soutinrent avec leur lait les forces des combattants et contribuerent a sauver la ville. Chron. nted. Par, 1912,19: 454-9.—Falck, J. Eine arztliche Ermahnung zum Nahrtn der Sauglinge an der mutterlichen Brust aus dem Jahre 1693. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1937, 84: 53.—Notre-Bame de Treguron qui donne du lait aux nourrices. ^sculape, Par, 1934, 24: 311.—Richdorf, L. F. Sedgwick and breast feeding. Journal lancet, 1931, 51: 67-70.—Tunkl, von. Die Ansicht des Philosophen Favorinus fiber den Wert des Stillens der Kinder durch die Mutter. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1935, 82:1579. ---- Hygiene. See also Breast, lactating. Be Buys, L. R. A simple dressing for the breasts of mothers of the newly born. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1927, 33: 732-9—Finizio, G. Valore del refettorio materno nella protezione del lattante. Riv. nipiol, 1929, 2: 55-63—Fist, H. S. Breast support. Cali- fornia West M, 1936, 44: 43.—Maclellan, E. K. Exposure to the violet ray as a prophylactic agent to the nipples in the last month of pregnancy. J. Obst. Gyn, Lond, 1936, 43: 290.— Smith, F. B. The care of the lactating breast. Am. J. Obst, 1929, 18: 784-9—Vladescu, R. [Hygiene during lactation period] Rev. st. mod , Bucur, 1934, 23: 715-41. ---- prolonged. Cheinisse, L. Prolonged lacteal secretion as a cause of con- stitutional debility. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1904, n.s, 78: 330_2 —Ferreri, G. Disturbi auricolari da allattamento pro- lungato. Arch. ital. otol, 1903-4, 15: 43-52. Also Atti Congr Soc ital laring, 1904, 7: 117-21—Heino. [The disturbances of the optic nerve called forth by too long-continued nursingl Juntendo Iji Kenkin Kwai rasshi, 1907, 17-39. Also Nippon gankwa gakukwai zasshi, 1907, 11: 11-30— Meynier, E. Allat- tamento materno prolungato e rachitismo. Clin. & igiene inf., 1930 5 • 689-97 —Moulton, H. The effects of prolonged lactation upon the eye with especial reference to retrobulbar neuritis and the report of a case. Ophth Rec, 1906, 20: 103-6:-Neurath R. Gleichsinnige, endokrin bedingte Storungen bei Stillmuttern und slugtogen. Mschr. Kinderh, 1928 38: 176.-Plotkm N Hamatometia und Hamatosalpmx als Folge des langdauernden Stillens"lbL Gyn, 1936, 60: 919-22.-Wander, L. Neuritis N. optici utr. im Verlaufe der Lactation. Kim. Wschr, 1927, 6:1383. — Technique Neumann, *Der Energiequotient bei Frauenmilchkindern [Halle] p.194 221. 8? Stuttg., 1928. Also Arch. Kinderh., 1928, 85; Antonov, A. La formule pour definir la quantite de lait maternel qui manque au nourrisson. Arch. m6d. enf, 1936, 39: 532-6.—Aron, H. Reglas fundamentales para la alimentation del nifio de pecho. Cron. nted. mex, 1930, 29: 388-94. Also Rev. med. germ. iber. amer, 1930, 3: 210-9.—Babonneix, L. Regies de l'allaitement maternel. Gaz. hop, 1934, 107: 156 — Brandt, K. [Breast feeding of delicate babies] Norsk mag. laegevid, 1927, 88: 1120-3.—Besfosses, P. Courte note sur les regimes et l'alimentation naturelle. Presse med, 1936, 44: 1397.—Engelmann, F, & Hamburger, F. Ueber das erste Anle- gen der Neugeborenen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 2099.— Feldstein, G. J. A breast and bottle shy infant; nursing only when asleep. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1928, 35: 103-8.—Grosser, P. Die Praxis der Frauenmilchernahrung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 951-4.—Gymnich, F. Ueber Gewichts- und Trinkver- haltnisse der Neugeborenen wahrend der ersten 10 Lebenstage. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1932, 150: 195.—Hodgson, A. The technique of breast feeding. Practitioner, Lond, 1926, 117: 98-110.— Hoffmann, W. Trinkschwierigkeit bei einem Saugling mit verdickten Alveolarfortsatzen. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1928, 3.F, 70: 86.—Jewesbury, R. C. A record of difficult breast feeding cases. Practitioner, Lond, 1930, 125: 16-27.—Kaufmann, C, & Bickel, L. Zur Physiologie des Wochenbettes; Brustsekretion und Nahrungsbedarf des Neugeborenen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1931, 57: 1932-4. ----- Ueber die Gewichts- und Trinkver- haltnisse der Neugeborenen wahrend der ersten 10 Lebenstage. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1932-33, 152: 210-3.—Lederer, R. Die haufig- sten Fehler in der Sauglingsernahrung; Brusternahrung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1928, 41: 961-4—Liddiard, M. How to deal with difficulties in breast feeding. Internat. Nurs. Rev, Geneve, 1931, 6: 35-47, 2pl.—Mcllroy, A. L. The prevalence and duration of breast feeding in hospital practice. J. Obst. Gyn, Lond, 1927, n.s, 34: 729-38.—Moncrieff, A. Successful breast-feeding from one breast only. Brit. M.J, 1935, 2: 299—Neely, G. Breast- feeding of triplets. Lancet, Lond, 1927, 2: 734.—Neumann, V. Ueber den Energiequotienten bei Frauenmilchkindern in der Klinik. Arch. Kinderh, 1928, 85: 194-221.—Oeljen, S. C. G, & Scherer, C. A. The first application of the new-born infant to the breast. Arch. Pediat, N.Y, 1933, 50: 11-7—Pooler, H. W. An analysis of 100 cases of failure of breast-feeding in the f r t month. Brit. J. Child. Dis, 1930, 27: 269-82— Robin, P. Re- duction de la glossoptose chez le nourrisson par la nouvelle maniere physiologique de faire teter. Bruxelles nted, 1925-26, 6: 1473-6. Also J. nted. Paris, 1926, 45: 503. ----- Im- portance de faire teter les nourrissons dans une attitude physiologique (tetee eutrophique) Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1926, 15: 357-60. ----- De la maniere de faire teter et de son influence sur la guerison de la glossoptose chez le nourrisson. Bull. Soc. p6diat. Paris, 1926, 24: 94-102. ----- De la reeduca- tion respiratoire chez le nourrisson par la tetee physiologique. Evolut. ther, 1926, 7: 521-4. ----- Tetee et glossoptose chez le nourrisson. Med. inf. Par, 1926, 32: 226—Schall, L. Das Kind trinkt nicht (aerztliche Ratschlage zur Einleitung des Stillgeschaftes) Miinch. med. Wschr, 1935,82: 83-6— Schoedel, J. Die Trinkmengen der Brustkinder in den ersten 5 Lebens- monaten. Mschr. Kinderh, 1933-34, 59: 201-9— Vertue, H. S. The infantile factor in failure of breast feeding. Arch. Dis. Childh, Lond, 1927, 2: 26-40.—Wentzler, E. Das Kind trinkt nicht. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1935, 82: 547—Wide, E. R. Uni- lateral breast-feeding. Brit. M.J, 1935, 2: 1180—Widenbauer, F. Der Vitamin C-Verbrauch von Stillenden und Brustkindern. Mschr. Kinderh, 1937, 68: 360-3.—Youngman, H. R. The man- agement of breast-feeding in general practice. Brit. M.J., 1934, 1: 480-2. ---- Weaning. See also 3.ser., Weaning. Frossard, F. *Troubles legers du sevrage et de l'ablactation. 69p. 8? Par., 1926. Bavis, CM. The self-selected diet of a newly weaned infant. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1927, 14: 1119-34. Also Am. J. Dis. Child, 1928, 36: 651-79.—Bietrich, H. Breast feeding; inadequate rea- sons for weaning. Med. Rev. of Rev, 1926,32: 169-71.—Garland, J & Rich, M. B. Duration of breast feeding; a comparative study. N. England J.M, 1930, 203: 1279-82—Garot, L. De l'abus du sevrage premature chez le nourrisson. Ltege med, 1929 22: 933-50.—Kaupe, W. Ueber die Stilldauer des Saug- lings Med. Klin, Berl, 1934, 30: 1194.—Manicatide, M, Bratescu, A, & Popa, M. [Early diet of sugar amylases after weaning] Rev. st. med, Bucur, 1935, 24: 935-47.—Marfan, A B. Incidents du sevrage et de l'ablactation. Rev. g6n. clin. ther, 1930, 44: 577-80.—Meynier, E. Modiflcazioni prodotte nella'ghiandola mammaria dalla sospensione dell'allattamento. Atti Congr. pediat. ital, 1906, 5: 437-9. ----- Sulle modi- flcazioni indotte nella struttura della ghiandola mammaria dalla sospensione dell'allattamento. Riv. clin. pediat, 1906, 4: 401- 35 — Mailer, J. S. [Feeding of children during weaning period] Ugeskr laeger, 1936, 98: 1038-44.—Moore, R. A. Premature weaning. South. M.&S, 1931, 93: 32-4—Oettinger, K. B. A newer concept of weaning. Am. J. Nurs, 1932, 32: 169-71.— Paucot, H. Les causes de l'interruption intempestive et pre- mature de l'allaitement maternel. J. med. Paris, 1928, 47: 267-70. Also Med. inf. Par, 1928, 34: 33-48—Ryo, T. Phe- nomene somatique du sevrage des enfants vis-a-vis de la teneur en eau dans le sang. Keijo J.M, 1936, 7: 1-19.—Terrien, E. Les regimes de remplacement chez le nourrisson. Medecine, 1927-28, 9- 862-6 —Turnowsky, M. Eigentiimliche Kontrakturen nach Ablaktation, Wien. med. Presse, 1907, 48: 625,—Variot, G, BREAST FEEDING 988 BREAST MILK Mashed potato in milk for infants at the period of weaning. Am. Med, 1928, 23: 987-9. Also Rev. g6n. clin. ther, 1928, 42: 129-32.—Vertue, H. S. H. The art of weaning. Clin. J, Lond, 1935, 64: 293-8.—Vogt, H. Ueber die Stilldauer des Sauglings. Med. Klin, Berl, 1934, 30: 1423. ---- Wet nurses. See also Breast milk, Examination. Bettinotti, S. I. Como resolver el problema de la lactancia mercenaria. Cron. med, Lima, 1935, 52: 73-81.—Bravo y Frias, J. Tuberculosis, sifilis y lactancia mercenaria. Arch, espan. pediat, 1928, 12: 533-42.—Costantino, G. Rilievo e considera- zioni suH'allattamento materno e mercenario negli illegiuimi. Prat, pediat, Genova, 1929, 7: 341-8.—Ruhrah, J. Animals as wet nurses. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1934, 48: 1369—Tanon, L. L'examen medical des nourrices. Rev. med. fr, 1930,11: 941-5. ---- in animals. BfjRiNG, A. *Ist die direkte Euterernahrung des tierischen Sauglings der Darreichung abge- driickter Muttermilch uberlegen? 23p. 8? Ro- stock, 1932. Crew, F. A. E, & Mirskaia, L. The lactation interval in the mouse. Q.J. Exp. Physiol, Lond, 1930, 20: 105-10.—Hain, A. M. The effect of suckling on the duration of pregnancy in the rat (Wistar albino) J. Exp. Biol, Lond, 1934, 11: 279-82 — Linton, R. G. Prolonged lactation periods. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1934, 14: 691.—Loh Seng Tsai. Sucking preference in nursing young rats. J. Comp. Psychol, 1931, 12: 251-6.—Mayer, D. T. Rat'smilkand the stomach contents of suckling rats. J. Nutrit, 1935, 10: 343-50.—Pugsley, L. I. The effect of weaning upon the excretion of calcium in the urine of lactating rats. Biochem. J, Lond, 1936, 30: 1271-3—Reece, R. P, & Turner, C. W. Effect of stimulus of suckling upon galactin content of the rat pituitary. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936-37, 35: 621—Sure, B, Kik, M. C, & Walker, B. J. Vitamin requirements of nursing young; anhydremia associated with disturbance in hematopoietic function in nursing young of the albino rat suffering from a defi- ciency of the vitamin B complex. J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 82: 287-306. BREAST milk. See also Breast feeding; also 3.ser., Milk, human. Bosworth, A. W. Human milk. 5p. 8? Geneva, N.Y., 1915. Forms Techn. Bull. 43, N. York Agr. Exp. Sta. Cowley, L. M. Diversas clases de leches; leche de mujer. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1907, 12: 254-8.—Beem, H. E. Observa- tions on the milk of New Zealand women. Arch. Dis. Childh, Lond, 1931, 6: 53-70—Bufour, V, & Gourry, N. Les troubles de suralimentation du nourrisson indigene en A. O. F.; etude clinique et chimique des laits maternels indigenes. Ann. med. phajm. col. Par, 1935, 32: 493-545—Elsdon, G. B. Note on human milk. Analyst, Lond, 1916, 41: 74.—Hess, J. H. Moth- er's milk; nature's birthday gift to the baby. Hygeia, Chic, 1923J 1: 149-54.—Talenti, M. Le costanti del latte umano nor- male. Ann. igiene, 1933, 43: 876-82.—Vincent, C. La traite manuelle dans l'etude experimentale du lait humain. Lyon med, 1933, 151: 557-62.—Wardlaw, H. S. H. On the composition of human milk in Australia. Repr. Sc. Lab. Univ. Sydney, 1909-16, B, 2: 169-98. ----- & Bart, E. E. P. The milk of Australian women. Austral. J. Exp. Biol, 1926, 3: 129-47. —:— abnormal. See also Breast milk, Secretion. Courtney, A. M, & Brown, A. Salt content of woman's milk in some cases in which its use was not beneficial. Arch. Dis. Childh, Lond, 1930, 5: 28-35.—Gillespie, T. W. The analysis and modification of mothers' milk. Illinois M.J , 1908, 13: 634-40—Martin, E. Die Milch luetischer Wbchnerin- nen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 1205.—Moussu, G. Le lait .des femmes tuberculeuses. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1906, 61: 171.—Plantenga, B. P. B, & Filippo, J. B. Abnormale samen- stelling van vrouwenmelk. Ned. mschr. verlosk, 1914, 3: 190-203.—Porches, C, & Katrandjiev, K. La reaction de la mamelle a infection; les aspects varies des laits de mammites C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 101: 430-2—Primerano, G. Sulle dimensioni dei globuli del latte in donne luetiche, Med. inf, Roma, 1936, 7: 247-51.—Ritter, J. Beobachtungen bei Frauen- milchernahrung. Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 617-22. ---- Allergy to. See also Allergy, food: Milk. Aschenheim, E. Idiosynkrasie gegen Frauenmilch? Zschr Kinderh, 1922, 34: 351.—Leveuf, J, & Vignes, H. Un cas mortel d'anaphylaxie du nourrisson au lait maternel. Bull. Soc pediat, Paris, 1933, 31: 239-41.—Marquezy, R. A. Intolerance lactee et aleurone de tournesol. Ibid, 1931, 29: 375-84. ---- Bacteriology, Blaurock, G. Zur Physiologie der Bifldusbaktcrien. Mschr Kinderh, 1937, 68: 301-9.—Medovikov, P. S. IBacteriolysines of woman's milk] Russ. vrach, 1913, 12: 693-7.—Schlaeppi, F. Studien iiber den Keimgehalt der Frauenmilch. Arch. Protis- tenk, 1928, 63: 105-226, pl.-Schcnfeld, H. Ueber die Bezie- hungen der einzelnen Bestandteile der Frauenmilch zur Bifidus- flora. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1926, 3.F, 63: 19-60. ---- Chemistry, Adriance, V, & Adriance, J. S. A clinical report on the chemical examination ol 200 cases of human breast milk. Arch. Pediat, N.Y, 1897, 14: 22; 85. Also repr—Avdeeva, M. S., Borissenko, E. J. [et al.] [Material for the study of the secretion of the mammary gland; correlation between the composition of blood and composition of milk] Biol. J., Moskva, 1932, 1: 4-39.—Audino, A. Sul contenuto in glutatione del latte di donna. Arch, ostet. gin, 1933, 2.ser, 20: 303-5. Also Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1933, 11.ser, 1: suppl, 53-9.—Bell, M. Studies on the composition of human milk. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 80: 239-47.—Bienenfeld, B. Das Verhalten der Frauen- milch zu Lab und Saure. Biochem. Zschr, 1907, 7: 262-81. Also Beibl. Mitt. Ges. inn. Med. Kinderh. Wien, 1908, 7: 21-6. Also Wien. med. Wschr, 1908, 58: 136-40.—Bratasano, A. Etude du lait de femme par la methode des courbes de neutralisa- tion. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 1337-9—Brown, M, Macy, I. G. [et al.] Human milk studies; a comparison of the composi- tion of the milk from the 2 breasts. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1932, 43: 40-51. Also repr.—Engel. Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber das Verhalten der Frauenmilch zu Saure und Lab. Bio- chem. Zschr, 1908,13:89-111.—Erickson, B. N, Gulick, M. [et al.] Human milk studies, the non-protein nitrogen constituents. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 106: 145-59. Also repr.—Erickson, B. N, Stoner, N, & Macy, I. G. Human milk studies; a critique of the determinations of nitrogenous constituents. Ibid, 1933, 103: 235-48.—Filep, G. [Contribution on the chemical properties of mother's milk] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1905, 3: 1003.—Finizio, G. Ricerche sulle variazioni quantitative dell'azoto non proteico del latte di donna. Pediatria, Nap, 1908, 2.ser, 6: 401-13 — Fuld, E, & Wohlgemuth, J. Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von Fraulein Bianca Bienenfeld: das Verhalten der Frauenmilch zu Lab und Saure. Biochem. Zschr, 1908, 8: 376.—Giaume, C. Sugli aminoacidi del latte muliebre. Riv. clin. pediat, 1928, 26: 356-68.—Guillaumin, C. 0, & Vignes, H. Recherches sur la composition du lait de femme. Progr. med. Par, 1933, 297-301.—Hervieux, C. Sur la presence du chromogene derivant de l'indol (indican) dans le lait de femme. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1932, 3.ser, 107: 27-30.—Jerlov, E. [Citric acid in human milk] Sven. lak. tidn, 1929, 26: 785; 811.—Macy, I. G, Nims, B. [et al.] Human milk studies; chemical analysis of milk repre- sentative of the entire first and last halves of the nursing period. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1931, 42: 569-89. Also repr—Mayer, A. Ueber das Vorkommen von Gallensauren in der Frauenmilch. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1907, 44: 847.--Peola, F. Sul contenuto in grasso e lattosio nei latte di donna. Lattante, 1930, 1: 477-86 — Rietschel, H. Ueber den Reststickstoff der Frauenmilch. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1906, 64: 125-38.—Torday, A. [The influence of physical and chemical factors on the catalysis of woman's milk] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1907,10:148-50.----- & Torday, F. Ueber die Katalyse der Frauenmilch. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1908, 68: 277-93—Widdows, S. T, Lowenfeld, M. F. [et al.] A study of the composition of human milk in the later periods of lactation and a comparison with that of earlv milk. Biochem. J, Lond, 1930, 24:327-42. ---- Chemistry: Ferments, Benoit, 3. A. G. * Contributions a l'etude des ferments solubles du'lait de femme. 93p. 8? Montpel., 1903. Arakawa, T. An exceedingly sensitive peroxidase reagent for human milk. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1930, 16: 83-9. ----- Quantitative determination of human milk peroxidase. Ibid, 90; 97.—Asano, J, & Hasegawa, M. Daily variation of Ara- kawa's reaction. Ibid, 1936, 29: 393-9.—Austin, A. E. The proteolytic enzyme of human milk. J. Med. Res, 1908-9, 19: 309-19.—Cassin, P. Sur la valeur clinique de la reaction des anaeroxydases dans te lait de femme. Bull. Soc. med. Vaucluse, 1908, 4:103-10.—Kramadhati Venkata Giri. Ueber Frauenmilch- Phosphatase. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1936, 243: 57-62.—Mala- vasi, W. La ricerca della perossidasi nei latte materno come eventuale criterio prognostico della prosperity di un lattante al seno. Lattante, 1934, 5: .277-89.—Nozaki, J. The Arakawa reaction and the chlorine content of human milk; a contribution to the study of B-avitaminotic milk. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1934, 23: 60-9— Rocaz, C, & Quenet, R. La peroxydase du lait de femme; sa valeur clinique. J. nted. Bordeaux, 1931, 108: 983-8.—Rougichitch, O. S, & Bumitrescu, E. The oxydase reaction of human milk. Arch. Dis. Childh, Lond, 1936, 11; 61-4.—Schlack, H, & Scharfnagel, W. Ueber eine unbekannte Eigenschaft der Frauenmilch (Diastaseuntersuchungen) Mschr. Kinderh, 1931, 51: 273-9—Suzuki, T, & Takamatsu, A. Effect of human milk extract on leucocyte peroxidase; a relation be- tween B-avitaminotic milk and leucocyte peroxidase. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1934, 24: 202-7—Takai, S. Salolase content in hu- man milk and Arakawa's reaction; salolase content in human BREAST MILK 989 BREAST MILK milk and Arakawa's reaction. Ibid, 1936, 29: 82-91—Takamat- su, A. Arakawa's reaction of human milk from the toxicological point of view. Ibid, 1934, 23: 46-59. ----- Influence of the Arakawa-positive and -negative human milk on mouse heart. Ibid, 1935, 27: 439-17— Uga, Y. Validity of human milk as regards Arakawa's reaction. Ibid, 1934, 24: 208-14.----- The Arakawa reaction and the calcium content of human milk. Ibid, 1935, 25:169-85. ----- Arakawa's reaction of one lactant observed during one year. Ibid, 564-74.—Velden, R. der. Die Katalase der Frauenmilch. Biochem. Zschr, 1907, 3:403-12. ---- Chemistry: Glucids. Bierry, M. Evaluation comparative du sucre dans la lait de femme par les methodes cuprique et iodontetrique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 122: 857.—Bruhns, G. Ueber Zuckerbestim- niungen in Frauenmilch. Arch. Kinderh, 1925-26, 77: 209-12.— Novellis di Coarazze, C. Richerche sperimentali sulle variazioni del tasso del lattosio nei vari tempi della poppata. Riv. clin. pediat, 1936, 34: 1057-68.—Polonovski, M, & Lespagnol, A. Les glucides du lait de femme. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1930, 12: 1170-94.-----Nouvelles acquisitions sur les composes glucidiques du lait de femme. Ibid, 1933, 15: 320-49, 3ch. ----- Sur deux nouveaux sucres du lait de femme, le gyno- lactose et l'allolactose. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1931, 192: 1319. ----- Sur la substance tevogyre du lait de femme. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 102: 789-95.-----Un nouveau constituant glucidique du lait de femme le gynolactcse. Ibid, 1930, 104: 553-5. ----- Sur l'existence de plusieurs glucides dans le lactoserum de femme. Ibid, 555-7. ----- Technique d'isole- ment des glucides du lait de femme. Ibid, 557. ----- Sur une erreur systematique dans le dosage du lactose dans le lait de femme; indose reel; indose apparent. Ibid, 1291-3. ----- Dosage des glucides totaux du lait de femme. Ibid, 1293-5. ----- Le dosaee des sucres du lait de femme par l'iode. Ibid, 1931, 107: 301-3. ----- & Warembourg, H. Variations phy- siologiques de concentration des differents glucides du lait de femme. Ibid, 107: 303-5.—Porati, M. Un metodo semplice e pratico per determinare il lattosio nei latte di donna. Lattante, 1935, 6: 528-32.—Vincent, C, & Vial, J. Variations comparees des glucides et de la caseine au cours de la mulsion, dans la lac- tation humaine. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113: 113.—Wittenberg, A. Die Mikhzuckerbestimmung in kleinen Mengen von Frauenmilch. Mschr. Kinderh, 1926, 32: 510-4. ---- Chemistry: Lipids. Cailloux, H. R. *Observations relatives aux variations de la matiere grasse dans le lait de la femme et de diverses especes animales [Bor- deaux] 12Sp. 8? La Rochelle, 1912. Borsarelli, F. Sulla concentrazione degli acidi grassi inferiori del latte umano secreto in condizioni normali e durante il periodo mestruale. Riv. clin. pediat, 1933, 31: 661-77.—Bosworth, A. W. Studies of the fat of human milk. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 106: 235-44. Alsorepr.—Bubani, L. Concentrazione della colesterina e del grasso nei latte di donna. Pediat. med. prat. Tor, 1935. 10: 633-9.—Engel. Ueber das Fett in der Frauenmilch. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1905, 44: 353-65. ----- Zur Methodik der Fettbestimmung in der Frauenmilch. Arch. Kinderh, 1906, 43: 181-200. -----& Plaut. Art und Menge des Fettes in der Nahrung stillender Frauen und die Wirkung seiner Entziehune auf das Milchfett. Munch, med- Wschr, 1906, 53: 1158-60.— Forest, M. Ueber die Schwankungen im Fettgehalte der Frau- enmilch und die Methodik der Milchentnahme zur Fettbestim- mung. Arch. Kinderh, 1905, 12: 81-99— Freund, W. Bemer- kungen zu der Arbeit von P. Reyher iiber den Fettgehalt der Frauenmilch. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1905, 61: 900-2.-Hofmann, A. Zur Frage der Fettbestimmung der von einem Saugling taglich getrunkenen Brustnahrung. Ibid, 1924, 3.F, 56: 310-28.— Holt, L. E, Tidwell, H. C, & Cox, W. M. The fat of breast milk; its composition, origin and imitations. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1931 43: 63-4—Lowenfeld, M. F, Widdows, S. T, & Gregory, H. H, Percentage of fat in human milk; influence of the method of extraction. Lancet, Lond, 1934, 1: 1003.—Lucignani, B. Le variazioni quantitative del grasso del latte umano nei vari tempi della poppata. Riv. clin. pediat, 1934, 32: 412-34—Malagodi, A. Come avviene la secrezione del grasso nei latte della donna. Bull. sc. med, Bologna, 1909, S.ser, 9: 533-8— Miihlbock, O. Der Cholesteringehalt der Frauenmilch. Zschr. Kinderh, 1934, 56: 303-6.—Plauchu, E, & Rendu, R. Etudes du beurre dans le lait de femme par la centrifugation. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Lyon 1911, 10: 564-88. Also Province med. Par, 1911, 22: 520 —Polonovski, M, Cuvelier, L, & Avenaud, R. Sur les lipides du lait de femme. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 6— Primavera, A. Ueber eine klinische Methode der quantitativen Bestim- mung von Frauenmilchbutter. Biochem. Zschr, 1907, 3: 508- 18 _____ in nuovo metodo clinico per il dosamento del grasso nei latte di donna. Gazz. internaz. med, 1907, 10: 50; 59. gy__Kadici, M. Sopra alcune costanti fisico-chimiche del grasso del latte'di donna e dei loro rapporti. Riv. clin. pediat, 1932 30' 756-72 —Reyher, P. Erwiderung auf die Bemerkungen \V Frenndszumeiner Arbeit: Ueber den Fettgehalt der Frauen- mi'lch Jahrb Kinderh, 1905, 61: 902-4.-Restivo, G. Contri- buto alio studio dei globuli del grasso nei latte mal erno e vaccina Pediatria (Riv) 1935, 43: 544-61— Roller, P. E. A stud\ of breast milk fat J. Pediat, 8. Louis, 1934, 4: 238-41, Ruzicic, US Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die taglichen Schwankungen des Fettgehaltes der Frauenmilch. Mschr Kinderh, 1936, 67: 415-21—Skvortsov, V. I. [Amount of fat in woman's milk] Russ. vrach, 1912, 11: 1392—Tayler-Jones, L, The variation in the fat percentage of mother's milk as a factor in feeding; a foreword. Woman's M.J, 1906, 16: 141-3.—Vin- cent, C, & Vial, J. Recherches sur les debits du lait et de lai matiere grasse dans la lactation humaine. C. rend Acad sc 1932, 194: 2328-30.----- Quantites comparees de lait et de matiere grasse secretees dans la lactation humaine. C. rend Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 910-2. ----- Variations comparees de la quantite de lait, de sa teneur en matiere grasse, au cours de la mulsion, chez la femme. Ibid, 1422-4.-----Quantites du lait et taux butyreux compares dans les 2 seins, chez la femme. Ibid, 113: 111-3— Widdows, S. T, & Lowenfeld, M. F. A study of the composition of human milk; the influence of the method of extraction on the fat percentage. Biochem. J, Lond, 1933, 27: 1400-10. ---- Chemistry: Minerals. Reiss, A. *Ueber das Vorkommen von Jod in der Frauenmilch [Munchen] 20p. 8? Kall- miinz, 1927. Borlencourt & Galugareanu-Nandris. Le fer dans te lait de femme; son dosage; ses variations. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1926, 24:376-84. Also Nourrisson, 1929,17: 227-37— Greco, C. M. Sui rapporti tra la quantita di CaO contenuta nei latte muliebre e la formula numerica ed il tasso emoglobinico del sangue del lattante. Pediatria, Nap, 1909, 2.ser, 7: 594-608.—Hochheimer, W. Ueber die Phosphorverbindungen der Milch; Differenzie- rung, Nachweis und Verhalten wahrend der Lactationsperiode. Zschr. Kinderh, 1932-33, 54: 49-64.—Kasahara, M, & Nosu, S. Ueber das sogenannte Normalblei in der Frauenmilch. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1935, 3.F, 95: 78-80—Koga, A. Teneur en zinc du lait de femme, de vache et de chevre a differentes p6riodes de lactation. Keijo J.M, 1934, 5: 106-10.—Laxa, 0. [Mineral sub- stances in human milk] Cas. tek. ('vjsk., 1927, 66: 1792-4.— Lesne, E, Clement, R, & Zizine, P. Sur la teneur en fer du lait de femme et du lait de certains mammifi'ros (anesss. chevre et vache) C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 105: 427. Maurer, E, & Diez,: S. Zur Kenntnis des Jods als biogenes Element; die biochemi- sche Bedeutung des Jodgehalts in Friih- und Dauermilch:1 Biochem. Zschr, 1926, 178: 161-6—Olewsky, M. J. Der Katio- nengehalt der Frauenmilch und seine Abhangigkeit vom vege- tativen Xerven^ysfem. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1929, 3.F, 74: 280- 95.—Scarzella, M. Richerche sul contenuto in rame del latte di: donna. Pediat. med. prat. Tor, 1933, 8: 342-6.—Sikes, A. W. On the phosphorus and calcium of human milk. J. Physiol, 1906, 34 : 46M-so. - Sjollema, B. [Estimation of chlorine contents in small quantities of human milk] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1931, 75: pt3, 3547-50.—Stransky, E. Zur Kenntnis des Kalkgehaltes der Frauenmilch. Zschr. Kinderh, 1925-26, 40: 671-3.—Tovey, B. W. Calcium-phosphorus fraction of milk in pregnancy and in gynecologic conditions. Clin. M.&S, 1935, 42: 541.—Velich, A, & Sevcenko, P. [On the importance of copper in woman's milk] Cas. tek. cesk, 1936, 75: 41-6. ---- Chemistry: Protids. Bauereisen, A. *Die Beziehungen zwischen dem Eiweiss der Frauenmilch und dem Serum- eiweiss von Mutter und Kind; eine biologisch- chemische Studie [Marburg] 4Sp. 8? Berl., 1910. Barral, E. Dosage des matieres albuminoides dans le lait de femme. Lyon med, 1908, 110: 622-5.—Bergell, P, & Langstein, L. Beitrage zur Chemie der Frauenmilch; Unterschiede zwir schen dem Kasein der Frauen- und Kuhmilch. Jahrb. Kinderh,, 1908, 68: 568-76.—Bieber, A. Sul comportamento delle frazioni proteiche, caseina e albumine solubili, del latte di donna nei corso della poppata; con particolare riguardo alla influenza del grasso nei fenomeno della precipitazione della caseina. Riv. clin. pediat, 1936, 34: 865-81.—Courtney, A. M, & Brown, A. The protein and non-protein fractions of some samples of wom- an's milk. Arch. Dis. Childh, Lond, 1930, 5: 36-41—Engel. Eine einfache Methode der quantitativen Abscheidung des Caseins aus genuiner Frauenmilch. Biochem. Zschr, 1908, 4: 232-7.—Fasold, H. Ueber die Anwesenheit von Glykokoll in den Spaltprodukten des Frauenmilchcaseins. Zschr. Kinderh, 1932, 53: 568.—Flori, A. G. Sulla possibility di dosare con'Un metodo pratico le proteine del latte umano. Riv. clin. pediat, 1934, 32: 972-85.— Fuld, E, & Wohlgemuth, J. Ueber eine neue Methode zur Ausfallung des reinen Caseins aus der Frauenmilch durch Saure und Lab sowie iiber die Natur der labhemmenden Wirkung der Frauenmilch. Biochem. Zschr, 1907, 5: 118-42.— Patein, G, & Baval, L. Recherches sur le dosage et les variations de la caseine dans le lait de femme. J. pharm. chim. Par, 1905,6. ser, 22: 193-200.—Valenti, A. Sur le contenu en nucteone du lait de femme durant l'allaitement. Arch. ital. biol, 1909, 51: 1-11. ---- Collection [and distribution] See also Breast pump. Chapin, H. B. The production and handling of human milk, Tr Am. Pediat. Soc, 1926, 38: 41-6. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1926, 87: 1364-6. Also Med. Off, Lond, 1926, 36: 227—Epstein. B. Zur Frage der Ernahrung mit abgedriickter Frauenmilch. BREAST MILK 990 BREAST MILK Acta paediat, Upps, 1933,16: 521-6.—Hoobler, B. R. Problems connected with the collection and production of human milk. J.Am. M. Ass, 1917, 69:421-5. Alsorepr. Also Gazz. internaz. med, 1917, 20: 363-8. ----- Human milk; its commercial production and distribution. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1924, 36: 55-7. Also Am. J. Dis. Child, 1924, 28: 404-6.—Keene, H. M. Maternal milk collection. Publ. Health Nurs, 1934, 26: 649- 51.—Philbin, E. M. Collection and dispensing of breast milk. Am. J. Nurs, 1926, 26: 101-4.—Starck, W. von. Ernahrung mit abgesogener Muttermilch. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1908, 55: 1337.—Talbot, F. B. Two methods of obtaining human milk for hospital use. Boston M.&J, 1911, 164: 304-6. ---- Collection: Organization. Ichok, G. *Sur la question des chambres d'allaitement. 68p. 8? Par. ,1927. Acuna. El lactario como institution ntedicosocial de pre- vision. Actas Conf. panamer. eugen., 1934, 2: 124-33. Also Cron. m6d, Lima, 1935, 52: 62-8.—Antigiiedad, F. La institu- tion de la Gota de Leche en Bejar. Cruz roja, Madr, 1931, 33: 504-8.—Bauza, J. A. El Centro de adquisicion y distribution de leche materna en Montevideo. Bol. Inst, protec. inf, Montev, 1935-36, 10: 196-204.—Bettinotti, S. I. El lactario. Sem. med, B. Aires, 1934, 41: pt2, 1279. ----- Institution medicosocial, su definition, su funcionamiento y resultados. Arch, argent, pediat, 1935, 6: 646-52.—Bonaba, J. El personal de colaboracion en los consultorios gota de leche. Arch, pediat. urug, 1934, 5: 281-91.—Catel, W. Erhitzung der Frauenmilch und Ernahrungserfolg; Bemerkungen zu der Einrichtung von Frauenmilchsammelstellen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61: 985-8.—Feldweg, P. Wozu Frauenmilchsammelstellen? Ibid, 1936, 62: 2054—Hilgenfeldt, O. Sammlung und Abgabe von Frauenmilch durch die Sauglingsfiirsorgestellen. Ibid, 1923, 49:1092.—Kayser, M. E. Frauenmilchsammelstellen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 373; 2142. ----- Frauenmilch-Sam- melstelle. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1930, 84: 293-308.----- Ueberblick tiber die letzten 6 Jahre Frauenmilchsammel- stelle Erfurt. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1933, 80: 1893. ----- Frauenmilchsammelstelle Erfurt. Kinderarztl. Prax, 1936, 7: 263-6.—Keizer, B. P. R. Apergu general sur la goutte de lait municipale de Soerabaja (Java) en 1932-33. Nourrisson, 1934, 22: 79-89.—Lactarium (Un) de lait humain. Arch. med. enf, 1937, 40: 37-45.—Maretzka. Bureau-collecteur de lait de femme. Rev. fr. pediat, 1930, 6: 222-5.—Murtagh, J. J. El servicio social del dispensario de lactantes. Arch, argent, pediat, 1935, 6: 653-9.—Perez Calvo, R. Sobre provision de leche de mujer en los servicios de la protection de la primera infancia. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1936, 43: 372-4.—Reuss, A. Die Beschaffung von Frauenmilch als Aufgabe der Sauglingsfiirsorge. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1922, 35: 771.—Roma, E. Servico de fiscalizacao e colocacao de amas e posto de fornecimento de leite materno. Med. contemp, Lisb, 1932, 50: 59.—Savarese, J. O lactario na campanha contra a mortalidade infantil. Fol. med, Rio, 1933. 14:575-9. ---- Colostrum. See also 3.ser. Colostrum. Bub, [M.] H. *Besitzt die Kolostralmilch bakterizide Eigenschaften? [Giessen] 16p. 8? Jena, 1910. Abraham, G. Koli und Kolostrum. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1929, 3.F, 75: 160-6.—Acqua, M. Ricerche sulla reazione delle perossidasi nei colostro. Clin, pediat. Mod, 1928, 10: 521-7.— Addessi, G, & Be Maria, G. Sulla presenza delle agglutinine nei colostro. Riv. ital. gin, 1932-33, 14: 403-25.—Ambrus, M. Ueber die zellularen Bestandteile des Kolostrums. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1925, 3.F, 59: 333-7—Bordet, J, & Bordet, M. Le pouvoir bacteriolytique du colostrum et du lait. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1924, 179: 1109-13.—Boyd, G. L. The value of colo- strum to the newborn. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1922, 12: 724.— Brugnatelli, E. Richerce sul colostro. Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1925, 38: 783-5.—Coccheri, P. II grasso e la colesterina nei colostro di donna. Lattante, 1932, 3: 299-330.—Colostro; sus caracteres fisicos, quimicos y microscopiques; origen de les elementes del colostro; papel fisiologico del colostro; leche de mujer; sus caracteres fisicos, quimicos y biologicos. Rev. mex. puericult, 1930-31, 1: [Suppl]—Crispolti, E. Action du colo- strum de femme dans la tuberculose experimentale. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1933, 5: 174-6. ----- Proprieta immunobiologiche del colostro umano nella tubercolosi speri- mentale. Riv. ital. gin, 1934-35, 17: 52-85.—Borlencourt, H, & Palfy, E. Recherches sur les variations physiologiques du taux de la cholesterine dans le colostrum humain. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 70.—Eichelberg. Ueber das Colostralfett des Menschen. Arch. Kinderh, 1906, 43: 200-4.—Francescon, A. Tessuto reticolare, istiociti mammarii e colostro. Monit. zool. ital, 1934, 45: suppl. 102-6.—Gregoire, C. Nature epitlteliale de certains corpuscules de colostrum. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104 1308-10. ----- Contribution a l'etude des corpuscules de colostrum. Arch, anat, Strasb, 1931-32, 13: 67-127 — Haniss, E. Zur Kenntnis der Immunsubstanzen des Kolo- strums. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 1552.—Halfer, G. II colostro nelle sue caratteristiche fisico-chimiche cd immunolo- giche. I/attante, 1931, 2: 28-57.—Harding, T. S. The function of colostrum; an example of efficiency in research. Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 125: 240-2. Also repr—Hohlfeld, M. Untersuchun- gen fiber die Kolostrumbildung. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1933, 3.F, 88: 185-99.—Katsu, Y. Investigation of the ferments in the human colostrum (a supplemental study of peptidase) Jap. J. Obst. Gyn, 1931, 14: 268-82. ----- A supplemental study of oxydo-reductase, catalase. Ibid, 1933, 16: 2-9. ----- A supplemental study of carbohydrase, diastase and saccharase. Ibid, 10-20. ----- A supplemental study of esterase, mono- butyrase, tributyrase, castor oil- and olive oil-decomposing ferments. Ibid, 21-44.—Kunsulov, S. Das Melanophoren- hormon im Colostrum. Endokrinologie, 1933-34, 13: 323.— Kuttner, A, & Ratner, B. The importance of colostrum to the new-born infant. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1923, 25: 413-34.—Lowen- feld, M. F, Widdows, S. T. [et al.] A study of the variations in the chemical composition of normal human colostrum and early milk. Biochem. J, Lond, 1927, 21: 1-15.—Nakamura, M. Ueber dte Hamolysine im Frauen-Colostrum. Mitt. Med. Fak. Univ. Tokyo, 1924-25, 32: 217-34. ----- Zur quantitativen Untersuchung des Frauen-Colostrums. Ibid, 235-50— Nava, V. Indagini sui corpuscoli colostrali. Arch. Ist. biochim. ital, 1930. 2: 191-200, pi. Also Arch. ital. biol, 1930-31, 83: 42-5.—Paget, M. Le colostrum; son origine; sa com- position. J. obst. gyn. Par, 1932, 3: no.2, 33.—Ponzi, E. Sulla presenza delle isoagglutinine nei colostro. Riv. ostet. gin. prat, 1929, 11: no.12, 19-25.—Prati, M. Contributo alio studio medico legate del colostro. Arch, antrop. crim. Tor, 1928, 48: 320-8, pi.—Repetti. M. II contenuto in vitamina A del colostro umano. Fol. gyn, Genova, 1934, 31: 337-64. ----- Ricerche sperimentali sul significato immunitario del colostro. Ibid, 505-27.—Semb, J, Baumann, C. A, & Steenbock, H. Fat- soluble vitamins, the carotene and vitamin A content of colo- strum. J. Biol. Chem, 1934, 107: 697-703. Also repr—Wallich, V, & Levaditi, C. Sur la nature des elements cellulaires du colostrum et du lait chez la femme. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1905, 19: 321-34, pi— Wells, H. G, & Lewis, J. H. The function of colostrum. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1919-22, 11: 258—Wul- kow, F. Schwarzes Kolostrum. Zbl. Gyn, 1929, 53: 1583-6. ---- dried. Emerson, P. W, & Smith, L. W. Dried human milk; its use in the feeding of premature infants. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1926, 31: 1-21.—Kayser, M. E. Herstellung, Anwendung und Erfolg mit Frauenmilchtrockenpulver. Zbl. Gyn, 1936, 60: 146. ---- Effect of diet. See also Breast milk, Vitamins. Moore, C. U. Nutrition of mother and child. 4.ed. 258p. 8? Phila. [1935] Toupikov, J. *Conditions d'une alimentation rationnelle d'une mere nourrice. 39p. 8? Par., 1932. Antonov, A. [Influence of hunger on lactation in women] J. akush. zhensk. boliez, 1923, 34: 153-7.—Chakraborty, R. K. Roy, A.N, & Guha, B. C. The effect of the ingestion of vitamin C on the vitamin-C concentration of the milk of lactating wom- en. Ind. M. Gaz, 1936, 71: 335.—Bedin, G. Comportamento della ossidasi nei latte muliebre a seconda dell'alimentazione della donna. Pediatria, Nap, 1905, 13: 900-10.—Engel & Plaut. Ueber das Milchfett stillender Frauen bei der Ernahrung mit spezifischen Fetten. Wien. .klin. Wschr, 1906, 19: 898-902.— Feer, E. Griinfarbung der Frauenmilch nach Genuss von Tier- leber. Biochem. Zschr, 1916, 72: 378.—Ferraro, F. Alimenta- zione della nutrice e secrezione lattea. Clin, igiene inf, 1929, 4: 521-40.—Gowen, J. W, & Tobey, E. R. Studies on milk secre- tion; the influence of inanition. J. Gen. Phys, 1931, 15: 45-66. Also repr.—Greiner, I, & Mosonyi, J. Einfluss der Vitamine auf die chemische Zusammensetzung der Frauenmilch. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1930, 3.F, 79: 282-92—Herz, B. Beeinflussung des Kalk- und Phosphorgehalts der Frauenmilch durch die Nah- rung. Zschr. Kinderh, 1932-33, 54: 413-20.—Hussemann, B. L, & Hetler, R. A. The vitamin B and G requirements of lactation. J. Nutrit, 1931, 4: 127-40.—Kayser, M. E. Welcher Leberbestandteil geht in die Frauenmilch uber? Deut. med. Wschr, 1937, 63: 136— Kleiner, I. S, & BeU, M. The effect of supplementary feeding of carbohydrates and of fat upon the composition of human milk. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 78: xxv — Kleiner, I. S, Tritsch, J. E. [et al.] The influence of supple- mentary feeding of carbohydrate upon lactation. Am. J. Obst, 1928, 15: 172-9. Also repr.—Marin, G. Contributo alio studio dell' influenza dell' alimentazione sul contenuto di grasso nei latte di donna. Pediatria, Nap, 1906, 14: 594-602.—Maynard, L. A, & Bender, R. C. Lactation studies at different planes of protein intake. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1927-28, 25: 388 — Meszaros, G, & Nemecskay, T. [Lactation and diet] Orv. hetil, 1930, 74: 679.—Modigliano, E. A proposito dell' influenza dell'alimentazione sulla composizione del latte di donna; lettera aperta al Prof. Vitale Tedeschi. Pediatria, Nap, 1905, 13: 853-6.—Moll, L. Ueber Fettvermehrung der Frauenmilch durch Fettzufuhr, nebst einem Beitrag fiber die Bedeutung der quantitativen Fettunterschiede fiir das Gedeihen des Brust- kindes. Arch. Kinderh, 1908, 48: 161-85—Montuoro, F. L'ali- mentazione della madre nutrice. Riv. ostet. gin. prat, 1930,12: 219-22.—Mottola, N. L'influenza del nutrimento sulla quantita e composizione del latte materno. Morgagni, 1934, 76: 1313 — Ove H0egh, K. [Milk secretion and diet during nursing] Hos- pitalstidende, 1935, 78: (Jydsk med. selsk. forh.) 6-16. Also Ugeskr. laeger, 1935, 97: 411-4.—Pachioli, R, & Granatiero, B. BREAST MILK 991 BREAST MILK Ricerche su alcune modiflcazioni chimiche e chimico-fisiche del latte di donna sottoposta a regime dietetico ipoclorurato. Riv. clin. pediat, 1932, 30: 1456-75.—Polonovski, M. Influence de I'ingestion de glucose sur la composition du lait et du beurre de femme. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 191— Roi, G. Sul valore delle proteine del latte nell'alimentazione delle nutrici. Pediat. prat. Mod, 1928, 5: 212-9—Ruzicic, U. S. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber den Einfluss der Nahrung auf Menge und Zusammensetzung der Muttermilch. Mschr. Kinderh, 1934, 60: 172-81.—Shukers, C. F, Macy, I. G. [et al.] A quantitative study of the dietary of the human mother with respect to the nutriments secreted into breast milk. J. Nutrit, 1932, 5: 127-39.—Sure, B. Dietary requirements for reproduction; vitamin B requirements for normal lactation. J. Biol. Chem, 1927, 74: 55-69. Also repr. ----- Dietary requirements for fertility and lactation; further studies of the role of wheat oil in lactation. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 148-50. ----- Does amount of fat in diet influence vitamin B require- ments for lactation? Ibid, 1933, 30: 622. ----- Dietary requirements for fertility and lactation; further studies on the specific effect of vitamin B on lactation. J. Nutrit, 1932, 5: 147-53.—Sure, B, & Walker, B. J. The specific effect of vitamin B on lactation. J. Biol. Chem, 1931, 91: 69-75. Also repr.—Wilkinson, P. D, & Nelson, V. E. Diet in relation to reproduction and lactation. Am. J. Physiol, 1930, 96: 139- 45. ----- Reproduction and lactation on simplified diets. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-31, 28: 244. ---- Examination. See also Breast feeding, Wet nurses. Rochette, J. *Essai d'un procede bio- chimique d'appreciation du lait des nourrices. 55p. 8? Montpel., 1909. Biedert. Die chemischen Unterschiede der Menschen- und Kuhmilch. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1908, 45: 127.—Borra, V, & Goldschmidt, M. Del valore della reazione al blu-Nilo per hi diagnosi deU'eta della lattazione nella donna e del differenzia- mento fra le varie specie di latte. Pediatria (Riv.) 1931, 39: 1234^44.—Daniel, C. [Practical examination of woman's milk] Spitalul, 1910, 30: 190-2.—Deunas, J. L. Valor clinico de los examenes de leche humana en la practica pediatrica. Cron. med. quir. Habana, 1908, 34: 37-53.—Buarte Salcedo. Valor clinico del analisis de leche de mujer. Med. ibera, 1923, 17: 252-5.—Echevarria, F. Una observation que considero impres- cindible en todo analisis de leche de nodriza. Bol. farm, mil, Madr, 1930, 8: 289-95.—Forest. Ueber den Wert der Frauen- milchuntersuchung in der Praxis. Deut. med. Wschr, 1905, 31: 1522.—Gillet, H. Les analyses de lait de femme. Ann. Policlin. Paris, 1906, 16: 97-9.—Gorini, P. L'esame ultrami- croscopico del latte di alcuni animali a confronto con quello di donna. Clin, pediat. Mod, 1930, 12: 208-15—Gottlieb, E. [Some analyses of human milk] Bibl. laeger, 1930,122: 519-33 — Jacobi, W. Unterscheidungsreaktion zwischen Frauen- und Kuhmilch. Mschr. Kinderh, 1922, 23: 44—Kapeller, G, & Gottfried, A. Nachweis von Kuhmilch in Frauenmilch. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1920, 67: 813.—Kayser, M. E. Ueber den Nach- weis von Verfalschungen der Frauenmilch. Ibid, 1935, 82: 1447.—Koch, H. Ueber die Verwertbarkeit der Glycyltryp- tophanprobe fiir die Diagnose normaler und pathologischer Korperflussigkeiten; experimenteller Beitrag; Ergebnisse dieser Probe bei der Untersuchung von Milch. Zschr. Kinderh, 1914, 10: Orig, 1-11.—Kuroiwa, B. I, & Konishi, M. Ueber zwei neue Methoden zur Unterscheidung von Menschen- und Tiermilch. Mschr. Kinderh, 1930, 46: 62.—Lescoeur. Sur la composition du lait de femme et son analyse chimique. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Nord, 1907, 3: 108-12. Also Gaz. mal. inf., Par, 1907, 9: 125-7. Also Nord nted, Lille, 1907, 13: 145—Luciam, P. Sul diverso comportamento delle larve di anfibio, sottoposte al latte di varie nutrici. Pediatria (Riv.), 1934, 42: 845-60.— Mori, A. L'analisi chimica del latte di donna e la tutela dell' allattamento naturale. Propaganda san. Fir, 1907, 1: 246-8 — Morquio, L. Sur la valeur de l'examen du lait dans l'allaitement au sein. Ann. med. chir. inf, 1907, 11: 735-8— Meyer, H. Eine neue Methode zum Nachweis von Frauenmilchverfalschungen (zugleich ein Beitrag zur physikalischen Chemie der Frauen- milch) Arch. Kinderh, 1924-25, 75: 211-25. Also Mschr. Kinderh, 1924-25, 29: 573-6.—Myers, B. An investigation on the analysis of human milk. Brit. J. Child. Dis, 1927, 24: 249-57—Obes Polleri, J, & Saizar, M. C. El control de la leche humana ordenada; el ntetodo colorimetrico de pH en la investi- gation del agregado de leche de vaca y de la alteration espontanea. Arch pediat. urug, 1933, 4: 505-12—Patton, S. de. Etude sur la cytologic du lait de femme et le cytopronostic de la lactation. Rev med. Suisse rom, 1905, 25:566-84. ----- Un procede de laboratoire facile pour appretier la valeur du lait de femme. Ibid 623-30—Porcher, C, & Katrandjiev, K. La reiction do la mamelle a I'intection; I'emploi de I'alizarine pour deceler les laits pathologiques. C. rend Soc biol 1929 101: 528-30.- Quintrie & Guiraud. Necessite de l'analyse chimique du lait des nourrices. Rev. mens mal. enf, 1905, 23: 161-71.-Rosi, N. Contributo sDerimentale alla conoscenza del latte di donna sulln rearione UmTkoff. Rass. ostet. gin, 1910,19: 577-91.-Trischitta, V T lenroeiti nella secrezione mammaria della donna e la titonrocnosf nell'allattamento. Pediatria, Nap, 1906, 14: SSB ^Trnftcki I V [Woman's milk and methods of investi- wtini it I Prakt 'vrach, 1909, 8: 631; 656.-Zimmermann, M. Eine einfache Methode zum Nachweis von Frauenmilchver- falschung durch Kuhmilch. Zschr. Kinderh, 1927-28, 45: 310-4. ---- Forensic aspect. Kernbach, M, & Cotutz, C. Gerichtlich-medizinische Bei- trage zur Cytologie des Brustdriisensekrets. Deut. Zschr gerichtl. Med, 1933, 22: 235-61. Also Ann. med. teg, 1934, 14: 449-93.—Strassmann, G, & Reisfeld, K. Ueber den Nachweis von Gruppensubstanzen in der Muttermilch und in Milchflek- ken. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1934-35, 24: 330-2. Nutritive value. See also Breast feeding. Borsarelli, F. Cellule del latte umano ed acrescimento del lattante. Pediat. med. prat. Tor, 1933, 8: 410-20.—Fischl, R. Ueber den Nutzwert der abgespritzten Frauenmilch. Mschr. Kinderh, 1922-23, 24: 453-8—Haam, E. von, & Beard, H. H. Nutritional value of human milk, cows' milk and goats' milk. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934-35, 32: 750-3—Macy, I. G. The nutritive aspects of human milk. Yale J. Biol, 1932, 4: 451-66. ----- & Outhouse. J. Breast milk; a variable food. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1928-29, 4: 9-14— Morelli-Gualtierotti, M. Contenuto cellulare del latte umano e sua importanza per lo sviluppo del lattante. Riv. clin. pediat, 1930, 28: 574-82.— Miiller, E. Beitrag zur Fraee der naturlichen Nutzstoffe in der Frauenmilch. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1908, 45: 1058-60. ---- Physical properties. Belkind, A. *La cryoscopie du lait de femme. 31p. 8? Geneve. 1905. Allaria, G. B. Dell'attrito interno e della tensione superflciale del latte di donna in condizioni normali e pathologiche. Riv. clin. pediat, 1906, 4: 161-95.—Fasella, F. La conducibilita ellettrica nei latte di donna. Lattante, 1932, 3: 160-8.—Gallo, G. Richerche.crioscopiche sul latte di donna. Atti Congr. pediat. ital. (1905) 1906, 5: 413-6. Also Pediatria, Nap, 1905, 2.ser, 3: 593-6. Also Rass. ostet. gin, 1905, 14: 492-5—Griebel, C. Abnorme Luminescenzerscheinungen bei Frauenmilch. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt, 1936, 72: 46-50.— Leikola, E, & Haata- nen, A. Milchuntersuchungen; die Lichtabsorption der Frauen- milch und des Kolostrums. Acta Soc. Duodecim, 1932, 14: ser.A, fasc.l, no. 5, 1-7.—Smester. La temperatura fisiologica de la leche de mujer. Arch, gineeop, Barcel, 1908, 21: 496-9.— Solomon, C. I, & Shohl, A. T. Index of refraction of breast milk serum. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1926, 31: 218-27. Also repr — Trendtel. Ueber individuelle Verschiedenheiten des isoelek- trischen Punktes des Frauenmilchcaseins. Mschr. Kinderh, 1926,34: 378-83. ---- poisonous. See also Breast milk, Secretion: Pharmacology. Asakura, K, & Ohsako, H. Arakawa's reaction and toxicity of human milk. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1932-33, 20: 429-33 — Borsarelli, F. Richerche sperimentali sul potere tossico del latte secreto in periodo mestruale. Riv. clin. pediat, 1933, 31: 189-220.—Buttenwieser, S, & Bodenheimer, W. Ueber den Uebertritt des Knollenblatterschwammgiftes in die Brustmilch. Deut. med. Wschr, 1924, 50: 607—Eltz, E. Ueber den Nach- weis von Giftstoffen in der Milch laktierender Frauen wahrend der Menstruation. Jahr. Kinderh, 1932, 3.F, 86: 82-115.— Fran?ois, R. Le lait de la femme; sa toxicite. J. nted. Paris, 1908, 2.ser, 20: 44. Also Med. inf. Tor, 1908, 5: 1-3. Also Rev. prat. obst. gyn. Par, 1908, 33-5.—Joachimovits, R. Nach- weis von Medikamenten und Giften in Muttermilch und Fruchtwasser mittelst Lumineszenz-Analyse. Mschr. Ge- burtsh. Gyn, 1929, 83: 42-57, pi.—Mommsen & Eltz. Ueber den Nachweis von Giftstoffen in der Milch lactierender Frauen wahrend der Menstruation. Mschr. Kinderh, 1931-32, 51: 393-9.—Silber, W. Der Cholingehalt der Frauenmilch und sein Verhalten wahrend der Menstruation. Zschr. Kinderh, 1930, 49: 210-7. ---- Preservation. See also Breast milk, dried. Black, J. B. Canned breast milk. Johns Hopkins Nurs. Alumnae Mag, 1933, 32: 61-4.—Boleris & Salles. Utilisation du lait de femme puise au sein des nourrices mercenaires et conserve aseptiquement pour l'alimentation des enfants assistes debiles du premier age places dans une pouponniere d'entraine- ment a la campagne. J. nted. Paris, 1937, 57: 77.—Buleris. Utilisation du lait de femme puls6 au sein de nourrices merce- naires et conserve aseptiquement pour l'alimentation des enfants assistes debiles du premier age places dans une pouponniere d'entrainement a la campagne. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1936, 3.ser, 115: 119-21—Eddy, W. H, & Morris, S. G. A study of the effect of preserving methods on human milk. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1934, 4: 208-15.—Emerson, P. W. The preservation of human milk; the feeding to premature babies of human milk preserved by freezing. N. England J.M, 1933, 209: 893-905. -----& Piatt, W. A preliminary note on the freezing process. J Pediat, S. Louis, 1933, 2: 472-7.—Keene, H. M. Preservation of human milk. Publ. Health Nurs, 1935, 27: 85-7—Krieger. Erfahrungen mit kon serv ierter Frauenmilch. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 570.—Scheuer, L. A, & Buncan, J. E. A BREAST MILK 992 BREAST MILK method of preserving breast milk; a study of its clinical appli- cation. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1936, 51: 249-54. ---- Secretion. See also Breast, infantile; Breast, lactating; Breast [male] Secretion; for lactation in animals see Milk, Secretion; see also 3.ser., Lactation. Augustin, E. *Ueber Korrelation zwischen Korperform und Milchleistung. 61p. 8? Bern,1913. Misset, P. *Contribution a l'etude de la lacta- tion. Tip. 8? Par., 1933. Pithon, A. *Contribution a l'etude de la physiologie de la lactation. 55p. 8? Par., 1928. Wulkow, F. [J. F.] *Die Brustdriisensekre- tion und ihre diagnostische Bedeutung. 28p. 8? Marb., 1932. Avdeeva, M, Borinenkov, E. [et al.] [Studies on the secretion of lactation glands; correlation of blood and composition of milk] J. biol, Moskva, 1932, 1: 8-40.—Blackwood, J. H. The absorption of milk precursors by the mammary gland; the rela- tion of amino-acid absorption to protein svnthesis. Biochem. J, Lond, 1932, 26: 772. -----& Stirling, J. B. The absorption of milk precursors by the mammary gland; the Kaufmann- Magne technique. Ibid, 357-61. ----- The relation of blood-sugar absorption to lactose secretion. Ibid, 362-8.----- Aspects of the phosphorus metabolism of the mammary gland. Ibid, 778.—Bonnier, G. Is the shape of the lactation curve genetically determined? Hereditas, Lund, 1935, 20: 199-213.— Cutler, O. I, & Lewis, J. H. The time at which casein begins to be formed in the breast during oregnancv. Am. J. Phvsiol, 1933, 103: 643-6.—Byroff, R. Zur Physiologie der Brustdriisen- sekretion. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1926, 129: 308-22—Finizio, G. L'anisomastia in rapporto alla quantita ed alia qualita del latte. Pediatria, Nap, 1910, 2.ser, 8: 789-816.—Fremery, P. de, & Benekamp, P. J. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Lacta- tion und Schwangerschaft. Acta brevia neerl, 1935, 5: 44-6.— Gaetano, L. Richerche sulla secrezione lattea; il lattosio. Lat- tante, 1934, 5: 159-69.—Gooch, M. Ananalysisof the time change in milk production in individual lactations. Collect. Papers Dep. Biol. Johns Hopkins, 1935, 11: no.5, 71-102— Gowen, J. W. Studies in milk secretion; on the variations and correlations of milk secretion with age. Genetics, 1920, 5: 111-88, 4tab. ----- Milk secretion as influenced by inheritance. Q. Rev. Biol, 1927, 2: 516-31. ----- Body pattern as related to mammary gland secretion. Proc. U.S. Nat. Acad. Sc, 1931, 17: 518-23 — Hartwell, G. A. Mammary secretion. Biochem. J, Lond, 1924, 18: 785.—Hoobler, B. R. Human milk; factors in its pro- duction. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1925, 24: 279. ----- The pres- ent status of human milk production. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1930- 31, 6: 10-28.—Kcllmann, A. Beitrag zur Frage der Leistungs- fahigkeit der weiblichen Brustdruse. Arch. Kinderh, 1926-27, 80: 81-8.—Kouwer, B.J. Leeftijd en zogafscheiding der moeder. Ned. tschr. verlosk, 1918-19, 27: 1-10.—Lactation and mammary development. J. Organother, 1933, 17: 263-9.—Lewis, J. H, & Cutler, O. I. The time at which casein begins to be formed in the breast during pregnancy. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1933, 14: 90.—Liebmann, J. [Secretions of the mamma; their diag- nostic importance in gynecology] Orvosi hetil, 1927, 71: 1347; 1378.—Lowenfeld, M. F, & Widdows, S. T. Researches in lacta- tion. J. Obst. Gyn, Lond, 1928, 35: 114-30—Migliavacca, A. Sulle fasi di sviluppo e sul ciclo secretorio degli elementi ghian- dolari della mammella (nota preventiva con dimostrazione di preparati microscopici) Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1929, n.s, 4: 313-21.—Nelson, W. O, & Pfiffner, J. J. An experimental studv of the factors concerned in mammarv growth and in milk secretion. Proc. Soc. Fxp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-31, 28: 1. —--- Studies on the physiology of lactation. Anat. Rec, 1931-32; 51: 51.—Plouchu & Gardere. La secretion lactee considerate au point de vue quantitatif. Obstetrique, 1908, n.s, 1: 316-28.— Ramos, B. F, & Simpson, J. A. Nota preliminar sobre un nuevo concepto en la lactancia. Cron. med. quir. Habana, 1926, 52; 186-94.—Saito, T. Lactation and re-onset of menstruation. Jap. J. Obst. Gyn, 1935, 18: 63-72—Smith, C. H, & Merritt, K. K. Rate of secretion of breast milk. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1922, 34: 74-90. Also Arch. Pediat , N.Y, 1922, 39: 371-3 — Vincent, C. Enregistrement graphique du debit du lait Chez la femme. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 1419-22.—Voskresensky, L. [Material and physiology of secretion of milk] Omeliansky & Orbeli. Sbornik Tavlova, Leningr, 1924, 393-5.—Wright, G. N, & Channel!, G. B. Lactation. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond 1932, 46: 440-4. ---- Secretion: Complications, maternal. Beilby, J. H. Persistent headache during lactation; with report of 5 cases and commentary. Brit. M J, 1935, 2: 337.— Bistis, J. Des complications oculaires pendant la lactation. Arch, opht, Pat.. 1904, 24: 456-61.—Cameron, A. J. Persistent headache during lactation. Brit. M.J, 1935, 2: 477.—Cannon, W. B, & Bright, E. M. A belated effect of sympathectomy on lactation. Am. J. Physiol, 1931, 97: 319-21—Berchinsky, G. B. [C-avitaminosis during the period of lactation] J. akush. zhensk. boliez, 1934, 45: 187-92.—Mazzei, A. Su di un caso di neurite ottica da allattamento. Riforma med, 1934, 50: 273.— Somogyi, Z. [Questions concerning syphilis and lactation] Orv. hetil, 1934, 78: mell, 113.—Wander, L. [Inflammation of optic nerve in lactation] Polska gaz. tek, 1927, 6: 265. ---- Secretion, deficient. See also Breast milk, Secretion: Pharmacology: Galactagogues. Chatjsselat, R. *Contribution a Tetude de la secretion lactee et au traitement de son insuffisance. 114p. 8° Par., 1935. Toenges, YV. *Beitrag zur Behandlung der Hvpogalaktie durch kunstliche Hohensonne [GieBsen] 35p. 8? Bremen, 1930. Boshouwers, H. Agalactische medicatie. Med. wbl, Amst, 1906-7, 13: 281-3— Burzagli, G. B. Delia possibility di rimediare alia insufficienza della secrezione lattea nella donna. Gazz. osp, 1905, 26: 1207-11. ----- Un mezzo semplice ed efficace per promuovere e aumentare nella donna la secrezione lattea mancante o insufficiente. Med. ital, 1906, 4: 244-6. Also Pediatria, Nap, 1906, 2.ser, 4: 283-90— Clavel, M. Le traite- ment de l'insuffisance de la secretion lactee par opotherapie placento-mammaire. Bruxelles med, 1933-34, 14: 782—Fekete, K. [Treatment of milk retention] Orv. hetil, 1931, 75: 998- 1000.—Flesch, H, & Karniss, F. Die Quarzlichtbehandlung der Hypogalaktic. Deut. med. Wschr, 1929, 55: 231.—Freund, W. Bedingungen der Brustdriisenfunktion. Fortsch. Ther, 1929, 5: 649-57.—Kasatchenko-Trirodov, N. P. Agalattia uni- laterale in un'isterica. Riv. pat. nerv, 1927, 32: 159-66.— Kraul, L. Schilddriisentherapic bei Milchstauung. Zbl. Gyn, 1928, 52: 873.—Larkin, C. L. Drying up the lactating breasts. Med. J. & Rec, N.Y, 1927, 125: 527—Lederer, R. Ueber Hypogalaktie; qualitative Hypogalaktie; die Wirkung der Kriegsernahrung auf die ZuEannnensetzung der Frauen- milch. Zschr. Kinderh, 1921, 31: 141-9.—Mestitz, W. Zur Behandlung der Milchstauung. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1929, 76: 782.—Moro, L. Ipogalattia e mezzi per rimediarvi (Consigli alle madri) Pediat. prat. Mod, 1930, 7: 153-61.—Parmeggiani, G. Gli estratti placentari nelle ipogalattie. Pensiero med, 1936, 25: 97-103.—Pensa, P. II trattamento diatermico dell'ipo- galattia. Atti Congr. ital. radiol. med, 1928, 8: pt2, 291-7. Also Riv. ital. gin, 1928, 8: 113-46.—Porcher, C. La retention lactee. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1920, 170: 963-5. -----& Muffet, E. Le sort de la caseine dans la retention lactee. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 100: 1049-51— Rossenvasser, L. Tratamiento de la hipogalactia. Sem. med, B. Air, 1934, 41: 1105-33.—Tassart, J. C. El tratamiento de la hipogalactia por los ravos ultra- violetas. Rev. med. lat. amer, B. Air, 1930-31, 16: 1018-21 — Tofte,A. [Treatment of hypogalactia by mineral salts] Ugeskr. larger, 1928, 90: 549.—Vogt, E. Ueber die Behandlung der St.ill- schwierigkeiten in der ersten Zeit der Laktation mit der elek- trischen Milchpumpe. Zbl. Gyn, 1930, 54: 1666-71. ---- Secretion: Disorders. Abt, I. A. Blood in milk. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1922, 34: 69-73.—Bachmann. Ueber das erschwerte Stillvermbgen der Frauen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1907, 3: 675.—Barbier, H. Sur le retour de la secretion lactee chez les femmes qui ont cesse de nourrir depuis un certain temps. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1904, 18: 832.—Bates, M. E. The mammary gland and lactation influenced by anatomical conditions disturbing circulation. Woman's M.J, 1904, 14: 241—Blum, B. M, & Smythe, A. M. Abnormal lactation. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1930, 20: 206-14 — Bouchacourt & Jeannin. Sur un cas de lait sanglant. Bull. Soc. obst. Paris, 1904, 7: 220-30—Ceard, L. Sur un cas de per- sistance prolongee de la secretion lact6e chez une femme indigene algerienne. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1926, 4: 93-5—Com- mandeur & Rhenter. Un cas de coloration brune du lait dans les premiers jours du post partum. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1922, 11: 704.—Donnelly, W. H. Methods of sustaining and regulating the supply of breast milk. Long Island M.J, 1923, 17: 13.—Florentin, P. Reactions des cellules adipeuses du tissu conjonctif perimammaire au cours de la retention lactee. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 120: 147.—Friedjung, J. K. Beitrag zu den Schwankungen der Lactation. Wien. med. Wschr, 1906, 56: 614-6.—Haas, A. Die Behandlung der Stillschwierigkeiten. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 17-9.—Hunter, W. Disorders of lactation. Practitioner, Lond, 1936, 136: 632-7.—Jongh, S. E. de. Weitere Untersuchungen iiber Laktationshemmung. Acta brevia neerl, 1933, 3: 88-90.—Mensinga. Warum ist man bisher so gleich- giltig geblieben gegeniiber der Stillungsnot (Dystithie)? Frau- enarzt, 1903, 18: 529-32. Also Med. Bl, Wien, 1903, 26: 851 — Morita, Y. The influence of the disturbance in the function of thyroid upon the lacteal gland. Polyclin. Dairen, 1928-30, 4: no.8, 39.—Paton, D. M. Normal plasma in abnormal lactation. Glasgow M.J, 1907, 68: 265-7.—Peckham, C. F. Anatomical basis of disorders of lactation. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass, 1934, 31: 4.—Praguer Froes, F. Secrecao lactea supplementar. Gaz. med. Bahia, 1904-5, 36: 393.—Roth. Beobachtung fiber verschiedene wichtige Beispiele von Milchversetzungen durch den Troikar geheilt. Arch. Geburtsh, 1790, 2: 4.St, 120-7 — Snoeck, J. J. A propos d'un cas de coloration anormale de la secretion lactee. Bruxelles med, 1932-33, 13: 526-30— Stibbe, B. L. Een geval van abnormale melkafscheiding. Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1893, 33: 57-65—Stolte, K. Stillnote. Zbl. BREAST MILK 993 BREAST MILK Gvn, 1926, 50: 2507-11.—Zlocisti, T. Spiitlaktation und Relak- tation. Verh. Ges. Kinderh, 1907, 24: 460-7. ---- Secretion: Effects on mother. See also Breast milk, Secretion: Complications, maternal. Verbeeten, B. G. J. M. *[Quantitative and qualitative changes in the leucocyte picture during lactation] 81p. 8? Amst., 1932. Blackwood, J. H. The absorption of milk precursor? by the mammary gland; the relation of phosphorus to the fat meta- bolism of lactation. Biochem. J, Lond, 1934, 28: 1346-54 — Cunningham, J. T. The influence of lactation on ovulation and oestrus. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1930, 10: 962.—Bel Carpio, I. Di alcune reazioni immunitarie riscontrate nei siero di sangue di donna durante e dopo la calata lattea. Rass. stud, sess, 1929, 9:20-31.—Emmel, V. E. Leukocytes and lactation. Tr. Chica- go Path. Soc, 1923-27, 12: 308. —--- Weatherford, H. L, & Streicher, M. H. Leucocytes and lactation. Am. J. Anat, 1926-27, 38: 1-29, 4pl.—French, H. T, & Bolser, C. E. Diets in pregnancy in relation to low blood serum calcium values at lactation. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, 1931, 174-80.—Harding, V. J, & Downs, C. E. Blood sugar and amino acid nitrogen in lactation in women, with a note on lipoid and inorganic phos- phorus. J. Biol. Chem, 1929, 84: 335-44. -----& Murphy, H. Observations on blood sugar and serum calcium in relation to lactation in women, with a study of its possible relationship to parturient paresis. Am. J. Obst, 1928, 16: 765-83.—Hunscher, H. A. The calcium and phosphorus balances of lactating women J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 78: xxvi. ----- Metabolism of women during the reproductive cycle; calcium and phosphorus utiliza- tion in 2 successive lactation periods. Ibid, 1930, 86: 37-57.— Kokubo, Y. Blood picture of lactating women; blood picture of healthy B-avitaminotic mothers. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1936, 29: 371-83.—Kraul, L. Einfluss der Laktation auf den Organismus. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 45.—Macy, I. G, Hunscher, H. A. [et al.] Metabolism of women during the reproductive cycle; calcium, phosphorus, and nitrogen utilization in lactation before and after supplementing the usual home diets with cod liver oil and yeast. J. Biol. Chem, 1930, 86: 59-74.—Maynard, L. A, & McCay, C. M. Studies of fat metabolism in lactation. Ibid, 1935, i09: lxi. -----& Harrison, E. S. The changes in the total fatty acids, phospholipid fatty acids, and cholesterol of the blood during the lactation cycle. Ibid, 1931, 92: 263-72.. Also repr.—Piccone, L. Lo stato della ipoflsi nell'allattaihento. Fol. gyn, Genova, 1933, 30: 695-711.—Stenstrom, T. Spontane hypoglykamische Reaktion bei stillender Frau. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1926, 153: 181-9.—Tongeren, F. C. van. [Hormonal effect of lactation] Ned. tschr. verlosk, 1936, 39: 17-28 — Verdozzi, C, & Lo Iacono, B. Milza ed allattamento. Arch. farm, sper, 1926, 41: 257-71.—Winter, L. B. The metabolism of lactose; the blood sugar during lactation. J. Physiol, Lond, 1932-33, 77: 100-3. ---- Secretion: Effects of physical agents. ' Antonov, A. L'influence des rayons ultra-violets sur la secretion lactee chez la femme. Arch. med. enf, 1936, 39: 215- 24.—Brossel. Unsere Erfahrungen iiber den Einfluss von Hbhensonnenbestrablungen auf die Milchmengen stillender Mutter. Deut. med. Wschr, 1929, 55: 62—Fiorentini, D. Le pH du lait des femmes soumises a l'irradiation par les rayons U. V. et l'inhalation d'air irradte. Acta paediat, Upps, 1931, 11: 75 [Discussion] 89. Also Riv. clin. pediat, 1931, 29: 273-84—Freund, W. Zur Frage des Bestrahlungsemflusses auf die Milchbildung stillender Mfitter. Zschr. Kinderh, 1928, 46: 429-39—Garcia del Biestro, J. La luz U. V. como lactagogo. Arch, espan. pediat, 1930, 14: 279-90.—Kustner, H, & Bomer, R. Zur Frage der Hohensonnenbestrahlung der laktierenden Mamma. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1930, 84: 275-80 — Lesne\ E, & Breyfus-See, G. L'influence des R. U. V. sur la secretion lactee chez la femme. Acta paediat, Upps, 1931, 11: 80-8 [Discussion] 89. Also Nourrisson, 1931, 19: 90-7—Stolte, K, & Wiener, C. Hebung der Milchmengen bei stillenden Muttern durch die Lichtbehandlung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1928, 54: 259-61—Vogt, E. Ueber die Steigerung der Brustdrfisenfunktion durch die Bestrahlung mit der kunst- lichen Hohensonne. Ibid, 1367. ---- Secretion, excessive [Galactorrhea] Fallourd, J. *Sur un cas de galactorrhea. 84p. 8? Par., 1934. Antnnov A N Zur Frage der Galaktorrhoe bei stillenden Frauen Zschr. Kinderh, 1931-32 52: 431-41-Bouchacourt. De l'augmentation facultative de la secretion lactee. J. accouch, Lteee 1907 28- 136; 145— Castelli, D. Sopra un caso d'lperfun- onlmammaria Gior. med. mil, 1929, 77:.651 -Chemisse L La desnutricion por persistencia de la secrecion lactea. Habana med 1907 10° 9-13 -Duke, W. W. Specific hypersensitiveness tn own hreast milk- an interesting therapeutic result in the torment of Ltectorrhea. J. Am. M. Ass, 1932, 98: 1445.- treatment of gaiaciorri]^. w Wffr£ffi?h F^yA casf of galactorrhcea. Med. Rec, N.Y, ?902^6T?169.-Kraus, E J Zur Pathogenese der Galaktorrhoe; 2l767__vol. 2, 4th series----63 nebst Bemerkungen fiber die hormomalen Vorgange bei der physiologischen Lactation. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1935, 159: 380- 94.—Macy, I. G, Hunscher, H. A. [et al.] Human milk flow. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1930, 39: 1186-204—Ronnefeldt, F. Ein Fall von monatelang anhaltender Galaktorrhoe nach Verlust des Kindes. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1930, 77: 2218. ---- Secretion: Mechanism. Abramson, T. Sur 1'appreciation de la secretion lactee de la mere-nourrice. Rev. fr. p6diat, 1926, 2: 758-63.—Alexander, H. Ueber die hormonale Beeinflussung der Milchsekretion. Zbl. Gyn, 1926, 50:. 669-71.—Anselmino, K. J, Herold, L. [et al.] Studien zur Physiologie der Milchbildung; iiber den Hetn- mungsstoff der Milchbildung. Zbl. Gyn, 1936, 60: 7-15 — Anselmino, K. J, & Hoffmann, F. Studien zur Physiologie der Milchbildung; dag Laktationshormon des Hypophysenvorder- lappens. Ibid, 1934, 58: 2770-5. ----- Ueber dte Laktions- hemmung durch Follikelhormon. Ibid, 1936, 60: 501-7.— Barrenscheen, H. K, & Alders, N. Ueber den Kohlenhydrat- stoffwechsel der ruhenden und tatigen Milchdriise. Biochem. Zschr, 1932, 252: 97.—Blackwood, J. H, & Stirling, J. D. The absorption of milk precursors by the mammary gland; physico- chemical aspects of milk secretion. Biochem. J, Lond, 1932, 26: 1127-37.—Brouha, L, & Simonnet, H. Du role des hormones sexuelles dans te determinisme de la secretion mammaire. Liege med, 1929, 22: 1029; 1221.—Buzzi, B. Esperimenti sui fattori ormonali deH'allattamento. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Pavia, 1933, 47: 857-921.—Calabro, Q, & Fantozzi, F. Con- tributo alio studio dei rapporti tra le glandole a secrezione interna e l'escrezione del latte. Arch. Ist. biochim. ital, 1933, 5: 79-96.—Collip, J. B, Selye, H, & Thomson, B. L. Further observations on the effect of hypophysectomy on lactation. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 30: 913.—Corner, G. W. The hormonal control of lactation; non-effect of the corpus luteum. Am. J. Physiol, 1930, 95: 43-8. ----- Positive action of ex- tracts of the hypophysis. Ibid, 48-55.—Desclin, L. La regula- tion hormonale de la proliferation mammaire et les facteurs de la secretion lactee. Liege med, 1936, 29: 1089-113.—Dietel, F. G. Einfluss von Hypophysenhinterlappenextrakt und Thyroxin auf die Laktation. Zbl. Gyn, 1933, 57: 1202-5.—Enzmann, E. V, & Pincus, G. The effect on lactating mice of injecting an extract of the urine of pregnancy. Am. J. Physiol, 1933, 103: 30-3.—Fallscheer-Ziircher, J. Drei drastische Beispiele, wie psychische Reize reftektorisch die Milchsekretion anregen, verstSrken und unterhalten konnen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1926, 56: 792.—Florentin, P. Le determinisme de la secretion lactee. Rev. nted. Nancy, 1936, 64: 164-72.—Fontana, S. Sulle cause determinanti della funzione mammaria. Fol. gyn, Pavia, 1927, 25: 215-338.—Frazzetto, S. Preipoflsi e lattazione. Morgagni, 1930, 72: 1660-2.—Freitas Simoes, F. de. Contri- bution a l'etude du determinisme de la secretion lactee. C. rend. Soc biol, 1930, 105: 150-2.—Fremery, P. de. On the in- fluence of different hormones on lactation. J. Physiol, Lond, 1936, 87: 50. -----Spanhoff, R. W, & Tausk, M. On the hor- mone of the anterior-pituitary which induces secretion of milk. Acta brevia neerl, 1933, 3: 160.—Freund, W. Laktation und Menstruation. Med. Klin, Berl, 1932, 28: 748-50.^Gowen, J. W, & Tobey, E. R. Signification of the chemical composition of the secreting and dry mammary gland to milk secretion. J. Gen. Physiol, 1927-28, 12: 123-8— Hesse, E. Ueber die Bildung des Milchzuckers in der Milchdriise; die Rolle des Leucins. Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 138: 441-60.—Hirayama, C. Beziehungen zwischen Blutzucker und Milchsekretion. Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi, 1934, 29: 13.—Hoffmann, F. Ueber die Entstehung der Laktation. Zbl. Gyn, 1936, 60: 2882-6.— Hormones and lactation; Halban's theory of lactation. Hor- mones, Lond, 1934, 1: 3-8.—Jongh, S. E. de. [Lactation and menformon] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1930, 74: pt 1, 2187. ---— Corpus luteum und Laktation. Acta brevia neerl, 1932, 2: 119- 2i. ----- Laktationshemmung durch Menformon. Ibid, 1933 3- 52 -----& Laqueur, E. Milchsekretion und Men- formon". Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 2344-6.—Keiffer, H. Du me- canisme de la lactation chez les mammiferes. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn Paris, 1930, 19: 162-4.—Knebel, R. Beitrag zu dem Pro- blem; Laktationstheorien. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1935, 100: 257 —Kraus, E. J. Durch welche endokrinen Vorgange wird das Einschiessen der Milch post partum ausgelbst? Klin. Wschr, 1935 14: 1718.—Lyons, W. R, & Page, E. Detection of mammo- trop'in in the urine of lactating women. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, NY. 1934-35, 32: 1049. Also repr.—Maino, M. La funzione mammaria ed il determinismo ormonico della secrezione lattea. Riv ostet. gin, 1933, 15: 250-6.—Maniscalco, S. Sulla natura degli stimoli della secrezione mammaria dopo la montata lattea. Arch ostet. gin, 1933,2.ser, 20: 263-72.—Marbais, S. Variations de la galactogenese dans les etats ovariens et au cours des pcriodes menstruelle et premenstruelle. Clinique, Par, 1930, 25: 111- 3__Mayor, J. M. Die hemmende Wirkung des Follikelhormons auf die Milchsekretion der Wbchnerin. Zbl. Gyn, 1936, 60: 2379-83 —Mugnai, TJ. Preipoflsi e secrezione lattea. Riv. ital. gin 1936-37, 19: 505-22.—Nebert & Kock, E. W. Zur Frage der Einwirkung der Musik auf die Ergiebigkeit der weiblichen Brust Mschr. Kinderh, 1926, 33: 385-90.—Nelson, W. O. Reciprocal relationship between ovaries and anterior hypophy- sis as factor in control of lactation. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y., 1933 30: 953. ----- Studies on the physiology of lactation; the assay of the lactogenic hormone of the anterior hypophysis. Anat Rec, 1934,60: 69-76. ----- The reciprocal hypophyseal- ovarian relationship of a factor in the control of lactation. BREAST MILK 994 BREAST MILK Endocrinology, 1934,18: 33-46.—Piettre, M. Activite trophique de la cellule mammaire en periode de repos fonctionnel. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 198: 1454-6. ----- Phenomenes physicochi- miques accompagnant l'entrainement physiologique de la mamelle, chez les femelles primipares. Ibid, 1934,198: 1551-3.— Pfikryl, Z. [Pituitary body and lactation] Cas. tek. Cesk, 1935, 74: 571-3.—Pugliese, R. Estratti placentari e secrezione lattea. Pensiero med, 1932, 21: 68-75.—Quinto, P. Contributo alio studio delle cause determinant! l'attivita mammaria. Riv. ital. gin, 1935-36, 18: suppl, 236-84.—Riddle, O. The lactogenic factor of the pituitary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1935,104: 636.—Samuel, M. Ueber die Sekretion der weiblichen Brust infolge ihrer sexucllen Erregbarkeit. Zschr. Sexwiss, 1926-27, 13: 186 — Schirch, P. F, & Be Souza Guimaraes, 0. Ovario e lactacao. Brasil med, 1929, 43: 291.—Seitz, A. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Bau aund Funktion der Mamma, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Entleerungsmechanismus. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1924, 123: 46-56.—Selye, H. On the nervous control of lactation. Am. J. Physiol, 1934,107: 535-8. -----Collip, J. B, & Thomson, B. L. Anterior pituitary and lactation. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 30: 588.----- Nervous and hor- monal factors in lactation. Endocrinology, 1934, 18: 237-48.— Siegert, F. Schilddriise und Laktation. Zbl. Gyn, 1935, 59: 2530; 1936, 60: 407.—Simonnet, H. Le role des hormones dans le determinisme de la secretion mammaire. Rec. med. vet, 1932, 108: 257-74.—Snoeck, J. Action inhibitrice de la folliculine sur la mont6e laiteuse et la secretion lactee; contribution a l'etude de la physiologie de la lactation. Bruxelles med, 1935- 36, 16: 156-63.—Tata, G. II comportamento follicolinurico nel- l'allattamento. Rass. clin. ter, 1935, 34: 265-70.—Verdozzi, C. Allattamento e ghiandole a secrezione interna. Policlinico, 1926, 33: sez.med, 633-46.—Vertes, O. Das Verhalten der Menstrua- tion wahrend der Laktation. Zbl. Gyn, 1928, 52: 1666-9 — Watrin, J, & Florentin, P. A propos du determinisme de la secretion lactee. Rev. fr. endocr, 1930,8: 317-24.—Werner, A. A. Experiment to produce lactation in castrate women. Endocrin- ology, 1935, 19: 144-50.—Winter, E. W. Ueber die Ursachen der Brustdriisensekretion innerhalb und ausserhalb der Schwanger- schalt. Med. Klin, Berl, 1934, 30: 990-2. ----- Wie kommt es zur Brustdriisensekretion? Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 654-6.—Zwart, S. G. Beziehungen zwischen Milchbildung und Milchausscheidung. Zschr. Fleisch Milchhyg, 1915-16, 26: 231; 246. ---- Secretion: Pharmacology. Loens, M. *Ueber die Ausscheidung des Jods in der Frauenmilch nach Verabreichung von Jodkalium und Lipojodin. 16p. 8? Gott., 1912. Afanasievsky, K. M, & Vladimirsky, A. P. [Transmission of chloroform, morphine and hydrated chloral through the mother's milk to the child] J. akush. zhensk. boliez, 1933, 44: 42-7.—Asdell, S. A. The effect of the injection of hypophyseal extract in advanced lactation. Am. J. Physiol, 1932, 100: 137-40.—Basch, K. Ueber experimentelle Auslbsung von Milch- absonder-ung. Mschr. Kinderh, 1909-10, 8: 513-24—Bucura, C. J. Ueber den Uebergang von Arzneistoffen in die Frauen- milch. Zschr. exp. Path, 1907, 4: 398-413.—Colavecchio, A. Influenza della somministrazione di glucosio sulla secrezione mammaria e sulla percentuale di grasso nei latte di donna nei primi giorni di puerperio. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1934, 9: 271-4.—Be Nicotti, V. Beitrag zum Studium des Einflusses der Organo- (Placenta-) Therapie auf die Funktion der Mamma. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1928, 58: 324-6— Donnally, H. H. The question of the elimination of foreign protein (egg-white) in woman's milk. J. Immun, Bait, 1930, 19: 15-40. Also repr — Dorlencourt, H. Le fer dans le lait de femme; elimination du fer ntedicamenteux par la glande mammaire. M6decine, 1926-27, 8: 851-5.—Breyfus-See, G. Le passage dans le lait des aliments ou medicaments absorb6s par les nourrices. Rev. med. Par, 1934, 51: 198-213.—Elmer, A. W, & Rychlik, W. L'eiimination de l'iode par le colostrum et par le lait pendant l'accouchement chez la femme. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 530-2.—Fantus, B, & Byniewicz, J. M. Phenolpthalein administration to nursing women. Am. J. Digest. Dis, 1936-37, 3: 184.—Fomina, P. I. Untersuchungen iiber den Uebergang des aktiven Agens des Mutterkorns in die Milch stillender Mutter. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1934, 157: 275-85.—Giaja, A. Sur l'augmentation du pou- voir reducteur du lait a la suite d'injections intra-veineuses de glucose. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 1117-9—Go wen, J. W, & Tobey, E. R. On the mechanism of milk secretion; the influence of insulin and phloridzin. J. Gen. Physiol.. 1931. 15: 67-85. Also repr.—Grumme. Der Einfluss der Jodgaben auf die Milch- sekretion. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1927, 57: 1273—Hubscher, K, & Stransky, E. Karlsbader Trinkkur und Laktation. Fortsch. Ther, 1936, 12: 667-72—Klein, M. B. A clinical study of the effect of camphor-in-oil on lactation. Am. J. Obst, 1936, 31: 894-7 — Kwit, N. T, & Hatcher, R. A. Excretion of drugs in milk. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1935, 49: 900-4.—Lesne, E, Dreyfus- See, G, & Larde. Recherches sur le passage dans le lait de quelques substances diffusibles (uree, NaCl, bleu de methylene) Acta paediat, Upps, 1933, 16: 539-41—Liegner, B. Die Wir- kung des Kampfers auf die laktierende Brust. Zbl. Gyn, 1933, 57: 244-52.—Macchiarulo, O. La formazione del lattosio nella mammella funzionante sotto l'azione dell'insulina. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1928, 3: 973-6—Maurer, E, & Bucrue, H. Ueber den Einfluss von Jodgaben auf die Milchsekretion. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 249-51.—Pfeiffer, G. Eiweisszulagen zur Beeinflussung der Brustdriisensekretion. Zschr. Kinderh, 1934-35, 57: 261-8.—Piantoni, G. Influenza degli zuccheri sulla secrezione lattea. Arch. farm, sper, 1908, 7: 329-37.—Pintozzi, V. Influenza dell'anestesia del capezzolo e dell'areola mammaria sulla secrezione lattea. Lattante, 1933, 4; 484-93.—Plauchu & Garia. Influence des medicaments sur la secretion lactee. Lyon med, 1908, 111: 164-6.—Rokhlin, R. D. [Effect of various industrial plants on the composition of milk in nursing mothers] Gig. bezopass. pat. truda, 1929, 7: 61-7.—Rossi, L. II contenuto di calcio del latte umano in rapporto alla somministrazione di caicio, di ergosterina irradiata ed estratto paratiroideo. Clin. pediat. Mod, 1934, 16: 833-44.—Sardi, J. L. Production de la secretion lactea por los extractos hipofisarios en los cobayos machos. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1935, 11: 250-7.—Schilf, E, & Wohinz, R. Ueber das Vorkommen von Coffein in der Frauen- milch nach Genuss von Kaffee. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1928, 134: 201^1.—Schumacher, P. H. Wirkung von antithyreoiden Schutzstoffen auf die Milchsekretion. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1935, 100: 211-4, ch.—Smith, H. O, & Nelson, V. E. Cod liver oil for reproduction and lactation. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-31, 28: 393.—Spirito, F. Decidua ed allattamento. Ann. ostet. gin, 1928, 50: 755-69.—Spolverini, L. Le inalazioni di aria irradiata in terapia; ricerche sperimentali sulla secrezione lattea. Policlinico, 1927, 34: sez. prat, 1615-23.—Stockman, R. The action of atropine on milk secretion. Edinburgh M.J, 1927, n.s, 34: 340-2.—Terwilliger, W. G, & Hatcher, R. A. The elimination of morphine and quinine in human milk. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1934, 58: 823-6.—Vignes, H. Action de quelques medicaments et medication sur la secretion lactee. Bull. gen. th6r, 1929, 181: 251-6.—Wachtel, M. Wege zur Steigerung und Verminderung der Milchsekretion im Wochenbett. Zbl. Gyn, 1929, 53: 987-91.—Yoshiya, H. Pharmakologische Unter- suchung der Frauen- sowie der Kuhmilch zur Feststellung ihrer Unterschiede; wie wirkt Frauen- und Kuhmilch auf das iiberle- bende Froschherz? Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1935, 14: 664. ---- Secretion: Pharmacology: Galactagogues. Btjsse, W. *Untersuchungen iiber die milch- treibende Wirkung von Milchinjektionen [Leip- zig] 40p. 8? Dahlen, 1934. Knauer, G. A. *Ueber Anregung der Milch- sekretion [Freiburg i. Br.] 30p. 8? Hamb., 1925. Rippena, W. [T.] *Ueber die milchtreibenden Mittel [Gottingen] 57p. 8? Hannover, 1926. Schltjttig, H. [I.] *Eine neue innersekre- torische Methode zur Steigerung der Milch- sekretion bei Wochnerinnen [Leipzig[ 14p. 8? Zeulenroda-Thur., 1934. Block, W. Mittel zur Forderung der Milchsekretion. Ther. Gegenwart, 1926, 67: 353-7.—Dietel, F. G. Laktagoga. Fortsch. Ther, 1934, 10: 146-51.—Dietz, H. Ueber die medikamentose Behandlung der Laktationsschwache. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1936, 33: 478.—Feer, E. Ein Lactagogum? [Moloco] Schweiz-. med. Wschr, 1926, 56: 884.—Fernandez, L. L. Estudio critico de los galactogenos. Rev. med. cir. pract, Madr, 1909, 83: 369; 409; 451.—Flesch, M. Sistomensin als Laktagogum? Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 1784.—Grossi, G. Su di alcune interessanti osser- vazioni con preparati galattogeni dell'Istituto Sieroterapico Milanese. Terapia, Milano, 1929, 19: 330-6— Harris, H. A. Galactagogues and lactation. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1932, 134: 39-43.—Hinrichs, F. Tyronorman und seine Wirkung auf die Milchsekretion. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 1217.—Israel, A. Zur Frage der Lactagoga. Med. Kor. Bl. Wurttemberg, 1927, 97: 245.—Kustner, H. Anregung der Milchsekretion durch Tyronorman. Deut. med. Wschr, 1936, 62: 304. ----- Steigerung der Milchsekretion durch antithyreoiden Schutzstoff. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1934, 81: 1261-5.—Lozano, A. R. Lactan- cia materna; medios que contribuirian a su estimulo, desa- rrollo y perfeccionamiento. Arch, espan. pediat, 1932, 16: 529-56.—Miraldi, E. Sull'azione angiogalattogena della canfora. Umbria med, 1936, 16: 3024-31—Palmer, L. S., & Eckles, C. H. Milk as a galactagogue. N. York M.J, 1918, 108: 375. Also repr.—Pueyrredon, E. M. Galactagogo natural auto-placenta. Arch. lat. amer. pediat, B. Air, 1925, 3.ser, 19: 802-14.—Rosen- blatt, J. Die Wirkung des Kampfers auf die laktierende Brust. Zbl. Gyn, 1933, 57: 1190.—Rosenhaupt, H. Diatetische Und medikamentose Beeinflussung der Milchsekretion der Stillen- den, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Laktagols. Zbl. Kinderh, 1905,10: 343-9.—Saghki, S. [Hormonal treatment for increase of milk secretion] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1936, 65: 53-7.—Tbrne, H. von. Untersuchungen fiber die Steigerung der Milchsekretion durch Schilddrtisenhemmungsstoff (Tyronor- man) Miinch. med. Wschr, 1935, 82: 1921.—Volz, K. Beitrag zur hormonalen Therapie zwecks Steigerung der Milchsekretion. Zbl. Gyn, 1935, 59: 2016— Wachtel, M. The promotion of the milk secretion and its vitamin content, both in the human and the cow, by means of specially prepared yeast. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1930. n.s, 129: 68. ---- Secretion, virginal [and without pregnancy] Ballin, L. Kolostrumsekretion bei Schwangerschaft und gynakologischen Erkrankungen. Zbl. Gyn, 1926, 50: 278-84.— BREAST MILK 995 BREAST MILK Bentolilla, J. Galactorrea en una mujer virgen. Bol. Inst- clin. quir, B. Air, 1927, 3: 712-4.—Castelli, G. B. Funzione mammaria oltre le menopausa. Gior. med. mil, 1931, 79: 277-82.—Cipriani, K. Sulla lactatio serotina e la medicina nei popoli primitivi. Riv. biol, 1928,10:735-40.—Dario Castelli, G. Funzione mammaria oltre la menopausa. Arch, ostet. gin, 1931, 2.ser, 18: 452-6.—Isac, L. [Doua cazuri interesante de revenire a laptelui] Cluj. med, 1927, 8: 6; 215—Jago, W. J. An unusual case of lactation [in a non-pregnant woman] Kenya & East Afr. M.J, 1927-28, 4:114.—Knott, J. Abnormal lactation in the virgin; in the old woman; in the male; in the newborn of either sex [witches' milk] Am. Med, 1907, no.2, 373-8 — Kovalev, A. J. [Lactation outside of pregnancy and period of nursing; case of basilar meningitis with occuripg lactation] Vrach. dielo, 1926, 9: 1114.—Krestin, D. Spontaneous lactation with enlargement of the pituitary fossa. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1931, 24: 692.—Litten, L. Die histologischen Grundlagen der Sekretion nichtgravider Mammae. Virchow's Arch, 1926, 259: 126-46.—Soler Julia, J, & Vanrell, J. Secretion mamaria independiente de gravidez, consecutiva a castration quinirgica; casos clinicos. Ars med, Barcel, 1930, 6: 49-54.—Walter, R. Abnormal secretion from the mammary gland following removal of a dermoid and corpus luteum cyst of the ovary. J. Mount Sinai Hosp, 1936-37, 3: 213-5. ---- Secretion—ante partum. Fulconis. A propos d'un cas de lactation de la grossesse. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1933, 22: 332. ----- Sur la theorie hormonique de la secretion lactee; a propos d'un cas de lactation pendant la grossesse. Nourrisson, 1933, 21: 310.—Stuks, G. G. [Nursing during pregnancy] Tr. Vsessouz. sjezda detsk. vrach. (1927) 1929,4: 522-37. ---- Serology. See also under names of infections. Haedke, K. [R. E.] *Ueber die bakterien- schadigende Eigenschaft der Frauenmilk [Tu- bingen] 14p. 8? Borna-Lpz., 1929. Biro, I. [Isohemagglutinins of human milk] Magy. orv. arch, 1931,32: 142-6. ----- Gruppenspezifische Eigenschaften der Frauenmilch und des Kolostrums. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1932-33,-93: 354-8.—Butler, W. J. The opsonic content of breast milk. Tr. Injternat. Congr. Tuberc, 1908, 2: 390-3 — Cattaneo, C. Sul potere emolitico del siero del latte di donna. Atti Congr. pediat. ital. (1905) 1906, 5: 181-6. Also Pediatria, Nap, 1905, 2.ser, 3: 488-93. -----& Ramacci, A. Sulla rea- zione del latte di donna. Atti Congr. pediat. ital. (1905) 1906, 5: 431-6.—Bel Carpio, I. Recherches sur le pouvoir antigene du lait humain physiologiquement reabsorbe. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1929, 1: 93-5.—Ellenbeck, H. Zur Ha- molyse der Frauenmilch. Verh. Ges. deut. Naturforsch. (1912) 1913, 84: 2.Teil, 2.Halft, 232.—Frey, G. Hamolysiert die Frauen- milch? Miinch. med. Wschr, 1907, 54: 1782—Gatto, S. Pro- prieta isoagglutinanti e reazioni immunitarie del latte di donna luetica. Lattante, 1936, 7: 165-81.—Graziano, F. Sulla presenza di antigene tubercolare nei latte di donne affette da tubercolosi polmonare. Ibid, 1930, 1: 79-95.—Guareschi, G. Sulle varia- zioni del titolo delle emoagglutinine del colostro e del latte dopo il parto. Arch, antrop. crim. Tor, 1936, 56: 614-9— Gybrgy, P. Eiklar-Antigen in der Frauenmilch. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1931, 3 F 82: 1-14—Joannides, G. S. Le lait substance anatoxigene? Arch. Inst. Pasteur helten, 1923-26, 1: 293-6.—Pfaundler, M, & Moro, E. Ueber hamolytisches Komplement in der Frauen- milch. Munch, med. Wschr, 1908, 55: 1063—Segre, G. V. Sul potere emoaglutinante del latte luetico. Ann. ostet. gin, 1928, 50: 1046-9.—Sodano, A. Sul passagio delle agglutinine nei latte materno. Arch, ostet. gin, 1933, 2.ser, 20: 77-92.—Smyth, F. S, & Bain, K. Enteral absorption of the antigen and the apparent failure of antigen secretion in human milk. J. Allergy, 1931,2: 282^. ---- Sterilization. Bouquet, H. La sage-femme de demain; la sterilisation du lait maternel. Monde med, 1923, 33: 793-7.—Catel, W. Ein- fluss der Sterilisation der Frauenmilch auf den Ernahrungser- folg. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1930, 86: 36-40.-Eschench. Die nach dem Verfahren von Dr Mayerhofer und Pribram buddi- sierte Frauenmilch. C. rend. Congr. internat. med, 1910, 16.Congr, sect.X, Pediat, 299-301.-Hanson, S. Pasteurization of breast milk at a low temperature. Arch. Pediat, N.Y, 1931, 48-478—Kayser M. E. Einfluss der Sterilisation der Frauen- milch 'auf den Ernahrungserfolg Mschr Geburtsh. Gyn 1930, 86: 41-5 [Erwiderung von W. Catel] 46-8 —— Ernit- zung der Frauenmilch und Ernahrungserfolg. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61: 1698-1700. ---- Therapeutic use. Venizelos, D. J- *Le lait de femme aux debiles dans les nourriceries des enfants-assistes. 2" 'a ji, HnVtpn C [Experiments with artificial human milk[eBlbf"i*gW 1930 122: 534-41,-Di Pace, I. I vantaggi milkj P'D}- '®?e1r'ttJ-':d donna nella proteinoterapia. Rinasc. mel,™ 6: ISS-Fnikler, W. Das Hormon der Mutter- milch. Umschau, 1935, 39: 84-6.—Heim, K. Hormonale Wirkungen der Frauenmilch. Klin. Wschr, 1931, 10: 357.— Jacobson, G. Modification de la flore intestinale du jeune chien alimente avec du lait de femme. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1909, 66: 143-5.—Kraszewski, W, & Lindenfeld, L. Ueber blutgerin- nungsfbrdernde Eigenschaften der Muttermilch. Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 863.—Kurahashi, Y. Ueber den Einfluss der Mutter- milch auf die Blutgerinnung. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1936, 17: 980.—Mother's milk found to check hemorrhage. Science News Lett, 1934, 26: 312—Pooler, H. W. The value of human milk during the second year after childbirth. Arch. Pediat, N.Y, 1930, 47: 698-706—Reuss, A. Die therapeutische Ver- wendung der Frauenmilch. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1929, 42: 1183- 6.—Sacco, V. La dieta aclorurata della madre nella cura delle manifestazioni cutanee della diatesi essudativa nei lattante. Pediatria (Riv.) 1934, 42: 1432-40—Taylor, J. M. The curative powers in human milk. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull, Phila, 1909, 2: 712-7. ---- Variations. Barbier, H, & Boinot, G. Note sur les variations de la compo- sition des laits de femme et quelques influences qui peuvent les provoquer. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1906, 8: 377^40. Also Tuberc. inf. Par, 1906, 9: 203-26.—Barbier, H, & Mascre, M. Sur les variations de composition de laits de femme; leurs causes, leur importance. Bull. gen. titer, 1909, 158: 819-29. Also Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1908,10: 148-59.—Deval, L. Sur les variations de la composition du lait de femme pendant l'allaitement. Bull. sc. pharm. Par, 1905, 12: 270-8. Also Presse nted, 1905, 747.—Hammett, F. S. Variations in the composition of human milk during the first 11 days after parturition. J. Biol. Chem, 1917, 29: 381-90.—Momm & Krasemer. Hat der Krieg einen Einfluss auf die Zusammensetzung der Muttermilch? Miinch. med. Wschr, 1917, 64: 1419-21.—Nims, B, Macy, I. [et al.] Human milk studies; variations in the composition of milk at 4 hour intervals during the day and night. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1932, 43: 828-44. -----■ Human milk studies; daily and monthly variations in milk components as observed in 2 suc- cessive lactation periods. Ibid, 1062-76. Also repr.—Steinert, G. [Examination of human milk and menstruation. Orv. hetil, 1934, 78: 38. —---■ & Papp, G. Ueber Frauenmilch und Menstruation. Zschr. Kinderh, 1934, 56: 208-11. ---- Vitamins, Lippmann [G.] K. *Enthalt Frauenmilch- stuhl Vitamin C? 22p. 8? Lpz. [1930] Barnes, B. J, Cope, F. [et al.] Human milk studies; vitamin D potency as influenced by supplementing the diet of the mother during pregnancy and lactation with cow's milk fortified with a concentrate of cod liver oil (a test on rachitic infants and rats) J. Nutrit, 1934, 8: 647-57, 4pl.—Correns, A. E. Der Vitamin C- Gehalt der Frauenmilch und der Kuhmilch im Sommer. Klin. Wschr, 1937, 16: 81-3.—Bonelson, E, & Macy, I. G. Human milk studies; vitamin G (B2) content of mixed milk. Am. J. Physiol, 1932, 100: 420-5. ----- The vitamin B and vitamin G content before and during maternal consumption of yeast. J. Nutrit, 1934, 7: 231-49. Also repr.—Eekelen, M. van, & Haas, J. H. de. About carotene and vitamin A in human milk, with special reference to colostrum. Acta brevia neerl, 1934-35, 4: 52-4. Also Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1934, 74: 1201-8.— Ferdinand, H. Der Vitamin C-Gehalt der Frauenmilch und der Kuhmilch in den P'ruhjahrsmonaten. Klin. Wschr, 1936, 15: 1311—Frank, A. Vergleichende Untersuchungen am Meer- schweinchen und beim skorbutkranken Kinde Uber den Vita- min C-Gehalt der Frauenmilch. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1926, 3.F, 62: 169-78, ch.—Haas, J. H. de, & Meulemans, I. O. [Contents of ascorbic acid (vitamine C) in mother's milk in Batavia] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 2277-96—Hoobler, B. R, Outhouse, J, & Macy, I. G. Certain biological properties of human milk. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1926, 38: 38-40.—Kasahara, M, & Kawashima, K. Die jahreszeitliche Schwankung des Vitamin C-Gehaltes in der Muttermilch. Zschr. Kinderh, 1936, 58: 191.—Macchi, A, & Scalpati, P. Esiste la vitamina antiraehitica rtel latte di donna? Arch. Ist. biochim. ital, 1930 2: 625-38.—McCosh, S. S, Macy, I. G, & Hunscher, H. A. 'Human milk studies; vitamin potency as influenced by supplementing the maternal diet with yeast. J. Biol. Chem, 1931, 90: 1-13. Macy, I. G, Outhouse, J. [et al.] Human milk studies; technique employed in vitamin studies. Ibid, 1927 73: 153-74. ----- The quantitative estimation of vita- min'A Ibid, 175-88. ----- The quantitative estimation of vitamin B ibid, 189-201. ----- A note on the vitamin A and B content of cow's milk. Ibid, 203-8. Also repr. ----- A study of the vitamin A and B content of mixed human milk. Ibid 1926, 67: li.—Menken, J. G. [Contents of vitamin A and carotinoids in the blood serum of man and in mother's milk] Mschr. kindergeneesk, 1934, 3: 22-35.—Meulemans, I. O, & Haas J. H. de [Contents of carotene and vitamine A in moth- ers' milk among the natives in Batavia] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie 1936, 76: 1538-71. ----- & Brekke, V. Human milk studies- a quantitative comparison of the antiricketic factor in human'milk and cow's milk. J. Biol. Chem, 1928, 78: 129-44.- Paffrath H , & Consten, A. Ueber die Ausscheidung von gelben Pflanzenfarbstoffen in der Frauenmilch. Zschr. Kinderh, 1926, 42- 51-9 —Romaniello, G. Le vitamine in rapporto alla funzione mammaria ed alio sviluppo intra ed extrauterino del feto. Arch. ostet. gin, 1933, 2.ser, 20: 535-58.-Selleg, I, & King, C. G. The BREAST MILK 996 BREATHING vitamin C content of human milk and its variation with diet. J. Nutrit, 1936, 11: 599-606.—Stoerr, E. Le lait en tant que source de vitamine C (lait de femme, lait de vache cru et chauffe, ses variations saisonnieres, lait condense et lait sec) Rev. fr. pediat, 1936, 12: 427-38.—Vogt, E. Untersuchungen fiber den Vitamingehalt der Muttermilch. Zbl. Gyn.1930, 54: 1042-4. BREAST pump. See also Breast milk, Collection. Benoist, M. *Recherches cliniques sur I'emploi d'une nouvelle pompe a lait electrique. 84p. 8? Par., 1929. Bocskay, E. *Le tire-lait electrique du Docteur Abt. 39p. 8? Par., 1933. Abt, I. A. Human milking machine. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1921,33:344-6. ----- Some further observations on the elec- tric breast pump. Ibid, 1923, 35: 21-5. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 81: 391. ----- Water-driven breast pump. Ibid, 1926, 87: 240.—Bettinotti, S. I. Presentation de un modelo Poli- extractor de leche de mujer. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1934, 41: pt2, 1047-9.—Brindeau & Bestrieux. De I'emploi de la pompe a lait electrique. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1928, 17: 817—Cahen- Brach, E. Zur Milchpumpenfrage. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 1088.—Cocchi, C. L'uso del tiralatte; modello di tira- latte. Riv. clin. pediat, 1923, 31: 345-56.—Hess, J. H. An im- proved breast-milk collector. J. Am. M. Ass, 1916, 66: 722. Also repr.—Kaupe, W. Eine neue Milchpumpe. Miinch. med, Wschr, 1907, 54:126.—Kermauner, F. Eine Modifikation an der Milchpumpe von Jaschke-Scherbak. Zbl. Gyn, 1921,45: 1041.— Kuliga, P. Neues zur Milchpumpenfrage. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1923, 70: 604.—Lantuejoul. Emploi de la pompe a lait electrique apres accouchement gemellaire. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1928, 17: 893.—MacBonald, C. Abt's electric breast pump. Am. J. Nurs, 1925, 25: 277-80.—Meier, A. Eine Modifikation der Jaschkeschen Milchpumpe zur Selbstbedienung. Kinder- arztl. Prax, 1936, 7: 406-8.—Rodriguez y Rodriguez, C. La ex- traction mecanica de la leche de mujer. Arch, espan. pediat, 1933, 17: 463; 514, pi.— Scheer, K. Eine elektrisch betriebene Milchpumpe. Mschr. Kinderh, 1926, 33: 433-40.—Tarr, E. M. The electric breast pump. Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 125: 607-10 — Thoenes, F. Die Wasserstrahl-Milchpumpe. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1929,76:1464.—Van Hoosen, B. Electrical breast pump. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1922, 34: 268. BREATH. See Respiration. ---- Fetor. See also under names of primary diseases as Mouth, Diseases; Stomach, Diseases, &c. Bohstall, J. *Ueber die Aetiologie und die Therapie des Foetor ex ore [Munchen] 18p. 8? Wurzb. 1932. Ames, W. V. B. Vicarious function of the lungs, as bearing upon fetid breath. Dent. Rev, Chic, 1912, 26: 460-4.—Bickel, B. What is the cure for bad breath? Internat. Clin, 1929, 39.ser., 2: 292.—Blankenhorn, M. A. Garlic odor to breath. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936,107:1321. -----& Richards, C. E. Garlic breath odor. Ibid, 409.—Boas, I. Ueber Foetor ex ore et lingua und dessen Behandlung. Ther. Gegenwart, 1929, 70: 10-5.— Boldyreff, W. N. Fetor ex ore (halitosis) Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1934, 24: 5-10.—Castellani, A. Further observations on foetor oris of tonsillar origin and certain bacilli causing it. J. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1930, 33: 134. Also Lancet, Lond, 1930, 1: 623.—Coelho, J. Mauvaise haleine. Presse med, 1936, 44: 139.—De Vecchis, B. II fetore dell'alito in speciale riguardo alle condizioni del cavo orale. Stomatologia, Milano, 1920-21, 18: 33-7.—Frank, A. Halitosis and its treatment. Med. World, 1934, 52: 121.—Girolami, M. Eziologia batterica in casi di Foetor ex ore (Alkaligenes alkalofoetidus, Castellani 1930) Gior. batt. immun, 1935, 15: 79-83.—Grapp, G. L. Fetor oris (halitosis) a medical and dental responsibility. Northwest M, 1933, 32: 375-80.—Griffith, I. The battle of halitosis. Am. J. Pharm, 1936, 108: 439-41.—Gruver, J. Halitosis—its causes and treatment. Oral Hyg, 1931, 21: 1751—Haggard, H. W, & Greenberg, L. A. Breath odors from alliaceous substances; cause and remedy. J. Am. M. Ass, 1935, 104: 2160-3.—Kemler, J.I. Halitosis. Med. J. & Rec, 1932, 136: 230. Alsorepr.— Levin, A. L. Factors in halitosis from the gastroenterological standpoint. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1924-25, 77: 442-4.—Mucker- jee, J. Breath deodorant. U.S. Patent Off, 1934, no.1978217.— Offensive odor on breath may now be overcome. Science News Lett, 1935,27:397.—Prinz, H. Offensive breath, its causes and its prevention. Dent. Cosmos, 1930, 72: 700-7.— Ravina, A. Traitement des alterations de l'haleine consecutives a l'absorp- tion d'ail et d'oignon par la chloramine. Presse med, 1936, 44: 139.—Schalij, F. A. Foetor ex ore. Geneesk. gids, 1931, 9: 477-82.—Szerb, Z. [Fetor ex ore] Gyogyaszat, 1936, 76:473-6 — Tamches, A. A propos des alterations de l'haleine. Presse med, 1936, 44: 640.—Trattamento (II) del fetore orale. Sto- matologia, Roma, 1929,17:422.—Tugendreich, G. Was bedeutet ubler Mundgeruch bei Kindern? Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1932, 29:757. BREATHING. See Respiration; also subject headings begin- ning with Respiratory. BREATHWIT, William, 1873-1925. Obituary. J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1924, 21:185. BREBANT, Pierre, 1909- '"L'iso-agglu- tination chez les animaux; recherches experi- mentales dans l'espece ovine [Alfort] 48p. 8? Par., 1932. BREBECK, Alfons, 1906- *Zweckmassige Befestigungsarten kiinstlicher Gaumenver- schlusse. 16p. 8? Miinch., H. Stock & Co., 1931. BRECCIA, Gioacchino. La cura delle malattie, tubercolari del polmone. xxiv, 821p. 61 illus. 8? Tor., Unione Tipograf. Editrice Torinese, 1921. BRECHEMIN, louis, 1843-1926. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1926, 86: 1149. BRECHER, Aron L., 1908- *Les etapes historiques du diagnostic medical. 43p. 8? Par., 1935. BRECHER, Bernhard, 1885- '"Histolo- gische Veranderungen nach Bestrahlung bos- artiger Geschwulste. 33p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1918. BRECHLING, Walter, 1906- *Zehn Jahre Fiirsorgetatigkeit fiir Lungenkranke in Leipzig und Dresden in den Jahren 1911 bis 1920. 8p. 8? [Lpz.] 1921. BRECHOTEATJ, Pierre, 1900- '"Contribu- tion a l'6tude du traitement des abces du poumon; le pneumothorax artificiel. 92p. 8? Par., 1927. BRECHTEL, Alfons, 1906- *Ueber die Verwendbarkeit der Gesetze der Vererbungs- lehre im Zivilprozess (Familienuntersuchungen iiber die Erblichkeit der Blutgruppen, der Blut- faktoren M und N, der Haarfarbe und der Augenfarbe) [Munchen] 24p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1933. BRECHTKEN, Anne, 1899- *Ueber 2 Falle von Tabespsychose mit anatomischem Befund [Marburg] 25p. 8? Berl., W. de Gruyter & Co., 1928. BRECKE, Albert, 1862- Briihl. Nekrolog. Zschr. Tuberk, 1930, 59: 353-6. BRECKE, Friedrich Franz, 1906- *Zur Frage des Zusammenhangs von progressiver Muskeldystrophie und Trauma. lip. 8? Tub., 1935. BRECKENRIDGE, Lester Page, 1858- & FLAGG, S. B. Saving fuel in heating a house. 35p. 8? Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1917. Forms no.97, Tech. Papers U.S. Bur. Mines. BRECKENRIDGE, Scott Dudley. See Parker, Edward Ma6on, & Breckenridge, Scott Dudley. Surgical and gynaecological nursing. 3.ed. 429p. 8! Phila. [1925] BRECKINRIDGE, Sophronisba Preston, 1866- Public welfare administration in the United States; select documents, xxiii, 786p 8? Chic, Univ. Chic. Press [1927] See also American Association of Hospital Social Workers; medical social case records submitted in the 1927 case competi- tion ... 176p. 8? Chic. [1928] BREDA, Achille, 1850-1933. Gougerot. N6crologie. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1934, 41: 253. BREDENBERG, J. Anton W., 1878-1928. *Ueber die Hydrierung des Cinchonins. 68p. 8? Erlangen, Junge & Sohn, 1914^ For biography see Tskr. mil. halsov, 1928, 53: 71(R.) BREDENFELD, Elisabeth. *Die intravenose Narkose mit Arzneigemischen [Bern] 12p. 8? Berl., A. Hirschwald, 1916. BREDERLOW 997 BREEDING BREDERLOW, Martin [Wilhelm] 1892- *Ueber einen Fall von Tumor im Gebiete der grossen Ganglien. 20p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1918. BREDIER, Maurice. *Contribution a l'etude des colopathies a trichocephales et a lamblias. 72p. 8? Par., 1934. BREDIG, Georg, 1868- For Festschrift see Zschr. phys. Chem, Abt. A, 1928,137: BREDNOW, W., & HOFMANN, E. Rontgen- atlas der Lungenerkrankungen; ein Leitfaden fiir Aerzte. 166p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwar- zenberg, 1931. BREDREL, Henriette. *Contributions cliniques a l'etude des psychopathies post-commotion- nelles. 38p. 8? Par., 1920. BREDT, Heinrich [Konrad] 1906- *Ein Fall von Uterus masculinus simplex rudimen- tarius nebst multiplen Missbildungen bei einem Neugeborenen. p.277-96. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1931, 95: BREDTHAUER, Alfred. *Einfliisse operativer Eingriffe auf die Menstruation. 8p. 8? Gott., E. A. Huth, 1920. BREDTMANN, Manfred, 1907- '"Glyko- genbildung durch Xylose [Munster] 15p. 8? Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1934. BREECH presentation. See Presentation. BREED, Robert Stanley, 1877- See Lehmann, Karl B, Neumann, Kudolf 0. [et al.] Bac- teriology; especially determinative bacteriology. 7.ed. 2v. 172p.;876p. 8! N.Y. 1930-31. BREEDING. See also Animals, Breeding; Eugenics; Genera- tion; Genetics; Heredity; Impregnation; In- breeding; Reproduction; &c; also names of animals and plants. American Breeders Magazine. Washing- ton, 1.-4., 1910-13. Greenman, M. J., & Duhring, F. L. Breed- ing and care of the albino rat for breeding pur- poses. 109p. 8? Phila. [1923] Veltjet, H. *De l'elevage en Vojvodina (Yougoslavie) [Alfort] 134p. 8? Par., 1933. Verdin, G. M. *La race tachet^e de l'Est en Cote d'Or [Alfort] 64p. 8? Par., 1933. Warwick, B. L. Breeding experiments with sheep and swine. 37p. 8? Wooster, Ohio, 1931. Forms no.480, Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. Xemard, M. * Considerations generates sur l'elevage au Maroc; le troupeau marocain [Alfort] 79 p. 8? Par., 1933. Baker, J. R, & Ranson, R. M. Factors affecting the breeding of the field mouse (Microtus agrestis) locality. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1933, s.B, 113: 486-95.—Brown, C. E. Rearing wild animals in captivity, and gestation periods. J. Mammal, 1936, 17: 10-3.—Castle, W. E. Linkage of Dutch, English, and angora in rabbits. Proc. U.S. Nat. Acad. Sc, 1924, 10: 107— Bayis, B. M. An attempt to improve through selection the style length and fertility of Oenothera brevistylis. Genetics, 1922, 7: 590-6 —Hambidge, G, & Bressman, E. N. A bird's-eye view of the work in plant and animal breeding. Yearb. Agr, 1936, 130_5i —Harland, S. C, & Atteck, O. M. Breeding experiments with biological races of Trichogramma minutum in the West Indies Zschr indukt. Abstamm, 1933, 64: 54-76—Hartwell, G A Mottram E C, & Mottram, V. H. The technique of breeding rats for feeding experiments. Biochem J, Lond, 1923, 17- 208-15— Hyde R R- Inbreeding, outbreeding, and selec- tion with'Drosophila melanogaster. J. Exp. Zool 1924,40: 181_2i4 —Kondyrev L. V. [Biological importance of individual development] Eksp. vet, 1926 3: 3-24.-Livestock breeding at the crossroads Yearb. Agr, 1936, 831-86 —Lydtin. Die Bio- lode im Dtenste der Tierzucht. Jahrb. wiss. prakt. Tierzucht. HO? V 63^81 -Marchlewski, T. [Studies on the genetics of earan.il sheen-' comparative value of various sires as fur produ- S Bull fntemSPAcad. polon. sc, s.BIl, 1929, 271-81.-01son, T. M. The relation of pure bred sires to the live-stock industry. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1922-23, 61: 423-30—Patterson, F. B, jr. Selection and housing of breeding stock. Vet. Med, Chic, 1927, 22: 233.—Punnett, R. C. Further notes on Dutch and English rabbits. J. Genetics, Lond, 1928-29, 20: 247-60.— Schufeldt, R. W. The science of stirpiculture. Am. J. Eugen, 1907,1: 193-6.—Some notes on the technique of plant and animal breeding. Yearb. Agr, 1936, 126-9—Ufer, M. Probleme der Ziichtungsforschung. Umschau, 1929, 33: 331-4.—United States breeding stations, wheat breeders, breeding methods, commer- cial varieties, promising new strains, present work, and objec- tives. Yearb. Agr, 1936, 277-302.—Unusual possibilities in breeding; some results that are worth while or that seem prom- ising. Ibid, 183-206. BREEDVELD, Izaak, 1873-1929. Hoefnagel & Vrijburg, A. [Obituary] Tschr. diergeneesk, 1929,56: 1253. BREEMEN, Jan Frans Leonard van, 1874- Over aetiologie, diagnostiek en therapie van cronisch rheumatische aandoeningen. 246p. roy.8? Rotterdam, W. L. & J. Brusse, 1926. See also Fox, Robert F, & Breemen, Jan van. Chronic rheu- matism. 364p 8? Lond, 1934. BREESE, Burtis Burr, 1868- Psychology. x, 482p. 8? N.Y., C. Scribner's Sons [1921] BREEZE, H. A., & Fowler, A. G. [Chiropody notes] v.p. 4? [Omaha, 1931] Mimeographed. BREGAS, Hans Jiirgen, 1900- '"Unter- suchungen iiber die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkorperchen nach operativen Ein- griffen in die Mundhohle. 12p. 8? Kiel, 1929. ^ BREGER, Marcel, 1894- *Traitement des retrecissements blennorragiques de l'uretre par la diathermie. 74p. 8? Par., 1927. BREGMA. See under Cranium. BREGMANN, Alexander. *Ueber einen Fall von Kleinhirntumor. 24p. 8? Ziir., E. Kreut- ler, 1919. BREGMANN, Szloma. ="Studien uber die Wirkung des Blutserums und der Arzneistoffe auf das Wachstum von Lupinus albus. 23p. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & Co., 1930. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1930, 60: BREGSTEIN, Samuel Joseph, 1899- The business conduct of an ethical practice; an exposition of the application of business princi- ples to the practice of dentistry without trans- gressing the rules of ethics. 2.ed. xii, 220p. 8? Brooklyn, N.Y., Dent. Items of Interest Pub. Co., 1932. BREHIER, Georges Jules, 1902- *Des splenomegalies familiales. 135p. 8? Par., L. Arnette 1935 BREHM, Alfred, 1905- *Das Erythema migrans chronicum (Lipschutz) [Berlin] 30p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1932. BREHM, Anton, 1907- *Beitrag zur Morphologie des Carabellischen Hockerchens. 23p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1934. BREHM, Arnold. *Ueber die Todesfaile und Sectionsbefunde der Ziircherischen kantonalen Irrenheilanstalt Burgholzli vom 17. Marz 1879 bis 17. Marz. 1896 [Zurich] 60p. 8? Berl., 1897. BREHM, Ludwig, 1888- *Beitrage zur Lehre von den zentralen Lahmungen des Kehl- kopfs unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der amvotrophischen Lateralsklerose. 50p. 8? Wiirzb., H. Sturtz, 1915. BREHM, Willy, 1884- *Ueber Kniege- lenkseitenbander und ihr Ersatz durch auto- plastische Fascientransplantation. 450. 8? Lpz., E. Lehmann, 1919. BREHME, T. Ueber Encephalographie im Kindesalter. 50p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1926. Forms H.ll, Abh. Kinderh. BREHMER 998 BREITENSTEIN BREHMER, Fritz. Melodieauffassung und me- lodische Begabung des Kindes. 180p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1925. Forms H.36, of Beih. Zschr. angew. Psychol. BREHMER, Helmuth, 1909- ="Beit'rag zur Nephrotomie und Nephrektomie beim Hunde. 77p. 2pl. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1932. BREHMER, Hermann, 1826-99. For Festschrift see Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1926, 64: H.2. Also Zschr. Tuberk, 1926, 45: H.6. For biography see Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1926, 14: 207-10 (S. A. Knopf) Also Colorado Med, 1927, 24: 16-9 (H. J. Corper) Also Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 1396 (H. Grau) Also Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1926, 68: 861-5 (R. Sievers) Also Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 1624 (Schlapper) Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 1364 (K. H. Bliimel) Also Zschr. Tuberk, 1926, 45: 600 (Die- trich) Also Tr. Am. Clim. Clin. Ass, 1923, 37: pt2, 193-210 (H. M. Kinghorn) BREHMER, Wilfried, 1906- '"Untersu- chungen iiber das Wachstum von Streptokokken und Pneumokokken im Meerschweinchen-, Ka- ninchen-, Mause-, Hammel- und Menschenblut nach der Kapillarmethode von Wright. 32p. 8? Bresl., O. Gutsmann, 1933. BREHMEYER, Willy, 1889- *Ueber Dun- kelfarbung nachwachsender Haare bei Alopecia areata [Bonn] 20p. 8? Coin, Greven & Bech- told, 1918. BREHON, Pierre Aime, 1906- '"Contri- bution a l'etude de l'hygiene dans les mines de charbon. 104p. 8? Par., 1934. BREIDERT, Wilhelm, 1905- *Erfolge bei der chirurgischen und inneren Behandlung des Pylorospasmus der Sauglinge [Freiburg] 20p. 8? Darmstadt, G. L. Kiinzel, 1930. BREIGER. Die Vibrationsmassage und ihre vielseitige Anwendung. 48p. illus. 8? Berl., F. Ellersiek, 1919. BREIHOLZ, Max, 1904- *Die Einwir- kung von verdautem Jodtropon auf die Mor- phologie des Bacterium coli [Kiel] 16p. 8? [Hamburg, Niemann & Moschinski] 1928. BREIL, Wilhelm, 1884- *Ueber einen Fall von Uterus unicornis gravidus mit Myom des rudimentaren Nebenhornes. 36p. pi. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1913. BREIMAN, Leib, 1904- *Prevention de la cecit6 (risques professionnels et accidents) 46p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein. 1935. BREINL, Friedrich, 1888- , FUELLER- BORN, F. [et al.] Tropische Dermatosen, juxtaartikulare Knoten, Rattenbisskrankheit. xi, 857p. 503illus. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1932. Forms Bd 12, Teil 1, of Handb. Haut-u. Geschlechtskr. (Alexander) Berl, 1927-32. BREITBACH, Hans, 1905- ="Wann ist eine Arthritis deformans durch Arbeiten mit Pressluftwerkzeugen hervorgerufen als Berufs- krankheit anzusehen? 25p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1932. BREITBART, Heinrich, 1906- *Ueber das primare Rundzellsarkom der Milz [Got- tingen] 9p. 8? Dresd., R. Risse, 1935. BREITENBACH, Bruno, 1902- '"Bezie- hung zwischen Zahnung und fieberhaften Er- krankungen ausgedriickt durch den syntropischen Index [Frankfurt] 14p. 8? Ludwigshafen a. Rh., G. Weintz, 1932. BREITENBACH, Johann de [Cerasianus] 1507. Repetitio c. sententiam sanguinis. 56 1. sm.4? Leipzig, Melchior Lotter, 1499. BREITENSTEIN, Friedrich, 1909- *Ar- seneinlage oder Anasthesie. 24p. 8? Heidelb., 1933. Mimeograph. BREITENSTEIN, Theodor, 1902- '"Re- aktionen zwischen Stickstoffverbindungen und Phenolen (ein Beitrag zu den Beziehungen zwischen Konstitution und chemischer sowie pharmakologischer Wechselwirkung) 43p. 8? Bonn, A. Brand, 1934. BREITHAUPT, Alexander, 1887- '"Bei- trag zur Kenntnis der praretinalen Blutungen. 28p. 8? Heidelb., J. Horning, 1916. BREITHAUPT, Eberhard, 1903- *Die Bedeutung des Nachweises der hamolysierenden Streptokokken fiir die Scharlachprophylaxe. p.523-9. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1932. Also Zschr. Hyg, 1932, 113: BREITKOPF, Franz, 1896- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der tiefgelegenen (subfascialen) Lipome des Halses. 6p. 8? [Lpz., 1922] BREITMAN, Lucien Benjamin, 1890- *L'insol; contribution a l'etude de la photo- therapie de guerre, des rayons ultra-violets; de leur production et de leur posologie. 32p. 8? Par., 1920. [BREITMAN, Mikhail] Yakovlevich, 1876- [Dictionary of Clinical Terminology] No. 1-2. xvi, 543p. paged consec. 4? [Leningrad] 1926. BREITNER, Burghard, 1884- Die Blut- transfusion. 2p.l. 113p. 8? Wien, J. Springer, 1926. ---- Die Erkrankungen der Schilddruse. viii, 308p. 8? Wien, J. Springer, 1928. BREITNER, Carl. Praktische Orthodontic viii, 252p. illus. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwar- zenberg, 1936. Forms Bd 6. Biicher f. d. zahnarztl. Praxis. See also Kiirer, J, & Breitner, Carl. Die Behandlung der Kinderzahne. 216p. 8? Berl, 1934. BREITNER, Erhart. Kriegsbilder; eine zusam- menfassende Geschichte des Weltkrieges und sein Verlauf bis Mitte November, 1914. 220p. 4? Berl., O. Eisner, 1914. BREITTJNG, Erich, 1876- *Studien iiber die Rinder Afrikas und Polynesiens und ihren Zusammenhang untereinander [Bern] 77p. pi. 5tab. 8? Berl., H. Blanke, 1910. BREITUNG, Georg, 1885- ="Ein doppeltes Ganglioneuroma sympathicum an der Vorder- fiache des Os coccygis als Geburtshindernis. 23p. 8? Berl., W. Deyhle, 1914. BREKENFELD, Friedrich Wilhelm [Ludwig] 1887- *Ein Beitrag zur Mechanik der Beinprothese [Konigsberg] 12p. 8? Wiesb., J. F. Bergmann, 1915. BRELET, Maurice. La scarlatine. 246p. 12? Par., E. Flammarion, 1924. BRELIE [Georg] Gerhard von der, 1912- *Die Berufskrankheiten des Zahnarztes, ihre Behandlung und Verhiitung. 19p. 8? Tub., A. Becht, 1935. BRELOCHS, Anthon. [Ein Kurzer Unterricht einer Seuche, der englische Schwitz genannt] 12 1. 8? Niirnberg, Jobst Gutknecht, 1529. BREM, Leo, 1901- *Heilkunde bei Pere Baptiste du Tertre und Pere Jean Baptiste Labat; ein Beitrag zur Monchsmedizin, des xvii. Jahrhunderts. 75p. 8? Wiirzb. [1931] BREMEN, Rudolf von, 1891- *Ueber Lumbalpunktionen bei der progressiven Paralyse, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Salvarsan- Therapie. 18p. 8? Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1915. BREMEN, Germany. Institut fiir Leistungs- priifung. See Berlin, Germany. Berliner Gesellschaft fiir Psychologie, &c. in 4.ser. BREMEN, Germany. Statistisches Landesamt. Bremer Verwaltungs- und Wirtschaftsberichte [monthly] 1., 1930- ---- Bremische Statistik [monthly] 1934. Also Sonderhefte. 1:1934. BREMEN 999 BREND ---- Die Volks-, Berufs- und Betriebszahlung in Bremen. Bremen, H.2, 1928; H.3, 1929; 1933. ---- Handel und Verkehr in Bremen. 1933. Mitteilungen. 1926-28. Incomplete. ---- Monatsberichte. 1920-29. Continued as Bremer Verwaltungs, &c. ---- Vierteljahrsheft zur Bremischen Statis- tik [quarterly] 1934. BREMER, Bernhard, 1906- '"Verglei- chende Untersuchungen tiber Erwarmungen von einzelnen Korperstoffen, von Gliedmassen und Korperhohlen bei subaqualer Diathermie und im Ultrakurzwellen-Condensator-Feld. 23p. 8? Freib. i. Br., Gorres, 1933. BREMER, Ernst, 1898- *Extragenitale Primaraffekte der Syphilis [Berlin] 59p. 2 1. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1928. BREMER, F., & RYLANT, P. Recherches sur le mecanisme de Taction de la strychnine sur le systeme nerveux central; etude des modifica- tions, par la strychnine, des electromyogrammes des rMexes du chat et de la grenouille. 42p. 8? Brux., 1926. Forms no.5, v.22: Mem. couron. Acad. med. Belgique. BREMER, Franz, 1889- *Ein Beitrag zum Studium iiber den Entfaltungsakt in patholo- gischen Magen [Gottingen] 19p. 8? Bremen, A. Guthe [1920] ' BREMER, Friedrich Wilhelm, 1894- See Bodechtel, G, Bremer, F. W. [et al.] Infektionen und Intoxikationen. 2.Teil. 1116p. 8? Berl, 1936. Forms 13. Bd Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Forster) BREMER, Hans, 1905- *Statistische Untersuchungen iiber Gelenkaffektionen bei Gonorrhoe, Lues, Tuberkulose und Polyarthritis rheumatica [Munchen] 23p. 8? Borna-Lpz.. R. Noske, 1929. ---- *Ueber die Technik der Radiumbe- handlung bei Tumoren der Mundhohle [Mun- chen] 20p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1932. BREMER, Heinrich, 1885- *Die Be- handlung des septischen Abortes. 23p. 8? Halle, 1914. BREMER, John Lewis, 1874- See Stohr, Philipp, & Lewis, Frederic T. A text-book of histology. 5.ed. 580p. 8? Phila. [1936] BREMER Verwaltungs- und Wirtschaftsbe- richte. Bremen, v.l, 1930- See also Bremen, Germany. Statistisches Landesamt in 4.ser. BREMERMAN, Laban T„ 1850-1922. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 78: 1217. BREMICKER, Werner, 1902- '"Verglei- chende Studien iiber die Biologie der Vagina [Kiel] 40p. 8? [Possneck i. Thur., F. Streit- berger] 1927. BREMIER, Rene, 1897- *La chronaxie chez l'enfant. 52p. 8? Par., 1923. BREMM, Hedwig, 1903- ="Ueber die Darstellung einer blutkalksteigernden Substanz aus Plazenta. Up. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1933. BREMM, Jakob. Der Tiroler Joseph Enne- moser, 1787-1854. 4p.l. 165p. 6pl. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1930. ».,.,., Forms H.4. Arb. Kenntnis Gesch. Med. Rheinland i. West- falen (P. Krause) BREMOND, Jean. *La tuberculinotherapie par injections sous-epidermiques. 32p. 8? Geneve, 1924. BREMONT, Jean, 1902- *De la sympto- matologie et du diagnostic de 1'ileus biliaire. 59p 8° Par., 1929. BREND, William Alfred, 1873- A hand- book of medical jurisprudence and toxicology for the use of students and practitioners. 4.ed. xiii, 317p. 16? Lond., C. Griffin & Co., 1922. ---- Also 5.ed. xiii, 317p. front. 1924. ---- Also 6.ed. xiii, 327p. 1928. ---- Also 7.ed. xiii, 325p. pi. 1934. BRENDECKE, Rudolf, 1905- ="Die Fil- terfortsatze und die Verteilung der Sinnes- knospen in der Mundhohlenschleimhaut bei Proteus anguineus. 19p. 2 1. 4pl. 8? Gott., E. Grosse, 1926. ---- *Untersuchungen iiber die Gestaltung der Stiitzmassen in den Filterfortsatzen der Dipnoer [Gottingen] p.598-616. 8? Lpz., 1927. BRENDEL, Herbert, 1905- *Ueber die Beteiligung der Mundspeicheldriisen an agonaler Stomatitis bei kachektisierenden Krankheiten [Hallel 30p. 8? Lpz., F. P. Dilssner, 1932. BRENDEL, Martin, 1910- *Die Reaktion des akuten Eiterherdes mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung odontogener Eiterungen. 23p. 8? Lpz., F. A. Brockhaus, 1934. BRENDLE, Bernhard, 1886- '"Unter- suchungen iiber die Wassermahlzeit nach Austin zur Bestimmung der sekretorischen und moto- rischen Leistungsfahigkeit des Magens. 38p. 8? Freib. i. Br., Speyer & Kaerner, 1916. BRENER, Hermann'[Heinrich Adolf] 1885- *Die durch den Bazillus botulinus hervorgerufe- nen Nahrungsmittel-Vergiftungen; eine Zusam- menstellung der bisher gemachten Beobach- tungen [Giessen] 22p. 8? Diepholz, Schroder, 1920. BRENES, Ramiro, 1904- *Der gegen- wartige Stand der Anschauungen iiber Provoka- tions-Methoden bei Malaria. 23p. 8? [Berl.] 1931. BRENGLE, Deane Rockhold, 1889- Prac- tical therapy. 207p. 21. 8? [Detroit, 1933] ---- Modern office and general practice; a handbook of practical medicine, vii, 320p. 8? Kingsport, Tenn., Southern Pub. [1935] BRENK, Hermann, 1899- ="Ueber den Grad der Inzucht in einem innerschweizerischen Gebirgsdorf. 39p. 8? Zur., O. Fiissli, 1931. Also Arch. Julius Klaus-Stift, 1931, 6: BRENK-MOSZKOWICZ, Irene, 1902- *Beitrag zur Frage der Lymphogranulomatose [Zurich] 56p. tab. 8? Horgen, F. Frei, 1930. BRENNAN, Francis J., 1903- ="Malignant and benign tumors of bone [Marquette Univ.] 40p. 4? Milwaukee, 1931. Typewritten. BRENNAN, Patrick, 1892- *Traitement de l'hemophilie par les injections intraveineuses de chlorure de calcium. 44p. 8? Par., 1925. BRENNECKE, Johannes, 1849-1931. Bauereisen, A. Nekrolog. Zbl. Gyn, 1931, 55: 2721. Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1929, 96: 451-7. BRENNECKE, Walter, 1892- ="Die Be- deutung der Wassermannuntersuchung in der Geburtshilfe. 26p. 8? Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1918. BRENNEIS, Karl, 1905- ="Beitrag zur Operationsprognose bei Lippenkrebs. 26p. 21. 8? Wurzb., 1929. BRENNEKE, Werner, 1907- *Hyperne- phroide Tumoren und ihre Operabilitat [Berlin] 26p. 8? Lippstadt-Westf., Thiele, 1934. BRENNER, Alexander, 1859-1936. Eiselsberg, A. Nekrolog. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 1407. BRENNER, Asmus [Nicolai Peter] 1890- *Beitrag zur Statistik des Ulcus duodeni. 26p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1913. BRENNER, Benjamin, 1898- *Effect of immediate and delayed praise and blame upon BRENNER 1000 BRESCIA learning and recall [Columbia Univ.] 52p. 8? N.Y., 1934. BRENNER, Clemens, 1906- *Einseitiger klonischer Zwerchfellkrampf. 27p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1931. BRENNER, Franz, 1889- *Zur Diagnose und Therapie der Uretersteine. 34p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1915. BRENNER, Karl, 1882- ="Ueber die Bekam- pfung der Trichinose. 36p. 8? Tub., C. Guide [1933] BRENNER, Kurt. Die Naturwissenschaft am Wendepunkt; ein neues Weltbild auf wissen- schaftlich einwandfreier Grundlage. 73p. illus. maps. 8? Lpz., O. Hillmann, 1925. BRENNER, Paul, 1891- ="Versuche mit einer manometrischen Methode iiber die photo- chemische Wirkung des Serum und anderer Stoffe. lip. 2tab. 8? Miinch., 1926. BRENNER, Rich. *Spatresultate der Kiefer- bruchbehandlung mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der Unfallstatistik [Zurich] p. 140-85. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1921. Also Deut. Vjschr. Zahnchir, 1921, 4: H. 3-4. BRENNER'S tumor. See under Ovary. BRENNIEL, Joseph, 1897- '"L'hyper- tension arterielle d'origine herSdosyphilitique chez l'enfant. 34p. 8? Par., 1924. BRENNSCHEIDT, Robert, 1904- '"Bei- trag zur Kenntnis der Henoch'schen Purpura beim Erwachsenen. 18p. 8? Berl., 1933. BRENNSOHN, Isidorus. Die Aerzte Kurlands vom Beginn der Herzoglichen zeit bis zur gegen- wart; ein biographisches Lexikon nebst einer historischen Einleitung iiber das Medizinalwesen. 2.ed. xv, 492p. 8? Riga, E. Plates, 1929. BRENTANO, Carlo, 1898- *Klinische und experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Hamo- lyse durch Gallensaure und ihre Hemmung durch Serum [Frankfurt a.M.] p.234-52. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1927, 57: BRENTANO, Hermann, 1900- ="Ein Fall von Irido-cyklitis gonorrhoica im Sauglingsalter, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der congenitalen Gonorrhoe [Frankfurt] p.315-25. 8? Berl., F. C. W. Vogel, 1931. Also Mschr. Kinderh, 1931, 50: BRENTWOOD, N. Y. Pilgrim State Hospital. Annual report. Utica, 1., 1932- BREON, Geo. A., & Co. Breon's reference to modern medication. 13.ed. 350p. illus. 16? Kansas City, Mo. [1933]----Also 14.ed. 350p. illus. 1935. BREON, Pierre, 1899- *Contribution a l'etude des vomissements du nourrisson; l'enquete Etiologique; la sanction therapeutique. 103p. 8? Par., 1927. BRERA, Val Aloysius, 1772?-1840. De vitae vegetabilis ac animalis analogia. [4] 1. 44p. 8? Ticini, heirs of P. Galeatius, 1796. BRERETON, Frederick Sadlier, 1872- With the allies to the Rhine; a story of the finish of the war. 288p. 8? Lond., Blackie & Son [1920, vel seq.] BRERETON, William Westropp, 1844-1924. Obituary. Brit. MJ, 1924, 1: 410. BRERO, Pieter Cornelis van, 1860-1934. Wilde, P. A. de [Obituary] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1934, 78: 5511. BRES, Firmin, 1910- ="Les reactions gen6- rales provoquees par le traitement a la substance d'Oriel. 77p. 8? Lyon, Bosc freres &c, 1935. BRESCIA, Vicente Roco Antonio. *0 exame de escarro sob o ponto de vista medico-legal. 58p. 8? S. Paulo, 1929. BRESIN, G[erson] 1879- Krankheit und Krankheitsempfindung und ihre Behandlung mittels Vibrationsmassage. xi, 91p. 8? Berl., 1914. BRESLAU, Germany. Anatomische Gesell- schaft, 1886- Anatomischer Anzeiger. Jena, v.l, 1886- Also Erganzungshefte. 1920- ---- Verhandlungen. v.30, 1921- Issued as supplement to Anatomischer Anzeiger. BRESLAU, Germany. Botanisches Institut. Beitrage zur Biologie der Pflanzen. v.l, 1870- BRESLAU, Germany. Gesellschaft zur Be- forderung der Naturkunde und Industrie in Schlesien. See Breslau, Germany. Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir vaterlan- dische Kultur. BRESLAU, Germany. Schlesische Gesell- schaft fiir vaterlandische Kultur, 1803- Beihefte zu den Jahresberichten. Bresl., v.l, 1922. Title changed to Schlesische Jahrbucher fiir Geistes- und Naturwissenschaften. ---- Jahresbericht. 1838- Also Erganzungs- und Beiheft. ---- Schlesische Jahrbucher fiir Geistes- und Naturwissenschaften. v.1-2, 1923-24. BRESLAU, Germany. Staats- und Universitats- Bibliothek. Verzeichnis der von der Staats- und Universitats-Bibliothek und den Instituten der Universitat gehaltenen Zeitschriften aus den Gebieten der Medizin und Naturwissenschaften. vi, 125p. 8? Bresl., 1931. BRESLAU, Germany. Statistisches Amt. Bres- lauer Statistik. v.31-34, 1910-13; v.36-37, 1914-21. -—— Kleines statistisches Taschenbuch fiir die Stadt Breslau. 1.-7., 1926-33. ---- Monatsberichte. v.11-60, 1884-1933. ---- Statistisches Jahrbuch. 4.-7., 1927-34. ---- Statistisches Taschenbuch. 1935- BRESLAUER, A. *Les sels d'or dans les rhumatismes chroniques. 40p. 8? Lausanne, A. Bovard-Giddey, 1934. BRESLAVIENSIS bacillus. See Aertrycke bacillus. BRESLAW, Wolf. *Ueber den Einfluss des Lichtes auf den Zucker und Chlorgehalt des Blutes [Basel] 16p. 8? Riga, 1932. BRESLER, Chaskiel, 1890- ="Ueber die Behandlung des Lupus vulgaris. 51p. 8? Berl., H. Blanke, 1917. BRESLER, Johannes, 1866- Deutsche Heil- und Pflegeanstalten fiir Psychischkranke in Wort und Bild. 2v. vi, 666p.; viii, 462p. 12plans. 4? Halle, C. Marhold, 1910-12. Form 7 Abt, 1. & 2.Bd Die Anstaltsfursorge, &c. ---- Die Abderhaldensche Serodiagnostik in der Psychiatrie. 138p. 8? Halle, 1914. ---- Neuere Arbeiten iiber Tetanus (Wund- starrkrampf) 86p. 8? Halle, C. Marhold, 1915. For biography see Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1936, 38: 49-53 (Weygandt) BRESSEL [Eitel Friedrich Martin] Max, 1899- *Quantitative Urobilinogen-Bestimmung in Stuhl und Harn. 23p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1927. BRESSLAU 1001 BRETON BRESSLAU, Ernst [Ludwig] 1877-1935. Die pH-Bestimmung mit den Hydrionometer. p. 1551-62. 8? Berl., 1936. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Berl. 1936, 9:pt2. For biography see Rev. biol. hyg, S. Paulo, 1935, 6: 1-6, port. (P. Sawaya) ---- CORI, Carl [et al.] Methoden der Siisswasserbiologie. xxi [854]-1987p. illus. tab. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1936. Forms 2.Halfte, 2.Teil, 9.Abt. of Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) BRESSLER, Friedrich, 1890- '"Statisti- sche Zusammenstellung der von 1910-1914 an der Universitats-Augenklinik Heidelberg be- handelten Falle von Keratitis parenchymatosa [Heidelberg] 52p. 8? Pirmasens, Willie & Vogel, 1915. BRESSLER, Joseph, 1907- * Judgment in absolute units as a psychophysical method [Columbia Univ.] 69p. 8? N.Y., 1933. BRESSLER, Wilhelm [Ludwig Hermann] 1891- *Ueber den intra-abdominellen Verblu- tungstod im Anschluss an einen Fall von tod- licher Blutung aus Lebermetastasen eines Magen- karzinoms [Gottingen] 31p. 8? Miinch., J. F. Bergmann, 1920. BRESSON, Jean, 1898- ="Les hemoptysies dans la collapsotherapie pulmonaire. 83p. 8? Par., 1930. BREST, Joseph, 1896- * Contribution a l'etude pratique des algies precordiales. 88p. 8? Par., Vigot freres, 1935. BRET, Jean, 1905- *Le rarecissement pulmonaire a evolution prolongee. 98p. 8? Lyon, A. Rey, 1936. BRETECHE, Julien, 1900- *Contribution a l'etude du traitement chirurgical des cholecys- tites aigues suppurees. 60p. 8? Par., 1926. BRETEGNIER, Raymond. *Contribution a l'etude de la technique de l'hystero-colpectomie totale dans la cure des grands prolapsus uterins chez les femmes ag<5es. 40p. 8? Par., 1920. BRETERNITZ, Walter [Hugo August] 1909- *Ueber die Tourtualsche Tauschung. p.146-65. 8? Jena, 1934. Also Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg, 2.Abt, 1934, 65: BRETEY, Jean, 1903- *Etude critique du debit cardiaque; une technique nouvelle pour sa mesure en clinique. 198p. 8? Par., 1931. BRETILLON, Jean, 1900- ="Dermatoses et hynerglyc6mie; essai de therapeutique par l'insuline. 59p. 8? Par., 1926. BRETIN, Philippe Marie, 1874-1931. Leulier, A. [Necrologie] J. med. Lyon, 1931,12: 621-3. BRETON, Frangois, 1894- '"Considera- tions sur les tumeurs de la loge hyo-thyro- epiglottique. 58p. pi. 8? Par., 1931. BRETON, Georges. '"Contribution a l'etude des malformations cong^nitales des vertebres cervicales. 87p. 4pl. 8? Par., 1921. BRETON, Joseph, 1904- *Les h^maturies spontanees dans les retr6cissements de l'uretre. 64p. 8? Par., 1930. BRETON, Marc, 1897- *L<§sions chro- niques banales du mesentere et de l'intestin grele, observes chez des malades presentant une hernie; m6senterite retractile d'origine herniaire. 134p. 6pl. 8? Par., 1926. BRETON, Marcel, 1899- *Traitement des bronchites chroniques par la methode leuco- therapique renovatrice, depurative et derivative. 43p. 8? Par., 1925. BRETON, Pierre Hippolyte Ferdinand, 1899- *Contribution a l'etude de la gravite de la syphilis d'apres la souche (syphilis con- jugale) 48p. pi. 2tab. 8? Par., 1925. BRETON, Raymond, 1905- '"Contribu- tion a l'etude de l'influence sur l'organisme des aliments de conserve [Lyon] 126p. 8? Tre- voux, G. Patissier, 1935. BRETON, Rebecca, 1901- *La protection de la premiere enfance; etude critique de l'or- ganisation et de la legislation. 105p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1934. BRETON, Rene, 1897- ="Rhumatisme cervical et syndrome cervico-sciatique chez l'enfant. 37p. 8? Par., 1927. BRETON. See also France. Despas, R. *Etude climatique du littoral breton. 43p. 8? Par., 1925. Legendre, A. Les Bigoudenssont-ils des Mongols? Nature, Par, 1927,55:97-9. BRETONNEAU, Pierre Fidele, 1778-1862. Apert, E. Bretonneau et la specificite des maladies. Bull. med. Par, 1922, 36: 1083-5.—Coues, W. P. [Biographv] Bos- ton M.&S.J, 1926, 194: 440-3— Bubreuil-Chambardel, L. Les journees bretonniennes: les dScouvertes de Bretonneau. Progr. med. Par, 1922, 3.ser, 35: 105.—Lovett, B. R. [Biography] Bull. Soc. M. Hist. Chicago, 1928, 4: 54-70, ports.—Mercier, R. L'extraordinaire vie de Pierre-Fidele Bretonneau. Progr. med. Par, 1937, suppl, 1-8, port.—Rolleston, J. B. Breton- neau; his life and work. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1925, 18: sect. Hist. Med, 1-12. BRETSCHGER, Erwin, 1907- *Ueber Knochen-Gelenktuberkulosen der unteren Ex- tremist. 60p. 8? Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & Co., 1932. BRETSCHGER, Hans Jakob. ="Die Geschwin- digkeitskurve der menschlichen Atemluft (Pneumotachogramm) [Zurich] p. 134-48. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. Also Arch. ges. Physiol, 1925, 210: BRETSCHNEIDER [Ernst] Bruno, 1891- *Der Einfluss der Aerzte auf die Veterinaroph- thalmologie [Leipzig] 48p. 8? Wildenfels, A. Zimmermann, 1920. BRETSCHNEIDER, Fritz [Heinrich] 1907- *Krankheitsbilder bei Dentitio difficilis mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der akuten Kiefer- klemme und ihrer Therapie. 46p. 8? Lpz., 1932. BRETSCHNEIDER, Hans, 1893- *Ueber Luxationen im Lisfrancschen Gelenk an der Hand eines Falles. 24p. 2 1. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt Wwe, 1920. BRETSCHNEIDER, Paul, 1892- *Die eiweissparende Wirkung des Fettes im Saug- lings-Organismus (Auszug) lip. 4? [Lpz.] 1921. BRETSCHNEIDER [Richard] Walter, 1894- *Tertiare Lues bei alten Leuten [Leipzig] 16p. 8? Waldheim, R. Tunger, 1923. BRETT, George J. Science and art of anesthe- sia, associated with the Brettometer. 229 1. roy.8? Lancaster, Pa., 1935. Mimeographed. BRETT, George Sidney, 1879- A history of psychology. 2v. 394p.; 322p. 8? Lond. G. Allen & Unwin [1921] BRETT, Robert George, 1851-1929. Obituary. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1929, 21: 621, port. BRETT, W. B. A report on the Bihar earth- quake and on the measures taken in consequence thereof up to the 31st December 1934. 3 1. lOlp. pl.maps. 8? Bihar, India, Gov.Print., 1935. BRETTE, P[aul] 1890- See Bumarest, Frederic & Brette, P. La pratique du pneu- mothorax therapeutique. 356p. 8! Par, 1923. Also 3.ed. 409p. 1929. BRETTHATJER 1002 BREVIAIRE BRETTHAUER, Heinz, 1903- *Ueber Gibbusbildung bei Tetanus [Marburg] 26p. 8? Siegen-Westf., J. Lemke, 1930. BRETTLER, Adolf, 1905- *Ueber Strah- lentherapie bei Lungentuberkulose. 45p. 8? [Berl.] 1931. BRETTMON, Jacques, 1888- *Les rayons ultra-violet; contribution a l'etude des proprietes physiques et biologiques des rayons ultra-violet; essai sur leur posologie. 61p. 8? Par., 1925. BREUCKMANN, Heinrich, 1909- ="Die Divertikel des Oesophagus [Munster] 28p. 8? Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1934. BREUEL, Fritz, 1899- *Die Hamophilie in der Zahnchirurgie. 27p. 2 1. 8? [Berl.] 1930. BREUER, Carl, 1887- *Zum Morbus Base- dowii. 46p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1913. BREUER, Charlotte, 1901- *Ueber das gleichzeitige Vorkommen von Tubenadenomyom, Teerzyste des Ovariums und Endometriosis des Wurmfortsatzes. p.30-42. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1930. Also Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1930, 85: BREUER, Franz Joseph, 1901- ="Ueber Bulbarparalyse mit besonderer Berucksichtigung ihrer mvasthenischen und apoplektischen For- men. 36p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1929. BREUER, Josef, 1842-1925. Kleyn, A. de. [Biography] Acta otolar, Stockh, 1926, 10: 167-71, port. BREUER, Leo, 1890- *Ueber einen Fall von Granatsplitterverletzung des Auges. 21p. 8? Heidelb., H. Dorr, 1919. BREUER, Wilhelm, 1901- ="Die Aus- heilung der Kohlerschen Navikularerkrankung im Rontgenbilde. 18p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1933. BREUILLE, Gabriel, 1895- *La thera- peutique antiseptique dans les maladies infec- tieuses. 59p. 2 1. 8? Par., 1926. BREUL, Carl, 1878- Ueber Tuberkulose im Mittelstand nebst Vorschlagen zu einer Er- weiterung der Bekampfungsmassnahmen. 64p tab. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1922. Forms H. 6, Tuberk. Bibl, Lpz. BREUL, Karl Hermann, 1860- A new German and English dictionary compiled from the best authorities in both languages, xii, 545p. 8? N.Y., Funk & Wagnalls Co. [1906] ---- LEPPER, J. Heron, & KOTTENHAHN, Rudolph. Cassell's new German-English dic- tionary; with a phonetic key to the pronunciation of German words, xv, 813p. 8? N.Y., Funk & Wagnalls Co. [1936] BREUNIG, Peter, 1906- ="Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber den Resorptionsverlauf der Salizylsaure nach intratrachealer und nach subkutaner Injektion [Bonn] 15p. 8? Berl., F. C. W. Vogel, 1931. Also Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1931, 161: 181-95. BREUNIG, Werner, 1888- *Ueber die Burnamsche und andere Formaldehydproben im Urin und iiber die Abspaltung von Formaldehyd im Urin nach interner Urotropindarreichung [Munchen] 23p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1914. BREUS, Car, 1852- , & KOLISKO, Alexan- der. Die pathologischen Beckenformen. l.Bd, 2.Teil. vii [369]-707p. 8? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1904. BREUSING, Rudolf, 1886- ="Ueber Cho- lecystenenterostomie. 21p. 8? Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1918. BREVET, Charles, 1892- *Etude sur la forme mvoclonique de l'encephalite epidemique. lOOp. 8? Par., 1920. BREVIAIRE medical a l'usage des missionaires et des coliniaux. 2.od. >ee Thilliez, Louis, Victor, Joseph, & Loiselet, Joseph. BREVIERE, Andre, 1907- *Contribution a l'etude epidemique du paludisme endemique au Maroc; la mesure du paludisme endemique au Maroc. 73p. 8? Par., 1933. BREVOT, Georges, 1892- *Etude sur les eaux residuaires des abattoirs; nocivite; epura- tion [Alfort] 59p. 8? Par., 1925. BREWER, Isaac Williams, 1867-1928. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1928, 91: 112. BREWER and brewery. See also Beer; Enzyme; Malt. Backert, E. Die gesundheitlichen Verhaltnisse in den Brau- ereien Deutschlands und die Tatigkeit des Brauereiarbeiterver- bandes auf hygienischem Gebiete. Oesterr. San. Wes, 1918, 30: Beih.no.3, 281-318.—Brand, J. Betongefiisse im Brauerei- betriebe. Zschr. Gewerbehyg, 1922, 28: 76—Hauck, K. Braue- rei und Malzerei. Ibid, 1924, 30: 3; 21; 39.—Nishiwaki, Y. Ueber die Ursache des Schwarzwerdens der Dachziegeln auf den Brauereigebauden. Zbl. Bakt, 2.Abt, 1924-25, 63: 173-5.— Unfallverhiitungsplakate der Brauerei- und Malzerei-Berufsge- nossenschaft. Zbl. Gewerbehyg, 1925, n.F, 2: 152. BREWIS, Nathaniel Thomas, 1856-1924. Obituary. Brit. M.J, 1924, 2: 836. Also Edinburgh M.J, 1924, n.s, 31: 675. Also Lancet, Lond, 1924, 2: 939. BREWSTER, Adolph Brewster, 1854- The hill tribes of Fiji; a record of 40 years' intimate connection with the tribes of the mountainous interior of Fiji. 3p.l. 308p. 16pl. map. 8? Lond., Seeley, Service & Co., 1922. BREWSTER, Sir David, 1781-1868. The life of Sir Isaac Newton. 323p. port, illus. 24? N.Y., Harper & Bros., 1833. BREWSTER, John. Meditations for the aged. viii, 440p. 8? Lond., F. C. & J. Rivington, 1810. BREYER, Friedrich, 1898- *Die Unter- zahl im menschlichen Gebiss, ihre ursachliche Bedeutung mit Berucksichtigung der inneren Sekretion nebst weiteren kasuistischen Beitragen und ausfiihrlichem Literaturverzeichnis. 43p. pi. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1927. BREYER-BRANDWIJKL, Maria Gerdina. See Watt, John Mitchell, & Breyer-Brandwijkl, Maria Gerdina. The medicinal and poisonous plants of Southern Africa. 314p. roy.8? Edinb, 1932. BREZINA, Ernst. Internationale Uebersicht iiber Gewerbekrankheiten nach den Berichten der Gewerbeinspektionen der Kulturlander iiber das Jahr 1913, mit Unterstutzung von Ludwig Teleky. viii, 143p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1921. ---- Ueber die zweckmassigste Dauer und Zeiteinteilung der Arbeit vom Standpunkte der maximalen Produktion und Gesunderhaltung des Arbeiters. 67p. 8? Wien, F. Deuticke, 1921. Forms No. 15 Veroff. Volksgesundhamt, Wien. ---- Die gewerblichen Vergiftungen und ihre Bekampfung. viii, 288p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1932. Forms v.21 of Enke's Bibliothek fiir Chemie und Technik (L. Vanino) See also Stransky, Erwin, Brezina, Ernst [et al.] Leitfaden der psychischen Hygiene. 312p. 8°. Berl, 1931. BREZINA, Otokar, 1868-1929. Wurtz, H. Nekrolog. Zschr. Kruppelfurs, 1929, 22: 194-201. BRIAN, Paule, 1892- *Les adenopathies mesenteriques et la stase intestinale. 66p. 8? Par., 1925. BRIAND, Charles. Pour que la France vive; le depeuplement de la France son etat actuel; ses remedes. 93p. 16? Par., Bossard, 1919. BRIAND, Henri, 1889- ="L'uree dans le sang arteriel et veineux du cordon ombilical. 48p. 8? Par., 1919. BRIAND, Marcel, 1853-1927. Halberstadt, G. [Necrologie] Ann. med. psychol. Par, 1927, 85: pt2, 297-316, port—Peron, N. [Necrologie] Paris med, 1927, 64: annexe, 377. BRIAND 1003 BRIDGE BRIAND, Pierre, 1903- *Contribution a l'etude de l'alimentation en eau de la ville de Nantes [Paris] 79p. 8? Saint-Cloud, Imp. Girault, 1934. BRIANDET, Jean Philippe Pierre, 1906- *Les differentes methodes de ventriculectomie (operation de Williams) [Alfort] 63p. 8? Par. 1929. BRIANDET, Paul Hippolyte, 1881- *L'e~ chinococcose professionnelle [Alfort] 78p. 8? Bagnolet (Seine) 1925. BRIANT, Louie, 1903- *Du role de la cholesterine et de l'hypercholesterinemie en pathologie oculaire. 148p. 8? Par., 1930. BRIAU, Raymond Rene, 1900- *Du pevotl dans les etats anxieux. 137p. 8? Par., 1928. BRIAULT, Pierre, 1895- *Contribution a l'etude de la serotherapie dans la gangrene du poumon. 76p. 8? Par., 1924. BRIAULT, Roger, 1900- *Introduction a l'etude des vitamines artificielles. 47p. 8? Par., 1929. BRICAGE, Rene Andre, 1908- '"Contribu- tion a l'etude des hypertrophies congenitales des doigts [Paris] 46p. 8pl. 8? Dijon, Imp. Richard, 1935. BRICAIRE, Pierre Auguste, 1878- '"Con- tribution a la semiologie de l'appareil digestif chez les grands animaux [Alfort] 42p. 8? Par., 1931. BRICENO-IRAGORRY, Leopoldo, 1908- *Contribution a l'etude du retentissement des affections generales sur les phaneres. 46p. 8? Par., 1932. ---- Contribuci6n al estudio parasitologic del eczema marginado en Venezuela. 7p. 16? Caracas, La Tierra, 1935. BRICKETT, George Lartwell, 1861-1925. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 84: 693. BRICKNER, Richard Max, 1896- The intellectual functions of the frontal lobes; a study based upon observation of a man after partial bilateral frontal lobectomy, xvi, 354p. illus. pi. facsim. diagrs. 8? N.Y., Mac- millan Co., 1936. BRICKNER, Walter M., 1876-1930. See Lilienthal, H. Obituary. Am. J. Surg, 1930, n.s, 10: 345. —— & MOSCHCOWITZ, Eli. Surgical sugges- tions; practical brevities in diagnosis and treat- ment. 58p. 12? N.Y., Surgery Pub. Co., 1906. ---- & HAYS, Harold M. Seven hundred surgical suggestions; practical brevities in diag- nosis and treatment. 3.ser. iii, 150p. 12? N.Y., Surgery Pub. Co., 1909. BRICO, Andre, 1902- *Les variations de sucre libre et du sucre proteidique du plasma dans le cancer. 59p. 8? Par., 1926. BRIDA, Karl, 1906- *Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Verwendung von Bohrern bei der Schmelzbearbeitung. 29p. 8? Bonn, Kubens, 1932. BRIDEL, Marc, 1883-1931. Nicloux, M. [Obituary] Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1932, 14: 197-206. BRIDEL, Philippe. *A propos d'un cas de cancer du foie chez un enfant de 6 mois. 30p. 8? Lausanne, Imprimeries Reunies S. A., 1925. BRIDGE, Norman, 1844-1925. The marching years. 292p. 8? N.Y., Duffield & Co., 1920. .____Mental therapeutics and other papers. 4p 1 182p. 8? N.Y., Duffield & Co., 1922. Ver nnrtrnit see collection in library. For biography see California & West. M, 1925, 23: 337. Also/ Am M Ass, 1925,84:219. Also Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 19216: 44-7, port. (J. M. Dodson) BRIDGE (dental) See Dentistry, prosthetic; Denture, artificial; Tooth. BRIDGEND, Engl. Glamorgan County Mental Hospital [formerly Glamorgan County Lunatic Asylum] Annual report. 16.-66., 1880-1930. 38, 43, 45, 52, & 65, report missing. BRIDGEPORT, Conn. Bridgeport Hospital. Annual report of the directors. 1.-3., 1879-81- 5.-26.. 1883-1905; 28., 1907; 30., 1909; 33., 1912; 35., 1914; 39., 1918. BRIDGEPORT, Conn. Department of Health. Bridgeport's health (monthly) v.l, 1922; v.2, No. 1-3, 1923. ---- Community health, v.1-2, 1917-18; v.3: no. 1, 1919. Continued as preceding. ---- Monthly statement of mortality. 1904-10. Continued as preceding. BRIDGEPORT, Conn. S. Vincent's Hospital. Annual report. 1907; 1909-11; 1914; 1922-3. BRIDGEPORT'S health. Bridgeport, v.1-2, 1922-23. Incomplete. See also Bridgeport, Conn. Department of Health in 4.ser. BRIDGES, Calvin Blackman, 1889- , & MORGAN, Thomas Hunt. The third-chromosome group of mutant characters of Drosophila mela- nogaster. x, 251p. roy.8? Wash., Carnegie Inst., 1923. BRIDGES, James Winfred, 1885- An outline of abnormal psychology. 3.ed. rev. 236p. 8? Columbus, O., R. G. Adams & Co., 1925. ---- Psychology, normal and abnormal, with special reference to the needs of medical students and practitioners, xxii, 552p. 8? N.Y., D. Appleton & Co.. 1930. BRIDGES, Milton Arlanden, 1894- Diete- tics for the clinician; Ruth Lothrop Gallup collaborator, xvi, 666p. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1933. ---- Also 2.ed. xxiii, 970p., 1935. ---- Food and beverage analyses. 248p. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1935. BRIDGES, Robert, 1844-1930. Brown, W. L. Robert Bridges; the poet of evolution. S. Barth. Hosp. J, Lond, 1931, 39: 43; 67.—Obituary. Brit. M.J., 1930, 1: 801. BRIDGMAN, Robert Frederic, 1908- *Contribution a l'etude de la tuberculose intes- tinale. 207p. 15pl. 8? Par., 1932. BRIDGMAN, Thomas, 1795-[?] Memorials of the dead in Boston; containing exact tran- scripts of inscriptions on the sepulchral monu- ments in the King's Chapel Burial Ground. 3p.l. 339, [21]p. 12? Bost., B. B. Mussey & Co., 1853. BRIDZIUS, Andrius Jonas, 1895- '"Ein- fluss der Muskelarbeit auf die Magensekretion nach Versuchen am Hunde. p.573-87. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1926. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1926, 51: BRIE, Friedrich. *Der Einfluss der Lehren Darwins auf den britischen Imperialismus. 28p. 8? Freib. i. Br., E. Gross, 1927. BRIEF account of some of the scientific insti- tutions of Boston and vicinitv, August, 1880. 27p. 8? Bost., 1880. BRIEF (A) account of the sufferings of a de- tachment of United States Cavalry from depri- vation of water, during a period of 86 hours while scouting on the Staked Plains of Texas. 8 1. roy.8? [1877] Photostat. BRIEF 1004 BRIGGS BRIEF medical directions for the treatment of accidents, and the course to be pursued in cases of poision, the bite of venomous insects, and directions for performing simple surgical opera- tions [&c] by a physician. 82p. 16? Wash., H. Polkinhorn, 1852. BRIEF upon the surgeon generalship of the Army. 8p 8? [n.p., 1887?] BRIEF (A) treatise of the plague wherein is shewed the natural cause of the plague, preser- vations from the infection, way to cure the in- fected; newly corrected with new additions, and many approoved (!) remedies. 14p. 8? Lond., Valentine Simmes, 1603. Photostat facsimile reproduced from the copy in the Henry E. Huntington Library. BRIEGER, Ernst, 1891- *Physikalische Vorbemerkungen zur Fieberlehre. 40p. 8? Bresl., 1917. —— Die Umstellung der Anstaltsfursorge in Tuberkuloseheilstatten und -krankenhausern; Nachfiirsorge und Werkstattensiedlungen. 54p. pi. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1928. Forms H.33, Tuberk.-Bibl, Lpz. ---- Kasuistische Beitrage zur Lokalisation kinderlicher Infiltrate. 39p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1934. Forms H.53, Tuberk.-Bibl, Lpz. BRIEGER, Gertrud, geb. Richter, 1898- *Oesophagospasmus im Kindesalter. 31p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1931. BRIEGER, Heinrich, 1895- ="Zur Klinik der akuten Chromatvergiftung [Breslau] 20p. 8? Berl., L. Schumacher, 1920. Also Zschr. exp. Path. Ther, 1920, 21: BRIEGER, Richard. Pharmazeutische Syno- nyma; unter Berucksichtigung des geltenden und alterer deutscher Arzneibiicher, pharmazeutischer Kompendien sowie fremdsprachlicher Arznei- biicher zusammengestellt. iv, 276p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. BRIEGER-KREBS. Grundriss der hydrothera- pie. 2.Aufl. viii, 149p. 8? Bonn, A. Marcus & E. Webers, 1923. BRIEGLEB [Hans] Gunther, 1905- ="Die dynamisch-allotropen Zustande des Selens [Kiel] 38p. pi. 8? Lpz. [Breitkopf & Hartel] 1929. Also Zschr. physiol. Chem, Abt.A, 1929, 144: 321-58. BRIEL, Jean [Friedrich] 1901- '"Aetio- logie beim vorzeitigen Blasensprung. 31p. 8? [Frankf. a. M., G. Schoneweiss] 1925. BRIEND, Gustave, 1894- ="Traitement de l'eczema du nourrisson par l'adrenaline. 32p. 8? Par., 1922. BRIESE, Fritz [Kurt Werner] 1888- ="Zur Lehre von den durch Insolation entstehenden Psychosen. 34p. 8? Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1912. BRIESEMEISTER, Walter, 1901- *Ueber einen Fall von Uterus bicornis bicollis mit congenitaler Defektatresie der rudimentaren rechten Scheidenhalfte und Pyocolpos, Pyo- metra und Pyosalpinx. 49p. 8? Bonn, 1931. BRIEST, Klaus, 1903- ="Ueber Radium- therapie mit klimakterischer Blutung [Berlin] 24p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1931. BRIET, Maxime, 1907- *Du goitre exo- phtalmique et de son traitement physiothera- pique. 54p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1935. BRIEUDE, Jean Joseph, 1729-1812. de Bibier. Un clinicien auvergnat a la fin du xvine siecle. Progr. med. Par, 1927, 43: suppl. illust, 8. BRIFFAULT, Robert Stephen, 1876- Sin and sex; with an introduction by Bertrand Rus- sell. 228p. 8? Lond., G. Allen & Unwin [1931] BRIGGS, Henry E. The truth of venereal dis- eases and their prevention. 2p.l. 52p. 32? Kalispell, Montana, Science Press, 1934. BRIGGS, Isaac G. Epilepsy, hysteria, and neurasthenia; their causes, symptoms, and treat- ment, x, 149p. 8? Lond., Methuen & Co. [1921] BRIGGS, James Edwin. Nervous diseases and magnetic therapeutics. 60p. 16? N.Y., G. W. Wheat, 1881. BRIGGS, Lloyd Vernon, 1863- The man- ner of man that kills, Spencer, Zzolgosz, Riche- son. 444p. 16pl. 8? Bost., R. G. Badger, Gorham Press, 1921. ---- History of the Psychopathic Hospital, Boston, Mass. xxiii, 222p. 4pl. 7ports. 5plans. 8? Bost., Wright & Potter Print. Co., 1922. ---- Occupation as a substitute for restraint in the treatment of the mentally ill; a history of the passage of 2 bills through the Massachu- setts legislature, xvi, 205p. Sports, 5pl. 8? Bost., Wright & Potter Print. Co., 1923. ---- Experiences of a medical student in Honolulu, and on the island of Oahu, 1881. xii, 251p. 25pl. 7facsims. 8? Bost., D. D. Nickerson Co., 1926. ---- Two years' service on the reorganized State Board of Insanity in Massachusetts, August, 1914, to August, 1916. xxii, 553p. 22 pi. 7ch. 8? Bost. [Wright & Potter Print. Co.] 1930. BRIGGS, Williams, 1650-1704. James, E. R. [Biography] Brit. J. Ophth, 1932, 16: 360-8, port. BRIGHAM, Amariah, 1798-1849. Blumer, G. A. Amariah Brigham. Ment. Hyg, Albany, 1930, 14: no.2, port. BRIGHAM, Carl Campbell. A study of Amer- ican intelligence, ... a foreword by Robert M. Yerkes. xxv, 21 Op. 8? Princeton, Univ. Press, 1923. BRIGHAM Hospital. See Boston, Mass., in 4.ser. BRIGHT, Richard, 1789-1858. *De erysi- pilate contagioso. 2p.l. 36p. 8? Edinb., R. Allan, 1813. —— Die Erkrankungen der Nieren (1827- 36) in deutscher Uebersetzung neu hrsg. und eingeleitet von Erich Ebstein. 119p. 5pl. 12? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1916. Forms Bd 25 Klassiker der Medizin (K. Sudhofl) For biography see Brit, masters of med. (Power, D'A.) Bait, 1936, 79-83 [port.] (A. F. Hurst) Also Clifton M. Bull, 1928, 14: 50-4 (J. A. Lichty) Also Clin. M.&S, 1929, 36: 75, port. Also Guy's Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1927, 77: 253-301, 2port (W. S. Thayer) Also in His Great doctors, Lond, 1935, 63-84 (W. Hale-White) Also Kentucky M.J, 1926, 24: 337 (A. H. Bark- ley) Also Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1935,191: 292, port. (A. F. Hurst) Also N. England J.M, 1936, 214: 437. See also Chance, B. An ophthalmologist's appreciation. Ann. M. Hist, 1927,9: 332-6, port.—Hale-White, Sir W. Bright's contributions to medicine. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond., 1921, 35: 181-8. ----- The centenary of the discovery of Bright's dis- ease. Lancet, Lond, 1925, 2: 769-71. ----- Richard Bright and his discovery of the disease bearing his name. Rep. Guy's Hosp, Lond, 1921, 71: 1; 143, pi. port.; 1928, 78: 18.—Kabanov, N. A. [Bright and his teaching] Klin, med, Moskva, 1928,15: 1017-29.—Rochester, BeL. Richard Bright of Guy's Hospital. Ann. M. Hist, 1923, 5: 301-5.—Thayer, W. S. The man and physician. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1927, 41: 308-18. ----- The Bright oration. Lancet, Lond, 1927,2: 133-5.—Williamson, R. T. His early travels. Brit. MJ, 1927, 2: 67. BRIGHT, Timotheus. Hvgieina; id est, De sanitate tuenda. 2pts. 2 in 1 [7] 108p. [211. 8? London, H. Middleton, 1583. BRIGHTON, Engl. London and Brighton Female Convalescent Home. Annual report. BRIGHTON 1005 BRILLET 10., 1879; 13.-16., 1882-85; 18.-26., 1887-94; 28., 1897; 30., 1899; 32.-43., 1901-12. BRIGHTON, Engl. Medical Officer of Health. Annual report on the health, sanitary condition, [&c] 14.-18., 1887-91; 1894-31. BRIGHT'S disease. See Albuminuria; Kidney, Diseases; Nephritis. BRIGL, Percy, 1885- , BUERGER, Max [et al.] Methoden zur Untersuchung des Harnes. xxvi, 1082p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1931. Forms 4.Abt, 5 Teil, 1.Halfte Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) 1931. BRIGSTOCKE, Charles Arthur, 1843-1935. Orbituary. Brit. M.J, 1935, 2: 562. BRILL, Abraham Arden, 1874- Funda- mental conceptions of psychoanalysis, vii, 344p. 8? N.Y., Harcourt, Brace & Co., 1921. ----Psychoanal}Tsis, its theories and practical applications. 3.ed. 2p.l. 468p. roy.8? Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1922. BRILL, Eugen. Leitfaden der zahnarztlichen Keramik. viii, 113p. 8? Berl., 1925. BRILL, Hanns [Ernst Eduard] 1892- *Ergebnisse der Magen- und Duodenalchirurgie an einem kleinen Krankenhause [Berlin] 27p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1928. BRILL, Heinz [Alexander] 1904- ="Die Erfolge der Lebertherapie bei pernicioser Anae- mie an der Medizinischen Universitatsklinik in Freiburg i. Breisgau. 36p. 2tab. 8? Freib. i. Br. [1931] BRILL, Jean, 1905- *Le traitement de la pyeionephrite gravidique (avec retention) par la distension vesicale (methode de Pasteau) 50p. 8? Par., 1929. BRILL, Joseph, 1899- *Untersuchungen uber das Vorkommen seuchenhafter Erkran- kungen der Bienenbrut im Freistaat Sachsen [Leipzig] 37p. 8? [Lucka i. Thur., R. Berger] 1925. BRILL, Michel, 1909- ="Induration cuta- nee curable du nouveau-ne par traumatisme obstetrical ou cytosteatonecrose sous-cutane traumatique des nouveau-ne. 55p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1935. BRILL, Nathan Edwin, 1860-1926. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 85:1984—Sachs, B. Obitu- ary. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 123: 55. BRILL, Sully Joseph, 1910- '"Considera- tions sur les statistiques medicales et leur inter- pretation. 42p. 8? Strasb., 1934. BRILL ANT, Jean, 1889- *Le trachome , a Lugdunum d'apres les cachets d'ocuhstes Romains. 43p. 8? Lyon, 1915. BRILLAT-SAVARIN, Jean Anthelme, 1755- 1826 Armand-Laboche, J. ="Brillat-Savarin et la medecine. 54p. 8? Par., 1931. M alp art, R. *Brillat-Savarin et la medecine. 4fin 8° Par., 1929. i»^«„„» M Brillat-Savarin, mfidecin-amateur. Chron. med Par' lSi 28 323-7.-Buhri6, W. [Biography] Zschr. med, I'ar iy^i, *° ,6_50_G jj. Les editions de la Physi- SSrSSfet^rikr^Sd., Par, 1925, 40: suppl, 97-101. ■RTilLLAUT Marcel Pierre, 1890- *La coxalrie unilaterale de l'enfance dans ses rapports uuAdigic reproduction (menstruation- SaUon-actuchemen'lallaitement) 62p. Stab. OO por. 1921. -qtjtttW Bernard, 1886- *Quelques faits et qSes theories rfcents relatifs a l'etiologie, la pathogenie et au traitement de l'epilepsie. 56p. 8? Par., 1921. BRILLIANT green. See also Dyes; Staining. Bakkal, S. A. Sterilisation des Operationsfeldes mit 1 proz. Lbsung von Brillmtgrun. Arch. klin. Chir, 1928, 150: 152-5.— Brind, A. I. [Therapeutic value of brilliant green in derma- tological practice] Soviet, vrach. gaz, 1933, 37: 810.—Bubovyi, E. B, & Nikitin, S. A. [Sensibilizing effect of brilliant green with roentgen rays] Vest, rent, 1933, 12: 370.—Killian, H. Brillantgriin, seine elektiv-bactericide Wirkung und seine Verwendung zur Typhus- und Paratyphusdiagnose. Zschr. Hygiene, 1924, 103: 193-203— Kline, E. K. Toxicity of brilliant green for certain bacteria. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1935,25: 314-8.— Narat, J. K. Brilliant green; a clinical study of its value as a local antiseptic. Ann. Surg, 1931, 94: 1007-12. Also Zbl. Chir, 1934, 61: 2871-3.—Sternberg, L. I. [Brilliant green and its use in dermato-venereological practice] Vener. derm, Moskva, 1931,8:71. BRILL'S disease. See Typhus fever, endemic. BRILMAYER, Wilhelm [Nikolaus] 1890- *Cataracta electrica nach Starkstromverletzung; drei Falle beobachtet in der Universitats- Augenklinik Heidelberg. 30p. 8? Heidelb., Rossier & Herbert,-1919. BRIM, Charles Jacob, 1891- Medicine in the Bible; the Pentateuch, Torah. xix, 384p. pi. 8? N.Y., Froben Press, 1936. BRIMONT, Louis, 1904- ="Contribution a l'etude du traitement de la fievre de Malte par la chimiotherapie acridinique. 55p. 8? Par., 1930. BRIN, Henri Theophile, 1871-1930. [Obituary] P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1930, 39: 779, port. ----NICAISE, V. [et al.] Affections des reins et des ureteres; affections des capsules surrenales. 1126p. 9pl. roy.8? Par., O. Doin & fils, 1914. Forms v.3, Encyclopedic d'urol. (Pousson & Desnos) BRIN, Louis, 1883- , & GIROUX, Leon. Syphilis du cceur et de l'aorte. ii, 229p. 8? Par., G. Doin, 1924! BRINCK, Guillermo. *Pioterapia antigonoco- cica [Chile] 31p. roy.8? Santiago, 1925. BRINCKLEY, William J. Physiology by the laboratory method for secondary schools, xv, 504p. 17pl. 8? Chic, Ainsworth & Co. 1902. BRINCKMANN, Friedrich, 1900- '"Trau- matische Veranderungen der Handwurzelkno- chen. 44p. 8? Gott., 1927. BRINCKMANN, Johann Peter, 1746-85. Tietze, J. *Johann Peter Brinckmann. 19p. 8? Wiirzb., J. Schacherer [1928] BRIND, Zeilik, 1885- *Die Entstehung und Behandlung der Calcaneusfrakturen und ihre Folgen in Bezug auf die Erwerbsfahigkeit. 32p. 8? Berl., L. Schumacher, 1914. BRINDEAU, Auguste, 1867- See Pratique (La) de l'art des accouchements. 3v. roy.8. Par 1926-27. Also Paris. Clinique Tarnier. Lecons du jeudi soir a la Clinique Tarnier. 146p. 8? Par, 1930. ____ & THEODORIDES, T. Des armies au cours de la grossesse. 230p. 6 1. pi. ch. 8? Par., Vigot freres, 1934. BRINER, Luise. *Die Armenpflege des Kindes in der Schweiz [Bern] 124p. 8? Weinfelden, BRINER, Otto, 1904- *Ueber den Verlauf der progressiven Paralyse ohne und mit Fieberbe- handlung; katamnestische Untersuchungen an den Patienten der psychiatrischen Klinik Zurich von 1903-29 [Zurich] p.792-816. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1930,128: BRINET 1006 BRINKMANN BRINET, Paul Leon Victor, 1877- *Ce qui se passe dans une etable de vingt-cinq vaches en vingt-cinq ans [Alfort] 54p. 8? Par., 1929. BRING, Michel, 1904- *La sclerose nodulaire du poumon. 42p. 8? Par., 1929. BRINGMANN, Karl, 1891- Ueber das Aneurysma der Aorta abdominalis. 35p. 8? Lpz., E. Lehmann, 1915. BRINITZER, Max, 1889- *Ueber die Wandlungen der Desinfektionsmethoden des Operationsfeldes und der Hande des Chirurgen. 95p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1915. BRINITZER, Walter, 1900- *Kurze Be- merkung iiber die Beziehungen zwischen Refrak- tion und Vererbung [Berlin] 17p. 8? Miinch., J. F. Bergmann, 1930. Also Arch. Augenh, 1929, 102: BRINK [Amandus] Otto [Clemens] 1891- *Die intraocularen Fremdkorperverletzungen aus der Universitats-Augenklinik zu Gottingen von 1914-18. 107p. 8? Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1919. BRINK, Johannes Arend van den, 1861-1921. Holleman, J. [Obituary] Tschr. prakt. verlosk, 1921, 25: 209. BRINK, Louise, 1876- * Women charac- ters in Richard Wagner [Columbia Univ.] xv, 127p. 8? N.Y., Nerv. & Ment. Dis. Pub. Co., 1924. BRINK, Paul [Johannes Bernhard] 1893- * Multiple familiare Exostosen am Ober- und Unterschenkel, Arme und Schulterblatt, Wachs- tumstorungen der Ulna mit Verkriimmung des Radius. 8p. 8? Lpz., 1920. BRINKERHOFF, A. W. Diseases of the rectum and new method of rectal treatment. 266p. 8? Columbus, O.. Cott & Hann, 1881. BRINKHAUS, Carl [Hermann Friedrich] 1887- *Zur Symptomatologie der Hysterie anschliessend an einen Fall von hvsterischem Schluckkrampf. 20p. 8? Kiel, C. Schaidt, 1914. BRINKLEY, John Richard, 1885- The Brinkley operation. 2p.l. 90p. illus. port. 8? Chic, S. B. Flower [1922] ---- Shadows and sunshine. 94p. 4pl. 12? Milford, Kan., [1923] BRINKMAN, Robert, FISCHER, Hans [et al.] Allgemeine und spezielle Methoden zur Unter- suchung des Verhaltens geloster Stoffe. xvi, p. [931]-2201. 2 fold. tab. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1930. Forms 3.Abt, Teil A, 2.Halfte, Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) 1930. BRINKMAN, Walter Charles J., 1900- *Vas injections in the treatment of chronic gonorrhea with special reference to the treatment of seminal vesiculitis [Milwaukee County Hospital] 15 1. 4? Wauwatosa, Wise, 1929. Typewritten. BRINKMANN, Curt Wilhelm, 1900- *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der baktericiden Wirkung des Sanocrysins (im Rahmen der Chemotherapie der Tuberkulose) [Halle] 40p. 8? Magdeb., L. Mosche, 1927. BRINKMANN, Eberhart, 1907- *Jod in der Zahnheilkunde, unter besonderer Beriick- sichtigung von Jodtinktur, Dijozol, Jodoform, sowie iiber rontgenologische Prufungen jod- haltiger Wurzelfullungen. 28p. pi. 8? Lpz., 1932^ BRINKMANN, Fritz, 1887- *Beitrag zur Statistik des runden Magengeschwiirs. 23p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1915. BRINKMANN, Hans, 1888- *Erfolge der Abrasio wegen Endometritis haemorrhagica. 25p. 3 1. 8? Marburg, J. Hamel, 1919. BRINKMANN [Heinrich Karl] August, 1903- *Identitatsbestimmungen auf Grund des zahnarztlichen Befundes in der gerichtlichen Medizin. 62p. 8? Bresl., 1930. BRINKMANN, Heinz, 1906- *Der Platt- fuss des Zahnarztes [Leipzig] 16p. 8? [Zeu- lenroda i. Thur., A. Oberreuter] 1931. BRINKMANN, Hertha, 1910- *Der Ver- gleich der schmerzstillenden Wirkung der Kom- plexverbindung Veronalstrontium-Pyramidon mit ihren Grundstoffen [Munster] 28p. 8? Werne-Lippe, F. Gru'oe, 1934. BRINKMANN, Use, 1906- ="Warum kann ein so grosser Teil (Lar Mastdarmkrebse nicht mehr radikal operiert werdsn? 14p. 8? Wiirzb. K. Roll, 1935. BRINKMAN'S catalogus van boeken plaat- en kaartwerken en tijdschriften, die gedurende 1926-1930 in Nederland en Belgie het licht zagen, door G. J. Van Der Lek. 2p.l. 1180p. 8? Leiden, A. W. Sijthov [1932] See also Eepertorium op Brinkman's catalogus. 763p. 8? Leiden [1932] BRINKMEIER [Karl Heinrich] Martin, 1904- *Die Verwendung des Trypaflavin in der Behandlung infektioser Prozesse. 83p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1931. BRINKSMEIER, Julius, 1892- *Ein Fall von Morbus Darier. 32p. 8? Marburg, J. Hamel, 1920. BRINON, Jean Paul, 1906- *Les actions curative et preventive du serum antistreptococ- cique de H. Vincent en obstetrique. 108p. 8? Par., M. Picard, 1934. BRINON-CHERBULIEZ, Colette, 1906- *L'anesthesie de base au soneryl sodique (butyl- ethyl-barbiturate de sodium) par injection intra- veineuse. 51p. 8? Par., Le Francois, 1934. BRINSTEINER, Maria, 1897- *Die ge- richtlich-medizinische Bedeutung und Beurtei- lung bakterieller Fleischvergiftungen. 34p. 8? Miinch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1929. BRINTON, Daniel Garrison, 1837-1899. The myths of the New world; a treatise on the symbolism and mythologv of the red race of America. 2.ed. 3p.l. 331p. 8? N.Y., H. Holt & Co., 1876. ---- Anthropology and ethnology. 184p. roy.8? Phila., Iconographic Pub. Co., 1886. Forms pt 1-2, v.l, Iconographic encyclopaedia. For portrait see Collection in library. BRINTON, Ward, 1874-1935. [Obituary] Pennsylvania M.J, 1935-36, 39: 349. BRINTON, William, 1823-67. Sailer, J. One of the founders of gastro-enterology. J. Am. M. Ass, 1928, 91: 1080-2. BRIOIS, Marcel. *Sur un cas de dystocie par achondroplasie du fcetus. 34p. 8? Par., 1922. BRIOLA, Kurt, 1905- *Ueber die Wir- kungen parenteral verabreichten bestrahlten und unbestrahlten Ergosterins. 28p. 21. 8? Greifs- wald, H. Adler, 1930. BRION, Abel Justin, 1906- *Les modi- fications de l'equilibre acido-basique dans les nephrites chroniques du chien [Alfort] 191p. 8? Toulouse, 1930. BRION, Andre, 1900- *Du traitement chirurgical de certains lupus tubereuleux de la peau. 64p. 4pl. 8? Par., 1928. BRION, Francis. *Contribution a l'etude de la formule sanguine dans les differentes formes de la BRION 100 tuberculose pulmonaire [Lausanne] 40p. 8? Strasb., 1925. BRIOT, Pfierre] F[rancois] 1773-1826. His- toire de l'etat et des progres de la chirurgie militaire en France pendant les guerres de la revolution, vii, 430p. 8? Besangon, Gauthier, 1817. BRIQUET, John, 1870-1931. International rules of botanical nomenclature, adopted by the International Botanical Congresses of Vienna, 1905, and Brussels 1910, revised by the Inter- national Botanical Congress of Cambridge, 1930. 3.ed. xi, 151p. roy.8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1935. BRISARD, Blanche Marie, 1908- *La bronchiectasie de l'enfance; maladie congeni- tale. 107p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1934. BRISARD, Charles Fauquez & GRAS. Echelle de gravite et taux des incapacites permanentes, 2.ed. 277p. 8? Par., J. B. Bailliere & fils. 1935. BRISARD, Pierre, 1903- ="Arthrorisis anterieure et posterieure dans les pieds equins et talus. 137p. pi. 8? Par., 1931. BRISBANE, Australia. Registrar General. Report on vital statistics (monthly) 1928- BRISCOE, Philip, 1855-1927. Goldsborough, P. L. On presentation of portrait of Dr Philip Briscoe. Tr. Med. Chir. Fac. Maryland, 1925-29, 127: 326-S. BRISEBOIS, Maxime, 1896- *Sterilite masculine d'origine epididymo-testiculaire. 175p. 8? Par., 1927. BRISGELSKY, Alfred, 1907- *Das Zun- gensarkom: 125 Falle von Zungensarkom ein- schliesslich eines noch nicht veroffentlichten Falles mit einigen daran ankniipfenden Bemer- kungen [Berlin] 77p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1931. BRISKEN, Paul, 1905- *Nvstagmus und Recurrenslahmung. 32p. 8? [Berl.] 1930. BRISKER, Feiwel. *Hyperureogenese par les injections intra-veineuses hypertoniques de glu- cose. 36p. 8? Par., 1921. BRISOLLA Ferreira, Horacio. *Da thermo- genese animal e suas modificacoes sob a acgao pharmacodynamica da phloridzina. 67p. 8? S. Paulo, 1929. BRISSAUD, Marcel, 1899- '"Contribu- tion a l'etude des types morphologiques hu- mains. 82p. 8? Par., 1926. BRISSEAU, Michel, 1676-1743. Ceremonie de Brisseau. Arch, opht. Par, 1921, 39: 633- 40.—Tricot-Royer. Le monument Michel Brisseau inaugure a Tournai le 25 septembre 1921. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med, 1921, 15: 333-6. BRISSET, Jean Paul, 1905- *Le syn- drome d'hypertension arterielle permanente chez l'enfant. 144p. 8? Par., 1935. BRISSET, Pierre, 1905- *La reposition sanglante du semi-tun aire; sa technique; ses indi- cations. 79p. 2pl. 8? Par., 1931. BRISTOL, Elias L. Macomb. A story of the sands and other poems. 104p. front, port. 16? N.Y., Brentano's [1888] BRISTOL, Leverett Dale, 1880- Indus- trial health service, xi, 170p. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1933. . , BRISTOL, Engl. Bristol Medico-Chirurgical Society, 1874- Bristol medico-chirurgical journal, v.l, 1883- J____Transactions (1874-8) v. 1, 1878. BRISTOL, Engl. General Hospital. Annual re- ports. 1884-1903. Incomplete. BRISTOL BRISTOL, Engl. Medical Officer of Health. Annual report for city and county. 1883-85; 1892; 1894- BRISTOL, Engl. Port Medical Officer of Health. Annual report. 1893; 1897-1916; 1923; 1928- 1931 missing; for 1917-19 & 1922 see annual report for the city and county. BRISTOL, Engl. Royal Infirmary. Annual report of the committee to the governors and subscribers. 75.-166., 1810-1902. Incomplete. BRISTOW, Walter Rowley, 1882- See Page, Charles Max, & Bristow, W. Rowley. The treat- ment of fractures [&c] 239p. 8? Lond. [1923] Also 3.ed. 284p. 8? Lond. [1929] BRITISH Academy for the Promotion of His- torical, Philosophical and Philological Studies, Proceedings. 4v. 4? Lond., H. Frowde, 1904-10. BRITISH Association of Dermatology and Syphilology. See Brit. J. Derm, 1927, 39: 353-71. BRITISH Borneo. British Resident. Report (annual) 1921- BRITISH Borneo. Medical Officer of Health. Annual report on the medical department. 1927- BRITISH Columbia, Canada. Department of Agriculture for the Province. Climate; bulle- tin, no.27. 1912-24; 1927-28. ----Climate; report. 1928. BRITISH Columbia, Canada. Department of Municipal Affairs [formerly Department of the Attorney General] Report (annual) 1922- BRITISH Columbia, Canada. Department of the Provincial Secretary. Annual report of the mental hospitals. 1920; 1922/23- BRITISH Columbia, Canada. Deputy Min- ister. Report. 1922- BRITISH Columbia, Canada. Provincial Board of Health. Annual report. 13.-38., 1910-34. ---- Report on the medical inspection of schools. 1.-3., 1911-14; 21.-23., 1932-34. For other reports see preceding. ---- Report of vital statistics. 56.-62., 1927-33. BRITISH Dental Association. The report on odontomes; by the committee, ix, 113p. 55pl. 8? Lond., J. Bale, Sons, & Danielsson, 1914. ---- The jubilee book of the ... viii, 145p. illus. pi. ports. 8? Lond., J. Bale, Sons, & Danielsson, 1930. See also Bennett, N. G. The British Dental Association; its origin, progress and advance. Brit. Dent. J, 1930, 51: 565-87. BRITISH dental journal. Lond., v.l, 1880- BRITISH East Africa. Government. Confer- ence on co-ordination of general medical re- search in East African Territories; held at Nairobi, 20th to 22d January, 1936. 97p. 8? Nairobi (Kenya Colony) 1936. ---- Conference on co-ordination of tsetse and trypanosomiasis (animal and human) research in East Africa; held at Entebbe, 29th to 31st Januarv, 1936. 87p. 8? Nairobi (Kenya Colony) 1936. BRITISH East Africa. Meteorological Service. Annual report. Nairobi, 1929- ---- Summary of rainfall in Kenva colony (monthly) 1930- ---- Summary of rainfall in Northern Rho- desia (monthly) 1931- ---- Summary of rainfall in Uganda protec- torate (monthly) 1931- BRITISH 1008 BRITISH BRITISH Empire Cancer Campaign. Annual report. Lond., 1., 1924- BRITISH Expeditionary Force in France. Notes for sanitary officers. 84p. 12? Lond., H.M.Stat.Off., 1917. BRITISH food journal and hygiene review. Lond., v.l, 1899- BRITISH and German ideals; the meaning of the war. p.1-119. 8? Macmillan, 1915. Repr. from The Round Table, Sept. 1914, Mar. 1915. BRITISH Guiana. Baby Saving League. Annual report. Georgetown, 1914-24; 1926; 1928; 1933. 1915 missing. BRITISH Guiana. Department of Lands and Mines. Report. Georgetown, 1922-27; 1933. BRITISH Guiana. Government Analyst. Re- port. Georgetown, 1928. BRITISH Guiana. Office of the Colonial Secre- tary. Annual report. Georgetown, 1900-23. ---- Blue book. Georgetown, 1900-17; 1920; 1922-24. BRITISH Guiana. Registrar General. Annual report. Georgetown, 1884-85; 1895- BRITISH Guiana. Surgeon General. Annual report. Georgetown, 1903- BRITISH Guiana. Gillin, J. Social life of the Barama River Caribs of British Guiana. Sc. Am. Month, 1935, 40: 227-36.—Williams, J. The aborigines of British Guiana and their land. Anthropos, Mod- ling, 1936,31: 417-32. BRITISH homoeopathic journal. Lond., v.14, 1924- BRITISH Honduras. Colonial Secretary. An- nual report. Lond., 1900-28. ----Blue book. Belize, 1900; 1908-14; 1917; 1923-25. BRITISH Honduras. Medical Officer. Med- ical report. Belize, 1899; 1907- BRITISH Honduras. Registrar General. Re- port on the vital statistics. Belize, 1900-15; 1917; 1929- BRITISH journal of anaesthesia. Manchester, Engl., v.l, 1923- BRITISH journal of children's diseases. Lond., v.l, 1904- BRITISH journal of dental science and prosthetics. Lond., v.l, 1856- BRITISH journal of dermatology and syphilis. Lond., v.l, 1888- BRITISH journal of experimental pathology. Lond., v.l, 1920- BRITISH journal of inebriety. Lond., v.l, 1903- BRITISH journal of medical psychology. Lond., v.l, 1920- BRITISH journal of nursing. Lond., v.29, 1902- BRITISH journal of ophthalmology. Lond., v.l, 1917- BRITISH journal of physical medicine. Lond., v.6, 1931- BRITISH journal of psychology. Lond., v.l, 1904- BRITISH journal of radiology. Lond., v.l, 1896- BRITISH journal of surgery. Brist., v.l, 1913- Also suppl. Atlas of path. anat. ----General index [to v.1-20, 1913-33] Brist., 1934. BRITISH journal of tuberculosis. Lond., v.l, 1907- BRITISH journal of urology. Lond., v.l, 1929- BRITISH journal of venereal diseases. Lond., v.l, 1929- BRITISH Malaya. Straits Settlements (Fed- erated Malay States and Protected States of Johore, Kedah, Perlis, Kelantan, Trengganu and Brunei) Census. Lond., 1921. See also Brunei, Johore, Kedah, & Perlis. BRITISH Medical Association. More secret remedies; what they cost and what they contain; based on an analysis made for the British Medical Association. Ser.2. vii, 282p. 8? Lond., 1912. ---- Handbook for recently qualified medical practitioners. 92, viii p. 8? Lond., 1923. ---- The book of Manchester and Salford; written for the ninety-seventh annual meeting of the British Medical Association, in July 1929. 249p. illus. ports. 8? Manchester, G. Falkner & Sons [1929] See also Little, E. M. History of the British Medical Associa- tion, 1832-1932. 342p. 8? Lond. [1932] Also Brit. M.J, 1925, 2: 111-4. Brackenbury, H. The essentials of a national medical serv- ice. Brit. M.J, 1933, 1: suppl. 71-6. ----- British (The) Medical Association. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1936, 193: 62-5.—British (The) Medical Association and the medical profession; a critical review of their relations. Brit. M.J, 1914, 1: 1190; 1250; 1306; 1367; 1414; 2: 24; 77; 130; 1923, 2: 398 — British (The) Medical Association; its homes in London and its spread throughout the Empire. Ibid, 1925, 2: 115-7.—British (The) Medical Association; its aims, work and constitution. Ibid, 459.—British (The) Medical Association: its aim, work and constitution. Ibid, 1930, 2: 408—British (The) Medical Association; work of the London Office. Ibid, 1933, 1: suppl, 261-3.—British (The) Medical Association in conflict with a scheme of contract practice. J. Am. M. Ass, 1934, 103: 1162.— Boolin, W. One hundred and first annual meeting of the British Medical Association, Dublin, 1933. Brit. M.J, 1933,1: 710-2.— Growth (The) of the British Medical Association. Ibid, 1914, 1: 600-2.—Macdonald, J. A. An address on the British Medical Association in Australasia. Ibid, 1914, 2: 1-3.—McVail, J. C. The British Medical Association; its constitution and govern- ment; an historical survey. Ibid, 1924, 1: 1009; 1052; 1099; 1139.—Marshall, C. B. Report of the proceedings of the section on ophthalmology of the British Medical Association. Arch. Ophth, N.Y, 1912, 41: 82-96—Moorhead, T. G. The work of the British Medical Association in Ireland. Irish J.M. Sc, 1933, ser.6, no.93: 493-511. ----- The work of the British Medical Association in Ireland. Lancet, Lond, 1933,1: 223-7.— Notes on the history of the association. Brit.M.J,1932, 2:152-4.—Reik, H. O. Centenary of the British Medical Associ- ation held in London, with a Sunday visit to Worcester, July 21-30, 1932. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1933, 30: 256—Rolleston, H. 1832-1932 and the British Medical Association. Practitioner, Lond, 1932, 129:1-3.—Skirving, R. S. Fifty years in a changing world: the British Medical Association in Australia. Med. J. Australia, 1932, 2: 99.—Stretton, J. L. How to increase the use- fulness of the British Medical Association. Brit. M.J, 1914, 2: 65-7.—The first hundred years. Notes on the history of the Association. Ibid, 1932, 1: 578-81.—Troup, J. M. The future work of the British Medical Association in South Africa. Trans- vaal M.J, 1911-12, 7: 103-6— Williams, Sir B. The middle age. Glasgow M.J, 1922, 98: 1-9. BRITISH medical journal. Lond., 1857- BRITISH Museum. List of catalogues of English book sales, 1676-1900, now in the British Museum. 2p.l. xv, 523p. 8? Lond., 1915. ---- General catalogue of printed books. New ed. Lond., v.l, 1931- BRITISH Museum (Natural History) Guide to the Mollusca, exhibited in the zoological department. 55p. 8? Lond., Oxford Univ. Press, 1923. ---- Insects of Samoa and other Samoan terrestrial arthropoda [with index] Lond., ptl, 1928- ---- A catalogue of the works of Linnaeus (and publications more immediately relating thereto) preserved in the libraries of the British Museum (Bloomsbury) and the British Museum (Natural History) 2.ed. xi, 246p. 68p. pi. port. 4? Lond., 1933. BRITISH 1009 BRIX BRITISH Museum (Natural History) Depart- ment of Geology. A guide to the elephants (recent and fossil) exhibited in the department of geology and palaeontology. 2 1. 48p. 8? Lond. [Taylor & Francis] 1922. ---- A guide to the fossil remains of man in the Department of geology and paleontology. 3.ed. 3p.l. 34p. 6pl. 8? Lond., W. Clowes & Sons, 1922. BRITISH Museum (Natural History) De- partment of Zoology. Guide to the specimens illustrating the races of mankind (anthropology) 4.ed. 35p. 8? Lond., 1921. BRITISH National Committee on Chronic Rheumatic Diseases. See Buckley, Charles William. Report on chronic [&c] 159p.; 140p. Lond, 1935-36. BRITISH (The) pharmaceutical codex, 1923; an imperial dispensatory for the use of medical practitioners and pharmacists; rev. ed. xviii, 1669p. 8? Lond., Pharm. Press, 1923. BRITISH Pharmaceutical Conference. Re- port of proceedings (annual) Cambr., 67., 1930- Incomplete. BRITISH (The) pharmacopoeia; published under the direction of the general council of medical education and registration of the United Kingdom. xlix, 713p. 8? Lond. Constable & Co., 1932. BRITISH Red Cross Society. Cookery manual No. 5; edited by Ch. Herman Senn. xx, 200p. 16? Lond., Cassell & Co. [1915] BRITISH Social Hygiene Council. Preparation for marriage; a handbook prepared by a special committee. 3p.l. 191p. illus., diagrs. 8? Lond., J. Cape [1932] ---- Empire social hygiene year-book, 1935. 2.ed. 2 1. 61 lp. 8? Lond., G. Allen & Unwin [1935] BRITISH Solomon Islands Protectorate. See Solomon Islands (British) BRITISH Virgin Islands. Medical Officer. Medical and sanitary report. Antigua, 1935. BRITO, Antonio Xavier de, jr. *Elementos de diagnose das lesoes valvulares do coragao forne- cidos pelo apparelho circulatorio. 72p. 12? Lisboa, 1871. BRITO, Urbano de. *Da auto-suggestao. 126p. 8? S. Paulo, J. Ferraz, 1927. BRITON, Georges, 1902- *Plaies de poitrine, contusions thoraciques et tuberculose pulmonaire. 86p. 8? Par., 1929. BRITO Santos, Arturo, 1906- *Les in- jections intradermiques de lait dans le traite- ment de quelques affections gastro-intestinales. 56p. 8? Par., Vega, 1934. BRITTEN, Rollo H., BLOOMFIELD, J. J., & GODDARD, Jennie C. The health of workers in a textile plant. 26p. 8? Wash., 1933. Forms suppl. no.207, Pub. Health Rep, Wash. BRITTON, C. J. C. See Whitby, Lionel E. H, & Britton, C. J. C. Disorders of the blood. 543p. 8? Lond, 1935. BRITTON, N[athaniel] L[ord] 1857- , & ROSE, Joseph Nelson. The Cactaceac; descrip- tions and illustrations of plants of the cactus family. 2v. 255p. 24pl.; vii, 318p. 37pl. 4? Wash., Carnegie Inst., 1922. Forms no.248 of v.3 & 4. Pub. Carnegie Inst, of Wash. BRIVOIS, Paul, 1904- *Contribution a l'etude de ' la luxation coxofemorale du chien [Alfort] 70p. 5P1. 8? Par., 1928 BRIX Herbert, 1908- *Natnum-, Ka- lium- Calcium- und Magnesiumbestimmung 21767__vol. 2, 4th series----64 im Gesamtblut von gesunden und kranken Hunden. 40p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1933. BRIZAIS, Francois, 1904- '"Repercus- sions des traumatismes de 1'orbite sur le nerf optique. 51p. 8? Par., 1929. BRIZI, Ugo. Nozioni sulle principali piante medicinali ed aromatiche; il lauro; storia, descrizione, coltivazione, impiego. 28p. pi. 8° Milano, A. Colombo & figli, 1921. BRNO, CSR. Lekafska fakulta; Masarykova Universita. Spisy. v.5-12; 1927-33. BRNO, CSR. Vysoka skola zvero-lekafska, Biologicke spisy. v.5; 1926; v.7; 1928; v.10, 1931. Also French title. BRNO [Checoslovakia] Fleischer, A. [Medical report of the provincial Moravian institutes, obstetrical and foundling hospitals in Brunn in 1877] Oas.lek.cesk, 1878,17: 33; 41; 51.—VithaJ. [Corrosivenessof the Brno drinking water on the leaden pipes of the water supply] Spisy lek. Masaryk. Univ, 1929, 7: 1-23, a.65, ch, pi. BROAD, Benjamin, 1861-1924. Obituary. Brit. M.J, 1924, ]: 554. BROAD, Charlie Dunbar, 1887- The mind and its place in nature, x, 674p. 8? Lond., K. Paul, Trench & Co., 1925. BROADHURST, Jean, 1873- How we resist disease; an introduction to immunitv. 248p. 4pl. 8? Phila., J. B. Lippincott Co., 1923. ---- Bacteria in relation to man; a study- text in general microbiology, xvi, 306p. 3ch. 8? Phila., J. B. Lippincott Co. [1925] See also Bigelow, Maurice Alpheus, & Broadhurst, Jean. Health for every day. 235p. 12? N.Y. [1924] ---- & GIVEN, Leila I. Bacteriology applied to nursing; a combined text book and laboratory guide in microbiology, xxxiii, 498p. 2ch. 8? Phila., J. B. Lippincott Co. [1930] ---- Also 2.ed. xxxvii, 562p. illus. pi. [1934] BROADHURST, Jean, & LERRIGO, Marion Olive. Health horizons; contributions to health teaching from history and science; a memorial to Emma Dolfinger from her friends, xi, 516p. xliv. pi. 8? N.Y., Silver Burdett & Co. [1931] BROAD ligament. See also Parametrium; Parovarium; Uterus, Displacement. Cuneo, B. Sur un nouvel organe du ligament large de la femme. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1932, 3.ser, 107: 701. ----- Sur un appendice absorbant du ligament large. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1934, 11: 649-54.—Buthie, G. M. An investigation of the occurrence, distribution and histological structure of the embryonic remains in the human broad ligament. J. Anat, Lond, 1924-25, 59: 410-31.—Forster, A. Le dispositif des liga- ments larges dans la serie des mammiferes superieurs et dans l'espece humaine. Arch, anat, Strasb, 1928, 8: 359-432.— Kostanecki, K. Ltevolution du segment lateral du ligament large et son rapport avec le repli dit ligament appendiculo ovarien de Clado. Ibid, 1930-31, 12: 75-108.—Manenkov, P. W Modell des breiten Gebarmutterbandes nebst den in ihm ent haltenen Organen, Eierstock und Gebarmutter, von einem menschlichen Fotus weiblichen Geschlechts im Alter von drei Monaten. Anat. An/,, 1924-25, 59: 401-17.—Millot, J. L. Cor tico-surrenale aberrante du ligament large. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1933, 10: 818-20.—Pizzetti, B. Sul tessuto muscolare dei legamenti larghi. Atti Accad. sc. med. nat. Ferrara, 1920-21 95: 1-3.—Wallart, J, & Bouette, C. Presence de fibres muscu laires striees dans un ligament large. Bull, histol. appl, Lyon 1930, 7: 303-7. Chorionepithelioma. Bergeret & Moulonguet, P. Chorio-epitlteliome primitif du ligament large. Bull Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1923, 12: 206. Also Gyn. obst, Par, 1923, 8: 528-39.—Bavis, E. P. Primary chorio- epithelioma of the broad ligament. Progr. Med, Phila, 1924, 3: 23-5.—Engelhorn, E. Ueber einen geheilten Fall von Chorion- epitheliom im Ligamentum latum (ein Beitrag zur Genese des ektopischen Chorionepitheliom) Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1924, G7: 26-32.—Murray, E. F. Chorionepithelioma of the broad liga- ment. Durham Mus. Catal, 1928, 491. BROAD LIGAMENT 1010 BROAD LIGAMENT ---- Cysts [including dermoids] Pelcot, G. E. *Des metrorrhagies sympto- matiques des kystes intra-ligamentaires. 90p. 8? Par., 1924. Begouin, P. Sur le diagnostic des kystes hyalins du ligament large. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1922, 11: 491. ----- & Lafargue. A propos d'une observation de kyste hyalin pedicuie du ligament large. Ibid, 195-7.—Binet & Fourche. Kyste woltiien du ligament large. Ibid, 1923, 12: 397-9.—Chenhall, W. T. A broad ligament cyst simulating a subperitoneal myoma of the uterus. Med. J. Australia, 1921, 2: 622. Also Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1922, n.s, 113: 136.—Colombet, A. Sur une variete de kyste dermoide intraligamentaire. Progr. med. Par, 1927, 42: 172.—Bas Gupta, S. C. A cyst of the broad ligament. Sind M.J, 1930, 3: 102-5.—Bavidson, A. A case of dystocia due to cyst of the broad ligament. J. Obst. Gyn, Lond, 1935, 42: 569-/1.—Godleweski, E. Kyste dermoide, pyometrie et phleg- mon du ligament large. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1929, 18: 637-9.—Maciulis, S. [Case of cyst of the broad ligament] Medi- cina, Kaunas, 1933, 14: 35.—Schrup, J. H. Broad ligament cyst—with result of a new treatment; a case report. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1935, 142: 493.—Tedenat. Grands kystes du ligament tubo-ovarien. Gynecologie, 1922, 21: 65-70.—Vanverts, J. Tor- sion d'un petit kyste du ligament large, a tres long pedicuie, au cours de la grossesse. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1926,15: 580. ---- Diseases. Bonneau, R. Scterose cicatrictelle traumatique tardive du ligament large. Gynecologie, 1929, 28: 82-5.—Bu-Pan, L. Con- tribution a l'etude des gommes syphilitiques du ligament large. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1932, 62: 165.—Fornero, A. Cisti ema- tica del legamento largo a crisi mestruale per rottura di un follicolo di Graaf in ovario a sviluppo sopra ed intra legamenta- rio. Monit. ostet gin, 1929, 1: 56-62.—Liebmann, I. [Conges- tion of the broad ligament] Orv. hetil, 1927, 71: 375-7.— Reeves, E. A. Hernia into the broad ligament. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1935, 36: 418.—Solieri, S. Sopra alcune sindromi morbose in rapporto colla plica lombo-ovarica sinistra. Arch. ital. chir, 1923-24, 8: 279-88.—Villard, E, & Creyssel, J. Le pseudo- phlegmon superieur du ligament large, peritonite suppuree enkystee pSritubaire. Rev. fr. gyn. obst, 1925, 20: 1-17.— Young, J. Broad ligament neuritis. Tr. Edinburgh Obst. Soc, 1932-33, 165-74. Also Edinburgh M.J, 1933, n.s, 40: suppl. Tr. Obst. Soc, 165-74. ---- Echinococcosis. Bride, J. W. Hydatid cysts (taenia echinococcus) in the broad ligament. J. Obst. Gyn, Lond, 1930, 37: 96-8.—Mat- schan, W. J. Zur Kasuistik der Echinokokkencysten am breiten Gebarmutterbande. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1927-28, 131: 5SS-99.—Merlino, A. Echinococcosi dei legamenti larghi. Clin. ostet, 1935, 37: 648-60.—Mozumdar, S. Hydatid cyst in the broad ligment. Ind. M. Gaz, 1935, 70: 686—Tailhefer, E. Kyste hydatique du ligament large; conservation de 1'uterus et des annexes; Mikulicz; guerison; kyste hydatique de la face inferieure du lobe gauche du foie chez un garcon de onze ans; suture complete du kyste sans drainage, sans fixation a la paroi; drainage du peritoine; gu&rison. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1927, 36: 889-92. ---- Inflammation [including abscess] Girard, P. L. R. *Sur un cas de phlegmon du ligament large fistulise dans la partie droite du gros intestin. 46p. 8? Par., 1928. Rosenberg, M. *Contribution a l'etude des phlegmons puerperaux du ligament large evo- luant vers la region ombilicale. 64p. 8? Par., 1934. Achprise, A. Les indications opferatoires dans les abces fetides du ligament large. Union med. Canada, 1921, 50: 453-6.—Brisset. Disparition en 3 jours d'un volumineux phlegmon du ligament large avec te vaccin de Delbet; developpe- ment immediat d'un nouveau phlegmon du cote oppose malgr§ le vaccin et fechec de la vaccinotlterapie sur la 2. localisa- tion. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1924, 50: 699-703. Also Gyne- cologie, 1924, 23: 415-7.—Lefevre & Bufour, R. Phlegmon du ligament large traite par l'autovaccin suivi d'intervention chi- rurgicale. Gaz. sc, med. Bordeaux, 1924, 14: 379. Also Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux, 1925, 202-4.—Max, O. Phlegmon du ligament large. Presse med. beige, 1861, 13: 213.—Murphy, J. B. Broad ligament abscess; pyosalpinx. Surg. Clin, Chic, 1913, 2: 123-30.—Villard. Les phlegmons du ligament large. Progr. med. Par, 1925, 40: 1458-64.—Weiss, T, & Hamant, A. Phlegmon du ligament large, suite de manoeuvres abortives. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1921, 10: 173-5. ----- Phlegmon du ligament large et vaccinotherapie. Rev. med. est, 1921, 49: 329. ---- Tumors. Avoni, A. Mio-adenoma del legamento largo. Bull. sc. med. Bologna, 1912, 8.ser, 13: 357-69.—Begouin, M, Aubert, L. [et al.] Les tumeurs incluses du ligament large [Discussion] Gyn. obst. Par, 1925, 12: 304-17.—B6gouin, P. Fibromes du ligament large. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1921, 10: 88-90. ---— & Papin, F. Quelques considerations cliniques et opera- toires sur les tumeurs incluses du ligament large. J. nted. Bor- deaux, 1921, 51: 147-9.—Bozzolo, C. Statistica di sei lustri di tumori del legamento largo con speciale riguardo ad un caso di cancrocisti a rottura periodica. Arch. ital. anat. pat, 1933, 4: 111-9.—Brea, C. A. Fibroma primitivo del ligamento ancho. Sem. med, B. Air, 1935, 42:1656-8. Also Bol. Inst. clin. quir, B. Air, 1935-36, 11: 97-9.—Buenida, N, & Luque, M. J. Un fibroma del ligamento ancho. Repert. med. cir, Bogota, 1926- 27, 18: 295-9.—Bambrin, C, & Bambrin.-P. Sur les tumeurs incluses dans les ligaments larges. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1934, 23: 103-5.—Belannoy & Quenee. Fibrome inclus du liga- ment large avec kystes tordus des 2 ovaires. Ibid, 1932,21: 200-2.—Belepine, J. Fibrome du ligament large, coexistant avec un uterus fibromateux. Ibid, 1921, 10: 404-6.—Beniker, M. Remarques sur le diagnostic clinique des tumeurs incluses dans les ligaments larges. Rev. med. fr, 1925, 6: 275-9.—Boren, N. C. Fibromiomas del ligamento ancho. Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1925, 3: 80-7.—Estor, Grynfeltt & Aimes. Fibromyome du liga- ment large. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1921, 91: 240-2.—Forgue & Crousse. Les tumeurs incluses du ligament large. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1925, 46: 665-7. ----- De l'inclusion intra- ligamentaire. Gyn. obst. Par, 1925, 12: 197-266. ----- Les differentes varietes de tumeurs incluses dans les ligaments larges. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1927, 28: 1-13.—Grigsby, G.P. Bilateral intraligamentous cyst-adenoma. Internat. J.S, 1924, 37: 215-7.—Gucci, G. Caso non comune di tumore misto del legamento largo. Ann. ostet. gin, 1936, 58: 305-18.—Has- selrot, S. Case of primary (?) myoma in the ligamentum latum. Acta gyn. scand, 1923, 2: 191.—Kanter, A. E. Lipoma of the broad ligament. Am. J. Obst, 1935, 30: 296.—Langley, F. H. A large cystic myoma situated in the left broad ligament and almost completely separated from the uterus. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1929,49:831-3.—Lapeyre, N. C, & Estor, H. Fibrome du ligament large. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1933, 22: 771-6.—Liebmann, I. [Desmoid tumors of the broad ligament] Orv. hetil, 1927, 71: 375-7.—May, R. F. Spindle-celled sarcoma of the broad ligament. Med. J. Australia, 1925, 1: 15.—Miani, A. Contri- buto alia conoscenza dei tumori del legamento largo. Gazz. osp, 1923, 44: 301-4.—Michel, A, & Nicolleau. Fibrome du ligament large. Arch. fr. belg. chir, 1923, 26: 383.—Neumann, H. 0. Ganglioneurofibrom des Lig. lat. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1927, 132: 344.—Pousson & Blanchot. Fibrome du ligament large. J. med. Bordeaux, 1921, 51: 167.—Rawls, R. M. Lipoma of the broad ligament. Rep. Surg. Staff Woman's Hosp. State N. York, 1925-28, 6:126-30. Also Am. J. Obst, 1926,11:305-9.— Roffo, L. Contributo alio studio dei tumori del legamento largo. Arch, ostet. gin, 1929, 2.ser, 16: 980-8.—Rouville, de. Fibrome du ligament large droit en degenerescence sarcomateuse. Bull. Soc. obst. Paris, 1924,13: 751-3.—Schickele. Les pseudolipomes du ligament large. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1923, 93: 603-5 — Seaver, H. C. Independent fibromyomata of the broad ligament. Am. J. Obst, 1924, 8: 639-45.—Stoeckel, W. Intraligamentares Ganglionneurom. Zbl. Gyn, 1923, 47: 33-7.—Turco, A. Fibro- miomi del legamento largo. Ann. ostet. gin, 1922, 44:397-406.— Vernejoul, de. Fibromes du ligament large. Marseille nted, 1922, 59: 836-40.—Wilkinson, G. Tumour, fibroid (?) of left broad ligament. China M.J, 1920, 34: 29.—Zagarese, F. Su un caso di neurinoma solitario gigante del legamento largo di sinistra. Arch, ostet. gin, 1933, 2.ser, 20: 468-91—Zarnitzky, A. A. [Cases of primary fibromyoma of the broad ligament] Odes. med. J, 1927, 2: 197-9. ---- Varicocele. Anderodias & Loubat. Tumeur variqueuse douloureuse du ligament large pendant la grossesse, et fibromes uterins. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1925,14: 464.—Bouchard, C. A. Varicocele du ligament large. Union med. Canada, 1924,53: 14-8.—Carlini, P. II varicocele pelvico. Clin, ostet, 1927, 29: 85-93.—Castano, C. A. Neurosis hipogastrica y varicocele pelviano. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1926,33: pt2,1791-3.—Bittel, L. G. Varizen des Ligamen- tum latum eine ektopische Schwangerschaft vortauschend. Wien. med. Wschr, 1922, 72: 849.—Engelmann, F. Die Vari- kokele des Ligamentum latum und ihre klinische Bedeutung. Zbl. Gyn, 1922, 46: 329-35.—Hudson, F. A. Varicose veins of broad ligaments. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1925,18: 80.—Jahreiss, R. Zur Varikokele des Ligamentum latum. Zbl. Gyn, 1922, 46: 795.—Mattson, C. H. Varicose veins of the broad ligaments. Minnesota M, 1936,19: 376-9.—Miller, J. W. Ueber die Variko- cele des Ligamentum latum. Zbl. Gyn, 1922, 46: 1370-3 — Wilcox, E. A. Varicocele of the broad ligaments; with report of 2 cases. South. M.J., 1925,18: 361-i. BROAD way; or Westminster Hospital ga- zette. Lond., v.3-5, 1925-33. BROCA, Andre, 1863-1925. Belot, J. Necrologie. J. radiol. felectr, 1925, 9: 286-8.— Regaud, C. Necrologie. Paris med, 1925, 56: annexe, 300. BROCA, Auguste, 1859-1924. Chirurgie de guerre et d'apres-guerre. vii, 479p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1921. For biography see Bull. Soc. nat. chir, 1924, 50: 877 (Souli- goux) Also J. chir. Par, 1924, 24: 648-54 (A. Mouchet) Also Med. inf. Par, 1924, 30: 297 (H. R.) Also Presse med, 1924, 32: annexe, 1741 (J. L. Faure) Also Progr. med. Par, 1928, 43: 129-47 (C. Lenormant) Also Vie med., 1924, 5: 487, port. BROCA 1011 BROCK BROCA [Pierre] Paul, 1824-1880. The troglo- dytes, or cave-dwellers, of the valley of the V6zere; translated from La Revue scientifique, Nov. 16, 1872, for the Smithsonian Institution. p.310-47. 8? [Wash., Smithson. Inst., 1873] [Papers on ethnology, collected by F. L. Hoffman, 1872-1911] For biography see Biogr. med. Par, 1935, 9: 209-24, 3pt (M. Genty) Also Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1924, 3.ser, 92: 1347-66 (C. Achard) Also Progr. med. Par, 1924, 39: 433-5 (E. Calla- mand) Also Rev. anthrop. Par, 1924, 34: 233-6 (G. Papillault) BROCA, Robert, 1888- *L'asthme de l'en- fant; ses formes cliniques et ses Equivalents. 136p. 8? Par., 1925. ---- & MARIE, Julien. L'annee pEdiatrique. xv, 166p. illus. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1934. BROCARD, C. *Contribution a l'etude des eaux d'alimentation de Gray d'Arc-les-Gray et de Gray-la-Ville [Strasbourg] 129p. 5ch., 8pl. 8? Gray, 1932. BROCCARD, Charles. *L'hysterectomie su- pravaginale pour myome d'apres le procede de Kelly-Beuttner; developpement de sa technique a la clinique gynecologique de l'Universite de Geneve de 1907 a 1922. 37p. 8? Geneve, A. Kundig, 1923. BROCHARD, Charles, 1907- *Uretrite venSrienne subaigue, b&iigne, de nature in- connue. 58p. 8? Par., 1933. BROCHARD, Raymond Victor Amand, 1908- *Contribution a l'etude de la neurofibro- matose; forme pigmentaire et lesions osseuses. 40p. 8? Par., 1934. BROCHER, Wfilhelm] ="Ueber Versuche zur kiinstlichen Erzeugung von Primelidiosynkrasie. 18p. 8? Zur., J. J. Meier, 1926. BROCHERE, Emile, 1890- ="Revue gene- rale sur le serum polyvalent de MM. Leclainche et Vallee. 44p. 8? Par., 1919. BROCHERIOU, Maurice. *Diagnostic radio- logique des cavernes pulmonaires sans signes st^thacoustiques. 54p. 8? Par., 1922. BROCHET, Louis Maurice. *Contribution a l'etude du diagnostic des maladies parasitaires. 47p. 8? Par., 1921. BROCHOWSKI, Albert von, 1901- *Ueber die Bedeutung der Serumeiweisskorper fiir Tonusschwankungen der Gefassmuskulatur; experimentelle Untersuchungen am isolierten Arterienstreifen [Frankfurt a.M.] p.256-79. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. Also Zschr. klin. Med, 1928, 107: BROCHU, Michel Delphus, 1853-1933. Vallee, A. Necrologie. Union med. Canada, 1933, 62: 285-8. BROCK, Arthur John. Health and conduct. xxiii, 296p. 8? Lond., Williams & Norgate, 1923. BROCK, Christian Wilhelm, 1880-1934. Schlittler, E. Nekrolog. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1934, 138: i-iv. BROCK, Hans [Heinrich] 1900- *Beitrag zum Wirkungsmechanismus der Lokalanaes- thetika [Kiel] 14p. 8? Libau, G. D. Meyer, 1933 BROCK, Joachim [Ferdinand] 1891- *Ueber einen Fall von Ikterus, anschhessend an Neosalvarsaninjektion. 33p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1919. , __. , ____ Biologische Daten fur den Kinderarzt; Grundziige einer Biologie des Kindesalters. xl, 252p. illus. tab. diagrs. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1932 __'_ THOMAS, Erwin, & PEIPER, Albrecht. [The same] 2.Bd. viii, 321p. tab. ch. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1934. BROCK, Theo, 1898- *Ueber eine posta- nal Darmcyste und andere seltene Becken- geschwulste [Heidelberg] 15p. 8? Walldorf, F. Lamade, 1930. BROCK, Wilhelm, 1880-1934. Richter, H. Nekrolog. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1934, 81: 605. Also Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1933, 35: v. Also Zschr. Laryng, 1934,25: 155-7. BROCKBANK, Edward Mansfield, 1866- The diagnosis and treatment of heart disease; practical points for students and practitioners. 5.ed. xi, 232p. pi. 12? Lond., H. K. Lewis & Co., 1923. ---- Also 6. ed. xiv, 240p. 3pl. 1930. ---- Incapacity or disablement in its medical aspects, xi, 120p. 8? Lond., H. K. Lewis & Co., 1926. ---- The clinical examination of the lungs. 2.ed. viii, 112p. 4pl. 12? Lond., H. K. Lewis, & Co., 1928. ---- The conduct of life assurance examina- tions, viii, 172p. 8? Lond., H. K. Lewis & Co., 1931. ---- A short history of Cheadle Royal from its foundation in 1766 for the humane treatment of mental disease, ix, 75p. pi. ports, facsims. 8? Manchester, Sherratt & Hughes, 1934. ---- A centenary history of the Manchester Medical Society, with biographical notices of its first president, secretaries, and honorary libra- rian. 5 1. lOlp. ports, facsims. 8? Man- chester, Sherratt & Hughes, 1934. See also British Medical Association. The book of Manches- ter and Salford, &c. 249p. 8? Manchester [1929] BROCKE, Heinrich, 1909- ="Neue Wege zur Herstellung von Plattenprothesen durch die Einfuhrung der Telaplatte. 22p. 8? Heidelb., 1933. BROCKHATJS, Hans, 1889- '"Rontgenolo- gische Studien iiber die Physiologie der Ver- dauung des Hundes und deren veranderten Ablauf bei der Einwirkung von Istizin und Atropin [Bonn] 14p. 8pl. 8? Hamb., L. Grafe & Sillem, 1915. BROCKHATJS' Konversations-Lexikon. Der grosse Brockhaus; Handbuch des Wissens in zwanzig Banden. 15.ed. 20v. illus. pi. maps. 8? Lpz., F. A. Brockhaus, 1928-35. BROCKHAUSEN, Karl, 1890- *Ein be- sonders gearteter Fall von Herzmuskeltuberku- lose. p.302-18. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Also Virchows Arch, 1929, 274: BROCKLESBY, John, 1811-89. Elements of meteorology, with questions for examination, designed for schools and academies. 4.rev. and stereotyped ed. xii, 240p. 12? N.Y., Pratt, Woodford & Co., 1851. BROCKMAN, C. J. *A new method for electro- organic reductions [Columbia Univ.] 21p. 8? N.Y. City, 1932. BROCKMAN, David Crawford, 1853-1925. [Obituary] Tr. West. Surg. Ass, 1926, 35: 529, port. BROCKMAN, Edward Phillimore. Congenital club-foot (Talipes equinovarus) viii, 11 Op. 8° Bristol, J. Wright & Sons, 1930. BROCKMANN, Erich, 1899- '"Untersu- chungen iiber die Beziehungen zwischen Agglu- tininen, komplementbindenden Ambozeptoren und Prazipitinen im Serum gegen Rotlauf im- munisierter Pferde [Leipzig] 29p. 31. 3ch. 8° Teterow, H. Decker, 1925. BROCKMANN, Wilhelm, 1900- ="Ueber ein Schleimhautsarkom des Uterus. 14p. 8? Munch., R. Muller & Steinicke, 1927. BROCKMEYER 1012 BRODERICK BROCKMEYER, Georg, 1905- *Statistik und klinisches Bild der in der Universitats- Frauenklinik Kiel in den Jahren 1924-1929 beobachteten Falle von Eklampsie und Schwan- gerschaftsniere [Kiel] 27p. 8? Hamm (West- falen) Gebr. Wilke, 1930. BROCKTON, Mass. Board of Health [formerly Health Department] Annual report. 1890; 1892- 1933 missing. ---- Monthly report. 1917- May and June 1929 missing. BROCKTON, Mass. Brockton Hospital (Brock- ton Hospital Company) Annual report. 1898- 1905 & 1907 missing. BROCKVILLE, Ont. S. Vincent de Paul Hos- pital; established 1887. Annual report. 1898- 1900. BROCQ, Louis Anne Jean, 1856-1928. De la dermatite herpetiforme de Duhring. 148p. 8? Par., G. Masson, 1888. ---- Cliniques dermatologiques. 739p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1924. For biography see Ann. derm. Par, 1929, 6.ser, 10: 133-50 (L. M. Pautrier) Also Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1929, 19: 808 (H. B. Beeson) Also Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1929, 36: 6-9. Also Derm. Wschr, 1929, 88: 345 (C. Audry) BROCQ, Pierre. Les pancreatites aigues chirurgicales. 2p.l. 188p. pi. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1926. See also Beseaux, Alfred, & Boutelier, Andre. Manuel pra- tique de dermatologie. 2v, 303p.; 916p. 8? Par, 1932.— Lenormant, Charles, & Brocq, P. Chirurgie de la t6te et du cou. 7.ed. 381p. 8? Par, 1931. ---- & MIGINIAC, Gabriel. Chirurgie du pancreas. 2 1. 428p. illus. pi. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1934. BROCQ-ROUSSEU, Denis, 1869- *Le probleme des saignees successives chez le cheval [Alfort] 119p. 8? Par., 1927. ---- ROUSSEL, Gaston Ernest. Le serum normal, recolte et caracteres physiques. 363p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1934. BROCX, Derk, 1867-1932. Wilde, P. A. de [Obituary] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1932, 76: pt2. 2398-401. BRODATY, Srul, 1908- ="Irradiations generates et locales au moyen des lampes a arc. 70p. 8? Par., Picart, 1935. BRODAUF, Johannes. Ei und Geschlecht; ein kritisch-statisticher Beitrag zur Losung des Problems von der willkurlichen Geschlechts- bestimmung beim Menschen. 80p. llch. 8? Dresd., R. A. Giesecke, 1926. BRODBECK, Silva Anna. Ueber Frakturbe- handlung mit der Schmerz-Klammer. 71 p. 8? Ziir., A. Bopp & Co., 1928. BRODE, Franz, 1896- *Ueber die Bezie- hungen zwischen Zahnheilkunde und Sprachheil- kunde. 22p. 8? Konigsb. i. Pr., J. Raabe, 1929. BRODE, Ingeborg, 1908- *Prognose des kindlichen Empyems nach einfacher Pleurotomie. 20p. 8? Freib. i. Br., K. Henn, 1931. BRODERICK, Frederick William. Pyorrhoea alveolaris; the etiology, pathology, and treat- ment of chronic general periodontitis; the Cart- wright prize essay of the Royal College of Sur- geons of England, 1926-30. 2p.l. 88p. 2pl. 8? Lond., J. Bale, Sons & Danielsson, 1931. ---- The principles of dental medicine; the medical aspects of dental disease. 2.ed. xii, 575p. illus. diagrs. 8? Lond., H. Kimpton, 1936. BRODERICK, John Joseph, 1869-1924. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 82: 1283. BRODERICK, Ralph Alexander] 1888- Dental bacteriology. vii, 144p. front. 8? Edinb., E. & S. Livingstone, 1926. BRODERSEN, Hans, 1908- *Ist eine Andauung der Magenschleimhaut durch einen verdauungskraftigen Magensaft moglich? [Kiel] 29p. 8? Berl., R. Hess, 1932. BRODERSEN, J[ohannes Hermann] 1878- , MAXIMOW, A., & SCHAFFER, J. Die Gewebe, Epithel- und Driisengewebe; Bindegewebe und blutbildende Gewebe; Blut. x, 703p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. Forms ptl, v.2 of Handb. mikr. Anat. Menschen (von Mollendorfl) Berl, 1927. BRODERSEN, Max Andreas, 1898- *A1- tersveranderungen am Zahnbein; die Umschich- tung der Zahnbeinlamellen und Umbauten am Tuberculum dentale. p.465-80. 8? Kiel, 1930. Also Morph. Jahrb, 1930, 65: BRODHEAD, George Livingstone, 1869- Approaching motherhood, questions and answers of maternity, xi, 193p. 8? N. Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1925. ---- Also 4.ed. xiii, 196p. 1936. BRODIE, Benjamin Collins, 1783-1862. Path- ological and surgical observations on the diseases of the joints. 3.ed. 131 p. 8? Wash., 1934. Bound with O'Beirne, J. New views of the process of defe- cation [&c] Wash, 1934. ---- Mind and matter: or, Physiological in- quiries; in a series of essays, intended to illustrate the physical organization and the mental facul- ties; with additional notes by an American author. 3.ed. viii, 279p. 8? N.Y., G. P. Putnam & Co., 1857. See also Power, B'A. Eponyms; Brodie's tumor, and Bro- die's abscess. Brit. J. Surg., 1921, 9: 334-7. BRODIE, Edith P. A textbook of materia medica for nurses. 3.ed. 2p.l. 283p. 8? S. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1929.----Also 4.ed. 424p. illus. pi. 1933. See also McGuigan, Hugh A, & Brodie, Edith P. An intro- duction to materia medica and pharmacology'. 580p. 8? S. Louis, 1936.—Muirhead, Archibald Lawrence, & Brodie, E P. A textbook of materia medica for nurses 2.ed. 109p. 8? S Louis, 1924. BRODIE, Jessie Bruce, 1897- '"Quantita- tive experiments on the occurrence of vitamin B (Bi) in the body [Columbia Univ.] 30p. 8? N.Y. City, 1931. BRODIE, Thomas Gregor, 1866-1916. H, W. B. Obituary. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1920-21, s.B, 91: xxviii-xxx. BRODIER, Henri, 1866- Bartigues, L. [Biography] Fasc. script. (Dartigues, L.) Par, 1932,3: 408-10. BRODIE'S abscess. See Bone, Abscess, chronic. BRODKIN, Henry A. Military medicine as a specialty; how can a knowledge of it be pro- moted in the medical profession in civil life and in the reserves. 19 1. 4? [n.p.] 1933. Typewritten. BRODMANN, Carl, 1883- ="Deutsche Zahntexte in Handschriften des Mittelalters [Leipzig] 71 p. 8? Wittenb., Herrose & Ziem- sen, 1921. BRODMANN, Korbinian, 1868-1918. Cole,S.J. Obituary. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1921, 67:148-50.— Vogt, O. [Biography] J. Psychol. Neur, Lpz, 1918, 24: i-x. BRODNAX, John W., 1864-1926. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1926, 87: 1932. BRODSKY 1013 BROERS BRODSKY, Chaja. *Beobachtungen iiber die Lactation der Ammen [Zurich] 39p. 8? Stuttg., 1914. BRODTBECK, A. In deutschen Kriegslaza- retten fur Kieferverletzte. 27p. 11 pi. 8? Frauenfeld, Huber & Co., 1915. BRODWOLF, Hans, 1911- *Die person- liche Hygiene des Zahnarztes. 26p. 8? Erlan- gen, K. Dores, 1934. BRODY, Charles, 1896- *Conception mo- derne de la peritonite tuberculeuse et de son traitement; heliothe>apie ou laparatomie; resul- tat d'une enquete internationale. 262p. 8? Par., 1926. BRODY, Malvine, 1900- *Contribution a l'etude de la tuberculose genitale chez la femme, traitement par l'heriotherapie. 32p. 8? Par.; 1927. BROECKAERT, Jules. *Contribution a l'etude de 1'artere uterine. 24p. pi. 8? Gand, E. Vanderhaeghen, 1892. Repr. from Ann. Soc. med. Gand, 1892. BROECKE, Berent ten, 1550-1633. Hunger, F. W. T. Bernardus Paludanus (Berent ten Broecke) Janus, Leyde, 1928, 32: 353-64. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1928, 72: pt2, 5450-8. BROECKX, Corneille, 1807-70. Encore un mot sur l'invention du forceps. 16p. 8? Ma- lines, J. F. Olbrechts, 1848. ---- Bibliographie sur 2 missions medico- litteraires, l'une en Allemagne et en Belgique, l'autre en Angleterre, dont a 6t6 charge ... C. Daremberg, bibliothecaire de l'Academie royale de m6dicine de Paris. 14p. 8? Anvers, J. E. Buschmann, 1851. BROEGLI, Max, 1902- *Ein Fall von Rankenneurom mit Tastkorperchen [Zurich] p.595-610. 8? Miinch., J. F. Bergmann, 1931. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1930, 40: BROEK, A. J. P. van den. Gonaden und Ausfiihrungsgange. p.1-154. roy.8? Berl., 1933. Handb. vergl. Anat, Berl, 1931-33, 6: BROEKEMA, Jantiena Hildegonda. *Onder- zoekingen over de waarde van thalliumacetaat als epilatiemiddel [Investigations on the value of thallium acetate as epilatory] 112p. 8pl. 8? Groningen, M. de Waal, 1928. BROEMSER, Philipp, 1886- , BRUECKE, Ernest T. [et al.] Allgemeine Physiologie der Nerven und des Zentralnervensystem. viii, 840p. roy.8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Forms Bd9, Handb. norm. path. Physiol, Berl, 1929. BROEMSER, Philipp, DITTLER, Rudolf [et al.] Allgemeine Methoden. xvi, 718p. 6pl. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1930. Forms Abt5, Teil 1, Handb. Biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abder- halden) Berl, 1930. BROEMSTRUP, Heinrich. ="Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Bleivergiftung des Rindviehes [Bern] 32p. 8? Hannover, 1911. BROER, Franz, 1902- ="Ueber Nieren- funktionsprufungen. 44p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1928. BROERMAN, Alvin, & EDGINGTON, B. H. The duration of immunity in dogs following the single-injection method of anti-rabic vaccination. 13p. 8? Wooster, Ohio, 1928. Forms no. 423, Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. BROERMANN, Elisabeth, 1910- *Zur Kenntnis der Aktinomykose unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der seit 1923 in der Universi- tats-Hautklinik zu Bonn beobachteten Falle. 30p 8° Bonn, L. Heidelmann, 1934. BROERS, Christian Wouter, 1868-1922. Jitta, N. M. J. Obituary. Tschr. sociale hyg, 1923, 25: 3-6 port. BROERS, Hugo. *Experimenteele diabetes insipidus [Experimental diabetes insipidus] I59p. 8? Utrecht, Kemink & Son, 1932. BROERS, Jan, 1860-1936. [Obituary] Geneesk. gids, 1936, 14: 120. BROERS, Jan Henricus. *Over adenoma seba- ceum en bij tubereuse sklerose vorkomende huidafwijkingen [Adenoma sebaceum and changes in the skin occurring in tuberous sclero- sis] 104p. 8? Leiden, 1922. BROESIKE, Gustav, 1853- Anatomischer Atlas des gesammten menschlichen Korpers, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Topo- graphie, fiir Studierende und Aerzte bearbeitet. Bd 2. Herz, Blutgefasse und Nerven. Abt.l. Obere Rumpfhalfte; Abt.2. Untere Rumpfhalfte. Bd 3. Abt.l. Die Eingeweidelehre; Abt.2. Ge- hirn und Riickenmark. Abt.3. Periphere Nerven, Sinnesorgane und Lymphgefasse. 3v. 8? B.erl., H. Kornfeld, 1903-11. ----Repetitorium anatomicum. 2.Aufl. von Rudolf Mair. x, 305p. pi. 8? Lpz., H. Korn- feld, 1930. BROFELDT, S. A. ="Zur Pathogenese der Magen- und Darmverletzungen durch stumpfe Gewalt, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Berstungsrupturen. 78p. 8? Helsinki, 1924. BROGAN, James M., 1869- Ethical principles for the character of a nurse. 126p. 8? Milwaukee, Bruce Pub. Co. [1924] BROGDEN, Margaret Smith, 1865- Handbook of organization and method in hospi- tal social service; an outline of policies as prac- ticed at the Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore, Md. 7p.l. 77p. 8? Bait., Norman, Remington Co. [1922] BROGDEN, Richard William, 1854-1921. Obituary. Brit. M. J, 1921, 1: 760. BROGLI, Alfons, 1886- *Beitrag zur Behandlung des Erysipels. 44p. 2ch. 8? Freib. i. Br., Speyer & Kaerner, 1917. BROGLIE [Carl] Maximilian, 1909- *Der traumatische Diabetes und seine Begutachtung im Rahmen des Versicherungs- und Versor- gungswesens (mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Diabetes als Kriegsdienstbeschadigung) [Munchen] 30p. 8? Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1934. BROGNOLI, Candid. Alexicacon; hoc est, Malorum expulsivum medium [ed. Jul. Brognoli and Bern. Aquilina] [28]1. 285p. [8]1. 4? Venetiis, Giamb. Cataneus, 1668. BROICH, Jakob, 1906- *Ueber die tak- tile Formenauffassung im Gebiete der Zungen- spitze. 37p. tab. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1933. BROICHER, Gerta, 1908- *Ist die Miku- licz'sche Krankheit eine Infektionskrankheit, eine Erkrankung sui generis? 27p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1932. BROICHMANN, H. J. See Ernst, G, & Broichmann, H. J. Rheuma und Rheumabe- kampfung ein soziales Problem. 88p. 8? Jena, 1929. BROILI, Ferdinand, 1874- Ueber Ge- mundina Sturtzi Traquair. 24p. 4pl. 4? Munch., R. Oldenbourg, 1930. Forms n.F, 6, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. BROKAW, Augustus Van Liew, 1863-1907. Schlueter, B. E. [Biography] Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1935, 61: 411-3, port. BROKAW, Raymond Voorhees, 1885- Cancer compend; a handbook for speakers. 45p. 12? N.Y., Am. Soc. Control of Cancer [1932] BROMAN 1014 3-BROMETHANOL BROMAN, Ivar, 1868- Grundriss der Entwicklungsgeschichte des Menschen. 1.-2. Aufl. xv, 354p. 3pl. 4? Miinch., J. F. Berg- mann, 1921. ---- Die Entwicklung des Menschen vor der Geburt; ein Leitfaden zum Selbststudium der menschlichen Embrvologie. xii, 351p. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1927. BROMBERG, Juda Mayer, 1910- *Syner- gie hypophyso-folliculaire dans les troubles menstruels [Paris] 91p. 8? Lavellois-Perret, Schneider freres & Mary, 1935. BROMBERGER, Hersch. ="Pharmakochemische Untersuchungen iiber die Rinde von Rhamnus cathartica. 45p. 8? Bern, 1911. BROMBERGER, Walter [Johannes] 1907- *Das Schicksal der Kaiserschnittkinder. p.39-57. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1932. Also Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1932, 92: BROMBERGER-WALDE, Pola T. '"Contribu- tion a l'etude des souffles anorganiques dans la premiere enfance. 32p. 8? Par., 1922. BROMEIS, Heinz, 1902- *Urobilinogen- ausscheidung im Harn nach Rontgenbestrah- lung und Durchleuchtung [Konigsberg] 18p. 8? Berl., L. Schumacher, 1927. Also Strahlentherapie, 1926, 23: H.4. 3-BROMETHANOL [Avertin] See also Anesthesia; Anesthetization. Peters, L. M. * Fluid avertin anesthesia [Marquette univ.] 23p. 4? Milwaukee, 1931. Anschiitz, W, & Specht, K. Beitrage zur Avertin-Narkose. Ther. Gegenwart, 1930, 71: 20; 53.—Bourne, W, & Raginsky, B. B. Avertin anesthesia. Internat. J.M.&S, 1933, 46: 229- 32.—Brooks, C. Avertin Anesthesia. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1933, 85: 659-62.—Cavina, C. Alcune osservazioni sulla narcosi avertinica. Gazz. osp, 1930, 51: 1628-37.—Church, J. S. Report on avertin anaesthesia. N. Zealand M.J, 1930-31, 29: 153-7.— Buff, J. A. Avertin. Internat. J.M.&S, 1931, 44: 421-5 — Buran Quevedo, T. Uso de la avertina en fisiologia. Cron. med. quir. Habana, 1930, 56: 264-7.—Edwards, G. Avertin narcosis. Brit. M.J, 1929, 2: 713. Also Current Res. Anesth, 1930, 9: 119-22.—Ettorre, E. Rilievi clinici sulla narcosi avertinica. Riforma med, 1931, 47: 1333-5.—Finocchietti, A. A. Narcosis por avertina. Sem. med, B. Air, 1933, 40: pt2, 1998-2025 — Goldschmidt, E. F, & Harvey, S. C. Avertinnarkosen. Klin. Wschr, 1932,11: 23; 70. Alsorepr.—Hayward. Die Avertinnar- kose. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1929, 26: 152-6—Hochscbild, G. Avertin anaesthesia. J.M. Ass. S. Africa, 1931, 5: 220-2.— Klimko, B. La narcosi coll'avertina (E.107) Policlinico, 1929, 36: sez.chir, 474-82.—Kuhn, K. Das neue Narkosemittel Avertin. Umschau, 1927, 31: 407.—Lobenhoffer, W. Ueber Narkosen mit E107. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 849 — Lundy, J. S. The general anesthetic tribromethyl alcohol (aver- tin; E-107) review of the literature on its rectal and intravenous use. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1929, 4: 370-80—Martin, B. Vollnar- kosen mit Avertin. Arch. klin. Chir, 1928, 152: 670-5 [Dis- cussion] 29-47. Also Deut. med. Wschr, 1928, 54: 806; 1154. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 842. ----- Grundsatz- liches zur Avertin-Narkose. Schmerz, Berl, 1929, 2: 283-9. ----- Weiterer Ausbau der Avertinnarkose. Zbl. Chir, 1929, 56: 72-4.—Mukhadze, G. M. [Avertin in local anesthesia] Vrach. gaz, 1929, 33: 843-7—Neff, W. B. Avertin ethylene anaesthesia. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1932, 26: 576-8—Parsons, F. B. Avertin. Brit. M.J, 1930, 2: 554-7. Also Canad. M. Ass. J, 1931, 24: 59-64.—Pieri, G. Sopra alcuni nuovi metodi di aneste- sia nella specialita. Valsalva, 1934, 10: 456.—Reddingius, T. [Avertin anesthesia] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indte, 1930, 70: 1017-30.—Roche, L. S. C. Avertin in anaesthesia. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1934, 63: 289-95.—Rucker, J. E. Avertin anesthesia. West Virginia M.J, 1931, 27: 210—Schachter. L'avertine. Rev. med. est, 1931, 59: 607-12—Shepherd, J. F. Avertin. Sind M.J, 1931, 4: 96-107—Stamm, W. Avertin. Zbl. Chir, 1931, 58: 1554-68.—Stumpf, E. H. Avertin anesthesia. N.York State J.M, 1932, 32: 126.—Travers, P. L. Tribromethylalcohol anesthesia. Southwest M, 1931, 15: 405-9—Vassallo, S. M, & Jermy, T. A. Avertin anaesthesia. Kenya E. Afr. M.J, 1930-31, 7: 12-24—Waters, R. M, & Muehlberger, C. W. Tribromethanol anesthesia. Arch. Surg, 1930, 21: 887-911—White, C. S. Aver- tin anesthesia. South. M.&S, 1930, 92: 328. -----& Kreisel- man, J. Tribromethyl alcohol (avertin) anaesthesia. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1930, 51: 361-5.—Windzberg, B. [Avertin anesthe- sia] Warsz. czas. lek, 1933,10: 300-3—Wollesen, J.M. [Avertin anesthesia] Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: 1320; 1375.—Wood, P. M, & Bickley. R. S. Observations on the use of tribrometh- anol (avertin) Am, J. Surg, 1936, 34: 598-605.—Zhorov, I. S. [Avertin anesthesiaj Soviet, khir, 1933, 4: 12-34. ---- Administration. Dos Santos, O. *Anesthesia geral pela avertina. 47p. 8? S. Paulo, 1931. Bosse, P. Avertin oder Pernokton intravenos. Schmerz, Berl, 1930-31, 3: 201-10.—Bomanig, E. Die Avertinanwendung und die Bekiimpfung ihrer Gefahren. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1931, 44:1129-32.—Bos Santos, R. Avertina intravenosa. Med. contemp, Lisb, 1931, 49: 177-9.—Ehscher, E. [Intravenous injections of avertin for anesthesia] Orv. hetil, 1930, 74: 1213- 6.—Freienstein, W. Die intravenose Avertinnarkose nach Kirschner. Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 742-4.—GaMndez, A, & Goni Moreno, I. A proposito de la anestesia por la avertina. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1929, 13: 59-65, ch.—Gosset, A, & Thal- heimer, M. Anesthesies a l'avertine. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1930, 56: 1006-9.—Haffner, F. Pharmakologische Bemer- kungen zur Infusionsnarkose mit Avertin. Chirurg, Berl, 1928-29, 1: 1041-3.—Hall, J. W. The practical administration of avertin. N. Zealand M.J, 1932, 31: 75-9.—Holtermann, C. Ueber die intravenose Avertinbetaubung. Schmerz, 1933-34, 6: 4-12.—Hiibscher, K. Beitrag zur intravenosen Avertinnar- kose. Med. Klin, Berl, 1930, 26: 1701-3.—Kirschner, M. Eine psycheschonende und steuerbare Form der Allgemein- betaubung. Chirurg, Berl, 1928-29, 1: 673-82. ----- Er- fahrungen mit der intravenosen Avertinnarkose. Arch. klin. Chir, 1930, 162: 361-87 [Discussion] 51-5. Also Zbl. Chir, 1930, 57: 1199.—Krekeler, A. Erfahrungen mit intravenoser Avertinnarkose. Zbl. Gyn, 1931, 55: 2425-8.—Martens, E. Erfahrungen iiber die Anwendung der intravenosen Avertin- infusion nach Kirschner. Zbl. Chir, 1931, 58: 524-6.—Rosen- thal, G. Un nouveau procede d'anesthesie generale. J. nted. Paris, 1932, 52: 29.—Saklad, M. Avertin anesthesia—a method of fractional administration. Rhode Island M.J, 1933, 16: 49-54.—Vogel, R. Vorschlag zu einer vereinfachten und siche- ren Vorrichtung zur Anwendung der intravenosen Avertinbe- taubung. Zbl. Chir, 1931,58:1179-82.—Wette.W. Zur Technik der Avertinnarkose. Ibid, 1928, 55: 1800-3.—Wollesen, J. M. [Technique in avertin anesthesia] Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: 489-94.—Zacharinas, B. [Technique in the use of avertin] Medicina, Kaunas, 1931, 12: 737-42. ---- Administration, rectal. Fuhr, R. *Die praktische Wertung der Rectalnarkose mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Avertinnarkose [Kiel] 32p. 8? Libau, 1931. Maddox, J. K. An introduction to avertin rectal anaesthesia. 124p. 8? Sydney, 1931. Perrin, G. *Un nouveau procede d'anes- thesie generale; etude clinique de cent anes- thesies rectales par le tribromo-ethanol (avertine E 107) 94p. 8? Par., 1931. Angle, L. W. Tribromethyl alcohol (avertin) as a rectal anaesthetic. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1931,32:399-402.—Anschutz, W. Avertin and rectal anaesthesia. Irish J.M. Sc, 1928, 6.ser, 077-84.—Atanasov, C. Ueber die Anwendung des Ephetonin- Merck bei der rectalen Avertinnarkose. Med. Klin, Berl, 1929, 25: 827.—Balaam, E. M. Avertin rectal anaesthesia; experience abroad and at home. Med. J. Australia, 1930, 1: 519; 745.—Behrend, C. M. Ueber rektale Avertinnarkosen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24: 736-8. ----- Weitere Erfahrun- gen mit der Rectalnarkose. Chirurg, Berl, 1931, 3: 156-62.— Borchardt, M. Zur Rektalnarkose mit Avertin, E 107. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 909-11.—Breig, R. Ueber unsere Erfah- rungen mit der Rectalnarkose (Avertin) Med. Kor. Bl. Wiirt- temberg, 1928, 98: 379-81.—Burmeister, R. Ein Darmrohr zur Avertinnarkose. Zbl. Chir, 1928, 55: 2692—Chakir, A. Un- sere Erfahrungen mit Avertinrektalnarkose. Deut. med. Wschr, 1931, 57: 232.—Christ, A. Ueber Rektalnarkose mit Avertin. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1929, 59: 723-5.—Colmeiro y Laforet, C. Narcosis por via rectal con Avertin (E. 107) Arch. med, Madr, 1930, 32: 202-8.—Bix, W. K, & Horsley, J. S. Tri- bromethyl alcohol (avertin) a rectal method of general anesthesia. Virginia M. Month, 1931-32, 58: 16-21.—Bziembowski, S. de. A propos de la narcose rectale, basale, a l'avertine. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1932, 41: 889-96.—Eichholtz. Die Rectalnarkose mit E 107=Tribromiithylalkohol. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 1163.—Elsbach, K. Rektalnarkosen mit Avertin-Amylenhy- dratlbsung. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1929,23: 290-5—Flbreken, H, & Mues, O. Erfahrungen mit der Avertin-Rektalnarkose in der Chirurgie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 596-8 — Fortacin, B. Anestesia rectal por avertina. Siglo med, 1932, 89: 332-4.—Gamberini, C. Narcosi rettale con l'avertina. Arch. Soc. ital. chir, 1930, 36: 1020-6. Also Rev. cir, B. Air, 1930, 9: 145-50. ----- Rektale Avertinnarkose. Zbl. Chir, 1931, 58: 215-8.— Goecke, P. Die Avertinrektaltropfnarkose. Ibid, 1928, 55: 5—Goldschmidt, E. F, & Harvey, S. C. Rectal administration of tribromethanol; its use abroad. Am. J. Surg, 1932, 18: 467-77. Also repr.—Gonzales Marmel, B. Las nuevas orientaciones para el empleo de la narcosis rectal con la avertina. Rev. med. cubana, 1934, 45: 123-33.—Greer, C. C. Rectal narcosis with avertin. West Virginia M.J, 1930, 26: 538-40.—Grewing, K. Zur Rektalnarkose mit Avertin (E 107) Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 1166.—Guttman, J. R. Rectal anaesthesia with tribromethylalcohol. Ann. Surg., 1929, 90: 3-BROMETHANOL 1015 3-BROMETHANOL 407-14. Also Am. J. Surg, 1930, n.s, 9: 70-2. Also Illinois M.J, 1931, 59: 58-60.—Haack, E. Zur Avertinrektaltropfnar- kose. Zbl. Gyn, 1928, 52: 881.—Haas, W. Die Rektalnarkose mit E 107. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 1375-7.—Hernandez, E, & Vivaldi, J. M. Resultados de la anestesia por la avertina. Progr. clin, Madr, 1931, 39: 407-9.—Heuss, H. Erfahrungen mit der Avertinrektalnarkose. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1928, 25: 422-4.—Hilde, H. Vorteile, Nachteile und Gefahren der rek- talen Avertin-Narkose in der Chirurgie. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 455-8.—Honan, W. F, & Spiegal, A. Colonic anaesthesia with avertin; preliminary report. J. Am. Inst. Homeop, 1929, 22: 7-11.—Hornung. Avertin-Rectalnarkose. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 616.—Jaeger. Erfahrungen mit der rectalen Avertinnarkose. Chirurg, Berl, 1928-29, 1: 1097-103—Johnson, V. E, Sheppa, P, & Haffey, M. Avertin rectal anesthesia. Am. J. Surg, 1934, n.s. 25: 476-80. Also repr.—Killian, H. Avertin-rectal anaes- thesia; the results to date. Brit. J. Anaesth, 1927-28, 5: 168; 1928-29,6:48. ----- Die bisherigen Ergebnisse mit der Aver- tinrektalnarkose. Nark. & Anaesth, Berl, 1928, 1: 16-42.— Kirschner, M. Zur Theorie und Praxis der Mastdarmbetau- bung mit E 107. Miinch. med.Wschr, 1927, 74: 917.—Kohler, H. Ueber dte rektale Avertinnarkose (E. 107) Deut. med. Wschr, 1928, 54: 178-80.—Kreiselman, J. Narcosis with tri- bromethylalcohol by rectal administration. Tr. Am. Ther. Soc, 1930, 30: 41-3; 1931 annual.—Kreuter, E. Sechshundert- undfiinfzig Rektalnarkosen rnit Avertin (E 107) Zbl. Chir, 1927, 54: 3074-6.—Kuthe. Erfahrungen mit der Avertin-Rec- talnarkose. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 137.—Lanz, A. B. [Experi- ences with rectal avertin anesthesia] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1931, 75: pt3, 4037-43.—Leclerc, G. Sur l'anesthesie rectale a l'avertine. Lyon chir, 1932. 29: 74-82.—Levy-Born, M. Ver- gleich zwischen Aether- und Rektalnarkose mit E 107 (Avertin) Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23: 871.—Maiocchi, A. Sulla narcosi rettale con la avertina. Arch. Soc. ital. chir, 1932, 38: 916-8.— Masciottra, R. L. La avertina; su empleo en la narcosis rectal. Dia med, B. Air, 1929-30, 2: 986.—Meiss, W. C. [Rectalavertin anesthesia] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1930, 74: pt 1, 2120-8.— Melzner, E. Zur Beurteilung der Rectalnarkose mit E 107 (Avertin) Arch. klin. Chir, 1927, 148: 698-711 [Discussion] 102-12.—Meyerhof, M. Some remarks on rectal narcosis with avertin (tribromethanol) Bull. Ophth. Soc. Egypt, 1931, 24: 31-35.—Michalowski, E. [Anesthesia with avertin] Polska gaz. lek, 1931, 10: 581-3.—Mori, F. Rektale oder Dickdarm- Avertinnarkose? Zbl. Chir, 1930, 57: 2108-14.—Monod, R. Les principes directeurs de l'anesthesie par voie rectale au tri- bromoethanol. J. chir. Par, 1932, 39: 822^3— Morrin, F. J. Rectal narcosis with avertin. Irish J.M. Sc, 1929, 6.ser, 256-61. Also Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1929, n.s, 128: 48-53—Mouzon, J. Un nouveau mode d'anesthesie gfinerale par voie rectale; l'Avertine ou E 107. Presse med, 1927, 35:1396-9.—Muhsam, E. Rektalnarkose mit Avertin. Schmerz, 1928, 2: 106-29.—Naka- mura, T, & Sekiguchi, R. Clinical and statistical observations of avertin rectal anesthesia. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1934-36, 4: Surg. 174.—Nordmann, O. Die Rektalnarkose mit E 107. Zbl. Chir, 1927, 54: 1055-8.—Poduval, A. R. Avertin rectal narcosis. Ind. M. Gaz, 1929, 64: 432-5.—Reimer, H. Die Rectalnarkose mit Avertin (E 107) Zschr. ges. Krankenhauswes, 1929, 25: 13-5.—Schulze, W. Ueber Rektalnarkosen mit Avertin-Amylen- hydratlosung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1928, 54: 1928.—Straub, W. Rektalnarkose mit Avertin (Resorption und Dosierung) Munch, med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 593; 1279.—Thalheimer, M. Anesthesies rectales a l'avertine. Medecine, 1931, 12: 769-74.— Tinozzi, F. P. Sulla narcosi rettale con l'avertin. Ann. ital. chir, 1927, 6: 1257-60.—Unger, E, & Heuss, H. Rectalnarkose mit E. 107. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 968. Also Med. Klin, Berl, 1927,23:634.—Wolf, A. Zur Technik der rektalen Avertin- narkose bei Mastdarm- und Dickdarmoperationen. Zbl. Chir, 1929, 56: 3142-5.—Wright, J. G. Surgical anaesthesia by the introduction into the colon, via the rectum, of avertin, tri-brom-ethyl alcohol. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1930, 10: 513-22 — Wulfing, M. Die Riickatmungsnarkose nach Ombrgdanne zur Erganzung der rektalen Avertinnarkose (zugleich ein Bericht uber ErfahruDgen bei 1,200 Avertinnarkosen) Med. Klin, Berl, 1931, 27: 655-7. ---- Basal anesthesia. Pfister [J. L.] G. *Beobachtungen und Ver- suche iiber die Avertin-Basisnarkose. p.402-24, 8? Lpz., 1935. Also Arch. klin. Chir, 1931, 165: Barlow, O. W, & Buncan, J. T. The influence of morphine on the premedication value of tribrom-ethanol (avertin) and tribromethanol fluid (avertin fluid) in relation to nitrous oxide anesthesia in the rat. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1933, 49: 50-9- Be Moor & Enderle. Anesthesie rectale de base a 1 avertine. Bruxelles med 1934-35, 15: 659.—Besmarest. Six hundred cases of anesthesia by means of combined tribromethanol and nitrous oxid-oxygen. Current Res. Anesth, 1935, 14: 59-64.— Fecht K E & Bela, C. Ueber dte Avertinnarkose. Wien. klin. Wsch'r 1930 43- 71-4.—Flamm, L. Ueber die Avertinbasisnar- k-n«i 'Thirl ' 709-11.—Florcken, H. Ueber die kombinierte Avertin-Lacngasnarkose. Med Klin, Berl, 1930, 26: 1854. & Mues o Ueber die Lachgasnarkose und besonders ihro K-nmhination mit der rektalen Avertinnarkose. Deut. ZschrChir 1930 227: 462-7.-Gage, 1. M, & Ochsner, A. The nsfi of avertin as a basal anesthetic. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1931, M • 23nite. Hull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1925, 3.sei, 49: 224-9.—Chiray, M, & Malinsky, A. Un cas de bronchectasie cylindrique recente des bases traitee avec succes clinique et radiologique par l'alcoholisation successive des deux nerfs phreniques. Ibid, 1935, 3.ser, 51: 834-9. Also J. med. Paris, 1935, 55: 740-2— Coryllos, P. N. Treatment of bronchiectasis; multiple stage lobec- tomy. Arch. Surg, 1930, 20: 767-801.—Courcoux, A, Bider- mann, A, & Alibert, A. Dilatation des bronches et phrenicectomie. Rev. tuberc. Par, 1932, 3.ser, 13: 401-12 — Bivis, J. [Problem of surgical treatment of chronic bron- chiectasis; report of a case operated by intrathoracic tam- ponade] Cas. tek. cesk, 1929, 68: 1425-30—Edwards, T. Two cases of lobectomy for bronchiectasis. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1932, 55: 42. ------& Thomas, C. P. One-stage lobectomy for bronchiectasis; an account of 48 cases. Brit. J. Surg, 1934, 22: 310-31. Also Brompton Hosp. Rep, 1935, 4: 171-91.—Eloesser, L. Bilateral lobectomy. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1933, 57: 247-9 — Fletcher, E, & Sellors, T. H. Detelectatic bronchiectasis; lobectomy; recovery. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1935-36, 29: 119.—Flick, J. B. Lobectomy for bronchiectasis. Ann. Surg, 1931, 93: 1240-2.—Frisch, A. V, & Schonbauer, L. [Wegen einer Bronchiektasie im linken Unterlappen der diesen Lappen ver- sorgende Ast der A. pulmonalis unterbunden] Wien. med. Wschr, 1926, 76: 1313.—Gowar, F. J. S. Two cases of total pneumonectomy for bronchiectasis. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1935-36, 29: 221-3.—Grace, E. J. Lung fixation in severe bronchiectasis. Med. Times, N.Y, 1935, 63: 39—Graham, E. A. Excision of left lower lobe of lung for bronchiectasis. J. Mis- souri M. Ass, 1921, 18: 180. ------ The surgical treatment of bronchiectasis; with a report of 3 eases of removal of a lobe of the lung. Arch. Surg, 1923, 6: 321-36.—Guerin, R. Dilatation des bronches; phrenicectomie; injections de lipiodol. J. med. Bordeaux, 1935, 112: 849.—Haight, C. Total removal of left lung for bronchiectasis. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1934, 58:768-80.—Harring- ton, S. W. Phrenic neurectomy for the relief of bronchiectasis. Proc. Mavo Clin, 1928, 3: 98. ------ One-stage lobectomy for bronchiectasis of the right lower lobe. Ibid, 1936, 11: 209-12 — Herbert, W. P. Fixation of chest lesions with subsequent com- pression. J. Thorac. Surg, 1933, 3: 153-S—Hedblom, C. A. Graded thoracoplasty for unilateral bronchectasis. Wisconsin M.J, 1922-23, 21: 48-52. Also Arch. Surg, 1924, 8: 391-406. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1924, 38:747-52. ------ Uncomplicated unilateral bronchiectasis; late results of extrapleural thoraco- plasty. Arch. Surg, 1927, 14: 3*9-405— Huizinga, E, & Keijser, S. [Bronchiectasis and division of the lobes] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1933, 77: 3969-73.—Iselin, M. Traitement des dilata- tions bronchiques compliquees par la lobectomie au cautere (operation de Graham) J. chir. Par, 1929, 34: 311-26.—Jaya- suriya, J. H. F. A case of advanced bronchiectasis treated by phrenic evulsion and major thoracoplasty. J. Ceylon Br. M. Ass, 1932, 29: 15-21.—Jentzer. Un cas typhique de bron- chectasie sus-diaphragmatique qui a subi une phrenicotomie et une thoracotomie. Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1926, 46: 316-8 — Joll, C. A. Pulmonectomy for unilateral bronchiectasis. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934-35, 28: 756.—Laroche, G, & Bertrand- Fontaine. Un cas de dilatation des bronches tres anteliore par la phrenicectomie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1926, 3.ser, 1: 400-2.—Lereboullet, P, Maurer [et al.] Broncheetasies mul- tiples de la base gauche chez un gargon de 10 ans; phrenicectomie; guerison. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1930, 28: 645-51—Lewis, I. Bilateral lobectomy for bronchiectasis. Brit. J. Surg, 1936, 24: 362-7.—Lilienthal, H. Suppurative bronchiectasis; single- stage lobectomy. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1921, 1: 1541-50.— McBowell. Treatment of bronchiectasis by lobectomy. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1930, 53: 65.—Menendez, F. J. Tratamiento de la bronquiectasis por la frenicectomia. Arch. med. int, Habana, 1935, 1: 893-9.—Monod, R, & Bemirleau, J. La lobec- tomie, en plevre libre, en un temps. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1934, 60: 998-1017.—O'Brien, E. J. Results of 15 consecutive one-stage lobectomies for bronchiectasis. J. Thorac. Surg, 1936-37, 6: 278-85.—Pieri, G. Lobectomia polmonare per bron- chiectasie. Policlinico, 1936, 43: sez. prat, 1959-62.—Puree, G. R. B. A case of lobectomy for bronchiectasis. Ulster M.J, 1935, 4: 103-5.—Rist, E. Un cas de bronchiectase juxta-dia- phragmatique guerie par la phrenicotomie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1924, 3.ser, 48: 1672-5—Roberts, J. E. H. Total pneumonectomy for bronchiectasis. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1935-36,29:220. ------ Lobectomy for bronchiectasis. Ibid, 2i;0.------ Case of lobectomy for bronchiectasis. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1936, 59: 32.—Robinson, W. L. Bronchiectasis: a study of the pathology of 16 surgical lobectomies for bronchiec- tasis. Brit. J. Surg, 1933, 21: 302-12. Also repr—Rocher, H. L., & Guerin, R. Radio-lipiodol dans un cas de dilatation des bronches, traite par thoracectomie. Arch, electr. med, 1929, 39: 12-4.—Romanis, W. H. C, & Sellors, T. H. Lobectomy in bronchiectasis. Lancet, Lond, 1936, 2: 1445-7.—Santy, P, & Guilleminet, M. La thoracoplastie extrapleurale dans la dila- tation des bronches. Lyon chir, 1924, 21: 161-81.—Scadding, J. G. Bronchiectasis; thoracoplasty with unsatisfactory result; successful lobectomy. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934-35, 28: 1183.—Walker, R. Total pneumonectomy for bronchiectasis. Ibid, 1935-36, 29: 212.—Whyte, A. H. The curative treatment of bronchiectasis, with report of a case of lobectomy. Newcastle M.J, 1933, 13: 176-83.—Windsberg, E. Pneumonectomy; suc- cessful result in a case of bronchiectasis. Rhode Island M.J, 1934, 17: 163-7. ------ Total removal of the right lung for bronchiectasis. J. Thorac. Surg, 1934-35, 4: 231-5.—Zaaijer, J. H. Zur Therapie der Bronchiektasen (Dauerheilung nach partieller Thorakoplastik mit Entfernung von Periost und Interkostalmuskulatur) Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 614. ----- Intrathorakale Tamponkompression des erkrankten Lappens mit Ausgang in vollige klinische Heilung. Ibid, 1927, 200: 170-6. ---- in animals. Boccolari-Segolini, A. Sulla patogenesi delle bronchiectasie. Gior. med. vet, 1929, 78: 933.—Gaiger, S. H, & Bavies, G. 0. Bronchiectases in the lung of an ox. J. Comp. Path, Edinb, 1930,43: 317-21. ---- in children. Ihm, L. [C. O.] *Zur Frage der Aetiologie der Bronchiektasien im Kindesalter. p.170-81. 8? [Jena] 1931. Also Arch. Kinderh, 1930-31, 92: Michaut, P. *La cure de soif dans le traite- ment de la bronchectasie infantile [Paris] 59p. 8? Nancy, 1927. Schwabe, M. *Ueber den Verlauf der Bronchiektasien bei Kindern. 57p. 8? Er- langen, 1926. Scott, B. Contribution a l'etude de la dila- tation des bronches dans la seconde enfance. 81p. 8? Par., 1930. Wiesse, O. Die Bronchiektasien im Kindes- alter. 116p. 8? Berl., 1927. Forms v.2, Tuberk. & ihre Grenzgeb. in Einzeldarst. Armand-Belille, P. F. Contribution ft l'etude des dilatations bronchiques chez l'enfant au moyen des injections intratrache- ales de lipiodol. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1924, 3.ser, 48: 344-6. ------& Barbois. Diagnostic radiologique de la dilatation des bronches chez l'enfant. J. radiol. electr, 1924, 8: 459 — Armand-Belille, P., & Bevelay. Formes cliniques de la dilatation bronchique chez l'enfant. Prat. med. fr, 1931, 12: 43-53 — Armand-Belille, P, Buhamel & Marty. Presentation de vues stereoscopiques de radiographics concernant des ectasies bron- chiques de l'enfant apres injection intratracheale de lipiodol. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1924, 22: 123. ------ Le diagnostic de BRONCHIECTASIS 1029 BRONCHIECTASIS la dilatation bronchique chez l'enfant au moyen du lipiodol. Press nted, 1924, 32: 421-5.—Armand-Belille, P, & Gelston, C. F. The diagnosis of dilatation of the bronchi in children by means of the injection of iodinized oil. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1924, 36: 28-30. Also Am. J. Dis. Child, 1924, 28: 527-48 [Discussion] 381.—Armand-Belille, P. F, Levy, R. J, & Marie, J. J. Les formes cliniques de la dilatation des bronches chez l'enfant et leur diagnostic lipiodo-radiologique. Rev. fr. pediat, 1925, 1: 125- 57.—Barlow, B. L. Extensive bronehiolectasis in a young child. Med. J. Australia, 1923, 1: 99— Basch, F. Die Behandlung der Bronchiektasien im Kindesalter. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1930, 43: 361.—Bovd, G. L. Bronchiectasis in children. Canad. M. Ass. J, 19,1,25: 174-82.—Brenas, P. Dilatation des bronches chez une enfant Iteredosyphilitique. Rev. med. est, 1925, 53; 458-61.—Brown, R. G. Bronchiectasis in children; the pseudo- robust appearance in cases associated with nasal accessory sinus suppuration. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1927-28, 21: sect. laryng, 69-73. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1928, 43: 656-61.— Cone, A. J. Presentation of case of bronchiectasis in a child associated with paranasal sinus disease. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1926-27, 35: 549-52— Be Capite, A. Le bronchiectasie nel- l'infanzia (rivista sintetica) Pediatria (Riv.) 1927, 35: 1067- 75.—BeLange, C, & de Bruin, M. [Bronchiectasis] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1933, 77: 2492-9.—Bel Carril, M. J, & Vidal, J. Contri- bution al estudio de las bronquiectasias en la infaneia. Arch. argent, pediat, 1935, 6: 148-53.—Belille, A, & Barbois. Pre- sentation de radiofilms montrant 3 aspects des dilatations bron- chiques chez l'enfant apres injection tracheale de lipiodol. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1924, 12: 109.—Buken, J. Zur Pathogenese der Bronchiektasie im Kindesalter. Zbl. inn. Med, 1926, 47: 1145-65. ----- Klinische und experimentelle Studien zur Pathogenese und Diagnostik der Bronchiektasie im Kindesalter. Zsthr. Kinderh, 1927, 44: 1-60. -----& Von Ben Steiner, R. Das Krankheitsbild der Bronchiektasie im Kindesalter. Erg. inn. Aled. Kinderh, 1928, 34: 457-566.— Ellis, R. W. B. Atelectatic bronchiectasis in childhood. Arch. Dis. Childh, Lond, 1933, IS: 25-46.—Findlay, L. The etiology and diagnosis of bronchiectasis in childhood. Tr. R. Med. Chir. Soc. Glasgow, 1927, 21: 143. -----& Graham, S. Bron- chiectasis in childhood; its svmptomatology, course and cause. Arch. Dis. Childh.; Lond, 1927, 2: 71-90. ----- Prognosis in bronchiectasis. Ibid, 1931, 6: 1-10.—Fischer. Bronchiektasen im Kindesnlter. Med. Kor. Bl. Wurttemberg, 1928, 98: 267 — Franklin, A. W. Bronchiectasis and non-tuberculous fibrosis of the lungs in childhood. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1936, 69: 177-90, 6pl.—Frontali, G. Le bronchiectasie nei bambino. Minerva med. Tor, 1934, 25: pt 1, 462-74.—Garcia Otero, J. La permeabiiidad bronquica: importancia de su estudio en patolo- gia. Cron. med. mex, 1934, 33: 96-9.—Gerbasi, M. Osserva- zioni cliniche sul trattamento curativo delle bronchiectasie nel- l'infanzia. Pediatria (Riv.) 1928, 36: 1249-60.—Huizinga, E. [Bronchkcf sis in children] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: pt2, 4606-12- Jumon, H. La dilatation des bronches chez l'enfant. Gaz. hop., 1921, 94: 597-603.—Kisel, V. A. [Bronchiectasia in children per data of Olgin Children's hospital for 35 years and in Mosk. So v. University Clinic for 12 years] Pediatria, Moskva, 1926, 10: 249-56.—Klare, K. Die Prognose der Bronchiektasien im Kindesalter. Zschr. Tuberk, 1933, 67: 161-7.----- & Reusse, P. Dte Bronchiektasien im Kindesalter. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1926. 63: 255-67.—Laguna, C. El problema de la bron- quiectasia en la infaneia. Progr. clin, Madr, 1932, 40: 445.— Lemon, W. S. Bronchiectasis in childhood. Med. Clin. N. America, 1926,10: 531-51.—Leunda, J.J, &Carrau, A. Dilatation bronchique chez l'enfant donnant unei mage de pleur6sie ntedia- stine. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1930, 3.ser, 46: 58-65 — Mikulowski, W. | Rote of syphilis i n the etiology of bronchiecta- sis in children] Polska gaz. lek, 1931, 10: 789; 813. Also Rev. fr. pediat, 1931, 7: 651-68.—Morselli, C. Sopra alcuni casi di bronchiectasia dell'infanzia. Med. ital, 1932, 13: 13-25.— Muniagurria, C. La dilatacion bronquial en el nifio. Rev. med. Rosario, 1924,14: 343-56.—Nasso, I. La malattia bronchiettasica nei bambini. Pediatria (Riv.) 1935, 43: 842-4-Nissen, R. Zur Behandlung von Bronchektasen im Kindesalter. Munch, med. Wschr , 1930, 77: 1^49-51.—Nobecourt. Les dilatations des bron- ches dans la grande enfance. Rev. gen. clin. titer, 1929, 43: 833_g _Ortiz de Landazuri, A, & Minafia, J. Bronquiectasias incipientes en la gran infaneia. Arch, espan. pediat, 1931, 15: 449-84 —Pape, R. Offene Wabenlunge im Kindesalter. Ront- genpraxis, 1935, 7: 618-20.—Piltz. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Bronchiektasie im Kindesalter. Mschr. Kinderh, 1921-22, 22: 551-74 —Ratner, A. E. [Autovaccination in treatment of bron- chiectasis in children] Borba s tuberk, 1933,11: 74-6 —Reichle, H. S. Bronchiectasis in childhood. Ohio M.J, 1929, 2a: 35/- 62.—Ribadeau-Bumas, Chabrun, A Wolf. Pseudo-pneumothorax chez un enfant presentant une large dilatation des bronches. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1927, 3.ser, 51: 398-401.-Ruelle, G. La dilatation bronchique chez l'enfant. Bruxelles nted, 1930- 31 11- 1427-31 —Schlack, H. Bronchiektasen im Kindesalter, ihfe Diagnose und Prognose. Tuberkulose, 1927, 7: 181-5.— Schrotter, L. Ueber einen Fall von Bronchiektasien im Kindes- alter. Mschr. Kinderh, 1929, 43: 494-8.-Sheldon, W. P. H. Three cases of bronchiectasis. Proc. R. Soc. M , Lond, 1926-27, 20: sect.stud.dis.child, l.-Tenopala, J.. La dilatacion de los bronquios en los niftes. Rev. mex. cir. gin. cancer, 1936 4: 45- 50 —Thorce E. S, jr. Chronic bronchiectasis in childhood. Pennsylvania Med. J, 1928-29, 32: 168-70. Also Am. J M. Sc, 1Q9Q 177- 759-67—Touzel, C. S. E. Unilateral bronchiectasis in a child. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1932, 26: 325-7.-Tucci, F. C, Maderna Agote, A, & Russo, A. Conducta mfedico-quirurgica en las bronquiectasias de la infaneia. Sem. med, B. Air, 1936, 43: 670-80— Vogt, H. Zur Erkennung und Behandlung der Bronchiektasie im Kindesalter. Med. Welt, 1930, 4: 919-21.— Wiese, O. Zur Behandlung der Bronchiektasien im Kindes- alter. Ther. Gegenwart, 1928, 69: 538-40. ----- Aktive (chirurgische) Therapie bei den Bronchiektasien im Kindes- alter. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1930, 75: 19.5-205. ----- Die Bronchiektasenkrankheit beim Kinde. Kinderarztl. Prax, 1935, 6: 59; 211.—Wyllie, W. G. Prognosis of bronchiectasis in children. Lancet, Lond, 1935, 1: 1169—Ylppfi, A. Ueber das Vorkommen von grosseren bronchiektatischen Kavernen bei Kindern. Zschr. Kinderh, 1924, 38: 128-38. BRONCHISEPTICUS bacillus. See Alcaligenes. BRONCHITIS. See also Common cold; Influenza; Lung, Emphysema; Tracheobronchitis; &c. Barge, A. A. Acute catarrhal bronchitis. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, 1910, 133-8.—Brugsch, T, & Frankel, E. Akute und chronische Bronchitis. Spec. Path. Ther. inn. Krankh, Berl, 1924, 3: Teil 2, 607-35.—Chandra, B, & Bhattacharyya. Bron- chitis. Ind. M. Rec, 1935, 55: 193-5— Christopherson, J. B. The anatomy of chronic bronchitis and bronchial asthma as disclosed by lipiodol examination. Am. J.M. Sc, 1933, 186: 504-9.—Goldscheider. Akute Bronchitis. Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 1248. ----- Chronische Bronchitis. Ibid, 1287.— Grant, T. P. Chronic bronchitis. Brit. Homceop. J, 1935, 25: 237-55.—Hatch, E. B. Bronchitis. U.S. Veterans' Bur. M. Bull, 1930, 6: 959-67—Hawes, J. B. Chronic bron- chitis. Boston M.&S.J, 1923, 189: 166-9.—Hoesslin, H. von. Ueber akute und chronische Bronchitis. Deut. med. Wschr, 1934, 60: 1719-22.—Kuhns, R. H. Recent studies in bronchial asthma and chronic bronchitis in children. Med. Press, Lond, 1925, n.s, 119: 337-9.—Lereboullet, P, & Saint Girons, F. Les bronchites du nourrisson. Paris med, 1927, 65: 394-6.—Levick, C. B. Acute bronchitis. Practitioner, Lond, 1933,130: 23-8 — Marshall, G. Chronic bronchitis. Ibid, 1931, 126: 59-64. Also Guv's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1927, 41: 37G-9—Nelson, T. S. Bronchitis. Brompton Hosp. Rep, 1935, 4: 118-26. Also Med. Rev. of Rev, 1935, 41: 41-50, 2pl. Also Practitioner, Lond, 1935, 134: 26-38.—Oliver, T. Acute bronchitis, some unusual aspects. Brit. M.J, 1924,1: 776—Otis, E. O. Chronic bronchitis. Boston M.&S.J, 1925, 192: 956-8.—Perkins, J. J, Symes, J. O. let al.] Discussion on chronic bronchitis. Brit. M.J, 1923, 2: 1137-44.—Sheppard, T. T. Chronic bronchitis. Atlantic M.J, 1924-25, 28: 833-5.—Simon Hergueta. Concepto clinico de las bronquitis. Siglo med, 1918, 65: 849-52.—Sum- mers, C. B. Acute and chronic bronchitis in infancy and childhood. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1G30, 27: 515-9. ---- allergic. See also Allergy, respiratory; Asthma. Blum, R. Zur Kenntnis des eosinophilen Bronchialkatarrhs. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1931, 78: 730-40— Bottaliga, M. Bron- chite pseudo-fibrinosa con eosinofilia. Policlinico, 1934, 41: sez. prat, 611-3.—Evers, A. Unterscheidung allergischer und nichtallergischer Bronchitiden. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 1114 — Schwenkenbecher, A. Der eosinophile Bronchialkatarrh. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther, 1929, 37: 181-94—Waldbott, G. L. Al- lergic bronchitis. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1927-28, 13: 943-9. Also Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 220-2. ---- capillary [Bronchiolitis] See Pneumonia, bronchial. Causes. See also Bronchus, Foreign bodies: Compli- cations. Ehle, K. *Die Blahungsbronchitis des Sauglings- und Kleinkindesalters [Gottingen] p. 17-32. 8? Lpz., 1925. Also Mschr. Kinderh, 1935, 30: Lenth, E. [J.] *Ueber die Blahungsbron- chitis beim Saugling und jungen Kleinkinde [Giessen] 14p. 8? Diisseldorf, 1934. Rosenbaum, J. *A propos d'un cas de bron- chite purulente a Micrococcus catarrhalis. 38p. 8? Par., 1933. Boyden, G. L. The relation of the accessory sinuses to chronic non-tuberculous bronchitis. Tr. Ass. Physicians Mayo Clin. (1925) 1926, 6: 197-210.—Boussain. Un cas de bronchite char- bonneuse frustre. J. nted. Paris, 1923, 42: 201— Haberfeld, W. Bronchitis und Peribronchitis amoebiana. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 1834.—Harris, K, & Kerley, P. Vena azygos lobe in a child with chronic bronchitis. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934, 27: 1231.—Jackson, C. Ulcerative bronchitis due to Vincent's organisms. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 83: 1845,— BRONCHITIS 1030 BRONCHITIS Kistner, F. B. Sinus bronchitis. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1926, 32: 419-22. Also Northwest M., 1927, 26: 203-7 — Klare, K. Sonnenbronchitis bei exsudativen Kindern (Vor- laufige Mitteilung) Munch, med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 1440. ----- Die Sonnenbronchitis. Ibid, 1932, 79: 795.—Lafosse, P, & Langle, J. Frequence de la fuso-spirocltetose bronchique. Rev. med. fr, 1927, 8: 571-81.—Ochsner, A. An unappreciated cause of chronic bronchitis. J. Am. M. Ass, 1929, 93: 188-90. Also repr.—Rosenthal, G. Recherches sur le d6membrement de la bronchite; la bronchite aigue prolongee et ses causes. Paris nted, 1925, 57: 397-400.—Schnek, F. Bronchitis posttraumatica. Mschr. Unfallh, 1928, 35: 305-16—Schoen, R. Ueber dte chronische Bronchitis als Saisonkrankheit. Med. Welt, 1937, 11: 244-6.—Schwartz, M. Sinusitis in relation to acute bron- chitis. Med. J. & Rec, 1930,131: 310-2.—Schwenkenbecher, A. Bronchialkatarrh und Konstitution. Ztschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1930, 27: 341-3.—Steinfield, E. A study of the yeasts found in the sputum of patients with asthma and chronic bronchitis. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1922-23, 8: 744-6— Vendel, S. N. [Fusospirillar bronchitis with asthma] Ugeskr. lseger, 1931, 93: 418-22 — Vincent, H. Note sur la fuso-spirochetose bronchique (a propos de la communication de M. G. Delamare) C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 1143—Zelinski, W. F. von. Chronic bronchitis of nasal origin. Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 119: suppl, 19-21. Also repr. ---- Complications. Pinart, A. *De l'ictus larynge des bron- chitiques. 40p. 8? Par., 1920. Bouchut, I, Rougier, & Jarricot, H. Abces du cerveau au cours d'une pachybroncbite. Lyon med, 1934, 153: 119-22.— Euziere, Pages & Sacaze. Ictus larynge chez un bronchitique. Bull. Soc. sc. m6d. biol. Montpellier, 1924-25, 6: 328-30.—Lian, C, & Pinart, A. L'ictus larynge des bronchitiques. Gaz. hop, 1921, 94: 533-7.—Lupo, P. Ictus laringeo dei bronchitici. Policlinico, 1933, 40: sez. prat, 1650-2.—Moulinier, R. Bron- chite avec hemoptysies lr6quentes: mediastinite concomitante. Gaz. sc. nted. Bordeaux, 1925, 46: 246-8.—Rosenthal, G. Le demembrement de la bronchite aigue; bronchite aigug prolong6e; bronchorrltee et bronchorrlteites. Paris med, 1925, 57: 496-8.— Sezary, A. Ictus bronchitique et reflexe oculo-cardiaque. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1923, S.ser, 47: 531-3.—Vermelin, M. E. A. C. J. La bronchite chronique des tirailleurs algeriens; utilite de d6pistage et de la surveillance de ces sujets, au point de vue de la prophylaxie de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Arch. med. pharm. mil, 1930, 92: 679-87.—Walmsley, W. C. B. Acute bronchitis with vaginal bleeding and acute abdominal pain. Brit. M.J, 1930, 2: 60. ---- Diagnosis. Becker, H. *Ueber das Blutbild der chroni- schen Bronchitis. 34p. 8? Halle, 1933. Falkenhausen, M. von. Das Rontgenbild der akuten und chronischen Bronchitis. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1922, 29: 586-9.— Jacquelin, A. Diagnostic et traitement des bronchites chroniques. Bull, med. Par, 1935, 49: 719-24.—Lederer, R. Chronische Bronchitis, Bronchialasthma und Bronchotetanie Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh, 1921, 19: 564-623.—Meader, C. N. The early stages of chronic bronchitis. Illinois M.J , 1924, 46' 175-8. Also J. Iowa M. Soc, 1924, 14: 253-6. Also Wisconsin M.J, 1924-25, 23: 184-8.—Montanari, A. Sulla reale esistenza delle immagini radiologiche dovute alla peribronchite e sui loro caratteri morfologici, in particolare modo delle forme fibrose Radiol, med, Milano, 1933, 20: 1362-9.—Roubier, C, & Petou- raud, C. L'exploration lipiodo-radiologique des bronches intra- pulmonaires dans les bronchites chroniques. J. med. Lyon, 1925. 6: 549-77.—Saul, W. Bronchitisformen im Rontgenbild. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1930, 42: 223-33.—Smith, M. Bron- chitis or tuberculosis? Journal lancet, 1936, 56: 207-9.—Sparks, J. V, & Wood, F. G. Radiographic appearances of the lungs in chronic bronchitis and in emphysema. Lancet, Lond, 1932 2: 1419-22. ---- fibrinous [croupous] Loiseau, F. *Contribution a l'etude de la bronchite membraneuse. 42p. 8? Par., 1921. Seidel, A. *Ueber Bronchitis fibrinosa. 29p. 8? Erlangen, 1934. Ash, B, & Brodribb, C. Fibrinous bronchitis resembling tuberculosis of the lung. Brit. M.J, 1924, 1: 192.—Berger, M. Beobachtungen fiber unspeziflsche Hamoptoe im Kindesalter bei der Bronchitis fibrinosa. Mschr. Kinderh, 1927, 35: 145- 51.—Bochalli. Bronchitis fibrinosa seu mucinosa plastica Deut. Tuberk. Bl, 1934, 8: 74-6.—Engel, H. Beitrag zur Bron- chitis fibrinosa chronica und ihrem mikroskopischen Sputum- bild. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 1179-81.—Fiori, E. Sulla bronchite cronica muco-plastica. Riv. pat. clin. tuberc, 1928 2: 95-103.—Flesch, H. Chronische fibrinose Bronchitis bei einem fiinfjahrigen Kinde. Kinderarztl. Prax, 1933, 4:508-10 — Hjort, E. [Case of fibrinous bronchitis] Norsk mag. laegevid 1929, 90: 1282-4.-Izzo, R. A, & Casanegra, A. Bronquitis fibrinosa. Rev. nted. lat.amer, B. Air, 1933-34, 19: 12-20.— Lamaison, C. Sur un cas de bronchite muco-membraneuse J. med. Bordeaux, 1922, 52: 569.—Mulligan, P. B, & Spencer, R. B. Chronic fibrinous bronchitis as a symptom of mediastina' compression. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 82: 791.—Nunzi, A. Inter- vento per via broncoscopica in caso di bronchite fibrinosa a sindrome suflocante. Valsalva, 1934, 10: 253-6.—Paillard, H. A propos des bronchitis pseudo-membraneuses. J. med. fr, 1932, 21: 58.—Pappenheimer. Ueber einen Fall von primiirer Bronchitis fibrinosa chronica. Med. Klin, Berl, 1922, 18: 1557.—Perlstein, R. N. A case of fibrinous bronchitis compli- cated by massive atelectasis. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1930, 22: 82-6.— Rodenbaugh, F. H. Fibrinous bronchitis. Am. J. Roentg, 1923, n.s, 10: 843-5.—Stapf, A. Ueber Bronchitis fibrinosa und ihre Beziehungen zur Lungentuberkulose. Vir- chows Arch, 1927, 263: 800-31.—Sterling-Okuniewski, S. [Croupous inflammation of the bronchi] Polska gaz. lek, 1926, 5: 680.—Tuteur, M. Beitrag zur Bronchitis fibrinosa-Frage. Beitr. path. Anat, 1927, 78: 622-6.—Worner, H. Bronchitis chronica pseudomembranacea und Graviditat. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 1412. ---- Pathology. Aumeunier, M. *Contribution a l'etude anatomo-pathologique des bronchites chro- niques; modifications des epitheliums et des glandes bronchiques [Lyon] 54p. 8? Bourg, 1934. Schwede, A. [E. H.] ,*Zur Kenntnis der pathologischen Anatomie chronischer Bron- chitiden: ein Fall von Bronchitis hvpertrophicans polyposa. 36p. 8? Heidelb., 1929. Berger, W. Die Beziehungen von chronischer Bronchitis und Emphysem zum Bronchialasthma. Wien. med. Wschr, 1934, 84: 873-6.—Castex, M. R. Sobre algunas formas de bron- quitis cronica. Prensa med. argent, 1931-32, 18: 879-87.— Christopherson, J. B. Hunterian oration, 1932; chronic bron- chitis and its relation to the involuntary nervous system. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1932,133: 381-401.—Clerc, A, & Mourrut.E. Bronchite chronique sans cyanose; tesions probables de 1'artere pulmonaire, d6cetees par le seul examen radiotlterapique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1931, 3.ser, 47: 292-9.—Bavis, P. Subacute bronchitis. Virginia M. Month, 1924-25, 51: 157-9.—BuBois, F. S. Chronic bronchitis with foreign body (elastic fibers) reactions in the lungs. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1931, 13: 440-8. Also repr. Also Arch. Path, Chic, 1931, 12: 222-8.—Eichholtz, F. Ueber die experimentelle eitrige Bronchitis als Test fiir die Inhalationstherapie. Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1936-37, 184: 94.— Fabrizio, A. Bronchiti croniche riacutizzate. Rinasc. med, 1937, 14: 61.—Favre, M, Pehu, M, & Bertoye, P. Sur un cas de pachybronchite observe chez un enfant. J. med. Lyon, 1932,13: 761-9.—Fiamminghi, TJ. Contributo alia casistica della bron- chite con peribronchite nodulare suppurante. Prat, pediat, Milano, 1935, 13: 296-9.—Gey, R. Die Bronchitis deformans. Virchows Arch, 1925, 255: 528-39.—Gutzeit, K. Die Entwick- lung der Bronchitis bis zu ihren Endstadien. Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 1719; 1761—Ihre, B. Contribution to the knowledge of the so-called dry bronchiectasis. Acta med. scand, 1932,78: 50-65.— Jackson, C. Arachidic bronchitis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1921, 5: 641.—L'Eltore, G. Contributo clinico alio studio delle bronchioliti bronchiettasiche. Lotta tuberc, 1936, 7: 1069-82 — Oliveira, 0. de. Bronchite chronica (syndrome hepatica ter- minal) Brasil med, 1934, 48: 321-6.—Paviot, J, & Chevallier, R. Irretractilite du caillot sans diminution du nombre des pla- quettes au cours du syndromes bronchite chronique et emphy- seme. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 105: 404.—Scalzitti, M. Le alterazioni anatomo-istologiche della laringe nella bronchite cronica. Valsalva, 1934, 10: 593-613.—Vymola [Chronic fibrous bronchitis] Cas. tek. Cesk, 1927, 66; 583-7. ---- putrid, Couvy, L. Un cas de bronchite fetide trait6e par le stovarsol. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1924, 17: 533.—Benys, J. Les lave- ments creosotes dans la bronchite fetide. Ann. Inst chir Bruxelles, 1922, 23: 21-6.—Bo Couto e Silva, G. Tratamento da bronchite fetida pelo Allium sativum. Brasil med, 1922, 36: pt2, 388-90—Gralka, R. Ueber die Heilung eines Falles von putrider Bronchitis mit Neosalvarsan. Fortsch. Med, 1922, 40: 219-21.—Litzner. Ein Fall von fotider Bronchitis, geheilt mit Salvarsan. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 547.—Lomry, P, & Grandjean, J. Sur la presence des fuso-spirilles dans les bronchites sanglantes ou fetides. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 104.—Marx, H. Ueber den pathologisch-anatomischen Nach- weis von Trichomonas pulmonalis bei putrider Bronchitis. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1927, 57: 487.—Stiegele, A. Beitrag zur Behandlung der foetiden Bronchitis. Hippokrates, Stuttg, 1928, 1: 167-9—Theohari, A. Action de l'entetine dans les cas de bronchites sanglantes ou fetides a fuso-spirilles. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1929, 3.ser, 53: 685-90. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 101: 213. ---- spirochaetal. See Bronchospirochetosis. ---- Treatment. Breton, M. *Traitement des bronchites chroniques par la methode leucotherapique BRONCHITIS 1031 BRONCHITIS renovatrice, d^purative et derivative. Par., 1925. 43p. 8< Lotze, P. *Ein Fall von Bronchitis nach In- fluenzabronchopneumonie, geheilt durch intra- venose Neosalvarsaninjektion [Giessen] 13p. 8? Halle (Saale) 1919. Prat, J. *Suppurations bronchiques curables de l'enfant. 80p. 8? Par., 1935. Abdafiski, A. Zur Frage der Aethertherapie der postopera- tiven Bronchitiden. Zbl. Chir, 1929, 56: 1055-7. Also Polska gaz. lek, 1929, 8: 291-3.—Alexander, J. B. Treatment of chronic bronchitis and asthma in middle-aged persons. Brit. J. Phys. M, 1934-35, 9: 236-8.—Alison, J. F, & Chapman, J. P. Recent advances in the treatment of chronic bronchitis. J.M. Ass. Alabama, 1934, 4: 3-5.—Anders, E. Forderung der Expektora- tion durch Tussamag bei tuberkulosen Begleitbronchitiden und chronischen Bronchialkatarrhen. Zschr. Tuberk, 1932-33, 66: 460.—Armengaud. Sur ie traitement hydromineral des bronchites chroniques. Rev. g6n. clin. ther, 1922, 36: 405-7.— Barr, J. Bronchitis and its treatment. Med. J. & Rec, N.Y, 1924, 119: 386-91.—Bond, R. C, & Clovis, C. H. X-ray therapy in bronchitis in children. West Virginia M.J, 1936,32: 345-50 — Burghard, E. Die Therapie der chronischen und rezidivieren- den Bronchitis im Kindesalter. Aled. Welt, 1932, 6: 883 — Capparoni, A. L'azione radicate della Bronchiolina nella cura dei catarri bronchiali. Gazz. med. sicil, 1921, 24: 246-53.— Carles. Traitement de la bronchite a la periode de erudite. Hopital, Par, 1934, 22: 644-7.—Chilikin, V. L, & Nabokov, V. A. [Chlorine gas as remedy in bronchial catarrh] Mosk. med. J, 1927, 7: 48-63.—Courcoux, A. Traitement des bronchites chro- niques. J. med. chir. Par, 1925, 96: 25-34.—Be la Fuente Gomez, J. Bronquitis cronica y su tratamiento por via endo- bronquial. Siglo med, 1935, 42: ptl, 284; 313— Be Pablo, V. Tratamiento intratraqueal en las bronquitis cronicas y asmati- cas. Actas Congr. nac. med, Rosario, 1934, 5: pt4, 510-3.— Boreck, W. Eine einfache Bronchitisbehandlung. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1935, 82: 222—Bouthwaite, A. H, & Secretan. The treatment of acute and chronic bronchitis. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1932, 46: 296-300.—Buncan, J. P. Some notes on bronchitis. S. Afr. M. Rec, 1925, 23: 139-42— Bu Pasquier, E. Les cures thermales des bronchites chroniques. J. med. Paris, 1924, 43: 392.—Enklaar, W. F. [Vaccine therapy in chronic bronchitisl Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1926, 70: ptl, 1612-4.— Fabrizio, A. Terapia della bronchite acuta. Rinasc. med, 1935, 12: 63.—Firth, B. The treatment of chronic bronchitis. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1936, 192: 452-4.—Gerber, I. Roentgen- ray treatment in bronchial asthma and chronic bronchitis. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 85: 1026-9.—Gloor, W. Klinische Erfah- rungen mit den Ipecopan-Malztabletten Sandoz. Schweiz. med Wschr, 1926, 56: 62^.—Goldstein, M. Zur Aethertherapie der akuten Bronchitiden. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 553— Gonzalez Loza, M. La broncoscopia en el tratamiento de la bronquitis cronica, del asma y de la pleuresla abierta en bronquio. Dia med , B. Air, 1933, 6: 519. Also Rev. nted. Rosario, 1933, 23: 1094-103 —Gordonov, T. Experimentelles zur Bronchitisbe- handlung mit Aether nach Bier. Deut. med. Wschr, 1932, 58: 1358-6.—Herlitz, C. W. Some remarks on the treatment with caffein derivatives of asthmatic bronchitis in children. Acta paediat, Upps, 1932,13: 203-5—Herr, A. W. Treatment of bron- chitis bv hvgienic methods. Am. Physician, 1926, 31: 34-6 — Jemma," R " Terapia delle bronchiti e delle broncopolmoniti acute nei bambini. Rinasc. med, 1930, 7: 107—Jumon, H. Traitement des bronchites chroniques de I'enfance. Gaz. sc. med Bordeaux, 1921, 42: 182-5.----- Les etats bronchitiques a repetition dans la deuxteme enfance. Bull, med. Par, 1934, 48: 3-10—Klugh, G. F. The use of vaccines in chronic bronchitis. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1920-21, 10: 678-80.-Koller- Aeby, H. Zur Aetherbehandlung der Bronchitis nach Bier Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1926, 56: 769.—Kolmer, J. A. Bronchial disinfection and immunization. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1933, 55: 83-113.—Lanz, W. Zur Terpentin-Aetberbehandlung der Bronchitis nach H. Koller-Aeby. Schweiz. med Wschr, 1927, 57: 375.—Lebinski, G. von. Beitrage zur Behandlung von Bronchitiden mit einem modifizierten Pulvis Doveri. * ortsch. Ther 1929 5 • 222 — Mackey, L. Some observations on the bac- teriology and vaccine treatment of chronic bronchitis; based on 300 cases, with special reference to associated nasal infec- tions Brit. M.J, 1922 2: 715-7.-Maly G. Ueber moderne Terpentinolbehandlung innerer Erkrankungen, msbesondere der chronischen Bronchitiden. Fortsch. Ther, 1928, 4 727- Mattausch, F. Erfahrungen mit Spasmosoly bei Bronchial- asthma. Emphysembronchitis und chronischen^ tubwkulosen Begleitbronchitiden. Wien. med Wschr, 1934, 84: 643^- Mautner, J. Ueber Calciumbehandlungunspezifischer Bron- chitis Med. Klin, Berl, 1929, 25: 1028-30.-Modona, G. N. La rieducazione respiratoria e le rinobronchiti pseudotubercolari. GtoS 1934, 270-3.-Monti, G Contributo ah'au toyacoi- nazione nelle bronchiti croniche. Pensiero med, 1922 n ui 31 -Nee"gaard K von. Fortschritte in der Bronchitisbehand- liine Fortsch Ther, 1931, 7: 65-72—Nissen-von Kern, H. Kefopan0^ Behandlung, Von ehronischer Bro^chms und ■Rrnrtehiektasen Deut. med. Wschr, 1930, 56: 229.—«ussei, a.. Ueber*otSandlung der kindlichen ^^J^gg" in der einfachen Stormschen Kammer. Zschr. TuberK, 1966, 67- ss-92-0stheimer, M. The treatment of subacute and chronic bronchitis in childhood. Atlantic M.J, 1924-25, 28: 664.—Pansini, G. La terapia chirurgica del catarro bronchiale cronico. Riv. med, 1922, 30: 89.— Perlman, H. H. The effects of ultra-violet therapy in chronic bronchitis in children. Ther. Gaz, Detr, 1925, n.s, 49: 387-91. ----- The clinical value of quartz light therapy in chronic bronchitis of children. Arch. Phys. Ther, 1928, 9:r 100-7.— R, O. Le traitement des bron- chites catarrhales aigues a forme trainante. Bull, med. Par, 1924, 38: 1317-9. Also J. med. Paris, 1924, 43: 885— Revesz, F. Bronchitisbehandlung mit Aether nach Bier. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1933, 80: 1047.—Richert. Ueber die Erfahrungen mit der Kombination Kardiazol-Dicodid bei der Behandlung von Bronchitis. Ibid, 1927, 74: 1131.—Riess, E. Die Behandlung der Bronchitiden, besonders der postnarkotischen Aether- bronchitis mit intramuskularen Aetherinjektionen. Ibid, 1925, 72: 758-61.—Rosenthal, G. Traitement de la bronchite aigite, etude de pratique medicate. Evolut. med. chir, 1923, 4: 72; 105.—Schroeder, K. Weitere Erfahrungen iiber die Behandlung der Bronchitis chronica und sonstiger Lungenleiden mittels Durstkur. Acta med. scand, 1932, 78: 498-503.—Schwarzel, F. M. The homeopathic treatment of chronic bronchitis. J. Am. Inst. Homceop, 1932, 25: 1388-90—Seng, H. Die Behand- lung von Bronchitis und Bronchialasthma im Kurort. Ther. Gegenwart, 244-50.—Soulas, A. Lavage des bronches et bron- choscopotlterapie dans le traitement des suppurations broncho- pulmonaires. Rev. tuberc. Par, 1936, 5.ser, 2: 971-6.—Strehl, H. Bronchitisbehandlung mit Aether nach Bier. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1932, 78: 263; 1933, 80: 735.—Traitement de la bronchite aigue chez l'enfant. Medicine, Par, 1923-24, 5: 891. Also Dia med, B. Air, 1933-34, 6: 272.—Vajda, L. Die Anwendung des Manganochlorids in der Therapie der Bronchitis. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1930, 43: 711.—Veilchenblau. Zur Behandlung der chronischen Bronchitis und des auf ihr beruhenden Asthmas. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 222.—Viton, J. J. Tratamiento rational de la bronquitis. Cron. med. mex;, 1934, 33: 233-44.— Vogeler, K. Aether gegen Bronchitis. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1934, 31: 8.—Weiss, K. Beitrag zur Bronchitis-Therapie. Wien. med. Wschr, 1935, 85: 391.—Wiechmann, E. Die Behandlung der akuten und chronischen Bronchitis. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1931, 28: 426-9.—Young, R. A. Treatment of acute bronchitis. Brit. M.J, 1934, 2: 1111-3. ----- Prognosis in chronic bron- chitis and emphysema. Lancet, Lond, 1936, 1: 101. ---- in animals. See also Laryngotracheitis. Moncharmont, E. E. J. *Contribution a l'etude de la bronchite vermineuse des bovins; observations sur le traitement par les injections intra-tracheales d'huile creosotee a 1/10 [Alfort] 68p. 8? Par., 1928. Bontz, R. Dte Behandlung von Bronchitiden und von sich im Anfangsstadium beflndlichen Bronchopneumonien bei Pferden durch intramuskulare Aetherinjektionen. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1927, 43: 377—Gastel, G. Expulsion de moules fibrineux bronchiques chez le cheval. Rec. med. vet, 1924, 100: 211.—Henry. Le traitement des bronchites vermineuses. Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1934, 7: 225-8. ----- Le traitement de la dictyocaulose des moutons et des veaux en U.R.S.S. Ibid, 1935, 8: 388—Penhale, R. H. Parasitic bronchitis in cattle. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1925, 5: 1137-43. BRONCHOGRAPHY. Abramowitsch, F. M, & Tichomirow, S. A. Zur Frage der Einfuhrung einer Kontrastsubstanz (Lipiodol) in die Bron- chien. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1926, 34: 22-5.—Adler, H, & Kaznelson [X-ray picture of bronchial tree] Cas. tek. cesk, 1926, 65: 331-3—Allen, L. G. Bronchography an aid to the roentgenologist. Radiology, 1G33, 21: 79-87—Altmann, F. Ueber Bronchographie. Tuberkulose, Munch, 1928, 8: 91 — Ameuille, Leroux, L. [et al.] Quelques remarques sur la broncho- graphie. Rev. tuberc. Par, 1933, 4.ser, 1: 507-19.—Ameuille, P. Exploration des bronches et des poumons par le lipiodol. Rev. crit. path, ther, 1930, 1: 259-61—Azoulay & Tribo\it, F. Aspects radiologiques des bronches normales et pathologiques. Medecine, Par, 1923-24, 5: 639-45.—Baatz, K. Beitrag zur ront- genologischen Darstellung der Bronchien durch Kontrastmittel. Miinch med. Wschr, 1929, 76: 1644-6—Bakke, S. N. [Bronchi- ography] Med. rev, Bergen, 1930, 47: 241-63—Benjamins, C. E. Bronchoscopy as a diagnostic and therapeutic aid] Geneesk, bl 1931 29: 207-69.—Beutel, A. Ergebnisse der Bronchogra- phie Klin. Fortbild, 1934, 2: 514-59. Also Rontgenpraxis, 1935, 7: 157-67. ----- & Strand, F. Die Analyse und Differential- diagnose der raumbeschrankenden Prozesse im Bronchogramm. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1937, 55: 118-55—Bianchini, A. II lipiodol nell'albero bronchiale. Arch, radiol. Nap, 1925,1: 390- 406—Cabrera Calderin, C. Broncografia. Arch. Soc. clin, Habana, 1928, 28: 37-44.—Cossio, P. La danza bronquial. Dia med, B. Air, 1931-32, 4: 931.—Banielsson, E, & Manfred, J. Some experiences of bronchography after injections of lipiodol. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1924, 3: 157-60—Beuss, H. O. The use of iodized oils in bronchitis and bronchiectasis. Illinois M.J, 1932 62: 68-74.— Ferreri, G. II valore della broncografia per la diagnosi e la cura delle forme suppurative croniche bronco- polmonari. Valsalva, 1931, 7: 11-24— Forster, W. Kontrast- speise im Bronchialbaum. Munch, med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 74g 1-Gosselin, J. La bronchographie. Boll. Soc. med. hop. BRONCHOGRAPHY 1032 BRONCHOGRAPHY Quebec. 193:, 235-8. Also J. nted. Paris, 1935, 55: 826. ----- Etudes bronchographiques. Laval med, Quebec, 1937, 2: 45-8, 2pl.—Harmer, L. Bronchographie. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1931, 65: 645-55. Also Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1934, 8: 238. Also Wien. med. Wschr, 1934, 84: 1037-41.—Henius, K. Ein Beitrag zur Diagnostik der Bronchialbaumfiillung mit 40 proz. Jodipin. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 1664.—Huizinga, E. Ueber Bronchographie. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1934, 37: 87-106. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1935, 79: 1344-6. ----- Diagnosti- sche Schwierigkeiten bei der Bronchographie. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1935-36, 39: 521-35.—Jacobaeus, H. C. Some experiences of bronchography. Acta med. scand, 1928, suppl, H.26, 553-7.—Katzman, A. J, & Novikov, I. A. [Bronchography as a differential method of diagnosis in lung cavities and bronchiec- tasis] Vest, rentg, 1930, 8: 437-43.—Laub, L. [Bronchography] Gyogyaszat, 1935, 75: 101-4.—Lemon, W. S, Vinson. P. R. [et al.] The value of bronchoscopic examinations to the internist and the surgeon. Minnesota M, 1927, 10: 10-20.— Lenk, R, Has- linger, F, & Presser, K. Diagnose von Erkrankungen der grossen Bronchien, namentlich Bronchostenosen mittels Kon- trastfiillung. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1926. 34: 117-20 — Lorey, A. Sull'indagine radiologica dell'albero bronchiale. Radiol, med, Milano, 1926,13:82-9G.----- Dte diagnostische Bedeutung der Bronchographie. Aerztl. Rdsch, 1927, 37: 97-100.—M011er, P. F, & von Magnus, R. Investigation of bron- chial affections by means of iodine preparations (jodumbrin and lipiodol) Acta med. scand, 1925, 63: 174-83.—Murakami, J, Nishida, H, & Miyata, T. The clinical value of bronchog- raphv with lipiodol as an opaque medium. Polyclin. Dairen, 192C-28, 3: no.30, 1-3.—Nishida, H, & Miyata, T. The clinical value of bronchography with lipiodol as an opaque medium. J. Orient. M, Dairen, 1927, 6: 39-41.—Overgaard, K. [Bron- chography] Ugeskr. laeger, 1935, 97: 1297-301.—Owczarek, A. [Bronchography] Warsz. czas. tek, 1935, 12: 432-5.—Parade, G. W. Bronchographie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1934, 30: 1483-6 — Polgar, F. [Bronchography] Gyogyaszat, 1926, 66: 676-8 — Popovic, L. Studien aus der Bronchographie. Fortsch. Ront- genstrahl, 1929,40: 821-33.----- Bronchographische Studien. Otolar. slav, 1932, 4: 173-8.—Pritchard, S. Chest conditions; use of iodized oil in diagnosis and treatment, of bronchial affec- tions. Journal lancet, 1926, 46: 526. ----- The use of iodized oil bv the sanatorium phvsician in the diagnosis of bronchial affections. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1932, 26: 433-5—Raabe, R, Der ableitende Bronchus (bronche de drainage) im Rontgen- bild. Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23: 1448-50.—Saralegui, J. A. Anatomia v cinematica broncograftea normal del aparato res- pirat. rio. Sem. med, B. Air, 1936, 43: pt 1,1020—Schelenz, C. Zur rontgenologischen Darstellung der Bronchien mittels eines Jod-Kontrastmittels. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 870 — Schneider, L, & Segal, J. Bronchography with iodized oil not without danger. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1937, 35: 590-5 — Sgar'zer, M. Welche Bedeutung besitzt die Kontrastfiillung der Bronchien ftir die Diagnostik? Wien. klin. Wschr, 1927, 40: 110.—Singer, J. J. Bronchography. Arch. Surg, 1929, 19: 1571-3. Also repr.—Singer, S. Die Bronchographie. Erg. inn. Med. 1929, 35: 429-64.—Tanturri, V. Considerations sur la bronchographie. Fol. otolar. orient, 1935, 2: 113-23, 4pl.— Tucker, G. Roentgenologic aid to the bronchoscopist. Arch. Phys. Ther, 1926, 7: 571-83.—Watson, E. E, & Robertson, C. Bronchogram as an aid in differential diagnosis of pul- monary lesions. Virginia M. Month, 1929-30, 56: 447-52 — Wiese. 0, & Hindersin, L. Die Bronchographie beim Kinde (Erfahrungen an iiber 350 eigenen Beobachtungen) Zschr. Kindrrh, 1932-33, 54: 657-86. ---- Accidents. Beck, O. Exploration iodee des bronches par le catheterisme du larynx. Ann. mal. oreille, 1926, 45: 666-72.—Cola, G. Due casi di eccezionale ritardo di eliminazione iodica in bronco- grafia. Arch, radiol. Nap, 1931, 7: 525-36—Gordonov, T. Ueber einen nach Bronchographie aufgetretenen Jodbasedow. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1933, 63: 229-31.—Grill, C. Betrach- tungen fiber dte Gefahrdungsmogliehkeiten bei Lipiodolinstil- lation in die Luftwege aus Anlass eines beobachteten Falles. Uppsala lak.foren. forh, 1928, n.f, 33: 355-66.—Kohler, B. Eine missgliickte Bronchographie. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1932, 13: 54-6.—Lickint, F, & Hippe. Krankheit und Tod nach Bron- chographie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1934, 30: 937-9.—Morvay, E. Fremdkorpergranulationen der Lunge nach diagnostischer Bronchographie. Rontgenpraxis, 1931, 3: 581-6.—Scadding, J. G. Acute iodism following lipiodol bronchography. Brit. M.J., 1934, 2: 1147. Also Brompton Hosp. Rep, 1935, 4: 223-6. ---- Methods. Pierre-Francois, D. *La bronchographie lipiodolee par la methode pernasale simplifiee. 53p. 8? Par., 1935. Abramovich, F. On a method of introducing lipiodol in the bronchi for diagnostic purposes. Brit. J. Radiol, B.I.R. Sect, 1926, 31: 487-90.—Allen, L. G. The use of iodized oil in the visu- alization of the bronchial tree. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1927, 17: 290-5.—Amberson, J. B, jr., & Riggins, H. M. Lipiodol in bronchography, its disadvantages, dangers, and uses. Am. J. Roentg, 1933, 30: 727-46— Anton, G. Zur Technik der Broncho- graphie; Jodipin, Gummi arabicum, Schaumolgemische zur Kontrastdarstellung der Bronchien im Rontgenbild und fiber die Vorbereitung und Nachbehandlung zur Bronchographie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61: 1875. ----- Zur Frage der An- wendung von Jodipin-Gummi arabicum-Schaumblgemischen bei der Bronchographie. Ibid, 1936, 62: 1920. -----& Bock- stahler, F. Ein schonendes Verfahren zur AnSsthesierung des Pharynx und des Larynx mit weiteren Beitriigen zur Technik der Bronchographie. Ibid, 343.—Anton, G, & Opitz, E. Zur Technik der Bronchographie; ein einfaches Bronchographie- besteck fiir den Krankenhausarzt und Nichtlaryngologen. Ibid, 1935, 61: 1225-9—Ballon, B. H. The technique of bron- choscopic pneumonography with lipiodol. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1928, 47: 673-7—Balyeat, R. M, Seyler, L. E, & Outhier, V. Iodized oil; a practical method of preparation. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1935-36, 21: 187-90.—Beck, O, & Sgalitzer, M. Ueber Broncho- graphie mittels Larynxkatheters. Zbl. Chir, 1925, 52: 1537-41. Also Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1926,14:9-20—Bellucci, B. Tenta- tivi di broncografia endovenosa. Atti Congr. ital. radio], 1934, 11: 251-4.—Bethune, N. The technique of bronchography for the general practitioner. Canad. M» Ass. J, 1929, 21: 662-7.— Bloch, R. G. The viscosity of lipiodol in bronchography. Am. J. Roentg, 1932, 27: 847-52.—Brauer, L, & Lorey, A. Die ront- genologische Darstellung der Bronchien mittels Kontrast- fiillung. Erg. med. Strahlenforsch, 1928, 3: 115-74.—Brdiczka, G. Bronchographie mittels praktischer vereinfachter Methode. Deut. med. Wschr, 1929, 55: 1341—Brock, B. C. The use of lipiodol in bronchography. Rep. Guy's Hosp, Lond, 1931, 81: 444-52.—Cancella d'Abreu, A. Tecnica de broncografia, in- jeccao por via nasal. Med. contemp, Lisb, 1933, 51: 347.— Cooley, F. H. Bronchography; the passive technic. Journal- lancet, 1930, 50: 373.—Corbalan Trumbull, G, Buran, C, & Garcia Suarez, E. Nuevos ntetodos para la broncografia. Rev. As. med. argent, 1936, 50: 331-6.—Cordier, Mounier-Kuhn, P, & Levy, A. La cinetique bronchique et la polyradiographie en s6rie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3.ser, 49: 194-201. ----- Thorotrast et lipiodol dans l'opacifteation bronchique. Lyon med, 1934, 153: 357.—Curschmann, W. Beitrag zur Technik der Bronchographie. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1929, 72: 713-24.—Erwin, G. S. Modern technique in bronchography. Brompton Hosp. Rep, 1936, 5: 98-101. Also Lancet, Lond, 1936,1:1236.—Fariani, F. Contributo alla tecnica broncograftea. Radiol, med, Milano, 1936, 23: 331-6.—Forestier, J. Roent- genological exploration of the bronchial tubes with iodized oil (lipiodol) Radiology, 1926, 6: 303-9. ----- & Leroux, L. A simplified method of bronchography. Ibid, 1935, 24: 743-8.— Georgesco, A. Le lipiodol intrabronchique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest, 1926, 8: 111-3.—Gilse, P. H. G. van. Un dispositif pour l'injection de lipiodol dans les poumons. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1927, 11: 603-5. ----- Ueber dte Umgehung der Reflcxreizbarkeit des Kehlkopfs beim normalen Menschen ohne Anasthesierung. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1929, 122: 81-6 — Goland, B. S. Zur Methodik und Technik der Bronchographie mittels Kontraststoflanwendung. Otolar. slav, 1931, 3: 203-16. Also Soviet, vrach. gaz, 1932, 36: 851.—Grandgerard, R. Ame- nuisement des images broncho-vasculaires par les rayons durs. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1933, 21: 216-20—Grezzi, S. Inyecciones intrabronquicas de lipiodol con sonda intra-nasal. Rev. med. lat.amer, B. Air, 1932-33, 18: 1408-23.—Gutig, C. Zur Ftillung des Bronchialbaumes mit Kontrastmitteln. Wien. med. Wschr, 1923, 73: 1473-5.—Haslinger, F. Zur Technik der Bronchographie (transnasale Methode der Instillation) Ibid, 1931, 81: 1571; 1620.—Head, J. R. The intratracheal injection of lipiodol through the cricothyroid membrane; a description of the instrumentarium and technic. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1927, 36: 183-6. ----- The technique of the intratracheal injection of iodized oil. Illinois M.J, 1930, 58: 73.—Hemsen, H. Beitrag zu: Kontrastspeise im Bronchialbaum. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1922, 29: 578.—Hicguet, G. La bronchographie au lipiodol par voie transnasale; procede de Hicguet et Paul Hennebert. Arch. med. chir. app. resp, 1935, 10: 304-15.— Huizinga, E. Sur l'exploration bronchique au moven du lipio- dol. Rev. laryng. Par, 1936, 57: 121-74.—Iglauer, S. Ad- vantages of intubation method of introducing iodized oil for bronchography in children. J. Am. M. Ass, 1931, 97: 1517-21. Also repr. ----- & Kuhn, H. Advantages of brominized oil in bronchography in tuberculous patients. Ibid, 1928, 90:1278- 81.—Jacchia, P. Sind bei Bronchographien dick- oder dtinn- fliissige Kontrastmittel vorzuziehen? Rontgenpraxis, 1930, 2: 1045-51.—Jones, P. H, jr., & Jamison, C. Notes on the use of lipiodol in the bronchi. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1926-27, 79: 844-8.—Lehmke, C. Technik und Bedeutung der Broncho- graphie. Zbl. ges. Tuberkforsch, 1928-29, 30:129-31.—Lenk, R, & Haslinger, F. Rontgenuntersuchungen an normalen und kranken Bronchien nach Ftillung mit Lipiodol. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 1533-5.—Leroux, L. L'injection intrabronchique par la methode pernasale simplifiee. Paris med, 1935, 95: 161-4. -----& Kudelski, E. L'injection intrabronchique de lipiodol par la voie nasale. Progr. nted. Par, 1934, 234.—Lesne & Lemariey. L'injection lipiodotee transglottique apres tubage. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1925, 23: 640-9.—Lorey, A. Ueber Kontrastfiillung der Bronchien. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 1710. Also Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 1852. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 1339. Also Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1927, 39. Kongr, 456-64. ----- Zur Technik der Bronchographie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1929, 55: 526.—Luger, A. Ueber die ront- genologische Darstellung der Bronchien (Bronchographie) nach Sicard. Wien. med. Wschr, 1925, 75: 130.—McGuckin, F. A method of injection of the bronchial tree with lipiodol. New- castle MJ, 1933,13: 47-50.—Magno, N. Contributo alla tecnica della broncografia. Tubercolosi, 1936, 28: 207-19.—Minnigerode, W. Zur Technik der Darstellung des Tracheobronchialbaums BRONCHOGRAPHY 1033 BRONCHOSCOPE mit Jodipin. Zschr. Laryng, 1927, 16: 48-54.—Morel-Kahn. La bronchographie lipiodolee. Bull. Soc. radiol. nted. France, 1934, 22: 251-5.—Mounier-Kuhn. Injections intrabronchiques de lipiodol par cathcterisme laryngo-traclteal. Lyon med, 1928, 142: 44-fi.—Nather, K, & Sgalitzer, M. Zur Technik der Bronchographie (Verschluckmethode) Zbl. Chir, 1925, 52: 1534-7.—Ochsner, 'A. Bronchography following the passive introduction of contrast media into the tracheo-bronchial tree. Wisconsin M.J, 1926, 25: 544-54. ----- Bronchography according to the passive technic; the method of choice for the roentgenologist. Radiology, 1928, 11: 412-23. -----■ Bron- chography according to the passive technic; the method of choice for the roentgenologist. Radiol. Rev, 1929, 51: 148-56.----- & Nesbit, W. Bronchography; introduction of iodized oil into the tracheobronchial tree by the passive method. Am. J.M. Sc, 1928,175:175-84.—O'Sullivan, J. A contribution to the tech- nique of bronchography, with a description of a new type of introducer for intratracheal catheterization. Med. J. Australia, 1936, 2: 428-30.—Penna, M. Nova technica para a broncho- graphia transglottica empregada no pavilhiio Carlos Seidl. Brasil med, 1935, 49: 1021-3—Pritchard, S, Whyte, B, & Gor- don, J. K. M. Conclusions regarding technic following 1,000 intratracheal injections of iodized oil in adults. Radiology, 1927, 8: 104-10.—Rad, A. Die Fiillung des Bronchialbaumes mit, Jodolen und Bromipin. AVien. klin. Wschr, 1926, 39: 1011-5.— Reinberg, S. A, & Kaplan, B. [On the method of intrabronchial introduction of contrast substances] Vest, rentg, 1924-25, 3: 52-60.—Rist, E, & Soulas, A. Remarques sur la technique de la bronchographie lipiodolee a propos d'un cas de bronchiectasie meconnre. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1927, 3.ser, 51: 1642-6.— Rossel, G. L'iniection intra-tracrteale de lipiodol par le procede transnasal. Presse med, 1933, 41: 490-2.—Roubier, C, & Petouraud, C. L'exploration radiologique des bronches par les injections intratraclteates de lipiodol (projection de radio- graphics) Lyon med, 1925, 136: 460-4.—Salkin, B, Cadden, A. V, & Mclndoe, R. B. Postmortem bronchography. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1936, 34: 649-62. Also Tubercle, Lond, 1936-37, 18: 71-82.—Sante, L. R. Practical observations on the use of iodized oil in bronchography. Am. J. Roentg, 1934,32:763-8. Also Rev. radiol. & fisioter. Chic, 1935,2: no.2, 5-13.—Schilling, K. Darstellung des Bronchialbaumes durch intratracheale Lipio- dol- beziehungsweise Jodipinfullung. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1927, 36: 301-4.—Schrbter, A. Beitrag zur Kontrastdarstellung des Bronchialsystems. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1926, 64: 269-74 — Singer, J. J. Bronchography ; injection of iodized oil 40 percent. Arch. Surg, 1927, 14: 10,-74.—Snapper, I. Bronchographie par la methode de Singer. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1928, 3.ser, 52: 1185-90.—Sons. Kontrastspeise im Bronchialbaum. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1921, 2*: 180.—Sorgo, J. Zur trans- kutanen Methode der Bronchographie mittels eines neuen Instrumentes. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935, 48: 462-4.—Suchanek, E. Zur Technik der Bronchographie. Ibid, 1926, 39: 942 — Treppez. La bronchographie au lipiodol par voie transnasale. Lvon med, 1936, 157: 33-5.—Tucker, G. Bronchoscopic lipiodol instillation tubes. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1927, 36: 272. ----- Technic of bronchoscopic introduction of bismuth subcarbonate and iodized oil, 40 percent, for pneumography. Arch. Surg, 1927, 14: 175-83.—Vaccarezza, R. F, & Politzer, G. Bronco- grafia tecnica. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1936, 43: pt 1, 1018.—Van Itersor, C. J. A, A Steentuis, B. J. Les injections transglot- tiques de lipiodol chez les enfants. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1927, 33: 399-403.—Vigi, F. Di una semplificazione nella tecnica per gli esami broncografici. Otorinolar. ital, 1932, 2: 502.—Viswanathan, R, & Kesavaswamy, P. A simple method of broncho-radiography. Ind. M. Gaz, 1936, 71: 450.—Wierig, A. Die Technik der Bronchographie. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1926-27,35: 787-9. BRONCHOPNEUMONIA. See Pneumonia, bronchial. BRONCHORRHEA. See also Bronchiectasis; Bronchitis. Berck, M. Radiotherapy for bronchorrhea in bronchiectasis. J. Mount Sinai Hosp, N.Y, 1934, 1: 98-100.—Moulonguet, A. Le traitement endoscopique des bronchorrltees. Arch. med. chir. app. resp, 1927, 2: 445-57.—Sergent, E. Las broncorreas purulentas cronicas. Rev. As. med. argent, 1928, 41: 845-08. ----- & Bordet, F. Les bronchorrltees purulentes chroniques. Presse therm, clim, 1927, 68: 768-78. BRONCHOSCOPE. See also Bronchoscopy. Freudenthal, W. Das Broncho-Periskop. Arch. Lar. Rhinol Berl, 1921, 34: 81-3.—Haslinger, F. Kritisches fiber dip vprirhiedenen Beleuchtungsprinzipien bei der Broncho- Oesophagoskopie. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1934, 68: 1157-71- imncrainri C J. Demonstrating broncho-esophagoscope. Tr. Am Bronehosc. Soc, 1929, 12: 17. Also Arch. Otolar, Chic, 10,„' ,,. 049 —Israel, S. A bronchoscopic and esophagoscopic iowiarnifier Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1935, 44: 285-7—Jackson, C. Pn^nhrenicbronchoscope. Ibid, 1932, 41:1268. ----- Staple bronchoscope. Tr. Am. Bronehosc. Soc, 1935, 18:12.-Kofler. Neue elliptische Rohrenspatel zur Tracheo-Bronchoskopie fiir Kinder. Wien. med. Wschr, 1915, 65: 864.—Lewenfisz, H. [New type of bronchoesophagoscope] Warsz. czas. lek, 1937,14: 87.— Matis, E. Neue Instrumente zur Innenbeleuchtung und zur Dauerdrainage bei Broncho-Oesophagoskopie. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1933, 33: 437-41.-----Ueber die verschiedenen Beleuchtungspinzipien bei der Broncho-Oesophagoskopie. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1935, 69: 409-13.—Moore, I. Endo- bronchial mirror. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1922, 15: sect. laryn, 52.—Myerson, M. C. The upper lobe bronchoscope. Laryngoscope, 1926, 36: 179. ■----- Bronchoscopic pharyngeal suction tube. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1927, 36: 259.—Orlandinii A. Ispezione della trachea, dei bronchi e dell'esofago col mio appa- recchio tracheo-broncho-esofagoseopico. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1931, 49: 361-70—Pinchin, A. J, & Morlock, H. V. Broncho- scopic apparatus. Lancet, Lond, 1932, 1: 671.—Richards, L. Recent developments in the proximally lighted bronchoscope. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1931, 40: 1217-35—Rosedale, R. S, McKay, B. R. [et al.] A simple manikin with an electrically actuated bronchus for bronchoscopic demonstrations. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1936, 23: 690.—Smyth, B. C. A new bronchoscope for the removal of vegetable foreign bodies with negative pressure. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth, 1933, 438—Stitt, H. Modified Jackson scope. Tr. Am. Bronehosc. Soc, 1934, 17: 16.—Tucker, G. A bronchoscopic bead forceps. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1927, 36: 274. ----- An extension bronchoscope. Tr. Am. Bron- chos. Soc, 1934, 17: 13. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1934, 43: 1208.—Vandevere, W. E. The bronchoscope and its uses. South- west. M, 1927, 11: 220.—Vistreich, F. Modification of the Jack- son bronchoscope to permit retrograde inspection of the bronchi of the upper lobes. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1935, 22: 634-6.— Wolfson, L. E, & Schloss, J. A telescopic bronchoscope. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1935, 44: 889-92.—Yankauer, S. The advantages and disadvantages of the proximally illuminated bronchoscope. Ibid. 1927,36: 133-43. BRONCHOSCOPY. See also Bronchoscope; Endoscopy; Esopha- goscopy. Ciiovin, J. G. *Physiologie de la broncho- scopie. 120p. 8? Lyon, 1935. Abramow, T. J. Einfluss der Tracheobronchoskopie auf den Blutdruck und auf die Atmung. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1931- 32, 30: 197-220.—Alcantara, V. C, & Be Ocampo, G. Broncho- scopic service in the Philippine General Hospital. J. Philip- pine Island M. Ass, 1936, 16: 395-411—Bloch, A, & Soulat, A. La bronchoscopie. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1931, 15: 586-604.—Boot, G. W. Two problems in bronchoscopy and their. solution. Illinois M.J, 1922, 41: 36-8. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1928, 37: 987-91.—Clerf, L. H. Peroral endoscopy. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1933, 17: 246; 1934, 19: 253. ----- The desira- bility of teaching bronchoscopy and esophagoscopy to under- graduates. J. Ass. Am. M. Coll, 1933, 8: 276-9.—Debuts (Les) de la broncho-oesophagoscopie en France. Rev. nted. Nancy, 1937, 65: 233-6.—Bowning, J. A. Bronchoscopy. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1933, 23; 669—Feldmann, A. I. [The ways of broncho- esophagoscopy] Klin, med, Moskva, 1933, 11: 231-9. Also Rev. laryng. Par, 1933, 54: 1085-99—Forbes, H. H. Bron- choscopy. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1922, 44: 326-31.-----■ President's address. Tr. Am. Bronehosc. Soc, 1935, 18: 7-10.— Foster, G. C. Bronchoscopy and general medicine. Journal lancet, 1934, 54: 697-710.—Goland, B.S. Zur Frage des Einflusses der oberen Tracheobronchoskopie auf den Subchordalraum. Otolar. slav, 1930, 2: 342-52.—Guisez, J. Ce qu'il faut faire pour devenir broncbocesophagoscopiste. Bull, otorhin. Par, 1928, n.s, 26: pt2, 165-72. ----- Faits de bronchooesophagoscopie pouvant interesser te, chirurgien. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1934, 43: 376-82.—Holding, A. F. Utilization of tonsil clinics for de- veloping bronchoscopic orientation. N. York State J.M, 1932, 32: 1300-4.—Hubbard, T. Observations on the art and technic of bronchoscopy and esophagoscopy. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1922, 44: 24-36.—Israel, S. Bronchoscopy and esophagoscopy with presentation of some interesting problems. South. M.J, 1935, 28: 974-81.—Jackson, C. La bronchoscopie. Rev. med. Louvain, 1927, 215-21. ----- Bronchoscopy; past, present and future. N. England J.M, 1938, 199: 759-63—Johnson, L. F. Results of 1 year's bronchoscopic study. Boston M.&S.J, 1927, 197: 263.—King, E. Bronchoscopy; its relation to the other departments of the hospital. Laryngoscope, 1929, 39: 91-6 — McKinney, R. Some of the problems which may confront the occasional broncho-esophagoscopist. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth, 1921, 26: 243-53. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1922, 37: 109-14 — McReynolds, G. S. Bronchoscopy, who can and who should do it. Texas J.M, 1923-24, 19: 323-6—Matsui, T. Broncho- osophagoskopiscbe Beobachtungen. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 901- 4—Nesbit, W. M. Bronchoscopy. Wisconsin M.J, 1929, 28: 589-93 —Orlandini, A. La tracheobroncoesofagoscopia in Italia. Boll mal. orecchio, 1935, 53: 131-40—Pearson, W. W. Bronchoscopy and esophagoscopy. J. Iowa M. Ass, 1923, 13: 408-15.—Phelps, K. A. Adventures in bronchoscopy. Journal lancet, 1934, 54: 129-36— Rigg, J. P. The larynx and its relation to bronchoscopy and esophagoscopy. Nebraska M.J, 1934, 19: 448-51.—Taylor, H. M. Address of the president (American Bronchoscopic Society) Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1936, 45: 1087- 100.—Vialle, J. La bronchoscopie. Gaz. med. France, 1935, 42: 552-62. BRONCHOSCOPY 1034 BRONCHOSCOPY ---- Accidents. Forbes, H. H. Accidents in bronchoscopy. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1916, 05-75— Imperatori, C. J. Sudden death during bronchoscopy; a preliminary report of a physiological study. Ibid, 22: 76-84— Kahler, 0. Gefahren und Schaden bei der Tracheobronchoskopie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61: 2081-4—Winkler, A. Studien iiber den Charakter und die Art der Akzentuation bronchialer Atemgerausche an Broncho- skopierten. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1927, 14: 273-94. ---- Indications. See also Bronchiectasis, Treatment; Bronchus, Foreign bodies; Lung, Abscess; &c. Koch, F. *Bronchoskopische Erfahrungen mit einem Bericht iiber ftinf Fremdkorper in den tieferen Luftwegen [Giessen] 36p. 8? Munch., 1920. Asbill, D. S. Endoscopy for foreign bodies of the air passages and esophagus. South. M.&S, 1930, 92: 729-31—Bloch, A, & Soulas, A. La broncho-aspiration chez l'enfant. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1934, 32: 241-9.—Buckles, M. G. The necessity of the bronchoscope in modern chest work. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1937, 35: 581-9.—Chandler, G. E. Bronchoscopy as an aid in diagnosing and treating intratracheal and bronchial conditions. J. Florida M. Ass, 1928-29. 15: 246-8— Claus, H. Zwei bemcr- kenswerte bronchoskopische Falle. Arch. Verdauungskr, 1926, 37: 196-9.—Clerf, L. H. Bronchoscopy in the tuberculous. Clin. Tuberc. (Goldberg, B.) Phila, 1935,2: 1-73; 1-82—B'Ono- frio, F. La tracheobroncoscopia e la sua importanza pratica. Riv. chir. Nap, 1935, 1: 204-9.—Evans, E. H. Bronchoscopy: its usefulness in India. Ind. M. Gaz, 1933, 68: 567-9—Font, J. H. Indicaciones de la broncoscopia y la esofagoscopia. Bol. As. med. P. Rico, 1935, 27: 180-8—Frenckner, P. [Value of bronchoscopy for diagnosis and treatment of pulmonary diseases] Hygiea. Stockh, 1930, 92: 81-94.—Fumagallo, L. La bron- coscopia; su importancia; modernas aplicaciones. Med. ibera, 1933, 27: pt 1, 341-8.—Funk, E. H. Contraindications to bron- choscopv. Tr. Coll. Physicians, Phila, 1924, 46: 515. Also Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1925,1: 209-12.—Gomez, F. D. Utilizacion por el practico de la via intrabronquica para el diagnostico y tratamiento. Dia med, B. Air, 1933-34, 6: 926—Gottlieb, M. J. Bronchoscopic appearance of cases of asthmatic bronchitis and bronchial asthma, with a note on the differentiation. Bull. Otote.r. Clin. Beth Israel Hosp, N.Y, 1924, no.ll, 28-34 — Guns, P. La bronchoscopie appliquee aux maladies tracrteo- pulmonaires. Rev. med. Louvain, 1926, 3-7.—Hall, G. C. Esophagoscopy and bronchoscopy in diagnosis and treatment; safe ruh-s to follow in emergency cases. Kentucky M.J, 1921, 19:482-91.\ ----- A bronchoscopic case. Ibid, 1924, 22:107.— Happ, L. C. Peroral endoscopy as an aid in the diagnosis of diseases of the bronchi and esophagus. Rhode Island M.J, 1936, 19: 89-92.—Hart, V. K, & Bans, S. W. Oxygen tent in post bronchoscopic care of children. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1932, 16: 52G.—Iglauer, S. The relation of bronchoscopy and esoph- agoscopy to surgery and medicine. Laryngoscope, 1924, 34: 83-5 —International (The) significance of a bronchoscopic opera- tion J Am. M. Ass, 1936, 107: 1065.—Jackson, C. L. Bron- choscopy for disease. Brit. M.J, 1925, 2: 699. ----- The bronchoscope as an aid in the diagnosis and treatment of pul- monary infections. Atlantic M.J, 1926-27, 30: 139-42. ----- La diagnosi bronchoscopica delle affezioni neoplastiche. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1927, 8: 680-4. ----- Bronchoscopy in the treatment of pulmonary disease. Tr. Am. Ther. Soc. (1930) 1931,30:101-9. ----- Bronchoscopy in relation to diseases of the respiratory tract. Dis. Resp. Tract. (N.York Acad. Med.) Phila, 1936, 121-32. -----Tucker, G. [et al.] Bronchoscopy as an aid to the thoracic surgeon. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 84: 97-103.—Kramer, R. Bronchoscopy in pulmonary suppuration. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, 8: 377-81—Martin, G. E. The bronchoscopic diagnosis and treatment of bronchiectasis and other chronic non-tubercular diseases of the chest. Edinburgh M.J, 1929, n.s, no.8, 1928-29, 108: Tr. Med. Chir. Soc. Edin- burgh, 153-72.—Mathieu, C. La bronchoscopie; ses indications; sa technique. J. Hotel Dieu Montreal, 1933, 2: 34-40.—Minder, E. Zur Kasuistik der Bronchoskopie. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1922, 52: 515.—Moersch, H. J. The value of bronchoscopy in diagnosis and treatment of pulmonary disease. Minnesota M, 1927, 10: 4(17-71. -----& Boothby, W. M. The value of oxygen following bronchoscopy in children. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1927, g. 54>_5 —Myerson, M. C. Bronchoscopy in the general hospital. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1927, 36: 253-8. Also Long Island M.J, 1927 21: 401-4. ----- Bronchoscopy in the treatment of lung suppuration. Med. Clin. N. America, 1927-28, 11: 961-72. ----- Bronchoscopv in the diagnosis and treatment of chest conditions. N. England J.M, 1931, 204: 255-9—Nielsen, S. F. Ueber Bronchoskopie mit medizinischer Indikation. Acta tuberc scand, 1936, 10: 287-94. Also Hospitalstidende, 1936, 79: [Jydsk med. selsk. forh.] 126-31.—Orlandini, A. La tracheo- broncoscopia delle vie aeree inferiori; corpi estranei (classifica- zione) Boll. mal. orecchio, 1928, 46: 37-41—Orton, H. B. Bron- choscopv in disease. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1926, 6:1534-51.— Patterson, E. J. Diagnostic bronchoscopy in an infant aged 4 months. Arch. Otolar, 1925, 1: 629-31—Peroni, A. Terapia broncoscopica. Arch. ital. chir, 1935, 39: 827. -----Pietran- toni, L, & Pittani, G. Del valore terapeutico della broncoscopia nelle bronchiettasie e negli ascessi polmonari. Policlinico, 1935, 42: sez. med, 42-64— Pmchin, A. J. S, & Morlock, H. V. The bronchoscope in the diagnosis of pulmonary disease. Lancet, Lond, 1932, 1: 224-7.—Quiret. De la traclteo-bronchoscopie, instrumentation, indications, rCsultats. Echo med. nord, 1935, 3.ser, 3: 1008-16—Scantlebury, G. C, & Shaw, J. H. Three bronchoscopic cases. Melbourne Hosp. CJin. Rep, 1930, 1: 163-8.—Scorpati, G. La broncoscopia come applicazione dia- gnostica e terapeutica delle malattie dell' apparato re=piratorio. Rass. clin. ter, 1934, 33: 309-17.—Seydell, E. M. Practical con- siderations of bronchoscopy and esophagoscopy. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1934, 35: 451-5.—Soulas, A. Manoeuvres broncho- scopiques dans le traitement des suppurations bronchopulmo- naires. Proer. nted. Par, 1930, 2102-0. ----- Bronchoscopie et bronchosco-tlterapte dans les maladies broncho-pulmonaires. Ann. med. Par, 1931, 30: 372-95. ----- Role de la broncho- scopie dans le diagnostic des suppurations broncho-pulmonaires. Prat. med. fr, 1931, 12: 76-83. ----- Consideration sur la methode bronchoscopique dans te diagnostic ct le traitements des maladies broncho-pulmonaires. Strasbourg med, 1931, 91: 765-9. ----- Ueber die Bedeutung der Bronchoskopie und der bronchoskopischen Therapie fiir die Diagnose und Behand- lung von Bronchien-und Lungenerkrankungen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1936, 66: 609-12. ----- Bronchoscopotherapy in broncho-pulmonary suppuration; its mechanism and results. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1936-37, 30: 492-6—Trimarchi, A. La broncoscopia nelle affezioni tracheo-bronchiali. Arch. ital. otol, 1935, 47: 209-20.—Truffert, P. La tracheo-bronchoscopie; moyen de diagnostic et de therapeutique dans les affections du poumon. Bull, med. Par, 1929, 43: 95-8—Tucker, G. Bron- choscopy in disease. Med. Clin. N. America, 1926, 10: 123-34. ----- Bronchoscopy in pulmonary disease; present status as an aid in diagnosis and treatment. Ann. Int. M, 1934, 8: 444-58.—Vanden Wildenberg. La bronchoscopie et l'oesopha- goscopie dans le traitement des corps etrangers des bronches et de l'oesophage; ses problemes mecaniques. Rev. mod. Louvain, 1920, 81-102, 2pl— Vinson, P. P, Moersch, H. J, & Kirklin, B. R. Value of bronchoscopy in diagnosis of malignant conditions of the lungs. J. Am. M. Ass, 1928, 91: 1439-43—Williams, V. A. The diagnosis and treatment of some conditions requiring bronchoscopy. West Virginia M.J, 1934, 30: 358-62—Wilson, A. S. Bronchoscopy in a general hospital. Med. Surg. Yearb. Physicians Hosp. Plattsburgh, 1929, 1: 293-6.—Wood, H. One hundred consecutive cases of broncho-esophagoscopy and allied conditions. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1931, 24: 56-9.—Yankauer, S. The value of bronchoscopy in diagnosis and in treatment. Tr. Am. Bronehosc. Soc, 1928,11: 5-10.—Zamora, A. M. Notes on bronchoscopv, with examples of its application. Lancet, Lond, 1934, 2: 864-6.—Zvaifler, N. Bronchoscopy in compen- sation cases. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1934, 139: 407. ---- Methods. Albrecht, W. Zur Frage der unteren Bronchoskopie im Kindesalter. Zschr. Laryng, 1926-27, 15: 327-30— Aubin, M. Presentation d'un appareil destine a proteger la face des bronchoscopistes. Ann. otolar. Par, 1933, 343.—Bloch, A, & Soulas, A. La bronchoscopie chez les enfants. Bull. Soc. p6diat. Paris, 1931, 29: 398-402.—Bei Rossi, A. Apparecchio per il sondaggio sterile dei bronchi. Minerva med. Tor, 1930. 21: pt2. 481.—Eeman, F. G. Demonstration pratique de broncho- cesophagoscopie. Bruxelles med, 1927-28,8:1005-7—Equen, M. The double-plane fluoroscope as an aid in bronchoscopy; report of case. South. M.J, 1932, 25: 1242. ----- The biplane fluoroscope in bronchoscopy. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1934, 40: 130-6. Also J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1937, 26: 22-5— Frenokner, P. The technique in bronchospirometry and bronchial catheteriza- tion; preliminary report. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1934, 20: 404-14.—Frenzel, H. Zur Technik der oberen Bronchoskopie: Rohreinstellung in die Richtung der Hauptbronchien durch Kopfdrehung in der Claoue-Mannschen Stellung. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1930, 28: 62-5.—Guisez, J. De quelques points de tech- nique en broncho-cesophagoscopie et en particulier de la position dumalade. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1922, 28: 72-4. ----- De la simplification de la technique et de l'instrumentation en broncho-cesophagoscopie. Bull, otorhinolar. Par, 1927, n.s, 25: 433-49.—Harlinger, H. T. Sondierung der Bronchien ohne direkte Bronchoskopie. Internat. Zbl. Ohrenh, 1923, 21: 56.—Haslinger, F. Zur Tracheobronchoskopie bei Kindern. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1932, 66: 621-3.—Horning, J. G, & McKee, A. J. Bronchoscopy and esophaeoscopy in dogs and cats. Vet. Med, Chic, 1924, 19: 649.—Iglauer, S. Protecting lens for the bronchoscopist's spectacles. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1933, 42: 930.—Israel, S. Device for protection of the teeth during bronchoscopy and esophagoscopy. J. Am. M. Ass, 1935,104: 462.—Jackson, C. Peroral costophrenic bronchoscopy. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1932, 38:348-50. ----- Recent advances in the bronchoscopy of children. Pennsylvania M.J, 1935-36, 39: 685-7.-----& Chamberlain, W. E. The biplane fluoro- scope as an aid in bronchoscopy. Tr. Am. Bronehosc. Soc, 1936, 19:143-52. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1936, 45:1143-52.—Mandel- baum, M. J. Lamb's lung manikin for bronchoscopic study and practice. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1925, 1: 533-8. Also repr — Marx, H. Tracheo-, Broncho- und Oesophagoskopie. Fehler chir. oper. (Stich & Makkas) 2.Aufl, Jena, 1932, 225-8.—Myer- son, M. C. Improved local anesthesia for bronchoscopy in adults. Laryngoscope, 1925, 35: 159-61.—Nikolski, A. M. [Several cases of tracheo-bronchoscopy by Killian's method] Russ. vrach, 1913, 12: 720-3.—Soulas, A. Le systeme bronchique principal; son importance dans la conception et la technique actuelle de BRONCHOSCOPY 1035 BRONCHOSPIROCHETOSIS la methode bronchoscopique. Ann. otolar. Par, 1935, 1246- 50.—Stitt, H. L. Bronchoscopic shield. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth, 1926, 31: 446.—Thomson, Sir StC. Direct examination of the lower air-passages and oesophagus. Choyce's Syst. Surg, N.Y, 1923, 3: 338-43.—Trutnew, W. K. Zur Frage der Tracheobron- choskopie. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wipn, 1929, 63: ll^S-56. BRONCHOSPIROCHETOSIS. Adida, P. *Contribution a l'etude des spiro- chetoses bronchopulmonaires. 131p. 8? Par., 1928. Alvarez Lopez, A. Espiroquetosis broncopulmonar de Cas- tellani. Cron. med, Lima, 1925, 42: 295; 321; 368—Amilcar Luzuriaga, P, & Bacigalupo, J. Un caso de bronco-espiroque- tosis de Castellani. Rev. As. nted. argent, 1926, 39: 562-9 — Barlaro, P. L'espiroquetosis bronquicas. Prensa nted. argent, 1928, 15: 38-41.—Beckerich, A, & Ferry, G. A propos d'un cas de bronchite sanglante de Castellani. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 86: 1103.—Bentes de Carvalho. Das espirochetoses broncho- alveolares. Brasil med, 1930, 44: 860; 894—Berghinz, G. Spirochetosi bronchiale di Castellani. Riv. crit. clin. med, 1923, 24: 442.—Bloedorn, W. A, & Houghton, J. E. Bronchial spirochetosis. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921, 76: 1559-63.—Bullrich, R. A, & Sifredi, J. A. Un caso de broncoespiroquetosis de Cas- tellani. Rev. As. med. argent, 1924, 37: Soc. med. int, 310-7. Also Sem. med, B. Air, 1924, 31: pt2, 731.—Burket, J. A. Bron- chial spirochetosis, with report of a case. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin, 1932, 8: 26-37.—Cade & Morenas. Broncho-spiroclte- tose chronique post-grippale. Lyon med, 1921, 130: 555-8 — Carpenter, E. W. Fusospirochaetal disease of the lungs. J. S. Carolina M. Ass, 1929, 25: 325-9.—Castellani, A. Chronic bronchit's with hemorrhagic sputum, of non-tubercular origin. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1926-27, 79: 20-43—Cattan, R, & Adida, P. Les spirochetoses bronco-pulmonaires (revue generate) Gaz. hop, 1928, 101: 765.—Bargallo, R. La espiroquetosis bronco- pulmonar de Castellani. Rev. espan. med. cir, 1919, 2: 323-5 — Becleva, G. Broncospirochetosi di Castellani. Riv. pat. app. resp, 1934-35, 3: 359-68.—Bella Casa, V. Pseudo tubercolosi da spirochaeta bronchialis. Arch. ital. sc. med. col, 1932,13: 545 — De Mello, F. Spirochetose broncho-pulmonaire. Arq. indoport. med 1925, 2: 1-20.—Dimitracov, C. Broncho-spirocltetose de Castellani. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1924. 3.ser, 48: 1774-6 — Engelsen, H. [A case of broncho-spirochsetosis] Norsk, mag. laegevid, 1922, 83: 1016.—Enescu, I, & Bercovici, H. Remarques sur onze observations de spirochetose pulmonaire. Ann. med. Par 1931, 29: 423-35.—Faill, C. J. C. Broncho-pulmonary spirochaetosis. Tubercle, Lond, 1920-21, 2: 401— Fernandez, A J Breves notas sobre la espiroquetosis de Castellani. Gac. nted Caracas, 1925, 32: 182.—Fichera, S. Sulla bronco-spiro- chetosi Ann. clin. med. Pal, 1929, 19: spec. no. 1-12—Fies- singer, N. Les bronchites a spirochetes. Rev. g6n. elm. ther, 1923 37- 139 —Flaumenhaft, • C. [Spirochaetosis bronchialis] Geneesk' tschr. Ned. Indie, 1935, 75: 1593—Franchini, G. Spirochetosi bronco-polmonare. Pathologica, Genova, 1926, 18- 61-5 Also Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, (1927) 1928 3- 37-47.—Freed, H. Broncho-pulmonary spiroche- tosis of Castellani, report of 3 cases. US Veterans' Bur. M. Bull 1925, 1: no.3, 5-10. Also Texas J.M, 1925-26, 21: 706- 10—Froilano de Mello. Spirochetose broncho-pulmonaire. Rev prat. mal. pays chauds, 1923-24, 3: 587-609-Gachet, J. Bronchites sanglantes de Castellani et grippe. J. med. Bor- deaux, 1922, 52: 256.-Garin, C, & Grigorakis Un cas de spiro- cltetose-bronchique de Castellani Lyon med, 1922L 131.6,2- 4 —Gate J & Billa, M. Trente-deux cas de spirochetose bron- chique Ibid, 1927, 139: 516-9. Also Presse nted., .1927 35: 513-5 — Ghetti, G. Su di un caso di pseudotuberculosi da Spi- rocheta bronchiale del Castellani Arch, ital sc med col, 1Q9Q 10- 177-81 -Giordano, M. Sulla presenza di fiagellati nei Polmone umano. F«l. med Nap. 1928, 14: 1268-74.-Gowen, C. R. Hemorrhagic bronchitis. Dis.. Chest, 1936, 2. no.8, 18-22—Graterol Monserratte, J. Historia clinica. Bol. hosp, Cara2casGT9S-°25, 2.ser 17: 13-5.-Greer A E -Spirochetosis bronchialis (Castellan.) case report. South M.J 1924^ 17. 469-74,-Huizenga, L. S. Bronchial spirochetosis. Am. J-Trop. M 1923 3- 143-9. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1923, 67: pt2, 2^8i-Smenel Quesada, M Un caso de espiroquetosis bronchirfs bronchopulmonary spirochetosis) Progr Med Phila 1923 3: 175—Leon-Kmdberg & Cattan, R. imeumo chaetosis pulmonum. Beitr. mnuiB. 6ru^tion cutanee. Mironesco T. Spirochetose bronchiale avec erup ^ gu Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1927 i.ser, »'• J* ; 65ior- batt. Un caso di broncospirochetosi del Oasteuam. immun, 1929, 4: 1032-6.—Murphey, E. E. Bronchial spiroche- tosis; report of cases. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1925, 14: 240-5 — Onorato, R. Le spirochetosi broncopolmonari. Arch. ital. sc. med. col, 1920, 1; 301-3.—Pagniez, P, & Ravina, A. Un cas de bronchite sanglante a spirochetes. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1923, 3.ser, 47: 27-9—Pesce, P. A, & Quaranta, M. T. Un caso de bronco-espiroquetosis de Castellani de forma aguda. Rev. sud.amer. endocr, B. Air, 1922, 5: 549-54.—Peyrot, J. Quelques considerations sur la bronchite de Castellani; infection g6n6rale et son traitement. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1926, 6: 53-91.—Pons, R. Notes sur la spirochetose bronchique. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1924, 17: 170-9.—Ramsey, T. L. Bronchial spirochetosis (Castellani) J. Lab. Clin. M, 1925-26, 11: 751-9.—Rho, F. La broncospirochetosi del Castellani (spiro- chetosi broncopolmonare emorragica) Tiled, ital, 1921, 2: 134-6.—Ribeyro, R. E. Un nuevo caso de espiroquetosis bronco- pulmonar. Cron. med, Lima, 1918, 35: 351-4.—Roubier, C. A propos de la broncho-spiroertetose de Castellani. Lyon med, 1919, 128: 308; 1921, 130: 558.—Saffores, P. A. A proposito de broncoespiroquetosis de Castellani. Sem. med, B. Air, 1922, 29: pt2, 1030.—Salomon, M. La spirochetose broncho-pul- monaire. Ann. med. Par, 1920, 7: 53-81.—Schroder, G, & Seeger, S. Ein Fall von Spirochaetosis pulmonum. Tuberku- lose, 1934, 14: 202.—Schwarz, Y. Broncho-pulmonary spiro- chaetosis. Lancet, Lond, 1924, 2: 1331-4.—Scotti, G. Sopra un caso di broncospirochetosi del Castellani. Arch. ital. sc. med. col, 1935, 16: 833-43.—Segura, G, & Puccio, L. Broncoespiro- quetosis de Castellani. Sem. med, B. Air, 1921, 28: 332-6 — Smith, B. T. Bronchopulmonary spirochetosis. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1927, 15: 352-72. Also N. York State J.M, 1927, 27: 119-22.—Vaccarezza, R. A. Bronco-espiroquetosis de Caste- llani. Rev. As. med. argent, 1920, 32: sect. soc. med, 173-81.— Vincent, H. La fuso-spirochetose bronchique. Bull. Acad. med. Par, 1926, 3.ser, 95: 113; 96: 135. Also J. med. chir. Par, 1927, 98: 12-21—Viton, J. J, Cruciani, J. A, & Vivoli, B. Un nuevo caso de bronchoespiroquetosis de Castellani. Rev. Soc. med. int, B. Air, 1926, 2: 617-27. Also Sem. med, B. Air, 1927, 34: 6-10.—Wallace, J. B. Spirochetosis bronchialis, with report of case. J. Florida M. Ass, 1924-25, 11: 123-6—Wofcy, I. Dos casos de bronquioespiroquetosis de Castellani. Bol. Inst. clin. quir, B. Air, 1928, 4: 394-9. ---- Diagnosis. De Allende Navarro, F. Observations et recherches sur le diagnostic de la spiroch6tiase des bronches ou bronchite de Castellani [Lau- sanne] 28p. 8? Bruxelles, 1921. Araoz Alfaro, G, Vaccarezza, R. A, & Martinez, F. Dos casos de espiroquetosis pulmonar de Castellani; inoculation positiva de las espiroquetas. Rev. As. nted. argent, 1922, 35: sect.Soc. med int, 75-89.—Bacigalupo, J. Expectoration sanguinolenta y espiroquetosis. Sem. nted, B. Air, 1926, 33: pt2, 1705-7.— Barbary, F. Necessite d'identifier la spirochetose pulmonaire hemorragique (pseudo-tuberculose) Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1918, 3.ser, 79: 461-5.—Baur, J, & Codvelle, F. A propos d'un cas de bronchite de Castellani; diagnostic des ltemoptysies a spirochetes. Gaz. med. Strasbourg, 1922, 80: 1-5.—Browne, C. L. Broncho-pulmonary spirochaetosis (Castellani) simulating pulmonary tuberculosis. Lancet, Lond, 1920, 1: 1164—Can- nav6, L, & Cola, G. Gli aspetti radiologici della spirochetosi bronchiale. Radiol, med, Milano, 1933, 20: 1554-67.—Castel- lani, A, Bouglas, M, & Thomson, T. Notes on certain forms of bronchitis clinically resembling tuberculosis; bronchohemispo- rosis, bronchomoniliasis, bronchoanaeromycosis. J. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1921, 24: 149-52.—Cavazzutti, G, B, & Arena, A. R. Un caso de bronco-espiroquetosis de Castellani con inoculation positiva. Sem. med, B. Air, 1922, 29: pt2, 712-4—Cola, G. Pseudotubercolosi da broncospirochetosi di Castellani. Arch. radiol. Nap, 1931, 7: 490-508.—Farah, N. Castellani's broncho- spirochaetosis, pneumonic and asthmatic varieties; X-ray exam- ination; treatment with injections of iodine. J. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1923, 26: 103-10.—Fernandez, J. G, & Carri, M. A. Broncoespiroquetosis de Castellani a tipo asmatiforme. Sem. med , B. Air, 1928, 35: pt2,1617-20.—Huizenga, L. S. [Diagnosis and treatment] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1927, 71: pt 1, 1698-704.— Johnston, J. M. A possible case of broncho-pulmonary spiro- chaetosis. Brit. M.J, 1922, 2: 1119— Maglione, R, & Palazzo, R. Sobre un caso de bronco-espiroquetosis de Castellani con inocula- tion positiva. Rev. sudamer. endocr, B. Air, 1924, 7: 1-7.— Marmo, A. Primi casi di pseudo-tubercolosi da Spirochaeta bronchialis del Castellani in Eritrea. Ann. med. nav. colon, Roma, 1930, 36: pt2, 649-72.—Ribierre, P, & Kermorgant, Y. Sur un spirochete isote dans 1'expectoration d'un malade atteint d'ltemoptysies a repetition et d'hydropneumothorax. C. rend. Soc biol, 1925, 93: 1351.—Talia, F. Broncospirochetosi cavita- ria. Radiol, med, Milano, 1930, 17: 1370-87.—Willmore, J. G. A case of intermittent pyrexia associated with and probably due to broncho-spirochsetosis, shown April 6, 1927. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1927-28, 21: sect.trop.dis, 28-30. Epidemiology. Risquez, J. R. La espiroquetosis bronquial en Venezuela. 154p. 8? Caracas, 1923. Also Gac. m6d. Caracas, 1923, 30: 193 passim. BRONCHOSPIROCHETOSIS 1036 BRONCHOSPIROCHETOSIS Chatrietjx, H. G. A. *La spirochetose broncho-pulmonaire a Toulon; les Indo-Chinois qui crachent rouge. 50p. 8? Bordeaux, 1919. Brunnekreeft, W."H, & Ongkiehong, H. F. [Bronchospiro- chaetosis ou Bali island] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1929, 69: 29-41.—Cadbury, W. W, & Harvey, J. L. Bronchial spiro- chetosis in Canton. China M.J, 1925, 39: 408-14—Carini, A. Un cas de spirochetose bronchiale au Bresil. Bull. Soc. path. exot. Par, 1920, 13: 500—Carrosse, J. A. B. B. J. Chronique des bronchospirochaetoses, a propos d'une epidemie. Arch. med. pharm. mil, 1928, 89: 201-7—Cesarano, U. Casi di spiro- chetosi brt ncopolmonare studiati in Bologna. Arch. ital. sc. med. colon, 1931, 12: 90-7.—Confalone, R. La spirochetosi bronco-polmonarein Eritrea. Gior. med. mil, 1936, 84: 546-9.— Cool, P. [Bronchospirochetosis of Castellani in the Molucca Islands] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1928,68: 293-6—Delamare, G. Sur la distribution geographique des spirochetoses respira- toires, d'apres quelques travaux recents. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1926, 19: 322-5—Faust, E. C. Bronchospirochetosis in China. Arch. Int. M, 1922, 30: 343-54. Also China M.J, 1922, 36: 67-71.—Giesen, J. T. [Origin of spirochaetosis bronchialis among the prisoners in Bentjoeloek (East Dutch Indies)] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 590-5—Guerricchio, A. Casi di spirochetosi broncopolmonare in Basilicata. Arch. ital. sc. med. colon, 1932, 13: 329-35.—Guzman Barron, A. La bronquitis sangrante y la ulcera fagedenica tropical en el nor- oriente del Peril. Rev. san. mil, Lima, 1935, 8: 72-106.— Heinman, H. L. A case of spirochaetosis broncialis. Med. J.S. Afr, 1925-26, 20: 355.—Huizenga, L. S. Bronchial spirochaetosis. China M.J, 1923, 37: 153; 1926, 40: 658—Johnson, W. B. Notes upon bronchial spirochaetosis in the northern provinces of Nigeria. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1920-27, 20: 100-3.—Lab^rnadie, V, & Peyre, E. Apparition de la bronche- spirochetose en Guyane francaise. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1923, 16: 476-8.—Lewis, G. W. Bronchopulmonary spirochetosis in an American. U.S. Nav. M. Bull, 1920, 14: 149.—Lorando, N. Cases of bronchospirochaetosis in Greece. J. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1929, 32: 98.—Macfie, J. W. S, & Ingram, A. Broncho- moniliasis complicating pulmonary tuberculosis in a native of the Gold Coast, West Africa. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit, Liverp, 1921-22, 15: 53-8.—Marongiu, A. Casi nostrani di broncospiro- chetosi e morbo di Castellani. Gazz. osp, 1934, 55: 4-13.— Mello, F. de, & Andrade, M. de. Spirochetose broncho-pulmo- naire au nord de Portugal. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1922, 15: 284-92—Mendez, A. A. Espiroquetosis bronco-pulmonar en Cuba. Rev. med. cubana, 1919, 30: 593-5.—Mucci, A. Sopra quattro casi di broncospirochetosi del Castellani in provincia di Modena. Arch. ital. sc. med. col, 1934, 15: 205-12—Olmer, B, & Massot, M. Un nouveau cas de bronchite de Castellani chez un curo^een; bronchite sanglante de Castellani-Violle. Mar- seille mfd , 1924, 61: 1447-52.—Otano, A. A. Tres casos de broncoespiroquetosis Castellani. Rev. med. Rosario, 1923, 13: 292-4.—Panayotatou, A. Quelques cas de bronchite a spiro- chetes de Castellani. Arch. ital. sc. med. colon, 1931, 12: 384- 90.—Pejrcf, J. Une poussee epidemique de bronchite de Cas- tellani (spirochetose ou fusospirillose broncho-pulmonaire) Marseille nted, 1924, 61: 391-411.—Timpano, P. Casi di bronco- spirochetosi in Calabria; note epidemiologiche e clinico-diagno- stiche. Policlinico, 1931, 38: sez.prat, 804-8.—Torres Suels, R, & Cuenca, H. Segundo caso de espiroquetosis broncopulmonar de Castellani descrito en Venezuela. Gac. med. Caracas, 1920, 27: 172.—Tournier, E. Les affections pulmonaires a spirochetes de Madagascar. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1926, 19: 261 — Yakimov, V. L. Sur la question du Spirochaeta bronchialis Castel. en Russie. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1921, 14: 633. Also Vrach. gaz, 1923, 62: 294. ---- Parasites. See also Spirochaeta. Dragten, S. *Spirochaeten op de slijmvliezen van trachea en bronchien, en de bronchitis spirochaetosa van Castellani. 74p. 8? Leiden, 1923. Bacigalupo, J. Indice morfologico de identification de las espiroquetas. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1926, 2: 417-20— Baur, J, & Codvelle. Note sur un cas de bronchite sanglante a fuse- spirochetes de Vincent. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1922, 86: 665.— Bezancon, F, & Etchegoin, E. L'identifteation des spirochetes bronchiques. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1926, 3.ser, 95: 473-7 — Delamare, G. Au sujet de l'indice d'identification morpholo- gique des spirochetes bronchiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 91: 1002-4. ----- & Achitouv. Indices de courbure et coeffi- cients d'homogeneite des spirochetes bronchiques. Ibid, 1926, 95. 65-7.—Gate, J, & Billa, M. A propos des spirochetoses bronchiques (etude parasitologique de 32 cas) Ibid, 1927, 96- 284-7—Krage, P, & Weisgerber, F. Ueber eine Broncho- spirochatose bei Hiihnern. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1927, 102: 60-7 — MeUo, F. de. Caracteres du Spirochaeta bronchialis Castellani. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1924, 17: 899-906. Also J. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1925, 28: 237-42.— Robert, L. Sur 11 cas de bron- chite sanglante (maladie de Castellani) a association fuso- spirillaire de Vincent. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1921, 85: 230.----- Sur le role de l'association a fuso-spirochetes de Vincent dans l'etiologie de la bronchite sanglante de Castellani. Ibid, 285 — Vincent, H. Sur la nature de la bronchite sanglante (fuso-spi- rochetose bronchique) Ibid, 1922, 86: 1002-4—Vinzent, R, & Seguin, P. Identite des spirochetes des suppurations reticles broncho-pulmonaires et des spirochetes buccaux. Ibid, 1936, 121: 488-90. ---- Pathology. I\Iairesse, J. Contribution clinique et pathogenique a l'etude de la spirochetose bron- chique. 62p. 8? Par., 1920. Abdon Lins. Notas sobre a espirochetose broncho-pulmonar de Castellani. Arch, brasil. med, 1925, 15: 506.—Atwood, G. E. Pulmonary spirochetosis. Health Notes, Jacksonville, 1935, 27: 6.—Cannavo, L. Ulteriore contributo alio studio della bronco-spirochetosi. Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. prat, 363-9 — Cassaet, E, Bonnin, H, & Guenard. Sur quelques particula- rites de la bronchite sanglante de Castellani. Gaz. sc. nted. Bordeaux, 1924, 45: 226-8.—Castellani, A. Haemorrhagic bron- chitis of non-tuberculous origin. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1921, n.s, 112: 508. Also Tr. M. Soc. London, 1923, 45: 63- 79. Also Proc. Internat. Conf. Health Trop. America, 1925, 1: 857-907.—Bagnini, G, & Strozzi, T. Sopra un caso di spiro- chetosi bronchiale (contributo clinico ed anatornico) Riv. pat. clin. tuberc, 1928, 2: 1013-38—Becoulx & Patoir, G. Con- tusion thoracique et spirochetose pulmonaire. Echo med. nord, 1934, 3.ser, 2: 227.—Bumas, A. Cas de spirochetose broncho- pulmonaire de Castellani avec une preparation. Lyon nted, 1919, 128: 257.—Gernez, C, & Houcke, E. Etude anatomo- clinique d'un cas de bronchite sanglante. Prat. med. fr, 1928, 7: 283-8.—Manson-Bahr, P. Is bronchial spirochaetosis a dis- tinct clinical entity? Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1926- 27, 20: 352.—Mendelson, R. W. Chronic broncho-spirochaetosis with acute exacerbation. J. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1927, 30: 126.—Morettini, A. Contributo alio studio della spirochetosi bronco-polmonare del Castellani. Boll. Accad. med. Perugia, 1925, no.5, 9.—Notarangeli, G, & Tempesta, F. Su di un caso di broncospirochetosi di Castellani; contributo alio studio della pseudotubercolosi polmonare. Policlinico, 1925, 32: sez. prat, 804.—Pelle, A. Spirochetose broncho-pulmonaire chez lesblesses du thorax par projectiles de guerre. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1926, 3.ser, 1: 1701-4.—Poldie, H. Observations sur la spiro- chetose bronchiale. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1928, 21: 620-5.—Eaimondi, S, & Canal Feij6o, E. J. Espiroquetosis del aparato respiratorio. Bol. Inst. clin. quir, B. Air, 1928, 4: 384-93.— Rongoni, L. Bronco-spirochetosi del Castellani e tubercolosi. Policlinico, 1933, 40: sez. prat, 1323-6.—Sabrazes, J. Bronchite sanglante de Castellani, a forme chronique; ombres ramifiees des regions hilaires dues a l'epaissement des parois bronchiques. Gaz. sc. nted. Bordeaux, 1923, 44: 326-8.— Tartu, E, & Schlossmann, C. Recherches sur la spirochetose broncho-pulmonaire. Presse med, 1927, 35: 195-8.—Trocello, E. Un caso di bronco-spirochetosi cronica del Castellani. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1920, 2: 683-5.—Zimmerli, E. The problem of bronchial spirochaetosis. Tubercle, Lond, 1934, 15: 481-97. ---- Treatment. Carral, G, & Chainet, P. Sur trois cas de bronchite sanglante de Castellani, forme aigue, observes chez des Europeens et traites avec succes par l'acetylarsan. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1930, 23: 296-306.—Dargein & Plazy. Traitement de la bronchite sanglante. Arch. mod. pharm. nav, 1922, 120: 478-82—De Almeida, E, & Fontainhas, A. E. R. Les bismuthes et la spiro- chetose bronchique. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop, 1929,2: 723-6.—Fontanel. Guerison d'un cas de bronchite sanglante de Castellani parte stovarsol. Lyon med, 1924,134: 601.—Onorato, R. A proposito di spirochetosi dell' apparato respiratorio. Arch. ital. sc. med. col, 1928, 9: 581-4.—Peyrot, J. Note sur le traitement de la fusospirillose broncho-pulmonaire, bronchite de Castellani. Marseille med, 1926, 63: 157.—Sabrazes, J. Effi- cacite de la cure prolongee a l'adrenaline dans la bronchite sanglante a fuso-spirochetes. Rev. fr. endocr, 1926, 4: 315-20.— Spector, H. I. Bronchopulmonary fuso-spirochaetosis with a note on treatment with small doses of neosalvarsan. Journal- lancet, 1934, 54: 572-6.—Teohari, A. [Therapy of broncho- spirochetosis] Romania med, 1930, 8: 293-6.—Visher, J. W. Spirochetal bronchitis; report of a case successfully treated with arsphenamine. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1926-27, 12: 55-7. Also Am. J. Syph, 1927, 11: 65-7. BRONCHUS [and bronchial tree] See also Bronchial artery; lung; Respiratory system; Trachea. Bolle, V. Contribution a l'etude des carti- lages bronchiques chez I'homme. 32p. 8? Lausanne, 1925. Backman, G. Sur le mode de division des bronches. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1924, 90: 1126.—Berry, J. L, Brailsford, J. F, & Burgh Baly, I. de. The bronchial vascular system in the dog. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1931, 109: s.B, 214-28, 8pl—Davis, J. B. Anatomic variations of the normal tracheobronchial tree. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1929, 9: 404-13.—Be Pablo, V. Anatomia bronquial radiologica. Dia med, B. Air, 1935, 7: 1235-7. Also Rinasc. med, 1936, 13: 51, 2pl—Bupas, J, & Badelon, P. Le ligament interbronchique. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1933, 10: 825-7.—Eichler, 0, & Mugge, H. Zur Methodik der Messung der Broncbialweite am lebenden Tier. Arch. exp. Path., BRONCHUS 1037 BRONCHUS Lpz, 1931, 159: 613-32.—Glaser, W. Die Nerven in der Bron- chialwand. Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1927, 83: 332-8—Greth- mann, W. The architecture of the terminal sections of the bronchi of the human lung; the pulmonary acinus. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1935, 31: 261-98.—Huizinga, E. Ueber den Bau des Bronchialbaumes. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1933, 33: 534-45. ----- Ueber die Weite und das Wachstum des Bronchial- baumes. Ibid, 546-58. ----- [Structure of the bronchial tree] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1933, 77: 3351-7. ----- [On the width and size of the bronchial trunk] Ibid, 3761-9.—Le Blanc, E, & Lind van Wyngaarden, C. de. Untersuchungen iiber die Innervation der Lungengefasse und Bronchen. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1924, 204: 601-12—Letulle, M. L'armature Ilastique des bronches cartilagineuses, a l'etat normal et a l'6tat pathologique. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1924, 94: 423-38. Also Presse med, 1924, 32: 713-6.—Macklin, C. C. A note on the elastic membrane of the bronchial tree of mammals, with an interpretation of its functional significance. Anat. Rec, 1922, 24: 119-35.—Miller, W. S. The vascular supply of the bronchial tree. Tr. U.S. Nat. Tuberc. Ass, 1924, 20: 283. Also Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1925-26, 12: 87-93—Oberling, C, & Baileanu, C. Re- cherches experimentales sur I'histo-physiologie des rev§tements alveolaires et bronchiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 105: 706-8.—Policard, A. Etude par microincineration des cellules a cils vibratiles des bronches. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch, 1934, 36: 631-6.—Vos, H. J. Ueber das Fehlen der rekurrenten Bron- chien beim Pinguin und bei den Reptilien. Zool. Anz, 1937, 117: 176-81.—Willson, H. G. The terminals of the human bron- chiole. Am. J. Anat, 1922, 30: 267-95. ---- Abnormities. Benjamins, C. E. [Two cases of bronchial anomalies.] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: pt2, 5935.—Bremer, J. L. Accessory bronchi in embryos; their occurrence and probable fate. Anat. Rec, 1932, 54: 361-74.—Cusmano, L. Distribuzione atipica dell' albero bronchiale nei lobi polmonari. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1936, 11: 385.—Miller, W. S. Anastomosing bronchi in the human lung. Arch. Path, Chic, 1927, 3: 161-70. Also repr. ---- Amebiasis. # Franchini, G. Amebiasi bronchiale. Arch. ital. sc. med. col, 1929, 10: 289-92.—Haberfeld, W. Bronchite e peribronchite chronica de origem amebiana. Ann. paul. med. cir, 1927, 18: 51-5.—Massias, C, & Le-Hung-Long. Bronchite amibienne. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1924, 45: 434-6.—Paisseau, G, & Ber- trand-Fontaine. Amibiase bronchique. Arch. med. chir. province, 1926, 16: 162-4. Also Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1926, 19: 176-80.—Panayotatou, A. L'amibiase primitive des bronches chez les enfants en Egypte. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1923, 3.ser, 90: 305-9. Also Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1923-24, 3: 361-7. Also Rev. med. hyg. trop. Par, 1924, 16: 33-50. ----- Experimentations biologiques sur le chat, con- cernant la pathogenie des amibes des crachats et des amibes des urines d'un meme malade, selon la methode de Boeck et Drbohlav. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1926, 19: 92-5—Petze- takis. La broncho-amibiase: bronchites pures sans abces (pre- sence de 1'Amoeba histolytica dans les crachats) Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1923, 3.ser, 47: 1229-33. ----- Bronchites ami- biennes (nouveaux cas) avec presence d'amibes vivantes dans les crachats sans abces des poumons et du foie (2« serie des obser- vations de broncho-amibiase) Ibid, 1431-47. ----- Sur une forme de bronchite avec presence d'amibes vivantes dans les crachats sans abces du poumon et du foie: la broncho-amibiase. Lyon med, 1923, 132: 822-6. ----- A propos des bronchites amibiennes. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1924, 17: 553. ----- Beobachtungen iiber eine durch lebende Entamoben im An- schluss an Ambbenruhr verursachte Bronchitis; Nachweis von lebenden Entamoben im Sputum und Harn. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 1026. ----- Recherches experimentales sur le role pathogene des amibes des crachats dans la broncho-amibiase. Lyon med, 1925, 136: 235-7. Also Rev. nted. hyg. trop. Par, 1925, 17: 136-9.—Peyrot, J. Deux cas de bronchite amibienne. Marseille med, 1924,61:932-7.—Taddia, L. Bronchite amebica; primi casi nella Marmarica Orientale (Cirenaica) Arch. ital. sc med col, 1930, 11: 264-71.—Viton, J. J. Broncoamibiasis. Sem. med, B. Air, 1925, 32: pt2, 1465-7.—Vlachlis. Deux cas d'amibiases bronchiques. Rev. gen. clin. titer, 1927, 41: 7.— Yaloussis, E. Sur quelques cas de broncho-amibiase de Petze- takis et de son image radiologique. Paris med, 1925, 57: 181. Also Rev. med. hyg. trop. Par, 1925, 17: 131-6. Calculus. See also 3.ser., Calculus, bronchial. Burnand, R, & Soulas, A. Un cas de broncho-hthiase. Rev. tuberc. Par, 1936, 5.ser, 2: 967-71—Cuny, J. Un cas de calcul bronchique 61imin6 par les voies naturelles, sans bronchec- tasie Bull Soc. anat. Paris, 1924, 94: 68-71.—Darder Rodes, J B Expectoration de piedras (observaciones personates co- mentadas) Rev. med. Barcelona, 1924,2.ser, 2: 485-505— Bi Natal, A Contributo clinico alio studio della broncolitiasi. Lotta tuberc ^33 4: 748-55.— Elliott, A. R. Broncholithiasis. J.Am. M Ass' *1922, 79: 1311-4.—Feigin, I. G, & Voskressensky, N. V. [Brnnrholiths in children] Okhr. zdorov. diet, 1931, 1:221-5.— Fox B: Pneumolith or broncholith. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 80: 17r^_T'puW K. Ueber Broncholithiasis. Schweiz. med. Wor.hr 1921 51: 1022; 1923, 53: 519—Lloyd, J. J. Broncholiths. a™, t'V Sc, 1930, 179: 694-9, 4pl— Lyter, J. C. Broncho- pulmonary lithiasis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1922, 6: 107-17- Mendez, J. B. A proposito de una observation de litiasis bron- quica. Rev. As. nted. argent, 1935, 49: 676-9.—Mole, C. Di un caso di litiasi bronchiale. Rinasc. med, 1935, 12: 154.— Pendergrass, E. P, & de Lorimer, A. A. Broncholiths and stone asthma. Radiology, 1S35, 25: 717-22.—Rabino, A. Con- tributo alia conoscenza della broncolitiasi. Gazz. osp, 1930, 52: 75-8.—Raimondi, A. A. Sobre un caso de litiasis bronquica. Rev. Soc. med. int, B. Air, 1925, 1: 458-61, pi.— Renard, L. Un cas de lithiase broncho-pulmonaire. Loire med, 1923, 37: 15.—Schnek, L. [Case of broncholithiasis with paralysis of the recurrent nerve] Polska gaz. lek., 1933, 12: 480-2.—Stivelman, B. P. Broncholithiasis; report ol a case. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1928. 18: 430-4.—Valzelli, D. Di un caso di broncolitiasi. Pen- siero med, 1922, 11: 742-5—Weill, J, & Soulas. A propos d'un cas de broncho-lithiase. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3.ser, 49: 1599-004.—Winter, H. Ueber einen Fall von Broncholi- thiasis. Med. Klin, Berl, 1932, 28: 1745-7. ---- Cancer. See also Lung, Cancer. Amendola. 1 tumori maligni nei bronchi. Morgagni 1934, 76: 208.—Arenberg, H, & Ginsburg, J. Primary bron chopulmonary carcinoma. Hosp. News, Wash, 1935, 2: no 24 15-24.—Arkin, A. Bronchus carcinoma. Med. Clin. N America, 1929-30,13:1255-76.—Atkin, E. E. Primary carcinoma of bronchus. J. Path. Bact, Lond, 1931, 34: 343-8.—Baker- Bates, E. T. Some aspects of bronchial carcinoma. Lancet Lond, 1936, 1: 201.—Bochalli. Bronchialkarzinom. Deut Tuberk. Bl, 1936,10:260-3—Brines, O. A, & Myers, G. B. Case of bronchiogenic carcinoma with clinical and pathological dis- cussion. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1936, 35: 457-60.—Be Oiiveira Bastos, C. Carcinoma bronquico. Rev. med, S. Paulo, 1931-32, 16: 22-33, 3pl— Eicken, C. von. Ueber Bronchialkar- zinom. Deut. med. Wschr, 1937, 63:383.—Greene. Carcinoma of the bronchus. Boston M.&S.J, 1923, 189: 15.—Halloran, G. Primary bronchogenic carcinoma. Med. J. Australia, 1936, 2: 1; 26, pi.—Herzberg, M. H. Das Bronchialkarzinom. Fortsch. Med, 1927, 45: 67-9.—Imperatori, C. J. Primary adeno-car- cinoma of the bronchus. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1921, 27: 230-2. Also Laryngoscope, 1922, 32: 123-7.—Kuijjer, J. H. [Bronchial cancer] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1925, 69: pt2, 1494.—Lemon, W. S, Vinson, P. P. [et al.] Primary carcinoma of the bronchus. Southwest. M, 1932, 16: 485-93.—Lenk, R. Das Bronchuskarzinom. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1931, 44: 1228.— McCann, G. E. Primary carcinoma of the bronchus. U.S. Veterans' Bur. M. Bull, 1930, 6: 500.—McCrae, T, Funk, E. H, & Jackson, C. Primary carcinoma of the bronchi. J. Am. M. Ass, 1927, 89: 1140-8. Also Bull, otorhin. Par, 1929, n.s, 26: 11-7.—Macdermot, H. E, & Hodge, G. Carcinoma of the bronchus. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1930, 22: 77-80.—Maxwell, J. Bronchial carcinoma. Clin. J, Lond, 1930, 59: 427-30 — Maver, W. D. Primary carcinoma of the bronchi. J. Michigan M.'Soc, 1934, 33: 539-46—Meakins, J. C, & MacLeod, J. W. Carcinoma of the bronchi. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1933, 28: 268-75— Moersch, H. J. Carcinoma of the bronchus. Proc. Interst. Posterad. M. Ass. N. America, 1932, 60-3.—Neville, W. S. T. Carcinoma of right bronchus. Proc. R. Soc. M, 1929-30, 23: sect, laryng, 3.—Olio, N, Tato, J. M, & Monserrat, J. L. Epi- telioma bronquial primitivo. Rev. As. med. argent, 1933, 47: 2199-204, 2pl.—Ormerod, F. C. Malignant disease of the bron- chus. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1933, 26: sect, laryng, 1483-93. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1933, 48: 733-42.----- Two cases of malignant disease of bronchus. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1935-36, 29:191.—Orton, H. B. Carcinoma of bronchus. Laryn- goscope, 1924, 34: 97-9.—Popper, L. Ueber Bronchuscarcinome. Zschr. klin. Med, 1933-34, 126: 689-700.—Schall, Le R. A. Primary carcinoma of the bronchi. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1928, 34: 99-112. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1928, 37: 762- 873.—Volderauer, J. C. Bronchogenic carcinoma. Univ. Hosp. Bull, Ann Arb, 1935, 1: 21.—Winslow, K. Primary bronchial carcinoma, the life history of a case. Northwest M, 1931, 30: 86. ---- Cancer: Causes and pathology. Adler, H. *Ein Fall von polyposem Bron- chial-Carcinom. 15p. 8? Berl., 1932. Also Deut. Zschr. chir, 1936, 247: 548-52. Guitton, L. *Le cancer stdnosant des bronches souches. 36p. 8? Par., 1933. Heck [H. F.] W. *Ueber primares polyposes Bronchialkarzinom mit einer Tafel. 24p. 8? Bonn, 1916. Hosse, G. M. *Ueber ein polyposes, ob- turierendes Karzinom des linken Hauptbron- chus. 22p. 8? Heidelb., 1917. Muller, W. * Ueber polypose maligne Bronchialtumoren. 16p. 8? Miinch., 1930. Pein, R. von. *Ueber ein stenosierendes polyposes Bronchialcarcinom [Kiel] 15p. 8? [Libau] 1929. Alwens, W, Bauke, E. E, & Jonas, W. AulTallende Hiiufung von Bronchialkrebs bei Arbeitern der chemischen Industrie. Arch Gewerbepath, 1936,7: 69-84. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, BRONCHUS 1038 BRONCHUS 1936, 83: 485-7.—Assmann, H. Zur Frage der Pathogenese und r.ur Klinik des Bronchialkarzinoms. Med. Klin, Berl, 1924, 20: 1757; 1796— Beutel, A, & Woldrich, A. Klinische und ront- genologische Beobachtungen iiber die Entwicklung des Joa- chimstaler Bronchialcarcinoms. Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1931, 34: 109-22.—Boemke, F. Ueber ein bbsartiges polyposes Bronchial- gewachs. Virchows Arch, 1933, 288: 641-51.—Bosq, P. Metas- tasis pulmonar simulando un cancer primitivo de bronquio. Sem. med, B. Air, 1934, 41: 83-8.—Cancro bronchiale dei fumatori. Gazz. osp, 1935. 56; 985-7.—Caussade, G, & Isidor, P. Proliferation de l'epitftelium bronchique du poumon d'un lapin infecte. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3.ser, 436-8—Chiray, M, Albot, G, & Jame, R. Le cancer stenosant des bronches souches. Presse nted, 1933, 41: 1057-61—Bownie, E. The inci- dence and pathology of primary bronchial carcinoma. Mel- bourne Hosp. Clin. Rep, 1933, 4: 8-15.—Evans, B. M. B. A case of squamous-celled epithelioma of the bronchus illustrating lymphatic permeation. Lancet, Lond, 1927, 1: 1077.—Feyrter, F. Zur Histogenese des Bronchuskarzinoms. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1927, 40: 648-51.—Fine, M. J, & Jaso, J. V. Silicosis and primary carcinoma of the bronchus; report of case. J. Am. M. Ass, 1935,104: 40-3.—Fleckseder, R. Ueber den Bronchialkrebs und einige seiner Entstehungsbedingungen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1936, 83: 1585-8.—Fortwaengler, A. Ein Fall von rasch wachsendem Bronchialkarzinom. Med. Klin, Berl, 1924, 20: 862.—Gutzeit, K. Ueber einen Fall von primarem Bron- chialschleimdriisenkrebs. Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1922, 19: 30-8.— Lenk & Tauber. Eigenartiger Fall von Bronchuskarzinom des Unterlappens. Mitt. Ges. inn. Med. Wien, 1927-28, 27: 6-9. Also Wien. med. Wschr, 1928, 78: 261—Lickint, F. Der Bron- chialkrebs der Raucher. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1935, 82: 1232- 4.—Llambias, J, & Tobias, J. W. Contribucion al estudio del cancer bronquial (cancer peribronquico) Rev. As. med. argent, 1928, 41: 717-42.—Loewy-Lenz, R. Klinik und Pathogenese des Krebses der Bronchien. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1926, 13: 295- 360.—Malkwitz, F. Beitrag zur Kenntnis polypbser Bronchial- karzinome. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1921, 26: 189-99—Marche- sani, W. Ueber den primaren Bronchialkrebs. Ibid., 1924, 30: 158-90.—Meyer, B. Ein Fall von Epithelmetaplasie und metaplasierendem Karzinom des rechten Hauptbronchus nach Grippe. Ibid, 1922, 27: 517-26—Ormerod, F. C. The pathology and treatment of malignant growths of the bronchus. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1933, 26: sect, laryng, 1493-6.—Pilgerstorfer, W. Ueber eines Fall von Bronchus- karzinom am Orte eines friiheren Traumas. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1937, 30: 71-6.—Samson, P. C. Entdiflerentia- tion in bronchogenic carcinoma. Am. J. Cancer, 1935, 23: 741- 53.—Siegmund, H. Krebsentwicklung in Bronchiektasen; Bemerkungen iiber die Metaplasie des Bronchialepithels. Virchows Arch, 1922, 236: 191-206.—Suchanek, E. Meta- statisches Bronchuskarzinom nach Kehlkopfexstirpation wegen Carcinoma laryngis; Exitus; Praparat. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1922, 56: 966.—Taylor, A. L. Carcinoma of the bronchus; the pathological aspect. Bristol Med. Chir. J, 1936, 53: 139-44 — Thys, F. Note sur l'etiologie du carcinome bronchique. Rev. beige sc. med, 1935, 7: 640-4. ---- Cancer: Complications. Folkenberg, H. *Bronchialkarzinom und Lungentuberkulose. 14p. 8? Berl., 1931. Ballon, D. H. Primary carcinoma of the bronchus with ab- scess of the lung diagnosed bronchoscopically and injected with lipiodol. Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 125: 225-8—Baumann, W, & Kohnstamm, O. Verkalkte Milzzyste als Nebenbefund bei Bronchuskarzinom; zur Differentialdiagnose der Geschwulste der linken Oberbauchgegend. Rontgenpraxis, 1930, 2: 26-31.— Davidson, M, & Ledlie, R. C. B. A case of primary carcinoma of the bronchus, with secondary bronchiectasis; death following phrenic evulsion. Brit. J. Surg, 1928-29, 16: 198-202— Biefen- bach, W. E, & Sundberg, R. H. Obstruction of the superior vena cava—by carcinoma of the bronchus. California West. M, 1934, 41: 40-2.—Ehrstrbm, R. Case of bronchial cancer with subsequent chronic pneumonia] Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1928, 70: 280-7.—Ferrer Solervicens, F, & Gonzalez Ribas, M. Cancer primitivo de la portion initial del bronquio izquierdo, compre- cion de la rama izquierda de la arteria pulmonar; necrosis isque- mica del pulmon, Rev. med. Barcelona, 1931, 15: 425-35 — Guszich, A. Krebsiger Verschluss beider Hauptbronchi ohne auflallende Atmungsbeschwerden. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1937, 165: 77-87.—Hutson, A. W. M. Bronchogenic carcinoma with unusual signs of mediastinal pressure. Clin. Rep. Melbourne Hosp, 1936, 7: 114-8, 2pl— Kampmeier, R. H, & Black, H. A. Pul- monary aspergillosis in association with bronchial carcinoma. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1934, 30: 315-9.—Letulle, M, & Jacquelin, A. Les embolies bronchiques cancereuses. Presse med. Par, 1924, 32: 825.—Lilienthal, H. Carcinoma of the bronchus, suppura- tive pneumonitis and bronchiectasis, interlobar empyema. Am. J. Surg, 1935, 27: 50. Also repr.—Lindberg, K. [Bronchial cancer and chronic pneumonia; case] Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1929, 71: 541-9—Maxwell, J. Massive collapse of the lung in a case of bronchial carcinoma. Rep. S. Barth, Hosp, Lond, 1932, 65: 215-h, 5pl.—Matheson, N. M. Primary carcinoma of bronchus; massive involvement of heart and pericardium. Brit. J. Radiol, 1935, 8: 248-51.—Mumme, C. Ueber gleichzeitiges Vorkommen von Aortenaneurysma und Bronchialkarzinom. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1931, 78: 1704.—Nonnenbruch, W. Stenosierendes Bronchialkarzinom mit inspiratorischer Anschwellung der Halsvenen. Ibid, 1926, 73: 564—Paquet, B. L'ateiectasie pulmonaire au cours des cancers stenosants des grosses bronches. Arch. med. chir. app. resp, 1935, 10: 333-54, 2pl—Young, W. A. Specimens from a case of primary carcinoma of the left bronchus, with extensive involvement of the heart. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1925-26, 19: sect.clin, 157. ---- Cancer: Diagnosis. Ballon, B. H, & Ballon, H. C. The value of bronchoscopy as an aid in the diagnosis and treatment of bronchial carcinoma. J. Lar. Otol,Lond, 1936, 51: 499-507—Barnes, A. R. Differen- tial diagnosis in a case of primary carcinoma of the bronchus and in a case of diaphragmatic hernia. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1933, 8: 505.—Chiray, M, Albot, G, & Jame, R. Les tesions pulmo- naires reveiatrices des cancers stenosants des bronches souches (broncheetasies, cavernes bronchectasiques, ateiectasie et bron- chopneumonie subaigue a plasmodes) Ann. anat. path. Par, 1933, 10: 527-40.—Fleischner, F. Die tuberkulose Bronchoste- nose und ihre Unterscheidung vom Bronchuscarcinom. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1935-36, 87: 553-67.—Guisez, J. Cancer primitif et cancer secondaire de la bronche; diagnostic par la broncho- scopie. Bull, otorhin. Par, 1927, n.s, 25: 321-32.—Heck, F. J. Significant signs in the diagnosis of early carcinoma of the bron- chus; report of case. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1936, 11: 353-6.—Jack- son, C. L, & Konzelmann, F. W. Bronchial carcinoma; broncho- scopic biopsy in a series of 32 cases. J. Thorac. Surg, 1934-35, 4: 165-95.—Kahler, H. Friihdiagnose des Bronchuskarzinoms. Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1934, 8: 100. Also Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 86.—Kampmeier, R. H. Diagnosis of carcinoma of the bron- chus. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1935-36, 88: 374-6.—Kenner, A. Zur Diagnostik des Bronchuscarcinoms. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1935,86: 117-25.—Lloyd, M. S. The early classification and early diagnosis of cancer of the bronchus. N. England J.M, 1935, 213: 101-13.—Maxwell, J, & Nicholson, W. A. The diagnosis of bronchial carcinoma. Rep. S. Barth. Hosp, Lond, 1930, 63: 101-16.—Mayrhofer, H. Zur Diagnose des Bronchuskarzinoms. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1928, 41: 1586-90.—Maytum, C. K, & Vinson, P. P. Pulmonary metastasis from hypernephroma, with ulcera- tion into a bronchus simulating primary bronchial carcinoma; report of a case. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1936, 23: 101-4.—Polevski, J. Diagnosis of primary carcinoma of the bronchus. Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 129: 448-50.—Rice, G. A. Primary carcinoma of bronchus; a report of 2 cases—diagnosis by bronchoscopy and biopsy. N. England J.M, 1933, 209: 341-5—Roberts, S. R, & Gray, J. D. Primary bronchial cancer and the difficulty in early diagnosis; case report. J.M. Ass. Georgia, 1936, 25: 275-7.— Silbiger, B. Zur Diagnostik des Bronchialkarzinoms. Zschr. Laryng, 1925-26, 14: 356-61.—Strunz, H. Klinische Verlaufs- formen des Bronchialkarzinoms. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1925, 38: 1008-10.—Sundgren, N. [Bronchial cancer, simulating a pulmo- nary abscess] Hygiea, Stockh, 1932, 94: 17-9.—Swett, C. P. Carcinoma of the bronchus; suggestions in diagnosis. Ohio M.J, 1936, 32: 338-41—Vinson, P. P. The differentiation of primary carcinoma of the bronchus and unusual types of pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1928-29, 12: 1501-10. ----- Primary carcinoma of the bronchus; report of 71 cases in which the diagnosis was made by bronchoscopic examination. Minnesota M, 1932, 15: 15-7. ----- The necessity for bron- choscopic examination in distinguishing primary carcinoma of the bronchus from suppurative disease of the lungs. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1932, 54: 105-8.—Weiss, E. The differential diagnosis of primary and secondary carcinoma of the bronchi. Am. J.M. Sc, 1929, 177: 487-94. ---- Cancer: Diagnosis, roentgenographic. See also Bronchography. Schtjlte, J. *Ein Fall von primarem Bron- chialkarzinom der linken Lunge in seinem Ver- halten zur klinischen und rontgenologischen Differentialdiagnose [Bonn] 23p. 8? Coin, 1916. Apitz, G. Zur Diagnose primarer Bronchialkarzinome mit Bronchographie. Zschr. Tuberk, 1931-32, 63: 318-20.—Farinas, P. L. Serten-Bronchographien zur Friihdiagnose des Bronchial- karzinoms. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1933, 48: 330-8. Also Vida nueva, Habana, 1933, 32: 237-62. Also Am. J. Roentg, 1934, 32: 757-62.—FarreU, J. T. jr. Diagnosis of bronchial car- cinoma: a clinical and roentgenologic study of 50 cases. Radi- ology, 1936. 26: 261-9— Golden, R. The effect of bronchostenosis upon the Roentgenray shadows in carcinoma of the bronchus. Am. J. Roentg, 1925, n.s, 13: 21-30.—Kirklin, B. R. Roentgen- ologic diagnosis of primary carcinoma of the bronchus. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1928, 3: 47-9.—Lenk, R. Neues zur funktionellen Rbntgensymptomatologie des stenosierenden Bronchuskar- zinoms. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1936, 54: 273-82. ----- Zur Rbntgendiagnose der Bronchuskarzinome. Ibid, 1926, 34: 485-9. ----- Weiterer Beitrag zur Rbntgendiagnose der Bronchuskarzinome; Erkennung derselben durch den direkten oder indirekten Nachweis von regionaren Metastasen. Ibid, 1927, 36: 305-14—Lichtenstein, H. Zur Differentialdiagnose des Bronchialkarzinoms. Rontgenpraxis, 1930, 2: 322-6.— Newman, C. E. Carcinoma of bronchus, as seen in serial skia- grams. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934, 27: Clin, sect, 219.— Peschel. G. Zur rontgenologischen Diagnose des Bronchial- karzinoms. Zbl. inn. Med, 1933, 54: 194-7.—Regnier, E. Zur Rontgendiagnose zerfallender Bronchuskar/inome. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl. 1928, 37: 50-3—Trommcr, K. Zur Kontrast- BRONCHUS 1039 BRONCHUS darstellung des Bronchuskarzinoms. Ibid, 1927, 36: 835-41.— Zweifel, C. Dte Mediastinalverlagerung im Rontgenbild und ihre besondere Bedeutung fiir die Diagnose des Bronchial- karzinoms. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1935, 65: 839-42. ---- Cancer: Metastasis. Bernstein, M. Bronchiogenic cartinoma with cerebral me- tastasis in a patient with kyphosis. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 95: 1098.—Castillo, P. A. Carcinosis generalizada de origen bron- quial. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1933,8:161; 193; 225.—Clayton, E. S. Primary carcinoma of the bronchus with metastasis to the liver and kidney. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 286-90 — Bickson, W. E, & Worster-Drought, C. Multiple metastatic tumours in the brain arising from primary bronchial carcinoma. J. Neur. Psychopath, Lond, 1935-36, 16: 289-320.—Gibson, P. L. A case of bronchial carcinoma with secondary deposits in brain and liver. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1935, 21: 155-8.— Hassaul, A. \A rare case of bronchial cancer with metastasis in skin] Vrach. gaz, 1928, 32: 930.—Latienda, R. J, & Carrillo, R. Metastasis difusa de epitelioma bronquial en pericardio, me- tastasis en cerebro. Rev. As. med. argent, 1936, 50: 1690-9 — Ley. R. A. Epithelioma bronchique primitif avec metastases cerebrates multiples. Bruxelles med, 1935-30, 16: 1712-4.— Loth, F. Primares Bronchialkarzinom mit Metastase im Humerus. Zbl. Chir, 1931, 58: 535-9.—Louis, D. J. Primary bronchogenic carcinoma with metastases; report of a case. Illinois M.J, 1935, 67: 552-4.—McCrae, T. Carcinoma of the bronchus; hemiplegia; a diagnostic study. Med. Clin. N. America, 1926, 10: 1-15.—Mari, A. Metastasi cerebrale di carcinoma cutaneo; contributo alla conoscenza delle metastasi carcinomatose nei sistema nervoso centrale. Riv. pat. nerv, 1927, 32: 715-31, pi.—Middleton, W. S, Pohle, E. A, & Ritchie, G. Adenocarcinoma of the bronchus, with widespread metastases; case report. Radiology, 1931, 16:945-8.—Romano, N, & Eyhera- bide, S. Cancer bronquial con metastasis pulmonar y renal. Actas Congr. nac. med, Rosario, 1934, 5: pt4, 49S-509.—Speed, K.. & Apfelbach, C. W. Carcinoma of the bronchus with special reference to metastases. Tr. West. Surg. Ass, 1929 (1930), 39: 393-402.—Samson, P. C. The relation of cell type to metastasis in bronchogenic cartinoma. Am. J. Cancer, 1935, 23: 754-61.— Selka, A. Ueber Knochenmetastasen bei Bronchuskarzinom; seltene Lokalisation in der Handwurzel. Fortsch. Rontgen- strahl, 1928, 37 483-6.—Steiner, P. Beckenmetastason maligner Tumoren. Wien. med. Wschr, 1928, 78: 259-61.-Thomas, H. B, Hirsch, E. F, & Blaine, E. S. Unusual bone changes caused bv a small primarv bronchiogenic carcinoma. J. Am. M. Ass, 1928, 90: 89-93.—Wood, L. E, Spake, L. B. [et al.] Pri- mary bronchogenic carcinoma. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1935, 36: 227-34. Cancer: Statistics. Alxor, H. P. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Bronchialkrebses mit kurzen Mitteilungen iiber die bei der Kaiserl.-Marine beobachteten bosarti- gen Geschwulste in den Jahren 1873-1913. 50p. 8? Kiel, 1919. Schlesinger, M. *Die Bronchialcarzinome von 1924-1929 in der Leipziger medizinischen Klinik. p.517-28. 8? [Lpz., 1930] Also Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1930, 31: Burrell, L. S. T. A case of adenocarcinoma of bronchus. Lancet, Lond, 1929, 2: 708. ----- A case of carcinoma of bronchus Ibid, 1930, 1: 688—Carr, G. D'R. Notes on a case of primary carcinoma of right bronchus. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1936 66: 332-5—Cope, M. E. Case of bronchial carcinoma. Mag. London School M. Women, 1929, 24: 9-11-Ghon & Jaksch-Wartenhorst, R. Ein Fall von Bronchialkarzinom. Med Klin , Berl, 1925, 21: 73—Greene, D. C. Report of a case of carcinoma of the left primary bronchus. Laryngoscope, 1«24 34 ■ 93-6 —Holzer, H. Zur Frage der Haufigkeit des Bron- chialkrebses.' Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 1235-7.-Kramer, R, & Som, M. L. Bronchoscopic study of carcinoma of the lung, an analysis of 300 cases of bronchial carcinoma with 110 post- mortem examinations. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1936 5^26-43- Lipschitz, M. Ueber dte Zunahme des BI?nchuskarzinoms im letzten Jahrzehnt und die^diagnos ische BedeutunisderBroxi- chographie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1929, 55: 1708-ll.-Ormerod, F. C. Case of malignant growth of the bronchus. Proc JR. Soc. M, Lond, 1933, 26: sect, laryng 1496. —— Two cases of malignant disease of bronchus J. Lar. Otol Lond 1936, 51: 119-21.—Eosedale, R. S, & McKay, D. E. A tudy of 57 cases of bronchogenic carcinoma. Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 26 493 506 -Versteegh, C. [Case of carcinoma of the bronchus] NTpr> tsohieenee"k 1935, 79: 3485,-Wonsowski, T. Ueber linen Fall Von Bronchialkrebs. Otolar. slav., 1930, 2: 434-6. ---- Cancer: Symptoms. Kuhn, C. *Die Symptomatologie despri- maren Bronchialcarcinoms. p.276-90. 8. .Berl., Also Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1930, 31: • De ^rkhn Bc'rl^S ^oTlP27rFunkBTtlaThre ^Stma^ffestSs of pdnS'bronchial carcinoma. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 95: 1879-82—Jaksch-Wartenhorst, R. Zur Klinik des Bronchialcarcinoms. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1932, 173: 436. Also Zbl. inn. Med, 1929, 50: 193-6—Kahler, H. Ueber die klinische Diagnose einer Kompression des linken Vorhofes; ein Beitrag zur Symptomatologie der Bronchuskarzinome. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1933-34, 24: 363-76. Also Wien. med. Wschr, 1934, 84: 37-41.—Kraus, H. Eigenartiger Fall todlicher Hftmoptoe bei Bronchuskarzinom. Ibid, 1931, 81: 500.— Maxwell, J, & Nicholson, W. A. A clinical study of bronchial carcinoma. Q. J. Med, Oxford, 1930-31, 24: 29-53—Perry, C. B. Carcinoma of the bronchus; clinical features. Bristol Med. Chir. J, 1936, 53: 125-30. Also repr.—Schwarzmann, P. [Clin- ical picture of bronchial carcinoma] Gyogyaszat, 1935, 75: 71-4.—Sonnenfeld, A. Die Klinik des primaren Bronchial- carcinoms. Erg. ges. Med, 1926, 8: 546-70.— Thomson, W. W. D. A clinical studv of primary cancer of the bronchi. Ulster M.J, 1933,2: 153-70. ---- Cancer: Treatment. Geisthovel, W. *Ueber Bronchuskarcinom insbesondere mit Entfernung des Mittellappens [Keil] 30p. 8? Diiren, 1932. Adler, H. Ueber das polypose Bronchialcarcinom und seine Operabilitat. Klin. Wschr, 1932, 11: 1755-7.—Baum, S. M. Radiation therapy in carcinoma of the bronchus. Radiology, 1934, 23: 466-71.—Eicken, Von. Traitement bronchoscopique d'un carcinome bronchique. Ann. otolar. Par, 1935, 609. ----- & Adam, A. Ueber die Behandlung des Bronchuscar- cinoms. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1933-34, 35: 231-40.—Engels, H. Ergebnisse der Strahlenbehandlung des Bronchialkarzinoms; ein Rechenschaftsbericht aus dem Frankfurter Bestrahlungs- institut. Strahlentherapie, 1936, 57: 445-58.—Herrnheiser, G. Die Strahlenempfindlichkeit des Bronchialkarzinoms. Ibid, 1932, 45: 269-80.—Hinz, R. Totale Exsthpation der linken Lunge weeen Bronchialcarcinom. Arch. klin. Chir, 1923, 124: 104-13.—Leddy, E. T, & Vinson, P. P. The roentgen treatment of bronchiogenic carcinoma. Am. J. Roentg, 1933, 30: 92-4.— Moersch, H. J, & Bowing, H. H. Primary carcinoma of the bronchus treated successfully with surgical diathermy. Ann. Surg, 1935, 102: 989-94.—Pape, R. Zur Rbntgenbehandlung des Bronchialkrebses. Radiol. Rdsch, 1936-37, 5: 346-68—Sauer- bruch, F. Erfolgreiche Exsthpation eines Bronchialkarzinoms. Zbl. Chir, 1934, 61: 1572-6.—Scadding, J. G. Carcinoma of bronchus treated by morcellement removal, by bronchoscopy and subsequent radon treatment. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1935-36, 29: 1220.—Suchanek, E. Karzinom des rechten Bron- chus nach radikal extirpiertem Kehlkopfkarzinom; Metastase? Demonstration mittels Tracheoskopie, sowie eines Radiumtra- gers fiir den Bronchus. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1922, 56: 880.—Susman, M. P. Diagnosis and treatment of primary cartinoma of the bronchus. J Cancer Res. Com. Univ. Sydney, 1934-35, 6: 148-54.—Tuttle, W. M, & Womack, N. A. Bron- chiogenic carcinoma; a classification in relation to treatment and prognosis. Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1935, 29: 563-8 — Tyler, A. F. The treatment of bronchial carcinoma by electro- coagulation, radium implants and high voltage X-ray. Arch. Phys. Ther, 1932, 13: 69-74.—Vesin, S. [Mediastinal pneumo- thorax in bronchiogenic cancer] Cas. tek. cesk, 1932, 71:1173.— Vinson, P. P, & Leddy, E. T. The roentgen treatment of pri- mary malignant disease of the tracheobronchial tree. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1932, 41: 1259-67.—Wolfsohn, G. Beitrag zur Klinik und Chirurgie des Bronchialcarcinoms. Arch. klin. Chir, 1928, 150: 156-62. ---- Cyst. Clairmont, P. Die geschlossene intrapulmonale Bronchus- zyste. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1927, 200: 157-69.—Fromme, A. Ueber die operative Heilung einer endothorakalen Cyste (Bron- chuscyste) Zbl. Chir, 1927, 54: 3191-4.—Gold, E. Ueber Bron- chuscysten und deren Entstehung. Beitr. path. Anat, 1921, 58: 278-96.—Lopez Blanco, C, & Lago Ferreiro, L. Bronquiectasias y quistes bronquiales. Arch, med, Madr, 1935, 38: 233-7.— Loubeyre, Le Chaux & Blondeau, A. Sur un cas de kyste bronchique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3.ser, 50: 1237- 40.—Preuss, J. Ueber Bronchuszysten. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 1823.—Sultan, G. Bronchuscyste. Zbl. Chir, 1925, 52: 869-73. ---- Diseases. See also Bronchiectasis; Bronchitis; Broncho- spirochetosis; Syphilis; Tuberculosis. Landis, H. R. M. The bronchi. Progr. Med, Phila, 1922, 3: 159-66.—Loesch, W. Ueber Verkalkung in den Knorpeln der kleinen Bronchien. Beitr. path. Anat, 1936, 97: 192.— Morlock, H. V, & Pinchin, A. J. S. Bronchial diverticulosis. Lancet. Lond. 1933, 2:236.—Myers, J. A, & Cady, L. H. Studies in the respiratory organs in health and disease; the vital capacity in 347 cases of disease of the bronchi. Journal-lancet, 1925, 45: 66.—Ornstein, G. G. Obscure bronchial conditions caused by pollens. Med. Clin. N. America, 1925, 9: 371-5.—Piaggio- Blanco, R. A, & Garcia-Capurro, F. Modalidades anatomo clinicas de la rotura de la membrana hidatica en los bronquios. Arch. urug. med, 1936, 9: 677-95.—Wasson, W. W. Broncho- sinusitis disease. J. Am. M. Ass, 1929, 93: 2018-21.—Yamazaki, S. Ueber das in den Bronchialepithelien vorkommende braune Pigment. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1925, 15: 54. BRONCHUS 1040 BRONCHUS ---- Diseases: Treatment. Fri:.\ckner, P. Bronchial and tracheal catheterization and its clinical applicability. 134p. 8? Stockholm, 1934. Forms Suppl.20, Acta otolar, 1934. Andreoli, G. L'assorbimento degli olii balsamici dall' appa- rato bronchiale. Arch. ital. otol, 1934, 46: 139-47.—Anton, G, & Reinwein, H. Die Behandlung chronischer Bronchial- katarrhe und der Bronchiektasen. Ther. Gegenwart, 1935, 76: 493-9.—Bandl, E, & Lupini, H. Ueber eine kombinierte photo- chemische Behandlung bronchialer Erkrankungen. Wien. med. Wschr, 1929, 79: 600.—Braun, G, & Stern, B. Ereugol bei Bronchialerkrankungen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23: 1506.— Carez, C, & Gillard, M. A propos d'une technique nouvelle d'injection intva-bronchique; la voie transnasale. Ltege med, 1933, 26: 1353-77.—Casaubon, R. A. Le traitement des sequelles bronchiques de la rougeole et de la coqueluche par les eaux sul- fureuses. Prat. nted. fr, 1929, 10: 571-4.—De Martini, A. La detensione bronchiale bilaterale simultanea nelle affezioni croniche non deformanti dei bronchi. Riforma med, 1925, 41: 697-701.—Fabinyi, G. [Treatment of bronchial hemorrhages] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1929, 27: 580-2.—Garcia Vicente. La tecnica del lavado pulmonar. Siglo med, 1929, 83: 317-20.— Goodyear, H. M. Injection of iodized oil into the bronchial tree; passive method through nose. Laryngoscope, 1935, 45: 511-4.— Grote. L. R, & Hamann, A. Ueber die intravenose Injektion von Menthol-Eukalvptol iSupersan) bei Bronchialerkrankun- gen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1923, 49: 511.—Kolmer, J. A. Bron- chial disinfection and immunization; the effects in rabbits of intrabroncliial injections of various chemical disinfectants. Arch. Int. M, 1933, 51: 346-66. -=---- Effects in rabbits of intrabronchial injections of vaccines, bacteriophage, and anti- virus. Ibid, 692-703. Also repr.—Leelerc, H. Note sur I'em- ploi de la diplotaxe dans les affections bronchiques. Bull. gen. ther, 1923, 174: 90-9.—Levy-Beker. Le cathet6risme et le drainage bronchio,ue a la sonde souple. Prat. med. fr, 1936,17: 296-304.—Mahlo, E. Ueber dte Behandlung von Bronchialer- krankungen mit Jaborandiblattern. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1923, 70: 1505.—Malan, A. Contributo dell'endoscopia nella diagnosi e cura delle affezioni bronco-polmonari. Gior. med. mil, 1936, 84: 1157-60.—Miller, J. W. A new instrument for sprayine iodized oil into the tracheobronchial tree. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1928, 8: 571.—Minter, M. M. The technic of bron- chial lavage; demonstration with patient. South. M.J, 1935, 28: 32>-30.—Morell, T. Ueber Lipojodin. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 535.—Morlock, H. V, & Pinchin, A. J. S. A cheap appliance for postural drainage. Brit. M.J, 1935, 2: 902.— Neild, N. The uses of posture for bronchial drainage. Ibid, 1925, 2: 504-6.—Pritchard, S, Whyte, B, & Gordon, J. K. M. Use of iodized oil in diagnosis and treatment of bronchial affec- tions. J. Am. M. Ass, 1926, 76: 1119-23. Also repr.—Rady, H. Behandlung von Erkrankungen der Bronchien mit Anastil. Deut. med. Wschr, 1930, 56:1913.—Schaefer, H. Ueber Behand- lung von Bronchialerkrankungen mit Schraglage. Klin. Wschr, 1923, 2: 252.—Sgalitzer, M. Voraussetzungen fiir eine intrabronchiale Einfuhrung von Medikamenten. Arch. klin. Chir, 1926, 140: 305-19.—Steinhaeuser. Die Behandlung von Bronc! ialerkrankungen durch Inhalation mit Anastil. Deut. med. Wschr, 1936, 62: 136-8.—Stitt, H. L. Bronchial aspiration and irrigation with a hypertonic saline solution. J. Med, Cincin, 1927-28, 8: 112-7. ----- Bronchial lavage for the disinfection and immunization of the bronchial tree. Ibid, 1933-34, 14: 576-9.—Thompson, S. A. Bronchial catheterization. Am. J. Surg, 1936, 31: 260-4.—Ventriglia, C. Ricerche speri- mentali su alcuni medteamenti usati nella terapia delle malattie bronchiali. Arch. ital. sc. farm, 1935, 4: 367-86.—Voelckers, C. Ueber dte Beeinflussung chronischer und rezidivierender Er- krankungen der Bronchien durch das Nordseeklima. Fortsch. Med, 1932, 50: 421-7.—Wayman, C. L. Bronchial hrigation; a preliminary clinical report. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1928, 18: 435-7. ---- Fistula. See also 3.ser., Fistula, bronchial. Gast, W. [O. F.] *Ueber Bronchialfisteln. p.219-37. 8? [Lpz.] 1921. Also Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1922, 175: Adams, W. E, & Hrdina, L. S. Bronchial fistula; a method of experimental production. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929- 30, 27: 351-3.—Adams, W. E, & Livingstone, H. M. Persistent bronchial fistula; experimental production and method of treat- ment. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1931,53:479-85—Anzilctti.G. Fistole bronchiali e loro cura. Arch. ital. chir, 1925, 13: 34-57.—Bett- man, R. B, Perlow, S, & Cohn, B. J. Diagnosis of bronchial fistulas; a description of a new apparatus and technic. J. Thorac. Surg, 1932, 2: 213-7.—Clerf, L. H. Broncho-esophageal fistula: report of case. Ann. Otol. Rhinol,, 1933, 42: 920-2.— Copeman, W. S. C. Oesophago-bronchial fistula. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1930, 53: 89.— Eizaguirre, E. El diagnostico de la fistula bronquial en los empiemas; un nuevo sintoma para el diagnostico de la fistula bronquial en los empiemas pleurotomi- zados. Med. ibera, 1928, 22: pt2. 129-33.—Eloesser, L. Closure of bronchial fistula. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1930,10:1011-29 — Engelmayer, J. [Marginal contrast filling of bronchial fistulae] Magy. rbntg. kozl, 1934, 8: 29-40—Felkl, H, & Michalek, E. Bronchocolonfistel bei einem 5?4 Jahre alten Knaben. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 875-7—Flynn, J. M, & Warren, S. L. The study of a case of bronchohepatic fistula with roentgenosco- pic observations. Am. J. Roentg, 1928, n.s, 20: 364-9 — French, R. W. A bronchobiliary fistula. Arch. Surg, 1935, 30: 635-8.—Garlock, J. H. The treatment of persistent bronchial fistula by the use of a pedicled muscle flap. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1934, 14: 307-13. ----- The treatment of persistent bronchial fistula and chronic empyema. J. Mount Sinai Hosp, N.Y, 1936-37, 3: 305-12.—Garofalo, F. Um caso de fistula bronchio-cutanea. Fol. med. Bio, 1934, 15: 291-3.—Graham, E. A. Observations on the reaction of bronchial fistulae to acute infections of the upper respiratory tract. Am. J. Surg, 1931, n.s, 14: 3S2. Also repr.—Gybrgyi, G. Oesophageobron- chiale Fistel. Rontgenpraxis, 1932, 4: 590-3.—Halstead, A. E, & Thurston, H. F. The treatment of bronchial fistulas; report of a case. Tr. West. Surg. Ass, 1926, 36: 367-83—Hancock, J. D, & Weeter, H. M. Pseudomyxoma peritonei; report of case presenting bronchial fistula. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1935, 47: 537-47.—Harris, W. L. Closure of bronchial fistula of 12 years' standing by use of radium. Radium, Pittsb, 1925-26, 3.ser, 4: 31.—Key, E. [Plastic surgery in tuberculous bronchial fistula] Hygiea, Stockh, 1934, 96: 653-6.—Klein, S. H. Un- recognized bronchopleural fistula of 18 years' duration. J. Mount Sinai Hosp, N.Y, 1934-35, 1: 208-12—Kopari, J. [Roentgenography of bronchial fistula and its treatment] Magy. rontg. kozl, 1934, 8:13-20.—Kouzmine, S. S. [Treatment of external bronchial fistulae] Vest, khir, 1926, 7: no.19, 178- 83.—Kusmin, S. Zur Frage der Bronchialfisteln auf Grund eines Materials von 24 Fallen russischer Chirurgen. Arch. klin. Chir, 1928, 151: 712-27— Laird, W. R, & Wilkerson, W. V. Bilio- bronchial fistula; report of first recorded case demonstrated bv lipiodol. Am. J. Surg, 1932, n.s, 15: 317-20. Also repr.— Loe, A. O, & Loe, R. H. Bronchobiliary fistula. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1930, 10: 1109-17—Morton, J. J, & Phillips, E. W. Bronchobiliary fistula; review of the recorded cases other than those due to echinococcus and amebic abscess. Arch. Surg, 1928, 16: 697-754.—Moulonguet, P. Fermeturc d'une fistule bronchique par l'61ectrocoagulation. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1934, 60: 226.—Perrotti, G. Le fistole bronchiali esterne. Riforma med, 1932, 48: 981-5—Pool, E. H, & Garlock, J. H. The treatment of persistent bronchial fistula; an experimental and clinical study. Ann. Surg, 1929, 90: 213-37—Racz. B. [Broncho-biliary fistulas] Gyogyaszat, 1932, 72: 621.—Raze- mon, P, Bizard, G, & Lambret, M. Les fistules broncho- biliaires consecutives a la lithiase. Rev. chir. Par, 1933, 71: 485-505.—Rebattu, Mounier-Kuhn & Millet. A propos d'un cas de fistule broncho-oesophagienne. Ann. otolar., Par, 1935, 216-9.—Seelig, M. G, & Singer, J. J. Bronchobiliary fistula. Tr. West. Surg. Ass, 192S. 38:195-9.—Shenstone, N. S. The use of intercostal muscle in the closure of bronchial fistulae. Tr. Surg. Ass, 1933, 54: 87-98. Also Ann. Surg, 1936, 104: 560-71.— Stbber, T. Ein einfaches Verfahren zur Diagnosensicherung der Bronchialpleurafistel. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1933, 80: 424.— Vaccarezza, O. A. Fistula broncocutanea tratado con el cau- terio. Sem. med, B. Air, 1934, 41: 302. Also Rev. As. mod. argent, 1934, 48: 142-6, 2pl—Vinson, P. P. Esophagobronchial fistula from a foreign body in the left bronchus. Minnesota M, 1934, 17: 342.—Wangensteen, O. H. The pedicled muscle flap in the closure of persistent bronchopleural fistula. J. Thorac. Surg, 1935-36, 5: 27-53. ---- Foreign bodies. See also Pneumonia, aspiration. Glaser, H. *Fremdkorperaspiration im Kindesalter. 16p. 8? Bresl., 1927. Jackson, C, & Jackson, C. L. Diseases of the air and food passages of foreign-bodv origin. 333; 636p. 8? Phila., 1936. Abello Pascual, F. Cuerpos extranos interbronquiales. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 761-6—Baumler, O. Bronchialfremd- korper. Kinderarzt!. Prax, 1934, 5: 344.—Briani, A. Corpo estraneo del bronco sinistro. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1929, 1: 26-30.—Calamida, XJ. Corpi estranei nei bronchi; nota clinica. Arch. ital. otol, 1926, 37: 527-35— Dietrich, H, & Berkley, H. K. Foreign bodies in the bronchi in children. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 81: 1202-4.—Bresser, R. Foreign body in the bronchus. Am. J. Roentg, 1929, 21: 471.—Be Rezende, E. Sobre corpo extranho do bronchio. Brasil med, 1923, 37: 321.—Bupouy, P. Corps etranger enclave dans la bronche droite. Gaz. med. Par, 1927, 621.—Green, J. W. Foreign body in the right lower bronchus. U.S. Nav. M. Bull, 1922, 16: 506-8—Haslinger, F. Bronchialfremdkbrper und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Allgemein- Medizin. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1933, 46: 961-4.—Hume, G. 0. Foreign body in the bronchus. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1922, 36: 360.—Liebich, L. [Foreign body in bronchus] Cas. lek. cesk, 1923, 62: 1453—MacGibbon, T. A. Foreign body in right bronchus. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1922, 37: 40.—Miller, J. W. Endobronchial foreign bodies. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1930, 11: 772-7. Also repr.—Otero, G, Barcia, & Caubarrere. Cuerpos extranos de los bronquios. Dia nted, B. Air, 1935, 7: 1048.— Peeler, C. N, & Hart, V. K. Successive bronchial foreign bodies. South. M.J, 1932, 25: 729—Podesta, V. Corpi estranei nelle vie bronchiali. Arch, radiol. Nap, 1929, 5: 535-52.—Portnov, J. I. [Foreign body in the bronchi] Borba s tuberk, 1933, 2: 94.—Potts, J. B. Foreign body in bronchus. Nebraska M.J, 1924, 9: 187.—Prozorov, A. E, & Levinsohn, A. S. [Cases of BRONCHUS 1041 BRONCHUS aspirated foreign bodies in the thoracic cavity] Borba s tuberk. Moskva, 1934, no 1, 94-7, pi.—Romano, S. Corpo estraneo nei bronco destro. Valsalva, 1926, 2: 352-7.—Schmidt Sarmento. Corpo extranho no bronchio esquerdo. Brasil med, 1921, 35: pt2, 385.—Voegelin, A. W. Foreign body in bronchi. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921,76:1230.—Wessely, E. Ein Bronchialfremdkbrper. Mschr. Ohrenh. Wien, 1922, 56: 239-42.-----Bronchial- fremdkbrper. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1921, 34: 308.—Zambrini, A. R. Cuerpo extrano alojado en bronquio. Rev. espec, B. Air, 1929, 4: 148-51. ----- & Dodds, A. R. Cuerpo extrano en bronquio. Rev. As. nted. argent, 1934, 48: 1299-301. ---- Foreign bodies: Chronic impaction, Bisi, H. Cuerpo extrano de bronquio inferior derecho con 2 meses depermanencia. Rev. As. med. argent, 1933,47: 2571-3.— Burif. Corps etrangers de la bronche gauche, datant de 8 mois; extraction; persistance d'une expectoration purulente abondante provenant de dilatations bronchiques; giterison par ['institution d'un r6gime de reduction des liquides (cure de soif) Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1928, 34: 1082-7.—Equen, M. Pen- cil cap in left lower bronchus: removal after 6 months. Tr. Am. Lar, Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1931, 37: 402—Hirsch, I. S. Foreign body in the bronchus for 15 years. Am. J. Roentg, 1921, n.s, 8: 191.—Jacod. Corps etrangers enclave pendant 9 ans dans la bronche apicale gauche. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1934, 18: 610.—Jockisch, G. Entfernung einer Miinze aus dem rech- ten Bronchus 24 Jahre nach der Aspiration. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1930, 36: 5£l-5.—Laskiewicz, A. Contributo alla casistica dei corpi estranei ehe permangono a lungo nei bronchi. Val- salva, 1931, 7: 895-907.—Lemierre, A, & Cattan, R. Sclerose pulmonaire consecutive a la persistance pendant 5 ans d'un corps etranger dans une bronche; infection tuberculeuse secon- daire. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1931, 3.ser, 47: 421-5 — L6vy, P. P, & Soullard, J. Corps etrangers de la bronche gauche; absence complete de toux depuis l'accident jusqu'a la mort. Bull. Soc. p6diat. Paris, 1934, 32: 586-96— Linneweh, W. Tod- liche Hamoptoe durch chronischen Bronchial-Fremdkorper nach 17 Jahren. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61: 1927—Moersch, H. J. Removal from bronchus of foreign body that had been in place 34 years: presentation of case. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1934, 9: 562.—Simpson, W. L. A foreign body in the bronchus of 9 years' duration. Laryngoscope, 1924, 34: 877.—Soulas, A. Corps etrangers des bronches meconnu pendant 10 ans et son extraction par bronchoscopie. Ann. mal. oreille, 1928, 47: 664-8.—Teppati. Corpo estraneo nei bronco destro da 32 anni. Valsalva, 1934, 10: 465.—Tilley, H. The" removal of a paper fastener bv direct peroral bronchoscopy after its impaction for 21 months in the left bronchus. Brit. M.J, 1922, 2: 973.— Vanden Wildenberg, L. Copeau de bois depuis 3 mois dans la bronche gauche d'un enfant de 5 ans; extraction par la broncho- scopie superieure. Rev. nted. Louvain, 1920, 305 bis. ---- Foreign bodies: Complications. See also Bronchus, Obstruction; Lung, Atelec- tasis. Bucher, C. J. The relation between the bacterial flora and tracheo-bronchial foreign bodies; a preliminary study based on 100 cases. J. Am. M. Ass, 1928, 91: 633-5.—Clerf, L. H. Sub- cutaneous emphysema as a complication of foreign body in a bronchus. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1935, 41: 495-500. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1935, 44: 364-70—Couder, R. Pneumo- pathie aigue par corps etrangers bronchique. Ann. med. teg, 1935, 14: 677.—Flynn, J. A. Atelectasis following aspiration of pecans. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1932, 15: 268—Hara, H. J. Organic foreign bodies in the bronchi; reaction of lung tissue in rabbits. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1934, 20: 549-69—Haslinger, F. Eine seltene Komplikation eines Bronchusfremdkorpers (Pneu- mothorax, Mediastinal- und Hautemphysem) Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1924, 58: 654. Also Wien. med. Wschr, 1926, 76: 265 — Imperatori, C. J. Further report of accidental oxygen emphy- sema in a child, following attempt at removal of upholsterer's tack. Laryngoscope, 1924, 34: 107-12.—Jacques, P. A propos d'un cas de tolerance bronchique pour un corps etranger. Rev. med. est, 1926, 54: 49-52.—Keijser, S. Ventilstenose des Bron- chus nach Aspiration von Fremdkbrpern. Rontgenpraxis, 1930, 2: 170-5.—Kubo, I. Bronchial foreign body with simul- taneous unilateral emphysema and collapse; report of a case. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1936, 24: 289-98— Lasagna, F. Le lesioni broncopolmonari da corpi estranei. Arch. ital. otol, 1932, 43: 337_51.—Moolten, S. E. Streptotrichotic suppuration of the lung following aspiration of a foreign body. J. Mount Sinai Hosp, N.Y, 1934, 1: 147-53.—Muggia, A. Di un caso raro di morte istantanea, tardiva, da corpo estraneo nelle grosse diramazioni bronchiali. Riv. clin. pediat, 1923, 21: 1-9.—Patterson, E. J. Systemic complications in cases of foreign body in the bronchi of children Laryngoscope, 1924, 34: 86-92. Also repr — Portmann, G, & Retrouvey, H. Les corps etrangers bronchiques et la tuberculose pulmonaire. J. med. Bordeaux, 1935, 112: 743_7 —Rouget & Lemariey. Etude pathogenique, clinique et therapeutique des accidents respiratoires secondaires aux corps etrangers traclteobronchiques. Arch. med. chir. app. resp, 1Q9Q i- 400-30__Vandevere, W. E. Case report of atelectasis due to mreten body Southwest. M, 1932, 16: 166.-Yoshida, S. Fxnprimentelle Studie iiber den vollkommen obturierenden Vrimriknrnpr im Bronchus, beziehungsweise Erholung nach dessTn Extraktion. Fukuoka acta med, 1936, 29: 89-94. 21767—vol. 2, 4th series----66 Foreign bodies, dental. Gerhards, G. *Ein Fall von Aspiration einer Zahnwurzel mit todlichem Ausgang und seine gerichtlichen Folgen. 89p. 8? Bonn, 1926. Agazzi, B. Apparecchio di protesi dentarie penetrato in un bronco; estrazione mediante broncoscopia; guarigione. Arch. ital. chir, 1925, 11: 511-6—Ballon, B. H. A tooth in the left lower bronchus. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1935, 33:185.—Chamberlin, W. B. Removal of molar tooth from left main stem bronchus. Tr. Am. Bronehosc. Soc, 1935, 18: 30-4. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1935, 44: 844-6—Courmont, P, & Gardere, H. Dilata- tion bronchique par corps etranger (dent) chez un adulte; examen histologique. Lyon nted, 1924, 133: 436-9.—Ferreri, G. Protesi dentaria estratta con tracheo-broncoscopia superiore dal bronco destro dopo 10 giorni di permanenza; guarigione (osservazioni cliniche) Policlinico, 1928, 35: sez. prat, 1979- 82.—Forbes, H. H. Bronchoscopic cases of dental origin. N. York M.J, 1922,115: 738—Gardner, B. S. Fragment of denture in bronchus. Dent. Cosmos, 1922, 64: 760.—Hedblom, C. A. Foreign bodies of dental origin in the bronchus; pulmonary complications. J. Dent. Res, 1921, 3: 301-s— Morison, R. Impaction of a tooth in a bronchus. Durham Mus. Catal, 1928, 140.—Pollock, H. L. Tooth in the right bronchus. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1922-23, 31: 575— Portmann, G. Volumineux dentier inclus dans la bronche droite et enleve par traciteo- bronchoscopie inferieure. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1921) 1922, 389-92. Also Gaz. sc. nted. Bordeaux, 1921, 42: 449. -----■ Corps etranger (dentier) de la bronche droite. J. nted. Bor- deaux, 1921, 51: 387.—Rebattu, J, & Bertoin, R. Appareil dentaire retire de la bronche droite par bronchoscopie et traclteo- stomie temporaire. Lyon med, 1924, 134: 409-15.—Roy, J. N. Prothese dentaire dans la bronche gauche; bronchoscopie, abla- tion. Union nted. Canada, 1936, 65: 844-7. Also J. Canad. Dent. Ass, 1937, 3: 16; 52. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1936, 51: 532, pi—Waggett, E. B, & Fyffe, E. L. Tooth-plate removed from the right bronchus by interior bronchoscopy. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, 1924, 67: 338-40. Also Brit. .M.J, 1924, 2: 145. ---- Foreign bodies: Diagnosis. See also Asthma, Diagnosis; Bronchography; Bronchoscopy. Bernard, L, & Soulas, A. Considerations sur les corps etran- gers nteconnus intrabronchiques et sur te traitement broneho- scopique des suppurations broncho-pulmonaires. Bull. Acad. med. Par, 1930, 3.ser, 104: 41-7. Also Vie med, 1930, 11: 915- 22.—Bowen, C. F. Foreign bodies in the bronchus and esopha- gus. Am. J. Roentg, 1922, n.s, 9: 705-12.—Brochu, R. Les corps etrangers nteconnus des bronches; leurs manifestations broncho-pulmonaires. Bull. nted. Quebec, 1925, 26: 368-74.— Castleden, L. I. M. Foreign body in a child's bronchus with atypical signs and symptoms. Brit. M.J, 1931, 2: 1178.— Donaldson, S. W. Under-exposure as a diagnostic point in cases of non-opaque foreign bodies in the bronchi. Radiology, 1925, 4: 427.—Drevon & Mourgues. Corps etranger intra-bronchique. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1935, 23: 312—Flandin, C, Ramadier, J. [et al.] Corps etranger insoupconne de la bronche droite chez un adulte. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1928, 3.ser, 980-3.—Garel, J. Valeur diagnostique de la toux dans les corps etrangers des bronches. Lyon med, 1930, 146: 189-95.—Garri- gues. Corps etrangers des bronches toteres ou nteconnus. Ann. mal. oreille, 1924, 43: 0S3-9.—Gutman, A. S. [Roentgen diagnosis of foreign bodies in the bronchi] Vrach. gaz, 1930, 34: 1681.— Halphen, E. Corps etranger intrabronchique meconnu, simu- lant une bronchite chronique. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1923, 3.ser, 47: 114-6.—Hambert, H. Syndrome radiologique juxta- mediastinal et corps etranger des bronches chez un enfant tubereuleux. Rev. tuberc. Par, 1933, 4.ser, 1: 741-4. ----- Syndrome radio-stethacoustique frequent des corps etrangers de la bronche droite. Ibid, 1935, 5.ser, 1: 791-6—Hinojar, C. Cuerpos extranos en bronquios. ignorados. Arch, med, Madr, 1934, 37: 266. Also Med. ibera, 1934, 28: 417. Also Siglo med, 1934, 93: 280.—Huizingo, E. Bemerkungen zur Symptomato- logie der Bronchialfremdkbrper. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1928, 119: 53-66. Also Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1931, 65: 1460-6.— Imperatori, C. J. Nonopaque foreign bodies in the bronchi. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1930,10: 625-37.—Jackson, C. Asthma- toid wheeze diagnostic of foreign body in the bronchus. Med. Clin. N. America, 1921, 5: 637-40. ----- The mechanism of physical signs, with especial reference to foreign bodies in the bronchi. Am. J.M. Sc, 1923,165: 313-20—Jobson, T. B. Speci- men of bone flake causing asthmatoid wheeze extracted from the entrance to the left bronchus. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1928-29, 22: sect.laryng, 26.—Kindler, W. Ueber den plotzlichen Tod durch akute Lungenblahung infolge Luftrohrenventilverschluss bei Fremdkorpern der tieferen Luftwege; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Bronchialfremdkbrperfehldiagnose infolge gleich- zeitigen Speiserohrenfremdkorpers. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1926-27, 17: 209-16—Layton, T. B. A foreign body in the bron- chus with an unusual physical sign. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1933, 4g. 763.—Lemaitre, F. A propos de la communication de Hal- phen- corps etranger intrabronchique meconnu simulant une bronchite chronique. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1923, 3.ser, 47- 144-7 —Levesque, L. Radio-diagnostic et corps etrangers des bronches. Medecine, Par, 1924-25, 6: 320—Lynch, R. C. BRONCHUS 1042 BRONCHUS The diagnosis of foreign bodies in the bronchi. N. Orleans M.&S.J, 1922-23, 75: 300-7.—McCrae, T. The diagnosis of for- eign bodies in the bronchi. Illinois M.J, 1922, 42: 174-8. Also J. Iowa M. Soc, 1922, 12: 248-52. Also Surg. Clin. N. America, 1924,4: 16-26. Also in Barker Festschr, 1932,141-7. ----- The clinical features of foreign bodies in the bronchi. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1924, 39: 324-34. Also Lancet, Lond, 1924, 1: 735; 787; 838.—McBermot, H. E. Foreign object in bronchus simulating pulmonary tuberculosis. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1925, 15: 1148.— Negus, V. E. Three cases of non-opaque foreign body in the right bronchus. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1929-30, 23: sect.laryn, 4-6. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1930, 45: 119-22—Nikolski, A. M. [Clinical value of tracheobronchoscopy in inhaled foreign bodies] Russ. vrach, 1913, 12: 1561; 1605.—Parrocel. Corps etrangers latents des bronches et suppurations pulmonaires. Marseille med, 1928, 65: 157-67.—Pendergrass, R. C. Non- opaque foreign bodies in the bronchial tree; report of 3 cases. Am. J. Roentg, 1933, 30: 51-5—Philipps, C. C, & Lafferty, R. H. Obstruction of the bronchi by non-opaque foreign bodies; case report. South. M.J, 1923, 16: 685-8.—Puente Veloso, S. Com- portamiento clinico y radiologico de la obstruction bronquial por cuerpos extranos. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 261-4.—Raffo, E. Le diagnostic des corps etrangers des bronches. Rev. sud- amer. med. chir. Par, 1930, 1: 477-84—Rypins, E. L. The roentgen ray diagnosis of non-opaque foreign bodies in the bronchi. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1934, 24: 436-8.—Schoenheit, E. W. The diagnosis of a foreign body in a bronchus. Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 120: xv. Also repr.—Seiffert, A. Irrtumer bei endobron- chialem Fremdkorper mit Ventilstenose beim Kinde. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1933, 31: 42-6.—Sneller, C. B. Pork bone in bron- chus causing symptoms simulating pulmonary tuberculosis. Laryngoscope, 1931, 41: 117. ----- Factors in the roentgeno- loeical diagnosis of non-opaque foreign bodies in the bronchi. Illinois M.J, 1932, 62: 410-4.—Texier & Levesque. De I'impor- tance de l'examen radioscopique des poumons dans les corps etrangers des bronches. Ann. mal. oreille, 1923, 42: 1187-90. Also Rev. laryng. Par, 1923, 44: 837-40.—Van Gilse, P. H. G. Zur Diagnostik der Fremdkbrperstenose im Bronchialbaum (paradoxes Rontgenbild durch Ventilwirkung) Acta otolar, Stockh, 1922-23, 4: 76-81.—Vinson, P. P. Foreign bodies in the bronchi overlooked at bronchoscopic examination; report of 3 cases. Med. Clin. N. America, 1930, 14: 585-90. ---- Foreign bodies: Extraction. Leduc-Heptia, G. *Contribution a l'etude des corps etrangers tracheo-bronchiques chez l'enfant; indications de la bronchoscopie infe- rieur; la bronchoscopie sans bronchoscope. 63p. 8? Par., 1932. Abbate, R. Note di tecnica operatoria a proposito di tre casi di corpi estranei endobronchial!. Ann. laring. Tor, 1933, 33: 129-39.—Albrecht, W. Ueber die endoskopische Entfernung zerbrbckelter Bronchialfremdkbrper. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1932, 66: 339-42.—Aynesworth, H. T. Removal of glass beads and hollow objects from the lungs. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 82: 1441.—Basterrechea, C. Corps etranger loge dans la bronche gauche: probleme ntecanique difficile resolu avec un extracteur original. Rev. laryng, Bordeaux, 1935, 56: 510.—Berard & Sargnon. Sifflet dans la bronche gauche; extraction par bron- choscopie inferieure. Lyon med, 1923, 132: 739.—Bishop, F. J. Some principles involved in the bronchoscopic removal of foreign bodies; with illustrative cases. Atlantic M.J, 1923, 26: 750-2.— Brown, C. W. Bronchoscopic diagnosis and treatment, includ- ing foreign bodies. Southwest. M, 1931,15: 346-55.—Brownlie, W. B. Extraction of pin from right bronchus in a child. Brit. M.J, 1921, 2: 705.—Bruzaud-GrUle. Nouveau cas de Canute a traclteotomie extraite de la bronche droite. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1928, 34: 1080.—Bumba. Entfernung einer Stahl- kugel aus dem rechten Stammbronchus. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1923, 6: 470-2.—Calamida, V. Corpo estraneo del bronco destro estratto con la tracheoscopia diretta. Riv. chir, Como, 1922, 1: 169-74.—Castilho Marcondes, F. Extraccao de um corpo extranho do bronchio direito (semente de abobora, com um mez de permanencia, em uma crianca de 5 annos) Brasil med, 1921, 35: pt2, 81-4.—Clerf, L. H. Seventeen life-saving bronchoscopies in 1 case. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1924, 38: 472-4. ----- Foreign bodies in the tracheobranchial tree; report of cases in which bronchoscopy was not done. Laryngoscope, 1926, 36: 206-16.—Crow, D. A. Removal of part of a safety-pin from the bronchus of a child by peroral bronchoscopy. Brit. M.J, 1924, 2: 716.—B'Halluin, M. Extraction d'un corps Stranger ntetallique de la bronche droite sous te controle des rayons X. Bull Soc. radiol. med. France, 1934, 22: 261-8.—Bahmann, H. Beitrag zu der Entfernung von Fremdkbrpern aus den tieferen Luftwegen (die Entfernung eines Knochensplitters aus dem linken Unterlappenast) Zschr. Laryng, 1922. 11: 109-14. ----- Zur bronchoskopischen Entfernung von Fremdkbrpern aus den tieferen Luftwegen. Ibid, 1924-25, 13: 418-21 — Dobrzanski, A. Les corps etrangers renftes (feves) dans les bronches chez les enfants et leur extraction par la bronchoscopie. Ann. mal. oreille, 1926, 45: 377-86.—Eisner, V. [Elimination of foreign body from right bronchial tube under control of radios- copy] Vest, rentg, 1925, 295.—Escat, E, & Favre, F. Accidents asphyxiques chez un garcon de 6 ans, par presence dans la bronche droite d'un etui de verre bris6; trach6otomie et extrac- tion parcellairc par bronchoscopie inferieure. Ann. otolar. Par, 1935, 143-7.—Extraction de corps etrangers des bronches de forme globuleuse. Rev. med. Louvain, 1922, 161.—Finzi, G. Contributo alia estrazione dei corpi estranei dai bronchi. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1924, 42: 1S-2L—Fletcher, G. W. A bronchoscopic case with a unique feature. Laryngoscope, 1923, 33: 53-7.— Fraser, J. S. A case of foreign body in the left bronchus, removed by lower (tracheal) bronchoscopy. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1922, 37: 140.—Gignoux & Renard. Corps etranger de la bronche droite chez un enfant de 10 mois; extraction; gu6rison. Lyon med, 1922, 131: 1011.—Gobell, R. Fremdkorper im rechten Bronchus, nach wiederholten bronchoskopischen Extraktions- vcrsuchen durch Pneumotomie geheilt. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1926, 197: 79-82.—Guisez, J. Corps etranger bronchique; sifflet dans la 2« ramification bronchique gauche; extraction par bron- choscopie superieure. Paris chir, 1921, 13: 277-80. ----- Reflexions a propos de nos derniers cas de corps etrangers extraits par la broncho-oesophagoscopie. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1931, 40: 369-78.—Harrison, W. J. Foreign body removed from left superior bronchus. Newcastle M.J, 1923-24, 4: 68.—Hinojar, C. Technique op6ratoire des corps etrangers intrabronchiques. Ann. otolar. Par, 1932, 171.—Hofer, H. Zur Behandlung der Fremdkbrperaspiration und ihrer Folgeerscheinungen. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1933-34, 242: 610-9.—Isreal, S. Foreign bodies in the bronchi, and bronchoscopy in children. Texas J.M, 1923-24, 19: 326-30.—Jackson, C. Removal of foreign bodies from the upper lobe bronchus. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1915, 21: 241-5. ----- Pebble removed by oral bronchoscopy (rom right bronchus; asthmatoid wheeze not present. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth, 1917-18, 22-23: 262. ----- Bone removed by oral bronchoscopy from right bronchus; asthmatoid wheeze diagnostic. Ibid, 263. ----- Glass eye of Teddy bear re- moved from right stem bronchus by oral bronchoscopy; asthma- toid wheeze present. Ibid, 264.-----Fish bone removed from left inferior lobe bronchus by oral bronchoscopy; asthma- toid wheeze present. Ibid, 266-9. ----- Bronchoscopic re- moval of safetv-pins. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1926, 3: 423-8. Also Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1927, 33: 390-8. ----- Forceps for extracting a nail or screw lodged head upward from the bronchus. Tr. Am. Bronehosc. Soc, 1936, 19: 33. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1936, 45: 1178. ----- & Jackson, C. L. Staples and double-pointed tacks as foreign bodies; mechanical problems of bronchoscopic extraction. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1935,22:603-25. Also repr.—Jacques. Corps etrangers extraits des bronches; epingle et gousse d'ail. Rev. med. est, 1922, 50: 23-6.—Jehn, W. Extraktion eines 4.5 cm langen Nagels aus dem rechten Hauptbronchus eines 4jahr. Kindes. Zbl. Chir, 1923, 50: 1132.—Jervey, J. W. Bronchoscopic failures which are successes. Laryngoscope, 1924,34:835-8.—Jesberg.S. A method of removing a bead from a bronchus. Ibid, 1926, 36: 917.— Jousseaume. Extraction des corps etrangers trach6o-bron- chiques chez l'enfant par bronchoscopie interieure sans bron- choscope (procede de Belinov) Ann. otolar. Par, 1933, 1014.— Kelley, LB. Mechanical problem of the bronchoscopic removal of a pin from the right upper lobe bronchus under fluoroscopy; report of a case. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1925-20, 34: 819-33.— Keppler, W. Entfernung eines Fremdkbrpers aus dem Bron- chus. Arch. klin. Chir, 1921, 118: 825-9—Khayel Arslan. Tubo metallico nei bronco destro; estrazione mediante bron- coscopia inferiore; guarigione. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1933, 51: 421-31.—Kofler, K. Entfernung einer Eisenniete aus dem rechten Unterlappenbronchus. Wien. med. Wschr, 1927, 77: 849—Krumm, F. Zur Frage. der Tracheotomie bei Fremd- kbrpereinkeilung im Bronchus. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 1797.—Lannois & Sargnon. Piece de 50 centimes dans la bronche droite; extraction par bronchoscopie interieure. Lyon nted, 1919, 128: 108-10.—Ledoux-Lebard, Lepennetier & Soulas, A. Dispositif d'extraction des corps etrangers broncho-pulmonaires sous le controle du double 6cran. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1935, 61: 1023-5.—Lewis, F. O. Bronchoscopy, the life-saver in 2 unusual cases. Laryngoscope, 1924, 34: 99.—Lynah, H. L. A difficult case of bronchoscopic foreign body extraction compli- cated by pyopneumothorax. N. York M.J, 1921, 114: 617-9.— Lyon-Caen, L, Le Mete & Richier. Corps etranger des bronches uhez le nourrisson; l'extraction remarquablement facile et non traumatisante neanmoins suivie de mort. Ann. nted. teg, 1934, 14: 298-304.—McCready, J. H. Removal of medal top from left bronchus. Pennsylvania M.J, 1920-21, 24: 813.—Maraspini, H. Corps etranger de la bronche gauche extrait par traclteobron- choscopie interieure. Fol. otolar. orient, 1932-33, 1: 86-90.— Morard. Extraction d'une anche ntetallique de la bronche gauche chez un enfant de 12 ans, avec complication febrile, guerison et controles radiographiques. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1936, 66: 489.—Negus, V. E. A series of patients illustrating the results of bronchoscopic treatment. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1932, 25: 1513—Orton, H. B. Two cases of foreign bodies in the bronchus; filbert nut shell and a carpet tack successfully removed by peroral endoscopy. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1921, 18: 326.— Patterson, E. J. Rabbit rib in bronchus of infant; report of case with bronchoscopy and recovery. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1925, 1: 521-3. Also repr. ----- Costophrenic bronchoscopy for pins deep in the tracheobronchial tree. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1936, 45: 870.—Perez, F. J. Cuerpo extrano del bronquio iz- quierdo extraido por bronquioscopia superior. Rev. med. Rosario, 1923, 13:196-9.—Pieri, G. Estrazione di corpo estraneo (proiettile di futile militare) dal bronco destro. Valsalva, 1925, 1: 379.—Piermarini, G. Corpo estraneo del bronco sinistro, estratto con la tracheotomia inferiore, in fanciulla settenne a timo persistente. Ibid, 1926,2:345-52—Rolland.D. Sull'estra- zione dei corpi estranei dai bronchi. Riforma med, 1930, 46: 807-12.—Rose, F. A safety-pin removed from the left bronchus BRONCHUS 1043 BRONCHUS by a fortunate manoeuvre. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1928-29, 22: Sect. Laryng., 40.—Rossi, G. Estrazione dalla vie naturali di uno spillo ferma-carte incuneato in un bronco. Otorinolar. ital, 1935, 5:419-22.—Rubaltelli, E. Considerazioni sopra l'estrazione mediante broncoscopia superiore, di frammenti ossei da lungo tempo soggiornanti nei lume bronchiale. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1934, 52: 629-53.—Salinger, S. Instrument for the removal of a bead from the bronchus. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1935, 22: 492.— Schenck, C. P. Method for removal of an open salety-pin, point up, from the bronchus. Ibid, 1934, 20: 424-6.—Seiffert, A. Extraktion von Hohlkbrpern aus den Bronchien. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1926, 14: 227-31.-----Zur Entfernung von Fremdkbrpern aus peripheren Bronchien. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1933,19:99-104.—Slack, W. K. Report of 4 foreign body cases with endoscopic removal. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1934, 33: 10-2.—Smith, R. N. Dice removed from child's bronchus on Friday the 13th. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1932, 25: 115.—Smyth, B. C. The fluoroscopic removal of metallic foreign bodies in the bronchi. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1927, 33: 395-419. Also N. England J.M, 1928,198: 887-904.----- An expansion forceps for the removal of staples in the lung. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth, 1933, 435.—Tucker, G. A bronchoscopic tack-and-pin forceps. Laryngoscope, 1922, 32: 948-51. -----& Clerf, L. H. A bronchoscopic forceps for balls, marbles, beads, and other hard globular objects. Ibid, 1925, 35: 175.—Valdoni, P. L'im- piego del piombaggio extra-pleurico nell' estrazione di un corpo estraneo metallico dal bronco destro. Boll. Accad. med. Roma, 1935, 61: 273-80.—Vinson, P. P, & Sutherland, C. G. Foreign body removed from bronchus under fluoroscopic guidance. Radiology, 1924, 2: 99.—Voorthuysen, D. G. W. van [Perlaryn- geal extraction of a pig-nut from the left upper bronchial lobel Oeneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1934, 74: 496-500.—Waltz, M. R. Two cases of foreign body in left bronchus removed endosco- pically. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 79: 1049. Also repr.—Wiist, K, & Bayer, H. G. A. Wie lasst sich das Hiniiberwechseln eines obturierenden Fremdkbrpers aus einem Bronchus in dte andere Seite bei der Bronchoskopie vermciden? Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1936-37, 41: 2S7-9.—Zambrini, A. Cuerpos extranos de las vias aereas y esofago; su extraction por endoscopia. Rev. med. lat.amer, B. Air, 1928, 14: 3222-43.—Zorzoli, P. Corpo estraneo endobronchiale (cura pneumotoracica) Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1928, 42: n.s, 3: 581-7. ---- Foreign bodies: Spontaneous expulsion. Cantilena, A. Corpo estraneo nei bronco sinistro; espulsione spontanea; guarigione. Clin, pediat. Mod, 1927, 9: 172-5.— Carano, M. Espulsione spontanea di un corpo estraneo pene- trato nelle vie aeree. Med. prat. Nap, 1926, 11: 175-7.— Bufour, H, & Rachstein. Couronne dentaire restee 9 mois dans une bronche et expulsee dans un effort de toux. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3.ser, 52: 630-2.—Ferru & Bucos. Corps etranger bronchique expulse spontanement par voie intercostale chez un nourrisson. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1936, 34: 177-80 — Fiori, G. Un caso di espulsione spontanea di corpo estraneo dal bronco destro. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1930, 48: 10-4.—Leroy, E. Corps etranger bronchique; expulsion spontanee. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1925, 39: 853-6.—Leto, L. Espulsione spontanea di un corpo estraneo metallico da un bronco di secondo ordine. Rass. ital. otorinolar, 1929, 3: 152-7.—Santi, M. Spiga di grano incuneata nelle vie bronchiali; espulsione spontanea. Pediat. prat. Mod, 1928, 5: 133-40.—Schoenemann, H. Spontane Ausstossung einer Nadel aus dem linken Unterlappenbronchus. Rontgenpraxis, 1933, 5: 259. ---- Foreign bodies: Statistics and cases. Kuntze, E. *Ueber Fremdkorper der tieferen Luftwege im allgemeinen und Bleistifthulsen in den Bronchien im besonderen. 27p. 8? Jena, 1919. Aloin, H. Epingle dans la bronche droite. Lyon med, 1924, 133: 424-6.—Arbuckle, M. F. Foreign body impacted in lower air and food passages; report of 51 cases. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1927, 24: 445-59.—Beevor, C. F. Foreign body removed from right bronchus. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1923-24 17: sect. laryng 45 —Berard & Sargnon. Sifflet dans la bronche gauche. Lyon med, 1923, 132: 546-8.—Biggs, G. N. A case of foreign body impacted in the right secondary bronchi. Lancet, Lond, 1922 1- 1194 —Birdsall, E. An interesting case of foreign body in the bronchus. Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 129: 36.-Bloch, A, & Soulas, A. Trois cas d'anches metalliques de sifflet mtrabron- chiques. Ann. otolar. Par, 1934, 735-8.-Bruck, P. Interessan- ter Fall eines Bronchialfremdkbrpers. Mschr. Ohrenh Wien, 1932 66- 452—Campbell, G. E. Razor handle in bronchus. J. Am'M'Ass' 1926 87: 168.—Cassady, J. V. Endogenous foreign bodies in the'bronchi. Tr. Indiana Acad. Ophth, 1936, 28-39.- Collet F J Corps etranger musical de l'arbre bronchique droit. Lvon'med' 1934, 153: 161-4—Craig, R. H. Four cases of bron- choscopy (including 2 of lung abscess) Canad. M Ass. J, 1923, cnoscopy uiiciu * ^ ^ foreign feody .q tfae Mt bronchus Phir,n iu T 1920 34: 510.—Duarte, I. Dois casos de corpo extranhodo bronchio. Brasil med, 1925, 39: pt2, 113-6.- TJ,,SaiVu N A & Painchaud, P. Suppuration bronchique raiiPhVsecondaire a une epingle de surete ouverte; extraction et gauche seconaaue ^^ Quebec, 1934, 154-6.-Fieandt, guerison. «""• ° ' Y. Two cases of foreign bodies in the left VOnN^ihrnnchus Acta otolar, Stockh, 1920-21, 2: 455- 60P-Fisher, B Ueber einen merkwurdigen Fall von Fremd- kbrperaspiration. Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23: 55-7.—Frenzel. Demonstration zweier Bronchialfremdkbrper. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 77.—Gaillard, R. Double corps etranger des voies a6riennes chez un enfant. Lyon med, 1926, 137: 71-4.— Gill, E. G. Case reports; 1 opaque and 2 non-opaque foreign bodies in the right main bronchus. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1928, 37: 691-3. ----- Portion of safety pin in right main bronchus; removal; bronchoscopy. Laryngoscope, 1930, 40: 130.—Guisez, J. Reflexions pratiques a propos de quelques cas de corps etrangers bronchiques. Bull, otorhinolar. Par, 1919-20, n.s, 18: 121-30. ----- A propos de nos derniers cas de corps etran- gers cesophagiens et bronchiques. Paris chir, 1923, 15: 402-8.— Halphen, E. A propos de 3 cas de corps etrangers intrabron- chiques. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1925, 31: 53-61.—Hirsch, C. Ein seltener Bronchial-Fremdkbrperfall. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1928, 22: 156-8—Holmgren, G. [A case of a foreign body in a bronchus] Sven. lak. tidn, 1922, 19: 858.—Hudson, R. V. A case of foreign body in the right bronchus. Middlesex Hosp. J, 1922-23, 23: 18.—Iglauer, S. Case of foreign body in a bron- chus. Cincinnati J.M, 1923-24, 4: 621.—Jacques. Epingle intra-bronchique. Rev. nted. est, 1924, 52: 205-7.—Kernan, J. D, jr. Report of an upholsterer's taok in the right main bronchus for 7 years; removal by peroral bronchoscopy; drain- age of lung abscess; recovery. Laryngoscope, 1922, 32: 102-4.— Kofler, K. Ein instruktiver Fall von Bronchusfremdkbrper. Wien. med. Wschr, 1927, 77: 1038-40.—Krauss, F. Ein seltener Fremdkorper in einem Bronchus. Zbl. Chir, 1928, 55: 1941.— Lacroix, M. Sur 2 cas de corps etrangers des bronches chez des enfants; bronchoscopie superieure. Strasbourg nted, 1934, 94: 477.—Laskiewicz, A. [A rare case of foreign body in bronchi] Polska lek. gaz, 1924, 3: 11.—Lemariey. Un cas rare de corps etranger des bronches. Ann. otolar. Par, 1936, 70.—Liiiis, A. Eine Schraube im rechten Bronchus. Zschr. Kinderh, 1927-28, 45: 594.—McCarthy, M. F. Case report; tack in the right bron- chus. Cincinnati J.M, 1923-24, 4: 618.—MacGibbon, T. A. Case of foreign body in the right lower lobe bronchus. N. Zea- land M.J, 1921, 20: 320-2.—McNaughton, P. B. Foreign body in right bronchus not shown by roentgen ray; case report. Mil. Surgeon, 1931, 68: 56.—McNichols, W. A. Endogenous foreign bodies in the tracheo-bronchial tree. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1930, 12: 601.—Mammana, G. Un casi di corpo estraneo nei bronchi (osservazioni cliniche) Policlinico, 1928, 35: sez.prat, 1546-9.— Massalin, D. I. El espasmo bronquial factor de retention de cuerpo extrano intrabronquial. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1928, 12: 742-6.—Mathieu, C. Considerations sur un cas de corps etranger intra-bronchique; clou a double point. J. Hotel Dieu Montreal, 1935, 4: 249-53.—Miller, J. An atypical case of organic foreign body in a bronchus. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1929, 37: 1251-3.— Nager. Heftklammer im linken Hauptbronchus. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1920, 50: 479.—Newman, M. E. Reporting a for- eign body case of unusual interest. Laryngoscope, 1926, 36: 685.—Orton, G. B. Observations on 23 cases of foreign bodies in the esophagus and the bronchus. J.M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1923, 20: 240.—Ovidio Meira & Moncorvo Filho. Sobre um caso de corpo extranho dos bronchios. Bol. Acad. nac. med, Rio, 1921, 93: 182-7.—Patterson, E. J. Beads as foreign bodies in the bronchi; mechanical problems presented and their solution. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1926, 35: 989-99. Also repr. ----- Costophrenic bronchoscopv for pins deep in the tracheobronchial tree. Tr. Am. Bronehosc. Soc, 1936, 19: 41-7.—Ridout, C. A. S. Foreign bodies in the air and food passages; remarks on 5 cases. Brit. M J , 1923, 1: 413.—Rose, F. Foreign body removed from right bronchus. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1926-27, 20: sect.laryn, 9 — Sarmento, S. Corpo extranho do 2° ramo de bronchio esquerdo. Ann. paul. med. cir, 1922, 13: 79-81.—Smallpeice, V. Foreign body in right bronchus of a baby. Brit. M.J, 1930, 1: 69 — Smith, W. B. Clinical thermometer tip in bronchus. California West. M, 1927, 26: 209.—Sobel, J. Unusual foreign body in the left main bronchus of a child 5 years old. Arch. Pediat, N.Y, 1929, 46: 217-23.—Stefanini, F. L'originale comportamento di un corpo estraneo penetrato nei bronchi. Pediat. prat. Mod, 1930, 7: 189-96.—Stbsser, H. Fremdkorper im linken Haupt- bronchus bei einem 15 Monate alten Knaben. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1922, 52: 386-9.—Strachan, J. G. Foreign bodies in the bronchi; a report of 2 cases. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1924, 14: 968.— Terracol, Gineste [et al.] Corps etranger de l'eperon bronchique (epingle) extraction. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1932, 13: 409.—Thibonneau & Stoeckel, J. Chute d'un tire- nerf dans les voies aeriennes inferieures, expulsion sans incident. Odontologie, Par, 1923, 61: 550-3.—Velikoretski. Canute a traorteotomie, corps etranger des voies respiratoires. Rev. laryng. Par, 1926, 47: 693-700.—Vignoles, M. Sobre tres casos de cuerpo extrano de bronquios. Rev. med. Rosario, 1931, 21: 462-5.—Vinson, P. Obstruction of the oesophagus and cardia, and foreign body in the bronchus. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1924, 4 • 303-18 ----- Foreign bodies in the bronchus of intrapul- nionary origin; report of a case. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1927, 45: 548 -----& Sutherland, C. G. Fragment of glass in the bron- chus revealed by the roentgen ray. Radiology, 1923, 1: 238 — Voegelin, A. W. A case of foreign body in the bronchi. Med. Press Lond , 1921, n.s. 111: 416.—Wessely, E. Klinisch inte- ressante Bronchialfremdkbrper. Arch. klin. Chir, 1930, 160: 288-94 —Yorke, C. A hair slide in the bronchus. Brit. M.J, 1928 2- 256 —Ziemacki, J. Un cas du corps etranger dans la bronche. Polska gaz. lek, 1924, 3: 119. ---- Foreign bodies, vegetal. Ballon, D. H. Vegetal foreign bodies in the bronchi (with the report of 2 cases) Canad. M. Ass. J, 1932, 27: 277—Baxter, BRONCHUS 1044 BRONCHUS J. M, & Macdonald, C. Peanut impacted in the right bronchus. Med. J. Australia, 1927, 1: 752.—Benjamins, C. E. [Removing of a piece of a nut from the bronchial tube in a child ll/z years old] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1921, 65: pt2, 2788-91.—Bower, R. L, Vegetal (peanut) bronchitis. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1933, 30: 277-80.—Brindel. Corps etranger enclave dans la bronche droite (haricot) tractteotomie; bronchoscopie interieure; extrac- tion; guerison. Bull. Soc. nted. chir. Bordeaux, (1925) 1926, 293-6.—Chamberhn, W. B. Difficulties encountered in remov- ing a peanut from a bronchus. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1920, 26: 352-8.—Bunlap, A. M. Peanut bronchitis in China; with the report of a case. China M.J, 1925, 39: 903-10.—Fuller, T. E. Report of a case of pipe stem in the left main stem bron- chus of a child. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1929, 10: 73-5—Gill, E. G. Grain of corn in right main bronchus; removal by use of bron- choscope. Virginia M. Month, 1926-27, 53: 792—Gittins, T. R. Case report; peanut in bronchus 9 weeks; bronchoscopy; re- covery. Laryngoscope, 1924, 34: 655.—Hall, S. S, & Thomas, H. V. Atelectasis—its rapid development and clearing in the case of a vegetal foreign body (seed from citrus family) in the left main bronchus. West Virginia M.J, 1936, 32: 272.—Jackson, C. Wooden whistle removed from left bronchus by oral bron- choscopy; asthmatoid wheeze present. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth, 1917-18, 22:-23: 265. ----- Grain of corn removed from right bronchus by oral bronchoscopy; asthmatoid wheeze present. Ibid, 265. ----- Tucker, G, & Clerf, L. H. Arachidic and other forms of vegetal bronchitis. Atlantic M.J, 1924-25, 28: 506-8.—King, E. Arachidic bronchitis; peanut in right lung; removal. Arch. Pediat, N.Y, 1928, 45: 294-6—Kinlaw, W. B. Diagnosis of peanuts in the bronchi of children (arachidic bron- chitis) South. MAS, 1927, 89: 257-60—Lucchese, G. Corpo estraneo nei bronco destro. Valsalva, 1929, 5: 83-6.—Manges, W. F. Peanut kernels in the lungs; roentgen-ray diagnosis of non-opaque foreign bodies in the air-passages. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1924, 4: 54-65.—Mantoux, C, & Castelnau, R. Petit pois dans une bronche; lipiodolo diagnostic; morphine; expul- sion. Presse med, 1934, 42: 165.—Mathers, R. P. Two cases of vegetable foreign body in the bronchus. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1925, 40: 24-6.—Mollison, W. M. A piece of cork for 3 weeks in the left bronchus of child 17 months; removal; recovery. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1924, 34: 570. ----- A piece of peanut in the right bronchus of a child aged 14 months; removal; oedema of the glottis; tracheotomy; recovery. Ibid, 570.—Negus, V. E. Removal of orange pip from the bronchus. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1927-28, 21: Sect. Laryn, 102.—Newman, M. E. Re- porting three peanut cases in bronchi. Laryngoscope, 1924, 34: 35.—Orton, H.B. Bilateral peanut kernel in the bronchi. Ibid, 811-20.—Purcell, C. E. An interesting X-ray study of a foreign body; honey locust seed in the right bronchus. Kentucky M.J, 1922, 20: 529-32.—Richards, L. Bronchial peanuts and their problems. Boston M.&S.J, 1925, 193: 215-8. ----- A corn kernel in the bronchus. Ibid, 1926, 194: 57. -----& Walker, J. Nuts as bronchial foreign bodies. N. England J.M, 1934, 211: 653-65.—Spech. Fall von Fremdkbrperaspira- tion. Wien. med. Wschr, 1928, 78: 585.—Stiles, P. Vegetal bronchitis; observations on 15 cases. South. M.J, 1927, 20: 269-73.—Vinson, P. P. Peanut kernel in the bronchus of an adult. Minnesota M, 1936, 19: 243—White, P. J. Report of a case of arachidic bronchitis, lung abscess, and pyopneumo- thorax. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1924, 28: 787—Wiskovsky, B, & Camrda, J. [Mediastinal and subcutaneous emphysema after inhalation of a bean into the right bronchus; recovery after ex- traction of the foreign body through peroral bronchoscopia] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1922-23, 2: 195-207—Wright, A. J. Foreign body (nut) in the bronchus; skiagrams of chest shown. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1926-27, 20: Sect. Laryng, 44—Zipper. Eine Bohne im rechten Bronchus (Krankenvorstellung) Mitt. Verein. Aerzte Steiermark, 1923, 60: 10-2. ---- Injuries. Adams, W. E, Van Allen, C. M, & Livingstone H. M. Bron- chial injury and repair. Ann. Surg, 1930, 91: 342-60.—Myerson, M. C. Perforation of the bronchus with notes on bronchoscopic anatomy. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1932, 41: 1203-9—Nicod, J. L, & Urech, E. Rupture guerie d'une bronche principale. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1936, 13: 485-94—Sergent, E, & Mignot, R. Les hemoptysies par traumatisme bronchique interne. Arch. nted. chir. app. resp, 1931, 6: 55-64.—Supino, L. Antica frattura del grosso bronco destro con stenosi cicatriziale occlusiva; esclu- sione del polmone omolaterale; ipertrofla polmonare vicaria contralaterale. Arch. ital. anat. pat, 1935, 6: 563-79. ---- Lymphnodes [and diseases] See also under Mediastinum. Jager, E. W. *Zur Diagnose der Bron- chialdrusenschwellung [Munchen] 20p. 8? Stutt., 1915. Acuna, M, & Foley, G. Sobre un caso de adenopatia traqueo- bronquica especifica. Sem. med, B. Air, 1917, 24: 652.— Ameuille, P, & Maldan, E. L'ad6nopathie ntediastinale de l'adulte. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1926, 3.ser, 50: 1322-4.— Anglada & Chauvin. Granulie suraigue a symptomatologie de meningite cerebrospinale; polynucteose cepbalorachidienne. Montpellier med, 1912, 35: 615-21.—Armand-Belille. L'adeno- pathie tracheo-bronchique chez l'enfant. J. med. Paris, 1926, 45: 139.—Beutel, A,, & Por, F. Klinische und rontgenologische Erscheinungen bei der Perforation anthrakotisch indurierter Lymphknoten in den Bronchus. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1932, 81: 659-64.—Cany, G. Circulation colateral toracica y adenopatia traqueo-bronquial. Arch, gin, Barcel, 1912, 25: 501-8. ----- L'adenopathie tracheo-bronchique, comment agit l'eau brumi- ftee de La Bourboule sur les ganglions rrtediastinaux. Rev. med. est, 1924, 52: 813-8.—Be Murtas, C. Adenopatia tracheo- bronchiale e Spia di Hochsinger nei bambini dopo il secondo anno di vita. Riv. clin. pediat, 1934, 32: 129-62.—Engel, S. Die Topographie der bronchialen Lymphknoten und ihre praparatorische Darstellung. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1926, 64: 468-81. Also Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 1136—Fischer, I. M. Des adenopathies traclteo-bronchiques de l'enfant. Bull, med. Par, 1933, 47: 279.—Gahwyler, M. Ueber nicht-tuberkulbse Bronchialdriisenanschwellungen und Verkalkungen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1921, 51: 317-9.—Gomez del Rio, G. Contribucion al estudio de la adenopatia traqueobronquica en el nifio. Vida nueva, Habana, 1929, 23: 140-7—Hare, H. A. The clinical importance of infected bronchial lymph nodes. Ther. Gaz, Detr, 1922, 3.ser, 38: 5-12.—Jumon, H. Contribution a l'etude du diagnostic differentiel de l'adenopathie bronchique chez l'enfant et des affections diverses observees dans les stations thermo-climatiques. J. med. chir. Par, 1929, 100: 201-10.— Kottmaier, J. Mechanische Riickwirkungen bronchialer Lym- phome auf Herz und Lungen. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1925-26, 62: 773-8.—Kowarski, H. Ueber ein perkutorisch-auskultatori- sches Phanomen fiir Bestimmung der vergrbsserten Bronchial- driisen. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1928, 3.F, 70: 336-9— Leitman, S. [Respiratory murmur in the upper thorax in enlargement of bronchial glands] Russ. klin, 1925, 4: 381-90.—Mateo Milano, E. El diagnostico Roentgen en las adenopatias traqueobronquiales de los ninos. Pediat. espan, 1918, 7: 43-55.—Mery, H. Le diagnostic anatomo-clinique et le diagnostic 6volutif de l'adeno- pathie tracheo-bronchique. Bull, med. Par, 1921, 35: 863-6.— Nobecourt, P. Adenopathies traclteo-bronchiques non tuber- culeuses des enfants. Clinique, Par, 1928, 23: 5; 41.—Pedrinoni, G. Stenosi polmonare da adenopatia bronchiale. Gazz. osp, 1927, 48: 531-4.—Schmorl, G. Ueber die Beziehungen anthrako- chalikotischer bronchialer Lymphknoten zu Bronchialerkran- kungen und iiber Bronchitis deformans. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 757.—Soria, B. La adenopatia traqueobronquica. An. Fac. med, Montev, 1928, 13: 6-26.—Valette. Le traite- ment crenotherapique arsenical des adenopathies traclteo- bronchiques infantiles. Bruxelles med, 1927-28, 8: 1403-6.— Weber, G. Ueber die Bedeutung von Thoraxqueraufnahmen bei Kindern, besonders zur Erkennung pseudoperihilarer Verschattungen. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1928, 38: 662-9 — Weil, A. Adenopathies tracheobronchiques et projectiles de guerre. Paris med, 1916, 18: 93. ---- Muscles. Hallion, L. Sur la physiologie normale et pathologique des muscles bronchiques. Arch. nted. chir. app. resp, 1929, 4: 1-24. Also Rev. prat, biol. Par, 1929, 22: 289-301.—Luisada, A. L'elettrogramma della muscolatura liscia broncopolmonare (elettro-bronco-gramma) Minerva med. Tor, 1929, 9: pt2, 869-89.—Macklin, C. C. The musculature of the bronchi and lungs; a retrospect. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1929, 20: 404.—Menozzi, L. Sulla funzione della muscolatura broncopulmonare. Lotta tuberc, 1935, 6: 255-68—Miller, W. S. Arrangement of the musculature of the bronchioli and its relation to certain patho- logical conditions in the lung. Tr. U.S. Nat. Tuberc. Ass, 1921, 17: 373. ----- The musculature of the finer divisions of the bronchial tree and its relation to certain pathological condi- tions. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1921-22, 5: 6M)-704.—Sato, S. Ueber dte spinalparasympathische Innervation der Bronchialmusku- latur. Klin. Wschr, 1936, 15: 1723. ---- Mycosis. Buchanan, J. A. Bronchomycosis; the significance of yeasts in the sputum. Internat. Clin, 1930, 40.ser, 2: 65-70.—Castel- lani, A. Bronchomycoses. Mil. Surgeon, 1925, 57: 113-33. Also J. State M, Lond, 1926, 34: 202-16. ----- Notes on certain bronchomycoses which may simulate pulmonary tuber- culosis. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1927, 15: 541-74. Also J. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1929, 32: 1; 17. ----- Douglas, MacK, & Thompson, E. T. Notes on mixed mycotic infections of the bronchi; the mixed monilia-anaeromyces infection. Ibid, 1925, 28: 257-61—Castex, M. R, & Lorenzo, R. Contribucion al estudio de las broncomicosis. Rev. Soc. med. int, B. Air, 1925,1:593-601. -----& Craveri, P. Sobre un caso de bron- comicosis. Rev. As. med. argent, 1924, 37: Soc. med. int, 408-19.—Charan Sen, S. A case of broncho-moniliasis. Ind. M. Gaz, 1923, 58: 164—Chien, M. H. Bronchomoniliasis. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M, 1934, 9: pt2, 451-8, 2pl— Chyurlia, N. Notes on a case of bronchomvcosis. J. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1926, 29: 145.—De Smidt, F. P. G. A type of monilia in a case of suspected pulmonary tuberculosis in a European. Kenya M. J, 1926-27, 3: 272-4— Farah, N. La moniliase bron- chique en Egypte. Presse nted, 1921, 29: 713-6. ----- Ob- servations on Castellani's bronchomoniliasis, with report of a case with pneumonic onset and a peculiar clinical course. J. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1923, 26:1-5—Flinn, J. W, Flinn, R. S, & Flinn, Z. M. Bronchomoniliasis. Southwest M, 1935, 19: 183-8. ----- A studv of 9 cases of bronchomoniliasis. Ann. Int. M, 1935-36, 9: 42-53—Galbreath, W. R, & Weiss, C. Bron- chomoniliasis; report of a case from Porto Rico. Arch. Int. BRONCHUS 1045 BRONCHUS M, 1928, 42: 500-7.—Howe, A. C, & Schmidt, J. M. The treat- ment of broncho-mycosis with X-ray. N. York State J.M. 1925, 25: 60-3.—Iacono I. Contributo alla conoscenza dell' affezioni da monilie; ricerche su la biologia della Monilia bron- chialis. Studium, Nap, 1921, 11: 350-2.— Joekes, T, & Simp- son, R.H. Bronchomoniliasis. Lancet, Lond, 1923,2:108-11.— Kurotchkin, T. J, & Chu, C. K. Bronchomoniliasis; serological studies on a case. Nat. M.J. China, 1929, 15: 403-9.—Kurotch- kin, T. J, & Lim, C. E. Experimental bronchomoniliasis in sensitized rabbits. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933,31:332-4.— Marotta, R. G. Bronchiti e broncoalveoliti da Oidium albicans. Fol. med. Nap, 1926, 12: 713-7—Nasso, I. Un caso di bronco- moniliasi. Pediatria (Riv.) 1926, 34: 37-42.—Parise, N. Con- tributo sulla moniliasi simulatrice di tubercolosi pulmonare Riforma med, 1923, 39: 241—Parmanand, M. J. Notes on a case of bronchomoniliasis. Ind. M. Gaz, 1922, 57: 418.—Pijper, A. Bronchomoniliasis and monilia-fungi in sputum. Med J. S. Afr, 1923-24, 19: 101-11—Reimann, H. A, & Kurotchkin, T. J. Attempts to produce bronchomoniliasis in monkeys Am. J. Trop. M, 1931, 11: 151-5—Sartory, A, & Moinson.L. Sur un cas de moniliase bronchique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1922, 174: 77-9.—Shrewsbury, J. F. B. Secondary thrush of the bron- chi. Q.J. Med, Lond, 1936, 5: 375-97.— Simon. Aspergillose saprophyte des bronches. Anevrysme aortique. Rev. med. est, 1922, 50: 339-42.—Spencer, H. A. Pulmonary conditions associated with malaria bronchomycoses. J. Trop. M. Hyg Lond, 1931, 34: 106-8—Steinfleld, E. Bronchomycosis associ- ated with types of bronchial asthma. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 82: 83-5. ----- Bronchomycosis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1931, 15: 403-11—Stokes, W. R, Kiser, E. F, & Smith, W. H. Bronchomycosis; report of 2 cases. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 95: 14-8.—Stovall, W. B, & Greeley, H. P. Bronchomycosis; report of 18 cases of primary infection in the lung. Ibid, 1928, 91: 1346-51. Also repr.—Sur, T. Broncho-moniliasis. Ind. M Gaz, 1921, 56: 445-9.— Van den Branden, F, & Moreels, W. CJn cas de bronchomycose due a des Aspergillus diagnostique au Stanley-Pool chez un noir. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop , 1927, 7: 95-7.—Wallace, G. I, & Tanner, F. W. An etiological agent in bronchomycosis. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1927, 15: 373-9.— Warr, O. S. Bronchomoniliasis; a clinical and pathological study with report of illustrative cases. Ann. Int. M, 1931, 5: 307-32. ---- Obstruction. See also Lung, Atelectasis; Pneumonia. Aucoin E, & Soulas, A. Signes et mecanisme de l'obstruc- tion bronchique. Progr. med. Par, 1931, 23-7.—Bezza, P. Studio sperimentale sulle modiflcazioni istologiche ehe inter- vengono in ambedue i polmoni in seguito alla legatura di uno dei due bronchi ed in corrispondenza del bronco legato. Riv. pat. clin. tuberc, 1933, 7: 465-95.—Blalock, A, & Raymond, W. M. Studies on bronchial occlusion by the method of Adams and Livingstone. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1933, 56: 779-81.—Bowers, C. Obstruction of a main bronchus, with report of an unusual case. Laryngoscope, 1925, 35: 119-27.—Brill, S, & Brown, A. L. Experimental production of mucous plugs in the bronchi of dogs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. N.Y, 1930-31, 28: 533-5—Bucher, C. J. Pulmonary tuberculosis associated with bronchial ob- struction. J. Am. M. Ass, 1928, 90: 1289—Coryllos, P. N, & Birnbaum, G. L. Studies in pulmonary gas absorption in bron- chial obstruction; two new methods for direct and indirect observation. Am. J.M. Sc, 1932, 183: 317-26. :—— The behavior and absorption times of oxygen, carbon dioxid, nitro- gen, hydrogen, helium, ethylene, nitrous oxid, ethyl chlorid, and ether in the lung, with some observations on pleural absorp- tion of gases. Ibid, 326-47. ----- A theory of air absorption in atelectasis. Ibid, 347-59.-----Bronchial obstruction, its relation to atelectasis, bronchopneumonia and lobar pneu- monia. Am. J. Roentg, 1929, 22: 401-30—Cutler, E. C, & Wood, C. B. Studies on endobronchial occlusion. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1934, 59: 501-12.—Furk, E. H, & Clerf, L. H. Bronchial obstruction. Med. Clin. N. America, 1929-30, 13: 833-44.— Garcia Otero, J, Barcia, P. A, & Volonterio, M. Contribution a l'etude de l'obstruction bronchique. J. radiol. electr, 1935,19: 441-9. ----- Diagnostic de l'obstruction bronchique. Ibid, 1936, 20: 388-98.—Garcia Oterc, J, & Volonterio, M. Consecuen- cias anatomicas de la obstruction bronquica experimental. Rev. tuberc. urug, 1933, 3: 8-14—Gonalons, G. P. Los nuevos conceptos de la obstruction bronquica; su importancia para el clinico y para el cirujano. Prensa med. argent, 1933-34, 20: 1055-60.—Hall, A. S. Bilateral bronchial obstruction. Lancet, Lond 1935..1:1154.—Langan, P. C. Fatal bronchial obstruction in the newborn. Am. J. Obst, 1930, 20: 255.—Lierle, D. M. Bronchial obstruction in infancy. Laryngoscope, 1932, 42: 627-31 —Lindskog, G. E, & Van Allen, C. M. The aerodynamics of bronchial obstruction. Arch. Surg, 1932, 24: 204-30. Also repr —Manges, W. F. Bronchial obstruction, partial or complete, as shown by' the roentgen-ray examination. Proc. Interst. Postgrad M Ass. N. America, 1932, 7: 367-72.—Moersch, H. J. Bronchial obstruction; its diagnosis and treatment. J. Kansas M Soc 1937 38:1-6.—Nissen, R. Die Bronchusunterbindung, pin Reifrae zur experimentellen Lungenpathologie und -chi- rurgte Iteut Zschr. Chir 1923 179: 160-76.-Phelps, K. A. Bronchial obstruction in chronic tuberculosis. Tr. Am. Bron- nhose Soc 1936 ™- 133-42.-Purcell, C. E, & Acree, J. B. Membranous obstruction of the bronchi, clinically diphtheritic, with repeated removals with the bronchoscope; recovery; apparently two new triumphs for bronchoscopy. Laryngo- scope, 1921, 31: 704-8.-Soulas, A. La methode bronchoscopique dans te traitement des suppurations broncho-pulmonaires et de 1 obstruction des bronches. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Mont- pellier 1932, 13: 423. ----- Role de la bronchoscopie et de la pronchoscopotlterapie dans l'obstruction des bronches et l'ate- Iectasie pulmonaire. Paris m6d, 1935, 97: 535—Spivek, M. L. Foreign body obstruction of the main bronchi in children. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1936-37, 11: 137.—Stone, J. B. Bron- chial obstruction from intrabronchial granulations in a child two years old: case report. South. M.J, 1931,24: 350-3—Vinson, P. P. Clinical manifestations of tracheal and bronchial ob- struction with certain bronchoscopic observations. Med. Clin. N. America, 1935,19: 453-62. ----- & Maytum, C. K. Inter- mittent attacks of fever resulting from partial bronchial obstruction with minimal pulmonary symptoms. Minnesota M, 1933, 16: 492.—Woodward, F. B. Bronchial obstruction. Virginia M. Month, 1929-30, 56: 439-43. ---- Pharmacology. Frank, R. *Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung des Suprarenins und einiger suprareninverwandter Priiparate auf den experi- mentell erzeugten Bronchialkrampf von Meer- schweinchen und Katze [Erlangen] 23p. 8? Dresd., 1934. Boudry, A. Agents de sensibilisation et coefficients de sensi- bilite bronchique chez l'enfant. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1932,13: 659-69.—Bovet, B. Action sur la muscula- ture des bronches de substances sympathicolytiques dterivees des pltenoxyethylamines, des aminocourmaranes et des amino- ntethylbenzodioxanes. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 1020-2 — Brill, S, & Leake, C. D. Effect of typical broncho-dilating drugs on intrapleural pressure. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 518-21—Cuboni, E. Broncodilatazione, bronco- costrizione e pressione endopleurica nei eoniglio; azione bron- cocostrittrice del cloruro di carbammilcolina. Arch. ital. sc. farm, 1936, 5: 36-46—Gillespie, M, & Thornton, J. W. The effect of calcium on the response of isolated bronchi to histamine. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1932, 45: 419-26—Glaubach, S. Die spasmolytische Wirkung des Stryphnons bei experimentell erzeugtem Bronchialkrampf. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 491-3.—Houssay, B. A. Accion antagonistica de la adrenalina y de los extractos hipofisarios sobre los bronquios. Rev. As. med. argent, 1918, 28: 433-9—Macht, D. I, & Ting, G. C. Ac- tion of some purin derivatives on the isolated bronchus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1921-22, 19: 234. ----- Response to drugs of excised bronchi from normal and diseased animal. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1921-22, 18: 111-9. ----- A study of antispasmodic drugs on the bronchus. Ibid, 373-98.— Pedden, J. R, Tainter, M. L, & Cameron, W. M. Comparative actions of sympathomimetic compounds; bronchodilator actions in experimental bronchial spasm of parasympathetic origin. Ibid, 1935, 55: 242-56.—Rittmann, R. Pharmakologische Untersu- chungen an der menschlichen Bronchialmuskulatur; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Wirksamkeit der operativen Sympathikusaus- schaltung beim Asthma bronchiale. Wien. med. Wschr, 1924, 74: 2057-9.—Sollmann, T, & Oettingen, W. F. von. Bronchial perfusion of isolated lung as a method for studying pharmaco- logic- reactions of bronchiolar muscle. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N. Y, 1927-28, 25: 692-5.—Tiefensee, K. Ueber die Bedeutung der Blutbeschaffenheit fiir den Tonus der Bronchialmuskeln und ihr Ansprechen auf Gifte. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1928. 139: 139-53. ----- Pharmakologische Studien an der Bronchial- muskulatur; Methodik. Ibid, 129-38.—Villaret, M, & Justin- Besancon, L. Action des eaux minerales sur le muscle bron- chique. Paris med, 1930, 77: 97-101. ----- & Vexenat. Re- cherches sur le muscle bronchique isote; action des poisons du sympathique et du parasympathique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 100: 806-8. ----- Action sur le muscle bronchique isote de la pltenytethylmalonyluree, de la cicutine et des arsenobenzenes. Ibid, 809. ----- Action sur la muscle bronchique de la digita- line, du camphre, de la quinidine, de la cinchonidine et de 1'hy- drastine. Ibid, 1027.—Wiechmann, E. Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von Kurt Tiefensee; pharmakologische Studien an der Bronchialmuskulatur. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1929, 142: 75-7. ---- Physiology. Vexenat, G. *La bronche isolee; recherches de physiologie et d'hydrologie experimentale. 115p. '8? Par., 1929. Bezza, P. La secrezione mucosa della trachea e dei bronchi dopo legatura di un grosso bronco. Sperimentale, 1935, 89: 108-18 2pl.—Binger, M. W, Gaarde, F. W, & Markowitz, J. A study of bronchial reflexes in the guinea pig. Am. J. Physiol, 1931 96' 647-56.—Boudry, A. La sensibilite bronchique de l'en- fant'. Strasbourg med, 1933, 93: 834-7—Bullowa, J. G. M, & Gottlieb, C. Additional experimental studies in bronchial func- tion. Laryngoscope, 1922, 32: 284-9.—Corone, A. La suscepti- bilite bronchique de l'enfant et de l'adulte. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1932, 13: 628-49— Danielopolu, D, & Marcu, I. Recherches physiologiques et pharmacodynamiques sur les bronches. Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol, 1932, 62.—De Burgh Daly, I. The physiology of the bronchial vascular system, BRONCHUS 1046 BRONCHUS Harvey Lect, Bait, 1935-36, 31: 235-55— Ellis, M. The mech- anism of the rhythmic changes in the calibre of the bronchi during respiration. J. Physiol, Lond, 1936, 87: 298-309. ----- & Livingston, A. E. A method of directly recording changes in the calibre of the bronchi. Ibid, 1935-36, 84: 223- 31 .—Francis, B. F. Changes in the shape and size of the tracheo- bronchial tree following stimulation of the vagosympathetic nerve. Arch. Surg, 1929, 19: 1577-83. Also repr.—Garcia Otero, J. La permeabilidad bronquica; importancia de su estudio en patologia. Dia med, B. Air, 1933-34, 6: 385. Also Dia nted. urug, 1933, 1: 59-61.—Gordonov, T. Gibt es eine Bronchialperistaltik? ein Beitrag zum Studium der Physiologie und Pharmakologie der Sekretomotorik. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1935, 97: 1-9.—Heinbecker, P. A method for the demon- stration of calibre changes in the bronchi in normal respiration. J. Clin. Invest, 1927-28, 4: 459-69—Houssay, B. A, & Orias, 0. L'action du sinus carotidien sur les bronches. C.rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 896—Hudson, W. A, & Jarre, H. A. Cin-ex camera studies on the tracheo-bronchial tree. Arch. Surg, 1929, 19: 1236-45. Also Brit. J. Radiol, 1929, n.s, 2: 523-33. Also Grace Hosp. Bull, Detr, 1929, 13: 1; 15, 2pl— Jacquelin, A, Bertrand, J, & Bonnet, G. Les reactions vaso-motrices broncho-pulmo- naires d'origine digestive. Nutrition, Par, 1933, 3: 331-45 — Jacobseus, H. C, Selander, G, & Westermark, N. Attempt at a clinical functional test of the emptying capacity of the bronchi. Acta med. scand, 1929, 71: 379-437.—Kountz, W. B, & Koenig, K. Studies of bronchial secretion. J. Allergy, 1929-30, 1: 429-33 — Macklin, C. C. X-ray studies on bronchial movements. Am. J. Anat, 1925-26, 35: 303-20. ----- Functional aspects of bronchial muscle and elastic tissue. Arch. Surg, 1929, 19:1212- 35. ---— Bronchial length changes and other movements. Tubercle, Lond, 1932, 14: 16; 69.—Menozzi, L. Sulla funzione aereodinamica dei bronchi. Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1934. 42: 112-8.—Ozario de Almeida, M, & Stodel, G. Agitation de l'arbre bronchique par le coeur. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1927, 96: 1375.—Policard, A. A propos du pouvoir phagocytaire des cellules epitlteliales bronchiques. Ibid, 1937, 124: 656.—Puech, A. La susceptibilite bronchique de l'enfant et de l'adulte. Arch. Soc. sc. nted. biol. Montpellier, 1932, 13: 603-27.—Sonne, C. [Investigations as to the size of the bronchioli in varying air inflation of the lungs] Hospitalstidende, 1922, 65: 817; 841. Also Acta med. scand, 1923, 58: 313-41.—Thornton, J. W. Reac- tions of isolated bronchi. Q.J. Exp. Physiol, Lond, 1932, 21: 305-14.—Walcher, K. Ueber Desquamationserscheinungen des Bronchialepithels bei Neugeborenen und Kindern in den ersten Lebensjahren. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med, 1931-32, 18: 305-11. ■ Spasm. See also Asthma. Belfrage, H. [Bronchotetanus] Sven. lak. tidn, 1924, 21: 279-83.—Bixon, W. E. The production of bronchial spasm. Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 130: 576-82.—Gbttche, 0. Zur Rontgen- diagnostik der Bronchotetanie. Arch. Kinderh, 1928, 85: 185-94.—Koessler, K. K, & Lewis, J. H. The determination of bronchospasm in the guinea-pig and on certain results obtained with the method. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1923-24, 12: 97-9. Also Arch. Int. M, 1927, 39: 163-81.—Landau, A, & Jochweds, B. Ueber sekundare bronchospastische Zustande. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1930, 27: 284-7.—Lederer, R. Ueber Broncho- tetanie. Zschr. Kinderh, 1919, 23: 79-111.—Macera, J. M. Sobre la probable existencia de una broncotetania en un lactante (observation clinica) Sem. med, B. Air, 1923, 30: pt2, 1-4.— Moschini, C. Diatesi spasmofila; sulla broncotetania. Poli- clinico, 1921, 28: sez. prat, 1616-24—Pari, G. A, & Belloni, B. Sul broncospasmo da anafilassi e da peptone. Gazz. osp, 1921, 42: 91-3.—Rossello, H, & Petrillo, L. M. Broncoespasmo por sodio. Rev. Soc. argent, biol, 1934, 10: suppl, 482-9, 2pl.— Smith, F. R, Harter, J. S, & Alexander, H. L. The effects of bronchospasm on the circulation of guinea pigs. Am. J. Phy- siol, 1929, 90: 730-5.—Williamson, R. The radiological demon- stration of bronchial constriction in acute anaphylaxis in the guinea-pig. J. Hyg, Cambr, 1936, 36: 11, pi. —— Stenosis. Amersbach, K. Laminariadilatation von Tracheal- und Bronchialstenosen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1935, 31: 511-3.—Benja- mins,CE. [Bronchostenosis in children] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1929, 73: pt 1, 628-39—Borak, J. Ein Fall von gutartiger Bron- chostenose. Mitt. Ges. inn. Med. Wien, 1934, 33: 25-7 — Carrington, T. S. Fibrosis of the bronchial tree. U.S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull, 1930, 6: 384-6.—Chizzola, G. Sulla sindrome radiologica dell' atelettasia polmonare da broncostenosi. Arch. radiol. Nap, 1927, 3: 113-21.—Eloesser, L. Bronchial stenosis. J. Thorac. Surg, 1931, 1: 194; 270; 373; 485. ----- Bronchia] stenosis in pulmonary tuberculosis with some notes on tuber- culous stenosis of the trachea and the bronchioles. Am. Rev Tuberc, 1934, 30: 123-80. ----- Chronic bronchial stenosis. Internat. Clin, 1935, 45.ser, 2: 191-209, 9pl—Fleischner, F. Stenosen und Perforationen der grossen Bronchien in ihrer Bedeutung fiir die Lungenpathologie. Wien. klin. Wschr 1935, 48: 983; 1016—Glogauer, O. Zur Rbntgendiagnose der Bronchostenose. Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 1724-6.—Hanzlik, P. J. Demonstration of bronchial constriction and compression from physical and other causes. Am. J. Physiol, 1925, 72: 558-69.—Hart, C. Ueber sekundare Bronchostenose. Arch Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1921, 34: 131.—Huguenin, R, & Soulas, A. Le diagnostic des stenoses bronchiaques, Presse med, 1928, 36: 614-7.—Huizinga, E. Bronchostenose bei Kindern durch Erkrankungen der Hilusdriisen. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1931, 16: 141-53.—Jacoby, F. Bronchusstenose durch Fremdkbr- peraspiration. Zbl. Chir, 1931, 58: 2149-51.—Januschke, H. Acidum acetylo-salicylicum als akut wirkendes Mittel gegen Bronchialstenosen. Wien. med. Wschr, 1934, 84: 752.— Kautzky, A, jr. Neuere bronchographische Ergebnisse bei Ektasien und Stenosen der Bronchien. Fortsch. Rontgen- strahl, 1936, 54: 200-3.—Keijser, S, & Huizinga, E. Ueber die Ventilstenose des Bronchus. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1926, 9: 407-23.—Klein, M. Bronchusstenose mit Kompressionsemphy- sem, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Entstehung der epi- tuberkulbsen Infiltration. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1935, 3.F, 95: 323.—Knipfer, A. I segni fisici d'una stenosi bronchiale incom- pleta da aderenze ilo-pericardiche. Gior. clin. med, 1922, 3: 424.—Landau, W. Verkannte Bronchostenose. Deut. med. Wschr, 1931, 57: 1977.—Lenk, R. Das Mediastinalschnellen, ein funktionelles Symptom bei Bronchostenosen geringen Grades. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1933, 47: 90-4—Lord, F. T. Certain aspects of the diagnosis of bronchostenosis. J. Thorac. Surg, 1932, 1: 573.—Lorenzen, J. N, & Nielsen, S. F. Ueber einige Falle von Bronchusstenose. Acta tuberc. scand, 1936, 10: 295-309. Also Hospitalstidende, 1936, 79: [Jydsk med. selsk. forh.] 131-44, 12pl.—McConkey, M, & Greenberg, S. Persistent rhonchi in the diagnosis of bronchial stenosis com- plicating pulmonary tuberculosis. Tr. Nat. Tuberc. Ass, 1935, 31: 76-8.—Rist, E, Hirschberg, F. [et al.] Bronchiectasies uni- lat6rales gauches associees a une stenose bronchique droite; intoxication iodique a la suite de 2 injections diagnostiques de lipiodol. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1927, 3.ser, 51: 599-601.— Rist, E, Jacob, P, & Soulas, A.. Stenose bronchique extrinseque reveiee par l'examen radiologique apres injection de lipiodol sous le controle de la bronchoscopie. Ibid, 1926, 3.ser, 50: 1082-5.—Steele, J. M, jr. Compression and displacement of the bronchi in mitral stenosis. Am. Heart J, 1928-29, 4: 53-8.— Stevens, R. H, & Hudson, W. A. Bronchial obstruction; its diagnosis and treatment. Radiology, S. Paul, 1934,22:339-49 — Willcox, A. Stricture of a bronchus. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934-35, 28: 337.—Wood, C. B. Experiments in endobronchial stenosis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 30: 1266-8—Zdans- ky, E. Ueber das Mediastinalwandern bei Bronchusstenose. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1928, 15: 249-56. ---- Surgery. See also Lung, Surgery. Bettman, R. B. Experimental closure of large bronchi; a study of the factors concerned in failure of the bronchi to heal. Arch. Surg, 1924, 8: 418-45— Kimm, H. T, & Van Allen, C. M. Fate of bronchial ligatures. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1933, 31: 328.—Minkin, S. Experimentelle Begriindung der Bron- chostomia transpleuralis. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1925,193: 286-94. ---- Tumors. See also Bronchus, Cancer. Alstead, S. A simple bronchial neoplasm. Lancet, Lond, 1.932, 2: 339.—Beutel, A. Zur bronchographischen Diagnostik der Bronchuspolypen. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1933, 48: 198- 202.—Burrell, L. S. T, & Trail, R. R. A case of fibroma of the bronchus. Lancet. Lond, 1927, 2: 1180.—Caussade, G, Sur- mont, J, & Lacapere, J. Un cas d'enchondrome de la bronche droite. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1925, 3.ser, 49: 1299-307.— Clerf, L. H. Melanoma of bronchus; metastasis simulating bronchogenic neoplasm. Tr. Am. Bronehosc. Soc, 1934, 17: 36-40. ----- Melanoma of bronchus; metastasis simulating bronchogenic neoplasm. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1934, 43: 887-91. -----& Crawford. B. L. Benign glandular tumors of the bron- chus. Tr. Coll. Physicians, Phila, 1936-37, 4: 6-8— Divis, J. [Clinical aspect and operative treatment of perforating teratoma in the bronchus] Cas. tek. cesk, 1935, 74: 18, pi.—Flick, J. B. Bronchial neoplasms; surgical aspects. Arch. Otolar, Chic.,1930, 12: 803-7.—Fried, B. M. Adenoma of bronchial mucous glands, Ibid, 1934, 20: 375-si.—Geipel, P. Zur Kenntnis der gutartigen Bronchialtumoren. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1931, 42: 516-44.— Heine, J. Ueber eine primare gestielte Bronchialgeschwulst. Verh. Deut. path. Ges, 1927, 22: 293-6.—Hess, I, & Faltitschek, J. Zur Diagnose der Bronchus-Tumoren. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1932, 173: 68; 1933-34, 176: 510.—Honig, A. Ein lipom- artiges Gebilde des linken Stammbronchus. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1934, 68: 155-07.—Jackson, C. L, & Konzelmann, F. W. Bronchoscopic aspects of bronchial tumors, with special refer- ence to so-called bronchial adenoma (reports of 12 cases) J. Thorac. Surg, 1936-37, 6: 312-35— Kernan, J. B. Treatment of a series of cases of so-called carcinoid tumors of the bronchi by diathermy; a report of 10 cases. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1935, 57: 243-78. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1935, 44: 1167-91—King, F. H, & Som, M. L. Adenoma of the bronchus. J. Mount Sinai Hosp, N.Y, 1936-37, 3: 79-84—Knoflach, E, & Marchesani, W. Ueber ein netzknorpeliges papillares Bronchialadenom. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1922, 28: 551-63.—Kramer, R. Adenoma of bron- chus. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1930, 39: 689-95. —---& Som, M. L. Further study of adenoma of the bronchus. Tr. Am. Bronehosc. Soc, 1935, 18: 64-84. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1935, 44: 861- 78.—Lemann, 1.1. Bronchial polyp associated with mediastinal mass (probably mediastinal lymph-nodes) the latter causing the presenting symptom of dysphagia. Med. Clin. N. America, 1928-29, 12: 1329-39—McCrae,T. Bronchial neoplasms; clinical features. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1930, 12: 727-31. Also repr.— BRONCHUS 1047 BRONSTERT Manges, W. F. Bronchial neoplasms; roentgenologic aspects. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1930, 12: 732-8. Also repr—Miller, J. W. Noncancerous epithelial tumor obstructing the bronchus of the upper lobe of the left lung. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1935, 21: 703-6 —Moore, R. A. Ueber ein polyposes Chondrom des Bron- chus. Zbl. allg. Path, 1932-33, 55: 321—Morlock, H. V, & Pinchin, A. J. S. Benign neoplasms of the bronchus with rec- ords of 9 cases. Brit. M.J, 1935, 2: 332-4—Myerson, M. C. Benign neoplasms of the bronchus; report of a case of broncho- scopic removal of a fibrolipoma from the left main bronchus. Tr Am. Bronehosc. Soc, 1928, 11: 58-67. Also Am. J.M. Sc, 1928, 176: 720-6. Also Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1929, 9: 376-85 — Orton, H. B. Papilloma of the bronchus. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1932, 41: 933.—Pagel, W. Ueber den Zusammenhang von unge- woh'nlichen Wucherungen atypischen und ortsfremden Epithels der Bronchien mit Bronchiektasien; Untersuchungen iiber adenomartige Verastelungen der Bronchien des Meerschwein- chens. Virchows Arch, 1926, 262: 583-94.—Patterson, E. J. Benign bronchial neoplasms; bronchoscopic aspects. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1930, 12: 739-46. Also repr—Paul, F. Broncho- stenose durch ein polyposes Myxochondrom des Bronchus. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1930, 64: 669-74.—Peroni, A. Tumori benigni dei bronchi. Arch. ital. otol, 1933, 45: 463-516. ■---— Inflammatory tumors of the bronchi; experimental and patho- logic consideration. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1934, 19: 1-22 — Peterson, H. O. Benign adenoma of the bronchus. Am. J. Roentg, 1936, 36: 836-43.—Rabin, C. B, & Moolten, S. The pathology of adenoma of the bronchus. Am. J. Path, 1935, 11: 886.—Raimondi, A, & Uslenghi, J. P. Sobre un caso de tumor primitivo de bronquio. Prensa med. argent, 1932-33, 19: 1095- 108—Reisner, D. Intrabronchial polypoid adenoma; report of a case. Arch. Surg, 1928,16: 1201-13.—Rosenblum, P., & Klein, R I. Adenomatous polyp of the right main bronchus producing atelectasis. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1935, 7: 791-6.—Sala Penisello, F, & Lopez Fernandez, F. Neoplasia bronquial primitiva a ceiulas muciparas. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1936, 41: 109-22.— Turner, P. A. Benign tumors of the bronchus with especial reference to earlv diagnosis; 2 case reports. Kentucky M.J, 1933 31- 423-6.—Wessler, H, & Rabin, C. B. Benign tumors of the 'bronchus. Am. J.M. Sc, 1932, 183: 164-80, 2pl.—Wolf, Solente & Giet. Observation d'une neoplasie bronchique a caracteres assez particuliers, tant du point de vue clinique que du point de vue anatomique. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1922, 92: 529-32 —Zinn, W. F. Primary fibroma of the bronchus. Ann Otol. Rhinol, 1927, 36: 278-82. BRONGNIART, Marcel, 1901- *A propos des abces gangreneux chroniques du poumon; sur le choix d'un traitement et sur les difficultes d'en poser les indications. 120p. 8? Par., 1927 BRONKHORST, Willem. Kontrast und Scharfe im Rontgenbilde. 104p. 2pl. 30ch. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1927. Forms Erganzbd 38, Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl. BRONNER, August, 1890- *Ueber Ich- thyosis palmaris et plantaris hereditaria. 42p. ch. 8° Strassb., 1915. BRONNER, Augusta Fox, HEALY, William [et al 1 A manual of individual mental tests and testing, x, 287p. 8? Bost., Little, Brown & pi -I qo'7 See also Healy, William, & Bronner Augusta F. Delin- quents and criminals [&c] 3l7p. 8? N.Y, 1926. BRONNER, Herbert, 1873-1921. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921, 77: 2141. BRONSON, Barnard Sawyer. Nutrition and food chemistry. 2p.l. viii, 467p. 8. JN.Y., J. Wiley Sons, 1930. BRONSON, Edward Bennett, 1843-1925. Fox, H. Obituary. Arch Derm Syph Chic 1926, n.s, 14: 188, port-Obituary. Med. J. & Rec, 1925, 122: 693. BRONSON, Henry, 1804-93. pBiography] Yale J. Biol, 1934-35, 7: 383-99. BRONSTEIN, Elie, 1905- *La retention d'oeuf mort dans les premiers mois de la grossesse uterine. 84p. 4pl. 8? Par., 1931- . BRONSTEIN, Isaac, 1906- *Reflexiona sur la clinique de 100 cas d'ulceres gastro- duodenaux. 70p. 5ch. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 19BRONSTEIN, lydie, 1898- *Les epithe- liomas de la conjonctive bulbaire et de la cornee et leur traitement. 88p. 8. -far., ^d. BRONSTERT, Bernhard, 1896- *Ueber rfon Finfluss von Barbitursauren mit ahpha- tochen Seitenketten auf die Bildung und Spal- tung von Phosphorsaure-estern im Gewebe [Munster] 16p. 8? Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1934. BRONTE, Robert Matthew, 1880-1932. Obituary. Lancet, Lond, 1932, 1: 756. BRONZED diabetes. See Addison's disease. BROOK, William Henry Breffit, 1864-1935. Obituary. Brit. M.J, 1935, 1: 183. BROOKBANK, E[dward] M[ansfield] 1866- & RAMSBOTTOM, Albert. The clinical examina- tion of the lungs. 2.ed. viii, 112p. 4pl. 12? Lond., H. K. Lewis & Co., 1928. BROOKE, Gilbert Edward, 1873- Medi- co-tropical practice; a handbook for medical practitioners and students. 2.ed. xii, 522p. 61 illus. 16? Lond., C. Griffin & Co., 1920. ---- Aids to tropical medicine. 3.ed., rev. x, 228p. front. 16? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1927. BROOKE, Ralph, 1900- A shorter ortho- paedic surgery. 4p.l. 150p. 126illus. 8? Bris- tol, J. Wright & Sons, 1932. BROOKLINE, Mass. Board of Health. Annual report. Newton. 1892- ---- Health bulletin, v.l, no.3-4, 1920- BROOKIYN, N.Y. Brooklyn Hospital [formerly City Hospital] Report of the trustees. 1848- 1920. Incomplete. BROOKLYN, N.Y. Brooklyn State Hospital [formerly Long Island State Hospital] Annual report. 1.-28., 1896-1923. BROOKLYN, N.Y. Bureau of Charities. An- nual report. 1913-22/23. BROOKLYN, N.Y. Central Medical Council. Bulletin. Brooklyn, N.Y., v.l, 1935- BROOKLYN, N.Y. - German Hospital Society. Annual report. 1910. BROOKLYN, N.Y. Medical Society of the County of Kings, 1822- Brooklyn medical journal, v.2-20, 1888-1906. Continued as Long Island medical journal. ---- Bulletin, v.9, 1930- ---- Long Island medical journal, v.1-24, 1907-30. Continued as the following: ---- Medical times and Long Island medical journal, v.59, 1931- ____ Proceedings, v.1-8, 1876-84. ---- Transactions, v.1-2, 1858-65. BROOKLYN, N.Y. Methodist Episcopal Hos- pital. Procedure book. 2.ed. 201p. 8? Brook- jnl___Annual report [Brooklyn] v.l., 1888- BROOKLYN, N.Y. Orphan Asylum Society. Manual [annual report] 40., 1872-73; 66.-69., 1898/99-1901/2; 71.-73., 1903/4-1905/6; 81., 1914 BROOKLYN, N.Y. S. Christophers Hospital for Babies. Annual report. 25.-26., 1921-22. BROOKS, C. Harry. The practice of auto- suggestion by the method of Emile Coue. 2p.l. 124? 12° Lond., G. Allen & Unwin [1922] BROOKS, Charles Ernest Pelham. The evolu- tion of climate. 173p. 8? Lond., Benn Bros., 1922 __'— Climate through the ages; a study of the climatic factors and their variations. 439p. 8. Lond., E. Benn, 1926. BROOKS, Charles M., 1855-1923. Obituary. J. Am, M, Ass., 1923, 81: 846. BROOKS 1048 BROS BROOKS, Constance. Antonio Panizzi, scholar and patriot, viii, 248p. port. 8? [Manchester] Univ. Press, 1931. BROOKS, Fowler Dell, 1885- *Changes in mental traits with age determined by annual re-tests. 4p.l. 86p. 8? [N.Y.] Teach. Coll., Columb. Univ., 1921. BROOKS, Harlow, 1871-1936. Angina pec- toris, viii, 164p. 16? N.Y., Harper & Bros., 1929. ---- Functional disturbances of the heart. xix, 288p. 8? Phila., J. B. Lippincott [1932] For biography see J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 106: 1511, port. BROOKS, Herbert Thomas, 1882- Diag- nostic methods; a guide for history taking, making of routine physical examinations, and the usual laboratory tests. 4.ed. 109p. pi. 8? S. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1923. BROOKS, Macy, 1873-1924. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 82: 2066. BROOKS, Sidney, 1892- America and Germanv, 1918-25. 2.ed. xx, 167p. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1927. BROOKS, William Allen, 1864-1921. Love and sex. 80p. 8? N.Y., Morris Pub. Co. [1922] For biography see Boston M.&S.J, 1921, 184: 652. BROOKS, William H., 1869-1925. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 84: 1854. BROOM, Robert, 1866- The origin of the human skeleton, an introduction to human osteology. 164p. ch. 8? Lond., H. F. & G. Witherby, 1930. ---- The mammal-like reptiles of South Africa and the origin of mammals, xvi, 376p. Ill illus. roy.8? Lond., H. F. & G. Witherby [1932] ---- The coming of man; was it accident or design? 238p. illus. pi. 8? Lond., H. F. & G. Witherby [1933] BROOMALL, Anna E., 1847-1931. McKibbin-Harper, M. [Biography] Med. Rev. of Rev, 1933, 39: 132-41—[Biography] Med. Woman J, 1931, 38: 183-5. BROOME, Joseph R., 1867-1924. Obituary. Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 120: 186. BROOMELL, Isaac Norman, 1858- , & FISCHELIS, Philipp. Anatomy and histology of the mouth and teeth. 6.ed. rev. xiii, 461p. pi. 8? Phila., P. Blakiston's Son & Co. [1923] BROOMFIELD, Sidney Spencer, 1847- Kachalola; or, The early life and adventures of [the author] vi, 310p. port. maps. 8? Lond., P. Davies [1930] BROPHY, Truman William, 1848-1928. Cleft lip and palate, xxiv, 340p. 5pl. 2ch. 8° Phila., P. Blakiston's Son & Co. [1923] ---- Truman William Brophy; a memoir; published by the children of Truman William Brophy for private circulation. 113p. 25pl. port. 8? Chic, 1936. For biography see Am. Dent. Surgeon, 1928, 48: 169-71 (B J Cigrand) Also Clin. M.&S, 1929, 36: 367, port. BROQTJIN, Adolphe, 1907- *Les acci- dents cutan^o-muqueux du barbiturisme et en particulier, ceux du veronal, du rutonal, et du gardenal ou luminal. 56p. 8? Par., 1933. BRORUP, R. Peterson. The doctor as an autocrat; from the point of view of an American citizen without affiliations of any sort. 15p. 8° Fitzgerald, Ga., North & South Pub. Co., 1905. ---- The same. Enlarged issue. 41p. 8° Macon, Ga., 1921. BROS, Victor. *Les eaux de Melun et de ses environs immediats [Paris] 85p. 4ch. 8? Nancv, 1918. BROSE, Ulrich, 1901- *Extraktionen als Kunstfehler in der Orthodontie. 22p. 8? [Bresl., L. Freund] 1927. BROSIO, Felix, 1892- *La radiotherapie des neoplasmes d'origine testiculaire. 54p. 8? Par. 1922. BROSS, William Robert, 1854-1910. Wells, F. C. Obituary. Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M. Directors Am, N.Y, 1912, 370-2. BROSSARD, Jacques, 1909- Contribu- tion a l'6tude des ruptures sus-rotuliennees du quadriceps. 52p. 8? Par., 1935. BROSSE, Therese, 1902- *Le syndrome peripherique de l'insuffisance aortique; 6tude clinique et experimentale. 304p. 8? Par., 1931. ---- The same, x, [1] 304p. G. Doin & cie, 1932. BROSSIER, Henri Louis. *Syndrome medul- laire fonctionnelle d'origine palustre. 158p. 8? Par., 1920. BROSSON, Jean Michel Eugene, 1906- *Fonctionnement de la maternite" de l'hopital Lariboisiere en 1931. 71p. 8? Par., 1933. BROSSY, Jean. *L'operation de la hernie chez les enfants et ses resultats eloignes [Lausanne] 43p. 8? Geneve, 1917. BROSTER, Lennox Ross, 1889- , VINES, Howard William Copland. The adrenal cortex; a surgical and pathological study. 94p. pi. 8? Lond., H. K. Lewis & Co., 1933. BROSZIO, Erika, 1906- *Ueber die ope- rative Nierensteinbehandlung. 24p. 8? Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1932. BROT, Maurice. *Etude comparative de Tac- tion pharmacodynamique de l'acide phcnyl- cinchoninique Atophan et de l'acide bromo- phenyl-cinchoninique Bromatophan. 175p. 8? Geneve, H. Studer, 1923. BROTEMARKLE, Robert A. See Clinical psychology; studies in honor of Lightner Witmer. 409p. 8? Phila, 1931. BROTHEL. See also Prostitution. League of Nations. Traffic in Women and Children Committee. Rapporteur. The abolition of licensed or tolerated houses of prostitution. Summary of a statement ..., with resolutions adopted by this committee in 1934; reprinted from J. of Social Hygiene, v.21, n.3, March 1935. p.109-16. 8? N.Y., 1935. Forms Pub. 921 Am. Soc. Hyg. Ass. Arrets du maire de la ville de Strasbourg, du xxx. Germinal au ix. de la Republique francaise; concernant la police des maisons publiques. Chron. med. Par, 1915, 22: 341 —B. El Yoshiwara de Tokio. Dia med, B. Air, 1932-33, 5: 601 — Bertin. Le mouvement abolitionniste. Echo med. nord, 1935, 3.ser, 4: 340-8.—Bizard, L. Statistique des cas de syphilis observes dans les maisons de tolerance de la region parisienne de 1917 a 1926. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1927, 34: 106-10. ----- La reglementation sanitaire des maisons de prosti- tution a Paris. Ann. mal. vener, 1908, 3: 361; 513— Butte, L. L'etat sanitaire des prostitutes dans les maisons de tole- rance. Ann. ther. derm, syph. Par, 1909, 9: 505-11—Calan- dreau. Faut-il supprimer les maisons de rendez-vous? Ibid, 1908, 8: 433-7.—Clec'h, R. La maison de prostitution au point de vue sanitaire. Prophyl. antivencr, 1933, 5: 159—Clos- ing of houses of prostitution. J. Am. M. Ass, 1937, 108: 217.—Bispantion (La) des Partltenions. Progr. nted. Par, 1936, suppl, 86.—Esquier & Chevalier. A propos du quartier reserve de Casablanca. Prophyl. antivener, 1934, 6: 194-9 — Everett, R. H. The failure of segregation as a protector of inno- cent womanhood. Soc. Hyg, Bait, 1919-20, 6: 521-31—Fabry, J. Reglementierung, Kasernierung und Behandlung der Prosti- tution in Dortmund. Zschr. Bekampf. Geschlkr, 1916-17, 17: 159-82.—Fiaux, L. La nouvelle reglementation de la Bulgarie; abolition des maisons dites de tolerance C1929) Prophyl. anti- vener, 1931, 3: 165-73.—Giedroyc, F. [Houses of ill-fame; projected interior organization of houses of ill-fame in Poland] BROTHEL 1049 BROUN Przel. chorob skor. i wen, 1912, 7: 260-0—Gounelle, H. Fer- meture des maisons et maladies veneriennes; constatations d'un medecin de regiment. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1933, 40: Strasb. meet, 911.—Gravagna, M. La diffusione delle malattie sessuali e le case di pensione. Dermosifilografo, 1929, 4: 235 — Gundrum, F. S. Oeffentliche Prostitution in Kroatien-Sla- vonien; Reglements fiir Bordelle. Zschr. Bekrimpf. Geschlkr, 1911, 12: 334.—Hichborn, F. California's fight for a red light abatement law. Social Hyg, Bait, 1914-15, 1: C-8. ----- The organization that backed the California red light abatement bill. Ibid, 194-206.—Juarros, C. Un grano mas; abolicionismo. Siglo med, 9124, 74: 117-20—Kelly, H. A. The influence of segregation upon prostitution and upon the public. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1912, n.s, 94: 158-62— Kundt, E. Mad- chenhandel und Bordelle. Mitt. Deut. Ges. Bekiimpf. Geschl- kr, 1929, 27: 83-6.—Landsberg, B. Hausbesitz und Bordell. Sex-Probleme, 1911, 7: 161-75.—Lantin, P. T. Reopening the red-light districts in the Philippines. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass, 1933, 13: 458-80.—Lewis, L. L. Survev of a vice district in the middle west. J. Social Hyg, N.Y, 1927, 13: 93-6 — Matignon, J. J. Le Japon qui s'en va; ce que fut le Yoshiwara de Tokio (vieux souvenirs de l'Extremc Orient) J. med. Bor- deaux, 1914, 44: 83-5. ----- Le Yoshiwara de Tokio. Aescu- lape, Par, 1924, 14 : n.s, 166-70.—Mayer, J. The passing of the red light district; vice investigations and results. Social Hyg. Bait, 1918, 1: 197-209.—Orasa, S. Y. Should the red light dis- trict be reopened? Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv, 1924, 4: 445-9.—Rauber, G. Die Prostitutionshauser in Bom- bay. Neue Generation, 1926, 22: 196.—Reouverture des maisons de tolerance de Nancy. Prophyl. antivener, 1934, 6: 193.— Rosenhaupt, H. Bilderschrift in ehemaligen Bordellen des besetzten Gebietes. Mitt. Deut. Ges. Bekampf. Geschlkr, 1928, 26: 38.—Saint-Paul, G. Prostitution; maison de tolerance et prophylaxie. Progr. med. Par, 1932, 533.—Sainte-Crois, de, Levy-Bing & Cavaillon. La termeture des maisons de tolerance de Strasbourg a-t-elle entraine dans cette ville une diminution ou une recrudescence des maladies veneriennes et de la syphilis en particulier'' Prophyl. antivener, 1930, 2: 267-94.—Schreiber, K. L. The closing of houses of prostitution in Kansas City. Proc. U.S. Nat. Conf. Char, 1914, 41: 242-4—Senn, H. Bilder aus Insulinde; Pertandangan- oder Madchenhaus bei den Bata- kern. Arch. Mensthenk, 1925-26, 1: 289-97, 4pl—Spiethoff, B. Bordellstrassen und Altstadtsamerung. Oeff. Ges. Dienst, 1935, 1: B, 269-72.—Suppression of brothels a valid health meas- ure (McKinley et al. v. United States (U. S.) 39 Sup. Ct. R. 324) J. Am. M. Ass, 1919, 73: 1158.—Touraine, A, & Solente. Un foyer de syphilis en maison de tolerance (depistage malaise de 4 chancres du col uterin et d'un chancre de l'amygdale) Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1936, 43: 118-33. ----- & Rime. Trois chancres syphilitiques et un chancre mou papuleux du col chez des prostituees en maison de tolerance (importance de la surveillance medicale) Ibid, 1933, 40: 890-3. ----- Trois nouveaux cas de chancres du col depistes en maisons de rendez- vous; importance de la surveillance ntedicale. Ibid, 1266-9.— Warner, A. R. The result of closing the segregated vice district upon the public health of Cleveland. Am. J. Urol, 1916, 12: 313-6. Also Cleveland M.J, 1916, 15: 171-3—Will the closing of Baltimore's segregated district result in & decrease of venereal infection? Maryland M.J, 1916, 69: 128.—Zaroubine, V. Con- tribution a la question de l'abolitionnisme. 3. mem. Ann. mal. vener, 1933, 28: 11-28.—Zwiller, Y. M. La question du maintten des maisons de tolerance. Rev. fr. derm, vener, 3: 555-62. BROTHERS, Elmer De Witt, 1860- Medical jurisprudence; a statement of the law of forensic medicine. 2.ed. 2p.l. 296p. 8? S. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co, 1925. ---- Also 3.ed. 2 p.l. 309p., 1930. ---- Dental jurisprudence; an epitome of the law of dentistry and dental surgery. 2.ed. 246p. 8? S. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1928. BROTHERUS, Sven. *Bidrag till kiinnedomen om vortexskleralkanalerna i glaukomatosa ogen [Contribution to the knowledge of the vortico- scleral canals in the glaucomatous eye] 70p. 8? Helsin., 1917. BROUCHARD, Raymond Victor Amand, 1908- *Contribution a l'etude de la neurofibro- matose (forme pigmentaire et lesions osseuses) 40p. 6pl. 8? Par., 1934. BROUET, Nicolas Louis, 1887- Con- tribution a l'etude des nerfs rachidiens dans la voie d'abord lombo-abdominale du rein. 61p. 8° Par., 1923. BROUGHTON, William Robert, 1877-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 81: 58. BROUJANISKI, Zaivel Georges, 1899- *Contribution a l'etude des atrophies cutanees au cours de la syphilis hereditaire et acquise. 104p. 8? Par., 1924. BROUN, Leroy, 1860-1925. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 84: 1439—Rawls, R. M. Obituary. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1925, 50: 299, port. BROUSSAIS, Francois Joseph Victor, 1772- 1838. Maljean. [Biography] Chron. med. Par, 1927, 34: 99; 131. BROUSSEAU, Albert. *Essai sur la peur aux armees 1914-18 [Paris] 162p. 8? Par., 1920. BROUSSEAU, Kate. Mongolism, a study of the physical and mental characteristics of mongolian imbeciles ... revised by H. G. Brain- erd. viii, 210p. 8? Bait., Williams & Wilkins Co., 1928. BROUSSIN, Pierre Charles, 1885- *Fonc- tionnement d'une goutte de lait; la goutte de lait de Versailles. 46p. 8? Par., 1923. BROUSSOLE, Jean, 1889- *La leucemie aigue; etude biologique de la cellule indiffe- renciee. 89p. 8? Par., 1921. BROUTELLE, Honore, 1866- Rabier-Labiche. Un medecin graveur. iEsculape, Par, 1923, 13: n.s, 158-62. BROUWER, Bernard, 1881- Anatomical, phylogenetical and clinical studies on the central nervous svstem. 6 p.l. 67p. 3pl. 8? Bait., Williams & Wilkins Co., 1927. ---- Chiasma, Tractus opticus, Sehstrahlung und Sehrinde. p.449-532. 8? Berl., 1936. Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl, 1936, 6: See also Bostroem, A, Brouwer, B. [et al. ] Grosshirn, vegeta- tives Nervensystem, Korperbau und Konstitution. 1153p. 8° Berl, 1936. Forms 6Bd, Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) BROUWER, Jan Willem, 1877-1928. Zijverden, J. van. [Obituary] Tschr. diergeneesk, 1928, 55: 909. BROUZET [N.] 1756-72. Ruhrah, J. [Biography] Am. J. Dis. Child, 1931, 42: 133-5. BROWN, A. Johnstone. Dental metallurgy. p.l. 189p. 12? Edinb., E. & S. Livingstone, 1928. BROWN, A. R. The Andaman Islanders; a study in social anthropology, xiv, 504p. front. 19pl. 2maps. 8? Cambr., Univ. Press, 1922. BROWN, Adrian John, 1852-1919. Harden, A. Obituary. Biochem. J, Lond, 1920, 14: 1-3. BROWN, Alan Gowans, 1885- [Portrait] Proc. Interst. Post-Grad. Med. Ass. N. America, 1930, Milwaukee, 1931,6: BROWN, Alexander Crum, 1838-1922. Obituary. Edinburgh M.J, 1922, n.s, 29: 310. Also Lancet, Lond, 1922,2: 1039. BROWN, Alfred Jerome, 1878- Old mas- terpieces in surgery; being a collection of thoughts and observations engendered by perusal of some of the works of our forbears in surgery, xviii, 263p. 4? Omaha, Nebr., 1928. BROWN, Andrew Wilson, 1890- *The unevenness of the abilities of dull and of bright children [Columbia Univ.] vii, 112p. 8? N.Y., Teach. Coll., Columbia Univ., 1926. BROWN, Benjamin Henton, 1875-1922. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 79: 1162—Thompson. Obit- uary. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1922, 15: 312. BROWN, Bertha Millard, 1870- Physiol- ogy for the laboratory, viii, 167p. 8? Bost., Ginn & Co., 1900. ---- Good health for girls and boys, viii, 166p. 8? Bost., D. C. Heath & Co. [1922] ----■ Health in home and town. 2p.l. 326p. 12° Bost., D. C. Heath & Co. [1922] BROWN, Caroline Sophie, 1863-1936. [Obituary] Canad. J.M.&S, 1936, 79: 85. BROWN, Charles, 1836-1925. Obituary. Brit. M.J, 1925, 2: 1093. BROWN, Charles Leonard, 1899- Sturgis, C. C. [Biography] Univ. Hosp. Bull, Ann Arb, 1935, 1: 35. BROWN 1050 BROWN BROWN, Charles Reynolds, 1862- Faith and health. Rev.ed. 284p. 12? N.Y., T. Y. Crowell Co., 1924. BROWN, Christian Henry, 1857- Sup- plement to the optician's manual; chapters 11-12. 203p. 8? Phila., Keystone, 1899. ---- The optician's manual; a treatise on the science and practice of optics, v. 1, chap- ters 1-10 inclusive. 419p. 8? Phila., Key- stone, 1902. ---- Optometrist's manual; a treatise on the science and practice of optometry. 2v. 459p.; 405p. 8? Phila., Keystone Pub. Co., 1921. BROWN, Daniel Rollins, 1856- The baby; a book for mothers and nurses, vi, 200p. 8? Bost., Whitcomb & Barrows, 1908. BROWN, Earle Godfrey, 1887- Undulant fever and tularemia with report of cases occur- ring in Kansas. 20p. 8? Topeka, 1935. Forms no.7, v.13, Bull. Kansas Bd Health. BROWN, Edmond Towle, 1872-1930. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 95: 611. BROWN, Edward, 17. century. Account of several travels through a great part of Germany. [2]1. 179p. pi. 8? London, B. Tooke, 1677. BROWN, Edward F., Dennis, E. B. [et al.] City noise; the report of the commission ap- pointed by Dr Shirley W. Wynne, Commis- sioner of Health, to study noise in New York City and to develop means of abating it. xii, 308p. 8? N.Y., Dep. Health, 1930. BROWN, Edward Vail Lapham, 1876- See Fuchs, Ernst, & Salzmann, Maximilian. Diseases of the eye. 651p. 8? Phila. [1933] ---- BOTHMAN, Louis [et al.] The eye; the ear, nose and throat. 4v. 12? Chic, Year Book Pub. [1932-34] Practical medicine series. Ser. 1931-34. BROWN, Edward Vail Lapham, SHAMBAUGH, George E. [et al.] The eye, ear, nose and throat. 638p. illus. 12? Chic, Year Book Pub. [1935] Prac. Med. Year Bks, 1935. BROWN, Edward W., 1857-1921. Obituary. Ohio M.J, 1921, 17: 639. BROWN, Eli F. Eclectic physiology for use in schools, v, 189p. 4pl. 8? Cincin., Van Ant- werp, Bragg & Co., 1884. ---- Eclectic guide to health or physiology and hygiene, v, 189p. 8? Cincin., Van Ant- werp, Bragg & Co., 1886. ---- Alcohol; its effects on body and mind; with lessons on anatomy and physiology, experi- ments; school edition. 139p. 16? Indianapolis, Normal Pub. House, 1895. BROWN, George Elgie, 1885- See Rowntree, Leonard George, & Brown, George E. The volume of the blood and plasma in health and disease. 219p. 8? Phila, 1929. ---- & ALLEN, Edgar V. Thrombo-angiitis obliterans; clinical, physiologic and pathologic studies, collaborating in pathology with Howard R. Mahorner. 219p. 8? Phila., W. B. Saun- ders Co., 1928. BROWN, George Van Ingen, 1861- The surgery of oral diseases and malformations; their diagnosis and treatment, x, 740p. illus. pi. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1912. BROWN, George William, 1870- *The human body in the Upanishads [Johns Hopkins] 230p., iii. 12? Jubbulpore, India, Christ. Miss. Press, 1921. BROWN, Harcourt. Scientific organizations in 17. century France (1620-80) xxii, 306p. 8? Bait., Williams & Wilkins Co., 1934. BROWN, Haydn, 1864- Vitality and diet. v, 147p. 8? Lond., A. Melrose, 1924. ----■ Modern medical methods, vii, 191p. 8? Lond., A. Melrose, 1925. ---- Asthma and bronchitis, the cure. 124p. 12? Lond., C. W. Daniel Co. [1929] BROWN, Helen W. Sex education in the home. 16p. 12? N.Y., 1933. Forms Pub. 844, Am. Social Hyg. Ass. BROWN, Henry Temple. Sheep-scab; its na- ture, prevention and cure. 58p. 8? Bost., A. Williams & Co., 1882. BROWN, James Murdock, 1843-1925. Obituary. Brit. M.J, 1925, 2: 543. BROWN, John, 1735-88. Monteiro, A. C. Les doctrines medicales de John Brown au Portugal et en Espagne. Archeion, Roma, 1935, 17: 379-400.— Morin, G. Un precurseur de Broussais; John Brown et Texcita- bilite. Paris med, 1930, 76: annexe, 183-7. BROWN, John, 1810-82. Edington, G. H. Horse Subsecivae and Dr John Brown. Glasgow M.J, 1929, 111: 321-31. BROWN, John Ferguson, 1864-1927. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1927, 88: 1338. BROWN, John James Graham, -1925. Obituary. Brit. M.J, 1925, 1: 537. Also Edinburgh M.J, 1925, n.s, 32: 263, port. BROWN, John Macmillan, 1846- The riddle of the Pacific, xii, 312p. 69pl. roy.8? Lond., T. F. Unwin [1924] BROWN, John Tom, -1925. Among the Bantu nomads; a record of 40 years spent among the Bechuana, a numerous and famous branch of the central South African Bantu. 272p. 15pl. 8? Lond., Seeley, Service & Co., 1926. BROWN, John Young, 1865-1919. Reder, F. Obituary. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst, 1921, 33: 391. BROWN, Lawrason, 1871- Rules for recovery from pulmonary tuberculosis; a lay- man's handbook of treatment. 4.ed. viii, 217p. 12? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1923. ---- Also 5.ed. viii, 244p. 1928. ---- Also 6.ed. 275p. 1934. See also Bick, George F, Brown, Lawrason [et al.] The year book of general medicine. 3v. 8? Chic, 1933-35.—Weaver, George H, Brown, Lawrason [et al.] General medicine. 2v. 814p.; 827p. 8? Chic. [1931-32] ----& HEISE, Fred Henry. The lungs and the early stages of tuberculosis. 151p. 8? N.Y., D. Appleton & Co., 1931. BROWN, Lawrason, KRAUSE, Allen Kramer [et al.] Edward Livingston Trudeau; a sym- posium. 112p. pi. port. 8? [Livingston, N.Y., Livingston Press, 1935] BROWN, Lawrason, & SAMPSON, Homer L. Intestinal tuberculosis, its importance, diag- nosis, and treatment; a study of the secondary ulcerative type, xi, 304p. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1926. ---- Also 2.ed. xiv, 376p. 2pl. 1930. BROWN, Leo H. The new deal in microscopy. 20p. illus. 18? [N.Y., 1934] BROWN, Lilian Mabel Alice Roussel. Un- known tribes, uncharted seas, xvi, 268p. 32pl. 8? Lond., Duckworth & Co. [1924] BROWN, Lloyd Thornton, 1880- See Goldthwait, Joel E, Brown, Lloyd T. [et al.] Body mechanics. 281p. 8? Phila. [1934] BROWN, Nellie Gates. See Emerson, Charles Phillips. Essentials of medicine 9.-10. & 12. ed. 8? Phila. [1929; 1931; 1936] BROWN, Orlando W. The truth about pyor- rhea and its treatment. 20p. 8? [Denver, 1925] BROWN, Percy, 1875- American mar- tyrs to science through the roentgen rays, xv, 276p. illus. ports. 8? Springf., C. C. Thomas, [1936] BROWN 1051 BROWN BROWN, Philip King, 1869- See Coffey, Walter B, Brown, Philip King, & Humber, John Davis. Angina pectoris. 393p. roy.8? New Orleans, La, 1927. BROWN, Porter, 1880- The pregnant woman, xvi, 174p. illus. 8? N.Y., Eugenics Pub. Co., 1933. BROWN, Richard Kind, 1864- See Schliephake, Erwin. Short-wave therapy; transl. from the 2. German ed. 238p. 8? Lond. [1935] BROWN, Richard Mark, 1884-1930. Obituary. Am. J. Roentg, 1930, 24: 568. BROWN, Robert Charles, 1836-1925. Sixty- four years a doctor; reminiscences of Sir Charles Brown, an octogenarian Lancashire doctor. 6p.l. 195p. port. 3pl. 8? Preston, G. Toum- lin & Sons, 1922. For biography see Lancet, Lond, 1925, 2: 1142. BROWN, Robert Luddington, 1854-1921. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1921, 77: 635. BROWN, Samuel, 1769-1830. Barkley, A. H. The first professor of medicine west of the Alleghenies. Ann. M. Hist, 1931, n.s, 3: 363-7.—[Biography] J. Indiana M. Ass, 1935, 28: 92. BROWN, Samuel Horton, 1878- See Posey, William Campbell, & Brown, S. H. The Wills Hospital of Philadelphia, x [1] 340p. 8? Phila. [1931] BROWN, Sanger, 1852-1928. Obituary. Brit. M.J, 1928, 1: 826. Also Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1928, 7: 52-4. BROWN, Sanger, 1884- Sex worship and symbolism. 3p.l. 149p. 8? Bost., R. G. Badger [1922] ---- & POTTER, Howard W. The psychiatric study of problem children. 152p. 8? Albany, N.Y., N. York Dep. Ment. Hygiene, 1930. BROWN, Susan Anna. Invalid's tea-tray. 67p. 18? Bost., J. R. Osgood & Co., 1885. BROWN, Thomas, 1881- , & THOMSON, Godfrey H. The essentials of mental measure- ment. 3.ed. x, 224p. 8? Cambr., Univ. Press, 1925. BROWN, Walter Langdon, 1870- Physio- logical principles in treatment. 5.ed. vii, 51 lp. 12? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1924. ---- Also 6.ed. with the collaboration of R. Hilton. ix, 464p. 1930. ----The endocrines in general medicine. vii, 144p. 8? Lond., Constable & Co., 1927. ---- English medicine and the Cambridge school; an inaugural lecture. 51 p. 8? Cambr., Univ. Press, 1932. ----CROOKSHANK, F[rancis] Gfraham] [et al.] Anorexia nervosa. 63p. 8? Lond., C. W. Daniel Co. [1931] [BROWN, William, 1752-92] Pharmacopoeia simpliciorum et efficaciorum in usum nosocomii militaris, ad exercitum foederatarum Americse civitatum pertinentis; hodiernae nostras inopise rerumque angustiis, feroci hostium ssevitise belloque crudeli ex inopinato patrise nostrse illato debitis, maxime accommodata. 2.ed. 32p. interl. 12? Phila., C. Cist, 1781. See also Gahn, Bessie W. Dr William Brown, Physician General to the American Army. Mil. Surgeon, 1926, 59: 165. BROWN, William, 1881- Psychology and psychotherapy, xi, 196p. 8? Lond., E. Arnold, 1921 ---- Also 3.ed. vii, 252p. 8? Bait., W. Wood, 1934. . ---- Suggestion and mental analysis; an outline of the theory and practice of mind cure. 165p 12? Lond., Univ. Lond. Press, 1922. ____• Also 2.ed. 172p. 1922. ____ Psychology and the sciences, vii, 184p. 8? Lond., A. & C. Black, 1924. ---- Mind and personality; an essay in psy- chology and philosophy, x, 344p. 8? Lond., Univ. Lond. Press, 1926. ---■ & THOMSON, Godfrey H. The essentials of mental measurement. 216p. 8? Cambr. Univ. Press, 1921.----Also 3.ed. x, 224p. 1925. v BROWN, William D. 1861-1921. Obituary. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1921, 18: 333. BROWN, William Garrott, 1868-1913. The lower South in American history, xi, 271p. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1902. BROWN, William Taliaferro, 1864-1924. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 83: 937. BROWNE, A. R. J. Medical electricity for students, xv, 231p. 8? Lond., H. Frowde, 1921. ---- Also 3.ed. xvii, 245p. H. Mil- ford [1931] BROWNE, Bennett Bernard, 1843-1922. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 78: 911. BROWNE, Edward, 1642-1708. Keynes, G. Journal of a visit to Paris in the year 1664. Rep. S. Barth. Hosp, Lond, 1923, 56: 1-34, port. BROWNE, Edward Granville, 1862- Ara- bian medicine, being the Fitzpatrick lectures delivered at the College of physicians in Nov. 1919-20. vii, 138p. 8? Cambr., Univ. Press, 1921. For biography see Brit. M.J, 1926, i, 122 (H.R.) Also Lancet, Lond, 1926, 1: 207. BROWNE, F. W. Stella, LUDOVICI, Anthony Mario, & ROBERTS, Harry. Abortion. 3 1. 143p. 8? Lond. G. Allen & Unwin [1935] BROWNE, Francis James, 1879- Ante- natal and postnatal case, xv, 480p. illus. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1935. See also Cruickshank, J. N, Miller, J. M, & Browne, F. J. Child life investigations. 87p. 8? Lond, 1924. BROWNE, Henry William Langley, 1846-1928. Obituary. Lancet, Lond, 1928, 1: 575. BROWNE, John, 1642-1700? Payne, J. F. The old physicians and surgeons of S. Thomas's Hospital. S. Thomas Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1892, 2: 73; 91. BROWNE, O'Donel. A manual of practical obstetrics. 363p. illus. pi. 8? Bristol, J. Wright & Sons, 1936. BROWNE, Thomas, 1605-82. Religio medici. 190p. 8? [London] Andrew Crooke, 1642. ---- The same [2. surrept. issue] 159p. 24?, [London] Andrew Crooke, 1642. ---- The same [First authorized issue] 8p.l. 183p. 8° London, A. Crooke, 1643. ---- The same [Transl. Latin by J. Merry- weather] 242p. [6]1. 24? Lugd. Batav. (Leyden) [1644] The same [2.ed.] 8p.l. 174p. + [124p. of Digby] 24? London, A Crooke, 1645. ---- The same [4.ed., with annotations] 8p.l. 297p. [3]1. 8? London, Andrew Crooke, 1656. ---- The same [German transl. by Georg Venzky] Religion eines Arztes [Also Digby's annot. and of Molk] [23]1. 344p. [8]1. 8? Prenzlau & Leipzig, Chr. Ragoczy, 1746. ---- The same; ed. by W. Murison. xxvi, 270p. 8? Cambr., Univ. Press, 1922. ---- Pseudodoxia epidemica: or, Enquiries into very many received tenets, and commonly presumed truths. [10]1. 386p. 4? London, T. H. for Edward Dod, 1646. ---- Hydriataphia Urne-burial [also The garden of Cyrus] [9]1. 202p. [3]1.* 8? London, H. Brome, 1658. ' ---- Posthumous works, v.p. illus. port. 8? London, E. Curll & R. Gosling, 1712. BROWNE 1052 BROWNING ---- Repertorium; or, Some account of the tombs and monuments in the Cathedral Church of Norwich in 1680. 78p. 8? London, E. Curll, 1712. See in his Posthumous works. Lond, 1712. See also Gosse, E. Sir Thomas Browne. 214p. 12? Lond, 1905.—Leroy, 0. Le chevalier, Thomas Browne (1605-1682) medecin, styliste et metaphysicien. 424p. 8? Par, 1931. Brunet, P. Un grand debat sur la physique de Malebranche au xviiie siecle. Isis, Bruges, 1934, 20: 367-95.—Cholmeley, H. P. A bibliography of Sir Thomas Browne. Lancet, Lond, 1924, 2: 355.—Exhibit (An) at the New York Academy of Medi- cine of the works of Sir Thomas Browne. Med. J.&Rec, 1925, 122: 559-61.—Goodall, E. W. A French epidemiologist of the 16th century. Ann. M. Hist, 1935, 7: 409-27, port—Lloyd, J. H. Sir Thomas Browne and the witches. Ibid, 1928, 10: 133-7 — Moschcowitz, E. An unpublished letter of Sir Thomas Browne. Ibid, 1924, 6: 287-96. ----- The first editions of Sir Thomas Browne. Ibid, 363-8. ----- Sir Thomas Browne on drains and embankments. Brit. M.J, 1921, 2: 809. ----- Sir Thomas Browne's skull. Lancet, Lond, 1922, 1: 290.—Tildes- ley, M. L. Sir Thomas Browne; his skull, portraits, and an- cestry. Biometrika, Cambr, 1922, 15: 1-76, 34pl. For biography see Ann. M. Hist, 1930, n.s, 2: 1-12 (H. Rolleston) BROWNE, William Tyler, 1856-1934. LaPierre, L. F. [Biography] Proc. Connecticut M. Soc, 1934, 142: 280. BROWNELL, Clifford Lee, 1895- *A scale for measuring the antero-posterior posture of 9. grade boys [Columbia Univ.] 52p. 8? N.Y., 1928. See also Williams, Jesse F, & Brownell, Clifford L. The administration of health and physical education. 598p. 8°. Phila, 1934.—Wood, Thomas Denison, & Brownell, Clifford L. Source book in health and physical education. 590p. 8? New York, 1925. BROWNIAN movement. See also Colloid. Barratt, J. 0. W. Brownian movement and fibril formation. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond, 1921-22, 55: xxi — Benard, P. Notas sobre el movimiento browniano. Mem. Soc. Antonio Alzate, 1921, 35: 185-7.—Chifflot, J, & Gautier, C. Sur le mouvement brownien intraprotoplasmique des granulations protoplas- miques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1923, 89: 236-8.—Ehringhaus, A. Ueber objektive Demonstration der Brownschen Molekular- bewegung. Naturwissenschaften, 1923, 11: 42.—Furth, R. Zum 100. Jahrestag der Entdeckung der Brown'schen Bewegung. Kolloid-Zschr, 1927, 42: 197-209.—Ocaranza, F. Biologia ge- neral; la llamada teoria biologica del movimiento browniano. Mem. Soc. Antonio Alzate, 1921, 39: 357-86.—Ornstein, L. S. On the Brownian motion. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, sect, sc, 1919, 21: 96-108. -----& Burger, H. C. On the theory of the Brownian motion. Ibid, 922-31.—Pekarek, J. Absolute Viskositatsmessung mit Hilfe der Brownschen Molekularbewe- gung; Prinzip der Methode, Voraussetzungen, Fehlerquellen der Messungen. Protoplasma, Lpz, 1930, 10: 510-32.—Schade, H, & Weiler, L. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Protoplasmaver- haltens menschlicher Zellen bei physikochemischer Beein^us- sung. Ibid, 1927-28, 3: 43-67.—Veneable, F. P. The Brown- ian movements. J. Elisha Mitchell Sc. Soc, 1924-25, 40: 1-7. BROWNING, Carl Hamilton, 1881- Bac- teriology. 256p. 16? N.Y., H. Holt & Co., 1925. ---- Immunochemical studies, xiii, 239p. 8? Lond., Constable & Co., 1925. ---- COULTHARD, H. L. [et al.] Chronic enteric carriers and their treatment. 80p. ix. 8? Lond., H. M. Stat. Off., 1933. Forms Spec. Rep. Ser. no.179, Br. Britain Privy Counc. Med. Res. Counc. BROWNING, Carl Hamilton, MACKENZIE, Ivy [et al.] Recent methods in the diagnosis and treatment of syphilis. 2.ed. xxii, 2 1. 537p. 5pl. 8? Lond., Constable & Co., 1924. BROWNING, Charles Clifton. Notes on med- ical diagnosis for students and practitioners of dentistrv. 109p. 6pl. 16? Los Ang., Phillips Print. Co. [1924] BROWNING, Ethel. The vitamins. 2p.l. xxxii, 575p. illus. 7pl. diagrs. roy.8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1931. BROWNING, Frank Earle, 1891- The dental radiogram and the science of interpreta- tion. 3p.l. 160p. 8? N.Y., E. J. Hendrickson Co., 1922. BROWNING, William, 1855- Medical heredity; distinguished children of physicians (United States, to 1910) 6p.l. 250p. 8? Bait., Norman, Remington Co., 1925. BROWNLEE, John, 1868-1927. Bibliography of John Brownlee. Glasgow M.J, 1932, 117: 203-9.—Obituary. Ibid, 107: 290-3. Also Lancet, Lond, 1927, 1: 680. Also Nature, Lond, 1927, 119: 573. BROWNNE, John S., 1854-1931. Belavan, B. B. The retiring librarian of the Academy of Medicine. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 124: 725. ----- [Obituary] Bull. N. York Acad. M, 1931, 2.ser, 7: 381-9. BROWN-SEQUARD, Charles Edouard, 1817-94. Contributors to the science of medicine: Charles Edouard Brown-Sequard. Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 120: 30. BROWN-SEQUARD'S syndrome. See also 3.ser., Paralysis, unilateral. Lowenstein, E. *Ein Fall von Brown- Sequardscher Halbseitenlasion kompliziert mit einseitiger Phrenicusverletzung und Pneumotho- rax. 46p. 8? Stuttg., 1905. Barbensi, G. Ferita da arma da fuoco alla regione sopra- claveare sinistra; sindrome di Brown-Sequard. Riv. crit. clin. med, 1917, 18: 291.—Calabrese, A. Un caso interessante di paralisi del Brown Sequard. Corriere san, Milano, 1909, 20: 548; 566.—Camp, C. B. A case of Brown-Sequard paralysis, nontraumatic, and probably due to subarachnoid hemorrhage occurring during menstruation. Physician & Surg, 1908, 30: 103-6.—Castagne, R, & Lafon, R. Les troubles vaso-moteurs des membres dans te syndrome de Brown-Sfiquard. Gaz. med. France, 1936, 43: 375-80.—Castex, M. R. Sindrome de Brown- Sequard por herida de bala; contusion del nervio radial. Prensa med. argent, 1914-15, 1: suppl, 25-8.—Bide, M. Syndrome de Brown-Sequard Evoluant rapidement vers la guerison fonc- tionnelle. Rev. neur. Par, 1917, 24: 514.—Bonath, J. Brown- S6quard'sche Lahmung traumatischen Ursprunges. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1909, 45: 4.—Buval, P, & Guillain, G. Notecomple- mentaire sur une observation de syndrome de Brown-Sequard; valeur therapeutique de la laminectomic decompressive. Rev. neur. Par, 1913, 21: 413-7.—Engelhardt. Brown-Sequardsche Lahmung des Halsmarkes infolge von Artillerieverletzung. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1917, 64: 862.—Espinal, M. G. Un caso de paralisis de Brown-Sequard. Siglo med, 1907, 55: 66.— Faure-Beaulieu. Syndrome de Brown-Sequard par plaie de la moelle cervicale avec inversion du reflexe tricipital et inegalite pupillaire alternante. Rev. neur. Par, 1916, 23: 948-53 — Friedman, S. S. Brown-Sequard paralysis resulting from stab wound of the neck. Fnstschr. /, 40 jahr. Stiftunssfeier Deutsch. Hosp, N.Y , 1909, 210-28— Fuchs, A. Ein weiterer Fall von ungewohnlicher familiarer Nervenerkrankung (Residuen einer Hemiplegia cruciata) Wien. med. Wschr, 1908, 58: 446.— Greidenberg, B. Contribution a l'etude de 1'hemitesion de la moelle cpiniere; un cas de paralysie de Brown-Sequard d'origine traumatique. Arch, internat. neur. Par, 1911, 1: 284-93 — Guillain, G, & Garcin, R. Le syndrome de Brown-SPquard d'origine traumatique. Ann. nted. Par, 1931, 29: 361-85.— Heveroch. Ein Fall von Brown-Sequard'scher Lahmung. Wien. med. Wschr, 1918, 68: 1462.— Homen, E. A. Hemipares, hemianastesi och deviatio conjugata. Fin. 13k. still, hand, 1910, 52: n.s, 513-5.—Horazdovskj, R. [Brown-Sfiquard's symp- tomo-complox, complicated by Klumpke's paralysis] Cas. tek. cesk, 1909, 48: 659.—Jaroszynski, T. [Two cases of Brown- Sequard's paralysis] Neur. polska, 1913, 3: 556-61.—Jumentte, J, & Sales, G. Syndrome de Brown-Sequard par balle de re- volver; lesion de la region cervicale supfirieure de la moelle; les voies sensitives intra-ntedulaires; les centres sympathiques cervicaux. Rev. neur. Par, 1913, 21: pt 2, 623-6.—K6tly, L. [Case of Brown-Sfiquard's paralysis] Budapesti Kir. Orvosegy. Evk, 1906, 56—Klessens, J. J. H. M. Over het verloop der pijn- en temperatuurzinvezels in het ruggemerg bij twee gevallen van dubbekijdige Brown-Sfequardsche laesie, tengevolge van haematomyelie in het gebied der beide symmetrische art. dorso- laterales van het 8e halssegment. Psychiat. neur. bl, 1918, 416-36.—Klippel & Chabrol, E. Sur les vartetes en largeur du syndrome de Brown-Sequard. Encephale, 1907, 2: 13-20.— Kopczyfiski, S. [Brown-Sequard's paralysis from a clinical and anatomical point of view] Medycyna i kron. lek, 1908, 43: 842; 873; 898.—Kopfstein, V. [Paralysie de Brown-Sequard] Rev. nour. psychiat, Praha, 1907, 4: 313-5.—Lichtenberger, B. [Alterations in the deep perceptions in Brown-Sequard's paraly- sis] Orv. hetil, 1913, 57: 41-3.—Loving, R. S. Brown-Sequard paralysis. Chicago M. Rec, 1903, 25: 199-206.—Malloizel & Monier-Vinard. Syndrome de Brown-Sequard; orchite blen- norragique indolente et syphilides secondaires du cot6 de l'anesthesie. Ann. mal. \tener, 1907, 2: 104-7.—Milian & Ne- veux. Syndrome de Brown-Sequard d'origine syphilitique avec dissociation syringomyelique de la sensibilite. Ibid, 1909, 4: 511-20.—Mu, J. W, & Frazier, C. N. Brown-Sequard syn- drome as a manifestation of syphilitic neurorecurrence; report BROWN-SEQUARD'S SYNDROME 1053 BRUCE of a case. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1930, 23: 536-42 — Newmark, L. A case of Brown-Sequard's paralysis. Med. News, Phila, 1892, 61: 605-7. Also repr.—Pandy, K. [Luetic Brown-Sequard's paralysis] Budapesti Kir. Orvosegy. Evk, 1906, 55.—Pelnaf. [New case of pure Brown-Sequard's paralvsis] Cas.tek. cesk, 1913.52: 210-2—Pondoyev, G. S. ICaseof Brown- Sequard's paralysis] Trudi i protok. Imp. Kavkazsk. med. obsh, 1911-12, 48: 247-51.—Price, G. E. A case of incomplete Brown-Sequard paralysis. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1907, 34: 526.— Rahnenfiihrer. Brown-Sequardsche Halbseitfinlasion des Halsmarkes. Klin. Wschr, 1922, 1: 23.—Raymond. Le syn- drome de Brown-Sequard. Rev. internat. mod. chir. Par, 1908, 19: 461.—Redlich. Brown-S6quardsche voriibergehenden Lah- mung nach Schussverletzung. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1915, 52: 22.—Roussy, G. Syndrome de Brown-Sequard par balle de fusil dans le renftement cervical (C5) Rev. neur. Par, 1914, 22: 205.—Schmieden. Fall von Sequardscher Lahmung. Munch, med. Wschr, 1917, 64: 559—Sokolov, S. B. [Stab wounds in the region of the cervical vertebrae, Brown-Sequard's paralysis, due to injuries of the spinal cord] Perm. med. J, 1926, 4: 174-89.—Stanton, J. M. A case showing the Brown- Sequard syndrome. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1920, 17: 131.— Tromner. Brown-Sequard-Lrihmung durch Nackenschuss ohne Wirbelverletzung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1915, 41: 901.—Verger, H, Aubertin, E, & Belmas-Marsalet, P. Sur un cas de syn- drome de Brown-Sequard incomplet et regressif, consecutif a un coup de couteau port? du cote opposed a la tesion. J. nted. Bordeaux, 1926, 56: 800.— Vriser, A. E. Et. Tilfaelde af Brown- Sequard's Lamhed. Hospitalstidende, 1892, 3.ser, 10: 1173-7.— Weigeldt. Brown-Sequardscher Krankheit mit Hornerschem Svmptomenkomplex. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 1627. Also Klin. AVschr, 1926, 5: 1853. Also Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 15C9. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 1462.—Williams, P. F. A case of Brown-Sequard paralysis. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1910, 37: 557.—Wolfstein, B. I. The Brown-Sequard syndrome and its present status. Ohio M.J, 1909. 5: 394-401. BROWN University. John Carter Brown Library. Bibliotheca Americana; catalogue of the John Carter Brown library in Brown Univer- sity. 5v. sm.4? Providence, R. I., 1919-31. BROW presentation. See under Presentation. BROYLES, Charles Joseph, 1862-1921. Obituary. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1921, 14: 314. BRUANT, Guy, 1890- *L'association de la fievre typhoide et de la dysenterie bacillaire (la maladie proportionnee typho-dysenterique) 42p. 8? Par., 1921. BRUBAKER, Albert Philson, 1852- Com- pend of human physiology; especially adapted for the use of medical students. 12? Phila., P. Blakiston's Son & Co. 1884. ---- Also 2.ed. 154p- ---- Also 3.ed. 166p. 1886. ---- Also 7.ed. 236p. 1893. ---- Also 8.ed. 250p. 1896. ---- Also ll.ed. 270p. 1902. ---- Also 15.ed. viii, 264p. illus. [1921] Also 16.ed. viii, 281p. [1927] A text-book of human physiology, in- cluding a section on physiologic apparatus. 2.ed. xii, 715p. illus. 8? Phila., P. Blakiston's Son & ' Co. 1905. ---- Also 7.ed. xii, 835p [1922] ---- ALSo8.ed. xii, 853p. [1925]--- Also 8.ed. rev. xii, 853p. [1929] BRUC, Cav. de. Formole predilette dei piu distinti medici Americani. 176p. 8? Nap., S. Tullio, 1864. BRUCE, David, 1855-1931. Beilin.A. [Biography] Hygeia, Chic. 1935 13: 911, port - Farreras, P. [Necrologio] Rev. espan. obst, 1932 17. 175.— Hamerton, A. E. [Obituary] Tr. R. Soc Trop J. Hyg Lond, 1932, 25: 305-12.-Mesnil, F. [Obituary] Bull Acad, med Par 1931 3 ser, 106: 667-72. Also J.R. Army M. Corps, 1932, 58^1-4 port Also Lancet, Lond, 1931 2: I270.-Olpp, G NekrologP Miinch. med Wschr, 1932 79: 19.-T B. W, & T, W. J. [Biography] Nature, Lond, 1932, 29. 84-b. BRUCE E. A. Astragalus campestris and other stock poisoning plants of British Columbia. 44p. 8? Ottawa, 1927. Forms Bull, no.88, Canada Dep. Agr. ____ Information for farmers and ranchers regarding tick paralysis in British Columbia. 7p. 8? Ottawa, 1930. Forms Bull. no. 133, Canada Dep. Agr. BRUCE, H. M. See Bourdillon, R. B, Bruce, H. M. [et al.] The quantitative estimation of vitamin D by radiography. 46p. 8? Lond, 1931. BRUCE, Henry Addington, 1874- The education of Karl Witte; or, The training of the child; transl. from the German by Leo Wiener. xl, 312p. 8? Lond., G. G. Harrap & Co., 1914. BRUCE, Herbert Alexander, 1868- [Biography] Canada Lancet & Pract, 1932, 80: 41-56. BRUCE, James. Sex anatomy and the tech- nique of coitus. 32p. illus. 8? N.Y., Falstaff Press [1935] ---- The natural method of birth control. ri5]p. 8? N.Y., Falstaff Press [1935] BRUCE, John. See Beesly, Lewis, & Johnston, Thomas B. Beesly and John- ston's Manual of surgical anatomy. 4.ed. 717p. 12? Lond, [1935] BRUCE, John Mitchell, 1846-1929. Obituary. Brit. M.J, 1929, 2: 77, port. Also Lancet, Lond, 1929, 2: 97, port. ---- & DILLING, Walter J. Materia medica and therapeutics; an introduction to the rational treatment of disease. 12.ed.rev. xv, 678p. 16? Lond., Cassell & Co., 1921. BRUCE, Philip Alexander, 1856- The plantation negro as a freeman; observations on his character,, condition,_ and prospects in Vir- ginia, ix, Sons, 1889 BRUCE, Obituary. BRUCE, Obituary. 262p. 12? N.Y., G. P. Putnam's William, 1835-1920. Brit. M.J, 1920,2: 723. William Ironside, 1877-1921. Arch. Radiol. Electrother, Lond, 1920,25: 338. BRUCELLA. See also Abortion, infectious; Undulant fever. Amoss, H. L. Localization of brucella. Barker Festschrift, 1932, 369-74.—Bieling, R. Untersuchungen iiber die Erreger des undulierenden Fiebers. Zschr. Hyg. Infekt, 1930, 111: 728-39 — B'Alesio, V. Alcune condizioni ehe influiscono sulla vitalita delle brucelle nell' urina. Gior. ital. mal. esot, 1929, 2: 484-6 — Febbre ondulante da Brucella melitensis e da Brucella abortus (Bibliografia) Gior. clin. med, 1928, 9: suppl. no.16, 63-94.— Feldman, W. H, & Olson, C, jr. Isolation of bacteria of the Brucella group from apparently healthy swine. J. Infect. Dis, 1934, 54: 45-50.—Graham, R, & Torrey, J. P. A survey of the incidence of Brucella in pasteurized and unpasteurized market milk in Illinois. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1936, 88: 614-23— Grum- bach, A, & Grilichess, R. K. Zur Bakteriologie der Febris undulans. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1932, 126: 321-40, pi—Hazen, E L, & Mortillaro, M. A hitherto undescribed microorganism of the alcaligenes group. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1935-36, 21: 710-3. Also repr.—Henry, B. S. Dissociation in the genus Brucella. J infect. Dis, 1933, 52: 374-402—Huddleson, J. F, & Hershey, A. B. The biological activity of a few chemical constituents of Brucella cells. J. Bact, Bait, 1935, 29: 58.—Ismodes Bulanto, C. Bacteriologia de la ftebre ondulante de Lima. Cron. nted, Lima, 1934, 51: 447-58.—Lacorte, J. G. Nota sobre o germe nos isolad'o do primeiro caso de febre ondulante assignalado no Rio de Janeiro. Brasil med, 1935, 49: 575.—Lisbonne & Seigneu- rin. Sur l'electrophorese des Brucella. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1933 196: 1747. ----- Charge electrique et mineralisation des formes virulente et avirulente des Brucella. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936 121:1049.—Marshall, M.S., & Jared, B. Microbic dissocia- tion'in the Brucella group. J. Infect. Dis, 1931, 49: 318-36 — Mazzeo, M. Resistenza delle Brucelle ad alcuni agenti fisici; resistenza al colore umido. Fol. med. Nap, 1934, 20: 567-74 — Meyer K F , & Eddie, B. Notes on the bacteriology of the Brucella group. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1929-30,15: 447-59—Morales- Otero P The Brucella group and disease produced by them. Agents of Disease (Gay, F. P.) Springf, 1935, 710-24.—Pagnini, U Recherches sur la dissociation des germes du type Brucella. Boll sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1934, 6: 206-10.—Plastrige, W. N, & McAlpine, J. G. Microbic dissociation in the abortus- melitensis group; observations on the mucoid form. J. Infect. Dis 1930, 46: 315-23. Also repr.—Robinson, E. M. Recent views on the Brucella group. S. Africa M.J, 1935, 9: 645-50 — Saitta S. Sul comportamento della Brucella melitensis e della Brucella abortus di fronte ad alcuni colori di anilina. Gior. batt immun, 1929, 4: 307-13.—Smith, B. E, & Joffe, E. W. Variations in the electrophoretic mobilities of the Brucella groups. J. Bact, Bait, 1934, 28: 127-31—Spinelli, A, & Favia, N Essai de reversion in vitro de la phase R a la phase S dans le groupe des Brucelles. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1933 5: 206-11.—Wicht, E. von. Experimentelle Beitrage zur Biologie des Erregers der Bangschen Krankheit. Zbl. Bakt, BRUCELLA 1054 BRUCELLA l.Abt, 1934, 131: 54-70— Williams, C. S. Brucella. Vet. Bull, Wash, 1933, 27: 313-20—Zdrodowski, P, Brenne, H, & Vos- kressenski, B. Etude sur la fievre ondulante en Azerbaidjan; recherches speciales sur le groupe Brucella melitensis-abortus. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1930, 45: 768-805.—Zeller, H. Neuere Forschungsergebnisse iiber Brucellen und Brucellosen. Miinch. tierarztl. Wschr, 1933, 84: 337; passim. ---- Cultivation. See also under Brucella, Species. Guevara Guerra, H. *La differenciation bacteriologique des Brucella. 61p. 8? Par., 1933. Alessandrini, A, & Sabatucci, M. La tripaflavina quale mezzo di differenziazione dei microbi del genere Brucella. Ann. igiene, 1931, 41: 29-34.—Amoss, H. L, & Poston, M. A. Un- dulant (Malta) fever; isolation of the Brucella organism from the stools. J. Am. M. Ass, 1929, 93: 170. Alsorepr. ----- Cul- tivation of Brucella from the stools and bile; further observa- tions. Ibid, 1930, 95: 482.—Andrei, G. Sul valore di alcuni metodi proposti per la differenziazione del B. melitensis dal B. abortus. Pathologica, Genova, 1927,19: 119-21.—Barbera, I. Sulla diflerenzazione biologica fra Brucella melitensis e Brucella abortus. Gior. batt. immun, 1930, 5: 1797-9—Beguet, M. Les caracteres differentiels des souches dans le genre Brucella et les essais de classification. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 1187-9.—Bonanno, A. M. Sulla differenziazione della Br. melitensis dalla Br. abortus per mezzo dei brodi filtrati. Gior. batt. immun, 1933, 10: 296-311.—Brancato, F. Ricerche sulla Brucelle Bang e melitense col metodo delle culture in vivo in sacchetti di collodio. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1933, 39: 142-52.— Bruschettini, G. Differenciation bacteriologique des Brucella. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1935, 15: 441; 483 —Cantani, A. Tentativi di differenziazione del Bang e del melitense mediante culture in latte di diversa origine. Gior. batt. immun, 1934,12: 322-4.—Cantani, F. Sulla differenziazione del micrococco meli- tense e del bacillo di Bang. Gior. clin. med, 1929, 10: 827 — Casanova, F, & Peloso, M. T. Ricerche sui caratteri culturali di vari stipiti di Brucella. Gior. batt. immun, 1936, 16: 361- 72.—Cerruti, C. F. Osservazioni e ricerche sulla differenziazione degli stipiti appartenenti al gruppo Brucella. Boll. Ist. sier- ter. milan, 1932, 11: 400-21.—Be la Barrera, J. M. La dife- renciacion de las especies del genero Brucella. Fol. biol, B. Air, 1933, 110.—Be Santes, M. Nuove ricerche sulla differen- ziazione delle Brucelle mediante la cultura su terreni all'uovo. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1935, 14: 113-22, pi.—Bi Mino, G. Ricerche sulla differenziazione delle brucelle con particolare riguardo a ceppi isolati in Sicilia. Ibid, 123-7.—Famulari, S, & Pisa, G. Tentativi di differenziazione biologica fra Brucella abortus e Brucellus melitensis. Gior. batt. immun, 1933, 10: 274-83.—Fernandez Ithurrat, E. M. Contribucion al estudio de la diferenciacion de las brucellas con las tecnicas de Huddleson (medios bacterioestaticos) Rev. As. med. argent, 1934, 48: 816-32.—Huddleson, I. F. Differentiation of the species of the genus Brucella. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1931, 21: 491-8.----- & Abell, E. A biochemical method of differentiating Brucella abortus from Brucella melitensis-paramelitensis. J. Bact, Bait, 1927, 13: 13. ----- Behavior of Brucella melitensis and abortus toward gentian violet. J. Infect. Dis, 1928, 43: 81-9.—Huddleson, I. F, & Winter, O. B. Magnesium am- monium phosphate crystals in aerobic cultures of Brucella abortus and Brucella melitensis. Ibid, 1927, 40: 476-8 — Izar, G, & Famulari, S. Differenziazione di tipi nei gruppo Brucella mediante cultura su terreni addizionati di acido lat- tico. Riforma med, 1936, 52: 1015. Also Klin. Wschr, 1936, 15: 1560.—Kabler, P., & MacLanahan, M. A differential study of 40 Brucella strains isolated in Minnesota. J. Infect. Dis, 1936, 58: 293-8.—La Grutta, L. Su di un metodo di differenzia- zione tintoriale del M. melitense dal B. di Bang. Gior. batt. immun, 1926, 1: 629-32.—Liddo, S. Le groupe Brucella dans les milieux a l'ceuf. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1933, 5: 317-20.—Manfredi, L. Differenziazione di tipi nei grup- po Brucella mediante la coltura su terreni all'uovo. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1933, 12: 846-58.—Margani, G. Sul comporta- mento delle brucelle nei terreni all'uovo. Gior. batt. immun, 1935,14:1112-8.—Martini, G. L'importanza dell'albume d'uovo nella differenziazione delle Brucelle sui terreni all'uovo. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1935, 14: 431-9.—Moroskin, N. I. [Identi- fication of Brucella on the basis of bacteriostatic effect of dyes and H2S formation] J. epidem. mikrob, Moskva, 1933, 2: 67- 74.—Muller, G. Sul comportamento dei microbi del genere Brucella alla tripaflavina-reazione. Ann. igiene, 1932, 42: 392-8.—Olitzki, L, & Bromberg, J. Verwendungsstoffwechsel und Differentialdiagnose in der Bruzellagruppe. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1931, 120: 347-64.—Olitzki, L, & Gurevitsch, J. Das Wachstum der Brucellen auf halbfesten Nahrboden. Ibid, 1932,125:171-80.—Pagnini, TJ. Studi sulla differenziazione della Brucella. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1934, 13: 145-80. ----- Sul valore del terreno all'uovo di Petragnani per la differenzia- zione delle brucelle. Gior. batt. immun, 1935, 15: 847-63.— Pangalos, G. E. La gelose au lait, milieu electif pour les microbes du groupe Brucella. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 111: 504.—Robert- Levy. Caracteres d'identifteation d'une Brucella isotee en Meurthe-et-Moselle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 109: 1212.— Sangiorgi, G. II gruppo brucellare nei terreni al tellurito. Ann. igiene, 1933,43:89-91.—Scala, V. Contributo sperimentale alia differenziazione delle brucelle con i brodofiltrati specifici. Gior. ital. mal. esot, 1930, 3: 240; 266.—Schwarzmaier, E. Bei- trag zur Unterscheidung der Brucellen auf Eterniihrboden. Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1936, 49: 309-21.—Serra, A. Sulla differenziazione e virulentazione delle brucelle per mezzo della inoculazione nella cavia. Gior. batt. immun, 1933, 12: 674-80.— Taylor, R. M, Lisbonne, M, & Roman, G. Recherches sur ^identification des Brucella isotees en France par l'action bact6- riostatique des matieres colorantes et la production d'hydrogene sulfure (Huddleson) Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1932, 49: 284- 302.—Thomsen, A. Beitrag zur Klassifizierung von Brucel- lakulturen (vorlaufige Mitteilung) Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1933, 130: 257-9.—Tosatti, E. La coltivazione sui terreni all'uovo come mezzo di differenziazione delle brucelle. Pathologica, Genova, 1934, 26: 247-9. ----- Ulteriori ricerche sulla coltiva- zione sui terreni all'uovo come mezzo di differenziazione delle brucelle. Ibid, 1935, 27: 230— Ubertini, B. Contributo alla questione della ricerca di un mezzo di differenziazione fra Br. abortus e B. melitensis. Clin, vet, Milano, 1930, 53: 206-15.— Valenti, E. Ricerca fisico chimica di costituenti speci- fici nella compagine bacillare; differenziazione del micrococco di Bruce dal bacillo di Bang. Biochim. ter. sper, 1927, 14: 77-115.—Vasile, B. Sulla possibility di differenziare il bacillo di Bang, dal micrococco di Bruce. Ann. clin. med. Pal, 1929, 19: 339-47.—Vegni, R. Ricerche sperimentali di differenziazione del micrococco di Bruce dal Bacillus abortus di Bang. Gior. batt. immun, 1929, 4: 448-56.—Vidal, J. Sur la differenciation du Micrococcus melitensis et du Bacillus abortus par des sub- stances chimiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 1279.—Vittone, R. El terreno di Petragnani nella differenziazione delle bru- celle. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1935, 14: 633-42—ZoBell, C. E, & Meyer, K. F. Growth zones of the Brucella in semi-solid media. J. Bact, Bait, 1937, 33: 44. ---- Metabolism. Coleman, M. B, Owen, H. H, & Bacey H. G. Fermentation of monosaccharids by organisms of the abortus-melitensis group. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1929-30,15: 641.—Costantino, S. Sul valore del ricambio dello zolfo per la differenziazione delle brucelle. Gior. batt. immun, 1934, 13: 158-69.—Bi Aichelburg, U. Fermenta- tion des hydrates de carbone par les germes du type Brucella. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1935, 7: 17-22.—Favilli, G. Ricerche sul ricambio dello zolfo nei batteri della specie Brucella melitensis; contributo alio studio dei caratteri differenziali fra Br. melitensis e Br. abortus. Sperimentale, 1930, 84: 287-99. ----- Untersuchungen fiber die Fahigkeit der Bakterien der Brucella melitensis-Gruppe, H2S zu produzieren; die Produk- tion von H2S als Kriterium fiir die Differenzierung der verschie- denen Varietaten der Brucella-Gruppe. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1931, 120: 24-34.—Habs, H. Ueber die Einwirkung von Meli- tensis- und Abortusbakterien auf Farbstoffe. Ibid, 1930, 116: 89-92.—Hershey, A. B, Huddleson, I. F, & Pennell, R. B. The chemical separation and biological activity of the poly- saccharide constituent in Brucella cells. J. Infect. Dis, 1935, 57: 183-5.—McAlpine, J. G, & Slanetz, C. A. Studies on the metabolism of the Bact. Abortus-melitensis bronchisepticum- alcaligines group; nitrogen metabolism. J. Bact, Bait, 1927, 13:11-3. ----- Further observations on nitrogen metabolism. J. Infect. Dis, 1928, 42: 66-72. ----- Glucose utilization. Ibid, 73-8. ---— Effect of various concentrations of carbon dioxide. Ibid, 43: 232-40—McNutt, S. H, & Purwin, P. The acidity produced in brucella cultures. Ibid, 1931, 48: 292-4. Also repr.—Mastroeni, M. La chromogenese chez les germes du type Brucella dans un milieu a l'oeuf. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1932, 4: 268-72.—Meyer, K. F.„& Zobell, C. E. Metabolism studies on the Brucella group; the bacteriostatic action of dyes. J. Infect. Dis, 1932, 51: 72-90.—Severi, R. La produzione di H2S come mezzo di differenziazione delle brucelle. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1931, 6: 504-7—Soule, M. H. The respiration of the abortus-melitensis group. J. Bact, Bait, 1929, 17: 59—Turtle, C. B, & Huddleson, I. F. Oxidation- reduction studies of growth and differentiation of species of Brucella. J. Infect. Dis, 1934, 54: 259-72—Zobell, C. E, & Meyer, K. F. Metabolism studies on the Brucella group, nutri- ent requirements in synthetic mediums. Ibid, 1932, 51: 344- 81. ----- The fermentation of monosaccharides. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1930-31, 28: 160-2. ----- Reduction of nitrates and nitrites by representatives of the Brucella group. Ibid, 1931, 29: 116-8. Also J. Infect. Dis, 1932, 51: 99-108. —--- The production of hydrogen sulphide. Ibid, 91-8. Also repr. ----- Viability in aqueous solutions. Ibid, 50: 538-41. ---- Pathogenicity and resistance. Beller, K, & Stockmayer, W. Experimentelle Untersuchun- gen fiber die Empfanglichkeit des Huhnes fur die Infektion mit Bakterien aus der Brucella-Gruppe. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1932-33, 127: 456-67.—Burnet, E. Inoculations comparees d'abortus et de melitensis chez la chevre. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1928, 17: 108-27. ----- Sur le pouvoir pathogene du M. melitensis et du B. abortus pour le singe et I'homme. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1928, 187: 545-8. -----& Conseil, E. B. melitensis et B. abor- tus; leur pouvoir pathogene pour I'homme et le singe. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1929, 18: 21-42.—B'Alesio, V. De certaines conditions qui ont le pouvoir de attenuer la vitalite de la bru- celle dans Purine. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1929, 1: 153.—Emmel, M. W. The susceptibility of the turkey, pigeon, pheasant, duck and goose to Brucella disease. J. Am. BRUCELLA 1055 BRUCELLA Vet. M. Ass, 1930, 77: 185-97. & Huddleson, I. F. The susceptibility of the guinea fowl to Brucella disease. Ibid, 1931, 79: 228-32—Fleischner, E. C, Vecki, M. [et al.] The patho- genicity of B. abortus and B. melitensis for monkeys; studies on the genus Brucella nov. gen. J. Infect. Dis, 1921, 29: 663- 98.—Gabbi, TJ, & Cantani, A. II comportamento delle bufale gravide di fronte alia Brucella abortus ed alia Brucella meliten- sis. Gior. clin. med, 1933, 14: 423-8.—Gronchi, V, & Costantini, A. Richerche sul comportamento delle Br. melitensis e abortus all'azione battericida del sangue di animali ritenuti diversa- mente recettivi alle infezioni brucellari e alcune osservazioni e indagini sui caratteri differenziali delle fasi S e R delle brucelle. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1935, 14: 145-62.—Habs, H. Ergeb- nisse der neuren experimentell-bakteriologischen Untersuchun- gen fiber Bact. abortus Bang und Bact. melitense. Zbl. ges. Hyg, 1932-33, 28: 481-501.—Kuritskaya, L. S. [Brucella as a cause of infection] Soviet, vrach. j, 1936, 1: 33.—Lignieres, J. Sur los qualites pathogenes de Brucella melitensis et de Brucella abortus. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1932, 3.ser, 107: 910-4 Also Rev. zootecn, B. Air, 1932, 19: 454-63.—McNutt, S. H. Some observations on the pathogenicity of different strains of the Brucella group of organisms. J. Am. Vet, M. Ass, 1928-29, 74:94.-----& Purwin, P. The effect of the Brucella group of micro-organisms on chickens. Ibid, 1930, 77: 212; 350.—Meyer, K. F, & Eddie, B. Further studies on the pathogenicity of Br. abortus and Br. melitensis for monkeys. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1929-30, 27: 222-4. Also Rinasc. med, 1929, 6: 551 — Meyer, K. F, Shaw, E. B, & Fleischner, E. C. The pathogenicity of B. melitensis and B. abortus for guinea-pigs; studies on the genus Brucella nov. gen. J. Infect. Dis, 1922, 31: 159-97.— Nicolle, C, Burnet, E, & Conseil, E. Le microbe de l'avorte- ment epizootique se distingue de celui de la fievre mediterra- nfienne par l'absence de pouvoir pathogene pour I'homme. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1923, 176: 1034-6.—Rainsford, S. G. The sus- ceptibility of laboratory animals to experimental infection with Brucella. Irish J.M. Sc, 1933, ser.6, 88: 150-63. Also J.R. Nav. M. Serv, 1934, 20: 24-34.—VerceUana, G. Experiences sur le pouvoir pathogenique pour les singes du bact. de Bang prove- nant de chevres, et du bact. de Bruce provenant de vaches. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1929, 1: 175-7.—Wilson, B. E. The pathogenicity of Tanganyika strains of Brucella abortus and Br. melitensis for a local species of monkey (Cerco- pithecussp.) J. Hyg, Cambr, 1936, 36: 125-7.—Zelhr, H, & Belter, K. Infektionsversuche mit Brucella-Stammen bei Jungbullen. Arb. Reichsgesundhamt, 1933, 66: 645-53. ----- & Stockmayer, W. Infektionsversuche mit Brucella-Stammen bei Affen. Miinch. tierarztl. Wschr, 1934, 85: 73-6. ---- Serology. Alessandrini, A., & Sabatucci, M. A proposito della reazione di agglutinazione aspeciflca alia tripaflavina. Ann. igiene, 1931, 41: 852-5.—Amoia, R. Observations sur l'agglutination par les brucelles. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1933, 5: 171-4.—Andrei, G. Ricerche sulla differenziazione del M. melitense dal B. di Bang mediante la prova di agglutinazione con acido lattico. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1926, 5: 305-13.— Ascione, G. Ricerche serologiche comparative sul bacillo di Bang e sul micrococco melitense. Boll. Soc. biol. sper, 1926, 1: 179-84.—Beguet, M. Sur les conditions de l'agglutinabilite des microbes et du pltenomene de l'agglutination (6tude fait sur Br. melitensis et Br. abortus) Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1927, 41: 49-58.—Burnet E. Le microbe de l'avortement fipizootique (B. abortus) vaccine I'homme et le singe contre le microbe de la fievre ntediterraneenne (M. melitensis) C. rend. Acad. Sc, 1924, 178: 154. ----- Agglutination croisee du Bacterium tularense et des Brucella dans la tularemie et la fievre medi- terraneenne. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1927, 16: 90. ----- Le thermo-agglutination et 1'evolution de l'espece Brucella. Ibid, 1928, 17: 128-46.—Cerruti, C. A proposito di un saggio di agglutinazione aspeciflca per la differenziazione del M. melitense dal B. di Bang. Gior. batt. immun, 1926, 1: 422-6. ----- Ricerche comparative tra M. melitensis e B. abortus per mezzo delle rispettive agglutinine isolate. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1927, 6: 425-40. ----- Ricerche comparative tra B. di Bruce e B di Bang mediante 1'isolamento delle agglutinine. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1927, 2:221-3. ----- Ancora sulla questio- ne della differenziazione del B. abortus dal B. melitense median- te un saggio di agglutinazione aspeciflca. Pathologica, Geno- va, 1927 19: 216-8.—Costantino, S. Sul comportamento delle tossine delle varie Brucelle di fronte di fenomeni cutiallergici (loro differenziazione e valore diagnostico) Cult. med. mod. Pal 1934 13: 397-402—Be Antoni, V. Sulla sostanza aspecifi- camente agglutinabile nei batteri del gruppo Brucella. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1929, 8: 651-6—Bi Aichelburg, U. Ag- glutination aspecifique avec la fuchsine basique dans les mi- crobes du groupe Brucella. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. lntemaz. microb, 1934, 6: 30-2. -----■ L'agglutinazione aspeciflca da acidi come mezzo per rivelare lo stato di dissociazione dei germi del gruppo Brucella. Pathologica, Genova, 1934, 26: 785-92. -----Osservazioni suil'agglutinazione delle brucelle; 1 agglu- tinazione da sali. Diagn. teen, lab. Nap, 1936, 7: 324-33.— Bubois, C. Depistage des Brucella chez la poule par la recherche des reactions d'allergte. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 113: 1045- 7 —Ecker, E. E, & Simon, M. A. Acid agglutination optimum in the Brucella group. J. Infect, Dis, 1929, 44: 62-4-Enrico, C. La resistenza al calore delle agglutinine antibang e antimelitense. Ann ostet. gin, 1926, 48: 825-41.—Favilli, G, & Biancalani, G. Ricerche sulle sostanze idrocarbonate (antigeni residuali) dei batteri del gruppo Brucella. Sperimentale, 1932, 86: 359-76 — Feldman, W. H, Mann, F. C, & Olson, C, jr. The spontaneous occurrence of Brucella agglutinins in dogs. Collect. Papers Mayo Clin, 1934, 26: 1112—Feusier, M. L, & Meyer, K. F Principles in serologic grouping of B. abortus and B. meli- tensis correlation between absorption and agglutination tests. J. Infect. Dis, 1920, 27: 185-206—Gronchi, V. Potere bat- tericida normale del sangue e recettivita naturale degli animali e dell'uomo alle Br. melitensis ed abortus. Pa- thologica, Genova, 1935, 27: 83-7. ----- & Costantini, A. Recherches sur le pouvoir bactericide que le sang d'animaux diversement receptifs aux infections a Brucellae, exerce sur Br. melitensis et Br. abortus Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1935, 7: 7-11.—Gwatkin, R. Search for a Brucella bacteriophage. J. Infect. Dis, 1931, 48: 404-7. Also repr.—Heymann, B, & Yang, L. Untersuchun- gen fiber Agglutinationsreaktionen zwischen der Brucella- und Proteus-Gruppe. Zschr. Hyg, 1932, 114: 545-67.—Hig- ginbotham, M, & Heathman, L. S. Precipitin and comple- ment-fixation reactions of polysaccharide extracts of Bru- cella. J. Infect. Dis, 1936, 59: 30-4.—Jacono, J. Agglutinine anti-Bang e agglutinine anti-Bruce. Riv. pat. sper, 1926, 1: 11-24.—Martin, J. W, & Myers, J. T. Brucella antibodies in human serum. J. Prev. M, 1931, 5: 243-8.—Menna, F. Sul potere agglutinante del siero di tul ercolotici sui germi del gruppo Brucella. Rinasc. med, 1935, 13: 852-5.—Miles, A. A. Optimal proportions in agglutination; with reference to the antigenic analysis of the Brucella group of organisms. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1933, 14: 43-56.—Moroskin, N. Agglutinazione specifica e aspeciflca delle brucelle. Gior. batt. immun, 1934, 12: 1252- fi2.—Munger, M, Huddleson, I. F, & Wakeman, S. The detec- tion of antigenic variants of Brucella by means of the opsono- cytophagic test. J. Bact, Bait, 1937, 33: 43.—Neiva, C. Agglu- tinins para o genero Brucella em soros de animaes. Brasil med, 1934, 48: 421-4.—Ninni, C. Le different pouvoir bactericide du serum humain normal pour les brucelles. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1929, 1: 62-4. Also Pathologica, Genova, 1929, 20: 58-66.-----Sarnowiec, W, & Pezzangora, F. Activitation in vitro du pouvoir agglutinant specifique des anticorps brucelliques par les serums non specifiques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 118: 1056-8.—Olitzki, L, & Gurevich, J. Ueber die serologischen Typen der Brucellagruppe und ihre Varia- tionsmoglichkeiten. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1933, 128: 112-24 — Pandit, S. R, & Wilson, G. S. The relation between specific and non-specific agglutination in the Brucella group. J. Hyg, Cambr, 1932, 32: 45-54.—Pennell, R. B, & Huddleson, I. F. The chemical constitution of the endo-antigen of brucella cells. J. Bact, Bait, 1937, 33: 42—Plastridge, W. N, & McAlpine, J. G. Agglutinin-absorption studies on Brucella. J. Infect. Dis, 1932, 50: 555-67.—Priestley, F. W. The absence of seriological relationship between Brucella and Pasteurella organisms. J. Comp. Path, Lond, 1933, 46: 38-41.—Reiter, B. 0. Studies on the extraction of a precipitable substance from the genus Bru- cella. J. Infect. Dis, 1936, 58: 45-58. Also repr.—Robert-Levy. L'agglutination rythmique des Brucella; sa representation graphique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 117: 199-202.—Ross, G. R. The value of non-specific agglutination in the differentiation of the genus Brucella. J. Hyg, Cambr, 1927-28,26: 279-84.—Rossi, P, & Saunie, L. Sensibility de la peau du cheval vis-a-vis des antigenes brucelliques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 137-40.— Sanfilippo, E. Potere agglutinante del siero dei tubercolotiei sui germi del gruppo Brucella. Gior. batt. immun, 1933, 11: 1-32.—Sangiorgi, G. Sulla questione della differenziaztene del B. abortus dal M. melitensis e sul valore per le brucelle del saggio di agglutinazione aspeciflca mediante l'ac. lattico (Consta- tazioni e considerazioni) Pathologica, Genova, 1927, 19: 3-6.— Sarnowiec, W. Sur la production d'agglutinines anti-Brucella abortus chez les cobayes tubereuleux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 300. ---— Developpement des precipitines anti-brucella chez les cobayes tubereuleux. Ibid, 1935, 120: 1053-5. ----- Developpement des anticorps antibrucelliques chez les animaux traites par le BCG ou par des bacilles tubereuleux morts. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1935, 55: 175-81.—Severi, R. Sulla aggluti- nazione da tripaflavina nelle brucelle. Boll. Soc. ital biol. sper, 1931, 6: 501; 1932, 7: 888.—Sievert, L. Untersuchungen fiber den Antigenaufbau in der Brucellagruppe. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1936, 89: 249-59.—Starr, L. E, & Snider, G. E. Serologic relation- ship of Brucella and Pasteurella. J. Infect. Dis, 1934, 55: 384-9.—Tapia, M, & Nicolas, M. de. Sur la differenciation du Micrococcus melitensis et du Bacillus abortus par l'agglutina- tion. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 95: 563-5. Also Arch, med, Madr, 1926,24: 104-38.—Tecce, R. Fractions du serum et agglu- tinines anti-brucella. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1936, 8: 146-8.—Termostabilita e termolabilita delle agglutinine anti- Bang e anti-Bruce. Morgagni, 1926, 68: 193-5.—Topping, L.E. Carbohydrate and nucleoprotein fractions isolated from the Brucella group. J. Path. Bact, Cambr, 1934, 39: 665-8.— Trentini, S. Sulla termoresistenza delle agglutinine antibang e delle agglutinine antimelitensi; ricerche sperimentali. Gior. batt. immun, 1926, 1: 73-84. ----- Suil'agglutinazione con l'acido lattico come mezzo di differenziazione del M. melitensis dal B. abortus (Bang) Pathologica, Genova, 1926, 18: 309 — Vasile, B. Ancora sulla possibilita di differenziare il bacillo di Bang dal micrococco di Bruce; studio di alcuni caratteri delle tossine. Ann. clin, med. Pal, 1930-31, 20: 257-67—Veazie, L, & Meyer, K. F. The serologic classification of the Brucella group. J. Infect. Dis, 1936, 58: 280-92—Velu, H, Zottner, G, & Sarthou, C. Antigenes brucelliques gras et reactions alter- BRUCELLA 1056 BRUCELLA giques. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 119: 856-8—Vercellana, G, & Zanzucchi, A. La differenziazione del M. melitense dal B. di Bang mediante un saggio di agglutinazione aspeciflca. Boll. Soc. biol. sper, 1926, 1: 221. Also Pathologica, Genova, 1926, 18: 247-52.—Vidal, J, & Abella, R. La differenciation du Micrococcus melitensis et du bacille de Bang par les agglutin- ines. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 1271-3—Wigmore, J. B. A. Note upon the production of Brucella agglutinins. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1930, 54: 5-10—Wilson, G. S, & Miles, A. A. The serological differentiation of smooth strains of the Brucella group. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1932, 13: 1-13.—Zanzucchi, A., & Vercellana, G. Ancora sulla differenziazione del M. melitense dal B. di Bang mediante un saggio di agglutinazione aspeciflca. Pathologica, Genova, 1926, 18: 395-7. ---- Species. Andrei, G. Su di alcuni rapporti di affinita fra il micrococco melitense e il bacillo di Bang. Gior. batt. immun, 1926, 1: 130-45.—Ascione, G. Ulteriori ricerche sul B. di Bang e sul M. melitense. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper, 1932, 7: 598-602.—Bastai, P. Ancora sulla epidemiologia della febbre di Malta; identita di specie o distinzione biologica tra bacillo di Bruce e bacillo di Bang? Minerva med. Tor, 1926, 6: 413-21.—Bau Kien-Hun & Wang Kan. Ueber die Methylenblaureduktion durch Bact. abort, infectiosi Bang und Bact. melitense. Zschr. Hyg, 1935, 117: 399-402.—Brotzu, G. Sui rapporti fra bacillo di Bang e Micrococcus melitensis. Bull. sc. med, Bologna, 1926, lO.ser, 4:46-9. Also Gazz. med. Roma, 1926, 52: 102-7. Also Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1930, 2: 211; 338.—Burnet, E. Rap- ports du Micrococcus melitensis et du Bacillus abortus de Bang. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Afr. Nord, 1923, 3: 48-66. Also C. rend. Acad, sc, 1922, 175: 790-3.—Cantani, F. Contributo sperimentale sul B. caryocyaneus Beijerinck-Dupaix con particolare riguardo alio studio dei fenomeni di antibiosi e di antagonismo rispetto alle Brucella melitensis ed abortus Bang. Gior. ital. mal. esot. trop, 1935, 8: 33-40.—Cerruti, C. On the relationship of M. melitensis and B. abortus. J. Trop. M, Lond, 1927, 30: 230.-----Recherches sur 1'identification de 30 souches de brucelle isolees en Sardaigne. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1934, 6: 399-407.—Confalone, R. Sur quelques proprietes biochimiques du M. melitensis et du B. de Bang, fitudiees comparativement. Ibid, 1932, 4: 533-5. Also Gior. med. mil, 1933, 81: 633-44.—Favilli, G. Ricerche com- parative sulla morfologia del B. melitensis e del B. abortus (Bang) Sperimentale, 1925, 9: 1041-52. ----- Ancora sui rapporti tra B. di Bang e B. melitense; i fondamenti della dottriDa dualista e della dottrina uniclsta. Minerva med. Tor, 1926, 6: 865-71. ----- Studi sui batteri Brucella meli- tensis; le varieta abortus, melitensis, paramelitensis e i loro reciproci rapporti. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1927, 6: 341-76 — Haddon, E. H. Some observations on Bacillus abortus and Bacillus melitensis. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M-. Hyg, Lond, 1927-28, 21: 221-6.—Herrmann, O, Korjukin, E, & Spiridonow, N. Identitat der sogenannten Brucellatypen. Zschr. Immun- forsch, 1936, 87: 372-88.—Hofmann, P, & Bartsch, E. Studien fiber die Differenzierung von Abortus-Bang- und Melitense- bakterien. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1933, 129: 449-61—Jadassohn, W, Riedmuller, L, & Schaaf, F. Die Unterscheidung nahe verwandter Mikroorganismen durch den Schultz-Daleschen Versuch (Untersuchungen bei Brucella abortus Bang und Brucella melitensis Bruce) Klin. Wschr, 1934, 13: 879 — Kristensen, M. Klassifikation danischer und anderer Bru- cellastamme. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1931, 120: 179-9G— Lustig, A. Referente a las relaciones entre las variedades humanas-cabrunas y las variedades bovinas de Brucella melitensis. Rev. sudamer. endocr, B. Air, 1927, 724-7. ----- Ueber die zwischen dem Erreger des Undulansflebers (Maltafieber) und dem des Abortus epizooticus bovinus (Bac. Bang) bestehenden Analogien. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1929-30, 115: 219-22. ----- Sulle analogie esistenti fra l'agente della febbre ondulante (febbre di Malta o Mediterranea) e quello dell' aborto epizootico bovino (B. di Bang) Diagn. teen, lab. Nap, 1930, 1: 21-7—Olin, G, & Lind- strom, B. Vergleichende Untersuchungen fiber verschiedene Brucellatypen, besonders solche schwedischen Ursprungs. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1934, 131: 257-75.—Plastrige, W. N, & McAlpine, J. G. Types of Brucella in 129 cases of undulant fever. J. Infect. Dis, 1930, 47: 478-84. Also repr.—Polettini, B. Sui rapporti fra Micrococcus melitensis e Bacillus abortus (Bang) Ann. igiene, 1924, 34: 701-15. ----- Ulteriore con- tributo alla questione dei rapporti fra M. melitensis e B. abortus (Bang) Gior. batt. immun, 1926, 1: 297-302.—Simonetti, F. Sui rapporti tra Brucella melitensis e Brucella abortus. Igiene mod, 1928, 21: 9-14.—Skarie, J. Ueber die Beziehungen des Bac. melitensis (Bruce) zum Bac. abortus infect, bovum (Bang) Zschr. Hygiene, 1922, 95: 358-64— Smith, T. The relation of Bacillus abortus from bovine sources to Malta fever. J. Exp. M, 1926, 43: 207-23.—Thomsen, A. Classification of Brucella. J. Infect. Dis, 1934, 54: 345.—Weigmann, F. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Beziehungen zwischen Bact. abortus Bang und Bact. melitense. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, Jena, 1931, 121: 319-28.—Wilson, G. S. The classification of the Brucella group; a systematic study. J. Hyg, Cambr, 1933, 33: 516-41. ---- Species: Brucella abortus. See also Abortion, infectious: Bacteriology. Rauchbaar, G. *Ueber das Verhalten keim- freier Abortuskulturfiltrate in vitro und in vivo. 12p. 8? Lpz., 1923. Sadowski, G. C. *Bakterium abortus infec- tiosi Bang. 16p. 8° Tub., 1931. Zinth, M. *Das Kulturverfahren zum Nach- weis von Abortus-Bangbazillen im Meerschwein- chenversuch. 30p. 8? Giessen, 1933. Ajello, L. Lesioni anatomo-patologiche da iperrecettivita alia Brucella Bang nella cavia. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan, 1933, 12: 817-40, 2pl.—Baumann, R, & Kuscher, A. Ueber die bei Meerschweinchen durch Bang-Bacillen hervorgerufenen Ver- anderungen des Skelets und der Gelenke. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh, 1935, 69: 474-85— Beller, K, & Stockmayer, W. Die Pathogenitat der Bangbazillen (Brucella abortus) fiir Hubner und Kiihen unter naturlichen Bedingungen. Arb. Reichs- gesundamt, 1933, 66: 537-43.—Ber, A. [Inoculation and course of infection with Bang's bacillus in white mice] Med. dosw, 1932, 15: 171-233.-----Pathogenicity of Brucella abortus for white mice. J. Infect. Dis, 1936, 59: 285. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936,122: 845.—Berthold, G. Betrachtung fiber Bang- Lebendkultur, -Vakzine, Farb-Impfstoff (Rakulin) Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1932, 48: 243-8—Boak, R, & Carpenter, C. M. The thermal death point of Brucella abortus in milk. J. Infect. Dis, 1928, 43: 327-9.—Cameron, H. S. The viability of Brucella abortus. Cornell Vet, 1932, 22: 212.—Cantani, A. Sur te pou- voir pyogene de la Brucella de Bang. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. in- ternaz. microb, 1933, 5: 199.—Carpenter, C. M. A comparison of strains of Brucella abortus isolated from man with those from cattle. J. Infect. Dis, 1926, 39: 215-9. ----- Results of injecting pregnant heifers with Brucella abortus isolated from man. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1926-27, 70: 459-68. ----- & Boak, R. Thermal death point studies of Brucella abortus. J. Bact, Bait, 1928, 15: 41. ----- & Chapman, 0. B. The significance of Brucella abortus agglutinins in human sera. Ibid, 1929, 17: 59. Also J. Immun, Bait, 1929, 17: 65-83 — Beclich, M. L'influenza di alcuni sali sul bacillo di Bang. Igiene mod, 1920, 13: 205-8.—Bel Zoppo, R. Ricerche su un particolare tropismo delle vie biliari nelle infezioni sperimentali da Brucella abortus. Fol. med. Nap, 1936, 22: 791-9—Boned- du, F. P. Sulla cultura in vivo nella cavia di Brucella abortus. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1933, 12: 33-49.—Bcnham, C. R, & Fitch, C. P. A dehydrated bacterial agglutination antigen (Bang's disease) Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1934, 31: 653-5. ----- A method for preserving Brucella abortus for use in the preparation of agglutination antigen. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1935, 87:188-90. ----- The use of gelatin in rapid-test prepara- tions of Bact. abortus antigen; variations in the effect of gelatin, in Bact. abortus antigen preparations, on the agglutination titers of bovine serums. J. Infect. Dis, 1935, 56: 203-9.—Boyle, T. M, & Beckett, F. The isolation of Brucella abortus from the milk of cows with negative blood reactions to the agglutination test. J. Comp. Path, Lond, 1936, 49: 320-7.—Bubois, C. Caracteres de la reaction locale provoquee par l'injection, sous la peau, de Brucella abortus vivants, en excipient gras, chez la vache et la brebis. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 121: 10-3. ----- Recherche des agglutinines chez la vache et la brebis indemnes de brucellose, soumises a l'injection de Brucella abortus, vi- vants ou morts, en excipient gras. Ibid, 529-33.—Buncan, J. T. The identification of Brucella abortus from human sources. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1928-29, 22: 269-80— Ernst, W. Zur Frage der Agglutination des Bact. abortus Bang nach Impfungen. Miinch. tierarztl. Wschr, 1936, 87: 217.—Favilli, G. Sulla patogenicita del bacillo di Bang per l'uomo. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1928, 7: 161; 1930, 9: 29—Feldman, W. H, & Olson, C, jr. The pathogenicity of Brucella abortus for white mice. J. Infect. Dis, 1935, 57: 212-22—Fitch, C. P. The cultivation of Bact. abortus Bang. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1921-22, 19: 414. Also J. Infect. Dis, 1922, 31: 233-6. -----& Thompson, C. M. Studies of physical properties and agglutinability of Br. abortus plate antigens from several sources. Cornell Vet, 1936, 26: 222-30.—Frendzel, J, & Szymanowski, Z. Sur la variability du bacille de Bang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 102: 111. ----- Kfinstlich erzeugte Paraabortusstamme. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1930,117:240-7. ----- Zur Differenzie- rung der S- und R-Stamme des B. Bang. Ibid, 1930-31, 119: 455-9. ----- Paraagglutination des Bac. Bang mit Typhus- serum. Ibid., 1931, 121: 448-51.—Frisch. Die Leuchtgasme- thode zur Zuchtung des Bacterium abortus infect. Bang. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr, 1929, 37: 309.—Gabbi, V. Sul potere patogeno del bacillo di Bang nell'uomo. Gior. clin. med, 1929, 10: 819-26. Also Gior. clin. med, 1928, 9: suppl. no. 16, 3-15 — Goldstein, J. D, Fox, W. W, & Carpenter, C. M. The recovery of Brucella abortus from the stools of healthy carriers. Am. J. M. Sc, 1936, 191: 712-5—Good, E. S., Bimock, W. W, & Harms, A. H. Comparative agglutinating properties of different strains of Bact. abortus (Bang) J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1928, 73: 223-31.— Grav, J. B. A. The occurrence, distribution, and specificity of agglutinins for Br. abortus in human sera. J. State M, Lond, 1932, 40: 673-6.—Gwatkin, R. A study of various fractions of Brucella abortus; residues from whole filtrate and after removal of alcoholic precipitate. Canad. J. Res, 1935,12:147-55. ----- Alcoholic precipitates prepared from a dissociated strain of Br. abortus and from E. coli and B. subtilis. Ibid, 156-60 — Habs, H. Die Menschenpathogenitat des Bact. abortus Bang. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 453—Hadley, F. B, & Welsh, W. E. On BRUCELLA 1057 BRUCELLA the persistency of the agglutination reaction for Brucella abortus. Cornell Vet, 1931, 21: 286-91.—Hansen, K, & Koster, H. Nach- weis von Brucella abortus (Bang) auf Grund der Alkalifestig- keit. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr, 1936, 44: 739-42—Harms, A. The number of generations necessary for the development of the power of aerobic growth by Bacterium abortus (Bang) J. Bact, Bait, 1924, 9: 273-7.—Haupt, H. Kurze Mitteilung fiber einen zur Zuchtung des Bact. abortus Bang geeigneten Nahrboden. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1931, 120: 130—Hauptmann, W. Ein elektives Kulturverfahren zum Nachweis von Bang- Bakterien (Brucella abortus) im Patientenblut. Ibid, 1935, 134: 221-32.—Hegler, C. Zur Pathogenese der Infektion des Menschen durch Brucella abortus Bang. Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9 ■. 1663-5.—Henry, B. S. Spontaneous and forced dissociation of Brucella abortus (Bang) Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1928-29, 26: 101.-----Absorption of agglutinins by R variants of bovine and porcine strains of Brucella abortus. Ibid, 1929-30, 27: 8-10. ----- Differentiation of bovine and porcine strains of Brucella abortus based on dissociation. J. Infect. Dis, 1933, 52: 403-6.—Hoeden, J. van der [Growth of Brucella Bang in closed space] Tschr. diergeneesk, 1932, 59: 250-7.—Huddleson., I. F. The importance of an increased carbon dioxide tension in growing Bact. abortus (Bang) Cornell Vet, 1921, 11: 210-5. -----Is Bacterium abortus pathogenic for human beings? J. Am. M. Ass, 1926, 86: 943.-----Hasley, B. E, & Torrey, J. P. Further studies on the isolation and cultivation of Bac- terium abortus (Bang) J. Infect. Dis, 1927, 40: 352-68.— Irwin, M. R, Beach, B. A, & Bell, F. N. Studies on the bac- tericidal action of bovine whole blood and serum towards Bru- cella abortus and Brucella suis. Ibid, 1936, 58: 15-22—Jorgen- son, G. E. The importance of Bacillus abortus as compared with that of other invaders. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1922-23, 61: 273-6.—Khmmer, M. Der neueste Stand der Forschung fiber das Bangsche Bacterium. Erg. Hyg, Bakt, 1932, 13: 327-452. -----& HauDt, H. Nachtrag zu: Die pathogene Wirkung des Corynebacterium abortus infectiosi Bang. Deut. Arch. klin. Med, 1922-23, 141: 252-6. ----- Ist das Korynebakterium abortus infectiosi Bang fiir Menschen pathogen? Miinch. med. Wschr, 1922, 69: 146. ----- Ueber die durch das Cory- nebacterium abortus Bang verursachte Erkrankung des Meer- schweinchens. Virchow's Arch, 1923, 242: 350-4.—Klimmer, M, & Klitzschmuller, P. Zum ziichterischen Nachweis von Abortus-Bang-Bakterien in dor Milch. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1936, 52: 326-9.—Kristensen, M. [Role of Bacillus abortus Bang in human disease] Ugeskr. lseger, 1927, 89: 1123-41. Also Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1928, 108: 89-102. ----- La position bac- teriologique du Bacillus abortus de Bang; son importance comme cause de maladie chez I'homme. Ann. med. Par, 1929, 26: 339-50.—Kritschewski, I. L, & Halperin, E. P. Untersuchungen uber das Wesen der erworbenen Immunitat; fiber den Me- chanismus der abortiven Wirkung des B. abortus. Zschr. Immunforsch, 1934, 82: 421-8—Lynch, F. B, & Callan, A. M. Some observations on the agglutination of Br. abortus. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1929-30, 15: 444-0.—Maternowska, I. Eine neue Farbungsmetbode zum Nachweis der Abortus-Bang-Bakterien im natiirlichen faulenden Material. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1930, 116- 422—Otero, P. M. Experimental infection of Brucella abortus in man. Porto Rico J. Pub. Health, 1929-30, 5: 144-57, 2pl ----- Some observations on variations of Brucella abortus. Ibid, 1931, 7: 233-7—Pagnini, U. Su alcune vie d'infezione della Brucella abortus nella cavia; sull'isolamento del Bac di Bang da materiali notevolmente inquinati. Gior. batt immun, 1932, 9: 1004-24—Patane, C. Saggio comparative di alcuni metodi tendenti a creare sperimentalmente condizioni d'ipersensibilita per Br. abortus. Atti Congr. naz. microb, 1931 372-5— Plastrige, W. N, & McAlpine, J. G. Types of Br abortus isolated from human, bovine, porcine and equine sources. J. Bact, Bait, 1931, 21: 52. Also J Infect. Dis, 1931 49- 127-34 —Priestley, F. W. The intermediate zone phe- nomenon encountered in certain Br. abortus agglutinating sera. J. Path. Bact, Edinb, 1931, 34: 81-9.-Resmkoy, I. I- (Viru- lence of Bang's B. for man] Klin, med, Moskva, 1932, 10: 255-61.-Riedmiiller, L. Ergebnisse der Milchschnell- und Milchserumlangsamagglutination auf Bang. Schweiz Arch. Tierh , 1934, 76: 279-86.-Robinson, F. E. A note on the sero- logical identity of Rhodesian and American strains of Br. abortus from human sources. J. M. Ass. S. Africa, 1927, 1: 442-4.- Rouslacroix, A, & Schafer, E. Influence des injections de bacil- les de Bane tues par la chaleur sur la tuberculose du cobaye. C rend. Soc bfoL 1934. 115: 1306-8.-Rudolf, J Beitrag zur Ziichtung des Bacillus abortus Bang mit Hilfe der Leuchtgas- methode Deut. tierarztl. Wschr, 1928, 36: 481 -Sarnowiec, W. Phenomene de zone dans l'agglutination par le scrum des co- bayes tubereuleux traites rar Brucella abortus C. rencl Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 829; 1935, 119: 167.-Sarti, C. Contributo alia natoeenicita del B. Bang per l'uomo. Ann. igiene, 1929, i\). KKUi, S. J, & Bleecker, W. I. Agglutinin response to certain Brucella abortus bactenns J. Infect. Dis, 192, 41 • 222-32 -Schoenholz, P, & Meyer, K. F. The purification of abortin Ibid , 40: 453-68.-Smith, T. Some cultural charac- ters of Bacillus abortus (Bang) with special reference to C02 requirements. J. Exp. M, 1924, 40: 219-32.-Sparapani, G. C. NuoveTicerche sulla biologia del bacillo dell'aborto epizootico delle bovine e sulla nocivita del latte degli animali malati Unll Soc eustach, 1924, 22: 85-90.-Starr, L. E. Serological Snrl'v of a. polyvalent antigen of Alcaligenes abortus (Bang) t Am Vet M Ass, 1931, 79: 798-802.-Suzuki, S. Biological stnrt es of abortion bacilli with special reference to the identifica- tion of the bacilli and Bacillus paratyphosus B. J. Jap. Soc. 21767—vol. 2, 4th series---67 Vet. Sc, 1931,10: 68-80.—Thompson, A. Recent work on undu- lant fever and Brucella abortus. Irish J.M. Sc, 1931, ser.6, 655-62.—Urbani, A, & Goret, P. Action des sels de terres rares sur le developpement in vitro de Brucella abortus Bang. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1933, 112: 36-8—Velu, H, & Zottner, G. Valeur antiigenique de Brucella abortus en excipient gras. Ibid, 1935, 118: 225. ----- & Sarthou, C. Brucella abortus en ex- cipient gras; variation du taux des agglutinines; vaccination. Ibid, 1936, 121: 1041-3—Vercellana, G. L'azione patogena del b. di Bang per il genere umano e dimostrabile sperimentalmente? (nota riassuntiva) Gior. clin. med, 1928, 9: 461, suppl. no.16, 33-54 (at bottom of page)—Virgillo, B. La patogenieita del Bacillus abortus di Bang nell'uomo. Rinasc. med, 1928, 5: 1311-3.—Viviani, R. A proposito della questione della pato- genicita del Bacillus abortus di Bang nell'uomo. Policlinico, 1925, 32: sez. prat, 203-6—Voge, C. I. B. The agglutinating action of human blood serum upon B. abortus (Bang) Edin- burgh M.J, 1929, n.s, 36: 249-55.—Waldemar, R. Zur Ziich- tung von Abortus-Bang-Bakterien unter Paraffinverschluss nach Heraustreiben von Luft durch Warme. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1933, 49: 489—Walton, S. T. Complement binding properties of Brucella abortus of bovine and porcine origin. J. Immun, Bait, 1932, 22: 19-40—Wilson, G. S. The growth of Br. abortus in sealed tubes. Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1929-30, 11: 157-63.—Zanzucchi, A. Sulla conservazione della vitalita e della virulenza nelle vaccine del B. di Bang proveniente da corteccie d'aranci e dall'organismo caprino. Gior. clin. med, 1929, 10: 514.-----Puo il bacillo di Bang provocare nei genere umano infezioni alio stato latente? Ibid, 1934, 15: 996-1023. ---- Species: Brucella abortus, bovine. Buck, J. M. The differentiation of primary isolations of Bacterium abortus (bovine) by their cultural and atmospheric requirements. J. Agr. Res, 1924-25, 29: 585-91.—Brescher & Hopfengartner. Die Haltbarkeit der Bangschen Abortusba- zillen in Milch und Milchprodukten. Miinch. tierarztl. Wschr, 1930, 81: 465; 485; 496; 507; 519; 533.—Fitch, C. P., Bishop, L. M, & Kelly, M. B. The isolation of Brucella abortus from the blood-stream of cattle. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N.Y, 1936, 34: 696-8.—Gilman, H. L, Milks, C. H, & Birch, R. R. Passage of bovine Brucella through swine. J. Infect. Dis, 1934, 54:171-4.— Grimaldi, E. II morbo di Bang delle vacche e la sua trasmissi- bilita all' uomo. Igiene mod, 1924, 17: 185-8.—Henricsson, E, & Lindstrom, B. Zur Frage der biologischen Konstanz von Brucella abortus bovis. Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1936, 136: 445-51 — Morales-Otero, P. Further attempts at experimental infection of man with a bovine strain of Brucella abortus. J. Infect. Dis, 1933, 52: 54-9.—Smillie, E. W. An improvement in the method of isolating and recovering the bacillus of cattle abortion through guinea pigs. J. Exp. M, 1918, 28: 585-605. Also repr.—Wilson, G. S. The gaseous requirements of Brucella abortus (bovine type) Brit. J. Exp. Path, 1931,12: 88-92. ----- The growth of Br. abortus (bovine type) in shake tubes. Ibid, 152-65. ---- Species: Brucella abortus, porcine. Boak, R. A, & Carpenter, C. M. Lethal temperatures for porcine strains of Brucella abortus, with special reference to pasteurization. J. Infect. Dis, 1931, 49: 485-8. Also repr.— Creech, G. T. Organic lesions in swine caused by Brucella suis. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1935, 86: 211-6—Feldman, W. H, & Olson, C, jr. The reaction of swine following experimental inocula- tion of a pathogenic strain of Brucella abortus of porcine origin. Ibid, 1934, 85: 64-75.-----Effects of certain environmental influences on the longevity of Brucella abortus suis. Ibid, 1935, 86: 153-61.—Murray, C, McNutt, S. H, & Purwin, P. The effect of pasteurization upon Brucella melitensis var. suis. Ibid, 1932,80: 336-42. ---- Species: Brucella bronchoseptica. Blieck, L. de, & Heelsbergen, T. van. De bacillus pyo- septicus equi en de B. abortus equi als oorzaak van pyo-septi- caemie z. g. lahme bij veulens in Nederland. Tschr. dier- geneesk, 1919, 46: 492-6.—Brown, J. H. Bacillus bronchisepti- cus infection in a child with symptoms of pertussis. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1926, 38: 147-53.—Evans, A. C. Further studies on Bacterium abortus and related bacteria; a comparison of Bacterium abortus with Bacterium bronchisepticum and with the organism which causes Malta fever. J. Infect. Dis, 1918, 22-580-93. Also repr.—Hoskins, H. P, & Stout, A. L. Bacillus bronchisepticus as the cause of an infectious respiratory disease of the white rat. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1919-20, 5: 307-11—Walker, J E A cold caused by Bacillus bronchisepticus. J. Am. M. Ass, 1928,91: 1108. ____ Species: Brucella melitensis. Evans, A. Studies on Brucella (Alkaligenes) melitensis. 67p. 8? Wash., 1925. Amato, A. Contributo alio studio della morfologia del B. melitensis Policlinico, 1908, 15: sez. prat, 1061.—Arloing [Fievre de Malte; cultures du micrococcus specifiqne employees dans les laboratoires] Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1910, 3.ser, 64: 345_9 —Bassett-Smith, P. W. Some further points in the etiol- ogy of Mediterranean fever, with particular reference to the growth of the specific organism outside the body. J. Trop. M, Lond 1906 9: 284.—Bernard, P. N. Sur l'endotoxine du BRUCELLA 1058 BRUCELLA Micrococcus melitensis. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1910, 69: 36-8.— Birt, C. Mediterranean fever in South Africa: isolation of the Micrococcus melitensis. Brit. M.J, 1906, 1: 976.—Boncinelli, U. Modiflcazioni osservate in stipiti di Br. melitensis ripetu- tamente coltivati in brodo. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan, 1927, 6: 377-86.—Burnet, E. Sur la resistance au M. melitensis de chevreaux nes de chevres infectees et nourris de lait infects. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1926, 15: 145-50.—Cantani, A. Sul potere piogeno del bacillo melitense. Riforma med, 1909, 25: 1345.—Cantieri, C. Sulla lattoreazione per il micrococco meli- tense; semplificazione di tecnica. Policlinico, 1912,19: sez. med, 280-6.—Cavacini, V. Sull' azione patogena dei veleni endo- cellulari da micrococco melitense. Ann. igiene sper, n.s, 1910, 20: 179-97, pi.—Conor, A. Passage du Micrococcus melitensis de la mere au fcetus chez la brebis infectee expSrimentalement. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1910, 68: 679— Balton, F. J. A, & Eyre, J. W. H. On the resistance of the Micrococcus melitensis to moist heat; suggested standard methods in the determination of thermal death points. J. Hyg, Cambr, 1904, 4: 157-72.—B'Arbela, F, & Parenti, P. Studi sperimentali sull' associazione tifoparatifo melitense; azione del succo di limone e delle vitamine A, e D, aggiunte ai terreni esauriti; sull' accrescimento dei germi anti- biotici. Riv. clin. med, 1935, 36: 497-84—Barbois, P. Re- sistance du Micrococcus melitensis pendant la fermentation lactique, dans te laitage. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1911, 70: 102-4.— Be Antoni, V. Trasformazioni in relazione alio sviluppo e con agenti chimici, nei batteri della specie Br. melitensis. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1929, 8: 787-801.—Bel Vecchio, G. Culture de la Brucella melitensis en partant du cerveau d'un cobaye. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1935, 7: 376.—Burham, H. E. Observations on the micrococcus of Malta or Mediter- ranean fever (Micrococcus melitensis) Acta Congr. internat. hyg. demogr. (1898) 1900, 1: 163-9— Dymov, B. K. [Stability of Micrococcus melitensis in freezing and thawing (effect of cold)] Trop. med. vet, Moskva, 1931, 9: 57-8—Eyre, J. W. H. Micro- coccus melitensis and antiserum (report of the Mediterranean Fever Commission, June and October, 1906) Guy's Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1907, 61: 55-67. •----- Some observations on the morphology and biology of Micrococcus melitensis. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1907, 8: 113-22, pi. ----- The pathogenesis of Micrococcus melitensis. Proc. R. Soc. Edinburgh, 1909, 29: 537-i 1.—Favilli, G. Le metabolisme du soufre chez les bacteres appartenant a 1'espece Brucella melitensis. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internat. microb, 1930, 2: 323-6. ----- & Boncinelli, U. Differente vitalita nelle agar-culture dei batteri della specie Brrcella melitensis. Sperimentale, 1928, 82: 371-80.—Fiorentini, P. Su di un mezzo culturale idoneo alio sviluppo rapido del micrococco melitense. Policlinico, 1907, 14: sez. prat, 373. ------ Sull' azione emolitica dei prodotti tossici del micrococco melitense. Lav. Congr. med. int, Roma (1906) 1907, 16: 207.—Foster, W. H. C. Malta fever in India; isolation of the M icrococcus melitensis from the milk of a domestic goat in the Punjab. Lancet, Lond, 1906, 1: 440.—Furnari, G. Sul reperto del micrococco melitense e su alcuni alimenti e sulla vitalita di essa sulle frutta. Lav. Congr. med. int, Roma, 1907, 17: 362-5.—Gabbi, U. II micrococco melitense nella patogenesi della febbre di Malta. Corriere san, Milano, 1907, 18: 687.— Gilmour, R. T. Description of a method of cultivating the Micrococcus melitensis from small quantities of peripheral blood and inoculating experiments with the micro-organisms isolated. J.R. Army M. Corps, 1905, 5: 435-48.—Horrocks, W. H. On the duration of life of the Micrococcus melitens:'s outside the human body. Ibid, 78-87. ----- Further studies on the saprophytic existence of Micrococcus melitensis. Ibid, 87-94. ------ Contact experiments [with monkeys infected with the Micrococcus melitensis] Ibid, 1906, 6: 632-7.—Izar, G. Sui fattori determinant! te variazioni di agglutinabilita del micrococco di Bruce. Boll. Soc. biol. sper, 1926,1: 31-3. Also Riforma med, 1926, 42:433.—Kane, J. J. Spontaneous abortion in a human carrier of Bacillus melitensis. Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1934, 28: 532.—Konrich, F. Untersuchungen fiber die Agglutination des Micrococcus melitensis. Zschr. Hyg. Infectkr, 1904, 46: 261-9.—Lancelin, Seguy & Bubreuil. A propos de 1'utilisation possible de la bile comme milieu d'enri- chissement du ntelitocoque. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 518. Also Arch. nted. pharm. nav, 1928, 118: 177.—Lucibelli, G. Contributo alio studio della infezione sperimentale da micro- cocco melitense. Lav. Congr. med. int. (1908) Roma, 1909, 18: 400-5. Also Riforma med, 1909, 25: 757-63.—Manoussos, P. Un cas de fievre de Malte; Micrococcus melitensis isole et cultive par une ponction de la rate. Caducee, 1903, 3: no.10, annexes — Marenduzzo, L. Delle modiflcazioni nei sangue per infezione sperimentale da micrococco melitense. N. riv. clin. ter, 1909, 12: 231-40.—Menini, G. Alcune osservazioni intorno al feno- meno dell' agglutinazione del Micrococcus melitensis. Speri- mentale, 1911, 65: 597-631—Morelli, E. Ulteriore contributo alio studio dell' infezione oculare sperimentale da micrococco melitense. Ann. ottalm, 1926, 54: 1206-9.—Negre, L. Sur l'agglutination du Micrococcus melitensis par les serums nor- meaux. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1910, 69: 564. -----& Raynaud, M. Sur les relations qui existent entre te pouvoir antitryptique et le pouvoir agglutinant, non specifique vis-a-vis du M. meli- tensis, des serums humains. Ibid, 1912, 72: 282.—Palazzo, G. Sul potere piogeno del Bacillo melitense. Arch. Soc. ital. chir , 1911, 24: 719-26.—Paterno-Castello. G. T. Contributo alia mor- fologia del microrganismo della febbre di Malta. Riforma med, 1908, 24: 897-9.—Pollaci, G, & Cannata, S. La motilita e le ciglia del micrococco melitense. Boll. Osp. Palermo, 1909, 2: 1-7.— StefanelU, P. Contributo alio studio della siero-reazione del micrococco maltese. Riv. crit. clin. med, 1907, 8: 493-8.— Utilisation possible de la bile comme milieu d'enrichissement du ntelitocoque. Arch. nted. pharm. nav, 1928, 118: 177.—Valenti, F, & Panto, V. La sierolattoreazione per il micrococco melitense nelle capre di Catania. Lav. Congr. med. int. (19C9) 1910, 19: 460-2.—Vallillo, G. Delia setticemia di Br(uce considerata CDme zoonosi e di alcune ricerche sulla fissazione del comple- mento in capre infettate sperimentalmente col Micrococcus melitensis. Clin, vet, Milano, 1912, 35: 970-86.—Zammit, T. Isolation of the Micrococcus melitensis from the blood. J.R. Army M. Corps, Lond, 1905, 5: 449-56—Zardo, E, & Tiberti, N. II cocco della febbre maltese o mediterranea. Atti Accad. med. fis. fiorent. (1900) 1901, 32. Also Sperimentale, 1900, 54: 334. ---- Species: Brucella melitensis, parame- litensis. Bruni, A. Recherches sur le pouvoir antigtaique de la Bru- cella paramelitensis. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1935, 7: 210-4.—Cerruti, C. G, & Sollai, G. Etude bacteriolo- gique de 5 souches de Br. melitensis de provenance ovine et caprine, isolees en Sardaigne; classification de 2 de ces souches dans le groupe paramelitensis. Ibid, 1931, 3: 69-72.—Be An- toni, V. Ricerche di serologia clinica sui paramelitensi. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1928, 571-83.—Pisu, I. Nuovi orientamenti sulla elassificazione della Br. paramelitensis e sulla sierodia- gnostica della febbre ondulante. Ibid, 1932, 11: 512-21.—Treo- toli, P. Brucella paramelitensis dans le liquide cephalo-rachi- dien. Boll. sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1935, 7: 92. BRUCH, Gertrud [Marie Friederike] 1906- *Gefahren fiir die Atmung bei Erkrankungen und Verletzungen im Bereich der Mundhohle [Heidelberg] 23p. 8? Durlach, 1929. BRUCH, Hilde, 1904- *Gaswechselun- tersuchungen iiber die Erholung nach Arbeit bei einigen gesunden und kranken Kindern [Frei- burg i. Br.] p.7-28. 2ch. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1928. Also Jahrb. Kinderh, 1928, 3.F., 71: BRUCH, Kurt, 1909- *Ueber den Ein- fluss von Adrenalin und Gynergen auf die De- hydrierungsvorgange im Gewebe [Munster] 15p. 8? Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1933. BRUCH, Robert Heinrich, 1903- *Klini- sche Untersuchungen mit dem Guttadiaphot, einer neuen Blutuntersuchungsmethode nach Meyer, Bierast und V. Schilling. 37p. 8? [Berl., A. Liese] 1929. BRUCHHOIZ [Paul] Herbert, 1901- *Die Lokalanasthesie mit Perkain. p.202-21. 8? [Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1930] Also Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1930, 223: BRUCHMANN, Erich, 1892- *Auftreten der Eklampsie in den ersten Monaten der Schwangerschaft, kompliziert mit Blasenmole. 26p. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1920. BRUCHON, Maurice, 1901- Vaccina- tion antidiphterique par l'anatoxine dans les 6coles de Besancon; resultats obtenus; notions d'immunologie relatives a la diphterie. 138p. 8? Par., 1927. BRUCINE. See also Strychnine. Faillie, J. *Recherches chimiques physiolo- giques, toxicologiques sur la brucine; application au doping [Alfort] llOp. 8? S. Cloud, 1929. Chambon, M, & Salussola, C. Action de la brucine sur le muscle et le nerf moteur de la grenouille. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932. 110: 313-6—Goris, A, & Lachaise, L. Sur l'action phy- lactique de la brucine vis-a-vis de la strychnine. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1927, 134: 1091-3—Launoy, L, & Nicolle, P. Action de la brucine sur le coeur in situ du lapin. Bull. sc. pharm. Par, 1930, 37: 273-89—Sollazzo, G. Sugli jododerivati della brucina. Boll. chim. farm, 1936, 75: 213-9. BRUCK, Carl, 1864- , DOERFFEI, J. [et al.] Gonorrhoe. viii, 920p. illus. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1934. Forms Bd20, l.Teil, Handb. Haut- Geschlechtskr. BRUCK, Carl, 1879- , JACOBSTHAL, E. [et al.] Handbuch der Serodiagnose der Syphilis. 2.Aufl. viii, 546p. roy.8? Berl., J. Springer, 1924. BRUCK 1059 BRUEDERLEIN BRUCK, Erika, 1908- *Ueber Verschie- bungen im Mineralstoffwechsel des Kindes nach Zufuhr von Kochsalz. 24p. 8? Bresl., 1934. BRUCK, Erna [Margherita] 1896- *Ueber Beziehungen zwischen Cvstitis und Feldne- phritis. 14p. 8? [Giessen, 1921] BRUCK, Walter, 1889- *Klinische Ty- phus-diagnose unter Berucksichtigung der durch die Typhusschutzimpfung geschaffenen, neuen Verhaltnisse. 15p. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt, 1916. BRUCK, Walther Wolfgang, 1872- The filling of teeth with porcelain (Jenkin's svstem) 68p. illus. 8? N.Y., Consolidated Dent. Mfg. Co., 1902. See also Luniatschek, F. Walther Bruck zu seinem fiinf- undzwanzigjahrigen Dozentenjubilaum. Deut. Mschr. Zahnh, 1925, 43: 105-7. For biography see Zschr. Stomat, Wien, 1925, 23: 155-7. BRUCKER, Frida, 1911- . *Ueber die Zerstorung der Katalase durch iiberlebende Organgewebsschnitte [Erlangen] 29p. 8? Niirnb., B. Hilz, 1935. BRUCKER, Richard. *Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber die Einwirkungen von Ergota- min auf den Dermographismus [Basel] p. 100- 10. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 67: BRUCKMAYER, Joseph Franz, 1900- *Beitrag zur Klinik des Milzarterienaneurysmas. 23p. 8? Munch., O. Gross, 1927. BRUCKMEYER, F. Das deutsche Rettungs- wesen. iv, 160p. 8? Berl., C. Hermanns, 1931. BRUDER, Jean, 1899- *Les injections ds sang dans la therapeutique de la premiere enfance. 74p. 8? Par., 1928. BRUECK, Paul Richard, 1893- *Ueber einen Fall von tertiarer Lues bei einer 73jahrigen Frau. 24p. 8° Bonn, E. Eisele, 1920. BRUECKE, Ernst Th., 1880- See Broemser, P, Briicke, E. T. [et al.] Allgemeine Physiologie der Nerven und des Zentralnervensystems. 840p. roy.8? Berl, 1929. BRUECKNER, Arthur, 1877- Grundzuge der Brillenlehre fiir Augenarzte. v.l. viii, 159p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1924. See also Schieck, F, & Bruckner, A. Kurzes Handbuch der Ophthalmologic. 7v. 8? Berl, 1930-32. ---- & MEISNER, W. Grundriss der Augen- heilkunde fiir Studierende und praktische Aerzte. 2.Aufl. xxv, 601p. 9pl. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1929. BRUECKNER, Gottfried, 1883-1927. Zaunick, R. Nekrolog. Mitt. Gesch. Med. Naturwiss, 1927,26: 330. BRUECKNER, Use [Margarete] 1904- *Ueber Nabelschnurvorfall [Berlin] 21p. 8? Munch., C. Gerber, 1931. BRUECKNER, Ludwig, 1911- *Der Ein- fluss von Storungen des Korperzustandes auf Zeitpunkt und Ablauf der ersten Zahnung [Erlangen] 24p. 8? Miinch., A. Seibl, 1935. BRUECKNER, Michael Adam, 1905- *Das Verhalten des ultrafiltrierbaren Eisens beim Karzinom [Frankfurt] 18p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1931,147: BRUECKNER, Stefan, 1906- *Beitrag zur Histologie der Schmelzhypoplasien. 22p. 8° Wurzb., Drescher & Reichert, 1931. 'BRUEDERL, Heinrich, 1887- *Beitrag zur Toxikologie, Symptomatologie und patholo- gischen Anatomie der Pilzvergiftungen. 64p. 8. Miinch., Kastner & Callwey, 1915. BRUEDERLEIN, August, 1891- Unter- suchungen iiber die Otitis externa parasitaria der Katze [Leipzig] 32p. 8? Regensb., V. Schaffer, 1920. BRUEGER, Charlotte, 1905- *Ein Fall multipler Hirntumoren unter dem anfanglichen Krankheitsbilde der Atrophia olivo-ponto-cere- bellaris [Kiel] 16p. 8? Halle, C. Marhold, 1932. BRUEGGEMANN, Alfred, 1882- Krank- heiten des ausseren und mittleren Ohres. 86p. pi. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1922. Forms H.l, Diagn. ther. Irrtiim. ---- Chronik der Hessischen Ludwigs- Universitat. 24p. 8? Giessen, A. Topelmann, 1930. ---- Die Grundlagen der arztlichen Tatig- keit; akademische Rede zur Jahresfeier der Hessischen Ludwigs-Universitat am 1. Juli 1930. 14p. 8? Giessen, A. Topelmann, 1930. BRUEGGEMANN, Fritz, 1904- *Ueber Veranderungen des Bisses und der Zahnstellung bei Kiefer- und Schadelgeschwulsten. 19p. 4pl. 8? Gott., Gebr. Wurm, 1932. BRUEGGEMANN, Heinrich [Wilhelm] 1884- *Casuistischer Beitrag zur Lehre von Querulantenwahnsinn. 20p. 8? Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1915. BRUEGGEMANN, Heinz, 1906- Osteo- myelitis epiphysarea bei einem 23 Jahre alten Manne, unter dem klinischen Bilde des Perthes verlaufend. 22p. 8? Munster, 1931. BRUEGGEMANN, Johannes Walter, 1907- *Fuhrt die von Rygh angegebene Entmethylie- rung des Narkotins zur Bildung von Vitamin C? 58p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1932. BRUEGGEMANN [Julius Friedrich] Wilhelm, 1900- *Beitrage zur Urobilinkorperentste- hung. 28p. 8? Munch., 1929. BRUEGGER, Rene. *Un cas rare de tumeur placentaire [Lausanne] 55p. 12? Berne, Hallwag, 1922. BRUEHL, Bernhard, 1909- *Ueber die Pathogenese der Tonsillartuberkulose des Rindes nach Untersuchungen des Materials auf dem Dusseldorfer Schlachthof. 30p. 8? Engels- dorf-Lpz., C. & E. Vogel, 1935. BRUEHL, Friedrich, 1896- *Die Indika- tionsstellung fiir die Prostatektomie an der Giessener Chirurgischen Klinik. lip. 8°. Giessen, O. Meyer, 1927. BRUEHL, Gustav [Ernst] 1871- Lehrbuch und Atlas der Ohrenheilkunde. 4. Aufl., viii, 487p. 48pl. 8? Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1923. For Festschrift see Zschr. Laryng, 1931, 21: port. ---- & POLITZER, A. Atlas and epitome of otology. 292p. 39pl. 12? Phila., W. B. Saunders & Co., 1902. BRUEHL, Heinz, 1901- *Untersuchungen zur Frage der C02-Bindungsfahigkeit des Blutes im Fieber [Freiburg i. Br.] p.525-37. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, 62: BRUEHL, Isaac, 1863-1931. [Necrologiel Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 3.ser, 1931, 47: 1967-71. BRUEHL, Robert [Carl] 1898- *Die Epiphysenosteomyelitis mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung des Huftgelenks. 8p. 8? Bonn, P. Rost & Co., 1922. BRUEHLMANN, Werner, 1900- *Die Wurzelbehandlung im Rontgenbild. 44p. 8? Ziir., 1931. Also Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh, 1931, 41: BRUEHNE, Luise, 1907- *Ueber ver- rucose Umbauvorgange bei Hautlupus. 22p. 8? Munch., 1933. BRUELL BRUELL, Franz. ♦Ueber pulsierenden Ex- ophthalmus [Basel] 15p. 8? Luzern, Keller & Co., 1933. BRUELL, Karl Albert, 1908- *Studium der Blutzuckerkonzentration nach Glykosezu- fuhr bei Infekten im Kindesalter. 34p. 8? Bresl., K. Vater, 1934. BRUEN, Edward Tunis, 1851-89. Pocket book of physical diagnosis, for the student and physician, xv, 256p. 4pl. 16? Phila., P. Blakiston, 1881. BRUENAUER, Stefan Robert, 1887- Atro- phien. p.707-98. pi. roy.8° Berl., 1935. In Haut Geschlechtskr. (Arzt & Zieler) 1935, 2: ---- Hautveranderungen bedingt durch Storungen am peripheren Gefassapparat. p.220- 59. 4? Berl., 1935. In Handb. Kinderh. (Pfaundler, M, & Schlossmann, A.) 4.Aufl, Berl, 1935, 10: See also Biberstein, H, Briinauer, S. R. [et al.l Geschwulste der Haut. I. 699p. 8? Berl, 1932. Forms Bd 12, Teil 2. Handb. Haut Geschlechtskr. (Alexander) Berl, 1927-32.— Bruhns, C, Briinauer, S. R. [et al.] Keratosen, Ichthyosis, Morbus Darier, Atrophien, Sclerodermic, Elephantiasis, viii, 10l8p. 8? Berl, 1931. . Forms Bd 8, Teil2. Handb. Haut Geschlechtskr. (Alexander) Berl, 1927-32. BRUENECKE, Kurt H. L., 1890- ♦Ein Beitrag zu der Frage von der Ruptur des wieder gravid gewordenen Uterus nach vorausge- gangener Sectio Caesarea [Halle] 25p. 8? Bonndorf, Spachholz & Ehratli [1916] BRUENESHOLZ, Wfalter] *Ein Fall von Geburtserschwerung durch starke Ausdehnung der kindlichen Blase. 19p. 8? Heidelb., Winter, 1930. BRUENGER, Hermann, 1889- *Ueber Operationstod bei Thyreoiditis chronica (gleich- zeitig ein Beitrag zu den Beziehungen zwischen Basedowscher Erkrankung und Thyreoiditis) 34p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1914. Also Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir, 1914, 28: no. 2. BRUEMG, Helmuth [Wilhelm August] 1897- *Ueber den Abbau von 3-, 7-, 9-Mono- menthvlharnsauren beim Hund. 14p. 8? Lpz., E. M. Lolhvr, 1927. BRUENING, August, 1874- Allgemeine Wundkrankheiten. pt 1. p.1-26. 8? Dresd., 1928. In Prakt. Differentialdiag. (Honigmann) Dresd, 1928, v.4. ---- Chirurgische Erkrankungen der Bauch- hohle. pt3. p. 1-62. 8° Dresd., 1928. In Prakt. Differentialdiag. (Honigmann) Dresd, 1928, v.4. ---- Chirurgische Krankheiten des Rumpfes und der Extremitaten. pt4. p. 1-104. 8? Dresd., 1928. In Prakt. Differentialdiag. (Honigmann) Dresd, 1928, v.4, ---- HONIGMANN, F., & KAYSER, Paul. Differentialdiagnose in der Chirurgie. v.p. pi. 8° Dresd. & Leipz., T. Steinkopff, 1928. Forms v.4. Praktische Differential diagnostik (G. Honig- mann) BRUENING, Friedrich, 1879- . & STAHL, 0. Die Chirurgie des vegetativen Nervensys- tems. viii, 234p. pi. roy.8? Berl., J. Springer, 1924. BRUENING, Hermann, 1873- Thera- peutisch?s Vademecum fiir die Kinderpraxis. 3.Aufl. 4p.l. 69p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1919. ---- Kurzgefasstes Lehrbuch der Unter- suchung am Krankenbette des Kindes. vi, 312p. roy.S0 Stuttg., F. Enke, 1921. ----Bader- und Kurortlehre fiir das Kindes- alter, nebst den zugehorigen, privaten und oflentlichen Kinderheimen. xiv, 295p. 2 maps. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1930. BRUENING, Klara, 1903- *Das klinische Bild der Metropathia haemorrhagica unter BRUENING besonderer Berucksichtigung der juvenilen Falle [Kiel] 22p. 8? Trier, 1931. BRUENINGS, Wilhelm, 1876- See Basler, Adolf, Briinings, Wilhelm [et al.l Methoden zur Untersuchung der Sinnesorgane. 8? 870p. Bed, 1930. For biography see Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1936, 141: 1-4, port. (A. Greifenstein) - & ALBRECHT, W. Direkte Endoskopie der Luft- und Speisewege. xiii, 324p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1915. Forms Bd 16, Neue Deut. Chir. (P. Bruns) Stuttg, 1915. BRUENJES, Hermann [Friedrich Christian Arend] 1888- *Zur Kasuistik des Spatte- tanus nach Schussverletzung. 25p. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1916. BRUENN, Micheline, 1885- ♦Contribu- tion a l'etude de l'erytheme noueux au cours de la svphilis. 40p. 8? Par., 1915. BRUENNER, Karl, 1911- ♦Ueber Diverti- kel des Wurmfortsatzes. 51p. 8? Bonn, H. Ludwig, 1918. BRUENNER, Ludolf, 1896- ♦Ueber ab- norme Sehnenfaden. 8p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1921. BRUENNINGHAUS, Fritz, 1908- ♦Un- tersuchungen iiber die etwaige pathogene Be- deutung der gramfesten, aeroben Sporenbildner fiir die Entstehung von Stomatitiden [Marburg] p.115-24. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1933. Also Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1933, 128: BRUERE, Robert Walter, 1876- Hospita social service, p.31-7. 8? N.Y., 1911. Cutting from Harper's, June 1911. BRUES, Charles T[homas] 1879- Some hymenopterous parasites of lignicolous Itonidi- dse. p.263-88. 2pl. 8? Bost., 1922. BRUESER, Adolf, 1886- ♦Ueber psy- chische und nervose Erkrankungen bei und nach Influenza [Kiel] 25p. 8? Olpe, G. Marx, 1919. BRUESKE, Gisela, 1905- *Beitrag zur Entstehung und Behandlung der erworbenen Raumverbindungen zwischen Kieferhohle und Mundhohle [Greifswald] 37p. 8? Ohlau i. Schl., H. Eschenhagen, 1932. BRUESTLE, Curt [Friedrich] 1901- ♦Bei- trag zur Leberegelkrankheit, mit Uebersicht iiber das Vorkommen im Regierungsbezirk Konigsberg i. Pr. in den Jahren 1927 und 1928 [Giessen] 43p. 15tab. 8? Eppingen (Baden) 1931. BRUETSCH, Walter, 1896- ♦De diversis causis mulierum nach einer Petersburger Hand- schrift aus dem ix. Jahrhundert zum ersten Male gedruckt. 56p. 8? Freib. i. Br., K. Henn, 1922. BRUETT, Hans, 1885- ♦Ueber einen Fall von fetalem Riesenwuchs. 31p. 8? Rostock, Eichemeyer & Fett, 1919. BRUETT, H[enning] 1888- , CASPER, Leo- pold [et al.] Allgemeine Urologie; allgemeine urologische Diagnostik, Technik und Therapie. vii, 406p. rov.8° Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Forms Bd2, pt2 of Handb. Urologie (Bachrach) Berl, 1929 BRUEYS, Eduard L. de. My professional secrets. 36p. 12? N. Orleans, Golde Pub. Co. [1932] BRUFIS, Anton, 1906- ♦Veranderungen des morphologischen Blutbildes bei Darmin- haltsstauungen (ein Beitrag zur Frage der intesti- nale n Autointoxikation) [Wurzburg] 39p. 4 1. 2ch. diagr. 8? Aschaffenb. a.M. [1931] BRUG, S. L. Die parasitologische Diagnostik der menschlichen Fazes; ins deutsche iibersetzt BRUG 1061 BRUHIN und neu herausg. 64p. 8 1. 8pl. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1926. BRUGGE, Amedee, 1899- +Le mal d'aile chez le pigeon-vovageur [Alfort] 65p. 3pl. 8? Lille, 1930. BRUGGER, Carl. +Zur Frage einer Belastungs- statistik der Durchschnittsbevolkerung [Basel] p.459-88. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 192s, 118: BRUGGER, Herbert, 1907- ♦Ueber die Beteiligung der Schleimhaute beim Pemphigus unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Mund- hohle [Berlin] 32p. 8? Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1932. BRUGGER, Horst, 1909- ♦Ueber Herpes corneae. 16p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1935. BRUGGER, Wolfgang, 1906- ♦Die Hak- kensplitterverletzungen des Auges im Bodensee- gebiet. 18p. 8° Berl., S. Karger, 1933. Also Zschr. Augenh, 1933, 81: BRUGGISSER, Anton. ♦Beitrag zur Hernia paringuinalis (Nebenleistenbruch) 22p. 8? Bern, Haller, 1858. BRUGGISSER, Hubert. *R6ntgenuntersu- chungen bei erworbenen Klappenfehlern des Herzens. 38p. 8? Zur., 1928. BRUGH, Johan Pieter van der, 1869-1935. Sikkel [Obituary] Geneesk. gids, 1935, 13: 358, port. BRUGMAN, Albert Ferdinand, 1861-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 81: 1709. BRUGMANN, Werner, 1893- ♦Ein Bei- trag zur Kenntnis der propulsiven Blutungen nach Staroperationen. 8p. 8? [Lpz., A. Edel- mann] 1921. BRUGSCH, Heinrich, 1903- ♦Blutzucker- senkende Extrakte aus menschlichen Organen [Halle] p.574-93. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 65: BRUGSCH, Herbert [Theodor] 1905- ♦Hepatischer Icterus [Halle] p.435-63. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Zschr. klin. Med, 1931, 118: BRUGSCH, Joachim Theodor, 1909- *Untersuchungen der Wirkung der Leberbehand- lung auf die Erythrozytengrossen bei ^Anaemia gravis (Anaemia perniciosa) 5p. 8? Halle, 1933. BRUGSCH, Theodor, 1878- Allgemeine Prognostik; oder, Die Lehre von der arztlichen Beurteilung des gesunden und kranken Men- schen. 2.Aufl. vii, 623p. roy.8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1922. ---- Lehrbuch der inneren Medizin.^ 2v. xi, xvi, 1818p. paged consec. 18p. 8? Berl., Berl, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1930. Also editor of Ergebnisse der gesamten Medizin. V"182i'iX63.ser-, Kraus, Frederick, & Brugsch T Spezielle Pathologie und Therapie. lOv. roy.8? Berl, 1919-25. ____& LEWY, F. H. Die Biologie der Person; ein Handbuch der allgemeinen und speziellen Konstitutionslehre, unter Mitarbeit zahlreicher Fachmanner. 4v. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwar- zenberg, 1926. „„_,»« BRUGSCH, Theodor, & SCHITTENHELM, Alfred. Lehrbuch klinischer Untersuchungsme- thoden fiir Studierende und Aerzte. 4.ed. 900p. illus. pi. 8° Berl. Urban &c, 1918 ____ Klinische Laboratonumstechnik, /. Aufl der Technik der speziellen klinischen Unter- suchungsmethoden. 3v. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1923-29. BRUHIN, C. Neue Behandlung von (jicnt, Rheumatismus, Neuralgien, Migrane und Arte- riosclerose mit Porly. 16p. 8? Olten, H. Hambrecht [1918] BRUHN, Christian, 1868- Zahnarztliche Prothetik. 3. Aufl. xxii, 1007p. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1930. Forms v.3, Handb. Zahnh. (Bruhn, Kantorowicz & Partsch) Miinch, 1930. For Festschrift see Deut. Zahnh, 1928, H.73, port. ----KANTOROWICZ, A., & PARTSCH, Carl. Handbuch der Zahnheilkunde. 3.Aufl. 3v. 8? Miinch., J. F. Bergmann, 1930. BRUHN, Christian Adolf, 1865- Ge- lehrte in Hypnose; zur Psychologie der Ueber- zeugung und des Traumdenkens. 3p.l. 96p. 8? Hamb., Verlag Parus [1926] BRUHN, Christian [Friedrich] 1899- ♦Ueber die Einwirkung von Jodcyan auf Chino- line, ein Beitrag zur Konstitutionsaufklarung der Chinolin-dicyanide. 33p. 8? Kiel, M. von Nordheim, 1930. BRUHN, Karl, 1892- ♦Zur Symptoma- tologie der tuberkulosen Meningitis. 20p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1917. BRUHN, Tina, 1901- ♦Eosinophilie und Konstitution [Marburg] 45p. 8? Berl., 1929. BRUHN, Wolfgang [Julius August] 1890- ♦Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Lehre von der Chorea Huntington. 28p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klau- nig, 1915. BRUHN-FAHRAEUS, Mortimer, 1864-1918. Wetterdal, H. [Biography] Hygiea, Stockh, 1918, 80: 1329-44, port. BRUHNS, Carl, 1869-1934. Riecke, E. Nekrolog. Derm. Wschr, 1934, 98: 370-2. Also Med. Klin, Berl, 1934, 30: 215. ----& ALEXANDER, A. Grundriss der myko- logischen Diagnostik; ein Hilfsbuch fiir das Laboratorium. vii, 206p. 138illus. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1932. BRUHNS, Carl; BRUENAUER, S. R. [et al.] Keratose, Ichthyosis, Morbus Darier, Atrophien, Sclerodermic, Elephantiasis, viii, 1018p. 269 illus. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Forms Bd8, Teil2, Handb. Haut Geschlechtskr. (Alexander) Berl, 1927-32. BRUHNS, Fanny. ♦Der Nagel der Halbaffen und Affen; ein Beitrag zur Phylogenie des menschlichen Nagels [Zurich] p.501-609. 8? Lpz., W. Engelmann, 1909. BRUHNS, Heinz, 1909- *Beitrage zur Herstellung von Goldgiissen. 22p. 8? Kiel, A. C. Ehlers, 1932. BRUIN, J[acob] de, 1861-1927. Lange, C. de [Obituary] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1927, 71: 538-40. BRUIN, Maurits de. ♦Over de prognose van miliairtuberculose. 3p.l. 115p. pi. roy.8? Amst., H. J. Paris, 1926. BRUINING, Johannes, 1873-1932. Jong, J. J. de [Obituary] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1932, 76: pt4, 4707. BRUKER, Manuel, 1891- Les applica- tions therapeutiques des ions. 82p. 8? Par., A. Maloine & fils, 1917. BRUKER, Max Otto, 1909- ♦Ein Fall von metastatischem Karzinom der Iris, des Corpus ciliare und der Chorioidea bei latentem Primartumor. 48p. 8? Tub., C. Guide, 1934. BRULE, Marcel, 1883- Recherches re- centes sur les icteres; les retentions biliaires par rinsuffisance hepatique. ix, 182p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1919. ____ Pathologie du foie et du pancreas, vi, 145p 8° Par., Masson & cie, 1931. BRULIN, Pierre, 1905- ♦Contribution a BRULIN 1062 BRUN l'etude du mecanisme de la contagion par Fair et l'eau. 145p. 8? Par., 1931. BRULL, Lucien. ♦Contribution a l'etude de l'etat physico-chimique des constituants mine- raux et du glucose plasmatiques [Paris] 236p. 8? Liege, 1930. BRULON, Emile, 1894- ♦Etude de l'in- suffisance pancr6atique externe dans le diabete sucre1 par la methode du tubage duodenal. 42p. 8? Par., 1922. BRUMAN, Franz. ♦Ein Beitrag zur Physiolo- gie der zentralen Temperaturregulation [Zu- rich] p.142-58. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Also Arch. ges. Physiol, 1929, 222: BRUMANN, Tony, 1910- ♦Ueber Zahn- cysten, Kieferhohlencysten und Mucocele der Kieferhohle [Munchen] 32p. 8? Larldshut, B. Werkmeister, 1934. BRUMBERG, Mowscha, 1887- ♦Ueber Bauchfelltuberkulose mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung neuerer Behandlungsmethoden (Gas- einblasungen in die Bauchhohle) 44p. 8? Bei I., C. Siebert, 1914. BRUMBERG, Nathan, 1906- ♦Les tor- sions aigues et subaigues du testicule ou de ses annexes chez les enfants et les adolescents. 83p. 8? Par., 1932. BRUMBY, Hans, 1884- ♦Ueber Nerven- verletzungen bei Exstirpation der Halsdrusen. 37p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1915. BRUMLEY, Oscar Victor. A text-book of dis- eases of the small domestic animals. 2.ed. xxi, 61 lp. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1931. ----& SNOOK, James Howard. Book of vet- erinary posology and prescriptions. 2p.l. 198p. 18? Columbus, Ohio, R. G. Adams & Co., 1924. BRUMPT, Emile, 1877- Precis de para- sitologic. 3.ed. 2p.l. xv, 1216p. 5pl. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1922. —--- Also 4.ed. viii, 1452p. 4pl. Par., Libr. Acad, med., 1927. For biography see Sciencia med, Rio, 1924, 2: 435. port. (O. da Fonseca) ---- & NEVEU-LEMAIRE, M. Travaux pra- tiques de parasitologie. 2.6d. vi, 307p. illus. 8? Par., Masson & cie., 1933. BRUN, Jose" Francois, 1902- ♦Contribu- tion a l'etude du traitement des lepromes cu- tanea par la neige carbonique. 78p. 3pl. 8? Par., 1932. BRUN, Josef. ♦Studien uber Biometrik und Vererbung des Milchspiegels bei der Kuh [Bern] 58p. 8? Hannover, M. & H. Schaper, 1921. BRUN, Jost. ♦Untersuchungen iiber das psycho-galvanische Phanomen nach Vorzeigen von Bildern mit und ohne Alkoholisierung und Bromisierung der Versuchspersonen [Zurich] 64p. 8? Rorschach, J. M. Cavelti-Hubatka, 1923. BRUN, Leo. ♦Ueber Bau und Einrichtung der Synovialmembran und deren Fortsatze im Knie-, im Tarsal- und im Carpalgelenk des Pferdes und des Rindes [Bern] 60p. 8? Wien, 1916. BRUN, Maurice, 1907- ♦Diagnostic ana- tomique et clinique de l'ulcere chronique de l'estomac et de certaines formes de cancer gastrique [Lyon] 167p. 8? Trevoux, G. Patissier 1934. BRUN,' Maurice, 1908- ♦Les hypophysi- tes inflammatoires avec ou sans syndrome infundibulo-tuberien au cours des sinusites posterieures. 78p. 8? Par., 1932. BRUN, Pierre de. ♦Sur un cas de tubercule du cervelet op6re\ 59p, 8? Par., 1922. BRUN, Rene, 1903- ♦Contribution a l'6tude des ruptures sus-rotuliennes du tendon du quadriceps et a leur traitement chirurgical. 71p. 8? Par., 1932. BRUN, Robert de, 1891- ♦Etude clinique sur le collapsus typhique. 119p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1935. BRUN, Rudolf, 1885- ♦Klinische und anatomische Studien iiber Apraxie. 127p. 8? Zur., O. Fiissli, 1922. BRUNACCI, Bruno, 1879-1919. Amantea, G. Necrologio. Arch, fisiol. Fir, 1918, 17: 251-3. BRUNBAUER, Paul. ♦Der Einfluss der Tem- peratur auf das Leben der Tagfelter [Jena] 115p. 8? Munch., J. Kramer, 1883. BRUNDAGE, Albert Harrison, 1862- Man- ual of toxicology, viii, 354p. 16? Brooklyn, lyn, N.Y., 1901. ---- Also 13.ed. 486p. 12? N.Y., H. Harrison Co., 1921. ---- Also 14.ed. enl. ix, 444p. pi. 1923. ---- Also 15.ed. x, 444p. 2pl. N. Y., D. Appleton & Co., 1926. ---- Practical points in physiology; a collec- tion and arrangement of some of the most im- portant physiological facts. 58p. 16? N.Y., H. Harrison Co., 1903. ■--- Also 2.ed. 73p. 1904. BRUNDAGE, Dean K. Mortality of coal min- ers. 17p. 8? Wash., 1933. Forms suppl. no.210, Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1933. BRUNDAGE, Philip Edwin, 1877-1929. Obituary. Current Res. Anesth, 1929, 8: 131. BRUNDIECK, Otto [Bernhard Joseph Maria] 1904- ♦Das Krankheitsbild der Pyosalpinx nach dem Operationsmaterial der Kieler Frauen- klinik (1924-28) [Kiel] 27p. 8? Bremen, H. M. Hauschild, 1931. BRUNE, Erich, 1906- ♦Ueber das Schick- sal tuberkuloser Mutter und deren Kinder [Bonn] 36p. 8? Bochum-Dahlhausen, B. Lorenz, 1932. BRUNEAU, Andre Marie, 1901- ♦Appa- rition de manifestations tertiares de la syphilis au cours du traitement de la P. G. par la mala- riatherapie. 46p. 8? Par., 1932. BRUNEAU, Jacques, 1895- ♦Des pro- cess actuels d'amelioration de la prothese oculaire. 88p. 8? Par., 1931. ---- The same. 2p.l. 86p. 8? Par., A. Legrand [1931] BRUNEAU, Jean, 1905- +Le diagnostic de la meningite a bacille de Pfeiffer. 52p. 8? Par., 1932. BRUNECKE, Curt, 1890-1926. Obituary. Tuberkulose, Munch, 1926, 6: 363. BRUNEI. British Resident. Annual report on the social and economic progress of the people of Brunei. Singapore, 1921- BRUNEI. Medical Department. Annual re- port. Singapore, 1927- BRUNEL, Andree, 1901- ♦Contribution a l'etude clinique de certaines mouvements involontaires au cours du tabes. 46p. 8? Par., 1927. BRUNEL, Leopold, 1892- ♦Etudes de Sexploitation des procheries annexes aux laiteries dans la region de Longu6; considerations sur l'hygiene generale et l'alimentation des pores; notes sur l'evolution de la septicemic hemorragique [Alfort] 46p. 8? Par., 1929. BRUNET, Andre, 1900- *Anevrismes du cceur; £tude anatomo-cliniques et radioscopiques des an^vrismes parietaux des ventricules. 70p. 8? Par., 1926. BRUNET 1063 BRUNN BRUNET, Arnaud, 1906- ♦Contribution a l'6tude des cloisons congenitales du vagin par diaphragme transversal et leur traitement chirurgical. 62p. 8? Par., 1930. BRUNET, Claude, 1909- ♦Etude sta- tistique sur les paucibacillaires d'un dispensaire 90p. 8? Par., M. Lavergne, 1935. BRUNET, Gabriel, 1907- *De l'obstruc- tion cesophagienne chez les bovides [Alfortl 37p. 8? Par., 1927. BRUNET, Gustave. Livres perdus; essai bibliographique sur les livres devenus introu- vables, par Pilomneste junior, ix, 122p 8° Brux., Gay & Douce, 1882. BRUNET, Laura. Desnudismo integral; una nueva vision de la vida. 2.ed. 283p. pi. 8? Barcel., Biblioteca Hermes, 1932. BRUNET, Laurent Simon, 1898- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude des pancreatites chroniques 51p. 8? Par., 1927. BRUNET, Louis. ♦Trompe interstitielle et tuberculose ut6ro-ovarienne [Lausanne] 47p 8? Thonon, 1933. BRUNET, Paul. ♦Quelques cas de malforma- tions congenitales de la main et du pied [Lau- sanne] 31p. 8? Strasb., 1930. BRUNET, Pierre, 1893- *Des intoxica- tions professionnelles par certains dissolvants du caoutchouc. 59p. 8? Par., 1924. ---- Les physiciens hollandais et la methode experimentale en France au xvine siecle. 153p. 8? Par., A. Blanchard, 1926. BRUNET, Rene, 1900- ♦Les compressions extrinseques du tube digestif. 104p. 38pl. 8? Par., 1929. BRUNET, Robert, 1899- ♦Infections d'origine buccale mise au point des idees ameri- caines sur les infections d'origine apicale. 39p. 8? Par., 1923. BRUNET, Simone, 1898- ♦La fonction secretrice de l'epithelium mammaire. 71p. 8? Par., 1923. BRUI7ETON, Jacques, 1903- ♦Indications chirurgicales dans la lithiase renale bilaterale. 179p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1935. BRUNEVAL, Julien, 1903- ♦Syphilis et endocardites infectieuses. 47p. 8? Par., 1930. BRUNFELS, Otto, 1488-1534. D<> definitioni- bus et terminis astrologiae. p.2-6. 4? Basil., 1533. Collect, astron, Basil, 1533. ---- Reformation der Apotheken [Also his: Von edlen Steinen; also Joh. Eles: Von Latwer- gen, transl. from the Latin, ed. by Joh. Eles] 4p.l. 54 1. 8? Strassburg, Wend. Riel, 1536. ---- Der Christen Practica. 151. 8? Strass- burg, Jacob Kammerlauder, 1545. For biography see Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1934, 64: 1053 (A. Merckling) BRUNI, Angelo Cesare. Compendio di anato- mia ginnastica. xv, 273p. 24pl. 8? Tor., G. B. Paravia & Co. [1920] BRUNIER, Jean Baptiste, 1897- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude des retentissements des affections de l'intestin sur le foie. 59p. 8? Par., 1924. BRUNK, Franz [Richard] 1888- ♦Beitrag zur angeborenen einseitigen Defektbildung der Rippen und der Muskulatur. 27p. 4pl. 8? Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1915. BRUNN, Albert von, 1849- Das Ver- haltniss der Gelenkkapseln zu den Epiphysen der Extremitatenknochen; an Durchschnitten dargestellt. 26p. 4pl. 8? Lpz., F. C, W. Vogel, 1881. BRUNN, Erika, 1904- ♦Ursache der Retention von Ziihnen und ihre Therapie [Heidelberg] 18p. 8? Walldorf b. Heidelb., F. Lamade, 1928. BRUNN, Kurt, 1899- *Zur Frage der Wurzelfiillung bei der Wurzelspitzenresektion [Breslau] 17p. 8? Gollnow, C. Rinck, 1926 BRUNN, Max von, 1875-1924. Eichhoff. Nekrolog. Klin. Wschr, 1925, 4: 527 Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 393—Tegcler. Nekrolog Deut med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 531. BRUNN, Walter Albert Ferdinand von, 1876- Von den Gilden der Barbiere und Chi- rurgen in den Hansestadten. vi, 80p. roy 8° Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1921. ---- Kurze Geschichte der Chirurgie. iv, 339p. 8° Berl., J. Springer, 1928. BRUNNBERG, Heinz, 1904- ♦Ueber chro- nisch-entzundliche Schilddriisenerkrankungen (eisenharte Struma) unter Berucksichtigung eines Falles von Struma maligna [Munster] 20p. 8? Emsdetten (Westf.) H. & J. Lechte, 1933. BRUNNER, Alfred. *Ein Beitrag zur Kennt- niss der Lungen-Tuberculose. 47p. 8? Zur O. Fiissli & Co., 1883. BRUNNER, Alfred, 1890- Die chirurgische Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose nach den Erfahrungen der chirurgischen Universitatsklinik Munchen aus den Jahren 1918-1922, Geleitwort von F. Sauerbruch. 2p.l. 375p. 8? Lpz , J A. Barth, 1924. Forms Heft 13 of: Tuberk.-Bibl, Lpz. ---- FELIX, W., HAECKER, R. [et al.] Chi- rurgie des Halses und der Brust. 2.Halbband. 6.Aufl. viii, 455p. 8? Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1931. Forms v.2, 2.pt. Handb. prakt. Chir. (Bergmann, Bruns & Mikulicz) Stuttg, 1923-31. BRUNNER, Alfred F. ♦Beitrag zur Frage der Pleurareflexe [Zurich] 43p. 8? Diessenhofen, F. Forrer, 1917. BRUNNER, Conrad, 1859-1927. ♦Ueber Be- handlung und Endresultate der Querbriiche der Patella [Zurich] 71p. 8? Lpz., J B Hirschfeld, 1885. ---- Ueber Medizin und Krankenpflege im Mittelalter in Schweizerischen Landen. x 2 158p. 8? Zur., Verl. Seldwyla, 1922. Forms v.l, Veroff. Schweiz, Gesch. Med. For biography see Beitr. klin. Chir, 1927, 150: 563 (Bircher) Also Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1927, 57: 698-700 (H. C. Brunner) BRUNNER, Ernst Paul, 1893- ♦Ueber Versuche mit Eisentannin und Herpelibrin in der Wundbehandlung bei Tieren [Leipzig] 33p. 8° Penig, H. Hausmann, 1919. BRUNNER, Fritz. ♦Ueber die Exstirpation des Uterus [Zurich] 92p. 8? Diessenhofen, L. Stephan, 1883. BRUNNER, Georg, 1907- ♦Klammerbe- festigung partieller Prothesen [Munchen] 22p. pi. 8? Kallmunz, M. Lassleben, 1932. BRUNNER, H. See in 5.ser. Antoni, Nils, Brunner, H. [et al.] Erkrankungen der Wirbelsaule des Schadels mit Nebenhohlen und der Hiillen 465p. 8! Berl, 1936. Forms lO.Bd Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) BRUNNER, Hans, 1855-1920. ♦Ueber Chi- ninamaurose [Zurich] 69p. 8? Diessenhofen, L. Stephan, 1882. For biography see Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1921, 51: 41 (Wal- der) BRUNNER, Hans. ♦Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Mikrokokken des menschlichen Mund- speichels. 23p. 2pl. 8? Zur., 1928. Also Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh, 1928, 38: 173-93. BRUNNER, Hans, 1904- *Myom und Graviditat. 30p. 8? Heidelb,, P. Braus, 1929, BRUNNER 1064 BRUNOT BRUNNER, Hans Conrad. ♦Ueber einen Fall von doppelseitiger Schulterluxation, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der blutigeii Reposition [Zurich] 22p. 8? Kleuzlingen, F. Stadler, 1920. BRUNNER, Hans Joachim, 1900- ♦Ery- sipel im ersten Lebensalter. 22p. 8? Gott., W. Fr. Kaestner, 1927. BRUNNER, Hedwig, 1903- ♦Virulenz- bestimmungen vor der operativen Behandlung der Uteruscarcinome, unter besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Virulenzanderung nach Ront- genbestrahlung. p.702-36. 8? Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & Co., 1932. Also Arch. Gyn, 1932, 141: BRUNNER, Josef, 1909- ♦Ueber den tale Abszesse der Nasenscheidewand [Munchen] 25p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1933. BRUNNER, Leo. ♦Die Isoagglutination im eingetrockneten Blute und das Agglutininan- reicherungsverfahren von M. A. Muller [Zu- rich] 102p. 8? Chur, 1927. BRUNNER, Max. ♦Beitrag zum Internie- rungsverfahren fiir Geisteskranke. 74p. 8? Pfaffikon (Ziir.) H. Kunz, 1924. BRUNNER, Mendel, 1898- ♦Eine be- sondere Form des spastischen Ileus nach Most- genuss. 18p. 8? Wurzb., C. J. Becker, 1925. BRUNNER, Theodor, 18SS- ♦Ueber einen Fall von Ausgedehnter Kalkablagerung im Bereich des Myocards. 28p. 8? Miinch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1913. ---- Die Behandlung der akuten chirurgi- schen Infektionen in der taglichen Praxis 40p. 8? Berl., H. Kornfeld, 1927. Forms H. 376-377, Berl. Klin. BRUNNER, Werner, 1903- ♦Ueber Be- stimmungen der griinen Fluoreszenz im Blut- serum und deren quantitative Auswertung. 22p. 8? Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & Co., 1933. BRUNNER, Willy. ♦Ueber den Vererbungs- modus der verschiedenen Tvpen der angeborenen Rotgriinblindheit [Basel]' 52p. 8? Berl.. J. Springer, 1930. Also Arch. Ophth, Berl, 1930, 124: BRUNNINGER, Martin Georg. *Kongenitale Kammerscheidewanddefekte mit konsekutiver Pulmonaliserweiterung [Bern] 72p. 8? Berl., L. Schumacher, 1904. BRUNO, Alexandre, 1889- *Le role de la Mission Rockefeller dans 1'Organisation antituberculeuse en France, 1917-1923. 495p. 8? Par., 1925. BRUNO, Giordano, 1548-1600. De speoterum scrutinio. p.664-80. 12? Argentorati, 1651. Lullius, R. Opera. Argent, 1651, 664-80. ----De lampade combinatoria. p. 681-736. 12? Argentorati, 1651. Lullius, R. Opera. Argent, 1651. ---- De progressu et lampade venatoria p.737-89. 12? Argentorati, 1651. Lullius, R. Opera. Argent, 1651. BRUNO, Jean Leopold, 1910- ♦Conside- rations sur la reaction de Schultz et Charlton; sa technique, ses resultats, sa valeur pour le diagnostic de la scarlatine. 61p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1935. BRUNON, Raoul, 1856- Hygiene infan- tile. 2.ed. 280p. 16? Rouen, Imp. Girieud, 1925. BRUNON, Roger. ♦Rapports entre Pappendi- cite chronique et la tuberculose pulmonaire. 30p. 8? Par., 1922. BRUNOT, Henri Armand, 1905- ♦Con- tribution a la lutte contre les stupefiants; du traitement des toxicomanes; l'oeuvre de la Societe des Nations et Taction internationale. 60p. 8? Par., 1933. BRUNOW, Walter, 1898- ♦Ueber Spei- chelsteine und Speichelsteinkrankheit (Sialo- lithiasis) auf Grund von Beobachtungen auf der chirurgischen Abteilung des Auguste-Victoria- Krankenhauses in Schoneberg (arztlicher Direk- tor Prof. Dr Nordmann) 20p. 2 1. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1928. BRUNS, Earl H. Final report on the tubercu- losis situation in Germany. 70p. lOch. fol. Trier, Germany, 1919. Mimeographed. ---- Report on the economic conditions of the poorer population of the City of Trier, as determined bv house to house visits. 5p. ch. fol. Trier, Germany, 1919. Mimeographed. ---- The tuberculosis situation in the Ameri- can Expeditionary Forces. 17p. ch. fol. Trier, Germany, 1919. Mimeographed. ---- Lectures on tuberculosis, v. foliation. 4° [n.p.] 1930. Mimeographed; loose-leaf folder. BRUNS, Eberhard, 1903- ♦Die moderne Wasserversorgung der Stadt Magdeburg. 32p. 8? Lpz., A. Hoffmann, 1933. BRUNS, Erich [Rudolf Heinrich Wilhelm] 1889- ♦Ucber ausgedehnte Dunndarmresektio- nen (drei Falle der chirurgischen Klinik zu Kiel, bei denen mehr als 200 cm Dunndarm reseziert wurde) 29p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1914. BRUNS, Hayo, 1872- See Was muss der Arzt von der neuen Verordnung iiber die Einbeziehung der Berufskrankheiten in dte Unfallversicherung wissen und welche Pflichten ergeben sich fiir ihn daraus? 72p. 8? Berl, 1925. BRUNS, Helmut, 1910- ♦Die Drehachse (Ruheachse) einwurzeliger Zahne bei horizon- taler Belastung und ihre verschiedenen physi- kalischen Abhangigkeiten. 23p. 8? Kiel, 1934-35. BRUNS, Hugo. ♦Ueber das bakteriologische Verhalten des Fischfleisches nach der Zuberei- tung [Bern] 29p. 8? Munch., R. Olden- bourg, 1908. BRUNS, Hugo, 1901- ♦Die Behandlung perforierter Magengeschwtire an der Chirurgi- schen Universitats-Klinik zu Greifswald in den Jahren 1918-28. 40p. 8? Greifswald, 1928. BRUNS, Irmgard, 1906- ♦Zur Malaria- therapie bei Gonorrhoe. 15p. 8? Miinch., 1931. BRUNS, Paul von, 1846-1916. See Neue deutsche Chirurgie. For biography see Med. Kor.-Bl. Wurttemberg, 1916, 86: 317-20 (M. E.) ---- EISELBERG, A. von [et al.] Chirurgie des Halses und der Brust. 1. Halbband. 6.ed. viii, 81 lp. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1930. Forms v.2, l.Halbbd of Handb. prakt. Chir. (Bergmann, Bruns, Mikulicz) Stuttg, 1926-31. BRUNSCHVIG, Rene. ♦Contribution a l'etude des inclusions dentaires. 33p. 8? Geneve, 1926. BRUNSCHWEILER, H. ♦Contribution a la connaissance de la microcephalie vera. 129p. 8? Zur., 1928. BRUNSCHWIG, Rene. ♦Contribution a l'etude des matieres destinees a la confection des gen- cives artificielles et plus specialement de 1'heco- lith. 34p. 8? Geneve, 1928. BRUNSCHWIG 1065 BRUSCHETTINI f BRUNSCHWIG, Sylvain. ♦Contribution a 'etude de la structure fine du conduit auditif externe. 24p. pi. 8? Lausanne, T. Geneux, 1918. BRUNSCHWILER, Meinrad. ♦Ueber ursach- liche Momente der Komplikationen bei Zahn- extraktionen mit spezieller Beriicksichtigung konstitutioneller Faktoren. 35p. 8? Ziir., 1929. Also Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh, 1929, 39: 483-517. BRUNST, Hans Robert, 1886- ♦Ein Fall von traumatischer Epiphysenlosung am unteren Tibiaende. 34p. 2pl. 8? Lpz., Sturm & Koppe, 1920. BRUNSWICK, Hieronymus, 1450-1533. Of distillation of the waters of all maner of herbes [transl. from the German original by Laurence Andrew] [149]1. illus. 8? Lond., Laurence Andrew, 1527. ---- Von guten Artzneistucken. p. 1-12a. 8? Nurnberg, 1529. Apothek fiir den gemeinen Mann (Brunswick, H. & Schrick, M.) Niirnb, 1529. See also Brown, A. J. Old masterpieces in surgery; the surgery of Hieronymus Brunschwig. Surg. Gyn. Obst.^ 1924, 38: 133, pi. For biography see Ann. M. Hist, 1929, n.s, 1: 640-4 (A. Brunschwig) Also Arch. Gesch. Math. Naturwiss, 1927, 10: 155-7 (F. Homiriel) [---- & SCHRICK, M.] Apothek fur den gemeinen Mann. 21 1. 8? Nurnberg, Hans Stiichssen, 1529. BRUNSWICK, Me. Bowdoin College. Bulletin catalogue no. 1-107, 1904-21. Incomplete. ---- President's report. 1915-20. BRUNSWIG, Franz, 1899- ♦Beitrag zur Klinik der Urticaria: lokalisierte, symmetrische, bullose Urticaria, Kalteurticaria, Spaturti- caria. 16p. 8? Jena, 1925. BRUNSWIK, Egon, 1903- , GOLDSCHEIDER, Ludwig, & PILEK, Elise. Untersuchungen zur Ent- wicklung des Gedachtnisses; experimentell-sta- tistische Gegeniiberstellung der Entwicklung des sprachlichen und des gegenstandlich-anschauli- chen Gedachtnisses fiir einfaches Material, Gestalten und Sinnzusammenhange bei Knaben und Madchen von 6-18 Jahren, 158p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1932. Forms Beih. 64, Zschr. angew. Psychol. BRUNTHALER, Ernst, 1892- ♦ Ueber Magen- und Darmerkrankungen im Frieden und im Kriege [Berlin] 28p. 8? Altena, R. Kord- Ruwisch, 1919. BRUNTON, Thomas Lauder, 1844-[?] Pharmacologia y terapeutica; secci6n 2, far- macia general. 256p. 8? [after 1885] BRUNZEMA, Daniel, 1896- ♦Ueber den Kryptorchismus und seine Behandlung [Kiel] p.754-84. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Also Arch. klin. Chir, 1929,154: BRUNZEMA, Friedrich, 1892- ♦Zur Symptomatologie der Polyneuritis alcoholica. 24p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1917. BRUNZLOW [Karl Ottokar] 1867- Wehr- kraft und Alkohol. 3.Aufl. p.l. 19p. 8? Berl., 1917. BRUPBACHER, Paula. ♦De la dissociation albumino-cytologique du liquide cephalo-rachi- dien dans le tabes et la paralysie generale. 20p. 8° Geneve, 1933. BRUPPACHER, Max, 1903- ♦Endophle- bitis hepatica obliterans als Ausgangspunkt von Pyamie. 19p. 8? Zur., Gebr. Leemann & Co., 1929. BRUSCHETTINI, Alessandro, 1868-1932. II vaccino preventivo polivalente Bruschettini con- tro la pneumoenterite infettiva o colera dei suini. 26p. 8? Genova, E. Oliveri & Co., 1916. ---- La vaccinotherapie dans les infections a Pyogenes; communication presentee a la Societe de Pathologie Comparee de Paris dans la seance du 13 mai 1924. 11 p. 8? [Par., 1924] For biography see Brasil med, 1932, 46: 1026. Also Gazz. internaz. med. chir, 1933, 41: 53-7. Also Med. ital, 1925, 6: 245-8. BRUSH, Edward F. 1875- The association of human and bovine tuberculosis. 144p. 8? N.Y., W. H. Crawford Co., 1898. BRUSH, Edward Nathaniel, 1852-1933. Editor of American Journal of Psychiatry. Bait, v.1-10, 1921-31. For biography see Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1933, 29: 636-8 (W. K. Dunton, jr.) BRUSH, Frederic, 1873- Recreational therapy in convalescence and allied subnormal health conditions. 33p. illus. 8? [N.Y.] Sturgis Res. Fund [1928] ---- Some provisional standards of relation- ship and conduct for convalescent institutions. 5p. 8? [N.Y.] Sturgis Res. Fund [1928] BRUSH Foundation. See Cleveland, Ohio, in 4.ser. BRUSIS, Luise, 1908- ♦Die Behandlung des Torticollis spasticus [Wiirzburg] 9p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske. 1934. BRUSKIN, Chaim Elias, 1909- ♦Ueber die Aenderungen der K. H.-Toleranz des schwe- ren Diabetes mellitus bei gemischter Kost und Insulinzufuhr [Leipzig] 16p. 8? Libau, Lett- land, M. Kokin, 1932. BRUSKY, Alvin H. ♦Stramonium as a thera- peutic agent in paralysis agitans and post- encephalitic parkinsonism [Marquette Univ.] 18p. 4? Wauwatosa, Wis., 1931. Typewritten. BRUSSOCK, Walter Albert, 1900- ♦Ap- pendicocecostomv in severe appendicitis [Mar- quette Univ.] 9p. 4? Milwaukee, 1924-25. Typewritten. BRUSTMANN, Martin, 1885- ♦Kritisches und Technisches iiber Sportuntersuchungen (aus der I. Medizinischen Universitatsklinik der Charite; Leiter: Geheimrat His) 29p. 8? Berl., 1913. BRUTTIN, Marco. ♦Considerations sur les reactions a la tuberculine [Lausanne] 55p. 8? Par., 1926. BRUTUS [Romanus] Epistolae [transl. Rainu- tius] p.23a-34b. fol. Florentiae, 1487. Biogenes Cynicus. Epist. Florent, 1487. ----The same [transl. Rainutius] p.26a- 34b. fol. Venetiis, 1498. Mahomet II. Epist. Venet, 1498. ---- The same. 'E-irkttoXclI. p.93a-102b. fol. Venetiis, 1499. Collect, epist. Graec. Venet, 1499. BRUUSGAARD, Johan Gustav Edvin, 1869- 1934. Gundersen, E. Obituary. Acta derm, vener, Stockh, 1934, 15: 339-42, port.—Necrologie. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1934, 11: 1630-2. BRUXELLES, Belg. Academie royale de mede- cine de Belgique. Bulletin. 1. ser., v.l, 1841- Incomplete. ---- Compte-rendu. 1843-46; 1856. ---- Memoires. v.1-5, 1848-69. ---- M6moires des concours. v.1-8, 1847- 88. ■---• Memoires couronnes. v.l, 1870- ---- Proces-verbaux. 1841-77; 1880-83; 1885; 1893-95; 1903. BRUXELLES BRUXELLES, Belg. Academie royale des sciences, des lettres et des beaux-arts de Bel- gique. Annuaire. 31., 1865- 1920 missing. ---- Bulletins. 2.ser., v.15-50, 1863-80; 3. ser., v. 1-35, 1881-98. Bulletins; classe des sciences, v.l, 1899- ---- Memoires. l.ser., v.1-5, 1777-88; 2. ser., v.50-53, 1891-98. ---- Memoirs; classe des sciences, collection in 4? 2.ser., v.l, 1904- —■— Memoires; classe des sciences, collec- tion in 8? 2.ser., v.l, 1904- ---- Memoires couronnes et autres me- moires; collection in 8? v.47-66, 1892-1904. ---- Memoires couronnes et memoires des savants; collection in 4? v.53-62, 1893-1904. ---- Memoires sur les questions ... en 1771— 78. 2v. 1772-79. BRUXELLES, Belg. Bureau d'hygiene. Bulle- tin annuel de statistique. 1925- ---- Bulletin mensuel de statistique demo- graphique et medicale. 1922- ---- Rapport annuel. 1910-12; 1919-21; 1923- 1914-18 not published. BRUXELLES, Belg. Exposition universelle et internationale. Les journees medicales de Bruxelles. 136p. ports, map. 16? Brux., 1935. BRUXELLES, Belg. Federation dentaire inter- nationale. Bulletin [English edition] v.l, 1925- 26. ---- Compte rendu [English edition] 1923- 24. BRUXELLES, Belg. Institut chirurgical de Bruxelles. Annales. v.l, 1894- BRUXELLES, Belg. Institut Solvay de phy- siologie. Travaux du laboratoire. v.1-14, 1895- 1921. BRUXELLES, Belg. Societe medico-chirurgicale du Brabant. Annales. v.1-11, 1891-1901. BRUXELLES, Belg. Societe royale des sciences medicales et naturelles de Bruxelles. Annales. v.1-16, 3.ser., 1892-1907. Continued in the following: ---- Annales et bulletin, v.66, 1908- ---- Bulletin. 1861-76; 1896-1907. Continued in the preceding. BRUXELLES, Belg. Societe scientifique de Bruxelles. Annales. v.1-46, 1875-1926. Continued as the following: ---- Annales; ser.C; sciences medicales. v.47, 1927- BRUXELLES, Belg. Universite libre. Institut de therapeutique. Travaux. v.20, 1927; v.24, 1931-32. BRUXELLES-MEDICAL; revue hebdomadaire des sciences medicales et chirurgicales. Brux., v.l, 1925- BRUYLANTS, Gustave, 1850-1925. Baels, F. Eloge du Professeur Gustave Bruylants. Bull. Acad. med. Belgiques, 1928, 5.ser, 8: 101-7—Ide, M. [Biog- raphy] Rev. med. Louvain, 1925, 145. BRUYNOGHE, Richard, 1881- L'immu- nite et ses applications. 5.ed. 455p. illus. 8? Louvain, J. B. Bailliere, 1936. BRUYN-OUBOTER, Ernst de. ♦Ueber die Strukturverhaltnisse des juvenilen und gravid gewesenen Uterus der Karnivoren, Canis fami- liaris und Felis domestica und von Lepus cunni- culus mit spezieller Berucksichtigung der blei- benden, fiir den Nachweis einer bereits vor- handen gewesenen Trachtigkeit wichtigen anato- BRUYN-OUBOTER mischen Merkmale. 70p. 2pl. 8? Bern, Ott & Bolliger, 1911. BRUZEAU, Jules, 1907- ♦Recherche de 1'ultravirus tubereuleux chez le bceuf et chez le chien [Alfort] 79p. 8? Par., 1931. BRYAN, Cyril Phillips. Roundabout Harley Street; the story of some famous streets, xii, 260p. 8? Lond., J. Bale, Sons & Danielsson, 1932. See also Papyrus (The) Ebers. 167p. 8? Lond. [1930] BRYAN, Douglas. See Reik, Theodor. Ritual; psycho-analytic studies; transl. from the 2.ed. 367p. 8? Lond, 1931. BRYAN, Edith Sibyl. The art of public health nursing. 296p. diagrs. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1935. BRYAN, Joseph Hammand, 1856-1935. [Obituary] Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1935, 44: 592-4. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1935, 50: 895. Also Laryngoscope, 1935, 45: 654. Also Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1935, 57: 309-14, port. Also Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1935, 25: 413, port. BRYAN, Walter. Memoranda on physiology. 74p. 8? Brooklyn, W. Harloe, 1904. BRYAN, William A[lvin] 1883- Adminis- trative psvehiatry. 349p. 8? N.Y., W. W. Norton & Co. [1936] BRYAN. William Jennings, 1860-1925. Pro- hibition. 64. Congr. l.sess. Senate. Doc.254. lip. 8? Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1916. Bound in Papers on regulation of liquor traffic (F. L. Hoff- man) 1912-17. -—— The menace of Darwinism, being a re- issue of chapter 4 from the author's volume In His Image. 64p. 12? N.Y., F. H. Revell Co. [1922] BRYANT, C. K. See Appleton, J. L. T, & Bryant, C. K. A laboratory guide in bacteriology particularly for students in dentistry. 223p. 8! Phila, 1928. BRYANT, Frank A. Definition, causes and treatment of stammering. 71p. 8? N.Y., Hamilton Press [1905] BRYANT, John. Convalescence, historical and practical, xvi, 269p. 31pl. 8? N.Y., Sturgis Fund, Burke Found., 1927. BRYANT, Kirby Knapp, 1895- See Lake, G. C, & Bryant, K. K. Experimental syphilis, [etc.] 41p. 8! Wash, 1930. Forms Bull. No.157, U.S. Treas. Dep. Publ Health Serv. Nat'l. Inst, of Health. BRYANT, Louise Stevens, 1885- See Bickinson, Robert Latou, & Bryant, L. S. Control of conception; an illustrated medical manual. 290p. 8° Bait, 1931. BRYANT, Thomas, 1828-1914. Power. B'A. Eponyms. XVIII. Bryant's ilio-femoral triangle. Brit. J. Surg, 1925,13: 201-5, port. BRYANT, Walter William. Kepler. 62p. port, illus. 12? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1920. BRYANT, William Cullen, 1843-1924. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 82:1627. BRYCE, Alexander, 1863- Ideal health and how to attain it: a guide to health and strength, xii, 102p. 12? Brist., J. Wright & Co., 1901. ---- Intestinal toxaemia; or, Auto-intoxica- tion in the causation of disease, xi, 180p. 12? Lond., A. Melrose, 1920. ---- Also 3.ed., xi, 340p. illus. 8? Brist,, J. Wright & Sons, 1935. BRYCE, Clarence A. Physician's companion; a pocket reference book for physicians and students. 160p. 18? Richmond, Va., 1890. ---- Bryce's pocket practice; a complete and condensed work on the practice of medicine for physicians and students. 176p. 18? Rich- mond, Va., South. Clinic, 1892. BRYCE, Peter Henderson, 1853-1932. Amyot, J. A. [Biography] Proc. Conf. Health Author. N. America, 1931, 46:180, port. BRYCE 1067 BRYZMAN BRYCE, Thomas Hastie, 1862- Oste- ology and arthrology. ll.ed. viii, 329p. 28pl. 8? Lond., Longmans, Green & Co., 1915. Forms v.4, pt 1, Quain's Elements of Anat. ---- Myology; sections on the actions of muscles, by Thomas Walmsley. ll.ed. x, 310p. 53pl. 8? Lond., Longmans, Green & Co., 1923. Forms vol. 4, pt 2, Quain's Elements of Anat. BRYDON, Mary Evelyn, 1879-1930. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 94: 1780. BRYK, Felix, 1882- Neger-Eros; ethno- logische Studien iiber das Sexualleben bei Negern. viii, 146p. pi. 8? Berl., A. Marcus, & E. Weber, 1928. Die Beschneidung bei Mann und Weib; ihre Geschichte, Psychologie und Ethno- logie. x, 319p. illus. pi. 8? Neubranden- burg, G. Feller, 1931. Forms, Bd 1. of Monogr. zur Ethno-Psychol. ---- [The same] Circumcision in man and woman; its history, psychology and ethnology; translated bv David Berger. 5p.l. 342p. illus. pi. 8? N.Y., Am. Ethn. Press, 1934. BRYN, Halfdan, 1864-1933. Kobro, I. [Obituary] Norsk mag. laegevid, 1933, 94: 470. BRYNING, Otto C, 1886- Pan therapy; an abstract of modern treatment in all its modalities. 4p.l. 723p. tab. 18? Bost., 1925. BRYN Mawr College. Monographs; reprint series, v. 12, 1922. BRYONIA [and bryonin] See also Cucurbitaceae. Chaze, J. De l'existence d'un nouveau principe actif dans Bryonia diolca. C. rend. Acad, se, 1932, 195: 825-7.—Girardet, N. F. Sur les ferments solubles de la racine de bryone, Bryonia diolca (Cueurbitacees) J. pharm. chim. Par, 1924, 7.ser, 30: 75-81.—Gradinescu, A. Action de l'extrait de Bryonia alba sur le cceur et la circulation du sang. Bull. Sect. sc. Acad. roumain, 1919-20, 6: 167-70.—Hosman, F. L. Bryonia. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass, Q. 1934, 26: 59.—Nast, A. G. Preliminary ob- servations on the action of Bryonia. J. Am. Inst. Homeop, 1922-23 15: 813; 885. ----- Contributions to the pathological physiology of Bryonia. Ibid, 1924, 17: 25-42.—Sherif, M. A. F. Bryonia cretica; its action and value in diabetes. Q.J. Pharm, Lond, 1933, 6:634-42. BRYOPHYLLUM. Abeloos, M. Sur la regeneration dans les feuilles de Bryo- phyllum. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1929, 100: 416. BRYOZOA. See also Metazoa. Canu, F., & Bassler, R. S. North American later tertiary and quaternary Bryozoa. 302p. 4? Wash., 1923. Forms no.125, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. ---- Bryozoa of the Philippine region. 685p. 8? Wash., 1929. ____ New species of tertiary cheilostome Bryozoa from Victoria, Australia. 54p. 8? Wash., 1935. Forms no.9, v.93, Smithson. Misc. Coll. Frattarelli A Primo contributo alla conoscenza del briozoi Mediterrane. Arch. zool. ital, 1929, 13: 373-401.-Okada, Y. Notes of some Japanese chilostomatous Bryozoa Annot. 7onl iaD 1921 10-19-32. ----- On a collection of Bryozoa from ihe'straits of Corea. Ibid, 1922-23 10: 215-34.-Osburn, R C. Bryozoa as a food for other animals. Science, 1921, n.s, 53- 451-3 —Robertson, A. Non-incrusting chilostomatous Bryozoa of the west coast of North America. Univ. Calif. Pub 1905, 2: no. 5, 235-322. ----- The mcrustmg chilosto- matous Bryozoa of the west coast of North America. Ibid, 1908 4- no 5, 253-344. ----- The cyclostomatous Bryozoa of the west coast of North America. Ibid, 1910, 6: no.12, 225-84. BRYSZ, Benjamin. *Ueber 24 Falle von todlicher Lungenembolie nach 3,967 Bauch- und Bruchoperationen, 52p. 8? Basel, Brin & cie, 1915. BRYZMAN, Herman, 1890- *Ueber die Exstirpation der Milz bei Blutkrankheiten. 25p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1919. BRZEZICKI, Charles. *Le processus histo- logique de l'obliteration du canal arteriel. 30p. 8? Par., 1921. BRZEZINSKI, Aron, 1908- *Les sources thermales de la Palestine et en particulier celles de Hamei-Tiberia. 99p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1934. BRZEZINSKI, Mojsej, 1900- *Die Fort- schritte der konservierenden Zahnheilkunde im xx. Jahrhundert. 32p. 8? Bresl., 1931. BUB, Heinrich, 1907- *Die Geschichte der Kronen- und Bruckenprothesen bis zu Fauchards Zeit [Wurzburg] 15p. 8? Neustadt a.d.Aisch, P. C. W. Schmidt, 1931. BUB, Otto, 1894- *Die Blinddarman- schoppung beim Pferde, eine Folge der Kriegs- fiitterung [Leipzig] 34p. 8? Neustadt b. Coburg, E. Patzschke [1926] BUBIS, Jacob Louis, 1885- Puerperal gynecology. xxiii, 199p. illus. 8? Bait., W. Wood & Co., 1935. BUBLIES, Werner, 1901- *Zur Kasuistik der Akromegalie. 31p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1929. BUBO. See Lymphadenitis; Lymphogranulomatosis inguinalis; also names of primary diseases as Chancroid; Gonorrhea; Plague; Syphilis. BUC, Emile, 1886- Contribution a l'etude de l'infection des plaies par le vibrion septique. 71p. 8? Par., 1919. BUCCO [and preparations] Beussen, E. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Bukkoblatter (Fol. Bucco) Derm. Wschr, 1927, 85: 1745-50.—Karo, W. Buccotropin, ein neues Kombinationspraparat in der Urologie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1924, 20: 1542. ----- Erfahrungen mit Buccosan und Buccotropin. Fortsch. Med, 1925, 43: 95.— Levi, W. Meine Erfahrungen mit Buccotean und Buccotramin. Derm. Wschr, 1933, 97: 1429.—Nathan, P. Buccotean. Ibid, 1925, 81:1812-4. BUCH, Alfred, 1897- *Ueber einen Fall von uramischer, pseudomembranoser, nekroti- sierender Tracheitis und Bronchitis. 32p. 2pl. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1926. BUCH, Ella, 1898- *Der Spermin- und Phosphorsauregehalt normaler und leukami- scher Organe (ein Beitrag zur Natur der Charcot- Leyden-Kristalle) 16p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1928. BUCH, Johann. J. Buch's Praktikum der pathologischen Anatomie fiir Tierarzte und Studierende. 5.Aufl. v, 150p. 8? Berl.. R. Schoetz, 1919. BUCH, Lothar, 1890- *Dcr vaginale Kaiserschnitt in der Geburtshilflichen Klinik der Kgl. Charite\ 81p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1914. BUCH, Rudolf [Andreas Gustav] 1888- *Ueber hochgradige Verknocherung in einem Ovarial-Carcinom, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Metaphasiefrage. 35p. 3pl. 8? Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1915. BUCHACKER [Friedrich] Wilhelm, 1893- *Ueber die Vergiftung mit Lysol-Ersatz. 20p. 2 1. 8? Giessen., O. Kindt Wwe, 1920. BUCHALIK, Ernst, 1905- *Ueber Vagi- nalcysten, zugleich ein Beitrag zu ihrer Aetiologie. 24p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1931. BUCHALY, Julius Felix, 1898- *Ueber Varianten des Bacillus phlegmonis emphy- BUCHALY 106S sematosae [Wurzburg] p. 444-55. pi. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1931. Also Zbl. Bakt, l.Abt, 1931, 119: BUCHAN, Alexander P. Venus sine concubito. 2.ed. xii, 121p. 8? London, Callow and Wilson, 1822. BUCHAN, William, 1729-1805. Domestic medicine; or, A treatise on the prevention and cure of diseases by regimen and simple medicines; with an appendix containing a dispensatory for the use of private practitioners; adapted to the Climate and diseases of America, by Isaac Cathrall. 510p. 8? Phila., H. & P. Rice, 1797. Two pages at end missing. For biography see Am. J. Dis. Child, 1931, 42: 403-8 (J. Ruhrah) BUCHANAN, Andrew, 1861- Midwifery mechanics, xiii, 82p. 12pl. 8? Lond., H. Milford [1924] BUCHANAN, Dan, 1868-1933. Woolner, W. Obituary. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1933, 29: 575. BUCHANAN, Estelle Denis Fogel, 1876- & BUCHANAN, Robert Earle. Bacteriology for students in general and household science. Rev.ed. xvii, 560p. 8? N.Y., Macmillan Co., 1921.----Also 3.ed. xvi, 532p., 1930. BUCHANAN, George, 1506-82. Pearson, K. On the skull and portraits of George Buchanan. 28p. 8? Edinb., 1936. BUCHANAN, George, 1869-1936. Obituary. Lancet, Lond, 1936, 2: 947-9, port—Pierret, R. [Necrologie] Presse nted, 1936, 44: 1905. BUCHANAN, James Arthur, 1887- Nu- triology. 149p. 8? Bost., R. G. Badger [1930] BUCHANAN, James William. *The control of head formation in Planaria by means of anesthetics. 47p. 8? Chic, Univ. Chic. Libr., 1922. Also J. Exp. Zool, 1922, 36: BUCHANAN, John. Family physician, and domestic practice of medicine, xvi, 903p. 8? Phila., R. Russell, 1884. ---- An encyclopedia of the practice of medicine based on bacteriology. 1453p. 8? N.Y., R. R. Russell, 1890. BUCHANAN, Joseph, 1785-1829. Barkley, A. H. [Biography] Ann. M.Hist, 1927, 9: 222-6. BUCHANAN, Joseph Rodes, 1814- Ther- apeutic sarcognomy; the application of sarcog- nomy, the science of the soul, brain and body, to the therapeutic philosophy and treatment of bodily and mental diseases, xiii, 671p. 8? Bost., J. G. Cupples Co., 1891. BUCHANAN, L[ee] L[a Forest] 1893- The genus Panscopus Schoenherr (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) 18p. 8? Wash., 1936. Forms no.16, v.94, Smithson. Misc. Coll. BUCHANAN, R. The origin and nature of ghosts, demons, and spectral illusions generally, familiarly explained and illustrated. 64p. 16? Manchester, A. Heywood [18—] BUCHANAN, Robert Earle, 1883- Veter- inary bacteriology; a treatise on the bacteria, yeasts, molds, and protozoa pathogenic for domestic animals. 3.ed. 2p.l. 604p. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1922. ---- General systematic bacteriology; his- tory, nomenclature, groups of bacteria. 597p. 8? Bait., Williams & Wilkins, 1925. See also Buchanan, Estelle Denis Fogel, & Buchanan, R. E. Bacteriology for students. 3.ed. 532p. 8°. N.Y, 1930. ---- & FULMER, Ellis I. Physiology and biochemistrv of bacteria. 3v. 8? Bait., Williams & "Wilkins Co., 1928-30. BUCHANAN BUCHANAN, Robert James McLean, 1925. Text-book of forensic medicine and toxicologv. 9.ed., rev. and enl. bv John E. W. MacFall.' xii, 445p. pi. diagr/ 8? Edinb., E. & S. Livingstone, 1925. For biography see Brit. M.J, 1925, 1: 863. Also Lancet, Lond, 1925, 1: 898. BUCHANAN, Robert McNeil, 1861-1931. M, A. S. M, & W, W. R. [Obi.'uarv] J. Path. Bact, Lond, 1932, 35: 127-33, port.—[Obituary] Brit. M.J, 1931, 2: 401, port. BUCHANAN, Walter James, 1862-1924. Obituary. Brit. M.J, 1924, 1: 649. BUCHARD, Gustave. Contribution a l'etude clinique des pvonephroses. 45p. 8? Par., 1921. BUCHE, Max, 1911- *Reparaturmog- lichkeiten an festsitzenden Briicken. 26p. 8? Erlangen, Muller, 1934. BUCHEM, Frans Stefanus Petrus van. *De venapols en naar aanleiding daarvan eenige beschouwingen over het hartmechanisme [The venous pulse and some considerations of the mechanism of the heart] 96p. 21. pi. 8? Leiden 1924. BUCHENBERGER, Paul Ernst, 1919- * Multiple Lipomatose mit sarkomatoser De- generation. 18p. 8? Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1935. BUCHENSCHEIT, Josef, 1888- *Ueber einen Fall von ungewohnlicher sexueller Hy- perasthesie mit nachfolgendem Vaginalcarci- nom [Erlangen] 22p. 8? Munch., Dietz & Luechtrath, 1918. BUCHER, Alfred, 1899- *Ueber die Leistungen histologischer Untersuchungen in der Krebsdiagnose am Uterus mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Metropathia haemorrhagi- ca. 20p. 8? Ziir., J. J. Meier, 1928. BUCHER, Hans. *Zur Nephrektomie bei Nierentuberkulose. 56p. 8? Ziir., Leemann & Co., 1917. BUCHER, Hans [Dieter] 1906- *Ueber Lymphogranulomatose besonders die des Magen- darmkanals mit einem Fall von Lymphogranu- lomatose der Speiserohre [Heidelberg] 29p. tab. 8? [Wertheim a.M., E. Bechstein, 1931] BUCHER, Josef. *Klinische und experimen- telle Untersuchungen iiber die Brauchbarkeit der Glvcerinklystiere bei Haustieren [Bern] 88p. 8? Munch., M. Steinebach, 1910. BUCHER, Oskar, 1906- *Schultz-Dale- sche Versuche mit Tuberkulinpraparaten [Zu- rich] p.241-64. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1932. Also Zschr. Immunforsch, 1932, 76: BUCHER, Otto Heinrich. *Serumuntersu- chungen iiber die Abbaufahigkeit krebskranker Individuen und deren Aenderung durch thera- peutische Rontgenbestrahlung [Zurich] 39p. 8? Berl., L. Schumacher, 1928. Also Strahlentherapie, 1928, 29: 71-107. BUCHER, Werner. *Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Sectio caesarea in Lokalanaesthesie bei Mitralstenose [Zurich] 42p. 8? Weida i. Thur., Thomas & Hubert, 1925. BUCHERT, Franz Joseph, 1886- *Mor- bus Addisonii und Trauma. 38p. 8? Strassb. i. E., Mtth & cie, 1913. BUCHEZ, Philippe Joseph Benjamin, 1796- 1865. Cornilleau, R. [Biography] Progr. med. Par, 1936, no. 42, suppl, 65-9, port. BUCHHALTER, Leopold, 1908- *La tech- nique a suivre dans les transfusions difficiles. 68p. 8?^Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. fcUCHHALTER 1069 BUCHKI BUCHHALTER, Martin, 1900- ♦Ence- phalographische Veranderungen bei traumati- schen Hirnschadigungen. 30p. 8? Bresl., J. Fuchs, 1926. BUCHHEIM, Ernst [Karl] 1884- *Die unblutigen geburtshilflichen Operationen des klassischen Altertums. 25p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1916. ---- The same. 46p. pi. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1916. Forms H.9, Jena. Med. Hist. Beitr. (T. Meyer-Steineg) BUCHHEIM, Friedrich Bernhard Klaus, 1902- ♦Aetiologische Untersuchung uber die Kopfform einiger Insassen des Heidelberger Kruppelheimes. 19p. 2pl. 8? Heidelb., F. Schulze, 1931. BUCHHEIM, Walther, 1906- *Moderne Diagnostik des Ikterus catarrhalis unter be- sonderer Berucksichtigung der Gelatinebela- stung als klinische Leberfunktionsprufung. 16p. 8? Lpz., Frommhold & Wendler, 1931. BUCHHEISTER, Karl, 1901- ♦Ueber tor- sionsdystonische Bewegungsstorungen bei chroni- scher Encephalitis epidemica. 24p. 8? Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1926. BUCHHEISTER, Karl [Wilhelm Johannes] 1900- ♦Ueber die Schweissekretion des Men- schen; Mikrobeobachtiingen unter Kontrast- farbung. 31p. 8? Marb. (Lahn), F. Fischer, 1927. BUCHHOLD, Otto, 1888- ♦Fieber als cerebrales Herdsvmptom. 38p. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt Wwe, 1919. BUCHHOLTZ, Johannes, 1886- ♦Experi- mentelle unders0gelser af nyrefunktionen ved ar- tificiells nephritis [Experimental investigations of renal function in artificial nephritis] 128p. 8? Kbh., A. Busck, 1915. BUCHHOLZ, Albert, 1859-1927. Nekrolog. Psychiat. neur. Wschr, 1927, 29: 105-8. BUCHHOLZ, Bruno [Georg Rudolf] 1902- ♦Ueber den Jodgehalt menschlicher Organe [Jena] p.188-97. 8? [Berl., J. Springer, 1929] Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1928, 63: BUCHHOLZ, Claus, 1908- ♦Untersu- chungen iiber die Giftempfindlichkeit weisser Mause nach Vorbehandlung mit oxydations- steigernden Substanzen [Breslau] 34p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1930. Also Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1930, 155: BUCHHOLZ, Erich, 1905- ♦Ueber die Schwierigkeiten der Differentialdiagnose von Psoriasis der Mundschleimhaut und Leuko- plakie [Munster] 15p. 8? Blomberg-Lippe, J. Simonowski, 1933. BUCHHOLZ, Georg, 1909- *Das Langen- und Dickenwachstum nichtfunktionierender Schneidezahne des Kaninchens und Beziehungen zwischen Langen- und Dickenwachstum. 21p. 8° Greifswald, H. Adler, 1,935. BUCHHOLZ, Gerda, 1907- ♦Ueber den Resorptionsverlauf der Salizylsaure in der Mundhohle. 22p. 8? Bonn, 1932. Also Arch. exp. Path, Berl, 1932, 166: BUCHHOLZ, Kurt, 1896- ♦Die Behand- lung der Acarusraude mit Milbex und Provido- form. 5p. 8° [Lpz., 1921] BUCHINGER, Otto, 1878- Das Heil- fasten und seine Hilfsmethoden als biologischer Weg. 194p. 8? Stuttg., Hippokrates-Verb, 1935. BUCHKA, Karl Heinrich von, 1856-1917. Beckurts, H, Kbnig, J, & Bomer, A. [Nekrolog] Zschr. Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt, 1917,33: 433-5, port. BUCHKI. Sen, R. N, Chatterji, K. K, & Batta, S. N. Preliminary study and chemical examination of the seeds of Buchki. Ind J M , 1923-24, 4: 123-37. BUCHKREMER, Josefine, 1908- ♦Die Psychosen der Frau im Klimakterium auf Grund sexueller Storungen. 31p. 8? Bonn, L. Neuen- dorff, 1933. BUCHLIN, C. A. Detection and correction of visual imperfections with test-tvpe. 75p. 16? N.Y., Spencer Optical Mfg Co., 1881. BUCHMANN, Franz, 1892- ♦Ein Fall einer Magen-Jejunum-Kolonfistel. 23p. 8? Lpz., E. Lehmann, 1919. BUCHMILLER, Benedikt, 1893- ♦Uva- lvsat in der Hundepraxis. 48p. 8? [Munchen, 1930] BUCHNER, Maximillian, 1881- See Wurzburg. Universitat. Aus der Vergangenheit der Universitat Wurzburg. 799p. roy.8? Berl, 1932. BUCHNER, Paul, 1886- Tier und Pfianze in intrazellularer Symbiose. xi, 462p. 2pl. roy.8? Berl., Gebr. Borntraeger, 1921. ---- Holznahrung und Symbiose; Vortrag gehalten auf dem X. Internationalen Zoologentag zu Budapest am 8. September 1927. 64p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. BUCHOLD, Frida, 1888- ♦Ueber den Einfluss der Kriegsernahrung auf die Entwick- lung der Neugeborenen. 16p. 8? Berl., H. Blanke, 1917. BUCHOTTE, M. Les regies du dessein et du lavis, pour les plans particuliers des ouvrages et des batimens, et pour leurs coupes, profils, ele- vations et facades, tant de l'architecture mili- taire que civile, xv, 214p. 23pl. 8? Par., C. A. Jombert, 1754. BUCHSBAUM, Fritz, 1903- ♦Muskel- plastik bei Facialislahmung [Leipzig] 23p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. Thur., A. Oberreuter] 1928. BUCHSBAUM, Ralph Morris, 1907- , & LOOSLI, Clayton Garr. Methods of tissue culture in vitro, and outlines of histological methods. 85p. illus. 8? Chic, Univ. Chic. Press [1936] BUCHSER, Hans. ♦Ueber das intrathorakale Aneurysma der Arteria anonyma und seine Beziehung zur Trachea [Zurich] 25p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel [1927] BUCHSTAB, Lazar Borisovich, 1868-1934. Grosman, S. A. [Obituary] Soviet, klin, 1934, 20: 796, port. BUCHTA, Wilhelm, 1871-1932. Nekrolog. Mitt. Volksgesundhamt, Wien, 1932, 59. BUCHTERKIRCH, Gertrud, 1895- ♦Bei- trage zur Diagnose der aplastischen Anamie. 39p. 8? Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1919. BUCHTHAL, Fritz, 1907- *Ueber das Refraktarstadium des Vorhofs [Berlin] p.349- 57. 8° Munch., J. F. Lehmann, 1931. Also Zschr. Biol, 1931, 91: BUCHU. Newcomb.E.L. Notes on ash yield of buchu. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, 1921, 10: 849. BUCHWALD, Hermann [Edmund] 1903- ♦Ueber eigenartige, beim Baden entstehende Hautausschliige [Leipzig] 15p. 8? [Zeulen- roda i. Thur., A. Oberreuter] 1929. BUCHWALD, Reinhard, 1903- ♦Ueber Resorcinketone [Kiel] 23p. 8? Cottbus, A. Heine, 1928. BUCHWALDT, Hans Georg Josef Wolfgang, 1902- ♦Ueber Tubendurchblasung. 23p. 8? Bresl., 1927. BUCK, Abraham de. ♦De variatie bij Ano- pheles maculipennis in verband met het ano- BUCK 1070 BUCKMASTER phelisme zonder malaria. 83p. rov.8? Amst., 1926. BUCK, Albert Henry, 1842-1922. First prin- ciples of otology; a text-book for medical stu- dents. 212p. 12? N.Y., W. Wood & Co., 1899. For biography see J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 79: 1948. Also N.York M.J, 1923, 117: 48. BUCK, Anson, 1833-1919. Corrigan, S. H. [Biography] Canad. M. Ass. J, 1936, 34: 564-9, port. BUCK [Carl Otto] Richard, 1863- ♦Ein interessanter Fall von Schnurwirkungen an den Baucheingeweiden. 18p. 3 1. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1889. BUCK, Francis D., 1850-1921. Obituary. Med. Rec, 1921, 100: 1039. BUCK, Gurdon, 1807-77. Bucks Extension. Am. J. Surg, 1930, n.s, 8: 442, port. BUCK, Mertice MacCrea. See Hall, Herbert James, & Buck, Mertice M. C. Handi- crafts for the handicapped. 155p. 12? N.Y, 1916. BUCK, Robert William, 1893- The es- sentials of physical diagnosis. 2p.l. 259p. illus. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1934. BUCKEL, Adolf, 1887- ♦Untersuchung der Resonanz in Luftsaulen. 40p. 8? Erlangen, Junge & Sohn, 1915. BUCKEL, Chloe Annette, 1843-1912. Mosher, E. M. The history of American medical women. Med. Woman J, 1924, 31: 15. BUCKINGHAMSHIRE, Engl. Bucks County Lunatic Asylum (County Pauper Lunatic Asy- lum) Annual report. Aylesbury, 1858-61; 1881-83; 1886-90; 1892-1901. BUCKLE, Philip. See in 3.ser. Wardle, Robert Arnold, & Buckle, Philip. The principles of insect control. 8? N.Y, 1923. BUCKLEY, Albert Coulson, 1873- Nurs- ing mental and nervous diseases, from the view- points of biology, psychology and neurology; a text-book for use in schools for the training of nurses. 312p. 8? Phila., J. B. Lippincott Co. [1927]----Also 2.ed. 2p.l. 312p. [1930] ---- Also 3.ed. 321p. illus. pi. diagrs. [1933] BUCKLEY, C[harles] Frederick] 1898- A manual of mental diseases; for the use of doctors, lawyers, and nurses. 2p.l. 177p. 8? N.Y., Med. Leg. J., 1923. BUCKLEY, Charles William, 1874- Re- ports on chronic rheumatic diseases; being the annual report of the British Committee on Chronic Rheumatic Diseases appointed by the Royal College of Physicians. 2v. no. 1-2. x, 159p.; ix, 140p. tab. 8? Lond., H. K. Lewis & Co., 1935-36. BUCKLEY, Daniel, 1875-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 82: 50. BUCKLEY, John Peter, 1873- Modern dental materia medica, pharmacology and therapeutics, including the practical application of drugs and remedies in the treatment of dis- ease. 5. ed. rev. xxi, 586p. 37pl. roy.8? Phila., P. Blakiston's Son & Co. [1926] BUCKLEY, Roland Andrew, 1905- ♦The medical treatment of gastric hemorrhage as a complication of peptic ulcer [Marquette Univ.] 14p. 4? Wauwatosa, Wis., 1931. Typewritten. BUCKLEY, S. F. Cerebral hyperaemia; does it exist? a consideration of some views of William A. Hammond. 129p. 16? N.Y., G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1882. BUCKMASTER, George Alfred, 1859- , & HICKMAN, H. R. B. A course of practical physiology, introductory to physiology and medicine, vii, 138p. 12? Bristol, J. Wright & Sons, 1920. BUCKNER, Charles Teackle Carter, 1878-1927. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1927, 88: 1892. BUCKSTEIN, Jacob, 1890- Peptic ulcer (clinical Roentgenology with case histories) xxiii, 337p. 4? N.Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1930.---- Also 2.ed. xxvii, 417p. illus. 1933. Forms v.10 of Ann. Roentg, Monogr. Atlas, N.Y, 1930. ---- Functional disorders of the large intes- tine and their treatment, xv, 265 p. 60 illus. 40pl. 12? N.Y., Harper & Bros., 1932. BUCKWAR [Karl Heinrich Richard] Hugo, 1875- ♦Die Papillomatose der Cutis des Rindes; experimentelle und therapeutische Bei- trage. 32p. 8? [Lpz., 1922] BUCKWHEAT. Blumstein, G. I. Buckwheat sensitivity. J. Allergy, 1935- 36, 7: 74-9.—Lavrov, B. A, & Jarussova, N. S. [Nutritive value of buckwheat grits] Vrach. dielo, 1931, 14: 585-8— Lutz, H. E. W, & Schmid, G. Ueber Fagopyriismus; eine biochemische Untersuchung, zugleich eine kritische Studie iiber seine Patho- genese. Biochem. Zschr, 1930, 226: 67-96.—Merian, L. Experi- mentelle Beitrage zur Buchweizenerkrankung (Fagopyrismus) der Tiere. Arch. Physiol, Lpz, 1915, 161-88— Palladin, A. Enthalt der Buchweizen alle dem wachsenden Organismus notwendigen Nahrungsfaktoren? Biochem. Zschr, 1923, 136: 346-52.—Schmid, G, & Lutz, H. E. W. Ueber Fagopyrismus. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1931, 47: 385-9. BUCKY, Gustav, 1880- Grenzstrahl- therapie; mit Beitragen von Otto Glasser und Olga Becker-Manheimer. viii, 153p. 8? Lpz., S. Hirzel, 1928. ---- The same. Grenz ray therapy, with contributions by Otto Glasser and Olga Becker- Manheimer; transl. from the German by Walter James Highman. xii, 170p. 8? N.Y., Mac- millan Co., 1929. ---- Anleitung zur Diathermiebehandlung. 3.Aufl. viii, 224p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwar- zenberg, 1929. BUCOLDIANUS, Gerhard, 16. century. De puella quae sine cibo et potu vitam transigit. [6] 1. 8? [Louvain?] 1542. BUCQUET, Pierre, 1901- ^La mastite syphilitique [Paris] 50p. 8? Reims, 1925. BUCQUOY, Marie Edme Jules, 1829-1920. Laveran, A. Necrologie. Bull. Acad, nted. Par, 1920, 3.ser, 84: 4.—Massary, E. de. Necrologie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1920, 3.ser, 44: 1713-7.—Sergent, E. Necrologie. J. med. chir. Par, 1920, 91: 547. BUCQUOY, Maurice Henri, 1900- *Le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire apres 40 ans; indications; resultats. 21 lp. pi. 8? Par., 1931. BUCSAN, Constance, 1896- ♦Contribu- tion a l'etude du traitement obstetrical et chirur- gical des hemorragies par insertion du placenta sur le segment inferieur. 80p. 8? Par., 1928. BUCURA, Constantin J., 1874-1935. Die entzundlichen Erkrankungen der weiblichen Geschlecbtsorgane, ihr Wesen, ihre Erkennung und Behandlung. vi, 206p. 8? Wien, J. Springer, 1930. ---- Der Tripper des Weibes. p.275-346. illus. pi. roy.8? Berl., 1934. Haut- u. Geschlechtskr. (Arzt & Zieler) Berl. & Wien, 1934, v.5. For biography see Wien. med. Wschr, 1935, 85: 1354, port. (R. Hofjstatter) Also Zbl. Gyn, 1936, 60: 130-4, port. BUCURESTI, Rumania. Academia romana, 1866 Bulletin [Sectiunea stiintifica] v.l, 1912- v.9, 1925 missing. BUCURESTI, Rumania. Bureau de la statis- tique municipale. Primari municipiului (Bule- tin statistic) 1915-20; 1924-30; 1932. BUCURESTI 1071 BUDDEBERG BUCURESTI, Rumania. Directiunea generala a oficiului starii civile si statisticii comunale. Anuarul statistic. Anii 16.-36., 1910-30. BUCURESTI, Rumania. Institutul de seruri si vaccinuri. Archives roumaines de pathologie experimentale et de microbiologie. Paris, v.l, 1828- ---- Revista stiintelor medicale. v.13, 1924- BUCURESTI, Rumania. Societatea medicala a spitalelor. Bulletins et memoires [French] v.3, 1921; v.6-12, 1924-30. BUDAPEST, Hungary. Budapesti Kiralyi Orvosegyesiilet, 1837- Ertesito. v.l, 1912. ---- Evkonyv. 1892-1909. ---- Verhandlungen [in Verhandlungen der ungarischen arztlichen Gesellschaften] See also Pach, B. Dte Regia Buda-Postiensium Medi- corum Societas; anliisslich ihres 75jiihrigen Bestanden. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1912, 25: 1972-6. BUDAPEST, Hungary. M. Kir. Orszagos Kbzegeszsegugyi Intezet [Hungarian State Hy- gienic Institute] Oeszegyiijtott kozlemenyek [Collected papers] Reports. 1: 1927- BUDAPEST, Hungary. Magyar Rontgen-Tar- sasag, 1923- Magvar rontgen kozlony. v.l, 1927- BUDAPEST, Hungary. Orvosi tovabbkepzes kbzponti bizottsaga, 1910- Orvoskepzes. v.22, 1932- BUDAPEST, Hungary. Stephania National Association. Report on the activities of ... 1928-34. BUDAPEST, Hungary. Szekesfovaros Statiszti- kai Hivatala. A fovaros polgari nepesseg^nek szocialis es gazdasagi viszonyai; Illyefalvi I. Lajos. 1119p. roy.8? Budap., Szekesfovaros Stat. Hiv., 1935. ---- Budapest szekesfovaros statisztikai es kozigazgatasi evkonyve. 5.-20., 1902-32. ■---- Budapest szekesfovaros statisztikai ha- vifiizetei (Monatshefte) 50., 1922- ---- Wochenausweise. 1922-26. [Incomplete] BUDAPEST, Hungary. Illyefalvi, I. L. A szekesfovaros multja es jelene grafikus abrazolasban. 200p. obi. 8? Budapest, 1933. . Breihundertjahrfeier der Budapester Universitat Mschr. ungar Med , 1934,8:39; 1935,9:37-Entwicklung(Die) der Alters- gltederung von Budapest in den Jahren 1880 bis 1930. Reichs- lesundhbl, 1935, 10: 119-21.-Grosz, E. Dreihuadert Jahre BudaDester Univers tat. Deut. Aerzte Ztg, 1933, 8. no.385, 1935 no 423 -Gybry, T. Die ersten Jahre der medizinischen Fakultat in Nagylzombat (Tyrnau) Sudhoffs Arch, 1932, 25T 214-48^-Keller, K. [Activity of the Physiotherapeutic Institute of S. Stephen Hospital during 1912] Furdo- & vizgyo- gvaszat 1913, 37-9 -Kenyeres, B. Begriissungsworte an unsere anslfndischen Giiste' Orv. hetil, 1935, 79: 1035-40.-Loo: Albert-Policlinicl Budapesti orv. ujs, 1935, 33. 95.--.racn, n. memundert Jahre Pazmany P«ter-Universitat Wie.i. med Wschr 1935 85: 309.—Tercentenary (The) of tne university oi Budapest. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 106: 553. BUD AY, Kalman, 1863- For Festschrift see Beitr P**. A^V.1?^9* P°rt For biography see Orv. hetil, 1933, 77. 1080. BUDBERG, Roger, 1867- Bilder aus der Zeit der Lungenpest-Epidemien in der Mand- schurei, 1910, 1911 & 1921. 312p. 8. Hamb., C. Behre, 1923. BUDD, William, 1811-80. . . rw.ll E W. William Budd: the Bristol physician and BUDDEBERG, Hans, 1901- *Ueber den Finflnss der Digitalisstoffe Digitahn, Digitalige- Sn und Gitoxin auf biologische Oxydations- vorgange [Munster] 27p. 8? Quakenbruck' C. Trute, 1933. BUDDENBROCK, Wolfgang von, 1884- Grundriss der vergleichenden Physiologie. l.Teil. Sinnesorgane und Nervensystem. 276p. roy.8? Berl., Gebr. Borntraeger, 1924. ---- The same. 3.Teil. Ernahrung, innere Sekretion, Exkretion, Blutkreislauf. p.525-830. roy.8? Berl., Borntraeger, 1928. ---- Bilder aus der Geschichte der biologi- schen Grundprobleme. 3p.l. 158p. 8pl. 8? Berl., Gebr., Borntraeger, 1930. ---- Die Orientierung zu bestimmten Stellen im Raum (Wirbellose) p.1023-39. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. In 15. Bd 2.Halfte, Handb. norm. u. path. Physiol. (A. Bethe & G. von Bergmann) ---- Die Welt der Sinne; eine gemein- verstandliche Einfuhrung in die Sinnesphysi- ologie. 3p.l. 181p. illus. 12? Berl., J. Springer, 1932. See also Arbeitsphysiologie II. 835-1545p. 8? Berl, 1931 — Gellhorn, Ernst, Asher, L, von Buddenbrock, W. [et al.l Lehr buch der allgemeinen Physiologie. 741p. 8? Lpz, 193L Also in 3.S3r— Bracken, H. v, Buddenbrock, W. v. [et al.] Bewegung und Gleichgewicht Physiologie der kbrperlichen Arbeit I. 832p. 8? Berl, 1630. BUDDHA [and buddhism] Adam, L. Buddhastatuen, Ursprung und Formen der Buddhagestalt. 121p. 8? Stuttg., 1925. Stocker, A. La ntelancolie du Bouddha; essai de psychologie pathologique. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med, 1922, 16: 345-72 — Sun, J. T. Psychology in primitive Buddhism. Psychoanal. Rev, 1924, 11:39-47. BUDEIRI, Chalil. *De l'azotemie dans les fievres typhiques et paratyphiques. 19p. 8? Geneve, 1929. BUDEIMANN, Gunther, 1903- *Ueber Polypen und Polyposis des Dickdarms [Kiel] 59p. 8? Hamb., Gebr. Ludeking, 1928. BUDER, Ernst, 1890- *Sarkom der Oberkieferhohle [Freiburg] 38p. 8? Stuttg. M. Enzig, 1933. BUDER, Giinter, 1908- *Die pharma- kologischen Wirkungen des Hexyl-O-methoxy- phenylaethylamins und der entsprechenden Heptyl-undOctylderivate. lip. 8? Kiel, 1933. BUDGE, E[rnest] Aflfred] Thompon Wallis, 1857- Syrian anatomy, pathology and therapeutics; or, The book of medicines; the Syriac text, edited from a rare manuscript, with English translation. 2v. v-clxxviii, 2p.l. 612p.; v-xxv, 804p. 8? Lond., Oxford Univ. Press 1913. —— The book of the dead; the papyrus of Ani; a reproduction in facsimile, with hierogly- phic transcript, translation, and introduction. 3v. 8? N.Y., G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1913. ---- The mummy; a handbook of Egyptian funerary archaeology. 2.ed. xxiv, 513p. 33pl. 8? Cambr., Univ. Press, 1925. ---- The divine origin of the craft of the herbalist, xi, 96p. 8? Lond., Soc. of Herba- lists, 1928. BUDING, Elemer Stephan, 1904- *Zur Systematik' des Cardiazols [Giessen] 7p. 8? Lpz, F. C. W. Vogel, 1930. Also Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1930, 157: 143. BUDJEWATZ, Duschan M, 1900- *Sta- tistik iiber postoperative Venenthrombose und Lungenembolie [Heidelberg] 47p. 8? Wall- dorf b. Heidelb, F. Lamade, 1930. BUDLIGER, Johannes. *Die icterischen For- men der Encephalitis epidemica [Basel] 22p. 8? Luzern, Raber & cie, 1925. BUDNICK 1072 BUECKART BUDNICK, Paul, 1887- *Ein Fall vom Robertschen Becken. 24p. 2 1. 3pl. 8? Halle, Hohmann, 1914. BUDNICK, Thea, 1905- Untersuch- ungen iiber Blutdruck und Puis bei dosierter Arbeit und gymnastischen Uebungen [Mun- chen] 24p. 8? Kallmiinz, M. Lassleben, 1934. BUEBEN, Iwan. Die klinische Anwendung der Diathermie; mit einem Geleitwort von Universitatsprofessor Dr Bela v. Kelen. vii, 175p. 8? Lpz, J. A. Barth, 1926. BUECHERT, Kurt, 1890- *Das Zustands- bild der multiplen Sklerose bei Malaria tropica [Berlin] lip. 8? Wurzb, C. Kabitzsch, 1918. Also Beitr. klin. Infektkr, 1919, 7:1-11. BUECHI, Adolf. *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der multiplen, cartilaginaren Exostosen. 56p. 2pl. 8? [Ziir.] E. Marthaler, 1920. BUECHI [Alfred] Robert, 1888- ♦Ver- suche iiber das Lesen bei Expositionen in verschiedener Entfernung, mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der Frage des objektiven und subjektiven Lesetypus und der Einwirkung von Gefiihlen auf das tachistoskopische Lesen. 71p. 2 1. 8? Ziir, G. von Ostheim, 1913. BUECHIEIN des Harns [Also Biichlein der Artznei] 241. illus. 8? Strassburg, Heinrich Vogtherr, 1538. BUECHIEIN von der Liebe Gottes [Also: Spiegel der Kranken und sterbenden Menschen] 156 1. 32? Augsburg, Johann Schonsperger [Julv 26] 1498. BUECHLER, Coloman, 1909- *Assainisse- ment des eaux potables dans les grandes villes de Hongrie. 34p. 8? Par, M. Vigne, 1935. BUECHLER, Doris, 1904- * Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die Giftigkeit von Blei- weiss und Bleisulfat am Kaninchen mit be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung des roten Blutbildes und der BLispeicherung [Wurzburg] 18p. 8? Paderborn i. Westf, 1929. BUECHLER, Erich, 1889- *Ueber Sar- kome der Gebarmutteranhange von zylindroma- tosem Bau [Breslau] 26p. 8? Stuttg, 1919. BUECHLER, Hans. *Ueber das Vorkommen und das Verhalten virulenter Tuberkelbazillen in Abwassern; eine hygienische Studie der Abwasser von Lev.sin [Lausanne] 19p. 8? Wohlen, K. Meyer's Sohne, 1922. BUECHLER, Helene. *Cholesterin- und Li- poidbestimmungen im normalen und pathologi- schen Blutserum. 23p. 8? Ziir, 1928. BUECHNER, Franz, 1895- *Die His- tologie der peptischen Veranderungen und ihrer Beziehungen zum Magenkarzinom [Freiburg i. Br.] viii, 125p. 2pl. 8? [Jena, G. Fischer] 1927. Also Veroff. Kriegs-Konst.path, 1927, 4: H.18. - WEBER, Arthur, & HAAGER, Berthold, Koronarinfarkt und Koronarinsuffizienz in ver- gleichender elektrokardiographischer und mor- phologischer Untersuchung. 104p. illus. pi. diagrs. roy.8? Lpz, G. Thieme, 1935. BUECHNER, Friedrich Eugen Carl, 1908- *Die quantitative Katalasebestimmung des Hun- deblutes mit einer neuen, einfachen Methode. 48p. 8? Lpz, A. Edelmann, 1933. BUECHNER, Leopold, 1824-99. Metodi, W. Buchner, der Materialist. Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 867. BUECHNER, Walter, 1905- *Beitrag zur Feststellung latenter Oedeme an Schwangeren mit Hilfe des Kauffmannschen Diureseversuches [Freiburg i. Br.] 15p. 8? Grimma i. Sa, Winkler & Schulz [1932] BUECKART, Karl, 1905- *Ueber die Todesursache der Sauglinge in den ersten zehn Lebenstagen. 28p. 2ch. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1931. BUECKING-KOPFERMANN, Elisabeth, 1891- *Ueber unsere Erfahrungen mit Cupro Collargol-Heyden. 22p. 8? Erlangen, E. T. Jacob, 1929. BUEDEL, Otto, 1879- *Vergleichende histologische Untersuchungen iiber Gebirgsland- und Tieflandschilddriisen an Schlachttieren und Haustieren [Leipzig] 32p. 8? Freib. i. Br, A. Mehlhase, 1923. BUEDINGEN, Theodor, 1869-1927. Winternitz, H. Nekrolog. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 1741. BUEECHL, Cornel [Cornelius] 1909- *Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Sporotrichose. 15p 8? Miinch, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1933. BUEEL, Ernst Sulger. *Ueber maligne Tumo- ren bei Geisteskranken [Zurich] 14p. 8? Berl, W. deGruyter & Co, 1924. BUEGGE, Gustav, 1901- *Die rationell- empirischen Elemente der Geburtshilfe bei den Naturvolkern [Freiburg i. Br.] 75p. 8? [Stettin, 1930] BUEHLER, Charlotte, 1893- * Ueber Ge- dankenentstehung; experimentelle Untersuchun- gen zur Denkpsychologie. 201p. 8? Lpz, J. A. Barth, 1918. ---- Das Seelenleben des Jugendlichen; Versuch einer Analyse und Theorie der psychi- schen Pubertat. vi, 103p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1922. ---- The first year of life; transl. by Pearl Greenberg and Rowenz Ripin. x, 281p. 8? N.Y, J. Day Co. [1930] ---- From birth to maturity; an outline of the psychological development of the child. xiv, 237p. illus. pi. tab. ch. 8? Lond, K. Paul, &c, 1935. BUEHLER, Ernst, 1910- *Ueber Brauch- barkeit des sogenannten Hollunder-Aetzstoffs als Pulpendevitalisationsmittel. 22p. 6tab. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1933. BUEHLER, Ezra Christian. Free medical care, socialized medicine. viii, 360p. 8? N.Y, Noble & Noble [1935] Vol. 2 Debater's help book. BUEHLER, Friedrich, 1906- *Zur bio- logischen Wertbestimmung der Analgetica und ihrer Kombinationen [Breslau] 8p. 8? Lpz, F. C. W. Vogel, 1930. Also Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1930, 158: 247-53. BUEHLER, Fritz, 1906- * Vergleich zwi- schen der Muller-Ballungsreaktion I und II mit der Wassermann- und Sachs-Georgi-Reaktion [Tubingen] 15p. 8? Schramberg (Wurttemb.) Gatzer & Hahn, 1931. BUEHLER, Gerhard, 1904- *Die Ver- wendung des Porzellans in der Zahnheilkunde. 54p. 8? Heidelb, T. Keller, 1933. BUEHLER, Karl, 1879- Die geistige Ent- wicklung des Kindes. 2.Aufl. xvi, 463p. pi. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1921. ----[The same] The mental development of the child; a summary of modern psychological theorv. xi, 170p. 3pl. 8? Lond, K. Paul, &c, 1930. BUEHLMANN, Jost. *Beitrag zur Ge- schichte der Vieliseuchen, speziell der Maul- und Klauenseuche in der Schweiz [Zurich] 350p. 2ch. 8? Sursee, J. Kung, 1916. BUEHLMANN, Karl Maximilian, 1908- *Die Haufigkeit der Komplikationen bei der BUEHLMANN 1073 BUENO Gonorrhoe des Mannes [Munchen] 23p. 8? Burghausen, 1931. BUEHLMANN, Leo. *Histologische Unter- suchungen der Zahne und Knochen in einer Dermoidzvste. 28p. llpl. 8? Zur, 1927. Also Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh, 1927, 37: BUEHLMANN, Rudolf, 1902- *Gastro- ptose und ihre erfolgreiche Behandlung durch vordere Magenraffung nach Pust. 44p. 2pl. 8? Ziir, Gebr. Leemann & Co, 1934. BUEHN, Max, 1909- *Ueber die Anwen- dung des Larocain als Oberfiachenanasthetikum in der Zahnheilkunde. lip. 2 1. 8? Heidelb, 1932. BUEHNER, Edda, 1902- *Bauchnarben- briiche nach Gallensteinoperationen; Statistik uber 954 Falle vom Jahr 1922-26 [Heidelberg] 15p. 8? Gorlitz, 1928. BUEHNER, Ernst [Adalbert] 1905- *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der sogenannten Aycrza- schen Krankheit (Cardiaques noirs) [Leipzig] 42p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. Thur, A. Oberreuter] 1929. BUEHNER, Eustach, 1885- *Ueber Hy- dramnion in Verbindung mit Hydrops foetus [Munchen] 54p. 8? Wiirzb, J. Meixner, 1914. BUEHNER, Franz, 1903- *Die gerichts- arztliche Bedeutung des Todes durch elektri- schen Strom [Munster, Westf.] 33p. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1929. BUEHRER, Carl Ernst, 1889- * Ueber einen Fall von amniotischer Amputation. 29p 8? Berl, H. Blanke, 1914. BUELBRING, Edith, 1903- *Ueber das bosartige Neuroblastom des Sympathikus [Bonn] 18p. 8? Berl, J. Springer, 1928. Also Virchows Arch, 1928, 268: BUELL, Alfred [Bruno Georg] 1890- *Ue- ber Struma ovarii [Berlin] 22p. 8? Stettin, Fischer & Schmidt, 1919. BUELLER, Georg, 1888- *Die Nachbe- handlung des Hirnabszesses mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Kleinhirnabszesses [Er- langen] 43p. 8? Lpz, F. C. W. Vogel, 1915. BUELOW, Anna Sophie von, 1894- *Zur Kenntnis des Krankheitsbildes der Polycythe- mic 29p. 8? Berl, E. Ebering, 1930. BUELOW [Johann Friedrich] Wilhelm von, 1896- *Ueber die Wirkung einiger narben- losender Mittel auf Narben und peritoneale Adhasionen. 44p. 8? Konigsb. Pr, J. Raabe, 1926. BUELOW, Margarete [Anna Christine] 1902- *Ueber das Flugelpigment der Pieriden. 47p. 8? Miinch, 1928. BUELOW, Wolfgang, 1909- *Die Symp- tome der chronischen Encephalitis hinsichthch der Haufigkeit ihres Auftretens in den Jahren 1928-29. 23p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1931. BUELTE, Otto, 1900- *Erfahrungen mit der Chinidin-Therapie bei der Arhythmia per- petua. 15p. 8? Wurzb, 1930. mrRTVffiER THermannl Julius, 1887- *Zur Lehre des sogenannten Plasmacytoms [Halle] 49p pi. 8? Borna-Lpz, R. Noske, 1914. BUENGER, Joseph [Albert] 1904- *Ueber Spondylosis deformans in Vorpommern. 16p. 8° Greifswald, H. Adler, 1933. BUENGNER, Mia von, 1900- Unter- suchungen iiber die Zusammensetzung des menschlichen Fettgewebes [Marburg] p. 147- 66 8° Berl, J. Springer, 1929. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1929, 67: 21767—vol. 2, 4th series---68 BUENO, Gustavo. La genesis del cancer y la lucha por la vida; exploraciones biol6gicas. 118p. 12? Zaragoza, Gamb6n, 1932. BUENO, Santiago, 1893- *La prophy- laxie du paludisme a Cuba. 57p. 8? Par, Edit. Jel, 1934. BUENOS Aires (City) Centro de investiga- ciones tisiologicas. Anales. B. Air, v.l, 1934-35. BUENOS Aires (City) Circulo medico argen- tino y Centro estudiantes de medicina, *1875- Revista. 4.-5, 1905-6; 27, 1927. BUENOS Aires (City) Clinica del profesor Pedro Escudero. Trabajos y publicaciones. B. Air, v.4, 1930. BUENOS Aires (City) Direccion general de estadistica municipal. Revista de estadistica municipal, v.11, 1897- 1929 not published. BUENOS Aires (City) Instituto de clinica quirurgica. Boletin. v.l, 1925- BUENOS Aires (City) Instituto de criminologia de la penitenciaria nacional. Revista de crimi- nologia, psiquiatria y medicina legal, v.7, 1920- BUENOS Aires (City) Instituto de medicina experimental para el estudio y tratamiento del cancer. Boletin. v.l, 1924- BUENOS Aires (City) Instituto modelo de clinica medica. Anales. v.l, 1914; v.6, 1921; v.12, 1931; v.16, 1935. BUENOS Aires (City) Instituto psicopedago- gico para ninos nerviosos. Clinica psicopeda- g6gica. v. 1-3, 1923-25. BUENOS Aires (City) Sociedad de higiene y microbiologia. Revista (monthly) v. 1, no. 1, 1925. BUENOS Aires (City) Sociedad de medicina interna. Revista. v. 1.-2, 1925-26. BUENOS Aires (City) Sociedad de medicina legal y toxicologia. Archivos de medicina. v. 1, 1932- BUENOS Aires (City) Sociedad de medicina veterinaria. Revista. v. 17, 1935. BUENOS Aires (City) Sociedad suiza de gimnasia. Aniversario. 1885-1935. 98p. 4? B. Air, 1935. BUENOS Aires (City) Universidad nacional de Buenos Aires. Revista. No. 139-150, 1918-21. No. 143 missing. BUENOS Aires, Argentina. Buenos Aires through four centuries. Bull. Panamer. Union, 1936, 70: 384-91.—Herzfeld, R. El agua potable en la ciudad de Buenos Aires; explication sucinta del sistema de filtration y depuration del agua tomada del Rio de la Plata, para distribuirla en la ciudad de Buenos Aires. Bol. Cons. nac. hig, Montev, 1930, 24: 395-400.—Hospitales (Los) de Buenos Aires. Siglo nted, 1926, 77: 178-80. BUENOS Aires (Province) Direccion general de estadistica. Boletin. La Plata, v. 1-23, 1900-22. Incomplete. BUENOS Aires (Province) Ministerio de obras publicas de la Provincia. Atlas sanitario. La Plata, 1923. BUENTE, H, & MORAL, H. Die Leitungs- anasthesie im Ober- und Unterkiefer. 78p. 2pl. 8? Berl, H. Meusser, 1915. Forms H.5, Abh. klin. Zahnh. BUERCHER, Joseph, 1905- *Beitrag zur Frage der Entstehung und Haufigkeit des sub- cutanen Emphysems bei Rippenfrakturen [Zu- rich] p.275-86. 8? Wurzb, H. Sturtz, 1932. BUERCHLER 1074 BUERKLEN BUERCHLER, Ernst. *Ueber ungewohnliche Falle von Encephalitis epidemica [Zurich] 48p. 8? Ansbach, C. Briigel & Sohn, 1921. BUERCKSTUEMMER, Friedrich, 1906- *Ueber drei Falle von svstematisierter Psoriasis vulgaris [Erlangen] 20p. 8? Dresd, R. Risse, 1935. BUERGER, Leo, 1879- The circulatory disturbances of the extremities, including gan- grene, vasomotor, and trophic disorders, xiii, 628p. 4pl. roy.8? Phila, 1924. BUERGER, Max Theodor Ferdinand, 1885- Pathologisch-physiologische Propiideutik; eine Einfuhrung in die pathologische Physiologie fiir Studierende und Aerzte. viii, 342p. rov.8? Berl, J. Springer, 1924. See also Brigl, Percy, Burger, Max [et al.l Methoden zur Untersuchung des Harnes. 1082p. 8? Berl, 1931. Forms Abt.4, Teil 5, 1.Halfte, Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) BUERGER, Willy, 1908- *Ueber den Funktionswert des Liickengebisses und der Plat- tenprothesen [Tubingen] 74p. 8? Marbach a. Neckar, A. Remppis, 1932. BUERGER-PRINZ, Hans, 1897- Die begin- nende Paralyse. 86p. 8? Berl, J. Springer, 1931. Forms H.60, Monogr. Neur. Psychiat, Berl. BUERGER'S disease. See Extremities, Gangrene; Thromboangitis obliterans. BUERGI, Emil, 1872- Das Chlorophyl als Pharmakon. 3p.l. 84p. 28illus. 8? Lpz, G. Thieme, 1932. See also Festschrift, Herrn Prof. Dr Emil Biirgi in Bern zu seinem 25- jahrigen Professorenjubilaum gewidmet von seinen Schiilern und Freunden. 423p. 8° Basel, 1932. BUERGI, Kuno, 1908- *Hamoglobin- werte der zurcherischen Bevolkerung nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Technik der Hamoglobin- bestimmung [Zurich] 38p. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & Co, 1933. BUERGI, Moritz, 1878-1932. Fluckiger. Nekrolog. Schweiz. Arch. Tierh, 1932, 74: 111-8, port. BUERING, August. *Ist die direkte Euterer- nahrung des tierischen Sauglings der Darreichung abgedriickter Muttermilch iiberlegen? 23p. 8? Rostock, 1932. BUERK, Walter, 1905- *Gesundheitsge- fahrdung und Blutschaden durch gasformige Motorenbetriebsstoffe und ihre Verbrennungs- gase. 32p. 8? Freib. i. Br, R. Rebholz [1933] BUERKEL, Helene, 1901- *Ueber das Vorkommen von Cholesterin im- normalen und pathologischen Stuhl. 27p. 8? Ziir, J. H. Meier, 1931. BUERKI, Fritz. *Ueber Myodysgenese; eine Ursache des weissen Fleisches bei Kalbern [Bern] 20p. 8? Berl, G. Reimer, 1910. BUERKLE, Erich, 1906- *Die Beschaffen- heit der tubinger Milch [Tubingen] 27p. 8? Ulm-Donau, 1932. BUERKLE, Kurt, 1909- *Bauchdeckenen- dometriose im Anschluss an eine Ventrosuspen- sio uteri. 21p. 8? Miinch, 1933. BUERKLE-DE la Camp, Heinz, 1895- See Steffan, Paul, 1885- Handbuch der Blutgruppen- kunde. 669p. 8? Miinch, 1932. BUERKLEN, Karl. Blindenpsychology. 2p.l. 334p. 8? Lpz, A. Barth, 1924. ---- Touch reading of the blind; also minor articles on the psychology of blindness by Paul Grasemann, Ludwig Cohn, Wilhelm Steinberg; transl. by Frieda Kiefer Merry, p.l. 81p. i illus. pi. diagrs. 8? N.Y, Am. Found, for the Blind, 1932. BUERKMANN [Adam Philipp] Albert, 1891- *Ein Fall von Struma congenita permagna. 22p. pi. 8? Marb, J. Hamel, 1920. BUERKNER, Inga, 1905- *Ueber rezi- divierende Ruckenmarkstumoren [Konigsberg i. Pr.] p.167-82. 8? Berl, J. Springer, 1930. Also Arch. Psychiat, Berl, 1930, 92: BUERLI, Julius. *Ueber eine ungewohnliche Nervenschussverletzung und iiber Nervenschuss- verletzungen iiberhaupt [Zurich] 103p. 8? Baden, A. Heller, 1918. BUESCH, Erich. *Ueber Acidosis bei Dia- betischen. 31p. 8? Bonn, 1921. BUESCH, Julius. *Experimentelle Unter- suchungen der Kontrakturerscheinungen des Skelettmuskels. 8p. 8? Zur, F. Weber [1927] BUESCH, Oscar, 1886- *Die Myom- operationen der Universitats-Frauenklinik zu Freiburg i. Br. vom 1 Marz 1908 bis zum 1 April 1912. 59p. 8? Freib. i. Br, Speyer & Kaerner, 1919. BUESCHEL, Martin [Heinrich Gottlob August 1887- *Ueber schmerzlose Geburtswehen [Heidelberg] 38p. 8? Coburg, F. Colbatzky, 1913. BUESCHER, Hermann. Grtin- und Gelbkreuz; spezielle Pathologie und Therapie der Korper- schadigungen durch die chemischen Kampfstoffe der Grtin kreuz- (Phosgen und Perchlorameisen- sauremethylester [Perstoff]) und der Gelbkreuz- Gruppe (Dichloraethylsulfid und /3-Chlorvinyl- arsindichlorid [Lewisit]) 199p. illus. diagrs. ch. roy.8? Hamb, R. Himmelheber & Co. 1932. BUESCHER, Julius [Christian] 1891- *Ue- ber psychogene Storungen bei Kriegsteilneh- mern [Kiel] 35p. 8? Berl, L. Schumacher, 1916. BUESING, Wilhelm [Joost Fritz Heinrich] 1890- *Zwei Beitrage zur Differential- diagnose der progressiven Paralyse. 17p. 8? Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1916. BUESS, Peter. *Sterblichkeit an Kindbett- fieber seit 1900 [Basel] 55p. 8? Stuttg, 1915. BUESSEMAKER, Bernd, 1908- *Die Beeinflussung der Thyreoidinkreatinurie durch Dijodtyrosin. lOp. 8? Weende-Gottingen, F. Pieper, 1935. BUESSOW, Hans, 1903- *Wachsugges- tion und Straftat [Greifswald] 40p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1929. BUETOW, Margarete, 1891- *Ueber die Erfolge der Rontgentherapie in 6 Fallen von Mediastinaltumoren. 37p. 8? Konigsb. i. Pr, O. Kummel, 1918. BUETOW [Otto] Bismarck [Kurt] 1888- *Beitrag zur akuten Nierenentziindung im Felde. 35p. 8? Berl, E. Ebering, 1916. BUETSCHLI, Otto, 1848-1920. Vorlesungen iiber vergleichende Anatomie. 4 v. 8? Berl. & Lpz, J. Springer, 1910-34. BUETTERLIN [Henri] 1882- Les mala- dies veneriennes; symptomes,traitement,moyens de preservation. 314p. 18? Par, Payot & cie, 1919. BUETTIKER, Isidor. *Spastische Sympto- menkomplexe nach elektrischen Unfallen nebst Bemerkungen iiber posttraumatische Riicken- marksliisionen im Allgemeinen [Basel] 23p 8? Strasb, 1926. BUETTNER, Adalbert, 1907- *Ueber i Eierstockgeschwiilste mit Vermannlichung (Ar- BUETTNER 1075 BUFFALO rhenoblastome R. Mever's) p. 452-82. 8? Gott, E. Grosse, 1932. Also Virchows Arch, 1932, 287: BUETTNER, Adolf, 1886- *Ueber das Eindringen von Fremdstoffen in die feineren Luftwege. 33p. 8? Heidelb, Rossier & Herbert, 1919. BUETTNER, Alfred, 1899- *Ein Beitrag zur Achsendrehung des Uterus myomatosus. 16p. 8? [Miinch, C. W. Rau] 1925. BUETTNER, Christian, 1901- *Ueber die Entwicklung des Hilfsschulwesens unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Erlanger Ver- haltnisse und mit eingehender Darstellung einer schweren Hor-Sprach-Storung bei dem 11)2 jahrigen Schiiler M. R. 79p. 8? Erlangen, Junge & Sohn, 1928. BUETTNER, Franz, 1903- *Ueber einen Fall von Varix venosus communicans regionis frontalis [Kiel] 14p. 8? Wurzb, K. Triltsch, 1932. BUETTNER, H[ans] E[dwin] *Untersuchungen iiber den Schwefelstoffwechsel [Habilitations- schrift] p.337-64. S? Berl, J. Springer, 1930. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1930, 72: BUETTNER, Herbert [Richard] *Magencolon- und Jejunumcolonfistel nach Gastroentero- stomie. 41p. 8? Halle, C. A. Kaemmerer & Co, 1914. BUETTNER, Karl August, 1899- *Ein Beitrag zur periarteriellen Sympathektomie [Munchen] 55p. 8? Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1926. BUETTNER, Paul, 1907- *Die Bezie- hungen der Wasserstoffionenkonzentration des Speichels und des Harns zu einander bei nor- malen und pathologischen Verhaltnissen. 40p. 8? Miinch, 1932. BUETTNER, Rudolf [Richard Johannes] 1889- *Ueber Echinokokkus im weiblichen Becken; im Anschluss an einen in der Frauen- klinik zu Rostock beobachteten Fall. 57p. 8? Rostock, Adlers Erben, 1915. BUETTNER, Wilhelm, 1905- *Zur Klinik, pathologischen Anatomie und Nosologic der aufsteigenden Lahmung (sogenannten Landry- schen Paralyse) p.279-317. 8? Lpz, A. Edelmann [1929] Also Mschr. Psychiat, 1930, 75: BUETTRICH, Rudolf, 1905- *Zur Kennt- nis der Svphilis der Mitralis [Leipzig] 14p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. Thur, A. Oberreuter] 1931. BUFAGIN. See also Anura, Venom. Kodama, K. Beitrage zur Pharmakologie^ von Senso, iiber Bufagin. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kioto, 1921-M, 4: Ml-14. _____ Einige Derivate des Bufagms. Ibid, 355-66—Vellard, J, & Miguelote Vianna, M. Pesquizas experimentaes sobre o veneno do sapo commum do Brasil (Bufo marmus Linn.) Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1931, 25: 1-46. BUFALINI, Maurizio, 1787-1875. „,.,.. Cecchetelli, T. [Biografia] Maurizio Bufalini. Policlinico, 1925, 32: sez prat, 1753°-Garin, G. [Biografia Sperimentale, 1924, 78: 377-406.-Giachetti, C. [Biografia] Riv. stor. sc. med, 1924,15:257-99. BUFANO, Michele. La fisiopatologia clinica e sperimentale della lipemia; prefazione del Pietro Rondoni. 3p.l. xiii, 294p. 2 1. 8. Milano, Soc. Ist. Edit. Scient, 1929. ____ La regolazione vegetativa del fegato e del pancreas, con riguardo alle anomalie e alle malattie del ricambio. 3p.l. 377p. roy.8. Roma, Fisiol. e med, 1932. BUFFALO. See also Barbone. Cameron, A. E. Notes on buffalo; anatomy, pathological conditions, and parasites. Vet. J, Lond, 1923, 79: 331-6. ----- Some further notes on buffalo. Ibid, 1924, 80: 413-7.— Colella, C, & Napoli, M. Sulla costituzione chimica della came di bufalo (Bos bubalus) Arch. sc. biol. Nap, 1929,13: 235-40.— Gromova, V. Ueber den Typus des Bison priscus Bojanus. Zool. Anz, 1932, 99: 207.—Parvulescu, V. Etude anatomique des os de la tSte et des dents du buffle; etude anatomique des os de la tete et des dents du boeuf de la race des steppes, vartetfi a longues cornes. Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1934, 7: 223.— Winogradow, P. P. Zur normalen Anatomie des Biiffels (Bos bubalus) Anat. Anz, 1931, 72: 241-4. BUFFALO, N.Y. Buffalo Eye and Ear In- firmary [incorporated in 1876] Annual report. 1, 1876; 5.-24, 1880-1900; 26, 1902. BUFFALO, N.Y. Buffalo General Hospital. Bulletin, v.1-7, 1923-29. Incomplete. ---- Report (annual) 7.-48, 1865-1907. Incomplete. BUFFALO, N.Y. Buffalo State Hospital [for- merly Buffalo State Asylum for the Insane] Annual report. 1.-54, 1871-1924. BUFFALO, N.Y. Bureau of Public Safety. Annual report of the director. 1924-25. BUFFALO, N.Y. Children's Hospital, 1892- Annual report. 1.-8,1892-1900. BUFFALO, N.Y. Children's Hospital Aid As- sociation. Children's Hospital Aid Association cook book. 320p. illus. 8? [Buffalo, 1936] BUFFALO, N.Y. Department of Health. An- nual report. 1886; 1904- ---- Monthly report. 1893-1904. ----Sanitary bulletin (monthly) v.l 14, n.s, 1908-21; also v.15-24, 1922-31. Incomplete. BUFFALO, N.Y. Medical Society of the County of Erie. Bulletin, v.7, no.9, 1930. BUFFALO, N.Y. Providence Retreat. Annual report. 34.-35, 1895-1900. BUFFALO, N.Y. Society of Natural Sciences, 1861- Bulletin, v.10, no.l, 1910. BUFFAM, William Henry, 1877-1918. Obituary. Boston M.&S.J, 1921, 185: 548. BUFFER. See under Acid-base equilibrium. BUFFET, Charles. Contribution a, l'etude des souffles jugulaires dits anemiques. 48p. 8? Par, 1920. BUFFINGTON, Ralph M, 1880-1933. [Obituary] Vet. Bull, Wash, 1933, 27: 208. BUFFUM, Joseph Howard, 1849- Man- ual of the essentials of diseases of the eye and ear. 315p. 8pl. 12? Chic, Gross & Delbridge Co, 1896. ---- ALS0 2.ed. 315p. 8pl. Hal- sey Bros. Co, 1901. ---- & WARREN, Ira. Household physician. 1434p. 4? Bost, Physician's Pub. Co, 1905. BUFNOIR, Paul, 1904- *Les arthrodeses de la hanche dans les coxalgies. 109p. 9pl. 8? Par, 1933. BUFO. See Anura, Bufonidae. BUFORD, George Gillespie, 1854-1926. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1926, 87: 507. BUGARSKY-ILITSCH, Zorica. *Beitrage zur Entwicklung des Panzers bei den Gurteltieren [Bern] 41p. 3pl. 8? Ziir, J. J. Meier, 1914. BUGG, Eugene Gower. An experimental study of factors influencing consonance judgments. lOOp. 8? Princeton, N.J, Psychol. Rev. Co, 1933. Forms no.2, v.45, Psychol. Monogr, Princeton. BUHAHYLYHA 1076 BUILDING BUHAHYLYHA. See Abu 'Ali Yahya Ibn 'Isa Ibn Jazla. BUHEITEL, Johannes [Karl Hermann] 1898- *Untersuchungen iiber den Bilirubingehalt des menschlichen Blutserums und Resistenzbestim- mungen der roten Blutkorperchen bei Icterus. 7p. 8? [Lpz, 1922] BUHL, Friedrich [Hermann] 1889- *Zitt- mannkuren bei svphilitischen Erkrankungen der Sehbahnen. 32p\ 8? Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1914. BUHL, Paul, 1907- *Der epidemiolo- gische Charakter des Schweissfriesels und seine Beziehung zu anderen Infektions- und Nerven- krankheiten [Wurzburg] 32p. 8? Ochsenfurt- Main, Fritz & Rappert, 1933. BUHLAN, Helmuth, 1903- tierexperi- mentelle Untersuchungen iiber die blutzucker- senkende Wirkung des Hersfelder Lullusbrun- nens. 16p. 8? Marb, J. A. Koch, 1935. BUHLER, Yves Edgar, 1891- *Les throm- boses obliterantes de l'oreillette gauche. 114p. 8? Par, 1925. BUHRE, Gerhard [Viktor Wilhelm] 1892- *Die Leitungsanasthesie bei Operationen in der Bauchhohle und die Unterbrechung der Nn. splachnici. 77p. 8? Lpz, E. Lehmann, 1920. BUHRE, Karl Bertil, 1863-1930. HeUstrbm, N. [Obituary] Hygiea, Stockh, 1930, 92: 657-65, port—Tornell, G. [Obituaryl Sven. lak. tidn, 1930, 27: 817-9. BUHSS, Alwin, 1906- *Ueber das Blut- bild beim Serumexanthem [Berlin] 22p. 8? Bochum-Langendreer, H. Poppinghaus, 1932. BUHTZ, Herbert, 1911- *Cheilitis glan- dularis apostematosa (Baelz'sche Krankheit) 26p. 8? Freib. i. Br, K. Henn, 1933. BUHTZ, Rudolf, 1907- *Ueber die ha- bituelle Luxation und Subluxation des Unter- kiefers und das Schlottergelenk; unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Therapie. 30p. 8? Marb, H. Bauer, 1931. BUICE, William Alfred. Health science and health education for college students and teach- ers in training, xxi, 345p. pi. roy.8? N.Y, J. Wiley & Sons, 1929. BUIE, Louis Arthur, 1890- Proctoscopic examination and the treatment of hemorrhoids and anal pruritus, p.l. 178p. 8? Phila, W. B. Saunders Co, 1931. See also Rankin, Fred Wharton, Bargen, Jacob Arnold, & Buie, L. A. The colon, rectum and anus. 846p. 8! Phila, 1932. BUILDERS of American medicine; being a col- lection of original papers read before the Victor C. Vaughan Society of the University of Michigan Medical School, vii, 243p. 8? Ann Arb, G. Wahr, 1932. BUILDING. See also Air, Purification and conditioning; Architecture; Cleanliness; Heating; Housing; Lighting; Plumbing; Sanitation; Sewage, Dis- posal; Ventilation; Water supply; also names of special buildings as Hospital; &c. \tkinson, W. The orientation of buildings or planning for sunlight. 139p. 8? N.Y, 1912. Fletcher, Sir B. F, & Fletcher, H. P. Architectural hygiene; or, Sanitary science as applied to buildings; a text-book for architects, surveyors, engineers, medical officers of health, sanitarv inspectors and students. 5.ed. 6p.l, 284p. "12? Lond, 1921. Gerhard, W. P. Sanitation of public build- ings. 262p. 8°. N.Y, 1907. Hool, G. A, & Johnson, N. C. Concrete engineer handbook, data for the design and con- struction of plain and reinforced concrete struc- tures [etc.] 885p. 8? N.Y, 1918. Kidder, F. E. The architects' and builders' pocket-book. 16.ed. 1816p. 12? N. Y, 1916. Larrain Brava, R. La higiene aplicada en las construcciones (alcantarillado, ague potable, saneamiento, calefecci6n, ventilacion, etc.) 3v. 4° Santiago de Chile, 1909-10. Schachxer, R. Gesundheitstechnik im Haus- bau. 437p. 8? Miinch, 1926. Seaton, R. A. Concrete construction for rural communities. 2.ed. 223p. 8? N.Y, 1918. Swinson, E. T. The sanitation of building. 465p. 8? Lond, 1928. Timmermann, G. *Ueber bakterientotende Boden- und Wandbekleidungen [Tubingen] 25p. 8? Borna, 1931. Althoff. Vereinfachungen in der Planting und Ausfiihrung von Wohnungsbauten. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1927, 50: 393-8.— Bernstein, H. Aussenmauern mit innerer Isolierwand und dazwischen angeordneter Luftschicht. Ibid, 370-4. ----- Wirkung ruhender Luftschichten im Mauerwerk. Ibid, 455-7.—Bloom, S. C. Cooling and humidifying of buildings. Tr. Am. Soc. Heat. Ventil. Engin, 1929, 35: 309-18.—Bock. Zur Abiinderung des Sachsischen Allgemeinen Baugesetzes. Techn. Gemeindebl, 1926-27, 29: 49-51.—Brown, W. S. Some principles governing the proper utilization of the light of day in roof fenestration. Tr. Illumin. Engin. Soc, 1924, 19: 269-89.— Cajar, R. Ueber den gegenwartigen Stand der Stahlhausbau- technik. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1927, 50: 401-5.—Cammerer, J. S, & Diirhammer, W. Ueber den Durchgang von Luftschall durch Massivwande und Wiinde mit Luftraumen. Ibid, 1934, 57: 556-62.—Conservation through insulation. Quartermast. Rev, 1936, 15: 15: 67.—Corrosion of lead in buildings. Analyst, Lond, 1935, GO: 321-3.—Crova, B. Architettura novecento e igiene. Difesa sociale, 1935,14:136; 276; 418— Daley, W. A. The sanitation of places of public entertainment. J.R. San. Inst, Lond, 1922-23, 43: 34-42.—Delattre, M. La construction iso- thermique a ossature ntetallique; une application de la technique nouvelle. Riv. internaz. ingegn. san, 1933-34, 1: 11-8.—Bo- nitsch, M. V, & Aranovsky, S. M. [Slag, beton-slag and slag- brick, as building material, used in new workers' villages] Vrach. dielo, 1926, 9: 1198-200. -----• [Blast-furnace slags as material for home-buildings in villagesl Ibid., 1927,10:1494-8.— Drury, B. W. Soundproof rooms. Laryngoscope, 1928, 38: 472-83.—Duisburger. Neue Baustoffe fiir den Auf- und Ausbau. Umschau, 1927, 31: 921-7.—Eisenberg, K. B. Untersuchungen iiber die Schalldampfung durch Baumaterialien; eine Methode zur Messung der Durchlassigkeit von Baumaterialien fiir Luft- schall. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1928, 51: 42.----- Versuche iiber die Schalldurchlassigkeit von Baumaterialien fiir Luft- schall. Ibid, 107-11.—Fischer, F. W. Flachenaufteilungsplane. Techn. Gemeindebl, 1925-26, 28: 267-9—Flasdieck, F. H. Untersuchungen iiber die warmeabdaminende Wirkung flacher Dacher. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1935, 58: 249-54.— Giudice, A. L'igiene nell' architettura moderna. Ann. igiene, 1932, 42: 618- 25.—Goodacre, E. J. Concrete house at Gosport. J.R. San. Inst, Lond, 1926-27, 47: 265-77.—Hahn, M. Untersuchungen iiber dte Schalldampfung durch Baumaterialien. Gesundh. In- genieur, 1928, 51: 41.—Happe, H. Ueber waschbare und desin- fizierbare Lavarlactolanstriche. Ibid, 1927, 50: 809.—Hecker. Zum Entwurf einer Bauzonenordnung fiir Kleinstadt und Landgemeinde der Siedlungsabteilung der Westfalischen Bauberatungsstelle in Munster. Techn. Gemeindebl, 1926-27, 29: 143.—Hencky, K. Ueber die Vermeidung von Schwitz- wasser. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1917, 40: 485-7.—Hepburn, E. A. A neglected aspect of building construction. Health Bull, Melb, 1926, no.5, 149-52. -----• Common errors in the design and construction of public buildings. Ibid, 1927, no. 10, 295- 306.—Hertzner. Die technischen Einrichtungen im Hans- Sachs-Haus in Gelsenkirchen-Buer. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1928, 51: 833-40—Higbie, H. H, & Younglove, G. W. Daylighting from windows. Tr. Illumin. Engin. Soc, 1924, 19: 235-68 — Hirsch, M. Hausbewetterung; kiinstliche Regelung der Luft- beschaffenheit in Gebauderaumen. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1927, 50: 341.—Hbpfner. Einrichtung und Form stadtischer Regie im Baubetrieb. Techn. Gemeindebl, 1923-24, 26: 216-20 — Houghten, F. C, & Ingels, M. Infiltration through plastered and unplastered brick walls. J. Am. Soc. Heat. Ventil. Engin, 1927, 33: 249-58.—Janousek, A. Architecture rationelle et ses applications a l'hygiene. Riv. internaz. ingegn. san, 1933-34, 35-40.—Knoblauch, O, Reiher, H, & Knoblauch, H. Bestim- mung der Mauerfeuchtigkeit und des Schalldurchganges in der Versuchssiedlung Munchen. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1932, 55: 475.—Kollmann, F. Ueber die warmetechnischen Eigenschaften der Holzer. Ibid, 1934, 57: 224-7.—Krischer, O. Die Warme- aufnahme der Grundflachen nicht unterkellerter Raume (Kiihl- keller, Gewachshauser und dgl.) Ibid, 513-21.—Lacote, A. Des materiaux nouveaux et de leurs emplois dans l'habitation. Techn. san. mun. Par, 1933, 28: 328-33.—Lombardo, F. Studio sull' umidita dei muri delle abitazioni antisismiche. Igiene med, 1932, 25: 342-55.—Marchoux, E. La construction des maisons en hauteur; objections relatives a la note de M. Remlinger. Rev. BUILDING 1077 BUJEAUD hvg. Par, 1927, 48: 366-9.—Marks, L. B, & Woodwell, J. E. Planning for daylight and sunlight in buildings. Tr. Illumin- Engin. Soc, 1914, 9: 643-86.—Matschinsky, W. Ueber Konden. sation des Luftwasserdampfes in den die Gebauder&ume um- schliessenden Bauteilen und Bekampfung des Feuchtwerdens der Wande und Decken. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1927, 50: 122. ----- Ueber Kondensation des Luftwasserdampfes in den die Gebauderiiume umschliessenden Bauteilen und Bekampfung des Feuchtwerdens der Wande und Decken. Ibid, 369; 949. ----- Warmetechnische Ansichten tiber einige beschiitzende Gebaudeteile. Ibid, 1928, 51: 285-7.----- Ueber die Bekampfung der Feuchtigkeit in sehutzenden Gebaudeteilen. Ibid, 1931, 54:169-72—Michel, E. Schallschutz von Gebfiuden. Umschau, 1929, 33: 449-51.—Moormann. Zur Hausschwamm- frage. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1915, 38: 211-4.—Motzko, L. Wir- kung ruhender Luftschichten im Mauerwerk. Ibid, 1927, 50: 70-2.-----Der Warmeschutz in der Bauverordnung. Ibid, 411-3.—Muller, K. Warmewirtschaftliche Bewertung und Bemessung baulicher Anordnungen. Ibid, 1929, 52: 193; 214; 226.—Neri, F. Semplificazione nella determinazione del- l'umidita dei muri; nuova stufa per essicamento in aria calda stagnante. Igiene mod, 1914, 7: 337-46.—Neumann, E. Der Einfluss der Besonnung auf Richtung und Breite der Wohn- strassen. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1933, 56: 85-8.—Nussbaum, H. C. Untersuehungsergebnisse des Ziegelbaues. Arch. Hyg, Munch, 1928, 100: 165-73—Okaya, T, & Takeda, Y. Sur la penetrabilite de Pair au travers des Papiers-Shoji. Jap. J.M. Sc, 1932, 1: pt7, 77.—Piras, L. Sulle proprieta fisiche dei mat- toni crudi e di altri materiali di costruzione usati in Sardegna. Igiene mod, 1927, 20: 129-45.—Popp, A. Die gesundheits- technischen Einrichtungen in den Staatsbauten der Tiirkei. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1936, 59: 301-7.—Porter, H. J. F. Exit facilities. Proc. Nat. Safety Counc, 1913, 2: 40-6.—Raisch, E. Die Luftdurchiassigkeit von Baustoffen und Baukonstruktions- teilen. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1928, 51:481-9. -----ASteger, H. Die Luftdurchiassigkeit von Bau- und Warmeschutzstoffen. Ibid, 1934, 57: 553-6.—Remlinger, P. Note sur la construction des maisons en hauteur. Rev. hyg. Par, 1927, 49: 33; 541.— Robinson, T. Building by-laws in relation to the supervision of the erection of sanitary dwellings. San. Rec, Lond, 1910, n.s, 46: 503-5.—Schultze-Naumberg. Flaches oder geneigtes Dach? Umschau, 1927, 31: 668-70.—Sho-Kon Kaku. Infra-red reflection of building materials. Taiwan igakkai zasshi, 1933, 32: 71-8.—Stegemann, R. Rationelle Wandkonstruktionen. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1927, 50: 398-401.—Supfle, K. Ist die Lehre vom Luftkubus fiir Wohnraume wissenschaftlich noch vertret- bar? Ibid, 1937, 60: 1-3.—Tanon, L. Interdiction de construc- tion en bois a usage d'habitation. Ann. hyg. Par, 1935, n.s, 13: 373-6.—Voogd, J. G. de, & Wirtz, F. C. Betrachtungen iiber das Verhalten von Schornsteinaufsatzen bei Wind und Regen. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1936, 59: 605; 621.—Wagner-Speyer. Be- bauung von Bauliicken in stadtischen Strassen. Techn. Gemeindebl, 1924-25, 27: 75-8. BUINING, Deodo Jan. *Bloedgroepenonder- zoek in Nederlandsch Oost-Indie [Examination of blood-groups in the Dutch East-Indies] [Amsterdam] 158p. 8? Wageningen, H. Veen- man & Zonen,1932. BUI-QUANG, Louis, 1902- *Essai de traitement des adenopathies bacillaires par une toxinotherapie specifique. 35p. 8? Par, 1929. BUI Quang Chieu, Henriette, 1906- *Les phlebites de la gestation. 67p. 8? Par, 1934. BUISSON, Jean, 1895- *Contribution a l'etude des fibromes apres la menopause. lOOp. 8? Par, 1927. BTJISSON, Jean, 1896- *Les infusoires cilies du tube digestif de I'homme et des mammi- feres. 200p. 8? Par, 1923. BUISSON, Louis, 1900- *Traitement des ulceres chroniques de la jambe par la vaccino- therapie. 53p. 8? Par, 1929. BTJIST, John Brown, 1846-1915. Mackie, T. J. & van Rooyen, C. E. [Biography] Edin- burgh M.J, 1937, 44: 72-7, 2pl. BUIUM, Haimovici L, 1908- Contribu- tion a l'etude des encephalites aigues primitives chez l'enfant. 64p. 8? Strasb, Argentoratum, BUJANOVER, Simcha. *Alte Erstgebarende. 21p 8? Zur, J. J. Meier, 1921. BUJANOWER, Salman. *Die Behandlung der Placenta praevia durch Schnittentbindung. 25p. -h 8° [Basel] 1927. BUJARD, Efugene] 1861-1933. [Biography] Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1935, 55: 385-8, port. BUJEAUD, Louise, 1903- *Action du traitement conjugue arsenobismuthique sur les sero-rcactions de Hecht, de Khan, de Meinicke (M. T. R.) et de Vernes dans la syphilis primaire et secondaire. 81p. 8? Par, E. Le Francois, 1934. BUJEWATZ, Duschan M, 1900- *Sta- tistik iiber postoperative Venenthrombose und Lungenembolie [Heidelberg] 47p. 8? Wall- dorf b. Heidelb, F. Lamade, 1930. BUKH, Niels Ebbesen, 1880- Primary gymnastics; the basis of rational physical development; transl. from the 2. Danish ed. xii, 148p. pi. 8? Lond, Methuen & Co. [1925] —■— [The same] Fundamental gymnastics; the basis of rational physical development; transl. from the 2. Danish ed. xxiii, 202p. pi. tab. diagrs. 8? N.Y, E. P. Dutton [1928] For biography see Health, Chic, 1923, 3: no.10, 28 (W. Pangburn) BUKI, Margarete, 1886- *Beitrag zur Frage der praemortalen Stickstoffsteigerung. 56p. 8? Munch, Kastner & Callwey, 1917. BUKOFZER, Martin, 1902- *Der Einfluss der endokrinen Driisen auf das Zahnsystem. 32p. 8? Bresl. [F. Goldstein] 1928. BUKOVSKY, Jaroslav, 1867-1935. Perner, K. [Obituary] Cas. tek. Cesk, 1935, 74: 582, port. BUKY, Wolfgang, 1909- *Ueber das Basalfibroid mit zwei eigenen Fallen aus dem Sektionsmaterial des Pathologischen Institutes Heidelberg. 30p. 8? Heidelb, 1933. Mimeographed. BULACH, Marcus, 1887- *Jodausschei- dung nach Eingabe von Jodopyrin. 14p. 8? Giessen, A. Klein, 1926. BULART, Marcel Edouard, 1908- *Etude de la maladie gelatineuse du peritoine d'origine appendiculaire et son traitement. 43p. 8? Par, L. Arnette, 1934. BULAT, Jerko, 1904- *Heilung einer sympathischen Ophthalmie im Anschluss an ein Salvarsanexanthem. 16p. 8? Wiirzb, K. Roll, 1932. BULAT, Peter P. Christoph, 1888- *Die Schelten aus dem Tierreich im Slavischen [Munchen] 83p. 8? Zagreb, 1916. BULBOCAPNIN. See under Corydalis. BULBOURETHRAL gland. See Cowper's gland. BULCKE, Walter Julius, 1888- *Adrena- lin und die sympathische Innervation der Niere in ihrem Einfluss auf den Kochsalzstoffwechsel. 28p. 8? Konigsb. i. Pr, O. Kummel, 1917. BULGARIA. Direction generale de la statis- tique. Annuaire statistique du royaume. v.1-14, 1909-22;1926- ---- Bulletin statistique. v.l, 1908-9. ---- Mouvement de la population dans le royaume, 1901-4; 1907-9; 1911; pt 2, 1921-32. '---- Resultats generaux du recensement de la population. 1, 1905; 1926. ---- Statistique criminelle. 46, 1921; 55, 1930. BULGARIA. Glavna direktsiya na narodnoto zdravie [State Department of Public Health] Arkhiv [annual report] Sofia, v.l (with reference to the decade 1921-30) 1932. ---- Statistique des accidents du travail. (1931-33) 53p. 4? Sofia, 1926. BULGARIA BULGARIA [and Bulgarians] Ambrus, T. [Public hygiene in Bulgaria] Gyogyaszat, 1933, 73: 46.—Batschwarov, W. Ueber die Krankenhauser in Bulgarien. Deut. med. Wschr, 1936, 62: 74—Bayev, G. [Vital statistics of Kazanlik] Sovrlem. khig, Vidin, 1911, 5: 278-96.— Hoppe, E. M. Die Jiiriiken. Internat. Arch. Ethnogr, 1932-34, 32:185-7.—Kassner, C. Dte Bader und Luftkurorte Bulgariens. Zschr. wiss. Baderk, 1926-27, 1: 738-48.—Kostov, M. [Annual report for 1900 of the 6th Bdin. division hospital in Vrattsa] Med. naprted, Sofia, 1901, 2: 441; 510.—Mustakov, T. [Annual report for 1900 of the Silistra hospital] Ibid, 500-10 — Nedrigaylov, O. Les caracteres physiques des bulgares du Sud de 1'Ukraine. Anthropologie, Par, 1934-35, 44: 291-313 — Nenov, V. I. [Births and deaths in Vidin during 1910] Sovrlem. khig, Vidin, 1911, 5: 119-31—Nicev, M. [Bulgarian Society of physicians, their aims and achievements] Vest. fesk. lek, 1936, 48: 1089-93.—Vatev, S. [Report of the department of internal diseases of the Alexander Hospital for 1901] Med. napried, Sofia, 1902, 3: 256; 360. BULICH, Carl, 1904 *Ueber Krank- heitsdauer, Inkubationszeit und Verlauf bei senilen Paralvsen. 31 p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1931. BULIMIA. See Appetite, excessive. BULKLEY, Lucius Duncan, 1845-1928. Manual of diseases of the skin with an analysis of 20,000 consecutive cases and a formulary. 4.ed. xi, 362p. 16? N.Y, G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1898. ----Eczema with an analvsis of 8,000 cases of the disease. 3.ed. xii, 368p. 16? N.Y, G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1901. ---- Cancer and its non-surgical treatment. viii, 457p. 8? N.Y, W. Wood & Co, 1921. ---- Nurses manual of the skin in health and disease. 179p. illus. 8? Phila, W. B. Saun- ders Co, 1921. ----■ Cancer of the breast, with a study of 250 cases in private practice, x, 336p. 8? Phila, F. A. Davis Co, 1924. ----End results of the medical treatment of cancer, with a study of upwards of 800 cases in private practice, x, 490p. 8? [N.Y.] [1928] Also editor of Cancer, Phila, v.1-5, 1923-28. For biography see J. Am. M. Ass, 1928, 91: 264. Also Med. Life, 1928, 35: 399-404 (H. Goodman) BULKOWSTEIN, Itzko [Isaak] 1889- *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Wirkungen und Be- standteile der Hauhechelwurzel. 39p. 8? Ro- stock, Adlers Erben, 1914. BULL, Carroll Gideon, 1883-1931. Pritchett, I. W. (Obituary] J. Immun, Bait, 1932, 22: 245-9, port. BULL, Christian Rosing. *Experimentelle Studien iiber Knochentransplantation und Kno- chenregeneration. 105p. 8? Oslo, J. Dybwad, 1928. ----En klinisk og r0ntgenologisk studie over det kroniske mave- og duodenalsaars kirurgi [A clinical and roentgenological study on the surgical treatment of chronic gastric and duodenal ulcer] 213p. 8pl. 8? Oslo, Steenske Boktrykkeri J. Bj0rnstad, 1925. Suppl. to Norsk mag. laegevid, 1925, 86: BULL, Edward Isak Hambro, 1845-1925. Gade, F. G. Obituary. Norsk mag. laegevid, 1925, 86: 744. BULL, Henry B. The biochemistry of the lipids. 1271. roy.8? Minneapolis, Minn. Burgess Pub. Co, 1935. BULL, Henry Cecil Herbert, 1892- X-ray interpretation, xxxiv, 382p.l. illus. 8? Lond, Oxford Univ. Press, 1935. BULL, Raymond Cooley, 1882- , & THOMAS, Stanley. Notes on personal and social hygiene. 186p. 8? [Bethlehem, Pa, Bethle- hem Print. Co, 1925] BULL ----Freshman hygiene; personal and social problems of the college student, x, 288p. 8? Phila, J. B. Lippincott Co. [1926] BULL, Eichard Joseph, 1874-1927. Obituary. Med. J. Australia, 1927, 1: 838. BULL, Titus, 1871- Analysis of unusual experiences in healing relative to diseased minds and results of materialism foreshadowed, vii, 44p. 8? N.Y, J. H. Hyslop Found. [1932] ---- Nature, man and destiny, xi, 36p. 8? N.Y, J. H. Hyslop Found. [1933] ---- Man's great adventure, ix, 42p. 8? N.Y, J. H. Hyslop Found [1934] BULL, William, 1710-1791. Townsend, E. W. [Biography] Ann. M. Hist, 1935, 7: 311-22. BULL, William Perkins. From medicine man to medical man; a record of a century and a half of progress in health and sanitation as ex- emplified by developments in Peel, xviii, 457p. pi. ports, map. roy.8? Toronto, Canada, Perkins Bull Found. [1934] BULL, William Tillinghast, 1849-1909. Walker, J. B. Master surgeons of America. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1924, 39: 515-7, port. BULLA. See Blister; Skin, Diseases; also names of bullous diseases of skin as Pemphigus, &c. BULLARD, John Thornton, 1865-1927. Obituary. Boston M.&S.J, 1927, 196: 418. BULLARD, Robert Lee, 1861- Personali- ties and reminiscences of the war. x, 347p. 8? Garden City, N.Y, Doubleday Page & Co, 1925. BULLARD, William Norton, 1853-1931. Taylor, E. W. [Biography] Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1931, 57: 531-5, port. BULLE, Eduard. *Bericht iiber hundert Operationen in Plexusanasthesie. 36p. 8? Gott, W. F. Kaestner, 1919. BULLE, Hanna [Kathe Sophie] 1900- *Ueber Blasenfibroide [Jena] 27p. 8? Co- burg, 1929. BULLEIN, William, 1500-76. A newe Boke of Phisicke called ye Government of Health. 16p.l. 238p. port. 24? Lond, John Day, 1559. Medical (A) worthy of the Elizabethan Times. Med. J. & Rec, N.Y, 125: 273. BULLER, Frank, 1844-1905. Byers.W.G. Master surgeons of America. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1925,40: 439-43, port. [BULLER, Joseph] Thoughts of a physician [2.ser. of Evening thoughts] iv, 176p. 8? Lond, John Van Voorst, 1868. BULLERKOTTE, Heinrich, 1901- *Die Resultate der Pneumothoraxbehandlung der Lungentuberkulose an der medizinischen Klinik zu Wurzburg 1921-25. 20p. 8? Wiirzb, C. J. Becker, 1927. BULLET. See Projectile. BULLETIN ... For Bulletins of societies, institutions, and other corporate bodies see under localities or names of societies. BULLETIN of ambulant proctology. Youngs- town, Ohio, v.1-2, 1927-28. BULLETIN beige des sciences militaires (Etat-major general de l'armee) Brux, v.l, no.l 1931. BULLETIN biologique de la France et de la Belgique. Par, v.51, 1917- BULLETIN 1079 BULMER BULLETIN decadaire de statistique munici- pale (Direction de l'hygiene, etc, ville de Paris) Paris, v.l, 1920- BULLETIN of entomological research (Impe- rial bureau of entomology) Lond, v.l, 1910- BULLETIN general de therapeutic medicale, chirurgicale, obstetricale et pharmaceutique. Par, v.l, 1831- BULLETIN d'histologie appliquee a, la physio- logie et a la pathologie et de technique micro- scopique (Institut d'histologie de la faculty de medicine de Lyon) Lyon, v.l, 1924.- BULLETIN of hygiene (Bureau of hygiene and tropical diseases) Lond, v.l, 1926- BULLETIN d'hygiene (Department of health, citv of Montreal) Montreal, v.l, 1915- BULLETIN medical. Par, v.l, 1887- BULLETIN mensuel de la direction generale de la statistique. Sofia, v.l, 1908- BULLETIN of office practice. Youngstown, Ohio, v.7, 1933- BULLETIN d'otorhinolaryngologic et de broncho-esophagoscopie. Par, v.1-26, 1898- 1929. BULLETIN of pharmacy. Detr, Mich, v.1-42, 1887-1928. Incomplete. BULLETIN sanitaire. Montreal, v. 1-9, 1901-9; v.12, 1912- See also Quebec (Province) Provincial bureau d'hygiene in 4. ser. BULLETIN des sciences pharmacologiques. Par, v.l, 1899- BULLETIN statistique mensual de la ville de Strasbourg (Bureau municipal de statistique) Strasbourg, 1910- BULLETIN trimestriel (Office central de sta- tistique) Brux, v.20, 1934- BULLETTINO delle scienze. Bologna, Italy. v.l, 1829- See also Bologna, Italy. Societa medica chirurgica in 4.ser. BULLIER, Paul Alfred, 1904- *Re- cherches des sensibilisatrices dans le serum des ehiens atteints de maladie du jeune age [Alfort] 67p. S? Par, 1929. BULLINUS. See also Mollusca. Annandaie, N. Notes on the genera Bullinus and Physa in the Mediterranean basin (Mollusca pulmonata) Indian J.M. Res 1922 10- 482-91.— lefrou, G. Presence de Bullinus dubow- ski au Senegal; la diagnose des Bullinidae africains. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1933, 26: 1099-105. BULLOCH, John Malcolm, 1867- The centenarv of James Morison, the hygeist. 24p. pi. 8? "Aberdeen, Univ. Press, 1925. BULLOCH, William, 1868- Studies in pathologv, written bv alumni to celebrate the quatercentenary of the University of Aberdeen and the quarter-centenary of the chair of pathol- ogy therein, xxx, 412p. illus. pi. ports. diagrs. roy.8? Aberdeen, 1906. BULLOCK, Fred, 1878- The law relating to medical, dental and veterinary practice, xvi, 317p 8° Lond, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1929. —- Handbook for veterinary surgeons. 2 ed. xi, 190p. 8? Lond, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1930. BULLRICH, Rafael A. La medicina, los medicos y la critica. 3p.l. 120p. 12? B. Air, El Ateneo, 1930. BULMAN, Michael Waldo. Surgery and surgical nursing, viii, 372p. illus. 8? Lond, Faber & Faber, 1934, BULMER, Leonard C. A summary of corre- lated facts concerning undulant fever in humans and contagious abortion in animals, and the relationship of one to the other from the stand- point of transmission through meat and milk products. 2.ed. p.l. 66p. 8? Birmingham, Ala, 1930. BULTE, Charles, 1899- *Les sequelles diaphragmatiques des pleurisies gauches (etudes radiologiques) 67p. 2pl. 8? Par, 1926. BULWER, John, fl. 1654. Chirologia; or, The natural language of the hand. [14]1. 188p. illus. pi. 8? London, Th. Harper for Fr. Tyton, 1648. BUM, Anton, 1849-1925. Handbuch der Krankenpflege. 2.ed. viii, 392p. 8? Berl, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1922. For biography see Wien. med. Wschr, 1925, 75: 2043 (Kron- feld) BUMAN, Max M. de. *Ueber multiple Basal- zellenepitheliome der Rumpf haut (In einem Falle hemilateral gelegen, mit kontralateraler bindegewebiger Hvperplasie des Beines) [Basel] 13p. 8? Berl, J.~ Springer, 1922. Also Arch. Derm. Syph, Berl, 1922, 141: 212-24. BUMBA, Josef, 1894- See Amersbach, K, Bumba, J. [et al.] Die Krankheiten der Luftwege und der Mundhohle. 1385p. roy.8? Berl, 1929. BUMES, Josef, 1904- *Beziehungen zwi- schen Zahn- und Augenaffektionen [Munchen] 24p. 8? [Furth i. Wald, 1929] BUMKE, Erich, 1889- *Epitheliale Neu- bildungen im rektogenitalen Zwischengewebe beim Weibe, ein Beitrag zur Pathologie des Gartner'schen Ganges. 42p. 8? Berl, G. Reimer, 1914. BUMKE, Oswald, 1877- Lehrbuch der Geisteskrankheiten. 2.Aufl. xvi, 1176p. roy.8? Munch, J. F. Bergmann, 1924.---- Also 3.Aufl. xvi, 806p, 1929. See also Bandbuch der Geisteskrankheiten, bearb. von K. Beringer, K. Birnbaum [et al.] 12v. roy.8? Berl, J. Springer, 1928-32. Also in 5.ser, Birnbaum, K, Bumke, O. [et al.] Allgemeiner Teil. 732p. roy.8? Berl, 1928. ---- & FOERSTER, Otfrid, 1873- Hand- buch der Neurologie. 13v. in 14. illus. pi. diagrs. 8? Berl, J. Springer, 1935-36. BUMKE, Oswald, & KANT, F. Rausch- und Genussgifte. Giftsuchten. p.828-915. 8? Berl, 1936. Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl, 1936,13: BUMKE, Oswald, KOLB, G. [et al.] Hand- worterbuch der psychischen Hygiene und der psychiatrischen Fursorge. vi, 400p. 8? Berl, W'. de Gruyter & Co, 1931. BUMKE, Oswald, & KRAPF, E. Exogene Vergiftungen des Nervensystems. Vergiftungen durch anorganische und organische sowie durch pflanzliche, tierische und bakterielle Gifte. p.694-827. 8? Berl, 1936. Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl, 1936,13: BUMM, Erich. Die ausseren Abdominal- Hernien. vii, 331p. 234 illus. 8? Berl, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1931. BUMM, Ernst, 1858-1925. Operative Gyna- kologie. 1. Allg. Teil. 2p.l. 204p. 3pl. 4? Miinch, J. F. Bergmann, 1926. For biography see Ann. ostet. gin., 1925, 47: 359 (L. Mangia- galli) Also Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1924, 123: p.I-IV, port. (K. Franz) Also Arch, radiol. Nap, 1925, 1: 372-4 (R. Dyrov) Also Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 280 (F. von Mtiller) Also Hospitalstidende, 1925, 68: 118 (S. A. Gammeltoft) Also Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 150 (H. Sellheim) Also Mschr. Ge- burtsh. Gyn, 1924,68: 199, port. (A. Martin) Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 266, port. (K. Warnekros) Also Rev. med cir. Habana, 1925, 30:130 (A. Guerra) Also Vrach. gaz, 1925, 29: 115 (L. Kreevskii) Also Zbl. Gyn, 1925, 49: 177-88 (W. Stoeckel) BUMPUS 1080 BUNGE BUMPUS, Hermon Carey, 1888- , CREN- SHAW, John Lewis, & CLARK, Anson Luman. Minor surgerv of the urinary tract, p.l. 124p. illus. 8? Phila, W. B. Saunders Co, 1932. BUMSTEAD, Henry Andrews, 1870-1920. Page, L. Obituary. Am. J. Sc, 1921, 5.ser, 1: 469-76, port. BUNCE, Allen Hamilton, 1889- See Anderson, Donald Drysdale. The ready reference medi- cine and surgery monograph on malaria. 204p. 4? [Atlanta, 1930] BUNCE, Elmer Wayland. The Bunce-Kanouse full denture technic. ill, 86p. 8? Chic, 111, Res. Educ. Div. Coe Lab, 1929. BUNCK, Hans Gunther, 1906- *Ueber Luesbehandlung mit Solganal B. [Halle] 31p. 8? Borna-Lpz, R. Nosk, 1931. BUNDESEN, Herman Neils, 1882- What will vou tell your child and how? 20p. 12? Chief, 1923. ---- Our babies. 68p. 8? Chic, 1925. Forms no.43, v.19 of Chic. Dep. Health Week. Bull. ---- Before the baby comes, p.328-90. 8? Chic, Chicago School Sanitary Instr. [1926] Forms no.50, v.20 of Chic. Dep. Health Week. Bull. ---- The baby and you. p. 117-95. illus. 8? Chic, 1926. Forms no.17-30, v.20, of Chic. Dep. Health Week. Bull. ---- Your greatest wealth is health. 2p.l. vi, 184p. 8? Chic, Shrewesbury Pub. Co. [1928] BUNDLE-BRANCH block. See Heart block. BUNDLE of His. See Heart, Conductive system. BUNDSCHUH, Georg, 1888- *Ueber den angeborenen doppelseitigen Hochstand der Ska- pula. 39p. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt, 1914. BUNDSCHUH, Gustav, 1910- *Hygiene der Zahnbiirste! 19p. 8? Heidelb, 1933. ----& WATSON, Grace. Text-book of anat- omv and physiology for training schools and other educational institutions. 5.ed. xv, 442p. 8? Phila, P. Balkiston's Son & Co. [1923] BUNDY,. Elizabeth Roxana, & WEEDER, S. Dana. Text-book of anatomy and physiology for training schools and other educational in- stitutions. 6.ed. xiii, 446p. 8? Phila, P. Blakiston's Son & Co. [1930] BUNDY, Walter Ernest. The psychic health of Jesus, xviii, 299p. 8? N.Y, Macmillan Co, 1922. BUNEAU, Maurice, 1889- *L'anesthesie generale continue a distance par les voies res- piratoires. 56p. 8? Paris, 1920. BUNGARTZ, Willy, 1908- *Das Fullen der Zahne mit Porzellan; ein historischer Ueber- blick [Wurzburg] 44p. 8? Bottrop, W. Postberg, 1931. BUNGE, E. Ueber Homonvme Hemianopsie. 51p. pi. 8? Berl, S. Karger, 1928. Forms Hft 8, Abh. Augenh. BUNGE, Gustav von, 1844-1920. Die Alkohol- frage. 30p. 8? Basel, L. Reinhardt [189-?] Papers alcoh. quest, in Germany, Austria, &c. (F. L. Hoff- man) [18871-1910. For biography see Schweiz. med. Wschr, Basel, 1920, 50: 1192-4 (E. Abderhalden) BUNGE, Hanns, 1885- *Heilberufe und Kurierfreiheit, ihre rechtshistorische Entwick- lung vor und in der Gewerbeordnung 1869. 59p. 8? Wurzb, 1929. BUNGE, Paul, 1853-1926. Nekrolog1. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1926, 76: 564. BUNGE, Rolf, 1906- *Untersuchungen iiber die Reduktion anorganischer Halogen- verbindungen durch Magnesium bei Gegenwart von Aether [Bonn] 44p. 8? Bochum-Langen- dreer, H. Poppinghaus, 1933. BUNGER [Hermann] Julius, 1887- *Zur Lehre des sogenannten Plasmacvtoms [Halle] 48p. pi. 8? Borna-Lpz, R. Noske, 1914. BUNGERT, Wilhelm [Friedrich Ludwig Josef] 1890- *Ueber Schwimmhosennaevus [Miin- ster, Westf.] 40p. 2pl. 18? Meppen, W. Bernsen, 1928. BUNION. See under Hallux valgus. BUNKER, Henry Alden, 1889- See Freud, Sigmund. The problem of anxiety. 165p. 8? N.Y. [1936] BUNKER, John Wymond Miller, & TURNER, Clair Elsmere. Personal hygiene for nurses, adapted also to the use of students of physical education and other health specialists. 3p.l. 189p. 8? S. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co, 1924. — Also 2.ed. 210p. 3pl. 1929. BUNN, W. S. What to do until the doctor comes; a manual of instructions as to the proper method of managing cases of poisoning, sudden illness, accidents, &c. viii, 120p. 23pl. 16? Lawrence, Kansas, Journal Co, 1897. BUNNELL, Lafayette Houghton. [Biography] California West. M, 1925,23: 609—Kelly, H. A. Discoverer of the Yosemite. Ann. M. Hist, 1921, 3: 179-93. BUNNING, Caecilia [Katharinaj 1901- *Erkrankungen der Zunge und der Mundschleim- haut mit Ausnahme der Intoxikationen, der spezifischen Erkrankungen und der Tumoren [Berlin] p.117-36. 8? Charlottenb, Gebr. Hoffmann, 1932. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1932, 44: BUNOSTOMUM. See under Ancylostomidae. BUNSE, Adolf Wilhelm. *Zur Kasuistik der Nosocomialgangran. 16p. 8? Miinch, 1926. BUNSEN, Kathe [Gertrud] 1909- *Ist der Erfolg der Rontgen-Dauermenolyse abhangig von der Strahlendosis, von der Art der Erkran- kung und von dem Alter der Patientin? [Wiirz- burg] 13p. 8? Marktredwitz, O. Stolze [1934] BUNTING, Russell Welford. A text-book of oral pathology for students and practitioners of dentistry, xii, 495p. pi. 8? Phila, Lea & Febiger, 1929. BUNTING, Thomas Lowe, 1868-1925. McCracken, J, & Rytter, H. Obituary. Brit. M.J, Lond., 1925,1: 433; 537. Also Lancet, Lond, 1925,1: 571. BUNTS, Frank Emory, 1861-1928. [Biography] Cleveland Clin. Q, 1935,2: no.3, 3. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1932. 54: 973-94, port— C, G. W. [Obituary] Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, 1929, 47: 407-9. BUNZEL, Bessie. See Bublin, Louis Israel, & Bunzel, Bessie. To be, or not to be; a study of suicide. 443p. 8° N.Y, 1933. ----- Thou shalt not kill; a study of homicide in the U.S. 6p. 4? N.Y., 1935. BUNZELL, Herbert Horace, 1887- A comparison of soap-containing and soapless dentifrices in their effect on the reaction of saliva. 45p. sm.4? N.Y, 1923. —-— Curdling of the mucin in the saliva. 21p. roy.8? N.Y, 1924. ---- The comparative effect of mildly alka- line and acid (soapless) dentifrices and certain flavoring materials on the flow of saliva. 16p. roy.8? [N.Y.j 1924. BUOL 1081 BURCKHARDT BUOL, Florian, 1854-1924. Semadeni. Nekrolog. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1924, 54: 969. BUONO de Brito, R. *ContribuiQao ao estudo das mastoidites em S. Paulo; sua etiologia.; consideracoes sobre as oto -mastoidites por Strep- tococcus mucosus. 93p. 8? S. Paulo, 1932. BUOT, Henri Francois, 1908- Contribu- tion a l'6tude des aplasies costales. 47p. 8? Par, 1934. BUPHTHALMOS. See Glaucoma, congenital. BUQUET, Sophie, 1898- *La poradenite et son traitement. 63p. 8? Par, 1928. BUR, Albert Ludwig, 1890- *Beitrag zur Behandlung der Little'schen Krankheit (Forster- sche Operation) 19p. 8? Konigsb, J. Raabe, 1929. BURAWOY, Berta, 1908- *Der Einfluss der Nebennieren auf das quantitative und quali- tative Blutbild. 23p. 8? Lpz, Frommhold & Wendler, 1933. BURCH, George J. Practical exercises in physiological optics. 164p. 8? Oxford, Claren- don Press, 1912. BURCH, Simon. *Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss des Alkoholismus auf die militargericht- lichen Bestrafungen in der Schweizer-Armee wahrend der Grenzbesetzung von 1914 bis 1917 [Zurich] 21 p. 8° Bern, Stampfli & cie, 1920. BURCHARD, Albrecht, 1873- See Reinmoller, J, & Burchard, A. Die zahnarztliche Ront- genologie [ 4: 44-50.—Lemariee, P. Traitement des plaies et brulures par l'actinotherapie localisee. Arch, electr. med, 1931, 39: 259.— fficonomos. Contribution a 1'heliotherapie des brulures. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1924-25, 6: 207-16— Peake, J. The treatment of burns by ultra-violet light (with special ref- erence to the technique used by C. B. Heald) Brit. J. Actino- ther, 1929, 4: 96.—Peck, W. S. Application of physical therapy measures in the treatment of burns. Arch. Phys. Ther, 1931, 12: 327-33.—Potter, E. B, & Peck, W. S. The treatment of ex- tensive granulating areas with special reference to the use of physical therapy measures. Am. J. Surg, 1931, n.s, 14: 472- 6. Also repr.—Riche, V, Morgue-Molines, E, & Caderas, J. Considerations sur le traitement des grands brutes sans panse- ment, par exposition a Pair chaud et a la lumiere electrique. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1932, 13: 36-45.—Tamiya, C, & Koyama, M. Ueber rontgenologische Behandlung der Verbrennung und Veratzung der menschlichen Haut. Strah- len therapie, 1929, 34: 808-12.—Truster, H. M. Treatment of extensive cutaneous bums: ultraviolet light as an adjunct to the repair of burn defects. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1935, 28: 113-8. ---- Treatment: Serotherapy and blood trans- fusion. Blechmann, G, & Bupuy de Frenelle, P. Accidents seriques consecutifs a I'application de serum de cheval sur une brulure §tendue. Hopital, Par, 1921, 9: 1043—Eaton, E. H. The treat- ment of burns with horse serum. Collect. Papers N. York Home- op. M. Coll, 1935,1:152-9.—Fasal, P. Wegen einer ausgedehnten Verbrennung eine Bluttransfusion mit lebensrettendem Erfolg. Wien. med. Wschr, 1935, 85: 264.—Monteith, S. R. La cura della scottature col siero normale di cavallo. Gazz. osp, 1929, 50: 550-4. -----& Clock, R. O. The treatment of burns with normal horse serum; report of cases. J. Am. M. Ass, 1929, 92: H73-7 —Pechenevsky, P. [Transfusion of blood in severe burns] Voy. san. dielo, 1935, 15-7—Riehl, G, jr. Zur Behandlung schwerer Verbrennungen mit Bluttransfusion. Arch. Derm. Syph Berl , 1927,153: 41-65.—Robertson, B. Blood transfusion in severe burns in infants and young children; a preliminary report of the treatment of the toxic shock by blood transfusion; with or without preceding exsanguination. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1921 11: 744-50.—Schiitz, F. Ricerche sperimentali sulle scotta- ture' deila pelle; tentativo di sieroterapia delle ustioni. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1934, 13: 253-65. Treatment, surgical. See also Burn, Complications. Blair V P, & Brown, J. B. Early and late repair of extensive burns. Dallas M.J, 1931, 17: 59-70.-Clark, W. I, jr. Treat- ment of burns. Proc. U.S. Nat. Safety Counc, 1919, 8: 693- 703 —Gorbunov, V. P. [Treatment of 3d degree burns by resec- tions] Soviet, vrach. gaz, 1934, 38: 637-9—Heatley, T. F. The surgical treatment of burns. Internat. J.M.&S, 1929, 42: 360 — Henson, E. B. Buried skin grafts in burns of children (new use of an old method of skin grafting) West Virginia M.J, 1930, 26- 557-9.—Hosmer, A. J. An immobilizing cage for the treat- ment of burns and skin grafts. Am. J. Surg, 1927, n.s, 3: 23- 30 —Lawen, A. Zur Frage der Friihoperation schwerer Ver- brennungen. Zbl. Chir, 1936, 63: 1576-81—Lee, W. E. The surgical treatment of burns. Internat. J. Surg, 1923, 36: 461-7. Also Ther. Gaz, Detr, 1923, n.s, 39: 845-50. Also Internat. J. Surg, 1927, 40: 189-94. Also Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, 8: 901-9—Monod, R. C. Brulures. Bull med. Par., 1935, 49: no. 14, suppl.—Nekula, R. [Operative treatment of burns] Cas. tek. 5esk, 1933, 72: 1487-91.—Owen, H. R. The surgical treatment of burns. Tr. Philadelphia Acad. Surg, 1922, 22: 135-7.—Sutton, H. T. Skin grafting with reference to extensive burns. Ohio M.J, 1931, 27: 943-9.—Willis, A. M. The value of debridement in the treatment of burns. J. Am. M. Ass, 1925, 84: 655-8. ----■ Treatment: Various methods. Keller, W. *Ueber Verbrennungen mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Behandlungs- weise nach Tschmarke. 52p. 8? Ziir., 1935. Valade, M. *Le traitement des brulures par la methode de Quenu et G. Kiiss. 69p. 8? Par., 1924. Cappelletti, A. Tratamiento de las quemaduras por la leva- dura de cerveza. Sem. med, B. Air, 1927, 34: pt 1, 815-7.— Bavidov, P. B. [Treatment of severe burns with ashes of wool] Vest, khir, 1933, 30: 157.—Bouglas, B. Traitement des brulures par l'adrenaline; action bactericide et antiseptique de cette sub- stance. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1925, 92: 267.—Horan, F. P. Di- chloramine T treatment of burns. Illinois M.J, 1921, 40: 123.— Iokhelson, S. A. [Abortive treatment of burns, with alcohol] Vrach. gaz, 1931, 35: 1449-51.—Jens, J. M. Burns treated with mercurochrome. Med. J. Australia, 1936, 1: 659-62.—Lamp- recht, H. Ueber die Wirkung eines neuen, Antipyros genannten Mittels bei Verbrennungen. Wien. med. Wschr, 1924, 74: 925.—Laquer, B. Die Behandlung von Verbrennungen mittels Filzkohle. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1933-34, 242: 516—McBougal, C. [Treatment of burns with parasan and pituitrin] Ugeskr. laeger, 1927, 89: 59.—Pfab, B. Ueber Verbrennungen und ihre Behandlung mit Silber. Munch, med. Wschr, 1930, 77: 857 — Polissadova, K. I, & Sinitsky, A. A. [Application of culture of the Bulgarian bacillus in suppurative wounds caused by burns] Soviet, khir, 1934, 6: 786-94.—Reschke, K. Zur Behandlung der Verbrennungen nach Tschmarke. Arch. klin. Chir, 1927, 146: 763-76. Also Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 444.—Sorrel, E, Guichard & Gigon. Brulures etendues, traitees par le dfecapage et les badigeonnages au mercurochrome, sans pansements. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1935,33: 564-8.—Traitement des brulures; methode de Quenu et Kiiss modifiee. Progr. med. Par, 1924, 39: 757.— Zeno, L. Tratamiento de las quemaduras mediante vendaje de yeso. Med. ibera, 1936, 30: ptl, 284.—Zorraquin, G, & Boix Pou, M. Topografia de las quemaduras en el hombre normal que se prende f uego y su tratamiento por la gutapercha. Prensa med. argent, 1931-32, 18: 995-9. BURNAM, John Miller, 1864- Recipes from Codex matritensis A 16 (ahora 19) palaeo- graphical edition from a black-on-white facsimile. 46p. 8? Cincin., Univ. Press [1912] Univ. Cincinnati Stud, ser.2, 8: no.l. BURN AND, Grosjean [et al.] Etudes sur la tuberculose. 5.ser. 518p. 8? Par., Massori & cie, 1922. BURN AND, Rene, 1882- L'auscultation dans le diagnostic de la tuberculose pleuro- pulmonaire. viii, 196p. 48pl. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1930. BURNET, Etienne. La lepre; legende histoire, actualite. 185, 2p. pi. 12? Par., E. Flam- marion [1932] BURNET, James. Diseases of the newborn; a textbook for students and practitioners, xi, 275p. 8? Lond., Oxford Univ. Press, 1927. BURNET, Robert William, 1852-1931. [Obituary] Lancet, Lond, 1931, 1: 500. BURNET, William, 1730-91. Physician and patriot. Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 125: 638. BURNETT, Charles Henry, 1842-1902, CONNER, Phineas S. [et al.] An American textbook of surgery for practitioners and students. xv, 1248p. 39pl. 4? Phila., W. B. Saunders, 1897. BURNETT, Charles T. Splitting the mind; an experimental study of normal man. xxxiv, 132p. 8? Princeton, N.J., Psychol. Rev. Co., 1925. BURNETT, Clarence Henry, 1901- *Glu- cose and hyperemesis gravidarum [Evangelical Deaconess Hospital] 13p. 4? Milwaukee, 1927-28. Typewritten. BURNETT 1092 BURNS BURNETT, Edwin Kenneth, 1888- See Gross, Reuben H, & Burnett, Edwin K. The practice of podiatry. 451p. 8? N.Y, 1933. Also Joseph, Alfred, Bur- nett, E. K, & Gross, Reuben H. Practical podiatry [&c] 437p. 8! N.Y. [1918] BURNETT, Isabel. An experimental investi- gation into repetitive work, iv, 26p. 8? Lond., H.M. Stat. Off., 1925. Gr. Britain Privy Counc. Med. Res. Counc. Indust. Fatigue Res. Bd rep. no.30. BURNETT, James Compton. Ringworm: its constitutional nature and cure. 126p. 16° Phila., Boericke & Tafel, 1892. ---- Diseases of the liver: jaundice, gall- stone, enlargements, tumors, and cancer; and their treatment. 2.ed. x, 244p. 16? Phila., Boericke & Tafel, 1895. ---- Change of life in women and the ills and ailings incident thereto, vi, 185p. 16? Phila., Boericke & Tafel, 1898. —■—- New cure for consumption by its own virus. 4.ed. xvi, 323p. 16? Phila., Boericke & Tafel, 1900. BURNETT, William, 1779-1861. Rolleston, Sir H. The first Medical Director-General of the Royal Navy. J.R. Nav. M. Serv, 1922, 8: 1-10, port. BURNHAM, Mary. See Cumulative (The) book index; a world list of books in the English language, 1928-32. 2298p. fol. N.Y, 1932. BURNHAM, William Henry, 1855- The normal mind; an introduction to mental hygiene and the hygiene of school instruction, xx, 702p. 8? N.Y., D. Appleton & Co. [1924] ---- The wholesome personality; a contribu- tion to mental hygiene, xv, 713p. 8? N.Y., D. Appleton & Co., 1932. BURNIER, Edmond. *Des phenomenes micro- scopiques de regression et de regeneration dans le myocarde [Lausanne] 22p. 8? Bern, A. G. Haller [1919] BURNIER, Michel H. *Les capsules surre- nales et le systeme chromaffine; leur role dans les maladies infectieuses. 116p. 8? Lausanne, 1917. ---- Habitual constipation and its treat- ment; an account of a new therapeutic method; authorized transl. bv Herbert Child, ix, 71p. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1929. BURNIER, R. Dermatologie topographique des mains et des pieds. p.317—51. 8? Par., 1936. Nouv. prat. derm. (Darter, Sabouraud [et al.]) Par, 1936, 8: BURNOUF, Jean, 1899- Contribution a l'etude du tremblement mercuriel en particulier au point de vue de la loi sur les maladies pro- fessionnelles. 58p. 8? Par., 1927. BURNS, Allan, 1781-1813. Herrick, J. B. [Biography] Bull. Soc. M. Hist. Chicago, 1935, 4: 457-83. BURNS, David. An introduction to biophysics. xiii, 435p. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1921. ----Also 2.ed. p.l. xix, 580p. 1929. BURNS, John. Labour and drink, a lecture by the Right Honourable John Burns, M.P. 48p. 8? Lond., Lees & Raper Mem. Trustees, 1914. BURNS, Louisa. Studies in the osteopathic sciences, cells of the blood [v.4] 410p. 14p1. 8° [n.p.] A. T. Still. Res. Inst., 1931. BURNS, Robert, 1879-1933. Anderson, H. B. His medical friends, attendants, and biog- rapher Ann. M. Hist, 1928,10: 47-57.—Obituary. J. Missouri M Ass 1934, 31: 37. Also Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1933, 28: 152—Tuholske, L. [Obituary] Ibid, 1934, 29: 59. BURNS, Robert William, 1903- Con- genital hypertrophic stenosis [Marquette Univ.] 14p. 4? Milwaukee, 1930. Typewritten. BURNS, William Britt, 1869-1921. Smythe, F. B. Obituary. Memphis M. Month, 1921, 42: 248-51. BURNTWOOD, Engl. Staffordshire County Lunatic Asylum. Annual report. 8.-40., 1872- 1905. BURR, Anna Robeson Brown, 1873- Weir Mitchell; his life and letters, xii, 424p. 28pl. 8? N.Y., Duffield & Co., 1929. BURR, Charles Walts, 1861- S. Weir Mitchell, physician, man of science, man of letters, man of affairs; delivered before the Col- lege of Physicians of Philadelphia, November 19, 1919. 31p. 8? [Phila.] The College, 1920. BURR, Colonel Bell, 1856-1931. Medical his- tory of Michigan; published under the auspices of the Michigan State Medical Society. 2v. xx, 829p.; xi, 940p. 8? Minneapolis, Bruce Pub. Co., 1930. ---- Practical psychology and psychiatry, for use in training schools for attendants and nurses and in medical classes, and as a ready reference for the practitioner. 6.ed. p.l., 378p. 8? Phila., F. A. Davis Co., 1930. For biography see J. Am. M. Ass, 1931, 96: 1639. BURR, George 0. See Evans, Herbert McLean, & Burr, George O. The anti- sterility vitamine fat soluble E. 176p. fol. Berkeley, Calif, 1927. Forms v.8, Mem. Univ. of California. BURRAGE, Robert Lowell, 1857-1911. Jaquith, A. W. [Obituary] Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America, 1912-14, N.Y, 1915 (23.-25. meeting) 86-8. BURRAGE, Walter Lincoln, 1860-1935. A history of the Massachusetts Medical Society, with brief biographies of the founders and chief officers, 1781-1922. xiii, 505p. 39pl. 8? [Nor- wood, Mass.] Priv. print, 1923. For biography see N. England J.M, 1935, 212: 208, port. Also Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1936, 60: 343-5 (F. S. Newell) BURRELL, Herbert Leslie, & BLAKE, John Bapst. Key to case teaching in surgery. 20p. 12? Phila., P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1904. For biography see Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1926, 43: 113-6, port. (T. W. Thorndike) BURRELL, Lancelot Stephen Topham, 1883- Recent advances in pulmonary tuberculosis. vi, 217p. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1929. ---- Also 2.ed. ix, 240p. 16pl. 1931. ---- Artificial pneumothorax. vii, 174p. pi. 8? Lond., W. Heinemann, 1932. See also Fenton, W. J, & Burrell, L. S. T. Diseases of the chest. 384p. 8? Lond. [1930] BURRES, Walton Todd, 1871-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 82: 143. BURRI, Fernand. Contribution a l'etude histologique du granulome dentaire [Geneve] 35p. 4pl. 8? Bienne, 1933. BURRI, Roman. *Ein sehr seltener Fall einer Fruheklampsie bei Tubargraviditat [Zurich] 15p. 8? Luzern, Schill & cie [1928] BURRIDGE, Henry Alfred. An introduction to forensic medicine, xvi, 455p. 12? Lond., H. K. Lewis Co., 1924. BURRIDGE, W[illiam] A new physiology of sensation, based on a study of cardiac action. vi, 70p. 8? Lond., H. Milford, 1932. ---— Excitability; a cardiac study, ix, 108p. illus. 8? Lond., H. Milford, 1932. ---- A new physiological psychology, vii, 158p. diagrs. 8? Lond., E. Arnold & Co., 1933. ---- Alcohol and anaesthesia. 65p. 8? Lond., Williams & Norgate [1934] BURRITT, Olin Howard, 1867-1937. Allen, E. E. Biography. Outlook for Blind, 1937, 31: 1-4, port BURRLEIN 1093 BURSA BURRLEIN, Erwin, 1908- *Ueber die Grosse der vertikalen Schwingungen des Con- dylus. p.5-22. 8? Wiirzb., 1931. BURROUGHS, Samuel Raymond, 1842-1922. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1922, 79: 1536. BURROUGHS Wellcome & Co. Souvenir and guide, Chicago exposition, 1933. 56[6]p. illus. 12? N.Y. [1933] ---- The romance of exploration and emer- gency first-aid from Stanley to Bvrd. 160p. illus. 8? N.Y. [1934] BURROW, Trigant, 1875- The social basis of consciousness; a study in organic psy- chology based upon a synthetic and societal concept of the neuroses, xviii, 256p. 8? Lond., K. Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co., 1927. ---- The structure of insanity; a study in phytopathology. 80p. 16? Lond., K. Paul, French, Trubner & Co., 1932. BURROWS, Harold, 1875- A manual for nurses on abdominal surgery. 2.ed. 144p. 8? Lond., Scient. Press [1923] ---- Mistakes and accidents of surgery. viii, 470p. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1923. ---- Pitfalls of surgerv. 2.ed. x, 525p. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1925. ---- Surgical instruments and appliances used in operations; an illustrated and classified list, with explanatory notes. 127p. 12? Lond., Scient. Press, 1927. ---- Some factors in the localisation of dis- ease in the body, xi, 299p. 8pl. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1932. ---- The muscular system. 3.ed. xi, 184p. illus. 32? Lond., Faber & Faber, 1936. BURROW'S national dental book of appoint- ments. 1936. [300]p. 8? Chic, Burrows Press, 1935. BURSA [including diseases] See also Bursitis; Ganglion; Hygroma; Ten- donsheath; also names of systemic diseases as Syphilis; Tuberculosis; also names of bones, muscles, and regions of body as Elbow; Hand,; Knee; Shoulder; Toe, &c. Ardotjin, G. A. Contribution a l'etude de l'osteochondromatose des synoviales et des bourses sereuses. 106p. 8? Par., 1934. Ayzac, C. *Les calcifications des bourses sereuses periarticulaires: etude clinique et radio- logique. 45p. 8? Par., 1926. Becker. Ueber Schleimbeutelsarkome. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1925, 191: 300.—Black, B. M. The prenatal incidence, structure and development of some human synovial bursae. Anat. Rec, 1934, 60: 333-55.—Fitzwilliams, B. Loose bodies removed from a bursa. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934-35, 28: 417—Fraser, I. A very large bursa. Lancet, Lond, 1932,1: 290— Frescoln, L. B. Care of the bursae. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1934, 140: lO.-Gtinther, H. Ueber Hygromatosis rheumatica und verwandte Affek- tionen der Sehnenscheiden und Schleimbeutel. Deut, med. Wschr 1931 57: 1362-5.—Herbst, E. Ueber Schleimbeutel-Ver- kalkungen. Rontgenpraxis, 1932, 4: 1021-8—Martin, B. Ueber kiinstliche und erworbene Schleimhautbeutel und ihre Bezie- hungen zu den Gelenken (eine histologische und biologische Studie) Arch. klin. Chir, 1922, 120: 281-90.—Mtiller, F. Schleimbeutel und Sehnenscheiden des Pferdes. Arch wiss. prakt Tierh, 1935-36, 70: 351-70—Orlando-Salinas, F. Contu- sioni emorragiche delle borse sierose periarticolan. Cult. med. mod Pal 1927, 6: 390-3.—Redi, R. Le affezioni delle borse sierose; nota preventiva. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1925-26, 9x , 17! 487-9. Also Prat, chir, Arezzo, 1926-27, 1: 73; 109; 114; 177- 215' 221.—Rouillard, J. Les bourses sereuses calciftees. Sem hop. Paris, 1929, 5: 299-304. -----& Gloppe. Calcifica- tion de bourses sereuses ou de tendons, avec poussees doulou- reuses aigues d'allure rhumatismale. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Pans, 1928 3.ser, 52: 986-91.—Schwamm, M. Zur Frage der Ge- schwulste in Schleimbeuteln. Zbl. Chir, 1930, 57: 2478-84.— Starlinger, F. Die Erkrankungen der wichtigstsn Schleimbeutel, ihre Erkennung und Behandlung. Wien, kjin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 1325.—Tant, E. Diagnostic differentiel des tumeurs des bourses. Bruxelles med, 1933-34, 14: 1652-4.—Telford, E. B. Bursae. Choyce's Syst. Surg, N.Y, 1923, 3: 714-27—Wolf, J. Ueber paraartikuliire Schleimbeutelchondrome. Zschr. orthop. Chir, 1929-30,52: 629-33. BURSA omentalis. See under Peritoneum. BURSIAN, Fritz [Otto] 1893- *Arthritis gonorrhoica im Kindesalter [Leipzig] 55p. 8? Colditz i. Sa., G. Geissler, 1922. BURSITIS. See also Tendonsheath; and under names of regions. Fbantz, P. H. H. * Ueber die Bursitis und ihre Behandlung. 25p. 8? Berl., 1914. Aoki, T. Ueber Mineralstoflwechsel bei Bursitis calcarea. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1933, 21: 556-91—Auvray. Bursites et petits corps etrangers intra-sereux. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1935 49: 689.—Cardozo-Legene, P. Beitrag zur Behandlung chro nischer Bursitiden durch Verodung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1934 60: 828.—Echtman, J. Bursitis. J. Am. Inst. Homceop, 1935 28: 733-6.—Eising, E. H. Olecranon and prepatellar bursitis Med. Rec, N.Y, 1934, 140: 539—Felding, S, & Jensen, J [Injection treatment of chronic bursitis with Incitamin] Ugeskr laeger, 1930, 92: 351.—Foster, G. S. Bursitis. Am. Med, 1931 26: 199-203.—Freund, E. Ueber Schleimbeutelentzundungen Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 1327-9. Also Aerztl. Prax, WieD 1935, 9: 200-3.—Gleichmann, F. Ueber Bursitis chronica cal carea beziehungsweise Peritendinitis calcificans und deren Besserung durch Rontgenbehandlung. Deut. med. Wschr. 1935, 61: 1163.—Gottlieb, A. Painful bursitis about the heel Am. J. Phys. Ther, 1928-29, 5: 347-50.—Harms. Ueber Schleimbeutelentzundung. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1936, 33 427-30.—Hiller, E. Heilung durch Verodung bei Schleimbeu telentziindung vermittels Claudeneinspritzung. Zbl. Chir. 1930, 57: 2841.—Magnusson, H. Bursitiden mit Brucella- Infektion beim Pferde. Miinch. tierarztl. Wschr, 1933, 84 474-6.—Mitschke, P. Ueber chronische ausserst resistente Entzundung der Schleimbeutel, Sehnen und periartikularen Gewebe. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 58.—Moesgaard, J. On the treatment of chronic bursitis with Incitamin. Acta chir. scand, 1936, 78: 212.—Pacetto. Chirurgia delle borse sierose. Manuale di chir. (Alessandri, R,) 1934, 1: 259-64.— Richards, T. K. New (A) treatment for acute bursitis (prelimi- nary report) N. England J.M, 1931. 205: 812.—Sandstrom, C. [Treatment of peritendinitis calcificans (so-called bursitis calcu* losa] Sven. lak. sail, forh, 1929, 185-92. -----& Wahlgren, F. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Peritendinitis calcarea (sogenannten Bursitis calculosa) speciell vom pathologisch-histologischen Gesichtspunkt. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1937, 18: 263 96.—Stro- minger, L. Sur les bursites sereuses gonococciques. J. urol. med. Par, 1936, 42: 341-5— Whitney, W. R. La bursitis—los rayos X—la alta frecuencia. Rev. radiol. fisioter. Chic, 1935, 2: no.6, 19-29.—Zaitsev, G. P. Bursitis and its treatment. Nov. khir. arkh, 1936, 36: 39-48. BURSOPATHY of Verneuil. See under Syphilis. BURSTALL, Frederic William, 1865-1934, & BURTON, Cecil George. Souvenir history of the foundation and development of the Mason Science College and of the University of Bir- mingham, 1880-1930. 83p. illus. ports. roy.8? [Birmingham, Engl., J. Cond, 1930] BURSTEIN, Charles L., 1906- *Pouvoir immunisant et anti-toxique de serum de cordon ombilical. 67p. 8? Par., Lipschutz, 1934. BURSTEIN, Frank. *Metopismus nach Beob- achtungen am Sektionstisch. 29p. 8? Geneve, Imp. du Commerce, 1935. BURSTEIN, Julius, 1900- See Bainton, Joseph Hector, & Burstein, Julius. Illustrative electrocardiography. 258p. obl.8? N.Y, 1935. BURSTEIN-ZOUCKERMAN, Rachel. *Etude comparative des traitements de l'erysipele. 37p. 8? Geneve, Imp. du Commerce, 1935. BURSZTEJN, Mejer, 1908- *Action du poumon sur les polyptides. 52p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1935. BURSZTYN, David, 1903- *Contribution a l'etude des eaux de Ciechocinek [Pologne] 59p. 8? Par,, L. Rodstein, 1935. BURSZTYN 1094 BURTT BURSZTYN, Pinkus Jacques, 1904- *Schizophrenie et mentality primitive. 77p. 8? Par., 1935. BURT, Cyril Lodowic, 1883- The sub- normal mind, vii, 368p. 8? Lond., H. Milford, 1935. BURT, William H. Physiological materia medica, containing all that is known of the physiological action of our remedies; together with their characteristic indications and phar- macology. 979p. 8? Chic, Gross & Delbridge, 1881. ---- Tuberculosis or pulmonary consump- tion, its prophylaxis and cure by suralimentation of liquid food. 234p. 8? Chic, W. T. Keener, 1890. BURTIS, Mary Penelope, 1900- ^Factors affecting the accuracy of the quantitative deter- mination of vitamin A [Columbia Univ.] 26p. 8? N.Y., 1928. BURTON, Cecil George. See BurstaU, Frederic W, & Burton, Cecil G. Souvenir history of the foundation and development of the Mason Science College. 83p. roy.8? [Birmingham, Engl, 1930] BURTON, Eli Franklin, 1879- The phys- ical properties of colloidal solutions. 2.ed. viii, 221p. 8? Lond., Longmans, Green & Co., 1921. BURTON, Georgia Winifred, 1894- *Ef- fect of hydrogen ion concentration upon the de- struction of vitamin B bv heat [Columbia Univ.] 30p. 8° N.Y., 1925. BURTON, John, 1697-1771. Antiquitates Capellae Joh. Evangelistae, or Scholae regiae Norwicensis. 64p. 8? Lond., E. Curll, 1712. Bound with Browne, Thomas. Posthumous works. Lond, 1712. BURTON, Sir Richard Francis, 1821-1890. Selected papers on anthropology, travel, and exploration. 240p. 8? N.Y., R. M. McBride & Co:, 1924. For biography see Man, Lond, 1921, 21: 74-6 (N. M. Penzer) BURTON, Robert, 1577-1640. The anatomy of melancholy [10.ed.; with biography] 2v. xxiv, 462p.; 601 p. rov.8? Lond., J. &. E. Hodson, 1804. —— Burton the anatomist; being extracts from the Anatomy of melancholy, chosen to interest the psychologist in everv man, ed. by G. C. F. Mead & Rupert C. Clift. xxxv, 251 p. 12? Lond., Methuen & Co. [1925] See also Taylor, S. J. L. Robert Burton and his Anatomy of Melancholy. S. Thomas Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1934, 34: 239-50.— Wright, J. The children of the Renaissance and medicine; the etiology of Burton's Melancholia. Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 130: 399-402. BURTON, Robert Graves, 1831-1920. Obituary. Brit. M.J, 1920, 2: 30. BURTON-OPITZ, Russell, 1875- Ad- vanced lessons in practical physiology for students of medicine, p.l. 238p. illus. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1920. ---- A text book of physiology for students and practitioners of medicine, p.l. 1185p. illus. pi. diagrs. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1920. ---- An elementary manual of physiology for colleges, schools of nursing, of physical edu- cation, and of practical arts. 411 p. illus. diagrs. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1922. ---- Also 2. ed.rev. p.l. 413p. 1925. ---- Also 4.ed. p.l. 419p. 1932. ---- Also 5.ed. 442p. illus. diagrs. 1936. See also Opitz, Russell Burton in 3.ser. BURTT, Edwin Arthur. The metaphysical foundations of modern phvsical science, ix, 349p. 8? Lond., Kegan Paul, &c, 1925. BUR WINKEL, Oskar, 1865- Der Ader- lass als Heilmittel in der Praxis. 30p. 8? Munch., O. Gmelin, 1922. Forms H.ll of Sammlung diag.-ther. Abh. ---- [Arteriosclerosis and its treatment; transl. from the German by Dr I. I. Gurevich] 48p. 12? [Leningr., Practical medicine] 1927. ---- Krankheiten des Herzens und der Gefasse, fiir die Praxis. 2. Aufl. 154p. 8? Miinch., O. Gmelin, 1930. BUS, Pessja, 1900- *Ueber eine atypi- sche Form der neuralen Muskelatrophie und den Erbgang einiger heredo-familiarer Nervenkrank- heiten. 32p. 8? Jena, A. Kampfe, 1929. BUSAM, Joseph F. Plates on the anatomy of the rabbit. p.l. 36pl. roy.8? Ann Arb., Edwards Bros., 1931. Lithographed. BUSBY, Laura M. See Baldwin, Bird Thomas, Busby, Laura M, & Garside, Helen V. Anatomic growth of children. 88p. 8? Iowa City [1928J BUSCAGLIA, Christopher Joseph, 1907- *Malignant tumors of the thyroid. 26p. 4? Milwaukee, Wis., 1933. Typewritten. BUSCAINO, Vito Maria, 1887- Biologia della vita emotiva. 3p.l. 236p. 8? Bologna, N. Zanichelli [1921] BUSCAROLI, Edmondo. L'eccellenza del me- todo Ruggi nella cura radicale dell' ernia crurale. 72p. 8? Bologna, 1916. BUSCH. Kriegstagebuch eines Regiments- arztes. 90p. 8? Berl., 1933. Forms H.89, Veroff. Heer. San. ---- Im Fcrnen Osten; Erlebnisse und Er- fahrungen wahrend der Deutschen China-Expe- dition 1900-3. 68p. 8? Berl., E. S. Mittler & Sohn, 1935. Forms H.96, Veroff. Heer. San. ---- Damals in Siidwestafrika. Ill p. 8? Berl., E. S, Mittler & Sohn, 1936. Forms H.101, Veroff. Heer. San. BUSCH, Bruno [Jakob] 1890- Unter- suchungen an extrahierten Zahnen; iiber die Wirkung der Aetzkali-Paste auf die Mikroor- ganismen des Wurzelkanals bei Pulpagangran. 8p. 8? Lpz., 1921. BUSCH, E. Studies on the nerves of the blood- vessels, with especial reference to periarterial sympathicectomy. 186p. 11 pi. 8? Kbh., Levin & Munksgaard, 1929. Forms Suppl.2, Acta path, microb. scand. BUSCH, Ewald. *Muskularer Schiefhals und Hereditat [Zurich] 28p. 8? Elberfeld, S. Lucas, 1919. BUSCH, Friedrich August, 1902- *Expe- rimentelles iiber Nebenwirkung des Morphiums. 37p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1928. BUSCH, Fritz. *Beitrage zum klinischen Verhalten der Brustseuche des Pferdes; Erfah- rungen aus dem Feldzug 1914-18 [Leipzig] lOp. 8? Waldenburg, E. Kastner, 1922. BUSCH, Gottfried, 1902- *Ein kasuisti- scher Beitrag zum Krankheitsbild der Osteopsa- thvrose [Munster (Westf.)] 19p. 8? Quaken- bruck, R. Kleinert, 1930. BUSCH, Hans, 1903- *Forensisch- psychiatrische Beitrage zur Frage des sexuellen Missbrauchs geistig minderwertiger Personen BUSCH 1095 BUSCHBECK [Zurich] 48p. 8? Berl., W. deGruyter & Co., 1930. Also Allg. Zschr. Psychiat, 1931, 94: BUSCH, Hans Gunther [Wilhelm Theodor] 1905- *Ein Beitrag zur eisenharten Stru- ma [Kiel] 15p. 8° Berl., F. Handriske, 1933. BUSCH [Heinrich] Karl, 1887- *Plotzliche Todesfaile bei Soldaten [Leipzig] 56p. 8? Naumburg, A. Rietz & Sohn, 1917. BUSCH, Helene, 1880- *Ueber einen Fall von multiplen verschiedenartigen Tumoren. 47p. pi. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1916. BUSCH [Karl] Fritz, 1895- *Ueber Pra- putialsteine [Leipzig] 8p. 8? Zeulenroda i. Th., O. Richter, 1922. BUSCH, Max, 1886-1934. *Die Katalyse in ihrer gegenwartigen Bedeutung. 27p. roy.8? Erlangen, Junge & Sohn, 1918. For biography see Reichsgesundhbl, 1934, 9: 581. Also Verh. Deut. path. Ges, 1935, 28: 340-5 (G. B. Gruber) Also Zbl. allg. Path, 1934, 61: 1-3 (G. Hauser) BUSCH, Nikolaus, 1895- *Ueber die Lymphogranulomatose. 26p. 8? Kiel, 1928. BUSCH [Otto] Wolfram, 1897- *Der Ein- fluss eines hohen, engen Gaumens auf die oberen Luftwege und die Nasenatmung. 15p. 8? [Berl.] 1931. BUSCH, Paul, 1887- *Parkinsonsche Krankheit und Unfall [Bonn] 71p.l. 8? Zerbst, H. Zeidler, 1914. BUSCH, Richard [Otto] 1887- Unter- suchungen iiber Veranderungen der Blutconcen- tration [Bonn] 21 p. ch. 8? Berl., L. Schu- macher, 1913. Also Zschr. exp. Path. Ther, 1913, 14: BUSCH, Werner [Ernst Wilhelm] 1889- *Zur Symptomatologie der Paranoia chronica. 23p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1917. ---- *Ueber das Plankton der Kieler Forde im Jahre 1912-13 (2.Teil) 6p. 8? Kiel, 1923. BUSCH, Wilhelm, 1888- *Die Enuclea- tionen und Exenterationen des Augapfels in der Heidelberger Klinik von 1910 bis 1912. 32p. 8? Heidelb., J. Horning, 1914. BUSCHAN, Georg Herman Theodor, 1863- Die Sitten der Volker; Liebe, Ehe, Heirat, Geburt, Religion, Aberglaube, Lebensgewohn- heiten, Kultureigentumlichkeiten, Tod und Be- stattung bei alien Volkern der Erde, bearbeitet auf Grund der Beitrage hervorragender Fach- gelehrter. 4v. 4? Stuttg., Union Deut. Ver- lagsgesellsch. [1914-22] ---- Im Anfang war das Weib; neue Beitrage zur Menschen- und Volkerkunde. 3v. 8? Dresd., C. Reissner, 1927. ---- BYHAN, A., & HABERLANDT, A. Illu- strierte Volkerkunde; in 3 Bd. 2pts. 8? Stuttg., Strecker & Schroder, 1922-26. See also Erdball (Der) Berl, v. 1, 1926-27. BUSCHANSKY, Schaja, 1904- *Die Kli- nik der perniziosen Anamie dargestellt nach der statistischen Uebersicht iiber die in den Jahren 1926-27 beobachteten und behandelten Falle von pernizioser Anamie an der Medizinischen Klinik zu Jena [Jena] 30p. 8? Jena, 1928. BUSCHAUER, Hedwig, 1893- *Ueber das Nitritbildungsvermogen der Koligruppe unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der als Erreger der Cystopyelitiden in Frage kom- menden Kolibakterien. 15p. 8? Kiel, F. Eggert, 1927. BUSCHBECK [Fritz] Herbert, 1906- *Ue- ber die Haufigkeit des primaren Lungencar- cinoms (unter besonderer Berucksichtigung des Materials am Johannstadter Krankenhaus zu Dresden) [Leipzig] 32p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Zschr. Krebsforsch, 1931, 34: BUSCHE, Alfred, 1894- * Vergleichende Betrachtungen iiber den schadigenden Einfluss des Sonnenlichtes auf den menschlichen und tierischen Organismus. 14p. 8? Lpz., A. Pries, 1921. BUSCHENDORFF, Carla, 1890- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Persistenz eines doppelten Aortenbogens und seine klinische Bedeutung [Heidelberg] 7p. 8? Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1917. BUSCHKE, Abraham, 1868- Geschlechts- krankheiten bei Kindern; ein arztlicher und sozialer Leitfaden fiir alle Zweige der Jugend- pflege. 3p.l. 108p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1926. ---- & CHRISTELLER, E. Lehrbuch der Gonorrhoe, nebst einen Anhang: Die Sterilitat des Mannes. xii, 570p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1926. BUSCHKE, Abraham, & JACOBSOHN, Fried- rich, 1894- Geschlechtsleben und sexuelle Hygiene, viii, 226p. 67 illus. 26pl. 8? Berl., W. de Gruyter & Co., 1932. ■---- The same. Introduction to sexual hygiene; transl. from the German by Eden and Cedar Paul, viii, 193p. pi. 8? Lond., G. Routledge & Sons, 1932. BUSCHKE, Abraham, JOSEPH, Alfred, 1882- , & BIRKENFELD, Werner. Leitfaden der Kosmetik fiir die arztliche Praxis, iv, 224p. illus. 8? Berl., W. de Gruyter & Co., 1932. BUSCHKE [Julius] Franz, 1902- *Ueber den Synergismus von Lid- und Kieferbewegungen [Berlin] 34p. 3 1. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1927. ---- Rontgenologische Skelettstudien an menschlichen Zwillingen und Mehrlingen; ein Beitrag zu den Problemen der Konstitution und der Phylogenese. 47p. 50pl. 50 1. 4? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1934. Forms Suppl. 46 to Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl. See also Schinz, Hans R, & Buschke, Franz. Krebs und Vererbung. 280p. roy.S? Lpz, 1935. BUSCHKE, Wilhelm [Heinrich] 1907- *Ueber den Einfluss von Tumoren des graviden Uterus auf die Entwicklung des Feten [Berlin] 46p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1932. BUSCHMANN, Irmgard, 1908- *Zur Prognose des intestinalen Infantilismus [Wiirz- burg] 16p. 8° Bleicherode, C. Nieft, 1935. BUSCHMANN, Karl, 1878- *Ueber die Versorgung der Nabelschnur [Jena] 25p. 8? Berl., R. Trenkel, 1911. BUSCHMANN, Maria, 1910- *Ein Bei- trag zur Resorption des Jods durch die Mund- schleimhaut. lip. 8° Kiel, 1934-35. BUSCHMANN, Martin, 1899- *Die Erfah- rungen mit dem Pneumoperitoneum an der Leipziger medizinischen Universitatspoliklinik (Auszug) 5p. 8° Lpz., 1924. BUSCHMANN, Walther, 1896- *Halsrip- pen (Auszug) lOp. 8? Bonn, J. Paffenholz, 1923. BUSCHMANN, Wilhelm, 1883- *Bericht iiber die Wirksamkeit der Universitats-Augen- klinik zu Giessen vom 1. April 1907 bis zum 31. Marz 1908. 62p. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt, 1917. BUSCHNER, Herbert, 1907- *Die Tuber- kulose der Kiefer und ihr Einfluss auf die Zahne [Leipzig] 23p. 8? Zeulenroda i. Thur., A. Oberreuter, 1932. BUSEN, Theodor [Josef] 1890- *Bericht iiber die in der Giessener Universitats-Augen- BUSEN 1096 BUSHONG klinik in den Jahren 1904 bis 1914 behandelten Falle von Strabismus convergens mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der unblutigen Schielbehand- lung. 26p. 2 1. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt, 1916. BUSH, Arthur Dermont, 1875- A college text-book of physiology, xiii, 331p. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1926. ----A textbook of pharmacology, ix, 182p. 8? Phila., P. Blakiston's Son & Co. [1927] BUSH, James Paul, 1857-1930. Obituary. Brit. M.J, 1930, 2: 665. Also Lancet, Lond, 1930, 2:939. BUSH, Robert P., 1843-1923. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1923, 80: 269. BUSHMAN. Van Rippen, B. Notes on some Bushman implements. p.75-97. 8? Lancaster, Pa., 1918. V. 5, No. 3. Mem. Am. Anthrop. Ass. Bleek, B. Buschmanner von Angola. Arch. Anthrop.' Brnschw, 1927, n.F, 21: 47-56.—Broom, R. A contribution to the craniology of the yellow-skinned races of South Africa. J. R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 192.?, 53: 132-49, 9 fig. 2pl — Cameron, W. J. Ethnology of the Kalahari Bushman. Clin. M. & S, 1929, 36: 722-7.—Belafosse, M. Survivances africaines chez les negres bosch de la Guyane. Anthropologie, Par, 1925, 35: 475-94.—Brennan, M. R. Pedomorphism in the pre-Bush- man skull. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop, 1931, 16: 203-10—Brury, J, & Brennan, Iff. R. The pudendal parts of the South African Bush race. Med. J. S. Africa, 1926-27, 22: 113-17—Hirschberg, W. Gibt es eine Buschmannkultur? Zschr. Ethnol, 1933, 65: 119-36.—Lebzelter, V. Eine Expedition zur umfassenden Erforschung der Buschmanner in Siidafrika. Anthropos, Modling, 1927, 22: 244-6.—Martin, R. L'anthropologie des Boschimans. Bull. Soc. et. form, humain, 1926, 4: 315 — Pbch, H. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Muskelsystems und einiger Rassenmerkmale der Buschmanner. Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1927, 57: 108-12.—Rugiu, G. I Boscimani. Riv. antrop, 1933, 29: 425-504.—Staudinger, P. Einige kurze Bemerkungen iiber Buschmannmalereien und Felseinritzungen. Zschr. Ethnol, 1926, 58: 58-61. BUSHNELL, David Ives, Jr. The Choctaw of Bayou Lacomb, St. Tammany Parish, Louisiana, ix, 37p. 22pl. 8? Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1909. Bull. 48. Smithson. Inst, Bur. Am. Ethnol. ---- Burials of the Algonquin, Siouan and Caddoan tribes west of the Mississippi; House Reps. 69. Congr. 1. sess. no.487. 103p. 37pl. 8? Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1927. Bull. 83. Smithson. Inst. Bur. Am. Ethnol. ---- The Manahoac tribes in Virginia, 1608. 56p. 8? Wash., 1935. Forms no.8, v.94, Smithson, Misc. Coll. BUSHNELL, George Ensign, 1853-1924. See in 3.ser. Pratt, Joseph Hersey, & Bushnell, George E. Physical diagnosis of diseases of the chest. 522p. roy.8! Phila, 1925. For biography see Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1925, 11: 275-91 (E.H.B.) Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 83: 374. Also J. Outdoor Life, 1924, 21: 521; 558 (G. B. Webb) Also Lancet, Lond, 1924, 2: 834. Also Tr. Am. Clim. Clin. Ass, 1925, 41: xxiii-xxvii (E. O. Otic) BUSHNELL, George Herbert, 1896- See Bictionary (A) of the printers and booksellers who were at work in England, Scotland and Ireland from 1726 to 1775. 432p. 8°. Oxford, 1932. BUSHNELL, Leland D., 1880- , &HINSHAW, W. R. Prevention and control of poultry dis- eases. 78p. 8? Manhattan, Kans., 1924. Forms Circ. 106 Agr. Exp. Sta. Kansas State. —■— & PAYNE, L. F. Bacillary white diarrhea in fowl. 85p. 8? Topeka, Kans., 1926. Forms no.21 of Techn. Bull. Kansas Coll. Agr. Exp. Sta. ----Dissemination of pullorum disease in the incubator. 60p. 8? Manhattan, Kans., 1931. Forms no.29 of Techn. Bull. Kansas Coll. Agr. Exp. Sta. BUSHONG, Charles H. Modern gynecology; a treatise on diseases of women comDrising the results of the latest investigations and treatment in this branch of medical science. 380p. 8? N.Y., E. B. Treat, 1893. BUSI, Aristide. Tecnica e diagnostica radio- logica nelle malattie chirurgiche. 2.ed. xxxi, 997p. illus. 8? Torino, Un. Tipogr., 1933. Forms v.10, Trat. semeiol. fisica e diag. chir. (D. Taddei) See also Nuntius radiologicus. Siena, v.l, 1933. BUSINESS digest. N.Y., v.1-26, 1917-28. BUSINGER, Otto. *Beitrag zum Verlauf und zur Prognose der Tuberkulose der Wirbelsaule auf Grund von 108 Fallen der Eidgenossischen Militarversicherung aus den Jahren 1902-27 [Zurich] 24p. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & Co., 1928. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1928, 58: 355-62. BUSQUET, Francisco H., -1935. [Necrologio] Tuberculosis, Habana, 1934-35, 6: 41. BUSQUET, Paul, & GILBERT, A., redacteurs. See Biographies (Les) medicales. Par, v.7, 1933. BUSS, Hans [Emil August] 1885- *Bei- trage zur Kenntnis des Disgenitalismus bei Hirntumoren. 26p. 2 1. 8? Halle, C. A. Kaemmerer, 1914. BUSS, Karl, 1891- *Schilddrusenfunk- tion in der Graviditat. 42p. 8? Freib. i. Br., Speyer & Kaerner, 1914. BUSSCHOOF, Herrmann. Das genau unter- suchte und auserfundene Podagra [transl. from the Dutch original] 136p. 24? Breslau, Esaia Fellgibel, 1677. BUSSE [Franz Karl] Gustav, 1908- *Zur Kenntnis der Agranulocytose nach Syphilis und deren Erscheinungen im Munde. 39p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1931. BUSSE, Gunther. *Ueber Epidermolysis bullosa. 32p. 8? Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1926. BUSSE [Gustav Friedrich] Otto, 1905- *Ueber den Genitalcyklus und die Schwanger- schaft bei der weissen Maus (anatomische Stu- dien an Ovarien, Uterus und Scheide) 32p. 8? Kiel, H. Liidtke, 1931. BUSSE, Hans Joachim, 1911- *Ein. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Zungentuberkulose [Leipzig] 16p. 8? Zeulenroda-Thur., A. Oberreuter, 1934. BUSSE, Johannes [Wilhelm Theodor] 1889- *Zur Klinik der Beckenendlagen [Breslau] 19p. 8? Wollstein, E. J. Scholz Wwe, 1917. BUSSE, Otto, 1867-1922. Landois, F. [Nekrolog] Deut. med. Wschr, 1922, 48: 494.— Meyenburg, H. von. Nekrolog. Zbl. allg. Path, 1921, 32: 481 — Schonfeld, W. [Biography] Derm. Wschr, 1928, 87: 1964-6. BUSSE, Walter, 1901- *Zur Frage des Ileothoracopagus tripus [Gottingen] p.671-89. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Also Zschr. ges. Anat, l.Abt, 1929, 90: BUSSE, Wilhelm, 1879- *Ueber das Vorkommen von Kokzidien bei gesunden Scha- fen [Leipzig] 7p. 8? Dresd., R. Muller, 1923. BUSSE, Wilms, 1910- *Untersuchungen iiber die milchtreibende Wirkung von Milchin- jektionen [Leipzig] 40p. 8? Dahlen, F. Irrgang, 1934. BUSSE, Wolfgang. Phvsik des Klimas. 15p. 8? Berl., H. Kornfeld, 1926. Forms Heft 362, Berl. Klin. BUSSEL, Ruwin. *Die diatetische Behandlung des schweren Durchfalls (Toxikose) beim Saugling mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Einflusses von Mehlabkochungen in Verbindung mit gesauerter Kuhmilchmolke. 24p. 4ch. 8? Berl., C. Siebert, 1931. BUSSENIUS, Georg [Karl August] 1899- *Neuere zahnarztlich-chirurgische Instrumente und ihre Bewertung in der Praxis. 29p. 8° Tub., E. Gobel, 1931. BUSSER 1097 BUTLER BUSSER, Frederic, 1896- *Les tumeurs epitheliales du rein chez l'adulte; 6tude anato- mique. 177p. 56pl. 8? Par., 1930. BUSSET, Fernand. *Groupes sanguins et tuberculose pulmonaire. 70p. 8? Par., 1931. BUSSI, Armando. I paratifi, studio clinico sperimentale. 478p. ch. 8? Bologna, Stabil. Poligraf. Riunit., 1919. BUSSIERE, Louis, 1909- *Les causes sccondcs des hemoptysies tuberculeuses. 60p. 8? Par., 1934. BUSSINGER, Rene Camille, 1890- *Dc l'enterocentese par voie pelvienne chez le cheval [Alfort] 35p 8? Mayenne, 1927. BUSSMAN, Heinrich, 1888- *Ueber mul- tiple primare Carcinome, insbesondere des Ver- dauungskanals. 15p. 8? Tub., 1914. BUSSON, Andre, 1902- *Sur le meta- bolisme et le role du facteur de croissance ou facteur A dans I'espece animale et dans I'espece humaine. 182p. 8? Par., 1933. BUSSON, Bruno, 1880- Prophylaxe und Therapie der Infektionskrankheiten und Idio- svnkrasien mit spezifischen und unspezifischen Mitteln. ix, 237p. 8? Wien, J. Springer, 1932. BUSSON, Gaston. See Henry, Robert, & Busson, Gaston. Manuel d'uretro- scopie posterieure. 80p. 8? Par., 1931. BUSSY, Leopold, 1883- Ophtalmologie. 2p.l. 301p. ^ 18? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1926.- BUSWELL, Arthur Moses, 1888- See Mason, William Pitt. Examination of water. 6,ed. 224 p. 8? X.Y., 1931. BUSY, Jacques Marie Rene, 1899- Con- tribution a l'etude de la physiologie radiologique de la deglutition (chez l'adulte) revue critique; recherches personnelles. 80p. 8? Par., 1925. BUSY, Pierre, 1908- Contribution a l'etude experimentale du determinisme de la multiplication cellulaire; proliferations et neo- formation osseuse produites dans l'oreille du lapin par Taction locale et repet^e d'oxygene gazeux. 71p. 8? Par., 1933. BUTAN. See under Butyl compounds. BUTANTAN, Brazil. Instituto Vital Brasil, 1900- Archivos. See Boletim. ---- Boletim. v.1-5, 1923-29. ---- Memorias. v.l, 1918— BUTAUD, Paul Jean, 1904- *Les me- trorragies apres la menopause; leur valeur symptomatique. 91p. 8? Par., 1933. BUTENANDT, Adolf, 1903- Untersu- chungen uber das weibliche Sexualhormon (Fol- likel- oder Brunsthormon) 2p.l. vi, 93p. 2illus. 7pl. 8? Berl., 1931. BUTKA-SWARTOUT, Daisy. Notes on obste- trics and pediatrics [on lectures given at the Col- lege of Medical Evangelists] v.p. roy.8? Los Ang. [1931] Mimeographed. ---- Pathology outline and case studies. v.p. roy.8° [Los Ang., 1931] Mimeographed. BUTLER, C. P. Observing the sun at 19,300 feet altitude, Mount Aunconquilcha, Chile. 4p. 8? Wash., 1936. Forms no.l, v.95, Smithson. Misc. Coll. BUTLER, Charles S. John, 1875- Syphi- lis sive morbus humanus; a rationalization of yaws, so-called, for scientists and laymen inter- ested in the damage to map from venereal dis- eases. 3 1. 137p. pi. facsims. 8? Brooklvn, N.Y. [Science Press Print, Co.] 1936. BUTLER, Edward Albert, 1845- A biol- ogy of the British Heniiptera-Heteroptera. viii, 682p. 7pl. roy.8? Lond., H. F. & G. Witherbv, 1923. BUTLER, Frederick W. Psycho-synthetic sys- tem, a treatise on practical psvchology. 2v. [v.p.] 16° Jacksonville, G. C. "Garrett Print. Co.,. 1921. BUTLER, George Frank, 1857-1921. Achard, H. J. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ed. Ass., 1925, 5: 6-9, port—Goodhue, E. S. [Obituary] Am. Med., 1921, 27: 433 — Haseltine, B. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ed. Ass., 1925, 5: 9 — Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1921, 77: 56. ---- FAVILL, Henry B. [et al.] Materia medica and therapeutics, preventive medicine, climatology, suggestive therapeutics, forensic medicine. 344p. 8? Chic, Year Bk. Pub., 1904. V.8, Pract. Med. Ser. of Year Bks. (G. P. Head) 1904. BUTLER, Glenworth Reeve, 1855-1926. Emer- gency notes; what to do in accidents and sudden illness until the doctor comes. v, 102p. 8? N.Y., Funk & Wagnalls, 1889. ----The diagnostics of internal medicine; a clinical treatise upon the recognized principles of medical diagnosis, prepared for the use of stu- dents and practitioners of medicine. 4.rev.ed. xxxvi, 1380p. 8? N.Y., D. Appleton & Co., 1922. ■—— Letters and papers; Medico-Military service of 1918. 2 Portfol. [n.p., n.d.] MSS letters. For biography see J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 2110. BUTLER, Lily C. A student's manual of birth control. 39p. pi. 8? [Lond.] N. Douglas, 1933. BUTLER, Nicholas Murray, 1862- The repeal of the Eighteenth amendment; an address delivered at Pasadena, California, March 17, 1931. 40p. 8? Wash., 1931. BUTLER, 0[rmond] Rfourke] 1877- Bor- deaux mixture; stimulatory action. 50p. 8? Durham., N. H., 1922. Forms Techn. Bull. no.21, N. Hampshire Agr. Coll. Exp. Sta. ---- Experiments on the field control of snapdragon rust, together with a description of a method for the control of the disease in green- houses. 14p. 8? Durham, N.H., 1923. Forms Techn. Bull, no.22, N. Hampshire Agr. Coll. Exp. Sta. BUTLER, Pierce, 1886- See Chicago. Newberry Library. A check list of fifteenth century books. 362p. 8? Chic, 1933. BUTLER, Thomas Belden, 1806-73. The philosophy of the weather; and a guide to its changes, xviii, 414p. 12? N.Y., D. Appleton & Co., 1856. BUTLER, Thomas Harrison, 1871- An illustrated guide to the slit-lamp, xiii, 144p. illus. 5pl. 4? Lond., Oxford Univ. Press, 1927. BUTLER d'Ormond, Raymond Leon de. * Anes- thesie regionale en chirurgie urinaire. 104p. 8? Par., 1921. BUTLIN, Henry Trentham, 1845-1912. See Spencer, Walter G., & Cade, Stanford. Diseases of the tongue; being the 3.ed of Butlin's Diseases of the tongue. 561p. 8? Lond., 1931. BUTOIANU, Mihail, 1876-1935. B„ I. [Obituary] Spitalul, 1935, 55: 53. BUTRON y Rios, Antonio. Epidemologia; datos historicos sobre la peste bubonica de Sina- loa, Mexico ... con un prologo del Don Eduardo Liceaga. xvi, 270p. 2 1. front, 5pl. map. ch. 8? Mex., A. Botas, 1916. BUTT 1098 BUTTER BUTT, Johannes, 1903- *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Pathologie und Therapie der Lun- genaktinomvkose [Munster] 26p. 8? Bottrop i.W., W. Postberg, 1933. BUTT, Newbern I. . See in 3.ser., Harris, Franklin Stewart, & Butt, Newbern I. Scientific research and human welfare. 406p. 8? N.Y., 1924. BUTTAR, Charles, 1867-1930. See in 3.ser., Rhodes, Geoffrey. The mind at work. 235p. 12? Lond., 1914. For biography see Brit. M.J., 1930, 2: 450. BUTTE, Lucien, 1856-1919. Bufestel, I. Necrologie. Med. scol., Par., 1919, 8: 1-4. BUTTE, Montana. City Officers. Annual re- port. 1906-7; 1908-9; 1912-13. BUTTE, Montana. Department of Health. Annual report. 1910-14. BUTTER [Christian] Richard, 1904- *Ueber Oxyureneier in einem Serosaknotchen des Douglas'schen Raumes. 30p. 8? Munch., R. Muller & Steinicke, 1929. BUTTER [Herbert] Martin, 1894- *Ein Fall von Fruhlahmung bei Tabes dorsalis [Leip- zig] 16p. 8? Olbernhau i. Sa., R. Schneider, 1922. BUTTER. See also Buttermilk; Cheese; Milk; Oleo- margarin. Jackson, H. C. Some studies on the neutrali- zation of cream for butter making. 18p. 8? Ithaca, N.Y., 1923. Forms no.71. Mem. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Reese [H.] C. *Butterausbeute. 94p. 8? Kiel, 1931. Af Klercker, K. 0. [Some questions on the importance of melting butter in preparation of so-called butter flour] Med. rev., Bergen, 1923, 40: 55-63.—Baumgartel, T. Probleme um Butter. Deut. Aerzte Ztg, 1933, 8: no.377.—Bouska, F. W. Facts about butter production and distribution. Am. Food J., 1924, 19: 459.—Brownlee, G. The interpretation of certain empirical standards in their application to Irish butter. Sc. Proc. R. Dublin Soc, 1925-26, n.s., 18: 49-58.—Fleischman, M. H. Baltimore butter. Baltimore Health News, 1930-31, 7-8; 54.—Herrmann, F. Eingeborenen-Butter aus Deutsch- Ostafrika. Arb. Pharm. Inst. Univ. Berlin, 1914,11:161.— Lom- bera y Lugo, M. La mantequilla; fabrication y venta desde el punto de vista sanitario. Salubridad, Mex., 1931, 2: 98 — Overman, 0. R. The use of lime in butter-making. Indust. Engin. Chem., 1927, 19: 571-3.—Stewart, A. B., & Banerjea, N. L. Some observations on the process of making Ghee and its effect on the legal standards. Ind. J.M. Res., 1929-30, 17: 141-6.—Tapernoux, A., & Lorey, M. Influence de l'alimentation sur la consistance du beurre de vache; interpretation chimique de la variation de consistance. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1329-31. ---- Adulteration. Baumann, C. Misstande im Handel mit Landbutter. Zschr. Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt., 1924, 48: 449—Fiorani, P. L. Per un reperto di burro inquinato per annacquamento. Clin. vet., Milano, 1923, 46: 506-8— Gilmour, G. van B. The detection of adulteration in butter by means of the melting-point of the insoluble volatile acids. Analyst, Lond., 1921, 46: 183-7 — Grognard, E. Teneur en non-beurre des beurres de laiteries. Congr. internat. aliment., 1910, 2. Congr., 2: (sect.4) 187-91 — Hoton, L. Valeur diverses donnees fournis par l'examen chi- miques et physique des beurres pour l'appreciation de ses falsifications par des matieres grasses. Ibid., 13-8. -----■ Beurres purs, beurres falsifies. Ann. falsif., 1930, 23: 324-37.— Kraus, E. J. Annahernde Bestimmung von Sesamol enthalten- der Margarine in Butter mit Hilfe der Baudouin'schen Reak- tion Zschr. Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt., 1921, 41: 178—Litter- scheid, F. M. Ueber ein Taschen-Polarisationsmikroskop zur Vorkontrolle frischer Butter. Ibid., 1924, 48: 53-9—Muttelet, C. F. Nouvelle methode pour la recherche de la graisse de coco dans le beurre de vache. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1922, 174: 220-3 — Spitzer, G., & Epple, W. F. Determination of adul- terants in butter fat. Indust. Engin. Chem., 1924, 16: 828-31 — Stadler, H. P. Zum Nachweis von Margarine in Butter. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 192s, 55: 404.—Tate, F. G. H., & Pooley, J. W. Detection and estimation of illipe butter used as substitute cacao butter. Analyst, Lond., 1921, 46: 229-37. ---- Analysis. Guthrie, E. S. Composition and body of butter. 34p. S? Ithaca, X.Y., 1929. Forms no.477, Bull. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Arup, P. S. The composition of Irish winter butter. Ana- lyst, Lond., 1929, 54: 634-45.—Barnicoat, C. R. The determina- tion of diacetyl and acetyl methyl carbinol. Ibid., 1935, 60: 653-62.—Bartholome, J. Etude sur la composition du beurre pur. Congr. internat. aliment., Brux., 1910, 2. Congr., 2: Sect. 4, 229-31.—Bolm, F. Ueber das Butter-Refraktometer. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1929, 57: 91-3— Brewer, C. R., Michaelian, M. B. [et al.] The action of air under pressure in the oxidation of acetylmethylcarbinol to diacetyl in butter cultures. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33: 92— Burg, B. van der. [Data on composition, specific weight and pH of butter] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1930-31, 5: 56-65.—Butter. 17.5 percent of water. Brit. Food J., 1934, 36: 47; 65.—Cruess-Callaghan, G. The appli- cation of the catalase test to butter. Sc. Proc. R. Dublin Soc, 1936, 21: 253-5.—Granvigne, C, & Cassez, G. Etude de beurres purs. Congr. internat. aliment., Brux. (1910) 2. Congr., 2: Sect. 4, 125-35. ----- Note sur l'humidite des beurres. Ibid., 136-40.—Grossfeld, J. Ein einfaches Verfahren zur Chloridbestimmung in Butter und Margarine. Zschr. Unter- such. Nahrungsmitt., 1924, 48: 133-40— Horn, B. W., & Wilson, M. A. Transition points of mixtures of cow's butter and cacao butter. Am. J. Pharm., 1934, 106: 59-61.—Jordanoff, M. Die Differenzierung der verschiedenen Butterarten auf biologi- schem Wege. Zschr. Fleisch Milchhyg., 1931-32, 42: 300-5.— King, N. Kolloidchemie der Butter; ein Beitrag zur Histologie der technischen Stoffe. Kolloid Zschr., 1930, 52: 319-32 — Knowles, F., & Urauhart, J. C. Preliminary notes on the composition of the fat of goats' butter. Analyst, Lond., 1924, 49: 509-14.—Lombera y Lugo, M. Control rapido para deter - minar la pureza de una mantequilla. Salubridad, Mex., 1930, 1: 626-8.—Manley, C. H. A rapid method for the sorting of butters and margarines. Analyst, Lond., 1927, 52: 67-72 — Patzsch, H. Zur Unterscheidung von Butter aus pasteurisier- tem und aus nicht pasteurisiertem Rahm. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1936, 72: 138—Raalte, A. von. Xylolzahl und Xvlolprozentzahl; 2 neue Grossen bei der Untersuchung von Butter- und Buttermischungen. Ibid., 1927, 53: 236-44 — Shrewbury, H. S. The relations of the Manley and Reichert figures for butter analysis. Analyst, Lond., 1927, 52: 388-90 — Steiner, O. Zur Kenntnis der Bellier'schen Reaktion bei Butter. Zschr. Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt., 1923, 45: 154-6 — Waters, L., & Ziirn, A. Beitrag zur Unterscheidung von Butter aus pasteurisiertem und aus nicht pasteurisiertem Rahm mit Hilfe der Peroxvdasereaktion. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1935 70: 353-5. ----- Beobachtungen bei der Benzidin- Peroxydase-Reaktion mit Butter. Ibid., 1936, 72: 140-3 — Wiley, W. J. Butter taint—the viscosity of casein-borax solu- tions. J. Counc. Sc. Indust. Res., Melb., 1934, 7: 105. ---- Bacteriology and mycology. Bisby, G. R., Jamieson, M. C, & Timonin, M. The fungi found in butter. Canad. J. Res., 1933, 9: 97-107—Brisou. Essai d'une technique d'analyse des beurres; resultats; biologie du bacille typhique dans le beurre. Arch. med. pharm. nav., 1935, 125: 433-53. ----- Technique nouvelle pour la recherche des germes du groupe typhique et paratyphique dans le beurre. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 711. ----- Sur la vitalite du bacille tvphique dans le beurre en fonction de l'acidite. Ibid., 119: 1221.—Burri, R. Die an der Bildung des Butteraromas beteiligten Bakterien. Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch., 1934, 25: 1-7.—Cookson, H. A. Persistence of tubercle bacilli in butter from tuberculous milk. Brit. MJ., 1926, 2: 637.—Bemeter, K. J., & Maier, F. X. Comparative investigations on the micro- biological composition and the quality of butter. .T. Bact., Bait., 1931, 21: 41.—Bienert, F. Examen bacteriologique des beurres. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1932, 3.ser., 107: 969-71 — Edington, J. W. Bacillus tuberculosis in butter; a method of examination. Lancet, Lond., 1934, 2: 81.—Ginsburg, E. B. [Longevity of the anthrax bacillus in butter] Gig epidem., 1931, 9: 44-6.—Goyal, R., & Obermann, G. Recherche des bacil- les tubereuleux dans te beurre et le froma'ge blanc. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 306.—Grimes, M., & Hennerty, A. J. Study (A) of bacteria belonging to the sub-genus Aerobacter. Sc. Proc. R. Dublin Soc, 1931, 20: 89-97.—Grimes, M., Kennelly, V. C. E., & Cummins, H. A. A study of fungi found in butter. Ibid., 1928-30, n.s., 19: 549-69—Kurtz, J. R., Schweiger, L. B., & Parfitt, E. H. A bio-physical study of Oospora lactis. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33: 92.—Lbhnis, F. Mikroorganismen in Butter, Zbl. Bakt.. 2.Abt., 1921, 54: 281—Mendelsohn, I. W., McCoy, A. E., & Long, A. G. Some studies on the elimination of molds from butter. .T. Lab. Clin. M., 1921-22. 7: 208-14—Orla-Jensen, S., Orla-Jensen, A. B., & Spur, B. The butter aroma bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1926, 12: 333-42—Parfitt, E. H. Methods for the microbiological analysis of butter. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1934, 24: 303-8.—Sadler, W., & Vollum, R. L. The bacterial content of graded butter. Proc. R. Soc. Canada, 1923, 3.ser., 17: Sect. 5, 105-10—Sorensen, C. M., & Parfitt, E. H. Types of oospora found in butter. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 31: 86—Stark, C. N., & Scheib, B. J. The correlation between the spoilage of butter and the presence of fat splitting and casein digesting bacteria. Ibid., 1936, 31: 87—Wood, F. W., & Thornton, H. R. The microbiology of butter; the yeast and mold count of butter as a measure of creamery sanitation. Canad. J. Res., 1935, 12: 286-94. ----- The growth of molds in and upon butter. Ibid., 295-305.—Zeetti, R. Sul presenza dei B. del gruppo tifo- paratifo nei burro, Igiene mod., 1934,27:62-9. BUTTER 1099 BUTTER ---- Inspection. U. S. War Department. Army Regulations. No. 40-2215. Medical Department. Veterinary products inspections; butter. 3p. 8? Wash., 1921. Foster, R. J. Rules for inspection of butter and instructions in grading the scoring of creamery butter. Vet. Bull., Wash.. 1930, 24: suppl., 146-56.—Holycross, F. L. Butter inspection, Ibid., 1928, 21: suppl., 246-56. ---- Lipids. Adam, F. Zur Frage der Butterfettbestimmung in butter- haltigen Kochfetten. Miit. Lebensmitteluntersuch., 1927, 18: 133-49.—Atkinson, H. Some barium values of the butter-fats of different animals. Analyst, Lond., 1934, 59: 481.—Bhatta- charya, R. The fatty acids and component glvcerides of Indian ghee. Ibid., 1931, 56: 161-70—Booth, R. G., Kon, S. K. [et al.] A study of seasonal variation in butter fat; a seasonal spectro- scopic variation in the fatty acid fraction. Biochem. J., Lond., 1935, 29: 133-7.—Bosworth, A. W., & Brown, J. B. Isolation and identification of some hitherto unreported fatty acids in butter fat. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 103: 115-34.—Bosworth, A. W., & Helz, G. E. A monohydroxypalmitic acid in butter fat. Ibid., 1935-36, 112: 489-92. Also repr. ----- The higher saturated fatty acids of butter fat. Ibid., 1936, 116: 203-8. Also repr.—Bosworth, A. W., & Sisson, E. W. Arachidonic acid in butter fat. Ibid., 1934, 106: 489-96. Also repr—Eck- stein, H. C. The highly unsaturated fatty acids in butter. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., 1932, 8: xxxv. ----- The linoleic and linolenic acid contents of butter fat. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 103: 135-40.—Elsdon, G. B., & Smith, P. A short method for the determination of butter fat. Analyst, Lond., 1927, 52: 317-24.—Fellenberg, T. von. Zur Bestimmung des Butter- fettgehalt.es in Speisefetten und allgemein in Lebensmitteln. Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch., 1936, 27: 133-57.—Frog, F., & Schmidt-Nielsen, S. Die Fettsaureverteilung des Butterfettes. Biochem. Zschr., 1922, 127: 168-73.—Hilditch, T. P., „~Q 17c; 1 nnl Cnrdns Valerius. 1486-1538, should be 1515-44. Pale 398, DeTmler, Theodor Max, 1882- ', Versuche [&c] 1900, should be Versuche [Ac] 1910. (1103) 1104 VOLUME 5 Page 749, 1. col. Finkelstein, Heinrich. Lehrbuch der Sauglingskrankheiten. 3 v. 1905-12, should be 2 v. 1905-12. VOLUME 6 Page 221, 1. col. under Gout, History of. Zacchias, P., should be de Liberatis, Liberatus. VOLUME 9 Page 728, 2. col. Smith, Theobald, 1858-1926, should be 1859-1934. VOLUME 10 Page 163, 1. col. Tauffer, Wilhelm, 1851-1921, should be 1851-1934. Page 361, Tietze, Alexander Karl Albert, 1891- , should be Tietze, Alexander, 1864-1927. Page 1083, top of 2. col. Verbetrae, should be Vertebrae. Page 1221, 1. col. Wells, Harry Gideon, Huxley, Julius S., & Wells, G. P. The science of life. 1931, should be Wells, Herbert George [&c] [END OF VOLUME TWO, FOURTH SERIES] W':\ 'M rm /,^V'WoVW,V.'6YfrMW>Wv'llVi !#$: pa ii Mifeft l;^.v; w^, ^m a. »P •^•W-^ «' v.'':>;'''.','■ ■■'■ ■■•".■ W.i mm* wrap pllifSi •■ •••''■■'.; ■•■;:W.^,.:^.;i- - : v"«^it : k V' %•."" ' l^|«S ' .':■■■:■• ''•;',;V:'''■;.; •■.•.:.;,'(:/!i',^.-Av!--. :•;■■: v^:-.^ (M«liii ' .'^v ^iiS*c5 111 &>■*>* 111*